diff --git a/install/Addin/Revit.TestRunner.Shared.dll b/install/Addin/Revit.TestRunner.Shared.dll index 2e48841..0ae3f05 100644 Binary files a/install/Addin/Revit.TestRunner.Shared.dll and b/install/Addin/Revit.TestRunner.Shared.dll differ diff --git a/install/Addin/Revit.TestRunner.Shared.pdb b/install/Addin/Revit.TestRunner.Shared.pdb index 0e4e574..14ef4a9 100644 Binary files a/install/Addin/Revit.TestRunner.Shared.pdb and b/install/Addin/Revit.TestRunner.Shared.pdb differ diff --git a/install/Addin/Revit.TestRunner.dll b/install/Addin/Revit.TestRunner.dll index db40121..6a23718 100644 Binary files a/install/Addin/Revit.TestRunner.dll and b/install/Addin/Revit.TestRunner.dll differ diff --git a/install/Addin/Revit.TestRunner.pdb b/install/Addin/Revit.TestRunner.pdb index f94bec3..1d3ddb8 100644 Binary files a/install/Addin/Revit.TestRunner.pdb and b/install/Addin/Revit.TestRunner.pdb differ diff --git a/install/Client/Revit.TestRunner.App.dll b/install/Client/Revit.TestRunner.App.dll index c640bb2..ca356d8 100644 Binary files a/install/Client/Revit.TestRunner.App.dll and b/install/Client/Revit.TestRunner.App.dll differ diff --git a/install/Client/Revit.TestRunner.App.exe b/install/Client/Revit.TestRunner.App.exe index f4d52e0..60d74ce 100644 Binary files a/install/Client/Revit.TestRunner.App.exe and b/install/Client/Revit.TestRunner.App.exe differ diff --git a/install/Client/Revit.TestRunner.App.pdb b/install/Client/Revit.TestRunner.App.pdb index 64a998f..94feae1 100644 Binary files a/install/Client/Revit.TestRunner.App.pdb and b/install/Client/Revit.TestRunner.App.pdb differ diff --git a/install/Client/Revit.TestRunner.App.runtimeconfig.dev.json b/install/Client/Revit.TestRunner.App.runtimeconfig.dev.json index 1092d3d..14da6f4 100644 --- a/install/Client/Revit.TestRunner.App.runtimeconfig.dev.json +++ b/install/Client/Revit.TestRunner.App.runtimeconfig.dev.json @@ -2,8 +2,7 @@ "runtimeOptions": { "additionalProbingPaths": [ "C:\\Users\\floto\\.dotnet\\store\\|arch|\\|tfm|", - "C:\\Users\\floto\\.nuget\\packages", - "C:\\Program Files\\dotnet\\sdk\\NuGetFallbackFolder" + "C:\\Users\\floto\\.nuget\\packages" ] } } \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/install/Client/Revit.TestRunner.Console.dll b/install/Client/Revit.TestRunner.Console.dll index 39d40da..fcf4f04 100644 Binary files a/install/Client/Revit.TestRunner.Console.dll and b/install/Client/Revit.TestRunner.Console.dll differ diff --git a/install/Client/Revit.TestRunner.Console.exe b/install/Client/Revit.TestRunner.Console.exe index 7b45130..36ebedc 100644 Binary files a/install/Client/Revit.TestRunner.Console.exe and b/install/Client/Revit.TestRunner.Console.exe differ diff --git a/install/Client/Revit.TestRunner.Console.pdb b/install/Client/Revit.TestRunner.Console.pdb index e79fefd..20e4dff 100644 Binary files a/install/Client/Revit.TestRunner.Console.pdb and b/install/Client/Revit.TestRunner.Console.pdb differ diff --git a/install/Client/Revit.TestRunner.Console.runtimeconfig.dev.json b/install/Client/Revit.TestRunner.Console.runtimeconfig.dev.json index 1092d3d..14da6f4 100644 --- a/install/Client/Revit.TestRunner.Console.runtimeconfig.dev.json +++ b/install/Client/Revit.TestRunner.Console.runtimeconfig.dev.json @@ -2,8 +2,7 @@ "runtimeOptions": { "additionalProbingPaths": [ "C:\\Users\\floto\\.dotnet\\store\\|arch|\\|tfm|", - "C:\\Users\\floto\\.nuget\\packages", - "C:\\Program Files\\dotnet\\sdk\\NuGetFallbackFolder" + "C:\\Users\\floto\\.nuget\\packages" ] } } \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/install/Client/Revit.TestRunner.Shared.dll b/install/Client/Revit.TestRunner.Shared.dll index 2e48841..0ae3f05 100644 Binary files a/install/Client/Revit.TestRunner.Shared.dll and b/install/Client/Revit.TestRunner.Shared.dll differ diff --git a/install/Client/Revit.TestRunner.Shared.pdb b/install/Client/Revit.TestRunner.Shared.pdb index 0e4e574..14ef4a9 100644 Binary files a/install/Client/Revit.TestRunner.Shared.pdb and b/install/Client/Revit.TestRunner.Shared.pdb differ diff --git a/install/Client/mytest.json b/install/Client/mytest.json deleted file mode 100644 index 4116904..0000000 --- a/install/Client/mytest.json +++ /dev/null @@ -1,53 +0,0 @@ -{ - "DtoType": "TestRequestDto", - "RequestId": null, - "Timestamp": "2022-03-17T13:38:33.4568935Z", - "ClientName": null, - "ClientVersion": null, - "Cases": [ - { - "Id": "1-1025", - "AssemblyPath": "C:\\Code\\GitHub\\geberit\\Revit.TestRunner\\src\\bin\\Revit.TestRunner.SampleTestProject2.dll", - "TestClass": "Revit.TestRunner.SampleTestProject.SampleTest", - "MethodName": "AssertTrueTest", - "State": "Unknown", - "Message": null, - "StackTrace": null, - "StartTime": "0001-01-01T00:00:00Z", - "EndTime": "0001-01-01T00:00:00Z" - }, - { - "Id": "1-1027", - "AssemblyPath": "C:\\Code\\GitHub\\geberit\\Revit.TestRunner\\src\\bin\\Revit.TestRunner.SampleTestProject2.dll", - "TestClass": "Revit.TestRunner.SampleTestProject.SampleTest", - "MethodName": "FailTest", - "State": "Unknown", - "Message": null, - "StackTrace": null, - "StartTime": "0001-01-01T00:00:00Z", - "EndTime": "0001-01-01T00:00:00Z" - }, - { - "Id": "1-1028", - "AssemblyPath": "C:\\Code\\GitHub\\geberit\\Revit.TestRunner\\src\\bin\\Revit.TestRunner.SampleTestProject2.dll", - "TestClass": "Revit.TestRunner.SampleTestProject.SampleTest", - "MethodName": "LongRunningTest", - "State": "Unknown", - "Message": null, - "StackTrace": null, - "StartTime": "0001-01-01T00:00:00Z", - "EndTime": "0001-01-01T00:00:00Z" - }, - { - "Id": "1-1026", - "AssemblyPath": "C:\\Code\\GitHub\\geberit\\Revit.TestRunner\\src\\bin\\Revit.TestRunner.SampleTestProject2.dll", - "TestClass": "Revit.TestRunner.SampleTestProject.SampleTest", - "MethodName": "PassTest", - "State": "Unknown", - "Message": null, - "StackTrace": null, - "StartTime": "0001-01-01T00:00:00Z", - "EndTime": "0001-01-01T00:00:00Z" - } - ] -} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/install/InstallAddin v2024.cmd b/install/InstallAddin v2024.cmd new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1057426 --- /dev/null +++ b/install/InstallAddin v2024.cmd @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +@echo off +%systemroot%\system32\WindowsPowerShell\v1.0\powershell.exe -file InstallAddin.ps1 2024 + +pause \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/install/Revit.TestRunner.SampleTestProject2.dll b/install/Revit.TestRunner.SampleTestProject2.dll new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3dcb1c4 Binary files /dev/null and b/install/Revit.TestRunner.SampleTestProject2.dll differ diff --git a/install/Revit.TestRunner.SampleTestProject2.pdb b/install/Revit.TestRunner.SampleTestProject2.pdb index 0e8f2f7..8611456 100644 Binary files a/install/Revit.TestRunner.SampleTestProject2.pdb and b/install/Revit.TestRunner.SampleTestProject2.pdb differ diff --git a/install/Shared/Revit.TestRunner.Shared.dll b/install/Shared/Revit.TestRunner.Shared.dll index 2e48841..0ae3f05 100644 Binary files a/install/Shared/Revit.TestRunner.Shared.dll and b/install/Shared/Revit.TestRunner.Shared.dll differ diff --git a/install/Shared/Revit.TestRunner.Shared.pdb b/install/Shared/Revit.TestRunner.Shared.pdb index 0e4e574..14ef4a9 100644 Binary files a/install/Shared/Revit.TestRunner.Shared.pdb and b/install/Shared/Revit.TestRunner.Shared.pdb differ diff --git a/src/AssemblyInfo/AssemblyInfo.Version.cs b/src/AssemblyInfo/AssemblyInfo.Version.cs index ff24b2a..8e57484 100644 --- a/src/AssemblyInfo/AssemblyInfo.Version.cs +++ b/src/AssemblyInfo/AssemblyInfo.Version.cs @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ using System.Reflection; -[assembly: AssemblyVersion( "1.3.8.1" )] -[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion( "1.3.8.1" )] +[assembly: AssemblyVersion( "1.4.0.0" )] +[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion( "1.4.0.0" )] -[assembly: AssemblyInformationalVersion( "1.3.8.1" )] +[assembly: AssemblyInformationalVersion( "1.4.0.0" )] diff --git a/src/Libs/Revit2024/lib/net48/RevitAPI.dll b/src/Libs/Revit2024/lib/net48/RevitAPI.dll new file mode 100644 index 0000000..943f3ed Binary files /dev/null and b/src/Libs/Revit2024/lib/net48/RevitAPI.dll differ diff --git a/src/Libs/Revit2024/lib/net48/RevitAPI.xml b/src/Libs/Revit2024/lib/net48/RevitAPI.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f63b384 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/Libs/Revit2024/lib/net48/RevitAPI.xml @@ -0,0 +1,297652 @@ + + + + "RevitAPI" + + + + + Retrieves the ConnectorManager of the Hub. + + + The ConnectorManager provides information about elements connected via the Hub. + + + The ConnectorManager. + + + 2012 + + + + + Retrieves position of a Hub if such position is a 3D point. + + + The origin. + + + Hub does not have an Origin. + + + 2012 + + + + + Provides information if Hub has a specific location at point in 3D space. + + + True if the Hub has a specific location at point in 3D space. + + + 2012 + + + + + Represents a connection between two or more Autodesk Revit Elements. + + + + Elements connected via a Hub do not refer directly to each other - they each refer to the Hub that keeps all the connectivity information. + Hubs connect only structural Analytical Model Elements. + + + + 2012 + + + + + Returns the major side faces for this host object. + + + This utility supports host objects whose CompoundStructure is nominally oriented vertically. It + outputs faces which are at the boundary of the CompoundStructure (such as Walls and FaceWalls). + + + The host object. + + + The side of the host object. + + + An array of references to the faces which are on the given side of this element. + + + This host object does not support access to side faces. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + Returns the bottom faces for this host object. + + + This utility supports host objects whose bottom faces represent one of the boundaries + of CompoundStructure (such as roofs, floors or ceilings). + + + The host object. + + + An array of references to the faces which are at the bottom of this element. + + + This host object does not support access to top or bottom faces. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Returns the top faces for this host object. + + + This utility supports host objects whose top faces represent one of the boundaries + of CompoundStructure (such as roofs, floors or ceilings). + + + The host object. + + + An array of references to the faces which are at the top of this element. + + + This host object does not support access to top or bottom faces. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + These are generic host object utilities. + + + 2012 + + + + + Disable the analytical model for a structural wall. + + + 2021 + + + + + Checks whether this HermiteSurface object is valid. + + + An attempt to access or compute data in an invalid Hermite Surface will cause an exception. + + + True if this is a valid Hermite Surface, false otherwise. + + + 2017 + + + + + Create a Hermite surface using a net of 3D points as input. Specify periodicity in U and V direction. + + + Points form a net of nU * nV (less one each if periodic) 3D points. + + + Number of points in U direction. + + + Number of points in V direction. + + + Array of points. Must contain nU*nV points. + + + Periodicity in U direction + + + Periodicity in V direction + + + A Hermite surface object created from input data. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Thrown when the input arguments are inconsistent. The most common case is incorrect number of items in one of the lists. + + + 2017 + + + + + Create a non-periodic Hermite surface using a net of 3D points as input. + + + Points form a net of nU * nV 3D points. Suitable defaults will be used for other surface parameters. + See other Create() functions if greater control over input is desired. + + + Number of points in U direction. + + + Number of points in V direction. + + + Array of points. Must contain nU*nV points. + + + A Hermite surface object created from input data. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Thrown when the input arguments are inconsistent. The most common case is incorrect number of items in one of the lists. + + + 2017 + + + + + A Hermite Surface. + + + 2017 + + + + + Creates a copy of the given hemispherical light distribution + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a hemispherical light distribution object. + + + 2013 + + + + + This class encapsulates a hemispherical light distribution. + + + 2013 + + + + + The property labeled "Tint Color" from the "Hardwood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Tint" from the "Hardwood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Amount" from the "Hardwood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "-10, 10". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Image" from the "Hardwood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyReference" and will only contain a reference to a connected image. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Relief Pattern" from the "Hardwood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyInteger" with accepted values in the enumerated type "HardwoodImperfectionsType". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Used For" from the "Hardwood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyInteger" with accepted values in the enumerated type "HardwoodApplicationType". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Finish" from the "Hardwood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyInteger" with accepted values in the enumerated type "HardwoodFinishType". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Stain Color" from the "Hardwood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Stain" from the "Hardwood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyInteger" with accepted values in the enumerated type "HardwoodTintEnabledType". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Image" from the "Hardwood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyReference" and will only contain a reference to a connected image. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + A static class that provides access to the property names that appear in the Hardwood visual asset schema. + + + 2018.1 + + + +Construction + + + Remove an existing construction from Space constructions. + The Construction will be deleted. + + + Create a new construction for Space constructions. + The existing construction to be duplicated. + The name of the new construction. + If the name is same with the existing one, an exception will be thrown. + + + Create a new construction for Space constructions. + The name of the new Construction. + If the name is same as an existing one, an exception will be thrown. + + + Return all the Space constructions of current space. + The name of the new Construction. + If the name is same with the existing one, an exception will be thrown. + + + Get all the Building Constructions according to the specific Construction type. + The Construction Type to be set the Building Construction. + This property is used to get or set the Building Service of the Project Information. + + + Construction definition for Space. + This is used to define the information in Constructions.xml. + + +Construction + + +Construction + + + Get the name of the Construction. + This property is used to get the name of the Construction. + + + Get the id of the Construction. + This property is used to get the id of the Construction. + + + Construction definition for Project Information. + This is used to define the information in Constructions.xml. + + + Gets the Building Construction override for a ConstructionType. + The ConstructionType override value to get. + True if analytical construction properties specified in Constructions.xml are used for the given ConstructionType, false otherwise. + + The ConstructionType is invalid. + + 2013 + + + Sets the Building Construction override for a ConstructionType. + The ConstructionType to override. + True to use analytical construction properties specified in Constructions.xml in the given ConstructionType, false otherwise. + + The ConstructionType is invalid. + + 2013 + + + Sets the Building Construction of the Project Information. + This function is used to set the Building Construction of the Project Information. + The Construction Type of Building Construction. + The Building Construction to be set. + + buildingConstruction is NULL. + + + Sets construction type to an invalid value. + - or - + Can not set construction type. + + + + Gets the current Building Construction from the project information. + This function is used to get the Building Construction of the Project Information. + The Construction Type of Building Construction. + The Building Construction of the Project Information. + + + Gets all the Building Constructions corresponding to the specific Construction type. + This function is used to get the Building Construction of the Project Information. + The Construction Type of Building Construction. + A collection containing Building constructions matching the construction type. + + + Construction definition for Project Information. + This is used to define the information in Constructions.xml. + + + Converts a Revit native exception to a matching .NET exception. + This function exists because it was faster to have the code calling NativeToManaged outside of the macros below and in +a single location in the function. For managed exception processing and default exception generation this did not seem faster, so +those exception types are handled directly in the macros. + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + The exception thrown when Revit cannot interpret a data structure described by a schema. + 2024 + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + The exception thrown when Revit cannot initialize a default value for a family parameter. + 2024 + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + The exception thrown when Revit cancels a background operation. Third-party +developers are not expected to catch and handle this exception. Instead, if allowed +to propagate back to Revit code, it will be handled by Revit. + 2017 + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + The exception that is thrown when TransientElementCreationScope is used incorrectly. + The exception would be thrown in the following cases: + An element that does not support TransientElementCreationScope is being created in the Scope. A TransientElementCreationScope is being created while another such scope is already active. + 2016 + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + The exception thrown when both a central model +and also a local file for the same central model are opened in the same session. + 2014 + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + The exception thrown when OpenOptions were provided to deal with +a transmitted model, but the model is not transmitted. + 2014 + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + The exception thrown when model was transmitted (sent by eTransmit) +and insufficient OpenOptions were provided to handle its transmitted flag. + 2014 + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + The exception thrown when a local model is manipulated under +a different username than it was created with. + 2014 + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + Exception is thrown when too many elements are requested for checkout + + 2021 + + + + + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + Exception is thrown when last central version merged into the local model has been archived in the central model. +Reload Latest or Synchronized with Central needs to be conducted before the current failed operation is retried. + + 2021 + + + + + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + Exception is thrown when the central model already exists at the specified location. + + 2015 + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + The exception thrown when a central model is opened directly and its copy in the session is +outdated. If the operation is supported for local files, first resave as local, and try again. + 2014 + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + Retrieves current user name. + + + The exception thrown when a central model is busy (locked) +and the operation is canceled. + 2014 + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + The exceptions thrown when a central model can be reached but +access is denied due to a lack of access privileges. + 2014 + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + The exception thrown when there is a network communication error involving a file-based central model. + 2014 + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + The exception thrown when a model's central version has been rolled back. +This leaves the local model incompatible with the central model. + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + The exception thrown when the user has been force relinquished from the model. +This leaves the local model incompatible with the central model. + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + The exception would be thrown when a model's central is missing, may be moved or deleted. + + Any operations for cloud or Revit Server model would get this exception if model is removed or deleted. + 2019 + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + The base class for exceptions that are +common to both file-based and server-based central models or +specific to just file-based central models. + 2014 + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + The exception that is thrown when the model is breaking the project naming convention. + 2022 + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + The exception that is thrown when there is a model with the same name already exist. + 2022 + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + The exception that is thrown when Collaboration fails because of an external resource (e.g., Amazon S3) failure. + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + The exception that is thrown when an unauthenticated user attempts to initiate a call to RevitServer. + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + The exception that is thrown when a call to the server is unauthorized. + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + The exception that is thrown when there is any server internal error happening. + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + The exception that is thrown when there is any network communication error happening. + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + The exception that is base class for all exceptions originating from the Revit server. + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + The exception that is thrown when the model is or seems corrupt. + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + The exception that is thrown when an operation is unexpectedly cancelled. + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + The exception that is thrown when the optional functionality is not available in the installed Revit + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + The exception that is thrown when making or attempting to make changes that are forbidden during dynamic updates to the model. + Modifications leading to a new mutual relationship between +elements that did not depend on each other before are potentially +not safe in work-set environment. This exception is thrown when +an Updater either makes such modifications or attempts to call +a method that will or may modify the model in such unsafe matter. + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + The exception that is thrown when an autojoin operation failed. + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + The exception that is thrown when a regeneration operation failed. + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + The exception that is thrown when an issue in the Add-Ins resulted in an unexpected error. + Please contact your external application provider with the information about what led to this exception. + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + The exception that is thrown when an issue in the Revit code resulted in an unexpected error. + Please contact Autodesk Developer Support with the information about what led to this exception. + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + The exception that is thrown when the reading or saving operation failed due to parsing error. + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + The exception that is thrown when the specified file could not be accessed, e.g. read-only, locked by the OS etc. + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + The exception that is thrown when the specified directory could not be found. + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + The exception that is thrown when the specified file could not be found. + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + The exception that is thrown when an I/O error occurs. + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + The exception that is thrown when the OS runs out of resources, +e.g. memory, disk space, or USER or GDI objects. + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + The exception that is thrown when the function cannot execute because +a discipline is disabled. The exception specifies which discipline(s) would let +the operation succeed. + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + The exception that is thrown when an operation is invalid in the current family document, because of the type of family. + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + The exception that is thrown when attempting to access a piece of data that is structurally not part of an object at the moment. + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + The exception that is thrown when an operation is denied, e.g. an attempt was made to set a read-only property. + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + The exception that is thrown by the undo transaction framework when a modification operation is not allowed. + See also: and . + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + The exception that is thrown by the undo transaction framework when the modification operation to the model is outside of a transaction. + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + The exception that is thrown when referencing an object that is no longer valid. + The object may no longer exist for many reasons: + The object was explicitly deleted from the database. A change to other database items caused the item to be automatically deleted from the database. The object no longer exists as its creation was undone (by rolling a transaction back). + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + The exception that is thrown when a method call is invalid for the object's current state. + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + The exception that is thrown when each individual argument is OK, but a joint constraint is violated. + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + The exception that is thrown when the specified file exists. + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + The exception that is thrown when a method received a filename as an argument and requires it to exist as a precondition. + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + The exception that is thrown when a method received a directory as an argument and +requires that the directory be empty but the directory is not empty. + + 2024 + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + The exception that is thrown when a method received a pathname as an argument, but the pathname is +illegal: too long, invalid characters, etc. + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + The exception that is thrown when is passed to a method that does not accept it as a valid argument. + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + The exception that is thrown when the value of an argument is outside the allowable range of values as defined by the invoked method. + + + Gets the name of the parameter that causes this exception. + + + Gets the error message and the parameter name, or only the error message if no parameter name is set. + The text of Message should completely describe the error and should, when possible, explain how to correct it. + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + The exception that is thrown when one of the arguments provided to a method is not valid. + This is the base class for exceptions that are thrown while validating the arguments to a function. + + + The information of the function throwing the exception. + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + The exception that is thrown when a non-fatal application error occurs. + This class is the base class of all Revit specified exceptions. + + + The name of the function throwing an exception. + + + The line number of the function throwing an exception. + + + The name of the file including the function throwing an exception. + + + Retrieves data needed to serialize the target object. + + Data needed to serialize or deserialize the object. + + + The destination of the serialized stream. + + + + The information of a function throwing an exception. + + +Treats lhs and rhs as vectors and returns their cross product. + + +Treats lhs and rhs as vectors and returns their dot product. + + +returns a parallel unit vector or zero vector + + +Make this a unit vector or return ERR_NULL_VECTOR if the vector is nearly zero. + + +construct from components + + +returns a unit vector in the V-direction (0, 1) + + +returns a unit vector in the U-direction (1, 0) + + +returns (0, 0) + + + +'UVUtils::UV' is a class that represents a 2d vector or a 2d point. + + +By default UVUtils::UV is initialized to {0.0, 0.0}. + + + +Array casts + + +Determines whether vectors are parallel within DOUBLE_EPS +Returns: if parallel => 1 + if not or if either is {0,0,0}. => 0 + if antiparallel => -1 + + +Determines whether vectors are parallel within ANGLE_EPS +Returns: if parallel => 1 + if not or if either is {0,0,0}. => 0 + if antiparallel => -1 + + +Returns true when the two vectors are almost equal. +NOTE that the applied tolerance scales with the length of the +vectors. +USE WITH CAUTION +In 3D modeling, a tolerance such as Revit's vertex tolerance +(TessEpsCntrl::getVertexEps) should be used. +Use this only in special cases." + + +The triple product of of three vectors vec0, vec1, vec2 is defined as + dot(cross(vec0, vec1), vec2). + +It is equal to the signed volume of the parallelepiped spanned by the three vectors. +It is zero if and only if the vectors are linearly dependent. This function is equivalent +to the Vec3d function vecVolume. + + +Convert the input xyz into a unit vector. +IF the input vector cannot be normalized +THEN the function will return a zero vector. + + +Convert the input xyz into a unit vector. +IF the vector cannot be normalized +THEN the function will return std::nullopt. + + +Treats lhs and rhs as vectors and returns their cross product. + + +Treats lhs and rhs as vectors and returns their dot product. + + +returns a parallel unit vector or zero vector + + +Make this a unit vector or return ERR_NULL_VECTOR if the vector is nearly zero. + + +construct from components + + +returns a unit vector in the X, Y or Z direction for dim values of 0, 1 or 2 respectively + + +returns a unit vector in the Z-direction (0, 0, 1) + + +returns a unit vector in the Y-direction (0, 1, 0) + + +returns a unit vector in the X-direction (1, 0, 0) + + +returns (0, 0, 0) + + + +'XYZUtils::XYZ' is a class that represents a 3d vector or a 3d point. + + +By default XYZUtils::XYZ is initialized to {0.0, 0.0, 0.0}. + + + +Array casts + + + +A pointer to an ID2D1BitmapRenderTarget object. + + + + +Retrieves the bitmap for this render target. The returned bitmap can be used for drawing operations. + If the method succeeds, it returns TRUE. Otherwise, it returns FALSE. + When this method returns, contains the valid bitmap for this render target. This bitmap can be used for drawing operations. + + + +Returns ID2D1BitmapRenderTarget interface + +Pointer to an ID2D1BitmapRenderTarget interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Returns ID2D1BitmapRenderTarget interface + +Pointer to an ID2D1BitmapRenderTarget interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Detaches render target interface from the object + +Pointer to detached render target interface. + + + +Attaches existing render target interface to the object + Existing render target interface. Cannot be NULL + + + +Constructs a CBitmapRenderTarget object. + + + +A pointer to an ID2D1DCRenderTarget object. + + + + +Returns ID2D1DCRenderTarget interface + +Pointer to an ID2D1DCRenderTarget interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Returns ID2D1DCRenderTarget interface + +Pointer to an ID2D1DCRenderTarget interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Binds the render target to the device context to which it issues drawing commands + If the method succeeds, it returns TRUE. Otherwise, it returns FALSE. + The device context to which the render target issues drawing commands + The dimensions of the handle to a device context (HDC) to which the render target is bound + + + +Creates a CDCRenderTarget. + +If the method succeeds, it returns TRUE. Otherwise, it returns FALSE. + The rendering mode, pixel format, remoting options, DPI information, and the minimum DirectX support required for hardware rendering. + + + +Detaches render target interface from the object + +Pointer to detached render target interface. + + + +Attaches existing render target interface to the object + Existing render target interface. Cannot be NULL + + + +Constructs a CDCRenderTarget object. + + + +ID2D1DCRenderTarget wrapper. + + + + +A pointer to an ID2D1HwndRenderTarget object. + + + + +Changes the size of the render target to the specified pixel size + If the method succeeds, it returns TRUE. Otherwise, it returns FALSE. + The new size of the render target in device pixels + + + +Indicates whether the HWND associated with this render target is occluded. + +A value that indicates whether the HWND associated with this render target is occluded. + + + +Returns the HWND associated with this render target. + +The HWND associated with this render target. + + + +Returns ID2D1HwndRenderTarget interface. + +Pointer to an ID2D1HwndRenderTarget interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Returns ID2D1HwndRenderTarget interface. + +Pointer to an ID2D1HwndRenderTarget interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Re-creates a render target associated with the window + If the method succeeds, it returns TRUE. Otherwise, it returns FALSE. + The HWND associated with this render target + + + +Creates a render target associated with the window + If the method succeeds, it returns TRUE. Otherwise, it returns FALSE + The HWND associated with this render target + + + +Detaches render target interface from the object + +Pointer to detached render target interface. + + + +Attaches existing render target interface to the object + Existing render target interface. Cannot be NULL + + + +Constructs a CHwndRenderTarget object from HWND. + The HWND associated with this render target + + + +ID2D1HwndRenderTarget wrapper. + + + + +A pointer to CD2DTextFormat object that contains a default text format. + + + + +A list of pointers to CD2DResource objects. + + + + +A pointer to an ID2D1RenderTarget object. + + + + +Verifies CD2DResource object validity; creates the object if it didn't already exist. + Pointer to CD2DResource object. + +TRUE is object if valid; otherwise FALSE. + + + +Removes the last axis-aligned clip from the render target. After this method is called, the clip is no longer applied to subsequent drawing operations. + + + +Removes the last axis-aligned clip from the render target. After this method is called, the clip is no longer applied to subsequent drawing operations. + The size and position of the clipping area, in device-independent pixels. + The antialiasing mode that is used to draw the edges of clip rects that have subpixel boundaries, and to blend the clip with the scene contents. The blending is performed once when the PopAxisAlignedClip method is called, and does not apply to each primitive within the layer. + + + +Sets the render target's drawing state to that of the specified ID2D1DrawingStateBlock. + The new drawing state of the render target. + + + +Saves the current drawing state to the specified ID2D1DrawingStateBlock. + When this method returns, contains the current drawing state of the render target. This parameter must be initialized before passing it to the method. + + + +Executes all pending drawing commands. + Contains the tag for drawing operations that caused errors or 0 if there were no errors. This parameter is passed uninitialized. + Contains the tag for drawing operations that caused errors or 0 if there were no errors. This parameter is passed uninitialized. + + + +Stops redirecting drawing operations to the layer that is specified by the last PushLayer call. + + + +Adds the specified layer to the render target so that it receives all subsequent drawing operations until PopLayer is called. + The content bounds, geometric mask, opacity, opacity mask, and antialiasing options for the layer. + The layer that receives subsequent drawing operations. + + + +Creates a new bitmap render target for use during intermediate offscreen drawing that is compatible with the current render target . + If the method succeeds, it returns TRUE. Otherwise, it returns FALSE. + When this method returns, contains the address of a pointer to a new bitmap render target. This parameter is passed uninitialized. + The desired size of the new render target in device-independent pixels if it should be different from the original render target, or NULL. For more information, see the Remarks section. + The desired size of the new render target in pixels if it should be different from the original render target, or NULL. For more information, see the Remarks section. + The desired pixel format and alpha mode of the new render target, or NULL. If the pixel format is set to DXGI_FORMAT_UNKNOWN or if this parameter is null, the new render target uses the same pixel format as the original render target. If the alpha mode is D2D1_ALPHA_MODE_UNKNOWN or this parameter is NULL, the alpha mode of the new render target defaults to D2D1_ALPHA_MODE_PREMULTIPLIED. For information about supported pixel formats, see Supported Pixel Formats and Alpha Modes. + A value that specifies whether the new render target must be compatible with GDI. + + + +Applies the specified transform to the render target, replacing the existing transformation. All subsequent drawing operations occur in the transformed space. + The transform to apply to the render target. + + + +Applies the specified transform to the render target, replacing the existing transformation. All subsequent drawing operations occur in the transformed space. + The transform to apply to the render target. + + + +Applies the specified transform to the render target, replacing the existing transformation. All subsequent drawing operations occur in the transformed space. + The transform to apply to the render target. + + + +Retrieves the render target's current text rendering options. + When this method returns, textRenderingParamscontains the address of a pointer to the render target's current text rendering options. + + + +Specifies text rendering options to be applied to all subsequent text and glyph drawing operations. + The text rendering options to be applied to all subsequent text and glyph drawing operations; NULL to clear current text rendering options. + + + +Gets the current antialiasing mode for text and glyph drawing operations. + +Current antialiasing mode for text and glyph drawing operations. + + + +Specifies the antialiasing mode to use for subsequent text and glyph drawing operations. + The antialiasing mode to use for subsequent text and glyph drawing operations. + + + +Retrieves the current antialiasing mode for nontext drawing operations. + +Current antialiasing mode for nontext drawing operations. + + + +Sets the antialiasing mode of the render target. The antialiasing mode applies to all subsequent drawing operations, excluding text and glyph drawing operations. + The antialiasing mode for future drawing operations. + + + +Paints the interior of the specified mesh. + The mesh to paint. + The brush used to paint the mesh. + + + +Draws the specified glyphs. + The origin, in device-independent pixels, of the glyphs' baseline. + The glyphs to render. + The brush used to paint the specified glyphs. + A value that indicates how glyph metrics are used to measure text when it is formatted. The default value is DWRITE_MEASURING_MODE_NATURAL. + + + +Paints the interior of the specified geometry. + The geometry to paint. + The brush used to paint the geometry's interior. + The opacity mask to apply to the geometry;NULL for no opacity mask. If an opacity mask (the opacityBrush parameter) is specified, brush must be an ID2D1BitmapBrush that has its x- and y-extend modes set to D2D1_EXTEND_MODE_CLAMP. For more information, see the Remarks section. + + + +Draws the outline of the specified geometry using the specified stroke style. + The geometry to draw. + The brush used to paint the geometry's stroke. + The thickness of the geometry's stroke. The stroke is centered on the geometry's outline. + The style of stroke to apply to the geometry's outline, or NULL to paint a solid stroke. + + + +Draws the formatted text described by the specified IDWriteTextLayout object. + The bitmap to render. + The size and position, in device-independent pixels in the render target's coordinate space, of the area to which the bitmap is drawn. If the rectangle is not well-ordered, nothing is drawn, but the render target does not enter an error state. + A value between 0.0f and 1.0f, inclusive, that specifies an opacity value to apply to the bitmap; this value is multiplied against the alpha values of the bitmap's contents. + The interpolation mode to use if the bitmap is scaled or rotated by the drawing operation. + The size and position, in device-independent pixels in the bitmap's coordinate space, of the area within the bitmap to draw. + + + +Draws the formatted text described by the specified IDWriteTextLayout object. + The point, described in device-independent pixels, at which the upper-left corner of the text described by textLayout is drawn. + The formatted text to draw. Any drawing effects that do not inherit from ID2D1Resource are ignored. If there are drawing effects that inherit from ID2D1Resource that are not brushes, this method fails and the render target is put in an error state. + The brush used to paint any text in textLayout that does not already have a brush associated with it as a drawing effect (specified by the IDWriteTextLayout::SetDrawingEffect method). + A value that indicates whether the text should be snapped to pixel boundaries and whether the text should be clipped to the layout rectangle. The default value is D2D1_DRAW_TEXT_OPTIONS_NONE, which indicates that text should be snapped to pixel boundaries and it should not be clipped to the layout rectangle. + + + +Draws the specified text using the format information provided by an IDWriteTextFormat object. + A pointer to an array of Unicode characters to draw. + The size and position of the area in which the text is drawn. + The brush used to paint the text. + An object that describes formatting details of the text to draw, such as the font, the font size, and flow direction. + A value that indicates whether the text should be snapped to pixel boundaries and whether the text should be clipped to the layout rectangle. The default value is D2D1_DRAW_TEXT_OPTIONS_NONE, which indicates that text should be snapped to pixel boundaries and it should not be clipped to the layout rectangle. + A value that indicates how glyph metrics are used to measure text when it is formatted. The default value is DWRITE_MEASURING_MODE_NATURAL. + + + +Applies the opacity mask described by the specified bitmap to a brush and uses that brush to paint a region of the render target. + The position and radius, in device-independent pixels, of the ellipse to paint. + The brush used to paint the region of the render target specified by destinationRectangle. + The type of content the opacity mask contains. The value is used to determine the color space in which the opacity mask is blended. + The region of the render target to paint, in device-independent pixels. + The region of the bitmap to use as the opacity mask, in device-independent pixels. + + + +Draws a line between the specified points using the specified stroke style. + The start point of the line, in device-independent pixels. + The end point of the line, in device-independent pixels. + The brush used to paint the line's stroke. + A value greater than or equal to 0.0f that specifies the width of the stroke. If this parameter isn't specified, it defaults to 1.0f. The stroke is centered on the line. + The style of stroke to paint, or NULL to paint a solid line. + + + +Paints the interior of the specified ellipse. + The position and radius, in device-independent pixels, of the ellipse to paint. + The brush used to paint the interior of the ellipse. + + + +Draws the outline of the specified ellipse using the specified stroke style. + The position and radius of the ellipse to draw, in device-independent pixels. + The brush used to paint the ellipse's outline. + The thickness of the ellipse's stroke. The stroke is centered on the ellipse's outline. + The style of stroke to apply to the ellipse's outline, or NULL to paint a solid stroke. + + + +Paints the interior of the specified rounded rectangle. + The dimensions of the rounded rectangle to paint, in device independent pixels. + The brush used to paint the interior of the rounded rectangle. + + + +Draws the outline of the specified rounded rectangle using the specified stroke style. + The dimensions of the rounded rectangle to draw, in device-independent pixels. + The brush used to paint the rounded rectangle's outline. + The width of the rounded rectangle's stroke. The stroke is centered on the rounded rectangle's outline. The default value is 1.0f. + The style of the rounded rectangle's stroke, or NULL to paint a solid stroke. The default value is NULL. + + + +Paints the interior of the specified rectangle. + The dimension of the rectangle to paint, in device-independent pixels. + The brush used to paint the rectangle's interior. + + + +Draws the outline of a rectangle that has the specified dimensions and stroke style. + The dimensions of the rectangle to draw, in device-independent pixels + The brush used to paint the rectangle's stroke + A value greater than or equal to 0.0f that specifies the width of the rectangle's stroke. The stroke is centered on the rectangle's outline. + The style of stroke to paint, or NULL to paint a solid stroke. + + + +Clears the drawing area to the specified color. + The color to which the drawing area is cleared. + + + +Converts GDI color and alpha values to the D2D1_COLOR_F object. + RGB value. + Alpha value. + +D2D1_COLOR_F value. + + + +Ends drawing operations on the render target and indicates the current error state and associated tags. + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. Otherwise, it returns an HRESULT error code. + + + +Initiates drawing on this render target. + + + +Detaches render target interface from the object + +Pointer to detached render target interface. + + + +Attaches existing render target interface to the object + Existing render target interface. Cannot be NULL + + + +Gets the maximum size, in device-dependent units (pixels), of any one bitmap dimension supported by the render target + +The maximum size, in pixels, of any one bitmap dimension supported by the render target + + + +Indicates whether the render target supports the specified properties + +TRUE if the specified render target properties are supported by this render target; otherwise, FALSE + The render target properties to test + + + +Specifies a label for subsequent drawing operations. + A label to apply to subsequent drawing operations. + A label to apply to subsequent drawing operations. + + + +Gets the label for subsequent drawing operations. + Contains the first label for subsequent drawing operations. This parameter is passed uninitialized. If NULL is specified, no value is retrieved for this parameter. + Contains the second label for subsequent drawing operations. This parameter is passed uninitialized. If NULL is specified, no value is retrieved for this parameter. + + + +Returns the size of the render target in device pixels + +The size of the render target in device pixels + + + +Retrieves the pixel format and alpha mode of the render target + +The pixel format and alpha mode of the render target + + + +Returns the render target's dots per inch (DPI) + +The render target's dots per inch (DPI). + + + +Sets the dots per inch (DPI) of the render target. + A value greater than or equal to zero that specifies the horizontal/verticalDPI of the render target. + + + +Returns the size of the render target in device-independent pixels + +The current size of the render target in device-independent pixels + + + +Returns ID2D1RenderTarget interface + +Pointer to an ID2D1RenderTarget interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Returns ID2D1RenderTarget interface + +Pointer to an ID2D1RenderTarget interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Checks resource validity + +TRUE if resource is valid; otherwise FALSE. + + + +Deletes one or more resources + +If the method succeeds, it returns TRUE. Otherwise, it returns FALSE + If bDeleteResources is TRUE, all resources located in m_lstResources will be automatically destroyed. + + + +The destructor. Called when a render target object is being destroyed. + + + + +Constructs a CRenderTarget object. + + + +ID2D1RenderTarget wrapper. + + + + +A pointer to an ID2D1Mesh. + + + + +Checks resource validity + +TRUE if resource is valid; otherwise FALSE. + + + +Destroys a CD2DMesh object. + + + +Creates a CD2DMesh. + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. Otherwise, it returns an HRESULT error code. + A pointer to the render target. + + + +Opens the mesh for population. + +A pointer to an ID2D1TessellationSink that is used to populate the mesh. + + + +Returns ID2D1Mesh interface + +Pointer to an ID2D1Mesh interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Returns ID2D1Mesh interface + +Pointer to an ID2D1Mesh interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Detaches resource interface from the object + +Pointer to detached resource interface. + + + +Attaches existing resource interface to the object + Existing resource interface. Cannot be NULL + + + +The destructor. Called when a D2D mesh object is being destroyed. + + + + +Constructs a CD2DMesh object. + A pointer to the render target. + Indicates that the object will be destroyed by owner (pParentTarget). + + + +ID2D1Mesh wrapper. + + + + +A pointer to an ID2D1GeometrySink. + + + + +Specifies stroke and join options to be applied to new segments added to the geometry sink. + Stroke and join options to be applied to new segments added to the geometry sink. + + + +Specifies the method used to determine which points are inside the geometry described by this geometry sink and which points are outside. + The method used to determine whether a given point is part of the geometry. + + + +Closes the geometry sink + +Nonzero if successful; otherwise FALSE. + + + +Creates a sequence of lines using the specified points and adds them to the geometry sink. + An array of one or more points that describe the lines to draw. A line is drawn from the geometry sink's current point (the end point of the last segment drawn or the location specified by BeginFigure) to the first point in the array. if the array contains additional points, a line is drawn from the first point to the second point in the array, from the second point to the third point, and so on. An array of a sequence of the end points of the lines to draw. + + + +Creates a line segment between the current point and the specified end point and adds it to the geometry sink. + The end point of the line to draw. + + + +Adds a sequence of quadratic Bezier segments as an array in a single call. + An array of a sequence of quadratic Bezier segments. + + + +Creates a quadratic Bezier curve between the current point and the specified end point. + A structure that describes the control point and the end point of the quadratic Bezier curve to add. + + + +Creates a sequence of cubic Bezier curves and adds them to the geometry sink. + An array of Bezier segments that describes the Bezier curves to create. A curve is drawn from the geometry sink's current point (the end point of the last segment drawn or the location specified by BeginFigure) to the end point of the first Bezier segment in the array. if the array contains additional Bezier segments, each subsequent Bezier segment uses the end point of the preceding Bezier segment as its start point. + + + +Creates a cubic Bezier curve between the current point and the specified end point. + A structure that describes the control points and end point of the Bezier curve to add. + + + +Adds a single arc to the path geometry + The arc segment to add to the figure + + + +Ends the current figure; optionally, closes it. + A value that indicates whether the current figure is closed. If the figure is closed, a line is drawn between the current point and the start point specified by BeginFigure. + + + +Starts a new figure at the specified point. + The point at which to begin the new figure. + Whether the new figure should be hollow or filled. + + + +Returns ID2D1GeometrySink interface + +Pointer to an ID2D1GeometrySink interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Returns ID2D1GeometrySink interface + +Pointer to an ID2D1GeometrySink interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Checks geometry sink validity + +TRUE if geometry sink is valid; otherwise FALSE. + + + +The destructor. Called when a D2D geometry sink object is being destroyed. + + + + +Constructs a CD2DGeometrySink object from CD2DPathGeometry object. + An existing CD2DPathGeometry object. + + + +ID2D1GeometrySink wrapper. + + + + +A pointer to an ID2D1PathGeometry. + + + + +Retrieves tthe number of figures in the path geometry. + +Returns the number of figures in the path geometry. + + + +Retrieves the number of segments in the path geometry. + +Returns the number of segments in the path geometry. + + + +Copies the contents of the path geometry to the specified ID2D1GeometrySink. + +If the method succeeds, it returns TRUE. Otherwise, it returns FALSE. + The sink to which the path geometry's contents are copied. Modifying this sink does not change the contents of this path geometry. + + + +Retrieves the geometry sink that is used to populate the path geometry with figures and segments. + +A pointer to the ID2D1GeometrySink that is used to populate the path geometry with figures and segments. + + + +Detaches resource interface from the object + +Pointer to detached resource interface. + + + +Attaches existing resource interface to the object + Existing resource interface. Cannot be NULL + + + +Destroys a CD2DPathGeometry object. + + + +Creates a CD2DPathGeometry. + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. Otherwise, it returns an HRESULT error code. + A pointer to the render target. + + + +Constructs a CD2DPathGeometry object. + A pointer to the render target. + Indicates that the object will be destroyed by owner (pParentTarget). + + + +ID2D1PathGeometry wrapper. + + + + +A pointer to an ID2D1Geometry. + + + + +Widens the geometry by the specified stroke and writes the result to an ID2D1SimplifiedGeometrySink after it has been transformed by the specified matrix and flattened using the specified tolerance. + +If the method succeeds, it returns TRUE. Otherwise, it returns FALSE. + The amount by which to widen the geometry. + The style of stroke to apply to the geometry, or NULL. + The transform to apply to the geometry after widening it. + The ID2D1SimplifiedGeometrySink to which the widened geometry is appended. + The maximum bounds on the distance between points in the polygonal approximation of the geometry. Smaller values produce more accurate results but cause slower execution. + + + +Creates a set of clockwise-wound triangles that cover the geometry after it has been transformed using the specified matrix and flattened using the specified tolerance. + +If the method succeeds, it returns TRUE. Otherwise, it returns FALSE. + The transform to apply to this geometry, or NULL. + The ID2D1TessellationSink to which the tessellated is appended. + The maximum bounds on the distance between points in the polygonal approximation of the geometry. Smaller values produce more accurate results but cause slower execution. + + + +Creates a simplified version of the geometry that contains only lines and (optionally) cubic Bezier curves and writes the result to an ID2D1SimplifiedGeometrySink. + +If the method succeeds, it returns TRUE. Otherwise, it returns FALSE. + A value that specifies whether the simplified geometry should contain curves. + The transform to apply to the simplified geometry. + The ID2D1SimplifiedGeometrySink to which the simplified geometry is appended. + The maximum bounds on the distance between points in the polygonal approximation of the geometry. Smaller values produce more accurate results but cause slower execution. + + + +Computes the outline of the geometry and writes the result to an ID2D1SimplifiedGeometrySink. + +If the method succeeds, it returns TRUE. Otherwise, it returns FALSE. + The transform to apply to the geometry outline. + The ID2D1SimplifiedGeometrySink to which the geometry transformed outline is appended. + The maximum bounds on the distance between points in the polygonal approximation of the geometry. Smaller values produce more accurate results but cause slower execution. + + + +Determines whether the geometry's stroke contains the specified point given the specified stroke thickness, style, and transform. + +If the method succeeds, it returns TRUE. Otherwise, it returns FALSE. + The point to test for containment. + The thickness of the stroke to apply. + The style of the stroke to apply. + The transform to apply to the stroked geometry. + When this method returns, contains a boolean value set to TRUE if the geometry's stroke contains the specified point; otherwise, FALSE. You must allocate storage for this parameter. + The numeric accuracy with which the precise geometric path and path intersection is calculated. Points missing the stroke by less than the tolerance are still considered inside. Smaller values produce more accurate results but cause slower execution. + + + +Indicates whether the area filled by the geometry would contain the specified point given the specified flattening tolerance. + +If the method succeeds, it returns TRUE. Otherwise, it returns FALSE. + The point to test. + The transform to apply to the geometry prior to testing for containment. + When this method returns, contains a bool value that is TRUE if the area filled by the geometry contains point; otherwise, FALSE. You must allocate storage for this parameter. + The numeric accuracy with which the precise geometric path and path intersection is calculated. Points missing the fill by less than the tolerance are still considered inside. Smaller values produce more accurate results but cause slower execution. + + + +Gets the bounds of the geometry after it has been widened by the specified stroke width and style and transformed by the specified matrix. + +If the method succeeds, it returns TRUE. Otherwise, it returns FALSE. + The amount by which to widen the geometry by stroking its outline. + The style of the stroke that widens the geometry. + A transform to apply to the geometry after the geometry is transformed and after the geometry has been stroked. + When this method returns, contains the bounds of the widened geometry. You must allocate storage for this parameter. + The maximum bounds on the distance between points in the polygonal approximation of the geometries. Smaller values produce more accurate results but cause slower execution. + + + +Retrieves the bounds of the geometry. + +If the method succeeds, it returns TRUE. Otherwise, it returns FALSE. + The transform to apply to this geometry before calculating its bounds. + When this method returns, contains the bounds of this geometry. If the bounds are empty, this will be a rect where bounds.left is greater than bounds.right. You must allocate storage for this parameter. + + + +Calculates the point and tangent vector at the specified distance along the geometry after it has been transformed by the specified matrix and flattened using the specified tolerance. + +If the method succeeds, it returns TRUE. Otherwise, it returns FALSE. + The distance along the geometry of the point and tangent to find. If this distance is less then 0, this method calculates the first point in the geometry. If this distance is greater than the length of the geometry, this method calculates the last point in the geometry. + The transform to apply to the geometry before calculating the specified point and tangent. + The location at the specified distance along the geometry. If the geometry is empty, this point contains NaN as its x and y values. + When this method returns, contains a pointer to the tangent vector at the specified distance along the geometry. If the geometry is empty, this vector contains NaN as its x and y values. You must allocate storage for this parameter. + The maximum bounds on the distance between points in the polygonal approximation of the geometry. Smaller values produce more accurate results but cause slower execution. + + + +Calculates the length of the geometry as though each segment were unrolled into a line. + +If the method succeeds, it returns TRUE. Otherwise, it returns FALSE. + The transform to apply to the geometry before calculating its length. + When this method returns, contains a pointer to the length of the geometry. For closed geometries, the length includes an implicit closing segment. You must allocate storage for this parameter. + The maximum bounds on the distance between points in the polygonal approximation of the geometry. Smaller values produce more accurate results but cause slower execution. + + + +Computes the area of the geometry after it has been transformed by the specified matrix and flattened using the specified tolerance. + +If the method succeeds, it returns TRUE. Otherwise, it returns FALSE. + The transform to apply to this geometry before computing its area. + When this method returns, contains a pointer to the area of the transformed, flattened version of this geometry. You must allocate storage for this parameter. + The maximum bounds on the distance between points in the polygonal approximation of the geometry. Smaller values produce more accurate results but cause slower execution. + + + +Describes the intersection between this geometry and the specified geometry. The comparison is performed using the specified flattening tolerance. + +If the method succeeds, it returns TRUE. Otherwise, it returns FALSE. + The geometry to test. + The transform to apply to inputGeometry. + The maximum bounds on the distance between points in the polygonal approximation of the geometries. Smaller values produce more accurate results but cause slower execution. + + + +Combines this geometry with the specified geometry and stores the result in an ID2D1SimplifiedGeometrySink. + +If the method succeeds, it returns TRUE. Otherwise, it returns FALSE. + The geometry to combine with this instance. + The type of combine operation to perform. + The transform to apply to inputGeometry before combining. + The result of the combine operation. + The maximum bounds on the distance between points in the polygonal approximation of the geometries. Smaller values produce more accurate results but cause slower execution. + + + +Checks resource validity + +TRUE if resource is valid; otherwise FALSE. + + + +Destroys a CD2DGeometry object. + + + +Returns ID2D1Geometry interface + +Pointer to an ID2D1Geometry interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Returns ID2D1Geometry interface + +Pointer to an ID2D1Geometry interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Detaches resource interface from the object + +Pointer to detached resource interface. + + + +Attaches existing resource interface to the object + Existing resource interface. Cannot be NULL + + + +The destructor. Called when a D2D geometry object is being destroyed. + + + + +Constructs a CD2DGeometry object. + A pointer to the render target. + Indicates that the object will be destroyed by owner (pParentTarget). + + + +ID2D1Geometry wrapper. + + + + +A pointer to an IDWriteTextLayout. + + + + +Gets the locale name of the text at the specified position. + +CString object that contains the current locale name. + The position of the text to inspect. + The range of text that has the same formatting as the text at the position specified by currentPosition. This means the run has the exact formatting as the position specified, including but not limited to the locale name. + + + +Copies the font family name of the text at the specified position. + +CString object that contains the current font family name. + The position of the text to examine. + The range of text that has the same formatting as the text at the position specified by currentPosition. This means the run has the exact formatting as the position specified, including but not limited to the font family name. + + + +Sets the locale name for text within a specified text range + +If the method succeeds, it returns TRUE. Otherwise, it returns FALSE + A null-terminated locale name string + Text range to which this change applies + + + +Sets null-terminated font family name for text within a specified text range + +If the method succeeds, it returns TRUE. Otherwise, it returns FALSE + The font family name that applies to the entire text string within the range specified by textRange + Text range to which this change applies + + + +Returns IDWriteTextLayout interface + +Pointer to an IDWriteTextLayout interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Returns IDWriteTextLayout interface + +Pointer to an IDWriteTextLayout interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Checks resource validity + +TRUE if resource is valid; otherwise FALSE. + + + +Destroys a CD2DTextLayout object. + + + +Creates a CD2DTextLayout. + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. Otherwise, it returns an HRESULT error code. + A pointer to the render target. + + + +Re-creates a CD2DTextLayout. + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. Otherwise, it returns an HRESULT error code. + A pointer to the render target. + + + +The destructor. Called when a D2D text layout object is being destroyed. + + + + +Constructs a CD2DTextLayout object. + A pointer to the render target. + A CString object that contains the string to create a new CD2DTextLayout object from. + A CString object that contains the format to apply to the string. + The size of the layout box. + Indicates that the object will be destroyed by owner (pParentTarget). + + + +IDWriteTextLayout wrapper. + + + + +A pointer to an IDWriteTextFormat. + + + + +Gets a copy of the locale name. + +CString object that contains the current locale name. + + + +Gets a copy of the font family name. + +CString object that contains the current font family name. + + + +Returns IDWriteTextFormat interface + +Pointer to an IDWriteTextFormat interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Returns IDWriteTextFormat interface + +Pointer to an IDWriteTextFormat interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Checks resource validity + +TRUE if resource is valid; otherwise FALSE. + + + +Destroys a CD2DTextFormat object. + + + +Creates a CD2DTextFormat. + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. Otherwise, it returns an HRESULT error code. + A pointer to the render target. + + + +Re-creates a CD2DTextFormat. + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. Otherwise, it returns an HRESULT error code. + A pointer to the render target. + + + +The destructor. Called when a D2D text format object is being destroyed. + + + + +Constructs a CD2DTextFormat object. + A pointer to the render target. + A CString object that contains the name of the font family. + The logical size of the font in DIP ("device-independent pixel") units. A DIPequals 1/96 inch. + A value that indicates the font weight for the text object. + A value that indicates the font style for the text object. + A value that indicates the font stretch for the text object. + A CString object that contains the locale name. + A pointer to a font collection object. When this is NULL, indicates the system font collection. + Indicates that the object will be destroyed by owner (pParentTarget). + + + +IDWriteTextFormat wrapper. + + + + +A pointer to an ID2D1RadialGradientBrush. + + + + +The center, gradient origin offset, and x-radius and y-radius of the brush's gradient. + + + + +Retrieves the y-radius of the gradient ellipse + +The y-radius of the gradient ellipse. This value is expressed in the brush's coordinate space + + + +Retrieves the x-radius of the gradient ellipse + +The x-radius of the gradient ellipse. This value is expressed in the brush's coordinate space + + + +Retrieves the offset of the gradient origin relative to the gradient ellipse's center + +The offset of the gradient origin from the center of the gradient ellipse. This value is expressed in the brush's coordinate space + + + +Retrieves the center of the gradient ellipse + +The center of the gradient ellipse. This value is expressed in the brush's coordinate space + + + +Specifies the y-radius of the gradient ellipse, in the brush's coordinate space + The y-radius of the gradient ellipse. This value is in the brush's coordinate space + + + +Specifies the x-radius of the gradient ellipse, in the brush's coordinate space + The x-radius of the gradient ellipse. This value is in the brush's coordinate space + + + +Specifies the offset of the gradient origin relative to the gradient ellipse's center + The offset of the gradient origin from the center of the gradient ellipse + + + +Specifies the center of the gradient ellipse in the brush's coordinate space + The center of the gradient ellipse, in the brush's coordinate space + + + +Returns ID2D1RadialGradientBrush interface + +Pointer to an ID2D1RadialGradientBrush interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Returns ID2D1RadialGradientBrush interface + +Pointer to an ID2D1RadialGradientBrush interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Detaches resource interface from the object + +Pointer to detached resource interface. + + + +Attaches existing resource interface to the object + Existing resource interface. Cannot be NULL + + + +Destroys a CD2DRadialGradientBrush object. + + + +Creates a CD2DRadialGradientBrush. + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. Otherwise, it returns an HRESULT error code. + A pointer to the render target. + + + +The destructor. Called when a D2D radial gradient brush object is being destroyed. + + + + +Constructs a CD2DLinearGradientBrush object. + A pointer to the render target. + A pointer to an array of D2D1_GRADIENT_STOP structures. + A value greater than or equal to 1 that specifies the number of gradient stops in the gradientStops array. + The center, gradient origin offset, and x-radius and y-radius of the brush's gradient. + The space in which color interpolation between the gradient stops is performed. + The behavior of the gradient outside the [0,1] normalized range. + A pointer to the opacity and transformation of a brush. + Indicates that the object will be destroyed by owner (pParentTarget). + + + +ID2D1RadialGradientBrush wrapper. + + + + +A pointer to an ID2D1LinearGradientBrush. + + + + +The start and end points of the gradient. + + + + +Retrieves the ending coordinates of the linear gradient + +The ending two-dimensional coordinates of the linear gradient, in the brush's coordinate space + + + +Retrieves the starting coordinates of the linear gradient + +The starting two-dimensional coordinates of the linear gradient, in the brush's coordinate space + + + +Sets the ending coordinates of the linear gradient in the brush's coordinate space + The ending two-dimensional coordinates of the linear gradient, in the brush's coordinate space + + + +Sets the starting coordinates of the linear gradient in the brush's coordinate space + The starting two-dimensional coordinates of the linear gradient, in the brush's coordinate space + + + +Returns ID2D1LinearGradientBrush interface + +Pointer to an ID2D1LinearGradientBrush interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Returns ID2D1LinearGradientBrush interface + +Pointer to an ID2D1LinearGradientBrush interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Detaches resource interface from the object + +Pointer to detached resource interface. + + + +Attaches existing resource interface to the object + Existing resource interface. Cannot be NULL + + + +Destroys a CD2DLinearGradientBrush object. + + + +Creates a CD2DLinearGradientBrush. + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. Otherwise, it returns an HRESULT error code. + A pointer to the render target. + + + +The destructor. Called when a D2D linear gradient brush object is being destroyed. + + + + +Constructs a CD2DLinearGradientBrush object. + A pointer to the render target. + A pointer to an array of D2D1_GRADIENT_STOP structures. + A value greater than or equal to 1 that specifies the number of gradient stops in the gradientStops array. + The start and end points of the gradient. + The space in which color interpolation between the gradient stops is performed. + The behavior of the gradient outside the [0,1] normalized range. + A pointer to the opacity and transformation of a brush. + Indicates that the object will be destroyed by owner (pParentTarget). + + + +ID2D1LinearGradientBrush wrapper. + + + + +A pointer to an array of D2D1_GRADIENT_STOP structures. + + + + +The behavior of the gradient outside the [0,1] normalized range. + + + + +The space in which color interpolation between the gradient stops is performed. + + + + +Array of the D2D1_GRADIENT_STOP structures. + + + + +Destroys a CD2DGradientBrush object. + + + +The destructor. Called when a D2D gradient brush object is being destroyed. + + + + +Constructs a CD2DGradientBrush object. + A pointer to the render target. + A pointer to an array of D2D1_GRADIENT_STOP structures. + A value greater than or equal to 1 that specifies the number of gradient stops in the gradientStops array. + The space in which color interpolation between the gradient stops is performed. + The behavior of the gradient outside the [0,1] normalized range. + A pointer to the opacity and transformation of a brush. + Indicates that the object will be destroyed by owner (pParentTarget). + + + +The base class of CD2DLinearGradientBrush and CD2DRadialGradientBrush classes. + + + + +Bitmap brush properties. + + + + +Stores a pointer to an ID2D1BitmapBrush object. + + + + +Stores a pointer to a CD2DBitmap object. + + + + +Initializes the object + A pointer to the bitmap brush properties. + + + +Destroys a CD2DBitmapBrush object. + + + +Creates a CD2DBitmapBrush. + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. Otherwise, it returns an HRESULT error code. + A pointer to the render target. + + + +Gets the interpolation method used when the brush bitmap is scaled or rotated + +The interpolation method used when the brush bitmap is scaled or rotated + + + +Gets the method by which the brush vertically tiles those areas that extend past its bitmap + +A value that specifies how the brush vertically tiles those areas that extend past its bitmap + + + +Gets the method by which the brush horizontally tiles those areas that extend past its bitmap + +A value that specifies how the brush horizontally tiles those areas that extend past its bitmap + + + +Specifies the bitmap source that this brush uses to paint + The bitmap source used by the brush + + + +Specifies the interpolation mode used when the brush bitmap is scaled or rotated + The interpolation mode used when the brush bitmap is scaled or rotated + + + +Specifies how the brush vertically tiles those areas that extend past its bitmap + A value that specifies how the brush vertically tiles those areas that extend past its bitmap + + + +Specifies how the brush horizontally tiles those areas that extend past its bitmap + A value that specifies how the brush horizontally tiles those areas that extend past its bitmap + + + +Gets the bitmap source that this brush uses to paint + +Pointer to an CD2DBitmap object or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Returns ID2D1BitmapBrush interface + +Pointer to an ID2D1BitmapBrush interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Returns ID2D1BitmapBrush interface + +Pointer to an ID2D1BitmapBrush interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Detaches resource interface from the object + +Pointer to detached resource interface. + + + +Attaches existing resource interface to the object + Existing resource interface. Cannot be NULL + + + +The destructor. Called when a D2D bitmap brush object is being destroyed. + + + + +Constructs a CD2DBitmapBrush object from file. + A pointer to the render target. + Pointer to a null-terminated string that contains the name of file. + Destination size of the bitmap. + A pointer to the extend modes and the interpolation mode of a bitmap brush. + A pointer to the opacity and transformation of a brush. + Indicates that the object will be destroyed by owner (pParentTarget). + + + +Constructs a CD2DBitmapBrush object from resource. + A pointer to the render target. + The resource ID number of the resource. + Pointer to a null-terminated string that contains the resource type. + Destination size of the bitmap. + A pointer to the extend modes and the interpolation mode of a bitmap brush. + A pointer to the opacity and transformation of a brush. + Indicates that the object will be destroyed by owner (pParentTarget). + + + +Constructs a CD2DBitmapBrush object. + A pointer to the render target. + A pointer to the extend modes and the interpolation mode of a bitmap brush. + A pointer to the opacity and transformation of a brush. + Indicates that the object will be destroyed by owner (pParentTarget). + + + +ID2D1BitmapBrush wrapper. + + + + +Brush solid color. + + + + +Stores a pointer to an ID2D1SolidColorBrush object. + + + + +Destroys a CD2DSolidColorBrush object. + + + +Creates a CD2DSolidColorBrush. + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. Otherwise, it returns an HRESULT error code. + A pointer to the render target. + + + +Retrieves the color of the solid color brush + +The color of this solid color brush + + + +Specifies the color of this solid color brush + The color of this solid color brush + + + +Returns ID2D1SolidColorBrush interface + +Pointer to an ID2D1SolidColorBrush interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Returns ID2D1SolidColorBrush interface + +Pointer to an ID2D1SolidColorBrush interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Detaches resource interface from the object + +Pointer to detached resource interface. + + + +Attaches existing resource interface to the object + Existing resource interface. Cannot be NULL + + + +The destructor. Called when a D2D solid brush object is being destroyed. + + + + +Constructs a CD2DSolidColorBrush object. + A pointer to the render target. + The red, green, and blue values of the brush's color. + The opacity of the brush's color. + A pointer to the opacity and transformation of a brush. + Indicates that the object will be destroyed by owner (pParentTarget). + + + +Constructs a CD2DSolidColorBrush object. + A pointer to the render target. + The red, green, blue, and alpha values of the brush's color. + A pointer to the opacity and transformation of a brush. + Indicates that the object will be destroyed by owner (pParentTarget). + + + +ID2D1SolidColorBrush wrapper. + + + + +Brush properties. + + + + +Stores a pointer to an ID2D1Brush object. + + + + +Gets the current transform of the render target + When this returns, contains the current transform of the render target. This parameter is passed uninitialized + + + +Applies the specified transform to the render target, replacing the existing transformation. All subsequent drawing operations occur in the transformed space + The transform to apply to the render target + + + +Gets the degree of opacity of this brush + +A value between zero and 1 that indicates the opacity of the brush. This value is a constant multiplier that linearly scales the alpha value of all pixels filled by the brush. The opacity values are clamped in the range 0 to 1 before they are multiplied together + + + +Sets the degree of opacity of this brush + A value between zero and 1 that indicates the opacity of the brush. This value is a constant multiplier that linearly scales the alpha value of all pixels filled by the brush. The opacity values are clamped in the range 0 to 1 before they are multiplied together + + + +Destroys a CD2DBrush object. + + + +Returns ID2D1Brush interface + +Pointer to an ID2D1Brush interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Returns ID2D1Brush interface + +Pointer to an ID2D1Brush interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Checks resource validity + +TRUE if resource is valid; otherwise FALSE. + + + +Detaches resource interface from the object + +Pointer to detached resource interface. + + + +Attaches existing resource interface to the object + Existing resource interface. Cannot be NULL + + + +The destructor. Called when a D2D brush object is being destroyed. + + + + +Constructs a CD2DBrush object. + A pointer to the render target. + A pointer to the opacity and transformation of a brush. + Indicates that the object will be destroyed by owner (pParentTarget). + + + +ID2D1Brush wrapper. + + + + +Initializes the object + + + +Creates a CD2D_BRUSH_PROPERTIES structure + The transformation to apply to the brush + The base opacity of the brush. The default value is 1.0. + + + +Creates a CD2D_BRUSH_PROPERTIES structure + The base opacity of the brush. The default value is 1.0. + + + +Creates a CD2D_BRUSH_PROPERTIES structure + + + +D2D1_BRUSH_PROPERTIES wrapper. + + + + +TRUE if m_hBmpSrc should be destroyed; otherwise FALSE. + + + + +Source bitmap handle. + + + + +Bitmap destination size. + + + + +Botmap file path. + + + + +Resource type. + + + + +Bitmap resource ID. + + + + +Stores a pointer to an ID2D1Bitmap object. + + + + +Destroys a CD2DBitmap object. + + + +Creates a CD2DBitmap. + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. Otherwise, it returns an HRESULT error code. + A pointer to the render target. + + + +Initializes the object + + + +Returns ID2D1Bitmap interface + +Pointer to an ID2D1Bitmap interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Returns ID2D1Bitmap interface + +Pointer to an ID2D1Bitmap interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Checks resource validity + +TRUE if resource is valid; otherwise FALSE. + + + +Copies the specified region from memory into the current bitmap + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. Otherwise, it returns an HRESULT error code. + The data to copy + The stride, or pitch, of the source bitmap stored in srcData. The stride is the byte count of a scanline (one row of pixels in memory). The stride can be computed from the following formula: pixel width * bytes per pixel + memory padding + In the current bitmap, the upper-left corner of the area to which the region specified by srcRect is copied + + + +Copies the specified region from the specified render target into the current bitmap + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. Otherwise, it returns an HRESULT error code. + The render target that contains the region to copy + In the current bitmap, the upper-left corner of the area to which the region specified by srcRect is copied + The area of renderTarget to copy + + + +Copies the specified region from the specified bitmap into the current bitmap + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. Otherwise, it returns an HRESULT error code. + The bitmap to copy from + In the current bitmap, the upper-left corner of the area to which the region specified by srcRect is copied + The area of bitmap to copy + + + +Return the dots per inch (DPI) of the bitmap + +The horizontal and vertical DPI of the bitmap. + + + +Retrieves the pixel format and alpha mode of the bitmap + +The pixel format and alpha mode of the bitmap. + + + +Returns the size, in device-dependent units (pixels), of the bitmap + +The size, in pixels, of the bitmap.. + + + +Returns the size, in device-independent pixels (DIPs), of the bitmap + +The size, in DIPs, of the bitmap. + + + +Detaches resource interface from the object + +Pointer to detached resource interface. + + + +Attaches existing resource interface to the object + Existing resource interface. Cannot be NULL + + + +The destructor. Called when a D2D bitmap object is being destroyed. + + + + +Constructs a CD2DBitmap object. + A pointer to the render target. + Indicates that the object will be destroyed by owner (pParentTarget). + + + +Constructs a CD2DBitmap object from HBITMAP. + A pointer to the render target. + Handle to the bitmap. + Destination size of the bitmap. + Indicates that the object will be destroyed by owner (pParentTarget). + + + +Constructs a CD2DBitmap object from file. + A pointer to the render target. + Pointer to a null-terminated string that contains the name of file. + Destination size of the bitmap. + Indicates that the object will be destroyed by owner (pParentTarget). + + + +Constructs a CD2DBitmap object from resource. + A pointer to the render target. + The resource ID number of the resource. + Pointer to a null-terminated string that contains the resource type. + Destination size of the bitmap. + Indicates that the object will be destroyed by owner (pParentTarget). + + + +ID2D1Bitmap wrapper. + + + + +Stores a pointer to an ID2D1Layer object. + + + + +Destroys a CD2DLayer object. + + + +Creates a CD2DLayer. + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. Otherwise, it returns an HRESULT error code. + A pointer to the render target. + + + +Detaches resource interface from the object + +Pointer to detached resource interface. + + + +Attaches existing resource interface to the object + Existing resource interface. Cannot be NULL + + + +Returns ID2D1Layer interface + +Pointer to an ID2D1Layer interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Returns ID2D1Layer interface + +Pointer to an ID2D1Layer interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Checks resource validity + +TRUE if resource is valid; otherwise FALSE. + + + +Returns the size of the render target in device-independent pixels + +The current size of the render target in device-independent pixels + + + +The destructor. Called when a D2D layer object is being destroyed. + + + + +Constructs a CD2DLayer object. + A pointer to the render target. + Indicates that the object will be destroyed by owner (pParentTarget). + + + +ID2D1Layer wrapper. + + + + +Pointer to the parent CRenderTarget) + + + +Resource will be destoyed by owner (CRenderTarget) + + + +Checks resource validity + +TRUE if resource is valid; otherwise FALSE. + + + +Destroys a CD2DResource object. + + + +Creates a CD2DResource. + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. Otherwise, it returns an HRESULT error code. + A pointer to the render target. + + + +Re-creates a CD2DResource. + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. Otherwise, it returns an HRESULT error code. + A pointer to the render target. + + + +Check auto destroy flag. + +TRUE if the object will be destroyed by its owner; otherwise FALSE. + + + +The destructor. Called when a D2D resource object is being destroyed. + + + + +Constructs a CD2DResource object. + A pointer to the render target. + Indicates that the object will be destroyed by owner (pParentTarget). + + + +An abstract class, which provides a interface for creating and managing D2D resources such as brushes, layers and texts. + + + + +Constructs a CD2DEllipse from CD2DPointF and CD2DSizeF objects. + The center point of the ellipse. + The X-radius and Y-radius of the ellipse. + + + +Constructs a CD2DEllipse object from D2D1_ELLIPSE object. + source ellipse + + + +Constructs a CD2DEllipse object from D2D1_ELLIPSE object. + source ellipse + + + +Constructs a CD2DEllipse object from CD2DRectF object. + source rectangle + + + +D2D1_ELLIPSE wrapper + + + + +Constructs a CD2DRoundedRect object from D2D1_ROUNDED_RECT object. + source rectangle + + + +Constructs a CD2DRoundedRect object from D2D1_ROUNDED_RECT object. + source rectangle + + + +Constructs a CD2DRoundedRect object from CD2DRectF object. + source rectangle + radius size + + + +D2D1_ROUNDED_RECT wrapper + + + + +Converts CD2DRectU to CRect object. + +Current value of D2D rectangle. + + + + +Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether an expression contains no valid data (Null). + +TRUE if rectangle's top, left, bottom, and right values are all equal to 0; otherwise FALSE. + + + + +Constructs a CD2DRectU object from four UINT32 values. + source left coordinate + source top coordinate + source right coordinate + source bottom coordinate + + + +Constructs a CD2DRectU object from D2D1_RECT_U object. + source rectangle + + + +Constructs a CD2DRectU object from D2D1_RECT_U object. + source rectangle + + + +Constructs a CD2DRectU object from CRect object. + source rectangle + + + +D2D1_RECT_U wrapper + + + + +Converts CD2DRectF to CRect object. + +Current value of D2D rectangle. + + + + +Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether an expression contains no valid data (Null). + +TRUE if rectangle's top, left, bottom, and right values are all equal to 0; otherwise FALSE. + + + + +Constructs a CD2DRectF object from four FLOAT values. + source left coordinate + source top coordinate + source right coordinate + source bottom coordinate + + + +Constructs a CD2DRectF object from D2D1_RECT_F object. + source rectangle + + + +Constructs a CD2DRectF object from D2D1_RECT_F object. + source rectangle + + + +Constructs a CD2DRectF object from CRect object. + source rectangle + + + +D2D1_RECT_F wrapper + + + + +Converts CD2DSizeU to CSize object. + +Current value of D2D size. + + + + +Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether an expression contains no valid data (Null). + +TRUE if width and height are empty; otherwise FALSE. + + + + +Constructs a CD2DSizeU object from two UINT32 values. + source width + source height + + + +Constructs a CD2DSizeU object from D2D1_SIZE_U object. + source size + + + +Constructs a CD2DSizeU object from D2D1_SIZE_U object. + source size + + + +Constructs a CD2DSizeU object from CSize object. + source size + + + +D2D1_SIZE_U wrapper + + + + +Converts CD2DSizeF to CSize object. + +Current value of D2D size. + + + + +Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether an expression contains no valid data (Null). + +TRUE if width and height are empty; otherwise FALSE. + + + + +Constructs a CD2DSizeF object from two FLOAT values. + source width + source height + + + +Constructs a CD2DSizeF object from D2D1_SIZE_F object. + source size + + + +Constructs a CD2DSizeF object from D2D1_SIZE_F object. + source size + + + +Constructs a CD2DSizeF object from CSize object. + source size + + + +D2D1_SIZE_F wrapper + + + + +Converts CD2DPointU to CPoint object. + +Current value of D2D point. + + + + +Constructs a CD2DPointU object from two UINT32 values. + source X + source Y + + + +Constructs a CD2DPointU from object D2D1_POINT_2U object. + source point + + + +Constructs a CD2DPointU from object D2D1_POINT_2U object. + source point + + + +Constructs a CD2DPointU object from CPoint object. + source point + + + +D2D1_POINT_2U wrapper + + + + +Converts CD2DPointF to CPoint object. + +Current value of D2D point. + + + + +Constructs a CD2DPointF object from two FLOAT values. + source X + source Y + + + +Constructs a CD2DPointF object from D2D1_POINT_2F object. + source point + + + +Constructs a CD2DPointF object from D2D1_POINT_2F object. + source point + + + +Constructs a CD2DPointF object from CPoint object. + source point + + + +D2D1_POINT_2F wrapper + + + + +Calls the transition library to create encapsulated transition COM object. + + +This method also can set initial value and initial velocity to be applied to an animation variable, which is +associated with this transition. For this purpose you have to call SetInitialValue and SetInitialVelocity before +the framework creates the encapsulated transition COM object (it happens when you call CAnimationController::AnimateGroup). + + A pointer to transition library, which is responsible for creation of standard transitions. + A pointer to transition factory, which is responsible for creation of custom transitions. + + + +Sets an initial velocity, which will be applied to an animation variable associated with this transition. + + + + +Sets an initial value, which will be applied to an animation variable associated with this transition. + + + + +Constructs a custom transition object. + + A pointer to custom interpolator. + + + +Stores the initial velocity. + + + + +Stores the initial value. + + + + +Specifies whether the initial velocity was specified with SetInitialVelocity. + + + + +Specifies whether the initial value was specified with SetInitialValue. + + + + +Stores a pointer to a custom interpolator. + + + + +Implements custom transition. + + +The CCustomTransitions class allows developers to implement custom transitions. It's created and used +as a standard transition, but its constructor accepts as parameter a pointer to a custom interpolator. +Perform the following steps to use custom transitions: +1. Derive a class from CCustomInterpolator and implement at least InterpolateValue method. +2. Ensure that the lifetime of custom interpolator object must be longer than duration of animation where it's used. +3. Instantiate (using operator new) a CCustomTransition object and pass a pointer to custom interpolator in the constructor. +4. Call CCustomTransition::SetInitialValue and CCustomTransition::SetInitialVelocity if these parameters are required for custom interpolation. +5. Pass the pointer to custom transition to AddTransition method of animation object, whose value should be animated with the custom algorithm. +6. When the value of animation object should change Windows Animation API will call InterpolateValue (and other relevant methods) in CCustomInterpolator. + + + + +Gets the interpolator's dependencies. + + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. It returns E_FAIL if CCustomInterpolator is not +set, or custom implementation returns FALSE from the GetDependencies method. + + Output. Aspects of the interpolator that depend on the initial value passed to SetInitialValueAndVelocity. + Output. Aspects of the interpolator that depend on the initial velocity passed to SetInitialValueAndVelocity. + Output. Aspects of the interpolator that depend on the duration passed to SetDuration. + + + +Interpolates the velocity at a given offset + + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. It returns E_FAIL if CCustomInterpolator is not +set, or custom implementation returns FALSE from the InterpolateVelocity method. + + The offset from the start of the transition. +The offset is always greater than or equal to zero and less than or equal to the duration of the transition. +This method is not called if the duration of the transition is zero. + Output. The velocity of the variable at the offset. + + + +Interpolates the value at a given offset + + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. It returns E_FAIL if CCustomInterpolator is not +set, or custom implementation returns FALSE from the InterpolateValue method. + + The offset from the start of the transition. +The offset is always greater than or equal to zero and less than the duration of the transition. +This method is not called if the duration of the transition is zero. + Output. The interpolated value. + + + +Gets the final value to which the interpolator leads. + + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. It returns E_FAIL if CCustomInterpolator is not +set, or custom implementation returns FALSE from the GetFinalValue method. + + Output. The final value of a variable at the end of the transition. + + + +Gets the interpolator's duration. + + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. It returns E_FAIL if CCustomInterpolator is not +set, or custom implementation returns FALSE from the GetDuration method. + + Output. The duration of the transition, in seconds. + + + +Sets the interpolator's duration + + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. It returns E_FAIL if CCustomInterpolator is not +set, or custom implementation returns FALSE from the SetDuration method. + + The duration of the transition. + + + +Sets the interpolator's initial value and velocity. + + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. It returns E_FAIL if CCustomInterpolator is not +set, or custom implementation returns FALSE from the SetInitialValueAndVelocity method. + + The value of the variable at the start of the transition. + The velocity of the variable at the start of the transition. + + + +Creates an instance of CInterpolatorBase and stores a pointer to custom interpolator, which will be handling events. + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. Otherwise, it returns an HRESULT error code. +A pointer to custom interpolator.Output. Contains a pointer to instance of CInterpolatorBase when the function returns. + + +Stores a pointer to custom interpolator, which will be handling events. + + A pointer to custom interpolator. + + + +Constructs the CInterpolatorBase object. + + + + +Implements a callback, which is called by Animation API when it needs to calculate a new value of animation variable. + + +This handler is created and passed to IUIAnimationTransitionFactory::CreateTransition when a CCustomTransition +object is being created as a part of animation initialization process (started by CAnimationController::AnimateGroup). +Usually you don't need to use this class directly, it just routs all events to a CCustomInterpolator-derived class, whose +pointer is passed to constructor of CCustomTransition. + + + + +Gets the interpolator's dependencies. + + +Basic implementation always returns TRUE. Return FALSE from overridden implementation if you wish to fail the event. + + Output. Aspects of the interpolator that depend on the initial value passed to SetInitialValueAndVelocity. + Output. Aspects of the interpolator that depend on the initial velocity passed to SetInitialValueAndVelocity. + Output. Aspects of the interpolator that depend on the duration passed to SetDuration. + + + +Interpolates the velocity at a given offset + + +Basic implementation always returns TRUE. Return FALSE from overridden implementation if you wish to fail the event. + + The offset from the start of the transition. +The offset is always greater than or equal to zero and less than or equal to the duration of the transition. +This method is not called if the duration of the transition is zero. + Output. The velocity of the variable at the offset. + + + +Interpolates the value at a given offset. + + +Basic implementation always returns TRUE. Return FALSE from overridden implementation if you wish to fail the event. + + The offset from the start of the transition. +The offset is always greater than or equal to zero and less than the duration of the transition. +This method is not called if the duration of the transition is zero. + Output. The interpolated value. + + + +Gets the final value to which the interpolator leads. + + +Basic implementation always returns TRUE. Return FALSE from overridden implementation if you wish to fail the event. + + Output. The final value of a variable at the end of the transition. + + + +Gets the interpolator's duration. + + +Basic implementation always returns TRUE. Return FALSE from overridden implementation if you wish to fail the event. + + Output. The duration of the transition, in seconds. + + + +Sets the interpolator's duration. + + +Basic implementation always returns TRUE. Return FALSE from overridden implementation if you wish to fail the event. + + The duration of the transition. + + + +Sets the interpolator's initial value and velocity. + + +The basic implementation always returns TRUE. Return FALSE from overridden implementation if you wish to fail the event. + + The value of the variable at the start of the transition. + The velocity of the variable at the start of the transition. + + + +Initializes duration and final value. + + The duration of the transition. + The final value of a variable at the end of the transition. + + + +Constructs a custom interpolator object and initializes duration and velocity to specified values. + + The duration of the transition. + + + + +Constructs a custom interpolator object and sets all values to default 0. + + +Use CCustomInterpolator::Init to initialize duration and final value later in the code. + + + + +The interpolated velocity. + + + + +The interpolated value. + + + + +The velocity of the variable at the start of the transition. + + + + +The value of the variable at the start of the transition. + + + + +The final value of a variable at the end of the transition. + + + + +The duration of the transition. + + + + +Implements a basic interpolator. + + +Derive a class from CCustomInterpolator and override all necessary methods in order to implement a custom +interpolation algorithm. A pointer to this class should be passed as a parameter to CCustomTransition. + + + + +Calls the transition library to create encapsulated transition COM object. + + +TRUE if transition is created successfully; otherwise FALSE. + + A pointer to transition library, which is responsible for creation of standard transitions. + A pointer to transition factory, which is responsible for creation of custom transitions. + + + +The period of oscillation of the sinusoidal wave in seconds. + + + + +The duration of the transition. + + + + +Constructs a transition object. + + The duration of the transition. + The period of oscillation of the sinusoidal wave in seconds. + + + +Encapsulates a sinusoidal-velocity transition, with an amplitude determined by the animation variable's initial velocity.. + + +The value of the animation variable oscillates around the initial value over the entire duration of a +sinusoidal-range transition. The amplitude of the oscillation is determined by the animation variable's velocity +when the transition begins. +Because all transitions are cleared automatically, it's recommended to allocated them using operator new. +The encapsulated IUIAnimationTransition COM object is created by CAnimationController::AnimateGroup, until then +it's NULL. Changing member variables after creation of this COM object has no effect. + + + + +Calls the transition library to create encapsulated transition COM object. + + +TRUE if transition is created successfully; otherwise FALSE. + + A pointer to transition library, which is responsible for creation of standard transitions. + A pointer to transition factory, which is responsible for creation of custom transitions. + + + +The slope at the start of the transition. + + + + +The period of oscillation of the sinusoidal wave in seconds. + + + + +The value of the animation variable at a peak of the sinusoidal wave. + + + + +The value of the animation variable at a trough of the sinusoidal wave. + + + + +The duration of the transition. + + + + +Constructs a transition object. + + The duration of the transition. + The value of the animation variable at a trough of the sinusoidal wave. + The value of the animation variable at a peak of the sinusoidal wave. + The period of oscillation of the sinusoidal wave in seconds. + The slope at the start of the transition. + + + +Encapsulates a sinusoidal-range transition, with a given range of oscillation. + + +The value of the animation variable fluctuates between the specified minimum and maximum values over the entire +duration of a sinusoidal-range transition. The slope parameter is used to disambiguate between the two possible +sine waves specified by the other parameters. +Because all transitions are cleared automatically, it's recommended to allocated them using operator new. +The encapsulated IUIAnimationTransition COM object is created by CAnimationController::AnimateGroup, until then +it's NULL. Changing member variables after creation of this COM object has no effect. + + + + +Calls the transition library to create encapsulated transition COM object. + + +TRUE if transition is created successfully; otherwise FALSE. + + A pointer to transition library, which is responsible for creation of standard transitions. + A pointer to transition factory, which is responsible for creation of custom transitions. + + + +The duration of the transition. + + + + +Constructs a reversal transition object and initializes its duration. + + The duration of the transition. + + + +Encapsulates a reversal transition. + + +A reversal transition smoothly changes direction over a given duration. +The final value will be the same as the initial value and the final velocity will be the negative of the initial velocity. +Because all transitions are cleared automatically, it's recommended to allocated them using operator new. +The encapsulated IUIAnimationTransition COM object is created by CAnimationController::AnimateGroup, until then +it's NULL. Changing member variables after creation of this COM object has no effect. + + + + +Calls the transition library to create encapsulated transition COM object. + + +TRUE if transition is created successfully; otherwise FALSE. + + A pointer to transition library, which is responsible for creation of standard transitions. + A pointer to transition factory, which is responsible for creation of custom transitions. + + + +The acceleration of the animation variable during the transition. + + + + +The velocity of the animation variable at the end of the transition. + + + + +The value of the animation variable at the end of the transition. + + + + +Constructs a parabolic-acceleration transition and initializes it with specified parameters. + + The value of the animation variable at the end of the transition. + The velocity of the animation variable at the end of the transition. + The acceleration of the animation variable during the transition. + + + +Encapsulates a parabolic-acceleration transition. + + +During a parabolic-acceleration transition, the value of the animation variable changes from the initial value +to the final value ending at a specified velocity. You can control how quickly the variable reaches the final +value by specifying the rate of acceleration. +Because all transitions are cleared automatically, it's recommended to allocated them using operator new. +The encapsulated IUIAnimationTransition COM object is created by CAnimationController::AnimateGroup, until then +it's NULL. Changing member variables after creation of this COM object has no effect. + + + + +Calls the transition library to create encapsulated transition COM object. + + +TRUE if transition is created successfully; otherwise FALSE. + + A pointer to transition library, which is responsible for creation of standard transitions. + A pointer to transition factory, which is responsible for creation of custom transitions. + + + +The value of the animation variable at the end of the transition. + + + + +The maximum duration of the transition. + + + + +Constructs a smooth-stop transition and initializes its maximum duration and final value. + + The maximum duration of the transition. + The value of the animation variable at the end of the transition. + + + +Encapsulates a smooth-stop transition. + + +A smooth-stop transition slows down as it approaches a given final value, and reaches it with a velocity of zero. +The duration of the transition is determined by the initial velocity, the difference between the initial and final values, +and the specified maximum duration. If there is no solution consisting of a single parabolic arc, +this method creates a cubic transition. +Because all transitions are cleared automatically, it's recommended to allocated them using operator new. +The encapsulated IUIAnimationTransition COM object is created by CAnimationController::AnimateGroup, until then +it's NULL. Changing member variables after creation of this COM object has no effect. + + + + +Calls the transition library to create encapsulated transition COM object. + + +TRUE if transition is created successfully; otherwise FALSE. + + A pointer to transition library, which is responsible for creation of standard transitions. + A pointer to transition factory, which is responsible for creation of custom transitions. + + + +The value of the animation variable at the end of the transition. + + + + +The absolute value of the variable's velocity. + + + + +Constructs a linear-speed transition object and initializes it with speed and final value. + + The absolute value of the variable's velocity. + The value of the animation variable at the end of the transition. + + + +Encapsulates a linear-speed transition. + + +During a linear-speed transition, the value of the animation variable changes at a specified rate. +The duration of the transition is determined by the difference between the initial value and the specified final value. +Because all transitions are cleared automatically, it's recommended to allocated them using operator new. +The encapsulated IUIAnimationTransition COM object is created by CAnimationController::AnimateGroup, until then +it's NULL. Changing member variables after creation of this COM object has no effect. + + + + +Calls the transition library to create encapsulated transition COM object. + + +TRUE if transition is created successfully; otherwise FALSE. + + A pointer to transition library, which is responsible for creation of standard transitions. + A pointer to transition factory, which is responsible for creation of custom transitions. + + + +The value of the animation variable at the end of the transition. + + + + +The duration of the transition. + + + + +Constructs a linear transition object and initializes it with duration and final value. + + The duration of the transition. + The value of the animation variable at the end of the transition. + + + +Encapsulates a linear transition. + + +During a linear transition, the value of the animation variable transitions linearly from its initial value to a specified final value. +Because all transitions are cleared automatically, it's recommended to allocated them using operator new. +The encapsulated IUIAnimationTransition COM object is created by CAnimationController::AnimateGroup, until then +it's NULL. Changing member variables after creation of this COM object has no effect. + + + + +Calls the transition library to create encapsulated transition COM object. + + +TRUE if transition is created successfully; otherwise FALSE. + + A pointer to transition library, which is responsible for creation of standard transitions. + A pointer to transition factory, which is responsible for creation of custom transitions. + + + +The value of the animation variable at the end of the transition. + + + + +Constructs a transition object and initializes its final value. + + The value of the animation variable at the end of the transition. + + + +Encapsulates an instantaneous transition. + + +During an instantaneous transition, the value of the animation variable changes instantly from its current +value to a specified final value. The duration of this transition is always zero. +Because all transitions are cleared automatically, it's recommended to allocated them using operator new. +The encapsulated IUIAnimationTransition COM object is created by CAnimationController::AnimateGroup, until then +it's NULL. Changing member variables after creation of this COM object has no effect. + + + + +Calls the transition library to create encapsulated transition COM object. + + +TRUE if transition is created successfully; otherwise FALSE. + + A pointer to transition library, which is responsible for creation of standard transitions. + A pointer to transition factory, which is responsible for creation of custom transitions. + + + +The amount of time by which to hold the variable at its final value. + + + + +The value of the animation variable at the end of the transition. + + + + +The amount of time by which to delay the instantaneous switch to the final value. + + + + +Constructs a discrete transition object and initializes its parameters. + + The amount of time by which to delay the instantaneous switch to the final value. + The value of the animation variable at the end of the transition. + The amount of time by which to hold the variable at its final value. + + + +Encapsulates a discrete transition. + + +During a discrete transition, the animation variable remains at the initial value for a specified delay time, +then switches instantaneously to a specified final value and remains at that value for a given hold time. +Because all transitions are cleared automatically, it's recommended to allocated them using operator new. +The encapsulated IUIAnimationTransition COM object is created by CAnimationController::AnimateGroup, until then +it's NULL. Changing member variables after creation of this COM object has no effect. + + + + +Calls the transition library to create encapsulated transition COM object. + + +TRUE if transition is created successfully; otherwise FALSE. + + A pointer to transition library, which is responsible for creation of standard transitions. + A pointer to transition factory, which is responsible for creation of custom transitions. + + + +The velocity of the variable at the end of the transition. + + + + +The value of the animation variable at the end of the transition. + + + + +The duration of the transition. + + + + +Constructs a transition object and initializes its parameters. + + The duration of the transition. + The value of the animation variable at the end of the transition. + The velocity of the variable at the end of the transition. + + + +Encapsulates a cubic transition. + + +During a cubic transition, the value of the animation variable changes from its initial value to a specified +final value over the duration of the transition, ending at a specified velocity. +Because all transitions are cleared automatically, it's recommended to allocated them using operator new. +The encapsulated IUIAnimationTransition COM object is created by CAnimationController::AnimateGroup, until then +it's NULL. Changing member variables after creation of this COM object has no effect. + + + + +Calls the transition library to create encapsulated transition COM object. + + +TRUE if transition is created successfully; otherwise FALSE. + + A pointer to transition library, which is responsible for creation of standard transitions. + A pointer to transition factory, which is responsible for creation of custom transitions. + + + +The duration of the transition. + + + + +Constructs a transition object and initializes its duration. + + The duration of the transition. + + + +Encapsulates a constant transition. + + +During a constant transition, the value of an animation variable remains at the initial value over the duration +of the transition. +Because all transitions are cleared automatically, it's recommended to allocated them using operator new. +The encapsulated IUIAnimationTransition COM object is created by CAnimationController::AnimateGroup, until then +it's NULL. Changing member variables after creation of this COM object has no effect. + + + + +Calls the transition library to create encapsulated transition COM object. + + +TRUE if transition is created successfully; otherwise FALSE. + + A pointer to transition library, which is responsible for creation of standard transitions. + A pointer to transition factory, which is responsible for creation of custom transitions. + + + +The ratio of the time spent decelerating to the duration. + + + + +The ratio of the time spent accelerating to the duration. + + + + +The value of the animation variable at the end of the transition. + + + + +The duration of the transition. + + + + +Constructs a transition object. + + The duration of the transition. + The value of the animation variable at the end of the transition. + The ratio of the time spent accelerating to the duration. + The ratio of the time spent decelerating to the duration. + + + +Implements an accelerate-decelerate transition. + + +During an accelerate-decelerate transition, the animation variable speeds up and then slows down over the +duration of the transition, ending at a specified value. You can control how quickly the variable accelerates and +decelerates independently, by specifying different acceleration and deceleration ratios. +When the initial velocity is zero, the acceleration ratio is the fraction of the duration that the variable will +spend accelerating; likewise with the deceleration ratio. If the initial velocity is non-zero, it is the +fraction of the time between the velocity reaching zero and the end of transition. The acceleration ratio and +the deceleration ratio should sum to a maximum of 1.0. +Because all transitions are cleared automatically, it's recommended to allocated them using operator new. +The encapsulated IUIAnimationTransition COM object is created by CAnimationController::AnimateGroup, until then +it's NULL. Changing member variables after creation of this COM object has no effect. + + + + +Handles events that occur when the rendering frame rate for an animation falls below the minimum desirable frame rate. + + +S_OK if the method succeeds; otherwise E_FAIL. + + + + +Handles events that occur after an animation update is finished. + + +S_OK if the method succeeds; otherwise E_FAIL. + + + + +Handles events that occur before an animation update begins. + + +S_OK if the method succeeds; otherwise E_FAIL. + + + + +Stores a pointer to animation controller to route events. + + A pointer to animation controller, which will receive events. + + + +Creates an instance of CAnimationTimerEventHandler callback. + + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. Otherwise, it returns an HRESULT error code. + + A pointer to animation controller, which will receive events. + Output. If the method succeeds it contains a pointer to COM object that will handle +animation timer events. + + + +Implements a call back, which is called by Animation API when timing events occur. + + +This event handler is created and passed to IUIAnimationTimer::SetTimerEventHandler when you call +CAnimationController::EnableAnimationTimerEventHandler. + + + + +Handles OnStoryboardUpdated events, which occur when a storyboard is updated + + +S_OK if the method succeeds; otherwise E_FAIL. + + A pointer to storyboard, which was updated. + + + +Handles OnStoryboardStatusChanged events, which occur when a storyboard's status changes + + +S_OK if the method succeeds; otherwise E_FAIL. + + A pointer to storyboard whose status has changed. + Specifies new storyboard status. + Specifies previous storyboard status. + + + +Stores a pointer to animation controller to route events. + + A pointer to animation controller, which will receive events. + + + +Creates an instance of CAnimationStoryboardEventHandler callback. + + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. Otherwise, it returns an HRESULT error code. + + A pointer to animation controller, which will receive events. + Output. If the method succeeds it contains a pointer to COM object that will handle +storyboard events. + + + +Constructs a CAnimationStoryboardEventHandler object. + + + + +Implements a callback, which is called by Animation API when storyboard's status is changed or storyboard is updated. + + +This event handler is created and passed to IUIAnimationStoryboard::SetStoryboardEventHandler method, +when you call CAnimationController::EnableStoryboardEventHandler. + + + + +Called when a value of an animation variable has changed. + + +S_OK if the method succeeds; otherwise E_FAIL. + + The storyboard that is animating the variable. + The animation variable that was updated. + The new rounded value. + The previous rounded value. + + + +Stores a pointer to animation controller to route events. + + A pointer to animation controller, which will receive events. + + + +Creates an instance of CAnimationVariableIntegerChangeHandler callback. + + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. Otherwise, it returns an HRESULT error code. + + A pointer to animation controller, which will receive events. + Output. If the method succeeds it contains a pointer to COM object that will handle +variable integer change events. + + + +Constructs a CAnimationVariableIntegerChangeHandler object. + + + + +Implements a call back, which is called by Animation API when the value of an animation variable changes. + + +This event handler is created and passed to IUIAnimationVariable::SetVariableIntegerChangeHandler method, +when you call CAnimationVariable::EnableIntegerValueChangedEvent or CAnimationBaseObject::EnableIntegerValueChangedEvent +(which enables this event for all animation variables encapsulated in an animation object). + + + + +Called when a value of an animation variable has changed. + + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. Otherwise, it returns an HRESULT error code. + + The storyboard that is animating the variable. + The animation variable that was updated. + The new value. + The previous value. + + + +Stores a pointer to animation controller to route events. + + A pointer to animation controller, which will receive events. + + + +Creates an instance of CAnimationVariableChangeHandler object. + + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. Otherwise, it returns an HRESULT error code. + + A pointer to animation controller, which will receive events. + Output. If the method succeeds it contains a pointer to COM object that will handle +variable change events. + + + +Constructs a CAnimationVariableChangeHandler object. + + + + +Implements a call back, which is called by Animation API when the value of an animation variable changes. + + +This event handler is created and passed to IUIAnimationVariable::SetVariableChangeHandler method, +when you call CAnimationVariable::EnableValueChangedEvent or CAnimationBaseObject::EnableValueChangedEvent +(which enables this event for all animation variables encapsulated in an animation object). + + + + +Called when a status of animation manager has changed. + + +Current implementation always returns S_OK; + + New status. + Previous status. + + + +Stores a pointer to animation controller to route events. + + A pointer to animation controller, which will receive events. + + + +Creates an instance of CAnimationManagerEventHandler object. + + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. Otherwise, it returns an HRESULT error code. + + A pointer to animation controller, which will receive events. + Output. If the method succeeds it contains a pointer to COM object that will handle +status updates to an animation manager. + + + +Constructs a CAnimationManagerEventHandler object. + + + + +Implements a callback, which is called by Animation API when a status of animation manager changed. + + +This event handler is created and passed to IUIAnimationManager::SetManagerEventHandler method, +when you call CAnimationController::EnableAnimationManagerEvent. + + + + +A helper that cleans up the group. + + +This method removes all transitions and keyframes from the specified group. + + A pointer to animation group to clean. + + + +Called by the framework when an animation for the specified group has just been scheduled. + + +The default implementation removes keyframes from the specified group and transitions from animation variables that +belong to the specified group. Can be overridden in a derived class to take any additional actions upon animation schedule. + + A pointer to an animation group, which has been scheduled. + + + +Called by the framework when the rendering frame rate for an animation falls below a minimum desirable frame rate. + + +This method is called if you enable timer event handlers using EnableAnimationTimerEventHandler. +It can be overridden in a derived class to take application-specific actions. +The minimum desirable frame rate is specified by calling IUIAnimationTimer::SetFrameRateThreshold. + + The current frame rate in frames per second. + + + +Called by the framework after an animation update is finished. + + +This method is called if you enable timer event handlers using EnableAnimationTimerEventHandler. +It can be overridden in a derived class to take application-specific actions. + + + + +Called by the framework before an animation update begins. + + +This method is called if you enable timer event handlers using EnableAnimationTimerEventHandler. +It can be overridden in a derived class to take application-specific actions. + + + + +Called by the framework to resolve scheduling conflicts. + + +Should return TRUE if storyboard owned by pGroupNew has priority. Should return FALSE if storyboard owned by +pGroupScheduled has priority. + + +This method is called if you enable priority comparison events using CAnimationController::EnablePriorityComparisonHandler +and specify UI_ANIMATION_PHT_COMPRESS. +It can be overridden in a derived class to take application-specific actions. +Read Windows Animation API documentation for more information about Conflict Management (http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd371759(VS.85).aspx). + + The group that owns the currently scheduled storyboard. + The group that owns the new storyboard that is in scheduling conflict with the scheduled storyboard owned by pGroupScheduled. + The potential effect on pGroupNew if pGroupScheduled has a higher priority. + + + +Called by the framework to resolve scheduling conflicts. + + +Should return TRUE if storyboard owned by pGroupNew has priority. Should return FALSE if storyboard owned by +pGroupScheduled has priority. + + +This method is called if you enable priority comparison events using CAnimationController::EnablePriorityComparisonHandler +and specify UI_ANIMATION_PHT_TRIM. +It can be overridden in a derived class to take application-specific actions. +Read Windows Animation API documentation for more information about Conflict Management (http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd371759(VS.85).aspx). + + The group that owns the currently scheduled storyboard. + The group that owns the new storyboard that is in scheduling conflict with the scheduled storyboard owned by pGroupScheduled. + The potential effect on pGroupNew if pGroupScheduled has a higher priority. + + + +Called by the framework to resolve scheduling conflicts. + + +Should return TRUE if storyboard owned by pGroupNew has priority. Should return FALSE if storyboard owned by +pGroupScheduled has priority. + + +This method is called if you enable priority comparison events using CAnimationController::EnablePriorityComparisonHandler +and specify UI_ANIMATION_PHT_CONCLUDE. +It can be overridden in a derived class to take application-specific actions. +Read Windows Animation API documentation for more information about Conflict Management (http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd371759(VS.85).aspx). + + The group that owns the currently scheduled storyboard. + The group that owns the new storyboard that is in scheduling conflict with the scheduled storyboard owned by pGroupScheduled. + The potential effect on pGroupNew if pGroupScheduled has a higher priority. + + + +Called by the framework to resolve scheduling conflicts. + + +Should return TRUE if storyboard owned by pGroupNew has priority. Should return FALSE if storyboard owned by +pGroupScheduled has priority. + + +This method is called if you enable priority comparison events using CAnimationController::EnablePriorityComparisonHandler +and specify UI_ANIMATION_PHT_CANCEL. +It can be overridden in a derived class to take application-specific actions. +Read Windows Animation API documentation for more information about Conflict Management (http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd371759(VS.85).aspx). + + The group that owns the currently scheduled storyboard. + The group that owns the new storyboard that is in scheduling conflict with the scheduled storyboard owned by pGroupScheduled. + The potential effect on pGroupNew if pGroupScheduled has a higher priority. + + + +Called by the framework when storyboard has been updated. + + +This method is called if you enable storyboard events using CAnimationController::EnableStoryboardEventHandler. +It can be overridden in a derived class to take application-specific actions. + + A pointer to a group that owns the storyboard. + + + +Called by the framework when storyboard status has changed. + + +This method is called if you enable storyboard events using CAnimationController::EnableStoryboardEventHandler. +It can be overridden in a derived class to take application-specific actions. + + A pointer to an animation group that owns the storyboard whose status has changed. + Specifies the new status. + Specifies the previous status. + + + +Called by the framework when integer value of animation variable has changed. + + +This method is called if you enable animation variable events with EnableIntegerValueChangedEvent called for a specific +animation variable or animation object. +It can be overridden in a derived class to take application-specific actions. + + A pointer to an animation group that holds an animation object whose value has changed. + A pointer to an animation object that contains an animation variable whose value has changed. + A pointer to an animation variable. + Specifies new value. + Specifies previous value. + + + +Called by the framework when value of animation variable has changed. + + +This method is called if you enable animation variable events with EnableValueChangedEvent called for a specific +animation variable or animation object. +It can be overridden in a derived class to take application-specific actions. + + A pointer to an animation group that holds an animation object whose value has changed. + A pointer to an animation object that contains an animation variable whose value has changed. + A pointer to an animation variable. + Specifies new value. + Specifies previous value. + + + +Called by the framework in response to StatusChanged event from animation manager. + + +This method is called if you enable animation manager events with EnableAnimationManagerEvent. +It can be overridden in a derived class to take application-specific actions. The default implementation +updates a related window if it has been set with SetRelatedWnd. + + New animation manager status. + Previous animation manager status. + + + +Called by the framework right before the animation is scheduled. + + +This call is routed to related CWnd and can be overridden in a derived class to perform any +additional actions before the animation starts for the specified group. + + A pointer to an animation group whose animation is about to start. + + + +Called by the framework to clean up the group when animation has been scheduled. + + +This method removes all transitions and keyframes from the specified group, because they are not relevant +after an animation has been scheduled. + + Specifies GroupID. + + + +Schedules an animation. + + +TRUE if animation was scheduled successfully. FALSE if storyboard has not been created, or other error occurs. + + +You must call AnimateGroup with parameter bScheduleNow set to FALSE prior ScheduleGroup. You can specify the +desired animation time obtained from IUIAnimationTimer::GetTime. If the time parameter is 0.0, the animation is scheduled for the +current time. + + Specifies animation Group ID to schedule. + Specifies time to schedule. + + + +Prepares a group to run animation and optionally schedules it. + + +TRUE if animation was successfully scheduled and run. + + +This method does the actual work creating storyboard, adding animation variables, applying transitions and setting keyframes. +It's possible to delay scheduling if you set bScheduleNow to FALSE. In this case the specified group +will hold a storyboard that has been set up for animation. At that point you can setup events for the storyboard and +animation variables. When you actually need to run the animation call CAnimationController::ScheduleGroup. + + Specifies GroupID. + Specifies whether to run animation right away. + + + +Finds animation object containing a specified animation variable. + + +TRUE if object was found; otherwise FALSE. + + +Called from event handlers when it's required to find an animation object from incoming animation variable. + + A pointer to animation variable. + Output. Contains a pointer to animation object or NULL. + Output. Contains a pointer to animation group that holds the animation object, or NULL. + + + +Finds an animation group by its storyboard. + + +A pointer to animation group if succeeds, or NULL if no group plays the specified storyboard. + + +This method is usually called from event handlers to find a group by pointer to storyboard that comes as a parameter to an event handler. + + A pointer to a storyboard. + + + +Finds an animation group by its Group ID. + + +A pointer to animation group or NULL if the group with specified ID is not found. + + +Use this method to find an animation group at runtime. A group is created and added to the internal list of animation groups +when a first animation object with particular GroupID is being added to animation controller. + + Specifies a GroupID. + + + +Adds a keyframe to group. + + +TRUE if the function succeeds; otherwise FALSE. + + +Usually you don't need to call this method, use CAnimationController::CreateKeyframe instead, which creates +and adds the created keyframe to a group automatically. + + Specifies Group ID. + A pointer to a keyframe. + + + +Creates a keyframe that depends on other keyframe with optional offset in seconds and adds it to the specified group. + + +A pointer to newly created keyframe if the function succeeds. + + +You can store the returned pointer and base other keyframes on the newly created keyframe (see the second overload). +It's possible to begin transitions at keyframes - see CBaseTransition::SetKeyframes. +You don't need to delete keyframes created in this way, because they are deleted automatically by animation groups. +Be careful when creating keyframes based on other keyframes and transitions and avoid circular references. + + Specifies Group ID for which keyframe is created. + A pointer to base keyframe for this keyframe. + Offset in seconds from the base keyframe specified by pKeyframe. + + + +Creates a keyframe that depends on transition and adds it to the specified group. + + +A pointer to newly created keyframe if the function succeeds. + + +You can store the returned pointer and base other keyframes on the newly created keyframe (see the second overload). +It's possible to begin transitions at keyframes - see CBaseTransition::SetKeyframes. +You don't need to delete keyframes created in this way, because they are deleted automatically by animation groups. +Be careful when creating keyframes based on other keyframes and transitions and avoid circular references. + + Specifies Group ID for which keyframe is created. + A pointer to transition. Keyframe will be inserted to storyboard after this transition. + + + +Removes transitions from animation objects that belong to the specified group. + + +The group loops over its animation objects and calls ClearTransitions(FALSE) for each animation object. +This method is called by the framework after animation has been scheduled. + + Specifies Group ID. + + + +Removes all animation groups from animation controller. + + +All groups will be deleted, their pointer, if stored at the application level, must be invalidated. +If CAnimationGroup::m_bAutodestroyAnimationObjects for a group being deleted is TRUE, +all animation objects that belong to that group will be deleted; otherwise their references to parent animation +controller will be set to NULL and they can be added to another controller. + + + + +Removes an animation group with specified ID from animation controller. + + +This method removes an animation group from the internal list of groups and deletes it, therefore if you stored +a pointer to that animation group, it must be invalidated. If CAnimationGroup::m_bAutodestroyAnimationObjects is TRUE, +all animation objects that belong to that group will be deleted; otherwise their references to parent animation +controller will be set to NULL and they can be added to another controller. + + Specifies animation group ID. + + + +Remove an animation object from animation controller. + + +Removes an animation object from animation controller and animation group. Call this function if +a particular object should not be animated anymore, or if you need to move the object to another animation controller. +In the last case bNoDelete must be TRUE. + + A pointer to an animation object. + If this parameter is TRUE the object will not be deleted upon remove. + + + +Adds an animation object to a group that belongs to the animation controller. + + +A pointer to existing or new animation group where pObject has been added if function succeeds; NULL if +pObject has already been added to a group that belongs to another animation controller. + + +Call this method to add an animation object to the animation controller. An object will be added to a group +according to object's GroupID (see CAnimationBaseObject::SetID). The animation controller will create a new +group if it's the first object being added with the specified GroupID. An animation object can be added to +one animation controller only. If you need to add an object to another controller, call RemoveAnimationObject first. +If you call SetID with new GroupID for an object that has been already added to a group, the object will be removed +from the old group and added to another group with specified ID. + + A pointer to an animation object. + + + +Establishes a relationship between animation controller and a window. + + +If a related CWnd object is set, the animation controller can automatically update it (send WM_PAINT message) when +the status of animation manager has changed or timer post update event has occurred. + + A pointer to window object to set. + + + +Tells whether at least one group is playing animation. + + +TRUE if there is an animation in progress for this animation controller; otherwise FALSE. + + +Checks status of animation manager and returns TRUE if the status is UI_ANIMATION_MANAGER_BUSY. + + + + +Directs the animation manager to update the values of all animation variables. + + +Calling this method advances the animation manager to current time, changing statuses of storyboards as necessary +and updating any animation variables to appropriate interpolated values. Internally this method calls +IUIAnimationTimer::GetTime(timeNow) and IUIAnimationManager::Update(timeNow). Override this method in a derived +class to customize this behavior. + + + + +Sets or releases a handler for timing events and handler for timing updates. + + +TRUE if handlers were successfully set or released; FALSE if this method is called for a second time without +releasing the handlers first, or if any other error occurs. + + +When the handlers are set (enabled) Windows Animation API calls OnAnimationTimerPreUpdate, OnAnimationTimerPostUpdate, +OnRenderingTooSlow methods. +You need to enable animation timers to allow Windows Animation API update storyboards. Otherwise you'll need to +call CAnimationController::UpdateAnimationManager in order to direct the animation manager to update the values +of all animation variables. + + Specifies whether to set or release the handlers. + Specifies idle behavior for timer update handler. + + + +Sets or releases a handler for storyboard status and update events. + + +TRUE if the handler was successfully set or released; FALSE if the specified animation group is now found or +animation for the specified group has not been initiated and its internal storyboard is NULL. + + +When a handler is set (enabled) Windows Animation API calls OnStoryboardStatusChanges and OnStoryboardUpdated virtual methods. +A handler must be set after CAnimationController::Animate has been called for the specified animation group, because +it creates encapsulated IUIAnimationStoryboard object. + + Specifies Group ID. + Specifies whether to set or release a handler. + + + +Sets or releases the priority comparison handler to call to determine whether a scheduled storyboard can be cancelled, +concluded, trimmed or compressed. + + +TRUE if the handler was successfully set or released. + + +When a handler is set (enabled) Windows Animation calls the following virtual methods depending on dwHandlerType: +OnHasPriorityCancel, OnHasPriorityConclude, OnHasPriorityTrim, OnHasPriorityCompress. +dwHandler can be a combination of the following flags: +UI_ANIMATION_PHT_NONE - release all handlers +UI_ANIMATION_PHT_CANCEL - set Cancel comparison handler +UI_ANIMATION_PHT_CONCLUDE - set Conclude comparison handler +UI_ANIMATION_PHT_COMPRESS - set Compress comparison handler +UI_ANIMATION_PHT_TRIM - set Trim comparison handler +UI_ANIMATION_PHT_CANCEL_REMOVE - remove Cancel comparison handler +UI_ANIMATION_PHT_CONCLUDE_REMOVE - remove Conclude comparison handler +UI_ANIMATION_PHT_COMPRESS_REMOVE - remove Compress comparison handler +UI_ANIMATION_PHT_TRIM_REMOVE - remove Trim comparison handler + + A combination of UI_ANIMATION_PHT_ flags (see remarks), which specifies what handlers to set or release. + + + +Sets or releases a handler to call when animation manager's status changes. + + +TRUE if the handler was successfully set or released. + + +When a handler is set (enabled) Windows Animation calls OnAnimationManagerStatusChanged when animation manager's status changes. + + Specifies whether to set or release a handler. + + + +Returns a keyframe that identifies start of storyboard. + + +A pointer to base keyframe, which identifies start of storyboard. + + +Obtain this keyframe to base any other keyframes or transitions on the moment in time when a storyboard starts. + + + + +Tells whether animation controller is valid. + + +TRUE if animation controller is valid; otherwise FALSE. + + +This method returns FALSE only if Windows Animation API is not supported on the current OS and creation of +animation manager failed because it's not registered. You need to call GetUIAnimationManager at least once after initialization of +COM libraries to cause setting of this flag. + + + + +A pointer to IUIAnimationTransitionFactory interface or NULL, if creation of transition library failed. + + +A pointer to IUIAnimationTransitionFactory or NULL, if creation of transition factory failed. + + +If current OS does not support Windows Animation API, this method returns NULL and after that all subsequent calls +on CAnimationController::IsValid return FALSE. + + + + +Provides access to encapsulated IUIAnimationTimer object. + + +A pointer to IUIAnimationTimer interface or NULL, if creation of animation timer failed. + + +If current OS does not support Windows Animation API, this method returns NULL and after that all subsequent calls +on CAnimationController::IsValid return FALSE. + + + + +Provides access to encapsulated IUIAnimationTransitionLibrary object. + + +A pointer to IUIAnimationTransitionLibrary interface or NULL, if creation of transition library failed. + + +If current OS does not support Windows Animation API, this method returns NULL and after that all subsequent calls +on CAnimationController::IsValid return FALSE. + + + + +Provides access to encapsulated IUIAnimationManager object. + + +A pointer to IUIAnimationManager interface or NULL, if creation of animation manager failed. + + +If current OS does not support Windows Animation API, this method returns NULL and after that all subsequent calls +on CAnimationController::IsValid return FALSE. +You may need to access IUIAnimationManager in order to call its interface methods, which are not wrapped by +animation controller. + + + + +The destructor. Called when animation controller object is being destroyed. + + + + +Constructs an animation controller. + + + + +A keyframe that represents start of storyboard. + + + + +A list of animation groups that belong to this animation controller. + + + + +A pointer to a related CWnd object, which can be automatically redrawn when +the status of animation manager has changed, or post update event has occurred. Can be NULL. + + + + +Stores a pointer to Transition Factory COM object. + + + + +Stores a pointer to Animation Timer COM object. + + + + +Stores a pointer to Transition Library COM object. + + + + +Stores a pointer to Animation Manager COM object. + + + + +Specifies whether an animation controller is valid or not. +This member is set to FALSE if current OS does not support Windows Animation API. + + + + +Implements the animation controller, which provides a central interface for creating and managing UI animations. + + +The CAnimationController class is the key class that manages animations. +You may create one or more instances of animation controller in an application and, optionally, connect an instance of +animation controller to a CWnd object using CAnimationController::SetRelatedWnd. This connection is required to send WM_PAINT messages +to the related window automatically when animation manager status has changed or animation timer has been updated. +If you do not enable this relation, you must redraw a window that displays an animation manually. For this purpose you can derive a class +from CAnimationController and override OnAnimationManagerStatusChanged and/or OnAnimationTimerPostUpdate and invalidate one or +more windows when necessary. + + + + +Specifies how to destroy animation objects. If this parameter is TRUE, animation objects will be destroyed automatically +when the group is destroyed. Otherwise animation objects must be destroyed manually. The default value is FALSE. +Set this value to TRUE only if all animation objects that belong to group are allocated dynamically with operator new. + + + + +Specifies how to clear transitions from animation objects that belong to group. If this member is TRUE, +transitions are removed automatically when an animation has been scheduled. Otherwise you need to remove +transitions manually. + + + + +Specifies how to destroy keyframes. If this value is TRUE, all keyframes are removed and destroyed; +otherwise they are removed from the list only. The default value is TRUE. + + + + +Points to animation storyboard. This pointer is valid only after call on Animate. + + + + +Contains a list of keyframes. + + + + +Contains a list of animation objects. + + + + +Directs all animation objects that belong to group automatically destroy transitions. + + +Set this value to FALSE only if you allocate transitions on the stack. The default value is TRUE, therefore +it's highly recommended to allocate transition objects using operator new. + + Specifies how to destroy transitions. + + + +Schedules an animation at the specified time. + + +TRUE if the method succeeds; FALSE if the method fails or if Animate has not been called with bScheduleNow set to FALSE. + + +Call this function to schedule an animation at the specified time. You must call Animate with bScheduleNow set to FALSE first. + + A pointer to animation timer. + Specifies time to schedule the animation. + + + +Animates a group. + + +TRUE if the method succeeds; otherwise FALSE. + + +This method creates an internal storyboard, creates and applies transitions and schedules an animation +if bScheduleNow is TRUE. If bScheduleNow is FALSE, you need to call Schedule to start animation at the +specified time. + + + + + + + +Finds an animation object that contains the specified animation variable. + + +A pointer to animation object, or NULL if animation object is not found. + + A pointer to animation variable. + + + +Removes and optionally destroys all keyframes that belong to an animation group. + + +If m_bAutodestroyKeyframes member is TRUE then keyframes are removed and destroyed, otherwise keyframes are +just removed from the internal list of keyframes. + + + + +Removes transitions from animation objects that belong to an animation group. + + +If m_bAutoclearTransitions flag is set to TRUE, this method loops over all animation objects that belong to the group +and calls CAnimationObject::ClearTransitions(FALSE). + + + + +Applies transitions to animation objects. + + +This method ASSERTS in debug mode if storyboard has not been created. +It creates all transitions first, then adds "static" keyframes (keyframes that depend on offsets), +adds transitions that do not depend on keyframes, adds keyframes depending on transitions and other keyframes, +and at last adds transitions that depend on keyframes. + + + + +Returns GroupID. + + +A group identifier. + + + + +The destructor. Called when an animation group is being destroyed. + + + + +Constructs an animation group. + + A pointer to animation controller that creates a group. + Specifies GroupID. + + + +A helper that creates COM transition objects. + + +TRUE is the method succeeds, otherwise FALSE. + + + + +A helper that adds transitions to a storyboard. + + A pointer to a storyboard COM object. + Specifies whether this method should add to the storyboard transitions that depend on other keyframes. + + + +A helper that adds keyframes to a storyboard. + + A pointer to a storyboard COM object. + Specifies whether this method should add to the storyboard keyframes that depend on other keyframes. + + + +A pointer to animation controller this group belongs to. + + + + +A unique identifier of animation group. + + + + +Implements an animation group, which combines an animation storyboard, animation objects and transitions +to define an animation. + + +Animation groups are created automatically by animation controller (CAnimationController) when you add animation +objects using CAnimationController::AddAnimationObject. +An animation group is identified by GroupID, which is usually taken as a parameter to manipulate animation groups. +The GroupID is taken from the first animation object being added to a new animation group. +An encapsulated animation storyboard is created after you call CAnimationController::AnimateGroup and can be +accessed via public member m_pStoryboard. + + + + +Puts the encapsulated animation variables into a list. + + When the function returns, it contains pointers to four CAnimationVariable objects +representing coordinates of rectangle. + + + +Specifies whether the rectangle has fixed size. + + +If this member is true, then the size of rectangle is fixed and right and bottom values +are recalculated each time the top-left corner is moved according to the fixed size. +Set this value to TRUE to easily move the rectangle around the screen. In this case transitions applied to +right and bottom coordinates are ignored. The size is stored internally when you construct the object and/or +call SetDefaultValue. By default this member is set to FALSE. + + + + +Adds transitions for left, top, right and bottom coordinates. + + +Call this function to add the specified transitions to the internal list of transitions to be applied to animation variables for each rectangle sides. +When you add transitions, they are not applied immediately and stored in an internal list. Transitions are applied +(added to a storyboard for a particular value) when you call CAnimationController::AnimateGroup. +If you don't need to apply a transition to one of the rectangle sides, you can pass NULL. + + Specifies transition for the left side. + Specifies transition for the top side. + Specifies transition for the right side. + Specifies transition for the bottom side. + + + +Converts a CAnimationRect to RECT. + + +Current value of animation rectangle as RECT. + + +This function internally calls GetValue. If GetValue for some reason fails, the returned RECT will contain default values for all rectangle coordinates. + + + + +Assigns rect to CAnimationRect. + + +It's recommended to do that before animation start, because this operator calls +SetDefaultValue, which recreates the underlying COM objects for color components if they have been created. If you +subscribed this animation object to events (ValueChanged or IntegerValueChanged), you need to re-enable these events. + + The new value of animation rectangle. + + + +Provides access to CAnimationVariable representing bottom coordinate. + + +A reference to encapsulated CAnimationVariable representing bottom coordinate. + + +You can call this method to get direct access to underlying CAnimationVariable representing the bottom coordinate. + + + + +Provides access to CAnimationVariable representing right coordinate. + + +A reference to encapsulated CAnimationVariable representing right coordinate. + + +You can call this method to get direct access to underlying CAnimationVariable representing the right coordinate. + + + + +Provides access to CAnimationVariable representing top coordinate. + + +A reference to encapsulated CAnimationVariable representing top coordinate. + + +You can call this method to get direct access to underlying CAnimationVariable representing the top coordinate. + + + + +Provides access to CAnimationVariable representing left coordinate. + + +A reference to encapsulated CAnimationVariable representing left coordinate. + + +You can call this method to get direct access to underlying CAnimationVariable representing the left coordinate. + + + + +Returns current value. + + +TRUE, if the current value was successfully retrieved; otherwise FALSE. + + +Call this function to retrieve the current value of animation rectangle. If this method fails or underlying COM objects for +left, top, right and bottom have not been initialized, rect contains default value, which was previously set in constructor or by SetDefaultValue. + + Output. Contains the current value when this method returns. + + + +Returns the default values for rectangle's bounds. + + +A CRect value containing defaults for left, right, top and bottom. + + +Call this function to retrieve default value, which was previously set by constructor or SetDefaultValue. + + + + +Sets default value. + + +Use this function to set a default value to animation object. This methods assigns default values to rectangle's bounds. +It also recreates underlying COM objects if they have been created. If you +subscribed this animation object to events (ValueChanged or IntegerValueChanged), you need to re-enable these events. + + Specifies new default values for left, top, right and bottom. + + + +Constructs an animation rect object. + + +The object is constructed with specified coordinates of each side, Object ID and Group ID. They can be changed +later at runtime using SetDefaultValue and SetID. + + Specifies coordinate of left bound. + Specifies coordinate of top bound. + Specifies coordinate of right bound. + Specifies coordinate of bottom bound. + Specifies Group ID. + Specifies Object ID. + Specifies user-defined data. + + + +Constructs an animation rect object. + + +The object is constructed with specified top-left corner coordinates and size of rectangle, Object ID and Group ID. They can be changed +later at runtime using SetDefaultValue and SetID. + + Coordinate of top-left corner. + Size of rectangle. + Specifies Group ID. + Specifies Object ID. + Specifies user-defined data. + + + +Constructs an animation rect object. + + +The object is constructed with specified rect coordinates, Object ID and Group ID. They can be changed +later at runtime using SetDefaultValue and SetID. + + Specifies default rectangle. + Specifies Group ID. + Specifies Object ID. + Specifies user-defined data. + + + +Constructs a CAnimationRect object. + + +The object is constructed with default values for left, top, right and bottom, Object ID and Group ID, which will be set to 0. They can be changed +later at runtime using SetDefaultValue and SetID. + + + + +Specifies initial size of animation rectangle. + + + + +The encapsulated animation variable that represents Bottom bound of animation rectangle. + + + + +The encapsulated animation variable that represents Right bound of animation rectangle. + + + + +The encapsulated animation variable that represents Top bound of animation rectangle. + + + + +The encapsulated animation variable that represents Left bound of animation rectangle. + + + + +Implements the functionality of a rectangle whose top, left, right and bottom sides can be animated. + + +The CAnimationRect class encapsulates four CAnimationVariable objects and can represent in applications +a rectangle. +To use this class in application, just instantiate an object of this class, add it to animation controller using +CAnimationController::AddAnimationObject and call AddTransition for each transition to be applied to left, right top and bottom coordinates. + + + + +Puts the encapsulated animation variables into a list. + + When the function returns, it contains pointers to three CAnimationVariable objects +representing red, green and blue components. + + + +Adds transitions for Red, Green and Blue components. + + +Call this function to add the specified transitions to the internal list of transitions to be applied to animation variables representing color components. +When you add transitions, they are not applied immediately and stored in an internal list. Transitions are applied +(added to a storyboard for a particular value) when you call CAnimationController::AnimateGroup. +If you don't need to apply a transition to one of the color components, you can pass NULL. + + Transition for Red component. + Transition for Green component. + Transition for Blue component. + + + +Converts a CAnimationColor to COLORREF. + + +Current value of animation color object as COLORREF. + + +This function internally calls GetValue. If GetValue for some reason fails, the returned COLORREF will contain default values for all color components. + + + + +Assigns color to CAnimationColor. + + +It's recommended to do that before animation start, because this operator calls +SetDefaultValue, which recreates the underlying COM objects for color components if they have been created. If you +subscribed this animation object to events (ValueChanged or IntegerValueChanged), you need to re-enable these events. + + Specifies new value Animation Color. + + + +Provides access to CAnimationVariable representing Blue component. + + +A reference to encapsulated CAnimationVariable representing Blue component. + + +You can call this method to get direct access to underlying CAnimationVariable representing Blue component. + + + + +Provides access to CAnimationVariable representing Green component. + + +A reference to encapsulated CAnimationVariable representing Green component. + + +You can call this method to get direct access to underlying CAnimationVariable representing Green component. + + + + +Provides access to CAnimationVariable representing Red component. + + +A reference to encapsulated CAnimationVariable representing Red component. + + +You can call this method to get direct access to underlying CAnimationVariable representing Red component. + + + + +Returns current value. + + +TRUE, if the current value was successfully retrieved; otherwise FALSE. + + +Call this function to retrieve the current value of animation color. If this method fails or underlying COM objects for +color components have not been initialized, color contains default value, which was previously set in constructor or by SetDefaultValue. + + Output. Contains the current value when this method returns. + + + +Returns the default values for color components. + + +A COLORREF value containing defaults for RGB components. + + +Call this function to retrieve default value, which was previously set by constructor or SetDefaultValue. + + + + +Sets default value. + + +Use this function to set a default value to animation object. This methods assigns default values to color components +of animation color. It also recreates underlying COM objects if they have been created. If you +subscribed this animation object to events (ValueChanged or IntegerValueChanged), you need to re-enable these events. + + Specifies new default values for red, green and blue components. + + + +Constructs an animation color object. + + +The object is constructed with specified values for RGB components, Object ID and Group ID. They can be changed +later at runtime using SetDefaultValue and SetID. + + Specifies default color. + Specifies Group ID. + Specifies Object ID. + Specifies user-defined data. + + + +Constructs a CAnimationColor object. + + +The object is constructed with default values for red, green, blue, Object ID and Group ID, which will be set to 0. They can be changed +later at runtime using SetDefaultValue and SetID. + + + + +The encapsulated animation variable that represents Blue component of animation color. + + + + +The encapsulated animation variable that represents Green component of animation color. + + + + +The encapsulated animation variable that represents Red component of animation color. + + + + +Implements the functionality of a color whose red, green and blue components can be animated. + + +The CAnimationColor class encapsulates three CAnimationVariable objects and can represent in applications +a color. For example, you can use this class to animate colors of any object on the screen (like text color, background color etc). +To use this class in application, just instantiate an object of this class, add it to animation controller using +CAnimationController::AddAnimationObject and call AddTransition for each transition to be applied to Red, Green and Blue components. + + + + +Puts the encapsulated animation variables into a list. + + When the function returns, it contains pointers to two CAnimationVariable objects +representing the width and height. + + + +Adds transitions for Width and Height. + + +Call this function to add the specified transitions to the internal list of transitions to be applied to animation variables for Width and Height. +When you add transitions, they are not applied immediately and stored in an internal list. Transitions are applied +(added to a storyboard for a particular value) when you call CAnimationController::AnimateGroup. +If you don't need to apply a transition to one of dimensions, you can pass NULL. + + A pointer to transition for Width. + A pointer to transition for Height. + + + +Converts a CAnimationSize to a CSize. + + +Current value of animation size as CSize. + + +This function internally calls GetValue. If GetValue for some reason fails, the returned size will contain default values for Width and Height. + + + + +Assigns szSrc to CAnimationSize. + + +Assigns szSrc to CAnimationSize. It's recommended to do that before animation start, because this operator calls +SetDefaultValue, which recreates the underlying COM objects for Width and Height if they have been created. If you +subscribed this animation object to events (ValueChanged or IntegerValueChanged), you need to re-enable these events. + + Refers to CSize or SIZE. + + + +Provides access to CAnimationVariable representing Height. + + +A reference to encapsulated CAnimationVariable representing Height. + + +You can call this method to get direct access to underlying CAnimationVariable representing Height. + + + + +Provides access to CAnimationVariable representing Width. + + +A reference to encapsulated CAnimationVariable representing Width. + + +You can call this method to get direct access to underlying CAnimationVariable representing Width. + + + + +Returns current value. + + +TRUE, if the current value was successfully retrieved; otherwise FALSE. + + +Call this function to retrieve the current value of animation size. If this method fails or underlying COM objects for +Width and Size have not been initialized, szValue contains default value, which was previously set in constructor or by SetDefaultValue. + + Output. Contains the current value when this method returns. + + + +Returns the default values for Width and Height. + + +A CSize object containing default values. + + +Call this function to retrieve default value, which was previously set by constructor or SetDefaultValue. + + + + +Sets default value. + + +Use this function to set a default value to animation object. This methods assigns default values to Width and Height +of animation size. It also recreates underlying COM objects if they have been created. If you +subscribed this animation object to events (ValueChanged or IntegerValueChanged), you need to re-enable these events. + + Specifies new default size. + + + +Constructs an animation size object. + + +The object is constructed with specified values for width, height, Object ID and Group ID. They can be changed +later at runtime using SetDefaultValue and SetID. + + Specifies default size. + Specifies Group ID. + Specifies Object ID. + Specifies user-defined data. + + + +Constructs an animation size object. + + +The object is constructed with default values for width, height, Object ID and Group ID, which will be set to 0. They can be changed +later at runtime using SetDefaultValue and SetID. + + + + +The encapsulated animation variable that represents height of animation size. + + + + +The encapsulated animation variable that represents width of animation size. + + + + +Implements the functionality of a size object whose dimensions can be animated. + + +The CAnimationSize class encapsulates two CAnimationVariable objects and can represent in applications +a size. For example, you can use this class to animate a size of any two dimensional object on the screen (like rectangle, control etc). +To use this class in application, just instantiate an object of this class, add it to animation controller using +CAnimationController::AddAnimationObject and call AddTransition for each transition to be applied to Width and/or Height. + + + + +Puts the encapsulated animation variables into a list. + + When the function returns, it contains pointers to two CAnimationVariable objects +representing the X and Y coordinates. + + + +Adds transitions for X and Y coordinates. + + +Call this function to add the specified transitions to the internal list of transitions to be applied to animation variables for X and Y coordinates. +When you add transitions, they are not applied immediately and stored in an internal list. Transitions are applied +(added to a storyboard for a particular value) when you call CAnimationController::AnimateGroup. +If you don't need to apply a transition to one of coordinates, you can pass NULL. + + A pointer to transition for X coordinates. + A pointer to transition for Y coordinate. + + + +Provides access to CAnimationVariable for Y coordinate. + + +A reference to encapsulated CAnimationVariable representing Y coordinate. + + +You can call this method to get direct access to underlying CAnimationVariable representing Y coordinate. + + + + +Provides access to CAnimationVariable for X coordinate. + + +A reference to encapsulated CAnimationVariable representing X coordinate. + + +You can call this method to get direct access to underlying CAnimationVariable representing X coordinate. + + + + +Converts a CAnimationPoint to a CPoint. + + +Current value of CAnimationPoint as CPoint. + + +This function internally calls GetValue. If GetValue for some reason fails, the returned point will contain default values for X and Y coordinates. + + + + +Assigns ptSrc to CAnimationPoint. + + +Assigns ptSrc to CAnimationPoint. It's recommended to do that before animation start, because this operator calls +SetDefaultValue, which recreates the underlying COM objects for X and Y coordinates if they have been created. If you +subscribed this animation object to events (ValueChanged or IntegerValueChanged), you need to re-enable these events. + + Refers to CPoint or POINT. + + + +Returns current value. + + +TRUE, if the current value was successfully retrieved; otherwise FALSE. + + +Call this function to retrieve the current value of animation point. If this method fails or underlying COM objects for +X and Y coordinates have not been initialized, ptValue contains default +value, which was previously set in constructor or by SetDefaultValue. + + Output. Contains the current value when this method returns. + + + +Returns the default values for X and Y coordinates. + + +A point containing default value. + + +Call this function to retrieve default value, which was previously set by constructor or SetDefaultValue. + + + + +Sets default value. + + +Use this function to set a default value to animation object. This methods assigns default values to X and Y +coordinates of animation point. It also recreates underlying COM objects if they have been created. If you +subscribed this animation object to events (ValueChanged or IntegerValueChanged), you need to re-enable these events. + + Specifies the default point value. + + + +Constructs CAnimationPoint object. + + +Constructs CAnimationPoint object with specified properties. + + Specifies default point coordinates. + Specifies Group ID. + Specifies Object ID. + Specifies user-defined data. + + + +Constructs CAnimationPoint object. + + +Constructs CAnimationPoint object with default properties: default point coordinates, Group ID and Object ID are set to 0. + + + + +The encapsulated animation variable that represents Y coordinate of animation point. + + + + +The encapsulated animation variable that represents X coordinate of animation point. + + + + +Implements the functionality of a point whose coordinates can be animated. + + +The CAnimationPoint class encapsulates two CAnimationVariable objects and can represent in applications +a point. For example, you can use this class to animate a position of any object on the screen (like text string, circle, point etc). +To use this class in application, just instantiate an object of this class, add it to animation controller using +CAnimationController::AddAnimationObject and call AddTransition for each transition to be applied to X and/or Y coordinates. + + + + +Puts the encapsulated animation variable into a list. + + When the function returns, it contains a pointer to CAnimationVariable representing the animated value. + + + +Adds a transition to be applied to a value. + + +Call this function to add a transition to internal list of transitions to be applied to an animation variable. +When you add transitions, they are not applied immediately and stored in an internal list. Transitions are applied +(added to a storyboard for a particular value) when you call CAnimationController::AnimateGroup. + + A pointer to transition object. + + + +Provides access to encapsulated animation variable. + + +A reference to encapsulated animation variable. + + +Use this method to access the encapsulated animation variable. From CAnimationVariable you get access +to underlying IUIAnimationVariable object, whose pointer can be NULL if animation variable has not been created. + + + + +Assigns an INT32 value to CAnimationValue. + + +Assigns an INT32 value to CAnimationValue. This value is set as a default value for encapsulated animation variable. +If you subscribed this animation object to events (ValueChanged or IntegerValueChanged), you need to re-enable these events. + + Specifies the value to be assigned to Animation Value. + + + +Assigns a DOUBLE value to CAnimationValue. + + +Assigns a DOUBLE value to CAnimationValue. This value is set as a default value for encapsulated animation variable. +If you subscribed this animation object to events (ValueChanged or IntegerValueChanged), you need to re-enable these events. + + Specifies the value to be assigned to Animation Value. + + + +Provides conversion between CAnimationValue and INT32. + + +Current value of Animation Value as integer. + + +Provides conversion between CAnimationValue and INT32. This method internally calls GetValue and doesn't check for +errors. If GetValue fails, the returned value will contain a default value previously set in constructor or with SetDefaultValue. + + + + +Provides conversion between CAnimationValue and DOUBLE. + + +Current value of Animation Value. + + +Provides conversion between CAnimationValue and DOUBLE. This method internally calls GetValue and doesn't check for +errors. If GetValue fails, the returned value will contain a default value previously set in constructor or with SetDefaultValue. + + + + +Retrieves the current value. + + +TRUE if the current value was retrieved successfully; otherwise FALSE. + + +Call this function to retrieve the current value. This implementation calls the encapsulated COM object, and if +the call fails, this method returns the default value that was previously set in constructor or with SetDefaultValue. + + Output. When the function returns it contains a current value of animation variable. + + + +Retrieves the current value. + + +TRUE if the current value was retrieved successfully; otherwise FALSE. + + +Call this function to retrieve the current value. This implementation calls the encapsulated COM object, and if +the call fails, this method returns the default value that was previously set in constructor or with SetDefaultValue. + + Output. When the function returns it contains a current value of animation variable. + + + +Sets default value. + + +Use this method to set a default value. A default value is returned to application when animation has not been started +and/or underlying COM object has not been created. If the underlying COM object encapsulated in CAnimationVarible +was already created, this method recreates it, therefore you might need to call EnableValueChanged/EnableIntegerValueChanged +methods again. + + Specifies the default value. + + + +Constructs a CAnimationValue object. + + +Constructs CAnimationValue object with specified properties. + + Specifies default value. + Specifies Group ID. + Specifies Object ID. + specifies user-defined data. + + + +Constructs a CAnimationValue object. + + +Constructs CAnimationValue object with default properties: default value, Group ID and Object ID are set to 0. + + + + +The encapsulated animation variable that represents animation value. + + + + +Implements the functionality of animation object with one value. + + +The CAnimationValue class encapsulates a single CAnimationVariable object and can represent in applications +a single animated value. For example, you can use this class for animated transparency (fade effect), angle (to rotate objects), +or for any other case when you need to create an animation depending on a single animated value. +To use this class in application, just instantiate an object of this class, add it to animation controller using +CAnimationController::AddAnimationObject and call AddTransition for each transition to be applied to the value. + + + + +Establishes relationship between animation variables, contained in an animation object, and their container. + + +This is a helper that can be used to establish relationship between animation variables, contained in an animation object, +and their container. It loops over animation variables and sets a back pointer to a parent animation object +to each animation variable. +In the current implementation the actual relationship is established in CAnimationBaseObject::ApplyTransitions, therefore +back pointers are not set until you call CAnimationGroup::Animate. +Knowing the relationship may be helpful when you processing events and need to get a parent animation object +from CAnimationVariable (use CAnimationVariable::GetParentAnimationObject). + + + + +Collects pointers to contained animation variables. + + +This is a pure virtual method that must be overridden in a derived class. +An animation object, depending on its type, contains one or more animation variables. For example, CAnimationPoint +contains two variables, for X and Y coordinates respectively. The base class CAnimationBaseObject implements +some generic methods, which act on a list of animation variables: ApplyTransitions, ClearTransitions, +EnableValueChangedEvent, EnableIntegerValueChangedEvent. These methods call GetAnimationVariableList, which is filled +in a derived class with actual animation variables contained in a particular animation object, then loop over the +list and perform necessary actions. +If you create a custom animation object, you must add to lst all animation variables contained in that object. + + A list that must be filled with animation variables contained in an animation object. + + + +Determines whether an animation object contains a particular animation variable. + + +TRUE if the animation variable is contained in the animation object; otherwise FALSE. + + +This method can be used to determine whether an animation variable specified by pVariable is contained +within an animation object. An animation object, depending on its type, may contain several animation variables. +For example, CAnimationColor contains three variables, one for each color component (red, green and blue). When a +value of animation variable has changed, Windows Animation API sends ValueChanged or IntegerValueChanged events (if enabled), +and the parameter of this event is a pointer to interface IUIAnimationVariable of animation variable. +This method helps to obtain a pointer to animation from a pointer to contained COM object. + + A pointer to animation variable. + + + +Sets up Integer Value Changed event handler. + + +If the Integer Value Changed event handler is enabled, you can handle this event in CAnimationController::OnAnimationIntegerValueChanged method, +which should be overridden in a CAnimationController-derived class. This method is called every time the animation integer value has changed. + + A pointer to a parent controller. + Specifies whether to enable, or disable Integer Value Changed event. + + + +Sets up Value Changed event handler. + + +If the Value Changed event handler is enabled, you can handle this event in CAnimationController::OnAnimationValueChanged method, +which should be overridden in a CAnimationController-derived class. This method is called every time the animation value has changed. + + A pointer to a parent controller. + Specifies whether to enable, or disable Value Changed event. + + + +Removes all related transitions. + + +Removes all related transitions and destroys them if bAutodestroy or m_bAutodestroyTransitions flag is TRUE. +Transitions should be destroyed automatically only if they are not allocated on the stack. +If the above flags are FALSE, transitions are just removed from the internal list of related transitions. + + Specifies whether to destroy transition objects automatically, or just remove them from the related list. + + + +Adds transitions to storyboard with encapsulated animation variable. + + +TRUE if transitions were added successfully. + + +Adds related transitions, that have been added with AddTransition (overloaded methods in derived classes), to storyboard. + + A pointer to a storyboard. + With FALSE this method adds only those transitions that do not depend on keyframes. + + + +Tells whether related transition are destroyed automatically. + + +If TRUE, related transitions are destroyed automatically; if FALSE, transition objects should be deallocated by calling application. + + +By default this flag is TRUE. Set this flag only if you allocated transition on the stack and/or transitions should be deallocated by +the calling application. + + + + +Sets a flag that orders to automatically destroy transitions. + + +Set this flag only if you allocated transition objects using operator new. If for some reason transition +objects are allocated on the stack, the auto destroy flag should be FALSE. By default this flag is TRUE. + + Specifies the auto destroy flag. + + + +Returns user defined data. + + +A value of custom data. + + +Call this method to retrieve the custom data at runtime. The returned value will be 0 if it was not explicitly initialized in constructor or with SetUserData. + + + + +Returns current Group ID. + + +Current Group ID. + + +Use this method to retrieve Group ID. It's 0 if Group ID has not been set explicitly in constructor or with SetID. + + + + +Returns current Object ID. + + +Current Object ID. + + +Use this method to retrieve Object ID. It's 0 if Object ID has not been set explicitly in constructor or with SetID. + + + + +Detaches an animation object from parent animation controller. + + +This method is used internally. + + + + +Sets user-defined data. + + +Use this method to associate a custom data with an animation object. This data may be retrieved later at runtime by GetUserData. + + Specifies the custom data. + + + +Sets new IDs. + + +Allows to change Object ID and Group ID. If the new Group ID differs from the current ID, an animation object +is moved to another group (a new group will be created, if necessary). + + Specifies new Object ID. + Specifies new Group ID. + + + +Creates transitions associated with an animation object. + + +TRUE if transitions were created successfully; otherwise FALSE. + + +Loops over list of animation variables encapsulated in a derived animation object and creates transitions +associated with each animation variable. + + + + +The destructor. Called when an animation object is being destroyed. + + + + +Constructs an animation object. + + +Constructs an animation object with specified Object ID and Group ID. + + Specifies Group ID. + Specifies Object ID. + User-defined data, which can be associated with animation object and retrieved later at runtime. + + + +Constructs an animation object. + + +Constructs an animation objects and assigns default Object ID (0) and Group ID (0). + + + + +A pointer to the parent animation controller. + + + + +Specifies whether related transitions should be automatically destroyed. + + + + +Stores user-defined data. + + + + +Specifes the Object ID of the animation object. + + + + +Specifies the Group ID of the animation object. + + + + +The base class for all animation objects. + + +This class implements basic methods for all animation objects. An animation object can represent a value, point, +size, rectangle or color in an application, as well as any custom entity. Animation objects are stored in animation groups +(see CAnimationGroup). Each group can be animated separately and can be treated as an analogue of storyboard. +An animation object encapsulates one or more animation variables (see CAnimationVariable), depending on its logical +representation. For example, CAnimationRect contains four animation variables - one variable for each side of rectangle. +Each animation object class exposes overloaded AddTransition method, which should be used to apply transitions to +encapsulated animation variables. +An animation object can be identified by Object ID (optionally) and by Group ID. A Group ID is necessary in order +to place an animation object to correct group, but if a Group ID is not specified, an object is placed in the default group with ID 0. +If you call SetID with different GroupID, an animation object will be moved to another group (a new group is created if necessary). + + + + +Specifies whether related transition objects should be deleted. + + +Set this value to TRUE to force deletion of transition objects when they are being removed from the internal list +of transitions. If this value is FALSE the transitions should be deleted by calling application. +The list of transitions is always cleared after an animation has been scheduled. The default value is FALSE. + + + + +Returns default value. + + +The default value. + + +Use this function to obtain default value of animation variable. The default value can be set in constructor or by +SetDefaultValue method. + + + + +Enables or disables the IntegerValueChanged event. + + +When ValueChanged event is enabled, the framework calls virtual method CAnimationController::OnAnimationIntegerValueChanged. +You need to override it in a class derived from CAnimationController in order to process this event. This method is called every time +the integer value of animation variable is changed. + + A pointer to parent controller. + TRUE - enable event, FALSE - disable event. + + + +Enables or disables the ValueChanged event. + + +When ValueChanged event is enabled, the framework calls virtual method CAnimationController::OnAnimationValueChanged. +You need to override it in a class derived from CAnimationController in order to process this event. This method is called every time +the value of animation variable is changed. + + A pointer to parent controller. + TRUE - enable event, FALSE - disable event. + + + +Adds transitions from the internal list to storyboard. + + +This method adds transitions from the internal list to storyboard. It's called from the +top level code several times to add transitions that do not depend on keyframes and add +transitions that depend on keyframes. If the underlying animation variable +COM object has not been created, this method creates it at this stage. + + A pointer to parent animation controller. + A pointer to storyboard. + TRUE, if this method should add transitions that depend on keyframes. + + + +Clears transitions. + + +This method removes all transitions from the internal list of transitions. If bAutodestroy is TRUE, or +m_bAutodestroyTransitions is TRUE, then transitions are deleted. Otherwise the caller should deallocate +the transition objects. + + Specifies whether this method should delete transition objects. + + + +Adds a transition. + + +This method is called to add a transition to the internal list of transitions to be applied to the animation variable. +This list should be cleared when an animation has been scheduled. + + A pointer to a transition to add. + + + +Returns the current value of animation variable. + + +S_OK if the value was obtained successfully, or underlying animation variable has not been created. Otherwise +HRESULT error code. + + +This method can be called to retrieve the current value of animation variable. If the underlying COM object +has not been created, dblValue will contain a default value, when the function returns. + + The current value of the animation variable. + + + +Returns the current value of animation variable. + + +S_OK if the value was obtained successfully, or underlying animation variable has not been created. Otherwise +HRESULT error code. + + +This method can be called to retrieve the current value of animation variable. If the underlying COM object +has not been created, dblValue will contain a default value, when the function returns. + + The current value of the animation variable. + + + +Creates all transitions to be applied to this animation variable. + + +TRUE if transitions were created successfully; otherwise FALSE. + + +This method is called by the framework when it needs to create transitions that have been added +to the variable's internal list of transitions. + + A pointer to transition library. + A pointer to transition factory. + + + +Creates the underlying animation variable COM object. + + +TRUE if the animation variable was successfully created; otherwise FALSE. + + +This method creates the underlying animation variable COM object and sets its default value. + + A pointer to animation manager. + + + +Sets default value and releases IUIAnimationVariable COM object. + + +Use this method to reset the default value. This method releases the internal IUIAnimationVariable COM object, +therefore when animation variable is recreated, the underlying COM object gets the new default value. +The default value is returned by GetValue if the COM object representing the animation variable is not created, +or if the variable has not been animated. + + Specifies the new default value. + + + +Returns a pointer to IUIAnimationVariable COM object. + + +A valid pointer to IUIAnimationVariable COM object, or NULL if animation variable was not created, or can't be created. + + +Use this function to access the underlying IUIAnimationVariable COM object and call its methods directly if needed. + + + + +Returns the parent animation object. + + +A pointer to parent animation object, if relationship was established, otherwise NULL. + + +This method can be called to retrieve a pointer to a parent animation object (a container). + + + + +The destructor. Called when a CAnimationVariable object is being destroyed. + + + + +Constructs an animation variable object. + + +Constructs an animation variable object and sets its default value. A default value is used when +a variable is not animated, or can't be animated. + + Specifies the default value. + + + +Sets the relationship between an animation variable and an animation object. + + +This method is called internally to establish one-to-one relationship between an animation variable and an animation object that encapsulates it. + + A pointer to an animation object that contains this variable. + + + +A pointer to an animation object that encapsulates this animation variable. + + + + +Contains a list of transitions that animate this animation variable. + + + + +Specifies the default value, which is propagated to IUIAnimationVariable. + + + + +Stores a pointer to IUIAnimationVariable COM object. NULL if the COM object has not been created yet, or if creation failed. + + + + +Represents an animation variable. + + +The CAnimationVariable class encapsulates IUIAnimationVariable COM object. It also holds a list of transitions +to be applied to the animation variable in a storyboard. CAnimationVariable objects are embedded to +animation objects, which can represent in an application an animated value, point, size, color and rectangle. + + + + +Adds a keyframe to storyboard at offset. + + +TRUE, if keyframe was added successfully. + + +This function is called by the framework to add a keyframe to storyboard at offset. + + A pointer to a storyboard. + Specifies whether to add a keyframe this keyframe depend on recursively. + + + +Adds a keyframe to storyboard after transition. + + +TRUE, if keyframe was added successfully. + + +This function is called by the framework to add a keyframe to storyboard after transition. + + A pointer to a storyboard. + Specifies whether to add a transition recursively. + + + +Adds a keyframe to a storyboard. + + +TRUE, if keyframe was added successfully. + + +This method adds a keyframe to storyboard. If it depends on other keyframe or transition and bDeepAdd is TRUE, +this method tries to add them recursively. + + A pointer to a storyboard. + Specifies whether to add keyframe or transition recursively. + + + +Returns an offset from other keyframe. + + +An offset in seconds from other keyframe. + + +This method should be called to determine an offset in seconds from other keyframe. + + + + +Returns a pointer to a keyframe this keyframe depends on. + + +A valid pointer to keyframe, or NULL if this keyframe does not depend on other keyframe. + + +This is an accessor to a keyframe this keyframe depends on. + + + + +Returns a pointer to a transition this keyframe depends on. + + +A valid pointer to transition, or NULL if this keyframe does not depend on transition. + + +This is an accessor to a transition this keyframe depends on. + + + + +Constructs a keyframe that depends on other keyframe. + + +The constructed keyframe will represent a moment in time within a storyboard, which has a specified offset from pKeyframe. + + A pointer to keyframe. + Offset, in seconds, from keyframe specified by pKeyframe. + + + +Constructs a keyframe that depends on a transition. + + +The constructed keyframe will represent a moment in time within a storyboard when the specified transition ends. + + A pointer to a transition. + + + +Stores a pointer to an existing keframe. This keyframe is added to storyboard with m_offset to the existing keyframe. + + + + +Specifies offset of this keyframe from a keyframe stored in m_pExistingKeyFrame. + + + + +Stores a pointer to transtion that begins at this keyframe. + + + + +Represents an animation keyframe. + + +This class implements an animation keyframe. A keyframe represents a moment in time within a +storyboard and can be used to specify the start and end times of transitions. +A keyframe may be based on other keyframe and have an offset (in seconds) from it, or may be based on a transition and +represent a moment in time when this transition ends. + + + + +Adds a keyframe to storyboard. + + +TRUE if keyframe was added to storyboard successfully; otherwise FALSE. + + +This method is called to add a keyframe to storyboard. + + A pointer to a storyboard. + If this parameter is TRUE and the keyframe being added depends on some other keyframe or transition, this method tries +to add this keyframe or transition to storyboard first. + + + +Specifies whether the keyframe should be added to storyboard at offset, or after transition. + + +TRUE if the keyframe should be added to storyboard at some specified offset. +FALSE if the keyframe should be added to storyboard after some transition. + + +Specifies whether the keyframe should be added to storyboard at offset. +The offset or transition must be specified in a derived class. + + + + +Tells whether a keyframe has been added to storyboard. + + +TRUE if a keyframe is added to a storyboard; otehrwise FALSE. + + +In the base class IsAdded always returns TRUE, but it's overridden in derived classes. + + + + +Returns the underlying keyframe value. + + +A current keyframe. The default value is UI_ANIMATION_KEYFRAME_STORYBOARD_START. + + +This is an accessor to the underlying keyframe value. + + + + +Constructs a keyframe object. + + + + +Specifies whether this keyframe should be added to storyboard at an offset from +another existing keyframe, or at the end of some transition. + + + + +Specifies whether this keyframe has been added to a storyboard. + + + + +Represents a Windows Animation API keyframe. When a keyframe is not initialized +it is set to the predefined value UI_ANIMATION_KEYFRAME_STORYBOARD_START. + + + + +Implements basic functionality of keyframe. + + +Encapsulates UI_ANIMATION_KEYFRAME variable. Serves as a base class for any keyframe implementation. +A keyframe represents a moment in time within a storyboard and can be used to specify the start and end times of transitions. +There are two types of keyframes - keyframes added to storyboard at the specified offset (in time), or keyframes added +after specified transition. Because durations of some transitions can't be known before animation starts, the actual values +of some keyframes are determined at runtime only. +Because keyframes may depend on transitions, which in their turn depend on keyframes, it's important to prevent +infinite recursions when building keyframe chains. + + + + +Specifies whether a transition has been added to a storyboard. + + + + +A pointer to an animation variable, which is animated with the transition stored in m_transition. + + + + +Stores a pointer to the keyframe that specifies the end of the transition. + + + + +Stores a pointer to the keyframe that specifies the beginning of the transition. + + + + +Stores a pointer to IUIAnimationTransition. NULL if a COM transition object has not been created. + + + + +Stores the transition type. + + + + +Adds a transition to a storyboard. + + +TRUE, if transition was successfully added to a storyboard. + + +Applies the transition to the related variable in the storyboard. If the start keyframe was specified, the transition +begins at that keyframe. If the end keyframe was specified, the transition begins at the start keyframe and +and stops at the end keyframe. If the transition was created with a duration parameter specified, that duration is +overwritten with the duration of time between the start and end keyframes. +If no keyframe was specified, the transition is appended to the transition added most recently to the variable. + + A pointer to storyboard, which will animate the related variable. + + + +Adds a transition to a storyboard. + + +TRUE, if transition was successfully added to a storyboard. + + +Applies the transition to the related variable in the storyboard. If this is the first transition +applied to this variable in this storyboard, the transition begins at the start of the storyboard. +Otherwise, the transition is appended to the transition added most recently to the variable. + + A pointer to storyboard, which will animate the related variable. + + + +Returns a pointer to related variable. + + +A valid pointer to animation variable, or NULL if an animation variable has not been set by SetRelatedVariable. + + +This is an accessor to related animation variable. + + + + +Establishes a relationship between animation variable and transition. + + +Establishes a relationship between animation variable and transition. A transition can be applied only to one variable. + + A pointer to related animation variable. + + + +Returns start keyframe. + + +A valid pointer to a keyframe, or NULL if a transition should not be inserted between keyframes. + + +This method can be used to access a keyframe object that was previously set by SetKeyframes. +It's called by top level code when transitions are being added to storyboard. + + + + +Returns start keyframe. + + +A valid pointer to a keyframe, or NULL if a transition should not start after a keyframe. + + +This method can be used to access a keyframe object that was previously set by SetKeyframes. +It's called by top level code when transitions are being added to storyboard. + + + + +Tells whether a transition has been added to a storyboard. + + +Returns TRUE if a transition has been added to a storyboard, otherwise FALSE. + + +This flag is set internally when the top level code adds transitions to storyboard. + + + + +Sets keyframes for a transition. + + +This method tells the transition to start after specified keyframe and, optionally, if pEnd is not NULL, end +before the specified keyframe. +If the transition was created with a duration parameter specified, that duration is overwritten with the duration of time between the start and end keyframes. + + A keyframe that specifies the beginning of the transition. + A keyframe that specifies the end of the transition. + + + +Returns a pointer to underlying COM transition object. + + +A valid pointer to IUIAnimationTransition or NULL if underlying transition can't be created. + + +It's an accessor method to underlying COM transition object. It doesn't instantiates the underlying IUIAnimationTransition COM +object if it wasn't created. + + + + +Returns a pointer to underlying COM transition object. + + +A valid pointer to IUIAnimationTransition or NULL if underlying transition can't be created. + + +This method returns a pointer to underlying COM transition object and creates it if necessary. + + A pointer to transition library, which creates standard transitions. It can be NULL for custom transitions. + A pointer to transition factory, which creates custom transitions. It can be NULL for standard transitions. + + + +Creates a COM transition. + + +TRUE if a transition COM object was created successfully; otherwise FALSE. + + +This is a pure virtual function that must be overridden in a derived class. +It's called by the framework to instantiate the underlying COM transition object. + + A pointer to transition library, which creates standard transitions. It can be NULL for custom transitions. + A pointer to transition factory, which creates custom transitions. It can be NULL for standard transitions. + + + +Returns transition type. + + +One of TRANSITION_TYPE enumerated values. + + +This method can be used to identify a transition object by its type. +The type is set in a constructor in a derived class. + + + + +Releases encapsulated IUIAnimationTransition COM object. + + +This method should be called from a derived class's Create method in order to prevent +IUITransition interface leak. + + + + +The destructor. Called when a transition object is being destroyed. + + + + +Constructs a base transtion object. + + + + +Defines the transition types currently supported by the MFC implementation of Windows Animation API. + + +A transition type is set in the constructor of specific transition. +For example, CSinusoidalTransitionFromRange sets its type to SINUSOIDAL_FROM_RANGE. + + + + +Represents a basic transition. + + +This class encapsulates IUIAnimationTransition interface and serves as a base class for all transitions. + + + + Revert the current view sheet set. + +Thrown when the current view sheet set is In-Session. + + + + Delete the current view sheet set, and make the In-Session set as the current one. + False if Delete operation fails, otherwise True. + If the current view sheet set is In-Session, an InvalidOperationException +will be thrown. + +Thrown when the current view sheet set is In-Session. + + + + Rename the current view sheet set. + View sheet set name to be renamed as. + False if Rename operation fails, otherwise True. + +Thrown when the input name is already existed in current view sheet set list. + + + + Save the current view sheet set to another view sheet set with the specified name. + View sheet set name to be saved as. + False if Save As operation fails, otherwise True. + +Thrown when the input name is already existed in current view sheet set list. + + + + Save the changes for the current view sheet set. + False if save operation fails, otherwise True. + +Thrown when the current view sheet set is In-Session or the current view sheet set is unchanged. + + + + The in-session view sheet set of Print Setup. + + + All views that can be printed. + Users can select the view/sheet from this view set to printing. + + + The current view sheet set of PrintSetup. + + + Represents the View/Sheet Set (Application Menu->Print) within Autodesk Revit. + + + +Retrieve the paper source name of current project. + + + + An object that represents a Paper Source of Print Setup within the Autodesk Revit project. + This object derived from the APIObject base object. + + + +Retrieve the paper size name of current project. + + + + An object that represents a Paper Size of Print Setup within the Autodesk Revit project. + This object derived from the APIObject base object. + + +getAMPlane() is general method. Probably it will not work for most cases. +If particular case can not be handled by that function, handle that case in derived class + + + +Sometimes projecting line to plane gives a point. Because we do not want to change type, +we crate line that length is 0.8 DOUBLE_EPS. To detect point, compare line length with DOUBLE_EPS + + + +On error NULL is returned, otherwise projected (moved to one of 9 cardinal points or projected to reference plane, +level etc) AM curve is returned. In case of shorting AM to point (like projecting vertical column to level), +very short line is returned. + + + +Projects an array of XYZs to XY plane, e.g.ignoring the elevation in Site, that is converting an array of XYZs to UVs + + + The tag type. + + + The space that the tag is associated with. + In rare cases, the tag may not be associated to a space. The property will +be in these situations. + + + Provides access to the space tag in Autodesk Revit. + The space Tag object can be queried for space information. + + + Returns a point inside the circuit. + +Thrown when a valid UV point couldn't be obtained. + + 2015 + + + Reports whether there is a room located in this circuit. + True if there is a room located in this circuit on the circuit's level, false if there is no room +located in this circuit on the circuit's level. + + + The enclosed area of the circuit. + + + The number of sides in the circuit. + + + An object that represents an enclosed area in a plan view within the Autodesk Revit project. + Plan circuits are enclosed regions as seen on a plan view. They are used to determine the +boundary extents of rooms based on the placement of walls. In the Autodesk Revit API, you can use +plan circuits to create new rooms. + + + A flex pipe type in the Autodesk Revit MEP product. + The flex pipe type is only available in the Autodesk Revit MEP product. + + + A flex duct type in the Autodesk Revit MEP product. + The flex duct type is only available in the Autodesk Revit MEP product. + + + An object that represents a Space Tag style. + + + Add a new family instance of an takeoff fitting into the Autodesk Revit document, +using one connector and one MEP curve. + The connector to be connected to the takeoff. + The duct or pipe which is the trunk for the takeoff. + +Thrown when the input argument connector1 or curve is . + + +Thrown when the connector and the curve cannot be used for takeoff creation. For example, +they must be of the same domain, the curve must be a duct or pipe, +and the owner of the connector should be (flex) duct or pipe. + + +Thrown when takeoff fitting cannot be created. + + If creation was successful then an family instance to the new object is returned, +otherwise an exception with failure information will be thrown. + Thrown if the curve does not exist in the given document. + + + Add a new family instance of an union fitting into the Autodesk Revit document, +using two connectors. + The first connector to be connected to the union. + The second connector to be connected to the union. + +Thrown when the input argument connector1 or connector2 is . + + +Thrown when the connectors cannot be used for union creation. For example, +they cannot be from the same element, they must be of the same domain and shape, +and the owner of the connector1 should be a (flex) duct or pipe. + + +Thrown when union fitting cannot be created. + + If creation was successful then an family instance to the new object is returned, +otherwise an exception with failure information will be thrown. + + + Add a new family instance of a cross fitting into the Autodesk Revit document, +using four connectors. + The first connector to be connected to the cross. + The second connector to be connected to the cross. + The third connector to be connected to the cross. + The fourth connector to be connected to the cross. + +Thrown when the input argument connector1, connector2, connector3, or connector4 is . + + +Thrown when the connectors cannot be used for cross creation. For example, +they cannot be from the same element, they must be of the same domain, +and the owner of the connectors should be a (flex) duct or pipe. + + +Thrown when cross fitting cannot be created. + + If creation was successful then an family instance to the new object is returned, +and the transition fitting will be added at the connectors' end if necessary, +otherwise an exception with failure information will be thrown. + + + Add a new family instance of an transition fitting into the Autodesk Revit document, +using two connectors. + The first connector to be connected to the transition. + The second connector to be connected to the transition. + +Thrown when the input argument connector1 or connector2 is . + + +Thrown when the connectors cannot be used for transition creation. For example, +they cannot be from the same element, they must be of the same domain, +and the owner of connector1 should be a (flex) duct or pipe. + + +Thrown when transition fitting cannot be created. + + If creation was successful then an family instance to the new object is returned, +otherwise an exception with failure information will be thrown. + + + Add a new family instance of a tee fitting into the Autodesk Revit document, +using three connectors. + The first connector to be connected to the tee. + The second connector to be connected to the tee. + The third connector to be connected to the tee. +This should be connected to the branch of the tee. + +Thrown when the input argument connector1, connector2 or connector3 is . + + +Thrown when the connectors cannot be used for the tee creation. For example, +they cannot be from the same element, they must be of the same domain, +and the owner of the connectors should be a (flex) duct or pipe. + + +Thrown when tee fitting cannot be created. + + If creation was successful then an family instance to the new object is returned, +and the transition fitting will be added at the connectors' end if necessary, +otherwise an exception with failure information will be thrown. + + + Add a new family instance of an elbow fitting into the Autodesk Revit document, +using two connectors. + The first connector to be connected to the elbow. + The second connector to be connected to the elbow. + +Thrown when the input argument connector1 or connector2 is . + + +Thrown when the connectors cannot be used for the elbow creation. For example, +they cannot be from the same element, they must be of the same domain, +and the angle between them must fall within the valid range (typically 2 to 95 degrees). + + +Thrown when an elbow fitting cannot be created because the angle between the two connectors is too large or too small, +the connectors are not close enough together, or the connectors are placed at positions with too high of a tolerance. + + If creation was successful then an family instance to the new object is returned, +otherwise an exception with failure information will be thrown. + + + Adds a new flexible pipe into the document, +using two connector, and flexible pipe type. + The first connector to be connected to the pipe. + The second connector to be connected to the pipe. + The type of the flexible pipe. + +Thrown when the input argument connector1 or connector2 is . + + +Thrown when the flexible pipe cannot be created or regenerate fails. + + If creation was successful then a new flexible pipe is returned, +otherwise an exception with failure information will be thrown. + If the connectors are fitting or equipment connectors of the correct domain, +and if the connectors' direction match the direction of the flexible pipe to be created, +the connectors will be automatically connected. A transition fitting will be added +at the connector(s) if necessary. If the connector's type, domain, +does not match the one of the input connectors, no connection will be established. + Thrown if the flexible pipe type does not exist in the given document. + + + Adds a new flexible pipe into the document, +using a connector, point array and pipe type. + The connector to be connected to the flexible pipe, including the end points. + The point array indicating the path of the flexible pipe. + The type of the flexible pipe. + +Thrown when the input argument connector or points is . + + +Thrown when the flexible pipe cannot be created or regenerate fails. + + If creation was successful then a new flexible pipe is returned, +otherwise an exception with failure information will be thrown. + If the connector is a fitting or equipment connector of the correct domain, +and if the connector's direction matches the direction of the flexible pipe to be created, +the connectors will be automatically connected. A transition fitting will be added +at the connector(s) if necessary. If the connector's type, domain, +does not match the one of the input connector, no connection will be established. + Thrown if the flexible pipe type does not exist in the given document. + + + Adds a new flexible pipe into the document. + Adds a new flexible pipe into the document, +using a point array and pipe type. + The point array indicating the path of the flexible pipe, including the end points. + The type of the flexible pipe. + +Thrown when the input argument points is . + + +Thrown when the flexible pipe cannot be created or regenerate fails. + + If creation was successful then a new flexible pipe is returned, +otherwise an exception with failure information will be thrown. + Thrown if the flexible pipe type does not exist in the given document. + + + Adds a new flexible duct into the document, +using two connector, and duct type. + The first connector to be connected to the duct. + The second connector to be connected to the duct. + The type of the flexible duct. + +Thrown when the input argument connector1 or connector2 is . + + +Thrown when the flexible duct cannot be created or regenerate fails. + + If creation was successful then a new flexible duct is returned, +otherwise an exception with failure information will be thrown. + If the connectors are fitting or equipment connectors of the correct domain, +and if the connectors' direction match the direction of the flexible duct to be created, +the connectors will be automatically connected. A transition fitting will be added +at the connector(s) if necessary. If the connector's type, domain, +does not match the one of the input connector, no connection will be established. + Thrown if the flexible duct type does not exist in the given document. + + + Adds a new flexible duct into the document, +using a connector, point array and duct type. + The connector to be connected to the duct, including the end points. + The point array indicating the path of the flexible duct. + The type of the flexible duct. + +Thrown when the input argument connector or points is . + + +Thrown when the flexible duct cannot be created or regenerate fails. + + If creation was successful then a new flexible duct is returned, +otherwise an exception with failure information will be thrown. + If the connector is a fitting or equipment connector of the correct domain, +and if the connector's direction matches the direction of the flexible duct to be created, +the connectors will be automatically connected. A transition fitting will be added +at the connector(s) if necessary. If the connector's type, domain, +does not match the one of the input connector, no connection will be established. + Thrown if the flexible duct type does not exist in the given document. + + + Adds a new flexible duct into the document. + Adds a new flexible duct into the document, +using a point array and duct type. + The point array indicating the path of the flexible duct, including the end points. + The type of the flexible duct. + +Thrown when the input argument points is . + + +Thrown when the flexible duct cannot be created or regenerate fails. + + If creation was successful then a new flexible duct is returned, +otherwise an exception with failure information will be thrown. + Thrown if the flexible duct type does not exist in the given document. + + + Inserts a new instance of a family into the document, +using a curve, type/symbol and reference level. + The curve where the instance is based. + A FamilySymbol object that represents the type of the instance that is to be inserted. + A Level object that is used as the base level for the object. + If structural then specify the type of the component. + If creation was successful then an instance to the new object is returned, otherwise . + This method is used to insert one family instance into another element along the geometry of a curve. +If the instance fails to be created an +exception may be thrown. +The type/symbol that is used must be loaded into the document before this +method is called. Families and their symbols can be loaded using the Document.LoadFamily or +Document.LoadFamilySymbol methods. The host object must be one that supports insertion of +instances otherwise this method will fail. All levels within the document can be found by iterating +over the entire document and searching for objects of type Autodesk.Revit.Elements.Level.Note: if the created family instance includes nested instances, the API framework will automatically regenerate +the document during this method call. + Thrown if the family symbol does not exist in the given document. + Thrown if the level does not exist in the given document. + Thrown if The symbol is not active. + + + + + + + Inserts a new instance of a family into the document, +using a location, type/symbol, the host element and a base level. + The physical location where the instance is to be placed on the specified level. + A FamilySymbol object that represents the type of the instance that is to be inserted. + A host object into which the instance will be embedded + A Level object that is used as the base level for the object. + If structural then specify the type of the component. + If creation was successful then an instance to the new object is returned, otherwise . + This form of NewFamilyInstance is the most commonly used in Autodesk Revit since there are +a large number of elements that use levels, such as Walls, Columns etc. If the instance fails to +be created an exception may be thrown. +The type/symbol that is used must be loaded into the document +before this method is called. Families and their symbols can be loaded using the Document.LoadFamily +or Document.LoadFamilySymbol methods. All levels within the document can be found by iterating over +the entire document and searching for objects of type Autodesk.Revit.Elements.Level. Some Families, such as Beams, have more than one endpoint and are inserted in the same manner as single point +instances. Once inserted these linear family instances can have their endpoints changed by using +the instance's Element.Location property.Note: ForbiddenForDynamicUpdateException might be thrown during a dynamic update if the inserted instance establishes a mutual dependency with another structure.Note: if the created family instance includes nested instances, the API framework will automatically regenerate +the document during this method call. + Thrown if the family symbol does not exist in the given document. + Thrown if the host does not exist in the given document. + Thrown if the level does not exist in the given document. + Thrown if The symbol is not active. + + + + + + + Creates a fascia along a reference. + The type of the fascia to create + A planar line or arc that represents the place where you +want to place the fascia. + If successful a new fascia object within the project, otherwise . + Thrown if the fascia type does not exist in the given document. + + + Creates a fascia. + Creates a fascia along a reference array. + The type of the fascia to create + An array of planar lines and arcs that represents the place where you +want to place the fascia. + If successful a new fascia object within the project, otherwise . + Thrown if the fascia type does not exist in the given document. + + + Creates a gutter along a reference. + The type of the gutter to create + A planar line or arc that represents the place where you +want to place the gutter. + If successful a new gutter object within the project, otherwise . + Thrown if the gutter type does not exist in the given document. + + + Creates a gutter. + Creates a gutter along a reference array. + The type of the gutter to create + An array of planar lines and arcs that represents the place where you +want to place the gutter. + If successful a new gutter object within the project, otherwise . + Thrown if the gutter type does not exist in the given document. + + + Creates a slab edge along a reference. + The type of the slab edge to create + A planar line or arc that represents the place where you +want to place the slab edge. + If successful a new slab edge object within the project, otherwise . + Thrown if the slab edge type does not exist in the given document. + + + Creates a slab edge. + Creates a slab edge along a reference array. + The type of the slab edge to create + An array of planar lines and arcs that represents the place where you +want to place the slab edge. + If successful a new slab edge object within the project, otherwise . + Thrown if the slab edge type does not exist in the given document. + + + Creates a new CurtainSystem element from a set of faces. + The faces new CurtainSystem will be created on. + The Type of CurtainSystem to be created. + +Thrown in following cases: +The input argument faces or curtainSystemType is . +The size of faces is zero. + + +Thrown when the CurtainSystem cannot be created or regenerate fails. + + The CurtainSystem created will be returned when the operation succeeds. + The input faces will be copied during the operations so that they can be any +faces. + Thrown if the curtain system type does not exist in the given document. + + + Creates a new CurtainSystem element. + Creates a new CurtainSystem element from a set of face references. + The faces new CurtainSystem will be created on. + The Type of CurtainSystem to be created. + +Thrown in following cases: +The input argument faces or curtainSystemType is . +The size of faces is zero. + + +Thrown when the CurtainSystem cannot be created, for example, the input faces don't +belong to same mass or generic model. Or regenerate fails. + + A set of ElementIds of CurtainSystems will be returned when the operation succeeds. + The faces can belong to different masses or generic models. The number of CurtainSystems will be equal to the number of masses and generic models. + Thrown if the curtain system type does not exist in the given document. + + + Creates a new Zone element. + The level on which the Zone is to exist. + The associative phase on which the Zone is to exist. + +Thrown when the specified parameter Value is . + + +Thrown when the electrical system cannot be created by these input phase and level. + + If successful a new Zone element within the project, otherwise . + Thrown if the level does not exist in the given document. + Thrown if the phase does not exist in the given document. + + + Creates a new boundary line as an Room border. + The sketch plan + The geometry curves on which the boundary lines are + The View for the new Room + Thrown if the sketch plane does not exist in the given document. + Thrown if the view does not exist in the given document. + + + Creates a new boundary line as an Space border. + The sketch plan + The geometry curves on which the boundary lines are + The View for the new Space + Thrown if the sketch plane does not exist in the given document. + Thrown if the view does not exist in the given document. + + + Creates a new SpaceTag. + The Space which the tag refers. + A 2D point that dictates the location on the level of the space. + The view where the tag will lie. + If successful a SpaceTag object will be returned, otherwise . +Suitable exceptions will be fired if the parameters are invalid. + Thrown if the space does not exist in the given document. + Thrown if the view does not exist in the given document. + + + Creates a set of new unplaced spaces on a given phase. + The phase in which the spaces are to exist. + If successful, a set of ElementIds of new unplaced spaces are be returned, otherwise . + Thrown if the phase does not exist in the given document. + + + Creates one or more spaces. + Creates new spaces on the available plan circuits of a the given level. + The level on which the spaces is to exist. + The phase in which the spaces is to exist. + The view on which the space tags for the spaces are to display. + The view of the relevant level can not be retrieved. + The phase is invalid or regeneration fails at the end of the creation. + If successful, a set of ElementIds which contains the rooms should be returned, otherwise the exception will be thrown. + This method will regenerate the document even in manual regeneration mode. + Thrown if the level does not exist in the given document. + Thrown if the phase does not exist in the given document. + Thrown if the view does not exist in the given document. + + + Creates a new space element on the given level, at the given location, and assigned to the given phase. + The level on which the room is to exist. + The phase in which the room is to exist. + A 2D point that dictates the location on that specified level. + +Thrown when level, phase or point is . + + +Thrown when the space cannot be created. + + If successful a new Space element within the project, otherwise . + Thrown if the level does not exist in the given document. + Thrown if the phase does not exist in the given document. + + + Creates a new space element on the given level at the given location. + The level on which the space is to exist. + A 2D point that dictates the location on that specified level. + +Thrown when level or point is . + + +Thrown when the space cannot be created. + + If successful the new space element is returned, otherwise . + Thrown if the level does not exist in the given document. + + + Creates a new space. + Creates a new unplaced space on a given phase. + The phase in which the space is to exist. + If successful the new space should be returned, otherwise . + Thrown if the phase does not exist in the given document. + + + Creates a new MEP piping system element. + +One connector within base equipment which is used to connect with the system. +The base equipment is optional for the system, so this argument may be . +The baseEquipmentConnector should not be included in the connectors. + + +Connectors that will connect to the system. +The owner elements of these connectors will be added into system as its elements. + + The System type. + +Thrown when calling this function outside of the Autodesk Revit MEP product. + + +Thrown when the connectors parameter value is . + + +Thrown when the pipingSystemType parameter value is out of permitted scope. + + +Thrown when some connectors can't be used to create the mechanical system. +All the input connectors and base equipment connector should match system type and domain with the system, +and they should not have been used in another system. + + +Thrown when the piping system creation failed. + + +If creation was successful then an instance of piping system is returned, +otherwise an exception with information will be thrown. + + This method will regenerate the document even in manual regeneration mode. + + + Creates a new MEP mechanical system element. + +One connector within base equipment which is used to connect with the system. +The base equipment is optional for the system, so this argument may be . +The baseEquipmentConnector should not be included in the connectors. + + +Connectors that will connect to the system. +The owner elements of these connectors will be added into system as its elements. + + The system type. + +Thrown when calling this function outside of the Autodesk Revit MEP product. + + +Thrown when the input connectors parameter value is . + + +Thrown when the ductSystemType parameter is out of permitted scope. + + +Thrown when some connectors can't be used to create the mechanical system. +All the input connectors and base equipment connector should match system type and domain with the system, +and they should not have been used in another system. +The owner of BaseConnector should be a mechanical equipment, and the owner of other connectors should be a mechanical equipment or air terminal. + + +Thrown when the mechanical system creation failed. + + +If creation was successful then an instance of mechanical system is returned, +otherwise an exception with information will be thrown. + + This method will regenerate the document even in manual regeneration mode. + + + + + + + Creates a new Extrusion Roof. + The profile of the extrusion roof. The curves of the profile must be contiguous and form one open loop without self-intersections. The profile curves must lie in the %refPlane% parallel to z-axis. + The work plane for the extrusion roof. It must be parallel to z-axis. + The level of the extrusion roof. + Type of the extrusion roof. + Start the extrusion. Measured from %refPlane% in the direction of the plane normal. + End the extrusion. Measured from %refPlane% in the direction of the plane normal. + This method will regenerate the document even in manual regeneration mode. + Thrown if the work plane does not exist in the given document. + Thrown if the level does not exist in the given document. + Thrown if the roof type does not exist in the given document. + + + Creates a new FootPrintRoof element. + The footprint of the FootPrintRoof. + The level of the FootPrintRoof. + Type of the FootPrintRoof. + An array of Model Curves corresponding to the set of Curves input in the footPrint. By knowing which Model Curve was created by each footPrint curve, you can set properties like SlopeAngle for each curve. + This method will regenerate the document even in manual regeneration mode. + Thrown if the level does not exist in the given document. + Thrown if the roof type does not exist in the given document. + + + + + + + Creates new areas + A list of AreaCreationData which wraps the creation arguments of the areas to be created. + If AreaCreationData's areaPoint is . + If the area cannot be created successfully or the phase is invalid or regeneration fails at the end of the batch creation. + If successful an Element Set which contains the areas should be returned, otherwise the exception will be thrown. + + + Creates a new area + The view of area element. + The point which lies in the enclosed region of AreaBoundaryLines to put the new created Area + Thrown if the area view does not exist in the given document. + + + Creates a new area tag. + The area view + The area to tag + The position of the area tag + Thrown if the area view does not exist in the given document. + Thrown if the area does not exist in the given document. + + + Creates a new boundary line as an Area border. + The sketch plane. + The geometry curve on which the boundary line are + The View for the new Area + Thrown if the sketch plane does not exist in the given document. + Thrown if the area view does not exist in the given document. + + + Creates a new opening in a roof, floor and ceiling. + Host element of the opening. Can be a roof, floor, or ceiling. + Profile of the opening. + True if the profile is cut perpendicular to the intersecting face of the host. False if the profile is cut vertically. + If successful, an Opening object is returned. + Thrown if the host element does not exist in the given document. + + + Creates a rectangular opening on a wall. + Host element of the opening. + One corner of the rectangle. + The opposite corner of the rectangle. + If successful, an Opening object is returned. + Thrown if the wall +does not exist in the given document, or if the wall doesn't support +rectangular openings. + Slanted stacked walls do not support rectangular openings. + + + Creates a new shaft opening between a set of levels. + bottom level + top level + profile of the opening. + If successful, an Opening object is returned. + This method forms an opening on floor, ceiling and roof. Make sure topLevel is higher than bottomLevel, otherwise an exception will be returned. + Thrown if the bottom level does not exist in the given document. + Thrown if the top level does not exist in the given document. + + + Creates a new opening. + Creates a new opening in a beam, brace and column. + host element of the opening, can be a beam, brace and column. + profile of the opening. + face on which opening is based on. + If successful, an Opening object is returned. + This method forms opening on a beam, brace and column. + Thrown if the family instance element does not exist in the given document. + + + Creates a new Area BoundaryConditions element on a host element. + A Wall, Slab or Slab Foundation to host the boundary conditions. + A value indicating the X axis translation option. + Translation Spring Modulus for X axis. Ignored if X_Translation is not "Spring". + A value indicating the Y axis translation option. + Translation Spring Modulus for Y axis. Ignored if Y_Translation is not "Spring". + A value indicating the Z axis translation option. + Translation Spring Modulus for Z axis. Ignored if Z_Translation is not "Spring". + If successful, NewAreaBoundaryConditions returns an object for the newly created BoundaryConditions +with the BoundaryType = 2 - "Area". is returned if the operation fails. + This method will only function with the Autodesk Revit Structure application. + Thrown if the host element does not exist in the given document. + + + + + + + Creates a new Line BoundaryConditions element on a host element. + A Beam. + A value indicating the X axis translation option. + Translation Spring Modulus for X axis. Ignored if X_Translation is not "Spring". + A value indicating the Y axis translation option. + Translation Spring Modulus for Y axis. Ignored if Y_Translation is not "Spring". + A value indicating the Z axis translation option. + Translation Spring Modulus for Z axis. Ignored if Z_Translation is not "Spring". + A value indicating the option for rotation about the X axis. + Rotation Spring Modulus for X axis. Ignored if X_Rotation is not "Spring" + If successful, NewLineBoundaryConditions returns an object for the newly created BoundaryConditions +with the BoundaryType = 1 - "Line". is returned if the operation fails. + This method will only function with the Autodesk Revit Structure application. + Thrown if the host element does not exist in the given document. + + + + + + + Creates a new Area BoundaryConditions element. + Creates a new Area BoundaryConditions element on a reference. + The Geometry reference obtained from a Wall, Slab or +Slab Foundation. + A value indicating the X axis translation option. + Translation Spring Modulus for X axis. Ignored if X_Translation is not "Spring". + A value indicating the Y axis translation option. + Translation Spring Modulus for Y axis. Ignored if Y_Translation is not "Spring". + A value indicating the Z axis translation option. + Translation Spring Modulus for Z axis. Ignored if Z_Translation is not "Spring". + If successful, NewAreaBoundaryConditions returns an object for the newly created BoundaryConditions +with the BoundaryType = 2 - "Area". is returned if the operation fails. + This method will only function with the Autodesk Revit Structure application. + + + + + + + Creates a new Line BoundaryConditions element. + Creates a new Line BoundaryConditions element on a reference. + The Geometry reference to a Beam's, Wall's, Wall Foundation's, Slab's or +Slab Foundation's analytical line. + A value indicating the X axis translation option. + Translation Spring Modulus for X axis. Ignored if X_Translation is not "Spring". + A value indicating the Y axis translation option. + Translation Spring Modulus for Y axis. Ignored if Y_Translation is not "Spring". + A value indicating the Z axis translation option. + Translation Spring Modulus for Z axis. Ignored if Z_Translation is not "Spring". + A value indicating the option for rotation about the X axis. + Rotation Spring Modulus for X axis. Ignored if X_Rotation is not "Spring" + If successful, NewLineBoundaryConditions returns an object for the newly created BoundaryConditions +with the BoundaryType = 1 - "Line". is returned if the operation fails. + This method will only function with the Autodesk Revit Structure application. + + + + + + + Creates a new Point BoundaryConditions Element. + A Geometry reference to a Beam's, Brace's or Column's analytical line end. + A value indicating the X axis translation option. + Translation Spring Modulus for X axis. Ignored if X_Translation is not "Spring". + A value indicating the Y axis translation option. + Translation Spring Modulus for Y axis. Ignored if Y_Translation is not "Spring". + A value indicating the Z axis translation option. + Translation Spring Modulus for Z axis. Ignored if Z_Translation is not "Spring". + A value indicating the option for rotation about the X axis. + Rotation Spring Modulus for X axis. Ignored if X_Rotation is not "Spring". + A value indicating the option for rotation about the Y axis. + Rotation Spring Modulus for Y axis. Ignored if Y_Rotation is not "Spring". + A value indicating the option for rotation about the Z axis. + Rotation Spring Modulus for Z axis. Ignored if Y_Rotation is not "Spring". + If successful, NewPointBoundaryConditions returns an object for the newly created BoundaryConditions +with the BoundaryType = 0 - "Point". is returned if the operation fails. + This method will only function with the Autodesk Revit Structure application. + + + + + + + Creates a new RoomTag referencing a room in the host model or in a Revit link. + The HostOrLinkElementId of the Room. + A 2D point that defines the tag location on the level of the room. + The id of the view where the tag will be shown. If and the room in not in a Revit link, the view of the room will be used. + If successful a RoomTag object will be returned, otherwise . + 2014 + viewId is not associated with a plan view or section view. + viewId is null and the room is in a linked file. + + + + + + + Creates new unplaced rooms in the given phase. + The phase on which the rooms are to exist. + The number of the rooms to be created. + If the room can not be created successfully or regeneration fails at the end of the creation. + If successful, a set of ElementIds which contains the rooms should be returned, otherwise the exception will be thrown. + Thrown if the phase does not exist in the given document. + + + Creates new rooms in each plan circuit found in the given level in the given phase. + The level from which the circuits are found. + The phase on which the room is to exist. + If the view of the relevant level can not be retrieved. + If the phase is invalid, or regeneration fails at the end of the creation. + If successful, a set of ElementIds which contains the rooms should be returned, otherwise the exception will be thrown. + Thrown if the level does not exist in the given document. + Thrown if the phase does not exist in the given document. + + + Creates new rooms in each plan circuit found in the given level in the last phase. + The level from which the circuits are found. + If the view of the relevant level can not be retrieved. + If the phase is invalid, or regeneration fails at the end of the creation. + If successful, a set of ElementIds which contains the rooms created should be returned, otherwise . + Thrown if the level does not exist in the given document. + + + Creates a new room within the confines of a plan circuit, or places an unplaced room within the confines of the plan circuit. + The room which you want to locate in the circuit. Pass to create a new room. + The circuit in which you want to locate a room. + If successful the room is returned, otherwise . + If the existing room is already placed. + This method will regenerate the document even in manual regeneration mode. + Thrown if the room does not exist in the given document. + Thrown if the circuit does not exist in the given document. + Thrown if the level obtained from the circuit has no associated view . + + + + + + + Creates a new unplaced room and with an assigned phase. + The phase in which the room is to exist. + If successful the new room , otherwise . + Thrown if the phase does not exist in the given document. + + + Creates a new room. + Creates a new room on a level at a specified point. + The level on which the room is to exist. + A 2D point that dictates the location of the room on that specified level. + If successful the new room will be returned, otherwise . + This method will regenerate the document even in manual regeneration mode. + Thrown if the level does not exist in the given document. + + + + + + + Generate a new spot elevation object within the project. + The view in which the spot elevation is to be visible. + The reference to which the spot elevation is to be bound. + The point which the spot elevation evaluate. + The bend point for the spot elevation. + The end point for the spot elevation. + The actual point on the reference which the spot elevation evaluate. + Indicate if it has leader or not. + If successful a new spot dimension object, otherwise . + If the origin point is not on the reference, it'll be projected to the reference automatically. And the refPt + is the projected point. If the reference is not valid or the point cannot be projected to + reference correctly, an exception will be thrown + Thrown if the view does not exist in the given document. + + + Generate a new spot coordinate object within the project. + The view in which the spot coordinate is to be visible. + The reference to which the spot coordinate is to be bound. + The point which the spot coordinate evaluate. + The bend point for the spot coordinate. + The end point for the spot coordinate. + The actual point on the reference which the spot coordinate evaluate. + Indicate if it has leader or not. + If successful a new spot dimension object, otherwise . + If the origin point is not on the reference, it'll be projected to the reference automatically. And the refPt + is projected point. If the reference is not valid or the point cannot be projected to + reference correctly, an exception will be thrown + Thrown if the view does not exist in the given document. + + + The Document Creation object is used to create new instances of elements within the +Autodesk Revit project. + The Document Creation object is a utility object that is used to create new +instances of elements within the Autodesk Revit project. This object, available from the +Document.Create property should be used to create elements instead of using New. This +object ensures that the elements created are added to the document correctly. + + + Indicates the reference face. The Opening will be created at the direction perpendicular to +the reference face. + Direction of the opening. + + + The reference face is at the middle of the element in the direction +of z-axis and its normal is parallel to z-axis. + + + The reference face is at the middle of the element in the direction +of y-axis and its normal is parallel to y-axis. + + + The reference face is at the middle of the element in the direction +of x-axis and its normal is parallel to x-axis. + + + Retrieves room ElementIds of the PlanTopology in the last phase. + The Rooms Ids returned are in the phase of PlanTopology and the current design option. + The PlanTopology Room ElementIds of the last phase. + 2013 + + + The phase of the PlanTopology. + + + The Circuits of the PlanTopology. + + + The Level of the PlanTopology. + + + An object that represents a Plan Topology within the Autodesk Revit project. + This object derived from the APIObject base object. It can be used access the properties +of a Plan Topology. + + +Checks whether family supports parameters reorder and sort. + + + +Sorts the family parameters according to the desired sort order. + + +The desired sort order. + + +

The sort only affects visible parameters within the same parameter group.

+

Parameters that belong to different groups will remain separated, and the groups' order will not be affected.

+

The sort is a one-time operation and when new parameters are added they will not be automatically sorted.

+
+ +Thrown when this family is a Rebar Shape family which doesn't support parameters reorder. + + 2015 + + + + +
+ + +Checks if the given parameter group can be assigned to new parameters. + + +True if the parameter group can be assigned to new parameters, false otherwise. + + 2015 + + + +Checks if the given parameter group can be assigned to new parameters. + + +True if the parameter group can be assigned to new parameters, false otherwise. + + 2015 + + + +Reorders the family parameters by the specified parameters order. + + +The new parameters order for the family. +The contents of this collection should consist of exactly the same parameters returned by the GetParameters() method. +This will include invisible parameters; they can be reordered but this will have no effect when viewing the parameters in the Revit UI. + + +

Reordering the parameters only affects visible parameters within the same parameter group.

+

Parameters that belong to different groups will remain separated, and the groups' order will not be affected.

+
+ +Thrown when argument is or empty. + + +Thrown when the input parameters collection does not contain the same parameters as those returned by GetParameters(). + + +Thrown when this family is a Rebar Shape family which doesn't support parameters reorder. + + 2015 +
+ + +Gets the parameters associated to family types in order. + + +A collection containing all family parameters. + + +

The parameters are family built-in parameters, category built-in parameters +and shared parameters associated to the family types.

+

The collection consists of both visible and invisible parameters associated to the family types.

+

The parameters are returned in the order in which they appear in the Revit UI within a given group; +however, parameters of different groups may be mixed within this output.

+

Currently the Revit UI order is determined first by group and next by the order of the individual parameters.

+
+ 2015 +
+ + +For Conceptual Mass and Curtain Panel families, +lock or unlock a dimension-driving +parameter. + + +Thrown if this family is not a Conceptual Mass or +Curtain Panel family. + + +Thrown if the parameter is not lockable. + + + + +For Conceptual Mass and Curtain Panel families, +indicate whether the specified dimension-driving +parameter is locked. + + +True if the parameter is lockable +and is locked; false otherwise. + + +Thrown if this family is not a Conceptual Mass or Curtain Panel family. + + + + +For Conceptual Mass and Curtain Panel families, +indicate whether the specified parameter can be locked. + + +True if the family is a Conceptual Mass or Curtain +Panel Family and the parameter drives one or more +dimensions; false otherwise. + + + + Gets the associated family parameter of an element parameter. + The parameter of an element in family. + The associated family parameter if there is an association between them, returns if not. + +Thrown when the input argument-"elementParameter"-is . + + + + Indicates if this element parameter can be associated with a family parameter. + + + Replace a shared family parameter with a new non-shared family parameter. + The current family parameter. + The name of the new family parameter. + The group to which the new family parameter belongs. + Indicates if the new parameter is instance or type. + If replacement was successful the new family parameter is returned, +otherwise an exception with failure information will be thrown. + +Thrown when the input argument-"currentParameter" or "parameterName"-is . + + +Thrown when the input argument-"currentParameter"-is invalid, +or the input parameter group cannot be assigned to the new parameter, +or the input name string contains illegal characters, or duplicated with existing parameter name. + + +Thrown when trying to replace a built-in parameter or family parameter. + + +Thrown when replacement failed, because the replacement would cause a formula error. +Or trying to replace with an instance parameter of image type. + + + + Replace a shared family parameter with a new non-shared family parameter. + The current family parameter. + The name of the new family parameter. + The identifier of the group to which the new family parameter belongs. + Indicates if the new parameter is instance or type. + If replacement was successful the new family parameter is returned, +otherwise an exception with failure information will be thrown. + +Thrown when the input argument-"currentParameter" or "parameterName"-is . + + +Thrown when the input argument-"currentParameter"-is invalid, +or the input parameter group cannot be assigned to the new parameter, +or the input name string contains illegal characters, or duplicated with existing parameter name. + + +Thrown when trying to replace a built-in parameter or family parameter. + + +Thrown when replacement failed, because the replacement would cause a formula error. +Or trying to replace with an instance parameter of image type. + + + + Replace a family parameter with a shared parameter. + The current family parameter. + The definition of the loaded shared parameter. + The group to which the new shared parameter belongs. + Indicates if the new parameter is instance or type. + If replacement was successful the new shared parameter is returned, +otherwise an exception with failure information will be thrown. + This operation is invalid for Built-in Parameters. +The formulas and labels which in reference to this parameter will be updated to the new parameter. + +Thrown when the input argument-"familyParameter" or "name"-is . + + +Thrown when the input argument-"familyParameter"-is invalid, +or the input parameter group cannot be assigned to the new parameter, +or the input name string contains illegal characters, or duplicated with existing parameter name. + + +Thrown when trying to replace a built-in parameter. + + +Thrown when replacement failed, because the replacement would cause a formula error. +Or trying to replace with an instance parameter of image type. + + + + Replace a family parameter with a shared parameter. + The current family parameter. + The definition of the loaded shared parameter. + The identifier of the group to which the new shared parameter belongs. + Indicates if the new parameter is instance or type. + If replacement was successful the new shared parameter is returned, +otherwise an exception with failure information will be thrown. + This operation is invalid for Built-in Parameters. +The formulas and labels which in reference to this parameter will be updated to the new parameter. + +Thrown when the input argument-"familyParameter" or "name"-is . + + +Thrown when the input argument-"familyParameter"-is invalid, +or the input parameter group cannot be assigned to the new parameter, +or the input name string contains illegal characters, or duplicated with existing parameter name. + + +Thrown when trying to replace a built-in parameter. + + +Thrown when replacement failed, because the replacement would cause a formula error. +Or trying to replace with an instance parameter of image type. + + + + Associates or disassociates the element parameter to an existing family parameter. + The parameter of an element in family. + The existing family parameter. If the input to this argument is , +it will disassociate the element parameter from any family parameters. + The parameter types of these two input parameter should be same, if not an +exception with failure information will be thrown. + +Thrown when the input argument-"elementParameter"-is . + + +Thrown when the input argument-"elementParameter" or "familyParameter"-is an invalid parameter, +or the input argument-"elementParameter"-cannot be associated. + + +Thrown when the family parameter binding failed. + + + + Rename a family parameter. + The family parameter. + The new name. + This operation is valid only for Family Parameters, and is invalid for Shared Parameters and Built-in Parameters. + +Thrown when the input argument-"familyParameter" or "name"-is . + + +Thrown when the input argument-"familyParameter"-is invalid, +or the input name string contains illegal characters, or duplicated with existing parameter name. + + +Thrown when trying to rename a built-in parameter or shared parameter. + + + + Set the formula of a family parameter. + The family parameter. + The formula string, input to clean the formula of the parameter. + +Thrown when the input argument-"familyParameter"-is . + + +Thrown when there is no valid family type, +or the parameter cannot be assigned a formula, +or the operation make a circular chain of references among the formulas. + + + + Set the reporting family parameter as a regular/driving parameter. + +Thrown when the input argument-"familyParameter"-is . + + +Thrown when attempting to make a parameter which is labeled to an arc length dimension non-reporting. + + 2011 + + + Set the family parameter as a reporting parameter. + +Thrown when the input argument-"familyParameter"-is . + + +Thrown when the parameter can not be changed to a reporting parameter. + + 2011 + + + Set the family parameter as a type parameter. + +Thrown when the input argument-"familyParameter"-is . + + +Thrown when the input argument-"familyParameter"-is an invalid parameter or a builtIn parameter. + + + + Set the family parameter as an instance parameter. + +Thrown when the input argument-"familyParameter"-is . + + +Thrown when the input argument-"familyParameter"-is an invalid parameter or a builtIn parameter. + + +Thrown when there is Type family parameter driven by this parameter. +Or trying to make a parameter of image type to instance. + + + + Remove an existing family parameter from the family. + The family parameter. + Only family and shared parameters may be removed, built-in +parameters may not be removed. +If the parameter is used in any formulas, those formulas will be +automatically removed along with the parameter. + +Thrown when the input argument-"familyParameter"-is . + + +Thrown when the input argument-"familyParameter"-is an invalid parameter or a builtIn parameter. + + +Thrown when the family parameter deletion failed. + + + + Set the description for an existing family parameter. +The description will be used as tooltip in the Revit UI including in the properties palette. + The family parameter. + The description of the family parameter. + +Thrown when the input argument-"familyParameter"-is . + + +Thrown when the input argument-"familyParameter"-is an invalid parameter or a builtIn parameter. + + 2015 + + + Add a new family type parameter to control the type of a nested family within another family. + The name of the new family parameter. + The group to which the family parameter belongs. + The category to which the new family parameter binds. + Indicates if the new family parameter is instance or type. + If creation was successful the new parameter is returned, +otherwise an exception with failure information will be thrown. + This method can work even without any family type, but it cannot be assigned the value via +FamilyManager.Set methods when there is no current type. + +Thrown when the input argument-"parameterName"-is . + + +Thrown when the input argument-"parameterName"-is already in use, +or the input parameter group cannot be assigned to the new parameter, +or the input argument-"familyCategory"-is illegal to bind with parameter. + + +Thrown when the required family of familyCategory is not existing in current document, +, or when the creation failed. +Or trying to add an instance parameter of image type. + + + + Add a new family type parameter to control the type of a nested family within another family. + The name of the new family parameter. + The identifier of the group to which the family parameter belongs. + The category to which the new family parameter binds. + Indicates if the new family parameter is instance or type. + If creation was successful the new parameter is returned, +otherwise an exception with failure information will be thrown. + This method can work even without any family type, but it cannot be assigned the value via +FamilyManager.Set methods when there is no current type. + +Thrown when the input argument-"parameterName"-is . + + +Thrown when the input argument-"parameterName"-is already in use, +or the input parameter group cannot be assigned to the new parameter, +or the input argument-"familyCategory"-is illegal to bind with parameter. + + +Thrown when the required family of familyCategory is not existing in current document, +, or when the creation failed. +Or trying to add an instance parameter of image type. + + + + Add a new family parameter with a given name. + The name of the new family parameter. + The identifier of the new family parameter's parameter group. + The type of new family parameter. + Indicates if the new family parameter is instance or type. + If creation was successful the new parameter is returned, +otherwise an exception with failure information will be thrown. + This method can work even without any family type, but it cannot be assigned the value via +FamilyManager.Set methods when there is no current type. +To add a parameter of family type use the AddParameter overload that accepts a category instead. + +Thrown when the input argument-"parameterName"-is . + + +Thrown when the input argument-"parameterName"-is already in use, +or when the input argument -"specTypeId" is an invalid type, +or the input parameter group cannot be assigned to the new parameter. + + +Thrown when the family parameter creation failed. +Or trying to add an instance parameter of image type. + + + + Add a new parameter to the family. + Add a new shared parameter to the family. + The definition of the loaded shared parameter. + Indicates if the new parameter is instance or type. + The group to which the family parameter belongs. + If creation was successful the new shared parameter is returned, +otherwise an exception with failure information will be thrown. + This method can work even without any family type, but it cannot be assigned the value via +FamilyManager.Set methods when there is no current type. + +Thrown when the input parameter group cannot be assigned to the new parameter. + + +Thrown when the shared family parameter creation is not supported. +Or trying to add an instance parameter of image type. + + + + Add a new parameter to the family. + Add a new shared parameter to the family. + The definition of the loaded shared parameter. + Indicates if the new parameter is instance or type. + The identifier of the parameter group to which the family parameter belongs. + If creation was successful the new shared parameter is returned, +otherwise an exception with failure information will be thrown. + This method can work even without any family type, but it cannot be assigned the value via +FamilyManager.Set methods when there is no current type. + +Thrown when the input parameter group cannot be assigned to the new parameter. + + +Thrown when the shared family parameter creation is not supported. +Or trying to add an instance parameter of image type. + + + + Set the string value of a family parameter of the current family type. + The family parameter of current type. + The new value string for family parameter. + +Thrown when the input argument-"familyParameter" or "value"-is . + + +Thrown when the input argument-"familyParameter"-is an invalid family parameter. +or the input argument-"value"-is an illegal string. + + +Thrown when the input argument-"familyParameter"-is out of range. + + +Thrown when the family parameter is determined by formula, or it is not a value type, +or the current family type is invalid. + + + + Set the ElementId value of a family parameter of the current family type. + A family parameter of the current type. + The new value for family parameter. + +Thrown when the storage type of family parameter is not ElementId --or-- The input ElementId does not represent either a valid element in the document or InvalidElementId. + + +Thrown when the input ElementId is not valid as a value for this FamilyParameter. + + +Thrown when the family parameter is determined by formula, +or the current family type is invalid. + + + + Set the double value of a family parameter of the current family type. + A family parameter of the current type. + The new value for family parameter. + +Thrown when the input argument-"familyParameter"-is an invalid family parameter. + + +Thrown when the input argument-"familyParameter"-is out of range. + + +Thrown when the family parameter is determined by formula, +or the current family type is invalid. + + + + Set the string value of a family parameter of the current family type. + A family parameter of the current type. + The new value for family parameter. + +Thrown when the input argument-"familyParameter"-is . + + +Thrown when the input argument-"familyParameter"-is an invalid family parameter. + + +Thrown when the input argument-"familyParameter"-is out of range. + + +Thrown when the family parameter is determined by formula, +or the current family type is invalid. + + + + Set the value of a family parameter of the current family type. + Set the integer value of a family parameter of the current family type. + A family parameter of the current type. + The new value for family parameter. + +Thrown when the input argument-"familyParameter"-is an invalid family parameter. + + +Thrown when the input argument-"familyParameter"-is out of range. + + +Thrown when the family parameter is determined by formula, +or the current family type is invalid. + + + + Obtains the parameter of this type with a given GUID for a shared parameter. + Returns if the parameter is not found. This method is used to retrieve a family parameter +for a known shared parameter. When a shared parameter is created it is assigned a Guid +which will not change. This guid can be used to retrieve the piece of data from the +element at a later time. + + + Obtains the parameter of this type with a given definition. + Returns if the parameter is not found. + + + Obtains the parameter of this type with a given parameter id. + Returns if the parameter is not found. + + + Obtains the family parameter with the given built-in parameter identifier. + Returns if the parameter is not found. + Identifier of the built-in parameter. + + parameterTypeId does not identify a built-in parameter. See Parameter.IsBuiltInParameter(ForgeTypeId) and Parameter.GetParameterTypeId(BuiltInParameter). + + + A non-optional argument was NULL + + 2022 + + + Obtains a parameter based on an identifier. + Obtains the parameter of this type with a given name. + Returns if the parameter is not found. + + + All family parameters in this family. + These parameters will include the 'family parameter', 'shared parameter' and +'builtIn parameter' binding to the family types. +Some parameters might be created as placeholders without a currently assigned value. + + + Rename the current family type. + The new name of the current family type. + +Thrown when the input argument-"typeName"-is . + + +Thrown when the input argument-"typeName"-is already in use. + + +Thrown when the family type rename failed. + + + + Remove the current family type. + If successfully removed, the first available type will become the current type, +otherwise an exception with failure information will be thrown. + +Thrown when there is only one family type in current document. + + + + Add a new family type with a given name and makes it be the current type. + The name of new family type. + +Thrown when the input argument-"typeName"-is . + + +Thrown when the input argument-"typeName"-is already in use. + + +Thrown when the family type creation failed. + + + + + + + + All family types in the family. + + + + + + + The current family type. + Only the current family type is editable using the methods +in . If you want to modify the properties of +any family type, it must be set to be the current type first. +This value will be if there is no type in the family. In order +to modify parameter values, you will need to create one using +. + + + The family manager object to manage the family types and parameters in family document. + + + +Class to manage server available for collaboration (work sharing). + + + + The minor version number of Revit. + + + SubVersionNumber of Revit may have additional APIs and functionality not available in the standard customer releases. + Add-ins written to support standard Revit releases should be compatible with SubVersionNumber releases, + but add-ins written specifically targeting new features in SubVersionNumber releases would not be compatible with the standard releases. + + + + 2018.1 + + + + Path to AddinsData folder for the current user. + + + Path to data folder for the current user. + + + Add-ins location for all users. + + + Add-ins location for current user. + + + + # Subscribe to the ProjectBrowserDataChanged event to be notified when the ProjectBrowser data is changed. + + + 2024 + + + + + # Subscribe to the ExternalDataTypeServerFailureResolutionExecuting event to be notified when the ExternalDataTypeServerFailureResolution is executing in Revit Document. + + + 2023 + + + + + # Subscribe to the ExternalDataInstanceRemovedFromDocument event to be notified when an ExternalDataInstance has been removed from Revit Document. + + + 2023 + + + + + # Subscribe to the ExternalDataInstanceRemovingFromDocument event to be notified when an ExternalDataInstance is being removed from Revit Document. + + + 2023 + + + + + # Subscribe to the ExternalDataInstanceAddedIntoDocument event to be notified when a new ExternalDataInstance has been added to Revit Document. + + + 2023 + + + + + # Subscribe to the ExternalDataInstanceAddingIntoDocument event to be notified when a new ExternalDataInstance is being added to Revit Document. + + + 2023 + + + + + Subscribe to the DocumentReloadedLatestEventArgs event to be notified immediately after Revit has finished reloading a document with central model. + + + This event is raised immediately after Revit has finished reloading latest changes from a central model. + It is raised even when document reloading latest changes from a central model failed or was cancelled(during DocumentReloadingLatest event) + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + Check the 'Status' field in the event's argument to see whether the action itself was successful or not. + This event is not cancellable, for the process of synchronizing a document with central model has already been finished. + If the action was not successful, the document may not be modified and new transactions may not be started. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
  • and similar overloads.
+ Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. +
+ + 2021 + +
+ + + Subscribe to the DocumentReloadingLatestEventArgs event to be notified when Revit is just about to reload latest changes from a central model. + + + This event is raised when Revit is just about to reload latest changes from a central model. + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read - only mode. + + Event is cancellable. To cancel it, call the 'Cancel()' method in event's argument to True. + Your application is responsible for providing feedback to the user about the reason for the cancellation. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
  • and similar overloads.
  • .
  • and similar overloads.
+ Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. + Another event will be raised immediately after document synchronizing with central model + is finished. +
+ + 2021 + +
+ + + Subscribe to the ElementTypeDuplicated event to be notified immediately after Revit has finished duplicating an element type. + + + This event is raised immediately after Revit has finished duplicating an element type. + It is raised even when duplicating an element type failed or was cancelled (during ElementTypeDuplicating event). + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Check the 'Status' field in event's argument to see whether the action itself was successful or not. + This event is not cancellable, for the process of importing has already been finished. + If the action was not successful, the document may not be modified and new transactions may not be started. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
  • and similar overloads.
+ Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. +
+ + 2015 + +
+ + + Subscribe to the ElementTypeDuplicating event to be notified when Revit is just about to duplicate an element type. + + + This event is raised when Revit is just about to duplicate an element type. + Event is cancellable. To cancel it, call the 'Cancel()' method in event's argument to True. + Your application is responsible for providing feedback to the user about the reason for the cancellation. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
  • All overloads of Autodesk.Revit.DB.Document.Import()
  • and similar overloads.
  • .
  • and similar overloads.
+ Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. + Another event will be raised immediately after duplicating an element type is finished. +
+ + 2015 + +
+ + + Subscribe to the FamilyLoadedInto event to be notified after Revit loaded a family into a document. + + + This event is raised immediately after Revit has finished loading a family into a document. + It is raised even when family loading failed or was cancelled (during FamilyLoadingIntoDocument event). + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Check the 'Status' field in event's argument to see whether the action itself was successful or not. + This event is not cancellable, for the process of importing has already been finished. + If the action was not successful, the document may not be modified and new transactions may not be started. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
  • and similar overloads.
+ Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. +
+ + 2015 + +
+ + + Subscribe to the FamilyLoadingInto event to be notified when Revit is just about to load a family into a document. + + + This event is raised when Revit is just about to load a family into a document. + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Event is cancellable. To cancel it, call the 'Cancel()' method in event's argument to True. + Your application is responsible for providing feedback to the user about the reason for the cancellation. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
  • All overloads of Autodesk.Revit.DB.Document.Import()
  • and similar overloads.
  • .
  • and similar overloads.
+ Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. + Another event will be raised immediately after family loading + is finished. +
+ + 2015 + +
+ + + Subscribe to this event to get notified after the Revit application has been initialized. + + + The event is raised after Revit was launched as fully initialized, including initialization of external applications. + The event is not cancellable; the 'Cancellable' property of the event's argument is always False. + + 2013 + + + + + Subscribe to the ProgressChanged event to be notified when an operation in Revit has progress bar data available. + + + + Handlers of this event may use the method to cancel the operation tracked by the progress bar. + Users may not change the document in the handler for this event. + Exception will be thrown if any document-modifying method is called during this event's handler. + + + + 2013 + + + + + Subscribe to the DocumentSynchronizedWithCentral event to be notified immediately after Revit has finished synchronizing a document with central model. + + + This event is raised immediately after Revit has finished synchronizing a document with central model. + It is raised even when document synchronizing with central model failed or was cancelled (during DocumentSynchronizingWithCentral event). + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Check the 'Status' field in the event's argument to see whether the action itself was successful or not. + This event is not cancellable, for the process of synchronizing a document with central model has already been finished. + If the action was not successful, the document may not be modified and new transactions may not be started. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
  • and similar overloads.
+ Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. +
+ + 2010 + +
+ + + Subscribe to the DocumentSynchronizingWithCentral event to be notified when Revit is just about to synchronize a document with central model. + + + This event is raised when Revit is just about to synchronize a document with central model. + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Event is cancellable. To cancel it, call the 'Cancel()' method in event's argument to True. + Your application is responsible for providing feedback to the user about the reason for the cancellation. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
  • and similar overloads.
  • .
  • and similar overloads.
+ Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. + Another event will be raised immediately after document synchronizing with central model + is finished. +
+ + 2010 + +
+ + + Subscribe to the DocumentOpened event to be notified immediately after Revit has finished opening a document. + + + This event is raised immediately after Revit has finished opening a document. + It is raised even when document opening failed or was cancelled (during DocumentOpening event). + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Check the 'Status' field in event's argument to see whether the action itself was successful or not. + This event is not cancellable, for the process of opening document has already been finished. + If the action was not successful, the document may not be modified and new transactions may not be started. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
  • and similar overloads.
+ Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. +
+ + 2010 + +
+ + + Subscribe to the DocumentOpening event to be notified when Revit is just about to open a document. + + + This event is raised when Revit is just about to open a document. + Event is cancellable. To cancel it, call the 'Cancel()' method in event's argument to True. + Your application is responsible for providing feedback to the user about the reason for the cancellation. + The document cannot be modified, for it is not opened yet at the time of the event. + Another event will be raised immediately after document + is opened. + + + 2010 + + + + + Subscribe to the FileExported event to be notified immediately after Revit has finished exporting files of formats supported by the API. + + + This event is raised immediately after Revit has finished exporting files of formats supported by the API. + It is raised even when file exporting failed or was cancelled (during FileExporting event). + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Check the 'Status' field in event's argument to see whether the action itself was successful or not. + If export is a part of ‘Publish to Buzzsaw' command which consists of two parts – export of a document followed by publishing it to a BuzzSaw server, the event status only reflects the result of the Export action. The publishing part of the command could still be cancelled or could fail after FileExported event is raised. + This event is not cancellable, for the process of exporting file has already been finished. + If the action was not successful, the document may not be modified and new transactions may not be started. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
  • and similar overloads.
+ Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. +
+ + 2010 + +
+ + + Subscribe to the FileExporting event to be notified when Revit is just about to export files of formats supported by the API. + + + This event is raised when Revit is just about to export files of formats supported by the API. + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Event is cancellable. To cancel it, call the 'Cancel()' method in event's argument to True. + Your application is responsible for providing feedback to the user about the reason for the cancellation. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
  • All overloads of Autodesk.Revit.DB.Document.Export()
  • Autodesk.Revit.Document.Print()
  • and similar overloads.
  • and similar overloads.
  • and similar overloads.
  • .
  • and similar overloads.
+ Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. + Another event will be raised immediately after file exporting + is finished. +
+ + 2010 + +
+ + + Subscribe to the FileImported event to be notified immediately after Revit has finished importing a file of format supported by the API. + + + This event is raised immediately after Revit has finished importing a file of format supported by the API. + It is raised even when file importing failed or was cancelled (during FileImporting event). + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Check the 'Status' field in event's argument to see whether the action itself was successful or not. + This event is not cancellable, for the process of importing has already been finished. + If the action was not successful, the document may not be modified and new transactions may not be started. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
  • and similar overloads.
+ Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. +
+ + 2010 + +
+ + + Subscribe to the FileImporting event to be notified when Revit is just about to import a file of format supported by the API. + + + This event is raised when Revit is just about to import a file of format supported by the API. + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Event is cancellable. To cancel it, call the 'Cancel()' method in event's argument to True. + Your application is responsible for providing feedback to the user about the reason for the cancellation. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
  • All overloads of Autodesk.Revit.DB.Document.Import()
  • and similar overloads.
  • .
  • and similar overloads.
+ Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. + Another event will be raised immediately after file importing + is finished. +
+ + 2010 + +
+ + + Subscribe to the DocumentCreated event to be notified immediately after Revit has finished creating a new document. + + + This event is raised immediately after Revit has finished creating a new document. + It is raised even when document creation failed or was cancelled (during DocumentCreating event). + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Check the 'Status' field in event's argument to see whether the action itself was successful or not. + This event is not cancellable, for the process of document creation has already been finished. + If the action was not successful, the document may not be modified and new transactions may not be started. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
  • and similar overloads.
+ Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. +
+ + 2010 + +
+ + + Subscribe to the DocumentCreating event to be notified when Revit is just about to create a new document. + + + This event is raised when Revit is just about to create a new document. + Event is cancellable. To cancel it, call the 'Cancel()' method of event's argument to True. + Your application is responsible for providing feedback to the user about the reason for the cancellation. + The document cannot be modified, for it is not created yet at the time of the event. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
  • and similar overloads.
+ Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. + Another event will be raised immediately after document + creation is finished. +
+ + 2010 + +
+ + + Subscribe to the DocumentClosing event to be notified when Revit is just about to close a document. + + + This event is raised immediately after Revit has finished closing a document. + It is raised even when document closing failed or was cancelled (during DocumentClosing event). + This event is not cancellable, for the process of closing document has already been finished. + The document cannot be modified because the corresponding object does not exist anymore. + + + 2010 + + + + + Subscribe to the DocumentClosing event to be notified when Revit is just about to close a document. + + + This event is raised when Revit is just about to close a document. + This event is cancellable, except when it is raised during close of the application. + Check the 'Cancellable' property of event's argument to see whether it is cancellable or not. + When it is cancellable, set the 'Cancel' property in event's argument to True to cancel it. + Your application is responsible for providing feedback to the user about the reason for the cancellation. + The document may not be modified during this event. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
  • and similar overloads.
+ Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. + Another event will be raised immediately after document is closed. +
+ + 2012 + +
+ + + Subscribe to the ViewPrinted event to be notified immediately after Revit has finished printing a view of the document. + + + This event is raised immediately after Revit has finished printing a view of the document. + If multiple views are combined to a single file, this event will be raised only once. + It is raised even when view printing failed. + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Check the 'Status' field in event's argument to see whether the action was successful or not. + This event is not cancellable, for the process of view printing has already been finished. + If the action was not successful, the document may not be modified and new transactions may not be started. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
  • and similar overloads.
+ Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. +
+
+ + + Subscribe to the ViewPrinting event to be notified when Revit is just about to print a view of the document. + + + This event is raised when Revit is just about to print a view of the document. + If multiple views are combined to a single file, this event will be raised only once. + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Event is not cancellable. The 'Cancellable' property of event's argument is always False. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
  • All overloads of Autodesk.Revit.DB.Document.Export()
  • Autodesk.Revit.DB.Document.Print()
  • and similar overloads.
  • and similar overloads.
  • and similar overloads.
  • .
  • and similar overloads.
+ Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. + Another event will be raised immediately after view printing + is finished. +
+
+ + + Subscribe to the DocumentPrinted event to be notified immediately after Revit has finished printing a view or ViewSet of the document. + + + This event is raised immediately after Revit has finished printing a view or ViewSet of the document. + It is raised even when document printing failed or was cancelled (during DocumentPriting event). + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Check the 'Status' field in event's argument to see whether the action itself was successful or not. + This event is not cancellable, for the process of printing has already been finished. + If the action was not successful, the document may not be modified and new transactions may not be started. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
  • and similar overloads.
+ Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. +
+
+ + + Subscribe to the DocumentPrinting event to be notified when Revit is just about to print a view or ViewSet of the document. + + + This event is raised when Revit is just about to print a view or ViewSet of the document. + This document-level event precedes the application-level event of the same name. + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Event is cancellable. To cancel it, call the 'Cancel()' method of event's argument to True. + Your application is responsible for providing feedback to the user about the reason for the cancellation. + The following API functions are not available for current document during this event: +
  • All overloads of Autodesk.Revit.DB.Document.Export()
  • Autodesk::Revit::DB::Document::Print
  • and similar overloads.
  • and similar overloads.
  • and similar overloads.
  • .
  • and similar overloads.
+ Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. + After this event, for each view being printed, Autodesk::Revit::ApplicationServices::Application::ViewPrinting and Autodesk::Revit::ApplicationServices::Application::ViewPrinted events will be raised. + Another event will be raised immediately after document printing + is finished. +
+
+ + + Subscribe to the DocumentSavedAs event to be notified immediately after Revit has finished saving document with a new file name. + + + This event is raised immediately after Revit has finished saving document with a new file name. + Note that the first save of a newly created document will raise DocumentSavedAs rather than event. + It is raised even when document saving failed or was cancelled (during DocumentSavingAs event). + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Check the 'Status' property in event's argument to see whether the action itself was successful or not. + This event is not cancellable, for the process of saving document has already been finished. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
  • and similar overloads.
+ Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. +
+
+ + + Subscribe to the DocumentSavingAs event to be notified when Revit is just about to save the document with a new file name. + This event is raised when Revit is just about to save the document with a new file name. + Note that the first save of a newly created document will raise DocumentSavingAs rather than event. + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + This event is cancellable, except when it is raised during close of the application. + Check the 'Cancellable' property of event's argument to see whether it is cancellable or not. + When it is cancellable, call the 'Cancel()' method of event's argument to cancel it. + Your application is responsible for providing feedback to the user about the reason for the cancellation.The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
  • and similar overloads.
  • .
  • and similar overloads.
Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event.Another event will be raised immediately after the document has been saved with a new file name.
+
+ + + Subscribe to the DocumentSaved event to be notified immediately after Revit has finished saving a document. + + + This event is raised immediately after Revit has finished saving a document. + Note that the first save of a newly created document will raise + rather than the DocumentSaved event. + It is raised even when document saving failed or was cancelled (during DocumentSaving event). + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Check the 'Status' property in event's argument to see whether the action itself was successful or not. + This event is not cancellable, for the process of saving document has already been finished. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
  • and similar overloads.
+ Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. +
+
+ + + Subscribe to the DocumentSaving event to be notified when Revit is just about to save a document. + + + This event is raised when Revit is just about to save the document. + Note that the first save of a newly created document will raise + rather than the DocumentSaving event. + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + This event is cancellable, except when it is raised during close of the application. + Check the 'Cancellable' property of event's argument to see whether it is cancellable or not. + When it is cancellable, call the 'Cancel()' method of event's argument to cancel it. + Your application is responsible for providing feedback to the user about the reason for the cancellation. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
  • and similar overloads.
  • .
  • and similar overloads.
+ Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. + Another event will be raised immediately after the document has been saved. +
+
+ + + Subscribe to the FailuresProcessing event to be notified when failures are being processed at the end of transaction. + + + This event is raised when failures are being processed during transaction commit or rollback operations. + Handlers of this event have a limited ability to modify the document and/or failures in it, using provided + restricted failures accessor interface. + + + + + # Subscribe to the WorksharedOperationProgressChanged to be notified when progress has changed during Collaboration for Revit's workshared operations: open model and synchronize with central. + + + + This event is only supported for Collaboration for Revit and will not be raised for those operations occurring in local-worksharing and Revit Server workflow. + Users may not change the document in the handler for this event. + If you do not need detailed progress information for synchronizing with central, see or . + It is NOT recommended to do any time-consuming work when handling DocumentSynchronizingWithCentralProgessChanged event. This can increase workshared operation time." + Exception will be thrown if any document-modifying method is called during this event's handler. + + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Subscribe to the LinkedResourceOpened event to be notified immediately after Revit has finished opening a linked resource. + + + This event is raised immediately after Revit has finished opening a linked resource. + Only supports linked resources for following types : Revit; IFC; CAD(dwg, dxf, dgn, sat); Topography; + It is raised even when a linked resource opening failed. + The LinkedResourceOpened events would not raised if there are no update on linked CAD, IFC resources. + + Check the 'Status' field in event's argument to see whether the action itself was successful or not. + Another event will be raised when Revit is just about to + open a linked resource. + + + 2018 + + + + + Subscribe to the LinkedResourceOpening event to be notified when Revit is just about to open a linked resource. + + + This event is raised when Revit is just about to open a linked resource. + Only supports linked resources for following types : Revit; IFC; CAD(dwg, dxf, dgn, sat); + This event would not be raised if there are no update on linked CAD, IFC resources. + + Event is not cancellable. + The linked resource cannot be modified, for it is not opened yet at the time of the event. + Another event will be raised immediately after + linked resource is opened. + + + 2018 + + + + + # Subscribe to the GetFolderContentsRequested event to be notified when Revit requests for a list of cloud folder contents, containing subfolders and cloud models. + + + + This event is only supported for listing ForgeDM folder contents via Collaboration for Revit and will not be raised for those operations occurring in local-worksharing and Revit Server workflow. + + + + 2019 + + + + + # Subscribe to the GetProjectsRequested event to be notified when Revit requests for a list of cloud projects. + + + + This event is only supported for listing ForgeDM projects via Collaboration for Revit and will not be raised for those operations occurring in local-worksharing and Revit Server workflow. + + + + 2019 + + + + + # Subscribe to the GetHubsRequested event to be notified when Revit requests for a list of cloud hubs. + + + + This event is only supported for listing ForgeDM hubs via Collaboration for Revit and will not be raised for those operations occurring in local-worksharing and Revit Server workflow. + + + + 2019 + + + + + Subscribe to the PositionsSaved event to be notified when linked symbols Positions (Shared Coordinates) saved during PositionsSaved operations. + + + + This event is only supported for PositionsSaved operation for linked symbols. + Users may not change the document in the handler for this event. + It is NOT recommended to do any time-consuming work when handling PositionsSaved event." + Exception will be thrown if any document-modifying method is called during this event's handler. + + + + 2018 + + + + + Subscribe to the FailuresProcessingEvent event to be notified when Revit document has changed. + + + This event is raised whenever a Revit transaction is either committed, or undone or redone. + This is a read-only event, designed to allow you to keep external data in sync with the state of the Revit database. + To update the Revit database in response to changes in elements, use the IUpdater framework. + + + + + Sets path information identifying where Revit searches for content. + + + The map that + is returned should contain a key that is purpose of the path, such as Material Libraries and the value + in the map is the fully qualified path to be used for that search path. + + + The map of library paths. + + + A non-optional argument was NULL + + + 2012 + + + + + Returns path information identifying where Revit searches for content. + + + The map that + is returned contains a key that is purpose of the path, such as Material Libraries and the value + in the map is the fully qualified path that is used for that search path. + + + The map of library paths. + + + 2012 + + + + Sends ADP Core facet with analytics data, DB::AddInId and DB::Document to the Revit for processing and sending to the ADP data lake. + DB::AddInId addInId with data for collection + DB::Document document with data for collection + Container for analytics data + A non-optional argument was NULL + 2022 + + + Sends ADP Core facet with analytics data, and DB::Document to the Revit for processing and sending to the ADP data lake. + DB::Document addInId with data for collection + Container for analytics data + A non-optional argument was NULL + 2022 + + + Sends ADP Core facet with analytics data, and DB::AddInId to the Revit for processing and sending to the ADP data lake. + DB::AddInId addInId with data for collection + Container for analytics data + A non-optional argument was NULL + 2022 + + + Sends ADP Core facet with analytics data to the Revit for processing and sending to the ADP data lake. + Container for analytics data + A non-optional argument was NULL + 2022 + + + + Determines if the application is currently in journal playback mode. + + + Determines if Revit is in the process of playing back a journal. It can be + used to help prevent any user interaction that may cause issues during playback. + For more information on Revit's journaling features contact the Autodesk Developer Network. + + + true if a journal is currently playing back, false otherwise. + + + 2020 + + + + + Writes a comment to the Revit journal file + + + Text for journal comment + + + If a time stamp should be included in the journal comment + + + A non-optional argument was NULL + + + + Retrieve the name of the journal file that Revit is currently recording to. + As Revit operates it keeps a log of operations that the user performs +within a file, known as a journal file. These files are useful for providing information +about the actions performed in a session and the state of Revit when a problem occurs. +These files are included during error reporting to Autodesk. + + + + Registers Revit application-wide instance of Failures Processor. + + + If there is previously registered Failures Processor, it gets discarded. + If you opt to register a FailuresProcessor for Revit, your processor will become the default error handler + for all Revit errors for the session. The standard Revit error dialog will not appear. + If you want to handle only specific failures but not all types of failures in your application, + subscribe to the FailuresProcessing event instead, or use FailuresPreprocessor interface + for the specific transaction. + + + Instance of Failures Processor to be used by the Revit Application. + + + A non-optional argument was NULL + + + + + Returns the instance of FailureDefinitionRegistry. + + + The instance of FailureDefinitionRegistry. + + + 2011 + + + + Indicates whether this add-in is loaded on the fly or not. If it is loaded when is Revit starting up, it +is false, otherwise it should be true. + + + Represents the Autodesk Revit Application with no access to documents. It provides options +and other application wide data and settings for external applications OnStartup/OnShutdown. + + + +determines which streams should be opened from write, according the the store options. +streamShouldOpenForWrites returns the result. + + Callers are responsible for cleanup or set the initial state of streamShouldOpenForWrite + + + Specify the location of the area tag. + + + The data needed to create a new area + The view of area element. + The point which lies in the enclosed region of AreaBoundaryLines to put the new created Area + + + A class which wraps the arguments of Area for batch creation + + + Get or set the rotate angle of the FamilyInstance + The FamilyInstance will rotate this angle when the instance is created. + + + Get or set the axis of the FamilyInstance + The element property will be the axis while performing the rotation. + + + A FamilySymbol object that represents the type of the instance that is to be inserted. + The adaptive points where the adaptive instance is to be initialized. + + + A face of a geometry object. + A line on the face defining where the symbol is to be placed. + A FamilySymbol object that represents the type of the instance that is to be inserted. + + + A face of a geometry object. + Point on the face where the instance is to be placed. + A vector that defines the direction of the family instance. + A FamilySymbol object that represents the type of the instance that is to be inserted. + + + The physical location where the instance is to be placed. + A FamilySymbol object that represents the type of the instance that is to be inserted. + A vector that dictates the direction of certain family instances. + The object into which the FamilyInstance is to be inserted, often known as the host. + If structural then specify the type of the component. + + + The physical location where the instance is to be placed. + A FamilySymbol object that represents the type of the instance that is to be inserted. + The object into which the FamilyInstance is to be inserted, often known as the host. + A Level object that is used as the base level for the object. + If structural then specify the type of the component. + + + The physical location where the instance is to be placed. + A FamilySymbol object that represents the type of the instance that is to be inserted. + The object into which the FamilyInstance is to be inserted, often known as the host. + If structural then specify the type of the component. + + + The physical location where the instance is to be placed. + A FamilySymbol object that represents the type of the instance that is to be inserted. + A Level object that is used as the base level for the object. + If structural then specify the type of the component. + + + The curve where the instance is based. + A FamilySymbol object that represents the type of the instance that is to be inserted. + A Level object that is used as the base level for the object. + If structural then specify the type of the component. + + + The physical location where the instance is to be placed. + A FamilySymbol object that represents the type of the instance that is to be inserted. + Specify if the family instance is structural. + + + A class which wraps the arguments of FamilyInstance for batch creation. + + + Creates an empty array that can store ReferencePoint objects. + An empty array that can hold ReferencePoint objects. + This method can be used to create an array that can hold ReferencePoint objects. This +array can be then passed to methods, such as NewCurveByPoints, to represent two or more PointElements. + + + Create a PointRelativeToPoint object, which is used to define +the placement of a ReferencePoint relative to a host point. + The reference of the host point. + +Thrown when the input argument hostPointReference is . + + If creation is successful then a new PointRelativeToPoint object is returned, +otherwise an exception with failure information will be thrown. + 2013 + + + Construct a PointOnEdgeFaceIntersection object which is used to define the placement of a ReferencePoint given a references to edge and a reference to face. + The edge reference. + The face reference. + +Thrown when the input argument edgeReference or faceReference is . + + A new PointOnEdgeFaceIntersection object. + + + Construct a PointOnEdgeEdgeIntersection object which is used to define the placement of a ReferencePoint given two references to edge. + The first edge reference. + The second edge reference. + +Thrown when the input argument edgeReference1 or edgeReference2 is . + + A new PointOnEdgeEdgeIntersection object. + + + Construct a PointOnFace object which is used to define the placement of a ReferencePoint given a reference and a location on the face. + The reference whose face the object will be created on. + A 2-dimensional position. + +Thrown when the input argument faceReference or uv is . + + A new PointOnFace object. + + + Construct a PointOnPlane object which is used to define the placement of a ReferencePoint from its property values. + A reference to some plane +in the document. (Note: the reference must satisfy +IsValidPlaneReference(), +but this is not checked until this PointOnPlane object +is assigned to a ReferencePoint.) + Coordinates of the point's projection onto the plane; +see the Position property. + The direction of the point's +X-coordinate vector in the plane's coordinates; see the XVec property. Optional; +default value is (1, 0). + Signed offset from the plane; see the Offset property. + +Thrown when the input argument planeReference or position or xvec is or offset is not a valid double value. + + A new PointOnPlane object with 2-dimensional Position, XVec, and Offset +properties set to match the given 3-dimensional arguments. + + + Create a PointOnEdge object which is used to define the placement of a ReferencePoint. + The reference whose edge the object will be created on. + The location on the edge. + +Thrown when the input argument edgeReference or locationOnCurve is . + + If creation was successful then a new object is returned, +otherwise an exception with failure information will be thrown. + + + Creates a new FamilySymbolProfile object. + The family symbol of the Profile. + The new FamilySymbolProfile object. + +Thrown when the argument familySymbol is . + + + + Creates a new CurveLoopsProfile object. + The curve loops of the Profile. + The new CurveLoopsProfile object. + +Thrown when the argument is . + + + + Creates a new Autodesk::Revit::DB::ElementId^ object. + The new Autodesk::Revit::DB::ElementId^ object. + + + Creates an object which wraps the arguments of Area for batch creation. + The view of area element. + A point which lies in an enclosed region of area boundary where the new area will reside. + The object containing the data needed for area creation. + + + Creates an adaptive component which wraps the arguments of NewFamilyInstance() for batch creation. + Creates an object which wraps the arguments of NewFamilyInstance() for batch creation. + A FamilySymbol object that represents the type of the instance that is to be inserted. + The adaptive point location where the adaptive instance is to be placed. + + + Creates an object which wraps the arguments of NewFamilyInstance() for batch creation. + A face of a geometry object. + A line on the face defining where the symbol is to be placed. + A FamilySymbol object that represents the type of the instance that is to be inserted. + + + Creates an object which wraps the arguments of NewFamilyInstance() for batch creation. + A face of a geometry object. + Point on the face where the instance is to be placed. + A vector that defines the direction of the family instance. + A FamilySymbol object that represents the type of the instance that is to be inserted. + + + Creates an object which wraps the arguments of NewFamilyInstance() for batch creation. + The physical location where the instance is to be placed. + A FamilySymbol object that represents the type of the instance that is to be inserted. + A vector that dictates the direction of certain family instances. + The object into which the family instance is to be inserted, often known as the host. + If structural then specify the type of the component. + + + Creates an object which wraps the arguments of NewFamilyInstance() for batch creation. + The physical location where the instance is to be placed. + A FamilySymbol object that represents the type of the instance that is to be inserted. + The object into which the family instance is to be inserted, often known as the host. + A Level object that is used as the base level for the object. + If structural then specify the type of the component. + + + Creates an object which wraps the arguments of NewFamilyInstance() for batch creation. + The physical location where the instance is to be placed. + A FamilySymbol object that represents the type of the instance that is to be inserted. + The object into which the family instance is to be inserted, often known as the host. + If structural then specify the type of the component. + + + Creates an object which wraps the arguments of NewFamilyInstance() for batch creation. + The physical location where the instance is to be placed. + A FamilySymbol object that represents the type of the instance that is to be inserted. + A Level object that is used as the base level for the object. + If structural then specify the type of the component. + + + Creates an object which wraps the arguments of NewFamilyInstance() for batch creation. + The curve where the instance is based. + A FamilySymbol object that represents the type of the instance that is to be inserted. + A Level object that is used as the base level for the object. + If structural then specify the type of the component. + + + Creates an object which wraps the arguments of NewFamilyInstance() for batch creation. + Creates an object which wraps the arguments of NewFamilyInstance() for batch creation. + The physical location where the instance is to be placed. + A FamilySymbol object that represents the type of the instance that is to be inserted. + Specify if the family instance is structural. + + + Creates a new instance of a space set. + + + Creates a new instance of a View set. + + + Creates a new instance of an IntersectionResult array. + + + Creates a new instance of a face array. + + + Creates a new instance of a reference array. + + + Creates a new instance of a double array. + + + Creates Green-Building XML Import options. + + + Creates 3D-Studio Max (FBX) Export options. + + + Creates DWFX Export options. + + + Creates DWF Export options. + + + Creates a UV object by copying the supplied UV object. + The supplied UV object + + + Creates a UV object representing coordinates in 2-space with supplied values. + The first coordinate. + The second coordinate. + +Thrown when setting an infinite number to the U or V property. + + + + Creates a UV object representing coordinates in 2-space. + Creates a UV object at the origin. + + + Creates a XYZ object by copying the supplied XYZ object. + The supplied XYZ object + + + Creates a XYZ object representing coordinates in 3-space with supplied values. + The first coordinate. + The second coordinate. + The third coordinate. + +Thrown when setting an infinite number to the X, Y or Z property. + + + + Creates a XYZ object representing coordinates in 3-space. + Creates a XYZ object at the origin. + + + Creates a two-dimensional rectangle with supplied values. + The first coordinate of min. + The second coordinate of min. + The first coordinate of max. + The second coordinate of max. + + + Creates a two-dimensional rectangle. + Creates an empty two-dimensional rectangle. + + + Creates a three-dimensional rectangular box. + + + Creates a new project position object. + East to West offset in feet. + North to South offset in feet. + Elevation above sea level in feet. + Rotation angle away from true north in the range of -PI to +PI. + This object contains offset information and is used by the project location object +for setting the project location relative to the site location. Measurements are in feet and +radians. + + + Returns a new color object. + The new color object. + + + + + + + Returns an array that can hold combinable element objects. + An empty array that can contain any CombinableElement derived objects. + + + Returns an array that can hold VertexIndexPair objects. + The new VertexIndexPairArray objects. + + + Creates a new VertexIndexPair object. + The index of the vertex pair from the top profile of a blend. + The index of the vertex pair from the bottom profile of a blend. + The new VertexIndexPair object. + + + Creates an empty array that can store geometric curve loops. + The empty array of curve loops. + + + Creates an empty array that can store geometric curves. + An empty array that can hold geometric curves. + This method can be used to create an array that can hold any curve type object. This +array can be then passed to methods, such as NewAreaLoad, to represent the geometry for the +boundary of the load. + + + Creates an object to specify user preferences in parsing of geometry. + + + + + + + + Creates a new instance of a set specifically for holding elements. + A new Element Set. + This is a general purpose set for passing elements to and from methods. + + + Creates a new type binding object containing the categories passed as a parameter. + A set of categories that will be added to the binding. + A new type binding object. + Type binding objects are used for attaching shared parameter definitions to a type +within a category. + + + Creates a new type binding object. + Creates a new empty type binding object. + A new type binding object. + Type binding objects are used for attaching shared parameter definitions to a type +within a category. Categories can be added to the instance binding via the Categories property of +the InstanceBinding object + + + Creates a new instance binding object containing the categories passed as a parameter. + A set of categories that will be added to the binding. + A new instance binding object. + Instance binding objects are used for attaching shared parameter definitions to all +instances of an element within a category. + + + Creates a new instance binding object. + Creates a new empty instance binding object. + A new instance binding object. + Instance binding objects are used for attaching shared parameter definitions to all +instances of an element within a category. Categories can be added to the instance binding via +the Categories property of the InstanceBinding object + + + Creates a new instance of a set specifically for holding category objects. + A new instance of a Category Set. + This type of set is used during the creation of instance and type bindings. + + + +The Application Creation object is used to create new instances of utility objects. + + + +General purpose objects can be generated by this creation object. Creating objects +via this object ensures that they will be correctly constructed and will reside in the +Autodesk Revit memory space. + + + + + Returns UpdaterInfos for all the application-wide updaters. + + + List of UpdaterInfo structures + + + 2011 + + + + + Returns information about all updaters applicable to the given document. + + + The list of data includes information about all updaters explicitly registered + for the document as well as information about all application-wide registered + updaters (which are applicable to all documents). + + + The document to which sought updaters are applicable to. + + + List of UpdaterInfo structures + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Checks if the updater is enabled or not. + + + Even when an updater is enabled it could still be suspended for misbehaving, in which case it would not + be executed regardless of its enable/disable status. + + + The updater id. + + + Returns true if the updater is enabled, false otherwise. + + + Updater with this Id is not currently registered in Revit. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Disables the updater. + + + The updater id. + + + Updater with this Id is not currently registered in Revit. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Enables the updater. + + + Even when an updater is enabled it could still be suspended for misbehaving, in which case it would not + be executed regardless of its enable/disable status. + + + The updater id. + + + Updater with this Id is not currently registered in Revit. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Sets a flag indicating whether an updater is optional or not. + + + This flag controls whether an updater is going to be required next time a document in which + it had been used is opened. If a non-optional updater is not found (currently not registered) + in a document, the end user will be presented with a warning and choices to resolve + the situation. + + + Id of the updater + + + Use True to make the updater optional, false to make it a mandatory updater. + + + Updater with this Id is not currently registered in Revit. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Check if the updater is optional or not. + + + This flag controls whether an updater is going to be required next time a document in which + it had been used is opened. If a non-optional updater is not found (currently not registered) + in a document, the end user will be presented with a warning and choices to resolve + the situation. + + + Id of the updater to check + + + Returns True if the updater is optional, False otherwise. + + + Updater with this Id is not currently registered in Revit. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Removes all triggers associated with specified document and Updater + Does not unregister updater. + + + Id of specified updater + + + Document for which to remove triggers + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The updater's owner's AddIn does not match the currently active AddIn. + -or- + RemoveDocumentTriggers called while executing an updater. + + + 2011 + + + + + Removes all triggers associated with Updater with specified UpdaterId. + Does not unregister updater. + + + Id of specified updater + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The updater's owner's AddIn does not match the currently active AddIn. + -or- + RemoveAllTriggers called while executing an updater. + + + 2011 + + + + + Adds trigger with the specified element filter and ChangeType for all documents associated with this Updater + + + This method only works with CategoryFilter and ParameterFilter. + + + Id of updater that trigger should be added to + + + Element filter that defines elements that affect this trigger + + + ChangeType associated with this trigger + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The updater's owner's AddIn does not match the currently active AddIn. + -or- + The id does not correspond to any registered Updaters. + -or- + AddTrigger called while executing an updater. + + + 2011 + + + + + Adds trigger with the specified element filter and ChangeType for the specified document + + + This method only works with CategoryFilter and ParameterFilter. + + + Id of updater that trigger should be added to + + + Document that elements in 'elements' are contained in + + + Element filter that defines elements that affect this trigger + + + ChangeType associated with this trigger + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The updater's owner's AddIn does not match the currently active AddIn. + -or- + The id does not correspond to any registered Updaters + -or- + AddTrigger called while executing an updater. + + + 2011 + + + + + Adds a trigger to an updater with specified set of elements and ChangeType + + + Id of updater that trigger should be added to + + + Document that elements in 'elements' are contained in + + + Set of elements which define this trigger + + + ChangeType associated with this trigger + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + updater's owner AddIn does not match the currently active AddIn + -or- + id does not correspond to any registered Updaters + -or- + AddTrigger called while executing an updater. + + + 2011 + + + + + Forces execution order between two updaters + Execution order: first before second + + + Id of first Updater + + + Id of second Updater + + + One or both inputs are not valid UpdaterIds + -or- + One or both of the Updaters are not registered + -or- + first and second are the same id + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The updaters do not report the same ChangePriority + + + 2011 + + + + + Checks whether updater with the given id is registered in a document. + + + Id of the updater being tested. + + + Document in which this updater is tested whether it's registered or not. + + + Returns True if the updater is registered in the given document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks whether updater with the given id is registered + + + Id of the updater being tested. + + + Returns true if the updater is registered. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Unregisters an updater for the given document. + + +

+ Unregistering an updater from a document is only permitted if + the updater was explicitly registered for that document. +

+

+ If the updater was registered in other documents too, + the remaining documents will still have the updater assigned. +

+

+ However, if after unregistering from the document the updater is found + not registered in any other (currently open) documents, the updater + will be completely removed from the registry including its triggers. + Should the updater be registered again later, the triggers need + to be re-applied. +

+
+ + Id of updater to be unregistered. + + + Document for which this updater is to be unregistered. + + + Updater with this Id is not currently registered in the document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The updater's owner's AddIn does not match the currently active AddIn, + i.e. IUpdater.GetUpdaterId().GetAddInId() differs from the addInId field + in the manifest file of the currently executing external application. + -or- + Attempting to unregister an updater that is currently being executed. + + + 2014 + +
+ + + Removes the updater associated with the input id from the UpdaterRegistry. + Also removes all triggers associated with the Updater. + + + This methods works regardless of how the updater was registered. + Whether the updater was registered application-wide or for a document + (or a set of document), it will be removed from the registry and + any connections with documents will also be lost. + + + Id of updater to be removed + + + Updater with this Id is not currently registered in Revit. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The updater's owner's AddIn does not match the currently active AddIn, + i.e. IUpdater.GetUpdaterId().GetAddInId() differs from the addInId field + in the manifest file of the currently executing external application. + -or- + Attempting to unregister an updater that is currently being executed. + + + 2011 + + + + + Registers the updater for a specified document, which means + the updater can only be triggered by changes made in that document. + + + An updater may be registered in more then one document, but an updater + may not be registered for a document and also for the entire application at + the same time. If an updater has already been registered application-wide, + an attempt to register it for a document will cause an exception. + + + Updater to be registered. + + + Document for which this updater is to be registered. + + + This argument controls whether the updater should be required next time a document + is open in which the updater had been previously used. If a non-optional updater is + not found (i.e. currently not registered), the end user will be presented with a warning + and choices to resolve the situation. + + + Updater with the the same Id has already been registered on the application level. + -or- + Updater with the the same Id has already been registered either in the given document or on the application level. + -or- + Updater's Id is not valid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Method is not allowed during execution of a dynamic update. + -or- + The updater's owner's AddIn does not match the currently active AddIn, + i.e. IUpdater.GetUpdaterId().GetAddInId() differs from the addInId field + in the manifest file of the currently executing external application. + + + 2011 + + + + + Registers an updater application-wide, which means + the updater may get triggered in any open document. + + + By registering an updater application-wide, any previous registration explicitly made + for particular documents will be voided. That means the updater will no longer be connected + with just those documents, and the methodIsUpdaterRegistered(id,document) will also + return False. Consequently, any attempt to either register or unregister this updater + to (or from, respectively) a document will cause an exception to be thrown. + + + Updater to be registered + + + This argument controls whether the updater should be required next time a document + is open in which the updater had been previously used. If a non-optional updater is + not found (i.e. currently not registered), the end user will be presented with a warning + and choices to resolve the situation. + + + Updater with the the same Id has already been registered on the application level. + -or- + Updater's Id is not valid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Method is not allowed during execution of a dynamic update. + -or- + The updater's owner's AddIn does not match the currently active AddIn, + i.e. IUpdater.GetUpdaterId().GetAddInId() differs from the addInId field + in the manifest file of the currently executing external application. + + + 2011 + + + + + Registers the updater for a specified document, which means + the updater can only be triggered by changes made in that document. + + + An updater may be registered in more than one document, but an updater + may not be registered for a document and also for the entire application at + the same time. If an updater has already been registered application-wide, + an attempt to register it for a document will cause an exception. + + + Updater to be registered + + + Document for which this updater is to be registered + + + Updater with the the same Id has already been registered on the application level. + -or- + Updater with the the same Id has already been registered either in the given document or on the application level. + -or- + Updater's Id is not valid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Method is not allowed during execution of a dynamic update. + -or- + The updater's owner's AddIn does not match the currently active AddIn, + i.e. IUpdater.GetUpdaterId().GetAddInId() differs from the addInId field + in the manifest file of the currently executing external application. + + + 2011 + + + + + Registers an updater application-wide, which means + the updater may get triggered in any open document. + + + By registering an updater application-wide, any previous registration explicitly made + for particular documents will be voided. That means the updater will no longer be connected + with just those documents, and the methodIsUpdaterRegistered(id,document) will also + return False. Consequently, any attempt to either register or unregister this updater + to (or from, respectively) a document will cause an exception to be thrown. + + + Updater to be registered + + + Updater with the the same Id has already been registered on the application level. + -or- + Updater's Id is not valid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Method is not allowed during execution of a dynamic update. + -or- + The updater's owner's AddIn does not match the currently active AddIn, + i.e. IUpdater.GetUpdaterId().GetAddInId() differs from the addInId field + in the manifest file of the currently executing external application. + + + 2011 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + An object that stores and manages all updaters registered in the current session. + + +

The registry is an application-wide singleton. It maintains all dynamic + updaters currently registered, and also invokes them per their respective + trigger condition during subsequent transactions. +

+

Please note that only the application (an add-in, typically) which registered + an updater is allowed to modify it later, including unregistering it. + Also, an application is not allowed to register an updater with an Id, + that is based on another application's Id. +

+
+ + 2011 + +
+ + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Whether the updater is optional or not. + + + 2012 + + + + + Name of the application that owns the updater. + + + 2012 + + + + + Additional information about the updater. + + + 2012 + + + + + Name of the updater. + + + 2012 + + + + + Information of an updater, such as: Name, AdditionalInformation, name of the application that owns the updater, etc. + + + 2012 + + + + + AddInId of the UpdaterId + + + 2011 + + + + + GUID value of the UpdaterId + + + 2011 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + creates an instance of UpdaterId for given AddInId and a given GUID value + + + Id of addin that registers an Updater + + + a GUID identifying the Updater within addin + + + addInId is not valid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + A unique identifier of an Updater + + + UpdaterID used as a key to register and unregister Updaters and UpdateTriggers in Revit application + + + 2011 + + + + + Returns document associated with this UpdaterData + + + 2011 + + + + + Allows updater to check if specific change has happened to an element. + Compares input type to the types that caused Updater::execute() to be triggered. + If input type was not registered as a trigger for the associated Updater, this + method will always return false for that ChangeType. + For example, if the only trigger registered for UpdaterX is ChangeTypeAny for Element A, + then passing in ChangeTypeGeometry will return false even if the geometry of A changed because + the registered trigger was ChangeTypeAny. However, passing in ChangeTypeAny will return true. + + + Id of element to check + + + ChangeType to check + + + True if ChangeType happened to specified element + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Returns set of elements that were modified. + This set is mutually exclusive of elements returned by getAddedElementIds() and getDeletedElementIds(). + + + Set of elements that were modified in the document and triggered the call to execute() + Note: This set only contains modified elements (i.e. it is mutually exclusive of elements returned + by getAddedElementIds() and getDeletedElementIds()). It does not contain any elements that were + added to or deleted from the document during the current transaction. + Newly added/deleted elements will be reported by getAddedElementIds()/getDeletedElementIds(), + even if they were also modified during the same transaction, but only if ChangeTypeElementAddition/Deletion + is registered as a trigger for the current Updater. I.e. Element creation and modification in + the same transaction is considered to be "creation" only. Newly created elements are not considered to be + "modified" and are therefore not returned as part of getModifiedElementIds() + + + 2011 + + + + + Returns set of elements that were deleted from the document. + This set is mutually exclusive of elements returned by getAddedElementIds() and getModifiedElementIds(). + + + Set of elements that were deleted from the document and triggered the call to execute() + Note: This will only return elements if the trigger registered for the associated updater + contains the ChangeType returned by Element::getChangeTypeElementDeletion() + + + 2011 + + + + + Returns set of elements newly added to the document. + This set is mutually exclusive of elements returned by getDeletedElementIds() and getModifiedElementIds(). + + + Set of elements that were added to the document and triggered the call to execute() + Note: This will only return elements if the trigger registered for the associated updater + contains the ChangeType returned by Element::getChangeTypeElementAddition() + + + 2011 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Service class that is passed to an Updater to prove access to update execution context + + + 2011 + + + + + Auxiliary text that Revit will use to inform the end user + when the Updater is not loaded + + + 2011 + + + + + Returns a name that the Updater can be identified by to the user + + + 2011 + + + + + Identifies the nature of the change the Updater will be performing + Used to identify order of execution of updaters + Called once during registration of the updater + + + 2011 + + + + + Returns globally unique updater id - used to identify the Updater + Called once during registration of the updater + + + 2011 + + + + + The method that Revit will invoke to perform an update. + + + + The purpose of this method is to allow your updater to react to changes that have been made to the document, + and make appropriate related changes to the same document. Although it can be used to also update data + outside of the document, such changes will not become part of the original transaction and will not be + subject to undo or redo when the original transaction is undone or redone. If you do use this method to + modify data outside of the document, you should also subscribe to the DocumentChanged event to update your + data when the original transaction is undone or redone. + + + The method is invoked by Revit at the end of a document transaction in which elements that matched + the UpdateTrigger for this Updater were added, changed or deleted. The method may be invoked more than + once for the same transaction due to changes made by other Updaters. + + + All changes to the document made during the invocation of this method will become a part of the invoking + transaction, and maintained for undo and redo operations. When implementing this method you may not + open any new transactions (an exception will be thrown), but you may use sub-transactions as required. + + + The following methods may not be called while executing an Updater, because they introduce cross references + between elements. A ForbiddenForDynamicUpdateException will be thrown when an updater attempts to call any + of these methods: +
  • void Autodesk.Revit.DB.ViewSheet.AddView(Autodesk.Revit.DB.View, Autodesk.Revit.DB.UV)
  • Autodesk.Revit.DB.Family Autodesk.Revit.DB.Document.LoadFamily(Autodesk.Revit.DB.Document, Autodesk.Revit.DB.IFamilyLoadOptions)
  • Autodesk.Revit.DB.Structure.AreaReinforcement Autodesk.Revit.Creation.Document.NewAreaReinforcement(Autodesk.Revit.DB.Element, Autodesk.Revit.DB.CurveArray, Autodesk.Revit.DB.XYZ)
  • Autodesk.Revit.DB.Structure.PathReinforcement Autodesk.Revit.Creation.Document.NewPathReinforcement(Autodesk.Revit.DB.Element, Autodesk.Revit.DB.CurveArray, bool)
  • void Autodesk.Revit.DB.MEPSystem.Add(Autodesk.Revit.DB.ConnectorSet)
+ + Although the following methods are allowed during execution of an updater, they can also throw + ForbiddenForDynamicUpdateException when cross-references between elements are established as a result of the + call. One such example could be creating a face wall that intersect with an existing face wall, so those + two would have to be joined together. Apply caution when calling these methods from an updater: +
  • Autodesk.Revit.DB.ElementSet Autodesk.Revit.Creation.ItemFactoryBase.NewFamilyInstances(System.Collections.Generic.List<Autodesk.Revit.Creation.FamilyInstanceCreationData>)
  • Autodesk.Revit.DB.FamilyInstance Autodesk.Revit.Creation.ItemFactoryBase.NewFamilyInstance(Autodesk.Revit.DB.XYZ, Autodesk.Revit.DB.FamilySymbol, Autodesk.Revit.DB.Element,Autodesk.Revit.DB.Structure.StructuralType)
  • Autodesk.Revit.DB.FamilyInstance Autodesk.Revit.Creation.ItemFactoryBase.NewFamilyInstance(Autodesk.Revit.DB.XYZ, Autodesk.Revit.DB.FamilySymbol, Autodesk.Revit.DB.Level,Autodesk.Revit.DB.Structure.StructuralType)
  • Autodesk.Revit.DB.FamilyInstance Autodesk.Revit.Creation.Document.NewFamilyInstance(Autodesk.Revit.DB.XYZ, Autodesk.Revit.DB.FamilySymbol, Autodesk.Revit.DB.Element, Autodesk.Revit.DB.Level, Autodesk.Revit.DB.Structure.StructuralType)
  • Autodesk.Revit.DB.FaceWall Autodesk.Revit.DB.FaceWall.Create(Autodesk.Revit.DB.Document, Autodesk.Revit.DB.ElementId, Autodesk.Revit.DB.WallLocationLine, Autodesk.Revit.DB.Reference)
+ Some UI methods may not be called while executing an Updater too, otherwise ForbiddenForDynamicUpdateException will be thrown. + Such methods include: PickObject, PickObjects, PickElementsByRectangle, PickPoint, PickOne and WindowSelect. + Also, most of the methods of the UpdaterRegistry class may not be called during an updater's execution otherwise an InvalidOperationException would be thrown. + In addition to the forbidden methods listed above, other API methods that require documents to be in transaction-free state may not be called either. + Such methods include but are not limited to Save, SaveAs, Close, LoadFamily, etc. Please refer to the documentation of the respective methods for more information. +
+ + Provides all necessary data needed to perform the update, including the document and information about + the changes that triggered the update. + + + 2011 + +
+ + + Auxiliary text that Revit will use to inform the end user + when the Updater is not loaded + + + 2011 + + + + + Returns a name that the Updater can be identified by to the user + + + 2011 + + + + + Identifies the nature of the change the Updater will be performing + Used to identify order of execution of updaters + Called once during registration of the updater + + + 2011 + + + + + Returns globally unique updater id - used to identify the Updater + Called once during registration of the updater + + + 2011 + + + + + The method that Revit will invoke to perform an update. + + + + The purpose of this method is to allow your updater to react to changes that have been made to the document, + and make appropriate related changes to the same document. Although it can be used to also update data + outside of the document, such changes will not become part of the original transaction and will not be + subject to undo or redo when the original transaction is undone or redone. If you do use this method to + modify data outside of the document, you should also subscribe to the DocumentChanged event to update your + data when the original transaction is undone or redone. + + + The method is invoked by Revit at the end of a document transaction in which elements that matched + the UpdateTrigger for this Updater were added, changed or deleted. The method may be invoked more than + once for the same transaction due to changes made by other Updaters. + + + All changes to the document made during the invocation of this method will become a part of the invoking + transaction, and maintained for undo and redo operations. When implementing this method you may not + open any new transactions (an exception will be thrown), but you may use sub-transactions as required. + + + The following methods may not be called while executing an Updater, because they introduce cross references + between elements. A ForbiddenForDynamicUpdateException will be thrown when an updater attempts to call any + of these methods: +
  • void Autodesk.Revit.DB.ViewSheet.AddView(Autodesk.Revit.DB.View, Autodesk.Revit.DB.UV)
  • Autodesk.Revit.DB.Family Autodesk.Revit.DB.Document.LoadFamily(Autodesk.Revit.DB.Document, Autodesk.Revit.DB.IFamilyLoadOptions)
  • Autodesk.Revit.DB.Structure.AreaReinforcement Autodesk.Revit.Creation.Document.NewAreaReinforcement(Autodesk.Revit.DB.Element, Autodesk.Revit.DB.CurveArray, Autodesk.Revit.DB.XYZ)
  • Autodesk.Revit.DB.Structure.PathReinforcement Autodesk.Revit.Creation.Document.NewPathReinforcement(Autodesk.Revit.DB.Element, Autodesk.Revit.DB.CurveArray, bool)
  • void Autodesk.Revit.DB.MEPSystem.Add(Autodesk.Revit.DB.ConnectorSet)
+ + Although the following methods are allowed during execution of an updater, they can also throw + ForbiddenForDynamicUpdateException when cross-references between elements are established as a result of the + call. One such example could be creating a face wall that intersect with an existing face wall, so those + two would have to be joined together. Apply caution when calling these methods from an updater: +
  • Autodesk.Revit.DB.ElementSet Autodesk.Revit.Creation.ItemFactoryBase.NewFamilyInstances(System.Collections.Generic.List<Autodesk.Revit.Creation.FamilyInstanceCreationData>)
  • Autodesk.Revit.DB.FamilyInstance Autodesk.Revit.Creation.ItemFactoryBase.NewFamilyInstance(Autodesk.Revit.DB.XYZ, Autodesk.Revit.DB.FamilySymbol, Autodesk.Revit.DB.Element,Autodesk.Revit.DB.Structure.StructuralType)
  • Autodesk.Revit.DB.FamilyInstance Autodesk.Revit.Creation.ItemFactoryBase.NewFamilyInstance(Autodesk.Revit.DB.XYZ, Autodesk.Revit.DB.FamilySymbol, Autodesk.Revit.DB.Level,Autodesk.Revit.DB.Structure.StructuralType)
  • Autodesk.Revit.DB.FamilyInstance Autodesk.Revit.Creation.Document.NewFamilyInstance(Autodesk.Revit.DB.XYZ, Autodesk.Revit.DB.FamilySymbol, Autodesk.Revit.DB.Element, Autodesk.Revit.DB.Level, Autodesk.Revit.DB.Structure.StructuralType)
  • Autodesk.Revit.DB.FaceWall Autodesk.Revit.DB.FaceWall.Create(Autodesk.Revit.DB.Document, Autodesk.Revit.DB.ElementId, Autodesk.Revit.DB.WallLocationLine, Autodesk.Revit.DB.Reference)
+ Some UI methods may not be called while executing an Updater too, otherwise ForbiddenForDynamicUpdateException will be thrown. + Such methods include: PickObject, PickObjects, PickElementsByRectangle, PickPoint, PickOne and WindowSelect. + Also, most of the methods of the UpdaterRegistry class may not be called during an updater's execution otherwise an InvalidOperationException would be thrown. + In addition to the forbidden methods listed above, other API methods that require documents to be in transaction-free state may not be called either. + Such methods include but are not limited to Save, SaveAs, Close, LoadFamily, etc. Please refer to the documentation of the respective methods for more information. +
+ + Provides all necessary data needed to perform the update, including the document and information about + the changes that triggered the update. + + + 2011 + +
+ + + The interface used to create an updater capable of reacting to changes in the Revit model. + + + Implement this interface and register an instance of the derived class with the UpdaterRegistry. + + + 2011 + + + + + + + + + Watts per square meter kelvin. + + + 2021 + + + + + Watts per square meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Watts per square foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + Watts per meter kelvin. + + + 2021 + + + + + Watts per meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Watts per foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + Watts per cubic meter per second. + + + 2021 + + + + + Watts per cubic meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Watts per cubic foot per minute. + + + 2021 + + + + + Watts per cubic foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + Watts. + + + 2021 + + + + + Volts. + + + 2021 + + + + + Volt amperes per square meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Volt amperes per square foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + Volt amperes. + + + 2021 + + + + + US tonnes mass. + + + 2021 + + + + + US tonnes force. + + + 2021 + + + + + US survey feet. + + + 2021 + + + + + US gallons per minute. + + + 2021 + + + + + US gallons per hour. + + + 2021 + + + + + US gallons. + + + 2021 + + + + + Tons of refrigeration. + + + 2021 + + + + + Tonnes force per square meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Tonnes force per meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Tonnes force. + + + 2021 + + + + + Tonnes. + + + 2021 + + + + + Tonne force meters per meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Tonne force meters. + + + 2021 + + + + + Thousand British thermal units per hour. + + + 2021 + + + + + Therms. + + + 2021 + + + + + Square millimeters per meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Square millimeters. + + + 2021 + + + + + Square meters per second. + + + 2021 + + + + + Square meters per meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Square meters per kilowatt. + + + 2021 + + + + + Square meters per kilonewton. + + + 2021 + + + + + Square meters. + + + 2021 + + + + + Square meter kelvins per watt. + + + 2021 + + + + + Square inches per foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + Square inches. + + + 2021 + + + + + Square feet per ton of refrigeration. + + + 2021 + + + + + Square feet per second. + + + 2021 + + + + + Square feet per kip. + + + 2021 + + + + + Square feet per foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + Square feet per thousand British thermal units per hour. + + + 2021 + + + + + Square feet. + + + 2021 + + + + + Square centimeters per meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Square centimeters. + + + 2021 + + + + + Seconds. + + + 2021 + + + + + Rise / 1 foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + Rise / 12 inches. + + + 2021 + + + + + Rise / 120 inches. + + + 2021 + + + + + Rise / 10 feet. + + + 2021 + + + + + Rise / 1000 millimeters. + + + 2021 + + + + + Revolutions per second. + + + 2021 + + + + + Revolutions per minute. + + + 2021 + + + + + Ratio : 12. + + + 2021 + + + + + Ratio : 10. + + + 2021 + + + + + Ratio : 1. + + + 2021 + + + + + Rankine interval. + + + 2021 + + + + + Rankine. + + + 2021 + + + + + Radians per second. + + + 2021 + + + + + Radians. + + + 2021 + + + + + Pounds mass per square foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + Pounds mass per second. + + + 2021 + + + + + Pounds mass per pound degree Fahrenheit. + + + 2021 + + + + + Pounds mass per minute. + + + 2021 + + + + + Pounds mass per hour. + + + 2021 + + + + + Pounds mass per foot second. + + + 2021 + + + + + Pounds mass per foot hour. + + + 2021 + + + + + Pounds mass per foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + Pounds mass per cubic inch. + + + 2021 + + + + + Pounds mass per cubic foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + Pounds mass. + + + 2021 + + + + + Pounds force per square inch. + + + 2021 + + + + + Pounds force per square foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + Pounds force per foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + Pounds force per cubic foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + Pounds force. + + + 2021 + + + + + Pound force seconds per square foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + Pound force feet per foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + Pound force feet. + + + 2021 + + + + + Multiples of π. + + + 2021 + + + + + Percentage. + + + 2021 + + + + + Per mille. + + + 2021 + + + + + Pascals per meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Pascals. + + + 2021 + + + + + Pascal seconds. + + + 2021 + + + + + 1 : Ratio. + + + 2021 + + + + + Ohm meters. + + + 2021 + + + + + Newtons per square millimeter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Newtons per square meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Newtons per meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Newtons. + + + 2021 + + + + + Newton seconds per square meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Newton meters per meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Newton meters. + + + 2021 + + + + + Nanograms per pascal second square meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Minutes. + + + 2021 + + + + + Millivolts. + + + 2021 + + + + + Milliseconds. + + + 2021 + + + + + Millimeters to the sixth power. + + + 2021 + + + + + Millimeters to the fourth power. + + + 2021 + + + + + Millimeters of water column per meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Millimeters of water column. + + + 2021 + + + + + Millimeters of mercury. + + + 2021 + + + + + Millimeters. + + + 2021 + + + + + Milliamperes. + + + 2021 + + + + + Miles per second squared. + + + 2021 + + + + + Miles per hour. + + + 2021 + + + + + Micrometers per meter degree Celsius. + + + 2021 + + + + + Microinches per inch degree Fahrenheit. + + + 2021 + + + + + Meters to the sixth power. + + + 2021 + + + + + Meters to the fourth power. + + + 2021 + + + + + Meters per second squared. + + + 2021 + + + + + Meters per second. + + + 2021 + + + + + Meters per kilonewton. + + + 2021 + + + + + Meters of water column per meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Meters of water column. + + + 2021 + + + + + Meters. + + + 2021 + + + + + Megapascals. + + + 2021 + + + + + Meganewtons per square meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Meganewtons per meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Meganewtons. + + + 2021 + + + + + Meganewton meters per meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Meganewton meters. + + + 2021 + + + + + Lux. + + + 2021 + + + + + Lumens per watt. + + + 2021 + + + + + Lumens. + + + 2021 + + + + + Liters per second square meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Liters per second kilowatt. + + + 2021 + + + + + Liters per second cubic meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Liters per second. + + + 2021 + + + + + Liters per minute. + + + 2021 + + + + + Liters per hour. + + + 2021 + + + + + Liters. + + + 2021 + + + + + Kips per square inch. + + + 2021 + + + + + Kips per square foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + Kips per inch. + + + 2021 + + + + + Kips per foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + Kips per cubic inch. + + + 2021 + + + + + Kips per cubic foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + Kips. + + + 2021 + + + + + Kip feet per foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + Kip feet per degree per foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + Kip feet per degree. + + + 2021 + + + + + Kip feet. + + + 2021 + + + + + Kilowatts. + + + 2021 + + + + + Kilowatt hours. + + + 2021 + + + + + Kilovolts. + + + 2021 + + + + + Kilovolt amperes. + + + 2021 + + + + + Kilopascals. + + + 2021 + + + + + Kilonewtons per square millimeter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Kilonewtons per square meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Kilonewtons per square centimeter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Kilonewtons per meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Kilonewtons per cubic meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Kilonewtons. + + + 2021 + + + + + Kilonewton meters per meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Kilonewton meters per degree per meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Kilonewton meters per degree. + + + 2021 + + + + + Kilonewton meters. + + + 2021 + + + + + Kilometers per second squared. + + + 2021 + + + + + Kilometers per hour. + + + 2021 + + + + + Kilojoules per square meter Kelvin. + + + 2021 + + + + + Kilojoules per Kelvin. + + + 2021 + + + + + Kilojoules. + + + 2021 + + + + + Kilograms per square meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Kilograms per second. + + + 2021 + + + + + Kilograms per minute. + + + 2021 + + + + + Kilograms per meter second. + + + 2021 + + + + + Kilograms per meter hour. + + + 2021 + + + + + Kilograms per meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Kilograms per kilogram kelvin. + + + 2021 + + + + + Kilograms per hour. + + + 2021 + + + + + Kilograms per cubic meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Kilograms force per square meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Kilograms force per meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Kilograms force. + + + 2021 + + + + + Kilograms. + + + 2021 + + + + + Kilogram force meters per meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Kilogram force meters. + + + 2021 + + + + + Kilocalories per second. + + + 2021 + + + + + Kilocalories. + + + 2021 + + + + + Kiloamperes. + + + 2021 + + + + + Kelvin interval. + + + 2021 + + + + + Kelvin. + + + 2021 + + + + + Joules per square meter Kelvin. + + + 2021 + + + + + Joules per kilogram degree Celsius. + + + 2021 + + + + + Joules per Kelvin. + + + 2021 + + + + + Joules per gram degree Celsius. + + + 2021 + + + + + Joules per gram. + + + 2021 + + + + + Joules. + + + 2021 + + + + + Inverse kips. + + + 2021 + + + + + Inverse kilonewtons. + + + 2021 + + + + + Inverse degrees Fahrenheit. + + + 2021 + + + + + Inverse degrees Celsius. + + + 2021 + + + + + Inches to the sixth power. + + + 2021 + + + + + Inches to the fourth power. + + + 2021 + + + + + Inches per second squared. + + + 2021 + + + + + Inches of water (60 °F) per 100 feet. + + + 2021 + + + + + Inches of water (60 °F). + + + 2021 + + + + + Inches of mercury (32 °F). + + + 2021 + + + + + Inches. + + + 2021 + + + + + Hours. + + + 2021 + + + + + Hour square foot degrees Fahrenheit per British thermal unit. + + + 2021 + + + + + Horsepower. + + + 2021 + + + + + Hertz. + + + 2021 + + + + + Hectares. + + + 2021 + + + + + Grains per hour square foot inch mercury. + + + 2021 + + + + + Gradians. + + + 2021 + + + + + General. + + + 2021 + + + + + Footlamberts. + + + 2021 + + + + + Footcandles. + + + 2021 + + + + + Fixed. + + + 2021 + + + + + Feet to the sixth power. + + + 2021 + + + + + Feet to the fourth power. + + + 2021 + + + + + Feet per second squared. + + + 2021 + + + + + Feet per second. + + + 2021 + + + + + Feet per minute. + + + 2021 + + + + + Feet per kip. + + + 2021 + + + + + Feet of water (39.2 °F) per 100 feet. + + + 2021 + + + + + Feet of water (39.2 °F). + + + 2021 + + + + + Feet. + + + 2021 + + + + + Fahrenheit interval. + + + 2021 + + + + + Fahrenheit. + + + 2021 + + + + + Dekanewtons per square meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Dekanewtons per meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Dekanewtons. + + + 2021 + + + + + Dekanewton meters per meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Dekanewton meters. + + + 2021 + + + + + Degrees. + + + 2021 + + + + + Decimeters. + + + 2021 + + + + + Cycles per second. + + + 2021 + + + + + Cost per watt hour. + + + 2021 + + + + + Cost per watt. + + + 2021 + + + + + Cost per square meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Cost per square foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + Cost per British thermal unit per hour. + + + 2021 + + + + + Cost per British thermal unit. + + + 2021 + + + + + Currency. + + + 2021 + + + + + Cubic yards. + + + 2021 + + + + + Cubic millimeters. + + + 2021 + + + + + Cubic meters per watt second. + + + 2021 + + + + + Cubic meters per second. + + + 2021 + + + + + Cubic meters per kilonewton. + + + 2021 + + + + + Cubic meters per kilogram. + + + 2021 + + + + + Cubic meters per hour square meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Cubic meters per hour cubic meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Cubic meters per hour. + + + 2021 + + + + + Cubic meters. + + + 2021 + + + + + Cubic inches. + + + 2021 + + + + + Cubic feet per pound mass. + + + 2021 + + + + + Cubic feet per minute ton of refrigeration. + + + 2021 + + + + + Cubic feet per minute square foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + Cubic feet per minute per British thermal unit per hour. + + + 2021 + + + + + Cubic feet per minute cubic foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + Cubic feet per minute. + + + 2021 + + + + + Cubic feet per kip. + + + 2021 + + + + + Cubic feet per hour. + + + 2021 + + + + + Cubic feet. + + + 2021 + + + + + Cubic centimeters. + + + 2021 + + + + + Centipoises. + + + 2021 + + + + + Centimeters to the sixth power. + + + 2021 + + + + + Centimeters to the fourth power. + + + 2021 + + + + + Centimeters per minute. + + + 2021 + + + + + Centimeters. + + + 2021 + + + + + Celsius interval. + + + 2021 + + + + + Celsius. + + + 2021 + + + + + Candelas per square meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Candelas per square foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + Candelas. + + + 2021 + + + + + Calories per second. + + + 2021 + + + + + Calories. + + + 2021 + + + + + British thermal units per square foot degree Fahrenheit. + + + 2021 + + + + + British thermal units per second. + + + 2021 + + + + + British thermal units per pound degree Fahrenheit. + + + 2021 + + + + + British thermal units per pound. + + + 2021 + + + + + British thermal units per hour square foot degree Fahrenheit. + + + 2021 + + + + + British thermal units per hour square foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + British thermal units per hour foot degree Fahrenheit. + + + 2021 + + + + + British thermal units per hour cubic foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + British thermal units per hour. + + + 2021 + + + + + British thermal units per degree Fahrenheit. + + + 2021 + + + + + British thermal units. + + + 2021 + + + + + Bars. + + + 2021 + + + + + Atmospheres. + + + 2021 + + + + + Amperes. + + + 2021 + + + + + Acres. + + + 2021 + + + + + US survey feet. + + + 2021 + + + + + Meters. + + + 2021 + + + + + Feet. + + + 2021 + + + + + Degrees. + + + 2021 + + + + + Meters and centimeters. + + + 2021 + + + + + Fractional inches. + + + 2021 + + + + + Feet and fractional inches. + + + 2021 + + + + + Degrees minutes seconds. + + + 2021 + + + + + Unrecognized custom unit. + + + 2021 + + + + + This class contains constants identifying units of measurement. + + + 2021 + + + + + Parses a formatted string into a number with units if possible. + + + The units formatting settings, typically obtained from Document.GetUnits(). + + + Identifier of the target spec for the value. + + + The string to parse. + + + The parsed value. Ignore this value if the function returns false. + + + A localized message that, if the parsing fails, explains the reason for failure. + + + True if the string can be parsed, false otherwise. + + + specTypeId is not a measurable spec identifier. See UnitUtils.IsMeasurableSpec(ForgeTypeId). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Parses a formatted string into a number with units if possible. + + + The units formatting settings, typically obtained from Document.GetUnits(). + + + Identifier of the target spec for the value. + + + The string to parse. + + + The parsed value. Ignore this value if the function returns false. + + + True if the string can be parsed, false otherwise. + + + specTypeId is not a measurable spec identifier. See UnitUtils.IsMeasurableSpec(ForgeTypeId). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Parses a formatted string into a number with units if possible. + + + The units formatting settings, typically obtained from Document.GetUnits(). + + + Identifier of the target spec for the value. + + + The string to parse. + + + Additional parsing options. + + + The parsed value. Ignore this value if the function returns false. + + + A localized message that, if the parsing fails, explains the reason for failure. + + + True if the string can be parsed, false otherwise. + + + specTypeId is not a measurable spec identifier. See UnitUtils.IsMeasurableSpec(ForgeTypeId). + -or- + The unit in the FormatOptions in valueParsingOptions is not a valid unit for specTypeId. See UnitUtils.IsValidUnit(ForgeTypeId, ForgeTypeId) and UnitUtils.GetValidUnits(ForgeTypeId). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Parses a formatted string into a number with units if possible. + + + The units formatting settings, typically obtained from Document.GetUnits(). + + + Identifier of the target spec for the value. + + + The string to parse. + + + Additional parsing options. + + + The parsed value. Ignore this value if the function returns false. + + + True if the string can be parsed, false otherwise. + + + specTypeId is not a measurable spec identifier. See UnitUtils.IsMeasurableSpec(ForgeTypeId). + -or- + The unit in the FormatOptions in valueParsingOptions is not a valid unit for specTypeId. See UnitUtils.IsValidUnit(ForgeTypeId, ForgeTypeId) and UnitUtils.GetValidUnits(ForgeTypeId). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Formats a number with units into a string. + + + The units formatting settings, typically obtained from Document.GetUnits(). + + + Identifier of the spec of the value to format. + + + The value to format, in Revit's internal units. + + + True if the formatting should be modified as necessary so that the formatted string can be successfully parsed, for example by suppressing digit grouping. False if unmodified settings should be used, suitable for display only. + + + The formatted string. + + + specTypeId is not a measurable spec identifier. See UnitUtils.IsMeasurableSpec(ForgeTypeId). + -or- + The given value for value is not finite + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Formats a number with units into a string. + + + The units formatting settings, typically obtained from Document.GetUnits(). + + + Identifier of the spec of the value to format. + + + The value to format, in Revit's internal units. + + + True if the formatting should be modified as necessary so that the formatted string can be successfully parsed, for example by suppressing digit grouping. False if unmodified settings should be used, suitable for display only. + + + Additional formatting options. + + + The formatted string. + + + specTypeId is not a measurable spec identifier. See UnitUtils.IsMeasurableSpec(ForgeTypeId). + -or- + The given value for value is not finite + -or- + The unit in the FormatOptions in formatValueOptions is not a valid unit for specTypeId. See UnitUtils.IsValidUnit(ForgeTypeId, ForgeTypeId) and UnitUtils.GetValidUnits(ForgeTypeId). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + A utility class for formatting and parsing numbers with units. + + + 2014 + + + + + The property labeled "V Repeat" from the "UnifiedBitmap" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018 + + + + + The property labeled "U Repeat" from the "UnifiedBitmap" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018 + + + + + The property labeled "Scale Lock" from the "UnifiedBitmap" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018 + + + + + The property labeled "Size Y" from the "UnifiedBitmap" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDistance" with a minimum of "0.01". + + + 2018 + + + + + The property labeled "Size X" from the "UnifiedBitmap" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDistance" with a minimum of "0.01". + + + 2018 + + + + + The property labeled "Angle" from the "UnifiedBitmap" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 360". + + + 2018 + + + + + The property labeled "Offset Lock" from the "UnifiedBitmap" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018 + + + + + The property labeled "Offset Y" from the "UnifiedBitmap" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDistance". + + + 2018 + + + + + The property labeled "Offset X" from the "UnifiedBitmap" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDistance". + + + 2018 + + + + + The property labeled "Link texture Transforms" from the "UnifiedBitmap" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018 + + + + + The property labeled "Invert Image" from the "UnifiedBitmap" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018 + + + + + The property labeled "Brightness" from the "UnifiedBitmap" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 1". + + + 2018 + + + + + The property labeled "Source" from the "UnifiedBitmap" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyString" and will contain a relative path. + + + 2018 + + + + + A static class that provides access to the property names that appear in the UnifiedBitmap visual asset schema. + + + 2018 + + + + + Sets options for handling failures to be used when the transaction is being committed or rolled back. + + + Options can be set at any time before the transaction is either committed or rolled back. + See for details about available options. + Once committed or rolled back, the transaction object will reset its options to their default values. + + + An instance of FailureHandlingOptions to be applied to the transaction + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + + + + + Returns the current failure handling options. + + + The returned instance is a copy of the options. + If changes are made to the options, the new version can be set back to + the transaction by calling the method. + + + An instance of FailureHandlingOptions + + + + + Returns the transaction's name. + + + The transaction's current name. + + + + + Sets the transaction's name. + + + A transaction needs a name before it can be started, i.e. before one + of the 'Start' method is invoked for this transaction object. + The name will later appear in the Undo menu in Revit after a transaction + is successfully committed. +

Another ways of setting the name is either during construction + or during the method.

+ + A name for the transaction. + + + The name argument is an empty string. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + +
+ + + Determines whether the transaction has ended already. + + + A transaction is ended by completing either the 'Commit' or 'RollBack' method. + Another way of testing whether a transaction has ended is by testing + the current status (see ). It must be either + 'TransactionStatus.Committed' or 'TransactionStatus.RolledBack' + + + True if the transaction has already been committed or rolled back, False otherwise. + + + + + Determines whether the transaction has been started yet. + + + A transaction is considered being started after a 'Start' method was called + and until the transaction is either completely committed or rolled back. +

HasStarted may return True even after 'Commit' or 'RollBack' was called + if the method returned the TransactionStatus.Pending value.

A transaction can only be Started when HasStarted returns false.

+ + True if the transaction has already started, False otherwise. + +
+ + + Returns the current status of the transaction. + + + If the status was set to TransactionStatus.Pending as the result of calling + Commit or RollBack, the status will be changed later to either 'Committed' + or 'RolledBack' after failure handling is finished. That status change will + be made asynchronously. + + + The current status of the transaction. + + + + + Rolls back all changes made to the model during the transaction. + + + By rolling back a transaction, all changes made to the model are discarded. + RollBack may only be called for a transaction that has been started. + (Use the method to check the current state.) + Be aware that rolling back may be delayed (as a result of failure handling.) + Callers should always check the returned status to test whether a transaction + was rolled back successfully. Only after rolling back is fully completed, + the transaction may be started again. + + + A set of options + to be used for handling eventual failures during this call. +

The options are only used temporarily during this rolling back process. After + the transaction is finished, the options will be reset to their default values.

+ + If finished successfully, this method returns TransactionStatus.RolledBack. +

Be aware that the returned status does not have to be necessarily the same like + the status returned by even when the method is called + immediately after rolling back the transaction. Such difference may happen due to actions + made by a transaction finalizer, if there was one set. + (See for more details.)

+ + A non-optional argument was null + + + The current status of the transaction is not 'Started'. + Transaction must be started before calling Commit or Rollback. + -or- + The transaction's document is currently in failure mode. + No transaction operations are permitted until failure handling is finished. + + + + + +
+ + + Rolls back all changes made to the model during the transaction. + + + By rolling back a transaction, all changes made to the model are discarded. + RollBack may only be called for a transaction that has been started. + (Use the method to check the current state.) + Be aware that rolling back may be delayed (as a result of failure handling.) + Callers should always check the returned status to test whether a transaction + was rolled back successfully. Only after rolling back is fully completed, + the transaction may be started again. + + + If finished successfully, this method returns TransactionStatus.RolledBack. +

Be aware that the returned status does not have to be necessarily the same like + the status returned by even when the method is called + immediately after rolling back the transaction. Such difference may happen due to actions + made by a transaction finalizer, if there was one set. + (See for more details.)

+ + The current status of the transaction is not 'Started'. + Transaction must be started before calling Commit or Rollback. + -or- + The transaction's document is currently in failure mode. + No transaction operations are permitted until failure handling is finished. + + + + + +
+ + + Commits all changes made to the model during the transaction. + + + A set of options + to be used for handling eventual failures during this call. +

The options are only used temporarily during the commitment process. After + the transaction is finished, the options will be reset to their default values.

+ + If finished successfully, this method returns TransactionStatus.Committed +

Note it is possible the RolledBack status is returned instead as an outcome + of failure handling. If TransactionStatus.Pending is returned it means that + failure handling has not been finalized yet and Revit awaits user's actions. + Until committing is fully finalized, no changes to the document can be made + (including starting of new transactions).

Be aware that the returned status does not have to be necessarily the same like + the status returned by even when the method is called + immediately after committing the transaction. Such difference may happen due to actions + made by a transaction finalizer, if there was one set. + (See for more details.)

+ + A non-optional argument was null + + + The current status of the transaction is not 'Started'. + Transaction must be started before calling Commit or Rollback. + -or- + The transaction's document is currently in failure mode. + No transaction operations are permitted until failure handling is finished. + + + + + +
+ + + Commits all changes made to the model during the transaction. + + + By committing a transaction, all changes made to the model during the transaction + are accepted. A new undo item will appear in the Undo menu in Revit, which allows + the user to undo the changes. The undo item will have this transaction's name. + Commit may only be called for a transaction that has been started. + (Use the method to check the current state.) + Be aware that committing may fail or can be delayed (as a result of failure handling.) + Callers should always check the returned status to test whether a transaction was + committed successfully. Only after a transaction is successfully committed (or rolled + back as a result of handling transaction failures), it may be started again. + + + If finished successfully, this method returns TransactionStatus.Committed. +

Note it is possible the RolledBack status is returned instead as an outcome + of failure handling. If TransactionStatus::Pending is returned it means that + failure handling has not been finalized yet and Revit awaits a user actions. + Until committing is fully finalized, no changes to the document can be made + (including starting of new transactions).

The returned status does not have to be necessarily the same as + the status returned by even when the method is called + immediately after committing the transaction. Such a difference may happen due to actions + made by a transaction finalizer, if there was one set. + (See for more details.)

+ + The current status of the transaction is not 'Started'. + Transaction must be started before calling Commit or Rollback. + -or- + The transaction's document is currently in failure mode. + No transaction operations are permitted until failure handling is finished. + + + + + +
+ + + Starts the transaction with an assigned name. + + +

A transaction may be started only after it was instantiated or after it + was previously committed or rolled back.

+

Be aware that every time a transaction starts, + Failure Handling Options + will be reset to their default values. If a specific failure handling + is required, programmers need to use + before the transaction is committed or rolled back.

+
+ + Name of the transaction; If the transaction already has name, this new one will preplace it. + The name will appear on the Undo menu in Revit if the transaction is successfully committed. + + + If finished successfully, this method returns TransactionStatus.Started. + Note that unless starting is successful, changes cannot be made to the document. + + + The name argument is an empty string. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Cannot modify the document for either a read-only external command is being executed, or changes to the document are temporarily disabled. + -or- + The transaction's document is currently in failure mode. + No transaction operations are permitted until failure handling is finished. + -or- + The transaction started already and has not been completed yet. + -or- + Starting a new transaction is not permitted. It could be because + another transaction already started and has not been completed yet, + or the document is in a state in which it cannot start a new transaction + (e.g. during failure handling or a read-only mode, which could be either permanent or temporary). + + + + + +
+ + + Starts the transaction. + + +

A transaction may be started only after it was instantiated or after it + was previously committed or rolled back. In order to start a transaction, + it must have a name assigned. If the name was not specified when the + transaction object was instantiated, it has to be set by calling + the method.

+

Be aware that every time a transaction starts, + Failure Handling Options + will be reset to their default values. If a specific failure handling + is required, programmers need to use + before the transaction is committed or rolled back.

+
+ + If finished successfully, this method returns TransactionStatus.Started. + Note that unless starting is successful, changes cannot be made to the document. + + + Cannot modify the document for either a read-only external command is being executed, or changes to the document are temporarily disabled. + -or- + The transaction's document is currently in failure mode. + No transaction operations are permitted until failure handling is finished. + -or- + The transaction started already and has not been completed yet. + -or- + Starting a new transaction is not permitted. It could be because + another transaction already started and has not been completed yet, + or the document is in a state in which it cannot start a new transaction + (e.g. during failure handling or a read-only mode, which could be either permanent or temporary). + -or- + The transaction does not have a valid name assigned yet. + + + + + +
+ + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Instantiates a transaction object + + + The transaction does not start by creating a transaction object. + One of the 'Start' methods will need to be called in order to start + this transaction. + + + The document for which this transaction is going to be used. + + + The name of the transaction. This name will appear in the undo menu + once the transaction is successfully committed. The name must not be empty. + The name can be reset later by either calling or + by using the name argument in the method. + + + The name argument is an empty string. + -or- + Document is a linked file. Transactions can only be used in primary documents (projects or families.) + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Instantiates a transaction object. + + +

The transaction does not start by creating a transaction object. + One of the 'Start' methods will need to be called in order to start + this transaction.

+

A transaction cannot start unless is has a valid (non-empty) name. + Because this constructor does not take a name, a name must be assigned later + before or during the 'Start' method.

+
+ + The document for which this transaction is going to be used. + + + Document is a linked file. Transactions can only be used in primary documents (projects or families.) + + + A non-optional argument was null + +
+ + + Transactions are context-like objects that guard any changes made to a Revit model + + +

Any change to a document can only be made while there is an active transaction + open for that document. Changes do not become part of the document until the + active transaction is committed. Consequently, all + changes made in a transaction can be rolled back + either explicitly or implicitly by the transaction's destructor.

+

A document can have only one transaction open at any given time.

+

Transactions cannot be started when the document is in read-only mode, + either permanently or temporarily. See the Document class methods IsReadOnly + and IsModifiable for more details.

+

Transactions in linked documents are not permitted, + for linked documents are not allowed to be modified.

+

+

If a transaction was started and not finished yet by the time the Transaction object + is about to be disposed, the default destructor will roll it back automatically, thus all + changes made to the document while this transaction was open will be discarded. + It is not recommended to rely on this default behavior though. Instead, + it is advised to always call either Commit + or RollBack explicitly before the transaction + object gets disposed. + Please note that unless invoked explicitly the actual destruction of an object + in managed code might not happen until the object is collected by the garbage collector.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Updates the geometry of the FreeForm element to the given shape preserving References to the existing geometry where possible (see remarks for rules). + + + Rules for preserving References: + First preserve faces as Reference when exclusively coincident with existing faces.Then preserve faces as Reference if exclusively parallel to existing faces.Then preserve faces as Reference if exclusive at small angle to the existing faces.Any other faces are will not be preserved as a Reference. + Edges are preserved as References if and only if exclusively bound to faces that are also preserved as References. + + + The new geometry to set in the FreeForm element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Determines if the input face of the FreeFormElement can be offset. + + + The face to be checked. + + + True if the face can be offset, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Offsets a planar face of the free form element a certain distance in the normal direction. + + + The face to offset. + + + The magnitude of the offset. A positive value offsets out of the input solid. A negative value offsets into the solid shape. + + + face does not belong to the solid. + -or- + The face to be offset should be planar and satisfy constraints of its parent element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates a new FreeFormElement from a copy of the input geometry. + + + The document in which the element is to be created. + + + The input geometry. + + + returns a new FreeFormElement + + + document is not a family document, nor a document editing an in-place family. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2014 + + + + + A Free Form Element that contains non-parametric geometry created from an input solid outline. + + + The element can participate in joins and void cuts with other combinable elements. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets list of operator names supported by formula engine + + + + + Gets list of function names supported by formula engine + + + + + Validates the formuls + + + It validates formula using list of global or family parameters depends on document type. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Evaluates value of the formula + + + It evaluates formula using list of global or family parameters depends on document type. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + A class to access and query information about formula engine in Revit models. + + + Formula manager + + + + + Gets the FormatOptions to optionally override the default settings in the Units class. + + + By default, the FormatOptions represents default formatting + (UseDefault is true) and the FormatOptions in the Units class will + be used. + + + A copy of the FormatOptions. + + + 2014 + + + + + Sets the FormatOptions to optionally override the default settings in the Units class. + + + By default, the FormatOptions represents default formatting + (UseDefault is true) and the FormatOptions in the Units class will + be used. + + + The FormatOptions. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates if a unit symbol should be appended regardless of the settings in the FormatOptions. + + + True to force a unit symbol to be appended; false to use the settings specified by the FormatOptions. The default is false. + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates a new FormatValueOptions object with default settings. + + + 2014 + + + + + Options for formatting numbers with units into strings. + + + 2014 + + + + + Validates that input contains one or more form elements or geom combinations containing form elements. + + + The document. + + + A collection of elements. + + + True if inputs contain one or more form elements. Non-form element inputs are ignored. + False if none of the inputs are form elements or do not contain form elements. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Dissolves a collection of form elements into their defining elements. + + + The document + + + A collection of element IDs of Forms and GeomCombinations that contain Forms that will be dissolved. + + + A collection of curve element ids from the profiles and paths of the dissolved forms. + + + The elements do not include Forms that can be dissolved. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Dissolves a collection of form elements into their defining elements. + + + Profile origin points define the workplane of form profiles and paths and their curves. + The profile origin point represents a coordinate system with an origin (reference point) which + can be manipulated to move the curves of a profile together as a unit after dissolve. + Profile origin points may themselves be constrained to other parts of the model or parts of the form, + based on how the form was created/constructed. This is done through the reference point hosting + mechanism. + + + The document + + + A collection of element IDs of Forms and GeomCombinations that contain Forms that will be dissolved. + + + A collection of the point element ids that represent the 'origin' of the profiles + + + A collection of curve element ids from the profiles and paths of the dissolved forms. + + + The elements do not include Forms that can be dissolved. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Define Form utility functions + + + + + Used by FormIt + + + 2017 + + + + + A collection of utilities for the FormIt Converter AddIn can use this code. + + + 2017 + + + + + The calculated and settable thermal properties of the FloorType + + + the floor does not have thermal properties. + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns the identifier of the material that defines the element's structural analysis properties. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + When setting this property: the floor does not have a structural material + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns whether the element FloorAttributes type is FoundationSlab. + + + + + An object that specifies the type of a floor in Autodesk Revit. + + + The structural layers of the floor can be accessed via this object. + + + + + + + + + The WorksetKind. + + + 2012 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of WorksetKindFilter filter to match worksets of the given WorksetKind. + + + The WorksetKind to match. + + + True if the filter should match all worksets which are not of the given WorksetKind. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of WorksetKindFilter filter to match worksets of the given WorksetKind. + + + The WorksetKind to match. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + A filter used to match worksets of the given WorksetKind. + + + This filter is a quick filter. + + + 2012 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + True if the results of the filter only match stand-alone worksets; worksets that are not stand-alone will be rejected. + + + 2012 + + + + + True if the results of the filter are inverted; worksets that would normally be accepted by this filter will be rejected, + and worksets that would normally be rejected will be accepted. + + + 2012 + + + + + A base class for a type of filter that accepts or rejects worksets based upon criteria. + + + 2012 + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + + Returns a FilteredWorksetIterator to the worksets passing the filters. + + + Calling this when you have an active iterator to this same collector will result in the first iterator being + stopped by this call. Once you've used the collector to get another iterator or set of passing worksets, the original open iterator is defunct and can't be used again, attempts to call moveNext() or to reset it will throw exceptions. + + + The collector does not have a filter applied. Extraction or iteration of worksets is not permitted without a filter. + + + 2012 + + + + + Returns a FilteredWorksetIdIterator to the worksets passing the filters. + + + Calling this when you have an active iterator to this same collector will result in the first iterator being + stopped by this call. Once you've used the collector to get another iterator or set of passing worksets, the original open iterator is defunct and can't be used again, attempts to call moveNext() or to reset it will throw exceptions. + + + The collector does not have a filter applied. Extraction or iteration of worksets is not permitted without a filter. + + + 2012 + + + + + Returns the first workset to pass the filter(s). + + + This will reset the collector to the beginning and find the first workset that passes the applied filter(s). + If you have an active iterator to this same collector it will be stopped by this call. + + + The first workset. + + + The collector does not have a filter applied. Extraction or iteration of worksets is not permitted without a filter. + + + 2012 + + + + + Returns the id of the first workset to pass the filter(s). + + + This will reset the collector to the beginning and find the first workset that passes the applied filter(s). + If you have an active iterator to this same collector it will be stopped by this call. + + + The first workset id. + + + The collector does not have a filter applied. Extraction or iteration of worksets is not permitted without a filter. + + + 2012 + + + + + Returns the complete set of worksets that pass the filter(s). + + + This will reset the collector to the beginning and extract all worksets that pass the applied filter(s). + If you have an active iterator to this same collector it will be stopped by this call. + + + The complete array of worksets. + + + The collector does not have a filter applied. Extraction or iteration of worksets is not permitted without a filter. + + + 2012 + + + + + Returns the complete set of workset ids that pass the filter(s). + + + This will reset the collector to the beginning and extract all worksets that pass the applied filter(s). + If you have an active iterator to this same collector it will be stopped by this call. + + + The complete set of workset ids. + + + The collector does not have a filter applied. Extraction or iteration of worksets is not permitted without a filter. + + + 2012 + + + + + Applies a WorksetKindFilter to the collector. + + + Only worksets whose WorksetKind is an exact match to the input WorksetKind will pass the collector. +

If you have an active iterator to this collector it will be stopped by this call.

+ + The WorksetKind of the workset. + + + A handle to this collector. This is the same collector that has just been modified, returned + so you can chain multiple calls together in one line. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + +
+ + + Applies a workset filter to the collector. + + + The filter will be added as an additional condition that all filtered worksets must pass. + If you have an active iterator to this collector it will be stopped by this call. + + + The workset filter. + + + A handle to this collector. This is the same collector that has just been modified, returned + so you can chain multiple calls together in one line. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns a FilteredWorksetIterator to the worksets passing the current filter. + + + Calling this when you have an active iterator to this same collector will result in the first iterator being + stopped by this call. + + + 2012 + + + + + Returns a FilteredWorksetIdIterator to the worksets passing the current filter. + + + Calling this when you have an active iterator to this same collector will result in the first iterator being + stopped by this call. + + + 2012 + + + + + Constructs a new FilteredWorksetCollector that will search and filter the set of worksets in a document. + + + The document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + This class is used to search, filter and iterate through a set of worksets. + + +

Developers can assign a condition to filter the worksets that are returned. + If no condition is applied, it attempts to access all the worksets in the document.

+

The collector will reset if you call another method to + extract worksets. Thus, if you have previously obtained an iterator, it will be stopped and traverse no more + worksets if you call another method to extract worksets.

+
+ + 2012 + +
+ +Gets the item at the current position of the iterator.(Inherited from IEnumerator. Give it another property name to avoid confusing. And make it internal.) + + + Gets the item at the current position of the iterator. + There is no current item if the iterator has not started yet or has been done. + There is no current item in the iterator. + + + + Resets the iterator to the beginning. + + + The FilteredWorksetCollector that yielded this iterator has been reset by another operation. + No further iteration is permitted with this iterator. + + + 2012 + + + + + Identifies if the iteration has completed. + + + True if the iteration has no more matching worksets. False if there are more worksets to be iterated. + + + The FilteredWorksetCollector that yielded this iterator has been reset by another operation. + No further iteration is permitted with this iterator. + + + 2012 + + + + + Increments the iterator to the next workset passing the filter. + + + True if there is another available workset passing the filter in this iterator. + False if the iterator has completed all available worksets. + + + The FilteredWorksetCollector that yielded this iterator has been reset by another operation. + No further iteration is permitted with this iterator. + + + 2012 + + + + + The current workset found by the iterator. + + + The workset. + + + There are no more worksets in the iterator. + -or- + The FilteredWorksetCollector that yielded this iterator has been reset by another operation. + No further iteration is permitted with this iterator. + + + 2012 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + An iterator to a set of worksets filtered by the settings of a FilteredWorksetCollector. + + + 2012 + + + +Gets the item at the current position of the iterator.(Inherited from IEnumerator. Give it another property name to avoid confusing. And make it internal.) + + + Gets the item at the current position of the iterator. + There is no current item if the iterator has not started yet or has been done. + There is no current item in the iterator. + + + + Resets the iterator to the beginning. + + + The FilteredWorksetCollector that yielded this iterator has been reset by another operation. + No further iteration is permitted with this iterator. + + + 2012 + + + + + Identifies if the iteration has completed. + + + True if the iteration has no more matching worksets. False if there are more workset ids to be iterated. + + + The FilteredWorksetCollector that yielded this iterator has been reset by another operation. + No further iteration is permitted with this iterator. + + + 2012 + + + + + Increments the iterator to the next workset id passing the filter. + + + True if there is another available workset id passing the filter in this iterator. + False if the iterator has completed all available workset ids. + + + The FilteredWorksetCollector that yielded this iterator has been reset by another operation. + No further iteration is permitted with this iterator. + + + 2012 + + + + + The current workset id found by the iterator. + + + The workset id. + + + There are no more workset ids in the iterator. + -or- + The FilteredWorksetCollector that yielded this iterator has been reset by another operation. + No further iteration is permitted with this iterator. + + + 2012 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + An iterator to a set of workset ids filtered by the settings of a FilteredWorksetCollector. + + + 2012 + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + + Returns an element iterator to the elements passing the filters. + + + Calling this when you have an active iterator to this same collector will result in the first iterator being + stopped by this call. + + + The collector does not have a filter applied. Extraction or iteration of elements is not permitted without a filter. + + + 2011 + + + + + Returns an element id iterator to the elements passing the filters. + + + Calling this when you have an active iterator to this same collector will result in the first iterator being + stopped by this call. + + + The collector does not have a filter applied. Extraction or iteration of elements is not permitted without a filter. + + + 2011 + + + + + Identifies if the particular element is valid for iteration of drawn elements. + + + Views that have no way of representing drawn elements, such as many view templates, fail this check. + + + The document. + + + The view id. + + + True if the element is valid for iteration. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Returns the first element to pass the filter(s). + + + This will reset the collector to the beginning and find the first element that passes the applied filter(s). + If you have an active iterator to this same collector it will be stopped by this call. + + + The first element. + + + The collector does not have a filter applied. Extraction or iteration of elements is not permitted without a filter. + + + 2011 + + + + + + + + + Returns the id of the first element to pass the filter(s). + + + This will reset the collector to the beginning and find the first element that passes the applied filter(s). + If you have an active iterator to this same collector it will be stopped by this call. + + + The first element id. + + + The collector does not have a filter applied. Extraction or iteration of elements is not permitted without a filter. + + + 2011 + + + + + + + + + Returns the complete set of elements that pass the filter(s). + + + This will reset the collector to the beginning and extract all elements that pass the applied filter(s). + If you have an active iterator to this same collector it will be stopped by this call. + + + The complete set of element ids. + + + The collector does not have a filter applied. Extraction or iteration of elements is not permitted without a filter. + + + 2011 + + + + + Returns the complete set of element ids that pass the filter(s). + + + This will reset the collector to the beginning and extract all elements that pass the applied filter(s). + If you have an active iterator to this same collector it will be stopped by this call. + + + The complete set of element ids. + + + The collector does not have a filter applied. Extraction or iteration of elements is not permitted without a filter. + + + 2011 + + + + + Gets the number of elements in your current filter. + + + Does not require a filter, if called on a new FilteredElementCollector it will return a count of all the elements. + + + The number of elements + + + 2011 + + + + + Applies an ExclusionFilter to the collector. + + + Elements passed to this filter will be automatically excluded from the results. + If you have an active iterator to this collector it will be stopped by this call. + + + The ids to exclude from the results. + + + A handle to this collector. This is the same collector that has just been modified, returned + so you can chain multiple calls together in one line. + + + The input collection of ids was empty, or its contents were not valid for iteration. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Applies an ElementIsCurveDrivenFilter to the collector. + + + Only elements that are curve driven will pass the collector. + If you have an active iterator to this collector it will be stopped by this call. + + + A handle to this collector. This is the same collector that has just been modified, returned + so you can chain multiple calls together in one line. + + + 2011 + + + + + Applies an ElementDesignOptionFilter to the collector. + + + Only elements that are contained by this particular design option will pass the collector. + If you have an active iterator to this collector it will be stopped by this call. + + + The design option id. + + + A handle to this collector. This is the same collector that has just been modified, returned + so you can chain multiple calls together in one line. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Applies an ElementOwnerViewFilter to the collector. + + + Only elements that are view independent will pass the collector. + If you have an active iterator to this collector it will be stopped by this call. + + + A handle to this collector. This is the same collector that has just been modified, returned + so you can chain multiple calls together in one line. + + + 2011 + + + + + Applies an ElementOwnerViewFilter to the collector. + + + Only elements that are owned by this particular view will pass the collector. + If you have an active iterator to this collector it will be stopped by this call. + + + The view id of the owner view. + + + A handle to this collector. This is the same collector that has just been modified, returned + so you can chain multiple calls together in one line. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Applies an inverted ElementIsElementTypeFilter to the collector. + + + Only elements that are not element types will pass the collector. + If you have an active iterator to this collector it will be stopped by this call. + + + A handle to this collector. This is the same collector that has just been modified, returned + so you can chain multiple calls together in one line. + + + 2011 + + + + + Applies an ElementIsElementTypeFilter to the collector. + + + Only elements that are ElementTypes will pass the collector. + If you have an active iterator to this collector it will be stopped by this call. + + + A handle to this collector. This is the same collector that has just been modified, returned + so you can chain multiple calls together in one line. + + + 2011 + + + + + Applies an ElementCategoryFilter to the collector. + + + Only elements of this category id will pass the collector. + If you have an active iterator to this collector it will be stopped by this call. + + + The category id. + + + A handle to this collector. This is the same collector that has just been modified, returned + so you can chain multiple calls together in one line. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Applies an ElementClassFilter to the collector. + + + Only elements whose class is an exact match to the input class, + or elements whose type is derived from the input class will pass the collector. +

There is a small subset of Element subclasses in the API that are not supported + by this filter. These classes exist in the API, but not in Revit's native object model, + which means that this filter doesn't support them. In order to use a class filter to + find elements of these types, it is necessary to use a higher level class and then + process the results further to find elements matching only the subclass. For a list + of subclasses affected by this restriction, consult the documentation for ElementClassFilter. +

If you have an active iterator to this collector it will be stopped by this call.

+ + The element type. + + + A handle to this collector. This is the same collector that has just been modified, returned + so you can chain multiple calls together in one line. + + + The input type is not a subclass of Element. + -or- + The input type is of an element type that exists in the API, but not in Revit's native object model. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + +
+ + + Unites the set of elements passing the filter in this collector + with the set of elements passing the filter in another collector. + + + The result will be the same as using a LogicalOrFilter to connect this filter with another. + If you have an active iterator to this collector it will be stopped by this call. + + + The other collector + + + A handle to this collector. This is the same collector that has just been modified, returned + so you can chain multiple calls together in one line. + + + The collector does not have a filter applied. Extraction or iteration of elements is not permitted without a filter. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The collector does not have a filter applied. Extraction or iteration of elements is not permitted without a filter. + + + 2011 + + + + + Intersects the set of elements passing the filter in this collector + with the set of elements passing the filter in another collector. + + + The result will be the same as using a LogicalAndFilter to connect this filter with another. + If you have an active iterator to this collector it will be stopped by this call. + + + The other collector + + + A handle to this collector. This is the same collector that has just been modified, returned + so you can chain multiple calls together in one line. + + + The collector does not have a filter applied. Extraction or iteration of elements is not permitted without a filter. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The collector does not have a filter applied. Extraction or iteration of elements is not permitted without a filter. + + + 2011 + + + + + Applies an element filter to the collector. + + + The filter will be added as an additional condition that all filtered elements must pass. + If you have an active iterator to this collector it will be stopped by this call. + + + The element filter. + + + A handle to this collector. This is the same collector that has just been modified, returned + so you can chain multiple calls together in one line. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns an element iterator to the elements passing the filters. + + + Calling this when you have an active iterator to this same collector will result in the first iterator being + stopped by this call. + + + The collector does not have a filter applied. Extraction or iteration of elements is not permitted without a filter. + + + 2011 + + + + + + + + + Returns an element id iterator to the elements passing the filters. + + + Calling this when you have an active iterator to this same collector will result in the first iterator being + stopped by this call. + + + The collector does not have a filter applied. Extraction or iteration of elements is not permitted without a filter. + + + 2011 + + + + + + + + + Applies an ElementCategoryFilter to the collector. + + + Only elements of this category id will pass the collector. + + + The category. + + + This collector. + + + + + + + + + Constructs a new FilteredElementCollector that will search and filter the visible elements from + a Revit link in a host document view. + + +

Only visible elements belonging to the link instance will be returned. Other instances of + that link may have different element visibility in a given view.

+

Elements that will be passed by the collector have graphics that may be visible in + the input view. Some elements may still be hidden because they are obscured by other elements.

+

For elements which are outside of a crop region, they may still be passed by the collector because + Revit relies on later processing to eliminate the elements hidden by the crop. + This effect may more easily occur for non-rectangular crop regions, but may also happen even for rectangular crops. + You can compare the boundary of the region with the element's boundary if more precise results are required.

+

Accessing these visible elements may require Revit to rebuild the geometry of the view. + The first time your code constructs a collector for a given view, or the first time + your code constructs a collector for a view whose display settings have just been changed, + you may experience a significant performance degradation.

+
+ + The document that owns the view. + + + The view id in the host document. + + + The Revit link instance id in the host document. + + + viewId is not a view. + -or- + linkId does not refer to a valid link document. + -or- + viewId is not valid for element iteration, because it has no way of representing drawn elements. Many view templates + will fail this check. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + +
+ + + Constructs a new FilteredElementCollector that will search and filter the visible elements in a view. + + +

Elements that will be passed by the collector have graphics that may be visible in + the input view. Some elements may still be hidden because they are obscured by other elements.

+

For elements which are outside of a crop region, they may still be passed by the collector because + Revit relies on later processing to eliminate the elements hidden by the crop. + This effect may more easily occur for non-rectangular crop regions, but may also happen even for rectangular crops. + You can compare the boundary of the region with the element's boundary if more precise results are required.

+

Accessing these visible elements may require Revit to rebuild the geometry of the view. + The first time your code constructs a collector for a given view, or the first time + your code constructs a collector for a view whose display settings have just been changed, + you may experience a significant performance degradation.

+
+ + The document that owns the view. + + + The view id. + + + viewId is not a view. + -or- + viewId is not valid for element iteration, because it has no way of representing drawn elements. Many view templates + will fail this check. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + + + +
+ + + Constructs a new FilteredElementCollector that will search and filter a specified set of elements. + + + The document that owns the elements matching the element ids. + + + The input set of element ids. + + + The input collection of ids was empty, or its contents were not valid for iteration. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a new FilteredElementCollector that will search and filter the set of elements in a document. + + + The document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + This class is used to search, filter and iterate through a set of elements. + + +

Developers can assign a variety of conditions to filter the elements that are returned. + This class requires that at least one condition be set before making the attempt to access the elements.

+

Revit will attempt to organize the filters in order to minimize expansion of elements regardless of + the order in which conditions and filters are applied.

+

There are three groups of methods that you can use on a given collector once you have applied filter(s) + to it. One group provides collections of all passing elements, a second finds the first match of the given + filter(s), and a third provides an iterator that is evaluated lazily (each element is tested by the filter + only when the iterator reaches it). You should only use + one of the methods from these group at a time; the collector will reset if you call another method to + extract elements. Thus, if you have previously obtained an iterator, it will be stopped and traverse no more + elements if you call another method to extract elements.

+

In .NET, this class supports the IEnumerable interface for Elements. You can use this class with + LINQ queries and operations to process lists of elements. Note that because the ElementFilters + and the shortcut methods offered by this class process elements in native code before their + managed wrappers are generated, better performance will be obtained by using as many native filters + as possible on the collector before attempting to process the results using LINQ queries.

+

One special consideration when using this class in .NET: the debugger will attempt + to traverse the members of the collector because of its implementation of IEnumerable. You may see strange + results if you also attempt to extract the first element or all elements from the collector while the debugger + is also looking at the contents of the collector.

+
+ + 2011 + +
+ +Gets the item at the current position of the iterator.(Inherited from IEnumerator. Give it another property name to avoid confusing. And make it internal.) + + + Gets the item at the current position of the iterator. + There is no current item if the iterator has not started yet or has been done. + There is no current item in the iterator. + + + + Resets the iterator to the beginning. + + + The FilteredElementCollector that yielded this iterator has been reset by another operation. + No further iteration is permitted with this iterator. + + + 2011 + + + + + Identifies if the iteration has completed. + + + True if the iteration has no more matching elements. False if there are more element ids to be iterated. + + + The FilteredElementCollector that yielded this iterator has been reset by another operation. + No further iteration is permitted with this iterator. + + + 2011 + + + + + Increments the iterator to the next element passing the filter. + + + True if there is another available element passing the filter in this iterator. + False if the iterator has completed all available elements. + + + The FilteredElementCollector that yielded this iterator has been reset by another operation. + No further iteration is permitted with this iterator. + -or- + The iterator cannot proceed due to changes made to the Element table in Revit's database (typically, + This can be the result of an Element deletion). + + + 2011 + + + + + The current element found by the iterator. + + + The element. + + + There are no more element ids in the iterator. + -or- + The FilteredElementCollector that yielded this iterator has been reset by another operation. + No further iteration is permitted with this iterator. + -or- + The iterator cannot proceed due to changes made to the Element table in Revit's database (typically, + This can be the result of an Element deletion). + + + 2011 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + An iterator to a set of elements filtered by the settings of a FilteredElementCollector. + + + 2011 + + + +Gets the item at the current position of the iterator.(Inherited from IEnumerator. Give it another property name to avoid confusing. And make it internal.) + + + Gets the item at the current position of the iterator. + There is no current item if the iterator has not started yet or has been done. + There is no current item in the iterator. + + + + Resets the iterator to the beginning. + + + The FilteredElementCollector that yielded this iterator has been reset by another operation. + No further iteration is permitted with this iterator. + + + 2011 + + + + + Identifies if the iteration has completed. + + + True if the iteration has no more matching elements. False if there are more element ids to be iterated. + + + The FilteredElementCollector that yielded this iterator has been reset by another operation. + No further iteration is permitted with this iterator. + + + 2011 + + + + + Increments the iterator to the next element id passing the filter. + + + True if there is another available element id passing the filter in this iterator. + False if the iterator has completed all available element ids. + + + The FilteredElementCollector that yielded this iterator has been reset by another operation. + No further iteration is permitted with this iterator. + -or- + The iterator cannot proceed due to changes made to the Element table in Revit's database (typically, this can be the result of an Element deletion). + + + 2011 + + + + + The current element id found by the iterator. + + + The element id. + + + There are no more element ids in the iterator. + -or- + The FilteredElementCollector that yielded this iterator has been reset by another operation. + No further iteration is permitted with this iterator. + -or- + The iterator cannot proceed due to changes made to the Element table in Revit's database (typically, this can be the result of an Element deletion). + + + 2011 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + An iterator to a set of element ids filtered by the settings of a FilteredElementCollector. + + + 2011 + + + + + Indicates whether the given line weight value is valid. + + + The line weight. + + + True if it is a valid line weight value, false otherwise. + + + 2013 + + + + + Check that in a family the FillRegionType is always masking. + + + The isMasking value to check. + + + True if the IsMasking property can be set to the new value. + + + 2024 + + + + + Check if the id is a FillPatternElement or an invalidElementId + + + Element id of the FillPatternElement + + + True if the id is InvalidElementId, or if the element is a FillPatternElement. + False otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Checks if the id is valid for a background pattern + + + Element id of the FillPatternElement + + + False if in a family and the id is a solid fill pattern and 'isMasking' is masking is false. + True otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Check if the id is valid for a background pattern + + + The FillPatternElement must be a 'Drafting' pattern. + + + Element id of the FillPatternElement + + + False if the FillPatternElement is a model pattern. + True otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Check if the id is valid for a foreground pattern + + + In a family the FillPatternElement must be a 'Drafting' pattern. + + + Element id of the FillPatternElement + + + False if in a family, and the id is a FillPatternElement that targets 'Drafting'. + True otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + The background fill pattern color. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + The foreground fill pattern color. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + The line weight of the fill pattern. + + + When setting this property: lineWeight is not a valid line weight value (it must be within the range of 1-16). + + + 2013 + + + + + If true then the FilledRegion will cover the lines and edges of objects behind it. + If false then lines and edges will remain visible. + + + When setting this property: In a family a FilledRegionType with a solid fill pattern isMasking must always be true. + + + 2019 + + + + + The background fill pattern Id. + + + The FillPattern used for a background pattern must have a 'Drafting' target. + This applies to both project and family elements. + In addition, when the FilledRegionAttributes element is in a family, the pattern + cannot be the solid fill pattern unless the 'IsMasking' property is set to true. + InvalidElementId is used when there is no background pattern + + + When setting this property: The patternId must either be InvalidElementId or represent a valid FillPatternElement. + -or- + When setting this property: The patternId must be a 'Drafting' pattern. + -or- + When setting this property: In a family the patternId can not be a solid fill pattern if the 'IsMasking' property is false. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + The foreground fill pattern Id. + + + When the FilledRegionAttributes element is in a family then + the FillPattern used for a foreground pattern must have a 'Drafting' target. + In addition, when the FilledRegionAttributes element is in a family, the pattern + cannot be the solid fill pattern unless the 'IsMasking' property is set to true. + InvalidElementId is used when there is no foreground pattern + + + When setting this property: The patternId must either be InvalidElementId or represent a valid FillPatternElement. + -or- + When setting this property: In a family the patternId must be a 'Drafting' pattern. + -or- + When setting this property: In a family the patternId can not be a solid fill pattern if the 'IsMasking' property is false. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + A filled region attributes element. + Note, the forground pattern color is stored in the parent class + + + 2013 + + + + + The document. + + + The view Id. + + + True if region creation is enabled. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Indicates whether the given Id is a valid filled region type Id. + + + The document. + + + The filled region type Id. + + + True if it is a valid filled region type Id, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Indicates whether the given Id is a valid line style Id. + + + The document. + + + The line style Id. + + + True if it is a valid line style Id, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets the line style Ids which are permitted to be assigned to a filled region. + + + The document. + + + The valid line style Ids. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Sets the line style Id for all boundaries. + + + The line style Id. + + + lineStyleId is not a valid line style Id for a filled region. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets the boundaries. + + + The filled region boundaries. + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a masking region on a sketch plane in a 3d model family. + + + If the sketch plane is currently in use, then a copy of the sketch plane will be created and used. + The sketch plane normal must be parallel to the model's X, Y or Z axis. + The sketch plane can be a planar face reference to model geometry. + The line style of the boundaries will be set to thin lines by default. + + + The family document in which to create the masking region. + + + The sketch plane for use with the masking region. + + + The masking region boundaries, which will be projected onto the sketch plane. + + + The new masking region. + + + The document is not a 3d model family. + -or- + Filled regions can't be created in this document or view. + -or- + The sketch plane is not suitable for model elements. + -or- + The sketch plane normal is not parallel to the model's X, Y or Z axis. + -or- + The input curve loops cannot compose a valid boundary, that means: + the "curveLoops" collection is empty; + or some curve loops intersect with each other; + or each curve loop is not closed individually; + or each curve loop is not planar; + or each curve loop is not in a plane parallel to the sketch plane; + or input curves contain at least one helical curve. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Creates a filled region on a sketch plane in a 3d model family. + + + If the sketch plane is currently in use, then a copy of the sketch plane will be created and used. + The sketch plane normal must be parallel to the model's X, Y or Z axis. + The sketch plane can be a planar face reference to model geometry. + The line style of the boundaries will be set to thin lines by default. + + + The family document in which to create the filled region. + + + The filled region type Id. + + + The sketch plane for use with the filled region. + + + The filled region boundaries, which will be projected onto the sketch plane. + + + The new filled region. + + + The document is not a 3d model family. + -or- + The Id typeId is invalid. + -or- + Filled regions can't be created in this document or view. + -or- + The sketch plane is not suitable for model elements. + -or- + The sketch plane normal is not parallel to the model's X, Y or Z axis. + -or- + The input curve loops cannot compose a valid boundary, that means: + the "curveLoops" collection is empty; + or some curve loops intersect with each other; + or each curve loop is not closed individually; + or each curve loop is not planar; + or each curve loop is not in a plane parallel to the sketch plane; + or input curves contain at least one helical curve. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + + + + + Creates a view-specific masking region from the given boundaries. + + + View-specific masking regions can be created in models and 2d families. + The line style of the boundaries will be set to thin lines by default. + + + The document in which to create the masking region. + + + The view Id. + + + The boundaries. + + + The newly created masking region. + + + The document is a 3d model family. + -or- + Details can't be drawn in the view. + -or- + Masking regions and Filled regions can't be created in this document or view. + -or- + The input curve loops cannot compose a valid boundary, that means: + the "curveLoops" collection is empty; + or some curve loops intersect with each other; + or each curve loop is not closed individually; + or each curve loop is not planar; + or each curve loop is not in a plane parallel to the view's detail sketch plane; + or input curves contain at least one helical curve. + -or- + Thrown if the viewId is invalid, or the view does not support + the detail items creation, or if the boundaries are empty, open, or self-intersecting. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Creates a view-specific filled region from the given boundaries. + + + View-specific filled regions can be created in models and 2d families. + The line style of the boundaries will be set to thin lines by default. + + + The document in which to create the filled region. + + + The filled region type Id. + + + The view Id. + + + The boundaries. + + + The newly created filled region. + + + The document is a 3d model family. + -or- + The Id typeId is invalid. + -or- + Details can't be drawn in the view. + -or- + Masking regions and Filled regions can't be created in this document or view. + -or- + The input curve loops cannot compose a valid boundary, that means: + the "curveLoops" collection is empty; + or some curve loops intersect with each other; + or each curve loop is not closed individually; + or each curve loop is not planar; + or each curve loop is not in a plane parallel to the view's detail sketch plane; + or input curves contain at least one helical curve. + -or- + Thrown if the viewId or typeId is invalid, or the view does not support + the detail items creation, or if the boundaries are empty, open, or self-intersecting. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Indicates whether this element is a 'Filled Region or a 'Masking Region'. + + + 2012 + + + + + A filled region element. + + + 2012 + + + + + Retrieves the FillPatternElement by its name. + + + The document in which to retrieve the FillPatternElement. + + + The FillPatternTarget of the FillPatternElement. + + + The name of the FillPatternElement. + + + The FillPatternElement. + + + target must be Model or Drafting. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + Creates a new FillPatternElement. + + + The document in which to create the FillPatternElement. + + + The FillPattern associated to the newly created FillPatternElement. + + + The newly created FillPatternElement. + + + fillPattern does not have a valid Target. + -or- + fillPattern does not have a valid Name. + -or- + fillPattern is a solid fill pattern. + -or- + fillPattern contains FillGrids with a zero Offset. + -or- + The name of the fillPattern already exists. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + + + + + Sets the FillPattern associated to this element. + + + The data stored inside the input FillPattern will be copied into this element. + The input FillPattern itself will not be associated with the element. + + + The new FillPattern object. + + + newFillPattern does not have a valid Target. + -or- + newFillPattern does not have a valid Name. + -or- + newFillPattern is a solid fill pattern. + -or- + newFillPattern contains FillGrids with a zero Offset. + -or- + The name of the newFillPattern already exists. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The element is the build-in solid fill pattern element and can not be modified. + + + 2012 + + + + + Gets the FillPattern associated to this element. + + + A copy of FillPattern object. + + + 2012 + + + + + An element that represents a fill pattern. + + + The FillPatternElement represents a fill pattern in a project. + It enables the user to retrieve, modify or create a fill pattern in a project. + + + 2012 + + + + + Corrects pattern dots to make them be drawn properly for Revit. + + + Indicates whether any dots were in fact expanded. + + + + + Check if the contents and the name of the fill pattern is the same as the name and contents of this fill pattern. + + + The fill pattern to be compared. + + + True for equal, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Set the fill grids in this fill pattern. + + + The fill grids to be used. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Gets all fill grids in this fill pattern + + + The fill grids. + + + + + Sets the fill grid. + + + The index of the fill grid. + + + The fill grid to be used. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Gets the specified fill grid. + + + The index of the fill grid. + + + The fill grid. + + + The index of the FillGrid is not valid. + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The name of the fill pattern. + + + The name of solid fill patterns cannot be changed. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Gets the number of solid lines that placed in unit length. + + + + + Gets the number of strokes that placed on unit area. + + + + + Gets length of all lines that placed on unit area. + + + + + Check if the fill pattern is a solid fill pattern. + + + + + Gets the count of the fill grids in this fill pattern. + + + + + Target of this fill pattern applied to. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + Orientation to host layer. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + Creates a simple crosshatch fill pattern based on the given name, angle, spacing, FillPatternTarget and FillPatternHostOrientation. + + + The name. + + + The fill pattern target. + + + The fill pattern orientation. + + + The angle. + + + The spacing. + + + The spacing. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + Creates a simple hatch fill pattern based on the given name, angle, spacing, FillPatternTarget and FillPatternHostOrientation. + + + The name. + + + The fill pattern target. + + + The fill pattern orientation. + + + The angle. + + + The spacing. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + Creates a fill pattern based on the given name, FillPatternTarget and FillPatternHostOrientation. + + + The name. + + + The fill pattern target. + + + The fill pattern orientation. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + Creates a fill pattern with FillPatternHostOrientation::FPORIENTATION_TO_VIEW and FillPatternTarget::FPTARGET_NONE. + + + + + Constructs a new copy of the input FillPattern object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Represents a fill pattern object. + + + Fill patterns control the appearance of surfaces that are cut or shown in projection. + A simple fill pattern consists of a series of parallel or orthogonal lines. + Note - Dots are coded as zero-length dashes in the fill pattern definition. + When the Revit graphic engine encounters a zero-length line it simply ignores it and doesn't draw anything. + So call ExpandDots() for the patterns you construct to convert dots to small dashes, so that the rendering of the FillPattern is correct. + + + + + Gets the index of fill grid line and the point on the grid line nearest to the input point. + + + Input point. + + + The point on the grid line nearest to the input point. + + + The index of fill grid line. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Gets the index of fill grid line closest to the input 2d point. + + + Input point. + + + The index of fill grid line. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Provides the segment direction. + + + The direction of segment. + + + 2012 + + + + + Provides the hatching propagation. Hatching is inverted. + + + The direction of hatching. + + + 2012 + + + + + Calculates the number of solid lines of the pattern per unit length. + + + The solid lines per length. + + + 2012 + + + + + Calculates the number of the segments of the pattern per unit area. + + + The strokes per area. + + + 2012 + + + + + Calculates length of the pattern per unit area. + + + The length per area. + + + 2012 + + + + + Check if two fill grids are equal. + + + The fill grid to be compared. + + + True if the two fill grids are equal, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Sets the segments to the fill grid. + + + The segments to be used. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Gets the segments of the fill grid. + + + The segments. + + + 2012 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets and sets the shift of the fill grid. + + + Shift moves the pattern of dashes and spaces along the length of each new parallel line. + Shift is ignored if the line is solid. + + + The shift of the fill grid. + + + 2012 + + + + + Gets and sets the offset of the fill grid. + + + Offset defines the distance between parallel lines. A zero offset is not allowed. + + + The offset of the fill grid. + + + 2012 + + + + + Gets and sets the origin of the fill grid. + + + The origin of the fill grid. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Gets and sets the angle of the fill grid. + + + 2012 + + + + + Creates a simple fill grid with given angle and offset. + + + The angle. + + + The offset represents the spacing between the lines. + + + 2012 + + + + + Creates a simple fill grid. + + + 2012 + + + + + Constructs a new FillGrid with default settings. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Represents a grid line in a fill pattern. + + + A grid line is described in the two dimensions of a face as follows: + angle, origin, shift, offset, segments + Angle specifies the direction, in degrees, of the grid line relative to the x-axis. Parallel lines are drawn as specified by Offset and Shift to fill the entire face. + Offset defines the distance between parallel lines. Zero Offset is not allowed. + Shift moves the pattern of dashes and spaces along the length of each new parallel line. + Shift is ignored if the line is solid.The segments defines a repeating pattern of dashes and spaces for the grid line. If it is + omitted, the line is solid. Positive numbers define dashes, negative numbers define spaces, and + zero specifies a dot. If you begin a pattern with a space, do not alternate dashes and spaces, + or do not end with a space, Revit will introduce tiny dashes or spaces to compensate. Revit + expands dots and very short dashes into dashes of a minimum size. + + 2012 + + + + + Gets the profile Family Symbols of the document. + + + The document. + + + The profile family usage. + + + Whether or not to return only profiles with one curve loop. + + + The set of profile Family Symbol element ids. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates whether the family can be converted to face host based. + + + The document. + + + The element id of the family. + + + True if the family can be converted to face-based. + Otherwise false, which will be returned if there any family instances exist in the project, the family is already face-based, or the family does not have a host. + Also, false is returned if the family does not belong to one of the following categories: + OST_CommunicationDevicesOST_DataDevicesOST_DuctTerminalOST_ElectricalEquipmentOST_ElectricalFixturesOST_FireAlarmDevicesOST_LightingDevicesOST_LightingFixturesOST_MechanicalControlDevicesOST_MechanicalEquipmentOST_NurseCallDevicesOST_PlumbingEquipmentOST_PlumbingFixturesOST_SecurityDevicesOST_SprinklersOST_TelephoneDevices + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Converts a family to be face host based. + + + Converts a family hosted by some element other than a face to be hosted by a face. This is done by replacing the existing host (wall, roof, ceiling, floor) with a face. + Conversion can succeed only if FamilyUtils.FamilyCanConvertToFaceHostBased() returns true. + + + The document containing the family to be converted. + + + The family id. + + + The input familyId cannot be converted to face host based. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Failed to convert the family to face host based. + -or- + The family is already unhosted. + + + + + Contains utilities related to family operations. + + + + + Gets a FamilySizeTableManager from a Family + + + Family owned document or a project document + + + ElementId of the Family. + + + The FamilySizeTableManager of the Family. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Adds FamilySizeTableManager to a Family. + A FamilySizeTableManager and FamilySizeTables are only needed when + importing, exporting, or removing size data previously stored in CSV files. + + + Family owned document or project document. + + + ElementId of the Family. + + + True if successful, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Removes the FamilySizeTable of a given name. + + + The FamilySizeTable name. + + + True if successful, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Exports the size table to aCSV file. + + + The bool name to export. + + + The CSV file to export to. + + + True if successful, false otherwise.. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Imports a FamilySizeTable from a CSV file. + + + Family owned document or project document. + + + The CSV file path. + + + An error object to be written to if errors occur. + + + True if successful, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks if a FamilySizeTable of a given name exists. + + + The name of the FamilySizeTable. + + + True if the FamilySizeTable exists, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Get a FamilySizeTable by name. + + + The FamilySizeTable name. + + + The FamilySizeTable of a given name. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Get the FamilySizeTable names in a family. + + + Array of size table names. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The number of FamilySizeTables in a family. + + + 2014 + + + + + Manages importing, exporting, and querying size data through the FamilySizeTable class. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the table cell value as a string. + + + The table row. + + + The table column. + + + The table cell value as a string. + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks if the column index is valid. + + + The index of the column. + + + True if the column index is valid, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets a column of the table at at given index. + + + Index of the column. + + + The column at the given index. + + + The column index is out of range. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Number of columns in the table. + + + 2014 + + + + + Number of rows in the table. + + + 2014 + + + + + Contains size information for a family. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the identifier of the unit quantifying values in the column. + + + Identifier of the unit. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the identifier of the spec describing values in the column. + + + Identifier of the spec. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The column name. + + + 2014 + + + + + Contains column information for a FamilySizeTable. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The index of the invalid row. + + + 2014 + + + + + The index of the invalid column. + + + 2014 + + + + + The invalid header text. + + + 2014 + + + + + The path of the imported CSV file. + + + 2014 + + + + + The error type. + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a new FamilySizeTableErrorInfo with default settings. + + + 2014 + + + + + Error information generated from the CSV file import of a FamilySizeTable. + + + 2014 + + + + + The set of errors that can be returned when importing a FamilySizeTable from a CSV file. + + + 2014 + + + 2014 + + + + + The number of columns in the header row of the FamilySizeTable CSV file is different than the number of columns of data. + + + + + Failed to parse the column header of the FamilySizeTable CSV file. + + + + + The CSV file header separator is not invalid. Valid header separators are comma(,), semicolon(;), colon(:), and pipe (|). + + + + + Failed to read the FamilySizeTable CSV file. + + + + + Failed to open the FamilySizeTable CSV file. + + + + + The FamilySize Table CSV file was not found. + + + + + Undefined error. + + + + + Types of hosts into/onto which a family can be hosted. + For informative purposes only. Does not affect anything in Revit! + + + 2011 + + + + + Finds the thermal properties by the 'id' property of a constructionType node in Constructions.xml. + + + The document. + + + The 'id' property of a constructionType node in Constructions.xml + + + The thermal properties found, or if no match was found. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Confirms that the thermal properties are correctly set for assignment to a FamilySymbol. + + + True if the thermal properties are valid, false otherwise. + + + 2015 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The calculated thermal resistance value (R-Value). + The units are meter-squared kelvin per watt ((m^2*K)/Watt). + + + 2013 + + + + + The construction gbXML name. + This value corresponds to the 'Name' property of a constructionType node in Constructions.xml. + + + 2013 + + + + + The construction gbXML type. + This value corresponds to the 'id' property of a constructionType node in Constructions.xml. + + + 2013 + + + + + The visual light transmittance. + + + 2013 + + + + + The solar heat gain coefficient. + + + 2013 + + + + + The heat transfer coefficient value (U-Value). + The units are watts per meter-squared kelvin (W/(m^2*K)). + + + 2013 + + + + + Constructs a new FamilyThermalProperties with default settings. + + + 2013 + + + + + A class that contains thermal properties for specific types of families + (doors, windows, and curtain wall panels). + + + 2013 + + + + + Zone overlap to another zone or another room. + + + + + Zone not enclosed totally. + + + + + Zone has a room not enclosed. + + + + + Failures about Zone. + + + + + Element references are seriously corrupt. + + + + + The file [File Name] you are trying to synchronize was modified by the third-party updater [Updater Name(s)] which is not + currently installed. \n\r \n\r If you continue to Synchronize with Central or Reload Latest, data maintained by this updater + will not be updated properly. This may create problems when [File Name] is later opened when [Updater Name(s)] is present. + + + + + The file [File Name] you are trying to synchronize was modified by the third-party updaters [Updater Name(s)] which are + not currently installed. \n\r \n\r If you continue to Synchronize with Central or Reload Latest, data maintained + by these updaters will not be updated properly. This may create problems when [File Name] is later opened when + [Updater Name(s)] are present. + + + + + These elements' names were automatically changed to eliminate duplicates. + + + + + Failures about WorksharingFailures. + + + + + The highlighted wall(s) cannot be joined to the highlighted roof because the roof does not entirely cover the wall(s). + + + + + The highlighted wall cannot be joined to the highlighted roof because the wall meets the roof tangentially. + + + + + Highlighted walls are attached to, but miss, the highlighted targets. + + + + + Highlighted wall is set to be "Up to roof", however there is no roof above it that can be used. + + + + + Highlighted wall is set to be "From roof", however there is no roof below it that can be used. + + + + + Failures about WallJoinRoof. + + + + + Some of the joints you have selected can only have one wall joint type, so these joints haven't been changed. + + + + + Failures about WallJoin. + + + + + This wall's type is not compatible with the Tapered cross-section. Tapered walls require a variable thickness layer. + + + + + Default wall settings will be changed (Base Constraint: [Base Level], Base Offset: [Base Offset], Top Constraint: [Top Level], Top Offset: [Top Offset]) + + + + + The top of the Wall is lower than the base of the Wall. + + + + + Wall does not have both a curve driver and a curve!!!! + + + + + Can't cut wall for inserted objects + + + + + Cannot extend layer(s) of the highlighted vertically compound wall. + + + + + Cannot extend layer(s) of the highlighted vertically compound wall. + + + + + Line associated with a joined face has been moved. This action will cause the other walls to become disjoined from this face. [Description] + + + + + Unable to delete curtain panel wall. + + + + + Unable to create wall for curtain wall panel. + + + + + Stacked wall instance is too short. + + + + + Cannot set angles on a tapered wall which has angles controlled by the type. + + + + + This stacked wall will be deleted because a subwall could not be created. + + + + + A subwall of this stacked wall is unjoined from its neighbors because it was pulled too far. + + + + + The best way to control top and base of the Wall is to modify the Constraints and Offset Parameters in Properties dialog. + + + + + Wall is shorter than minimum height allowed by its type.\nIt is [Length] and must be at least [Length]. + + + + + Wall is shorter than minimum height allowed by its type.\nIt is [Length] and must be at least [Length]. + + + + + Wall is shorter than minimum height allowed by its type.\nIt is [Length] and must be at least [Length]. + + + + + Existing locked constraints to the Location Line will be transferred to the new Location Line position. Press "Unconstrain" to remove the constraint rather than transferring it. + + + + + Parameter-defined type of curtain panels defined in a circular way and will be ignored. + + + + + Changing this element's parameter has no effect on its current position or geometry. Check to see if the element is constrained either in the project view or in the element's sketch. + + + + + Previous edits and /or wall joins will not be preserved on this operation. + + + + + Top Constraint is invalid for the Level. + + + + + Joining the highlighted wall to the highlighted element moves the wall's top below its bottom or its bottom above its top, or interferes with wall joins or holes in the wall. + + + + + Joining the highlighted wall to the highlighted element moves the wall's top below its bottom or its bottom above its top, or interferes with wall joins or holes in the wall. + + + + + Invalid compound structure. + + + + + Base Constraint is invalid for the Level. + + + + + Failed to store wall side face. Wall sweeps on this wall will fail to regenerate. + + + + + Failed to change symbol of instance. + + + + + Unable to convert wall to panel. + + + + + No picked face found. + + + + + Can't make Face Wall shape. + + + + + Vertically compound wall type features sweeps, reveals, or split layers are not supported on non-vertical face. Consider using a simplified type. + + + + + Wall type '[Type Name]' is incompatible with picked face. Only basic wall types are accepted. + + + + + Face defining this vertical Wall is no longer vertical. + + + + + Defining face is not suitable for walls. + + + + + Face defining this non-vertical Wall is vertical. + + + + + Edited profiles are not allowed for this wall's cross-section type. + + + + + Conditions for wall embedding are no longer satisfied. + + + + + Cannot create stacked elliptical wall with offsets. + + + + + Curtain wall types and Stacked wall types are not allowed for this wall's cross-section type. + + + + + Can't display the Wall Foundation, because the Wall's radius is too small. Please increase the radius to display the Wall Foundation. + + + + + Miter plane for Wall Foundation join is too far away; Bisecting plane will be used instead. + + + + + Sketch Lines created with Pick Wall must remain parallel to the Wall. + + + + + Sketch Lines created with Pick Wall must remain parallel to the Wall. + + + + + This wall sweep instance has different profile or material than its type. You may delete the sweep, or if you ignore this warning, it will be regenerated according to its type. + + + + + Unable to update wall panel. + + + + + Unable to split wall panel(s). + + + + + Can't divide Wall's face to assign different materials to a vertically compound Wall. + + + + + Can't split/join this host because there are instances of In-place Families that cut openings into it. Edit or delete instances first so they don't cut into the host to be split or joined. + + + + + Cannot slant a stacked wall with rectangular openings. Please delete the openings first. + + + + + "Faces defining this Roof cannot be reacquired. Either delete the Roof or leave as it is. + + + + + Faces defining this Element cannot be reacquired. + + + + + Faces defining this Element cannot be reacquired. + + + + + Cannot mirror wall panels. + + + + + Can't maintain the position of the Location Line in this Wall. + + + + + Cannot change the type of curtain panels in walls created with early versions of Revit. To change the panels of this curtain wall, wall must be recreated. + + + + + Changing the type of a subwall is not allowed. Edit the stacked wall type instead. + + + + + Failures about Wall. + + + + + Sheet views cannot contain empty view "%1!s!". + + + + + Sheet views cannot contain more than one instance of "%1!s!." + + + + + Sheet views cannot contain more than one instance of "%1!s!." + + + + + Sheets do not support uncropped perspective views. + + + + + Sheet views in this model cannot contain more than one instance of "%1!s!." + + + + + Sheet views in this model cannot contain more than one instance of "%1!s!." + + + + + Failures about placing viewports on sheets. + + + + + Some View Regions were removed. When the size of a View Region becomes zero, it is removed from the view. + + + + + Some View Regions were consolidated. When the size of a View Break between View Regions becomes zero, the View Break + is removed and the adjacent View Regions are joined. + + + + + The following views could not be published. + + + + + Turning off the Crop Region of the view will remove all View Breaks. If the Crop Region is turned on at a later time, + any desired View Breaks must be created again. + + + + + The only open view has been deleted because of changes from the Central Model. Open another view and Reload Latest or Synchronize with Central again. + + + + + Start and end elevations are the same, nothing to Apply. + + + + + Start and end elevations are the same, nothing to Apply. + + + + + There are no valid views. Only views without dependents can be used. + + + + + The scope box and view must have parallel vertical axes. + + + + + This type of Component cannot be placed in Elevation or Section view + + + + + This type of Component cannot be placed in Elevation or Section view + + + + + Column cannot be placed in Elevation or Section view + + + + + Column cannot be placed in Elevation or Section view + + + + + The starting view for the project has been deleted. + + + + + Detail Number is empty + + + + + Detail Number is already in use. Enter a unique number. + + + + + Cannot toggle to perspective view because the view contains annotations. + + + + + Cannot paste view references into the view they reference or into unrelated views + + + + + Deleting of all open views in a project is not allowed. + + + + + Plan view DBViewType has invalid view direction parameter. + + + + + Failures about ViewFailures. + + + + + Internal setting '%1!s!' is required by Revit and has been deleted. + + + + + Both start and end of web must intersect the truss. + + + + + A user-defined structural member was deleted due to missing or deleted references. + + + + + The current edits are causing some webs to disjoin. The truss layout family requires additional constraints to maintain these joins. + + + + + The current transformation of this specific truss layout will some sub members to overlap. + + + + + This truss layout family defines an offset or non horizontal top chord. This may conflict with attachment or profile editing. + + + + + Revit cannot attach to the chosen Roof/Slab. The truss cannot project to a surface or the attachment creates an invalid profile. + + + + + Truss is unable to generate any members due to layout family error. + + + + + Elements have duplicate 'Engineering Type' values. + + + + + Unable to maintain user changes to unpinned Chord. Restoring Truss-defined shape. + + + + + Revit cannot transform the truss Layout Family to the Truss as oriented in the project. + + + + + Remove Sketch + + + + + Workplane not valid for Structural Framing component "[Family Name]" + + + + + A structural framing element is attached to a wall whose Structural Usage is set to [Usage]. + + + + + Failures about Truss. + + + + + The stored orientation will be lost. + + + + + Failures about ToggleView. + + + + + Family not appropriate for Divided Surface component. + + + + + Failures related to tile pattern tile. + + + + + Model Text deleted because it consists entirely of spaces and/or carriage returns. + + + + + Can't create Model Text. + + + + + Failures about Text. + + + + + Tags can't be pasted into Unlocked 3D views. + + + + + The Tag was deleted because it was no longer pointing to any elements. + + + + + The filter specified by Multi-Category Tag can't be used with the tagged object. + + + + + During upgrade, Revit discovered that the highlighted elements were marked with tags of the wrong category. These tags were deleted. + + + + + Elements have changed category. Tags for these elements are now of the wrong category and will be deleted. + + + + + The tag reference was not remapped. + + + + + Can't find new element to tag. Tag won't be copied. + + + + + Orphaned tags cannot be pasted. + + + + + Orphaned tags cannot be pasted. + + + + + Can't find new associated element. Element won't be copied. + + + + + A tag cannot be arrayed without copying the associated element. + + + + + A tag cannot be arrayed without copying the associated element. + + + + + Failures about Tag. + + + + + You have selected elements that are already part of other System. They will be removed from the original Systems and added to this one. + + + + + Parts were not pasted because fabrication configuration is not available or service is not valid in the type properties for the system. + + + + + Cannot add [Element] to System. The System Type for the available connector does not match the System Type ([Type Name]) for the System. + + + + + The family no longer matches the properties for the System. Disconnect the family from the System? + + + + + The family no longer matches the properties for the System. Disconnect the family from the System? + + + + + You have selected elements that are already part of other Systems that have assigned Equipment. The elements you selected cannot be added to this System. + + + + + The default system "[Element Name]" is now over 50 elements. To improve performance, Revit is no longer calculating the critical path pressure drop and the more complex duct sizing has been disabled. If you want to use these features, you must define logical systems in the model instead of using the default system. + + + + + Parts were not created because fabrication configuration is not available. + + + + + Parts were not created because the element does not have a valid system. + + + + + Parts were not created because a system's service is undefined. + + + + + The workset of the circuit is closed so the circuit path will not be displayed. + + + + + "You have selected elements that are connected to other elements. These elements will also be added to the System." + + + + + Failures about System. + + + + + The selected tree nodes number of system browser is wrong. + + + + + Can't find the correct tree node in system browser according to the node index. + + + + + Failures related with the system browser. + + + + + Can't create swept blend. + + + + + Failures about SweptBlend. + + + + + The model contains corrupt elements. Delete the corrupt elements to proceed or cancel the action without deleting the elements. + + + + + Proper sweep geometry creation failed. + + + + + Proper sweep geometry creation failed. + + + + + Profile sketch is empty! + + + + + Sweep cannot have a path with ellipse or spline segments and a profile with non-straight lines. + + + + + Can't create sweep. + + + + + Failures about Sweep. + + + + + Sub-division must have the same Phase Created parameter and Phase Demolished parameter as the host Toposolid. Sub-division phase will be set to match the Toposolid. + + + + + This sub-division now does not appear to overlap any Toposolid with an appropriate Phase and Design Option. + + + + + Create sub-division failed. + + + + + Some Hosted Loads or BoundaryConditions lost their References. They will be deleted. + + + + + A boundary condition is already created on the selected element. Duplicate boundary conditions are not allowed. Click the Replace button to delete previous definition of boundary condition or cancel the operation. + + + + + Can't move Boundary Conditions + + + + + Can't mirror Boundary Conditions + + + + + Failures about Load. + + + + + Structural Custom Connection has an inappropriate type assigned. + + + + + Structural Custom Connection cannot be empty. + + + + + Cannot create custom connection due to relationships to external elements. + + + + + Could not create a custom connection. + + + + + Simple Structural Connection Handler cannot connect too far elements + + + + + Failures about StructuralConnectionHandler. + + + + + Structural Section has incomplete definition + + + + + Structural Connection has an inappropriate type assigned. + + + + + There is no add-on installed which supports Structural Connection type. + + + + + Structural Connection had an inappropriate type, which has been changed to 'Generic Connection'. + + + + + Structural Connection Handler cannot connect too far elements + + + + + Structural Connection Handler cannot connect too far elements + + + + + The set of input elements was changed and the connection has been adjusted. + + + + + Structural Connection Handler cannot connect fewer than two elements. + + + + + Summary: Structural Connection Handler lost connected element. + + + + + Fabrication element can not be a group member. + + + + + Structural Connection cannot replace elements + + + + + Could not create Structural Connection Handler + + + + + Failures about StructuralConnectionHandler. + + + + + Material assigned to the Analytical Element does not contain Structure parameters - verify material content. + + + + + Failures related to structural materials. + + + + + The copes and cuts (by face, with voids, by reference plane) of the element are no longer modifying the geometry. + + + + + The created elements are only visible in Detail Level: Fine. + + + + + Failures about SteelElement module + + + + + Advance Steel tasks not finished. + + + + + Advance Steel propagation tasks not finished. + + + + + Cannot create preview while background calculations are in progress. + + + + + Cannot modify ranges while background calculations are in progress. + + + + + Cannot modify parameters while background calculations are in progress. + + + + + Failures about steel elements + + + + + The number of parallel treads at start is too great or the run width is too great. + + + + + The number of parallel treads at start is too great. + + + + + The number of parallel treads at end is too great. + + + + + The number of parallel treads at end is too great or the run width is too great. + + + + + The third leg of winder run is too short or the runwidth is too great. + + + + + The current layout cannot allow the specified number of treads. + Increase the length of the run leg in the model or reduce the value for Parallel Treads at Start or Parallel Treads at End. + + + + + The second leg of winder run is too short or the runwidth is too great. + + + + + The parameter runwidth is too great or the parameter min width at inside boundary is too great, or one leg of winder run is too short. + + + + + The parameter runwidth is great or the parameter min width at inside boundary is too great, or number of parallel treads at both ends is too great. + + + + + The value for Run Width is less than two times of value of the inside walkline offset. + + + + + The value for Minimum Width on Inside Boundary is too large to satisfy the number of Parallel Treads at the Start or End as specified in the Run Instance properties. + + + + + Please enter a value between 0 and half of Actual Run Width (%1/2 Actual Run Width%). + + + + + Please enter a positive value less than Actual Tread Depth on Stair Path (%Actual Tread Depth%). + + + + + The relationship between the current values of Actual Run Width, Minimum Width at Inside Boundary, and Parallel Treads at Start or End does not support the creation of the winder run. + + + + + Cannot satisfy the number of Parallel Treads at the Start or End as specified in the Run Instance properties + + + + + Two consecutive legs are parallel. + + + + + The value for Minimum Width on Inside Boundary is too large to satisfy the number of Parallel Treads at the Start or End as specified in the Run Instance properties. + + + + + The value for Minimum Width on Inside Boundary is too large. + + + + + The angle between two consecutive legs are too great or the runwidth is too small. + + + + + One leg of the winder run is too small or the runwidth is too great. + + + + + A winder leg is too short. + + + + + Cannot make winder. + + + + + The first leg of winder run is too short or the runwidth is too great. + + + + + The value for Fillet Radius is too large to satisfy the Minimum Inside Width value. + + + + + Computing curve intersection and find the invalid result. + + + + + Unable to create Multistory stairs. + + + + + This profile cannot be used for the front of treads. Please choose a profile composed of a closed loop of lines with exactly one lines coincident with the y-axis. This lines will define the connection of this profile to the tread. + + + + + The tread depth is too large for the spiral run. + + + + + The actual tread depth and riser height for one or more stairs of this type violates the stair equation. + + + + + The Actual Tread Depth for one or more Stairs violates the Minimum Depth set in the type. + + + + + Curve is too short and may downgrade the geometry. + + + + + The slope of stringer may not parallel runs and landings. To get a parallel stringer, split boundary lines at the ends of landings. + + + + + A piece of boundary is too short to create stringer on it. + + + + + The number of desired risers for a staircase cannot be 0. + + + + + Cannot create the winder run because some values for the instance properties cannot be satisfied. + + + + + Fail to generate run layout and then cannot make winder run + + + + + The top of the Stair is lower than the base of the Stair + + + + + Stair top end exceeds or cannot reach the top elevation of the stair. Add/remove risers at the top end or change top elevation settings in Stair Properties. + + + + + A short support is being created. + + + + + Some supports overlap with others + + + + + Stair sub-elements are not connected + + + + + The stairs stringer cannot be created. + + + + + The stairs' base (Base Level + Base Offset) must be below its top (Top Level + Top Offset). + + + + + Run-Run join is not allowed of they have same "Start With Riser"/"End With Riser" configuration at the joined end. + + + + + The stairs path doesn't intersect with riser lines. + + + + + More than 2 intersection points between riser segment and boundary encountered + + + + + Only single boundary case may have riser with its both ends on boundary. + + + + + Stairs in MultistoryStairs after adjusting still exceed the top constraint. + + + + + Desired Number of Risers is too small. Computed Actual Riser Height is greater than Maximum Riser Height allowed by type. + + + + + Cannot change base elevation of Stairs + + + + + Stairs generic failure + + + + + Crossing risers are not allowed + + + + + Can't keep elements joined. + + + + + Fail to get base line thus fail to generate run layout + + + + + Stairs cannot extend to floor structure layer. + + + + + Stair bottom end exceeds or cannot reach the base elevation of the stair. Add/remove risers at the bottom end or change base elevation settings in Stair Properties. + + + + + Fail to generate the automatic landing layout + + + + + Fail to generate the automatic landing layout + + + + + Stair component(s) in the multistory stair are updated due to the level height changes. + + + + + Mutistory Stairs already have a Stair attaching to this level. + + + + + Computed actual tread depth of stairs is less than minimum tread depth defined in stairs type. + + + + + Actual run width is less than minimum run width defined in stairs type. + + + + + Computed actual riser height of stairs is greater than maximum riser height defined in stairs type. + + + + + Inside stringer could not be created because of insufficient space. Please disable the inside stringer or decrease its width. + + + + + Stair element is incomplete, not all components are logic connected. + + + + + The radius value for the run is too small. + + + + + The top elevation for the run is lower than the base elevation for the run. + + + + + Run is joining landing with riser, so notch configuration does not take effect. Try to set run as begin/end with tread to make a notch. + + + + + Run bottom elevation should not be below the stairs bottom elevation. + + + + + The base elevation for the run is higher than the top elevation for the run. + + + + + The highlighted risers have the same location along the boundary line. Please move one of the two risers. + + + + + Monolithic Stairs without Treads can't have Risers. Riser Thickness for Stairs Type was automatically set to zero. + + + + + Riser intersects with boundary more than once. + + + + + Riser height is too small. + + + + + Riser curve is too short to create nosing on it. + + + + + The ramp's base (base level + base offset) must be below its top (top level + top offset). + + + + + Ramp Run has complex boundary and may produce unreasonable geometry. Split it into few Runs by inserting Riser Lines + at the end of each Run and at the beginning of the next one. If you want to create Ramp with arc an straight section you can do it using a Run tool. + + + + + Beginning of run coincide with the end of previous run. Landing is not created between runs. + + + + + The ramp is not long enough to reach the top constraint plus top offset. Change the slope or increase the length of the ramp. + + + + + The ramp is not long enough to reach the top constraint. Change the slope or increase the length of the ramp. + + + + + The Railing line must be a single connected Sketch. If you want separate pieces of Railing, create two or more separate Railings. + + + + + Railings hosted on Stairs must form a single, open, connected line. + + + + + The slope of this railing may not parallel the stairs at runs and landings. To get a parallel railing, split the railing sketch at the ends of landings. + + + + + The slope of this railing will not parallel the ramp at landings. To get a parallel railing, split the railing sketch at the ends of landings. + + + + + An arc in the railing sketch has a radius that conflicts with the current rail widths and offsets. Please either increase the radius or modify rail profiles and offsets. + + + + + Some rail type changes are not consistent with your rail instances customization in this project, you can reset them to make them corresponding with your changes. + + + + + Open Profile Loop can't be used as a Rail Profile + + + + + Fillet cannot be created between rail segment since the radius is lower than the profile size. + + + + + Fillet cannot be created between rail segment since the radius is lower than the profile size. + + + + + Railings are placed completely outside the host. It may change the adjustment of the railing to the host and its vertical position. + + + + + The rail path is closed at the start and end path point for extension creation. + + + + + Curve in rail sketch is too short for rail creation and ignored. + + + + + Path doesn't join to border risers is not allowed. + + + + + Part of the riser lies on the boundary is not allowed. + + + + + Tread thickness can't be zero for non-monolithic stairs + + + + + The notch thickness is larger than landing. + + + + + Actual Number of Risers is different from Desired Number of Risers. Add/remove Risers or change Desired Number of Risers in Stairs Properties. + + + + + Riser line must be a straight line for Ramps. + + + + + Riser line must be a straight line for Ramps. + + + + + Ramp has no Runs. Can't create Ramp. + + + + + Ramp has no Runs. Can't create Ramp. + + + + + Monolithic Stairs with zero tread thickness can't have risers + + + + + Railings and Stringers will not be automatically generated due to bad Runs. This message may be incorrect if you have Edited the Sketch and modified some dimensions. + + + + + Must specify Profiles for every Rail. + + + + + Railing Sketch has no Lines. + + + + + Ramp can't have multisegment Riser. + + + + + Ramp can't have multisegment Riser. + + + + + One of the stairs inside multistory stairs top ends exceed or cannot reach the top elevation of the stair. + + + + + One of the stairs inside multistory stairs bottom ends exceeds or cannot reach the base elevation of the stair. + + + + + You have set the stair's multistory top level to None, and Revit will remove this parameter, if you want to create a multistory stair, please use Create Multistory Stair feature. + + + + + Can't keep elements joined. Avoid converting stairs to skeched-based component in Multistory stairs. + + + + + Level landings are deleted because the connected stairs have been regenerated. + + + + + The multistory stair/ramp could not reach its top level with integral number of flights. Maximum number of flights below the top level is created. + + + + + Multistory top level must be above the stair/ramp top and bottom levels. + + + + + Multistory top level must be above the stair/ramp top and bottom levels. + + + + + Fillet may cause the supports unjoin with the rail. + + + + + Cannot Drag the automatic landing shape handle control because the connected run is pinned. + + + + + Cannot make landing because height of landing is equal or less than to bottom height of the stair. + + + + + Landing depth is less than run width. + + + + + The start level and end level for this ramp must be at different elevations. + + + + + The start level and end level for this staircase must be at different elevations. + + + + + Invalid stairs path provided. + + + + + Profiles for one or more of the Rails are invalid. Make sure that every used Profile is a closed series of non-intersecting Lines. + + + + + Stairs run or landing has invalid parameter(s). + + + + + Modify the location justification to a invalid value. + + + + + Invalid Balusters Pattern + + + + + Run is reversed. + + + + + Height of run is too small. + + + + + Failed to orient sketch curves. + + + + + Extend Below Base needs to be less than Run Top Elevation. + + + + + Extend Below Base needs to be less than Landing Base Elevation. + + + + + Cannot create specified transition at rail path turn, hand Rail/Top Rail cannot maintain continuous. + + + + + Cannot place the supports along the rail path. + + + + + The rail is non-continuous. + + + + + Cannot create the continuous rail geometry. + + + + + Cannot create specified fillet at rail path corner. + + + + + Cannot create specified fillet at rail path corner because of the curves are already smoothed. + + + + + Cannot create specified fillet at rail path corner. + + + + + Railings with extensions cannot be split. + + + + + Cannot process when stair(s) in sketch edit mode. + + + + + Railing is placed on tread because there is no stringer. + + + + + Can't place Baluster Patterns + + + + + Can't place Balusters and/or Rails with desired offset + + + + + Can't create one or more Rails with desired offset + + + + + Can't create Boundary as an offset of Run Curve + + + + + Can't make landing. + + + + + Couldn't generate surfaces for ramp. + + + + + Couldn't generate surfaces for ramp. + + + + + Couldn't generate surfaces for stairs. + + + + + Couldn't generate surfaces for stairs. + + + + + Can't end Stairs with Riser because Riser Thickness is too small. + + + + + Can't make stairs + + + + + Can't make stairs + + + + + Can't create stringers geometry. + + + + + Some of the multistory stairs couldn't be created due to the overlapped levels. + + + + + Can't create one or more Side Stringers. + + + + + Can't create geometry for one or more risers. + + + + + Can't create Railing. Thickness of Rail or Balusters might be too small. If you don't want Balusters, specify "None" for Baluster Shape. + + + + + Can't create geometry for one or more Rails + + + + + Can't create Railing. Thickness of Rail or Balusters might be too small. If you don't want Balusters, specify "None" for Baluster Shape. + + + + + Can't cut open/middle stringers geometry. + + + + + Can't create geometry for one or more treads. + + + + + Can't create one or more Balusters + + + + + Can't create nosing on one or more treads. + + + + + Can't make monolithic Stairs. + + + + + Can't create one or more Middle Stringers. + + + + + Can't create stringer at landing. + + + + + Can't create corner Baluster + + + + + Can't create Baluster Patterns for Railings + + + + + Can't create Balusters for given Width and Height. + + + + + Can't compute elevation profile for one or more Rails + + + + + Cannot align the support on the posts. + + + + + Baluster Separation is too small. + + + + + Baluster Separation must be equal to or greater than the Baluster widths. + + + + + Top reference is below Bottom reference for one or more Balusters. These Balusters are not created. + + + + + Tread/Riser profile is invalid. + + + + + Can't create Railings. + + + + + Can't create Railings. + + + + + One or more Profile Loops are invalid, probably because of self-intersection. + + + + + Spacing for Excess Length Fill is too small. + + + + + Number of Balusters per Tread must be an integer greater than zero. + + + + + Some run(s) are deleted, so automatic landing is converted to sketched landing. + + + + + Arc run width is too long. + + + + + Can't create Run. Run radius is too small. + + + + + Riser lines are parallel but not collinear. Can't build Run between these Risers. + + + + + Riser lines are parallel but not collinear. Can't build Run between these Risers. + + + + + The actual riser height for one or more stairs violates the maximum set in the type. + + + + + Failures about StairRamp. + + + + + Split toposolid failed. + + + + + Failed to generate new toposolid after split. + + + + + The split failed. There may be a gap in the boundary loop or the sketch may be incomplete. + + + + + Failures related to the split sketched based element. + + + + + Closed or self-intersecting splines are not allowed. + + + + + Can't make Spline. + + + + + Failures about Spline. + + + + + Span Direction Symbol can only be placed in a Floor Plan View. + + + + + Failures about SpanDirectionSymbol. + + + + + Unable to trim slanted column end geometry to desired condition. + + + + + Unable to trim slanted column end geometry to desired condition. + + + + + Cut plane of slanted column end is parallel to the location curve. + + + + + Failures about SlantedColumn. + + + + + Inner loops of a footprint sketch may not have slope-defining lines. + + + + + Adjusting this Line's Overhang will not affect its height because its slope is zero. + + + + + The tails of slope arrows must not lie in interior of slope defining lines. + + + + + Some slab shape edit vertices were deleted because the Floor or Roof or Toposolid has changed its shape. + + + + + Some slab shape edit vertices were too close to each other or too close to an edge. + + + + + The Floor or Roof or Toposolid is too thin for its given type. + + + + + The Floor or Roof or Toposolid may only contain straight lines. + + + + + The Floor or Roof or Toposolid is no longer horizontal. + + + + + Slab Shape Edit failed. [Description] + + + + + Slab Shape Edit failed. [Description] + + + + + Failures about SlabShape. + + + + + Cantilever value is too big. + + + + + Failures about Slab. + + + + + The minimum skylight width is 203.2 millimeters. + + + + + The minimum skylight width is 8 inches. + + + + + Failures about Skylight. + + + + + Sketch for splitting the face is invalid. Faces may be split either by a single closed loop that is contained within the face + or by one or more open loops whose ends lie on the boundary of the face. None of the lines in the sketch are allowed to overlap + or intersect the boundaries of the face. + + + + + Only open loops can be used for Edit Cut Profile. All open ends must lie on the boundary of the cut profile, and the loop may not + touch the boundary anywhere except at its ends. + + + + + The constraints of the sketch defining the highlighted element cannot be satisfied. + + + + + Constraints defined by highlighted Lines and Dimensions can't be satisfied. + + + + + Constraint between a Line created with Pick Wall and the Wall is not satisfied. + + + + + Constraint between a Line created with Pick Support and the Support is not satisfied. + + + + + Truss top reference must be above the bottom reference. + + + + + Truss top and bottom references (chains of one or more reference lines) must overlap at least partially in the vertical direction. + + + + + Truss reference must form a continuous chain of one or more sketch lines. + + + + + Truss references (chains of one or more reference lines) cannot overlap themselves in the vertical direction. + + + + + Trusses require both a top and a bottom chord reference (chain of one or more reference lines). + + + + + Truss top and bottom references cannot cross. + + + + + Truss references (chains of one or more reference lines) should not form closed loops." + + + + + There is more than one slope defined. + + + + + There is more than one slope defined. + + + + + This sketch is large. Performance will improve if constructed as several independent sketches. + + + + + The sketched Structural Rebar element has too many segments to be properly parameterized. Please reduce the number of segments. + + + + + Highlighted element's sketch could not regenerate and has been suspended. Select the element and edit its sketch + to fix the problem. The element will display in magenta until you fix the problem + + + + + Performance Warning: This family now contains both labeled dimensions and sketches with many segments. This may hurt performance. To improve performance, create elements that require complex sketches as nested families. + + + + + A Subregion cannot be created outside the boundary of a Toposurface. + A Subregion should be completely inside a Toposurface or overlap a Toposurface. + + + + + Stairs require no more than two boundaries (chains of one or more Boundary Lines). + + + + + Stairs require no more than two boundaries (chains of one or more Boundary Lines). + + + + + The line representing the top of a riser does not intersect one or both of the boundary lines. + + + + + The line representing the top of a riser does not intersect one or both of the boundary lines. + + + + + Stairs require no less than two boundaries (chains of one or more Boundary Lines). + + + + + Stairs require no less than two boundaries (chains of one or more Boundary Lines)." + + + + + Boundaries (chains of one or more Boundary Lines) must be connected by at least two Riser Lines. + + + + + Boundaries (chains of one or more Boundary Lines) must be connected by at least two Riser Lines. + + + + + Stairs require boundaries (chains of one or more Boundary Lines) on each side of the Stair. + + + + + Stairs require boundaries (chains of one or more Boundary Lines) on each side of the Stair. + + + + + Stairs Boundaries (chains of one or more Boundary Lines) should not form closed loops. + + + + + Stairs Boundaries (chains of one or more Boundary Lines) should not form closed loops. + + + + + Detail sketch is not editable in this view. + + + + + Detail sketch is only editable in [View Type]. + + + + + Skeched shape is not available for this type of element. + + + + + Invalid stair path. Stair path should connect both start and end riser, and cross all other risers. + + + + + Sketch was deleted. + + + + + Sketch is too large. + + + + + Sketch is overconstrained. + + + + + Sketch is overconstrained. + + + + + Sketch is overconstrained. + + + + + Sketch is no longer parallel to its defining plane + + + + + Cannot make surface with specified boundary. + + + + + The sketch contains an extremely short line. + + + + + The sketch contains an extremely short line. + + + + + The highlighted lines lie on the axis. + + + + + All curves must be on the same side of the axis. + + + + + The highlighted curves touch the axis. + + + + + The highlighted curves cross the axis. + + + + + Curves cannot form a closed loop. + + + + + Sketch run require boundaries (chains of one or more Boundary Lines) + + + + + Invalid sketch, can't create run by this sketch + + + + + Major direction not specified. + + + + + Major direction not specified. + + + + + Rebar Sketch contains more than one loop. Can't create Rebar. + + + + + Rebar Sketch contains more than one loop. Can't create Rebar. + + + + + Rebar Sketch is empty. Can't create Rebar. + + + + + Rebar Sketch is empty. Can't create Rebar. + + + + + The Railing line must be a single connected Sketch. If you want separate pieces of Railing, create two or more separate Railings. + + + + + The Railing line must be a single connected Sketch. If you want separate pieces of Railing, create two or more separate Railings. + + + + + Railings hosted on Stairs must form a single, open, connected line. + + + + + Railings hosted on Stairs must form a single, open, connected line. + + + + + The current shape is only bent in a single plane. A multi-planar definition is not required. Please redefine the shape on the top plane only. + + + + + Sketch contains more than one chain. Can't create Path Reinforcement. + + + + + Sketch is empty. Can't create Path Reinforcement. + + + + + Sketch contains a closed loop. Can't create Path Reinforcement. + + + + + Path cannot be a closed loop. + + + + + Path cannot be a closed loop. + + + + + Lines must be in closed loops. The highlighted lines are open on one end. + + + + + Lines must be in closed loops. The highlighted lines are open on one end. + + + + + Lines must be in closed loops. The highlighted lines are open on one end. + + + + + Area Load Sketch can't contain open loops. + + + + + More than one loop not allowed. + + + + + More than one loop not allowed. + + + + + More than one curve not allowed. + + + + + More than one curve not allowed. + + + + + More than one curve not allowed. + + + + + This sketch defines more than one footprint. Make sure the sketch contains only one outermost loop and that there are no loops inside inner loops. + + + + + All parts of an extruded roof must face upward. Make sure that no part of the sketch lies below any other part of the sketch. + + + + + Highlighted geometry no longer determines a plane + + + + + Sketch is empty. + + + + + Sketch is empty. + + + + + Sketch is empty. + + + + + Cannot have nested loops. + + + + + Each stairs run can only have one stairs path. + + + + + More than one axes of revolution. + + + + + Rebar Sketch does not have lapped lengths. A circular shaped Rebar needs overlapping legths. Please overlap one of the ends of the circular Rebar Sketch. + + + + + More than one direction curve specified. + + + + + More than one direction curve specified. + + + + + Area defined by sketch must be connected. + + + + + Area defined by sketch must be connected. + + + + + Some of the lines drawn lie outside of the boundary of the face being split. All lines used to split a face must be contained + within the face being split and cannot intersect or overlap any of the boundaries of that face. + + + + + Some of the lines drawn lie outside of the boundary of the face being split. All lines used to split a face must be contained + within the face being split and cannot intersect or overlap any of the boundaries of that face. + + + + + Lines cannot intersect each other. The highlighted lines currently intersect. + + + + + Lines cannot intersect each other. The highlighted lines currently intersect. + + + + + Lines cannot intersect each other. The highlighted lines currently intersect. + + + + + Cannot have overlapping lines. + + + + + Cannot have overlapping lines. + + + + + Cannot have overlapping lines. + + + + + Sketch landing can only have one closed loop + + + + + Sketch landing require boundaries + + + + + Sketch is invalid. + + + + + Toposolid sketch is invalid. + + + + + Roof Soffit sketch is invalid. + + + + + Floor sketch is invalid. + + + + + Ceiling sketch is invalid. + + + + + Pad sketch is invalid. + + + + + Sketch is invalid. + + + + + Sketch is invalid. + + + + + Base sketch for roof is invalid + + + + + Base sketch for roof is invalid + + + + + Base sketch for roof is invalid. + + + + + One or more profiles are invalid. Make sure that every used profile is a closed loop of non-intersecting lines. + + + + + One or more profiles are invalid. Make sure that every used profile is a closed loop of non-intersecting lines. + + + + + Elevation Profile sketch is invalid. + + + + + Elevation Profile sketch is invalid. + + + + + Crop area sketch can either be empty or include one closed, not self-intersecting loop. + + + + + Crop area sketch can either be empty or include one closed, not self-intersecting loop. + + + + + Area Load has invalid Sketch. + + + + + More than one span direction curve specified. + + + + + Structural floor span direction not specified. + + + + + Cannot add the direction curve in the floor sketch. + + + + + Cannot add the direction curve in the floor sketch. + + + + + Ends of an open loop in sketch splitting face do not lie on an edge of the face to split. + + + + + Ends of the sketched loop do not lie on the boundary of the face being modified. + + + + + Wall in a family can't have an elevation profile. + + + + + The sketch defining the highlighted element is too large. + + + + + Adjacent slope-defining lines must have identical eave heights; the highlighted lines do not. You can use the Align Eaves tool to have the eaves aligned for you. + + + + + Line is too short. + + + + + The highlighted line intersects the boundary of the face being split. To split a face at its border, use an open loop that + ends on the boundary of the face. + + + + + The highlighted line intersects the boundary of the face being modified. To modify a cut face, use open loops that end on the + existing boundary without intersecting or overlapping existing edges. + + + + + Can't create boundary from pick. + + + + + Failed to convert spline to straight line + + + + + When creating an opening, you cannot sketch loops within other loops. The highlighted loop(s) are contained within another loop. + + + + + Constant-height-defining lines must be parallel. + + + + + Constant-height-defining lines must be parallel. + + + + + Extrusion roof sketch must be open. The roof's thickness and material composition are defined in its type. + + + + + A circle can't be converted to multiplanar shape. + + + + + Sorry, we can't use arcs here. + + + + + Sorry, we can't use arcs here. + + + + + Cannot find references to dimension sketch. + + + + + Can't make footprint roof. + + + + + Can't make extruded roof. + + + + + Can't convert Sketch to Rebar Shape. + + + + + Can't compute Railings Elevation Profile + + + + + Can't compute Railings Elevation Profile. + + + + + Can't compute Railings Elevation Profile. + + + + + Can't change Work Plane Visibility. + + + + + Can't change plane of [Element Name] Sketch. + + + + + Can't change plane of [Element Name] Sketch. + + + + + A Pad can't extend beyond the edge of a Toposurface. + + + + + A Pad can't extend beyond the edge of a Toposurface. + + + + + The split sketch is out of the boundary of split element sketch.. + + + + + A segment in the bend profile is too short to apply the wire bend diameter. The bent fabric sheet of the selected type cannot be placed in a host. Click Continue to correct the profile or Click Quit sketching to exit the bend profile editor. + + + + + The bend profile cannot contain two or more disconnected segments. Click Continue to correct the profile or Click Quit sketching to exit the bend profile editor. + + + + + Segments in a bend profile cannot overlap, intersect, or be collinearly contiguous. Click Continue to correct the profile or Click Quit sketching to exit the bend profile editor. + + + + + Arcs in a bend profile must be separated from one another with a connected straight segment. The bend profile cannot start or end with an arc. Click Continue to correct the profile or Click Quit sketching to exit the bend profile editor. + + + + + The bend profile requires at least one segment to be placed in a host. Click Continue to correct the profile or Click Quit sketching to exit the bend profile editor. + + + + + The bend profile cannot contain a closed loop. Click Continue to correct the profile or Click Quit sketching to exit the bend profile editor. + + + + + Beam direction not specified. + + + + + Beam direction not specified. + + + + + Rail profile must have one closed loop. Wrong profile will not be shown in profiles list for rail definition. + + + + + Stairs nosing profile must have one loop. Wrong profile will not be shown in profiles list in Stairs Type properties. + + + + + Axis of revolution not specified. + + + + + Area Load can't have all force components equal to zero. + + + + + Failures about Sketch. + + + + + Some rows from the file could not be used. + + + + + The layers you have selected contain more than one mesh. You may want to go back and import the meshes separately. If you continue, the meshes will be combined and a new boundary will be created. + + + + + There are too many points on the selected layers of this dataset to place into the toposolid. Try selecting fewer layers to create the toposolid + + + + + The toposolid must have at least three distinct points + + + + + Imported Toposolid Points are located a large distance from the model and might not display properly. Points will be centered on the model instead. + + + + + You are importing data into a surface that already contains points. You may want to go back, create a new surface, and import the data into that instead. You can continue, and Revit will sew the meshes together, but the boundary may be larger than you want. + + + + + Can't make Toposurface from View Specific Imports. + + + + + No points were found in the file. + + + + + Failed to get a valid boundary. + + + + + Can't auto-detect boundary. The layers selected contain data that may make the Toposurface look incorrect. For better results, try selecting only those layers that contain relevant 3D info. + + + + + The layers you have selected contain both contour lines and non-contour lines (lines of non-constant elevation). You may want to go back and select fewer layers, or you can continue, but the boundary of the site may be larger than you want. + + + + + A boundary on this surface could not be autodetected. Revit will impose one, but it may be larger than you want. + + + + + Failures about SiteImport. + + + + + Thickness of this Toposolid may be slightly inaccurate due to extreme Shape Editing. Dimensions to this element in + sections and details may not accurately indicate the Thickness shown in Type Properties. + + + + + The Site Surface failed to triangulate. + + + + + The splitting boundary must divide the Surface into separate pieces. There may be a gap in the splitting Lines or the Sketch may be incomplete. + + + + + The splitting boundary must split the Surface into exactly two pieces. + + + + + The splitting boundary must split the Surface into exactly two pieces. + + + + + The splitting boundary drawn would result in a self-intersection of the surface boundary. Please edit your splitting lines to correct the problem. + + + + + Subregions must be in the same Design Option as their Toposurface. + + + + + The phases of the two surfaces you are merging do not overlap. You can continue the operation, or cancel it and select a different pair of surfaces. + + + + + The two surfaces you are trying to merge are disconnected from one another. They should overlap, or at least share edges. + + + + + Topographic elements are not visible in your current view. You can modify View Range settings in the view's Properties or Visibility settings in Visibility/Graphics. It is often easier to edit topography in a Site view or a 3D view. + + + + + Portions of the topographic surface or points on the surface may not be visible in this view due to clipping by the view. + + + + + The parameter Phase Created of the Toposurface is not set to the first Phase. No pre-existing toposurface were detected. The parameter will be reset to the first Phase unless Keep Phase Created option is picked. + + + + + Subregions must have the same Phase Created parameter and Phase Demolished parameter as the host Toposurface. Subregion phase will be set to match the Toposurface. + + + + + Property lines intersect. Area calculations will not be precise. + + + + + In order to place Points relative to the existing Surface, the Point must be placed within the area of the existing Surface. The height of the new Point will be relative to the current Surface elevation at that Point. + + + + + A Point is outside of the Surface boundary. Insert the Point on the boundary instead, and then drag it to the desired location. + + + + + The surface must have at least three distinct Points. + + + + + This Subregion now does not appear to overlap any Toposurface with an appropriate Phase and Design Option. + + + + + This Subregion now does not appear to overlap any Toposurface with an appropriate Phase and Design Option. + + + + + The Surface being Graded was created in the current Phase. Grading it will result in it being created and destroyed in the same Phase. + + + + + Enter a value or a formula starting with '='. + + + + + Contour Label doesn't intersect any contours. + + + + + Can't construct surface. + + + + + Subregions cannot intersect. + + + + + Property Lines must close. Area will not be computed. + + + + + Pads can't overlap (but can share edges). + + + + + Can't create a single Pad with several connected regions. + + + + + Failures about Site. + + + + + Sheet Number is empty + + + + + Sheet Number is already in use. Enter a unique number. + + + + + Failures about Sheet. + + + + + Can't acquire coordinates from a link that is scaled. + + + + + Can't acquire coordiantes from a link that has a scaled location. + + + + + Failures about shared coordinates. + + + + + No valid element selected. + + + + + No element selected. + + + + + Failures about Selections. + + + + + Section may not be associated to a scope box which lies behind it. + + + + + Failures about Section. + + + + + The original sculpted face is lost. + + + + + Face Sculpt Edit failed. + + + + + Failures about Sculpting. + + + + + Change values so Segments End is greater than or equal to Segments Start. + + + + + Schedules can only be placed on Sheets. + + + + + The template applied to this panel schedule is set to display fewer space than what is needed to display the max number of circuits set on the equipment. + + + + + The template applied to this panel schedule is set to display fewer slots than what is needed to display the maximum number of 1-pole breakers set on the equipment. + + + + + You have one or more loads connected to this panel that are not displayed in the panel schedule. + Add the load classification(s) to the associated template to report this information in the Loads Summary. + + + + + '[Text]' is not a Grid line name + + + + + No columns are joined to grid lines, or view parameters exclude all columns. + + + + + Duplicate fields across key schedules will be removed after paste. + + + + + An element that is needed to compute the field [field name] from [schedule name] schedule was deleted. + + + + + Some columns in the project are excluded from the graphical column schedule view. + + + + + Some columns in Graphical Column Schedule exceed the segment's upper/lower bounds. You can add levels or adjust the view parameters. + + + + + Can't resize column. + + + + + Schedules can only be placed on Sheets. + + + + + Failures about Schedule. + + + + + Can't scale link that shares coordinates with host model + + + + + Failures about Scale. + + + + + A Space was deleted from all model views but still remains in this project. \n The Space can be removed from any schedule or placed back in the model using the Space command. + + + + + [Room] Bounding elements are highlighted. + + + + + [Room] computations failed. Try to modify the following elements. + + + + + [Room] volumes overlap. Adjust the Upper Limit and Limit Offset properties of the [rooms]. + + + + + Multiple [Room] are in the same enclosed region. The correct area and perimeter will be assigned to one [Room] and the others will display "Redundant [Room]." You should separate the regions, delete the extra [Room], or move them into different regions. + + + + + Multiple [Room] are in the same enclosed region. The correct area and perimeter will be assigned to one [Room] and the others will display "Redundant [Room]." You should separate the regions, delete the extra [Room], or move them into different regions. + + + + + Multiple [Room] are in the same enclosed region. The correct area and perimeter will be assigned to one [Room] and the others will display "Redundant [Room]." You should separate the regions, delete the extra [Room], or move them into different regions. + + + + + Multiple [Room] are in the same enclosed region. The correct area and perimeter will be assigned to one [Room] and the others will display "Redundant [Room]." You should separate the regions, delete the extra [Room], or move them into different regions. + + + + + Multiple [Room] are in the same enclosed region. The correct area and perimeter will be assigned to one [Room] and the others will display "Redundant [Room]." You should separate the regions, delete the extra [Room], or move them into different regions. + + + + + [Room] computations only succeeded without considering the following elements. + + + + + [Room] [Room] created automatically. + + + + + A Room was deleted from all model views but still remains in this project. \n The room can be removed from any schedule or placed back in the model using the Room command. + + + + + [Room] is very short. If this is not intended, change its Upper Limit and Offset. + + + + + [Room] Tag is displaying volume that can't be computed. + + + + + [Room] Tag is outside of its [Room]. Enable Leader or move [Room] Tag within its [Room]. + + + + + [Room] Tag is outside of its [Room]. Enable Leader or move [Room] Tag within its [Room]. + + + + + [Room] Tag is outside of its [Room]. Enable Leader or move [Room] Tag within its [Room]. + + + + + [Room] Tag is outside of its [Room]. Enable Leader or move [Room] Tag within its [Room]. + + + + + A [Room] Tag was deleted, but the corresponding [Room] still exists. You can place another tag for the [Room] using the [Room] Tag tool or select the [Room] and delete it. + + + + + [Room] Tags can only be placed in Floor Plan, Reflected Ceiling Plan and Section Views. + + + + + [Room] is not in a properly enclosed region + + + + + [Room] is not in a properly enclosed region + + + + + [Room] is not in a properly enclosed region + + + + + [Room] is not in a properly enclosed region + + + + + [Room] is not in a properly enclosed region + + + + + A [Room]s Upper Limit must be above its Base Level. + + + + + [Room] must have a height greater than 0. + + + + + [Room] bounding element might be misaligned. + + + + + [Room] Volume is being calculated above the Upper Limit of this [Room]. Change the Upper Limit and Offset or change the height of volume calculations. + + + + + [RoomBase]'s lower offset is above the Computation Height + + + + + Option Conflict between Rooms.\nRoom in Option '[Option Name]' overlaps Room in Option '[Option Name]'.\nTo resolve, delete the duplicate Room or divide space with Room Separation Lines in the Main Model. + + + + + Option Conflict between Rooms.\nRoom in Option '[Option Name]' overlaps Room in the Main Model.\nTo resolve, select the Main Model Room and use the Add to Design Option Set command. + + + + + Option conflict between rooms in the Revit link '[Link Instance Name]'.\nA room in the Revit link's option '[Option #1 Name in Link]' overlaps a room in the Revit link's option '[Option #2 Name in Link]'.\nTo resolve the issue, open the Revit link file for editing, and delete the duplicate room or use room separation lines to divide the space in the main model. + + + + + Option conflict between rooms in the Revit link '[Link Instance Name]'.\nThe room in the Revit link's option '[Option Name in Link]' overlaps a room in the main model.\nTo resolve the issue, open the Revit link file for editing, select the main model room, and use the Add to Design Option Set tool. + + + + + Option conflict between rooms in the Revit link '[Link Instance Name]'.\nThe room boundary differs from the apparent boundary in the linked view '[View Name from Link]'.\nTo resolve the issue, open the Revit link file for editing, and use room separation lines to divide the space in the main model. + + + + + Option conflict between rooms in the Revit link '[Link Instance Name]'.\nThe room boundary in the main model of the Revit link differs from the apparent boundary in the linked view '[View Name from Link]'.\nTo resolve the issue, open the Revit link file for editing, and use room separation lines to divide the space in the main model. + + + + + Option conflict between rooms in the Revit link '[Link Instance Name]'.\nThe room boundary in the main model of the Revit link differs from the apparent boundary in the linked view '[View Name from Link]'.\nTo resolve the issue, open the Revit link file for editing, select the main model room, and use the Add to Design Option Set tool. + + + + + Option Conflict between Rooms.\nRoom boundary differs from the apparent boundary in view '[View Name]'.\nTo resolve, divide space with Room Separation Lines in the Main Model. + + + + + Option Conflict between Rooms.\nRoom boundary in the Main Model differs from the apparent boundary in view '[View Name]'.\nTo resolve, divide space with Room Separation Lines in the Main Model. + + + + + Option Conflict between Rooms.\nRoom boundary in the Main Model differs from the apparent boundary in view '[View Name]'.\nTo resolve, select the Main Model Room and use the Add to Design Option Set command. + + + + + The boundary encloses the region for area based load:[Areabasedload]. + + + + + [Room] Bounding element is invisible in current view. + + + + + The value for Reflectivity must be between 0 and 1. + + + + + Vertical Extensions on these Walls overlap. This can cause undesirable Joins. Try starting with no overlap and extend the Walls toward one another. + + + + + Could not create geometry for [Room]. + + + + + An Area was deleted from all model views but still remains in this project. \n The area can be removed from any schedule or placed back in the model using the Area command. + + + + + Can't Copy Area Tags. The target view doesn't have the same Area Scheme as the original view. + + + + + Failures about Room. + + + + + Can't use Workplane that is not a Level. Set the desired Level as current Workplane. + + + + + Cancelled. + + + + + Cutoff Level cannot be below bottom of roof. + + + + + The tails of all slope arrows must lie on the roof boundary. + + + + + Roof cannot be joined to more than one reference plane. + + + + + Roof cannot be joined to more than one reference plane. + + + + + Thickness of this Roof may be slightly inaccurate due to extreme Shape Editing. Dimensions to this element in + sections and details may not accurately indicate the Thickness shown in Type Properties. + + + + + The roofs cannot be joined because the roof being joined meets the target roof tangentially. + + + + + The roofs cannot be joined because the roof being joined meets the target roof tangentially. + + + + + Roof exceeds user-specified maximum height + + + + + The roof's cutoff failed and was removed; make sure the cutoff height is not below the roof. + + + + + The selected faces contain both upward and downward pointing faces. Only the upward pointing faces were used. + + + + + Only one slope in curtain roof. + + + + + A Sloped Glazing with no slope is not allowed. + + + + + Part of the roof to be joined misses the target face. + + + + + Part of the roof to be joined misses the target face. + + + + + A segmented slope-defining arc has too few segments. + + + + + Hole(s) could not be cut in roof. + + + + + Adjacent slope-defining lines must have identical eave heights. Eaves were aligned to higher location automatically + to avoid failure. Use the Align Eaves tool to specify desired location. + + + + + Entire extruded Roof is cut by cut Sketch. + + + + + Some loops were skipped + + + + + Some loops were skipped + + + + + Some loops were skipped + + + + + Failures about Roof. + + + + + The Profile must lie in a plane. + + + + + The profile must not cross the axis of revolution. + + + + + Can't create surface of revolution. + + + + + Failures about Revolution. + + + + + More than one Revisons have the same name %1!s!. + + + + + Failures about Revision Settings. + + + + + Can't add cloud to an Issued Revision. + + + + + Can't remove cloud from an Issued Revision. + + + + + Issued Revision Clouds can't be modified. + + + + + The most current project revision has been issued. No new revision clouds can be created in it. Please add a new revision to the global revision table. + + + + + During upgrade, an issued revision cloud was moved. Please double check the revision cloud to ensure it is located in the correct place. + + + + + Failures about RevisionCloud. + + + + + Rendering library has not been installed, so the third party geometry cannot be created. + + + + + The light source cannot be deleted with UI. + + + + + Light source is inside solid geometry. No light will be emitted during rendering. + + + + + The value should be in range of [Value] and [Value]. + + + + + Failures related to rendering. + + + + + Operation is cancelled by the user. + + + + + Operation is cancelled by the user. + + + + + Elements regenerated in pass [Regen Index] + + + + + Regeneration Failure. + + + + + Regenerating elements. + + + + + Can't rebuild geometry. + + + + + Can't rebuild geometry. + + + + + Regen Sketch + + + + + There is a circular chain of references among the highlighted elements. + + + + + There is a circular chain of references among the highlighted elements. + + + + + There is a circular chain of references among the highlighted elements. + + + + + There is a circular chain of references among the highlighted elements. + + + + + There is a circular chain of references among the highlighted elements. + + + + + Constraints in sketches of highlighted elements cause a circular chain of references. + + + + + There was a circular chain of references among the highlighted elements that was attempted to resolve. User-visible text will + depend on original error returned by offending element. + + + + + There is a circular chain of references among the highlighted elements. + + + + + Highlighted constraints cause a circular chain of references. + + + + + Highlighted constraints cause a circular chain of references. + + + + + There is a circular dependency between a Line created with Pick Support and the supporting member. + + + + + There is a circular dependency between a Line created with Pick Support and the supporting member. + + + + + There is a circular chain of references among the highlighted elements. + + + + + Can't regenerate Family [Family Name]. Edit Family to modify it. + + + + + Failures about RegenFailures. + + + + + No more than two closure planes are allowed. + + + + + Failures about RefPlane. + + + + + Rebar Cover Interior and Exterior are too large for host. + + + + + Rebar Cover Interior and Exterior are too large for host. + + + + + Rebar Cover Top and Bottom are too large for host. + + + + + Rebar Cover Top and Bottom are too large for host. + + + + + Rebar Cover Side/Edge is too large for sketch. Bar placement may be inaccurate. + + + + + Path Reinforcement can be placed only in Structural Floors and straight Structural Walls. + + + + + Each reinforcement direction requires at least 2 bars. Please increase the number of bars. + + + + + The Area Reinforcement element was created in a document with the Host Structural Rebar setting on, and cannot be transferred into this document, which has the setting off. + + + + + Reinforcement hosted on highlighted Parts will be deleted. + + + + + Edits to the model will cause some Reinforcement hosted on Parts to be deleted. + + + + + At least one of the bars in the Path Reinforcement has a Bar Type or Shape that is incompatible with the Hook type. Check the Hook permissions for the Bar Type (see Hook Lengths) and the Hook and Rebar Shape styles. + + + + + At least one of the bars in the Area Reinforcement has a Bar Type or Shape that is incompatible with the Hook type. Check the Hook permissions for the Bar Type (see Hook Lengths) and the Hook and Rebar Shape styles. + + + + + Can't find a host for Path Reinforcement. + + + + + Can't find a host for Path Reinforcement. + + + + + Can't find a host for Path Reinforcement. + + + + + Can't find a host for Path Reinforcement. + + + + + Can't find a host for Area Reinforcement. + + + + + Can't find a host for Area Reinforcement. + + + + + Can't find a host for Area Reinforcement. + + + + + Can't find a host for Area Reinforcement. + + + + + Bar spacing is greater than the size of the reinforced region. Decrease the Maximum Spacing parameter. + + + + + Bars are too close together. Increase the Maximum Spacing parameter. + + + + + Bars are too close together. Decrease the Number Of Lines parameter. + + + + + Area Reinforcements are colliding. Aligning the Major Directions, or changing the Additional Offsets, can prevent collision. + + + + + Area Reinforcement can be placed only in Structural Floors and straight Structural Walls. + + + + + Can't regenerate Area Reinforcement. + + + + + Area Reinforcement is sketched completely outside of its host. + + + + + Failures related to rebar systems. + + + + + Multi-planar depth dimension label is already used for one of the planar shape parameters. + + + + + The displayed Rebar Shape is created using a 'Rebar Bar for Preview'. This bar defines the bend radius displayed in the family. Using this preview bar the drawn shape cannot be completed. + + + + + The current shape is only bent in a single plane. A multi-planar definition is not required. Please redefine the shape on the top plane only. + + + + + Parameter assigned to the dimension has no value defined. + + + + + Multiple arcs are supported only if they are concentric and form a circle with an overlap. + + + + + Multi-planar depth of Rebar Shape can't be too small. + + + + + Cannot add hooks and end treatments at the same end. + + + + + Dimension can't be driven by a formula parameter. + + + + + Dimension has no parameter assigned to it. + + + + + A shape dimension is labelled with a parameter that uses the Common Length unit. + + + + + This dimension cannot be used to parameterize the Rebar Shape. + + + + + Shape is underconstrained. Please add additional dimension constraints to the shape's diagonal edges. (Diagonal segments with only one dimension constraint are automatically given a second constraint to lie at an angle of exactly 45 degrees, regardless of how they are drawn. The current shape has more than one such segment in sequence, and the resulting constrained edges are co-linear.) + + + + + Multi-planar shape's depth dimension has been deleted. Please assign a new one to multi-planar depth. + + + + + Default parameters have incorrect values. One reason for failure might be an edge length that is too short (it's smaller than bent radius). + + + + + Segments defining the Rebar Shape must be in a continuous loop. + + + + + Collinear segments are not allowed in a Rebar Shape definition. + + + + + Segment is underconstrained. It requires additional parameterized dimensions. + + + + + Segment is overconstrained. It has at least one parameterized dimension that conflicts with another dimension. + + + + + An unbounded circle can only be used to construct a spiral shape. + + + + + A circle can't be converted to multiplanar shape. + + + + + Failures about RebarShape. + + + + + The rebar handle does not have any constraint targets. + + + + + Rebar Bend Diameter is too large. Try a smaller Bar Type. + + + + + Rebar Set must contain at least two bar locations. + + + + + Rebar Set must contain at most 1002 bar locations. + + + + + Rebar Standard Hook Bend Diameter is too small. + + + + + Rebar Standard Hook Bend Diameter is too large. + + + + + The selected free form rebar is not planar. Sketching it will discard the current geometry. + + + + + Sketching of a free form set produces only a single bar. + + + + + The sketch dimensions, that were used to create the sketch, have been removed from the completed bend profile definition. + + + + + The sketch dimensions, that were used to create the sketch, have been removed from the completed rebar shape definition. + + + + + The minimum length of rebar shape is 25 mm. + + + + + The minimum length of rebar shape is 1 inch. + + + + + Bar Spacing is too small. + + + + + '[ErrorMessage]' + + + + + '[ErrorMessage]' + + + + + Can't solve Rebar Shape. + + + + + The Rebar Shape '[Family Name]' has no matching hooks. + + + + + The constraints for the rebar with free form geometry are not set or modifications have caused the automatic constraints to be deleted. + You can use Edit Constraints to assign new bar constraints. + + + + + There are identical overlapping bars in the rebar set. This will result in double counting in schedules. + + + + + Invalid RebarBarType was removed on upgrade. + + + + + There is Structural Rebar present in the project that no longer meet the criteria defined in Allowable Rebar Bar + types parameter. Please review all existing Structural Rebar created with this Shape. + + + + + The Rebar's hooks do not match its Rebar Shape. + + + + + Cannot set hook at an end that has end treatment. + + + + + Cannot set end treatment at an end that has hook. + + + + + Dimensional constraint on Rebar element was lost on upgrade. + + + + + Rebar Container is placed completely outside of its host. + + + + + Structural rebar have automatic constraints that may conflict with dimensional constraints. Using dimensional + constraints with structural rebar is not recommended and should be avoided.\nGrouped structural rebar is the + only exception to this recommendation, since the automatic constraints are removed on grouped rebar. + + + + + Rebar Bend Radius is too big. Ignoring bend. + + + + + Rebar Bend Radius is too big. Ignoring bend. + + + + + Rebar Set can't have coincident Bars. + + + + + Can't solve Rebar Shape in Path Reinforcement. + + + + + Rebar is placed completely outside of its host. + + + + + The Out of Plane Bend Diameter for Rebar Shape XX is too small for Rebar Bar Type YY. + + + + + There are no visible constraint targets in the current view. Please switch to another view. + + + + + Editing of the constraints for the selected rebar with free form geometry is not available. However, the default automatic constraints may still work. + + + + + Rebar elements do not support surface patterns. The surface pattern associated with this material will not be displayed on the indicated Rebar Type. + + + + + At least one Rebar should be selected. + + + + + The current handle has no constraint. Please select a valid target to apply a new constraint. + + + + + The allowable range of values for the Rebar Hook Extension Multiplier is from 0.01 to 99.0. + + + + + The Rebar Shape XX cannot be inverted. + + + + + Rebar can't be placed in a family of category [Name]. + + + + + Rebar can't be placed in a non-structural element. + + + + + Rebar can't be placed in a structural family unless its [Material Type] is [Concrete]. + + + + + Rebar can't be placed in this Generic Model element because rebar hosting is disabled in the family [Name]. + + + + + Rebar can be placed only in Concrete Structural elements. + + + + + Rebar Shape [Family Name] is not fully defined and cannot be loaded into the project. + + + + + A reinforced host has undergone a major change. The reinforcement must be removed. + + + + + All Bars in Rebar Set have been hidden. + + + + + The selected constraint targets do not satisfy a valid constraint. The rebar preview corresponds to latest valid rebar constraints. + + + + + Rebar Cover length is too large for host thickness. + + + + + All Bars in a Free Form Rebar Set have been hidden. + + + + + The modification of the unit will cause the change of the Reinforcement rounding format. Do you want to continue? + + + + + The bar cannot be bent in that shape. Check the bending diameter and the bar type. + + + + + There are rebar handles with invalid selected targets to constrain. The bar preview corresponds to latest valid constraints. + + + + + Cannot solve rebar shape using the current constraints. + + + + + Can't find a host for Rebar. + + + + + Can't find a host for Rebar. + + + + + Modifications to the rebar set might cause it to revert to a uniform distribution. This can occur for layout changes as well as modifications to the geometry. + + + + + Cannot create the rebar set using the current references because at least one bar is below the minimum allowed length. Edit the covers and extents of the set and try the desired layout options again. + + + + + Rebar Bend Diameter is too small. + + + + + Rebar Bend Diameter is too large. + + + + + You have selected a Bar Type which does not allow the Hooks used by the current shape. Please select a different Shape / Bar Type combination, or change the Hook permissions for the desired Bar Type (see Hook Lengths under Rebar Bar properties). + + + + + Rebar Bar Diameter is too large. + + + + + Failures about Rebar. + + + + + This is used to post warning. The "External Diameter" parameter must be set to a strictly positive value. + + + + + This is used to post error.The "External Diameter" parameter must be set to a strictly positive value. + + + + + This is used to post warning. "Bar Engagement 2" has an incorrect value. + + + + + This is used to post error. "Bar Engagement 2" has an incorrect value. + + + + + The parameters of the default type have no values. + + + + + This is used to post warning. At least Bar Size 1 or Bar Size 2 should have a value other than "None". + + + + + This is used to post error. At least Bar Size 1 or Bar Size 2 should have another value than "None". + + + + + A new coupler type was automatically created to fit the bar diameters. + + + + + This is used to post warning. "Bar Engagement 1" has an incorrect value. + + + + + This is used to post error. "Bar Engagement 1" has an incorrect value. + + + + + This is used to post warning. The "Total Length" parameter must be set to a strictly positive value. + + + + + This is used to post error. The "Total Length" parameter must be set to a strictly positive value. + + + + + This is used to post warning. The sum of bar engagements is greater than the total coupler length. + + + + + This is used to post error. The sum of bar engagements is greater than the total coupler length. + + + + + This is used to post warning. The distance between the connected ends of the bars exceeds 10 bar diameters. + + + + + This is used to post error. The distance between the connected ends of the bars exceeds 10 bar diameters. + + + + + Disconnect the coupler from the connected bar. + + + + + This coupler type does not fit on the selected bar(s). Post error to delete the coupler. + + + + + The coupler is invalid in group. + + + + + The constraints between the coupler and the two connected bars are no longer satisfied. Post error to delete the coupler. + + + + + Failures concerning couplers + + + + + The value of the given parameter is already in use as a property set name. + + + + + The given parameter requires a string value. + + + + + A property set name cannot be an empty string. + + + + + Failures related to property set elements. + + + + + Can't move the Profile Plane because the Profile Sketch is not empty. This operation is not supported at this time. + + + + + Failures about Profile. + + + + + Regeneration Failure. + + + + + Hosted Parameter must be between 0 and 1 + + + + + Invalid host curve measurement type or value or justification + + + + + A point element in a family was hosted on an edge outside its family and the edge no longer exists. The point will remain placed but with no host. + + + + + Can't rotate Element. + + + + + Can't mirror Element. + + + + + Can't flip Element. + + + + + Cannot make point hosted by intersection. + + + + + Failures about Point Element. + + + + + Cannot have nested Plan Regions. + + + + + Plan region is invalid. The sketch of a plan region may not contain intersecting, overlapping or nested loops. + + + + + Plan region is invalid. The sketch of a plan region may not contain intersecting, overlapping or nested loops. + + + + + The boundaries of the highlighted Plan Regions overlap. + + + + + Deleted level was used to define plan region's view range.\r\nReplace deleted level by level of parent view and adjust offset? + + + + + Failures about PlanRegion. + + + + + "%1s is not found. Please review the routing preference of %2s." + + + + + "%1s is not found. Please review the routing preference of %2s." + + + + + "In order to find a matching part, the fitting has to be connected to a pipe." + + + + + "In order to find a matching part, the fitting has to be connected to a pipe." + + + + + Maximum pipe size diameter reached during sizing + + + + + Pipe Size Table "[File Name]" is missing or invalid. + + + + + The Fabrication Fitting was invalid + + + + + The duct/pipe size is invalid for the service definition + + + + + The duct/pipe has been modified to be in the opposite direction causing the connections to be invalid. + + + + + Circular loop detected during pipe sizing. The loop may be avoided by modifying segment settings in the pipe routing preference. + + + + + Cannot create geometry for flex pipe. The flex pipe is intersecting itself or the start and end are too close together. + + + + + Failures about Pipes. + + + + + Walls overlap. Consider embedding walls, editing their extents or profile to avoid overlapping. + + + + + A large view has view detail level set to medium or coarse. Generation of extraneous details harms performance. + + + + + Project contains unused families and/or types. Consider purging them out. + + + + + Room Separation of <element> is not joined, might cause performance issue with room boundaries computations. + + + + + Sketch of <element> contains too many objects - it may take long time to solve. + + + + + There are too many area boundary lines in area scheme <element> might result in increased model sizes on disk and in memory. Please investigate if area scheme is used in a proper way. + + + + + Sketch of <element> has large area - it may slow down selection, drawing and geometric computations. + + + + + Sketch of <element> contains multiple independent loops - splitting it in few independent elements might improve performance. + + + + + Family contains other families loaded into it but not used. Consider purging family document from unused families and types. + + + + + Family definition contains too many elements. Consider simplification of the family. + + + + + Family occupies XXX kilobytes of memory. Consider simplification of the family. + + + + + Interior categories are enabled in a large view. Even though these objects may be obscured and invisible, + they still have negative impact on performance. + + + + + Host object contains too many cutting inserts - it may take long time to update. Consider splitting host object into smaller pieces or using stacked walls. + + + + + Family definition contains view-specific imports. Such imports are inaccessible in the project - consider removal. + + + + + There are duplicate instances of the same family in the same place. Delete duplicate instances to improve performance. + + + + + In-place family contains multiple disjoined solids. Consider splitting in several in-place families. + + + + + View has clipping disabled. It causes view to draw too many elements. + + + + + Failures which give hints pointing to situations where performance could be improved. + + + + + [Number] Path of Travel lines successfully updated. + [Number] Path of Travel lines failed to update. + + + + + Path of Travel failed to update. + + + + + [Number] Path of Travel lines failed to update. + [Reason for failure] + + + + + A crop region is enabled in the view. The Path of Travel may not be the optimized route because it is calculating only inside the crop region. + Consider uncropping the view and placing another Path of Travel to ensure you see the optimized route. + + + + + Path of Travel cannot be pasted into this view. + + + + + Failures about PathOfTravel. + + + + + Picked Path could not be regenerated. + + + + + Failures about Path. + + + + + Failed to create basic layer geometry due to an excessively short edge created by wall join. + + + + + Failed to create basic layer geometry. Probably a failure either to create the cutter or to intersect the cutter with the wall geometry. + + + + + Failed to extend or trim some layer at an end join + + + + + Failures related to parts related to walls. + + + + + Attempt to merge this Part results in failure of boolean operation. Cannot compute combined geometry. + + + + + This PartMaker refers to parts which cannot be merged. + + + + + This part is not geometrically coincident with another part of the same material. No merge possible. + + + + + Attempt to merge fewer than two parts. There must be at least two. No part will be produced. + + + + + A merged part geometry has dis-connected components. + + + + + Failures related to part merge operations. + + + + + The shared parameter '...' with name '...' cannot be added because its data type is not recognized. + + + + + The shared parameter '...' cannot be added with name '...' and type '...' because it conflicts with the existing name '...' and type '...'. + + + + + Failures related to parameters and parameter operations. + + + + + Highlighted walls overlap. One of them may be ignored when Revit finds room boundaries. Use Cut Geometry to embed one wall within the other. + + + + + A wall and a space separation line overlap. One of them may be ignored when Revit finds space boundaries. + Shorten or delete the space separation line to remove the overlap. + + + + + A wall and a room separation line overlap. One of them may be ignored when Revit finds room boundaries. + Shorten or delete the room separation line to remove the overlap. + + + + + Wall and area boundary line overlap. Color fills, area tags and areas may not behave correctly. + + + + + Highlighted toposolid and sub-division overlap. + + + + + Highlighted toposolid overlap. + + + + + Highlighted toposolid and floor overlap. + + + + + Highlighted sub-division overlap. + + + + + Highlighted space separation lines overlap. One of them may be ignored when Revit finds space boundaries. Delete one of the lines. + + + + + Highlighted room separation lines overlap. One of them may be ignored when Revit finds room boundaries. Delete one of the lines. + + + + + There are overlapping structural framing elements of the same type in the project found by Dynamic Update. + + + + + Highlighted levels overlap. + + + + + Highlighted floors overlap. + + + + + Highlighted area based load boundary lines overlap. One of them may be ignored when Revit finds load area boundaries. Delete one of the lines. + + + + + There are identical rebar in the same place. This will result in double counting in schedules. + + + + + There are identical points in the same place. Lines created from points may not work as expected. + + + + + There are identical instances in the same place. This will result in double counting in schedules. + + + + + There are identical Fabric sheets in the same place. This will result in double counting in schedules. + + + + + Curves in the sketch of the Division overlap. + + + + + Highlighted lines overlap. Lines may not form closed loops. + + + + + Highlighted area boundary lines overlap. Color fills, area tags, and areas may not behave correctly. + + + + + Failures detected by overlap check. + + + + + Property lines do not form a closed loop. Area will not be computed. + + + + + Opening completely removes its host. + + + + + Rectangular opening doesn't cut its host. + + + + + Opening partially cuts its host. + + + + + The top of the Opening is lower than the bottom of the Opening or coincident with it. + + + + + Opening does not cut its host. + + + + + Opening does not cut its host. + + + + + Opening completely removes its host + + + + + Open stringer can't be created for selected nosing profile. Set nosing profile to default to get open stringers created. + + + + + The Cloud WorkSharing Model is already checked out by the current user. + + + + + The family [Family Name] was containing one or more invalid cuts, which have been removed (most likely it was cutting + a curtain wall). Please examine the family and make changes as needed.\r\nHint 1: If you are trying to cut a Curtain + Wall, you may be able to achieve the desired result by editing the Elevation Profile or the curtain panel.\r\n + Hint 2: If you can't see the family, you can still select it from the Project Browser.\r\nHint 3: This warning will + disappear after you edit and then finish the family. + + + + + Host can't be cut because it has no geometry. + + + + + Host can't be cut because it has no geometry. + + + + + Failures about Opening. + + + + + Failures related to offset faces operations. + + + + + Replace this with the first real one + + + + + Failures related to object numbering operations. + + + + + Changing the reference category will cause instances of this annotation type to be deleted, because they no longer match their references. + + + + + Elements have changed category. Multi-rebar annotations for these elements are now of the wrong category and will be deleted. + + + + + Failures about MultiReferenceAnnotations. + + + + + Can't mirror element into this position. + + + + + Failures about Mirror. + + + + + Two points have to be selected before existing the edit mode. + + + + + More than one circuit falls onto the same slot. Disconnect the circuits from the panel? + + + + + The panel no longer matches the properties for the Circuit. Disconnect the panel from the Circuit? + + + + + Lining Thickness ([Lining Thickness Value]) is too large for current Width ([Width Value]). + + + + + Lining Thickness ([Lining Thickness Value]) is too large for current Height ([Height Value]). + + + + + Lining Thickness ([Lining Thickness Value]) is too large for current Diameter ([Diameter Value]). + + + + + Initial Equal Friction Sizing failed. + + + + + Failures about HVAC. + + + + + Matchline top extent should be higher than its bottom. + + + + + Failures about Matchline. + + + + + Your document contained a Massing element which has been upgraded to a Mass instance. Please review the documentation on the new enhanced Mass capabilities to understand the implications of this change. + + + + + The geometry in this Mass instance is too complex to take advantage of the capabilities a Mass provides. Please break it down into multiple Mass and family instances that are less complex. + + + + + Failed to resolve all overlaps between faces of the same Mass Energy Analytical Model. + + + + + Failed to split face by ground plane. + + + + + Failed to split face by ground plane. + + + + + This action cannot be completed. An element created by massing has a sketch line that cannot be modeled. + + + + + Found volumetric overlap between solids. They will be merged into one + + + + + Mass contains only mesh geometry, which can't be used to compute Mass Floors, volume, or surface area. + + + + + Mass contains both solid and mesh geometry. Mass Floors, volume, and surface area, may appear incorrect. + + + + + For mass zone, if the bottom level ref does not intersect, then this zone is going to be "not occupiable" and a warning is posted for it. + + + + + Mass contains no solid geometry. Mass Floors, volume, and surface area, won't be computed. + + + + + Massing cannot be created with a curtain roof. Please change the default roof type and try again. + + + + + Can't complete operation. Massing can only exist in one Workset. Change Workset of Massing to match in Local and Central Models. + + + + + The minimum skylight width is 203.2 millimeters. + + + + + The minimum skylight width is 8 inches. + + + + + The floor cannot be created because no suitable level in the target document can be found. + + + + + The floor cannot be created. + + + + + Mass Floors may appear incorrect since the Mass contains mesh and solid geometry. + + + + + Failed to create a Mass Floor. + + + + + A face of a joined (i.e. one cuts another) mass could not be split into interior and exterior faces. Remove the cut to resolve. + + + + + Failure in face region creation. + + + + + Failed to divide perimeter zone. + + + + + Failed to create core geometries. + + + + + Can't move whole Massing. Move the elements within the Massing instead. + + + + + The Mass contains geometry that cannot be combined. Mass Floors, volume, and surface area, won't be computed. + + + + + In order to restore an element's 'Constrain to Massing' property to 'Dependent', it must be in the main model with the massing. + + + + + Failed to merge overlapping solids + + + + + Failure in Auto-Glazing region computation. + + + + + Failure in Auto-Glazing region computation. + + + + + Failures about Mass. + + + + + Macro project with name [MacroModuleName] duplicates with central file. Delete the macro project or re-create it with another name to proceed. + + + + + Failures about module with duplicate name found during reload latest. + + + + + The [Symbol] does not match the size of the host. + + + + + The [Symbol]'s profile does not match the host. Instances of [Symbol] will be deleted. + + + + + The instance of [Symbol] lost its host and will be deleted. + + + + + The instance of [Symbol] cannot be re-sized to match the host. + + + + + Failures about MEP suppor. + + + + + Failed to reposition part. + + + + + Sizes:%1!s! in system %2!s! are not available in fabrication service:%3!s!, All available sizes are:\n%4!s!. + + + + + Failed to insert part. + + + + + Failed to reposition part. + + + + + Failed to change extension of part. + + + + + Not all parts were converted. Eccentric transitions and taps that have offsets from the center line are unsupported and cannot be converted. + + + + + There is no structural component to attach the hanger rod to. + + + + + Invalid selection there cannot be any open connectors for the design to fabrication part tool. + + + + + Invalid connections have been disconnected. Please reconnect them manually or use different fittings. + + + + + The hanger width is too large to show. + + + + + The defined hanger profile does not match with the host. + + + + + Failed to reposition part. + + + + + Failed to change length of fixed part. + + + + + Fabrication straight exceeds the standard length. Use the Optimize Length command to adjust the length. + + + + + Attempting to connect fabrication parts from different services. + + + + + The hanger rod was disconnected because there is no structural component above. + + + + + The hanger rod was disconnected because there is no structural component above. + + + + + The structural component that the hanger is attached to has changed to a different element. + + + + + The rod need to be detached from hanger. + + + + + No available couplings to connect standard lengths for this instance of straight. + + + + + The part must be attached to straight. + + + + + There are no fabrication part types found for the current Configuration and Service. Please select settings and reload the service to create the fabrication part types. + + + + + The part specification is invalid. + + + + + Fabrication Part connection invalid and could not be automatically coupled. + + + + + The fabrication part either has no material or has badly configured dimensions, resulting in bad geometry. + + + + + Fabrication Part Fitting Failed to Fit + + + + + Fabrication Part Fitting Failed to Fit + + + + + There were fabrication parts needed to the make the connection that were excluded from the fabrication service causing the connection to fail. You may try to inlcude these fitting(s) and try again. + + + + + The angle flex is greater than the maximum angle flex tolerance defined by the fabrication part. Connections with this part may not be properly aligned and may appear to be skewed. + + + + + The selected fitting(s) cannot maintain connections to existing fabrication parts due to size, direction or angle differences. You must manually reconnect the open connections. + + + + + The selected fitting(s) cannot successfully change the type. + + + + + The selected fitting(s) cannot successfully change the type. The newly selected fabrication part type has a problem with the angle dimension of the current fitting(s), resulting in bad geometry. + + + + + The selected fitting(s) cannot successfully change the type. The newly selected fabrication part type has a problem with the angle dimension of the current fitting(s), resulting in bad geometry. You may try to disconnect the connections on the fitting(s) and try again. + + + + + The selected fitting(s) cannot successfully change the type. The newly selected fabrication part type either has no material or has badly configured dimensions, resulting in bad geometry. + + + + + The selected fitting(s) cannot successfully change the type. The newly selected fabrication part type either has no material or has badly configured dimensions, resulting in bad geometry. You may try to disconnect the connections on the fitting(s) and try again. + + + + + The selected fitting(s) cannot successfully change the type. You must disconnect the connections on the fitting(s) and try again. + + + + + The selected fitting(s) cannot successfully change the type. The newly selected fabrication part may have badly configured dimensions, resulting in bad geometry. + + + + + The selected fitting(s) cannot successfully change the type. The newly selected fabrication part may have badly configured dimensions or be constrained due to connected fitting(s). You may try to disconnect the connections on the fitting(s) and try again. + + + + + The connected fitting(s) cannot successfully change to the new slope value. You may try to disconnect the connections on the fitting(s) and try again. + + + + + The selected fitting(s) cannot successfully change service or change size. You must disconnect the connections on the fitting(s) and try again. + + + + + Fabrication part is too large to fit on the sheet metal. Replace the part with multiple smaller parts, or notify the CAM operator. + + + + + The fabrication part size is not within the correct size range for the service button condition. + + + + + The hanger size does not match the size of the host, so it can not be connected. + + + + + The hanger is out of its host and will be disconnected. + + + + + Fabrication Hanger didn't connect to the %s host. + + + + + The hanger will disconnect because we can't find the suitable host. + + + + + A hanger cannot be sloped or placed on a sloped element. + + + + + It looks that the Fabrication Configuration %1!s! was corrupted, please check it at %2!s!. + + + + + Fabrication Database reload could not swap out for newer parts. + + + + + Fabrication job imported had bad connectivity + + + + + Fabrication Database changes altered connectivity + + + + + The hanger cannot be re-sized to match the re-sized host. + + + + + Cannot convert flex pipe to fabrication part. + + + + + An additional part was not loaded. + + + + + Failures about MEP fabrication. + + + + + Hydraulic separation requires an even number of junctions on the header pipe for accurate calculations. Add or remove junctions to complete the separation. + + + + + This hydraulic loop is not separated at any junction. Use the Remove Separation tool to clean up undesired hydraulic separations. + + + + + The calculated pressure drop of this pump is not computed because the critical path is not a closed loop. Check to see if there are other pumps intended for use within a secondary/tertiary loop. Use the Add Separation tool to define the secondary/tertiary loop. + + + + + A calculation did not complete because the pressure loss value for the source equipment is not set for the network. + + + + + Plumbing Flow Calculator Not Available: [Calculator Name] + + + + + Pipe Pressure Drop Calculator Not Available: [Calculator Name] + + + + + Pipe Fitting/Accessory Pressure Drop Calculator Not Available: [Calculator Name] + + + + + A calculation did not complete because the connectors used by this family to connect to the network are not linked. + + + + + The calculation could not be executed as configured. The Pressure and Flow Rate combined constraint requires at least 2 other pressure or flow constraints. Specify additional constraints. + + + + + The network is not well connected. Some elements may have unexpected flow and pressure loss values. + + + + + The calculation could not be executed as configured. Specify at least 4 elements before analyzing this network. + + + + + The calculation could not be executed as configured. Specify at least 3 elements before analyzing this network. + + + + + The calculation could not be executed as configured. Specify a constraint property set for the following input or output node(s). + + + + + The calculation could not be executed as configured. Each network requires at least 1 pressure constraint. Specify the pressure constraint. + + + + + The calculation could not be executed as configured. Select an output node before analyzing this network. + + + + + The calculation could not be executed as configured. Select an input node before analyzing this network. + + + + + The calculation could not be executed as configured. At least one of the elements in this network uses a node that is not part of the network. + + + + + The network is under constrained. You may specify the design flow value in the missing branches, or cap the open ends. + + + + + The calculation could not be performed. Verify the pressure on the input element. + + + + + The minor loss calculation could not be performed. + + + + + The specified flow on this equipment is inconsistent with the other equipment in this branch. The branch flow is calculated based on the maximum specified value. + + + + + Flow calculations do not calculate this pump together with the other pumps as one equipment set. Verify the flow distribution and add the pump to the equipment set, if desired. + + + + + The calculation could not be performed due to overconstrained flow condition in the network. + + + + + The size of the network exceeds the current limit for flow/pressure analysis. In the Mechanical Settings dialog, under Pipe Settings - Calculation, disable the option to Use analysis for closed loop hydronic networks. + + + + + The calculation could not be performed. Verify the pump curve data. + + + + + The network needs an input or output element to perform the calculation. + + + + + The pressure calculation could not be performed. + + + + + The energy calculation could not be performed. + + + + + The network uses the default Reynolds number. + + + + + The network uses the default pressure. + + + + + The calculation has completed, but there may be an error in determining the critical path. Verify that demand flow is specified for all required elements. + + + + + The mechanical equipment set was deleted because it no longer contained any members. + + + + + The loop separation is not completed yet. Only one side of the secondary/tertiary loop is separated. In order to correctly calculate the flow and pressure loss, please check and separate the other end of the loop. + + + + + The number of on duty equipment must be less than or equal to the number of available equipments. + + + + + Some network components may have a flow value of 0 (zero), due to invalid value settings for fluid Dynamic Viscosity or Density. \nVerify that you have selected the correct fluid type and that the fluid Dynamic Viscosity and Density values are set correctly in the Mechanical Settings dialog. + + + + + Unable to hydraulically separate the loop when both supply and return are assigned to the same system. Try again with both start and end selected. + + + + + Unable to hydraulically separate until the system has flow. + + + + + During upgrade pressure drop calculations for hydronic piping systems using Simplified Colebrook or Custom Calculation methods have been recalculated using the Colebrook equation. + + + + + More than one parallel pump set defined for the same loop. Verify the flow distribution and delete the extra set, if desired. + + + + + Duct Pressure Drop Calculator Not Available: [Calculator Name] + + + + + Duct Fitting/Accessory Pressure Drop Calculator Not Available: [Calculator Name] + + + + + A calculation did not complete because the Demand Flow for the element is not set. + + + + + A calculation did not complete because the pressure loss value for element is not set. Select the element and enter a value for the Pressure Loss. + + + + + A calculation did not complete because the Classification parameter in the Mechanical Equipment family is not set. + + + + + There should be at least one equipment on duty. + + + + + Failures about Fluid. + + + + + Switching element type to Curtain Family. All Wall Sweeps or Reveals hosted by this instance will be deleted. + + + + + Switching element type to Curtain element. All inserts in the element will be deleted. + + + + + Switching element type to Curtain Family. All Split Face Regions in the element will be deleted. + + + + + Switching wall type to Family Curtain Wall. All Dimension References to the side faces of the Wall will be deleted. + + + + + Switching element type to a non-Curtain element Family type. All data about Mullions, Grid Lines, and design units for the Curtain element will be lost. + + + + + Failures about LooseDimension. + + + + + Point load is not overlapping with its entire distribution its host. + + + + + Point Load can't have all force components and moment components to be zero. + + + + + Area Load Sketch can't contain open loops. + + + + + Line load is not overlapping with its entire distribution its host. + + + + + Line Load can't have all force components and moment components to be zero. + + + + + Area Load has invalid Sketch. + + + + + Can't rotate Load because rotation axis is not perpendicular to sketch plane. + + + + + Can't move Load based on the Host Element. + + + + + Can't mirror Load because mirror plane is not perpendicular to sketch plane. + + + + + Can't mirror Load based on the Host Element. + + + + + Can't copy Load based on the Host Element. + + + + + Area load is not overlapping with its entire distribution its host. + + + + + Failures about Load. + + + + + Monitored Link moved. + + + + + Linked Model's Shared Coordinates have been modified via another host model in this session. In order to be able to change the Linked File via the active host model, Save and open it again in a new session. + + + + + Constraints may not be created to linked instances using Shared Locations. Constraints will be removed. + + + + + Can't complete operation. Linked Files have the same name. + + + + + Shared Locations in the Linked Model '[Name]' have been modified, but not saved back to the Linked File. + Upon reopening, instances of the Linked Model will return to their last Saved Positions. + You can Save the Linked Model later via the Manage Links dialog. + + + + + Shared Sites in the link have been modified, use move instance to reset the change. + + + + + Linked file cannot be reloaded because it is loaded into another open document. + + + + + Instance of linked .rvt file needs Coordination Review + + + + + All instances of Linked Model '[Name]' have been deleted, but the file itself is still loaded. + Remove the Linked File using Manage Links dialog to save memory unless you are going to reuse it in this project. + Removing the Link cannot be undone. + + + + + Linked file [Name] was last saved in a previous version of Revit. Changes to it cannot be saved until it is upgraded. + + + + + Can't unlink file. + + + + + Can't reload file. + + + + + Shared coordinates cannot be published to mirrored, non Revit, links. + + + + + Cannot open the linked model using Open and Unload because the plugin [name] cannot be accessed. Please check + plugin [name], which has server Id [serverId] + + + + + Cannot open the linked model using Open and Unload because the plugin [name] provided by [vendor] + experienced an error. For more information please contact [vendor]. + + + + + Shared Sites in the link ""%1!s!"" cannot be modified. + + + + + Failures about LinkFailures. + + + + + The level set as the Story Above for these levels is no longer a story level. This change will cause these levels to revert to the default Story Above. + + + + + The level set as the Story Above for these levels has moved below these levels. This change will cause these levels to revert to the default Story Above. + + + + + The level set as the Story Above for these levels is being deleted. This change will cause these levels to revert to the default Story Above. + + + + + As a result of Reloading Latest, there are no Levels left. Create a new Level, and then Reload Latest again. + + + + + There are no levels or plan views remaining in the project. + + + + + Failures about Level. + + + + + All Levels from model were deleted + + + + + Failures about Level association of Analytical Node. + + + + + The component you have selected is not visible in the selected view. + + + + + Legend Components may only be placed in Legends + + + + + Failures about Legend. + + + + + The parameters of the keynote tag are empty because the keynoted linked element uses a different keynote file. + + + + + The parameters of the keynote tag are empty because the keynoted linked element uses a different keynote file. + + + + + Failures related to keynote tags. + + + + + Current tag keynoting system uses key value parameter that is not associated with this element category.\nTo resolve, + associate parameter with category or change keynoting system. + + + + + No Keynoting System associated with Tag Family.\nTo resolve, select keynoting system for the tag family. + + + + + No Keynote Parameter.\nTo resolve, select key value parameter in keynoting system. + + + + + Cannot understand [EntryType] line '[Number]' + + + + + Cannot open file [FileName]. + + + + + Failures occurred when reading key based tree text file. + + + + + No parent [EntryType] '[Code]' for '[Code]' + + + + + Duplicate code '[Code]', description: '[Description]' + + + + + A sub-[EntryType] '[Code]' specified as parent for its current ancestor '[Code]' + + + + + Level [Level] of Classification [Code] is not an integer from 1 to 5. + + + + + Failures about KeyBasedTreeEntry. + + + + + The selected wall type/shape isn't supported for attaching a wall to a stair. To continue, detach the wall from the stairs' components. + + + + + A structural element will be detached from grid(s) due to inconsistent group membership. + + + + + The selected stair type/shape isn't supported for attaching a wall to a stair. To continue, detach the wall from the stairs' components. + + + + + Highlighted elements are joined but do not intersect. + + + + + Highlighted elements are joined but do not intersect. + + + + + An attached Structural Foundation will be moved to the bottom of the Column. + + + + + Element will be detached from its associated plane + + + + + Can't keep wall and [target] joined + + + + + Can't keep wall and [target] joined + + + + + Can't keep the highlighted [Element]s joined. + + + + + Can't keep reference of joined element. + + + + + Can't keep reference of joined element. + + + + + Can't keep elements joined. + + + + + The roof cannot be joined. + + + + + The roof cannot be joined. + + + + + Can't keep elements joined. + + + + + Can't keep elements joined. + + + + + Can't keep elements joined. + + + + + Can't keep elements joined. + + + + + Can't keep elements joined. + + + + + Can't keep elements joined. + + + + + An element cannot join to an element in a secondary Design Option unless it is in the same secondary Design Option. + + + + + Element could not be cut by joined element. + + + + + Can't apply Coping. + + + + + Failures about JoinElements. + + + + + A geometrical error has occurred while checking for Interference. Reported interference may not be accurate. + + + + + Failures about Interference. + + + + + Infilling element was automatically moved to keep it aligned to host. + + + + + Highlighted inserts overlap with other inserts or completely miss their hosts. + + + + + Insert conflicts with joined Wall. + + + + + Highlighted infilling element could not have thickness different from its host because it spans multiple faces. + + + + + Could not change type due to highlighted infilling element. 'Basic Ceiling' infills are only compatible with 'Basic Ceiling' hosts. + + + + + Could not change type due to highlighted infilling element. 'Sloped glazing' infills are not allowed. + + + + + Standalone infilling Wall is separated from its insert. + + + + + Wall and instance have different phasing settings. Automatic creation of the infilling wall fails. + + + + + This infilling element must have the same thickness as its host. + + + + + Infilling element replaced by a later phase insert must be the same type as the insert's host. + + + + + Instance of in-place family is not cutting host. + + + + + Instance is not cutting host. + + + + + Can't delete infilling element without deleting its insert or host. + + + + + Failures about Infill. + + + + + Wall is slightly off axis and may cause inaccuracies. + + + + + Space separation line is slightly off axis and may cause inaccuracies. + + + + + Line in Sketch is slightly off axis and may cause inaccuracies. + + + + + Room separation line is slightly off axis and may cause inaccuracies. + + + + + Ref Plane is slightly off axis and may cause inaccuracies. + + + + + Line in Massing Sketch is slightly off axis and may cause inaccuracies. + + + + + Line is slightly off axis and may cause inaccuracies. + + + + + Level is slightly off axis and may cause inaccuracies. + + + + + Grid is slightly off axis and may cause inaccuracies. + + + + + Element is slightly off axis and may cause inaccuracies. + + + + + Curve-Based Family is slightly off axis and may cause inaccuracies. + + + + + Beam or Brace is slightly off axis and may cause inaccuracies. + + + + + Area separation line is slightly off axis and may cause inaccuracies. + + + + + Failures about Inaccurate. + + + + + Newly created link types and instances were placed in new workset [workset name] + + + + + Too many faces were created from imported meshes. Host by Face tools may not select the imported meshes correctly. + Decrease the complexity of the file or try importing only selected layers to resolve. + + + + + Text is only imported if the "Current View Only" option is selected. To see the text in the original file, import again with this check box selected in the Import Dialog. + + + + + Import contained some 3D data or points which can't be exploded. + + + + + Some ACIS objects could not be imported. To import them, use AutoCAD to convert them into polymesh objects and reimport. + + + + + Imported model is empty. + + + + + Import Instance has [Number] elements. Imports with more than 10,000 elements cannot be exploded. + + + + + Imported objects located a large distance from the model might not display properly. The 'Center-to-Center' option will be used. + + + + + This scale factor would make the imported object too large. Reverting to the previous scale factor. + + + + + The imported model is too large. + + + + + The imported model is out of range. + + + + + IFC versions 4 and above are only partially supported by Open IFC. Consider using Link IFC instead. + + + + + Revit had the following problems importing the IFC file: [Description] + + + + + The following problems were encountered in the IFC file: [Description] + + + + + The cached version of this IFC file is already loaded into another document in this session, and can't be updated. To update the IFC file, please close all other documents containing the link, and then update. + + + + + Could not set Work Plane of [Import].\n\nPlease use the Work Plane tool to set a Work Plane for this view. + + + + + There were duplicate names between the active model and the imported element. To avoid duplicate names, the imported element has been renamed. + + + + + Can't import file. + + + + + Can't explode the imported object. + + + + + Can't change an imported or linked element's symbol type. + + + + + One or more hatch regions were found in the imported file with unconnected boundaries. These hatch regions will be ignored. + + + + + The imported geometry contains non-uniform scaling transformations which Revit does not support. Some objects may be displaced or distorted. + + + + + The original model contains unsupported geometric data such as curves or points. + + + + + Failures about ImportFailures. + + + + + The view boundaries are too large to export the view.. + + + + + Failures about Import and Export. + + + + + The image width must be must be no more than 30000 feet. + + + + + The image height must be must be no more than 30000 feet. + + + + + Image Instances can't be placed in 3D Views. + + + + + Failures about Image. + + + + + Estimated Illumination failed. Light Loss factor not set for lighting fixture. + + + + + Estimated Illumination failed. Coefficient of utilization not set for lighting fixture. + + + + + Estimated Illumination failed. Lumens not set for lighting fixture. + + + + + Estimated Illumination failed. IES file not found for lighting fixture. + + + + + Failures about Illumination. + + + + + The panel no longer matches the properties for the Circuit. Disconnect the panel from the Circuit? + + + + + Failures related to HVAC in MEP. + + + + + One or more references are or have become invalid. + + + + + Can't use this type in this host. + + + + + Failures about HostObj. + + + + + Unable to load attached group [Type Name] of model group [Type Name]. + + + + + Unable to save group type. + + + + + Revit is unable to restore the members of the selected groups. + + + + + Unable to change the types of the groups you have selected and the related groups. You might try deleting the groups you wish + to change and placing or copy/pasting new groups of the desired type. + + + + + Unable to create attached detail group in view '[View Name]' for the selected elements. + + + + + Revit is unable to move the selected group members to the project. + + + + + Unable to maintain exclusion of some group members. Some excluded members have been restored. + + + + + Unable to maintain exclusion of some group members. Some excluded members have been restored. + + + + + Unable to load file '[File Name]' as a group. + + + + + Unable to load detail group '[Type Name]'. + + + + + Unable to load attached detail group '[Type Name]'. + + + + + Revit does not allow grouping of some of the selected elements. These elements will not be included in the group. + + + + + Unable to exclude the selected group members. + + + + + Unable to detach the selected attached detail group(s). + + + + + Unable to create attached detail group in view '[View Name]' for the selected elements. + + + + + Unable to convert the selected groups to links. + + + + + Unable to bind some link instances. Either linked file contains no 3d elements or there was an error loading its elements into the current + project. + + + + + Unable to bind the selected links. + + + + + Revit was not able to restore all of the requested group members. The members may depend on elements that are still excluded. + + + + + Group instances have had all their group members deleted and will also be deleted. + + + + + Unable to update groups for changes. + + + + + References to elements outside the group were removed from a grouped curve element. + + + + + Elements that cannot be grouped were removed from groups of type '[Type Name]'. + + + + + You are removing an element from the group which is involved in a sketch or family constraint with another element of the same group. + Either remove the constraint or cancel the removal of this element from the group. + + + + + The elements you have selected for grouping contain dimensions or tags whose references are not all included in the selection being + grouped and are not all included in a common model group. + As a result, some of the selected elements have not been included in the new group. + + + + + Unable to regenerate while updating groups at end of transaction. + + + + + Unable to place group instances. + + + + + Not all of the excluded members of the select groups were fully restored. You may be able to restore the remaining members individually + or by performing "restore all excluded members" on sub-groups of the selected groups. + + + + + This is not a Group File. + + + + + None of the selected elements can be grouped. The elements may already be grouped or may be element types which are not allowed for grouping. + + + + + You may not change the type of the group that is currently being edited. + + + + + There are no Model Groups in this Project or Family. + + + + + There are no Detail Groups in this Project or Family. + + + + + There is no Group that can be placed in the current view. + + + + + Unable to move element. + + + + + Multiple groups of the same type are being edited simultaneously outside group edit mode in an unacceptable manner. + + + + + Group members had to be "moved to the project" (removed from their group instance) because they were not consistent + with the group type definition. + + + + + Group members have been excluded from this group instance. + + + + + Group members have been excluded from this group instance. + + + + + User parameter values for group members have been aligned. + + + + + You have aborted loading file '[File Name]' as a group. + + + + + Link visibility overrides will be lost. + + + + + Last member of group instance was excluded (deleted), removed, or moved to the project. Group instance has been deleted. + + + + + Last copy of Group "[Name]" deleted. Group type removed from project. + + + + + This group is invalid. + + + + + Some of the selected groups are not compatible with the new group type that was chosen. + + + + + Group instances of the same type do not contain identical members. Press "Fix Groups..." to select from options to make + the groups consistent.\nCorresponding group members in different group instances diverge in the following respects:[Description] + + + + + Can't create Group because it contains multiple copies of same Group. + + + + + Unable to group the selected elements. Model element in group has view specific subordinates or view specific element in group + has non-view specific subordinates. + + + + + You may not create a detail group with view specific elements from different views. + + + + + Changes to Group "[Type Name]" have been cancelled. + + + + + Can't make change to Group "[Type Name]" with more than one instance. To resolve: Ungroup and Group again under a new name. + Edit and make change, then change all instances of the original Group to the new Group. + + + + + Can't change Group"[Name]" with more than one instance because it has a Sketch-based element. Edit the Sketch of the element instead. + + + + + Group members failed while updating group. + + + + + Can't create duplicates in Edit Group mode. + + + + + Elements cannot be placed as a result of changes to groups. + + + + + The group cannot be saved at this time because one of its instances is being edited. + + + + + The group cannot be saved at this time because one of its instances is being edited. + + + + + This detail group contains some elements which display in the background and some which display in the foreground. Detail groups + must be able to be displayed as a unit in either the foreground or background, so this type of mixture is not allowed. + + + + + A group or groups that was loaded was renamed because its name was not unique amongst the groups in the file being loaded. + Most likely a model subgroup had the same name as the loaded file. + + + + + Attached group could not be properly relocated. + + + + + Unable to set id of group type. + + + + + Unable to change group level ref. + + + + + Excluded elements restored in the link. + + + + + Unable to load models containing elements with fabrication data as group. + + + + + The Grouped element has changed length enough to make it substantially different from other Group instances. + To make this degree of change Edit Group and make the change again. + + + + + Cannot edit nested Groups while inside Edit Group mode for its host Group. To edit the nested Group finish editing all Groups. + Use the Tab key to select the nested Group and edit it directly. + + + + + Dimensions or Tags that reference non-group members have been removed from group [Name]. + + + + + A group member's sketch or family is constrained to an element that is not a member of the group. These constraints have been removed. + + + + + Details will be deleted if they reference group members being ungrouped in other instances of this containing group. + + + + + Some elements could not find new hosts after changing group type and will be deleted. + + + + + Some dependent elements were deleted by changing group type and cannot be retained. + + + + + Can't replace because one Group is contained in the other. + + + + + Can't save Group. + + + + + Element can't be removed or excluded from the Group because it is required by another Group element. + + + + + Element can't be removed or excluded from the Group because it is required by another Group element. + + + + + Constraints between group members cannot be removed or excluded from the group. + + + + + Constraints between group members cannot be removed or excluded from the group. + + + + + Group [Type Name] cannot be reloaded from file [File Name]. + + + + + Can't place Group from browser. Try copy/pasting existing copy of the Group instead. + + + + + Annotations for some views cannot be displayed from linked file. + + + + + Can't Finish Group while in Sketch Mode. + + + + + The elements you have selected for grouping contain dimensions or tags which do not reference a common model group. + No detail group has been created. + + + + + Cannot create group of these elements. + + + + + Unable to copy the selected group. + + + + + [Element] cannot be added to the instance of [Group] + + + + + [Element] cannot be added to the instance of [Group] + + + + + Elements that are already members of one group cannot be added to another group. + + + + + Attached groups can only be created for view specific elements belonging to non-3d model views. + + + + + Attached groups can only be created for view specific elements belonging to non-3d model views. + + + + + The operation performed affects groups in an unacceptable manner. + + + + + An attached group cannot be pasted into the selected view type and has been omitted from the elements being pasted. + + + + + Attached detail groups cannot be mirrored without also mirroring their parent group. + + + + + A group has been changed outside group edit mode. The change is being allowed because there is only one instance of the type. + + + + + Changes to groups are allowed only in group edit mode. Use the Edit Group command to change to all instances of a group type. + You may use the "Ungroup" option to proceed with this change by ungrouping the changed group instances. + + + + + Changes to groups are only allowed during Edit Group mode. Use Edit Group to make this change. + + + + + Changes to groups are only allowed during Edit Group mode. Use Edit Group to make this change. + + + + + Group "[Type Name]" is now empty and will be deleted. + + + + + To be able to remove the selected elements from the group the following additional element(s) will also be removed: [Description] + + + + + Grouping the selected elements requires that additional element(s) also be grouped. [Description] + To satisfy the grouping requirement, these additional element(s) will be automatically added to the group as well. + + + + + Failures related to groups and their behavior. + + + + + Axis of gridlines should not be further than [Value] to each other. + + + + + Axis of gridlines should not change order or be closer than [Value] to each other. + + + + + A grid that is a sub-grid of a multi-segment grid can only be mirrored if the entire multi-segment grid is being mirrored. + + + + + The end segment length for a grid must be at least [Length Value] + + + + + Failures about Grid. + + + + + GridChain sketch contains lines which overlap. + + + + + GridChain sketch contains more than one loop. + + + + + Sketch is invalid. Grid sketch must consist of a single open loop with no intersecting lines. + + + + + GridChain sketch contains a closed loop. + + + + + Failures related to the GridChain sketch. + + + + + The following parameters of the highlighted element can no longer be linked to global parameters: %1!s!. + + + + + Invalid value of parameter %1!s! in highlighted element. + + + + + A formula in a global parameter causes a circular chain of references between highlighted elements. + + + + + A formula in a global parameter causes a circular chain of references between highlighted elements. + + + + + Linked properties in highlighted elements cause a circular chain of references. + + + + + Linked properties in highlighted elements cause a circular chain of references. + + + + + This family instance has too many [Edges and Faces]. Remove unnecessary geometry or split the instance into multiple instances. + + + + + Symbolic Element refers to a Work Plane with unacceptable normal. + + + + + Success to convert lines + + + + + Topographic elements are not visible in your current view. You can modify View Range settings in the view's Properties or Visibility settings in Visibility/Graphics. + + + + + Polygon segment too short + + + + + Failed to offset the face. + + + + + Can't keep arc element and straight line element tangent. + + + + + Failed to update curve chain. + + + + + Failed to replace curve elem curve driver. + + + + + Unable to convert lines + + + + + Element is too small on screen + + + + + [Element] is too thin. + + + + + The projection of the line in this view is too short to create a new Line + + + + + Element's internal join data is corrupt. + + + + + Curve and Surface do not intersect. + + + + + Failed to replace an instance face with its face regions. + + + + + Failed to replace an instance face with its face regions. + + + + + Cannot find closest points within lines. + + + + + Failures about GeometryFailures. + + + + + The placeholder curve is not long enough to support the required fittings for placeholder convert + + + + + The placeholder curve will not be able to connect to the required fittings for placeholder convert + + + + + The value specified for the Joint Gap exceeds the length of the split segment, so the segment will be deleted. + + + + + Sizing failed. Flow for section is 0. + + + + + The segment is too short. + + + + + Maximum width and height reached during sizing + + + + + [Element Name]: It is not possible to calculate the flow since there is inline equipment that is configured as end of line. + Please check equipment in this system and make sure that the equipment connectors used inline have a global system classification and a calculated flow configuration. + Global equipment connectors used inline should always be linked to each other. + + + + + [Element Name]: It is not possible to calculate the flow since the flow direction mismatch. + Please check flow direction on all equipment in this system. + + + + + [Element Name]: It is not possible to calculate the flow since all the components in this system have the flow configuration + set to Preset or System. At least one component is required to have the flow configuration set to Calculated. + + + + + Failed to place cap on the open connector. + + + + + X caps were added. + + + + + 1 cap was added. + + + + + Failures applicable to different mechanical, electrical and piping Elements. + + + + + There are elements in the document that exist in a context they should not. These elements must be deleted to continue using this project or family. + + + + + Generic failures that may apply to any Revit Element + + + + + A warning in family "[Name]" was dismissed. Please review warning information to determine if any changes are necessary\nWarning Information:\n"[Text]" + + + + + Value is out of range ! Please enter a number between [Value] and [Value]. + + + + + Revit has experienced an unexpected error. The operation has been cancelled to protect your project from corruption. + + + + + An error occurred in family "[Name]" that cannot be automatically resolved.\nError Information:\n"[Text]" + + + + + An error occurred in family "[Name]" that cannot be automatically resolved.\nError Information:\n"[Text]" + + + + + [Description] + + + + + [Description] + + + + + Element references are seriously corrupt. + + + + + The value for [Parameter Name] must be at least [Value] below the value for [Parameter Name]. + + + + + The value for [Parameter Name] must be between [Value] and [Value]. + + + + + Document doesn't contain any warnings related to these elements. + + + + + The name entered is already in use. Enter a unique name. + + + + + Name is empty + + + + + The name "[Name]" is already in use. + + + + + Invalid value. + + + + + Invalid order of phases: [Type Name] cannot be demolished before it was created. + + + + + Invalid Input + + + + + Invalid Input + + + + + Parameter cannot be changed due to internal problems. + + + + + A geometric inaccuracy was found in the element. + + + + + A generic error has occurred. + + + + + A serious error has occurred. It is strongly recommended that you use Save As to save your work in a new file before continuing. + + + + + A fatal error has occurred. The application will be terminated. You will be given the opportunity to save + recovery files for all of your changed projects.\tWould you like to save a recovery file for [Project Name]? + + + + + None. + + + + + Error. + + + + + A generic error has occurred. + + + + + Family separation testing error (internal). + + + + + Failed to read line. + + + + + Failed to open file. + + + + + Error "[Text]" was automatically resolved by "[Resolution]" + + + + + An error occurred in family "[Name]" and was automatically resolved, but may require review by the family creator.\nError Information:\n"[Text]"\nError Resolution: [Resolution] + + + + + An error occurred in family "[Name]" and was automatically resolved. Please review changes made to the family.\nError Information:\n"[Text]"\nError Resolution: [Resolution] + + + + + Please enter a value between [Value] and [Value]. + + + + + Enter a number greater than [Value]. + + + + + Enter a non-negative value. + + + + + Elements have duplicate '[Value]' values. + + + + + Core element testing error (internal). + + + + + This operation will convert the existing axis of revolution to a normal line. + + + + + Problems with the Content Doc Tree structure - e.g. orphaned Content Docs, Families w/o docs, missing Owner Fam, what-not + + + + + Name cannot contain any of the following characters:\n[{}[]|;<>?`~]\nor any of the non-printable characters. + + + + + Cant set parameter + + + + + Failed to fix problem. Action has to be cancelled. + + + + + Failures about GeneralFailures. + + + + + Some Void Forms of this family do not cut anything and will be deleted. To make a Void Form cut something else use the Cut Geometry tool. + + + + + An open profile cannot be swept along a multi-segment path. + + + + + This form cannot be created due to self-intersecting geometry. Clicking the Reset Connections button will attempt to solve this problem. + + + + + This form cannot be created due to self-intersecting geometry. Clicking the Reorder Profiles button will attempt to solve this problem. + + + + + Unable to create form element: self-intersecting or singular geometry would result. + + + + + Unable to create form element + + + + + Unable to create form element + + + + + Cannot remake form that is currently cut or joined to other geometry. Please uncut or unjoin first. + + + + + Unable to dissolve form element. + + + + + No form elements selected to dissolve. + + + + + Failed to Add Profile + + + + + Failures about Form. + + + + + This file [RvtLinkName] was saved by an application that was not developed or licensed by Autodesk. + + + + + This file [FamilyName] was saved by an application that was not developed or licensed by Autodesk. + + + + + Failures about files saved by applications that were not developed or licensed by Autodesk. + + + + + The fluid type '[Type Name]' is not defined + + + + + Failures about Fluid. + + + + + Thickness of this Floor may be slightly inaccurate due to extreme Shape Editing. Dimensions to this element in + sections and details may not accurately indicate the Thickness shown in Type Properties. + + + + + Failures related to floors and slabs. + + + + + Can't draw [Filled Region Name]. + + + + + Can't draw [Filled Region Name]. + + + + + [Filled Region Name] can't be placed in 3D Views. + + + + + Failures about FilledRegion. + + + + + While loading Type '[Name]', parameter '[Name]': [Description] + + + + + While loading shared family '[Family Name]' from family '[Family Name]': [Description] + + + + + While loading family '[Family Name]': [Description] + + + + + The value must be from 0.0 to 1.0 + + + + + Changing the family for a MEP fitting might cause unexpected results. + + + + + Changing the family for a MEP fitting might cause unexpected results. + + + + + Some families have become unusable. Reload the families, or delete them from the model. + + + + + Revit is unable to generate a truss using the current Layout Family and Truss orientation. + + + + + Type's parameter cannot recursively point to the type itself. + + + + + The column and target are joined. The attachment has been removed. + + + + + Titleblocks can only be placed on sheets. + + + + + The structural column is attached to a non-structural target. + + + + + Position of end cut planes has resulted in a slanted column without any geometry. + + + + + Cut plane of slanted column end is parallel to the location curve. + + + + + Sketch can't be Automatically Dimensioned - this is a prerequisite for Labeled Dimensions to work properly. + + + + + Size Lookup Table is not available for type [Family Symbol]. + + + + + Shared parameter [Name] will be replaced by a built-in parameter with the same name. This may affect scheduling! + + + + + Setback computations are too large for this element. + + + + + Reference Planes are overconstrained. + + + + + Profile type '[Family Symbol]' contains no loops. + + + + + The selected file is not a Family File. + + + + + Only Generic Annotations may be copied between Legends and other Views + + + + + Instance Parameters can't be used in Type Parameter formulas.\n\n[Description] + + + + + There exist geometry collision. These elements might not be copied. + + + + + Instance of family [Family Name] can't be updated because in nested family the column's base (Base Level + Base Offset) must be below its top (Top Level + Top Offset). + + + + + The column's base (Base Level + Base Offset) must be below its top (Top Level + Top Offset). + + + + + Parameter [Caption] has an invalid value. + + + + + The insert orientation is incompatible with the wall's cross-section. + + + + + Invalid formular found in parameter '[Param Name]' in type '[Type Name]'. + + + + + Invalid family type "[Type Name]". + + + + + The component '%1!s!' cannot be directly placed in the project environment. Place it in either an In-Place Mass, a Conceptual Mass Family, a Curtain Panel by Pattern Family, or an Adaptive Component. + + + + + Instance origin does not lie on host face. Instance will lose association to host. + + + + + Insert may be cutting fewer or more hosts than needed. The problem may be solved by forcing regeneration, e.g. by moving the insert out and back by a tiny distance in any direction. + + + + + One or more references of the highlighted element have become invalid. + + + + + One or more references of the highlighted element have become invalid. + + + + + The position of this element was determined by copy/monitor but the monitor relationship has been removed. To move this instance, use pick new host to select a valid host. + + + + + This family instance was hosted by a curved face that is no longer present in the linked file. To move the family instance, rehost it. + + + + + "Can't satisfy formulas for type [Family Symbol]. + + + + + Parameter '[Caption]' cannot be changed because it is defined by formula '[Formula]' + + + + + Family Validation Warning(s): [Description] + + + + + The parameter [Name] doesn't exist in the Family. It will be ignored. + + + + + Dimension overconstrains the Family. + + + + + Dimension overconstrains the Family. + Cannot set Family Type to <None>. + + + + + The host shape has changed and the family is no longer appropriate. + + + + + Family's Category can't be changed because the Family contains Shared Parameters which are not permitted in the new Category. + + + + + Family's Category can't be changed because the Family contains Shared Parameters which are not permitted in the new Category. + + + + + Memebrs of Family '[Name]' or a nested family thereof illegally refer to Elements outside the family. + + + + + Some families have become unusable. Reload the families, or delete them from the model. + + + + + Some families have become unusable. Reload the families, or delete them from the model. + + + + + The family no longer matches the properties for the System. Disconnect the family from the System? + + + + + The family Connector has been modified so the connection is invalid. + + + + + The family Connector has been modified so the connection is invalid. + + + + + "Family '[Name]' cannot be upgraded and must be deleted. To fix the file in the older version of Revit, try loading newer versions of these families: [Names]." + + + + + Family '[Family Name]' contains unattached voids that can't be combined for cutting. Try fixing the voids or unset the Cut with Voids parameter in the family. + + + + + Some unlocked labeled dimensions prevent family from loading. Please try to lock unlocked labeled dimensions and load again. + + + + + Failed to apply family parameters. + + + + + Family failed to become non-parametric! + + + + + The type(s) of the selected element(s) are driven by family parameter(s). Changing the type directly will break the association. + + + + + "Ignoring attempt to add family type '%1!s!' for a second time." + + + + + Family parameters have duplicate names. + + + + + Parameter '[Parameter]' has the same name with an existing shared parameter. + + + + + Dummy host must be perpendicular to Z or Y axis. + + + + + Can't make type "[Family Name]". It will be deleted. Failing family has been saved to "[File Name]" + + + + + Can't make type "[Family Name]". It will be deleted. + + + + + Family contains invalid elements. They will be deleted. + + + + + Family contains invalid elements. They will be deleted. + + + + + Custom fitting was created. + + + + + Could not place Adaptive Family Instance. + + + + + Could not generate references for Family Instance. + + + + + Family '[Family Name]' contains a shared family of the same name. Please rename one of the two families before loading! + + + + + This column is too long. Maximum length is 30,000 ft. + + + + + Change Offset Value so that Column height is not 0.0. + + + + + The column and target are joined, remove that join before attaching them. + + + + + The column is already attached. It will be detached and attached to the new target. + + + + + "Instance parameter '%1!s!' generates circular references." + + + + + Can't find solution for formulas for Type '[Type Name]'. + + + + + Unable to determine slanted column end cut plane. + + + + + Can't place instance of [Symbol] + + + + + Can't place instance of [Symbol] + + + + + Can't place inserts outside of hosts. These elements won't be copied. + + + + + Can't place inserts outside of hosts. These elements won't be copied. + + + + + The air terminal cannot be placed in an elevation or section view unless it is attached to a duct. + + + + + Can't paste selection. + + + + + A family instance placed on a curved surface of a linked file can't be moved while the link is unloaded. To move the instance, reload the link or rehost the instance. + + + + + Can't mirror an instance without its host. + + + + + You may not edit this parameter while the element is grouped. + + + + + Can't copy this selection to a non-story Level. + + + + + Can't unlock alignments from Family Template. + + + + + Cannot set Family Type to 'None';. + + + + + Can't rotate element into this position. + + + + + Family [Family Name] is corrupt and its instances cannot be updated. Please reload the family to repair the project.. + + + + + Can't paste some or all of the selected objects. + + + + + Can't paste Labels across Families of different Categories. + + + + + Can't make type "[Family Name]". Failing family has been saved to "[File Name]" + + + + + Can't make type "[Family Name]". + + + + + Can't load a metric Family into an imperial Project. + + + + + Can't load an imperial Family into a metric Project. + + + + + Couldn't find an appropriate Host. Try selecting a different Host Face or switch Placement Mode. + + + + + Can't cut reference plane. + + + + + In-place family groups cannot be copied between in-place families of the same project. + + + + + Can't copy between Mass or Curtain Panel by Pattern families, and other families or Revit projects. + + + + + Can't convert Instance's Work Plane to Host. Try resetting Work Plane to a Level. + + + + + Can't convert Instance's Host to Work Plane. Try resetting Host to a Level. + + + + + Can't change Instance's Family. Try changing Instance's Host to a Level first. + + + + + Can't change category of Family Instance + + + + + Parameter '[Parameter]' cannot be added to the family. + + + + + Failures related to families. + + + + + The highlighted element no longer contains a face that has been split by highlighted sketch. + + + + + Some of the lines drawn lie outside of the boundary of the face being split. All lines used to split a face must be contained + within the face being split and cannot intersect or overlap any of the boundaries of that face. + + + + + Sketched loops must sub-divide the face into two or more completely enclosed regions. + + + + + The open loops used to split the face must lie completely within the face and cannot intersect or overlap any of the face's edges. + + + + + The closed loop used to split the face must lie completely within the face and cannot intersect or overlap any of the face's edges. + To split a face at its border, use an open loop that ends on the boundary of the face. + + + + + Ends of an open loop in sketch splitting face do not lie on an edge of the face to split. + + + + + The sketch cannot split the face of the highlighted element. + + + + + Failures about FaceSplitter. + + + + + Fabric Sheet is placed completely outside of its host. + + + + + Fabric Sheet is placed completely outside of its host. + + + + + The bent edge is shorter than the bend profile for this fabric sheet type. + + + + + Failures related to fabric sheet elements. + + + + + Wrong Start Overhang of the Fabric Sheet Type. + + + + + Wrong Spacing of the Fabric Sheet Type. + + + + + Wrong Overall Length/Width of the Fabric Sheet Type. + + + + + Wrong Number of Wires of the Fabric Sheet Type. + + + + + The Layout Pattern cannot accommodate the current data. Try decreasing the Number of Wires/Spacing. + + + + + Wrong Start Overhang of the Fabric Sheet Type. + + + + + Fabric Wire Diameter is too large. + + + + + Material does not have a density defined. The weight of the Fabric Sheet cannot be computed. + + + + + Wire elements do not support surface patterns. The surface pattern associated with this material will not be displayed on the indicated Fabric Sheet Type. + + + + + The spacing in the minor direction is lower than diameter of the wire in the major direction. + + + + + At least one of the overhangs in the minor direction is lower than radius of the wire in the major direction. + + + + + The lap splice in the minor direction is greater than the half of the overall width. + + + + + The spacing in the major direction is lower than diameter of the wire in the minor direction. + + + + + At least one of the overhangs in the major direction is lower than radius of the wire in the minor direction. + + + + + The lap splice in the major direction is greater than the half of the overall length. + + + + + Fabric Sheet can be placed only in Structural Floors and straight Structural Walls. + + + + + Fabric Area Sheet Alignment is incorrect. Can't create Fabric Area. + + + + + Fabric Area Sheet lap splice is incorrect. Can't create Fabric Area. + + + + + Fabric Area can be placed only in Structural Floors and straight Structural Walls. + + + + + Cover offset is greater than host thickness - support for transient Single Fabric Sheet in editor. + + + + + Cover offset is greater than host thickness. + + + + + Can't find a host for Fabric Sheet. + + + + + Can't find a host for Fabric Sheet. + + + + + Can't find a host for Fabric Area. + + + + + Can't find a host for Fabric Area. + + + + + The wires of this custom fabric sheet type are longer than the bending sketch. The linear quantities shown in schedules and tags are not accurate. + + + + + The bend profile contains too short of a segment to apply the wire bend diameter. Cannot create a bent fabric sheet for this type. + + + + + Fabric Bend Diameter is negative. + + + + + Failures about Fabric. + + + + + Fabric Area is sketched completely outside of its host. + + + + + Fabric Area lap splice is incorrect. + + + + + Failures related to fabric area elements. + + + + + Base sketch for extrusion is invalid. + + + + + Base sketch for extrusion is invalid. + + + + + Extrusion is too thin. + + + + + Can't make Extrusion. + + + + + Can't make Extrusion. + + + + + Failures about Extrusions. + + + + + The External Resource refers to a local file that may not be available to workshared users. + + + + + Some of the views have been switched to raster processing though vector processing is selected. + + + + + Unexpected errors occurred while exporting these elements to the IFC file. + + + + + There has been an unrecoverable error during export. Export will now be aborted. + + + + + There has been an unrecoverable error during export. Export will now be aborted. + + + + + Failures about ExportFailures. + + + + + MassZone '%1' has empty name and id values which cannot be used as gbXML identifiers. + + + + + Failures about EnergyAnalysisUtilitiesDBFailures. + + + + + This zone has no spaces. + + + + + There are undefined Spaces in the model! Recommend creating a Space schedule and checking the Area parameter of each Space for warnings. + + + + + There are undefined Rooms in the model! Recommend creating a Room schedule and checking the Area parameter of each Room for warnings. + + + + + Pixel size is out of range. + + + + + Voxel size is out of range. + + + + + [Family] volume can't be computed. The bounding geometry (in 3D) can't be found for [Room]. [Room] will be ignored in the energy analysis model. + + + + + [Room] has a negative volume? [Room] will be ignored in the energy analysis model. + + + + + [Family] is not upper bounded by a roof, ceiling or floor element. This can result in incorrect adjacencies and voids in the analytical model. Please ensure that Upper Limit and Limit Offset for [Room] is set correctly. + + + + + [Family] is not placed. Physical properties such as area will display as "Not Placed" in schedules. You can place the [Family] using the option bar in the [Family] tool, or you can delete the [Family] in a schedule. [Room] will be ignored in the energy analysis model. + + + + + An error occurred while trimming the vertical shadow of a room-bounding element [Name] of the bounding geometry for [Room]. + + + + + An error occurred while trying to find the region where a face of the bounding geometry for [Room] overlaps a face of a room-bounding element [Name]. + + + + + An error occurred while trying to find the free part of a face of the bounding geometry for [Room] when processing the room-bounding element [Name]. The free part of the face is found by subtracting the portions of the face that overlap various room-bounding element faces. + + + + + [Room]'s power load is too high. This may be caused by an incorrect density value and must be corrected before this space can be included in the load calculations. + + + + + [Room]'s number of people or people load (sensible or latent) is too high. This may be caused by an incorrect density value and must be corrected before this space can be included in the load calculations. + + + + + [Room]'s lighting load is too high. This may be caused by an incorrect density value and must be corrected before this space can be included in the load calculations. + + + + + [Room] has Space Type set to Plenum but has no ceiling surface. A plenum must be separated from the space it serves by a ceiling. + + + + + Revit was unable to identify any spaces. If you are sure that spaces have been created in the project, please check the Project Phase setting to verify that the Project Phase matches the phase in which spaces have been defined in your project. + + + + + Revit was unable to identify any spaces. If you are sure that spaces have been created in the project, please check the Project Phase setting to verify that the Project Phase matches the phase in which spaces have been defined in your project. + + + + + Can't create any energy analysis surfaces. There are no Space bounding elements defined in the current phase. Please check the Project Information settings. + + + + + Can't create any energy analysis surfaces. There are no Space bounding elements defined in the current phase. Please check the Project Information settings. + + + + + Revit was unable to identify any rooms. If you are sure that rooms have been created in the project, please check the Project Phase setting to verify that the Project Phase matches the phase in which rooms have been defined in your project. + + + + + Can't create any energy analysis surfaces. There are no Room bounding elements defined in the current phase. Please check the Project Information settings. + + + + + Can't create any energy analysis surfaces. There are no Room bounding elements defined in the current phase. Please check the Project Information settings. + + + + + The energy analysis model does not contain any roof surfaces! If there are roofs in your model, please verify that they are space bounding, and make sure that the space offsets are high enough to include the roofs. + + + + + The energy analysis model does not contain any roof surfaces! If there are roofs in your model, please verify that they are room bounding, and make sure that the room offsets are high enough to include the roofs. + + + + + The model has no occupiable spaces. + + + + + The model has no conditioned spaces. + + + + + The setting for calculation of Volume Computations is not on. The analysis model produced will be approximate without the computation of Areas and Volumes + + + + + Failures about EnergyAnalysis. + + + + + An elevation symbol references views on more than one sheet. It will show a blank sheet reference. To show the + correct references, use a separate elevation symbol for the views on each sheet. + + + + + Attempt to change elevation tag families to one with incompatible view directions. + + + + + An Elevation arrow can't keep its Crop Region extents attached. + + + + + Failures about Elevation. + + + + + Last type in system family '[Name]' cannot be deleted. + + + + + As a result of Reloading Latest, there are no types of [User Name] left. Create a new type by duplicating an existing [User Name] type in the Project Browser. + + + + + Failures about ElementTypeFailures. + + + + + The split element has one or more Tags without Leaders enabled and needs to be checked. + + + + + You cannot removed all the elements from current solution. At least there should be two elements in the solution. + + + + + Element cannot be removed from the solution. The solution is required to have at least two elements to be valid. + + + + + Failures about Elements. + + + + + The spare/space assigned to panel '[Panel Name]' has an invalid load property. To correct this issue, remove and add the spare/space to the panel again. + + + + + The panel is single phase [wire] wires. The number of poles can not be larger than [value]. + + + + + The family no longer matches the properties for the Circuit. Disconnect the family from the Circuit? + + + + + Failures related to electrical system and circuits. + + + + + Cannot find max size in current wire type's material table. + + + + + Cannot assign or add [Element] to Circuit. The Voltage ([Voltage Value]) for the Circuit is out of range for the Line to Ground Voltage for [Element] (The Line to Ground Voltage is specified in the assigned Distribution System)." + + + + + Circuit is not assigned to a panel + + + + + The value you entered for the bend radius for conduit is too small. Enter a larger value. + + + + + You have selected elements that are already part of other Circuits. They will be removed from the original Circuits and added to this one. + + + + + Need to replace spare or space on switchboard. + + + + + Need to replace spare or space on panelboard. + + + + + The selected circuit was added to panel [Element], but the distribution system for the panel does not match the power connector definition on the panel. + + + + + Cannot assign [Element] to Circuit. The Type for the panel does not match the Type ([Name]) for the Circuit. + + + + + Cannot assign [Element] to circuit. Objects that are demolished cannot be added to a circuit. + + + + + You can't change the connection type to Breakers and connect to switchboard [Panel Name] because there aren't enough space. \nYou can increase the number of circuits to be greater than [Number] to connect through breakers. + + + + + Conduit with Fittings do not support Concentric Bend Radius, the bend radius of the conduit fittings will be same. + + + + + The value you entered for the bend radius is zero or a negative value. Enter a positive value. + + + + + There aren't enough space on switchboard [Panel Name], so the circuit will connect through Feed Through Lugs. + + + + + There aren't enough slots on panel [Panel Name], so the circuit will connect through Feed Through Lugs. + + + + + Due to changes in elevation, there is not enough room to generate all of the parallel pipes. As a result, some pipe segments have not been generated. + + + + + Due to changes in elevation, there is not enough room to generate all of the parallel conduits. As a result, some conduit segments have not been generated. + + + + + You can't change the connection type to Breakers connect to panel [Panel Name] because there aren't enough slots. \nYou can increase the [ParameterName] to be greater than [Number] to connect through breaker slots or open the panel schedule and manually reshuffle non - consecutive slots. + + + + + You can't connect to switchboard [Panel Name] because there aren't enough space and circuit [Circuit Name] is set to Feed Through Lugs. \nYou can increase the number of circuits to be greater than [Number] to connect through breakers or you can disconnect circuit and select Feed Through Lugs again. + + + + + You can't connect to panel [Panel Name] because there aren't enough slots and Feed Through Lugs is occupied. \nYou can increase the [ParameterName] to be greater than [Number] to connect through breaker slots or you can disconnect existing Feed Through Lugs connection. + + + + + Don't allow to rotate a horizontal cable tray/conduit like this + + + + + Cannot add [Element] to Circuit. There is no available connector matching the Type ([Type Name]) for the Circuit. + + + + + Wire Size Table "[Fail Name]" is missing or invalid. Use Electrical Settings to select a valid Wire Size Table. + + + + + Cannot add [Element] to Circuit. The Voltage for [Element] is out of range for the Voltage ([Voltage Value]) for the Circuit. + + + + + Cannot assign or add [Element] to Circuit. The Voltage ([Voltage Value]) for the Circuit is out of range for the Line to Line Voltage for [Element] (The Line to Line Voltage is specified in the assigned Distribution System). + + + + + The number of pole breakers may not be less than the number of occupied slots. + + + + + Cannot add [Element] to Circuit. The Number of Poles for [Element] does not match the Number of Poles ([Name]) for the Circuit. + + + + + Cannot assign or add [Element] to Circuit. There is no assigned distribution system for [Element]. + + + + + Cannot add [Element] to Circuit. The Type for the available connector does not match the Type ([Name]) for the Circuit. + + + + + You cannot add more poles to this spare, as doing so would exceed the maximum number of poles set for this equipment. + + + + + The number of poles for a spare/space in a single phase, [wire] wires panel cannot exceed [value]. + + + + + Invalid path of parallel conduits + + + + + Invalid number of wires for single phase, only 2 and 3 are valid. + + + + + The number of circuits on the switchboard currently exceeds the value you entered. Reduce the number of circuits on the equipment before changing this value. + + + + + The Apparent Power Density is invalid. Edit the Power Density and/or Power Factor to recalculate the Apparent Power Density. + + + + + The feed through lugs is occupied, so other circuits connected with feed through lugs will be disconnected from this panel [Panel Name]. + + + + + The feed through lugs is in use by circuit [Element]. + + + + + Can't change connection type to Feed Through Lugs because Feed Through Lugs is not enabled. Enable Feed Through Lugs by enabling the global parameter that Feed Through Lugs is mapping. Click Manage tab -> Settings panel -> Global Parameters. + + + + + Can't change connection type to Feed Through Lugs because Feed Through Lugs is unchecked. Enable Feed Through Lugs with related formula in family editor the Feed Through Lugs is mapped to. Select the panel -> Edit Family -> Family Types. + + + + + The feed through lugs option is unchecked. + + + + + The family no longer matches the properties for the Circuit. Disconnect the family from the Circuit? + + + + + You have selected elements that are already part of other Circuits that have assigned Panels. The elements you selected cannot be added to this Circuit. + + + + + The conduit has been modified to be in the opposite direction or insufficient space to create the required fittings. + + + + + More than one circuit falls onto the same slot. These circuits will be disconnected. + + + + + More than one Spare/Space falls onto the same slot. These Spares/Spaces will be deleted. + + + + + Total connected load for Circuit [Name] is exceeding 80% of the defined rating ([Rating Value]). + + + + + You have selected elements that are connected to a Panel object in a Circuit. These elements cannot be removed from the Circuit. + + + + + A panel schedule cannot be created for these panels. A default panel schedule template must be assigned for this template type. + + + + + Cannot add or assign [Element] to circuit. Electrical objects belonging to different design options cannot be connected. + + + + + Cannot assign or add [Element] to Circuit. There is no assigned secondary distribution system for [Element]. + + + + + Empty slots are unavailable to hold the number of poles you specified for this spare. \nTo add more poles to this spare, you must free up slots by moving the circuits below the spare. + + + + + The cable tray has been modified to be in the opposite direction or insufficient space to create the required fittings. + + + + + The distance value is smaller than the conduit diameter, please enter a larger value + + + + + All slots on panel: [Panel Name] are occupied. Some circuits will be disconnected from this panel. + + + + + Failures about Electricity. + + + + + This workset has changed in the Central Model. Please Reload Latest before making this workset editable. + + + + + Attempted an invalid element rotate, mirror, or move. + + + + + Attempted an invalid element rotate, mirror, or move. + + + + + Unable to make the necessary Workset ([Name]) editable in the Linked File in order to change the Shared Coordinates. + + + + + Unable to create Fillet with the specified radius. + + + + + Too many elements were attempted to be marked as editable, prompt user to mark workset(s) editable instead + + + + + Permission to edit the element cannot be obtained. Changes will be temporary, and will not be saved. + + + + + You must Reload Latest before editing the element. Changes will be temporary, and will not be saved. + + + + + Can't transfer project standards while target document is in an edit mode. Please exit all edit modes(In-Place + Family Edit Mode, Group Edit Mode, Sketch Edit Mode, etc.) and try again. + + + + + Can't transfer project standards while source document is in an edit mode. Please exit all edit modes(In-Place + Family Edit Mode, Group Edit Mode, Sketch Edit Mode, etc.) and try again. + + + + + You must Reload Latest before editing the element, but the Central Model is inaccessible or being accessed by another user. + + + + + You must Reload Latest before editing the element. + + + + + None of the placed RPC elements are visible when the visual style is set to Realistic. To see the elements, change VisualStyle of the current view, or change RPC visibility in Graphic Display Options. + + + + + Press Show to see the element(s); then Ignore or Cancel + + + + + Failed to place component. + + + + + Some pinned objects were deleted while others were not. + + + + + Pinned objects were not deleted. To delete them, unpin them before using delete. + + + + + Some pinned objects were deleted because their parent or host object was deleted. + + + + + Can't edit the element until '[Partition Name]' resaves the element to central and relinquishes it and you Reload Latest. + + + + + You now own the element, but your file is out of date. You must Reload Latest before editing the element. + + + + + Workset is editable, but you must Reload Latest before editing the element. + + + + + Element cannot be mirrored or rotated in a manner that changes its angle relative to the ground. + + + + + Element cannot be mirrored or rotated in a manner that changes its angle relative to the ground. + + + + + Review [Number] elements for correct position and shape + + + + + [Number] elements were deleted + + + + + [Action] command has successfully processed [Number] elements + + + + + Pinned objects deleted. + + + + + Pinned objects deleted. + + + + + Can't scale elements together. + + + + + Some or all of the selected objects can't be created in an Array (for example, a Camera object for a 3D View). + + + + + The beam join being modified contains beam that are not visible. Geometry of visible beams may be affected by hidden beams. + + + + + You do not have permission to edit the element. + + + + + Selected element(s) produced from Massing shape. Once deleted, the selected element(s) will not be regenerated + + + + + Can't keep [Type Name] extended to [Type Name]. + + + + + Can't keep [Type Name] extended to [Type Name]. + + + + + Can't keep [Type Name] extended to [Type Name]. + + + + + Elements in [Design Option] will be deleted + + + + + Elements don't lie on the same plane. + + + + + Elements were deleted. Use Edit Pasted Elements to keep them. + + + + + Elements were deleted. + + + + + Element is reversed. + + + + + One or more elements are not editable. + + + + + You have deleted elements that other users requested. + + + + + Grouped elements can only be deleted when the group is being edited. To delete a member select the group and then click the Edit Group button on the toolbar, then delete the member. + + + + + [Description] + + + + + [Description] + + + + + Can't scale because Move Plane is at a very sharp angle in this view. Change view angle or go to another view. + + + + + Can't rotate pinned element. + + + + + Can't pick here at this view angle. Set another Work Plane or adjust the view. + + + + + Can't move these elements at the same time. One of them is restricted to moving in one direction while the other is restricted to moving in a conflicting direction. + + + + + Can't move pinned element. + + + + + Can't move element because the move plane is seen at a very sharp angle in this View + + + + + Can't move element because the move plane is seen at a very sharp angle in this View + + + + + Can't move here at this view angle. Set another Work Plane or adjust the view. + + + + + Element(s) need a workplane to be moved in. There's no workplane defined in this view. + + + + + Can't move element. + + + + + Can't move element. + + + + + Must specify Work Plane to mirror in a 3d View. + + + + + Can't edit workset ' [Name] '. + + + + + Workset is editable, but you can't edit the element until '[Borrowers]' resaves the element to central and relinquishes it and you Reload Latest. + + + + + Can't obtain permission to edit the element: The Central Model is inaccessible and another user is editing the element. + + + + + This action has caused deletion of non-editable Workset ' [Name] '. + + + + + Can't edit the element. It was deleted in the Central Model. + + + + + Cannot Duplicate Type + + + + + Can't draw because Work Plane is at a very sharp angle in this view. Go to another view or redefine the Work Plane. + + + + + Element is a built-in part of the family definition and cannot be deleted or added to groups. + + + + + Can't delete element that is being edited. + + + + + Can't delete element that is being edited. + + + + + Can't make workset editable. User '[Borrowers]' has already checked it out. + + + + + Can't obtain permission to edit the element. The Central Model is busy. + + + + + Can't obtain permission to edit the element: The Central Model is inaccessible. You can check out worksets at risk, but consider carefully! + + + + + None of the created elements are visible in [View Type] View. You may want to check the active view, its Parameters, and Visibility settings. + + + + + None of the created elements are visible in [View Type] View. You may want to check the active view, its Parameters, and Visibility settings, as well as any Plan Regions and their settings. + + + + + Failures related to editing operations. + + + + + "In order to find a matching part, the fitting has to be connected to a duct." + + + + + "In order to find a matching part, the fitting has to be connected to a duct." + + + + + There are no duct fittings defined in project. The default duct type for fittings will be set to none. + + + + + The flex duct length of [Length Value] exceeds the maximum specified length of [Maximum Flex Duct Length Value] + + + + + Cannot create geometry for flex duct. The flex duct is intersecting itself or the start and end are too close together. + + + + + Failures about Duct. + + + + + Third party updater '[Name]' has experienced a problem and its action had to be canceled. + + + + + Third party updater '[Name]' has caused an infinite loop and its action had to be canceled. + + + + + Can't load Linked File [Name] due to errors. Open it separately to investigate the problem. + + + + + Coordination Monitor can't update element + + + + + Delayed Updating Failed. Please contact the 3rd Party Application vendor. + + + + + Failures about DocumentFailures. + + + + + Splitters and grids do not define a consistent rectangular mesh on the face. + + + + + Curve element with zero length cannot be used as a splitter and ignored. + + + + + A point cannot coincide with end points of more than two curve elements. All curve elements adjacent to such a point are ignored. + + + + + Curve elements which form chains connecting points shared by more than two curve elements are ignored. + + + + + Some of the splitting references of this Divided Surface are invisible in the current view. + + + + + Divided Surface cannot be split by a closed arc or ellipse. + + + + + Divided Surface cannot be split by a one dimensional curve without workplane + + + + + There are curves in splitting chain of virtual splitters defined by these elements which intersect each other multiple times and so one of the virtual splitters will be ignored + + + + + Curve elements forming a single curve loop cannot be used as splitters and are ignored. + + + + + Curve elements forming a self-intersecting chain cannot be used as splitters and are ignored. + + + + + There are multiple intersections between splitting chain of virtual splitters defined by these elements and so one of the virtual splitters will be ignored + + + + + Curve elements forming a closed loop currently cannot be used as splitters and are ignored. + + + + + Constraints not satisfied, cannot generate gridlines. + + + + + Revit cannot create a rectangular grid by intersecting the current selection of elements (levels, reference planes, or curves drawn on reference planes) with the surface. Make sure that curves do not form closed loops. It is helpful if curves start and end outside the surface, rather than inside it. + + + + + Not all intersecting references (levels, reference planes or lines) could be used to intersect the surface + + + + + Divided Surface gridlines could not be generated. + + + + + The surface-based splitter intersects a face to be divided in multiple places and this case is not currently supported + + + + + Cannot process a surface-based splitter + + + + + The surface-based splitter does not intersect a face to be divided and will be ignored + + + + + Curve elements forming a chain which is intersected by extensions of the chain ends cannot be used as splitters and are ignored. + + + + + A curve from the chain formed by these curve elements either intersects a gridline more than once or coincides with it and so the chain will be ignored + + + + + The chains formed by these curve elements cannot be ordered consistently in the their grid interval and will be ignored + + + + + The chain formed by these curve elements has multiple non-sequential intersections with the same gridline and will be ignored + + + + + The chain formed by these curve elements has multiple sequential intersections with a gridline and so the chain will be ignored + + + + + A chain formed by these curve elements defines a splitter which lies too close to gridlines and will be ignored + + + + + A chain formed by these curve elements intersects other chain with the same grid orientation. Both chains will be ignored + + + + + The chain formed by these curve elements cannot be processed and will be ignored. + + + + + A chain formed by these curve elements does engage any gridlines on the face to be divided and will be ignored + + + + + A chain formed by these curve elements is trying to be both U- and V- splitter + + + + + A chain formed by these curve elements defines a splitter belonging to multiple belt intervals and will be ignored + + + + + Coinciding splitting workplanes are encountered + + + + + Default Divide settings were not applied to Divided Surface. Please adjust grid spacing values manually. + + + + + Failures about DividedSurface. + + + + + Merging failed. + + + + + Layout algorithm failed. + + + + + End indent is too large. + + + + + Intersection failed. + + + + + Beginning indent and end indent overlap. + + + + + Distance is too small. + + + + + Highlighted geometry contains a path or edge that could not be divided. + + + + + Divided path cannot be mirrored without its curves. + + + + + Default Divide settings cannot be applied to Divided Path. + + + + + Failures related to divided path operations. + + + + + You cannot copy a displacement set into a view if one or several of its elements already belong to another displacement set. + + + + + Invalid parent relationship for a Displacement element. No cycles are allowed. + + + + + A Displacement Set can only be pasted into a view in the same document in which it was created. + + + + + A Displacement Set can only be pasted into a view in the same document in which it was created. + + + + + Error messages related to the DisplacementElement. + + + + + Cannot create reference objects for a DirectShapeType. + + + + + Cannot create reference objects for a DirectShape. + + + + + Cannot create a DirectShape or DirectShapeType. + + + + + Cannot create a DirectShape or DirectShapeType. + + + + + Cannot create a DirectShape or DirectShapeType. + + + + + Failure definitions related to DirectShapes. + + + + + Unable to load Coordination Model. + + + + + No more instances of the Coordination Model. + + + + + Structural Truss sketch can't be constrained to its members. + + + + + Reference Lines can only be constrained to Reference Planes, Levels, Family Host, and other Reference Lines. + + + + + Structural Beam System sketch can't be constrained to its beam. + + + + + Curve in a GridChain sketch cannot be constrained to a sub-grid + + + + + Constraints between geometry in the family can behave unpredictably on parameter modification. To make the family reliable, constrain geometry to levels, reference planes, or reference lines. + + + + + A dimension reference could not be resolved on the host element. + + + + + The highlighted Spot Slope references an element point that is singular. + + + + + The highlighted Spot Slope references an element that is vertical. + + + + + Spot Dimension does not lie on its reference. + + + + + Some Spot Dimensions lost their References. Those Spot Dimensions will be deleted. + + + + + One or more Spot Dimension references are no longer valid. Spot Dimensions can generally reference + only those references which have valid coordinates in the view. + + + + + One or more Spot Dimension references are no longer valid. + + + + + Some spot dimensions contain invalid floating-point values. + + + + + Some Spot Dimensions were not copied because some References were lost. + + + + + Some Dimensions lost some of their References on paste. + + + + + Some Dimensions were not copied because some References were lost. + + + + + Cannot label multi-dimensions to one reporting parameter. + + + + + Constraints are not satisfied + + + + + Constraints are not satisfied + + + + + Can't change radius. + + + + + Cannot form radial dimension. + + + + + Constraints may not be created to linked instances using Shared Locations. + + + + + You are creating a constraint inside the sketch of a property line. Constraints inside a sketch can only drive elements within the sketch. Usually you do not want property lines driven by other elements. If you would like to constrain other elements to the property lines, you should add the constraints outside of sketch mode. + + + + + Reporting parameters can only exist on a single dimension/constraint. + + + + + Failed to Regenerate Family + + + + + Locking this alignment would overconstrain the sketch. + + + + + Locking this dimension would overconstrain the sketch. + + + + + The planes of one or more references are not exactly orthogonal to this view. The dimension to these reference cannot be created. + + + + + The References of the highlighted Dimension are no longer parallel. + + + + + Bad direction vector in dimension element. + + + + + Cannot label multi-segment dimensions with reporting parameters. + + + + + Labeled constraints cannot participate in groups. + + + + + Labeling this dimension would overconstrain the sketch. + + + + + You may not create sketch or family constraints between group members and elements which are not members of the same group. + + + + + Equality constraints are not satisfied. The action either violates a locked constraint or tries to modify + a sketch based object outside of the sketch mode. + + + + + Equality constraints are not satisfied. The action either violates a locked constraint or tries to modify + a sketch based object outside of the sketch mode. + + + + + Dimension had to be unlocked in order to remove sketch over-constraining. + + + + + Dimension had to be un-EQed in order to remove sketch over-constraining. + + + + + Dimension had to be unlocked and un-EQed in order to remove sketch over-constraining. + + + + + One or more dimension references are or have become invalid. + + + + + The Dimension is perpendicular to the current view, and no longer valid. + + + + + The dimension segment containing the override(s) shown below has been removed. The override text will no longer appear. [Description] + + + + + The Dimension would overconstrain the Sketch. + + + + + The Dimension would overconstrain the Sketch. + + + + + All segments of a multi-segment dimension must be labeled the same. + + + + + Can't change Spot Elevation to the desired value. + + + + + Can't change dimension segment to this value. + + + + + Toggling the dimension's equality constraint would overconstrain the sketch. + + + + + Can't lock this Dimension because it breaks formulas + + + + + Moving the Witness Line conflicts with other Constraints in the Sketch. + + + + + Can't create dimension. Highlighted references are not parallel to first selection. + + + + + Dimensions to base points cannot be constrained. + + + + + Alignments to base points cannot be constrained. + + + + + Need to add jog in order to satisfy constraints + + + + + One or more dimension references of this Arc Length dimension no longer intersect the circle needed for arc length computation. + + + + + None of the segment references of this Arc Length Dimension intersects the bounded arc of the arc reference. + + + + + Can't form arc alignment. + + + + + Can't form Angular Dimension. + + + + + Failures about DimensionFailures. + + + + + Spacing must be greater than 0 + + + + + At least two Slope Defining Lines are needed to perform Align Eaves. + + + + + All eaves are already aligned. + + + + + Failures about Detail. + + + + + Elements that were already in a Design Option were selected. These will not be added to the Option Set. + + + + + Elements in [option] were deleted + + + + + None of the selected elements can be added to this Option Set. The following warnings provide additional information. + + + + + Some types of elements can't belong to an Option. Elements of these types were not added to this Option Set. + + + + + Some types of elements can't belong to an Option. Elements of these types were not added to this Option Set. + + + + + Element must be in Main Model + + + + + In order to add this '[Serf]' to the Option Set, you must also add its '[King]'--if you continue it will not be added to the Option Set + + + + + In order to add this '[Serf]' to the Option Set, you must also add its '[King]'--if you continue it will not be added to the Option Set + + + + + A selected "[Serf]" belongs to a "[King]" which cannot be added to an Option--it was not added to the Option Set. + + + + + A selected "[Serf]" belongs to a "[King]" which cannot be added to an Option--it was not added to the Option Set. + + + + + Structural steel connections or individual structural steel fabrication elements are not allowed in Design Options. + + + + + Elements will be deleted + + + + + This is an internal diagnostic message. + + + + + This is an internal diagnostic message. + + + + + A sweep in a design option cannot be hosted by an element in the Main Model [--if you continue it will not be added to the design option set]. + + + + + A sweep in a design option cannot be hosted by an element in the Main Model [--if you continue it will not be added to the design option set]. + + + + + A sweep in the main model cannot be hosted by an element in a Design Option [--if you continue it will not be added to the design option set]. + + + + + A sweep in the main model cannot be hosted by an element in a Design Option [--if you continue it will not be added to the design option set]. + + + + + A sweep in a Design Option cannot be hosted by an element in another Design Option [--if you continue it will not be added to the design option set]. + + + + + A sweep in a Design Option cannot be hosted by an element in another Design Option [--if you continue it will not be added to the design option set]. + + + + + A pad in a design option cannot be hosted by topography in the Main Model [--if you continue it will not be added to the design option set]. + + + + + A pad in a design option cannot be hosted by topography in the Main Model [--if you continue it will not be added to the design option set]. + + + + + A pad in the main model cannot be hosted by topography in a Design Option [--if you continue it will not be added to the design option set]. + + + + + A pad in the main model cannot be hosted by topography in a Design Option [--if you continue it will not be added to the design option set]. + + + + + A pad in a Design Option cannot be hosted by a topography in another Design Option [--if you continue it will not be added to the design option set]. + + + + + A pad in a Design Option cannot be hosted by a topography in another Design Option [--if you continue it will not be added to the design option set]. + + + + + An insert in a design option cannot be hosted by an element in the Main Model [--if you continue it will not be added to the design option set]. + + + + + An insert in a design option cannot be hosted by an element in the Main Model [--if you continue it will not be added to the design option set]. + + + + + An insert in the main model cannot be hosted by an element in a Design Option [--if you continue it will not be added to the design option set]. + + + + + An insert in the main model cannot be hosted by an element in a Design Option [--if you continue it will not be added to the design option set]. + + + + + An insert in a Design Option cannot be hosted by an element in another Design Option [--if you continue it will not be added to the design option set]. + + + + + An insert in a Design Option cannot be hosted by an element in another Design Option [--if you continue it will not be added to the design option set]. + + + + + HVAC Zones must be in the Main Model. + + + + + MEP space must be in the Main Model + + + + + Area Based Loads must be in the Main Model. + + + + + Electrical Load Areas must be in the Main Model. + + + + + Elements can't be added to Option Set + + + + + Elements can't be added to Option Set + + + + + No element in a secondary Option can be referenced by an element outside that Option. + + + + + No element in a secondary Option can be referenced by an element outside that Option. + + + + + An element may not reference an element in another Option of the same Option Set. + + + + + An element may not reference an element in another Option of the same Option Set. + + + + + Areas and Area Boundaries are not allowed in Design Options. Make an Area Scheme and an Area Plan for this Option then draw all Areas and Area Boundaries in that view. + + + + + Failures about DesignOptionFailures. + + + + + Decal does not lie on host. + + + + + Decal element is longer than the circumference of the surface. + + + + + Can't place Decal at new position. + + + + + Failures about Decal. + + + + + Value out of range for Options enum. + + + + + Failures related to binding framework demo panel on Ribbon Debug Tab. + + + + + The Highlighted Datum cannot be associated with the specified Scope Box because the Datum plane does not intersect the Scope Box. + + + + + Failures about DatumPlane. + + + + + Some elements already have parts + + + + + These parts are not intersected by any dividing references. They will be removed from the division. + + + + + Can't make Parts out of these Elements. + + + + + Post failure when attempts to create parts from invalid geometry. + + + + + The creation and demolition phases of a part must lie between the corresponding phases of the original. + + + + + Nothing will be divided. + + + + + Creating parts from ineligible elements + + + + + Some elements already have parts + + + + + The division contains no dividing references. + + + + + The division contains no parts. + + + + + Sketch contains curves to which profiles cannot be applied or chains of curves. + + + + + Some sources of a volume divider are non-slab like. + + + + + Division family cannot be used with the selected division gap for some widths of hosts + + + + + Division family cannot be used with the selected division gap for all widths of hosts + + + + + Division family cannot be used for some widths of hosts + + + + + Division family cannot be used for all widths of hosts + + + + + Division family cannot be used with the selected edge condition for some widths of hosts + + + + + Division family cannot be used with the selected edge condition for all widths of hosts + + + + + Deletion of this element will delete its associated Parts. + + + + + Deleting a Part will delete all associated Parts and the original Element will be made visible. + + + + + Deleting a Part will delete all associated Parts and the original Element will be made visible. + + + + + Bind Link will delete its associated Parts. + + + + + Failures related to parts. + + + + + Selected elements were copied to new file but Revit was unable to replace them with link to that file. + + + + + Unable to paste current clipboard contents to file. + + + + + Unable to copy elements from file. + + + + + None of the elements in the view you have selected are supported for the insert 2D operation. + + + + + No file has been saved. + + + + + Some elements were deleted because elements that they require for references were not copied. + + + + + Elements cannot be copied from multiple links at the same time. + + + + + Failures about Cutting. + + + + + Attempt to create or manipulate a segmented section has failed. + + + + + Failed to make cutter for plan view with plan regions. Try deleting one or more plan regions. + + + + + Failures about Cutter. + + + + + Instance(s) of [Symbol] not cutting anything. + + + + + Can't cut host for inserted objects + + + + + Dormer Opening Cut is not fully defined. Cut was not performed. + + + + + Dormer Opening Cut is not fully defined. Cut was not performed. + + + + + Opening not cutting anything. + + + + + Opening not cutting anything. + + + + + Can't cut in half. Move plane towards either end. + + + + + Can't cut host with instance. + + + + + The roof couldn't be cut. + + + + + The roof couldn't be cut. + + + + + Can't cut joined element. + + + + + Can't cut instance of [Symbol] out of Wall. + + + + + Can't cut instance(s) of [Symbol] out of its host. + + + + + Can't cut instance(s) of [Symbol] out of its host. + + + + + Can't cut instance(s) of [Symbol] out of its host. + + + + + Can't cut instance of [Symbol] out of Wall. + + + + + Can't cut instance of [Symbol] out of Wall. + + + + + Elements do not intersect. + + + + + Elements do not intersect. + + + + + Failures about Cut. + + + + + For curveElem support multiple levels, top level belows curve bottom level. + + + + + Line is too short. + + + + + Self intersecting splines are not allowed in sketches. + + + + + End positions are invalid. + + + + + Line is too short. + + + + + Line is too short. + + + + + End positions are invalid. + + + + + Lines created by massing or picking 3d path are not editable. + + + + + Lines created by massing or picking 3d path are not editable. + + + + + Can't keep curve join tangent. + + + + + Can't find new Area Scheme for Area Boundary. + + + + + Failures about Curves and Curve-Driven Elements. + + + + + Unable to generate valid curve geometry from the driving points. The line by points will be dissolved. + + + + + Failures about Curve By Point Element + + + + + Loaded family curtain panels cannot be used in non-rectangular cells of the curtain host. Type-driven panels from non-rectangular cells were unlocked and left unchanged. + + + + + Ruled Curtain System cannot be built. The Lines or Edges used to create it cannot be found. + + + + + Due to the changes in parameters of their hosts some mullions became non-type driven. + + + + + Currently, only straight Walls with straight or arc edges are supported for non-rectangular Curtain Walls. + + + + + No Curtain Panel Families loaded. Can't make arced Curtain Wall. + + + + + Measurement Line Offset cannot be negative. + + + + + Missing Curtain Panels will be replaced with System Panels to complete command. + + + + + A Curtain System cannot be based on faces from multiple elements. + + + + + Multiple dominating mullions on a grid face may cause ambiguous automatic adjustment of margins. + + + + + The Mullions between the Panels being joined will be deleted. + + + + + Mullions have lost references as a result of gridlines changing order. These mullions must be deleted. + + + + + A curtain grid line had invalid removed segment data. When correcting data, Revit may have split curtain panels that should be combined. + + + + + Panels and mullions created by a curtain grid were created with slight inaccuracies. + + + + + Overlapping gridlines should be avoided, unless there are only two and one is host type dependent and the other is not. + + + + + Type associated curtain grid lines outside of the edited wall boundaries will be made dependent again in order that they remain on the wall. + + + + + Manually placed curtain grid lines are on the wall edges or outside the wall boundaries. + + + + + Manually placed curtain grid lines are on the wall edges or outside the wall boundaries. + + + + + Curtain wall grid lines are outside wall. If you are trying to shorten the wall, please remove grid lines, including mullions on top of them. + + + + + Curtain wall grid lines have changed order. + + + + + Curtain wall grid lines have changed order. + + + + + The requested Measurement Line Offset would place the put the Measurement Line of the face boundaries. + + + + + Changes have been made that cause a curtain wall with type driven grid lines to exceed the maximum allowed number of type driven lines (200 in direction (1) and 200 in direction (2)). If you really need this many type driven grid lines, please split the affected wall before proceeding. + + + + + Type generated gridlines will become non-associated due to changes in the type. Press delete if you wish to remove them instead. + + + + + Deleting Grid Lines residing on faces that no longer are part of a Curtain System. + + + + + A Corner Mullion has been placed at the end of a Curtain Wall that is not joined to another Curtain Wall. The angle of the Corner Mullion will default to 90 degrees. + + + + + Element defining the Curtain System is invisible in the current view. + + + + + Curtain grid has left its host. + + + + + Curtain grids cannot be rotated exactly as requested. Push "Adjust Grids" to get the nearest valid rotation. + + + + + Corner Mullions must be placed at a location that can have neighboring Panels that are not tangent. With the exception of Wall Join locations, Corner Mullions are not currently supported on the external boundaries of Curtain elements. + + + + + Can't switch type to Curtain Wall after Edit Elevation Profile. + + + + + Split does not work on curtain walls containing mullions created in Revit prior to version 4.0. You may delete the mullions, place them again, and then proceed with splitting the wall. + + + + + Could not determine how to place the highlighted mullions after the wall was split. + + + + + Overlapping independent type associated gridlines are not allowed. + + + + + Curtain grid based elements cannot be grouped. + + + + + Can't divide Curtain Grid by Grid Line. + + + + + It is not possible to apply the host family's grid specification to this instance. + + + + + Curtain grid lines must have at least one segment. + + + + + Can't put Corner Mullion at end joined to non-Curtain Wall. + + + + + Failures about CurtainWall. + + + + + Some of the mullions you are trying to place are too short for its types, and were not placed on the grid. + + + + + Some panels in this curtain system are slightly malformed. + The problem is most likely ignorable. This problem usually occurs when a panel or parts of a panel have + been divided so that they are very narrow. To better see the malformed panels, temporarily hide the mullion + category and set display of lines to ""thin lines"" (using the command on the view menu). + + + + + Some panels in this curtain system are slightly malformed. + The problem is most likely ignorable. This problem usually occurs when a panel or parts of a panel have + been divided so that they are very narrow. To better see the malformed panels, temporarily hide the mullion + category and set display of lines to ""thin lines"" (using the command on the view menu). + + + + + Non-system panel families cannot be used for non-rectangular panels. If your panel is simple, create an appropriate panel type derived from the system panel family. If not, try making the panel in the wall or roof rectangular, and then using a panel family of the desired (non-rectangular) shape. The wall will then conform to the non-rectangular shape of the panel. + + + + + The selected mullion profile either contains more than one profile loop or an open profile loop and cannot be used. Valid profiles can only have a single continuous closed profile loop. + + + + + There is an invalid Curtain Panel in the model. This is probably caused by two Grid Lines almost meeting at a border of the Curtain Wall or Sloped Glazing, but not exactly at a point. The Curtain Panel can't be displayed. + + + + + Curtain System could not reacquire [Number] faces out of [Number]. + + + + + Parameter-defined type of curtain panels defined in a circular way and default panel type will be used instead. + + + + + Curtain element Panel doesn't belong to Curtain element. In merging, you must select the version of a Curtain element that has had Panels added to it. + + + + + Corner Mullions must be placed at a location that can have neighboring Panels that are not tangent. With the exception of Wall Join locations, Corner Mullions are not currently supported on the external boundaries of Curtain elements. + + + + + Corner Mullion overlaps Mullion placed on neighboring Curtain region. + + + + + Can't place System Panels in arced Curtain Walls created prior to 3.0, nor in straight Curtain Walls created prior to version 2.0. + + + + + Can't place System Mullion Family on this Curtain Wall. + + + + + Unable to regenerate all necessary elements. + + + + + Can't create Curtain Panel in opening. The opening is probably too small. + + + + + Can't create Curtain Panel. A Panel or a Mullion is probably too small. + + + + + Can't create Corner Mullion due to the angle between the neighboring panels. Try changing the Parameters in the Curtain Wall Mullion Family. + + + + + The mullion(s) you are trying to place is too short for his type, and was not placed on the grid. + + + + + Failures about CurtainGrid Family. + + + + + To Create Similar from a Legend View, first select the element, then activate the target view, then invoke Create Similar. + + + + + Can't update Wall. + + + + + Can't make Wall. + + + + + Can't construct toposolid. + + + + + Can't construct surface. + + + + + Can't construct surface. + + + + + Can't construct surface. + + + + + Can't make roof from vertical face. + + + + + Can't make roof from vertical face. + + + + + Can't make Wall. + + + + + Can't make Wall. + + + + + Cannot create wall - it would intersect itself. Reduce the wall's height or slant. + + + + + Cannot create wall - it would intersect itself. Reduce the wall's height or slant. + + + + + Can't make roof. + + + + + Can't make roof. + + + + + Can't make roof. + + + + + Can't make footprint roof. + + + + + Can't create [Element]. + + + + + Cannot create tapered wall - the Wall Type is unacceptable. Be sure to choose a variable-thickness layer in the Wall Type. + + + + + Cannot create tapered wall - the Wall Type is unacceptable. Be sure to choose a variable-thickness layer in the Wall Type. + + + + + Can't create Curtain Panel in opening. The opening is probably too small. + + + + + Cannot create wall - its layers would degenerate or. Reduce the wall's height or slant. + + + + + Cannot create wall - its layers would degenerate or intersect. Reduce the wall's height or slant. + + + + + Could not create Slab Edge. [Description] + + + + + Could not create Slab Edge. [Description] + + + + + Could not create Slab Edge. [Description] + + + + + Could not create Reveal. [Description] + + + + + Could not create integral reveal for wall instance. [Description] + + + + + Could not create integral reveal for wall instance. [Description] + + + + + Could not create integral reveal for wall instance. [Description] + + + + + Could not create Reveal. [Description] + + + + + Could not create Reveal. [Description] + + + + + Creation of a Rectangular Arc Wall Opening failed. + + + + + Can't create Opening cut. + + + + + Cannot create opening. + + + + + Cannot change the type of a mullion created prior to release 4.0 to a corner mullion type. Try deleting the existing mullion and placing a new one. + + + + + Cannot create a new empty design option + + + + + Can't create Curtain Wall Mullion. The portion of the curtain grid it was placed on no longer exists. + + + + + Can't create Curtain Wall Mullion. The grid segment for the Mullion is probably too small. + + + + + Can't create Mullion. + + + + + Can't create Mullion. + + + + + Could not create Gutter. [Description] + + + + + Could not create Gutter. [Description] + + + + + Could not create Gutter. [Description] + + + + + Could not create Fascia. [Description] + + + + + Could not create Fascia. [Description] + + + + + Could not create Fascia. [Description] + + + + + Cannot create a new split line based on the picked support. + + + + + Can't create this kind of element in this view in the current mode. + + + + + Can't create element in this family. + + + + + Can't make cut-out. + + + + + Can't make cut-out. + + + + + Can't make cut-out. + + + + + Can't create Curtain Wall Grid Line. + + + + + Could not create Wall Sweep. [Description] + + + + + Could not create integral wall sweep for wall instance. [Description] + + + + + Could not create integral wall sweep for wall instance. [Description] + + + + + Could not create integral wall sweep for wall instance. [Description] + + + + + Could not create Wall Sweep. [Description] + + + + + Could not create Wall Sweep. [Description] + + + + + Failures about CreationFailures. + + + + + Some elements were not copied.[Description] + + + + + Selection is invisible in this view. + + + + + Can't paste because no Work Plane is defined in the View. + + + + + A relationship between Elements in [Option Name] and [Reference Option Name] has been deleted. There is no corresponding relationship in the Primary [New Primary Option Name]. + + + + + Can't find some new hosts for this Element.\nIt will lose references on Finish Paste unless repositioned or rehosted. + + + + + Can't find some new hosts for this Element.\nIt will lose references on Finish Paste unless repositioned or rehosted. + + + + + Can't find new hosts for this Element.\nIt will be deleted on Finish Paste unless repositioned or rehosted. + + + + + Can't find new hosts for this Element.\nIt will be deleted on Finish Paste unless repositioned or rehosted. + + + + + The loaded type "[Name]" has been renamed to "[New Name]" to avoid conflicts with the existing type. + + + + + Light source cannot be copied! + + + + + Light source cannot be copied! + + + + + Cannot copy Render Appearance. + + + + + Cannot copy Render Appearance. + + + + + The support order for a beam/column connection has been changed. When a beam is supported by a column that same beam cannot be coped by the column. The existing coping has been removed. + + + + + Cannot copy symbolic elements sketched in non-horizontal planes. + + + + + Can't copy stairs in Multistory Stairs due to level height doesn't match. + + + + + Can't copy levels or reference planes to families that are not Mass families. + + + + + Can't copy Detail element(s) into a Profile family. + + + + + Can't copy 3D element(s) into a 2D family. + + + + + Can't copy 2D element(s) into a 3D family. + + + + + Can't copy element(s) to In Place family. + + + + + Can't copy element(s) between Model and Annotation families. + + + + + These Project Standards cannot be transferred.[Description] + + + + + Can't paste view specific elements into perspective view. + + + + + Cannot paste view-specific elements from different views. + + + + + Elements copied to Sheets can only be copied from other Sheets. + + + + + [Rooms] can only be pasted in Plan or Ceiling Plan views. + + + + + Can't paste because there is no corresponding Work Plane. Set workplane or switch to view with appropriate workplane. + + + + + Can't paste these elements at this height because there is no Level below to reference. + + + + + Can't paste these elements at this height because there is no Level above to Reference. + + + + + Cannot paste view-specific model plus into view. + + + + + Cannot paste the contents into %1!s! view. Attempt to paste into an appropriate view. + + + + + Cannot paste the contents into %1!s! view. Attempt to paste into an appropriate view. + + + + + Can't paste elements into sketch. + + + + + Cannot paste the contents into %1!s! view. Attempt to paste into an appropriate view. + + + + + Cannot paste view-specific elements from different views. + + + + + Can't paste Curtain Grid Line. + + + + + The pasted selection includes a linked instance of this file '[Name]'. A file cannot link itself, so the link was not pasted. + + + + + Can't paste assembly view because its associated assembly instance is not available. + + + + + Can't Paste Aligned to some views. + + + + + Can't Paste Align these elements in this view. + + + + + Can't Paste Aligned these elements in this view. + + + + + Can't Paste Aligned. + + + + + Can't finalize Group member without finalizing the entire Group. + + + + + Can't finalize because dependent element failed to finalize. + + + + + Elements can't be duplicated + + + + + Cannot Duplicate Type. + + + + + Elements can't be duplicated in a secondary Option + + + + + Elements can't be duplicated in a secondary Option + + + + + Can't duplicate Design Option. + + + + + Elements can't be duplicated + + + + + A Zone cannot be copied. + + + + + A Zone cannot be copied. + + + + + Cannot copy wall panels unless their parent wall is also being copied. + + + + + Cannot copy wall panels unless their parent wall is also being copied. + + + + + SunAndShadowSettings cannot be copied. + + + + + SunAndShadowSettings cannot be copied. + + + + + Work Planes cannot be copied. + + + + + Work Planes cannot be copied. + + + + + Cannot copy selection.[Description] + + + + + The element being dragged can't be copied. + + + + + The axis cannot be copied. + + + + + The axis cannot be copied. + + + + + Elements can't be copied because they will lose their References. + + + + + Can't Copy to Clipboard because of relationships between Elements + + + + + Attached Detail Group can't be copied without its Model Group + + + + + Attached Detail Group can't be copied without its Model Group + + + + + To copy a nested link, use Copy to Clipboard or Move Copy. + + + + + Element must be unique. + + + + + Element must be unique. + + + + + Copying elements from unrelated Workplanes together is not supported in families. Try copying elements separately. + + + + + Mullions and panels cannot be copied without copying the entire curtain wall. + + + + + Mullions and panels cannot be copied without copying the entire curtain wall. + + + + + Mullions and panels cannot be copied without copying the entire curtain wall. + + + + + A massing cannot be copied. Copy the elements within the massing instead. + + + + + A massing cannot be copied. Copy the elements within the massing instead. + + + + + Can't copy pinned element. + + + + + Can't copy pinned element. + + + + + Joined solid geometry cannot be copied as a whole. Instead, select the individual extrusions, etc., using Pick box or Ctrl-select and copy them. + + + + + Joined solid geometry cannot be copied as a whole. Instead, select the individual extrusions, etc., using Pick box or Ctrl-select and copy them. + + + + + Can't copy part of element + + + + + Can't copy part of element + + + + + Linked Imported Files cannot be copied across projects. All non-RVT linked files will be pasted as imports instead. + + + + + Curtain grid lines cannot be copied. If you are trying to copy the curtain wall, try using tab to select entire wall. + + + + + Curtain grid lines cannot be copied. If you are trying to copy the curtain wall, try using tab to select entire wall. + + + + + Can't Copy to Clipboard elements from the project and a link instance at the same time. Only elements from the project will be copied. + + + + + Can't [Action] because Family '[Family Name]' is different in the two documents. Update the documents to contain the same version of the Family. + + + + + To duplicate Elevations, copy the elevation symbol in a plan view. + + + + + To duplicate Elevations, copy the elevation symbol in a plan view. + + + + + Can't paste duplicate types. Only non duplicate types will be pasted. + + + + + Cannot copy dragged elements while background calculations are in progress. + + + + + Can't copy some or all of the detailing with the view. + + + + + Dependent views cannot be copied. + + + + + Curtain wall grid lines currently cannot be copied. + + + + + Can't copy between Family and Project. + + + + + Can't copy between Family and Project. + + + + + Cannot copy attached detail group type without copying the model group type it refers to. + + + + + Cannot copy attached detail group type without copying the model group type it refers to. + + + + + Failures about CopyPasteFailures. + + + + + Level cannot be copied because level with desired name '[Name]' already exist in a target document. + + + + + Grid cannot be copied because grid with desired name '[Name]' already exist in a target document. + + + + + Coordination Monitor alert : [Description] + + + + + The fixture is hosted and cannot be moved. Use the Move command to relocate the fixture in the host file as required. + + + + + Copy/Monitor does not support cutting inserts in floors. Some openings were not copied. + + + + + Elements already monitored. + + + + + Element has already been copied. Stop existing monitoring to copy again. + + + + + Failures about CopyWatch. + + + + + Undefined temperature unit: '[Temperature Unit Type Name]' + + + + + Undefined fluid unit: '[Fluid Unit Type Name]' + + + + + Cannot convert '[Text] ' to double value + + + + + Cannot convert temperature '[Temperate Value]' to double value + + + + + Cannot convert concentration percent ' [Percentage Value] ' to double value + + + + + Failures about conversion of data to a different format. + + + + + A dimension labeled by a parameter is being deleted, but the elements will still be constrained. Push "Unconstrain" to remove the constraints or "OK" to leave elements constrained.. + + + + + A labeled dimension is being deleted, but the corresponding constraint belongs to a group and will not be changed. You can change it in group edit mode later. + + + + + A dimension that has EQ constraints is being deleted, but the elements will still be constrained. Push "Unconstrain" to remove the constraints or "OK" to leave elements constrained.. + + + + + A dimension that has lock constraints is being deleted, but the elements will still be constrained. Push "Unconstrain" to remove the constraints or "OK" to leave elements constrained.. + + + + + Failures about Constraint. + + + + + Revit does not support Undefined connectors. The following have been replaced by the default connector: [Connector Element] + + + + + Device has an unconnected [Type Name] connector (index = [Index Number]). + + + + + The element has an unconnected circuit on its connector + + + + + Sizing failed. + + + + + Some elements are not sized because the system calculation level is none or performance. You may change the system calculation level to size them again. + + + + + Some elements are not sized because the system calculation is flow only. You may change the system calculation level to size them again. + + + + + Shapes do not match. A connection could not be made. + + + + + The links between connector [Index] and connector [Index], connector [Index] and connector [Index] are removed. + + + + + The link between connector [Index] and connector [Index] is removed. + + + + + The family is connected in a network and can no longer keep the connectivity. + + + + + The element has an open connector + + + + + Connection to a group failed. Modification of elements within a group is not allowed. + + + + + Connection to a group failed. Modification of elements within a group is not allowed. + + + + + "K Coefficient from table" is not supported on connector for the element + + + + + No Loss Defined + + + + + The family is connected in a network and can no longer keep the connectivity. Disconnect the family from the network? + + + + + The family is connected in a network and can no longer keep the connectivity. Disconnect the family from the network? + + + + + Elements in [System Name] are not connected in a single physical network due to one or both of the following:\n- There are disconnects in the system's physical network.\n- Elements in the system are connected to more than one physical network. + + + + + Cannot add [Element] to System. There is no available connector matching the System Type ([Type Name]) for the System. + + + + + [Unassigned System Type] on Connector [Index Number]. + + + + + The element has a connector with a fitting joint type mismatch + + + + + The element has a connector with a fitting joint size mismatch + + + + + The element has a connector with a fitting joint shape mismatch + + + + + The element has a connector with a fitting joint gender mismatch + + + + + The value for Power Factor must be between 0 and 1. + + + + + The load classification parameter cannot be empty. Please select a valid load classification element for the connector parameter and the associated family parameter. + + + + + The connector is invalid, the size cannot be determined from the connector. + + + + + The selected fitting has invalid connections and must be deleted to continue. + + + + + The [Tap] must be attached to pipe. + + + + + The [Tap] must be attached to pipe. + + + + + The [Tap] must be attached to duct. + + + + + The [Tap] must be attached to duct. + + + + + Connections already exists for selected element. + + + + + Elements need to be disconnected. + + + + + You have selected elements that are connected to a parent object in a System. These elements cannot be removed from the System. + + + + + Elements need to be disconnected. + + + + + Revit found one or more elements with multiple connectors. Select each element and then select the connectors to use for the analytical connection. + + + + + At least one connector on the highlighted element is currently assigned to the [Element Name]. In general items shouldn't be assigned to the Default Systems, but should be assigned as equipments or elements of a non-default system. Click the More Info button below for additional information on System Creation. + + + + + Elements are disconnected! + + + + + [System] is empty and will be deleted. + + + + + The center of the Air Terminal doesn't align at (0,0,0): align the Air Terminal Center to the Origin Defining Reference Planes could help to solve the problem. + + + + + Failures about Connector. + + + + + Reloaded family not appropriate for repeated component. + + + + + Failures related to component repeater slots. + + + + + There is only one component in this repeater. + + + + + Reloaded family not appropriate for repeater. + + + + + Failures related to component repeaters. + + + + + Two joined walls are no longer in a position to allow automatic insert copying. They are either non-parallel or non-overlapping. + + + + + Two joined walls are in a position to allow automatic insert copying. + + + + + Coping applied, but no cut was made. Adjust Coping Distance or Offset parameters. + + + + + Coping applied, but only in Medium Detail Level. + + + + + Cuts on concrete members are ignored. + + + + + Coping applied, but no cut was made. Adjust Coping Distance or Extension parameters. + + + + + One element is completely inside another. + + + + + Failures description ColumnInsideWall + + + + + The column can't have zero height + + + + + The column can't have zero height + + + + + The column top can't be moved below its base. + + + + + The column top can't be moved below its base. + + + + + The highlighted column can't maintain attachment to the target. It will be treated as unattached until it can intersect. + + + + + The column base can't be moved above its top. + + + + + The column base can't be moved above its top. + + + + + Column and target are both concrete. Geometries have been joined. + + + + + Failures about Columns. + + + + + [Category name] Color Fill Legend can only be placed in a Floor Plan View. + + + + + A Color Fill Legend can only be placed in a Floor Plan View or a Section View. + + + + + Failures about ColorFill. + + + + + Can't create blend. + + + + + Failures about Blend. + + + + + While making curved beam type "[Type Name]" some Symbolic Line elements were not created + + + + + While making curved beam type "[Type Name]" Symbol elements were not created + + + + + While making curved beam type "[Type Name]" Shared Family Instances were not created + + + + + While making curved beam type "[Type Name]" some Reference Plane elements were not created + + + + + While making curved beam type "[Type Name]" some Reference Line elements were not created + + + + + While making curved beam type "[Type Name]" Opening elements were not created + + + + + While making curved beam type "[Type Name]" some Model Line elements were not created + + + + + While making curved beam type "[Type Name]" Masking Region elements were not created + + + + + While making curved beam type "[Type Name]" CAD File elements were not created + + + + + While making curved beam type "[Type Name]" Image elements were not created + + + + + While making curved beam type "[Type Name]" Filled Region elements were not created + + + + + While making curved beam type "[Type Name]" 2D Detail Component elements were not created + + + + + While making curved beam type "[Type Name]" some Control elements were not created + + + + + Delete a segment in a bank is not allowed + + + + + Delete a middle bend in a bank is not allowed + + + + + The angle of the bend/elbow is unacceptable + + + + + Failures about Bends. + + + + + Beam System Tags can only be placed in plan , elevation and 3D views. + + + + + A beam system is trying to create more than 500 beams. Please use multiple beam systems if more than 500 beams are desired. + + + + + Beam of user-defined type does not fit into beam system with clear spacing layout rule. Beam type is reset to default. + + + + + Failures about BeamSystem. + + + + + Can't bend beam type "[Type Name]" along its location line. The beam is either too large or its curve is too sharp. + You may be able to resolve the problem by reducing the beam's width in the bending direction, or by reducing acute angles in the curve. + + + + + Failures about Beams. + + + + + The solution is failing to do segments which are zero length. + + + + + The solution is failing to do segments which are zero length. + + + + + The value for Coefficient of Utilization must be between 0 and 1. + + + + + The application is unable to make a connection in that direction. If the connectors are pointing up, make sure that the elevations of the segments (ducts and pipes) are above them. If the connectors are pointing down, make sure that the elevations of the segments (ducts and pipes) are below them. + + + + + The specified angles are not compatible with current layout. + + + + + The specified angles are not compatible with current layout. + + + + + The solution is in the opposite direction of the connection direction. + + + + + The solution is in the opposite direction of the connection direction. + + + + + The resulting angle between the segments is too great. + + + + + The resulting angle between the segments is too great. + + + + + The segment is being drawn from the wrong side to connect to the location you indicated. + + + + + The segment is being drawn from the wrong side to connect to the location you indicated. + + + + + The fabrication part cannot be overridden. The button code you specified does not match the fabrication service. Please specify a different button code or check the fabrication service and try again. + + + + + There was not enough room to place the required fittings. Consider increasing the length of the segments, + or moving them farther apart to generate a solution. + + + + + There was not enough room to place the required fittings. Consider increasing the length of the segments, + or moving them farther apart to generate a solution. + + + + + Not all parts were converted. Placeholders were added to fill the gaps. Check the fabrication service definition for the system. + + + + + Not all parts were converted. Placeholders could not be added to fill the gap (the gap was too small). Check the fabrication service definition for the system. + + + + + No valid auto-route solution at selected point. + + + + + There is no solution for this view. All the elements have been filtered for this view, select another view, and select solutions. + + + + + The fitting that is converted to was not defined. Please load one fitting family and assign it in the routing preference. + + + + + The fitting that is converted to was not defined. Please assign one in the routing preference. + + + + + The routing solution failed because there is no default fitting type specified or the fitting cannot be found in the project. + Ensure the fitting is loaded in the project and try again. + + + + + The routing solution failed because there is no default fitting type specified or the fitting cannot be found in the project. + Ensure the fitting is loaded in the project and try again. + + + + + No auto-route solution was found. + + + + + No auto-route solution was found. + + + + + The selected fixture is part of a different system. You may want to edit the system type and merge two systems. + + + + + The selected fixture is assigned to a system with different classification. + + + + + The selected fixture is part of a system with different classification. System calculations (e.g. flow analysis) are not possible between systems with different classifications. + + + + + The slope that you specified could not be applied to this pipe. Please check the items that it is connected to and make sure that they aren't constraining the slope of them. + + + + + The highlighted element has been disconnected. + + + + + The one of parameters for the fitting is causing the geometry to fail. + + + + + The one of parameters for the fitting is causing the geometry to fail. + + + + + Failed to upgrade tee type to cross type. + + + + + Failed to downgrade cross type to tee type. + + + + + Failed to downgrade tee type to elbow type. + + + + + The solution is failing to do segments which are parallel and should intersect. + + + + + The solution is failing to do segments which are parallel and should intersect. + + + + + The solution is failing to do the elements Phases are compatible. + + + + + The solution is failing to do the elements Phases are compatible. + + + + + This element has an open connection. This may not be an error, but all open connections should be sealed with an end cap. + + + + + This element has an open connection. This may not be an error, but for flow calculations to work correctly all connections should be sealed with an end cap. + + + + + Selected distribution system type is invalid! + + + + + The solution is failing to do the elements are not in the same Design Option. + + + + + The solution is failing to do the elements are not in the same Design Option. + + + + + You have specified that sloped pipe be drawn, but are trying to connect to an element that doesn't support sloping connections. + + + + + You have specified that sloped pipe be drawn, but are trying to connect to an element that doesn't support sloping connections. + + + + + Failures about AutoRoute. + + + + + Two elements were not automatically joined because one or both is not editable. + + + + + Unknown + + + + + Join failure caused by editability or design option related problem. + + + + + Two elements were not automatically joined because other elements at join are not editable. + + + + + Design Option ' [Name] ' cannot reference Design Option ' [Name] '. + + + + + Can't make the expected join because of editability and design option restrictions. + + + + + Failures about AutoJoin. + + + + + Assembly cannot be changed to selected type. Some elements in the target assembly prevent the type change from occurring. + These tend to be parts and nested elements such as mullion, curtain panels, and members of trusses. + + + + + No eligible elements in assembly. + + + + + There are no elements left in the assembly. It will be disassembled. + + + + + No elements were added to the assembly. No assembly will be created. + + + + + Assembly cannot be created. All elements must have the same phases to be included in an assembly. + + + + + Ineligible elements in assembly. + + + + + Elements not allowed in Assembly were not added to it, but only in the document + + + + + The assembly instance has associated views and cannot be merged with assembly type '%1!s!'. Delete the views to continue.\n\nViews:%2!s! + + + + + Deleting this assembly will remove the assembly from the project and any views associated with that assembly. + + + + + Assembly cannot be changed to selected type. + + + + + The assembly instance could not acquire the assembly views. + + + + + Edits to these assemblies changed the naming category and name of these assemblies. + + + + + Edits to these assemblies match existing type and will inherit that name. + + + + + Some elements became ineligible to be included in an assembly and were removed. + + + + + Edits to these assemblies do not match existing types, new type will be created. + + + + + Edits to these assemblies changed the naming category and name of these assemblies. + + + + + Assembly was changed to a new type, but did not match the type. Geometry could have been changed due to a join condition. + + + + + Edits to these assemblies changed the naming category and name of these assemblies. + + + + + Selected Element(s) cannot be added to the assembly. Elements must have the same phases as the assembly to be included in the assembly. + + + + + Failures related to Assemblies. + + + + + Radius is too small. + + + + + This array contains multiple copies of some identical geometry. Performance might be improved by using a nested family and arraying copies of its instances. + + + + + Couldn't find new hosts for elements in array. + + + + + Constraints are not satisfied + + + + + Can't create an array because the selection cannot be grouped. + + + + + Arraying is not currently supported for the selected elements. + + + + + You have selected a mixture of modeling and view specific elements to array in an associative manner. Only the model elements will remain grouped and associative. + + + + + Unable to array this mixture of modeling and view specific elements. + + + + + Failures about Arrays. + + + + + Wall Analytical Model has lost its adjustment reference. + + + + + Unable to upgrade analytical element with incorrect geometry. To keep the elements, open Revit 2022 and correct the elements. + + + + + Member support check is complete. No unsupported elements detected. + + + + + Structural Element may not be supported -- verify support for Element. + + + + + Can't convert Edges to Analytical Model curves. + + + + + Can't align Analytical Model with joined Walls. + + + + + Can't project Analytical Model to Analytical Projection Surface + + + + + Can't project Analytical Model. Two or more projection planes are parallel. + + + + + Can't project Analytical Model. Planes do not intersect each other. + + + + + Projection plane becomes invalid for this wall. + + + + + The Lowest Associated Level is set above the Highest Associated Level + + + + + Reactions defined as Internal Load (Is Reaction) may no longer be valid since the analytical model has changed. + + + + + The Highest Associated Level is set below the Lowest Associated Level + + + + + Contextual Analytical Model not enabled. File open was canceled. + + + + + Cannot slant a wall with an Analytical Model. Please disable the Analytical Model first. + + + + + Cannot construct Analytical Geometry. + + + + + Analytical model Adjustment distance exceeds current Adjustment Snapping Distance. To adjust snap settings, go to the Structural Settings Dialog. + + + + + Cannot construct Analytical Geometry. + + + + + Boundary lines intersect. + + + + + Analytical Model for Structural Element has reset to its default location. + + + + + Analytical Top Projection Plane is partially or completely below Analytical Bottom Projection Plane. Please reset + top and/or bottom planes to valid values. + + + + + Cannot move analytical surface because it will disconnect the analytical nodes. + + + + + Cannot move analytical surface. + + + + + Circular support chain detected + + + + + Analytical / Physical Model Consistency check is complete. + + + + + Analytical Panel is not visible in the current view. + + + + + Analytical Panel is not planar. + + + + + Analytical Model is not created for the structural element. + + + + + Possible Model Instability + + + + + Possible Member Instability, based on Release Conditions + + + + + Analytical Link has lost one or more references. + + + + + Analitycal Link is invalid. Reference nodes have been joined. + + + + + Detected physical connection between Structural Elements, but did not detect Analytical intersection. + + + + + One or several analytical elements have become invalid during the upgrade process and will be deleted. + + + + + Distance between Analytical and Physical Models of Structural Element is beyond tolerance of [Value] + + + + + Analytical Curved Panel is not valid. + + + + + Beam and Slab Analytical Models do not have the same Analytical Projection Plane. + + + + + AdjustEdge is too short. + + + + + AdjustEdge is too short - continuable error version. + + + + + AdjustEdge is too short. + + + + + AdjustCurve is too short. + + + + + Failures about AnalyticalModel. + + + + + A change to an Infrastructure Alignment or its Stationing Units may have affected the associated Alignment Station Labels. + Please check the labels to ensure proper placement. + + + + + Failures related to alignment elements and annotations. + + + + Provides a container of all Revit built-in FailureDefinitionId instances. + + + + Checks if the given resolution type is applicable to the failure. + + + The resolution type to check. + + + True if the given resolution type is applicable to the failure, false otherwise. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + The FailureDefinitionAccessor has not been properly initialized. + + + 2011 + + + + + Checks if the FailureDefinition has at least one resolution. + + + True if at least one resolution is defined in the FailureDefinition. + + + The FailureDefinitionAccessor has not been properly initialized. + + + 2011 + + + + + Retrieves the default resolution type for the failure. + + + The default resolution type for the failure. + + + The FailureDefinitionAccessor has not been properly initialized. + -or- + FailureDefinition does not have any resolutions. + + + 2011 + + + + + Sets the default resolution type for the failure. + + + If failure has multiple resolutions, one of them is designated as designated as the default resolution. The default resolution + is used by Revit failure processing mechanism to resolve failures automatically when applicable. + + + The type of resolution to be used as default. + + + Resolution of the type is not applicable to the failure. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + The FailureDefinitionAccessor has not been properly initialized. + -or- + FailureDefinition does not have any resolutions. + + + 2011 + + + + + Retrieves the caption for a specific resolution type. + + + The resolution type. + + + The caption of the resolution. + + + Resolution of the type is not applicable to the failure. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + The FailureDefinitionAccessor has not been properly initialized. + -or- + FailureDefinition does not have any resolutions. + + + 2011 + + + + + Retrieves the description text of the failure. + + + Retrieved description text for built-in Revit failures is localized. + The result may vary from the description text retrieved from the corresponding FailureMessage. + A failure definition contains a description string, that may have format specifiers like %s, and "sample" strings, + that will be used to resolve them. A FailureMessage will contain "specific" strings. + So, in the failure definition description "Cannot keep %s joined" will be converted into "Cannot keep Element joined" while + the description in actual FailureMessage will read "Cannot keep Walls joined" or "Cannot keep Beams joined" + + + The description text. + + + The FailureDefinitionAccessor has not been properly initialized. + + + 2011 + + + + + Retrieves a list of resolution types applicable to the failure. + + + The list of resolution types applicable to the failure. + + + The FailureDefinitionAccessor has not been properly initialized. + + + 2011 + + + + + Retrieves severity of the failure. + + + The severity of the failure. + + + The FailureDefinitionAccessor has not been properly initialized. + + + 2011 + + + + + Retrieves the unique identifier of the FailureDefinition. + + + The unique identifier of the FailureDefinition. + + + The FailureDefinitionAccessor has not been properly initialized. + + + 2011 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + A class that provides access to the details of a FailureDefinition after the definition has been defined. + + + 2011 + + + + + Checks if the given resolution type is applicable to the failure. + + + The resolution type to check. + + + True if the given resolution type is applicable to the failure, false otherwise. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + Checks if the FailureDefinition has at least one resolution. + + + True if at least one resolution is defined in the FailureDefinition. + + + 2011 + + + + + Retrieves the default resolution type for the failure. + + + The Default resolution type for the failure. + + + FailureDefinition does not have any resolutions. + + + 2011 + + + + + Retrieves the caption for a specific resolution type. + + + The resolution type. + + + The caption of the resolution. + + + Resolution of the type is not applicable to the failure. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + FailureDefinition does not have any resolutions. + + + 2011 + + + + + Retrieves a list of resolution types applicable to the failure. + + + The list of resolution types applicable to the failure. + + + 2011 + + + + + Retrieves the description text of the failure. + + + Retrieved description text for built-in Revit failures is localized. + The result may vary from the description text retrieved from the corresponding FailureMessage. + A failure definition contains a description string, that may have format specifiers like %s, and "sample" strings, + that will be used to resolve them. A FailureMessage will contain "specific" strings. + So, in the failure definition description "Cannot keep %s joined" will be converted into "Cannot keep Element joined" while + the description in actual FailureMessage will read "Cannot keep Walls joined" or "Cannot keep Beams joined" + + + The description text. + + + 2011 + + + + + Sets the default resolution type for the failure. + + + If failure has multiple resolutions, one of them is designated as designated as the default resolution. The default resolution + is used by Revit failure processing mechanism to resolve failures automatically when applicable. + + + The type of resolution to be used as default. + + + The FailureDefinition. + + + Resolution of the type is not applicable to the failure. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + FailureDefinition does not have any resolutions. + + + 2011 + + + + + Adds a type of possible resolution for the failure. + + + In order to inform Revit what failure resolutions can be possibly used with a given failure, a FailureDefinition must + contain a full list of resolution types applicable to the failure, including user-visible caption and runtime class of the + resolution. The number of resolutions is not limited. The first added resolution becomes the default resolution. + + + Type of the resolution to add. The type of resolution can be used only once for the FailureDefinition. + + + A simple description of the resolution. + + + The runtime class of the resolution. Used to ensure that the actual FailureResoution object added to the instance of FailureMessage + belongs to an applicable class. + + + The FailureDefinition. + + + The type has already been added as a resolution to the FailureDefinition. + -or- + The input classOfResolution is not a subclass of FailureResolution. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates an instance of a FailureDefinition. + + + The newly created FailureDefinition will be added to the FailureDefinitionRegistry. Because FailureDefinition + could only be registered when Revit starting up, this function cannot be used after Revit has already started. + Throws InvalidOperationException if invoked after Revit start-up is completed. + + + Unique identifier of the failure. + + + The severity of the failure. Cannot be FailureSeverity::None. + + + A user-visible string describing the failure. + + + The created FailureDefinition instance. + + + The id of failure definition is not valid. + -or- + The id of failure definition is already used to register another FailureDefinition. + -or- + The severity of failures cannot be FailureSeverity::None. + -or- + Message string is empty or contains invalid characters. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The severity of the failure. + + + 2011 + + + + + Defines persistent information about a failure. + + + Each failure that can be potentially posted in Revit must be based on a FailureDefinition object + that contains some persistent information about failure such as identity, severity, + basic description text, types of resolution and default resolution. Each FailureMessage, which + contains variable part of the information for a specific failure when it occurs, is created with a reference to a registered FailureDefinition. + In order to be able to post a failure, one must define and register it via FailureDefinition object during Revit Application startup. + + + 2011 + + + + + Replaces pairs of adjacent, coplanar triangles by quadrilaterals. + + + A triangulated face, shell, or solid. + + + A collection of triangles and quadrilaterals representing the original triangulated object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This operation failed. + + + 2013 + + + + + This class is used to convertTrianglesToQuads a triangulated structure into a structure in which some of the triangles + have been consolidated into quadrilaterals. + + + 2013 + + + + + Constructs an interface object for a TriangulatedShellComponent. + + + The TriangulatedShellComponent that the interface object represents. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + This class is used to call FacetingUtils::convertTrianglesToQuads with a triangulation defined + by a TriangulatedShellComponent. + + + Compare to TriangulationInterfaceForTriangulatedSolidOrShell, which treats with the entire solid or shell as + a single triangulated structure. + + + 2013 + + + + + Construct an interface object for a TriangulatedSolidOrShell. + + + The TriangulatedSolidOrShell that the interface object represents. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + This class is used to call FacetingUtils::convertTrianglesToQuads with a triangulation defined + by a TriangulatedSolidOrShell. + + + The vertex and triangle indices used by this class treat the triangulated solid or shell as if all + the vertices and triangles of the different shell components were collected into single sets of vertices + and triangles, respectively. For example, if a solid has two shell components and the first has ten vertices + while the second has five vertices, vertexIndex 6 refers to vertex[6] of the first shell component, and + vertexIndex 12 refers to vertex[2] of the second shell component. You can use the class + TriangulationInterfaceForTriangulatedShellComponent to get a faceting of an individual shell component. + + + 2013 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + This abstract class provides an interface for querying a triangulation structure (vertices and triangles). + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns the index of the specified vertex of this facet (as an index into the external array + of vertices in the TriangulationInterface that was used to create the list of TriOrQuadFacets). + + + Index of the desired vertex in this TriOrQuadFacet (between 0 and NumberOfVertices-1, inclusive). + + + The index of the specified vertex in the external array of vertices (only valid if NumberOfVertices >= 3). + + + index is out of range.. + + + 2013 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + A unit normal vector for this facet. + + + 2013 + + + + + The number of vertices (3 for a triangle, 4 for a quadrilateral, 0 for an unset TriOrQuadFacet). + + + 2013 + + + + + This class represents a triangle or quadrilateral in a faceted structure. + + + This class defines a triangle or quadrilateral with reference to an external triangulation structure. + The vertices of this TriOrQuadFacet are indices into the triangulation structure's array of vertices. + + + 2013 + + + + + Identifies if a reference may be used as the parent of a face wall. + + + The reference must represent a face of a massing instance, and + must be planar, and its normal must not be vertical or horizontal. + + + The document. + + + The reference. + + + True if the reference is valid as a parent to a face wall, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Identifies if a wall type may be applied to a face wall. + + + The document. + + + The wall type. + + + True if the wall type is valid for face wall, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates a new instance of a wall attached to a non-vertical massing face. + + + This method will regenerate the document. + + + The document. + + + The wall type. This must be a wall type accepted by IsWallTypeValidForFaceWall() + + + The alignment of the wall location line. + + + The reference from the massing face. This must pass IsValidFaceReferenceForFaceWall() + + + The newly created face wall. + + + The element wallType does not exist in the document + -or- + document is not a project document. + -or- + This wall type cannot be applied to a face wall. + -or- + This reference cannot be applied to a face wall. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + During a dynamic update, the newly created face wall is going to be joined to surrounding structures. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The element is a member of a loaded family. + -or- + The element is a member of a group type that is + not being edited. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2011 + + + + + A wall attached to a non-vertical massing face. + + + 2011 + + + + + Gets the boundaries. + + + The face splitter boundaries. + + + 2020 + + + + + The id of the element whose face is split by this element. + + + 2012 + + + + + Represents an element that splits a face. + + + 2012 + + + + + Opens fabrication job and adds valid parts found into the current project. + + + The document to add parts to. + + + Full filename of fabrication job to open. + + + If true validates all new part connections and disconnects improper ones, with warnings. + + + Returns element identifiers of new elements that are added. + + + The model must not have any fabrication parts. + -or- + Fabrication configuration is missing. + -or- + Fabrication job did not exist at filename. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Exports a list of fabrication parts into PCF format. + + + The document. + + + An array of FabricationPart element identifiers. Non-fabrication parts are ignored. + + + The name given to the output file. + + + Fabrication configuration is missing. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Check if two connectors are valid to connect directly without couplings. + + + The document. + + + First connector to check. + + + Second connector to check against. + + + True if connection is valid otherwise false. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + General utility methods in the Autodesk Revit MEP product for fabrication. + + + 2016 + + + + + Is the service associated with a fluid type and temperature? + + + The service to lookup. + + + True if the service is associated with a fluid type and temperature, otherwise false. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Gets the fluid type of the specified service. + + + The service to lookup. + + + The fluid type id. + + + service is not mapped to a fluid type and temperature. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Gets the fluid temperature of the specified service. + + + The service to lookup. + + + The temperature in Kelvin. + + + service is not mapped to a fluid type and temperature. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Clears the fluid setting of the specified service if found. + + + The service to clear. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Sets the fluid type and temperature of the specified service. + + + The fabrication service to be set. + + + The fluid type id. + + + The temperature in Kelvin. + + + fluidId is not a fluid type. + -or- + The temperature is not defined for the fluidId fluid type. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Gets the settings element in the document. + + + The document where the settings element is found. + + + The element which stores the fabrication service settings for the document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + A special fluid type for fabrication HVAC services. + + + 2024 + + + + + Represents the settings related to the fabrication services. + + + 2024 + + + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Looks up an existing fabrication part type based on a specfic fabrication service button and condition. + + + The document. + + + The fabrication service button. + + + The condition index. + + + Identifier of the fabrication part type element or invalidElementId if no fabrication part type exist for the + specific fabrication service button and condition + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The index condition is not larger or equal to 0 and less than ConditionCount. + + + 2016 + + + + + Creates a fabrication part type element based on a specific fabrication servic button and condition. + + + The document. + + + The fabrication service button. + + + The condition index. + + + The created fabrication part type element. + + + Fabrication service button contains invalid fittings. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The index condition is not larger or equal to 0 and less than ConditionCount. + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + The fabrication part type already exists. + + + 2016 + + + + + Flag to check if the fabrication part type has been loaded so that it is available out of service. + + + 2019 + + + + + The path of the item file. + + + 2019 + + + + + Represents a fabrication component type in the Autodesk Revit MEP product. + + + For the product-based MAP parts, every size is a new part type in Revit. For others, one part type can have many sizes. + + + 2016 + + + + + Get the current rod length. If the rod is the length will include structural extension. + + + The rod index. + + + Returns rod length of hanger for specified end. + + + the index rodIndex is should be in range of rod count. + + + 2018 + + + + + Set the rod length of the hanger for the specified rod index, excluding top extension. The hanger must not be set to be auto-hosted. + + + The rod index. + + + Returns true if it was successful otherwise false. + + + the index rodIndex is should be in range of rod count. + + + The rod length cannot be set because the hanger is set to automatically host to other elements. + + + 2018 + + + + + Gets the length of the rod's top extension into structure. + + + The rod index. + + + Returns the extension length that will be applied if the rod is attached to structure. + + + the index rodIndex is should be in range of rod count. + + + 2018 + + + + + Set the length of the rod's top extension into structure. The rod must be attached to structure. + + + The rod index. + + + Distance the rod will extend into the structure. + + + Returns true if it was successful otherwise false. + + + the index rodIndex is should be in range of rod count. + + + The rods do not attached to any structue. + + + 2018 + + + + + Sets the bearer extension. The method is applicable only for bearer hanger. + + + The index of the rod. + + + The new length of bearer extension. + + + the index rodIndex is should be in range of rod count. + + + The hanger is not a bearer hanger. + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets the bearer extension. The method is applicable only for bearer hanger. + + + The index of the rod. + + + the index rodIndex is should be in range of rod count. + + + The hanger is not a bearer hanger. + + + 2017 + + + + + Locks the rod with the host. The method is applicable only for bearer hanger. + + + The index of the rod. + + + Locks the rod with the host. + + + the index rodIndex is should be in range of rod count. + + + The hanger is not a bearer hanger. + + + 2017 + + + + + Checks if the rod is locked with the host. The method is applicable only for bearer hanger. + + + The index of the rod. + + + True if the rod is locked with its host. + + + the index rodIndex is should be in range of rod count. + + + The hanger is not a bearer hanger. + + + 2017 + + + + + Attaches the hanger rod to another bearer hanger. + + + Identifier of the bearer hanger to which the rod attaches. + + + The index of the rod. + + + The position of the rod end. It should be on bearer centerline. + + + The hanger is not a bearer hanger. + -or- + The point is not on hanger bearer centerline. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + the index rodIndex is should be in range of rod count. + + + 2017 + + + + + Attaches to the nearest structural element. + + + 2016 + + + + + Sets the position of the rod end. The method is applicable only for bearer hanger. + + + The index of the rod. + + + The position of the rod end. + + + Invalid rod position. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + the index rodIndex is should be in range of rod count. + + + The hanger is not a bearer hanger. + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets the position of the rod end. + + + The index of the rod. + + + The position of the rod end. + + + the index rodIndex is should be in range of rod count. + + + 2016 + + + + + Gets the identifier of the attached component for the specified rod. + + + The index of the specified rod. + + + the index rodIndex is should be in range of rod count. + + + The rods do not attached to any structue. + + + 2016 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks if the hanger is attached to structure. + + + 2016 + + + + + Gets the number of rods. + + + 2016 + + + + + Controls whether the hanger's rod's will be automatically hosted by other elements. + + + 2018 + + + + + The rod information of the fabrication part. + + + A fabrication part may have one or more rods. The FabricationRodInfo stores the rod information of the fabrication part. + + + 2016 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + State flag to allow multiple services to include the same size. + + + 2018.2 + + + + + The mapped service identifier of the straight. + + + 2018.2 + + + + + The mapped shape of the straight. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2018.2 + + + + + Are the mapped sizes for a product listed fabrication part. + + + 2018.2 + + + + + The mapped size for the depth of the straight. + + + 2018.2 + + + + + The mapped size for the width or diameter of the straight. + + + 2018.2 + + + + + The palette identifier of the straight. + + + 2018.2 + + + + + The service identifier of the straight. + + + 2018.2 + + + + + The shape of the straight. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2018.2 + + + + + Are the sizes for a product listed fabrication part. + + + 2018.2 + + + + + The depth of the straight. + + + 2018.2 + + + + + The width or diameter of the straight. + + + 2018.2 + + + + + The size display string for the straight that can be used by the user interface. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018.2 + + + + + Creates a new instance of the FabricationPartSizeMap class. + + + The size display string for the straight that can be used by the user interface. + + + The width or diameter of the straight. + + + The depth of the straight. + + + Set if the straight a product list or not. + + + Set the shape of the straight. + + + Set the service identifier of the straight. + + + Set the palette identifier of the straight. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2018.2 + + + + + Creates a new instance of the FabricationPartSizeMap class. + + + The size display string for the straight that can be used by the user interface. + + + The width or diameter of the straight. + + + The depth of the straight. + + + Set if the straight a product list or not. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018.2 + + + + + This class represents the fabrication part size map for straights allowing the sizes to be changed from a user interface for multiple straights with diffent sizes. + + + This is used as the data container for the FabricationPartSizeMapSet typeDef for crs:Set or Autodesk.Revit.DB.Fabrication.FabricationPartSizeMap for ISet so a list of sizes can be generated to allow the user to select a size and map it to another. + + + 2018.2 + + + + + Get a set of FabricationPartSizeMapSet of all straight sizes for all services. + + + Returns the map of sizes for straights or an empty map if there are none. + + + 2018.2 + + + + + Set the mapping for sizes of fabrication part straights to change the sizes to. + + + The map containing the original straights size to the mapped sizes. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018.2 + + + + + Get a set of element identifiers of fabrication part types for in-line parts. + + + Returns the set of element identifiers for in-line parts or an empty set if there are none. + + + 2018.2 + + + + + Set the mapping of fabrication part types for in-line parts for the service and palette to change to. + + + The map containing the original fabrication part type to the fabrication part type to change to. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018.2 + + + + + Restrict the placement of parts to only use parts associated to the passed in fabrication palette identifier. + + + 2022 + + + + + Set the fabrication palette identifier to change the elements to. + + + 2022 + + + + + Set the fabrication service identifier to change the elements to. + + + 2018.2 + + + + + Set the element selection to change the service or size for. + + + The set of element identifiers of fabrication parts to change the service or size for. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018.2 + + + + + Gets the set of fabrication parts that had failures due to either there was no corresponding part in the service, the size was out of range, or a connection could not be made. + + + This set of element identifiers is only available after the ChangeService or ChangeSize method has been invoked, and returns FabricationNetworkChangeServiceResult::Enum::PartialFailure. + + + 2018.2 + + + + + Gets the set of fabrication part straights that were not changed due to either there was no corresponding part in the service or the size was out of range. + + + This set of element identifiers is only available after the ChangeService or ChangeSize method has been invoked, and returns FabricationNetworkChangeServiceResult::Enum::PartialFailure. + + + 2018.2 + + + + + Applies the previously set changes to the selection of fabrication parts to change the size, change the service, or both. + + + After this method has been invoked, call: +
  • to get a set of fabrication part straight element identifiers that were not changed.
  • to get a set of fabrication part element identifiers that had failures.
+ + The selection contains invalid elements to change. + + + No fabrication configuration is loaded. + + + 2018.2 + +
+ + + Changes the size of the selection of fabrication parts. + + + After this method has been invoked, call: +
  • to get a set of fabrication part straight element identifiers that were not changed.
  • to get a set of fabrication part element identifiers that had failures.
+ + The set of element identifiers of fabrication parts to change the size for. + + + The map containing the original sizes for the straights to the new sizes. + + + The selection contains invalid elements to change. + -or- + The fabrication size map is empty. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + No fabrication configuration is loaded. + + + 2018.2 + +
+ + + Changes the service of the selection of fabrication parts. + + + After this method has been invoked, call: +
  • to get a set of fabrication part straight element identifiers that were not changed.
  • to get a set of fabrication part element identifiers that had failures.
+ + The set of element identifiers of fabrication parts to change the service for. + + + The identifier of the fabrication service. + + + The identifier of the fabrication palette. + + + Restrict the placement of parts to the passed in palette identifier. + + + The selection contains invalid elements to change. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + No fabrication configuration is loaded. + + + 2020 + +
+ + + Changes the service of the selection of fabrication parts. + + + After this method has been invoked, call: +
  • to get a set of fabrication part straight element identifiers that were not changed.
  • to get a set of fabrication part element identifiers that had failures.
+ + The set of element identifiers of fabrication parts to change the service for. + + + The identifier of the fabrication service. + + + The identifier of the fabrication palette. + + + The selection contains invalid elements to change. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + No fabrication configuration is loaded. + + + 2018.2 + +
+ + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates a new instance of the FabricationNetworkChangeService class. + + + A document in which to change the service or size of the selected fabrication parts. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018.2 + + + + + This class represents the fabrication part change service and change size tools. + + + After a new instance of the class is created, call the ChangeService method to change the service of the + fabrication parts or call the ChangeSize method to change the size of the fabrication parts. There is another + workflow allowing for more control, call SetSelection to set the selection of fabrication parts to change. To change + the service, call SetServiceId and SetPaletteId to set the service identifier and palette identifier. Changing + the service there is an optional methods GetInLinePartTypes and SetMapOfSizesForStraights that can be called + to replace in-line valves and dampers to the corresponding parts for the new service. The size can also be changed by calling + GetMapOfAllSizesForStraights that will return a FabricationPartSizeMapSet containing a map of sizes for all straights + found in the selection of fabrication parts. The FabricationPartSizeMapSet can then be modified to set the mapped values for + the new size for the fabrication part straights and then call SetMapOfSizesForStraights set the new sizes that are to + be applied. Finally call ApplyChange to apply the previously set parameters to the selection of fabrication parts. +
  • to get a set of fabrication part straight element identifiers that were not changed.
  • to get a set of fabrication part element identifiers that had failures.
+ + 2018.2 + +
+ + + Possible results from invoking the FabricationNetworkChangeService. + + + 2018.2 + + + + + The selection of elements was invalid. + + + + + The change was aborted by the user. + + + + + The change contained partial failures and will need to be fixed manually. + + + + + The change was successful. + + + + + Disconnects the part from the host. + + + 2016 + + + + + Gets the centerline of the bearer. The method is applicable only for bearer hanger. + + + The centerline of the bearer. + + + The hanger is not a bearer hanger. + + + 2017 + + + + + Places the part on the specified host. + + + The document must be regenerated before the fabrication part can be used. + Check ValidationStatus after regeneration to see if the part is valid for fabrication. + + + Identifier of the host fabrication part. + + + The connector of the host. + + + The distance from the connector to place the hosted part. Units are in feet (ft). + + + The axis rotation in radians. + + + Invalid fabrication part host. The host should be a straight fabrication part. + -or- + Invalid connector of fabrication part host. + -or- + The distance is out of range. + -or- + For rectangular and oval parts the axis rotation must be a multiple of PI/2. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Places the part on the specified host. + + + The document must be regenerated before the fabrication part can be used. + Check ValidationStatus after regeneration to see if the part is valid for fabrication. + + + Identifier of the host fabrication part. + + + The connector of the host. + + + The distance from the connector to place the hosted part. Units are in feet (ft). + + + Invalid fabrication part host. The host should be a straight fabrication part. + -or- + Invalid connector of fabrication part host. + -or- + The distance is out of range. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns the identifier of the host. + + + 2016 + + + + + The fabrication hosted element information. + + + A fabrication part may have a host, the FabricationHostedInfo stores the host information for the fabrication part. + + + 2016 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + If the fabrication dimension is modifiable by user. + + + 2016 + + + + + Fabrication dimension unit type. + + + 2016 + + + + + Fabrication dimension type. + + + 2016 + + + + + Fabrication dimension name. + + + 2016 + + + + + Fabricaition dimension definition + + + 2016 + + + + + Fabrication dimension unit type. + + + 2016 + + + + + Angular. + + + + + Linear. + + + + + NoUnits. + + + + + Fabrication dimension type. + + + 2016 + + + + + Length. + + + + + Angle. + + + + + Diameter. + + + + + Depth. + + + + + Width. + + + + + Internal. + + + + + Gets the service button for a given palette index and button index from the service. + + + The palette index. + + + The button index. + + + The service button. + + + The index paletteIndex is not larger or equal to 0 and less than PaletteCount. + + + 2016 + + + + + Validates the button index. + + + The palette index. + + + The button index to check. + + + True if larger or equal to 0 and less than PaletteCount. + + + 2016 + + + + + Gets the number of buttons for a given palette in the service. + + + The index of the palette + + + The number of buttons. + + + The index palette is not larger or equal to 0 and less than PaletteCount. + + + 2016 + + + + + Overrides the default service button exclusions, used by Route and Fill, Design to Fabrication, or Multi Point Routing for the current user and session only. + + + The index of the service palette to exclude the service button from. + + + The index of the service button to exclude. + + + Pass true to exclude from being used by Route and Fill or Design to Fabrication. + + + The index paletteIndex is not larger or equal to 0 and less than PaletteCount. + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Resets the overridden service palette and button exclusions back to default, as defined by the configuration. + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Sets the service palette exclusions, used by Route and Fill or Design to Fabrication commands, for the current user and session only. This will alter them from the default configuration exclusions to only exclude those palettes passed. + + + A list of service palette indexes to be excluded. + + + Returns true if succeeded to set the exclusions to the specified palette(s). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Palette indices contains an index that is not larger or equal to 0 and less than PaletteCount. + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + 2022 + + + + + Get whether a service palette is excluded from being used by the Route and Fill, Design to Fabrication, or Multi Point Routing commands. The default configuration values may be overridden by SetServicePaletteExclusions. + + + The index of the palete. + + + Returns true if the palette indexed by paletteIndex is currently to be excluded. + + + The index paletteIndex is not larger or equal to 0 and less than PaletteCount. + + + 2022 + + + + + Check whether the service is broadly interchangable with another one without affecting part geometry. The services must have the same fabrication system template and specification. + + + Returns true if the services are compatible. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Gets the name of a palette based on palette index. + + + The index of the palette. + + + The name of the palette. + + + The index palette is not larger or equal to 0 and less than PaletteCount. + + + 2022 + + + + + Validates the palette index. + + + The palette index to check. + + + True if larger or equal to 0 and less than PaletteCount. + + + 2022 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The part template identifier of the service. + + + 2016 + + + + + The service identifier of the service. + + + 2016 + + + + + The number of palettes in the service. + + + 2022 + + + + + The fabrication system name of the service. + + + A fabrication system in this context is a set of buttons that can be shared across fabrication services. + It has nothing to do with other MEP systems in Revit. + + + 2016 + + + + + The short name of service. + + + 2016 + + + + + The name of the service. + + + 2016 + + + + + This object contains information about a fabrication service. + + + A fabrication service defines what fabrication service buttons that can be used. Fabrication services are part of the fabrication configuration. + + + 2016 + + + + + force new part GUID + + + 2016 + + + + + Checks if the straight part's length is standard. For machine cut part, False will be returned. + + + True if the straight part's length is standard. + + + 2016 + + + + + Eliminate duplicate part GUIDs by assiging new GUIDs to parts with duplicated ones. + + + Tries to change the parts that are last in the list. + If later parts can't be changed then earlier parts will be changed if possible. + + + The document. + + + List of element Ids of fabrication parts to check. + + + Returns a list of fabrication part element Ids that were changed. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Gets insulation and lining geometry for this fabrication part. + + + Returns any insulation and liner geometry. + + + 2019.1 + + + + + Compare this fabrication part with the part passed and checks the pattern dimensions and options. A list of fields that can be ignored in the comparison check can be specified. + + + The part to compare this part with. + + + Array of types of data to ignore from the comparison check. + + + Returns true if the fabrication parts are the same. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Gets a list of all ancillary usage information for the part. + + + Returns array of usage information, one per unique type of ancillary used. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Remove custom data from the fabrication part. + + + The identifier of the custom data field to remove. + + + Returns true if the type was found and removed. The type will not be removed if it is not an optional type. + + + The custom data does not exist on the part. + + + 2018 + + + + + Add custom data type to the fabrication part. The new data gets the default value defined by the fabrication configuration. + + + The custom id must be positive. + + + The identifier of the custom data field to add. + + + Returns true if the type was not already present. + + + The custom data identifier does not exist. + + + 2018 + + + + + Set the custom data real value for the specified custom data. + + + The identifier of the custom data field to set. + + + The real value of the custom data. If the data is not a real type the value will be parsed according to the fabrication confifuration rules. + + + The custom data does not exist on the part. + + + 2018 + + + + + Set the custom data integer value for the specified custom data. + + + The identifier of the custom data field to set. + + + The integer value of the custom data. If the data is not an integer type the value will be parsed according to the fabrication confifuration rules. + + + The custom data does not exist on the part. + + + 2018 + + + + + Set the custom data real value for the specified custom data. + + + The identifier of the custom data field to set. + + + The text value of the custom data. If the data is not a text type the value will be parsed according to the fabrication confifuration rules. + + + The custom data does not exist on the part. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Get custom data real value for the specified custom data. + + + The identifier of the custom data field to get. + + + Returns the real number of the custom data. If the data is not a number it will return 0.0. + + + The custom data does not exist on the part. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Get custom data integer value for the specified custom data. + + + The identifier of the custom data field to get. + + + Returns the integer of the custom data. If the data is not a number it will return 0. + + + The custom data does not exist on the part. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Get custom data text for the specified custom data. + + + The identifier of the custom data field to get. + + + Returns the text of the custom data. If the data is a number it will be formatted according to the fabrication configuration's rules. + + + The custom data does not exist on the part. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Check if fabrication part contains custom data already. + + + The identifier of the custom data field to look for. + + + Returns true if the fabrication part contains the custom data. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Checks to see if all the fabrication part's connectors are open. + + + Returns true if the part has zero connections. + + + 2018 + + + + + Rotates a connected fabrication part around the axis of the specified connector. + + + Attempts to resize rectangular and oval ends if the angle is a multiple of PI/2. + Taps cannot be rotated. + For rectangular and oval profiles only 90, 180 and 270 degree rotations are valid. + + + The document. + + + The connected connector of the fabrication part to be rotated. + + + The angle in radians to rotate by. + + + For rectangular and oval parts the axis rotation must be a multiple of PI/2. + -or- + The connector does not belong to a fabrication part. + -or- + Connector is not connected. + -or- + Connector belongs to a fabrication part tap. + -or- + Fabrication part cannot be rotated because it is either unable to be re-sized or it is too constrained. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + rotate failed because the fabrication part geometry could not be modified accordingly. + + + 2016 Subscription Release + + + + + Places the fitting on the straight part by cut in, use the fitting's focal point as the insertion position. + + + The document. + + + Identifier of the straight to be cut in. + + + Identifier of the fitting to cut in. + + + The position to cut in the straight. + + + The connector of the fitting to align with the primary connector of the straight part. + + + Rotation around the direction of connection - angle between width vectors in radians. + + + True if cuts in successful. + + + For rectangular and oval parts the axis rotation must be a multiple of PI/2. + -or- + The fitting connector is not a connector of the fitting. + -or- + The fitting connector is not valid, it is not within a pair connector for cutting in. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Failed to align fitting to the straight to cut in. + -or- + There is no enough room in the run for cut in. + + + 2017 + + + + + Places the part by its connector to a specific position on the straight part at the specified distance from the host part connector. + + + Tap cannot be placed if it is already connected. + + + The document. + + + The connector of the part to place. + + + The connector of host part. + + + The distance to host part connector where to place the part. + + + The axis rotation in radians. + + + The secondary axis rotation in radians. + + + It is not a valid part to place as tap. + -or- + Tap should be placed on straight part. + -or- + The distance is out of range. + -or- + For rectangular and oval parts the axis rotation must be a multiple of PI/2. + -or- + Invalid tap for host's profile type. + -or- + The fabrication part is connected. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + tap is not connected by its primary connector. + + + tap does not fit on the host. + + + 2016 + + + + + Rotates a connected fabrication tap by the specified angles about the primary and secondary axis. + + + The document. + + + The connected fabrication part tap to rotate. + + + The primary axis rotation angle in radians to rotate by. + + + The secondary axis rotation angle in radians to rotate by. + + + Is not connected as a fabrication part tap. + -or- + tap cannot be rotated about the primary axis by the specified angle: primaryAxisRotateBy + -or- + tap cannot be rotated about the secondary axis by the specified angle: secondaryAxisRotateBy + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 Subscription Release + + + + + Align the part by its insertion point to a point and rotation on a straight. This will automatically size and connect the part being cut into, if possible. + + + The document. + + + The element identifier of the straight to be cut in to. + + + The element identifier of the part to align and cut in with. + + + The position to move the parts insertion point to. + + + The rotation in radians. + + + The slope value to flex to match if possible in fractional units (eg.1/50). Positive values are up, negative are down. Slopes can only be applied + to fittings, whilst straights will inherit the slope from the piece it is connecting to. + + + Flip the part to allow for flow direction. + + + True if the alignment succeeds, false otherwise. + + + The element is not a fabrication part. + -or- + Not all of the fabrication part's connectors are open. + -or- + The part is not a straight. + -or- + The fabrication parts do not have matching domain types. + -or- + The position is not on the straight. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Failed to align the part to the straight to cut in to. + + + 2018 + + + + + Align the part by its connector to a point and rotation in free space. + + + The document. + + + The connector to align in free space. + + + The position to move the connector to. + + + The rotation in radians. + + + The perpendicular rotation for free placement around the Y axis direction of connection - angle in radians. + + + The slope value to flex to match if possible in fractional units (eg.1/50). Positive values are up, negative are down. Slopes can only be applied + to fittings, whilst straights will inherit the slope from the piece it is connecting to. + + + The justification to align eccentric parts. + + + Optional alignment transformation matrix, eg. a Trf that describes plan or side elevation. + + + True if the alignment succeeds, false otherwise. + + + The connector does not belong to a fabrication part. + -or- + The fabrication part is connected. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2018 + + + + + Align the part by its insertion point to a point and rotation in free space. + + + The document. + + + The element identifier of the part to align. + + + The position to move the part's insertion point to. + + + The rotation in radians. + + + The perpendicular rotation for free placement around the Y axis direction of connection - angle in radians. + + + The slope value to flex to match if possible in fractional units (eg.1/50). Positive values are up, negative are down. Slopes can only be applied + to fittings, whilst straights will inherit the slope from the piece it is connecting to. + + + The justification to align eccentric parts. + + + Optional alignment transformation matrix, eg. a Trf that describes plan or side elevation. + + + True if the alignment succeeds, false otherwise. + + + The element is not a fabrication part. + -or- + Not all of the fabrication part's connectors are open. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2018 + + + + + Align a part by its connector to another connector. This will replace the FabricationPart::AlignPartByConnectors method. + + + The document. + + + The connector of the fabrication part to move by in free space. + + + The connector for the fabrication part or family connector to align to. + + + The rotation in radians. + + + The slope value to flex to match if possible in fractional units (eg.1/50). Positive values are up, negative are down. Slopes can only be applied + to fittings, whilst straights will inherit the slope from the piece it is connecting to. + + + The justification to align eccentric parts. + + + True if the alignment succeeds, false otherwise and the part will not move from the original position. + + + For rectangular and oval parts the axis rotation must be a multiple of PI/2. + -or- + The connector does not belong to a fabrication part. + -or- + The fabrication part is connected. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2018 + + + + + Moves fabrication part by one of its connectors and aligns it to another connector. + + + The document. + + + The connector of the fabrication part to move and align by. + + + The connector of the fabrication part or family to align to. + + + Rotation around the direction of connection - angle between width vectors in radians. + + + True if alignment succeeds, false otherwise. + + + For rectangular and oval parts the axis rotation must be a multiple of PI/2. + -or- + The connector does not belong to a fabrication part. + -or- + The fabrication part is connected. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Makes a connection between the specified connectors and adds coupling if necessary. + + + This function does not place and align the fabrication part. Call AlignPartByConnectors before connecting. + + + The document. + + + The connector of the fabrication part. + + + The connector of the fabrication part or family to connect to. + + + True if connection succeeded, false otherwise. + + + The connector does not belong to a fabrication part. + -or- + The fabrication part connectors are not aligned, call AlignPartByConnectors to align them. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Flips the fabrication part that is directionally oriented (tees, crosses, valves, dampers, etc.) to the opposite direction. + + + Existing connections will be maintained, disconnect warnings will be posted if the connection cannot be maintained. + + + Returns true if successful otherwise false if the fabrication part cannot be flipped. + + + It is not a valid part that can be flipped. + + + 2023 + + + + + Validates if the fabrication part is one of the supported fabrication part types that can be flipped. + + + Returns true if valid otherwise false if the fabrication part cannot be flipped. + + + 2023 + + + + + Splits the straight into two at the passed in point. + + + The position to split in the straight. + + + Returns the element identifier of the new straight. + + + The position is not on the straight. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The part is not a straight. + + + 2018 + + + + + Splits the straight into two at the passed in point. + + + The document. + + + Identifier of the straight to split. + + + The position to split in the straight. + + + Returns the element identifier of the new straight. + + + The part is not a straight. + -or- + The position is not on the straight. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Validates if the straight can be split into two at the passed in point. + + + The position to split in the straight. + + + Returns true if valid otherwise false if the straight cannot be split. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Repositions the fabrication straight part to another end of the run. + + + The document. + + + Identifier of the fabrication part to reposition. + + + It is not a straight segment on the end in the run. + -or- + There are locked parts in the run. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + this operation failed. + + + 2017 + + + + + Optimizes the length fabrication straight parts. + + + The document. + + + The identifiers of the fabrication parts in a selected fabrication part run. + + + New and modified fabrication part ids in the optimize + + + There are no straight parts to optimize, or all parts are locked or locked by group membership. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + this operation failed. + + + 2016 + + + + + Gets the number of product entries for this part. + + + Returns the number of product entries. + + + 2016 Subscription Release + + + + + Gets the specified product list entry name. + + + The product entry index. + + + Returns the specified product entry name. + + + The product entry index is not larger than 0 and less than GetProductCount. + + + 2016 Subscription Release + + + + + Gets whether or not the fabrication part is a product list. + + + Returns true if the fabrication part is a product list. + + + the fabrication part is not a product list. + + + 2016 Subscription Release + + + + + Checks if it is any sort of tap. + + + True if it is any sort of tap. + + + 2016 + + + + + Checks whether it is a hanger. + + + True if the part is a hanger. False otherwise. + + + 2016 + + + + + Checks whether it is a straight part. + + + True if the part is a straight part. False otherwise. + + + 2016 + + + + + Adjusts the length for the specified connector. + + + # The connector of the fabrication part to adjust length. + + + The length to adjust. + + + True if adjust the total length only when adjust length. + + + The adjusted length. + + + The end of the fabrication part of the connector can not be adjusted. + -or- + Connector is connected. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Checks if the end of fabrication part can be adjusted. + + + The connector of the fabrication part to adjust length. + + + True if the end of fabrication part can be adjusted. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Sets the calculated dimension value. + + + Multiple dimensions may need to be set in order to reach the desired outcome. + The document must be regenerated before the fabrication part can be used. + Check ValidationStatus after regeneration to see if the part is valid for fabrication. + + + The fabrication dimension. + + + The calculated dimension value. + + + value is not a valid calculated fabrication dimension value. + -or- + fabrication dimension is unable to be modified because it is locked or from a product list. + -or- + the fabrication dimension is unable to be modified because it will affect the geometry of a connected end. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + the fabrication dimension is unable to be modified because the fabrication part is connected to more than one object. + -or- + the fabrication dimension cannot be set to the option: value. + + + 2016 + + + + + Gets the calculated dimension value. + + + The fabrication dimension. + + + The calculated dimension value. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Gets the calculated options of the fabrication dimension. + + + The fabrication dimension. + + + The calculated options of the fabrication dimension. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Checks if the fabrication dimension is calculated. + + + The fabrication dimension. + + + True if the fabrication dimension is calculated. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Sets the fabrication dimension value. The value is in Revit internal units. + + + Multiple dimensions may need to be set in order to reach the desired outcome. + The document must be regenerated before the fabrication part can be used. + Check ValidationStatus after regeneration to see if the part is valid for fabrication. + + + The fabrication dimension. + + + The dimension value. + + + fabrication dimension is unable to be modified because it is locked or from a product list. + -or- + the fabrication dimension is unable to be modified because it will affect the geometry of a connected end. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + the fabrication dimension is unable to be modified because the fabrication part is connected to more than one object. + -or- + the fabrication dimension cannot be set to the value: newValue. + + + 2016 + + + + + Gets the value of the fabrication dimension, returns value in Revit internal units. + + + The fabrication dimension. + + + The dimension value. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Gets all fabrication dimensions. + + + Returns an array of fabrication dimensions. + + + 2016 + + + + + Positions the connector of the fabrication part element by the passed point. + + + The connector of the fabrication part element. + + + The position to move to. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + this operation failed. + + + 2016 + + + + + Gets the transformation matrix of the fabrication part element. + + + The transformation matrix of the fabrication part element. + + + 2016 + + + + + This will test if a slope can be applied to the part and maintain connections with any connected parts. + + + Returns true if the part can be successfully sloped otherwise false. + + + 2018 + + + + + Save fabrication parts to an MEP job that can be opened in the fabrication software. + + + Only fabrication MAJ files are supported. + + + The document. + + + List of element Ids of fabrication parts or assemblies and group elements that contain fabrication parts to save. Non-fabrication part elements will be ignored. + + + The full path and filename of the fabrication job to save. + + + Options for the save operation. + + + Returns a list of fabrication part element Ids that were saved to the fabrication job. + + + Fabrication configuration is missing. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + the path to the filename must already exist and be writeable + + + The destination file name includes one or more invalid characters. + + + 2019 + + + + + Stretch the fabrication part from the specified connector and fit to the target routing end. + + + Cannot stretch and fit fabrication part straight, tap or hanger. + + + The document in which to perform the stretch and fit. + + + The connector of the fabrication part to be stretched. + + + The target routing end to align and fit to. + + + New fabrication part element identifiers. + + + Returns FabricationPartFitResult::Success if successful. + + + Connector does not belong to a fabrication part with a valid fabrication service. + -or- + Connector is connected. + -or- + Connector belongs to a fabrication part straight, tap, or hanger. + -or- + Routing end is valid to route to. + -or- + stretch target end type must be a supported type. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + fabrication part is not connected at one end only. + -or- + cannot stretch fabrication part to a different service. + + + 2017 + + + + + Checks to see if this part can be changed to the specified product entry without altering any connected dimensions. + + + The product entry index. + + + Returns true if the part can be changed to the specified product entry without altering any connected dimensions. + + + The product entry index is not larger than 0 and less than GetProductCount. + + + 2016 Subscription Release + + + + + Gets the fabrication rod information. + + + The fabrication rod information. Returns null if the fabrication part does not have any rod. + + + 2016 + + + + + Gets the fabrication hosted element information. + + + The fabrication hosted element information. Returns null if the fabrication part does not have a host. + + + 2016 + + + + + Creates a free placed hanger. + + + The document. + + + The fabrication service button to use. + + + The condition index. If the button has multiple conditions. + + + The level identifier associated with the level. + + + The newly-created fabrication hanger. + + + Invalid fabrication service button. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The index condition is not larger or equal to 0 and less than ConditionCount. + + + 2017 + + + + + Creates a hanger on the fabrication part. + + + The document. + + + The fabrication service button to use. + + + The condition index. If the button has multiple conditions. + + + The host part id. The host should be one horizontal straight part. + + + The connector of the host. + + + The distance from the input connector of the host part. Units are in feet (ft). + + + Attach to the nearest structural element. The structural element might be one of Floor/Roof/Stair/Structural Framing. + + + The newly-created fabrication hanger. + + + Hangers may only be placed on straight horizontal fabrication segments and some kind of fittings. + -or- + Invalid fabrication service button. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The index condition is not larger or equal to 0 and less than ConditionCount. + + + the distance is out of range. + -or- + cannot find suitable fabrication part for the host. + -or- + cannot place hanger on the host. + + + 2016 + + + + + Creates a hanger on the fabrication part. + + + The document. + + + The fabrication service button to use. It finds the matching condition automatically if the button has multiple condition. + + + The host part id. The host should be one horizontal straight part. + + + The connector of the host. + + + The distance from the input connector of the host part. Units are in feet (ft). + + + Attach to the nearest structural element. The structural element might be one of Floor/Roof/Stair/Structure Framing. + + + The newly-created fabrication hanger. + + + Hangers may only be placed on straight horizontal fabrication segments and some kind of fittings. + -or- + Invalid fabrication service button. + -or- + The distance is out of range. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + cannot place hanger on the host. + + + 2016 + + + + + Creates a fabrication part element from a fabrication item file. + + + The document. + + + The fabrication item file. + + + The element identifier associated with the + the will be created on. + + + The new fabrication part. + + + The item file is not valid for use in Revit. + -or- + The item file has not been loaded into the configuration. + -or- + The ElementId levelId is not a Level. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Creates a fabrication part element based on button. + + + The document. + + + The fabrication service button to use. + + + The condition index. + + + The element identifier associated with the + the will be created on. + + + The new fabrication part. + + + Fabrication service button contains invalid fittings. + -or- + Please use FabricationPart.CreateHanger to create fabrication hanger. + -or- + The ElementId levelId is not a Level. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The index condition is not larger or equal to 0 and less than ConditionCount. + + + The fabrication part type does not exist. Reload the service using FabricationConfiguration.LoadServices. + + + 2016 + + + + + Creates a fabrication part element based on button and size. + + + The document. + + + The fabrication service button to use. Matches button condition based on the specified size. + + + The width of the part. Units are in feet (ft). + + + The depth of the part. Units are in feet (ft). It should be equal to width for round part. + + + The element identifier associated with the + the will be created on. + + + The new fabrication part. + + + Fabrication service button contains invalid fittings. + -or- + Please use FabricationPart.CreateHanger to create fabrication hanger. + -or- + The ElementId levelId is not a Level. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The fabrication part type does not exist. Reload the service using FabricationConfiguration.LoadServices. + -or- + failing to match a button condition based on specific size. + + + 2016 + + + + + Gets a history of version change information about the current part. + + + A list of version information about the current part. The list starts with the most recent changes. + + + 2019 + + + + + The service type identifier of the fabrication part. + + + 2018 + + + + + Gets the geometry checksum of the fabrication part symbol, and it does nothing with the fabrication part instance position. + + + 2018.2 + + + + + Changes happened and the iso drawing should be updated. + + + 2019 + + + + + The spool name of the fabrication part. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + When setting this property: + + + 2018 + + + + + The fabrication part's globally unique identifier. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + The status identifier for the fabrication part. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Specifies whether an ancillary kit is being used to override support rods, bolts and clips, if any. A value of 0 indicates no override is being used. + + + For hangers only. Setting an invalid hanger rod kit will result in the property being unchanged. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + The validation status of the fabrication part. + + + 2016 + + + + + The connector manager of the fabrication part. + + + 2016 + + + + + The domain type for the fabrication part. + + + 2016 + + + + + The item custom identifier for the fabrication part. + + + 2017 + + + + + The item number that is used for identification, re-ordering from shop. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + When setting this property: + + + 2017 + + + + + The fabrication material gauge identifier. + + + 2024 + + + + + The fabrication material identifier. + + + When setting this property: the material is not valid for the fabrication part's specification. + + + When setting this property: the material is not able to be modified. + -or- + When setting this property: the fabrication part is connected to more than one item. + -or- + When setting this property: the material fails to be set by identifier: materialId. + + + 2016 + + + + + The fabrication part insulation specification identifier. + + + A value of 0 indicates the insulation specification is set to off. + + + When setting this property: the insulation specification is invalid for the fabrication part. + + + + -or- + When setting this property: the fabrication part has taps connected. + -or- + When setting this property: the specification fails to be set by identifier: specId. + + + 2016 + + + + + The fabrication part specification identifier. + + + A value of 0 indicates the specification is set to undefined. + + + When setting this property: the specification is invalid for the fabrication part. + + + When setting this property: the specification is not able to be modified. + -or- + When setting this property: the fabrication part is connected to more than one item. + -or- + When setting this property: the specification fails to be set by identifier: specId. + + + 2016 + + + + + The fabrication part service identifier. The service can only be changed to compatible services. + + + When setting this property: + + + 2016 Subscription Release + + + + + The current database id of the part within the fabrication database. + + + 2016 + + + + + The centerline length of the fabrication part. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The origin of the fabrication part element. + + + 2016 + + + + + The associated level offset that indicates the distance from the center of the fabrication part to the current level. + + + 2016 + + + + + The product install type of the fabrication part. + + + 2017 + + + + + The product original equipment manufacture (OEM) of the fabrication part. + + + 2017 + + + + + The product data range of the fabrication part. + + + 2017 + + + + + The product size description of the fabrication part. + + + 2017 + + + + + The product material description of the fabrication part. + + + 2017 + + + + + The product specification description of the fabrication part. + + + 2017 + + + + + The product finish description of the fabrication part. + + + 2017 + + + + + The product long description of the fabrication part. + + + 2017 + + + + + The product short description of the fabrication part. + + + 2017 + + + + + The product name of the fabrication part. + + + 2017 + + + + + The vendor code of the fabrication part. + + + 2017 + + + + + The vendor of the fabrication part. + + + 2017 + + + + + The alias of the fabrication part. + + + 2017 + + + + + The notes of the fabrication part. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + When setting this property: + + + 2017 + + + + + True if the fabrication part is bought out. + + + 2017 + + + + + The name of the service associated with the fabrication part. + + + 2017 + + + + + The cut type of the fabrication part. + + + 2017 + + + + + The double wall material area of the fabrication part. If the fabrication part is not double walled, returns zero. + + + 2017 + + + + + The double wall material thickness of the fabrication part. If the fabrication part is not double walled, returns zero. + + + 2017 + + + + + The double wall material identifier of the fabrication part. + + + 2017 + + + + + The material thickness of the fabrication part. + + + 2017 + + + + + The sheet metal area of the fabrication part. + + + 2017 + + + + + The lining area of the fabrication part. If the fabrication part is not lined, returns zero. + + + 2017 + + + + + The lining thickness of the fabrication part. If the fabrication part is not lined, returns zero. + + + 2017 + + + + + The lining type of the fabrication part. + + + 2017 + + + + + The insulation area of the fabrication part. If the fabrication part is not insulated, returns zero. + + + 2017 + + + + + The insulation thickness of the fabrication part. If the fabrication part is not insulated, returns zero. + + + 2017 + + + + + The insulation type of the fabrication part. + + + 2017 + + + + + The weight of the fabrication part. + + + 2017 + + + + + The inner size of the fabrication part. + + + 2019 + + + + + The overall size of the fabrication part. + + + 2017 + + + + + The size of the fabrication part. + + + 2017 + + + + + The slope for the straight fabrication part. + + + 2017 + + + + + True if the fabrication part is lined. + + + 2017 + + + + + True if the fabrication part is insulated. + + + 2017 + + + + + True if the fabrication part is double walled. + + + 2017 + + + + + The associated service abbreviation for the fabrication service. + + + 2017 + + + + + The associated elevation to the bottom of fabrication part off of the current level. + + + 2017 + + + + + The associated elevation to the top of fabrication part off of the current level. + + + 2017 + + + + + The product entry index of the fabrication part. A value of -1 indicates the fabrication part is not a product list. + + + The product list is a catalog of available sizes for the part and the index refers to the entry on this list. + + + When setting this property: modifying the product entry will cause the dimensions of connected ends to change. + + + When setting this property: The product entry index is not larger than 0 and less than GetProductCount. + + + When setting this property: + -or- + When setting this property: the product entry fails to be set by index: productEntryIndex. + + + 2016 Subscription Release + + + + + Represents a fabrication component in the Autodesk Revit MEP product. + + + 2016 + + + + + Fabrication Part Comparison Types + + + 2018 + + + + + Compare Fabrication Button Alias field. + + + + + Compare all Fabrication Custom Data fields. + + + + + Compare Fabrication PCFKey field. + + + + + Compare Fabrication Alias field. + + + + + Compare Fabrication Spool name field. + + + + + Compare Fabrication Alt field. + + + + + Compare Fabrication ETag field. + + + + + Compare Fabrication Zone field. + + + + + Compare Fabrication Drawing name field. + + + + + Compare Fabrication Order Number field. + + + + + Compare Fabrication Box Number field. + + + + + Compare Fabrication Pallet field. + + + + + Compare Fabrication Service. + + + + + Compare Fabrication Status. + + + + + Compare Fabrication Section field. + + + + + Compare Fabrication Double Skin Material Gauge. + + + + + Compare Fabrication Double Skin Material. + + + + + Compare Fabrication Custom Identifier (CID) number. + + + + + Compare Fabrication Description Field. + + + + + Compare Fabrication Item Filename. + + + + + Compare Fabrication Notes field. + + + + + Compare Fabrication Insulation Material. + + + + + Compare Fabrication Duct Facing Type. + + + + + Compare Fabrication Material's Gauge. + + + + + Compare Fabrication Insulation Specification. + + + + + Compare Fabrication Specification. + + + + + Compare Fabrication Material. + + + + + Compare Fabrication Cut Type data. + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Set true to have holes for taps on straights added to the created fabrication job. + + + 2019 + + + + + Constructor + + + Set true to have holes for taps on straights added to the created fabrication job. + + + 2019 + + + + + Default Constructor + + + 2019 + + + + + Options for FabricationPart.SaveAsFabricationJob() method. + + + 2019 + + + + + Lists the validation type of the fabrication part. + + + 2016 + + + + + The part has no material being specified. + + + + + The part has invalid dimensions. + + + + + The part is valid to fabrication. + + + + + Fabrication part stretch/fill result. + + + 2017 + + + + + Failed due to unsupported routing path. + + + + + Failed due to additional offset dimensions or fittings being required that weren't available. + + + + + Failed due to connectors being incompatible and no couplings found to resolve it. + + + + + Failed due to size mismatch of fitting ends. + + + + + Failed due to shape mismatch of fitting ends. + + + + + Failed due to the required dimension values not being valid to fabricate. + + + + + Failed due to not being able to change a locked or product listed dimension. + + + + + Failed due to misalignment of fitting ends. + + + + + Failed because the part didn't have the dimensions required to meet the geometry requirements. + + + + + Operation was successful. + + + + + Create fabrication routing end from centerline point on straight element. + + + The straight element that the centerline is on. + + + A point along the straight element where the fitting to be cut in should be positioned. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Create fabrication routing end from connector end point. + + + The connector that the route will connect to. The connector cannot have an existing connection. + + + Connector is connected. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Class to hold fabrication part routing start or end information. + + + To create a new instance, use to specify a connector, + or to specify the centerline of a straight element, + for the fabrication routing end point. + + + 2017 + + + + + General utility placement methods in the Autodesk Revit MEP product for fabrication. + + + 2018 + + + + + Fabrication part eccentric justifications for alignment for flat edged parts. + + + 2018 + + + + + Outside edge justification to the top + + + + + Outside edge justification to the bottom + + + + + Default middle justification to the connector + + + + + 2019 + + + + + 2019 + + + + + Gets the item files in this item folder. + + + 2019 + + + + + Gets the item folder's sub folders. + + + 2019 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The item folder's globally unique identifier. + + + 2019 + + + + + The item folder's name. + + + 2019 + + + + + A fabrication item folder that can contain sub folders and access to the s contained within. + + + 2019 + + + + + Gets a list of every fabrication item folder used by services. + + + list of service identifiers to check. + + + Returns a list of every fabrication item folder used by services. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The current fabrication configuration is not connected and updated to source configuration. Reload and try again. + + + 2016 + + + + + True if the fabrication browser is dirty. + + + 2016 + + + + + Set the flag indicating if the fabrication browser is dirty. + + + 2016 + + + + + Returns the baseline index of the last applied update. The configuration must be a connected remote configuration for this call to succeed. + + + Returns the index of the current updates. + + + The fabrication configuration is not remote or is not connected. + + + 2019 + + + + + Get whether this config is a remote configuration that is connected. + + + Returns true if the configuration is remote and connected. + + + 2019 + + + + + Gets material thickness from its material/gauge identifiers. + + + The material identifier. + + + The gauge identifier within the specified material. + + + The thickness of the material/gauge. + + + 2024 + + + + + Unload the specific fabrication service from project. + + + The identifiers of the fabrication services to unload. + + + The relative filenames of the fabrication item files to unload. + + + Fabrication item files can not be unloaded if they are in use currently. + -or- + Some item files have not been loaded. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The current fabrication configuration is not connected and updated to source configuration. Reload and try again. + + + 2016 + + + + + Unload the specified fabrication item files from the project. + + + The fabrication item files to unload. + + + Fabrication item files can not be unloaded if they are in use currently. + -or- + Some item files have not been loaded. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The current fabrication configuration is not connected and updated to source configuration. Reload and try again. + + + 2019 + + + + + Checks if the item files have been loaded. + + + The paths of the item files. + + + Returns true if the item files have been loaded, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Checks if the fabrication item files are already in use and should not be unloaded. + + + The fabrication item files to unload. + + + Returns true if the fabrication item files can be unloaded, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Loads the specified fabrication item files into the project. + + + The relative paths of the fabrication item files to load. + + + The relative paths of the fabrication item files which failed to load. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The current fabrication configuration is not connected and updated to source configuration. Reload and try again. + -or- + this operation failed. + + + 2019 + + + + + Returns all the used fabrication item files. A fabrication item file is used if any fabrication parts in the model were created from it. + + + All the relative filenames of the used fabrication item files. + + + 2019 + + + + + Finalise a temporary configuration and make it permanent + + + if true the changes are persisted to the buffer else the configuration is rebuilt from the current buffer. + + + 2016 + + + + + Begin temporary configuration changes (optimise recording) + + + 2016 + + + + + Set a temporary configuration that can be adjusted before being finalised + + + The desired fabrication configuration. + + + The desired profile of the fabrication configuration. Use empty string for the global profile. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The fabrication configuration cannot be swapped because the exiting fabrication configuration has already been used in the document. + -or- + Cannot set the configuration. + + + 2016 + + + + + Get list of all loaded fabrication item files. + + + Returns an array of the loaded fabrication item files. + + + The fabrication configuration is not set yet. + + + 2019 + + + + + Gets a list of every fabrication item folder in the fabrication item folder structure. + + + Returns a list of every fabrication item folder in the fabrication item folder structure. + + + The current fabrication configuration is not connected and updated to source configuration. Reload and try again. + + + 2019 + + + + + Gets the service type name. + + + The service type identifier. + + + 2018 + + + + + Gets whether the specified fabrication ancillary identifier is an ancillary kit or not. + + + The fabrication ancillary database identifier of the ancillary. + + + Returns true if the ancillary is a kit. + + + The ancillary does not exist. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Gets the fabrication ancillary group and name for the specified fabrication ancillary identifier. + + + The fabrication ancillary database identifier of the ancillary. + + + The group and name of the ancillary. + + + The ancillary does not exist. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Gets the fabrication ancillary group of the specified fabrication ancillary identifier. + + + The fabrication ancillary database identifier of the ancillary. + + + The group name of the ancillary. + + + The ancillary does not exist. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Gets the fabrication ancillary name for the specified fabrication ancillary identifier. + + + The fabrication ancillary database identifier of the ancillary. + + + The name of the ancillary. + + + The ancillary does not exist. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Gets fabrication ancillaries of the specified type. + + + The type of ancillaries to get. + + + Whether or not to include ancillary kits as well. + + + Whether kits should be filtered to only those that contain the specified ancillary type. + + + An array of ancillary identifiers. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Checks to see if the specified ancillary exists. + + + The ancillary identifier. + + + Returns true if the ancillary exists. + + + 2018 + + + + + Gets the material gauge GUID by its material/gauge identifiers. + + + The material identifier. The same material gauge GUID could have different material gauge identifiers for different materials. + + + The material gauge identifier. + + + The material gauge GUID. Returns empty GUID if not found. + + + 2024 + + + + + Gets the material gauge identifier by its GUID and material identifier. + + + The material gauge GUID. + + + The material identifier. The same material gauge GUID could have different material gauge identifiers for different materials. + + + The gauge identifier. Returns 0 if not found. + + + 2024 + + + + + Gets the material GUID by its identifier. + + + The material identifier. + + + The material GUID. Returns empty GUID if not found. + + + 2024 + + + + + Gets the material identifier by its GUID. + + + The material GUID. + + + The material identifier. Returns 0 if not found. + + + 2024 + + + + + Gets the specification GUID by its identifier. + + + The specification identifier. + + + The specification GUID. Returns empty GUID if not found. + + + 2024 + + + + + Gets the specification identifier by its GUID. + + + The specification GUID. + + + The specification identifier. Returns 0 if not found. + + + 2024 + + + + + Gets the service GUID by its identifier. + + + The service identifier. + + + The service GUID. Returns empty GUID if not found. + + + 2024 + + + + + Gets the service identifier by its GUID. + + + The service GUID. + + + The service identifier. Returns 0 if not found. + + + 2024 + + + + + Gets the fabrication connector domain from its identifier. + + + The fabrication connector identifier. + + + The fabrication connector's domain. + + + 2016 + + + + + Gets the fabrication connector shape from its identifier. + + + The fabrication connector identifier. + + + The fabrication connector's shape. + + + 2016 + + + + + Gets the fabrication connector group from its identifier. + + + The fabrication connector identifier. + + + The fabrication connector's group. + + + 2016 + + + + + Gets the fabrication connector name from its identifier. + + + The fabrication connector identifier. + + + The fabrication connector's name. + + + 2016 + + + + + Gets the fabrication connector identifiers by group and name, filtered by shape and domain. + + + The fabrication connector group. + + + The fabrication connector name. + + + ConnectorDomainType to filter by. Pass ConnectorDomainType::Undefined to get all connector domains. + + + ConnectorProfileType to filter by. Pass ConnectorProfileType::Invalid to get all shapes. + + + Return the fabrication connector identifier. Returns -1 if not found. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2016 + + + + + Gets fabrication connector identifiers from the fabrication configuration, filtered by shape and domain. + + + ConnectorDomainType to filter by. Pass ConnectorDomainType.Undefined to get all connector domains. + + + ConnectorProfileType to filter by. Pass ConnectorProfileType.Invalid to get all shapes. + + + All the fabrication connector identifiers, filtered by shape and domain. The return will be empty if no connectors are found. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2016 + + + + + Gets insulation specification abbreviation. + + + The insulation specification identifier. + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets specification abbreviation. + + + The specification identifier. + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets the abreviation of the material or the insulation or the double wall material. + + + The material identifier. + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets material name from its identifier. + + + The material identifier. + + + The material name without the group. + + + 2016 + + + + + Gets material group from its identifier. + + + The material identifier. + + + The material group. + + + 2016 + + + + + Gets material by group and name. + + + The material group. + + + The group name. + + + The material identifier. Returns -1 if not found. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Gets all material identifiers in the fabrication configuration. + + + If a part is passed, only returns materials which are valid for the part, otherwise returns all materials. + + + The fabrication part. + + + An array of material identifiers. + + + 2016 + + + + + Gets the insulation specification group from its identifier. + + + The insulation specification identifier. + + + The insulation specification group. + + + 2016 + + + + + Gets the insulation specification name from its identifier. + + + The insulation specification identifier. + + + The insulation specification name. + + + 2016 + + + + + Gets the insulation specification by group and name. + + + The insulation specification group. + + + The insulation specification name. + + + The insulation specification identifier. Returns -1 if not found. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Gets all insulation specification identifiers in the fabrication configuration. + + + If a part is passed, only returns insulation specification which are valid for the part, otherwise returns all insulation specifications. + + + The fabrication part. + + + An array of insulation specification identifiers. + + + 2016 + + + + + Gets the custom data type from its identifier. See FabricationCustomDataType enumerator. + + + The custom data identifier. + + + The custom data type. + + + The custom data does not exist. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Gets the custom data name from its identifier. + + + The custom data identifier. + + + The custom data name. + + + The custom data does not exist. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Gets all possible fabrication part custom data identifiers. + + + An array of custom data identifiers. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Checks to see if the specified custom data exists. + + + The custom data identifier. + + + Returns true if the custom data exists. + + + 2018 + + + + + Gets the status description from its identifier. + + + The status identifier. + + + The status description. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Gets all possible fabrication part status identifiers. + + + An array of status identifiers. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Checks to see if the specified damper exists. + + + The damper identifier to check. + + + Returns true if the damper exists. + + + 2018 + + + + + Gets the damper name from its identifier. + + + The damper identifier. + + + The damper name. + + + The damper does not exist. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Gets all damper identifiers in the fabrication configuration. + + + An array of specification identifiers. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Gets the specification group from its identifier. + + + The specification identifier. + + + The specification group. + + + 2016 + + + + + Gets the specification name from its identifier. + + + The specification identifier. + + + The specification name; + + + 2016 + + + + + Gets the specification identifier by group and name. + + + The specification group. + + + The specification name. + + + The specification identifier. Returns -1 if not found. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Gets all specification identifiers in the fabrication configuration. + + + If a part is passed, only returns specifications which are valid for the part, otherwise returns all specifications. + + + The fabrication part. + + + An array of specification identifiers. + + + 2016 + + + + + Get the service based on the service identifier from the fabrication configuration in the current document. + + + The service identifier. + + + The service based on the service identifier. + + + 2016 + + + + + Unload the specified fabrication item files from the project. + + + The fabrication item files to unload. + + + Fabrication item files can not be unloaded if they are currently in use. + -or- + Some fabrication item files have not been loaded. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The current fabrication configuration is not connected and updated to source configuration. Reload and try again. + + + 2019 + + + + + Unload the specified fabrication services from the project. + + + The identifiers of the fabrication services to unload. + + + Fabrication services can not be unloaded if they are in use currently. + -or- + Some services are not loaded yet. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The current fabrication configuration is not connected and updated to source configuration. Reload and try again. + + + 2016 + + + + + Checks if the fabrication item files have been loaded. + + + The fabrication item files. + + + Returns true if the fabrication item files have been loaded, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Checks if the fabrication item files are already in use and should not be unloaded. + + + The fabrication item files to unload. + + + Returns true if the fabrication item files can be unloaded, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Loads the specified fabrication item files into the project. + + + The relative paths of the fabrication item files to load. + + + The relative paths of the fabrication item files which failed to load. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The current fabrication configuration is not connected and updated to source configuration. Reload and try again. + -or- + this operation failed. + + + 2019 + + + + + Loads the specified fabrication services into the project. + + + The identifiers of the fabrication services to load. + + + The identifiers of the fabrication services which failed to load. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The current fabrication configuration is not connected and updated to source configuration. Reload and try again. + -or- + this operation failed. + + + 2016 + + + + + Returns all the used fabrication item files. A fabrication item file is used if any fabrication parts in the model were created from it. + + + All the used fabrication item files. + + + 2019 + + + + + Returns all the used fabrication services. A service is used if any fabrication part in the service is created by user. + + + All the used fabrication services. + + + 2016 + + + + + Sets the services which are to be loaded or not next time reloadConfiguration is called. If a service is not included but is currently loaded then it will be unloaded then. + + + Returns true if successful. May fail if any service currently loaded is not included and is in use so cannot be unloaded. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Returns all the loaded fabrication services. + + + All the loaded fabrication services. + + + 2016 + + + + + Returns all fabrication services in the fabrication configuration. + + + All fabrication services. The return will be empty if no services are found. + + + 2016 + + + + + Return the profile of the loaded fabrication configuration. Return empty string for global profile. + + + 2016 + + + + + Set the fabrication configuration with specific profile. + + + The desired fabrication configuration. + + + The desired profile of the fabrication configuration. Use empty string for the global profile. + + + The profile "profile" is invalid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The fabrication configuration cannot be swapped because the exiting fabrication configuration has already been used in the document. + -or- + Cannot set the configuration. + + + 2016 + + + + + Set the fabrication configuration with global profile. + + + The desired fabrication configuration. + + + The fabrication configuration cannot be swapped because the exiting fabrication configuration has already been used in the document. + -or- + Cannot set the configuration. + + + 2016 + + + + + Reloads the fabrication configuration from its source fabrication configuration. + + + The configuration must be reloaded from its source fabrication configuration before loading new fabrication services or additional parts. + + + The information about the reload of the fabrication configuration. + + + The fabrication configuration is not set yet. + -or- + The source fabrication configuration could not be found. + -or- + this operation failed. + + + 2016 + + + + + Checks if the fabrication configuration can be swapped. + + + Swapping configuration is not permitted if the existing configuration has already been used to create fabrication part elements in the document. + + + True if the fabrication configuration can be swapped, false otherwise. + + + 2016 + + + + + Gets the information about the fabrication configuration of the project. + + + The information about the fabrication configuration of the project. + + + 2016 + + + + + Checks whether a valid fabrication configuration has been set for the project. + + + True if a valid fabrication configuration has been set for the project. + + + 2016 + + + + + Gets the fabrication configuration element in the document. + + + The document. + + + The fabrication configuration element in the document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + This element contains the information about the fabrication configuration settings used by the project. + + + The element provides information about the location of the fabrication database, its properties, and settings related to fabrication items. + + + 2016 + + + + + validate swap index. + + + 2016 + + + + + Access reload information for out of date part. + + + The index of the information about the part being reloaded. Must be between 0 and OutOfDatePartCount. + + + Information about the part being reloaded. + + + The index is out of range. + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + 2019 + + + + + Returns information about the post-reload connectivity validation. + + + Information about the post-reload connectivity validation. + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + 2016 + + + + + Gets a list of ElementIds of fabrication parts that had custom data updated during the reload. + + + A list identifying changed elements. + + + 2019 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The number of fabrication part instances that had newer versions and were out of date. + + + 2019 + + + + + The current profile is not available in the disk configuration. + + + 2016 + + + + + The number of disconnections caused by the reload. + + + 2016 + + + + + Constructor. + + + 2016 + + + + + This object contains information returned by a reload of the fabrication configuration. + + + 2016 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + New version. + + + 2019 + + + + + Previous version. + + + 2019 + + + + + Whether the swap out was successful. + + + 2019 + + + + + The ElementId of part being swapped. + + + 2019 + + + + + This object contains information about fabrication parts swapped out during reload. + + + 2019 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The user-specified reason for the change. + + + 2019 + + + + + The version number of the change. + + + 2019 + + + + + The object contains versioning information about fabrication data. + + + 2019 + + + + + Access specific warning number of warnings generated by reload. + + + Invalid index. + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + 2016 + + + + + Validate warning index. + + + 2016 + + + + + Returns number of warnings generated by reload. + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + 2016 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructor. + + + 2016 + + + + + This object contains information about fabrication connection validations. + + + 2016 + + + + + Get ElementIds of affected parts. + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + 2016 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Enumeration for reason of warning. + + + 2016 + + + + + Enumeration for resolution that was applied. + + + 2016 + + + + + Constructor. + + + Resolution type. + + + Warning reason. + + + First element Id. + + + Second element Id. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2016 + + + + + Contains information about a specific connection validation problem. + + + 2016 + + + + + An enumerated type listing all the reasons for connectivity failure. + + + 2016 + + + + + Value for fabrication Connectivity Mismatch. + + + + + Value for shapes didn't match. + + + + + Value for sizes didn't match. + + + + + Value for parts were moved when rebuilt so that connectors were no longer aligned. + + + + + Value for unknown or unspecified reason. + + + + + An enumerated type listing all the possible resolutions for connectivity validation. + + + 2016 + + + + + Value for parts were disconnected. + + + + + Adds this fabrication configuration. + + + Whether to + + + returns whether the configuration was added successfully. + + + 2016 + + + + + Adds a fabrication configuration. + + + The fabrication configuration name. + + + The path where fabrication configuration located. + + + The cloud Id of the config + + + returns whether the configuration was added successfully. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Gets all added fabrication configurations. + + + All added fabrication configurations. + + + 2016 + + + + + Whether one configuration is the same as another one, or may be compatible if not. + + + return zero for an exact match. Positive values indicate a partial match, with the lower value being closer. Negative values indicate no match. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Checks if the two configuration are the same(e.g. if they have the same GUID and version). + + + The other FabricationConfigurationInfo object to compare. + + + True if the two configuration are the same. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + constructor of FabricationConfigurationInfo for cloud configurations + + + returns config info for cloud config + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2016 + + + + + Gets all added fabrication configurations. + + + All added fabrication configurations. + + + 2016 + + + + + Finds the source fabrication configuration on disk which matches the input fabrication configuration. + + + Fabrication configuration is matched by configuration GUID and version. The GUIDs are required to be the same. + For version, we first try to match the version exactly. If Revit cannot find an exact match, then it looks for + the closest version later than the input configuration, then the closest earlier version. + + + The fabrication configuration to match. + + + The matching source fabrication configuration. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Return the profiles in the fabrication configuration. + + + The global profile name is empty, and is not returned here. + + + 2016 + + + + + Checks if the fabrication configuration is valid. + + + True if the fabrication configuration is valid. + + + 2016 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Whether the cloud configuration is a remote cloud one. + + + 2019 + + + + + The path where the fabrication configuration is located. To populate this property, + you may need to call FindSourceFabricationConfiguration first. + + + 2016 + + + + + The unit system of the fabrication configuration. Units can be UnitSystem.Metric or UnitSystem.Imperial. + + + 2016 + + + + + The description of the fabrication configuration. + + + 2016 + + + + + The version of the fabrication configuration. + + + 2016 + + + + + The unique identification of the fabrication configuration. + + + 2016 + + + + + product version of config (0 is current, else year) + + + 2016 + + + + + The identifier of the cloud configuration. + + + 2019 + + + + + Checks whether the fabrication configuration is locked. If true, the configuration is locked and cannot be removed. + + + 2016 + + + + + The name of the fabrication configuration. + + + 2016 + + + + + Represents an MEP object that holds the properties of an MEP fabrication configuration. + + + To populate the Path property, you may need to call + FindSourceFabricationConfiguration first. + + + 2016 + + + + + An enumerated type listing all fabrication custom data value types. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Real number data type. + + + + + Integer data type + + + + + Text data type + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + A unique string code that idnenifies the ancillary in the fabriction database in order to purchase it. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Length of required ancillaries. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Quantity of required ancillaries. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Depth of required ancillary if it isn't round. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Width or diameter of required ancillary. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Fabrication ancillary database identifier. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Fabrication ancillary usage type. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Fabrication ancillary type. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Structure that holds information about the usage of a fabrication ancillary + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + An enumerated type describing where an ancillary is used on a fabrication part. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Ancillary makes up a fabrication part internal or external stiffener. + + + + + Ancillary makes up a fabrication part hanger. + + + + + Ancillary makes up a fabrication part airturn or vane. + + + + + Ancillary makes up a fabrication part splitter. + + + + + Ancillary is associated with a seam on development(s). + + + + + Ancillary makes up a fabrication part connector. + + + + + Miscellaneous loose ancillary defined on the part. + + + + + Undefined usage. + + + + + An enumerated type listing all fabrication ancillary types. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Ancillary seam material. + + + + + Ancillary support isolators. Used inline ancillary support rods. + + + + + Ancillary airturn vanes. Used to manage flow through fittings. + + + + + Ancillary airturn tracks. Used to fasten airturn vanes in place. + + + + + Ancillary materials used to support and externally stiffen fittings, eg. angle iron, unistrut. + + + + + Ancillary support drop rod types. Used to support fittings. + + + + + Ancillary sealants. Used to seal seams. + + + + + Ancillary gaskets. Used to seal connector joints. + + + + + Ancillary tie rod types. Used to internally stiffen fittings. + + + + + Ancillary clips and washers. Used to additionally fix and clip ancillaries together. + + + + + Ancillary corner joints. Used to join ancillary materials." + + + + + Ancillary nuts and bolts. Used to fix and bind other ancillaries. + + + + + Unknown or unsupported ancillary type. + + + + + Creates a new FabricWireType object with a default name. + + + The document. + + + The newly created type id. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Determines the bending diameter of the wire. + + + The value should be positive. + + + When setting this property: The given value for bendDiameter is not a number + + + When setting this property: The bending diameter bendDiameter is negative. + + + 2016 + + + + + Determines the diameter of the wire. + + + The value should be positive and less than 12 inches/300 mm. + + + When setting this property: The given value for wireDiameter is not a number + + + When setting this property: The wire diameter wireDiameter is negative or greater than 12 inches/300 mm. + + + 2013 + + + + + A Fabric Wire Type object that is used in the generation of Fabric Wire. + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a new instance of a single Fabric wire. + + + The distance between this wire and the next wire in the Custom Fabric Sheet + + + Length of this wire + + + The wire type of this wire + + + The offset between two wires in the same line + + + The newly created Fabric wire instance. + + + The given value for distance is not a number + -or- + The given value for wireLength is not a number + -or- + wireType is not a valid Element identifier. + -or- + The given value for wireOffset is not a number + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The given value for distance must be between 0 and 30000 feet. + -or- + The given value for wireLength must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + -or- + The given value for wireOffset must be between 0 and 30000 feet. + + + 2018 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Offset along wire direction + Wire distance should be 0 if we want to be along the same wire + + + When setting this property: The given value for offset is not a number + + + When setting this property: The given value for offset must be between 0 and 30000 feet. + + + 2018 + + + + + Wire length for this wire item + + + When setting this property: The given value for length is not a number + + + When setting this property: The given value for length must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + + + 2017 + + + + + The wire type of this wire item + + + When setting this property: wireType is not a valid Element identifier. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Distance to the next fabric wire item + Can be 0 to be used with offset along wire. + + + When setting this property: The given value for distance is not a number + + + When setting this property: The given value for distance must be between 0 and 30000 feet. + + + 2017 + + + + + Provides implementation for FabricWires stored in a Custom Fabric Sheet + + + 2017 + + + + + Places a new instance of the Structural Fabric Reinforcement Symbol into the project relative to a particular FabricSheet and View. + + + The document. + + + The id of the view in which the symbol should appear. + + + The ElementId of FabricSheet (either in the document, or linked from another document). + + + The span symbol's head position. + + + The id of the family symbol of this symbol. + + + A reference to the newly-created symbol. + + + hostId should refer to a FabricSheet element. + -or- + viewId does not refer to a valid view type for FabricReinSpanSymbol - only floor plan, reflected ceiling plans and elevations are permitted. + -or- + symbolId should refer to a FamilySymbol of category OST_FabricReinSpanSymbol. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Represents an instance of a Structural Fabric Reinforcement Symbol in Autodesk Revit. + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a new FabricAreaType object with a default name. + + + The document. + + + The newly created type id. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + A FabricAreaType object is used in FabricArea object generation. + + + 2013 + + + + + Indicates whether the orientation of the OffsetSurface is same as that of its basis surface, + in the sense that their oriented normals at any (u, v) have the same direction. + + + True if the orientation of the OffsetSurface is same as that of its basis surface, false otherwise. + + + 2021 + + + + + Returns offset distance of this OffsetSurface. + + + Offset distance of this OffsetSurface. + + + 2021 + + + + + Returns a copy of basis surface of this OffsetSurface. + + + Basis surface of this OffsetSurface. + + + 2021 + + + + + A mathematical representation of an offset surface. +

Definition of offset surface, quoted from the STEP manual ISO 10303-42:2000(E): + This is a procedural definition of a simple offset surface at a normal distance from the originating surface. + Distance may be positive, negative, or zero to indicate the preferred side of the surface. + The offset surface takes its parametrization directly from that of its basis surface, corresponding points having + identical parameter values. The offset surface is parametrized as O(u, v) = S(u, v) + d*N(u, v), + where N(u, v) is the oriented unit normal vector of the basis surface S at parameter value (u, v), and d is the signed offset distance.

In Revit, we restrict the types of basis surfaces for which an OffsetSurf can be created for the following reasons:

The offsets of Plane, CylindricalSurface, ConicalSurface and RevolvedSurface are of the same type as the original surface and they have closed form solutions. + So those surfaces are not taken as basis surfaces of the OffsetSurface class. That leaves HermiteSurface and RuledSurface. As a Revit surface, we require the OffsetSurface to be C2 continuous. That implies that the basis surface should be C3 continuous. + That is because the OffsetSurface evaluation involves the normal of the basis surface and the order of continuity of the normal + is one less than that of the surface. HermiteSurfaces in general are not C3 continuous, even though some of them can be. + A RuledSurface will be C3 continuous if its parametric curves are C3 continuous. + So we don't allow a HermiteSurface to be a basis surface and allow only RuledSurfaces whose parametric curves are C3 continuous + as basis surfaces of the OffsetSurface class.

The OffsetSurface class will own a copy of the basis surface and use it for many of its methods, which may implicitly assume that + the OffsetSurface and the basis surface have the same envelope. So we keep the envelopes of the OffsetSurf and its basis surface in sync.

+ + 2021 + +
+ + + Implement this method to identify the relation of the two + object for the purpose of sorting them. + + +

If the comparer is for some reason unable to identify + the relations between the two object it should return value of + ElementComparisonResult.Incomparable. Such a situation is believed + to be rather rare though.

+
+ + One of the elements to be compared + + + The other element to be compared + + + The result of comparison. ElementComparisonResult.Incomparable if elements cannot be compared. + + + 2015 + +
+ + + Implement this method to return a description of the comparer. + + +

The purpose of this string is to describe the comparer + in more details than just a short name alone could do. + The intended use is to show the string to the end user in the UI.

+
+ + Description of the comparer. + + + 2015 + +
+ + + Implement this method to return the name of the comparer. + + +

Although a comparer is uniquely identified by its Id, + the Name can help to identify it to the end user in the UI.

+
+ + Name of the comparer. + + + 2015 + +
+ + + Implement this method to return the id of the comparer. + + + The Id must uniquely identify the comparer. + + + The id of the comparer. + + + 2015 + + + + + A static method to obtain the Id this class of a comparer. + + + The Id as a GUID value + + + 2015 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Data that controls the behavior of the comparer. + + + 2015 + + + + + Creates an instance of this comparer initiated by the given data object + + + The data defining the parameter to compare by and sorting order + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + The class defining a comparer that sortes by an element's parameter. + + + 2015 + + + + + Id of the parameter of which value is used when comparing two elements for sorting + + + 2015 + + + + + The order in which objects are to be sorted. + + + 2015 + + + + + Constructor to instantiate a data with the given parameter Id and default sorting order. + + + Use the Order property to change the direction of sorting order as desired. + + + Id of the parameter used for comparison + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Data class that defines behavior of a comparer that uses a parameter + to compare elements when sorting them in order to assign numbers to them. + + + 2015 + + + + + Implement this method to identify the relation of the two + object for the purpose of sorting them. + + +

If the comparer is for some reason unable to identify + the relations between the two object it should return value of + ElementComparisonResult.Incomparable. Such a situation is believed + to be rather rare though.

+
+ + One of the elements to be compared + + + The other element to be compared + + + The result of comparison. ElementComparisonResult.Incomparable if elements cannot be compared. + + + 2015 + +
+ + + Implement this method to return a description of the comparer. + + +

The purpose of this string is to describe the comparer + in more details than just a short name alone could do. + The intended use is to show the string to the end user in the UI.

+
+ + Description of the comparer. + + + 2015 + +
+ + + Implement this method to return the name of the comparer. + + +

Although a comparer is uniquely identified by its Id, + the Name can help to identify it to the end user in the UI.

+
+ + Name of the comparer. + + + 2015 + +
+ + + Implement this method to return the id of the comparer. + + + The Id must uniquely identify the comparer. + + + The id of the comparer. + + + 2015 + + + + + A static method to obtain the Id this class of a comparer. + + + The Id as a GUID value + + + 2015 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Data that controls the behavior of the comparer. + + + 2015 + + + + + Default constructor + + + Creates an instance of this comparer with properties set to their + default values. Use the Data property to set values differently. + + + 2015 + + + + + The class defining the default element comparer. + + + An instance of this class is to be used if no other comparer + is explicitly set when sorting a collection of objects for the purpose + of numbering them (i.e. assigning an identifying number to them.) + + + 2015 + + + + + The order in which objects are to be sorted. + + + 2015 + + + + + Default constructor + + + Creates an instance of the data class set for ascending order. + Use the Order property to change the direction of sorting order. + + + 2015 + + + + + Data class that defines behavior of a comparer that uses Element Ids + to compare elements when sorting them in order to assign numbers to them. + + + This comparer is used by default if no other comparer is explicitly specified. + + + 2015 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The base class from which all built-in comparer data classes derive from + + + 2015 + + + + + Implement this method to identify the relation of the two + object for the purpose of sorting them. + + +

If the comparer is for some reason unable to identify + the relations between the two object it should return value of + ElementComparisonResult.Incomparable. Such a situation is believed + to be rather rare though.

+
+ + One of the elements to be compared + + + The other element to be compared + + + The result of comparison. ElementComparisonResult.Incomparable if elements cannot be compared. + + + 2015 + +
+ + + Implement this method to return a description of the comparer. + + +

The purpose of this string is to describe the comparer + in more details than just a short name alone could do. + The intended use is to show the string to the end user in the UI.

+
+ + Description of the comparer. + + + 2015 + +
+ + + Implement this method to return the name of the comparer. + + +

Although a comparer is uniquely identified by its Id, + the Name can help to identify it to the end user in the UI.

+
+ + Name of the comparer. + + + 2015 + +
+ + + Implement this method to return the id of the comparer. + + + The Id must uniquely identify the comparer. + + + The id of the comparer. + + + 2015 + + + + + Implement this method to identify the relation of the two + object for the purpose of sorting them. + + +

If the comparer is for some reason unable to identify + the relations between the two object it should return value of + ElementComparisonResult.Incomparable. Such a situation is believed + to be rather rare though.

+
+ + One of the elements to be compared + + + The other element to be compared + + + The result of comparison. ElementComparisonResult.Incomparable if elements cannot be compared. + + + 2015 + +
+ + + Implement this method to return a description of the comparer. + + +

The purpose of this string is to describe the comparer + in more details than just a short name alone could do. + The intended use is to show the string to the end user in the UI.

+
+ + Description of the comparer. + + + 2015 + +
+ + + Implement this method to return the name of the comparer. + + +

Although a comparer is uniquely identified by its Id, + the Name can help to identify it to the end user in the UI.

+
+ + Name of the comparer. + + + 2015 + +
+ + + Implement this method to return the id of the comparer. + + + The Id must uniquely identify the comparer. + + + The id of the comparer. + + + 2015 + + + + + An interface which Element Comparers are derived from. + + + Comparers affect the way elements in Revit models + are sorted for the purpose of numbering them. + + + 2015 + + + + + Enumerated values of the result of comparing two objects for sorting purposes. + + + 2015 + + + + + Two objects cannot be compared due to their different type or incompatible nature. + + + + + Two objects differ and are in reversed order, meaning the first one is bigger than the second one. + + + + + Two objects differ, but are correctly ordered, meaning the first one is smaller than the second one. + + + + + Two objects being compared are considered equal. + + + + + Gets all the avaliable layer modifier types for the layer key. + + + A Revit document to retrieve avaliable layer modifier types from. + + + The export layer key to specify wich category and subCategory will be used to get the layer modifier types. + + + The layer modifier types. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + name of application associated with this ApplicationId + First attempts to obtain the name from AddInIds stored in the document. + If unsuccessful, attempts to obtain the name from loaded Third Party AddIns. + + + addInId + + + target document + + + name of application + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Used for public apis having higher dll call in proxy layer. + + + + + Calculates the alignment status of each face of the solid. + + + You can obtain the element which produced the non-aligned face by passing + the face to Element.GetGeneratingElementIds(). + + + Maps each face of the solid to its alignment status. + + + 2012 + + + + + Obtains the face that represents the base contour of the extrusion analysis. + + + The face that represents the base contour. + + + 2012 + + + + + Creates an ExtrusionAnalyzer and computes and stores the solid's shadow. + + + The geometry to analyze. + + + The plane to use for the base plane for the extrusion. + + + The direction to use for the calculation for the extrusion. + The direction must be transverse to the base plane. + + + The newly created ExtrusionAnalyzer object. + + + The input direction must be transverse to the input plane. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A failure occurred in creating the ExtrusionAnalyzer or computing the solid's shadow. + + + 2012 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The end parameter (distance along the extrusion direction from the input plane) calculated by the extrusion analysis. + + + 2012 + + + + + The start parameter (distance along the extrusion direction from the input plane) calculated by the extrusion analysis. + + + 2012 + + + + + The direction of extrusion specified for the extrusion analysis. + + + 2012 + + + + + This geometry utility allows you to attempt to "fit" a given piece of geometry into + the shape of an extrusion. + + +

An instance of this class is a single-time use class which should be supplied a + solid geometry, a plane, and a direction. The utility will calculate a base boundary + parallel to the input plane which is the outer boundary of the shadow cast by the + solid onto the input plane and along the extrusion direction.

+

After the extrusion has been calculated, the class permits a second step + analysis to identify all faces from the original geometry which do not align with the + faces of the calculated extrusion.

+

This utility works best for geometry which are at least somewhat "extrusion-like", + for example, the geometry of a wall which may or may not be affected by end joins, + floor joins, roof joins, openings cut by windows and doors, or other + modifications.

+
+ + 2012 + +
+ + + Indicates whether a face of the solid analyzed by ExtrusionAnalyzer is fully aligned, partially aligned, or unaligned with faces of the extrusion. + + + 2012 + + + + + The face is not aligned with any faces of the extrusion. + + + + + The face is only partially aligned with faces of the extrusion. + + + + + The face is fully aligned with faces of the extrusion. + + + + + Makes sure that the input geometry object does not have sub-nodes. + + + Geometry object to be validated. + + + True if the supplied geometry object does not have sub-nodes. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Makes sure that the input geometry object does not have sub-nodes. + + + Geometry object to be validated. + + + True if the supplied geometry object does not have sub-nodes. + + + 2022 + + + + + Makes sure that the input geometry object is not a Solid. + + + This validation is different than negating IsSolid(). + + + Geometry object to be validated. + + + True if the supplied geometry object is not a Solid. + + + 2022 + + + + + Makes sure that the input geometry object is a Solid. + + + This validation is different than negating IsNonSolid(). + + + Geometry object to be validated. + + + True if the supplied geometry object is a Solid. + + + 2022 + + + + + Validates the input geometry to be stored in an externally tagged geometry object. + Valid types of geometry are: Solid, Mesh, GeometryInstance, Point and Curve. + + + Geometry object to be validated. + + + True if the supplied geometry object passes the validation criteria. + + + 2022 + + + + + Provides validation for geometry to be stored in an ExternallyTaggedGeometry. + + + 2022 + + + + + Execute the service by the given server. + + + + Execution of a service should be invoked only by the application + that registered the service. The execution will use the given server. + + + The serverId must be of a valid server that is currently registered for the service, ArgumentException + be thrown if it is not available. + + + Because this method executes an explicitly specified server regardless of what other servers are + currently active, it can only be invoked for a service that is not set as being recordable. + + + Plese also note that this method does not have any effect on active servers currently set for the service. + + + + Access key of the service to be executed. + The key is not the same as the service's Id. It is the value + that was returned to the caller who registered the service. + + + the specific server to execute + + + The associated data. The type must be of the class defined by the service. + + + The result of executing the external service. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Execute the service for the given document. + + + + Execution of a service should be invoked only by the application + that registered the service. The execution will use the active server + (or servers in the case of a multi-server service) currently set for + the given document. If there is no server specifically set for the + document the current application-wide server (or servers) will be applied. + + + Please note that recordable services may only be executed in a document + that is currently modifiable. An exception will be thrown if it isn't so. + This requirement does not apply to non-recordable services. + + + This method is primarily intended for executing of recordable services, + for it is assumed that any changes made to the model during the service's + execution are likely tied with the service's currently active servers. + If the service was registered as non-recordable, changes to the model may + still be made, but the framework does not assume any explicit or implicit + correlations between the document changes and servers that caused them, + therefore it is not recorded which server did what. This fact is very important, + particularly in work-sharing environment. If it may happen that different + local users can have different servers installed and available, it is + imperative for a non-serialized service that its servers are completely + compatible with (or indifferent to) document modifications made by other + servers of the same service. The responsibility for complying with this + assumption is entirely on the service's provider. + + + + Access key of the service to be executed. + The key is not the same as the service's Id. It is the value + that was returned to the caller who registered the service. + + + The document for which the service is going to be executed. + + + The associated data. The type must be of the class defined by the service. + + + The result of executing the external service. + + + The execution key is either invalid or of a service that is not registered. + To execute a service, the key returned by RegisterService method must be used. + -or- + The execution key is of a service that is already being executed. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Executing a recordable service in a document that is not modifiable. + + + 2013 + + + + + Execute a service independently of any document. + + + + Execution of a service should be invoked only by the application + that registered the service. The execution will use the currently + active server (or servers in the case of a multi-server service). + + + This method does not take a document as one of its arguments + and therefore it is not intended for executions of recordable + services that may modify documents. If the service (recordable) + or its server(s) is expected to modify documents, the other ExecuteService + method -- the one that takes a document as one of its arguments -- is + supposed to be used. + + + Non-recordable services are free to modify documents during this + ExecuteService call, because activities of non-recordable services + are not recorded; the changes those services made are assumed to be + independent of the presence of the service and/or its servers. + + + + Access key of the service to be executed. + The key is not the same as the service's Id. It is the value + that was returned to the caller who registered the service. + + + The associated data. The type is defined by the service. + + + The result of executing the external service. + + + The execution key is either invalid or of a service that is not registered. + To execute a service, the key returned by RegisterService method must be used. + -or- + The execution key is of a service that is already being executed. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns a collection of all external services currently registered in Revit. + + + Array of ExternalService instances. + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns an instance of an object that represents the external service with the given Id. + + + The returned instance is either of type SingleServerService or MultiServerService. + Users should cast the returned object to one of the classes if they need access to active servers. + + + Id of the service. + + + The instance of the service or NULL if it cannot be found. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + A method to register a mandatory, single-server service. + + + + Each service can only be registered once. Revit checks the Id of every service + getting registered and throws an exception upon an attempt to register a service + with an Id that already exists. + + + Services need to be registered before Revit ends its initialization. + For external applications that means they have to register their services + during OnStartup. This will give servers which need to register to services + a chance to do so during the ApplicationInitialized event, which is raised + after a successfully processing OnStartup routines. + + + A service can be registered as either recordable or non-recordable. + It is expected that a service that is once registered as recordable + will always be registered as recordable. Failure to comply with this + policy may lead to data loss in some documents when they are opened + in a Revit session with the service currently registered as non-recordable. + + + A service is supposed to be executed only by the application that registered + it. To enforce this requirement, the registering method return an execution + key (a Guid) that is required as an argument to ExecuteService methods. + If the owner of a service allows executing it by anyone, it needs to register + it as a public service (via the option argument). Once registered as public, + The access key of the service can be obtained by any application, thus + it can also be executed by any application. By default, a service is registered + as private. + + + + An instance of the external service class that implements ISingleServerService interface. + + + Id of the server that will become the service's default server (once the server is registered). + + + Optional settings to control the service's behavior. + + + An access key to the service. The key is needed to execute the service. + + + The given service is not a valid implementation of ISingleServerService. + -or- + The given service does not return valid values from the interface methods. + At least one of the Name, VendorId, Description, and ServiceId is either empty or invalid. + -or- + A service with this Id is either invalid or not unique. + -or- + The given Id is not a valid GUID value. + -or- + A mandatory service should support activation. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Service cannot be registered because the registry of services has been already closed. + All external services must be registered before the ApplicationInitialized event is raised. + + + 2014 + + + + + A method to register a multi-server service. + + + + Each service can only be registered once. Revit checks the Id of every service + getting registered and throws an exception upon an attempt to register a service + with an Id that already exists. + + + Services need to be registered before Revit ends its initialization. + For external applications that means they have to register their services + during OnStartup. This will give servers which need to register to services + a chance to do so during the ApplicationInitialized event, which is raised + after a successfully processing OnStartup routines. + + + A service can be registered as either recordable or non-recordable. + It is expected that a service that is once registered as recordable + will always be registered as recordable. Failure to comply with this + policy may lead to data loss in some documents when they are opened + in a Revit session with the service currently registered as non-recordable. + + + An application registering a service must specify a policy to follow when + executing the service. Once set, the policy remain constant during the + Revit session, but a different policy may be used next time, if there + is ever a need for such a change. More about the various execution policies + can be found in the description of the ExecutionPolicy enumerated type. + + + A service is supposed to be executed only by the application that registered + it. To enforce this requirement, the registering method return an execution + key (a Guid) that is required as an argument to ExecuteService methods. + If the owner of a service allows executing it by anyone, it needs to register + it as a public service (via the option argument). Once registered as public, + The access key of the service can be obtained by any application, thus + it can also be executed by any application. By default, a service is registered + as private. + + + + An instance of the external service class that implements IMultiServerService interface. + + + Optional settings to control the service's behavior. + + + Specifies how the service handles servers during its execution. + + + An execution key to access the service when executing it. + + + The given service is not a valid implementation of ISingleServerService. + -or- + The given service does not return valid values from the interface methods. + At least one of the Name, VendorId, Description, and ServiceId is either empty or invalid. + -or- + A service with this Id is either invalid or not unique. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + Service cannot be registered because the registry of services has been already closed. + All external services must be registered before the ApplicationInitialized event is raised. + + + 2014 + + + + + A method to register a single-server service. + + + + Each service can only be registered once. Revit checks the Id of every service + getting registered and throws an exception upon an attempt to register a service + with an Id that already exists. + + + Services need to be registered before Revit ends its initialization. + For external applications that means they have to register their services + during OnStartup. This will give servers which need to register to services + a chance to do so during the ApplicationInitialized event, which is raised + after a successfully processing OnStartup routines. + + + A service can be registered as either recordable or non-recordable. + It is expected that a service that is once registered as recordable + will always be registered as recordable. Failure to comply with this + policy may lead to data loss in some documents when they are opened + in a Revit session with the service currently registered as non-recordable. + + + A service is supposed to be executed only by the application that registered + it. To enforce this requirement, the registering method return an execution + key (a Guid) that is required as an argument to ExecuteService methods. + If the owner of a service allows executing it by anyone, it needs to register + it as a public service (via the option argument). Once registered as public, + The access key of the service can be obtained by any application, thus + it can also be executed by any application. By default, a service is registered + as private. + + + + An instance of the external service class that implements ISingleServerService interface. + + + Optional settings to control the service's behavior. + + + An access key to the service. The key is needed to execute the service. + + + The given service is not a valid implementation of ISingleServerService. + -or- + The given service does not return valid values from the interface methods. + At least one of the Name, VendorId, Description, and ServiceId is either empty or invalid. + -or- + A service with this Id is either invalid or not unique. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Service cannot be registered because the registry of services has been already closed. + All external services must be registered before the ApplicationInitialized event is raised. + + + 2014 + + + + + This class gives access to external services. + Use it to register external services with Revit and execute them. + Only the application that registers a service is allowed to execute it. + + + 2013 + + + + + The UI service which permits registration of an external server for new UI managing ViewSheetSet. + + + + + The external service Id which permits registration of an callback handler for temporary graphics objects managed by . + To use this service, developers implement a server class that derives from . + + + + + The external service supporting view and modification of the structural sections shape in structural elements. + The service is still under development and cannot be used. It means that no server can be external registered from it yet. + + + + + Autodesk Internal: The service which provides snap points and lines + + + + + The external UI service which permits registration of an alternate servers for new UI of link topography + + + + + The external service which permits registration of an alternate implementation for Site insert. + + + + + The UI service which permits registration of an external server for new UI managing RevisionsOnSheet selection + + + + + Autodesk Internal: The service for updating rebar freeform elements + + + + + The external service which permits registration of an alternate implementation for pipe pressure drop calculation. + To use this service, programmers implement a server class that derives from IPipePressureDropServer. + + + + + The external service which permits registration of an alternate implementation for pipe fixture flow calculation. + To use this service, programmers implement a server class that derives from IPipePlumbingFixtureFlowServer. + + + + + Pipe friction factor service id + + + + + The external service which permits registration of an alternate implementation for a pipe fitting and accessory pressure drop calculation UI. + To use this service, programmers implement a server class that derives from IPipeFittingAndAccessoryPressureDropUIServer. + + + + + The external service which permits registration of an alternate implementation for pipe fitting and accessory pressure drop calculation. + To use this service, programmers implement a server class that derives from IPipeFittingAndAccessoryPressureDropServer. + + + + + Autodesk Internal: The service for path of travel calculations + + + + + The external service which supports export of the model to Navisworks. + + + + + The external service to view and modify structural connection ranges of applicability. + + + + + The external service to view and modify structural connection parameters. + + + + + The external service which validates the access to Revit model such as Revit Cloud model. + + + + + The external service supporting view and modification of the member forces in analytical elements. + The service is still under development and cannot be used. It means that no server can be external registered from it yet. + + + + + The external service which permits registration of an alternate implementation for IFC import. + + + + + The external service which permits registration of an alternate implementation for IFC export. + + + + + The UI service which permits registration of an external server for new UI managing IFCEntity Selection + + + + + The external service to view and modify hole definition parameters. + + + + + Unique service id. + + + + + The external service responsible for the generation of the fabrication profile. + + + + + Autodesk Internal: The service for interacting with the Forge Schema Service. + + + + + Unique service id. + + + + + The external UI service Id which permits registration of an alternate servers for managing error messages + which happen at the loading of the references to external resources such as linked files. + + + + + The external service which permits registration of an alternate servers for managing external resources such as linked files. + + + + + Autodesk Internal: The service for shared parameter selection. + + + + + Unique service id. + + + + + The external service which supports get entitlement information. + + + + + The UI service which permits registration of an external server for UI managing Electrical Analytical Load Set. + + + + + The UI service which permits registration of an external server for UI managing Electrical Analytical Load Combination. + + + + + The external service which permits registration of an alternate implementation for duct pressure drop calculation. + To use this service, programmers implement a server class that derives from IDuctPressureDropServer. + + + + + The external service which permits registration of an alternate implementation for a duct fitting and accessory pressure drop calculation UI. + To use this service, programmers implement a server class that derives from IDuctFittingAndAccessoryPressureDropUIServer. + + + + + The external service Id which permits registration of an alternate implementation for duct fitting and accessory pressure drop calculation. + To use this service, programmers implement a server class that derives from IDuctFittingAndAccessoryPressureDropServer. + + + + + The external service that provides the facility to draw externally specified geometry in a Revit view in a way that is conceptually similar to a low-level graphics API. + To use this service, programmers implement a server class that derives from Autodesk::Revit::DB::DirectContext3D::IDirectContext3DServer. + + + + + Autodesk Internal: The service for updating the custom fields of a schedule. + + + + + Autodesk Internal: The service for editing properties of a custom field. + + + + + The external service used to notify when structural connection changed the type. + + + + + The external service supporting view and modification of the structural code checking parameter in analytical elements. + To use this service, programmers implement a server class that derives from ICodeCheckingParameterServer. + + + + + The external service which supports get cloud model information from cloud servers such as C4R. + + + + + Autodesk Internal: The service for Infrastructure Alignments + + + + + The external service which permits registration of an alternate implementation for AXM import. + + + + + A collection of ids for external services that are managed and used by Revit directly. + + + + Provides a container of all Revit built-in ExternalServiceId instances. + + + + Checks whether a given ExternalResourceType is one for which the + host document needs the source file to load. + + + For CAD links and the keynote table, host document has all the data and it's ok if the file's missing. + For Revit and IFC links, host document can't store all of the info about the link and so + host document needs to find and read the source file in order to load. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Checks whether the specified external resource reference points to a cloud model. + + + The external resource reference. + + + Path to the cloud model. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Gets the ids of all elements which refer to a specific type of external resource. + + + The Revit Document containing the external resource references. + + + The type of external resource. + + + The ids of all elements which refer to external resources of the specified type. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Gets the ids of all elements which refer to external resources. + + + This function will not return the ids of nested Revit links; + it only returns top-level references. + + + The Revit Document containing the external resource references. + + + The ids of all elements which refer to external resources. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + A utility class containing functions related to external resource references. + + + Elements which are external resource references refer to data outside of the base .rvt file. + Examples include Revit links and the keynote table data. + + + 2015 + + + + + Describes the type of external resource browsing result. + + + This enum is used to describe the type of external resources browsing operation result ( the browsing operation + include list folders and resources of an external server or a folder, or open an external resource in browsing dialog.) + + The meaning of each enum value: + There is no predefined error happened during this browse operation. The DB server can store any errors itself in this case. FolderNotFound means the external resource folder want to browse could not be founded in external server. ResourceNotFound means the external resource want to open could not be founded in external server. + + 2015 + + + Describes the type of external resource browsing result. + + + 2015 + + + + + The specified external resource cannot be found by external resource server. + + + + + The specified external resource folder cannot be found by external resource server. + + + + + There is no predefined error happened during this browse operation. The DB server can store any errors itself in this case. + + + + + An external resource type representing Topography Links. + + + + + An external resource type representing systems analysis report path. + + + + + An external resource type representing Revit Links data. + + + + + An external resource type representing Point Clouds. + This type is reserved for future expansion but not yet implemented. + + + + + An external resource type representing material texture images. + + + + + An external resource type representing keynote data. + + + + + An external resource type representing images. + + + + + An external resource type representing IFC links. + + + + + An external resource type representing an MEP fabrication configuration. + + + + + An external resource type representing Decal linked data for diffuse. + This type is reserved for future expansion but not yet implemented. + + + + + An external resource type representing decal images. + + + + + An external resource type representing Decal linked data for cut out opacity. + This type is reserved for future expansion but not yet implemented. + + + + + An external resource type representing Decal linked data for bump map. + This type is reserved for future expansion but not yet implemented. + + + + + An external resource type representing DWF markups data. + This type is reserved for future expansion but not yet implemented. + + + + + An external resource type representing CAD Links data. + + + + + An external resource type representing assembly code data. + + + + + A collection of ids of the ExternalResourceTypes provided by Revit. + + + + Provides a container of all Revit built-in ExternalResourceType instances. + + + + Gets registered external resource servers + + + 2015 + + + + + Gets registered external resource servers which support the external resource type. + + + The external resource type for the servers to match + + + A list of matched external resource servers + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Contains utilities related to external resource service. + + + 2015 + + + + + Checks that the server referenced by the given ExternalResourceReference supports + IFC links. + + + The ExternalResourceReference to check. + + + True if the ExternalResourceReference refers to a server that supports IFC links. False otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Checks that the server referenced by the given ExternalResourceReference supports + CAD links. + + + The ExternalResourceReference to check. + + + True if the ExternalResourceReference refers to a server that supports CAD links. False otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Checks that the server referenced by the given ExternalResourceReference supports + Revit links. + + + The ExternalResourceReference to check. + + + True if the ExternalResourceReference refers to a server that supports Revit links. False otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Checks that the server referenced by the given ExternalResourceReference supports + AssemblyCodeData. + + + The ExternalResourceReference to check. + + + True if the ExternalResourceReference refers to a server that supports AssemblyCodeData. False otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Checks that the server referenced by the given ExternalResourceReference supports + KeynoteTable data. + + + The ExternalResourceReference to check. + + + True if the ExternalResourceReference refers to a server that supports keynotes. False otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Checks whether the name is a valid short name for the external resource server. + + + A valid short name should match the restrictions documented in . + + + The id of the external resource server. + + + The short name of the external resource server. + + + True if the name is a valid short name, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Contains utilities related to external resource server. + + + 2015 + + + + + Dump logs to journals, dump file, std out. + + + The message + + + The dumps to output screen, if true. + + + The dumps to standard file, if true. + + + The dumps to journal file, if true. + + + Prepend time stamp to the message. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Resource will use the version from desktop connector instead of file timestamp. + + + True to use. + + + 2018 + + + + + Disables permanent ids for desktop connector. + + + True to disable warning. + + + 2018 + + + + + Post debug warning message from internal API code + + + The message + + + The owner + + + The date + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Throws AutodeskDriveNeedsUpdate exception, which is no way to be triggered before AutodeskDrive and Revit are shipped. + + + True to throw AutodeskDriveNeedsUpdate exception. + + + 2018 + + + + + Throws RevitNeedsUpdate exception, which is no way to be triggered before AutodeskDrive and Revit are shipped. + + + True to throw RevitNeedsUpdate exception. + + + 2018 + + + + + Checks if debug mode is turned on. + + + True if the DebugMode is on. + + + 2018 + + + + + This class is an interface to debug modes that are related to ExternalResourceReference. + + + This class is an interface to debug modes that are related to ExternalResourceReference. + + + 2018 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The path of the resource icon. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019.1 + + + + + Folder displayed name. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019.1 + + + + + Constructs a new ExternalResourceSubFolder with custom values for folder name and icon path. + + + Folder displayed name. + + + The path of the resource icon. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019.1 + + + + + Constructs a new ExternalResourceSubFolder with default values for folder name and icon path. + + + 2019.1 + + + + + Data that describes a remote folder to be shown in the file browser dialog + + + 2019.1 + + + + + Gets the path that is the basis for relative paths from a document + + + This is the path to the central model if this is a workshared document. + Otherwise it is the path to the model file itself. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Gets a temp folder based on the given file name + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Gets the ids of all elements which are external file references. + + + This function will not return the ids of nested Revit links; + it only returns top-level references. + + + A Revit Document. + + + The ids of all elements which are external file references. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Gets the external file referencing data for the given element. + + + A Revit Document. + + + The element whose external file reference we want. + + + An object containing path and type information for the given element's external file. + + + The element elemId does not exist in the document + -or- + elemId does not represent an external file reference. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Determines whether the given element represents an external file. + + +

CAD imports are not external file references, as their + data is brought fully into Revit. No connection is maintained + to the original file.

+

A link may be an external resource without being an external file.

+
+ + A Revit Document. + + + The element to be checked for an external file reference. + + + True if the given element represents an external file; false otherwise. + + + The element elemId does not exist in the document + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + +
+ + + A utility class containing functions related to external file references. + + + Elements which are external file references refer to files outside of the base .rvt file. + Examples include Revit links, CAD links, the element which stores the location + of the keynote file, and rendering decals. + + + 2012 + + + + + Schema id used to filter elements with extensible storage data + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a filter to match elements with extensible storage data based on specific Schema id. + + + Schema id used to filter elements with extensible storage data + + + 2014 + + + + + A filter used to filter elements with extensible storage data based on specific Schema id. + + + This filter is a quick filter. + Quick filters operate only on the ElementRecord, a low-memory class which has + a limited interface to read element properties. Elements which are rejected + by a quick filter will not be expanded in memory. + + + 2014 + + + + + Unregisters IExtElemChangeBeamSection. + + + There is no valid Connections Provider registered. + + + 2018 + + + + + Registers a IExtElemChangeBeamSection + + + IExtElemChangeBeamSection to be registered. + + + The provider object is not valid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + There is already registered Connections Provider. + + + 2018 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + An object that stores IExtElemChangeBeamSection + + + 2018 + + + + + Returns the necessary information to define a NURBS surface + for a given or . + + + This function is intended for export purposes. + + + The HermiteSurface or RuledSurface to be converted. + + + A class containing the necessary data to define a NURBS surface. + + + This surface type is not supported for this function. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Couldn't get NURBS data from surface. + + + 2021 + + + + + Retrieves the GUID representing this document in exported gbXML files. + + + This id can be used to cross-reference different gbXML exports from the same document. + + + The document. + + + The value of the GUID representing this document in gbXML export. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Retrieves the GUID representing the subelement in DWF and IFC export. + + + This id is used in the contents of DWF export and IFC export and it should be used + only when cross-referencing to the contents of these export formats. + When storing Ids that will need to be mapped back to subelements in future sessions, + must be used. + + + The subelement. + + + The value of the GUID representing the subelement in the export context. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Retrieves the GUID representing this element in DWF and IFC export. + + + This id is used in the contents of DWF export and IFC export and it should be used + only when cross-referencing to the contents of these export formats. + When storing Ids that will need to be mapped back to elements in future sessions, + must be used. + + + The document. + + + The id of the element. + + + The value of the GUID representing the element in the export context. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + This class provides utilities related to document export. + + + 2011 + + + + + Sets options for exporting. + + + Other options. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Gets a copy of options from settings for exporting. + Modification on this options would not change the element. + + + Since the is not serialized, when + is (which means all the views would be exported into one PDF file, whose + file name is specified by ), the returned + would have as an empty string. The user has to + set the before calling the + API exporting a "combined" PDF file. + + + The options. + + + 2022 + + + + + Gets the active settings element in the document. + + + The document to find the active settings. + + + The active settings, or if none. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Returns settings element by name. + + + The document to find the settings with the specified name. + + + Name of the settings to find. + + + The settings element, or if not found. + + + name cannot include prohibited characters, such as "{, }, [, ], |, ;, less-than sign, greater-than sign, ?, `, ~". + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Returns result that the proposed name is valid and not exist in the specified document. + + + Name can't contains following characters, such as { } [ ] | ; < > ? ` ~ \ : \r \n \f \t \v. + Name can't be blank. + If true, the name is valid and not exist in specified document. + If false, the name is not a valid name which means it does not exist in specified document. + + + Document to check + + + Name to check. + + + Whether or not the name is valid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Returns all the names of the settings instances in the document. + + + Document where the settings to be found. + + + List of names. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Returns an new created ExportPDFSettings element in the document with specified settings. + + + Document where the settings will be created. + + + Name to the settings. + + + The options to be set. + + + New instance of ExportPDFSettings just created in the document. + + + name is an empty string or contains only whitespace. + -or- + name cannot include prohibited characters, such as "{, }, [, ], |, ;, less-than sign, greater-than sign, ?, `, ~". + -or- + Setting name. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2022 + + + + + Settings for PDF export + + + 2022 + + + + + Returns the active pre-defined non-in-session exporting settings for DWG in the given document. + + + A Revit document to retrieve the active pre-defined exporting settings for DWG. + + + The active pre-defined exporting settings for DWG, or null if nothing pre-defined exists or the in-session settings is selected. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Returns a list of names of dwg/dxf export settings. + + + A Revit document to retrieve names from. + + + An array of strings representing names of predefined setups. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns the pre-defined non-in-session exporting settings for DWG in the given document with the specified name. + + + A Revit document to retrieve the specified pre-defined exporting settings for DWG. + + + The name of the settings to retrieve. + + + The pre-defined DWG exporting settings, or null if nothing found that has the corresponding name. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Sets the options stored in these settings. + + + The options. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Sets the options stored in these settings. + + + The options. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets the options stored in the these settings. + + + The options + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets the options stored in the these settings. + + + The options. + + + 2013 + + + + + Create a DWG export settings with default values. + + + Document where created settings is saved. + + + The name specified to this settings. + + + Initialize settings by using values in DXFExportOptions. + + + The new DWG export settings instance. + + + ExistOrEmpty + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Create a DWG export settings with default values. + + + Document where created settings is saved. + + + The name specified to this settings. + + + Initialize settings by using values in DWGExportOptions. + + + The new DWG export settings instance. + + + ExistOrEmpty + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Create a DWG export settings with default values. + + + Document where created settings is saved. + + + The name specified to this settings. + + + The new DWG export settings instance. + + + ExistOrEmpty + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + This element contains DWG/DXF export settings which are saved in a Revit document. + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns the pre-defined non-in-session exporting settings for DGN in the given document with the specified name. + + + A Revit document to retrieve the specified pre-defined exporting settings for DGN. + + + The name of the settings to retrieve. + + + The pre-defined DGN exporting settings, or null if nothing found that has the corresponding name. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Returns the active pre-defined non-in-session exporting settings for DGN in the given document. + + + A Revit document to retrieve the active pre-defined exporting settings for DGN. + + + The active pre-defined exporting settings for DGN, or null if nothing pre-defined exists or the in-session settings is selected. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Returns a list of names of dgn export settings. + + + A Revit document to retrieve names from + + + An array of strings representing names of predefined setups. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Sets the options stored in these settings. + + + The options. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets the options stored in the these settings. + + + The options. + + + 2013 + + + + + Create DGN export settings with specified values in DGNExportOptions. + + + Document where created settings is saved. + + + The name specified to this settings. + + + The options which will be stored in these settings. + + + The new DGN export settings instance. + + + ExistOrEmpty + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Create a DGN export settings with default values. + + + Document where created settings is saved. + + + The name specified to this settings. + + + The new DGN export settings instance. + + + ExistOrEmpty + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + This element contains DGN export settings which are saved in a Revit document. + + + 2013 + + + + + Validates user is either logged in or appropriate 2 legged context is set. + + + True if validation succeeds. + + + 2019 + + + + + Registers the application-wide cloud model UI external server. + + + The object representing the cloud model UI external server. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Registers the application-wide entitlement external server. + + + The object representing the entitlement external server. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Returns the application-wide cloud model UI external server. + + + The object representing the cloud model UI external server. + + + 2019 + + + + + Returns the application-wide entitlement external server. + + + The object representing the entitlement external server. + + + 2019 + + + + + Shows a dialog for users to ensure if user really wants to enable cloud worksharing. + + + Indicates whether the user really wants to enable cloud worksharing. + + + 2019 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Utility class for EntitlementExternalService. + + + 2019 + + + + + Sets the reports folder path. + + + The string to specify the path. It may include the special label for project name. + + + A folder path cannot contain special characters. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Gets the absolute reports folder path that is parsed from the original input. + + + The reports folder path after parsing the input string. + + + 2022 + + + + + Id of the building construction set. + + + The building construction set is the default + project construction set used when spaces are not assigned a + construction. + + + Returns the id of the building construction set. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Checks that the analysis type falls within an appropriate range. + + + The analysis type to be checked. + + + True if the analysis type falls within an appropriate range, false otherwise. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + Checks that the building envelope determination method falls within an appropriate range. + + + The building envelope determination method to be checked. + + + True if the building envelope determination method falls within an appropriate range, false otherwise. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2015 + + + + + Checks that the service type falls within an appropriate range. + + + The service type to be checked. + + + True if the service type falls within an appropriate range, false otherwise. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + Checks that the building type falls within an appropriate range. + + + The building type to be checked. + + + True if the building type falls within an appropriate range, false otherwise. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + Checks that the building HVAC system falls within an appropriate range. + + + The building HVAC system to be checked. + + + True if the building HVAC system falls within an appropriate range, false otherwise. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + Checks that the building operating schedule falls within an appropriate range. + + + The building operating schedule to be checked. + + + True if the building operating schedule falls within an appropriate range, false otherwise. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + Checks that the project report type falls within an appropriate range. + + + The project report type to be checked. + + + True if the project report type falls within an appropriate range, false otherwise. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + Checks that the building construction class falls within an appropriate range. + + + The building construction class to be checked. + + + True if the building construction class falls within an appropriate range, false otherwise. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + Checks that the export complexity falls within an appropriate range. + + + The export complexity to be checked. + + + True if the export complexity falls within an appropriate range, false otherwise. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + Checks that the input element is a project phase. + + + The element to be checked. + + + True if the input element is a project phase, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + The ground plane should be an Element of type Level. This method checks to confirm that an ElementId is for a Level element. + + + The Document. + + + The element id to be checked to confirm that it is suitable to be a ground plane (i.e., that it is a level) or + that it is invalidElementId. Setting ground plane with invalidElementId will lead to the ground plane being "reset". + + + True if the input element is a level or invalidElementId, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + The ground plane should be an Element of type Level. This method checks to confirm that an ElementId is for a Level element. + + + The element id to be checked to confirm that it is suitable to be a ground plane (i.e., that it is a level) or + that it is invalidElementId. Setting ground plane with invalidElementId will lead to the ground plane being "reset". + + + True if the input element is a level or invalidElementId, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Checks that the construction set ElementId is acceptable. + + + The construction set ElementId to be checked. + + + True if the construction set ElementId is a valid construction set element, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Checks whether the export category falls within the list: + OST_RoomsOST_MEPSpaces + + The export category to be checked. + + + True if the export category falls within the list, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Checks that the skylight width is greater than or equal to eight inches. + + + The skylight width to be checked. Should be greater than or equal to eight inches. + + + True if the skylight width is greater than or equal to eight inches, false otherwise. + + + 2011 + + + + + Checks that the percentage skylights value is between 0.00 and 0.95. + + + The percentage skylights to be checked. + + + True if the percentage skylights value is between 0.00 and 0.95, false otherwise. + + + 2011 + + + + + Checks that the shade depth is greater than or equal to zero. + + + The shade depth to be checked. + + + True if the shade depth is greater than or equal to zero, false otherwise. + + + 2011 + + + + + Checks that the sill height is greater than or equal to zero. + + + The sill height to be checked. + + + True if the sill height falls is greater than or equal to zero, false otherwise. + + + 2011 + + + + + Checks that the percentage glazing value is between 0.00 and 0.95. + + + The percentage glazing to be checked. + + + True if the percentage glazing value is between 0.00 and 0.95, false otherwise. + + + 2011 + + + + + Checks that the sliver space tolerance is greater than or equal to zero. + + + The sliver space tolerance to be checked. + + + Returns true if the sliver space tolerance is greater than or equal to zero, false otherwise. + + + 2011 + + + + + Get EnergyDataSettings element and if it exists, return result from getCreateAnalyticalModel. + + + The document. + + + Returns true if the Conceptual Energy Analytical Model is enabled, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Every project document has a EnergyDataSettings element. + Family documents do not have EnergyDataSettings elements. + + + The document. + + + Returns the EnergyDataSettings element or NULL. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + If this is true, zones with exterior boundaries on each floor of the building will be divided based on geometric criteria. + + + When the AnalysisType is ConceptualMasses, the division of the perimeter zones is based on the four compass directions. + The quadrants will be True N, S, E, and W. The division of the quadrants will be along the axis of True NW to SE and True SW to NE. + The intersection of the quadrants will be placed at the centroid of the zone. + When the AnalysisType is not ConceptualMasses, the division of the perimeter zones is based on the difference of orientation, maximum length and depth. + Any exterior surfaces that have an angle of 45 degrees or more between them will be divided into separate zones. + Zones greater than 50 ft. will be divided equally. The CoreOffset will determine the depth of the zones. + The purpose of these divisions is to ensure that auto-generated zoning is appropriate for thermal loads generated by the relative position of the building to the sun path. + + + 2011 + + + + + if this is on there should be an energy model dependent on the current AnalysisType + if it is off the conceptual energy model should be turned off + but setting this datum does not do the work, just reflects the state. + + + true if energy model is on, false otherwise + + + 2011 + + + + + The type of building. + + + When setting this property: The building type does not fall within an appropriate range. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + The default offset used to determine the outer perimeter to be divided into zones. + + + A Zone can be either a Mass Zone or an Analytical Space depending on whether the AnalysisType is ConceptualMasses or otherwise. + Specifying a value here determines the zone depth and creates a core zone. + + + When setting this property: The given value for coreOffset must be between 0 and 30000 feet. + + + 2011 + + + + + Indicates if mullions are included in GreenBuildingXML export of the detailed model. + + + Result is based on the ExportComplexity setting. + When this setting is on, mullions will be exported as shading surfaces. A "simplified" analytical + shading surface is produced from a mullion based on its centerline, thickness, and offset. + + + 2011 + + + + + Indicates if curtain system geometry is being simplified for GreenBuildingXML export of the detailed model. + + + Result is based on the ExportComplexity setting. + Curtain Walls and Curtain Systems are normally exported as multiple openings, panel by panel, while for + energy analysis this can be more simply represented as a single glass surface as large as the entire curtain wall/system. + Normally, a curtain wall with 50 panels would be exported as 50 openings. Often, exporting a single opening with + the total curtain system area is more appropriate. When this setting is on, one "large" window/opening will be + exported for a curtain wall/system. + + + 2011 + + + + + Indicates if "shading surfaces" are included in GreenBuildingXML export of the detailed model. + + + Result is based on the ExportComplexity setting. + The method described by gbs/gbxml.org to calculate the shading surfaces is to + take all surfaces from the MEP spaces, subtract them from the surfaces from all building elements, + and then the remaining surfaces are considered to be the shading surfaces. + + + 2011 + + + + + The folder path where all systems analysis reports are stored. It may include special label and relative path. + + + 2011 + + + + + The cell size for the uniform cubical grid used when computing the building envelope + + + This is the size of the "cubes" used to divide the building shell + bounding box into a uniform cubical 3D grid. + + + 2015 + + + + + Indicates if an analysis should be perform to find the model elements that are part of the building envelope + + + The analysis is performed for the detailed GreenBuildingXML export and in heating and cooling load calculations. + This method uses a combination of ray-casting and flood-fill algorithms in order to find the building elements that are + exposed to the outside of the building. Analytical surface originated from the building elements in the envelope + will be classified as exterior or shading surfaces. + + + When setting this property: The building envelope determination method does not fall within an appropriate range. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2015 + + + + + Indicates if thermal information from model assemblies and components is included in GreenBuildingXML export of the detailed model. + + + If true, Revit will include model thermal data from assemblies and + components when available, when Export Category is Rooms. + + + 2011 + + + + + True if user is specifying air changes per hour, false otherwise. + + + 2011 + + + + + True if only elements visible in the currently active view are used for generation of Energy Model. + + + This setting is ignored if the currently active view is not a 3D view or AnalysisType is RoomsOrSpaces. + + + 2024 + + + + + True is user is specifying outside air per area, false otherwise. + + + 2011 + + + + + True if user is specifying outside air per person, false otherwise. + + + 2011 + + + + + If this is true, glazing/windows that are auto-created on exterior walls will automatically + have a shading device created on their top edge. + + + 2011 + + + + + If this is true, data, features, and geometry related to the Energy Analytical Model + will be created, allowing the energy performance to be analyzed through GreenBuilidingXML. + + + 2011 + + + + + If true, Revit will use heating credits in the final load sum calculations. + If false, Revit will ignore heating credits in the final load sum calculations. + + + 2011 + + + + + Use for detailed model GreenBuildingXML export. + When this setting is true, all building and space defaults, schedules, and constructions will be exported to GreenBuildingXML. + When this setting is false, only values that are specified on the zone or space will be exported to GreenBuildingXML. + + + 2011 + + + + + The type of heating or cooling system. + + + When setting this property: The service type does not fall within an appropriate range. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + The building type element. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + The type of analysis mode. + + + When setting this property: The analysis type does not fall within an appropriate range. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + The project phase of the EnergyData information. + + + When setting this property: The input element is not a project phase. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Id of level which represents ground level. + + + The ground plane defines what is above and below ground for Conceptual Energy Analysis. + The ground plane can optionally used for the rendering cast shadows. + + + When setting this property: The input element is not a level or invalidElementId. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Value is a category indicating which discipline model will be used for GreenBuildingXML export. + + + OST_Rooms will use the architectural 3d rooms for export. + OST_MEPSpaces will use the MEP 3d Spaces for export. + + + When setting this property: The export category is neither OST_Rooms nor OST_MEPSpaces. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + The type of HVAC system used by the building for conceptual model energy calculations. + + + When setting this property: The building HVAC system does not fall within an appropriate range. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + The operating schedule of the building used for conceptual model energy calculations. + + + When setting this property: The building operating schedule does not fall within an appropriate range. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + Report type: None, simple, standard, detailed + + + When setting this property: The project report type does not fall within an appropriate range. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + Used for both the detailed and conceptual energy model + Construction class of building as defined by: + loose, medium, tight, or none. + + + When setting this property: The building construction class does not fall within an appropriate range. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + Value determines Export Complexity for GreenBuildingXML detailed model export. + + + When setting this property: The export complexity does not fall within an appropriate range. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + The number of times the volume of air interchanges in the room in one hour. + + + Air Changes per hour is "unitless". It is a number. + It is the number of times the air (the volume) interchanges in the room in one hour. + This number is a format for expressing the requirement for airflow. + The "flow" requirement for a room might be expressed, e.g., + one room of 100 CF, and 3 Air Changes per Hour (ACH), would compute to 100 CF x 3 ACH / 60 min = 5 CFM. + + + When setting this property: The outside airChangesRatePerHour does not fall within an appropriate range. + + + 2011 + + + + + The rate of flow of outside air available per unit area. + + + Stored in cubic feet per hour per square foot. + + + When setting this property: The outside airPerArea does not fall within an appropriate range. + + + 2011 + + + + + The rate of flow of outside air available per person. + + + Stored in cubic feet per hour. + + + When setting this property: The outside airPerPerson does not fall within an appropriate range. + + + 2011 + + + + + Used for the conceptual energy model. The approximate width used for the skylights in + massing instances when the Energy Analytical model is being created. + + + When setting this property: The skylight width is less than eight inches. + + + 2011 + + + + + Used for the conceptual energy model. + The approximate percentage of the building roof surfaces in + massing instances for the Conceptual Energy Analytical Model. + + + This value is used to automatically model the skylights in + massing instances when the Energy Analytical model is being created. + + + When setting this property: The percentage skylights value is between 0.00 and 0.95. + + + 2011 + + + + + Used for the conceptual energy model. + Amount that auto-generated shading will extend from auto-generated windows. + + + When setting this property: The shade depth is less than zero. + + + 2011 + + + + + Used for the conceptual energy model. + The height from the nearest lower level used for auto-glazing created + on walls. + + + When setting this property: The sill height is less than zero. + + + 2011 + + + + + Used for the conceptual energy model. + The approximate percentage of the building exterior wall surfaces + which are covered by windows or other glazing. + + + This value is used to automatically model these glazed openings in + massing instances for the Conceptual Energy Analytical Model. + + + When setting this property: The percentage glazing value is not between 0.00 and 0.95. + + + 2011 + + + + + Used for Detailed GreenBuildingXML export. + This value is used to identify sliver spaces, i.e. spaces bounded by parallel surfaces belonging to different rooms. + + + When setting this property: The sliver space tolerance is less than zero. + + + 2011 + + + + + This element contains settings for gbXML Export and Heating and Cooling Load Calculations + and project level settings for Conceptual Energy Analysis. + for serialization + + + 2011 + + + + + + + + + Enumerated type listing possible types of reports generated for HVAC loads. + + + 2011 + + + + + A detailed report including orientation breakdowns + + + + + A standard report including zones and spaces + + + + + A simple report with summaries + + + + + No report + + + + + Enumerated type listing options for construction class for HVAC analysis. + + + 2011 + + + + + A none construction has an infiltration level of 0 cfm/sqft + + + + + A tight construction has an infiltration level of approximately 0.019 cfm/sqft + + + + + A medium construction has an infiltration level of approximately 0.038 cfm/sqft + + + + + A loose construction has an infiltration level of approximately 0.076 cfm/sqft + + + + + This enumeration specifies the available analytical construction types + like external walls, windows etc. for use in the detailed analytical + energy model. + + + 2011 + + + + + Underground walls + + + + + A window in a roof in the space + + + + + A window in an interior wall in the space + + + + + A window in an exterior wall in the space + + + + + A door in a wall in the space + + + + + A floor below the space + + + + + A ceiling over the space + + + + + A roof over the space + + + + + A slab below the space + + + + + An interior wall surrounding the space + + + + + An exterior wall surrounding the space + + + + + Analytical zone. + + + 2024 + + + + + Returns a map with solar heat gain coefficients (SHGC-values) for specific incident angles for the window type. + + + 2024 + + + + + The visual light transmittance value (VLT-value) for the window type. + + + 2024 + + + + + The solar heat gain coefficient (SHGC-value) for the window type. + + + 2024 + + + + + The heat transfer coefficient value (U-value) of the window type. + + + 2024 + + + + + The description of the window type. + + + 2024 + + + + + The name of the window type. + + + 2024 + + + + + The EnergyAnalysisWindowType class contains window type data for gbXml export. + + + 2024 + + + + + Gets the collection of planar polygons describing the surface geometry. + + + A collection of polyloops (planar polygons) describing the surface geometry as described + in gbXML. The geometry is currently measured per analytical(center-line). + + + The collection of polygons describing the surface geometry. + + + 2023 + + + + + Gets the planar polygon describing the surface geometry. + + + A planar polygon describing the surface geometry as described + in gbXML. The geometry is currently measured per analytical(center-line). + + + The planar polygon describing the surface geometry. + + + 2012 + + + + + Gets the analytic construction this surface is associated with. + + + The analytic construction. + + + 2024 + + + + + Returns the analytical openings of the analytical surface. + + + The collection of analytical openings. + + + 2012 + + + + + Gets the secondary adjacent analytical space this surface is associated with. + + + An exterior surface will only have one space adjacency. + + + The secondary analytical space. + + + 2012 + + + + + Gets the primary analytical space this surface is associated with. + + + The primary analytical space. + + + 2012 + + + + + The unique identifier for the surface. + + + This identification attribute is composed of the prefix "su" + and a sequential number, separated by "-". A sample value would + be "su-1". + + + 2012 + + + + + The lower-left coordinate for the analytical rectangular geometry viewed from outside. + + + The analytical rectangular geometry is typically used in simulation engines. + + + 2012 + + + + + The outward normal for this surface. + + + 2012 + + + + + The analytical surface type. + + + 2012 + + + + + The name for the originating Revit element. + + + Surface elements get an originating element assigned according to the below described schema, based on associative room bounding element: + (Family Name) : (Family Type)Sample: + Basic Wall : Cast Concrete Wall 12" + + 2024 + + + + + The description for the originating Revit element. + + + Surface and Opening elements get an originating element assigned + according to the below described schema, based on associative + room bounding element: + (Family Name): (Family Type)[Element Id] Sample: + Basic Wall: Cast Concrete Wall 12" [49749] + + 2012 + + + + + The unique id of the originating CAD object's link (linked document) associated with this surface. + + + This id can be passed to obtain the element from Document.Element[string] property, but any link obtained through this method + may no longer be a valid or up-to-date link. The originating CAD link is only accurate and up-to-date at the time of creation of the energy model. + An empty string is returned if the originating CAD object is not hosted in a linked document. + + + 2012 + + + + + The unique id of the originating CAD object (model element) associated with this surface. + + + This id can be passed to obtain the element from Document.Element[string] property, but any element obtained through this method + may no longer be a valid or up-to-date model element. The originating CAD object is only accurate and up-to-date at the time of creation of the energy model. + If the originating element belongs to a linked document, the unique id of the link obtained from CADLinkUniqueId should be used to access it. + + + 2012 + + + + + The element id for the originating Revit element. + + + 2024 + + + + + The unique name identifier for this surface. + + + Surface and Opening elements get an Name element assigned + according to the below described schema: + (Orientation)(Space#)[(Other space#)](Exposure)(Type)-(sequence number)[Opening Type+#] + Sample: + N-101-102-E-W-O-77 + + N = Orientation [N/NE/E/SE/S/SW/W/NW/N/T/B/X] + (every surface within the sector of 22.5 degrees from the north + vector gets the letter N etc) (horizontal surfaces facing upwards + get the letter T for top, downwards B for bottom) (shading surfaces + get the letter X for differentiation). + 101 = Space number. + 102 = Other space number. + E = Exposure - exterior/interior/underground [E/I/U]. + W = Type [W/C/R/F] (Wall, Roof, Ceiling, Floor, Shade) (every + surface type has it's letter W-Wall R-Roof C-Ceiling F-Floor S-Shade). + O = Opening Type [W/D/O] (Window, Door, Opening) (every opening + type has it's letter W-Window D-Door O-Opening). + 77 = sequence number. + + Sample surface names: + + N-101-E-W-84 North facing Exterior Wall #84 in space 101. + N-101-E-W-84-D-1 Door #1 in North facing Exterior Wall #84 in space 101. + E-101-102-I-W-92 Vertical Interior Wall #92 between space 101 and 102. + T-101-E-R-141 Top facing Exterior Roof #141 in space 101. + B-101-201-I-F-88 Bottom facing Interior Floor #88 between space 101 and 201. + X-73 Shade #73. + + + + 2012 + + + + + The gbXML surface type attribute. + + + The type of surface is figured out depending on the source element and the number of space adjacencies. + If there is no associate source element and no space adjacencies, it will have a type of Shade. If there are any space adjacencies, it will have a type of Air. If the source element is a Wall or a Curtain Wall and have one space adjacency, it will have a type of ExteriorWall. If the source element is a Wall or a Curtain Wall and have two space adjacencies, it will have a type of InteriorWall. If the source element is a Wall or a Curtain Wall and the type Function parameter is set to "Interior" or "CoreShaft", it will have a type of InteriorWall. If the source element is a Wall or a Curtain Wall and have one space adjacency and if it is below grade, it will have a type of UndergroundWall. Note: If the top elevation of a surface is equal or below the elevation specified in Ground Plane, this surface is considered to below grade. If the source element is a Floor and have one space adjacency, it will have a type of SlabOnGrade. If the source element is above grade, it will have + a type of RaisedFloor. If the source element is below grade, it will have a type of UndergroundSlab. If the source element is a Floor and have two space adjacencies, it will have a type of InteriorFloor. If the source element is a Floor and the type Function parameter is set to "Interior", it will have a type of InteriorFloor. If the source element is a Roof or a Ceiling and have one space adjacency, it will have a type of Roof. If the source element is a Roof or a Ceiling and have one space adjacency and is below grade, it will have a type of UndergroundCeiling. If the source element is a Roof or a Ceiling and have two space adjacencies, it will have a type of Ceiling. + + 2012 + + + + + The tilt angle for this surface. + + + The tilt is computed as the angle of rotation between + the outward normal of the surface and the Z-axis. + + + 2012 + + + + + The azimuth angle for this surface. + + + The azimuth is computed as the angle of rotation between + the outward normal of the surface and the Y-axis (clockwise is positive). + + + 2012 + + + + + The height of the analytical rectangular geometry. + + + 2012 + + + + + The width of the analytical rectangular geometry. + + + The product of width and height should be equal to the area + of the polyloop for the opening. The width is adjusted to accomplish this. + + + 2012 + + + + + Analytical surface. + The collection of analytic openings belonging to this analytical parent surface + + + 2012 + + + + + 2012 + + + Analytical surface types. + + + 2012 + + + + + Underground + + + + + Air. + + + + + Shading. + + + + + Exterior floor. + + + + + Interior floor. + + + + + Ceiling. + + + + + Interior wall. + + + + + Exterior wall. + + + + + Roof. + + + + + Gets the collection of polygons that form the 2D boundary. + This method returns a collection of polyloops (planar + polygons) that defines an enclosed area measured by + interior bounding surfaces. + + + The collection of polygons that form the 2D boundary. + + + 2012 + + + + + Gets the collection of polygons that form a closed shell. + This method returns a collection of polyloops (planar + polygons) that defines an enclosed volume measured by + interior bounding surfaces. + + + the collection of polygons that form a closed shell. + + + 2012 + + + + + Provides a way to access the collection of + analytical surfaces for a space. + Geometry data defining an analytical space volume. + Through an analytical surface you can connect a + source element with each polygon in a space. + The analytical surfaces defines an enclosed volume + bounded by the center plane of walls + and the top plane of roofs and floors. + + + the collection of analytical surfaces for a space. + + + 2012 + + + + + The volume for this space. + + + If the space is created with the mode 'Use Rooms or Spaces', this value is the enclosed volume measured by interior bounding surfaces. + Otherwise, this value is the average of the analytical volume and the voxel volume. Note that the analytical volume is measured by + the center plane of walls and the top plane of roofs and floors, and the voxel volume is measured by the number of enclosed unit cubes. + + + 2023 + + + + + The area for this space. + + + If the space is created with the mode 'Use Rooms or Spaces', this value is the enclosed area measured by interior bounding surfaces. + Otherwise, this value is measured by the center plane of walls and the top plane of roofs and floors. + + + 2012 + + + + + The unique id of the originating CAD object (model element) associated with this space. + + + This id can be passed to obtain the element from Document.Element[string] property, but any element obtained through this method + may no longer point to a valid or up-to-date model element. The originating CAD object is only accurate and up-to-date at the time of creation of the energy model. + + + 2012 + + + + + The composed name for this space. + + + This value is composed of the number and name attributes, + separated by a space. + + + 2012 + + + + + The description. + + + 2012 + + + + + The number to identify the space. + + + 2012 + + + + + The name. + + + 2012 + + + + + Analytical space. + + + 2012 + + + + + Gets the collection of planar polygons describing the opening geometry. + + + A collection of polyloops (planar polygons) describing the opening geometry as described + in gbXML. The geometry is currently measured per analytical(center-line). + + + The collection of polygons describing the opening geometry. + + + 2023 + + + + + Gets the planar polygon describing the opening geometry. + + + A planar polygon describing the surface geometry as described + in gbXML. The geometry is currently measured per analytical(center-line). + + + 2012 + + + + + Gets the analytic window type this surface is associated with. + + + The analytic window type. + + + 2024 + + + + + Gets the analytic construction this surface is associated with. + + + The analytic construction. + + + 2024 + + + + + Gets the associative analytical parent surface element. + + + The associative analytical parent surface element. + + + 2012 + + + + + The unique identifier for the opening. + + + This identification attribute is composed of the id for the + parent surface, the prefix "op" and a sequential number, all + separated by "-". A sample value would be "su-1-op-1". + + + 2012 + + + + + The lower-left coordinate for the analytical rectangular geometry viewed from outside. + + + A planar polygon describing the surface geometry as described + in gbXML. The geometry is currently measured per analytical(center-line). + + + 2012 + + + + + The analytical opening type. + + + 2012 + + + + + The name for the originating Revit element. + + + Opening elements get an originating element assigned according to the below described schema, based on associative room bounding element: + (Family Name) : (Family Type)Sample: + Basic Wall : Cast Concrete Wall 12" + + 2024 + + + + + The description for the originating Revit element. + + + Surface and Opening elements get an CADObjectId element assigned + according to the below described schema, based on associative + room bounding element: + + (Family Name): (Family Type)[Element Id] + + Sample: + System Panel: System Panel [50566] + + + 2012 + + + + + The unique id of the originating CAD object's link (linked document) associated with this opening. + + + This id can be passed to obtain the element from Document.Element[string] property, but any link obtained through this method + may no longer be a valid or up-to-date link. The originating CAD link is only accurate and up-to-date at the time of creation of the energy model. + An empty string is returned if the originating CAD object is not hosted in a linked document. + + + 2012 + + + + + The unique id of the originating CAD object (model element) associated with this opening. + + + This id can be passed to obtain the element from Document.Element[string] property, but any element obtained through this method + may no longer be a valid or up-to-date model element. The originating CAD object is only accurate and up-to-date at the time of creation of the energy model. + If the originating element belongs to a linked document, the unique id of the link obtained from CADLinkUniqueId should be used to access it. + + + 2012 + + + + + The element id for the originating Revit element. + + + 2024 + + + + + The unique name identifier for the opening. + + + Surface and Opening elements get an Name element assigned + according to the below described schema: + (Orientation)(Space#)[(Other space#)](Exposure)(Type)-(sequence number)[Opening Type+#] + Sample: + N-101-102-E-W-O-77 + + N = Orientation [N/NE/E/SE/S/SW/W/NW/N/T/B/X] + (every surface within the sector of 22.5 degrees from the north + vector gets the letter N etc) (horizontal surfaces facing upwards + get the letter T for top, downwards B for bottom) (shading surfaces + get the letter X for differentiation). + 101 = Space number. + 102 = Other space number. + E = Exposure - exterior/interior/underground [E/I/U]. + W = Type [W/C/R/F] (Wall, Roof, Ceiling, Floor, Shade) (every + surface type has it's letter W-Wall R-Roof C-Ceiling F-Floor S-Shade). + O = Opening Type [W/D/O] (Window, Door, Opening) (every opening + type has it's letter W-Window D-Door O-Opening). + 77 = sequence number. + + Sample surface names: + + N-101-E-W-84 North facing Exterior Wall #84 in space 101. + N-101-E-W-84-D-1 Door #1 in North facing Exterior Wall #84 in space 101. + E-101-102-I-W-92 Vertical Interior Wall #92 between space 101 and 102. + T-101-E-R-141 Top facing Exterior Roof #141 in space 101. + B-101-201-I-F-88 Bottom facing Interior Floor #88 between space 101 and 201. + X-73 Shade #73. + + + + 2012 + + + + + The gbXML opening type attribute. + + + The type of the opening is based on the family category for + the opening and in what element it is contained in: + If it is a Window it will have a type of OperableWindow. If it is a Door it will have a type of NonSlidingDoor. If the opening is contained in a Roof it will have a type of FixedSkylight. If it is a Curtain Wall Panel, the opening will default to + a type of FixedWindow. If the material specified for the family, + and the material transparency is less than 3%, the opening will + be ignored as a solid panel. + An opening of the category Openings will have the type of Air. + + + 2012 + + + + + The height of the analytical rectangular geometry. + + + 2012 + + + + + The width of the analytical rectangular geometry. + + + The product of width and height should be equal to the area + of the polyloop for the opening. The width is adjusted to accomplish this. + + + 2012 + + + + + Analytical opening. + + + 2012 + + + + + Energy analysis opening type. + + + 2012 + + + Analytical opening types. + + + 2012 + + + + + Air. + + + + + Skylight. + + + + + Window. + + + + + Door. + + + + + Transforms all surfaces in the model according to the document's active + ground plane, shared coordinates and true north. + + + This operation failed. + + + 2012 + + + + + The collection of analytical shading surfaces. + + + Returns the analytical shading surfaces after model calculation. + + + 2012 + + + + + The collection of analytical openings. + + + Returns the analytical openings after model calculation. + + + 2012 + + + + + The collection of analytical surfaces. + + + Returns the analytical surfaces after model calculation. + + + 2012 + + + + + The collection of analytical spaces. + + + Returns the analytical spaces after model calculation. + + + 2012 + + + + + Gets the EnergyAnalysisDetailModel in given document. + + + The document that contains the physical model of the building. + + + Returns the EnergyAnalysisDetailModel contained in the document, if it exists. If it does not exist, this returns . + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Creates a new energy analysis detailed model. + + + The generated energy model is always returned in world coordinates. + The method TransformModel() transforms all surfaces in the model according to + ground plane, shared coordinates and true north. + The EnergyModelType in argument EnergyAnalysisDetailModelOptions indicates + whether the generated energy model is based on rooms/spaces or building elements. The default value + is EnergyModelType.SpatialElement. + + + The document that contains the physical model of the building. + + + The options to control the calculation rules. + + + The created model instance. + + + An EnergyAnalysisDetailModel cannot be created if EnergyModelType.BuildingElement is input + and AnalysisMode.ConceptualMasses is set in EnergyDataSettings (these values are incompatible). + -or- + Throws if there are no valid spatial bounding elements, + or no valid spatial elements in the document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Failed to create the energy analysis detail model. + + + Throws if user aborted the energy analysis detail model creation. + + + 2012 + + + + + Export elements of this category in energy analysis. + + + Export will be based on the space type associated with the product creating it. + Valid categories are Rooms or MEP Spaces. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + The building type element. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Indicates if to specify the setting for exporting mullions. + + + When this setting is on, mullions will be exported as shading surfaces. A "simplified" analytical + shading surface is produced from a mullion based on its centerline, thickness and offset. + + + 2012 + + + + + Indicates if to specify the setting for simplified curtain systems. + + + Curtain Walls and Curtain Systems are normally exported as several openings, panel by panel, + while for energy analysis all you need is one giant window. A curtain wall with 50 panels + gets exported as 50 openings, while 1 opening with the total opening area would be more appropriate. + When this setting is on, one "large" window/opening will be exported for a curtain wall/system + + + 2012 + + + + + Indicates if to set and get the setting for if shading surfaces should be included. + + + 2012 + + + + + Level of computation for energy analysis model. + + + 2012 + + + + + Manage the analytical thermal model. + + + The Export to gbXML and the Heating and Cooling Loads features + produces an analytical thermal model from the physical model + of a building. The analytical thermal model is composed of + spaces, zones and planar surfaces that represent the actual + volumetric elements of the building. + If there are currently no EnergyAnalysisDetailModel elements in + the document, when the first one is generated it will be considered + the persistent energy model (and maybe removed and recreated by + actions the user takes in the UI). If there is already a persistent + EnergyAnalysisDetailModel element in the document, the API can + generate other independent energy models, but they will not be + affected by the actions the user takes in the UI. + The EnergyAnalysisDetailModel will remain in the document until + it is discarded (either by the actions of the user, or by a call + to Document.Delete() ). + + + 2012 + + + + + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates if to specify the setting for exporting mullions. + + + When this setting is on, mullions will be exported as shading surfaces. A "simplified" analytical + shading surface is produced from a mullion based on its centerline, thickness and offset. + + + 2012 + + + + + Indicates if to specify the setting for simplified curtain systems. + + + Curtain Walls and Curtain Systems are normally exported as several openings, panel by panel, + while for energy analysis all you need is one giant window. A curtain wall with 50 panels + gets exported as 50 openings, while 1 opening with the total opening area would be more appropriate. + When this setting is on, one "large" window/opening will be exported for a curtain wall/system + + + 2012 + + + + + Indicates if to set and get the setting for if shading surfaces should be included. + + + The default is to include the shading surfaces. + + + 2012 + + + + + Level of computation for energy analysis model. + + + The default value is EnergyAnalysisModelTier::Final. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + It indicates whether the energy model is based on rooms/spaces or building elements. + + + The default value is EnergyModelType::SpatialElement. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + Constructs default options for energy analysis detailed model creation. + + + 2012 + + + + + Options that govern the calculations for the generation of the energy analysis detail model. + + + 2012 + + + + + This enum is used to define if the energy model is based on rooms/spaces, building elements or analysis mode in EnergyDataSettings. + + + 2016 + + + + + Energy model based on analysis mode in EnergyDataSettings. + + + + + The building element based energy analytical model. + + + + + Energy model based on rooms or spaces. + + + + + 2012 + + + Level of computation for energy analysis model. + + + 2012 + + + + + Constructions, schedules, non-graphical data. + + + + + Analytical surfaces. + + + + + Spaces and zones, e.g. minimal need for display. This refers to the analytical spaces. + The analytical spaces are produced from Rooms if you are using RAC, and from MEP Spaces if you are using RME. + + + + + Not computed. + + + + + This enum is used to define the Energy Analysis Model. + + + 2016 + + + + + Energy Analysis Model based on spatial elements. + This mode uses volumes based on rooms or spaces defined in the building model. + + + + + Energy Analysis Model based on conceptual masses and building elements. + + + + + Energy Analysis Model based on building elements. + + + + + The thermal resistance (R-value) of the material. + + + 2024 + + + + + The specific heat capacity of the material. + + + 2024 + + + + + The density of the material. + + + 2024 + + + + + The thermal conductivity of the material. + + + 2024 + + + + + The thickness of the material. + + + 2024 + + + + + The description of the material. + + + 2024 + + + + + The name of the material. + + + 2024 + + + + + A description of a material with thermal properties in a composite construction. + + + 2024 + + + + + Returns a list of ids of the associated materials to analytical construction. + + + 2024 + + + + + The roughness value of the construction. + + + 2024 + + + + + The absorptance value of the construction. + + + 2024 + + + + + The thermal mass value (Cth-value) of the construction. + + + 2024 + + + + + The thermal resistance value (R-value) of the construction. + + + 2024 + + + + + The heat transfer coefficient value (U-value) of the construction. + + + A heat transfer coefficient measured in W/m^2K + + + 2024 + + + + + The description of the construction. + + + 2024 + + + + + The name of the construction + + + 2024 + + + + + Indicates if this originates from a schematic or analytical construction. + + + 2024 + + + + + Represent an analytical construction as a composite of layered materials. + + + 2024 + + + + + Creates a new EndTreatmentType object with a default name. + + + The document. + + + The newly created type id. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Creates a new EndTreatmentType in a document and adds the input string to the endTreatment parameter. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + + + + + Creates a new EndTreatmentType in a document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + String describing the end treatment + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + An end treatment type object that is used to hold information about the end treatment applied to bars that are connected to a coupler. + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets the bounding box of the element record. + + + The bounding box outline. if there is no bounding box for this element. + + + 2011 + + + + + Determines whether this element record has a bounding box. + + + True if the element record has a bounding box or false otherwise. + + + 2011 + + + + + Identifies if the element is curve driven. + + + True if the element is curve driven. + + + 2011 + + + + + Gets the design option id of the element record. + + + The design option id. + + + 2011 + + + + + Gets the element id of the owner view record. + + + The view record element id. + + + 2011 + + + + + Identifies if the element record represents an ElementType. + + + True if the element record represents an ElementType. + + + 2011 + + + + + Gets the category id of the element record. + + + The category id. + + + 2011 + + + + + Gets the id of the element record. + + + The element id. + + + 2011 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Get Id of the workset which owns the element. + + + Each element belongs to one and only one workset. + + + 2011 + + + + + A record in the Revit database representing an element. + + + The record is used to extract basic information about an element before + the element is fully expanded in memory. + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of the logical filter with any number of input filters. + + + A collection of input filters. + + + The filter collection is empty, or contains invalid inputs. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of the logical filter with two input filters. + + + The first filter. + + + The second filter. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + A filter that contains a set of filters. The filter passes when any filter in the set passes. + + + The component filters may be reordered by Revit to cause the quickest acting filters to be evaluated first. + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of the logical filter with any number of input filters. + + + The input filters will be copied. + + + A collection of input filters. + + + The filter collection is empty, or contains invalid inputs. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of the logical filter with two input filters. + + + The input filters will be copied. + + + The first filter. + + + The second filter. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + A filter that contains a set of filters. The filter passes when all filters in the set pass. + + + The component filters may be reordered by Revit to cause the quickest acting filters to be evaluated first. + + + 2011 + + + + + + + + + Replaces current filters in the logical filter with any number of input filters. + + + The input filters will be copied. + + + A collection of input filters. + + + The filter collection is empty, or contains invalid inputs. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020 + + + + + Returns an array of copies of the filters that are logically combined by this ElementLogicalFilter. + + + Copies of the filters that are logically combined by this ElementLogicalFilter. + + + 2019 + + + + + A filter used to logically combine two or more filters. + + + The component filters may be reordered by Revit to cause the quickest acting filters to be evaluated first. + + + 2011 + + + + + Gets the target solid geometry. + + + The solid geometry. + + + 2012 + + + + + Constructs a filter to match elements which intersect the given element, with the + option to match all elements not intersecting the given element. + + + The solid geometry to check for intersection. + + + True if the filter should match all elements which do not intersect the given + element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Constructs a filter to match elements which intersect the given element. + + + The solid geometry to check for intersection. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + A filter to find elements that intersect the given solid geometry. + + +

The input solid used for this filter can be obtained from an existing element, created from scratch + using the routines in GeometryCreationUtilities or builder classes, or the generated from the result of a + secondary operation such as a Boolean operation. Similar to the , + this filter will not detect as intersecting elements which lack solid geometry, such as Rebar.

+

This filter is a slow filter. + Slow filters require that the Element be obtained and expanded in memory first. + Thus it is preferable to couple this filter with at least one ElementQuickFilter, + which should minimize the number of Elements that are expanded.

+
+ + 2012 + + + + + + + +
+ + + Gets the target element. + + + The element. + + + 2012 + + + + + Constructs a filter to match elements which intersect the given element, with the + option to match all elements not intersecting the given element. + + + The element to check for intersection. + + + True if the filter should match all elements which do not intersect the given + element. + + + The category of the element is not supported for element intersection filters. + -or- + The element is not supported for element intersection filters. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Constructs a filter to match elements which intersect the given element. + + + The element to check for intersection. + + + The category of the element is not supported for element intersection filters. + -or- + The element is not supported for element intersection filters. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + A filter to find elements that intersect the solid geometry of a given element. + + +

The target object is another element. The intersection is determined with the same logic used by Revit + to determine if an interference exists during generation of an Interference Report. (This means that some + combinations of elements will never be detected as intersecting by this filter, such as concrete members which are automatically + joined at their intersections). Also, elements which have no solid geometry, such as Rebar, will never be detected + as intersecting by this filter.

+

This filter is a slow filter. + Slow filters require that the Element be obtained and expanded in memory first. + Thus it is preferable to couple this filter with at least one ElementQuickFilter, + which should minimize the number of Elements that are expanded.

+
+ + 2012 + +
+ + + Identifies if the input element is supported by element intersection filters. + + + The element. + + + True if the element is supported, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Identifies if the input element is of a category supported by element intersection filters. + + + The element. + + + True if the element category is supported, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + A base class for filters used to match elements which intersect with geometry. + + + 2012 + + + + + Provides access to the double precision number within the parameter, + converted to the Forge storage unit of the parameter's data type. + + + This method should only be used if the Definition's StorageType property returns that + the internal contents of the parameter is a double. + + + The double value contained in the parameter quantified in its Forge storage unit. + + + 2024 + + + + + Get the parameter value as a string with units. + + + The document to be used to obtain information about the parameter. + + + Options for formatting the string. + + + The string that represents the parameter value. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Get the parameter value as a string with units. + + + The document to be used to obtain information about the parameter. + + + The string that represents the parameter value. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The storage type describes the type that is used internally within the parameter to store its value. + + + The property will return one of the following possibilities: String, Integer, Double or ElementId. + Based on the value of this property the correct access and set methods should be used to retrieve + and set the parameter's data value. + + + 2024 + + + + + This property is true when the parameter value was successfully obtained, false otherwise. + + + 2024 + + + + + Evaluated value of the parameter. + + + 2024 + + + + + Definition of the parameter. + + + 2024 + + + + + Hold the evaluated and of a parameter. + + + 2024 + + + + + Checks that the given value is a valid specific fitting angle. The specific fitting angles are angles of 90, 60, 45, 30, 22.5 or 11.25 degrees. + + + The angle value (in degree). + + + True if the given value is a valid specific fitting angle. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the status of given specific fitting angle. + + + The specific fitting angle (in degree) that must be one of 90, 60, 45, 30, 22.5 or 11.25 degrees. + + + The given value for angle must be 90, 60, 45, 30, 22.5 or 11.25 degrees. + + + 2014 + + + + + Sets the status of given specific angle. + + + The specific angle (in degree) that must be 60, 45, 30, 22.5 or 11.25 degrees. + + + Status, true - using the given angle during the pipe layout. + + + The given value for angle must be 90, 60, 45, 30, 22.5 or 11.25 degrees. + + + Can not set an angle status for an invalid angle. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the list of specific fitting angles. + + + Revit will only use the angles specified during the cable tray or conduit layout or modifying the layout. + When laying out the cable tray or conduit, if the angle between two cable trays or conduits is close to the allowed angle, + The specific angle is used for that cable tray or conduit fitting. + + + Angles (in degrees). + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the circuit naming scheme settings of the project. + + + The document. + + + The circuit naming scheme settings of the project. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + Get the electrical settings of the project. + + + The document. + + + The electrical settings of the project. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + The sequence in which power circuits are created. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2015 Subscription Update + + + + + The method to calculate circuit load + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2017 + + + + + The default circuit path offset for newly created circuit. + + + 2011 + + + + + The default circuit rating for newly created circuit. + + + When setting this property: The circuit rating should be non-negative. + + + 2011 + + + + + Circuit Naming by Phase - Phase C Label. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 Subscription Update + + + + + Circuit Naming by Phase - Phase B Label. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 Subscription Update + + + + + Circuit Naming by Phase - Phase A Label. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 Subscription Update + + + + +Remove wire type definition from project. + + +Wire type can be removed only if it is not used, otherwise an exception will be thrown. + + + + +Add a new wire type to project. + + Name of the new wire type. + Wire material of new wire type. + Temperature rating type information of new wire type. + Insulation of new wire type. + Max wire size of new wire type. + Neutral multiplier of new wire type. + Specify whether neutral point is required. + Specify neutral mode. + Conduit type of new wire type. + New added wire type object. + Parameter of temperatureRating should be retrieved from parameter of materialType, +and parameters such as insulation and maxSize should be retrieved from temperatureRating. +otherwise, this add operation is most likely to fail. + + + +Remove the wire material type from project. + + The wire material type to be removed. + +Wire material type can be removed only if it is not currently assigned to any wire type, +and the last one wire material type can't be removed, otherwise an exception will be thrown. + + + + +Add a new type of wire material. + + Name of new material type. + Specify an existing material type which New material will be constructed based on. + New added wire material type object. + + + +Remove an existing distribution system type from the project. + + +Distribution system type can be removed only if it is not currently assigned to any devices, otherwise an exception will be thrown. + + + + +Add a new distribution system type to project. + + The name of new added distribution system type + Single or three phase this type is + Configuration property of given phase + Wire number of this distribution system + Type of line to line voltage in this system + Type of line to ground voltage in this system + +The name can't be , empty string, or equal with any existing one, +phaseConfig should be defined and numWire can only be 3 or 4 in case of three phase, +numWire can only be 2 or 3 in case of single phase, +otherwise exception will be thrown. + + New added distribution system type object. + + + +Remove the voltage type from project. + + Specify the voltage type to be removed. + +Voltage type can be removed only if it isn't in service with any distribution systems. + + + + +Add a new type definition of voltage into project. + + Specify voltage type name + Specify actual value of voltage type. + Specify acceptable minimum value of the voltage type. + Specify acceptable maximum value of the voltage type. + New added voltage type object. + + + +Get electrical conduit types information of the project. + + + + +Get electrical wire material types information of the project. + + + + +Get all distribution system types of the project. + + + + +Get all wire type definition information of the project. + + + + +Get all voltage type definitions information of the project. + + + + + The ElectricalSetting class represents an instance of element of electrical settings. + + + 2011 + + + + + Methods to calculate circuit loads + + + 2017 + + + + + Sum apparent load. + + + + + Sum true load and reactive load. + + + + + Options of circuit sequence for assigning circuit to circuits across panel. + + + 2015 Subscription Update + + + + + Create new circuits odd then even (1,3,5,7,9,11 / 2,4,6,8,10,12). + + + + + Create new circuits group by phase (1,3,5 / 2,4,6 / 7,9,11 / 8,10,12). + + + + + Create new circuits numerically (1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12). + + + + + Enumerated type listing the options for how electrical load names should be capitalized. + + + 2012 + + + + + Capitalize all letters of every word in the load name. + + + + + Capitalize only the first letter of the first word in the load name. + + + + + Capitalize the first letter of each word in the load name. + + + + + Use the capitalization formatting taken from the parameters that create the load name (Revit 2011 and previous). + + + + + Creates an area based load type. + + + The document in which to create the area based load type. + + + The name of new area based load type. The actual name may be post-fixed if already exists. + + + The newly created area based load type. + + + document is not a project document. + -or- + name is an empty string or contains only whitespace. + -or- + name cannot include prohibited characters, such as "{, }, [, ], |, ;, less-than sign, greater-than sign, ?, `, ~". + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2023 + + + + + The load classification of area based load type. + + + When setting this property: The id is not a load classification id . + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + + + + + The load density of area based load type. + + + When setting this property: The given value for value is not a number + -or- + When setting this property: The given value for value is not finite + + + When setting this property: The given value for value must be non-negative. + + + 2023 + + + + + The apparent power density of area based load type. + + + When setting this property: The given value for value is not a number + -or- + When setting this property: The given value for value is not finite + + + When setting this property: The given value for value must be non-negative. + + + 2023 + + + + + The power factor of area based load type. + + + When setting this property: The given value for power factor must be between 0 and 1. + + + 2023 + + + + + This class represents an area based load type in Autodesk Revit. + + + 2023 + + + + + Creates a new instance of load classification and adds it to the document. + + + The document where the element will be created and added. + + + The name of the electrical load classification to be created. + + + The newly created load classification element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Indicates if this load classification is to be used for spare. + + + 2023 + + + + + Indicates if it is the default load classification, and its name is Other. + + + 2024 + + + + + Indicates if this load classification is to be used for motors. + + + 2011 + + + + + The abbreviation of the load classification name + + + When setting this property: abbreviation is an empty string or contains only whitespace. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + The name template for the actual load parameter on the load classification. + + + When setting this property: actualElectricalLoadLabel is not a valid globalization format string. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + The name template for the estimated current parameter on the load classification. + + + When setting this property: panelEstimatedCurrentLabel is not a valid globalization format string. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + The name template for the connected current parameter on the load classification. + + + When setting this property: panelConnectedCurrentLabel is not a valid globalization format string. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + The name template for the estimated demand parameter on the load classification. + + + When setting this property: panelEstimatedLabel is not a valid globalization format string. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + The name template for the connected load parameter of the load classification. + + + When setting this property: panelConnectedLabel is not a valid globalization format string. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + The name template for the demand factor parameter of the load classification. + + + When setting this property: loadSummaryDemandFactorLabel is not a valid globalization format string. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + The electrical load class associated with a space. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + The demand factor definition this load classification element uses. + + + When setting this property: The element id elemId is not a valid ElectricalDemandFactorDefinition element. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + The ElectricalLoadClassification class represents a serialized version of an instance of + load classification. + + + 2011 + + + + + This enum is used by the ElectricalLoadClassification to specify the load class for use with spaces. + + + 2011 + + + + + This enum is used by the ElectricalLoadClassification class as additional data whenever + data members changed. It is used as the additional data when the atom corresponding to each + data member is touched. + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates electrical load areas on all the empty plan circuits of the given level. + + + Use the HasCircuitsWithoutElectricalLoadAreas to check whether there are empty plan circuits in which there are no electrical load areas, if there are empty plan circuits, this API will create electrical load areas on each of them, otherwise, it will create nothing. + In most cases, the electrical load areas will be created, updated and deleted automatically, but in some cases, there are some empty plan circuits and need to create electrical load areas on each of them. + + + The document where the created electrical load areas are. + + + The base level on which the created electrical load areas exist. + + + The associated phase in which the created electrical load areas exist. + + + The created electrical load areas. + + + doc is not a project document. + -or- + The ElementId levelId is not a Level. + -or- + The id does not represent a valid phase. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2023 + + + + + Checks whether there are any empty plan circuits in which there are no electrical load areas. + + + The document to check. + + + The base level on which the empty plan circuits to check. + + + The associated phase in which the empty plan circuits to check. + + + True if there are empty plan circuits in which there are no electrical load areas, false otherwise. + + + doc is not a project document. + -or- + The ElementId levelId is not a Level. + -or- + The id does not represent a valid phase. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + + + 2023 + + + + + Gets the area based load ids of the electrical load area to be included. + + + 2023 + + + + + Represents the electrical load area data. + + + 2023 + + + + +Get the value which indicates whether this distribution system is in service now. + + + + +Get or set line to ground voltage of distribution system type. + + +The voltage retrieved here is read only and actions to modify its properties it will throw an System.InvalidOperationException. + + + + +Get or set line to line voltage type of distribution system type. + + +The voltage retrieved here is read only and actions to modify its properties it will throw an System.InvalidOperationException. + + + + +Get or set number of wires of distribution system. + + While assign a negative value to NumWires. + + + +Get or set electrical phase (single, triple or undefined) of distribution system. + + + + +Get or set electrical phase configuration (Y, delta or undefined) of distribution system. + + + + Represents a specific type of distribution system. + + + +Assign new values to modify voltage type, all of the unit are volt. + + +Actual value can't be more than minValue or less than maxValue, and all of them can't be negative, +otherwise the exception will be thrown. + + + + +Indicates whether this voltage type is in service now, such as by other distribution system. + + + + +Get lower boundary of voltage value of this voltage definition, the unit is volt. + + + + +Get upper boundary of voltage value of this voltage definition, the unit is volt. + + + + +Get actual voltage value of this voltage definition, the unit is volt. + + + + Represents electrical voltage type. An electrical voltage type define a range of voltages, +and circuits can be created between components with rated voltages that do not precisely match the voltage definition value. + + Actual, minimum and maximum value of voltage type can retrieved through properties, but only can +be modified through SetVoltageValue method. All the unit of voltage properties in this class is volt. + + + + This method will return the applicable demand factor for the specified number + of devices or load. + + + The number of devices or load for which the demand factor should be looked up. + + + The applicable demand factor. + + + 2011 + + + + + Returns the number of values in the set. + + + 2011 + + + + + Provides access to the value set stored with this demand factor definition + + + 2011 + + + + + Sets the value set to the demand factor definition. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Removes a value to the value set for this demand factor definition + + + Value to remove from the set + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Adds a value to the value set for this demand factor definition + + + Value to add to the set + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Clears all the values stored for this demand factor definition. + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates a new instance of a demand factor definition. + + + The document where the element will be created and added. + + + The name of the electrical demand factor definition to be created. + + + The newly created demand factor definition element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Should the additional load (if set) be included in demand load calculations. + + + 2011 + + + + + The rule type for this demand factor definition. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + Additional load to be included during demand load calculation. + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a new ElectricalDemandFactorDefinition with default settings. + + + 2011 + + + + + The ElectricalDemandFactorDef class represents a serialized version of an instance of + demand factor definition. It has a name, rule type, and values for the rules that are serialized. + + + 2011 + + + + + This enum describes the different demand factor rule types available to the application. + Within a demand factor a rule will be referenced and the user will have to enter values + corresponding to that rule. + + + 2011 + + + + + This rule will apply the demand factor differently for each row in the table. + For example, the 3000kVA will have a 100% demand factor applied, the next 9000 will have a 35% factor applied, + and the remaining items will have a 25% factor applied. + + + + + This rule will apply the demand factor differently for each row in the table. + For example, the first two (largest) items will have a 125% demand factor applied and the + remaining items will have a 75% factor applied. + + + + + This rule will apply the demand factor for the total load of attached objects to a panel. + It is purely a look-up table. For example, if there are 5000 kVA, the user can specify 125% value is applied. + If there are 20,000 kVA, the user can specify 100% value is applied. + + + + + This rule will apply the demand factor for the total quantity of attached objects to a panel. + It is purely a look-up table. For example, the user can specify that 0 to 2 objects get 100% and + 2 to 4 objects get 85% and so on. + + + + + This rule will apply a constant demand factor to the loads, regardless of values. + It will also be the default for any newly created demand factor, and the default used if a + demand factor cannot be found for a load classification. + + + + + Gets the electrical analytical load scenarios data. + + + The electrical analytical load scenarios data. + + + 2024 + + + + + Gets Equipment Load ids in the LoadSet. + + + The Equipment Load ids. + + + 2024 + + + + + Creates an electrical analytical load set. + + + The document where the new element will be created. + + + The name of new electrical analytical load set. The actual name may be post-fixed if already exists. + + + The newly created electrical analytical loadset. + + + document is not a project document. + -or- + name cannot include prohibited characters, such as "{, }, [, ], |, ;, less-than sign, greater-than sign, ?, `, ~". + -or- + name is an empty string. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2024 + + + + + The total count of the Equipment Loads in the LoadSet. + + + 2024 + + + + + The number of Equipment Loads that are not operational at any time. + + + The equipment loads with smaller load value within the set are considered on standby. + Must be between 0 and (total count of the Equipment Loads in the LoadSet) + + + When setting this property: The number is greater than the total count of the Equipment Loads in the LoadSet. + + + When setting this property: The given value for number is negative. + + + 2024 + + + + + Represents the electrical analytical load set, it can contain a set of Electrical Analytical Equipment Loads. + + + 2024 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Activate the scope for the client/vendor. + + + GUID representing the client + + + Id of the vendor. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021.1 + + + + + Provide a mechanism to override schema access for a specified client and vendor. + + + Access levels to schema data is controlled by the active client and associated vendor + id's at time of access. + + By default, this gets set based on what client or addin is reacting to an event or + command. + + SchemaAccessOverride allows overriding of schema access by specifying the + client guid and vendor id to override with. The override lasts for scope of the object. + + + 2021.1 + + + + + Checks whether a string is an acceptable name for a Schema or a Field. + + + For interoperability, names are required to be usable as C++ identifiers. + The allowable characters are ASCII letters, numbers (except the first character) and + underscore. The length must be between 1 and 247 characters. + + + The string to check. + + + True if the name is acceptable. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Checks whether the builder may be used. + + + All newly constructed SchemaBuilders are usable until the call to the Finish method. + + + True if the SchemaBuilder has not yet been finished. + + + 2012 + + + + + Registers and returns the created Schema object. + + + The newly created Schema. + + + The SchemaBuilder has already finished building the Schema. + -or- + A different Schema with a matching identity already exists. + -or- + Two fields with the same name are detected. + -or- + At least one field has invalid units. + -or- + SchemaName is not set. + -or- + VendorId is not set for a restricted access level. + -or- + ApplicationGUID is not set for an application access level. + -or- + More than 256 fields were added to the schema. + + + 2012 + + + + + Sets the ID of the third-party vendor that may access entities of this Schema under the + Vendor acess level, and to generally identify the owner of this Schema. + + + This method throws an ArgumentException if the given vendor ID string is not valid. + To understand the validity requirements for vendor ID strings, see the documentation + for the ESSchemaBuilder method vendorIdIsValid(). + + Since vendor IDs are not case sensitive, the string will be converted to upper case + before it is stored in the schema. + + + The vendor id. + + + The SchemaBuilder object may be used to add more settings. + + + The vendorId is invalid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The SchemaBuilder has already finished building the Schema. + + + 2012 + + + + + Sets the GUID of the application or add-in that may access entities of this Schema under + the Application acess level. + + + The application id. + + + The SchemaBuilder object may be used to add more settings. + + + The SchemaBuilder has already finished building the Schema. + + + 2012 + + + + + Sets the documentation string for the Schema. + + + While Entities may be hidden using access levels, Schemas and Fields are visible to + clients and other developers. In the interest of clarity and interoperability, you are + very strongly encouraged to provide good documentation with your Schemas. + + Explain the intent of the data and how it is meant to be interpreted. It is not + useful to repeat information that can be observed directly (e.g. types and units). + + Note that documentation, like all other contents of Schemas and Fields is immutable + once the add-in using the Schema is published. + + + The documentation string. + + + The SchemaBuilder object may be used to add more settings. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The SchemaBuilder has already finished building the Schema. + + + 2012 + + + + + Sets the name of the Schema. + + + The name is a user-friendly identifier of the Schema. GUIDs are used exclusively + for Schema identity, but the name is useful to identify the Schema during development + or in an error message. + + This field is required. + + + The name for the Schema. + + + The SchemaBuilder object may be used to add more settings. + + + The parameter schemaName is not acceptable for naming Extensible Storage objects. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The SchemaBuilder has already finished building the Schema. + + + 2012 + + + + + Sets top level write access (for entities) + + + Write access level value to be set + + + The SchemaBuilder object may be used to add more settings. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + The SchemaBuilder has already finished building the Schema. + + + 2012 + + + + + Sets top level read access (for entities) + + + Read access level value to be set + + + The SchemaBuilder object may be used to add more settings. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + The SchemaBuilder has already finished building the Schema. + + + 2012 + + + + + Creates a field containing an ordered key-value map in the Schema, with given name and + type of contained values. + + + The supported types for the keys are Boolean, Byte, Int16, Int32, Int64, ElementId, + GUID and String. Floating-point types (Float, Double, XYZ and UV) are not supported + because round-off errors frequently cause numeric instability. Subentities are not + supported because they require a custom comparison operator. The suggested workarounds + are either placing key values into an Array and using array indices for keys, or + just using an Array of subentities. + + Natural comparison of contained types is used for sorting. + + The supported types for values are the same as for simple fields. + See for details. + Note that a schema may contain a maximum of 256 fields. + + The name of the new field. + + + The type of the keys for the new field. + + + The type of the values for the new field. + + + The FieldBuilder object may be used to add more details to the field. Make sure to set + the unit type if the field contains floating-point values. + + + The parameter fieldName is not acceptable for naming Extensible Storage objects. + -or- + The field type is not supported. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The combination of key and value types is not supported. + + + The SchemaBuilder has already finished building the Schema. + + + 2012 + + + + + Creates a field containing an array of values in the Schema, with given name and type + of contained values. + + + The supported types for the contents are the same as for simple fields. + See for details. + Note that a schema may contain a maximum of 256 fields. + + The name of the new field. + + + The type of the contents in the new field. + + + The FieldBuilder object may be used to add more details to the field. Make sure to set + the unit type if the field contains floating-point values. + + + The parameter fieldName is not acceptable for naming Extensible Storage objects. + -or- + The field type is not supported. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The SchemaBuilder has already finished building the Schema. + + + 2012 + + + + + Creates a field containing a single value in the Schema, with given name and type. + + + The supported types are Boolean, Byte, Int16, Int32, Int64, Float, Double, ElementId, + GUID, String, XYZ, UV and Entity. + Note that data of type ElementId is not copied to new elements that are created via copy/paste or a linear or radial array. + Note that a schema may contain a maximum of 256 fields. + + + The name of the new field. + + + The type of the new field. + + + The FieldBuilder object may be used to add more details to the field. Make sure to set + the unit type if the field contains floating-point values. + + + The parameter fieldName is not acceptable for naming Extensible Storage objects. + -or- + The field type is not supported. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The SchemaBuilder has already finished building the Schema. + + + 2012 + + + + + Checks whether the given vendor ID string is valid. A valid vendor ID string: + 1. Has a length of at least 4 characters and no more than 253 characters, and + 2. Contains only letters, digits, or any of the following special characters: + ! " # & \ ( ) + , . - : ; < = > ? _ ` | ~ + + + The vendor ID to check. + + + True if the vendor ID is valid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Checks whether the supplied GUID value is valid. + + + The GUID to check + + + True if the GUID is valid + + + 2012 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a new SchemaBuilder where the resulting Schema will use the input GUID. + + + The guid value is invalid. + + + 2012 + + + + + This class is used to create Schemas in the Extensible Storage framework. + + + Named parameter idiom: Methods that set up the Schema return a reference to the builder so + you can invoke multiple methods in a chain + (e.g., builder.setReadAccessLevel(...).setWriteAccessLevel(...)). + Methods that add fields return a FieldBuilder instead. + + + 2012 + + + + + + + + + Checks whether the SubSchema GUID needs to be explicitly specified for this field type. + + + True if SubSchemaGUID is required. + + + 2012 + + + + + Checks whether the field type requires explicit unit conversions. + + + True if units are required. + + + 2012 + + + + + Checks whether the builder may be used. + + + All newly constructed FieldBuilders are usable until the call to the Finish method + of the constructing SchemaBuilder. + + + True if the SchemaBuilder has not yet been finished. + + + 2012 + + + + + Sets the documentation string for the Field. + + + While Entities may be hidden using access levels, Schemas and Fields are visible to + clients and other developers. In the interest of clarity and interoperability, you are + very strongly encouraged to provide good documentation with your Schemas. + + Explain the intent of the data and how it is meant to be interpreted. It is not + useful to repeat information that can be observed directly (e.g. types and units). + + Note that documentation, like all other contents of Schemas and Fields is immutable + once the add-in using the Schema is published. + + + The documentation string. + + + The FieldBuilder object may be used to add more details to the field. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The SchemaBuilder has already finished building the Schema. + + + 2012 + + + + + Sets the GUID of the Schema of the Entities that are intended to be stored in this field. + + + Fields of type Entity - subentities - need to specify their Schema. The framework + will prevent subentities with incorrect schemas from being stored in the entity. + Additionally, the access level of the subschema will be checked against the + currently executing add-in and access to restricted subentities will be prevented. + + + The GUID of the subschema. + + + The FieldBuilder object may be used to add more details to the field. + + + The SchemaBuilder has already finished building the Schema. + -or- + The field type does not utilize SubSchemas. + + + 2012 + + + + + Sets the spec describing the field's values. + + + Identifier of the spec. + + + The FieldBuilder object may be used to add more details to the field. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The SchemaBuilder has already finished building the Schema. + -or- + The field type does not utilize unit conversions. + + + 2012 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a new FieldBuilder using the field and associated SchemaBuilder object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Constructs a new copy of the input ESFieldBuilder object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + This class is used to create Fields in the Extensible Storage framework. + + + 2012 + + + + + Gets the KeynoteTable from a Revit document. + + + The Revit document. + + + The KeynoteTable. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + KeynoteTable represents the collection of keynotes (KeynoteEntries) for a document. + + + 2015 + + + + + The text associated with this KeynoteEntry. + + + This value does not have to be set; if not set, the property returns an empty string. + + + 2015 + + + + + Constructs a new KeynoteEntry from the given + key name and keynote text. KeynoteEntry objects + created from this constructor will not have parents. + + + The key of this KeynoteEntry + + + The text associated with this KeynoteEntry + + + key is an empty string. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Constructs a new KeynoteEntry from the given + key name, parent key name, and keynote text. + + + The key of this KeynoteEntry. + + + The parent key of this KeynoteEntry. + Empty string means this KeynoteEntry does not have a parent. + + + The text associated with this KeynoteEntry + + + key is an empty string. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Represents an entry in the keynote table, containing the key value, keynote text, and parent key (if applicable). + + + 2015 + + + + + Loads the contents of a keynote text file into the provided KeyBasedTreeEntriesLoadContent. + + + The entries read from the file will be added to any existing entries read from other files before this reading operation + in the provided KeyBasedTreeEntriesLoadContent. + if file A was read, and then file B was failed to read, all the entries from file A will still be there to build KeynoteEntries object. + + + The full path of the existing keynotefile. + + + The keynote entries read from the filePath will be added to this object. + A KeyBasedTreeEntriesLoadContent object will also be updated to contain status information, + including information about any errors that occurred while reading the keynote entries from + the specified file. + + + True if reading the keynote file succeeds; False if the keynote file cannot be read. + + + filePath is an empty string. + -or- + The KeyBasedTreeEntries object owned by this KeyBasedTreeEntriesLoadContent object is built already. + Adding more KeyBasedTreeEntries as well as repeated building, is not supported. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The destination file name includes one or more invalid characters. + + + 2015 + + + + + A collection of KeynoteEntry objects that make up the keynote table. + + + 2015 + + + + + Gets the names of any files which could not be read due to access errors. + + + Only applies to KeyBasedTreeEntries built from text files. + + + An array of strings containing the filenames of files which could not be read. + + + 2015 + + + + + Gets information about specific KeyBasedTreeEntry objects that could not be included in the KeyBasedTreeEntries + object due to errors of a particular type. + + + The type of KeyBasedTreeEntryError to be returned. + + + An array of copies of the KeyBasedTreeEntryErrors contained in this object matching the type specified. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2015 + + + + + Gets information about KeyBasedTreeEntry objects that could not be included in the KeyBasedTreeEntries + object due to errors. + + + An array of copies of the KeyBasedTreeEntryErrors contained in this object. + + + 2015 + + + + + Gets all the records in the key-based tree data text file that could not be parsed into KeyBasedTreeEntries. + + + Only applies to KeyBasedTreeEntries built from text files. + + + An array of strings that are copies of the records in the text file that could not be parsed. + + + 2015 + + + + + Get all error or warnings created while attempting to load KeyBasedTreeEntries. + + +

Revit does not post these warnings. They are provided as a convenience + to the API user, who may wish to post them.

+

The information in the warnings is also captured in the other error + functions of KeyBasedTreeEntriesLoadResults.

+
+ + A collection of FailureMessage objects, if any errors or warnings were encountered while + loading and building the KeyBasedTreeEntries. + + + 2015 + +
+ + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates an empty KeyBasedTreeEntriesLoadResults. + + + 2015 + + + + + This class contains the results and status information regarding an attempt to load the KeyBasedTreeEntries from an External Resource. + + +

A KeyBasedTreeEntriesLoadResults object is returned by the KeynoteTable or AssemblyCodeTable API methods LoadFrom() and Reload() so that callers can + determine whether the KeynoteTable or AssemblyCodeTable was updated successfully and what, if any, errors occurred.

+
+ + 2015 + +
+ + + Gets the entry for which an error occurred while building the KeyBasedTreeEntries object. + + + A copy of the KeyBasedTreeEntry. + + + 2015 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates which of possible types of problems with loading and/or building + a KeyBasedTreeEntries that this KeyBasedTreeEntryError represents. + + + 2015 + + + + + This class contains information about a problem encountered while creating a KeyBasedTreeEntries object. + + + This problem might be a duplicate entry, or an error in the + specified parent-child relationships, or something else. See BuiltInKeyBasedTreeEntryErrorType for details. + + + 2015 + + + + + An Enum indicating the type of error associated with a KeyBasedTreeEntry. + + + 2015 + + + 2015 + + + + + The classification category id is not Revit BuiltInCategory id. + + + + + The classification level is not an integer in range between 1 and 5 inclusive. + + + + + The classification code does not match the level and parent code. + + + + + A sub-node has been specified as a parent of one of its ancestors. + + + + + The parent specified for a entry does not exist in the KeyBasedTreeEntires object. + + + + + The same entry appears more than once in the KeyBasedTreeEntries object. + + + + + If a point was used to define the second profile, returns a copy of that point. + + + The second profile point if it was set. + + + This surface element does not use a point to define the second profile. + + + 2017 + + + + + Checks if a point was used to define the second profile. + + + True if a point was used to define the second profile, false otherwise. + + + 2018 + + + + + Returns a copy of the second profile curve if it is set. + + + A copy of the second profile curve, if it exists. If a point was used to define the second profile, this function will return . + + + 2017 + + + + + If a point was used to define the first profile, returns a copy of that point. + + + The first profile point if it was set. + + + This surface element does not use a point to define the first profile. + + + 2017 + + + + + Checks if a point was used to define the first profile. + + + True if a point was used to define the first profile, false otherwise. + + + 2018 + + + + + Returns a copy of the first profile curve if it is set. + + + A copy of the first profile curve, if it exists. If a point was used to define the first profile, this function will return . + + + 2017 + + + + + Creates a Surface object coincident with the ruled surface joining a bounded generating curve to a point. + + + The returned surface may not be of type RuledSurf - this function will create a surface of the simplest possible + type (Plane, CylindricalSurface, etc.) that can be used to represent the given ruled surface. + Given that the surface may be simplified, this function does not guarantee any particular parameterization of the surface. + + + The profile curve; must be bounded and non-degenerate. + + + The point. Expected to lie within the Revit design limits . + + + The created surface. Note that this surface may not be of type RuledSurf. + + + The input profileCurve is not bound. + -or- + The profileCurve is degenerate (its length is too close to zero). + -or- + The input point lies outside of Revit design limits. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Creates a Surface object coincident with the ruled surface joining two bounded generating curves. + + + The returned surface may not be of type RuledSurf - this function will create a surface of the simplest possible + type (Plane, CylindricalSurface, etc.) that can be used to represent the given ruled surface. + Given that the surface may be simplified, this function does not guarantee any particular parameterization of the surface. + The curves should be such that a ruled surface whose rulings connect points on the two curves with the same + normalized coordinates has no self-intersections or interior singularities. + + + The first profile curve; must be bounded and non-degenerate. + + + The second profile curve; must be bounded and non-degenerate. + + + The created surface. Note that this surface may not be of type RuledSurf. + + + The input profileCurve1 is not bound. + -or- + The profileCurve1 is degenerate (its length is too close to zero). + -or- + The input profileCurve2 is not bound. + -or- + The profileCurve2 is degenerate (its length is too close to zero). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + A ruled surface is created by sweeping a line between two profile curves or between a curve and a point (a point and a curve). + Input curve(s) must be bounded or have natural bounds. + + + Both curves are evaluated in normalized parameters [0, 1] + The parametric equations of a ruled surface are: + Curve C1 and curve C2 : S(u, v) = C1(u) + v * (C2(u) - C1(u)); Point P1 and curve C2 : S(u, v) = P1 + v * (C2(u) - P1); Curve C1 and point P2 : S(u, v) = C1(u) + v * (P2 - C1(u)); + The point/point case is not allowed as that would define a degenerate ruled surface. + + + 2017 + + + + + Removes an existing criterion. + + + The index position of removed routing preference rule in the group. + + + index is not a valid zero-based index. + -or- + Thrown if the index is out of bounds. + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + 2013 + + + + + Adds a new routing criterion. + + + The criterion to add. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets the specified criteria. + + + The criterion at the specified zero-based index position. + + + index is not a valid zero-based index. + -or- + Thrown if the index is out of bounds. + + + 2013 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the routing preference manager that owns this rule. + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets the number of routing criteria. + + + 2013 + + + + + The referenced MEPPart (segment or fitting) type in this rule. It may be InvalidElementId if no MEPPart will be allowed when the conditions satisfy the criteria in this rule. + + + 2013 + + + + + The description of the routing preference rule. + + + 2013 + + + + + Constructs a RoutingPreferenceRule containing a segment or fitting Id (MEPPartId) and description. + + + The Id of the segment or fitting. InvalidElementId may be specified if no MEPPart will be allowed when the conditions satisfy the criteria in this rule. + + + The description of the rule. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + A class representing a rule set in MEP routing preferences. + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets the routing condition at the specified index position. + + + The 0-based index to access the collection of available conditions. The method throws the exception ArgumentOutOfRangeException if the index is out of range. + + + The found routing condition. + + + index is not within the valid range of available conditions. + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + 2013 + + + + + Appends a routing condition to the end of existing routing conditions. Note that the first item (indexed at 0) is the condition for the primary connector. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + 2013 + + + + + Clear all existing conditions + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets the number of included routing conditions. + + + 2013 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The junction type (Tee or Tap) to select if defined fittings of both junction types meet all routing conditions. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + When setting this property: None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + 2013 + + + + + The error level that the routing preference manager should post errors if the routing conditions do not meet any routing preference rule, could be None, Warning, or Error + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + When setting this property: None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + 2013 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a RoutingConditions object with an indicated + error level for conditions that do not meet any routing preference rule. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + RoutingConditions contain routing information that is used as input when determining if a routing criterion, + such as minimum or maximum diameter, is met. + + + 2013 + + + + + 2013 + + + An enumerated type listing the options for posting errors or warnings when routing preferences are not satisfied. + + + 2013 + + + + + Post Revit errors if there is no rule in the routing preference satisfying the current condition. + + + + + Post Revit warnings if there is no rule in the routing preference satisfying the current condition. + + + + + Do not post any warning or error if there is no rule in the routing preference satisfying the current condition. + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The diameter of the segment or fitting specified for the routing condition. + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a new RoutingCondition. + + + The diameter of a routing segment. + + + The given value for diameter must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + + + 2013 + + + + + RoutingCondition represents routing information that is used as input when determining if a routing criterion, + such as minimum or maximum diameter, is met. + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns true if the two points are too close to be adjacent start, end or waypoints in a PathOfTravel. + + + The points are too close when the distance between them is closer than the length + specified by MinimumLength plus a certain tolerance. + + + The document for which to compare the two points. + + + The tolerance to add to the minimum distance. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020 + + + + + Returns if large geometry is allowed for path of travel creation or not. + + + The return value is based off the current setting for the AllowLargeGeometry Property as follows: + If it is set to Prompt, then prompts the user to continue or not, if no ui is present, returns false.If it is set to DisAllaow, returns false.If it is set to Allow, returns true. + + 2020 + + + + + Sets the ElementIds for Category elements which are ignored by route calculation. + + + The ids of Categories to be ignored by route calculation. + + + One or more ElementIds in categoryIds are not valid Category element ids. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020 + + + + + Returns ElementIds for Category elements which are excluded (not taken into account) by route calculation. + These categories are always excluded, regardless of the value. + If an excluded category has sub-categories, then the sub-categories will be excluded as well. + + + The ids of Categories which are excluded by route calculation. + + + 2020 + + + + + Returns ElementIds for Category elements which are ignored (not taken into account) route calculation. + To enable ignoring of these categories, must be set to true. + If an ignored category has sub-categories, then the sub-categories will be ignored as well. + + + The ids of Categories which are ignored by route calculation. By default, the set contains the Doors Category. + + + 2020 + + + + + Returns the RouteAnalysisSettings element for a given document. + + + Project documents have a RouteAnalysisSettings element, one per document. + Family documents do not have RouteAnalysisSettings elements. + + + The document for which to get the RouteAnalysisSettings element. + + +

Returns the RouteAnalysisSettings element in project documents + or for family documents

. +
+ + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020 + +
+ + + The average speed that people will be traveling along the created path of travel. Default value is 4.4 ft/s (3 mph) + + +

The speed value is stored in terms of Revit internal SI Units, which is feet per second. + To convert between desired and internal units Autodesk::Revit::DB::UnitUtils.

+
+ + 2020 + +
+ + + The constant storing minimum allowed length of path of travel + + + 2020 + + + + + The top plane offset, in ft, for the zone used in route calculation. Default value is 6'8". + + + The zone's top plane elevation is different per plan view + and is determined by adding the top offset to the view's level elevation. + + + When setting this property: The given value for topOffset must be non-negative. + + + 2020 + + + + + The bottom plane offset, in ft, of the zone used in route calculation. Default value is 8". + + + The zone's bottom plane elevation is different per plan view + and is determined by adding the bottom offset to the view's level elevation. + + + When setting this property: The given value for bottomOffset must be non-negative. + + + 2020 + + + + + If true, import instances are ignored by route calculation. + For imports to be ignored, also must be set to true. + + + 2020 + + + + +

When this setting is true, elements with category ids returned by + GetIgnoredCategoryIds will be ignored in route calculation. + default is true as all elements with the Door Category Id are ignored by default.

+
+ + 2020 + +
+ + +

RouteAnalysisSettings is an element which contains project-wide settings for route calculations. + The PathOfTravel element uses these settings to calculate a route between two points in a plan view.

+

By default, the route will go around the geometry of all visible model elements which have model geometry in the Route Analysis Zone.

+

The Route Analysis Zone, determined per view, is the space between these two horizontal planes: + a top plane vertically offset by AnalysisZoneTopOffset above the view's level and + a bottom plane vertically offset by AnalysisZoneBottomOffset ft above the view's level.

+ By default, the route will ignore the following elements: + elements outside of the crop region of the view;elements without any model geometry (annotations or view-specific elements);model lines (category OST_Lines);demolished elements;elements displayed in the underlay of the view. + There are a few ways to customize Route Analysis on a project-wide basis. +

You can adjust the Route Analysis Zone using AnalysisZoneTopOffset + and AnalysisZoneBottomOffset.

You can specify a set of model categories you would like ignored during route calculation. + To enable ignoring the set of specified categories, set EnableIgnoredCategoryIds to true. + To change the set of ignored categories, use SetIgnoredCategoryIds method + and IgnoreImports and IgnorePointClouds properties. + To query the set of ignored categories, use GetIgnoredCategoryIds.

+ + 2020 + +
+ + + An enumerated type containing settings information related to handling of large geometries. + + + 2020 + + + 2020 + + + + + Prompt in the UI. If no UI is present, default will be DisAllow. + + + + + Allow export/path of travel creation on large geometries. + + + + + Cancel the export/path of travel creation, failing with the apporiate status. + + + + + The options that control the calculation. + + + The options. + + + 2012 + + + + + This indicates whether the input spatial element is a valid one. + + + The spatial element to be checked if its geometry can be calculated. + + + It will return false if the room/space is not enclosed in 2d or has no location, or the height is too small. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + This indicates whether the input spatial element is a room or a space. + + + The spatial element to be checked if it is a room or a space or not. + + + True if the input spatial element is a room or a space, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Compute the spatial element geometry and returns the boundary face information. + + + Specifies the spatial element needs to be computed, should be Room or Space. + + + Requested boundary face information. + + + spatialElement is not a room or a space, and thus has no 3D geometry to calculate. + -or- + spatialElement is not enclosed in 2d or has no location, or the height is too small, and thus has no 3D geometry to calculate. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Failed to compute the given spatial element's geometry. + + + 2012 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a new calculator for the geometry of spatial elements. + + + The document that contains the spatial elements. + + + The options to control the calculation rules. + + + options is not valid. Only Finish and Center of SpatialElementBoundaryLocation are allowed. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Constructs a new calculator with default options for the geometry of spatial elements. + + + The document that contains the spatial elements. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Use this class to calculate the geometry of a spatial element and obtain the relationships between the geometry and + the element's boundary elements. + + + This class maintains an internal cache for geometry it has already processed. If you intend to calculate geometry + for several elements in the same project you should use a single instance of this class. Note that the cache will + be cleared when any change is made to the document. + + + 2012 + + + + + + + + + Query the spatial element boundary face information with the given face. + + + The face from the spatial element's geometry. + + + Sub-faces related to the room bounding elements that define the spatial element face. Returns if there is no corresponding boundary information with the given face. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + The solid from the spatial element. + + + Requested solid. + + + 2012 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The results of spatial element geometry calculation. + + + The subfaces of a SpatialElement at the base height and top height are not associated with floors, roofs, and ceilings at the same height. + + + 2012 + + + + + Returns the face of the bounding element. + + + Applies only if the options chosen for the extraction of the element's geometry is Finish. + Faces do not contain voids in room-bounding elements (such the voids in walls created by doors and windows). + + + The face of the bounding element. + + + 2012 + + + + + Returns a face that represents the portion of the room face bounded by the boundary element. + + + If the spatial element's face is adjacent to multiple bounding elements (such as two different walls), there will be one sub-face + for each portion of the spatial element's face where it is adjacent to one of those room-bounding elements. + This is equivalent to the return of GetRoomFace() if the entire room face is created by the boundary element. + + + The sub-face. + + + 2012 + + + + + Returns the face of the spatial element's 3D geometry. + + + The face of the spatial element's 3D geometry. + + + 2012 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates if the subface instance is valid and can be used. + + + 2012 + + + + + Type of the subface. + + + 2012 + + + + + Indicates if the subface is coincident with a portion of a (possibly offset) face of the element. + + + 2012 + + + + + Element that gave rise to this room face. + + + 2012 + + + + + SpatialElementBoundarySubface represents the geometry boundary information of spatial element. + + + 2012 + + + + + 2012 + + + Meaning of a subface's type. + + + 2012 + + + + + Any face which does not meet the criteria to be Top or Bottom. + + + + + A horizontal top face of the room as defined by the room's level and height, or a face of the + room that is bounded above by a room-bounding element. + + + + + A horizontal face at the bottom of the room, as defined by the room's level and base offset, or + a face of the room that is bounded below by a room-bounding element. + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + A base class for specific domain requirements for a spatial element. + + + 2023 + + + + + Checks whether a given "to" position is valid. + + + The "from" position and the "to" position must be on opposite sides of the family's host. Flipping the calculation + point will reverse the direction. + + + True if the input is an acceptable "to" position and False otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks whether a given "from" position is valid. + + + The "from" position and the "to" position must be on opposite sides of the family's host. Flipping the calculation + point will reverse the direction. + + + True if the input is an acceptable "from" position and False otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + This function takes a potential "to" point and converts it to be a similar point on the opposite side of the family's host from + the "from" point if necessary. + + + If the point is already an acceptable "to" location then the original point will be returned. Otherwise, the point's + X and Y will be projected onto the centerline of the family's host. + + + The desired "to" location + + + The valid "to" location. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + This function takes a potential "from" point and converts it to be a similar point on the opposite side of the family's host from + the "to" point if necessary. + + + If the point is already an acceptable "from" location then the original point will be returned. Otherwise, the point's + X and Y will be projected onto the centerline of the family's host. + + + The desired "from" location + + + The valid "from" location. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + flip the direction of the "from" and "to" points + + + 2014 + + + + + The "to" position of spatial element connecting calculation point. + + + When setting this property: toPosition must be on the opposite side of the family's host from the "from" position. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + The "from" position of spatial element connecting calculation point. + + + When setting this property: fromPosition must be on the opposite side of the family's host from the "to" position. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + SpatialElementFromToCalculationPoints is used to specify the search points for a family instance which connects + two rooms or spaces, such as a door or window. The points determine which room or space is considered the "from" + and which is considered the "to". + + + 2014 + + + + + The position of the "in" spatial element calculation point. + + + This is the search point where a family instance will be considered to be located inside a room/space. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + SpatialElementCalculationPoint is used as the search point for family instances + placement inside rooms and spaces. + + + The Spatial Element Calculation Point is graphically showed as a location point + marker with a "snake" line from the origin of the family. If the + Spatial Element Calculation Point is turned on, this point will be used as a + search point for room and space relations for all instances of this family. + + + 2013 + + + + + The position of the spatial element calculation location marker. + + + 2014 + + + + + The Spatial Element Calculation Location is used to specify the room/space where an + element should be considered as placed. + + + It currently has two types of calculation location: + SpatialElementCalculationPoint and SpatialElementFromToCalculationPoints + A user can turn on the Spatial Element Calculation Location in the family editor + by setting the family's ROOM_CALCULATION_POINT parameter. + A user can move the location of the Spatial Element Calculation Location in the family editor. + A user can visually verify the location of the Spatial Element Calculation Point by + selecting the fixture in the project. + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a filter which matches only areas. + + + + + A filter used to match area tags. + + + This filter is a slow filter, but it uses a quick filter to eliminate non-candidate elements + before the elements are obtained and expanded. Therefore this filter does not have to be + paired with another quick filter to minimize the number of Elements that are expanded. + + + + + Constructs a filter which matches only spaces. + + + + + A filter used to match space tags. + + + This filter is a slow filter, but it uses a quick filter to eliminate non-candidate elements + before the elements are obtained and expanded. Therefore this filter does not have to be + paired with another quick filter to minimize the number of Elements that are expanded. + + + + + Constructs a filter which matches only rooms. + + + + + A filter used to match room tags. + + + This filter is a slow filter, but it uses a quick filter to eliminate non-candidate elements + before the elements are obtained and expanded. Therefore this filter does not have to be + paired with another quick filter to minimize the number of Elements that are expanded. + + + + + Constructs a filter which matches only areas. + + + + + A filter used to match areas. + + + This filter is a slow filter, but it uses a quick filter to eliminate non-candidate elements + before the elements are obtained and expanded. Therefore this filter does not have to be + paired with another quick filter to minimize the number of Elements that are expanded. + + + + + + + + + Constructs a filter which matches only spaces. + + + + + A filter used to match spaces. + + + This filter is a slow filter, but it uses a quick filter to eliminate non-candidate elements + before the elements are obtained and expanded. Therefore this filter does not have to be + paired with another quick filter to minimize the number of Elements that are expanded. + + + + + Constructs a filter which matches only rooms. + + + + + A filter used to match rooms. + + + This filter is a slow filter, but it uses a quick filter to eliminate non-candidate elements + before the elements are obtained and expanded. Therefore this filter does not have to be + paired with another quick filter to minimize the number of Elements that are expanded. + + + + + + + + + Sets the set of worksets to open when creating the link. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the set of worksets to open when creating the link. + + + 2014 + + + + + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The type of path to use when creating the link. If true, Revit will + store a relative path for the link. If false, Revit will store an absolute + path. + + If the link is to a Revit Server location, isRelative must be false. + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a RevitLinkOptions object, specifying relative or absolute path type. + If the link is workshared, all worksets will be opened. + + + True if the link should use a relative path. False if it should use an + absolute path. + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a RevitLinkOptions object, specifying relative or absolute path type, + and the desired workset configuration. + + + True if the link should use a relative path. False if it should use an + absolute path. + + + A WorksetConfiguration object specifying the worksets to open when creating + the link. + Leave as if the file is not workshared. + Optionally, this may also be for a workshared + file, in which case Revit will open all worksets. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a new copy of the input RevitLinkOptions object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + This class contains the options in use when creating + or loading a Revit link. + + + 2013 + + + + + Sets the IGetLocalPathForOpenCallback that will support the "Open (and Unload)" command for Revit links + obtained from an IExternalResourceServer. + + + The IGetLocalPathForOpenCallback that will support the "Open (and Unload)" command. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + This class is used to extend the IExternalResourceServer interface with methods to support operations + specifically related to Revit links. + + +

The class owns single-method interfaces which are used as callbacks to perform specific operations + on Revit link external resources.

+

An empty RevitLinkOperations instance is passed to an IExternalResourceServer (inside an + ExternalResourceServerExtensions object) via the GetTypeSpecificServerOperations method. The server + provider can then add their own implemented interface objects to the RevitLinkOperations, thus + making them available to Revit to use as callbacks.

+

Supporting these additional, type-specific operations is not absolutely required, but is strongly + recommended in order for users to be able to perform all the same operations they would with + locally-accessed Revit links.

+
+ + 2015 + +
+ + + Detail download information + Uri of Revit cloud configuration to download + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + ADP output helper class. + We use this to describe what we want to output to adp + + + + + This class represents a list of waypoints and attributes used by Revit Cloud Configuration + + + + + Rounds the given raw value and checks whether it is an acceptable cloud spacing value after it is rounded. + + + After rounding, the value must be a valid length that is greater than zero. + + + The raw value to check. This value need not be rounded prior to calling this function. + + + True if the value will be acceptable after rounding, False otherwise + + + 2015 + + + + + Rounds the given revision cloud spacing value according to the document's settings. + + + The document to use for rounding. + + + The unrounded value. + + + The rounded revision cloud spacing. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Returns the RevisionSettings for the given project document. + + + The document to get the RevisionSettings from. + + + The RevisionSettings for the document. + + + ccda is not a project document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Determines the size in paper space of revision clouds drawn in a project. + + + Revision clouds in Revit are created based on a collection of sketched lines. Revit then + generates a series of "cloud bumps" along those lines to create a cloud shape. This setting + determines the minimum length between the start and end each "cloud bump" (measured along the line). + For example, if this setting were 2" and the sketched line were 3" long, Revit would + create only one 3" bump. If the line length was increased to 4", Revit would add two 2" ones. + Note that a single "cloud bump" consists of two arcs of slightly different size. Revit will always + draw at least one "cloud bump" for each sketched line. + + This value will be interpreted by Revit in paper space rather than in model space so + that all of the clouds are shown in a uniform way on a sheet. This value will be rounded to a length that can be displayed according to the + current project settings. The value may not be zero after rounding. This value may not + exceed the maximum distance that can be represented as a length in Revit. + + When setting this property: desiredCloudSpacing is not a valid value for the cloud spacing. + + + 2015 + + + + + Determines how the revision number values will display on sheets. + + + When revision clouds appear on a sheet, the revision number of each revision can be displayed either by + tagging the revision cloud or by a revision schedule within the sheet's titleblock. There + are two ways the number can be determined: + Per project: The value of the Revision numbers will always correspond to the project-wide Revision Sequence Number + assigned to the revision. For example, if revision clouds for revisions with sequence numbers 5, 7, and 8 are + placed on a sheet then revision tags and schedules on that sheet would display 5, 7, and 8.Per sheet: Revision numbers will be assigned consecutive numbers based on the revision clouds + visible on that sheet. For example, if revision clouds for revisions assigned project-wide Revision Sequence Numbers 5, 7, and 8 are + placed on a sheet then revision tags and schedules on that sheet would display 1, 2, and 3. + The sequence on the sheet will still follow the relative ordering of the Revision Sequence Numbers, + so in this example revision 5 would be displayed as 1 on the sheet, revision 7 would be + displayed as 2, etc. Note that changing this setting may change the numbering of revisions on any existing + sheets. The numbering will be changed even for revisions that are already issued. + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2015 + + + + + Provides access to project-wide settings related to revisions. + + + This class provides access to the project-wide settings that affect the appearance and numbering of revisions + and revision clouds. The settings are only available in project documents. + + + 2015 + + + + + 2015 + + + The options for how revision numbers should be displayed on sheets within a project. + + + 2015 + + + + + The revisions on a given sheet will be automatically assigned a consecutive sequence for their revision numbers displayed on that sheet. + + + + + The revision numbers on a sheet will match the global Revision Sequence Number assigned to the revision. + + + + + Sets the sequence of strings to be used as numbers for revisions with the Alphanumeric RevisionNumberType. + + +

If there are more alphanumeric revisions than there are + strings in the sequence, subsequent alphanumeric revisions will + be assigned duplicated characters. For example, if the sequence + provided were ["X", "Y"], the first alphanumeric revision would + be shown as "X", the second as "Y", the third as "XX", then "YY", + "XXX", etc.

+
+ + The sequence. The sequence strings cannot contain commas. + + + Input sequence contains invalid entries. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + +
+ + + Gets a list containing the strings to be used as the numbering sequence for + revisions with the Alphanumeric RevisionNumberType. + + + 2016 + + + + + Determines whether the AlphanumericRevisionSettings object is in a valid state. + + + The AlphanumericRevisionSettings should have at least one string in its revision numbering sequence. + + + True if the settings are valid. + + + 2016 + + + + + Determines whether a specified AlphanumericRevisionSettings is the same as 'this'. + + + The two AlphanumericRevisionSettings are regarded as the same only if they have the same + revision numbering sequence, and the same prefix and suffix strings. + + + The AlphanumericRevisionSettings object to be compared with 'this'. + + + True, if two AlphanumericRevisionSettings are the same. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The suffix string that will be appended to the number of each revision with Alphanumeric RevisionNumberingType. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + The prefix string that will be prepended to the number of each revision with Alphanumeric RevisionNumberingType. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Constructs an AlphanumericRevisionSettings object. + + +

The custom sequence to be used as numbers for revisions with the + Alphanumeric RevisionNumberType.

+

If there are more alphanumeric revisions than there are + strings in the sequence, subsequent alphanumeric revisions will + be assigned duplicated characters. For example, if the sequence + provided were ["X", "Y"], the first alphanumeric revision would + be shown as "X", the second as "Y", the third as "XX", then "YY", + "XXX", etc.

+ + + The prefix string for each revision number in the sequence. + + + The suffix string for each revision number in the sequence. + + + Input sequence contains invalid entries. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + +
+ + + Constructs an AlphanumericRevisionSettings with a simple, default sequence. + + + The default sequence contains each letter of the alphabet (may differ based on language settings). + + + 2016 + + + + + Constructs a new copy of the input AlphanumericRevisionSettings object. + + + other is not a valid AlphanumericRevisionSettings. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Contains settings that apply to Revisions with the Alphanumeric RevisionNumberType. + + + 2016 + + + + + Determines whether the NumericRevisionSettings object is in a valid state. + + + The NumericRevisionSettings should at least contain a non-negative start number. + + + True if the NumericRevisionSettings is valid. + + + 2016 + + + + + Determines whether a specified NumericRevisionSettings is the same as 'this'. + + + The two NumericRevisionSettings are regarded as the same only if they have the same start number, + prefix and suffix strings. + + + The specified NumericRevisionSettings with which to compare. + + + True, if two NumericRevisionSettings are the same. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The suffix string that will be appended to the number of each revision with Numeric RevisionNumberingType. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + The prefix string that will be prepended to the number of each revision with Numeric RevisionNumberingType. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Controls the minimum number of digits for a revision number. + + + Use MinimumDigits to force the minimum number of digits for a revision number. + Zeros will be added to the front of the revision number until the minimum number of digits is satisfied. + For example, if MinimumDigits is 3, then 9 will be printed as 009 and 10 will be printed as 010. + If MinimumDigits is 1, then no zeros are added to the front of the revision number. + The default value for MinimumDigits is 1. Values less than 1 are not allowed. + + + When setting this property: The given value for minimumDigits is not positive. + + + 2022 + + + + + The start number for the sequence. + + + When setting this property: The given value for number is negative. + + + 2016 + + + + + Constructs a NumericRevisionSettings object. + + + The starting number parameter accepts any non-negative integer, and + the prefix and suffix strings are allowed to be empty. + + + The start number for the sequence. + + + The prefix string for each revision number in the sequence. + + + The suffix string for each revision number in the sequence. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The given value for startNumber is negative. + + + 2016 + + + + + Constructs a NumericRevisionSettings with a simple, default numbering sequence. + + + Initializes startNumber to 1. + The prefix and suffix strings are set to empty. + + + 2016 + + + + + Constructs a new copy of the input NumericRevisionSettings object. + + + other is not a valid NumericRevisionSettings. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Contains settings that apply to Revisions with the Numeric RevisionNumberType. + + + 2016 + + + + + Compares this revision numbering sequence to another. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Checks whether the revision numbering sequence owns a valid alphanumeric revision settings. + + + True if the revision numbering sequence owns a valid alphanumeric revision settings. + + + 2022 + + + + + Checks whether the revision numbering sequence owns a valid numeric revision settings. + + + True if the revision numbering sequence owns a valid numeric revision settings. + + + 2022 + + + + + Checks whether the revision numbering sequence owns a valid revision settings for number type. + + + True if the revision numbering sequence owns a valid revision settings for number type. + + + 2022 + + + + + Gets all of the revision numbering sequences from the document. + + + The document that contains the sequences. + + + The revision numbering sequences from the document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Replaces the current alphanumeric revision numbering settings with the provided settings. + + + The AlphanumericRevisionSettings to be applied to alphanumeric revision numbering. + + + settings is not a valid AlphanumericRevisionSettings. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Returns a copy of the AlphanumericRevisionSettings owned by this revision numbering sequence. + + + The copy of the AlphaumericRevisionSettings owned by this revision numbering sequence. + + + This RevisionNumberingSequence doesn't own a valid alphanumeric revision settings. + + + 2022 + + + + + Replaces the current numeric revision numbering settings with the provided settings. + + + The NumericRevisionSettings to be applied to numeric revision numbering. + + + settings is not a valid NumericRevisionSettings. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Returns a copy of the NumericRevisionSettings owned by this revision numbering sequence. + + + The copy of the NumericRevisionSettings owned by this revision numbering sequence. + + + This RevisionNumberingSequence doesn't own a valid numeric revision settings. + + + 2022 + + + + + Creates a new alphanumeric revision numbering sequence in the document. + + + The new revision numbering sequence will not be assigned to any revision. + Use `Revision.SetRevisionNumberingSequenceId` to apply the sequence to a revision. + + + The document of the new revision numbering sequence. + + + The name for the revision numbering sequence. + + + The alphanumeric settings for the revision numbering sequence. + + + The newly created revision numbering sequence. + + + document is not a project document. + -or- + name is an empty string or contains only whitespace. + -or- + name cannot include prohibited characters, such as "{, }, [, ], |, ;, less-than sign, greater-than sign, ?, `, ~". + -or- + settings is not a valid AlphanumericRevisionSettings. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2022 + + + + + Creates a new numeric revision numbering sequence in the document. + + + The new revision numbering sequence will not be assigned to any revision. + Use `Revision.SetRevisionNumberingSequenceId` to apply the sequence to a revision. + + + The document of the new revision numbering sequence. + + + The name for the revision numbering sequence. + + + The numeric settings for the revision numbering sequence. + + + The newly created revision numbering sequence. + + + document is not a project document. + -or- + name is an empty string or contains only whitespace. + -or- + name cannot include prohibited characters, such as "{, }, [, ], |, ;, less-than sign, greater-than sign, ?, `, ~". + -or- + settings is not a valid NumericRevisionSettings. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2022 + + + + + Indicates the revision number type of the revision numbering sequence. + + + This property can be used to figure out if a revision numbering sequence is numeric or alphanumeric. + The returned RevisionNumberType is either RevisionNumberType::Numeric or RevisionNumberType::Alphanumeric. + + + This RevisionNumberingSequence doesn't own a valid revision settings for number type. + + + 2022 + + + + + The name of this revision numbering sequence. + + + This name appears in the Sheet Issues/Revisions dialog as a numbering choice for each revision. + + + When setting this property: sequenceName is an empty string or contains only whitespace. + -or- + When setting this property: sequenceName cannot include prohibited characters, such as "{, }, [, ], |, ;, less-than sign, greater-than sign, ?, `, ~". + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Defines the sequences by which numbers are assigned to Revisions. + + + Revision numbering is numeric or alphanumeric. Revision numbering is assigned to Revisions to control + the numbering scheme of that Revision. + + + 2022 + + + + + Returns copies of the Curves that form this RevisionCloud. + + + Note that there is no requirement that the curves form closed loops or avoid self-intersections. The + curves may also form multiple closed loops. + + + Copies of the sketched curves that form this RevisionCloud. + + + 2015 + + + + + Returns the ids of the ViewSheets where this RevisionCloud may appear and contribute to the sheet's revision schedule. + + + A RevisionCloud can appear on a ViewSheet because it is drawn directly on the ViewSheet + or because its owner view is placed on the ViewSheet. If the RevisionCloud is owned by + a view that is a dependent view or has associated dependent views, then the RevisionCloud can also + be visible on the sheets where the related dependent or primary views have been placed. +

This RevisionCloud may not be visible in all ViewSheets reported by this method. + Additional factors, such as the visibility settings or annotation crop of the Views or the visibility settings + of the associated Revision may still cause this RevisionCloud to not appear on a particular ViewSheet.

If this RevisionCloud is owned by a ViewLegend, no sheets will be returned because the RevisionCloud + will not participate in revision schedules.

+ + The ids of the ViewSheets where this RevisionCloud may appear. + + + 2015 + +
+ + + Indicates whether the Revision associated with this RevisionCloud has been issued. + + + True if the Revision has been issued, False otherwise. + + + 2015 + + + + + Creates a new RevisionCloud in the model. + + + Creates a new RevisionCloud in the specified View. The new RevisionCloud will be associated with the specified Revision. + RevisionClouds can only be created if the Revision has not yet been issued. + +

RevisionClouds can be created in most graphical Views, excepting 3D views and graphical column schedules. Unlike + most other Elements, RevisionClouds can be created directly on a ViewSheet.

RevisionClouds are created based on a series of sketched curves. There is no requirement that the curves form + closed loops and self-intersections are also permitted. The curves will be automatically projected onto the appropriate + plane for the View. The list of curves cannot be empty and any lines cannot be perpendicular to the View's plane. + If the View is a model View, the coordinates specified for the curves will be interpreted in model space. If the View + is a non-model View (such as a ViewSheet) then the coordinates will be interpreted in the View's space.

The cloud graphics will be attached to the curves under the assumption that each curve is oriented in a clockwise direction. + For lines, this means that the outside of the cloud is in the direction of the line's normal vector within the View's plane. Any closed loops should + therefore be oriented clockwise to create the typical cloud shape.

+ + The document in which the RevisionCloud should be created. + + + The View in which the RevisionCloud should appear. + + + The Revision to associate with the new RevisionCloud. + + + The curves that will form the RevisionCloud's sketch. + + + The newly created RevisionCloud. + + + document is not a project document. + -or- + revisionId is not a valid Revision. + -or- + This operation cannot be performed because revisionId is an issued Revision. + -or- + view is not a View that can support RevisionClouds. + -or- + The provided Curves curves cannot be used as the basis for a RevisionCloud. Either the list is empty or + one or more of the Curves could not be projected onto the View's plane. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + +
+ + + The Revision associated with this RevisionCloud. + + + This property cannot be set to a Revision that has already been issued. If this RevisionCloud is already associated + with a Revision that has been issued then this property cannot be changed. + + + When setting this property: revisionId is not a valid Revision. + -or- + When setting this property: This operation cannot be performed because revisionId is an issued Revision. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + When setting this property: This operation cannot be performed on a RevisionCloud associated with a Revision that has been issued. + + + 2015 + + + + + A RevisionCloud is a graphical "cloud" that can be displayed on a view or sheet to indicate where revisions in the model have occurred. + + + RevisionClouds are view specific and can be created in most graphical views, except 3D. Unlike most Elements, RevisionClouds may be added + directly to a ViewSheet. Each RevisionCloud is associated with one Revision. + +

When a RevisionCloud is visible on a + ViewSheet (either because it is directly placed on that ViewSheet or because it is visible in a View placed on the ViewSheet), + any revision schedules displayed on the ViewSheet will automatically include the Revision associated with the RevisionCloud.

Note also that when a RevisionCloud is created in a ViewLegend, it is treated as a legend representation of what a RevisionCloud + looks like rather than as an actual indication of a change to the model. As a result, RevisionClouds in ViewLegends will not affect the contents + of revision schedules.

RevisionClouds are created from a collection of sketched curves. Each curve will have a series of "cloud bumps" drawn + along it to form the appearance of a cloud. There is no requirement that the curves form closed loops.

+ + 2015 + +
+ + + Returns the coordinate in the given dimension. + + + The dimension begins at 0 and must be in the range [0, number of dimensions in the bounds - 1]. + This method does not apply to zero dimensional coordinates. + + + The dimension. + + + The coordinate. + + + The dimension is invalid for these coordinates. + + + The coordinates must have at least one dimension. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The number of dimensions of the coordinates (0, 1 or 2 for zero, one or two dimensional arrays.) + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates two dimensional coordinates. + + + The coordinate in first dimension. + + + The coordinate in second dimension. + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates one dimensional coordinates. + + + The coordinate. + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates zero dimensional coordinates. + + + 2014 + + + + + Represents coordinates in the array of repeating references in 0, 1, or 2 dimensions. + + + 2014 + + + + + Shifts the input coordinates in the cyclical dimensions so that they fall in the [lower bounds, upper bounds] range. + + + The coordinates must have the same number of dimensions as the bounds. + This method does not apply to zero dimensional bounds. + + + The coordinates. + + + The adjusted coordinates. + + + The coordinates coordinates have incompatible number of dimensions. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The bounds must have at least one dimension. + + + 2014 + + + + + Determines whether given coordinates are within the bounds. + + + The coordinates must have the same number of dimensions as the bounds. + This method does not apply to zero dimensional bounds. + + + The coordinates. + + + True if cyclical directions should be treated as unbounded. + + + True if the coordinates are within the bounds. + + + The coordinates coordinates have incompatible number of dimensions. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The bounds must have at least one dimension. + + + 2014 + + + + + True if the array doesn't have finite bounds in the given dimension. Cyclical bounds indicate that the array forms a closed loop in the given dimension. + + + The dimension begins at 0 and must be in the range [0, number of dimensions in the bounds - 1]. + This method does not apply to zero dimensional bounds. + + + The dimension. + + + True if the bounds are cyclical in the given dimension. + + + The dimension is invalid for these bounds. + + + The bounds must have at least one dimension. + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns the highest index of the array in the given dimension. + + + The dimension begins at 0 and must be in the range [0, number of dimensions in the bounds - 1]. + This method does not apply to zero dimensional bounds. + + + The dimension. + + + The highest index of the array in the given dimension. + + + The dimension is invalid for these bounds. + + + The bounds must have at least one dimension. + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns the smallest index of the array in the given dimension. + + + The dimension begins at 0 and must be in the range [0, number of dimensions in the bounds - 1]. + This method does not apply to zero dimensional bounds. + + + The dimension. + + + The smallest index of the array in the given dimension. + + + The dimension is invalid for these bounds. + + + The bounds must have at least one dimension. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The number of dimensions of the bounds (0, 1 or 2 for zero, one or two dimensional arrays.) + + + 2014 + + + + + Represents bounds of the array of repeating references in 0, 1, or 2 dimensions. + (See ). + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates an rvt file from the central model at a specific version + + + The path of the existing file. + + + The path of the related file to create. + + + True means silently overwrite if a file already exists at the target. + False means fail. + + + The type of related file being created. + + + The version from which to create the local file + + + The result of trying to create the related file. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + Creates a file related to an existing file. + + + The path of the existing file. + + + The path of the related file to create. + + + True means silently overwrite if a file already exists at the target. + False means fail. + + + The type of related file being created. + + + The result of trying to create the related file. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + Encapsulates methods for dealing with models related to a central model, + for instance creating a local model from a given central model. + + + + + Describes the type of related file to be created. + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates a new local linked model from the given cloud shared central file. + The new file name is a guid that identifies the central model. + + + + + Creates a new local from the given cloud shared central file. + The new file name is a guid that identifies the central model. + + + + + Creates a new central file from the given workshared file. + Appends "LT" to the new file name. + + + + + Creates a new local from the given central file. + Appends the username to the new file name. + + + + + Gives the result of creating a related file. + + + 2014 + + + + + The user canceled the operation. + + + + + We were unable to create the related file + + + + + There is not enough space to complete the operation. + + + + + We created the related file + + + + + Returns the number of bars that are held. + + + The reinforcement element. Should be Rebar or RebarInSystem. + + + reinforcementElement is not a Rebar or a RebarInSystem. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + The reinforcement element. Should be Rebar or RebarInSystem. + + + A bar position index between 0 and NumberOfBarPositions-1. + + + Returns true if the bar at the specified position is included, false otherwise. + + + reinforcementElement is not a Rebar or a RebarInSystem. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + barPosition is not in the range [ 0, NumberOfBarPositions-1 ]. + + + + + The shape definition by segments. + + + Returns the listening dimensions that are in the shape definition. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + If there is a hook at start, 0 will mean hook at start, 1 the first segment, 2 the second segment... + If there isn't a hook at start, 0 will mean the first segment, 1 the second segment, ... + FakeSegments (180 fillets) are nout counted as segments. e.g. A bar which has two parallel lines and a 180degree arc between them (which is a fake segment in shape definition) it will be considered as having two segments. + + + It is true it will return the reference curve for measure segment at the start of the segment, false for end of the segment. + + + The hooks of a bar may be rotated outside of a bar plane. + We are expecting that these centerlines to be with hooks into the bar plane. + RebarInstBase::getCenterlineCurvesAtIndex is a function that can give you such curves. + + + The bar plane normal. + + + The bar diameter. + + + The out of plane bar diameter. + + + The hook type at start. + + + The hook type at end. + + + Returns the reference line for measuring the segment. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Having the centerline curves of a rebar, it will generate full geometry for a specific view. + + + The centerlines curves. + + + The view in which the geometry is generated. + + + The Reinforcement element from which it will be taken properties for computing the geometry. + It will be used the bar diameter of this element. The RebarStyle will be obtained from the rebar shape at the specified bar index. + + + An index between 0 and (number of bars in the rebar set -1). + All the information needed for computation will be obtained from the bar with this index in the input rebar set. + + + Projection graphic style id. + + + Cut graphic style id. + + + If true, the curves will be checked for visibility in the view. + + + If true, representation will be drawn as ribbon. + + + Returns the generated geometry. + + + reinforcementElement is not a Rebar or a RebarInSystem. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + barPositionIndex is not in the range [ 0, NumberOfBarPositions-1 ]. + + + + + Get the parameter value for a bar at the specified index. + + + The reinforcement element. Should be Rebar or RebarInSystem. + + + An index between 0 and (number of bars in the rebar set -1). + + + The parameter Id. + + + The value of the parameter. + + + reinforcementElement is not a Rebar or a RebarInSystem. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + barPositionIndex is not in the range [ 0, NumberOfBarPositions-1 ]. + + + + + Gets the Hook length at the specified index, at the specified end. + + + The reinforcement element. Should be Rebar or RebarInSystem. + + + An index between 0 and (number of bars in the rebar set -1). + + + The end of the bar. It should be 0 for start, 1 for end. + + + The end should be 0 or 1. + -or- + reinforcementElement is not a Rebar or a RebarInSystem. + -or- + The end does not have a hook attached. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + barPositionIndex is not in the range [ 0, NumberOfBarPositions-1 ]. + + + + + Gets the End Treatment Type id of the bar at the specified index, at the specified end. + + + The reinforcement element. Should be Rebar or RebarInSystem. + + + An index between 0 and (number of bars in the rebar set -1). + + + The end of the bar. It should be 0 for start, 1 for end. + + + Returns the End Treatment Type id of the bar at the specified index, at the specified end. + + + The end should be 0 or 1. + -or- + reinforcementElement is not a Rebar or a RebarInSystem. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + barPositionIndex is not in the range [ 0, NumberOfBarPositions-1 ]. + + + + + Gets the out of plane hook rotation angle of the bar at the specified index, at the specified end. + + + The reinforcement element. Should be Rebar or RebarInSystem. + + + An index between 0 and (number of bars in the rebar set -1). + + + The end of the bar. It should be 0 for start, 1 for end. + + + Returns the out of plane hook rotation angle of the bar at the specified index, at the specified end. + + + The end should be 0 or 1. + -or- + reinforcementElement is not a Rebar or a RebarInSystem. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + barPositionIndex is not in the range [ 0, NumberOfBarPositions-1 ]. + + + + + Gets the Hook Type id of the bar at the specified index, at the specified end. + + + The reinforcement element. Should be Rebar or RebarInSystem. + + + An index between 0 and (number of bars in the rebar set -1). + + + The end of the bar. It should be 0 for start, 1 for end. + + + Returns the Hook type id of the bar at the specified index, at the specified end. + + + The end should be 0 or 1. + -or- + reinforcementElement is not a Rebar or a RebarInSystem. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + barPositionIndex is not in the range [ 0, NumberOfBarPositions-1 ]. + + + + + Gets the normal of the plane in which the reinforcement element is bent. + + + Only the bar segments are used to compute the bar bending plane. Hooks are ignored. + + + The reinforcement element from which the normal data is provided. Should be Rebar or RebarInSystem. + + + An index between 0 and (number of bars in the rebar set -1), representing the bar in set from which we're using the hook data. + + + Returns the normal of the plane in which the reinforcement element is bent. In case of a Free Form bar that is not planar, it will return XYZ(0,0,0). + + + reinforcementElement is not a Rebar or a RebarInSystem. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + barPositionIndex is not in the range [ 0, NumberOfBarPositions-1 ]. + + + + + Gets the RebarBendData, at the specified bar index. + + + The reinforcement element from which the RebarBendData is provided. Should be Rebar or RebarInSystem. + + + An index between 0 and (number of bars in the rebar set -1), representing the bar in set from which we're retrieving the RebarBendData. + + + reinforcementElement is not a Rebar or a RebarInSystem. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + barPositionIndex is not in the range [ 0, NumberOfBarPositions-1 ]. + + + + + Checks if rebarShape matches curves of one particular bar in a reinforcement element. + This check is ignoring hooks and end treatments. + For a bar that is in a Free Form Rebar set that has the workshop instructions set to RebarWorkInstructions.Straight the actual curves are not used. It is used only one line. + + + A RebarShape element that defines the shape of the rebar. + + + The reinforcement element. Should be Rebar or RebarInSystem. + + + An index between 0 and (number of bars in the rebar set -1). + + + Returns true if rebarShape matches curves, false otherwise. + + + reinforcementElement is not a Rebar or a RebarInSystem. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + barPositionIndex is not in the range [ 0, NumberOfBarPositions-1 ]. + + + + + Adds hooks to the start and end of the provided chain of curves. + + + Returns the curves, the hook segments and the hook fillets at both ends. The initial start and end curves are trimmed for the hook fillet to fit. + If the hooks can't be added it will throw InvalidOperationException. + + + The document. + + + A chain of curves to which hooks will be added. + + + The RebarBendData class from which the hook will take its properties. + + + The multiplanar definition, if applicable. + + + The curves and the hooks at both ends. The initial start and end curves are trimmed for the hook fillet to fit. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Given two connected input curves this method computes an arc with a given radius tangent to both curves. + The curves will be trimmed for the fillet to fit. + + + The first curve. + + + The second curve. + + + The radius of the fillet arc. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The provided curves are not connected. + + + + + Returns the id of the RebarShape element at the specified bar index. + For shape driven Rebar and RebarInSystem all bars in the set have the same RebarShape, for free-form Rebar the shape can vary. + + + The reinforcement element. Should be Rebar or RebarInSystem. + + + An index between 0 and (number of bars in the rebar set -1). + + + reinforcementElement is not a Rebar or a RebarInSystem. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + barPositionIndex is not in the range [ 0, NumberOfBarPositions-1 ]. + + + + + This method computes the Outline of the provided GeometryElement in view. + Returns true if the outline was computed successfully and false otherwise. + + + The geometry object to compute outline. + + + The view in which the outline is computed + + + The computed outline. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + This method will return the centerline curves for bar at barPositionIndex even if this bar isn't included. + The curves are in the final position. The BarPositionTransform (representing the relative position of any individual bar in the set - a translation along the distribution path) + and MovedBarTransform (representing the movement of the bar relative to its default position along the distribution path) will be applied to the returned curves. + + + The Reinforcement element for wich Revit will provide the curves. + Should be Rebar or RebarInSystem. + + + If the curves overlap, as in a planar stirrup, this parameter controls + whether they should be adjusted to avoid intersection (as in fine views), + or kept in a single plane for simplicity (as in coarse views). + + + Identifies if the chain will include hooks curves. + + + Identifies if the chain will include fillets/drawn arcs or neither of them. + + + If the Rebar is a multi-planar shape, this parameter controls whether to generate only + the curves in the primary plane (IncludeOnlyPlanarCurves), or to generate all curves, + (IncludeAllMultiplanarCurves) including the out-of-plane connector segments as well as + multi-planar copies of the primary plane curves. + This argument is ignored for planar shapes. + + + An index between 0 and (number of bars in the rebar set -1). + Use the barPositionIndex to obtain all the curves at a specific index in the distribution. + + + reinforcementElement is not a Rebar or a RebarInSystem. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + barPositionIndex is not in the range [ 0, NumberOfBarPositions-1 ]. + -or- + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + A chain of curves representing the centerline of the Reinforcement element. + The curves will lay in XY plane as defined in the RebarShape family. + + + The Reinforcement element for wich Revit will provide the curves. + Should be Rebar or RebarInSystem. + + + Identifies if the chain will include hooks curves. + + + Identifies if the chain will include fillets/drawn arcs or neither of them. + + + If the Rebar is a multi-planar shape, this parameter controls whether to generate only + the curves in the primary plane (IncludeOnlyPlanarCurves), or to generate all curves, + (IncludeAllMultiplanarCurves) including the out-of-plane connector segments as well as + multi-planar copies of the primary plane curves. + This argument is ignored for planar shapes. + + + An index between 0 and (number of bars in the rebar set -1). + Use the barPositionIndex to obtain all the curves at a specific index in the distribution. + + + reinforcementElement is not a Rebar or a RebarInSystem. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + barPositionIndex is not in the range [ 0, NumberOfBarPositions-1 ]. + -or- + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + Static utility class for Rebar and RebarInSystem elements. + + + + + Multiple filleting options for centerline curves + + + + + Centerline curves are un-trimmed and un-filleted at corners. + + + + + Un-filleted centerline curves, but include user-drawn arcs in the RebarShape family. + + + + + Centerline curves computed with all fillets between curves. + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The abbreviation tag value. + + + 2016 + + + + + The abbreviation tag type. + + + 2016 + + + + + Constructs a new ReinforcementAbbreviationTag. + + + Defines the type of abbreviation tag. + + + Defines the abbreviation tag value. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2016 + + + + + This class is used to access the Area or Path Reinforcement abbreviation tag data. + It stores abbreviation tag value and abbreviation type. + + + 2016 + + + + + Sets one abbreviation tag for desired ReinforcementAbbreviationTagType. + + + Defines the type of abbreviation tag. + + + Abbreviation tag value to set. + + + The abbreviation type tagType is not valid + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2016 + + + + + Gets one abbreviation tag for desired ReinforcementAbbreviationTagType. + + + Defines the type of abbreviation tag. + + + Abbreviation tag value + + + The abbreviation type tagType is not valid + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2016 + + + + + Gets a list of abbreviation tags for desired reinforcement object type. + + + Defines the type of desired reinforcement object for abbreviation tags. + + + An array of ReinforcementAbbreviationTag that will define all abbreviations for given reinforcement object. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2016 + + + + + Returns an object for managing reinforcement rounding override settings used by FabricSheetType and FabricSheet elements. + + + The rounding manager. + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns an object for managing reinforcement rounding override settings used by RebarBarTypes, Rebar and RebarInSystem elements. + + + The rounding manager. + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks if Reinforcement Settings is equal to other + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Obtains the ReinforcementSettings object for the specified project document. + + + A project document. + + + The ReinforcementSettings object. + + + document is not a project document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + A unique identifier used for a bar within a variable length rebar set. + + + This property affects only Rebar sets under the following conditions: + 1. The distribution type () of the Rebar is DistributionType::Enum::VaryingLength.2. There are at least two bars within the Rebar set that have different shape parameter values (i.e at least two bars vary in length).

The shape parameters of a Rebar can be accessed via method.

The parameters at a specific index in a Rebar set can be accessed via method.

This property is assigned to varying Rebar sets + only if they are numbered as a whole (i.e. is set to false).

+ + The values for this property are valid if : + Input contains at least one character.Input contains either alphabetical or numeric characters (not both). + + When this property is used, each bar in a varying set will be assigned an incremented value of the suffix. + As an example, the suffix values for three bars in a varying set are: + For alphabetic suffix : Aaz -> Aba -> Abb.For numeric suffix : 129 -> 130 -> 131. + These values are automatically incremented by the system. +
+ + When setting this property: The rebar number suffix is not valid if : + Input is empty.Input contains non-alphanumeric characters.Input contains both numeric and alphabetic characters.Input is a value that exceeds the maximum integer representation.Input contains more than 6 alphabetic characters. + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + +
+ + + Use this option to modify the way varying length bars are numbered (individually or as a whole). + + + This property affects only Rebar sets under the following conditions: + 1. The distribution type () of the Rebar is DistributionType::Enum::VaryingLength.2. There are at least two bars within the Rebar set that have different shape parameter values (i.e at least two bars vary in length).

The shape parameters of a Rebar can be accessed via method.

The parameters at a specific index in a Rebar set can be accessed via method.

If this property is true, then the Revit numbering mechanism () + will assign each bar, in a varying set, a number. + The number is assigned based on the Revit numbering logic. (For example if two bars are identical, they will receive the same number). + The numbering mechanism will compare varying bars with other varying or uniform bars within the project. (i.e each bar in a varying set is interpreted as an individual Rebar).

+ + If this property is false, the following happens: + 1. The Revit numbering mechanism () + will assign a unique number for each varying Rebar set. + Each bar within the varying set will have(share) the same number that was assigned for the entire set. + Even if two varying Rebar sets are identical, they will be assigned different numbers.2. Each bar within a varying set will also be assigned a suffix parameter (REBAR_NUMBER_SUFFIX). + This suffix parameter will receive values based on the property.
+ + 2017 + +
+ + + The default presentation mode for rebar sets, when: + The view direction is perpendicular to the rebar normal and the rebar set is cut.The view direction is not perpendicular to the rebar normal and the view direction is not parallel to the rebar normal. + + All bars in a given rebar set will be visible if: + The view is a 3D view.The view direction is not parallel to the rebar normal. + For this case there are no defaults and no overrides in instances. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2015 + + + + + The default presentation mode for rebar sets, when the view direction is perpendicular to the rebar normal and the rebar set is not cut. + + + All bars in a given rebar set will be visible if: + The view is a 3D view.The view direction is not parallel to the rebar normal. + For this case there are no defaults and no overrides in instances. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2015 + + + + + End Treatments are defined by Rebar Shape of Rebar element. Can be changed if document contains no rebars, area reinforcements and path reinforcements. + + + When setting this property: Cannot change the RebarShapeDefinesHooks property in these settings because the document contains one or more Rebar elements. + -or- + When setting this property: Cannot change the RebarShapeDefinesHooks property in these settings because the document contains one or more AreaReinforcement or PathReinforcement + elements. + -or- + When setting this property: Cannot change the RebarShapeDefinesHooks property in these settings because the document contains one or more RebarContainer elements. + the document contains one or more RebarContainer elements. + + + 2017 + + + + + Hooks are defined by Rebar Shape of Rebar element. Can be changed if document contains no rebars, area reinforcements and path reinforcements. + + + When setting this property: Cannot change the RebarShapeDefinesHooks property in these settings because the document contains one or more Rebar elements. + -or- + When setting this property: Cannot change the RebarShapeDefinesHooks property in these settings because the document contains one or more AreaReinforcement or PathReinforcement + elements. + -or- + When setting this property: Cannot change the RebarShapeDefinesHooks property in these settings because the document contains one or more RebarContainer elements. + the document contains one or more RebarContainer elements. + + + 2014 + + + + + Host Structural Rebar within Area and Path Reinforcement with touching AtomHostStructuralRebar. + + + When setting this property: Cannot change the RebarShapeDefinesHooks property in these settings because the document contains one or more AreaReinforcement or PathReinforcement + elements. + + + 2013 + + + + + Provides access to project-wide reinforcement settings. + + + 2013 + + + + + + + + + Defines the type of desired reinforcement object for abbreviation tags. + + + 2016 + + + + + Abbreviation tags for Path Reinforcement. + + + + + Abbreviation tags for Area Reinforcement. + + + + + Defines all types of abbreviation tags for Area and Path Reinforcement objects. + + + 2016 + + + + + Path Reinforcement - alternating bar offset. + + + + + Path Reinforcement - alternating. + + + + + Path Reinforcement - wall exterior. + + + + + Path Reinforcement - wall interior. + + + + + Path Reinforcement - slab bottom. + + + + + Path Reinforcement - slab top. + + + + + Area Reinforcement - layer for each face + + + + + Area Reinforcement - layer for each way + + + + + Area Reinforcement - wall exterior for minor direction. + + + + + Area Reinforcement - wall exterior for major direction. + + + + + Area Reinforcement - wall interior for minor direction. + + + + + Area Reinforcement - wall interior for major direction. + + + + + Area Reinforcement - slab bottom for minor direction. + + + + + Area Reinforcement - slab bottom for major direction. + + + + + Area Reinforcement - slab top for minor direction. + + + + + Area Reinforcement - slab top for major direction. + + + + + Gets the transform of the instance. + + + The transform of an instance when the reference is returned by FindReferencesWithContextByDirection(XYZ, XYZ, View3D) or ReferenceIntersector.Find(XYZ, XYZ). + + + 2012 + + + + + Gets the reference of the geometric object. + + + The reference of a geometric object when it is returned by FindReferencesWithContextByDirection(XYZ, XYZ, View3D) or ReferenceIntersector.Find(XYZ, XYZ). + + + 2012 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The proximity value to the ray's origin when the reference is returned by FindReferencesWithContextByDirection(XYZ, XYZ, View3D) or ReferenceIntersector.Find(XYZ, XYZ). + + + 2012 + + + + + An object including a reference to a geometric object and related context, as instance transform etc. + + + The ReferenceWithContext is used as the returned value from the method , + ReferenceIntersector.Find(XYZ, XYZ), or ReferenceIntersector.FindNearest(XYZ, XYZ). + It includes a reference intersecting a line extended in a certain direction from an origin point and the context of the geometric object, as + the transform and proximity. + + + 2012 + + + + + Sets the set of ElementIds to test from in intersection testing. + + + The target ElementIds. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets the set of ElementIds to test from in intersection testing. + + + The target ElementIds. + + + 2013 + + + + + Sets the ElementFilter used in intersection testing. + + + The ElementFilter. Pass to remove the existing filter. + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets the ElementFilter used in intersection testing. + + + The ElementFilter, or if no filter is set. + + + 2013 + + + + + Projects a ray from the origin along the given direction, and returns the nearest reference from intersected elements which match the ReferenceIntersector's criteria. + + + Note that FindNearest() is a convenience method, and other references that may be nearly the same distance from the origin can be obtained from . + + + The origin of the ray. + + + The direction of the ray. + + + The intersected reference nearest to the ray origin, if none is found + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Projects a ray from the origin along the given direction, and returns all references from intersected elements which match the ReferenceIntersector's criteria. + + + The origin of the ray. + + + The direction of the ray. + + + A collection containing the intersected references. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Determines if references inside Revit Links should be found. + + +

If set to false, no Reference to any Element from a Revit Link will be found by the ReferenceIntersector, + and you can be certain that any Reference returned will be to a host document Element only. If set to true, + the results may include both References to Elements in hosts and References to Elements from a link + instance.

+

Setting this value to true may interact with some other settings on the ReferenceIntersector. If a list of target ElementIds is set, + references will be returned only if the ElementId matches the id of the intersected RevitLinkInstance. If there is a match, any intersecting + elements in the link will be returned (their ids will not be compared with the target ids list). If there is an ElementFilter + applied, the elements in the link will be evaluated against the stored ElementFilter.

+

Note that results may not be as expected if the filter applied is geometric (such as a BoundingBox filter or ElementIntersects filter). + This is because the filter will be evaluated for linked elements in the coordinates of the linked model, which may not match the coordinates + of the elements as they appear in the host model. Also, ElementFilters that accept a Document and/or ElementId as input during + their instantiation will not correctly pass elements that appear in the link, because the filter will not be able to match link elements to + the filter's criteria.

+
+ + 2014 + +
+ + + The type of reference to find. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + The id of the 3D view used for evaluation. + + + When setting this property: viewId is not the id of a 3D view. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Constructs a ReferenceIntersector which is set to return intersections from any element which passes an input filter. + + + The element filter. All references will belong to elements passing this filter. + + + The target type of references to return. + + + The view in which to find references. + + + Returns true if the view is not a view template. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + Constructs a ReferenceIntersector which is set to return intersections from any of a set of target elements. + + + The target element ids. + + + The target type of references to return. + + + The view in which to find references. + + + Returns true if the view is not a view template. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + Constructs a ReferenceIntersector which is set to return intersections from a single target element only. + + + The target element id. + + + The target type of references to return. + + + The view in which to find references. + + + Returns true if the view is not a view template. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + Constructs a ReferenceIntersector which is set to return intersections from all elements and representing all reference target types. + + + The view in which to find references. + + + Returns true if the view is not a view template. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + A class used to find and return elements that intersect a ray created from an origin point and direction. + + +

An instance of this class can be constructed to return any 3D geometric element that intersects the + ray created by the origin and direction, or to return a subset of elements based on filtering and flags. + The caller can opt to filter the results using an ElementFilter, or by applying a specific list of + acceptable elements. The caller can also specify the type of object to be returned, which might be + whole elements, geometry objects, or a combination. In all cases the caller is required to supply + a 3D view for evaluation; the view and visibility settings on the input view will determine if a + particular element is returned (for example, hidden elements will never be returned by this tool, nor + will elements whose geometry is outside the section box of the view).

+

The class is configured so that a single instance can be constructed and used for multiple evaluations of + different rays. The results of the evaluation are not preserved between invocations on the same ReferenceIntersector.

+

The class also offers an option to return element results encountered in Revit Links. When the + flag + is set, the results may include elements in the host document and in any RevitLinkInstance encountered, depending + on the other flags set. See the remarks for for details on how the + flags affect the results obtained from links.

+
+ + 2013 + + + + + +
+ + + The type of reference to find from a ReferenceIntersector. + + + 2013 + + + The type of reference to find + + + 2013 + + + + + All target types. + + + + + A face. + + + + + A curve. + + + + + An edge. + + + + + A mesh. + + + + + An element. + + + + + The emit width. + + + The emit width as a numerical value in feet between 1.0e-9 and 30000.0 + + + When setting this property: The shape dimension is not valid because it is not between 1.0e-9 and 30000.0. + + + 2013 + + + + + The emit length. + + + The emit length as a numerical value in feet between 1.0e-9 and 30000.0 + + + When setting this property: The shape dimension is not valid because it is not between 1.0e-9 and 30000.0. + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a copy of the given rectangle light shape + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a rectangle light shape object with the given emit length and width. + + + The emit length as a numerical value in feet between 1.0e-9 and 30000.0 + + + The emit width as a numerical value in feet between 1.0e-9 and 30000.0 + + + The shape dimension is not valid because it is not between 1.0e-9 and 30000.0. + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a rectangle light shape object with 4.0' emit length and a 2.0' emit width. + + + 2013 + + + + + This class encapsulates a rectangle light shape. + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a new instance of RebarSystemSpanSymbol in the project. + + + The document. + + + The id of the view in which the symbol should appear. + + + The ElementId of AreaReinforcement (either in the document, or linked from another document). + + + The span symbol's head position. + + + The id of the family symbol of this symbol. + + + A reference to newly created span symbol. + + + hostId should refer to a AreaReinforcement element. + -or- + viewId does not refer to a valid view type for FabricReinSpanSymbol - only floor plan, reflected ceiling plans and elevations are permitted. + -or- + symbolId should refer to a FamilySymbol of category OST_FabricReinSpanSymbol. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Represents a Rebar System Span Symbol element in Autodesk Revit. + + + + + may return -1 if reference to whole edge + + + + + Reporting dimensions that corresponds to read-only shape parameters. + + + + + Assign a new list of constraints to this vertex. + + + Any existing constraints are discarded. The new constraints replace them. + Any parameters driving the constraints must already be added + with RebarShapeDefinition.AddParameter(). + + The allowable constraint types are: +
  • RebarShapeConstraintRadius
  • RebarShapeConstraintArcLength
+ Any number of constraints may be specified. With no constraints, + the bend radius will default to the appropriate bend radius + from the RebarBarType element. +
+ + A new list of constraints. + + + One or more of the constraints is of a type not supported for RebarShapeVertex. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + +
+ + + Retrieve the list of constraints associated with this vertex. + + + The list of constraints. + + + 2012 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The range of permissible angles at this bend. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + The sense of the turn. The Turn property must be set to Left or Right on each internal vertex + before the RebarShapeDefinitionBySegments is used. + Default is permissible for the first and last vertex, since they do not correspond to bends. + + + When setting this property: turn must be Left or Right. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + A bend between segments of a rebar shape definition. + + + + A RebarShapeVertex is part of a RebarShapeDefinitionBySegments object. + There is one vertex between each pair of adjacent segments, plus one at + each end of the overall shape. The end vertices currently are ignored + by the shape definition, even if they have constraints. + + + A bend may have the default radius of the bar type referenced by the Rebar element, + or it may have a radius defined by a parameter. + + + + 2012 + + + + + Assign a new list of constraints to this segment. + + + Any existing constraints are discarded. The new constraints replace them. + Any parameters driving the constraints must already be added + with RebarShapeDefinition.AddParameter(). + + The allowable constraint types are: +
  • RebarShapeConstraintAngleFromFixedDir
  • RebarShapeConstraintSegmentLength
  • RebarShapeConstraintFixedSegmentDir
  • RebarShapeConstraintProjectedSegmentLength
  • RebarShapeConstraint180DegreeBendArcLength
  • RebarShapeConstraint180DegreeBendRadius
  • RebarShapeConstraint180DegreeDefaultBend
+ At least two independent constraints must be specified. Overconstraining + is supported. Constraints of type RebarShapeConstraintFixedSegmentDir must be unique. +
+ + A new list of constraints. + + + One or more of the constraints is of a type not supported for RebarShapeSegment. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + +
+ + + Retrieve the list of constraints associated with this segment. + + + The list of constraints. + + + 2012 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Part of a RebarShapeDefinitionBySegments, representing one segment + of a shape definition. + Makes sure constraints of type RebarShapeConstraintFixedSegmentDir are uniquely set. + If we try to aquire a second constraint of type RebarShapeConstraintFixedSegmentDir we delete the old one. + + + Each segment must have enough constraints + to determine its position. Overconstraining is allowed. + The most common combinations are: +
  • A fixed direction together with a parallel length constraint;
  • A parallel length constraint plus another length constraint parallel to the x-axis or y-axis;
  • A parallel length constraint plus length constraints parallel to both the x-axis and y-axis.
+ Multiple constraints may be driven by the same parameter, even on the same segment. +
+ + Length constraints may be measured in two ways. + For "measured to the outside of the bend," the reference is a tangent to the + exterior face of the bar; the thickness of the bar is included. + For "measured to the inside," the reference is the center of the arc of the bend; + this is the point where the bend begins, if the constraint is parallel to the segment. + + + A 180-degree bend is described by introducing a short segment in between the + two straight segments, tangent to the midpoint of the bend. + +
+ + 2012 + +
+ + + Specify a dimension perpendicular to one fixed-direction segment, + referring to that segment and some other bend in the shape, + measured by a read-only parameter. + + + Id of a parameter to report the length of the dimension. The parameter will be read-only + on Rebar instances. + + + The x-coordinate of a 2D vector specifying the constraint direction. + + + The y-coordinate of a 2D vector specifying the constraint direction. + + + Index of the first segment (0 to NumberOfSegments - 1). + + + Index of the second segment (0 to NumberOfSegments - 1). + + + End (0 or 1) of the second segment. + + + paramId is not the id of a shared parameter in the current document, + or its unit type is not UT_Reinforcement_Length or UT_Angle. + -or- + The length of the vector (constraintDirCoordX, constraintDirCoordY) is too close to zero. + -or- + iSegment0 is not between 0 and NumberOfSegments. + -or- + Edge iSegment0 has a variable angle; it must have a fixed angle perpendicular to (constraintDirCoordX, constraintDirCoordY). + -or- + iSegment1 is not between 0 and NumberOfSegments. + -or- + iEnd1 is neither 0 nor 1. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Specify a dimension between two bends, measured by a read-only parameter. + + + Each reference is at the outside of the bend, perpendicular to the specified segment. So the overall length of a shape with 5 segments might be defined by calling this function with iSegment0=0, iEnd0=0, iSegment1=4, iEnd1=1. + + + Id of a parameter to report the length of the dimension. The parameter will be read-only + on Rebar instances. + + + The x-coordinate of a 2D vector specifying the constraint direction. + + + The y-coordinate of a 2D vector specifying the constraint direction. + + + Index of the first segment (0 to NumberOfSegments - 1). + + + End (0 or 1) of the first segment. + + + Index of the second segment (0 to NumberOfSegments - 1). + + + End (0 or 1) of the second segment. + + + paramId is not the id of a shared parameter in the current document, + or its unit type is not UT_Reinforcement_Length or UT_Angle. + -or- + The length of the vector (constraintDirCoordX, constraintDirCoordY) is too close to zero. + -or- + iSegment0 is not between 0 and NumberOfSegments. + -or- + iEnd0 is neither 0 nor 1. + -or- + iSegment1 is not between 0 and NumberOfSegments. + -or- + iEnd1 is neither 0 nor 1. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Specify a dimension perpendicular to two fixed-direction segments, measured by a read-only parameter. + + + RebarShapeDefinitionBySegments supports driving (read-write) dimensions only when they are associated with a single segment. Non-driving dimensions can involve multiple segments. + + + Id of a parameter to report the length of the dimension. The parameter will be read-only + on Rebar instances. + + + The x-coordinate of a 2D vector specifying the constraint direction. + + + The y-coordinate of a 2D vector specifying the constraint direction. + + + Index of the first segment (0 to NumberOfSegments - 1). + + + Index of the second segment (0 to NumberOfSegments - 1). + + + paramId is not the id of a shared parameter in the current document, + or its unit type is not UT_Reinforcement_Length or UT_Angle. + -or- + The length of the vector (constraintDirCoordX, constraintDirCoordY) is too close to zero. + -or- + iSegment0 is not between 0 and NumberOfSegments. + -or- + iSegment1 is not between 0 and NumberOfSegments. + -or- + Edge iSegment0 has a variable angle; it must have a fixed angle perpendicular to (constraintDirCoordX, constraintDirCoordY). + -or- + Edge iSegment1 has a variable angle; it must have a fixed angle perpendicular to (constraintDirCoordX, constraintDirCoordY). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Specify a variable-radius bend. + + + You must add a bend between each two segments. + + + Index of the vertex (1 to NumberOfVertices - 2). + + + Specify turn direction (RebarShapeVertexTurn::Left or RebarShapeVertexTurn::Right). + + + Specify whether the bend is acute, obtuse, etc. + + + Id of a parameter driving the radius. + + + If true, the radius is measured to the outside of the + bend; if false, it is measured to the inside. + + + vertexIndex is not between 0 and NumberOfVertices. + -or- + paramId is not the id of a shared parameter in the current document, + or its unit type is not UT_Reinforcement_Length or UT_Angle. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + Specify a default-radius bend. + + + You must add a bend at each vertex except the first and last. + + + Index of the vertex (1 to NumberOfVertices - 2). + + + Specify turn direction (RebarShapeVertexTurn::Left or RebarShapeVertexTurn::Right). + + + Specify whether the bend is acute, obtuse, etc. + + + vertexIndex is not between 0 and NumberOfVertices. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + Remove constraints from a segment. + + + This reverses the effect of any AddConstraint and SetSegmentAs180DegreeBend operations involving the specified segment and parameter. + + + Index of the segment (0 to NumberOfSegments - 1). + + + Id of a parameter driving one or more constraints. + + + iSegment is not between 0 and NumberOfSegments. + -or- + paramId is not the id of a shared parameter in the current document, + or its unit type is not UT_Reinforcement_Length or UT_Angle. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Indicate that a segment is a "virtual" segment introduced to describe a 180-degree bend. The radius of the bend will be driven by radiusParam. + + + Index of the segment (0 to NumberOfSegments - 1). + + + Id of a parameter to drive the radius. + To obtain the id of a shared parameter, + call RebarShape.GetElementIdForExternalDefinition(). + + + Choose between two possibilities for the references of the radius dimension. + If true, measure to the exterior face of the bar. If false, measure to the interior face. + + + iSegment is not between 0 and NumberOfSegments. + -or- + paramId is not the id of a shared parameter in the current document, + or its unit type is not UT_Reinforcement_Length or UT_Angle. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Indicates that a segment is a "virtual" segment introduced to describe a 180-degree bend. The radius of the bend will be taken from the Bar Type. + + + Index of the segment (0 to NumberOfSegments - 1). + + + iSegment is not between 0 and NumberOfSegments. + + + + + Add a constraint that helps determine the length of a segment. + + + The vector defined by (constraintDirCoordX, constraintDirCoordY) must have a positive dot product with the desired direction of the segment. This restriction, combined with the value of signOfZCoordOfCrossProductOfConstraintDirBySegmentDir, defines a quadrant of the plane that limits the variable-angle segment. + + + Index of the segment (0 to NumberOfSegments - 1). + + + Id of a parameter to drive the constraint. + To obtain the id of a shared parameter, + call RebarShape.GetElementIdForExternalDefinition(). + + + The x-coordinate of a 2D vector specifying the constraint direction. + + + The y-coordinate of a 2D vector specifying the constraint direction. + + + Legal values are 1 and -1. For a fixed-direction segment, this value is ignored. For a variable-direction segment, this value is combined with the constraint length (the nonnegative value associated with 'param') to determine the direction of the segment. For example, a segment whose direction vector lies in the upper-right quadrant of the plane, and whose x-axis projected length is A and whose y-axis projected length is B, could be created by calling: AddConstraintToSegment(iSegment, paramA, 1.0, 0.0, 1, ...) AddConstraintToSegment(iSegment, paramB, 0.0, 1.0, -1, ...) + + + Choose between two possibilities for the first reference of the length dimension. If false, the reference is at the point where the bend begins; equivalently, at the projection of the bend centerpoint onto the segment. If true, the reference is moved outward by a distance equal to the bend radius plus the bar diameter; if the bend is a right angle or greater, this is equivalent to putting the reference at the outer face of the bend. + + + Choose between two possibilities for the second reference of the length dimension. + + + iSegment is not between 0 and NumberOfSegments. + -or- + paramId is not the id of a shared parameter in the current document, + or its unit type is not UT_Reinforcement_Length or UT_Angle. + -or- + The length of the vector (constraintDirCoordX, constraintDirCoordY) is too close to zero. + -or- + signOfZCoordOfCrossProductOfConstraintDirBySegmentDir is neither -1 nor 1. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Constrain the length of a segment by parameterizing its length. + + + Index of the segment (0 to NumberOfSegments - 1). + + + Id of a parameter to drive the constraint. To obtain the id of a shared parameter, + call RebarShape.GetElementIdForExternalDefinition(). + + + Choose between two possibilities for the first reference of the length dimension. If false, the reference is at the point where the bend begins; equivalently, at the projection of the bend centerpoint onto the segment. If true, the reference is moved outward by a distance equal to the bend radius plus the bar diameter; if the bend is a right angle or greater, this is equivalent to putting the reference at the outer face of the bend. + + + Choose between two possibilities for the second reference of the length dimension. + + + iSegment is not between 0 and NumberOfSegments. + -or- + paramId is not the id of a shared parameter in the current document, + or its unit type is not UT_Reinforcement_Length or UT_Angle. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Remove the fixed direction from a segment. + + + The segment's angle will be allowed to vary, with a range of 90 degrees. The segment must have at least two constraints. + + + Index of the segment (0 to NumberOfSegments - 1). + + + iSegment is not between 0 and NumberOfSegments. + + + + + Fix the direction of a segment. + + + The centerline of the segment will be constrained to be parallel to the vector. The segment must have at least one constraint. + + + Index of the segment (0 to NumberOfSegments - 1). + + + The x-coordinate of a 2D vector specifying the segment direction. + + + The y-coordinate of a 2D vector specifying the segment direction. + + + iSegment is not between 0 and NumberOfSegments. + -or- + The length of the vector (vecCoordX, vecCoordY) is too close to zero. + + + + + Return a reference to one of the vertices in the definition. + + + Index of the vertex (0 to NumberOfVertices - 1). + + + The requested vertex. + + + vertexIndex is not between 0 and NumberOfVertices. + + + 2012 + + + + + Return a reference to one of the segments in the definition. + + + Index of the segment (0 to NumberOfSegments - 1). + + + The requested segment. + + + segmentIndex is not between 0 and NumberOfSegments. + + + 2012 + + + + + Index of a segment that can be considered the most important. Revit + attempts to preserve the orientation of this segment when a Rebar instance + changes its RebarShape to one with a different number of segments. + + + When setting this property: majorSegmentIndex is not between 0 and NumberOfSegments. + + + 2012 + + + + + The number of vertices in this shape, always equal to NumberOfSegments + 1. + + + 2012 + + + + + The number of straight segments in this shape. + + + + + Create a rebar shape definition with a given number of segments. + + + A document. The definition object is not a part of the document, + but it will contain references to parameters that are in a document. + The definition can be used for RebarShape creation only in the + specified document. + + + The number of segments in the definition. + + + numberOfSegments must be at least 1. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Definition of a shape in terms of one or more straight segments of rebar, + with arc bends between the segments. + + + + The segments are represented by RebarShapeSegment objects. + The segments are numbered starting with 0, and they have a direction; + so the beginning of the shape is end 0 of segment 0, and the end of the + shape is end 1 of segment (NumberOfSegments-1). + + + The ends and junctions are represented by RebarShapeVertex objects. + The number of vertices is always one greater than the number of segments. + The first vertex represents the start of the shape; the last + vertex represents the end of the shape; and the intermediate + vertices represent the bends between segments. + + + + + + Specify whether a bend at a RebarShapeVertex represents a left or right turn. + + + 2012 + + + 2012 + + + + + The turn value has not yet been set, or will not be used. + + + + + A right turn. + + + + + A left turn. + + + + + Specify a parameter to drive the chord length (the straight-line distance between the endpoints of the arc). + + + The chord length is measured on the centerline of the bar. + + + Id of a parameter to drive the constraint. + To obtain the id of a shared parameter, + call RebarShape.GetElementIdForExternalDefinition(). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2009 + + + + + Specify a parameter to drive the sagittal + length (the height of the circular segment, measured + perpendicular to the chord). + + + The sagitta will be measured on the centerline of the bar. + + + Id of a parameter to drive the constraint. + To obtain the id of a shared parameter, + call RebarShape.GetElementIdForExternalDefinition(). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2009 + + + + + Specify a parameter to drive the circumference of the shape. + + + Id of a parameter to drive the constraint. + To obtain the id of a shared parameter, + call RebarShape.GetElementIdForExternalDefinition(). + + + Specify along which circle the circumference is measured--to the interior + of the bar, the centerline, or the exterior. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2009 + + + + + Specify a parameter to drive the diameter of the shape. + + + Id of a parameter to drive the constraint. + To obtain the id of a shared parameter, + call RebarShape.GetElementIdForExternalDefinition(). + + + Specify how the diameter should be measured--to the interior of the bend, the centerline of the bar, or the exterior. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2009 + + + + + Specify a parameter to drive the radius of the shape. + + + Id of a parameter to drive the constraint. + To obtain the id of a shared parameter, + call RebarShape.GetElementIdForExternalDefinition(). + + + Specify how the radius should be measured--to the interior of the bend, the centerline of the bar, or the exterior. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2009 + + + + + Specify a parameter to drive the arc length of the shape. + + + Id of a parameter to drive the constraint. + To obtain the id of a shared parameter, + call RebarShape.GetElementIdForExternalDefinition(). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2009 + + + + + Set the RebarShapeDefinitionByArc.Type property to Spiral. + + + In order to create a spiral definition, you must provide default values for + height, pitch, and finishing turns. + + + The height of the spiral (assuming the spiral is vertical). + + + The pitch, or vertical distance traveled in one rotation. + + + The number of finishing turns at the lower end of the spiral. + + + The number of finishing turns at the upper end of the spiral. + + + baseFinishingTurns is not between 0 and 100. + -or- + topFinishingTurns is not between 0 and 100. + + + The given value for height must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + -or- + The given value for pitch must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + + + 2011 + + + + + Assign a new list of constraints to this definition. + + + Any existing constraints are discarded. The new constraints replace them. + Any parameters driving the constraints must already be added + with AddParameter(). + + If the Type is Arc or LappedCircle, the allowable constraint types are: +
  • RebarShapeConstraintArcLength
  • RebarShapeConstraintRadius
  • RebarShapeConstraintDiameter
  • RebarShapeConstraintCircumference
  • RebarShapeConstraintSagittaLength
  • RebarShapeConstraintChordLength
+ At least two independent constraints must be specified. Overconstraining + is supported. +
+ If the Type is Spiral, the allowable constraints are: +
  • RebarShapeConstraintRadius
  • RebarShapeConstraintDiameter
  • RebarShapeConstraintCircumference
+ At least one constraint must be specified. +
+ + A new list of constraints. + + + One or more of the constraints is of a type not supported for this definition. + -or- + One or more of the constraints refers to a parameter that has not been added yet. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + +
+ + + Retrieve the list of constraints associated with this definition. + + + The list of constraints. + + + 2012 + + + + + Among those rebar shapes defined by an arc, specify which kind. + + + This property may be explicitly set to Arc or LappedCircle. + But to set the property to Spiral, you must call SetArcTypeSpiral() + and provide default values for the height, pitch, and finishing turns. + + + When setting this property: The arc type cannot be set directly + to Spiral. Instead, call SetArcTypeSpiral() to provide defaults + for spiral parameters. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2009 + + + + + Create a spiral shape definition. + + + In order to create a spiral definition, you must provide default values for the spiral-specific parameters. + Replaces RebarShape.NewDefinitionByArc() from prior versions. + + + The height of the spiral (assuming the spiral is vertical). + + + The pitch, or vertical distance traveled in one rotation. + + + The number of finishing turns at the lower end of the spiral. + + + The number of finishing turns at the upper end of the spiral. + + + baseFinishingTurns is not between 0 and 100. + -or- + topFinishingTurns is not between 0 and 100. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The given value for height must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + -or- + The given value for pitch must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + + + 2012 + + + + + Create a non-spiral shape definition. + + + Replaces RebarShape.NewDefinitionByArc() from prior versions. + + + The arc type cannot be set directly + to Spiral. Instead, call SetArcTypeSpiral() to provide defaults + for spiral parameters. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + Definition of a shape whose size and position can determined by a single arc. + + + In this shape definition, all dimensions are allowed to be driving dimensions. + + + 2009 + + + + + A RebarShapeDefinitionByArc takes one of three forms. + + + + + A helical bar. The extent of the helix is determined + by the Rebar properties Height and Pitch. + + + + + A full circle, subtending an angle more + than 360 degrees and less than 720 degrees. The + behavior in Revit is the same as Arc, but an extra + complete circle is included in the rebar. + + + + + An arc, subtending an angle less than 360 degrees. + + + + + Create a constraint to drive sagitta length. + + + The Id of a Rebar Shape parameter. + + + paramId is not a valid Element identifier. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + A constraint that can be applied to a RebarShapeDefinitionByArc + and drives the height of the arc. + + + 2012 + + + + + The choice of rule for measuring the radius. + + + 2012 + + + + + Create a radius constraint. + + + The Id of a Rebar Shape parameter. + + + A choice of rule for measuring the radius. + + + paramId is not a valid Element identifier. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + A radius constraint associated with an arc in a RebarShapeDefinition. + + + 2012 + + + + + Choice of two possibilities for the start and end references of the length constraint. + + + Which reference on the constraint. Either 0 or 1. + + + index is not 0 or 1. + + + 2012 + + + + + A vector specifying the direction of the constraint. The direction is fixed, + and the shape is always constructed so that the segment + direction has a positive dot product with this vector. + + + 2012 + + + + + Sign of the z-coordinate of the cross + product of the Direction property with the segment vector. + TripleProductSign is 1 if the segment direction is to be on the left of + the constraint direction, + or -1 if the segment direction is to be on the right. + + + 2012 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a RebarConstraintProjectEdgedLength object using a shape + parameter, direction, and reference types. + + + The Id of a Rebar Shape parameter. + + + A vector specifying the direction of the constraint. The direction is fixed, + and the shape is always constructed so that the segment's + direction has a positive dot product with this vector. + + + Sign of the z-coordinate of the cross + product of the "direction" argument with the segment vector. In other words, + 1 if the segment direction is to be on the left of the constraint direction, + or -1 if the segment direction is to be on the right. + + + Choose between two possibilities for the first reference of the length constraint. + + + Choose between two possibilities for the second reference of the length constraint. + + + paramId is not a valid Element identifier. + -or- + tripleProductSign is not 1 or -1. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + direction has zero length. + -or- + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + A constraint that measures the length of a segment as measured by projecting onto a direction + that is not parallel to the segment. + + + The constraint has two references, indexed by 0 and 1, that do not have to + correspond to the start and end of the segment. The constraint also specifies + a direction as a 2D vector, which is not necessarily parallel to the segment, + but must point from the segment's start toward its end. + + + 2012 + + + + + The direction of the RebarShapeSegment in UV-space. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Create a fixed segment direction constraint. + + + A fixed direction in UV-space. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + dir has zero length. + + + 2012 + + + + + A constraint that can be applied to a RebarShapeSegment and fixes the + direction of the segment in UV-space. + + + 2012 + + + + + Choice of two possibilities for the start and end references of the length constraint. + + + Which reference on the constraint. Either 0 or 1. + + + index is not 0 or 1. + + + 2012 + + + + + Create a segment length constraint. + + + The Id of a Rebar Shape parameter. + + + Choose between two possibilities for the first reference of the length constraint. + + + Choose between two possibilities for the second reference of the length constraint. + + + paramId is not a valid Element identifier. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + A constraint that controls the length of a segment. + + + The constraint has two references, indexed by 0 and 1, that do not have to + correspond to the start and end of the segment. + + + 2012 + + + + + A choice of two reference points for one end of a constraint driving the length of + a RebarShapeSegment. + + + The RebarShapeSegmentEndReferenceType of a constraint is meaningful only + when the bend is + right or + obtuse. + If the bend is + acute, + the reference type is ignored. + + + 2012 + + + 2012 + + + + + Refers to the farthest point on the arc of the bend. Assuming the + bend is 90 degrees or more, an Exterior constraint will be longer than a + Straight constraint by an amount equal to the bend radius. + + + + + Refers to the end of the straight part of the segment: the point where + the bend begins. + + + + + The choice of rule for measuring the diameter. + + + 2012 + + + + + Create a diameter constraint. + + + The Id of a Rebar Shape parameter. + + + A choice of rule for measuring the diameter. + + + paramId is not a valid Element identifier. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + A diameter constraint associated with an arc in a RebarShapeDefinition. + + + 2012 + + + + + The choice of rule for measuring the diameter. + + + 2012 + + + + + Create a circumference constraint. + + + The Id of a Rebar Shape parameter. + + + A choice of rule for measuring the circumference. + + + paramId is not a valid Element identifier. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + A circumference constraint associated with an arc in a RebarShapeDefinition. + + + 2012 + + + + + Create a constraint to drive chord length. + + + The Id of a Rebar Shape parameter. + + + paramId is not a valid Element identifier. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + A constraint that can be applied to a RebarShapeDefinitionByArc + and drives the straight distance between the arc endpoints. + + + 2012 + + + + + Create an arc-length constraint. + + + The Id of a Rebar Shape parameter. + + + paramId is not a valid Element identifier. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + An arc-length constraint associated with an arc in a RebarShapeDefinition. + + + 2012 + + + + + A fixed direction in UV-space. The parameter will drive + the segment's angle relative to this direction. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + When setting this property: direction has zero length. + + + 2012 + + + + + When the sign is 1, the Direction is rotated clockwise by the angle's value. + When -1, the Direction is rotated counter-clockwise. + + + When setting this property: sign is not 1 or -1. + + + 2012 + + + + + Create an angular constraint. + + + A Rebar Shape parameter of type UT_Angle. + + + The sign of the angle relative to the direction. + + + A fixed direction in UV-space. + + + sign is not 1 or -1. + -or- + paramId is not a valid Element identifier. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + direction has zero length. + + + 2012 + + + + + A constraint which can be applied to a RebarShapeSegment and drives the angle + of the segment relative to a fixed direction in UV-space. + + + 2012 + + + + + Create a 180-degree bend constraint. + + + 2012 + + + + + A constraint which can be applied to a RebarShapeSegment, and causes the segment + to be replaced with a 180-degree arc. The arc's radius is not specified + by the shape; instead it is a "default bend radius," taken from + the RebarBarType associated with the Rebar instance. + + + 2012 + + + + + A choice of rule for measuring the radius. + + + 2012 + + + + + Create a 180-degree bend constraint driven by radius. + + + The Id of a Rebar Shape parameter. + + + A choice of rule for measuring the radius. + + + paramId is not a valid Element identifier. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + A constraint which can be applied to a RebarShapeSegment, and causes the segment + to be replaced with a 180-degree arc. The associated parameter drives + the radius of the arc. + + + 2012 + + + + + Create a 180-degree bend constraint driven by arc length. + + + The Id of a Rebar Shape parameter. + + + paramId is not a valid Element identifier. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + A constraint which can be applied to a RebarShapeSegment, and causes the segment + to be replaced with a 180-degree arc. The associated parameter drives + the arc length. + + + 2012 + + + + + Return the Id of the parameter associated with this constraint. + + + Most subclasses of RebarShapeConstraint require a parameter. + + + The Id of the parameter, or InvalidElementId if the constraint + does not have one. + + + 2012 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + A dimension or other constraint that takes part in a RebarShapeDefinition. + + + 2012 + + + + + A bend in a rebar shape has an angular range + specified by one of these values. The angles refer to + the angle swept out by one segment as it is bent + relative to another. That is, an "Obtuse" bend results + in two segments that meet at an angle that is less + than 90 degrees when measured internally. Put another + way, to create an equilateral triangle, you would need + two "Obtuse" bends. + + + + + The angle is between 90 and 180 degrees. + + + + + The angle is 90 degrees. + + + + + The angle is less than 90 degrees. + + + + + A Rebar Shape Definition constraint that is + measured to a bend must take the bar diameter into + account by specifying whether it measures to + the exterior, centerline, or interior of the bend. + + + + + Measure to the exterior of the bend. + + + + + Measure to the interior of the bend. + + + + + Measure to the centerline of the bar. + + + + + Simultaneously set the presence of all 3D segments. + + + The shape is disconnected or forms a complete loop: + If the duplicate shape is present, exactly one of the connectors must be present. + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Id of the parameter driving the multiplanar depth. + The depth is measured center-to-center of the bar. + A valid shape parameter must be assigned to DepthParamId before + the MultiplanarDefinition can be used in RebarShape creation. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Bend diameter to be applied to the connector segments. + + + When setting this property: The given value for outOfPlaneBendDiameter must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + + + + + Whether a perpendicular segment is constructed + from the end of the 2D shape. + + + + + Whether a perpendicular segment is constructed + from the start of the 2D shape. + + + + + Whether the shape definition includes an offset + copy of the 2D shape. + + + + + Create a RebarShapeMultiplanarDefinition for use in creating a RebarShape. + + + Bend diameter to be used when the rebar bends out of its main plane. + + + The given value for outOfPlaneBendDiameter must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + + + + + A specification for a simple 3D rebar shape. + + + Simple 3D rebar shapes are supported by adding segments to a regular 2D shape definition. + The added segments consist of three optional parts: a "duplicate shape" and two connectors. + A "duplicate shape" is a second copy of the 2D shape, offset in a perpendicular direction, + and connected at either the start or the end by a perpendicular connector segment. Also + supported is adding one or both connector segments, without the duplicate shape. + Fillets are applied to the connector segments with a diameter that is given by + the OutOfPlaneBendDiameter property. The length of the connectors is given by the + Rebar instance parameter "multiplanar depth." The MultiplanarDepth property of this + class is the default value of the parameter. + + + + + Check that the shape can be solved with the default parameter values. + + + This function runs the rebar solver with the + default parameter values. If it fails (returns false), rebar instances + of this shape will not work. This may be from the + default parameters being inconsistent, or from some + error in the shape definition. The solver requires a + specific bend radius and bar diameter, and the result + depends on these values, but in practice they usually + do not affect the result of this function as long as + they are small. It is legal to pass 0.0 for both + arguments. The definition must be Complete in order + for this function to succeed. + + + A value for the Bend Radius parameter. Zero is allowed. + + + A value for the Bar Diameter parameter. Zero is allowed. + + + True if the rebar can be solved with the + default parameter values and the given bend radius and + bar diameter; false if it cannot. + + + 2009 + + + + + Remove the parameter from the definition. + + + If the definition does not have the parameter, the method does nothing. + + + Id of a parameter in the definition. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2009 + + + + + Associate a formula with the parameter. + + + Id of a parameter in the definition. + + + The formula expressed as a string. The string is exactly what a user would + type into the Family Types dialog, e.g. "Total Length*3.14159*(Bar Diameter/2)*(Bar Diameter/2)" + + + This RebarShapeDefinition does not have a value for the parameter paramId. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2009 + + + + + Change the parameter's value as stored in the definition. + + + Id of a parameter in the definition. + + + New value for the parameter. + + + This RebarShapeDefinition does not have a value for the parameter paramId. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2009 + + + + + Return the parameter's formula, if one is associated with it. + + + Id of a parameter in the definition. + + + The formula, or an empty string if there is no formula for the parameter. + + + This RebarShapeDefinition does not have a value for the parameter paramId. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2009 + + + + + Return the parameter's default value as stored in the definition. + + + Id of a parameter in the definition. + + + The parameter value. + + + This RebarShapeDefinition does not have a value for the parameter paramId. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2009 + + + + + Whether the definition stores the parameter. + + + Id of a parameter. + + + True if the definition stores the parameter, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2009 + + + + + Return the Ids of the shared parameters in the Definition. + + + List of parameters as ElementIds. + + + 2009 + + + + + Add a formula-driven parameter to the shape definition. + + + Like AddParameter(), this function introduces a parameter into + the shape definition, but the parameter's value is driven by a formula. + Formula parameters cannot be used in constraints to drive the shape. + The formula is in the same format as in Revit families. + The formula is allowed to refer to other parameters that are + already in the definition, plus the builtin parameters REBAR_INSTANCE_BAR_DIAMETER (bar nominal diameter), REBAR_INSTANCE_BAR_MODEL_DIAMETER (bar model diameter), + REBAR_INSTANCE_BEND_DIAMETER, REBAR_SHAPE_START_HOOK_LENGTH, REBAR_SHAPE_START_HOOK_OFFSET, + REBAR_SHAPE_PARAM_START_HOOK_TAN_LEN, REBAR_SHAPE_PARAM_END_HOOK_TAN_LEN, + REBAR_SHAPE_END_HOOK_LENGTH, REBAR_SHAPE_END_HOOK_OFFSET, REBAR_ELEM_LENGTH, + REBAR_ELEM_TOTAL_LENGTH, and REBAR_ELEM_QUANTITY_OF_BARS. + + + The parameter. To obtain the id of a shared parameter, + call RebarShapeParameters.GetElementIdForExternalDefinition. + + + The formula expressed as a string. The string is exactly what a user would + type into the Family Types dialog, e.g. "Total Length*3.14159*(Bar Diameter/2)*(Bar Diameter/2)" + + + paramId is not the id of a shared parameter in the current document, + or its unit type is not UT_Reinforcement_Length or UT_Angle. + -or- + The name of a shared parameter identified by paramId + was already used by another shared parameter of the element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2009 + + + + + Add a parameter to the shape definition. + + + A shape parameter must be a shared parameter and have value type double. + A parameter must be added to the definition before it can be used to + drive the shape in a RebarShapeConstraint object. + A parameter that does not drive a constraint is legal and will + simply become an editable parameter on any Rebar that is an instance of this RebarShape. + + + The parameter. To obtain the id of a shared parameter, + call RebarShapeParameters.GetElementIdForExternalDefinition. + + + A default value for this parameter in shapes. The default values + should be chosen carefully, because they are required to be consistent as a set of constraints. + + + paramId is not the id of a shared parameter in the current document, + or its unit type is not UT_Reinforcement_Length or UT_Angle. + -or- + The name of a shared parameter identified by paramId + was already used by another shared parameter of the element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2009 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Reports whether the shape definition lies within a plane: false if a spiral, + true in all other cases. + + + 2012 + + + + + Report whether the shape definition is fully + constrained. + + + 2009 + + + + + A class to assist in defining rebar shapes. + A RebarShape element needs exactly one RebarShapeDefinition. + + + A RebarShapeDefinition stores a set of Rebar Shape parameters. Each parameter + may be associated with: +
  • One or more RebarShapeConstraints; or
  • A formula; or
  • Neither of the above.
+ Each shape instance (Rebar object) will have its own values for these parameters. + The RebarShapeDefinition also stores a default value for each parameter, + which is ignored if the parameter is associated with a formula. +
+ + 2009 + +
+ + + Creates a new instance of RebarReinforcementData, or if the operation fails. + + + the Id of the rebar + + + The end of rebar where the coupler stays. This should be 0 or 1 + + + Creates a new instance of RebarReinforcementData + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + The end of the rebar. The end should be 0 or 1. + + + 2017 + + + + + The id of the Rebar + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + class containing the id and the end of rebar on which the coupler stays + + + 2017 + + + + + It will copy the source rebars, will align them to the destination face based on the source face and adapt them to destination host. + + +

The source and destination hosts represented by the source and destination references can be the same element or can be difereent elements. They can also be of different categories

+

The destination host must be able to host rebar.

+

The source rebars should not be gourp members.

+

This method uses its own transaction, so it's not permitted to be invoked in an active transaction.

+
+ + A document. + + + The rebars that will be propagated. All of them must be from the same host as the source face reference. + + + A reference to a face in the source host. + + + A reference to a face in the destions host. + + + The newly created rebars. + + + The element that contains the destinationFaceReference is not a valid rebar host. + -or- + The rebars should be from the same host as the source face reference. + -or- + The rebars that are group members can't be propagated. + -or- + The references should represent faces that have same type of surface. + -or- + The source and destination face references should be different. + -or- + This method uses its own transaction, so it's not permitted to be invoked in an active transaction. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + +
+ + + It will copy the source rebars, will align them in the same way as how the source host is aligned to destination host and will adapt them to the destinaion host. + + +

The source and destination hosts should be of the same category.

+

The source and destination hosts should be different elements.

+

The destination host must be able to host rebar.

+

The source rebars should not be gourp members.

+

This method uses its own transaction, so it's not permitted to be invoked in an active transaction.

+
+ + A document. + + + The rebars that will be propagated. All of them must be from the same host. + + + The destination host where the new rebar will be created. + + + The newly created rebars. + + + There are no source rebars to propagate. + -or- + The rebars should be from the same host. + -or- + The rebars that are group members can't be propagated. + -or- + destinationHost is not a valid rebar host. + -or- + The source and destination hosts should be of the same category. + -or- + The source and destination hosts must be different elements. + -or- + This method uses its own transaction, so it's not permitted to be invoked in an active transaction. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + +
+ + + An utility class containing functions that can be used to propagate rebar elements. + + + 2023 + + + + + Checks if individual bars can be moved, excluded or included. + + + Individual bars can be moved, exlucded or included only for RebarInSystem that is owned by PathReinforcement. For RebarInSystem owned by AreaReinforcement these operations are not supported. + + + True if individual bars can be moved, excluded or included, false otherwise. + + + 2022 + + + + + Given a reference that represents a part of a bar, this method will return the bar index. + + + The method returns an index between 0 and NumberOfBarPositions - 1 if it the given reference represents a part of a bar. + Otherwise will return -1. + + + The Reference of the RebarInSystem element. + + + The bar index the reference refers to. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Reset the transformation representing the movement of the bar relative to its default position along the distribution path. + The moved bar transform will be set to Identity. + + + The bar index. + + + barPositionIndex is not in the range [ 0, NumberOfBarPositions-1 ]. + + + For this RebarInSystem element individual bars can't be moved, excluded or included. + + + 2022 + + + + + Returns a transform representing the movement of the bar relative to its default position along the distribution path. + + + For a RebarInSystem for which individual bars can't be edited (the ones owned by AreaReinforcement) the identity transform is returned. + + + The bar index. + + + The transform representing the movement of the bar relative to its default position along the distribution path. + + + barPositionIndex is not in the range [ 0, NumberOfBarPositions-1 ]. + + + 2022 + + + + + This method applies the transformation matrix to the rebar bar at the desired position in the rebar set. + If the bar was already moved, the method will concatenate the transformation matrix with the existing movement. + + + The bar index of the rebar to apply the transformation. + + + The transformation matrix to apply to the specified rebar bar. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + barPositionIndex is not in the range [ 0, NumberOfBarPositions-1 ]. + + + For this RebarInSystem element individual bars can't be moved, excluded or included. + + + 2022 + + + + + Checks whether a bar is included at the specified position. + + + A bar position index between 0 and NumberOfBarPositions-1. + + + Returns true if the bar at the specified position is included, false otherwise. + + + barPosition is not in the range [ 0, NumberOfBarPositions-1 ]. + + + 2013 + + + + + Sets if the bar at the desired index is included or not. + + + True to include the bar, false to exclude the bar. + + + The bar index. + + + barPositionIndex is not in the range [ 0, NumberOfBarPositions-1 ]. + + + For this RebarInSystem element individual bars can't be moved, excluded or included. + + + 2022 + + + + + Get the id of the RebarHookType to be applied to the rebar. + + + 0 for the start hook, 1 for the end hook. + + + The id of a RebarHookType, or invalidElementId if the rebar has + no hook at the specified end. + + + end must be 0 or 1. + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets the RebarBendData, containing bar and hook information, of the instance. + + + Internally, the bend data is used by many RebarShape methods to generate shape geometry. + + + 2013 + + + + + Sets RebarInSystem element to be shown unobscured in a view. + + + The view element + + + True if RebarInSystem element is shown unobscured, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This element doesn't have valid visibility data. + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks if this rebar element is shown unobscured in a view. + + + The view element + + + True if rebar is shown unobscured, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + The element that contains the rebar. + + + The element that the rebar object belongs to, such as a structural + wall, floor, foundation, beam, brace or column. + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks if a presentation mode can be applied for this rebar in the given view. + + + The view in which presentation mode will be applied. + + + True if a presentation mode can be applied for the given view, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Sets the presentation mode for this rebar set to the default (either for a single view, or for all views). + + + The view where the presentation mode will be cleared. NULL for all views + + + This rebar element represents a single bar (the layout rule is Single). + + + 2015 + + + + + Determines if there is a matching RebarPresentationMode for the current set of selected hidden and unhidden bars assigned to the given view. + + + If the presentation mode is not PresentationMode.Select for the view, this function returns the current mode. + + + The view. + + + The presentation mode that matches the current set of selected hidden and unhidden bars. + If there is no better match, this returns RebarPresentationMode.Select. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Gets the presentaion mode for this rebar set when displayed in the given view. + + + The view. + + + The presentation mode. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Sets the presentation mode for this rebar set when displayed in the given view. + + + The view. + + + The presentation mode. + + + This rebar cannot have a presentation mode applied for dBView, as the view is not valid for rebar presentation, + or the orientation of the view matches the normal direction of the rebar element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2015 + + + + + Identifies if this RebarInSystem has overridden default presentation settings for the given view. + + + Default presentation settings can be overriden using , methods + + + The view. + + + True if this RebarInSystem has overriden default presentation settings, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Identifies if this RebarInSystem is cut by the view plane of the given view. + + + This method applies only for elevations and sections. For any other view types will return false. + + + The view. + + + True if this RebarInSystem is cut by the view plane, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Identifies if a given bar in this rebar set is hidden in this view. + + + The view. + + + The index of the bar from this rebar set. + + + True if the bar is hidden in this view, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + barIndex is not in the range [ 0, NumberOfBarPositions-1 ]. + + + 2015 + + + + + Sets the bar in this rebar set to be hidden or unhidden in the given view. + + + Individual bars of a rebar set can be hidden in a view only + if the presentation mode is RebarPresentationMode.Select. + If that is not the presentation mode assigned for this set in the view, + this method will also change it. + + + The view. + + + The index of the bar from this set. + + + True to hide this bar in the view, false to unhide the bar. + + + This rebar cannot have a presentation mode applied for view, as the view is not valid for rebar presentation, + or the orientation of the view matches the normal direction of the rebar element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + barIndex is not in the range [ 0, NumberOfBarPositions-1 ]. + + + This rebar element represents a single bar (the layout rule is Single). + + + 2015 + + + + + Returns an object for managing reinforcement rounding override settings. + + + The rounding manager. + + + 2014 + + + + + Return a transform representing the relative position of any + individual bar in the set. + + + The transform is a translation along the distribution path. + It can be applied to the results of GetCenterlineCurves() to + produce any bar in the rebar set. For barPositionIndex=0, + the identity transform is always returned. + + + An index between 0 and (NumberOfBarPositions-1). + + + The position of a bar in the set relative to the first position. + + + barPositionIndex is not in the range [ 0, NumberOfBarPositions-1 ]. + + + 2013 + + + + + The distribution path of a rebar set. + + + A line beginning at (0, 0, 0) and representing the direction and + length of the set. + + + 2013 + + + + + A chain of curves representing the centerline of the rebar. + + + This method will return the centerline curves for bar at barPositionIndex even if this bar isn't included. + The curves are in the final position. The BarPositionTransform (representing the relative position of any individual bar in the set - a translation along the distribution path) + and MovedBarTransform (representing the movement of the bar relative to its default position along the distribution path) will be applied to the returned curves. + + + If the curves overlap, as in a planar stirrup, this parameter controls + whether they should be adjusted to avoid intersection (as in fine views), + or kept in a single plane for simplicity (as in coarse views). + + + Identifies if the chain will include hooks curves. + + + Identifies if the connected chain will include unfilleted curves. + + + The bar index. + + + The centerline curves or empty array if the curves cannot be computed because + the parameters values are inconsistent + with the constraints of the RebarShape definition. + + + barPositionIndex is not in the range [ 0, NumberOfBarPositions-1 ]. + + + 2022 + + + + + A chain of curves representing the centerline of the rebar. + + + This method will return the centerline curves for the first bar in set even if this bar isn't included. + + + If the curves overlap, as in a planar stirrup, this parameter controls + whether they should be adjusted to avoid intersection (as in fine views), + or kept in a single plane for simplicity (as in coarse views). + + + Identifies if the chain will include hooks curves. + + + Identifies if the connected chain will include unfilleted curves. + + + The centerline curves or empty array if the curves cannot be computed because + the parameters values are inconsistent + with the constraints of the RebarShape definition. + + + 2013 + + + + + The number of bar positions available in the rebar. + + + 2013 + + + + + The RebarShape element that defines the shape of the rebar. + + + 2013 + + + + + The volume of an individual bar multiplied by Quantity. + + + 2013 + + + + + The length of an individual bar multiplied by Quantity. + + + 2013 + + + + + Identifies the layout rule of rebar set. + + + 2013 + + + + + Identifies the maximum spacing between rebar in rebar set. + + + This rebar element represents a single bar (the layout rule is Single). + + + 2013 + + + + + Identifies the number of bars in rebar set. + + + Quantity is equal to NumberOfBarPositions if all the bars are included. + If any bars are excluded, they are not counted in the Quantity. + + + 2013 + + + + + Identifies the distribution path length of rebar set. + + + This rebar element represents a single bar (the layout rule is Single). + + + 2013 + + + + + Identifies if the bars of the rebar set are on the same side of the rebar plane indicated by the normal. + For the current implementation of RebarInSystem, this property will always return true, + but it is included in the RebarInSystem interface for consistency with the Rebar class. + + + This rebar element represents a single bar (the layout rule is Single). + + + 2013 + + + + + A unit-length vector normal to the plane of the rebar + + + 2013 + + + + + The Schedule Mark parameter. On creation, the Schedule Mark is set + to a value that is unique to the host, but it can be set to + any value. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + The Id of an AreaReinforcement or PathReinforcement element that owns + this element. + + + 2013 + + + + + Represents a rebar element that is part of a system. + + + A RebarInSystem element is part of another element, the "system", + which controls most of its properties. The system elements + are AreaReinforcement and PathReinforcement. + Only a few properties of RebarInSystem + are modifiable. Otherwise, the appearance and behavior of RebarInSystem + elements is identical to Rebar elements. RebarInSystem elements may be + converted to Rebar elements by removing the system element. + + + 2013 + + + + + Identifies if the specified single Fabric Sheet position is within the host. + + + A structural element that will host the Fabric Sheet. + + + The transform that defines the placement of the instance single Fabric Sheet. + + + True if the single Fabric Sheet instance is within the host, false if the single Fabric Sheet instance is out of host. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Identifies if the specified value is valid for use as a cover offset. + + + The cover offset must be less than or equal to the host thickness. + + + The cover offset value. + + + True if the value is valid, false if the value is invalid. + + + 2015 + + + + + Sets this fabric sheet to be shown unobscured in a view. + + + The view element + + + True if fabric sheet is shown unobscured, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This fabric sheet doesn't have valid visibility data. + + + 2021 + + + + + Checks if this fabric sheet is shown unobscured in a view. + + + The view element + + + True if fabric sheet is shown unobscured, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This fabric sheet doesn't have valid visibility data. + + + 2021 + + + + + Sets the value of the bent fabric sheet segment(like A, B, C, D etc.) + + + The segment ID of the bent fabric sheet. + + + The length value to set + + + The given value for value is not a number + -or- + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The given value for value must be between 0 and 30000 feet. + + + 2017 + + + + + Returns the array of pairs [parameter ID, length] that correspond to segments of a bent fabric sheet (like A, B, C, D etc.). + + + This method does not provide alphabetical nor any other order of returned parameters. + + + Set to true to return rounded values for segments lengths. + + + Array of pairs [parameter ID, length] that correspond to segments of a bent fabric sheet (like A, B, C, D etc.) is returned for bend fabric sheet. + For flat fabric sheet (not bent) empty array is returned. + + + 2017 + + + + + + + + + Sets new profile that defines the shape of the Fabric Sheet bending. + + + A profile that defines the bending shape of the fabric sheet. + The profile can be provided without fillets (eg. for L shape, only two lines not two lines and one arc), if so, + then fillets (in example one arc) will be automatically generated basing on the Bend Diameter parameter defined in the Fabric Wire system family. + If the provided profile has no corners (has a tangent defined at each point except the ends), no fillets will be generated. + The provided profile defines the center-curve of a wire. + + + Thrown when the bend profile contains an overlap or intersecting segments. + -or- + Thrown when the bend profile is empty. + -or- + Thrown when the bend profile contains an empty loop. + -or- + Thrown when the bend profile contains multiple loops. + -or- + Thrown when the bend profile contains a closed loop. + -or- + Thrown when the bend profile contains two or more arcs that are not separated from one another by a straight segment. + -or- + Thrown when the bend profile contains too short segments which prevent the fillets from being added. The fillet radius is taken from Bend Diameter parameter defined in the Fabric Wire system family. + -or- + Thrown when the provided profile cannot be used as a bending shape for this fabric sheet. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The data-setting method is not applicable to fabric sheets that are flat. + + + 2016 + + + + + + + + + Returns the profile (not including generated fillets) that defines the shape of the Fabric Sheet bending. + + + The returned profile defines the center-curve of a wire. + Note that bent Fabric Sheets can have planar geometry, but flat Fabric Sheets are always planar. + + + The profile that defines the shape of the fabric sheet bending for bent fabric sheet, for flat fabric sheet will be returned. + + + 2016 + + + + + + + + + Returns the profile with generated fillets that defines the shape of the Fabric Sheet bending. + + + Returned curve loop is created automatically as a result of adding fillets to bend profile. + The returned profile defines the center-curve of a wire. + Note that bent Fabric Sheets can have planar geometry, but flat Fabric Sheets are always planar. + + + The bend profile with generated fillets that defines the shape of the fabric sheet bending for bent fabric sheet, + for flat fabric sheet will be returned. + + + 2016 + + + + + Returns an object for managing reinforcement rounding override settings. + + + The rounding manager. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the position and the orientation of the Fabric Sheet instance. + + + The location of the Fabric Sheet instance. + + + 2015 + + + + + Checks whether an element is a valid host for fabric sheet. + + + The element to check. + + + True if the element is a valid host for fabric sheet, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks whether an element is a valid host for fabric sheet. + + + The document. + + + The elementId to check. + + + True if the element is a valid host for fabric sheet, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Inserts the single Fabric Sheet instance into the host element. + + + A structural element that will host the Fabric Sheet. The element must support fabric hosting. + + + The transform that defines the placement of the instance single Fabric Sheet. + + + The host Element is not a valid host for Fabric Sheet. + -or- + transform defines the placement out of the host. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + transform is not conformal. + + + 2015 + + + + + Gets a list of curves representing the wires centerlines of the Fabric Sheet in the both distribution directions. + + + The centerline curves. + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets a list of curves representing the wires centerlines of the Fabric Sheet. + + + The direction of wire distribution in the Fabric Sheet. + + + The centerline curves. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a new instance of a single bent Fabric Sheet element within the project. + + + The document in which the fabric sheet is to be created. + + + The element that will host the FabricSheet. + The host can be a Structural Floor, Structural Wall, Structural Slab, Structural Floor Edge, Structural Slab Edge, + Structural Column, Beam and Brace. + Also, host can be a created from a structural layer of Structural Floor, Structural Wall or Structural Slab. + + + The id of the FabricSheetType. + + + A profile that defines the bending shape of the fabric sheet. + The profile can be provided without fillets (eg. for L shape, only two lines not two lines and one arc), if so, + then fillets (in example one arc) will be automatically generated basing on the Bend Diameter parameter defined in the Fabric Wire system family. + If the provided profile has no corners (has a tangent defined at each point except the ends), no fillets will be generated. + The provided profile defines the center-curve of a wire. + + + The instance of the newly created bent fabric sheet. + + + concreteHostElementId is not a valid ElementId for the host Fabric Sheet. + -or- + fabricSheetTypeId should refer to an FabricSheetType element. + -or- + Thrown when the bend profile contains an overlap or intersecting segments. + -or- + Thrown when the bend profile is empty. + -or- + Thrown when the bend profile contains an empty loop. + -or- + Thrown when the bend profile contains multiple loops. + -or- + Thrown when the bend profile contains a closed loop. + -or- + Thrown when the bend profile contains two or more arcs that are not separated from one another by a straight segment. + -or- + Thrown when the bend profile contains too short segments which prevent the fillets from being added. The fillet radius is taken from Bend Diameter parameter defined in the Fabric Wire system family. + -or- + Thrown when the provided profile cannot be used as a bending shape for this fabric sheet. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + + + + + Creates a new instance of a single flat Fabric Sheet element within the project. + + + The document in which the fabric sheet is to be created. + + + The element that will host the FabricSheet. The host can be a Structural Floor, Structural Wall, Structural Slab, or a Part created from a structural layer belonging to one of those element types. + + + The id of the FabricSheetType. + + + The newly created single Fabric Sheet instance. + + + The element hostElement was not found in the given document. + -or- + The host Element is not a valid host for Fabric Sheet. + -or- + fabricSheetTypeId should refer to an FabricSheetType element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + The sheet length after cutting has taken place. + + + 2013 + + + + + The sheet length after cutting has taken place. + + + 2013 + + + + + Specifies the numerical parameter assigned to the fabric sheet and any sheet of the same type, dimension, material, shape, and partition. + + + Value of this property corresponds to the Fabric Number parameter of Rebar as available in both the UI and API. Refer to the class for details related to numbering Rebar and Fabrics. + + + 2017 + + + + + Controls if Single Fabric Sheet should be cut by the Host Cover + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2015 + + + + + The additional cover offset of the Fabric Sheet. + + + When setting this property: The given value for coverOffset is not a number + -or- + When setting this property: coverOffset is greater then the host thickness. + + + When setting this property: The given value for coverOffset must be between 0 and 30000 feet. + + + When setting this property: + + + 2015 + + + + + The Fabric Sheet location in the host. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + When setting this property: + + + 2015 + + + + + The Fabric Area Id. + + + 2013 + + + + + The sheet mass after cutting has taken place. + + + 2013 + + + + + The structure element that contains the Fabric Sheet. + + + 2015 + + + + + The type of fabric sheet. True for bent fabric sheet, false for flat fabric sheet. + + + 2016 + + + + + The id of the Sketch element for this element. + + + 2013 + + + + + Direction of local Fabric Sheet Y axis in bending polyline LCS. + + + Note that bending line may be rotated before it is placed in Fabric Sheet local coordinate system. + This vector allows to calculate rotation angle or Trf. + + + 2016 + + + + + Specifies the cut length of the fabric sheet perpendicular to the bend edge. + + + Zero indicates that the fabric sheet is not shortened. + This parameter applies only to bent fabric sheets. + + + When setting this property: The given value for bentFabricLongitudinalCutLength must be between 0 and 30000 feet. + + + When setting this property: The data-setting method is not applicable to fabric sheets that are flat. + + + 2016 + + + + + Specifies the location of straight bars with respect to bent bars in the fabric sheet. + + + This parameter applies only to bent fabric sheets. + The side on wich straight wires will be loacted is determined by the start and end point of the first bent profile segment that specifies the direction of the curve loop on plane. + + + When setting this property: the data-setting method is not applicable to fabric sheets that are flat + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + When setting this property: The data-setting method is not applicable to fabric sheets that are flat. + + + 2017 + + + + + Specifies which wire direction of the fabric sheet is bent. + + + This parameter applies only to bent fabric sheets. + + + When setting this property: the data-setting method is not applicable to fabric sheets that are flat + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + When setting this property: The data-setting method is not applicable to fabric sheets that are flat. + + + 2016 + + + + + An object that represents an Fabric Sheet Element within the Autodesk Revit project. + + + Beginning with Revit 2016, fabric sheets can be either flat or bent. + Both kinds of fabric sheets are implemented by this FabricSheet class. + Fabric sheets are created as either flat or bent. Once created, the kind of a fabric sheet cannot be changed. + The Fabric Sheet element is available only in the Autodesk Revit Structure product. + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets the Wire stored in the FabricSheetType at the associated index. + + + Item index in the Fabric Sheet + + + Wire distribution direction of the inquired item + + + Fabric wire Item + + + The item index is either less than 0 or greater than or equal to number of items in this FabricSheetType. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + Fabric Sheet is not Custom + + + 2017 + + + + + Verifies if the type is Custom Fabric Sheet + + + True if Layout is set on Custom and if the wireArr is not null + + + 2017 + + + + + Sets the minor and major layout patterns as Custom, while specifying the needed parameters for this pattern. + + + The following properties are not used for custom fabric sheet type: + - MajorDirectionWireType; + - MinorDirectionWireType; + - MajorSpacing; + - MinorSpacing. + + + The distance from the edge of the sheet to the first wire in the minor direction. + + + The distance from the edge of the sheet to the first wire in the major direction. + + + The fabric wire items in the minor direction. + + + The fabric wire items in the major direction. + + + The given value for minorStartOverhang is not a number + -or- + The given value for majorStartOverhang is not a number + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The given value for minorStartOverhang must be between 0 and 30000 feet. + -or- + The given value for majorStartOverhang must be between 0 and 30000 feet. + + + 2018 + + + + + + + + + Sets the major layout pattern as NumberWithSpacing, while specifying the needed parameters for this pattern. + + + The entire length of the wire sheet in the major direction. + + + The distance from the edge of the sheet to the first wire in the major direction. + + + The number of wires in the minor direction. + + + The distance between the wires in the minor direction. + + + The given value for overallLength is not a number + -or- + The given value for majorStartOverhang is not a number + -or- + numberOfWires must range from 2 to 1000000. + -or- + The given value for spacing is not a number + -or- + The arguments are not consistent, please specify proper input values. + + + The given value for overallLength must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + -or- + The given value for majorStartOverhang must be between 0 and 30000 feet. + -or- + The given value for spacing must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + + + 2013 + + + + + Sets the major layout pattern as FixedNumber, while specifying the needed parameters for this pattern. + + + The entire length of the wire sheet in the major direction. + + + The distance from the edge of the sheet to the first wire in the major direction. + + + The distance from the last wire to the edge of the sheet in the major direction. + + + The number of the wires to set in the minor direction. + + + The given value for overallLength is not a number + -or- + The given value for majorStartOverhang is not a number + -or- + The given value for majorEndOverhang is not a number + -or- + numberOfWires must range from 2 to 1000000. + -or- + The arguments are not consistent, please specify proper input values. + + + The given value for overallLength must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + -or- + The given value for majorStartOverhang must be between 0 and 30000 feet. + -or- + The given value for majorEndOverhang must be between 0 and 30000 feet. + + + 2013 + + + + + Sets the major layout pattern as MaximumSpacing, while specifying the needed parameters for this pattern. + + + The entire length of the wire sheet in the major direction. + + + The distance from the edge of the sheet to the first wire in the major direction. + + + The distance from the last wire to the edge of the sheet in the major direction. + + + The distance between the wires in the minor direction. + + + The given value for overallLength is not a number + -or- + The given value for majorStartOverhang is not a number + -or- + The given value for majorEndOverhang is not a number + -or- + The given value for spacing is not a number + -or- + The arguments are not consistent, please specify proper input values. + + + The given value for overallLength must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + -or- + The given value for majorStartOverhang must be between 0 and 30000 feet. + -or- + The given value for majorEndOverhang must be between 0 and 30000 feet. + -or- + The given value for spacing must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + + + 2013 + + + + + Sets the minor layout pattern as ActualSpacing, while specifying the needed parameters for this pattern. + + + The entire length of the wire sheet in the major direction. + + + The distance from the edge of the sheet to the first wire in the major direction. + + + The distance between the wires in the minor direction. + + + The given value for overallLength is not a number + -or- + The given value for majorStartOverhang is not a number + -or- + The given value for spacing is not a number + -or- + The arguments are not consistent, please specify proper input values. + + + The given value for overallLength must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + -or- + The given value for majorStartOverhang must be between 0 and 30000 feet. + -or- + The given value for spacing must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + + + 2013 + + + + + Sets the major layout pattern as NumberWithSpacing, while specifying the needed parameters for this pattern. + + + The entire width of the wire sheet in the minor direction. + + + The distance from the edge of the sheet to the first wire in the minor direction. + + + The number of the wires to set in the major direction. + + + The distance between the wires in the major direction. + + + The given value for overallWidth is not a number + -or- + The given value for minorStartOverhang is not a number + -or- + numberOfWires must range from 2 to 1000000. + -or- + The given value for spacing is not a number + -or- + The arguments are not consistent, please specify proper input values. + + + The given value for overallWidth must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + -or- + The given value for minorStartOverhang must be between 0 and 30000 feet. + -or- + The given value for spacing must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + + + 2013 + + + + + Sets the major layout pattern as FixedNumber, while specifying the needed parameters for this pattern. + + + The entire width of the wire sheet in the minor direction. + + + The distance from the edge of the sheet to the first wire in the minor direction. + + + The distance from the last wire to the edge of the sheet in the minor direction. + + + The number of the wires to set in the major direction. + + + The given value for overallWidth is not a number + -or- + The given value for minorStartOverhang is not a number + -or- + The given value for minorEndOverhang is not a number + -or- + numberOfWires must range from 2 to 1000000. + -or- + The arguments are not consistent, please specify proper input values. + + + The given value for overallWidth must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + -or- + The given value for minorStartOverhang must be between 0 and 30000 feet. + -or- + The given value for minorEndOverhang must be between 0 and 30000 feet. + + + 2013 + + + + + Sets the major layout pattern as MaximumSpacing, while specifying the needed parameters for this pattern. + + + The entire width of the wire sheet in the minor direction. + + + The distance from the edge of the sheet to the first wire in the minor direction. + + + The distance from the last wire to the edge of the sheet in the minor direction. + + + The distance between the wires in the major direction. + + + The given value for overallWidth is not a number + -or- + The given value for minorStartOverhang is not a number + -or- + The given value for minorEndOverhang is not a number + -or- + The given value for spacing is not a number + -or- + The arguments are not consistent, please specify proper input values. + + + The given value for overallWidth must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + -or- + The given value for minorStartOverhang must be between 0 and 30000 feet. + -or- + The given value for minorEndOverhang must be between 0 and 30000 feet. + -or- + The given value for spacing must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + + + 2013 + + + + + Sets the major layout pattern as ActualSpacing, while specifying the needed parameters for this pattern. + + + The entire width of the wire sheet in the minor direction. + + + The distance from the edge of the sheet to the first wire in the minor direction. + + + The distance between the wires in the major direction. + + + The given value for overallWidth is not a number + -or- + The given value for minorStartOverhang is not a number + -or- + The given value for spacing is not a number + -or- + The arguments are not consistent, please specify proper input values. + + + The given value for overallWidth must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + -or- + The given value for minorStartOverhang must be between 0 and 30000 feet. + -or- + The given value for spacing must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + + + 2013 + + + + + Identifies if the input value is valid to be applied as the minor lap splice + value for this FabricSheetType. + + + 2013 + + + + + Identifies if the input value is valid to be applied as the major lap splice + value for this FabricSheetType. + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns an object for managing reinforcement rounding override settings. + + + The rounding manager. + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates a new FabricSheetType object with a default name. + + + The document. + + + The newly created type id. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + The id of the material assigned to wires. + + + When setting this property: The sheetMaterial cannot map to a valid material element. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + The area of fabric divided by the spacing of the wire in the minor direction. + This method does not apply to custom fabric sheet + + + 2013 + + + + + The area of fabric divided by the spacing of the wire in the major direction. + This method does not apply to custom fabric sheet + + + 2013 + + + + + The sheet mass per area unit. + + + 2013 + + + + + The sheet mass. + + + When setting this property: The given value for sheetMass is not a number + + + When setting this property: The given value for sheetMass must be non-negative. + + + 2013 + + + + + The spacing between the wires in the minor direction (not including the overhangs). + + + 2013 + + + + + The number of wires used in the minor direction (includes the 1st and last wires). + + + 2013 + + + + + The layout pattern in the minor direction. + + + 2013 + + + + + The distance from the edge of the sheet to the last wire (measured in the minor direction). + + + 2013 + + + + + The distance from the edge of the sheet to the first wire (measured in the minor direction). + + + 2013 + + + + + The length of the wire sheet (including overhangs) in the minor direction. + + + 2013 + + + + + The spacing between the wires in the major direction (not including the overhangs). + + + 2013 + + + + + The number of wires used in the major direction (includes the first and last wires). + + + 2013 + + + + + The layout pattern in the major direction. + + + 2013 + + + + + The distance from the edge of the sheet to the last wire (measured in the major direction). + + + 2013 + + + + + The distance from the edge of the sheet to the first wire (measured in the major direction). + + + 2013 + + + + + The length of the wire sheet (including overhangs) in the major direction. + + + 2013 + + + + + The lap splice length in the minor direction. + + + When setting this property: minorLapSpliceLength is greater than the half of the overall width. + + + 2013 + + + + + The lap splice length in the major direction. + + + When setting this property: majorLapSpliceLength is greater than the half of the overall length. + + + 2013 + + + + + The id of the FabricWireType to be used in the minor direction. + + + When setting this property: the ElementId minorDirectionWireType is either invalid or not a FabricWireType. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + When setting this property: Fabric Sheet Type is Custom + + + 2013 + + + + + The id of the FabricWireType to be used in the major direction. + + + When setting this property: the ElementId majorDirectionWireType is either invalid or not a FabricWireType. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + When setting this property: Fabric Sheet Type is Custom + + + 2013 + + + + + Represents a fabric sheet type, used in the generation of fabric wires. + + + 2013 + + + + + Defines the direction of the distribution of wires in a Fabric Sheet. + + + + + Wires are distributed in the Minor direction. + Uncomment following for 2020.1 + text "Minor" + + + + + Wires are distributed in the Major direction. + Uncomment following for 2020.1 + text "Major" + + + + + Identifies if the specified value is valid for use as a cover offset. + + + The cover offset must be less than or equal to the host thickness. + + + The cover offset value. + + + True if the value is valid, false if the value is invalid. + + + 2013 + + + + + Identifies if the specified value is valid for use as a minor lap splice. + + + The minor lap splice should be less than or equal to half of the overall width. + + + The minor lap splice value. + + + True if the value is valid, false if the value is invalid. + + + 2013 + + + + + Identifies if the specified value is valid for use as a major lap splice. + + + The major lap splice should be less than or equal to half of the overall length. + + + The major lap splice value. + + + True if the value is valid, false if the value is invalid. + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns an object for managing reinforcement rounding override settings. + + + The rounding manager. + + + 2014 + + + + + Deletes the specified FabricArea, and converts its FabricSheet elements + to equivalent Single Fabric Sheet elements. + + + The document. + + + An FabricArea Reinforcement element in the document. + + + The ids of the newly created Single Fabric Sheet elements. + + + The element system was not found in the given document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Retrieves the identifiers of all the FabricSheet Elements in the FabricArea. + + + A collection of ElementIds of FabricSheet elements. + + + 2013 + + + + + Retrieves the identifiers of the set of curves forming the boundary of the Fabric Area. + + + Each ElementId in the collection is an Id of an Element of type CurveElem. + + + A collection of ElementIds of FabricAreaCurve elements. + + + 2015 + + + + + Creates copies of the CurveLoops in the FabricArea sketch. + + + The copy of the curve loops. + + + 2013 + + + + + Calculates the total sheet mass: Volume of Wire * Unit Weight. + + + The total sheet mass. + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets ids of the views where tags and symbols can be placed for the FabricArea and/or FabricSheets + + + The collection of View ElementIds. + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a FabricArea based on a host boundary. + + + The document. + + + The element that will host the FabricArea. The host can be a Structural Floor, Structural Wall, Structural Slab, or a Part created from a structural layer belonging to one of those element types. + + + A vector to define the major direction of the FabricArea. + + + The id of the FabricAreaType. + + + The id of the FabricSheetType. + + + The newly created FabricArea. + + + The element hostElement was not found in the given document. + -or- + the host Element is not a valid host for Area Reinforcement, Path Reinforcement, Fabric Area or Fabric Sheet. + -or- + fabricAreaTypeId should refer to an FabricAreaType element. + -or- + fabricSheetTypeId should refer to an FabricSheetType element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + majorDirection has zero length. + + + 2015 + + + + + + + + + Creates a FabricArea from an array of curves. + + + The document. + + + The element that will host the FabricArea. The host can be a Structural Floor, Structural Wall, Structural Slab, or a Part created from a structural layer belonging to one of those element types. + + + An array of curves that will define the outline of the FabricArea. + This includes curves defining openings in the interior of the area. + + + A vector to define the major direction of the FabricArea. + + + An origin point of the major direction line + + + The id of the FabricAreaType. + + + The id of the FabricSheetType. + + + The newly created FabricArea. + + + Not all curveLoops in curveLoops are closed and continuous. + -or- + Not all curveLoops in curveLoops are in the same plane. + -or- + curveLoops should only contain lines or arcs. + -or- + The element hostElement was not found in the given document. + -or- + the host Element is not a valid host for Area Reinforcement, Path Reinforcement, Fabric Area or Fabric Sheet. + -or- + fabricAreaTypeId should refer to an FabricAreaType element. + -or- + fabricSheetTypeId should refer to an FabricSheetType element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + majorDirection has zero length. + + + 2015 + + + + + The Fabric location in the host. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + The id of the Fabric Sheet Type for this element. + + + Changing the value of this property causes change of MinorLapSplice and MajorLapSplice properties if needed + + + When setting this property: fabricSheetTypeId is not a Fabric Sheet Type. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + The fabric sheet alignment in the fabric distribution in the minor direction. + + + Changing the value of this property causes change of MinorLapSplice and LapSplicePosition properties if needed + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + The fabric sheet alignment in the fabric distribution in the major direction. + + + Changing the value of this property causes change of MajorLapSplice and LapSplicePosition properties if needed + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + The Origin Point of the Major Direction of the Fabric Area. + + + 2014 + + + + + The Major Direction of the Fabric Area. + + + 2013 + + + + + The type of the Fabric Area. + + + 2013 + + + + + The element of the view in which to tag new members of this element. + + + When setting this property: tagViewId is not a valid view for tagging the FabricArea or FabricSheets. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + The additional cover offset of the fabric distribution. + + + 2013 + + + + + The fabric lap splice length in the fabric distribution in the minor direction. + + + When setting this property: minorLapSpliceLength is greater than the half of the overall width. + + + 2013 + + + + + The fabric lap splice length in the fabric distribution in the major direction. + + + When setting this property: majorLapSpliceLength is greater than the half of the overall length. + + + 2013 + + + + + The fabric lap splice position in the fabric distribution. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + The id of the Sketch element for this element. + + + 2013 + + + + + The id of the Host element for the fabric area. + + + 2013 + + + + + An object that represents an Fabric Area Distribution within the Autodesk Revit project. It is container for Fabric Sheet elements. + + + This object derived from the Element base object and such supports all the + methods of that object such as the ability to retrieve the parameters of that object. + The Fabric Area element is available only in the Autodesk Revit Structure product. + + + 2013 + + + + + Bent Fabric straight wires location. + The side on wich straight wires will be loacted is determined by the start and end point of the first bent profile segment that specifies the direction of the curve loop on plane. + + + 2017 + + + 2017 + + + + + Fabric straight wires are located on the left side of bent wires. + + + + + Fabric straight wires are located on the right side of bent wires. + + + + + Direction in which FabricSheet is bent. + + + 2016 + + + 2016 + + + + + FabricSheet is bent along minor direction axis. + + + + + FabricSheet is bent along major direction axis. + + + + + Controls if Single Fabric Sheet should be cut by the Host Cover. + + + 2015 + + + 2015 + + + + + The fabric is cut by the host cover. + + + + + The fabric is not cut by the host cover. + + + + + How FabricSheet tag text will be aligned to the FabricSheet symbol. + + + + + Tag and Leader will reference the intersection of the major and minor axes. + + + + + Tag and Leader will reference the symbol diagonal. + + + + + Tag and Leader will reference the symbol minor direction axis. + + + + + Tag and Leader will reference the symbol major direction axis. + + + + + The pattern for how the wires in Fabric Sheet are laid out. + + + + + Multiple groups of wires with a specific spacing and diameter + + + + + Both the spacing between the rebars and the number of rebars are constant based on input. + + + + + The maximum distance between the rebars is specified by input, + and the number of rebars changes based on the length of rebar set. + + + + + The spacing between the rebars is adjustable, + but the number of bars is constant based on input. + + + + + The spacing between the rebars is fixed and specified by input. + + + + + Fabric Sheet alignment in the fabric distribution + + + 2013 + + + 2013 + + + + + The fabric sheets are aligned to starting and ending edge. + + + + + The fabric sheets are aligned to ending edge. + + + + + The fabric sheets are aligned to starting edge. + + + + + The fabric sheets are alignment is not set. + + + + + Fabric lap splice position in the fabric distribution + + + 2013 + + + 2013 + + + + + Every second fabric sheet is shifted half way and reversed in minor direction. + + + + + Every second fabric sheet is shifted half way in minor direction. + + + + + Every second fabric sheet is shifted half way and reversed in major direction. + + + + + Every second fabric sheet is shifted half way in major direction. + + + + + The fabric sheets are aligned. + + + + + Fabric location in the host + + + 2013 + + + 2013 + + + + + The fabric is on the bottom face of a floor host, or on the internal face of a wall host. + + + + + The fabric is on the top face of a floor host, or on the external face of a wall host. + + + + + Returns all RebarContainer elements hosted by the referenced element. + + + 2016 + + + + + Returns all FabricArea elements hosted by the referenced element. + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns all FabricSheet elements hosted by the referenced element. + + + 2015 + + + + + Returns all PathReinforcement elements hosted by the referenced element. + + + 2012 + + + + + Returns all AreaReinforcement elements hosted by the referenced element. + + + 2012 + + + + + Returns all Rebar elements hosted by the referenced element. + + + 2012 + + + + + Associate a single CoverType with all exposed faces of the host element. + + + A CoverType object to be applied to all faces. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + If all exposed faces of the host have the same associated CoverType, + return that CoverType; otherwise, return . + + + The common CoverType for all exposed faces, or + if there are multiple CoverTypes. + + + 2012 + + + + + Associates the specified CoverType with the specified face of the element. + + + In this element, face does not have an associated CoverType, because + it is not exposed. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Gets the CoverType associated with a face of the element. + + + The cover associated with the face, if it is an exposed face. + If the face is concealed, returns . + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Checks whether the specified face is considered exposed, and + therefore has an associated CoverType. + + + This method replaces the method HasCoverTypeForReference() from + the 2011 Revit API. + + + True if %face% is exposed, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Returns all the exposed faces, that is, those that have an associated CoverType. + + + 2012 + + + + + Identifies whether an element that contains the given reference can host reinforcement. + + + Many different elements are allowed to host reinforcement, + for example, beams, walls, columns, or parts. + Often there are specific restrictions about whether an element + can host rebar beyond its type or category. + For example, the material type of the element may determine this. + Or for parts, the part must have been created from layers + that have their role set to Structure. + + + A document. + + + The reference that is part of the element that will be checked. + + + True if the input Element can host reinforcement elements, + false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + + + + + Identifies whether a given element can host reinforcement. + + + Many different elements are allowed to host reinforcement, + for example, beams, walls, columns, or parts. + Often there are specific restrictions about whether an element + can host rebar beyond its type or category. + For example, the material type of the element may determine this. + Or for parts, the part must have been created from layers + that have their role set to Structure. + + + The element to check. + + + True if the input Element can host reinforcement elements, + false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Reports whether the element is a valid rebar host. + + + If GetRebarHostData() returns a RebarHostData object, + but RebarHostData.IsValidHost() returns false, this means + that the element can be made + a valid rebar host, generally by setting a property + like FLOOR_PARAM_IS_STRUCTURAL or by changing the + element's physical material to concrete. On the other + hand, if GetRebarHostData() returns , the element + cannot be made into a rebar host. + + + True if the referenced Element can currently host Rebar elements, + false otherwise. + + + 2012 + + + + + Gets a RebarHostData object referring to the specified + rebar host element. + + + Returns for elements that cannot ever be rebar hosts, + such as levels. + + + An element to host rebar. + + + A RebarHostData object, or . + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Interface to rebar-specific data stored in each valid rebar host element. + + + Rebar host elements keep track of the "exposed faces," those that are not completely + concealed by another rebar host. Faces may be concealed by joins; for instance, + the top face of a beam that supports a slab is concealed. Faces can also be concealed + by adjacency; for instance, the bottom face of a column that is supported by a + foundation. Each exposed face of a rebar host must have a valid CoverType associated + with it. + Rebar hosts also have cover parameters, providing a limited interface + to the GetCoverType and SetCoverType + methods. + Each parameter simply gets or sets the cover setting associated with one or more + particular faces of the host. + + CLEAR_COVER_EXTERIOR (walls only) + CLEAR_COVER_INTERIOR (walls only) + CLEAR_COVER_OTHER (all hosts except in-place families and stairs) + CLEAR_COVER (in-place families and stairs) + CLEAR_COVER_TOP (all hosts except walls, in-place families, and stairs) + CLEAR_COVER_BOTTOM (all hosts except walls, in-place families, and stairs) + + + + +functions used to get data from coupler in one form or another//// + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Abstract class for various reinforcement data + + + 2017 + + + + + Identifies the number of couplers in a set. + + + Returns the number of couplers in a set. + + + 2017 + + + + + Sets this rebar coupler element to be shown unobscured in a view. + + + The view element + + + True if rebar coupler is shown unobscured, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This rebar coupler element doesn't have valid visibility data + + + 2018.3 + + + + + Checks if this rebar coupler element is shown unobscured in a view. + + + The view element + + + True if rebar coupler is shown unobscured, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This rebar coupler element doesn't have valid visibility data + + + 2018.3 + + + + + Return a transform representing the relative position of the coupler at index couplerPositionIndex in the set. + + + An index between 0 and (CouplerQuantity-1). + + + Returns a transformation that is composed from : + - a translation from (0, 0, 0) to coupler origin + - a rotation that will align the coupler with the bar segment on which it stays. + + + couplerPositionIndex is not in the range [ 0, CouplerQuantity-1 ]. + + + 2017 + + + + + gets the point (or points in case of rebar set) where the coupler is placed + + + 2017 + + + + + gets the reinforcement data. The returned list will have size = 2. If coupler stays on only one bar one element in this list will be null. + + + 2017 + + + + + returns true if the coupler sits on two rebar and false otherwise + + + 2017 + + + + + Creates a new instance of a Rebar Coupler element within the project. + + + A document. + + + type id for coupler + + + information about the first reinforcement to be coupled + + + information about the second reinforcement to be coupled; + if a nullptr is passed in the coupler is placed on one reinforcement + + + will be ValidationSuccesfully(0) if ok, otherwise the failure reason + + + The newly created Rebar Coupler instance, or if the operation fails. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2017 + + + + + Indetifies the rotation angle of the coupler around its axis. + + + The rotation parameter cannot be set or get for Self-Orienting rebar coupler families ( rebar coupler families with FAMILY_SELF_ORIENTING parameter = 1 ). + + + 2023 + + + + + gets and sets the coupler mark + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Represents a rebar coupler element in Autodesk Revit. + + + 2017 + + + + + Error states for the Rebar Coupler + + + + + Cannot connect by coupler a straight segment with an arc segment. + + + + + Cannot place rebar couplers on arcs with different centers. + + + + + Cannot place rebar couplers on arcs with different radii. + + + + + All the bars from the selected sets, which need to be connected, must be separated by the same distance. + + + + + The selected leg is shorter than the bar engagement. + + + + + Cannot place rebar couplers on circular legs. + + + + + The selected coupler type cannot be applied to the selected bar size(s). + + + + + One of the selected bars has an incorrect shape. + + + + + The selected legs are not aligned. + + + + + The selected legs are not aligned. + + + + + The coupler cannot be placed at an end that already has a coupler. + + + + + The coupler cannot be placed at an end that already has a hook. + + + + + The selected ends of the bars are too far apart. + + + + + The rebar sets have different numbers of bars. + + + + + Cannot place rebar coupler. + + + + + Bars can be coupled + + + + + Creates or returns a RebarContainerType object with a given name. + + + The document. + + + Name of the type. + + + The type id. + + + name is an empty string. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Creates a new RebarContainerType object with a default name. + + + The document. + + + The newly created type id. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Represents a Rebar Container Type, used in the generation of Rebar Container. + + + 2016 + + + + + Adds a shared parameter as one of the parameter overrides stored by this Rebar Container element. + + + The id of the shared parameter element + + + paramId is not a valid Element identifier. + -or- + paramId is not the id of a shared parameter in the current document, + or its name was already used by another shared parameter of the element. + -or- + paramId is already a Rebar Container parameter + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + + + + + Checks if the parameter is a Rebar Container parameter + + + The id of the parameter element + + + True if the parameter is a Rebar Container parameter + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Checks if the parameter has an override + + + The id of the parameter element + + + True if the parameter has an override + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Checks if overridden parameter is modifiable. + + + Overridden parameter id + + + True if the parameter is modifiable, false if the parameter is readonly. + + + paramId has no override + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Sets this overridden parameter to be modifiable. + + + Overridden parameter id + + + paramId has no override + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Sets this overridden parameter to be readonly. + + + Overridden parameter id + + + paramId has no override + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Clears any overridden values from all parameters of the associated RebarContainer element. + + + 2016 + + + + + Removes an overridden value from the given parameter. + + + The id of the parameter + + + paramId has no override + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Get the ElementId value for an overriden parameter. + + + The id of the parameter + + + The override value of the parameter. + + + paramId is not the id of a parameter in the current document, + or its value type is not ElementId. + -or- + paramId is not a Rebar Container parameter + -or- + paramId has no override + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Get the string value for an overriden parameter. + + + The id of the parameter + + + The override value of the parameter. + + + paramId is not the id of a parameter in the current document, + or its value type is not sring. + -or- + paramId is not a Rebar Container parameter + -or- + paramId has no override + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Get the integer value for an overriden parameter. + + + The id of the parameter + + + The override value of the parameter. + + + paramId is not the id of a parameter in the current document, + or its value type is not integer. + -or- + paramId is not a Rebar Container parameter + -or- + paramId has no override + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Get the double value for an overriden parameter. + + + The id of the parameter + + + The override value of the parameter. + + + paramId is not the id of a parameter in the current document, + or its value type is not double. + -or- + paramId is not a Rebar Container parameter + -or- + paramId has no override + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Adds an override for the given parameter as its value will be displayed for the Rebar Container element. + + + The id of the parameter + + + The override value of the parameter. + + + paramId is not the id of a parameter in the current document, + or its value type is not ElementId. + -or- + paramId is not a Rebar Container parameter + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Adds an override for the given parameter as its value will be displayed for the Rebar Container element. + + + The id of the parameter + + + The override value of the parameter. + + + paramId is not the id of a parameter in the current document, + or its value type is not sring. + -or- + paramId is not a Rebar Container parameter + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Adds an override for the given parameter as its value will be displayed for the Rebar Container element. + + + The id of the parameter + + + The override value of the parameter. + + + paramId is not the id of a parameter in the current document, + or its value type is not integer. + -or- + paramId is not a Rebar Container parameter + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Adds an override for the given parameter as its value will be displayed for the Rebar Container element. + + + The id of the parameter + + + The override value of the parameter. + + + paramId is not the id of a parameter in the current document, + or its value type is not double. + -or- + paramId is not a Rebar Container parameter + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Provides implementation of RebarContainer parameters overrides. + + + When a new override is created, by default, the parameter will show the overridden value as read-only. + You can control whether or not the parameter is modifiable using and .a + + + 2016 + + + + + Checks if a presentation mode can be applied for this rebar in the given view. + + + The view in which presentation mode will be applied. + + + True if presentation mode can be applied for this view, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Determines if there is a matching RebarPresentationMode for the current set of selected hidden and unhidden bars assigned to the given view. + + + If the presentation mode is not PresentationMode.Select for the view, this function returns the current mode. + + + The view. + + + The presentation mode that matches the current set of selected hidden and unhidden bars. + If there is no better match, this returns RebarPresentationMode.Select. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Gets the presentaion mode for this rebar set when displayed in the given view. + + + The view. + + + The presentation mode. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Sets the presentation mode for this rebar set when displayed in the given view. + + + The view. + + + The presentation mode. + + + This rebar cannot have a presentation mode applied for dBView, as the view is not valid for rebar presentation, + or the orientation of the view matches the normal direction of the rebar. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2016 + + + + + Sets the presentation mode for this rebar set to the default (either for a single view, or for all views). + + + The view where the presentation mode will be cleared. NULL for all views + + + This rebar element represents a single bar (the layout rule is Single). + + + 2016 + + + + + Identifies if this rebar set has overridden default presentation settings for the given view. + + + Default presentation settings can be overriden using , methods + + + The view. + + + True if this rebar set has overriden default presentation settings, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Identifies if this rebar set is shown as a cross-section in the given view. + + + The view. + + + True if this rebar set is shown as a cross-section, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Identifies if a given bar in this rebar set is hidden in this view. + + + The view. + + + The index of the bar from this rebar set. + + + True if the bar is hidden in this view, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + barIndex is not in the range [ 0, NumberOfBarPositions-1 ]. + + + 2016 + + + + + Sets the bar in this rebar set to be hidden or unhidden in the given view. + + + Individual bars of a rebar set can be hidden in a view only + if the presentation mode is RebarPresentationMode.Select. + If that is not the presentation mode assigned for this set in the view, + this method will also change it. + + + The view. + + + The index of the bar from this set. + + + True to hide this bar in the view, false to unhide the bar. + + + This rebar cannot have a presentation mode applied for view, as the view is not valid for rebar presentation, + or the orientation of the view matches the normal direction of the rebar. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + barIndex is not in the range [ 0, NumberOfBarPositions-1 ]. + + + 2016 + + + + + Checks if the specified RebarHookType id is of a valid RebarHookType for the Rebar's RebarBarType + + + Also, checks that the Style of the Hook matches that of the Rebar's RebarShape + + + The Id of the RebarHookType + + + Returns true if the id is of a valid RebarHookType for the Rebar element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Defines the orientation of the hook plane at the start or at the end of the rebar with respect to the orientation of the first or the last curve and the plane normal. + + + If RebarShapeDefinesHooks property of ReinforcementSettings is true (non-European shapes), setHookOrientation method does nothing. + + + 0 for the start hook, 1 for the end hook. + + + Only two values are permitted: + Value = Right: The hook is on your right as you stand at the end of the bar, + with the bar behind you, taking the bar's normal as "up." + Value = Left: The hook is on your left as you stand at the end of the bar, + with the bar behind you, taking the bar's normal as "up." + + + iEnd must be 0 or 1. + -or- + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2016 + + + + + Returns the orientation of the hook plane at the start or at the end of the rebar with respect to the orientation of the first or the last curve and the plane normal. + + + 0 for the start hook, 1 for the end hook. + + + Value = Right: The hook is on your right as you stand at the end of the bar, + with the bar behind you, taking the bar's normal as "up." + Value = Left: The hook is on your left as you stand at the end of the bar, + with the bar behind you, taking the bar's normal as "up." + + + iEnd must be 0 or 1. + + + 2016 + + + + + Checks whether a bar exists at the specified position. + + + Returns true, unless the bar position is the first or last + in the set and it is suppressed by IncludeFirstBar or + IncludeLastBar. + + + A bar position index between 0 and NumberOfBarPositions-1. + + + barPosition is not in the range [ 0, NumberOfBarPositions-1 ]. + + + 2016 + + + + + Set the id of the RebarHookType to be applied to the rebar. + + + 0 for the start hook, 1 for the end hook. + + + The id of a RebarHookType element, or invalidElementId if + the rebar should have no hook at the specified end. + + + the rebar hook type id hookTypeId is not valid + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + end must be 0 or 1. + + + 2016 + + + + + Get the id of the RebarHookType to be applied to the rebar. + + + 0 for the start hook, 1 for the end hook. + + + The id of a RebarHookType, or invalidElementId if the rebar has + no hook at the specified end. + + + end must be 0 or 1. + + + 2016 + + + + + Gets the RebarBendData, containing bar and hook information, of the instance. + + + Internally, the bend data is used by many RebarShape methods to generate shape geometry. + + + 2016 + + + + + Sets the Layout Rule property of rebar set to MinimumClearSpacing + + + When changing the layout rule to MinimumClearSpacing, you must also simultaneously set Spacing, + SetLength, BarsOnNormalSide, IncludeFirstBar, and IncludeLastBar properties. + + + The maximum spacing between rebar in rebar set + + + The distribution length of rebar set + + + Identifies if the bars of the rebar set are on the same side of the rebar plane indicated by the normal + + + Identifies if the first bar in rebar set is shown + + + Identifies if the last bar in rebar set is shown + + + The spacing isn't bigger than 0.0. + -or- + the set length arrayLength isn't acceptable. + + + This RebarContainerItem is an instance of a spiral or multiplanar shape. + + + 2016 + + + + + Sets the Layout Rule property of rebar set to NumberWithSpacing + + + When changing the layout rule to NumberWithSpacing, you must also simultaneously set NumberOfBarPositions, + Spacing, BarsOnNormalSide, IncludeFirstBar, and IncludeLastBar properties. + + + The number of bar positions in rebar set + + + The maximum spacing between rebar in rebar set + + + Identifies if the bars of the rebar set are on the same side of the rebar plane indicated by the normal + + + Identifies if the first bar in rebar set is shown + + + Identifies if the last bar in rebar set is shown + + + the number of bar positions numberOfBarPositions is less than 1 or more than 1002. + -or- + The spacing isn't bigger than 0.0. + + + This RebarContainerItem is an instance of a spiral or multiplanar shape. + + + 2016 + + + + + Sets the Layout Rule property of rebar set to MaximumSpacing + + + When changing the layout rule to MaximumSpacing, you must also simultaneously set Spacing, + SetLength, BarsOnNormalSide, IncludeFirstBar, and IncludeLastBar properties. + + + The maximum spacing between rebar in rebar set + + + The distribution length of rebar set + + + Identifies if the bars of the rebar set are on the same side of the rebar plane indicated by the normal + + + Identifies if the first bar in rebar set is shown + + + Identifies if the last bar in rebar set is shown + + + The spacing isn't bigger than 0.0. + -or- + the set length arrayLength isn't acceptable. + + + This RebarContainerItem is an instance of a spiral or multiplanar shape. + + + 2016 + + + + + Sets the Layout Rule property of rebar set to FixedNumber. + + + When changing the layout rule to FixedNumber, you must also simultaneously set NumberOfBarPositions, + SetLength, BarsOnNormalSide, IncludeFirstBar, and IncludeLastBar properties. + + + The number of bar positions in rebar set + + + The distribution length of rebar set + + + Identifies if the bars of the rebar set are on the same side of the rebar plane indicated by the normal + + + Identifies if the first bar in rebar set is shown + + + Identifies if the last bar in rebar set is shown + + + the number of bar positions numberOfBarPositions is less than 1 or more than 1002. + -or- + the set length arrayLength isn't acceptable. + + + This RebarContainerItem is an instance of a spiral or multiplanar shape. + + + 2016 + + + + + Sets the Layout Rule property of rebar set to Single. + + + Only one bar will remain, which is at the position of rebar plane + + + 2016 + + + + + Compute the driving curves. + + + The driving curves are the ones that appear in rebar sketch + mode. They include lines and arcs that drive the shape, but + exclude fillets and hooks. They always lie in a plane-- + if the bar is 3D, these curves are a subset or a projection. + They are also used for shape matching. + + + Returns an empty array if an error is encountered. + + + 2016 + + + + + Return a transform representing the relative position of any + individual bar in the set. + + + The transform is a translation along the distribution path. + It can be applied to the results of GetCenterlineCurves() to + produce any bar in the rebar set. For barPositionIndex=0, + the identity transform is always returned. + + + An index between 0 and (NumberOfBarPositions-1). + + + The position of a bar in the set relative to the first position. + + + barPositionIndex is not in the range [ 0, NumberOfBarPositions-1 ]. + + + 2016 + + + + + The distribution path of a rebar set. + + + A line beginning at (0, 0, 0) and representing the direction and + length of the set. + + + 2016 + + + + + A chain of curves representing the centerline of the rebar. + + + If the Rebar is a set, meaning GetLayoutRule() does not return Single, + this method returns the first rebar in the set, even if the + first bar is suppressed by IncludeFirstBar being false. + + + If the curves overlap, as in a planar stirrup, this parameter controls + whether they should be adjusted to avoid intersection (as in fine views), + or kept in a single plane for simplicity (as in coarse views). + + + Identifies if the chain will include hooks curves. + + + Identifies if the connected chain will include unfilleted curves. + + + If the Rebar is a multi-planar shape, this parameter controls whether to generate only + the curves in the primary plane (IncludeOnlyPlanarCurves), or to generate all curves, + (IncludeAllMultiplanarCurves) including the out-of-plane connector segments as well as + multi-planar copies of the primary plane curves. + This argument is ignored for planar shapes. + + + The centerline curves or empty array if the curves cannot be computed because + the parameters values are inconsistent + with the constraints of the RebarShape definition. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2016 + + + + + A chain of curves representing the centerline of the rebar. + + + If the Rebar is a set, meaning GetLayoutRule() does not return Single, + this method returns the first rebar in the set, even if the + first bar is suppressed by IncludeFirstBar being false. + + + If the curves overlap, as in a planar stirrup, this parameter controls + whether they should be adjusted to avoid intersection (as in fine views), + or kept in a single plane for simplicity (as in coarse views). + + + Identifies if the chain will include hooks curves. + + + Identifies if the connected chain will include unfilleted curves. + + + The centerline curves or empty array if the curves cannot be computed because + the parameters values are inconsistent + with the constraints of the RebarShape definition. + + + 2016 + + + + + Set an instance of a RebarContainerItem element according to the parameters list. + The instance will have the default shape parameters from the RebarShape. + If the RebarShapeDefinesHooks flag in ReinforcementSettings has been set to true, + then both the curves and hooks must match the RebarShape definition. + Otherwise, the hooks can be different than the defaults specified in the RebarShape + + + A RebarShape element that defines the shape of the rebar. + A RebarShape element matches curves and hooks. + A RebarShape element provides RebarStyle of the rebar. + + + A RebarBarType element that defines bar diameter, bend radius and material of the rebar. + + + A RebarHookType element that defines the hook for the start of the bar. + If this parameter is , it means to create a rebar with no hook. + + + A RebarHookType element that defines the hook for the end of the bar. + If this parameter is , it means to create a rebar with no hook. + + + The normal to the plane that the rebar curves lie on. + + + An array of curves that define the shape of the rebar curves. + They must belong to the plane defined by the normal and origin. + Bends and hooks should not be included in the array of curves. + + + Defines the orientation of the hook plane at the start of the rebar with respect to the orientation of the first curve and the plane normal. + Only two values are permitted: + Value = Right: The hook is on your right as you stand at the end of the bar, + with the bar behind you, taking the bar's normal as "up." + Value = Left: The hook is on your left as you stand at the end of the bar, + with the bar behind you, taking the bar's normal as "up." + + + Defines the orientation of the hook plane at the end of the rebar with respect to the orientation of the last curve and the plane normal. + Only two values are permitted: + Value = Right: The hook is on your right as you stand at the end of the bar, + with the bar behind you, taking the bar's normal as "up." + Value = Left: The hook is on your left as you stand at the end of the bar, + with the bar behind you, taking the bar's normal as "up." + + + The input curves is empty. + -or- + The input curves contains at least one curve which is not a bound Line or bound Arc + and is not supported for this operation. + -or- + curves do not form a valid CurveLoop. + -or- + The input curves contains at least one helical curve and is not supported for this operation. + -or- + The rebarShape has End Treatments + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + norm has zero length. + -or- + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + curves contains non-fillet arcs with radii that are less than the + minimum bend radius for the RebarBarType and RebarShape style. + + + rebarShape does not match curves. + + + 2016 + + + + + Set an instance of a RebarContainerItem element, as an instance of a RebarShape. + The instance will have the default shape parameters from the RebarShape, + and its location is based on the bounding box of the shape in the shape definition. + Hooks are removed from the shape before computing its bounding box. + If appropriate hooks can be found in the document, they will be assigned arbitrarily. + + + A RebarShape element that defines the shape of the rebar. + + + A RebarBarType element that defines bar diameter, bend radius and material of the rebar. + + + The lower-left corner of the shape's bounding box will be placed at this point in the project. + + + The x-axis in the shape definition will be mapped to this direction in the project. + + + The y-axis in the shape definition will be mapped to this direction in the project. + + + The rebarShape has End Treatments + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + xVec has zero length. + -or- + yVec has zero length. + + + 2016 + + + + + Set an instance of a RebarContainerItem element according to the parameters list. + + + The usage of the bar, "standard" or "stirrup/tie". + + + A RebarBarType element that defines bar diameter, bend radius and material of the rebar. + + + A RebarHookType element that defines the hook for the start of the bar. + If this parameter is , it means to create a rebar with no hook. + + + A RebarHookType element that defines the hook for the end of the bar. + If this parameter is , it means to create a rebar with no hook. + + + The normal to the plane that the rebar curves lie on. + + + An array of curves that define the shape of the rebar curves. + They must belong to the plane defined by the normal and origin. + Bends and hooks should not be included in the array of curves. + + + Defines the orientation of the hook plane at the start of the rebar with respect to the orientation of the first curve and the plane normal. + Only two values are permitted: + Value = Right: The hook is on your right as you stand at the end of the bar, + with the bar behind you, taking the bar's normal as "up." + Value = Left: The hook is on your left as you stand at the end of the bar, + with the bar behind you, taking the bar's normal as "up." + + + Defines the orientation of the hook plane at the end of the rebar with respect to the orientation of the last curve and the plane normal. + Only two values are permitted: + Value = Right: The hook is on your right as you stand at the end of the bar, + with the bar behind you, taking the bar's normal as "up." + Value = Left: The hook is on your left as you stand at the end of the bar, + with the bar behind you, taking the bar's normal as "up." + + + Attempts to assign a RebarShape from those existing in the document. If no shape matches, NewRebar returns or creates a new shape, according to the parameter createNewShape. + When both parameters are "true", the behavior is the same as sketching rebar in the UI. At least one of these parameters must be "true". + If the RebarShapeDefinesHooks flag in ReinforcementSettings has been set to false, and a RebarShape cannot be found with both matching curves and hooks, + then this method will perform a second search, ignoring hook information. + + + Creates a shape in the document to match the curves, hooks, and style specified, and assigns it to the new rebar instance. + Shape creation will not succeed unless one or more other shapes already exist in the document, and these shapes + have enough shape parameters to define a shape for these curves. + + + The input curves is empty. + -or- + The input curves contains at least one curve which is not a bound Line or bound Arc + and is not supported for this operation. + -or- + curves do not form a valid CurveLoop. + -or- + The input curves contains at least one helical curve and is not supported for this operation. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + norm has zero length. + -or- + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + Both useExistingShapeIfPossible and createNewShape are false. + -or- + curves contains non-fillet arcs with radii that are less than the + minimum bend radius for the RebarBarType and bar style. + + + 2016 + + + + + Set an instance of a RebarContainerItem element according to a Rebar parameters. + Will throw exception if given rebar is not shape driven. + Will throw exception if given rebar has moved bars in set. + + + The Rebar. + + + The RebarShape of rebar has End Treatments + -or- + Can't create container from free-form rebar. + -or- + Can't create container from Rebar with moved bars. + -or- + Can't create container from Rebar which has excluded bars other than the first and last one. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The index of this item in its associated RebarContainer. + + + 2016 + + + + + The number of potential bars in the set. + + + The number of positions is equal to the number of actual + bars (the Quantity), plus one or two more positions depending + on IncludeFistBar and IncludeLastBar. + + + When setting this property: the number of bar positions numberOfBarPositions is less than 1 or more than 1002. + + + When setting this property: This rebar element represents a single bar (the layout rule is Single). + + + 2016 + + + + + The RebarShape element that defines the shape of the rebar. + + + Changing the value of this property causes the Rebar instance to choose values for its + shape parameters to preserve its previous shape as closely as possible + + + When setting this property: shapeId is not the id of a RebarShape in the document. + -or- + When setting this property: The RebarShape has End Treatments + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + The volume of an individual bar multiplied by Quantity. + + + 2016 + + + + + The length of an individual bar multiplied by Quantity. + + + 2016 + + + + + For a multiplanar rebar, the depth of the instance. + + + Applicable only when an instance of a RebarShape with + a RebarShapeMultiplanarDefinition. + + + When setting this property: multiplanarDepth must be positive. + + + This RebarContainerItem is not an instance of a multiplanar shape. + + + 2016 + + + + + For a spiral, the pitch, or vertical distance traveled in one rotation. + + + Applies only to instances where RebarShape.Definition is of type + RebarShapeDefinitionByArc, and its Type property is equal to the value + RebarShapeDefinitionByArcType.Spiral. + + + When setting this property: pitch must be positive. + + + This RebarContainerItem is not an instance of a spiral shape. + + + 2016 + + + + + For a spiral, the number of finishing turns at the upper end of the spiral. + + + Applies only to instances where RebarShape.Definition is of type + RebarShapeDefinitionByArc, and its Type property is equal to the value + RebarShapeDefinitionByArcType.Spiral. + + + When setting this property: turns must be between 0 and 100. + + + This RebarContainerItem is not an instance of a spiral shape. + + + 2016 + + + + + For a spiral, the number of finishing turns at the lower end of the spiral. + + + Applies only to instances where RebarShape.Definition is of type + RebarShapeDefinitionByArc, and its Type property is equal to the value + RebarShapeDefinitionByArcType.Spiral. + + + When setting this property: turns must be between 0 and 100. + + + This RebarContainerItem is not an instance of a spiral shape. + + + 2016 + + + + + For a spiral, the overall height. + + + Applies only to instances where RebarShape.Definition is of type + RebarShapeDefinitionByArc, and its Type property is equal to the value + RebarShapeDefinitionByArcType.Spiral. + + + When setting this property: height must be positive. + + + This RebarContainerItem is not an instance of a spiral shape. + + + 2016 + + + + + Identifies if the last bar in rebar set is shown. + + + This rebar element represents a single bar (the layout rule is Single). + + + 2016 + + + + + Identifies if the first bar in rebar set is shown. + + + This rebar element represents a single bar (the layout rule is Single). + + + 2016 + + + + + Identifies the layout rule of rebar set. + + + 2016 + + + + + Identifies the maximum spacing between rebar in rebar set. + + + When setting this property: The maxSpacing isn't bigger than 0.0. + + + This rebar element represents a single bar (the layout rule is Single). + + + 2016 + + + + + Identifies the number of bars in rebar set. + + + Quantity is equal to NumberOfBarPositions if IncludeFirstBar and IncludeLastBar are set. + If any end bars are excluded, they are not counted in the Quantity. + + + 2016 + + + + + Identifies the distribution path length of rebar set. + + + The distribution path length of rebar set. + + + When setting this property: the set length arrayLength isn't acceptable. + + + This rebar element represents a single bar (the layout rule is Single). + + + 2016 + + + + + Identifies if the bars of the rebar set are on the same side of the rebar plane indicated by the normal. + + + True if the bars of rebar set are on the same side of the rebar plane indicated by the normal, + and false if the bars are on the opposite side. + + + This rebar element represents a single bar (the layout rule is Single). + + + 2016 + + + + + A unit-length vector normal to the plane of the rebar + + + 2016 + + + + + The identifier of the rebar bar type. + + + 2016 + + + + + Provides implementation for Rebar stored in RebarContainer. + + + 2016 + + + +Gets the item at the current position of the iterator.(Inherited from IEnumerator. Give it another property name to avoid confusing. And make it internal.) + + + Gets the item at the current position of the iterator. + There is no current item if the iterator has not started yet or has been done. + There is no current item in the iterator. + + + + Returns the current rebar container item. + + + The current rebar container item. + + + 2016 + + + + + Resets the iterator to the initial state. + + + 2016 + + + + + Increments the iterator to the next item. + + + After an enumerator is created or after the Reset method is called, an enumerator is positioned before the first element of the collection, + and the first call to the MoveNext method moves the enumerator over the first element of the collection. + + + True if there is a next available item in this iterator. + False if the iterator has completed all available items. + + + 2016 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + An iterator to a Rebar Container. + + + 2016 + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + + Returns a Rebar Container Iterator that iterates through the Rebar Container Items. + + + A Rebar Container Iterator object that can be used to iterate through Rebar Container Items in the collection. + + + 2016 + + + + + The element that contains the rebar. + + + The document containing both this element and the host element. + + + The element that the rebar object belongs to, such as a structural + wall, floor, foundation, beam, brace or column. The rebar does not need + to be strictly inside the host, but it must be assigned to one host + element. + + + hostId is not a legal Rebar Container host. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + The element that contains the rebar. + + + The element that the rebar object belongs to, such as a structural + wall, floor, foundation, beam, brace or column. + + + 2016 + + + + + Sets this rebar container element to be shown unobscured in a view. + + + The view element + + + True if rebar is shown unobscured, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This rebar container element doesn't have valid visibility data. + + + 2016 + + + + + Checks if this rebar container element is shown unobscured in a view. + + + The view element + + + True if rebar is shown unobscured, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This rebar container element doesn't have valid visibility data. + + + 2016 + + + + + Checks if the RebarContainer has this item as one of its members. + + + The item to be checked if RebarContainer has it as one of its members + + + True if RebarContainer has this item as one of its members, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Identifies if a given RebarContainerItem is hidden in this view. + + + The view. + + + Item index in the Rebar Container. + + + True if the RebarContainerItem is hidden in this view, false otherwise. + + + The item index is either less than 0 or graeter than or equal to number of items in this Rebar Container element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Sets the RebarContainerItem to be hidden or unhidden in the given view. + + + The view. + + + Item index in the Rebar Container. + + + True to hide this RebarContainerItem in the view, false to unhide the item. + + + The item index is either less than 0 or graeter than or equal to number of items in this Rebar Container element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Checks if a presentation mode can be applied for this RebarContainer in the given view. + + + The view in which presentation mode will be applied. + + + True if presentation mode can be applied for this view, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Identifies if any RebarContainerItem of this RebarContainer has overridden default presentation settings for the given view. + + + Default presentation settings can be overriden using , methods + + + The view. + + + True if if any RebarContainerItem of this RebarContainer has overridden default presentation settings, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Returns an object for managing reinforcement rounding override settings. + + + The rounding manager. + + + 2016 + + + + + Returns an object used to manage parameters of the Rebar Container. + + + The parameters manager. + + + 2016 + + + + + Gets the item stored in the RebarContainer at the associated index. + + + Item index in the Rebar Container + + + Rebar Container Item + + + The item index is either less than 0 or graeter than or equal to number of items in this Rebar Container element. + + + 2016 + + + + + Removes Item from the Rebar Container. + + + Item to be removed from this Rebar Container + + + The item is not a member of this Rebar Container element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Appends an Item to the RebarContainer. Fills its data on base of the Rebar. + + + A RebarShape element that defines the shape of the rebar. + A RebarShape element matches curves and hooks. + A RebarShape element provides RebarStyle of the rebar. + + + A RebarBarType element that defines bar diameter, bend radius and material of the rebar. + + + A RebarHookType element that defines the hook for the start of the bar. + If this parameter is , it means to create a rebar with no hook. + + + A RebarHookType element that defines the hook for the end of the bar. + If this parameter is , it means to create a rebar with no hook. + + + The normal to the plane that the rebar curves lie on. + + + An array of curves that define the shape of the rebar curves. + They must belong to the plane defined by the normal and origin. + Bends and hooks should not be included in the array of curves. + + + Defines the orientation of the hook plane at the start of the rebar with respect to the orientation of the first curve and the plane normal. + Only two values are permitted: + Value = Right: The hook is on your right as you stand at the end of the bar, + with the bar behind you, taking the bar's normal as "up." + Value = Left: The hook is on your left as you stand at the end of the bar, + with the bar behind you, taking the bar's normal as "up." + + + Defines the orientation of the hook plane at the end of the rebar with respect to the orientation of the last curve and the plane normal. + Only two values are permitted: + Value = Right: The hook is on your right as you stand at the end of the bar, + with the bar behind you, taking the bar's normal as "up." + Value = Left: The hook is on your left as you stand at the end of the bar, + with the bar behind you, taking the bar's normal as "up." + + + The Rebar Container Item. + + + The input curves is empty. + -or- + The input curves contains at least one curve which is not a bound Line or bound Arc + and is not supported for this operation. + -or- + curves do not form a valid CurveLoop. + -or- + The input curves contains at least one helical curve and is not supported for this operation. + -or- + The rebarShape has End Treatments + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + normal has zero length. + -or- + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + curves contains non-fillet arcs with radii that are less than the + minimum bend radius for the RebarBarType and RebarShape style. + + + rebarShape does not match curves. + + + 2016 + + + + + Appends an Item to the RebarContainer. Fills its data on base of the Rebar. + + + A RebarShape element that defines the shape of the rebar. + + + A RebarBarType element that defines bar diameter, bend radius and material of the rebar. + + + The lower-left corner of the shape's bounding box will be placed at this point in the project. + + + The x-axis in the shape definition will be mapped to this direction in the project. + + + The y-axis in the shape definition will be mapped to this direction in the project. + + + The Rebar Container Item. + + + The rebarShape has End Treatments + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + xVector has zero length. + -or- + yVector has zero length. + + + 2016 + + + + + Appends an Item to the RebarContainer. Fills its data on base of the Rebar. + + + The usage of the bar, "standard" or "stirrup/tie". + + + A RebarBarType element that defines bar diameter, bend radius and material of the rebar. + + + A RebarHookType element that defines the hook for the start of the bar. + If this parameter is , it means to create a rebar with no hook. + + + A RebarHookType element that defines the hook for the end of the bar. + If this parameter is , it means to create a rebar with no hook. + + + The normal to the plane that the rebar curves lie on. + + + An array of curves that define the shape of the rebar curves. + They must belong to the plane defined by the normal and origin. + Bends and hooks should not be included in the array of curves. + + + Defines the orientation of the hook plane at the start of the rebar with respect to the orientation of the first curve and the plane normal. + Only two values are permitted: + Value = Right: The hook is on your right as you stand at the end of the bar, + with the bar behind you, taking the bar's normal as "up." + Value = Left: The hook is on your left as you stand at the end of the bar, + with the bar behind you, taking the bar's normal as "up." + + + Defines the orientation of the hook plane at the end of the rebar with respect to the orientation of the last curve and the plane normal. + Only two values are permitted: + Value = Right: The hook is on your right as you stand at the end of the bar, + with the bar behind you, taking the bar's normal as "up." + Value = Left: The hook is on your left as you stand at the end of the bar, + with the bar behind you, taking the bar's normal as "up." + + + Attempts to assign a RebarShape from those existing in the document. If no shape matches, NewRebar returns or creates a new shape, according to the parameter createNewShape. + When both parameters are "true", the behavior is the same as sketching rebar in the UI. At least one of these parameters must be "true". + If the RebarShapeDefinesHooks flag in ReinforcementSettings has been set to false, and a RebarShape cannot be found with both matching curves and hooks, + then this method will perform a second search, ignoring hook information. + + + Creates a shape in the document to match the curves, hooks, and style specified, and assigns it to the new rebar instance. + Shape creation will not succeed unless one or more other shapes already exist in the document, and these shapes + have enough shape parameters to define a shape for these curves. + + + The Rebar Container Item. + + + The input curves is empty. + -or- + The input curves contains at least one curve which is not a bound Line or bound Arc + and is not supported for this operation. + -or- + curves do not form a valid CurveLoop. + -or- + The input curves contains at least one helical curve and is not supported for this operation. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + normal has zero length. + -or- + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + Both useExistingShapeIfPossible and createNewShape are false. + -or- + curves contains non-fillet arcs with radii that are less than the + minimum bend radius for the RebarBarType and bar style. + + + 2016 + + + + + + + + + Appends an Item to the RebarContainer. Fills its data on base of the Rebar. + Will throw exception if given rebar is not shape driven. + Will throw exception if given rebar has moved bars in set. + + + The Rebar. + + + The Rebar Container Item. + + + The RebarShape of rebar has End Treatments + -or- + Can't create container from free-form rebar. + -or- + Can't create container from Rebar with moved bars. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Clears all the Items stored in this Rebar Container element. + + + 2016 + + + + + Creates a new instance of a Rebar Container element within the project. + + + Created Rebar Container starts out empty. + Use appendItemFromRebar, appendItemFromCurves, appendItemFromRebarShape, appendItemFromCurvesAndShape to fill its content. + + + A document. + + + The element that will host the RebarContainer. + + + The id of the RebarContainerType. + + + The newly created Rebar Container instance. + + + The element hostElement was not found in the given document. + -or- + hostElement is not a valid rebar host. + -or- + the ElementId rebarContainerTypeId is either invalid or not a RebarContainerType. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + + + + + The count of Items in this Rebar Container. + + + 2016 + + + + + Identifies if Items should be presented in schedules and tags as separate subelements. + + + 2017 + + + + + The Schedule Mark parameter. On creation, the Schedule Mark is set + to a value that is unique to the host, but it can be set to + any value. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + An object that represents an Rebar Container Element within the Autodesk Revit project. + + + This object is derived from the Element base object and such supports all the + methods of that object such as the ability to retrieve the parameters of that object. + The Rebar Container element is available only in the Autodesk Revit Structure product. + It is a collection of rebar sets. Every rebar set can be modified separately. + + + 2016 + + + + + Checks if the getTargetRebarEdgeNumber method can be called for the RebarConstraint. + + + The RebarConstraintType of the RebarConstraint must be 'ToOtherRebar,' and the + RebarTargetConstraintType must be 'Edge' or 'BarBend.' + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns true if the RebarTargetConstraintType of the RebarConstraint is 'HookBend'. + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns true if the RebarTargetConstraintType of the RebarConstraint is 'BarBend'. + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns true if the RebarConstraintType of the RebarConstraint is 'ToOtherRebar,' + and the RebarConstraint is attached to an edge of the other Rebar Element. + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns true if the RebarConstraintType of the RebarConstraint is either 'FixedDistanceToHostFace' or 'ToCover.' + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns true if this constraint constrains two rebar ends. + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Returns true if the RebarConstraintType of the RebarConstraint is 'ToOtherRebar.' + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns true if the RebarConstraintType of the RebarConstraint is 'ToCover.' + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns true if the RebarConstraintType of the RebarConstraint is 'FixedDistanceToHostFace.' + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks that the RebarConstraint still has access to valid Rebar constraint data + and that its RebarConstraintsManager is still valid. + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns the positive offset direction vector. + + +

This is available only for constraints of type .

+

Valid are:

+ + + + + + + + + + + + , only if the RebarShape has a definition of with + + , only if the RebarShape has a definition of with + +
+ + The positive offset direction vector. + + + RebarConstraint is no longer valid. + -or- + The RebarConstraint is not of RebarConstraintType 'ToOtherRebar.' + -or- + The TargetRebarConstraintType is not valid. + + + 2024 + +
+ + + Flips the RebarConstrainedHandle to the other side of the target bar handle, maintaining the distance in absolute value. + + + Throw exception if constraint type is not 'ToOtherRebar', or for constraints involving bar/hook bend handle. + + + RebarConstraint is no longer valid. + -or- + The RebarConstraint is not of RebarConstraintType 'ToOtherRebar.' + -or- + The RebarTargetConstraintType is 'HookBend' or 'BarBend'. + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Sets whether the RebarConstrainedHandle to target offset is the clear bar distance, or is measured between bar centers. + + + Throw exception if it's used on start/end handle to start/end handle constraint, and on constraints involving bar/hook bend handle. + + + True if the RebarConstrainedHandle to target offset is the clear bar distance, false if the offset is measured between bar centers. + + + RebarConstraint is no longer valid. + -or- + The RebarConstraint is not of RebarConstraintType 'ToOtherRebar.' + -or- + The RebarConstraint constrain two Rebar ends. + -or- + The RebarTargetConstraintType is 'HookBend' or 'BarBend'. + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Returns true if the RebarConstrainedHandle to target offset is the clear bar distance, false if the offset is measured between bar centers. + + + Throw exception if it's used on start/end handle to start/end handle constraint, and on constraints involving bar/hook bend handle. + + + Returns true if the RebarConstrainedHandle to target offset is the clear bar distance, false if the offset is measured between bar centers. + + + RebarConstraint is no longer valid. + -or- + The RebarConstraint is not of RebarConstraintType 'ToOtherRebar.' + -or- + The RebarConstraint constrain two Rebar ends. + -or- + The RebarTargetConstraintType is 'HookBend' or 'BarBend'. + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Sets the relationship between two RebarConstrainedHandles. + + + Throws exception for any type of constraint other than 'ToOtherRebar' or if the RebarTargetConstraintType of the constraint is 'HookBend' or 'BarBend'. + Will also throw if the target Rebar has the 'Number with Spacing' layout rule and the RebarTargetConstraintType of the constraint is 'OutOfPlaneExtent'. + + + False if only the constrained RebarConstrainedHandle follows the target. True if the constrained RebarConstrainedHandle and the target bar handle will be bound and move together. + + + RebarConstraint is no longer valid. + -or- + The RebarConstraint is not of RebarConstraintType 'ToOtherRebar.' + -or- + The RebarTargetConstraintType is 'HookBend' or 'BarBend'. + -or- + The RebarTargetConstraintType is 'OutOfPlaneExtent' and the rebar target layout is 'Number with Spacing'. + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Gets the relationship between two RebarConstrainedHandles. + + + Throws exception for any type of constraint other than 'ToOtherRebar' or if the RebarTargetConstraintType of the constraint is 'HookBend' or 'BarBend'. + Will also throw if the target Rebar has the 'Number with Spacing' layout rule and the RebarTargetConstraintType of the constraint is 'OutOfPlaneExtent'. + + + Returns False if only the constrained RebarConstrainedHandle follows the target. Returns True if the constrained RebarConstrainedHandle and the target bar handle are bound and move together. + + + RebarConstraint is no longer valid. + -or- + The RebarConstraint is not of RebarConstraintType 'ToOtherRebar.' + -or- + The RebarTargetConstraintType is 'HookBend' or 'BarBend'. + -or- + The RebarTargetConstraintType is 'OutOfPlaneExtent' and the rebar target layout is 'Number with Spacing'. + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Sets the offset distance between the constrained RebarConstrainedHandle and its target Rebar handle surface. + + + Throws exception if the constraint is not to other rebar or if the target constraint is to bar bend or hook bend. + + + The distance is given as an offset value, the sign of which depends on the target bar handle direction. + + + The given value for distanceToTargetRebar must be no more than 30000 feet in absolute value. + + + RebarConstraint is no longer valid. + -or- + The RebarConstraint is not of RebarConstraintType 'ToOtherRebar.' + -or- + The RebarTargetConstraintType is 'HookBend' or 'BarBend'. + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Gets the distance from the RebarConstrainedHandle to the target Rebar handle surface. + The RebarConstraintType of the RebarConstraint must be 'ToOtherRebar.' + + + Throws exception if the constraint is not to other rebar or if the target constraint is to bar bend or hook bend. + + + Returns the distance from the RebarConstrainedHandle to the target Rebar handle surface. + + + RebarConstraint is no longer valid. + -or- + The RebarConstraint is not of RebarConstraintType 'ToOtherRebar.' + -or- + The RebarTargetConstraintType is 'HookBend' or 'BarBend'. + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Checks if the reference provided can be used in creating Rebar constraints + + + Reference is valid if it points to an uncut face of a structural that can host rebar. + + + The reference to be checked + + + returns true if reference can be used in a constraint, false otherwise + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019.1 + + + + + Replaces the current set of references, the type of constraint and the offset value, with the newly provided ones. + Will throw exception if this is a constraint for Shape Driven Rebar. + + + The RebarConstrainedHandle that has this constraint. + + + The references to which the rebar handle will be constrained. + This collection must contain one or more references to faces of elements that can host rebar. + + + If true the RebarConstraintType will be set to ToCover, otherwise RebarConstraintType will be set to FixedDistanceToHostFace. + + + The distance from references to the rebar handle. + + + handle is no longer valid. + -or- + targetReferences is empty. + -or- + targetReferences do not represent faces from structurals that can host rebar. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Constrained rebar is a shape driven rebar element. + + + 2018 + + + + + Returns the handle tag of the RebarConstrainedHandle. + This is valid only for Free Form Rebar. + + + Returns the handle tag of the RebarConstrainedHandle. + + + Constrained rebar is a shape driven rebar element. + + + 2018 + + + + + This method creates a constraint for a given Rebar Constrained Handle Tag. + Will throw exception if used for Shape Driven Rebar. + + + The handle of the rebar that will be constrained. + + + The references to which the rebar handle will be constrained. + This collection must contain one or more references to faces of elements that can host rebar. + + + If true the RebarConstraintType will be set to ToCover, otherwise RebarConstraintType will be set to FixedDistanceToHostFace. + + + The distance from references to the rebar handle. + + + Returns the newly created RebarConstraint. + + + Constrained rebar is a shape driven rebar element. + -or- + handle is no longer valid. + -or- + targetReferences is empty. + -or- + targetReferences do not represent faces from structurals that can host rebar. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Returns true if the specified RebarConstraint is the same as 'this.' The method + can be used to determine which of the RebarConstraint candidates offered by the + RebarConstraintsManager is currently active. + + + other is no longer valid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + RebarConstraint is no longer valid. + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns the angular increment along a bar or hook bend to which the RebarConstraint is attached. + + + Only applies to RebarConstraints with TargetRebarConstraintType BarBend or HookBend. + For HookBends, values can be 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4, representing angular locations of 0, 45, 90, 135, + and 180 degrees around the hook, starting at the 'base' of the hook (or end of the bar without hook). + For interior BarBends, values can 0 or 1, where 0 means at the intersection of the bar bend and the edge + specified by getTargetRebarEdgeNumber, and 1 means the mid-point of the bend arc. + Rebar must be Shape Driven Rebar element. + + + The angular increment relative to the reference bar edge. + + + RebarConstraint is no longer valid. + -or- + The RebarConstraint is not of RebarConstraintType 'ToOtherRebar.' + -or- + The RebarTargetConstraintType is not 'HookBend' or 'BarBend'. + -or- + Constrained rebar is a free form rebar element. + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns 0 or 1 to indicate which end hook on the other Rebar Element to which this RebarConstraint is attached. + The RebarConstraint must be of RebarConstraintType 'ToOtherRebar,' and the TargetRebarConstraintType + must be 'HookBend.' + Rebar must be Shape Driven Rebar element. + + + 0 means start of the bar, and 1 indicates end of the bar. + + + RebarConstraint is no longer valid. + -or- + The RebarConstraint is not of RebarConstraintType 'ToOtherRebar.' + -or- + The RebarTargetConstraintType is not 'HookBend' + -or- + Constrained rebar is a free form rebar element. + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns the number of the bend on the other Rebar Element to which this RebarConstraint is attached. + The RebarConstraint must be of RebarConstraintType 'ToOtherRebar,' and the TargetRebarConstraintType + must be 'BarBend.' + Rebar must be Shape Driven Rebar element. + + + RebarConstraint is no longer valid. + -or- + The RebarConstraint is not of RebarConstraintType 'ToOtherRebar.' + -or- + The RebarTargetConstraintType is not 'BarBend' + -or- + Constrained rebar is a free form rebar element. + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns the number of the edge on the other Rebar Element to which this RebarConstraint is attached. + The RebarConstraint must be of RebarConstraintType 'ToOtherRebar,' and the TargetRebarConstraintType + must be 'Edge.' + Rebar must be Shape Driven Rebar element. + + + RebarConstraint is no longer valid. + -or- + The RebarConstraint is not of RebarConstraintType 'ToOtherRebar.' + -or- + The RebarConstraint is not attached to an edge, or bend, or hook bend of another Rebar Element. + -or- + Constrained rebar is a free form rebar element. + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns the TargetRebarConstraintType of the handle on the other Rebar Element + to which this RebarConstraint is attached. The RebarConstraintType of the + RebarConstraint must be 'ToOtherRebar.' + Rebar must be Shape Driven Rebar element. + + + RebarConstraint is no longer valid. + -or- + The RebarConstraint is not of RebarConstraintType 'ToOtherRebar.' + -or- + Constrained rebar is a free form rebar element. + + + 2014 + + + + + Sets the distance from the RebarConstrainedHandle to the target Host Cover Element surface. + The RebarConstraintType of the RebarConstraint must be 'ToCover.' + + + The distance is given as an offset value, the sign of which depends on Host Cover direction. + + + The given value for distanceToTargetCover must be no more than 30000 feet in absolute value. + + + RebarConstraint is no longer valid. + -or- + The RebarConstraint is not of RebarConstraintType 'ToCover.' + + + 2016 + + + + + Returns the distance from the RebarConstrainedHandle to the target Host Cover Element surface. + The RebarConstraintType of the RebarConstraint must be 'ToCover.' + + + RebarConstraint is no longer valid. + -or- + The RebarConstraint is not of RebarConstraintType 'ToCover.' + + + 2016 + + + + + Sets the distance from the RebarConstrainedHandle to the target Host Element surface. + The RebarConstraintType of the RebarConstraint must be 'FixedDistanceToHostFace.' + + + The distance is given as an offset value, the sign of which depends on Host Face direction. + + + The given value for offset must be no more than 30000 feet in absolute value. + + + RebarConstraint is no longer valid. + -or- + The RebarConstraint is not of RebarConstraintType 'FixedDistanceToHostFace.' + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns the distance from the RebarConstrainedHandle to the target Host Element surface. + The RebarConstraintType of the RebarConstraint must be 'FixedDistanceToHostFace.' + + + RebarConstraint is no longer valid. + -or- + The RebarConstraint is not of RebarConstraintType 'FixedDistanceToHostFace.' + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns a reference to the host Element face to which the RebarConstraint is attached. + The RebarConstraintType of the RebarConstraint must be 'FixedDistanceToHostFace' or 'ToCover.' + Will throw exception if it's a multi target constraint. + + + Requested reference. + + + RebarConstraint is no longer valid. + -or- + The RebarConstraint is not of RebarConstraintType 'FixedDistanceToHostFace' or 'ToCover.' + -or- + Multi target constraint. Consider using the indexed version of the method. + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns a reference that corresponds to the face to which the RebarConstraint is attached specified by the targetIndex. + The RebarConstraintType of the RebarConstraint must be 'FixedDistanceToHostFace' or 'ToCover.' + + + The index of the target. Should be between 0 and NumberOfTargets(). + + + Requested reference. + + + targetIndex is out of range. + + + RebarConstraint is no longer valid. + -or- + The RebarConstraint is not of RebarConstraintType 'FixedDistanceToHostFace' or 'ToCover.' + + + 2018 + + + + + Returns the RebarCoverType for the face specified by targetIndex. Returns null if no RebarHostData is present for target element. + + + The index of the target. Should be between 0 and NumberOfTargets(). + + + targetIndex is out of range. + + + RebarConstraint is no longer valid. + -or- + The RebarConstraint is not of RebarConstraintType 'FixedDistanceToHostFace' or 'ToCover.' + + + 2018 + + + + + Returns the face to which the RebarConstraint is attached associated to the given target index. + The RebarConstraintType of the RebarConstraint must be 'FixedDistanceToHostFace' or 'ToCover.' + + + The index of the target. Should be between 0 and NumberOfTargets(). + + + Returns the transform that is associated to the face's element geometry. + + + Requested Face. + + + targetIndex is out of range. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + RebarConstraint is no longer valid. + -or- + The RebarConstraint is not of RebarConstraintType 'FixedDistanceToHostFace' or 'ToCover.' + + + 2018 + + + + + Returns the RebarConstraintTargetHostFaceType of the host Element face to which + the RebarConstraint is attached. The RebarConstraintType of the RebarConstraint + must be 'FixedDistanceToHostFace' or 'ToCover.' + Will throw exception if it's a multi target constraint. + + + Returns the RebarConstraintTargetHostFaceType of the host Element face to which the RebarConstraint is attached. + + + RebarConstraint is no longer valid. + -or- + The RebarConstraint is not of RebarConstraintType 'FixedDistanceToHostFace' or 'ToCover.' + -or- + Multi target constraint. Consider using the indexed version of the method. + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns the RebarConstraintTargetHostFaceType of the host Element face to which + the RebarConstraint is attached. The RebarConstraintType of the RebarConstraint + must be 'FixedDistanceToHostFace' or 'ToCover.' + + + The index of the target. Should be between 0 and NumberOfTargets(). + + + Returns the RebarConstraintTargetHostFaceType of the host Element face to which the RebarConstraint is attached. + + + targetIndex is out of range. + + + RebarConstraint is no longer valid. + -or- + The RebarConstraint is not of RebarConstraintType 'FixedDistanceToHostFace' or 'ToCover.' + + + 2018 + + + + + Returns true if the gemetrical targets (ex. face references, other rebar segment references) of "this" constriant are the same as the targets of the "other" constraint. + Returns false otherwise. + Only the reference to the target piece of geometry is taken into account(ex. only face references, only other rebar segment references). + Target Element (elementId) is not taken into account. + Distance to target is not taken into account. + + + Returns the Element object (either Host or Rebar) which provides the constraint. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + RebarConstraint is no longer valid. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the Element object (either Host or Rebar) which provides the constraint. + Will throw exception if it's a multi target constraint. + + + Returns the Element object (either Host or Rebar) which provides the constraint. + + + RebarConstraint is no longer valid. + -or- + Multi target constraint. Consider using the indexed version of the method. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the Element object (either Host or Rebar) which provides the constraint. Will return the Element which contains the face at targetIndex. + + + The index of the target. Should be between 0 and NumberOfTargets(). + + + Returns the Element object (either Host or Rebar) which provides the constraint. Will return the Element which contains the face at targetIndex. + + + targetIndex is out of range. + + + RebarConstraint is no longer valid. + + + 2018 + + + + + Returns the RebarConstraintType of a RebarConstraint. + + + The RebarConstraintType of the specified RebarConstraint. + + + RebarConstraint is no longer valid. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Identifies the number of references associated to the rebar handle. + + + 2018 + + + + + A class representing a constraint on a handle of a rebar element. + + +

For Shape Driven Rebar Constraints:

+

Each handle on a rebar is defined by a plane, and can be constrained along the + direction perpendicular to the plane. Rebar constraints work by locking the + handle planes to planar references, or 'targets.' These targets can be: + planar surfaces of host elements, or the handle planes of stirrup bars (only applies to standard style bars).

+

For planar host element surfaces, a rebar handle can either be locked at a constant + distance, or, if the host surface has a specified cover, then the handle can be + joined directly to the cover of the surface.

+

Standard style bars can be locked to the handle planes of stirrup style rebar. + In the special case of a straight, standard style bar, running perpendicular + to the plane of the stirrup bar, the bar can constrain itself to distinct locations + along bends in stirrup bars - points located at 0 degrees, 45 degrees, 90 degrees, + etc. around each bend. This is done by simultaneously locking both the straight + bar's edge handle and its planar position handle to one or both of the stirrup edges + adjacent to the bend in the stirrup.

+

Usually, to form a constraint, the handle plane and the reference plane must be parallel. + However, bar end handles can be constrained to planes at angles up to 60 degrees. + Arc-shaped rebar is a special case, and can form constraints to concentric host surfaces.

+

RebarConstraints can only be constructed internally by Revit. They are + available to the API by querying a rebar element's RebarConstraintsManager.

+

For Free Form Rebar Constraints:

+

Each handle of the Rebar can be constrained to multiple host faces or to the face cover.

+

In order to create a Free Form Rebar Constraint you will need: + RebarConstraintsManager which will manage the constraint. The rebar handle you want to constraint. A list of target references which must be element faces to which this handle is constrained. A Boolean value specifying that the constraint is to cover or directly to face. It will be the same value for all target references A double value that represent the offset distance from the rebar handle to target references.

+

RebarConstraints for Free Form Rebar should be created using the Create method and then added to + the RebarConstraintsManager using the method SetPreferredConstraintForHandle.

+
+ + 2014 + +
+ + + A type to help identify the individual face on a host element to which a Rebar handle + is constrained. + + + For some types of host, it is possible to describe the face in terms of recognizable + topology (i.e. Top, Bottom, etc.). However, for most elements, the face can only be + identified by integer tag. In all cases, a Pick to the host face can be obtained + by calling RebarConstraint.GetTargetHostFaceReference(). + + + 2014 + + + 2014 + + + + + Face forms the interior surface of the host geometry. + + + + + Face forms the exterior surface of the host geometry. + + + + + Face forms the end surface of the host geometry. + + + + + Face forms the starting end surface of the host geometry. + + + + + Face forms the bottom surface of the host geometry. + + + + + Face forms the top surface of the host geometry. + + + + + Face identified by integer tag. + + + + + A type used to identify the particular part of a Stirrup style rebar to which + a Standard style rebar's handle is constrained. + + + Most of the range of values for this type are the same as those of RebarHandleType, + since it is usually the handles on the Stirrup which constrain the Standard bar. + However, two additional values - BarBend and HookBend - are used to identify the + special case of a Standard style, straight bar, running perpendicular to the plane + of the Stirrup, and constrained to a bend (or hook) arc on the Stirrup. + + + 2014 + + + 2014 + + + + + Handle is constrained to fillet of the hook of the other Rebar. + + + + + Handle is constrained to fillet of the edge of the other Rebar. + + + + + Handle is constrained to the extent of a three-dimensional Rebar out of + its primary plane. This includes the length of a Rebar Set, the + out-of-plane length of a multi-planar Rebar, and the length of a + spiral Rebar. + + + + + Handle is constrained to location of a single edge segment of the other Rebar. + Drives the edge in the direction perpendicular to the edge and + in the Rebar's primary plane. + + + + + Handle is constrained to end point of the other Rebar. + + + + + Handle is constrained to start point of the other Rebar. + + + + + Handle is constrained to the location of the other Rebar's primary plane. + Drives location of the entire Rebar along the direction of its normal. + + + + + The various types of constraints that can be applied to a RebarConstrainedHandle. + + + 2014 + + + 2014 + + + + + Handle is attached to a handle on another Rebar Element. Only applies to + Standard style bars, which can be constrained to Stirrup style bars. + + + + + Handle is attached to the cover of a host Element surface. + + + + + Handle is constrained to remain a fixed distance from a host Element surface. + + + + + Returns true if the RebarHandleType of the RebarConstrainedHandle is 'CustomHandle'. + + + 2018 + + + + + Returns true if the RebarHandleType of the RebarConstrainedHandle is 'Edge'. + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks that the RebarConstrainedHandle still has access to valid Rebar handle data + and that its RebarConstraintsManager is still valid. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the name of the handle. + + + Returns the name of the handle. In case of handles of CustomHandle type it can return null if the .dll that contains the server is not loaded. + + + RebarConstrainedHandle is no longer valid. + + + 2018 + + + + + Returns the tag of the handle. The type of the handle should be 'CustomHandle'. + + + Returns the tag of custom handle. + + + RebarConstrainedHandle is no longer valid. + -or- + The RebarConstrainedHandle is not of RebarHandleType 'CustomHandle'. + + + 2018 + + + + + If the RebarConstrainedHandle's RebarHandleType is 'Edge', + then this function will return the number of the edge that is + driven by the handle. + + + RebarConstrainedHandle is no longer valid. + -or- + The RebarConstrainedHandle is not of RebarHandleType 'Edge'. + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns the RebarHandleType of a RebarConstrainedHandle. + + + The RebarHandleType of the specified RebarConstrainedHandle. + + + RebarConstrainedHandle is no longer valid. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + A class representing a handle on a Rebar that can be joined to a reference, such + as a host Element's surface or cover, or another Rebar's handle. + + +

A rebar element's flexible geometry is controlled by several handles. The shape + of the bar is controlled by a handle at each end of the bar (blue circle controls) + and a handle each edge (blue triangle controls). Another handle is used to + control the location of the plane in which the rebar lies. An additional handle + controls the length of a set of rebar.

+

RebarConstrainedHandles can only be constructed internally by Revit. They are + available to the API by querying a rebar element's RebarConstraintsManager.

+
+ + 2014 + +
+ + + The various types of handles on a Rebar instance that can be joined to References + + + 2014 + + + 2014 + + + + + Custom handle used in API constraints. The handle itself and the behavior of this type of handle + is defined in the API (see ). + This handle defines a symbolic part of the rebar + and is not tied to a specific segment or part of the rebar. + Handles that represent the start and end of a bar should not be of this type. + + + + + Handle controlling the extent of a three-dimensional Rebar out of + its primary plane. This includes the length of a Rebar Set, the + out-of-plane length of a multi-planar Rebar, and the length of a + spiral Rebar. + + + + + Handle controlling location of a single edge segment of the Rebar. + Drives the edge in the direction perpendicular to the edge and + in the Rebar's primary plane. + + + + + Handle controlling end point of the Rebar. + + + + + Handle controlling start point of the Rebar. + + + + + Handle controlling the location of the Rebar's primary plane. + Drives location of the entire Rebar along the direction of its normal. + + + + + represents an undefined handle. if this value is returned, then the handle cannot find it's type + + + + + Creates a new RebarBendingDetailType object. + + + Document to which the new element should be added. + + + The new RebarBendingDetailType object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Identifies if radial or diameter dimensions will be shown for hook fillets. + This property has a meaning only if is set to true. + + + 2024 + + + + + Identifies if radial or diameter dimensions will be shown for the bends between segments. + Radial or diameter dimesions for arc segments will be shown by default. + This property has a menaning only if is set to true. + + + 2024 + + + + + Identifies what type of bend diameter dimensions will be shown (radial or diameter). + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2024 + + + + + Identifies the Id of the diameter dimension type which is used to show dimensions. + + + When setting this property: + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Identifies the Id of the radial dimension type which is used to show dimensions. + + + When setting this property: + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Identifies if any radial or diameter dimensions will be shown or not. + + + 2024 + + + + + Identifies the measurement option for angular dimensions. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2024 + + + + + Identifies the text position with respect to dimension line. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2024 + + + + + Identifies if the angular dimensions which has a reference set on a hook will be shown or not. + + + 2024 + + + + + Identifies the offset of the angular dimensions. + + + When setting this property: The given value for angularDimensionsOffset must be between 0 and 30000 feet. + + + 2024 + + + + + Identifies the angular dimensions display options. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2024 + + + + + Identifies the Id of the angular dimension type which is used to show dimensions. + + + When setting this property: + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Identifies if any angular dimensions will be shown or not. + + + 2024 + + + + + Identifies if orthogonal and overall dimensions are displayed. + + + Orthogonal segment length dimensions are dimensions defining the slope of a bar segment. + Overall dimensions are dimensions that spans over multiple segments. + + + 2024 + + + + + Identifies if segment length dimensions for hooks will be shown or not. + If this property is true, the should also be true to see segment length dimensions for hooks. + + + 2024 + + + + + Identifies the offset of the segment length dimensions. + + + When setting this property: The given value for segmentLengthDimensionsOffset must be between 0 and 30000 feet. + + + 2024 + + + + + Identifies the text position with respect to dimension line. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2024 + + + + + Identifies if the arc segment lengths are represented using dimensions or just as text. + Only RebarShapes whose definition is RebarShapeDefinitionByArc are considered that have arc segments. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2024 + + + + + Identifies if the segment lengths are represented using dimensions or just as text. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2024 + + + + + Identifies the Id of the linear dimension type which is used to show segments length. + + + When setting this property: + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Identifies if any segment length dimensions will be shown or not. + + + 2024 + + + + + Identifies the level of detail in which the Bending Detail will be represented. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2024 + + + + + Identifies the option of how multiple values will be represented. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2024 + + + + + Identifies how the Bending Detail will represent the 3D shapes. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2024 + + + + + Identifies how the bending detail will represent the segments of the bar. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2024 + + + + + Type for rebar bending detail elements. + + + 2024 + + + + + Describes the level of detail in which the Bending Detail will be represented. + + + 2024 + + + 2024 + + + + + Ribbon representation of Bending Detail. + + + + + Centerline representation of the Bending Detail. + + + + + The level detail is taken from the view. + + + + + Describes how the parameters with multiple values will be represented. + + + 2024 + + + 2024 + + + + + The values will be obtained from all included bars in the rebar set and it will be shown in a form like minimumValue...maximumValue. + + + + + Obtain parameter value from only one bar. + + + + + Checks if the input element is a bending detail. + + + The element that will be checked. + + + Returns true if the input element is a bending detail, false otherwise. + + + The bendingDetail should be a bending detail. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Sets the rotation angle in radians for the bending detail relative to its view. + + + The bending detail for which we want to get the rotation. + + + The new rotation angle of the bending detail relative to its view. + + + + -or- + The given value for rotation is not a number + -or- + The given value for rotation is not finite + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Sets the position for this bending detail relative to its view. + + + The bending detail for which we want to get the position. + + + The new position for this bending detail relative to its view. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Gets the rotation angle in radians for the bending detail relative to its view. + + + The bending detail for which we want to get the rotation. + + + Returns the rotation angle in radians for the bending detail relative to its view. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Gets the position of the bending detail relative to its view. + + + The bending detail for which we want to get the position. + + + Returns the position of the bending detail relative to its view. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Gets a reference to the reinforcement element that this bending detail represent. + + + The bending detail for which we want to get the host. + + + Returns a reference pointing to the reinforcement element represented by the input bending detail. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Sets the reinforcement element that will be represented by the input bending detail. + + + The bending detail for which we want to set the host. + + + Reference pointing to the reinforcement element that will be represented by the input bending detail. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Creates a new instance of a bending detail. + + + Document to which the new element should be added. + + + The id of the view in which the new element should be added. + + + The reinforcement element Id that this object will represent. + + + The index of the sub-element from the reinforcement element that this object will represent. + + + The bending details type used with the resulting object. + + + The initial position in the view where this object will be created. + + + The initial rotation in the view for this element. + + + Returns an instance of a bending detail. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Utility class with methods needed for the bending details in view. + + + 2024 + + + + + The applicable rounding method for fabric segments. + + + IsActiveOnElement property of ReinforcementSettings RebarRoundingManager has to be true. + ApplicableSegmentLengthRoundingMethod is meaningless if ReinforcementSettings RebarRoundingManager IsActiveOnElement is false. + + + 2017 + + + + + The applicable rounding for fabric segments. + + + IsActiveOnElement property of ReinforcementSettings RebarRoundingManager has to be true. + ApplicableSegmentLengthRounding is meaningless if ReinforcementSettings RebarRoundingManager IsActiveOnElement is false. + + + 2017 + + + + + The applicable rounding method for Cut Overall Length and Cut Overall Width parameters. + + + IsActiveOnElement property of ReinforcementSettings FabricRoundingManager has to be true. + ApplicableTotalLengthRoundingMethod is meaningless if ReinforcementSettings FabricRoundingManager IsActiveOnElement is false. + + + 2016 + + + + + The applicable rounding for Cut Overall Length and Cut Overall Width parameters. + + + IsActiveOnElement property of ReinforcementSettings FabricRoundingManager has to be true. + ApplicableTotalLengthRounding is meaningless if ReinforcementSettings FabricRoundingManager IsActiveOnElement is false. + + + 2014 + + + + + Identifies the segment length rounding method + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + When setting this property: IsActiveOnElement property is false. + + + 2017 + + + + + The rounding for fabric segments. + + + IsActiveOnElement property has to be true. SegmentLengthRounding is meaningless if IsActiveOnElement is false. + + + When setting this property: The given value for value is not a number + + + When setting this property: The rounding value is not a positive value. + + + When setting this property: IsActiveOnElement property is false. + + + 2017 + + + + + Identifies the total length rounding method + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + When setting this property: IsActiveOnElement property is false. + + + 2016 + + + + + The rounding for Cut Overall Length and Cut Overall Width parameters. + + + IsActiveOnElement property has to be true. TotalLengthRounding is meaningless if IsActiveOnElement is false. + + + When setting this property: The given value for value is not a number + + + When setting this property: The rounding value is not a positive value. + + + When setting this property: IsActiveOnElement property is false. + + + 2014 + + + + + Identifies the source of the rounding settings for this element. + + + For a FabricSheet or FabricArea element, this could be FabricArea, FabricSheetType, or ReinforcementSettings. For a FabricSheetType, this could be FabricSheetType or ReinforcementSettings. + All FabricSheets hosted by common FabricArea must have common reinforcement rounding overrides so at instance level its overrides are in FabricArea, not in FabricSheets. + + + 2014 + + + + + Provides access to element reinforcement roundings overrides. + + + An instance of this class can be obtained from specific FabricSheetType or individual FabricSheet or FabricArea elements to apply overrides different from the global settings for the project. + + + 2014 + + + + + The applicable rounding method for shared parameters used by rebar. + + + IsActiveOnElement property of ReinforcementSettings RebarRoundingManager has to be true. + ApplicableSegmentLengthRoundingMethod is meaningless if ReinforcementSettings RebarRoundingManager IsActiveOnElement is false. + + + 2016 + + + + + The applicable rounding method for Bar Length and Total Bar Length parameters. + + + IsActiveOnElement property of ReinforcementSettings RebarRoundingManager has to be true. + ApplicableTotalLengthRoundingMethod is meaningless if ReinforcementSettings RebarRoundingManager IsActiveOnElement is false. + + + 2016 + + + + + The applicable rounding for shared parameters used by rebar. + + + IsActiveOnElement property of ReinforcementSettings RebarRoundingManager has to be true. + ApplicableSegmentLengthRounding is meaningless if ReinforcementSettings RebarRoundingManager IsActiveOnElement is false. + + + 2014 + + + + + The applicable rounding for Bar Length and Total Bar Length parameters. + + + IsActiveOnElement property of ReinforcementSettings RebarRoundingManager has to be true. + ApplicableTotalLengthRounding is meaningless if ReinforcementSettings RebarRoundingManager IsActiveOnElement is false. + + + 2014 + + + + + Identifies the segment length rounding method + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + When setting this property: IsActiveOnElement property is false. + + + 2016 + + + + + The rounding for shared parameters used by rebar. + + + IsActiveOnElement property has to be true. SegmentLengthRounding is meaningless if IsActiveOnElement is false. + + + When setting this property: The given value for value is not a number + + + When setting this property: The rounding value is not a positive value. + + + When setting this property: IsActiveOnElement property is false. + + + 2014 + + + + + Identifies the total length rounding method + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + When setting this property: IsActiveOnElement property is false. + + + 2016 + + + + + The rounding for Bar Length and Total Bar Length parameters. + + + IsActiveOnElement property has to be true. TotalLengthRounding is meaningless if IsActiveOnElement is false. + + + When setting this property: The given value for value is not a number + + + When setting this property: The rounding value is not a positive value. + + + When setting this property: IsActiveOnElement property is false. + + + 2014 + + + + + Identifies the source of the rounding settings for this element. + + + For a Rebar or RebarInSystem element, this could be Rebar, RebarType, or ReinforcementSettings. For a RebarType, this could be RebarType or ReinforcementSettings. + + + 2014 + + + + + Provides access to element reinforcement roundings overrides. + + + An instance of this class can be obtained from specific RebarTypes or individual Rebar or RebarInSystem elements to apply overrides different from the global settings for the project. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the identifier of the length unit quantifying the reinforcement rounding values. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Defines whether reinforcement rounding is activated for the particular element. + + + If these overrides relate to ReinforcementSettings, this property is shared for Rebar and Fabric related elements. Toggling this value will toggle the settings for both kinds of Reinforcement elements. + + + When setting this property: Reinforcement rounding overrides for this element cannot be enabled because overrides are not enabled for ReinforcementSettings. + + + 2014 + + + + + The owner of the reinforcement rounding overrides. + + + 2014 + + + + + A base class providing access to reinforcement rounding overrides for structural elements. + + + Subclasses of this class are used to access the override settings for Rebar elements and types or Fabric elements and types. + + + 2014 + + + + + An enumerated type listing the possible sources for reinforcement rounding overrides. + + + 2014 + + + 2014 + + + + + Rounding overrides from Rebar or RebarInSystem or FabricSheet or FabricArea instances are in use. + + + + + Rounding overrides from the rebar types or fabric types are in use. + + + + + Rounding overrides from the ReinforcementSettings are in use. + + + + + No rounding overrides are in use. + + + + + Flips the rebar set by changing the RebarPlane with the OutOfPlaneExtent and vice versa. + + + This rebar element represents a single bar (the layout rule is Single). + + + This RebarShapeDrivenAccessor doesn't contain a valid rebar reference. + + + 2023.1 + + + + + Sets the Layout Rule property of rebar set to MinimumClearSpacing + + + When changing the layout rule to MinimumClearSpacing, you must also simultaneously set Spacing, + SetLength, BarsOnNormalSide, IncludeFirstBar, and IncludeLastBar properties. + + + The maximum spacing between rebar in rebar set + + + The distribution length of rebar set + + + Identifies if the bars of the rebar set are on the same side of the rebar plane indicated by the normal + + + Identifies if the first bar in rebar set is shown + + + Identifies if the last bar in rebar set is shown + + + The spacing isn't bigger than 0.0. + -or- + the set length arrayLength isn't acceptable. + + + This RebarShapeDrivenAccessor is an instance of a spiral or multiplanar shape. + + + This RebarShapeDrivenAccessor doesn't contain a valid rebar reference. + + + 2018 + + + + + Sets the Layout Rule property of rebar set to NumberWithSpacing + + + When changing the layout rule to NumberWithSpacing, you must also simultaneously set NumberOfBarPositions, + Spacing, BarsOnNormalSide, IncludeFirstBar, and IncludeLastBar properties. + + + The number of bar positions in rebar set + + + The maximum spacing between rebar in rebar set + + + Identifies if the bars of the rebar set are on the same side of the rebar plane indicated by the normal + + + Identifies if the first bar in rebar set is shown + + + Identifies if the last bar in rebar set is shown + + + the number of bar positions numberOfBarPositions is less than 1 or more than 1002. + -or- + The spacing isn't bigger than 0.0. + + + This RebarShapeDrivenAccessor is an instance of a spiral or multiplanar shape. + + + This RebarShapeDrivenAccessor doesn't contain a valid rebar reference. + + + 2018 + + + + + Sets the Layout Rule property of rebar set to MaximumSpacing + + + When changing the layout rule to MaximumSpacing, you must also simultaneously set Spacing, + SetLength, BarsOnNormalSide, IncludeFirstBar, and IncludeLastBar properties. + + + The maximum spacing between rebar in rebar set + + + The distribution length of rebar set + + + Identifies if the bars of the rebar set are on the same side of the rebar plane indicated by the normal + + + Identifies if the first bar in rebar set is shown + + + Identifies if the last bar in rebar set is shown + + + The spacing isn't bigger than 0.0. + -or- + the set length arrayLength isn't acceptable. + + + This RebarShapeDrivenAccessor is an instance of a spiral or multiplanar shape. + + + This RebarShapeDrivenAccessor doesn't contain a valid rebar reference. + + + 2018 + + + + + Sets the Layout Rule property of rebar set to FixedNumber. + + + When changing the layout rule to FixedNumber, you must also simultaneously set NumberOfBarPositions, + SetLength, BarsOnNormalSide, IncludeFirstBar, and IncludeLastBar properties. + + + The number of bar positions in rebar set + + + The distribution length of rebar set + + + Identifies if the bars of the rebar set are on the same side of the rebar plane indicated by the normal + + + Identifies if the first bar in rebar set is shown + + + Identifies if the last bar in rebar set is shown + + + the number of bar positions numberOfBarPositions is less than 1 or more than 1002. + -or- + the set length arrayLength isn't acceptable. + + + This RebarShapeDrivenAccessor is an instance of a spiral or multiplanar shape. + + + This RebarShapeDrivenAccessor doesn't contain a valid rebar reference. + + + 2018 + + + + + Sets the Layout Rule property of rebar set to Single. + + + Only one bar will remain, which is at the position of rebar plane + + + This RebarShapeDrivenAccessor doesn't contain a valid rebar reference. + + + 2018 + + + + + Changes the RebarShape element that defines the shape of the rebar. + Changing the value of this member causes the Rebar instance to choose values for its + shape parameters to preserve its previous shape as closely as possible + + + shapeId is not the id of a RebarShape in the document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This RebarShapeDrivenAccessor doesn't contain a valid rebar reference. + + + 2018 + + + + + Move and resize a spiral or multiplanar instance to fit within a specified box. + The arguments are interpreted as an arbitrary rectangle in 3D with + vertices: origin, origin+xVec, origin+xVec+yVec, origin+yVec. One end of the + rebar shape is inscribed in this rectangle following the procedure described + for the ScaleToBox method. The other end is placed in the parallel plane at + distance (center-to-center) given by the height argument, in the + direction of (xVec x yVec). + Note that spiral shapes interpret the input arguments using a different convention + than multiplanar shapes. For spiral shapes, the spiral start will be placed in + the rectangle defined by origin, xVec, yVec, and the end of the spiral will be + placed in the parallel plane. For multiplanar shapes, the rebar is placed with + its primary shape definition located in the parallel plane defined by the height + argument, and its connector segments extending in the direction opposite (xVec x yVec). + This method replaces ScaleToBoxForSpiral() from prior releases. + + + One corner of the rectangle. + + + Vector representing the first edge of the rectangle. The length + must be positive. + + + Vector representing the second edge of the rectangle. Must + be perpendicular to xVec. + + + New value for the Height or MultiplanarDepth property. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + xVec has zero length. + -or- + yVec has zero length. + + + This RebarShapeDrivenAccessor is not an instance of a spiral or multiplanar shape. + -or- + This RebarShapeDrivenAccessor doesn't contain a valid rebar reference. + -or- + The operation has failed for geometric reasons, such as the box being too small + given the bar diameter. + + + 2018 + + + + + Move and resize the bar to fit within a specified box. + The arguments are interpreted as an arbitrary + rectangle in 3D with vertices: origin, origin+xVec, + origin+xVec+yVec, origin+yVec. The algorithm then + proceeds as follows. First the bar is given the + default values of the shape parameters from the shape + definition. Then, if it is possible to do so without + violating the shape definition, the parameter values + are scaled so that the width and height of the shape + (including bar thickness) match the lengths of xVec and yVec. + If there is no way to do this within the shape definition + due to overconstraining, a compromise is attempted, such as + scaling the whole shape until either the width or the + height is correct. Finally the shape is rotated to + match the coordinate system of the box. The algorithm + is the same one used in one-click placement. + + + One corner of the rectangle. + + + Vector representing the first edge of the rectangle. The length + must be positive. + + + Vector representing the second edge of the rectangle. Must + be perpendicular to xVec. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + xVec has zero length. + -or- + yVec has zero length. + + + This RebarShapeDrivenAccessor is an instance of a spiral or multiplanar shape. + + + This RebarShapeDrivenAccessor doesn't contain a valid rebar reference. + -or- + The operation has failed for geometric reasons, such as the box being too small + given the bar diameter. + + + 2018 + + + + + Return a transform representing the relative position of any + individual bar in the set. + + + The transform is a translation along the distribution path. + It can be applied to the results of GetCenterlineCurves() to + produce any bar in the rebar set. For barPositionIndex=0, + the identity transform is always returned. + + + An index between 0 and (NumberOfBarPositions-1). + + + The position of a bar in the set relative to the first position. + + + barPositionIndex is not in the range [ 0, NumberOfBarPositions-1 ]. + + + This RebarShapeDrivenAccessor doesn't contain a valid rebar reference. + + + 2018 + + + + + Compute the driving curves. + + + The driving curves are the ones that appear in rebar sketch + mode. They include lines and arcs that drive the shape, but + exclude fillets and hooks. They always lie in a plane-- + if the bar is 3D, these curves are a subset or a projection. + They are also used for shape matching. + + + Returns an empty array if an error is encountered. + + + This RebarShapeDrivenAccessor doesn't contain a valid rebar reference. + + + 2018 + + + + + The distribution path of a rebar set. + + + A line beginning at (0, 0, 0) and representing the direction and + length of the set. + + + This RebarShapeDrivenAccessor doesn't contain a valid rebar reference. + + + 2018 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + For a spiral, the pitch, or vertical distance traveled in one rotation. + + + Applies only to instances where RebarShape.Definition is of type + RebarShapeDefinitionByArc, and its Type property is equal to the value + RebarShapeDefinitionByArcType.Spiral. + + + When setting this property: pitch must be positive. + + + This RebarShapeDrivenAccessor is not an instance of a spiral shape. + -or- + This RebarShapeDrivenAccessor doesn't contain a valid rebar reference. + + + 2018 + + + + + For a spiral, the number of finishing turns at the upper end of the spiral. + + + Applies only to instances where RebarShape.Definition is of type + RebarShapeDefinitionByArc, and its Type property is equal to the value + RebarShapeDefinitionByArcType.Spiral. + + + When setting this property: turns must be between 0 and 100. + + + This RebarShapeDrivenAccessor is not an instance of a spiral shape. + -or- + This RebarShapeDrivenAccessor doesn't contain a valid rebar reference. + + + 2018 + + + + + For a multiplanar rebar, the depth of the instance. + + + Applicable only when an instance of a RebarShape with + a RebarShapeMultiplanarDefinition. + + + When setting this property: multiplanarDepth must be positive. + + + This RebarShapeDrivenAccessor is not an instance of a multiplanar shape. + -or- + This RebarShapeDrivenAccessor doesn't contain a valid rebar reference. + + + 2018 + + + + + For a spiral, the number of finishing turns at the lower end of the spiral. + + + Applies only to instances where RebarShape.Definition is of type + RebarShapeDefinitionByArc, and its Type property is equal to the value + RebarShapeDefinitionByArcType.Spiral. + + + When setting this property: turns must be between 0 and 100. + + + This RebarShapeDrivenAccessor is not an instance of a spiral shape. + -or- + This RebarShapeDrivenAccessor doesn't contain a valid rebar reference. + + + 2018 + + + + + Identifies the distribution path length of rebar set. + + + The distribution path length of rebar set. + + + When setting this property: the set length arrayLength isn't acceptable. + + + This rebar element represents a single bar (the layout rule is Single). + + + This RebarShapeDrivenAccessor doesn't contain a valid rebar reference. + + + 2018 + + + + + For a spiral, the overall height. + + + Applies only to instances where RebarShape.Definition is of type + RebarShapeDefinitionByArc, and its Type property is equal to the value + RebarShapeDefinitionByArcType.Spiral. + + + When setting this property: height must be positive. + + + This RebarShapeDrivenAccessor is not an instance of a spiral shape. + -or- + This RebarShapeDrivenAccessor doesn't contain a valid rebar reference. + + + 2018 + + + + + Identifies if the bars of the rebar set are on the same side of the rebar plane indicated by the normal. + + + True if the bars of rebar set are on the same side of the rebar plane indicated by the normal, + and false if the bars are on the opposite side. + + + This rebar element represents a single bar (the layout rule is Single). + + + This RebarShapeDrivenAccessor doesn't contain a valid rebar reference. + + + 2018 + + + + + A unit-length vector normal to the plane of the rebar + + + This RebarShapeDrivenAccessor doesn't contain a valid rebar reference. + + + 2018 + + + + + A class that is used to access the properties and capabilities of shape-driven Rebar. + + + Obtain an instance of this class from . + The accessor includes a reference to the Rebar element. + If the referenced Rebar element is deleted, using the methods form this class will throw exception. + + + 2018 + + + + + Gets the shared parameters that are defined as forumulas that are equal to spiral diameter. + + + Returns the shared parameters that are defined as forumulas that are equal to spiral diameter. + + + 2009 + + + + + Gets the shared parameters that are defined as forumulas that are equal to spiral pitch. + + + Returns the shared parameters that are defined as forumulas that are equal to spiral pitch. + + + 2009 + + + + + Gets the shared parameters that are defined as forumulas that are equal to spiral height. + + + Returns the shared parameters that are defined as forumulas that are equal to spiral height. + + + 2009 + + + + + Gets the shared parameters that are defined as forumulas that are equal to hook at length, hook offset, hook tanglent length at the specified end. + + + Returns the shared parameters that are defined as forumulas that are equal to hook at length, hook offset, hook tanglent length at the specified end. + + + 2009 + + + + + Identifies if the rebar shape has end treatment at at least one end. + + + Returns true if the rebar shape has end treatment for at least one end, false otherwise. + + + 2017 + + + + + Sets the EndTreatmentType id at the specified rebar shape end. + + + The id of an EndTreatmentType element, or invalidElementId if the rebar shape should have no end treatment at the specified end. + + + 0 for the start end treatment, 1 for the end end treatment. + + + iEnd not a valid shape end + -or- + the parameter endTreatmentId is not an EndTreatmentType element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + + + + + Gets the id of the EndTreatmentType at the specified rebar shape end. + + + 0 for the start end treatment, 1 for the end end treatment. + + + Returns the id of an EndTreatmentType, or invalidElementId if the rebar shape has no end treatment at the specified end. + + + iEnd not a valid shape end + + + 2017 + + + + + Test whether two shapes have equivalent definitions by comparing + the RebarShapeDefinition and MultiplanarDefinition properties. + + + This method will return true if the definitions are exactly + equivalent, or if they are equivalent but have the opposite + start/end orientation. + Replaces the property RebarShape.SameShapeIgnoringHooks from prior releases. + + + Another shape to be compared to this one. + + + True if the shape definitions match, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Sets the out of plane hook rotation angle at the specified end. + + + The out of plane hook rotation angle at the specified end. + + + 0 for the start , 1 for the end. + + + iEnd must be 0 or 1. + + + 2021 + + + + + Gets the out of plane hook rotation angle at the specified end. + + + 0 for the start , 1 for the end. + + + Returns the out of plane hook rotation angle at the specified end. + + + iEnd must be 0 or 1. + + + 2021 + + + + + Generate curves for the shape, as used in the shape browser. + + + An array of curves representing the shape with its default parameters. + + + 2009 + + + + + Get the hook orientation. + + + Replaces the method GetHookOrientation() from prior releases. + + + 0 for the starting hook, 1 for the ending hook. + + + index must be 0 or 1. + + + 2014 + + + + + Get the hook angle, expressed as an integral number of degrees (common values are 0, 90, 135, and 180). + + + Replaces the method GetHookAngle() from prior releases. + + + 0 for the starting hook, 1 for the ending hook. + + + index must be 0 or 1. + + + 2014 + + + + + Check whether a bar type can be used with this RebarShape. Bar types are allowed by default. + + + A bar type in the same document as this shape. + + + True if this shape may be combined with this barType. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2009 + + + + + Specify which bar types can be used with this RebarShape. Bar types are allowed by default. + + + A bar type in the same document as this shape. + + + Whether this shape may be combined with barType. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2009 + + + + + The optional 3D structure of the shape. + + + A copy of the multiplanar definition. Changes will not affect the RebarShape. + + + 2012 + + + + + Return the definition of the RebarShape. + + + Replaces the property RebarShape.Definition from previous releases. + + + A copy of the definition. Changes will not affect the RebarShape. + + + 2012 + + + + + Create a new instance of a Rebar Shape, which defines the shape of a rebar. + + + A document to contain the RebarShape. + + + The definition of the rebar shape, as a set of curves in a plane + driven by parameters. + + + If not , the created RebarShape will be a 3D shape. The shape + is built out of the planar RebarShapeDefinition, with additional + out-of-plane segments defined by the RebarShapeMultiplanarDefinition + object. Not supported in conjunction with RebarShapeDefinitionByArc + of type Spiral or LappedCircle. + + + Whether the shape is to be used as a standard bar or a stirrup/tie. + + + When the style is stirrup/tie, specify whether it will attach to the + interior of cover (cover is measured to the stirrups), or to the + exterior of cover (cover is measured to the standard bars). + Ignored when the style is Standard. + + + The start hook angle, expressed as an integral number of degrees. + If 0, the shape will have no start hook. Common values are 0, 90, 135, and 180. + + + The orientation of the start hook. + Ignored when startHookAngle is 0. + + + The end hook angle, expressed as an integral number of degrees. + If 0, the shape will have no end hook. Common values are 0, 90, 135, and 180. + + + The orientation of the end hook. + Ignored when endHookAngle is 0. + + + When the rebar crosses itself, one end will be "lifted" to avoid self-intersection. + Specify which end should be lifted: 0 for start, 1 for end. + + + The out of plane hook rotation angle at the start of the bar. + + + The out of plane hook rotation angle at the end of the bar. + + + The end treatment type id at the start of the bar. + + + The end treatment type id at the end of the bar. + + + A new RebarShape instance. + + + definition is linked to a Document other than doc. + -or- + A multiplanar definition is specified when the given RebarShapeDefinition + does not support it. The following RebarShapeDefinitions do not support + multiplanar: a simple line; spiral; lapped circle. + -or- + The DepthParamId property of multiplanarDefinition + is invalid or has not been added to definition. + -or- + the parameter endTreatmentTypeIdAtStart is not an EndTreatmentType element. + -or- + the parameter endTreatmentTypeIdAtEnd is not an EndTreatmentType element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + startHookAngle must be at least 0 and no more than 180. + -or- + endHookAngle must be at least 0 and no more than 180. + -or- + higherEnd must be 0 or 1. + -or- + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2021 + + + + + Create a new instance of a Rebar Shape, which defines the shape of a rebar. + + + A document to contain the RebarShape. + + + The definition of the rebar shape, as a set of curves in a plane + driven by parameters. + + + If not null, the created RebarShape will be a 3D shape. The shape + is built out of the planar RebarShapeDefinition, with additional + out-of-plane segments defined by the RebarShapeMultiplanarDefinition + object. Not supported in conjunction with RebarShapeDefinitionByArc + of type Spiral or LappedCircle. + + + Whether the shape is to be used as a standard bar or a stirrup/tie. + + + When the style is stirrup/tie, specify whether it will attach to the + interior of cover (cover is measured to the stirrups), or to the + exterior of cover (cover is measured to the standard bars). + Ignored when the style is Standard. + + + The start hook angle, expressed as an integral number of degrees. + If 0, the shape will have no start hook. Common values are 0, 90, 135, and 180. + + + The orientation of the start hook. + Ignored when startHookAngle is 0. + + + The end hook angle, expressed as an integral number of degrees. + If 0, the shape will have no end hook. Common values are 0, 90, 135, and 180. + + + The orientation of the end hook. + Ignored when endHookAngle is 0. + + + When the rebar crosses itself, one end will be "lifted" to avoid self-intersection. + Specify which end should be lifted: 0 for start, 1 for end. + + + A new RebarShape instance. + + + definition is linked to a Document other than doc. + -or- + A multiplanar definition is specified when the given RebarShapeDefinition + does not support it. The following RebarShapeDefinitions do not support + multiplanar: a simple line; spiral; lapped circle. + -or- + The DepthParamId property of multiplanarDefinition + is invalid or has not been added to definition. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + startHookAngle must be at least 0 and no more than 180. + -or- + endHookAngle must be at least 0 and no more than 180. + -or- + higherEnd must be 0 or 1. + -or- + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + Get and return the rebar shape family id. + + + 2015 + + + + + Defines the higher end of rebar shape. + + + Change this property will make rebar shape's start and end hooks swap. + + + 2009 + + + + + Identifies if any two adjacent segments are perpendicular or not. If the bar segments are other than lines, this property is false. + + + 2009 + + + + + The attachment type of stirrup ties and rebars. + + + 2009 + + + + + Whether the shape represents a standard bar or a stirrup. + + + 2009 + + + + + Check whether this shape consists of a single arc, possibly with hooks. + + + 2009 + + + + + Check whether this shape consists of a single straight segment, possibly with hooks. + + + 2009 + + + + + RebarShape specifies the shape type for a Rebar instance. + + + 2009 + + + + + This method changes the RebarShape of a Free Form Rebar that is using RebarWorkInstructions.Straight property to the provided RebarShape. + + + The Rebar element RebarWorkInstructions property should be Straight. + The rebarShapeId parameter should be the id of a straight RebarShape (single straight segment, no RebarHookType, no EndTreatmentType). + Moreover the straight RebarShape RebarStyle should match ( if the current RebarShape RebarStyle is Standard then the RebarShape cannot be changed to a straigh RebarShape using the RebarStyle Stirrup/Tie ). + If current RebarShape and the provided rebarShapeId has Stirrup/Tie RebarStyle then also the StirrupTieAttachmentType should match ( both InteriorFace or ExteriorFace ). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + rebarShapeId cannot be set as a reporting RebarShape for this Rebar element. + + + 2022 + + + + + Sets the GUID of the API server to invalid value and removes all the server related data from the Rebar (ex. the current constraints and the handle tags are removed). + Calling this method will result in a Rebar that will not react to host changes anymore, however it will still have all the properties that it used to have. + + + This RebarFreeFormAccessor doesn't contain a valid rebar reference. + + + 2018 + + + + + Returns the GUID of the API server. + + + The GUID of the API server + + + This RebarFreeFormAccessor doesn't contain a valid rebar reference. + + + 2018 + + + + + Set the curves into a free form Rebar. Will throw exception if the rebar has valid constraints. + + +

This function can fail due to following reasons:

+ + The array of CurveLoops is empty. + At least one CurveLoop is empty. + At least one CurveLoop contains an unbounded curve. + A rebar constructed from curves can't be bent according to the bending radius. + +
+ + Each curve loop represents a bar in the set. + + + Returns Success if everything is ok, otherwise the failure reason. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This RebarFreeFormAccessor Rebar is constrained. + + + 2018 + +
+ + + Set the curves into a free form Rebar. Will throw exception if the rebar has valid constraints. + + +

This function can fail due to following reasons:

+ + One or more of the input curves was null. + One or more of the input curves was unbounded. + Curves doesn't form a valid curve loop, it forms 0, 2 or more curve loops. + A rebar constructed from curves can't be bent according to the bending radius. + +
+ + Each array of curves represent a bar in the set. + + + Returns Success(0) if everything is ok, otherwise the failure reason. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This RebarFreeFormAccessor Rebar is constrained. + + + 2018 + +
+ + + A vector can be hook normal if for a bar specified by index, the bar direction is not parallel with the vector. + + + The index of bar for which it will try to see if hook normal is applicable. + + + The end of bar. Should be 0 for start, 1 for end. + + + The hook plane normal that will be tested. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Get the hook orientation angle at end. + + + The end of bar. Should be 0 for start or 1 for end. + + + The hook orientation angle at end. + + + Invalid end. + + + 2018 + + + + + Set the hook orientation angle at end. Will throw exception if the rebar has valid constraints. + + + The end of bar. Should be 0 for start or 1 for end. + + + The hook orientation angle at end. + + + Invalid end. + + + This RebarFreeFormAccessor Rebar is constrained. + + + 2018 + + + + + Returns the normal of plane in which the hook at end of bar with index barPositionIndex will stay. + + + The end of bar. Should be 0 for start or 1 for end. + + + An index between 0 and (NumberOfBarPositions-1). + + + The normal of plane in which the hook at end of bar with index barPositionIndex will stay. + + + barPositionIndex is not in the range [ 0, NumberOfBarPositions-1 ]. + -or- + Invalid end. + + + 2018 + + + + + Set the normal of plane in which the hook at end of bar with index barPositionIndex will stay. Will throw exception if the rebar has valid constraints. + + + The end of bar. Should be 0 for start or 1 for end. + + + An index between 0 and (NumberOfBarPositions-1). + + + The normal of plane in which the hook at end of bar with index barPositionIndex will stay. + + + Normal hookNormal for end end isn't a valid normal for bar with index barPositionIndex + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + barPositionIndex is not in the range [ 0, NumberOfBarPositions-1 ]. + -or- + Invalid end. + -or- + hookNormal has zero length. + + + This RebarFreeFormAccessor Rebar is constrained. + + + 2018 + + + + + Returns true if the current rebar doesn't contains a valid server GUID, or contains a valid server GUID and no valid constraints. + + + Returns true if the current rebar doesn't contains a valid server GUID, or contains a valid server GUID and no valid constraints. + Returns false if the current rebar contains a valid server GUID and has valid constraints. + + + 2018 + + + + + Returns true if the current rebar is created with the Aligned Free Form rebar server, false otherwise. + + + Returns true if the current rebar is created with the Aligned Free Form rebar server, false otherwise. + + + 2024 + + + + + Returns true if the current rebar contains a valid server GUID, false otherwise. + + + Returns true if the current rebar contains a valid server GUID, false otherwise. + + + 2018 + + + + + Get the shared parameters listed as dependencies in the calculation of the rebar curves + + + Returns the elementIds of the shared parameters + + + 2020 + + + + + Remove existing shared parameter as a dependency for the calculation of the rebar curves. + + +

The input parameter needs to be bound to the Rebar element

+

The rebar element needs to have a valid external server

+
+ + ElementId of the shared parameter to be removed. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This RebarFreeFormAccessor Rebar doesn't contain a valid server GUID. + -or- + parameterId is a parameter that is not bound to the Rebar element category. + + + 2020 + +
+ + + Add existing shared parameter as a dependency for the calculation of the rebar curves. + + +

The input parameter needs to be bound to the Rebar element

+

The rebar element needs to have a valid external server

+
+ + ElementId of the shared parameter to be added. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This RebarFreeFormAccessor Rebar doesn't contain a valid server GUID. + -or- + parameterId is a parameter that is not bound to the Rebar element category. + + + 2020 + +
+ + + Gets the id of the EndTreatmentType that is applied to the bar with index barPositionIndex at the specified end. + + +

If this Rebar has Workshop Instructions set to Straight will return the same value for all barPositionIndex between 0 and (NumberOfBarPositions-1). This value will be the same as Rebar.GetEndTreatmentTypeId(int end).

+

If this Rebar has Workshop Instructions set to Bent there are different cases: + All bars are matched exactly with a shape. In this case will return the same value for all barPositionIndex between 0 and (NumberOfBarPositions-1). This value will be the same as Rebar.GetEndTreatmentTypeId(int end).All bars are matched in reversed order with a shape. In this case will return the same value for all barPositionIndex between 0 and (NumberOfBarPositions-1). This value will be the same as Rebar.GetEndTreatmentTypeId(int end).Some bars are matched in reversed order and the others are matched exactly with a shape. In this case for bars that are matched reversed will return the id of the EndTreatmentType at the opposite end. For the others bars will return the same as Rebar.GetEndTreatmentTypeId(int end).

+
+ + An index between 0 and (NumberOfBarPositions-1). + + + 0 for the start hook, 1 for the end hook. + + + Returns the the id of the EndTreatmentType at the specified end. + + + end must be 0 or 1. + -or- + barPositionIndex is not in the range [ 0, NumberOfBarPositions-1 ]. + + + 2019 + +
+ + + Gets the id of the Rebar Coupler that is applied to the bar with index barPositionIndex at the specified end. + + +

If this Rebar has Workshop Instructions set to Straight will return the same value for all barPositionIndex between 0 and (NumberOfBarPositions-1). This value will be the same as Rebar.GetCouplerId(int end).

+

If this Rebar has Workshop Instructions set to Bent there are different cases: + All bars are matched exactly with a shape. In this case will return the same value for all barPositionIndex between 0 and (NumberOfBarPositions-1). This value will be the same as Rebar.GetCouplerId(int end).All bars are matched in reversed order with a shape. In this case will return the same value for all barPositionIndex between 0 and (NumberOfBarPositions-1). This value will be the same as Rebar.GetCouplerId(int end).Some bars are matched in reversed order and the others are matched exactly with a shape. In this case for bars that are matched reversed will return the id of the Rebar Coupler at the opposite end. For the others bars will return the same as Rebar.GetCouplerId(int end).

+
+ + An index between 0 and (NumberOfBarPositions-1). + + + 0 for the start hook, 1 for the end hook. + + + Returns id of the Rebar Coupler at the specified end. + + + end must be 0 or 1. + -or- + barPositionIndex is not in the range [ 0, NumberOfBarPositions-1 ]. + + + 2019 + +
+ + + Gets the hook orientation that is applied to this Rebar at the bar with index barPositionIndex at the specified end. + + +

If this Rebar has Workshop Instructions set to Straight will return the same value for all barPositionIndex between 0 and (NumberOfBarPositions-1). This value will be the same as Rebar.GetHookOrientation(int end).

+

If this Rebar has Workshop Instructions set to Bent there are different cases: + All bars are matched exactly with a shape. In this case will return the same value for all barPositionIndex between 0 and (NumberOfBarPositions-1). This value will be the same as Rebar.GetHookOrientation(int end).All bars are matched in reversed order with a shape. In this case will return the same value for all barPositionIndex between 0 and (NumberOfBarPositions-1). This value will be the same as Rebar.GetHookOrientation(int end).Some bars are matched in reversed order and the others are matched exactly with a shape. In this case for bars that are matched reversed will return the hook orientation at the opposite end. For the others bars will return the same as Rebar.GetHookOrientation(int end).

+
+ + An index between 0 and (NumberOfBarPositions-1). + + + 0 for the start hook, 1 for the end hook. + + + Returns the hook orientation at the specified end. + + + end must be 0 or 1. + -or- + barPositionIndex is not in the range [ 0, NumberOfBarPositions-1 ]. + + + 2019 + +
+ + + Gets the hook orientation angle that is applied to this Rebar at the bar with index barPositionIndex at the specified end. + + +

If this Rebar has Workshop Instructions set to Straight will return the same value for all barPositionIndex between 0 and (NumberOfBarPositions-1). This value will be the same as RebarFreeFormAccessor.GetHookOrientationAngle(int end).

+

If this Rebar has Workshop Instructions set to Bent there are different cases: + All bars are matched exactly with a shape. In this case will return the same value for all barPositionIndex between 0 and (NumberOfBarPositions-1). This value will be the same as RebarFreeFormAccessor.GetHookOrientationAngle(int end).All bars are matched in reversed order with a shape. In this case will return the same value for all barPositionIndex between 0 and (NumberOfBarPositions-1). This value will be the same as RebarFreeFormAccessor.GetHookOrientationAngle(int end).Some bars are matched in reversed order and the others are matched exactly with a shape. In this case for bars that are matched reversed will return the hook orientation angle at the opposite end. For the others bars will return the same as RebarFreeFormAccessor.GetHookOrientationAngle(int end).

+
+ + An index between 0 and (NumberOfBarPositions-1). + + + 0 for the start hook, 1 for the end hook. + + + Returns the hook orientation angle at the specified end. + + + end must be 0 or 1. + -or- + barPositionIndex is not in the range [ 0, NumberOfBarPositions-1 ]. + + + 2019 + +
+ + + Gets the id of the RebarHookType that is applied to this Rebar at the bar with index barPositionIndex at the specified end. + + +

If this Rebar has Workshop Instructions set to Straight will return the same value for all barPositionIndex between 0 and (NumberOfBarPositions-1). This value will be the same as Rebar.GetHookTypeId(int end).

+

If this Rebar has Workshop Instructions set to Bent there are different cases: + All bars are matched exactly with a shape. In this case will return the same value for all barPositionIndex between 0 and (NumberOfBarPositions-1). This value will be the same as Rebar.GetHookTypeId(int end).All bars are matched in reversed order with a shape. In this case will return the same value for all barPositionIndex between 0 and (NumberOfBarPositions-1). This value will be the same as Rebar.GetHookTypeId(int end).Some bars are matched in reversed order and the others are matched exactly with a shape. In this case for bars that are matched reversed will return the id of the RebarHookType at the opposite end. For the others bars will return the same as Rebar.GetHookTypeId(int end).

+
+ + An index between 0 and (NumberOfBarPositions-1). + + + 0 for the start hook, 1 for the end hook. + + + The id of a RebarHookType, or invalidElementId if the rebar has no hook at the specified end. + + + end must be 0 or 1. + -or- + barPositionIndex is not in the range [ 0, NumberOfBarPositions-1 ]. + + + 2019 + +
+ + + Checks if the bar at index barPositionIndex it's matched in reversed order with its shape. + + +

If this Rebar has Workshop Instructions set to Straight will return false for all barPositionIndex between 0 and (NumberOfBarPositions-1).

+

If this Rebar has Workshop Instructions set to Bent there are different cases: + All bars are matched exactly with a shape. In this case will return false for all barPositionIndex between 0 and (NumberOfBarPositions-1).All bars are matched in reversed order with a shape. In this case the Rebar will be reversed and will return false for all barPositionIndex between 0 and (NumberOfBarPositions-1).Some bars are matched in reversed order and the others are matched exactly with a shape. For the bars matched in reversed order will return true and for the others will return false

+
+ + An index between 0 and (NumberOfBarPositions-1). + + + Returns true if the bar is matched in reversed order with its shape, false otherwise. + + + barPositionIndex is not in the range [ 0, NumberOfBarPositions-1 ]. + + + 2019 + +
+ + + Gets the Rebar Shape id for the bar with index barPositionIndex. + + + If this function is called for a bar that isn't included, this function will throw exception. + + + An index between 0 and (NumberOfBarPositions-1). + + + Gets the ElementId of the Rebar Shape for the bar with index barPositionIndex. + + + barPositionIndex is not in the range [ 0, NumberOfBarPositions-1 ]. + -or- + The bar at barPositionIndex index is excluded. + + + 2019 + + + + + Sets the Layout Rule property of rebar set to Minimum Clear Spacing. + + + The maximum spacing of bars in set. + + + This RebarFreeFormAccessor doesn't contain a valid rebar reference. + -or- + This RebarFreeFormAccessor Rebar doesn't contain a valid server GUID. + + + 2018 + + + + + Sets the Layout Rule property of rebar set to Maximum Spacing. + + + The maximum spacing of bars in set. + + + This RebarFreeFormAccessor doesn't contain a valid rebar reference. + -or- + This RebarFreeFormAccessor Rebar doesn't contain a valid server GUID. + + + 2018 + + + + + Sets the Layout Rule property of rebar set to Fixed Number. + + + The number of bars in set. + + + This RebarFreeFormAccessor doesn't contain a valid rebar reference. + -or- + This RebarFreeFormAccessor Rebar doesn't contain a valid server GUID. + + + 2018 + + + + + Sets the Layout Rule property of rebar set to Number With Spacing. + + + The number of bars in set. + + + The spacing of bars in set. + + + This RebarFreeFormAccessor doesn't contain a valid rebar reference. + -or- + This RebarFreeFormAccessor Rebar doesn't contain a valid server GUID. + + + 2018 + + + + + Sets the Layout Rule property of rebar set to Single. + + + This RebarFreeFormAccessor doesn't contain a valid rebar reference. + -or- + This RebarFreeFormAccessor Rebar doesn't contain a valid server GUID. + + + 2018 + + + + + Gets the custom distribution path for free form rebar set. + + + For a free form rebar set the distance between two consecutive bars may be different if it is calculated between different points on bars. + The distribution path is an array of curves with the property that based on these curves the set was calculated to respect the layout rule and number of bars or spacing. + + + Returns an array of curves that represent the distribution path. + + + This RebarFreeFormAccessor doesn't contain a valid rebar reference. + -or- + This RebarFreeFormAccessor Rebar doesn't contain a valid server GUID. + + + 2018 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Orientation options for an Aligned Free Form Rebar set. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + This RebarFreeFormAccessor doesn't contain a valid rebar reference. + -or- + This RebarFreeFormAccessor Rebar is not created with the Aligned Free Form rebar server. + + + 2024 + + + + +

Identifies the cycle counter. It can be zero or a pozitive number.

+

Its value is changed when the free form Rebar element is selected and the user press Space key + -or- through the setter of this property + -or- by the server if it considers that the counter reaches the maximum value and reset it (set it to 0). + This property can be accessed just for Rebars that are controlled by a server.

+
+ + When setting this property: The given value for cycleCounter is negative. + + + This RebarFreeFormAccessor doesn't contain a valid rebar reference. + -or- + This RebarFreeFormAccessor Rebar doesn't contain a valid server GUID. + + + 2024 + +
+ + + Identifies the StirrupTieAttachmentType of the current Rebar element. + The RebarStyle of the Rebar element must be StirrupTie. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2022 + + + + + Identifies the RebarStyle of the current Rebar element. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2022 + + + + + Identifies the workshop instructions of the current Rebar element. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2019 + + + + + A class that is used to access the properties and capabilities of free-form Rebar. + + + Obtain an instance of this class from . + The accessor includes a reference to the Rebar element. + If the referenced Rebar element is deleted, using the methods form this class will throw exception. + + + 2018 + + + + + Checks whether the Manager's Rebar is still valid. + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns true if constraints were applied to rebar with success. + + +

ShapeDriven : The input constraints belong to other rebar in a (different) similar host. Only constraints of type ToHostFace or ToCover are considered. + The method modifies the constraints' target references with their correspondants in current host(s). + The modified constraints are set in current rebar. + The method will fail : if there exists at least one ToOtherRebar constraint; if corresponding target references in current host(s) are not supplied or found.

+

FreeForm : The constraints will not be applied and the method will return false.

+

The two arrays go hand in hand : they must have the same size; the correspondant of oldReference at index x is found in the other array at the same index x.

+
+ + Represent the new constraints to be applied to rebar. + + + Represent the old target references. + + + Represent the new target references. + + + Returns true if the constraints were applied succesfully, false otherwise + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The RebarConstraintsManager does not manage a valid Rebar element. + + + 2019 + +
+ + + Returns true if references are valid targets for handle, false otherwise. + + +

For a free form rebar valid targets are one or more references to faces of elements that can host rebar.

+

For a shape driven rebar this function will always return false. RebarConstraintsManager.GetConstraintCandidatesForHandle() can be used to obtain possible constraints.

+
+ + Represents the constrainable rebar handle. + + + Represent the refernces to be checked as valid targets for handle. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The RebarConstraintsManager does not manage a valid Rebar element. + + + 2018 + +
+ + + Clears all highlighting in all views. + + + If highlightHandleConstraintPairInAllViews has been called, then this method can + be used to remove all highlighting. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Highlights the specified RebarConstrainedHandle and RebarConstraint in all views. + + + This method is provided as a way to help end users visualize more easily the effect + that selecting new RebarConstraints for the Rebar element's RebarConstrainedHandle + will have on the Rebar. It is purely for graphical output, and does not assume any + relationship between the RebarConstrainedHandle and the RebarConstraint. The caller + is responsible for updating (or clearing) the highlighting in response to changes + in the Rebar's constraints. + Repeated calls to this method are not cumulative; highlighting from previous calls + will be cleared before new highlighting is applied. + + + The RebarConstrainedHandle to be highlighted in all views. + + + The RebarConstraint to be highlighted in all views. + + + constraint is no longer valid. + -or- + handle is no longer valid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The RebarConstraintsManager does not manage a valid Rebar element. + + + 2014 + + + + +

For ShapeDriven: Returns the RebarConstraint that has been set as preferred for the specified RebarConstrainedHandle.

+

For FreeForm: Returns the RebarConstraint that acts on the specified RebarConstraintHandle.

+
+ + The RebarConstrainedHandle for which the RebarConstraint is to be returned. + + + The user preferred RebarConstraint applied to the RebarConstrainedHandle. + + + handle is no longer valid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The RebarConstraintsManager does not manage a valid Rebar element. + + + 2014 + +
+ + + Gets all RebarConstrainedHandles of this bar. + + + All RebarConstrainedHandle objects will be returned, regardless of whether there are constraints associated to them. + + + The RebarConstraintsManager does not manage a valid Rebar element. + + + 2018 + + + + +

For ShapeDriven: Clears the user-preferred RebarConstraint from the specified RebarConstrainedHandle.

+

For FreeForm: Removes the RebarConstraint that is associated to the specified RebarConstrainedHandle.

+
+ +

ShapeDriven:

+

After the preferred constraint is removed, the rebar will search for an appropriate + default constraint for the handle in its current position. In some cases, this will + cause the handle to snap a small distance to a new target. However, in many situations, + the handle will simply remain in its current position, and either continue to use the + same constraint target (while no longer treating that target as preferred), or acquire + a FixedDistancetoHostFace constraint to the nearest host element surface. + The handle will not, in general, be restored to the position it originally occupied + before the preferred constraint was applied.

+

FreeForm:

+

After the Constraint is removed, the handle remains unconstrained, and the shape calculation + tries to resolve a shape without this information. Depending on the calculation method, + the bar may not have all the necessary information, so the responsibility to constrain + this handle is in the hands of the caller of this function.

+
+ + The RebarConstrainedHandle for which the user RebarConstraint is to be deleted. + + + handle is no longer valid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The RebarConstraintsManager does not manage a valid Rebar element. + + + 2014 + +
+ + +

For ShapeDriven Rebar: Sets the RebarConstraint as preferred constraint target for the specified RebarConstrainedHandle.

+

For FreeForm Rebar: Sets the RebarConstraint as the target for the specified RebarConstraintHandle.

+
+ +

ShapeDriven:

+

The RebarConstraint should be one of the candidate RebarConstraints returned by + getConstraintCandidatesForHandle.

+

In general, the caller should assume that the 'set' operation can fail, as some + of the candidates may be legal targets for the handle, but may cause the rebar + to flex into an insoluble shape.

+

Once a preferred constraint has been successfully assigned to a handle, the + user can still drag the handle, and the Rebar can generally be flexed in much + the same way as it could before (preferred constraints do not have the same + effect as Revit locked dimensions). However, the rebar's behavior will change + in subtle ways.

+

A handle with a FixedDistanceToHostFace preferred constraint will allow the + constraint's offset distance to change as the user moves the handle. However, + in subsequent model updates, the handle will continue to follow the preferred + constraint target, even if other legitimate constraint targets are closer to + the handle. One can think of this behavior as equivalent to unlocking a + locked dimension, moving one of dimension references, and then re-locking the + dimension - all in one step.

+

When a handle with a ToCover or ToOtherRebar preferred constraint is dragged by + the user, it will snap back to its constraint target, unless it is dragged + beyond tolerance distance. In that case, it will select a new constraint using + default logic, but will continue to treat the "broken" constraint as preferred, + and will snap back to the preferred target again, if it is dragged to within + tolerance distance.

+

If, during a model update, the rebar determines that a preferred constraint + target no longer exists, or has been modified so that it is no longer a legal + candidate for the handle, then the rebar will remove the preferred status of + that target and will assign a new constraint to the handle using the default + logic.

+

FreeForm:

+

Sets the RebarConstraint to be active for the specified RebarConstrainedHandle. + The RebarConstrainedHandle needs to be a valid handle for this rebar element.

+
+ + The RebarConstrainedHandle to which the new RebarConstraint is to be applied. + + + The new RebarConstraint to be applied to the RebarConstrainedHandle. + + + constraint is no longer valid. + -or- + handle is no longer valid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The RebarConstraintsManager does not manage a valid Rebar element. + + + 2014 + +
+ + +

For shape driven rebar returns all possible RebarConstraints that will constrain RebarConstrainedHandle to the provided reference.

+

For free form rebar will return an empty lists.

+
+ + Will throw exception if the provided reference cannot be used to constrain the provided rebar handle. + + + The RebarConstrainedHandle for which constraint candidates are sought. + + + The reference you want to constrain to. + + + A collection of RebarConstraints + + + reference is not from a valid RebarConstraint target element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The RebarConstraintsManager does not manage a valid Rebar element. + + + 2020.1 + +
+ + +

For shape driven rebar returns all possible RebarConstraints belonging to references from the provided element that could be used for a specified RebarConstrainedHandle.

+

For free form rebar will return an empty list.

+
+ + Will throw exception if the provided elementId is not a valid constraint target. + + + The RebarConstrainedHandle for which constraint candidates are sought. + + + The elementId ( host or rebar ) of the element in which the candidates are searched for. + + + A collection of RebarConstraints + + + elementId is not a valid RebarConstraint target element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The RebarConstraintsManager does not manage a valid Rebar element. + + + 2020.1 + +
+ + +

For shape driven rebar returns all possible RebarConstraints that could be used for a specified RebarConstrainedHandle.

+

For free form rebar will return an empty list.

+
+ + The RebarConstrainedHandle for which constraint candidates are sought. + + + A collection of RebarConstraints + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The RebarConstraintsManager does not manage a valid Rebar element. + + + 2014 + +
+ + + Retrieves the RebarConstraint that acts on the specified RebarConstraintHandle. + + + handle is no longer valid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The RebarConstraintsManager does not manage a valid Rebar element. + + + 2014 + + + + + Retrieves all handles on the Rebar that are constrained to external references. + + + A collection of RebarConstrainedHandles + + + The RebarConstraintsManager does not manage a valid Rebar element. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + A static property defining if the 'Rebar Constrained Placement' setting is on or off in current Revit Application Session. + + + If user started multiple Revit sessions, and the 'Rebar Constrained Placement' setting might be different in each session. + Revit.ini file stores the latest setting no matter what the Revit session is. The setting will be written to Revit.ini if user set the value. + This property enables/disables constraints between standard style rebars. + This constraint is similar to the standard-to-stirrup constraint in the following way : + Distance to target cannot be edited. + The constraint "snaps" the rebars together in a touching position. + Rebars can be constrained under the following conditions : + Rebars have standard style. (not stirrups)The segments must be touching. (partially overlapped)If the segments are perfectly overlapped (i.e segments have the same center line) then the constraint will not take place.Only one segment per rebar can be constrained.If one of the segments touches (intersects) more than one segment (or arc), then the constraint will not happen.The segments being constrained are parallel and the bending and segment planes are parallel. + + 2014 + + + + + A class used to obtain information about the constraints (RebarConstraints) acting + on the shape handles (RebarConstrainedHandles) of a Rebar element, and modify the constraints. + + +

A RebarConstraintsManager is created by calling Rebar.GetRebarConstraintsManager(), + and can only be used to query or change constraints on the rebar element that + created it.

+

There are two types of constraint manager, depending on the type of Rebar that created it: + Shape Driven constraints and FreeForm constraints

+

-----ShapeDriven-----

+

If the Rebar is Shape Driven, Revit uses the following logic to choose constraints for each handle + on a rebar element. First, a search is performed to find all suitable target + planes, including surfaces of the rebar's host, as well as surfaces on other + concrete host elements that are attached to the rebar's host. In the case of + standard style rebar, any host surface occupied by a stirrup will be ignored, + and instead, the handles on the stirrup itself will be treated as candidates + to form a constraint.

+

Once all the constraint target candidates have been determined, the following + sequence is used to select a constraint target: + If the rebar is a straight standard bar, it will search the list of candidates + for stirrup bends to lock its RebarPlane and Edge handles. If a bend is found within + tolerance distance, then the bar will be snapped and constrained to that bend.The bar will snap and constrain its handle to any host cover or stirrup handle + that lies within tolerance distance.If no candidate is found within tolerance, then the bar will choose nearest + host surface target, with or without cover, and create a constant distance constraint + to that surface.

+

Snapping tolerances are 0.5 * bar diameter for host surface cover constraints and + 0.5 * (bar diameter + stirrup bar diameter) for stirrup handle constraints.

+

The RebarConstraintsManager allows the API developer to obtain the constraint + candidates for each constrained handle on a rebar, and to override the default + target selection logic by setting a particular constraint as preferred. This + can be useful in a number of ways. First, it can be used to snap a handle to a + particular host surface or stirrup rebar handle, or to position a handle at a + precise distance from a host surface. Second, it can force a rebar handle to + constrain itself to a particular target surface, even if other targets are closer + (or will become closer in subsequent updates of the Revit model). For example, + a bar can be constrained to maintain a constant offset distance from a face of + an opening in a slab, even if the opening is placed close to the edge of the slab + and the bar would normally constrain itself to the slab edge. Lastly, the override + can be used to cancel the default standard bar preference for stirrup bar handle + planes, and to allow standard bars to be constrained to host cover surfaces, even + when a stirrup is present.

+

----- FreeForm -----

+

If the rebar is FreeForm, then it requires input constraints that will be consumed to + obtain the actual shape of the bar. The calculation method of the constraints passed + to the rebar is custom made by an API application - .

+

The RebarConstraintsManager can return all the possible "shape" handles + and can set constraints created only with one of those handles. + There are only active constraints on a FreeForm bar, the current and preferred notions + represent the same thing.

+
+ + 2014 + +
+ + + Creates a new RebarBarType object with a default name. + + + The document. + + + The newly created type id. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Returns an object for managing reinforcement rounding override settings. + + + The rounding manager. + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates a new RebarBarType object + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Identifies the hook offset length for a hook type + + + AutoCalcHookLengths is ignored when this property is set + + + id of the hook type + + + The hook offset length for a hook type + + + the rebar hook type id hookId is not valid + -or- + the hook specified by id hookId doesn't have valid offset length + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Identifies the hook offset length for a hook type + + + If the AutoCalcHookLengths property is turned off, the default hook offset length will be returned + + + id of the hook type + + + The hook offset length for a hook type + + + the rebar hook type id hookId is not valid + -or- + the hook specified by id hookId doesn't have valid offset length + -or- + The element hookId does not exist in the document containing this RebarBarType + -or- + the hook specified by id hookId doesn't have valid default offset length + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document containing this RebarBarType is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The element is a member of a loaded family. + -or- + The element is a member of a group type that is + not being edited. + -or- + hookId is a member of a loaded family. + -or- + hookId is a member of a group type that is + not being edited. + + + + + Identifies the hook tangent length for a hook type + + + AutoCalcHookLengths is ignored when this property is set + + + id of the hook type + + + The hook tangent length for a hook type + + + the rebar hook type id hookId is not valid + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Identifies the hook tangent length for a hook type + + + id of the hook type + + + The hook tangent length for a hook type + + + the rebar hook type id hookId is not valid + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Identifies the hook length for a hook type + + + id of the hook type + + + The hook length for a hook type + + + the rebar hook type id hookId is not valid + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Identifies the hook length for a hook type + + + If the AutoCalcHookLengths property is turned off, the default hook length will be returned + + + id of the hook type + + + The hook length for a hook type + + + the rebar hook type id hookId is not valid + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Identifies if the hook lengths of a hook type are automatically calculated for this bar type + + + id of the hook type + + + True if the hook lengths should be automatically calculated, otherwise false + When it is false, default hook length and default hook offset length will be reported + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Identifies if the hook lengths of a hook type are automatically calculated for this bar type + + + id of the hook type + + + True if the hook lengths are automatically calculated, otherwise false + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Identifies if a hook type is permitted for this bar type + + + id of the hook type + + + True if the hook type should be permitted for this bar type, otherwise false + + + the rebar hook type id hookId is not valid + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Identifies if a hook type is permitted for this bar type + + + id of the hook type + + + True if the hook type is permitted for this bar type, otherwise false + + + the rebar hook type id hookId is not valid + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Sets all input diameters from diametersOptions in current RebarBarType. + + + The input diameters are validated as follows : + barModelDiameter and barNominalDiameter are both positive and no more than the smallest value of 1.0 and the input bend diameters. + Each bend diameter is smaller than 99.0 and bigger than barDiameter. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + the diameters ranges in diametersOptions are not acceptable. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + Defines bar nominal diameter of rebar + + + The bar nominal diameter of rebar + + + When setting this property: the bar diameter barNominalDiam is not positive or bigger than the smallest value of 1.0, and current internal values of standard bend diameter, + standard hook bend diameter and stirrup/tie bend diameter + + + 2022 + + + + + Defines bar model diameter of rebar + + + The bar model diameter of rebar + + + When setting this property: the bar diameter barModelDiam is not positive or bigger than the smallest value of 1.0, and current internal values of standard bend diameter, + standard hook bend diameter and stirrup/tie bend diameter + + + 2022 + + + + + Defines bar and hook bend diameter for rebar whose style is stirrup/tie + + + The bar and hook bend diameter for rebar whose style is stirrup/tie + + + When setting this property: the bend diameter stirrupTieBendDiam isn't between bar diameter and 99.0 + + + + + Defines hook bend diameter for rebar whose style is standard + + + The hook bend diameter for rebar whose style is standard + + + When setting this property: the bend diameter standardHookBendDiam isn't between bar diameter and 99.0 + + + + + Defines bar bend diameter for rebar whose style is standard + + + The bar bend diameter for rebar whose style is standard + + + When setting this property: the bend diameter standardBendDiam isn't between bar diameter and 99.0 + + + + + Defines bar deformation type. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + Defines maximum bend radius of rebar + + + When setting this property: The given value for maximumBendRadius is not a number + + + When setting this property: maximumBendRadius must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000. + + + + + A Rebar type object that is used in the generation of Rebar + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Represents the stirrup/tie bar and hook bend diameter of the RebarBarType. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + Represents the standard hook bend diameter of the RebarBarType. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + Represents the standard bar bend diameter of the RebarBarType. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + Represents the bar nominal diameter of the RebarBarType. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + Represents the bar model diameter of the RebarBarType. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + Constructs a new BarTypeDiameterOptions copying the diameter information from the bar type. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018.1 + + + + + Constructs a new BarTypeDiameterOptions with default settings. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + This class stores the diameter information from the RebarBarType. + + + This class can be used to create a whole new set of diameter values for a RebarBarType. + It can be used when copying the diameter information as a bulk of data from a RebarBarType to another. + The new diameters can be set in the RebarBarType in the following way: + 1. Create a BarTypeDiameterOptions object with the new diameters. + 2. Set the new diameters in RebarBarType using . + The method + is responsible for diameters validation. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + Reset the transformation representing the movement of the bar relative to its default position along the distribution path. + The moved bar transform will be set to Identity. + + + The bar index. + + + barPositionIndex is not in the range [ 0, NumberOfBarPositions-1 ]. + + + 2022 + + + + + Returns a transform representing the movement of the bar relative to its default position along the distribution path. + + + The bar index. + + + The transform representing the movement of the bar relative to its default position along the distribution path. + + + barPositionIndex is not in the range [ 0, NumberOfBarPositions-1 ]. + + + 2022 + + + + + Given a reference that represents a part of a bar, this method will return the bar index. + + + The method returns an index between 0 and NumberOfBarPositions - 1 if it the given reference represents a part of a bar. + Otherwise will return -1. + + + The Reference of the Rebar element. + + + The bar index the reference refers to. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + This method applies the transformation matrix to the rebar bar at the desired position in the rebar set. + If the bar was already moved, the method will concatenate the transformation matrix with the existing movement. + + + The bar index of the rebar to apply the transformation. + + + The transformation matrix to apply to the specified rebar bar. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + barPositionIndex is not in the range [ 0, NumberOfBarPositions-1 ]. + + + 2022 + + + + + Returns an interface providing access to free-form properties and methods for this Rebar element. + + + The interface providing access to free-form properties and methods for this Rebar element. + + + This method applies only to free form rebar. + + + 2018 + + + + + Returns an interface providing access to shape-driven properties and methods for this Rebar element. + + + The interface providing access to shape-driven properties and methods for this Rebar element. + + + This method applies only to shape driven rebar. + + + 2018 + + + + + Returns true if the rebar is shape driven and false if free form. + + + Returns true if the rebar is shape driven and false if free form. + + + 2018 + + + + + Returns true if the rebar is free form and false if shape driven. + + + Returns true if the rebar is free form and false if shape driven. + + + 2018 + + + + + Get the id of the Rebar Coupler that is applied to the rebar at the specified end. + + + 0 for the start Rebar Coupler, 1 for the end Rebar Coupler. + + + The id of a Rebar Coupler, or invalidElementId if the rebar has + no Rebar Coupler at the specified end. + + + end must be 0 or 1. + + + 2009 + + + + + Checks if this Rebar can be matched with multiple Rebar Shapes. + + +

A Free Form Rebar that has Workshop Instructions set to Bent is considered that can be matched with multiple shapes.

+

A Free Form Rebar that has Workshop Instructions set to Straight or a Shape Driven Rebar is considered that can be matched with only one shape.

+
+ + Returns true if this Rebar can be matched with multiple Rebar Shapes, false otherwise. + + + 2019 + +
+ + + Gets the ids of the RebarShapes elements that defines the shapes of the rebar. + + + If multiple bars in the set has the same shape id, this id will be reported only one in the resulted array. + + + Returns the ids of the RebarShapes elements that defines the shapes of the rebar. + + + 2019 + + + + + Outputs the formula parameter ids defined in the RebarShape family which are associated with hook length and hook tangent length parameters. + + + Will throw an exception if the hook length override is not enabled. + + + The formula parameter ids defined in the RebarShape family which are associated with start hook length parameters. + + + The formula parameter ids defined in the RebarShape family which are associated with start hook tangent length parameters. + + + The formula parameter ids defined in the RebarShape family which are associated with end hook length parameters. + + + The formula parameter ids defined in the RebarShape family which are associated with end hook tangent length parameters. + + + The ability to override hook lengths is not enabled for this rebar instance. Use enableHookLengthOverride(true) to enable it. + + + 2021 + + + + + Returns True if the ability to override hook lengths is enabled for this rebar instance, False otherwise. + + + 2021 + + + + + Enables or disables the ability to override hook lengths for this rebar instance. + + + True to enable, False to disable. + + + 2021 + + + + + Sets the out of plane hook rotation angle at the specified end. + + + The out of plane hook rotation angle at the specified end. + + + 0 for the start , 1 for the end. + + + iEnd must be 0 or 1. + + + 2021 + + + + + Gets the out of plane hook rotation angle at the specified end. + + + 0 for the start , 1 for the end. + + + Returns the out of plane hook rotation angle at the specified end. + + + iEnd must be 0 or 1. + + + 2021 + + + + + Defines the orientation of the hook plane at the start or at the end of the rebar with respect to the orientation of the first or the last curve and the plane normal. + + + If RebarShapeDefinesHooks property of ReinforcementSettings is true (non-European shapes), setHookOrientation method does nothing. + + + 0 for the start hook, 1 for the end hook. + + + Only two values are permitted: + Value = Right: The hook is on your right as you stand at the end of the bar, + with the bar behind you, taking the bar's normal as "up." + Value = Left: The hook is on your left as you stand at the end of the bar, + with the bar behind you, taking the bar's normal as "up." + + + iEnd must be 0 or 1. + -or- + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns the orientation of the hook plane at the start or at the end of the rebar with respect to the orientation of the first or the last curve and the plane normal. + + + 0 for the start hook, 1 for the end hook. + + + Value = Right: The hook is on your right as you stand at the end of the bar, + with the bar behind you, taking the bar's normal as "up." + Value = Left: The hook is on your left as you stand at the end of the bar, + with the bar behind you, taking the bar's normal as "up." + + + iEnd must be 0 or 1. + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks if the first or last bar in rebar set can be hidden in the given view. + + + The view in which presentation mode will be applied. + + + 0 for the first bar in rebar set, 1 for the last bar. + + + True the first or last bar in rebar set can be hidden for this view, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Checks if a presentation mode can be applied for this rebar in the given view. + + + The view in which presentation mode will be applied. + + + True if presentation mode can be applied for this view, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + +

For ShapeDriven Rebar: + returns true, if the Rebar element's external constraints are available for editing using the + RebarConstraintsManager class. It will return false if Rebar is in Group

+

For FreeForm rebar: + constraints can be edited if there is a valid external server Guid assigned to that Rebar

+
+ + 2014 + +
+ + + Checks if the specified RebarHookType id is of a valid RebarHookType for the Rebar's RebarBarType + + + Also, checks that the Style of the Hook matches that of the Rebar's RebarShape + + + The Id of the RebarHookType + + + Returns true if the id is of a valid RebarHookType for the Rebar element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks that the hook angle of the specified RebarHookType matches the hook angle used in the Rebar's RebarShape at the specified end of the bar. + + + Also checks that the specified id is a valid RebarHookType. + If RebarShapeDefinesHooks property of ReinforcementSettings is false (European shapes), every valid hook angle matches RebarShape definition. + If RebarShapeDefinesHooks property of ReinforcementSettings is true (non-European shapes), hook angle matches RebarShape definition if it is null or equal RebarShape default hook angle. + + + 0 for the start hook, 1 for the end hook. + + + The Id of the RebarHookType + + + Returns true if the hook angle of the RebarHookType matches the angle used in the RebarShape at the specified end of the bar. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + iEnd must be 0 or 1. + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks that all arcs in the chain of curves have radii that are not less than minimum bend radius for bar type and style + + + An array of curves intended to define the shape of the rebar curves. + Bends and hooks should not be included in the array of curves. + + + The usage of the bar, "standard" or "stirrup/tie". + + + A RebarBarType element that defines bar diameter, bend radius and material of the rebar. + + + Returns true if all arc bend radii are not less than minimum bend radius for bar type and style + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2009 + + + + + Get the parameter value for a bar at the specified index. + The parameter Id. + The bar index in the rebar distribution. Accepts only values between 0 and NumberOfBarPositions-1. + The ParameterValue for given parameterId and barPositionIndex. + Throws exception if barPositionIndex is outside boundaries. + + + If the DistributionType is Uniform then the returned ParameterValue is the same no matter the index. + If the DistributionType is VaryingLength then the returned ParameterValue is evaluated at the given index. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + barPositionIndex is not in the range [ 0, NumberOfBarPositions-1 ]. + + + 2017 + + + + + Sets if the bar at the desired index is included or not. + + + True to include the bar, false to exclude the bar. + + + The bar index. + + + barPositionIndex is not in the range [ 0, NumberOfBarPositions-1 ]. + + + 2022 + + + + + Checks whether a bar is included at the specified position. + + + A bar position index between 0 and NumberOfBarPositions-1. + + + Returns true if the bar at the specified position is included, false otherwise. + + + barPosition is not in the range [ 0, NumberOfBarPositions-1 ]. + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns the id of the RebarShape element that defines the shape of the rebar. + + +

A Free Form Rebar that has Workshop Instructions set to Bent is considered to have multiple shapes and this method will throw exception.

+

A Free Form Rebar that has Workshop Instructions set to Straight or a Shape Driven is considered to have only one shape and this method will return the id of that shape.

+
+ + This Rebar is matched with multiple shapes. + + + 2009 + +
+ + + Sets the presentation mode for this rebar set to the default (either for a single view, or for all views). + + + The view where the presentation mode will be cleared. NULL for all views + + + This rebar element represents a single bar (the layout rule is Single). + + + 2015 + + + + + Determines if there is a matching RebarPresentationMode for the current set of selected hidden and unhidden bars assigned to the given view. + + + If the presentation mode is not PresentationMode.Select for the view, this function returns the current mode. + + + The view. + + + The presentation mode that matches the current set of selected hidden and unhidden bars. + If there is no better match, this returns RebarPresentationMode.Select. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Gets the presentation mode for this rebar set when displayed in the given view. + + + The view. + + + The presentation mode. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Sets the presentation mode for this rebar set when displayed in the given view. + + + The view. + + + The presentation mode. + + + This rebar cannot have a presentation mode applied for dBView, as the view is not valid for rebar presentation, + or the orientation of the view matches the normal direction of the rebar element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + This rebar element represents a single bar (the layout rule is Single). + + + 2015 + + + + + Identifies if a given bar in this rebar set is hidden in this view. + + + The view. + + + The index of the bar from this rebar set. + + + True if the bar is hidden in this view, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + barIndex is not in the range [ 0, NumberOfBarPositions-1 ]. + + + 2015 + + + + + Sets the bar in this rebar set to be hidden or unhidden in the given view. + + + Individual bars of a rebar set can be hidden in a view only + if the presentation mode is RebarPresentationMode.Select. + If that is not the presentation mode assigned for this set in the view, + this method will also change it. + + + The view. + + + The index of the bar from this set. + + + True to hide this bar in the view, false to unhide the bar. + + + This rebar cannot have a presentation mode applied for view, as the view is not valid for rebar presentation, + or the orientation of the view matches the normal direction of the rebar element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + barIndex is not in the range [ 0, NumberOfBarPositions-1 ]. + + + This rebar element represents a single bar (the layout rule is Single). + + + 2015 + + + + + Identifies if this Rebar has overridden default presentation settings for the given view. + + + Default presentation settings can be overriden using , methods + + + The view. + + + True if this Rebar has overriden default presentation settings, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Identifies if this Rebar is cut by the view plane of the given view. + + + This method applies only for elevations and sections. For any other view types will return false. + + + The view. + + + True if this Rebar is cut by the view plane, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Sets the id of the EndTreatmentType to be applied to the rebar. + This can be done if and only if the end of the bar on which the end treatment is applied has no RebarCoupler on it, otherwise will throw an exception. + If a RebarHookType is present at the rebar end, it will automatically set to invalidElementId. + + + 0 for the start end treatment, 1 for the end end treatment. + + + The id of a EndTreatmentType element, or invalidElementId if + the rebar should have no end treatment at the specified end. + + + the parameter endTreatmentTypeId is not an EndTreatmentType element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + end must be 0 or 1. + + + the Rebar end end has a RebarCoupler on it. + + + 2021 + + + + + Get the id of the EndTreatmentType to be applied to the rebar. + + + 0 for the start end treatment, 1 for the end end treatment. + + + The id of a EndTreatmentType, or invalidElementId if the rebar has + no end treatment at the specified end. + + + end must be 0 or 1. + + + 2009 + + + + + + + + + Set the id of the RebarHookType to be applied to the rebar. + If an EndTreatmentType is present at the rebar end, it will automatically set to invalidElementId. + + + 0 for the start hook, 1 for the end hook. + + + The id of a RebarHookType element, or invalidElementId if + the rebar should have no hook at the specified end. + + + the rebar hook type id hookTypeId is not valid + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + end must be 0 or 1. + + + 2009 + + + + + Get the id of the RebarHookType to be applied to the rebar. + + + 0 for the start hook, 1 for the end hook. + + + The id of a RebarHookType, or invalidElementId if the rebar has + no hook at the specified end. + + + end must be 0 or 1. + + + 2009 + + + + + Gets the RebarBendData, containing bar and hook information, of the instance. + + + Internally, the bend data is used by many RebarShape methods to generate shape geometry. + + + 2009 + + + + + Sets this rebar element to be shown unobscured in a view. + + + The view element + + + True if rebar is shown unobscured, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This rebar element doesn't have valid visibility data. + + + 2011 + + + + + Checks if this rebar element is shown unobscured in a view. + + + The view element + + + True if rebar is shown unobscured, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This rebar element doesn't have valid visibility data. + + + 2011 + + + + + The element that contains the rebar. + + + The document containing both this element and the host element. + + + The element that the rebar object belongs to, such as a structural + wall, floor, foundation, beam, brace or column. The rebar does not need + to be strictly inside the host, but it must be assigned to one host + element. + + + hostId is not a legal Rebar host (see the RebarHostData class). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2009 + + + + + The element that contains the rebar. + + + The element that the rebar object belongs to, such as a structural + wall, floor, foundation, beam, brace or column. + + + 2009 + + + + + Generates full geometry for the Rebar for a specific view. + + + The result of this method differs from Element.Geometry in that Element.Geometry will return + the rebar geometry cut by the view extents (such as the section box). In this method the entire Rebar geometry + is returned for the given view, before cutting. + + + The view in which the geometry is generated. + + + The generated geometry of the Rebar before cutting is applied. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Returns an object for managing reinforcement rounding override settings. + + + The rounding manager. + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns an object for managing the external constraints on the Rebar element + + + The Rebar element does not have external constraints that can be edited. + + + 2014 + + + + + A chain of curves representing the centerline of the rebar. + + + This method will return the centerline curves for bar at barPositionIndex even if this bar isn't included. + The curves are in the final position. The BarPositionTransform (representing the relative position of any individual bar in the set - a translation along the distribution path) + and MovedBarTransform (representing the movement of the bar relative to its default position along the distribution path) will be applied to the returned curves. + + + If the curves overlap, as in a planar stirrup, this parameter controls + whether they should be adjusted to avoid intersection (as in fine views), + or kept in a single plane for simplicity (as in coarse views). + + + Identifies if the chain will include hooks curves. + + + Identifies if the connected chain will include unfilleted curves. + + + If the Rebar is a multi-planar shape, this parameter controls whether to generate only + the curves in the primary plane (IncludeOnlyPlanarCurves), or to generate all curves, + (IncludeAllMultiplanarCurves) including the out-of-plane connector segments as well as + multi-planar copies of the primary plane curves. + This argument is ignored for planar shapes. + + + The bar index. + + + The centerline curves or empty array if the curves cannot be computed because + the parameters values are inconsistent + with the constraints of the RebarShape definition. + + + barPositionIndex is not in the range [ 0, NumberOfBarPositions-1 ]. + -or- + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2022 + + + + + A chain of curves representing the centerline of the rebar. + + + This method will return the centerline curves for bar at barPositionIndex even if this bar isn't included. + + + If the curves overlap, as in a planar stirrup, this parameter controls + whether they should be adjusted to avoid intersection (as in fine views), + or kept in a single plane for simplicity (as in coarse views). + + + Identifies if the chain will include hooks curves. + + + Identifies if the connected chain will include unfilleted curves. + + + If the Rebar is a multi-planar shape, this parameter controls whether to generate only + the curves in the primary plane (IncludeOnlyPlanarCurves), or to generate all curves, + (IncludeAllMultiplanarCurves) including the out-of-plane connector segments as well as + multi-planar copies of the primary plane curves. + This argument is ignored for planar shapes. + + + An index between 0 and (NumberOfBarPositions-1). + Use the barPositionIndex to obtain all the curves at a specific index in the distribution. + You can use GetNumberOfBarPositions() to verify if a specific rebar has more than one bar positions. + Use GetDistributionType() to probe if the bars in a specific rebar have a varying shape. If so, you can retrieve the centerline curve geometry of that particular bar, by passing the appropriate index. + When the distribution type of a rebar set is uniform, the form of the bars does not vary from one index to another. + + + The centerline curves or empty array if the curves cannot be computed because + the parameters values are inconsistent + with the constraints of the RebarShape definition. + + + barPositionIndex is not in the range [ 0, NumberOfBarPositions-1 ]. + -or- + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2017 + + + + + Creates a new instance of a shape driven Rebar element within the project. + The instance will have the default shape parameters from the RebarShape. + If the RebarShapeDefinesHooks flag in ReinforcementSettings has been set to true, + then curves, hook types and hook rotation angles should match the rebar shape definition. + Otherwise, the hooks can be different than the defaults specified in the RebarShape. + If the RebarShapeDefinesEndTreatment flag in ReinforcementSettings has been set to true, + then curves and end treatment types should match the rebar shape definition. + Otherwise, the end treatment types can be different than the defaults specified in the RebarShape. + + + A document. + + + A RebarShape element that defines the shape of the rebar. + A RebarShape element that matches curves, hooks, hook rotation angles and End Treatment. + A RebarShape element that provides the RebarStyle of the rebar. + + + A RebarBarType element that defines bar diameter, bend radius and material of the rebar. + + + A RebarHookType element that defines the hook for the start of the bar. + If this parameter is , it means to create a rebar with no hook. + + + A RebarHookType element that defines the hook for the end of the bar. + If this parameter is , it means to create a rebar with no hook. + + + The element to which the rebar belongs. The element must support rebar hosting; + . + + + The normal to the plane that the rebar curves lie on. + + + An array of curves that define the shape of the rebar curves. + They must belong to the plane defined by the normal and origin. + Bends and hooks should not be included in the array of curves. + + + Defines the orientation of the hook plane at the start of the rebar with respect to the orientation of the first curve and the plane normal. + Only two values are permitted: + Value = Right: The hook is on your right as you stand at the end of the bar, + with the bar behind you, taking the bar's normal as "up." + Value = Left: The hook is on your left as you stand at the end of the bar, + with the bar behind you, taking the bar's normal as "up." + + + Defines the orientation of the hook plane at the end of the rebar with respect to the orientation of the last curve and the plane normal. + Only two values are permitted: + Value = Right: The hook is on your right as you stand at the end of the bar, + with the bar behind you, taking the bar's normal as "up." + Value = Left: The hook is on your left as you stand at the end of the bar, + with the bar behind you, taking the bar's normal as "up." + + + The out of plane hook rotation angle at the start of the bar. + + + The out of plane hook rotation angle at the end of the bar. + + + The end treatment type id at the start of the bar. + + + The end treatment type id at the end of the bar. + + + The newly created Rebar instance, or if the operation fails. + + + The element host was not found in the given document. + -or- + host is not a valid rebar host. + -or- + The input curves is empty. + -or- + The input curves contains at least one curve which is not a bound Line or bound Arc + and is not supported for this operation. + -or- + curves do not form a valid CurveLoop. + -or- + The input curves contains at least one helical curve and is not supported for this operation. + -or- + the parameter endTreatmentTypeIdAtStart is not an EndTreatmentType element. + -or- + the parameter endTreatmentTypeIdAtEnd is not an EndTreatmentType element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + norm has zero length. + -or- + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + curves contains non-fillet arcs with radii that are less than the + minimum bend radius for the RebarBarType and RebarShape style. + + + rebarShape does not match curves. + + + 2021 + + + + + Creates a new instance of a shape driven Rebar element within the project. + The instance will have the default shape parameters from the RebarShape. + If the RebarShapeDefinesHooks flag in ReinforcementSettings has been set to true, + then both the curves and hooks must match the RebarShape definition. + Otherwise, the hooks can be different than the defaults specified in the RebarShape + + + A document. + + + A RebarShape element that defines the shape of the rebar. + A RebarShape element matches curves and hooks. + A RebarShape element provides RebarStyle of the rebar. + + + A RebarBarType element that defines bar diameter, bend radius and material of the rebar. + + + A RebarHookType element that defines the hook for the start of the bar. + If this parameter is , it means to create a rebar with no hook. + + + A RebarHookType element that defines the hook for the end of the bar. + If this parameter is , it means to create a rebar with no hook. + + + The element to which the rebar belongs. The element must support rebar hosting; + . + + + The normal to the plane that the rebar curves lie on. + + + An array of curves that define the shape of the rebar curves. + They must belong to the plane defined by the normal and origin. + Bends and hooks should not be included in the array of curves. + + + Defines the orientation of the hook plane at the start of the rebar with respect to the orientation of the first curve and the plane normal. + Only two values are permitted: + Value = Right: The hook is on your right as you stand at the end of the bar, + with the bar behind you, taking the bar's normal as "up." + Value = Left: The hook is on your left as you stand at the end of the bar, + with the bar behind you, taking the bar's normal as "up." + + + Defines the orientation of the hook plane at the end of the rebar with respect to the orientation of the last curve and the plane normal. + Only two values are permitted: + Value = Right: The hook is on your right as you stand at the end of the bar, + with the bar behind you, taking the bar's normal as "up." + Value = Left: The hook is on your left as you stand at the end of the bar, + with the bar behind you, taking the bar's normal as "up." + + + The newly created Rebar instance, or if the operation fails. + + + The element host was not found in the given document. + -or- + host is not a valid rebar host. + -or- + The input curves is empty. + -or- + The input curves contains at least one curve which is not a bound Line or bound Arc + and is not supported for this operation. + -or- + curves do not form a valid CurveLoop. + -or- + The input curves contains at least one helical curve and is not supported for this operation. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + norm has zero length. + -or- + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + curves contains non-fillet arcs with radii that are less than the + minimum bend radius for the RebarBarType and RebarShape style. + + + rebarShape does not match curves. + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks if rebarShape matches curves, hooks and end treatment. + If the RebarShapeDefinesHooks flag in ReinforcementSettings has been set to false, then this method will ignore the hook information. + If the RebarShapeDefinesEndTreatment flag in ReinforcementSettings has been set to false, then this method will ignore the end treatment information. + + + A RebarShape element that defines the shape of the rebar. + + + A RebarBarType element that defines bar diameter, bend radius and material of the rebar. + + + The normal to the plane that the rebar curves lie on. + + + An array of curves that define the shape of the rebar curves. + They must belong to the plane defined by the normal and origin. + Bends and hooks should not be included in the array of curves. + + + A RebarHookType element that defines the hook for the start of the bar. + + + A RebarHookType element that defines the hook for the end of the bar. + + + Defines the orientation of the hook plane at the start of the rebar with respect to the orientation of the first curve and the plane normal. + Only two values are permitted: + Value = Right: The hook is on your right as you stand at the end of the bar, + with the bar behind you, taking the bar's normal as "up." + Value = Left: The hook is on your left as you stand at the end of the bar, + with the bar behind you, taking the bar's normal as "up." + + + Defines the orientation of the hook plane at the end of the rebar with respect to the orientation of the last curve and the plane normal. + Only two values are permitted: + Value = Right: The hook is on your right as you stand at the end of the bar, + with the bar behind you, taking the bar's normal as "up." + Value = Left: The hook is on your left as you stand at the end of the bar, + with the bar behind you, taking the bar's normal as "up." + + + The out of plane hook rotation angle at the start of the bar. + + + The out of plane hook rotation angle at the end of the bar. + + + The end treatment type id at the start of the bar. + + + The end treatment type id at the end of the bar. + + + True if rebarShape matches curves and hooks. + + + The input curves is empty. + -or- + The input curves contains at least one curve which is not a bound Line or bound Arc + and is not supported for this operation. + -or- + curves do not form a valid CurveLoop. + -or- + The input curves contains at least one helical curve and is not supported for this operation. + -or- + the parameter endTreatmentTypeIdAtStart is not an EndTreatmentType element. + -or- + the parameter endTreatmentTypeIdAtEnd is not an EndTreatmentType element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + norm has zero length. + -or- + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2021 + + + + + Checks if rebarShape matches curves and hooks. + If the RebarShapeDefinesHooks flag in ReinforcementSettings has been set to false, then this method will ignore the hook information. + + + A RebarShape element that defines the shape of the rebar. + + + A RebarBarType element that defines bar diameter, bend radius and material of the rebar. + + + The normal to the plane that the rebar curves lie on. + + + An array of curves that define the shape of the rebar curves. + They must belong to the plane defined by the normal and origin. + Bends and hooks should not be included in the array of curves. + + + A RebarHookType element that defines the hook for the start of the bar. + + + A RebarHookType element that defines the hook for the end of the bar. + + + Defines the orientation of the hook plane at the start of the rebar with respect to the orientation of the first curve and the plane normal. + Only two values are permitted: + Value = Right: The hook is on your right as you stand at the end of the bar, + with the bar behind you, taking the bar's normal as "up." + Value = Left: The hook is on your left as you stand at the end of the bar, + with the bar behind you, taking the bar's normal as "up." + + + Defines the orientation of the hook plane at the end of the rebar with respect to the orientation of the last curve and the plane normal. + Only two values are permitted: + Value = Right: The hook is on your right as you stand at the end of the bar, + with the bar behind you, taking the bar's normal as "up." + Value = Left: The hook is on your left as you stand at the end of the bar, + with the bar behind you, taking the bar's normal as "up." + + + True if rebarShape matches curves and hooks. + + + The input curves is empty. + -or- + The input curves contains at least one curve which is not a bound Line or bound Arc + and is not supported for this operation. + -or- + curves do not form a valid CurveLoop. + -or- + The input curves contains at least one helical curve and is not supported for this operation. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + norm has zero length. + -or- + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a new shape driven Rebar, as an instance of a RebarShape. + The instance will have the default shape parameters from the RebarShape, + and its location is based on the bounding box of the shape in the shape definition. + Hooks are removed from the shape before computing its bounding box. + If appropriate hooks can be found in the document, they will be assigned arbitrarily. + + + A document. + + + A RebarShape element that defines the shape of the rebar. + + + A RebarBarType element that defines bar diameter, bend radius and material of the rebar. + + + The element to which the rebar belongs. The element must support rebar hosting; + . + + + The lower-left corner of the shape's bounding box will be placed at this point in the project. + + + The x-axis in the shape definition will be mapped to this direction in the project. + + + The y-axis in the shape definition will be mapped to this direction in the project. + + + The newly created Rebar instance, or if the operation fails. + + + The element host was not found in the given document. + -or- + host is not a valid rebar host. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + xVec has zero length. + -or- + yVec has zero length. + + + 2009 + + + + + + + + + Creates a new instance of a shape driven Rebar element within the project. + + + A document. + + + The usage of the bar, "standard" or "stirrup/tie". + + + A RebarBarType element that defines bar diameter, bend radius and material of the rebar. + + + A RebarHookType element that defines the hook for the start of the bar. + If this parameter is , it means to create a rebar with no hook. + + + A RebarHookType element that defines the hook for the end of the bar. + If this parameter is , it means to create a rebar with no hook. + + + The element to which the rebar belongs. The element must support rebar hosting; + . + + + The normal to the plane that the rebar curves lie on. + + + An array of curves that define the shape of the rebar curves. + They must belong to the plane defined by the normal and origin. + Bends and hooks should not be included in the array of curves. + + + Defines the orientation of the hook plane at the start of the rebar with respect to the orientation of the first curve and the plane normal. + Only two values are permitted: + Value = Right: The hook is on your right as you stand at the end of the bar, + with the bar behind you, taking the bar's normal as "up." + Value = Left: The hook is on your left as you stand at the end of the bar, + with the bar behind you, taking the bar's normal as "up." + + + Defines the orientation of the hook plane at the end of the rebar with respect to the orientation of the last curve and the plane normal. + Only two values are permitted: + Value = Right: The hook is on your right as you stand at the end of the bar, + with the bar behind you, taking the bar's normal as "up." + Value = Left: The hook is on your left as you stand at the end of the bar, + with the bar behind you, taking the bar's normal as "up." + + + The out of plane hook rotation angle at the start of the bar. + + + The out of plane hook rotation angle at the end of the bar. + + + The end treatment type id at the start of the bar. + + + The end treatment type id at the end of the bar. + + + Attempts to assign a RebarShape from those existing in the document. If no shape matches, this function returns if createNewShape is false or it will create a new shape if createNewShape is true. + When both parameters are "true", the behavior is the same as sketching rebar in the UI. At least one of these parameters must be "true". + If the RebarShapeDefinesHooks flag in ReinforcementSettings has been set to false, and a RebarShape cannot be found with both matching curves and hooks, + then this method will perform a second search, ignoring hook information. + + + Creates a shape in the document to match the curves, hooks, and style specified, and assigns it to the new rebar instance. + Shape creation will not succeed unless one or more other shapes already exist in the document, and these shapes + have enough shape parameters to define a shape for these curves. + + + The newly created Rebar instance, or if the operation fails. + + + The element host was not found in the given document. + -or- + host is not a valid rebar host. + -or- + The input curves is empty. + -or- + The input curves contains at least one curve which is not a bound Line or bound Arc + and is not supported for this operation. + -or- + curves do not form a valid CurveLoop. + -or- + The input curves contains at least one helical curve and is not supported for this operation. + -or- + the parameter endTreatmentTypeIdAtStart is not an EndTreatmentType element. + -or- + the parameter endTreatmentTypeIdAtEnd is not an EndTreatmentType element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + norm has zero length. + -or- + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + Both useExistingShapeIfPossible and createNewShape are false. + -or- + curves contains non-fillet arcs with radii that are less than the + minimum bend radius for the RebarBarType and bar style. + + + 2021 + + + + + Creates a new instance of a shape driven Rebar element within the project. + + + A document. + + + The usage of the bar, "standard" or "stirrup/tie". + + + A RebarBarType element that defines bar diameter, bend radius and material of the rebar. + + + A RebarHookType element that defines the hook for the start of the bar. + If this parameter is , it means to create a rebar with no hook. + + + A RebarHookType element that defines the hook for the end of the bar. + If this parameter is , it means to create a rebar with no hook. + + + The element to which the rebar belongs. The element must support rebar hosting; + . + + + The normal to the plane that the rebar curves lie on. + + + An array of curves that define the shape of the rebar curves. + They must belong to the plane defined by the normal and origin. + Bends and hooks should not be included in the array of curves. + + + Defines the orientation of the hook plane at the start of the rebar with respect to the orientation of the first curve and the plane normal. + Only two values are permitted: + Value = Right: The hook is on your right as you stand at the end of the bar, + with the bar behind you, taking the bar's normal as "up." + Value = Left: The hook is on your left as you stand at the end of the bar, + with the bar behind you, taking the bar's normal as "up." + + + Defines the orientation of the hook plane at the end of the rebar with respect to the orientation of the last curve and the plane normal. + Only two values are permitted: + Value = Right: The hook is on your right as you stand at the end of the bar, + with the bar behind you, taking the bar's normal as "up." + Value = Left: The hook is on your left as you stand at the end of the bar, + with the bar behind you, taking the bar's normal as "up." + + + Attempts to assign a RebarShape from those existing in the document. If no shape matches, this function returns null if createNewShape is false or it will create a new shape if createNewShape is true. + When both parameters are "true", the behavior is the same as sketching rebar in the UI. At least one of these parameters must be "true". + If the RebarShapeDefinesHooks flag in ReinforcementSettings has been set to false, and a RebarShape cannot be found with both matching curves and hooks, + then this method will perform a second search, ignoring hook information. + + + Creates a shape in the document to match the curves, hooks, and style specified, and assigns it to the new rebar instance. + Shape creation will not succeed unless one or more other shapes already exist in the document, and these shapes + have enough shape parameters to define a shape for these curves. + + + The newly created Rebar instance, or if the operation fails. + + + The element host was not found in the given document. + -or- + host is not a valid rebar host. + -or- + The input curves is empty. + -or- + The input curves contains at least one curve which is not a bound Line or bound Arc + and is not supported for this operation. + -or- + curves do not form a valid CurveLoop. + -or- + The input curves contains at least one helical curve and is not supported for this operation. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + norm has zero length. + -or- + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + Both useExistingShapeIfPossible and createNewShape are false. + -or- + curves contains non-fillet arcs with radii that are less than the + minimum bend radius for the RebarBarType and bar style. + + + 2009 + + + + + + + + + Creates a free form rebar that will be unconstrained. Constraints can't be added later to this rebar. + + +

This function can fail due to following reasons:

+ + The array of CurveLoops is empty. + At least one CurveLoop is empty. + At least one CurveLoop contains an unbounded curve. + A rebar constructed from curves can't be bent according to the bending radius. + +
+ + A document. + + + A RebarBarType element that defines bar diameter, bend radius and material of the rebar. + + + The element to which the rebar belongs. The element must support rebar hosting. + + + Each curve loop represents a bar in the set. + + + Will be Success(0) if everything is ok, otherwise the failure reason. + + + The newly created free form Rebar Instance. + + + host is not a valid rebar host. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2018 + +
+ + + Creates a free form rebar that will be unconstrained. Constraints can't be added later to this rebar. + + +

This function can fail due to following reasons:

+ + One or more of the input curves was null. + One or more of the input curves was unbounded. + Curves doesn't form a valid curve loop, it forms 0, 2 or more curve loops. + A rebar constructed from curves can't be bent according to the bending radius. + +
+ + A document. + + + A RebarBarType element that defines bar diameter, bend radius and material of the rebar. + + + The element to which the rebar belongs. The element must support rebar hosting. + + + Each array of curves represent a bar in the set. + + + Will be Success if everything is ok, otherwise the failure reason. + + + The newly created free form Rebar Instance. + + + host is not a valid rebar host. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2018 + +
+ + + Creates a free form rebar that can have constraints. + + + It requires a server GUID which will have the responsibility to define bar handles(which will be constrained) and to do the calculation of the curves. + See for more details. + + + A Document. + + + The API server GUID. + Should be the same that the function GetServerId() from class derived from returns. + This server has the responsibility to calculate the bars of Rebar. + + + A RebarBarType element that defines bar diameter, bend radius and material of the rebar. + + + The element to which the rebar belongs. The element must support rebar hosting. + + + The newly created free form Rebar Instance. + + + host is not a valid rebar host. + -or- + The server with serverGUID was not registered for RebarUpdateService. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + The type of rebar distribution(also known as Rebar Set Type). + + + The possible values of this property are: + UniformVaryingLength + For a uniform distribution type: all bars parameters are the same as the first bar in set. + For a varying length distribution type: bars parameters can vary(primarly in length) + taking in consideration the constraints of the first bar in set. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2017 + + + + + The number of potential bars in the set. + + + The number of positions is equal to the number of actual bars (the Quantity), plus the number of bars that are excluded. + + + When setting this property: the number of bar positions numberOfBarPositions is less than 1 or more than 1002. + + + When setting this property: This rebar element represents a single bar (the layout rule is Single). + + + 2009 + + + + + The volume of an individual bar multiplied by Quantity. + + + 2009 + + + + + The length of an individual bar multiplied by Quantity. + + + 2009 + + + + + Identifies if the last bar in rebar set is shown. + + + This rebar element represents a single bar (the layout rule is Single). + + + 2009 + + + + + Identifies if the first bar in rebar set is shown. + + + This rebar element represents a single bar (the layout rule is Single). + + + 2009 + + + + + Identifies the layout rule of rebar set. + + + 2009 + + + + + Identifies the maximum spacing between rebar in rebar set. + + + When setting this property: The maxSpacing isn't bigger than 0.0. + + + This rebar element represents a single bar (the layout rule is Single). + + + 2009 + + + + + Identifies the number of bars in rebar set. + + + Quantity is equal to NumberOfBarPositions if all the bars are included. + If any bars are excluded, they are not counted in the Quantity. + + + 2009 + + + + + When set to true, Rebar will report all its parameters as read only. + For example, the method Parameter::IsReadOnly() for all Rebar Parameters will return true. + When set to false, the return value of Parameter::IsReadOnly() will not be affected. + + + 2018 + + + + + The Schedule Mark parameter. On creation, the Schedule Mark is set + to a value that is unique to the host, but it can be set to + any value. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Represents a rebar element in Autodesk Revit. + + + 2009 + + + + + + + + + Gets the systems to which the wire belongs. + + + One wire might belong to more than one circuit. + + + The systems to which the wire belongs. + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + Checks if the given vertex point can be added to this wire. + + + Vertices are projected to the view plane for comparison. + + + The vertex point. + + + True if the vertex point can be added, false if the point cannot be added because there is already a vertex at this position on the view plane (within tolerance). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Gets the position of an existing vertex. + + + The index of the existing vertex. Should be between 0 and . + + + The position of the vertex. + It is the offset point for the start and end vertex, not the connector point. + If the wire connects to one device, it may have offset; otherwise, the start and end vertex is same as the connector point. + + + The index should be between 0 and the number of vertices of the wire. + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + 2015 + + + + + Sets the position of a given vertex. + If the vertex is start or end point, and the wire connects to electrical device, the wire end offset will be set according to the given vertex. + If the vertex is start or end point, and the wire connects to other wire, user can't set the vertex and exception will be thrown. + If the vertex is start or end point, and the wire connects to nothing, the vertex will be set as the given vertex. + + + The index of the existing vertex. Should be between 0 and . + + + The new position for the vertex. + + + The index should be between 0 and the number of vertices of the wire. + -or- + The vertex point cannot be added to the wire because there is already a vertex at this position on the view plane (within tolerance). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + Can't set the vertex when the vertex is start or end point and the wire connects to other wire. + + + 2015 + + + + + Removes the vertex corresponding to the specified index. + Can not remove the start or end vertex if it already connects to other element. + + + The index which should be in [0, NumberOfVertices). + + + The index should be between 0 and the number of vertices of the wire. + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + The wire has only 2 vertices, so one cannot be removed. + -or- + Can't remove the vertex when the vertex is start or end point and the wire connects to one element. + + + 2015 + + + + + Inserts a new vertex before the specified index. + + + To add a new vertex to the end of the wire, use . + + + The index of the vertex to come after this new vertex. Should be between 0 and . + + + The point of the new vertex. + + + The index should be between 0 and the number of vertices of the wire. + -or- + The vertex point cannot be added to the wire because there is already a vertex at this position on the view plane (within tolerance). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + Can't insert the vertex before the start vertex if the start point connects to one element. + + + 2015 + + + + + Appends one vertex to the end of the wire. + + + The vertex to be appended. + + + The vertex point cannot be added to the wire because there is already a vertex at this position on the view plane (within tolerance). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + The end point is already connected to an element, so a new endpoint vertex cannot be appended. + + + 2015 + + + + + Checks if the given vertex points are valid for the wire. + + + X and Y values are compared of the vertices. + + + The vertex points. + + + The start connector of the wire. + + + The end connector of the wire. + + + True if the given vertex points are valid, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Connects the wire to other elements. + + + The connector that the start connector of the wire connects to. + + + The connector that the end connector of the wire connects to. + + + startConnectorTo cannot be connected to a wire, as it is not an electrical connector. + -or- + endConnectorTo cannot be connected to a wire, as it is not an electrical connector. + -or- + startConnectorTo or/and endConnectorTo cannot be connected to a wire, as wire can't connect both connectors to same wire or same connector. + + + Cannot connect the wire to the start connector or the end connector. + + + 2015 + + + + + Creates a new wire. + + + The document. + + + The id of the wire type of the newly created wire. + + + The view in which the wire is to be visible. This must be the id of a floor plan or reflected ceiling plan view. + + + Specifiies the wiring type for the newly created wire. The shape of the wire is determined by this value and the total number of points supplied via the vertexPoints and endpoint connectors. If the wiring type is WiringType.Arc: + If there are 2 total points supplied, the wire is a straight-line wire.If there are 3 total points supplied, the wire is a circular arc wire.If there are 4 or more points, the wire is a spline wire. + If the wiring type is WiringType.Chamfer, a polyline wire will be created connecting all the points. + + + The vertex point of the wire. + If the startConnectorTo is , the first vertex of the vertexPoints will be the start point, otherwise, the start connector origin will be the start point. + If the endConnectorTo is , the last vertex of the vertexPoints will be the end point, otherwise, the end connector origin will be the end point. + + + The connector to which the wire start point connects. If , the start point connects to no existing connector. If set with a connector, the connector's origin will be added to the wire's vertices as the start point. + + + The connector to which the wire end point connects. If , the end point connects to no existing connector. If set with a connector, the connector's origin will be added to the wire's vertices as the end point. + + + The wire created. + + + wireTypeId is not a valid WireType id. + -or- + viewId does not represent a view valid for a Wire element. Either a floor plan or reflected ceiling plan is expected. + -or- + vertexPoints is not valid, because one or more points are coincident by comparing the X and Y of the points, or there are not at least two points including the connectors. + -or- + startConnectorTo cannot be connected to a wire, as it is not an electrical connector. + -or- + endConnectorTo cannot be connected to a wire, as it is not an electrical connector. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + 2015 + + + + + + + + + The number of vertices of the wire, including the start and end point. + + + 2015 + + + + + The ground conductor number. Its default value is zero after created. + + + + + The neutral conductor number. Its default value is zero after created. + + + + + The hot conductor number. Its default value is zero after created. + + + + + The wiring type(arc or chamfer) for the wire. + + + If the WiringType is arc, the shape of the wire depends on the number of points - it may be linear, a circular arc, or a spline. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + Electrical wire element. + + + + + Gets all element ids that are contained in the section. + + + 2013 + + + + + Check whether the type of fitting in this section is main. + + + The element id which can be duct fitting and pipe fitting. + + + True if the type of fitting in this section is main + False if the type of fitting in this section is branch + + + The ElementId fittingId does not correspond to a valid section fitting member. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Get the length for the specified segment id in this section. + + + The element id which can be duct segment and pipe segment. + + + The ElementId segmentId does not correspond to a valid section segment member. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets the loss coefficient for the specified element id in this section. + + + For Duct, it is loss coefficient. + For Pipe, the loss coefficient is equivalent to the friction factor. + Loss coefficient is a number. + The unit type is UT_Number. + + + The element id which can be duct segment, duct fitting , pipe segment and pipe fitting. + + + The ElementId elemId does not correspond to a valid section member. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets the pressure drop for the specified element id in this section. + + + The element id which can be duct segment, duct fitting , pipe segment and pipe fitting. + + + The ElementId elemId does not correspond to a valid section member. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The friction factor of the section. + + + Friction Factor is a number. + The friction factor type is UT_Number. + + + 2013 + + + + + The Reynolds number of the section. + + + Reynolds number is a number. + The Reynolds number type is UT_Number. + + + 2013 + + + + + The total length of all segments in the section. + + + Default unit is Decimal feet. + The unit type is UT_Length. + + + 2013 + + + + + The total pressure loss of the section. + + + It's total of all fittings and segments. + Default unit is Kgf per square feet. + For Duct, unit type is UT_HVAC_Pressure. + For Pipe, unit type is UT_Piping_Pressure. + + + 2013 + + + + + The loss coefficient of the section. + + + It's total of all fittings and segments. + Coefficient is a number. + The unit type is UT_Number. + + + 2013 + + + + + The velocity pressure of the section. + + + Default unit is Kgf per square feet. + For Duct, unit type is UT_HVAC_Pressure. + For Pipe, unit type is UT_Piping_Pressure + + + 2013 + + + + + The velocity of the section. + + + In one section, all section members have same velocity. + Default unit is Feet per second. + For Duct, unit type is UT_HVAC_Velocity. + For Pipe, unit type is UT_Piping_Velocity + + + 2013 + + + + + The friction of the section. + + + In one section, all section members have same friction. + Default unit is Feet of Water (60 °F) per 100 feet. + For Duct, unit type is UT_HVAC_Friction. + For Pipe, unit type is UT_Piping_Friction + + + 2013 + + + + + The fixture unit of the section. + + + In one section, all section members have same fixture unit. + Fixture Unit is a number. + The unit type is UT_Number. + + + 2013 + + + + + The flow of the section. + + + In one section, all section members have same flow. + Default unit is Cubic feet per second. + For Duct, unit type is UT_HVAC_Airflow. + For Pipe, unit type is UT_Piping_Flow + + + 2013 + + + + + The roughness of the section. + + + In one section, all section members have same roughness. + Default unit is Decimal feet. + For Duct, unit type is UT_HVAC_Roughness. + For Pipe, unit type is UT_Piping_Roughness + + + 2013 + + + + + The Section number. + + + 2013 + + + + + A section in the Autodesk Revit MEP product. + + + This is the base class for duct and pipe section. + This class is mainly for pressure loss calculation. + It is a series of connected elements (segments - ducts or pipes, fittings, terminals and accessories). + All section members should have same flow analysis properties: Flow, Size, Velocity, Friction and Roughness. + One section member element which contains more than one connector can belongs to multiple section. + e.g.: One Tee which has 3 connectors, usually, it belongs 3 sections. + One segment which connect to a tap will be divided into 2 sections. + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks if the element can be used as a hydraulic loop boundary. + + + The element to be checked. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Checks if the element is a valid hydraulic loop boundary. + + + The element to be checked. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Deletes hydraulically separated systems and merges the system components into the connected system. + + + The document where the system is deleted. + + + The boundary pipe that separates the system. Multiple pipes are allowed to delete more than one separated systems. + + + One or more elements is not a pipe. + -or- + One or more elements is not a valid loop boundary. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Creates new system which is hydraulically separated from the existing system. + + + Hydraulically separated systems allow independent flow and pressure analysis for each hydraulic loop. + For example, each hydraulic loop has its own cirtical path. The calculated pressure drop on the primary + pump is consisted of all pressure drop on the primary critical path. Any pressure drop on the secondary + loop would only contribute to the calculated pressure drop of the secondary pump. + + + The document where the new system is created. + + + The boundary pipe that defines a new system. Multiple pipes are allowed to create more than one separated systems. + + + The newly created piping system elements. + + + One or more elements is not a pipe. + -or- + One or more elements is already the loop boundary. + -or- + One or more elements can not be used as loop boundary. Check if the element connects to any junction. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Gets the set of element Id's for all pump sets in the system, if any. + + + The set of all the pump sets in the system. + + + 2019 + + + + + Gets the fixture units of this piping system. + + + The system fixture units is calculated in the non-blocking evaluation framework. The caller may set up callbacks that react to the asynchronous calculation results. + If no callback is set up (e.g, called from third-party applications), the calculation is automatically switched to synchronous calculation so the caller + can access the up-to-date result. Similarly, the public method get_ParameterValue(BuiltInParameter.RBS_PIPE_SYSTEM_FIXTURE_UNIT_PARAM) has the same behavior. + Due to this change, the parameter RBS_PIPE_SYSTEM_FIXTURE_UNIT_PARAM no longer supports dynamic model update. + + + The fixture units can not be calculated for this system. + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets the static pressure of this piping system. + + + The system static pressure is calculated in the non-blocking evaluation framework. The caller may set up callbacks that react to the asynchronous calculation results. + If no callback is set up (e.g, called from third-party applications), the calculation is automatically switched to synchronous calculation so the caller + can access the up-to-date result. Similarly, the public method get_ParameterValue(BuiltInParameter.RBS_PIPE_STATIC_PRESSURE) has the same behavior. Due to this + change, the parameter RBS_PIPE_STATIC_PRESSURE no longer supports dynamic model update. + + + The static pressure can not be calculated for this system. + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets the flow of this piping system. + + + The system flow is calculated in the non-blocking evaluation framework. The caller may set up callbacks that react to the asynchronous calculation results. + If no callback is set up (e.g, called from third-party applications), the calculation is automatically switched to synchronous calculation so the caller + can access the up-to-date result. Similarly, the public method get_ParameterValue(BuiltInParameter.RBS_PIPE_FLOW_PARAM) has the same behavior. Due to this + change, the parameter RBS_PIPE_FLOW_PARAM no longer supports dynamic model update. + + + The flow can not be calculated for this system. + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets the volume of this piping system. + + + The publicly exposed method. + + + The volume can not be calculated for this system. + + + 2017 + + + + + Creates a new instance of a piping system and adds it to the document. + + + The document where the element will be created and added. + + + The identifier of this piping system element's type. + + + The name of the piping system to be created. + + + The newly created piping system element. + + + The typeId is not an element id for a valid piping system type. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates a new instance of a piping system and adds it to the document. + + + The document where the element will be created and added. + + + The identifier of this piping system element's type. + + + The newly created piping system element. + + + The typeId is not an element id for a valid piping system type. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + 2011 + + + + + Indicates if any pressure drop server which was used in the piping system is not available. + + + True if there is any pressure drop server not available, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates if any flow server which was used in the piping system is not available. + + + True if there is any flow server not available, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates if the system is well connected or not. + + + If the system is not well connected, parameters which need to be calculated are invalid. + + + 2011 + + + + +Pipes and fittings which are contained in this system. + + +The return value doesn't include mechanical equipment elements. +The pipes and fittings are not returned in any particular order. + + + + The connector within base equipment which is used to connect with system. + Setting this property to will disconnect base equipment from system. + +Thrown when assigning a connector which is used in a system, +or when the connector's owner is not of type 'mechanical equipment'. + + +Thrown when the set operation failed. + + + + The type of this piping system. + + + + A piping system element. + + + 2011 + + + + + A pipe type element. + + + + + Set the MEPServerInfo of the current plumbing flow convertion server. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Get the MEPServerInfo of the current plumbing flow convertion server. + + + The MEPServerInfo of the current plumbing flow convertion server. + + + 2012 + + + + + Checks that the given value is a valid specific fitting angle. The specific fitting angles are angles of 90, 60, 45, 30, 22.5 or 11.25 degrees. + + + The angle value (in degree). + + + True if the given value is a valid specific fitting angle. + + + 2012 + + + + + Indicates whether analysis for closed loop hydronic piping networks is enabled in the specified document. + + + The document. + + + Returns true if analysis for closed loop hydronic piping networks is enabled, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Gets the status of given specific angle. + + + The specific fitting angle (in degree) that must be one of 90, 60, 45, 30, 22.5 or 11.25 degrees. + + + The given value for angle must be 90, 60, 45, 30, 22.5 or 11.25 degrees. + + + 2014 + + + + + Sets the status of given specific angle. + + + The specific angle (in degree) that must be one of 60, 45, 30, 22.5 or 11.25 degrees. + + + Status, true - using the given angle during the pipe layout. + + + The given value for angle must be 90, 60, 45, 30, 22.5 or 11.25 degrees. + + + Can not set an angle status for an invalid angle. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the list of specific fitting angles. + + + Revit will only use the angles specified during the pipe layout or modifying the pipe layout. + When laying out the pipes, if the angle between two pipes is close to the allowed angle, + the specific angle is used for that pipe fitting. + + + Angles (in degrees). + + + 2014 + + + + + Add a pipe slope value. + + + The pipe slope value. Revit stores the slope value as a percentage (0-100). + + + The given value for slope must be between 0 and 100. Slope value is stored in percentage. e.g. 100 means 100%, and it is 45 degree. + + + Can not add a pipe slope value that was already added. + + + 2012 + + + + + Set pipe slope values. + + + Pipe slope values. Revit stores the slope value as a percentage (0-100). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Each value of the slopes must be between 0 and 100. Slope value is stored in percentage. e.g. 100 means 100%, and it is 45 degree. + + + This operation failed. + + + 2012 + + + + + Get pipe slopes. + + + Pipe slope values. Revit stores the slope value as a percentage (0-100). + + + 2012 + + + + + Get the pipe settings of the project. + + + The document. + + + The pipe settings of the project. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Indicates whether to enable analysis for closed loop hydronic piping networks. + + +

For closed loop hydronic piping networks, Revit can analyze flow and pressure values for supply and return loops. In the model, select a pump to see the results of the analysis in the Properties palette.

+

A closed loop hydronic piping network must contain:

+ + A single pump/circulator + A single source, such as a boiler + Multiple piping segments + Multiple terminals, such as radiators. + +

A network may contain a direct return loop or a reverse return loop.

+
+ + 2018 + +
+ + + Indicates whether use annotation scale for single line fittings or not. + + + 2012 + + + + + The value of fitting annotation size. + + + When setting this property: The given value for dValue must be no more than 30000 feet in absolute value. + + + 2012 + + + + + The connector tolerance value. + + + When setting this property: The given value for dValue is not finite + + + 2012 + + + + + The connector separator string. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + The size prefix string. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + The size suffix string. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Determine how to use fitting angle during pipe layout or modifying layout. + + + When setting this property: The given value for fittingAngleUsage doesn't support in piping. + -or- + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2014 + + + + + The abbreviation of the Centerline (=) string. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + The abbreviation of the Set Down from bottom of fitting (SDB) string. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + The abbreviation of the Set Up from bottom of fitting(SUB) string. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + The abbreviation of the Set Down (SD) string. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + The abbreviation of the Set Up (SU) string. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + The abbreviation of the Flat On Bottom (FOB) string. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + The abbreviation of the Flat On Top (FOT) string. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + The pipe setting class. + + + 2012 + + + + + Returns an existing pipe schedule type with the same name. + + + The document + + + The name of requested schedule type. + + + Returns the element id of request schedule type, or invalidElementId if the name is not found. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Creates a new pipe schedule type with the given name. + + + If the name is already taken by an existing schedule type, an InvalidOperationException will be thrown. + + + The document + + + The name of requested schedule type. + + + Returns the newly created schedule type. + + + name is an empty string. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + The name is already taken by an existing pipe schedule type. + + + 2017 + + + + + Represents a pipe schedule type in the Autodesk Revit MEP product. + + + + + This class represents a pipe insulation type in Autodesk Revit. + + + 2012 + + + + + Creates a new instance of pipe insulation. + + + The document. + + + The pipe, fitting, accessory ElementId to which insulation will be added. + + + The pipe insulation type. + If the input pipe insulation type is InvalidElementId, the default insulation type from the document will be used. + + + The thickness of the insulation. + + + The newly created pipe insulation. + + + This id does not represent a pipe, fitting, or accessory element. + -or- + This pipe insulation type is invalid. + -or- + Thickness is not valid for assignment to insulation or lining elements. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2012 + + + + + Represents insulation applied to the outside of a given pipe, fitting or content. + + + 2012 + + + + + Checks if given type is valid piping system type. + + + The document. + + + ElementId of the piping system type to check. + + + True if the given systemTypeId is the piping system type, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks if the given connector is a valid piping connector. + + + A connector must be Piping domain type to be connected with other pipes. + + + Connector to check + + + True if the connector has the Piping domain type. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Checks if given type is valid pipe type. + + + A type is valid for pipe if it can be used to the pipe element. + + + The document. + + + ElementId of the pipe type to check. + + + True if pipe type can used for this pipe, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Updates the associated system type for the pipe. + + + If the pipe previously did not have a system associated to it, this will create a new system. + + + The ElementId of the piping system type. + + + The systemTypeId is not valid piping system type. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + 2015 + + + + + Creates a new placeholder pipe. + + + The document. + + + The ElementId of the piping system type. + + + The ElementId of the pipe type. + + + The level id for the pipe. + + + The first point of the placeholder line. + + + The second point of the placeholder line. + + + The placeholder pipe. + + + The systemTypeId is not valid piping system type. + -or- + The pipe type pipeTypeId is not valid pipe type. + -or- + The ElementId levelId is not a Level. + -or- + The points of startPoint and endPoint are too close: for MEPCurve, the minimum length is 1/10 inch. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates a new pipe that connects to two connectors. + + + The new pipe will have the same diameter and system type as the start connector. The creation will also connect the new pipe + to two component who owns the specified connectors. If necessary, additional fitting(s) are included to make a valid connection. + If the new pipe can not be connected to the next component (e.g., mismatched direction, no valid fitting, and etc), the new pipe + will still be created at the specified connector position, and an InvalidOperationException is thrown. + + + The document. + + + The ElementId of the new pipe type. + + + The level ElementId for the new pipe. + + + The first connector where the new pipe starts. + + + The second point of the new pipe. + + + The pipe. + + + The pipe type pipeTypeId is not valid pipe type. + -or- + The ElementId levelId is not a Level. + -or- + The connector domain is not Domain.Piping. + -or- + The points of startConnector and endConnector are too close: for MEPCurve, the minimum length is 1/10 inch. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + Thrown when the new pipe fails to connect with the connector. + + + 2015 + + + + + Creates a new pipe that connects to the connector. + + + The new pipe will have the same diameter and system type as the specified connector. The creation will also connect the new pipe + to the component who owns the specified connector. If necessary, additional fitting(s) are included to make a valid connection. + If the new pipe can not be connected to the next component (e.g., mismatched direction, no valid fitting, and etc), the new pipe + will still be created at the specified connector position, and an InvalidOperationException is thrown. + + + The document. + + + The ElementId of the new pipe type. + + + The level id for the new pipe. + + + The first connector where the new pipe starts. + + + The second point of the new pipe. + + + The pipe. + + + The pipe type pipeTypeId is not valid pipe type. + -or- + The ElementId levelId is not a Level. + -or- + The connector domain is not Domain.Piping. + -or- + The points of startConnector and endPoint are too close: for MEPCurve, the minimum length is 1/10 inch. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + Thrown when the new pipe fails to connect with the connector. + + + 2015 + + + + + Creates a new pipe from two points. + + + The document. + + + The ElementId of the piping system type. + + + The ElementId of the pipe type. + + + The level ElementId for the pipe. + + + The start point of the pipe. + + + The end point of the pipe. + + + The pipe. + + + The systemTypeId is not valid piping system type. + -or- + The pipe type pipeTypeId is not valid pipe type. + -or- + The ElementId levelId is not a Level. + -or- + The points of startPoint and endPoint are too close: for MEPCurve, the minimum length is 1/10 inch. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + 2014 + + + + + + + + + The pipe segment that was assigned to this pipe according to the routing preference. + + + 2017 + + + + + Identifies if the pipe is a placeholder or not. + + + + The pipe type of this pipe. + + + The flow state of the pipe. + + + + A pipe in the Autodesk Revit MEP product. + + + The pipe is only available in the Autodesk Revit MEP product. + + + + + Confirms if the parameter is a valid HVAC rise/drop symbol type. + + + The type. + + + True if the input is a valid HVAC rise/drop symbol type, false otherwise. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + Creates a new instance of a mechanical system type and adds it to the document. + + + The document where the element will be created and added. + + + The classification for the mechanical system type to be created + + + The name of the mechanical system type to be created. + + + The newly created mechanical system type element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + The system classification is not valid for the domain of this system type. + + + 2012 + + + + + indicates the rise/drop symbol given the system type + + + When setting this property: The input is not a valid HVAC rise/drop symbol type. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + Base class for duct system types + + + 2012 + + + + + Gets the static pressure of this mechanical system. + + + The system static pressure is calculated in the non-blocking evaluation framework. The caller may set up callbacks that react to the asynchronous calculation results. + If no callback is set up (e.g, called from third-party applications), the calculation is automatically switched to synchronous calculation so the caller + can access the up-to-date result. Similarly, the public method get_ParameterValue(BuiltInParameter.RBS_DUCT_STATIC_PRESSURE) has the same behavior. Due to this + change, the parameter RBS_DUCT_STATIC_PRESSURE no longer supports dynamic model update. + + + The static pressure can not be calculated for this system. + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets the flow of this mechanical system. + + + The system flow is calculated in the non-blocking evaluation framework. The caller may set up callbacks that react to the asynchronous calculation results. + If no callback is set up (e.g, called from third-party applications), the calculation is automatically switched to synchronous calculation so the caller + can access the up-to-date result. Similarly, the public method get_ParameterValue(BuiltInParameter.RBS_DUCT_FLOW_PARAM) has the same behavior. Due to this + change, the parameter RBS_DUCT_FLOW_PARAM no longer supports dynamic model update. + + + The flow can not be calculated for this system. + + + 2017 + + + + + Creates a new instance of a mechanical system and adds it to the document. + + + The document where the element will be created and added. + + + The identifier of this mechanical system element's type. + + + The name of the mechanical system to be created. + + + The newly created mechanical system element. + + + The typeId is not an element id for a valid mechanical system type. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates a new instance of a mechanical system and adds it to the document. + + + The document where the element will be created and added. + + + The identifier of this mechanical system element's type. + + + The newly created mechanical system element. + + + The typeId is not an element id for a valid mechanical system type. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + 2011 + + + + + Indicates if any pressure drop server which was used in the mechanical system is not available. + + + True if there is any pressure drop server not available, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates if the system is well connected or not. + + + If the system is not well connected, parameters which need to be calculated are invalid. + + + 2011 + + + + +The ducts and fittings contained within the system. + + +The return value doesn't include terminals or equipments, the ducts and fittings are returned in no particular order. + + + + The connector within the base equipment which is used to connect with the system. + Assigning to the base equipment connector will disconnect the base equipment from the system. + +Thrown when assigning a connector which is used in a system, +or when the connector's owner is not of type 'mechanical equipment'. + + +Thrown when the set operation failed. + + Setting this property will regenerate the document even in manual regeneration mode. + + + The type of this duct system. + + + + A mechanical system element. + + + 2011 + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + + Gets the FluidTemperatureSetIterator to the fluid type. + + + The FluidTemperatureSetIterator to the fluid type. + + + 2013 + + + + + Removes a fluid temperature via the temperature value from the set. + + + The temperature value. + + + Thrown if the temperature that will be removed doesn't exist in the fluid type + or the temperature that will be removed is in use. + + + 2013 + + + + + Adds a fluid temperature to the set. + + + The fluid temperature being inserted. + + + Thrown if the temperature that will be added already exists in the fluid type. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets a copy of the FluidTemperature object matching a given temperature value. + + + Changes made to this object will not be applied to the FluidType object. + In order to modify the FluidTemperature settings for a given temperature, + you should remove the existing FluidTemperature (RemoveTemperature()) and then add the modified value (AddTemperature()). + + + The temperature value. + + + The fluid temperature. if not found. + + + 2013 + + + + + Clears all fluid temperatures in the set. + + + Thrown if some temperatures in the FluidType object are in use. + + + 2013 + + + + + Identifies if the fluid type is in use. + + + If a fluid type is in use, it cannot be deleted. + + + The document. + + + The id of the fluid type. + + + True if the fluid type is in use. + False if the fluid type is not in use. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets a fluid type by name. + + + The document. + + + The name of fluid type. + + + The fluid type. if the fluid type was not found. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a new fluid type and adds it to the document. + + + The new fluid type will be a duplicate of the input type. + + + The document. + + + The name of new created fluid type. + + + The existing fluid type which is based on. + + + The newly created fluid type. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a new empty fluid type and adds it to the document. + + + The document. + + + The name of fluid type. + + + The newly created fluid type. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + Returns a FluidTemperatureSetIterator that iterates through the collection. + A FluidTemperatureSetIterator object that can be used to iterate through key-value pairs in the collection. + + + + Has been extended to provide read and write access to a collection of FluidTemperature objects which represent the fluid's properties at various temperatures. + + + 2013 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The density value + + + 2013 + + + + + The dynamic viscosity value + + + 2013 + + + + + The temperature value + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a new fluid temperature with given temperature, dynamic viscosity and density. + + + The temperature value. + + + The dynamic viscosity value. + + + The density value. + + + 2013 + + + + + Represents the dynamic viscosity and density properties as defined at a certain temperature. + + + 2013 + + + +Gets the item at the current position of the iterator.(Inherited from IEnumerator. Give it another property name to avoid confusing. And make it internal.) + + + Gets the item at the current position of the iterator. + There is no current item if the iterator has not started yet or has been done. + There is no current item in the iterator. + + + + Returns the current FluidTemperature. + + + The current FluidTemperature. + + + There is no current item in the iterator. + + + 2013 + + + + + Resets the iterator to the initial state. + + + 2013 + + + + + Identifies if the iteration has completed. + + + True if the iteration has no more items. False if there are more items to be iterated. + + + 2013 + + + + + Increments the iterator to the next item. + + + True if there is a next available item in this iterator. + False if the iterator has completed all available items. + + + 2013 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + An iterator to a set of FluidTemperature from FluidType. + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks if given type is valid piping system type. + + + The document. + + + ElementId of the piping system type to check. + + + True if the given systemTypeId is the piping system type, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks if given type is valid flexible pipe type. + + + A type is valid for flexible pipe if it can be used to the flexible pipe element. + + + The document. + + + ElementId of the flexible pipe type to check. + + + True if flexible pipe type can used for this pipe, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates a new flexible pipe into the document, using a point array and flex pipe type. + + + The document. + + + The id of the piping system type. + + + The id of the flexible pipe. + + + The level id for the flexible pipe. + + + The tangent vector at the start of the curve. The invalid or zero vector is ignored. + + + The tangent vector at the end of the curve. The invalid or zero vector is ignored. + + + The point array indicating the path of the flexible pipe, including the end point. + + + If creation was successful then a new flexible pipe is returned, otherwise an exception with failure information will be thrown. + + + The systemTypeId is not valid piping system type. + -or- + The type pipeTypeId is not valid flexible pipe type. + -or- + The ElementId levelId is not a Level. + -or- + The valid number of points is less than two. In order to create a flex curve, at least two points are required. Note the duplicate points don't take into account. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates a new flexible pipe into the document, using a point array and flex pipe type. + + + The document. + + + The id of the piping system type. + + + The id of the flexible pipe. + + + The level id for the flexible pipe. + + + The point array indicating the path of the flexible pipe, including the end point. + + + If creation was successful then a new flexible pipe is returned, otherwise an exception with failure information will be thrown. + + + The systemTypeId is not valid piping system type. + -or- + The type pipeTypeId is not valid flexible pipe type. + -or- + The ElementId levelId is not a Level. + -or- + The valid number of points is less than two. In order to create a flex curve, at least two points are required. Note the duplicate points don't take into account. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets or sets the tangent vector at the end of the curve. The invalid or zero vector is ignored when setting the tangent. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets or sets the tangent vector at the start of the curve. The invalid or zero vector is ignored when setting the tangent. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + The points of the flex pipe. + This property is used to retrieve the points of flex pipe, including the end points. +If the end points are changed, the connection will be maintained by Revit automatically. +The set operation will fail if the modification makes the connection invalid. + + + + The flex pipe type of this flex pipe. + + + The flow state of the pipe. + + + + A flex pipe in the Autodesk Revit MEP product. + + + The flex pipe is only available in the Autodesk Revit MEP product. + + + + + Checks if given type is valid HVAC system type. + + + The document. + + + ElementId of the HVAC system type to check. + + + True if the given systemTypeId is the HVAC system type, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks if given type is valid flexible duct type. + + + A type is valid for flexible duct if it can be used to the flexible duct element. + + + The document. + + + ElementId of the flexible duct type to check. + + + True if flexible duct type can used for this duct, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates a new flexible duct into the document, using a point array and flexible duct type. + + + The document. + + + The id of the HVAC system type. + + + The id of the flexible duct. + + + The level id for the flexible duct. + + + The tangent vector at the start of the curve. The invalid or zero vector is ignored. + + + The tangent vector at the end of the curve. The invalid or zero vector is ignored. + + + The point array indicating the path of the flexible duct, including the end point. + + + If creation was successful then a new flexible duct is returned, otherwise an exception with failure information will be thrown. + + + The systemTypeId is not valid HVAC system type. + -or- + The type ductTypeId is not valid flexible duct type. + -or- + The ElementId levelId is not a Level. + -or- + The valid number of points is less than two. In order to create a flex curve, at least two points are required. Note the duplicate points don't take into account. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates a new flexible duct into the document, using a point array and flexible duct type. + + + The document. + + + The id of the HVAC system type. + + + The id of the flexible duct. + + + The level id for the flexible duct. + + + The point array indicating the path of the flexible duct, including the end point. + + + If creation was successful then a new flexible duct is returned, otherwise an exception with failure information will be thrown. + + + The systemTypeId is not valid HVAC system type. + -or- + The type ductTypeId is not valid flexible duct type. + -or- + The ElementId levelId is not a Level. + -or- + The valid number of points is less than two. In order to create a flex curve, at least two points are required. Note the duplicate points don't take into account. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets or sets the tangent vector at the end of the curve. The invalid or zero vector is ignored when setting the tangent. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets or sets the tangent vector at the start of the curve. The invalid or zero vector is ignored when setting the tangent. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + The flex duct type of this flex duct. + + + The points of the flex duct. + This property is used to retrieve the points of flex duct, including the end points. +If the end points are changed, the connection will be maintained by Revit automatically. +The set operation will fail if the modification makes the connection invalid. + + + + + A flex duct in the Autodesk Revit MEP product. + + + + +Indicates whether the wire type is in use. + + + + +The conduit type of the wire type. + + + + +The maximum neutral size of the wire type. + + + + +Whether or not the neutral point is required. + + + + +The neutral multiplier type of the wire type. + + + + +The max size of the wire type. + + + + +The insulation type. + + + + +The temperature rating type of the wire type. + + Should retrieved from relevant WireMaterial object. + + + +The material type of the wire type. + + + + +Represents a specific wire type. + + + + An enumerated type to list the neutral mode for wire type. + + + Neutral Mode is UnbalancedCurrent. + + + Neutral Mode is HotConductorSize. + + + +Represents a specific conduit type of wire type. + + + + +Remove an existing ground conductor size from this material type. + + The ground size type to be removed. + + + +Add new electrical ground conductor size type into this material type. + + Ampacity of ground conductor size to be added. + Size of ground conductor size to be added. + New added ground conductor size. + + + +Remove an existing temperature rating type from this material type. + + The temperature rating type to be removed. + +The last temperature rating type of project and any one used by a wire type can't be removed. + + + + +Add a new temperature rating type into material type. + + Name of temperature type to be added. + The new temperature rating will be created base on this existing temperature rating type. + New constructed temperature rating type. + + + +Indicate whether the wire material type is in use. + + + + +Get all ground conductor size types defined in this wire material type. + + + + +Get all temperature rating type definitions defined in this wire material type. + + + + +Get name of wire material type. + + Set name can't be supported. + + + +Represents electrical wire material type definition information of wire type. + + +All the other properties of wire type are based on wire material type. +Only the wire material types which are retrieved from ElectricalSetting can work well, so don't retrieve it from Revit project directly. + + + + +Remove an existing correction factor from this temperature rating type in Revit MEP project. + + The correction factor to be removed. + New constructed correction factor. + + + +Add a new electrical correction factor type to this temperature rating type. The given temperature +value should be quantified in the document's selected unit of electrical temperature. + + Temperature of correction factor to be added in the document's selected unit of electrical temperature. + Factor of correction factor to be added. + New constructed correction factor. + + + +Remove an existing wire size type from this temperature rating type. + + The wire size type to be removed. + + + +Add a new kind of wire size type into this temperature rating type. + + Size of wire size. + Ampacity of wire size to be added. + Diameter of wire size to be added. + Constructed wire size type. + + + +Remove an existing insulation type from this temperature rating type. + + Insulation type to be removed. + +The last one insulation type of project and any one which is in use by a wire type can't be removed. + + + + +Add a new kind of insulation type into this temperature rating type. + + Name of insulation type symbol to be constructed and added. + Constructed insulation type instance. + + + +Indicate whether the temperature rating type is in use. + + + + +Get all correction factors defined in this temperature rating type and its corresponding material type. + + + + +Get all electrical wire sizes defined in this temperature rating type and its corresponding material type. + + + + +Get all insulation types defined in this temperature rating type and its corresponding material type. + + + + +Get the material type information which this temperature rating type belongs to. + + + + +Get name of temperature rating type. + + Set name can't be supported. + + + +Represents temperature rating type definition information. + + Temperature rating type is defined based on corresponding wire material type. +It includes type information such as wire size, insulation type, correction factor, etc. +Only the temperature rating types which are retrieved from WireMaterialType can work well, so don't retrieve it from Revit document directly. + + + +Indicate whether the insulation type is in use. + + + + +Get name of Insulation type. + + Set name can't be supported. + + + +Represents electrical insulation type definition information. + + Insulation type is defined based on corresponding wire material type and temperature rating type. + + + +Get conductor size corresponding to specific ampacity. + + + + +Get ampacity which is used for specifying size, the unit is ampere. + + + + +Get the material type which include this ground conductor size information. + + + + +Represents electrical ground conductor size definition information. + + Ground conductor size is defined based on corresponding wire material type. + + + +Get factor value of wire correction factor. + + + + +Get temperature which is used for specifying correction factor. The value returned is quantified in +the document's selected unit of electrical temperature. + + + + +Represents electrical correction factor information. + + Correction factor is defined based on corresponding wire material type and temperature rating type. + + + +Get or set whether the size can be used in sizing. + + + + +Get diameter of wire. + + + + +Get size symbol of wire. + + + + +Get ampacity which be used for specifying size, the unit is ampere. + + + + +Represents specific electrical wire size information. + + Wire size is defined based on corresponding wire material type and temperature rating type. + + + + A duct type element. + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + + Returns a DuctSizeSettingIterator to the duct size settings. + + + 2013 + + + + + Erase the existing MEPSize with this nominal diameter. The duct shape determines the location of the size in the size table. + + + Does nothing if there is no existing MEPSize with this nominal diameter. + + + The shape of duct. + + + Nominal diameter. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + Throws if the function is called during iterating the size set. + + + 2013 + + + + + Inserts a new MEPSize in to the duct size settings. The duct shape determines the location of the new size in the size table. + + + The shape of duct. + + + The new MEPSize to be added. + + + Throws if there is no size set determined by the duct shape + or there is already the same size in the size set determined by the duct shape. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + Throws if the function is called during iterating the size set. + + + 2013 + + + + + Get the duct size settings of the project. + + + The document. + + + The duct size settings of the project. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Get the size count of the duct size table. The duct shape determines the location of the size in the size table. + + + The shape of duct. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + Get the DuctSizes for this DuctShape. + + + The duct shape. + + + The DuctSizes for this DuctShape. + + + There is no DuctSizes for this DuctShape. + + + A non-optional argument was NULL + + + 2012 + + + + Returns a DuctSizeSettingIterator object that iterates through the collection. + A DuctSizeSettingIterator object that can be used to iterate through key-value pairs in the collection. + + + + Duct sizes settings + + + 2013 + + + +Gets the item at the current position of the iterator.(Inherited from IEnumerator. Give it another property name to avoid confusing. And make it internal.) + + + Gets the item at the current position of the iterator. + There is no current item if the iterator has not started yet or has been done. + There is no current item in the iterator. + + + + There is no current item in the iterator. + + + 2013 + + + + + There is no current item in the iterator. + + + 2013 + + + + + Identifies whether the iterator has a current item. + There is no current item if the iterator has not started yet or has been done. + + + True if there is a current item. + + + 2013 + + + + + Resets the iterator to the initial state. + + + 2013 + + + + + Identifies if the iteration has completed. + + + True if the iteration has no more items. False if there are more items to be iterated. + + + 2013 + + + + + Increments the enumerator to the next item. + + + True if there is a next available item in this enumerator. + False if the enumerator has completed all available items. + + + 2013 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + An iterator to a set of items from DuctSizeSettings. Each item is a KeyValuePair(DuctShape::Enum, DuctSizes). + + + 2013 + + + + + Enumerated type listing possible shapes for ducts. + + + 2013 + + + + + Oval duct shape. + + + + + Rectangular duct shape. + + + + + Round duct shape. + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + + Returns a DuctSizeIterator to the MEP duct sizes. + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks whether a duct size with the nominal diameter exists. + + + Nominal diameter. + + + True if a duct size with the nominal diameter exists. + + + 2013 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Count of the items contained in the collection. + + + 2013 + + + + Returns a DuctSizeIterator that iterates through the collection. + A DuctSizeIterator object that can be used to iterate through key-value pairs in the collection. + + + + Class RbsDuctSizes being used to store the duct sizes + + + 2013 + + + +Gets the item at the current position of the iterator.(Inherited from IEnumerator. Give it another property name to avoid confusing. And make it internal.) + + + Gets the item at the current position of the iterator. + There is no current item if the iterator has not started yet or has been done. + There is no current item in the iterator. + + + + Identifies if the iterator has a current item. + + + There is no current item if the iterator has not started yet or has been done. + + + True if there is a current item. + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns the current MEPSize. + + + The current MEPSize. + + + There is no current item in the iterator. + + + 2013 + + + + + Resets the iterator to the initial state. + + + 2013 + + + + + Identifies if the iteration has completed. + + + True if the iteration has no more items. False if there are more items to be iterated. + + + 2013 + + + + + Increments the iterator to the next item. + + + True if there is a next available item in this iterator. + False if the iterator has completed all available items. + + + 2013 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + An iterator to a set of MEP duct sizes from DuctSizes. + + + 2013 + + + + + Indicates whether network based calculations for duct networks is enabled in the specified document. + + + The document. + + + Returns true if network based calculations for duct networks is enabled, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Set the MEPServerInfo of the current pipe pressure loss calculation server. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Get the MEPServerInfo of the current pipe pressure loss calculation server. + + + The MEPServerInfo of the current pipe pressure loss calculation server + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks that the given value is a valid specific fitting angle. The specific fitting angles are angles of 90, 60, 45, 30, 22.5 or 11.25 degrees. + + + The angle value (in degree). + + + True if the given value is a valid specific fitting angle. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the status of given specific angle. + + + The specific fitting angle (in degree) that must be one of 90, 60, 45, 30, 22.5 or 11.25 degrees. + + + The given value for angle must be 90, 60, 45, 30, 22.5 or 11.25 degrees. + + + 2014 + + + + + Sets the status of given specific angle. + + + The specific angle (in degree) that must be one of 60, 45, 30, 22.5 or 11.25 degrees. + + + Status, true - using the given angle during the duct layout. + + + The given value for angle must be 90, 60, 45, 30, 22.5 or 11.25 degrees. + + + Can not set an angle status for an invalid angle. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the list of specific fitting angles. + + + Revit will only use the angles specified during the pipe layout or modifying the pipe layout. + When laying out the pipes, if the angle between two pipes is close to the allowed angle, + the specific angle is used for that pipe fitting. + + + Angles (in degrees). + + + 2014 + + + + + Get the duct settings of the project. + + + The document. + + + The duct settings of the project. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates whether to enable network based calculations for duct networks. + + + 2024 + + + + + Indicates whether use annotation scale for single line fittings or not. + + + 2014 + + + + + Determine how to use fitting angle during duct layout or modifying layout. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2014 + + + + + The rise drop annotation size. + + + 2014 + + + + + The value of fitting annotation size. + + + When setting this property: The given value for fittingAnnotationSize must be no more than 30000 feet in absolute value. + + + 2014 + + + + + The kinematic viscosity of air in ft^2/s. + + + 2014 + + + + + The air density in kg/ft^3. + + + 2014 + + + + + The abbreviation of the Centerline (=) string. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + The abbreviation of the Set Down from bottom (BD) of fitting string. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + The abbreviation of the Set Up from bottom (BU) of fitting string. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + The abbreviation of the Set Down from top (TD) of fitting string. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + The abbreviation of the Set Up from top (TU) of fitting string. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + The abbreviation of the Flat On Bottom (FOB) string. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + The abbreviation of the Flat On Top (FOT) string. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + The oval duct size suffix string. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + The oval duct size separator string. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + The duct connector separator string. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + The round duct size prefix string. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + The round duct size suffix string. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + The rectangular duct size suffix string. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + The rectangular duct size separator string. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + The duct setting class. + + + 2014 + + + + + An enumerated type representing the options for how to limit the angle values applicable to fitting content. + + + 2014 + + + + + Uses only the angles specified. + + + + + Uses the increment to determine the angle value. + + + + + Uses any angle supported by fitting content. + + + + + Identifies if the input roughness is valid. + + + Roughness should be at least equal to or larger than 0. + + + The roughness to check. + + + True if the value is acceptable, false otherwise. + + + 2012 + + + + + The roughness of Duct Lining. + + + When setting this property: The roughness value should be at least equal to or larger than 0. + + + When setting this property: None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + 2012 + + + + + This class represents a duct lining type in Autodesk Revit. + + + 2012 + + + + + Creates a new instance of duct lining. + + + The document. + + + The duct, fitting or accessory ElementId to which lining will be added. + + + The duct lining type. + If the input duct lining type is InvalidElementId, the default lining type from the document will be used. + + + The thickness of the lining. + + + The newly created duct lining. + + + This id does not represent a duct, fitting, or accessory element. + -or- + This duct Lining type is invalid. + -or- + Thickness is not valid for assignment to insulation or lining elements. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2012 + + + + + Represents Lining applied to the inside of a given duct, fitting or accessory. + + + 2012 + + + + + This class represents a duct insulation type in Autodesk Revit. + + + 2012 + + + + + Creates a new instance of duct insulation. + + + The document. + + + The duct , fitting or accessory ElementId to which insulation will be added. + + + The duct insulation type. + If the input duct insulation type is InvalidElementId, the default insulation type from the document will be used. + + + The thickness of the insulation. + + + The newly created duct insulation. + + + This id does not represent a duct, fitting, or accessory element. + -or- + This duct insulation type is invalid. + -or- + Thickness is not valid for assignment to insulation or lining elements. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2012 + + + + + Represents insulation applied to the outside of a given duct , fitting or accessory. + + + 2012 + + + + + Identifies if the given thickness value is valid for assignment to insulation or lining elements. + + + Thickness of the insulation and lining elements. + + + True if the thickness is valid, false otherwise. + + + 2012 + + + + + Returns the ids of the lining elements associated to a given element. + + + The document. + + + The element. + + + A collection of the ids of the lining elements. + + + This id does not represent a duct, fitting, or accessory element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Returns the ids of the insulation elements associated to a given element. + + + The document. + + + The element. + + + A collection of the ids of the insulation elements. + + + This id does not represent a valid host for insulation. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + The id of the host element for the insulation or lining element. + + + 2012 + + + + + Thickness of the insulation or lining element. + + + When setting this property: Thickness is not valid for assignment to insulation or lining elements. + + + 2012 + + + + + Acts as the base class for duct insulation, pipe insulation and duct lining elements. + + + 2012 + + + + + Checks if given type is valid duct type. + + + A type is valid for duct if it can be used to the duct element. + + + The document. + + + ElementId of the duct type to check. + + + True if duct type can used for this duct, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Checks if given type is valid HVAC system type. + + + The document. + + + ElementId of the HVAC system type to check. + + + True if the given systemTypeId is the HVAC system type, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Updates the associated system type for the duct. + + + If the duct previously did not have a system associated to it, this will create a new system. + + + The ElementId of the hvac system type. + + + The systemTypeId is not valid HVAC system type. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + 2017 + + + + + Creates a new placeholder duct. + + + The document. + + + The id of the HVAC system type. + + + The id of the duct type. + + + The level id for the duct. + + + The first point of the placeholder line. + + + The second point of the placeholder line. + + + The created placeholder duct. + + + The systemTypeId is not valid HVAC system type. + -or- + The duct type ductTypeId is not valid duct type. + -or- + The ElementId levelId is not a Level. + -or- + The points of startPoint and endPoint are too close: for MEPCurve, the minimum length is 1/10 inch. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates a new duct that connects to two connectors. + + + The new duct will have the same diameter and system type as the start connector. The creation will also connect the new duct + to two component who owns the specified connectors. If necessary, additional fitting(s) are included to make a valid connection. + If the new duct can not be connected to the next component (e.g., mismatched direction, no valid fitting, and etc), the new duct + will still be created at the specified connector position, and an InvalidOperationException is thrown. + + + The document. + + + The ElementId of the new duct type. + + + The level ElementId for the new duct. + + + The first connector where the new duct starts. + + + The second point of the new duct. + + + The created duct. + + + The duct type ductTypeId is not valid duct type. + -or- + The ElementId levelId is not a Level. + -or- + The connector's domain is not Domain.​DomainHvac. + -or- + The points of startConnector and endConnector are too close: for MEPCurve, the minimum length is 1/10 inch. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + Thrown when the new duct fails to connect with the connector. + + + 2017 + + + + + + + + + Creates a new duct that connects to the connector. + + + The new duct will have the same diameter and system type as the specified connector. The creation will also connect the new duct + to the component who owns the specified connector. If necessary, additional fitting(s) are included to make a valid connection. + If the new duct can not be connected to the next component (e.g., mismatched direction, no valid fitting, and etc), the new duct + will still be created at the specified connector position, and an InvalidOperationException is thrown. + + + The document. + + + The ElementId of the new duct type. + + + The level id for the new duct. + + + The first connector where the new duct starts. + + + The second point of the new duct. + + + The created duct. + + + The duct type ductTypeId is not valid duct type. + -or- + The ElementId levelId is not a Level. + -or- + The connector's domain is not Domain.​DomainHvac. + -or- + The points of startConnector and endPoint are too close: for MEPCurve, the minimum length is 1/10 inch. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + Thrown when the new duct fails to connect with the connector. + + + 2017 + + + + + Creates a new duct from two points. + + + The document. + + + The id of the HVAC system type. + + + The id of the duct type. + + + The level ElementId for the duct. + + + The start point of the duct. + + + The end point of the duct. + + + The created duct. + + + The systemTypeId is not valid HVAC system type. + -or- + The duct type ductTypeId is not valid duct type. + -or- + The ElementId levelId is not a Level. + -or- + The points of startPoint and endPoint are too close: for MEPCurve, the minimum length is 1/10 inch. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + 2014 + + + + + Identifies if the duct is a placeholder or not. + + + + The duct type of this duct. + + + + A duct in the Autodesk Revit MEP product. + + + The duct is only available in the Autodesk Revit MEP product. + + + + + Gets a list of all segments of a given profile shape that define a given size. + + + The size to search for. + + + The profile shape of segment object. + + + A list of all segments that define a given size. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets a fitting or segment id of given routing preference group that meets the specified routing conditions. + + + The routing preference group + + + A set of routing conditions + + + The Id of the fitting or segment that met the given routing conditions. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + Removes an existing routing preference rule. + Thrown if the index is out of bounds. + + + The routing preference group type in which the rule should be removed. + + + The index position of removed routing preference rule in the group. + + + index is not a valid zero-based index within groupType. + -or- + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + 2013 + + + + + Adds a new routing preference rule to the specified position in the rule group. + + + The routing preference group type in which the rule should be added. + + + The new rule to be added. + + + The zero-based index position where the new rule will be added. + + + index is not a valid zero-based index within groupType. + -or- + The rule cannot be added to the groupType. + -or- + Thrown if the index is out of bounds, or the rule is not valid for this group (e.g. an elbow may not be added to the junction group). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + 2013 + + + + + Adds a new routing preference rule to the rule group. + + + The routing preference group in which the rule should be added. + + + The new rule to be added. + + + The rule cannot be added to the groupType. + -or- + Thrown if the index is out of bounds, or the rule is not valid for this group (e.g. an elbow may not be added to the junction group). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets the specified rule. + + + The routing preference group type from which the rule should be returned. + + + The zero-based index where the rule should be returned. + + + The rule at the specified group and zero-based index position. + + + index is not a valid zero-based index within groupType. + -or- + Thrown if the index is out of bounds + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + The number of RoutingPreference rules in a group. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The Id of the MEPCurveType that owns the RoutingPreferenceManager + + + 2013 + + + + + The preferred junction type. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + When setting this property: None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + 2013 + + + + + Manages default pipe segments, fittings, and selection criteria for a given MEPCurveType + + + MEPCurveTypes contain a RoutingPreferenceManager property. + The RoutingPreferenceManager contains rules for selecting segment types and sizes as well as fitting types based on user selection criteria. + + + 2013 + + + + + 2013 + + + Enumerated type representing the possible options for the preferred junction for a routine preference rule. + + + 2013 + + + + + Tap junction type. + + + + + Tee junction type. + + + + + 2013 + + + Add more rule group type here. + + + 2013 + + + + + The cap types + + + + + The multi-shape transition from the oval profile to the round profile. + + + + + The multi-shape transition from the rectangular profile to the oval profile. + + + + + The multi-shape transition from the rectangular profile to the round profile. + + + + + The mechanical joint types that connect fitting to fitting, segment to fitting, or segment to segment. + + + + + The union types that connect two segments together. + + + + + The transition types (Note that the multi-shape transitions may have their own groups). + + + + + The cross types. + + + + + The junction types (e.g. takeoff, tee, wye, tap). + + + + + The elbow types. + + + + + The segment types (e.g. pipe stocks) + + + + + The undefined group type, the default initial value. + + + + + Performs a transform of the parameter range defined by domain, and ensures that the domain is ordered correctly. + + + If the domain is empty it is unchanged. + + + The original parameter domain start. + + + The original parameter domain end. + + + 2021 + + + + + Gets the inverse transformation of this transformation. + + + The transformation matrix A is invertible if there exists a transformation matrix B such that A*B = B*A = I (identity). + + + This transformation is singular. + + + 2021 + + + + + Applies the transformation to the 1-dimensional vector (a "tangent vector" on the real line) and returns the result. + + + Transformation of a vector is not affected by the translational part of the transformation. + + + The vector to transform. + + + The transformed vector. + + + 2021 + + + + + Applies the transformation to the 1-dimensional point and returns the result. + + + Transformation of a point is affected by the translational part of the transformation. + + + The point to transform. + + + The transformed point. + + + 2021 + + + + + Multiplies this transformation by the specified transformation and returns the result. + + + The combined transformation has the same effect as applying the input transformation first, and this transformation, second. So, (T1(T2(p)) = (T1 * T2) (p). + + + The input transformation. + + + The transformation equal to the composition of the two transformations. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + Set this TrfUV to the identity transform + + + Returns a pointer to "this" . + + + 2021 + + + + + Assigns values from the input transformation to this transformation. + + + The transformation to use as input. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + Determines whether this transformation and the specified transformation are the same within the tolerance (1.0e-09). + + + The tolerance is applied memberwise for comparison. + + + The transformation to compare with this transformation. + + + True if the two transformations are equal, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The determinant of this transformation. + + + 2021 + + + + + The boolean value that indicates whether this transformation is an identity. + + + The identity transformation does not change a point or a vector that it is applied to. + + + 2021 + + + + + The translational part of this transformation. + + + 2021 + + + + + The real number that represents the scale of this transformation. + + + 2021 + + + + + Constructs the transformation by specifying the scale only. + + + The translation is set to zero. + 1D space is tranformed according to the following formula: t --> scale*t + translation + This constructor sets translation to zero. + + + The scale of the transformation. + + + 2021 + + + + + Constructs the transformation by specifying the scale and the translation. + + + 1D space is tranformed according to the following formula: t --> scale*t + translation + + + The scale of the transformation. + + + The translational part of the transformation. + + + 2021 + + + + + The copy constructor. + + + The transformation to use as input. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + An affine transform of 1D Euclidean space. + + + An affine transform is a linear transform plus a translation (which may be zero). + 1D space is tranformed according to the following formula: t -> A*t + B where A and B are constants. + Some functions only accept certain kinds of transform (e.g., rigid motion, conformal, non-singular, etc.). + + + 2021 + + + + + Determines whether the document at a given file location + is not transmitted. + + + The path to the document whose transmitted state will be checked. + + + False if the document is a transmitted file, true otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Determines whether the document at a given file location + is transmitted. + + + The path to the document whose transmitted state will be checked. + + + True if the document is a transmitted file, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Writes the given TransmissionData into the Revit file at the + given location. + + +

This function will overwrite the existing TransmissionData + in the file.

+

This function will not support models on Revit Server. References + may be to Revit Server, but the host model must be local.

+

This function must be called on a closed document.

+

This function cannot be used to convert a reference from + a local file to an external server.

+
+ + A ModelPath indicating the file Revit should write + the TransmissionData of. + This ModelPath must be a file path and an absolute path. + + + The TransmissionData to be written into the document. + Note that Revit will not check that the ElementIds in + the TransmissionData correspond to real Elements. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + There is not a valid Revit file at path's location + + + Operation is not valid for Revit Server models. + -or- + This function cannot be called on an opened document. + + + 2012 + +
+ + + Reads the TransmissionData associated with the + file at the given location. + + + The TransmissionData returned by this function contains + data about all ExternalFileReferences in the document. + ExternalResourceReferences to extenal servers will not + be returned by this function. TransmissionData contains + information about local or Revit Server references only. + + + A ModelPath indicating the file Revit should read + the TransmissionData of. + If this ModelPath is a file path, it must be an absolute path. + + + The TransmissionData containing external file + information for the file at the given location. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Access to the central model was denied. A possible reason is because the model was under maintenance. + + + The central model are locked by another client. + + + The central model is missing. + -or- + An internal error happened on the central model, please contact the server administrator. + + + There is not a valid Revit file at path's location + + + The server-based central model could not be accessed + because of a network communication error. + + + 2012 + + + + + Sets the ExternalFileReference information which + Revit should use the next time it opens the document + which this TransmissionData belongs to. + + + There must already be a reference associated with + the given id for this function to be valid. New + references cannot be created in a closed file. + See the documentation for a particular reference + type to see its creation API. + + + The id of the element associated with this reference. + + + A ModelPath indicating the location to load the external + file reference from. + + + A PathType value indicating what type of path the ModelPath is. + + + True if the external file should be loaded the next time Revit + opens the document. False if it should be unloaded. + + + elemId does not correspond to an ExternalFileReference + contained in this TransmissionData. + -or- + These inputs will not produce a valid ExternalFileReference. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + Gets the ExternalFileReference representing path + and load status information to be used the next time + this TransmissionData's document is loaded. + + + The ElementId of the Element which the external file + reference is a component of. + + + An ExternalFileReference containing the requested + path and load status information for an external file + + + elemId does not correspond to an ExternalFileReference + contained in this TransmissionData. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Gets the ExternalFileReference representing path + and load status information concerning the most + recent time this TransmissionData's document was opened. + + + The ElementId of the Element which the external file + reference is a component of. + + + An ExternalFileReference containing the previous + path and load status information for an external file + + + elemId does not correspond to an ExternalFileReference + contained in this TransmissionData. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Gets the ids of all ExternalFileReferences. + + + The ids of all ExternalFileReferences. + + + 2012 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The format version for TransmissionData + + + 2012 + + + + + A string which users can store notes in. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Determines whether this file has been transmitted or not. + + + "Transmitted" files have been moved from one place to another and + are considered to be in a not-final state. Revit will read the + TransmissionData on file open and overwrite any data stored in the + external file reference elements themselves. + + + 2012 + + + + + Constructs a TransmissionData from another TransmissionData + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + A class representing information on all external file references + in a document. + + +

TransmissionData stores information on both the previous state + and requested state of an external file reference. + This means that it stores the load state and path of the reference + from the most recent time this TransmissionData's document was opened. + It also stores load state and path information for what Revit should + do the next time the document is opened.

+

As such, TransmissionData can be used to perform operations on external + file references without having to open the entire associated Revit + document. The methods ReadTransmissionData and WriteTransmissionData + can be used to obtain information about external references, or to + change that information. For example, calling WriteTransmissionData + with a TransmissionData object which has had all references set to + LinkedFileStatus.Unloaded would cause no references to be loaded + upon next opening the document.

+

TransmissionData cannot add or remove references to + external files. If, on file open, Revit discovers information + in the TransmissionData which does not correspond to an + existing external file reference, + the information will be ignored on file load.

+

The TransmissionData for a document does not contain information + about references which come from external servers. TransmissionData only + contains references to local files or Revit links on Revit Server. + TransmissionData cannot + be used to change a reference from a local file reference to an external + server reference.

+

Note that TransmissionData objects must be set to "transmitted" for + the requested reference data to be meaningful. Revit ignores the + TransmissionData for non-transmitted files. Marking a file as + transmitted has other effects - workshared files are opened as + detached from the central model, and creation of new local files + is prohibited, until the file is in its final location and the + file has been marked as no longer transmitted.

+
+ + 2012 + + + + + +
+ + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Contains native implementations of setting transient element with GRep needed to be viewed in context of the model + + + Contains native implementations of setting transient element with GRep needed to be viewed in context of the model + The internal API wrappers are called directly by the related public API methods. + + + + + Returns the transaction group's name. It could be an empty string. + + + The transaction group's current name. + + + 2011 + + + + + Sets the transaction group's name. + + + Transaction group only needs a name if it is going to be assimilated at the end. + + + A name for the transaction group. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Determines whether the transaction group has ended already. + + + A transaction is ended by completing either the Commit + or RollBack or Assimilate method. + Another way of testing whether a transaction group has ended is by testing + its current status returned from (see ). It must be either + 'TransactionStatus.Committed' or 'TransactionStatus.RolledBack' + + + True if the transaction group has already been committed or rolled back, False otherwise. + + + 2011 + + + + + Determines whether the transaction has been started yet. + + + A transaction group is considered being started after the Start + method was called and until the transaction group is either completely committed + or rolled back. A transaction group can only be Started when HasStarted returns false. + + + True if the transaction group has already started, False otherwise. + + + 2011 + + + + + Gets the current status of the transaction group. + + + The current status of the transaction group. + + + 2011 + + + + + Rolls back the transaction group, which effectively undoes all transactions committed inside the group. + + +

Note that once a group is rolled back, the undone transactions cannot be redone.

+

RollBack can be called only when all inner transaction groups and transactions are finished, + i.e. after they were either committed or rolled back.

+
+ + If finished successfully, this method returns TransactionStatus.RolledBack. + + + The Transaction group has not been started (its status is not 'Started').. + -or- + The transaction's document is currently in failure mode. + Transaction groups cannot be closed until failure handling is finished. + You may use a transaction finalizer to close a group after the failure handling ends. + + + 2011 + +
+ + + Assimilates all inner transactions by merging them into a single undo item. + + +

After a successful assimilation the transaction group is committed.

+

All transactions committed inside this group will be merged into one + single transaction. The resulting undo item will bear this group's name.

+

Assimilate can be called only when all inner transaction groups and transactions + are finished, i.e. after they were either committed or rolled back.

+
+ + If finished successfully, this method returns TransactionStatus.Committed. + + + The Transaction group has not been started (its status is not 'Started').. + -or- + The transaction's document is currently in failure mode. + Transaction groups cannot be closed until failure handling is finished. + You may use a transaction finalizer to close a group after the failure handling ends. + + + 2011 + + + + + +
+ + + Commits the transaction group. + + +

Committing a group does not change the model. + It only confirms the commitment of all inner groups and transactions.

+

Commit can be called only when all inner transaction groups and transactions are finished, + i.e. after they were either committed or rolled back. If there is still a transaction or an inner + transaction group open, an attempt to commit this outer group will cause an exception.

+
+ + If finished successfully, this method returns TransactionStatus.Committed. + + + The Transaction group has not been started (its status is not 'Started').. + -or- + The transaction's document is currently in failure mode. + Transaction groups cannot be closed until failure handling is finished. + You may use a transaction finalizer to close a group after the failure handling ends. + + + 2011 + + + + + +
+ + + Starts the transaction group with an assigned name. + + + A transaction group can be started only when there is no transaction started currently. + It can be started inside another transaction group though. With such group nesting + it is required that inner transaction groups are finished (i.e. rolled back, committed, + or assimilated) before outer groups are. + + + Name of the group. + The name will be used only for a group that is assimilated at the end. + + + If started successfully, this method returns TransactionStatus.Started. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Cannot modify the document for either a read-only external command is being executed, or changes to the document are temporarily disabled. + -or- + Transaction group cannot be started during an active transaction. + -or- + The Transaction group has already been started. + + + 2011 + + + + + Starts the transaction group + + + A transaction group can be started only when there is no transaction started currently. + It can be started inside another transaction group. When groups are nested inside each other + it is required that inner transaction groups are finished (i.e. rolled back, committed, + or assimilated) before outer groups are. + + + If started successfully, this method returns TransactionStatus.Started. + + + Cannot modify the document for either a read-only external command is being executed, or changes to the document are temporarily disabled. + -or- + Transaction group cannot be started during an active transaction. + -or- + The Transaction group has already been started. + + + 2011 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Forces all transactions finished inside this group to use modal failure handling + regardless of what failure handling options are set for those transactions. + + + This property is ignored during events, when failure handling is always modal. + + + 2013 + + + + + It constructs a transaction group object + + + The group does not start until its Start method is called. + + + The document for which this transaction group is being used. + + + Name of the group. + The name will be used only for a group that is assimilated at the end. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a transaction group object. + + + The group does not start until its Start method is called. + + + The document for which this transaction group is being used. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Transaction groups aggregate a number of transactions. + + +

A transaction group controls whether transactions committed inside the group should + stay committed or should be all discarded. If the group is committed, all the transactions + remain committed, but if the transaction group is rolled back instead, all the inner, + already committed transactions will be undone (and removed).

+

There are two ways of committing a group - Commit and Assimilate. By committing, + all transactions committed inside a group stay as they are, while by assimilating, + all inner transactions will be merged into a single transaction.

+

A transaction group can only be started when no transaction is active, + and must be closed only after the last transaction started inside the group is finished, + i.e. after it was either committed or rolled back.

+

Transaction groups may be nested inside each other with the restriction + that every nested transaction group is entirely contained (opened and closed) + in the parent transaction group.

+

+

If a transaction group was started and not finished yet by the time the TransactionGroup object + is about to be, the default destructor will roll it back automatically, thus all + changes made to the document while this transaction group was open will be discarded. + It is not recommended to rely on this default behavior though. Instead, it is advised + to always call either , , + or explicitly before the group object gets destroyed. + Please note that unless invoked explicitly the actual destruction of an object + in managed code might not happen until the object is collected by the garbage collector.

+
+ + 2011 + +
+ + + Get the contour setting object from the current toposolid type. + + + The contour setting object. + + + 2024 + + + + + An object that specifies the type of a Toposolid in Autodesk Revit. + + + 2024 + + + + + Simplifies the toposolid by reducing the number of inner vertices to the given percentage. + + + At low percentages, the inner vertices may not be reduced to the exact percentage to keep a rough semblance of the original shape. + Call this method again if you want to keep removing inner vertices. + + + The ratio of the number of inner vertices after simplify to the original number. + + + The input percentage should be greater than 0 and less than 1. + + + this operation failed. + + + 2024 + + + + + Split the toposolid by the given curve loops. + + + An array of planar curve loops that are used to split the toposolid. + All of the curve loops should lie on the sketch plane of the toposolid. + + + An array of newly created toposolid ids after split. + + + The split curve loops should all lie on the sketch plane of the toposolid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Get all element ids of toposolid subdivisions with the current toposolid as its host. + + + The array of toposolid subdivision ids. + + + 2024 + + + + + Create a toposolid subdivision element with the current toposolid as its host. + + + The document in which the new toposolid is created. + + + An array of planar curve loops that represent the profiles of the toposolid. + + + The toposolid subdivision object. + + + The input curve loops cannot compose a valid boundary, that means: + the "curveLoops" collection is empty; + or some curve loops intersect with each other; + or each curve loop is not closed individually; + or each curve loop is not planar; + or each curve loop is not in a plane parallel to the horizontal(XY) plane; + or input curves contain at least one helical curve. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Gets a SlabShapeEditor that can be used to add or modify points of this Toposolid. + + + The SlabShapeEditor object + + + 2024 + + + + + Creates a toposolid element from a host TopographySurface, and toposolid sub-divisions from its subregions. + + + The document in which the new toposolid is created. + + + Id of the host TopogarphySurface element. + + + Id of the toposolid type to be used by the new toposolid. + + + Id of the level on which the toposolid is to be placed. + + + A new toposolid object within the project if successful. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Creates a new instance of toposolid within the project. + + + The document in which the new toposolid is created. + + + An array of planar curve loops that represent the profiles of the toposolid. + + + An array of points that used to construct the top face of the toposolid. + + + Id of the toposolid type to be used by the new toposolid. + + + Id of the level on which the toposolid is to be placed. + + + A new toposolid object within the project if successful. + + + The input curve loops cannot compose a valid boundary, that means: + the "curveLoops" collection is empty; + or some curve loops intersect with each other; + or each curve loop is not closed individually; + or each curve loop is not planar; + or each curve loop is not in a plane parallel to the horizontal(XY) plane; + or input curves contain at least one helical curve. + -or- + The input point array size is less than 3. + -or- + The ElementId levelId is not a Level. + -or- + Toposolid type is not valid for this toposolid. + -or- + Input curves build invalid sketch. + -or- + Failed to create curve elements. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Cannot generate a sketch. + -or- + Failed to create new element. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2024 + + + + + Creates a new instance of toposolid within the project. + + + The document in which the new toposolid is created. + + + An array of points that used to construct the top face of the toposolid. + + + Id of the toposolid type to be used by the new toposolid. + + + Id of the level on which the toposolid is to be placed. + + + A new toposolid object within the project if successful. + + + The input point array size is less than 3. + -or- + The ElementId levelId is not a Level. + -or- + Toposolid type is not valid for this toposolid. + -or- + Input curves build invalid sketch. + -or- + Failed to create curve elements. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Cannot generate a sketch. + -or- + Failed to create new element. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2024 + + + + + Creates a new instance of toposolid within the project. + + + The document in which the new toposolid is created. + + + An array of planar curve loops that represent the profiles of the toposolid. + + + Id of the toposolid type to be used by the new toposolid. + + + Id of the level on which the toposolid is to be placed. + + + A new toposolid object within the project if successful. + + + The input curve loops cannot compose a valid boundary, that means: + the "curveLoops" collection is empty; + or some curve loops intersect with each other; + or each curve loop is not closed individually; + or each curve loop is not planar; + or each curve loop is not in a plane parallel to the horizontal(XY) plane; + or input curves contain at least one helical curve. + -or- + The ElementId levelId is not a Level. + -or- + Toposolid type is not valid for this toposolid. + -or- + Input curves build invalid sketch. + -or- + Failed to create curve elements. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Cannot generate a sketch. + -or- + Failed to create new element. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2024 + + + + + Returns id of the sketch. + + + 2024 + + + + + The host toposolid id of the current toposolid subdivision. + If the object is not a toposolid subdivision, hostTopoId will be InvalidElementId. + + + 2024 + + + + + An object that represents a Toposolid within the Autodesk Revit project. + + + 2024 + + + + + Gets the unique identifier of the Toposurface. + + + 2019 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates a new ToposurfaceData class. + + + The surface name. + + + The surface points. + + + The surface facets. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Represents a Toposurface's data. + + + The data of Toposurface includes name, points, facets, etc. + + + 2019 + + + + + updates the file size + + + 2019.2 + + + + + Updates the external transform and toposurface data for topography link type if the original geometry is far away from the origin. + + + If the original geometry is farther away from the origin, it should be translated/transformed and the transform should be saved in the TopographyLinkType using this method. This ensures correct reporting of shared coordinates. + + + Use the old transform + + + 2019.2 + + + + + Sets the surfaces' data. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019.2 + + + + + Reloads the link from curently-stored location. + + + The path of the link file. + + + True if this method is called by API, otherwise false. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Failed to reload the type. + + + 2019.2 + + + + + Creates a new Topography link type. + + + The document in which to create the Topography Link. + + + The path of the link file. + + + aDoc is not a project document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Fail to access the link file. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2019.2 + + + + + Loads or reloads the link from its currently-stored location. If the link is an + external resource, Revit will contact the IExternalResourceServer to get the latest version + of the link. + + + An object containing the ElementId of the link + and an enum value indicating any + errors which occurred while trying to load. + + + The element "this TopographyLinkType" is in a read-only document. + + + 2019.2 + + + + + This class represents the site file brought into the current Revit document. + + + 2019.2 + + + + + Creates a new instance of a topography link element within the project. + + + The document in which the new instance should be created. + + + The element id of the TopographyLink type. + + + Options used to create members of the topography link + + + Return the invalid surface names + + + The newly created topography link. + + + document is not a project document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Failed to create new SiteSurface. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2019 + + + + + Represents a TopographyLink element. + + + 2019 + + + + + Starts a topography surface edit mode for an existing TopographySurface element. + + + The application will need to start a transaction to actually make changes to the TopographySurface element. + TopographyEditScope can only be started when there is no transaction active, thus it does not + work for commands running in automatic transaction mode. + Like all Start methods in any edit scope object this too returns an Id of the element in the edit session, + even though in this case here it always equals to the given topoSurfaceId. + + + The TopographySurface element to be edited. + + + The Id of the topography Surface being edited. + + + The ElementId topoSurfaceId does not represent a TopographySurface. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This TopographyEditScope is not permitted to start at this moment for one of the following possible reasons: + The document is in read-only state, or the document is currently modifiable, + or there already is another edit mode active in the document. + + + 2014 + + + + + Instantiates a TopographyEditScope object. + + + The document for which this TopographyEditScope is going to be used. + + + The name that will appear in the Undo menu in Revit after the TopographyEditScope is successfully committed. + + + document is not a primary document, it is a linked document. + -or- + document is not a project document. + -or- + transactionName is an empty string. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + A TopographyEditScope allows an application to create and maintain an editing session for a TopographySurface. + + + Start/end of a TopographyEditScope will start/end a transaction group. After a TopographyEditScope is started, an application can start transactions and edit the topography surface. + Individual transactions the application creates inside TopographyEditScope will not appear in the undo menu. + All transactions committed during the edit mode will be merged into a single one which will bear the given name passed into TopographyEditScope constructor. + + + 2014 + + + + + The property labeled "V Repeat" from the "Tile" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "U Repeat" from the "Tile" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Scale Lock" from the "Tile" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Size Y" from the "Tile" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDistance" with a minimum of "0.01". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Size X" from the "Tile" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDistance" with a minimum of "0.01". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Angle" from the "Tile" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 360". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Offset Lock" from the "Tile" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Offset Y" from the "Tile" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDistance". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Offset X" from the "Tile" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDistance". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Link Transforms" from the "Tile" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Amount" from the "Tile" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 5". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Every" from the "Tile" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyInteger" within the range of "0, 50". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Column Modify" from the "Tile" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Amount" from the "Tile" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 5". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Every" from the "Tile" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyInteger" within the range of "0, 50". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Row Modify" from the "Tile" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Random" from the "Tile" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 100". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Line Shift" from the "Tile" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 100". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Roughness" from the "Tile" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 200". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Vert" from the "Tile" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 100". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Gap Width" from the "Tile" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 100". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Grout Color" from the "Tile" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Randomize" from the "Tile" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyInteger" with a minimum of "0". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Fade Variance" from the "Tile" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 100". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Color Variance" from the "Tile" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 100". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Tile Color" from the "Tile" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "tile_VerticalCount" from the "Tile" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 100". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Tile Count" from the "Tile" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 100". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Type" from the "Tile" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyInteger" with accepted values in the enumerated type "TileBrickType". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + A static class that provides access to the property names that appear in the Tile visual asset schema. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The index of the first character after the end of the range + + + 2017 + + + + + The length of the range. + + + When setting this property: The given value for length is negative. + + + 2017 + + + + + The start index of a range within the . + + + When setting this property: The given value for start is negative. + + + 2017 + + + + + Constructs a TextRange with input start and length. + + + The input value for start as well as length should not be negative. + + + The given value for start is negative. + -or- + The given value for length is negative. + + + 2017 + + + + + Constructs a TextRange with default values for start and length. + + + The start and length are set to be 0 by default. + + + 2017 + + + + + Constructs a copy of the input TextRange object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + An object that is used to identify a range of characters in a + . + + + A TextRange consists of a start, which is a zero-based index into the text, + and a length, which is the number of characters in the range. The length can be zero. + + + 2017 + + + + + Get the built geometry, build status and other data stored in TessellatedShapeBuilderResult. Clears the stored data. + + + 2015 + + + + + Builds a mesh by extruding curve loop(s) along extrusion distance. + + + This function supports creation of a mesh given a collection + of continuous curve loops, which are processed independently + from each other. Loops with gaps or with curves with + wrong flips will be split before processing. + + + The profile loops to be extruded. The loops will not be modified. + + + Direction of extrusion. The length of this vector is ignored. + + + The positive distance by which the loops are extruded in the + direction of the input extrusionDir. + + + Material which should be used by a constructed mesh. + + + Returns a mesh, which was constructed, and some additional + information. + + + The input value cannot be used as thickness for an extrusion, + or blend, or wall layer, or similar geometric construct. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + extrusionDirection has zero length. + + + 2015 + + + + + Builds the designated geometrical objects from the stored face sets. Stores the result in this TessellatedShapeBuilder object. + + + The behavior of this function is affected by Target, Fallback and GStyleId properties of this TessellatedShapeBuilder object. + Currently only "Solid/Abort", "AnyGeometry/Mesh" and + "Mesh/Salvage" target/fallback combinations are supported. + Note that this function does not erase the face sets stored in the builder. + If the same builder is used to construct geometrical objects for different + collections of face sets, () should be called + while switching from one collection to another. + + + Throws if data in the stored face sets are so inconsistent, that + they cannot be used in their entirety, or if an attempt is made to create unacceptable geometry + with too many facets. + + + 2017 + + + + + Checks whether this combination of fallback and target parameters + can be used as a valid combination of inputs. + + + What kind of geometrical objects should be built. + + + What should be done if a geometrical object described by 'target' + parameter cannot be built using all data from all stored face sets. + + + True if the combination of fallback and target are a valid combination, false + otherwise. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2015 + + + + + Adds a face to the currently open connected face set. + + + Face to add. The 'face' parameter can be added only once, as its + boundary loops will be cleared while adding and 'face' will become unusable. + + + The 'face' does not have enough loops and/or vertices to be valid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A face set is closed and faces cannot be added to it. + + + 2015 + + + + + Checks whether 'face' has enough loops and vertcies to be valid. + + + Face 'face' is not modified. + + + The face to check. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Erases all face set and clears the logs, if any. + + + This function can be safely called upon builder without an open face set. + + + 2015 + + + + + Cancels the current face set - i.e., all data from it will be lost + and the builder will have no open connected face set anymore. + + + This function can be safely called upon builder without an open face set. + + + 2015 + + + + + Closes the currently open connected face set. + + + A face set is empty and cannot be closed until some faces are added. + + + 2015 + + + + + Opens a new connected face set. + + + Whether the face set, which is being open, should be build as a solid or as a void. + + + A face set is open and a geometry cannot be build until it is closed. + + + 2015 + + + + + Number of completed face sets. + + + 2015 + + + + + String used for logging, if any. Usually describes the element or object, which + either defined or will own the geoemtrical objects to be built. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Integer value used for logging, if it is performed. Usually + the number of the face set(s) in the IFC file, from which they + are imported. Any value is acceptable. + + + 2015 + + + + + String used for logging, if any. Usually the name of the file from which + face sets were imported. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Optional - if set, the built geometry will use that graphics style. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Defines acceptable fallback if the desired type of geometry can't be built. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2017 + + + + + Requests the type of geometry to be built. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2017 + + + + + Flag whether the current set of connected faces is open and + additional tessellation faces can be added to it. + + + 2015 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a TessellatedShapeBuilder. + + + 2015 + + + + + A class that permits structured building of geometry or + a mesh from a collection of connected faces. + Contains all closed face sets and custom precisions. + + + Creates a geometry populated with faces defined by TessellatedFace objects + stored in the input connected face sets. + The faces defined by each connected face set may form an open shell or + the boundary of a solid 3D region. + All faces are planar and have polyline boundaries, defined + as sequences of 3d coordinates. + Faces are added to the builder as a part of connected face sets, + representing faces which share edges. + Order of faces in the sets is irrelevant. Faces can only + be added to the builder when a face set has been opened and is available + to take in faces (use to open a new face set). + Before attempting to build Revit geometry from the builder + the current face set should be closed + (). + The builder allows for the possibility of multiple face sets. + The builder will try to create a geometry valid in Revit despite + inconsistencies or omissions in the input data. + For each connected face set, it will check the face orientations and + change them wherever needed so that the orientations of the faces + in that set are consistent. If a connected face set is closed, it will check if the face normals + point outward. If not, it will reverse the orientations of all faces. + That means, each closed connected face set will represent a solid. + Limitations in the current implementation: + It does not support the definition of a "void", even if the user had + set the orientations of the faces to define a "void". If there is more than one connected face set, it does not check if they + intersect or overlap each other. + + 2015 + + + + + + + + + Returns the array of issues encountered while building a mesh. + + + Array of issues encountered while building a mesh. + + + 2015 + + + + + This returns a valid mesh only for the first call. Later calls + will throw an exception as the mesh is no longer valid in this object. + + + Mesh which built. + + + The Mesh has already been accessed by a previous GetMesh() call, and is no longer available for use. + + + 2015 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Shows whether the result still contains the mesh + which was constructed, if any, or whether it has been + relinquished by 'getMesh'. + The former is true, the later is false. + + + 2015 + + + + + Whether while constructing a mesh, it was necessary + to extrude polylines instead of non-linear curves + from the profile loops. + + + 2015 + + + + + Whether the provided data for which this result was + obtained were internally inconsistent and could not be + used in its entirety. For example, for extrusion + operation, profile loops were degenerate + or improperly oriented with respect to the extrsuion + direction. + + + This variable does not capture presence or absence + of intersections between different profile loops. + + + 2015 + + + + + Describes what has + built. + + + 2015 + + + + + Returns the array of issues encountered while processing + a face set with index 'setIndex'. + + + Index of the face set. + + + Array of issues encountered while processing a face set + with index 'setIndex'. + + + 'SetIndex' is a valid face set index for the results stored in 'this'. + + + 2015 + + + + + Gets number of face sets for which 'this' result was obtained. + + + The number of face sets. + + + 2015 + + + + + When called the first time, returns geometrical objects which were built. + Later calls will throw exceptions. + + + Normally an array contains a single geometrical object + corresponding to either 'target' or 'fallback' type', but if + multiple face sets are being built with target/fallback of "AnyGeometry/Mesh", + then a two-element array with both geometry as the 1st element and mesh + as the 2nd can be returned. It happens if some of the face sets require a + fallback processing and some do not. + + + Geometrical object which were built. + + + 2015 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Shows whether 'issues' still contains the original data or whether + these data have already been relinquished by 'getGeometricalObjects'. + The former is true, the later is false. + + + 2015 + + + + + What kinds of geometrical objects were built. + + + 2015 + + + + + Whether there were any inconsistencies in the face sets, + stored in the tessellated shape builder while building + geometrical objects. + + + 2015 + + + + + Describes what has + construct. + + + 2015 + + + + + Describes the outcome of attempt + to build geometrical objects. + + + 2015 + + + + + An open sheet was created. + + + + + A solid geometry was created. + + + + + Nothing was built. + + + + + A geometry and a mesh were created + + + + + A mesh was created + + + + + Describes what function + should do, if it cannot build a requested . + + + 2015 + + + + + If a requested geometrical object cannot be built using all data from the + face set(s), create a mesh while using as much data from the face + set(s) as possible. + + + + + Ignore invalid data, and use all valid data. Note that if a complete set + of data describes a solid and some data are ignored, then the result + will be a sheet and not a solid. + + + + + Do nothing. + + + + + Describes what + should generate, if possible. + + + 2015 + + + + + A mesh. + + + + + A Geometry, which depending on input data can be a Solid or a 'sheet', + where there is no fully enclosed volume formed by the generated faces. + + + + + A solid, i.e., a Geometry, where all edges are shared by two and + only two faces and which divides all 3d space into bounded inner + and infinite outer area(s). + + + + + Get loops bounding the face. + + + 2015 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Material of the face. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Constructs a tessellated face, which, may be, have holes. Face data + is always set, even if the input data are invalid (e.g., describes + a wildly non-planar face). A TessellatedShepeBuilder's function is + used to check the data and heal them if possible. + + + Boundary vertices without duplication of the ends - i.e., a + boundary of a triangular face consists of 3 (and NOT 4) vertices. + The first array describes the outer loop, the following arrays, + if any - inner loops. + It is expected that vertices of outer boundary are listed in CCW + order with respect to the face normal in the solid, while the + vertices of inner loops - in CW order. The vertices listed in the + wrong order will still be handled by TessellatedShapeBuilder, but + performance may deteriorate. Contents of this parameter will be + changed while constructing the face. + + + Material of the face to be used when the result is a Solid or a Sheet. + If the result is a Mesh, a material will be assigned to the entire Mesh. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Constructs a tessellated face without holes. Face data is always set, + even if the input data are invalid (e.g., describes a wildly non-planar + face). A TessellatedShepeBuilder's function is used to check + the data and heal them if possible. + + + Boundary vertices without duplication of the ends - i.e., a + boundary of a triangular face consists of 3 (and NOT 4) vertices. + It is expected that boundaries are in CCW order with respect to + the face normal in the solid. Boundaries in CW order will still + be handled by TessellatedShapeBuilder, but performance may + deteriorate. Contents of this parameter will be changed while + constructing the face. + + + Material of the face to be used when the result is a Solid or a Sheet. + If the result is a Mesh, a material will be assigned to the entire Mesh. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Defines a planar face bounded by a polyline in 3d space. A face + consists of a single connected component and can have holes. + + + 2015 + + + + + Issues encountered while constructing meshes as fallbacks + for geometrical operations. + + + 2015 + + + Issues, which can be encountered while building a mesh as a + fallback for geometrical operations. + + + 2015 + + + + + Not a code of some issue, but the number of known types of issues. + Issues of this type should not be + present in TessellatedShapeBuilderResult. Please notify + Autodesk support if encountered + + + + + An issue has not been set yet. + + + + + An internal Revit problem. Issues of this type should not + normally be present in MeshFromGeometryOperationResult. + Please notify Autodesk support if encountered. + + + + + An internal Revit problem. Issues of this type should not be + present in TessellatedShapeBuilderResult. Please notify + Autodesk support if encountered. + + + + + An internal Revit problem. Issues of this type should not + normally be present in MeshFromGeometryOperationResult. + Please notify Autodesk support if encountered. + + + + + An input curve loop has missing curves. + + + + + A non-continuous input curve loop. Either wrong curve flips + or genuine gaps. + + + + + An input curve has incorrect open flag. + + + + + An unidentified problem with an input curve loop. A fallback + is attempted. + + + + + Among curve loops expected as input parameters while building + a mesh, some are not planar. + + + + + Among curve loops expected as input parameters while building + a mesh, some are not empty, but do not have any curves. + + + + + Among curve loops expected as input parameters while building + a mesh, some are empty. + + + + + While several curve loops were expected as one of the input + parameters while building a mesh, some of them were not provided. + + + + + While one or more curve loops were expected as one of the input + parameters while building a mesh, no loops containing curves were + provided. + + + + + No issues were encountered. Issues of this type should not + be present in MeshFromGeometryOperationResult. + + + + + Reports whether this issue should be reported to the + company which wrote the software which produced the face set data + (true), or to Autodesk (false). + + + 2015 + + + + + Reports whether this issue makes some data unusable ('true') + or is only shows that data format conventions were broken, + but the data are still usable (false). + + + 2015 + + + + + Gets a string describing the issue. If the issue does + not present a problem, then an empty string is returned. + + + Description of the issue. + + + 2015 + + + + + Reports whether the issue is well-formed, valid and does + describe a real problem. + + + Whether the issue is well formed and does describe a real problem. + + + 2015 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + How many times this issue was encountered in its face set + during the face set processing. This number can be less + than the total number of such issues in the face set, as + the face set processing could be aborted due to + the presence of the issues which could not be handled. + + + 2015 + + + + + Types of issues encountered while constructing geometrical objects + from the tessellated face sets. + + + 2015 + + + + + Types of issues encountered while constructing geometrical objects + from the tessellatted face sets. + + + 2015 + + + Issues, which can be encountered while building a polymesh, + or a shell, or a solid from data, describing + tessellated shapes. + + + 2015 + + + + + Not a code of some issue, but the number of known types of issues. + Issues of this type should not be + present in TessellatedShapeBuilderResult. Please notify + Autodesk support if encountered + + + + + An issue has not been set yet. + + + + + An input face is mising an edge conecting two non-adjacent vertices + from its boundaries, which are adjacent in the boundaries of + some other face(s). If such an edge would be added, it would + split the face and result in 'NonManifoldEdge' or other issues. + Associated numbers are indices of a face which misses an edge + and indices of one or two faces in which boundaries such edge is + present. + + + + + An internal Revit problem. Issues of this type should not be + present in TessellatedShapeBuilderResult. Please notify + Autodesk support if encountered. + Associated number is face index. + + + + + An internal Revit problem. Issues of this type should not be + present in TessellatedShapeBuilderResult. Please notify + Autodesk support if encountered. + Associated number is face index. + + + + + An internal Revit problem. Issues of this type should not be + present in TessellatedShapeBuilderResult. Please notify + Autodesk support if encountered. + Associated number is face index. + + + + + An internal Revit problem. Issues of this type should not be + present in TessellatedShapeBuilderResult. Please notify + Autodesk support if encountered. + + + + + A face loop with too small vertex-segment distance. + Associated numbers are face, loop, segment and vertex + indices respectively + + + + + A face edge with topological problems. + Associated numbers are indices of the involved faces. + + + + + A face edge with topological problems. + Associated numbers are indices of the face, loop and vertex and an index + of another involved face respectively. + + + + + Points representing partitions of input points are too far from + the true edge. + Associated numbers are face and loop indices, an index of the + vertex in the beginning of the segment which is too far from + the corresponding true edge, an index of another involved face + respectively. + + + + + Adjacent faces which either exactly overlaps or have a too + acute angle between them. This issue can be reported for face + sets with duplicate faces as well. + Associated numbers are face and loop indices of one face and + face and loop indices of another face respectively. + + + + + Same edge is used by more than two faces. + This issue can be posted for topologically impossible face sets + as well as for face sets with duplicate faces. + Associated numbers are face and loop in which the problem became + obvious indices respectively. + + + + + A face with an edge encountered in the loops multiple times. + Associated numbers are face and loop in which the problem became + obvious indices respectively. + + + + + A face where the CCW of inner loop is inconsistent with CCW of the + outer loop. + Associated numbers are face and inner loop indices respectively. + + + + + A degenerate face loop is degenerate. + Associated numbers are face and loop indices respectively. + + + + + A face have multiple loops, but the outer loop is not listed as the + very first one. + Associated numbers are face and loop indices respectively. + + + + + A face with excessive proximity between face loops. + Associated numbers are face and two loop indices respectively. + + + + + A face which has a loop inside a loop inside a loop. + Associated numbers are face and three loop indices respectively. + + + + + A face whose loops intersect. + Associated numbers are face and two loop indices respectively. + + + + + A face loop whose projection of the best-fit-plane self-intersects. + Associated numbers are face, loop, and two segments + indices respectively. + + + + + A face loop with too small vertex-segment distance. + Associated numbers are face, loop, segment and vertex + indices respectively. + + + + + A face whose original points taken together do define a plane, but some of + them lie to far from it. + An associated number is face index. + + + + + A face which is not planar. + An associated number is face index. + + + + + A face, which originally had enough loops lost all of + them during purges. + An associated number is face index. + + + + + A face loop with a too acute angle between adjacent segments. + This condition is not relevant for polymesh construction. + Associated numbers are face, loop and point between segments + indices respectively. + + + + + A face loop with a too acute angle between adjacent segments. + This condition is not relevant for polymesh construction. + Associated numbers are face, loop and point between segments + indices respectively. + + + + + A face loop, which originally had enough vertices, but lost too + many of them, while purging pseudo-duplicates. + Associated numbers are face index and loop index respectively. + + + + + A face loop, containing a segment which is too short for a geometry, + but not for a mesh. + Associated numbers are face, loop and point indices respectively + (the segment goes from the previous point to this one). + + + + + A face loop, containing a segment which is too short even for a mesh. + Associated numbers are face, loop and point indices respectively + (the segment goes from the previous point to this one). + + + + + A face loop, which from the very beginning does not have enough points. + Associated numbers are face index and loop index respectively. + + + + + A face loop which does not have any points. + Associated numbers are face index and loop index respectively. + + + + + A face which does not have any loops. + An associated number is face index. + + + + + No issues were encountered. Issues of this type should not + be present in TessellatedShapeBuilderResult. + + + + + Changes the visibility of temporary graphics object. + + + Unique index of the temporary graphics object to be updated. + + + if true, it will make the temporary graphics object visible. + if false, it will make the temporary graphics object invisible. + + + index is out of range of TemporaryGraphicsManager managed objects, or the indexed object has been removed from the document. + + + 2022 + + + + + Updates the in-canvas control identified by the unique index. + + + Unique index of the control to be updated. + + + data to generate in-canvas control appearance. + + + index is out of range of TemporaryGraphicsManager managed objects, or the indexed object has been removed from the document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Failed to load the image from specified path. + + + 2022 + + + + + Clear all temporary graphics objects managed by this manager. + + + 2022 + + + + + Returns all temporary graphics object indexes managed by this manager. + + + Collection of temporary graphics object indexes managed by this manager. + + + 2022 + + + + + Deletes the existing control identified by the unique index. + + + Unique index of the control to be deleted. + + + index is out of range of TemporaryGraphicsManager managed objects, or the indexed object has been removed from the document. + + + 2022 + + + + + Creates an in-canvas control. + + +

This method can perform drawing an image (supplied by the caller) as an in-canvas control in the view(s). The control can react on click + by invoking a callback defined in . + The caller can use the returned index to update the control (changing image/location), delete and change visibility (hide/unhide) in + response to any events later. +

+
+ + Data to generate in-canvas control appearance. + + + The view in which the control appears. It will show in all views if the id is invalidElementId. + + + Unique index of control for future references. + + + The ownerViewId provided is not an id of a view. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Failed to load the image from specified path. + + + 2022 + +
+ + + Gets a TemporaryGraphicsManager reference of the document. + + + The document. + + + Instance of TemporaryGraphicsManager. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + A class that provides functionality to create temporary graphics in a Revit model. + + +

+ The graphics created by this class are temporary or transient. They are not subject to undo and are not saved. It's caller's + responsiblity to manage their lifetime, creation and destruction, though Revit will destroy all of them when closing the model. +

+
+ + 2022 + +
+ + + Get the list of weights. + + + 2016 + + + + + Get the list of control points. + + + 2016 + + + + + Get the list of knots in the v-direction. + + + 2016 + + + + + Get the list of knots in the u-direction. + + + 2016 + + + + + Check if the object contains a valid NurbsSurfaceData. + + + True if it is a valid NurbsSurfaceData, false otherwise. + + + 2016 + + + + + Construct NurbsSurfaceData based on NURBS surface data, where the weights are supplied. + The NURBS surface will be (piecewise) polynomial if all the weights are equal, rational if not. + Note: A rational polynomial is a quotient of two polynomials; this includes a polynomial, + which can be thought of as a quotient with denominator equal to 1. + + + The degree of the spline in the u-direction; must be positive. + + + The degree of the spline in the v-direction; must be positive. + + + Knot values in the u-direction. + The number of knots in the u-direction must be at least 2 * (degreeU + 1). + + + Knot values in the v-direction. + The number of knots in the v-direction must be at least 2 * (degreeV + 1). + + + One dimensional array of points representing the two dimensional net of control points + of the NURBS surface in u and v directions. +

+ The total number of control points must equal numControlPtsU times numControlPtsV, + where numControlPtsU and numControlPtsV are the numbers of control points in u and v directions, + and they must satisfy the following conditions: + numControlPtsU = number of knots in u - degreeU - 1. numControlPtsV = number of knots in v - degreeV - 1. + The convention for 2d (idxU, idxV) to 1d (idx) conversion of array indexes: idxV first. + That is, idxU is outer loop and idxV is inner loop. In other words, + idx = idxU * numControlPtsV + idxV. +

+ + Array of weights assigned to the control points. + The number of weights must equal the number of control points. + All weights should be greater than zero. + + + If true, the surface's orientation is opposite to the canonical parametric orientation, otherwise it is the same. + The canonical parametric orientation is a counter-clockwise sense of rotation in the uv-parameter plane. + Extrinsically, the oriented normal vector for the canonical parametric orientation points in the direction of + the cross product dS/du x dS/dv, which S(u, v) is the parameterized surface. + + + The U-degree value must be at least 1. + -or- + The V-degree value must be at least 1. + -or- + The number of knots in the U direction must be at least 2 times the U-degree plus 1. + -or- + The number of knots in the V direction must be at least 2 times the V-degree plus 1. + -or- + The number of control points must equal (number of U-knots - U-degree - 1) * (number of V-knots - V-degree - 1). + -or- + The number of weights must be the same as the number of control points and all weights must be positive or all zero. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + +
+ + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + If true, the surface's orientation is opposite to the canonical parametric orientation, otherwise it is the same. + The canonical parametric orientation is a counter-clockwise sense of rotation in the uv-parameter plane. + Extrinsically, the oriented normal vector for the canonical parametric orientation points in the direction of + the cross product dS/du x dS/dv, which S(u, v) is the parameterized surface. + + + 2016 + + + + + Tells if the spline is rational or not. + If it is true (rational), then the NURBS is a piecewise rational polynomial function. + If it is false (non-rational), then the NURBS is a piecewise polynomial function. + + + 2016 + + + + + The degree of the spline in the v-direction. + + + 2016 + + + + + The degree of the spline in the u-direction. + + + 2016 + + + + + Copy constructor. + + + The NurbsSurfaceData to copy. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + A class used to represent the definition of a NURBS surface. + + + 2016 + + + + + Built-in schema used for numbering fabric reinforcement elements + + + + + Built-in schema used for numbering rebar coupler elements + + + + + Built-in schema used for numbering rebar elements + + + + + A collection of types of built-in Numbering Schemas that are used for numbering structure elements. + + + 2015 + + + + Provides a container of all Revit built-in NumberingSchemaType instances. + + + Compares two NumberingSchemaType instances. + The first NumberingSchemaType. + The second NumberingSchemaType. + True if the inputs are different, false if they are identical. + + + Compares two NumberingSchemaType instances. + The first NumberingSchemaType. + The second NumberingSchemaType. + True if the inputs are identical, false if they are different. + + + Creates a new NumberingSchemaType instance. + The identifier for the NumberingSchemaType. + + + + A type for identifying a of a particular kind. + + +

Each numbering schema is applicable to a certain category of Revit elements. For example, the Rebar + numbering schema (built-in) is used and only applicable to Rebar elements. With that schema present, + all Rebar elements automatically will get their respective numbers and those numbers would not correspond + in any way to numbers of other enumerable elements that belong to different numbering schemas.

+

There are only built-in schemas available currently.

+
+ + 2015 + +
+ + + Tests if the given string can be used as a name for a numbering partition. + + + For a name to be considered valid it must contain only printable characters + excluding any characters that may not be used in name of a file. + + + A name to validate. + + + Optional string to receive an error message to possibly show to the + end user in case the name is found invalid. This argument may be null. + + + Returns True if the name can be used; or False if the string contains invalid characters. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Assigns the input elements to a sequence identified by the given partition name. + + +

Elements will be added to the sequence by changing the value of their + Partition parameter. The difference between this method and changing the + parameter value explicitly is that the method here causes sequences to get assigned + and renumbered automatically and immediately without needing to commit a transaction first.

+

A numbering sequence for the given partition does not need to exist yet; + it will get created automatically by this method as needed.

+

The elements' numbers are likely to be affected by this operation, which is to be + expected. The values of assigned numbers will depend on whether the given sequence + already exists or not. In both cases the elements will get renumbered in order of their + original creation, but the first value will be 1 if the sequence does not exist yet, + respectively the next highest number if the sequence does exist already. The general + matching policy is always applied causing matched elements to have the same number.

+

A special case is considered when the given elements are all the elements + of one sequence and are being assigned to a sequence that does not exist yet. + Such an operation is identical in effect to the MoveSequence + method and all the elements will keep their numbers unchanged.

+
+ + Ids of elements which are to be added to a sequence. + All elements must be valid and belonging to this schema. + + + Name of the target sequence's partition + + + the given partitionName cannot be used as a valid name of a numbering partition + because it contains characters that are considered invalid, such as + non-printable characters or those that cannot be used in a file's name. + -or- + Thrown when elementIds contains Ids that are either invalid or of elements not from this schema. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Either the schema or its document cannot be modified at present. + -or- + Thrown if there is an element that cannot have new value of the NUMBER_PARTITION_PARAM + parameter assigned. It may be an indication that the element is not free to be edited at present. + + + 2015 + +
+ + + Merges all elements from given numbering sequences to a new sequence. + + +

Upon a successful merge, all elements in the new merged sequence + will be renumbered in order of the element creation. There will be no gaps.

+

There must not be a sequence for the target partition in the schema yet, + otherwise an exception will be thrown.

+

This operation modifies the Partition parameter of all elements + in the sequences that are being merged. Therefore, all its elements + must be accessible for editing, otherwise this operation will fail.

+
+ + A collection of partition names identifying the sequences to be merged together. + There must be at least two names in the list. All the sequences must exist already. + + + Name of a new partition into which the source sequences will be merged. + Leading and trailing white space is ignored in the given string and will be removed automatically. + + + The sourcePartitions list must contain at least two names. + -or- + Either one or more sequences in the sourcePartitions list does + not exist in the schema, or the list contains duplicated names. + -or- + The sequence newPartition does already exist in the schema. + -or- + the given newPartition cannot be used as a valid name of a numbering partition + because it contains characters that are considered invalid, such as + non-printable characters or those that cannot be used in a file's name. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Either the schema or its document cannot be modified at present. + -or- + Thrown if there is an element that cannot have new value of the NUMBER_PARTITION_PARAM + parameter assigned. It may be an indication that the element is not free to be edited at present. + + + 2015 + +
+ + + Appends all elements of one numbering sequence to the end of another sequence. + + +

All numbers assigned to elements in the target sequence remain the same, + but numbers in the source sequence (the one getting appended) will change. + Elements that match elements in the target sequence will get the same + numbers assigned. Remaining elements will get consecutive numbers in the + creation order of the elements starting with the next highest + number available in the target sequence.

+

This operation modifies the Partition parameter of all elements + in the sequence that is getting appended. Therefore, all its elements + must be accessible for editing, otherwise this operation will fail.

+

Elements can be appended only to a sequence that already exists. In order to + reassign elements of one sequence to a partition that does not exist yet, + use either the MoveSequence or + MergeSequences methods.

+
+ + Name of the partition that determines which numbering sequence to append. + The sequence must exist already, otherwise an exception will be thrown. + + + Name of a partition into which the source sequence is going to be appended. + The sequence must exist already, otherwise an exception will be thrown. + + + The sequence fromPartition does not exist in the schema. + -or- + The sequence toPartition does not exist in the schema. + -or- + Given partition names fromPartition and toPartition must be different. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Either the schema or its document cannot be modified at present. + -or- + Thrown if there is an element that cannot have new value of the NUMBER_PARTITION_PARAM + parameter assigned. It may be an indication that the element is not free to be edited at present. + + + 2015 + +
+ + + Moves all elements of a numbering sequence from one partition to another. + + +

All numbers assigned to elements in the sequence remain the same.

+

This operation modifies the Partition parameter of all elements + in the given sequence. Therefore, all the elements must be accessible + for editing.

+

Elements can be moved only to a partition that does not exist yet. To move elements + to an existing partition use the AppendSequence method.

+
+ + Name of the partition that determines which numbering sequence to move. + The sequence must exist already, otherwise an exception will be thrown. + + + Name of a partition into which the source sequence is going to be moved. + The schema must not have a sequence for this partition yet + (i.e. the schema does not have an element that was assigned to such a partition.) +

Leading and trailing white space is ignored in the given string and will be + removed automatically.

+ + The sequence fromPartition does not exist in the schema. + -or- + The sequence newPartition does already exist in the schema. + -or- + the given newPartition cannot be used as a valid name of a numbering partition + because it contains characters that are considered invalid, such as + non-printable characters or those that cannot be used in a file's name. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Either the schema or its document cannot be modified at present. + -or- + Thrown if there is an element that cannot have new value of the NUMBER_PARTITION_PARAM + parameter assigned. It may be an indication that the element is not free to be edited at present. + + + 2015 + + + + + +
+ + + Replaces an existing number with a new one (that does not exist yet). + + +

This method gives the caller the ability to overwrite any number used in a given + numbering sequence as long as the new number does not exist in the same sequence yet. + If an attempt is made to replace a number by another that already exists, an exception + will be thrown.

+

The new number will automatically be applied to all elements that bear the original + number, thus those elements must be free to be modified. A collection of element Ids + of all the affected elements is returned by this method.

+

The method is independent of the sequence's current starting number that might have + been assigned previously, meaning that the new number will be accepted even if it is + lower than the previously set start number in the sequence.

+
+ + Name of the partition that identifies the sequence containing the number to be changed. + + + Number to be changed; there must already be an element with that number in the sequence. + + + Number to change to; no element must have this number yet in the sequence. + + + A collection of elements affected by the change of the number + + + The sequence partition does not exist in the schema. + -or- + The specified sequence does not contain any elements with the given fromNumber. + -or- + There already are elements with the given toNumber in the specified sequence. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The value of toNumber must be in the range from 1 to the maximum value for an Integer type + + + Either the schema or its document cannot be modified at present. + + + 2015 + +
+ + + Shifts all numbers in the sequence so the starting number has the given value. + + +

A shift of all numbers in the sequence will be computed and applied + so the first (lowest) number in the sequence would have the given value. + All the other numbers will then be shifted relatively by the same amount.

+

Any existing gaps in the current numbering sequence will be preserved.

+

Shifts that would make the start number less than 1 or bigger than + are considered invalid.

+
+ + Name of the partition that identifies the sequence. The sequence must exist. + + + Value for the new first (lowest) number of the sequence. + + + The sequence partition does not exist in the schema. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + firstNumber must be in range between 1 and MaximumStartingNumber. + + + Either the schema or its document cannot be modified at present. + + + 2015 + +
+ + + Removes gaps, if any, in a numbering sequence + + + Gaps are removed by shifting numbers above each gap down by the amount of + numbers skipped in the gap. The lowest number in the sequence will remain unchanged. + + + Name of the partition that identifies the sequence. The sequence must exist. + + + The sequence partition does not exist in the schema. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Either the schema or its document cannot be modified at present. + + + 2015 + + + + + Returns all numbers currently used in the given numbering sequence + + +

Numbers are returned as a collection of ranges, where each range + is a pair of two integer values, Low and High. As long as there is + no gap currently in the sequence, there will be only one range.

+
+ + Name of the partition that identifies the sequence. The sequence must exist. + + + A collection of integer ranges + + + The sequence partition does not exist in the schema. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + +
+ + + Returns all numbering sequences within this numbering schema. + + +

The collection may be empty if there are no elements yet in this schema.

+

One of the strings can be an empty string, which would indicate presence + of the default partition into which elements automatically belong if left + unassigned to any other partition

+
+ + A collection of partition names of all numbering sequences currently present in this schema. + + + 2015 + +
+ + + Sets a new value for the minimum number of digits to be used for formating + the Number parameter of all numbered elements of the given document. + + +

Valid values range from 1 to 10. Numbers with fewer digits + than the minimum number will be padded with leading zeros.

+

The value affects all numbering schemas. Thus, once set, numbers for + Rebar and Reinforcement Fabric will be formatted with the same minimum number of digits.

+

The current value can obtained by invoking the method.

+
+ + The document in which the new value will be in applied. + + + New value for the minimum number of digits. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The minimum number of digits must be in range from 1 to 10. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2015 + +
+ + + Returns the minimum number of digits to be used for formating + the Number parameter of all enumerable elements of the given document. + + +

The number is used by all numbering schemas in the document.

+

The value can be modified by using the method.

+
+ + The document this value is going to be applied to. + + + The current number of formatting digits + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + +
+ + + Returns an instance of the specified Numbering Schema in the given document. + + + A document to get the numbering schema from. + + + The type of a built-in schema to get. + + + Instance of the specified schema. + + + The given schemaType has an invalid Id. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Returns a set of Ids of all Numbering Schema elements for a given document. + + + A document to get numbering schema from. + + + Ids of NumberingSchema elements. An empty set if no schemas are found in the given document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + A static property defining the maximum number a numbering sequence can use + as its starting number (the lowest number in the sequence). + + + Use this method to ensure a value given to the + ShiftNumbers is within the valid range. + + + 2015 + + + + + Identifies the kind of elements/objects this numbering schema is used for. + + + 2015 + + + + + Id of the parameter that stores values of the numbers on enumerated elements. + + +

Values of numbers can be obtained by querying this parameter for the respective numbered element. + The value is read-only and thus cannot be set; it is always computed based on the order of created + elements and the matching policy within each numbering sequence.

+

+ Note: Although the parameter cannot be changed directly, it can be modified indirectly + (with restrictions) using the method. +

+
+ + 2015 + +
+ + + A class to support assigning numbers to elements of a particular kind for the purpose of tagging and scheduling them. + + +

Each NumberingSchema controls numbering of elements of one particular kind, typically of the same category such + as Rebar or Fabric Reinforcement. Instances of NumberingSchema are also elements and there is always only one of + each type in every Revit document. Available types of all built-in numbering schemas are enumerated in + class. At present, schema elements cannot be manually + added, deleted, or copied. Attempts to do so will result in a failure warning and/or exceptions thrown.

+

Elements (e.g. Rebar) belonging to a particular schema (e.g. NumberingSchemaTypes.StructuralNumberingSchemas.Rebar) + are organized and numbered in sequences. A sequence is a collection of elements that share the same numbering partition + as defined by their respective values of the Partition parameter (NUMBER_PARTITION_PARAM). For a numbering sequence + to exist it must contain at least one element. In other words, a sequence is established once there is at least + one element of which the partition parameter has a value that differs from other elements (in the same numbering schema). + If the last element is removed (deleted or moved to a different sequence) the then empty sequence ceases to exist.

+

Elements get assigned to sequences either upon their creation (based on the then current numbering partition value), + or by explicitly modifying the Partition parameter of an element, or by using the AssignElementsToSequence method. + It is highly recommended using that method over explicitly changing the Partition parameter, because the methods applies changes + to sequences and element numbers immediately, while changed parameters get into effect only after the current transaction is closed.

+

In addition to directly or indirectly changing the Partition parameter of elements, numbering sequences can be + reorganized by using methods of the NumberingSchema class. The MoveSequence method moves + all elements of an existing sequence to a new sequence that does not exist yet in the schema, thus effectively renaming + the Partition parameter on all the affected elements. The AppendSequence method removes + all elements from one sequence and appends them to elements of another existing sequence while applying the matching policy. + The method MergeSequences takes elements of all specified sequences and moves them all into a newly created sequence. + All the merged elements will be renumbered and matched as needed based on the matching algorithm.

+

Elements in different sequences are numbered independently, meaning that there may be elements with the same + number in two sequences even though the elements are different. Likewise, there may be perfectly identical + elements in two or more sequences bearing different numbers. However, within each one numbering sequence any + two identical elements will always have the same number, while different elements will never have the same + number within a numbering sequence. Revit refers to this rule as the matching policy.

+

Enumerable elements are always numbered automatically upon their creation. Each new element will get an + incrementally higher number. However, thanks to the matching policy, new elements that match existing elements + within the same sequence will get the same number assigned. Elements will keep their assigned numbers as long + as it is possible. This means, for example, that if some previously created elements (e.g. Rebar) get deleted, + all remaining elements (within the same numbering sequence) will keep their numbers, which may result in gaps in + the respective numbering sequence. Gaps can be removed by invoking RemoveGaps for sequences + in which gaps are not desired.

+

Numbers are stored as values of a numbering parameter on each numbered element. The Id of the parameter is obtained + by querying the property. The value of the number can be obtained by querying the + parameter for the respective numbered element. The value is read-only and thus cannot be set; it is always computed based + on relations of elements across numbering partitions and the matching policy within the numbering sequence of each element.

+

Even though numbers are always assigned automatically to all elements of a schema, the method + ChangeNumber gives the programmer a way to explicitly overwrite a specific number as long + as the new number is unique in the numbering sequence. The caller specifies a number to be changed and a new value that is + to be applied, providing the value does not exist yet in the same numbering sequence. Although this operation may seem rather + limited, it provides the programmer with freedom to change practically any number even if it may be achieved in multiple steps.

+
+ + 2015 + + + + + +
+ + + Checks whether an ElementId is a valid material Id of a non-continuous rail. + + + The material Id to be checked. + + + True if the ElementId refers to a valid material or it is invalidElementId, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Checks whether the input id represents a profile which can be used as the profile of this non-continuous rail. + + + is considered a valid NonContinuousRail profile (the default profile). + + + The profile Id to be checked. + + + True if the ElementId refers to a valid NonContinuousRail profile, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Checks whether the input name is valid for a non-continuous rail in its associated railing type. + + + The name must be unique within the + to which the non-continuous rail belongs. + + + The name to be checked. + + + True if the name is unique for the , false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Checks whether the input height is valid for a non-continuous rail in its associated railing type. + + + The height cannot be greater than the height of a + to which the non-continuous rail belongs. + + + The height to be checked. + + + True if the height is smaller than the height of , false otherwise. + + + 2019 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The material id associated with the non-continuous rail, or invalidElementId if none. + + + When setting this property: The materialId is not a valid value to be used as a non-continuous rail material Id. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + The profile id of the non-continuous rail, or invalidElementId if none. + + + When setting this property: The profileId is not an Id of a valid NonContinuousRail profile. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + The side offset of the non-continuous rail from a from the railing center. + + + When setting this property: The given value for offset must be no more than 30000 feet in absolute value. + + + 2019 + + + + + The height at which the non-continuous rail will be placed. + + + When setting this property: The height height is not valid for the non-continuous rail. + + + When setting this property: The given value for height must be no more than 30000 feet in absolute value. + + + 2019 + + + + + The name of the non-continuous rail. + + + When setting this property: name is an empty string or contains only whitespace. + -or- + When setting this property: name cannot include prohibited characters, such as "{, }, [, ], |, ;, less-than sign, greater-than sign, ?, `, ~". + -or- + When setting this property: The name name is not valid for the non-continuous rail. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + A class which contains information needed to define a single non-continuous rail in a . + + + 2019 + + + + + The property labeled "Offset Z" from the "Noise" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDistance". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Offset Y" from the "Noise" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDistance". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Offset X" from the "Noise" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDistance". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Link Transforms" from the "Noise" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Angle" from the "Noise" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray3d". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Phase" from the "Noise" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Levels" from the "Noise" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "1, 10". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Size" from the "Noise" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0.001, 10000000000". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Low" from the "Noise" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 1". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "High" from the "Noise" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 1". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Color 2" from the "Noise" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Color 1" from the "Noise" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Noise Type" from the "Noise" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyInteger" with accepted values in the enumerated type "NoiseType". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + A static class that provides access to the property names that appear in the Noise visual asset schema. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + Verifies if this is a valid segment id. + + + True if this is a valid segment id, otherwise false. + + + 2024 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The segment identifier. + + + 2024 + + + + + The element id where this analytical segment belongs. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Creates a valid segment id on the network. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Creates a default invalid segment id on the network. + + + 2024 + + + + + Represents a unique identifier for one analytical segment in the network. + + + 2024 + + + + + Type of the referenced family + + + 2016 + + + + + Name of the referenced family + + + 2016 + + + + + Category Id of the referenced family + + + 2016 + + + + + A proxy element representing a nested family type. + + +

This element represents a value of a FamilyType Parameter of a Loaded Family. + Each such element corresponds to a nested FamilyType Element in the original + Family Document where the family was defined.

+

This element stores only basic information about the nested FamilyType, + such as the name of the Type, name of the Family, and a Category.

+

These elements are very low-level and thus bypassed by standard element + filters. However, it is possible to obtain a set of applicable elements + of this class for a FamilyType parameter of a family by calling +

+
+ + 2016 + +
+ + + Compares two object name strings using Revit's comparison rules. + + +

This routine is similar to System.String.Compare(), but uses Revit rules for comparison. This involves + breaking the names into alphabetic and numeric tokens and comparing tokens individually. Neither comparand is + allowed to be .

+

Note that this routine does consider case in comparing names. Some Revit element types disallow assignment + of names where the only difference with existing names is the case of one or more characters, while other + element types do not have this restriction. This routine does not take the particular element type into + account, so it may not identify all "duplicates" if the names are to be used for some element types. + Attempting to set the name on the target Element should provide the final indication of whether it is valid. +

+
+ + The first object name to compare. + + + The second object name to compare. + + + An integer indicating the result of the lexical comparison between the two names. + Less than zero if nameA comes before nameB in the ordering, zero if nameA and nameB are equivalent, + and greater than zero if nameA is comes after nameB in the ordering. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + +
+ + + Identifies if the input string is valid for use as an object name in Revit. + + + This routine checks only for prohibited characters in the string. + When setting the name for an object there are other specific considerations which are checked + (for example, the same name cannot be used twice for different elements of the same type). + This routine does not check those conditions. + + + The name to validate. + + + True if the name is valid for use as a name in Revit, false if it contains prohibited characters and is invalid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + A collection of utilities related to element naming. + + + 2015 + + + + + Sets the text and associated formatting of the text of in this text note with + a given FormattedText object. + + + The FormattedText object containing the text and associated formatting of the text. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + + + + + Returns an object that contains text and associated formatting of this note. + + + The returned object is not attached to the text note and modifying it will not modify the contents of the text note. + After changes are made to the FormattedText, use + apply those changes to the TextNote. + + + The object that contains the text and associated formatting of of the text in this text note. + + + 2017 + + + + + + + + + Removes all leaders currently attached to the text note. + + + + + Adds a leader to the text note. + + + If the geometric type of the new leader (line vs arc.) differs + from the type of existing leaders, then the type of the existing + leaders will be changed to match the type of the newly created leader. + + + Type of the leader being added. + + + The newly added leader. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + Returns a collection of leaders currently attached to the text note. + + + This method supersedes an older Leaders property which has been deprecated. + + + 2016 + + + + + Creates a new line-wrapping text note element of the given width and properties. + + +

As a view-specific element the text note will be visible only in the specified view.

+

The new text note will be created using the give text type, which defines the style. + The currently default style can be obtained from the Document.GetDefaultElementTypeId method.

+
+ + A valid Revit document that is currently modifiable (i.e. with an open transaction). + + + Id of the graphic view in which the note is to be created. + + + A model position of the new note. +

Note that the position's relation to the text's bounding box depends on the requested text alignment + (set via the Options argument). It will be the box' top-left corner for a left-aligned text, + the top-right corner for a right-aligned text, and middle-top point if the text is to be centered.

+ + Width [ft] of the text in paper space (i.e. as it is measured when printed.) + If a line of text is longer than the given specified Width, the text will be automatically wrapped. + If a a zero Width is supplied then this method will create an unwrapped text note element. + + + Text to populate the text note with. + + + Options to control behavior and appearance of the text note. + + + The newly created text note. + + + The document is a family that cannot contain text notes. + -or- + The viewId does not represent a valid graphic view element in the given document. + -or- + The options structure does not contain a valid text type to use for a new text note in the given document. + -or- + A valid point must not be father then 10 miles (approx. 16 km) from the origin. + -or- + The given width is not valid. A valid value must be within the range + returned by static methods GetMinimumWidthLimit and GetMaximumWidthLimit. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + +
+ + + Creates a new line-wrapping text note element of the given width and properties. + + +

As a view-specific element the text note will be visible only in the specified view.

+

The new text note will be created using the given text type, which defines the style. + The currently default style can be obtained from the Document.GetDefaultElementTypeId method.

+
+ + A valid Revit document that is currently modifiable (i.e. with an open transaction). + + + Id of the graphic view in which the note is to be created. + + + A model position of the new note. +

For a left-aligned text (default), the origin is set at the top-left corner of the note's bounding box.

+ + Width [ft] of the text in paper space (i.e. as it is measured when printed.) + If a line of text is longer than the specified Width, the text will be automatically wrapped. + If a a zero Width is supplied then this method will create an unwrapped text note element. + + + Text to populate the text note with. + + + Id of the text type to use for the new text note. + The text type allows its font name parameter to be set to a font unavailable on the current system. + However, any text note created with or set to this font type will be displayed in a default substituted font (e.g. Arial) + and the UI will show a blank value in the text type font name parameter. + Once the document is opened on a system which has the font set on the text type, + the text note will display with that font and the UI will show that font in the text type font name parameter. + + + The newly created text note. + + + The document is a family that cannot contain text notes. + -or- + The viewId does not represent a valid graphic view element in the given document. + -or- + The typeId does not represent a valid text type in the given document. + -or- + A valid point must not be father then 10 miles (approx. 16 km) from the origin. + -or- + The given width is not valid. A valid value must be within the range + returned by the static methods GetMinimumAllowedWidth and GetMaximumAllowedWidth. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + +
+ + + Creates a new unwrapped text note element with the given properties. + + +

The new text note will consist of a single line of text unless there + are line-break characters (CR) in the given string. Once the text note is + created its width gets adjusted to fit the longest (or the single one) line of text. +

+

+ As a view-specific element the text note will be visible only in the specified view. +

+

+ The new text note will be created using the given text type, which defines the style. + The currently default style can be obtained from the Document.GetDefaultElementTypeId method. +

+
+ + A valid Revit document that is currently modifiable (i.e. with an open transaction). + + + Id of the graphic view in which the note is to be created. + + + A model position of the new note. +

Note that the position's relation to the text's bounding box depends on the requested text alignment + (set via the Options argument). It will be the box' top-left corner for a left-aligned text, + the top-right corner for a right-aligned text, and middle-top point if the text is to be centered.

+ + Text to populate the text note with. + + + Options to control behavior and appearance of the text note. + + + The newly created text note. + + + The document is a family that cannot contain text notes. + -or- + The viewId does not represent a valid graphic view element in the given document. + -or- + The options structure does not contain a valid text type to use for a new text note in the given document. + -or- + A valid point must not be father then 10 miles (approx. 16 km) from the origin. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + +
+ + + Creates a new unwrapped TextNote element with the given properties. + + +

The new TextNote will consist of a single line of text unless there + are carriage return ('\r') or vertical tab ('\v') characters in the given string. Once the text note is + created its width gets adjusted to fit the longest (or the single one) line of text.

+

As a view-specific element the TextNote will be visible only in the specified view.

+

The new TextNote will be created using the given text type, which defines the style. + The currently default style can be obtained from the Document.GetDefaultElementTypeId method.

+
+ + A valid Revit document that is currently modifiable (i.e. with an open transaction). + + + Id of the graphic view in which the note is to be created. + + + A model position of the new note. +

For a left-aligned text (default), the origin is set at the top-left corner of the note's bounding box.

+ + Text to populate the text note with. + + + Id of the text type to use for the new text note. + + + The newly created text note. + + + The document is a family that cannot contain text notes. + -or- + The viewId does not represent a valid graphic view element in the given document. + -or- + The typeId does not represent a valid text type in the given document. + -or- + A valid point must not be father then 10 miles (approx. 16 km) from the origin. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + +
+ + + Attachment position of leaders on the right side of the text note. + + +

The property controls the vertical position of leaders attached to the right side of the note.

+

Change of the value will affect all leaders currently attached to the right side.

+
+ + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2016 + +
+ + + Attachment position of leaders on the left side of the text note. + + +

The property controls the vertical position of leaders attached to the left side of the note.

+

Change of the value will affect all leaders currently attached to the left side.

+
+ + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2016 + +
+ + + Number of leader objects currently attached to the text note. + + + 2016 + + + + Access the type of the TextNote object. + The type of the TextNote object can be retrieved or changed. + + + + A class representing text note annotations in Revit. + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Flag controling whether a rotate text is to stay oriented to be always readable. + + + Default value is True. + + + 2016 + + + + + Vertical alignment of the text. + + + Default is Top alignment. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2016 + + + + + Horizontal alignment of the text. + + + Default is Left alignment. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2016 + + + + + Base line angle of a text note, in radians. + + + Default value is 0.0. + + + 2016 + + + + + Id of a text type that defines the style of a text note. + + + No default value. A valid type element Id must be set prior using the options. + The text type allows its font name parameter to be set to a font unavailable on the current system. + However, any text note created with or set to this font type will be displayed in a default substituted font (e.g. Arial) + and the UI will show a blank value in the text type font name parameter. + Once the document is opened on a system which has the font set on the text type, + the text note will display with that font and the UI will show that font in the text type font name parameter. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Constructs text options to create text of the given type. + + + Except for the TypeId, all other properties of the option class will be populated with their respective default values. + + + Id of a text type that defines the style of a text note. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Default constructor; populates the options with their respective default values. + + + The constructed options need to be given a typeId before it can be used to create a text note. + + + 2016 + + + + + Options to use when creating a new text note element. + + + Use an instance of this class as an argument in the TextNote.Create methods. + + + 2016 + + + + + + + + + Indicates if an element can be deleted. + + + The document. + + + The id of the element to check. + + + True if the element can be deleted, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Utility functions with document validation + + + 2015 + + + + + Gets the Id of the fiting or accessory instance + + + The element Id of the fiting or accessory instance. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the connector data of the pipe fitting or pipe accessory. + + + DuctFittingAndAccessoryConnectorData contains connector data which is needed to calculate coefficient. + such as width, height, diameter and flow. + + + All connector data. + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns an Entity of the Schema of the serverGUID. + or an invalid entity otherwise. + + + The Entity that is returned is a copy of the stored data (with copy-on-write optimization). + Modifying it is allowed (even with restricted write), but to save your changes you must call SetEntity. + + + The Entity. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The kinematic viscosity of air for the duct fitting or duct accessory, Units: (ft^2/s). + + + 2014 + + + + + The origin position of the duct fitting or duct accessory. + + + 2014 + + + + + The system classification of the duct fitting or duct accessory. + + + 2014 + + + + + The part type of the duct fitting or duct accessory. + + + 2014 + + + + + The GUID of the duct fitting or duct accessory. + + + 2014 + + + + + The input data used by external servers for calculation of the duct fitting and duct accessory coefficient. + + + A FamilyInstance is the input data for the calculation, + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the coordination of the connector + + + The coordination of the connector + + + 2017 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The connector profile. + + + 2014 + + + + + The connector velocity pressure. Units: (kg/(ft·s²)). + + + 2014 + + + + + The connector flow, Units:(ft³/s) + + + 2014 + + + + + the flow direction of this connector, In or Out. + + + 2014 + + + + + the index of the connector which is linked with this connector + + + 2014 + + + + + return the index of this connector + + + 2014 + + + + + the angle of the fitting, Units:(rad). + + + 2014 + + + + + The connector diameter, Units:(ft). + + + 2014 + + + + + The connector height, Units:(ft). + + + 2014 + + + + + The connector width, Units:(ft). + + + 2014 + + + + + The input data used by external servers for calculation of the duct fitting and duct accessory coefficient. + + + width, height, diameter, flow, velocity pressure and connector index are input data for the calculation, + + + 2014 + + + + + An enumerated type listing the possible door evacuation types + + + + + Not used for exit access. + + + + + Interior passage door. + + + + + Interior exit door. + + + + + Exterior exit door. + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a new ReloadLatestOptions object. + + + 2014 + + + + + Options to control behavior of pure reload latest (not part of synchronize with central). + + + 2014 + + + + + Sets all the tessellation parameters to its predefined values for the given resolution type. + + + Type of exporting resolution. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2023 + + + + + Checks whether the GridAspectRatio tessellation parameter is explicitly set. + + + True if GridAspectRatio tessellation parameter is explicitly set, false otherwise. + + + 2023 + + + + + Checks whether the value is allowed (is in the allowed range) for GridAspectRatio tessellation parameter. + + + The value to be checked. + + + True if the value is valid for GridAspectRatio, false otherwise. + + + 2023 + + + + + Checks whether the MaxEdgeLength tessellation parameter is explicitly set. + + + True if MaxEdgeLength tessellation parameter is explicitly set, false otherwise. + + + 2023 + + + + + Checks whether the value is allowed (is in the allowed range) for MaxEdgeLength tessellation parameter. + + + The value to be checked. + + + True if the value is valid for MaxEdgeLength, false otherwise. + + + 2023 + + + + + Checks whether the NormalTolerance tessellation parameter is explicitly set. + + + True if NormalTolerance tessellation parameter is explicitly set, false otherwise. + + + 2023 + + + + + Checks whether the value is allowed (is in the allowed range) for NormalTolerance tessellation parameter. + + + The value to be checked. + + + True if the value is valid for NormalTolerance, false otherwise. + + + 2023 + + + + + Checks whether the SurfaceTolerance tessellation parameter is explicitly set. + + + True if SurfaceTolerance tessellation parameter is explicitly set, false otherwise. + + + 2023 + + + + + Checks whether the value is allowed (is in the allowed range) for SurfaceTolerance tessellation parameter. + + + The value to be checked. + + + True if the value is valid for SurfaceTolerance, false otherwise. + + + 2023 + + + + + The maximum aspect ratio allowed in the grid placed across the face. + The minimum allowed value is 1.0. The maximum allowed value is 10.0. By default this property is ignored. + + + This property can be set by using export resolution type (by creation of OBJExportOptions or using method). + In the case of Fine, Medium and Coarse resolutions, this property has the same value (10.0) and it is considered as explicitly set by the user. + In the case of Custom resolution type, this property is only allowed to be obtained if it has been explicitly set. + + + When setting this property: The value gridAspectRatio is outside the allowable range of values for GridAspectRatio tessellation parameter. + + + GridAspectRatio tessellation parameter is default (hasn't been explicitly set by the user) and cannot be obtained now. + + + 2023 + + + + + The maximum length allowed for any chord on an edge or between any two adjacent grid lines. This is a percentage value. + By exporting, the real value of maximum edge length is calculated as a percent from the length of the diameter of the body bounding box. + The minimum allowed value is 0.1%. The maximum allowed value is 10.0%. By default this property is ignored. + + + This property can be set by using export resolution type (by creation of OBJExportOptions or using method). + In the case of Fine, Medium and Coarse resolutions, this property has the same value (10.0%) and it is considered as explicitly set by the user. + In the case of Custom resolution type, this property is only allowed to be obtained if it has been explicitly set. + + + When setting this property: The value maxEdgeLength is outside the allowable range of values for MaxEdgeLength tessellation parameter. + + + MaxEdgeLength tessellation parameter is default (hasn't been explicitly set by the user) and cannot be obtained now. + + + 2023 + + + + + The maximum change in the surface normal between adjacent nodes in the mesh. This property is defined in degrees. + The minimum allowed value is 1.0 degrees. The maximum allowed value is 45.0 degrees. Default value is 15.0 degrees. + + + This property can be set by using export resolution type (by creation of OBJExportOptions or using method). + In the case of Fine (10.0 degrees), Medium (15.0 degrees) and Coarse (30.0 degrees) resolutions, this property is considered as explicitly set by the user. + In the case of Custom resolution type, this property is only allowed to be obtained if it has been explicitly set. + + + When setting this property: The value normalTolerance is outside the allowable range of values for NormalTolerance tessellation parameter. + + + NormalTolerance tessellation parameter is default (hasn't been explicitly set by the user) and cannot be obtained now. + + + 2023 + + + + + The maximum distance between mesh triangles and model geometry. This is a percentage value. + By exporting, the real value of surface tolerance is calculated as a percent from the length of the diameter of the body bounding box. + The minimum allowed value is 0.001%. The maximum allowed value is 1.0%. Default value is 0.1%. + + + This property can be set by using export resolution type (by creation of OBJExportOptions or using method). + In the case of Fine (0.005%), Medium (0.016%) and Coarse (0.04%) resolutions, this property is considered as explicitly set by the user. + In the case of Custom resolution type, this property is only allowed to be obtained if it has been explicitly set. + + + When setting this property: The value surfaceTolerance is outside the allowable range of values for SurfaceTolerance tessellation parameter. + + + SurfaceTolerance tessellation parameter is default (hasn't been explicitly set by the user) and cannot be obtained now. + + + 2023 + + + + + The unit type of geometry in the resultant OBJ file. + Default value is ExportUnit::Default. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2023 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of OBJExportOptions with all predefined tessellation settings, depending on export resolution type. + Note: in case of Custom resolution type, tessellation settings won't be predefined and will have default values. + + + The type of export resolution. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2023 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of OBJExportOptions with default values of all properties. + + + 2023 + + + + + The export options used by exporting to OBJ file format. + + + 2023 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of FDXExportOptions with default values of all properties. + + + 2023 + + + + + The export options used for exporting FDX payload to a local JSON payload. + + + 2023 + + + + + The "sourceFileVersionUrn" parameter to pass during FDX fulfillment creation. + + + 2023 + + + + + The string ID of an open FDX fulfillment on the specified exchange. If non-empty, the open fulfillment will be used for export. + If empty, Revit will create a new fulfillment and close the fulfillment if export is successful. + + + 2023 + + + + + Path to write JSON log file of FDX fulfillment. Should have *.json extension. No log is written if path is empty. + + + 2023 + + + + + Value specifying the level of FDX logging - see FDXLogVerbosity. + + + 2023 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of FDXExportOptions with default values of all properties. + + + 2023 + + + + + The export options used for publishing to an FDX exchange. + + + 2023 + + + + + 2024 + + + An enumeration of log verbosity levels for FDX remote exchange. + + + 2024 + + + + + Log all FDX communication and fulfillment statistics. Use only for diagnostic purposes. + + + + + In addition to timed statistics, also log all failed requests and responses in their entirety. + + + + + In addition to basic statistics, also log timing breakdown of requests and events. + + + + + Log basic information about fulfillment and data sent. + + + + + No logging output + + + + + Indicates whether export will be performed incrementally. + + + 2023 + + + + + The base export options used for exporting to an FDX exchange or local JSON payload. + + + 2023 + + + + + Checks it this key is equal to the other. + + + The key to compare with. + + + True if keys are equal, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Checks if the failure message key is valid + + + True if the failure message key is valid + + + 2011 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + +Gets the integer value of the id as hash code + + + + Determines whether the specified is equal to the current . + Another object. + + + Determines whether two FailureMessageKeys are different. + The first FailureMessageKey. + The second FailureMessageKey. + True if the FailureMessageKeys are different; otherwise, false. + + + Determines whether two FailureMessageKeys are the same. + The first FailureMessageKey. + The second FailureMessageKey. + True if the FailureMessageKeys are the same; otherwise, false. + + + + Constructs a new FailureMessageKey with default settings. + + + 2011 + + + + + A unique key assigned to each posted failure message + + + When a failure message is posted, it gets a unique key assigned and returned to the caller. The key is guaranteed to be unique in the Revit session. + The key can be used to unpost (delete) previously posted failure message if it is no longer valid. + + + 2011 + + + + + Identifies if the view id is valid as a preview view id. + + + Only graphical views (3d or 2d) are valid for use as a preview view. Other + views (such as view templates) will not pass this method. InvalidElementId + is accepted by this method as this id means that no special view is set for the + preview. + + + The view id. + + + True if the view id is valid for preview, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Sets Revit to update the preview view if necessary. + + +

An update is necessary if the view has never been displayed, or if + the model has been changed and the view has not been updated or accessed. + If the preview view has not been updated, the preview may not be properly + saved.

+

This setting applies only to a single Save operation and is reset to + false after it is accessed.

+
+ + True to force update of the preview view. False to skip update if necessary (the default). + + + 2012 + +
+ + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The view id that will be used to generate the preview. + + + This view will always be saved as the preview view for the document unless it is overridden + by the value used in SaveOptions or SaveAsOptions. + + + InvalidElementId signals that there is no permanent preview view for the document. + Where possible the document's active view will be used to generate the preview upon save; + where there is no active view the document will not include a preview. + + + When setting this property: The view id is not valid to use as a preview view. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Identifies if Revit will update the preview view if necessary. + + + This setting applies only to a single Save operation and is reset to + false after it is accessed. + + + 2012 + + + + + Contains the settings related to the saving of preview images for a given document. + + + 2012 + + + + + + + + + Deleted element id collection. + For non-worksharing models, this will always be an empty collection. + + + 2023 + + + + + Modified element id collection. + + + 2023 + + + + + Created element id collection. + + + 2023 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Whether or the deleted elements were retrieved. + + + 2023 + + + + + DocumentDifference represents the difference (including added elements, modified elements and deleted elements) of a Revit model between different DocumentVersion of the model. + + + For workshared models, DocumentDifference may contain all the added elements, modified elements and deleted elements. + For non-workshared models, deleted elements are not tracked, so this object may only contain added elements and modified elements. + + + 2023 + + + + + Translates a content file. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + This utility is used to translate content files + + + 2014 + + + + + Toggle the flipped value + + + 2013 + + + + + This returns true if the intersector is an element that can be used to intersect with the divided path. + + + Intersectors can be curve elements, datum planes, or other divided paths. + Note that divided paths that have this divided path as an intersector + (either directly, or recursively) are not valid. + Also, if the nesting of divided path intersectors that have intersectors is more than 5 levels deep + the divided path intersector is considered invalid as well. + + + The intersector. + + + True if the reference can be used to create a divided path, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Set the elements whose intersection with path produces points. + + + Not all intersecting elements in intersectors are valid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Get the elements whose intersection with path produces points. + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks that the justification enumeration value is valid + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks that the indent value does not cause the beginningIndent and endIndent to overlop + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks that the indent value does not cause the beginningIndent and endIndent to overlop + + + 2013 + + + + + Identifies if the indicated number of points is valid for assignment + to a DividedPath with a layout type 'FixedNumber'. + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks that the measurement type enumeration value is valid + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks that the spacing rule layout enumeration value is valid + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + This returns true if the intersector is an element that can be used to intersect with a newly created divided path. + + + Intersectors can be curve elements, datum planes, or divided paths. + + This function is should not be used to validate the input to SetIntersectors() + because it does not check for self intersection of any other circular dependencies between intersectors. + Use isIntersectorValidForDividedPath() instead. + + + The document. + + + The intersector. + + + True if the reference can be used to create a divided path, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + This checks if the references represent a connected set of curves as required by the divided path. + + + The document. + + + The references. + + + True if the arguments passed the checks, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + This returns true if the reference represents a curve or edge that can be used to create a divided path. + + + The document. + + + The reference. + + + True if the reference can be used to create a divided path, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + This function separates the input curve references into groups of connected curve references. + Each group of connected curve references can be used to create a divided path. + + + The document. + + + The references. + + + The grouped references + + + Not all curve references in curveReferences represent a curve or an edge + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + this operation failed. + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a new instance of a divided path whose points are determined by the intersecting elements. + + + Intersectors can be curve elements, datum planes, or other divided paths. + + + The document. + + + References that represent a connected set of curves or edges. + + + Elements whose intersection with the curve references result in additional divisions. + + + The newly created divided path. + + + The document does not allow creation of a divided path. + -or- + Not all curve references in curveReferences represent a curve or an edge + -or- + The references in curveReferences are not connected. + -or- + Not all intersecting elements in intersectors are valid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a new instance of a divided path with a default layout. + + + The document. + + + References that represent a connected set of curves or edges. + + + The newly created divided path. + + + The document does not allow creation of a divided path. + -or- + Not all curve references in curveReferences represent a curve or an edge + -or- + The references in curveReferences are not connected. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2013 + + + + + Controls whether the curves in the path are visible + + + If true the references that represent the curves will not be hidden. + If false the references that represent the curves may be hidden + Only references that are curve elements can be hidden + If multiple divided paths reference a curve element + then the curve element is not hidden unless all divided paths request that it be hidden. + + + 2013 + + + + + If the divided path is flipped the nodes are numbered in the reverse order. + It also switches the ends from which beginningIndent and endIndent are measured from. + + + 2013 + + + + + The total number of points of the divided surface. + This combines the layout points and the intersection points. + + + 2013 + + + + + When the layout is set to 'FixedDistance' the points may not cover the + entire range of the path. The justification determines whether + the points are centered on the range, or shifted towards the start or end of the range. + + + When setting this property: Invalid justification + -or- + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + The layout determines how points are distributed along the path. + + + When setting this property: Invalid layout + -or- + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + True if the first and last point coincide + False otherwise. + + + 2013 + + + + + Whether or not the path forms a closed loop. + + + True if the path form a closed loop. + False otherwise. + + + 2013 + + + + + The sum of the curve lengths. + + + 2013 + + + + + Controls whether the node numbers are shown when the divided path is selected + + + If true the divided path will show the number of each node + when the divided path is selected. + If false the node numbers are hidden. + + + 2013 + + + + + Controls whether the points of the divided path are visible + + + If true the nodes of the divided path are visible. + If false the nodes are hidden. + + + 2013 + + + + + The endIndent is an offset distance from the end of the + last curve that determines the end of the range over which + the layout is applied. + The measurement type determines how the distance is measured. + + + BeginningIndent and endIndent are not allowed to overlap + + + When setting this property: The given value for endIndent must be between 0 and 30000 feet. + -or- + When setting this property: endIndent overlaps with beginningIndent + + + 2013 + + + + + The beginningIndent is an offset distance from the beginning of the + first curve that determines the beginning of the range over which + the layout is applied. + The measurement type determines how the distance is measured. + + + BeginningIndent and endIndent are not allowed to overlap + + + When setting this property: The given value for beginningIndent must be between 0 and 30000 feet. + -or- + When setting this property: beginningIndent overlaps with endIndent + + + 2013 + + + + + The maximum distance is used when the layout is set to 'MaximumSpacing'. + When that layout rule is used the distance between points will not exceed this value. + The measurement type determines how the distance is measured. + + + When setting this property: The maximumDistance is too small. + + + 2013 + + + + + The minimum distance is used when the layout is set to 'MinimumSpacing'. + When that layout rule is used the distance between points will not fall below this value. + The measurement type determines how the distance is measured. + + + When setting this property: The minimumDistance is too small. + + + 2013 + + + + + The distance between points that are distributed along the path according to the selected layout. + When the layout is set to 'FixedDistance' this value can be set to desired distance. + The measurement type determines how the distance is measured. + + + This does not take into account points obtained by intersections with other elements. + When the layout is set to 'None' the distance is the value that would be used by the 'FixedDistance' layout. + + + When setting this property: The distance is too small. + + + When setting this property: The distance can only be set when the layout of this DividedPath is set to 'FixedDistance' or 'None'. + + + 2013 + + + + + The number of points used when the layout is set to 'FixedNumber'. + + + To get the actual number of point use GetNumberOfPoints(). + + + When setting this property: fixedNumberOfPoints must be at least 2 and at most 200. + + + 2013 + + + + + The measurement type determines how distances are calculated. + Either along a straight line between two points ('ChordLength') + or along the segment of the path that connects them. ('SegmentLength'). + + + When setting this property: Invalid measurementType + -or- + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + An element that consists of a set of points distributed along a path which consists of a connected set of curves and edges. + + + The points can be the result of a uniform distribution along the path. + The type of the distribution is determined by a selected 'layout'. + The distance between the layout points depends on the path, the layout, and layout specific settings. + In addition, points can also be the result of intersecting the path with other elements. + + + 2013 + + + + + Sets the reference that determines the origin of this DisplacementPath. + + + The element id of a DisplacementElement. + + + A reference of an edge or a curve in the GRep of the element corresponding to elemId. + + + An parameter used to specify a point on the edge. + + + The value param should lie in the range [0,1]. + -or- + reference does not represent an edge or curve belonging to an element displaced by displacementElement. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Does the specified pick represent an edge or a curve belonging to one of the displaced elements. + + + A DisplacementElement. + + + A pick. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Is the specified value a valid edge or curve parameter. + + + proposed edge parameter. + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates a new DisplacementPath referencing a DisplacementElement and edge or curve and adds it to the document. + + + The document. + + + Element id of a DisplacementElement + + + A reference that refers to an edge or curve of one of the elements displaced by the displacementElement. + + + A value in the range [0,1]. It will be interpreted as a parameter for the specified edge. + + + The element id of the newly created DisplacementPath. + + + The value param should lie in the range [0,1]. + -or- + reference does not represent an edge or curve belonging to an element displaced by displacementElement. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies the style of the path. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies the end point of the path. + + + 2014 + + + + + A view-specific annotation related to a DisplacementElement. + + + The DisplacementPath is anchored to the DisplacementElement by a reference to a point + on an edge of a source element of the DisplacementElement. It is + represented by a single line, or a series of jogged lines, originating at the specified point + on the displaced element. + The associated DisplacementElement may have a parent DisplacementElement and this parent may have its own parent DisplacementElement, + producing a series of ancestors. The terminal point may be the point's original (un-displaced) + location, or the corresponding point on any of the intermediate displaced locations corresponding + to these ancestor DisplacementElements. + + 2014 + + + + + Used to control the graphical representation of a DisplacementPath element. + + + 2014 + + + + + A jogged path consisting of three straight lines is used to represent each + stage of the displacement. + + + + + A single straight line is used to represent each stage of the displacement. + + + + + Returns a set of DisplacementElements which have this + DisplacementElement as a parent. + + + The returned array is sorted by element id. + + + 2014 + + + + + Remove a displaced element from this DisplacementElement. + + + The element to remove. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + The absolute displacement applied to the displaced elements. + + + The value is the relative translation of this DisplacementElement + plus the relative displacements of all of its ancestor DisplacementElements. + + + The absolute displacement. + + + 2014 + + + + + Sets the relative displacement applied to the displaced elements by this DisplacementElement. + + + The relative displacement. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + The relative displacement applied to the displaced elements by this DisplacementElement. + + + The relative displacement. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates if these elements can be displaced by this DisplacementElement. + + + The elements to displace. + + + True if the elements can be displaced by this DisplacementElement. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Sets the ids of the elements affected by this DisplacementElement. + + + Set of ids of elements to be displaced by this DisplacementElement. + + + For each individual element in the set displacedElemIds, isAllowedAsDisplacedElement must return true, and the + elements must not already be displaced in the specified view. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + The element ids of elements displaced by this DisplacementElement and any + DisplacementElement which declare this one as parent. + + + The element ids. + + + 2014 + + + + + The ids of the elements affected by this DisplacementElement. + + + The element ids. + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns the element ids of all displaced elements in the specified view. + + + The view. + + + The element ids. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + The element ids of all DisplacementElements owned by the specified view. + + + The view. + + + The element ids. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Validates that the input set of element ids is valid for a DisplacementElement. + + + A set of element ids. + + + True if the set of element ids is not empty. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Identify a set of elements that potentially should be displaced along with a given element. + + + For example, when a wall is displaced, any inserts or hosted elements should + also be displaced. + + + the document + + + the view + + + element id of element to displace + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates if elements can be assigned to a new DisplacementElement. + + + A necessary condition is that isAllowedAsDisplacedElement + returns true for each individual element id. + In addition, if isElementDisplaced must return the same value + for all the specified element ids. + + + The view. + + + The element ids. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates if elements can be assigned to a new DisplacementElement. + + + A necessary condition is that isAllowedAsDisplacedElement + returns true for each individual element id. + In addition, if isElementDisplaced must return the same value + for all the specified element ids. + + + The view. + + + The element ids. + + + If this method returns true, then this is the element id of + a DisplacementElement which lists all of elemIds among its + displaced elements. + + + Returns true if the specified element ids can be assigned to a new DisplacementElement. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates whether the specified DisplacementElement can be used as a parent when + creating a DisplacementElement in the specified view. + + + A view. + + + A DisplacementElement. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates if the specified element is allowed to be displaced. + + + Exclusions include view specific elements as well as certain categories of elements. + + + Any element. + + + Returns true if the element is eligible to be assigned to a DisplacementElement. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates whether elements of the specified category are eligible as displaced elements. + + + Elements may be disallowed as displaced elements for reasons other than their category. + + + Category id of element to be replaced. + + + Returns true if elements of this category can be displaced, and false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + The element id of the DisplacementElement that includes the specified element. + + + The view. + + + The element id. + + + The element id of DisplacementElement that includes the specified element id. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates if the specified element displaced in the specified View. + + + The view. + + + The element id. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Sets the translation of the DisplacementElement to (0, 0, 0). + The DisplacementElement continues to exist, but its elements are displayed in their actual location. + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates a new DisplacementElement as a child of the specified parent DisplacementElement. + + + The Document + + + The elements to be displaced. + + + The translation to be applied to the graphics of the displaced elements. + + + The 3D view which will own the DisplacementElement. + + + An existing DisplacementElement that will be the parent of the one being created. + It must be owned by ownerDBView. + The relative transform of new DisplacementElement will be concatenated with the + absolute transform of the parent DisplacementElement. + If the elements specified by displacedElemIds are already displaced by another + DisplacementElement, then this must be that element. + + + The id of the new DisplacementElement. + + + #elementIds# contains no element ids. + -or- + ownerDBView is not a 3D view. + -or- + For each individual element in the set elementsToDisplace, isAllowedAsDisplacedElement must return true, and the + elements must either not already be displaced in the specified view, or else they + must all be displaced by the same displacement element in the view. + -or- + The DisplacementElement parentDisplacementElement in not owned by the view ownerDBView. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + + + + + The element id of the parent DisplacementElement. This DisplacementElement's relative transform + will be concatenated with the absolute transform of its parent. + + + 2014 + + + + + A view-specific element that causes other elements to appear to be displaced from their + actual locations. + + + The DisplacementElement does not actually change the location of any model + elements; it merely causes them to be displayed in a different location. + An element may only be displaced by a single DisplacementElement in any view. Assigning an + element to more than one DisplacementElement is an error condition. + A DisplacementElement can declare another DisplacementElement as its parent. In that case, its + transform will be concatenated with that of the parent, and the displacement of its associated + elements will be relative to the parent DisplacementElement. + + + 2014 + + + + + Structural. + + + 2022 + + + + + Piping. + + + 2022 + + + + + Infrastructure. + + + 2022 + + + + + HVAC. + + + 2022 + + + + + Energy. + + + 2022 + + + + + Electrical. + + + 2022 + + + + + Architecture. + + + 2022 + + + + + Common. + + + 2022 + + + + + This class contains constants identifying disciplines. + + + 2022 + + + + + Determines whether a DirectShapeTypeOptions is internally consistent (valid). + + + This is currently a placeholder and always returns true. Will be made public_api and a validator when it does something useful. + + + 2021 + + + + + Compare this object with the one supplied as argument. + Return true if the options specified by both objects are the same. + + + the DirectShapeTypeOptions object to be compared. + + + True if both objects specify the same options. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Determines whether or not duplicate DirectShapeType names are allowed. + + + 2021 + + + + + Constructs a new DirectShapeTypeOptions instance with default settings. + + + 2021 + + + + + This class is used to control behavior of a DirectShapeType object. + + + Use Enable/Disable functions to change the default behavior. + Use DirectShapeType.SetOptions to modify that object's behavior. + + + 2021 + + + + + Gets a copy of the current options for this DirectShapeType. + + + Options currently set for this DirectShapeType. + + + 2021 + + + + + Sets the options to use for this DirectShapeType. + + + The new options take effect immediately. + + + Options to use for this DirectShapeType. + + + The DirectShapeTypeOptions provided are not valid for this DirectShapeType. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + Validates that the given DirectShapeTypeOptions are allowed for this particular DirectShapeType. + + + The options object. + + + True if the DirectShapeTypeOptions are valid; false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + Checks whether the externally tagged geometry is already present in this DirectShapeType. + + + The external ID of the externally tagged geometry to check. + + + True if such an externally tagged geometry is already present in this DirectShapeType, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Removes all of the externally tagged geometry in this DirectShapeType. + + + 2022 + + + + + Updates the externally tagged geometry object in the DirectShapeType. + + + The externally tagged geometry that should be updated in the DirectShapeType. + + + The input shape does not satisfy DirectShapeType validation criteria. + -or- + A previous version of the externally tagged geometry is not present in this DirectShapeType. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Removes the externally tagged geometry object by its external ID from this DirectShapeType. + + + The external ID of the externally tagged geometry that should be removed. + + + The externally tagged geometry with the input externalId is not present in this DirectShapeType. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Gets the externally tagged geometry by its external ID that is stored in this DirectShapeType. + + + The external ID of the externally tagged geometry that should be obtained. + + + The externally tagged geometry. + Or if there is no such externally tagged geometry in the DirectShapeType. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Adds the externally tagged geometry object to the DirectShapeType. + + + The externally tagged geometry that should be added to the DirectShapeType. + + + The input shape does not satisfy DirectShapeType validation criteria. + -or- + The input geometry does not have a permitted usage. + -or- + The externallyTaggedGeometry has already been added to this DirectShapeType. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Validates that the ExternallyTaggedGeometryObject's usage is set to an allowed value for a DirectShapeType. + + + The geometry to check. + + + True if the usage is permitted. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Validates shape to be stored in a DirectShapeType. + + + This function uses the same criteria as IsValidShape(GeometryObject). + + + The supported types of GeometryObjects are: Solid, Mesh, GeometryInstance, Point and Curve. + + + True if the supplied shape passes the validation criteria. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Validates that the input BoundingBoxUV is suitable for bounding a reference plane surface. + The input BoundingBoxUV must be set and not degenerate. + + + The reference plane BoundingBoxUV to test. + + + True if the input BoundingBoxUV is valid for reference plane surfaces, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Validates that the input curve is suitable for creating a direct shape type reference curve. + Bounded and unbounded lines are accepted. + Other bounded and unbounded curve types with natural bounds are accepted if they are not closed. + Unbounded periodic curves are not allowed. + + + The curve to test. + + + True if the input curve point can be used to create a direct shape reference curve, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Validates that the input DirectShapeReferenceOptions are suitable for creating a direct shape reference object. + If the options specify an ExternalGeometryId, it must not correspond to any existing reference object + belonging to the DirectShapeType. + + + The options to test. + + + True if the options can be used to add a reference object to this DirectShapeType. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Removes all reference objects (if any) from the DirectShapeType. + + + 2024 + + + + + Removes any reference object associated with the provided ExternalGeometryId from the DirectShapeType. + Nothing is done if no reference object has the given external ID or if the external ID is an empty string. + + + The ExternalGeometryId of the reference object to be removed. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Removes any reference objects with the given name from the DirectShapeType. + Nothing is done if no reference objects have the given name or if the name is the empty string. + + + The name of the reference object(s) to be removed. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Adds a reference point to the DirectShapeType. + + + The coordinates of the new reference point. + + + The options that are used to configure the new reference point. + + + The input point lies outside of Revit design limits. + -or- + options cannot be used to add a reference object to this DirectShapeType. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Adds a reference point to the DirectShapeType. + + + The coordinates of the new reference point. + + + The input point lies outside of Revit design limits. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Adds a reference plane to the DirectShapeType. The reference plane can either be bounded or unbounded. + + + The geometry of the new reference plane. + + + If boundingBoxUV is set, the resulting reference plane that is added to the DirectShapeType will be displayed + with those bounds. Note that the specified bounds must not be degenerate. + If boundingBoxUV is not set, reasonable bounds are automatically calculated and applied to the input plane. + The automatic bounds are based on the host direct shape's geometry. + + + The options that are used to configure the new reference plane. + + + boundingBoxUV cannot be used as a BoundingBoxUV for the reference plane surface. + -or- + options cannot be used to add a reference object to this DirectShapeType. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Adds a reference plane to the DirectShapeType. The reference plane can either be bounded or unbounded. + + + The geometry of the new reference plane. + + + The options that are used to configure the new reference plane. + + + options cannot be used to add a reference object to this DirectShapeType. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Adds a reference plane to the DirectShapeType. The reference plane can either be bounded or unbounded. + + + The geometry of the new reference plane. + + + If boundingBoxUV is set, the resulting reference plane that is added to the DirectShapeType will be displayed + with those bounds. Note that the specified bounds must not be degenerate. + If boundingBoxUV is not set, reasonable bounds are automatically calculated and applied to the input plane. + The automatic bounds are based on the host direct shape's geometry. + + + boundingBoxUV cannot be used as a BoundingBoxUV for the reference plane surface. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Adds a reference plane to the DirectShapeType. The reference plane can either be bounded or unbounded. + + + The geometry of the new reference plane. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Adds a reference curve to the DirectShapeType. + + + The geometry of the new reference curve. + First case: The input curve's bounds are set. The resulting reference curve that is added to the + DirectShapeType will be displayed with those bounds. Note that the specified bounds must not be degenerate. + Second case: The input curve is unbounded. Reasonable bounds are therefore automatically calculated + and applied to the input curve. The automatic bounds are based on the host direct shape's geometry. + Note that only lines and splines may be unbounded. You must specify valid bounds for all other curve types. + + + The options that are used to configure the new reference curve. + + + refCurve cannot be used for creating a reference curve. + -or- + options cannot be used to add a reference object to this DirectShapeType. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Adds a reference curve to the DirectShapeType. + + + The geometry of the new reference curve. + First case: The input curve's bounds are set. The resulting reference curve that is added to the + DirectShapeType will be displayed with those bounds. Note that the specified bounds must not be degenerate. + Second case: The input curve is unbounded. Reasonable bounds are therefore automatically calculated + and applied to the input curve. The automatic bounds are based on the host direct shape's geometry. + Note that only lines and splines may be unbounded. You must specify valid bounds for all other curve types. + + + refCurve cannot be used for creating a reference curve. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Retrieve a Reference to reference geometry of the DirectShapeType that is associated with a particular ExternalGeometryId. + + + The ExternalGeometryId of the requested reference object. + + + A Reference to the externally tagged reference GeometryObject having the provided external ID + or if there is no reference geometry having the external ID. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Checks if the externally tagged reference is already present in this DirectShapeType. + + + The external ID of the tagged reference to check for. + + + True if the DirectShapeType holds a reference with the specified ExternalGeometryId. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Indicates if it is possible to create parts from this DirectShapeType element. + + + While it is generally possible to create parts from DirectShape elements, some characteristics make parts creation impossible. + This property is re-evaluated every time the DirectShapeType's geometry is modified (via a call to SetShape or AppendShape). + Invalid configurations include: DirectShapeTypes containing a polymesh, or an open geometry, as well as DirectShapeTypes + not containing any solids and DirectShapeTypes configured as NotReferenceable (via a call to SetOptions). + Finally, if a DirectShapeType has other DirectShapeType instances in its geometry, and one of those other DirectShapeTypes + has a configuration that is incompatible with parts creation, the host DirectShapeType will also be incompatible + with parts creation. + + + True if it is possible to create parts from this DirectShapeType. + + + 2020 + + + + + Validates view-specific shape to be stored in a DirectShapeType. Expects a non-default view type. + + + Shape of this object expressed as a collection of GeometryObjects. + For viewType = DirectShapeTargetViewType::Default, the supported types of GeometryObjects are: Solid, Mesh, GeometryInstance, Point, Curve and PolyLine. + For viewType = DirectShapeTargetViewType::Plan, the supported types of GeometryObjects are: Point and Curve. + + + The view type this shape is intended for. + + + True if the supplied shape passes the validation criteria. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2017 + + + + + Validates shape to be stored in a DirectShapeType. + + + This function calls IsValidShape(GeometryObject) to validate each object in the list. + + + Shape to be validated represented as a collection of GeometryObjects. + The supported types of GeometryObjects are: Solid, Mesh, GeometryInstance, Point, Curve and PolyLine. + + + True if the supplied shape passes the validation criteria. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Append shape built by the supplied ShapeBuilderObject to shape representation stored in this DirectShapeType. + The data stored in the supplied ShapeBuilder object will be cleared. + + + The existing shape will not be cleared by this function, and intersecting or overlapped geometry will not be + joined with the appended geometry. It is up to the caller to ensure that the combination of geometry + will have teh correct appearance in Revit. + This function will bypass extra geometry validation because the built geometry has already been validated by the ShapeBuilder. + It is therefore slightly more efficient than the AppendShape() routine that accepts GeometryObjects directly as input. + + + The ShapeBuilder object that was used to build the shape to be appended. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Appends the collection of GeometryObjects into the model or view specific shape representation stored in this DirectShapeType. + Passing DirectShapeTargetViewType.Default as view type will cause the model shape to be updated. + + + The existing shape will not be cleared by this function, and intersecting or overlapped geometry will not be + joined with the appended geometry. It is up to the caller to ensure that the combination of geometry + will have the correct appearance in Revit. + + + Shape expressed as a collection of GeometryObjects. + For viewType = DirectShapeTargetViewType::Default, the supported types of GeometryObjects are: Solid, Mesh, GeometryInstance, Point, Curve and PolyLine. + For viewType = DirectShapeTargetViewType::Plan, the supported types of GeometryObjects are: Point and Curve. + + + Passing DirectShapeTargetViewType.Default as view type will cause the default shape to be appended. + + + At least one member of pGeomArr does not satisfy DirectShapeType validation criteria. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2016 + + + + + Appends the collection of GeometryObjects into the model shape representation stored in this DirectShape. + + + The existing shape will not be cleared by this function, and intersecting or overlapped geometry will not be + joined with the appended geometry. It is up to the caller to ensure that the combination of geometry + will have the correct appearance in Revit. + + + Shape expressed as a collection of GeometryObjects. + The supported types of GeometryObjects are: Solid, Mesh, GeometryInstance, Point, Curve and PolyLine. + + + At least one member of pGeomArr does not satisfy DirectShapeType validation criteria. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Sets the shape of this object to the one accumulated in the supplied Builder object. + If the new shape is identical to the old one, the old shape will be kept. + + + This function will bypass extra geometry validation because the built geometry has already been validated by the ShapeBuilder. + It is therefore slightly more efficient than the SetShape() routine that accepts GeometryObjects directly as input. + Supplying a ViewShapeBuilder object as argument will cause the view-specific shape of this DirectShapeType to be updated. + Supplying other ShapeBuilder types will update the model shape. + + + A ShapeBuilder object that was used to successfully build geometry to store in this DirectShapeType. The built shape will be + transferred to the DirectShapeType, and the ShapeBuilder object will be reset. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Builds the type shape from the supplied collection of GeometryObjects. The objects are copied. + If the new shape is identical to the old one, the old shape will be kept. + + + Shape of this object expressed as a collection of GeometryObjects. These will be copied. + Shape and Category should be consistent: geometry supplied as shape should be valid for the Category + the type object is associated with. + The supported types of GeometryObjects are: Solid, Mesh, GeometryInstance, Point, Curve and PolyLine. + + + At least one member of pGeomArr does not satisfy DirectShapeType validation criteria. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Checks whether the DirectShapeType supports a custom family name. + + + True if a custom family name is supported, false otherwise. + + + 2022 + + + + + Sets the family name for the DirectShapeType. + + + By default the family name is either Direct Shape or a category-specific name. When a + category-specific name is used the family name cannot be set. + + + Family name for the DirectShapeType. + + + The element type name was empty, contained invalid characters, or was invalid for the specific element type. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The given DirectShapeType has a category which does not support a custom family name. + + + 2022 + + + + + Creates a DirectShapeType element. + + + Document to which the created element will be added. + + + Name of the DirectShapeType. + + + Id of the category assigned to this DirectShapeType. Must be a valid category id. + + + Options that can be used to control the behavior of DirectShapeType being created. + + + The new DirectShapeType. + + + Document document may not contain DirectShape or DirectShapeType objects. + -or- + Element id categoryId may not be used as a DirectShape category. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + Creates a DirectShapeType element. + + + Document to which the created element will be added. Must be a project document. + + + Name of the DirectShapeType. + + + Id of the category assigned to this DirectShapeType. Must be a valid category id. + + + The new DirectShapeType. + + + document is not a project document. + -or- + Document document may not contain DirectShape or DirectShapeType objects. + -or- + Element id categoryId may not be used as a DirectShape category. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + An option controlling the ability of DirectShapes to assign this DirectShapeType as its type. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2023 + + + + + The type element associated with a DirectShape element. This element includes data reused by DirectShape elements of the same type. + + + 2015 + + + + + Removes all definitions from library. This is useful when importing several self-contained data sets within one session. + Once a data set is imported, keeping the definitions specific to that data set will slow down the searches. + + + 2015 + + + + + A quick check whether a definition type already exists in the library. Checks for type objects only. + + + Definition id + + + True if a geometry definition exists, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + A quick check whether a definition already exists in the library. Checks for stored geometry objects only. + + + Definition id + + + True if a geometry definition exists, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Find a DirectShapeType element by definition id. The element will be used for creating instances of that definition. + + + Definition id. Expected to be unique. + + + Element id of a DirectShapeTypeElement + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Find a definition by id + + + Definition id. Expecected to be unique + + + List of geometry objects that together define a shape + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Add a definition to be reused by instances. Adding a definition type will change how the instances are created. + When asked to create a definition, the library object will look for a corresponding type object. + If one is found, it will create an instance of geometry stored in the type object. If it is not found, + the library will look for a list of geometry objects stored as definition, and will copy and transform these + to create an instance. + + + ID of the definition to be added. Must be unique. + + + Element id of the DirectShapeType element that will be used as a definition. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Add a definition to be reused by instances. A definition is a collection of geometry objects. + + + ID of the definition to be added. Must be unique. + + + Definition as a list of Geometry objects + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Add a definition to be reused by instances. A definition is a single geometry object. + + + ID of the definition to be added. Must be unique. + + + Definition as a single Geometry object + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Get the currently active Library object + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + DirectShapeLibrary is used to store pre-created geometry for further referencing via the definition/instance mechanism. + It is not persistent: the scope of a library object is usually a single data creation session. + DirectShape::createGeometryInstance and DirectShape::CreateElementInstance will use the current DirectShapeLibrary to + look up the definitions. + store a collection of GNodes as definition + end class DirectShapeDefinition + + + There are two ways to add a definition to the library. The first is to add the definition as an array of geometry objects. + A DirectShape created as an instance of that definition will hold a copy of predefined geometry, transformed as requested. + If the definition was added as a DirectShapeType, a DirectShape object created as an instance of that definition will reference the type. + Its geometry would be an instance of type geometry. + + + 2015 + + + + + 2023 + + + Options for a DirectShapeType which affect whether or not it can be assigned as the type of a DirectShape. + + + Only DirectShapeTypes which permit assignability will be shown in the type selector dialog. + A DirectShape which uses a DirectShapeType which is not assignable can be copied. + + + 2023 + + + + + The DirectShapeType cannot be used to replace the type of an existing DirectShape. + + + + + The DirectShapeType can be used to replace the type of an existing DirectShape. + + + + + Retrieves the ExternalGeometryId associated with the reference object. + + + If an ExternalGeometryId has not been set, this method returns . + + + 2024 + + + + + Sets the ExternalGeometryId associated with the reference object. + The ID must be non-empty. + + + externalId cannot be used as an ExternalGeometryId for a direct shape reference. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Validates that the input ExternalGeometryId can be assigned to a direct shape reference. + + + The ExternalGeometryId to assign to the reference. + + + True if the provided ExternalGeometryId is valid, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Validates that the input name can be assigned to a direct shape reference. + + + The name to assign to the reference. + + + True if the input name is valid, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The name associated with the reference object. + The name does not need to be unique. + The name must not be empty and must contain valid characters. + + + When setting this property: value cannot be used as a name for the direct shape reference. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Constructs a new DirectShapeRefOptions instance with default settings. + + + 2022 + + + + + Constructs a new copy of the input DirectShapeRefOptions object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + This class is used to control the behavior of DirectShape and DirectShapeType reference objects. + + + 2022 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Identifies the DirectShape's GRep presentation type, used to determine its drawing order. + Before exposing to public_api: note that non-default presentation types may not make sense + for DirectShapes which consist of solids. + + + 2016 + + + + + Identifies whether the generic category tag for this DirectShape can be placed + by letting its leader slide along the DirectShape's curves, + as opposed to attach to the GRep's BBox center (default behavior). + Currently, tag along curve is only implemented for plan views. + Before exposing to public_api: note that enabling tag along curve behavior may not make sense + for DirectShapes which consist of solids. + + + 2016 + + + + + Identifies whether the DirectShape can be locked. + + + 2016 + + + + + Identifies whether the DirectShape can be copied. + + + 2016 + + + + + Identifies whether the DirectShape is allowed to be moved or rotated. + + + 2016 + + + + + Identifies whether the DirectShape allows for changes to its type id. + + + 2016 + + + + + Identifies whether the DirectShape supports an option for the "Room Bounding" parameter to permit participation in room boundary calculations. + + + 2016 + + + + + Whether or not the geometry stored in a DirectShape object may be referenced. + + + If the geometry is not referenceable, it may not be used for dimensioning, snapping, alignment, or face-hosting. + The element may still be selected by the user for operations which do not reference individual geometry objects. + + + The default value is Referenceable. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2016 + + + + + This class is used to control behavior of a DirectShape object. + + + Use Enable/Disable functions to change the default behavior. + Use DirectShape.SetOptions to modify that object's behavior. + + + 2016 + + + + + An enumerated type containing possible referencing options for DirectShapes. + + + 2016 + + + 2016 + + + + + The associated DirectShape may be dimensioned and/or otherwise referenced. + + + + + The associated DirectShape shall not be referenceable. + + + + + An enumerated type containing possible room bounding settings for DirectShapes. + + + 2016 + + + 2016 + + + + + The associated DirectShape has a room bounding parameter which is which is writeable and defaults to on. + If can be toggled by a user or the API (by accessing the parameter WALL_ATTR_ROOM_BOUNDING). + + + + + The associated DirectShape doesn't have a room bounding parameter, and isn't allowed to. + Trying to change to this value will result in an exception. + Trying to change from this value is restricted to DirectShapes that can be room bounding. + + + + + Gets the transform representing the transformation needed to transform the orginal + DirectContext3D in this DirectShape from its original position and orientation to its + current position and orientation. + + + The transform. + + + 2015 + + + + + Indicates if it is possible to create parts from this DirectShape element. + + + While it is generally possible to create parts from DirectShape elements, some characteristics make parts creation impossible. + This property is re-evaluated every time the element's geometry is modified (via a call to SetShape or AppendShape). + Invalid configurations include: DirectShape elements containing a polymesh, or an open geometry, as well as DirectShape elements + not containing any solids and DirectShape elements configured as NotReferenceable (via a call to SetOptions). + Finally, if a DirectShape element has DirectShapeType instances in its geometry, and one of those DirectShapeTypes has a configuration + that is incompatible with parts creation, the DirectShape element will also be incompatible with parts creation. + + + True if it is possible to create parts from this DirectShape. + + + 2020 + + + + + Validates view-specific shape to be stored in a DirectShape. Expects a non-default view type. + + + Shape of this object expressed as a collection of GeometryObjects. + For viewType = DirectShapeTargetViewType::Default, the supported types of GeometryObjects are: Solid, Mesh, GeometryInstance, Point and Curve. + For viewType = DirectShapeTargetViewType::Plan, the supported types of GeometryObjects are: Point and Curve. + + + The view type this shape is intended for. + + + True if the supplied shape passes the validation criteria. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2017 + + + + + Validates shape to be stored in a DirectShape. Supercedes and extends IsValidGeometry(). + + + This function calls IsValidShape(GeometryObject) to validate each object in the list. + + + Shape to be validated represented as a collection of GeometryObjects. + The supported types of GeometryObjects are: Solid, Mesh, GeometryInstance, Point and Curve. + + + True if the supplied shape passes the validation criteria. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Validates geometry to be stored in a DirectShape. Suitable geometry validation is performed. Additionally, the geometry + must make sense as a shape representation for the category assigned to this DirectShape object. + + + GeometryObject to be validated. + + + True if the supplied GeometryObject passes the validation criteria. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Tests the type id to make sure it satisfies the following conditions + It is a valid element id.It corresponds to a valid DirectShapeType.The DirectShapeType has the same category assigned. + Additionally, this functions tests that the current type id in this DirectShape is invalid. + The type id is initialized to invalidElementId by the create functions. Once it is set, it may no longer be changed. + + + Type id to be tested. + + + False unless typeId satisfies the conditions listed above and the type id of this object was not set previously. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Tests whether a DirectShape or a DirectShapeType may be created in this document. + + + Some types of Document, such as 2D families, can't support DirectShape functionality. + + + Document to be tested. + + + True if a DirectShape or a DirectShapeType object can be created in this document, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Test the category id to make sure the category is allowed for a DirectShape or DirectShapeType. + + + Category id to be tested. + + + Document to look up the category by id. + + + True if the category is allowed for a DirectShape or DirectShapeType, false if not. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Gets a copy of the current options for this DirectShape. + + + Options currently set for this DirectShape. + + + 2016 + + + + + Sets the options to use for this DirectShape. + + + The new options take effect immediately. + If this DirectShape relies on a DirectShapeType for references, the options stored in DirectShapeType take precedence. + Note that changing options affects how the object interacts with Revit. E.g., switching references off will disable + existing constraints applied to that object. + + + Options to use for this DirectShape. + + + The DirectShapeOptions provided are not valid for this DirectShape. + -or- + The DirectShapeOptions provided are not valid for this transient DirectShape. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Validates that the given DirectShapeOptions are allowed if this DirectShape is transient. + + + The options object. + + + True if the DirectShapeOptions are valid; false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Validates that the given DirectShapeOptions are allowed for this particular DirectShape. + + + The options object. + + + True if the DirectShapeOptions are valid; false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Checks whether the externally tagged geometry is already present in this DirectShape. + + + The external ID of the externally tagged geometry to check. + + + True if such an externally tagged geometry is already present in this DirectShape, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Removes all of the externally tagged geometry in this DirectShape. + + + 2022 + + + + + Removes the externally tagged geometry object by its external ID from this DirectShape. + + + The external ID of the externally tagged geometry that should be removed. + + + The externally tagged geometry with the input externalId is not present in this DirectShape. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Updates the externally tagged geometry object in the DirectShape. + + + The externally tagged geometry that should be updated in the DirectShape. + + + The input shape does not satisfy DirectShape validation criteria. + -or- + A previous version of the externally tagged geometry is not present in this DirectShape. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Gets the externally tagged geometry by its external ID that is stored in this DirectShape. + + + The external ID of the externally tagged geometry that should be obtained. + + + The externally tagged geometry. + Or if there is no such an externally tagged geometry in the DirectShape. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Adds the externally tagged geometry object to the DirectShape. + + + The externally tagged geometry that should be added to the DirectShape. + + + The input shape does not satisfy DirectShape validation criteria. + -or- + The input geometry does not have a permitted usage. + -or- + The externallyTaggedGeometry has already been added to this DirectShape. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Validates that the ExternallyTaggedGeometryObject's usage is set to an allowed value for a DirectShape. + + + The geometry to check. + + + True if the usage is permitted. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Validates shape to be stored in a DirectShape. + + + This function uses the same criteria as IsValidShape(GeometryObject). + + + The supported types of GeometryObjects are: Solid, Mesh, GeometryInstance, Point and Curve. + + + True if the supplied shape passes the validation criteria. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Validates that the input BoundingBoxUV is suitable for bounding a reference plane surface. + The input BoundingBoxUV must be set and not degenerate. + + + The reference plane BoundingBoxUV to test. + + + True if the input BoundingBoxUV is valid for reference plane surfaces, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Validates that the input curve is suitable for creating a direct shape reference curve. + Bounded and unbounded lines are accepted. + Other bounded and unbounded curve types with natural bounds are accepted if they are not closed. + Unbounded periodic curves are not allowed. + + + The curve to test. + + + True if the input curve point can be used to create a direct shape reference curve, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Validates that the input DirectShapeReferenceOptions are suitable for creating a direct shape reference object. + If the options specify an ExternalGeometryId, it must not correspond to any existing reference object + belonging to the DirectShape. + + + The options to test. + + + True if the options can be used to add a reference object to this DirectShape. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Removes all reference objects (if any) from the DirectShape. + + + 2024 + + + + + Removes any reference object associated with the provided ExternalGeometryId from the DirectShape. + Nothing is done if no reference object has the given external ID or if the external ID is an empty string. + + + The ExternalGeometryId of the reference object to be removed. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Removes any reference objects with the given name from the DirectShape. + Nothing is done if no reference objects have the given name or if the name is the empty string. + + + The name of the reference object(s) to be removed. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Adds a reference point to the DirectShape. + + + The coordinates of the new reference point. + + + The options that are used to configure the new reference point. + + + The input point lies outside of Revit design limits. + -or- + options cannot be used to add a reference object to this DirectShape. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Adds a reference point to the DirectShape. + + + The coordinates of the new reference point. + + + The input point lies outside of Revit design limits. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Adds a reference plane to the DirectShape. The reference plane can either be bounded or unbounded. + + + The geometry of the new reference plane. + + + If boundingBoxUV is set, the resulting reference plane that is added to the DirectShape will be displayed + with those bounds. Note that the specified bounds must not be degenerate. + If boundingBoxUV is not set, reasonable bounds are automatically calculated and applied to the input plane. + The automatic bounds are based on the host direct shape's geometry. + + + The options that are used to configure the new reference plane. + + + boundingBoxUV cannot be used as a BoundingBoxUV for the reference plane surface. + -or- + options cannot be used to add a reference object to this DirectShape. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Adds a reference plane to the DirectShape. The reference plane can either be bounded or unbounded. + + + The geometry of the new reference plane. + + + The options that are used to configure the new reference plane. + + + options cannot be used to add a reference object to this DirectShape. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Adds a reference plane to the DirectShape. The reference plane can either be bounded or unbounded. + + + The geometry of the new reference plane. + + + If boundingBoxUV is set, the resulting reference plane that is added to the DirectShape will be displayed + with those bounds. Note that the specified bounds must not be degenerate. + If boundingBoxUV is not set, reasonable bounds are automatically calculated and applied to the input plane. + The automatic bounds are based on the host direct shape's geometry. + + + boundingBoxUV cannot be used as a BoundingBoxUV for the reference plane surface. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Adds a reference plane to the DirectShape. The reference plane can either be bounded or unbounded. + + + The geometry of the new reference plane. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Adds a reference curve to the DirectShape. + + + The geometry of the new reference curve. + First case: The input curve's bounds are set. The resulting reference curve that is added to the + DirectShape will be displayed with those bounds. Note that the specified bounds must not be degenerate. + Second case: The input curve is unbounded. Reasonable bounds are therefore automatically calculated + and applied to the input curve. The automatic bounds are based on the host direct shape's geometry. + Note that only lines and splines may be unbounded. You must specify valid bounds for all other curve types. + + + The options that are used to configure the new reference curve. + + + refCurve cannot be used for creating a reference curve. + -or- + options cannot be used to add a reference object to this DirectShape. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Adds a reference curve to the DirectShape. + + + The geometry of the new reference curve. + First case: The input curve's bounds are set. The resulting reference curve that is added to the + DirectShape will be displayed with those bounds. Note that the specified bounds must not be degenerate. + Second case: The input curve is unbounded. Reasonable bounds are therefore automatically calculated + and applied to the input curve. The automatic bounds are based on the host direct shape's geometry. + Note that only lines and splines may be unbounded. You must specify valid bounds for all other curve types. + + + refCurve cannot be used for creating a reference curve. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Retrieve a Reference to reference geometry of the DirectShape that is associated with a particular ExternalGeometryId. + + + The ExternalGeometryId of the requested reference object. + + + A Reference to the externally tagged reference GeometryObject having the provided external ID + or if there is no reference geometry having the external ID. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Checks if the externally tagged reference is already present in this DirectShape. + + + The external ID of the tagged reference to check for. + + + True if the DirectShape holds a reference with the specified ExternalGeometryId. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Appends shape built by the supplied ShapeBuilderObject to shape representation stored in this DirectShape. + The data stored in the supplied ShapeBuilder object will be cleared. + + + The existing shape will not be cleared by this function, and intersecting or overlapped geometry will not be + joined with the appended geometry. It is up to the caller to ensure that the combination of geometry + will have the correct appearance in Revit. + This function will bypass extra geometry validation because the built geometry has already been validated by the ShapeBuilder. + It is therefore slightly more efficient than the AppendShape() routine that accepts GeometryObjects directly as input. + + + The ShapeBuilder object that was used to build the shape to be appended. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Appends the collection of GeometryObjects into the model or view specific shape representation stored in this DirectShape. + Passing DirectShapeTargetViewType.Default as view type will cause the model shape to be updated. + + + The existing shape will not be cleared by this function, and intersecting or overlapped geometry will not be + joined with the appended geometry. It is up to the caller to ensure that the combination of geometry + will have the correct appearance in Revit. + + + Shape expressed as a collection of GeometryObjects. + For viewType = DirectShapeTargetViewType::Default, the supported types of GeometryObjects are: Solid, Mesh, GeometryInstance, Point and Curve. + For viewType = DirectShapeTargetViewType::Plan, the supported types of GeometryObjects are: Point and Curve. + + + Passing DirectShapeTargetViewType.Default as view type will cause the default shape to be appended. + + + At least one member of pGeomArr does not satisfy DirectShape validation criteria. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2016 + + + + + Appends the collection of GeometryObjects into the model shape representation stored in this DirectShape. + + + The existing shape will not be cleared by this function, and intersecting or overlapped geometry will not be + joined with the appended geometry. It is up to the caller to ensure that the combination of geometry + will have the correct appearance in Revit. + + + Shape expressed as a collection of GeometryObjects. + The supported types of GeometryObjects are: Solid, Mesh, GeometryInstance, Point and Curve. + + + At least one member of pGeomArr does not satisfy DirectShape validation criteria. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Sets the shape of this object to the one accumulated in the supplied Builder object. + If the new shape is identical to the old one, the old shape will be kept. + + + This function will bypass extra geometry validation because the built geometry has already been validated by the ShapeBuilder. + It is therefore slightly more efficient than the SetShape() routine that accepts GeometryObjects directly as input. + Supplying a ViewShapeBuilder object as argument will cause the view-specific shape of this DirectShape to be updated. + Supplying other ShapeBuilder types will update the model shape. + + + A ShapeBuilder object that was used to successfully build geometry to store in this DirectShape. + The built shape will be transferred to the DirectShape, and the ShapeBuilder object will be reset. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Builds the shape of this object from the supplied collection of GeometryObjects. The objects are copied. + If the new shape is identical to the old one, the old shape will be kept. + + + Shape of this object expressed as a collection of GeometryObjects. + For viewType = DirectShapeTargetViewType::Default, the supported types of GeometryObjects are: Solid, Mesh, GeometryInstance, Point and Curve. + For viewType = DirectShapeTargetViewType::Plan, the supported types of GeometryObjects are: Point and Curve. + + + Optional: set a view-specific shape representation that will be used in views of that type only. + Passing DirectShapeTargetViewType::Default as view type will cause the default shape to be set. + + + At least one member of pGeomArr does not satisfy DirectShape validation criteria. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2015 + + + + + Builds the shape of this object from the supplied collection of GeometryObjects. The objects are copied. + If the new shape is identical to the old one, the old shape will be kept. + + + Shape of this object expressed as a collection of GeometryObjects. + The supported types of GeometryObjects are: Solid, Mesh, GeometryInstance, Point and Curve. + + + At least one member of pGeomArr does not satisfy DirectShape validation criteria. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Sets the name for the DirectShape element. + + + The name. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Sets the DirectShapeType for the DirectShape element. + + + The ID of the type corresponding to this DirectShape element. May only be set once. + + + typeId is not a valid Element identifier. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Creates a DirectShape object and adds it to document. + + + This function is included for convenience. It essentially combines CreateGeometryInstance and CreateElement. + The shape stored in the element is either a reference or a copy of a definition shape that was created earlier. + How the definitions are stored will determine whether an instance or a copy of the shape will be created. + The intended use is to support a definition/instance pattern common in CAD formats - DWG blocks, STEP MAPPED_ITEM, IFC IfcMappedItem. + Use DirectShapeLibrary class to store definitions prior to using them here. + + + Document to which the created element will be added. + + + Element id of a DirectShapeType element. + + + Id of the category assigned to this DirectShape. Must be a valid category id. + + + Id of the shape definition that was created earlier and stored via DirectShapeLibrary. + + + Transform to be applied to the definition. + + + The created DirectShape object. + + + Document document may not contain DirectShape or DirectShapeType objects. + -or- + Element id categoryId may not be used as a DirectShape category. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Creates a copy of a definition shape that was created earlier. + + + Use DirectShapeLibrary class to store definitions prior to using them here. + How the definitions are stored will determine whether an instance or a copy of the shape will be created. + Use the output of this function as input to CreateElement to make the created shape persistent. + This is intended to support a definition/instance pattern common in CAD formats - DWG blocks, STEP MAPPED_ITEM, IFC IfcMappedItem. + + + Document to which the created element will be added + + + ID of the shape definition that was created earlier and stored via DirectShapeLibrary + + + Transform to be applied to the definition + + + A collection of GeometryObjects representing a placed instance of the pre-defined shape + The caller function takes ownership + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Creates a DirectShape object and adds it to document. + + + Document to which the created element will be added. + + + Id of the category assigned to this DirectShape. Must be a valid category id. + + + The created DirectShape object. + + + Document document may not contain DirectShape or DirectShapeType objects. + -or- + Element id categoryId may not be used as a DirectShape category. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + A text string that identifies the data to the creating application. + + + The intended use is to enable the creating application to identify the native data that was the source of this DirectShape. + However, the creating application may use any text string as appropriate for its purposes, or leave this property unset. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + A text string that identifies the creating application. + + + The creating application may use any text string as appropriate for its purposes, or leave this property unset. + One option is to use Application.ActiveAddInId for a unique application id, or concatenate it with an application name for a more informative, but still unique id. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Element id of a DirectShapeType object that holds properties to be shared by this element. Optional. + + + 2015 + + + + + This class is used to store externally created geometric shapes. Primary intended use is for importing shapes from other data formats such as IFC or STEP. + A DirectShape object may be assigned a category. That will affect how that object is displayed in Revit. + + + DirectShape is not a replacement for "real" Wall, Roof, Window, etc. It would typically be used where there is not enough information + to create, e.g., a Wall, or full functionality of a Wall object is not needed. Some category-specific functionality may be available. + + If you need to modify a shape held by a DirectShape object, use Revit Geometry API, and then store the modified shape back to the DirectShape object. + + + 2015 + + + + + + + + + Updates a DirectContext3D handle type element based on the information reported by the corresponding DirectContext3D server. + + + The document. + + + The ID of the handle type element. + + + The navisworks file path + + + the Element ID handleTypeId does not correspond to a valid DirectContext3D handle type. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2018 + + + + + Updates a DirectContext3D handle type element based on the information reported by the corresponding DirectContext3D server. + + + The document. + + + The ID of the handle type element. + + + the Element ID handleTypeId does not correspond to a valid DirectContext3D handle type. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2018 + + + + + Creates a DirectContext3D handle instance element based on the specified handle type element. + + + The document. + + + The ID of the handle type element. + + + The created handle instance. + + + the Element ID handleTypeId does not correspond to a valid DirectContext3D handle type. + -or- + aDocument is not a project document. + -or- + aDocument is not a primary document, it is a linked document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Thrown if the handle instance could not be created based on the specified handle type element. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2018 + + + + + Creates a DirectContext3D handle type element based on the information provided by the specified DirectContext3D server. + + + The document. + + + The source of directContext data. + + + The ID of the application that will supply the server + + + The DirectContext3D handle category to assign to the new handle. + + + The created handle type. + + + the category ID handleCategory is not valid for DirectContext3D handles. + -or- + aDocument is not a project document. + -or- + aDocument is not a primary document, it is a linked document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Thrown if handle type geometry could not be created based on the bounding box provided by the DirectContext3D server. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2018 + + + + + Returns all DirectContext3D handle instances of the given category in the document. + + + The document. + + + A category of DirectContext3D handles. + + + The set of DirectContext3D handle instances of the given category. + + + the category ID handleCategory is not valid for DirectContext3D handles. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Returns all DirectContext3D handle types of the given category in the document. + + + The document. + + + A category of DirectContext3D handles. + + + The set of DirectContext3D handle types of the given category. + + + the category ID handleCategory is not valid for DirectContext3D handles. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Checks whether the provided Element ID corresponds to a DirectContext3D handle instance element. + + +

DirectContext3D handle instances are DirectShapes.

+
+ + The document. + + + The ID of the element to check. + + + True, if the element is a valid DirectContext3D handle instance, false otherwise. + + + aDocument is not a project document. + -or- + elementId is not a valid Element identifier. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + +
+ + + Checks whether the provided Element ID corresponds to a DirectContext3D handle type element. + + +

DirectContext3D handle types are DirectShapeTypes.

+
+ + The document. + + + The ID of the element to check. + + + True, if the element is a valid DirectContext3D handle type, false otherwise. + + + aDocument is not a project document. + -or- + elementId is not a valid Element identifier. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + +
+ + + Checks whether the provided category ID is one of the categories used by DirectContext3D handle elements. + + + The category ID to check. + + + True, if the category is valid for DirectContext3D handle elements, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + The methods provided by this utility class support the use of DirectContext3D and storage of DirectContext3D handle elements in Revit documents. + + +

DirectContext3D graphics can be displayed without storing the graphics in elements. However, the reference to the externally generated + graphics will not persist beyond the current session, and there will be no capabilities for the user to select and interact with the graphics. + The utility methods in this class support creation and updating of DirectContext3D handle and handle instance elements (which for this release are + and instances, however this may not always be the + case). The capabilities provided by these handle elements include: + A special geometry object remembers the existence and source location of the external graphics.A generated 3D bounding box surrounds the provided graphics. This box is set to be selectable but its properties are mostly not modifiable. + However, the user can reposition the box and the associated external graphics with it.

+

The type and instance relationship between DirectContext3D handles and handle instances allows one DirectContext3D server to act as the provider + of one set of graphics (the type) that the API displays in multiple locations, as determined by the handle instances.

+

The handle element will be associated to a specified category. The only currently valid category is OST_Coordination_Model.

+

The application is required to update the handle type element using whenever the source data + changes. It also is required that the application update the handle during initial load of the document containing this element.

+
+ + 2018 + +
+ + + Returns true if the rectangle coordinates are normalized to the screen coordinate space; that is, left is less than right and top is less than bottom. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The y-coordinate of the bottom-right corner of the rectangle. + + + 2014 + + + + + The x-coordinate of the bottom-right corner of the rectangle. + + + 2014 + + + + + The y-coordinate of the top-left corner of the rectangle. + + + 2014 + + + + + The x-coordinate of the top-left corner of the rectangle. + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates an Rectangle instance with the specified four integers + that represent the left, top, right and bottom of a rectangle. + + + The x-coordinate of the top-left corner. + + + The y-coordinate of the top-left corner. + + + The x-coordinate of the bottom-right corner. + + + The y-coordinate of the bottom-right corner. + + + 2014 + + + + + Create an empty Rectangle instance with values (0,0,0,0). + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a new copy of the input ScreenRectangle object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Stores a set of four integers that represent the left, top, right and bottom of a rectangle. + + + It usually represents a rectangle on the screen. Left must be less than right and top must be less than bottom. + + + 2014 + + + + + Transforms the camera + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Distance to far clipping plane + + + 2017 + + + + + Distance to near clipping plane + + + 2017 + + + + + Vertical offset of the camera's view center from target, measured at target distance. + + + 2017 + + + + + Vertical extent of the camera's view, measured at target distance. + + + 2017 + + + + + Horizontal offset of the camera's view center from target, measured at target distance. + + + 2017 + + + + + Horizontal extent of the camera's view, measured at target distance. + + + 2017 + + + + + Distance from camera to its target + + + 2017 + + + + + Projection method + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2017 + + + + + Up direction of the camera + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Direction that the camera is facing + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Camera's position in the world + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Camera + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + A collection of camera settings for the current view. + + + The current Camera can be obtained from + + 2017 + + + + + Projection method + + + 2017 + + + + + Perspective + + + + + Orthographic + + + + + Checks whether the facilities of this class are available for use in the current scope. + + +

This class can perform drawing operations and access the state of parameters related to drawing only + in lock-step with rendering inside of Revit. As a consequence, the facilities of this class are not available for + use outside of the scope determined by the callback . + Certain methods of other DirectContext3D objects, e.g., VertexBuffer::Map() are similarly restricted by the same scope.

+
+ + True if the DrawContext is available for rendering, false otherwise. + + + 2017 + +
+ + + Sets the world transformation that will be applied to geometry during rendering. + + + The transformation matrix. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This DrawContext is not available because Revit is not currently rendering. In general, this DrawContext must be used in the scope of the RenderScene() callback of IDirectContext3DServer. + + + 2017 + + + + + Returns override transparency that will be applied to geometry during rendering. + + + 2017 + + + + + Returns override color that will be applied to geometry during rendering. + + + 2017 + + + + + Determines whether the current rendering pass is for transparent objects. + + +

Opaque and transparent geometry should be submitted for rendering separately. + See .

+
+ + True when the server should be submitting transparent objects for rendering, false otherwise. + + + This DrawContext is not available because Revit is not currently rendering. In general, this DrawContext must be used in the scope of the RenderScene() callback of IDirectContext3DServer. + + + 2017 + +
+ + + Gets the camera corresponding to the Revit view where rendering takes place. + + + The camera. + + + This DrawContext is not available because Revit is not currently rendering. In general, this DrawContext must be used in the scope of the RenderScene() callback of IDirectContext3DServer. + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets the clipping planes for the Revit view where rendering takes place. + Clipping planes control the 3D extent of a view and can be set using Section Box in Revit. + + + The array of clipping planes, which is empty if none are set. + + + This DrawContext is not available because Revit is not currently rendering. In general, this DrawContext must be used in the scope of the RenderScene() callback of IDirectContext3DServer. + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets the clip rectangle for the Revit view where rendering takes place. The clip rectangle + is the area currently being redrawn, which may be smaller than the view rectangle. + + + The clip rectangle. + + + This DrawContext is not available because Revit is not currently rendering. In general, this DrawContext must be used in the scope of the RenderScene() callback of IDirectContext3DServer. + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets the rectangle that represents the extent (in 2D) of the Revit view where rendering takes place. + + + The view rectangle. + + + This DrawContext is not available because Revit is not currently rendering. In general, this DrawContext must be used in the scope of the RenderScene() callback of IDirectContext3DServer. + + + 2017 + + + + + Checks whether the current rendering pass has been interrupted. + + + True if the current rendering pass has been interrupted before its completion, false otherwise. + + + This DrawContext is not available because Revit is not currently rendering. In general, this DrawContext must be used in the scope of the RenderScene() callback of IDirectContext3DServer. + + + 2017 + + + + + Submits geometry for rendering. + + + The vertex buffer that contains vertex data. + + + The number of vertices in the vertex buffer. + + + The index buffer that contains indices into the vertex buffer. + + + The number of indices in the index buffer. + + + The format of the vertices in the vertex buffer. + + + The effect instance to be used for drawing this piece of geometry. + + + The type of geometry primitive used in the index buffer. + + + The first index to use for drawing. + + + The number of primitives to draw. + + + A change in the graphics state has made the vertex buffer vertexBuffer invalid for rendering. + -or- + A change in the graphics state has made the index buffer indexBuffer invalid for rendering. + -or- + A change in the graphics state has made the vertex format vertexFormat invalid for rendering. + -or- + A change in the graphics state has made the effect instance effectInstance invalid for rendering. + -or- + The vertex format vertexFormat and the effect instance effectInstance do not match. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + This DrawContext is not available because Revit is not currently rendering. In general, this DrawContext must be used in the scope of the RenderScene() callback of IDirectContext3DServer. + + + 2017 + + + + + A class that provides drawing functionality for use by servers + + +

+ The drawing facility of this class is conceptually similar to a low-level graphics API. + The functionality operates on a set of geometry primitives such as triangles, lines, and points, which are encoded into + a set of vertex and index buffers. +

+

+ Aside from submission of geometry in buffers, a major part of the drawing process is + responding to certain changes in graphics state. For example, users of this class can implement progressive rendering + of geometry by testing whether there have been interruptions that should prevent the drawing from being completed. +

+
+ + 2017 + +
+ + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The plane's normal vector. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + The plane's origin. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Constructs a copy of the clip plane. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + A set of parameters representing a clip plane in DirectContext3D. + + + 2017 + + + + + Type of geometry primitive represented as a number. + + + 2017 + + + + + Geometry consisting of a list of points. + + + + + Geometry consisting of a list of line segments. + + + + + Geometry consisting of a list of triangles. + + + + + Tests whether the vertex format specification is valid for rendering. + + + The vertex format specifications are internally associated with low-level graphics state and may become invalidated when + the state changes. Therefore, an application should test each vertex format object for validity before using it when + submitting geometry. If the vertex format object becomes invalid, the application should re-create it. + + + True if the vertex format specification is valid for rendering, false otherwise. + + + 2017 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs the specification of vertex format from a numerical representation. + + + The numerical representation of the vertex format. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + This VertexFormat is not available because Revit is not currently rendering. In general, this VertexFormat must be used in the scope of the RenderScene() callback of IDirectContext3DServer. + + + 2017 + + + + + A specification of the format of vertex data contained in a piece of geometry. + + + 2017 + + + + + Sets the transparency parameter of the effect instance. + + + The transparency value. + + + 2017 + + + + + Sets the glossiness parameter of the effect instance. + + + The glossiness value. + + + 2017 + + + + + Sets the specular color parameter of the effect instance. + + + The specular color value. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Sets the emissive color parameter of the effect instance. + + + The emissive color value. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Sets the diffuse color parameter of the effect instance. + + + The diffuse color value. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Sets the ambient color parameter of the effect instance. + + + The ambient color value. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Sets the color parameter of the effect instance. + + + The color value. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Tests whether the effect instance is appropriate for the given vertex format. + + + The vertex format may define vertex data that are not used by the effect instance. However, the effect + instance can not reference vertex data that do not exist in the vertex format. + + + A vertex format. + + + True if the effect instance is valid for use with the specified vertex format. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Tests whether the effect instance is valid for rendering. + + + The effect instances are internally associated with low-level graphics state and may become invalidated when + the state changes. Therefore, an application should test each effect instance for validity before using it when + submitting geometry. If the effect instance becomes invalid, the application should re-create it. + + + True if the effect instance is valid for rendering, false otherwise. + + + 2017 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs the effect instance for geometry having the specified vertex format. + + + The vertex format of the geometry to be used with this effect instance. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + This EffectInstance is not available because Revit is not currently rendering. In general, this EffectInstance must be used in the scope of the RenderScene() callback of IDirectContext3DServer. + + + 2017 + + + + + An effect instance that controls the appearance of geometry. + + + Each effect instance should be used with geometry of a matching vertex format. Only a subset of effect instance + parameters is relevant to geometry of a particular vertex format. + If the vertex format does not specify vertex color + ( or ) + the following parameters should be set: + ColorTransparency + If the vertex format specifies vertex normals + ( or ) + the following parameters should be set: + Ambient ColorDiffuse ColorSpecular ColorGlossiness (specular exponent)EmissiveColorTransparency + If the vertex format specifies a color, then the geometry will be colored according to the color of each + vertex. Otherwise, the geometry's color will come from the effect instance parameters. Similarly, the transparency parameter + affects all of the geometry associated with the effect, while the transparency of the individual vertices can also + be controlled via the transparency component of their colors. + + + 2017 + + + + + Vertex format (i.e., the type of data associated with a vertex) represented as a number. + + + VertexFormatBits can be used to specify the vertex format in the creation of the following objects: + + VertexFormatBits is not to be confused with VertexFormat. The latter type of object is associated with low-level graphics + functionality and may become invalid. VertexFormat is needed to submit a set of vertex and index buffers for rendering (see + ). + + + 2017 + + + + + Vertex format consisting of a position, a normal vector, and a color. + + + + + Vertex format consisting of a position and a color. + + + + + Vertex format consisting of a position and a normal vector. + + + + + Vertex format consisting of a position. + + + + + Gets a handle to the buffer's memory that has been mapped. Writing data to the buffer using the handle is an alternative to using stream objects. + + + The handle to the mapped memory or nullptr when the buffer is not mapped. + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets a stream that can be used to write primitives into the buffer. + + + The stream that can be used to write into this buffer. + + + Thrown if the buffer is not mapped. + -or- + Thrown if the buffer has insufficient space. + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets a stream that can be used to write segment primitives into the buffer. + + + The stream that can be used to write into this buffer. + + + Thrown if the buffer is not mapped. + -or- + Thrown if the buffer has insufficient space. + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets a stream that can be used to write primitives into the buffer. + + + The stream that can be used to write into this buffer. + + + Thrown if the buffer is not mapped. + -or- + Thrown if the buffer has insufficient space. + + + 2017 + + + + + Unmaps the buffer so that it can be used for rendering. + + + This IndexBuffer is not available because Revit is not currently rendering. In general, this IndexBuffer must be used in the scope of the RenderScene() callback of IDirectContext3DServer. + + + 2017 + + + + + Maps a portion of the index buffer into memory, so that indices can be written into it. + see . + + + The size of the part of the buffer to be mapped, measured in short integers. + Must be less than or equal to the size of the + + This IndexBuffer is not available because Revit is not currently rendering. In general, this IndexBuffer must be used in the scope of the RenderScene() callback of IDirectContext3DServer. + -or- + Thrown if the buffer is smaller than sizeInShortInts. + + + 2017 + + + + + Tests whether the buffer is valid for rendering. + + + The buffers are internally associated with low-level graphics state and may become invalidated when + the state changes. Therefore, an application should test each buffer for validity before submitting its + contents for rendering. If the buffer becomes invalid, the application should re-create its contents and + write them to a new buffer. + + + True if the buffer is valid for rendering, false otherwise. + + + 2017 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs the index buffer with the given capacity, measured in short integers. + + + The number of short integers that the buffer can contain. + + + This IndexBuffer is not available because Revit is not currently rendering. In general, this IndexBuffer must be used in the scope of the RenderScene() callback of IDirectContext3DServer. + + + 2017 + + + + + A buffer that stores vertex indices for rendering. + + + 2017 + + + + + Inserts multiple instances into the stream and associated buffer. + + + The triangles to be inserted. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Thrown if the associated buffer is not mapped. + -or- + Thrown if the associated buffer has insufficient space. + + + 2017 + + + + + Inserts a into the stream and associated buffer. + + + The triangle to be inserted. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Thrown if the associated buffer is not mapped. + -or- + Thrown if the associated buffer has insufficient space. + + + 2017 + + + + + A stream that can be used to write + primitives into an + + 2017 + + + + + Inserts multiple segments into the stream and associated buffer. + + + The line segments to be inserted. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Thrown if the associated buffer is not mapped. + -or- + Thrown if the associated buffer has insufficient space. + + + 2017 + + + + + Inserts a segment into the stream and associated buffer. + + + The line segment to be inserted. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Thrown if the associated buffer is not mapped. + -or- + Thrown if the associated buffer has insufficient space. + + + 2017 + + + + + A stream that can be used to write + primitives into an + + 2017 + + + + + Inserts multiple instances into the stream and associated buffer. + + + The points to be inserted. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Thrown if the associated buffer is not mapped. + -or- + Thrown if the associated buffer has insufficient space. + + + 2017 + + + + + Inserts a into the stream and associated buffer. + + + The point to be inserted. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Thrown if the associated buffer is not mapped. + -or- + Thrown if the associated buffer has insufficient space. + + + 2017 + + + + + A stream that can be used to write + primitives into an + + 2017 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The base class for DirectContext3D index streams, which are used to write vertex indices into buffers. + + + This base class cannot be used directly. Instead, a steam that is specific for each type of + primitive (point, line, or triangle) must be used. + Use to insert instances.Use to insert instances.Use to insert instances. + + The process of putting vertex indices into a buffer involves using a stream-buffer pair as follows: + Map the index buffer (see ).Get a stream for the appropriate primitive type from the buffer.Add sequences of indices corresponding to primitives of the same type to the stream. The indices will be written into the buffer that was used to create the stream.Unmap the buffer. + As an alternative to using streams, it is possible to write data into a buffer using a handle to its mapped memory. + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets the amount of storage that the primitive takes up in a buffer, measured in short integers. + + + The number of short integers occupied by the primitive. + + + 2017 + + + + + The index of the triangle's third vertex. + + + 2017 + + + + + The index of the triangle's second vertex. + + + 2017 + + + + + The index of the triangle's first vertex. + + + 2017 + + + + + Constructs the triangle primitive. + + + The index of the triangle's first vertex. + + + The index of the triangle's second vertex. + + + The index of the triangle's third vertex. + + + 2017 + + + + + A triangle primitive consisting of three indices. + + + Indices of a triangle's vertices can be listed in either the clockwise or counterclockwise winding order, + according to the triangle's orientation in space. A DirectContext3D triangle faces the viewer if its vertices + are in counterclockwise order from the viewer's point of view. + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets the amount of storage that the primitive takes up in a buffer, measured in short integers. + + + The number of short integers occupied by the primitive. + + + 2017 + + + + + The index of the line segment's second vertex. + + + 2017 + + + + + The index of the line segment's first vertex. + + + 2017 + + + + + Constructs the line segment primitive. + + + The index of the line segment's first vertex. + + + The index of the line segment's second vertex. + + + 2017 + + + + + A line segment primitive consisting of two indices. + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets the amount of storage that the primitive takes up in a buffer, measured in short integers. + + + The number of short integers occupied by the primitive. + + + 2017 + + + + + The index of the point's vertex. + + + 2017 + + + + + Constructs the point primitive. + + + The index of the point's vertex. + + + 2017 + + + + + A point primitive consisting of one index. + + + 2017 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The base class for index buffer primitives. + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets a handle to the buffer's memory that has been mapped. Writing data to the buffer using the handle is an alternative to using stream objects. + + + The handle to the mapped memory or nullptr when the buffer is not mapped. + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets a stream that can be used to write vertices of type into the buffer. + + + The stream that can be used to write into this buffer. + + + Thrown if the buffer is not mapped. + -or- + Thrown if the buffer has insufficient space. + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets a stream that can be used to write vertices of type into the buffer. + + + The stream that can be used to write into this buffer. + + + Thrown if the buffer is not mapped. + -or- + Thrown if the buffer has insufficient space. + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets a stream that can be used to write vertices of type into the buffer. + + + The stream that can be used to write into this buffer. + + + Thrown if the buffer is not mapped. + -or- + Thrown if the buffer has insufficient space. + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets a stream that can be used to write vertices of type into the buffer. + + + The stream that can be used to write into this buffer. + + + Thrown if the buffer is not mapped. + -or- + Thrown if the buffer has insufficient space. + + + 2017 + + + + + Unmaps the buffer, so that it can be used for rendering. + + + This VertexBuffer is not available because Revit is not currently rendering. In general, this VertexBuffer must be used in the scope of the RenderScene() callback of IDirectContext3DServer. + + + 2017 + + + + + Maps a portion of the buffer into memory, so that vertex data can be written into it. + (see ). + + + The size of the part of the buffer to be mapped, measured in floats. + Must be less than or equal to the size of the + + This VertexBuffer is not available because Revit is not currently rendering. In general, this VertexBuffer must be used in the scope of the RenderScene() callback of IDirectContext3DServer. + -or- + Thrown if the buffer is smaller than sizeInFloats. + + + 2017 + + + + + Tests whether the buffer is valid for rendering. + + + The buffers are internally associated with low-level graphics state and may become invalidated when + the state changes. Therefore, an application should test each buffer for validity before submitting its + contents for rendering. If the buffer becomes invalid, the application should re-create its contents and + write them to a new buffer. + + + True if the buffer is valid for rendering, false otherwise. + + + 2017 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs the vertex buffer with the given capacity, measured in floats. + + + The number of floats that the buffer can contain. + + + This VertexBuffer is not available because Revit is not currently rendering. In general, this VertexBuffer must be used in the scope of the RenderScene() callback of IDirectContext3DServer. + + + 2017 + + + + + A buffer that stores vertex data for rendering. + + + 2017 + + + + + Inserts multiple instances into the stream and associated buffer. + + + The vertices to be inserted. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Thrown if the associated buffer is not mapped. + -or- + Thrown if the associated buffer has insufficient space. + + + 2017 + + + + + Inserts a into the stream and associated buffer. + + + The vertex to be inserted. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Thrown if the associated buffer is not mapped. + -or- + Thrown if the associated buffer has insufficient space. + + + 2017 + + + + + A stream that can be used to write vertices of type + into a buffer (see ). + + + 2017 + + + + + Inserts multiple instances into the stream and associated buffer. + + + The vertices to be inserted. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Thrown if the associated buffer is not mapped. + -or- + Thrown if the associated buffer has insufficient space. + + + 2017 + + + + + Inserts a into the stream and associated buffer. + + + The vertex to be inserted. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Thrown if the associated buffer is not mapped. + -or- + Thrown if the associated buffer has insufficient space. + + + 2017 + + + + + A stream that can be used to write vertices of type + into a buffer (see ). + + + 2017 + + + + + Inserts multiple instances into the stream and associated buffer. + + + The vertices to be inserted. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Thrown if the associated buffer is not mapped. + -or- + Thrown if the associated buffer has insufficient space. + + + 2017 + + + + + Inserts a into the stream and associated buffer. + + + The vertex to be inserted. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Thrown if the associated buffer is not mapped. + -or- + Thrown if the associated buffer has insufficient space. + + + 2017 + + + + + A stream that can be used to write vertices of type + into a buffer (see ). + + + 2017 + + + + + Inserts multiple instances into the stream and associated buffer. + + + The vertices to be inserted. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Thrown if the associated buffer is not mapped. + -or- + Thrown if the associated buffer has insufficient space. + + + 2017 + + + + + Inserts a into the stream and associated buffer. + + + The vertex to be inserted. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Thrown if the associated buffer is not mapped. + -or- + Thrown if the associated buffer has insufficient space. + + + 2017 + + + + + A stream that can be used to write vertices of type + into a buffer (see ). + + + 2017 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The base class for DirectContext3D vertex streams, which are used to write vertex data into buffers. + + + This base class cannot be used directly. Instead, a steam that is specific for each type of + vertex must be used. + Use to insert instances.Use to insert instances.Use to insert instances.Use to insert instances. + The process of putting vertex data into a buffer involves using a stream-buffer pair as follows: + Map the vertex buffer.Get a stream of the appropriate type from the buffer.Add vertices of the same type to the stream. They will be written into the buffer that was used to create the stream.Unmap the buffer. + As an alternative to using streams, it is possible to write data into a buffer using a handle to its mapped memory. + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets the amount of storage that the vertex takes up in a buffer, measured in floats. + + + The number of floats occupied by one vertex of this type. + + + 2017 + + + + + Sets the vertex's color. + + + The vertex's color. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets the vertex's color. + + + The vertex's color. + + + 2017 + + + + + The vertex's normal vector. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + The vertex's position. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Constructs the vertex from a point, a normal vector, and a color. + + + The vertex's position. + + + The vertex's normal vector. + + + The vertex's color. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + A geometry vertex specified as a position in space with a normal vector and a color. + + + The color of these vertices includes a transparency component + In order to render them as transparent they must be rendered in the transparent pass + See the 'IsTransparentPass' method of + + 2017 + + + + + Gets the amount of storage that the vertex takes up in a buffer, measured in floats. + + + The number of floats occupied by one vertex of this type. + + + 2017 + + + + + Sets the vertex's color. + + + The vertex's color. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets the vertex's color. + + + The vertex's color. + + + 2017 + + + + + The vertex's position. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Constructs the vertex from a point and a color. + + + The vertex's position. + + + The vertex's color. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + A geometry vertex specified as a position in space with a color. + + + The color of these vertices includes a transparency component + In order to render them as transparent they must be rendered in the transparent pass + See the 'IsTransparentPass' method of + + 2017 + + + + + Gets the amount of storage that the vertex takes up in a buffer, measured in floats. + + + The number of floats occupied by one vertex of this type. + + + 2017 + + + + + The vertex's normal vector. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + The vertex's position. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Constructs the vertex from a point and a normal vector. + + + The vertex's position. + + + The vertex's normal vector. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + A geometry vertex specified as a position in space with a normal vector. + + + Since these vertices do not have a color + their color is obtained from the + + 2017 + + + + + Gets the amount of storage that the vertex takes up in a buffer, measured in floats. + + + The number of floats occupied by one vertex of this type. + + + 2017 + + + + + The vertex's position. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Constructs the vertex from a point. + + + The vertex's position. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + A geometry vertex specified as a position in space. + + + Since these vertices do not have a color + their color is obtained from the + + 2017 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The base class for DirectContext3D vertices. + + + 2017 + + + + + An enumerated type containing possible arrow types for dimension leader + + + 2021.1 + + + 2021.1 + + + + + Outdated, converted to Arrow in upgrade function + + + + + Outdated, converted to Arrow in upgrade function + + + + + Outdated -- things that used it now use a LeaderStyle choice None + + + + + Outdated, converted to Arrow in upgrade function + + + + + Outdated, converted to Arrow in upgrade function + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies thevisibility of the origin witness line for the ordinate dimension (this is the first witness line in the string). + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Specifies the dimension text position. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Specifies where to align the dimension text. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Specifies the dimension line style. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Specifies the id of the tick mark element to use for the dimension origin. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Specifies the dimension line segment length. This setting is enabled when Dimension Line Style is Segmented. + + + When setting this property: The given value for dimensionLineLength must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Constructs a new OrdinateDimensionSetting object with default settings. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Represents a collection of Ordinate Dimension settings that can be associated to an ordinate DimensionType. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + The ordinate origin visibility. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Shows the origin witness line and tick mark. + + + + + Shows the origin witness line, tick mark and text (0'-0"). + + + + + Does not show the origin witness line, tick mark, or text (0'-0"). + + + + + The ordinate dimension text position. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + The dimension text position will be next to witness line. + + + + + The dimension text position will be at the end of witness line. + + + + + The ordinate dimension text orientation. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + The dimension text orientation will be parallel to witness line. + + + + + The dimension text orientation will be parallel to dimension line. + + + + + The ordinate dimension line style. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Segments the dimension line. Specify the length of the segments with the DimensionLineLength property. + + + + + Displays the dimension line as continuous. + + + + + Shows no dimension line. When you select the dimension line in the drawing area, a hidden line displays. + + + + + Checks whether a FormatOptions object is valid for the LabelType. + + + Only objects whose LabelType is LengthOfSegment or TotalLength can have FormatOptions assigned. + + + True if the FormatOptions object is valid, false otherwise. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Sets the format options used to show the parameter value. + + + The format options to be set. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This DimensionEqualityLabelFormatting uses a LabelType which does not support assignment of FormatOptions. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Gets the format options used to show the parameter value. + + + A copy of the format options. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The suffix to include after the parameter value. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + The prefix to include before the parameter value. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + The number of spaces to include before the parameter value. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + The parameter value to be shown. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a DimensionEqualityLabelFormatting object with specified settings. + + + The number of spaces to include before the parameter value. + + + The prefix to include before the parameter value. + + + The parameter value to be shown. + + + The suffix to include after the parameter value. + + + The format options to use for the parameter value. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Instances of this class represent individual parameters used to make up a dimension equality formula for continuous linear or angular dimensions. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + The label type in dimension equality formats. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + The total length of the dimension. + + + + + The length of segments of the dimension. + + + + + The number of segments of the dimension. + + + + + The number of witness lines of the dimension. + + + + + Creates an instance of with the specified parameters. + + + The view whose properties will be used to compute the dimension geometry. + + + The of the dimension. + + + The extension arc of the dimension. + + + The arc to which the dimension is to be bound. This arc must be parallel to the extension arc. + + + The first reference line to which the dimension is to be bound. This reference must intersect the arcRef reference. + + + The second reference line to which the dimension is to be bound. This reference must intersect the arcRef reference. + + + Returns an instance of with the specified parameters. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + A class that encapsulates the options needed to create the Arc Length Dimension geometry. + + + + + Creates an instance of with the specified parameters. + + + The view whose properties will be used to compute the dimension geometry. + + + The of the dimension. + + + The arc to which the dimension is to be bound. + + + The point where the witness line of the radial dimension will lie. + + + Returns an instance of with the specified parameters. + + + The input point lies outside of Revit design limits. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + A class that encapsulates the options needed to create the Diameter Dimension geometry. + + + + + Creates an instance of with the specified parameters. + + + The view whose properties will be used to compute the dimension geometry. + + + The of the dimension. + + + The arc to which the dimension is to be bound. + + + The point where the witness line of the radial dimension will lie. + + + Returns an instance of with the specified parameters. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + A class that encapsulates the options needed to create the Radial Dimension geometry. + + + + + Creates an instance of with the specified parameters. + + + The view whose properties will be used to compute the dimension geometry. + + + The of the dimension. + + + The extension arc of the dimension. + + + The first reference line to which the dimension is to be bound. + + + The second reference line to which the dimension is to be bound. The line must not be parallel with the first reference line. + + + Returns an instance of with the specified parameters. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The provided reference lines are parallel. + + + + + A class that encapsulates the options needed to create the Angular Dimension geometry. + + + + + Creates an instance of with the specified parameters. + + + The view whose properties will be used to compute the dimension geometry. + + + The of the dimension. + + + An array of reference lines to which the dimension is to be bound. You must supply at least two lines, and all lines supplied must be parallel to each other and perpendicular to the extension line. + + + The extension line of the dimension. + + + Returns an instance of with the specified parameters. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Invalid number of references. + -or- + The provided reference lines are not parallel. + -or- + The provided reference lines are not perpendicullar to the extension line. + + + + + A class that encapsulates the options needed to create the Linear Dimension geometry. + + + + + Removes any text override for the specified DimensionSegment. + + + The DimensionSegment index. + + + Index out of range. + + + + + The text which will override the computed value from the Dimension, for the indicated DimensionSegment. + + + The override text. + + + The DimensionSegment index. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Index out of range. + + + + + Fills in the view in which the dimension is drawn. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Fills in the dimension style. + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The base class that encapsulates common options needed to create various Dimension geometry. + + + + + Indicates if the elements are all detail elements that participate in detail draw ordering in the view. + + + The document. + + + The view in which the details appear. + + + The details to check. + + + True if the detail elements are orderable in the view, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates if the element is a detail element that participates in detail draw ordering in the view. + + + The document. + + + The view in which the detail appears. + + + The detail element. + + + True if the detail element is orderable in the view, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns the given detail elements according to the currently specified draw order for the detail elements in a given view. + + + The sort order is from back to front, with earlier elements drawing first and appearing under later elements. + + + The view in which the details appear. + + + The detail to be sorted by draw order. + + + The detail ids sorted from back to front, with earlier elements drawing first and appearing under later elements. + + + The document does not support detail draw order. Only projects and 3d families support draw order. 2d families and in-place families do not support draw order. + -or- + detailIdsToSort is empty or it contains elements are not visible in the view. + -or- + detailIdsToSort is empty or it contains elements that do not participate in detail draw ordering. Details must be visible in the view. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Moves the given detail instances one step closer to the back with relation to all other detail + instances in the view, while keeping the order of the given ones. + + + The document. + + + The view in which the details appear. + + + The details to move backward. + + + The document does not support detail draw order. Only projects and 3d families support draw order. 2d families and in-place families do not support draw order. + -or- + detailElementIds is empty or it contains elements that do not participate in detail draw ordering. Details must be visible in the view. + -or- + In 3d families, detail draw order can only be adjusted in views that are parallel to the document's X, Y or Z axes. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Moves the given detail instance one step closer to the back of all other detail instances in the view. + + + The document. + + + The view in which the detail appears. + + + The detail to move backward. + + + The document does not support detail draw order. Only projects and 3d families support draw order. 2d families and in-place families do not support draw order. + -or- + The element detailElementId is not a detail or it does not participate in detail draw ordering. Details must be visible in the view. + -or- + In 3d families, detail draw order can only be adjusted in views that are parallel to the document's X, Y or Z axes. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Places the given detail instances behind all other detail instances in the view, while keeping + the order of the given ones. + + + The document. + + + The view in which the details appear. + + + The details to send to back. + + + The document does not support detail draw order. Only projects and 3d families support draw order. 2d families and in-place families do not support draw order. + -or- + detailElementIds is empty or it contains elements that do not participate in detail draw ordering. Details must be visible in the view. + -or- + In 3d families, detail draw order can only be adjusted in views that are parallel to the document's X, Y or Z axes. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Places the given detail instance behind all detail instances in the view. + + + The document. + + + The view in which the detail appears. + + + The detail to send to back. + + + The document does not support detail draw order. Only projects and 3d families support draw order. 2d families and in-place families do not support draw order. + -or- + The element detailElementId is not a detail or it does not participate in detail draw ordering. Details must be visible in the view. + -or- + In 3d families, detail draw order can only be adjusted in views that are parallel to the document's X, Y or Z axes. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Moves the given detail instances one step closer to the front of all other detail instances in the view, + while keeping the order of the given ones. + + + The document. + + + The view in which the details appear. + + + The details to bring forward. + + + The document does not support detail draw order. Only projects and 3d families support draw order. 2d families and in-place families do not support draw order. + -or- + detailElementIds is empty or it contains elements that do not participate in detail draw ordering. Details must be visible in the view. + -or- + In 3d families, detail draw order can only be adjusted in views that are parallel to the document's X, Y or Z axes. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Moves the given detail instance one step closer to the front of all other detail instances in the view. + + + The document. + + + The view in which the detail appears. + + + The detail to bring forward. + + + The document does not support detail draw order. Only projects and 3d families support draw order. 2d families and in-place families do not support draw order. + -or- + The element detailElementId is not a detail or it does not participate in detail draw ordering. Details must be visible in the view. + -or- + In 3d families, detail draw order can only be adjusted in views that are parallel to the document's X, Y or Z axes. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Places the given detail instances in the front of all other detail instances in the view, while + keeping the order of the given ones. + + + The document. + + + The view in which the details appear. + + + The details to bring to front. + + + The document does not support detail draw order. Only projects and 3d families support draw order. 2d families and in-place families do not support draw order. + -or- + detailElementIds is empty or it contains elements that do not participate in detail draw ordering. Details must be visible in the view. + -or- + In 3d families, detail draw order can only be adjusted in views that are parallel to the document's X, Y or Z axes. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Places the given detail instance in the front of all other detail instances in the view. + + + The document. + + + The view in which the detail appears. + + + The detail element. + + + The document does not support detail draw order. Only projects and 3d families support draw order. 2d families and in-place families do not support draw order. + -or- + The element detailElementId is not a detail or it does not participate in detail draw ordering. Details must be visible in the view. + -or- + In 3d families, detail draw order can only be adjusted in views that are parallel to the document's X, Y or Z axes. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + A utility class that arranges the draw order of the detail elements. + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns the current user's DesktopConnectorVerboseOptions. + + + The DesktopConnectorVerboseOptions for the current user. + + + 2022 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns whether the user wants Desktop Connector verbose mode. + + + 2022 + + + + + 2022 + + + + + A utility class containing the Revit.ini options settings related to Desktop Connector Verbose mode for journal debugging + + + 2022 + + + + + Gets the collection of design elements that failed to convert and the associated set of fabrication parts with different offsets. + + + This set of element identifiers is only available after the Convert method has been invoked, and returns DesignToFabricationConverterResult::Enum::PartialFailure. + + + A map of design element identifiers that were not converted and the associated set fabrication parts left with different offsets. + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets the collection of design elements that failed to convert and the associated set of fabrication parts with open connectors. + + + This set of element identifiers is only available after the Convert method has been invoked, and returns DesignToFabricationConverterResult::Enum::PartialFailure. + + + A map of design element identifiers that were not converted and the associated set fabrication parts left with open connectors. + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets the collection of converted fabrication parts with invalid connections. + + + This set of element identifiers is only available after the Convert method has been invoked, and returns DesignToFabricationConverterResult::Enum::PartialFailure. + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets the set of fabrication part or MEP design element identifiers with open connectors, caused by fittings failing to convert. + + + This set of element identifiers is only available after the Convert method has been invoked, and returns DesignToFabricationConverterResult::Enum::PartialFailure. + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets the set of element identifiers for newly created fabrication parts. + + + This set of element identifiers is only available after the Convert method has been invoked. + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets the partial failure results. + + + After the Convert method has been invoked and returned the DesignToFabricationConverterResult::Enum::PartialFailure, calls this method to get partial failure results. + + + 2017 + + + + + Set a map for the conversion of in line family symbols to similar fabrication part types. + + + The map containing the family symbol element identifiers to the fabrication part type element identifiers to convert to. + + + If the mapping is properly structured, DesignToFabricationMappingResult.Success is returned. Otherwise, consult the members of DesignToFabricationMappingResult to understand why this call failed. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Converts the set of MEP design elements into fabrication parts. + + + After this method has been invoked, call: +
  • to get a set of element identifiers for the newly created fabrication parts.
  • to get a set of fabrication part or MEP design element identifiers with open connectors, caused by fittings failing to convert.
+ + The set of element identifiers to convert from MEP design elements to fabrication parts. + + + The identifier of the fabrication service. + + + the selection contains invalid elements to convert. + -or- + the specified fabrication service is not valid for all domains in the selection. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + no fabrication configuration is loaded. + + + 2017 + +
+ + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates a new instance of the DesignToFabricationConverter class. + + + A document in which to convert MEP design elements into fabrication parts. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + This class represents the MEP design to fabrication part convert tool. + + + After a new instance of the class is created, call the Convert method to convert the MEP design elements into + fabrication parts. Use the method SetMapForFamilySymbolToFabricationPartType to optionally convert family content + to fabrication parts prior to calling Convert by providing a mapping of family symbols to fabrication parts types. + If not set, then during conversion these families will remain and any connections to other converted elements will be + maintained. After the convert method has been invoked, query the class to obtain more information about the conversion: +
  • to get a set of element identifiers for the newly created fabrication parts.
  • to get a set of fabrication part or MEP design element identifiers with open connectors, caused by fittings failing to convert.
+ + 2017 + +
+ + + Possible results from setting the mapping from Family symbols to Fabrication part types. + + + 2022 + + + + + Failed due to attempting to convert an unsupported Fabrication part type. It is expected to be either valve, strainer, damper, smoke detector, end cap, or other in line component. + + + + + Failed due to attempting to convert an unsupported Family symbol. It is expected to be either valve, strainer, damper, smoke detector, end cap, or other in line component. + + + + + Failed because there was an invalid Fabrication part type identifier or an identifier that did not exist in the mappings. + + + + + Failed because there was an invalid Family symbol identifier or an identifier that did not exist in the mappings. + + + + + Failed because the map contained no entries. + + + + + Setting the mappings for conversion was successful. + + + + + Possible results of the partial failure from invoking the DesignToFabricationConverter. + + + 2017 + + + + + There are no matching sizes found. + + + + + Converted fabrication parts have different offsets. + + + + + Converted fabrication parts have open ends. + + + + + The connections are invalid. + + + + + Not all design elements were converted. + + + + + Possible results from invoking the DesignToFabricationConverter. + + + 2017 + + + + + Conversion contained partial failures and will need to be fixed manually. + + + + + Conversion was successful. + + + + + Sets the default Divided Surface distance for a fixed, minimum, or maximum distance layout for U or V gridlines. + + + U-gridlines or V-gridlines. + + + A default distance for a layout. + + + The given value for distance must be positive. + -or- + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2015 + + + + + Gets the default Divided Surface distance for a fixed, minimum, or maximum distance layout for U or V gridlines. + + + U-gridlines or V-gridlines. + + + The default distance for the layout. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2015 + + + + + Sets the default Divided Surface number for a fixed number layout for U or V gridlines. + + + U-gridlines or V-gridlines. + + + A default number for a fixed number layout. + + + The given value for number is not positive. + -or- + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2015 + + + + + Gets the default Divided Surface number for a fixed number layout for U or V gridlines. + + + U-gridlines or V-gridlines. + + + The default number for a fixed number layout. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2015 + + + + + Sets the default Divided Surface layout for U or V gridlines. + + + U-gridlines or V-gridlines. + + + A layout spacing rule. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2015 + + + + + Gets the default Divided Surface layout for U or V gridlines. + + + U-gridlines or V-gridlines. + + + The layout spacing rule. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2015 + + + + + Obtains the DefaultDivideSettings object for the specified document. + + + A document. + + + The DefaultDivideSettings object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + A default Divided Path measurement type for distance layouts. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2015 + + + + + A default Divided Path distance for a fixed, minimum, or maximum distance layout. + + + 2015 + + + + + A default Divided Path number for a fixed number layout. + + + 2015 + + + + + A default Divided Path layout. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2015 + + + + + Provides access to project-wide divide settings. + + + 2014 + + + + + 2014 + + + A choice between U-gridlines or V-gridlines of a divided surface + U Gridlines + V Gridlines + + + 2014 + + + + + 2013 + + + DividedPath measurement type. + + + 2013 + + + + + Distances between two points are measured along the path segment between the points. + + + + + Distances between two points are measured along a straight line between the points. + + + + + Returns the current user's DatasmithRevitExporterOptions. + + + The DatasmithRevitExporterOptions for the current user. + + + 2024 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Return whether the user wants to enable Datasmith Exporter initialization on startup. + + + 2024 + + + + + Returns whether the user wants to skip Datasmith Exporter intialization. + + + 2024 + + + + + Returns whether the user wants to skip Datasmith Exporter intialization. + + + 2024 + + + + + 2024 + + + + + A utility class containing the Revit.ini options settings related to DatasmithRevitExporterOptions. + + + 2024 + + + + + Returns if there is enough GPU memory to support Twinmotion. + + + Returns true if we have enough GPU memory. Returns false if there isn't. + + + 2024 + + + + + A utility class containing helpers related to the TwinmotionForRevit Addin. + + + 2024 + + + + + Creates a new DataStorage element and adds it to the document. + + + Document to which the new element should be added. + + + The newly created DataStorage element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + An element which allows an API applications to organize and store data. + + + Applications can create instances of these elements to logically organize + different sets of ExtensibleStorage entities into separate elements. + This allows an application to update one set of data in a local + workshared project without locking other elements. + + + 2013 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The only constructor. Expects a valid pointer to IDataConversionMonitor. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + This class is used to regsiter an application-supplied object that implements IDataConversionMonitor. + Creating the object registers an implementation of IDataConversionMonitor supplied as constructor argument. + When the scope object is destroyed, that object is unregistered. + + + 2016 + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + + Returns a ExportPatternTableIterator to the pattern table. + + + 2014 + + + + + Removes all contents stored in the table. + + + 2014 + + + + + Removes the pair (key, info) by pattern key. + + + The export pattern key. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Inserts a (key,info) pair into Export pattern table. + + + The export pattern key to be added. + + + The export pattern info to be added. + + + The key already exists in the table. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns all the values stored in the map. + + + Return the info array. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets all the keys stored in the map. + + + Return the key array. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets a copy of the pattern info associated to the input pattern key. + + + The export pattern Key. + + + Return the patternInfo for this key. + + + An entry with the given key is not present in the table. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks whether a pattern key exists in the table. + + + The export pattern Key. + + + True if the pattern key exists in the table. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Count of the items contained in the collection. + + + 2014 + + + + + A copy of the for the pattern's . + + When getting this property, it returns a copy of the from the table. In order to +make changes to the and use those settings during export, set the modified + back into the table using the same key. + + The key. + + + A copy of the . + + When getting this property: +An entry with the given key is not present in the table. + + 2014 + + + + Returns a PatternTableIterator that iterates through the collection. + A PatternTableIterator object that can be used to iterate through key-value pairs in the collection. + + + + Constructs a new ExportPatternTable with default values. + + + 2014 + + + + + A table supporting a mapping of FillPatterns in Revit to pattern names that will be set + in the target export format. + + +

This table is structured as a mapping from to + members. The + contains the identification information for the pattern table: the Revit fill pattern type and name. The + contains the pattern name to use in the export format.

+

The table can be accessed via direct iteration as a collection of KeyValuePairs, or by traversal of the stored keys + obtained from GetKeys(), or via specific lookup of a key constructed externally. In all cases, the + returned will be a copy of the + from the table. In order to make changes to the and use those settings during export, + set the modified back into the table using the same key.

+
+ + 2014 + +
+ +Gets the item at the current position of the iterator.(Inherited from IEnumerator. Give it another property name to avoid confusing. And make it internal.) + + + Gets the item at the current position of the iterator. + There is no current item if the iterator has not started yet or has been done. + There is no current item in the iterator. + + + + There is no current item in the iterator. + + + 2014 + + + + + There is no current item in the iterator. + + + 2014 + + + + + Resets the iterator to the initial state. + + + 2014 + + + + + Identifies if the iteration has completed. + + + True if the iteration has no more items. False if there are more items to be iterated. + + + 2014 + + + + + Increments the iterator to the next item. + + + True if there is a next available item in this iterator. + False if the iterator has completed all available items. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + An iterator to a set of Pattern table. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The destination pattern name (the name of the pattern in the exported format). + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a new ExportPatternInfo using the destination pattern name as input. + + + The destination pattern name (the name of the pattern in the exported format). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a new default ExportPatternInfo. + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a new copy of the input ExportPatternInfo object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + A value used to represent the info stored in the . + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The original FillPattern name. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + The original FillPattern type. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a new ExportPatternKey using the original fill pattern type and name as input. + + + The original FillPattern type. + + + The original FillPattern name. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a new default ExportPatternKey. + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a new copy of the input ExportPatternKey object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + A key used to represent an item stored in an . + + + 2014 + + + + + The types of orientations for fill patterns. + + + 2012 + + + + + Patterns align with the host and compute a origin to fit the host. + + + + + Mimics the behavior of text. Patterns align with the host and share the same origin with respect to view. + + + + + All patterns share the same orientation and origin with respect to view, so they perfectly align at element transitions. + + + + + The type of the fill pattern. + + + 2012 + + + + + Represents an actual element appearance on a building. + + + + + Represents a material in symbolic form. + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + + Returns a line weight table iterator to the line weight table. + + + + + Removes all contents stored in Export line weight table. + + + + + Removes the pair (key, info) corresponding to the given ExportLineweightKey. + + + The export line weight key + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Inserts a (key, info) pair into Export line weight table. + + + The export line weight Key to be added. + + + The export line weight info to be added. + + + The key already exists in the table. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Returns all the values stored in the map. + + + The info. + + + + + Gets all the keys stored in the map. + + + The keys. + + + + + Gets a copy of the ExportLineweightInfo corresponding to the given ExportLineweightKey. + + + The export line weight Key. + + + Returns the line weight info for this key. + + + An entry with the given key is not present in the table. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Checks whether a line weight key exists in the table. + + + The export line weight key. + + + True if the line weight exists in the table. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Count of the items contained in the collection. + + + + + A copy of the for the line weight's . + + When getting this property, it returns a copy of the from the table. In order to +make changes to the and use those settings during export, set the modified + back into the table using the same key. + + The key. + + + A copy of the . + + When getting this property: +An entry with the given key is not present in the table. + + 2014 + + + + Returns a ExportLineweightTableIterator that iterates through the collection. + A ExportLineweightTableIterator object that can be used to iterate through key-value pairs in the collection. + + + + Constructs a new ExportLineweightTable with default settings. + + + + + A table supporting a mapping of line weights in Revit to line weight names that will be set + in the target export format. + + +

This table is structured as a mapping from to + members. The + contains the identification information for the pattern table: the Revit line weight. The + contains the line weight to use in the export format.

+

The table can be accessed via direct iteration as a collection of KeyValuePairs, or by traversal of the stored keys + obtained from GetKeys(), or via specific lookup of a key constructed externally. In all cases, the + returned will be a copy of the + from the table. In order to make changes to the and use those settings during export, + set the modified back into the table using the same key.

+
+
+ +Gets the item at the current position of the iterator.(Inherited from IEnumerator. Give it another property name to avoid confusing. And make it internal.) + + + Gets the item at the current position of the iterator. + There is no current item if the iterator has not started yet or has been done. + There is no current item in the iterator. + + + + 2014 + + + + + 2014 + + + + + Resets the iterator to the initial state. + + + 2014 + + + + + Identifies if the iteration has completed. + + + True if the iteration has no more items. False if there are more items to be iterated. + + + 2014 + + + + + Increments the iterator to the next item. + + + True if the iteration has no more items. False if there are more items to be iterated. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + An iterator to a set of line weight table. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The destination lineweight name (the name of the line weight in the exported format) + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a new ExportLineweightInfo using the destination line weight name as input. + + + The destination line weight name (the name of the line weight in the exported format). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a new default ExportLineweightInfo. + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a new copy of the input ExportLineweightInfo object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + A value used to represent the info stored in the . + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The original line weight. + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a new default ExportLineweightKey using the original line weight as input. + + + The original line weight. + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a new default ExportLineweightKey. + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a new copy of the input ExportLineweightKey object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + A key used to represent an item stored in an . + + + 2014 + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + + Returns a line type table iterator to the line type table. + + + + + Removes all contents stored in Export line type table. + + + + + Removes the pair (key, info) corresponding to the given ExportLinetypeKey. + + + The export line type key + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Inserts a (key, info) pair into Export line type table. + + + The export line type Key to be added. + + + The export line type info to be added. + + + The key already exists in the table. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Returns all the values stored in the map. + + + The info. + + + + + Gets all the keys stored in the map. + + + The keys. + + + + + Gets a copy of the ExportLinetypeInfo corresponding to the given ExportLinetypeKey. + + + The export line type Key. + + + Returns the line type info for this key. + + + An entry with the given key is not present in the table. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Checks whether a pattern key exists in the table. + + + The export line type key. + + + True if the line type exists in the table. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Count of the items contained in the collection. + + + + + A copy of the for the linetype's . + + When getting this property, it returns a copy of the from the table. In order to +make changes to the and use those settings during export, set the modified + back into the table using the same key. + + The key. + + + A copy of the . + + When getting this property: +An entry with the given key is not present in the table. + + 2014 + + + + Returns a ExportLinetypeTableIterator that iterates through the collection. + A ExportLinetypeTableIterator object that can be used to iterate through key-value pairs in the collection. + + + + Constructs a new ExportLinetypeTable with default values. + + + + + A table supporting a mapping of linetypes in Revit to linetype names that will be set + in the target export format. + + +

This table is structured as a mapping from to + members. The + contains the identification information for the pattern table: the Revit linetype name. The + contains the linetype name to use in the export format.

+

The table can be accessed via direct iteration as a collection of KeyValuePairs, or by traversal of the stored keys + obtained from GetKeys(), or via specific lookup of a key constructed externally. In all cases, the + returned will be a copy of the + from the table. In order to make changes to the and use those settings during export, + set the modified back into the table using the same key.

+
+
+ +Gets the item at the current position of the iterator.(Inherited from IEnumerator. Give it another property name to avoid confusing. And make it internal.) + + + Gets the item at the current position of the iterator. + There is no current item if the iterator has not started yet or has been done. + There is no current item in the iterator. + + + + 2014 + + + + + 2014 + + + + + Resets the iterator to the initial state. + + + 2014 + + + + + Identifies if the iteration has completed. + + + True if the iteration has no more items. False if there are more items to be iterated. + + + 2014 + + + + + Increments the iterator to the next item. + + + True if the iteration has no more items. False if there are more items to be iterated. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + An iterator to a set of line type table. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The destination linetype name (the name of the linetype in the exported format). + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a new ExportLinetypeInfo using the destination linetype name as input. + + + The destination line type name (the name of the linetype in the exported format). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a new default ExportLinetypeInfo. + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a new copy of the input ExportLinetypeInfo object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + A value used to represent the info stored in the . + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The original linetype name. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a new default ExportLinetypeKey using the original line type name as input. + + + The original line type name. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a new default ExportLinetypeKey. + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a new copy of the input ExportLinetypeKey object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + A key used to represent an item stored in an . + + + 2014 + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + + Returns a LayerTableIterator to the pattern table. + + + 2014 + + + + + Removes all contents stored in the table. + + + 2014 + + + + + Removes the pair (key, info) by pattern key. + + + The export pattern key. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Inserts a (key,info) pair into Export layer table. + + + The export layer key to be added. + + + The export layer info to be added. + + + The key already exists in the table. + -or- + The layer info does not contain the Category as a modifier type. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns all the values stored in the map. + + + Return the info array. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets all the keys stored in the map. + + + Return the key array. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets a copy of the layer info associated to the input pattern key. + + + The export layer Key. + + + Return the layerInfo for this key. + + + An entry with the given key is not present in the table. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks whether a layer key exists in the table. + + + The export layer Key. + + + True if the layer key exists in the table. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Count of the items contained in the collection. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets all the avaliable layer modifier types for the layer key. + + + A Revit document to retrieve avaliable layer modifier types from. + + + The export layer key to specify wich category and subCategory will be used to get the layer modifier types. + + + The layer modifier types. + + + A non-optional argument was NULL + + + 2014 + + + + + A copy of the item that corresponds to the layer's + . + + When getting this property, it returns a copy of the from the table. In order to +make changes to the and use those settings during export, set the modified + back into the table using the same key. + + The key. + + + A copy of the for the layer Key. + + When getting this property: +An entry with the given key is not present in the table. + + 2014 + + + + Returns a LayerTableIterator that iterates through the collection. + A LayerTableIterator object that can be used to iterate through key-value pairs in the collection. + + + + Constructs a new ExportLayerTable with default values. + + + 2014 + + + + + A table supporting a mapping of category and subcategory to layer name and other layer properties that will be set + in the target export format. + + +

This table is structured as a mapping from to + members. The + contains the identification information for the layer table: the Revit category and subcategory names. In addition, + the key contains a member used only to represent non-Revit categories + that can be assigned specific layer information on export. The + contains the exported layer name, color name, and layer modifiers for standard and cut representations.

+

The table can be accessed via direct iteration as a collection of KeyValuePairs, or by traversal of the stored keys + obtained from GetKeys(), or via specific lookup of a key constructed externally. In all cases, the + returned will be a copy of the + from the table. In order to make changes to the and use those settings during export, + set the modified back into the table using the same key.

+
+ + 2014 + +
+ +Gets the item at the current position of the iterator.(Inherited from IEnumerator. Give it another property name to avoid confusing. And make it internal.) + + + Gets the item at the current position of the iterator. + There is no current item if the iterator has not started yet or has been done. + There is no current item in the iterator. + + + + There is no current item in the iterator. + + + 2014 + + + + + There is no current item in the iterator. + + + 2014 + + + + + Resets the iterator to the initial state. + + + 2014 + + + + + Identifies if the iteration has completed. + + + True if the iteration has no more items. False if there are more items to be iterated. + + + 2014 + + + + + Increments the iterator to the next item. + + + True if there is a next available item in this iterator. + False if the iterator has completed all available items. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + An iterator to a set of Layer table. + + + 2014 + + + + + Sets a cut layer modifier array to the layer info. + + + The cut layer modifier array. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Sets a project layer modifier array to the layer info. + + + The project layer modifier array. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets all the cut layer modifiers from the layer info. + + + The cut layer modifier array. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets all the project layer modifiers from the layer info. + + + The project layer modifier array. + + + 2014 + + + + + Clears all the cut layer modifiers stored in the layer info. + + + 2014 + + + + + Clears all the project layer modifiers stored in the layer info. + + + 2014 + + + + + Removes a cut layer modifier from the layer info. + + + The cut layer modifier. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Removes a project layer modifier from the layer info. + + + The project layer modifier. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Adds a cut layer modifier to the layer info. + + + The cut layer modifier. + + + The separator string contains one or more prohibited characters. + -or- + The modifier type already exists in the cut layer info. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Adds a project layer modifier to the layer info. + + + The project layer modifier. + + + The separator string contains one or more prohibited characters. + -or- + The modifier type already exists in the layer info. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The cut color number stored in value. + + + 2014 + + + + + The color number stored in value. + + + 2014 + + + + + The cut layer name stored in value. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + The layer name stored in value. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + The color name stored in value. + For IFC export, the naming is to match the "colornumber" setting -- really, this stores a string + that generates the colorNumber (for formats that don't use the color but need a second entry.) + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + The category type which this layer belongs to. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a new ExportLayerInfo with default values. + + + 2014 + + + + + A value used to represent the info stored in the . + + + 2014 + + + + + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The special type for layer key. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2014 + + + + + The subcategrory Name. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + The category name. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a new ExportLayerKey with categoryName, subCategoryName and a special type. + + + The category name for the layer key. + + + The subCategoryName for the layer key. + + + The special type for layer key. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a new ExportLayerKey with default values. + + + 2014 + + + + + A key used to represent an item stored in an . + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The modifier type of LayerModifier. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2014 + + + + + The separator string that will follow this modifier in the export layer name. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a new LayerModifier with modifierType and separator. + + + The modifier type. + + + The separator string that will follow this modifier in the export layer name. + + + The provided separator contains invalid characters (most special characters are invalid). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a new LayerModifier with default values. + + + 2014 + + + + + A modifier used to designate extra strings to appear in the exported layer name. + + + A modifier consists of a type (from and an optional separator. + Apply a modifier to one or more objects to modify the layer name that + will be assigned when a Revit object is exported. + + + 2014 + + + + + 2014 + + + An enumerated type listing category types supported in an ExportLayerTable. + + + 2014 + + + + + A special value related to modifiers. + + + + + Imported categories. + + + + + AnalyticalModel categories. + + + + + Annotation categories. + + + + + Model categories. + + + + + A default unsorted type. + + + + + 2014 + + + An enumerated type listing special types that can appear in an . + These types do not represent an independent category in Revit, but can be mapped to specific layers on export. + + + 2014 + + + + + The special type representing retaining walls. + + + + + The special type representing foundation walls. + + + + + The special type representing exterior walls. + + + + + The special type representing interior walls. + + + + + The default value for most Revit categories and subcategories. + + + + + 2014 + + + An enumerated type listing options to appear in the exported layer name. + + + 2014 + + + + + Signals that the fabrication service will appear in the layer name. + + + + + Signals that the domain type will appear in the layer name. + + + + + Signals that the system classification will appear in the layer name. + + + + + Signals that the value of the AnalyzesAs parameter will appear in the layer name. + + + + + Signals that the name of the workset will appear in the layer name. + + + + + Signals that the view type will appear in the layer name. + + + + + Signals that the name of the underlay will appear in the layer name. + + + + + Signals that the system type will appear in the layer name. + + + + + Signals that the system name will appear in the layer name. + + + + + Signals that the value of structural usage will appear in the layer name. + + + + + Signals that the value of structural material type will appear in the layer name. + + + + + Signals that the value of of phase status will appear in the layer name. + + + + + Signals that the name of the demolition phase will appear in the layer name. + + + + + Signals that the name of the created phase will appear in the layer name. + + + + + Signals that the name of the level will appear in the layer name. + + + + + Signals that the value of function will appear in the layer name. + + + + + Signals that the value of fire rating will appear in the layer name. + + + + + Signals that the third custom string will appear in the layer name. + + + + + Signals that the second custom string will appear in the layer name. + + + + + Signals that the first custom string will appear in the layer name. + + + + + Signals that the name of the category will appear in the layer name. + + + + + An unknown (default) type of modifier, not acceptable for assignment. + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + + Returns a FontTableIterator to the font table. + + + 2014 + + + + + Removes all contents stored in the table. + + + 2014 + + + + + Removes the pair (key, info) by font key. + + + The export font key. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Inserts a (key,info) pair into Export font table. + + + The export font key to be added. + + + The export font info to be added. + + + The key already exists in the table. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns a collection of the values stored in this table. + + + The collection of values. + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns a collection of the keys stored in this table. + + + The collection of keys. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets a copy of the font info associated to the input font key. + + + The export font Key. + + + Returns the fontInfo for this key. + + + An entry with the given key is not present in the table. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks whether a font key exists in the table. + + + The export font Key. + + + True if the font key exists in the table. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Count of the items contained in the collection. + + + 2014 + + + + + A copy of the for the font's . + + When getting this property, it returns a copy of the from the table. In order to +make changes to the and use those settings during export, set the modified + back into the table using the same key. + + The key. + + + A copy of the . + + When getting this property: +An entry with the given key is not present in the table. + + 2014 + + + + Returns a FontTableIterator that iterates through the collection. + A FontTableIterator object that can be used to iterate through key-value pairs in the collection. + + + + Constructs a new ExportFontTable with default values. + + + 2014 + + + + + A table supporting a mapping of Revit font names to font names that will be set + in the target export format. + + +

This table is structured as a mapping from to + members. The + contains the identification information for the font table: the Revit font name. The + contains the font name to use in the export format.

+

The table can be accessed via direct iteration as a collection of KeyValuePairs, or by traversal of the stored keys + obtained from GetKeys(), or via specific lookup of a key constructed externally. In all cases, the + returned will be a copy of the + from the table. In order to make changes to the and use those settings during export, + set the modified back into the table using the same key.

+
+ + 2014 + +
+ +Gets the item at the current position of the iterator.(Inherited from IEnumerator. Give it another property name to avoid confusing. And make it internal.) + + + Gets the item at the current position of the iterator. + There is no current item if the iterator has not started yet or has been done. + There is no current item in the iterator. + + + + There is no current item in the iterator. + + + 2014 + + + + + There is no current item in the iterator. + + + 2014 + + + + + Resets the iterator to the initial state. + + + 2014 + + + + + Identifies if the iteration has completed. + + + True if the iteration has no more items. False if there are more items to be iterated. + + + 2014 + + + + + Increments the iterator to the next item. + + + True if there is a next available item in this iterator. + False if the iterator has completed all available items. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + An iterator to a set of font table. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The destination font name (the name of the font in the exported format). + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a new ExportFontInfo using the destination font name as input. + + + The destination font name (the name of the font in the exported format). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a new default ExportFontInfo. + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a new copy of the input ExportFontInfo object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + A value used to represent the info stored in an . + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The original font name. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a new ExportFontKey using an input font name. + + + The original font name. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a new default ExportFontKey. + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a new copy of the input ExportFontKey object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + A key used to represent an item stored in an . + + + 2014 + + + + + Verifies that the input can be used as a default template for this view type. + + + The id must represent a template view that is compatible with this view type, or InvalidElementId. + + + Id to be validated as default template. + + + True if %templateId% is valid as default template, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + The ViewFamily for this view type. + + + 2013 + + + + + + + + + The default template id assigned to this view type. + + + This value will be the view template for all newly created instances of this view type. + + + When setting this property: val is not valid as a default template id. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + The PlanViewDirection of this view. + + + When setting this property: PlanViewDirection cannot be set to Undefined + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + When setting this property: View must be a Structural Plan + + + 2013 + + + + + Represents a type of a Revit view. + + + ViewFamilyTypes represent possible types for a Revit view and contain view type related properties and options such as the default template associated to views + created from this type. They are commonly input to new View creation methods in the Revit API. + + + 2013 + + + + + Generates the report configuration json file based on the document unit and locale. + + + The document where the configuration is based upon. + + + The output json file. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Gets the report content in this view. + + + The report shows "Calculating..." if the background calculation is still going on. + You may call isAnalysisCompleted() to check if the calculation is completed. + + + The content of the report as displayed in the view, or the referenced file name. + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Indicates if the background systems analysis has completed or not. + + + True if completed, otherwise false. + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Gets the latest report of systems analysis. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Cancels the systems analysis based on the report element id. + + + The document where the report element existed. + + + The report element that identifies the analysis. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + + + + + Requests a new systems analysis in the background. + + + The additional options to run systems analysis. If empty, use the default value in the view element. + The request may download the weather file at current site location if not specified in the options. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + No weather station is within 500 nautical miles of this site location. + + + Fail to download the weather file. + + + A valid energy model is required for systems analysis. + -or- + Unable to access the weather service. Try again later. + + + 2020.1 + + + + + + + + + Creates a new view for the systems analysis report. + + + A report instance is typically created to request a new systems analysis. The default values include the weather file "USA_CO_Denver.Intl.AP.725650_TMY3.epw" and + the workflow file "HVAC Systems Loads and Sizing.osw". Both are part of the Revit installation. The default output folder is the system TEMP folder. + + + The document where the view is to be created. + + + The name of the new report view. + + + The newly created view instance, or if the operation fails. + + + viewName cannot include prohibited characters, such as "{, }, [, ], |, ;, less-than sign, greater-than sign, ?, `, ~". + -or- + viewName is an empty string. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Identifies the analysis date and time when it was requested. + + + 2020.1 + + + + + The report style that specifies the display content. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2022 + + + + + The full path of the output folder for systems analysis + + + 2020.1 + + + + + The full path name of the weather file used for the systems analysis. + + + 2020.1 + + + + + The full path name of the original system analysis workflow file. + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Represents a report instance of the systems analysis. + + + 2020.1 + + + + + The report style of systems analysis. + + + 2022 + + + + + The loads report style. + + + + + The detailed report style. + + + + + Create an ImageView containing an image imported from disk. + + + The document in which to create the view. + + + Options that specify what image to load. + + + The newly created view. + + + document is not a project document. + -or- + The image filename is an empty string. + -or- + The image file is not a supported image file type. + -or- + The image file is password protected. + -or- + The image file does not contain the requested page number. + -or- + The image file could not be read and may be corrupt. + -or- + An error occurred while handling the external resource corresponding to the image. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The image file does not exist. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2020 + + + + + Id of the image in the view. + + + + + Class for ImageView views + + + + + Creates a new ViewDrafting in the model. + + + The document in which the new drafting view will be created. + + + The id of the ViewFamilyType that should be assigned to the new drafting view. + + + The newly created drafting view. + + + viewFamilyTypeId is not a valid ViewFamilyType for a drafting view. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + + + + + ViewDrafting represents a drafting view within the model. + + + + + Returns the boundary for the model space to view projection space transform. + + +

Before you transform a model point to view projection space using the transform returned by , + test to make sure the model point is visible through this 2D boundary. The model space to view projection space transform is only valid for points in 3D model + space that can be seen through the 2D boundary, when looking in the direction of .

+

The boundary is one enclosed region of the view's crop.

+

For uncropped views 'null' is returned.

+

For cropped views that do not have split crop regions, the boundary is the shape of the view crop. Typically the boundary is + rectangular, but more complex shapes are supported.

+

For cropped views that have split crop regions, the boundary is one rectangular region of the split view crop.

+

Even though the boundary represents the view crop - a 2D polygon drawn on the view's cut plane - any point in 3D model space + that can be seen through the boundary when looking in the direction of the view (see ) is considered + to be inside the boundary and can be transformed using the model space to view projection space transform returned by + . For example, if the shape of the CurveLoop is a circle, then there is an infinite + cylinder in 3D model space and any point inside that cylinder can be transformed with the model space to view projection space transform.

+

To test if a point in 3D model space is within the boundary, first project the point and the CurveLoop onto a + plane which is perpendicular to the view direction. Then use a point-in-polygon algorithm to check if the projected + point is inside the polygon described by the CurveLoop.

+

It is guaranteed that the boundary CurveLoop lies on a plane which is perpendicular to and + that the CurveLoop does not self-intersect and is closed. It is also guaranteed that the boundaries of different + TransformWithBoundary regions of the same view don't overlap with each other.

+
+ + A closed loop in model space representing the region of model space to which the model space to view projection space transform applies. + + + 2023 + +
+ + + Gets the model space to view projection space transform. + + +

The transform can be used to transform points from model space to view projection space.

+

Model space is the global 3D coordinate space in which the 3D geometry of the model lives.

+

View projection space is the 3D Euclidean space with a coordinate system such that + X and Y are horizontal and vertical directions in the view projection plane and Z + is the cross product of X and Y. Distances in the projection space are the same as + would be measured on paper if the view is printed without additional scaling.

+

For uncropped views all model space points can be transformed to projection space using + the this transform.

+

For cropped views only model points which lie inside the boundary returned by + should be transformed to projection space using this transform.

+
+ + The model space to view projection space transformation. + + + 2023 + +
+ + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a new copy of the input TransformWithBoundary object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + This class contains the transform from model space to projection space for a view and the + boundary in model space in which the transform is valid. + + +

Use the model-to-projection transform returned by to transform model points to + the view's projection space. The model-to-projection transform is only valid for points in 3D model space that that can be seen + through the 2D boundary returned by , when looking in the direction of .

+

For views that are placed on sheets, you can combine the View's model-to-projection transform and the Viewport's + projection-to-sheet transform to transform model points to sheet space:

+

sheetXYZ = projectionToSheetTransform * modelToProjectionTransform * modelXYZ

+

Model space is the global 3D coordinate space in which the 3D geometry of the model lives.

+

View projection space is the 3D Euclidean space with a coordinate system such that + X and Y are horizontal and vertical directions in the view projection plane and Z + is the cross product of X and Y. Distances in the projection space are the same as + would be measured on paper if the view is printed without additional scaling.

+

Sheet space is the coordinate space of one sheet. This is the space in which viewports and + titleblocks are arranged on the sheet.

+
+ + 2021 + +
+ + + Identifies if a custom temporary view mode is currently active. + A custom mode is active if there is a non-empty string set for . + + + Returns true a custom temporary view mode is currently active, false otherwise. + A custom mode is active if there is a non-empty string set for . + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Removes all customized values for the TemporaryViewProperties mode. + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Tests whether the given state is valid for the associated view and the context the view is currently in. + + + As long as the PreviewFamilyVisibility mode is available and enabled in the associated view, + the Off and On states are always valid. However, the Uncut state is only + valid in plan views and reflected ceilings. + + + A state of the PreviewFamilyVisibilityMode + + + Returns True if the state is applicable for the view; False otherwise. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + Tests whether a temporary view mode is currently enabled in the associated view. + + + Most of temporary modes are enabled in a specific context only. + A programmer who wants to use a mode needs to first test whether + it is currently available and enabled, or not. + + + The mode to evaluate + + + True if the requested mode is available and enabled in the associated view; False otherwise. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + Tests whether a temporary view mode is currently available in the associated view. + + +

Not every mode is available in all views at all times. + Some of the modes are only available in certain views, + or only at certain time/context. Modes that are not available + will not be visible on the view's tool bar in the UI.

+

Even modes that are available do not have to be currently + enabled in the current context. Before using a mode its + applicability should be tested by calling + .

+
+ + The mode to evaluate + + + True of the temporary mode is currently available in the associated view. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2016 Subscription Update + +
+ + + Deactivates all temporary modes that are currently active. + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + Deactivates the given temporary mode. + + + The method has no effect on modes that are already deactivated. + + + The mode to deactivate + + + The temporary mode is not available in the associated view. + The view is either of a type that does not support this mode, + or is currently in a context that makes the mode presently inapplicable. + -or- + The temporary mode is presently not enabled in the associated view. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + Tests whether a given mode is currently active or not. + + + The mode being tested + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + A text caption to use for the given mode. + + + The text appears in the UI on the temporary frame when the view is in the temporary mode. + + + The mode to get a caption for. + + + Text of the caption. The text is localized. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Custom color for the TemporaryViewProperties mode. + + + If custom title is not empty, Temporary View Properties mode displays the colored view frame in custom color. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Custom title for the TemporaryViewProperties mode. + + + If custom title is not empty, Temporary View Properties mode displays it in the upper left corner of colored view frame. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020.1 + + + + + The current state of the RevealHiddenElements mode in the associated view. + + + When setting this property: The RevealHiddenElements mode is either disabled or inapplicable in the associated view. + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + The current state of the WorksharingDisplay mode in the associated view. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + When setting this property: The WorksharingDisplay mode is either disabled or inapplicable in the associated view. + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + The current state of the RevealConstraints mode in the associated view. + + + When setting this property: The RevealConstraints mode is either disabled or inapplicable in the associated view. + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + Controls the default type of the On state of the PreviewFamilyVisibility mode in cut-able views. + + +

Newly opened views which can have both Cut and Uncut preview will use + this default cut/uncut state as long as the default On state is set to True. + To control the default state of the PreviewFamilyVisibility in all views refer to + the + property.

+

The settings is applicable to the whole application rather than to + individual family documents; the value persists between Revit sessions. + Although the value is allowed to be set at any time, any changes made after + the Revit application has been initialized will not have effect until the next + session of Revit.

+

After a view is opened with the default family preview state applied, + its PreviewFamilyVisibility mode may be independently modified through the + property. Once explicitly modified, + the settings stays in effect for the respective view even after the view + is closed and later reopened again.

+
+ + A Boolean value to control whether to use a non-cut preview + in applicable views, such as floor and ceiling plan views. + + + 2016 Subscription Update + +
+ + + Controls the default state of the PreviewFamilyVisibility mode in all views. + + +

This flag controls whether each newly opened view is to have the + PreviewFamilyVisibility mode turned On by default or not. This property is applicable to all + types of views. Views that support both Cut and Non-cut preview (such as floor plans) can be + controlled further via the + property.

+

The settings is applicable to the whole application rather than to + individual family documents; the value persists between Revit sessions. + Although the value is allowed to be set at any time, any changes made after + the Revit application has been initialized will not have effect until the next + session of Revit.

+

After a view is opened with the default family preview state applied, + its PreviewFamilyVisibility mode may be independently modified through the + property. Once explicitly modified, + the settings stays in effect for the respective view even after the view + is closed and later reopened again.

+
+ + A boolean value to control whether the PreviewFamilyVisibility mode + is to be turned On or Off in all views newly opened in a family editor. + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + +
+ + + The current state of the PreviewFamilyVisibility mode in the associated view. + + +

The state of the PreviewFamilyVisibility mode can be set only if the mode + is currently available and enabled in the view. Even in such a condition, + however, not all states are valid in all views. To ensure that the state + to be applied is valid in the view, call the method + first.

+

Even views which generally support temporary modes will have this particular + mode available only when the document of the view is in the environment of the + family editor.

+

This property affect only the view associated with this instance of TemporaryViewModes. + When a view is opened for the first time, its state of the PreviewFamilyVisibility mode + is determined based on the default settings which is controlled through the properties + and + .

+
+ + When setting this property: The given PreviewFamilyVisibilityMode is not applicable in the associated view. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + When setting this property: The PreviewFamilyVisibility mode is either disabled or inapplicable in the associated view. + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + +
+ + + A data structure containing data related to temporary view modes. + + +

The class contains methods and properties to manipulate states + of various temporary view modes that may or may not be avilable + in any of visible views of a Revit document. The temporary modes are + enumerated in the + class.

+

Every view that supports temporary view modes owns an instance + of this TemporaryViewModes class, which can be obtained by + accessing the + property of the class. + Note that views which do not support temporary modes will have that + property's value be Null.

+

Multiple temporary view modes can coexist. + Also, TemporaryViewProperties mode can be customized to display custom title and custom color. + Setting custom title and color affects only TemporaryViewProperties mode for the specific view. +

+
+ + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + +
+ + + Modes that control visibility of family elements depending on + the currently applied Element Visibility Settings of a view. + + + Values of this mode can be set or obtained for any view that supports it by accessing + the + property. + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + Element Visibility of a view is applied to show elements visible if instance is not cut. + Note that this state is only available in certain views, such as floor plan and ceilings. + + + + + Element Visibility of a view is applied to show visible elements only. + Elements that are cut by a reference plane will be shown with their respective cut geometry. + + + + + Element Visibility is not applied. All family elements visible. + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The visibility type of RevitLinkGraphicsSettings. + If the type is set to or + , then the dependent properties + of RevitLinkGraphicsSettings will be reset to their default state. The state of dependent properties can be changed later. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2024 + + + + + The id of the linked view associated with this RevitLinkGraphicsSettings, + or if no view is selected. + If the is set to + , then there must be a valid LinkedViewId. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Creates a new RevitLinkGraphicsSettings instance. + + + 2024 + + + + + Settings to override display of Revit link in a view. + + + 2024 + + + + + Link visibility types. + + + 2024 + + + + + Sets the ElementId of the cut face background pattern override. + The fill pattern must be a drafting pattern. + A value of InvalidElementId means no override is set. + + + Value of the cut face background fill pattern override. + + + Reference to the changed object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Sets the ElementId of the cut face foreground pattern override. + The fill pattern must be a drafting pattern. + A value of InvalidElementId means no override is set. + + + Value of the cut face foreground fill pattern override. + + + Reference to the changed object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Sets the ElementId of the surface background pattern override. + The fill pattern must be a drafting pattern. + A value of InvalidElementId means no override is set. + + + Value of the surface background fill pattern override. + + + Reference to the changed object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Sets the ElementId of the surface foreground pattern override. + The fill pattern must be a drafting pattern. + A value of InvalidElementId means no override is set. + + + Value of the surface foreground fill pattern override. + + + Reference to the changed object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Sets the override color of the background pattern of cut faces. + + + Value of the cut face background color for the override. InvalidColorValue means no override is set. + + + Reference to the changed object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Sets the override color of the foreground pattern of cut faces. + + + Value of the cut face foreground color for the override. InvalidColorValue means no override is set. + + + Reference to the changed object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Sets the override color of the surface background pattern. + + + Value of the surface background color for the override. InvalidColorValue means no override is set. + + + Reference to the changed object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Sets the override color of the surface foreground pattern. + + + Value of the surface foreground color for the override. InvalidColorValue means no override is set. + + + Reference to the changed object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Sets the visibility of the cut face background fill pattern. + + + Value of the visibility of the cut face background fill pattern. + + + Reference to the changed object. + + + 2019 + + + + + Sets the visibility of the cut face foreground fill pattern. + + + Value of the visibility of the cut face foreground fill pattern. + + + Reference to the changed object. + + + 2019 + + + + + Sets the visibility of the surface background fill pattern. + + + Value of the visibility of the surface background fill pattern. + + + Reference to the changed object. + + + 2019 + + + + + Sets the visibility of the surface foreground fill pattern. + + + Value of the visibility of the surface foreground fill pattern. + + + Reference to the changed object. + + + 2019 + + + + + Sets the ElementId of the cut surface line pattern. + + + ElementId of the cut surface line pattern for the override. InvalidElementId means no override is set. + + + Reference to the changed object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Sets the cut surface line color. + + + Value of the cut surface line color for the override. InvalidColorValue means no override is set. + + + Reference to the changed object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Sets the cut surface line weight. + + + Value of the cut surface line weight for the override. InvalidPenNumber means no override is set. + + + Reference to the changed object. + + + Line weight must be a positive integer less than 17 or invalidPenNumber. + + + 2014 + + + + + Sets the projection surface transparency. + + + Value of the transparency of the projection surface (0 = opaque, 100 = fully transparent). + + + Reference to the changed object. + + + Transparency must be greater than 0 and less than 100. + + + 2014 + + + + + Sets the ElementId of the projection surface line pattern. + + + ElementId of the projection surface line pattern for the override. InvalidElementId means no override is set. + + + Reference to the changed object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Sets the projection surface line color. + + + Value of the projection surface line color for the override. InvalidColorValue means no override is set. + + + Reference to the changed object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Sets the projection surface line weight. + + + Value of the projection surface line weight for the override. InvalidPenNumber means no override is set. + + + Reference to the changed object. + + + Line weight must be a positive integer less than 17 or invalidPenNumber. + + + 2014 + + + + + Sets the detail level. + + + Value of the detail level. ViewDetailLevel.Undefined means no override is set. + + + Reference to the changed object. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2014 + + + + + Sets the halftone value. + + + True if the override displays in halftone, false otherwise. + + + Reference to the changed object. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The invalidPenNumber for clearing line weight overrides. + + + 2014 + + + + + The ElementId of the cut face background fill pattern override. + A value of InvalidElementId means no override is set. + + + 2019 + + + + + The ElementId of the cut face foreground fill pattern override. + A value of InvalidElementId means no override is set. + + + 2019 + + + + + The ElementId of the surface background fill pattern override. + A value of InvalidElementId means no override is set. + + + 2019 + + + + + The ElementId of the surface foreground fill pattern override. + A value of InvalidElementId means no override is set. + + + 2019 + + + + + The override color of the background pattern of cut faces. + + + 2019 + + + + + The override color of the foreground pattern of cut faces. + + + 2019 + + + + + The override color of the surface background pattern. + + + 2019 + + + + + The override color of the surface foreground pattern. + + + 2019 + + + + + The visibility of the cut face background fill pattern. + + + 2019 + + + + + The visibility of the cut face foreground fill pattern. + + + 2019 + + + + + The visibility of the surface background fill pattern. + + + 2019 + + + + + The visibility of the surface foreground fill pattern. + + + 2019 + + + + + ElementId of the cut surface line pattern. + + + 2014 + + + + + Cut surface line color. + + + 2014 + + + + + Cut surface line weight. + + + 2014 + + + + + Transparency of surfaces. + + + 2014 + + + + + Id of the projection surface line pattern. + + + 2014 + + + + + Projection surface line color. + + + 2014 + + + + + The projection surface line weight. + + + 2014 + + + + + The detail level. + + + 2014 + + + + + Value of the halftone override. + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates a new instance of an OverrideGraphicSettings object based on an existing OverrideGraphicSettings object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates a new instance of an OverrideGraphicSettings object. + + + 2014 + + + + + Settings to override display of elements in a view. + + + 2014 + + + + + Types of overrides that can be applied to a category. + + + 2014 + + + + + Surface transparency + + + + + Projection fills + + + + + Projection lines + + + + + Cut fills + + + + + Cut lines + + + + + Halftone + + + + + View detail level + + + + + Assigns override settings associated with a DirectContext3D handle instance or type. + + + Document where elementId resides. + + + Id of the element to be overridden. + + + The override settings to be assigned to the handle element. + + + The ElementId elementId is not a valid DirectContext3D handle instance or type. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Gets override settings associated with a DirectContext3D handle instance or type. + + + Document where elementId resides. + + + Id of the overridden element. + + + The override settings assigned to the handle element, if present, or a default override settings if nothing was found. + + + The ElementId elementId is not a valid DirectContext3D handle instance or type. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Assigns values of the source overrides to this object. + + + The source overrides. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Check if the contents of two overrides are equal. + + + The overrides to be compared. + + + True for equal, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + A set of DirectContext3DHandleSettings that are stored by a view. + + + 2018 + + + + + Gets the transparency value of the handle and the associated DirectContext3D graphics. + + + The transparency value (in percentage) + + + 2018 + + + + + Sets the transparency value of the handle and the associated DirectContext3D graphics. + + + The transparency value to apply (in percentage) + + + The value is invalid. The valid range is 0 through 100 + + + 2018 + + + + + Check if the contents of two instances of settings are equal. + + + The settings to be compared. + + + True for equal, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Assigns values of the source settings to this object. + + + The source settings. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Visibility of the handle and the associated DirectContext3D graphics. + A value of true means that the graphics are visible. + + + 2018 + + + + + Constructs a copy of source object. + + + Source object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Constructs an instance of settings with provided values. + + + Source visibility. + + + Source transparency. + + + The value is invalid. The valid range is 0 through 100 + + + 2018 + + + + + Constructs an instance of settings with default values. + + + 2018 + + + + + Overriding settings applied to DirectContext3DHandles through the Visibility dialog. + + +

DirectContext3D graphics can be displayed with or without an associated DirectContext3D handle + element. For DirectContext3D graphics that utilize the handle element, the visibility and appearance of + the graphics can be adjusted through the Visibility/Graphics dialog.

+
+ + 2018 + +
+ + Journaling mode. + 2011 + + + Constructs a new JournalingAttribute. + 2011 + + + The custom journaling attribute to control the journaling behavior of the external command. + 2011 + + + All journaling modes supported by Revit external commands. + 2011 + + + Does not write contents of the ExternalCommandData.Data map to the Revit journal. +But does allow Revit API calls to write to the journal as needed. This option should allow commands +which invoke the Revit UI for selection or for responses to task dialogs to replay correctly. + + + Uses the "StringStringMap" supplied in the command data. Hides all Revit journal entries +in between the external command invocation and the StringStringMap entry. Commands which invoke the +Revit UI for selection or for responses to task dialogs may not replay correctly. + + + + Determines whether this thermal asset is equal to another, but ignore data from base class. + + + The thermal asset to compare with this one. + + + True if the given thermal asset is equal to this one, otherwise false. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Determines whether this thermal asset is equal to another. + + + The thermal asset to compare with this one. + + + True if the given thermal asset is equal to this one, otherwise false. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Produces a copy of the asset. + + + A copy of the asset. + + + 2013 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The name of the thermal asset. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Flag indicating whether elements of this material behave isotropically or orthotropically. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + The thermal conductivity of the asset. + + + Values are in feet-kilograms per Kelvin-cubed-second ((ft · kg)/(K · s³)) and must be non-negative. + + + When setting this property: The given value for thermalConductivity must be non-negative. + + + 2013 + + + + + The density of the asset. + + + Values are in kilograms per cubed feet (kg/ft³) and must be non-negative. + + + When setting this property: The given value for density must be non-negative. + + + 2013 + + + + + The electrical resistivity of the asset. + + + Values are in ohm-meters and must be non-negative. + + + When setting this property: The given value for electricalResistivity must be non-negative. + + + 2013 + + + + + The reflectivity of the asset. + + + Values must be in the range 0 to 1. + + + When setting this property: The given value for reflectivity is out of range + + + 2013 + + + + + The porosity of the asset. + + + Values must be in the range 0 to 1. + + + When setting this property: The given value for porosity is out of range + + + 2013 + + + + + The permeability of the asset. + + + Values are in seconds per foot (s/ft) and must be non-negative. + + + When setting this property: The given value for permeability must be non-negative. + + + 2013 + + + + + A boolean flag that indicates whether or not the asset transmits light. + + + 2013 + + + + + The vapor pressure of the asset. + + + Values are in kilograms per feet, squared-second (kg/(ft · s²)) and must be non-negative. + + + When setting this property: The given value for vaporPressure must be non-negative. + + + 2013 + + + + + The specific heat of the asset. + + + Values are in squared-feet per Kelvin, squared-second (ft²/(K · s²)) and must be non-negative. + + + When setting this property: The given value for specificHeat must be non-negative. + + + 2014 + + + + + The specific heat of vaporization of the asset. + + + Values are in feet per squared-second (ft/s²) and must be non-negative. + + + When setting this property: The given value for specificHeatOfVaporization must be non-negative. + + + 2013 + + + + + The liquid viscosity of the asset. + + + Values are in kilograms per feet-second (kg/(ft · s)) and must be non-negative. + + + When setting this property: The given value for liquidViscosity must be non-negative. + + + When setting this property: the asset must be liquid to set this property. + + + 2013 + + + + + The compressibility of the asset. + + + Values must be in the range 0 to 1. + + + When setting this property: The given value for compressibility is out of range + + + 2013 + + + + + The gas viscosity of the asset. + + + Values are in kilograms per feet-second (kg/(ft · s)) and must be non-negative. + + + When setting this property: The given value for gasViscosity must be non-negative. + + + When setting this property: the asset must be gas to set this property. + + + 2013 + + + + + The emissivity of the asset. + + + Values must be in the range 0 to 1. + + + When setting this property: The given value for emissivity is out of range + + + 2013 + + + + + The type of material that this thermal asset describes (e.g. solid, liquid, gas.) + + + 2013 + + + + + Constructs an instance of ThermalAsset. + + + The name of the asset. + + + The type of thermal material that this asset will describe. + + + name is an empty string. + -or- + name cannot include prohibited characters, such as "{, }, [, ], |, ;, less-than sign, greater-than sign, ?, `, ~". + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + Represents the properties of a material pertinent to energy analysis. + + + 2013 + + + + + 2013 + + + Represents the thermal material type. + + + 2013 + + + + + Thermal material type is solid. + + + + + Thermal material type is liquid. + + + + + Thermal material type is gas. + + + + + Thermal material type is undefined. + + + + + Sets a copy of the given ThermalAsset to be used in the PropertySetElement. + + + Thrown when the name of the asset is empty, contains prohibited characters, or is not unique + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Gets a copy of the ThermalAsset. + + + 2012 + + + + + + + + + Sets a copy of the given StucturalAsset to be used in the PropertySetElement. + + + Thrown when the name of the asset is empty, contains prohibited characters, or is not unique + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Gets a copy of the StructuralAsset. + + + 2012 + + + + + + + + + Creates a new PropertySetElement to contain the given asset. + + + The document in which to create the PropertySetElement. + + + The thermal asset containing the values that will be present in the PropertySetElement. + + + The new PropertySetElement. + + + Thrown when the name of the asset is empty, contains prohibited characters, or is not unique + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Creates a new PropertySetElement to contain the given asset. + + + The document in which to create the PropertySetElement. + + + The structural asset containing the values that will be present in the PropertySetElement. + + + The new PropertySetElement. + + + Thrown when the name of the asset is empty, contains prohibited characters, or is not unique + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Creates a duplicate of this PropertySetElement. + + + The document in which to create the PropertySetElement. + + + The name to use for the new PropertySetElement. + + + The new PropertySetElement. + + + The given value for name is already in use as a property set name. + -or- + name is an empty string. + -or- + name cannot include prohibited characters, such as "{, }, [, ], |, ;, less-than sign, greater-than sign, ?, `, ~". + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + An element that groups together a set of related parameters. + + + 2012 + + + + + Combines the specified Revision with the next Revision. + + + All RevisionClouds and tags associated with the specified Revision will be reassigned + to the next Revision in the model and the specified Revision will be deleted from + the model. The operation can only be performed if both the specified Revision and the + next one are unissued. + + + The Document containing the Revisions. + + + The Revision that should have its clouds and tags associated with the next Revision. + + + The ids of all RevisionClouds that were reassigned to the next Revision. + + + revisionId is not a valid Revision. + -or- + This operation cannot be performed because revisionId is an issued Revision. + -or- + revisionId cannot be combined with the next Revision because either revisionId is + the last Revision or the next Revision has already been issued. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + + + + + Combines the specified Revision with the previous Revision. + + + All RevisionClouds and tags associated with the specified Revision will be reassigned + to the previous Revision in the model and the specified Revision will be deleted from + the model. The operation can only be performed if both the specified Revision and the + previous one are unissued. + + + The Document containing the Revisions. + + + The Revision that should have its clouds and tags associated with the previous Revision. + + + The ids of all RevisionClouds that were reassigned to the previous Revision. + + + revisionId is not a valid Revision. + -or- + This operation cannot be performed because revisionId is an issued Revision. + -or- + revisionId cannot be combined with the previous Revision because either revisionId is + the first Revision or the previous Revision has already been issued. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Reorders the sequence of Revisions in the project. + + + This method allows the caller to change the sequence of the Revisions within the project by specifying the + new sequence. The specified sequence must include every Revision in the project exactly once. + +

Note that changing the sequence of Revisions can change the SequenceNumber and RevisionNumber + of Revisions that have already been issued.

+ + The document in which the Revision sequence should be reordered. + + + The new sequence of Revisions. + + + newSequence does not contain every Revision exactly once. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + +
+ + + Creates a new Revision in the project. + + + The new Revision will be added at the end of the sequence of existing Revisions. + + + The document of the new Revision. + + + The newly created Revision. + + + document is not a project document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + + + + + Returns the ids of all Revisions in the project ordered by sequence number. + + + The document containing the Revisions. + + + The ids of all the Revisions in the document ordered by sequence number. + + + document is not a project document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + The id of the revision numbering sequence which controls this revision's numbering. + + + When setting this property: revisionNumberingSequenceId doesn't represent a RevisionNumberingSequence element. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + When setting this property: This operation cannot be performed on Revisions that have already been issued. + + + 2022 + + + + + Controls the visibility of revision clouds and revision tags related to this Revision. + + + This property provides project-wide control over the visibility of revision clouds and tags associated with this + Revision. If clouds or tags are hidden by this property they will not be visible in any views regardless of the + view's settings. If clouds or tags are visible according to this property they may still be hidden on a particular + view or sheet. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2015 + + + + + The date of this Revision. + + + The Revision date is an arbitrary String and can be blank. Revit will not + attempt to interpret it as an actual date. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + When setting this property: This operation cannot be performed on Revisions that have already been issued. + + + 2015 + + + + + Indicates who has issued or will issue this Revision. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + When setting this property: This operation cannot be performed on Revisions that have already been issued. + + + 2015 + + + + + Indicates to whom this Revision was or will be issued. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + When setting this property: This operation cannot be performed on Revisions that have already been issued. + + + 2015 + + + + + Indicates whether this Revision has been issued. + + + 2015 + + + + + The description of this Revision. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + When setting this property: This operation cannot be performed on Revisions that have already been issued. + + + 2015 + + + + + The Revision number of this revision. + + + Note that this field is only available if the RevisionSettings are set to number revisions PerProject. + When Revisions are numbered PerSheet, a given Revision may display a different RevisionNumber on each sheet. + In this case, the revision number can be obtained by calling . + + + This operation is not valid for when the revision numbering is per sheet. + + + 2015 + + + + + The Sequence Number of this Revision. + + + Every Revision in the project will be assigned a consecutive sequence number starting with 1. + This number corresponds to the ordering of the Revisions. If a Revision is deleted, subsequent + Revisions will update their sequence numbers to maintain a consecutive list. + + + 2015 + + + + + Represents a single revision in the project. + + + The Revision object represents the data related to a single revision in the project. + Revision clouds and tags can be associated with a particular Revision object to display + its properties on sheets. +

The revisions in the project are stored in a specific order called the revision + sequence. The revision sequence represents the conceptual sequence in which revisions + will be issued.

+ + 2015 + +
+ + + 2015 + + + Determines whether Revision Clouds and Revision Tags will be visible in the project. + + + 2015 + + + + + Revision Tags will be visible in the project but Revision Clouds will not be. + + + + + Revision Clouds and Revision Tags will be visible in the project. + + + + + Revision Clouds and Revision Tags will not be visible in the project. + + + + + 2015 + + + Determines how a particular revision will be numbered. + + + 2015 + + + + + The Revision Number will be a string taken from a user-specified sequence of arbitrary + strings. + + + + + No Revision Number will be assigned. + + + + + The Revision Number will be a number. + + + + + An enumerated type listing all types of profile families. + + + + + Stair Support. + + + + + Stair Riser. + + + + + Stair Tread. + + + + + Continuous Footing. + + + + + Slab Metal Deck. + + + + + Mullion. + + + + + Stair Nosing. + + + + + Railing. + + + + + Slab edge. + + + + + Gutter. + + + + + Fascia. + + + + + Reveal. + + + + + Wall sweep. + + + + + Any type of profile family. + + + + + Creates a criterion with a range of no sizes. + + + The new criterion. + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a criterion with a range of all sizes. + + + The new criterion. + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + 2013 + + + + + The maximum size of this criterion. + + + When setting this property: None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + 2013 + + + + + The minimum size of this criterion. + + + When setting this property: None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + 2013 + + + + + Constructs a PrimarySizeCriterion with a minimum and maximum size. + + + 2013 + + + + + This class contains a size criterion for a RoutingPreferenceRule. + + + 2013 + + + + + Verify if two criteria are the same. + + + True if the criterion is equal to the other, false otherwise + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + RoutingCriteriaBase is the base class for all routing criteria. + + + 2013 + + + + + Loads or reloads the DWG link from the given external resource reference. + + +

If the link is currently loaded, any changes made in-memory + to the link's shared coordinates will be discarded.

+

Graphic overrides will be preserved on reload.

+

If the original view used to bring in this link has + been deleted, Revit will cancel the load.

+

If there is already another link, not current link itself, + using the given external resource reference, the loading will not happen. + The element id of the link using the external resource reference will be contained + in the LinkLoadResult.

+

This function checks the actual resource path that the IExternalResourceServer returns. + If the link type identified by the resource path doesn't match DWG, the load will not proceed.

+
+ + An ExternalResourceReference giving the location of the + link. This method can be used to load the link from a + file on disk. See . + + + An object containing the ElementId of the link + and an enum value indicating any + errors which occurred while trying to load. + + + The server referenced by the ExternalResourceReference does not exist or + does not implement IExternalResourceServer. + -or- + The server referenced by the ExternalResourceReference cannot support CAD links. + -or- + The ExternalResourceReference (resourceReference) is not in a format + that is supported by its server. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This CADLinkType represents an import and cannot be used as a link. + -or- + The element "this CADLinkType" is in a read-only document. + -or- + The link does not represent a DWG. + + + 2018 + +
+ + + Loads or reloads the DWG link from the given file path. + + +

If the link is currently loaded, any changes made in-memory + to the link's shared coordinates will be discarded.

+

Graphic overrides will be preserved on reload.

+

If the original view used to bring in this link has + been deleted, Revit will cancel the load.

+

If there is already another link, not current link itself, + using the given file path, the loading will not happen. + The element id of the link using the file path will be contained + in the LinkLoadResult.

+

If the link type identified by the given path doesn't match DWG, + the load will not proceed.

+
+ + A path on disk giving the location of the linked file. This path + must be absolute. The link's path will remain PathType.Absolute + or PathType.Relative, whichever it was before. If the link was + previously to an external server location, the path type will be + relative. + + + An object containing the ElementId of the link + and an enum value indicating any + errors which occurred while trying to load. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The given path does not exist. + + + This CADLinkType represents an import and cannot be used as a link. + -or- + The element "this CADLinkType" is in a read-only document. + -or- + The link does not represent a DWG. + + + 2018 + +
+ + + Loads or reloads the link from its currently-stored location. If the link is an + external resource, Revit will contact the IExternalResourceServer to get the latest version + of the link. + + +

If the link is currently loaded, any changes made in-memory + to the link's shared coordinates will be discarded.

+
+ + Options for reloading the link. Options include + the ability to preserve graphic overrides on reload. + + + An object containing the ElementId of the link + and an enum value indicating any + errors which occurred while trying to load. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This CADLinkType represents an import and cannot be used as a link. + -or- + The element "this CADLinkType" is in a read-only document. + + + 2018 + +
+ + + Loads or reloads the link from its currently-stored location. If the link is an + external resource, Revit will contact the IExternalResourceServer to get the latest version + of the link. + + +

If the link is currently loaded, any changes made in-memory + to the link's shared coordinates will be discarded.

+

Graphic overrides will be preserved on reload.

+

If the original view used to bring in this link has + been deleted, Revit will cancel the load.

+
+ + An object containing the ElementId of the link + and an enum value indicating any + errors which occurred while trying to load. + + + This CADLinkType represents an import and cannot be used as a link. + -or- + The element "this CADLinkType" is in a read-only document. + + + 2018 + +
+ + + CADLinkType represents both CAD links and CAD imports. The + function IsLink can be used to distinguish between the two. + CAD imports are not ExternalFileReferences; they are brought + completely into the document and maintain no connection to + their original file. + + + 2013 + + + + + The preset value + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a copy of the given preset initial color + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates an initial color preset object with the given preset value. + + + The enum value which determines the preset value + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + This class encapsulates a preset initial lighting color. + + + 2013 + + + + + Preset values of initial colors for specific lighting types + + + 2013 + + + + + Phosphor mercury. + + + + + Mercury. + + + + + Low pressure sodium. + + + + + High pressure sodium. + + + + + Metal halide. + + + + + F4 fluorescent light white. + + + + + F4 fluorescent day light. + + + + + F4 fluorescent white. + + + + + F4 fluorescent cool white. + + + + + F4 fluorescent warm white. + + + + + Quartz. + + + + + Xenon. + + + + + Incandescent. + + + + + Halogen. + + + + + D50. + + + + + D65. + + + + + 2021 + + + An enumerated type which specifies options for the drawing order of a GRep. + + + 2021 + + + + + The drawing order is determined by the GRep's object type. + + + + + The GRep draws on top of model elements and under annotations. + + + + + The drawing order is determined by the GRep's object type. + + + + + Gets the area for this polygon. + + + The area of the planar non-self-intersecting polygon computed as: + A = 1/2 * (X1 Y2) - (X2 Y1) + ... + (Xn Y1) - (X1 Yn) + + + The area for this polygon. + + + 2012 + + + + + Gets the array of points in the polygon. + + + The array of points in the polygon. + + + 2012 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The direction for the outward normal for this polygon. + + + 2012 + + + + + The polygon centroid. + + + 2012 + + + + + A Polyloop represent a planar polygon with ordered points. + + + This class is a loop with straight edges bounding a planar region in space. + The loop is represented by an ordered coplanar collection of points + forming the vertices of the loop. The loop is composed of straight line segments + joining a point in the collection to the succeeding point in the collection. + The closing segment is from the last to the first point in the collection. + The direction of the loop is in the direction of the line segments. + All the points in the polygon defining the poly loop shall be coplanar. + + + 2012 + + + + + The load type of analytical equipment load. + + + 2023 + + + + + The electrical true load of analytical equipment load. + + + 2023 + + + + + The power factor of analytical equipment load. + + + When setting this property: The given value for power factor must be between 0 and 1. + + + 2023 + + + + + The current of the analytical equipment load. + + + 2023 + + + + + The voltage of the analytical equipment load. + + + When setting this property: The given value for voltage is not a number + -or- + When setting this property: The given value for voltage is not finite + + + When setting this property: The given value for voltage must be positive. + + + 2023 + + + + + The electrical apparent load of analytical equipment load. + + + When setting this property: The given value for value is not a number + -or- + When setting this property: The given value for value is not finite + + + When setting this property: The given value for value must be non-negative. + + + 2023 + + + + + The electrical analytical load set of the analytical equipment load. + + + invalidElementId if the analytical equipment load does not belong to any analytical load sets. + + + When setting this property: The given element id loadSetId is neither a load set id nor invalidElementId. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + The load classification of analytical equipment load. + + + When setting this property: The id is not a load classification id . + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + + + + + Represents the data and parameters of point load node. + + + 2023 + + + + + Indicates if the point is inside panel's boundaries or if the point is on the member's curve.. + + + The document containing both the host and the load. + + + The id of the analytical element that is about to host a point load. + + + The position of point load, measured in decimal feet. + + + True if a point load can be placed on the input host id + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Indicates if the provided host id can host point loads + The document containing both the host and the load + The id of the analytical element that is about to host a point load + True if a point load can be placed on the input host id + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + + + + + Creates a new custom hosted point load within the project using data at point. + + + Document to which new point load will be added. + + + The AnalyticalElement host element for the point Load. + + + The position of point load, measured in decimal feet. + + + The applied 3d force vector. + + + The applied 3d moment vector. + + + The symbol of the PointLoad. Set to use default type. + + + If successful, returns the newly created PointLoad, otherwise. + + + hostElemId is not permitted for this type of load. + -or- + Thrown when work plane is not valid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Thrown when force and moment vectors are equal zero. + + + Thrown if type could not be set for newly created point load. + + + 2024 + + + + + + + + Creates a new hosted point load within the project. + + + Document to which new point load will be added. + + + The AnalyticalMember host element for the point Load. + + + The start or end point of the Analytical Member element. + + + The applied 3d force vector. + + + The applied 3d moment vector. + + + The symbol of the PointLoad. Set to use default type. + + + If successful, returns the newly created PointLoad, otherwise. + + + The element hostElemId does not exist in the document + -or- + hostElemId is not permitted for this type of load. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + Thrown when force and moment vectors are equal zero. + + + Thrown if type could not be set for newly created point load. + + + 2023 + + + + + The moment vector applied to the point load, oriented according to OrientTo setting. + + + The default force unit is kN-m for metric, and kip-ft for imperial. + Use UnitUtils class methods to convert value from or to internal units. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + The force vector applied to the point load, oriented according to OrientTo setting. + + + The default force unit is kN for metric, and kip for imperial. + Use UnitUtils class methods to convert value from or to internal units. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Returns the position of point load, measured in decimal feet. + + + Loacation can be set only for hosted loads. + This method works for loads which are not constrained to their host. + To determine if load is hosted use property. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + When setting this property: This PointLoad is not a hosted load. + -or- + When setting this property: This PointLoad is a constrained load. + + + 2016 + + + + + An object that represents a force/moment applied to a single point. + Data members + + + + + + + + + Creates a copy of the given point light shape + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a point light shape object. + + + 2013 + + + + + This class encapsulates a point light shape. + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks if PointCloudOverrideSettings are valid + + + The tag identifying the particular scan/region within the PointCloudInstance element. + Tags can be obtained from PointCloudInstance via method getScans/getRegions. + + + Override settings to be checked. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Assigns override settings to a particular region within a PointCloudInstance element. + + + Id of the element to be overridden. + + + Override settings to be assigned. + + + The tag identifying the particular region within the PointCloudInstance element. + Tags can be obtained from PointCloudInstance via method getRegions. + + + Document containing the element to be overridden. + + + Thrown when supplied regionTag is not empty while doc is NULL + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The override settings are not valid. + + + 2017 + + + + + Assigns scan override settings to a particular scan within a PointCloudInstance element. + + + Id of the element to be overridden. + + + Override settings to be assigned. + + + The tag identifying the particular scan within the PointCloudInstance element. + Tags can be obtained from PointCloudInstance via method getScans. + + + Document containing the element to be overridden. + + + Thrown when supplied scanTag is not empty while doc is NULL + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The override settings are not valid. + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets override settings assigned to a particular region within a PointCloudInstance element. + + + Id of the overridden element. + + + The tag identifying the particular region within the PointCloudInstance element. + Tags can be obtained from PointCloudInstance via method getRegions. + + + Document containing the overridden element. + + + The override settings assigned to the region, if present, or a default override settings if nothing was found. + + + Thrown when supplied regionTag is not empty while doc is NULL + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets override settings assigned to a particular scan within a PointCloudInstance element. + + + Id of the overridden element. + + + The tag identifying the particular scan within the PointCloudInstance element. + Tags can be obtained from PointCloudInstance via method getScans. + + + Document containing the overridden element. + + + The override settings assigned to the scan, if present, or a default override settings if nothing was found. + + + Thrown when supplied scanTag is not empty while doc is NULL + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Assigns region override settings to the whole PointCloudInstance element. + + + Id of the element to be overridden. + + + Override settings to be assigned. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Assigns scan override settings to the whole PointCloudInstance element. + + + Id of the element to be overridden. + + + Override settings to be assigned. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets region override settings assigned to the whole PointCloudInstance element. + + + Id of the overridden element. + + + The override settings assigned to the element, if present, or a default override settings if nothing was found. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets scan override settings assigned to the whole PointCloudInstance element. + + + Id of the overridden element. + + + The override settings assigned to the element, if present, or a default override settings if nothing was found. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Assigns values of the source overrides to this object. + + + The source overrides. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Check if the contents of two overrides are equal. + + + The overrides to be compared. + + + True for equal, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs empty overrides object. + + + 2014 + + + + + Graphic overrides that are stored by a view to be applied to a PointCloudInstance element, or a scan within the element. + + + 2014 + + + + + Lookup color settings for the given color mode. + + + Color mode for which to lookup the color settings. + + + Color settings stored for the given color mode or default color settings if nothing is stored for the given color mode. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2014 + + + + + Sets color settings for the given color mode. + + + Color mode for which color settings are set. + + + Color settings to be set for the given color mode. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks if the contents of two settings are equal. + + + The settings to be compared. + + + True for equal, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Assigns values of the source settings to this object. + + + The source settings. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The current color mode for the PointCloudInstance element or its scan. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2014 + + + + + Visibility flag for point cloud scans. + + + This flag is used only for visibility of point cloud scans + because the visibility of the whole point cloud element is managed as for other elements hidden in the view. + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a copy of source object. + + + Source object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a settings object with default values. + + + 2014 + + + + + The graphic override settings for one PointCloudInstance element or one of its scans. + + + 2014 + + + + + Check if the contents of two settings are equal. + + + The settings to be compared. + + + True for equal, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Assigns values of the source settings to this object. + + + The source settings. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Color 2 + + + 2014 + + + + + Color 1 + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a copy of source object. + + + Source object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs color settings object from given colors. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs color settings object with default color for given color mode. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs color settings object with default colors. + + + 2014 + + + + + The color settings which are applied to a PointCloudInstance element, or one of its scans. + + + For different color modes (PointCloudColorMode), the color settings mean different things: + for single color, color1 means the display colorfor other modes (intensity, elevation), color1 and color2 form a gradient from min to maxfor no overrides and normals, color1 and color2 are not used + + 2014 + + + + + Extracts a collection of points based on a filter. + + + If there are more points in the cloud passing the filter than the number requested in this function, + the results may not be consistent if the same call is made again. + + + The filter to control which points are extracted. The filter should be passed in the coordinates + of the Revit model. + + + Desired average distance between "adjacent" cloud points (Revit units of length). + The smaller the averageDistance the larger number of points will be returned up to the numPoints limit. + Specifying this parameter makes actual number of points returned for a given filter independent of the + density of coverage produced by the scanner. + + + The maximum number of points requested. + + + A collection object containing points that pass the filter, but no more than the maximum number requested. + + + The number of points read must range from 1 to 1000000. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The given value for averageDistance must be no more than 30000 feet in absolute value. + + + 2014 + + + + + + + + Creates a new instance of a point cloud based on an input point cloud type and transformation. + + + The document in which the new instance is created + + + The element id of the PointCloudType. + + + The transform that defines the placement of the instance in the Revit document coordinate system. + + + The newly created point cloud instance. + + + The ElementId typeId is not a valid PointCloudType. + -or- + document is not a project document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + + + Identifies whether the instance contains a scan. + + + Name of the scan. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Sets active selection filter by cloning of the one passed to it. + + + The filter is provided in the coordinates of the Revit model. If the point cloud is + altered (e.g. by moving, rotating, scaling or other modifications) the point cloud + filter is not modified and the set of highlighted or isolated points will change. + The selection filter is not preserved when the Revit document is saved. + + + The filter object to be made active. If is supplied, the + active filter is removed. + + + + + Returns the currently active selection filter for this point cloud. + + + Currently active selection filter or if none is active. + + + + + Returns array of region names. + + + Resulting array of region names. + + + 2017 + + + + + Returns the origin point of a scan in model coordinates. + + + Name of the scan. + + + Resulting origin point of the scan. + + + PointCloudInstance does not contain scan scanName. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns array of scan names. + + + Resulting array of scan names. + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns true if at least one scan of the element have color, false otherwise. + + + True if at least one scan of the element have color, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Identifies whether the instance can have graphic overrides. + + + 2014 + + + + + The action taken based on the results of the selection filter applied to this point cloud. + + + If no selection filter is applied, changing this value will have no visible effect. + The filter is provided in the coordinates of the Revit model. If the point cloud is + altered (e.g. by moving, rotating, scaling or other modifications) the point cloud + filter is not modified and the set of highlighted or isolated points will change. + The filter action is not preserved when the Revit document is saved. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + Represents a single instance of a point cloud in the Revit document. + + + + + An enumerated type containing the type of actions that may be taken with a selection filter applied to a point cloud. + + + 2012 + + + + + Only points that pass the filter are visible. + + + + + Points that pass the filter are highlighted. + + + + + Selection filter is ignored. + + + + + Computes outline of a part of a box that satisfies given PointCloudFilter. + + + Point cloud filter. + + + A box aligned with coordinate axes. + + + The bounding box of the set of all points within the original box that satisfy the filter. + Not every point within the resulting outline satisfies the filter, but any point that is contained + in the original box and satisfies the filter is guaranteed to be within the resulting outline. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + Utilities specific to point cloud filters. + + + 2012 + + + + + Creates a new point cloud filter based upon planar boundaries. + + + The filter will check whether a point is located on the "positive" side of each plane, + as indicated by the positive direction of the plane normal. Therefore, such filter implicitly defines a volume, + which is the intersection of the positive half-spaces corresponding to all the planes. + This volume does not have to be closed, but it will always be convex. + + + All planes used for filtering; positive direction of the normal should point inside the volume of interest. + Only points on the "positive" side of all planes will pass the filter. + + + Filter object; can be used to get representative set of cloud points passing through the filter. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Creates a new point cloud filter based upon planar boundaries. + + + The filter will check whether a point is located on the "positive" side of each plane, + as indicated by the positive direction of the plane normal. Therefore, such filter implicitly defines a volume, + which is the intersection of the positive half-spaces corresponding to all the planes. + This volume does not have to be closed, but it will always be convex. + + + All planes used for filtering; positive direction of the normal should point inside the volume of interest. + + + This value represents the number of planes (taken in order of their addition) which will be used + for exact filtering of individual points. Other planes in the filter will be used for faster, + but inexact filtering based on cells. + + + Filter object; can be used to get representative set of cloud points passing through the filter. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + A factory class for creating point cloud filters. + + + 2012 + + + + + Color mode of a point cloud or part of a point cloud + + + 2014 + + + + + Color by normal vectors + + + + + Color by intensity (reflectivity) + + + + + Color by elevation + + + + + Show a single color + + + + + Show the actual colors + + + + + Breaks the pipe curve into two parts at the given position. + + + This method is not applicable for breaking the flex pipe. + + + The document. + + + The element id of the pipe curve to break. + + + The break point on the pipe curve. + + + The new pipe curve element id if successful otherwise if a failure occurred an invalidElementId is returned. + + + "The element is neither a pipe nor a pipe placeholder." + -or- + "The given point is not on the pipe curve." + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Checks if there is open piping connector for the given element - object of pipe curve, pipe fitting or pipe accessory. + + + The document. + + + Element id to check. + + + True if given element has open piping connector, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Places caps on the open connectors of the pipe curve, pipe fitting or pipe accessory. + + + In order to place the cap, the cap type should be defined in the routing preferences that associates with the pipe type of the given element. + If the typeId is a valid element id, it will be used to override the pipe type that associates with the pipe type of the given element. + + + The document. + + + Element id of pipe curve, pipe fitting or pipe accessory. + + + Pipe type element id. + Default is invalidElementId. + + + The element elemId does not exist in the document + -or- + The element elemId is neither an object of pipe curve, pipe fitting, nor pipe accessory. + -or- + The element elemId has no opened piping connector. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + this operation failed. + + + 2014 + + + + + Connects placeholders that looks like Cross connection. + + + The placeholders may or may not have physical connection. However + a) The ends of four connectors should intersect at same point; + b) the first and second placeholders should be collinear each other; + c) the third and fourth placeholders should be collinear each other and + d) the third and fourth should have intersection with first or second placeholder. + If connection fails, the placeholders cannot be physically connected. + + + The document. + + + The first end connector of placeholder to be connected to the second. + + + The second end connector of placeholder to be connected to the first. + + + The third end connector of placeholder to be connected to the forth. + + + The fourth end connector of placeholder to be connected to the third. + + + True if connection succeeds, false otherwise. + + + The owner of connector is not pipe placeholder. + -or- + The owners of connectors belong to different types of system. + -or- + The curves of connector1 and connector2 are not collinear or either the connecto1 or connector2 is not connector of curve end. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Connects placeholders that looks like Cross connection. + + + If connection fails, the placeholders cannot be physically connected. + + + The document. + + + The first element Id of pipe placeholder. + + + The second element Id of pipe placeholder that intersects with first one. + + + The third element Id of pipe placeholder that intersects with first one. + + + True if connection succeeds, false otherwise. + + + The element id placeholder1Id is not pipe placeholder. + -or- + The element id placeholder2Id is not pipe placeholder. + -or- + The element id placeholder3Id is not pipe placeholder. + -or- + The elements belong to different types of system. + -or- + The curve placeholder2Id does not connect on the curve placeholder1Id or vice versa. + -or- + The curve placeholder3Id does not connect on the curve placeholder1Id or vice versa. + -or- + The curve placeholder2Id and placeholder3Id are not collinear. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Connects placeholders that looks like Cross connection. + + + The placeholders must intersect each other. If connection succeeds, a new + placeholder is created. If connection fails, the placeholders cannot be physically connected. + + + The document. + + + The first element Id of pipe placeholder. + + + The second element Id of pipe placeholder. + + + True if connection succeeds, false otherwise. + + + The element id placeholder1Id is not pipe placeholder. + -or- + The element id placeholder2Id is not pipe placeholder. + -or- + The elements belong to different types of system. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Connects three placeholders that looks like Tee connection. + + + The three placeholders may or may not have physically connections. However, + the first one should be collinear with the second and third one must have + intersection with first and second. + If first placeholder and second placeholder have the same size, the second one + is merged with first one and original placeholder element will be invalid. + If connection fails, the placeholders cannot be physically connected. + + + The document. + + + The first end connector of placeholder to be connected to the second. + + + The second end connector of placeholder to be connected to the first. + + + The third end connector of placeholder to be connected to the first or second. + + + True if connection succeeds, false otherwise. + + + The owner of connector is not pipe placeholder. + -or- + The owners of connectors belong to different types of system. + -or- + The curves of connector1 and connector2 are not collinear or either the connecto1 or connector2 is not connector of curve end. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Connects two placeholders that looks like Tee connection. + + + The second placeholder must have physically connection with the first one. + If connection fails, the placeholders cannot be physically connected. + + + The document. + + + The first element Id of pipe placeholder. + + + The second element Id of pipe placeholder which connects to first. + + + True if connection succeeds, false otherwise. + + + The element id placeholder1Id is not pipe placeholder. + -or- + The element id placeholder2Id is not pipe placeholder. + -or- + The elements belong to different types of system. + -or- + The curve placeholder2Id does not connect on the curve placeholder1Id or vice versa. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Connects placeholders that looks like elbow connection. + + + The placeholders may have physical connection or may not connect at all. + In the latter case, the first one connects to the end of second one. + If connection fails, the placeholders cannot be physically connected. + + + The document. + + + The first end connector of placeholder to be connected to. + + + The second end connector of placeholder to be connected to. + + + True if connection succeeds, false otherwise. + + + The owner of connector is not pipe placeholder. + -or- + The owners of connectors belong to different types of system. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Connects placeholders that looks like elbow connection. + + + There must be a physical end connection of placeholders. + If connection fails, the placeholders cannot be physically connected. + + + The document. + + + The element Id of pipe placeholder. + + + The element Id of pipe placeholder. + + + True if connection succeeds, false otherwise. + + + The element id placeholder1Id is not pipe placeholder. + -or- + The element id placeholder2Id is not pipe placeholder. + -or- + The elements belong to different types of system. + -or- + The curve placeholder1Id and placeholder2Id are not physically connected. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Converts a collection of pipe placeholder elements into pipe elements. + + + Once conversion succeeds, the pipe placeholder elements are deleted. + The new pipe and fitting elements are created and connections are established. + + + The document. + + + A collection of element IDs of pipe placeholders. + + + A collection of element IDs of pipe and fitting. + + + The given element id set is empty. + -or- + The given element ids (placeholderIds) are not pipe placeholders. + -or- + The elements belong to different types of system. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + General utility methods in the Autodesk Revit MEP product. + + + 2012 + + + + + The property labeled "Tint Color" from the "PlasticVinyl" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Tint" from the "PlasticVinyl" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Amount" from the "PlasticVinyl" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 2". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Image" from the "PlasticVinyl" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyReference" and will only contain a reference to a connected image. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Relief Pattern" from the "PlasticVinyl" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyInteger" with accepted values in the enumerated type "PlasticvinylPatternType". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Amount" from the "PlasticVinyl" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 1". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Image" from the "PlasticVinyl" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyReference" and will only contain a reference to a connected image. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Finish Bumps" from the "PlasticVinyl" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyInteger" with accepted values in the enumerated type "PlasticvinylBumpType". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Finish" from the "PlasticVinyl" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyInteger" with accepted values in the enumerated type "PlasticvinylApplicationType". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Color By Object" from the "PlasticVinyl" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Color" from the "PlasticVinyl" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Type" from the "PlasticVinyl" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyInteger" with accepted values in the enumerated type "PlasticvinylType". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + A static class that provides access to the property names that appear in the PlasticVinyl visual asset schema. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + An enumerated type representing the options for setting the range for a plan view. + + + 2013 + + + + + View range is the level below + + + + + View range is the current level + + + + + View range is the level above + + + + + View range is unlimited + + + + + Set the offset value associated with a View Depth plane + + + View Depth plane + + + Offset value + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + Get the offset value associated with a View Depth plane + + + View Depth plane + + + Offset value + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + Set the level for a View Depth plane + + + The View Depth plane + + + Id of the level + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + Get the element id of the level for a View Depth plane + + + The plane whose level will be returned + + + Id of the level + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + View range for the current plane + + + 2013 + + + + + View range for the level below the specified plane + + + 2013 + + + + + View range for the level above the specified plane + + + 2013 + + + + + View range is unlimited + + + 2013 + + + + + This class represents the view range of a plan view or a plan region. + It records the element ids of the levels which a plane is relative to + and the offset of each plane from that level. + + + 2013 + + + + + + + + + Locations where view range offsets can be specified. + + + 2013 + + + + + Underlay Bottom Plane + + + + + View Depth Plane + + + + + Bottom Clip Plane + + + + + Top Clip Plane + + + + + Cut Plane + + + + + This enumerated type represents the possible directions for a plan view. + + + 2013 + + + + + Revit looks up to the plan view + + + + + Revit looks down onto the plan view + + + + + View does not use Plan View Direction + + + + + Creates a new instance of a PipeSegment and adds it to the document. + + + The document where the PipeSegment will be created and added. + + + The ElementId of the MaterialElem of the pipe segment. + + + The ElementId of the PipeScheduleType of the pipe segment. + + + A set of one or more sizes. + + + The newly created pipe segment element. + + + The size list is empty. + -or- + The MaterialId and ScheduleId was already used by another pipe segment. Please use a new Material, a new Schedule/Type, or both. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + 2013 + + + + + The ElementId of the PipeScheduleType. + + + 2013 + + + + + The PipeSegment class represents an instance of pipe segment which has the design + data for routing preference. + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets the defined sizes of the segment. + + + 2013 + + + + + Remove the existing MEPSize with this nominal diameter from the segment. + + + Does nothing if there is no existing MEPSize with this nominal diameter. + + + The nominal diameter of the size. + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + The last size of the segment cannot be removed. + + + 2013 + + + + + Adds a new MEPSize to the segment. + + + The new MEPSize to be added. + + + There is already a same size in the settings. + -or- + The size already exists in the segment. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + 2013 + + + + + The number of size objects in the segment. + + + 2013 + + + + + The ElementId of the MaterialElem. + + + 2013 + + + + + The roughness value for given material. + + + When setting this property: None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + 2013 + + + + + The description of the segment. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + When setting this property: None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + 2013 + + + + + This element represents a segment of an MEP curve object. + + + Currently, only pipe curves can be broken into separate segment elements. + + + 2013 + + + + + + + + + Resets the field to its default value. + + + The default value is zero for numeric fields, invalid value for identifiers and + entities, and empty for strings and containers. + + This method is a shortcut that will look up the field by name. If you want to call it + on many entities, it is faster if you look up the field yourself. + + + The name of the field to clear. + + + The name matches no field in this Entity's Schema. + -or- + This field's subschema prevents writing. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This Entity is invalid. + + + 2012 + + + + + Resets the field to its default value. + + + The default value is zero for numeric fields, invalid value for identifiers and + entities, and empty for strings and containers. + + + The field to clear. + + + The Field belongs to a different Schema from this Entity, or this Entity is invalid. + -or- + This field's subschema prevents writing. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Checks whether a Field belongs to the same Schema as this Entity. + + + The Field to check. + + + True if the Field belongs to the same Schema as this Entity. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Checks whether this Entity may be stored by the current add-in. + + + True if write access is allowed. + + + 2012 + + + + + Checks whether this Entity may be retrieved by the current add-in. + + + True if read access is allowed. + + + 2012 + + + + + Checks whether this Entity has a live Schema corresponding to it. + + + Invalid entities may be used as token values. E.g., setting an invalid subentity + is equivalent to deleting the stored one. + + + True if the Entity is valid. + + + 2012 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The GUID of the Schema describing this Entity. + + + 2012 + + + + + The Schema describing this Entity. + + + 2012 + + + + + Stores the value of the field in the entity. + + +

+ The template parameter must match the type of the field (specified when creating the + Schema) exactly; this method does not perform data type conversions. The types for containers are + IList for arrays and + IDictionary for maps. +

+

+ This method only modifies your copy of the Entity. Store the Entity in an element or + another Entity to save the new value. Write access check is not performed on each call + to Set. Instead, write access is checked when you try to save the Entity in an Element + or another Entity. +

+

+ This method is a shortcut that will look up the field by name. If you want to call it + on many entities, it is faster if you look up the field yourself. +

+
+ + The name of the field to update. + + + Identifier of the unit from which the value will be converted before storing. Must be compatible with the spec + specified when creating the Schema. + + + A non-optional argument was NULL + + + The Field belongs to a different Schema from this Entity, or this Entity is invalid. + + + Requested type does not match the field type. + + + The name matches no field in this Entity's Schema. + + + The unitTypeId value is not compatible with the field description. + + + This field's subschema prevents writing. + + + Invalid floating-point value. + + + 2012 + + + The type of the field + +
+ + + Stores the value of the field in the entity. + + +

+ The template parameter must match the type of the field (specified when creating the + Schema) exactly; this method does not perform data type conversions. The types for containers are + IList for arrays and + IDictionary for maps. +

+

+ This method only modifies your copy of the Entity. Store the Entity in an element or + another Entity to save the new value. Write access check is not performed on each call + to Set. Instead, write access is checked when you try to save the Entity in an Element + or another Entity. +

+
+ + The field to update. + + + Identifier of the unit from which the value will be converted before storing. Must be compatible with the spec + specified when creating the Schema. + + + A non-optional argument was NULL + + + The Field belongs to a different Schema from this Entity, or this Entity is invalid. + + + Requested type does not match the field type. + + + The unitTypeId value is not compatible with the field description. + + + This field's subschema prevents writing. + + + Invalid floating-point value. + + + 2012 + + + The type of the field + +
+ + + Stores the value of the field in the entity. + + +

+ The template parameter must match the type of the field (specified when creating the + Schema) exactly; this method does not perform data type conversions. The types for containers are + IList for arrays and + IDictionary for maps. +

+

+ Note that when string values are specified as map keys, + they are case-insensitive. +

+

+ This method only modifies your copy of the Entity. Store the Entity in an element or + another Entity to save the new value. Write access check is not performed on each call + to Set. Instead, write access is checked when you try to save the Entity in an Element + or another Entity. +

+

+ This method is a shortcut that will look up the field by name. If you want to call it + on many entities, it is faster if you look up the field yourself. +

+
+ + The name of the field to update. + + + A non-optional argument was NULL + + + The Field belongs to a different Schema from this Entity, or this Entity is invalid. + + + Requested type does not match the field type. + + + The name matches no field in this Entity's Schema. + + + For floating-point fields, use the overload taking a ForgeTypeId parameter. + + + This field's subschema prevents writing. + + + Invalid floating-point value. + + + String is too long; exceeds max length of 16mb characters. + + + 2012 + + + The type of the field + +
+ + + Stores the value of the field in the entity. + + +

+ The template parameter must match the type of the field (specified when creating the + Schema) exactly; this method does not perform data type conversions. The types for containers are + IList for arrays and + IDictionary for maps. +

+

+ Note that when string values are specified as map keys, + they are case-insensitive. +

+

+ This method only modifies your copy of the Entity. Store the Entity in an element or + another Entity to save the new value. Write access check is not performed on each call + to Set. Instead, write access is checked when you try to save the Entity in an Element + or another Entity. +

+
+ + The field to update. + + + A non-optional argument was NULL + + + The Field belongs to a different Schema from this Entity, or this Entity is invalid. + + + Requested type does not match the field type. + + + For floating-point fields, use the overload taking a ForgeTypeId parameter. + + + This field's subschema prevents writing. + + + Invalid floating-point value. + + + String is too long; exceeds max length of 16mb characters. + + + 2012 + + + The type of the field + +
+ + + Retrieves the value of the field in the entity. + + +

+ The template parameter must match the type of the field (specified when creating the + Schema) exactly; this method does not perform data type conversions. The types for containers are + IList for arrays and + IDictionary for maps. +

+

+ This method is a shortcut that will look up the field by name. If you want to call it + on many entities, it is faster if you look up the field yourself. +

+
+ + The name of the field to retrieve. + + + Identifier of the unit to which the value will be converted before returning. Must be compatible with the spec + specified when creating the Schema. + + + A non-optional argument was NULL + + + The Field belongs to a different Schema from this Entity, or this Entity is invalid. + + + Requested type does not match the field type. + + + The name matches no field in this Entity's Schema. + + + The unitTypeId value is not compatible with the field description. + + + This field's subschema prevents reading. + + + 2012 + + + The type of the field + +
+ + + Retrieves the value of the field in the entity. + + +

+ The template parameter must match the type of the field (specified when creating the + Schema) exactly; this method does not perform data type conversions. The types for containers are + IList for arrays and + IDictionary for maps. +

+
+ + The field to retrieve. + + + Identifier of the unit to which the value will be converted before returning. Must be compatible with the spec + specified when creating the Schema. + + + A non-optional argument was NULL + + + The Field belongs to a different Schema from this Entity, or this Entity is invalid. + + + Requested type does not match the field type. + + + The unitTypeId value is not compatible with the field description. + + + This field's subschema prevents reading. + + + 2012 + + + The type of the field + +
+ + + Retrieves the value of the field in the entity. + + +

+ The template parameter must match the type of the field (specified when creating the + Schema) exactly; this method does not perform data type conversions. The types for containers are + IList for arrays and + IDictionary for maps. +

+

+ This method is a shortcut that will look up the field by name. If you want to call it + on many entities, it is faster if you look up the field yourself. +

+
+ + The name of the field to retrieve. + + + A non-optional argument was NULL + + + The Field belongs to a different Schema from this Entity, or this Entity is invalid. + + + Requested type does not match the field type. + + + The name matches no field in this Entity's Schema. + + + For floating-point fields, use the overload taking a ForgeTypeId parameter. + + + This field's subschema prevents reading. + + + 2012 + + + The type of the field + +
+ + + Retrieves the value of the field in the entity. + + +

+ The template parameter must match the type of the field (specified when creating the + Schema) exactly; this method does not perform data type conversions. The types for containers are + IList for arrays and + IDictionary for maps. +

+
+ + The field to retrieve. + + + A non-optional argument was NULL + + + The Field belongs to a different Schema from this Entity, or this Entity is invalid. + + + Requested type does not match the field type. + + + For floating-point fields, use the overload taking a ForgeTypeId parameter. + + + This field's subschema prevents reading. + + + 2012 + + + The type of the field + +
+ + + Creates a new Entity corresponding to the Schema of the specified GUID. + + + You can store the newly created Entity in an Element or in another Entity. + If you do not have write access to the Schema, an exception will be thrown. + If the GUID does not correspond to a known Schema, the Entity will be invalid + and an exception will be thrown. + + + The GUID does not correspond to any Schema in memory. + + + Writing of Entities of this Schema is not allowed to the current add-in. + + + 2012 + + + + + Creates a new Entity corresponding to the Schema. + + + You can store the newly created Entity in an Element or in another Entity. + If you do not have write access to the Schema, an exception will be thrown. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Writing of Entities of this Schema is not allowed to the current add-in. + + + 2012 + + + + + The default-constructed Entity is invalid. + + + Invalid entities may be used as token values. E.g., setting an invalid subentity + is equivalent to deleting the stored one. + + + 2012 + + + + + Constructs a new copy of the input ESEntity object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + An object stored in the Extensible Storage framework. An Entity is described by a Schema, + which serves both to identify an Entity, and to describe its contents (Fields). + + + An Entity is similar to an object in most object-oriented languages, while a Schema is the + class of that object. + + The Get and Set methods are central - they provide access to the fields of the Entity. + + Note that an unitialized Entity retrieved from an Element or another Entity (if it has not + been created yet) will be represented as an invalid entity, not . + + If an Element containing an Entity is split (e.g., a wall split), the Entity and its data will exist + in both new Elements. + + If an Element containing an Entity is copied, the Element copy will also contain a copy of the Entity and its data. + + If an Entity stores an ElementId, and the Element with that ElementId is deleted, the stored + ElementId will automatically be set to ElementId.InvalidElementId (-1). + + + 2012 + + + + + Gets the spec describing the values stored in this field. + + + Identifier of the spec. + + + 2012 + + + + + Checks whether there is write access to subentities storable in this field. + + + True if subentities are writable. + + + 2012 + + + + + Checks whether there is read access to subentities storable in this field. + + + True if subentities are readable. + + + 2012 + + + + + Checks if the specified unit is compatible with the field description. + + + The unit to check. + + + True if the unit is compatible, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The Schema describing the subentity (or subentities) stored in this Field. + + + 2012 + + + + + The type of the keys stored in the field. + + + For key-value maps, this is the key type. For all other field, this is NULL. + + + 2012 + + + + + The type of the values stored in the field. + + + For key-value maps, this is the value type. + + + 2012 + + + + + The overall description of the Field. + + + 2012 + + + + + Reports whether this is a simple field containing one value, + or a container of multiple values. + + + 2012 + + + + + The GUID of the Schema describing the subentity (or subentities) stored in this Field. + + + 2012 + + + + + The Schema to which this Field belongs. + + + 2012 + + + + + The name of the field. + + + 2012 + + + + + The description of a field within a Schema in the Extensible Storage framework. Contains + the field's name, type, access control and documentation. + + + 2012 + + + + + Gets the Id of the fiting or accessory instance + + + The element Id of the fiting or accessory instance. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the connector data of the pipe fitting or pipe accessory. + + + PipeFittingAndAccessoryConnectorData contains connector data which is needed to calculate coefficient. + such as width, height, diameter and flow. + + + All connector data. + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns an Entity of the Schema of the serverGUID. + + + The Entity that is returned is a copy of the stored data (with copy-on-write optimization). + Modifying it is allowed (even with restricted write), but to save your changes you must call SetEntity. + + + The Entity. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The fluid density of the pipe fitting or pipe accessory, Units: (kg/ft³). + + + 2014 + + + + + The fluid dynamic viscosity of the pipe fitting or pipe accessory, Units: (kg/(ft·s)). + + + 2014 + + + + + The origin position of the pipe fitting or pipe accessory. + + + 2014 + + + + + The system classification of the pipe fitting or pipe accessory. + + + 2014 + + + + + The behavior type of the pipe fitting or pipe accessory. + + + 2014 + + + + + The part type of the pipe fitting or pipe accessory. + + + 2014 + + + + + The GUID of the pipe fitting or pipe accessory. + + + 2014 + + + + + The input data used by external servers for calculation of the pipe fitting and pipe accessory coefficient. + + + A FamilyInstance is the input data for the calculation, + and the result is coefficient for each connector. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the coordination of the connector + + + The coordination of the connector + + + 2017 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The connector profile. + + + 2014 + + + + + The connector velocity pressure. Units: (kg/(ft·s²)). + + + 2014 + + + + + The connector flow, Units:(ft³/s) + + + 2014 + + + + + The flow direction of this connector, In or Out. + + + 2014 + + + + + The index of the connector which is linked with this connector + + + 2014 + + + + + Return the index of this connector + + + 2014 + + + + + The angle of the fitting, Units:(rad). + + + 2014 + + + + + The connector diameter, Units:(ft). + + + 2014 + + + + + The connector height, Units:(ft). + + + 2014 + + + + + The connector width, Units:(ft). + + + 2014 + + + + + The input data used by external servers for calculation of the pipe fitting and pipe accessory coefficient. + + + width, height, diameter, flow, velocity pressure and connector index are input data for the calculation, + + + 2014 + + + + + The tilt angle. + + + The tilt angle as a numerical value in degrees between -180.0 and 180.0. + + + When setting this property: The angle is not valid because it is not between -180.0 and 180.0. + + + 2013 + + + + + The filename of an IES photometric web file. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a copy of the given photometric web light distribution + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a photometric web light distribution object with the given filename and tilt. + + + The filename of the IES file to use. + + + The tilt angle as a numerical value in degrees between -180.0 and 180.0. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The angle is not valid because it is not between -180.0 and 180.0. + + + 2013 + + + + + This class encapsulates a photometric web light distribution. + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a new phase filter with default status presentation. + + + The default status presentation is ShowByCategory for New status, and ShowOverriden for Existing, + Demolished and Temporary statuses. + + + The document. + + + The name. + + + The newly created phase filter. + + + name is already in use. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Sets the phase status presentation. + + + The element phase status. + + + The phase status presentation. + + + status is invalid for presentation query. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets the phase status presentation. + + + The element phase status. + + + The phase status presentation. + + + status is invalid for presentation query. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + Indicates whether this filter is the default one. + + + 2013 + + + + + Represents an phase filter within Autodesk Revit. + + + 2013 + + + + + An enumerated type listing the options for element display in a phase filter. + + + 2013 + + + + + Show elements from the given phase status by graphics overrides. + + + + + Show elements from the given phase status by category. + + + + + Don't show elements from the given phase status. + + + + Provides a container of all Revit built-in PerformanceAdviserRuleId instances. + + + Compares two PerformanceAdviserRuleId instances. + The first PerformanceAdviserRuleId. + The second PerformanceAdviserRuleId. + True if the inputs are different, false if they are identical. + + + Compares two PerformanceAdviserRuleId instances. + The first PerformanceAdviserRuleId. + The second PerformanceAdviserRuleId. + True if the inputs are identical, false if they are different. + + + Creates a new PerformanceAdviserRuleId instance. + The identifier for the PerformanceAdviserRuleId. + + + + The unique identifier of a PerformanceAdviserRule + + + Each performance adviser rule registered in application must be given a unique id + that can be used to identify and unregister rule later. + + + 2012 + + + + + Retrieves the description of the rule. + + + Method should return a brief (one-two sentences) description of the rule. String should be localized. + + + The description of the rule. + + + 2012 + + + + + Retrieves the name of the rule. + + + Method should return a short string naming the rule, typically as a one word in TitleCase. String should be localized. + + + The name of the rule. + + + 2012 + + + + + Retrieves a filter to restrict elements to be checked. + + + If the rule needs to be executed on individual elements, + it should return a filter that defines what elements the rule should apply to. + Otherwise, nothing (i.e. null) should be returned. + If filter is returned, it should stay valid till the end of the check. + + + Document for which performance problems are being checked. + + + The filter to restrict elements to be checked. + + + 2012 + + + + + Reports if rule needs to be executed on individual elements. + + + True if rule needs to be executed on individual elements. + + + 2012 + + + + + Invoked by performance advisor for each element to be checked. + + + Document for which performance problems are being checked. + + + The Element being checked for performance problems. + + + 2012 + + + + + Invoked by performance advisor once in the end of the check. + + + Document for which performance problems are being checked. + + + 2012 + + + + + Invoked by performance advisor once in the beginning of the check. If rule checks document as a whole, + the check can be performed in this method. + + + Document for which performance problems are being checked. + + + 2012 + + + + + Retrieves the description of the rule. + + + Method should return a brief (one-two sentences) description of the rule. String should be localized. + + + The description of the rule. + + + 2012 + + + + + Retrieves the name of the rule. + + + Method should return a short string naming the rule, typically as a one word in TitleCase. String should be localized. + + + The name of the rule. + + + 2012 + + + + + Retrieves a filter to restrict elements to be checked. + + + If the rule needs to be executed on individual elements, + it should return a filter that defines what elements the rule should apply to. + Otherwise, nothing (i.e. null) should be returned. + If filter is returned, it should stay valid till the end of the check. + + + Document for which performance problems are being checked. + + + The filter to restrict elements to be checked. + + + 2012 + + + + + Reports if rule needs to be executed on individual elements. + + + True if rule needs to be executed on individual elements. + + + 2012 + + + + + Invoked by performance advisor for each element to be checked. + + + Document for which performance problems are being checked. + + + The Element being checked for performance problems. + + + 2012 + + + + + Invoked by performance advisor once in the end of the check. + + + Document for which performance problems are being checked. + + + 2012 + + + + + Invoked by performance advisor once in the beginning of the check. If rule checks document as a whole, + the check can be performed in this method. + + + Document for which performance problems are being checked. + + + 2012 + + + + + Base class to derive specific performance adviser rules from. + + + 2012 + + + + + Checks if the FailureMessage should be merged with the other FailureMessage for better user experience. + + + Messages should be merged if all user-visible information except failing elements is the same, + failure resolution types are the same and merging lists of failing elements keeps message text applicable to all of them equally. + Method is used by the Revit UI to display multiple messages as one. + + + True if messages should be merged + + + messageToMergeWith has not been properly initialized. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This FailureMessageAccessor has not been properly initialized. + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates a copy of the FailureMessage. + + + Copy of the FailureMesassge. + + + This FailureMessageAccessor has not been properly initialized. + + + 2011 + + + + + Retrieves the type of resolution to be used to resolve the failure. + + + If the current resolution type was never set for the failure, FailureResolutionType::Default is returned. + + + The type of failure resolution to be used to resolve the failure. + + + This FailureMessageAccessor has not been properly initialized. + -or- + This FailureMessageAccessor does not have any resolutions. + + + 2011 + + + + + Sets the type of a resolution to be used to resolve the failure. + + + When FailuresAccessor is used to resolve failures, it will execute resolutions based on current resolution type. + If no current resolution type is set, the default resolution type will be used. + Setting is performed on the FailureMessageAccessor object itself, so if there are several accessors issued + for the same FailureMessage, setting of the resolution type performed on one of them does not impact the others. + + + The type of failure resolution to be used to resolve the failure. + + + This FailureMessageAccessor has no resolution of resolutionType. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + This FailureMessageAccessor has not been properly initialized. + -or- + This FailureMessageAccessor does not have any resolutions. + + + 2011 + + + + + Retrieves Ids of Elements that have not caused the failure but are related to it + Checks if the failure has resolution of a given resolution type. + + + Ids of Elements related to the failure + + + This FailureMessageAccessor has not been properly initialized. + + + 2011 + + + + + Retrieves number of resolutions that can be used to resolve failure. + + + If number of resolutions is zero, the failure cannot be resolved. If severity of the failure is Warning, + it can be deleted. Otherwise, the only option is to cancel current operation and roll back the transaction + + + Number of resolutions that can be used to resolve failure + + + This FailureMessageAccessor has not been properly initialized. + + + 2011 + + + + + Retrieves Ids of Elements that have caused the failure. + + + Ids of Elements that have caused the failure. + + + This FailureMessageAccessor has not been properly initialized. + + + 2011 + + + + + Retrieves the caption of default resolution of the failure. + + + The caption of default resolution of the failure. + + + This FailureMessageAccessor has not been properly initialized. + + + 2011 + + + + + Checks if failure has a resolution of a given type. + + + The type of resolution. + + + True if failure has a resolution of a given type, false otherwise. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + This FailureMessageAccessor has not been properly initialized. + + + 2011 + + + + + Checks if the failure has any resolutions. + + + True if the failure has any resolutions, false otherwise. + + + This FailureMessageAccessor has not been properly initialized. + + + 2011 + + + + + Retrieves the description of the failure. + + + The description text. + + + This FailureMessageAccessor has not been properly initialized. + + + 2011 + + + + + Retrieves the severity of the failure. + + + The severity of the failure. + + + This FailureMessageAccessor has not been properly initialized. + + + 2011 + + + + + Retrieves the Id of the FailureDefinition of the failure. + + + The Id of the FailureDefinition of the failure. + + + This FailureMessageAccessor has not been properly initialized. + + + 2011 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Restricted accessor for FailureMessage. + + + Provides access to a FailureMessage stored in a Document. Reading of the information from the FailureMessage is allowed, + changing of information is generally not allowed, except setting of the current resolution type. + + + 2011 + + + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This FailureMessage is already posted to a document + + + 2011 + + + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This FailureMessage is already posted to a document + + + 2011 + + + + + Checks if failure has a resolution of a given type. + + + The type of resolution. + + + True if the failure has a type of resolutions, else false. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + Checks if the failure has any resolutions. + + + True if the failure has any resolutions, false otherwise. + + + 2011 + + + + + Retrieves the caption of the default resolution of the failure. + + + The caption of the default resolution of the failure. + + + This FailureMessage does not have any resolutions. + + + 2011 + + + + + Retrieves the id of the failure definition for the failure. + + + The id of the FailureDefinition for the failure. + + + 2011 + + + + + Retrieves the description text of the failure. + + + The description text. + + + 2011 + + + + + Retrieves the severity of the failure. + + + The severity of the failure. + + + 2011 + + + + + Adds a resolution for the failure. + + + Each pair of FailureResolutionType and FailureResolution must have been defined in FailureDefinition, + and could only be added once. + + + The type of the resolution. + + + The resolution. + + + The FailureMessage. + + + type is not a valid resolution type for this FailureMessage. + -or- + resolution of type is not valid for this FailureMessage. + -or- + This FailureMessage already contains a resolution of type type. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + This FailureMessage is already posted to a document + + + 2011 + + + + + Retrieves list of the additional reference elements for the failure. + + + The additional elements. + + + 2011 + + + + + Retrieves list of the elements that have caused the failure. + + + The elements that have caused the failure. + + + 2011 + + + + + Sets the additional reference elements for the failure. + + + Additional elements are used to highlight additional information to the user. They are not + considered as causing the failure, but are related to it. User cannot delete them in extended error dialog. + + + The additional elements. + + + The FailureMessage. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This FailureMessage is already posted to a document + + + 2011 + + + + + Sets the additional reference element for the failure. + + + Additional elements are used to highlight additional information to the user. They are not + considered as causing the failure, but are related to it. User cannot delete them in extended error dialog. + + + The additional element. + + + The FailureMessage. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This FailureMessage is already posted to a document + + + 2011 + + + + + Sets the element that has caused the failure. + + + In Revit error dialog this element will be highlighted to the user and can be deleted by user via extended error dialog. + + + The element that has caused the failure. + + + The FailureMessage. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This FailureMessage is already posted to a document + + + 2011 + + + + + Sets elements that have caused the failure. + + + In the Revit error dialog these elements will be highlighted to the user and can be deleted by user via extended error dialog. + + + The elements that have caused the failure. + + + The FailureMessage. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This FailureMessage is already posted to a document + + + 2011 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates a new FailureMessage related to a given FailureDefinition. + + + Id of FailureDefinition. + + + id is valid or does not have corresponding failure definition. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Represents a message describing a failure of an operation in Revit. + + + Failure messages are typically shown to the user in the Revit error dialog. + This class contains the following information about the failures: + The basic description of the failure (retrieved from the FailureDefinition)The available resolutions for the failure.The elements related to the failure. + + 2011 + + + + + Retrieves the description of the rule. + + + The rule index to get information for. + + + The description of the rule. + + + 2012 + + + + + Retrieves the name of the rule. + + + The rule index to get information for. + + + The name of the rule. + + + 2012 + + + + + Retrieves a filter to restrict elements to be checked. + + + The rule index to get information for. + + + Document for which performance problems are being checked. + + + The filter to restrict elements to be checked. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Reports if rule needs to be executed on individual elements. + + + The rule index to get information for. + + + True if rule needs to be executed on individual elements. + + + 2012 + + + + + Retrieves the description of the rule. + + + The rule id to get information for. + + + The description of the rule. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Retrieves the name of the rule. + + + The rule id to get information for. + + + The name of the rule. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Retrieves a filter to restrict elements to be checked. + + + The rule id to get information for. + + + Document for which performance problems are being checked. + + + The filter to restrict elements to be checked. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Reports if rule needs to be executed on individual elements. + + + The rule id to get information for. + + + True if rule needs to be executed on individual elements. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Reports a problem detected during execution of a rule. + + + Warning describing the problem detected by a rule. + + + The message must have severity "warning". + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Performance advisor is not executing rules. + + + 2012 + + + + + Executes selected rules on a given document. + + + Disabled rules are not executed. + + + Document on which the rules will be executed. + + + Indices of rules to be executed. + + + Failure messages explaining performance problems detected in the document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Executes selected rules on a given document. + + + Document on which the rules will be executed. + + + Ids of rules to be executed. + + + Failure messages explaining performance problems detected in the document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Executes all rules in the list on a given document. + + + Disabled rules are not executed. + + + Document on which the rules will be executed. + + + Failure messages explaining performance problems detected in the document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Retrieves an enabled/disabled status for the given rule. + + + The rule id to set enabled/disabled status for. + + + True enables the rule, false disables. + + + The id does not correspond to any registered rule. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Retrieves an enabled/disabled status for the given rule. + + + The rule index to set enabled/disabled status for. + + + True enables the rule, false disables. + + + The index is outside of acceptable range. + + + 2012 + + + + + Retrieves an enabled/disabled status for the given rule. + + + The rule id to retrieve enabled/disabled status for. + + + True if rule is disabled, false otherwise. + + + The id does not correspond to any registered rule. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Retrieves an enabled/disabled status for the given rule. + + + The rule index to retrieve enabled/disabled status for. + + + True if rule is disabled, false otherwise. + + + The index is outside of acceptable range. + + + 2012 + + + + + Retrieves an enumeration of rule Ids. + + + A collection of rule Ids + + + 2012 + + + + + Retrieves an id of a rule for a given index in the list. + + + The index to retrieve the rule id for. + + + The rule id. + + + The index is outside of acceptable range. + + + 2012 + + + + + Retrieves number of performance adviser rules in the list. + + + Number of performance adviser rules in the list. + + + 2012 + + + + + Deletes a performance adviser rule from the list of rules. + + + An id of the rule to be deleted from the list of rules. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Adds a performance adviser rule to the list of rules. + + + An id of the rule to be added to the list of rules. + + + The rule to be added + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Returns the only instance of PerformanceAdviser in the Application. + + + The only instance of PerformanceAdviser in the Application. + + + 2012 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The tool to report performance problems in a given document. + + + Class is an application-wide singleton that performs a dual role: it is a repository of rules to run + in order to detect potential performance problems as well as an access point to execute checks. + + + 2012 + + + + + + + + + Creates a new PathReinforcementType object with a default name. + + + The document. + + + The newly created type id. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + An object that specifies the type of a Structural Path Reinforcement element in Autodesk Revit. + + + The clear cover settings can be accessed via this object. + + + + + Checks if orientation for alternating bars is valid. + + + An orientation. + + + True if orientation for alternating bars are valid. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2016 + + + + + Checks if orientation for primary bars is valid. + + + An orientation. + + + True if orientation for primary bars are valid. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2016 + + + + + Identifies whether an element id corresponds to a Rebar Shape element which can be used in Path Reinforcement. + + + The Rebar Shape has to be two dimensional shape only + and its neighbouring segments may form only right angles. + + + The document. + + + An element id. + + + True if the specified element id corresponds to a Rebar Shape element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Checks if alternating bars are present in Path Reinforcement. + + + True if the alternating bars exist in Path Reinforcement instance. + + + 2016 + + + + + Sets Path Reinforcement to be shown unobscured in a view. + + + The view element + + + True if Path Reinforcement is shown unobscured, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This element doesn't have valid visibility data. + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks if Path Reinforcement is shown unobscured in a view. + + + The view element + + + True if Path Reinforcement is shown unobscured, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This element doesn't have valid visibility data. + + + 2014 + + + + + The element that contains the Path Reinforcement. + + + The element that the Path Reinforcement object belongs to, such as a structural + wall, floor or foundation. + + + + + Retrieves the set of ElementIds of curves forming the boundary of the Path Reinforcement. + + + Each ElementId in the collection is an Id of an Element of type ModelCurve. + + + A collection of ElementIds of ModelCurve elements. + + + + + + + + + Converts all RebarInSystem elements owned by the input PathReinforcement to equivalent Rebar elements. + + + The document. + + + A PathReinforcement element in the document. + + + The ids of the newly created Rebar elements. + + + The element system was not found in the given document. + -or- + system does not host Rebar. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Deletes the specified PathReinforcement, and converts its RebarInSystem + elements to equivalent Rebar elements. + + + The document. + + + A PathReinforcement element in the document. + + + The ids of the newly created Rebar elements. + + + The element system was not found in the given document. + -or- + system does not host Rebar. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns the ids of the RebarInSystem elements owned by the PathReinforcement + element. + + + The RebarInSystem elements are only created if + ReinforcementSettings.HostStructuralRebar is set to true. If that setting + is false, this function returns an empty array. + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a new RebarShape object with a default name or + returns existing one which fulfills Path Reinforcement bending data requirements. + + + The document. + + + The id of the RebarBarType. + + + The id of the RebarHookType for the start of the bar. + If this parameter is InvalidElementId, it means to create a rebar with no start hook. + + + The id of the RebarHookType for the end of the bar. + If this parameter is InvalidElementId, it means to create a rebar with no end hook. + + + Rebar Shape id. + + + rebarBarTypeId should refer to an RebarBarType element. + -or- + startRebarHookTypeId should be invalid or refer to an RebarHookType element. + -or- + endRebarHookTypeId should be invalid or refer to an RebarHookType element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Creates a new PathReinforcement object from an array of curves and given Rebar Shape id. + + + The method sets Rebar Shape of primary bars only. + + + The document. + + + The element that will host the PathReinforcement. The host can be a Structural Floor, Structural Wall, Structural Slab, or a Part created from a structural layer belonging to one of those element types. + + + An array of curves that will define the outline of the PathReinforcement. + + + A flag controlling the bars relative to the curves. + + + The id of the PathReinforcementType. + + + The id of the RebarBarType. + + + The id of the RebarHookType for the start of the bar. + If this parameter is InvalidElementId, it means to create a rebar with no start hook. + + + The id of the RebarHookType for the end of the bar. + If this parameter is InvalidElementId, it means to create a rebar with no end hook. + + + The id of the RebarShape element that defines the shape of the rebars in the object. + + + The newly created PathReinforcement. + + + The input curveArray is empty. + -or- + The input curveArray contains at least one helical curve and is not supported for this operation. + -or- + The element hostElement was not found in the given document. + -or- + the host Element is not a valid host for Area Reinforcement, Path Reinforcement, Fabric Area or Fabric Sheet. + -or- + The structural rebar is not within area and path reinforcement. + -or- + curves in curveArray are not continuous and open. + -or- + pathReinforcementTypeId should refer to an Path Reinforcement Type element. + -or- + rebarBarTypeId should refer to an RebarBarType element. + -or- + startRebarHookTypeId should be invalid or refer to an RebarHookType element. + -or- + endRebarHookTypeId should be invalid or refer to an RebarHookType element. + -or- + rebarShapeId should refer to two dimensional Rebar Shape element with segments forming only right angles. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + startRebarHookTypeId cannot be set for given rebar shape. + -or- + endRebarHookTypeId cannot be set for given rebar shape. + + + This method may not be called during dynamic update. + + + 2016 + + + + + Creates a new PathReinforcement object from an array of curves. The newly created object will use a default Rebar Shape. + + + The method sets Rebar Shape of primary bars only. + + + The document. + + + The element that will host the PathReinforcement. The host can be a Structural Floor, Structural Wall, Structural Slab, or a Part created from a structural layer belonging to one of those element types. + + + An array of curves that will define the outline of the PathReinforcement. + + + A flag controlling the bars relative to the curves. + + + The id of the PathReinforcementType. + + + The id of the RebarBarType. + + + The id of the RebarHookType for the start of the bar. + If this parameter is InvalidElementId, it means to create a rebar with no start hook. + + + The id of the RebarHookType for the end of the bar. + If this parameter is InvalidElementId, it means to create a rebar with no end hook. + + + The newly created PathReinforcement. + + + The input curveArray is empty. + -or- + The input curveArray contains at least one helical curve and is not supported for this operation. + -or- + The element hostElement was not found in the given document. + -or- + the host Element is not a valid host for Area Reinforcement, Path Reinforcement, Fabric Area or Fabric Sheet. + -or- + curves in curveArray are not continuous and open. + -or- + pathReinforcementTypeId should refer to an Path Reinforcement Type element. + -or- + rebarBarTypeId should refer to an RebarBarType element. + -or- + startRebarHookTypeId should be invalid or refer to an RebarHookType element. + -or- + endRebarHookTypeId should be invalid or refer to an RebarHookType element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This method may not be called during dynamic update. + + + 2015 + + + + + + + + + The RebarShape element that defines the shape of the alternating bars of the Path Reinforcement. + + + Changing the value of this property causes the Path Reinforcement to choose values for its + shape parameters. + Before calling this method, alternating bars have to be enabled in the Path Reinforcement by setting PATH_REIN_ALTERNATING BuiltInParameter. + + + When setting this property: shapeId should refer to two dimensional Rebar Shape element with segments forming only right angles. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + When setting this property: This Path Reinforcement does not have alternating bars enabled. + -or- + When setting this property: This PathReinforcement does not host Rebar. + + + 2016 + + + + + The RebarShape element that defines the shape of the primary bars of the Path Reinforcement. + + + Changing the value of this property causes the Path Reinforcement to choose values for its + shape parameters. + + + When setting this property: shapeId should refer to two dimensional Rebar Shape element with segments forming only right angles. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + When setting this property: This PathReinforcement does not host Rebar. + + + 2016 + + + + + Additional offset of rebars in the Path Reinforcement. + + + The method moves both primary and alternating bars. + + + When setting this property: The given value for offset must be no more than 30000 feet in absolute value. + + + 2014 + + + + + Retrieves the type of the Path Reinforcement. + + + + + Orientation of alternating bars of Path Reinforcement. + + + The orientation corresponds to the bars' rotation in the Path Reinforcement element. + It indicates the postion of the major segment of the alternating Rebar Shape relative to the edges of a rectangular region + which bounds the Path Reinforcement, where the top/exterior and bottom/interior come from the cover boundaries of the host, + the near side edge is defined by the Path Reinforcement sketch line, and the far side edge is derived from bar length (defaulting to 5'). + + + When setting this property: This orientation is not allowed for alternating bars. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2016 + + + + + Orientation of primary bars of Path Reinforcement. + + + The orientation corresponds to the bars' rotation in the Path Reinforcement element. + It indicates the postion of the major segment of the primary Rebar Shape relative to the edges of a rectangular region + which bounds the Path Reinforcement, where the top/exterior and bottom/interior come from the cover boundaries of the host, + the near side edge is defined by the Path Reinforcement sketch line, and the far side edge is derived from bar length (defaulting to 5'). + + + When setting this property: This orientation is not allowed for primary bars. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2016 + + + + + An object that represents an Path Reinforcement within the Autodesk Revit project. + + + This object derived from the Element base object and such supports all the + methods of that object such as the ability to retrieve the parameters of that object. + + + + + + + + + Creates a new instance of PathReinSpanSymbol in the project. + + + The document. + + + The id of the view in which the symbol should appear. + + + The ElementId of PathReinforcement (either in the document, or linked from another document). + + + The span symbol's head position. + + + The family symbol id of this element. + + + A reference to newly created span symbol. + + + hostId should refer to a PathReinforcement element. + -or- + viewId does not refer to a valid view type for FabricReinSpanSymbol - only floor plan, reflected ceiling plans and elevations are permitted. + -or- + symbolId should refer to a FamilySymbol of category OST_FabricReinSpanSymbol. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Represents a Path Reinforcement Span Symbol element in Autodesk Revit. + + + + + Sets Distance Map mode for the given view, displaying distances to the closest destination point. + + + The view to set Distance Map mode for. + + + New state of Distance Map mode to be set for the view. + + + Destination points for which Distance Map is calculated. + This argument is ignored when setting the mode off. + + + Result status of the operation. + + + The element "DBView" is in a family document or a document in in-place edit mode. + -or- + View is not a floor plan view. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document containing DBView is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The Path of Travel calculation service is not available + + + The document containing DBView is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document containing DBView is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document containing DBView has no open transaction. + + + 2021 + + + + + Returns current state of Distance Map mode for the given view. + + + The view to determine current state of Distance Map mode for. + + + True if Distance Map mode is ON for the view, false otherwise. + + + The element "DBView" is in a family document or a document in in-place edit mode. + -or- + View is not a floor plan view. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document containing DBView is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The Path of Travel calculation service is not available + + + 2021 + + + + + For a given point, get the room element which contains the point or . + The Z elevation of the point is adjusted to equal the view's level elevation + 4'. + While not entirely accurate, this is a reasonable elevation approximation at which to look for a room. + The output room will be in the view's design option and phase. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020 + + + + + Sets Reveal Obstacles mode for the given view. + + + The view to set Reveal Obstacles mode for. + + + New state of Reveal Obstacles mode to be set for the view. + + + Result status of the operation. + + + The element "DBView" is in a family document or a document in in-place edit mode. + -or- + View is not a floor plan view. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document containing DBView is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The Path of Travel calculation service is not available + + + The document containing DBView is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document containing DBView is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document containing DBView has no open transaction. + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Returns current state of Reveal Obstacles mode for the given view. + + + The view to determine current state of Reveal Obstacles mode for. + + + True if Reveal Obstacles mode is ON for the view, false otherwise. + + + The element "DBView" is in a family document or a document in in-place edit mode. + -or- + View is not a floor plan view. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document containing DBView is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The Path of Travel calculation service is not available + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Remove a waypoint. + + + The index of the waypoint to remove. + + + Index refers to a non-existent waypoint. + -or- + This functionality is not available in Revit LT. + -or- + Cannot perform this operation for a path of travel in a group. + + + 2020.2 + + + + + Updates the specified waypoint. + + + The new point for the waypoint. + + + The index of the waypoint to update. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Index refers to a non-existent waypoint. + -or- + This functionality is not available in Revit LT. + -or- + Cannot perform this operation for a path of travel in a group. + + + 2020.2 + + + + + Insert a waypoint at the specified index + + + The waypoint to insert. + + + The index to insert the waypoint at. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Index is invalid for an existing or new waypoint for this path. + -or- + This functionality is not available in Revit LT. + -or- + Cannot perform this operation for a path of travel in a group. + + + 2020.2 + + + + + return the waypoints set for the Path of Travel + + + 2020.2 + + + + + Gets the array of curves representing the path of travel. + + + The array of curves. + + + 2020 + + + + + Updates the specified paths of travel by recalculating each path using their original start and end points and provides creation result statuses. + + + For unsuccessfully updated elements, Revit will post warnings. + + + Document of elements to be updated. + + + The list of ElementIdof the paths to update. + + + Result statuses of each path of travel creation. + The order of statuses corresponds to the order of elements in the array passed to the function. + + + number of successfully updated elements + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This functionality is not available in Revit LT. + + + 2020 + + + + + Updates the specified paths of travel by recalculating each path using their original start and end points. + + + For unsuccessfully updated elements, Revit will post warnings. + + + Document of elements to be updated. + + + The list of ElementIdof the paths to update. + + + number of successfully updated elements + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This functionality is not available in Revit LT. + + + 2020 + + + + + Updates the path of travel by recalculating the path between the original start and end points. + + + If recalculation results in failure, Revit will post a warning. + + + The status result of the recalculation. + + + This functionality is not available in Revit LT. + + + 2020 + + + + + For a floor plan view, calculates paths from each start point to its closest destinations. + Returns the path, represented by an array of XYZ points. + + + The calculation is done in a floor plan with one or more destinationPoints and one or more startPoints. + The shortest path is calculated from each start point to its closest destination point. + + + The floor plan view to use when computing the points. + + + Destination points. The input Z coordinates are ignored and set to the view's level elevation. + + + Start points for which shortest paths are calculated. + + + Array of paths calculated from each start point to its corresponding closest destination. + If a path cannot be caculated the corresponsing sub-array is set to an empty array. + + + View is not a floor plan view. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The Path of Travel calculation service is not available + -or- + This functionality is not available in Revit LT. + + + 2021 + + + + + For a floor plan view, calculates the paths from each start point to its closest destination and return the path end points. + + + The calculation is done in a floor plan with one or more destinationPoints and one or more startPoints. + The shortest path is calculated from each start point to its corresponding closest destination. + + + The floor plan view to use when computing the points. + + + Destination points. The input Z coordinates are ignored and set to the view's level elevation. + + + Start points for which shortest path end points are calculated. + + + End points of paths calculated from each start point to its corresponding closest destination. + If a path cannot be calculated the corresponsing end point is set to the corresponding start point. + + + View is not a floor plan view. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The Path of Travel calculation service is not available + -or- + This functionality is not available in Revit LT. + + + 2020.2 + + + + + For a floor plan view, calculates paths from points inside rooms to the closests of the destinations. + Returns the start points of the longest path(s). If multiple paths have the same longest length, returns multiple start points. + + + The entire plan is divided in small tiles, and the distance to the closest destination point + is calculated for each tile center point. Only tile center points that are located in rooms in the view are taken into account. + + + The floor plan view to use when computing the points. + + + Destination points. The input Z coordinates are ignored and set to the view's level elevation. + + + Start points of the paths with longest lengths. + The array is empty if there are no valid paths from any points in rooms to any of the destination points. + + + View is not a floor plan view. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The Path of Travel calculation service is not available + -or- + This functionality is not available in Revit LT. + + + 2020.2 + + + + + Creates multiple new paths of travel by mapping each of a set of start points to each of a set of end points. + + + InvalidOperationException is thrown if PathOfTravel cannot be created for the following conditions: +
  • View has crop box active and crop box is split
  • View model outline area is larger than the current limit (2,000,000 sq.ft.)
  • View export contains too much geometry (more than 200,000 lines)
+ ArgumentException exception is thrown if arrays of start or end points are of zero size + or if the total number of paths of travel attempted to be created is more than maximum allowed (50000). +
+ + The floor plan view to use when computing the shortest distance. + + + The start points of the path. The input Z coordinates are ignored and set to the view's level elevation. + + + The end points of the path. The input Z coordinates are ignored and set to the view's level elevation. + + + The array of newly created path of travel elements, or if no path between the two points is found. + The number of elements is the number of start points multiplied by the number of end points. + The order of elements corresponds to the order of end and then start points in the argument arrays: + s0->e0, s1->e0, ... , s0->e1, s1->e1... etc. + There are some additional conditions that are checked and if any condition is true the value is returned: +
  • View has crop box active and start or end point lies outside of the crop
  • Start and end points are too close
+ + The element "DBView" is in a family document or a document in in-place edit mode. + -or- + View is not a floor plan view. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document containing DBView is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + This operation cannot be performed while the document is in edit mode. + -or- + The Path of Travel calculation service is not available + -or- + This functionality is not available in Revit LT. + + + The document containing DBView is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document containing DBView is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document containing DBView has no open transaction. + + + 2020 + +
+ + + Creates multiple new paths of travel by mapping each of a set of start points to each of a set of end points and provides creation result statuses. + + + InvalidOperationException is thrown if PathOfTravel cannot be created for the following conditions: +
  • View has crop box active and crop box is split
  • View model outline area is larger than the current limit (2,000,000 sq.ft.)
  • View export contains too much geometry (more than 200,000 lines)
+ ArgumentException exception is thrown if arrays of start or end points are of zero size + or if the total number of paths of travel attempted to be created is more than maximum allowed (50000). +
+ + The floor plan view to use when computing the shortest distance. + + + The start points of the path. The input Z coordinates are ignored and set to the view's level elevation. + + + The end points of the path. The input Z coordinates are ignored and set to the view's level elevation. + + + Result statuses of each path of travel creation. + The order of statuses corresponds to the order of elements in the array returned by the function. + + + The array of newly created path of travel elements, or if no path between the two points is found. + The number of elements is the number of start points multiplied by the number of end points. + The order of elements corresponds to the order of end and then start points in the argument arrays: + s0->e0, s1->e0, ... , s0->e1, s1->e1... etc. + There are some additional conditions that are checked and if any condition is true the value is returned: +
  • View has crop box active and start or end point lies outside of the crop
  • Start and end points are too close
+ + The element "DBView" is in a family document or a document in in-place edit mode. + -or- + View is not a floor plan view. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document containing DBView is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + This operation cannot be performed while the document is in edit mode. + -or- + The Path of Travel calculation service is not available + -or- + This functionality is not available in Revit LT. + + + The document containing DBView is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document containing DBView is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document containing DBView has no open transaction. + + + 2020 + +
+ + + Creates multiple new paths of travel between same size sets of start and end points and provides creation result statuses. + + + InvalidOperationException is thrown if PathOfTravel cannot be created for the following conditions: +
  • View has crop box active and crop box is split
  • View model outline area is larger than the current limit (2,000,000 sq.ft.)
  • View export contains too much geometry (more than 200,000 lines)
+ ArgumentException exception is thrown if arrays of start and end points are of different size + or if the total number of paths of travel attempted to be created is more than maximum allowed (50000). +
+ + The floor plan view to use when computing the shortest distance. + + + The start points of the path. The input Z coordinates are ignored and set to the view's level elevation. + + + The end points of the path. The input Z coordinates are ignored and set to the view's level elevation. + + + Result statuses of each path of travel creation. + The order of statuses corresponds to the order of elements in the array returned by the function. + + + The array of newly created path of travel elements, or if no path between the two points is found. + The order of elements corresponds to the order of start/end points in the argument arrays. + There are some additional conditions that are checked and if any condition is true the value is returned: +
  • View has crop box active and start or end point lies outside of the crop
  • Start and end points are too close
+ + The element "DBView" is in a family document or a document in in-place edit mode. + -or- + View is not a floor plan view. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document containing DBView is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + This operation cannot be performed while the document is in edit mode. + -or- + The Path of Travel calculation service is not available + -or- + This functionality is not available in Revit LT. + + + The document containing DBView is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document containing DBView is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document containing DBView has no open transaction. + + + 2020 + +
+ + + Creates multiple new paths of travel between same size sets of start and end points. + + + InvalidOperationException is thrown if PathOfTravel cannot be created for the following conditions: +
  • View has crop box active and crop box is split
  • View model outline area is larger than the current limit (2,000,000 sq.ft.)
  • View export contains too much geometry (more than 200,000 lines)
+ ArgumentException exception is thrown if arrays of start and end points are of different size + or if the total number of paths of travel attempted to be created is more than maximum allowed (50000). +
+ + The floor plan view to use when computing the shortest distance. + + + The start points of the path. The input Z coordinates are ignored and set to the view's level elevation. + + + The end points of the path. The input Z coordinates are ignored and set to the view's level elevation. + + + The array of newly created path of travel elements, or if no path between the two points is found. + The order of elements corresponds to the order of start/end points in the argument arrays. + There are some additional conditions that are checked and if any condition is true the value is returned: +
  • View has crop box active and start or end point lies outside of the crop
  • Start and end points are too close
+ + The element "DBView" is in a family document or a document in in-place edit mode. + -or- + View is not a floor plan view. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document containing DBView is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + This operation cannot be performed while the document is in edit mode. + -or- + The Path of Travel calculation service is not available + -or- + This functionality is not available in Revit LT. + + + The document containing DBView is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document containing DBView is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document containing DBView has no open transaction. + + + 2020 + +
+ + + Creates a new path of travel between two points. + + + InvalidOperationException is thrown if PathOfTravel cannot be created for the following conditions: +
  • View has crop box active and crop box is split
  • View has crop box active and start or end point lies outside of the crop
  • View model outline area is larger than the current limit (2,000,000 sq.ft.)
  • View export contains too much geometry (more than 200,000 lines)
  • Start and end points are too close
+ + The floor plan view to use when computing the shortest distance. + + + The start point of the path. The input Z coordinates are ignored and set to the view's level elevation. + + + The end point of the path. The input Z coordinates are ignored and set to the view's level elevation. + + + The newly created path of travel element, or if no path between the two points is found. + + + The element "DBView" is in a family document or a document in in-place edit mode. + -or- + View is not a floor plan view. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document containing DBView is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + This operation cannot be performed while the document is in edit mode. + -or- + The Path of Travel calculation service is not available + -or- + This functionality is not available in Revit LT. + + + The document containing DBView is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document containing DBView is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document containing DBView has no open transaction. + + + 2020 + +
+ + + Creates a new path of travel between two points and provides creation result status. + + + InvalidOperationException is thrown if PathOfTravel cannot be created for the following conditions: +
  • View has crop box active and crop box is split
  • View has crop box active and start or end point lies outside of the crop
  • View model outline area is larger than the current limit (2,000,000 sq.ft.)
  • View export contains too much geometry (more than 200,000 lines)
  • Start and end points are too close
+ + The floor plan view to use when computing the shortest distance. + + + The start point of the path. The input Z coordinates are ignored and set to the view's level elevation. + + + The end point of the path. The input Z coordinates are ignored and set to the view's level elevation. + + + Result status of path of travel creation. + + + The newly created path of travel element, or if no path between the two points is found. + + + The element "DBView" is in a family document or a document in in-place edit mode. + -or- + View is not a floor plan view. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + The document containing DBView is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + This operation cannot be performed while the document is in edit mode. + -or- + The Path of Travel calculation service is not available + -or- + This functionality is not available in Revit LT. + + + The document containing DBView is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document containing DBView is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document containing DBView has no open transaction. + + + 2020 + +
+ + + The line style of the path. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020 + + + + + The end point of the path. The Z coordinate will equal the view's level elevation. + To update path calculations, call update. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + When setting this property: This functionality is not available in Revit LT. + -or- + When setting this property: Cannot perform this operation for a path of travel in a group. + + + 2020 + + + + + The start point of the path. The Z coordinate will equal the view's level elevation. + To update path calculations, call update. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + When setting this property: This functionality is not available in Revit LT. + -or- + When setting this property: Cannot perform this operation for a path of travel in a group. + + + 2020 + + + + + The midpoint of the path. The Z coordinate will equal the view's level elevation. + + + 2020 + + + + + An element which holds a graphical representation of the shortest route between two points in the plane of a floor plan view. + The shortest route is calculated to go around model geometry visible in the view. + Route calculation is affected by properties of the RouteAnalysisSettings element. + + + 2020 + + + + + Gets the category ids of the source elements which were used to form this part. + + + The category ids. + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets a collection of elements from which this Part is created by the PartMaker. + May return more than one source only if there is merge involved somewhere in the history of this Part. + + + A source element is one of the elements in the original file that the PartMaker uses to create a Part. + For example, a floor or a wall used to create a Part can be called a source element. + + + The collection of elements + + + 2013 + + + + + Resets the offset applied to the given part face. + + + The face whose offset needs to be reset. + + + face does not belong to the part. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Resets all face offsets applied to part faces. + + + 2012 + + + + + Get face offset of the given part face. + + + The face whose offset is required. + + + Returns the value of the offset. + + + face does not belong to the part. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Offsets the given part face in the direction that points out of the solid shape with the specified amount. + Negative value will offset the face into the solid shape. + + + The face to offset. + + + The magnitude of the offset. + + + face does not belong to the part. + -or- + The face to be offset should be planar and satisfy constraints of its parent element + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Checks if it is possible to offset the given face. + + + face to be checked. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + The PartMaker that created this Part. + + + 2012 + + + + + True if the part is excluded, false otherwise + + + 2013 + + + + + The category Id of the original element corresponding to this Part. + + + When setting this property: dPartOriginalCategoryId is not an available member of the original category ids of the elements which formed this Part. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + This element represents a part of another element. + + + A part is associated with a PartMaker element that creates it. + + + 2012 + + + + + Obtains the object allowing access to the divided volume + properties of the PartMaker. + + + The PartMaker. + + + The object handle. Returns if the + PartMaker does not represent divided volumes. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Is the Part derived from link geometry. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Retrieves the element ids of the source elements of a merged part. + + + A merged part. + + + The element ids of the parts that were merged to create the specified merged part. + + + The specified Part is not a merged part. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Is the Part the result of a merge. + + + True if the Part is the result of a merge operation. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Segregates a set of elements into subsets which are + valid for merge. + + + Element ids in the input set that do not correspond to Part + elements will be ignored, as will element ids corresponding + to Part elements that already have associated parts. + + + The document. + + + A set of element ids. + + + An array of clusters such that all the elements in a single cluster + are valid for merge. Each cluster will be maximal in that appending + any of the other Parts specified as input will result in a collection + that is not valid for merge. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Create a single merged part which represents the Parts + specified by partsToMerge. + + + The document. + + + The elements that the merged part will be created from. + + + The newly created PartMaker. if no parts are merged. + + + One or more element ids was not suitable for merging with the others. + Specified elements should all be Parts, report the same material, + creation and demolition phases, and have contiguous geometry. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2013 + + + + + Identifies whether Part elements may be merged. + + + The document. + + + Element ids of Parts. + + + True if all element ids correspond to Part elements, + none of the parts already has associated parts, + the parts have contiguous geometry, all report the same materials, + and all have the same creation and demolition phases. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets associated PartMaker for an element. + + + The document + + + The id for the element to be checked for associated Parts + + + The PartMaker element that is making Parts for this element. + if there is no associated PartMaker. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Gets associated PartMaker for an element. + + + The document + + + The id for the element to be checked for associated Parts + + + The PartMaker element that is making Parts for this element. + if there is no associated PartMaker. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns all Parts that are associated with the given element. + + + The document of the element. + + + The element to be checked for associated Parts. + + + If true, include parts that have associated parts. + + + If true, return all associated Parts recursively for all children. + If false, only return immediate children. + + + Parts that are associated to the element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Returns all Parts that are associated with the given element + + + The document of the element + + + The element to be checked for associated Parts. + + + If true, include parts that have associated parts + + + If true, return all associated Parts recursively for all children + If false, only return immediate children + + + Parts that are associated to the element + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks if an element has associated parts. + + + The document. + + + The element to be checked for associated Parts + + + True if the element has associated Parts. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Checks if an element has associated parts. + + + The document. + + + The element to be checked for associated Parts. + + + True if the element has associated Parts. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Calculates the length of the longest chain of divisions/merges to reach to an original non-Part element that is the source of the tested part. + + + The part to be tested + + + The length of the longest chain. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Identifies if provided members are valid for dividing parts. + + + The document. + + + Element ids to be tested for validity for dividing parts. + + + True if all member ids are valid, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Identifies if the given elements can be used to create parts. + + + The document. + + + Element ids to be tested for validity for creating parts. + + + True if all member ids are valid, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Identifies the curves that were used to create the part and the plane in which they reside. + + + The source document of the part. + + + The part id. + + + The plane in which the division curves were sketched. + + + The curves that created the part. Empty if partId is not a part or Part is not divided. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019.1 + + + + + + + + + Identifies the curves that were used to create the part. + + + The source document of the part. + + + The part id. + + + The curves that created the part. Empty if partId is not a Part or Part is not divided. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019.1 + + + + + + + + + Identifies the elements ( reference planes, levels, grids ) that were used to create the part. + + + The source document of the part. + + + The part id. + + + The elements that created the part. Empty if partId is not a Part or Part is not divided. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019.1 + + + + + + + + + Identifies if the given element can be used to create parts. + + + The document. + + + Id to be tested for validity for creating part. + + + True if this id is valid, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates divided parts out of parts. + + + The document containing the parts. + + + The elements that will be divided. + + + Intersecting references that will divide the elements. + + + Array of curves that will divide the elements. + + + SketchPlane id for the curves that divide the elements. + + + The newly created PartMaker. if no parts are divided. + + + One or more element ids was not permitted for dividing parts. + Elements should be parts that are not yet divided and maximum distance from an original has not yet been reached. + -or- + One or more element ids was not permitted as intersecting references. + Intersecting references should be levels, grids, or reference planes. + -or- + The element id should refer to a valid SketchPlane. + -or- + The input curveArray contains at least one helical curve and is not supported for this operation. + -or- + The input curveArray contains at least one NULL pointer and is not supported for this operation. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2012 + + + + + Creates a new set of parts out of the original elements. + + + Parts will be added to the model after regeneration. + + + The document containing the elements. + + + The elements that parts will be created from. + + + One or more element ids was not permitted for creating parts. + Elements should be of a valid category and the ids should be valid and should not already be divided into parts. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2012 + + + + + Creates a new set of parts out of the original elements. + + + Parts will be added to the model after regeneration. + To get the ids of the parts created by this method use PartUtils.GetAssociatedParts() with the contents of hostOrLinkElementIds. + + + The document containing the elements. + + + The elements that parts will be created from. + + + One or more element ids was not permitted for creating parts. + HostOrLinkElements should be of a valid category and the ids should be valid and should not already be divided into parts. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2013 + + + + + General Part utility methods + + + 2012 + + + + + Set the source elements for the PartMaker. + + + Elements to be the sources for this PartMaker. + + + One or more element ids was not permitted to be a source for this PartMaker + Elements should be Parts that have no PartMaker yet + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Get the source elements for the PartMaker. + + + Elements that are the sources for this PartMaker. + + + 2013 + + + + + Is the element a source for this PartMaker + + + Returns true if elemId is among the source elements of this PartMaker + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + PartMaker is an element which takes some source elements (e.g., a wall + with all its layers) and creates one or more Parts out of it. The logic + according to which these Parts are created is non-trivial and PartMaker + uses various PartMakerMethods which represents these logics. + This element manages the strategy to make Part elements for one or more original elements. + + + 2012 + + + + + "Top" + + + + + "Right" + + + + + "Bottom" + + + + + "Left" + + + + + "Center Y" + + + + + "Center X" + + + + + "Enable Position Parameters" + + + + + "Exchange Entity ID" + + + + + "Exchange ID" + + + + + "Detail Level" + + + + + "Angle Text Position" + + + + + "Dimension Text Position" + + + + + "Representation" + + + + + "Varying Rebar Set Dimensions" + + + + + "View for 3D Shape" + + + + + "Angle Measurement" + + + + + "Hook Angles" + + + + + "Hook Bends" + + + + + "Segment Bends" + + + + + "Dimension Type" + + + + + "Diameter Dimension Style" + + + + + "Radial Dimension Style" + + + + + "Bend Diameter Dimensions" + + + + + "Angular Dimension Offset" + + + + + "Show for Angles" + + + + + "Angular Dimension Style" + + + + + "Angular Dimensions" + + + + + "Other Dimensions" + + + + + "Hook Lengths" + + + + + "Dimension Offset" + + + + + "Straight Segment Lengths" + + + + + "Arc Segment Lengths" + + + + + "Linear Dimension Style" + + + + + "Segment Length Dimensions" + + + + + "Is constrained on host" + + + + + "Bar Alignment" + + + + + "Row Height" + + + + + "Resize Rows" + + + + + "Rotation on Sheet" + + + + + "Family" + + + + + "Is Variable" + + + + + "Is Structural Material" + + + + + "Is Core Layer" + + + + + "Compound Element Type" + + + + + "Compound Element Family" + + + + + "Elevation Base Type" + + + + + "Elevation" + + + + + "Offset from Surface" + + + + + "Point Base Type" + + + + + "Subcategory" + + + + + "Contour Display" + + + + + "Material" + + + + + "Sub-divide Height" + + + + + "Inherit Contours" + + + + + "Function" + + + + + "Pattern:": This is used by the UI to allow to select the preferred preference of aligning pattern. + + + + + "Elevation at Top" + + + + + "Elevation at Bottom" + + + + + "Structure" + + + + + "Lowest Associated Level": The lowest level associated with this Analytical Element. + + + + + "Highest Associated Level": The highest level associated with this Analytical Element. + + + + + "Height Offset From Level" + + + + + "Thickness" + + + + + "Default Thickness" + + + + + "Offset from Reference Base" + + + + + "Reference Base on Host" + + + + + "Oval Height" + + + + + "Oval Width" + + + + + "Circular Diameter" + + + + + "Length" + + + + + "Framing Shape" + + + + + "Classification" + + + + + "Align to View" + + + + + "Coupler Rotation" + + + + + "Prefer:": This is used by the UI to allow select prefer dimension side. + + + + + "Multiple Alignment": This is used by the UI to allow selection of multiple elements. + + + + + "Lock": This is used by the UI to allow selection of lock alignment. + + + + + "Base Extension Distance" + + + + + "Top Extension Distance" + + + + + "Function": Function + + + + + "Material": Material + + + + + "Thickness": Thickness + + + + + "Area" + + + + + "Offset From Host" + + + + + "Volume" + + + + + "Material": Material + + + + + "Thickness": Thickness + + + + + "Base Constraint" + + + + + "Top Constraint" + + + + + "Model Bar Diameter" + + + + + "Model Bar Diameter" + + + + + "Show Grids" + + + + + "Modified Rebar Set" + + + + + "Moves With Grids": Disable attachment from grids. + + + + + "Layer Index" + + + + + "Cuts Geometry" + + + + + "Hook Rotation At End" + + + + + "Hook Rotation At Start" + + + + + "Override Hook Lengths" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Description" + + + + + "Displayed Start Station" + + + + + "Displayed End Station" + + + + + "Disable Precast Updates" + + + + + "Hook Rotation At End" + + + + + "Hook Rotation At Start" + + + + + "Hook Rotation At End" + + + + + "Hook Rotation At Start" + + + + + "From Room" + + + + + "To Room" + + + + + "Total Coincident Loads" + + + + + "Max Number of Circuits" + + + + + "Volume" + + + + + "Length" + + + + + "Profile Type" + + + + + "Circuit Naming Settings" + + + + + "Justification" + + + + + "Paint Area" + + + + + "Exact Weight" + + + + + "Weight" + + + + + "Volume" + + + + + "Area" + + + + + "Width" + + + + + "Length" + + + + + "Type" + + + + + "Total Weight" + + + + + "Total Weight" + + + + + "Total Weight" + + + + + "Anchor Orientation" + + + + + "Cut Length" + + + + + "Exact Weight" + + + + + "Paint Area" + + + + + "Weight" + + + + + "Speed" + + + + + "Location" + + + + + "Finish Calculation At Gap" + + + + + "Inverted" + + + + + "Grip Length Increase" + + + + + "Grip Length" + + + + + "Bolt Length" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Lower End Bottom Elevation" + + + + + "Upper End Top Elevation" + + + + + "Feed Through Lugs Current Phase C" + + + + + "Feed Through Lugs Current Phase B" + + + + + "Feed Through Lugs Current Phase A" + + + + + "Feed Through Lugs Apparent Load Phase C" + + + + + "Feed Through Lugs Apparent Load Phase B" + + + + + "Feed Through Lugs Apparent Load Phase A" + + + + + "Branch Circuit Current Phase C" + + + + + "Branch Circuit Current Phase B" + + + + + "Branch Circuit Current Phase A" + + + + + "Branch Circuit Apparent Load Phase C" + + + + + "Branch Circuit Apparent Load Phase B" + + + + + "Branch Circuit Apparent Load Phase A" + + + + + "Hole Definition" + + + + + "Feed Through Lugs" + + + + + "Circuit Numbering Option" + + + + + "Tag on Placement" + + + + + "Route Analysis Settings" + + + + + "View Name" + + + + + "Level" + + + + + "Override by Instance" + + + + + "Modify Parameters" + + + + + "Time" + + + + + "Boundary" + + + + + "Around beam axis" + + + + + "Tilt angle" + + + + + "Plan rotation" + + + + + "Cross-section rotation" + + + + + "Distance from axis" + + + + + "Cutback" + + + + + "Side 2" + + + + + "Side 1" + + + + + "Type" + + + + + "Cut straight" + + + + + "Suction" + + + + + "Angle" + + + + + "Prefix" + + + + + "Text module" + + + + + "Depth of bolt head" + + + + + "Right-handed thread" + + + + + "Back taper thread" + + + + + "Tapping hole" + + + + + "Head diameter" + + + + + "Chamfer angle" + + + + + "Taper Angle" + + + + + "Hole Depth" + + + + + "Along side 1" + + + + + "Length of the slot" + + + + + "Type" + + + + + "Diameter" + + + + + "Number" + + + + + "Radius" + + + + + "Edge distance on side 2" + + + + + "Edge distance on side 1" + + + + + "Intermediate distance on side 2" + + + + + "Intermediate distance on side 1" + + + + + "Length on side 2" + + + + + "Length on side 1" + + + + + "Number on side 2" + + + + + "Number on side 1" + + + + + "Double Preparation Depth" + + + + + "Double Effective Throat" + + + + + "Double Root Opening" + + + + + "Double Weld preparation" + + + + + "Double Surface Shape" + + + + + "Double Text" + + + + + "Double Thickness" + + + + + "Double Type" + + + + + "Main Preparation Depth" + + + + + "Main Effective Throat" + + + + + "Main Root Opening" + + + + + "Main Weld preparation" + + + + + "Surface Shape" + + + + + "Main Text" + + + + + "Pitch" + + + + + "Continuous" + + + + + "Location" + + + + + "Length" + + + + + "Main Thickness" + + + + + "Main Type" + + + + + "Boring out" + + + + + "Radius" + + + + + "Boundary distance 2" + + + + + "Boundary distance 1" + + + + + "Gap Width" + + + + + "Angle along width" + + + + + "Angle along height" + + + + + "Length" + + + + + "Length" + + + + + "Coating" + + + + + "Length" + + + + + "Diameter" + + + + + "Grade" + + + + + "Standard" + + + + + "Diameter" + + + + + "Assembly" + + + + + "Grade" + + + + + "Standard" + + + + + "Coating" + + + + + "Diameter" + + + + + "Assembly" + + + + + "Grade" + + + + + "Standard" + + + + + "Thickness" + + + + + "Workshop Instructions" + + + + + "Geometry" + + + + + "Lat" + + + + + "Lon" + + + + + "Hook Orientation At End" + + + + + "Hook Orientation At Start" + + + + + "Outdoor Airflow" + + + + + "Outdoor Air Method" + + + + + "Path" + + + + + "ApplicationId" + + + + + "Loaded" + + + + + "ServerId" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Air Changes per Hour" + + + + + "Outdoor Air per Area" + + + + + "Outdoor Air per Person" + + + + + "Outdoor Air Information" + + + + + "INTERNAL: Multiplanar Arc Connector" + + + + + "End Treatment At End" + + + + + "End Treatment At Start" + + + + + "End Treatment At End" + + + + + "End Treatment At Start" + + + + + "End Treatment" + + + + + "End Treatment 2" + + + + + "End Treatment 1" + + + + + "External Diameter" + + + + + "Schedule Mark" + + + + + "Default Elevation" + + + + + "Bar Engagement 2" + + + + + "Bar Engagement 1" + + + + + "Total Length" + + + + + "Mass" + + + + + "Coupler Number" + + + + + "Quantity" + + + + + "Bar Size 2" + + + + + "Bar Size 1" + + + + + "Part Number" + + + + + "Actual Tread Depth" + + + + + "Reference Level": The reference level of stairs + + + + + "Host Mark" + + + + + "Shape Image" + + + + + "Fabric Number" + + + + + "Rebar Number" + + + + + "Sketchy Lines" + + + + + "Partition" + + + + + "Show Hidden Lines" + + + + + "Area" + + + + + "Loads in Set" + + + + + "Quantity on Standby" + + + + + "Quantity of Prime" + + + + + "Load Set" + + + + + "Supply To" + + + + + "Length" + + + + + "Level" + + + + + "Apparent Power Density" + + + + + "Supply From 2" + + + + + "Supply From" + + + + + "Supply From 1" + + + + + "Total Quantity" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Load Type" + + + + + "Area Based Load Type" + + + + + "Power Density" + + + + + "Equipment Type" + + + + + "Draw Ventilation" + + + + + "Variable Refrigerant Flow Loop" + + + + + "Reheat Hot Water Loop" + + + + + "Zone Equipment" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Heating Hot Water Loop" + + + + + "Air System" + + + + + "Reheat Coil" + + + + + "Behavior" + + + + + "Equipment Type" + + + + + "Fan" + + + + + "Chilled Water Loop" + + + + + "Cooling Coil" + + + + + "Heating Hot Water Loop" + + + + + "Heating Coil" + + + + + "Preheat Hot Water Loop" + + + + + "Preheat Coil" + + + + + "Heat Exchanger" + + + + + "Condenser Water Loop" + + + + + "Chiller Type" + + + + + "Loop Type" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Current" + + + + + "Voltage" + + + + + "Current Rating" + + + + + "Equipment Sets" + + + + + "Ignore Flow Analysis" + + + + + "Loop Boundary" + + + + + "Mechanical Equipment Set" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "On Standby" + + + + + "On Duty" + + + + + "Critical Path" + + + + + "Design Flow" + + + + + "Calculated Pressure Drop" + + + + + "Calculated Flow" + + + + + "Classification" + + + + + "Input Elements" + + + + + "Noble Status" + + + + + "Code Checking Status" + + + + + "Approval Status" + + + + + "Detailed Parameters" + + + + + "Connection Symbol" + + + + + "Image" + + + + + "Type Image" + + + + + "Join Status" + + + + + "Referenced View": The view referenced by a section or callout. + + + + + "Other Options" + + + + + "Mode" + + + + + "Analytical Surface Resolution" + + + + + "Analytical Space Resolution" + + + + + "Round Connector Dimension" + + + + + "Profile Definition" + + + + + "End z Offset Value" + + + + + "End z Justification" + + + + + "End y Offset Value" + + + + + "End y Justification" + + + + + "Start z Offset Value" + + + + + "Start z Justification" + + + + + "Start y Offset Value" + + + + + "Start y Justification" + + + + + "z Offset Value" + + + + + "z Justification" + + + + + "y Offset Value" + + + + + "y Justification" + + + + + "yz Justification" + + + + + "End Join Cutback" + + + + + "Start Join Cutback" + + + + + "End Extension" + + + + + "Start Extension" + + + + + "Profile Override" + + + + + "Extend to Silhouette" + + + + + "Division Rule" + + + + + "Mirror" + + + + + "All Grid Rotation" + + + + + "Indent 2" + + + + + "Indent 1" + + + + + "Division Pattern" + + + + + "Shape is modified" + + + + + "Excluded" + + + + + "Manually Adjusted" + + + + + "Keywords" + + + + + "Source URL" + + + + + "Source" + + + + + "External Material ID" + + + + + "Sharing" + + + + + "Asset library id" + + + + + "Base Level By Original" + + + + + "Base Level" + + + + + "Number" + + + + + "Show Placement Number" + + + + + "Constrained" + + + + + "Orients to" + + + + + "Electrical Resistivity" + + + + + "Reflectivity" + + + + + "Porosity" + + + + + "Permeability" + + + + + "Transmits Light" + + + + + "Vapor Pressure" + + + + + "Specific Heat of Vaporization" + + + + + "Liquid Viscosity" + + + + + "Compressibility" + + + + + "Gas Viscosity" + + + + + "Emissivity" + + + + + "Construction" + + + + + "5% Modulus of Elasticity" + + + + + "Average Modulus" + + + + + "Tension Perpendicular to Grain" + + + + + "Tension Parallel to Grain" + + + + + "Thermally Treated" + + + + + "Density" + + + + + "Specific Heat" + + + + + "Thermal Conductivity Z" + + + + + "Thermal Conductivity Y" + + + + + "Thermal Conductivity X" + + + + + "Thermal Conductivity" + + + + + "Thermal Expansion Coefficient 2" + + + + + "Thermal Expansion Coefficient 1" + + + + + "Shear Modulus 12" + + + + + "Poisson Ratio 23" + + + + + "Poisson Ratio 12" + + + + + "Young's Modulus 2" + + + + + "Young's Modulus 1" + + + + + "Offset from Path" + + + + + "Slanted" + + + + + "Riser" + + + + + "Apply Nosing Profile" + + + + + "Riser Profile" + + + + + "Extension Length" + + + + + "Height" + + + + + "Hand Clearance" + + + + + "Tread Profile" + + + + + "Riser Material" + + + + + "Tread Material" + + + + + "Riser To Tread Connection" + + + + + "Riser Thickness" + + + + + "Riser Type": (OBSOLETE) + + + + + "Back Nosing": (OBSOLETE) + + + + + "Left Nosing": (OBSOLETE) + + + + + "Right Nosing": (OBSOLETE) + + + + + "Front Nosing": (OBSOLETE) + + + + + "Nosing Length" + + + + + "Nosing Profile" + + + + + "Tread Thickness" + + + + + "Tread" + + + + + "Riser Mark": (OBSOLETE) + + + + + "Tread Mark": (OBSOLETE) + + + + + "Riser Number": Count the sequential number of riser in the stair. + + + + + "Tread Number": Count the sequential number of tread in the stair. + + + + + "Overridden": (OBSOLETE) Indicate whether selected individual step is governed by default type setting. + + + + + "Parallel Treads at End": Number of straight steps at the begin of winder + + + + + "Parallel Treads at Start": Number of straight steps at the begin of winder + + + + + "Fillet Radius": The fillet corner radius on the interior boundary + + + + + "Fillet on Corner": Fillet on inside corner + + + + + "Inside Walk Line Offset": The offset from inside walk line to interior boundary + + + + + "Minimum Width on Inside Walk Line": Minimum width on inside walkline + + + + + "Minimum Width on Inside Boundary": Minimum Width on Inside Boundary + + + + + "Winder Style": Winder Style + + + + + "Flip Section Profile": Flip Section Profile + + + + + "Structural Depth On Landing": Structural Depth + + + + + "Structural Depth On Run": Structural Depth + + + + + "Material": Material + + + + + "Width": Width + + + + + "Total Depth": Total Depth + + + + + "Structural Depth": Structural Depth + + + + + "Underside Surface": Underside Surface + + + + + "Topside Surface": Topside Surface + + + + + "Section Profile": Section Profile + + + + + "Landing Support Type": Landing Support Type + + + + + "Overridden": Overridden + + + + + "Trim Support at Upper": Trim Support at Upper + + + + + "Upper End Cut": Upper End Cut + + + + + "Lower End Cut": Lower End Cut + + + + + "Vertical Offset": Distance of top plane of edge stringer relative to the plane connecting tread nosing + + + + + "Lateral Offset": Distance from center or edge of boundary + + + + + "Monolithic Material": Landing Material + + + + + "Type": Tread/Riser Type + + + + + "Same as Run": Same as Run + + + + + "Monolithic Thickness": Default thickness + + + + + "Structure": Structure + + + + + "Monolithic Support": Monolithic Support + + + + + "Overridden": Overridden + + + + + "Total Thickness": Thickness + + + + + "Structural": Structural + + + + + "Relative Height": Height + + + + + "Monolithic Material": Material + + + + + "Total Depth": Total Depth + + + + + "Structural Depth": Structural Depth + + + + + "Structure": Structure + + + + + "Underside Surface": Underside Surface + + + + + "Monolithic Support": Monolithic Support + + + + + "Extend Below Tread Base": Extend Below Tread Base + + + + + "CCW": Revert the run preview + + + + + "With Automatic Landing": Create automatic landing + + + + + "End with Straight Run": Winder end with straight run + + + + + "Begin with Straight Run": Winder begin with straight run + + + + + "Location Line": Location Line + + + + + "End with Riser": End with Riser + + + + + "Begin with Riser": Begin with Riser + + + + + "Overridden": Overridden + + + + + "Structural": Structural + + + + + "Center Mark Visible": Center Mark Visible + + + + + "Actual Run Width": Actual Run Width + + + + + "Actual Tread Depth": Actual Tread Depth + + + + + "Actual Riser Height": Actual Riser Height + + + + + "Actual Number of Treads": Actual Number of Treads + + + + + "Actual Number of Risers": Actual Number of Risers + + + + + "Extend Below Riser Base": Extend Below Base + + + + + "Run Height": Run Height + + + + + "Relative Top Height": Top height of run + + + + + "Relative Base Height": Relative height to stairs bottom elevation + + + + + "Middle Support": Whether stairs is assembled + + + + + "Left Lateral Offset": + + + + + "Right Lateral Offset": + + + + + "Cut Mark Type": Cut Mark Type + + + + + "Construction Method": + + + + + "Right Support": + + + + + "Left Support": + + + + + "Notch Width": + + + + + "Vertical Gap Distance": + + + + + "Horizontal Gap Distance": + + + + + "Custom": + + + + + "Notch Thickness": + + + + + "Notch Extension": + + + + + "Connection Method": Cut Style for Geometrically Unjoined End + + + + + "Target Result": Calculation Rule Target Result + + + + + "Min. Result": Calculation Rule Min Result + + + + + "Max. Result": Calculation Rule Max Result + + + + + "Tread Multiplier": Calculation Rule Tread Multiplier + + + + + "Riser Multiplier": Calculation Rule Riser Multiplier + + + + + "Assembled Stair": Whether stairs is assembled + + + + + "Middle Support Number": Number of intermediate supports + + + + + "Minimum Run Width": Minimum Run Width + + + + + "Winder Algorithm": Winder Algorithm + + + + + "Show Up/Down in Plan": Show Up/Down in Plan + + + + + "Show Stair Path in Plan": Show Stair Path in Plan + + + + + "Show Cut Line in Plan": Show Cut Line in Plan + + + + + "Middle Support Type": Intermediate Support Type + + + + + "Left Support Type": Left Side Support Type + + + + + "Right Support Type": Right Side Support Type + + + + + "Landing Type": Landing Type + + + + + "Run Type": Run Type + + + + + "Calculation Rules": Calculation Rules + + + + + "Min. Tread Depth on Winder Inner Boundary": Minimum Tread Width on Inside Boundary + + + + + "Min. Tread Depth": Minimum Tread Depth + + + + + "Max. Riser Height": Maximum Riser Height + + + + + "Tread/Riser Start Number": + + + + + "Cut by Cut Plane" + + + + + "Show Monolithic Support Corse Geometry" + + + + + "Show Triser Corse Geometry" + + + + + "Show Run Corse Geometry" + + + + + "Show Monolithic Support Geometry" + + + + + "Show Triser Geometry" + + + + + "Show Run Geometry" + + + + + "Show Support Path" + + + + + "Show Stairs' Boundary 3D" + + + + + "Show Stairs' Boundary 2D" + + + + + "Show Landing Path" + + + + + "Show Landing Boundary" + + + + + "Show Run Outline For Plan" + + + + + "Show Run's Nosings" + + + + + "Show Run's Risers" + + + + + "Show Run's Path 3D" + + + + + "Show Run's Path 2D" + + + + + "Show Run's Right Boundary 3D" + + + + + "Show Run's Left Boundary 3D" + + + + + "Show Run's Right Boundary 2D" + + + + + "Show Run's Left Boundary 2D" + + + + + "Show Landing Faces" + + + + + "Show Run's Tread Faces" + + + + + "Enable Calculator Rules Check": Enable calculation rule checking + + + + + "Minimum Automatic Landing Depth": The minimum depth of automatic landing + + + + + "Run Width Measurement": Run Width Measurement + + + + + "Total Number of Treads": Total number of treads + + + + + "Total Number of Risers": Total number of risers + + + + + "Actual Number of Risers": The total number of actually created risers in model + + + + + "Desired Number of Risers": The number of risers is calculated based on stairs height + + + + + "Multistory Top Level": The top level of multi-story stairs + + + + + "Desired Stair Height": Stairs unconnected height + + + + + "Top Level": The top level of stairs + + + + + "Base Level": The base level of stairs + + + + + "Profile Offset" + + + + + "Width": Width + + + + + "Edge Match" + + + + + "Profile Along Flip" + + + + + "Profile Across Flip" + + + + + "Division Profile" + + + + + "Content protection enabled" + + + + + "Gap" + + + + + "Name": The name of the instance as it will show in the Property Palette + + + + + "Cross-Section Rotation": The rotation of Analytical Model + + + + + "Scale": The scale for this instance + + + + + "Description" + + + + + "Material aspect" + + + + + "System Abbreviation" + + + + + "Properties" + + + + + "Property Set Name" + + + + + "Subclass" + + + + + "Class" + + + + + "Perimeter": The Perimeter of Analytical Model + + + + + "Area": The Area of Analytical Model + + + + + "Length": The length of Analytical Model + + + + + "Assembly: Keynote" + + + + + "Assembly: Assembly Description" + + + + + "Assembly: Cost" + + + + + "Assembly: Type Mark" + + + + + "Assembly: Assembly Code" + + + + + "Assembly: Description" + + + + + "Assembly: URL" + + + + + "Assembly: Type Comments" + + + + + "Assembly: Manufacturer" + + + + + "Assembly: Model" + + + + + "Assembly: Name" + + + + + "Free Size" + + + + + "Overall Size" + + + + + "Lining Thickness" + + + + + "Lining Type" + + + + + "Insulation Thickness" + + + + + "Insulation Type" + + + + + "Pipe Size" + + + + + "Duct Size" + + + + + "Volume" + + + + + "Assembly Name" + + + + + "Component Classification" + + + + + "Rise / Drop Symbol" + + + + + "Two Line Drop Symbol" + + + + + "Two Line Rise Symbol" + + + + + "Single Line Drop Symbol" + + + + + "Single Line Rise Symbol" + + + + + "Single Line Tee Up Symbol" + + + + + "Single Line Tee Down Symbol" + + + + + "Naming Category" + + + + + "Use Top Rail": Whether railing has top rail + + + + + "Rail Path Join" + + + + + "Plus Tread Depth" + + + + + "Length" + + + + + "Justification" + + + + + "Number" + + + + + "Spacing" + + + + + "Layout" + + + + + "Family" + + + + + "Length" + + + + + "Extension Style" + + + + + "Length" + + + + + "Extension Style" + + + + + "End/Top Termination" + + + + + "Beginning/Bottom Termination" + + + + + "Material" + + + + + "Transitions" + + + + + "Hand Clearance" + + + + + "Projection" + + + + + "Height" + + + + + "Profile" + + + + + "Fillet Radius" + + + + + "Default Join" + + + + + "Lateral Offset" + + + + + "Height" + + + + + "Position" + + + + + "Type" + + + + + "Lateral Offset" + + + + + "Height" + + + + + "Position" + + + + + "Type" + + + + + "Height" + + + + + "Type" + + + + + "Rotation Angle" + + + + + "Flip" + + + + + "Orientation" + + + + + "Mass Floor" + + + + + "Mass Opening" + + + + + "Mass Skylight" + + + + + "Mass Glazing" + + + + + "Mass Exterior Wall - Underground" + + + + + "Mass Slab" + + + + + "Mass Shade" + + + + + "Mass Roof" + + + + + "Mass Interior Wall" + + + + + "Mass Exterior Wall" + + + + + "Analytical Space Bounding" + + + + + "Horizontal Void/Chase Area Threshold" + + + + + "Average Vertical Void Height Threshold" + + + + + "Analytical Grid Cell Size" + + + + + "Building Envelope" + + + + + "Right Attachment" + + + + + "Left Attachment" + + + + + "Measure From" + + + + + "Angle" + + + + + "Chord Length" + + + + + "Normalized Segment Length" + + + + + "Segment Length" + + + + + "Normalized Curve Parameter" + + + + + "Non-Normalized Curve Parameter" + + + + + "Measurement Type" + + + + + "End of Attachment to Reference Column" + + + + + "Start of Attachment to Reference Column" + + + + + "End Attachment Distance" + + + + + "Start Attachment Distance" + + + + + "End Attachment Type" + + + + + "Start Attachment Type" + + + + + "Show Border" + + + + + "Projection Type" + + + + + "Follow Surface" + + + + + "Detailed Elements" + + + + + "Number" + + + + + "Structural Framing Length Roundoff" + + + + + "Base Extension" + + + + + "Top Extension" + + + + + "Base Cut Style" + + + + + "Top Cut Style" + + + + + "Use Load Credits" + + + + + "Component Extents" + + + + + "Number of vertical cells" + + + + + "Number of horizontal cells" + + + + + "Vertical spacing" + + + + + "Horizontal spacing" + + + + + "Show Normal Reference Plane Only" + + + + + "Is ground plane" + + + + + "Angle to True North" + + + + + "Elev" + + + + + "E/W" + + + + + "N/S" + + + + + "Base Geometry Alignment" + + + + + "Top Geometry Alignment" + + + + + "Plenum Lighting Contribution" + + + + + "Top Attachment Referenced End" + + + + + "Top Attachment Ratio" + + + + + "Top Attachment Distance" + + + + + "Top Attachment Type" + + + + + "Base Attachment Referenced End" + + + + + "Base Attachment Ratio" + + + + + "Base Attachment Distance" + + + + + "Base Attachment Type" + + + + + "Move Base With Grids" + + + + + "Move Top With Grids" + + + + + "Column Style" + + + + + "Column Symbolic Offset" + + + + + "Mirrored" + + + + + "Flipped" + + + + + "Hosted V Parameter" + + + + + "Hosted U Parameter" + + + + + "Positive Offset" + + + + + "Negative Offset" + + + + + "Negative Offset" + + + + + "Positive Offset" + + + + + "Report Type" + + + + + "Building Infiltration Class" + + + + + "Utility" + + + + + "Show Placement Number" + + + + + "Constrained" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Point" + + + + + "Units Format" + + + + + "Driving Curve(s)" + + + + + "Leader Line Length" + + + + + "Suffix" + + + + + "Prefix" + + + + + "Visibility/Graphics Overrides" + + + + + "Show Reference Planes" + + + + + "Is Reference Line" + + + + + "Hosted Parameter" + + + + + "Driven by Host" + + + + + "Offset" + + + + + "Alternate Units Format" + + + + + "None" + + + + + "Light Source Definition (family)" + + + + + "Attachment Point" + + + + + "Light Loss Factor" + + + + + "Initial Color" + + + + + "Light Loss Input Method" + + + + + "Temperature Color" + + + + + "At a distance" + + + + + "Initial Light Intensity Input Method" + + + + + "Light Source Symbol Length" + + + + + "Light Source Symbol Size" + + + + + "Emit from Circle Diameter" + + + + + "Emit from Rectangle Length" + + + + + "Emit from Rectangle Width" + + + + + "Emit from Line Length" + + + + + "Emit Shape Visible in Rendering" + + + + + "Dimming Lamp Color Temperature Shift" + + + + + "Luminaire Dirt Depreciation" + + + + + "Lamp Lumen Depreciation" + + + + + "Surface Depreciation Loss" + + + + + "Lamp Tilt Loss" + + + + + "Voltage Loss" + + + + + "Temperature Loss" + + + + + "Color Filter" + + + + + "Initial Color Temperature" + + + + + "Illuminance" + + + + + "Luminous Intensity" + + + + + "Efficacy" + + + + + "Wattage" + + + + + "Initial Intensity" + + + + + "Light Source Definition" + + + + + "Light Source" + + + + + "Option 2" + + + + + "Option 1" + + + + + "Discarded Division Lines" + + + + + "Component Trim" + + + + + "Component Mirror" + + + + + "Is grid 2 suspended?" + + + + + "Is grid 1 suspended?" + + + + + "Components" + + + + + "Pattern Fill Material" + + + + + "Pattern Fill" + + + + + "Pattern Lines Style" + + + + + "Pattern Lines" + + + + + "Gridlines Style" + + + + + "Gridlines" + + + + + "Nodes" + + + + + "Surface Material" + + + + + "Surface" + + + + + "Display Surface Option" + + + + + "All Grid Rotation" + + + + + "Border Tile" + + + + + "Show all points" + + + + + "Tile Pattern" + + + + + "Component Flip" + + + + + "Component Rotation" + + + + + "Indent 2" + + + + + "Indent 1" + + + + + "Cover face completely" + + + + + "Offset from surface" + + + + + "Total edge length" + + + + + "Edge number" + + + + + "Point number" + + + + + "Facet number" + + + + + "Divided Surface Area" + + + + + "Lighting Calculation Luminaire Plane" + + + + + "Curve Type Reference" + + + + + "Wall Thickness" + + + + + "Lower End Invert Elevation" + + + + + "Upper End Invert Elevation" + + + + + "Lower End Obvert Elevation" + + + + + "Upper End Obvert Elevation" + + + + + "Lower End Bottom of Insulation Elevation" + + + + + "Lower End Top of Insulation Elevation" + + + + + "Upper End Bottom of Insulation Elevation" + + + + + "Upper End Top of Insulation Elevation" + + + + + "Lower End Bottom Elevation" + + + + + "Lower End Top Elevation" + + + + + "Upper End Bottom Elevation" + + + + + "Upper End Top Elevation" + + + + + "Lower End Centerline Elevation" + + + + + "Upper End Centerline Elevation" + + + + + "Stiffener Specification" + + + + + "Part Pattern Number" + + + + + "Size of Connector End" + + + + + "Size of Primary Branch End" + + + + + "Size of Secondary End" + + + + + "Size of Primary End" + + + + + "Change Service" + + + + + "SU/SD from Bottom" + + + + + "Insulation Material" + + + + + "Z Displacement" + + + + + "Y Displacement" + + + + + "X Displacement" + + + + + "Style" + + + + + "Depth" + + + + + "Target view": This is used by the UI to allow selection of target view. + It allows the UI to set a filter that is incompatible + with the current target view (REFERENCE_VIEWER_TARGET_VIEW). + + + + + "Filter": This is used by the UI to filter the list of target views. + + + + + "Fabrication Fitting Description" + + + + + "Double Wall Material Abbreviation" + + + + + "Material Abbreviation" + + + + + "Insulation Specification Abbreviation" + + + + + "Insulation Abbreviation" + + + + + "Specification Abbreviation" + + + + + "Pipe Invert Elevation": This parameter is obsolete. It exists only for compatibility. + + + + + "Bottom Elevation with Insulation" + + + + + "Bottom Elevation" + + + + + "Top Elevation with Insulation" + + + + + "Top Elevation" + + + + + "Spot Centerline Elevation": used for both design and fabrication components + + + + + "Spot Bottom of Insulation Elevation" + + + + + "Spot Bottom Elevation": used for both design and fabrication components + + + + + "Spot Top of Insulation Elevation" + + + + + "Spot Top Elevation": used for both design and fabrication components + + + + + "Double Wall Material Area" + + + + + "SU/SD from Top" + + + + + "Part Sheet Metal Area" + + + + + "Fabrication Service Abbreviation" + + + + + "Part Material Thickness" + + + + + "Fabrication Notes" + + + + + "Lining Area" + + + + + "Item Number" + + + + + "Insulation Area" + + + + + "Fabrication Service Name" + + + + + "Double Wall Material Thickness" + + + + + "Double Wall Material" + + + + + "Cut Type" + + + + + "Bought Out" + + + + + "Alias" + + + + + "x of XX" + + + + + "Product Code" + + + + + "More Parameters" + + + + + "Main Secondary Depth Option" + + + + + "Main Secondary Width Option" + + + + + "Main Secondary Diameter Option" + + + + + "Main Primary Diameter Option" + + + + + "Main Primary Depth Option" + + + + + "Main Primary Width Option" + + + + + "Angle Option" + + + + + "Length Option" + + + + + "Insulation Specification" + + + + + "Length" + + + + + "Product Entry" + + + + + "Main Secondary Depth" + + + + + "Main Secondary Width" + + + + + "Main Secondary Diameter" + + + + + "Main Primary Depth" + + + + + "Main Primary Width" + + + + + "End Middle Elevation" + + + + + "Start Middle Elevation" + + + + + "Slope" + + + + + "Relative File Name" + + + + + "Vendor" + + + + + "Lower End Bottom of Insulation Elevation" + + + + + "Upper End Top of Insulation Elevation" + + + + + "Middle Elevation" + + + + + "Reference Level" + + + + + "Specification" + + + + + "Vendor Code" + + + + + "Weight" + + + + + "Main Primary Diameter" + + + + + "Angle" + + + + + "Install Type" + + + + + "Part Material" + + + + + "OEM" + + + + + "Product Name" + + + + + "Product Short Description" + + + + + "Product Size Description" + + + + + "Product Material Description" + + + + + "Product Specification Description" + + + + + "Product Long Description" + + + + + "Product Range" + + + + + "Product Finish Description" + + + + + "Structural Framing Type" + + + + + "Angle" + + + + + "Analytical Vertical Projection" + + + + + "Start Release" + + + + + "End Release" + + + + + "Reference View": This is used by the UI to allow selection of view reference. + + + + + "Reference Other View": This is used to determine whether reference other view is enable or not. + + + + + "Tag new members in view" + + + + + "View Reference Tag" + + + + + "Target view" + + + + + "Bottom Constraint" + + + + + "Top Constraint" + + + + + "Bottom Offset" + + + + + "Top Offset" + + + + + "Structural Framing Type" + + + + + "Angle" + + + + + "Analytical Vertical Projection" + + + + + "Start Release" + + + + + "End Release" + + + + + "Structural Framing Type" + + + + + "Angle" + + + + + "Start Release" + + + + + "End Release" + + + + + "Structural Framing Type" + + + + + "Angle" + + + + + "Start Release" + + + + + "End Release" + + + + + "Tag new members in view" + + + + + "Non Bearing Offset" + + + + + "Bearing Chord" + + + + + "Span" + + + + + "Stick Symbol Location" + + + + + "Webs have symbolic cutback" + + + + + "Truss Height" + + + + + "Web Orientation" + + + + + "Rotate Chords With Truss" + + + + + "Reference Level" + + + + + "End Level Offset" + + + + + "Start Level Offset" + + + + + "Bearing Vertical Justification" + + + + + "Create Bottom Chord" + + + + + "Create Top Chord" + + + + + "Rotation Angle" + + + + + "Engineering Type" + + + + + "Truss Length" + + + + + "State" + + + + + "State" + + + + + "State" + + + + + "Z Translation - Spring" + + + + + "Z Translation - Fixed" + + + + + "Z Rotation - Spring" + + + + + "Z Rotation - Fixed" + + + + + "Y Translation - Spring" + + + + + "Y Translation - Fixed" + + + + + "Y Rotation - Spring" + + + + + "Y Rotation - Fixed" + + + + + "X Translation - Spring" + + + + + "X Translation - Fixed" + + + + + "X Rotation - Spring" + + + + + "X Rotation - Fixed" + + + + + "Z Spring Modulus" + + + + + "Y Spring Modulus" + + + + + "X Spring Modulus" + + + + + "X Spring Modulus" + + + + + "Z Spring Modulus" + + + + + "Y Spring Modulus" + + + + + "X Spring Modulus" + + + + + "Z Spring Modulus" + + + + + "Y Spring Modulus" + + + + + "X Spring Modulus" + + + + + "Z Spring Modulus" + + + + + "Y Spring Modulus" + + + + + "X Spring Modulus" + + + + + "Z Rotation" + + + + + "Y Rotation" + + + + + "X Rotation" + + + + + "Z Translation" + + + + + "Y Translation" + + + + + "X Translation" + + + + + "Is Boundary Conditions External?" + + + + + "Boundary Conditions Type" + + + + + "Key Source" + + + + + "Keynote" + + + + + "Key Value" + + + + + "Sheet Key Number" + + + + + "Keynote Text" + + + + + "Key Value" + + + + + "Grade" + + + + + "Species" + + + + + "Thermal expansion coefficient" + + + + + "Bending" + + + + + "Shear modulus" + + + + + "Poisson ratio" + + + + + "Shear perpendicular to grain" + + + + + "Shear parallel to grain" + + + + + "Compression perpendicular to grain" + + + + + "Compression parallel to grain" + + + + + "Young modulus" + + + + + "Material Type" + + + + + "Category" + + + + + "Category" + + + + + "Volume" + + + + + "Area" + + + + + "As Paint" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Pipe Slope Options" + + + + + "Fabrication Service" + + + + + "Angle of Deflection" + + + + + "Length" + + + + + "Calculations" + + + + + "Calculations" + + + + + "System Type" + + + + + "System Type" + + + + + "Abbreviation" + + + + + "Graphic Overrides" + + + + + "Pipe Slope Definitions" + + + + + "Engagement Length" + + + + + "Flow Conversion Method" + + + + + "Number of Elements" + + + + + "System Equipment" + + + + + "System Classification" + + + + + "System Name" + + + + + "Lightweight" + + + + + "Behavior" + + + + + "Resistance calculation strength" + + + + + "Reduction factor for shear" + + + + + "Minimum tensile strength" + + + + + "Minimum yield stress" + + + + + "Shear strength modification" + + + + + "Shear reinforcement yield stress" + + + + + "Bending reinforcement" + + + + + "Concrete compression" + + + + + "Thermal expansion coefficient Z" + + + + + "Thermal expansion coefficient Y" + + + + + "Thermal expansion coefficient X" + + + + + "Unit weight" + + + + + "Shear modulus Z" + + + + + "Shear modulus Y" + + + + + "Shear modulus X" + + + + + "Poisson ratio Z" + + + + + "Poisson ratio Y" + + + + + "Poisson ratio X" + + + + + "Young modulus Z" + + + + + "Young modulus Y" + + + + + "Young modulus X" + + + + + "Velocity Pressure" + + + + + "Maximum Size" + + + + + "Minimum Size" + + + + + "Pressure Drop" + + + + + "Routing Preference" + + + + + "Routing Preferences" + + + + + "Segment Description" + + + + + "Connection Type" + + + + + "Pipe Segment" + + + + + "Routing Preferences" + + + + + "Vertical Offset value for parallel pipes" + + + + + "Horizontal Offset value for parallel pipes" + + + + + "Vertical Number for parallel pipes" + + + + + "Horizontal Number for parallel pipes" + + + + + "Vertical Offset value for parallel conduits" + + + + + "Horizontal Offset value for parallel conduits" + + + + + "Vertical Number for parallel conduits" + + + + + "Horizontal Number for parallel conduits" + + + + + "Orifice Size" + + + + + "Temperature Rating" + + + + + "K-Factor" + + + + + "Pressure Class" + + + + + "Orifice" + + + + + "Coverage" + + + + + "Response" + + + + + "Shape" + + + + + "Show Round" + + + + + "Fixture Units" + + + + + "Slope" + + + + + "Slope" + + + + + "Slope" + + + + + "Volume" + + + + + "WFU" + + + + + "HWFU" + + + + + "CWFU" + + + + + "Flow Configuration" + + + + + "Flow Direction" + + + + + "Fixture Units" + + + + + "Static Pressure" + + + + + "Insulation Thickness" + + + + + "Lower End Bottom Elevation" + + + + + "Upper End Top Elevation" + + + + + "Outside Diameter" + + + + + "Invert Elevation": This parameter is obsolete. It exists only for compatibility. + + + + + "Loss Method" + + + + + "K Coefficient Table" + + + + + "K Coefficient" + + + + + "Cv Coefficient" + + + + + "Loss Method" + + + + + "K Coefficient Table" + + + + + "K Coefficient" + + + + + "Cv Coefficient" + + + + + "Additional Flow" + + + + + "Diameter" + + + + + "Slope Percentage (%)" + + + + + "Allow Slope Adjustments" + + + + + "Flow Factor" + + + + + "Flow Configuration" + + + + + "Flow Direction" + + + + + "Fluid Type" + + + + + "Fluid Temperature" + + + + + "Fluid Dynamic Viscosity" + + + + + "Fluid Density" + + + + + "Flow" + + + + + "Inside Diameter" + + + + + "Reynolds Number" + + + + + "Relative Roughness" + + + + + "Flow State" + + + + + "Friction Factor" + + + + + "Velocity" + + + + + "Friction" + + + + + "Pressure Drop" + + + + + "Roughness" + + + + + "Material" + + + + + "Connection Type" + + + + + "Schedule/Type" + + + + + "Slot Index" + + + + + "Ways" + + + + + "Load Classification Abbreviation" + + + + + "Phase Label" + + + + + "Circuit Naming Index" + + + + + "Connection Type" + + + + + "Offset" + + + + + "Path Mode" + + + + + "Start Slot" + + + + + "Connector Gender Type" + + + + + "Connector Joint Type" + + + + + "Panel Configuration" + + + + + "Location" + + + + + "Panel Schedule Name" + + + + + "Template" + + + + + "Current Phase C" + + + + + "Current Phase B" + + + + + "Current Phase A" + + + + + "Description" + + + + + "Estimated Demand Current" + + + + + "Connected Current" + + + + + "Estimated Demand (VA)" + + + + + "Demand Factor" + + + + + "Connected Load (VA)" + + + + + "Load Classification" + + + + + "Schedule Circuit Notes" + + + + + "Number of Elements" + + + + + "Frame" + + + + + "Total Estimated Demand Current" + + + + + "Total Connected Current" + + + + + "Total Demand Factor" + + + + + "Schedule Footer Notes" + + + + + "Schedule Header Notes" + + + + + "Number of Wires" + + + + + "Number of Phases" + + + + + "Neutral Rating" + + + + + "Neutral Bus" + + + + + "Ground Bus" + + + + + "Bussing" + + + + + "SubFeed Lugs" + + + + + "Supply From" + + + + + "MCB Rating" + + + + + "Mains Type" + + + + + "Feed" + + + + + "Outside Diameter" + + + + + "Inside Diameter" + + + + + "Diameter(Trade Size)" + + + + + "Width" + + + + + "Height" + + + + + "Length" + + + + + "Load Sub-Classification Motor" + + + + + "Shape" + + + + + "Bend or Fitting" + + + + + "Service Type" + + + + + "Outside Diameter" + + + + + "Inside Diameter" + + + + + "Lower End Bottom Elevation" + + + + + "Upper End Top Elevation" + + + + + "Diameter(Trade Size)" + + + + + "Width" + + + + + "Height" + + + + + "Load Classification" + + + + + "Bend Radius Multiplier" + + + + + "Standard" + + + + + "Conduit Size Lookup" + + + + + "Bend Radius" + + + + + "Bend Radius" + + + + + "Rung Height" + + + + + "Rung Width" + + + + + "Rung Space" + + + + + "Thickness" + + + + + "Switch ID" + + + + + "Circuit Description" + + + + + "Circuit Load Name" + + + + + "Number of Conductors" + + + + + "Tick Marks" + + + + + "Panel" + + + + + "Circuit Number" + + + + + "Circuits" + + + + + "# of Runs" + + + + + "# of Hot Conductors" + + + + + "# of Neutral Conductors" + + + + + "# of Ground Conductors" + + + + + "Type" + + + + + "Elevation" + + + + + "Hot Conductors" + + + + + "Neutral Conductors" + + + + + "Ground Conductors" + + + + + "Share Neutral Conductor" + + + + + "Share Ground Conductor" + + + + + "Load Name" + + + + + "Secondary Distribution System" + + + + + "Circuit Naming" + + + + + "Circuit Prefix Separator" + + + + + "Circuit Prefix" + + + + + "Modifications" + + + + + "Enclosure" + + + + + "Mains" + + + + + "Mounting" + + + + + "Short Circuit Rating" + + + + + "Max Number of Single Pole Breakers" + + + + + "Panel Name" + + + + + "HVAC Total Estimated Demand" + + + + + "HVAC Total Connected" + + + + + "Lighting Total Estimated Demand" + + + + + "Lighting Total Connected" + + + + + "Power Total Estimated Demand" + + + + + "Power Total Connected" + + + + + "Other Total Estimated Demand" + + + + + "Other Total Connected" + + + + + "Total Estimated Demand" + + + + + "Total Connected" + + + + + "Load Classification" + + + + + "Connected Load" + + + + + "Estimated Demand Load" + + + + + "Distribution System" + + + + + "Line to Line Voltage" + + + + + "Line to Ground Voltage" + + + + + "Phase" + + + + + "Configuration" + + + + + "Wires" + + + + + "Actual Voltage" + + + + + "Minimum Voltage" + + + + + "Maximum Voltage" + + + + + "Apparent Load Phase C" + + + + + "Apparent Load Phase B" + + + + + "Apparent Load Phase A" + + + + + "True Load Phase C" + + + + + "True Load Phase B" + + + + + "True Load Phase A" + + + + + "True Current" + + + + + "True Current Phase A" + + + + + "True Current Phase B" + + + + + "True Current Phase C" + + + + + "Apparent Current" + + + + + "Apparent Current Phase A" + + + + + "Apparent Current Phase B" + + + + + "Apparent Current Phase C" + + + + + "Voltage Drop" + + + + + "Calculate Coefficient of Utilization" + + + + + "Length" + + + + + "Rating" + + + + + "Wire Size" + + + + + "Wire Type" + + + + + "Room Cavity Ratio" + + + + + "Photometric Web File" + + + + + "Average Estimated Illumination" + + + + + "Floor Reflectance" + + + + + "Wall Reflectance" + + + + + "Ceiling Reflectance" + + + + + "Lighting Calculation Workplane" + + + + + "Material" + + + + + "Temperature Rating" + + + + + "Insulation" + + + + + "Max Size" + + + + + "Neutral Multiplier" + + + + + "Neutral Included in Balanced Load" + + + + + "Neutral Size" + + + + + "Conduit Type" + + + + + "Ambient Temperature" + + + + + "System Type" + + + + + "Load Classification" + + + + + "True Load Phase 3" + + + + + "True Load Phase 2" + + + + + "True Load Phase 1" + + + + + "True Load" + + + + + "Power Factor State" + + + + + "Power Factor" + + + + + "Apparent Load Phase 3" + + + + + "Apparent Load Phase 2" + + + + + "Apparent Load Phase 1" + + + + + "Apparent Load" + + + + + "Balanced Load" + + + + + "Voltage" + + + + + "Number of Poles" + + + + + "Connector Description" + + + + + "Family" + + + + + "Family and Type" + + + + + "Type" + + + + + "Private" + + + + + "Notes" + + + + + "History" + + + + + "Status" + + + + + "Label" + + + + + "Creator" + + + + + "Created" + + + + + "Modified" + + + + + "System Color Schemes" + + + + + "Detail Level" + + + + + "Host Length" + + + + + "View Direction" + + + + + "Component Type" + + + + + "Design Option Set Id" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Primary Option Id" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Attached to" + + + + + "Allowed View Types" + + + + + "Origin Level Offset" + + + + + "Reference Level" + + + + + "Fill Pattern Graphics Overrides" + + + + + "Engagement Length" + + + + + "Inside Diameter" + + + + + "Diameter" + + + + + "Connector Type" + + + + + "System Type" + + + + + "Primary Connector" + + + + + "Link Connector Index" + + + + + "System Classification" + + + + + "Angle" + + + + + "System Classification" + + + + + "Index" + + + + + "Size on screen" + + + + + "Height" + + + + + "Width" + + + + + "Radius" + + + + + "Shape" + + + + + "Gender Type" + + + + + "Connection Type" + + + + + "Part Type" + + + + + "Modify Ranges of applicability" + + + + + "Composed Name" + + + + + "Number" + + + + + "Schematic" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Design Temperature for Cooling" + + + + + "Design Temperature for Heating" + + + + + "Outside Air Flow per Person" + + + + + "Outside Air Flow per Area" + + + + + "Air Changes per Hour" + + + + + "Analytical Zone" + + + + + "Number of People" + + + + + "Condition Type" + + + + + "Space Type (gbXML)" + + + + + "Analytical Surface" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Originating Element" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Analytic Construction" + + + + + "Tilt" + + + + + "Azimuth" + + + + + "Adjacent Analytical Space" + + + + + "Analytical Space" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Reports Folder Path" + + + + + "Report Style" + + + + + "Phase" + + + + + "Volume" + + + + + "Area" + + + + + "Peak Latent Cooling Load" + + + + + "Peak Airflow" + + + + + "Reference Level" + + + + + "Infiltration Airflow" + + + + + "Infiltration Airflow per area" + + + + + "Outdoor Airflow" + + + + + "Outdoor Airflow per person" + + + + + "Outdoor Airflow per area" + + + + + "Air Changes per Hour" + + + + + "Power Load" + + + + + "Lighting Load" + + + + + "Occupancy Load" + + + + + "Power Load per area" + + + + + "Lighting Load per area" + + + + + "Latent Heat Gain per person" + + + + + "Sensible Heat Gain per person" + + + + + "Area per person" + + + + + "Airflow per area" + + + + + "Peak Cooling Load" + + + + + "Peak Heating Load" + + + + + "Dehumidification Set Point" + + + + + "Humidification Set Point" + + + + + "Cooling Set Point" + + + + + "Heating Set Point" + + + + + "Top Offset" + + + + + "Level Offset" + + + + + "Level" + + + + + "Calculated Hydronic Cooling Flow" + + + + + "Calculated Hydronic Heating Flow" + + + + + "Space Outdoor Air Option" + + + + + "Opening Type" + + + + + "Room Calculation Point" + + + + + "Column Distance" + + + + + "Row Distance" + + + + + "Column" + + + + + "Row" + + + + + "Bend" + + + + + "Horizontal Bend" + + + + + "Multi Shape Transition Oval to Round" + + + + + "Multi Shape Transition Rect to Oval" + + + + + "Tee Down" + + + + + "Tee Up" + + + + + "Vertical Outside Bend" + + + + + "Vertical Inside Bend" + + + + + "Export Category" + + + + + "Export Complexity" + + + + + "Zone" + + + + + "Export Default Values" + + + + + "Plenum Cooling Load" + + + + + "Skylight Cooling Load" + + + + + "Partition Cooling Load" + + + + + "Door Cooling Load" + + + + + "Window Cooling Load" + + + + + "Wall Cooling Load" + + + + + "Roof Cooling Load" + + + + + "Skylight Area" + + + + + "Partition Area" + + + + + "Floor Area" + + + + + "Door Area" + + + + + "Window Area" + + + + + "Wall Area" + + + + + "Roof Area" + + + + + "Show a Coordinate System Symbol for each Surface" + + + + + "Show Room Bounding Elements Dimmed and Underlay" + + + + + "Show Shading Surfaces" + + + + + "Show Surfaces Transparent" + + + + + "Show Surfaces" + + + + + "Show Inner Space Shells" + + + + + "Show Analytical Space Shells" + + + + + "Show Analytical Building Shell" + + + + + "Lining Thickness" + + + + + "Insulation Thickness" + + + + + "Insulation Thickness" + + + + + "Unoccupied Cooling Set Point" + + + + + "Closing Time" + + + + + "Opening Time" + + + + + "People Activity Level" + + + + + "Electrical Equipment Radiant" + + + + + "Power Schedule" + + + + + "Lighting Schedule" + + + + + "Occupancy Schedule" + + + + + "Infiltration Airflow per area" + + + + + "Carpeting" + + + + + "Air Volume Calculation Type" + + + + + "Coil Bypass" + + + + + "Calculated Area per Cooling Load" + + + + + "Calculated Area per Heating Load" + + + + + "Use Air Changes Per Hour" + + + + + "Use Outside Air Per Area" + + + + + "Use Outside Air Per Person" + + + + + "Use Dehumidification Set Point" + + + + + "Use Humidification Set Point" + + + + + "Outdoor Air Information" + + + + + "Cooling Information" + + + + + "Heating Information" + + + + + "Sliver Space Tolerance" + + + + + "Gross Area" + + + + + "Gross Volume" + + + + + "Plenum" + + + + + "Occupiable" + + + + + "Room Number" + + + + + "Room Name" + + + + + "Phase" + + + + + "Phase Id" + + + + + "Project Phase" + + + + + "Calculated Supply Airflow per area" + + + + + "Calculated Cooling Load per area" + + + + + "Calculated Heating Load per area" + + + + + "Calculated Supply Airflow per area" + + + + + "Calculated Cooling Load per area" + + + + + "Calculated Heating Load per area" + + + + + "Level" + + + + + "Outdoor Air Rate / Air Changes per Hour" + + + + + "Outdoor Air per Area" + + + + + "Outdoor Air per Person" + + + + + "Dehumidification Set Point" + + + + + "Humidification Set Point" + + + + + "Cooling Air Temperature" + + + + + "Heating Air Temperature" + + + + + "Cooling Set Point" + + + + + "Heating Set Point" + + + + + "Calculated Supply Airflow" + + + + + "Calculated Cooling Load" + + + + + "Calculated Heating Load" + + + + + "Service Type" + + + + + "Occupied Volume" + + + + + "Perimeter" + + + + + "Occupied Area" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Update Surfaces" + + + + + "Internal Shading Factor" + + + + + "Internal Shading Factor" + + + + + "Ground Plane" + + + + + "Origin (Z)" + + + + + "Origin (Y)" + + + + + "Origin (X)" + + + + + "Azimuth" + + + + + "Tilt" + + + + + "CADObjectID" + + + + + "Adjacent Space Id (2)" + + + + + "Adjacent Space Id (1)" + + + + + "Electrical Loads" + + + + + "People" + + + + + "Location" + + + + + "Actual Lighting Load per area" + + + + + "Actual Power Load per area" + + + + + "Heat Load Values" + + + + + "Lighting Load Units" + + + + + "Power Load Units" + + + + + "Design Cooling Load" + + + + + "Calculated Cooling Load" + + + + + "Design Heating Load" + + + + + "Calculated Heating Load" + + + + + "Return Airflow" + + + + + "Construction Type" + + + + + "Schematic Types" + + + + + "Building Service" + + + + + "Area" + + + + + "Surface Type" + + + + + "Surface Name" + + + + + "Maintain Annotation Orientation" + + + + + "Use Annotation Scale" + + + + + "Electrical Data" + + + + + "Size" + + + + + "Sensible Heat Gain per person" + + + + + "IsCustom" + + + + + "Connector Offset" + + + + + "Lookup Table Name" + + + + + "Specified Lighting Load" + + + + + "Specified Power Load" + + + + + "Actual Lighting Load" + + + + + "Actual Power Load" + + + + + "Base Lighting Load on" + + + + + "Base Power Load on" + + + + + "Design Other Load per area" + + + + + "Design HVAC Load per area" + + + + + "Specified Lighting Load per area" + + + + + "Specified Power Load per area" + + + + + "Ballast Loss" + + + + + "Total Light Loss Factor" + + + + + "Coefficient of Utilization" + + + + + "Takeoff Fixed Length" + + + + + "Takeoff Length Projection" + + + + + "Takeoff Length" + + + + + "OffsetHeight" + + + + + "OffsetWidth" + + + + + "Part Type" + + + + + "Energy Settings" + + + + + "Actual Exhaust Airflow" + + + + + "Actual Return Airflow" + + + + + "Actual Supply Airflow" + + + + + "Latent Heat Gain per person" + + + + + "Total Heat Gain per person" + + + + + "Calculated Supply Airflow" + + + + + "Specified Exhaust Airflow" + + + + + "Specified Return Airflow" + + + + + "Specified Supply Airflow" + + + + + "Area per Person" + + + + + "Number of People" + + + + + "Occupancy Unit" + + + + + "Space Type" + + + + + "Condition Type" + + + + + "Postal Code" + + + + + "Building Type" + + + + + "Size Lock" + + + + + "Additional Flow" + + + + + "Max Width" + + + + + "Loss Method Settings" + + + + + "Loss Method Settings" + + + + + "Cap" + + + + + "Loss Method" + + + + + "Loss Method" + + + + + "Flange" + + + + + "Size" + + + + + "Size" + + + + + "Static Pressure" + + + + + "Flex Pipe" + + + + + "Pipe Type" + + + + + "Flex Duct Type" + + + + + "Duct Type" + + + + + "ASHRAE Table" + + + + + "Loss Method" + + + + + "Flex Duct Type" + + + + + "Preferred Junction Type" + + + + + "Tap" + + + + + "Middle Elevation" + + + + + "Union" + + + + + "Hydraulic Diameter" + + + + + "Reynolds number" + + + + + "Equivalent Diameter" + + + + + "Multi Shape Transition Rect to Round" + + + + + "Section" + + + + + "Loss Coefficient" + + + + + "Max Flow" + + + + + "Min Flow" + + + + + "Velocity Pressure" + + + + + "Area" + + + + + "Max Height" + + + + + "Lining Thickness" + + + + + "Insulation Thickness" + + + + + "Friction" + + + + + "Roughness" + + + + + "Transition" + + + + + "Cross" + + + + + "Tee" + + + + + "Elbow" + + + + + "Pressure Drop" + + + + + "Velocity" + + + + + "Vertical Justification" + + + + + "Horizontal Justification" + + + + + "Flow" + + + + + "Diameter" + + + + + "Height" + + + + + "Width" + + + + + "Flex Pattern" + + + + + "End Middle Elevation" + + + + + "Start Middle Elevation" + + + + + "End Level" + + + + + "Reference Level" + + + + + "All non 0 forces at end" + + + + + "All non 0 forces at start" + + + + + "Member Forces" + + + + + "End Mz" + + + + + "End My" + + + + + "End Mx" + + + + + "End Fz" + + + + + "End Fy" + + + + + "End Fx" + + + + + "Start Mz" + + + + + "Start My" + + + + + "Start Mx" + + + + + "Start Fz" + + + + + "Start Fy" + + + + + "Start Fx" + + + + + "Path Length" + + + + + "Show Node Numbers" + + + + + "Total Number of Nodes" + + + + + "Display Nodes" + + + + + "Display Path" + + + + + "Justification" + + + + + "Number" + + + + + "Flip Direction" + + + + + "Measurement Type" + + + + + "Maximum Distance" + + + + + "Minimum Distance" + + + + + "End Indent" + + + + + "Beginning Indent" + + + + + "Distance" + + + + + "Layout" + + + + + "Alignment Label Set End Station" + + + + + "Alignment Label Set Start Station" + + + + + "Alignment Station Label Set Interval": The text is not used directly anywhere in the UI, + instead the XAML specifies its own string for the value's label. + + + + + "Alignment Station Label Set Offset": The text is not used directly anywhere in the UI, + instead the XAML specifies its own string for the value's label. + + + + + "Bottom Width" + + + + + "Top Width" + + + + + "Enable Angle Overrides" + + + + + "Width Measured At" + + + + + "Default Interior Angle" + + + + + "Default Exterior Angle" + + + + + "Interior Angle" + + + + + "Exterior Angle" + + + + + "Angle From Vertical" + + + + + "Cross-Section" + + + + + "Type IFC Predefined Type" + + + + + "IFC Predefined Type" + + + + + "Export Type to IFC As" + + + + + "Export to IFC As" + + + + + "Export Type to IFC" + + + + + "Export to IFC" + + + + + "IfcOrganization" + + + + + "IfcApplicationVersion" + + + + + "IfcApplicationName" + + + + + "Organization Name" + + + + + "Organization Description" + + + + + "Building Name" + + + + + "Author" + + + + + "IfcSite GUID" + + + + + "IfcBuilding GUID" + + + + + "IfcProject GUID" + + + + + "Type IfcGUID" + + + + + "IfcGUID" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Automatic Cutback for Beams and Braces" + + + + + "Base Connection" + + + + + "Top Connection" + + + + + "End Connection" + + + + + "Start Connection" + + + + + "Apply to" + + + + + "Bar Type" + + + + + "Reinforcement Volume" + + + + + "Estimated Reinforcement Volume" + + + + + "Estimated Total Bar Length" + + + + + "Estimated Number of Bars" + + + + + "Alternating Bar - Shape" + + + + + "Primary Bar - Shape" + + + + + "Offset" + + + + + "Length (Alternating Bar)" + + + + + "Length (Primary Bar)" + + + + + "Top (Alternating Bar)" + + + + + "End Hook Angle Alternating" + + + + + "End Hook Angle Primary" + + + + + "Summary" + + + + + "Bottom (Alternating Bar)" + + + + + "Bottom (Primary Bar)" + + + + + "Start Hook Angle Alternating" + + + + + "Start Hook Angle Primary" + + + + + "Additional Offset" + + + + + "Alternating Bar - Offset" + + + + + "Alternating Bar - End Hook Orientation" + + + + + "Primary Bar - End Hook Orientation" + + + + + "Alternating Bar - End Hook Orientation" + + + + + "Primary Bar - End Hook Orientation" + + + + + "Alternating Bar - End Hook Type" + + + + + "Primary Bar - End Hook Type" + + + + + "Alternating Bar - Hook Orientation" + + + + + "Primary Bar - Hook Orientation" + + + + + "Alternating Bar - Hook Orientation" + + + + + "Primary Bar - Hook Orientation" + + + + + "Alternating Bar - Start Hook Type" + + + + + "Primary Bar - Start Hook Type" + + + + + "Alternating Bar - Length" + + + + + "Primary Bar - Length" + + + + + "Alternating Bar - Type" + + + + + "Primary Bar - Type" + + + + + "Alternating Bars" + + + + + "Number Of Bars" + + + + + "Bar Spacing" + + + + + "Face" + + + + + "Face" + + + + + "Deformation" + + + + + "Bottom/Interior Minor Spacing" + + + + + "Bottom/Interior Major Spacing" + + + + + "Top/Exterior Minor Spacing" + + + + + "Top/Exterior Major Spacing" + + + + + "Bottom/Interior Minor Number Of Lines" + + + + + "Bottom/Interior Major Number Of Lines" + + + + + "Top/Exterior Minor Number Of Lines" + + + + + "Top/Exterior Major Number Of Lines" + + + + + "Bottom/Interior Minor Bar Type" + + + + + "Bottom/Interior Major Bar Type" + + + + + "Top/Exterior Minor Bar Type" + + + + + "Top/Exterior Major Bar Type" + + + + + "Bottom/Interior Minor Direction" + + + + + "Bottom/Interior Major Direction" + + + + + "Top/Exterior Minor Direction" + + + + + "Top/Exterior Major Direction" + + + + + "Interior Minor Spacing" + + + + + "Interior Major Spacing" + + + + + "Exterior Minor Spacing" + + + + + "Exterior Major Spacing" + + + + + "Interior Minor Number Of Lines" + + + + + "Interior Major Number Of Lines" + + + + + "Exterior Minor Number Of Lines" + + + + + "Exterior Major Number Of Lines" + + + + + "Interior Minor Hook Type" + + + + + "Interior Major Hook Type" + + + + + "Exterior Minor Hook Type" + + + + + "Exterior Major Hook Type" + + + + + "Interior Minor Hook Orientation" + + + + + "Interior Major Hook Orientation" + + + + + "Exterior Minor Hook Orientation" + + + + + "Exterior Major Hook Orientation" + + + + + "Interior Minor Bar Type" + + + + + "Interior Major Bar Type" + + + + + "Exterior Minor Bar Type" + + + + + "Exterior Major Bar Type" + + + + + "Interior Minor Direction" + + + + + "Interior Major Direction" + + + + + "Exterior Minor Direction" + + + + + "Exterior Major Direction" + + + + + "Bottom Minor Spacing" + + + + + "Bottom Major Spacing" + + + + + "Top Minor Spacing" + + + + + "Top Major Spacing" + + + + + "Bottom Minor Number Of Lines" + + + + + "Bottom Major Number Of Lines" + + + + + "Top Minor Number Of Lines" + + + + + "Top Major Number Of Lines" + + + + + "Bottom Minor Hook Type" + + + + + "Bottom Major Hook Type" + + + + + "Top Minor Hook Type" + + + + + "Top Major Hook Type" + + + + + "Bottom Minor Hook Orientation" + + + + + "Bottom Major Hook Orientation" + + + + + "Top Minor Hook Orientation" + + + + + "Top Major Hook Orientation" + + + + + "Bottom Minor Bar Type" + + + + + "Bottom Major Bar Type" + + + + + "Top Minor Bar Type" + + + + + "Top Major Bar Type" + + + + + "Bottom Minor Direction" + + + + + "Bottom Major Direction" + + + + + "Top Minor Direction" + + + + + "Top Major Direction" + + + + + "Hook Angle Top" + + + + + "Hook Angle Bottom" + + + + + "Hook Angle Right" + + + + + "Hook Angle Left" + + + + + "Bars In Minor Direction" + + + + + "Bars In Major Direction" + + + + + "Additional Interior Cover Offset" + + + + + "Additional Exterior Cover Offset" + + + + + "Additional Bottom Cover Offset" + + + + + "Additional Top Cover Offset" + + + + + "Top and Bottom Minor Layers Match" + + + + + "Top and Bottom Major Layers Match" + + + + + "Bottom Major and Minor Layers Match" + + + + + "Top Major and Minor Layers Match" + + + + + "Minor, Both Faces (Brief)" + + + + + "Minor, Both Faces" + + + + + "Major, Both Faces (Brief)" + + + + + "Major, Both Faces" + + + + + "Bottom/Interior Minor (Brief)" + + + + + "Bottom/Interior Minor" + + + + + "Bottom/Interior Major (Brief)" + + + + + "Bottom/Interior Major" + + + + + "Top/Exterior Minor (Brief)" + + + + + "Top/Exterior Minor" + + + + + "Top/Exterior Major (Brief)" + + + + + "Top/Exterior Major" + + + + + "Rebar Cover Bottom/Interior" + + + + + "Rebar Cover Top/Exterior" + + + + + "Override Area Reinforcement Settings" + + + + + "Layer Summary (Brief)" + + + + + "Layer Summary" + + + + + "Layout Rule" + + + + + "Rebar Cover Side/Edge" + + + + + "Use Only Elements Visible In Current View" + + + + + "Offset along wire direction": Offset along wire direction + + + + + "Wire distance": The distance between wires + + + + + "Wire length": The wire length + + + + + "Wire type": The wire type assigned + + + + + "Longitudinal Cut Length": Bent fabric longitudinal cut length. + + + + + "Shared family key" + + + + + "Cut by Host Cover": Single Fabric Sheet is cut or not cut by the Host Cover. + + + + + "Straight Wires Location": Location of straight wires in a bent fabric. + + + + + "Fixed offset" + + + + + "Bend Direction": Direction in which FabricSheet is bent. + + + + + "Tag Component Reference" + + + + + "D_Right" + + + + + "D_Left" + + + + + "D_Bottom" + + + + + "D_Top" + + + + + "Right" + + + + + "Left" + + + + + "Bottom" + + + + + "Top" + + + + + "Tag new members in view": List of all Plan Views and None. + + + + + "Cut Sheet Mass": Calculated cut sheet mass [Sheet Mass per Unit Area * (Cut Overall Length * Cut Overall Width)] + + + + + "Total Sheet Mass": Calculated all sheet mass: Volume of Wire * Unit Weight. + + + + + "Cut Overall Width": Provides a real sheet Width after definition + + + + + "Cut Overall Length": Provides a real sheet Length after definition + + + + + "Additional Cover Offset": Additional cover offset of the fabric distribution. + + + + + "Minor Lap Splice Length": Fabric lap splice length in minor direction in the fabric distribution. + + + + + "Major Lap Splice Length": Fabric lap splice length in major direction in the fabric distribution. + + + + + "Location": Fabric location in the host. + + + + + "Lap Splice Position": Fabric lap splice position in the fabric distribution + + + + + "Location": Fabric location in the wall + + + + + "Location": Fabric location in the slab + + + + + "Fabric Sheet": List all Fabric Sheet types + + + + + "Bend Diameter": Standard Bend Diameter of Fabric Wire. + + + + + "Sheet Mass per Unit Area": Structural Sheet Mass per Unit Area [Sheet Mass / (Overall Length * Overall Width)] + + + + + "Minor Reinforcement Area": Minor Reinforcement Area + + + + + "Major Reinforcement Area": Major Reinforcement Area + + + + + "Sheet Mass": Sheet Mass + + + + + "Minor Spacing": Minor Spacing + + + + + "Minor Number of Wires": Minor Number of Wires + + + + + "Minor Layout Pattern": Minor Layout Pattern + + + + + "Minor End Overhang": Minor End Overhang + + + + + "Minor Start Overhang": Minor Start Overhang + + + + + "Width": Width + + + + + "Overall Width": Overall Width + + + + + "Major Spacing": Major Spacing + + + + + "Major Number of Wires": Major Number of Wires + + + + + "Major Layout Pattern": Major Layout Pattern + + + + + "Major End Overhang": Major End Overhang + + + + + "Major Start Overhang": Major Start Overhang + + + + + "Length": Length + + + + + "Overall Length": Overall Length + + + + + "Default Minor Lap Splice Length": Default Minor Lap Splice Length + + + + + "Default Major Lap Splice Length": Default Major Lap Splice Length + + + + + "Minor Direction Wire Type": Minor Direction Wire Type + + + + + "Major Direction Wire Type": Major Direction Wire Type + + + + + "Physical Material Asset": Physical Material Asset + + + + + "Nominal Diameter": Nominal Diameter of Fabric Wire. + + + + + "Quantity By Rebar Set" + + + + + "Minimum bar length" + + + + + "Maximum bar length" + + + + + "Maxim Suffix" + + + + + "Minim Suffix" + + + + + "Rebar Number Suffix" + + + + + "Distribution Type" + + + + + "Can host rebar" + + + + + "Host Category" + + + + + "End Tangent Hook Length" + + + + + "Start Tangent Hook Length" + + + + + "INTERNAL: Multiplanar End Connector" + + + + + "INTERNAL: Multiplanar Start Connector" + + + + + "INTERNAL: Multiplanar Duplicate" + + + + + "INTERNAL: Multiplanar" + + + + + "Out of Plane Bend Diameter" + + + + + "Stirrup/Tie Attachment" + + + + + "Stirrup/Tie Attachment" + + + + + "Base Finishing Turns" + + + + + "Top Finishing Turns" + + + + + "Height" + + + + + "Pitch" + + + + + "Standard Hook Bend Diameter" + + + + + "Include Last Bar" + + + + + "Include First Bar" + + + + + "Bend Diameter" + + + + + "Bar Diameter" + + + + + "End Hook Offset Length" + + + + + "End Hook Length" + + + + + "Start Hook Offset Length" + + + + + "Start Hook Length" + + + + + "Schedule Mark" + + + + + "Rounding Overrides" + + + + + "Rounding Overrides" + + + + + "Style" + + + + + "Hook At End" + + + + + "Hook At Start" + + + + + "Style" + + + + + "Allowable Rebar Bar Types" + + + + + "Maximum Bend Radius" + + + + + "Stirrup/Tie Bend Diameter" + + + + + "Hook Lengths" + + + + + "Style" + + + + + "Bar Length" + + + + + "Shape" + + + + + "View Visibility States" + + + + + "Spacing" + + + + + "Quantity" + + + + + "Layout Rule" + + + + + "Standard Bend Diameter" + + + + + "Hook Orientation At End" + + + + + "Hook At End" + + + + + "Hook Orientation At Start" + + + + + "Hook At Start" + + + + + "Total Bar Length" + + + + + "Extension Multiplier" + + + + + "Hook Angle" + + + + + "Subcategory" + + + + + "Bar Diameter" + + + + + "Location line to align" + + + + + "Copy openings" + + + + + "Copy openings/inserts" + + + + + "Copy windows/doors/openings" + + + + + "Parameters" + + + + + "Phases" + + + + + "Reuse Grids with the same name" + + + + + "Reuse Levels with the same name" + + + + + "Split Columns by Levels" + + + + + "Reuse matching Grids" + + + + + "Reuse matching Levels" + + + + + "Offset Level" + + + + + "Add suffix to Level Name" + + + + + "Add prefix to Level Name" + + + + + "Add suffix to Grid Name" + + + + + "Add prefix to Grid Name" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Factor" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Category" + + + + + "Nature" + + + + + "Case Number" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Area force scale" + + + + + "Linear force scale" + + + + + "Distance between arrows" + + + + + "Moment scale" + + + + + "Moment arrowhead (alternate)" + + + + + "Moment arrowhead" + + + + + "Force scale" + + + + + "Force arrowhead" + + + + + "Description" + + + + + "Comments" + + + + + "Nature" + + + + + "All non 0 loads" + + + + + "Projected Load" + + + + + "Area" + + + + + "Fz 3" + + + + + "Fy 3" + + + + + "Fx 3" + + + + + "Fz 2" + + + + + "Fy 2" + + + + + "Fx 2" + + + + + "Fz 1" + + + + + "Fy 1" + + + + + "Fx 1" + + + + + "Length" + + + + + "Projected Load" + + + + + "Mz 2" + + + + + "My 2" + + + + + "Mx 2" + + + + + "Mz 1" + + + + + "My 1" + + + + + "Mx 1" + + + + + "Fz 2" + + + + + "Fy 2" + + + + + "Fx 2" + + + + + "Fz 1" + + + + + "Fy 1" + + + + + "Fx 1" + + + + + "Mz" + + + + + "My" + + + + + "Mx" + + + + + "Fz" + + + + + "Fy" + + + + + "Fx" + + + + + "Is Hosted" + + + + + "Is Reaction" + + + + + "Uniform Load" + + + + + "Orient to" + + + + + "Load Case" + + + + + "Right" + + + + + "Left" + + + + + "Bottom" + + + + + "Top" + + + + + "Span Direction" + + + + + "Connection Status" + + + + + "Cross-Section Rotation": Used for Analytical Member + + + + + "Thickness": Used for Analytical Panel + + + + + "Structural Role": Used for Analytical Elements + + + + + "Physical Material Asset": Used for Analytical Elements. + + + + + "Analytical Model Correct" + + + + + "Physical Material Asset" + + + + + "Has Association": Used for Analytical Member, Analytical Panel, Structural Columns, Structural Framing, Floors, Walls, Structural Foundation + + + + + "Location Mark": Provides grid system association information + + + + + "Code Checking": Used for Analytical wall, Analytical beam, Analytical column, Analytical floor, Analytical wall foundations, Analytical isolated foundations, Analytical foundations slab, Anaytical brace + + + + + "Node Number": Used for nodes + + + + + "Foundation Number": Used for isolated, wall foundations + + + + + "Surface Number": Used for floors, slabs, walls + + + + + "Member Number": Used for beams, braces, columns + + + + + "Enable Cutting in Views" + + + + + "Can host rebar" + + + + + "Rebar Cover" + + + + + "Rebar Cover - Bottom Face" + + + + + "Rebar Cover - Top Face" + + + + + "Rebar Cover - Other Faces" + + + + + "Rebar Cover - Interior Face" + + + + + "Rebar Cover - Exterior Face" + + + + + "Length" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Clear Spacing" + + + + + "Fixed Spacing" + + + + + "Maximum Spacing" + + + + + "Wall offset" + + + + + "3D" + + + + + "Beam Type (No Family Name)" + + + + + "Beam System Tag Direction" + + + + + "Right" + + + + + "Left" + + + + + "Num. of Beams With Same Type" + + + + + "Lateral Justification" + + + + + "z-Direction Justification" + + + + + "Wall offset" + + + + + "Beam Type" + + + + + "Layout Rule" + + + + + "Justification" + + + + + "Centerline Spacing" + + + + + "Number of Lines" + + + + + "Flow" + + + + + "Belt Measurement" + + + + + "Belt Measurement" + + + + + "Use Curve Distance" + + + + + "Use Curve Distance" + + + + + "Adjust for Mullion Size" + + + + + "Adjust for Mullion Size" + + + + + "Belt Measurement" + + + + + "Belt Measurement" + + + + + "Offset" + + + + + "Offset" + + + + + "Grid Rotation" + + + + + "Grid Rotation" + + + + + "Number" + + + + + "Number" + + + + + "Justification" + + + + + "Justification" + + + + + "Distance" + + + + + "Distance" + + + + + "Layout" + + + + + "Layout" + + + + + "Measurement Line" + + + + + "Measurement Line" + + + + + "Curtain version" + + + + + "Padding" + + + + + "Use Curve Distance" + + + + + "Justification" + + + + + "Number" + + + + + "Spacing" + + + + + "Layout" + + + + + "Use Curve Distance" + + + + + "Use Curve Distance" + + + + + "Adjust for Mullion Size" + + + + + "Adjust for Mullion Size" + + + + + "Measurement Line" + + + + + "Measurement Line" + + + + + "Offset" + + + + + "Offset" + + + + + "Angle" + + + + + "Angle" + + + + + "Number" + + + + + "Number" + + + + + "Justification" + + + + + "Justification" + + + + + "Spacing" + + + + + "Spacing" + + + + + "Layout" + + + + + "Layout" + + + + + "Use Curve Distance" + + + + + "Use Curve Distance" + + + + + "Adjust for Mullion Size" + + + + + "Adjust for Mullion Size" + + + + + "Measurement Line" + + + + + "Measurement Line" + + + + + "Offset" + + + + + "Offset" + + + + + "Angle" + + + + + "Angle" + + + + + "Type Association" + + + + + "Number" + + + + + "Number" + + + + + "Justification" + + + + + "Justification" + + + + + "Spacing" + + + + + "Spacing" + + + + + "Layout" + + + + + "Layout" + + + + + "Design Option" + + + + + "Design Option" + + + + + "View Range" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Guide Spacing" + + + + + "Work Plane Grid Spacing" + + + + + "Abstract Join Strength Order" + + + + + "Host" + + + + + "Elevation Mark Use" + + + + + "Show family pre-cut in plan views" + + + + + "Default Setback" + + + + + "Cuts Wall" + + + + + "Cut by Inserts" + + + + + "Profile" + + + + + "Profile" + + + + + "Profile" + + + + + "Shared" + + + + + "Work Plane-Based" + + + + + "Automatically joins geometry to walls" + + + + + "Is parametric" + + + + + "Keep text readable" + + + + + "Base Extension Distance" + + + + + "Top Extension Distance" + + + + + "Vertical Profile Offset" + + + + + "Horizontal Profile Offset" + + + + + "Material" + + + + + "Material" + + + + + "Material" + + + + + "Subcategory of Floors" + + + + + "Subcategory of Roofs" + + + + + "Profile" + + + + + "Subcategory" + + + + + "Height" + + + + + "Width" + + + + + "Lock Proportions" + + + + + "Decal Attributes" + + + + + "Cut with Voids When Loaded" + + + + + "Filter Parameter" + + + + + "Subcategory of Walls" + + + + + "Always vertical" + + + + + "Rotate with component" + + + + + "Volume" + + + + + "Area" + + + + + "Offset From Wall" + + + + + "Offset From Level" + + + + + "Level" + + + + + "Profile" + + + + + "Rotate text with component" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Area Scheme Id" + + + + + "Area Type" + + + + + "Area Type" + + + + + "Relative Base" + + + + + "Elevation Base" + + + + + "Subcategory" + + + + + "L/R" + + + + + "Radius" + + + + + "E/W" + + + + + "Bearing" + + + + + "N/S" + + + + + "Distance" + + + + + "Units Format" + + + + + "Area Units, Format" + + + + + "Net cut/fill" + + + + + "Projected Area" + + + + + "Units Format" + + + + + "Label primary contours only" + + + + + "Subcategory" + + + + + "Area" + + + + + "Fill" + + + + + "Cut" + + + + + "Perimeter" + + + + + "Surface Area" + + + + + "Area" + + + + + "Height Offset From Level" + + + + + "Thickness" + + + + + "Saved Path" + + + + + "Link Name" + + + + + "Radius" + + + + + "Subcategory" + + + + + "Bearing" + + + + + "Distance" + + + + + "Increment" + + + + + "Elevation" + + + + + "Elevation" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Views Visible" + + + + + "Scope Box" + + + + + "Scope Box" + + + + + "Rotate With Text" + + + + + "Height" + + + + + "Phase" + + + + + "Phase Id" + + + + + "Sequence Number" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Family" + + + + + "Family and Type" + + + + + "Phase Filter" + + + + + "Phase" + + + + + "Phase Demolished" + + + + + "Phase Created" + + + + + "Slab" + + + + + "HVAC System" + + + + + "Outdoor Air Information" + + + + + "Use Energy Data" + + + + + "Perimeter Zone Division" + + + + + "Perimeter Zone Depth" + + + + + "Shade Depth" + + + + + "Conceptual Types" + + + + + "Skylight Width & Depth" + + + + + "Target Percentage Skylights" + + + + + "Glazing is Shaded" + + + + + "Target Sill Height" + + + + + "Target Percentage Glazing" + + + + + "Mass Zoning" + + + + + "Building Operating Schedule" + + + + + "Create Energy Model" + + + + + "Values" + + + + + "Skylight Width & Depth" + + + + + "Target Percentage Skylights" + + + + + "Target Sill Height" + + + + + "Shade Depth" + + + + + "Glazing is Shaded" + + + + + "Target Percentage Glazing" + + + + + "Underground" + + + + + "Mass Opening Area" + + + + + "Mass Skylight Area" + + + + + "Mass Window Area" + + + + + "Mass Roof Area" + + + + + "Mass Interior Wall Area" + + + + + "Mass Exterior Wall Area" + + + + + "Subcategory" + + + + + "Conceptual Types" + + + + + "Condition Type" + + + + + "Space Type" + + + + + "Mass Floor Area" + + + + + "Graphical Appearance" + + + + + "Graphical Appearance" + + + + + "Graphical Appearance" + + + + + "Mass Zone Volume" + + + + + "Mass: Description" + + + + + "Mass: Comments" + + + + + "Mass: Type Comments" + + + + + "Mass: Family and Type" + + + + + "Mass: Family" + + + + + "Usage" + + + + + "Level" + + + + + "Mass: Type" + + + + + "Floor Volume" + + + + + "Exterior Surface Area" + + + + + "Floor Area" + + + + + "Floor Perimeter" + + + + + "Gross Volume" + + + + + "Gross Surface Area" + + + + + "Mass Floors" + + + + + "Gross Floor Area" + + + + + "Constrain to Massing" + + + + + "Issued" + + + + + "Numbering" + + + + + "Issued by" + + + + + "Issued to" + + + + + "Revision Date" + + + + + "Revision Description" + + + + + "Revision Number" + + + + + "Revision Sequence": read_only Make this read-only again when NewSchedules_DisplayTags is cleaned up + + + + + "Issued by" + + + + + "Issued to" + + + + + "Revision Date" + + + + + "Revision Description" + + + + + "Revision Number" + + + + + "Revision" + + + + + "Detail Rotation" + + + + + "Inside" + + + + + "Detail" + + + + + "Layout" + + + + + "Spacing" + + + + + "Number" + + + + + "Insulation Bulge to Width Ratio (1/x)" + + + + + "Insulation Width" + + + + + "Parts Visibility" + + + + + "Detail Level" + + + + + "Vent Connection" + + + + + "Waste Connection" + + + + + "CW Connection" + + + + + "HW Connection" + + + + + "Trap" + + + + + "Drain" + + + + + "Supply Pipe" + + + + + "Supply Fitting" + + + + + "Light Emitter" + + + + + "Spot Field Angle" + + + + + "Spot Beam Angle" + + + + + "Tilt Angle" + + + + + "Luminous Flux" + + + + + "Lamp" + + + + + "Wattage Comments" + + + + + "Voltage" + + + + + "Wattage" + + + + + "Thickness" + + + + + "Host Id" + + + + + "Offset" + + + + + "Width" + + + + + "Height" + + + + + "Model" + + + + + "Manufacturer" + + + + + "Comments" + + + + + "Type Comments" + + + + + "URL" + + + + + "Description" + + + + + "Blue value for RGB color spec. (for Use with XAML Data Template example)" + + + + + "Green value for RGB color spec. (for Use with XAML Data Template example)" + + + + + "Red value for RGB color spec. (for Use with XAML Data Template example)" + + + + + "Y-Radius Value for Ellipse (for Use with XAML Data Template example)" + + + + + "X-Radius Value for Ellipse (for Use with XAML Data Template example)" + + + + + "Group Name for Ribbon Combo Items (for Use with XAML)" + + + + + "Index Into Image File Name Array (for Use with XAML)" + + + + + "Flag to display icon in Ribbon Combo Item" + + + + + "Double" + + + + + "Integer" + + + + + "Boolean" + + + + + "Options" + + + + + "Depth" + + + + + "Section Type": The id of the type from the structural Family assigned to the analytical member. + + + + + "End Projection Orthogonal" + + + + + "Start Projection Orthogonal" + + + + + "Z Rotation" + + + + + "Y Rotation" + + + + + "X Rotation" + + + + + "Z Translation" + + + + + "Y Translation" + + + + + "X Translation" + + + + + "Family Type": the Family Type of the physical element associated with the Analytical Model + + + + + "In-Plane Projection" + + + + + "Alignment Method" + + + + + "Base y Projection" + + + + + "Top y Projection" + + + + + "z Projection" + + + + + "Alignment Method" + + + + + "z Projection" + + + + + "Alignment Method" + + + + + "Base x Projection" + + + + + "Base Extension Method" + + + + + "Top x Projection" + + + + + "Top Extension Method" + + + + + "Top y Projection" + + + + + "Top z Projection" + + + + + "Top Alignment Method" + + + + + "Base y Projection" + + + + + "Base z Projection" + + + + + "Base Alignment Method" + + + + + "End z Projection" + + + + + "End y Projection" + + + + + "End Alignment Method" + + + + + "Start z Projection" + + + + + "Start y Projection" + + + + + "Start Alignment Method" + + + + + "Locked" + + + + + "Post" + + + + + "Rail Connections" + + + + + "Angled Joins" + + + + + "Tangent Joins" + + + + + "Landing Height Adjustment" + + + + + "Use Landing Height Adjustment" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Baluster Placement" + + + + + "Slope Angle" + + + + + "Bottom Cut Angle" + + + + + "Top Cut Angle" + + + + + "Baluster Height" + + + + + "Base Offset" + + + + + "Base Level" + + + + + "Baluster Offset" + + + + + "Baluster Family" + + + + + "Rail Offset" + + + + + "Rail Height" + + + + + "Rail Structure (Non-Continuous)" + + + + + "Rail Shape" + + + + + "Baluster Length" + + + + + "Baluster Width" + + + + + "Balusters Per Tread (Stair Railing Only)" + + + + + "Baluster Separation" + + + + + "Baluster Spacing Type (Stair Railing Only)" + + + + + "Baluster Shape" + + + + + "Railing Thickness" + + + + + "Railing Width" + + + + + "Railing Height" + + + + + "Text Size" + + + + + "Text Font" + + + + + "Ramp Material" + + + + + "Right Baluster Location" + + + + + "Left Baluster Location" + + + + + "Shape" + + + + + "Thickness" + + + + + "Maximum Incline Length" + + + + + "Ramp Max Slope (1/x)" + + + + + "New views are dependent on template" + + + + + "View Template applied to new views" + + + + + "View Direction" + + + + + "Coarse Poche Material" + + + + + "Elevation Tag" + + + + + "Callout Tag" + + + + + "Section Tag" + + + + + "Far Clip Settings" + + + + + "Corner Radius" + + + + + "Callout Head" + + + + + "Plan View Symbols End 2 (Default)" + + + + + "Plan View Symbols End 1 (Default)" + + + + + "Non-Plan View Symbols (Default)" + + + + + "Symbol at End 1 Default" + + + + + "Symbol at End 2 Default" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Multilevel Boundary" + + + + + "Bottom Level" + + + + + "Top Level" + + + + + "Focus Marks Visible" + + + + + "Center Mark Visible" + + + + + "Parameter Name" + + + + + "Key Name" + + + + + "Appearance" + + + + + "Appearance On Sheet" + + + + + "Embedded Schedule" + + + + + "Appearance" + + + + + "Formatting" + + + + + "Sorting/Grouping" + + + + + "Filter" + + + + + "Fields" + + + + + "Link Status" + + + + + "Enable Snaps" + + + + + "Page Number" + + + + + "Horizontal Scale" + + + + + "Vertical Scale" + + + + + "Height" + + + + + "Width" + + + + + "Resolution (dpi)" + + + + + "Loaded from file" + + + + + "View Name" + + + + + "Height (pixels)" + + + + + "Width (pixels)" + + + + + "Lock Proportions" + + + + + "Height" + + + + + "Width" + + + + + "Roll" + + + + + "Thickness" + + + + + "Length" + + + + + "Width" + + + + + "Height" + + + + + "Component Description" + + + + + "Style Name" + + + + + "Structural Type Name" + + + + + "Type Name" + + + + + "Project Information" + + + + + "Phase Mapping" + + + + + "Reference Type" + + + + + "File Name" + + + + + "Map Levels..." + + + + + "Map Levels..." + + + + + "Map Levels..." + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Shared Site" + + + + + "Enable Cutting in Views" + + + + + "Instance Scale" + + + + + "Draw Layer" + + + + + "Import Units" + + + + + "Offset from Work Plane" + + + + + "Work Plane" + + + + + "Scale Factor" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Elevation Mark" + + + + + "Reference Label Position" + + + + + "Associated Datum" + + + + + "View Name Position" + + + + + "Show View Name" + + + + + "Text Position" + + + + + "Filled" + + + + + "Arrow Angle" + + + + + "Shape" + + + + + "Width" + + + + + "Swatch Height" + + + + + "Swatch Width" + + + + + "Values Displayed" + + + + + "Guide Grid" + + + + + "Current Revision Issued" + + + + + "Current Revision Issued By" + + + + + "Current Revision Issued To" + + + + + "Current Revision Date" + + + + + "Current Revision Description" + + + + + "Revisions on Sheet" + + + + + "Current Revision" + + + + + "Sheet Height" + + + + + "Sheet Width" + + + + + "File Path" + + + + + "Approved By" + + + + + "Designed By" + + + + + "Appears In Sheet List" + + + + + "Checked By" + + + + + "Drawn By" + + + + + "Date/Time Stamp" + + + + + "Scale" + + + + + "Sheet Number" + + + + + "Sheet Name" + + + + + "Append Position" + + + + + "Join Condition" + + + + + "Border 2 Type" + + + + + "Border 1 Type" + + + + + "Border 2 Type" + + + + + "Border 1 Type" + + + + + "Interior Type" + + + + + "Interior Type" + + + + + "Curtain Panel" + + + + + "Join Condition" + + + + + "Curtain Panel" + + + + + "Border 2 Type" + + + + + "Border 1 Type" + + + + + "Border 2 Type" + + + + + "Border 1 Type" + + + + + "Interior Type" + + + + + "Interior Type" + + + + + "Grid Base Orientation" + + + + + "Angle" + + + + + "Position" + + + + + "Profile" + + + + + "Center Width" + + + + + "Depth 2" + + + + + "Depth 1" + + + + + "Depth" + + + + + "Leg 2" + + + + + "Leg 1" + + + + + "Corner Mullion" + + + + + "Mullion Family General Shape" + + + + + "Offset" + + + + + "Radius" + + + + + "Thickness" + + + + + "Width on side 2" + + + + + "Width on side 1" + + + + + "Thickness" + + + + + "Width on side 2" + + + + + "Width on side 1" + + + + + "Show Up arrow in all views" + + + + + "Trim Stringers at Top" + + + + + "Down arrow" + + + + + "Down text" + + + + + "Down label" + + + + + "Up arrow" + + + + + "Up text" + + + + + "Up label" + + + + + "Text Size" + + + + + "Text Font" + + + + + "Monolithic Material" + + + + + "Landing Carriage Height" + + + + + "Landing Overlap" + + + + + "Right Stringer" + + + + + "Left Stringer" + + + + + "Apply Nosing Profile" + + + + + "Riser to Tread Connection" + + + + + "Riser Thickness" + + + + + "Middle Stringers" + + + + + "Extend Below Base" + + + + + "End with Riser" + + + + + "Begin with Riser" + + + + + "Underside of Winder" + + + + + "Monolithic Stairs" + + + + + "Calculation Rules" + + + + + "Calculation Rules" + + + + + "Calculation Rules" + + + + + "Calculation Rules" + + + + + "Actual Tread Depth" + + + + + "Tread Multiplier" + + + + + "Riser Multiplier" + + + + + "Calculation Rules" + + + + + "Actual Number of Risers" + + + + + "Break Symbol in Plan" + + + + + "Riser Material" + + + + + "Riser Type" + + + + + "Tread Material" + + + + + "Nosing Length" + + + + + "Nosing Profile" + + + + + "Stringer Material" + + + + + "Open Stringer Offset" + + + + + "Stringer Carriage Height" + + + + + "Type of Side Stringers" + + + + + "Multistory Top Level" + + + + + "Stringer Position" + + + + + "Top Offset" + + + + + "Base Offset" + + + + + "Riser Angle" + + + + + "Tread Thickness" + + + + + "Stringer Thickness" + + + + + "Stringer Height" + + + + + "Risers Present" + + + + + "Actual Riser Height" + + + + + "Desired Number of Risers" + + + + + "Width" + + + + + "Minimum Tread Depth" + + + + + "Maximum Riser Height" + + + + + "Top Level" + + + + + "Base Level" + + + + + "Structural" + + + + + "Building Story" + + + + + "Story Above" + + + + + "Elevation Base" + + + + + "Elevation" + + + + + "Level" + + + + + "Symbol" + + + + + "Show Dimension Text" + + + + + "Dimension Style" + + + + + "Group Matching Tag Heads" + + + + + "Tag Family" + + + + + "Reference Category" + + + + + "Elevation Base" + + + + + "Host Count" + + + + + "Angle" + + + + + "Leader Type" + + + + + "Wrap between parameters only" + + + + + "Orientation" + + + + + "Orientation" + + + + + "Sample Text" + + + + + "Label" + + + + + "Diameter Symbol Text" + + + + + "Diameter Symbol Location" + + + + + "Radius Symbol Text" + + + + + "V/G Overrides Coordination Model" + + + + + "V/G Overrides Point Clouds" + + + + + "V/G Overrides Worksets" + + + + + "V/G Overrides Analytical Model" + + + + + "V/G Overrides Design Options" + + + + + "V/G Overrides RVT Links" + + + + + "V/G Overrides Filters" + + + + + "V/G Overrides Import" + + + + + "V/G Overrides Annotation" + + + + + "V/G Overrides Model" + + + + + "Automatic Room Computation Height" + + + + + "Computation Height" + + + + + "Computation Height" + + + + + "Computation Height" + + + + + "Base Offset" + + + + + "Computation" + + + + + "Base Offset" + + + + + "Limit Offset" + + + + + "Upper Limit" + + + + + "Volume" + + + + + "Unbounded Height" + + + + + "Perimeter" + + + + + "Level" + + + + + "Occupancy" + + + + + "Department" + + + + + "Base Finish" + + + + + "Ceiling Finish" + + + + + "Wall Finish" + + + + + "Floor Finish" + + + + + "Area" + + + + + "Number" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Legend Horizontal Origin Gap" + + + + + "Legend Vertical Origin Gap" + + + + + "Legend Width" + + + + + "Legend Height" + + + + + "Analysis Display Settings" + + + + + "Overall Legend Text" + + + + + "Results Visibility" + + + + + "Show Description" + + + + + "Show Configuration Name" + + + + + "Description" + + + + + "Analysis Configuration" + + + + + "Data Range" + + + + + "End Segments Length" + + + + + "End Segment Pattern" + + + + + "End Segment Color" + + + + + "End Segment Weight" + + + + + "Center Segment Pattern" + + + + + "Center Segment Color" + + + + + "Center Segment Weight" + + + + + "Center Segment" + + + + + "Bubble Weight Number\n" + + + + + "Symbol" + + + + + "Full Step Arrow" + + + + + "Start Extension" + + + + + "Number Size" + + + + + "Tag Type" + + + + + "Display Rule" + + + + + "Reference" + + + + + "Justify" + + + + + "Orientation" + + + + + "Offset from Reference" + + + + + "Justify Offset" + + + + + "Orientation" + + + + + "Text Type" + + + + + "Down Text" + + + + + "Show Down Text" + + + + + "Up Text" + + + + + "Show Up Text" + + + + + "Show Arrowhead to Cut Mark" + + + + + "Draw for Each Run" + + + + + "End at Riser" + + + + + "Start from Riser" + + + + + "Distance to Cut Mark" + + + + + "Line Shape at Landing Corner" + + + + + "Arrowhead Type" + + + + + "Start Symbol Type" + + + + + "Cut Mark Symbol Size" + + + + + "Cut Line Type" + + + + + "Cut Line Angle" + + + + + "Cut Line Extension" + + + + + "Cut Line Distance" + + + + + "Cut Mark Symbol" + + + + + "Broken Section Display Style" + + + + + "Hide at scales coarser than" + + + + + "Hide at scales coarser than" + + + + + "Parent View" + + + + + "Show in" + + + + + "Section Tail" + + + + + "Tail width" + + + + + "Tail length" + + + + + "Detail Number" + + + + + "Sheet Number" + + + + + "Section Head" + + + + + "Station Value" + + + + + "Station Indicator" + + + + + "Include Station" + + + + + "Leader Line" + + + + + "Distance": Currently not in use + + + + + "Station Suffix" + + + + + "Station Prefix" + + + + + "Dimension Suffix" + + + + + "Dimension Prefix" + + + + + "Tick Mark Centered" + + + + + "Interior Tick Mark Display" + + + + + "Witness Line Tick Mark" + + + + + "Total Length" + + + + + "Count" + + + + + "Alternate Units Suffix" + + + + + "Alternate Units Prefix" + + + + + "Equality Witness Display" + + + + + "Suppress Spaces" + + + + + "Equality Formula" + + + + + "Leader Tick Mark" + + + + + "Equality Text" + + + + + "Equality Text" + + + + + "Text Location" + + + + + "Show Leader When Text Moves" + + + + + "Shoulder Length" + + + + + "Leader Type" + + + + + "Dimension To Intersecting Grids" + + + + + "Dimension To Intersecting Walls" + + + + + "Dimension To Opening Type" + + + + + "Fixed Rotation" + + + + + "Keep Readable" + + + + + "Leader Line" + + + + + "Leader/Border Offset" + + + + + "Dimension To Openings" + + + + + "Offset from Reference" + + + + + "Slope Representation" + + + + + "Slope Direction" + + + + + "Lower Value" + + + + + "Single/Upper Value" + + + + + "Elevation Indicator as Prefix/Suffix" + + + + + "Include Elevation" + + + + + "Elevation Suffix" + + + + + "Elevation Prefix" + + + + + "Bottom Coordinate Suffix" + + + + + "Bottom Coordinate Prefix" + + + + + "Top Coordinate Suffix" + + + + + "Top Coordinate Prefix" + + + + + "Lower Value Suffix" + + + + + "Lower Value Prefix" + + + + + "Single/Upper Value Suffix" + + + + + "Single/Upper Value Prefix" + + + + + "Baseline Offset" + + + + + "Leader Shoulder" + + + + + "Bottom Indicator as Prefix/Suffix" + + + + + "Top Indicator as Prefix/Suffix" + + + + + "Bottom Indicator" + + + + + "Top Indicator" + + + + + "Text Location" + + + + + "Rotate with Component" + + + + + "Display Elevations" + + + + + "Ordinate Dimension Settings" + + + + + "Dimension String Type" + + + + + "Leader" + + + + + "Flipped Dimension Line Extension" + + + + + "Interior Tick Mark" + + + + + "Text Offset from Leader" + + + + + "Coordinate Base" + + + + + "Alternate Units Format" + + + + + "Indicator as Prefix / Suffix" + + + + + "Bottom Coordinate" + + + + + "Alternate Units" + + + + + "Top Coordinate" + + + + + "Alternate Units Format" + + + + + "Text Orientation" + + + + + "Elevation Indicator" + + + + + "East / West Indicator" + + + + + "North / South Indicator" + + + + + "Arrow Closed" + + + + + "Read Convention" + + + + + "Heavy End Pen Weight" + + + + + "Dimension Line Snap Distance" + + + + + "Centerline Tick Mark" + + + + + "Leader Line Weight" + + + + + "Leader Arrowhead Line Weight" + + + + + "Leader Arrowhead" + + + + + "Relative Base" + + + + + "Auto Mirror" + + + + + "Text Offset from Symbol" + + + + + "Elevation Base" + + + + + "Symbol" + + + + + "Show Opening Height" + + + + + "Centerline Pattern" + + + + + "Witness Line Length" + + + + + "Witness Line Control" + + + + + "Dimension Line Extension" + + + + + "Centerline Symbol" + + + + + "Text Background" + + + + + "Units Format" + + + + + "Units Format" + + + + + "Arrow Width Angle" + + + + + "Fill Tick" + + + + + "Heavy End Pen Weight" + + + + + "Tick Size" + + + + + "Arrow Style" + + + + + "Tick Mark Line Weight" + + + + + "Text Position" + + + + + "Radius Symbol Location" + + + + + "Center Mark Size" + + + + + "Center Marks" + + + + + "Witness Line Gap to Element" + + + + + "Witness Line Extension" + + + + + "Text Offset" + + + + + "Text Alignment" + + + + + "Text Size" + + + + + "Size" + + + + + "Font" + + + + + "Show Title" + + + + + "Underline" + + + + + "Italic" + + + + + "Bold" + + + + + "Size" + + + + + "Font" + + + + + "Width Factor" + + + + + "Tab Size" + + + + + "Arc Leaders" + + + + + "Tick Mark" + + + + + "Sheet Issue Date" + + + + + "Project Issue Date" + + + + + "Project Status" + + + + + "Client Name" + + + + + "Project Address" + + + + + "Project Name" + + + + + "Project Number" + + + + + "Leader Arrowhead" + + + + + "Background" + + + + + "Underline" + + + + + "Italic" + + + + + "Bold" + + + + + "Filled" + + + + + "Vertical Align" + + + + + "Horizontal Align" + + + + + "Text" + + + + + "Line Pattern" + + + + + "Color" + + + + + "Line Weight" + + + + + "Color" + + + + + "Text Size" + + + + + "Text Font" + + + + + "Subcategory" + + + + + "Subcategory" + + + + + "Line Style" + + + + + "Subcategory" + + + + + "Line Style" + + + + + "Subcategory" + + + + + "Draw in Foreground" + + + + + "Visible" + + + + + "Subcategory" + + + + + "Subcategory" + + + + + "Subcategory" + + + + + "Subcategory" + + + + + "Subcategory" + + + + + "Stairs Line Type" + + + + + "Slope" + + + + + "Steel Cantilever" + + + + + "Concrete Cantilever" + + + + + "Number of Full Segments" + + + + + "Specify " + + + + + "Level at Head" + + + + + "Level at Tail" + + + + + "Level" + + + + + "Offset From Base" + + + + + "Defines Slope" + + + + + "Defines Constant Height" + + + + + "Plate Offset From Base" + + + + + "Offset From Roof Base" + + + + + "Defines Roof Slope" + + + + + "Web Thickness Location" + + + + + "Flange Thickness Location" + + + + + "Top Web Fillet" + + + + + "Sloped Web Angle" + + + + + "Sloped Flange Angle" + + + + + "Cantilever Height" + + + + + "Cantilever Length" + + + + + "Bottom Cut Height" + + + + + "Bottom Cut Width" + + + + + "Top Cut Height" + + + + + "Top Cut Width" + + + + + "Code Name" + + + + + "Family Name Key" + + + + + "Section Name Key" + + + + + "Top Bend Length" + + + + + "Middle Bend Length" + + + + + "Bend Width" + + + + + "Bottom Flange Length" + + + + + "Fold Length" + + + + + "Lip Length" + + + + + "Bolt Diameter Shorter Flange" + + + + + "Bolt Diameter Longer Flange" + + + + + "Bolt Spacing Shorter Flange" + + + + + "Bolt Spacing 2 Longer Flange" + + + + + "Bolt Spacing 1 Longer Flange" + + + + + "Bolt Spacing web" + + + + + "Bolt Spacing between Rows" + + + + + "Bolt Spacing Two Rows" + + + + + "Bolt Diameter" + + + + + "Bolt Spacing" + + + + + "Web Toe of Fillet" + + + + + "Flange Toe of Fillet" + + + + + "Clear Web Height" + + + + + "Bottom Flange Width" + + + + + "Bottom Flange Thickness" + + + + + "Top Flange Width" + + + + + "Top Flange Thickness" + + + + + "Outer Fillet" + + + + + "Inner Fillet" + + + + + "Web Fillet" + + + + + "Flange Fillet" + + + + + "Web Height" + + + + + "Web Thickness" + + + + + "Flange Thickness" + + + + + "Shear Area weak axis" + + + + + "Shear Area strong axis" + + + + + "Warping Constant" + + + + + "Torsional Modulus" + + + + + "Torsional Moment of Inertia" + + + + + "Plastic Modulus weak axis" + + + + + "Plastic Modulus strong axis" + + + + + "Elastic Modulus weak axis" + + + + + "Elastic Modulus strong axis" + + + + + "Moment of Inertia weak axis" + + + + + "Moment of Inertia strong axis" + + + + + "Nominal Weight" + + + + + "Perimeter" + + + + + "Principal Axes Angle" + + + + + "Centroid Vertical" + + + + + "Centroid Horizontal" + + + + + "Section Area" + + + + + "Wall Design Thickness" + + + + + "Wall Nominal Thickness" + + + + + "Diameter" + + + + + "Height" + + + + + "Width" + + + + + "Section Shape" + + + + + "Structural Material" + + + + + "Define Thermal Properties by" + + + + + "Construction Type Id" + + + + + "Analytic Construction" + + + + + "Roughness" + + + + + "Absorptance" + + + + + "Thermal Mass" + + + + + "Visual Light Transmittance" + + + + + "Solar Heat Gain Coefficient" + + + + + "Thermal Resistance (R)" + + + + + "Heat Transfer Coefficient (U)" + + + + + "Design Option Configuration" + + + + + "Lighting altitude text" + + + + + "Lighting altitude" + + + + + "Lighting azimuth text" + + + + + "Lighting azimuth" + + + + + "Multi-day date and time text" + + + + + "Multi-day frame text" + + + + + "Multi-day frame" + + + + + "Single day date and time text" + + + + + "Single day frame text" + + + + + "Single day frame" + + + + + "Still time text" + + + + + "Still time" + + + + + "Still date text" + + + + + "Still date" + + + + + "Lighting presets combo" + + + + + "Multi-day presets combo" + + + + + "Single day presets combo" + + + + + "Still presets combo" + + + + + "Shadows intensity text" + + + + + "Shadows intensity" + + + + + "Sun intensity text" + + + + + "Sun intensity" + + + + + "Loop animation speed" + + + + + "Loop animation speed" + + + + + "Lighting study" + + + + + "Multi-day study" + + + + + "Single day study" + + + + + "Still image study" + + + + + "Study type" + + + + + "Range: Top Level" + + + + + "Sun path size (%)" + + + + + "Sun Path" + + + + + "Default Analysis Display Style" + + + + + "Elevation Base for Levels" + + + + + "Hidden Levels" + + + + + "Total Segments" + + + + + "Segments in Viewport" + + + + + "Grid Appearance" + + + + + "Text Appearance" + + + + + "Title" + + + + + "Segment Start in Viewport" + + + + + "Group Similar Locations" + + + + + "Material Types" + + + + + "Column Locations End" + + + + + "Column Locations Start" + + + + + "Bottom Level" + + + + + "Top Level" + + + + + "Rotation on Sheet" + + + + + "Show Box" + + + + + "Show Extension Line" + + + + + "Show Title" + + + + + "Title" + + + + + "Display Name" + + + + + "Display Name" + + + + + "Preserve Title Position" + + + + + "Viewport Positioning" + + + + + "Include Off-Grid Columns" + + + + + "Off-Grid Units Format" + + + + + "Sheet Name" + + + + + "Sheet Number" + + + + + "View Scale" + + + + + "View Name" + + + + + "View" + + + + + "Detail Number" + + + + + "View Template" + + + + + "Render Appearance Properties" + + + + + "Symbolic Representation" + + + + + "Render Appearance Source" + + + + + "Render Appearance" + + + + + "Plant Trim Height" + + + + + "Height" + + + + + "Plant Name" + + + + + "Locked Orientation" + + + + + "Color Scheme Location" + + + + + "Dependency" + + + + + "Depth Clipping" + + + + + "Associated Assembly Instance" + + + + + "Total Column Locations" + + + + + "Underlay Orientation" + + + + + "View Template" + + + + + "Column Locations per Segment" + + + + + "Graphic Display Options" + + + + + "Visual Style" + + + + + "Referencing Detail" + + + + + "Referencing Sheet" + + + + + "Camera Position" + + + + + "Orientation" + + + + + "Walkthrough Frames" + + + + + "Associated Level" + + + + + "Visual Style" + + + + + "Visibility/Graphics Overrides" + + + + + "Discipline" + + + + + "View Range" + + + + + "Display Model" + + + + + "Show Mass" + + + + + "Top Clip Height" + + + + + "Wall Join Display" + + + + + "Viewport" + + + + + "Cut Plane Height" + + + + + "View Depth" + + + + + "Range: Base Level" + + + + + "View Scale" + + + + + "View Scale" + + + + + "Scale Value 1:" + + + + + "System Color Schemes" + + + + + "Color Scheme" + + + + + "None" + + + + + "Photographic Exposure" + + + + + "Depth Cueing" + + + + + "Background" + + + + + "Sun and Shadow Intensity" + + + + + "Lighting" + + + + + "Shadows" + + + + + "Model Display" + + + + + "Rendering Settings" + + + + + "Far Clipping" + + + + + "Reference Label" + + + + + "Is a Reference" + + + + + "Reference Label" + + + + + "Title on Sheet" + + + + + "Section Box" + + + + + "View Name" + + + + + "Near Clip Active" + + + + + "Far Clip Active" + + + + + "Bottom Clip Active" + + + + + "Top Clip Active" + + + + + "Left Clip Active" + + + + + "Right Clip Active" + + + + + "Near Clip Offset" + + + + + "Far Clip Offset" + + + + + "Bottom Clip Offset" + + + + + "Top Clip Offset" + + + + + "Left Clip Offset" + + + + + "Right Clip Offset" + + + + + "Annotation Crop" + + + + + "Show uncropped" + + + + + "Crop View" + + + + + "Crop Region Visible" + + + + + "Crop View" + + + + + "Projection Mode" + + + + + "Target Elevation" + + + + + "Visible In Option" + + + + + "Eye Elevation" + + + + + "Is Instance Parameter" + + + + + "Is Reporting" + + + + + "Leader" + + + + + "Equality Display" + + + + + "Non-modifiable" + + + + + "Label" + + + + + "Show Label in View" + + + + + "Value" + + + + + "Value" + + + + + "Is Reference" + + + + + "Defines Beam System Slope" + + + + + "Radius" + + + + + "Determines Orientation" + + + + + "Wall Closure" + + + + + "Detail Line" + + + + + "Radius" + + + + + "Range" + + + + + "Angle 2" + + + + + "Angle 1" + + + + + "Angle" + + + + + "Length" + + + + + "Deletable" + + + + + "Is Reference" + + + + + "Defines Origin" + + + + + "Reference" + + + + + "Associated Level Offset": The offset from the associated level. + + + + + "Associated Level": The level associated with this cell. + + + + + "Column Location Mark" + + + + + "Top Attachment Cut" + + + + + "Base Attachment Cut" + + + + + "Base is Attached" + + + + + "Top is Attached" + + + + + "Offset From Attachment At Base" + + + + + "Offset From Attachment At Top" + + + + + "Attachment Justification At Base" + + + + + "Attachment Justification At Top" + + + + + "Shininess" + + + + + "Smoothness" + + + + + "Glow" + + + + + "Transparency" + + + + + "Color" + + + + + "Seek Item ID" + + + + + "OmniClass Title" + + + + + "OmniClass Number" + + + + + "Assembly Description" + + + + + "Assembly Code" + + + + + "Height Offset at Head" + + + + + "Height Offset at Tail" + + + + + "Has Thickness" + + + + + "Thickness" + + + + + "Height Offset From Level" + + + + + "Thickness" + + + + + "System" + + + + + "Spacing Axis 2" + + + + + "Spacing Axis 1" + + + + + "Pattern" + + + + + "Default Height above level" + + + + + "Masking" + + + + + "Background Pattern Color" + + + + + "Foreground Pattern Color" + + + + + "Background Fill Pattern" + + + + + "Foreground Fill Pattern" + + + + + "Foreground Fill Pattern" + + + + + "Structure" + + + + + "Structure" + + + + + "Structure" + + + + + "Structure" + + + + + "Fill Pattern" + + + + + "Fill Pattern" + + + + + "Object Style Material" + + + + + "Wrapping at Inserts" + + + + + "Wrapping at Ends" + + + + + "Coarse Scale Fill Color" + + + + + "Subcategory" + + + + + "Host Id" + + + + + "Material" + + + + + "Coarse Scale Fill Pattern" + + + + + "Fill Pattern" + + + + + "Structure" + + + + + "Surface fill pattern" + + + + + "Cut fill pattern" + + + + + "Id" + + + + + "Editable only" + + + + + "Edited by" + + + + + "Top Offset" + + + + + "Base Offset" + + + + + "Top Level" + + + + + "Base Level" + + + + + "Level" + + + + + "Room Id" + + + + + "Room Name" + + + + + "Room Number" + + + + + "Workset" + + + + + "Family and Type" + + + + + "Family" + + + + + "Type" + + + + + "Label" + + + + + "Filter" + + + + + "Folders" + + + + + "Family and Type" + + + + + "Family Name" + + + + + "Type Name" + + + + + "Type Id" + + + + + "Display in Hidden Views" + + + + + "Span Direction" + + + + + "Structural" + + + + + "Perimeter" + + + + + "Level" + + + + + "Height Offset From Level" + + + + + "Default Height above level" + + + + + "Default Thickness" + + + + + "Thickness" + + + + + "Orientation" + + + + + "Parameter along path" + + + + + "Profile" + + + + + "Angle" + + + + + "Profile" + + + + + "Profile Is Flipped" + + + + + "Vertical Profile Offset" + + + + + "Horizontal Profile Offset" + + + + + "Angle" + + + + + "Profile" + + + + + "Profile Is Flipped" + + + + + "Vertical Profile Offset" + + + + + "Horizontal Profile Offset" + + + + + "Profile Usage" + + + + + "Trajectory Segmentation" + + + + + "Maximum Segment Angle" + + + + + "Model or Symbolic" + + + + + "Angle" + + + + + "Profile" + + + + + "Profile Is Flipped" + + + + + "Vertical Profile Offset" + + + + + "Horizontal Profile Offset" + + + + + "Depth" + + + + + "Visibility/Graphics Overrides" + + + + + "Visibility/Graphics Overrides" + + + + + "Solid/Void" + + + + + "Auto ends" + + + + + "Second End" + + + + + "First End" + + + + + "End Angle" + + + + + "Start Angle" + + + + + "Extrusion End" + + + + + "Extrusion Start" + + + + + "Schedule Type" + + + + + "Category" + + + + + "Level Offset" + + + + + "Reference Level" + + + + + "Picked Faces Location" + + + + + "Related to Mass" + + + + + "Fascia Depth" + + + + + "Rafter Cut" + + + + + "Rafter or Truss" + + + + + "Base Level" + + + + + "Overhang" + + + + + "Wall offset" + + + + + "Maximum Ridge Height" + + + + + "Cutoff Offset" + + + + + "Cutoff Level" + + + + + "Base Offset From Level" + + + + + "Elevation at Bottom Survey" + + + + + "Elevation at Top Survey" + + + + + "Core Thickness" + + + + + "Elevation at Bottom Core" + + + + + "Elevation at Top Core" + + + + + "Reference Level Elevation" + + + + + "Level Offset" + + + + + "Reference Level" + + + + + "Curved Edge Condition" + + + + + "Thickness" + + + + + "Default Thickness" + + + + + "Elevation at Top" + + + + + "Connection Status" + + + + + "Structural" + + + + + "Analytical Links" + + + + + "Horizontal Projection" + + + + + "Horizontal Projection" + + + + + "Do Not Break At Inserts" + + + + + "Default End Extension Length" + + + + + "Approximate curve" + + + + + "Maximum discretized offset" + + + + + "Use hard-points" + + + + + "Cross-Section Rotation" + + + + + "Display in Hidden Views" + + + + + "Display in Hidden Views" + + + + + "Analyze As" + + + + + "Analyze As" + + + + + "Beam cutback in plan" + + + + + "z-Direction Offset Value" + + + + + "Orientation" + + + + + "End Level Offset" + + + + + "Start Level Offset" + + + + + "Always export as geometry" + + + + + "Length" + + + + + "Width" + + + + + "Length" + + + + + "Eccentricity" + + + + + "Structural Usage" + + + + + "Width" + + + + + "Elevation at Bottom" + + + + + "Cap" + + + + + "Coping Distance" + + + + + "Width" + + + + + "Foundation Thickness" + + + + + "Bottom Heel Length" + + + + + "Heel Length" + + + + + "Bottom Toe Length" + + + + + "Toe Length" + + + + + "Enable Analytical Model" + + + + + "Analytical Links" + + + + + "Material for Model Behavior" + + + + + "Base Mz" + + + + + "Base My" + + + + + "Base Mx" + + + + + "Base Fz" + + + + + "Base Fy" + + + + + "Base Fx" + + + + + "Top Mz" + + + + + "Top My" + + + + + "Top Mx" + + + + + "Top Fz" + + + + + "Top Fy" + + + + + "Top Fx" + + + + + "Base Release" + + + + + "Top Release" + + + + + "Bottom Vertical Projection" + + + + + "Top Vertical Projection" + + + + + "Structural Material Type" + + + + + "Camber Size" + + + + + "Number of studs" + + + + + "End Mz" + + + + + "End My" + + + + + "End Mx" + + + + + "End Fz" + + + + + "End Fy" + + + + + "End Fx" + + + + + "Start Mz" + + + + + "Start My" + + + + + "Start Mx" + + + + + "Start Fz" + + + + + "Start Fy" + + + + + "Start Fx" + + + + + "End Release" + + + + + "Start Release" + + + + + "Bottom Vertical Projection" + + + + + "Top Vertical Projection" + + + + + "Horizontal Projection" + + + + + "Vertical Projection" + + + + + "Vertical Projection" + + + + + "Representation Type" + + + + + "Stick Symbol Location" + + + + + "Beam End Pocket Seat" + + + + + "Beam Start Pocket Seat" + + + + + "Type Mark" + + + + + "Orientation" + + + + + "End Attachment Elevation" + + + + + "Start Attachment Elevation" + + + + + "End Attachment Level Reference" + + + + + "Start Attachment Level Reference" + + + + + "End attachment ratio" + + + + + "Start Attachment Ratio" + + + + + "End of Attachment to Reference Element" + + + + + "Wall Closure" + + + + + "Start of Attachment to Reference Element" + + + + + "End Attachment Distance" + + + + + "Start Attachment Distance" + + + + + "End Attachment Type" + + + + + "Start Attachment Type" + + + + + "Cut Length" + + + + + "Reference Level" + + + + + "Structural Usage" + + + + + "Work Plane" + + + + + "Length" + + + + + "Moves With Grids" + + + + + "Moves With Nearby Elements" + + + + + "Schedule Level" + + + + + "Offset from Host" + + + + + "Host" + + + + + "Head Height" + + + + + "Sill Height" + + + + + "Elevation from Level" + + + + + "Top Offset" + + + + + "Base Offset" + + + + + "Level" + + + + + "Top Level" + + + + + "Base Level" + + + + + "File Path" + + + + + "Category" + + + + + "Family" + + + + + "Usage" + + + + + "Default Elevation" + + + + + "Length" + + + + + "Rough Width" + + + + + "Rough Height" + + + + + "Inset" + + + + + "Thickness" + + + + + "Width" + + + + + "Height" + + + + + "Exit Access" + + + + + "Operation" + + + + + "Frame Material" + + + + + "Frame Type" + + + + + "Finish" + + + + + "Construction Type" + + + + + "Fire Rating" + + + + + "Cost" + + + + + "Mark" + + + + + "Original Category" + + + + + "Construction" + + + + + "Phase Demolished By Original" + + + + + "Phase Created By Original" + + + + + "Length" + + + + + "Height" + + + + + "Thickness" + + + + + "Area" + + + + + "Original Type" + + + + + "Show Shape Handles" + + + + + "Layer Function" + + + + + "Volume" + + + + + "Material By Original" + + + + + "Material" + + + + + "Original Family" + + + + + "Original Category" + + + + + "Categorize as" + + + + + "Location Line Offset" + + + + + "Location Line" + + + + + "Extend into wall (to core)" + + + + + "Structural Usage" + + + + + "Base is Attached" + + + + + "Top is Attached" + + + + + "Top Offset" + + + + + "Base Offset" + + + + + "Base Constraint" + + + + + "Unconnected Height" + + + + + "Top Constraint" + + + + + "Base height" + + + + + "Automatically Embed" + + + + + "Room Bounding" + + + + + "Function" + + + + + "Default height" + + + + + "Height" + + + + + "Width" + + + + + Removes from the given set the categories that are not filterable. + + + The set of categories to check. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Used to determine whether the element supports the given parameter. + + + This operation is supported for external (e.g., shared, project) + parameters only. + + + The element to query for support of the given parameter. + + + The parameter for which to query support. + + + True if the element supports the given parameter, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Returns the parameters that are not among the set of filterable + parameters common to the given categories. + + + The document containing the categories and parameters to query. + + + The categories that define the set of possibly filterable parameters. + + + The parameters desired for use in a parameter filter. + + + A list of parameters from the given array that are not valid + for use in a parameter filter with the given categories. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Returns the filterable parameters common to the given categories. + + +

A filterable category in Revit has a set of filterable parameters. + The filterable parameters common to a set of categories is the + intersection of all these filterable parameter sets.

+

This set defines the set of parameters that may be used to define + a rule on a ParameterFilterElement with a certain set of categories.

+
+ + The document containing the categories and parameters to query. + + + The categories for which to determine the common parameters. + + + The set of filterable parameters common to the given categories. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + +
+ + + Returns the set of categories that may be used in a ParameterFilterElement. + + + The set of all filterable categories. + + + 2011 + + + + + Contains static utility functions for enumerating the categories and parameters that + are available for use by ParameterFilterElement objects. + + + 2011 + + + + + Retrieves a list of the parameters associated with all rules in the filter + that are combined (using logical AND) with a FilterCategoryRule corresponding to single %categoryId%. + + + Note that in the case when InvalidElementId specified as input %categoryId% this function returns + parameters common to all categories used by this ParameterFilterElement, + i.e. it is equivalent to ParameterFilterElement.GetElementFilterParameters(). + + + The category for which parameters should be found. + + + A set of parameter identifiers. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020 + + + + + Retrieves a list of the parameters associated with each rule in the filter. + + + This function returns only parameters used by this ParameterFilterElement that are common + to all categories specified in this ParameterFilterElement. + The ElementFilter may also contain parameters specific to one of the categories + and not necessarily common to all categories specified in this ParameterFilterElement. + To get those parameters, use ParameterFilterElement.GetElementFilterParametersForCategory(). + + + A set of parameter identifiers. + + + 2019 + + + + + Checks that the parameters of the rules used by the given ElementFilter are valid for this filter's categories. + + + The ElementFilter containing the rules to check. + + + True if all the parameters of the given rules are valid for this filter, otherwise false. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Checks that the parameters of the given ElementFilter (representing a combination of rules) + are valid for the given set of categories. + + + The document containing the filter, categories, and parameters involved in this validation. + + + The set of categories against which to check the rule parameters. + + + The ElementFilter representing the combination of rules to check. + + + True if all the parameters of the given rules are valid for this filter, otherwise false. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Removes all rules from this filter. + + + 2011 + + + + + Sets the rules that must be satisfied for a given element to pass this filter. + + + Note that in some situation, calling GetElementFilter after calling SetElementFilter + may return an ElementFilter that is structurally different from the one passed as input + to SetElementFilter. For example, if the input ElementFilter contains an ElementParameterFilter + that contains more than one FilterRule, and if the view filters dialog box is used in between + the calls to SetElementFilter and GetElementFilter, the output ElementFilter will use a single + ElementParameterFilter for each of the FilterRules that were bundled in an input ElementParameterFilter. + The two ElementFilters will be logically and functionally equivalent in the sense that any given + Element will either be accepted by both ElementFilters or rejected by both ElementFilters. + + + An ElementFilter representing the rules. It may be an ElementParameterFilter + representing a conjunction of one or more FilterRules, or an ElementLogicalFilter + (of type LogicalAndFilter or LogicalOrFilter) representing a logical combination + of FilterRules, using AND/OR operations. + + + Returns true if this ParameterFilterElement was changed, false if not. + It will not be changed if the input rules are equivalent to the ParameterFilterElement's + existing rules. + + + One of the given rules refers to a parameter that does not apply to this filter's categories. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The ElementFilter is not acceptable for use by a ParameterFilterElement. + + + 2019 + + + + + Returns an ElementFilter representing the combination of rules used by this filter. + + + May return when no rules are sprcified in ParameterFilterElement, only categories. + Note that in some situation, calling GetElementFilter after calling SetElementFilter + may return an ElementFilter that is structurally different from the one passed as input + to SetElementFilter. For example, if the input ElementFilter contains an ElementParameterFilter + that contains more than one FilterRule, and if the view filters dialog box is used in between + the calls to SetElementFilter and GetElementFilter, the output ElementFilter will use a single + ElementParameterFilter for each of the FilterRules that were bundled in an input ElementParameterFilter. + The two ElementFilters will be logically and functionally equivalent in the sense that any given + Element will either be accepted by both ElementFilters or rejected by both ElementFilters. + + + An ElementFilter representing the rules. It may be an ElementParameterFilter + representing a conjunction of one or more FilterRules, or an ElementLogicalFilter + (of type LogicalAndFilter or LogicalOrFilter) representing a logical combination + of FilterRules, using AND/OR operations. + + + 2019 + + + + + Checks that an ElementFilter is acceptable for use in defining the filtering rules + for a given list of categories (i.e., for view filtering). + + + ElementFilter is either an ElementParameterFilter or an ElementLogicalFilter + representing a Boolean combination of ElementParameterFilters. In addition, we check that + each ElementParameterFilter satisfies the following conditions: + Its array of FilterRules is not empty and contains: + Any number of FilterRules of type FilterValueRule, FilterInverseRule, and SharedParameterApplicableRule or Exactly one FilterCategoryRule containing only one category from categories stored by this ParameterFilterElement or Exactly two rules: the first one is a FilterCategoryRule containing only one category from categories stored by this ParameterFilterElement and + the second one is a FilterRule of type FilterValueRule, FilterInverseRule, or SharedParameterApplicableRule. + Note that cases in the second and third bullet are currently allowed only if the parent node of ElementParameterFilter is LogicalOrFilter. + + + The document in which to create the ParameterFilterElement. + + + The categories for the new ParameterFilterElement. + + + The ElementFilter to validate. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Checks that an ElementFilter is acceptable for use in defining the filtering rules + for a ParameterFilterElement (i.e., for view filtering). + + + ElementFilter is either an ElementParameterFilter or an ElementLogicalFilter + representing a Boolean combination of ElementParameterFilters. In addition, we check that + each ElementParameterFilter satisfies the following conditions: + Its array of FilterRules is not empty and contains: + Any number of FilterRules of type FilterValueRule, FilterInverseRule, and SharedParameterApplicableRule or Exactly one FilterCategoryRule containing only one category from categories stored by this ParameterFilterElement or Exactly two rules: the first one is a FilterCategoryRule containing only one category from categories stored by this ParameterFilterElement and + the second one is a FilterRule of type FilterValueRule, FilterInverseRule, or SharedParameterApplicableRule. + Note that cases in the second and third bullet are currently allowed only if the parent node of ElementParameterFilter is LogicalOrFilter. + + + The ElementFilter to validate. + + + True if the ElementFilter is acceptable for use by an ParameterFilterElement, false if not. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Sets the categories admitted by this filter. + + +

Testing that an element's category is a member of this set is, + essentially, the first rule of the filter.

+

Changing the set of categories will clear any rules that use parameters + that are not applicable for the new set of categories.

+
+ + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + +
+ + + Gets the categories admitted by this filter. + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates a new ParameterFilterElement in the given document. + + + The document in which to create the ParameterFilterElement. + + + The user-visible name for the new ParameterFilterElement. + + + The categories for the new ParameterFilterElement. + + + The rules for the new ParameterFilterElement, represented as an ElementFilter. + ElementFilter is either an ElementParameterFilter or an ElementLogicalFilter + representing a Boolean combination of ElementParameterFilters. In addition, we check that + each ElementParameterFilter satisfies the following conditions: + Its array of FilterRules is not empty and contains: + Any number of FilterRules of type FilterValueRule, FilterInverseRule, and SharedParameterApplicableRule or Exactly one FilterCategoryRule containing only one category from categories stored by this ParameterFilterElement or Exactly two rules: the first one is a FilterCategoryRule containing only one category from categories stored by this ParameterFilterElement and + the second one is a FilterRule of type FilterValueRule, FilterInverseRule, or SharedParameterApplicableRule. + Note that cases in the second and third bullet are currently allowed only if the parent node of ElementParameterFilter is LogicalOrFilter. + + + A pointer to the new ParameterFilterElement. + + + name is an empty string or contains only whitespace. + -or- + name cannot include prohibited characters, such as "{, }, [, ], |, ;, less-than sign, greater-than sign, ?, `, ~". + -or- + The given value for name is already in use as a filter element name. + -or- + One of the given rules refers to a parameter that does not apply to this filter's categories. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The ElementFilter is not acceptable for use by a ParameterFilterElement. + + + 2019 + + + + + Creates a new ParameterFilterElement in the given document. + + + The document in which to create the ParameterFilterElement. + + + The user-visible name for the new ParameterFilterElement. + + + The categories for the new ParameterFilterElement. + + + A pointer to the new ParameterFilterElement. + + + name is an empty string or contains only whitespace. + -or- + name cannot include prohibited characters, such as "{, }, [, ], |, ;, less-than sign, greater-than sign, ?, `, ~". + -or- + The given value for name is already in use as a filter element name. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Admits elements that satisfy two conditions: +
  1. The element's category must be one of a certain set of allowed categories.
  2. The element must pass a series of filter rules.
+ + 2011 + + + + + +
+ + + Creates a filter rule that determines whether an element's parameter does not have a value. + + + The parameter to be evaluated by the filter. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020 + + + + + Creates a filter rule that determines whether an element's parameter has a value. + + + The parameter to be evaluated by the filter. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020 + + + + + Creates a filter rule that determines whether a parameter is not associated + with a certain global parameter. + + + A parameter that can be associated with an existing global parameter of a compatible type. + + + The global parameter used to test the association. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates a filter rule that determines whether a parameter is associated + with a certain global parameter. + + + A parameter that can be associated with an existing global parameter of a compatible type. + + + The global parameter used to test the association. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates a filter rule that determines whether strings from the document + do not end with a certain string value. + + + A string-typed parameter used to get values from the document for a given element. + + + The user-supplied string value for which values from the document will be searched. + + + Created filter rule object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + + + + + Creates a filter rule that determines whether strings from the document + do not end with a certain string value. + + + A string-typed parameter used to get values from the document for a given element. + + + The user-supplied string value for which values from the document will be searched. + + + If true, the string comparison will be case-sensitive. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates a filter rule that determines whether strings from the document + end with a certain string value. + + + A string-typed parameter used to get values from the document for a given element. + + + The user-supplied string value for which values from the document will be searched. + + + Created filter rule object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + + + + + Creates a filter rule that determines whether strings from the document + end with a certain string value. + + + A string-typed parameter used to get values from the document for a given element. + + + The user-supplied string value for which values from the document will be searched. + + + If true, the string comparison will be case-sensitive. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates a filter rule that determines whether strings from the document + do not begin with a certain string value. + + + A string-typed parameter used to get values from the document for a given element. + + + The user-supplied string value for which values from the document will be searched. + + + Created filter rule object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + + + + + Creates a filter rule that determines whether strings from the document + do not begin with a certain string value. + + + A string-typed parameter used to get values from the document for a given element. + + + The user-supplied string value for which values from the document will be searched. + + + If true, the string comparison will be case-sensitive. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates a filter rule that determines whether strings from the document + begin with a certain string value. + + + A string-typed parameter used to get values from the document for a given element. + + + The user-supplied string value for which values from the document will be searched. + + + Created filter rule object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + + + + + Creates a filter rule that determines whether strings from the document + begin with a certain string value. + + + A string-typed parameter used to get values from the document for a given element. + + + The user-supplied string value for which values from the document will be searched. + + + If true, the string comparison will be case-sensitive. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates a filter rule that determines whether strings from the document do not + contain a certain string value. + + + A string-typed parameter used to get values from the document for a given element. + + + The user-supplied string value for which values from the document will be searched. + + + Created filter rule object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + + + + + Creates a filter rule that determines whether strings from the document do not + contain a certain string value. + + + A string-typed parameter used to get values from the document for a given element. + + + The user-supplied string value for which values from the document will be searched. + + + If true, the string comparison will be case-sensitive. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates a filter rule that determines whether strings from the document contain + a certain string value. + + + A string-typed parameter used to get values from the document for a given element. + + + The user-supplied string value for which values from the document will be searched. + + + Created filter rule object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + + + + + Creates a filter rule that determines whether strings from the document contain + a certain string value. + + + A string-typed parameter used to get values from the document for a given element. + + + The user-supplied string value for which values from the document will be searched. + + + If true, the string comparison will be case-sensitive. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates a filter rule that determines whether ElementId values + from the document are less than or equal to a certain value. + + + An ElementId-typed parameter used to get values from the document for a given element. + + + The user-supplied value against which values from the document will be compared. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates a filter rule that determines whether integer values + from the document are less than or equal to a certain value. + + + An integer-typed parameter used to get values from the document for a given element. + + + The user-supplied value against which values from the document will be compared. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates a filter rule that determines whether double-precision values + from the document are less than or equal to a certain value. + + + Values greater than the user-supplied value but within epsilon + are considered equal; therefore, such values satisfy the condition. + + + A double-typed parameter used to get values from the document for a given element. + + + The user-supplied value against which values from the document will be compared. + + + Defines the tolerance within which two values may be considered equal. + + + The given value for value is not finite + -or- + The given value for value is not a number + -or- + The given value for epsilon is not finite + -or- + The given value for epsilon is not a number + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates a filter rule that determines whether strings from the document + are less than or equal to a certain value. + + + For strings, a value is "less" than another if it would appear before + the other in an alphabetically-sorted list. + + + A string-typed parameter used to get values from the document for a given element. + + + The user-supplied string value against which values from the document will be compared. + + + Created filter rule object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + + + + + Creates a filter rule that determines whether strings from the document + are less than or equal to a certain value. + + + For strings, a value is "less" than another if it would appear before + the other in an alphabetically-sorted list. + + + A string-typed parameter used to get values from the document for a given element. + + + The user-supplied string value against which values from the document will be compared. + + + If true, the string comparison will be case-sensitive. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates a filter rule that determines whether ElementId values + from the document are less than a certain value. + + + An ElementId-typed parameter used to get values from the document for a given element. + + + The user-supplied value against which values from the document will be compared. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates a filter rule that determines whether integer values + from the document are less than a certain value. + + + An integer-typed parameter used to get values from the document for a given element. + + + The user-supplied value against which values from the document will be compared. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates a filter rule that determines whether double-precision values + from the document are less than a certain value. + + + Values less than the user-supplied value but within epsilon + are considered equal, not less. + + + A double-typed parameter used to get values from the document for a given element. + + + The user-supplied value against which values from the document will be compared. + + + Defines the tolerance within which two values may be considered equal. + + + The given value for value is not finite + -or- + The given value for value is not a number + -or- + The given value for epsilon is not finite + -or- + The given value for epsilon is not a number + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates a filter rule that determines whether strings from the document + are less than a certain value. + + + For strings, a value is "less" than another if it would appear before + the other in an alphabetically-sorted list. + + + A string-typed parameter used to get values from the document for a given element. + + + The user-supplied string value against which values from the document will be compared. + + + Created filter rule object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + + + + + Creates a filter rule that determines whether strings from the document + are less than a certain value. + + + For strings, a value is "less" than another if it would appear before + the other in an alphabetically-sorted list. + + + A string-typed parameter used to get values from the document for a given element. + + + The user-supplied string value against which values from the document will be compared. + + + If true, the string comparison will be case-sensitive. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates a filter rule that determines whether ElementId values + from the document are greater than or equal to a certain value. + + + An ElementId-typed parameter used to get values from the document for a given element. + + + The user-supplied value against which values from the document will be compared. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates a filter rule that determines whether integer values + from the document are greater than or equal to a certain value. + + + An integer-typed parameter used to get values from the document for a given element. + + + The user-supplied value against which values from the document will be compared. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates a filter rule that determines whether double-precision values + from the document are greater than or equal to a certain value. + + + Values less than the user-supplied value but within epsilon + are considered equal; therefore, such values satisfy the condition. + + + A double-typed parameter used to get values from the document for a given element. + + + The user-supplied value against which values from the document will be compared. + + + Defines the tolerance within which two values may be considered equal. + + + The given value for value is not finite + -or- + The given value for value is not a number + -or- + The given value for epsilon is not finite + -or- + The given value for epsilon is not a number + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates a filter rule that determines whether strings from the document + are greater than or equal to a certain value. + + + For strings, a value is "greater" than another if it would appear after + the other in an alphabetically-sorted list. + + + A string-typed parameter used to get values from the document for a given element. + + + The user-supplied string value against which values from the document will be compared. + + + Created filter rule object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + + + + + Creates a filter rule that determines whether strings from the document + are greater than or equal to a certain value. + + + For strings, a value is "greater" than another if it would appear after + the other in an alphabetically-sorted list. + + + A string-typed parameter used to get values from the document for a given element. + + + The user-supplied string value against which values from the document will be compared. + + + If true, the string comparison will be case-sensitive. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates a filter rule that determines whether ElementId values + from the document are greater than a certain value. + + + An ElementId-typed parameter used to get values from the document for a given element. + + + The user-supplied value against which values from the document will be compared. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates a filter rule that determines whether integer values + from the document are greater than a certain value. + + + An integer-typed parameter used to get values from the document for a given element. + + + The user-supplied value against which values from the document will be compared. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates a filter rule that determines whether double-precision values + from the document are greater than a certain value. + + + Values greater than value but within epsilon + are considered equal, not greater. + + + A double-typed parameter used to get values from the document for a given element. + + + The user-supplied value against which values from the document will be compared. + + + Defines the tolerance within which two values may be considered equal. + + + The given value for value is not finite + -or- + The given value for value is not a number + -or- + The given value for epsilon is not finite + -or- + The given value for epsilon is not a number + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates a filter rule that determines whether strings from the document are greater than a certain value. + + + For strings, a value is "greater" than another if it would appear after + the other in an alphabetically-sorted list. + + + A string-typed parameter used to get values from the document for a given element. + + + The user-supplied string value against which values from the document will be compared. + + + Created filter rule object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + + + + + Creates a filter rule that determines whether strings from the document are greater than a certain value. + + + For strings, a value is "greater" than another if it would appear after + the other in an alphabetically-sorted list. + + + A string-typed parameter used to get values from the document for a given element. + + + The user-supplied string value against which values from the document will be compared. + + + If true, the string comparison will be case-sensitive. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates a filter rule that determines whether ElementId values + from the document do not equal a certain value. + + + An ElementId-typed parameter used to get values from the document for a given element. + + + The user-supplied value against which values from the document will be compared. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates a filter rule that determines whether integer values + from the document do not equal a certain value. + + + An integer-typed parameter used to get values from the document for a given element. + + + The user-supplied value against which values from the document will be compared. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates a filter rule that determines whether double-precision values + from the document do not equal a certain value. + + + A double-typed parameter used to get values from the document for a given element. + + + The user-supplied value against which values from the document will be compared. + + + Defines the tolerance within which two values may be considered equal. + + + The given value for value is not finite + -or- + The given value for value is not a number + -or- + The given value for epsilon is not finite + -or- + The given value for epsilon is not a number + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates a filter rule that determines whether strings from the document do not equal a certain value. + + + A string-typed parameter used to get values from the document for a given element. + + + The user-supplied string value against which values from the document will be compared. + + + Created filter rule object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + + + + + Creates a filter rule that determines whether strings from the document do not equal a certain value. + + + A string-typed parameter used to get values from the document for a given element. + + + The user-supplied string value against which values from the document will be compared. + + + If true, the string comparison will be case-sensitive. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates a filter rule that determines whether ElementId values + from the document equal a certain value. + + + An ElementId-typed parameter used to get values from the document for a given element. + + + The user-supplied value against which values from the document will be compared. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates a filter rule that determines whether integer values + from the document equal a certain value. + + + An integer-typed parameter used to get values from the document for a given element. + + + The user-supplied value against which values from the document will be compared. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates a filter rule that determines whether double-precision values + from the document equal a certain value. + + + A double-typed parameter used to get values from the document for a given element. + + + The user-supplied value against which values from the document will be compared. + + + Defines the tolerance within which two values may be considered equal. + + + The given value for value is not finite + -or- + The given value for value is not a number + -or- + The given value for epsilon is not finite + -or- + The given value for epsilon is not a number + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates a filter rule that determines whether strings from the document equal a certain value. + + + A string-typed parameter used to get values from the document for a given element. + + + The user-supplied string value against which values from the document will be compared. + + + Created filter rule object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + + + + + Creates a filter rule that determines whether strings from the document equal a certain value. + + + A string-typed parameter used to get values from the document for a given element. + + + The user-supplied string value against which values from the document will be compared. + + + If true, the string comparison will be case-sensitive. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates a filter rule that tests elements for support of a shared parameter. + + + The name of the parameter that elements must support to satisfy this rule. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Contains functions that create appropriate FilterRule objects based on the parameters given. + + + 2011 + + + + + The name of the parameter that an element must support to pass this rule. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs an instance of SharedParameterApplicableRule. + + + The name of the parameter that an element must support to pass this rule. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Tests whether an element supports a shared parameter. + + + 2011 + + + + + constructs an instance of HasNoValueFilterRule. + + + The parameter that an element must not have a value for to pass this rule. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020 + + + + + Tests whether an element's parameter doesn't have a value. + + + 2020 + + + + + constructs an instance of HasValueFilterRule. + + + The parameter that an element must have a value for to pass this rule. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020 + + + + + Tests whether an element's parameter has a value. + + + 2020 + + + + + The parameter which will be evaluated to pass this rule. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020 + + + + + Tests whether an element's parameter has a value or not. + + + 2020 + + + + + Tests that the global parameter has data of a type that supports reporting. + + + Only few data types can be used for reporting parmeters. Currently, reporting + global parameters must be either of type Lenght or Angle - + basically, they need to be value-driven by standard dimensions. + + + True if the parameter has data of a type that supports reporting; False otherwise. + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + Tests that the given expression is a valid as formula for this parameter. + + + Use this method to test validity of a formula before assigning it to a global + parameter when in doubt whether it is an acceptable expression or not. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + Sets a new value of the global parameter. + + +

Note that a value can only be set for parameters that are neither + formula-driven nor dimension-driven, as those have their values determined + by evaluating the formula or by the dimension, respectively.

+

The argument this method accepts is of the same type of + that is returned by . However, the type can also be easily deduced: + Text parameters accept only . + Integer and YesNo parameters accept only . + All other types of parameters accept only . + Curiously, the actual value of a YesNo parameter can be only either 0 or 1.

+
+ + An instance of one of the value classes derived from ParameterValue. + + + The given value argument is not a valid instance of ParameterValue! + -or- + The given parameter value arguments is not of the storage type the global parameter expects. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This is a formula-driven parameter. As such it does not allow the current operation. + -or- + This is a dimension-driven parameter. As such it does not allow the current operation. + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + +
+ + + Obtains the curent value of the global parameter. + + +

Note that a value is always returned regardless of whether the + parameter is formula-driven, or dimension-driven, or independent.

+

The returned is casted-up an instance of + one of the derived classes, such as + or .

+
+ + An instance of one of the classes derived from the ParameterValue base class. + + + 2016 Subscription Update + +
+ + + Returns all dimension elements that are currently labeled by this global parameter. + + + In case of a reporting parameter the returned collection will contain + at most one element - the driving dimension, if it has been set already. + It is because reporting parameters may have only one dimension labeled. + For non-reporting parameters the set would contain all dimensions that + have been labeled by this global parameter. + + + Collection of Element Ids. + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + Tests whether a dimension can be labeled by the global parameter. + + + Possible causes include a dimension that cannot be labeled at all, or it is + of other than Linear or Angular type, or does not have the appropriate labeling + parameter. Another reason for this method returning False is that the data type of this + global parameter is not suitable for labeling (i.e. it contains neither Length nor Angle value), + or the parameter is reporting and the dimension has more than one segment. + + + Id of a dimension element. + + + True of the input dimension can be labeled by this global parameter; False oterwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + Unlabels a dimension that is currently labeled by this global parameter. + + + It is assumed that the given dimension element is presently labeled + by this parameter. If it is not, this method throws an exception. + + + Id of a dimension element. + + + Given element Id is not of a valid dimension element. + -or- + The given dimension (dimensionId) is not labeled by this global parameter. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + Labels a dimension with this global parameter. + + +

When a dimension is labeled by a global parameters, then its value is either + controlled by the parameter (non-reporting), or drives the value of the + parameter (reporting). It is important to note that a reporting parameter + can label at most one dimension object - meaning, a parameter can be driven + by one dimension only. If the dimension has several segments and is labeled by a non-reprting parameter, + the value of each segment will be driven by this parameter. Multi-segmented dimensions + cannot be labeled by reporting parameters.

+

If the dimension is already labeled by another global parameter, + labeling it again will automatically detach it from that parameter.

+

Presently, not just any kind of dimensions may be labeled by a global parameter. + Typically only single Linear and Angular dimensions can be labeled, + but there are other restrictions in effect too. Also, for the value of the parameter + and dimension labeled by it depend on each other, the data type of the global parameters + must be either Length or Angle, since those are the only units a dimension + can represent. Refer to the + method to find out whether a particular dimension element may be labeled or not.

+
+ + Id of a dimension element. + + + Given element Id is not of a valid dimension element. + -or- + Dimension with the Id of dimensionId cannot be labeled by this global parameter. + Possible causes include the dimension cannot be labeled at all, or it is a dimension + of other than Linear or Angular type, or the Dimension object does not have the + appropriate labeling parameter, or the dimension has more than one segment and the parameter + is reporting. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + +
+ + + Returns the name of this parameter's label, which is used to label dimension elements. + + + Note that a Label equals a parameter's name if the parameters is non-reporting. + Reporting parameters, however, have their labels suffixed by a special string + to make it obvious the parameters is reporting (thus suitable to be driven by + a dimension.) + + + The name of the parameter's label. + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + Sets a formula expression for this parameter. + + + An assigned expression will compute the parameter's actual value. +

In order to set a formula, the global parameter must be non-reporting. Therefore + a reporting parameter must be changed to non-reporting first before assigning a formula. +

+ Value of the evaluated formula must be compatible with the value-type of the parameter. + For example, it is permitted to use Integer parameters in a formula assigned to + a Double (Number) parameter, or vice versa. It is not allowed, however, to use + Length or Angle arguments in a formula in a parameter of which type is ether + Integer or Number. To test whether a formula is valid for a global parameter, + the method can be used. +

+ An empty string can be used to remove an existing formula. When a formula is removed, + the parameter retains its value as it was previously computed using the formula. +

+ Formulas may include all standard arithmetic operations and logical operations (as functions and, + or, not.) Input to logical operations must be Boolean values (parameters of YesNo type). + Consequently, arithmetic operations can be applied to numeric values only. While there are no operations + supported for string (text) arguments, strings can be used as results of a logical If operation.

+ + Valid formula string. + + + The given expression argument is not valid as a formula for this parameter. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This is a non-reporting global parameter. As such it does not allow the current operation. + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + +
+ + + Returns the parameter's expression in form of a string. + + + Returns an empty string a case the parameter is not determined by + a formula, or if the the expression cannot be converted to a string. + + + The string representing the expression assigned to the parameter. + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + Returns all other global parameters which refer to this global parameter in their formulas. + + + The method returns other global parameters that directly (in their formulas) refer + to this parameter. For example, if P1 refers to P0 (e.g. [= 2.5 * P0]), and P2 refers + to P1 (e.g. [= P1 + 3.14]), then the set of parameters affected directly by P0 would + only contain one parameter - P1. Naturally, be using this method repeatedly, firts + on P0 and then P1 (assuming the above example), the programmer can eventually collect + all depending global parameters, whether they refer to P0 directly or indirectly. + + + Collection of Element Ids. + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + Returns all elements of which properties are driven by this global parameter. + + + The returned collection does not include dimensions labeled by this global parameter. + To get the labeled dimensions use the method. + Other global parameters that may be affected by this one (in their formulas) + are also excluded from the returned collection. To get the set of affected global + parameters use the method. + + + Collection of Element Ids. + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + Set a dimension to drive the value of this parameter. + + +

This method is a combined action of two steps: a) Making the parameter reporting if + it is not yet, and b) Labeling the given dimension with it. Because of that, the + parameter must be eligible for reporting - i.e must be of certain types, and must + not be used to label more than one dimensions yet.

+

In case this parameter is already driven by another dimension, the other + dimension will be unlabeled first before the given one is labeled. It is because + a reporting parameter can only label one dimension at a time (i.e. it can be + driven by one dimension only.)

+
+ + Id of a dimension element. + + + Given element Id is not of a valid dimension element. + -or- + Dimension with the Id of dimensionId cannot be labeled by this global parameter. + Possible causes include the dimension cannot be labeled at all, or it is a dimension + of other than Linear or Angular type, or the Dimension object does not have the + appropriate labeling parameter, or the dimension has more than one segment and the parameter + is reporting. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This is a formula-driven parameter. As such it does not allow the current operation. + -or- + This non-reporting global parameter has already labeled other dimension segments (more then 1). + It cannot, therefore, be made reporting and dimension-driven before un-labeling all + the dependent dimensions first. + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + +
+ + + Tests whether the global parameter permits a change of its current value of the IsReporting attribute. + + + Returns True if the change is allowed; False otherwise. + + + 2017 + + + + + Creates a new Global Parameter in the given document. + + + Global parameters may be created only in Project documents, not in families. +

Each global parameter must have a valid name that is unique within the document. To test whether + a name is unique, use the method.

While global parameters can be created with almost any type of data, there is a few types that + are not currently supported, such as the ElementId type. Programmers can test whether a particular + data type is appropriate for a global parameter by using the method.

Parameters are created as non-reporting initially, but programmers are free to modify the + property once a global parameter is created and happens to be of a type eligible for reporting.

+ + Document in which the new parameter is to be created + + + The name of the new parameter. It must be unique in the document + + + Identifier of the spec describing the parameter's data type. + + + An instance of the new global parameter + + + Global parameters are not supported in the given document. + A possible cause is that it is not a project document, + for global parameters are not supported in Revit families. + -or- + name is an empty string. + -or- + name cannot include prohibited characters, such as "{, }, [, ], |, ;, less-than sign, greater-than sign, ?, `, ~". + -or- + A global parameter with the given name already exists in the document. + -or- + specTypeId is not a spec identifier. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 Subscription Update + +
+ + + Indicates whether this parameter is driven by a dimension or not. + + +

Only reporting parameters can be driven by dimensions. Thus, to drive + a parameter by a dimension, the parameter must first be set as reporting + before it is used to label the driving dimension.

+

Note that the value of this property is always the opposite of the + property. It is so because a parameter of which + value is evaluated by a formula cannot be driven by a dimension, and vice versa.

+
+ + 2016 Subscription Update + +
+ + + Indicates whether this parameter is driven by a formula or not. + + +

Note that the value of this property is always the opposite of the + property. It is so because a parameter of which + value is evaluated by a formula cannot be driven by a dimension, and vice versa.

+
+ + 2016 Subscription Update + +
+ + + Indicates whether this is a reporting global parameter or not. + + +

When a global parameter is declared as reporting, it takes its value from + the one driving dimension it is set to label. To be declared as reporting, + a parameter must be labeling no more than one single-segment dimension. If a global parameter + is not labeling any dimensions at the time it is declared as reporting, + its value stays unchanged until a driving dimension is labeled with it.

+

Reporting parameters can be (currently) only of type Length or Angle, + but programmers can always call the first + when in doubt about whether a global parameter has a data type eligible for reporting.

+
+ + True if the parameter is reporting, False otherwise. + + + When setting this property: This is a formula-driven parameter. As such it does not allow the current operation. + -or- + When setting this property: This non-reporting global parameter has already labeled other dimensions (more then 1). + It cannot, therefore, be made reporting and dimension-driven before un-labeling all + the dependent dimensions first. + -or- + When setting this property: The global parameter is not of a type that may be used with reporting. + Generally, a reporting parameter must be either of type Length or Angle. + -or- + When setting this property: Currently reporting parameters may not be changed if they are driven by a dimension that cannot + have its value set by a global parameter, such as an arc-length, locked, or multi-segment dimension. + + + 2016 Subscription Update + +
+ + + This class represents a GlobalParameter element in Revit. + + +

+ Global parameters can be used to drive values of dimensions or other elements' parameters. + Also, a global parameter can be driven by a selected dimension, the value of which then + determines the value of the global parameter. Such parameters can further be used to drive + values of other elements' parameters.

+ + See also the class for methods + that operate upon global parameters of a document, such as getting all defined global + parameters and testing whether a global parameter of certain name already exists or not. + +

Reporting vs. Non-Reporting parameters

There are several ways global parameters can be categorized, but probably the most significant + categorization stems from the property which divides global parameters + into two groups - Reporting and Non-Reporting. The significance of reporting parameters lays in the + fact that their values are driven by the dimension that has been labeled by a reporting parameter. + It means that the value of a reporting parameter reflects the value of a dimension (length or angle) + and gets updated anytime the dimension changes. Non-Reporting parameters behave in the opposite manner + - they drive value of dimensions that have been labeled by them, which results in controlling + the model's geometry through global parameters' values.

Reporting parameters are limited in several ways. They can be only of Length or Angle type, + a requirement due to the fact that a dimension must be able to drive the value. For the same reason + reporting parameters may not have formulas.

Non-Reporting parameters, on the other way, can be of almost any type (Length, Integer, + Area, etc.) with the exception of ElementId type. Also, Non-Reporting parameters may have assigned + formulas in which other global parameters may be used as arguments. This way one global parameter's value + can be derived from other parameter (or parameters), and the other parameter can be either reporting + or non-reporting.

Creating Global Parameters

Global parameters get created via the static method . It is important to note that each + new parameter must have a name that is unique within the document. Parameters are created as non-reporting + initially, but programmers are free to modify the property once a global parameter + is created and is of an eligible type. The programmer can call the + when in doubt whether parameters of a certain data type can be made reporting. Note, that a parameter + may not be made reporting after more than one dimension has been labeled by it. It is because reporting + parameter can label (and be driven) by one dimension only.

An alternative way of making a parameter reporting is via the method which + labels one dimension by a global parameter and also makes the parameter reporting if it is not reporting yet.

Other important properties of global parameters are and + , which are mutually exclusive - a parameter that has a formula + assigned cannot be driven by a dimension (nor can be reporting) and vice versa.

Global Parameters with formulas

Like with family parameters, formulas may be assigned to non-reporting global parameters using the + method (paired with to query the current formula.) + Formulas may include all standard arithmetic operations and logical operations (as functions and, or, not.) + Input to logical operations must be Boolean values (parameters of YesNo type). Consequently, arithmetic + operations can be applied to numeric values only. While there are no operations supported for string (text) + arguments, strings can be used as results of a logical If operation. Depending on their type (and units), + parameters of different value types can be combined. However, unit-less values such as Integer and + Number (double) may only be combined with each other. Since formulas can get quite complicated, + the method is available for the programmer to ensure a formula is valid + in order to avoid potential exception due to applying an invalid formula.

Labeling dimensions

Probably the most notable feature of global parameters is their ability to "Label" dimensions, + a process that establishes dependency of a dimension on a global parameter (or vice versa, + depending on the reporting status.) One parameter can label any number of dimensions as long + as the parameter is non-reporting. If the parameter labels a multi-segment dimension, values of all segments + of this dimension will be equal to the parameter's value. As mentioned above, reporting parameter can label one dimension + only, and this dimension can have only one segment. Methods and properties related to labeling include: , + , and . Also in this set is the + method which indicates whether or not a particular dimension + can be labeled. Presently, only single linear dimensions and angles are permitted.

Elements affected by a Global Parameter

Global parameters can be associated with other global parameters as well as regular family instance + parameters (which may report global parameters as their values via the assignment formula.) + There are two methods available to find relations among parameters: + and . The former returns all other global parameters that refer + to a particular global parameter in their respective formulas. The other method returns a set + of all elements of which some parameters are controlled by the global parameter. These two methods + together with the can help the programmer in figuring out + how model elements relate to each other via global parameters.

Methods for maintaining associations between element properties and global parameters + can be found in the class.

Getting and setting the value of a Global Parameter

All global parameters, formula-driven, dimension-driven, or independent, have values. A value can + be obtained by calling the method. The object returned by that method is an instance + of one of the classes derived from class. The concrete + instance is determined by the type of the global parameter (specified upon creation.) Parameters that are + neither formula-driven nor dimension-driven (reporting) can have a value assigned. The method to use + is and it accepts the same type of + that is returned by SetValue. However, the type can also be deduced easily: Text parameters accept only + . Integer and YesNo parameters accept only + . All other parameters accept only + . +

+ + 2016 Subscription Update + +
+ + + Checks if given panel configuration is valid for given panel schedule type. + + + If the panel schedule type is branch panel, the valid panel configurations are: + PanelConfiguration::Enum::OneColumn + PanelConfiguration::Enum::TwoColumnsCircuitsAcross + PanelConfiguration::Enum::TwoColumnsCircuitsDown + If the panel schedule type is switchboard or data panel, the valid panel configuration is: + PanelConfiguration::Enum::OneColumn + + + The panel schedule type. + + + The given configuration to check. + + + True if panel schedule template can have a valid configuration assigned, false otherwise. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + Checks if given template has the same panel schedule type with this template. + + + The panel schedule type is the enum type of PanelScheduleType class (Branch, switchboard, data etc.) + + + The given template to check. + + + True if the given template has the same panel schedule type with this template, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Checks if given type is valid for this panel schedule template element. + + + A type is valid for a panel schedule template element if it is defined by the PanelScheduleType class. + Note: PanelScheduleType::Enum::Unknown is not a valid type, it is used for initializing the variable of + the PanelScheduleType::Enum. + + + The given type to check. + + + True if panel schedule template can have a type assigned and this type is valid for this element, false otherwise. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + Gets the writable section data object. + + + Access to this information requires an open transaction. + + + The table section data object. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + Gets the writable table data object. + + + Access to this information requires an open transaction. + + + The panel schedule data object. + + + + + Assigns table data to this template + + + The panel schedule data + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Returns the panel schedule type. + + + + + Copies all values from other element to this object. + + + The Document for the otherElem + + + The element being copied from. + + + The given template otherElem has different type of this element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Creates a new instance of a panel schedule template. + + + If the given name has already been used by existing panel schedule templates, + a unique name will be used for the newly created template. + + + The document where the element will be created and added. + + + The panel schedule type. + + + The panel configuration type. + + + The name of the panel schedule template to be created. + + + The newly created panel schedule template element. + + + The type is not valid for this element. + -or- + The config is not valid for panel schedule type type of this template. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + Checks to see if this is default template for the given panel schedule type. + + + + + Checks to see if this object is switchboard schedule template element. + + + + + Checks to see if this object is data panel schedule template element. + + + + + Checks to see if this object is branch panel schedule template element. + + + + + The PanelScheduleTemplate class represents an instance of panel schedule template + element. An instance object could be a branch panel, a switchboard or a data panel template. + + + + + Switches the circuit phases at the slot. + + + Only one or two poles circuit on switchboard panel schedule can switch phases. + + + Row Number. + + + Column Number. + + + The circuit at given cell (nRow, nCol) is not one or two poles circuit. + + + The given row number nRow is invalid in Body. + -or- + The given column number nCol is invalid in Body. + -or- + There is no circuit at given cell (nRow, nCol). + + + This is not a switchboard panel schedule. + + + 2021 + + + + + Renumbers the Circuit Naming Index for the circuits in the panel. + + + 2021 + + + + + Move the circuits in the source slot to the specific slot. + + + If the moving circuit is in a group, all circuits in the group will be moved accordingly. + + + The Row Number of cell to be moved. + + + Start Column Number of cell to be moved. + + + The Row Number of cell to moved to. + + + End Column Number of cell to moved to. + + + The given row number nMovingRow is invalid in Body. + -or- + The given column number nMovingCol is invalid in Body. + -or- + The given row number nToRow is invalid in Body. + -or- + The given column number nToCol is invalid in Body. + -or- + There is no circuit at given cell (nMovingRow, nMovingCol). + -or- + Cannot move the circuits at slot (nMovingRow, nMovingCol) to given slot (nToRow, nToCol). + + + + + Verifies if can circuits in the source slot to the specific slot. + + + The Row Number of cell to be moved. + + + Start Column Number of cell to be moved. + + + The Row Number of cell to moved to. + + + End Column Number of cell to moved to. + + + True if can move circuits in the source slot to the specific slot. + + + + + Remove a spare at specific cell. + + + Row Number + + + Column Number + + + The row column combination does not represent a valid spare. + + + 2018 + + + + + Remove a space at specific cell. + + + Row Number + + + Column Number + + + The row column combination does not represent a valid space. + + + 2018 + + + + + Add a spare at specific cell. + + + Row Number + + + Column Number + + + The given row number nRow is invalid in Body. + -or- + The given column number nCol is invalid in Body. + -or- + There is a circuit at given cell (nRow, nCol) already. + + + 2018 + + + + + Add a space at specific cell. + + + Row Number + + + Column Number + + + The given row number nRow is invalid in Body. + -or- + The given column number nCol is invalid in Body. + -or- + There is a circuit at given cell (nRow, nCol) already. + + + 2018 + + + + + Check if the selected cell is a space + + + Row Number + + + Column Number + + + True if the selected cell is a space, false otherwise + + + + + Check if the circuit is a spare + + + Row Number + + + Column Number + + + True if the circuit is a spare, false otherwise + + + + + Check if the slot is in a group + + + Row Number + + + Column Number + + + It is not in a group if the return value equals to 0. It is in a group if the return value is greater than 0 and the return value is the group number. + + + + + Set lock state for a circuit slot at specific cell. + + + Row Number + + + Column Number + + + Lock state to set + + + 2023 + + + + + Check if the circuit slot in this cell is locked. + + + Row Number + + + Column Number + + + True if the circuit slot in this cell is locked, false otherwise + False if the circuit slot not found. + + + + + Returns the combined parameter text for instance view + + + Section type + + + Row Number + + + Column Number + + + The combined parameter text + + + The given row number nRow is invalid. + -or- + The given column number nCol is invalid. + -or- + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + Check if this column in the load summary + + + Column Number + + + Check if this column in the load summary + + + + + Check if this row in the circuit table + + + Row Number + + + True if this row in the circuit table, false otherwise. + + + + + Check if this cell in the phase loads + + + Row Number + + + Column Number + + + True if this cell in the phase loads, false otherwise + + + + + Gets the value of the apparent current parameter for a spare + + + A row where the valid spare is + + + A column where the valid spare is + + + One of 4 valid current parameters: RBS_ELEC_APPARENT_CURRENT_PARAM, RBS_ELEC_APPARENT_CURRENT_PHASEA_PARAM, RBS_ELEC_APPARENT_CURRENT_PHASEB_PARAM, RBS_ELEC_APPARENT_CURRENT_PHASEC_PARAM + + + The value of the spare's current parameter + + + The current parameter id is not valid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The row column combination does not represent a valid spare. + + + 2013 + + + + + Sets the value of the apparent current parameter for a spare + + + A row where the valid spare is + + + A column where the valid spare is + + + One of 4 valid current parameters: RBS_ELEC_APPARENT_CURRENT_PARAM, RBS_ELEC_APPARENT_CURRENT_PHASEA_PARAM, RBS_ELEC_APPARENT_CURRENT_PHASEB_PARAM, RBS_ELEC_APPARENT_CURRENT_PHASEC_PARAM + + + The value of the spare's current for the given parameter + + + The current parameter id is not valid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The given value for value must be non-negative. + + + The row column combination does not represent a valid spare. + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets the value of the apparent load parameter for a spare + + + A row where the valid spare is + + + A column where the valid spare is + + + One of 4 valid load parameters: RBS_ELEC_APPARENT_LOAD, RBS_ELEC_APPARENT_LOAD_PHASEA, RBS_ELEC_APPARENT_LOAD_PHASEB, RBS_ELEC_APPARENT_LOAD_PHASEC + + + The value of the spare's load parameter + + + The load parameter id is not valid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The row column combination does not represent a valid spare. + + + 2013 + + + + + Sets the value of the apparent load parameter for a spare + + + A row where the valid spare is + + + A column where the valid spare is + + + One of 4 valid load parameters: RBS_ELEC_APPARENT_LOAD, RBS_ELEC_APPARENT_LOAD_PHASEA, RBS_ELEC_APPARENT_LOAD_PHASEB, RBS_ELEC_APPARENT_LOAD_PHASEC + + + The value of the spare's load for the given parameter + + + The load parameter id is not valid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The given value for value must be non-negative. + + + The row column combination does not represent a valid spare. + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets cells for the given slot number + + + Slot Number + + + The array of Row Number + + + The array of Col Number + + + + + Gets the slot number in the circuit table + + + Column Number + + + Row Number + + + + + Gets the circuit id for the given slot number + + + Row Number + + + Column Number + + + ElementId of the circuit found at the given row and column + + + + + Gets the circuit element for the given slot number + + + Row Number of the Body Section + + + Column Number of the Body Section + + + The circuit found at the given row and column + + + + + Gets the apparent load for the given phase for the given slotted circuit + + + Circuit id for the apparent phase value + + + The requested apparent load phase parameter + + + The value of the apparent phase + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Gets the id of the associated Load Classification at the given row + + + Row number of Load Summary Section + + + The element id of the Load Classification + + + The given row number nRow is invalid in Summary. + + + + + Gets the Demand Factor for given Load Classification + + + Row number of Load Summary Section + + + Column number of Load Summary Section + + + The Demand Factor for the given Load Classification + + + The given row number nRow is invalid in Summary. + -or- + The given column number nCol is invalid in Summary. + + + + + Gets the Total Current for given Load Classification + + + Row number of Load Summary Section + + + Column number of Load Summary Section + + + The Connected Current for the given Load Classification + + + The given row number nRow is invalid in Summary. + -or- + The given column number nCol is invalid in Summary. + + + + + Gets the Demand Current for given Load Classification + + + Row number of Load Summary Section + + + Column number of Load Summary Section + + + The Demand Current for the given Load Classification + + + The given row number nRow is invalid in Summary. + -or- + The given column number nCol is invalid in Summary. + + + + + Gets the Total Load for given Load Classification + + + Row number of Load Summary Section + + + Column number of Load Summary Section + + + The total load for the given Load Classification + + + The given row number nRow is invalid in Summary. + -or- + The given column number nCol is invalid in Summary. + + + + + Gets the Demand Load for given Load Classification + + + Row number of Load Summary Section + + + Column number of Load Summary Section + + + The Demand Load for the Load Classification + + + The given row number nRow is invalid in Summary. + -or- + The given column number nCol is invalid in Summary. + + + + + Gets the name of the Load Classification at the given row/column + + + Row Number of the Load Summary Section + + + Column number of Load Summary Section + + + The name of the Load Classification + + + The given row number nRow is invalid in Summary. + -or- + The given column number nCol is invalid in Summary. + + + + + Gets the load classification parameter value. + + + Parameter Id of the Load Classification + + + Row Number of the Load Summary Section + + + Column number of Load Summary Section + + + The value of the Load Classification parameter + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The given row number nRow is invalid in Summary. + -or- + The given column number nCol is invalid in Summary. + + + + + Sets the text for the given cell, returns true if successful, false otherwise + + + The associated section + + + Row Number of the Section + + + Column Number of the Section + + + String value to set the parameter + + + Returns whether the function succeeded + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The given row number nRow is invalid. + -or- + The given column number nCol is invalid. + -or- + Thrown if there is no parameter at this cell + -or- + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + Thrown if attempt to call on a template + + + + + Gets the cell's text based on its type + + + Section of the desired parameter value + + + Row Number of the Section + + + Column Number of the Section + + + The cell's text + + + The given row number nRow is invalid. + -or- + The given column number nCol is invalid. + -or- + Thrown if there is no parameter at this cell + -or- + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + Thrown if attempt to call on a template + + + + + Gets the panel for this view + + + The id of the panel for this view + + + + + Gets the template for this view (to set the template, you must go through generateInstanceFromTemplate) + + + The template id for this view + + + + + Gets section data that will be written to + + + The section type + + + The + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + Gets table data that can be written to + + + The + + + + Check if this is a panel schedule template. + + + Check if this is a panel schedule template. + + + + + Assigns the data from the template to the instance and performs any tasks specific to the instance (3rd phase, borders, etc) + + + Element id of the template element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Creates a new instance of this view (using specific template) + + + The Document + + + The templateId that this function will use + + + Element id of the electrical panel element. + + + The PanelScheduleView + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Creates a new instance of this view (using default template) + + + The Document + + + Element id of the electrical panel element. + + + The PanelScheduleView + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + + + + + An instance of a panel schedule view. + + + + + Split the panel schedule into + Thrown if the index is out of bounds. + + + The iSeg is not a valid segment index. + -or- + + + 2011 + + + + + Gets the panel schedule view. + + + The panel schedule view element. + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates a new instance of panel schedule on sheet and adds it to the document. + + + The newly created panel schedule sheet instance element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + The panel schedule id. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + The sheet instance offset in drawing sheet coordinates. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + The class represents an instance of a panel schedule placed on sheet. + + + 2011 + + + + + Adds a border around the schedule + + + The border to set around the schedule + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Adds a border around the sections + + + The border to set around the sections + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Add a Load Classification Id to the array of Load Classifications. + + + The load classification to add + + + True if success; false if the given Id has already existed. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Remove a Load Classification Id from the array of Load Classifications + + + The index at which to remove the load classification + + + + + Sets the Load Classifications associated with this panel schedule + + + The load classifications to assign + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Gets an array of the load classifications associated with this panel schedule + + + The array of the load classifications + + + + + Gets the number of rows in the circuit table + + + The number of rows + + + + + Sets if this header should have vertical text + + + The section type + + + Whether headers are vertical or not + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + Update the load summary section + + + + + Redraw the circuit table for a template with the given parameter updates + + + The new phase load type of the circuit table + + + The number of circuit slots + + + True if the phase columns should be currents, false if they should be loads + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + Redraw the circuit table for the given panel with the given parameter updates + + + The panel that this circuit table is being drawn for + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Update if this section is hidden or not + + + The Section Type + + + Whether to hide this section or not + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + Check if this panel schedule is symmetric + + + True if this panel schedule is symmetric, false otherwise. + + + + + True if the user wishes to hide the unused phase column of a single phase panel, false otherwise. + + + 2021 + + + + + Display shading of load cells automatically or not. + + + 2022 + + + + + If true, the phase columns are currents (A), otherwise they are loads (VA); setting this value must go through the appropriate update function + + + + + When true, the number of rows in an instance will be the number of poles on the associated device, not a set number + + + + + shows extra rows below multiphase circuits to indicate how many slots they take up if true, all on a single row otherwise + + + only applicable to one column formats + + + + + Shows the circuit number broken up on each row of the multiphase circuit rows if true, all on the first row otherwise + + + Only applicable to two column formats + + + + + Identifies if the panel is single phase. + + + If true, the panel is single phase. If false, the panel is 3-phase. + + + + + Shows text in the Load Summary section's headers vertically instead of horizontally + + + Setting this value must go through the appropriate update function (updateVerticalHeadersInSection) + + + + + Shows text in the Load Summary section's headers vertically instead of horizontally + + + Setting this value must go through the appropriate update function (updateVerticalHeadersInSection) + + + + + Show groups of load classifications in the load summary section + + + + + Show only the connected load classifications in the summary section + + + + + True if the user wishes to hide the footer section; setting this value must go through the appropriate update function + + + + + True if the user wishes to hide the summary section; setting this value must go through the appropriate update function + + + + + True if the user wishes to hide the header section; setting this value must go through the appropriate update function + + + + + The number of slots in the panel schedule; setting this value must go through the appropriate update function + + + + + This property determines the layout of the phase load columns; setting this value must go through the updateCircuitTable function + + + + + The panel configuration of this panel schedule + + + + + The panel schedule type of this panel schedule + + + + + Places a border (GraphicStyle element) around the entire schedule, visible only on the instance and sheet + + + + + Places a border (GraphicStyle element) around each section, visible only on the instance and sheet + + + + + The PanelScheduleData class holds most of the data that describe + the layout, appearance, and style of the rows, columns, and cells + of a panel schedule + + + + + This enum declares the panel schedule type. + + + 2011 + + + + + Data panel schedule + + + + + Switchboard schedule + + + + + Branch panel schedule + + + + + Unknown panel schedule + + + + + This enum declares the configuration for given panel schedule type. + + + 2011 + + + + + Circuits are numbered top-to-bottom in one single column. First circuits down the left side, then the right side. + + + + + Circuits are numbered left-to-right. The odd circuits down the left side, even circuits down the right side. + + + + + Circuits are numbered top-to-bottom in one single column. + + + + + Sets PdfParameterProvider. + + + Set to to remove ParameterProvider. + + + 2022 + + + + + Gets PdfParameterProvider. + + + 2022 + + + + + Whether naming rule is valid or not. + + + If true, this naming rule is a valid. + If false, this naming rule is not valid for empty naming rule or illegal characters, such as \ / : * ? " < > |. + + + The naming rule to be validated. + + + Whether or not the name is valid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Sets the naming rule. + + + The naming rule. + + + The namingRule is empty or contains illegal characters. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Gets a copy of the naming rule. + + + The naming rule. + + + 2022 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Whether export all views and sheets into one PDF file or multiple files. + + + If , all exported views and sheets will be exported into one PDF file, whose file name would be specified by . + If , each exported view and sheet will have its own PDF file created, whose file name would be generated with . + + + 2022 + + + + + Whether export process should stop when a view fails to export + + + 2022 + + + + + Whether to replace halftone with thin lines. + + + 2022 + + + + + Whether to mask coincident lines. + + + 2022 + + + + + Whether to hide scope boxes. + + + 2022 + + + + + Whether to hide unreferenced view tags. + + + 2022 + + + + + Whether to hide reference/work planes. + + + 2022 + + + + + Whether to hide crop boundaries. + + + 2022 + + + + + Whether set view links blue. + + + If true, links will be visible as blue. + If false, they retain their default text color. + + + 2022 + + + + + Offset between bottom sides of pdf content and paper. Always stored in unit of Feet. + + + 2022 + + + + + Offset between left sides of pdf content and paper. Always stored in unit of Feet. + + + 2022 + + + + + Paper placement of either center or offset from corner. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2022 + + + + + Color depth of either black/white, gray scale or color. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2022 + + + + + The preferred export quality (DPI). + + + This quality setting is the equivalent of printer resolution found in advanced printer settings. + An effect of the setting is to control tessellation quality. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2022 + + + + + The preferred raster quality (DPI). + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2022 + + + + + Percentage of the zoom for the view. + + + This property would be ignored if the ZoomType is FitToPage. + + + 2022 + + + + + Zoom type of either fit to page or on a specific percentage. + + + This property would be ignored if the PaperFormat is Default. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2022 + + + + + If true completely use raster processing for graphics, + otherwise use vector processing as much as possible. + + + 2022 + + + + + Paper format. + + + When the PaperFormat is ExportPaperFormat.Default, which means "Use Sheet Size". + + + When setting this property: The input paper format is invalid + + + 2022 + + + + + Paper orientation - Portrait/Landscape/Auto + + + Ignored when the PaperFormat is ExportPaperFormat.Default, which means "Use Sheet Size". + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2022 + + + + + File name of the PDF when is . + + + PDF file extension (".pdf") would be automatically appended to the result file. + When is , this would be ignored. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Creates a default options object. + + + 2022 + + + + + Options for PDF export + + + 2022 + + + + + An enumerated type listing the options for PDF export quality. + + + + Implement this method to execute some tasks when Autodesk Revit shuts down. + Handle to the Revit Application object. + Indicates if the external db application completes its work successfully. + + + Implement this method to execute some tasks when Autodesk Revit starts. + Handle to the Revit Application object. + Typically, event handlers and updaters are registered in this method. + Indicates if the external db application completes its work successfully. + + + An interface that supports addition of DB-level external applications to Revit, to subscribe to DB-level events and updaters. + DB-level applications are permitted to add DB-level events and updaters to the session. +They cannot create or modify UI. + + + Informs Autodesk Revit of the status of your external db application after execution. + + + The external db application completed successfully. Autodesk Revit will keep this object +during the entire Revit session. + + + The external db application was unable to complete its task. + + + Transaction mode. + 2011 + + + Constructs a new TransactionAttribute. + 2011 + + + The custom transaction attribute to control the transaction behavior of the external command. + 2011 + + + All transaction modes supported by Revit external commands. + 2011 + + + No transaction (nor group) will be created, and no transaction may be created for the lifetime of the command. +The External command may use methods that only read from the model, but not methods that write anything to it. +Exceptions will be thrown if the command either tries to start a transaction (or group) or attempts to write to the model. + A command with this transaction mode should not be associated to a command visible when there is no active document. +The command will not be permitted to be started. + + + The API framework will not create a transaction (but will create an outer group to roll back all changes +if the external command returns a failure status). Instead, you may use combinations of transactions, sub-transactions, +and groups. You will have to follow all rules regarding use of transactions and related classes. +You will have to give your transactions names, which will then appear in the undo menu. +Revit will check that all transactions (also groups and sub-transaction) are properly closed upon return from an external command. +If not, it will discard all changes to the model. + + + + Gets the profile type of the passed condition index. If there are multiple profile types, this will return invalid. + + + If the condition index is -1 and there is a mixture of profile types, this will return invalid. + + + If the connector index is -1 and there is a mixture of profile types, this will return invalid. + + + 2016 + + + + + Checks to see if the passed condition index is a product listed, or catalogue item or not. + + + If the condition index is -1 and there is a mixture of product list and non-product list, this will return false. + + + 2016 + + + + + Gets the domain type for the passed condition index. + + + If the condition index is -1 and there are mixed domains, this will return undefined. + + + 2016 + + + + + Checks if the condition is valid for specified size. + + + The condition index. + + + The width or diameter of the size to check. + + + The depth of the size to check. + + + True if the condition is valid. + + + The index condition is not larger or equal to 0 and less than ConditionCount. + + + 2016 + + + + + Checks to see if the fabrication part type exists on one of the button conditions. + + + The fabrication part type to check. + + + Returns true if the fabrication part type exists on the fabrication service button. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 Subscription Release + + + + + Gets the name of the specified condition on the fabrication service button. + + + The condition index. + + + The name of the specified condition on the fabrication service button. + + + The index condition is not larger or equal to 0 and less than ConditionCount. + + + 2016 + + + + + Gets if the button's fabrication part content associated with the button is to be excluded from Route and Fill, Design to Fabrication, or Multi-Point Routing commands. + + + Returns true if the button's parts are excluded. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Checks if the button contains only valid fittings. + + + True if the button contains only valid fittings. + + + 2016 + + + + + Checks if the condition is unrestricted. + + + The condition index. + + + True if the condition is unrestricted. + + + The index condition is not larger or equal to 0 and less than ConditionCount. + + + 2016 + + + + + Gets the condition upper value (valid if less) for a given condition index. + + + A value of -1 indicates an unrestricted value. + + + The condition index. + + + The condition upper value. + + + The index condition is not larger or equal to 0 and less than ConditionCount. + + + 2016 + + + + + Gets the condition lower value (valid if greater or equal) for a given condition index. + + + A value of -1 indicates an unrestricted value. + + + The condition index. + + + The condition lower value. + + + The index condition is not larger or equal to 0 and less than ConditionCount. + + + 2016 + + + + + Gets the description for the condition size range. + + + The index of the condition in the service button. + + + A user-defined string that describes the condition range, as defined in the fabrication configuration. + For example, this may describe the size of the range or describe the type of fitting. + + + The index condition is not larger or equal to 0 and less than ConditionCount. + + + 2017 + + + + + Validates if the given condition index is valid or not. + + + The button to check. + + + The condition index. + + + True if larger or equal to 0 and less than ConditionCount. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks if all of the fabrication service button conditions are straights. + + + 2016 + + + + + Checks if the fabrication service button is hanger. + + + 2016 + + + + + The button index for this button. + + + 2016 + + + + + The palette index for this button. + + + 2022 + + + + + The fabrication service identifier for the fabrication service this button belongs to. + + + 2016 + + + + + The index of the condition being used. + + + 2016 + + + + + The number of conditions. + + + 2016 + + + + + The code of the button. + + + 2016 + + + + + The name of the button. + + + 2016 + + + + Gets the image for the specified fabrication service button condition. + The condition index. + System.Drawing.Bitmap represents the fabrication service button image. if there is no preview image. + + the index condition is not larger or equal to 0 and less than ConditionCount + + 2016 + + + Gets the image for fabrication service button. + System.Drawing.Bitmap represents the fabrication service button image. if there is no preview image. + 2016 + + + + The object contains information about a fabricaton button. + + + A fabrication service button defines what items to use for different conditions. Fabrication service buttons are part of a fabrication service. + + + 2016 + + + + + Is the required data completed for this zone equipment? + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The air system used for this zone equipment, if applicable. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020.1 + + + + + The Varible Refrigerant Flow loop for the VRF fan coil equipment type. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020.1 + + + + + The chilled water loop used for the chilled water option of cooling coil. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020.1 + + + + + The condenser water loop used for the direction expansion water cooled option of cooling coil. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020.1 + + + + + The water loop element id for the hot-water heating coil. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020.1 + + + + + The type of cooling coil. Note this property change would reset the chilled water loop. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2020.1 + + + + + The type of heating coil. Note this property change would reset the hot water loop. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2020.1 + + + + + The behavior of how zone equipment is allocated with assigned spaces. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2020.1 + + + + + The type of zone equipment. Note this property would reset other properties. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Represents the data and parameters of analytical zone equipment. + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Gets the associated zone equipment of all specified analytical spaces. + + + The document where the analytical spaces and zone equipment exist. + + + The specified analytical spaces. + + + All associated zone equipment, either explicitly assigned or implicitly assigned via system-zone. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Gets the associated zone equipment of the specified analytical space. + + + The document where the analytical spaces and zone equipment exist. + + + The specified analytical spaces. + + + All associated zone equipment, either explicitly assigned or implicitly assigned via system-zone. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Moves the selected analytical spaces from the identified zone equipment to another target zone equipment. + + + The document where the zone equipment and the analytical spaces exist. + + + The specified analytical spaces to move. + + + The original equipment where the analytical spaces will be removed. If passing invalidElementId, the existing zone equipment is not removed. + + + The target zone equipment where the analytical spaces will be associated. If passing invalidElementId, the analytical spaces will not be assigned to any new zone equipment. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Gets the zone equipment data. + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Creates a new zone equipment + + + The document where the new element will be created. + + + The name of new zone equipment. The actual name may be post-fixed if already exists. + + + The newly created zone equipment. + + + name cannot include prohibited characters, such as "{, }, [, ], |, ;, less-than sign, greater-than sign, ?, `, ~". + -or- + name is an empty string. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Represents an early-stage equipment placeholder that provides heating or cooling to part of air system or water loop. + + + A zone equipment is different from physical equipment. + Depending on its behavior type, it may be mapped to multiple physical equipment later. + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Gets the domain data for the zone. + + + Returns a pointer to the base class for specific domain requirements for the zone. + + + 2023 + + + + + Creates a new instance of an area based load and adds it to the document. + + + The document where the element will be created and added. + + + The name of the area based load to be created. + + + The base level on which the area based load will be created. + + + The associative phase on which the area based load is to exist. + + + The newly created area based load. + + + name cannot include prohibited characters, such as "{, }, [, ], |, ;, less-than sign, greater-than sign, ?, `, ~". + -or- + name is an empty string. + -or- + The ElementId levelId is not a Level. + -or- + The id does not represent a valid phase. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2023 + + + + Remove a set of existing spaces to the current Zone element. + The spaces which want to delete from the current zone element. + +Thrown when the specified parameter Value is . + + +Thrown when the input spaces cannot be deleted from current zone element. + + If successful the current zone element will remove a set of input spaces, otherwise . + + + Add a set of existing spaces to Zone element. + The spaces which want to add to zone element. + +Thrown when the specified parameter Value is . + + +Thrown when the input spaces cannot be added to current zone element. + + If successful the current zone element will add a set of input spaces, otherwise . + + + Get or set the DeHumidification Set Point of the Zone. + This property is used to get or set the DeHumidification Set Point of the Zone. + + + Get or set the Humidification Set Point of the Zone. + This property is used to get or set the Humidification Set Point of the Zone. + + + Get or set the Cooling Air Temperature of the Zone. + This property is used to get or set the Cooling Air Temperature of the Zone. + + + Get or set the Heating Air Temperature of the Zone. + This property is used to get or set the Heating Air Temperature of the Zone. + + + Get or set the Cooling Set Point of the Zone. + This property is used to get or set the Cooling Set Point of the Zone. + + + Get or set the Heating Set Point of the Zone. + This property is used to get or set the Heating Set Point of the Zone. + + + Get the Calculated Cooling Load of the Zone. + This property is used to get the Calculated Cooling Load of the Zone. + + + Get the Calculated Heating Load of the Zone. + This property is used to get the Calculated Heating Load of the Zone. + + + Get the Calculated Supply Airflow of the Zone. + This property is used to get the Calculated Supply Airflow (Unit: Airflow ) of the Zone. + + + Get or set the Service Type of the Zone. + This property is used to get or set the Service Type of the Zone. + + + Returns the boundary of the Zone. + This property is used to retrieve the segments that constitute the boundary of the Zone. +Each Zone may have several regions, each of which have several segments hence the data is returned +in the form of an array of boundary segment arrays. See the Zone.BoundarySegment object for more +details about the segments that make up the Zone topology. + + + Get the Spaces of the Zone. + This property is used to get the Spaces of the Zone. + + + Get the Perimeter of the Zone. + This property is used to get the Perimeter of the Zone. + + + Get the Gross Volume of the Zone. + This property is used to get the Gross Volume of the Zone. + + + Get the Volume of the Zone. + This property is used to get the Volume of the Zone. + + + Get the Gross Area of the Zone. + This property is used to get the Gross Area of the Zone. + + + Get the Area of the Zone. + This property is used to get the Area of the Zone. + + + Reports whether this zone is default or not. + This property can be used to set the current zone as the default zone. + + + Get the Phase of the Zone. + This property is used to get the Phase of the Zone. + + + Get or Set the Name of the Zone. + This property is used to get or set the Name of the Zone. + + + + A zone is a collection of one or more spaces. + + + The concept of zones is central to the way in which engineers + design HVAC systems. When you are designing HVAC systems, you + relate to zones as spaces that are under the same thermostatic + control. Conceptually, zones are an arbitrary set of areas or + volumes within a building that is controlled by one thermostat. + An area based load is a collection of one or more electrical + load areas. When it has the AreaBasedLoadData, it is an area + based load, otherwise, it is a zone. + + + + Time-zone in which the city resides + A read only property that returns the time zone in which the city resides. +The value is in hours, ranging from +12 hours to -12 hours with 0 being GMT. + + + Longitude of the city + A read only property that contains the longitude of the city. +The value returned is in radians, ranging from -PI to +PI. + + + Latitude of the city + A read only property that contains the latitude of the city. +The value returned is in radians, ranging from -PI to +PI. + + + An identifier for the nearest weather station + A read only string property that contains an identifier of the nearest weather station. + 2011 + + + The name of the city + A read only string property that contains the name of the city, such as Boston. + + + An object that contains geographical location information for a known city. + This object contains longitude, latitude, time zone information for a city already known by Revit. +Currently Revit does not the ability to add cities to the existing list. The list of known cities can be +retrieved using the Cities property on the application object. + + + + + + + + Sets the graphic overrides assigned to elements in a particular user workset. + + + The workset of interest, which must be a user workset. + + + The desired graphic overrides for this workset. + + + worksetId does not correspond to a user workset in the document + containing this WorksharingDisplaySettings. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Sets the graphic overrides assigned to elements with a particular ownership status. + + + The ownership status of interest. + + + The desired graphic overrides for this ownership status. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + + + + + Sets the graphic overrides assigned to elements with a particular status in the central model. + + + The status in the central model. + + + The desired graphic overrides for this status. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + Sets the graphic overrides assigned to elements owned by a particular user. + The username cannot be on the list of removed usernames. + + + Note that you can specify usernames which do not yet exist in the document's user table. + + + The username of the desired user. + + + The desired graphic overrides for this user. + + + The username is on the list of removed users. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Returns the graphic overrides assigned to elements in a particular workset. + + + The workset id of interest. This must be a user workset. + + + Returns the graphic overrides assigned to the workset. + + + worksetId does not correspond to a user workset in the document + containing this WorksharingDisplaySettings. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Returns the graphic overrides assigned for elements owned by a particular user. + + + The username of a particular user. + + + The graphic overrides assigned to this user. + + + This WorksharingDisplaySettings does not contain graphic overrides for the specified value of username. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Returns the graphic overrides assigned to a particular model update status. + + + The model update status of interest. + + + Returns the graphic overrides assigned to the model update status. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + Returns the graphic overrides associated with a particular ownership status. + + + The ownership status of interest. + + + Returns the graphic overrides assigned to a particular ownership status. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + Returns all usernames that have graphic overrides. This list consists of + all users included in the user table + all users who have explicitly been + assigned overrides. + + + All usernames that have been assigned graphic overrides. + + + 2012 + + + + + Returns the set of users who have been explicitly removed from the settings. + + + Users who have been explicitly removed from the list. + + + 2012 + + + + + Adds users back to the list of displayed users and permits customization of the graphics. + Any usernames that are not currently removed will be ignored. + Returns the number of users who were actually restored. + + + This is the opposite of removing users. + Note that the user will be shown with default graphic overrides - any customizations that + existed prior to removing the user will not be restored. + + + The usernames of the users to restore. Any usernames that are not currently removed will + be ignored. + + + The number of usernames that were actually restored. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Checks whether a single username can have customized graphic overrides. + + + Only users that have not been removed can have overrides. + Once it is removed, a username must be restored before its associated graphic overrides + can be customized. + + + The username to check. + + + False if the username is on the list of removed users, True otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Removes users from the list of displayed users and permanently discards any customization of the graphics. + Note that a user cannot be removed if he or she owns any elements. + + + Note that default graphic overrides will be applied to any elements owned by these + users if they take ownership of any elements or worksets while they are removed. + Note also that the list of removed users will be shared by all users of the central model and + will remove all customizations by all users. + + + The document containing this. + + + The usernames of the users to remove. + + + The users that were successfully removed. Note that you cannot remove + users who currently own any elements. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + + + + + Checks whether there are graphic overrides that would apply to elements + owned by the given user in the "Individual Owners" display mode. + + + There will always be graphic overrides for all users included in the user + table. In addition, there may be other users who have been explicitly assigned overrides. + + + The username to check + + + True if there are graphic overrides assigned to the username, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Returns the worksharing display settings for the document, creating + new settings for the current user if necessary. + + + Note that these settings are available even in models that are not + workshared. This is to allow pre-configuring the display settings + before enabling worksets so that they can be stored in template files. + + + The document of interest. + + + The worksharing display settings for the document. + + + doc is not a project document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + WorksharingDisplaySettings controls how elements will appear when they are + displayed in any of the worksharing display modes. + + + The colors stored in these + settings are a common setting and are shared by all users in the model. Whether + a given color is applied or not is specific to the current user and will not + be shared by other users. + + + 2012 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The fill color that will be applied to elements when these settings are + applied. Note that this is automatically set by increasing the luma of + the specified line color by 65%. + + + 2012 + + + + + The line color that will be applied to elements when these settings are + applied. + + + 2012 + + + + + Indicates whether this set of graphic overrides will be applied. + + + 2012 + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + True if the settings should be applied, False if they should be set but not applied. + + + The desired line color, which must be a valid color. Note that the fill + color is calculated automatically from the line color so it is not advisable + to use white, black, or shades of grey. + + + The lineColor argument does not represent a valid color. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Represents the graphical settings that can be assigned to elements in the worksharing + display modes. + + + 2012 + + + + + + + + + Gets the callback object that changes Revit's default behavior of endlessly waiting and repeatedly trying to lock a central model. + + + 2014 + + + + + Sets or resets a callback object that would allow an external application to change Revit's default behavior of endlessly waiting and repeatedly trying to lock a central model. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a new TransactWithCentralOptions. + + + 2014 + + + + + Options to customize Revit behavior when accessing the central model. + + + 2014 + + + + + + + + + The elements that were relinquished by the current user. + + + 2014 + + + + + The elements that were relinquished by the current user. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + List of elements and worksets that were relinquished by the current user. + + + 2014 + + + + + Check whether a local cache is up to date with its central model. + + + This API only works for cloud-based models. + + + Model path of the central model + + + Latest central version in the local model. + + + Latest central episodeGUID in the local model. + + + ID of the local model + + + true if the local cache is up to date with its central model. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Access to the central model was denied. A possible reason is because the model was under maintenance. + + + The central model is being accessed by another client. + + + An internal error happened on the central model, please contact the server administrator. + + + The server-based central model could not be accessed + because of a network communication error. + + + An internal error happened on the server, please contact the server administrator. + + + 2018 + + + + + Check whether a local cache is up to date with its central model. + + + This API only works for cloud-based models. + + + account region of the central model + + + project ID of the central model. + + + ID of the central model. + + + latest central version in the local model. + + + latest central episodeGUID in the local model. + + + ID of the local model + + + true if the local cache is up to date with its central model. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Access to the central model was denied. A possible reason is because the model was under maintenance. + + + The central model is being accessed by another client. + + + An internal error happened on the central model, please contact the server administrator. + + + The server-based central model could not be accessed + because of a network communication error. + + + An internal error happened on the server, please contact the server administrator. + + + 2015 + + + + + Log the time taken by a given worksharing operation into the server logs. + + + account region + + + GUID of the project + + + GUID of the project + + + GUID of the project + + + String identifying the operation to be timed + + + Measured time taken for the operation + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Gets worksharing information about an element to display in an in-canvas tooltip. + + +

If there is no element corresponding to the given id, + then all the strings returned in WorksharingTooltipInfo are empty.

+

The return value may not be dependable in the middle of a transaction. + See the remarks on for more details.

+
+ + The document containing the element + + + The id of the element in question + + + Worksharing information about the specified element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + +
+ + + Takes a path to a central model and copies the model into a new local file for the current user. + + + The path to the central model. + + + The path to put the new local file. + + + The given path sourcePath is a cloud path which is not supported in this method. + -or- + The model is not workshared. + -or- + The central model has not fully enabled worksharing. + It must be opened and resaved to finish enabling worksharing. + -or- + The model is a local file. + -or- + The central model is not saved in the current Revit version. + -or- + The model is transmitted. + -or- + + -or- + The specified filepath is invalid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Access to the central model was denied due to lack of access privileges. + -or- + Access to the central model was denied. A possible reason is because the model was under maintenance. + + + The central model is locked by another user. + -or- + The central model is being accessed by another client. + + + The central model is missing. + -or- + An internal error happened on the central model, please contact the server administrator. + + + The file or folder already exists and cannot be overwritten. + + + This functionality is not available in Revit LT. + -or- + File already exists! + -or- + Revit Server does not support local models. + + + The server-based central model could not be accessed + because of a network communication error. + + + An internal error happened on the server, please contact the server administrator. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets information about user worksets in a workshared model file, without fully opening the file. + + + This method provides a preview of the user worksets available in a file, allowing an + application to look up the necessary workset ids and information to properly fill out a WorksetConfiguration + structure before opening or linking to this model. + + + The path to the workshared model. + + + Information about all the user worksets in the model. + The list is sorted by workset id. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Access to the central model was denied due to lack of access privileges. + -or- + Access to the central model was denied. A possible reason is because the model was under maintenance. + + + The central model are locked by another client. + + + The central model is missing. + -or- + The central model is corrupt or not an RVT file. + -or- + The model is not workshared. + -or- + The central model is overwritten by other user. + -or- + An internal error happened on the central model, please contact the server administrator. + + + The model could not be accessed due to lack of access privileges. + + + The Revit model specified by path doesn't exist. + + + The model could not be found at the specified path. + + + This functionality is not available in Revit LT. + + + The server-based central model could not be accessed + because of a network communication error. + + + An internal error happened on the server, please contact the server administrator. + + + 2012 + + + + + Relinquishes ownership by the current user of as many specified elements and worksets as possible, + and grants element ownership requested by other users on a first-come, first-served basis. + + +

Elements and worksets owned by other users are ignored.

+

Only unmodified elements already in central will be relinquished by this method. + Newly added and modified elements cannot be relinquished + until they have been synchronized with central.

+

For best performance, relinquish items in one big call, rather than many small calls.

+
+ + The document containing the elements and worksets. + + + General categories of items to relinquish. See RelinquishOptions for details. + + + Options to customize access to the central model. + is allowed and means no customization. + + + The elements and worksets that were relinquished. + + + document is not a workshared document. + -or- + document is not a primary document, it is a linked document. + -or- + document is read-only: It cannot be modified. + -or- + document has an open editing transaction and is accepting changes. + -or- + Saving is not allowed in the current application mode. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The file-based central model could not be reached, + e.g. the network is down or the file server is down. + + + Access to the central model was denied due to lack of access privileges. + -or- + Access to the central model was denied. A possible reason is because the model was under maintenance. + + + The central model is locked by another client. + + + The central model is overwritten by other user. + -or- + The central model is missing. + -or- + An internal error happened on the central model, please contact the server administrator. + + + Operation is not permitted when there is any open sub-transaction, transaction, or transaction group. + + + The server-based central model could not be accessed + because of a network communication error. + + + An internal error happened on the server, please contact the server administrator. + + + 2014 + +
+ + + Obtains ownership for the current user of as many specified worksets as possible. + + + For best performance, check out all worksets in one big call, rather than many small calls. + + + The document containing the worksets. + + + The ids of the worksets to attempt to check out. + + + Options to customize access to the central model. + is allowed and means no customization. + + + The ids of all specified worksets that are now owned, + including all that were owned prior to the function call. + + + document is not a workshared document. + -or- + document is not a primary document, it is a linked document. + -or- + document is read-only: It cannot be modified. + -or- + document has an open editing transaction and is accepting changes. + -or- + There are one or more ids with no corresponding workset. + -or- + Saving is not allowed in the current application mode. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The file-based central model could not be reached, + e.g. the network is down or the file server is down. + + + Access to the central model was denied due to lack of access privileges. + -or- + Access to the central model was denied. A possible reason is because the model was under maintenance. + + + The central model are locked by another client. + + + The central model is overwritten by other user. + -or- + The central model is missing. + -or- + An internal error happened on the central model, please contact the server administrator. + + + Last central version merged into the local model has been archived in the central model. + This exception could only be thrown from cloud models. + + + Operation is not permitted when there is any open sub-transaction, transaction, or transaction group. + + + The server-based central model could not be accessed + because of a network communication error. + + + An internal error happened on the server, please contact the server administrator. + + + 2015 + + + + + Obtains ownership for the current user of as many specified worksets as possible. + + +

For best performance, check out all worksets in one big call, rather than many small calls.

+

When there comes a contention error when locking the central model, this API would wait and retry + endlessly until getting the lock of the central model.

+
+ + The document containing the worksets. + + + The ids of the worksets to attempt to check out. + + + The ids of all specified worksets that are now owned, + including all that were owned prior to the function call. + + + document is not a workshared document. + -or- + document is not a primary document, it is a linked document. + -or- + document is read-only: It cannot be modified. + -or- + document has an open editing transaction and is accepting changes. + -or- + There are one or more ids with no corresponding workset. + -or- + Saving is not allowed in the current application mode. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The file-based central model could not be reached, + e.g. the network is down or the file server is down. + + + Access to the central model was denied due to lack of access privileges. + -or- + Access to the central model was denied. A possible reason is because the model was under maintenance. + + + The central model are locked by another client. + + + The central model is overwritten by other user. + -or- + The central model is missing. + -or- + An internal error happened on the central model, please contact the server administrator. + + + Last central version merged into the local model has been archived in the central model. + This exception could only be thrown from cloud models. + + + Operation is not permitted when there is any open sub-transaction, transaction, or transaction group. + + + The server-based central model could not be accessed + because of a network communication error. + + + An internal error happened on the server, please contact the server administrator. + + + 2014 + + + + + +
+ + + Obtains ownership for the current user of as many specified elements as possible. + + +

For best performance, checkout all elements in one big call, rather than many small calls.

+

Revit may check out additional elements that are needed to check out the elements you requested. + For example, if you request an element that is in a group, Revit will check out the entire group.

+
+ + The document containing the elements. + + + The ids of the elements to attempt to check out. + + + Options to customize access to the central model. + is allowed and means no customization. + + + The ids of all specified elements that are now owned (but possibly out of date), + including all that were owned prior to the function call. + + + document is not a workshared document. + -or- + document is not a primary document, it is a linked document. + -or- + One or more elements in elementsToCheckout do not exist in the document. + -or- + Saving is not allowed in the current application mode. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Editing permissions for the file-based central model could not be accessed for write, + e.g. the network is down, central is missing, or central is read-only. + + + Access to the central model was denied. A possible reason is because the model was under maintenance. + + + Editing permissions for the central model are locked and the last attempt to lock was canceled. + -or- + The central model is being accessed by another client. + + + An error has occurred while checking out worksets or elements. + -or- + The central model is overwritten by other user. + -or- + The central model is missing. + -or- + An internal error happened on the central model, please contact the server administrator. + + + Last central version merged into the local model has been archived in the central model. + This exception could only be thrown from cloud models. + + + The server-based central model could not be accessed + because of a network communication error. + + + An internal error happened on the server, please contact the server administrator. + + + 2015 + +
+ + + Obtains ownership for the current user of as many specified elements as possible. + + +

For best performance, checkout all elements in one big call, rather than many small calls.

+

Revit may check out additional elements that are needed to check out the elements you requested. + For example, if you request an element that is in a group, Revit will check out the entire group.

+

When there comes a contention error when locking the central model, this API would wait and retry + endlessly until getting the lock of the central model.

+
+ + The document containing the elements. + + + The ids of the elements to attempt to check out. + + + The ids of all specified elements that are now owned (but possibly out of date), + including all that were owned prior to the function call. + + + document is not a workshared document. + -or- + document is not a primary document, it is a linked document. + -or- + One or more elements in elementsToCheckout do not exist in the document. + -or- + Saving is not allowed in the current application mode. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Editing permissions for the file-based central model could not be accessed for write, + e.g. the network is down, central is missing, or central is read-only. + + + Access to the central model was denied. A possible reason is because the model was under maintenance. + + + Editing permissions for the central model are locked and the last attempt to lock was canceled. + -or- + The central model is being accessed by another client. + + + An error has occurred while checking out worksets or elements. + -or- + The central model is overwritten by other user. + -or- + The central model is missing. + -or- + An internal error happened on the central model, please contact the server administrator. + + + Last central version merged into the local model has been archived in the central model. + This exception could only be thrown from cloud models. + + + The server-based central model could not be accessed + because of a network communication error. + + + An internal error happened on the server, please contact the server administrator. + + + 2014 + + + + + +
+ + + Gets the ownership status of an element. + + +

This method returns a locally cached value which may not be up to date with the current state + of the element in the central. Because of this, the return value is suitable for reporting to an + interactive user (e.g. via a mechanism similar to Worksharing display mode), but cannot be considered + a reliable indication of whether the element can be immediately edited by the application. Also, the return value + may not be dependable in the middle of a local transaction. See the remarks + on for more details.

+

For performance reasons, the model is not validated to be workshared, + and the element id is also not validated; the element will not be expanded.

+
+ + The document containing the element. + + + The id of the element. + + + A summary of whether the element is unowned, owned by the current user, or owned by another user. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + +
+ + + Gets the ownership status and outputs the owner of an element. + + +

This method returns a locally cached value which may not be up to date with the current state + of the element in the central. Because of this, the return value is suitable for reporting to an + interactive user (e.g. via a mechanism similar to Worksharing display mode), but cannot be considered + a reliable indication of whether the element can be immediately edited by the application. Also, the return value + may not be dependable in the middle of a local transaction. See the remarks + on for more details.

+

For performance reasons, the model is not validated to be workshared, + and the element id is also not validated; the element will not be expanded.

+
+ + The document containing the element. + + + The id of the element. + + + The owner of the element, or an empty string if no one owns it. + + + An indication of whether the element is unowned, owned by the current user, or owned by another user. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + +
+ + + Gets the status of a single element in the central model. + + +

This method returns a locally cached value which may not be up to date with the current state + of the element in the central. Because of this, the return value is suitable for reporting to an + interactive user (e.g. via a mechanism similar to Worksharing display mode), but cannot be considered + a reliable indication of whether the element can be immediately edited by the application. Also, the return value + may not be dependable in the middle of a local transaction. See the remarks + on for more details.

+

For performance reasons, the model is not validated to be workshared, + and the element id is also not validated; the element will not be expanded.

+
+ + The document containing the element. + + + The id of the element. + + + The status of the element in the local session versus the central model. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + +
+ + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + A static class that contains utility functions related to worksharing. + + +

Return values from inquiries about the worksharing status of elements or worksets + rely on local caching of information from the central model so it is possible that the + information is out of date. Because of this, the return value is suitable for reporting to an + interactive user (e.g. via a mechanism similar to Worksharing display mode), but cannot be considered + a reliable indication of whether the element can be immediately edited by the application. To make an immediate + attempt to edit elements, use and check the return status, + then confirm if the elements are up to date.

+

In addition, information about the current user may not be + reliable while Revit is in the middle of an editing transaction. For example, + if you move an unowned wall from an unowned workset to a workset you own, + then before you explicitly or Revit automatically checks out the wall for you, + GetCheckoutStatus() might erroneously tell you CheckoutStatus.OwnedByCurrentUser + because although the official (as seen in central and by other users) owner is no one, + locally it looks like you already own it since it belongs to a workset you own.

+

For operations that interact with central (as opposed to use only cached values), + Revit might opportunistically refresh some editing permissions or check the status of editing requests.

+

Some useful definitions to keep in mind follow: + The owner of a workset: the user who has the Workset checked out; this could be nobody (the empty string). The borrower of an element: the user who has explicitly checked out ("borrowed") the Element; + this could be nobody. The owner of an element: If element is borrowed (i.e. explicitly checked out), + then the element's owner is the borrower, otherwise it is the owner or the workset containing the element.

+
+ + 2012 + + + + + +
+ + + The ordered list of unique user names of users who have outstanding editing requests for + the specified element. + + + The list is ordered by who placed the earliest request. + If the list is empty it means that nobody is currently requesting the specified element. + + + The ordered list of unique user names. + + + 2012 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The user name of the most recent user who saved a user change of this element + to the central model. + + + 2012 + + + + + The user name of the user who created the element. + + + 2012 + + + + + The current owner of the element or empty string if no one owns the element. + + + 2012 + + + + + Worksharing information about a single element suitable for display in an in-canvas tooltip. + + + Some or all of the strings may be empty. + + + 2012 + + + + + Get the WorksetDefaultVisibilitySettings of the document. + + + WorksetDefaultVisibilitySettings is not available in family documents. + + + The document. + + + The WorksetDefaultVisibilitySettings of the document. + + + WorksetDefaultVisibilitySettings is not applicable to family documents. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Set the default visibility of a workset. + + + Id of the workset. + + + Whether the workset should be visible by default or not. + + + There is no workset with this Id in the document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + WorksetDefaultVisibilitySettings is not applicable to family documents. + + + 2012 + + + + + + + + + Indicates whether the workset is visible by default. + + + Id of the workset. + + + Whether the workset is visible by default. + + + There is no workset with this Id in the document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + WorksetDefaultVisibilitySettings is not applicable to family documents. + + + 2012 + + + + + An object that manages default visibility of worksets in a document. + + + WorksetDefaultVisibilitySettings does not exist for family documents. + In case worksharing is disabled in a document, all elements are moved into a single workset; + that workset, and any worksets (re)created if worksharing is re-enabled, is visible by default regardless of any current settings. + + + 2012 + + + + + Checks if the given workset name is unique in the document. + + + The document in which the workset is accessed. + + + The workset name. + + + True if this given workset name is unique in the document, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 Subscription Update + + + + + Renames the workset. + + + The document in which the workset is accessed. + + + The workset Id. + + + The workset name. + + + aDoc is not a workshared document. + -or- + name is an empty string or contains only whitespace. + -or- + name cannot include prohibited characters, such as "{, }, [, ], |, ;, less-than sign, greater-than sign, ?, `, ~". + -or- + The given workset name is already in use. + -or- + There is no workset in the document with this id. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2015 Subscription Update + + + + + Delete the specific workset. + + + Please checkout the workset before executing this method. + The method may fail in some situations that mentioned in . + Another failure case is the Transaction failure due to "Deleting all open views in a project is not allowed." + + + The document containing the worksets. + + + The id of the workset to delete. + + + The settings to delete a workset. + + + document is not a workshared document. + -or- + document is not a primary document, it is a linked document. + -or- + document is read-only: It cannot be modified. + -or- + There is no workset in the document with this id. + -or- + Workset cannot be deleted. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + The document regeneration fails during the DeleteWorkset operation. + + + 2022.1 + + + + + Indicates if a workset can be deleted. + + + The workset can't be deleted in the following cases: + The input worksetId is not valid in the document. The input worksetId doesn't represent a user-created workset, which means this workset might be a system workset. The workset is not editable by the current user. In order to resolve this problem, + please checkout the workset by calling . The workset or some elements under the workset are owned by the other users. In order to resolve this problem, + please ask the other users to call + to relinquish their ownership on the workset and elements. The target workset is not a user-created workset. + + + The document containing the worksets. + + + The id of the workset to delete. + + + The settings to delete a workset. + + + True if the workset can be deleted, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022.1 + + + + + Sets the active workset. + + + The workset Id. + + + There is no workset in the document with this id. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 Subscription Update + + + + + Returns the active workset's WorksetId. + + + WorksetId of the active workset. + + + 2012 + + + + + + + + + Returns the workset from a input Guid. + + + Guid of the workset. + + + The returned workset. if there is no workset in this table with this Id. + + + 2012 + + + + + Returns the workset from a input WorksetId. + + + Id of a workset. + + + The returned workset. if there is no workset in this table with this Id. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + A table containing references to all the worksets contained in a document. + + + There is one WorksetTable for each document. + There will be at least one default workset in the table, even if worksharing has not been enabled in the document. + + + 2012 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The target worksetId for those elements under the deleted workset, which is used for DeleteWorksetOption::MoveElementsToWorkset. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022.1 + + + + + The current delete workset option. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2022.1 + + + + + Constructs a DeleteWorksetSettings object. + + + elementsMoveInto only takes effect when DeleteWorksetOption::Enum is MoveElementsToWorkset. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2022.1 + + + + + Constructs a DeleteWorksetSettings object with DeleteWorksetOption::DeleteAllElements option. + + + 2022.1 + + + + + This class represents the settings used to delete a workset. + + + 2022.1 + + + + + This class defines an enumerative type used to specify the option to delete a workset. + + + 2022.1 + + + This enumerative type corresponds to the possible options to delete a workset. + + + 2022.1 + + + + + Delete a workset together with all the elements in this workset. + + + + + Delete a workset, while moving the elements from the deleted workset to another workset. + + + + + Sets a group of user-created worksets to close. + + + Calling this method on a configuration created with options other than WorksetConfigurationOption.CloseAllWorksets will set these + worksets to be explicitly closed. If all worksets are set to close, the configuration will be unchanged. Worksets other than the inputs are unaffected. + + + The group of user-created worksets to close. Non-user-created worksets and invalid workset ids will be ignored. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Sets a group of user-created worksets to open. + + + Calling this method on a configuration created with options other than WorksetConfigurationOption.OpenAllWorksets will set these + worksets to be explicitly opened. If all worksets are set to open, the configuration will be unchanged. Worksets other than the inputs are unaffected. + + + The group of user-created worksets to open. Non-user-created worksets and invalid workset ids will be ignored. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + 2014 + + + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a new workset configuration with an initial setting to open or close all user-created worksets, or to open last viewed worksets. + + + The option to open or close all user created worksets by default. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2015 + + + + + Constructs a new workset configuration with an initial setting to open all user-created worksets. + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a new copy of the input WorksetConfiguration object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + A configuration class that is passed in to methods that open Revit documents to specify which user-created worksets are opened/closed. + + +

Once an instance of this class is created, it can be further modified + by calling any of the other methods in any order. It is a specification of a setting for model open; + the methods of this class just adjust the specification, and do not themselves open or close worksets.

+

Only user-created worksets can be specified to be opened or closed. All system worksets are automatically open. + An open workset allows its elements can be expanded and displayed. + For a closed workset, Revit tries to not expand its elements, and to that end, does not display them. + This is intended to help with performance by reducing Revit's memory footprint.

+
+ + 2014 + +
+ + + A collection of options used to initialize a WorksetConfiguration. + + + 2015 + + + + + Close all user-created worksets by default, but open last viewed worksets. + + + + + Close all user-created worksets by default. Additional close requests will be ignored for this type of configuration. + + + + + Open all user-created worksets by default. Additional open requests will be ignored for this type of configuration. + + + + + is the secondary calculation cancelled due to the primary data change? + + + 2017 + + + + + Sends a heart beat signal of the current calculation progress + + + Any secondary data calculation is required to keep the main process informed about its progress. If the main + process does not detect the heart beats within the limit WorkerServicesExecutive::WorkerCalculationTimeout + (15 seconds), the calculation is deemed failed and rolled over in the main process. + By default, the cross-process element access would call this method. If your secondary data calculation does not + access elements and the algorithm is long enough to exceed the time limit, you need explicitly call this method + to avoid the calculation failure! + + + 2017 + + + + + An interface to mark the progress of secondary data calculation in worker + + + 2017 + + + + + The property labeled "Angle" from the "Wood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray3d". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Offset Z" from the "Wood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDistance". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Offset Y" from the "Wood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDistance". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Offset X" from the "Wood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDistance". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Link Transforms" from the "Wood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Grain Thickness" from the "Wood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 100". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Axial Noise" from the "Wood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 100". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Radial Noise" from the "Wood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 100". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Color 2" from the "Wood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Color 1" from the "Wood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + A static class that provides access to the property names that appear in the Wood visual asset schema. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + Validates curve to be added to the wireframe shape being constructed. Used by addCurve to validate input. + This function may be used to pre-validate the geometry being added to avoid an exception from AddCurve(). + + + Curve object to be validated. + + + True is %GCurve% is acceptable as a part of a wireframe shape representation being built. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Validates the point object to be added to the wireframe shape being constructed. Used by AddPoint() to validate input. + + + This function may be used to pre-validate the geometry being added to avoid an exception from AddPoint(). + + + Point object to be validated. + + + True is %GPoint% is acceptable as a part of a wireframe shape representation being built. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Add a curve to the shape representation stored in this WireframeBuilder. + + + The curve to be added. + + + GCurve is not acceptable for a wireframe shape representation. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Add a point to the shape representation stored in this WireframeBuilder. + + + The point to be added. + + + GPoint is not acceptable for a wireframe shape representation. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Clears the accumulated geometry. + + + 2016 + + + + + Default constructor. + + + 2016 + + + + + Constructs a shape representation consisting of points and curves. That shape would typically be stored in a DirectShape or a DirectShapeType object. + + + 2016 + + + + + The allowed values for the WALL_TYPE_WIDTH_MEASURED_AT parameter. + + + + + The bottom of the wall taking into the base offset before any attachment. + + + + + The base constraint of the wall. + + + + + The top of the wall taking into account the top offset before any attachment. + + + + + The property labeled "Angle" from the "Wave" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray3d". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Offset Z" from the "Wave" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDistance". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Offset Y" from the "Wave" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDistance". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Offset X" from the "Wave" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDistance". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Link Transforms" from the "Wave" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Random Seed" from the "Wave" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyInteger" within the range of "0, 65535". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Phase" from the "Wave" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 10000". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Amplitude" from the "Wave" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 10000". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Len Max" from the "Wave" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 1000000000". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Len Min" from the "Wave" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 1000000000". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Radius" from the "Wave" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 1000000000". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Number" from the "Wave" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyInteger" within the range of "1, 50". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Distribution" from the "Wave" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyInteger" with accepted values in the enumerated type "WaveDistributionType". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Color 2" from the "Wave" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Color 1" from the "Wave" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + A static class that provides access to the property names that appear in the Wave visual asset schema. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Tint Color" from the "Water" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Tint" from the "Water" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Wave Height" from the "Water" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 5". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Custom Color" from the "Water" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Custom Color" from the "Water" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Color" from the "Water" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyInteger" with accepted values in the enumerated type "WaterTintEnableType". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Type" from the "Water" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyInteger" with accepted values in the enumerated type "WaterType". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + A static class that provides access to the property names that appear in the Water visual asset schema. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + Identifies if the indicated end of the wall allows joins or not. + + + The wall in question + + + 0 or 1 for the beginning or end of the wall's curve + + + true if it is allowed to join. false if it is disallowed. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Allows the wall's end to join to other walls. If that end is near other walls it will become joined as a result. + + + By default all walls are allowed to join at ends, so this function is only needed if this wall end is already disallowed to join. + If this wall is a stacked wall, all subwalls at this end will be allowed to join. + + + The wall in question + + + 0 or 1 for the beginning or end of the wall's curve + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Sets the wall's end not to join to other walls. + + + If this wall is already joined at this end, it will become disconnected. + If this wall is a stacked wall, all subwalls at this end will be disallowed to join. + + + The wall in question + + + 0 or 1 for the beginning or end of the wall's curve + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + General Wall utility methods + + + 2012 + + + + + Validates that the wall is of a type that may be a host for a wall sweep or reveal. + + + This function excludes curtain walls and the main wall of a set of stacked walls. + The wall must be fully regenerated for this function to work correctly. + + + The wall. + + + True if the wall may host a wall sweep, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Creates a new wall sweep or reveal. + + + The wall sweep's profile and type are taken from the wall sweep type properties. The + values set in the WallSweepInfo are ignored. + + + The wall upon which to create the new sweep or reveal. + + + The wall sweep or reveal type. + + + The information that describes the new wall sweep or reveal. + + + The new wall sweep. + + + The wall sweep info represents a fixed wall sweep. Fixed wall sweeps may not be assigned to standalone wall sweep elements. + -or- + The WallSweepInfo id must be set to -1 for a non-fixed wall sweep. + -or- + wall may not host a wall sweep or reveal. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Gets a list of all host walls on which the sweep resides. + + + Fixed wall sweeps from vertically compound structures will return only one host element. + + + The list of wall ids. + + + 2012 + + + + + Gets the information of the wall sweep or reveal. + + + The information that describes the wall sweep or reveal. + + + 2012 + + + + + Represents a wall sweep or reveal. + + + This element may represent either a standalone sweep or reveal element created by the Revit user interface + or API, or a "fixed" wall sweep or reveal that was created by the contents of a wall's compound structure. + + + 2012 + + + + + The property labeled "Tint Color" from the "WallPaint" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Tint" from the "WallPaint" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Application" from the "WallPaint" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyInteger" with accepted values in the enumerated type "WallpaintApplicationType". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Finish" from the "WallPaint" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyInteger" with accepted values in the enumerated type "WallpaintFinishType". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Color" from the "WallPaint" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + A static class that provides access to the property names that appear in the WallPaint visual asset schema. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + Creates a new wall foundation within the project. + + + The document. + + + The id of the wall foundation type of the newly created wall foundation. + + + The id of the host wall of the newly created wall foundation. + + + If successful, returns the newly created wall foundation, otherwise. + + + typeId is not a valid WallFoundationType id. + -or- + wallId does not refer to a valid wall. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Returns the id of the host wall. + + + 2016 + + + + + An object that represents a wall foundation element. + + + 2016 + + + + + + + + + An object that represents the type of a wall foundation in Autodesk Revit. + + + 2016 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a VisibleInViewFilter, with the option to pass all non-visible elements. + + + The document that owns the view. + + + The view id. + + + True if the filter should match all elements not visible in the given view. + + + viewId is not a view. + -or- + viewId is not valid for element iteration, because it has no way of representing drawn elements. Many view templates + will fail this check. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a VisibleInViewFilter. + + + The document that owns the view. + + + The view id. + + + viewId is not a view. + -or- + viewId is not valid for element iteration, because it has no way of representing drawn elements. Many view templates + will fail this check. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + A quick filter that passes elements that are most likely visible in the given view. + + + This filter is a quick filter. + Quick filters operate only on the ElementRecord, a low-memory class which has + a limited interface to read element properties. Elements which are rejected + by a quick filter will not be expanded in memory. + In some situations (for example, when the element geometry is not yet calculated for the input view) + this filter may return true even though the element may not actually be visible when geometry is calculated. + + + 2021 + + + + + Sets the number of tab stops that the paragraph should be indented. + + +

+ The indent level is the number of tab stops by which each paragraph will be indented. +

+

+ Note that adjoining paragraphs that have the same indent level + and have a list type other than + are considered part of a numbered list. + Changing the indent level of paragraphs that are bulleted or numbered + (i.e. paragraphs that have a list type other than ) + may cause other changes to the document as the changed paragraphs + may join or leave a list. Which will cause the other paragraphs in those lists + to be renumbered. +

+

+ This function applies the nesting level to all paragraphs contained in the given range. + The level set on the paragraph cannot be negative and cannot be larger than the value returned by + . +

+
+ + The given text range. + + + The level set on the paragraph. + + + This start index of this text range is not within the text range identifying the entire text. + -or- + The end of this text range is not within the text range identifying the entire text. + -or- + This level is too large to set on a paragraph. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The given value for level is negative. + + + 2017 + +
+ + + Returns the maximum allowed indent level + + + 2017 + + + + + Returns the indent level of the paragraphs in the text range. + + + Returns -1 if the range contains multiple paragraphs with different indent levels. + + + The given text range. + + + The indentation level of the paragraphs in the range. + + + This start index of this text range is not within the text range identifying the entire text. + -or- + The end of this text range is not within the text range identifying the entire text. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Sets the list start number on the paragraphs in a given text range. + + +

+ List start number is the number of the first paragraph in a numbered list. +

+

+ List start number can be set on paragraphs of type , + and . + List start number can only be set for top-level paragraphs in a list; + that is, they cannot be set to paragraphs which are part of a sub-list. +

+

+ For paragraphs of type and + the list start number represents the letter in the order it appears in the alphabet. + For example, for paragraphs of type , + list start number of 2 will result in a list start "b."; + list start number of 27 will result in a list start "aa.". +

+

+ Adjoining paragraphs which have a list type other than + are considered part of a numbered list. + Changing the list start number of numbered paragraphs + will cause changes to the numbers of the rest of the paragraphs in the same list. +

+

+ This function applies the list start number to the given range. + The list start number must be in the range given by the methods + and + . +

+
+ + The given text range. + + + The list start number to be set on the text range. + + + This start index of this text range is not within the text range identifying the entire text. + -or- + The end of this text range is not within the text range identifying the entire text. + -or- + This list start number is not valid. + A valid value must be in the range given by the methods + and + . + -or- + Cannot set list start number on this text range. The range contains paragraphs on which list start number cannot be set. + List start number can be set on pararaphs of type , + and . + List start number can only be set for top-level paragraphs in a list; + that is, they cannot be set to paragraphs which are part of a sub-list. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + +
+ + + Returns the minumum allowed list start number. + + + 2017 + + + + + Returns the maximum allowed list start number. + + + 2017 + + + + + Returns the list start number of the paragraphs in a given text range. + + + Returns -1 if there is a mix of list start values in the range or + if there are paragraphs in different lists or sub-lists in the range or + if there are paragraphs of type or in the range. + + + The given text range. + + + The list start number of the text range. + + + This start index of this text range is not within the text range identifying the entire text. + -or- + The end of this text range is not within the text range identifying the entire text. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Sets the of a paragraph. + + +

+ This function applies the + to all paragraphs contained in the given range. +

+

+ The following options are available: +

+

+ Set the list type to + if the paragraph should not be in a list. +

+

+ The list type cannot be set to . +

+

+ Paragraphs with a other than are considered + to be 'list' paragraphs. +

+

+ Consecutive list paragraphs with the same indentation level are treated as part of the same list. + A list ends when a list paragraph is followed by + a paragraph that has or a list paragraph that has a lower indentation level, (i.e. is indented less) + Note that a list will continue uninterrupted after list paragraphs that have higher indentation level. + These paragraphs are considered a 'sub-list'. + Using it is therefore possible to create multi-level lists. + Note that sub-lists can have their own sub-sub-lists. + The nesting level is only limited by the maximum indent level. +

+

+ FormattedText will keep lists consistent. + That means that numbered paragraphs will automatically get sequential numbers or letters. + It also means that if the list type of one paragraphs in the list + is changed then that change is propagated to all the paragraphs in that list. + Even if those paragraphs were not in the input text range. + Note that this will not affect the list type of any nested sub-lists. +

+

+ Use a vertical tab character ('\v') to insert a line without a bullet or number. + Since this does not end the paragraph this will allow the list to continue to the next paragraph. +

+
+ + The given text range. + + + The to set on the paragraph. + + + This text range is empty. + -or- + This start index of this text range is not within the text range identifying the entire text. + -or- + The end of this text range is not within the text range identifying the entire text. + -or- + This list type is not valid to set on a paragraph. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2017 + + + + + +
+ + + Returns the of a paragraph. + + + This function returns the list type of all paragraphs contained in the given range. + Returns if the paragraph is not in a list. + Returns if the list types don't match between the paragraphs. + + + The given text range. + + + The of the paragraph. + + + This text range is empty. + -or- + This start index of this text range is not within the text range identifying the entire text. + -or- + The end of this text range is not within the text range identifying the entire text. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Sets the characters in the entire text to be in all caps or not. + + + The desired all caps status of characters in the entire text. + True to set all capped, false to set not all capped. + + + 2017 + + + + + Sets the characters in the entire text to be superscript or not superscript. + + + If the characters are set to be superscript, they cannot be subscript. + This sets the subscript status to false. + + + The desired superscript status of characters in the entire text. + True to set superscript, false to set not superscript. + + + 2017 + + + + + Sets the characters in the entire text to be subscript or not subscript. + + + If the characters are set to be subscript, they cannot be superscript. + This sets the superscript status to false. + + + The desired subscript status of characters in the entire text. + True to set subscript, false to set not subscript. + + + 2017 + + + + + Sets the characters in the entire text to be underlined or not underlined. + + + The desired underline status of characters in the entire text. + True to set underlined, false to set not underlined. + + + 2017 + + + + + Sets the characters in the entire text to be italic or not italic. + + + The desired italic status of characters in the entire text. + True to set italic, false to set not italic. + + + 2017 + + + + + Sets the characters in the entire text to be bold or not bold. + + + The desired bold status of characters in the entire text. + True to set bold, false to set not bold. + + + 2017 + + + + + Sets the characters in a given text range to be in all caps or not. + + +

+ Removing the all caps status will revert the characters back to their + original case. It will not make them lower case. +

+

+ The given text range should not be empty. +

+
+ + The given text range. + + + The desired all caps status of characters in the given text range. + True will render all characters in all caps. + False will revert the characters back to their original mixed case. + + + This text range is empty. + -or- + This start index of this text range is not within the text range identifying the entire text. + -or- + The end of this text range is not within the text range identifying the entire text. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + +
+ + + Sets the characters in a given text range to be superscript or not superscript. + + +

+ Superscript and subscript are mutually exclusive. + Applying the superscript status will automatically remove the subscript status. +

+

+ The given text range should not be empty. +

+
+ + The given text range. + + + The desired superscript status of characters in the given text range. + True to set superscript, false to set not superscript. + + + This text range is empty. + -or- + This start index of this text range is not within the text range identifying the entire text. + -or- + The end of this text range is not within the text range identifying the entire text. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + +
+ + + Sets the characters in a given text range to be subscript or not subscript. + + +

+ Superscript and subscript are mutually exclusive. + Applying the subscript status will automatically remove the superscript status. +

+

+ The given text range should not be empty. +

+
+ + The given text range. + + + The desired subscript status of characters in the given text range. + True to set subscript, false to set not subscript. + + + This text range is empty. + -or- + This start index of this text range is not within the text range identifying the entire text. + -or- + The end of this text range is not within the text range identifying the entire text. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + +
+ + + Sets the characters in a given text range to be underlined or not underlined. + + +

+ Bullets, numbers, or letters of a list can not be underlined. +

+

+ The given text range should not be empty. +

+
+ + The given text range. + + + The desired underline status of characters in the given text range. + True to set underlined, false to set not underlined. + + + This text range is empty. + -or- + This start index of this text range is not within the text range identifying the entire text. + -or- + The end of this text range is not within the text range identifying the entire text. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + +
+ + + Sets the characters in a given text range to be italic or not italic. + + +

+ To make the numbers or letters in a list italic, apply the italic status to + the carriage return character that ends the list paragraph. +

+

+ The given text range should not be empty. +

+
+ + The given text range. + + + The desired italic status of characters in the given text range. + True to set italic, false to set not italic. + + + This text range is empty. + -or- + This start index of this text range is not within the text range identifying the entire text. + -or- + The end of this text range is not within the text range identifying the entire text. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + +
+ + + Sets the characters in a given text range to be bold or not bold. + + +

+ To make the numbers or letters in a list bold, apply the bold status to + the carriage return character that ends the list paragraph. +

+

+ The given text range should not be empty. +

+
+ + The given text range. + + + The desired bold status of characters in the given text range. + True to set bold, false to set not bold. + + + This text range is empty. + -or- + This start index of this text range is not within the text range identifying the entire text. + -or- + The end of this text range is not within the text range identifying the entire text. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + +
+ + + Returns whether , or a of characters in the entire text are in all caps. + + + This function only returns or if the entire text contains one character. + + + The format status of all caps on characters . + + + 2017 + + + + + Returns whether , or a of characters in the entire text are superscripted. + + + This function only returns or if the entire text contains one character. + + + The format status of superscript on characters . + + + 2017 + + + + + Returns whether , or a of characters in the entire text are subscripted. + + + This function only returns or if the entire text contains one character. + + + The format status of subscript on characters . + + + 2017 + + + + + Returns whether , or a of characters in the entire text are underlined. + + + This function only returns All or None if the entire text contains one character. + + + The format status of underline on characters . + + + 2017 + + + + + Returns whether , or a of characters in the entire text are italic. + + + This function only returns or if the entire text contains one character. + + + The format status of italic on characters . + + + 2017 + + + + + Returns whether , or a of characters in the entire text are bold. + + + This function only returns or if the entire text contains one character. + + + The format status of bold on characters . + + + 2017 + + + + + Returns whether , or a set of characters in a given text range are in all caps. + + + This function only returns or if the text contains one character. + The given text range should not be empty. + + + The given text range. + + + The format status of all caps on characters . + + + This text range is empty. + -or- + This start index of this text range is not within the text range identifying the entire text. + -or- + The end of this text range is not within the text range identifying the entire text. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Returns whether , or a set of characters in a given text range are superscripted. + + + This function only returns or if the text contains one character. + The given text range should not be empty. + + + The given text range. + + + The format status of superscript on characters . + + + This text range is empty. + -or- + This start index of this text range is not within the text range identifying the entire text. + -or- + The end of this text range is not within the text range identifying the entire text. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Returns whether , or a set of characters in a given text range are subscripted. + + + This function only returns or if the text contains one character. + The given text range should not be empty. + + + The given text range. + + + The format status of subscript on characters . + + + This text range is empty. + -or- + This start index of this text range is not within the text range identifying the entire text. + -or- + The end of this text range is not within the text range identifying the entire text. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Returns whether , or a set of characters in a given text range are underlined. + + + This function only returns or if the text contains one character. + The given text range should not be empty. + + + The given text range. + + + The format status of underline on characters . + + + This text range is empty. + -or- + This start index of this text range is not within the text range identifying the entire text. + -or- + The end of this text range is not within the text range identifying the entire text. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Returns whether , or a set of characters in a given text range are italic. + + + This function only returns or if the text contains one character. + The given text range should not be empty. + + + The given text range. + + + The format status of italic on characters . + + + This text range is empty. + -or- + This start index of this text range is not within the text range identifying the entire text. + -or- + The end of this text range is not within the text range identifying the entire text. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Returns whether , or a set of characters in a given text range are bold. + + + This function only returns or if the text contains one character. + The given text range should not be empty. + + + The given text range. + + + The format status of bold on characters . + + + This text range is empty. + -or- + This start index of this text range is not within the text range identifying the entire text. + -or- + The end of this text range is not within the text range identifying the entire text. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Sets the text with the given text in a plain text form in a range. + + + Any individual formatting present in the range before will be lost after applying this function + and the text in the range will have uniform formatting. + The given text will be inserted if the given text range is empty. + The given text should have no more than 30,000 characters. + The the resulting text may not exceed 30,000 characters. + Newline characters ('\n') are not allowed. + + + The given text range. + + + The given text in a plain text form. + + + This start index of this text range is not within the text range identifying the entire text. + -or- + The end of this text range is not within the text range identifying the entire text. + -or- + plainText contains invalid characters such as a newline character. + -or- + plainText (excluding a carriage return character ('\r') at the end) has more than 30,000 characters. + -or- + Replacing the text in textRange with plainText will exceed 30,000 characters. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Sets the entire text with the given text in a plain text form. + + + Any individual formatting present before will be lost after applying this function + and the text will have uniform formatting. + If the text does not end with a carriage return character ('\r') one will be added. + An empty string is allowed. + The given text should have no more than 30,000 characters, not counting a terminating carriage return character ('\r'). + Newline characters ('\n') are not allowed. + + + The given text in a plain text form. + + + plainText (excluding a carriage return character ('\r') at the end) has more than 30,000 characters. + -or- + plainText contains invalid characters such as a newline character. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Returns a substring of the text in a plain text form. The start and end of the substring is identified + by a given . + + + The given . + + + The substring of the text in a plain text form. + + + This start index of this text range is not within the text range identifying the entire text. + -or- + The end of this text range is not within the text range identifying the entire text. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Returns the entire text in a plain text form. + + + The text includes a carriage return character ('\r') that is always present. + As a result this method will never return an empty string. + + + The entire text in a plain text form. + + + 2017 + + + + + Returns a object that represents the entire text. + + + This range includes a carriage return character ('\r') that is always present. + As a result the range can never be an empty range. + + + The object that represents the entire text. + + + 2017 + + + + + + + + + Returns a text range identifying the first occurrence of the given string within the text, + starting from a given index. + + + Returns an empty text range: + if the given string cannot be found in the text.if the given start index is beyond the length of the entire text. + The search can be case-sensitive or case-insensitive. + The search can be set to match whole words or part of words. + + + The text to search for. + + + The start index to search within the text. + + + True if the case must match when searching the formatted text, false to search in a case-insensitive manner. + + + True if the match must be a whole word when searching the formatted text, false otherwise. + + + The text range identified. + + + searchString is an empty string. + -or- + searchString contains invalid characters such as a newline character. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The given value for startIndex is negative. + + + 2017 + + + + + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates a new FormattedText object with unformatted text. + + + The given text should have no more than 30,000 characters. + Line feed characters ('/n') are not allowed. + An empty string is allowed. + + + The text in a plain text form. + + + plainText (excluding a carriage return character ('\r') at the end) has more than 30,000 characters. + -or- + plainText contains invalid characters such as a newline character. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + + + + + Creates a new default FormattedText object, which contains only a carriage return character and has no formatting. + + + 2017 + + + + + FormattedText is used to create, edit and format text in a + or to query the text and format properties of a + +

+ An instance of FormattedText can be obtained from a + (See TextNote.GetFormattedText()) + or from a + (See TextNode.GetFormattedText()) +

+

+ It is also possible to create a new instance of FormattedText and assign it + to a + (See TextNote.SetFormattedText()) + This will result in a with text with the specified formatting applied +

+

+ Formatted text can be used to: + Create formatted text for a new Edit, Find and Replace text in an existing Modify formatting of text in an existing Or query the text and formatting a or a

+

+ Formatted text can be populated with plain text by using its + constructor that takes a string, + or by using the method. +

+

+ In addition, selected ranges of text can be added, removed, or replaced with the + method + by specifying a . +

+

+ Use the method to find the location of existing text. +

+

+ Formatted text can have up to 30,000 characters. + All characters, except the linefeed character ('\n'), are allowed. + This means that you should not use the 'Environment.NewLine' property, since that includes a linefeed character. + Use the carriage return character ('\r') to terminate a paragraph. + And use a vertical tab character ('\v') to create a new line without terminating the paragraph. +

+

+ Formatted text allows for individual characters to be formatted. + The following formatting can be applied. + Bold Italic Underline Superscript/Subscript All Caps + Use ) + , ) + , ) + , ) + , ) + , or ) + to set the character formatting on a range of text. +

+

+ Use ) + , ) + , ) + , ) + , ) + , or ) + to get the character formatting of a range of text. +

+

+ Text can be broken up in paragraphs. Paragraphs are terminated by a carriage return character ('\r'). +

+

+ Each paragraph can be indented several levels deep. + For each additional level the indentation increments by one tab size. + The total indentation is the product of a tab size and the indent level. + Use to set the level of indenting + up to a maximum indent level that can be obtained from + + Use to find the indent level of a given range of text. +

+

+ Note that the tab size is determined by the object that will contain the FormattedText. +

+

+ In the case of a the tab size is a property of the + returned from TextNote.TextNoteType. + The tab size can be found by calling the + with on the obtained from the

+

+ In the case of a the tab size can be obtained from its TabSize property +

+

+ Formatted text can also be used to create numbered or bulleted paragraphs with the + method. +

+

+ The following options are available: + + Paragraphs with a other than are considered + to be 'list' paragraphs. + Consecutive list paragraphs with the same indentation level are treated as part of the same list. + A list ends when a list paragraph is followed by + a paragraph that has or a list paragraph that has a lower indentation level, i.e. is indented less. + (See ) + Note that a list will continue uninterrupted after list paragraphs that have higher indentation level. + These paragraphs form a 'sub-list' of the list they interrupt. + Sub-lists can have their own sub-sub-lists. + The nesting level is only limited by the maximum indent level. + Using it is therefore possible to create multi-level lists. +

+

+ FormattedText will keep lists consistent. + That means that list paragraphs will automatically get sequential numbers or letters. + It also means that if the list type of one of the paragraphs in a list + is changed then that change is propagated to all the paragraphs in that list. + Note that this will not affect the list type of any nested sub-lists. +

+

+ Use a vertical tab character ('\v') to insert a line without a bullet or number. + Since this does not end the paragraph this will allow the list to continue to the next paragraph. +

+
+ + 2017 + + + + + +
+ + + An enumerated type indicating the style of list item + for paragraphs that are part of ordered or unordered lists + in . + + + 2017 + + + + + The paragraph is a part of an ordered list with upper-case letter headings. + + + + + The paragraph is a part of an ordered list with lower-case letter headings. + + + + + The paragraph is a part of an ordered list with Arabic number headings. + + + + + The paragraph is a part of a bulleted list. + + + + + The paragraph is not a part of a list. + + + + + This value may be returned by FormattedText.GetListType() + when there are multiple list types in the selected range. + + + + + The character formatting includes + BoldItalicUnderlineSuperScriptSubscriptAll Caps + + 2017 + + + An enumerated type indicating the formatting status of a range of characters + in + + 2017 + + + + + The characters in the format have mixed formatting. + + + + + All of the characters in the range have the specified format. + + + + + None of the characters in the range has the specified format. + + + + + Returns the transform from the view's projection space to the sheet space. + + +

This transform accounts for the position and rotation of a + viewport on a sheet.

+

The transforms from the model space to the view projection space + are returned by .

+
+ + The transform from the view's projection space to the sheet space. + + + The viewport is not on a sheet. + -or- + The viewport does not have transforms. + + + 2023 + +
+ + + Indicates if the viewport has transforms. + + + Not all viewports have transforms. For example, + viewports for schedules and legends do not have transforms. + + + True if the viewport has transforms, false otherwise. + + + 2023 + + + + + Gets the outline viewport's label on the sheet. + + + The outline of the viewport's label on the sheet. + The outline may be empty if there is no label. + + + The viewport is not on a sheet. + + + 2013 + + + + + Moves this viewport so that the center of the box outline (excluding the viewport label) is at a given point. + + + The desired center for the box outline. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The viewport is not on a sheet. + + + 2014 + + + + + + + + + Returns the center of the outline of the viewport on the sheet, excluding the viewport label. + + + The center of the outline of the viewport on the sheet. + + + The viewport is not on a sheet. + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns the outline of the viewport on the sheet, excluding the viewport label. + + + The outline of the viewport on the sheet. + + + The viewport is not on a sheet. + + + 2013 + + + + + Verifies that the Viewport can change it's view id to the input %viewId%. + + + The view which will be checked to see if it can be applied to Viewport. + + + True if the %viewId% is valid for the viewport, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + + + + + Verifies that the view can be added to the ViewSheet. + + + Schedule views are not handled by the Viewport class. Refer to for information about adding schedules to sheets. + + + The document in which the views reside. + + + The ViewSheet on which the view will be placed. + + + The view which will be checked to see if it can be placed on the sheet. + + + True if the view can be added to the ViewSheet, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a new Viewport at a given location on a sheet. + + + Use to add schedules to sheets. + + + The document to which the new Viewport will be added. + + + The ViewSheet on which the new Viewport will be placed. + + + The view shown in the Viewport. + + + The new Viewport will be centered on this point. + + + The new Viewport. + + + viewSheetId is not a ViewSheet. + -or- + viewId cannot be added to the ViewSheet. + -or- + Plan view creation is not allowed in this family. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This method may not be called during dynamic update. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2013 + + + + + The offset is a two-dimensional vector from left bottom corner of the viewport with Rotation set to None to the left end of the viewport label line. The Z coordinate is ignored. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + The length of the viewport label line in sheet space, measured in feet. + + + It can be negative. The sign depends on the direction of the label line. + + + 2022 + + + + + The rotation of the viewport on the sheet. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2014 + + + + + The element id of the ViewSheet on which the viewport appears, + or InvalidElementId if this viewport does not associate a view + with placement onto a sheet. + + + 2013 + + + + + The element id of the associated View. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Specifies the method the viewport will be positioned on the sheet when swapped to another view. Default is set to ViewportPositioning::ViewportCenter. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2023 + + + + + An element that establishes the placement of a view on a sheet. + + + Viewports are used in Revit for purposes other than placement of + views on sheets. Thus iteration of viewport elements in the model may + locate viewports which are not assigned to sheets; you can use the + SheetId property to filter these out. + + + 2013 + + + + + 2023 + + + An enumerated type listing of viewport positioning options on the sheet when swapped to another view. + + + 2023 + + + + + When swapping to another view, the viewport location will be based on the view origin. + + + + + When swapping to another view, the center of the viewport will be maintained. + + + + + Options for applying view templates + + + 2013 + + + 2013 + + + + + Apply all parameters controlled by template and if none is currently assigned make it view template + + + + + Apply only parameters controlled by template and not controlled by currently assigned view template + + + + + Apply all parameters controlled by template + + + + + Validates point to be added to the view-specific shape being constructed. Called by AddPoint() to validate input. + + + This function may be used to pre-validate the geometry being added to avoid AddPoint() throwing an InvalidArgumentException + Validation conditions depend on the type of view for which the shape representation is intended. + The current validation condition is that the point lies within a 60000' cube centered at origin. + The size of this cube is determined by the const double MAX_LENGTH, currently set at 30000'. + + + Point object to be validated. + + + True is %GPoint% is acceptable as a part of view-specific shape representation being built. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021.1 + + + + + Validates polyline to be added to the view-specific shape being constructed. Called by AddPolyLine() to validate input. + + + This function may be used to pre-validate the geometry being added to avoid AddPolyLine() throwing an InvalidArgumentException + Validation conditions depend on the type of view for which the shape representation is intended. + For plan views, a polyline is expected to be planar and non-degenerate (e.g., NOT a circle of zero radius). + + + Polyline object to be validated. + + + True is %GPolyLine% is acceptable as a part of view-specific shape representation being built. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + Add a point to the GRep associated to this ViewShapeBuilder. + + + The point to be added. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021.1 + + + + + Add a curve to the GRep associated to this ViewShapeBuilder. + + + The PolyLine to be added. + + + GPolyLine is not acceptable for view-specific shape representation that is currently being built. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + Validates a shape represented as a collection of geometry objects for use as a view-specific shape. + The objects are expected to be either points, curves or polylines. + Curves are expected to be flat and lie in a plane perpendicular to view normal as defined by view type. + + + Returns true if %shape% may be used as a view-specific shape representation, false otherwise. + + + targetViewType is not DirectShapeTargetViewType::Plan + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2017 + + + + + Validates the incoming view type. As of today, the only allowed view type is Plan. + + + True if %targetViewType% is DirectShapeTargetViewType::Plan + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2015 + + + + + Validates curve to be added to the view-specific shape being constructed. Called by AddCurve() to validate input. + This function may be used to pre-validate the geometry being added to avoid AddCurve() throwing an InvalidArgumentException + + + Validation conditions depend on the type of view for which the shape representation is intended. + For plan views, a curve is expected to be planar and non-degenerate (e.g., NOT a circle of zero radius). + + + Curve object to be validated. + + + View type for which this curve is intended. + + + True is %GCurve% is acceptable as a part of view-specific shape representation. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2016 + + + + + Validates curve to be added to the view-specific shape being constructed. Called by AddCurve() to validate input. Expects a valid view normal to be set prior to the call. + + + This function may be used to pre-validate the geometry being added to avoid AddCurve() throwing an InvalidArgumentException + Validation conditions depend on the type of view for which the shape representation is intended. + For plan views, a curve is expected to be planar and non-degenerate (e.g., NOT a circle of zero radius). + + + Curve object to be validated. + + + True is %GCurve% is acceptable as a part of view-specific shape representation being built. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Add a curve to the GRep associated to this ViewShapeBuilder. + + + The curve to be added. + + + GCurve is not acceptable for view-specific shape representation that is currently being built. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Clears the accumulated geometry and resets other ViewShapeBuilder parameters to invalid values. + + + 2015 + + + + + View type where the view-specific shape currently being built will be used + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2015 + + + + + Normal of the view that will display the shape being built. Must be set explicitly before adding any geometry. Must be a unit vector. + This is used to validate incoming geometry - it must be orthogonal to the viewNormal. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + When setting this property: viewNormal is not length 1.0. + + + 2015 + + + + + A constructor for an ViewShapeBuilder object that takes a view type. It will infer the view normal from view type. + View normal and view type are used to validate the geometry to be stored as a view-specific shape representation of a DirectShape object. + + + View type for which this shape representation is intended. Currently limited to Plan Views. + + + targetViewType is not DirectShapeTargetViewType::Plan + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2015 + + + + + Default constructor for an ViewShapeBuilder object. + + + 2015 + + + + + Builds and verifies a view-specific shape representation that would typically be stored in a DirectShape object. + Currently limited to curve-based representations for plan and elevation views. + + + The validation functionality is used by DirectShape to validate the incoming shape. + + + 2015 + + + + + View types for which DirectShape objects are allowed to have alternative shape representations + + + 2015 + + + View types for which DirectShape objects are allowed to have alternative shape representations. Currently limited to Plan Views. + + + 2015 + + + + + The alternate representation will be used only in Revit Plan views + + + + + Shape to be used in all views for which a view-specific shape was not provided + + + + + Invalid value + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Whether or not to export the schedule title. Default is true. + + + 2014 + + + + + Whether to export group headers, footers, and blank lines. Default is true. + + + 2013 + + + + + How to delimit fields. Default is Tab. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + How to export column headers. Default is MultipleRows. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + How to qualify text fields. Default is DoubleQuote. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of the ViewScheduleExportOptions class + + + 2013 + + + + + Constructs a new copy of the input ViewScheduleExportOptions object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + The export options used to export schedule views. + + + 2013 + + + + + Options for the text qualifier character in schedule view export. + + + 2013 + + + + + The quote character - " - is used to qualify text. + + + + + The quote character - ' - is used to qualify text. + + + + + No text qualifier. + + + + + Options for exporting column headers in schedule view export. + + + 2013 + + + + + Both column headers and grouped header cells are exported. + + + + + Export the column headers only. + + + + + Do not export column headers. + + + + + An enumerated type that corresponds to the type of a Revit view. + + + 2013 + + + + + Systems analysis report. + + + + + Structural plan view. + + + + + Graphical column schedule. + + + + + Panel schedule. + + + + + Legend view. + + + + + Pressure loss report. + + + + + HVAC load report. + + + + + Elevation view. + + + + + Detail view. + + + + + Section view. + + + + + Ceiling plan view. + + + + + Area plan view. + + + + + Floor plan view. + + + + + Drafting view. + + + + + Sheet view. + + + + + Cost report view (obsolete). + + + + + Schedule view. + + + + + Rendering view. + + + + + Walkthrough view. + + + + + 3D view. + + + + + Invalid view type. + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + True to enable "smooth edge" (anti-aliasing) effect. False to disable it. + + + 2015 + + + + + True to enable hidden lines. False to disable showing them. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2015 + + + + + Style ID for silhouette edges + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + True to show silhouettes edges. False to disable showing them. + + + 2015 + + + + + The percentage (0..100) of surface transparency + 0 means the surfaces are opaque, 100 means they are fully transparent + + + When setting this property: The value is invalid. The valid range is 0 through 100 + + + 2015 + + + + + Represents the settings for displaying model graphics. + version 2: m_showHiddenLines type changed bool -> ShowHiddenLinesValues::Enum + + + 2015 + + + + + Provides options for display of hidden lines in a given view. + + + + + Show all hidden lines. + + + + + Show hidden lines according to discipline. + + + + + Do not show any hidden lines. + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The extension scale value. Controls the magnitude of line's extension. + Values between 0 and 10. + + + When setting this property: The extension value is not valid. The valid range is 0 to 10. + + + 2015 + + + + + True to enable sketchy lines visibility. False to disable it. + + + 2015 + + + + + The jitter defines jitteriness of the line. + Values between 0 and 10. + + + When setting this property: The jitter value is not valid. The valid range is 0 to 10. + + + 2015 + + + + + Represents the settings for sketchy lines. + + + 2015 + + + + + Sets start and end percentages. + + + The start percentage defines where depth cueing starts. + + + The end percentage defines where depth cueing ends. + + + The start and end percentages values are not valid. The valid range is 0 to 100 and start is smaller than end. + + + 2017 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The fade to defines the maximum fading in per cent. + Values between 0 and 100. + + + When setting this property: The fade to value is not valid. The valid range is 0 to 100. + + + 2017 + + + + + The end percentage defines where depth cueing ends. + Values between 0 and 100. + + + 2017 + + + + + The start percentage defines where depth cueing starts. + Values between 0 and 100. + + + 2017 + + + + + True to enable depth cueing. False to disable it. + + + 2017 + + + + + Represents the settings for depth cueing. + + + 2017 + + + + + + + + + Creates an object that can be passed to View.SetBackground method + to set the background of the SunAndClouds type. + + + New background object to pass to View.SetBackground. + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates an object that can be passed to View.SetBackground method + to set the background of the Image type. + + + File path with the image to be used. + + + Combination of flags (binary) that control how image is displayed in relation + to the view/crop boundary. + + + Horizontal (u) and vertical (v) offsets of the image. + + + Horizontal (u) and vertical (v) scales of the image (1 == no change). + + + New background object to pass to View.SetBackground. + + + The file specified by imagePath is not an image file. + A valid image file should be in one of the following formats: bmp, jpg, jpeg, png, tif. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + The file specified by imagePath doesn't exist. + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates an object that can be passed to View.SetBackground method + to set the background of the Gradient type. + + + The top of the sky gradient if the sky is visible. + + + The bottom or the sky gradient if the sky is visible, + or the top of the ground gradient otherwise. + + + The ground color if the sky is visible (ground shown in uniform color), + or the bottom of the ground gradient if the sky is not visible. + + + New background object to pass to View.SetBackground. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The vertical scale of the background image; the scale of 1.0 puts the image pixel-to-pixel. + + + 2014 + + + + + The horizontal scale of the background image; the scale of 1.0 puts the image pixel-to-pixel. + + + 2014 + + + + + The distance between the bottom viewport boundary and the bottom edge of the background image. + + + 2014 + + + + + The distance between the left viewport boundary and the left edge of the background image. + + + 2014 + + + + + The image alignment indicators when the type is 'Image'. + + + 2014 + + + + + The path to the image file when the type is 'Image'. + + + 2014 + + + + + The color of the sky when the type is 'Gradient'. + + + 2014 + + + + + The color of the horizon when the type is 'Gradient'. + + + 2014 + + + + + The color of the ground when the type is 'Gradient' or 'SunAndClouds'. + + + 2014 + + + + + The type of the background. + + + 2014 + + + + + Set of values that control how background is drawn in a view. + Background can only be set for a 3d view or for a section or elevation view. + + + 2014 + + + + + A collection of bit flags that control how the background image is positioned + in relation to the crop region (or the view boundary). + + + 2014 + + + + + The pixels of the background are filled by tiling of the image. + + + + + The image is stretched but the ratio of its height to width is preserved. + + + + + The image is stretched in both directions + + + + + The image is displayed pixel-to-pixel + + + + + A collection of settings defining the type of the view background + + + 2014 + + + + + Best approximation to the colors of the sky and the visible sun disk. + The position of the visible sun disk is calculated based on the "sun and shadow settings" + (see 'ViewBackgroundLighting' object). + + + + + User-specified image is drawn in the background either stretched + vertically/horizontally/in both directions, or as is (pixel-to-pixel). + + + + + Three-color simulated sky-horizon-ground combination. The sky is + drawn in gradually changing color from the top (the "sky" color) to the + bottom (the "horizon" color). The ground is either drawn in the single + (the "ground") color, if the sky is visible, or in a gradient from the top + (the "horizon") color to the bottom (the "ground") color. + + + + + No background defined - the color from Options is used to fill it. + + + + + A collection of settings defining how visible edges are displayed + + + 2014 + + + + + The edges are visible and drawn according to style + + + + + The edges are invisible + + + + + Gets the annotation crop box assigned to the view. + + + Currently, this method returns only the rectangular annotation crop box. + + + The annotation crop boundary. + + + View is not allowed to have an annotation crop. + + + 2016 + + + + + Gets the crop boundaries that are curently active. + + + This method returns a representation of the boundaries of the currently active crop for the associated view. + If the view crop has a non-rectangular shape, the method returns that shape. + Otherwise, if the view crop has been split, the method returns the multiple rectangular boundaries visible in the crop - + note that this does not reflect any offsets that may have been applied to the boundary regions. + If the crop is not split, this returns a single rectangle representing the crop. + All coordinates are in the coordinate frame of the view. + + + The crop boundaries. + + + 2016 + + + + + Returns the offset for the specified split crop region. + + + The points in the split crop region's boundary are not in model space. + Add the offset returned by this method to each point in the crop region's + boundary to transform the points into model space coordinates. + + + Index of the split crop region (numbering starts with 0). + + + A vector in model space representing the offset which is applied to the split crop region's boundary. + + + The provided region index is invalid. + + + 2021 + + + + + Returns the proportional location of the maximum boundary of the specified split crop region. + + + Index of split crop region (numbering starts with 0). + + + A value from 0 to 1 representing the maximum location for the region's split boundary. + This number represents the location as a ratio along the non-split rectangular crop. + + + The provided region index is invalid. + + + 2016 + + + + + Returns the proportional location of the minimum boundary of the specified split crop region. + + + Index of split crop region (numbering starts with 0). + + + A value from 0 to 1 representing the minimum location for the region's split boundary. + This number represents the location as a ratio along the non-split rectangular crop. + + + The provided region index is invalid. + + + 2016 + + + + + Splits horizontally one region in split crop. + + + This function splits the crop into two regions: one occupying the left quarter of the crop, and the other the right quarter of the crop. + + + Index of region to be split horizontally (numbering starts with 0). + + + Relative portion of the original region to become the new left region (0 to 1). + + + Relative portion of the original region to become the new right region (0 to 1). + + + The provided view region proportions are not valid. + -or- + The provided region index is invalid. + + + The crop of the associated view is not permitted to have multiple regions. + -or- + The view has non-rectangular crop shape set. + -or- + The view crop is already split vertically. + + + 2016 + + + + + Splits vertically one region in split crop. + + + This function splits the crop into two regions: one occupying the top quarter of the crop, and the other the bottom quarter of the crop. + + + Index of region to be split vertically (numbering starts with 0). + + + Relative portion of the original region to become the new top region (0 to 1). + + + Relative portion of the original region to become the new bottom region (0 to 1). + + + The provided view region proportions are not valid. + -or- + The provided region index is invalid. + + + The crop of the associated view is not permitted to have multiple regions. + -or- + The view has non-rectangular crop shape set. + -or- + The view crop is already split horizontally. + + + 2016 + + + + + Removes one region in split crop. + + + Index of region to be deleted (numbering starts with 0). + + + The provided region index cannot be deleted. + + + The crop of the associated view is not permitted to have multiple regions. + -or- + The view has non-rectangular crop shape set. + + + 2016 + + + + + Removes any split applied to the view's crop. + + + The crop of the associated view is not permitted to have multiple regions. + + + 2014 + + + + + Removes any non-rectangular boundary of the view's crop. + + + The crop of the associated view is not permitted to have a non-rectangular shape. + + + 2014 + + + + + Sets the boundary of the view's crop to the specified shape. + + +

+ Depending on the shape of the argument, view's crop is set to be either rectangular or non-rectangular. + If the crop is set to be rectangular and it is also split, then the multiple view regions will be displayed for the view, + with the same proportions as the split prior to the change, but adjusted to the new rectangular shape. +

+

+ This Method is reserved for setting crop shape in views that allow non-rectangular crop shapes - see property . + For views that don't allow non-rectangular crop shapes (e.g. ), please use property for that purpose. +

+
+ + The crop boundary. + + + Boundary in boundary should represent one closed curve loop without self-intersections, + consisting of non-zero length straight lines in a plane parallel to the view plane. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The crop of the associated view is not permitted to have a non-rectangular shape. + + + 2014 + +
+ + + Verifies that boundary represents one closed curve loop without self-intersections, + consisting of non-zero length straight lines in a plane parallel to the view plane. + + + Curves in boundary use model coordinates. + + + The crop boundary. + + + True if the passed crop boundary represents one closed curve loop without self-intersections, + consisting of non-zero length straight lines in a plane parallel to the view plane. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The offset from the right of the view crop that determines the location of the annotation crop right boundary. + + + This value must be a non-negative length in view units. + Default value is 1/12' (1"), minimal value is 1/96' (1/8"). + To get offset in model units, multiply the value by the view scale. + + + When setting this property: The given value for offset must be non-negative. + + + View is not allowed to have an annotation crop. + + + 2016 + + + + + The offset from the left of the view crop that determines the location of the annotation crop left boundary. + + + This value must be a non-negative length in view units. + Default value is 1/12' (1"), minimal value is 1/96' (1/8"). + To get offset in model units, multiply the value by the view scale. + + + When setting this property: The given value for offset must be non-negative. + + + View is not allowed to have an annotation crop. + + + 2016 + + + + + The offset from the bottom of the view crop that determines the location of the annotation crop bottom boundary. + + + This value must be a non-negative length in view units. + Default value is 1/12' (1"), minimal value is 1/96' (1/8"). + To get offset in model units, multiply the value by the view scale. + + + When setting this property: The given value for offset must be non-negative. + + + View is not allowed to have an annotation crop. + + + 2016 + + + + + The offset from the top of the view crop that determines the location of the annotation crop top boundary. + + + This value must be a non-negative length in view units. + Default value is 1/12' (1"), minimal value is 1/96' (1/8"). + To get offset in model units, multiply the value by the view scale. + + + When setting this property: The given value for offset must be non-negative. + + + View is not allowed to have an annotation crop. + + + 2016 + + + + + Verifies that the view is allowed to have an annotation crop. + + + 2016 + + + + + Whether or not the view's crop is split (and the split is vertical). + + + 2016 + + + + + Whether or not the view's crop is split (and the split is horizontal). + + + 2016 + + + + + The number of split crop regions (1 if the crop is not currently split). + + + 2016 + + + + + Whether or not the view crop has a non-rectangular shape set. + + + This property reflects the actual shape of the crop region. + Thus, if this property is true the view Split property is false. + + + 2014 + + + + + Whether or not the view crop is split. + + + This property reflects the actual visual split of the crop region. + Thus, if the view has non-rectangular crop shape set, this property is false. + + + 2014 + + + + + Verifies that the crop of the associated view is permitted to have multiple regions. + + + 2016 + + + + + Verifies that the crop of the associated view is permitted to have a non-rectangular shape. + + + 2016 + + + + + A class that provides access to settings related to the crop assigned to a view or a reference callout. + + +

+ This class manages all the settings that make up the model and annotation crop geometry for a given view or reference callout. + You can obtain the settings for a view from . + Obtain the settings for a reference callout from . +

+

+ The model crop region crops model elements, detail elements (such as insulation and detail lines), section boxes, + and scope boxes at the model crop boundary. + Visible crop boundaries of other related views are also cropped at the model crop boundary. + The model crop region can be set as a polygonal boundary, a rectangular boundary, + or rectangular boundary with one or more splits applied either horizontally or vertically. + If a split is applied to the rectangular crop each resulting rectangular region is identified by a region index and occupies + a percentage of the original crop rectangle. The regions may possibly be moved relative to one another. +

+

+ The annotation crop region fully crops annotation elements when it touches any portion of the annotation element, + so that no partial annotations are drawn. + Annotations (such as symbols, tags, keynotes, and dimensions) that reference hidden or cropped model elements do not display in the view, + even if they are inside the annotation crop region. + The annotation crop region is always rectangular and at minimum occupies the same area as the rectangular model crop + (or the corresponding rectangular boundary around the non-rectangular model crop), + but can be offset to be bigger than the model crop in order to display more annotations. +

+
+ + 2014 + + + + + +
+ + + Gets the FormatOptions to optionally override the default settings in the Units class. + + + By default, the FormatOptions represents default formatting + (UseDefault is true) and the FormatOptions in the Units class will + be used. + + + A copy of the FormatOptions. + + + 2014 + + + + + Sets the FormatOptions to optionally override the default settings in the Units class. + + + By default, the FormatOptions represents default formatting + (UseDefault is true) and the FormatOptions in the Units class will + be used. + + + The FormatOptions. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The allowable range of values to be parsed. + + + The allowable range of values. The default is All. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates a new ValueParsingOptions object with default settings. + + + 2014 + + + + + Options for parsing strings into numbers with units. + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns all elements joined to given element. + + + This functionality is not available for family documents. + + + The document containing the element. + + + The element. + + + The set of elements that are joined to the given element. + + + document is not a project document. + -or- + The element element was not found in the given document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Determines whether the first of two joined elements is cutting the second element. + + + This functionality is not available for family documents. + + + The document containing the two elements. + + + The first element. + + + The second element. + + + True if the secondElement is cut by the firstElement, false if the secondElement is cut by the firstElement. + + + document is not a project document. + -or- + The element firstElement was not found in the given document. + -or- + The element secondElement was not found in the given document. + -or- + The elements are not joined. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Determines whether two elements are joined. + + + This functionality is not available for family documents. + + + The document containing the two elements. + + + The first element. + + + The second element. + + + True if the two elements are joined. + + + document is not a project document. + -or- + The element firstElement was not found in the given document. + -or- + The element secondElement was not found in the given document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Reverses the order in which two elements are joined. + + + The cutting element becomes the cut element and vice versa after the join order is switched. + This functionality is not available for family documents. + + + The document containing the two elements. + + + The first element. + + + The second element. This element must be joined to the first element. + + + document is not a project document. + -or- + The element firstElement was not found in the given document. + -or- + The element secondElement was not found in the given document. + -or- + The elements are not joined. + -or- + The elements cannot be joined. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Unable to switch the join order of these elements. + + + 2014 + + + + + Removes a join between two elements. + + + This functionality is not available for family documents. + + + The document containing the two elements. + + + The first element to be unjoined. + + + The second element to be unjoined. This element must be joined to the fist element. + + + document is not a project document. + -or- + The element firstElement was not found in the given document. + -or- + The element secondElement was not found in the given document. + -or- + The elements are not joined. + -or- + The elements cannot be unjoined. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Please remove or add segments on curtain grids instead of joining or unjoining geometry of the panels. + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates clean joins between two elements that share a common face. + + + The visible edge between joined elements is removed. The joined elements then share the same line weight and fill pattern. + This functionality is not available for family documents. + + + The document containing the two elements. + + + The first element to be joined. + + + The second element to be joined. This element must not be joined to the first element. + + + document is not a project document. + -or- + The element firstElement was not found in the given document. + -or- + The element secondElement was not found in the given document. + -or- + The elements are already joined. + -or- + The elements cannot be joined. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Please remove or add segments on curtain grids instead of joining or unjoining geometry of the panels. + + + 2014 + + + + + Utilities for joining and unjoining elements, and for managing the order in which elements are joined. + + + 2014 + + + + + Cross-Section Definition. + + + 2024 + + + + + Visibility. + + + 2024 + + + + + Extents. + + + 2024 + + + + + Camera. + + + 2024 + + + + + Underlay. + + + 2024 + + + + + Vertical Webs. + + + 2024 + + + + + Top Chords. + + + 2024 + + + + + Diagonal Webs. + + + 2024 + + + + + Bottom Chords. + + + 2024 + + + + + Translation in. + + + 2024 + + + + + Sub-Division. + + + 2024 + + + + + Title Text. + + + 2024 + + + + + Text. + + + 2024 + + + + + Terminations. + + + 2024 + + + + + Rise / Drop. + + + 2024 + + + + + Supports. + + + 2024 + + + + + Structural Section Geometry. + + + 2024 + + + + + Structural Section Dimensions. + + + 2024 + + + + + Structural Analysis. + + + 2024 + + + + + Structural. + + + 2024 + + + + + Winders. + + + 2024 + + + + + Threads/Risers. + + + 2024 + + + + + Supports. + + + 2024 + + + + + End Connection. + + + 2024 + + + + + Calculation Rules. + + + 2024 + + + + + Treads. + + + 2024 + + + + + Stringers. + + + 2024 + + + + + Risers. + + + 2024 + + + + + Dimensions (linear units or % of thickness). + + + 2024 + + + + + Slab Shape Edit. + + + 2024 + + + + + Segments and Fittings. + + + 2024 + + + + + Secondary End. + + + 2024 + + + + + Route Analysis. + + + 2024 + + + + + Rotation about. + + + 2024 + + + + + Releases / Member Forces. + + + 2024 + + + + + Reference. + + + 2024 + + + + + Layers. + + + 2024 + + + + + Rebar Set. + + + 2024 + + + + + V Grid. + + + 2024 + + + + + U Grid. + + + 2024 + + + + + Posts. + + + 2024 + + + + + Pattern Repeat. + + + 2024 + + + + + Pattern Remainder. + + + 2024 + + + + + Handrail 2. + + + 2024 + + + + + Top Rail. + + + 2024 + + + + + Segment Pattern (default). + + + 2024 + + + + + Handrail 1. + + + 2024 + + + + + Profile 2. + + + 2024 + + + + + Profile 1. + + + 2024 + + + + + Profile. + + + 2024 + + + + + Primary Units. + + + 2024 + + + + + Primary End. + + + 2024 + + + + + Plumbing. + + + 2024 + + + + + Phasing. + + + 2024 + + + + + Pattern Application. + + + 2024 + + + + + Pattern. + + + 2024 + + + + + Overall Legend. + + + 2024 + + + + + Nodes. + + + 2024 + + + + + Moments. + + + 2024 + + + + + Mechanical - Loads. + + + 2024 + + + + + Mechanical - Flow. + + + 2024 + + + + + Mechanical. + + + 2024 + + + + + Materials and Finishes. + + + 2024 + + + + + Lining. + + + 2024 + + + + + Photometrics. + + + 2024 + + + + + Life Safety. + + + 2024 + + + + + Length. + + + 2024 + + + + + Insulation. + + + 2024 + + + + + IFC Parameters. + + + 2024 + + + + + Identity Data. + + + 2024 + + + + + Green Building Properties. + + + 2024 + + + + + Graphics. + + + 2024 + + + + + Geometric Position. + + + 2024 + + + + + Geolocation. + + + 2024 + + + + + General. + + + 2024 + + + + + Forces. + + + 2024 + + + + + Adaptive Component. + + + 2024 + + + + + Fittings. + + + 2024 + + + + + Fire Protection. + + + 2024 + + + + + Fabrication Product Data. + + + 2024 + + + + + Room/Space Data. + + + 2024 + + + + + Detailed Model. + + + 2024 + + + + + Essential. + + + 2024 + + + + + Energy Analytical Model. + + + 2024 + + + + + Building Data. + + + 2024 + + + + + Material Thermal Properties. + + + 2024 + + + + + Advanced. + + + 2024 + + + + + Energy Analysis. + + + 2024 + + + + + Electrical - Loads. + + + 2024 + + + + + Electrical - Lighting. + + + 2024 + + + + + Electrical Engineering. + + + 2024 + + + + + Electrical - Circuiting. + + + 2024 + + + + + Electrical Analysis. + + + 2024 + + + + + Electrical. + + + 2024 + + + + + Division Geometry. + + + 2024 + + + + + Display. + + + 2024 + + + + + Data. + + + 2024 + + + + + Grid 2 Mullions. + + + 2024 + + + + + Grid 1 Mullions. + + + 2024 + + + + + Vertical Mullions. + + + 2024 + + + + + Horizontal Mullions. + + + 2024 + + + + + Grid 2. + + + 2024 + + + + + Grid 1. + + + 2024 + + + + + Vertical Grid. + + + 2024 + + + + + V Grid. + + + 2024 + + + + + U Grid. + + + 2024 + + + + + Horizontal Grid. + + + 2024 + + + + + Grid. + + + 2024 + + + + + Set. + + + 2024 + + + + + Extension (End/Top). + + + 2024 + + + + + Extension (Beginning/Bottom). + + + 2024 + + + + + Construction. + + + 2024 + + + + + Constraints. + + + 2024 + + + + + Energy Model - Building Services. + + + 2024 + + + + + Conceptual Energy Data. + + + 2024 + + + + + Area. + + + 2024 + + + + + Analytical Properties. + + + 2024 + + + + + Analytical Model. + + + 2024 + + + + + Analytical Alignment. + + + 2024 + + + + + Analysis Results. + + + 2024 + + + + + Alternate Units. + + + 2024 + + + + + Model Properties. + + + 2024 + + + + + Geometry. + + + 2024 + + + + + This class contains constants identifying parameter groups. + + + 2024 + + + + + Get the element ids of the Grids that make up this MultiSegmentGrid. + + + Element ids of Grids that make up this MultiSegmentGrid. + + + 2013 + + + + + Identifies whether the specified curve loop is valid for creation of a MultiSegmentGrid. + + + The curve loop. + + + True if the curve loop is an open curve loop consisting of lines and arcs, and false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Identifies whether provided element id corresponds to a SketchPlane that is valid for GridChain creation. + + + The document. + + + Element id. + + + True if elemId is the element id of a horizontal SketchPlane. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Determine whether two Grids are members of the same GridChain. + + + A Grid. + + + A Grid. + + + Returns true if both of the specified Grids are associated to the same MultiSegmentGrid, + i.e. getMultiSegementGridId returns the same valid element id for both Grids. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Retrieve the element id of the MultiSegmentGrid of which the specified Grid is a member. + + + A Grid. + + + The element id of the associated GridChain. If the Grid is not associated to a GridChain, + this will return invalidElementId. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Create a MultiSegmentGrid element from the specified curve loop. + + + For each curve in the curve loop, a corresponding Grid will be created. + + + The document in which to create the MultiSegmentGrid. + + + Element id of a GridType element. + + + An open curve loop consisting of lines and arcs. + + + Element id of a SketchPlane for the curves elements that will be created from the curveLoop. + + + The element id of the new MultiSegmentGrid element. + + + The element id should refer to a valid horizontal SketchPlane. + -or- + The element id should refer to a GridType element. + -or- + The curve loop should be an open loop consisting of lines and arcs. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2013 + + + + + name shared by grids in this MultiSegmentGrid + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + This element acts as a multi-segmented Grid. The individual grids associated to + the MultiSegmentGrid behave as a single unit and all share the same text. They inherit + their type (GridType) from the MultiSegmentGrid. + + + 2013 + + + + + The property labeled "V Repeat" from the "Gradient" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "U Repeat" from the "Gradient" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Scale Lock" from the "Gradient" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Size Y" from the "Gradient" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDistance" with a minimum of "0.01". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Size X" from the "Gradient" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDistance" with a minimum of "0.01". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Angle" from the "Gradient" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 360". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Offset Lock" from the "Gradient" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Offset Y" from the "Gradient" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDistance". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Offset X" from the "Gradient" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDistance". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Link Transforms" from the "Gradient" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Gradient Type" from the "Gradient" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyInteger" with accepted values in the enumerated type "GradientType". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Position" from the "Gradient" schema. + + + This property is a "AssetPropertyList" of type "AssetPropertyDouble". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Smooth" from the "Gradient" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 1". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Size" from the "Gradient" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 1000000000". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Phase" from the "Gradient" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 1000000000". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Low" from the "Gradient" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 1". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Levels" from the "Gradient" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "1, 10". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "High" from the "Gradient" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 1". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Amount" from the "Gradient" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 1". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Noise Type" from the "Gradient" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyInteger" with accepted values in the enumerated type "GradientNoiseType". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Interpolation" from the "Gradient" schema. + + + This property is a "AssetPropertyList" of type "AssetPropertyInteger". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Color" from the "Gradient" schema. + + + This property is a "AssetPropertyList" of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + A static class that provides access to the property names that appear in the Gradient visual asset schema. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Tint Color" from the "Glazing" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Tint" from the "Glazing" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Sheets of Glass" from the "Glazing" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyInteger" within the range of "1, 6". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Reflectance" from the "Glazing" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 1". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Color By Object" from the "Glazing" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Custom Color" from the "Glazing" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Color" from the "Glazing" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyInteger" with accepted values in the enumerated type "GlazingTransmittanceColorType". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + A static class that provides access to the property names that appear in the Glazing visual asset schema. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Identifies the second index of VertexPair. + + + 2012 + + + + + Identifies the first index of VertexPair. + + + 2012 + + + + + Constructs a new VertexPair from a pair of indices in the curve loops. + + + 2012 + + + + + Indices of a pair of vertices in two CurveLoops(one vertex in each loop). + + + A vertex is specified by the index in the CurveLoop of the curve having that vertex as its start point. Indexes start at 0. + + + 2012 + + + + + Checks if an element can be used with a geometry augmentation server. + + + The target element. + + + True is the element can be used with a geometry augmentation server. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Checks if the element has an geometry augmentation server attached. + + + The target element where the server is attached. + + + Geometry server GUID. + + + True if the element has a geometry augmentation server attached. False otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Checks if the element supports geometry servers and if the geometry server is valid. + + + The target element where the server will be attached. + + + Geometry server GUID. + + + True if the element supports geometry servers and if the geometry server is valid. False otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Removes the association between a drawing server and this element. + + + The target element where the server is attached. + + + Geometry server GUID. + + + Geometry augmentation servers can't be used in family owned documents. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The element does not have a geometry augmentation server attached. + + + 2024 + + + + + Associates this element with a drawing server that will be able to add extra geometry for this element + + + For view-specific geometry server providers, see + + The target element where the server will be attached + + + Geometry server GUID. + + + Geometry augmentation servers can't be used in family owned documents. + -or- + The target element can't be used with the geometry augmentation system. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The GUID provided does not point to any geometry server or the element does not support geometry servers. + + + 2024 + + + + + A static class that contains methods for interacting with GeometryAugmentation servers. + + This is part of the Geometry Augmentation system implementation. + This class was designed to be public_api but in the end it was decided to be moved to public_api_internal + because an element enhanced with this system created by a third party can't be computed when publish the + rvt file into the cloud. + The computation of the value and graphics is done in generateGrep and if the addon the defines the server is not + present it the cell will be empty. + Decision can be found here: + https://autodesk.slack.com/archives/C02KQUH4519/p1673018478447789 + https://wiki.autodesk.com/display/aeceng/Public+availability+of+the+Custom+Graphics+API#decision_framework-1761429744 + + + 2024 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Angle from True North. + + + This is the angle difference between project north and true north measured in + radians. It can have a value from -PI to PI. + If the parameter value is outside that range, it + will be shifted by 2*PI until it falls into range. + + + + + Elevation above ground level. + + + Negative values are allowed. Measured in decimal feet. + + + + + North/South offset + + + The offset of the project location from the site location in + the north/south direction. Measured in decimal feet. + + + + + East/West offset. + + + The offset of the project location from the site location in + the east/west direction. Measured in decimal feet. + + + + + Construct a new ProjectPosition with the specified + East/West offset, North/South offset, elevation offset, + and angle of rotation. + + + The angle parameter must be in the range of -PI to PI. + If the parameter value is outside that range, it + will be shifted by 2*PI until it falls into range. + + + East/West offset + + + North/South offset + + + Elevation offset + + + Rotation from true north, in radians + + + + + Creates a copy of the ProjectPosition. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + ProjectPosition is a class used to represent a geographical offset and rotation. It can be used to represent the + position of a project. + + + + + Set the transform from projected space to local space, which is calculated from the given local point, grid point, rotation angle and scale factor. + + + the geographic coordinate system + + + The point in local space. + + + The point in projected space. + + + The angle with respect to north (clockwise). + + + The grid scale factor. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Create an instance of ProjectLocation in the document. + + + The created instace of ProjectLocation would have the specified name and an identity Transform. + + + The document where the new instance of ProjectLocation would be created in. + + + The ElementId of the SiteLocation to which the new ProjectLocation would be created. + + + The name of the instance of ProjectLocation to be created. + + + The newly created instance of ProjectLocation. + + + document is not a project document. + -or- + The element siteLocationId does not exist in the document + -or- + name cannot include prohibited characters, such as "{, }, [, ], |, ;, less-than sign, greater-than sign, ?, `, ~". + -or- + There is already a ProjectLocation with this name in the given SiteLocation. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2018 + + + + + Verifies that there is no existing ProjectLocation with the given name belonging to the given SiteLocation. + + + The document to check. + + + The name to check. + + + The ElementId of the SiteLocation which the ProjectLocation belongs to. + + + True if the name is unused (among ProjectLocations). False otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Generate a copy of this project location with the specified name. + + + The name must not be the same as the name of any existing locations. + This function will modify the document, as the new ProjectLocation + will be added to it. + + + A new ProjectLocation which is a duplicate of this location, with + the input name. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + + + + + Gets the site location to which this project location refers. + + + The site location object contains the longitude, latitude, and time-zone + of the entire project site. + + + + + Sets the coordinates of a point in the ProjectLocation's coordinate system. + + + When setting this value, the transformations applied to the location are modified such that the passed point + becomes the specified North/South, East/West and Elevation, and the coordinate transform will have the designated + angular rotation. This is similar to the Revit command "Specify Coordinates at Point". + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Unable to use the project position's transform to calculate the point. + + + + + Gets the coordinates of a point in the ProjectLocation's coordinate system. + + + When getting this value, the North/South, East/West, and Elevation values report the coordinates of the point + similar to the Revit command "Report Shared Coordinates". To get the values of the transformations applied by this + project location, pass XYZ.Zero. + If the project has acquired shared coordinates from a linked model, the shared coordinate transformation will + be reflected in the coordinates of the transformed point returned by this property. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Unable to use the project position's transform to calculate the point. + + + + + + + + + A representation of a specific instance and location of the current project. + + +

When using shared coordinates, ProjectLocations can be used to specify + specific locations for instances of a linked model. A ProjectLocation + keeps track of the position of an instance in relationship to the project's + SiteLocation.

+

By default, each Revit project contains at least one named location, called Internal. + Existing ProjectLocation objects can be found by using the ProjectLocations property on + the Document object. New project locations can be created by duplicating an existing project + location using the Duplicate method, and modifying the location's project position.

+ See also
+ + + + +
+ + + Gets the boundaries for the generic zone. + + + The generic zone boundaries. + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Gets the domain data for the generic zone. + + + Returns a pointer to the base class for specific domain requirements for the generic zone. + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Creates a new instance of a generic zone and adds it to the document. + + + The document where the element will be created and added. + + + The name of the generic zone to be created. + + + The specific domain requirements for the generic zone. + + + The base level on which the generic zone will be created. + + + The loops that define the lines, curves and areas that overlap or crosses the elements you want to belong to the zone. + Multiple loops are allowed, they can be open or closed, but they should be on the same horizontal plane. + + + The newly created generic zone. + + + name cannot include prohibited characters, such as "{, }, [, ], |, ;, less-than sign, greater-than sign, ?, `, ~". + -or- + name is an empty string. + -or- + The ElementId levelId is not a Level. + -or- + The curve loops in the input array are empty. + -or- + The input curve loops do not all lie in the same horizontal plane. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2020.1 + + + + + The offset distance from this zone to the associated level. + + + When setting this property: The given value for offset must be no more than 30000 feet in absolute value. + + + 2021.1 + + + + + Provides access to the GenericZone Element in Autodesk Revit. + + + A generic zone is a tool that provides for a method of selecting elements that somehow come in contact with the zone object. + A zone is a non-hierarchical structure of geometric information, area or volume definitions for the purpose of analysis. + A generic zone will contain specific domain requirements provided at creation of the element. + + + 2020.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Tint Color" from the "Generic" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Tint" from the "Generic" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Amount" from the "Generic" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "-1000, 1000". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Bump" from the "Generic" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Color Temperature" from the "Generic" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Luminance" from the "Generic" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Filter Color" from the "Generic" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Cutouts" from the "Generic" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Refraction" from the "Generic" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0.01, 5". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Translucency" from the "Generic" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 1". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Image Fade" from the "Generic" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 1". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Transparency" from the "Generic" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 1". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Reflectivity/Oblique" from the "Generic" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Reflectivity/Direct" from the "Generic" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Highlights" from the "Generic" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Glossiness" from the "Generic" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Image Fade" from the "Generic" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 1". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Color By Object" from the "Generic" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Color/Image" from the "Generic" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + A static class that provides access to the property names that appear in the Generic visual asset schema. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + Returns the outline of the rendering region. + + + The outline of the rendering region. + + + The RenderingSettings are not currently using region rendering. + + + 2013 + + + + + Change rendering quality settings. + + + An instance of the new rendering quality settings. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns an object that represents the rendering quality settings. + + + The rendering quality settings. + + + 2013 + + + + + Changes the rendering image exposure settings. + + + An instance of the new rendering image exposure settings. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns an object that represents the rendering image exposure settings. + + + The rendering image exposure settings. + + + 2013 + + + + + Changes the rendering background settings details for the current background style. + + + An instance of the new rendering background settings. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns an object that represents the rendering background settings. + + + Different kind of settings object will be returned according to different background style. + It could be SkyBackgroundSettings, ColorBackgroundSettings, or ImageBackgroundSettings. + + + The rendering background settings. + + + 2013 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The rendering resolution in dots per inch (DPI). + + + 2013 + + + + + The lighting scheme type. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + The resolution level when using printer. + + + The suitable resolution value is decided by default. You may obtain it from the ResolutionValue property. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + The resolution target is not printer. + + + 2013 + + + + + The resolution target. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + The enum value that controls the background style for rendering. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + The bool value that indicates whether to use region rendering. + + + 2013 + + + + + Represents the rendering settings for a 3d view. + + + 2013 + + + + + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The value of rendering image saturation. + + + Increase this value to get more intense colors. + + + When setting this property: The value of saturation is not valid. The valid range is 0 to 5. + + + 2013 + + + + + The white point value. + + + Specify the white balance of the rendering(measured in Kelvin). Incandescent lighting:2800 K; Daylight 6500K. + + + When setting this property: The value of white point is not valid. The valid range is 1800 to 15000. + + + 2013 + + + + + The shadows value. + + + Increase this value to get darker shadows. + + + When setting this property: The value of shadows is not valid. The valid range is 0.1 to 4. + + + 2013 + + + + + The highlights value. + + + Increase this value to get brighter highlights. + + + When setting this property: The value of highlights is not valid. The valid range is 0 to 1. + + + 2013 + + + + + The value of rendering image exposure. + + + Default exposure value based on Lighting Scheme. + + + When setting this property: The value of rendering image exposure is not valid. The valid range is 0 to 21. + + + 2013 + + + + + Represents the exposure settings of rendering. + + + 2013 + + + + + The vertical offset of the rendering image to the rendering region. + + + When setting this property: The given value for height must be no more than 30000 feet in absolute value. + + + 2013 + + + + + The horizontal offset of the rendering image to the rendering region. + + + When setting this property: The given value for width must be no more than 30000 feet in absolute value. + + + 2013 + + + + + The background image fit type. + + + This value indicates how scale should be applied to the image in order to fit it to a page or screen. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + File path of the image for the rendering background. + + + When setting this property: The file specified by path is not an image file. + A valid image file should be in one of the following formats: bmp, jpg, jpeg, png, tif. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + When setting this property: The file specified by path doesn't exist. + + + 2013 + + + + + Represents the rendering image background settings. + + + 2013 + + + + + The color of the ground. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + The color of the horizon. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + The color of the top of the sky. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Represents the view gradient background settings. + + + The colors of the background are interpolated for the pixels + corresponding to the sky - from the "sky color" (top) to the "horizon + color" (bottom). The ground is represented with a solid color ("ground color"). + + + 2014 + + + + + The color of the rendering background. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Represents the rendering color background settings. + + + 2013 + + + + + Represents the rendering sky background settings. + + + 2013 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Represents the rendering background settings. + + + 2013 + + + + + Indicates the background style in rendering settings. + + + 2013 + + + + + Transparent background + + + + + Image background. + + + + + Color background. + + + + + Very cloudy sky background. + + + + + Cloudy sky background. + + + + + Sky background with few clouds. + + + + + Sky background with very few clouds. + + + + + Sky background without clouds. + + + + + Checks if the current rendering quality is custom or not. + + + True if the current rendering quality is custom, false otherwise. + + + 2017 + + + + + Validate the render time is between 1 and 32768. + + + The render time value to validate. + + + True if the value is in the proper range, false otherwise. + + + 2017 + + + + + Validate the render level is between 1 and 40 + + + The render level value to validate. + + + True if the render level value is in the proper range, false otherwise. + + + 2017 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The render target time as a numerical value between 1 and 32768. + + + Increase this value to increase render time. + + + When setting this property: The value is not valid RenderTime. + + + When setting this property: The RenderingQualitySettings does not use custom quality currently. + To use custom quality, set RenderingQuality property to RenderingQuality.Custom. + + + 2017 + + + + + The render target level as a numerical value between 1 and 40. + + + Increase this value to increase render level. + + + When setting this property: The value is not valid for RenderLevel. + + + When setting this property: The RenderingQualitySettings does not use custom quality currently. + To use custom quality, set RenderingQuality property to RenderingQuality.Custom. + + + 2017 + + + + + A value that controls render duration. + + + The duration of rendering. + + + When setting this property: The value is not valid for RenderDuration. + -or- + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + When setting this property: The RenderingQualitySettings does not use custom quality currently. + To use custom quality, set RenderingQuality property to RenderingQuality.Custom. + + + 2017 + + + + + A value that controls light and material accuracy mode. + + + The method of the renderer engine dealing with materials and shadows. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + When setting this property: The RenderingQualitySettings does not use custom quality currently. + To use custom quality, set RenderingQuality property to RenderingQuality.Custom. + + + 2017 + + + + + The quality applied for rendering. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + Represents the quality settings of rendering. + + + The other properties in this class can only be modified if the RenderingQuality property is currently set to Custom. + + + + + An enumerated type containing possible duration types to do Raytracer render. + + + 2017 + + + + + Render until satisfactory. + + + + + Render by the defined time. + + + + + Render by the defined iterations. + + + + + An enumerated type containing possible Light and Material Accuracy modes for Raytracer render. + + + 2017 + + + + + Soft shadows and soft reflections from semi-rough materials will be rendered with a high quality level. This is the + standard setting that you typically want to rely on for final high quality renderings. + + + + + Rough and semi-rough materials are approximated. Consequently, materials may look more shinier than expected. + Lighting is approximated so shadows will lack in details. + + + + + Indicates the rendering quality in rendering settings. + + + 2013 + + + + + Custom level quality. + + + + + Very high level quality. + + + + + High level quality. + + + + + Medium level quality. + + + + + Draft level quality. + + + + + Indicates the lighting scheme type in rendering settings. + + + 2013 + + + + + Interior source of light, artificial light only. + + + + + Interior source of light, sun and artificial light. + + + + + Interior source of light, sun only. + + + + + Exterior source of light, artificial light only. + + + + + Exterior source of light, sun and artificial light. + + + + + Exterior source of light, sun only. + + + + + Controls the resolution level in rendering settings. + + + It is applicable only when using printer resolution. + The suitable resolution value for each resolution level is decided by default in Revit. + + + 2013 + + + + + VeryHigh printer resolution. + + + + + High printer resolution. + + + + + Medium printer resolution. + + + + + Low printer resolution. + + + + + Indicates the resolution target(Screen or Printer) used for rendering settings. + + + 2013 + + + + + Uses printer resolution for rendering output settings. + + + + + Uses screen resolution for rendering output settings. + + + + + Indicates the background image fit type in rendering settings. + + + 2013 + + + + + The image is stretched in both directions so it matches the view's size. + + + + + The image is proportionally resized so its width matches the view's width. + + + + + The image is proportionally resized so its height matches the view's height. + + + + + No scale applied to the image; it will keep its original size. + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates if the gbXML should contain analytical system elements (e.g., Water Loop, Air System, and Zone Equipment). + + + 2020.1 + + + + + The encoding options to go into the processing instruction for the exported gbXML file. + + + 2020 + + + + + The energy model type from which gbXML will be exported. + + + Default value is SpatialElement. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2015 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of the options used to export a model in gbXML (green-building) format. + + + 2015 + + + + + Green-Building XML Export options. + + + 2015 + + + + + This enum is used to define if energy model used for gbXML export should be based on rooms/spaces, building elements or analysis mode in EnergyDataSettings. + + + 2015 + + + + + Energy model based on analysis mode in EnergyDataSettings. + + + + + The building element based energy analytical model. + + + + + Energy model based on rooms or spaces. + + + + An iterator to a wire type set. + + + A set that contains wire types. + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the set. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the set. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the set in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified wire type into the set. + The wire type to be inserted into the set. + Returns whether the wire type was inserted into the set. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.Electrical.WireTypeSetIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.Electrical.WireTypeSetIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + System.Int32 + Removes a specified wire type from the set. + The wire type to be erased. + The number of wire types that were erased from the set. + + + System.Boolean + Tests for the existence of a wire type within the set. + The wire type to be searched for. + The Contains method returns True if the wire type is within the set, otherwise False. + + + void + Removes every wire type from the set, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of wire types that are in the set. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the set is empty. + If the set is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to a insulation type set. + + + A set that contains insulation types. + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the set. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the set. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the set in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified insulation type into the set. + The insulation type to be inserted into the set. + Returns whether the insulation type was inserted into the set. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.Electrical.InsulationTypeSetIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.Electrical.InsulationTypeSetIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + System.Int32 + Removes a specified insulation type from the set. + The insulation type to be erased. + The number of insulation types that were erased from the set. + + + System.Boolean + Tests for the existence of a insulation type within the set. + The insulation type to be searched for. + The Contains method returns True if the insulation type is within the set, otherwise False. + + + void + Removes every insulation type from the set, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of insulation types that are in the set. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the set is empty. + If the set is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to a TemperatureRating type set. + + + A set that contains TemperatureRating types. + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the set. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the set. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the set in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified TemperatureRating type into the set. + The TemperatureRating type to be inserted into the set. + Returns whether the TemperatureRating type was inserted into the set. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.Electrical.TemperatureRatingTypeSetIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.Electrical.TemperatureRatingTypeSetIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + System.Int32 + Removes a specified TemperatureRating type from the set. + The TemperatureRating type to be erased. + The number of TemperatureRating types that were erased from the set. + + + System.Boolean + Tests for the existence of a TemperatureRating type within the set. + The TemperatureRating type to be searched for. + The Contains method returns True if the TemperatureRating type is within the set, otherwise False. + + + void + Removes every TemperatureRating type from the set, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of TemperatureRating types that are in the set. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the set is empty. + If the set is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to a wire material type set. + + + A set that contains wire material types. + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the set. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the set. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the set in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified wire material type into the set. + The wire material type to be inserted into the set. + Returns whether the wire material type was inserted into the set. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.Electrical.WireMaterialTypeSetIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.Electrical.WireMaterialTypeSetIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + System.Int32 + Removes a specified wire material type from the set. + The wire material type to be erased. + The number of wire material types that were erased from the set. + + + System.Boolean + Tests for the existence of a wire material type within the set. + The wire material type to be searched for. + The Contains method returns True if the wire material type is within the set, otherwise False. + + + void + Removes every wire material type from the set, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of wire material types that are in the set. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the set is empty. + If the set is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to a conduit type set. + + + A set that contains conduit types. + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the set. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the set. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the set in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified conduit type into the set. + The conduit type to be inserted into the set. + Returns whether the conduit type was inserted into the set. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.Electrical.WireConduitTypeSetIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.Electrical.WireConduitTypeSetIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + System.Int32 + Removes a specified conduit type from the set. + The conduit type to be erased. + The number of conduit types that were erased from the set. + + + System.Boolean + Tests for the existence of a conduit type within the set. + The conduit type to be searched for. + The Contains method returns True if the conduit type is within the set, otherwise False. + + + void + Removes every conduit type from the set, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of conduit types that are in the set. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the set is empty. + If the set is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to a correction factor set. + + + A set that contains correction factors. + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the set. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the set. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the set in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified correction factor into the set. + The correction factor to be inserted into the set. + Returns whether the correction factor was inserted into the set. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.Electrical.CorrectionFactorSetIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.Electrical.CorrectionFactorSetIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + System.Int32 + Removes a specified correction factor from the set. + The correction factor to be erased. + The number of correction factors that were erased from the set. + + + System.Boolean + Tests for the existence of a correction factor within the set. + The correction factor to be searched for. + The Contains method returns True if the correction factor is within the set, otherwise False. + + + void + Removes every correction factor from the set, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of correction factors that are in the set. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the set is empty. + If the set is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to a GroundConductorSize set. + + + A set that contains GroundConductorSizes. + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the set. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the set. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the set in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified GroundConductorSize into the set. + The GroundConductorSize to be inserted into the set. + Returns whether the GroundConductorSize was inserted into the set. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.Electrical.GroundConductorSizeSetIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.Electrical.GroundConductorSizeSetIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + System.Int32 + Removes a specified GroundConductorSize from the set. + The GroundConductorSize to be erased. + The number of GroundConductorSizes that were erased from the set. + + + System.Boolean + Tests for the existence of a GroundConductorSize within the set. + The GroundConductorSize to be searched for. + The Contains method returns True if the GroundConductorSize is within the set, otherwise False. + + + void + Removes every GroundConductorSize from the set, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of GroundConductorSizes that are in the set. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the set is empty. + If the set is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to a wire size set. + + + A set that contains wire sizes. + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the set. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the set. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the set in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified wire size into the set. + The wire size to be inserted into the set. + Returns whether the wire size was inserted into the set. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.Electrical.WireSizeSetIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.Electrical.WireSizeSetIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + System.Int32 + Removes a specified wire size from the set. + The wire size to be erased. + The number of wire sizes that were erased from the set. + + + System.Boolean + Tests for the existence of a wire size within the set. + The wire size to be searched for. + The Contains method returns True if the wire size is within the set, otherwise False. + + + void + Removes every wire size from the set, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of wire sizes that are in the set. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the set is empty. + If the set is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to a set. + + + A set that can contain any type of object. + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the set. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the set. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the set in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified item into the set. + The item to be inserted into the set. + Returns whether the item was inserted into the set. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.Electrical.WireSetIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.Electrical.WireSetIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + System.Int32 + Removes a specified object from the set. + The item to be erased. + The number of items that were erased from the set. + + + System.Boolean + Tests for the existence of an item within the set. + The item to be searched for. + The Contains method returns True if the item is within the set, otherwise False. + + + void + Removes every item from the set, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of objects that are in the set. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the set is empty. + If the set is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to a voltage type set. + + + A set that contains voltage types. + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the set. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the set. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the set in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified voltage type into the set. + The voltage type to be inserted into the set. + Returns whether the voltage type was inserted into the set. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.Electrical.VoltageTypeSetIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.Electrical.VoltageTypeSetIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + System.Int32 + Removes a specified voltage type from the set. + The voltage type to be erased. + The number of voltage types that were erased from the set. + + + System.Boolean + Tests for the existence of a voltage type within the set. + The voltage type to be searched for. + The Contains method returns True if the voltage type is within the set, otherwise False. + + + void + Removes every voltage type from the set, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of voltage types that are in the set. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the set is empty. + If the set is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to a view set. + + + A set that contains views. + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the set. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the set. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the set in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified view into the set. + The view to be inserted into the set. + Returns whether the view was inserted into the set. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.ViewSetIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.ViewSetIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + System.Int32 + Removes a specified view from the set. + The view to be erased. + The number of views that were erased from the set. + + + System.Boolean + Tests for the existence of a view within the set. + The view to be searched for. + The Contains method returns True if the view is within the set, otherwise False. + + + void + Removes every view from the set, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of views that are in the set. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the set is empty. + If the set is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to an array of VertexIndex pairs. + + + An array that contains VertexIndex pairs. + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the array. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the array. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the array in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified VertexIndex pair into the array. + The VertexIndex pair to be inserted into the array. + The VertexIndex pair will be inserted before this index. + Returns whether theVertexIndex pair was inserted into the array. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the array. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.VertexIndexPairArrayIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the array. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.VertexIndexPairArrayIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the array. + + + void + Add the VertexIndex pair to the end of the array. + The VertexIndex pair to be added. + + + void + Removes every VertexIndex pair from the array, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of VertexIndex pairs that are in the array. + + + System.Object + Gets or sets a VertexIndex pair at a specified index within the array. + The index of the VertexIndex pair to be set or retrieved. + Returns the VertexIndex pair at the specified index. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the array is empty. + If the array is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to a model curve array. + + + An array that contains model curves. + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the array. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the array. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the array in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified model curve into the array. + The model curve to be inserted into the array. + The model curve will be inserted before this index. + Returns whether the model curve was inserted into the array. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the array. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.SymbolicCurveArrayIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the array. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.SymbolicCurveArrayIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the array. + + + void + Add the model curve to the end of the array. + The model curve to be added. + + + void + Removes every model curve from the array, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of model curves that are in the array. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.SymbolicCurve + Gets or sets a model curve at a specified index within the array. + The index of the model curve to be set or retrieved. + Returns the model curve at the specified index. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the array is empty. + If the array is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to a set. + + + A set that can contain any type of object. + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the set. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the set. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the set in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified item into the set. + The item to be inserted into the set. + Returns whether the item was inserted into the set. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.Mechanical.SpaceSetIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.Mechanical.SpaceSetIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + System.Int32 + Removes a specified object from the set. + The item to be erased. + The number of items that were erased from the set. + + + System.Boolean + Tests for the existence of an item within the set. + The item to be searched for. + The Contains method returns True if the item is within the set, otherwise False. + + + void + Removes every item from the set, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of objects that are in the set. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the set is empty. + If the set is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to an array of vertices used for Slab Shape Editing. + + + An array that can contain any number of vertices used in Slab Shape Editing. + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the array. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the array. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the array in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified item into the array. + The item to be inserted into the array. + The item will be inserted before this index. + Returns whether the item was inserted into the array. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the array. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.SlabShapeVertexArrayIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the array. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.SlabShapeVertexArrayIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the array. + + + void + Add the item to the end of the array. + The item to be added. + + + void + Removes every item from the array, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of objects that are in the array. + + + System.Object + Gets or sets an item at a specified index within the array. + The index of the item to be set or retrieved. + Returns the object at the specified index. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the array is empty. + If the array is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to an array of creases used for Slab Shape Editing. + + + An array that can contain any number of creases used in Slab Shape Editing. + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the array. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the array. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the array in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified item into the array. + The item to be inserted into the array. + The item will be inserted before this index. + Returns whether the item was inserted into the array. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the array. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.SlabShapeCreaseArrayIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the array. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.SlabShapeCreaseArrayIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the array. + + + void + Add the item to the end of the array. + The item to be added. + + + void + Removes every item from the array, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of objects that are in the array. + + + System.Object + Gets or sets an item at a specified index within the array. + The index of the item to be set or retrieved. + Returns the object at the specified index. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the array is empty. + If the array is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to a project location set. + + + An set that contains project locations. + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the set. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the set. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the set in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified project location into the set. + The project location to be inserted into the set. + Returns whether the project location was inserted into the set. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.ProjectLocationSetIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.ProjectLocationSetIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + System.Int32 + Removes a specified project location from the set. + The project location to be erased. + The number of project locations that were erased from the set. + + + System.Boolean + Tests for the existence of a project location within the set. + The project location to be searched for. + The Contains method returns True if the project location is within the set, otherwise False. + + + void + Removes every project location from the set, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of project locations that are in the set. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the set is empty. + If the set is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to a city set. + + + An set that contains cities. + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the set. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the set. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the set in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified city into the set. + The city to be inserted into the set. + Returns whether the city was inserted into the set. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.CitySetIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.CitySetIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + System.Int32 + Removes a specified city from the set. + The city to be erased. + The number of cities that were erased from the set. + + + System.Boolean + Tests for the existence of a city within the set. + The city to be searched for. + The Contains method returns True if the city is within the set, otherwise False. + + + void + Removes every city from the set, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of cities that are in the set. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the set is empty. + If the set is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to a set of plan topology objects. + + + A set that can contain any number of plan topology objects. + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the set. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the set. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the set in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified item into the set. + The item to be inserted into the set. + Returns whether the item was inserted into the set. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.PlanTopologySetIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.PlanTopologySetIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + System.Int32 + Removes a specified object from the set. + The item to be erased. + The number of items that were erased from the set. + + + System.Boolean + Tests for the existence of an item within the set. + The item to be searched for. + The Contains method returns True if the item is within the set, otherwise False. + + + void + Removes every item from the set, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of objects that are in the set. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the set is empty. + If the set is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to a set of plan circuit objects. + + + A set that can contain any number of plan circuit objects. + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the set. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the set. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the set in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified item into the set. + The item to be inserted into the set. + Returns whether the item was inserted into the set. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.PlanCircuitSetIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.PlanCircuitSetIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + System.Int32 + Removes a specified object from the set. + The item to be erased. + The number of items that were erased from the set. + + + System.Boolean + Tests for the existence of an item within the set. + The item to be searched for. + The Contains method returns True if the item is within the set, otherwise False. + + + void + Removes every item from the set, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of objects that are in the set. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the set is empty. + If the set is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to a phase array. + + + An array that contains phase objects. + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the array. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the array. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the array in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified phase into the array. + The phase to be inserted into the array. + The phase will be inserted before this index. + Returns whether the phase was inserted into the array. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the array. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.ElementArrayIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the array. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.ElementArrayIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the array. + + + void + Add the phase to the end of the array. + The phase to be added. + + + void + Removes every phase from the array, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of phases that are in the array. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.Phase + Gets or sets a phase at a specified index within the array. + The index of the phase to be set or retrieved. + Returns the phase at the specified index. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the array is empty. + If the array is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to a parameter set. + + + A set that contains parameters. + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the set. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the set. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the set in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified parameter into the set. + The parameter to be inserted into the set. + Returns whether the parameter was inserted into the set. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.ParameterSetIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.ParameterSetIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + System.Int32 + Removes a specified parameter from the set. + The parameter to be erased. + The number of parameters that were erased from the set. + + + System.Boolean + Tests for the existence of a parameter within the set. + The parameter to be searched for. + The Contains method returns True if the parameter is within the set, otherwise False. + + + void + Removes every parameter from the set, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of parameters that are in the set. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the set is empty. + If the set is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to a map relating a parameter name (the key, a String) to a parameter. + + + A map that can contain a mapping of a parameter name (a String) to a parameter. + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the key that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + key as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the map. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the map. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the map in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified item with the specified key into the map. + The key to be used for inserting the item into the map. + The item to be inserted into the map. + Returns whether the item was inserted into the map. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the map. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the map. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.ParameterMapIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the map. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the map. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.ParameterMapIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the map. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the map. + + + System.Int32 + Removes a object with the specified key from the map. + The key of the item to be erased. + The number of items that were erased from the map. + + + System.Boolean + Tests for the existence of a key within the map. + The key to be searched for. + The Contains method returns True if the key is within the map, otherwise False. + + + void + Removes every item from the map, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of objects that are in the map. + + + System.Object + Gets or sets an item at a specified key within the map. + The key of the item to be set or retrieved. + Returns the object at the specified key. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the map is empty. + If the map is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to a set of paper source objects. + + + A set that can contain any number of paper source objects. + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the set. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the set. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the set in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.PaperSourceSetIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.PaperSourceSetIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + System.Int32 + Removes a specified object from the set. + The item to be erased. + The number of items that were erased from the set. + + + System.Boolean + Tests for the existence of an item within the set. + The item to be searched for. + The Contains method returns True if the item is within the set, otherwise False. + + + void + Removes every item from the set, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of objects that are in the set. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the set is empty. + If the set is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to a set of paper size objects. + + + A set that can contain any number of paper size objects. + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the set. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the set. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the set in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified item into the set. + The item to be inserted into the set. + Returns whether the item was inserted into the set. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.PaperSizeSetIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.PaperSizeSetIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + System.Int32 + Removes a specified object from the set. + The item to be erased. + The number of items that were erased from the set. + + + System.Boolean + Tests for the existence of an item within the set. + The item to be searched for. + The Contains method returns True if the item is within the set, otherwise False. + + + void + Removes every item from the set, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of objects that are in the set. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the set is empty. + If the set is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to a panel type set. + + + A set that contains panel types. + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the set. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the set. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the set in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified panel type into the set. + The panel type to be inserted into the set. + Returns whether the panel type was inserted into the set. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.PanelTypeSetIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.PanelTypeSetIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + System.Int32 + Removes a specified panel type from the set. + The panel type to be erased. + The number of panel types that were erased from the set. + + + System.Boolean + Tests for the existence of a panel type within the set. + The panel type to be searched for. + The Contains method returns True if the panel type is within the set, otherwise False. + + + void + Removes every panel type from the set, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of panel types that are in the set. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the set is empty. + If the set is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to a mullion type set. + + + A set that contains mullion types. + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the set. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the set. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the set in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified mullion type into the set. + The mullion type to be inserted into the set. + Returns whether the mullion type was inserted into the set. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.MullionTypeSetIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.MullionTypeSetIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + System.Int32 + Removes a specified mullion type from the set. + The mullion type to be erased. + The number of mullion types that were erased from the set. + + + System.Boolean + Tests for the existence of a mullion type within the set. + The mullion type to be searched for. + The Contains method returns True if the mullion type is within the set, otherwise False. + + + void + Removes every mullion type from the set, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of mullion types that are in the set. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the set is empty. + If the set is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to a model curve array. + + + An array that contains model curves. + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the array. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the array. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the array in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified model curve into the array. + The model curve to be inserted into the array. + The model curve will be inserted before this index. + Returns whether the model curve was inserted into the array. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the array. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.ModelCurveArrayIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the array. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.ModelCurveArrayIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the array. + + + void + Add the model curve to the end of the array. + The model curve to be added. + + + void + Removes every model curve from the array, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of model curves that are in the array. + + + System.Object + Gets or sets a model curve at a specified index within the array. + The index of the model curve to be set or retrieved. + Returns the model curve at the specified index. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the array is empty. + If the array is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to a array. + + + An array that can contain any type of object. + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the array. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the array. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the array in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified item into the array. + The item to be inserted into the array. + The item will be inserted before this index. + Returns whether the item was inserted into the array. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the array. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.ModelCurveArrArrayIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the array. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.ModelCurveArrArrayIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the array. + + + void + Add the item to the end of the array. + The item to be added. + + + void + Removes every item from the array, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of objects that are in the array. + + + System.Object + Gets or sets an item at a specified index within the array. + The index of the item to be set or retrieved. + Returns the object at the specified index. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the array is empty. + If the array is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to a MEPBuildingConstruction set. + + + A set that contains MEPBuildingConstructions. + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the set. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the set. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the set in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified MEPBuildingConstruction into the set. + The MEPBuildingConstruction to be inserted into the set. + Returns whether the MEPBuildingConstruction was inserted into the set. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.Mechanical.MEPBuildingConstructionSetIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.Mechanical.MEPBuildingConstructionSetIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + System.Int32 + Removes a specified MEPBuildingConstruction from the set. + The MEPBuildingConstruction to be erased. + The number of MEPBuildingConstructions that were erased from the set. + + + System.Boolean + Tests for the existence of a MEPBuildingConstruction within the set. + The MEPBuildingConstruction to be searched for. + The Contains method returns True if the MEPBuildingConstruction is within the set, otherwise False. + + + void + Removes every MEPBuildingConstruction from the set, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of MEPBuildingConstructions that are in the set. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the set is empty. + If the set is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to a material set. + + + An set that contains materials. + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the set. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the set. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the set in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified material into the set. + The material to be inserted into the set. + Returns whether the material was inserted into the set. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.MaterialSetIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.MaterialSetIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + System.Int32 + Removes a specified material from the set. + The material to be erased. + The number of materials that were erased from the set. + + + System.Boolean + Tests for the existence of a material within the set. + The material to be searched for. + The Contains method returns True if the material is within the set, otherwise False. + + + void + Removes every material from the set, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of materials that are in the set. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the set is empty. + If the set is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to an array of leaders. + + + An array that can contain any number of leaders. + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the array. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the array. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the array in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified item into the array. + The item to be inserted into the array. + The item will be inserted before this index. + Returns whether the item was inserted into the array. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the array. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.LeaderArrayIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the array. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.LeaderArrayIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the array. + + + void + Add the item to the end of the array. + The item to be added. + + + void + Removes every item from the array, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of objects that are in the array. + + + System.Object + Gets or sets an item at a specified index within the array. + The index of the item to be set or retrieved. + Returns the object at the specified index. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the array is empty. + If the array is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to a array. + + + An array that can contain any type of object. + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the array. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the array. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the array in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified item into the array. + The item to be inserted into the array. + The item will be inserted before this index. + Returns whether the item was inserted into the array. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the array. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.IntersectionResultArrayIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the array. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.IntersectionResultArrayIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the array. + + + void + Add the item to the end of the array. + The item to be added. + + + void + Removes every item from the array, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of objects that are in the array. + + + System.Object + Gets or sets an item at a specified index within the array. + The index of the item to be set or retrieved. + Returns the object at the specified index. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the array is empty. + If the array is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to a gutter type set. + + + A set that contains gutter types. + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the set. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the set. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the set in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified gutter type into the set. + The gutter type to be inserted into the set. + Returns whether the gutter type was inserted into the set. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.Architecture.GutterTypeSetIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.Architecture.GutterTypeSetIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + System.Int32 + Removes a specified gutter type from the set. + The gutter type to be erased. + The number of gutter types that were erased from the set. + + + System.Boolean + Tests for the existence of a gutter type within the set. + The gutter type to be searched for. + The Contains method returns True if the gutter type is within the set, otherwise False. + + + void + Removes every gutter type from the set, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of gutter types that are in the set. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the set is empty. + If the set is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to a group set. + + + An set that contains groups. + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the set. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the set. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the set in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified group into the set. + The group to be inserted into the set. + Returns whether the group was inserted into the set. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.GroupSetIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.GroupSetIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + System.Int32 + Removes a specified group from the set. + The group to be erased. + The number of groups that were erased from the set. + + + System.Boolean + Tests for the existence of a group within the set. + The group to be searched for. + The Contains method returns True if the group is within the set, otherwise False. + + + void + Removes every group from the set, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of groups that are in the set. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the set is empty. + If the set is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to a reference array. + + + An array that contains reference objects. + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the array. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the array. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the array in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified reference into the array. + The reference to be inserted into the array. + The reference will be inserted before this index. + Returns whether the reference was inserted into the array. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the array. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.ReferencePointArrayIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the array. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.ReferencePointArrayIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the array. + + + void + Add the reference to the end of the array. + The reference to be added. + + + void + Removes every reference from the array, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of references that are in the array. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.Reference + Gets or sets a reference at a specified index within the array. + The index of the reference to be set or retrieved. + Returns the reference at the specified index. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the array is empty. + If the array is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to a reference array. + + + An array that contains reference objects. + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the array. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the array. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the array in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified reference into the array. + The reference to be inserted into the array. + The reference will be inserted before this index. + Returns whether the reference was inserted into the array. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the array. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.ReferenceArrayIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the array. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.ReferenceArrayIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the array. + + + void + Add the reference to the end of the array. + The reference to be added. + + + void + Removes every reference from the array, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of references that are in the array. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.Reference + Gets or sets a reference at a specified index within the array. + The index of the reference to be set or retrieved. + Returns the reference at the specified index. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the array is empty. + If the array is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to a ReferenceArray array. + + + An array that contains ReferenceArray objects. + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the array. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the array. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the array in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified ReferenceArray into the array. + The ReferenceArray to be inserted into the array. + The ReferenceArray will be inserted before this index. + Returns whether the ReferenceArray was inserted into the array. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the array. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.ReferenceArrayArrayIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the array. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.ReferenceArrayArrayIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the array. + + + void + Add the ReferenceArray to the end of the array. + The ReferenceArray to be added. + + + void + Removes every ReferenceArray from the array, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of ReferenceArrays that are in the array. + + + Autodesk.Revit.Element + Gets or sets a ReferenceArray at a specified index within the array. + The index of the ReferenceArray to be set or retrieved. + Returns the ReferenceArray at the specified index. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the array is empty. + If the array is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to a face array. + + + An array that contains faces. + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the array. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the array. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the array in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified face into the array. + The face to be inserted into the array. + The face will be inserted before this index. + Returns whether the face was inserted into the array. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the array. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.FaceArrayIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the array. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.FaceArrayIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the array. + + + void + Add the face to the end of the array. + The face to be added. + + + void + Removes every face from the array, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of faces that are in the array. + + + System.Object + Gets or sets a face at a specified index within the array. + The index of the face to be set or retrieved. + Returns the face at the specified index. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the array is empty. + If the array is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to an edge array. + + + An array that contains edges. + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the array. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the array. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the array in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified edge into the array. + The edge to be inserted into the array. + The edge will be inserted before this index. + Returns whether the edge was inserted into the array. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the array. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.EdgeArrayIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the array. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.EdgeArrayIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the array. + + + void + Add the edge to the end of the array. + The edge to be added. + + + void + Removes every edge from the array, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of edges that are in the array. + + + System.Object + Gets or sets an edge at a specified index within the array. + The index of the edge to be set or retrieved. + Returns the edge at the specified index. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the array is empty. + If the array is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to an array or edge arrays. + + + An array of edge arrays. + + + + + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the array. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the array. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the array in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified edge array into the array. + The edge array to be inserted into the array. + The edge array will be inserted before this index. + Returns whether the edge array was inserted into the array. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the array. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.EdgeArrayArrayIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the array. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.EdgeArrayArrayIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the array. + + + void + Add the edge array to the end of the array. + The edge array to be added. + + + void + Removes every edge array from the array, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of edge arrays that are in the array. + + + System.Object + Gets or sets an edge array at a specified index within the array. + The index of the edge array to be set or retrieved. + Returns the edge array at the specified index. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the array is empty. + If the array is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to an array of doubles. + + + An array that contains doubles. + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the array. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the array. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the array in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified double into the array. + The double to be inserted into the array. + The double will be inserted before this index. + Returns whether the double was inserted into the array. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the array. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.DoubleArrayIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the array. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.DoubleArrayIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the array. + + + void + Add the double to the end of the array. + The double to be added. + + + void + Removes every double from the array, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of doubles that are in the array. + + + System.Object + Gets or sets a double at a specified index within the array. + The index of the double to be set or retrieved. + Returns the double at the specified index. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the array is empty. + If the array is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to a array. + + + An array that can contain any type of object. + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the array. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the array. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the array in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified item into the array. + The item to be inserted into the array. + The item will be inserted before this index. + Returns whether the item was inserted into the array. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the array. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.CurveArrArrayIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the array. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.CurveArrArrayIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the array. + + + void + Add the item to the end of the array. + The item to be added. + + + void + Removes every item from the array, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of objects that are in the array. + + + System.Object + Gets or sets an item at a specified index within the array. + The index of the item to be set or retrieved. + Returns the object at the specified index. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the array is empty. + If the array is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to a GeomCombination set. + + + A set that contains GeomCombination objects. + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the set. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the set. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the set in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified element into the set. + The GeomCombination to be inserted into the set. + Returns whether the GeomCombination was inserted into the set. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.GeomCombinationSetIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.GeomCombinationSetIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + System.Int32 + Removes a specified GeomCombination from the set. + The GeomCombination to be erased. + The number of GeomCombinations that were erased from the set. + + + System.Boolean + Tests for the existence of an GeomCombination within the set. + The element to be searched for. + The Contains method returns True if the GeomCombination is within the set, otherwise False. + + + void + Removes every item GeomCombination the set, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of GeomCombinations that are in the set. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the set is empty. + If the set is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to a form array. + + + An array that contains form objects. + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the array. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the array. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the array in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified form into the array. + The form to be inserted into the array. + The form will be inserted before this index. + Returns whether the form was inserted into the array. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the array. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.FormArrayIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the array. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.FormArrayIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the array. + + + void + Add the form to the end of the array. + The form to be added. + + + void + Removes every form from the array, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of forms that are in the array. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.Element + Gets or sets a form at a specified index within the array. + The index of the form to be set or retrieved. + Returns the form at the specified index. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the array is empty. + If the array is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to a FamilyType set. + + + A set that contains FamilyType objects. + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the set. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the set. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the set in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified item into the set. + The item to be inserted into the set. + Returns whether the item was inserted into the set. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.FamilyTypeSetIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.FamilyTypeSetIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + System.Int32 + Removes a specified object from the set. + The item to be erased. + The number of items that were erased from the set. + + + System.Boolean + Tests for the existence of an item within the set. + The item to be searched for. + The Contains method returns True if the item is within the set, otherwise False. + + + void + Removes every item from the set, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of objects that are in the set. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the set is empty. + If the set is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to a FamilyParameter set. + + + A set that contains FamilyParameter objects. + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the set. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the set. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the set in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified item into the set. + The item to be inserted into the set. + Returns whether the item was inserted into the set. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.FamilyParameterSetIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.FamilyParameterSetIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + System.Int32 + Removes a specified object from the set. + The item to be erased. + The number of items that were erased from the set. + + + System.Boolean + Tests for the existence of an item within the set. + The item to be searched for. + The Contains method returns True if the item is within the set, otherwise False. + + + void + Removes every item from the set, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of objects that are in the set. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the set is empty. + If the set is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to an array of IExternalApplication objects.. + + + An array that can contain any number of IExternalApplication objects. + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the array. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the array. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the array in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified item into the array. + The item to be inserted into the array. + The item will be inserted before this index. + Returns whether the item was inserted into the array. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the array. + + + Autodesk.Revit.UI.ExternalApplicationArrayIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the array. + + + Autodesk.Revit.UI.ExternalApplicationArrayIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the array. + + + void + Add the item to the end of the array. + The item to be added. + + + void + Removes every item from the array, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of objects that are in the array. + + + System.Object + Gets or sets an item at a specified index within the array. + The index of the item to be set or retrieved. + Returns the object at the specified index. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the array is empty. + If the array is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to an element set. + + + A set that contains element objects. + + + + + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the set. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the set. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the set in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified element into the set. + The element to be inserted into the set. + Returns whether the element was inserted into the set. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.ElementSetIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.ElementSetIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + System.Int32 + Removes a specified element from the set. + The element to be erased. + The number of elements that were erased from the set. + + + System.Boolean + Tests for the existence of an element within the set. + The element to be searched for. + The Contains method returns True if the element is within the set, otherwise False. + + + void + Removes every item element the set, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of elements that are in the set. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the set is empty. + If the set is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to an element array. + + + An array that contains element objects. + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the array. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the array. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the array in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified element into the array. + The element to be inserted into the array. + The element will be inserted before this index. + Returns whether the element was inserted into the array. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the array. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.ElementArrayIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the array. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.ElementArrayIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the array. + + + void + Add the element to the end of the array. + The element to be added. + + + void + Removes every element from the array, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of elements that are in the array. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.Element + Gets or sets an element at a specified index within the array. + The index of the element to be set or retrieved. + Returns the element at the specified index. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the array is empty. + If the array is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to a set of documents. + + + A set that can contain any documents. + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the set. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the set. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the set in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified item into the set. + The item to be inserted into the set. + Returns whether the item was inserted into the set. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.DocumentSetIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.DocumentSetIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + System.Int32 + Removes a specified object from the set. + The item to be erased. + The number of items that were erased from the set. + + + System.Boolean + Tests for the existence of an item within the set. + The item to be searched for. + The Contains method returns True if the item is within the set, otherwise False. + + + void + Removes every item from the set, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of objects that are in the set. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the set is empty. + If the set is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to a DistributionSys type set. + + + A set that contains DistributionSys types. + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the set. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the set. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the set in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified DistributionSys type into the set. + The DistributionSys type to be inserted into the set. + Returns whether the DistributionSys type was inserted into the set. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.Electrical.DistributionSysTypeSetIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.Electrical.DistributionSysTypeSetIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + System.Int32 + Removes a specified DistributionSys type from the set. + The DistributionSys type to be erased. + The number of DistributionSys types that were erased from the set. + + + System.Boolean + Tests for the existence of a DistributionSys type within the set. + The DistributionSys type to be searched for. + The Contains method returns True if the DistributionSys type is within the set, otherwise False. + + + void + Removes every DistributionSys type from the set, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of DistributionSys types that are in the set. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the set is empty. + If the set is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to an array of DimensionSegment objects.. + + + An array that can contain any number of DimensionSegment objects. + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the array. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the array. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the array in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified item into the array. + The item to be inserted into the array. + The item will be inserted before this index. + Returns whether the item was inserted into the array. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the array. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.DimensionSegmentArrayIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the array. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.DimensionSegmentArrayIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the array. + + + void + Add the item to the end of the array. + The item to be added. + + + void + Removes every item from the array, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of objects that are in the array. + + + System.Object + Gets or sets an item at a specified index within the array. + The index of the item to be set or retrieved. + Returns the object at the specified index. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the array is empty. + If the array is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to a array. + + + An array that can contain any type of object. + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the array. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the array. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the array in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified item into the array. + The item to be inserted into the array. + The item will be inserted before this index. + Returns whether the item was inserted into the array. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the array. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.DetailCurveArrayIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the array. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.DetailCurveArrayIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the array. + + + void + Add the item to the end of the array. + The item to be added. + + + void + Removes every item from the array, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of objects that are in the array. + + + System.Object + Gets or sets an item at a specified index within the array. + The index of the item to be set or retrieved. + Returns the object at the specified index. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the array is empty. + If the array is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to a parameter definition to parameter bindings map. + + + A map that contains mappings of parameter definitions to parameter bindings. + + + Autodesk::Revit::Parameters::Definition + get + Retrieves the definition that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + key as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the binding that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the map. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the map. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the map in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified binding with the specified definition into the map. + The definition to be used for inserting the binding into the map. + The binding to be inserted into the map. + Returns whether the binding was inserted into the map. + + + System.DB.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the map. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the map. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.DefinitionBindingMapIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the map. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the map. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.DefinitionBindingMapIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the map. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the map. + + + System.Int32 + Removes a binding with the specified definition from the map. + The definition of the binding to be erased. + The number of bindings that were erased from the map. + + + System.Boolean + Tests for the existence of a definition within the map. + The definition to be searched for. + The Contains method returns True if the definition is within the map, otherwise False. + + + void + Removes every binding from the map, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of bindings that are in the map. + + + Autodesk.Revit.Parameters.Binding + Gets or sets a parameter binding for a specified parameter definition within the map. + The parameter definition of the binding to be set or retrieved. + Returns the binding for the specified definition. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the map is empty. + If the map is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to a CurveByPoints array. + + + An array that can contain CurveByPoints elements. + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the array. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the array. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the array in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified curve into the array. + The curve to be inserted into the array. + The curve will be inserted before this index. + Returns whether the curve was inserted into the array. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the array. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.CurveByPointsArrayIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the array. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.CurveByPointsArrayIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the array. + + + void + Add the curve to the end of the array. + The curve to be added. + + + void + Removes every curve from the array, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of curves that are in the array. + + + System.Object + Gets or sets a curve at a specified index within the array. + The index of the curve to be set or retrieved. + Returns the curve at the specified index. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the array is empty. + If the array is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to a curve array. + + + An array that can contain curves. + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the array. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the array. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the array in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified curve into the array. + The curve to be inserted into the array. + The curve will be inserted before this index. + Returns whether the curve was inserted into the array. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the array. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.CurveArrayIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the array. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.CurveArrayIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the array. + + + void + Add the curve to the end of the array. + The curve to be added. + + + void + Removes every curve from the array, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of curves that are in the array. + + + System.Object + Gets or sets a curve at a specified index within the array. + The index of the curve to be set or retrieved. + Returns the curve at the specified index. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the array is empty. + If the array is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to a set. + + + A set that can contain any type of object. + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the set. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the set. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the set in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified item into the set. + The item to be inserted into the set. + Returns whether the item was inserted into the set. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.CurtainGridSetIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.CurtainGridSetIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + System.Int32 + Removes a specified object from the set. + The item to be erased. + The number of items that were erased from the set. + + + System.Boolean + Tests for the existence of an item within the set. + The item to be searched for. + The Contains method returns True if the item is within the set, otherwise False. + + + void + Removes every item from the set, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of objects that are in the set. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the set is empty. + If the set is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to a set. + + + A set that can contain any type of object. + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the set. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the set. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the set in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified item into the set. + The item to be inserted into the set. + Returns whether the item was inserted into the set. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.ConnectorSetIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.ConnectorSetIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + System.Int32 + Removes a specified object from the set. + The item to be erased. + The number of items that were erased from the set. + + + System.Boolean + Tests for the existence of an item within the set. + The item to be searched for. + The Contains method returns True if the item is within the set, otherwise False. + + + void + Removes every item from the set, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of objects that are in the set. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the set is empty. + If the set is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to an CombinableElement array. + + + An array that contains CombinableElement objects. + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the array. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the array. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the array in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified element into the array. + The CombinableElement to be inserted into the array. + The CombinableElement will be inserted before this index. + Returns whether the CombinableElement was inserted into the array. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the array. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.CombinableElementArrayIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the array. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.CombinableElementArrayIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the array. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the array. + + + void + Add the element to the end of the array. + The CombinableElement to be added. + + + void + Removes every CombinableElement from the array, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of CombinableElements that are in the array. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.CombinableElement + Gets or sets a CombinableElement at a specified index within the array. + The index of the CombinableElement to be set or retrieved. + Returns the CombinableElement at the specified index. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the array is empty. + If the array is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + /// An iterator to a category set. + /// + + + /// A set that can contains Category objects. + /// + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the set. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the set. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the set in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified category into the set. + The item to be inserted into the set. + Returns whether the item was inserted into the set. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.CategorySetIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.CategorySetIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + System.Int32 + Removes a specified category from the set. + The category to be erased. + The number of items that were erased from the set. + + + System.Boolean + Tests for the existence of a category within the set. + The category to be searched for. + The Contains method returns True if the category is within the set, otherwise False. + + + void + Removes every item from the set, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of categories that are in the set. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the set is empty. + If the set is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to a category name map. + + + A map that contains a mapping of category name to its category object. + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the category name that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + key as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the category that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the map. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the map. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the map in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified category with the specified name into the map. + The name to be used for inserting the category into the map. + The category to be inserted into the map. + Returns whether the category was inserted into the map. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the map. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the map. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.CategoryNameMapIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the map. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the map. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.CategoryNameMapIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the map. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the map. + + + System.Int32 + Removes a category with the specified name from the map. + The name of the category to be erased. + The number of categories that were erased from the map. + + + System.Boolean + Tests for the existence of a category with that name within the map. + The category name to be searched for. + The Contains method returns True if the name is within the map, otherwise False. + + + void + Removes every category from the map, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of categories that are in the map. + + + Autodesk.Revit.DB.Category + Gets or sets a category at a specified name within the map. + The name of the category to be set or retrieved. + Returns the category at the specified name. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the map is empty. + If the map is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + An iterator to a asset set. + + + A set that contains assets. + + + System.Object + get + Retrieves the item that is the current focus of the iterator. + + A new or Reset iterator must have MoveNext called on it before Current will return a valid + item as per expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + System.Boolean + Move the iterator one item forward. + + Returns True if the iterator was successfully moved forward one item and the Current + property will return a valid item. False will be returned it the iterator has reached the end of + the set. + + + MoveNext must be called before the Current property is valid with a new or Reset iterator + in line with the expected behavior of IEnumerator. + + + + void + Bring the iterator back to the start of the set. + The Reset method will return the iterator back to the start of the set in line with the definition of IEnumerator. Note that you must call MoveNext before the first item can be accessed via the Current property. + + + void + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never be created by the developer. + + + System.Int32 + Insert the specified asset into the set. + The asset to be inserted into the set. + Returns whether the asset was inserted into the set. + + + System.Collections.IEnumerator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.Utility.AssetSetIterator + Retrieve a backward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a backward moving iterator to the set. + + + Autodesk.Revit.Utility.AssetSetIterator + Retrieve a forward moving iterator to the set. + Returns a forward moving iterator to the set. + + + System.Int32 + Removes a specified asset from the set. + The asset to be erased. + The number of assets that were erased from the set. + + + System.Boolean + Tests for the existence of a asset within the set. + The asset to be searched for. + The Contains method returns True if the asset is within the set, otherwise False. + + + void + Removes every asset from the set, rendering it empty. + + + System.Int32 + get + Returns the number of assets that are in the set. + + + System.Boolean + get + Test to see if the set is empty. + If the set is empty then True will be returned, otherwise False. + + + + A copy of the for the pattern's . + + + When getting this property, it returns a copy of the from the table. In order to + make changes to the and use those settings during export, set the modified + back into the table using the same key. + + + The key. + + + A copy of the . + + + When getting this property: + An entry with the given key is not present in the table. + + + 2014 + + + + + A copy of the for the line weight's . + + + When getting this property, it returns a copy of the from the table. In order to + make changes to the and use those settings during export, set the modified + back into the table using the same key. + + + The key. + + + A copy of the . + + + When getting this property: + An entry with the given key is not present in the table. + + + 2014 + + + + + A copy of the for the linetype's . + + + When getting this property, it returns a copy of the from the table. In order to + make changes to the and use those settings during export, set the modified + back into the table using the same key. + + + The key. + + + A copy of the . + + + When getting this property: + An entry with the given key is not present in the table. + + + 2014 + + + + + A copy of the item that corresponds to the layer's + . + + + When getting this property, it returns a copy of the from the table. In order to + make changes to the and use those settings during export, set the modified + back into the table using the same key. + + + The key. + + + A copy of the for the layer Key. + + + When getting this property: + An entry with the given key is not present in the table. + + + 2014 + + + + + A copy of the for the font's . + + + When getting this property, it returns a copy of the from the table. In order to + make changes to the and use those settings during export, set the modified + back into the table using the same key. + + + The key. + + + A copy of the . + + + When getting this property: + An entry with the given key is not present in the table. + + + 2014 + + + + + Get the DuctSizes for this DuctShape. + + + The duct shape. + + + The DuctSizes for this DuctShape. + + + There is no DuctSizes for this DuctShape. + + + A non-optional argument was NULL + + + 2012 + + + + Indexed access to coordinates. + Use 0 for X, 1 for Y and 2 for Z. + + Thrown when an attempt is made to access the coordinate + with an index that is larger than 2. + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The path of the output folder for systems analysis. + + + When requesting a new system analysis, it is okay to have an empty output folder in the SystemsAnalysisOption. In that case, + the ViewSystemsAnalysisReport would supply the output folder, typically at the system TEMP folder. + + + When setting this property: The analysis requires a valid output folder. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020.1 + + + + + The file name of the EnergyPlus weather (*.epw). + + + When requesting a new system analysis, it is okay to have an empty weather file in the SystemsAnalysisOption. In that case, + the ViewSystemsAnalysisReport would use the weather file at the current site location. + + + When setting this property: The analysis requires a valid EnergyPlus weather (.epw) file. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020.1 + + + + + The file name of the EnergyPlus workflow script. + + + When requesting a new system analysis, it is okay to have an empty workflowFile in the SystemsAnalysisOption. In that case, + the ViewSystemsAnalysisReport would supply the weather file with the default value "HVAC Systems Loads and Sizing.osw". + + + When setting this property: The analysis requires a valid workflow file. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of the options. + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Contains the options for systems analysis. + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Symbol ¥, indicating unit Currency. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol yd³, indicating unit Cubic yards. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol yd^3, indicating unit Cubic yards. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol ₩, indicating unit Currency. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol W, indicating unit Watts. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol W·s/m³, indicating unit Watts per cubic meter per second. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol W/m³, indicating unit Watts per cubic meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol W/(m²·K), indicating unit Watts per square meter kelvin. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol W/m², indicating unit Watts per square meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol W/(m·K), indicating unit Watts per meter kelvin. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol W/m, indicating unit Watts per meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol W/ft³, indicating unit Watts per cubic foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol W/ft², indicating unit Watts per square foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol W/ft, indicating unit Watts per foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol W·min/ft³, indicating unit Watts per cubic foot per minute. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol V, indicating unit Volts. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol VA/m², indicating unit Volt amperes per square meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol VA/ft², indicating unit Volt amperes per square foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol VA, indicating unit Volt amperes. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol usgpm, indicating unit US gallons per minute. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol usgph, indicating unit US gallons per hour. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol USft, indicating unit US survey feet. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol Tons, indicating unit US tonnes mass. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol T, indicating unit US tonnes mass. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol ST, indicating unit US tonnes mass. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol Tons, indicating unit US tonnes force. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol T, indicating unit US tonnes force. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol ST, indicating unit US tonnes force. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol $, indicating unit Currency. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol µm/(m·°C), indicating unit Micrometers per meter degree Celsius. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol £, indicating unit Currency. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol µin/(in·°F), indicating unit Microinches per inch degree Fahrenheit. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol Tonsf, indicating unit US tonnes force. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol t, indicating unit Tonnes. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol ton of refrigeration, indicating unit Tons of refrigeration. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol ton, indicating unit Tons of refrigeration. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol therm, indicating unit Therms. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol Tf/m², indicating unit Tonnes force per square meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol Tf/m, indicating unit Tonnes force per meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol Tf-m/m, indicating unit Tonne force meters per meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol Tf-m, indicating unit Tonne force meters. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol Tf, indicating unit Tonnes force. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol STf, indicating unit US tonnes force. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol ₪, indicating unit Currency. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol SF/ton, indicating unit Square feet per ton of refrigeration. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol SF/MBh, indicating unit Square feet per thousand British thermal units per hour. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol SF·h/kBtu, indicating unit Square feet per thousand British thermal units per hour. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol SF, indicating unit Square feet. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol s, indicating unit Seconds. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol RPS, indicating unit Revolutions per second. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol RPM, indicating unit Revolutions per minute. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol rad/s, indicating unit Radians per second. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol rad, indicating unit Radians. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol psig, indicating unit Pounds force per square inch. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol psia, indicating unit Pounds force per square inch. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol psi, indicating unit Pounds force per square inch. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol psf, indicating unit Pounds force per square foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol π, indicating unit Multiples of π. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol %, indicating unit Percentage. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol ‰, indicating unit Per mille. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol Pa/m, indicating unit Pascals per meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol Pa-s, indicating unit Pascal seconds. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol Pa, indicating unit Pascals. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol 1:, indicating unit 1 : Ratio. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol ohm·m, indicating unit Ohm meters. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol ng/(Pa·s·m²), indicating unit Nanograms per pascal second square meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol N, indicating unit Newtons. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol N·s/m², indicating unit Newton seconds per square meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol N/mm², indicating unit Newtons per square millimeter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol N/m², indicating unit Newtons per square meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol N/m, indicating unit Newtons per meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol N-m/m, indicating unit Newton meters per meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol N-m, indicating unit Newton meters. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol ms, indicating unit Milliseconds. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol mph, indicating unit Miles per hour. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol mm⁶, indicating unit Millimeters to the sixth power. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol mm⁴, indicating unit Millimeters to the fourth power. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol mm³, indicating unit Cubic millimeters. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol mm²/m, indicating unit Square millimeters per meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol mm², indicating unit Square millimeters. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol mmHg, indicating unit Millimeters of mercury. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol mmH2O/m, indicating unit Millimeters of water column per meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol mmH2O, indicating unit Millimeters of water column. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol mm^3, indicating unit Cubic millimeters. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol mm^2, indicating unit Square millimeters. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol mm, indicating unit Millimeters. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol min, indicating unit Minutes. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol mi/s², indicating unit Miles per second squared. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol m, indicating unit Meters. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol MBH, indicating unit Thousand British thermal units per hour. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol mV, indicating unit Millivolts. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol m⁶, indicating unit Meters to the sixth power. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol m⁴, indicating unit Meters to the fourth power. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol m³/(W·s), indicating unit Cubic meters per watt second. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol m³/s, indicating unit Cubic meters per second. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol m³/kg, indicating unit Cubic meters per kilogram. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol m³/kN, indicating unit Cubic meters per kilonewton. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol m³/(h·m³), indicating unit Cubic meters per hour cubic meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol m³/(h·m²), indicating unit Cubic meters per hour square meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol m³/h, indicating unit Cubic meters per hour. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol m³, indicating unit Cubic meters. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol m²/s, indicating unit Square meters per second. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol m²/m, indicating unit Square meters per meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol m²/kW, indicating unit Square meters per kilowatt. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol m²/kN, indicating unit Square meters per kilonewton. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol (m²·K)/W, indicating unit Square meter kelvins per watt. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol m², indicating unit Square meters. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol m/s², indicating unit Meters per second squared. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol m/s, indicating unit Meters per second. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol m/kN, indicating unit Meters per kilonewton. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol MPa, indicating unit Megapascals. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol MN/m², indicating unit Meganewtons per square meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol MN/m, indicating unit Meganewtons per meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol MN-m/m, indicating unit Meganewton meters per meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol MN-m, indicating unit Meganewton meters. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol MN, indicating unit Meganewtons. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol mH2O/m, indicating unit Meters of water column per meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol mH2O, indicating unit Meters of water column. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol m^3, indicating unit Cubic meters. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol m^2, indicating unit Square meters. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol mA, indicating unit Milliamperes. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol lx, indicating unit Lux. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol LPS/m², indicating unit Liters per second square meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol LPS, indicating unit Liters per second. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol LPM, indicating unit Liters per minute. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol lm/W, indicating unit Lumens per watt. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol lm, indicating unit Lumens. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol L, indicating unit Liters. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol LF, indicating unit Feet. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol lbm/in³, indicating unit Pounds mass per cubic inch. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol lbm/ft³, indicating unit Pounds mass per cubic foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol lbm/ft-s, indicating unit Pounds mass per foot second. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol lbm/ft-h, indicating unit Pounds mass per foot hour. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol lbm/ft, indicating unit Pounds mass per foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol lbm, indicating unit Pounds mass. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol lbf/in², indicating unit Pounds force per square inch. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol lbf/ft³, indicating unit Pounds force per cubic foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol lbf/ft², indicating unit Pounds force per square foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol lbf/ft, indicating unit Pounds force per foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol lbf-ft/ft, indicating unit Pound force feet per foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol lbf-ft, indicating unit Pound force feet. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol lbf, indicating unit Pounds force. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol lb/s, indicating unit Pounds mass per second. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol lb/min, indicating unit Pounds mass per minute. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol lb/(lb·°F), indicating unit Pounds mass per pound degree Fahrenheit. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol lb/in³, indicating unit Pounds mass per cubic inch. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol lb/h, indicating unit Pounds mass per hour. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol lb/ft³, indicating unit Pounds mass per cubic foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol lb/ft², indicating unit Pounds mass per square foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol lb/ft-s, indicating unit Pounds mass per foot second. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol lb/ft-h, indicating unit Pounds mass per foot hour. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol lb/ft, indicating unit Pounds mass per foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol lb, indicating unit Pounds mass. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol lb·s/ft², indicating unit Pound force seconds per square foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol lb/in², indicating unit Pounds force per square inch. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol lb/ft³, indicating unit Pounds force per cubic foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol lb/ft², indicating unit Pounds force per square foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol lb/ft, indicating unit Pounds force per foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol lb-ft/ft, indicating unit Pound force feet per foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol lb-ft, indicating unit Pound force feet. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol lb, indicating unit Pounds force. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol L/(s·m³), indicating unit Liters per second cubic meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol L/(s·m²), indicating unit Liters per second square meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol L/(s·kW), indicating unit Liters per second kilowatt. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol L/s, indicating unit Liters per second. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol L/min, indicating unit Liters per minute. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol L/h, indicating unit Liters per hour. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol ksi, indicating unit Kips per square inch. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol ksf, indicating unit Kips per square foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol kr, indicating unit Currency. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol km/s², indicating unit Kilometers per second squared. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol km/h, indicating unit Kilometers per hour. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol kip/in³, indicating unit Kips per cubic inch. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol kip/in², indicating unit Kips per square inch. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol kip/in, indicating unit Kips per inch. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol kip/ft³, indicating unit Kips per cubic foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol kip/ft², indicating unit Kips per square foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol kip/ft, indicating unit Kips per foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol kip-ft/ft, indicating unit Kip feet per foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol kip-ft/°/ft, indicating unit Kip feet per degree per foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol kip-ft/°, indicating unit Kip feet per degree. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol kip-ft, indicating unit Kip feet. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol kip, indicating unit Kips. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol kgf/m², indicating unit Kilograms force per square meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol kgf/m, indicating unit Kilograms force per meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol kgf-m/m, indicating unit Kilogram force meters per meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol kgf-m, indicating unit Kilogram force meters. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol kgf, indicating unit Kilograms force. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol kg/s, indicating unit Kilograms per second. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol kg/min, indicating unit Kilograms per minute. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol kg/m³, indicating unit Kilograms per cubic meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol kg/m², indicating unit Kilograms per square meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol kg/(m·s), indicating unit Kilograms per meter second. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol kg/(m·h), indicating unit Kilograms per meter hour. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol kg/m, indicating unit Kilograms per meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol kg/(kg·K), indicating unit Kilograms per kilogram kelvin. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol kg/h, indicating unit Kilograms per hour. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol kg, indicating unit Kilograms. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol K, indicating unit Kelvin interval. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol K, indicating unit Kelvin. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol kcal/s, indicating unit Kilocalories per second. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol kcal, indicating unit Kilocalories. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol kWh, indicating unit Kilowatt hours. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol kW, indicating unit Kilowatts. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol kVA, indicating unit Kilovolt amperes. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol kV, indicating unit Kilovolts. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol kPa, indicating unit Kilopascals. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol kN/mm², indicating unit Kilonewtons per square millimeter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol kN/m³, indicating unit Kilonewtons per cubic meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol kN/m², indicating unit Kilonewtons per square meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol kN/m, indicating unit Kilonewtons per meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol kN/cm², indicating unit Kilonewtons per square centimeter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol kN-m/m, indicating unit Kilonewton meters per meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol kN-m/°/m, indicating unit Kilonewton meters per degree per meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol kN-m/°, indicating unit Kilonewton meters per degree. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol kN-m, indicating unit Kilonewton meters. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol kN, indicating unit Kilonewtons. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol kJ/(m²·K), indicating unit Kilojoules per square meter Kelvin. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol kJ/K, indicating unit Kilojoules per Kelvin. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol kJ, indicating unit Kilojoules. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol kA, indicating unit Kiloamperes. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol J, indicating unit Joules. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol J/(m²·K), indicating unit Joules per square meter Kelvin. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol J/(kg·°C), indicating unit Joules per kilogram degree Celsius. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol J/K, indicating unit Joules per Kelvin. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol J/(g·°C), indicating unit Joules per gram degree Celsius. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol J/g, indicating unit Joules per gram. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol 1/kip, indicating unit Inverse kips. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol 1/kN, indicating unit Inverse kilonewtons. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol 1/°F, indicating unit Inverse degrees Fahrenheit. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol 1/°C, indicating unit Inverse degrees Celsius. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol ", indicating unit Inches. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol in⁶, indicating unit Inches to the sixth power. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol in⁴, indicating unit Inches to the fourth power. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol in³, indicating unit Cubic inches. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol in²/ft, indicating unit Square inches per foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol in², indicating unit Square inches. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol in/s², indicating unit Inches per second squared. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol inHg, indicating unit Inches of mercury (32 °F). + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol in-wg/100ft, indicating unit Inches of water (60 °F) per 100 feet. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol in-wg, indicating unit Inches of water (60 °F). + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol in^3, indicating unit Cubic inches. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol in^2, indicating unit Square inches. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol in, indicating unit Inches. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol Hz, indicating unit Hertz. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol hp, indicating unit Horsepower. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol h, indicating unit Hours. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol hectare, indicating unit Hectares. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol (h·ft²·°F)/BTU, indicating unit Hour square foot degrees Fahrenheit per British thermal unit. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol grad, indicating unit Gradians. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol gr/(h·ft²·inHg), indicating unit Grains per hour square foot inch mercury. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol GPM, indicating unit US gallons per minute. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol GPH, indicating unit US gallons per hour. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol gal/min, indicating unit US gallons per minute. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol gal/h, indicating unit US gallons per hour. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol gal, indicating unit US gallons. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol Ftc, indicating unit Footcandles. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol ft⁶, indicating unit Feet to the sixth power. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol ft⁴, indicating unit Feet to the fourth power. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol ft³/min, indicating unit Cubic feet per minute. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol ft³/lb, indicating unit Cubic feet per pound mass. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol ft³/kip, indicating unit Cubic feet per kip. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol ft³/h, indicating unit Cubic feet per hour. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol ft³·h/(min·Btu), indicating unit Cubic feet per minute per British thermal unit per hour. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol ft³, indicating unit Cubic feet. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol ft²/ton, indicating unit Square feet per ton of refrigeration. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol ft²/s, indicating unit Square feet per second. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol ft²/MBh, indicating unit Square feet per thousand British thermal units per hour. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol ft²/kip, indicating unit Square feet per kip. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol ft²/ft, indicating unit Square feet per foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol ft²·h/kBtu, indicating unit Square feet per thousand British thermal units per hour. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol ft², indicating unit Square feet. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol ft/s², indicating unit Feet per second squared. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol ft/s, indicating unit Feet per second. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol ft/min, indicating unit Feet per minute. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol ft/kip, indicating unit Feet per kip. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol FT/100ft, indicating unit Feet of water (39.2 °F) per 100 feet. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol FT, indicating unit Feet of water (39.2 °F). + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol ftL, indicating unit Footlamberts. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol ftH2O/100ft, indicating unit Feet of water (39.2 °F) per 100 feet. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol ftH2O, indicating unit Feet of water (39.2 °F). + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol ft^3, indicating unit Cubic feet. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol ft^2, indicating unit Square feet. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol ft, indicating unit Feet. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol FPS, indicating unit Feet per second. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol FPM, indicating unit Feet per minute. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol ', indicating unit Feet. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol fl, indicating unit Footlamberts. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol Feet/100ft, indicating unit Feet of water (39.2 °F) per 100 feet. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol Feet, indicating unit Feet of water (39.2 °F). + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol fc, indicating unit Footcandles. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol €, indicating unit Currency. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol €, indicating unit Currency. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol ₫, indicating unit Currency. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol $/(W·h), indicating unit Cost per watt hour. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol $/W, indicating unit Cost per watt. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol $/m², indicating unit Cost per square meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol $/ft², indicating unit Cost per square foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol $/Btu, indicating unit Cost per British thermal unit. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol $·h/Btu, indicating unit Cost per British thermal unit per hour. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol dm, indicating unit Decimeters. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol deltaK, indicating unit Kelvin interval. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol delta°R, indicating unit Rankine interval. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol delta°F, indicating unit Fahrenheit interval. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol delta°C, indicating unit Celsius interval. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol °R, indicating unit Rankine interval. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol °R, indicating unit Rankine. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol °F, indicating unit Fahrenheit interval. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol °F, indicating unit Fahrenheit. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol °C, indicating unit Celsius interval. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol °C, indicating unit Celsius. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol °, indicating unit Degrees. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol daN/m², indicating unit Dekanewtons per square meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol daN/m, indicating unit Dekanewtons per meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol daN-m/m, indicating unit Dekanewton meters per meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol daN-m, indicating unit Dekanewton meters. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol daN, indicating unit Dekanewtons. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol CY, indicating unit Cubic yards. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol cps, indicating unit Cycles per second. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol :12, indicating unit Ratio : 12. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol :10, indicating unit Ratio : 10. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol :1, indicating unit Ratio : 1. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol CMS, indicating unit Cubic meters per second. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol CMH, indicating unit Cubic meters per hour. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol cm⁶, indicating unit Centimeters to the sixth power. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol cm⁴, indicating unit Centimeters to the fourth power. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol cm³, indicating unit Cubic centimeters. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol cm²/m, indicating unit Square centimeters per meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol cm², indicating unit Square centimeters. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol cm/min, indicating unit Centimeters per minute. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol cm^3, indicating unit Cubic centimeters. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol cm^2, indicating unit Square centimeters. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol cm, indicating unit Centimeters. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol HK$, indicating unit Currency. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol CFM/ton, indicating unit Cubic feet per minute ton of refrigeration. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol CFM/SF, indicating unit Cubic feet per minute square foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol CFM/ft³, indicating unit Cubic feet per minute cubic foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol CFM/ft², indicating unit Cubic feet per minute square foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol CFM/CF, indicating unit Cubic feet per minute cubic foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol CFM, indicating unit Cubic feet per minute. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol CFH, indicating unit Cubic feet per hour. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol CF, indicating unit Cubic feet. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol cd/m², indicating unit Candelas per square meter. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol cd/ft², indicating unit Candelas per square foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol cd, indicating unit Candelas. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol cal/s, indicating unit Calories per second. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol cal, indicating unit Calories. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol cP, indicating unit Centipoises. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol Btu/s, indicating unit British thermal units per second. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol BTU/(lb·°F), indicating unit British thermal units per pound degree Fahrenheit. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol BTU/lb, indicating unit British thermal units per pound. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol Btu/(h·ft³), indicating unit British thermal units per hour cubic foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol BTU/(h·ft²·°F), indicating unit British thermal units per hour square foot degree Fahrenheit. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol Btu/(h·ft²), indicating unit British thermal units per hour square foot. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol BTU/(h·ft·°F), indicating unit British thermal units per hour foot degree Fahrenheit. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol Btu/h, indicating unit British thermal units per hour. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol BTU/(ft²·°F), indicating unit British thermal units per square foot degree Fahrenheit. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol BTU/°F, indicating unit British thermal units per degree Fahrenheit. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol Btu, indicating unit British thermal units. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol bar, indicating unit Bars. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol ฿, indicating unit Currency. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol atm, indicating unit Atmospheres. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol A, indicating unit Amperes. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol acres, indicating unit Acres. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol °, indicating unit Slope degrees. + + + 2021 + + + + + Unrecognized custom symbol. + + + 2021 + + + + + Symbol fL, indicating unit Footlamberts. + + + 2021 + + + + + This class contains constants identifying symbols. + + + 2021 + + + + + Checks if the input profile curve is valid to create a surface of revolution in the given frame of reference. + + + The validity is defined as follows: + The profile curve is bounded and non-degenerate. It is co-planar with the axis of revolution. It lies on the xz plane of the frame. It lies on the right side of the axis. Only the end points of the profile curve can touch the axis. + + frameOfReference is an orthonormal frame that defines a local coordinate system for the surface of revolution. + The frame can be "right-handed" or "left-handed". The origin of the frame is the base of point of the axis of revolution. The BasisZ of the frame is the direction of the axis. + + The profile curve. + + + True if the profile curve is valid; False otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Checks if the input profile curve is valid to create a surface of revolution around the given axis. + + + The validity is defined as follows: + The profile curve is bounded and non-degenerate. It is co-planar with the axis of revolution. It lies on only one side of the axis. Only the end points of the profile curve can touch the axis. + + The base point of the axis of revolution. + + + The direction of the axis. + + + The profile curve. + + + True if the profile curve is valid; False otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Returns a copy of the profile curve expressed in the world coordinate system. + + + A copy of the profile curve in the world coordinate system. + + + 2017_subscription_update + + + + + Returns a copy of the profile curve expressed in the surface's coordinate system. + + + A copy of the profile curve. + + + 2017 + + + + + Creates a Surface object coincident with the surface of revolution defined by a coordinate frame, a profile curve, + and start and end angles of revolution. + + + The returned surface may not be of type RevolvedSurface - this function will create a surface of the simplest possible + type (Plane, Cylinder, etc.) that can be used to represent the required surface of revolution. + Given that the surface may be simplified, this function does not guarantee any particular parameterization of the surface. + + + frameOfReference is an orthonormal frame that defines a local coordinate system for the surface of revolution. + The frame can be "right-handed" or "left-handed". The origin of the frame is the base of point of the axis of revolution. The BasisZ of the frame is the direction of the axis. + + The profile curve, which should satisfy the following conditions: + It is bounded and non-degenerate. It is co-planar with the axis of revolution. It lies on the xz plane of the frame. It lies on the right side of the axis. Only the end points of the profile curve can touch the axis. + + Start angle of rotation. + The angles are measured around the axis of revolution, using the right-hand rule. + The profile curve is at the zero angle. + + + End angle of rotation. + Start angle must be less than end angle and their difference must be less than or equal to two times PI. + + + The created surface. Note that this surface may not be of type RevolvedSurface. + + + This Frame object may not be used as a local frame of reference. + -or- + The input profile curve is not valid to create a surface revolution in the given frame. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Start angle must be less than end angle and their difference must be less than or equal to two times PI. + + + 2017 + + + + + Creates a Surface object coincident with the surface of revolution defined by a coordinate frame and a profile curve. + + + The returned surface may not be of type RevolvedSurface - this function will create a surface of the simplest possible + type (Plane, Cylinder, etc.) that can be used to represent the required surface of revolution. + Given that the surface may be simplified, this function does not guarantee any particular parameterization of the surface. + + + frameOfReference is an orthonormal frame that defines a local coordinate system for the surface of revolution. + The frame can be "right-handed" or "left-handed". The origin of the frame is the base of point of the axis of revolution. The BasisZ of the frame is the direction of the axis. + + The profile curve, which should satisfy the following conditions: + It is bounded and non-degenerate. It is co-planar with the axis of revolution. It lies on the xz plane of the frame. It lies on the right side of the axis. Only the end points of the profile curve can touch the axis. + + The created surface. Note that this surface may not be of type RevolvedSurface. + + + This Frame object may not be used as a local frame of reference. + -or- + The input profile curve is not valid to create a surface revolution in the given frame. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Creates a Surface object coincident with the surface of revolution defined by an axis, a profile curve, + and start and end angles of revolution. + + + The returned surface may not be of type RevolvedSurface - this function will create a surface of the simplest possible + type (Plane, Cylinder, etc.) that can be used to represent the required surface of revolution. + Given that the surface may be simplified, this function does not guarantee any particular parameterization of the surface. + + + The base point of the axis of revolution. Expected to lie within the Revit design limits . + + + The direction of the axis. + + + The profile curve, which should satisfy the following conditions: + It is bounded and non-degenerate. It is co-planar with the axis of revolution. It lies on only one side of the axis. Only the end points of the profile curve can touch the axis. + + Start angle of rotation. + The angles are measured around the axis of revolution, using the right-hand rule. + The profile curve is at the zero angle. + + + End angle of rotation. + Start angle must be less than end angle and their difference must be less than or equal to two times PI. + + + The created surface. Note that this surface may not be of type RevolvedSurface. + + + The input point lies outside of Revit design limits. + -or- + The input profile curve is not valid to create a surface revolution around the given axis. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + axisDirection has zero length. + + + Start angle must be less than end angle and their difference must be less than or equal to two times PI. + + + 2017 + + + + + Creates a Surface object coincident with the surface of revolution defined by an axis and a profile curve. + + + The returned surface may not be of type RevolvedSurface - this function will create a surface of the simplest possible + type (Plane, Cylinder, etc.) that can be used to represent the required surface of revolution. + Given that the surface may be simplified, this function does not guarantee any particular parameterization of the surface. + + + The base point of the axis of revolution. Expected to lie within the Revit design limits . + + + The direction of the axis. + + + The profile curve, which should satisfy the following conditions: + It is bounded and non-degenerate. It is co-planar with the axis of revolution. It lies on only one side of the axis. Only the end points of the profile curve can touch the axis. + + The created surface. Note that this surface may not be of type RevolvedSurface. + + + The input point lies outside of Revit design limits. + -or- + The input profile curve is not valid to create a surface revolution around the given axis. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + axisDirection has zero length. + + + 2017 + + + + + Center of the circle that defines the base of the revolved surface. This is the origin of the local coordinate system associated with this revolved surface. + + + 2017 + + + + + X axis of the local coordinate system associated with this revolved surface. + + + 2017 + + + + + X axis of the local coordinate system associated with this revolved surface. + + + 2017 + + + + + Axis of the revolved surface. This is the Z axis of the local coordinate system associated with this revolved surface. + + + 2017 + + + + + A surface of revolution defined by a profile curve and a local coordinate system. + The surface is obtained by rotating the curve around Z axis of the local coordinate system. + + + The parametric equation of a surface of revolution is S(u, v) = center + C1(v)*cos(u)*xVec + C1(v)*sin(u)*yVec + C2(v)*zVec, + where the profile curve in the SurfRev's xz plane has the parametric equation (C1(t), C2(t)). + Note that the direction of X axis may agree or disagree with the chosen orientation of the surface. + + + 2017 + + + + + Flips the ends of the structural framing element. + + + Only ends of non-concrete structural framing element like beam and brace can be flipped and only in case if it is a line, arc or ellipse element. + + + The FamilyInstance, which must be of a structural framing category, non-concrete. + + + The input familyInstance is concrete or is not a line, arc or ellipse element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The input familyInstance is not of a structural framing category. + + + 2015 Subscription Update + + + + + Determines if the ends of the given framing element can be flipped. + + + The FamilyInstance, which must be of a structural framing category, non-concrete. + + + True for non-concrete line, arc or ellipse framing element, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 Subscription Update + + + + + Identifies if the indicated end of the framing element is allowed to join to others. + + + The FamilyInstance, which must be of a structural framing category. + + + The index of the end (0 for the start, 1 for the end). + + + True if it is allowed to join. False if it is disallowed. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + end must be 0 or 1. + + + The input familyInstance is not of a structural framing category. + + + 2015 + + + + + Sets the indicated end of the framing element to be allowed to join to others. + + + If that end is near other elements it will become joined as a result. + By default all framing elements are allowed to join at ends, so this function is only needed if this element end is already disallowed to join. + + + The FamilyInstance, which must be of a structural framing category. + + + The index of the end (0 for the start, 1 for the end). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + end must be 0 or 1. + + + The input familyInstance is not of a structural framing category. + + + 2015 + + + + + Sets the indicated end of the framing element to not be allowed to join to others. + + + If this framing element is already joined at this end, it will become disconnected. + + + The FamilyInstance, which must be of a structural framing category. + + + The index of the end (0 for the start, 1 for the end). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + end must be 0 or 1. + + + The input familyInstance is not of a structural framing category. + + + 2015 + + + + + Sets the end reference of a framing element. + + + The setback value will be changed as a result of the removal. + + + The FamilyInstance, which must be of a structural framing category, non-concrete and joined. + + + The index of the end (0 for the start, 1 for the end). + + + The reference to set to the given end. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + end must be 0 or 1. + + + The input familyInstance is not of a structural framing category or is concrete or is not joined at given end and cannot have an end reference set. + -or- + The input pick cannot be set as the end reference for the given end of the structural framing element. + + + 2015 + + + + + Returns a reference to the end of a framing element according to the setback settings. + + + The FamilyInstance, which must be of a structural framing category, non-concrete and joined. + + + The index of the end (0 for the start, 1 for the end). + + + The end reference. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + end must be 0 or 1. + + + The input familyInstance is not of a structural framing category or is concrete or is not joined at given end and cannot have an end reference set. + + + 2015 + + + + + Resets the end reference of the structural framing element. + + + The setback value will be changed as a result of the removal. + + + The FamilyInstance, which must be of a structural framing category, non-concrete and joined. + + + The index of the end (0 for the start, 1 for the end). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + end must be 0 or 1. + + + The input familyInstance is not of a structural framing category or is concrete or is not joined at given end and cannot have an end reference set. + + + 2015 + + + + + Determines if the given reference can be set for the given end of the framing element. + + + The FamilyInstance, which must be of a structural framing category, non-concrete and joined at the given end. + + + The index of the end (0 for the start, 1 for the end). + + + The reference to be checked against the given end of the framing element. + + + True if the given reference can be set for the given end of the framing element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + end must be 0 or 1. + + + 2015 + + + + + Determines if a reference can be set for the given end of the framing element. + + + The FamilyInstance, which must be of a structural framing category, non-concrete and joined at the given end. + + + The index of the end (0 for the start, 1 for the end). + + + True if reference can be set for the given end of the framing element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + end must be 0 or 1. + + + 2015 + + + + + A collection of Structural Framing Utilities. + + + 2015 + + + + + Sets values for loads display scaling by providing two load forces and their corresponding length of the representative lines in internal units. + + + Use UnitUtils class methods to convert value from or to internal units. + The values are used to scale the representation of all load types(point, line and area loads). + + + The minimum force in SpecTypeId.Force units. + + + The line length for minimum force. + + + The maximum force in SpecTypeId.Force units. + + + The line length for maximum force. + + + Thrown when: + - forces are negative. + - line lengths are negative. + - minimum force is greater or equal to the maximum force. + - line length for minimum force is greater than line length for maximum force. + + + 2024 + + + + + Returns the representative line of the load force vector according to loads display scaling. + + + LoadType::Point, Line, or Area + + + The load force vector in internal units. + + + The the representative line in internal units. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2024 + + + + + Obtains the StructuralSettings object for the specified project document. + + + A project document. + + + The StructuralSettings object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Whether to use loads display scaling. If disabled then loads are displayed according to force scale type parameters. + + + 2024 + + + + + Whether to show brace symbols below beams in plan views. + + + 2011 + + + + + Whether to show brace symbols above beams in plan views. + + + 2011 + + + + + The id of the FamilySymbol to represent a user-defined boundary condition. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + The id of the FamilySymbol to represent a roller boundary condition. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + The id of the FamilySymbol to represent a pinned boundary condition. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + The id of the FamilySymbol to represent a fixed boundary condition. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + The id of the ElementType to represent a kicker brace. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + The id of the ElementType to represent a brace below a beam in plan view. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + The id of the ElementType to represent a brace above a beam in plan view. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Symbol spacing for boundary conditions. + + + 2011 + + + + + Symbolic cutback distance to be applied to all columns. + + + 2011 + + + + + Symbolic cutback distance to be applied to all braces. + + + 2011 + + + + + Symbolic cutback distance to be applied to all beams and trusses. + + + 2011 + + + + + The distance by which brace symbols in plan + views will be offset. + + + Applies only when BracePlanRepresentation is set to ParallelLine. + + + 2011 + + + + + Provides access to project-wide structural settings. + + + 2011 + + + + + The possible representations for braces in plan views. + + + 2011 + + + + + Braces are represented by a line with angle. + + + + + Braces are represented by a parallel line. + + + + + Creates a new instance of Structural Section Concrete Round shape with the associated set of parameters, + used to attach to structural element. + + + Pipe Diameter. + + + Distance from centroid to the left extremites along horizontal axis. + + + Distance from centroid to the upper extremites along vertical axis. + + + Rotation angle between the principal axes and cross section reference planes. + + + Cross section area. + + + Painting surface of the unit length. + + + Unit weight (not mass) per unit length, for self-weight calculation or quantity survey. + + + Moment of Inertia about main strong axis (I). + + + Moment of Inertia about main weak axis (I). + + + Elastic section modulus about main strong axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Elastic section modulus about main weak axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main strong axis (Z, Wpl). + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main weak axis. + + + Torsional Moment of inertia (J, IT, K), for calculation of torsional deformation. + + + Section modulus for calculations of torsion stresses (Ct). + + + Warping constant (Cw, Iomega, H). + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of strong axis (Wq). + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of weak axis (Wq). + + + 2016 + + + + + Creates a new instance of Structural Section Concrete Round shape with the associated set of parameters, + used to attach to structural element. + + + 2016 + + + + + Flange cantilever thickness. + + + 2016 + + + + + Flange cantilever length. + + + 2016 + + + + + Creates a new instance of Structural Section Concrete Cross shape with the associated set of parameters, + used to attach to structural element. + + + Section width. + + + Section height, depth. + + + Distance from centroid to the left extremites along horizontal axis. + + + Distance from centroid to the upper extremites along vertical axis. + + + Rotation angle between the principal axes and cross section reference planes. + + + Cross section area. + + + Painting surface of the unit length. + + + Unit weight (not mass) per unit length, for self-weight calculation or quantity survey. + + + Moment of Inertia about main strong axis (I). + + + Moment of Inertia about main weak axis (I). + + + Elastic section modulus about main strong axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Elastic section modulus about main weak axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main strong axis (Z, Wpl) + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main weak axis. + + + Torsional Moment of inertia (J, IT, K), for calculation of torsional deformation + + + Section modulus for calculations of torsion stresses (Ct) + + + Warping constant (Cw, Iomega, H) + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of strong axis (Wq). + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of weak axis (Wq). + + + Flange cantilever length. + + + Flange cantilever thickness. + + + 2016 + + + + + Defines parameters for parameterized concrete cross structural section. + + + 2016 + + + + + Flange cantilever thickness. + + + 2016 + + + + + Flange cantilever length. + + + 2016 + + + + + Creates a new instance of Structural Section Concrete T shape with the associated set of parameters, + used to attach to structural element. + + + Section width. + + + Section height, depth. + + + Distance from centroid to the left extremites along horizontal axis. + + + Distance from centroid to the upper extremites along vertical axis. + + + Rotation angle between the principal axes and cross section reference planes. + + + Cross section area. + + + Painting surface of the unit length. + + + Unit weight (not mass) per unit length, for self-weight calculation or quantity survey. + + + Moment of Inertia about main strong axis (I). + + + Moment of Inertia about main weak axis (I). + + + Elastic section modulus about main strong axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Elastic section modulus about main weak axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main strong axis (Z, Wpl) + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main weak axis. + + + Torsional Moment of inertia (J, IT, K), for calculation of torsional deformation + + + Section modulus for calculations of torsion stresses (Ct) + + + Warping constant (Cw, Iomega, H) + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of strong axis (Wq). + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of weak axis (Wq). + + + Flange cantilever length. + + + Flange cantilever thickness. + + + 2016 + + + + + Defines parameters for parameterized concrete T structural section. + + + 2016 + + + + + Section height left Cut. + + + 2016 + + + + + Section width left Cut. + + + 2016 + + + + + Section height right Cut. + + + 2016 + + + + + Section width right Cut. + + + 2016 + + + + + Creates a new instance of Structural Section Concrete Rectangle Cut shape with the associated set of parameters, + used to attach to structural element. + + + Section width. + + + Section height, depth. + + + Distance from centroid to the left extremites along horizontal axis. + + + Distance from centroid to the upper extremites along vertical axis. + + + Rotation angle between the principal axes and cross section reference planes. + + + Cross section area. + + + Painting surface of the unit length. + + + Unit weight (not mass) per unit length, for self-weight calculation or quantity survey. + + + Moment of Inertia about main strong axis (I). + + + Moment of Inertia about main weak axis (I). + + + Elastic section modulus about main strong axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Elastic section modulus about main weak axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main strong axis (Z, Wpl) + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main weak axis. + + + Torsional Moment of inertia (J, IT, K), for calculation of torsional deformation + + + Section modulus for calculations of torsion stresses (Ct) + + + Warping constant (Cw, Iomega, H) + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of strong axis (Wq). + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of weak axis (Wq). + + + Section width right Cut. + + + Section height right Cut. + + + Section width left Cut. + + + Section height left Cut. + + + 2016 + + + + + Defines parameters for parameterized concrete rectangle cut structural section. + + + 2016 + + + + + Creates a new instance of Structural Section Concrete Rectangle shape with the associated set of parameters, + used to attach to structural element. + + + Section width. + + + Section height, depth. + + + Distance from centroid to the left extremites along horizontal axis. + + + Distance from centroid to the upper extremites along vertical axis. + + + Rotation angle between the principal axes and cross section reference planes. + + + Cross section area. + + + Painting surface of the unit length. + + + Unit weight (not mass) per unit length, for self-weight calculation or quantity survey. + + + Moment of Inertia about main strong axis (I). + + + Moment of Inertia about main weak axis (I). + + + Elastic section modulus about main strong axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Elastic section modulus about main weak axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main strong axis (Z, Wpl) + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main weak axis. + + + Torsional Moment of inertia (J, IT, K), for calculation of torsional deformation + + + Section modulus for calculations of torsion stresses (Ct) + + + Warping constant (Cw, Iomega, H) + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of strong axis (Wq). + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of weak axis (Wq). + + + 2016 + + + + + Defines parameters for parameterized concrete rectangle structural section. + + + 2016 + + + + + Creates a new instance of Structural Section User Defined shape with the associated set of parameters, + used to attach to structural element. + + + Section width. + + + Section height, depth. + + + Distance from centroid to the left extremites along horizontal axis. + + + Distance from centroid to the upper extremites along vertical axis. + + + Rotation angle between the principal axes and cross section reference planes. + + + Cross section area. + + + Painting surface of the unit length. + + + Unit weight (not mass) per unit length, for self-weight calculation or quantity survey. + + + Moment of Inertia about main strong axis (I). + + + Moment of Inertia about main weak axis (I). + + + Elastic section modulus about main strong axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Elastic section modulus about main weak axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main strong axis (Z, Wpl) + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main weak axis. + + + Torsional Moment of inertia (J, IT, K), for calculation of torsional deformation + + + Section modulus for calculations of torsion stresses (Ct) + + + Warping constant (Cw, Iomega, H) + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of strong axis (Wq). + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of weak axis (Wq). + + + 2016 + + + + + Defines parameters for parameterized user defined structural section. + + + 2016 + + + + + Top Bend segment length. + + + 2016 + + + + + Middle Bend segment length. + + + 2016 + + + + + Lip segment length. + + + 2016 + + + + + Bend segment width. + + + 2016 + + + + + Fold segment width. + + + 2016 + + + + + Creates a new instance of Structural Section Sigma Profile With Fold shape with the associated set of parameters, + used to attach to structural element. + + + Section width. + + + Section height, depth. + + + Represents wall nominal thickness of rectangle. + + + Represents wall design thickness of rectangle. + + + Inner Fillet - Corner fillet inner radius. + + + Distance from centroid to the left extremites along horizontal axis. + + + Distance from centroid to the upper extremites along vertical axis. + + + Rotation angle between the principal axes and cross section reference planes. + + + Cross section area. + + + Painting surface of the unit length. + + + Unit weight (not mass) per unit length, for self-weight calculation or quantity survey. + + + Moment of Inertia about main strong axis (I). + + + Moment of Inertia about main weak axis (I). + + + Elastic section modulus about main strong axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Elastic section modulus about main weak axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main strong axis (Z, Wpl) + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main weak axis. + + + Torsional Moment of inertia (J, IT, K), for calculation of torsional deformation + + + Section modulus for calculations of torsion stresses (Ct) + + + Warping constant (Cw, Iomega, H) + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of strong axis (Wq). + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of weak axis (Wq). + + + Fold segment width. + + + Lip segment length. + + + Bend segment width. + + + Middle Bend segment length. + + + Top Bend segment length. + + + 2016 + + + + + Defines parameters for structural Sigma profile section with fold. + + + 2016 + + + + + Top Bend segment length. + + + 2016 + + + + + Middle Bend segment length. + + + 2016 + + + + + Lip segment length. + + + 2016 + + + + + Bend segment width. + + + 2016 + + + + + Creates a new instance of Structural Section Sigma Profile With Lips shape with the associated set of parameters, + used to attach to structural element. + + + Section width. + + + Section height, depth. + + + Represents wall nominal thickness of rectangle. + + + Represents wall design thickness of rectangle. + + + Inner Fillet - Corner fillet inner radius. + + + Distance from centroid to the left extremites along horizontal axis. + + + Distance from centroid to the upper extremites along vertical axis. + + + Rotation angle between the principal axes and cross section reference planes. + + + Cross section area. + + + Painting surface of the unit length. + + + Unit weight (not mass) per unit length, for self-weight calculation or quantity survey. + + + Moment of Inertia about main strong axis (I). + + + Moment of Inertia about main weak axis (I). + + + Elastic section modulus about main strong axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Elastic section modulus about main weak axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main strong axis (Z, Wpl) + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main weak axis. + + + Torsional Moment of inertia (J, IT, K), for calculation of torsional deformation + + + Section modulus for calculations of torsion stresses (Ct) + + + Warping constant (Cw, Iomega, H) + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of strong axis (Wq). + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of weak axis (Wq). + + + Lip segment length. + + + Bend segment width. + + + Middle Bend segment length. + + + Top Bend segment length. + + + 2016 + + + + + Defines parameters for structural Sigma Profile section with lips. + + + 2016 + + + + + Top Bend segment length. + + + 2016 + + + + + Middle Bend segment length. + + + 2016 + + + + + Bend segment width. + + + 2016 + + + + + Creates a new instance of Structural Section Sigma Profile shape with the associated set of parameters, + used to attach to structural element. + + + Section width. + + + Section height, depth. + + + Represents wall nominal thickness of rectangle. + + + Represents wall design thickness of rectangle. + + + Inner Fillet - Corner fillet inner radius. + + + Distance from centroid to the left extremites along horizontal axis. + + + Distance from centroid to the upper extremites along vertical axis. + + + Rotation angle between the principal axes and cross section reference planes. + + + Cross section area. + + + Painting surface of the unit length. + + + Unit weight (not mass) per unit length, for self-weight calculation or quantity survey. + + + Moment of Inertia about main strong axis (I). + + + Moment of Inertia about main weak axis (I). + + + Elastic section modulus about main strong axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Elastic section modulus about main weak axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main strong axis (Z, Wpl) + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main weak axis. + + + Torsional Moment of inertia (J, IT, K), for calculation of torsional deformation + + + Section modulus for calculations of torsion stresses (Ct) + + + Warping constant (Cw, Iomega, H) + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of strong axis (Wq). + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of weak axis (Wq). + + + Bend segment width. + + + Middle Bend segment length. + + + Top Bend segment length. + + + 2016 + + + + + Defines parameters for Sigma Profile structural section. + + + 2016 + + + + + Creates a new instance of Structural Section Z Profile With Lips shape with the associated set of parameters, + used to attach to structural element. + + + Section width. + + + Section height, depth. + + + Represents wall nominal thickness of rectangle. + + + Represents wall design thickness of rectangle. + + + Inner Fillet - Corner fillet inner radius. + + + Distance from centroid to the left extremites along horizontal axis. + + + Distance from centroid to the upper extremites along vertical axis. + + + Rotation angle between the principal axes and cross section reference planes. + + + Cross section area. + + + Painting surface of the unit length. + + + Unit weight (not mass) per unit length, for self-weight calculation or quantity survey. + + + Moment of Inertia about main strong axis (I). + + + Moment of Inertia about main weak axis (I). + + + Elastic section modulus about main strong axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Elastic section modulus about main weak axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main strong axis (Z, Wpl) + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main weak axis. + + + Torsional Moment of inertia (J, IT, K), for calculation of torsional deformation + + + Section modulus for calculations of torsion stresses (Ct) + + + Warping constant (Cw, Iomega, H) + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of strong axis (Wq). + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of weak axis (Wq). + + + Bottom Flange segment length. + + + Lip segment length. + + + 2016 + + + + + Defines parameters for Z Profile with lips structural section. + + + 2016 + + + + + Creates a new instance of Structural Section Z Profile shape with the associated set of parameters, + used to attach to structural element. + + + Section width. + + + Section height, depth. + + + Represents wall nominal thickness of rectangle. + + + Represents wall design thickness of rectangle. + + + Inner Fillet - Corner fillet inner radius. + + + Distance from centroid to the left extremites along horizontal axis. + + + Distance from centroid to the upper extremites along vertical axis. + + + Rotation angle between the principal axes and cross section reference planes. + + + Cross section area. + + + Painting surface of the unit length. + + + Unit weight (not mass) per unit length, for self-weight calculation or quantity survey. + + + Moment of Inertia about main strong axis (I). + + + Moment of Inertia about main weak axis (I). + + + Elastic section modulus about main strong axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Elastic section modulus about main weak axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main strong axis (Z, Wpl) + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main weak axis. + + + Torsional Moment of inertia (J, IT, K), for calculation of torsional deformation + + + Section modulus for calculations of torsion stresses (Ct) + + + Warping constant (Cw, Iomega, H) + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of strong axis (Wq). + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of weak axis (Wq). + + + Bottom Flange segment length. + + + 2016 + + + + + Defines parameters for Z Profile structural section. + + + 2016 + + + + + Creates a new instance of Structural Section L Profile With Lips shape with the associated set of parameters, + used to attach to structural element. + + + Section width. + + + Section height, depth. + + + Represents wall nominal thickness of rectangle. + + + Represents wall design thickness of rectangle. + + + Inner Fillet - Corner fillet inner radius. + + + Distance from centroid to the left extremites along horizontal axis. + + + Distance from centroid to the upper extremites along vertical axis. + + + Rotation angle between the principal axes and cross section reference planes. + + + Cross section area. + + + Painting surface of the unit length. + + + Unit weight (not mass) per unit length, for self-weight calculation or quantity survey. + + + Moment of Inertia about main strong axis (I). + + + Moment of Inertia about main weak axis (I). + + + Elastic section modulus about main strong axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Elastic section modulus about main weak axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main strong axis (Z, Wpl) + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main weak axis. + + + Torsional Moment of inertia (J, IT, K), for calculation of torsional deformation + + + Section modulus for calculations of torsion stresses (Ct) + + + Warping constant (Cw, Iomega, H) + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of strong axis (Wq). + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of weak axis (Wq). + + + Lip segment length. + + + 2016 + + + + + Defines parameters for L Profile with lips structural section. + + + 2016 + + + + + Creates a new instance of Structural Section L Profile shape with the associated set of parameters, + used to attach to structural element. + + + Section width. + + + Section height, depth. + + + Represents wall nominal thickness of rectangle. + + + Represents wall design thickness of rectangle. + + + Inner Fillet - Corner fillet inner radius. + + + Distance from centroid to the left extremites along horizontal axis. + + + Distance from centroid to the upper extremites along vertical axis. + + + Rotation angle between the principal axes and cross section reference planes. + + + Cross section area. + + + Painting surface of the unit length. + + + Unit weight (not mass) per unit length, for self-weight calculation or quantity survey. + + + Moment of Inertia about main strong axis (I). + + + Moment of Inertia about main weak axis (I). + + + Elastic section modulus about main strong axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Elastic section modulus about main weak axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main strong axis (Z, Wpl) + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main weak axis. + + + Torsional Moment of inertia (J, IT, K), for calculation of torsional deformation + + + Section modulus for calculations of torsion stresses (Ct) + + + Warping constant (Cw, Iomega, H) + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of strong axis (Wq). + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of weak axis (Wq). + + + 2016 + + + + + Defines parameters for L profile structural section. + + + 2016 + + + + + Creates a new instance of Structural Section C Profile With Fold shape with the associated set of parameters, + used to attach to structural element. + + + Section width. + + + Section height, depth. + + + Represents wall nominal thickness of rectangle. + + + Represents wall design thickness of rectangle. + + + Inner Fillet - Corner fillet inner radius. + + + Distance from centroid to the left extremites along horizontal axis. + + + Distance from centroid to the upper extremites along vertical axis. + + + Rotation angle between the principal axes and cross section reference planes. + + + Cross section area. + + + Painting surface of the unit length. + + + Unit weight (not mass) per unit length, for self-weight calculation or quantity survey. + + + Moment of Inertia about main strong axis (I). + + + Moment of Inertia about main weak axis (I). + + + Elastic section modulus about main strong axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Elastic section modulus about main weak axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main strong axis (Z, Wpl) + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main weak axis. + + + Torsional Moment of inertia (J, IT, K), for calculation of torsional deformation + + + Section modulus for calculations of torsion stresses (Ct) + + + Warping constant (Cw, Iomega, H) + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of strong axis (Wq). + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of weak axis (Wq). + + + Lip segment length. + + + Fold segment length. + + + 2016 + + + + + Defines parameters for C Profile with fold structural section. + + + 2016 + + + + + Creates a new instance of Structural Section C Profile With Lips shape with the associated set of parameters, + used to attach to structural element. + + + Section width. + + + Section height, depth. + + + Represents wall nominal thickness of rectangle. + + + Represents wall design thickness of rectangle. + + + Inner Fillet - Corner fillet inner radius. + + + Distance from centroid to the left extremites along horizontal axis. + + + Distance from centroid to the upper extremites along vertical axis. + + + Rotation angle between the principal axes and cross section reference planes. + + + Cross section area. + + + Painting surface of the unit length. + + + Unit weight (not mass) per unit length, for self-weight calculation or quantity survey. + + + Moment of Inertia about main strong axis (I). + + + Moment of Inertia about main weak axis (I). + + + Elastic section modulus about main strong axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Elastic section modulus about main weak axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main strong axis (Z, Wpl) + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main weak axis. + + + Torsional Moment of inertia (J, IT, K), for calculation of torsional deformation + + + Section modulus for calculations of torsion stresses (Ct) + + + Warping constant (Cw, Iomega, H) + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of strong axis (Wq). + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of weak axis (Wq). + + + Lip segment length. + + + 2016 + + + + + Defines parameters for C Profile with lips structural section. + + + 2016 + + + + + Creates a new instance of Structural Section C Profile shape with the associated set of parameters, + used to attach to structural element. + + + Section width. + + + Section height, depth. + + + Represents wall nominal thickness of rectangle. + + + Represents wall design thickness of rectangle. + + + Inner Fillet - Corner fillet inner radius. + + + Distance from centroid to the left extremites along horizontal axis. + + + Distance from centroid to the upper extremites along vertical axis. + + + Rotation angle between the principal axes and cross section reference planes. + + + Cross section area. + + + Painting surface of the unit length. + + + Unit weight (not mass) per unit length, for self-weight calculation or quantity survey. + + + Moment of Inertia about main strong axis (I). + + + Moment of Inertia about main weak axis (I). + + + Elastic section modulus about main strong axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Elastic section modulus about main weak axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main strong axis (Z, Wpl) + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main weak axis. + + + Torsional Moment of inertia (J, IT, K), for calculation of torsional deformation + + + Section modulus for calculations of torsion stresses (Ct) + + + Warping constant (Cw, Iomega, H) + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of strong axis (Wq). + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of weak axis (Wq). + + + 2016 + + + + + Defines parameters for C Profile structural section. + + + 2016 + + + + + Creates a new instance of Structural Section Round HSS shape with the associated set of parameters, + used to attach to structural element. + + + Pipe Diameter. + + + Represents wall nominal thickness of pipe. + + + Represents wall design thickness of pipe. + + + Distance from centroid to the left extremites along horizontal axis. + + + Distance from centroid to the upper extremites along vertical axis. + + + Rotation angle between the principal axes and cross section reference planes. + + + Cross section area. + + + Painting surface of the unit length. + + + Unit weight (not mass) per unit length, for self-weight calculation or quantity survey. + + + Moment of Inertia about main strong axis (I). + + + Moment of Inertia about main weak axis (I). + + + Elastic section modulus about main strong axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Elastic section modulus about main weak axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main strong axis (Z, Wpl). + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main weak axis. + + + Torsional Moment of inertia (J, IT, K), for calculation of torsional deformation. + + + Section modulus for calculations of torsion stresses (Ct). + + + Warping constant (Cw, Iomega, H). + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of strong axis (Wq). + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of weak axis (Wq). + + + 2015 + + + + + Defines parameters for pipes known as Round HSS (HollowStructuralSection). + + + 2015 + + + + + Creates a new instance of Structural Section Rectangle HSS shape with the associated set of parameters, + used to attach to structural element. + + + Section width. + + + Section height, depth. + + + Represents wall nominal thickness of rectangle. + + + Represents wall design thickness of rectangle. + + + Inner Fillet - Corner fillet inner radius. + + + Outer Fillet - Corner fillet outer radius. + + + Distance from centroid to the left extremites along horizontal axis. + + + Distance from centroid to the upper extremites along vertical axis. + + + Rotation angle between the principal axes and cross section reference planes. + + + Cross section area. + + + Painting surface of the unit length. + + + Unit weight (not mass) per unit length, for self-weight calculation or quantity survey. + + + Moment of Inertia about main strong axis (I). + + + Moment of Inertia about main weak axis (I). + + + Elastic section modulus about main strong axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Elastic section modulus about main weak axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main strong axis (Z, Wpl) + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main weak axis. + + + Torsional Moment of inertia (J, IT, K), for calculation of torsional deformation + + + Section modulus for calculations of torsion stresses (Ct) + + + Warping constant (Cw, Iomega, H) + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of strong axis (Wq). + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of weak axis (Wq). + + + 2015 + + + + + Defines parameters for parameterized rectangle HSS structural section. + + + 2015 + + + + + Web Height. + + + 2015 + + + + + Web Thickness. + + + 2015 + + + + + Bottom Flange Width. + + + 2015 + + + + + Bottom Flange Thickness. + + + 2015 + + + + + Top Flange Width. + + + 2015 + + + + + Top Flange Thickness. + + + 2015 + + + + + Creates a new instance of Structural Section I Welded shape with the associated set of parameters, + used to attach to structural element. + + + Section width. + + + Section height, depth. + + + Top Flange Thickness. + + + Top Flange Width. + + + Bottom Flange Thickness. + + + Bottom Flange Width. + + + Web Thickness. + + + Web Height. + + + Distance from centroid to the left extremites along horizontal axis. + + + Distance from centroid to the upper extremites along vertical axis. + + + Rotation angle between the principal axes and cross section reference planes. + + + Cross section area. + + + Painting surface of the unit length. + + + Unit weight (not mass) per unit length, for self-weight calculation or quantity survey. + + + Moment of Inertia about main strong axis (I). + + + Moment of Inertia about main weak axis (I). + + + Elastic section modulus about main strong axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Elastic section modulus about main weak axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main strong axis (Z, Wpl) + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main weak axis. + + + Torsional Moment of inertia (J, IT, K), for calculation of torsional deformation + + + Section modulus for calculations of torsion stresses (Ct) + + + Warping constant (Cw, Iomega, H) + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of strong axis (Wq). + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of weak axis (Wq). + + + 2015 + + + + + Defines parameters for I-shape Welded structural section. + + + 2015 + + + + + Creates a new instance of Structural Section Round Bar shape with the associated set of parameters, + used to attach to structural element. + + + Pipe Diameter. + + + Distance from centroid to the left extremites along horizontal axis. + + + Distance from centroid to the upper extremites along vertical axis. + + + Rotation angle between the principal axes and cross section reference planes. + + + Cross section area. + + + Painting surface of the unit length. + + + Unit weight (not mass) per unit length, for self-weight calculation or quantity survey. + + + Moment of Inertia about main strong axis (I). + + + Moment of Inertia about main weak axis (I). + + + Elastic section modulus about main strong axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Elastic section modulus about main weak axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main strong axis (Z, Wpl) + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main weak axis. + + + Torsional Moment of inertia (J, IT, K), for calculation of torsional deformation + + + Section modulus for calculations of torsion stresses (Ct) + + + Warping constant (Cw, Iomega, H) + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of strong axis (Wq). + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of weak axis (Wq). + + + 2015 + + + + + Defines parameters for Round Bar structural section. + + + 2015 + + + + + Creates a new instance of Structural Section Rectangular Bar shape with the associated set of parameters, + used to attach to structural element. + + + Section width. + + + Section height, depth. + + + Distance from centroid to the left extremites along horizontal axis. + + + Distance from centroid to the upper extremites along vertical axis. + + + Rotation angle between the principal axes and cross section reference planes. + + + Cross section area. + + + Painting surface of the unit length. + + + Unit weight (not mass) per unit length, for self-weight calculation or quantity survey. + + + Moment of Inertia about main strong axis (I). + + + Moment of Inertia about main weak axis (I). + + + Elastic section modulus about main strong axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Elastic section modulus about main weak axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main strong axis (Z, Wpl) + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main weak axis. + + + Torsional Moment of inertia (J, IT, K), for calculation of torsional deformation + + + Section modulus for calculations of torsion stresses (Ct) + + + Warping constant (Cw, Iomega, H) + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of strong axis (Wq). + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of weak axis (Wq). + + + 2015 + + + + + Defines parameters for Rectangular Bar structural section. + + + 2015 + + + + + Maximum bolt hole diameter, in. (mm) + + + 2015 + + + + + Standard bolt spacing between rows, in. (mm) + + + 2015 + + + + + Standard bolt spacing for two rows , in. (mm) + + + 2015 + + + + + Standard bolt spacing, in. (mm) + + + 2015 + + + + + Detailing distance from outer face of flange to web toe of fillet, in. (mm) + + + 2015 + + + + + Detailing distance from center of web to flange toe of fillet, in. (mm) + + + 2015 + + + + + Detailing depth between the web toes of the fillets, in.(mm) + + + 2015 + + + + + Creates a new instance of Structural Section I Wide Flange shape with the associated set of parameters, + used to attach to structural element. + + + Section width. + + + Section height, depth. + + + Flange Thickness. + + + Web Thickness. + + + Web Fillet - fillet radius between web and flange. + + + Distance from centroid to the left extremites along horizontal axis. + + + Distance from centroid to the upper extremites along vertical axis. + + + Rotation angle between the principal axes and cross section reference planes. + + + Cross section area. + + + Painting surface of the unit length. + + + Unit weight (not mass) per unit length, for self-weight calculation or quantity survey. + + + Moment of Inertia about main strong axis (I). + + + Moment of Inertia about main weak axis (I). + + + Elastic section modulus about main strong axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Elastic section modulus about main weak axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main strong axis (Z, Wpl) + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main weak axis. + + + Torsional Moment of inertia (J, IT, K), for calculation of torsional deformation + + + Section modulus for calculations of torsion stresses (Ct) + + + Warping constant (Cw, Iomega, H) + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of strong axis (Wq). + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of weak axis (Wq). + + + Detailing depth between the web toes of the fillets, in.(mm) + + + Detailing distance from center of web to flange toe of fillet, in. (mm) + + + Detailing distance from outer face of flange to web toe of fillet, in. (mm) + + + Standard bolt spacing, in. (mm) + + + Standard bolt spacing for two rows , in. (mm) + + + Standard bolt spacing between rows, in. (mm) + + + Maximum bolt hole diameter, in. (mm) + + + 2015 + + + + + Defines parameters for I-shape Wide Flange structural section. + + + 2015 + + + + + Maximum bolt hole diameter, in. (mm) + + + 2015 + + + + + Standard bolt spacing, in. (mm) + + + 2015 + + + + + Detailing depth between the web toes of the fillets, in.(mm) + + + 2015 + + + + + Creates a new instance of Structural Section I Split Sloped Flange shape with the associated set of parameters, + used to attach to structural element. + + + Section width. + + + Section height, depth. + + + Flange Thickness. + + + Flange Thickness Location. + + + Web Thickness. + + + Web Fillet - fillet radius between web and flange. + + + Flange Fillet - fillet radius at the flange end. + + + Distance from centroid to the left extremites along horizontal axis. + + + Distance from centroid to the upper extremites along vertical axis. + + + Rotation angle between the principal axes and cross section reference planes. + + + Cross section area. + + + Painting surface of the unit length. + + + Unit weight (not mass) per unit length, for self-weight calculation or quantity survey. + + + Moment of Inertia about main strong axis (I). + + + Moment of Inertia about main weak axis (I). + + + Elastic section modulus about main strong axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Elastic section modulus about main weak axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main strong axis (Z, Wpl) + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main weak axis. + + + Torsional Moment of inertia (J, IT, K), for calculation of torsional deformation + + + Section modulus for calculations of torsion stresses (Ct) + + + Warping constant (Cw, Iomega, H) + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of strong axis (Wq). + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of weak axis (Wq). + + + Detailing depth between the web toes of the fillets, in.(mm) + + + Detailing distance from outer face of flange to web toe of fillet, in. (mm) + + + Standard bolt spacing, in. (mm) + + + Maximum bolt hole diameter, in. (mm) + + + Sloped flange angle. (rad) + + + 2015 + + + + + Defines parameters for I-split Sloped Flange structural section. + + + 2015 + + + + + Maximum bolt hole diameter, in. (mm) + + + 2015 + + + + + Standard bolt spacing in the web, in. (mm) + + + 2015 + + + + + Standard bolt spacing in the flange, in. (mm) + + + 2015 + + + + + Creates a new instance of Structural Section Tees shape with the associated set of parameters, + used to attach to structural element. + + + Section width. + + + Section height, depth. + + + Flange Thickness. + + + Flange Thickness Location. + + + Web Thickness. + + + Web Thickness Location. + + + Web Fillet - fillet radius between web and flange. + + + Flange Fillet - fillet radius at the flange end. + + + Distance from centroid to the left extremites along horizontal axis. + + + Distance from centroid to the upper extremites along vertical axis. + + + Rotation angle between the principal axes and cross section reference planes. + + + Cross section area. + + + Painting surface of the unit length. + + + Unit weight (not mass) per unit length, for self-weight calculation or quantity survey. + + + Moment of Inertia about main strong axis (I). + + + Moment of Inertia about main weak axis (I). + + + Elastic section modulus about main strong axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Elastic section modulus about main weak axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main strong axis (Z, Wpl) + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main weak axis. + + + Torsional Moment of inertia (J, IT, K), for calculation of torsional deformation + + + Section modulus for calculations of torsion stresses (Ct) + + + Warping constant (Cw, Iomega, H) + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of strong axis (Wq). + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of weak axis (Wq). + + + Standard bolt spacing in the flange, in. (mm) + + + Standard bolt spacing in the web, in. (mm) + + + Maximum bolt hole diameter, in. (mm) + + + Sloped flange angle. (rad) + + + Sloped web angle. (rad) + + + Top Web Fillet - fillet radius at the top of web. + + + 2015 + + + + + Defines parameters for Structural Tees structural section. + + + 2015 + + + + + Maximum bolt hole diameter in the shorter flange, in. (mm) + + + 2015 + + + + + Maximum bolt hole diameter in the longer flange, in. (mm) + + + 2015 + + + + + Standard bolt spacing in the shorter flange, in. (mm) + + + 2015 + + + + + Standard bolt spacing second row in the longer flange, in. (mm) + + + 2015 + + + + + Standard bolt spacing first row in the longer flange, in. (mm) + + + 2015 + + + + + Creates a new instance of Structural Section L Angle shape with the associated set of parameters, + used to attach to structural element. + + + Section width. + + + Section height, depth. + + + Flange Thickness. + + + Web Thickness. + + + Web Fillet - fillet radius between web and flange. + + + Flange Fillet - fillet radius at the flange end. + + + Distance from centroid to the left extremites along horizontal axis. + + + Distance from centroid to the upper extremites along vertical axis. + + + Rotation angle between the principal axes and cross section reference planes. + + + Cross section area. + + + Painting surface of the unit length. + + + Unit weight (not mass) per unit length, for self-weight calculation or quantity survey. + + + Moment of Inertia about main strong axis (I). + + + Moment of Inertia about main weak axis (I). + + + Elastic section modulus about main strong axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Elastic section modulus about main weak axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main strong axis (Z, Wpl) + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main weak axis. + + + Torsional Moment of inertia (J, IT, K), for calculation of torsional deformation + + + Section modulus for calculations of torsion stresses (Ct) + + + Warping constant (Cw, Iomega, H) + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of strong axis (Wq). + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of weak axis (Wq). + + + Standard bolt spacing first row in the longer flange, in. (mm) + + + Standard bolt spacing second row in the longer flange, in. (mm) + + + Standard bolt spacing in the shorter flangI-split Parallel Flangee, in. (mm) + + + Maximum bolt hole diameter in the longer flange, in. (mm) + + + Maximum bolt hole diameter in the shorter flange, in. (mm) + + + Top Web Fillet - fillet radius at the top of web. + + + 2015 + + + + + Defines parameters for L-angle Flange structural section. + + + 2015 + + + + + Maximum bolt hole diameter, in. (mm) + + + 2015 + + + + + Standard bolt spacing, in. (mm) + + + 2015 + + + + + Detailing depth between the web toes of the fillets, in.(mm) + + + 2015 + + + + + Creates a new instance of Structural Section C Sloped Flange shape with the associated set of parameters, + used to attach to structural element. + + + Section width. + + + Section height, depth. + + + Flange Thickness. + + + Flange Thickness Location. + + + Web Thickness. + + + Web Fillet - fillet radius between web and flange. + + + Flange Fillet - fillet radius at the flange end. + + + Distance from centroid to the left extremites along horizontal axis. + + + Distance from centroid to the upper extremites along vertical axis. + + + Rotation angle between the principal axes and cross section reference planes. + + + Cross section area. + + + Painting surface of the unit length. + + + Unit weight (not mass) per unit length, for self-weight calculation or quantity survey. + + + Moment of Inertia about main strong axis (I). + + + Moment of Inertia about main weak axis (I). + + + Elastic section modulus about main strong axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Elastic section modulus about main weak axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main strong axis (Z, Wpl) + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main weak axis. + + + Torsional Moment of inertia (J, IT, K), for calculation of torsional deformation + + + Section modulus for calculations of torsion stresses (Ct) + + + Warping constant (Cw, Iomega, H) + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of strong axis (Wq). + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of weak axis (Wq). + + + Detailing depth between the web toes of the fillets, in.(mm) + + + Detailing distance from outer face of flange to web toe of fillet, in. (mm) + + + Standard bolt spacing, in. (mm) + + + Maximum bolt hole diameter, in. (mm) + + + Sloped flange angle. (rad) + + + 2015 + + + + + Defines parameters for C-channel Sloped Flange structural section. + + + 2015 + + + + + Maximum bolt hole diameter, in. (mm) + + + 2015 + + + + + Standard bolt spacing, in. (mm) + + + 2015 + + + + + Detailing depth between the web toes of the fillets, in.(mm) + + + 2015 + + + + + Creates a new instance of Structural Section C Parallel Flange shape with the associated set of parameters, + used to attach to structural element. + + + Section width. + + + Section height, depth. + + + Flange Thickness. + + + Web Thickness. + + + Web Fillet - fillet radius between web and flange. + + + Distance from centroid to the left extremites along horizontal axis. + + + Distance from centroid to the upper extremites along vertical axis. + + + Rotation angle between the principal axes and cross section reference planes. + + + Cross section area. + + + Painting surface of the unit length. + + + Unit weight (not mass) per unit length, for self-weight calculation or quantity survey. + + + Moment of Inertia about main strong axis (I). + + + Moment of Inertia about main weak axis (I). + + + Elastic section modulus about main strong axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Elastic section modulus about main weak axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main strong axis (Z, Wpl) + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main weak axis. + + + Torsional Moment of inertia (J, IT, K), for calculation of torsional deformation + + + Section modulus for calculations of torsion stresses (Ct) + + + Warping constant (Cw, Iomega, H) + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of strong axis (Wq). + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of weak axis (Wq). + + + Detailing depth between the web toes of the fillets, in.(mm) + + + Detailing distance from center of web to flange toe of fillet, in. (mm) + + + Detailing distance from outer face of flange to web toe of fillet, in. (mm) + + + Standard bolt spacing, in. (mm) + + + Maximum bolt hole diameter, in. (mm) + + + 2015 + + + + + Defines parameters for C-channel Parallel Flange structural section. + + + 2015 + + + + + Maximum bolt hole diameter, in. (mm) + + + 2015 + + + + + Standard bolt spacing, in. (mm) + + + 2015 + + + + + Detailing depth between the web toes of the fillets, in.(mm) + + + 2015 + + + + + Creates a new instance of Structural Section I Sloped Flange shape with the associated set of parameters, + used to attach to structural element. + + + Section width. + + + Section height, depth. + + + Flange Thickness. + + + Flange Thickness Location. + + + Web Thickness. + + + Web Fillet - fillet radius between web and flange. + + + Flange Fillet - fillet radius at the flange end. + + + Distance from centroid to the left extremites along horizontal axis. + + + Distance from centroid to the upper extremites along vertical axis. + + + Rotation angle between the principal axes and cross section reference planes. + + + Cross section area. + + + Painting surface of the unit length. + + + Unit weight (not mass) per unit length, for self-weight calculation or quantity survey. + + + Moment of Inertia about main strong axis (I). + + + Moment of Inertia about main weak axis (I). + + + Elastic section modulus about main strong axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Elastic section modulus about main weak axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main strong axis (Z, Wpl) + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main weak axis. + + + Torsional Moment of inertia (J, IT, K), for calculation of torsional deformation + + + Section modulus for calculations of torsion stresses (Ct) + + + Warping constant (Cw, Iomega, H) + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of strong axis (Wq). + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of weak axis (Wq). + + + Detailing depth between the web toes of the fillets, in.(mm) + + + Detailing distance from outer face of flange to web toe of fillet, in. (mm) + + + Standard bolt spacing, in. (mm) + + + Maximum bolt hole diameter, in. (mm) + + + Sloped flange angle. (rad) + + + 2015 + + + + + Defines parameters for I-shape Sloped Flange structural section. + + + 2015 + + + + + Maximum bolt hole diameter, in. (mm) + + + 2015 + + + + + Standard bolt spacing, in. (mm) + + + 2015 + + + + + Detailing depth between the web toes of the fillets, in.(mm) + + + 2015 + + + + + Creates a new instance of Structural Section I Split Parallel Flange shape with the associated set of parameters, + used to attach to structural element. + + + Section width. + + + Section height, depth. + + + Flange Thickness. + + + Web Thickness. + + + Web Fillet - fillet radius between web and flange. + + + Distance from centroid to the left extremites along horizontal axis. + + + Distance from centroid to the upper extremites along vertical axis. + + + Rotation angle between the principal axes and cross section reference planes. + + + Cross section area. + + + Painting surface of the unit length. + + + Unit weight (not mass) per unit length, for self-weight calculation or quantity survey. + + + Moment of Inertia about main strong axis (I). + + + Moment of Inertia about main weak axis (I). + + + Elastic section modulus about main strong axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Elastic section modulus about main weak axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main strong axis (Z, Wpl) + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main weak axis. + + + Torsional Moment of inertia (J, IT, K), for calculation of torsional deformation + + + Section modulus for calculations of torsion stresses (Ct) + + + Warping constant (Cw, Iomega, H) + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of strong axis (Wq). + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of weak axis (Wq). + + + Detailing depth between the web toes of the fillets, in.(mm) + + + Detailing distance from center of web to flange toe of fillet, in. (mm) + + + Detailing distance from outer face of flange to web toe of fillet, in. (mm) + + + Standard bolt spacing, in. (mm) + + + Maximum bolt hole diameter, in. (mm) + + + 2015 + + + + + Defines parameters for I-split Parallel Flange structural section. + + + 2015 + + + + + Maximum bolt hole diameter, in. (mm) + + + 2015 + + + + + Standard bolt spacing, in. (mm) + + + 2015 + + + + + Detailing depth between the web toes of the fillets, in.(mm) + + + 2015 + + + + + Creates a new instance of Structural Section I Parallel Flange shape with the associated set of parameters, + used to attach to structural element. + + + Section width. + + + Section height, depth. + + + Flange Thickness. + + + Web Thickness. + + + Web Fillet - fillet radius between web and flange. + + + Distance from centroid to the left extremites along horizontal axis. + + + Distance from centroid to the upper extremites along vertical axis. + + + Rotation angle between the principal axes and cross section reference planes. + + + Cross section area. + + + Painting surface of the unit length. + + + Unit weight (not mass) per unit length, for self-weight calculation or quantity survey. + + + Moment of Inertia about main strong axis (I). + + + Moment of Inertia about main weak axis (I). + + + Elastic section modulus about main strong axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Elastic section modulus about main weak axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main strong axis (Z, Wpl) + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main weak axis. + + + Torsional Moment of inertia (J, IT, K), for calculation of torsional deformation + + + Section modulus for calculations of torsion stresses (Ct) + + + Warping constant (Cw, Iomega, H) + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of strong axis (Wq). + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of weak axis (Wq). + + + Detailing depth between the web toes Of the fillets, in.(mm) + + + Detailing distance from center of web to flange toe of fillet, in. (mm) + + + Detailing distance from outer face of flange to web toe of fillet, in. (mm) + + + Standard bolt spacing, in. (mm) + + + Maximum bolt hole diameter, in. (mm) + + + 2015 + + + + + Defines parameters for I-shape Parallel Flange structural section. + + + 2015 + + + + + Creates a new instance of Structural Section Rectangle Parameterized shape with the associated set of parameters, + used to attach to structural element. + + + Section width. + + + Section height, depth. + + + Distance from centroid to the left extremites along horizontal axis. + + + Distance from centroid to the upper extremites along vertical axis. + + + Rotation angle between the principal axes and cross section reference planes. + + + Cross section area. + + + Painting surface of the unit length. + + + Unit weight (not mass) per unit length, for self-weight calculation or quantity survey. + + + Moment of Inertia about main strong axis (I). + + + Moment of Inertia about main weak axis (I). + + + Elastic section modulus about main strong axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Elastic section modulus about main weak axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main strong axis (Z, Wpl) + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main weak axis. + + + Torsional Moment of inertia (J, IT, K), for calculation of torsional deformation + + + Section modulus for calculations of torsion stresses (Ct) + + + Warping constant (Cw, Iomega, H) + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of strong axis (Wq). + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of weak axis (Wq). + + + 2015 + + + + + Defines parameters for parameterized rectangle structural section. + + + 2015 + + + + + Creates a new instance of Structural Section Pipe Standard shape with the associated set of parameters, + used to attach to structural element. + + + Pipe Diameter. + + + Distance from centroid to the left extremites along horizontal axis. + + + Distance from centroid to the upper extremites along vertical axis. + + + Rotation angle between the principal axes and cross section reference planes. + + + Represents wall nominal thickness of rectangle. + + + Represents wall design thickness of rectangle. + + + Cross section area. + + + Painting surface of the unit length. + + + Unit weight (not mass) per unit length, for self-weight calculation or quantity survey. + + + Moment of Inertia about main strong axis (I). + + + Moment of Inertia about main weak axis (I). + + + Elastic section modulus about main strong axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Elastic section modulus about main weak axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main strong axis (Z, Wpl). + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main weak axis. + + + Torsional Moment of inertia (J, IT, K), for calculation of torsional deformation. + + + Section modulus for calculations of torsion stresses (Ct). + + + Warping constant (Cw, Iomega, H). + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of strong axis (Wq). + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of weak axis (Wq). + + + 2015 + + + + + Defines parameters for pipes also known as RoundHSS or HollowStructuralSection (HSS). + + + 2015 + + + + + Creates a new instance of Structural Section Flat Bar. + + + Section width. + + + Section height, depth. + + + Distance from centroid to the left extremites along horizontal axis. + + + Distance from centroid to the upper extremites along vertical axis. + + + Common set of parameters for structural analysis. + + + 2018 + + + + + Defines parameters for Flat Bar. + + + 2018 + + + + + Represents wall design thickness of rectangle. + + + Design thickness of pipe wall is value should be thinner value than measured real value (nominal). + In EN standard it is marked as "d". //Need to be verified!!!!!!! + In ACI standard it is marked as "d". //Need to be verified!!!!!!! + + + 2018 + + + + + Represents wall nominal thickness of rectangle. + + + Nominal is measured real value of profile, should be thicker than designed. + In EN standard it is marked as "d". //Need to be verified!!!!!!! + In ACI standard it is marked as "d". //Need to be verified!!!!!!! + + + 2018 + + + + + Creates a new instance of Structural Section Pipe. + + + Pipe Diameter. + + + Represents wall nominal thickness of rectangle. + + + Represents wall design thickness of rectangle. + + + Distance from centroid to the left extremites along horizontal axis. + + + Distance from centroid to the upper extremites along vertical axis. + + + Common set of parameters for structural analysis. + + + 2018 + + + + + Defines parameters for pipes. + + + 2018 + + + + + Creates a new instance of Round Bar shape. + + + Pipe Diameter. + + + Distance from centroid to the left extremites along horizontal axis. + + + Distance from centroid to the upper extremites along vertical axis. + + + Common set of parameters for structural analysis. + + + 2018 + + + + + Defines parameters for Round Bar structural section. + + + 2018 + + + + + Outer Fillet - Corner fillet outer radius. + + + 2018 + + + + + Inner Fillet - Corner fillet inner radius. + + + 2018 + + + + + Represents wall design thickness of rectangle. + + + Design thickness of pipe wall is value should be thinner value than measured real value (nominal). + + + 2018 + + + + + Represents wall nominal thickness of rectangle. + + + Nominal is measured real value of profile, should be thicker than designed. + + + 2018 + + + + + Creates a new instance of Rectangular Pipe shape. + + + Section width. + + + Section height, depth. + + + Represents wall nominal thickness of rectangle. + + + Represents wall design thickness of rectangle. + + + Inner Fillet - Corner fillet inner radius. + + + Outer Fillet - Corner fillet outer radius. + + + Distance from centroid to the left extremites along horizontal axis. + + + Distance from centroid to the upper extremites along vertical axis. + + + Common set of parameters for structural analysis. + + + 2018 + + + + + Defines parameters for Rectangular Pipe structural section. + + + 2018 + + + + + Top Web Fillet - fillet radius at the top of web. + + + 2018 + + + + + Flange Fillet - fillet radius at the flange end. + + + 2018 + + + + + Creates a new instance of Angle shape. + + + Section width. + + + Section height, depth. + + + Flange Thickness. + + + Web Thickness. + + + Web Fillet - fillet radius between web and flange. + + + Flange Fillet - fillet radius at the flange end. + + + Top Web Fillet - fillet radius at the top of web. + + + Distance from centroid to the left extremites along horizontal axis. + + + Distance from centroid to the upper extremites along vertical axis. + + + Common set of parameters for structural analysis. + + + 2018 + + + + + Defines parameters for Angle structural section. + + + 2018 + + + + + Lip segment length. + + + 2018 + + + + + Creates a new instance of Angle Cold Formed shape. + + + Section width. + + + Section height, depth. + + + Represents wall nominal thickness of rectangle. + + + Represents wall design thickness of rectangle. + + + Inner Fillet - Corner fillet inner radius. + + + Lip segment length. + + + Distance from centroid to the left extremites along horizontal axis. + + + Distance from centroid to the upper extremites along vertical axis. + + + Common set of parameters for structural analysis. + + + 2018 + + + + + Defines parameters for Angle Cold Formed structural section. + + + 2018 + + + + + Returns thickness of web measured in the 0.5 * height, + + + 2018 + + + + + Returns thickness of flange measured in the 0.25 * (width - webThickess), + sometimes used for sections with width > 300 mm. + + + 2018 + + + + + Returns thickness of flange measured in the 0.25 * width, + sometimes used for sections with width <= 300 mm. + + + 2018 + + + + + Sloped web angle. (rad) + + + 2018 + + + + + Detailing distance from outer face of flange to web toe of fillet, in. (mm) + + + 2018 + + + + + Top Web Fillet - fillet radius at the top of web. + + + 2018 + + + + + Sloped flange angle. (rad) + + + 2018 + + + + + Detailing distance from center of web to flange toe of fillet, in. (mm) + + + 2018 + + + + + Flange Fillet - fillet radius at the flange end. + + + 2018 + + + + + Creates a new instance of Tees shape. + + + Section width. + + + Section height, depth. + + + Flange Thickness. + + + Flange Thickness Location. + + + Flange Fillet - fillet radius at the flange end. + + + Detailing distance from center of web to flange toe of fillet, in. (mm) + + + Sloped flange angle. (rad) + + + Web Thickness. + + + Web Thickness Location. + + + Web Fillet - fillet radius between web and flange. + + + Top Web Fillet - fillet radius at the top of web. + + + Detailing distance from outer face of flange to web toe of fillet, in. (mm) + + + Sloped web angle. (rad) + + + Distance from centroid to the left extremites along horizontal axis. + + + Distance from centroid to the upper extremites along vertical axis. + + + Common set of parameters for structural analysis. + + + 2018 + + + + + Defines parameters for Tees shape. + + + 2018 + + + + + Lip segment length. + + + 2018 + + + + + Bottom Flange segment length. + + + 2018 + + + + + Creates a new instance of Z Cold Formed shape. + + + Section width. + + + Section height, depth. + + + Represents wall nominal thickness of rectangle. + + + Represents wall design thickness of rectangle. + + + Inner Fillet - Corner fillet inner radius. + + + Bottom Flange segment length. + + + Lip segment length. + + + Distance from centroid to the left extremites along horizontal axis. + + + Distance from centroid to the upper extremites along vertical axis. + + + Common set of parameters for structural analysis. + + + 2018 + + + + + Defines parameters for Z Cold Formed shape. + + + 2018 + + + + + Fold segment length. + + + 2018 + + + + + Lip segment length. + + + 2018 + + + + + Creates a new instance of general Channel Cold Formed shape. + + + Section width. + + + Section height, depth. + + + Represents wall nominal thickness of rectangle. + + + Represents wall design thickness of rectangle. + + + Inner Fillet - Corner fillet inner radius. + + + Lip segment length. + + + Fold segment length. + + + Distance from centroid to the left extremites along horizontal axis. + + + Distance from centroid to the upper extremites along vertical axis. + + + Common set of parameters for structural analysis. + + + 2018 + + + + + Defines parameters for Channel With Fold Cold Formed shape. + + + 2018 + + + + + Lip segment length. + + + 2018 + + + + + Creates a new instance of general Channel Cold Formed shape. + + + Section width. + + + Section height, depth. + + + Represents wall nominal thickness of rectangle. + + + Represents wall design thickness of rectangle. + + + Inner Fillet - Corner fillet inner radius. + + + Lip segment length. + + + Distance from centroid to the left extremites along horizontal axis. + + + Distance from centroid to the upper extremites along vertical axis. + + + Common set of parameters for structural analysis. + + + 2018 + + + + + Defines parameters for Channel Cold Formed shape. + + + 2018 + + + + + Returns thickness of flange measured in the 0.5 * (width - webThickess), + sometimes used for sections with width > 300 mm. + + + 2018 + + + + + Returns thickness of flange measured in the 0.5 * width, + sometimes used for sections with width <= 300 mm. + + + 2018 + + + + + Detailing distance from outer face of flange to web toe of fillet, in. (mm) + + + 2018 + + + + + Sloped flange angle. (rad) + + + 2018 + + + + + Detailing distance from center of web to flange toe of fillet, in. (mm) + + + 2018 + + + + + Flange Fillet - fillet radius at the flange end. + + + 2018 + + + + + Creates a new instance of general Channel shape. + + + Section width. + + + Section height, depth. + + + Flange Thickness. + + + Flange Thickness Location. + + + Flange Fillet - fillet radius at the flange end. + + + Detailing distance from center of web to flange toe of fillet, in. (mm) + + + Sloped flange angle. (rad) + + + Web Thickness. + + + Web Fillet - fillet radius between web and flange. + + + Detailing distance from outer face of flange to web toe of fillet, in. (mm) + + + Distance from centroid to the left extremites along horizontal axis. + + + Distance from centroid to the upper extremites along vertical axis. + + + Common set of parameters for structural analysis. + + + 2018 + + + + + Defines parameters for general Channel shape. + + + 2018 + + + + + Returns thickness of flange measured in the 0.25 * (width - webThickess), + sometimes used for sections with width > 300 mm. + + + 2018 + + + + + Returns thickness of flange measured in the 0.25 * width, + sometimes used for sections with width <= 300 mm. + + + 2018 + + + + + Sloped flange angle. (rad) + + + 2018 + + + + + Detailing distance from outer face of flange to web toe of fillet, in. (mm) + + + 2018 + + + + + Detailing distance from center of web to flange toe of fillet, in. (mm) + + + 2018 + + + + + Flange Fillet - fillet radius at the flange end. + + + 2018 + + + + + Creates a new instance of Structural Section I Sloped Flange shape with the associated set of parameters, + used to attach to structural element. + + + Section width. + + + Section height, depth. + + + Flange Thickness. + + + Flange Thickness Location. + + + Flange Fillet - fillet radius at the flange end. + + + Detailing distance from center of web to flange toe of fillet, in. (mm). + + + Sloped flange angle. (rad) + + + Web Thickness. + + + Web Fillet - fillet radius between web and flange. + + + Detailing distance from outer face of flange to web toe of fillet, in. (mm) + + + Distance from centroid to the left extremites along horizontal axis. + + + Distance from centroid to the upper extremites along vertical axis. + + + Common set of parameters for structural analysis. + + + 2018 + + + + + Defines parameters for general Double T shape. + + + 2018 + + + + + Inner Fillet - Corner fillet inner radius. + + + 2016 + + + + + Represents wall design thickness of rectangle. + + + Design thickness of pipe wall is value should be thinner value than measured real value (nominal). + + + 2016 + + + + + Represents wall nominal thickness of rectangle. + + + Nominal is measured real value of profile, should be thicker than designed. + + + 2016 + + + + + Defines parameters for Hot Formed structural section. + + + 2016 + + + + + Web Fillet - fillet radius between web and flange. + + + 2015 + + + + + Web Thickness Location. + + + 2015 + + + + + Web Thickness. + + + 2015 + + + + + Flange Thickness Location. + + + 2015 + + + + + Flange Thickness. + + + 2015 + + + + + Defines parameters for hot rolled structural sections. + + + 2015 + + + + + Name Key + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Distance from centroid to the upper extremites along vertical axis. + + + 2015 + + + + + Distance from centroid to the left extremites along horizontal axis. + + + 2015 + + + + + Section height, depth. + + + 2015 + + + + + Section width. + + + 2015 + + + + + Defines common set of parameters for structural section rectangular contour. + + + 2015 + + + + + Name Key + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Distance from centroid to the upper extremites along vertical axis. + + + 2015 + + + + + Distance from centroid to the left extremites along horizontal axis. + + + 2015 + + + + + Pipe Diameter. + + + 2015 + + + + + Defines common set of parameters for structural section round contour. + + + 2015 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + States if the structural section of the element is mirrored. + + + 2018 + + + + + Structural section of the element. + + + 2018 + + + + + The local Z direction of the element section in the start point of the curve. + + + 2018 + + + + + Cutback or extension at element curve end. + + + 2018 + + + + + Cutback or extension at element curve start. + + + 2018 + + + + + Z offset. + + + 2018 + + + + + Y offset. + + + 2018 + + + + + Z justification (ref axis). + + + 2018 + + + + + Y justification (ref axis). + + + 2018 + + + + + The curve lying in the geometrical center of the element. + + + 2018 + + + + + The definition curve of the element. + + + 2018 + + + + + Creates empty StructuralElementDefinitionData object. + + + 2018 + + + + + Class containing information about section and position of the structural element. + + + 2018 + + + + + Checks if element has defined structural section parameters inside its family. + + + The document that owns the family for beam, brace or structural column. + + + ID of family symbol or family instance for beam, brace or structural column. + + + Returns true if element has defined structural section parameters inside its family. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Return structural element definition data. + + + This information is provided only for beams, braces and structural columns. + + + The document that owns the beam, brace or structural column. + + + ID of family instance for beam, brace or structural column. + + + Structural element definition data. + + + Success code is returned if StructuralElementDefinitionData was provided successfully, error code otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Set structural section in element. + + + Only beams, braces and structural columns can have structural section associated with it. + + + The document that owns the family for beam, brace or structural column. + + + ID of family symbol for beam, brace or structural column. + + + Structural section with values that will be set. + + + True is returned when requested shape with values was properly set. Return false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Return structural section from element. + + + Only beams, braces and structural columns can have structural section associated with it. + + + The document that owns the family for beam, brace or structural column. + + + ID of family symbol or family instance for beam, brace or structural column. + + + Structural section returned if element have one. + For elements that do not have structural section or can not have structural section will be returned. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + This class provides utilities related to Structural Section Properties. + + + 2015 + + + + + Error codes for StructuralSection related operations. + + + 2018 + + + 2018 + + + + + The justification of the framing element in Z. + + + 2014 + + + 2014 + + + + + Justification to the bottom of the element. + + + + + Justification to the origin of the element. + + + + + Justification to the geometrical center of element. + + + + + Justification to the top of the element. + + + + + The justification of the framing element in Y. + + + 2014 + + + 2014 + + + + + Justification to the right of the element. + + + + + Justification to the origin of the element. + + + + + Justification to the geometrical center of the element. + + + + + Justification to the left of the element. + + + + + The option for whether a framing element has independent or uniform justification on its ends. + + + 2014 + + + 2014 + + + + + Independent justification settings applied to the element ends. + + + + + Uniform justification settings applied to the element ends. + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of weak axis (Wq). + + + 2018 + + + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of strong axis (Wq). + + + 2018 + + + + + Warping constant (Cw, Iomega, H) + + + 2018 + + + + + Section modulus for calculations of torsion stresses (Ct) + + + 2018 + + + + + Torsional Moment of inertia (J, IT, K), for calculation of torsional deformation + + + 2018 + + + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main weak axis. + + + 2018 + + + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main strong axis (Z, Wpl) + + + 2018 + + + + + Elastic section modulus about main weak axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + 2018 + + + + + Elastic section modulus about main strong axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + 2018 + + + + + Moment of Inertia about main weak axis (I). + + + 2018 + + + + + Moment of Inertia about main strong axis (I). + + + 2018 + + + + + Unit weight (not mass) per unit length, for self-weight calculation or quantity survey. + + + 2018 + + + + + Painting surface of the unit length. + + + 2018 + + + + + Cross section area. + + + 2018 + + + + + Rotation angle between the principal axes and cross section reference planes. + + + 2018 + + + + + Creates a new instance of StructuralSectionAnalysisParams. + + + Rotation angle between the principal axes and cross section reference planes. + + + Cross section area. + + + Painting surface of the unit length. + + + Unit weight (not mass) per unit length, for self-weight calculation or quantity survey. + + + Moment of Inertia about main strong axis (I). + + + Moment of Inertia about main weak axis (I). + + + Elastic section modulus about main strong axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Elastic section modulus about main weak axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main strong axis (Z, Wpl) + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main weak axis. + + + Torsional Moment of inertia (J, IT, K), for calculation of torsional deformation + + + Section modulus for calculations of torsion stresses (Ct) + + + Warping constant (Cw, Iomega, H) + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of strong axis (Wq). + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of + + + 2018 + + + + + Creates a new instance of StructuralSectionAnalysisParams. + + + 2018 + + + + + Defines common set of parameters for structural analysis. + + + 2018 + + + + + Returns size of the section boundary. + + + Size of the section boundary. + + + 2015 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of weak axis (Wq). + + + 2015 + + + + + Shear area (reduced extreme shear stress coefficient) in the direction of strong axis (Wq). + + + 2015 + + + + + Warping constant (Cw, Iomega, H). + + + 2015 + + + + + Section modulus for calculations of torsion stresses (Ct). + + + 2015 + + + + + Torsional Moment of inertia (J, IT, K), for calculation of torsional deformation + + + 2015 + + + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main weak axis. + + + 2015 + + + + + Plastic section modulus in bending about main strong axis (Z, Wpl). + + + 2015 + + + + + Elastic section modulus about main weak axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + 2015 + + + + + Elastic section modulus about main strong axis for calculation of bending stresses. + + + 2015 + + + + + Moment of Inertia about main weak axis (I). + + + 2015 + + + + + Moment of Inertia about main strong axis (I). + + + 2015 + + + + + Unit weight (not mass) per unit length, for self-weight calculation or quantity survey. + + + 2015 + + + + + Painting surface of the unit length. + + + 2015 + + + + + Cross section area. + + + 2015 + + + + + Rotation angle between the principal axes and cross section reference planes. + + + 2015 + + + + + A human readable string representing the structural section shape. + + + 2015 + + + + + The general type of structural section shape. + + + 2015 + + + + + The type of structural section shape. + + + 2015 + + + + + Common set of parameters for structural analysis. + + + 2015 + + + + + A parameter in structural families which allows for family type identification. + This will be used for data mapping during model exchange with another program, namely Advance Steel. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + The base class for StructuralSection specific classes, designed to provide common parameters and ability to differentiate between different structural section shapes. + + + 2015 + + + + + Checks whether the family symbol id is allowed for + StructuralConnectionTypes with the given value for the applyTo + property. + + + True if %familySymbolId% is invalidElementId; or if it is + the id of a FamilySymbol of category "Connection + Symbols" (OST_StructConnectionSymbols) with its "Apply + To" parameter set to match the applyTo property. + Returns false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + FamilySymbol of the annotation to use for this connection type. + + + The FamilySymbol must be of category "Connection Symbols" + (OST_StructConnectionSymbols) and have its "Apply + To" parameter set to match the applyTo property. + + + Thrown when familySymbolId is the id of some element that is not a + FamilySymbol, is not of the category "Connection + Symbols" (OST_StructConnectionSymbols), or has its "Apply + To" parameter not equal to this type's applyTo property. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + FamilySymbol of the annotation to use for this connection type. + + + 2011 + + + + + Collects the ids of all StructuralConnectionTypes in the document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Create a new StructuralConnectionType, allowing the specified + annotation FamilySymbol to be applied to structural members. + + + Specify which type of member this connection type can be applied to. + + + A name for the connection type. It must be unique within the document. + + + The id of an annotation FamilySymbol. InvalidElementId is + allowed. Otherwise, the FamilySymbol must + be in the category "Connection Symbols" + (OST_StructConnectionSymbols) and have its "Apply + To" parameter set to match the applyTo argument. + + + familySymbolId is the id of some element that is not a + FamilySymbol, is not of the category "Connection + Symbols" (OST_StructConnectionSymbols), or has its "Apply + To" parameter not equal to applyTo. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + Choose whether this connection type applies to beams and + braces, to tops of columns, or to bases of columns. + + + The property cannot be changed. Create a new + StructuralConnectionType if a different value is needed. + + + 2011 + + + + + A type element that represents a connection symbol applied to structural members. + + + 2011 + + + + + Compares family geometry and fabrication geometry of family instance + by cutting in the center with a plane and comparing edge curves. + Only cut boundary is analysed and compared. + Returns ERR_SUCCESS if comparison was successful or ERR_NOT_APPLICABLE if no fabrication shape. + + + The document. + + + The elementId of element. + + + Indicates whether family and fabrication shape are the same. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + this operation failed. + + + 2018 + + + + + Returns true if element has fabrication geometry for fine detail level + + + The document. + + + The elementId of element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + This class provides test utilities for structural connection. + + + 2018 + + + + + Obtains the StructuralConnectionSettings object for the specified project document. + + + A project document. + + + The StructuralConnectionSettings object. + + + document is not a project document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + This property controls how Structural Connection Element is generated. + If set to true and warnings are reported for given Element, additional yellow triangle is displayed. + + + 2017 + + + + + Provides access to project-wide structural connections settings. + + + 2017 + + + + + queries the connection status + + + 2017 + + + + + Creates a new instance of a Structural Connection Handler, which defines the connection between given elements. + + + Elements should be of the following structural categories: framings (OST_StructuralFraming), columns (OST_StructuralColumns), walls (OST_Walls), floors (OST_Floors) or foundations (OST_StructuralFoundations). + The first of given elements is set as primary one. + This constructor skips informing the addin about type change. SteelElement creation is done before the constructor call + + + The Revit document. + + + List of element ids of connected elements. + + + The type of Structural Connection Handler. + + + The id of the asociated ext entity + + + The newly created connection. + + + It verifies that we have at least one element id in the list. + -or- + The type typeId is not a valid StructuralConnectionHandlerType. + -or- + Missing detailed structural connection service implementation. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2017 + + + + + Returns point with specified id. Returns null if specified point does not exist + + + 2017 + + + + + Returns a list of additional points defining certain connections. + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets references of input elements. + + + 2017 + + + + + Sorts the connected elements connection according to structural categories, element materials and geometries. + The steel element is set rather than an element of other material. + The priorities of the elements are set according structural categories in following order: columns, framings, walls, foundations, floors. + In case of several Structural Framing elements order is determined by cutting - the cutting element is set as the primary one rather than element being cut. + + + 2017 + + + + + Checks if Structural Connection Handler has the custom connection style. + + + True if Structural Connection Handler has the custom connection style. + + + 2019 + + + + + Checks if Structural Connection Handler has the detailed connection style. + + + True if Structural Connection Handler has the detailed connection style. + + + 2017 + + + + + Retrieves origin point of Structural Connection Handler element. + + + The origin point of element. + + + 2017 + + + + + Removes references from the connection. + All references in an array should belong to the connection. + + + The array containing picks to be removed. + + + One or more picks was not permitted to be removed from the connection. + Picks should be members of the connection. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Removes element ids from the connection. + All element ids in an array should belong to the connection. + + + The ElementIdArr containing ids of elements to be removed. + + + One or more element ids was not permitted to be removed from the connection. + Elements should be members of the connection. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Adds references to the connection. + All references should be of applicable category. + + + The document. + + + The array containing picks of input elements to be added. + + + One or more picks was not permitted to be add to the connection. + -or- + One or more picks was not permitted to be added to the connection. + Picks should not be duplicated. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Adds element ids to the connection. + All element ids in an array should be of applicable category. + + + The ElementIdArr containing ids of elements to be added. + + + One or more element ids was not permitted to be add to the connection. + Elements should be of applicable category. + -or- + One or more element ids was not permitted to be added to the connection. + Elements should not be duplicated. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Retrieves list of element ids of connected elements. + + + Returns connected element ids. + + + 2017 + + + + + Creates a new instance of a Structural Connection Handler with a generic type, which defines the connection between given elements. + + + Elements should be of the following structural categories: framings (OST_StructuralFraming), columns (OST_StructuralColumns), walls (OST_Walls), floors (OST_Floors) or foundations (OST_StructuralFoundations). + The first of given elements is set as the primary one. + A generic connection type will be created by default, if there is none present in the model. + + + The Revit document. + + + The list of element ids of connected elements. + + + The newly created generic connection. + + + It verifies that we have at least one element id in the list. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2021 + + + + + Creates a new instance of a Structural Connection Handler, which is defined by the elements to connect and the additional points. + + + Elements should be of the following structural categories: framings (OST_StructuralFraming), columns (OST_StructuralColumns), walls (OST_Walls), floors (OST_Floors) or foundations (OST_StructuralFoundations). + The first of given elements is set as primary one. + The placement of the connection takes into account the additional definition points. + + + The Revit document. + + + List of element ids of connected elements. + + + The type of Structural Connection Handler. + + + The array of points that help define the connection. + + + The newly created connection. + + + It verifies that we have at least one element id in the list. + -or- + The type typeId is not a valid StructuralConnectionHandlerType. + -or- + Missing detailed structural connection service implementation. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2021 + + + + + Creates custom StructuralConnectionHandlerType and StructuralConnectionHandler. + + + Input Elements are deleted. All the input elements should be of the following structural categories: + FamilyInstance (structural beams and columns).StructuralConnectionHandler elements associated to the connection.Specific steel connection elements (bolts, anchors, plates, etc). These connection elements will be of type element but with categories related to structural connections, for example: + OST_StructConnectionWeldsOST_StructConnectionHolesOST_StructConnectionModifiersOST_StructConnectionShearStudsOST_StructConnectionBoltsOST_StructConnectionAnchorsOST_StructConnectionPlates + + The Document. + + + Elements which are to be used to create custom StructuralConnectionHandlerType. + + + The StructuralConnectionHandlerType name. + + + The created StructuralConnectionHandler which is of just created custom StructuralConnectionHandlerType. + + + All the input Elements should be of the following structural categories: framings, columns, profiles, plates, bolts, anchors, shear studs, welds or structural connections. + -or- + There must be at least one StructuralConnectionHandler among the input Elements. + Total number of different input elements of input StructuralConnectionHandlers must be lower or equal to 3. + -or- + Name must be unique among other existing StructuralConnectionHandlerTypes and cannot contain invalid characters. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2017 + + + + + Creates a new instance of a Structural Connection Handler, which defines the connection between given elements. + + + Elements should be of the following structural categories: framings (OST_StructuralFraming), columns (OST_StructuralColumns), walls (OST_Walls), floors (OST_Floors) or foundations (OST_StructuralFoundations). + The first of given elements is set as primary one. + + + The Revit document. + + + List of element ids of connected elements. + + + The type of Structural Connection Handler. + + + The newly created connection. + + + It verifies that we have at least one element id in the list. + -or- + The type typeId is not a valid StructuralConnectionHandlerType. + -or- + Missing detailed structural connection service implementation. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2017 + + + + + Allow or disallow connection's type parameters to be overridden. + + + When set to true, a set of instance parameters is created for this connection by copying the type parameter set and the user can change this instance parameters in order to make this connection different from the others of the same type. + Any further modification on type parameters will not affect this instance (until the "override" is turned back off). + When set to false the connection instance parameters are discarded and the type parameters are used again. + The default value of this parameter is false. + + + 2020 + + + + + Retrieves or changes approval type of the Structural Connection Handler. + + + Name of connection. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Code checking status of the structural connection. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2017 + + + + + Element end index for single element connections (0: start, 1: end). + + + When setting this property: singleElementEndIndex is not a valid end index. + + + 2017 + + + + + An object of Structural Connection Handler. + + + 2017 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Unique id of this input point. + + + 2021 + + + + + 3d position of this input point. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + Construct an input point from 3d point. A new valid id will be auto-generated. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + Construct an input point from 3d point and id. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + Construct a default input point. + + + 2021 + + + + + An object that holds information about a connection input point + + + 2021 + + + + + An enumerated type listing all code checking status of the structural connection element. + + + 2017 + + + 2017 + + + + + Status checking failed. + + + + + Status OK checked. + + + + + Status not calculated. + + + + + Verifies if the provided approval name is unique in the document. + + + True if approval type name is unique. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Collects the ids of all StructuralConnectionApprovalTypes in the document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Creates a new StructuralConnectionApprovalType. + + + A name for the new approval type. It must be unique within the document. + + + Created connection approval type. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The input name for approval type is not unique in the document. + + + 2017 + + + + + A type element that represents a connection approval type. + + + 2017 + + + + + An enumerated type that represents the type of structural locations to which a connection annotation may be applied. + + + 2011 + + + + + Designate a StructuralConnectionType to apply to the Connection Handler. + + + + + Designate a StructuralConnectionType to apply to the base of a column. + + + + + Designate a StructuralConnectionType to apply to the top of a column. + + + + + Designate a StructuralConnectionType to apply to beams and braces. + + + + + Sets the thermal expansion coefficient of the asset. + + + The thermal expansion coefficient is one-dimensional for wood-based and isotropic materials. + This method sets the x, y, and z components to the same value. + The value is in inverse Kelvin (1/K). + + + 2013 + + + + + Sets the shear modulus of the asset. + + + The shear modulus is one-dimensional for wood-based and isotropic materials. + This method sets the x, y, and z components to the same value. + The value is in Newtons per foot meter (N/(ft · m)). + + + 2013 + + + + + Sets the Poisson ratio of the asset. + + + The Poisson ratio is one-dimensional for wood-based and isotropic materials. + This method sets the x, y, and z components to the same value. + + + 2013 + + + + + Sets the Young's modulus of the asset. + + + The Young's modulus is one-dimensional for wood-based and isotropic materials. + This method sets the x, y, and z components to the same value. + The value is in Newtons per foot meter (N/(ft · m)). + + + 2013 + + + + + Determines whether this structural asset is equal to another. + + + The structural asset with which to compare this structural asset. + + + True if the given structural asset is equal to this one, otherwise false. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Produces a copy of the asset. + + + A copy of the asset. + + + 2013 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The name of the structural asset. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + The density of the asset. + + + Values are in kilograms per cubed feet (kg/ft³) and must be non-negative. + + + When setting this property: The given value for density must be non-negative. + + + 2013 + + + + + The sub-class of the asset. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + The grade of wood used in a wood-based asset. + + + Applies to wood-based structural assets. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + When setting this property: the material type must be wood to set this property. + + + 2013 + + + + + The species of wood used in a wood-based asset. + + + Applies to wood-based structural assets. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + When setting this property: the material type must be wood to set this property. + + + 2013 + + + + + The perpendicular shear strength of the asset. + + + Applies to wood-based structural assets. + The value is in Newtons per foot meter (N/(ft · m)). + + + When setting this property: the material type must be wood to set this property. + + + 2013 + + + + + The parallel shear strength of the asset. + + + Applies to wood-based structural assets. + The value is in Newtons per foot meter (N/(ft · m)). + + + When setting this property: the material type must be wood to set this property. + + + 2013 + + + + + The perpendicular compression strength of the asset. + + + Applies to wood-based structural assets. + The value is in Newtons per foot meter (N/(ft · m)). + + + When setting this property: the material type must be wood to set this property. + + + 2013 + + + + + The parallel compression strength of the asset. + + + Applies to wood-based structural assets. + The value is in Newtons per foot meter (N/(ft · m)). + + + When setting this property: the material type must be wood to set this property. + + + 2013 + + + + + The bending strength of the asset. + + + Applies to wood-based structural assets. + The value is in Newtons per foot meter (N/(ft · m)). + + + When setting this property: the material type must be wood to set this property. + + + 2013 + + + + + The resistance calculation strength of the asset. + + + Applies to metal-based structural assets. + + + When setting this property: the material type must be Metal to set this property. + + + 2013 + + + + + The reduction factor of the asset. + + + Applies to Metal-based structural assets. + + + When setting this property: the material type must be Metal to set this property. + + + 2013 + + + + + Flag indicating whether the asset describes a material that is thermally treated or not. + + + Applies to Metal-based structural assets. + + + When setting this property: the material type must be Metal to set this property. + + + 2021 + + + + + The minimum tensile strength of the asset. + + + Applies to Metal-based and generic structural assets. + The value is in Newtons per foot meter (N/(ft · m)). + + + When setting this property: the material type must be Metal or generic to set this property. + + + 2013 + + + + + The minimum yield stress of the asset. + + + Applies to Metal-based and generic structural assets. + The value is in Newtons per foot meter (N/(ft · m)). + + + When setting this property: the material type must be Metal or generic to set this property. + + + 2013 + + + + + The shear strength reduction of the asset. + + + Applies to concrete-based structural assets. + + + When setting this property: the material type must be concrete to set this property. + + + 2013 + + + + + The shear reinforcement of the asset. + + + Applies to concrete-based structural assets. + + + When setting this property: the material type must be concrete to set this property. + + + 2013 + + + + + The bending reinforcement of the asset. + + + Applies to concrete-based structural assets. + + + When setting this property: the material type must be concrete to set this property. + + + 2013 + + + + + The compression strength of concrete-based assets. + + + Applies to concrete-based structural assets. + The value is in Newtons per foot meter (N/(ft · m)). + + + When setting this property: the material type must be concrete to set this property. + + + 2013 + + + + + Flag indicating whether elements of this material behave isotropically or orthotropically. + + + Applies to concrete, Metal, and generic structural assets. + If the behavior is set to Isotropic, then the y and z components of Young modulus, + Poisson modulus, shear modulus and thermal expansion coefficient will be changed to + the value the same as their x components. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + Flag indicating whether the asset describes a material that is light-weight or not. + + + 2013 + + + + + The thermal expansion coefficient of the asset. + + + This property cannot be used to set the thermal expansion coefficient for wood-based and isotropic materials. + For such assets, use setThermalExpansionCoefficient instead. + The value is in inverse Kelvin (1/K). + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + When setting this property: the material type is wood. + -or- + When setting this property: the behavior is isotropic. + + + 2013 + + + + + The shear modulus of the asset. + + + This property cannot be used to set the shear modulus for wood-based and isotropic materials. + For such assets, use setShearModulus instead. + The value is in Newtons per foot meter (N/(ft · m)). + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + When setting this property: the material type is wood. + -or- + When setting this property: the behavior is isotropic. + + + 2013 + + + + + The Poisson ratio of the asset. + + + This property cannot be used to set the Poisson ratio for wood-based and isotropic materials. + For such assets, use setPoissonRatio instead. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + When setting this property: the material type is wood. + -or- + When setting this property: the behavior is isotropic. + + + 2013 + + + + + The Young's modulus of the asset. + + + This property cannot be used to set the Young's modulus for wood-based and isotropic materials. + For such assets, use setYoungModulus instead. + The value is in Newtons per foot meter (N/(ft · m)). + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + When setting this property: the material type is wood. + -or- + When setting this property: the behavior is isotropic. + + + 2013 + + + + + The type of material that this structural asset describes (e.g. wood, concrete, metal.) + + + 2013 + + + + + Constructs an instance of StructuralAsset. + + + The name of the asset. + + + The type of structural material that this asset will describe. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + Represents the properties of a material pertinent to structural analysis. + + + 2013 + + + + + Specifies whether structural elements behave orthotropically, isotropically, or transverse-isotropically. + + + 2012 + + + 2012 + + + + + The structural element behaves transverse-isotropically. + + + + + The structural element behaves orthotropically. + + + + + The structural element behaves isotropically. + + + + + 2013 + + + Represents the type of material described by a structural asset. This enum value is returned by Autodesk::Revit::DB::StructuralAsset::StructuralAssetClass. + + + 2013 + + + + + Structural asset class is plastic. + + + + + Structural asset class is gas. + + + + + Structural asset class is liquid. + + + + + Structural asset class is wood. + + + + + Structural asset class is concrete. + + + + + Structural asset class is metal. + + + + + Structural asset class is generic. + + + + + Structural asset class is basic. + + + + + Structural asset class is undefined. + + + + + Unregisters Connections Provider. + + + There is no valid Connections Provider registered. + + + 2017 + + + + + Registers a connections provider. + + + Structural Connections Provider to be registered. + + + The provider object is not valid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + There is already registered Connections Provider. + + + 2017 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + An object that stores Structural Connections Provider. + + + 2017 + + + + + Sets the list of descption information used to select input points by some connections. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Returns a list of desciption information used to select input points by some connections. + + + 2017 + + + + + Get the size of the ranges of applicability buffer. + + + Returns the size of the ranges of applicability buffer. + Returns a value greater than 0 if there any ranges. Otherwise, returns 0. + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets the ranges of applicability buffer from connection type. + + + Ranges of applicability buffer. + + + The allocated size of the buffer. getRangesOfApplicabilityBufferSize() can be used to correctly instantiate this. + + + Returns the size of ranges of applicability buffer. + Returns a value greater than 0 if there are any ranges and if it successfully copied the data. Otherwise, returns 0. + + + 2017 + + + + + Sets the ranges of applicability buffer to the connection type. + + + Ranges of applicability buffer. + + + Ranges of applicability buffer size. + + + 2017 + + + + + Get the size of the detailed parameters buffer. + + + Returns the size of the detailed parameters data buffer. + Returns a value greater than 0, if there is any detailed parameters data. Otherwise, returns 0. + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets the detailed parameters from connection type. + + + Detailed parameters buffer. + + + The allocated size of the buffer. getDetailedParametersBufferSize() can be used to correctly instantiate this. + + + Returns the size of detailed parameters data buffer. + Returns a value greater than 0, if there is any detailed parameters data and it is succesfully allocated to provided buffer. Otherwise, returns 0. + + + 2017 + + + + + Sets the detailed parameters to the connection type. + + + Detailed parameters buffer. + + + Detailed parameters buffer size. + + + Specify if we have to update connections; for example when we check override params. + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets template connection unique id. + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets binary custom connection template data hash. + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets binary custom connection template data. + + + Buffer to receive custom connection template data. + + + Available data size. + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets binary custom connection template data size. + + + 2017 + + + + + Sets binary data related to custom connection template. + + + Custom connection template data. + + + Data size. + + + Custom connection template data hash. + + + Unique id of the template. + + + 2017 + + + + + Finds StructuralConnectionHandlerType which is Generic Connection type. + + + Returns id of StructuralConnectionHandlerType which is Generic Connection type of invalidElementId if not found. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Validates if the input name matches the criteria of StructuralConnectionHandlerType name. + Name must be unique among other existing StructuralConnectionHandlerTypes and cannot contain any of the following characters: new line, {}[];`~\\/:*?";<>| or any of the non-printable characters. + + + The Document. + + + The StructuralConnectionHandlerType name to validate. + + + True if the input name matches the criteria of StructuralConnectionHandlerType name. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Removes one or more subelements from a StructuralConnectionHandlerType. The subelements will be erased. + + + The existing StructuralConnectionHandler having custom StructuralConnectionHandlerType which is about to be modified. + + + The main Subelements of input StructuralConnectionHandler which are to be used to modify custom StructuralConnectionHandlerType. + + + Input StructuralConnectionHandler must have custom type. + -or- + All the input Subelements must belong to input StructuralConnectionHandler. + After modification of StructuralConnectionHandlerType there must remain at least one subelement of structural connections category in StructuralConnectionHandler. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Modifies StructuralConnectionHandlerType of input StructuralConnectionHandler by adding representors of input elements or subelements. + + + Elements or subelements added to a custom connection are deleted and transformed in subelements of the connection. They could be: + FamilyInstance (structural beams and columns).StructuralConnectionHandler elements associated to the connection.Specific steel connection elements (bolts, anchors, plates, etc). These connection elements will be of type element but with categories related to structural connections, for example: + OST_StructConnectionWeldsOST_StructConnectionHolesOST_StructConnectionModifiersOST_StructConnectionShearStudsOST_StructConnectionBoltsOST_StructConnectionAnchorsOST_StructConnectionPlates + You cannot add: elements connected by any connection handler, generic connections, holes and modifiers that are not on the connected elements. + + + The existing StructuralConnectionHandler having custom StructuralConnectionHandlerType which is about to be modified. + + + References to elements or subelements which are to be used to modify custom StructuralConnectionHandlerType by adding their representors. + + + Input StructuralConnectionHandler must have custom type. + -or- + All the input Elements should be of the following structural categories: framings, columns, profiles, plates, bolts, anchors, shear studs, welds or structural connections. + -or- + Total number of different input elements of input StructuralConnectionHandlers must be lower or equal to 3. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + + + + Creates a new StructuralConnectionHandlerType object. + + + The document. + + + The type name. + + + Connection GUID. + + + Name of system family which created type will belong to. + + + Category identity of connection type. + + + List of description information used for the selection of input points. + + + The newly created instance. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2017 + + + + + Creates a new StructuralConnectionHandlerType object. + + + The document. + + + The type name. + + + Connection GUID. + + + Name of system family which created type will belong to. + + + Category identity of connection type. + + + The newly created instance. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2017 + + + + + Creates a new StructuralConnectionHandlerType object. + + + The document. + + + The type name. + + + Connection GUID. + + + Name of system family which created type will belong to. + + + The newly created instance. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets a default type id for Structural Connection. + + + The document. + + + The type id. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Creates a new StructuralConnectionHandlerType object with a default name. + + + The document. + + + The newly created type id. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2017 + + + + + Checks if StructuralConnectionHandlerType is detailed. + + + True if StructuralConnectionHandlerType is detailed. + + + 2019 + + + + + Checks if StructuralConnectionHandlerType is generic. + + + True if StructuralConnectionHandlerType is generic. + + + 2019 + + + + + Checks if StructuralConnectionHandlerType is custom. + + + True if StructuralConnectionHandlerType is custom. + + + 2019 + + + + + The GUID to use for identifying connection geometry generation algorithm. + + + 2017 + + + + + A StructuralConnectionHandlerType is used in StructuralConnectionHandler element generation. + + + 2017 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + A type of input point restriction. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + A index of the input member to which the restriction applies. + + + 2021 + + + + + A string used to select input point by some connections. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + Construct an input point info. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + Construct a default input point. + + + 2021 + + + + + An object that holds description information about a connection input point + + + 2021 + + + + + The property labeled "Tint Color" from the "Stone" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Tint" from the "Stone" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Amount" from the "Stone" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 2". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Image" from the "Stone" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyReference" and will only contain a reference to a connected image. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Relief Pattern" from the "Stone" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyInteger" with accepted values in the enumerated type "StonePatternType". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Amount" from the "Stone" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 1". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Image" from the "Stone" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyReference" and will only contain a reference to a connected image. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Type" from the "Stone" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyInteger" with accepted values in the enumerated type "StoneBumpType". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Finish" from the "Stone" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyInteger" with accepted values in the enumerated type "StoneApplicationType". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Image" from the "Stone" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + A static class that provides access to the property names that appear in the Stone visual asset schema. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + returns the count of async warnings for this element + + + Revit document. + + + The element for which we update warnings. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Clears the async warnings for the element + + + Revit document. + + + The element for which we update warnings. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Updates the async warnings for the element + + + Revit document. + + + The element for which we update warnings. + + + Force rebuild cache + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Updates the async warnings for all the elements in the document + + + Revit document. + + + Force rebuild cache + + + Returns a set with element ids that had their warnings flushed. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + The document. + + + The element for which we query warnings. + + + The warnings currently associated to this element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Revit document. + + + The element for which we remove a warning. + + + The warning to be removed. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Revit document. + + + The element for which we add a warning. + + + The warning to be added. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Registers entry in maps + + + Current document. + + + Id of the Revit material. + + + External material + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Removes an entry from the maps. + + + Current document. + + + GUID of the element to be removed from the maps. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Removes an entry from the maps. + + + Current document. + + + Revit Id of the element to be removed from the maps. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Returns all the guids of the external elements linked to Revit elements. + + + Current document. + + + guids of the external elements. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Returns all the ids of the Revit materials of external elements. + + + Current document. + + + Element ids of the Revit materials. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Returns id of the Revit material taking as input external material name. + + + Current document. + + + Element id of the Revit element. + + + Subelement key of the element's subelement + + + Element id of the Revit builtin category. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Returns id of the Revit material taking as input external material name. + + + Current document. + + + name of the external material. + + + Element id of the Revit material. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Returns name of the external material taking as input Revit material id. + + + Current document. + + + Element id of the Revit material. + + + name of the external material. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Returns guid of the external element taking as input Revit element id. + + + Current document. + + + Element id of the Revit element. + + + guid of the external element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Returns Revit element id taking as input an external guid. + + + Current document. + + + guid of the external element. + + + Element id of the Revit element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Removes the element's SteelElementCell. + + + returns true if succeeded + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Create a SteelElementCell on element and adds the ext object id to it. + + + Returns true if succeeded. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Validates that pElement is a beam or column that has a usable profile, a StructuraConnectionHandler or an SteelElement. + + + True if pElement is a valid FamilyInstance representing framing element, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Updates members external unique ids according to the copy paste map + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Mark object as changed - ask Revit to regen it. + + + how big is the change + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2019 + + + + + This method adds fabrication information to the given elements. + + + You can add fabrication information to connections, beams, columns, braces, walls, floors and foundations. + + + Document containing the given elements ids. + + + Ids of the elements to which we want to add fabrication information. + + + Ids of the elements for which we couldn't add fabrication information. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + This method will return the reference for the given fabrication id. + + + Document in which to search for the reference. + + + The fabrication id for which a reference is required. + + + The reference to the element or subelement corresponding to the given id. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + This method will return the fabrication id for the given reference. + + + Document to which the reference belongs. + + + The reference to the element or subelement for which fabrication id is required. + + + The fabrication id of the element or subelement for this reference, if it has fabrication information attached, or an Guid.Empty otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Get SteelElementProperties for the input element if they exist. + + + If the input element doesn't have steel informations than it retuns . + + + The element from which we try to obtain SteelElementProperties. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Decides if graphics is provided by Revit, or external application. + Also, checks if the cell has full control of the graphics of the element. + + + 2019 + + + + + This method will return the fabrication id. This represents the link between the Revit and the Steel Core element. + + + This id should not be confused with the guid returned by ExportUtils.GetExportId(). + + + 2019 + + + + + Is this cell attached to dummy family. + + + 2019 + + + + + This class is used to attach steel fabrication information to various Revit elements. + + + Revit elements which can have fabrication information are: + FamilyInstance (structural beams and columns).StructuralConnectionHandler elements associated to the connection.Specific steel connection elements (bolts, anchors, plates, etc). These connection elements will be of type element but with categories related to structural connections, for example: + OST_StructConnectionWeldsOST_StructConnectionHolesOST_StructConnectionModifiersOST_StructConnectionShearStudsOST_StructConnectionBoltsOST_StructConnectionAnchorsOST_StructConnectionPlatesSome concrete elements (walls, floors, concrete beams, ...) when they are input elements to detailed steel connections. + The class also holds the link to the Steel Core elements. + + + 2019 + + + + + type of the cell change + + + type of the object + + + 2019 + + + + + means big change that may affect other elements as well, for example move + + + + + Means small change affecting only this element, for example a new feature was added + From Revit point of view element should be redrawn + + + + + Means undefined change in this element's outside data. + From Revit point of view element should be marked as changed and checked-out if appropriate + + + + Compares two FailureDefinitionId instances. + The first FailureDefinitionId. + The second FailureDefinitionId. + True if the inputs are different, false if they are identical. + + + Compares two FailureDefinitionId instances. + The first FailureDefinitionId. + The second FailureDefinitionId. + True if the inputs are identical, false if they are different. + + + Creates a new FailureDefinitionId instance. + The identifier for the FailureDefinitionId. + + + + The unique identifier of a FailureDefinition. + + + Each possible failure in Revit must be defined and registered during Revit application startup + by creating a FailureDefinition object. + Unique FailureDefinitionId must be used as a key to register FailureDefinition. + Those unique FailureDefinitionId should be created using GUID generation tool. + Later FailureDefinitionId can be used to lookup FailureDefinition + in FailureDefinitionRegistry, and create and post FailureMessages. + + + 2011 + + + + + Get ElementIds related to warning. + + + 2019 + + + + + Updates warning state. + + + document + + + state + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Identity of failure reported for element. + + + 2019 + + + + + Construct structure containing failure identity and element id. + + + The identity of element. + + + The identity of failure. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Construct structure containing failure identity and element id. + + + The identities of elements. + + + The identity of failure. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Support for Reviewable Warnings sent from AddOn. + + + Used to create and send Reviewable Warning from AddOn. + + + 2019 + + + + + Checks whether the input id represents a profile which can be used as the profile of this non-continuous rail. + + + is considered a valid NonContinuousRail profile (the default profile). + + + The profile Id to be checked. + + + True if the ElementId refers to a valid NonContinuousRail profile, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Removes Non-Continuous Rail from the Rail Structure. + + + Non-Continuous Rail index. + + + The index index is out of range. + + + 2019 + + + + + Gets the Non-Continuous Rail object of specified index from the Rail Structure. + + + Non-Continuous Rail index. + + + The requested object handle. + + + The index index is out of range. + + + 2019 + + + + + Creates and appends a new Non-Continuous Rail to the Rail Structure. + The new Non-Continuous Rail will have the given name, height and offset. + It will have default profile and material ElementIds. + + + The name of the non-continuous rail. + + + The height on which the non-continuous rail will be placed. + + + The offset of the non-continuous rail from a center. + + + Handle to the new Non-Continuous Rail. + + + name is an empty string or contains only whitespace. + -or- + name cannot include prohibited characters, such as "{, }, [, ], |, ;, less-than sign, greater-than sign, ?, `, ~". + -or- + The name is a duplicate of an existing non-continuous rail. + -or- + The height height is not valid for the non-continuous rail because + it is greater than the height of the RailingType to which it belongs. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The given value for height must be no more than 30000 feet in absolute value. + -or- + The given value for offset must be no more than 30000 feet in absolute value. + + + 2019 + + + + + Gets number of Non-Continuous Rails. + + + Count of Non-Continuous Rails. + + + 2019 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + A class that represents a collection of Non-Continuous Rails being a part of Railing Type. + + + 2019 + + + + + The height of the secondary handrail. + + + The rail has no secondary hand rail. + + + 2013 + + + + + The height of the primary handrail. + + + The rail has no primary hand rail. + + + 2013 + + + + + The lateral offset of the secondary handrail. + + + The rail has no secondary hand rail. + + + 2013 + + + + + The lateral offset of the primary handrail. + + + The rail has no primary hand rail. + + + 2013 + + + + + The type of the secondary handrail. + + + When setting this property: The handRailTypeId is not a valid hand rail type. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + The type of the primary handrail. + + + When setting this property: The handRailTypeId is not a valid hand rail type. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + The type of the top rail in the railing system. + + + When setting this property: The topRailType is not a valid top rail type. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + The height of the top rail in the railing system. + + + When setting this property: The given value for height must be between 0 and 30000 feet. + + + 2013 + + + + + The position of the secondary handrail. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + When setting this property: The rail has no secondary hand rail. + + + 2013 + + + + + The position of the primary handrail. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + When setting this property: The rail has no primary hand rail. + + + 2013 + + + + + The NonContinuousRailStructure. + + + 2019 + + + + + Accesses the object containing properties related to the baluster placement. + + + 2019 + + + + + An object supporting management of baluster and post placement within the railing type. + + + 2013 + + + + + + + + + Checks whether a railing can be created along a railing path. + + + The railing path should be located on the same horizontal plane and it should contain lines or arcs only. + It also has to be continuous and its three or more curves cannot meet in one end point. + + + The railing path along which the new railing will be created. + + + True if the new railing path can be used in a railing definition, False otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Checks whether new railing can be created and placed on the specified host. + + + This function will return true for stairs or ramps which can host new railings. + Stairs or ramps can host new railings only when they have no associated railing and they are not in editing mode. + + + The document. + + + The element to check. + + + True if new railing can be created and placed on the host, False otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Resets the continuous rails support subelements position data. + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets the subelement on given level. + + + The method is valid only for railings hosted by stairs in . + Input level should be a level of the railing stairs. + See getStairsPlacementLevels method of . + + + The id of the level the railing subelement is placed on. + + + The subelement in given level. + will be returned if railing has no subelements on given level. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The railing is not hosted by stairs in . + + + 2018 + + + + + Sets the ids of the base levels of the stairs upon which this railing is placed. + + + The method is valid only for railings hosted by stairs in . + The input level ids have to be a subset of level ids of the railing stairs. + See for information about the placement levels that may be passed as input. + + + The ids of levels the railing is placed on. + If input level id set is empty, railings will placed on all levels of the hosting stairs. + + + All of the level ids in levelIds must be placement levels of stairs. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The railing is not hosted by stairs in . + + + 2018 + + + + + Gets the ids of the base levels of the stairs upon which this railing is placed. + + + The method is valid only for railings hosted by stairs in . + + + The ids of levels the railing is placed on. + The returned set consists of a subset of the base level ids of the corresponding stairs in the . + + + The railing is not hosted by stairs in . + + + 2018 + + + + + Removes the association between the railing and its host. + + + 2013 + + + + + Flips the railing. + + + The railing has incorrect internal data. + + + 2013 + + + + + + + + + Resets the railing to the default one that the system generates. + + + Cannot reset the railing. + + + 2013 + + + + + Get all the handrails of the railing. + + + All handrails of the railing. + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks whether the specified element can be used as a host for the railing. + The host can be: + stairsstairs componentrampfloorslab edgewallroof + + Element id to check. + + + True if the element can be used as host for the railing. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Sets the railing path. + + + The railing path along which the new railing will be created. + The curveLoop should be continuous with curves which are only bounded lines and arcs on the same horizontal plane. + It also has to have maximum two curves meet in one end point. + + + The curveLoop must be a single connected path, located on the same horizontal plane and defined using lines or arcs only. + It also has to have maximum two curves meet in one end point. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The railing has incorrect internal data. + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets the railing path. + + + The curve array of the railing path. + + + The railing has incorrect internal data. + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates new railings with the specified railing type on all sides of a stairs instance in a element. + + + The document. + + + The id of the that contains the stairs which will be the host of this railing. + The stairs should have no associated railings yet. + + + The level of stairs on which the new railing will be created. + The level should be one of levels defining the element. + + + The railing type of the new railing to be created. + + + The placement position of the new railing. + + + The new railing instances successfully created on the stairs. + + + The railingTypeId is not a railing type. + -or- + The ElementId levelId is not a Level. + -or- + The levelId is not a level of stairs element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + The multistoryStairsId already has associated railings or is in editing mode so association of railings is not permitted. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2018 + + + + + Creates a new railing by specifying the railing path in the project document. + + + The document. + + + The railing path along which the new railing will be created. + The curveLoop should be continuous with curves which are only bounded lines and arcs on the same horizontal plane. + It also has to have maximum two curves meet in one end point. + + + The railing type of the new railing to be created. + + + The base level on which the new railing will be created. + + + The new railing instance if creation was successful, otherwise . + + + The curveLoop must be a single connected path, located on the same horizontal plane and defined using lines or arcs only. + It also has to have maximum two curves meet in one end point. + -or- + The railingTypeId is not a railing type. + -or- + The ElementId baseLevelId is not a Level. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2017 + + + + + Automatically creates new railings with the specified railing type on all sides of a stairs or ramp element. + + + The document. + + + The stairs or ramp to which the new railing will host. + The stairs or ramp should have no associated railings yet. + If the stairs are a part of element railings will be populated on all levels. + + + The railing type of the new railing to be created. + + + The placement position of the new railing. + + + The new railing instances successfully created on the stairs. + + + The stairsOrRampId is not a stairs or ramp element. + -or- + The railingTypeId is not a railing type. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + The stairsOrRampId already has associated railings or is in editing mode so association of railings is not permitted. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2013 + + + + + + + + + True if the railing can be reset, False otherwise. + + + A Railing can be reset only if the railing was created in Revit later than version 9.1. + + + 2013 + + + + + Indicates if the railing is the default one that system generates. + + + 2013 + + + + + The top rail of the railing. + + + 2013 + + + + + Indicates if the railing is flipped. + + + The railing has incorrect internal data. + + + 2013 + + + + + Indicates if the railing has a host. + + + 2013 + + + + + The host of the railing. + + + If the host will be a Stairs in element, use to set the base levels of the stairs where the railing should be placed. +

+ If %hostId% is the id of a Stairs Component (Run or Landing), it means that the Railing will be hosted by the Stairs element but railing adjustment to the stairs will start from the Component. + If a stairs id is set as a host, the lowest stairs component below or above the railing sketch will be chosen as the host instead. +

+ + When setting this property: The hostId is not a valid railing host. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + +
+ + + Represents a railing element in Autodesk Revit. + + + 2013 + + + + + Starts an stairs edit mode for an existing Stairs element + + + User will need to start a transaction to actually make changes to the stairs element. + StairsEditScope can only be started when there is no transaction active + Thus it does not work for commands running in automatic transaction mode. + + + The stairs element to be edited. + + + ElementId of the editing stairs. It should be the same as the input stairsId + + + It is not a Stair's id. + -or- + Stairs is not permitted to edit at this moment for the following reason: + The Stairs is in an ElementGroup and it is not in Edit Group Mode. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This StairsEditScope is not permitted to start at this moment for one of the following possible reasons: + The document is in read-only state, or the document is currently modifiable, + or there already is another edit mode active in the document. + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a new empty stairs element with a default stairs type in the specified levels + and then starts stairs edit mode and editing the new stairs. + + + A new stairs will be created after this operation. + User will need to start a transaction to actually make changes to the stairs element. + StairsEditScope can only be started when there is no transaction active + Thus it does not work for commands running in automatic transaction mode. + + + The base level on which the stairs is to be placed. + + + The top level where the stairs is to reach. + + + ElementId of the new stairs. + + + It is not a Level's id. + -or- + Top level should be higher than base level. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This StairsEditScope is not permitted to start at this moment for one of the following possible reasons: + The document is in read-only state, or the document is currently modifiable, + or there already is another edit mode active in the document. + + + 2013 + + + + + Instantiates a StairsEditScope object. + + + The document for which this StairsEditScope is going to be used. + + + The name that will appear in the Undo menu in Revit after the StairsEditScope is successfully committed. + + + document is not a primary document, it is a linked document. + -or- + document is not a project document. + -or- + transactionName is an empty string. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + StairsEditScope allows user to maintain a stairs-editing session. + + + Start/end of a StairsEditScope will start/end a transaction group. After a StairsEditScope is started, user can start transactions and edit the stairs. + Individual transactions the user creates inside StairsEditScope will not appear in the undo menu. + All transactions committed during the edit mode will be merged into a single one which will bear the given name passed into StairsEditScope constructor. + + + 2013 + + + + + + + + + The tilt angle. + + + The tilt angle as a numerical value in radians between -PI and PI. + + + When setting this property: The angle is not valid because it is not between -180.0 and 180.0. + + + 2013 + + + + + The spot field angle. + + + The spot beam angle as a numerical value in radians between 0 and (8/9)*PI. + + + When setting this property: The angle is not valid because it is not between 1.0e-2 and 160.0. + + + 2013 + + + + + The spot beam angle. + + + The spot beam angle as a numerical value in radians between 0 and (8/9)*PI. + + + When setting this property: The angle is not valid because it is not between 1.0e-2 and 160.0. + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a copy of the given spotlight distribution + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a spot light distribution object with the given values. + + + The spot beam angle as a numerical value in radians between 0 and (8/9)*PI. + + + The spot field angle as a numerical value in radians between 0 and (8/9)*PI. + + + The tilt angle as a numerical value in radians between -PI and PI. + + + The angle is not valid because it is not between 1.0e-2 and 160.0. + -or- + The angle is not valid because it is not between -180.0 and 180.0. + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a spot light distribution object with the following values; +
  • PI/6 radians spot beam angle
  • PI/2 radians spot field angle
  • PI/6 radians tilt angle
+ + 2013 + +
+ + + This class encapsulates a spot light distribution. + + + 2013 + + + +utility functions + + + + A type element containing the properties of a spot elevation. + + + + + Creates a new instance of an AlignmentStationLabel element in the document. + + + The host alignment element to which the new AlignmentStationLabelSet is attached. + + + The view in which the AlignmentStationLabelSet will appear. + + + The type ID of the labels in the set. + + + The array of elements of newly created AlignmentStationLabel instances. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Creates a new instance of an AlignmentStationLabel element in the document. + + + The host alignment element to which the new AlignmentStationLabel is attached. + + + The view in which the AlignmentStationLabel will appear. + + + The newly created AlignmentStationLabel instance, or if the operation fails. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Flips dimension to the other side of the host. + + + SpotDimension cannot be flipped. + + + 2021.2 + + + + + Verifies that the direction of the dimension can be flipped. + + + Currently, flipping only allowed for non-pinned AlignmentStationLabels. + + + True if the element can be flipped, false otherwise. + + + 2021.2 + + + + + Position of spot dimension's leader shoulder point. + + + Setting of this property also affects LeaderEndPosition and TextPosition. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + Dimension must have leader. + -or- + Dimension's leader must have shoulder. + -or- + Thrown when: +
  • SpotDimension style type is SpotSlope.
  • Using equality formula.
  • Dimension style is ordinate.
+ -or- + The dimension is a SpotSlope or has no leader or leader has no shoulder. +
+ + 2021.1 + +
+ + + True is dimension has leader with shoulder, false otherwise. + + + Dimension must have leader. + -or- + Thrown when: +
  • SpotDimension style type is SpotSlope.
  • Using equality formula.
  • Dimension style is ordinate.
+ -or- + The dimension is a SpotSlope or has no leader. +
+ + 2021.1 + +
+ + + The dimension style of this dimension. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Object representing various types of SpotDimension + + + + + + + + + Creates a copy of the given spherical light distribution + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a spherical light distribution object. + + + 2013 + + + + + This class encapsulates a spherical light distribution. + + + 2013 + + + + + The property labeled "Angle" from the "Speckle" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray3d". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Offset Z" from the "Speckle" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDistance". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Offset Y" from the "Speckle" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDistance". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Offset X" from the "Speckle" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDistance". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Link Transforms" from the "Speckle" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Size" from the "Speckle" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 100". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Color 2" from the "Speckle" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Color 1" from the "Speckle" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + A static class that provides access to the property names that appear in the Speckle visual asset schema. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates a copy of the given FieldValues instance. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates object from an array of domain point vectors + + + Array of vectors, each corresponding to a domain point + + + Members of vectorAtPoint contain different numbers of measurements + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Creates object from an array of domain point values + + + Array of values, each corresponding to a domain point + + + Unit vector that gives the same direction for values (for diagrams) + + + Members of valueAtPoint contain different numbers of measurements + -or- + unitDirection is not a unit vector + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Creates object from an array of domain point values + + + Array of values, each corresponding to a domain point + + + valueAtPoint array contains members with different numbers of measurements + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Contains values corresponding to domain points. + Each domain point may have an array of values, each corresponding to a separate "measurement" for which this value was calculated. + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates a copy of the given VectorAtPoint instance. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Creates object from an array of vectors + + + Array of vectors, each corresponding to "measurement" + + + Thrown when supplied vectors contain invalid (infinite or non-number) coordinates + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Stores vectors at one domain point. + Each vector corresponds to a "measurement" for which this vector was calculated. + + + 2012 + + + + + + + + + Creates a copy of the given ValueAtPoint instance. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates object from an array of values + + + Array of values, each corresponding to "measurement" + + + Thrown when supplied values contain invalid (infinite or non-number) doubles + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Stores values at one domain point. + Each value corresponds to a "measurement" for which this value was calculated. + + + 2011 + + + + + Returns flags for the given measurement. + + + Measurement number for which flags are returned. + + + Flags value for the measurement. + + + The given value for measurement is negative. + + + 2012 + + + + + Sets flags for the given measurement to ValueAtPointFlags::None. + + + Measurement for which to clear flags. + + + The given value for measurement is negative. + + + 2012 + + + + + Sets flags for all measurements to ValueAtPointFlags::None. + + + 2012 + + + + + Sets the flags associated to a given measurement. + + + The value of the flags to set. + Flags values are defined in the enumerated class ValueAtPointFlags and are combined into the int value. + + + Measurement for which to set flags. + + + The given value for measurement is negative. + + + 2014 + + + + + Sets the flags associated to all measurements to the same value. + + + Value of flags, uniform for all measurements. + Flags values are defined in the enumerated class ValueAtPointFlags and are combined into the int value. + + + 2012 + + + + + Independently sets the flags associated to all measurements. + + + If you set the array of flags to only contain one value, this flags value will apply to all measurements + + + An array of flags values. Each member corresponds to a measurement. + Flags values are defined in the enumerated class ValueAtPointFlags and are combined into the int value. + Number of measurements is set at creation of SpatialFieldManager in method createSpatialFieldManager. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + A base class representing storage of values at a given point. + + + This class stores a set of measurements and corresponding mapped flags. + The flags are defined in the enumerated type ValueAtPointFlags. + + + 2012 + + + + + Enumerated type containing flags related to the display on particular points. + Enumerated type that stores bit values of flags that can be set at any domain point. + + + 2012 + + + + + Show fence for the point if allowed by display style (applies only to diagram display style) + + + + + Show text marker for the point if allowed by display style (applies only to certain display styles) + + + + + No flags set + + + + + Creates object from an array of three-dimensional point coordinates + + + Array of three-dimensional point coordinates representing domain points + + + Thrown when supplied array points contain too many members (over 1000) + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Represents a set of three-dimensional point coordinates + + + 2011 + + + + + Set u and v coordinates that specify a grid on the surface. + The display of the grid is controlled by AnalysisDisplayColoredSurfaceSettings::getShowGridLines(). + If AnalysisDisplayColoredSurfaceSettings::getShowGridLines() returns true and both sets are empty + then a grid will be displayed using a default spacing; if only one of the sets is non-empty, then + only the corresponding set of grid lines will be displayed, i.e. the grid will consist solely of + parallel lines at the specified coordinates. + + + Set of u coordinates at which to draw grid lines + + + Set of v coordinates at which to draw grid lines + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates object from an array of two-dimensional point coordinates + + + Array of two-dimensional point coordinates representing domain points (usually on surface) + + + Set of u coordinates at which to draw grid lines on the surface + + + Set of v coordinates at which to draw grid lines on the surface + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates object from an array of two-dimensional point coordinates + + + Array of two-dimensional point coordinates representing domain points (usually on surface) + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Represents a set of two-dimensional point coordinates (defined usually on surface) + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates object from an array of one-dimensional point coordinates + + + Array of one-dimensional point coordinates representing domain points (using raw parameters when on a curve) + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Represents a set of one-dimensional point coordinates (defined usually on curve) + + + 2011 + + + + + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Abstract base class for various classes of field domain points + + + 2011 + + + + + Verify if text type id is valid. + + + Text type id to be validated. + + + Document for which %textTypeId% is validated. + + + True if text type id is valid, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Returns an array of indices of all registered results + + + 2012 + + + + + Sets a new value for an existing result schema in the result registry + + + Index of registered result schema + + + Result schema replacing the existent one + + + idx refers to non-existent result schema + -or- + name of resultSchema is not unique in view + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Returns result schema by index + + + Index of registered result schema + + + idx refers to non-existent result schema + + + 2012 + + + + + Registers result and assigns it a unique result index + + + Result schema to be registered + + + Unique index assigned to the result + + + name of resultSchema is not unique in view + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + + + + + Verify the uniqueness of the name among all registered result schemas. + + + Name to verify uniqueness of. + + + Index of result (e.g. to be replaced) which names should not count for uniqueness; negative number means nothing is excluded from comparison. + + + True if name is unique, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Sets Descriptions for all measurements + + + Array of measurement descriptions. + The lengths of the array must be equal to the number of measurements set during creation of SpatialFieldManager. + + + measurementDescriptions lengths is not equal to the number of measurements set during creation of SpatialFieldManager + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Sets Names for all measurements + + + Array of measurement names. All names in the array must be unique. + The lengths of the array must be equal to the number of measurements set during creation of SpatialFieldManager. + + + measurementNames contains duplicate names or its lengths is not equal to the number of measurements set during creation of SpatialFieldManager + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Calculates the maximum value for all primitives + + + Index of result schema + + + If true returned value is NOT multiplied by the current result's units multiplier, otherwise it IS + + + Resulting maximum value + + + Thrown when current measurement is >= the number of measurements for at least one primitive + + + 2012 + + + + + Calculates the minimum value for all primitives + + + Index of result schema + + + If true returned value is NOT multiplied by the current result's units multiplier, otherwise it IS + + + Resulting minimum value + + + Thrown when current measurement is >= the number of measurements for at least one primitive + + + 2012 + + + + + Returns legend element or NULL + + + The legend element or NULL + + + 2011 + + + + + Clear all analysis results managed by this manager object + + + 2011 + + + + + Populates analysis results data (or replaces the existing data) in the existing primitive identified by the unique index + + + Unique index identifying the primitive + + + Set of domain points. + If the new set of domain points is supplied, all previously supplied domain points and field values for all results are removed from the primitive. + If %fieldDomainPoints% is only fieldValues are updated + + + Set of data values. + Number of values in fieldValues must coincide with the number of points in fieldDomainPoints + + + Unique index identifying the result schema + + + idx refers to non-existent primitive + -or- + fieldValues has incorrect number of measurements in ValueAtPoint objects + -or- + fieldDomainPoints has inconsistent type + -or- + resultIndex refers to non-existent result schema + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + fieldDomainPoints and fieldValues have inconsistent number of points + + + 2012 + + + + + Removes analysis results primitive identified by the unique index + + + Unique index identifying the primitive + + + idx refers to non-existent primitive + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates empty analysis results primitive associated with a curve and a transform. + + + Curve to be associated with the primitive. + %curve% does NOT correspond to actual Revit geometry, i.e. it cannot be associated with reference; + otherwise the other overload of the method must be used (taking "reference" as the input) + + + Conformal Transform to be applied to %curve%. + + + Unique index of primitive for future references + + + The input curve points to a helical curve and is not supported for this operation. + -or- + Argument trf is not a conformal transform (see property Revit::DB::Transform::IsConformal) + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates empty analysis results primitive associated with a face and a transform. + + +

This method accepts a reference to a model face, and a transform to be applied to + that face, allowing the display of analytical results on faces which are not + strictly a part of the Revit model.

+

This method should not be used if the transform is the identity transform, + i.e. the intent is to display results on a face which is part of the Revit model. + In that case, use the overload of this method which accepts + a reference.

+

If the input face is from the geometry of a symbol, the face will be considered to be + in the location specified by its symbol geometry. If your intention is to transform the face + relative to its location in the instance, your input transform must consist of the instance's + transform left multiplied by the extra transform to get the results you expect.

+
+ + Face to be associated with the primitive + + + Conformal Transform to be applied to %face% + + + Unique index of primitive for future references + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + trf is not conformal. + + + 2011 + + + + + +
+ + + Creates an empty analysis results primitive associated with a reference, with the option to control how the reference element is hidden. + + +

There can be multiple primitives associated with one reference, normally they would be shown with different results. + However this is justified only if they have different sets of domain points. + Otherwise one primitive can be used to display values for different results.

+
+ + Reference pointing to the curve or face to be associated with the primitive + + + The mode used to hide the original model element + + + Unique index of primitive for future references + + + reference points to neither face nor curve + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + +
+ + + Creates an empty analysis results primitive associated with a reference. + + +

There can be multiple primitives associated with one reference, normally they would be shown with different results. + However this is justified only if they have different sets of domain points. + Otherwise one primitive can be used to display values for different results.

+
+ + Reference pointing to the curve or face to be associated with the primitive + + + Unique index of primitive for future references + + + reference points to neither face nor curve + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + +
+ + + Creates empty analysis results primitive not associated with any geometry element + + + Unique index of primitive for future references + + + 2011 + + + + + Retrieves manager object for the given view or returns NULL + + + View for which manager object is retrieved + + + Manager object for the view passed in the argument + + + 2011 + + + + + Factory method - creates manager object for the given view + + + View for which manager object is created or retrieved + + + Total number of measurements in the calculated results. + This number defines the length of value arrays in ValueAtPoint objects + + + Manager object for the view passed in the argument + + + numberOfMeasurements is less than one + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + View is not allowed to display analysis results or a manager object for this view already exists + + + 2011 + + + + + If true legend contains analysis description. + + + 2012 + + + + + If true legend contains analysis configuration name. + + + 2012 + + + + + Stores element id of text associated with common (result-independent) part of legend in view. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Enables analysis results visibility in the view. + + + 2012 + + + + + Governs how minimum and maximum values (the data range) are calculated. + + + If true the data range is calculated from all measurements. + Otherwise the data range is calculated from the current measurement only. + + + 2011 + + + + + Stores the currently displayed measurement + + + Must be in the range from 0 to (numberOfMeasurements - 1) + + + When setting this property: measurement is not in the range from 0 to (number of measurements - 1) + + + 2011 + + + + + Stores current position of analysis results legend element in view + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Stores the total number of measurements + + + This number defines the length of value arrays in ValueAtPoint objects + + + 2011 + + + + + If true interactive settings dialog and pick deletion are allowed. + + + Note that SpatialFieldManager cannot be deleted if this property is set to false. + + + 2021 + + + + + Exposes all API for an external analysis application. + Its primary role is creation, deletion and modification of SpatialFieldElement elements. + + + 2011 + + + + + + + + + Defines modes which can be used by a SpatialFieldPrimitive to hide the original referenced element. + + + 2013 + + + 2013 + + + + + Hide the whole referenced element. + + + + + Hide only the referenced face or curve. + + + + + Do not hide any piece of the original model element. + + + + + For ColoredSurface display style, hide only the referenced face passed at the primitive creation time. + For DeformedShape display style, hide only the referenced face or curve passed at the primitive creation time. + + + + + Causes the faces of the cutting element where it intersects the element it is cutting to be split or unsplit. + + + There must be a cut between the input elements. + + + The solid being cut or the cutting solid + + + The solid being cut or the cutting solid + + + True to split the faces of intersection, false to unsplit them. + + + There is no solid-solid cut between the input elements. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Unable to split or unsplit faces of cutting solid + + + 2011 + + + + + Checks that if there is a solid-solid cut between two elements. + + + The solid being cut or the cutting solid. + + + The solid being cut or the cutting solid. + + + If the return value of this function is true, this indicates which element is the cutting element from the pair. + True if the first solid cuts the second one, false if the second solid cuts the first one. + + + True if there is a solid-solid cut between the input elements, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Validates that the element is from an appropriate document. + + + Currently an element from either a project document, conceptual model, pattern based curtain panel, or adaptive component family + may participate in solid-solid cuts. + + + The solid to be cut or the cutting solid. + + + True if the element is from an appropriate document for solid-solid cuts, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Get all the solids which are cut by the input element. + + + The input element. + + + The ids of the solids which are cut by the input element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Gets all the solids which cut the input element. + + + The input element. + + + The ids of the solids which cut the input element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Verifies if the cutting element can add a solid cut to the target element. + + + The cutting element. + + + The element to be cut. + + + The reason that the cutting element cannot add a solid cut to the cut element. + + + True if the cutting element can add a solid cut to the target element, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + Validates that the element is eligible for a solid-solid cut. + + + The element must be solid and must be a GenericForm, GeomCombination, or a FamilyInstance. + + + The solid to be cut or the cutting solid. + + + True if the input element can participate in a solid-solid cut. False otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Removes the solid-solid cut between the two elements if it exists. + + + The document containing the two elements + + + The solid being cut or the cutting solid. + + + The solid being cut or the cutting solid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Adds a solid-solid cut for the two elements with the option to control splitting of faces of the cutting solid. + + + The document containing the two elements. + + + The solid to be cut. + + + The cutting solid. + + + True to split faces of cutting solid where it intersects the solid to be cut, false otherwise. + + + The element must be in a project document or in a conceptual model, pattern based curtain panel, or adaptive component family. + -or- + The element does not meet the condition that it must be solid and must be a GenericForm, GeomCombination, or a FamilyInstance. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Failed to add solid-solid cut for the two elements. + + + 2011 + + + + + Adds a solid-solid cut for the two elements. + + + This utility will split faces of cutting solid by default. + + + The document containing the two elements. + + + The solid to be cut. + + + The cutting solid. + + + The element must be in a project document or in a conceptual model, pattern based curtain panel, or adaptive component family. + -or- + The element does not meet the condition that it must be solid and must be a GenericForm, GeomCombination, or a FamilyInstance. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Failed to add solid-solid cut for the two elements. + + + 2011 + + + + + Exposes utilities which can cause one solid to cut another. + + + These utilities are applicable for the generic forms, geometry combinations and family instances in conceptual model, + pattern based curtain panel, or adaptive component families, and family instances which are permitted to participate in + joining in projects. Thus, for example, a beam cannot cut a wall (as the wall is not a family instance) in projects. Nor + can a steel beam participate in cutting another family (because steel beams do not participate in joining). + + + 2011 + + + + + The reason why a solid-solid cut cannot be created. + + + 2012 + + + 2012 + + + + + The cut is not appropriate for the two elements. + + + + + The target element has already cut the cutting element. + + + + + The cutting element has already cut the target element. + + + + + Yes, the cutting element can add a cut to the target element. + + + + + The property labeled "Tint Color" from the "SolidGlass" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Tint" from the "SolidGlass" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Amount" from the "SolidGlass" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 2". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Image" from the "SolidGlass" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyReference" and will only contain a reference to a connected image. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Type" from the "SolidGlass" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyInteger" with accepted values in the enumerated type "SolidglassBumpEnableType". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Roughness" from the "SolidGlass" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 1". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Refraction" from the "SolidGlass" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0.01, 5". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Reflectance" from the "SolidGlass" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 1". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Custom Color" from the "SolidGlass" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Custom Color" from the "SolidGlass" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Color" from the "SolidGlass" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyInteger" with accepted values in the enumerated type "SolidglassTransmittanceType". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + A static class that provides access to the property names that appear in the SolidGlass visual asset schema. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + Checks whether the element supports sketch editing. + + + This method checks if the element supports edit to all its sketches. + If you want to check if this element supports edit to a particular sketch please use . + + + The element id to be checked. + + + True if element supports sketch editing, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + + + + + Validates if an element can have a sketch but currently does not. + + + The element id to be checked. + + + True if the element doesn't have a sketch, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + + + + + Checks whether sketch can be edited. + + + This method checks if this particular sketch can be edited. + If you want to check if all sketches of an element can be edited please use + + The element id of sketch. + + + True if sketch can be edited, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Starts a sketch edit mode for an element which, at this moment, doesn't have a sketch. + + + Some surface Revit elements (like some Walls or some Analytical Elements) does not have a valid sketch all the time so in order to edit them, we have to create a valid sketch first. + The application will need to start a transaction to actually make changes to the element. + SketchEditScope can only be started when there is no transaction active, thus it does not + work for commands running in automatic transaction mode. + + + The Element without sketch to be edited. + + + The ElementId elementId already has a sketch defined. + -or- + Element does not support sketch editing. + -or- + Failed to start the sketch edit mode. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This SketchEditScope is not permitted to start at this moment for one of the following possible reasons: + The document is in read-only state, or the document is currently modifiable, + or there already is another edit mode active in the document. + -or- + Cannot create sketch. + + + 2023 + + + + + + + + Starts a sketch edit mode. + + + The application will need to start a transaction to actually make changes to the Sketch element. + SketchEditScope can only be started when there is no transaction active, thus it does not + work for commands running in automatic transaction mode. + + + The Sketch element to be edited. + + + The ElementId sketchId does not represent a Sketch. + -or- + Sketch does not support editing. + -or- + Failed to start the sketch edit mode. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This SketchEditScope is not permitted to start at this moment for one of the following possible reasons: + The document is in read-only state, or the document is currently modifiable, + or there already is another edit mode active in the document. + + + 2022 + + + + + Instantiates a SketchEditScope object. + + + The document for which this SketchEditScope is going to be used. + + + The name that will appear in the Undo menu in Revit after the SketchEditScope is successfully committed. + + + document is not a primary document, it is a linked document. + -or- + document is not a project document. + -or- + transactionName is an empty string. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + A SketchEditScope allows an application to create and maintain an editing session for a Sketch. + + + Start/end of a SketchEditScope will start/end a transaction group. After a SketchEditScope is started, an application can start transactions and edit the sketch. + Individual transactions the application creates inside SketchEditScope will not appear in the undo menu. + All transactions committed during the edit mode will be merged into a single one which will bear the given name passed into SketchEditScope constructor. + + + 2022 + + + + + + + + + Finishes the edit scope. + + + All the changes made after starting the EditScope will be committed. Changes will be merged into one transaction. + + + Callback to be invoked in the beginning of failure processing. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + EditScope is not active. EditScope can only be committed or cancelled when it is active. + -or- + EditScope cannot be closed, for there is a transaction or transaction group still open in the document. + + + 2014 + + + + + Cancels the edit scope. + + + All the changes made after starting the EditScope will be rolled back. + + + EditScope is not active. EditScope can only be committed or cancelled when it is active. + -or- + EditScope cannot be closed, for there is a transaction or transaction group still open in the document. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Tells if the edit scope is permitted to start. + + + The edit scope is not permitted to start for one of the following possible reasons: + The document is in read-only state, or the document is currently modifiable, + or there already is another edit mode active in the document. + + + 2014 + + + + + Tells if the EditScope is active. In other words, the EditScope has started but not committed/canceled yet. + + + Starting the edit scope is not permitted when it is active. + Canceling/committing is not allowed when the edit scope is not active. + + + 2014 + + + + + The base class for a scope object that provides special access and limitations related to editing certain elements. + + + Derivations of this class provide specific functionality to manage edit modes for specific purposes. + + + 2014 + + + + + Identifies whether the facets can construct a valid topography surface. + + + The facets to be checked. + + + A collection of points. + + + True if the facets are valid, otherwise false. + + + There are no points in the input points set. + -or- + There were not enough points to form a valid region (at least 3 are required), or the points were collinear ignoring elevation. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019.2 + + + + + Gets the ids of all subregion elements hosted on this topography surface. + + + This applies to a TopographySurface element (not a SiteSubRegion or a topography surface associated with a BuildingPad). + This applies to TopographySurface and SiteSubRegion elements. + + + The hosted subregion ids. + + + This element is not a TopographySurface. + + + 2014 + + + + + Obtains the subregion object represented by this element. + + + This applies to TopographySurface and SiteSubRegion elements. + + + The SiteSubRegion element. If this does not represent a SiteSubRegion, this will be . + + + 2014 + + + + + Filters and returns only the points of the topography surface which lie within the input bounding box. + + + This applies to TopographySurface, SiteSubRegion, and the topography surface associated with a BuildingPad element. + + + The 3D bounding box. + + + The result points within the 3D bounding box + + + boundingBox is an empty Outline. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets all of the points that are not boundary points for the topography surface. + + + This applies to TopographySurface, SiteSubRegion, and the topography surface associated with a BuildingPad element. + For a SiteSubRegion, this returns the points inherited from the host TopographySurface. + For the topography surface associated with a BuildingPad element, this returns an empty collection. + + + The collection of interior points. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the points which are on the boundary of the topography surface. + + + This applies to TopographySurface, SiteSubRegion, and the topography surface associated with a BuildingPad element. + For a SiteSubRegion, this returns the points from a representation of the region's boundary. + For the topography surface associated with a BuildingPad element, this returns the points from the sketch of this topography surface. + + + The collection of boundary points. + + + 2014 + + + + + Identifies whether the given point exists in the topography surface. + + + The given point will be evaluated in XYZ. If a point matches the XY location, but not the elevation, this function still returns false. + This applies to TopographySurface and SiteSubRegion elements. + + + The point to be checked. + + + True if the input point exists in the topography surface, otherwise false. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Identifies whether the given point is an existing boundary point of the current topography surface. + + + This applies to TopographySurface, SiteSubRegion, and the topography surface associated with a BuildingPad element. + The given point will be evaluated in XYZ. If a point matches the XY location, but not the elevation, an ArgumentException will be thrown + if this point does not exist in current topography surface. + + + The point to be checked. + + + Returns true if a given point is an existing boundary point. + For TopographySurface and SiteSubRegion elements, it returns false if the given point is an existing interior point of current topography surface. + For the topography surface associated with a BuildingPad element, it always returns true if the point is a part of the element (all points are boundary + points for the topography surface associated with a BuildingPad element). + + + The input point does not exist in the current topography surface. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the points that define this topography surface. + + + This applies to TopographySurface, SiteSubRegion, and the topography surface associated with a BuildingPad element. + For a SiteSubRegion, this returns the points from a representation of the region's boundary as well as the points inherited from the host TopographySurface. + For the topography surface associated with a BuildingPad element, this returns the points from the sketch of this topography surface(there are no interior points for this topography surface). + + + The collection of points. + + + 2014 + + + + + Identify whether the input points are distinct in XY location. + + + The points set to be checked. + + + True if all points are distinct after ignoring the elevations, otherwise false. + + + There are no points in the input points set. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Identify whether the points can construct a valid region for a topography surface. + + + The points set to be checked. + + + True if the size of points is not less than 3 and the points are not collinear after projecting to XY plane, that is, ignoring the elevation. + + + There are no points in the input points set. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Changes the elevation value for points + + + If none of the points in the collection doesn's exist, an exception will be thrown. + This function ignores input points that do not exist, unless all of the input points do not exist, which will result in an exception. + This applies to a TopographySurface element (not a SiteSubRegion or a topography surface associated with a BuildingPad), which shoule be in an active TopographyEditScope. + + + The points to be modified. + + + The new elevation value. + + + There are no points in the input points set. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The given value for elevationValue must be no more than 30000 feet in absolute value. + + + This element is not a TopographySurface. + -or- + The points of this topography surface are not editable. + -or- + The TopographySurface element is not in an active TopographyEditScope. + Modification cannot be made on this TopographySurface. + -or- + None of the input points exists in the current TopographySurface. + + + The document containing this TopographySurface is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document containing this TopographySurface is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document containing this TopographySurface has no open transaction. + + + 2014 + + + + + Changes the elevation value for a point. + + + If the point doesn't exist in the current TopographySurface, an exception will be thrown. + This applies to a TopographySurface element (not a SiteSubRegion or a topography surface associated with a BuildingPad), which should be in an active TopographyEditScope. + + + The point to be modified. + + + The new elevation value. + + + The input point does not exist in the current topography surface. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The given value for elevationValue must be no more than 30000 feet in absolute value. + + + This element is not a TopographySurface. + -or- + The points of this topography surface are not editable. + -or- + The TopographySurface element is not in an active TopographyEditScope. + Modification cannot be made on this TopographySurface. + + + The document containing this TopographySurface is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document containing this TopographySurface is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document containing this TopographySurface has no open transaction. + + + 2014 + + + + + Moves a collection of points in a topography surface by a designated vector. + + + The points which don't exist in the current TopographySurface will be ignored. + This function ignores input points that do not exist, unless all of the input points do not exist, which will result in an exception. + This applies to a TopographySurface element (not a SiteSubRegion or a topography surface associated with a BuildingPad), which shoule be in an active TopographyEditScope. + + + The points to be moved. + + + The vector which describes the distance and direction for the move. + Note that the Z value represents a change in elevation, pass Z=0 to move the point without changing the elevation. + + + There are no points in the input points set. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This element is not a TopographySurface. + -or- + The points of this topography surface are not editable. + -or- + The TopographySurface element is not in an active TopographyEditScope. + Modification cannot be made on this TopographySurface. + -or- + None of the input points exists in the current TopographySurface. + + + The document containing this TopographySurface is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document containing this TopographySurface is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document containing this TopographySurface has no open transaction. + + + 2014 + + + + + Moves a point in a TopographySurface to a new designated location. + + + If targetPt exists, the movedPt will be deleted. That means if movedPoint is moved to become a duplicate of an existing + point, movedPoint will be deleted instead becuase both points cannot exist at the same location. + This applies to a TopographySurface element (not a SiteSubRegion or a topography surface associated with a BuildingPad), which shoule be in an active TopographyEditScope. + + + The point to be moved. + + + The new designated location of this point will move to. + + + The input point does not exist in the current topography surface. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This element is not a TopographySurface. + -or- + The points of this topography surface are not editable. + -or- + The TopographySurface element is not in an active TopographyEditScope. + Modification cannot be made on this TopographySurface. + -or- + The input point doesn't exist in the current TopographySurface. + + + The document containing this TopographySurface is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document containing this TopographySurface is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document containing this TopographySurface has no open transaction. + + + 2014 + + + + + Deletes points from a Topography surface. + + + Points will be deleted if they matched in XY. + This function ignores input points that do not exist, unless all of the input points do not exist, which will result in an exception. + This applies to a TopographySurface element (not a SiteSubRegion or a topography surface associated with a BuildingPad), which shoule be in an active TopographyEditScope. + + + A collection of points to be deleted. + + + There are no points in the input points set. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This element is not a TopographySurface. + -or- + The topography surface is not editable. + -or- + The TopographySurface element is not in an active TopographyEditScope. + Modification cannot be made on this TopographySurface. + -or- + The points of this topography surface are not editable. + -or- + None of the input points exists in the current TopographySurface. + + + The document containing this TopographySurface is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document containing this TopographySurface is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document containing this TopographySurface has no open transaction. + + + 2014 + + + + + Adds points to a topography surface. + + + If an input point already exists in the surface at the same XY location, the point will not be added. + The document will be regenerated by this function. + This applies to a TopographySurface element (not a SiteSubRegion or a topography surface associated with a BuildingPad), which should be in an active TopographyEditScope. + + + A collection of points to be added. + + + There are no points in the input points set. + -or- + One or more points shared the same XY location (even with different elevations). This is not permitted for topography surfaces. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This element is not a TopographySurface. + -or- + The topography surface is not editable. + -or- + The points of this topography surface are not editable. + -or- + The TopographySurface element is not in an active TopographyEditScope. + Modification cannot be made on this TopographySurface. + + + The document containing this TopographySurface is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document containing this TopographySurface is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document containing this TopographySurface has no open transaction. + + + + + Creates a new topography surface element from facets and adds it to the document. + + + The document will be regenerated during the creation of this topography surface element. + The topography surface created by facet cannot modify its triangle points and facets. + + + The document to be modified. + + + A collection of points. + The points represent an enclosed area in the XY plane. + + + Triangle facets composing a polygon mesh. + Every facet contains 3 integers representing vertex indices. + + + The new topography surface. + + + document is not a project document. + -or- + There are invalid facets. Facets with more than two points with same x, y are not allowed. + -or- + There is(are) reference gap(s) between input arguments: points and facets. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2019.2 + + + + + Creates a new topography surface element and adds it to the document. + + + The document will be regenerated during the creation of this topography surface element. + + + The document to be modified. + + + A collection of points. + The points represent an enclosed area in the XY plane. + There can be only one point in the same XY location. + + + The new topography surface. + + + document is not a project document. + -or- + There are no points in the input points set. + -or- + There were not enough points to form a valid region (at least 3 are required), or the points were collinear ignoring elevation. + -or- + One or more points shared the same XY location (even with different elevations). This is not permitted for topography surfaces. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2014 + + + + + The id of the material applied to this element. + + + This applies to TopographySurface and SiteSubRegion elements. + + + When setting this property: The materialId cannot map to a valid material element. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + The element id of the building pad which causes this topography surface to be formed. + + + InvalidElementId returned signals that there is no associated building pad. + + + 2015 + + + + + Identifies if this element represents a topography surface associated with a building pad. + + + 2015 + + + + + Identifies if this element represents a subregion. + + + 2014 + + + + + Identifies whether the points of this topography surface can be edited independently. + Topography surfaces created from external data will not allow editing of individual points. + + + 2019 + + + + + Represents a TopographySurface element. + + + TopographySurface and related classes have been replaced as of Revit 2024 with and related classes. + It is recommended that all newly created elements and modifications operate from the new Toposolid class. The TopographySurface element remains in the API for backwards compatibility and upgrade. + A TopographySurface element in the Revit API represents: + An actual topography surface which can have an arbitrary boundary and collection of points.A SiteSubRegion element bounded by a sketch.A topography surface created automatically by the introduction of a BuildingPad element. + Identify a subregion with the IsSiteSubRegion property, and access the object that provides interfaces to manipulate the subregion via AsSiteSubRegion(). + Identify a topography surface associated with a building pad with the isAssociatedWithBuildingPad property, and access the associated BuildingPad element via the property AssociatedBuildingPadId. + If the element does represent a subregion or a topography surface associated with a building pad, some methods of this class are inapplicable. + + + + + Set the given curve loops as the boundary of an existing SiteSubRegion. + + + A collection of curve loops to be added. + + + The input curve loops cannot compose a valid boundary, that means: + no curve loop is contained in the given collection; + these curve loops intersect with each other for some of them; + or each curve loop is not closed individually; + or each curve loop is not planar; + or each curve loop is not in a plane parallel to the horizontal(XY) plane. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Failed to create the Sketch for the boundary of the current Subregion. + -or- + Cannot find an appropriate host topography surface for the SubRegion. + -or- + The given curve loops intersect with curve loops of existing SiteSubRegions hosted on the same TopographySurface. + -or- + The boundary of SubRegion is entirely inside or overlaps at least one existing BuildingPad hosted on the same TopographySurface. This behavior is not allowed. + + + The document containing this SiteSubRegion is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document containing this SiteSubRegion is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document containing this SiteSubRegion has no open transaction. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the boundary of current subregion. + + + The curve loops that represent the boundary. + + + 2014 + + + + + Identifies whether the given curve loops compose a valid boundary. + + + The curve loops are valid if they don't intersect with each other; each curve loop is closed; + and each loop is planar and lies on a plane parallel to the horizontal(XY) plane. + + + The curve loops to be checked. + + + True if the given curve loops don't intersect with each other; each curve loop is closed; + and each loop is planar and lies on a plane parallel to the horizontal(XY) plane. + Any requirement above is not satisfied or no curve loops contained, returns false. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates a new SiteSubRegion element with assigned TopographySurface to be hosted and adds it to the document. + + + This will create a new TopographySurface element which represents a subregion with a host TopographySurface assigned. + If you need access to this Element you can obtain it from the TopographySurface property. + See for details. + + + The document to be modified. + + + The boundary of the subregion. + + + The element id of a TopographySurface assigned to be a host of new created SiteSubRegion. + + + The new SubRegion surface. + + + The input curve loops cannot compose a valid boundary, that means: + no curve loop is contained in the given collection; + these curve loops intersect with each other for some of them; + or each curve loop is not closed individually; + or each curve loop is not planar; + or each curve loop is not in a plane parallel to the horizontal(XY) plane. + -or- + The ElementId hostTopoSurfaceId does not represent a TopographySurface. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Failed to create the Sketch for the boundary of the current Subregion. + -or- + Cannot associate the new subregion with the assigned host because there is no geometric overlap, or they have mismatched design options. + -or- + The given curve loops intersect with curve loops of existing SiteSubRegions hosted on the same TopographySurface. + -or- + The boundary of SubRegion is entirely inside or overlaps at least one existing BuildingPad hosted on the same TopographySurface. This behavior is not allowed. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates a new SiteSubRegion element and adds it to the document. + + + This will create a new TopographySurface element which represents a subregion. + If you need access to this Element you can obtain it from . + + + The document to be modified. + + + The boundary of the subregion. + + + The new SubRegion surface. + + + The input curve loops cannot compose a valid boundary, that means: + no curve loop is contained in the given collection; + these curve loops intersect with each other for some of them; + or each curve loop is not closed individually; + or each curve loop is not planar; + or each curve loop is not in a plane parallel to the horizontal(XY) plane. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Failed to create the Sketch for the boundary of the current Subregion. + -or- + Cannot find an appropriate host TopographySurface for the Subregion. + -or- + The given curve loops intersect with curve loops of existing SiteSubRegions hosted on the same TopographySurface. + -or- + The boundary of SubRegion is entirely inside or overlaps at least one existing BuildingPad hosted on the same TopographySurface. This behavior is not allowed. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The element id of the topography surface hosting this SiteSubRegion. + + + 2014 + + + + + The TopographySurface element which this SiteSubRegion represents. + + + 2014 + + + + + Represents a proxy class exposing the interfaces needed to access details of a subregion. + + + In the Revit database, both TopographySurface elements and subregion elements are represented by the same TopographySurface element subclass. + In the Revit API, this SiteSubRegion class exists to separate the interfaces for subregions from those of topography surfaces. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + default constructor + + + 2023 + + + + + Topography Link Load Option + + + 2023 + + + + + 2023 + + + Topography Link Type + + + 2023 + + + + + Load type indicating Toposolid members + + + + + Load type indicating SiteSurface members + + + + + Retreives the TopographyLinkLoadOption to indicate creation options of TopographyLink members + + + 2018 + + + + + Sets the TopographyLinkLoadOption + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Retrieves the LinkLoadResult of the attempt to load or reload a Topography link. + + + 2018 + + + + + Sets the LinkLoadResult + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + 2018 + + + + + Determines whether to reload from. + + + 2018 + + + + + The ElementId of the TopographyLinkType. + + + 2018 + + + + + Determines whether to insert or to reload. + + + 2018 + + + + + Id of the created TopographyLink + + + 2018 + + + + + Determines whether Revit is in API mode or not. + + + 2018 + + + + + Where to place the linked symbol element. + Set this option to place the view at the origin, the center, the base point, or a shared coordinates. + + + 2018 + + + + + The current document. + + + 2018 + + + + + The path of the inserted file. + + + 2018 + + + + + The data associated with the site insert service. + + + 2018 + + + + + The method that Revit will invoke to update the site data. + + + The site insert data. + + + Indicates whether the site insert server is executed successfully. + + + 2018 + + + + + The method that Revit will invoke to perform site insert. + + + The site insert data. + + + Indicates whether the site insert server is executed successfully. + + + 2018 + + + + + The method that Revit will invoke to update the site data. + + + The site insert data. + + + Indicates whether the site insert server is executed successfully. + + + 2018 + + + + + The method that Revit will invoke to perform site insert. + + + The site insert data. + + + Indicates whether the site insert server is executed successfully. + + + 2018 + + + + + Interface for external servers implementing site insert. + + + 2018 + + + + + Unset the active server for the particular document. + + + + After unsetting the active server, the document will be using the + application-wide active server, if one was already set. + + + Note it is not possible to unset a server that acts as an application-wide + active server for a service. On the other hand, there should be no reason + to ever do so, for each and every registered service should have (ideally) + an active server set applicatiton-wide. + + + For a service which has cref="Autodesk::Revit::DB::ExternalService::SupportActivation" set to false + calling this method will throw exception. For this kind of service only one server can be added, + and it will be marked by default as an application-wide active server. + + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The operation is not allowed because the service is being executed. + -or- + For a service that doesn't support activation, the servers can't be activated/deactivated. + + + 2013 + + + + + Change the active server for a specific document. + + + + Only one server per document can be set as active at any given time + in a single-server service. A document does not have to have an explicitly + set active server though - the application-wide active server would be + normally used when the service is executed for such a document. + + + Having an active server for a document overrules the active server + set for the application. That means if the service gets executed in + this particular document, the document-specific server will be used + instead of the application-wide one. + + + For a service which has cref="Autodesk::Revit::DB::ExternalService::SupportActivation" set to true + it is possible to set a server as active when another server is already active + for that service in this document. Making a server active will automatically + deactivate the server that was active before this call. + + + For a service which has cref="Autodesk::Revit::DB::ExternalService::SupportActivation" set to false + calling this method will throw exception. For this kind of service only one server can be added, + and it will be marked by default as an application-wide active server. + + + + Id of the server. + + + The document for which the server is being set as active. + + + The given Id is not of a server registered with the service. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The operation is not allowed because the service is being executed. + -or- + For a service that doesn't support activation, the servers can't be activated/deactivated. + + + 2013 + + + + + Set an active server applicable application-wide for the service. + + + + Only one server can be active at any given time in a single-server service, + but it is possible that no server is active (unless the service is mandatory). + + + An application-wide active server gets executed when the service is invoked + in the scope of the entire application (i.e. without a specific document), + or if the service is executed in a document but the document does not have + an active server explicitly set. + + + For a service which has cref="Autodesk::Revit::DB::ExternalService::SupportActivation" set to true + it is possible to set a server as active when another server is already active + for that service. Making a server active will automatically deactivate the server + that was active before this call. + + + For a service which has cref="Autodesk::Revit::DB::ExternalService::SupportActivation" set to false + calling this method will throw exception. For this kind of service only one server can be added, + and it will be marked by default as active. + + + + Id of the application server. + + + The given Id is not of a server registered with the service. + + + The operation is not allowed because the service is being executed. + -or- + For a service that doesn't support activation, the servers can't be activated/deactivated. + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns the Id of the server currently associated with the given document for the service. + + + The document for which the server is being set as active. + + + The Guid of the active server, or an invalid Guid if there is no active server assigned. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns the Id of the currently active application-level server of the service. + + + The GUID of the active server, or an invalid GUID if there is no active server assigned. + + + 2013 + + + + + This class represents a single-server service inside Revit application. + It is created when an instance of ISingleServerService is registered with Revit. + + + 2013 + + + + + Indicates whether the parameter should be hidden from the properties palette if it has no value. + + + 2016 + + + + + Finds the shared parameter element that corresponds to the given Guid. + + + The document. + + + Shared parameter Guid. + + + The retrieved shared parameter instance, or if the matching element is not found. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Creates a new shared parameter element in the document representing the parameter stored in the input ExternalDefinition. + + + The document. + + + Shared parameter definition. + + + The newly created shared parameter instance. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A shared parameter with the assigned GUID is already loaded into the document. + + + 2016 + + + + + The Guid that identifies this shared parameter. + + + 2016 + + + + + An element that stores the definition of a shared parameter which is loaded into the document. + + + Shared parameters are user-defined parameters that can be shared by multiple + Revit documents. A shared parameter is identified by a GUID. + Basic information of the shared parameter are accessed through GetDefinition(). + + + 2016 + + + + + Get the definition representing this parameter element. + + + The parameter. + + + 2016 + + + + + + + + + An Element that stores a user-defined parameter. + + + Revit supports both built-in and user-defined parameters. Built-in parameters + ship with the application, and they are not stored in Revit documents. + User-defined parameters are dynamically created, and they are stored in the + documents that use them, wrapped in ParameterElement objects. Different + subclasses of ParemeterElement represent different kinds of user-defined + parameters. + + + 2016 + + + + + Sets the length unit to be used when the input is a unitless SAT file. + + + Values ImportUnit::Default and ImportUnit::Custom are ignored. ImportUnit::Centimeter is used instead. + + + The length unit to be used for when the input is a unitless SAT file. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2017_subscription_update + + + + + Checks whether the data conversion service is available. + + + ShapeImporter relies on optional data conversion functionality. This function checks whether it is available. + + + True if the data conversion service is available, false otherwise. + + + 2017 + + + + + Converts the geometry stored in the external format into a collection of Revit geometry objects. + + + The Revit document where the resulting Revit geometry objects will be used. This document may need to be modified + to store dependent elements such as graphics styles and/or materials. + + + The full path to the input file. + + + A collection of Revit geometry objects created from the incoming data. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The given filename does not exist. + + + Data conversion service is not available. + + + 2017 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The length unit to be used if not specified when the input is a unitless SAT file. + + + If the input is a unitless SAT file then this length unit will be used as a backup. + + + 2017 + + + + + The format of the incoming data. + + + If this option is set to Auto (the default), the file name extension will be used to determine the input format. That covers most file-based data import workflows. + Specify the input format explicitly to perform an additional sanity check or if you are using a non-standard file extension. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2017 + + + + + Default constructor. Initializes an instance of ShapeImporter that will automatically recognize the file format from its extension (ShapeImporterSourceFormat.Auto). + + + 2017 + + + + + A utility class that supports conversion of geometry stored in an external format into a Revit geometry objects. + + + See for the list of supported formats. + + + 2017 + + + + + + + + + An enumerated type listing the possible formats supported by the Shapeimporter. + + + 2017 + + + 2017 + + + + + The incoming data is in STL format (*.stl). + + + + + The incoming data is in OBJ format (*.obj). + + + + + The incoming data is in SketchUp format (*.skp). + + + + + The incoming data is in Rhino format (*.3dm). + + + + + The incoming data is in SAT format (*.sat). + + + + + The format of the incoming data will be determined from input file extension. + + + + + Removes all ElementIds from the filter. + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns true if the given ElementId is a member of this filter's set. + + + The ElementId to look for. + + + True if the given ElementId is a member of the filter, otherwise false. + + + Invalid ElementId + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Removes a set of ElementIds from the filter's set. + + + The set of ElementIds to remove. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Removes a single ElementId from the filter's set. + + + The ElementId to remove. + + + Invalid ElementId + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Adds a set of ElementIds to the filter's set. + + + The set of ElementIds to add. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Adds a single ElementId to the filter's set. + + + The ElementId to add. + + + Invalid ElementId + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Determines whether this filter's set is empty or not. + + + True if the set is empty, otherwise false. + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns the set of ElementIds contained by this filter. + + + The set of ElementIds. + + + 2013 + + + + + Replaces the set of ElementIds contained by this filter. + + + The new set of ElementIds. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a new SelectionFilterElement in the given document. + + + The document in which to create the SelectionFilterElement. + + + The name for the new SelectionFilterElement. + + + The new SelectionFilterElement. + + + name is an empty string or contains only whitespace. + -or- + name cannot include prohibited characters, such as "{, }, [, ], |, ;, less-than sign, greater-than sign, ?, `, ~". + -or- + The given value for name is already in use as a filter element name. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + A filter element that stores an explicit list of ElementIds. + Only elements whose ElementIds are in this list will pass the filter. + + + 2013 + + + + + + + + + Determines whether the given name could be applied to a new FilterElement, + or if it could not be applied because the name is already in use. + + + The document in which the name is being tested for uniqueness. + + + The name tested for uniqueness. + + + Returns true if the name is unique, and false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Determines whether a potential filter element name is unique. + + + The candidate name. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + The base class for filter elements in the document. + + + 2011 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates if the footer row should display a count of elements in the group. + + + ShowFooterCount can only be enabled if ShowFooter is enabled. + + + True if an element count should be displayed, false otherwise. + + + When setting this property: Display of footer rows is not enabled. + + + 2013 + + + + + Indicates if the footer row should display a title. + + + The title consists of the value of the field that the + schedule is grouped by. + ShowFooterTitle can only be enabled if ShowFooter is enabled. + + + True if a title should be displayed, false otherwise. + + + When setting this property: Display of footer rows is not enabled. + + + 2013 + + + + + Indicates if a footer row should be displayed after each group. + + + The footer row displays totals of each field for which + totals are enabled. It can also optionally display a title + (see ShowFooterTitle) and a count of elements + (see ShowFooterCount). + + + True if a footer row should be displayed, false otherwise. + + + 2013 + + + + + Indicates if an empty row should be displayed between groups. + + + True if an empty row should be displayed, false otherwise. + + + 2013 + + + + + Indicates if a header row should be displayed before each group. + + + The header row displays a title consisting of the value of + the field that the schedule is grouped by. + + + True if a header row should be displayed, false otherwise. + + + 2013 + + + + + Indicates if elements in the schedule will be sorted in + ascending or descending order. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + The ID of the field that the schedule will be sorted or grouped by. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a new ScheduleSortGroupField. + + + The ID of the field that the schedule will be sorted or grouped by. + + + The sort order, ascending or descending. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a new ScheduleSortGroupField. + + + The ID of the field that the schedule will be sorted or grouped by. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a new ScheduleSortGroupField. + + + 2013 + + + + + A field that is used for sorting and/or grouping in a schedule. + + + A schedule may be sorted or grouped by one or more of the + schedule's fields. The ScheduleSortGroupField class represents + one of the fields that the schedule is sorted or grouped by. + Sorting and grouping are related operations. In either case, + elements appearing in the schedule are sorted based on their values + for the field that the schedule is sorted/grouped by, which automatically + causes elements with identical values to be grouped together. + By enabling extra header, footer, or blank rows, visual separation + between groups can be achieved. + If ScheduleDefinition.IsItemized is false, elements having the + same values for all of the fields used for sorting/grouping will be + combined onto the same row. + A schedule can be sorted or grouped by data that is not displayed + in the schedule by marking the field used for sorting/grouping as hidden + using the ScheduleField.IsHidden property. + + + 2013 + + + + + Options for sort order of rows in a schedule. + + + 2013 + + + + + Sort in descending order. + + + + + Sort in ascending order. + + + + + Creates an instance of a schedule segment on a sheet. + + + The segment index value could be -1, which means to create an instance for the entire schedule, + see property for more details. + + + The document + + + The id of the sheet where the schedule segment will be placed. + + + The id of the schedule view. + + + Location on the sheet where the schedule segment will be placed. + + + The schedule segment index of the schedule instance. + + + The new ScheduleInstance. + + + scheduleId is not a ViewSchedule that can be added to sheets. "Internal" schedules are not user-visible but are filtered by sheet or used to manage Revisions, which cannot be added to sheets. + -or- + viewSheetId is not a ViewSheet. + -or- + segmentIndex is not a valid segment index. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2022.1 + + + + + Create an instance of a schedule on a sheet. + + + The document + + + The id of the sheet where the schedule will be placed. + + + The id of the schedule view. + + + Location on the sheet where the schedule will be placed. + + + The new ScheduleInstance. + + + scheduleId is not a ViewSchedule that can be added to sheets. "Internal" schedules are not user-visible but are filtered by sheet or used to manage Revisions, which cannot be added to sheets. + -or- + viewSheetId is not a ViewSheet. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2013 + + + + + Identifies if this ScheduleSheetInstance is a revision schedule in a titleblock family. + + + These schedule instances should not be modified in the project environment. To modify the revision schedule on a titleblock, edit the titleblock family. + + + 2013 + + + + + The schedule segment index of this ScheduleSheetInstance. + + + This property represents which schedule segment is referred to by this ScheduleSheetInstance. It normally starts with 0 and + is less than the total number of the schedule segments, but there're some speccial cases: + The segment index value could be -1, which means referring to the whole schedule but not a specific segment.The segment index value 0 should be considered the same as -1 if the referenced schedule is not split in normal cases.The segment index value must be 0 if the schedule is a revision schedule and in a family.The segment index value can't be modified if the schedule is filter by sheet. (In fact, The segment + is referenced to is belongs to an internal schedule that only valid in the current view in this case.) + + When setting this property: segmentIndex is not a valid segment index. + + + When setting this property: The schedule of this ScheduleSheetInstance is a titleblock revision schedule or a sheet specific schedule. + + + 2022.1 + + + + + Rotation of the ScheduleInstance. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + When setting this property: This operation is prohibited for ScheduleInstances associated with revision schedules in titleblocks. + -or- + When setting this property: This operation is prohibited for ScheduleInstances that are pinned. + + + 2013 + + + + + Location on the sheet where the ScheduleInstance is placed (in sheet coordinates). + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + When setting this property: This operation is prohibited for ScheduleInstances associated with revision schedules in titleblocks. + + + 2013 + + + + + Id of the primary schedule that generates this ScheduleInstance. + + + 2013 + + + + + An element that represents a particular placement of a schedule on a sheet. + + + + Use ScheduleSheetInstance.OwnerViewId to find the sheet on which a schedule is placed. + + + When a schedule is set to filter by sheet and placed on a sheet, it will create a new schedule with elements visible + in the Viewport(s) on that sheet. The instance created belongs to the newly created schedule. + + + + 2013 + + + + + Rotation of the viewport + + + 2013 + + + + + Viewport is rotated 90 degrees counterclockwise. + + + + + Viewport is rotated 90 degrees clockwise. + + + + + Viewport is not rotated. + + + + + Set the filter value to an ElementId. + + + The filter value. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Set the filter value to a string. + + + The filter value. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Set the filter value to a double. + + + The filter value. + + + 2013 + + + + + Set the filter value to an integer. + + + The filter value. + + + 2013 + + + + + Sets the filter to have no specified value (used for HasParameter filters). + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets the filter value for a filter using an ElementId value. + + + The filter value. + + + The filter value is not an ElementId. + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets the filter value for a filter using a string value. + + + The filter value. + + + The filter value is not a string. + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets the filter value for a filter using a double value. + + + The filter value. + + + The filter value is not a double. + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets the filter value for a filter using an integer value. + + + The filter value. + + + The filter value is not an integer. + + + 2013 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates if the filter has an ElementId value. + + + 2013 + + + + + Indicates if the filter has a double value. + + + 2013 + + + + + Indicates if the filter has a string value. + + + 2013 + + + + + Indicates if the filter has an integer value. + + + 2013 + + + + + Indicates if the filter has no specified value. + + + 2013 + + + + + The filter type. + + + See ScheduleFilterType for details. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + The ID of the field used to filter the schedule. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a new ScheduleFilter. + + + The ID of the field used to filter the schedule. + + + The filter type. + + + The filter value for a filter using an ElementId value. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a new ScheduleFilter. + + + The ID of the field used to filter the schedule. + + + The filter type. + + + The filter value for a filter using a string value. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a new ScheduleFilter. + + + The ID of the field used to filter the schedule. + + + The filter type. + + + The filter value for a filter using a double value. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a new ScheduleFilter. + + + The ID of the field used to filter the schedule. + + + The filter type. + + + The filter value for a filter using an integer value. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a new ScheduleFilter. + + + The ID of the field used to filter the schedule. + + + The filter type. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a new ScheduleFilter. + + + 2013 + + + + + A filter in a schedule. + + + The ScheduleFilter class represents a single filter in a schedule. + A filter is a condition that must be satisfied for an element to + appear in the schedule. All filters must be satisfied for an element + to appear in the schedule. + A schedule can be filtered by data that is not displayed + in the schedule by marking the field used for filtering as hidden + using the ScheduleField.IsHidden property. + + + 2013 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + A text string denoting the filter operator. + + + 2019 + + + + + The filter operator. + + + 2019 + + + + + An instance of this class holds a filter operator and a text string that denotes + the operator in a particular context. For example, the text string for ScheduleFilterType::LessThan + may be "is less than" for a filter rule based on a parameter with numerical values + or "is below" for a filter rule based on a parameter representing a Level. + + + 2019 + + + + + Type of schedule filter. + + + 2013 + + + + + The element does not have a value for the specified parameter. No value is specified. + + + + + The element has a value for the specified parameter. No value is specified. + + + + + The field is not associated with a specified global parameter of a compatible type + + + + + The field is associated with a specified global parameter of a compatible type + + + + + For a string field, the field value does not end with the specified string. + + + + + For a string field, the field value ends with specified string. + + + + + For a string field, the field value does not begin with the specified string. + + + + + For a string field, the field value begins with the specified string. + + + + + For a string field, the field value does not contain the specified string. + + + + + For a string field, the field value contains the specified string. + + + + + The field value is less than or equal to the specified value. + + + + + Less The field value is less than to the specified value. + + + + + The field value is greater than or equal to the specified value. + + + + + The field value is greater than the specified value. + + + + + The field value is not equal to the specified value. + + + + + The field value is equal to the specified value. + + + + + The element has the parameter specified by the field. Used with shared parameters. No value is specified for this filter type. + + + + + An invalid filter. Do not use. + + + + + Checks whether a non-calculated/non-combined field is eligible to be included in + this schedule. + + + The field to check. + + + True if the field may be included in the schedule, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets a list of all non-calculated/non-combined fields that are eligible to be + included in this schedule. + + + A list of SchedulableField objects representing the non-calculated/non-combined + fields that may be included in the schedule. + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks whether a field can be used with a global parameter-based filter. + + + The global parameter-based filter types are IsAsociatedWith, IsNotAssociatedWith. + Only parameters which have a compatible type with at least one existing global parameter + can be filtered. + + + The ID of the field to check. + + + True if the field can be used with a global parameter-based filter, false otherwise. + + + fieldId is not the ID of a field in this ScheduleDefinition. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Checks whether a field can be used with a substring-based filter. + + + The substring-based filter types are Contains, NotContains, + BeginsWith, NonBeginsWith, EndsWith and NotEndsWith. + Only string parameters can be filtered by substring. + + + The ID of the field to check. + + + True if the field can be used with a substring-based filter, false otherwise. + + + fieldId is not the ID of a field in this ScheduleDefinition. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks whether a field can be used with a value presence-based filter. + + + The value presence filter types are HasValue and HasNoValue. + + + The ID of the field to check. + + + True if the field can be used with a value presence filter, false otherwise. + + + fieldId is not the ID of a field in this ScheduleDefinition. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020 + + + + + Checks whether a field can be used with a value-based filter. + + + The value-based filter types are Equal, NotEqual, + GreaterThan, GreaterThanOrEqual, LessThan and LessThanOrEqual. + Only certain types of parameters can be filtered by value. + Note that some fields (for example, Workset, Family, Type, Family and Type) + only support Equal, NotEqual, but not GreaterThan, GreaterThanOrEqual, LessThan and LessThanOrEqual. + + + The ID of the field to check. + + + True if the field can be used with a value based filter, false otherwise. + + + fieldId is not the ID of a field in this ScheduleDefinition. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks whether a field can be used with a HasParameter filter. + + + The HasParameter filter type only supports shared parameters, + and only with the Instance or ElementType field types. + + + The ID of the field to check. + + + True if the field can be used with a HasParameter filter, false otherwise. + + + fieldId is not the ID of a field in this ScheduleDefinition. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks whether filters can be added to this ScheduleDefinition. + + + Key schedules and revision schedules do not support filters. + + + True if this ScheduleDefinition supports filters, false otherwise. + + + 2013 + + + + + Replaces all filters in this ScheduleDefinition. + + + The new list of filters. + + + The resulting filter count would be greater than 8. + -or- + A field ID is not the ID of a field in this ScheduleDefinition. + -or- + A field and filter type cannot be used to filter this ScheduleDefinition. + -or- + A filter value is not valid for the field and filter type. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This ScheduleDefinition does not support filters. + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets all filters in this ScheduleDefinition. + + + A list of all filters. + + + 2013 + + + + + Replaces a filter. + + + The index of the filter to replace. + + + The new filter. + + + The field ID is not the ID of a field in this ScheduleDefinition. + -or- + The field and filter type cannot be used to filter this ScheduleDefinition. + -or- + The filter value is not valid for the field and filter type. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + index is not a valid filter index. + + + This ScheduleDefinition does not support filters. + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets a filter. + + + The index of the filter. + + + A copy of the filter. + + + index is not a valid filter index. + + + 2013 + + + + + Removes all filters. + + + This ScheduleDefinition does not support filters. + + + 2013 + + + + + Removes a filter. + + + The index of the filter to remove. + + + index is not a valid filter index. + + + This ScheduleDefinition does not support filters. + + + 2013 + + + + + Adds a new filter at the specified position in the list. + + + The filter to add. + + + The index in the list of filters. + + + The field ID is not the ID of a field in this ScheduleDefinition. + -or- + The field and filter type cannot be used to filter this ScheduleDefinition. + -or- + The filter value is not valid for the field and filter type. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + index is not a valid insert position. + + + This ScheduleDefinition does not support filters. + -or- + The resulting filter count would be greater than 8. + + + 2013 + + + + + Adds a new filter at the end of the list. + + + The filter to add. + + + The field ID is not the ID of a field in this ScheduleDefinition. + -or- + The field and filter type cannot be used to filter this ScheduleDefinition. + -or- + The filter value is not valid for the field and filter type. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This ScheduleDefinition does not support filters. + -or- + The resulting filter count would be greater than 8. + + + 2013 + + + + + + + + + Gets the number of filters in this ScheduleDefinition. + + + The number of filters. + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks whether a schedule can be filtered by sheet. + + + True if the schedule can be filtered by sheet, + false otherwise. + + + 2023 + + + + + Checks whether a field can be used for sorting/grouping. + + + Schedules cannot be sorted/grouped by the Count field, Percentage + fields, or Formula fields that depend on Percentage fields because + those types of fields don't have meaningful values until after + sorting and grouping takes place. + + + The ID of the field to check. + + + True if the field can be used for sorting/grouping, false otherwise. + + + fieldId is not the ID of a field in this ScheduleDefinition. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Replaces all sorting/grouping fields in this ScheduleDefinition. + + + The new list of sorting/grouping fields. + + + The resulting sorting/grouping field count would be greater than 4. + -or- + A field ID is not the ID of a field in this ScheduleDefinition. + -or- + A field cannot be used for sorting/grouping. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets all sorting/grouping fields in this ScheduleDefinition. + + + A list of all sorting/grouping fields. + + + 2013 + + + + + Replaces a sorting/grouping field. + + + The index of the sorting/grouping field to replace. + + + The new sorting/grouping field. + + + The field ID is not the ID of a field in this ScheduleDefinition. + -or- + The field cannot be used for sorting/grouping. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + index is not a valid sorting/grouping field index. + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets a sorting/grouping field. + + + The index of the sorting/grouping field. + + + A copy of the sorting/grouping field. + + + index is not a valid sorting/grouping field index. + + + 2013 + + + + + Removes all sorting/grouping fields. + + + 2013 + + + + + Removes a sorting/grouping field. + + + The index of the sorting/grouping field to remove. + + + index is not a valid sorting/grouping field index. + + + 2013 + + + + + Adds a new sorting/grouping field at the specified position in the list. + + + The sorting/grouping field to add. + + + The index in the list of sorting/grouping fields. + + + The field ID is not the ID of a field in this ScheduleDefinition. + -or- + The field cannot be used for sorting/grouping. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + index is not a valid insert position. + + + The resulting sorting/grouping field count would be greater than 4. + + + 2013 + + + + + Adds a new sorting/grouping field at the end of the list. + + + The sorting/grouping field to add. + + + The field ID is not the ID of a field in this ScheduleDefinition. + -or- + The field cannot be used for sorting/grouping. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The resulting sorting/grouping field count would be greater than 4. + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets the number of sorting/grouping fields in this ScheduleDefinition. + + + The number of sorting/grouping fields. + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks whether a ScheduleFieldId is the ID of a field in this ScheduleDefinition. + + + The field ID to check. + + + True if the field ID is valid, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks whether an integer is a valid zero-based field index in this ScheduleDefinition. + + + The field index to check. + + + True if the field index is valid, false otherwise. + + + 2013 + + + + + Converts a field ID to the corresponding field index. + + + The field ID. + + + The field index. + + + fieldId is not the ID of a field in this ScheduleDefinition. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Converts a field index to the corresponding field ID. + + + The field index. + + + The field ID. + + + index is not a valid field index in this ScheduleDefinition. + + + 2013 + + + + + Reorders the fields in the schedule. + + + The field IDs in a new order. + + + fieldIds does not contain exactly the same field IDs as this ScheduleDefinition currently contains. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets the IDs of the current list of fields in order. + + + The IDs of the current list of fields. + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets a field. + + + The ID of the field. + + + The field. + + + fieldId is not the ID of a field in this ScheduleDefinition. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets a field. + + + The index of the field. + + + The field. + + + index is not a valid field index in this ScheduleDefinition. + + + 2013 + + + + + Removes all fields. + + + 2013 + + + + + Removes a field. + + + The ID of the field to remove. + + + fieldId is not the ID of a field in this ScheduleDefinition. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Removes a field. + + + The index of the field to remove. + + + index is not a valid field index in this ScheduleDefinition. + + + 2013 + + + + + Adds a combined parameter field at the specified position in the list. + + + The combined parameters array. + + + The field name. + + + The index in the list of fields. + + + The new field. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + index is not a valid insert position. + + + 2017 + + + + + Checks if data is valid for combined parameters + + + data is array of TableCellCombinedParameterData to be set as combined parameters + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Adds a regular field at the specified position in the list. + + + The type of data displayed by the field. + + + The ID of the parameter displayed by the field. + + + The index in the list of fields. + + + The new field. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + index is not a valid insert position. + -or- + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + The field specified by fieldType and parameterId may not included in this ScheduleDefinition. + -or- + The field specified by fieldType and parameterId is already included in this ScheduleDefinition. + + + 2013 + + + + + Adds a regular field at the specified position in the list. + + + The type of data displayed by the field. + + + The index in the list of fields. + + + The new field. + + + The field specified by fieldType may not included in this ScheduleDefinition. + -or- + The field specified by fieldType is already included in this ScheduleDefinition. + -or- + The fieldType can't be CustomField. To add a CustomField, you should create a Schedulable field and add it. + + + index is not a valid insert position. + -or- + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + Adds a regular field at the specified position in the list. + + + A SchedulableField object representing the field. + + + The index in the list of fields. + + + The new field. + + + The field specified by schedulableField may not included in this ScheduleDefinition. + -or- + The field specified by schedulableField is already included in this ScheduleDefinition. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + index is not a valid insert position. + + + 2013 + + + + + Adds a regular field at the end of the list. + + + The type of data displayed by the field. + + + The ID of the parameter displayed by the field. + + + The new field. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + The field specified by fieldType and parameterId may not included in this ScheduleDefinition. + -or- + The field specified by fieldType and parameterId is already included in this ScheduleDefinition. + + + 2013 + + + + + Adds a regular field at the end of the list. + + + The type of data displayed by the field. + + + The new field. + + + The field specified by fieldType may not included in this ScheduleDefinition. + -or- + The field specified by fieldType is already included in this ScheduleDefinition. + -or- + The fieldType can't be CustomField. To add a CustomField, you should create a Schedulable field and add it. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + Adds a regular field at the end of the list. + + + A SchedulableField object representing the field. + + + The new field. + + + The field specified by schedulableField may not included in this ScheduleDefinition. + -or- + The field specified by schedulableField is already included in this ScheduleDefinition. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + + + + + Gets the number of fields in this ScheduleDefinition. + + + The number of fields. + + + 2013 + + + + + Get all categories that can be used for an embedded ScheduleDefinition + in this ScheduleDefinition. + + + The IDs of all valid categories. + + + 2013 + + + + + Indicates if a category can be used for an embedded ScheduleDefinition + in this ScheduleDefinition. + + + The category ID to check. + + + True if the category can be used for an embedded ScheduleDefinition, + false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Indicates if this ScheduleDefinition can have an embedded ScheduleDefinition + added. + + + Only schedules of the following categories can have an embedded + ScheduleDefinition: + + Rooms + Spaces + Electrical Circuits + Duct Systems + Piping Systems + Mechanical Equipment Sets + MEP Fabrication Ductwork + Fabrication Ductwork Stiffeners + + Key schedules cannot have embedded schedules. + + + True if this ScheduleDefinition can have an embedded ScheduleDefinition, + false otherwise. + + + 2013 + + + + + Removes the embedded ScheduleDefinition. + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + This ScheduleDefinition does not have an embedded ScheduleDefinition. + + + 2013 + + + + + Adds an embedded ScheduleDefinition. + + + The category ID of elements to display in the embedded schedule. + + + categoryId is not the ID of a category that can be used for an embedded + ScheduleDefinition in this ScheduleDefinition. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + This ScheduleDefinition is not a kind of schedule that supports adding an embedded + ScheduleDefinition. + -or- + This ScheduleDefinition already has an embedded ScheduleDefinition. + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks whether the schedule is a type that supports + including elements from linked files. + + + Elements from linked files can be included in schedules of normal + model elements and in sheet lists, but not in most other specialized + kinds of schedules. + + + True if elements from linked files can be included, false otherwise. + + + 2013 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates if the schedule is set to filter by sheet. + + + If the schedule is set to filter by sheet, and it is placed on a particular sheet, the + instance created will present only the elements visible in the Viewport(s) on that sheet. + + + When setting this property: The schedule category is not supported to use filter by sheet. + -or- + When setting this property: The Schedule is split already. + + + 2023 + + + + + Indicates if the schedule grid lines will be visible on a sheet. + + + 2019.2 + + + + + Indicates if the headers will be displayed in the schedule. + + + 2015 Subscription Update + + + + + Indicates if the title will be displayed in the schedule. + + + 2015 Subscription Update + + + + + The title name is used to display at the grand total row. The name is "Grand total", expressed in the Revit session language, by default. + + + GrandTotalTitle can only be set when both ShowGrandTotal and ShowGrandTotalTitle are enabled. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + When setting this property: Display of a grand total row is not enabled. + -or- + When setting this property: Display of grand total title is not enabled. + + + 2015 + + + + + Indicates if the grand total row should display a count of elements + in the schedule. + + + ShowGrandTotalCount can only be enabled if ShowGrandTotal is enabled. + + + True if an element count should be displayed, false otherwise. + + + When setting this property: Display of a grand total row is not enabled. + + + 2013 + + + + + Indicates if the grand total row should display a title. + + + The title consists of the text "Grand total". + ShowGrandTotalTitle can only be enabled if ShowGrandTotal + is enabled. + + + True if a title should be displayed, false otherwise. + + + When setting this property: Display of a grand total row is not enabled. + + + 2013 + + + + + Indicates if a grand total row should be displayed at the bottom of + the schedule. + + + The grand total row displays totals of each field for which + totals are enabled. It can also optionally display a title + (see ShowGrandTotalTitle) and a count of elements + (see ShowGrandTotalCount). + + + True if a grand total row should be displayed, false otherwise. + + + 2013 + + + + + Indicates if this is an embedded ScheduleDefinition. + + + 2013 + + + + + Indicates if this ScheduleDefinition has an embedded ScheduleDefinition. + + + 2013 + + + + + The embedded ScheduleDefinition. + + + 2013 + + + + + Indicates if the schedule displays each element on a separate row or + combines multiple grouped elements onto the same row. + + + In an itemized schedule, each scheduled element is displayed on + a separate row. + In a non-itemized schedule, elements that are grouped together + according to the schedule's grouping criteria are combined onto a + single row. For example, if a schedule is grouped by Level and Type, + elements having the same Level and Type will appear on the same row. + In non-itemized schedules, the Count field can be used to display + the number of elements on the row, and totaled fields will display + the sum of the values from all elements on the row. If a field is + not totaled and the elements on the row have different values for + the field, an empty cell will be displayed. + + + True if the schedule displays each element on a separate row. False + if multiple grouped elements are combined on the same row. + + + When setting this property: This ScheduleDefinition is a key schedule. + + + 2013 + + + + + Indicates if the schedule includes elements from linked files. + + + For an embedded ScheduleDefinition, this setting is controlled + by the primary ScheduleDefinition and cannot be set in the embedded + ScheduleDefinition. + + + True if elements in linked files should be included, false otherwise. + + + When setting this property: This ScheduleDefinition does not support including elements from linked files. + -or- + When setting this property: This ScheduleDefinition is an embedded ScheduleDefinition. + + + 2013 + + + + + Indicates if the schedule is a material takeoff. + + + A material takeoff is a schedule that displays information about + the materials that make up elements in the model. Unlike regular + schedules where each row (before grouping) represents a single + element, each row in a material takeoff represents a single + <element, material> pair. + + + 2013 + + + + + Indicates if the schedule is a key schedule. + + + A key schedule displays abstract "key" elements that can be used to + populate parameters of ordinary model elements. + + + 2013 + + + + + In a note block schedule, the ID of the Generic Annotation family + displayed by the schedule. + + + A note block is a schedule of the Generic Annotations category + that shows elements of a single family rather than all elements + in the category. + + + 2013 + + + + + In an area schedule, the ID of the area scheme to display. + + + Schedules of the Areas category show area elements belonging to a single + area scheme. + Key schedules of the Areas category apply to all area schemes, so they + don't have an area scheme ID. + + + 2013 + + + + + The category ID of elements appearing in the schedule. + + + Most schedules show elements of a single category. In multi-category + schedules, the category ID is InvalidElementId. In key schedules, + the schedule's category is the category of elements that the keys are + associated with. + + + 2013 + + + + + Settings that define the contents of a schedule. + + + The ScheduleDefinition class contains various settings that + define the contents of a schedule view, including: + + The schedule's category and other basic properties that determine the type of schedule. + A set of fields that become the columns of the schedule. + Filters that restrict the set of elements visible in the schedule. + Sorting and grouping criteria. + + Most schedules contain a single ScheduleDefinition. In Revit MEP, + schedules of certain categories can contain an "embedded schedule" containing + elements associated with the elements in the primary schedule, for example a + room schedule showing the elements inside each room or a duct system schedule + showing the elements associated with each system. An embedded schedule has + its own category, fields, filters, etc. Those settings are stored in a + second ScheduleDefinition object. + + + 2013 + + + + Get the invalid ScheduleFieldId whose IntegerValue is -1. + + + Determines whether two ScheduleFieldId are different. + The first ScheduleFieldId. + The second ScheduleFieldId. + True if the ScheduleFieldId are different, otherwise false. + + + Determines whether two ScheduleFieldIds are the same. + The first ScheduleFieldId. + The second ScheduleFieldId. + True if the ScheduleFieldIds are the same, otherwise false. + + + +Gets a String representation of the integer value of the id. + + + + +Gets the integer value of the id as hash code + + + + Determines whether the specified is equal to the current . + The other object to evaluate. + + + + Provides the value of the ScheduleFieldId as an integer. + + + 2013 + + + + + 2013 + + + + The ScheduleFieldId object is used as a unique identification for a field in a schedule. + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Default is false: let the OS eliminate as much or as little dead data as it wants to. + True: force the OS to eliminate all dead data from the file on disk. + + + 2014 + + + + + The view id that will be used to generate the preview; this id is not saved to the document's permanent settings. + + + If this id is set, the indicated view will be used to generate the preview even if + DocumentPreviewSettings.PreviewViewId is also set. + + + The id must be valid for use as a preview view (check DocumentPreviewSettings.IsViewIdValidForPreview()). + Revit does not check validity when setting this value, only when the options are used in a call to SaveAs(). + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Default constructor. + + + PreviewViewId will be InvalidElementId. + + + 2012 + + + + + This class contains options available for saving a document to disk. + + + 2012 + + + + + Sets the options which govern whether or not to relinquish elements and workset types. + + + The options. If , synchronize with central will relinquish the current user's ownership of all worksets and all elements. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the options which govern whether or not to relinquish elements and workset types. + + + The options. If , synchronize with central will relinquish the current user's ownership of all worksets and all elements. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates whether Revit will save the local file at least once while synchronizing with central. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates whether Revit should relinquish borrowed elements after synchronizing with central. + + + This is a shortcut to access the value stored in . + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates whether Revit should relinquish user-created Standard worksets after synchronizing with central. + + + This is a shortcut to access the value stored in . + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates whether Revit should relinquish View worksets after synchronizing with central. + + + This is a shortcut to access the value stored in . + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates whether Revit should relinquish Family worksets after synchronizing with central. + + + This is a shortcut to access the value stored in . + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates whether Revit should relinquish Project Standard worksets after synchronizing with central. + + + This is a shortcut to access the value stored in . + + + 2014 + + + + + True means enable cloud worksharing in this operation, false means it is a common synchronization + + + 2014 + + + + + True means to save local after saving changes to central. True by default. + Silently ignored if the model in the current session is central rather than local. + + + It is recommended practice to save local after SWC because otherwise local becomes incompatible with central. + + + 2014 + + + + + User description of changes made since the last Sync with Central. Empty by default. + + + When setting this property: comment has more than 30,000 characters. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates whether Revit should compact the central model while synchronizing with central. + This option reduces the size of the central model but many increase the time it takes to perform the save. + False by default. + + + 2014 + + + + + True means to save local before the first reload latest if there are changes not yet saved to local. + True by default. Silently ignored if the model in the current session is central rather than local. + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of SynchronizeWithCentralOptions initialized with default options. + + + 2014 + + + + + Options to control behavior of synchronization with central. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + True means all elements checked out by the current user should be relinquished. + False means none of these are relinquished. + + + 2014 + + + + + True means all user-created worksets owned by the current user should be relinquished. + False means none of these are relinquished. + + + This defaults to false in the User Interface. + + + 2014 + + + + + True means all view worksets owned by the current user should be relinquished. + False means none of these are relinquished. + + + 2014 + + + + + True means all family worksets owned by the current user should be relinquished. + False means none of these are relinquished. + + + 2014 + + + + + True means all project standards worksets owned by the current user should be relinquished. + False means none of these are relinquished. + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of RelinquishOptions. + + + The value to apply to all of the members. + + + 2014 + + + + + Options to control behavior of relinquishing ownership of elements and worksets. + + +

The settings correspond to the checkboxes in the Synchronize with Central dialog + in the section "After synchronizing, relinquish the following worksets and elements:".

+

An element can be owned (reflected in the "Edited By" parameter) either + by being checked out ("borrowed") or by belonging to a checked out workset.

+

Relinquishing a workset will relinquish all its unmodified elements that the current user owns.

+

The subtle interactions between checking out elements and checking out worksets + are beyond the scope of the documentation for this class. But as an example, + if a wall is borrowed (explicitly checked out) and then its workset is checked out, + then the wall is no longer considered borrowed because the workset ownership + implicitly grants ownership of all elements in the workset (except elements borrowed by other users).

+
+ + 2014 + +
+ + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + For a transmitted model opened with DetachAndPreserveWorksets, + clear its transmitted flag in the Save/SaveAs operation. + + + 2014 + + + + + The default set of user-worksets to open when opening the model in the UI. + Default is AskUserToSpecify. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2014 + + + + + Whether to save the new model as a central instead of local model. + True: save as a central model. + Default is false: save as a local model. + + + Must be true for a model where the model has not yet been saved as a central + after either worksharing has just been enabled + or the model was opened detached from central + and . + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a new WorksharingSaveAsOptions with default settings. + + + 2014 + + + + + This class contains options specific to worksharing SaveAs. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates the set of user-created worksets to open in memory + + + 2014 + + + + + Explicitly ask the user the specify which user-created worksets to open. + + + + + The set of user-created worksets last opened for this model. + + + + + All user-created worksets checked out to the current user. + + + + + All user-created worksets. + + + + + Sets Worksharing options for SaveAs. + + +

Must be for a non-workshared model.

+

Allowed to be for a workshared model, + in which case default values for WorksharingSaveAsOptions are used.

+ + + 2014 + +
+ + + Gets Worksharing options for SaveAs. + + + Defaults to . + For a workshared model, if default values for WorksharingSaveAsOptions are used. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Default is false: let the OS eliminate as much or as little dead data as it wants to. + True: force the OS to eliminate all dead data from the file on disk. + + + 2014 + + + + + The maximum number of backups to keep on disk. + + +

Non-workshared models have whole-file backups, sequentially numbered.

+

File-based workshared models have eager, incremental backups + in a backup folder adjacent to the model itself: + Every save backs up all changed data and avoids recopying unchanged elements, + so the latest backup is equivalent to the main copy on disk and + the backup folder does not have huge amounts of redundant data.

+
+ +

A positive number means to keep at most that many backups.

+

The default value of -1 means to use Revit's defaults: + 3 for non-workshared, 20 for workshared. + After initialization, the setter can be used to choose a positive number, + but cannot be used to restore this default value.

+
+ + When setting this property: The requested number of backups is out of range. + + + 2014 + +
+ + + The view id that will be used to generate the preview; this id is not saved to the document's permanent settings. + + + If this id is set to a view id, the indicated view will be used to generate the preview even if + DocumentPreviewSettings.PreviewViewId is also set. + + + The id must be valid for use as a preview view (check DocumentPreviewSettings.IsValidPreviewViewId()). + Revit does not check validity when setting this value, only when the options are used in a call to SaveAs(). + Default is InvalidElementId. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Identifies if the operation should be able to overwrite an existing file. + + + True if the SaveAs operation should silently overwrite an existing target file, if it exists. + False if the operation should fail if there is already a file at the target location. Default is false. + + + 2012 + + + + + Default constructor. + + + 2012 + + + + + This class contains options available for saving a document to disk with a new filename. + + + 2012 + + + + + Sets all the tessellation parameters to its predefined values for the given resolution type. + + + Type of exporting resolution. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2021.1 + + + + + Checks whether the GridAspectRatio tessellation parameter is explicitly set. + + + True if GridAspectRatio tessellation parameter is explicitly set, false otherwise. + + + 2021.1 + + + + + Checks whether the value is allowed (is in the allowed range) for GridAspectRatio tessellation parameter. + + + The value to be checked. + + + True if the value is valid for GridAspectRatio, false otherwise. + + + 2021.1 + + + + + Checks whether the MaxEdgeLength tessellation parameter is explicitly set. + + + True if MaxEdgeLength tessellation parameter is explicitly set, false otherwise. + + + 2021.1 + + + + + Checks whether the value is allowed (is in the allowed range) for MaxEdgeLength tessellation parameter. + + + The value to be checked. + + + True if the value is valid for MaxEdgeLength, false otherwise. + + + 2021.1 + + + + + Checks whether the NormalTolerance tessellation parameter is explicitly set. + + + True if NormalTolerance tessellation parameter is explicitly set, false otherwise. + + + 2021.1 + + + + + Checks whether the value is allowed (is in the allowed range) for NormalTolerance tessellation parameter. + + + The value to be checked. + + + True if the value is valid for NormalTolerance, false otherwise. + + + 2021.1 + + + + + Checks whether the SurfaceTolerance tessellation parameter is explicitly set. + + + True if SurfaceTolerance tessellation parameter is explicitly set, false otherwise. + + + 2021.1 + + + + + Checks whether the value is allowed (is in the allowed range) for SurfaceTolerance tessellation parameter. + + + The value to be checked. + + + True if the value is valid for SurfaceTolerance, false otherwise. + + + 2021.1 + + + + + The maximum aspect ratio allowed in the grid placed across the face. + The minimum allowed value is 1.0. The maximum allowed value is 10.0. By default this property is ignored. + + + This property can be set by using export resolution type (by creation of STLExportOptions or using method). + In the case of Fine, Medium and Coarse resolutions, this property has the same value (10.0) and it is considered as explicitly set by the user. + In the case of Custom resolution type, this property is only allowed to be obtained if it has been explicitly set. + + + When setting this property: The value gridAspectRatio is outside the allowable range of values for GridAspectRatio tessellation parameter. + + + GridAspectRatio tessellation parameter is default (hasn't been explicitly set by the user) and cannot be obtained now. + + + 2021.1 + + + + + The maximum length allowed for any chord on an edge or between any two adjacent grid lines. This is a percentage value. + By exporting, the real value of maximum edge length is calculated as a percent from the length of the diameter of the body bounding box. + The minimum allowed value is 0.1%. The maximum allowed value is 10.0%. By default this property is ignored. + + + This property can be set by using export resolution type (by creation of STLExportOptions or using method). + In the case of Fine, Medium and Coarse resolutions, this property has the same value (10.0%) and it is considered as explicitly set by the user. + In the case of Custom resolution type, this property is only allowed to be obtained if it has been explicitly set. + + + When setting this property: The value maxEdgeLength is outside the allowable range of values for MaxEdgeLength tessellation parameter. + + + MaxEdgeLength tessellation parameter is default (hasn't been explicitly set by the user) and cannot be obtained now. + + + 2021.1 + + + + + The maximum change in the surface normal between adjacent nodes in the mesh. This property is defined in degrees. + The minimum allowed value is 1.0 degrees. The maximum allowed value is 45.0 degrees. Default value is 15.0 degrees. + + + This property can be set by using export resolution type (by creation of STLExportOptions or using method). + In the case of Fine (10.0 degrees), Medium (15.0 degrees) and Coarse (30.0 degrees) resolutions, this property is considered as explicitly set by the user. + In the case of Custom resolution type, this property is only allowed to be obtained if it has been explicitly set. + + + When setting this property: The value normalTolerance is outside the allowable range of values for NormalTolerance tessellation parameter. + + + NormalTolerance tessellation parameter is default (hasn't been explicitly set by the user) and cannot be obtained now. + + + 2021.1 + + + + + The maximum distance between mesh triangles and model geometry. This is a percentage value. + By exporting, the real value of surface tolerance is calculated as a percent from the length of the diameter of the body bounding box. + The minimum allowed value is 0.001%. The maximum allowed value is 1.0%. Default value is 0.1%. + + + This property can be set by using export resolution type (by creation of STLExportOptions or using method). + In the case of Fine (0.005%), Medium (0.016%) and Coarse (0.04%) resolutions, this property is considered as explicitly set by the user. + In the case of Custom resolution type, this property is only allowed to be obtained if it has been explicitly set. + + + When setting this property: The value surfaceTolerance is outside the allowable range of values for SurfaceTolerance tessellation parameter. + + + SurfaceTolerance tessellation parameter is default (hasn't been explicitly set by the user) and cannot be obtained now. + + + 2021.1 + + + + + True to export color information, false otherwise. + Default value is false. + + + Color information can be exported only in binary STL format, in the case of ASCII STL format this property will be ignored. + + + 2021.1 + + + + + The unit type of geometry in the resultant STL file. + Default value is ExportUnit::Default. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2021.1 + + + + + True to export in binary STL format, false to export in ASCII STL format. + Default value is true. + + + 2021.1 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of STLExportOptions with all predefined tessellation settings, depending on export resolution type. + Note: in case of Custom resolution type, tessellation settings won't be predefined and will have default values. + + + The type of export resolution. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2021.1 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of STLExportOptions with default values of all properties. + + + 2021.1 + + + + + The export options used by exporting STL format file. + + + 2021.1 + + + + + 2023 + + + An enumerated type listing possible options to control the tessellation quality. + + + 2023 + + + + + Tessellated export with coarse resolution. + + + + + Tessellated export with medium resolution. + + + + + Tessellated export with fine resolution. + + + + + Tessellated export with custom resolution (all tessellation parameters have default values). + + + + + Sets the SSE point visibility for the given category. + + + The document. + + + The category id. + + + The visibility of the given category. True means the SSE points are visible. + + + The category is not valid for SSE. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Gets the SSE point visibility for the given category. + + + The document. + + + The category id. + + + The visibility of the given category. True means the SSE points are visible. + + + The category is not valid for SSE. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Represents the settings contained in the document associated to the point display of Floor, Roof and Toposolid. + for serialization + public api methods + + + 2024 + + + + + A rail type object that is used in the generation of top rail. + + + 2013 + + + + + Represents a top rail element in Autodesk Revit. + + + + + True if the stairs type has middle supports, False otherwise. + + + 2013 + + + + + The type of middle supports used in the stair. + + + invalidElementId if the stairs type has no middle support. + + + When setting this property: supportType is not a valid middle support type. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + When setting this property: The stairs type has no middle support so the data being set is not applicable. + + + 2013 + + + + + The number of middle supports used in the stair. + + + 0 if the stairs type has no middle support. + + + When setting this property: The given value for supportsNumber is negative. + + + When setting this property: The stairs type has no middle support so the data being set is not applicable. + + + 2013 + + + + + The offset for the right support from the edge of the run in a horizontal direction. + + + 0 if the right support is not carriage(open). + + + When setting this property: The given value for offset must be between 0 and 30000 feet. + + + When setting this property: The right support style is not carriage(open), so this related data cannot be set. + + + 2013 + + + + + The offset for the left support from the edge of the run in a horizontal direction. + + + 0 if the left support is not carriage(open). + + + When setting this property: The given value for offset must be between 0 and 30000 feet. + + + When setting this property: The left support style is not carriage(open), so this related data cannot be set. + + + 2013 + + + + + The type of right support used in the stair. + + + When setting this property: rightSideStringerTypeId is not a valid support type. + -or- + When setting this property: The specified rightSideStringerTypeId doesn't match the desired style of the right side support. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + When setting this property: The right support style is none, so this related data cannot be set. + + + 2013 + + + + + The type of left support used in the stair. + + + When setting this property: leftSideStringerTypeId is not a valid support type. + -or- + When setting this property: The specified leftSideStringerTypeId doesn't match the desired style of the left side support. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + When setting this property: The left support style is none, so this related data cannot be set. + + + 2013 + + + + + The construction method of the stairs. + + + 2013 + + + + + The join style between a run and landing. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + The type for all landings in the stair element. + + + When setting this property: The specified landingTypeId is not a valid landing type. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + The type for all runs in the stair element. + + + When setting this property: The specified runTypeId is not a valid run type. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + The width of the vertical gap in the stairs notch. + + + When setting this property: The given value for notchVerticalGap must be between 0 and 30000 feet. + + + When setting this property: The construction method of the stairs type is not "Precast" or the StairsEndConnectionType of the stairs type is not "Notch", so this related data cannot be set. + + + 2013 + + + + + The width of the horizontal gap in the stairs notch. + + + When setting this property: The given value for notchHorizontalGap must be between 0 and 30000 feet. + + + When setting this property: The construction method of the stairs type is not "Precast" or the StairsEndConnectionType of the stairs type is not "Notch", so this related data cannot be set. + + + 2013 + + + + + The vertical length of the notch profile from the top. + + + When setting this property: The given value for notchThickness must be between 0 and 30000 feet. + + + When setting this property: The construction method of the stairs type is not "Precast" or the StairsEndConnectionType of the stairs type is not "Notch", so this related data cannot be set. + + + 2013 + + + + + The horizontal length of the notch profile. + + + When setting this property: The given value for notchExtension must be no more than 30000 feet in absolute value. + + + When setting this property: The construction method of the stairs type is not "Precast" or the StairsEndConnectionType of the stairs type is not "Notch", so this related data cannot be set. + + + 2013 + + + + + The initial value for the width of a common run. + + + When setting this property: The given value for minRunWidth must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + + + 2013 + + + + + The minimum tread width along the center path for all common runs (winder, arc, and straight). + + + When setting this property: The given value for minTreadDepth must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + + + 2013 + + + + + The maximum height of each riser on the stair element. + + + When setting this property: The given value for maxRiserHeight must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + + + 2013 + + + + + A type element containing the properties for a component-based stair. + + + 2013 + + + + + + + + + The connection of the riser to tread in relation to each other. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + When setting this property: The run type has no riser so the data being set is not applicable. + + + 2013 + + + + + The id of the profile of the risers. + + + When setting this property: The profile is neither a valid element id nor invalidElementId. + -or- + When setting this property: The profile is not a valid riser profile symbol. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + When setting this property: The run type has no riser so the data being set is not applicable. + + + 2013 + + + + + The thickness of the risers. + + + When setting this property: The given value for length must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + + + When setting this property: The run type has no riser so the data being set is not applicable. + + + 2013 + + + + + True if risers will be slanted, false if they will be straight. + + + 2013 + + + + + Represents on which edges of the nosing to apply the nosing profile. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + When setting this property: The run type has no tread so the data being set is not applicable. + + + 2013 + + + + + The id of the profile of the treads. + + + When setting this property: The profile is neither a valid element id nor invalidElementId. + -or- + When setting this property: The profile is not a valid tread profile symbol. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + When setting this property: The run type has no tread so the data being set is not applicable. + + + 2013 + + + + + The id of the nosing profile of the treads. + + + When setting this property: The profile is neither a valid element id nor invalidElementId. + -or- + When setting this property: The profile is not a valid nosing profile symbol. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + When setting this property: The run type has no tread so the data being set is not applicable. + + + 2013 + + + + + The amount of the tread depth that overhangs the next tread. + + + When setting this property: The given value for length must be between 0 and 30000 feet. + + + 2013 + + + + + The thickness of the treads. + + + When setting this property: The given value for thickness must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + + + When setting this property: The run type has no tread so the data being set is not applicable. + + + 2013 + + + + + The material of the stairs run, only available for monolithic stairs run. + + + The id of the material of the stairs run, invalid ElementId if the stairs run is not monolithic. + + + When setting this property: The materialId is not a valid material element. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + When setting this property: The stairs run type is not a monolithic type so the data being set is not applicable. + + + 2013 + + + + + The underside surface style of the stairs run, only available for monolithic stairs run. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + When setting this property: The stairs run type is not a monolithic type so the data being set is not applicable. + + + 2013 + + + + + The total depth of the stairs run, only available for monolithic stairs run. + + + 2013 + + + + + The structural depth of the stairs run, only available for monolithic stairs run. + + + The structural depth of the stairs run, 0.0 if the stairs run is not monolithic. + + + When setting this property: The given value for structuralDepth must be between 0 and 30000 feet. + + + When setting this property: The stairs run type is not a monolithic type so the data being set is not applicable. + + + 2013 + + + + + True if the stairs run will include risers on steps, false otherwise. + + + 2013 + + + + + True if the stairs run will include treads on steps, false otherwise. + + + 2013 + + + + + True if the stairs run is monolithic, false otherwise. + + + 2013 + + + + + A stairs run type object that is used in the generation of stairs run. + + + 2013 + + + + + + + + + Creates a spiral run in the project document by providing the center, start angle and included angle. + + + The new stairs run and the document will be regenerated. + This should be run from within an open transaction. + + + The document. + + + The stairs that the new stairs run will belong to. + + + The center of the location arc of the spiral run. + The Z coordinate of the center is the base elevation for the new run (in model coordinates). + It must be greater than or equal to the stairs base elevation. + + + The radius of the location arc of the spiral run. + + + The start angle of the location arc of the spiral run. + The angle's coordinate system is world coordinate system which always is XYZ.BasisX and XYZ.BasisY. + + + The total angle covered by the spiral run. Must be a positive value (direction is determined by the clockwise flag). + + + True if the spiral run will be created along clockwise direction, False otherwise. + + + The location path justification of the new stairs run. + + + The new stairs run. + + + The stairsId is not a valid stairs element. + -or- + The given value for startAngle is not finite + -or- + The input center is not a valid center for spiral run (probably the Z coordinate doesn't meet the restrictions) + -or- + The includedAngle doesn't satisfy riser restriction to generate spiral run (probably it's too small). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The given value for radius must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + -or- + The given value for includedAngle must be positive. + -or- + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + The radius is too small to generate a spiral run at the given justification. + + + The stairs element represented by stairsId is not in an active StairsEditScope. + New components cannot be added to it. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + The center, radius, startAngle, includedAngle don't satisfy restrictions to generate spiral run. + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a straight run in the project document. + + + The new stairs run and the document will be regenerated. + This should be run from within an open transaction. + + + The document. + + + The stairs that the new stairs run will belong to. + + + The line for location path of the new stairs run. The line has following restriction: + The line should be bound line which is parallel to the XY plane.The Z coordinate of the line is the base elevation for the new run (in model coordinates). + It must be greater than or equal to the stairs base elevation.The number of created risers will be calculated by rounding the length of the + location path to a multiple of the tread depth. + + The location path justification of the new stairs run. + + + The new stairs run. + + + The stairsId is not a valid stairs element. + -or- + The input locationPath is not a bound line. + -or- + The input locationPath is not a valid location path line for straight run. + -or- + The locationPath is not valid line used as stairs path(probably it's too short). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + The stairs element represented by stairsId is not in an active StairsEditScope. + New components cannot be added to it. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + The locationPath doesn't satisfy restrictions to generate straight run. + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a sketched run in the project document by providing a group of boundary curves and riser curves, specifying slope type and height for boundary curves. + + + The run type of the new stairs run will be determined by the specified stairs. + The new stairs run and the document will be regenerated. + This should be run from within an open transaction. + + + The document. + + + The stairs that the new stairs run will belong to. + + + Base elevation of the new stairs run. It has following restrictions: + The base elevation is relative to the base elevation of the stairs.The base elevation will be rounded automatically to a multiple of the riser height. + + The boundary curves of the new stairs run, specifying slope type and height. The curves have following restriction: + The curves should consist of bound Line or Arc curves only.The curves should be a pair of curve chains(two sets of curves which connect end-to-end + to form the left and right boundaries).The left and right boundary chain curves should not connect to each other.They can be single curves or multi-segmented curves(for example, straight lines and + arcs connected). + + The riser curves of the new stairs run. The curves have following restriction: + The curves should consist of bound Line or Arc curves only.The curves should be able to make at least two curve chains.The curves in each chain should connect between the left and right boundaries. + + The stair path curves of the new stairs run. The curves have following restriction: + The curves should consist of bound Line or Arc curves only.The curves should be able to make one curve chain.The curve chain should have intersection with all riser curve chains.The curves should connect between the first and last riser chain curves. + + The new stairs run. + + + The stairsId is not a valid stairs element. + -or- + The input riserCurves is empty. + -or- + The input stairsPath is empty. + -or- + The input boundaryCurves is empty. + The input boundaryCurves contains at least one curve which is not a bound Line or bound Arc + and is not supported for this operation. + -or- + The input riserCurves contains at least one curve which is not a bound Line or bound Arc + and is not supported for this operation. + -or- + The input stairsPath contains at least one curve which is not a bound Line or bound Arc + and is not supported for this operation. + -or- + The riserCurves or boundaryCurves or stairsPath don't meet restrictions to create sketch run. + -or- + The boundaryCurves has invalid curve used as sketch boundary curve. + -or- + The riserCurves has invalid curve used as sketch riser curve. + -or- + The stairsPath has invalid curve used as sketch stairspath curve. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The given value for baseElevation must be no more than 30000 feet in absolute value. + -or- + The baseElevation doesn't meet the restriction that bottom of run should not be lower than bottom of stairs. + + + The stairs element represented by stairsId is not in an active StairsEditScope. + New components cannot be added to it. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + The boundaryCurves, riserCurves, stairsPath don't meet restrictions to generate sketch run. + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a sketched run in the project document by providing a group of boundary curves and riser curves. + + + The run type of the new stairs run will be determined by the specified stairs. + The new stairs run and the document will be regenerated. + This should be run from within an open transaction. + + + The document. + + + The stairs that the new stairs run will belong to. + + + Base elevation of the new stairs run. It has following restrictions: + The base elevation is relative to the base elevation of the stairs.The base elevation will be rounded automatically to a multiple of the riser height. + + The boundary curves of the new stairs run. The curves have following restriction: + The curves should consist of bound Line or Arc curves only.The curves should be a pair of curve chains(two sets of curves which connect end-to-end + to form the left and right boundaries).The left and right boundary chain curves should not connect to each other.They can be single curves or multi-segmented curves(for example, straight lines and + arcs connected). + + The riser curves of the new stairs run. The curves have following restriction: + The curves should consist of bound Line or Arc curves only.The curves should be able to make at least two curve chains.The curves in each chain should connect between the left and right boundaries. + + The stair path curves of the new stairs run. The curves have following restriction: + The curves should consist of bound Line or Arc curves only.The curves should be able to make one curve chain.The curve chain should have intersection with all riser curve chains.The curves should connect between the first and last riser chain curves. + + The new stairs run. + + + The stairsId is not a valid stairs element. + -or- + The input boundaryCurves is empty. + -or- + The input riserCurves is empty. + -or- + The input stairsPath is empty. + -or- + The input boundaryCurves contains at least one curve which is not a bound Line or bound Arc + and is not supported for this operation. + -or- + The input riserCurves contains at least one curve which is not a bound Line or bound Arc + and is not supported for this operation. + -or- + The input stairsPath contains at least one curve which is not a bound Line or bound Arc + and is not supported for this operation. + -or- + The riserCurves or boundaryCurves or stairsPath don't meet restrictions to create sketch run. + -or- + The boundaryCurves has invalid curve used as sketch boundary curve. + -or- + The riserCurves has invalid curve used as sketch riser curve. + -or- + The stairsPath has invalid curve used as sketch stairspath curve. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The given value for baseElevation must be no more than 30000 feet in absolute value. + -or- + The baseElevation doesn't meet the restriction that bottom of run should not be lower than bottom of stairs. + + + The stairs element represented by stairsId is not in an active StairsEditScope. + New components cannot be added to it. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + The boundaryCurves, riserCurves, stairsPath don't meet restrictions to generate sketch run. + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns the run's boundary curves which are projected on the stairs base level. + + + The boundary curves of the stairs run. + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns the stairs path curves on the run. The curves are projected on base level of the stairs. + + + The stairs path curves. + + + The stairs run has no stairs path it probably because the run was not generated yet. + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns the stairs to which the stairs run belongs. + + + The stairs to which the stairs run belongs. + + + 2013 + + + + + Retrieves all supports hosted by the stair's run. + + + The supports consist of left, right, and middle supports of the stair's run. + + + All supports hosted by the stair's run. + + + 2013 + + + + + Retrieves all supports on the right side of run boundaries. + + + The supports on the right side of run boundaries. + + + 2013 + + + + + Retrieves all supports on the left side of run boundaries. + + + The supports on the left side of run boundaries. + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns information about the connections in which the stairs run participates. + The stairs run may have no connection, or have at maximum two connections at the lower and upper ends. + + + The connections in which the stairs run participates. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the number system reference corresponding to the given reference options. + + + The return value of this function is suitable for use in NumberSystem.Create() + to associate a NumberSystem with the location on the StairsRun. + Don't try to get geometry curve from the reference. + + + The reference option. + + + The reference. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + Set Location path for a spiral run. + + + The run whose location path will be set. + + + The center of the location arc of the spiral run. + The Z coordinate of the center is the base elevation for the new run (in model coordinates). + It must be greater than or equal to the stairs base elevation. + + + The radius of the location arc of the spiral run. + + + The start angle of the location arc of the spiral run. + The angle's coordinate system is world coordinate system which always is XYZ.BasisX and XYZ.BasisY. + + + The total angle covered by the spiral run. Must be a positive value (direction is determined by the clockwise flag). + + + True if the spiral run will be created along clockwise direction, False otherwise. + + + The location path justification of the new stairs run. + + + Indicate if set is success or not. + + + The given value for startAngle is not finite + -or- + The input center is not a valid center for spiral run (probably the Z coordinate doesn't meet the restrictions) + -or- + The includedAngle doesn't satisfy riser restriction to generate spiral run (probably it's too small). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The given value for radius must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + -or- + The given value for includedAngle must be positive. + -or- + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + The radius is too small to generate a spiral run at the given justification. + + + The stairs element represented by stairsRun is not in an active StairsEditScope. + The run cannot be modified. + + + The center, radius, startAngle, includedAngle don't satisfy restrictions to generate spiral run. + + + 2013 + + + + + Set location path for a straight run by giving a line. + + + The run whose location path will be set. + + + The location path. + + + Indicate if set is success or not. + + + The input locationPath is not a bound line. + -or- + The input locationPath is not a valid location path line for straight run. + -or- + The locationPath is not valid line used as stairs path(probably it's too short). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The stairs element represented by stairsRun is not in an active StairsEditScope. + The run cannot be modified. + + + The locationPath doesn't satisfy restrictions to generate straight run. + + + 2013 + + + + + The position of the run relative to the Up-direction path used to create the run. + + + Only common runs(straight, spiral, winder) have location line justification. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + The stairs run is sketched so the data being set is not applicable. + + + 2013 + + + + + True if the stairs run ends with a riser, false otherwise. + + + If selected, Revit adds a riser to the end of the run. + Clearing this option will change the number of risers in the run. + You will need to manually add or remove risers to maintain the original height. + + + 2013 + + + + + True if the stairs run begins with a riser, false otherwise. + + + If selected, Revit adds a riser to the beginning of the run. + If you clear this option, Revit removes the beginning riser + and positions the adjacent tread at the base elevation. + Clearing this option will change the number of risers in the run. + You will need to manually add a riser to maintain the original height. + + + 2013 + + + + + Specifies a value to extend/trim the run's first step against base elevation of the stairs if the stairs begins with a tread. + + + This is useful in cases where the run attaches to the face of a floor opening rather than + resting on the surface of the floor. + Negative value extends the run's first step below the stairs' base elevation. Positive + value trims it above the stairs' base elevation. + This value should not be greater than run's top elevation. + + + 0.0 if the stairs run connects with stairs landing or the stairs run doesn't begin with a thread. + + + When setting this property: The given value for extendBelowTreadBase must be no more than 30000 feet in absolute value. + -or- + When setting this property: The extendBelowTreadBase is not less than run height. + -or- + When setting this property: The extendBelowTreadBase is greater than the top elevation of the stairs run. + + + When setting this property: The run cannot extend its below base because its base joins with other stairs components. + -or- + When setting this property: The run cannot extend its below tread base because it doesn't begin with a tread. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies a value to extend/trim the run's first step against base elevation of the stairs if the stairs begins with a riser. + + + This is useful in cases where the run attaches to the face of a floor opening rather than + resting on the surface of the floor. + Negative value extends the run's first step below the stairs' base elevation. Positive + value trims it above the stairs' base elevation. + This value should not be greater than run's top elevation. + + + 0.0 if the stairs run connects with stairs landing or the stairs run doesn't begin with a riser. + + + When setting this property: The given value for extendBelowRiserBase must be no more than 30000 feet in absolute value. + -or- + When setting this property: The extendBelowRiserBase is not less than run height. + -or- + When setting this property: The extendBelowRiserBase is greater than the top elevation of the stairs run. + + + When setting this property: The run cannot extend its below base because its base joins with other stairs components. + -or- + When setting this property: The run cannot extend its below riser base because it doesn't begin with a riser. + + + 2014 + + + + + The actual number of stairs treads in the stairs run. + + + This is a read-only value. + + + 2013 + + + + + The actual number of stairs risers in the stairs run. + + + This is a read-only value. + + + 2013 + + + + + Specifies the value of the tread width excluding the width of independent side supports. + + + The actual width of the stairs run, 0.0 if the run is a sketched run. + + + When setting this property: The given value for runWidth must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + -or- + When setting this property: The runWidth is too small or too large to be used as actual run width, probably it + doesn't satisfy the layout generation restriction of the stairs run. + + + When setting this property: The stairs run is sketched so the data being set is not applicable. + + + 2013 + + + + + The top elevation of the stairs run. + + + The top elevation has following restrictions: + The top elevation is relative to the base elevation of the stairs to which the + stairs run belongs.When setting this property the value will be rounded automatically to a multiple of + the riser height.When setting this property for common run, the run's height will change according to + the new base/top elevation. So the value must be greater than base elevation to keep run valid.When setting this property for sketched run, whose height is fixed, the run's base + elevation will be adjusted to keep the same run height. + + When setting this property: The given value for topElevation must be no more than 30000 feet in absolute value. + -or- + When setting this property: The topElevation doesn't meet the minimal height restriction of the stairs run. + -or- + When setting this property: The topElevation is less than the extension below base of the stairs run. + + + When setting this property: The stairs run is sketched so the data being set is not applicable. + + + 2013 + + + + + The base elevation of the stairs run. + + + The base elevation has following restrictions: + The base elevation is relative to the base elevation of the stairs to which the + stairs run belongs.When setting this property the value will be rounded automatically to a multiple of + the riser height.When setting this property for common run, the run's height will change according to + the new base/top elevation. So the value must be less than the top elevation to keep run valid.When setting this property for sketched run, whose height is fixed, the run's top + elevation will be adjusted to keep the same run height. + + When setting this property: The given value for baseElevation must be no more than 30000 feet in absolute value. + -or- + When setting this property: The baseElevation doesn't meet the restriction that bottom of run should not be lower than bottom of stairs. + -or- + When setting this property: The baseElevation doesn't meet the minimal height restriction of the stairs run. + -or- + When setting this property: The baseElevation impacts the top elevation which is less than extension below base. + + + 2013 + + + + + The calculated height of the stairs run. + + + The height is the elevation span between run's base elevation and top elevation. + + + 2013 + + + + + The style of the stairs run such as straight, winder, etc. + + + 2013 + + + + + Represents a stairs run element in Autodesk Revit. + + + 2013 + + + + + True if the arrow fills the full step width, false if it fills by the specified arrow size. + + + 2013 + + + + + True if the stairs path starts from the riser, false if it starts from the tread. + + + When setting this property: The StairsPathType is not fixed up direction so the data being set is not applicable. + + + 2013 + + + + + True if the stairs path arrowhead should be shown to the cutmark, false if the arrow head is not shown. + + + 2013 + + + + + True if stairs paths should be drawn for each run, false if it should be drawn for the whole stairs. + + + When setting this property: The StairsPathType is not fixed up direction so the data being set is not applicable. + + + 2013 + + + + + Represents whether the stairs path ends at the riser. + + + When setting this property: The StairsPathType is not fixed up direction so the data being set is not applicable. + + + 2013 + + + + + The style of the stairs path. + + + 2013 + + + + + The line shape of stairs path at the corner. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + When setting this property: Either the stairs path direction is not AutomaticUpDown, or it is AlwaysUp but DrawForEachRun is false. + + + 2013 + + + + + The start symbol type of stairs path. + + + When setting this property: The startSymbolTypeId is not a valid start symbol type. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + The arrow head type of the stairs path. + + + When setting this property: The arrowheadTypeId is not a valid arrow head type. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + The start extension length of the stairs path. + + + When setting this property: The given value for startExtension must be between 0 and 30000 feet. + + + 2013 + + + + + The distance from the stairs path arrow to cut mark. + + + When setting this property: The given value for distanceToCutMark must be between 0 and 30000 feet. + + + 2013 + + + + + An object represents the stairs path type. + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks if more stairs paths can be added on the plan views of a multistory stairs. + + + The multistory stairs id. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a new stairs path for the stairs in a multistory stairs with the specified stairs path type only in the plan view. + + + The document. + + + The id of the multistory stairs element either in the host document or in a linked document. + + + The type of stairs path. + + + The new stairs paths. + + + Cannot add more stairs paths on multistoryStairsId. + -or- + The typeId is not a valid stairs path type. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Creates a new stairs path for the specified stairs with the specified stairs path type only in the plan view. + + + The document. + + + The id of the stairs element either in the host document or in a linked document. + + + The type of stairs path. + + + The plan view in which the stairs path will be shown. + + + The new stairs path. + + + The stairsId is not a valid stairs. + -or- + The typeId is not a valid stairs path type. + -or- + The planViewId is not a valid plan view. + -or- + The stairsId already has a stairs path. + -or- + The stairsId is not visible in planViewId. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + + + + + Represents whether show stairs down text or not. + + + When setting this property: The type of this stairs path is not automatic up/down direction. + + + 2013 + + + + + Represents whether show stairs up text or not. + + + 2013 + + + + + The orientation of stair up and down text. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + The host stairs element id. + + + 2013 + + + + + The offset of stairs path to center line of stairs. + + + When setting this property: The given value for stairsPathOffset is not finite + -or- + When setting this property: The stairsPathOffset is larger than half the width of the stairs. + + + 2013 + + + + + The offset of stairs up text. + + + The z direction makes no sense in API. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + When setting this property: The stairs path doesn't not show up text so the data being set is inapplicable. + + + 2013 + + + + + The offset of stairs down text. + + + The z direction makes no sense in API. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + When setting this property: The type of this stairs path is not automatic up/down direction. + -or- + When setting this property: The stairs path doesn't show down text so the data being set is inapplicable. + + + 2013 + + + + + The stairs down text. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + When setting this property: The type of this stairs path is not automatic up/down direction. + -or- + When setting this property: The stairs path doesn't show down text so the data being set is inapplicable. + + + 2013 + + + + + The stairs up text. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + When setting this property: The stairs path doesn't not show up text so the data being set is inapplicable. + + + 2013 + + + + + An object that represents the stairs path. + + + 2013 + + + + + Thickness of the stairs landing. + + + When setting this property: The given value for thickness must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + + + When setting this property: The landing type doesn't have monolithic support. + + + 2013 + + + + + True if the stairs landing is monolithic, false otherwise. + + + 2013 + + + + + Represents a stairs landing type in Autodesk Revit. + + + 2013 + + + + + Get a copy of the curve that is formed along this boundary. + + + A copy of the curve. + + + 2015 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Construct a SketchedStairsCurveData defined by a curve associated with its height and slope type. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2015 + + + + + Sketched run/landing curves overrides with height and slope + + + 2015 + + + + + Returns information about the connections in which the stairs landing participates. + + + The connections in which the stairs landing participates. + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns the stairs path curves on the landing. The curves are projected on the stairs base level. + + + The stairs path curves of the landing. + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns all the supports hosting the stairs landing. + + + The supports consist of left, right and middle supports of the stairs landing. + + + All the supports hosting the stairs landings. + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns the stairs to which the landing belongs. + + + The stairs to which the landing belongs. + + + 2013 + + + + + Sets the boundary and path curves of the sketched landing. + + + This should be run from within an open transaction. + + + The document that owns the landing. + + + The closed boundary curves of the landing. + + + The path curves of the landing, can be an empty CurveLoop. + + + The boundaryCurveLoop is not closed. + -or- + The input boundaryCurveLoop contains at least one curve which is not a bound Line or bound Arc + and is not supported for this operation. + -or- + The input pathCurveLoop contains at least one curve which is not a bound Line or bound Arc + and is not supported for this operation. + -or- + Failed to create curve element by the boundaryCurveLoop or pathCurveLoop. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Returns the landing's boundary curves which are projected on the stairs base level. + + + The boundary curves of the landing. + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a customized landing between two runs by providing the closed boundary curves of the landing, specifying slope type and height. + + + The new stairs landing and the document will be regenerated. + This should be run from within an open transaction. + + + The document that owns the landing. + + + The stairs that the new sketched landing belongs to. + + + The closed boundary curves of the new landing, specifying slope type and height. + + + Base elevation of the new stairs run. The elevation has following restriction: + The base elevation is relative to the base elevation of the stairs.The base elevation will be rounded automatically to a multiple of the riser height. The base elevation should be equal to or greater than half of the riser height. + + The new sketched landing. + + + The element stairsId does not exist in the document + -or- + The stairsId is not a valid stairs element. + -or- + The stairs stairsId has no valid landing type. + -or- + The curveLoop is not closed. + The input curveLoop contains at least one curve which is not a bound Line or bound Arc + and is not supported for this operation. + -or- + Failed to create curve element by the curveLoop. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The given value for baseElevation must be no more than 30000 feet in absolute value. + -or- + The baseElevation is less than half of the riser height of the stairs. + + + The stairs element represented by stairsId is not in an active StairsEditScope. + New components cannot be added to it. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + The curveLoop doesn't satisfy restrictions to generate sketched landing. + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a customized landing between two runs by providing the closed boundary curves of the landing. + + + The new stairs landing and the document will be regenerated. + This should be run from within an open transaction. + + + The document that owns the landing. + + + The stairs that the new sketched landing belongs to. + + + The closed boundary curves of the new landing. + + + Base elevation of the new stairs run. The elevation has following restriction: + The base elevation is relative to the base elevation of the stairs.The base elevation will be rounded automatically to a multiple of the riser height. The base elevation should be equal to or greater than half of the riser height. + + The new sketched landing. + + + The element stairsId does not exist in the document + -or- + The stairsId is not a valid stairs element. + -or- + The stairs stairsId has no valid landing type. + -or- + The curveLoop is not closed. + -or- + The input curveLoop contains at least one curve which is not a bound Line or bound Arc + and is not supported for this operation. + -or- + Failed to create curve element by the curveLoop. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The given value for baseElevation must be no more than 30000 feet in absolute value. + -or- + The baseElevation is less than half of the riser height of the stairs. + + + The stairs element represented by stairsId is not in an active StairsEditScope. + New components cannot be added to it. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + The curveLoop doesn't satisfy restrictions to generate sketched landing. + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks whether automatic landing(s) can be created between the given two stairs runs and + logically join(s) with the stairs runs. + + + This only checks whether two stairs runs meet restriction to create automatic landing(s) + without checking the stairs edit scope and document modifiable. + + + The document that owns the stairs runs. + + + The first stairs run. + + + The second stairs run. + + + True if automatic landing(s) can be created between the two stairs runs, False otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates automatic landing(s) between two stairs runs. + + + This should be called within open stairs edit scope and transaction. + The new stairs landing(s) and the document will be regenerated. + The landing type of the new stairs landing(s) is determined by stairs type. + + + The document that owns the stairs runs and new landing(s). + + + The first stairs run. + + + The second stairs run. + + + The created landing(s) between the two stairs runs. + + + The firstRunId is not a valid stairs run. + -or- + The secondRunId is not a valid stairs run. + -or- + The stairs runs firstRunId and secondRunId belong to different stairs host. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The stairs element to which the stairs component firstRunId belong is not in an active StairsEditScope. + -or- + Cannot create automatic landing(s) between stairs runs of firstRunId and secondRunId. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + Failed to create automatic landing(s) due to document regeneration failures. + + + 2013 + + + + + True if the landing is an automatic landing, False otherwise. + + + 2013 + + + + + The base elevation of the landing. + + + The base elevation is relative elevation against base elevation of the stairs to which the stairs run belongs to. + When setting this property the base elevation will be rounded automatically to a multiple of the riser height. + + + When setting this property: The given value for height must be no more than 30000 feet in absolute value. + -or- + When setting this property: The height is less than half of the riser height of the stairs. + + + 2013 + + + + + The thickness of the landing. + + + 2013 + + + + + An object that represents a stairs landing in Autodesk Revit. + + + 2013 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The connection type of the peer connected stairs component. + + + 2014 + + + + + The connection type of the connected stairs component. + + + 2014 + + + + + The element Id of peer connected stairs component in the stairs connection. + + + 2014 + + + + + The element Id of connected stairs component in the stairs connection. + + + 2014 + + + + + Represents information about a connection among stairs components(run to landing). + + + 2014 + + + + + The option determines the slop of the sketched run/landing. + + + 2015 + + + + + The slope of the sketched run/landing will be specified by users. + + + + + The slope of the sketched run/landing will be kept flat. + + + + + The slope of the sketched run/landing will be auto detected. + + + + + Represents the connection style of the riser and tread in relation to each other. + + + 2013 + + + + + The connection will join all risers and treads. + + + + + The connection will extend tread under riser. + + + + + The connection will extend riser behind tread. + + + + + Represents on which edges of the nosing to apply the nosing profile. + + + 2013 + + + + + Adds nosing on the front left and left edge of tread. + + + + + Adds nosing on the front and right edge of tread. + + + + + Adds nosing on the front and left edge of tread. + + + + + Adds nosing on the front edge of tread only. + + + + + Represents the construction method of the stairs. + + + 2013 + + + + + The stairs is constructed by precast method. + + + + + The stairs is constructed by cast-in-place method. + + + + + The stairs is constructed by assembly method. + + + + + Flag indicates whether curves are valid to use as base lines for winder path. + + + 2013 + + + + + This path(for zigzag winder) is not supported yet + + + + + Curve is not line. + + + + + The first curve intersect with third curve. + + + + + Two curves are collinear or overlap. + + + + + Curve length is too short. + + + + + The curves are not in one open loop. + + + + + The curves are not continuous in one loop. + + + + + Curve is not bound. + + + + + The curves number is not 2 or 3. + + + + + Indicates curves are valid to use as path base lines for winder run. + This is only one flag indicates curves are fine to use as winder path. + + + + + The end type identifying the connection type among stairs runs and landings. + + + 2013 + + + + + A connection to the end (upper end) of a stairs run. + + + + + A connection to the start (lower end) of a stairs run. + + + + + A connection to the boundary of a stairs landing. + + + + + The style of the topside surface of the support. + + + 2013 + + + + + The style of the topside surface of the support is open. + + + + + The style of the topside surface of the support is closed. + + + + + The style of the underside surface of the run. + + + 2013 + + + + + The underside surface of the run is smooth. + + + + + The underside surface of the run is stepped. + + + + + The shape of a run. Different shape has different ways of manipulation. + + + 2013 + + + + + A spiral run is defined by a cylindrical helix. Both inner and outer boundaries are arcs. Risers are straight lines. + + + + + A straight run is defined by a straight line. All treads are rectangular. + + + + + A sketched run can have customized boundary and riser curves. User can customize stair path as well. + + + + + A winder run has distorted treads, for the sake of space saving at corner. + + + + + The calculation method for the layout of the winder run steps. + + + 2013 + + + + + Asymmetrical layout style. Winder style is calculated from a single center point. + + + + + Symmetrical layout style. + + + + + The position of the run relative to the Up-direction path used to create the run. + + + 2013 + + + + + The creation path for the run is the right stringer exterior edge. + + + + + The creation path for the run is the left stringer exterior edge. + + + + + The creation path for the run is the right edge. + + + + + The creation path for the run is the center. + + + + + The creation path for the run is the left edge. + + + + + The style of notch width for the stairs. + + + 2013 + + + + + The notch width is customized by user. + + + + + The notch width is the run width. + + + + + The join style between a run and landing. + + + 2013 + + + + + The run and landing are joined by a notch. + + + + + The run and landing are joined by a straight cut. + + + + + Creates a new instance of a NumberSystem associated to a host element, a view, and a reference level of stairs if in a multistory stairs. + + + In multistory stairs, a stairs element could be a stair group or individual stair. + This method allows to add a NumberSystem for a run of an individual stairs or a stairs group member on the placementLevelId. + + + The document. + + + The view in which the NumberSystem will be created. + + + The host id on which the NumberSystem will be created. + + + The reference option of the NumberSystem. + + + The id of the level on which the NumberSystem will be placed. The placement level must be one of the base levels of a stairs group members. It is suggested to + get the level from MultistoryStairs.GetStairsPlacementLevels(). + + + The created NumberSystem. + + + viewId is not valid for placement of a NumberSystem (only floor plan views and elevation views are permitted). + -or- + hostElementId is not valid as a host for NumberSystem (only StairsRun elements are permitted in this release). + -or- + The reference option is not valid for a NumberSystem. + -or- + The placementLevelId is not one of the stairs base levels. + -or- + The hostElementId already has a number system. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2018 + + + + + Creates a new instance of a NumberSystem associated to a host element and a view. + + + The document. + + + The view in which the NumberSystem will be created. + + + The host id on which the NumberSystem will be created. + + + The reference curve along which the NumberSystem will be created. It is suggested to get the new reference via GetNumberSystemReference() from the host element. + + + The created NumberSystem. + + + viewId is not valid for placement of a NumberSystem (only floor plan views and elevation views are permitted). + -or- + numberedElementId is not valid as a host for NumberSystem (only StairsRun elements are permitted in this release). + -or- + The referenceCurve is not valid for NumberSystem on numberedElementId. + -or- + The numberedElementId already has a NumberSystem. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Sets the reference pick. + + + It is suggested to get the new reference via GetNumberSystemReference() from the host element. + + + The pick to set. + + + The referencePick is not a valid reference. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets the reference curve. + + + The pick of reference curve. + + + 2013 + + + + + The number justify option of number system. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + The number orientation of number system. + + + When setting this property: Orientation AnyModelDirection is not supported + -or- + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + The display rule of the number system. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + The LinkElementId of the numbered host element. + + + 2013 + + + + + The id of the base level of stairs on which the NumberSystem is placed. + + + In multistory stairs, a stairs element could be a stair group or individual stair, this level could be the base level of group member or stairs element. + + + 2018 + + + + + The offset to the justification curve. + + + When setting this property: The given value for justifyOffset must be no more than 30000 feet in absolute value. + + + 2013 + + + + + The offset to the reference curve. + + + When setting this property: The given value for referenceOffset must be no more than 30000 feet in absolute value. + + + 2013 + + + + + An annotation that consists of a series of numeric tags attached to and describing a host element. + + + For a component-based stair, you can display tread/riser numbers for a run in plan, elevation, or section view. Sketch-based stair is not supported. + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets a list of the Railing elements which are associated to the boundaries of the stairs. + + + This does not return railings which are sketched directly to the stairs (and are not + associated to boundaries). + + + The ids of the Railing elements. + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns all the stairs support components in the stairs. + + + 2013 + + + + + + + + + Returns all the stairs landing components in the stairs. + + + The stairs landing components in the stairs. + + + 2013 + + + + + + + + + Returns all the stairs run components in the stairs. + + + The stairs run components in the stairs. + + + 2013 + + + + + + + + + Indicates if the stairs is created by stairs components(runs, landings and supports). + + + The document. + + + The stairs element to check. + + + True if the stairs is created by components, False otherwise. + + + The element stairsId does not exist in the document + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Indicates whether the stairs is in edit mode or not. + + + 2013 + + + + + The id of the MultistoryStairs element to which this element belongs. + If this stairs element is not a member of a MultistoryStairs element, this will be InvalidElementId. + + + 2013 + + + + + The number of stories of a multi-story stair, or 1 for a single-story stair. + + + 2013 + + + + + The number of treads actually created in the stairs. + + + 2013 + + + + + The height of the stair between the base and top levels. + + + When setting this property: The given value for stairsHeight must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + + + When setting this property: The stairs top level is not "None", so the height cannot be set independently. + + + 2013 + + + + + The top elevation of the stairs. + + + 2013 + + + + + The base elevation of the stairs. + + + 2013 + + + + + The number of risers is calculated based on the height between levels. + + + When setting this property: The given value for numberOfRisers is not positive. + + + 2013 + + + + + The total number of actually created risers in model. + + + The number of steps needed to go through when moving from the base level to the top level of the stairs. + + + 2013 + + + + + The actual depth of the stairs treads in the stairs, actual tread depth is equal to minimum tread depth by default. + + + When setting this property: The given value for actualTreadDepth must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + + + 2013 + + + + + The actual height of the stairs risers in the stairs. + + + The stairs height is determined by its base and top elevation. So, the actual riser height = stairs height / desired riser number. + + + 2013 + + + + + Represents a stairs element in Autodesk Revit. + + + This element may represent a standalone Stairs element, or a member of a MultistoryStairs element. + Use to identify if this Stairs element is a part of a MultistoryStairs. + + + 2013 + + + + + + + + + Checks if the given level can be disconnected from multistory stairs. + You cannot disconnect the levels of standard stair (the stair associated with the Reference Level for the multistory stairs) or already disconnected. + + + The id of the level. + + + True if the level id can be used to remove stairs. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Checks if the given level can be connected into multistory stairs. + You cannot connect levels between standard stairs top and bottom or already connected. + + + The id of the level. + + + True if the level can be connected to this multistory stairs, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Gets the individual stairs or stairs group on the given base level. + + + The base level id. + + + The id of stairs element on the given level. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Restores an unpinned stairs element back into the group of stairs governed by level height. + + + If the level height of current story can be found among other stories, the stair will be added back into the group; + Otherwise only the status will be changed to "pinned". + + + The base level id. + If the level id belongs to the base level of an individual pinned stairs, it returns the stairs id directly. + + + The stairs element which the pinned story belongs to. + + + There is no stairs instance at the given base levelId. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Removes a particular story of the stairs (identified by its base level id) from a stairs group. + + + If the story at the given level is in a group, it will separate an individual stairs element from the group with "unpinned" status. Changes you make to the returned stairs element will not affect any other stairs. + If the story of stairs is already an individual stairs element, the status will be changed to "unpinned". + + + The base level id. + If the level id belongs to the base level of a unpinned stairs element, it returns the stairs id directly. + + + The unpinned stairs element. + + + There is no stairs instance at the given base levelId. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Gets all connected level ids of this multistory stairs. + + + The ids of connected levels. + + + 2018 + + + + + Checks if a stair is pinned. + + + A stairs element in this multistory stairs element. + + + Returns true if the stairs is pinned; otherwise returns false. + + + The input stairs is not a member of this multistory stairs. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Gets all the levels the given stairs group placed on. + + + If a stairs element is a stairs group, it gets all the base levels of each member of the group; + If a stairs element is an individual stairs, it just gets the base level of the stairs element. + + + A stairs element in this multistory stairs element. + + + The ids of base levels of the given stairs in this multistory stairs. + + + The input stairs is not a member of this multistory stairs. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Gets the ids of all the stairs in this multistory stairs. + + + Stairs elements returned by this method will either be members of groups of identical stairs instances which share the same level height, or individual Stairs instances which are not connected to a group with the same level height. + Use to identify if a Stairs is a member of a group or not. + + + The ids of the stairs elements that govern groups of stairs, and the stairs elements that represent individual stairs. + + + 2018 + + + + + Shrinks the multistory stairs by disconnecting input levels. + + + If you remove a stairs that is connected at the top and bottom to another level stairs, the remaining stairs will automatically adjust to maintain the multistory stairs. + The stairs above the one that is removed extends to attach to the stairs on the level below the one that is removed. + You cannot disconnect the levels of standard stair (the stair associated with the Reference Level for the multistory stairs) or already disconnected. + + + The level ids. + + + This multistory stairs cannot disconnect from one or more members of levelIds. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Extends the multistory stairs by connecting input levels. + + + The added stairs will be categorized into different groups based on level heights automatically. Stairs with the same level height are considered a group and can be edited together. + You cannot connect the levels between standard stairs top and bottom or already connected. + + + The level ids. + + + This multistory stairs cannot connect to one or more members of levelIds. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Checks if the given stairs can be used to create a multistory stairs. + + + The given stairs to check. + + + Returns true if the stairs can be used to create a multistory stairs; otherwise returns false. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Creates a multistory stairs from an existing component-based stairs. + + + A component-based stairs. + + + The newly created element. Use to extend this to multiple stories and generate stairs groups for each level height. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Id of the stair associated with the Reference Level for the multistory stairs. + The standard stair is regarded as a definition to generate new stairs when extending multistory stairs to a different level height. + + + 2018 + + + + + The actual depth of the stairs treads in the stairs, actual tread depth is equal to minimum tread depth by default. + + + In a multistory stairs, all the stairs elements keep the same tread depth parameter value. + + + When setting this property: The given value for actualTreadDepth must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + + + 2018 + + + + + Represents a multistory stairs element in Autodesk Revit. + + +

A multistory stairs element may contain multiple stairs whose extents are governed by base and top levels. + Use and to add and remove connected levels to a multistory stairs element.

+

This element will contain one or more Stairs elements. These can be obtained via and . + Stairs elements are either a reference instance which is copied to each level covered by groups of identical stairs instances which share the same level height, + or individual Stairs instances which are not connected to a group with the same level height. By default, when adding new levels to the multistory stair, + new stairs will be added to the group (shown in the Revit user interface with a 'Pin' icon).

+

For groups of duplicate stairs at different levels, the instances can be found as Subelements of the Stairs element (see + .

+

Stairs in a connected group can be edited together by modifying the associated Stairs instance. For specific floors that need special designs, + stairs can be separated from a group by unpinning the element, changes made to this Stairs will not affect other any other instance in the element. + Use for this.

+

You can add the stairs back into the group via if needed. However, any changes made to the stair will be lost since the stair's properties + will be overridden by the group specifications.

+
+ + 2018 + +
+ + + The support justification method of the handrail. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + When setting this property: The rail has no support or the support layout is not fixed distance so the data being set is not applicable. + + + 2013 + + + + + The support layout method of the handrail. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + When setting this property: The rail has no support specified so the data being set is not applicable. + + + 2013 + + + + + The number of supports of the handrail. + + + When setting this property: The given value for supportNumber is negative. + + + When setting this property: The rail has no support or the support layout is not fixed number so the data being set is not applicable. + + + 2013 + + + + + The support type of the handrail. + + + When setting this property: The supportTypeId is not a valid rail support or invalidElementId. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + The support spacing of the handrail. + + + When setting this property: The given value for supportSpacing must be between 0 and 30000 feet. + + + When setting this property: The rail has no support or the support has inappropriate layout so the data being set is not applicable. + + + 2013 + + + + + The height of the handrail. + + + When setting this property: The given value for height must be between 0 and 30000 feet. + + + 2013 + + + + + A rail type object that is used in the generation of hand rail. + + + 2013 + + + + + Represents a hand rail element in Autodesk Revit. + + + 2013 + + + + + The cut line type of the cut mark. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + The symbol type of the cut mark. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + The distance between 2 cut lines. + + + When setting this property: The given value for distanceBetweenTwoLines must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + + + When setting this property: The cut mark type is not a double cut line type. + + + 2013 + + + + + The extension distance to the boundary. + + + When setting this property: The given value for extensionDistanceToBoundary must be between 0 and 30000 feet. + + + 2013 + + + + + The rotation angle of the cut mark. + + + When setting this property: The given value for rotationAngle is not finite + + + 2013 + + + + + The size of the cut mark symbol. + + + When setting this property: The given value for cutMarkSymbolSize must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + + + 2013 + + + + + An object represents the cut mark type in Autodesk Revit. + + + 2013 + + + + + The available options for justification of the numbers in a number system. + + + 2013 + + + + + The number will locate in back of the annotated object along the annotating direction. + + + + + The number will locate in the center of the annotated object along the annotating direction. + + + + + The number will locate in front of the annotated object along the annotating direction. + + + + + The direction style of stairs path. + + + 2013 + + + + + The direction of the stair path will be determined automatically. + + + + + The direction of the stair path will always be UP direction. + + + + + The reference types permitted for a number system to refer to the geometry of a stairs run. + + + 2013 + + + + + The number system reference to right quarter of stairs + + + + + The number system reference to left quarter of stairs + + + + + The number system reference to right boundary of stairs. + + + + + The number system reference to left boundary of stairs. + + + + + The number system reference to stairs path. + + + + + The available options for display of numeric values in the number system. + + + 2013 + + + + + The number system will only display the start and end numbers. + + + + + The number system will only display the even numbers. + + + + + The number system will only display the odd numbers. + + + + + The number system will display all the numbers. + + + + + The available line types for a stairs cut line. + + + 2013 + + + + + Cutline type is double-line. + + + + + Cutline type is single-line. + + + + + The available shapes for the cut mark symbol. + + + 2013 + + + + + Cut mark shape is curved. + + + + + Cut mark shape is zigzagged. + + + + + Cut mark shape is linear. + + + + + The options for the line shape of a stairs path at a corner. + + + 2013 + + + + + The line shape of stairs path at the corner is curved. + + + + + The line shape of stairs path at the corner is straight. + + + + + The options to be used when orienting text annotations relative to stairs. + + + 2013 + + + + + Indicator text will be displayed vertically. + + + + + Indicator text will be displayed horizontally. + + + + This object blocks attempts to create new internal definitions as they are not permitted. + + + Supports the creation of new shared parameters definitions. + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + Retrieves an enumerator to the collection. + The enumerator. + + + The number of definitions in the collection. + + + Identifies if the definitions collection is empty. + + + Tests for the existence of a definition within the set. + True if the definition was found, false otherwise. + The definition to look for. + + + Creates a new parameter definition using specified options. + The options used to create the new parameter definition. + If successful a reference to the new parameter definition is returned, otherwise . + This method only supports creation of new external definitions (shared parameters). + options.Name cannot include non-printable characters. + options.Name is already present in the associated shared parameter definitions. + options.GUID is already present in the associated shared parameter definitions. + + 2015 + + + + Retrieves a definition by a given name. + The name of the parameter definition for which to search. + If the definition is not found then will be returned. + + + Constructs an empty set of parameter definitions. + + + A base class that supports the addition of new parameter definitions. + There are two derivations of this class, one of which handles external parameters +and another which handles internal parameters. + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + Retrieves an enumerator to the collection. + The enumerator. + + + The number of definition groups in the collection. + + + Identifies if the definition groups collection is empty. + + + Tests for the existence of a definition group within the collection. + True if the definition group was found, false otherwise. + The definition group to look for. + + + Create a new parameter definition group using the name provided. + The name of the group to be created. + If successful a reference to the new parameter group is returned, otherwise . + If a group with the same name already exists then an exception will be thrown. + + + Retrieve a definition group by name. + The name of the group for which to search. + If the group is not found then will be returned. + + + A specialized set of definition groups that allows creation of new groups. + + + The Definitions property returns an object that contains all the shared parameter +definitions within the group. + A known definition can be retrieved, by name, using the Item property on the Definitions +object. A new definition can be created by using the Create method. The Create method takes two +parameters, a string for name and a type. If the creation of the definition was successful then +an object representing the definition is returned by the Create method. + + + Returns the name of the parameter group. + + + The DefinitionGroup is a container that is used to hold shared parameter definitions on disk. + Groups are used for logical arrangement of the shared parameters into meaningful sets. +Through the DefinitionGroup object new shared parameter definitions can be made. + + + Constructs a type binding with the set of categories passed. + Categories can be set or changed at a later time by using the Categories property of this object. + + + Constructs an empty type binding. + Categories can be set a later time by using the Categories property of this object. + + + TypeBinding objects are used to bind a property to a Revit type, such as a wall type. + This differs from Instance bindings in that the property is then shared by all +instances that use that type. Changing the parameter for one type affects all other +instances that use that type. + + + + + + + Constructs an instance binding with the set of categories passed. + Categories can be set or changed at a later time by using the Categories property of this object. + + + Constructs an empty instance binding. + Categories can be set a later time by using the Categories property of this object. + + + The InstanceBinding object is used to signify a binding between a parameter +definition and a parameter on each instance of an element, such as a wall. + Once bound the parameter will appear on all instance of the element and changing +the parameter on any one single instance will not change the value on any other instance. + + + + + + + Retrieve or set the categories to which a parameter definition will be bound. + The Categories property is used to set the categories to which the definition will +be bound when it is added to the document bindings. This property can also be read from existing +bindings to interrogate to which categories a parameter has been bound. + + + A base class for all types of binding that attach to an element. + This base class provides methods that are common to all types of binding that +work with elements. + + + This method is used to erase one item in the map. + The method Erase inherited from base class is not permitted for this class. +A Autodesk::Revit::Exceptions::InvalidOperationException will be thrown. Use Remove() instead to remove the binding +from the Revit session and from the map. + + + This method is used to remove all the items in the map. + The method Clear inherited from base class is not permitted for this class. +A Autodesk::Revit::Exceptions::InvalidOperationException will be thrown. + + + The get_Item method will get the binding item related to the input key. + A parameter definition which can be an existing definition or one from a shared parameters file. + The returned value of get_Item is an InstanceBinding or TypeBinding object +that contains the set of categories to which the parameter is bound. +The input item is an InstanceBinding or TypeBinding object which contains the set of categories +to which the parameter should be bound. + set_Item is not permitted for this class. A Autodesk::Revit::Exceptions::InvalidOperationException will be thrown. +Instead use Insert, Remove and ReInsert to modify the bindings in the document. + + + + The Contains method is used to check if the parameter binding exists for one definition. + A parameter definition which can be an existing definition or one from a shared parameters file. + + + The Remove method is used to remove a parameter binding. + A parameter definition which can be an existing definition or one from a shared parameters file. + + + Removes an existing parameter and creates a new binding for a given parameter in a specified group. + A parameter definition which can be an existing definition or one from a shared parameters file. + An InstanceBinding or TypeBinding object which contains the set of categories to which the parameter should be bound. + The GroupID of the parameter definition, or INVALID if the parameter is not to be associated with any predefined group. + Note the type of the binding object dictates whether the parameter is bound to all +instances or just types. A parameter definition cannot be bound to both instances and types. +If the parameter binding already exists, remove the binding, create a new parameter binding. +If the parameter binding related to the input key doesn't exist in the database, +ReInsert will fail and false will be returned. In this case, Insert should be called. + + + Removes an existing parameter and creates a new binding for a given parameter in a specified group. + A parameter definition which can be an existing definition or one from a shared parameters file. + An InstanceBinding or TypeBinding object which contains the set of categories to which the parameter should be bound. + The identifier of the parameter definition's parameter group, or empty if the parameter is not to be associated with any predefined group. + Note the type of the binding object dictates whether the parameter is bound to all +instances or just types. A parameter definition cannot be bound to both instances and types. +If the parameter binding already exists, remove the binding, create a new parameter binding. +If the parameter binding related to the input key doesn't exist in the database, +ReInsert will fail and false will be returned. In this case, Insert should be called. + + + Removes an existing parameter and creates a new binding for a given parameter. + Removes an existing parameter and creates a new binding for a given parameter. + A parameter definition which can be an existing definition or one from a shared parameters file. + An InstanceBinding or TypeBinding object which contains the set of categories to which the parameter should be bound. + Note the type of the binding object dictates whether the parameter is bound to all +instances or just types. A parameter definition cannot be bound to both instances and types. +If the parameter binding already exists, remove the binding, create a new parameter binding. + + + Creates a new parameter binding between a parameter and a set of categories in a specified group. + A parameter definition which can be an existing definition or one from a shared parameters file. + An InstanceBinding or TypeBinding object which contains the set of categories to which the parameter should be bound. + The GroupID of the parameter definition, or INVALID if the parameter is not to be associated with any predefined group. + Note the type of the binding object dictates whether the parameter is bound to all +instances or just types. A parameter definition cannot be bound to both instances and types. +If the Parameter binding already exists, post an error and return false + + + Creates a new parameter binding between a parameter and a set of categories in a specified group. + A parameter definition which can be an existing definition or one from a shared parameters file. + An InstanceBinding or TypeBinding object which contains the set of categories to which the parameter should be bound. + The identifier of the parameter definition's parameter group, or empty if the parameter is not to be associated with any predefined group. + Note the type of the binding object dictates whether the parameter is bound to all +instances or just types. A parameter definition cannot be bound to both instances and types. +If the Parameter binding already exists, post an error and return false + + + Creates a new parameter binding. + Creates a new parameter binding between a parameter and a set of categories. + A parameter definition which can be an existing definition or one from a shared parameters file. + An InstanceBinding or TypeBinding object which contains the set of categories to which the parameter should be bound. + Note the type of the binding object dictates whether the parameter is bound to all +instances or just types. A parameter definition cannot be bound to both instances and types. +If the parameter binding already exists, post an error and return false. + + + The parameters BindingMap contains all the parameter bindings that exist in the +Autodesk Revit project. + The ParameterBindingsMap is available from the Document.ParameterBindings property. A +parameter binding is the way that a parameter definition is bound to elements within one +or more categories. This map can be used to interrogate existing bindings, but it can also +be used to generate new parameter bindings by using the Insert method. + + + + Returns true if the given ForgeTypeId identifies a valid parameter data type. + + + A ForgeTypeId is acceptable as a parameter data type if it + identifies either a spec or a category. When a category + identifier is used as a parameter data type, it indicates a + Family Type parameter of that category. + + + The identifier to check. + + + True if the ForgeTypeId identifies either a spec or a category, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Gets the identifiers of all specs. + + + The spec identifiers. + + + 2022 + + + + + Checks whether a ForgeTypeId identifies a spec. + + + The identifier to check. + + + True if the ForgeTypeId identifies a spec, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + A utility class of functions related to specs. A spec describes a data type that parameters can hold. + + + 2022 + + + + + For performance reasons sometimes we don't want to handle Global Parameters processing + when there are no Global Parameters in the project. + + + True if Global Parameters are allowed and there is at least one global parameter in the project. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + Dissociates an element's property from a global parameter (any currently associated) + + + It is assumed that the property has been previously associated with this + global parameter by using the method. + + + Document containing the element of which property is to be dissociated + + + Id of an element in the given document + + + Id of the given element's parameter + + + The element elementId does not exist in the document + -or- + Property with the given parameterId is not parameterizable, and thus cannot be driven by a global parameter. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + Associates a global parameter with a property of the given element. + + +

The given property (parameter) must be parameterizable, meaning it cannot be + read-only, driven by a formula, or have any other restrictions imposed by Revit.

+

The parameter's value type must match the type of this global parameter.

+

Once associated property can be later dissociated by calling the + method

+
+ + Document containing a global parameter and an element to be associated with + + + Id of a global parameter contained by the given document + + + Id of an element in the given document + + + Id of the given element's parameter + + + The input gpId is not of a valid global parameter of the given document. + -or- + The element elementId does not exist in the document + -or- + Property with the given parameterId is either not parameterizable or does not match the type of the global parameter. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 Subscription Update + +
+ + + Returns a global parameter, if any, currently associated with the given element property. + + + InvalidElementId is returned in case the property is not associated with any global parameter. + InvalidElementId is also returned if called for a parameter that cannot even be associated + with a global parameters (i.e. a non-parametrizable parameter or parameter with a formula). + + + Document containing the given element and its parameter + + + Id of an element in the given document + + + Id of the given element's parameter + + + Id of a global parameter or InvalidElemetnId. + + + The element elementId does not exist in the document + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + Tests whether a given parameter of an element can be associated with any global parameter. + + + Only properties defined as parametrizable can be associated with global parameters. + That excludes any read-only and formula-driven parameters, as well as those that + have other explicit or implicit restrictions imposed by Revit. + + + Document containing the given element and its parameter + + + Id of a global parameter element + + + Id of an element in the given document + + + Id of the given element's parameter + + + True if the given parameter is parametrizable and matches the type of the given global parameter; False otherwise. + + + The input gpId is not of a valid global parameter of the given document. + -or- + The element elementId does not exist in the document + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + Tests whether a given parameter of an element can be associated with a global parameter. + + + Only properties defined as parametrizable can be associated with global parameters. + That excludes any read-only and formula-driven parameters, as well as those that + have other explicit or implicit restrictions imposed by Revit. + + + Document containing the given element and its parameter + + + Id of an element in the given document + + + Id of the given element's parameter + + + True if the given parameter can be associated (is parametrizable); False otherwise. + + + The element elementId does not exist in the document + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + Moves given paramerer Down in the current order. + + +

A parameter can only be moved within its parameter group, meaning that + repeated moving a parameter will not push the parameter out of and into + the next (in order) parameter group. When a parameter can no longer move + because it is at the boundary of its group, this method returns False.

+

This operation has no effect on the global parameters themselves. + The rearranged order is only visible in the standard Global Parameters + dialog. However, the order of parameters is serialized in the document, + thus available on the DB level as well.

+
+ + Document containing the give global parameter + + + The parameter to move Down + + + Indicates whether the parameter could be moved Down in order or not. + + + Global parameters are not supported in the given document. + A possible cause is that it is not a project document, + for global parameters are not supported in Revit families. + -or- + The input parameterId is not of a valid global parameter of the given document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + +
+ + + Moves given paramerer Up in the current order. + + +

A parameter can only be moved within its parameter group, meaning that + repeated moving a parameter will not push the parameter out of and into + the next (in order) parameter group. When a parameter can no longer move + because it is at the boundary of its group, this method returns False.

+

This operation has no effect on the global parameters themselves. + The rearranged order is only visible in the standard Global Parameters + dialog. However, the order of parameters is serialized in the document, + thus available on the DB level as well.

+
+ + Document containing the give global parameter + + + The parameter to move up + + + Indicates whether the parameter could be moved Up in order or not. + + + Global parameters are not supported in the given document. + A possible cause is that it is not a project document, + for global parameters are not supported in Revit families. + -or- + The input parameterId is not of a valid global parameter of the given document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + +
+ + + Sorts global parameters in the desired order. + + +

All global parameters are sorted, but only within the range + of their respective parameter group.

+

This operation has no effect on the global parameters themselves. + The sorted order is only visible in the standard Global Parameters + dialog. However, the order of parameters is serialized in the document, + thus available on the DB level as well.

+
+ + Document containing the global parameters to be sorted + + + Desired sorting order + + + Global parameters are not supported in the given document. + A possible cause is that it is not a project document, + for global parameters are not supported in Revit families. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2017 + +
+ + + Returns all global paramters in an ordered array. + + +

The order of the items coresponds to the order at which global parameters + appear in Revit UI when shown in the standard Global Parameters dialog. + However, the order of parameters is serialized in the document, + thus available on the DB level as well.

+
+ + Document containing the requested global parameters + + + An array of Element Ids of all Global Parameters in the document. + + + Global parameters are not supported in the given document. + A possible cause is that it is not a project document, + for global parameters are not supported in Revit families. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + +
+ + + Tests whether a name is unique among existing global parameters of a given document. + + + Typically, this method is used before a new global parameters is created, for + all global parameters must have their names unique in the scope of a document. + + + Document in which a new parameter is to be added. + + + A name of a parameter being added. + + + True if the given %name% does not exist yet among existing global parameters nof the document; False otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + + + + + Tests whether an ElementId is of a global parameter in the given document. + + + The document containing the global parameter. + + + Id of a global parameter + + + Returns True if the Id is of a valid global parameter; False otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + Finds whether a global parameter with the given name exists in the input document. + + + No exception is thrown when no parameter with such a name exists in the document; + instead, the method returns an ElementId.InvalidElementId. + + + The document expected to contain the global parameter. + + + Name of the global parameter + + + ElementId of the parameter element, or InvalidElementId if it was not found. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + + + + + Returns all global parameters available in the given document. + + + The document containing the global parameters + + + A collection of Element Ids of global parameter elements. + + + Global parameters are not supported in the given document. + A possible cause is that it is not a project document, + for global parameters are not supported in Revit families. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + + + + + Tests whether global parameters are allowed in the given document. + + + First of all, global parameters can be had in main project documents only; + they are not supported in family documents. However, there may also be other + circumstances due to which global parameters may be disallowed in a particular + project, either temporarily or permanently. + + + A revit document of interest. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + A class to access and query information about global parameters in Revit models. + + +

This class provides access to general information and data of Global Parameter + elements in a particular model. First of all, it is important to know that global + parameters can be had in main project document; there are not supported in family + documents. Availability of global parameters in a document can be tested by calling + method.

+

Global Parameter in a document can be obtained by calling either + or . + The former returns a set of all global parameters in the document, + while the latter returns just the requested one, providing it exists.

+

Each global parameters must be created with a valid name that is unique + in the scope of the document. To test whether a particular name is unique, + programmer can use the method.

+

More details about creating and manipulating global parameters can be found + in the description of the class.

+
+ + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + +
+ + + The order of the parameters. + + + 2015 + + + 2015 + + + + + Sort parameters are in descending(Z-A) order. + + + + + Sort parameters are in ascending(A-Z) order. + + + + Indicates if this family parameter has an assigned value or not. + +Thrown when the input argument-"familyParameter"-is . + + +Thrown if the input argument-"familyParameter"-is invalid. + + + + Provides access to value as a string with unit in the given family parameter. + The string that represents the parameter value with unit. + The method only applies to parameters of value types. If the parameter has no value or does not contain a numeric value, +the method returns . + +Thrown when the input argument-"familyParameter"-is . + + +Thrown if the input argument-"familyParameter"-is invalid. + + + + Provides access to the Autodesk::Revit::DB::ElementId^ stored in the given family parameter. + The Autodesk::Revit::DB::ElementId^ contained in the parameter.Returns an invalid element id +if the storage type of the input argument is Autodesk::Revit::DB::ElementId^ type or this parameter has no value. + +Thrown when the input argument-"familyParameter"-is . + + +Thrown if the input argument-"familyParameter"-is invalid, + + + + Provides access to the double precision number of the given family parameter. + The double value contained in the parameter. Returns +if the storage type of the input argument is not double type or this parameter has no value. + +Thrown when the input argument-"familyParameter"-is . + + +Thrown if the input argument-"familyParameter"-is invalid, + + + + Provides access to the integer number of the given family parameter. + The integer value contained in the parameter. Returns +if the storage type of the input argument is not integer type or this parameter has no value. + +Thrown when the input argument-"familyParameter"-is . + + +Thrown if the input argument-"familyParameter"-is invalid, + + + + Provides access to the string contents of the given family parameter. + The string contained in the parameter. Returns if the storage type of the input +argument is not string type or this parameter has no value. + +Thrown when the input argument-"familyParameter"-is . + + +Thrown if the input argument-"familyParameter"-is invalid, + + + + The name of the family type. + + + The family type object provides read access to the values of family parameters for this type. + + + Binding objects are used to take a parameter definition and bind it to one or +more categories. + This class is a base class for all types of parameter binding within Autodesk +Revit. Once the binding objects are created and added to the document parameters will be +added to elements in those categories specified in the binding. There are currently two +types of binding available, Instance binding and Type binding. The key difference between +the two is that the instance bound parameters appear on all instances of the elements in +those categories. Changing the parameter on one does not affect the other instances of +the parameter. The Type bound parameters appear only on the type object and is shared by +all the instances that use that type. Changing the type bound parameter affects all +instances of the elements that use that type. Note, a definition can only be bound to an +instance or a type and not both. + + + + Returns the maximum width the text element can be created with. + + + Note that it is not necessarily a constant; it can be affected + by properties of the text type, such as the width factor. + + + A document containing the new text element's type + + + Id of the text type + + + The maximum allowed width in paper space [ft]. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Returns the minimum width a text element can be created with. + + + Note that it is not necessarily a constant; it can be affected + by properties of the text type, such as the width factor. + + + A document containing the new text element's type + + + Id of the text type + + + The minimum allowed width in paper space [ft]. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + + + + + Returns the maximum width the text element can be assigned. + + + Note that it is not necessarily a constant; it can be affected + by properties of the text and its type, such as the width factor. + + + The maximum allowed width in paper space [ft]. + + + 2016 + + + + + Returns the minimum width the text element can be assigned. + + + Note that it is not necessarily a constant; it can be affected + by properties of the text and its type, such as the width factor. + + + The minimum allowed width in paper space [ft]. + + + 2016 + + + + +

+ A flag identifying whether text-wrapping is currently active in this text element or not. +

+

+ If text wrapping is active the width of the text box remains constant and the text will wrap. + The height of the text box will automatically adjust to accomodate the height of the text. +

+

+ If text wrapping is not active the text does not wrap and the width of the text box adjusts with + the width of the longest line of text. + As the text width changes, the position of the text may change depending on the +

+
+ +

This is currently a read-only property and its value is set when the text element + is created. If the element was created with a specified width or if an explicit width + was set later, the wrapping would be automatically set as active. It means that any text + line that is longer that the current width of the text-box will automatically wrapped + onto the next line.

+
+ + 2016 + +
+ + + A flag to control how text behaves inside a rotated text element. + + +

If the property is True then the text inside the text box gets oriented + so it is readable when looking straight up at the sheet or from its right side; + in other words, the text would never be upside down.

+

If the value is False, however, the text's orientation strictly follows + the rotation of the text box, which means the text may be upside down when + viewed on screen or printed on a sheet.

+
+ + 2016 + +
+ + + Vertical alignment of the text. + + + The vertical alignment determines the way text is positioned as the text height changes. +
  • For Top-aligned text the top of the text will remain in place.
  • For Middle-aligned text the horizontal center line of the text will remain in place.
  • For Bottom-aligned text the bottom of the text will remain in place.
+ Changing this property will not affect the position of the text element. +
+ + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2016 + +
+ + + Horizontal alignment of the text content within the text area of the element. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2016 + + + + + The content of the element as a plain string stripped of all formating. + + +

If a new text content is set, all previous formating that might have been + set on parts of the original text will be lost. After setting the new text, + only the formating parameters of the associated text type will be applied.

+

The value of this property can also be accessed via the TEXT_TEXT + Built-In parameter.

+
+ + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + +
+ + + Position of the text (in model coordinates.) + + +

The position defines a point on the edge of the text area, + not a point on the border (if a border is defined for the style.) + It means that if the width of the border gets changed, the + position of the text area remains unchanged.

+

The relation of the position point with respect + to the text area depends on the text alignment as follows:

+
    +
  • For Left-aligned text the point is at the Left-Top corned of the box.
  • +
  • For Center-aligned text the point is at the Middle-Top corned of the box.
  • +
  • For Right-aligned text the point is at the Right-Top corned of the box.
  • +
+
+ + When setting this property: A valid point must not be father then 10 miles (approx. 16 km) from the origin. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + +
+ + + Width of the area of the text content. + + +

This property supersedes the older property which has been deprecated.

+

The value is in sheet units, meaning it is as when measured on a printed sheet. + The measurement is of the text content only; the border around it (if specified) is excluded.

+

For a text element which does is set not to use text wrapping the width is calculated + to fit the longest line (a single line, typically) of the text. A setting the width explicitly + by assigning value to this property will automatically activate text-wrapping for the element.

+
+ + When setting this property: The given width is not valid. A valid value must be within the range + returned by the methods GetMinimumAllowedWidth and GetMaximumAllowedWidth. + + + 2016 + +
+ + + Height of the area of the text content. + + +

The value is in sheet units, meaning it is as when measured on a printed sheet. + The measurement is of the text content only; the border around it (if specified) is excluded.

+

This is a read-only property, for the height of the text area + is calculated depending on the text content and its wrapping.

+
+
+ + + Direction along the vertical axis of letters of the text note. + + +

This vector points up from the base of the letters + and is always perpendicular to the base direction. + Those two vectors together define the plane of the text.

+
+
+ + + Direction of the base line of the text element. + + +

Base direction is always perpendicular to Up direction. + Those two vectors together define the plane of the text.

+
+
+ + Get the type of the TextElement object. + The user can call this property to get the related type. + + + + Base class representing text elements in Revit. + + + TextElement is a base class for other annotation classes, + like TextNote, which have additional, more specific functionality. + + + + +Returns formatted string showing (V1, V2, V3) with values formatted as regular integers + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + This property is always True for a polymesh facet. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + + + Returns the three vertices that define this facet + + + A container with three integers (indices of the vertices) is returned. + + + + + The third vertex of the facet + + + An index of a vertex of a polymesh. + + + + + The second vertex of the facet + + + An index of a vertex of a polymesh. + + + + + The first vertex of the facet + + + An index of a vertex of a polymesh. + + + + + Creates a PolymeshFacet with the supplied vertices. + + The first vertex. + The second vertex. + The third vertex. + + 2019.2 + + + + + A class representing one triangular piece - a facet - in a polymesh topology. + + + It can also be used to create TopographySurface. + Each facet is defined by indices of three vertices of the polymesh. + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns frame of reference associated with this CylindricalSurface. + + + This is an equivalent of new Frame(Origin, XDir, YDir, Axis). + + + Frame of reference associated with this CylindricalSurface. + + + 2017 + + + + + Construct a cylindrical surface defined by a local coordinate system and a radius. + + + + The parametric equation of the cylinder is S(u, v) = Frame.Origin + radius*cos(u)*Frame.BasisX + radius*sin(u)*Frame.BasisY + v*Frame.BasisZ. + This implies the following facts: + Frame.BasisX points from the axis point to the point on the cylinder with coordinates (0, 0).Frame.BasisY points in the direction of the partial derivative dS/du at (0, 0).Frame.BasisZ points in the direction of the partial derivative dS/dv at (0, 0). + + + frameOfReference is an orthonormal frame that defines a local coordinate system for the cylinder. + Frame.Origin is a point on the cylinder's axis. Frame.BasisZ points along the axis, while Frame.BasisX and Frame.BasisY are orthogonal to the axis. The frame may be either left-handed or right-handed (see Frame.IsRightHanded). Note that + the "handedness" of the frame does not, by itself, determine the surface's orientation. + + Radius of the circle that defines the base of the cylindrical surface. + + + The created CylindricalSurface. + + + This Frame object may not be used as a local frame of reference. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The given value for radius must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + + + 2017 + + + + + Radius of the circle that defines the base of this cylinder. + + + 2017 + + + + + Center of the circle that defines the base of the cylinder. This is the origin of the local coordinate system associated with this cylinder. + + + 2017 + + + + + Y axis of the local coordinate system associated with this cylinder. + + + 2017 + + + + + X axis of the local coordinate system associated with this cylinder. + + + 2017 + + + + + Axis of the cylinder. This is the Z axis of the local coordinate system associated with this cylinder. + + + 2017 + + + + + A cylindrical surface. + + + The parametric equation of the cylinder is S(u, v) = center + radius*cos(u)*xVec + radius*sin(u)*yVec + v*zVec. + + + 2017 + + + + + The custom color temperature value. + + + The color temperature in Kelvin as a numerical value between 1800 and 20000 + + + When setting this property: The color temperature is not valid because it is not in the range of 1800 to 20000. + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a copy of the given custom initial color + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a custom initial color set to the given color + + + The color temperature in Kelvin as a numerical value between 1800 and 20000 + + + The color temperature is not valid because it is not in the range of 1800 to 20000. + + + 2013 + + + + + This class encapsulates a custom initial lighting color. + + + This color is called an initial color because a color filter can also be added to modify the color. + + + 2013 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The subelement key of this schedule item. + + + + + The element id of this schedule item. + + + + + If the item is from a linked model, this element id holds the link instance id. Otherwise, is invalid. + + + + + This represents one item from a row of the schedule. On a schedule row can be grouped multiple items. + It can be an element or subelement. + + + + + Gets the category ids for which this field can be added to the schedule. + + + Returns the category ids for which this field can be added to the schedule. + + + 2024 + + + + + Gets the spec describing the data type. + + + Returns the spec describing the data type. + + + There should be added an instance of ICustomFieldServer with the stored server id. + + + 2024 + + + + + Identifies if there is added to the CustomFieldService an instance of with the stored server id. + + + Returns true if there is added a with the stored server id, false otherwise. + + + 2024 + + + + + Validates the custom field properties. + + + An instance of which represents the properties of this field. + + + If the properties are valid, an empty string will be returned. + If the properties are not valid, a non-empty string which describes the error will be returned. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Can't validate the properties of a CustomFieldData of a SchedulableField (which is not added to a schedule). + + + 2024 + + + + + Sets an instance of which represents the properties of this field. + + + An instance of which represents the properties of this field. + + + The input properties are not valid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Can't set the properties to a CustomFieldData of a SchedulableField (which is not added to a schedule). + + + 2024 + + + + + Gets an instance of which represents the properties of this field. + + + Returns an instance of . + + + Can't obtain the properties from a CustomFieldData of a SchedulableField (which is not added to a schedule). + + + 2024 + + + + + Gets an unique identifier of the custom field. + + + Returns an unique identifier of type of custom field. + + + 2024 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Identifies the default row height for this field. + + + 2024 + + + + + The name of this custom field. + + + 2024 + + + + + The tooltip that will be shown in the schedule properties dialog for this custom field. + + + 2024 + + + + + Identifies the default vertical alignment style. + The default alignment styles are used only if is true. + + + 2024 + + + + + Identifies the default horizontal alignment style. + The default alignment styles are used only if is true. + + + 2024 + + + + + Identifies if the field has a custom representation when we have a schedule instance placed on the sheet or if its value will be shown as text. + + + 2024 + + + + + Identifies the storage type. + + + 2024 + + + + + A class that offer access to the information about a custom field. + + + 2024 + + + + + Sets a new curve and its plane. + + + Unlike setting either just the sketch plane or just the curve, + this method reestablishes the relationships between those two, + as well as it resets their relationship to other elements. + + + New sketch plane. + + + New curve. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Gets the area based load boundary line data from this curve, if applicable. + + + Will return if curve element isn't an area based load boundary line. + + + The area based load boundary line data, if this is an area based load boundary, + or otherwise. + + + 2023 + + + + + Creates area based load boundary lines. + + + The document in which to create the area based load boundary lines. + + + The curves. + + + The id of level. + + + The newly created area based load boundary lines. + + + document is not a project document. + -or- + The input curves contains a null pointer or a curve that is not bounded. + -or- + The input curves contains at least one curve which is degenerate (its length is too close to zero). + -or- + The ElementId levelId is not a Level. + -or- + The input curves contains a curve doesn't lie in the plane of the level. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2023 + + + + + Creates an area based load boundary line. + + + The document in which to create the area based load boundary line. + + + The curve. + + + The id of level. + + + The newly created area based load boundary line. + + + document is not a project document. + -or- + The input curve is not bound. + -or- + The curve is degenerate (its length is too close to zero). + -or- + The ElementId levelId is not a Level. + -or- + The curve doesn't lie in the plane of the level. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2023 + + + + + Sets a new status for an existing tangent join with another curve element at the given end-point. + + +

The input status indicates whether the tangent join is to be locked or unlocked. + Note that the status can be set only if this and the other curve element are currently + joined and tangent at the given point.

+

Locking a tangent join between elements of a family will make the family parametric. + A parametric family needs to utilize a geometry solver in order to determine final + shapes of its instances. Using the solver in families which contain large sketches + may cause regenerations of such families to become significantly slower. + To determine whether a particular family falls into such a category, programmers + can query property + and + method of the class.

+
+ + Index of one of the curve's ends. Values '0' and '1' indicate the start or end point, respectively. + + + ElementId of another Curve Element from the same document. + + + Requested new state of the lock; True to lock it, False to unlock it. + + + The given Id does not represent any of the two end-points of a curve element. + A valid value of either '0' or '1' is expected. + -or- + The given ElementId (%elementId) is not of a valid Curve Element. + A valid Curve Element must be in the same document and must be + diferent than this curve elements self. + -or- + This element has no tangent join with the input element at the given end-point. + -or- + The element other does not exist in the document containing this CurveElement + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This curve element does not support tangent joins with other elements. + + + This CurveElement is an internal element, such as a component of a + loaded family or a group type. + -or- + The document containing this CurveElement is in Group Edit Mode, + Sketch Edit Mode, or Paste Mode, and the element is not a + member of the group, sketch, or clipboard. + -or- + This CurveElement is a member of a group or sketch, and the document + is not currently editing the group or sketch. + -or- + other is an internal element, such as a component of a + loaded family or a group type. + -or- + The document containing other is in Group Edit Mode, + Sketch Edit Mode, or Paste Mode, and the element is not a + member of the group, sketch, or clipboard. + -or- + other is a member of a group or sketch, and the document + is not currently editing the group or sketch. + + + 2017 + +
+ + + Returns the state of a tangent join between this and another curve element at the given end-point. + + + The return value indicates whether there is such tangent join and if it is currently locked. + A negative value indicates that there either is no tangent join with the other element + at the given end-point, or the join between those two curve element is not currently locked. + + + Index of one of the curve's end. Values '0' and '1' indicate the start or end point, respectively. + + + ElementId of another Curve Element from the same document. + + + Returns True if this curve element has a tangent joint with the other input element and the join is curently locked; returns False otherwise. + + + The given Id does not represent any of the two end-points of a curve element. + A valid value of either '0' or '1' is expected. + -or- + The given ElementId (%elementId) is not of a valid Curve Element. + A valid Curve Element must be in the same document and must be + diferent than this curve elements self. + -or- + This element has no tangent join with the input element at the given end-point. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Tests whether this curve element has any locked tangent joins at the given end-point. + + + Note that tangent locks between two elements at their joined ends are always kept in + sync with each other. It means that if one curve element is locked to another curve, + the other curve will be automatically locked to the first curve at the shared join. + + + Index of one of the curve's end. Values '0' and '1' indicate the start or end point, respectively. + + + Returns True if the curve element is tangentially locked to at least one other curve element at the given end-point; returns False otherwise. + + + 2017 + + + + + Tests whether this curve element and the input curve element have common tangent join at the given end-point. + + + Index of one of the curve's end. Values '0' and '1' indicate the start or end point, respectively. + + + ElementId of another Curve Element from the same document. + + + Returns True if the two curve elements have a tangent join at the given end-point. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + This method tests whether this and the given curve elements are joined at the given end. + + + The input end is relative to this curve element. + The other curve element can be joined at any of its end-points. + + + Index of one of the curve's end. Values '0' and '1' indicate the start or end point, respectively. + + + ElementId of another Curve Element from the same document. + + + Returns True if the input curve element joins This curve element at the given end-point; returns False otherwise. + + + The given Id does not represent any of the two end-points of a curve element. + A valid value of either '0' or '1' is expected. + -or- + The given ElementId (%elementId) is not of a valid Curve Element. + A valid Curve Element must be in the same document and must be + diferent than this curve elements self. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Returns elements that are joining with this curve element at the given end point. + + + Id of one the curve's end. Value '0' indicates start and '1' indicates the end of the curve, respectively. + + + Collection of Ids of Curve Elements. + + + The given Id does not represent any of the two end-points of a curve element. + A valid value of either '0' or '1' is expected. + + + 2017 + + + + + Ids of all line style Elements that are applicable to this curve element. + + + The elements are of the class. + + + A collection of Ids of line style elements. + + + + + Indicates whether or not this curve element can have a locked tangent + join at either of its end-points shared with another curve element. + + + + + Type of the curve element. + + + + + Class representing curve elements. + + + As a base class of several specialized curved elements + (such as ModelCurve, ModelLine, CurveByPoints, etc.) + CurveElement exposes methods and properties of general use + applicable to most kinds of curves. + + + + + Creates an arc through the given reference points. + + + The interiorPoint determines the orientation of the arc while startPoint and endPoint determine + the angle parameters at the ends. + + + The Document. + + + The start point of the arc. + + + The end end of the arc. + + + The interior point on the arc. + + + The CurveElement to be created. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Can't create an arc from the given points + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates rectangle on face or sketchplane for two given diagonal points. + + + This array contains the ElementIds of the two additional corner points that are created to complete the rectangle. + + + The Document. + + + First diagonal point of rectangle. + + + Second diagonal point of rectangle. + + + Projection type of rectangle's boundary curves. + If the rectangle input points are Face hosted, and CurveProjectionType::ParallelToLevel is requested, + and the Face normal at the location of the start point is at a less than 45 degree angle with the level + planes, then the projectionType will be set to FromTopDown, even if ParallelToLevel was requested. + + + True if rectangle's boundary curves should be reference lines, false otherwise. + + + True if rectangle's boundary curves should follow surface, false otherwise. + + + Created rectangle's boundary curves ids. + + + Ids of two newly created corner points. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Unexpected projection type. + -or- + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + Unable to create rectangle. + + + 2012 + + + + + Gets the FaceRegions in the existing face. + + + The Document. + + + The Reference of the existing face. + + + The FaceRegions in the existing face, or an empty collection if no FaceRegions are found. + + + The Reference is not a Face Reference. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Gets the host face to which the CurveElement is added. + + + The CurveElement. + + + The host face to which the CurveElement is added, or an empty Reference if the host is not a face. + + + The input CurveElement is not a CurveByPoints. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Adds The CurveElements to one or more FaceRegions. + + + The CurveElements that are input may produce an arbitrary number of regions. + + + The Document. + + + The ElementIds of CurveElements which are to define the FaceRegion. + + + All the input CurveElements must be CurveByPoints, with the sketchOnSurface attribute set to True, and for each CurveElement, the defining + ReferencePoints must be hosted on References related to a common Face or Edge. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Failed to add curves to FaceRegion. + + + 2012 + + + + + Validates that the input CurveElements can define FaceRegions. + The CurveElements must be CurveByPoints. Each curve must be entirely hosted by a single Face or hosts related to a common + Face (for example, Edges of a common Face, other CurveElements hosted by a common Face). To be added to the FaceRegion definition, + a CurveElement must have the SketchOnSurface attribute set. + + + The Document. + + + The CurveElements. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Sets the relationship between the CurveElement and face. + + + The CurveElement. + + + Whether or not the CurveElement should lie on the face and be able to be added to the face. + + + The input CurveElement is not a CurveByPoints. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Gets the relationship between the CurveElement and face. + + + The CurveElement. + + + Whether or not the CurveElement should lie on the face and be able to be added to the face. + + + The input CurveElement is not a CurveByPoints. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Sets the projection type of the CurveElement. + + + The CurveElement. + + + The input projection type. + + + The input CurveElement is not a CurveByPoints. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + Gets the projection type of the CurveElement. + + + The CurveElement. + + + The projection type. + + + The input CurveElement is not a CurveByPoints. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + A static class that contains methods for processing curves driven by points. + + + 2012 + + + + + This attribute indicates how the curve will be projected to the surface if the curve is sketched on the surface. + + + 2011 + + + + + The curve is generated on to lie on the surface based on its endpoints/control points on the surface, its curve type, and depending on the surface type, + either projecting to the surface based on projecting tessellation points of the curve to the target surface, + or by interpreting the equation produced by the curve type and user defined control points in the surface uv. + In some ways, this is the most robust way to generate the curve on the surface, + but for some surface shapes, it can make it difficult to obtain the desired appearance from a particular perspective in the model. + + + + + The curves are projected to their target surface in a projection direction that is parallel to level. + The exact vector of projection also considers the endpoints of the curve being projected or endpoints in a loop of curves it belongs to (if any). + But the vector is always parallel to the level. + This is used to create curves on the building that retain a particular sketched shape based on elevation perspective, + regardless of target surface contours. + Sketching windows is an example where this is useful. + + + + + Projects curve in a direction parallel to the height of the project or family (projects in an upwardly or downwardly direction). + For example, would be used to project curves to a surface that represented a roof or site, + where the goal was for the curves to look from above as they were sketched, + even though they are being mapped to the surface. + + + + + Creates a new CoverType in the document. + + + name is an empty string. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + coverDistance cannot be negative. + + + + + A distance that can be used as a concrete cover value in a document. + + + When setting this property: coverDistance cannot be negative. + + + + + A named value for a clear cover distance. + + + In Revit Structure, CoverTypes are the rows in the Rebar Cover Settings dialog. + + + + + Called when the destination document contains types with the same names as the types being copied. + + + The information about the types with duplicate names. + + + The action to be taken: copy only types with unique names or cancel the operation. + + + 2014 + + + + + Called when the destination document contains types with the same names as the types being copied. + + + The information about the types with duplicate names. + + + The action to be taken: copy only types with unique names or cancel the operation. + + + 2014 + + + + + An interface for custom handlers of duplicate type names encountered during a paste operation. When the destination document + contains types that have the same names as the types being copied, but different internals, a decision must be made on how to proceed - whether to + cancel the operation or continue, but only copy types with unique names. + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns ids of the types with duplicate names. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The document that contains the types with duplicate names. + + + 2014 + + + + + A structure that provides information about an attempt to copy types with names that already exist in the destination document. + + + 2014 + + + + + This enumerated type defines the action to be taken when there are types with the same name being pasted. + + + 2013 + + + + + Cancel the paste operation. + + + + + Proceed with the paste operation and use the types with the same name in the destination document. + + + + + Sets a custom duplicate type names handler. If this value is not set, the default handler is used. + By default, Revit displays a modal dialog with options to either copy new types only, or cancel the operation. + + + The duplicate type names handler. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns current duplicate type names handler or if none is set. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates a new instance of a CopyPasteOptions object. + + + 2014 + + + + + Settings to control the behavior of a copy-paste operation. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the internal origin for the document. + + + Revit document from which to get the internal origin. + + + The internal origin of the document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020.2 + + + + + The position of the InternalOrigin relative to the active ProjectLocation set for the document. + + + 2020.2 + + + + + The position of the InternalOrigin. + + + 2020.2 + + + + + A class representing the origin of internal coordinate system. + Each Revit project contains one InternalOrigin. + + + The internal origin cannot be selected (e.g. as a reference) nor can it be modified. + + + 2020.2 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The contour line style subcategory id. + + + 2024 + + + + + The increment elevation of the contour range. + + + 2024 + + + + + The contour range stop elevation. + + + 2024 + + + + + The contour range start elevation. + + + 2024 + + + + + Contour setting item that stores the information of a single contour or a set of contours. + + + 2024 + + + + + Get all contour setting items. + + + An array of contour setting items. + + + 2024 + + + + + Enable a contour setting item of the current contour setting so that the item will be used to draw contours. + + + Contour setting will not be changed if the item could not be found. + + + The contour setting item to be enabled. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Disable a contour setting item of the current contour setting so that the item will not be used to draw contours. + + + Contour setting will not be changed if the item could not be found. + + + The contour setting item to be disabled. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Remove a contour setting item from the current contour setting. + + + Contour setting will not be changed if the item could not be found. + + + The contour setting item to be removed. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Get the index of a contour setting item of the current contour setting + + + The contour setting item. + + + The index of the input contour setting item. + -1 if the item is not found. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Add a set of contours as a contour setting item to the current contour setting. + + + The contour range start elevation. + + + The contour range stop elevation. + Should be greater than start elevation. + + + The increment elevation of the contour range. + Should be greater than zero. + + + The contour line style subcategory id. + + + The newly added contour setting item. + + + The given value for start is not finite + -or- + The given value for stop is not finite + -or- + The given value for step is not finite + -or- + The input subcategory id is not valid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The input contour spacing information is not valid. + + + 2024 + + + + + Add a single contour as a contour setting item to the current contour setting. + + + The contour elevation. + + + The contour line style subcategory id. + + + The newly added contour setting item. + + + The given value for elevation is not finite + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Contour setting object that handles the contour information used to draw contours on elements. + + + 2024 + + + + + The horizontal distance between the inner boundary of the rail and the path. + + + When setting this property: The given value for clearance must be no more than 30000 feet in absolute value. + + + 2013 + + + + + The horizontal distance between the outer boundary of the rail and the path. + + + 2013 + + + + + The termination of the rail at the end or top. + + + When setting this property: The termination is not a valid termination symbol for continuous rail. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + The termination of the rail at the beginning or bottom. + + + When setting this property: The termination is not a valid termination symbol for continuous rail. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + The fillet radius of the rail join. + + + When setting this property: The given value for filletRadius must be between 0 and 30000 feet. + + + When setting this property: The join option of the rail is not fillet so the data being set is not applicable. + + + 2013 + + + + + The default join option between two rails. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + The transition option of the rail. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + The extension style of the rail termination at the end or top. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + The extension style of the rail termination at the beginning or bottom. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + The id of the profile of the rail + + + When setting this property: The profileId is neither a valid element id nor invalidElementId. + -or- + When setting this property: The profileId is not a valid profile symbol for continuous rail. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + The extension length of the rail termination at the end or top. + + + When setting this property: The given value for endExtensionLength must be between 0 and 30000 feet. + + + 2013 + + + + + The extension length of the rail termination at the beginning or bottom. + + + When setting this property: The given value for startExtensionLength must be between 0 and 30000 feet. + + + 2013 + + + + + A type element containing the properties of a continuous rail. + + + 2013 + + + + + The continuous rail position index. + + + 2013 + + + + + The rail is a secondary rail on the right. + + + + + The rail is a secondary rail on the left. + + + + + The rail is a primary rail on the right. + + + + + The rail is a primary rail on the left. + + + + + The rail is located on the top of the railing. + + + + + The join type of the railing path. + + + 2013 + + + + + No connector. + + + + + Add vertical or horizontal segments. + + + + + Extend rails to meet. + + + + + The rails will be joined according to the settings in the rail type. + + + + + The tangent joins of the rails. + + + 2013 + + + + + Extend rails to meet. + + + + + No connector. + + + + + Add vertical or horizontal segments. + + + + + The angled joins of the rails. + + + 2013 + + + + + No connector. + + + + + Add vertical or horizontal segments. + + + + + The option determines the slope of the railing. + + + 2013 + + + + + The slope of the railing will be specified by users. + + + + + The slope of the railing will be kept flat. + + + + + The slope of the railing is determined by its host. + + + + + Railing height correction option. + + + 2013 + + + + + User needs to define the height value of the railing. + + + + + Railing height is determined by railing type. + + + + + Railing placement position. + + + 2013 + + + + + Places railing on stringer. + + + + + Places railing on treads. + + + + + No railing placement. + + + + + The transition type of the continuous rail. + + + 2013 + + + + + Simple + + + + + Gooseneck. + + + + + No transition. + + + + + The position of the hand rail. + + + 2013 + + + + + The handrail is on both sides of the railing. + + + + + The hand rail is on the right side of railing. + + + + + The hand rail is on the left side of railing. + + + + + No hand rail + + + + + The justification of the rail supports. + + + 2013 + + + + + Supports are justified to the end of the rail. + + + + + Supports are justified to the center of the rail. + + + + + Supports are justified to the beginning of the rail. + + + + + The layout of the rail supports. + + + 2013 + + + + + The rail supports are laid out with a minimum spacing. + + + + + The rail supports are laid out with a maximum spacing. + + + + + The rail supports are laid out with a specified fixed number. + + + + + The rail supports are laid out aligned with the railing posts. + + + + + The rail supports are laid out on a fixed distance spacing. + + + + + No rail support. + + + + + The connections between rails. + + + 2013 + + + + + Rails will be joined in a manner as close to a miter as possible. + + + + + Rails will be trimmed and cut with a vertical plane. + + + + + The default join type of the rail. + + + 2013 + + + + + The rails will be joined by a fillet connection. + + + + + The rails will be joined by a miter connection. + + + + + The join type of the system rails. + + + 2013 + + + + + The rails will be joined by a fillet connection. + + + + + The rails will be joined by a miter connection. + + + + + The rails will be joined according to the settings in the rail type. + + + + + The extension style of the rail. + + + 2013 + + + + + The rail extends to post. + + + + + The rail extends to floor. + + + + + The rail extends to wall. + + + + + The rail extends to nothing + + + + + Returns all the railing supports attached to the rail. + + + 2013 + + + + + Retrieves the start extension path. + + + The start extension path of the rail. + + + 2013 + + + + + Retrieves the start extension path. + + + The start extension path of the rail. + + + 2013 + + + + + Retrieves the rail path. + + + The path of the rail. + + + 2013 + + + + + The id of the host Railing that contains this rail. + + + 2013 + + + + + The length of the rail. + + + 2013 + + + + + Represents a continuous rail element in Autodesk Revit. + + + 2013 + + + + + Changes the connector host reference to a new planar face and a new edge loop. + + + The connector referenced by an edge loop has the fixed origin as defined by the edge loop. + + + The planar face to place the connector on. + + + One of the edges in the edge loop that defines the new connector location on the planar face. + + + The face is not a planar face. + -or- + The edge is not on the planar face. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + + + + + Changes the connector host reference to a new planar face. + + + The connector referenced by a planar face alone is placed at the plane origin, and may be moved later along the planar face. + + + The planar face to place the connector on. + + + The face is not a planar face. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + + + + + Reverses the direction of the connector element. + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks that the MEPSystemType is valid for the domain of connector. + + + The MEPSystemType to be validated. + + + True if the MEPSystemType is valid for the domain of the connector, false otherwise. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2014 + + + + + Assign a connector as a primary connector. + + + This method is used to promote this connector as primary, and the rest of connectors in this system will be assigned as secondary. + + + Thrown when fail to assign this connector as primary. + + + + + Create a new cable tray ConnectorElement. + + + Regenerates the document. + + + The document to add the connector to. + + + The planar face to place the connector on. + + + One of the edges in the edge loop that defines the connector location on the planar face. + + + The cable tray ConnectorElement. + + + The reference is not a planar face. + -or- + document is not a family document. + -or- + Thrown when the edge does not belong to the face. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Connector creation is not allowed in this family. + + + 2014 + + + + + Create a new conduit ConnectorElement. + + + Regenerates the document. + + + The document to add the connector to. + + + The planar face to place the connector on. + + + One of the edges in the edge loop that defines the connector location on the planar face. + + + The conduit ConnectorElement. + + + The reference is not a planar face. + -or- + document is not a family document. + -or- + Thrown when the edge does not belong to the face. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Connector creation is not allowed in this family. + + + 2014 + + + + + Create a new electrical ConnectorElement. + + + Regenerates the document. + + + The document to add the connector to. + + + The ElectricalSystemTYpe of the connector. + + + The planar face to place the connector on. + + + One of the edges in the edge loop that defines the connector location on the planar face. + + + The electrical ConnectorElement. + + + The reference is not a planar face. + -or- + document is not a family document. + -or- + Thrown when the edge does not belong to the face. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + Connector creation is not allowed in this family. + + + 2014 + + + + + Create a new cable tray ConnectorElement. + + + Regenerates the document. + + + The document to add the connector to. + + + The planar face to place the connector on. + + + The cable tray ConnectorElement. + + + The reference is not a planar face. + -or- + document is not a family document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Connector creation is not allowed in this family. + + + 2013 + + + + + Create a new conduit ConnectorElement. + + + Regenerates the document. + + + The document to add the connector to. + + + The planar face to place the connector on. + + + The conduit ConnectorElement. + + + The reference is not a planar face. + -or- + document is not a family document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Connector creation is not allowed in this family. + + + 2013 + + + + + Create a new electrical ConnectorElement. + + + Regenerates the document. + + + The document to add the connector to. + + + The ElectricalSystemTYpe of the connector. + + + The planar face to place the connector on. + + + The electrical ConnectorElement. + + + The reference is not a planar face. + -or- + document is not a family document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + Connector creation is not allowed in this family. + + + 2013 + + + + + Create a new duct ConnectorElement. + + + Regenerates the document. + + + The document to add the connector to. + + + The DuctSystemType of the connector. + + + The profile shape of the duct. + + + The planar face to place the connector on. + + + One of the edges in the edge loop that defines the connector location on the planar face. + + + The duct ConnectorElement. + + + The reference is not a planar face. + -or- + document is not a family document. + -or- + Thrown when the edge does not belong to the face. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + Connector creation is not allowed in this family. + + + 2014 + + + + + Create a new duct ConnectorElement. + + + Regenerates the document. + + + The document to add the connector to. + + + The DuctSystemType of the connector. + + + The profile shape of the duct. + + + The planar face to place the connector on. + + + The duct ConnectorElement. + + + The reference is not a planar face. + -or- + document is not a family document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + Connector creation is not allowed in this family. + + + 2013 + + + + + Create a new pipe ConnectorElement with a face and an edge. + + + Regenerates the document. + + + The document to add the connector to. + + + The PipeSystemType of the connector. + + + The planar face to place the connector on. + + + One of the edges in the edge loop that defines the connector location on the planar face. + + + The pipe ConnectorElement. + + + The reference is not a planar face. + -or- + document is not a family document. + -or- + Thrown when the edge does not belong to the face. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + Connector creation is not allowed in this family. + + + 2014 + + + + + Create a new pipe ConnectorElement. + + + Regenerates the document. + + + The document to add the connector to. + + + The PipeSystemType of the connector. + + + The planar face to place the connector on. + + + The pipe ConnectorElement. + + + The reference is not a planar face. + -or- + document is not a family document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + Connector creation is not allowed in this family. + + + 2013 + + + + + + + + + Set the linked connector element. + + + Set the linked connector to to remove the link. + + + The connector to link to. + + + The connector being linked to is a different domain than that of the calling connector. + -or- + The connector being linked to is the same as the calling connector. + + + This connector type does not support linked connectors. + + + 2013 + + + + + Get the linked connector element. + + + The linked connector element. If , the connector has no link. + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets the direction of the connector element. + + + 2014 + + + + + The system classification of the connector. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + When setting this property: The MEPSystemType is not valid for the domain of this connector. + + + 2014 + + + + + Identifies if this is the primary connector in the family. + + + + The radius of the connector. + -1 if the connector is not round. + + + The height of the connector. + -1 if the connector is round. + + + The width of the connector. + -1 if the connector is round. + + + The shape of the connector. + ConnectorProfileType::Invalid if the connector is electrical or undefined. + + + The domain of the connector. + This property is used to retrieve the domain of the connector. + + + The location of the connector in family document. + + + The coordinate system of the connector. + The Z axis of the coordinate system is the normal to the plane of the connector. + + + + A base class that provides support for all connector elements occurring in families. + + + + + Checks if there are any double wall connectors fabricated. + + + True if there are any double wall connectors fabricated. + + + 2016 + + + + + Checks if the connector has fabrication parameters associated with it that can be set. + + + True if the connector has fabrication parameters associated with it that can be set. + + + 2016 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Fabrication double wall connector lock. + + + If set this prevents the connector value being overridden by the fabrication specification. + + + No double wall connector available. + -or- + When setting this property: the connector cannot be modified on an owned fabrication part. + -or- + When setting this property: the connector is already connected. + -or- + When setting this property: the fabrication part is connected to more than one item. + + + 2016 + + + + + Fabrication double wall connector Id. + + + A reference to the fabrication configuration connectors. + Setting the connector value will also set the connector lock. + A value of 0 indicates no connector. + + + When setting this property: doubleWallConnectorId is invalid based on the shape and domain. + + + No double wall connector available. + -or- + When setting this property: the connector cannot be modified on an owned fabrication part. + -or- + When setting this property: the connector is already connected. + -or- + When setting this property: the fabrication part is connected to more than one item. + + + 2016 + + + + + The index of the connector shown within the fabrication software. + + + 2016 + + + + + Fabrication body connector lock. + + + If set this prevents the connector value being overridden by the fabrication specification. + + + When setting this property: the connector cannot be modified on an owned fabrication part. + -or- + When setting this property: the connector is already connected. + -or- + When setting this property: the fabrication part is connected to more than one item. + + + 2016 + + + + + Fabrication body connector Id. + + + A reference to the fabrication configuration connectors. + Setting the connector value will also set the connector lock. + A value of 0 indicates the connector is set to none. + + + When setting this property: bodyConnectorId is invalid based on the shape and domain. + + + When setting this property: the connector cannot be modified on an owned fabrication part. + -or- + When setting this property: the connector is already connected. + -or- + When setting this property: the fabrication part is connected to more than one item. + + + 2016 + + + + + Fabrication connector information. + + + 2016 + + + + + Determine if this frame's basis is right-handed. + + + The three basis vectors are "right-handed" if the triple vector product [vecX, vecY, vecZ] + is positive, or equivalently if dot(vecX x vecY, vecZ) is positive, where "dot" represents the dot product. + + + True if this frame's basis is right-handed, false if not. + + + 2012 + + + + + Determines if this frame's basis vectors are orthonormal. + + + "Orthonormal" means that the three vectors are orthogonal and each of them has unit length. + + + True if this frame's basis vectors are orthonormal, false if not. + + + 2012 + + + + + Determines if this frame's basis vectors are orthogonal. + + + True if this frame's basis vectors are orthogonal, false if not. + + + 2012 + + + + + Applies the input transform to this frame. + + + The transform to apply to the frame. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + this operation failed. + + + 2012 + + + + + Tests whether the supplied Frame object may be used to define a Revit curve or surface. + In order to satisfy the requirements the Frame must be orthonormal + and its origin is expected to lie within the Revit design limits . + + + Certain Revit curve and surface types are defined using a local frame of reference. + + + Frame to be validated. + + + True if this Frame may be used as a local frame of reference, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The third basis vector of the frame. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + The second basis vector of the frame. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + The first basis vector of the frame. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + The frame's base point. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Constructor that takes the frame's base point and three basis vectors. + + + The frame's base point. + + + The frame's first basis vector. + + + The frame's second basis vector. + + + The frame's third basis vector. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Default constructor. Uses global origin and standard basis vectors. + + + 2012 + + + + + A Frame comprises three vectors at a base point in 3D space. + + + A Frame consists of three vectors at a base point in 3D space. + The vectors need not be orthogonal, have unit length, or even be linearly + independent, although in practice Frames will usually have linearly + independent vectors. + Frames may be used to represent a coordinate frame of reference, + a moving frame field on a curve, or for other purposes. + + + 2012 + + + + + Checks whether the input value lies is not 0, greater than -PI/2 and lesser than PI/2. + + + Cone half-angle parameter. + + + True if input is not 0, lesser than PI/2 and greater than -PI/2, false otherwise. + + + 2017 + + + + + Returns frame of reference associated with this ConicalSurface. + + + This is an equivalent of new Frame(Origin, XDir, YDir, Axis). + + + Frame of reference associated with this ConicalSurface. + + + 2017 + + + + + Creates a conical surface defined by a local reference frame and a half angle. + + + The parametric equation of the cone is S(u, v) = Frame.Origin + v*[sin(halfAngle)(cos(u)*Frame.BasisX + sin(u)*Frame.BasisY) + cos(halfAngle)*Frame.BasisZ] + This implies the following facts: + Frame.BasisX points from the axis point to the point on the cylinder with coordinates (0, 0).Frame.BasisY points in the direction of the partial derivative dS/du at (0, 0).Frame.BasisZ points in the direction of the partial derivative dS/dv at (0, 0). + Only the branch of the cone with v >= 0 should be used. + + + + frameOfReference is an orthonormal frame that defines a local coordinate system for the cone. + Frame.Origin is a point on the cylinder's axis.Frame.BasisZ points along the axis, while Frame.BasisX and Frame.BasisY are orthogonal to the axis. The frame may be either left-handed or right-handed (see Frame.IsRightHanded). Note that + the "handedness" of the frame does not, by itself, determine the surface's orientation. + + Cone angle. Must be not 0, lesser than PI/2 and greater than -PI/2. + + + The created ConicalSurface. + + + This Frame object may not be used as a local frame of reference. + -or- + The supplied value must be not 0, lesser than PI/2 and greater than -PI/2. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Cone angle. + + + 2017 + + + + + Apex of the cone. This is the origin of the local coordinate system associated with this cone. + + + 2017 + + + + + X axis of the local coordinate system associated with this cone. + + + 2017 + + + + + X axis of the local coordinate system associated with this cone. + + + 2017 + + + + + Axis of the cone. This is the Z axis of the local coordinate system associated with this cone. + + + 2017 + + + + + A Conical Surface. + + + The parametric equation of the cone is S(u, v) = center + v*[sin(halfAngle)(cos(u)*xVec + sin(u)*yVec) + cos(halfAngle)*zVec]. Only the branch of the cone with v >= 0 should be used. + + + 2017 + + + + + Whether this conduit type is with fitting + + + True if this conduit type is with fitting type. + + + + + This class represents a conduit type in Autodesk Revit. + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + + Returns a ConduitSizeSettingIterator to the conduit size settings. + + + 2017 + + + + + Erases the existing ConduitSizes with this conduit standard name; the consuit standard type can not be removed if it is in use. + + + The document. + + + The conduit standard name. + + + True if removing success; otherwise false. + + + The conduit standard is already in use. + -or- + The conduit standard is the last one. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Checks if the specified conduit standard exist. + + + The conduit standard name. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Creates one conduit standard type with the new name and assign the conduit sizes to it from the existing standard type. + + + The document. + + + The new conduit standard name. + + + The existing conduit standard name. + + + True if creating success; otherwise false. + + + The conduit standard name already exists. + -or- + The conduit standard name does not exist. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Erase the existing ConduitSize with this nominal diameter. The conduit standard name determines the location of the size in the size table. + + + Does nothing if there is no existing ConduitSize with this nominal diameter. + + + The conduit standard name. + + + Nominal diameter. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The given value for nominalDiameter must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + + + The function is called during iterating the size set. + + + 2017 + + + + + Inserts a new ConduitSize in to the conduit size settings. The conduit standard name determines the location of the new size in the size table. + + + The conduit standard name. + + + The new ConduitSize to be added. + + + The conduit standard name does not exist. + -or- + The conduit size already exists. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The function is called during iterating the size set. + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets the size count of the conduit size table. The conduit standard name the location of the size in the size table. + + + The conduit standard name. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets the conduit size settings of the project. + + + The document. + + + The conduit size settings of the project. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Conduit sizes settings + + + 2017 + + + +Gets the item at the current position of the iterator.(Inherited from IEnumerator. Give it another property name to avoid confusing. And make it internal.) + + + Gets the item at the current position of the iterator. + There is no current item if the iterator has not started yet or has been done. + There is no current item in the iterator. + + + + There is no current item in the iterator. + + + 2017 + + + + + There is no current item in the iterator. + + + 2017 + + + + + Identifies whether the iterator has a current item. + There is no current item if the iterator has not started yet or has been done. + + + True if there is a current item. + + + 2017 + + + + + Resets the iterator to the initial state. + + + 2017 + + + + + Identifies if the iteration has completed. + + + True if the iteration has no more items. False if there are more items to be iterated. + + + 2017 + + + + + Increments the enumerator to the next item. + + + True if there is a next available item in this enumerator. + False if the enumerator has completed all available items. + + + 2017 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + An iterator to a set of items from ConduitSizeSettings. Each item is a KeyValuePair(System::String^, ConduitSizes). + ElementId is the id of the conduit standard type. + + + 2017 + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + + Returns a ConduitSizeIterator to the conduit sizes. + + + 2017 + + + + + Checks whether a conduit size with the nominal diameter exists. + + + Nominal diameter. + + + True if a conduit size with the nominal diameter exists. + + + The given value for nominalDiameter must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + + + 2017 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Count of the items contained in the collection. + + + 2017 + + + + + Class ConduitSizeSet being used to store the conduit sizes. + + + 2017 + + + +Gets the item at the current position of the iterator.(Inherited from IEnumerator. Give it another property name to avoid confusing. And make it internal.) + + + Gets the item at the current position of the iterator. + There is no current item if the iterator has not started yet or has been done. + There is no current item in the iterator. + + + + Identifies if the iterator has a current item. + + + There is no current item if the iterator has not started yet or has been done. + + + True if there is a current item. + + + 2017 + + + + + Returns the current ConduitSize. + + + The current ConduitSize. + + + There is no current item in the iterator. + + + 2017 + + + + + Resets the iterator to the initial state. + + + 2017 + + + + + Identifies if the iteration has completed. + + + True if the iteration has no more items. False if there are more items to be iterated. + + + 2017 + + + + + Increments the iterator to the next item. + + + True if there is a next available item in this iterator. + False if the iterator has completed all available items. + + + 2017 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + An iterator to a set of conduit sizes from ConduitSizes. + + + 2017 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Whether is used in sizing. + + + 2017 + + + + + Whether it is used in size lists. + + + 2017 + + + + + Minimum bend radius + + + 2017 + + + + + Outer diameter + + + 2017 + + + + + Inner diameter + + + 2017 + + + + + Nominal diameter + + + 2017 + + + + + Constructs an object that stores the basic size information for conduit. + + + Nominal diameter. The value should be a valid, positive Revit length. + + + Inner diameter. The value should be a valid, positive Revit length. + + + Outer diameter. The value should be a valid, positive Revit length. + + + Minimum bend radius. The value should be a valid, positive Revit length. + + + Whether it is used in size lists. + + + Whether is used in sizing. + + + The given value for nominalDiameter must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + -or- + The given value for innerDiameter must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + -or- + The given value for outerDiameter must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + -or- + The given value for bendRadius must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + + + 2017 + + + + + Stores the basic size information for a conduit. + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets the conduit settings of the project. + + + The document. + + + The conduit settings of the project. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Indicates whether use annotation scale for single line fittings or not. + + + 2017 + + + + + The rise drop annotation size. + + + When setting this property: The given value for riseDropAnnotationSize must be between 0 and 30000 feet. + + + 2017 + + + + + The value of fitting annotation size. + + + When setting this property: The given value for fittingAnnotationSize must be between 0 and 30000 feet. + + + 2017 + + + + + The conduit connector separator string. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + The conduit size prefix string. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + The conduit size suffix string. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + The conduit settings. + + + 2017 + + + + + This class represents a conduit run in Autodesk Revit. + + + This class is mainly for calculating length of a conduit run. + A conduit run contains connected straight conduit segments and bends between the straight segments with same type and size. + + + + + Identifies if a conduit type is valid. + + + The document. + + + The conduit type. + + + True if the conduit type is valid, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Creates a new instance of conduit. + + + This method will regenerate the document. + + + The document. + + + The conduit type. This must be a conduit type accepted by isValidConduitType(). + If the input conduit type is InvalidElementId, the default conduit type from the document will be used. + + + The start point of the conduit location line. + + + The end point of the conduit location line. + + + The element id of the level which this conduit based. + If the input level id is invalidElementId = -1, the nearest level will be used. + + + The newly created conduit. + + + This conduit type is invalid. + -or- + This level id is invalid. + -or- + The points of startPoint and endPoint are too close: for MEPCurve, the minimum length is 1/10 inch. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + + + This class represents a conduit in Autodesk Revit. + + + + + The property labeled "Tint Color" from the "Concrete" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Tint" from the "Concrete" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Image" from the "Concrete" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyReference" and will only contain a reference to a connected image. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Weathering" from the "Concrete" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyInteger" with accepted values in the enumerated type "ConcreteBrightmodeType". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Amount" from the "Concrete" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 2". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Image" from the "Concrete" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyReference" and will only contain a reference to a connected image. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Type" from the "Concrete" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyInteger" with accepted values in the enumerated type "ConcreteFinishType". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Sealant" from the "Concrete" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyInteger" with accepted values in the enumerated type "ConcreteSealantType". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Color" from the "Concrete" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + A static class that provides access to the property names that appear in the Concrete visual asset schema. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The element ids of the ConceptualConstructionType's associated with this ConceptualSurfaceType. + + + 2012 + + + + + Get all the mass subcategory ids for which there are ConceptualSurfaceType's. + + + Returns an array of element id of mass subcategories for which there are ConceptualSurfaceType's. + + + 2012 + + + + + Get the ConceptualSurfaceType by its mass subcategory id. + + + The document. + + + The mass subcategory id to get the ConceptualSurfaceType for. + + + Returns ConceptualSurfaceType associated with input id or NULL. + + + The mass sub-category is none of the + OST_MassInteriorWall, + OST_MassExteriorWall, + OST_MassExteriorWallUnderground, + OST_MassRoof, + OST_MassFloor, + OST_MassSlab, + OST_MassShade, + OST_MassGlazing, + OST_MassSkylights, + or OST_MassOpening. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + The element id of the user specified ConceptualConstructionType to be used by default on creation for mass faces of this mass subcategory. + + + When setting this property: The input element is not a constructionType. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + The mass subcategory id of the ConceptualSurfaceType. + + + 2012 + + + + + This element represents a conceptual BIM object category to assign to faces in Mass geometries. + There is one ConceptualSurfaceType element for each of the Mass Surface Subcategories. + for serialization + + + When Conceptual Energy Analysis is enabled in Revit Projects, massing faces will be assigned + to the subcategories of Mass category that these ConceptualSurfaceType's are associated with. + A default ConceptualConstructionType is associated with the ConceptualSurfaceType. This + default ConceptualConstructionType is assigned to Mass faces with the corresponding subcategory. + Changing the default ConceptualConstructionType associated with the ConceptualSurfaceType + will update the ConceptualConstruction type for all Mass faces of that subcategory which the + user has not specifically provided an override value for. + + + 2012 + + + + + Validate if a subcategory is appropriate for assignment to Massing surfaces (MassSurfaceData). + This is the list of acceptable values: + OST_MassInteriorWallOST_MassExteriorWallOST_MassExteriorWallUndergroundOST_MassRoofOST_MassFloorOST_MassSlabOST_MassShadeOST_MassGlazingOST_MassSkylightsOST_MassOpening + + This excludes sub-categories which are not actually sub-categories that + can be assigned to surfaces, such as OST_MassWallsAll for example. + + + The mass sub-category to be checked. + + + True if the mass sub-category falls within the list, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Gets the Green Building Studio identifier associated with the construction. + + + Sometimes the GBSId is different for the same ConceptualConstructionType depending on the + mass subcategory it is related to. This is usually the case, for example, for window and skylight + constructions, which do not share GBSid's even when they share ConceptualConstructionTypes. + + + The ElementId of a valid Mass subcategory of a MassSurfaceData. + + + Returns the integer id used to represent the ConceptualConstructionType. + + + The input Element massSurfaceSubCategoryId is not a valid subcategory value for MassSurfaceData. + -or- + The ElementId massSurfaceSubCategoryId is not appropriate for this ConceptualConstructionType. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Indicate if a ConceptualConstruction is appropriate to assign to a MassSurfaceData of a particular Mass subcategory. + + + The document. + + + The ElementId of the ConceptualConstructionType. + + + The ElementId of the Mass subcategory. + + + Returns true if valid, false otherwise + + + The ElementId constructionTypeId is not an id of a ConceptualConstructionType. + -or- + The mass sub-category is none of the + OST_MassInteriorWall, + OST_MassExteriorWall, + OST_MassExteriorWallUnderground, + OST_MassWallsAll, + OST_MassRoof, + OST_MassFloor, + OST_MassSlab, + OST_MassFloorsAll, + OST_MassShade, + OST_MassGlazing, + OST_MassSkylights, + OST_MassGlazingAll + or OST_MassOpening. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Indicates if this ConceptualConstructionType is appropriate for the input MassSurfaceData subcategory. + + + The ElementId of a Mass subcategory of a MassSurfaceData. + + + Returns true if appropriate for the input subcategory, false otherwise. + + + The input Element massSurfaceSubcategoryId is not a valid subcategory value for MassSurfaceData. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Indicates if the ElementId is an id of a ConceptualConstructionType. + + + The document. + + + The ElementId of the ConceptualConstructionType. + + + Returns true if is an id of a ConceptualConstructionType, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Get all the ids of constructions applicable to the input massSubCategory + + + The document. + + + The ElementId of the mass subcategory. + + + Returns a set of ElementIds that for the ConceptualConstructionTypes that are appropriate for the subcategory. + + + The mass sub-category is none of the + OST_MassInteriorWall, + OST_MassExteriorWall, + OST_MassExteriorWallUnderground, + OST_MassWallsAll, + OST_MassRoof, + OST_MassFloor, + OST_MassSlab, + OST_MassFloorsAll, + OST_MassShade, + OST_MassGlazing, + OST_MassSkylights, + OST_MassGlazingAll + or OST_MassOpening. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Get an Opening ConceptualConstructionType by its ConceptualConstructionOpeningType. + + + The Document. + + + The ConceptualConstructionOpeningType to get the ConceptualConstructionType for. + + + Returns ElementId of a ConceptualConstructionType. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The enum is invalid for ConceptualConstructionOpeningType. + -or- + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + Get a Shade ConceptualConstructionType by its ConceptualConstructionShadeType. + + + The Document. + + + The ConceptualConstructionShadeType to get the ConceptualConstructionType for. + + + Returns ElementId of a ConceptualConstructionType. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The enum is invalid for ConceptualConstructionShadeType. + -or- + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + Get a Window or Skylight ConceptualConstructionType by its ConceptualConstructionWindowSkylightType. + + + The Document. + + + The ConceptualConstructionWindowSkylightType to get the ConceptualConstructionType for. + + + Returns ElementId of a ConceptualConstructionType. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The enum is invalid for ConceptualConstructionWindowSkylightType. + -or- + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + Get a Floor or Slab ConceptualConstructionType by its ConceptualConstructionFloorSlabType. + + + The Document. + + + The ConceptualConstructionFloorSlabType to get the ConceptualConstructionType for. + + + Returns ElementId of a ConceptualConstructionType. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The enum is invalid for ConceptualConstructionFloorSlabType. + -or- + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + Get a Roof ConceptualConstructionType by its ConceptualConstructionRoofType. + + + The Document. + + + The ConceptualConstructionRoofType to get the ConceptualConstructionType for. + + + Returns ElementId of a ConceptualConstructionType. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The enum is invalid for ConceptualConstructionRoofType. + -or- + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + Get a Wall ConceptualConstructionType by its ConceptualConstructionWallType. + + + The Document. + + + The ConceptualConstructionWallType to get the ConceptualConstructionType for. + + + Returns ElementId of a ConceptualConstructionType. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The enum is invalid for ConceptualConstructionWallType. + -or- + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + The surface type subcategory element id associated with the ConceptualConstructionType. + + + 2012 + + + + + Material used for visualization of this construction. + + + When setting this property: The input element materialId is not a material element. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + This element is used to describe the conceptual physical, construction, and energy properties in a manner + that can be understood by both the Revit BIM model and Green Building Studio/Green Building XML. + For serialization + + + 2012 + + + + + ConceptualConstructionType values for Openings. + + + 2012 + + + 2012 + + + + + Total Number of Opening Type Constructions + + + + + Air Opening + + + + + Invalid value/not set Opening Type Construction + + + + + ConceptualConstructionType values for Shades. + + + 2012 + + + 2012 + + + + + Total Number of Shade Type Constructions + + + + + Basic Shade + + + + + Invalid value/not set Shade Type Construction + + + + + ConceptualConstructionType values for Windows and Skylights + + + 2012 + + + 2012 + + + + + Total Number of Window or Skylight Type Constructions + + + + + Quad Pane Clear Low Energy Hot Or Cold Climate Window or Skylight + + + + + Triple Pane Clear Low Energy Hot or Cold Climate Window or Skylight + + + + + Double Pane Clear Highest Performance Low Window or Skylight + + + + + Double Pane Clear Low Energy Hot Climate Low Solar Heat Gain Coefficient Window or Skylight + + + + + Double Pane Clear Low Energy Cold Climate High Solar Heat Gain Coefficient Window or Skylight + + + + + Double Pane Reflective Window or Skylight + + + + + Double Pane Tinted Window or Skylight + + + + + Double Pane Clear No Coating Window or Skylight + + + + + Single Pane Reflective Window or Skylight + + + + + Single Pane Tinted Window or Skylight + + + + + Single Pane Clear No Coating Window or Skylight + + + + + Invalid value/not set Window or Skylight Type Construction + + + + + ConceptualConstructionType values for Floors. + + + 2012 + + + 2012 + + + + + Total number of Floor/Slab Constructions + + + + + High Mass Construction Typical No Insulation Slab + + + + + High Mass Construction Cold Climate Insulation Slab + + + + + High Mass Construction Frigid Climate Insulation Slab + + + + + Lightweight Construction No Insulation Interior Floor + + + + + Lightweight Construction Low Insulation Floor + + + + + Lightweight Construction Typical Insulation Floor + + + + + Lightweight Construction High Insulation Floor + + + + + Invalid/not set Floor or Slab Type construction value + + + + + ConceptualConstructionType values for Roofs. + + + 2012 + + + 2012 + + + + + Total Number of Roof Type Constructions + + + + + No Insulation Dark Roof + + + + + Low Insulation Dark Roof + + + + + Low Insulation Cool Roof + + + + + Typical Insulation Dark Roof + + + + + Typical Insulation Cool Roof + + + + + High Insulation Dark Roof + + + + + High Insulation Cool Roof + + + + + Invalid value/not set Roof Type Construction value + + + + + ConceptualConstructionType values for Walls. + + + 2012 + + + 2012 + + + + + Total Number of Wall Type Constructions + + + + + High Mass Construction No Insulation Interior Wall + + + + + High Mass Construction Typical Mild Climate Insulation Wall + + + + + High Mass Construction Typical Cold Climate Insulation Wall + + + + + High Mass Construction High Insulation Wall + + + + + Lightweight Construction No Insulation Interior Wall + + + + + Lightweight Construction Low Insulation Wall + + + + + Lightweight Construction Typical Mild Climate Insulation Wall + + + + + Lightweight Construction Typical Cold Climate Insulation Wall + + + + + Lightweight Construction High Insulation Wall + + + + + Invalid value/not set Roof Type Construction value + + + + + Populates the slot with an instance of the default family type of the component repeater. + + + 2014 + + + + + Makes the slot empty by removing the instance currently held by the slot. + + + 2014 + + + + + Determines whether instance of given family type can be used in the component repeater slot. + + + The element id of the type. + + + True if the family type can be used in the component repeater slot. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + The id of the family type of the component in the slot, or invalid id if the slot is empty. + + + When setting this property: Invalid type for the slot. The type must be an adaptive family with no shape handles. + In addition, it must have same category and same number of placement points as the current type of the repeater. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + A flag indicating whether the slot currently holds an instance of the default family type of the component repeater. + + + 2014 + + + + + A flag indicating whether the slot is currently empty. + + + 2014 + + + + + Represents a slot that holds one repeated component in a component repeater. + + + + Each slot can be in one of the following states: + Empty. Occupied by an instance of the default family of the repeater that contains the slot. Occupied by an instance of another family. + Initially, every occupied slot holds an instance of the default family of the repeater, based on the original + element that was repeated. + + + + 2014 + + + +Gets the item at the current position of the iterator.(Inherited from IEnumerator. Give it another property name to avoid confusing. And make it internal.) + + + Gets the item at the current position of the iterator. + There is no current item if the iterator has not started yet or has been done. + There is no current item in the iterator. + + + + Returns the current repeater slot. + + + The current slot. + + + There is no current item in the iterator. + + + 2014 + + + + + Resets the iterator to the initial state. + + + 2014 + + + + + Identifies if the iteration has completed. + + + True if the iteration has no more items. False if there are more items to be iterated. + + + 2014 + + + + + Increments the iterator to the next item. + + + True if there is a next available item in this iterator. + False if the iterator has completed all available items. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + A slot iterator for ComponentRepeater. + + + 2014 + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + + Returns an iterator to the slot collection. + + + The slot iterator. + + + 2014 + + + + + Removes component repeaters from the document, + but leaves the individual repeated components in their respective locations and + hosted on their original hosts. + + + In addition to the component repeaters the component repeater slots + are also removed from the document. + + + The document that contains the component repeaters to remove. + + + The set of component repeaters that should be removed. + + + A collection of components that were previously repeated by the component repeater. + + + The given element id set is empty. + -or- + One or more elements in elementIds do not exist in the document. + -or- + Not all given elements are component repeaters. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2015 Subscription Update + + + + + Repeats a set of adaptive component hosted on one or more repeating references. + + + All elements must be adaptive family instances and have no shape handles. + At least one placement point must be hosted on a 1D or 2D repeating reference. + All other placement points can be hosted on a 0D, 1D or 2D repeating reference, + or must be unhosted. + Use to test whether an element meets these conditions. + + + The document that contains the elements. + + + The set of adaptive components used as an input pattern for the repeating operation. + + + One or more component repeater objects representing the result pattern of the repeating operation. + + + The document does not allow creation of a component repeater. + -or- + The given element id set is empty. + -or- + One or more elements in elementIds do not exist in the document. + -or- + Not all given elements can be repeated. All elements must be adaptive family instances, have no shape handles, and have at least one placement + point hosted on a 1D or 2D repeating reference. The remaining placement points must be either unhosted or hosted on another repeating reference. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2014 + + + + + Determines whether an element can be repeated using the RepeatElements method. + + + The element must be an adaptive family instance and have no shape handles. + At least one placement point must be hosted on a 1D or 2D repeating reference. + All other placement points can be hosted on a 0D, 1D or 2D repeating reference, + or must be unhosted. + + + The document containing the element. + + + The element to be tested. + + + True if the element can be repeated. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 Subscription Update + + + + + Determines whether given family type can be used as the default type for the repeater. + + + The element id of the type. + + + True if the family type can be used as the default type for the repeater. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + The dimension count of the component repeater. + + + 2014 + + + + + The default family type for the component repeater. + + + The default family type is the type of the instances in default slots. This includes slots that are added when the repeater grows. + When setting this property, all slots with instances of the default type will change their components to an instance of the new default type. + Empty slots will remain unchanged. + Slots with non-default family instances will remain unchanged. + + + When setting this property: Invalid type for the repeater. The type must be an adaptive family with no shape handles. + In addition, it must have same category and same number of placement points as the current type of the repeater. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + An element that contains and manages a set of repeated components. + + + + Component repeaters can be used to replicate (repeat) elements hosted on repeating references. + The result of the repeating operation is a collection of slots. Each slot contains one repeated component. + The ComponentRepeater class provides the repeating functionality and access to the slots. + + + Each repeating reference is capable of hosting one point of an adaptive component. An initial pattern can be created + by populating one or more repeating references with such points. Component repeaters can then be used + to replicate the pattern to fill the rest of the repeating references in the particular repeating reference source. + + + The repeating references in repeating reference source are arranged in one or two dimensional arrays, + allowing for different kinds of repeating: + One dimensional source allows for repeating along a path. Two dimensional source allows for repeating across a grid. It is also possible to host a point on a zero dimensional reference (a point). This point will be shared by all slots. + A zero dimensional source allows for repeating around a single point. It should not be used alone, but together + with at least one other repeating reference source (typically one dimensional.) The point hosted on the zero dimensional + source serves as a central point around which other points can be repeated on their respective repeating reference + sources. + + Multiple adaptive components may be hosted on one repeating reference source, and different points of one + adaptive component may be hosted on different repeating reference sources, effectively allowing different points + of an adaptive component to be repeated using different patterns. + + + Following is a typical component repeater creation workflow: + Get the default repeating reference source from a point element, divided path or divided surface. + (See + and .) Query the bounds of the repeating reference source to find a range of valid coordinates. + (See + and .) Create one or more instances of adaptive families that will be repeated. Host the individual points of an adaptive component on one or more repeating references. + (See .) Repeat the set of adaptive components using the RepeatElements() method. + + Component repeaters can only be used in Massing families (the conceptual design environment). + + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns an individual repeating reference given by coordinates in the array, or if there is no reference at the coordinates (for example if there is a hole in a divided surface.) + + + The coordinates must be within the bounds of the repeating reference source. + + + The coordinates in the array of repeating references. + + + The repeating reference. + + + The coordinates are not valid for the repeating reference source. This could be because of a mismatched dimensionality or because the coordinates are outside the bounds of the repeating reference source. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The repeating reference source is no longer valid. + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns information about the boundaries of the repeating reference array. + + + See the structure for more information about repeating reference source bounds. + + + The bounds of the repeating reference source. + + + The repeating reference source is no longer valid. + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns the default repeating reference source for a given element. + + + The element must support repeating references. Use HasRepeatingReferenceSource() to find out whether an element has any repeating references. + + + The document that contains the element. + + + The id of the element. + + + The default repeating reference source of the given element. + + + The element elementId does not exist in the document + -or- + The element does not have any repeating reference sources. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Determines whether an element has any repeating reference sources that can be used when creating component repeaters. + + + The document that contains the element. + + + The id of the element. + + + True if the element has any repeating reference sources. + + + The element elementId does not exist in the document + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The dimension count of the repeating reference array. + + + 2014 + + + + + Represents a collection of repeating references. + + + + The RepeatingReferenceSource class is the building block for setting up component repeaters. Repeating references are arranged + in zero, one or two dimensional arrays. The RepeatingReferenceSource class represents this array of references + and provides access to individual repeating references. + + + Note that there may be gaps in the array (for example a repeating reference source formed by a divided surface with + holes, or is non-rectangular surface.) + + + Repeating reference sources are a property of an element. Only point elements, divided paths and divided surface elements + support repeating reference sources. These element respectively have 0, 1 and 2 dimensional repeating references. + Use the HasRepeatingReferenceSource() method to query whether an element supports repeating reference sources and the + GetDefaultRepeatingReferenceSource() method to obtain a repeating reference source from a given element. + + + See the and classes + for more information. + + + + 2014 + + + + + The property labeled "Category" common to all visual Asset types. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyString". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Keyword" common to all visual Asset types. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyString". + Use ":" to add several keywords. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "UIName" common to all visual Asset types. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyString". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Description" common to all visual Asset types. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyString". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Thumbnail" common to all visual Asset types. + + + This property is a "AssetPropertyList" of type "AssetPropertyString". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "BaseSchema" common to all visual Asset types. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyString". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "VersionGUID" common to all visual Asset types. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyString" and will contain a uuid. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Hidden" common to all visual Asset types. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + A static class that provides access to the property names that appear in all the visual Asset types. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + Setter of ColumnAttachmentJustification + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + Removes any attachment of the column to the specified target. + + + This method modifies both column and target elements. + + + A column. + + + Id of a target element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Removes an attachment at the top or base of a column, if there is one. + + + This method modifies both column and target elements. + + + A column. + + + 0 for base, 1 for top. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + baseOrTop must be either 0 or 1. + + + + + Look up a column attachment by specifying the target id. + + + May return either a top or base attachment. + + + A column. + + + Id of a target element. + + + The column attachment attaching the column to the target, or if there + is no such attachment. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Look up a column attachment. There is at most one attachment on + the base and one on the top. + + + A column. + + + 0 for base, 1 for top. + + + The column attachment for the base or top of the column, or if that end + of the column is unattached. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + baseOrTop must be either 0 or 1. + + + + + Attaches the column to the target. If an attachment already + exists with the same "baseOrTop" value, no attachment is made. + + + This method modifies both column and target elements. + + + The document containing column and target. + + + A column. + + + A target element. + + + 0 to attach the column base, 1 to attach the column top. + + + Control the handling of columns that intersect their targets. + + + Control the column extent in cases where the target is not a uniform height. + + + An additional offset for the bottom. If positive, the column base or top will + be higher than the attachment point; if negative, lower. + + + column is not a column that supports ColumnAttachments. + -or- + target is not a valid target for ColumnAttachments. + -or- + column already has an attachment at its base or top as specified by baseOrTop. + -or- + column already has an attachment to target. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + baseOrTop must be either 0 or 1. + -or- + The given value for attachOffset must be no more than 30000 feet in absolute value. + -or- + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + Says whether the element can be used as a target for a new attachment. + + + Valid targets are roofs, floors, ceilings, levels. Beams and braces + are valid targets, except for slanted columns. + + + If true, check whether the target is valid for a slanted column; + if false, check whether the target is valid for a vertical column. + + + A proposed target element for a column attachment. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Says whether the element can be used as a target for a new attachment. + + + Valid targets are roofs, floors, and ceilings. Beams and braces + are also valid targets, except for slanted columns. + + + The column to attach. If the target is a beam or brace, the column + will be checked to see if it is slanted. Otherwise, this argument + is not used and may be omitted. + + + A proposed target element for a column attachment. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Says whether a FamilyInstance supports column attachments. + + + In-place columns do not support attachments. + + + A column. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Identifies whether the column, or the attached element should be cut (or if neither should be cut). + + + + + Identifies the type of justification to apply to this ColumnAttachment. + + + + + Identifies if this ColumnAttachment is at the base or top of the column. + + + + + The id of the element that is attached to the column and is described by this ColumnAttachment. + + + + + The offset of the column attachment. + + + When setting this property: The given value for attachOffset must be no more than 30000 feet in absolute value. + + + + + An object representing the attachment of the top or bottom of a column to some target: + a floor, roof, ceiling, beam, or brace. + + + Call IsValidColumn() and IsValidTarget() to verify that specific elements support + column attachments. A column has at most one top attachment and one bottom + attachment. + + + + + Control the handling of columns that intersect their targets. + + + + + Control the column extent in cases where the target is not a uniform height. + + + + + For slanted columns only. Extend the column until its driving curve contacts the target, then cut the column + with a plane tangent to the target at that contact point. + + + + + Extend the column until it is completely covered by the target, intersecting it if necessary. + + + + + Extend the column until its midpoint contacts the target. + + + + + Minimize the column extent, so that it comes in contact with the target but does not intersect. + + + + + set transparency + + + transparency + + + The value is not valid. The valid range is 0 to 255. + + + 2017 + + + + + get transparency + + + transparency + + + 2017 + + + + + set blue + + + blue + + + The value is not valid. The valid range is 0 to 255. + + + 2017 + + + + + get blue + + + blue + + + 2017 + + + + + set green + + + green + + + The value is not valid. The valid range is 0 to 255. + + + 2017 + + + + + get green + + + green + + + 2017 + + + + + set red + + + red + + + The value is not valid. The valid range is 0 to 255. + + + 2017 + + + + + get red + + + red + + + 2017 + + + + + set color + + + color + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + get color + + + color + + + 2017 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + color + + + red + + + green + + + blue + + + transparency + + + The value is not valid. The valid range is 0 to 255. + + + 2017 + + + + + color + + + 2017 + + + + + Color with transparency + + + 2017 + + + + + Returns the current Revit instance's ColorOptions. + + + The ColorOptions for the current Revit instance. + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The color of the current canvas theme used to render elements when editing. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020.1 + + + + + The color of the current canvas theme used to render elements when some aspect of their properties is currently being recalculated. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020.1 + + + + + The color of the current canvas theme used to highlight elements when a special alert is required. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020.1 + + + + + The color of the current canvas theme used to highlight candidates for selection before they are selected. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Indicates whether or not selections will be shown in a semi-transparent manner in current canvas theme. + + + 2020.1 + + + + + The color of the current canvas theme used to highlight selected elements. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020.1 + + + + + The background color of the current canvas theme applied to views. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020.1 + + + + + A class providing access to color settings which affect the colors applied to specific views. + + + ColorOptions are managed and stored along with other global application options and thus impact the application as a whole. + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Checks whether the scheme entries can be explained by range. + + + Returns true ifthe scheme entries can be explained by range, false otherwise. + + + 2022 + + + + + Checks whether the input parameter id can be applied to the scheme. + + + Returns true if the input parameter id can be set to this scheme, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Checks whether the name is valid for new generated scheme. + + + The name should not be empty, or all spaces, or include prohibited characters or duplicated with existing schemes. + + + Returns true if the name is valid for new generated scheme, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Checks whether entry exists in the scheme and not the same as input one. + + + The entry to be updated. + + + Returns true if entry exist in scheme and not the same as input one, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Checks whether entry can be removed from the scheme. + + + An entry cannot be removed if it is in use or does not exist in the scheme. + + + The entry to remove. + + + Returns true if entry can be removed from the scheme, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Generates a copy of current scheme. + + + The desired name of copied scheme. + + + The id of copied scheme. + + + The name is not valid for new generated scheme. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Removes an entry whose parameter value is the same as the input from the scheme + + + The entry can not be removed if it is in use. + + + The entry to remove. + + + The entry cannot be removed from the scheme. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Sorts the scheme entries ascending. + + + If the scheme parameter value storage type is ElementId, then + the order of entries would be based on the name of the elements. + + + 2022 + + + + + Checks whether the entries can be set to the scheme or not. + + + The entries to check. + + + The state of the entries and scheme consistency. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Checks whether an entry can be added to the scheme or not. + + + The entry to check. + + + The state of entry and scheme consistency. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Adds new entry to the scheme. + + + To make sure that entry can be added to the scheme, call first. + + + There already exists an entry with the same value in the scheme. + -or- + The entry value is out of range. + -or- + The scheme and the entry have different parameter storage type. + -or- + The fill pattern id is not valid for scheme. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Retrieves collection of all parameters supported by the scheme. + + + Supported parameters depends on property. + + + 2022 + + + + + Sets the FormatOptions of the scheme. + + + This method will set the FormatOptions if the scheme is by range, otherwise do nothing. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Returns the FormatOptions of the scheme. + + + This method will return the default FormatOptions if the scheme is by value. + + + 2022 + + + + + Update scheme entries in batch mode. + + +

For by range scheme:

+ + If there is only one entry in the input, Revit will generate another one automatically. + If the first existing entry is found in the input, it will be updated, otherwise keep not changed. + If the other existing entries are found in the input, they will be updated, otherwise removed. + +

+

For by value scheme:

+ + For an existing entry that is in use, it will be updated if it can be found in the input, otherwise keep not changed. + For an existing entry that is no in use, it will be updated if it can be found in the input, otherwise removed. + If an entry in the input cannot be found in the existing entries, it will be added to the scheme. + +

+

To make sure that entry can be added to the scheme, call first.

+
+ + Collection of new entries. + + + There exists entries whose values are duplicated in the input entries. + -or- + There exists at lease one entry whose value is invalid for the scheme in the input entries. + -or- + There exists at least one entry in the input entries whose storage type is different with the scheme. + -or- + There exists at least one entry in the input entries whose fill pattern is invalid for color fill scheme. + -or- + There exists some inconsistent in the input entries. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + +
+ + + Updates the scheme entry with the same parameter value as the input entry. + + +

The following entry fields can be updated:

+ + Color + FillPattenId + Caption + IsVisible + / +
+ + The entry to be updated. + + + The entry does not exist or the same as input one. + -or- + The entry does not exist or all the updating fields are the same as existing one. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + +
+ + + Retrieves copies of all entries. + + + This method recalculates entries based on the current parameter values of the elements colored by the scheme. + + + 2022 + + + + + Represents the parameter of the elements that this scheme could be used to color. + + + When this property changed, all existing scheme entries will be removed from the scheme, + and the value of property will be set to false if the parameter + storage type is not numeric. + + + When setting this property: The paramId cannot be applied to the scheme. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Represents the id of AreaScheme of area plan views that this scheme could be applied to. + + + Only meaningful if the is OST_Areas. + + + 2022 + + + + + Represent if the scheme includes entries whose parameter values are based on elements from linked files. + + + 2022 + + + + + Represents if the parameter values in entries are treated as value range or not. + + +

Notes:

+ + Only numeric parameter values could be treated as by range. + There will exist at least two entries if the scheme is by range, + and the first entry value should be always Int.MinValue or -Double.MaxValue. + The entries will always be sorted by ascending in the scheme if it is by range. + +
+ + When setting this property: The scheme entries cannot be explained by range. + + + 2022 + +
+ + + Represents the type of parameter values stored in entries. + + + 2022 + + + + + Represents the element category that can be colored by this scheme. + + + 2022 + + + + + Represents the title displayed in . + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Represents a color scheme could be used to colorfy elements in floor plan views and section views. + + +

A color scheme is based on element category and one of the category parameter, it contains a + set of which stores parameter value, + color, fill pattern and other entry data. The entry paramater values may be a range or a single value, + based on the property. Then elements with the specified category + could be colored with the color and fill pattern of matching entry whose parameter value or value range + matches the element parameter value.

+

You can retrieve the entries with , or modify entries with + , , and .

+

Unlike most of the other elements, the color scheme works in an "asynchronous" way in UI:

+ + If document elements change, the color scheme will not be updated immediately. + If color schemes changes, the document elements will not be updated immediately too. + +

API works slightly different with UI:

+ + + will return the entries corresponding to the latest document elements status immediately. + The entries modification operation will retrieve the latest entries with at first, and then modify + those entries by request, but document elements will still not be updated immediately. + To modify multiple entries, it's better to use but not modify them one by one with other methods + for better performance. + +

+

Notes:

+ + To apply a color scheme whose property is OST_Areas to an area plan view, + the property must be the same as the view if it is not used as a template. + To generate a new color scheme, you have to use method to duplicate form an existing one. + There should not exist two entries values that are the same in a color scheme. if the property is Double, + then the value accuracy should be based on property. + +
+ + 2022 + +
+ + + Enumeration used to specify why an entry is inconsistent with a scheme or another entry. + + + 2022 + + + 2022 + + + + + The fill pattern id is not valid. + + + + + There already exists another entry with the same value. + + + + + The value stored in the entry is out of the scheme parameter range. + + + + + The type of value stored in the entry is different from the type of the scheme parameter. + + + + + The scheme entry can be applied to the scheme. + + + + + Sets array of column widths. + + + Input array length must be the same as what returns. It can only contain positive values. + + + Array is not valid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Returns array of column widths in the legend. + + + 2022 + + + + + Creates new instance of ColorFillLegend. + + + Use to get list of supported categories. + + + The document. + + + The id of the view to place legend in. + + + The id of category that color fill scheme belongs to. + + + The origin point of the legend, must be on the view plane. + + + document is not a project document. + -or- + There's no valid color fill scheme applied for catetoryId in viewId. + -or- + The origin is not on the view plane. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2022 + + + + + The top left corner of the color fill legend. + + + The origin point must be on the view plane this legend is placed on. + + + When setting this property: The origin is not on the view plane that this legend is placed on. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + The height of the legend. + + + Changing the height may result in a change in the count of columns. + + + When setting this property: The given value for height must be positive. + + + 2022 + + + + + Returns the id of color fill category that this legend is created for. + + + 2022 + + + + + Represents color fill legend. + + +

Color fill legend is a 2D annotation element, it can be created through with specified category of color fill scheme, + if there exists a valid color fill scheme activated for the category in the view. After a legend is created, its content and layout will + keep consistent with the active color fill scheme of the view. You can adjust its position through property, + or manually maintain its layout through property and/ methods.

+

+

Notes:

+ + + could be used to retrieve the corresponding color fill scheme of this legend, through the + and properties. Note that there could only exist one active scheme for all spatial categories + (rooms, areas, and zones) in one view. + Once the height and column widths are explicitly set, they will be fixed even if the contents of the legend change. + To retrieve correct height and column widths, it's better to manually retrieve the geometry of legend for nonvisible views. + (Because color fill legend is a view specific element.) + The value of property does not contain the line that displays "Calculating...". + +
+ + 2022 + +
+ + + Checks whether of entry is ElementId. + + + New ElementId value. + + + True if of the entry is ElementId and the entry, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Checks whether of entry is Double and the value is no less than 0.0. + + + New Double value. + + + True if of the entry is Double and the value is finite, false otherwise. + + + 2022 + + + + + Checks whether of entry is Integer. + + + New Integer value. + + + True if of the entry is Integer, false otherwise. + + + 2022 + + + + + Sets new ElementId value of entry. + + + You should only use this method if the property reports the type of the entry as a ElementId. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The entry has different storage type with ElementId. + + + 2022 + + + + + Sets new Double value of entry. + + + You should only use this method if the property reports the type of the entry as a Double. + + + The entry has different storage type with Double, or value is not finite. + + + 2022 + + + + + Sets new Integer value of entry. + + + You should only use this method if the property reports the type of the entry as a Integer. + + + The entry has different storage type with Integer. + + + 2022 + + + + + Sets new String value of entry. + + + This method should only be used if the property reports the type of the entry as a String. + New value should be not empty and valid for Revit name. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The entry has different storage type with String, or the value is empty, or contains forbidden characters. + + + 2022 + + + + + Gets the ElementId value stored within the entry. + + + This method should only be used if the property reports the type of the entry as a ElementId. + + + The ElementId contained in the entry. + + + 2022 + + + + + Gets the Double value stored within the entry. + + + This method should only be used if the property reports the type of the entry as a Double. + + + The Double value contained in the entry. + + + 2022 + + + + + Gets the Integer value stored within the entry. + + + This method should only be used if the property reports the type of the entry as a Integer. + + + The Integer value contained in the entry. + + + 2022 + + + + + Gets the String value stored within the entry. + + + This method should only be used if the property reports the type of the entry as a String. + + + The String contained in the entry. + + + 2022 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The text displayed in for this entry. + + + This property is only meaningful for by range scheme. + + + When setting this property: newCaption is an empty string or contains only whitespace. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + The storage type of the value stored in this entry. + + + 2022 + + + + + Represents if the element colored based on this entry is visible in views. + + + 2022 + + + + + Represents if there exists at least one element colored based on this entry in the document. + + + 2022 + + + + + The id of fill pattern element of this entry. + + + + InvalidElementid represents no pattern, that means + there would be nothing to be filled for elements colored based on this entry. + Only fill pattern elements whose fill pattern target is drafting is valid for color fill scheme. + + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + The filling color of this entry. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Creates new ColorFillSchemeEntry. + + + A new created ColorFillSchemeEntry should be assigned proper value before it is applied to a + . If the and + properties are not set, Revit will generate them automatically + after the ColorFillSchemeEntry is applied to the ColorFillScheme. + + + The type of data that could be stored into this entry. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2022 + + + + + Represents an entry of a . + + + 2022 + + + + +A path to a Revit model stored on a Revit server. + + + + + A valid name contains at most getMaximumLengthForNames() characters and + does not contain any invalid characters. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + 2019 + + + + + Constructs a CloudPath which represents a specified central model + in a specified cloud project. + + + The region of the cloud project which contains the model. + + + The GUID of the cloud project which contains the model. + + + The GUID of the cloud .rvt model. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Constructs a CloudPath which represents a specified central model + in a specified cloud project. + + + The region of the cloud project which contains the model. + + + The GUID of the cloud project which contains the model. + + + The name of the cloud project which contains the model. + + + The GUID of the cloud .rvt model. + + + The name of the cloud .rvt model. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + This class represents a location in the cloud, rather than a + location on disk, network drive or a Revit Server location. + + + CloudPaths must refer to Revit models. + + + 2019 + + + + + Gets ModelPath of this model. + + + 2022 + + + + + Gets ForgeDM hub of this model. + + + 2022 + + + + + Gets ForgeDM project of this model. + + + 2022 + + + + + Gets ForgeDM folder of this model. + + + 2022 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates if the model is workshared or not. + + + 2022 + + + + + Revit cloud model GUID. + + + 2022 + + + + + Model name. + + + 2022 + + + + + Model identifier. + + + 2022 + + + + + Default constructor for CloudModel. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Default constructor for CloudModel. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + For communication between Revit and Collaborate add-in. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Revit Cloud Model from Forge Data Management/BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs. + + + 2022 + + + + + Gets all Revit Cloud Models that are available to current login user from this Folder. + + + The list of Revit Cloud Models. + + + Could be any reasons related to network. + + + User is not signed in with Autodesk id. + + + User is not authorized to access the specified cloud folder. + + + 2022 + + + + + Gets all folders that are available to current login user from this Folder. + + + The list of Folders. + + + Could be any reasons related to network. + + + User is not signed in with Autodesk id. + + + User is not authorized to access the specified cloud folder. + + + 2022 + + + + + Gets ForgeDM Hub of this Folder. + + + 2022 + + + + + Gets ForgeDM Project of this Folder. + + + 2022 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Name of this Folder. + + + 2022 + + + + + Identifier of this Folder. + + + 2022 + + + + + Constructor for CloudFolder. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Constructor for CloudFolder. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + For communication between Revit and Collaborate add-in. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + This class represents a Folder from ForgeDM (Data Management, see https://developer.autodesk.com/en/docs/data/v2/overview/). + + + 2022 + + + + + Verifies if the KeyBasedTreeEntry could be added in this KeyBasedTreeEntriesLoadContent. + + + The KeyBasedTreeEntry object to be checked. + + + True if the KeyBasedTreeEntry could be added in, otherwise false. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Verifies that the KeyBasedTreeEntries object owned by a KeyBasedTreeEntriesLoadContent object is built. + + + The KeyBasedTreeEntriesLoadContent object to be checked. + + + True if the KeyBasedTreeEntries object is built already, otherwise false. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Clears KeyBasedTreeEntriesLoadContent object, including KeyBasedTreeEntries and KeyBasedTreeEntriesLoadResults, owned by this KeyBasedTreeEntriesLoadContent object. + + + This method can be used to clear all data that has been added to this KeyBasedTreeEntriesLoadContent object to date + so that the caller can start adding and building KeyBasedTreeEntries again. + + + 2015 + + + + + Returns a copy of the KeyBasedTreeEntriesLoadResults owned by this KeyBasedTreeEntriesLoadContent object. + + + IExternalResourceServers can use this object to report data and results + back to Revit from their LoadResource methods. + + + A copy of a KeyBasedTreeEntriesLoadResults owned by this KeyBasedTreeEntriesLoadContent object. + + + 2015 + + + + + Gets a copy of KeyBasedTreeEntries object owned by this KeyBasedTreeEntriesLoadContent object. + + + A copy of KeyBasedTreeEntries object owned by this KeyBasedTreeEntriesLoadContent object. + + + The KeyBasedTreeEntries object owned by this KeyBasedTreeEntriesLoadContent object is not built yet. The information about this KeyBasedTreeEntries object is not available. + + + 2015 + + + + + Builds a KeyBasedTreeEntries object. + + + This method will take all the entries that have been added, create a KeyBasedTreeEntries object out of these entries, + and also record possible errors that occurred while constructing this KeyBasedTreeEntries object. + After this function is called, no more entries can be added. And repeated calling of this function is not allowed either. + + + The KeyBasedTreeEntries object owned by this KeyBasedTreeEntriesLoadContent object is built already. + Adding more KeyBasedTreeEntries as well as repeated building, is not supported. + + + 2015 + + + + + Adds one KeyBasedTreeEntry to this KeyBasedTreeEntriesLoadContent, which is used to build a KeyBasedTreeEntries object by BuildEntries function. + + + The entry will not be added if it is invalid or duplicate with the added entries. + + + The entry to be added. + + + Returns true if an entry is added into the entry data set successfully, + returns false if an entry fails to be added because this entry is invalid or a duplicate + of one in the entry data set. + + + The KeyBasedTreeEntry object is not appropriate to be added in this KeyBasedTreeEntriesLoadContent. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The KeyBasedTreeEntries object owned by this KeyBasedTreeEntriesLoadContent object is built already. + Adding more KeyBasedTreeEntries as well as repeated building, is not supported. + + + 2015 + + + + + This class is used by IExternalResourceServers to return KeyBasedTreeEntries data to Revit when their + LoadResource method is invoked. + + +

The class contains a KeyBasedTreeEntries object which should hold the KeyBasedTreeEntries data generated by the + IExternalResourceServer.

+

An ExternalResourceServer can create the KeyBasedTreeEntries from an arbitrary data source by using AddEntry + to add individual KeyBasedTreeEntries. Once all the desired entries have been added, BuildEntries can be called + to construct the KeyBasedTreeEntries object from the individual entries that were added.

+

KeyBasedTreeEntriesLoadContent must have a built KeyBasedTreeEntries before its LoadStatus property + can be set to ExternalResourceLoadStatus.Success.

+
+ + 2015 + +
+ + + Loads the contents of a classification text file into the provided KeyBasedTreeEntriesLoadContent. + + + The entries read from the file will be added to any existing entries read from other files before this reading operation + in the provided KeyBasedTreeEntriesLoadContent. + if file A was read, and then file B was failed to read, all the entries from file A will still be there to build KeynoteEntries object. + + + The full path of the existing classification file. + + + The classification entries read from the filePath will be added to this object. + A KeyBasedTreeEntriesLoadContent object will also be updated to contain status information, + including information about any errors that occurred while reading the keynote entries from + the specified file. + + + True if reading the keynote file succeeds; False if the classification file cannot be read. + + + filePath is an empty string. + -or- + The KeyBasedTreeEntries object owned by this KeyBasedTreeEntriesLoadContent object is built already. + Adding more KeyBasedTreeEntries as well as repeated building, is not supported. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The destination file name includes one or more invalid characters. + + + 2015 + + + + + A collection of ClassificationEntry objects that make up the classification table. + + + 2015 + + + + + Checks if the key matches the level and parent key. + + + True if the key doesn't matach the level and parent key. + False otherwise. + + + 2015 + + + + + Checks if the category id is Revit BuiltInCategory id. + + + True if the category id is not Revit BuiltInCategory id. + False otherwise. + + + 2015 + + + + + Checks if the level is an integer in range between 1 and 5 inclusive. + + + True if the level is not an integer from 1 to 5 inclusive. False otherwise. + + + 2015 + + + + + The description associated with this entry. + + + 2015 + + + + + The id of the category associated with this entry. + + + 2015 + + + + + The entry level in the classification table. The expected range is between 1 and 5 inclusive. + + + 2015 + + + + + Constructs a ClassificationEntry object + + + The key of this ClassificationEntry. + + + The parent key of this ClassificationEntry. + + + The description associated with this ClassificationEntry. + + + The level of this ClassficationEntry. + + + The category id of this ClassificationEntry. + The category can be invalidElementId, otherwise it must represent Revit existing category. + + + key is an empty string. + -or- + The categoryId is not appropriate category id for classfication entry. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Represents an entry in the classification table. + + + 2015 + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + + Returns a KeyBasedTreeEntriesIterator that iterates through the collection. + + + A KeyBasedTreeEntriesIterator object that can be used to iterate through KeyBasedTreeEntry objects in the collection. + + + 2015 + + + + + Finds the KeyBasedTreeEntry associated with the given key value. + + + If no matching KeyBasedTreeEntry can be found, null will be returned; + The given key value cannot be an empty string. + + + The specified key value. + + + The KeyBasedTreeEntry corresponds to the given key value. + + + key is an empty string. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + A collection of KeyBasedTreeEntry objects that make up the key-based tree. + + + 2015 + + + +Gets the item at the current position of the iterator.(Inherited from IEnumerator. Give it another property name to avoid confusing. And make it internal.) + + + Gets the item at the current position of the iterator. + There is no current item if the iterator has not started yet or has been done. + There is no current item in the iterator. + + + + Returns the current KeyBasedTreeEntry object. + + + The current KeyBasedTreeEntry object. + + + 2015 + + + + + Resets the iterator to the initial state. + + + 2015 + + + + + Identifies if the iteration has completed. + + + True if the iteration has no more items. False if there are more items to be iterated. + + + 2015 + + + + + Increments the iterator to the next item. + + + True if there is a next available item in this iterator. + False if the iterator has completed all available items. + + + 2015 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + An iterator to a set of KeyBasedTreeEntry objects. + + + 2015 + + + + + Gets a collection containing the keys of all children entry objects from this entry. + + + To look up the entry object corresponding to the child keys using KeyBasedTreeEntries.FindEntry(). + + + The collection containing the keys of all children entry objects from this entry. + + + 2015 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The parent key of this entry. + + + This value will be the empty string if this entry does not have a parent. + + + 2015 + + + + + The key of this entry. + + + This value will be used to do retrieval, sort and comparison. + This value should not be empty. + + + 2015 + + + + + A key-based tree entry, containing the key, parent key, and children keys (if applicable). + + + 2015 + + + + + Verifies that the circuit naming scheme id can be used with CircuitNamingSchemeSettings. + + + The document. + + + The circuit naming scheme id to be checked. + + + True if the circuit naming scheme id is valid for CircuitNamingSchemeSettings. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + Gets the circuit naming scheme settings of the project. + + + The document. + + + The circuit naming scheme settings of the project. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + The circuit naming scheme id set in CircuitNamingSchemeSettings. + + + When setting this property: The circuit naming scheme id is invalid for the CircuitNamingSchemeSettings. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + This class represents a circuit naming scheme settings in Autodesk Revit. + + + 2021 + + + + + Sets combined parameters array. + + + Currently the following parameters are supported: + + Project Parameters + Shared Parameters + RBS_ELEC_CIRCUIT_NAME + RBS_ELEC_CIRCUIT_PANEL_PARAM + RBS_ELEC_CIRCUIT_TYPE + CIRCUIT_LOAD_CLASSIFICATION_ABBREVIATION_PARAM + RBS_ELEC_CIRCUIT_NAMING_INDEX + RBS_ELEC_NUMBER_OF_POLES + RBS_ELEC_CIRCUIT_RATING_PARAM + RBS_ELEC_CIRCUIT_FRAME_PARAM + RBS_ELEC_VOLTAGE + CIRCUIT_PHASE_PARAM + CIRCUIT_WAYS_PARAM + RBS_ELEC_CIRCUIT_SLOT_INDEX + + + + The array of TableCellCombinedParameterData to be set as combined parameters. + + + The data contains invalid parameter id. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + Gets the combined parameters. + + + Gets array of TableCellCombinedParameterData with the combined parameters data. + + + 2021 + + + + + Validates whether the CircuitNamingScheme name is unique in document. + + + The document in which the name is being tested for uniqueness. + + + The name tested for uniqueness. + + + Returns true if the name is unique, and false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + Validates whether the combined parameters is valid. + + + Currently the following parameters are supported: + + Shared Parameters + RBS_ELEC_CIRCUIT_NAME + RBS_ELEC_CIRCUIT_PANEL_PARAM + RBS_ELEC_CIRCUIT_TYPE + CIRCUIT_LOAD_CLASSIFICATION_ABBREVIATION_PARAM + RBS_ELEC_CIRCUIT_NAMING_INDEX + RBS_ELEC_NUMBER_OF_POLES + RBS_ELEC_CIRCUIT_RATING_PARAM + RBS_ELEC_CIRCUIT_FRAME_PARAM + RBS_ELEC_VOLTAGE + CIRCUIT_PHASE_PARAM + CIRCUIT_WAYS_PARAM + RBS_ELEC_CIRCUIT_SLOT_INDEX + + + + The document. + + + The array of TableCellCombinedParameterData to be set as combined parameters. + + + Returns true if the combined parameters are valid, and false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + Creates a new CircuitNamingScheme. + + + The document in which to create the CircuitNamingScheme. + + + The name of CircuitNamingScheme. + + + The array of TableCellCombinedParameterData to be set as combined parameters. + + + The newly created CircuitNamingScheme. + + + name is an empty string or contains only whitespace. + -or- + name cannot include prohibited characters, such as "{, }, [, ], |, ;, less-than sign, greater-than sign, ?, `, ~". + -or- + The given value for name is already in use as a CircuitNamingScheme name. + -or- + The data contains invalid parameter id. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + This class represents a circuit naming scheme in Autodesk Revit. + + + 2021 + + + + + The emit diameter. + + + The emit diameter as a numerical value in feet between 1.0e-9 and 30000.0 + + + When setting this property: The shape dimension is not valid because it is not between 1.0e-9 and 30000.0. + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a copy of the given circle light shape + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a circle light shape object with the given emit diameter. + + + The emit diameter as a numerical value in feet between 1.0e-9 and 30000.0 + + + The shape dimension is not valid because it is not between 1.0e-9 and 30000.0. + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a circle light shape object with 2.0' emit diameter. + + + 2013 + + + + + This class encapsulates a circle light shape. + + + 2013 + + + + + Indicates the ownership status of an element + + + 2012 + + + + + The element is not owned by any user. + + + + + The element is owned by some user other than the current user. + + + + + The element is owned by the current user. + + + + + The property labeled "V Repeat" from the "Checker" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "U Repeat" from the "Checker" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Scale Lock" from the "Checker" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Size Y" from the "Checker" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDistance" with a minimum of "0.01". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Size X" from the "Checker" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDistance" with a minimum of "0.01". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Rotation" from the "Checker" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 360". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Offset Lock" from the "Checker" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Offset Y" from the "Checker" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDistance". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Offset X" from the "Checker" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDistance". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Link Transforms" from the "Checker" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Soften" from the "Checker" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 5". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Color 2" from the "Checker" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Color 1" from the "Checker" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + A static class that provides access to the property names that appear in the Checker visual asset schema. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Tint Color" from the "Ceramic" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Tint" from the "Ceramic" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Amount" from the "Ceramic" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 2". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Image" from the "Ceramic" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyReference" and will only contain a reference to a connected image. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Relief Pattern" from the "Ceramic" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyInteger" with accepted values in the enumerated type "CeramicPatternType". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Amount" from the "Ceramic" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 1". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Image" from the "Ceramic" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyReference" and will only contain a reference to a connected image. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Type" from the "Ceramic" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyInteger" with accepted values in the enumerated type "CeramicBumpType". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Finish" from the "Ceramic" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyInteger" with accepted values in the enumerated type "CeramicApplicationType". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Color" from the "Ceramic" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Color" from the "Ceramic" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Type" from the "Ceramic" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyInteger" with accepted values in the enumerated type "CeramicType". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + A static class that provides access to the property names that appear in the Ceramic visual asset schema. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The calculated and settable thermal properties of the CeilingType + + + The ceiling does not have thermal properties. + + + 2013 + + + + + Represents a ceiling type in Autodesk Revit. + + + + + Creates a new instance of ceiling within the project. + + + To validate curve loop profile use . + + + The document in which the new ceiling is created. + + + An array of planar curve loops that represent the profile of the ceiling. + + + Id of the ceiling type to be used by the new ceiling. If InvalidElementId is passed, the default type will be used. + + + Id of the level on which the ceiling is to be placed. + + + If successful a new ceiling object within the project. + + + The ElementId levelId is not a Level. + -or- + The ElementId ceilingTypeId does not correspond to a CeilingType. + -or- + The input curve loops cannot compose a valid boundary, that means: + the "curveLoops" collection is empty; + or some curve loops intersect with each other; + or each curve loop is not closed individually; + or each curve loop is not planar; + or each curve loop is not in a plane parallel to the horizontal(XY) plane; + or input curves contain at least one helical curve. + -or- + Input curves build invalid sketch. + -or- + Failed to create curve elements. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Cannot generate a sketch. + -or- + Failed to create new element. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2022 + + + + + + + + + Creates a new instance of ceiling within the project. + + + To validate curve loop profile use . + + + The document in which the new ceiling is created. + + + An array of planar curve loops that represent the profile of the ceiling. + + + Id of the ceiling type to be used by the new ceiling. If InvalidElementId is passed, the default type will be used. + + + Id of the level on which the ceiling is to be placed. + + + A line used to control the slope angle of the Ceiling. It must be horizontal. + + + The slope angle. + + + If successful a new ceiling object within the project. + + + The ElementId levelId is not a Level. + -or- + The ElementId ceilingTypeId does not correspond to a CeilingType. + -or- + The input curve loops cannot compose a valid boundary, that means: + the "curveLoops" collection is empty; + or some curve loops intersect with each other; + or each curve loop is not closed individually; + or each curve loop is not planar; + or each curve loop is not in a plane parallel to the horizontal(XY) plane; + or input curves contain at least one helical curve. + -or- + The slopeArrow must be a horizontal line. + -or- + Input curves build invalid sketch. + -or- + Failed to create curve elements. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Cannot generate a sketch. + -or- + Failed to create new element. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2022 + + + + + + + + + Returns id of the sketch. + + + 2022 + + + + + Represents a ceiling in Autodesk Revit. + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns true if the operation associated with this instance has been cancelled. + + + 2017 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Allows clients to poll the cancellation status of a background operation. Revit instantiates + CancellationListener objects for internal background operation implementations only. As such, + third-party developers are not expected to instantiate or handle CancellationListener objects. + + + 2017 + + + + + Identifies if the input bend multiplier is valid. + + + The bend multiplier to check. + + + True if the value is acceptable, false otherwise. + + + + + Whether this cable tray type is with fitting + + + True if this cable tray type is with fitting type. + + + + + Shape of this cable tray type. + + + + + Bend multiplier. + + + This should be positive and less than 3000. + + + When setting this property: The bend multiplier value should be positive and less than 3000. + + + When setting this property: None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + + + This class represents a cable tray type in Autodesk Revit. + + + + + The shape of the profile. + + + 2019 + + + + + The RoutingPreferenceManager for the MEPCurveType + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + 2013 + + + + The default multi shape transition fitting of the MEP curve type. + This property is used to retrieve the default multi shape transition fitting of the MEP curve type, +and can be if there is no default value. +Use to set this property for PipeType MEPCurves. + + + + The default elbow fitting of the MEP curve type. + This property is used to retrieve the default elbow fitting of the MEP curve type, +and can be if there is no default value. +Use to set this property for PipeType MEPCurves. + + + + The default cross fitting of the MEP curve type. + This property is used to retrieve the default cross fitting of the MEP curve type, +and can be if there is no default value. +Use to set this property for PipeType MEPCurves. + + + + The default union fitting of the MEP curve type. + This property is used to retrieve the default union fitting of the MEP curve type, +and can be if there is no default value. +Use to set this property for PipeType MEPCurves. + + + + The default transition fitting of the MEP curve type. + This property is used to retrieve the default transition fitting of the MEP curve type, +and can be if there is no default value. +Use to set this property for PipeType MEPCurves. + + + + The default tap fitting of the MEP curve type. + This property is used to retrieve the default tap fitting of the MEP curve type, +and can be if there is no default value. +Use to set this property for PipeType MEPCurves. + + + + The default tee fitting of the MEP curve type. + This property is used to retrieve the default tee fitting of the MEP curve type, +and can be if there is no default value. +Use to set this property for PipeType MEPCurves. + + + + The preferred junction type of the MEP curve type. + Use to set this property for PipeType MEPCurves. + + + The roughness of the MEP curve type. For PipeTypes, please use Segment::Roughness + + + + The base type class for MEP curves, such as ducts, pipes, cable trays and conduits. + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Whether is used in sizing. + + + 2012 + + + + + Whether it is used in size lists. + + + 2012 + + + + + Outer diameter + + + 2012 + + + + + Inner diameter + + + 2012 + + + + + Nominal diameter + + + 2012 + + + + + Constructs an object that stores the basic size information for MEP duct, pipe, cable tray and conduit. + + + Nominal diameter. The value should be a valid, positive Revit length. + + + Inner diameter. The value should be a valid, positive Revit length. + + + Outer diameter. The value should be a valid, positive Revit length. + + + Whether it is used in size lists. + + + Whether is used in sizing. + + + The given value for nominalDiameter must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + -or- + The given value for innerDiameter must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + -or- + The given value for outerDiameter must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + + + 2012 + + + + + Stores the basic size information for an MEP duct, pipe, cable tray, or conduit. + + + 2012 + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + + Returns a CableTraySizeIterator to the MEP cable tray sizes. + + + 2017 + + + + + Removes all MEPSizes in the cable tray sizes. + + + 2017 + + + + + Erases the existing MEPSize. + For cable tray, the nominal diameter is used in MEPSize. + + + Does nothing if there is no existing MEPSize with the specified nominal diameter. + + + The MEPSize to be removed.. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Throws if the function is called during iterating the size set. + + + 2017 + + + + + Inserts a new MEPSize into the cable tray sizes. + For cable tray, the nominal diameter of MEPSize is used . + + + The new MEPSize to be added. + + + There is already the same size in the size set. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The function is called during iterating the size set. + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets the cable tray sizes of the project. + + + The document. + + + The cable tray sizes of the project. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Checks whether a cable tray size with the nominal diameter exists. + + + Nominal diameter. + + + True if a cable tray size with the nominal diameter exists. + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets the size count of the cable tray size table. + + + 2017 + + + + + Cable tray sizes. + + + 2017 + + + +Gets the item at the current position of the iterator.(Inherited from IEnumerator. Give it another property name to avoid confusing. And make it internal.) + + + Gets the item at the current position of the iterator. + There is no current item if the iterator has not started yet or has been done. + There is no current item in the iterator. + + + + Identifies if the iterator has a current item. + + + There is no current item if the iterator has not started yet or has been done. + + + True if there is a current item. + + + 2017 + + + + + Returns the current MEPSize. + + + The current MEPSize. + + + There is no current item in the iterator. + + + 2017 + + + + + Resets the iterator to the initial state. + + + 2017 + + + + + Identifies if the iteration has completed. + + + True if the iteration has no more items. False if there are more items to be iterated. + + + 2017 + + + + + Increments the iterator to the next item. + + + True if there is a next available item in this iterator. + False if the iterator has completed all available items. + + + 2017 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + An iterator to a set of MEP cable tray sizes from CableTraySizes. + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets the cable tray settings of the project. + + + The document. + + + The cable tray settings of the project. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Indicates whether use annotation scale for single line fittings or not. + + + 2017 + + + + + The rise drop annotation size. + + + When setting this property: The given value for riseDropAnnotationSize must be between 0 and 30000 feet. + + + 2017 + + + + + The value of fitting annotation size. + + + When setting this property: The given value for fittingAnnotationSize must be between 0 and 30000 feet. + + + 2017 + + + + + The cable tray connector separator string. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + The cable tray size suffix string. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + The cable tray size separator string. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + The cable tray settings. + + + 2017 + + + + + This class represents a cable tray run in Autodesk Revit. + + + This class is mainly for calculating length of a cable tray run. + A cable tray run contains connected straight cable tray segments and bends between the straight segments with same type and size. + + + + + The length of the whole (cable tray or conduit) run + default 0.0 + + + + + The base class for a cable tray or conduit run in Autodesk Revit. + + + + + Identifies if the input rung space is valid. + + + rung space should be at least equal to or larger than rang width which is 1 inch. + + + The rung space to check. + + + True if the value is acceptable, false otherwise. + + + + + Returns the shape type for the cable tray. + + + The shape type. + + + + + Identifies if a cable tray type is valid. + + + The document. + + + The cable tray type. + + + True if the cable tray type is valid, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Creates a new instance of cable tray. + + + This method will regenerate the document. + + + The document. + + + The cable tray type. This must be a cable tray type accepted by isValidCableTrayType(). + If the input cable tray type is InvalidElementId, the default cable tray type from the document will be used. + + + The start point of the cable tray location line. + + + The end point of the cable tray location line. + + + The element id of the level which this cable tray based. + If the input level id is invalidElementId = -1, the nearest level will be used. + + + The newly created cable tray. + + + This cable tray type is invalid. + -or- + This level id is invalid. + -or- + The points of startPoint and endPoint are too close: for MEPCurve, the minimum length is 1/10 inch. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + + + The up-direction vector of the cable tray. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + 2014 + + + + + Distance between two rungs for the ladder cable tray. + + + When setting this property: The rung space value should be at least equal to or larger than rang width which is 1 inch. + + + When setting this property: None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + + + This class represents a cable tray in Autodesk Revit. + + + + + Shape types enum of cable tray + + + Enum of cable tray shape + + + + + Ladder cable tray shape. + + + + + Channel cable tray shape. + + + + + Invalid cable tray shape. + + + + + Identifies if two end points are valid. + + + The two points should not be too close. + + + The start point of the location line. + + + The end point of the location line. + + + True if the two end points are valid, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Identifies if a level id is valid. + + + The document. + + + The level id. + + + True if the level id is valid, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Return whether its cable tray/conduit type is with fitting + + + return true if its type is with fitting type. + + + + + The id of the run to which this element belongs. + + + + + The CableTrayConduitBase class is implemented as the base class for cable tray or conduit + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The id of the view to use as the link's reference view, if the + reference view has been deleted. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Whether Revit should preserve the link's graphic overrides on reload. + + + 2018 + + + + + Creates a CADLinkOptions object, specifying whether to preserve + graphic overrides, and what view to use if the link's view has been + deleted. + + + True if Revit should preserve the link's graphic overrides on reload. + False otherwise. + + +

The id of the view to use as the link's reference view, if the reference + view has been deleted. Revit will ignore this value if the reference + view is still in place.

+

The value may be ElementId.InvalidElementId, although Revit will + cancel the load if the reference view is deleted.

+ + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + +
+ + + Constructs a new copy of the input CADLinkOptions object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + This class contains the options in use when + or reloading a CAD link type (DWG, DXF, etc.) + + + 2018 + + + + + This class is used to extend the IExternalResourceServer interface with methods to support operations + specifically related to DWG links. + + +

The class owns single-method interfaces which are used as callbacks to perform specific operations + on DWG link external resources.

+

An empty CADLinkOperations instance is passed to an IExternalResourceServer (inside an + ExternalResourceServerExtensions object) via the GetTypeSpecificServerOperations method. The server + provider can then add their own implemented interface objects to the CADLinkOperations, thus + making them available to Revit to use as callbacks.

+

Supporting these additional, type-specific operations is not absolutely required, but is strongly + recommended in order for users to be able to perform all the same operations they would with + locally-accessed links.

+
+ + 2018 + +
+ + + Returns the MultipleValuesIndicationSettings element for a given document. + + + Project documents have a MultipleValuesIndicationSettings element, one per document. + Family documents do not have MultipleValuesIndicationSettings elements. + + + The document for which to get the MultipleValuesIndicationSettings element. + + +

Returns the MultipleValuesIndicationSettings element in project documents + or for family documents

. +
+ + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + +
+ + + Value to be used as multiple values indication in the document. + If is true, returns , otherwise returns a hardcoded standard value. + + + 2022 + + + + + Value used as multiple values indication if is set to true. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + If true, is used as multiple values indication, otherwise a hardcoded standard value. + + + 2022 + + + + + MultipleValuesIndicationSettings is an element which contains project-wide settings for multiple values indication in Properties Palette and schedules. + + + 2022 + + + + + This method will simply switch the active state of a server without affecting in any way the other servers. + + + For a service which has cref="Autodesk::Revit::DB::ExternalService::SupportActivation" set to false + calling this method will throw exception. + + + Id of the server to switch active state for. + + + Document for which to activate this server. If null, server will activate globally. + + + True to activate server, false to deactivate. + + + True if operation succeeded (even if the server state was not changed), false otherwise (e.g. when serverId is invalid). + + + For a service that doesn't support activation, the servers can't be activated/deactivated. + + + 2013 + + + + + Changes the active servers and/or their order for the given document. + + + + More than one server per document can be set as active at any given time + in a multi-server service. A document does not have to have an explicitly + set active servers though - the application-wide active servers would be + normally used when the service is executed for such a document. + + + Having active servers for a document overrules the active servers + set for the application. That means if the service gets executed in + this particular document, the document-specific servers will be used + instead of the application-wide ones. + + + It is possible to set servers as active when other servers already are active + for that service in this document. Setting a new set or the same set + but with a different order will automatically replace the previously active + servers in that document + + + All the servers must be valid (registered with the service) and must be unique + in the set. The set may be empty though which allows to unset active servers + from a document, which means that the document will be executed with the currently + active servers set application-wide + + + For a service which has cref="Autodesk::Revit::DB::ExternalService::SupportActivation" set to false + calling this method will throw exception. + + + + A set of Ids of servers that are to be set as active for this service in this + document or an empty set if no server should currently be set as active in this + particular document. + + + The document for which the servers are set as active. + + + Some of the given Ids do not represent valid servers of the service. + -or- + The list of servers contains duplicates. The SetActiveServers method expects a set of unique servers. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The operation is not allowed because the service is being executed. + -or- + For a service that doesn't support activation, the servers can't be activated/deactivated. + + + 2013 + + + + + Changes the active servers and/or their order. + + + + More than one server can be active at any given time in a multi-server service, + but it is possible that no server is active (unless the service is mandatory). + + + An application-wide active servers get executed when the service is invoked + in the scope of the entire application (i.e. without a specific document), + or if the service is executed in a document but the document does not have + active servers explicitly set. + + + For a service which has cref="Autodesk::Revit::DB::ExternalService::SupportActivation" set to true + setting active servers replaces previously active servers. Both the number + of servers and their orders is significant. Servers do always get executed + in the order in which they were set as active. If it is desired the order + of execution is different, the same set of active servers must be set again, + but in the modified, desired order. + + + For a service which has cref="Autodesk::Revit::DB::ExternalService::SupportActivation" set to false + calling this method will throw exception. + + + + A set of Ids of servers that are to be set as active for this service + or an empty set if no server should currently be set as active. + + + Some of the given Ids do not represent valid servers of the service. + -or- + The list of servers contains duplicates. The SetActiveServers method expects a set of unique servers. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The operation is not allowed because the service is being executed. + -or- + For a service that doesn't support activation, the servers can't be activated/deactivated. + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns Ids of the servers currently applicable to the given document for the service. + + + The Ids would be of all the servers explicitly assigned to the specified document. + + + The associated document. + + + A set of GUIDs of the document-applicable active servers; the list may be empty. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns Ids of the currently active application-level servers registered for the service. + + + More than one application-level server can be active at a given time in a multi-server service, + but it is possible that no server is active (unless the service is mandatory). + + + A set of GUIDs of the application-wide active servers; the list may be empty. + + + 2013 + + + + + Specifies how a multi-server service executes servers during its execution. + + + Read descriptions for the items in the ExecutionPolicy enum + to find out details about all applicable execution policies. + + + 2013 + + + + + This class represents a multi-server service inside Revit application. + It is created when an instance of IMultiServerService is registered with Revit. + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks if the Id represents a valid server that has been registered for the service. + + + An Id of a server + + + True if the specified server is currently registed for this service, false otherwise. + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns Ids of all servers registered for the service. + + + The list includes all registered servers regardless of whether they are currently active or not. + + + An array of Ids of all registered servers. The array may be empty. + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns the Id of the default server if one was assigned to the service. + + + Only mandatory services have default servers assigned. + Only single-server and built-in multi-server services can currently be mandatory. + All other services that are optional don't have a default server. + + + The GUID of the default server, or an invalid GUID if there is none assigned. + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns the instance that provides implementation for a registered server. + + + Id of a registered server + + + An instance of the server interface. NULL is returned if the server is invalid (e.g. destroyed) + + + The given Id is not a valid GUID value. + + + 2013 + + + + + Removes/unregisters a server from the service. + + +

+ Only servers that have not been used yet (executed) in any still open document are allowed + to be removed. This applies to servers used in the current session or previous sessions. +

+ + It is possible to remove servers that are currently set as active, because it is possible + for a service to have no active server assigned. This does not apply to mandatory services, which + will always have at least one server registered - the default server - and at least one server + set as active at all times. + + + A server cannot be removed during the service's execution or when another server is just being + added or removed (e.g. during OnServersChanged call-back to the service). + + + Default server may not be removed. An attempt to do so will lead to an exception. + +
+ + Id of the server to be unregistered. + + + A server with this Id has not been registered for this service. + -or- + A server with this Id has already been used in a currently open document + -or- + The given serverId belongs to the default server of the service. Default servers may not be removed. + + + The operation is not allowed because the service is being executed. + -or- + The service provider is not valid. + + + 2013 + +
+ + + Registers a server with its service. + + + + Servers must be registered with their services. There has to be at least one server + registered for a service in order to be able to execute the service. + + + A server can be added only once. An attempt to add a server again will lead to an exception. + A server cannot be removed during the service's execution or when another server is just being + added or removed (e.g. during OnServersChanged call-back to the service). + + + When + is set to true adding a server to a service does not make the server active yet. It is the developer's + responsibility to change its activation state. + + + When + is set to false, for a single-server service there can be added only one server, and this will be + considered active. An attempt to add another one will lead to an exception. For a multi-server service + there can be added multiple servers and all of them will be considered activated. + + + Servers can be registered at any time; registering does not need to happen during an application's + start-up, but it must happen - naturally - after the respective service has been registered. + Since all built-in services are automatically registered during initialization of Revit, their servers + can be added as early as during the OnStartup method. Third-party services, on the other hand, get + registered during the OnStartup method, therefore their servers need to be added later. The next + earliest opportunity for adding servers to a third-party service is on the ApplicationInitialized event. + + + + The instance of the server. The server must implement the interface provided by the service. + + + The Server object is not valid or its service Id does not match the service. + -or- + A server with the same Id has already been registered with the service. + -or- + The given server does not return valid values from the interface methods. + At least one of the Name, VendorId, Description, and ServerId is empty or invalid. + -or- + The server does not represent a server of a valid type to be used with the service. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The operation is not allowed because the service is being executed. + -or- + The service provider is not valid. + -or- + Only one server can be added for a single-server service. + + + 2013 + + + + + Access key to use to execute a service. + + +

The service must be declared as public in order for callers be + able to invoke this method. Services that are not public can be + executed only by their owners (the ones who registered it).

+

Most services are not public and may only be executed by their + respective owners. To see whether a service was declared as public, + call the GetOptions method and check the IsPublic property.

+
+ + GUID representing the access key. + + + The service is not public, thus the access key cannot be obtained. + + + 2014 + +
+ + + A copy of the options the service was registered with. + + + The returned instance is mutable, but any changes + made there cannot be assigned back to the service. + + + An instance of the options class. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates the number of servers currently registered with the service. + + + This is the muber of all registered servers, not just of the ones that are currently active. + + + 2013 + + + + + Indicates if the service supports activation/deactivation of the servers. + + + If this option is set to false, for a single-server only one added(registered) + will be considered active. + In case of a multi-server service multiple servers cand be added(registered) and + all of them will be considered to be active. + An attempt to change the activation state of the servers will lead to an exception. + + + 2024 + + + + + Indicates whether executions of the service requires serialization in documents or not. + + + When a serializable service is executed in a document, a record about the executed + server (or servers) is stored in the document's history. This allows active servers + to be synchronized next time a saved document is opened in Revit. + + Executions of a serializable service in a document must happen inside a transaction. + + + 2013 + + + + + The vendor who provided the service + + + 2013 + + + + + The description for the service + + + 2013 + + + + + The name of the service + + + 2013 + + + + + The Id of the service + + + 2013 + + + + + This base class represents an external service inside Revit application. + + + + This is a base class from which SingleServerService and MultiServerService + classes are inherited. It implements all basic methods, but the two inherited + classes add more methods specific for that kind of service the class + represents. Use this base class to get information about a service and its + servers. Use the specific inherited classes to set or get active servers. + + Summary of common methods: + Adding and removing a server to and from a serviceGetting information about a serviceQuerying a number of servers registered for a serviceAccessing servers currently registered for a service + Summary of the service-specific methods: + Getting and setting active server (or servers) for a service + + 2013 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates if the service supports activation/deactivation of the servers. + + +

If this option is set to true servers can be activated/deactivated.

+

If this option is set to false, for a single-server only one server + can be added(registered) and will be considered active. + In case of a multi-server service multiple servers cand be added(registered) and + all of them will be considered active. An attempt to activate/deactivate the + servers will lead to an exception.

+

A service for which SupportActivation is set to false, can't be recordable and self-synchronizing.

+
+ + When setting this property: A service that doesn't support activation should not be recordable and/or self-syncronizing. + + + 2024 + +
+ + + Indicates whether the service's record of used services (in a particular document) + can independently wary between local clients and the corresponding central model. + It is then up to the service's owner to assure proper local-central synchronization. + + +

This property is ignored unless the service is also recordable.

+

Declaring a service as self-synchronizing makes the service bypass standard + worksharing checks during local-central synchronizations. What it means is that + should there be any disparity found between the list of servers used in the local + file and those used in the central file, they would get ignored; it would be + assumed that the owner of the service takes other steps to ensure the local and + the central data are in sync.

+

Few services should need to set this property as True, for self-synchronizing + services are very rare, practically limited only to those which operate on element + level.

+
+ + When setting this property: A service that doens't support activation should not be self synchronizing. + + + 2014 + +
+ + + Indicates whether executions of the service is recorded in documents or not. + + +

When a recordable service is executed in a document, a record about the executed + server (or servers) is stored in the document's history. This allows active servers + to be synchronized next time a saved document is opened in Revit.

+

Executions of a recordable service in a document must happen inside a transaction.

+
+ + When setting this property: A service that doens't support activation should not be recordable. + + + 2014 + +
+ + + This property denotes a service as either public or private. + + +

A public service can be executed by anyone, while a private + service can be execute only by the caller who registered it + (the owner of the service, typically), or by someone who has + access to the service's execution key.

+

Unless specified otherwise, all services are created + as private by default.

+
+ + 2014 + +
+ + + Constructs a new ExternalServiceOptions with default settings. + + + 2014 + + + + + Various options affecting the behavior of an External Service + + + Options are provided at the time of registering a service. + After a service is registered, the options cannot be changed. + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks if the dimension style can be used with multi-reference annotations. + + + Only linear dimension styles are allowed. + + + The dimension style to check. + + + True if the dimension style can be used by multi-reference annotations. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks if the reference category can be used with multi-reference annotations. + + + Only Structural Rebar is allowed. + + + The reference category to check. + + + True when the reference category can be used by multi-reference annotations. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns true if tag types belonging to this category can be used with multi-reference annotation types. + + + Only Structural Rebar Tags are allowed. + + + The tag category to test. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks if the tag type can be assigned to this multi-reference annotation type. + + + Only tag types which exclusively tag elements from the multi-reference annotation's reference category can be used. + + + The tag type to test. + + + True if the tag type exclusively tags elements from the multi-reference annotation's reference category. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns the category ID for the tag types which can be used by this multi-reference annotation type. + + + The allowed tag category is determined by the reference category of this multi-reference annotation type. + + + The allowed tag category ID. + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates the first MultiReferenceAnnotationType element and adds it to the document. + + + If there is no existing MultiReferenceAnnotationType a new one will be created, otherwise an exception will be thrown. + Use to create all further MultiReferenceAnnotationTypes. + The default MultiReferenceAnnotationType will use the document's current default + linear dimension style and will have Structural Rebar as its reference category. + No tag type will be set for the new MultiReferenceAnnotationType. + + + The document to be modified. + + + The new MultiReferenceAnnotationType element. + + + document is not a project document. + -or- + There are existing MultiReferenceAnnotationTypes in the document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + The dimension style which will be used by the child dimension of the multi-reference annotation. + + + Only linear dimension styles can be used. + + + When setting this property: The dimension style is not allowed. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Controls if text from the multi-reference annotation's dimension will be shown. + + + When false, all dimension text including segment values will be hidden. + When true, all dimension text will be shown. + + + 2014 + + + + + Controls if parameter values for the annotation's references will be reported in one grouped tag head + or if every reference will get its own tag head. + + + When false, each reference will get one tag head. + When true, if all references report the same parameter values, a single tag head will be created. + + + 2014 + + + + + The tag type which will be used by the child tag the multi-reference annotation. + + + The tag type must be able to tag elements belonging to the multi-reference annotation's reference category. + + + When setting this property: The tag type is not allowed. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + The category of elements to which this annotation applies. + + + The TagTypeId will be cleared because the user must set a new tag type of an appropriate category. + + + 2014 + + + + + The type for MultiReferenceAnnotation. + + + Multi-reference annotations can be used to label and dimension Rebar elements, and are labeled in the user interface as "Multi-rebar annotations". + The type specifies the tag and dimension types to be used in the multi-reference annotation, as well as associated display settings. + + + 2014 + + + + + Verifies that all of the elements match the reference category required + by the MultiReferenceAnnotationType. + + + The elements to test. + + + True if all the elements match the reference category required by the MultiReferenceAnnotationType. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Sets the elements which the dimension will witness. + + + The dimension will automatically find geometric references in the elements. + + + The elements which the dimension will witness. + + + some elements do not match the reference category required by the MultiReferenceAnnotationType. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The MultiReferenceAnnotationType assigned to the options can't create MultiReferenceAnnotations by element. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the elements which the dimension will witness. + + + The elements which the dimension will witness. + + + 2014 + + + + + Verifies that all of the references belongs to elements which doesn't match the + reference category required by the MultiReferenceAnnotationType. + + + The references to test. + + + Returns true if the element categories of all tested references do not match the element category required by the MultiReferenceAnnotationType. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020 + + + + + Sets the additional references which the dimension will witness. + + + The additional references to dimension cannot come from the same category as the MultiReferenceAnnotationType's reference category. + + + The additional references which the dimension will witness. + + + Some references come from elements which directly match the reference category required by the MultiReferenceAnnotationType. For + those elements please use SetElementsToDimension. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020 + + + + + Gets the additional references which the dimension will witness. + + + These references may be to elements of other categories than the reference category returned by MultiReferenceAnnotationType. + + + The additional references which the dimension will witness. + + + 2020 + + + + + Only Linear and LinearFixed dimension style types are allowed for new MultiReferenceAnnotations. + + + The dimension style type to test. + + + True if the type is allowed. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + When true the tag will be created with an attached leader. + When false the tag will be created without a leader. + + + 2014 + + + + + The position for the tag's head. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + The dimension style type to be used by the new MultiReferenceAnnotation. + + + Only Linear and LinearFixed types are allowed. + + + When setting this property: dimensionStyleType must be either Linear or LinearFixed to be used by MultiReferenceAnnotations. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2014 + + + + + The origin point for the dimension line. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + The direction vector of the dimension line. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + When setting this property: dimensionLineDirection is not length 1.0. + + + 2014 + + + + + The normal vector to the dimension plane. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + When setting this property: dimensionPlaneNormal is not length 1.0. + + + 2014 + + + + + The MultiReferenceAnnotationType to be used by the new MultiReferenceAnnotation. + + + 2014 + + + + + Create an instance of Multi-Reference Annotation Options set with default values. + + + The MultiReferenceAnnotationType to be used by the new MultiReferenceAnnotation. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Options which control the creation of MultiReferenceAnnotations. + + + MultiReferenceAnnotationOptions include the specification of the associated elements and options for the dimension and tag placement. + + + 2014 + + + + + If the DimensionStyle is LinearFixed, it cannot be created in a 3D View. + If the DimensionStyle is Linear, it cannot be created in a 3D View if the view direction is perpendicular to the current work plane normal. + Returns true if the ownerViewId is not a 3D view. + + + The document for the multi-reference annotation. + + + The view in which the multi-reference annotation will appear. + + + Options containing the references which the dimension will witness. + + + True if the view is suitable for placing the MultiReferenceAnnotation. + False otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020 + + + + + If the DimensionStyleType is LinearFixed, validates that the references are valid + for an aligned multi-reference annotation. + + + The document for the multi-reference annotation. + + + The view in which the multi-reference annotation will appear. + + + Options containing the references which the dimension will witness. + + + True DimensionStyleType does not equal LinearFixed or + if an aligned multi-reference annotation can be created from the references. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + If the DimensionStyleType is Linear, validates that the references are valid + for an aligned multi-reference annotation. + + + The document for the multi-reference annotation. + + + The view in which the multi-reference annotation will appear. + + + Options containing the references which the dimension will witness. + + + True DimensionStyleType does not equal Linear or + if an aligned multi-reference annotation can be created from the references. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + The method validates if the input elements match the element category id for the MultiReferenceAnnotationType. + + + The document for the multi-reference annotation. + + + The creation options for the new MultiReferenceAnnotation. + + + Returns true if the input elements match the element category id for the MultiReferenceAnnotationType, + false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020 + + + + + If the DimensionStyleType is LinearFixed, this function verifies that the dimension line direction + matches either the view's vertical or horizontal direction. + + + The document for the view. + + + The view in which the dimension line direction will be tested. + + + Options containing the DimensionStyleType and dimension line direction to test. + + + True if the DimensionStyleType is LinearFixed and the dimension line direction can be used in the view. + True if the DimensionStyleType is not LinearFixed. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates a new MultiReferenceAnnotation. + + + New linear Dimension and IndependentTag elements will be created as children of the MultiReferenceAnnotation. + The IndependentTag will only be created if the MultiReferenceAnnotationType property TagTypeId is valid. + + + The document to which the new MultiReferenceAnnotation will be added. + + + The view in which the multi-reference annotation will appear. + + + The creation options for the new MultiReferenceAnnotation. + + + The new MultiReferenceAnnotation. + + + document is not a project document. + -or- + The ElementId ownerViewId does not correspond to a View. + -or- + The ElementId ownerViewId is a view template. + -or- + The ElementId ownerViewId is a perspective view. + -or- + The 3D view ownerViewId is not locked. + -or- + The input 3D view cannot be used to place a MultiReferenceAnnotation object. + -or- + dimension line direction and dimension plane normal are not orthogonal. + -or- + There is at least one element that doesn't match the reference category of the MultiReferenceAnnotationType, or there are no elements. + -or- + for DimensionStyleType LinearFixed dimensions the dimension line direction must be parallel to either the view's vertical or horizontal direction. + -or- + some references can't be used with a DimensionStyleType Linear dimension of this direction. + References must either appear as points in the view or be linear references which are + perpendicular to the dimension line. + -or- + some references can't be used with a DimensionStyleType LinearFixed dimension. + Only references which appear as points in the view can be used. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2014 + + + + + The child IndependentTag owned by this multi-reference annotation. + + + 2014 + + + + + The child dimension owned by this multi-reference annotation. + + + 2014 + + + + + Multi-reference annotations are annotations pointing to more than one reference, consisting of a dimension and associated tag. + + + Multi-reference annotations can be used to label and dimension Rebar elements, and are labeled in the user interface as "Multi-rebar annotations". + MultiReferenceAnnotation is the annotation object instance. This class includes a reference to the associated dimension and tag element. + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns current session owner of the specified single-user model. + + + Path to the single-user model. + + + Name of current session owner. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + A static class that contains utility functions related to models. + + + + + Indicates whether an element in the current model has additional user changes in the central model. + + +

Note that this status only indicates that the element has user changes in the central model. + A user change is typically an action specifically taken by a user. Making a user change + to an element requires that the user making the change reload all other user changes made to + the element in the central model. Making a user change also causes the element to be + checked out to the current user so other users will not be able to make user changes to + the same element.

+

Elements can also be modified by system changes. A system change is one which is done + automatically by Revit to fully update the model after a user change occurs. Users may + make changes to an element in their local model even if the element contains additional + system changes in the central model.

+

Example: Suppose Alice and Bob are working on the same model. Alice moves a wall which + contains windows. Then Alice synchronizes with the central file. The wall was explicitly + changed by Alice and so it will report as "UpdatedInCentral" in Bob's model. Bob + would have to reload latest before he could make user changes to that wall. In contrast, Revit + automatically moved the windows with the wall, so the windows do not contain any user changes. + The windows would therefore report "CurrentWithCentral" and Bob would be allowed to + modify them in his local model without reloading latest.

+
+ + 2012 + +
+ + + The element has additional user changes in the central model. A reload latest will be + required before it can be modified in the current model. + + + + + The element has been deleted in the central model. + + + + + The element is new in the current model and has not been saved to the central model. Note that this + status will apply to newly created elements even if they are created in the central model. + + + + + The element has no additional changes in the central model. + + + + + The name of cloud region EMEA. + + + 2021 + + + + + The name of cloud region US. + + + 2021 + + + + + Hash of document's path name by removing private information + Once hashed it can be used for logging. E.g send to analytics + + + The document whose path name is to be hashed. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Checks that the file name does not contain + any invalid characters. + + + The file name to check. + + + True if the file name is valid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Converts a pair of cloud project and model GUIDs to a valid cloud path. + + + The region of the BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs account and project which contains this model. + Please see the reference values, like and , + and the new regions from release note. + + + The GUID of the cloud project which contains the model. + + + The GUID of the Revit cloud model. + + + The cloud model path. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The cloud project is missing. + + + The central server could not be reached. + + + You must sign in to Autodesk 360 in order to complete action. + + + You are unauthorized to access this resource. + + + 2021 + + + + + Gets a string version of the path of a given ModelPath. + + + A ModelPath representing a file path or a server path. + + + The path in string form + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Converts a user-visible path (string) to a ModelPath. + + + The path may be a server or file path. + + + The path in string form, like RSN://{HostNodeName}/school/project.rvt + + + A ModelPath representing either a server or file path. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Determines whether the given string represents a valid + server path. + + + ServerPaths must refer to Revit models. + ServerPaths are relative to the central server location, and + are of the form "RSN://{HostNodeName}/{model_path}". + The {model_path} + portion is a relative path to a Revit model. For example: + + RSN://EXS/hospital.rvt + RSN://EXS.autodesk.com/Old Files/hotel2.rvt + RSN://EXS.autodesk.com/Old Files/Last Week/Tuesday\hotel2.rvt + + are all valid server paths. + //EXS/Old Files/.rvtEXS/hospital + are not valid server paths. + If this function returns false, it does not necessarily mean + the given path is a file path. It may be a malformed string. + + + The path, in string form + + + True if the given path is a valid server path, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Utility functions using ModelPaths + + + 2012 + + + + + The property labeled "Tint Color" from the "Mirror" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Tint" from the "Mirror" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Color By Object" from the "Mirror" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Color" from the "Mirror" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + A static class that provides access to the property names that appear in the Mirror visual asset schema. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Tint Color" from the "MetallicPaint" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Tint" from the "MetallicPaint" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Amount" from the "MetallicPaint" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 1". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Finish" from the "MetallicPaint" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyInteger" with accepted values in the enumerated type "MetallicpaintFinishType". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Angle Falloff" from the "MetallicPaint" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 1". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Glossiness" from the "MetallicPaint" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 1". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Top Coat" from the "MetallicPaint" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyInteger" with accepted values in the enumerated type "MetallicpaintTopcoatType". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Blend" from the "MetallicPaint" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 1". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Color" from the "MetallicPaint" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Color By Object" from the "MetallicPaint" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Amount" from the "MetallicPaint" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 1". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Pearl" from the "MetallicPaint" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyInteger" with accepted values in the enumerated type "MetallicpaintPearlType". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Size" from the "MetallicPaint" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 1". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Color" from the "MetallicPaint" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Color By Object" from the "MetallicPaint" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Flecks" from the "MetallicPaint" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyInteger" with accepted values in the enumerated type "MetallicpaintFlecksType". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Highlight Spread" from the "MetallicPaint" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 1". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Color By Object" from the "MetallicPaint" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Color" from the "MetallicPaint" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + A static class that provides access to the property names that appear in the MetallicPaint visual asset schema. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Tint Color" from the "Metal" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Tint" from the "Metal" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Center Spacing" from the "Metal" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" with a minimum of "0.0001". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Diameter/Size" from the "Metal" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" with a minimum of "0.0001". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Image" from the "Metal" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyReference" and will only contain a reference to a connected image. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Cutouts" from the "Metal" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyInteger" with accepted values in the enumerated type "MetalPerforationsType". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Scale" from the "Metal" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" with a minimum of "0". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Amount" from the "Metal" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 2". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Image" from the "Metal" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyReference" and will only contain a reference to a connected image. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Relief Pattern" from the "Metal" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyInteger" with accepted values in the enumerated type "MetalPatternType". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Finish" from the "Metal" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyInteger" with accepted values in the enumerated type "MetalFinishType". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Patina" from the "Metal" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 1". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Color" from the "Metal" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Type" from the "Metal" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyInteger" with accepted values in the enumerated type "MetalType". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + A static class that provides access to the property names that appear in the Metal visual asset schema. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + Breaks the duct curve into two parts at the given position. + + + This method is not applicable for breaking the flex duct. + + + The document. + + + The element id of the duct curve to break. + + + The break point on the duct curve. + + + The new duct curve element id if successful otherwise if a failure occurred an invalidElementId is returned. + + + "The element is neither a duct nor a duct placeholder." + -or- + "The given point is not on the duct curve." + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Connects an air terminal to a duct directly (without the need for a tee or takeoff). + + + The current location of the air terminal will be projected to the duct centerline, and if the point can be successfully projected, + the air terminal will be placed on the most suitable face of the duct. + + + The document. + + + The air terminal id. + + + The duct curve id. + + + True if connection succeeds, false otherwise. + + + The familyinstance is not air terminal. + -or- + The element is not duct curve. + -or- + The air terminal already has physical connection. + -or- + The air terminal connector origin doesn't project within the center line of the duct. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Connects a group of placeholders that can intersect in a Cross connection. + + + The placeholders may or may not have physical connection. However: + The ends of four connectors should intersect at same point.The first and second placeholders should be collinear each other.The third and fourth placeholders should be collinear each other.The third and fourth should have intersection with first or second placeholder. + If connection fails, the placeholders cannot be physically connected. + + + The document. + + + The end connector of the first placeholder. + + + The end connector of the second placeholder. + + + The end connector of the third placeholder. + + + The end connector of the fourth placeholder. + + + True if connection succeeds, false otherwise. + + + The owner of connector is not duct placeholder. + -or- + The owners of connectors belong to different types of system. + -or- + The curves of connector1 and connector2 are not collinear or either the connecto1 or connector2 is not connector of curve end. + -or- + The curves of connector3 and connector4 are not collinear or either the connecto1 or connector2 is not connector of curve end. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Connects a trio of placeholders that can intersect in a Cross connection. + + + If connection fails, the placeholders cannot be physically connected. + + + The document. + + + The element id of the first duct placeholder. + + + The element id of the second duct placeholder. + + + The element id of third duct placeholder. + + + True if connection succeeds, false otherwise. + + + The element id placeholder1Id is not duct placeholder. + -or- + The element id placeholder2Id is not duct placeholder. + -or- + The element id placeholder3Id is not duct placeholder. + -or- + The elements belong to different types of system. + -or- + The curve placeholder2Id does not connect on the curve placeholder1Id or vice versa. + -or- + The curve placeholder3Id does not connect on the curve placeholder1Id or vice versa. + -or- + The curve placeholder2Id and placeholder3Id are not collinear. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Connects a pair of placeholders that can intersect in a Cross connection. + + + The placeholders must intersect each other. If connection succeeds, a new + placeholder duct is created. If connection fails, the placeholders cannot be physically connected. + + + The document. + + + The element id of the first duct placeholder. + + + The element id of the second duct placeholder. + + + True if connection succeeds, false otherwise. + + + The element id placeholder1Id is not duct placeholder. + -or- + The element id placeholder2Id is not duct placeholder. + -or- + The elements belong to different types of system. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Connects a trio of placeholders that can intersect in a Tee connection. + + + The three placeholders may or may not have physical connections. However, + the first connector should be collinear with the second connector, and the third connector must have + be able to be extended to have an intersection with first and second. +

If first placeholder and second placeholder have the same size, the second one + is merged with first one and original placeholder element will become invalid. + If connection fails, the placeholders cannot be physically connected.

+ + The document. + + + The end connector of the first placeholder. + + + The end connector of second placeholder. + + + The end connector of the third placeholder. + + + True if connection succeeds, false otherwise. + + + The owner of connector is not duct placeholder. + -or- + The owners of connectors belong to different types of system. + -or- + The curves of connector1 and connector2 are not collinear or either the connecto1 or connector2 is not connector of curve end. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + +
+ + + Connects a pair of placeholders that can intersect in a Tee connection. + + + The placeholders must have a physical intersection. + If connection fails, the placeholders cannot be physically connected. + + + The document. + + + The element Id of the first duct placeholder. + + + The element Id of the second duct placeholder. + + + True if connection succeeds, false otherwise. + + + The element id placeholder1Id is not duct placeholder. + -or- + The element id placeholder2Id is not duct placeholder. + -or- + The elements belong to different types of system. + -or- + The curve placeholder2Id does not connect on the curve placeholder1Id or vice versa. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Connects a pair of placeholders that can intersect in an Elbow connection. + + + The placeholders may have a physical intersection but this is not required. + If they are not intersecting the connectors must be coplanar and able to be moved to + intersect each other. + If connection fails, the placeholders cannot be physically connected. + + + The document. + + + The end connector of the first placeholder. + + + The end connector of the second placeholder. + + + True if connection succeeds, false otherwise. + + + The owner of connector is not duct placeholder. + -or- + The owners of connectors belong to different types of system. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + + + + + Connects a pair of placeholders that can intersect in an Elbow connection. + + + The placeholders must meet at a physical end connection. + If connection fails, the placeholders cannot be physically connected. + + + The document. + + + The element id of the first duct placeholder. + + + The element id of the second duct placeholder. + + + True if connection succeeds, false otherwise. + + + The element id placeholder1Id is not duct placeholder. + -or- + The element id placeholder2Id is not duct placeholder. + -or- + The elements belong to different types of system. + -or- + The curve placeholder1Id and placeholder2Id are not physically connected. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Converts a collection of duct placeholder elements into duct elements. + + + Once conversion succeeds, the duct placeholder elements are deleted. + The new duct and fitting elements are created and connections are established. + + + The document. + + + A collection of element IDs of duct placeholders. + + + A collection of element IDs of ducts and fittings. + + + The given element id set is empty. + -or- + The given element IDs (placeholderIds) are not duct placeholders. + -or- + The elements belong to different types of system. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + General utility methods in the Autodesk Revit MEP product. + + + 2012 + + + + + Creates a new type of a mechanical equipment set and adds it to the document. + + + The document where the new type is created. + + + The name of new type. + + + The newly created mechanical equipment set type. + + + name cannot include prohibited characters, such as "{, }, [, ], |, ;, less-than sign, greater-than sign, ?, `, ~". + -or- + name is an empty string. + -or- + The given name is not unique + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2019 + + + + + Represents a type for a set of interrelated mechanical equipment in a MEP system that works together. + + + 2019 + + + + + Removes member element ids from the mechanical equipment set. + + + If all the members are removed, the instance of the mechanical equipment set is automatically deleted. + + + Element ids to be removed from the mechanical equipment set. + + + One or more element ids was not permitted to be removed from the mechanical equipment set. + All elements should be a member of the mechanical equipment set. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Adds member element ids to the mechanical equipment set. + + + Element ids to be added to the mechanical equipment set. + + + The valid members must have the same classification and system. They cannot be a member of existing set. + -or- + These elements are serially connected with each other, or with one of the set members. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Gets member element ids for the mechanical equipment set. + + + Element ids for the members in the mechanical equipment set. + + + 2019 + + + + + Checks if these are valid members for mechanical equipment set. + + + The document of the member elements. + + + The member element ids. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Checks if the elements are not serially connected. + + + The document of these elements. + + + The element ids to be tested. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Creates a new instance of a mechanical equipment set and adds it to the document. + + + The document where the element will be created and added. + + + The type of new mechanical equipment set. + + + The member elements of this mechanical equipment set. + + + The newly created mechanical equipment set. + + + Invalid mechanical equipment set type. + -or- + This mechanical equipment set needs at least two members. + -or- + The valid members must have the same classification and system. A valid member cannot be a member of any other existing set. + -or- + These elements are serially connected. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2019 + + + + + The number of pieces of mechanical equipment that are not operational at any given time. + + + When setting this property: There should be at least one equipment on duty. + + + 2019 + + + + + The number of pieces of mechanical equipment operating in parallel at any given time. + + + When setting this property: The number of on duty (number) must be less than or equal to the number of available equipments or there should be at least one equipment on duty. + + + 2019 + + + + + The classification for the mechanical equipment set. + + + 2019 + + + + + A set of interrelated mechanical equipment in a MEP system that works together. + + + 2019 + + + + + Checks if value is almost zero, using the internal tolerance. + + + The value to check. + + + True if value is almost zero, false otherwise. + + + The given value for value is not finite + + + 2021 + + + + + Checks if value1 is strictly less than value2, using the internal tolerance. + + + The first value. + + + The second value. + + + True if value1 is strictly less than value2, false otherwise. + + + The given value for value1 is not finite + -or- + The given value for value2 is not finite + + + 2021 + + + + + Checks if value1 is less than or almost equal to value2, using the internal tolerance. + + + The first value. + + + The second value. + + + True if value1 is less than or almost equal to value2, false otherwise. + + + The given value for value1 is not finite + -or- + The given value for value2 is not finite + + + 2021 + + + + + Checks if value1 is strictly greater than value2, using the internal tolerance. + + + The first value. + + + The second value. + + + True if value1 is strictly greater than value2, false otherwise. + + + The given value for value1 is not finite + -or- + The given value for value2 is not finite + + + 2021 + + + + + Checks if value1 is greater than or almost equal to value2, using the internal tolerance. + + + The first value. + + + The second value. + + + True if value1 is greater than or almost equal to value2, false otherwise. + + + The given value for value1 is not finite + -or- + The given value for value2 is not finite + + + 2021 + + + + + Checks if two doubles are almost equal, using the internal tolerance. + + + The first value. + + + The second value. + + + True if two doubles are almost equal, false otherwise. + + + The given value for value1 is not finite + -or- + The given value for value2 is not finite + + + 2021 + + + + + This class contains a set of mathematical utilities to compare doubles, using the internal tolerance. + + + 2021 + + + + + Checks if the ElementId is an acceptable conceptual construction type ElementId for the MassLevelData (Mass Floor). + + + In the case that 'conceptualConstructionIsByEnergyData' is true, invalidElementId is also acceptable input. + + + The ElementId to be checked. + + + True if the ElementId is an acceptable conceptual construction type ElementId, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Checks if the ElementId is a mass family instance. + + + The document. + + + The ElementId to be checked. + + + True if the ElementId is a mass family instance, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Indicates if the MassLevelData (Mass Floor) has a geometrical representation. May not + if the level does not intersect the mass geometry. + + + Returns True if MassLevelData is dimensionless, False otherwise. + + + 2012 + + + + + Indicates if the ConceptualConstructionType of the MassLevelData (Mass Floor) is synchronized + with the EnergyDataSettings or if it overrides those settings. + + + When setting this property: ConceptualConstructionIsByEnergyData cannot be set to conceptualConstructionIsByEnergyData. + + + 2012 + + + + + The ElementId of the conceptual construction associated with the MassLevelData (Mass Floor). + + + When setting this property: The input ElementId conceptualConstructionId is not a valid conceptual construction type ElementId. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + The ElementId of the visualization material used for the MassLevelData (Mass Floor) + + + When setting this property: The input element materialId is not a material element. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + The ElementId of the mass that the MassLevelData (Mass Floor) is associated with. + + + 2012 + + + + + Indicates if the material used for the graphical appearance is by category or a specific material, or + if the material to be used should be taken from the ConceptualConstructionType of the MassLevelData. + + + When setting this property: The material type does not fall within an appropriate range. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + The perimeter of the intersection of the MassLevelData's level with the mass geometry. + + + 2012 + + + + + The surface area of the intersection of the MassLevelData's level with the mass geometry. + + + 2012 + + + + + The exterior surface area of the volume of the mass between the level of this MassLevelData (Mass Floor) to the next in the mass. + + + 2012 + + + + + The volume of from the level of this MassLevelData (Mass Floor) to the next in the mass. + + + 2012 + + + + + A String which describes the usage or occupancy type of the level of the MassLevelData. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + MassLevelData is a conceptual representation of an occupiable floor (Mass Floor) in a conceptual building model. + It is defined by associating a particular level with a particular mass element in a Revit project. + + + MassLevelData reports metrics, such as floor areas, related to conceptual space planning. + MassLevelData contains information, such as ConceptualConstructionType, used as part of the + Conceptual Energy Analytical model. + The MassLevel data geometry is determined by combining all the geometry of a mass into a single geometry, and then + taking the area of intersection with the level of the MassLevelData. + + + 2012 + + + + + Gets References to the faces that the MassSurfaceData provides properties for. + + + The results are always references to Faces. The Reference Type should be REFERENCE_TYPE_SURFACE. + Currently Revit improperly reports it as REFERENCE_TYPE_NONE. + + + Returns an array of References to Faces that the MassSurfaceData provides properties for. + + + 2012 + + + + + The ElementId of the element whose face the MassSurfaceData primarily refers to. + + + A MassSurfaceData may represent multiple faces from the same or different elements. This generally + only happens if the faces are geometrically fully coincident and logically represent + a single building object. "Interior walls" of the conceptual energy building model is a common + example where two different faces may be represented by a single MassSurfaceData. + + + 2012 + + + + + Returns the mass subcategory ElementId used for ConceptualSurfaceType for this MassSurfaceData. + + + This value is determined by starting with the subcategory property and adjusting it according to properties + such as "isSlab" or "isUnderground". + + + 2012 + + + + + Indicates if a floor is a slab. + + + 2012 + + + + + Indicates if the roof, floor, slab, or wall surface reference is underground. + + + 2012 + + + + + Indicates if shade geometry is auto-generated on the top edge of auto-generated glazing. + + + 2012 + + + + + True when the ConceptualConstructionType id is synchronized to the EnergyDataSettings. + False when the ConceptualConstructionType id is overridden for this MassSurfaceData. + + + When setting this property: ConceptualConstructionIsByEnergyData cannot be set to conceptualConstructionIsByEnergyData. + + + 2012 + + + + + material type of mass zone + + + When setting this property: The material type does not fall within an appropriate range. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + The visualization material used for the surface for displaying the energy analytical model. + + + When setting this property: The input element materialId is not a material element. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + The MassLevelData used when the surface is horizontal, planar, and at the same height as a MassLevelData + related to the same mass as the referenced face. + + + 2012 + + + + + The id of the conceptual construction associated with the reference surface. + + + When setting this property: The input element conceptualConstructionId is not a valid ConceptualConstructionType element id. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Indicates whether the MassSurfaceData properties are driven by the EnergyDataSettings + of the Document or are overridden for the surface. + + + The Construction property is not governed by this setting and + has a separate value to indicate if it is to be synchronized + with EnergyDataSettings. + + + When setting this property: The surface data source does not fall within an appropriate range. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + The length dimension to be used for the sides of each individual square skylight + produced in the grid of auto-generated skylights. + + + When setting this property: The skylight width is less than eight inches. + + + 2012 + + + + + The target percentage of the reference roof surface that is to + be covered with automatically generated skylights. Revit will use this number when + determining the size, shape, and location of automatically generated skylights. + + + The resulting coverage of the roof with skylights is not guaranteed to + match this value. It is a target. + + + When setting this property: The percentage skylights value is between 0.00 and 0.95. + + + 2012 + + + + + The height above the level where the bottoms of auto-generated windows will be located. + + + Will be accurate unless the target glazing percentage cannot be achieved using this height. + In that case, the sillHeight will be ignored and windows will be created below this height. + + + When setting this property: The sill height is less than zero. + + + 2012 + + + + + How far any auto-generated shades should extend from the wall surface. + + + When setting this property: The shade depth is less than zero. + + + 2012 + + + + + The target percentage of the reference wall surface that is to + be covered with automatically generated windows. Revit will use this number when + determining the size, shape, and location of automatically generated windows. + + + The resulting coverage of the wall with windows is not guaranteed to + match this value. It is a target. + + + When setting this property: The percentage glazing value is not between 0.00 and 0.95. + + + 2012 + + + + + Area of the references that the MassSurfaceData provides properties for. + + + If it is used, should be greater than zero. Otherwise, it will be zero. + + + 2012 + + + + + Holds properties and other data about a face in the MassEnergyAnalyticalModel element. + + + Properties stored in the MassSurfaceData can be used in regeneration by the MassEnergyAnalyticalModel. + For example, faces of the MassEnergyAnalyticalModel take their material values from the settings + in the MassSurfaceData. + + + 2012 + + + + + Indicates how the visualization material for the MassSurfaceData is calculated. + + + 2012 + + + + + The visualization material for the MassSurfaceData will be taken from the material + associated with the object style of the subcategory of the MassSurfaceData if the + materialId is InvalidElementId, or the MassSurfaceData will use the specific material + indicated by the materialId property if its value is an ElementId of a MaterialElement. + + + + + The visualization material for the MassSurfaceData will be taken from the + material assigned to the ConceptualConstructionType which is assigned to the + MassSurfaceData. + + + + + Indicates whether values for the properties of the MassSurfaceData + are synchronized with the EnergyDataSettings of the + document or instead, serve as overrides of those settings. + + + 2012 + + + + + Override the EnergyDataSettings values for the surface. + + + + + Synchronize with the EnergyDataSettings. + + + + + This value indicates that the parameter has not been properly set. + + + + + Get the ElementIds of Elements that are joined to a mass instance. + + + The Document. + + + The ElementId of the mass instance. + + + ElementIds of Elements joined to the mass instance. + + + The ElementId massInstanceId is not a mass instance. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Get the total building volume represented by a mass instance. + + + The Document. + + + The ElementId of the mass instance. + + + The gross volume in cubic feet. + + + The ElementId massInstanceId is not a mass instance. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Get the total exterior building surface area represented by a mass instance. + + + The Document. + + + The ElementId of the mass instance. + + + The gross surface area in square feet. + + + The ElementId massInstanceId is not a mass instance. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Get the total occupiable floor area represented by a mass instance. + + + The area is computed from the cross sections that are created by intersecting the + associated Levels with the mass instance Geometry. + + + The Document. + + + The ElementId of the mass instance. + + + The gross floor area in square feet. + + + The ElementId massInstanceId is not a mass instance. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Get the ElementIds of the Levels associated with a mass instance. + + + The Document. + + + The ElementId of the mass instance. + + + The ElementIds of the Levels + + + The ElementId massInstanceId is not a mass instance. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Get the ElementIds of the MassLevelDatas (Mass Floors) associated with a mass instance. + + + The Document. + + + The ElementId of the mass instance. + + + The ElementIds of the MassLevelDatas. + + + The ElementId massInstanceId is not a mass instance. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Delete the MassLevelData (Mass Floor) that associates a Level with a mass instance. + + + Alternatively, you could just delete the MassLevelData. + + + The Document. + + + The ElementId of the mass instance. + + + The ElementId of the Level to disassociate from the mass instance. + + + The ElementId massInstanceId is not a mass instance. + -or- + The ElementId levelId is not a Level. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Create a MassLevelData (Mass Floor) to associate a Level with a mass instance. + + + The Document. + + + The ElementId of the mass instance. + + + The ElementId of the Level to associate with the mass instance. + + + The ElementId of the MassLevelData that was created, or the existing ElementId if it was already in added. + + + The ElementId massInstanceId is not a mass instance. + -or- + The ElementId levelId is not a Level. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + A static class that contains methods for processing curves driven by points. + + + 2012 + + + + + The property labeled "Tint Color" from the "MasonryCMU" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Tint" from the "MasonryCMU" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Amount" from the "MasonryCMU" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 2". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Image" from the "MasonryCMU" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyReference" and will only contain a reference to a connected image. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Relief Pattern" from the "MasonryCMU" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyInteger" with accepted values in the enumerated type "MasonryCMUPatternType". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Finish" from the "MasonryCMU" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyInteger" with accepted values in the enumerated type "MasonryCMUApplicationType". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Color By Object" from the "MasonryCMU" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Color" from the "MasonryCMU" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Type" from the "MasonryCMU" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyInteger" with accepted values in the enumerated type "MasonryCMUType". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + A static class that provides access to the property names that appear in the MasonryCMU visual asset schema. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Offset Z" from the "Marble" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDistance". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Offset Y" from the "Marble" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDistance". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Offset X" from the "Marble" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDistance". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Link Transforms" from the "Marble" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Angle" from the "Marble" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray3d". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Vein Width" from the "Marble" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 1". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Vein Spacing" from the "Marble" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 100". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Vein Color" from the "Marble" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Stone Color" from the "Marble" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + A static class that provides access to the property names that appear in the Marble visual asset schema. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + Creates a new instance of a system-zone data domain class. + + + The newly created data domain instance. + + + 2020.1 + + + + + The id of the zone equipment related to the zone. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Represents the specific domain requirements for a system-zone used in MEP design. + + + A system-zone is used to specify what parts of a building are served by specific equipment, air systems and water + loops without having to physically model them. A system-zone is represented as a GenericZone element with a domain + data of type SystemZoneData, which contains specific domain requirements for the purpose of analysis. + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + A base class for specific domain requirements for a generic zone. + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Create family based stiffener on the specified fabrication ductwork. + + + The document. + + + The id of a stiffener FamilySymbol. + + + The id of the host ductwork. + + + The distance from the host primary end to place the hosted instance. Units are in feet (ft). + + + The new stiffener family instance. + + + document is not a project document. + -or- + familySymbolId is not a valid Element identifier. + -or- + hostId is not a valid Element identifier. + -or- + Invalid familySymbolId for stiffeners. + -or- + Host is not a straight ductwork. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The distance from host primary end is out of range. + + + The profiles of family symbol and host are mismatch. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + Failed to create stiffener due to document regenerate error. + + + 2024 + + + + + General utility methods for the Autodesk Revit MEP Supporting components. + + + 2024 + + + + + This enumeration is used to classify the Reference Base on Host type . + + + 2024 + + + + + This enumeration is used to classify MEP Ancillary Framing shape. + + + 2024 + + + + + This enumeration is used to classify the stiffener. + + + 2024 + + + + + Gets the analytical model data at the current iteration step. + + + The retrieved model data. + + + 2024 + + + + + Gets the other analytical node at the current iteration step. + + + The retrieved analytical node, null if the current iteration step does not have additional analytical node. + + + 2024 + + + + + Gets the analytical node at the current iteration step. + + + The retrieved node. + + + 2024 + + + + + Gets the analytical segment at the current iteration step. + + + The retrieved segment, may be null for the first step. + + + 2024 + + + + + Moves this iterator to the next step of network iteration. + + + 2024 + + + + + Checks if the network iteration has completed. + + + True if all analytical segments and nodes have been visited, otherwise false. + + + 2024 + + + + + Gets the first step of network iteration. + + + The first step may not contain any analytical segment, but the first analytical node. + + + 2024 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The element id at the current iteration step. + + + 2024 + + + + + The optional MEP system classification where the iterations are restricted. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2024 + + + + + The optional MEP system element id where the iterations are restricted. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Creates an iterator to visit the connected segments on one side of the network. + + + The document of the analytical network. + + + The starting analytical node. It must be one of two nodes of the starting segment. + + + The starting analytical segment to specify the traversing direction from the starting node. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Creates an iterator by the analytical model data to visit all connected components in the network. + + + The document of the analytical network. + + + The analytical model data of the starting element. + + + The domain of network that the iteration happens. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2024 + + + + + An iterator to traverse the MEP analytical network. + + + The iterator will visit the entire MEP analytical network in the depth-first order. For evert next step, + one analytical node and one analytical segment are typically visited. Sometimes an extra node is + provided if the iteration reaches the end on one side and restarts at the previous intersect node. + Also note that the start step may not contain any segment. + + + 2024 + + + + + + + + Checks whether the list of the electrical system circuit path node position is valid. + + + The length of the list should be more than one, the first node should be the position of the panel where the circuit begins at, the adjacent nodes should not be too close, and should be in the same level or on the same vertical line, to keep each segment of the circuit path always horizontal or vertical. + + + The list of the electrical system circuit path node position. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Sets the electrical system circuit path by the list of node position. + + + If succeed, it will also change the CircuitPathMode property to Custom mode implicitly. + + + The list of the circuit path node position. + + + The list of the electrical system circuit path node position is not valid. The length of the list should be more than one, the first node should be the position of the panel where the circuit begins at, the adjacent nodes should not be too close, and should be in the same level or on the same vertical line, to keep each segment of the circuit path always horizontal or vertical. + Also note that the first node position should be the position of the connector (the one connects to the circuit) of the panel, but not the origin of the panel instance. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + 2018 + + + + + Gets the list of the electrical system circuit path node position. + + + The list of the electrical system circuit path node position. + + + 2018 + + + + + Disconnect the panel for the Electrical System. + + + If successful, the system will disconnect this panel. Otherwise the exception will be thrown. + This method will only function with the Autodesk Revit MEP application. + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + Thrown when the panel cannot be disconnected for the electrical system. + + + 2011 + + + + + Set the panel for the Electrical System. + + + If successful, the panel will be set for the system. Otherwise the exception will be thrown. + This method will only function with the Autodesk Revit MEP application. + + + The panel of the electrical system. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + The panel does not have enough slots and Feed Through Lugs is unchecked or already in use. + -or- + Thrown when the panel cannot be set for the electrical system. + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates a new MEP Electrical System element from an unused Connector. + + + The Connector to create this Electrical System. + + + The System Type of electrical system. + + + If successful a new MEP Electrical System element within the project, otherwise . + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + 2018 + + + + + Creates a new MEP Electrical System element from a set of electrical components. + + + The Document. + + + The electrical components in this system. + + + The System Type of electrical system. + + + If successful a new MEP Electrical System element within the project, otherwise . + + + There should be at least one component that can create the specified circuit type + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + 2018 + + + + + The circuit connection type of the electrical system. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + When setting this property: None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + When setting this property: The connection type is invalid for this circuit. + You can't assign Feed Through Lugs if the panel's Feed Through Lugs option is unchecked. + If the circuit's base panel is not a data panel or transformer panel, the circuit connection type can't be set to NotApplicable. + If the circuit's base panel is a data panel or transformer pane, it must be set to NotApplicable. + If the circuit doesn't have a base panel, it must be set to NotApplicable. + -or- + When setting this property: Invalid connection type. + + + 2020 + + + + + The circuit path mode of the electrical system. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + When setting this property: None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + When setting this property: The electrical system circuit path does not have customized path, so the CircuitPathMode cannot be set as Custom. + + + 2018 + + + + + Checks whether the electrical system circuit path has been customized. If not, the property CircuitPathMode cannot be set as Custom explicitly. + + + 2018 + + + + + Checks if the feed through lugs of the base panel is already occupied. + + + 2020 + + + + + The Panel name of the Electrical System. + + + This property is used to retrieve the Panel name of the Electrical System. + + + 2011 + + + + + The circuit type of the Electrical System. + + + This read-only property is used to retrieve the circuit type of the Electrical System. + + + 2011 + + + + + The GroundConductors Number of the Electrical System. + + + This property is used to retrieve the GroundConductors Number of the Electrical System. + + + This property only available when System Type is Power! + + + 2011 + + + + + The NeutralConductors Number of the Electrical System. + + + This property is used to retrieve the NeutralConductors Number of the Electrical System. + + + When setting this property: None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + This property only available when System Type is Power! + + + 2011 + + + + + The HotConductors Number of the Electrical System. + + + This property is used to retrieve the HotConductors Number of the Electrical System. + + + This property only available when System Type is Power! + + + 2011 + + + + + The Runs Number of the Electrical System. + + + This property is used to retrieve the Runs Number of the Electrical System. + + + This property only available when System Type is Power! + + + 2011 + + + + + Reports whether the BalancedLoad is on or off. + + + This property is used to retrieve the BalancedLoad value of the Electrical System. + + + This property only available when System Type is Power! + + + 2011 + + + + + The Poles Number of the Electrical System. + + + This property is used to retrieve the Poles Number of the Electrical System. + + + This property only available when System Type is Power! + + + 2011 + + + + + The circuit ways used in the Electrical System. + + + This property is used to retrieve the ways of the Electrical System on a panel. + + + 2021 + + + + + The circuit phase label used in the Electrical System. + + + This property is used to retrieve the phase label of the Electrical System on a panel. + + + 2021 + + + + + The LoadClassification Abbreviations used in the Electrical System. + + + This property is used to retrieve the LoadClassification Abbreviations of the Electrical System. + There may be one or more load classification in use in which case they will be semi-colon delimited. + + + 2021 + + + + + The LoadClassifications used in the Electrical System. + + + This property is used to retrieve the LoadClassifications of the Electrical System. + There may be one or more load classification in use in which case they will be semi-colon delimited. + + + 2011 + + + + + The PowerFactorState type of the Electrical System. + + + This property is used to retrieve the PowerFactorState type of the Electrical System. + + + This property only available when System Type is Power! + + + 2011 + + + + + The Electrical System Type of the Electrical System. + + + This property is used to retrieve the Electrical System Type of the Electrical System. + + + 2011 + + + + + The VoltageDrop value of the Electrical System. + + + This property is used to retrieve the VoltageDrop value of the Electrical System. + + + This property only available when System Type is Power! + -or- + Thrown when the voltage drop cannot be computed, because it is zero, or because the circuit is not connected to a panel. + + + 2011 + + + + + The TrueCurrentPhaseC value of the Electrical System. + + + This property is used to retrieve the TrueCurrentPhaseC value of the Electrical System. + + + This property only available when System Type is Power! + + + 2011 + + + + + The TrueCurrentPhaseB value of the Electrical System. + + + This property is used to retrieve the TrueCurrentPhaseB value of the Electrical System. + + + This property only available when System Type is Power! + + + 2011 + + + + + The TrueCurrentPhaseA value of the Electrical System. + + + This property is used to retrieve the TrueCurrentPhaseA value of the Electrical System. + + + This property only available when System Type is Power! + + + 2011 + + + + + The TrueCurrent value of the Electrical System. + + + This property is used to retrieve the TrueCurrent value of the Electrical System. + + + This property only available when System Type is Power! + + + 2011 + + + + + The ApparentCurrentPhaseC value of the Electrical System. + + + This property is used to retrieve the ApparentCurrentPhaseC value of the Electrical System. + + + This property only available when System Type is Power! + + + 2011 + + + + + The ApparentCurrentPhaseB value of the Electrical System. + + + This property is used to retrieve the ApparentCurrentPhaseB value of the Electrical System. + + + This property only available when System Type is Power! + + + 2011 + + + + + The ApparentCurrentPhaseA value of the Electrical System. + + + This property is used to retrieve the ApparentCurrentPhaseA value of the Electrical System. + + + This property only available when System Type is Power! + + + 2011 + + + + + The ApparentCurrent value of the Electrical System. + + + This property is used to retrieve the ApparentCurrent value of the Electrical System. + + + This property only available when System Type is Power! + + + 2011 + + + + + The Length value of the Electrical System. + + + This property is used to retrieve the Length value of the Electrical System. + + + Thrown when the length cannot be computed, because it is zero, or because the circuit is not connected to a panel. + + + 2011 + + + + + The Frame value of the Electrical System. + + + This property is used to retrieve the Frame value of the Electrical System. + + + When setting this property: The given value for frame is not a number + -or- + When setting this property: The given value for frame is not finite + + + When setting this property: The given value for frame must be non-negative. + + + When setting this property: None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + This property only available when System Type is Power and Circuit Type is NOT Space! + + + 2021 + + + + + Whether the circuit path has a valid offset. + + + Circuit path of AllDevices and Custom mode may not have valid offset if the horizontal segments of the path are not at the same height. + + + 2018 + + + + + The offset of the horizontal segments of the circuit path. + + + When setting this property: The given value for pathOffset must be no more than 30000 feet in absolute value. + + + When setting this property: None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + 2018 + + + + + The Rating value of the Electrical System. + + + This property is used to retrieve the Rating value of the Electrical System. + + + When setting this property: The given value for rating is not a number + -or- + When setting this property: The given value for rating is not finite + + + When setting this property: The given value for rating must be non-negative. + + + When setting this property: None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + This property only available when System Type is Power! + + + 2011 + + + + + The TrueLoadPhaseC value of the Electrical System. + + + This property is used to retrieve the TrueLoadPhaseC value of the Electrical System. + + + This property only available when System Type is Power! + + + 2011 + + + + + The TrueLoadPhaseB value of the Electrical System. + + + This property is used to retrieve the TrueLoadPhaseB value of the Electrical System. + + + This property only available when System Type is Power! + + + 2011 + + + + + The TrueLoadPhaseA value of the Electrical System. + + + This property is used to retrieve the TrueLoadPhaseA value of the Electrical System. + + + This property only available when System Type is Power! + + + 2011 + + + + + The TrueLoad value of the Electrical System. + + + This property is used to retrieve the TrueLoad value of the Electrical System. + + + When setting this property: None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + This property only available when System Type is Power! + + + 2011 + + + + + The PowerFactor value of the Electrical System. + + + This property is used to retrieve the PowerFactor value of the Electrical System. + + + This property only available when System Type is Power! + + + 2011 + + + + + The ApparentLoadPhaseC value of the Electrical System. + + + This property is used to retrieve the ApparentLoadPhaseC value of the Electrical System. + + + This property only available when System Type is Power! + + + 2011 + + + + + The ApparentLoadPhaseB value of the Electrical System. + + + This property is used to retrieve the ApparentLoadPhaseB value of the Electrical System. + + + This property only available when System Type is Power! + + + 2011 + + + + + The ApparentLoadPhaseA value of the Electrical System. + + + This property is used to retrieve the ApparentLoadPhaseA value of the Electrical System. + + + This property only available when System Type is Power! + + + 2011 + + + + + The ApparentLoad value of the Electrical System. + + + This property is used to retrieve the ApparentLoad value of the Electrical System. + + + This property only available when System Type is Power! + + + 2011 + + + + + The Voltage value of the Electrical System. + + + This property is used to retrieve the Voltage value of the Electrical System. + + + This property only available when System Type is Power! + + + 2011 + + + + + The WireSize as a String of the Electrical System + + + This property is used to retrieve the WireSize String of the Electrical System. + + + This property only available when System Type is Power! + + + 2011 + + + + + The LoadName of the Electrical System. + + + This property is used to retrieve the LoadName of the Electrical System. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + When setting this property: None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + 2011 + + + + + The wire type of the Electrical System. + + + This property is used to retrieve the wire type of the Electrical System. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + When setting this property: None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + 2011 + + + + + The Slots where the Electrical System is located in its panel. + + + This property is used to retrieve the slots of the Electrical System. + There may be one or more slot in use in which case they will be comma delimited. + + + 2021 + + + + + The Start Slot where the Electrical System is located in its panel. + + + This property is used to retrieve the Start Slot of the Electrical System. + + + 2011 + + + + + The Circuit Naming Index where the Electrical System is located in its panel. + The Circuit Naming Index is used to retrieve the Circuit Naming Index of the Electrical System. + + + 2021 + + + + + The CircuitNumber of the Electrical System. + + + This property is used to retrieve the CircuitNumber of the Electrical System. + + + 2011 + + + + +Create a bunch of wires for the electrical system. + + The view in which the wire is to be visible. + Specify the wiring type (Arc or Chamfer) that is to be applied to all newly created wires. + New created wires + This method can only be used to create a bunch of wires according to specific pairs of elements, +so if there exists a element in any pair of familyInstancePairs, the exception will be thrown. + + + + remove a set of exist components from the Electrical System. + The components removed from the electrical system. + +Thrown when the components parameter Value is . + + +Thrown when the components cannot be removed from the system. + + If successful, all the components will remove from the system. Otherwise is removed. +This method will only function with the Autodesk Revit MEP application. + + + Add a set of exist components to the Electrical System. + The components added to the electrical system. + If successful, all the components will add to the system. Otherwise is returned. + This method will only function with the + Autodesk Revit MEP application. + + + + Provides access to the Electrical System in Autodesk Revit MEP. + + + The Electrical System object can only be queried in Autodesk Revit MEP. + + + 2011 + + + + + An enumerated type indicates the circuit path mode + + + 2018 + + + + + The circuit path connects to all the devices in the circuits, this mode is compatible to the legacy behavior. + + + + + The circuit path connects to the farthest devices. + + + + + The circuit path is customized by user. + + + + + Divide the phyisical networks in the system and create a new system for each network. + + + This function only works for Hvac and Piping system. + + + The document. + + + The id of new created systems. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The system is not dividable. + + + 2014 + + + + + Get the physical networks number in the system. + + + The number of physical networks. + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks if the system is dividable. The system is dividable if there is more than one physical network in the system. Currently, only HVAC and piping systems support dividing. + + + True if the system can be divided. + + + 2014 + + + + + Obtains a list of the critical path section numbers. + + + The section numbers are returned in order in the direction of flow. + + + The section numbers. + + + 2013 + + + + + Get the Section from section number + + + The Section number. + + + The section. if the no section exists for the input section number. + + + 2013 + + + + + Get the section from the index. + + + The index of the section in the system. + + + The section. + + + The section index is out of range. + + + 2013 + + + + + Indicates if the system has one or more placeholders. + + + 2015 + + + + + Indicates if the system has one or more design parts. + + + 2015 + + + + + Indicates if the system has one or more fabrication parts. + + + 2015 + + + + + Indicates if the system is well connected or not. The flag will enable the "Divide System" button. + + + 2014 + + + + + The total pressure loss of the sections in critical path. + + + 2013 + + + + + The number of sections. + + + 2013 + + + + + Indicates if the system is empty or not. + + + returns true if the system doesn't contain any components + + + 2011 + + + + + Indicates if the system is valid or not. + atom AtomValidateSystem + default false + + + 2011 + + + + Remove elements from system. + +It is forbidden to remove all terminal elements from system. +Terminal elements will be removed from the system automatically after removing this system from document. + + The elements to be removed from the system. + +Thrown when the input argument elements is , or any element in that collection is . + + +Thrown when some of the elements can't be removed, or when trying to remove all elements from the system. +The element which connect to the base equipment can't be removed, + + +Thrown when the operation failed. + + + + Removes connectors from system. + The connectors to be removed from the system. + +Thrown when the input argument elements is , or any element in that collection is . + + +Thrown when some of the connectors can't be removed, or when trying to remove all connectors from the system. + + +Thrown when the operation failed. + + + + +Add elements into the system and connect them with the system using given connectors. + + +Note: this method may not be called during dynamic update. + + Connectors which are used to connect with the system. + +Thrown when the input argument connectors is , or any connector in that collection is . + + +Throw when any of the input connectors have been already used, +or when they don't share the same domain or system type as the system. + + +Thrown when the operation failed. + + +Thrown if this method is called during dynamic update. + + + The connector within base equipment which is used to connect with system. + +Returns the connector which connects with the system within base equipment if base equipment has been assigned to system, +otherwise returns . + + + + The base panel or equipment of the system. + + + Terminal elements in the system. + The return value is a read only collection and doesn't include the base equipment or panel. + + + Connector manager of the system. + The connector manager includes connectors which are used to connect with terminal elements and base equipment. + + + + A system in the Autodesk Revit MEP product. + + + This is the base class for electrical, mechanical and piping systems, + available only in the Autodesk Revit MEP product. + + + 2011 + + + + + Lookup the connector using the unique index value that identify this connector. + + + The unique index value. + + + Returns the connector or null if a connector for the provided unique index value doesn't exist. + + + 2016 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + This property is used to retrieve the owner of the Connector Manager. + + + + Return all the unused Connectors of the Connector Manager. + This property is used to retrieve the unused Connectors from the Connector Manager. + + + Return all the Connectors of the Connector Manager. + This property is used to retrieve the Connectors from the Connector Manager. + + + + Provides access to the Connector Manager + + + + + Gets the MEP hidden line settings in the document. + + + The document where the settings element is found. + + + The element which stores the MEP hidden line settings for the document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Indicates if duct or piping is drawn with the line style and gaps specified for hidden lines. + + + 2022 + + + + + The line style that determines how the lines of a hidden segment display at the point where the segments cross. + + + When setting this property: The line style is invalid for hidden line display. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + The gap for the single hidden lines where segments cross. + + + When setting this property: The gap size must be between 0" and 3/4". + + + 2022 + + + + + The gap for the lines that appear external to the crossing segments. + + + When setting this property: The gap size must be between 0" and 3/4". + + + 2022 + + + + + The gap for the lines that appear within a crossing segment. + + + When setting this property: The gap size must be between 0" and 3/4". + + + 2022 + + + + + Represents the settings contained in the document associated to the MEP hidden line display. + + + 2022 + + + + + The stored value + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + Value constructor + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + Default constructor + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + A class that holds a String value of a parameter element. + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + The stored value + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + Value constructor + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + Default constructor + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + A class that holds a ElementId value of a parameter element. + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + The stored value + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + Value constructor + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + Default constructor + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + A class that holds a Double value of a parameter element. + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + The stored value + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + Value constructor + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + Default constructor + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + A class that holds an Integer value of a parameter element. + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + Default constructor + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + A class that represent an empty (null) value of a parameter element. + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + Tests another instance is of the same value type. + + + The instance to compare with + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + Tests equality with another instance of the same class. + + + The result is always False if the two comparands are of a different value types. + + + The instance to compare with + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + Makes an identical copy of the given parameter value. + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + A class that holds a value of a parameter element. + + + This is a non-instantiable base class. + Classes that actually store a value of a certain type are all + derived from this base class, once class per each value type. + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + Gets the associate family parameter id of the specified connector parameter id. + + + connectorParameterId is defined in the family connector element. + + + Returns valid ElementId if the connectorParameterId associates to one family parameter; otherwise returns invalid ElementId. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets the parameter value of the specified connector parameter id. + + + connectorParameterId is defined in the family connector element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + MEP family connector information. + + + 2017 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The linked connector or if there is no linked connector + + + None of the following disciplines is enabled: Mechanical Electrical Piping. + + + 2016 + + + + + True if this is the secondary connector. + + + 2016 + + + + + True if this is the primary connector. + + + 2016 + + + + + MEP connector information. + + + 2016 + + + + + Gets a MEPCalculationServerInfo by family instance. + + + The family instance. + + + The MEPCalculationServerInfo. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The guid value ("3BF616F9-6B98-4A21-80FF-DA1120C8F6D6") of Use Definition On Type. It is not a server id, but a guid to tell if the loss method is "Use Definition On Type" or not. + If the loss method is "Use Definition On Type", we use the loss method of the family type to calculate. + + + + + The Description of the server. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + + + The Name of the server. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + + + The Id of the server. + + + + + Constructs a new copy of the input MEPCalculationServerInfo object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Create a new MEPCalculationServerInfo by an external server. + + + The external server. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Constructs a new MEPCalculationServerInfo with default settings. + + + + + a struct to hold the information about a MEP calucation servers + + + + + The MEP fitting and accessory pressure drop calculation type. + + + Enum of fitting and accessory pressure drop calculation type. + + + + + To validate the current settings of the fitting and accessory. + + + + + To calculate the default settings of the fitting and accessory. + + + + + To calculate the pressure drop of the fitting and accessory. + + + + + Undefined fitting and accessory pressure drop calculation type. + + + + + Gets all downstream network segments. + + + The list of segments that flow out of this segment. + + + 2024 + + + + + Gets all upstream network segments. + + + The list of segments that flow into this segment. + + + 2024 + + + + + Verified if this segment data has been assigned some valid values afer calculation. + + + True if the segment was assigned valid values, otherwise false. + + + 2024 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The calculated coefficient of this segment, dimensionless. + + + 2024 + + + + + The calculated pressure drop of this segment, in kg/(ft*s^2). + + + 2024 + + + + + The calculated velocity pressure of this segment, in kg/(ft*s^2). + + + 2024 + + + + + The calculated velocity of this segment, in ft/s. + + + 2024 + + + + + The calculated friction factor of this segment, dimensionless. + + + 2024 + + + + + The relative roughness of this segment, dimensionless. + + + 2024 + + + + + The Reynolds number of this segment, dimensionless. + + + 2024 + + + + + The calculated flow state of this segment. + + + 2024 + + + + + The calculated flow of this segment, in ft^3/s. The positive value means the flow is from the start to the end node, the negative value means opposite direction. + + + 2024 + + + + + The section this segment belongs to. + + + 2024 + + + + + Verifies if the segment is on the critical path. + + + 2024 + + + + + Creates a new segment data object based on another object. + + + The other segment data that the new object is based on. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Creates a default segment data object. + + + 2024 + + + + + Represents the analysis data for one network segment. + + + 2024 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The area of the segment profile. + + + 2024 + + + + + The designed flow value, in ft^3/s. + + + 2024 + + + + + The id of the owning Revit element. + + + 2024 + + + + + The id of the end analytical node. + + + 2024 + + + + + The id of the start analytical node. + + + 2024 + + + + + The identity of this segment. + + + 2024 + + + + + The roughness of this segment, in ft. + + + 2024 + + + + + The inner diameter of this segment, in ft. For rectangular or oval profile, this may be the hydraulic diameter. + + + 2024 + + + + + The analytical segment type. + + + 2024 + + + + + The connector domain type of this segment. + + + 2024 + + + + + Represents an analytical segment of the MEP analytical model. + + + 2024 + + + + + The type of analytical segment. + + + 2024 + + + 2024 + + + + + The source equipment (e.g., chiller, boiler, etc.) + + + + + The terminal loss (e.g., radiator, coil, etc.) + + + + + The segment is pump. + + + + + The segment is fitting. + + + + + The segment is undefined. + + + + + The segment is undefined. + + + + + Verify if this node is connected to the other node and thus represents the same analytical node in the network. + + + The other node to be compared. + + + True if two nodes represent the same node of the network. Otherwise false. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The location of this node. + + + 2024 + + + + + Is the flow blocked at this analytical node? + + + 2024 + + + + + Is this node a focal point of multiple branches? + + + 2024 + + + + + The identity used in the MEPAnalyticalSegment + + + 2024 + + + + + Represents an analytical node of the MEP analytical model. + + + 2024 + + + + + Gets the MEP analytical model data of the specified element. + + + The element that owns the MEP analytical model data. + + + The MEP analytical model data of this element, null if not available. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Gets the specified analytical node. + + + The node index number by their storing sequence, starting from 0. + + + The returned analytical node. + + + The index must range from 0 to GetNumberOfNodes()-1. + + + 2024 + + + + + Verifies if a valid analytical node id. + + + The node id to be verified. + + + True if valid, otherwise false. + + + 2024 + + + + + Gets the analytical node with the specified id. + + + The node identifier, be aware that this identifier may not be sequentially ordered for all analytical nodes. + + + The returned analytical node. + + + The input must be a valid node id. + + + 2024 + + + + + Returns the number of analytical segments. + + + The total number of + + + 2024 + + + + + Returns the number of analytical nodes. + + + 2024 + + + + + Gets the analysis data on the specified segment. + + + The segment id to be retrieved. + + + The calculated data of this segment. Be aware that the segment data may be invalid if the calculation failed. + + + The input must be a valid segment id. + + + 2024 + + + + + Verifies if a valid segment id. + + + The segment id to be verified. + + + True if the id is a valid segment id, otherwise false. + + + 2024 + + + + + Gets the analytical segment at the specified position. + + + The index where the segment is stored. This index is 0 based. + + + The returned analytical segment. + + + The index must range from 0 to GetNumberOfSegments()-1. + + + 2024 + + + + + Gets the analytical segment with the specified id. + + + The segment id to be retrieved. This id is not 0 based. + + + The returned analytical segment. + + + The input must be a valid segment id. + + + 2024 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Represents the MEP analytical model data attached to individual element. + + + The MEP analytical model is composed of generic analytical segments and nodes. + Each Revit element may have one or more analytical segments. Connected together, + these data form a network that is used in the flow and pressure drop calculation. + + + 2024 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The water loop element id for the water cooled chiller. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020.1 + + + + + The type of water chiller. Note this property change would reset the condenser water loop. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2020.1 + + + + + The type of water loop. Note this property change would reset other properties. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Represents the data and parameters of analytical water loop. + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Returns the air system data, null if not available. + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Returns the water loop data, null if not available. + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Creates a new analytical system + + + The document where the new element will be created. + + + The domain of analytical system to be created. + + + The name of new analytical system. The actual name may be post-fixed if already exists. + + + The newly created analytical system. + + + name cannot include prohibited characters, such as "{, }, [, ], |, ;, less-than sign, greater-than sign, ?, `, ~". + -or- + name is an empty string. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2020.1 + + + + + The type of analytical system. + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Represents an analytical system where the air or water is circulated to satisfy building energy requirements. + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Get all the descendant on duty Electrical Analytical Load ids of the node. + + + 2023 + + + + + Gets the electrical analytical load classification data which used to get demand load detail information of the node. + + + The electrical analytical load classification data. + + + 2023 + + + + + Gets the electrical analytical load scenarios data. + + + The electrical analytical load scenarios data. + + + 2023 + + + + + Get all the descendant Electrical Analytical Load ids of the node. + + + No matter the load is on stand by or not, the load id will be included in the returned load ids set. + + + 2024 + + + + + Verifies that the current node can connect to the upstream node. + + + The upstream node id. + + + True if the current node can connect to the upstream node. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + + + + + Verifies that the current node can disconnect from the upstream node. + + + The upstream node id. + + + True if the current node can disconnect from the upstream node. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + + + + + Gets the downstream node ids. + + + If node B supplies from node A, node B is the downstream node of node A, and node A is the upstream node of node B. + Usually one node may have many downstream nodes, but TransferSwitch can only have one downstream node. + + + The array of downstream node ids. + + + 2023 + + + + + Disconnects from upstream node. + + + The upstream node id to disconnect from. + + + The id is not an analytical distribution node id. + -or- + The analytical distribution node can not disconnect from the upstream node. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + + + + + Connects to upstream node. + + + The upstream node id. + + + The id is not an analytical distribution node id. + -or- + The analytical distribution node is full of downstream nodes. + -or- + The analytical distribution node can not connect to the upstream node. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The analytical distribution node is full of upstream nodes. + + + 2023 + + + + + Gets upstream node ids. + + + If node B supplies from node A, node B is the downstream node of node A, and node A is the upstream node of node B. + Usually one node only has one upstream node, but TransferSwitch may have two upstream nodes. + + + The array of upstream node ids. + + + 2023 + + + + + Gets the electrical analytical node property data, if not available. + + + These types have special data: + BusTransferSwitchEquipmentLoad + + The electrical analytical node property data. + + + 2023 + + + + + Creates an electrical analytical node. + + + The document where the new element will be created. + + + The type of electrical analytical node to be created. + + + The name of new electrical analytical node. The actual name may be post-fixed if already exists. + + + The newly created electrical analytical node. + + + document is not a project document. + -or- + name cannot include prohibited characters, such as "{, }, [, ], |, ;, less-than sign, greater-than sign, ?, `, ~". + -or- + name is an empty string. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2023 + + + + + The Total Connected Load. + + + 2023 + + + + + The type of electrical analytical node. + + + 2023 + + + + + Represents an electrical analytical node under the Analytical Power Distribution in the System Browser. + + + This represents one of any number of types, as specified by the ElectricalAnalyticalNodeType. + Some of those types will have AnalyticalDistributionNodePropertyData while others will not, and if they do have data they can be downcast to a specific subclass of data to be used. + + + 2023 + + + + + Finds the analytical connection type by its name. + + + The document where the analytical conneciton type is expected. + + + The name of the expected analytical connection type. + + + The element id of matched analytical connection type, otherwise invalidElementId. + + + name is an empty string. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Checks if this is an unused name. + + + The document. + + + The name to be verified. + + + True if not used by an existing analytical connection type in this document, false if used. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Creates an analytical connection type element. + + + The newly created type would have the default pressure loss being 0. + Use ElementType.duplicate to copy from any existing type. + + + The document. + + + The name of the analytical type to be created. + + + The created analytical connection type element. + + + This name is already used by an existing analytical connection type in the document. + -or- + name cannot include prohibited characters, such as "{, }, [, ], |, ;, less-than sign, greater-than sign, ?, `, ~". + -or- + name is an empty string. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + The pressure loss of this analytical connection type. + + + When setting this property: The given value for pressureLoss must be non-negative. + + + 2018 + + + + + Represents an analytical connection type between mechanical equipment and piping network. + + + 2018 + + + + + Gets MEP connector information. + + + Returns if there is no MEP connector information associated. + + + 2016 + + + + + Gets fabrication connectivity information. + + + Returns if there is no fabrication connector information associated. + + + 2016 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The pressure drop of the connector. + + + Instantaneous pressure drop of this connector, calculated according to system. + + + This connector does not support flow calculation and associated properties. + + + + + The coefficient of the connector. + + + Instantaneous coefficient of this connector, calculated according to system. + + + This connector does not support flow calculation and associated properties. + + + + + The velocity pressure of the connector. + + + Instantaneous velocity pressure of this connector,calculated according to system. + + + This connector does not support flow calculation and associated properties. + + + + + The direction of the connector. + + + Instantaneous direction of this connector, calculated according to system. + + + This connector does not support flow calculation and associated properties. + + + + + The flow of the connector. + + + Instantaneous flow at this connector, calculated according to system. + + + This connector does not support flow calculation and associated properties. + + + + + A unique identifier to identify this connector. + + + 2016 + + + + + The description. + + + 2015 + + + + + Indicates if the connector is a utility connector. + + + 2015 + + + + + Indicates if the connector allows the slope adjustment. + + + 2015 + + + + + Connector gasket length. When applicable, it represents the distance from the end of the fabrication part to the center of the gasket. Otherwise it returns zero. + + + 2024 + + + + + Connector engagement length. When applicable, it represents the inset distance to the end of the fabrication part from the connection point. Otherwise it returns zero. + + + + Identifies if the connector is connected to the specified connector. + +Thrown when the argument is . + + + + Remove connection between two connectors. + Indicate the connector, connection will be removed from. + +Thrown when argument is . + + +Argument is invalid. + + +Thrown when no connection between these two connector. +Thrown on failure to remove the connection between these two connectors. + + + + Make connection between two connectors. + Indicate the connector will be connected to. + +Thrown when argument is . + + +Argument is invalid. + + +Thrown when two connectors with different domain types. +Thrown when these two connectors fail to connect each other. +Thrown when connection already exists. + + Connection success may create a new Fitting between two connectors, if necessary. + + + whether the connector can be moved. + Only connectors of type EndConn can be moved. + + + The angle of the Connector. + +Thrown when the connector's domain is not DomainHvac, DomainPiping, or DomainCableTrayConduit. +Thrown when set value for the connector not in family instance. + + +Thrown when setting an invalid value. + + +Thrown on failure to set angle. + + Angle may be assigned for connectors of some family instances. +In order to set this property, it must be mapped to a writable instance parameter in the family definition. +For a connector obtained from a non-family instance (for example not a fitting, but instead a pipe, duct, or +cable tray), the value will always be zero. Non-zero angles are only valid for family instance fitting connectors. + + + The assigned kCoefficient of the connector. + +Thrown when the connector's domain is not DomainPiping. +Thrown when the connector is not in a family instance. + + +Thrown when set an invalid value. + + +Thrown on failure to get or set kCoefficient. + + Assigned kCoefficient may be assigned for connectors of some family instances, for more information. +In order to set this property, it must be mapped to a writable instance parameter in the family definition. + + + The assigned fixture units of the connector. + +Thrown when the connector's domain is not DomainPiping. +Thrown when the connector is not in a family instance. + + +Thrown when set an invalid value. + + +Thrown on failure to get or set assigned fixture units. + + Assigned fixture units may be assigned for connectors of some family instances. + + + The assigned flow of the connector. + +Thrown when the connector's domain is not DomainPiping or DomainHvac. +Thrown when the connector is not in a family instance. + + +Thrown when set an invalid value. + + +Thrown on failure to get or set assigned flow. + + Assigned flow may be assigned for connectors of some family instances. +In order to set this property, it must be mapped to a writable instance parameter in the family definition. + + + The assigned pressure drop of the connector. + +Thrown when the connector is not in a family instance. +Thrown when the connector's domain is not DomainHvac or DomainPiping. + + +Thrown when set an invalid value. + + +Thrown on failure to get or set assigned pressure drop. + + Assigned pressure drop may be assigned for connectors of some family instances. +In order to set this property, it must be mapped to a writable instance parameter in the family definition. + + + The pipe loss method of the connector. + +Thrown when the connector's domain is not DomainPiping. +Thrown when the connector is not in a family instance. + + +Thrown on failure to get pipe loss method. + + Assigned duct pipe loss method may be assigned for connectors of some family instances. + + + The duct loss method of the connector. + +Thrown when the connector's domain is not DomainHvac. +Thrown when the connector is not in family instance. + + +Thrown on failure to get duct loss method. + + Assigned duct loss method may be assigned for connectors of some family instances. + + + The assigned duct flow configuration of the connector. + +Thrown when the connector's domain is not DomainHvac. +Thrown when the connector is not in a family instance. + + +Thrown on failure to get duct flow configuration. + + Assigned duct flow configuration may be assigned for connectors of some family instances. + + + The pipe flow configuration type of the connector. + +Thrown when the connector's domain is not DomainPiping. +Thrown when the connector is not in a family instance. + + +Thrown on failure to get pipe flow configuration. + + Assigned pipe flow configuration may be assigned for connectors of some family instances. + + + The assigned loss coefficient of the connector. + +Thrown when the connector's domain is not DomainHvac. +Thrown when the connector is not in a family instance. + + +Thrown when set an invalid value. + + +Thrown on failure to get or set assigned loss coefficient. + + Assigned loss coefficient may be assigned for connectors of some family instances, for more information. +In order to set this property, it must be mapped to a writable instance parameter in the family definition. + + + The assigned flow factor of this connector. + +Thrown when get assigned flow factor from a connector not in family instance. +Thrown when the connector's domain is not DomainHvac or DomainPiping. + + +Throw when set an invalid value. + + +Thrown on failure to get or set assigned flow factor. + + Assigned flow factor may be assigned for connectors of some family instances. +In order to set this property, it must be mapped to a writable instance parameter in the family definition. + + + Identifies if the connector is physically connected to a connector on another element. + +Thrown when the connector's type is LogicalConn. + + + + The system of the connector belong to. + +Thrown on failure to get system. + + + + The connector manager of the connector. + +Thrown on failure to get connector manager. + + + + The demand of the connector. + +Thrown when the connector's domain is not DomainPiping. + + +Thrown on failure to get demand. + + Instantaneous demand at this connector, calculated according to system. + + + The pipe system type of the connector. + +Thrown when the connector's domain is not DomainPiping. + + +Thrown on failure to get pipe system type. + + Instantaneous system type at this connector, calculated according to system. For unconnected connectors, +system type is undefined. + + + The electrical system type of the connector. + +Thrown when the connector's domain is not of DomainElectrical. + + +Thrown on failure to get electrical system type. + + Instantaneous system type at this connector, calculated according to system. For unconnected connectors, +system type is undefined. + + + The duct system type of the connector. + +Thrown when the connector's domain is not DomainHvac. + + +Thrown on failure to get duct system type. + + This is the instantaneous system type at this connector, calculated according to system. For unconnected connectors, +the system type is undefined. + + + The assigned flow direction of the connector. + +Thrown when the connector is not in a family instance. +Thrown when the connector's domain is not DomainHvac or DomainPiping. + + +Thrown on failure to get assigned flow direction. + + Flow direction may be assigned for connectors of some family instances. + + + The radius of the connector. + +Thrown when the connector's shape is not round. + + +Thrown when the argument is invalid. + + +Thrown on failure to set radius. + + In order to set this property, it must be mapped to a writable instance parameter in the family definition. + + + The height of the connector. + +Thrown when the connector's shape is not rectangular. + + +Thrown when the argument is invalid. + + +Thrown on failure to set height. + + In order to set this property, it must be mapped to a writable instance parameter in the family definition. + + + The width of the connector. + +Thrown when the connector's shape is not rectangular. + + +Thrown when the argument is invalid. + + +Thrown on failure to set width. + + In order to set this property, it must be mapped to a writable instance parameter in the family definition. + + + The shape of the connector. + + + The connector type of the connector. + + + All references of the connector. + A set of connectors that the connectors is connected to, including both physical connection and logical connection. + + + The domain of the connector. + + + The host of the connector. + The element that contains this connector. It may also contain other connectors. + + + The coordinate system of the connector. + +Thrown when the connector is of logical type. + + +Thrown on failure to get coordinate system. + + The coordinate system's origin is the location of the connector +and the Z-axis is normal to the connector. + + + The location of the connector. + +Thrown when connector's type is NonEndConn. +Thrown when the connector is a part of a family instance. + + +Thrown when the assigned origin is invalid. + + +Thrown on failure to set origin. + + Changing the location of the connector may lead to changes of location + and geometry for the connector's host element and the hosts for other elements + the element is connected to. + + + + A connector in an Autodesk Revit MEP project document. + + + This connector is an item that is a part of another element (duct, pipe, fitting, or equipment etc.). + This connector does not represent the connector element that can be created inside a family; + for that element, refer to . + + + + + + + + The radius of the connector. + +Thrown when the connector's shape is not round. + + This property is used to retrieve the radius of the connector. + + + The height of the connector. + +Thrown when the connector's shape is not rectangular. + + This property is used to retrieve the height of the connector. + + + The width of the connector. + +Thrown when the connector's shape is not rectangular. + + This property is used to retrieve the width of the connector. + + + The shape of the connector. + +Throw when this connector has no shape. + + This property is used to retrieve the shape of the connector. + + + The domain of the connector. + This property is used to retrieve the domain of the connector. + + + The location of the connector in family document. + This property is used to retrieve the origin of the connector. + + + The coordinate system of the connector. + The Z axis of the coordinate system is the normal to the plane of the connector. + + + An interface which provides access to connector in Autodesk Revit MEP document. + This interface is shared by Connector, +ConnectorElement. + + + + Gets the flow value of this analytical connection. + + + If the network flow is asynchronously calculated, this method would wait until the calculation is completed. + This ensures the returned flow value is always up to date. + + + The flow value. + + + 2018 + + + + + Creates new analytical connections between the equipment connector and the nearest point on the curves. + + + The document where the new elements are created. + + + The type of new analytical connections. + + + The open equipment connectors to be analytically connected. + + + The curves which the equipment is connected to. + + + The new analytical connection elements. + + + Invalid connection type. + -or- + Not all connectors support the analytical connection. + -or- + No connector included. + -or- + Not all elements are valid curve ids. + -or- + No curve included. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Checks if the connector can support the analytical connection. + + + The testing connector. + + + True if the connector can support the network flow/pressure analysis, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Creates a new analytical connection between two open connectors. + + + The document where the new element is created. + + + The type of new analytical connection. + + + The open connector on the equipment side, whose level is inherited by the analytical connection. + + + The open connector on the network. + + + The newly created analytical connection element. + + + Invalid connection type. + -or- + The connector does not support analytical connection. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Represents an analytical element that connects mechanical equipment to piping network. + + + The analytical connection takes mechanical equipment into account of network flow/pressure analysis. + The connection remains the same even if the mechanical equipment moves and rotates. It enables a + fast establishment of piping network to analyze the flow and pressure, especially at the early stage + of the design process. + + + 2018 + + + + The system of the MEP curve. + Returns the system of this MEP curve. +If the curve does not belong to any systems, the value will be . +If the curve belongs to more than one system, the first available value is returned. + + + The reference level of the MEP curve. + This property is used to retrieve the reference level of the MEP curve. +If the curve is not in a horizontal plane, this value will be the start point's reference level. + + + The offset of the MEP curve. + This property is used to retrieve the offset of the MEP curve. +If the curve is not in a horizontal plane, this value will be the start point's offset. + + + The diameter of the MEP curve. + +Thrown when the MEP curve's Shape is not round. + + This property is used to retrieve the diameter of the MEP curve. + + + The height of the MEP curve. + +Thrown when the MEP curve's Shape is not rectangular. + + This property is used to retrieve the height of the MEP curve. + + + The width of the MEP curve. + +Thrown when the MEP curve's shape is not rectangular. + + This property is used to retrieve the width of the MEP curve. + + + The connector manager of this MEP curve. + + + A curve object for duct or pipe blend elements. + The curve object is only available in the Autodesk Revit MEP product. + + + + Checks whether an ADocument has InventorLinkAppInfo added. + + + True if an ADocument has InventorLinkAppInfo added, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Retrieves "TranslationInfo" from the InventorLinkAppInfo. + + + ADocument that contains InventorLinkAppInfo. + + + Returns the serialized XML data that contains snapshot stream, model service settings + and other data related to the translation (named "TranslationInfo" in ATFRevitRCE Host/Broker). + + + The input ADocument has no InventorLinkAppInfo added. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Sets "TranslationInfo" to the InventorLinkAppInfo. + + + ADocument that contains InventorLinkAppInfo. + + + The serialized XML data that contains snapshot stream, model service settings + and other data related to the translation (named "TranslationInfo" in ATFRevitRCE Host/Broker). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + This class contains methods that can set the serialized XML data named + "TranslationInfo" to the InventorLinkAppInfo from the ATFRevitRCE Host/Broker + and can retrieve the "TranslationInfo" that is stored in the InventorLinkAppInfo. + + + 2022 + + + + + Returns true if the ElevationMarker has at least one elevation view, false otherwise. + + + True if the ElevationMarker has at least one elevation view, false otherwise. + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns true if a new elevation ViewSection can be placed at %index%, returns false otherwise. + + + False will be returned if the %index% is already occupied or if %index% is out of range for the ElevationMarker. + + + The index of the ElevationMarker which will be checked. + + + True if an elevation can be created at %index%, false otherwise. + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns the ViewSection id for the index of the ElevationMarker. + + + The index of the ElevationMarker for which a ViewSection id will be returned. + + + ViewSection id of the view at the ElevationMarker index, invalid element id otherwise. + + + The index index is out of range for this ElevationMarker. + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a reference elevation on the ElevationMarker at the desired index. + + + The document to which the new reference elevation will be added. + + + The index on the ElevationMarker where the reference elevation will be placed. + + + The view which will be referenced. + + + The ElementId viewIdToReference does not correspond to a View. + -or- + This view cannot be referenced by elevations. + -or- + index is occupied or out of range. + -or- + Elevation view creation is not allowed in this family. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Only reference elevations can be hosted on this ElevationMarker. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a new elevation ViewSection on the ElevationMarker at the desired index. + + + The ViewFamilyType for the new elevation ViewSection is inherited from the ElevationMarker. + The new elevation ViewSection will receive a unique view name. + + + The document to which the new elevation ViewSection will be added. + + + The id of a ViewPlan in which the ElevationMarker is visible. The new elevation ViewSection will derive its extents + and inherit settings from the ViewPlan. + + + The index on the ElevationMarker where the new elevation ViewSection will be placed. + The index on the ElevationMarker must be valid and unused. + View direction is determined by the index. + + + The new elevation ViewSection. + + + The ElementId viewPlanId does not correspond to a ViewPlan. + -or- + index is occupied or out of range. + -or- + Elevation view creation is not allowed in this family. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Only reference elevations can be hosted on this ElevationMarker. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a new ElevationMarker. + + + The document to which the new ElevationMarker will be added. + + + This ViewFamilyType will be used by all elevations hosted on the new ElevationMarker. + + + The desired origin for the ElevationMarker. + + + The ViewPlan in which the reference ElevationMarker will appear. Reference ElevationMarkers only appear in one view. + + + The new ElevationMarker. + + + The ElementId viewPlanId does not correspond to a ViewPlan. + -or- + This view family type is not appropriate for ElevationMarkers. + -or- + Elevation view creation is not allowed in this family. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a new ElevationMarker. + + + The document to which the new ElevationMarker will be added. + + + This ViewFamilyType will be used by all elevations hosted on the new ElevationMarker. + + + The desired origin for the ElevationMarker. + + + This view scale will be automatically applied to new elevations created on the ElevationMarker. + The scale is the ratio of true model size to paper size. + + + The new ElevationMarker. + + + This view family type is not appropriate for ElevationMarkers. + -or- + The denominator X of the view scale 1/X must be in the range 1 to 24,000. + -or- + Elevation view creation is not allowed in this family. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Indicates if this is a reference ElevationMarker. + Only reference elevations can be hosted by reference ElevationMarkers. + + + 2013 + + + + + The maximum number of views that can be hosted by this ElevationMarker. + + + 2013 + + + + + The current number of views hosted by this ElevationMarker. + + + 2013 + + + + + ElevationMarkers either host elevation ViewSection views or view references. + + + ElevationMarkers store the ViewFamilyType which will be used by all elevations + hosted on the ElevationMarker. + The orientation of an ElevationMarker is determined by the orientation of the views + it hosts. You can check the orientation of any view by getting View.ViewDirection. + To reorient the ElevationMarker and all of the views it hosts, call + ElementTransformUtils.RotateElement with the ElevationMarker as an argument. + + + 2013 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The upper limit of the range + + + 2015 + + + + + The lower limit of the range + + + 2015 + + + + + A class to define a range of a sequence of consecutive integer numbers + + + 2015 + + + + + Return ids of the instances with unattached voids cutting the element. + + + The element being cut + + + Ids of instances with unattached voids that cut this element + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Return ids of the elements being cut by the instance + + + The cutting family instance + + + Ids of elements being cut by cuttingInstance + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Check whether the instance is cutting the element + + + The element being cut + + + The cutting family instance + + + Returns true if the instance is cutting the element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Remove a cut applied to the element by a cutting instance with unattached voids. + + + The document containing the two elements + + + The element being cut + + + The cutting family instance + + + No instance void cut exists between the two elements. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Failed to remove the instance cut from the element + + + 2011 + + + + + + + + + Add a cut to an element using the unattached voids inside a cutting instance. + + + The document containing the two elements + + + The element to be cut + + + The cutting family instance + + + The element cannot be cut with a void instance. + -or- + The element is not a family instance with an unattached void that can cut. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This method may not be called during dynamic update. + + + Failed to cut element with the instances + + + 2011 + + + + + + + + + Indicates if the element is a family instance with unattached voids that can cut other elements. + + + A family instance can cut if the family has unattached voids and the family's parameter + "Cut with Voids When Loaded" is checked. + + + The cutting family instance + + + Returns true if the element is a family instance with unattached voids that can cut other elements. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Indicates if the element can be cut by an instance with unattached voids. + + + Elements in a project can be cut if they are host elements or family instances + with a category Generic Model or one of the structural categories. + + + The element to be cut + + + Returns true if the element can be cut by an instance with unattached voids. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Utilities for cutting elements by unattached voids in family instances. + + + 2011 + + + + + The allowed values for the INSERT_ORIENTATION parameter. + + + + + Insert is aligned with the Tapered wall's interior face. + + + + + Insert is aligned with the Tapered wall's exterior face. + + + + + Insert is aligned with the Slanted wall's slant direction. + + + + + Insert is vertical regardless of the wall's slant. + + + + + The wattage value. + + + The wattage value in W as a numerical value between 0 and 1e+30. + + + When setting this property: The wattage value is not valid because it is not between 0 and 1e+30. + + + 2013 + + + + + The efficacy value. + + + The efficacy value in lm/W as a numerical value greater than 0.0 and less than 1.0e+10. + + + When setting this property: The efficacy value is not valid because it is not between 0 and 1e+30. + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a copy of the given initial wattage intensity object + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates an initial wattage intensity object with the given values. + + + The universal unit efficacy value as a numerical value between 0 and 1e+30. + + + The universal unit wattage value as a numerical value between 0 and 1e+30. + + + The efficacy value is not valid because it is not between 0 and 1e+30. + -or- + The wattage value is not valid because it is not between 0 and 1e+30. + + + 2013 + + + + + This class encapsulates initial wattage intensity calculation. + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks whether the given Id is an acceptable starting view. InvalidElementId corresponds to "Last Viewed" and is therefore also acceptable. + + + Model views (such as plans, ceiling plans, sections, elevations, and 3d views) are acceptable. + In addition, drafting views, sheets, legends, schedules, and graphical column schedules are generally acceptable. + Special views such as the project browser, system navigator, reports, revision schedules, internal schedules, + sheets that are not actually in use, and views that belong to a family are not acceptable. + + + The Id of the element to check. + + + True if the view is acceptable, False if it is not. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Returns the starting view settings for the specified document. + + + The document to get the settings from, which must be a project document. + + + The starting view settings for the document. + + + doc is not a project document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Indicates the specific view that will be opened when the model is loaded. InvalidElementId indicates + that no view has been specified. In that case, Revit will open the last views that were open at the + time the file was saved. + + + Note that InvalidElementId will cause Revit to open the same view it would have used + in Revit 2011 and prior releases. + + + When setting this property: viewId is not an acceptable starting view for this model. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + The initial view settings for a document dictate which view will initially be open when this model + is opened. These settings are available for all Revit project documents. + + + If worksharing is enabled, the same settings will be used by the central model and all + local files and the settings will live in the Project Info workset. + + + 2012 + + + + + The luminosity value. + + + The luminosity value in cd as a numerical value between 0 and 1e+30. + + + When setting this property: The luminosity value is not valid because it is not between 0 and 1e+30. + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a copy of the given initial luminous intensity object + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates an initial luminous intensity object with the given document and luminosity values. + + + The luminosity value in cd as a numerical value between 0 and 1e+30. + + + The luminosity value is not valid because it is not between 0 and 1e+30. + + + 2013 + + + + + This class encapsulates initial luminous intensity calculation. + + + 2013 + + + + + The illuminance intensity value. + + + The illuminance value in lx as a numerical value between 0 and 1e+30. + + + When setting this property: The illuminance value is not valid because it is not between 0 and 1e+30. + + + 2013 + + + + + The illuminance intensity distance value. + + + The illuminance distance value in feet as a numerical value between 0 and 1e+30. + + + When setting this property: The distance value is not valid because it is not between 0 and 1e+30. + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a copy of the given initial illuminance intensity object + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates an initial illuminance intensity object with the given document and illuminance values. + + + The illuminance distance value in feet as a numerical value between 0 and 1e+30. + + + The illuminance value in lx as a numerical value between 0 and 1e+30. + + + The distance value is not valid because it is not between 0 and 1e+30. + -or- + The illuminance value is not valid because it is not between 0 and 1e+30. + + + 2013 + + + + + This class encapsulates initial illuminance intensity calculation. + + + 2013 + + + + + The flux intensity value. + + + The flux value in lm as a numerical value between 0 and 1e+30. + + + When setting this property: The flux intensity value is not valid because it is not between 0 and 1e+30. + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a copy of the given initial flux intensity object + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates an initial flux intensity object with the given document and flux values. + + + The flux value in lm as a numerical value between 0 and 1e+30. + + + The flux intensity value is not valid because it is not between 0 and 1e+30. + + + 2013 + + + + + This class encapsulates initial flux intensity calculation. + + + 2013 + + + + + Places a tag in a Generic Annotation mode. + + + The document to which the tag will be added. + + + The id for element type. + + + The view in which the tag will be visible. + + + The host reference of the tag. The reference must be local to an element or subelement. + + + The position of the tag + + + The angle of the tag + + + If successful the new tag is returned. + + + The ElementId ownerDBViewId does not correspond to a View. + -or- + The ElementId ownerDBViewId is a view template. + -or- + The ElementId ownerDBViewId is a perspective view. + -or- + The 3D view ownerDBViewId is not locked. + -or- + Invalid ElementType Id. + -or- + Invalid reference. + -or- + Linked reference is not allowed. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Tag creation failed. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2024 + + + + + Set tag's leader that points to specified reference to be visible or not. This option can be set only if the LeadersPresentationMode is ShowSpecificLeaders. + + + The reference which is tagged. + + + True for showing the leader, false to hide it. + + + The specified reference is not currently tagged. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The IndependentTag object does not have a tag behavior. + -or- + The LeadersPresentationMode should be set to ShowSpecificLeaders. + + + 2023 + + + + + Returns if leader that points to specified reference is visible or not. + + + The reference which is tagged. + + + Returns true if leader that points to specified reference is visible, false otherwise. + + + The specified reference is not currently tagged. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The IndependentTag object does not have a tag behavior. + + + 2023 + + + + + Get the host references of the tag. + An array of all the tagged references. + + + The references can be to an element or subelement in a local or linked document. + + + 2022 + + + + + Returns true if the any of the tagged references is a subelement. + + + 2018 + + + + + Checks whether the LeaderEndCondition can be changed. + + + Material tags and material keynotes can only use the free end condition. + + + The leader end condition to check. + + + True if the leader end condition of the tag can be assigned, or false otherwise. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + Get the tagged local elements, if any. + An Element will be provided for each subelement that is being referenced by the tag. + + + All tagged elements from the local document, or for orphan tags and tagged elements in linked documents. + + + 2022 + + + + + Removes the provided list of references from the tag's list of references. + + + References to be removed from tag. + + + The operation failed. Please verify that the references are all tagged before removing them. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The IndependentTag object does not have a tag behavior. + + + 2022 + + + + + Adds the provided list of references to the tag's list of references. + + +

The references must pass the following requirements to be added: + Must not be already tagged.Must be of the same category when TagMode is TM_ADDBY_CATEGORY.Must be taggable by this tag type. + If any of the above rules is not fulfilled, the execution will be stopped and an exception will be thrown

+
+ + References to be tagged. + + + The operation failed. Please verify that the references are all taggable and that they are not already tagged. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The IndependentTag object does not have a tag behavior. + -or- + This type of tag does not support multiple references. + + + 2022 + +
+ + + Set the end position of the tag's leader that points to specified reference. + + + Tags with attached leaders or no leaders do not support leader ends. + for the tag's leader condition. + + + The reference which is tagged. + + + Point representing the end position of tag's leader + + + There is no leader end because the tag does not use a free end leader or the leader is not visible. + -or- + The specified reference is not currently tagged. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The IndependentTag object does not have a tag behavior. + + + 2022 + + + + + Returns the end position of the tag's leader that points to specified reference. + + + Tags with attached leaders or no leaders do not support leader ends. + for the tag's leader condition. + + + The reference which is tagged. + + + Point representing the end position of tag's leader + + + There is no leader end because the tag does not use a free end leader or the leader is not visible. + -or- + The specified reference is not currently tagged. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The IndependentTag object does not have a tag behavior. + + + 2022 + + + + + Set the position of the elbow of the tag's leader that points to specified reference. + If this tag is a multileader tag and the elbows are merged, the input position will be set to all leaders. + + + Straight leaders do not have elbow points. + + + The reference which is tagged. + + + The position of the elbow. + + + The specified reference is not currently tagged. + -or- + The leader for the tagged reference isn't visible. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The IndependentTag object does not have a tag behavior. + + + 2022 + + + + + Returns the position of the elbow of the tag's leader that points to specified reference. + Position of leader's elbow. + + + Straight leaders do not have elbow points. + + + The reference which is tagged. + + + The specified reference does not have a leader or its leader is straight. + -or- + The specified reference is not currently tagged. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The IndependentTag object does not have a tag behavior. + + + 2022 + + + + + Whether the tag's leader that points to the reference has an elbow point or not. + + + True if the reference has a leader with an elbow point, or false otherwise. + + + The specified reference is not currently tagged. + -or- + The leader for the tagged reference isn't visible. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The IndependentTag object does not have a tag behavior. + + + 2022 + + + + + Returns a set of LinkElementId for all tagged elements, if any. A LinkElementId will be provided for each + subelement that is being referenced by the tag. + + + All the returned LinkElementIds will be valid even when is true. + + + Set of all the tagged elements ids for both local and linked files. + + + 2022 + + + + + Returns a set of IDs for all tagged local elements, if any. A local element ID will be provided for each + subelement that is being referenced by the tag. + Set of all the element ids in the local file. + For each subelement a local element id will be provided. + + + 2022 + + + + + Checks if the IndependentTag has a tag behavior. + + + When the IndependentTag object does not have a tag behavior, functions related to references, leaders and orientation will throw an exception. + In this case, the element may be used for geometry augmentation. + The list of functions that would fail if not in tag mode: + + + 2024 + + + + + Places a tag on an element or subelement. + + + The document to which the tag will be added. + + + The id for the FamilySymbol which determines the tag's type. + + + The view in which the tag will be visible. + + + The host reference of the tag. The reference can be to an element or subelement in a local or linked document. + + + When true, the tag will be created with a straight leader with an attached end. + + + The orientation of the tag's head. + + + For tags without leaders, this point is the position of the tag head. + For tags with leaders, this point is the end point of the leader, + and a leader of default length will be created from this point to the tag head. + + + If successful the new tag is returned. + + + The ElementId ownerDBViewId does not correspond to a View. + -or- + The ElementId ownerDBViewId is a view template. + -or- + The ElementId ownerDBViewId is a perspective view. + -or- + The 3D view ownerDBViewId is not locked. + -or- + The ElementId symId does not correspond to a FamilySymbol. + -or- + The reference can not be tagged. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + Tag creation failed. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2019 + + + + + Places a tag on an element or subelement. + + + Single category tags, multi-category tags and material tags can be placed. + + + The document to which the tag will be added. + + + The view in which the tag will be visible. + + + The host reference of the tag. The reference can be to an element or subelement in a local or linked document. + + + When true, the tag will be created with a straight leader with an attached end. + + + This argument determines the type of tag that will be created. Tag by category, multi-category tag, and material tag are allowed. + + + The orientation of the tag's head. + + + For tags without leaders, this point is the position of the tag head. + For tags with leaders, this point is the end point of the leader, and a leader of default length will be created from this point to the tag head. + + + If successful the new tag is returned. + + + The ElementId ownerDBViewId does not correspond to a View. + -or- + The ElementId ownerDBViewId is a view template. + -or- + The ElementId ownerDBViewId is a perspective view. + -or- + The 3D view ownerDBViewId is not locked. + -or- + The reference can not be tagged. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + Tag creation failed. + + + There is no loaded tag type that can be used when tagging referenceToTag with tagMode. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2018 + + + + + + + + + Identifies if the leaders' elbows are merged or not. If they are are merged, all elbows are in the same point and they move together. + + + The IndependentTag object does not have a tag behavior. + -or- + When setting this property: For this tag leaders are not allowed. + -or- + When setting this property: Can't merge elbows for tags that are part of a multi-reference annotation. + + + 2023 + + + + + Identifies the Presentation Mode that is applied to tag leaders. + + + When setting this property: The LeadersPresentationMode LeadersPresentationMode.ShowOnlyOne or LeadersPresentationMode.ShowSpecificLeaders can't be set to a tag with only one leader. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + The IndependentTag object does not have a tag behavior. + -or- + When setting this property: For this tag leaders are not allowed. + + + 2023 + + + + + The rotation angle of the tag relative to its view + + + When setting this property: Angle can only be changed for AnyModelDirection orientation + + + 2022 + + + + + Returns if the tag if referencing multiple elements and/or sub-elements. + + + 2022 + + + + + The leader end condition of the tag, such as if the end of the leader is attached to the host or free floating. + + + enumerates the supported leader end conditions. + Material tags and material keynotes can only use the free end condition. + + + When setting this property: LeaderEndCondition cannot be assigned. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + The IndependentTag object does not have a tag behavior. + + + + + Identifies if a tag has at least one visible leader, or if all leaders are hidden. + + + True if at least one leader is visible, false if all leaders are hidden. Setting the property to true, it will make all leaders visible. + + + When setting this property: The IndependentTag object does not have a tag behavior. + -or- + When setting this property: For this tag leaders are not allowed. + + + + + The position of the head of tag in model coordinates. + + + The depth of the tag head position in the view does not matter + because tags are drawn over model geometry in the view. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + + + The tag orientation of the tag's head, such as horizontal or vertical. + + + for the supported orientations. + Tags from types that have rotate with component turned on ignore the TagOrientation property. + Tags that are not in tag mode ignores the TagOrientation property. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + Identifies if the tag is orphaned or not. + + + Orphaned tags are those tags that are associated with one or more linked host that is missing. + Tags become orphaned when one or more associated linked host is missing from the link. + + + + + Identifies if it is a multi-category tag or not. + + + + + Identifies if it is a material tag or not. + + + + + The text associated with the tag. If there are several strings assiciated with the tag, the strings will be returned concatenated. + + + The IndependentTag object does not have a tag behavior. + -or- + The tagging element is in the link. + + + + + The multi-reference annotation which owns this tag. + + + for more information. + + + + + Represents tag annotations in Revit. + + + IndependentTag represents single-category tags, multi-category tags, material tags, and zone tags. + IndependentTag is also the base class for other annotations like keynote tags and span symbols. + Room, area and space tags are not derived from IndependentTag. for more information. + + + + + The modes of tag creation that are supported for IndependentTags. + + + + + Add a material tag. + + + + + Add a multi-category tag. + + + + + Add a single category tag. + + + + + An enumerated type listing tag orientation options that are supported by IndependentTags. + + + + + The orientation of tag is Model. + + + + + The Orientation of tag is Vertical. + + + + + The Orientation of tag is Horizontal. + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The path to the image file to be used. + This must be an absolute path to a location on disk. + + + When setting this property: The file format specified by imagePath is an unsupported format - only *.bmp files are supported. + -or- + When setting this property: The file path specified by imagePath is not absolute. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + When setting this property: The file specified by imagePath doesn't exist. + + + 2022 + + + + + The position of the in-canvas control in model coordinates. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Constructs an InCanvasControlData with specific values assigned. + + + File path with the image to be used. + This must be an absolute path to a location on disk. + + + The position to be used. + + + The file format specified by imagePath is an unsupported format - only *.bmp files are supported. + -or- + The file path specified by imagePath is not absolute. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The file specified by imagePath doesn't exist. + + + 2022 + + + + + Constructs an InCanvasControlData with specific values assigned. + + + File path with the image to be used. + This must be an absolute path to a location on disk. + + + The file format specified by imagePath is an unsupported format - only *.bmp files are supported. + -or- + The file path specified by imagePath is not absolute. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The file specified by imagePath doesn't exist. + + + 2022 + + + + + Represents a collection of data which is used by to create and update an in-canvas control. + + +

So far, only bitmap file is supported for . The rendered image is the same size + in pixel dimensions as the original one. To get a better result, the caller should prepare the image with proper size, for exmaple: 32x32 or 64x64 in pixels, + before use. To achive a "transparent" backgound color effect over the provided bitmap, the bitmap should use color RGB(0, 128, 128) as its background and + it will be cleared during rendering by Revit.

+
+ + 2022 + +
+ + + Returns the current Revit instance's ImportIFCOptions. + + + The ImportIFCOptions for the current Revit instance. + + + 2024 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies the engine to use while doing a Link IFC operation. + + + This setting allows the user to revert to the legacy Revit link IFC code + when linking in IFC files, to preserve old behavior. There are three supported + options: + Default: let Revit decide the best processor. + Legacy: use only the legacy Revit Link IFC processor. + AnyCAD: use AnyCAD to help Link IFC files. + Any other value (or no entry) will behave as "Default". + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Provides access to settings that control linking and opening IFC files. + + + These settings are stored in the Revit.ini file. All documents in Revit instances which use this Revit.ini will follow these settings. + + + 2024 + + + + + Checks whether a PathType enum value will be valid to + use with this ExternalFileReference. + + + + PathType.Server is only valid for ExternalFileReferences of type ExternalFileReferenceType.RevitLink + PathType.Content is only valid for ExternalFileReferences of type ExternalFileReferenceType.KeynoteTable, + ExternalFileReferenceType.AssemblyCodeTable and ExternalFileReferenceType.Decal + + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + Checks an ExternalFileReference to see if it is + properly created. + + + The following restrictions exist: + PathType.Server is only valid for ExternalFileReferences of type ExternalFileReferenceType.RevitLink PathType.Content is only valid for ExternalFileReferences of type ExternalFileReferenceType.KeynoteTable, + ExternalFileReferenceType.AssemblyCodeTable or ExternalFileReferenceType.Decal Keynote tables, assembly code tables and Decals (ExternalFileReferenceType.KeynoteTable, + ExternalFileReferenceType.AssemblyCodeTable and ExternalFileReferenceType.Decal) may only be + LinkedFileStatus.Loaded or LinkedFileStatus.NotFound. + + The ExternalFileReference to be checked + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Gets the ElementId corresponding to the element which + this ExternalFileReference is associated with. + + + 2012 + + + + + Returns a LinkedFileStatus.Enum corresponding to the + load status of the referenced file. + + + Options are Invalid, + Loaded, Unloaded, NotFound, or Imported. + + + 2012 + + + + + Returns an absolute path to the referenced file, + regardless of whether the PathType.Enum is relative or absolute. + + + ExternalFileReferences which are taken from a closed document will + report their absolute path as of the last time the document was saved. + + + A full path to the linked model. + + + 2012 + + + + + Gets the path of the link, relative or absolute according + to the link's settings + + + The path of the link. This path will be relative for + relatively-pathed links. + + + 2012 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The type of external file which this object + references. + + + 2012 + + + + + The path type of the link (relative, absolute, or server). + + + 2012 + + + + + A class that contains the details of a reference to a file outside of a given document. + + + 2012 + + + + + Enum class indicating kinds of paths which ExternalFileReferenceType.Material + references can have. + + + 2012 + + + 2012 + + + + + Weathering image, for concrete materials + + + + + Relief pattern, for various material types + + + + + Finish bumps, pattern for various material types + + + + + Bump pattern, for generic materials + + + + + Cutouts image, for generic or metal materials + + + + + Transparency image, for generic materials + + + + + General image, for various material types + + + + + Enum class indicating kinds of external file references + + + 2012 + + + 2012 + + + + + Systems analysis report file path + + + + + The assembly code table (The file which contains assembly code information.) + + + + + Materials are not included as ExternalFileReferences in the 2012 release + + + + + Decals (images which appear only during rendering) + + + + + The keynote table (The file which contains keynote information.) + + + + + DWF markup files + + + + + Linked CAD files + + + + + Revit linked files + + + + + Uninitialized value + + + + + Append geometries to primary import symbol. + Support to reuse the same part of geometries as secondary import symbol + and instatiate with different transforms. + The id of primary import symbol. + The unique name of secondary import symbol. + The geometries to append. + The array of all geometries' layer name. + The array of all instances' transform. + The array of all instances' layer name. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + ImportAXMUtil contains some helper functions exposed to FormItConverter. + + + + + If true the ImageTypeOptions can be used to create or reload an ImageType. + + + This method returns true if all the following checks are true: +
  • The Path points to a file that is a supported image file type.
  • The Path points to a file that is not encrypted, which can happen for PDF files.
  • The Path points to a file that contains the specified PageNumber.
  • Only imported images are allowed in family documents.
+ + The document. + + + Returns True if the options can be used to create or reload an ImageType. False otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020 + +
+ + + Update the external resource reference to an image. + + + An external resource reference to an image. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020 + + + + +

Update the path of the file that specifies the image to be used.

+

The provided string path must specify a local file. The path can be absolute or relative + to the project's location.

+

Additionally, indicate whether the path used by ImageType should be absolute or relative.

+
+ + The file path that specifies the image to be used. + + + True if ImageType should use a relative path, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020 + +
+ + +

Update the path of the file that specifies the image to be used.

+

The provided string path must specify a local file. The path can be absolute or relative + to the project's location. ImageType will respectively use an absolute or relative path.

+
+ + The file path that specifies the image to be used. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020 + +
+ + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates whether the image type is a link or an import. + + + Use this property with the method ImageType::Create to create a linked image type. + Use this property with the method ImageType::ReloadFrom to convert an import image type to a link and vice versa. + Valid values are 'Import' and 'Link'. + + + When setting this property: The ImageType source is not correct. Only Link or Import values are allowed. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2021 + + + + + The Resolution of the image is expressed in dots-per-inch and hence determines the size of a pixel in the image. + + +

+ For raster based image formats (*.bmp, *.jpg, *.jpeg, *.png, *.tif) + the Resolution is used to calculate the size of the image from the number + of pixels in the horizontal and vertical directions. +

+

+ For PDF files, which have a known paper size, the Resolution is used + to control the amount of detail to capture in the image. + Increasing the Resolution of PDF based images will add more + detail to the image, but will also increase the amount of + data stored in the project file. +

+

+ The default value of this property is 72 dpi. +

+
+ + When setting this property: The given value for resolution must be positive. + + + 2020 + +
+ + + The page in the file to be used for the image + + + The default value of this property is 1. This default is appropriate for most file types. + This should be used for files, such as PDF files, that can have multiple pages. + Valid values range from 1 to the number of pages in the file. + + + When setting this property: The given value for pageNumber is not positive. + + + 2020 + + + + + The path of the file that specifies the image to be used. + + + 2020 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of the ImageTypeOptions object. + + +

ImageTypeOptions uses an external resource reference to determine the local path that will be used + to open the image file. The operation to obtain the local path requires the resource to be loaded and is + performed at a later time when the local path is needed, for example, for validation. See also + LoadResource method of .

+

When the provided external resource reference contains a local file path, the information can include + an indication that the path should be treated as a relative path.

+
+ + An external resource reference to an image. + + + Specifies the image type source. Valid values are 'Import' and 'Link'. + + + The ImageType source is not correct. Only Link or Import values are allowed. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2020 + +
+ + +

Constructs a new instance of the ImageTypeOptions object.

+

The provided string path must specify a local file. The path can be absolute or relative + to the project's location.

+

This constructor saves an additional setting that indicates whether the imagetype + will be a link or an import.

+
+ + The file path that specifies the image to be used. + + + True if ImageType should use a relative path, false otherwise. + + + Specifies the image type source. Valid values are 'Import' and 'Link'. + + + The ImageType source is not correct. Only Link or Import values are allowed. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2021 + +
+ + + Represents the options used in ImageType::Create(Document, ImageTypeOptions) + and ImageType.ReloadFrom(ImageTypeOptions) methods. + + +

ImageTypeOptions are used to describe how an ImageType should be created from + an image file.

+

ImageTypeOptions are used to specify the location of the image file to use for the image + using either a string path or an .

+

ImageTypeOptions are used to specify if the file path should be stored as an absolute path, + or a relative path. A relative path is relative to the location of the project file, + unless the file is workshared, in which case the relative path is relative to the location of the central file. + Note that the relative path option is only available if the project file has been saved.

+

ImageTypeOptions are used to specify whether the image should be imported or linked. + For imported images the image data is added to the Revit project file. + For linked images the image data is reloaded everytime the project file is opened. + Linked images are only available if they were reloaded successfully, while imported images are always available.

+

For PDF files the ImageTypeOptions can be used to specify which page in the PDF file to use for the image. + For raster based image files the page number must be 1 (the default).

+

ImageTypeOptions can be used to specify the resolution (in pixels per inch) to use for the image. + For PDF files the resolution is used to determine how many pixels to use + when rasterizing the PDF page. Using a higher resolution will increase the number of pixels. + This will add more detail, but it will also make rendering the image slower. + In addition, it will likely increase the amount of data stored in the project when the image is imported.

+

Raster based images have a fixed number of pixels. + As a result, the resolution has no effect on the amount of detail or the amount of data that is stored. + The resolution is only used to determine the size of image. + Doubling the resolution will make the image appear half the size.

+

When a file is accessed with the help of an external server, it is likely that a local cache of the file will + be created temporarily. ImageTypeOptions may refer to the cached copy of the file internally. For this + reason, ImageTypeOptions should be treated as a transient object whose purpose is to become an argument to + ImageType.Create(Document, ImageTypeOptions) + or ImageType.ReloadFrom(ImageTypeOptions). + An application should not create an ImageTypeOptions object and hold onto it for a long time.

+
+ + 2020 + +
+ + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Identifies which point of the will be aligned to the + + The location of the corners of the image in the model depends on the size and orientation of the + and the orientation of the view it is placed in. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2020 + + + + + The location in the model where a point of the , determined by the property, is going to be inserted. + + + The location represents a point in the model where the will be placed. + The location of the image in the view is determined by the projection of this + point onto the plane of the view. + This means that in a plan view, for example, the z-coordinate has no effect. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020 + + + + + Constructs a new ImagePlacementOptions for placing an + + The location where the image will be placed + + + The point of the image that will be aligned to the location in the view + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2020 + + + + + Constructs a new ImagePlacementOptions that will place an with its center at the origin of the model + + + 2020 + + + + + ImagePlacementOptions are used to describe where an should be placed in a view + + + 2020 + + + + + Check that the view is a valid view for ImageInstance elements + + + The view to validate + + + True if the view can contain ImageInstance elements. False otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020 + + + + + Moves the ImageInstance to the specified location + + + The new location of the specified point + + + The placementPoint specifies which point of the ImageInstance should be placed at the given location. + + + The given newLocation is more than 10 miles from the origin of the model + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2020 + + + + + Returns the location of one of the points of the ImageInstance + + + The placementPoint specifies for which point of the ImageInstance the location should be returned. + + + The location of the specified point + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2020 + + + + + Creates a new ImageInstance element placed in a view. + + + The document. + + + The view in which the image will be placed. + + + The id of the element for this ImageInstance. + + + Options that specify where the ImageInstance should be placed. + + + The new ImageInstance. + + + The given view cannot contain ImageInstance elements + -or- + The given imageTypeId can not be used as a ImageType for ImageInstance elements + -or- + The given placementOptions specify a location that is more than 10 miles from the origin of the model. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2020 + + + + + When true the ImageInstance has snaps that can be enabled with the property + + + Snaps are only available for images based on PDF files that are vector based. + + + 2020 + + + + + When true the ImageInstance will have its snaps enabled, but only if is true + + + When setting this property: The image does not have snaps + + + 2020 + + + + + The layer the ImageInstance will be drawn in. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2020 + + + + + When true the proportion of to will be maintained + + + 2020 + + + + + The factor applied to the to calculate the of the ImageInstance. + + + If is true, then changes to the will also result in changes to the . + + + When setting this property: The given value for heightScale results in a height that is more than 30000 feet. + -or- + When setting this property: The given value for heightScale results in a width that is more than 30000 feet because LockProportions is set to true. + + + When setting this property: The given value for heightScale must be non-negative. + + + 2020 + + + + + The factor applied to the width of the to calculate the of the ImageInstance. + + + If is true, then changes to the will also result in changes to the . + + + When setting this property: The given value for widthScale results in a width that is more than 30000 feet. + -or- + When setting this property: The given value for widthScale results in a height that is more than 30000 feet because LockProportions is set to true. + + + When setting this property: The given value for widthScale must be non-negative. + + + 2020 + + + + + The height of the ImageInstance. + + + If is true, then changes to the will also result in changes to the . + + + When setting this property: The given value for height results in a width that is more than 30000 feet because LockProportions is set to true. + + + When setting this property: The given value for height must be between 0 and 30000 feet. + + + 2020 + + + + + The width of the ImageInstance. + + + If is true, then changes to the will also result in changes to the . + + + When setting this property: The given value for width results in a height that is more than 30000 feet because LockProportions is set to true. + + + When setting this property: The given value for width must be between 0 and 30000 feet. + + + 2020 + + + + + An element that represents an instance of an image placed in a view + + + 2020 + + + + + An enumerated type containing possible DrawLayer options. + + + 2020 + + + 2020 + + + + + Draw in the background layer + + + + + Draw in the foreground layer + + + + + Gets a list of views and sheets to be exported. Used only when ExportRange is SetOfViews. + + + The ids of the views and sheets. + + + 2011 + + + + + Sets a list of views and sheets to be exported. Used only when ExportRange is SetOfViews. + + + The ids of the views and sheets. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Gets the file name that will be produced when exporting a view to an image. + + + The document that owns the view. + + + View which is to be exported as image. + + + The generated exported image file name. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Verify if File name is valid + + + File path to be tested for valid file name + + + True if File name is valid; false otherwise + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Verify if ImageExportOptions object is valid for calling saveToProjectAsImage + + + ImageExportOptions object to be validated + + + Document for view name verification + + + True if ImageExportOptions object is valid for calling saveToProjectAsImage; false otherwise + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The export range defining which view(s) will be exported. + + + Note that SetOfViews is not an acceptable value if these options are used to save an image to a project as a new view. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + Whether or not to create a web site with a page for each export. Used only when ExportRange is SetOfViews. + + + The default is false. + This field is ignored if used to save an image to a project as a new view. + + + 2011 + + + + + The file name and path for the exported file. + + + If ExportRange is SetOfViews, the name of each view or sheet will be + appended to the name provided for each exported file. + This field is ignored if used to save an image to a project as a new view. + + + When setting this property: The input file path is not valid. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + The name of the view to be created. + + + This field is used only to save an image to a project as a new view. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + The fit direction. Used only if ZoomType is FitToPage. + + + The default is Horizontal. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + File type for exported HLR and wireframe views. + + + The default is JPEGMedium. + This field is ignored if used to save an image to a project as a new view. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + The file type for exported shadow views. + + + The default is JPEGMedium. + This field is ignored if used to save an image to a project as a new view. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + The image resolution in dots per inch. + + + The default is DPI_72. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + The pixel size of an image in one direction. Used only if ZoomType is FitToPage. + + + The default is 512 pixels. + + + When setting this property: The PixelSize value is outside the permitted range. + + + 2011 + + + + + The value for Zoom (as a percentage). Used only when ZoomType is Zoom. + + + The default is 50. + + + When setting this property: The Zoom value is outside the permitted range. + + + 2011 + + + + + The zoom type, which defines how the image size is determined. + + + The default is FitToPage. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of the options class used to produce images. + + + 2011 + + + + + This class defines options for exporting views and sheets as an image. + + + 2011 + + + + + This enum is used to define image resolution in order to calculate the image size. + + + This is used only if the Zoom option for ZoomType is set. + + + 2011 + + + + + 600 dpi + + + + + 300 dpi + + + + + 150 dpi + + + + + 72 dpi + + + + + This enum is used to define type of zoom. + + + 2011 + + + + + Calculate the size of the image using physical size of the view, zoom value and resolution. + + + + + Fit the whole view into a specific image size. + + + + + This enum is used to define the direction to fit the number of pixels defined by PixelSize. + + + 2011 + + + + + Fit a specific number of pixels in vertical direction. + + + + + Fit a specific number of pixels in horizontal direction. + + + + + This enum is used to define exported file type. + + + 2011 + + + + + TIFF + + + + + TARGA + + + + + PNG + + + + + JPEG with lower quality picture and small file size + + + + + JPEG with medium quality picture + + + + + JPEG with high quality picture + + + + + BMP + + + + + This enum is used to define what view, part of the view, or list of views will be exported. + + + 2011 + + + + + Export a set of views (set in ViewsAndSheets). + + + + + Export the visible region of the current view. + + + + + Export the current view only (zoom to fit of the current view). + + + + + Implement this method to create transient elements. + + + 2016 + + + + + Implement this method to create transient elements. + + + 2016 + + + + + The interface to be implemented by an application that creates transient element(s) in Revit. + + +

An instance of the implemented interface is passed as an argument to the Document.MakeTransientElements() method, which will call back the Execute method of the interface.

+

During the execution of the method Revit will allow creation of certain elements, such as DirectShape, and will make them automatically transient . See ( for more details about transient elements.)

+

The code within the Execute method is not allowed to modify the model in any other way. An attempt to change the model or create elements of other kinds will result in an exception. This indirectly means that methods using a transaction internally are not allowed either. Such methods include document Save and SaveAs, certain import and export methods, creating links, syncing with central, etc.

+

Regenerating the model is also not allowed for the entire duration of the Execute method.

+

This interface is passed to which does the actual transient element creation.

+
+ + 2016 + +
+ + + This method is called at the end of rolling back a transaction + + + The document associated with the transaction + + + The transaction's name + + + 2011 + + + + + This method is called at the end of committing a transaction + + + The document associated with the transaction + + + The transaction's name + + + 2011 + + + + + This method is called at the end of rolling back a transaction + + + The document associated with the transaction + + + The transaction's name + + + 2011 + + + + + This method is called at the end of committing a transaction + + + The document associated with the transaction + + + The transaction's name + + + 2011 + + + + + An interface that may be used to perform a custom action at the end of a transaction. + A method of the interface will be called when a transaction is either committed or rolled back. + + + 2011 + + + + + Returns the list of Ids of the current elements. + + + Ids of the current elements. Contains the family base element to which the section shape type parameter belongs. + + + 2015 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The current document. + + + 2015 + + + + + The data needed by section type server to perform type definition. + + + 2015 + + + + + The server's method that will be called when Revit User clicks the Section Type parameter's button in the family dialog. + + + The server provides UI way for Revit user to view and modify the detail data corresponding with the parameter value. + The server may also modify the section type parameter value itself during the execution. + The method should always return 'true' if the server is successfully executed, no matter whether the server changes anything. + Return 'false' or if the server throws, indicates a failed case, all changes made by the server will be discarded. + + + The Section Type data. + + + Indicates whether the section type parameter server is executed successfully. + + + 2015 + + + + + The server's method that will be called when Revit User clicks the Section Type parameter's button in the family dialog. + + + The server provides UI way for Revit user to view and modify the detail data corresponding with the parameter value. + The server may also modify the section type parameter value itself during the execution. + The method should always return 'true' if the server is successfully executed, no matter whether the server changes anything. + Return 'false' or if the server throws, indicates a failed case, all changes made by the server will be discarded. + + + The Section Type data. + + + Indicates whether the section type parameter server is executed successfully. + + + 2015 + + + + + Interface for the section type parameter server to implement. + + + 2015 + + + + + Sets the list of description information used to select additional points by some connections. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Returns a list of description information used to select additional points by some connections. + + + 2017 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + States if connection type should display any graphics in Coarse view. + + + 2017 + + + + + States if connection type should display any graphics in Coarse view. + + + 2017 + + + + + Order of connected elements. + + + 2017 + + + + + States if connection type has the automatic code checking implemented. + + + 2017 + + + + + Category of connection elements which use that connection type (most common OST_StructConnections). + + + 2017 + + + + + Description of connection type. + + + 2017 + + + + + Connection Group name + + + 2017 + + + + + Name of connection type. + + + 2017 + + + + + Unique identifier representing connection type. + + + 2017 + + + + Sets the detailed preview image. + System::Windows::Media::Imaging::BitmapImage image to be set. + 2017 + + + Sets the preview image. + System::Windows::Media::Imaging::BitmapImage image to be set. + 2017 + + + + Constructs a new instance of StructuralConnectionTypeInfoData. + + + The unique identifier of connection type. + + + 2017 + + + + + The data describing given connection type, needed by Structural Connections Provider server. + + + It's exposed in internal API. + + + 2017 + + + + + It's exposed in internal API. + + + Enumerated type describing order of connected elements required by connection type. + + + 2017 + + + + + Elements are ordered, starting from primary element. + + + + + There is one primary element. + + + + + All connected elements are equivalent, no special element. + + + + + Adds GUID of the type available for the Connection. + It does not check whether the array already contains given guid, + it is up to the caller to make sure there are no duplicates in the array. + + + 2017 + + + + + Returns the list of guids of available Connection types. + + + Strings representing guids of available connection types. + + + 2017 + + + + + Adds the information about the type available for the Connection. + It does not check whether the array already contains given guid, + it is up to the caller to make sure there are no duplicates in the array. + + + The object containing information about the type available for the Connection. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Returns the list of items with information about types available for the Connection. + + + 2017 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Id of Connection Handler element. + + + 2017 + + + + + The document. + + + 2017 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of StructuralConnectionsProviderData. + + + The document. + + + The Id of Connection Handler element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of StructuralConnectionsProviderData. + + + 2017 + + + + + The data needed by Structural Connections Provider server to return a list of available connection types. + + + It's exposed in internal API. + + + 2017 + + + + + Get arrays of indexes of connected elements describing their order required by the type. + + + 2017 + + + + + Add array of indexes of connected elements describing their order required by the type. + It may contain 1 to N items (where N is the number of connected elements). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + GUID identifying the type. + + + 2017 + + + + + Constructs a StructuralConnectionMatchType. + + + GUID identifying the type. + + + Array of indexes of connected elements describing their order required by the type. + Each array may contain 1 to N items (where N is the number of connected elements). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Constructs a StructuralConnectionMatchType with minimum required information (GUID). + + + GUID identifying the type. + + + 2017 + + + + + Class containing the information about the type available for the Connection. + + + It's exposed in internal API. + + + 2017 + + + + + The method that will be called to check visibility settings for the given connection type. + + + The Connections Provider provides information about visibility settings for the given connection type. + + + The Structural Connections Type Info data. + + + Indicates whether the Structural Connections Provider is executed successfully. + + + 2017 + + + + + The method that will be called to check if given connection type has code checking support + + + The Connections Provider provides information about code checking support status for given connection type. + + + The Structural Connections Type Info data. + + + Indicates whether the Structural Connections Provider is executed successfully. + + + 2017 + + + + + The method that will be called to get detailed information for given connection type. + + + The Connections Provider provides detailed information about given connection type. + + + The Structural Connections Type Info data. + + + Indicates whether the Structural Connections Provider is executed successfully. + + + 2017 + + + + + The method that will be called to get list of available connection types for given connection. + + + The method allows to obtain a list of available connection types from the Connections Provider. + If the passed data contains id of valid Connection Handler the method provides a list of GUIDs of available connections + types which are applicable for this element. Otherwise it provides list of GUIDs of all available connection types. + Provided list of available types is returned via data parameter. + + + The Structural Connections Provider data. + + + Indicates whether the Structural Connections Provider is executed successfully. + + + 2017 + + + + + The method that will be called to check visibility settings for the given connection type. + + + The Connections Provider provides information about visibility settings for the given connection type. + + + The Structural Connections Type Info data. + + + Indicates whether the Structural Connections Provider is executed successfully. + + + 2017 + + + + + The method that will be called to check if given connection type has code checking support + + + The Connections Provider provides information about code checking support status for given connection type. + + + The Structural Connections Type Info data. + + + Indicates whether the Structural Connections Provider is executed successfully. + + + 2017 + + + + + The method that will be called to get detailed information for given connection type. + + + The Connections Provider provides detailed information about given connection type. + + + The Structural Connections Type Info data. + + + Indicates whether the Structural Connections Provider is executed successfully. + + + 2017 + + + + + The method that will be called to get list of available connection types for given connection. + + + The method allows to obtain a list of available connection types from the Connections Provider. + If the passed data contains id of valid Connection Handler the method provides a list of GUIDs of available connections + types which are applicable for this element. Otherwise it provides list of GUIDs of all available connection types. + Provided list of available types is returned via data parameter. + + + The Structural Connections Provider data. + + + Indicates whether the Structural Connections Provider is executed successfully. + + + 2017 + + + + + Interface for the Structural Connection Provider to implement. + + + It's exposed in internal API. + + + 2017 + + + + + The base interface class for all single-server services. + + + + Both single-server and multi-server services may have more than one server + registered for them. The difference between these two kinds is while there can + only be one active server at any given time for a single-sever service, there + may be a set of active servers assigned for a multi-server service. + + ISingleServerService does not have any specific methods (currently) + added to those inherited from the common IExternalService interface. + + + 2013 + + + + + Determines whether Revit should save the link or not prior + to unloading the link locally. + + + The Revit link which has modified shared coordinates. + + + The saving option when unloading locally a linked file which has been modified + in-memory by shared coordinates operations. + + + 2017 + + + + + Determines whether Revit should save the link or not prior + to unloading the link locally. + + + The Revit link which has modified shared coordinates. + + + The saving option when unloading locally a linked file which has been modified + in-memory by shared coordinates operations. + + + 2017 + + + + + An interface that is used to control Revit when trying to unload + locally a Revit link with changes in shared coordinates. + + + 2017 + + + + + Returns the element ids of the RvtLinkSymbols corresponding to the top-level links, + i.e. those that would be listed in the Manage Links dialog. + + + When true top level Revit links are included. + + + When true IFC links are included. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Loads or reloads the Revit link from disk or cloud. + The link will be loaded from the input path. + Provide OpenOptions parameter + + +

The input path must be absolute. Revit will store + an absolute or relative path internally, according + to the link's settings. Revit Server paths or cloud paths are acceptable.

+

If the link is currently loaded, Revit must unload + the link before reloading it. Any changes made in-memory + to the link's shared coordinates will be discarded.

+

Revit does not try to validate that the input path + represents the "same" document. You can load a + completely different document, which may invalidate + references to linked elements.

+

This function regenerates the document.

+

The document's Undo history will be cleared by this command. + As a result, this command and others executed before it cannot be undone. + All transaction phases (e.g. transactions transaction groups and sub-transaction) + that were explicitly started must be finished prior to calling this method.

+
+ + A ModelPath indicating where to load the link from. + This may be a path of local disk, Revit Server or Cloud. + This must be an absolute path for local path. + + + Options for opening the file. + + +

A WorksetConfiguration object indicating which worksets in the + link to open.

+

If you want to load the same set of worksets the link previously + had, leave this argument as .

+ + + An object containing the ElementId of the link + and an enum value indicating any errors + which occurred while trying to load. + + + The input path "path" does not represent a Revit model. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The model cannot be accessed due to lack of access privileges. + + + The function is not permitted during dynamic update. + + + This RevitLinkType is not a top-level link. + -or- + The link "this RevitLinkType" is loaded into multiple documents and cannot be reloaded. + -or- + The element "this RevitLinkType" is in a closed workset. + -or- + The model is not allowed to access. + -or- + There is a transaction phase left open (such as a transaction, sub-transaction of transaction group) + at the time of invoking this method. + -or- + The document is read-only. It cannot be modified. + -or- + The document is in an edit mode or is in family mode. + Revit cannot customize worksets for this model. + Revit cannot link a cloud model to non-cloud model. + + + Could be for any of the reasons that failed on service side. + + + User is not signed in with Autodesk id. + + + User is not authorized to access the specified cloud model. + + + 2012 + +
+ + + Unloads a Revit link for the current user only. + + +

This function unloads the Revit link for the current user, + instead of all users, in the workshared files.

+

If you want to unload the Revit link for all users, please use .

+

This function should not be called on a Revit link:

+ + in a document which is in an edit mode or is in family mode. + in a document which is in dynamic update. + in a document which is read only. + in a document in which there is transaction phase left open. + in a non-workshared file. + in a central model of workshared file. + which is nested. + which is unloaded locally already. + +
+ + A callback indicating what to do if Revit encounters + links which have changes in shared coordinates. The saving options for + unloading locally only could be: save the link, not save the link. + If , Revit will not save any shared coordinates + changes to the link before unloading. + + + Returns true if the attempt to unload the link locally was successful. + + + The model cannot be accessed due to lack of access privileges. + + + The element "this RevitLinkType" is in a ducument which is in dynamic update. + + + The element "this RevitLinkType" is in a family document or a document in in-place edit mode. + -or- + The element "this RevitLinkType" is in a document which is in an edit mode or is in family mode. + -or- + The element "this RevitLinkType" is in a read-only document. + -or- + This functionality is not available in Revit LT. + -or- + The element "this RevitLinkType" is in non-workshared document. + -or- + The element "this RevitLinkType" is not in a local model: the model is not workshared or it is central. + -or- + This RevitLinkType is not a top-level link. + -or- + The link "this RevitLinkType" is locally unloaded for current user already. + -or- + There is a transaction phase left open (such as a transaction, sub-transaction of transaction group) + at the time of invoking this method. + + + 2016 Subscripton Update + +
+ + + Gets the ids of the immediate children of this link. + + + This function only returns the ids of immediate children. Given + the link structure A -> B -> C, then calling this function on A will + only return B's id. + + + The element ids of all links which are linked directly into this one + (immediate children) + + + 2012 + + + + + Gets the id of the top-level link which this link is linked into. + + + This function will always return the id of a top-level link, or invalidElementId. + Given the link structure A -> B -> C, then calling this function on + C will return A's id. Call GetParentId to get B's id. + + + The id of the top-level link which this link is ultimately linked under, + or invalidElementId if this link is a top-level link. + + + 2012 + + + + + Gets the id of this link's immediate parent. + + + This function returns the immediate parent id. Given the link + structure A -> B -> C, then calling this function on C will return + B's id. Call GetRootId to get A's id. + + + The id of the immediate parent of this link, or invalidElementId if + this link is a top-level link. + + + 2012 + + + + + Returns the ElementId of the (top-level) linked model with the given + ExternalResourceReference. + + +

This function will not return nested links.

+

Revit will not check the version when checking for + resource equality.

+
+ + The document to look for the linked model in. + + + An ExternalResourceReference indicating which linked model to return. + + + The id of the link with the given ExternalResourceReference, + or InvalidElementId if + there is no top-level link at that location. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + +
+ + + Returns the ElementId of the (top-level) linked model with the given path. + + + This function will not return nested links. + + + The document to look for the linked model in. + + + A path indicating which linked model to return. + + + The id of the link with the given path, or InvalidElementId if + there is no top-level link at that path. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns the LinkedFileStatus of this link. + + + 2018.2 + + + + + Checks whether the Revit link uses a local path, such as a hard drive. + + + Returns true if the Revit link is from a local drive. + + + 2015 + + + + + Checks whether the Revit link is located on Revit Server. + + + Returns true if the Revit link is located on Revit Server. + + + 2015 + + + + + Returns the optional data that is necessary to generate the Revit file for this link. + + + The RvtLinkConversionData containing the necessary information. + + + 2015 + + + + + Returns a mapping between phases in the host document and phases in the linked document. + + + This map is used to determine which phase in the linked document corresponds to each phase in the host document. + This map is used to correctly calculate room geometry for room-bounding links. + Multiple phases in the host document can correspond to the same phase in the linked document. + Time order must be respected - if the host document has phases 1 and 2, and the linked document + has phases A and B, it would not be proper to map 1 to B and 2 to A. + If the user has not explicitly set the map values in the UI, the map will be as follows: Revit attempts to find + a match for each host phase, moving in order from earliest to latest phase. + First Revit will look for a phase in the linked document with the same name as the host phase. + If there is no name match, the last phase in the link will be chosen as the match. + Once Revit has matched a host phase to the last link phase, all other host phases will be matched to the last link phase, + even if later host phases might have a name match. + + + A map from phases in the host document to phases in the linked document. + The first value in each pair is the ElementId of a phase in the host document. + The second value is the ElementId of the matching phase in the linked document. + + + The RvtLinkSymbol is not loaded. + -or- + This Revit link doesn't have a valid phase map. + + + 2018.3 + + + + + Determines whether the link has changes to shared positioning that could + be saved. + + + True if the link has shared positioning changes which can be saved. + False if there are no changes to shared coordinates, or if the changes + cannot be saved. + + + 2012 + + + + + Saves shared coordinates changes back to the linked document. + + + While this operation does not clear the document's undo history, + you will not be able to undo this specific action, since it saves + the link's shared coordinates changes to disk. + + + A callback object to resolve situations when Revit encounters + modified links. + + + True if we saved the link or if there were no changes to save. + False if the operation failed. + + + Revit could not save shared coordinates changes to the link + or one of its nested links. + + + 2014 + + + + + Unloads the Revit link. + + +

This function regenerates the document.

+

The document's Undo history will be cleared by this command. + As a result, this command and others executed before it cannot be undone. + All transaction phases (e.g. transactions transaction groups and sub-transaction) + that were explicitly started must be finished prior to calling this method.

+
+ + A callback indicating what to do if Revit encounters + links which have changes in shared coordinates. + If , Revit will not save any shared coordinates + changes to the link before unloading. + + + The function is not permitted during dynamic update. + + + This RevitLinkType is not a top-level link. + -or- + Revit could not save shared coordinates changes to the link + or one of its nested links. + -or- + There is a transaction phase left open (such as a transaction, sub-transaction of transaction group) + at the time of invoking this method. + -or- + The document is read-only. It cannot be modified. + -or- + The document is in an edit mode or is in family mode. + -or- + Revit cannot link a cloud model to non-cloud model + + + Could be for any of the reasons that failed on service side. + + + User is not signed in with Autodesk id. + + + User is not authorized to access the specified cloud model. + + + 2014 + +
+ + + Loads or reloads the Revit link from disk or cloud. + The link will be loaded from the input path. + + +

The input path must be absolute. Revit will store + an absolute or relative path internally, according + to the link's settings. Revit Server paths or cloud paths are acceptable.

+

If the link is currently loaded, Revit must unload + the link before reloading it. Any changes made in-memory + to the link's shared coordinates will be discarded.

+

Revit does not try to validate that the input path + represents the "same" document. You can load a + completely different document, which may invalidate + references to linked elements.

+

This function regenerates the document.

+

The document's Undo history will be cleared by this command. + As a result, this command and others executed before it cannot be undone. + All transaction phases (e.g. transactions transaction groups and sub-transaction) + that were explicitly started must be finished prior to calling this method.

+
+ + A ModelPath indicating where to load the link from. + This may be a path of local disk, Revit Server or Cloud. + This must be an absolute path for local path. + + +

A WorksetConfiguration object indicating which worksets in the + link to open.

+

If you want to load the same set of worksets the link previously + had, leave this argument as .

+ + + An object containing the ElementId of the link + and an enum value indicating any errors + which occurred while trying to load. + + + The input path "path" does not represent a Revit model. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The model cannot be accessed due to lack of access privileges. + + + The function is not permitted during dynamic update. + + + This RevitLinkType is not a top-level link. + -or- + The link "this RevitLinkType" is loaded into multiple documents and cannot be reloaded. + -or- + The element "this RevitLinkType" is in a closed workset. + -or- + The model is not allowed to access. + -or- + There is a transaction phase left open (such as a transaction, sub-transaction of transaction group) + at the time of invoking this method. + -or- + The document is read-only. It cannot be modified. + -or- + The document is in an edit mode or is in family mode. + -or- + Revit cannot customize worksets for this model. + -or- + Revit cannot link a cloud model to non-cloud model. + + + Could be for any of the reasons that failed on service side. + + + User is not signed in with Autodesk id. + + + User is not authorized to access the specified cloud model. + + + 2014 + +
+ + + Loads or reloads the Revit link. + The link will be loaded from the location given in the + input ExternalResourceReference. + + +

If the link is currently loaded, Revit must unload + the link before reloading it. Any changes made in-memory + to the link's shared coordinates will be discarded.

+

Revit does not try to validate that the input + represents the "same" document. You can load a + completely different document, which may invalidate + references to linked elements.

+

This function regenerates the document.

+

The document's Undo history will be cleared by this command. + As a result, this command and others executed before it cannot be undone. + All transaction phases (e.g. transactions transaction groups and sub-transaction) + that were explicitly started must be finished prior to calling this method.

+
+ + An external resource reference describing the source of the linked Revit document. + + +

A WorksetConfiguration object indicating which worksets in the + link to open.

+

If you want to load the same set of worksets the link previously + had, leave this argument as .

+ + + An object containing the ElementId of the link + and an enum value indicating any errors + which occurred while trying to load. + + + The server referenced by the ExternalResourceReference does not exist or + does not implement IExternalResourceServer. + -or- + The server referenced by the ExternalResourceReference cannot support Revit links. + -or- + The ExternalResourceReference (resourceReference) is not in a format + that is supported by its server. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The model cannot be accessed due to lack of access privileges. + + + The function is not permitted during dynamic update. + + + This RevitLinkType is not a top-level link. + -or- + The link "this RevitLinkType" is loaded into multiple documents and cannot be reloaded. + -or- + The element "this RevitLinkType" is in a closed workset. + -or- + There is a transaction phase left open (such as a transaction, sub-transaction of transaction group) + at the time of invoking this method. + -or- + The document is read-only. It cannot be modified. + -or- + The document is in an edit mode or is in family mode. + -or- + Revit cannot customize worksets for this model. + + + 2015 + +
+ + + Checks whether the link with this id is loaded. + + + Returns false if typeId is not the id of a RevitLinkType. + + + A document. Revit will see if typeId corresponds to a loaded link in this document. + + + An element id. Revit will check if typeId corresponds to a loaded link in the given document. + + + True if typeId corresponds to a loaded RevitLinkType. False otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Checks whether the link is loaded into more than one open document + in this session of Revit. If the link is loaded into multiple open + documents, reload will be disabled. + + +

Revit can open several documents which contain the same link. If + this is the case, Revit cannot reload the link, as doing + so would make changes to a non-active document. You will need to close + one or more documents in order to modify the link.

+

If the link is loaded into multiple documents across multiple sessions + of Revit, this function will return true. We only check the current session + of Revit. It is safe to reload a link which is loaded into multiple + sessions, as long as it is not loaded into more than one document + in any one session.

+

If this function returns true, it is safe to reload the link.

+
+ + True if the link is loaded into at most one open document. False if the link + is loaded into more than one open document. + + + 2014 + +
+ + + Restores the workshared load status of a link that has been unloaded only for the current user, + in a local copy of a workshared model. + + +

This function removes the local user's override of the link's workshared load status + (see UnloadLocally method). That is, if the link is loaded in the central model for + all worksharing users (and thus has been only unloaded for the local user), then this + method will perform a full reload of the link for the local user. If the link is + unloaded in the central model, then this method will simply clear the local user's + unload override, so that the link will be reloaded in the local user's model, + if it is ever reloaded in the central model.

+

This function should not be called on a Revit link:

+ + in a document which is in an edit mode or is in family mode. + in a document which is in dynamic update. + in a document which is read only. + in a document in which there is transaction phase left open. + in a non-workshared file. + in a central model of workshared file. + which is nested. + which are not locally unloaded. + +

If the link is an external resource, Revit will contact the IExternalResourceServer + to get the latest version of the link.

+
+ + The link's LinkedFileStatus that has resulted from reverting the local unloaded status. + + + The model cannot be accessed due to lack of access privileges. + + + The element "this RevitLinkType" is in a ducument which is in dynamic update. + + + The element "this RevitLinkType" is in a family document or a document in in-place edit mode. + -or- + The element "this RevitLinkType" is in a document which is in an edit mode or is in family mode. + -or- + The element "this RevitLinkType" is in a read-only document. + -or- + This functionality is not available in Revit LT. + -or- + The element "this RevitLinkType" is in non-workshared document. + -or- + The element "this RevitLinkType" is not in a local model: the model is not workshared or it is central. + -or- + This RevitLinkType is not a top-level link. + -or- + The link is not locally unloaded. + -or- + There is a transaction phase left open (such as a transaction, sub-transaction of transaction group) + at the time of invoking this method. + + + 2016 Subscription Update + +
+ + + Loads or reloads the Revit link from its + currently-stored location. If the link is an + external resource, Revit will contact the + IExternalResourceServer to get the latest version + of the link. + + +

If the link is currently loaded, Revit must unload + the link before reloading it. Any changes made in-memory + to the link's shared coordinates will be discarded.

+

This function regenerates the document.

+

The document's Undo history will be cleared by this command. + As a result, this command and others executed before it cannot be undone. + All transaction phases (e.g. transactions transaction groups and sub-transaction) + that were explicitly started must be finished prior to calling this method.

+

This function is identical to RevitLinkType.Load() and is included for + convenience.

+
+ + An object containing the ElementId of the link + and an enum value indicating any + errors which occurred while trying to load. + LinkLoadResultType.LinkLoaded indicates + success. + + + The model cannot be accessed due to lack of access privileges. + + + The element "this RevitLinkType" is in a ducument which is in dynamic update. + + + The element "this RevitLinkType" is in a family document or a document in in-place edit mode. + -or- + The element "this RevitLinkType" is in a document which is in an edit mode or is in family mode. + -or- + The element "this RevitLinkType" is in a read-only document. + -or- + This RevitLinkType is not a top-level link. + -or- + The link "this RevitLinkType" is loaded into multiple documents and cannot be reloaded. + -or- + The element "this RevitLinkType" is in a closed workset. + -or- + There is a transaction phase left open (such as a transaction, sub-transaction of transaction group) + at the time of invoking this method. + + + 2015 + +
+ + + Loads or reloads the Revit link from its + currently-stored location. If the link is an + external resource, Revit will contact the + IExternalResourceServer to get the latest version + of the link. + + +

If the link is currently loaded, Revit must unload + the link before reloading it. Any changes made in-memory + to the link's shared coordinates will be discarded.

+

This function regenerates the document.

+

The document's Undo history will be cleared by this command. + As a result, this command and others executed before it cannot be undone. + All transaction phases (e.g. transactions transaction groups and sub-transaction) + that were explicitly started must be finished prior to calling this method.

+
+ + An object containing the ElementId of the link + and an enum value indicating any + errors which occurred while trying to load. + LinkLoadResultType.LinkLoaded indicates + success. + + + The model cannot be accessed due to lack of access privileges. + + + The element "this RevitLinkType" is in a ducument which is in dynamic update. + + + The element "this RevitLinkType" is in a family document or a document in in-place edit mode. + -or- + The element "this RevitLinkType" is in a document which is in an edit mode or is in family mode. + -or- + The element "this RevitLinkType" is in a read-only document. + -or- + This RevitLinkType is not a top-level link. + -or- + The link "this RevitLinkType" is loaded into multiple documents and cannot be reloaded. + -or- + The element "this RevitLinkType" is in a closed workset. + -or- + There is a transaction phase left open (such as a transaction, sub-transaction of transaction group) + at the time of invoking this method. + + + 2014 + +
+ + + Updates a Revit link type from an IFC file and loads the linked document. + + + This function regenerates the input document. + + While the options argument allows specification of a path type, the + input path argument must be a full path. Relative vs. absolute determines + how Revit will store the path, but it needs a complete path to find + the linked document initially. + Note that the IFC file will not be stored directly in the document; it will + instead by stored in an intermediate Revit document, whose location is given + by revitLinkedFilePath. + + + The document that contains Revit link. + + + An external resource reference describing the source of the IFC file used in creation. + + + The path of the Revit file to create to hold the IFC information. This must be a full path. + + + If true, the Revit file will be updated based on the information in the IFC file. If false, the existing Revit file will be used. + + + Returns true if the update succeeded, false otherwise. + + + document is not a project document. + -or- + The server referenced by the ExternalResourceReference does not exist or + does not implement IExternalResourceServer. + -or- + The server referenced by the ExternalResourceReference cannot support IFC links. + -or- + The ExternalResourceReference (resourceReference) is not in a format + that is supported by its server. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The model cannot be accessed due to lack of access privileges. + + + The file is not allowed to access. + -or- + Revit cannot customize worksets for this model. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2018 + + + + + Updates a Revit link type from an IFC file and loads the linked document. + + + This function regenerates the input document. + + While the options argument allows specification of a path type, the + input path argument must be a full path. Relative vs. absolute determines + how Revit will store the path, but it needs a complete path to find + the linked document initially. + Note that the IFC file will not be stored directly in the document; it will + instead by stored in an intermediate Revit document, whose location is given + by revitLinkedFilePath. + + + The document that contains Revit link. + + + The path of the IFC link to load. This must be a full path. + + + The path of the Revit file to create to hold the IFC information. This must be a full path. + + + If true, the Revit file will be updated based on the information in the IFC file. If false, the existing Revit file will be used. + + + Returns true if the update succeeded, false otherwise. + + + document is not a project document. + -or- + The input path "ifcFilePath" does not represent an IFC file. + -or- + The document is a cloud model. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The model cannot be accessed due to lack of access privileges. + + + There is not a valid Revit file at ifcFilePath's location + + + The file is not allowed to access. + -or- + Revit cannot customize worksets for this model. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2015 + + + + + Creates a new Revit link type from an existing Revit file created via import by reference + of an asscoiated IFC file. + + +

This function is one of a series of steps necessary for linking an IFC file. + To understand how it is used in context, please download the IFC open source code, + and look in the Revit.IFC.Import project at Importer.ImportIFC(ImporterIFC importer), + under the IFCImportAction.Link branch.

+ + This function regenerates the input document. + + While the options argument allows specification of a path type, the + input path argument must be a full path. Relative vs. absolute determines + how Revit will store the path, but it needs a complete path to find + the linked document initially. +
+ + The document in which to create the Revit link. + + + An external resource reference describing the source of the IFC file used in creation. + + + The path of the existing Revit file that contains elements created via an import by reference operation. + This must be a full path. + + + If true, the existing Revit file created via an import by reference operation + will be updated based on the information in the IFC file. If false, the existing Revit file will be used as-is. + + + An options class for loading Revit links. + + + An object containing the results of creating and loading + the Revit link type. It contains the ElementId of the new link. + + + document is not a project document. + -or- + document already contains a linked model at path revitLinkedFilePath. + -or- + The server referenced by the ExternalResourceReference does not exist or + does not implement IExternalResourceServer. + -or- + The server referenced by the ExternalResourceReference cannot support IFC links. + -or- + The ExternalResourceReference (resourceReference) is not in a format + that is supported by its server. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The model cannot be accessed due to lack of access privileges. + + + There is not a valid Revit file at revitLinkedFilePath's location + + + The file is not allowed to access. + -or- + Revit cannot customize worksets for this model. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2018 + +
+ + + Creates a new Revit link type from an existing Revit file created via import by reference + of an asscoiated IFC file. + + +

This function is one of a series of steps necessary for linking an IFC file. + To understand how it is used in context, please download the IFC open source code, + and look in the Revit.IFC.Import project at Importer.ImportIFC(ImporterIFC importer), + under the IFCImportAction.Link branch.

+ + This function regenerates the input document. + + While the options argument allows specification of a path type, the + input path argument must be a full path. Relative vs. absolute determines + how Revit will store the path, but it needs a complete path to find + the linked document initially. +
+ + The document in which to create the Revit link. + + + The path of the associated IFC file. This must be a full path. + + + The path of the existing Revit file that contains elements created via an import by reference operation. + This must be a full path. + + + If true, the existing Revit file created via an import by reference operation + will be updated based on the information in the IFC file. If false, the existing Revit file will be used as-is. + + + An options class for loading Revit links. + + + An object containing the results of creating and loading + the Revit link type. It contains the ElementId of the new link. + + + document is not a project document. + -or- + The input path "ifcFilePath" does not represent an IFC file. + -or- + document already contains a linked model at path revitLinkedFilePath. + -or- + The document is a cloud model. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The model cannot be accessed due to lack of access privileges. + + + There is not a valid Revit file at ifcFilePath's location + -or- + There is not a valid Revit file at revitLinkedFilePath's location + + + The file is not allowed to access. + -or- + Revit cannot customize worksets for this model. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2015 + +
+ + + Creates a new Revit link type from an external resource reference and loads the + linked document. + + +

This function regenerates the input document.

+

Only the WorksetConfiguration information in the options argument + will be used. The path type information will be ignored.

+
+ + The document in which to create the Revit link. + + + An external resource reference describing the source of the linked Revit document. + + + An options class for loading Revit links. The path type information will be ignored. + + + An object containing the results of creating and loading + the Revit link type. It contains the ElementId of the new link. + + + document is not a project document. + -or- + The server referenced by the ExternalResourceReference does not exist or + does not implement IExternalResourceServer. + -or- + The server referenced by the ExternalResourceReference cannot support Revit links. + -or- + The ExternalResourceReference (resourceReference) is not in a format + that is supported by its server. + -or- + The link type referred to by the ExternalResourceReference "resourceReference" already exists + in the document. You cannot create another copy of the link type. You can create + instances with RevitLinkInstance.Create(), or reload the link using RevitLinkType.Reload(). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Revit cannot customize worksets for this model. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2015 + +
+ + + Creates a new Revit link type and loads the linked document. + + + This function regenerates the input document. + + While the options argument allows specification of a path type, the + input path argument must be a full path. Relative vs. absolute determines + how Revit will store the path, but it needs a complete path to find + the linked document initially. + + + The document in which to create the Revit link. + + + The path of the link to load. This may be a path of local disk, Revit Server or Cloud. + This must be a full path. + + + An options class for loading Revit links. + + + An object containing the results of creating and loading + the Revit link type. It contains the ElementId of the new link. + + + document is not a project document. + -or- + Server paths cannot be relative. + -or- + document already contains a linked model at path path. + -or- + The path to be linked in is empty. + -or- + The input path "path" does not represent a Revit model. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The model cannot be accessed due to lack of access privileges. + + + The path to be linked in doesn't exist. + + + The model is not allowed to access. + -or- + Revit cannot customize worksets for this model. + -or- + Revit cannot link a cloud model to non-cloud model. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + Could be for any of the reasons that failed on service side. + + + User is not signed in with Autodesk id. + + + User is not authorized to access the specified cloud model. + + + 2013 + + + + + + + + + Checks whether a Revit link in a local model is unloaded + only for the current user. + + + Revit links can be unloaded for both the current user + and for all users. + If a Revit link is in a non-workshared file or in central model, + this property is false. + + + 2012 + + + + + The attachment/overlay status of this link. + + +

"Attachment" links are considered to be part of their parent + link and will be brought along if their parent is linked into + another document. "Overlay" links are only visible when their + parent is open directly.

+ For example: A user has a file B which contains a link C, and + they wish to link B into another file, A. If C is an overlay, C + will not be loaded into A. If C is an attachment, then C will + be loaded into A along with B. +
+ + AttachmentType.Overlay if this link is an overlay, + AttachmentType.Attachment if this link is an attachment. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + When setting this property: This RevitLinkType is not a top-level link. + + + 2012 + +
+ + + Indicates whether this link is a nested or top-level link. + + + 2012 + + + + + The type of path the link uses. + + +

You cannot change the PathType to or from PathType.Server. The + path type will change automatically if you call RevitLinkType.LoadFrom + with a Revit Server path.

+

Links from external resource servers are considered to have no path + type. Attempts to access this property for an external server link + will result in an exception.

+
+ + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + The PathType of the Revit link cannot be determined (or set), because it was + not loaded from a local disk drive or from Revit Server. + -or- + When setting this property: The PathType for the link is not valid. PathType.Content is never + valid for a Revit link. To change the type to or from PathType.Server, + use RevitLinkType.LoadFrom and pick a server or file path. + + + 2014 + +
+ + + This class represents another Revit Document ("link") brought into + the current one ("host"). + + + Revit links can be nested - There can exist linked files which themselves contain + links. A "top-level" link is one linked directly into the host, while a + "nested" link is linked into some parent link. This can go through + arbitrarily many layers. + + Some functions give the example "A -> B -> C". This means that there is + a host file, A, which has a top-level link, B, and a nested link C which + has been linked into B as an attachment. + + + 2012 + + + + + Determines whether Revit should save the link, not save the link, + or discard shared positioning entirely. + + + The Revit link which has modified shared coordinates. + + + The options when saving a linked file which has been modified + in-memory by shared coordinates operations. + + + 2014 + + + + + Determines whether Revit should save the link, not save the link, + or discard shared positioning entirely. + + + The Revit link which has modified shared coordinates. + + + The options when saving a linked file which has been modified + in-memory by shared coordinates operations. + + + 2014 + + + + + An interface that may be used to control Revit when trying to unload + or reload a Revit link with changes in shared coordinates. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the distribution path currently stored in the rebar. + + + For a free form rebar set the distance between two consecutive bars may be different if it is calculated between different points on bars. + The distribution path is an array of curves with the property that based on these curves the set was calculated to respect the layout rule and number of bars or spacing. + + + Returns array of curves that represent the distribution path. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + Sets the position for a specified handle. This information is set to the rebar after the API execution is finished successfully. + + + The tag of the handle. + + + Position of the handle. + + + The input point lies outside of Revit design limits. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Returns the geometry for a bar at the specified index currently in the Rebar. + + + The index of the bar. Should be a number between 0 and GetNumberOfBars() - 1. + + + Returns an array of curves that defines the bar at the specified index. + + + barIndex is not in the range [ 0, GetNumberOfBars()-1 ]. + + + 2018 + + + + + Gets the number of bars currently in the rebar. + + + Returns the number of bars currently in the rebar. + + + 2018 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The class that contains data for the handle position calculation. + + + 2018 + + + + + Gets a class that contains information used as input and output for rebar free form calculation. + + + Gets a class that contains information used as input and output for rebar free form calculation. + + + 2018 + + + + + Creates a constraint for the end handle of the rebar. This constraint will be set preferred after the API execution is finished successfully. + + + The references to which the rebar handle will be constrained. + Will throw exception if it's empty or if it's anything but Face(s) from a structural that can host rebar. + + + If true the RebarConstraintType will be set to ToCover, otherwise RebarConstraintType will be set to FixedDistanceToHostFace. + + + The distance from references to the rebar handle. + + + Returns true if a start constraint can be created with the given references, false otherwise. + The reference should be faces from structurals that can host rebar. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Creates a constraint for the start handle of the rebar. This constraint will be set preferred after the API execution is finished successfully. + + + The references to which the rebar handle will be constrained. + Will throw exception if it's empty or if it's anything but Face(s) from a structural that can host rebar. + + + If true the RebarConstraintType will be set to ToCover, otherwise RebarConstraintType will be set to FixedDistanceToHostFace. + + + The distance from references to the rebar handle. + + + Returns true if a start constraint can be created with the given references, false otherwise. + The reference should be faces from structurals that can host rebar. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Gets the number of Bar Geometry that were added. + + + Returns the number of Bar Geometry that were added. + + + 2018 + + + + + Returns true if getNumberOfBarGeometry() is less than GetNumberOfBars(), false otherwise. + + + 2018 + + + + + Adds a new rebar geometry. This information is set to the rebar after the API execution is finished successfully. + + +

This function can fail due to following reasons:

+ + CurveLoop is empty. + CurveLoop contains an unbounded curve. + A rebar constructed from curves can't be bent according to the bending radius. + +
+ + Curves describing one bar in the set. + + + Returns Success if everything is ok, otherwise the failure reason. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Incorrect number of bar geometry. + + + 2018 + +
+ + + Adds a new rebar geometry. This information is set to the rebar after the API execution is finished successfully. + + +

This function will can fail due to following reasons:

+ + One or more of the input curves was null. + One or more of the input curves was unbounded. + Curves doesn't form a valid curve loop, it forms 0, 2 or more curve loops. + A rebar constructed from curves can't be bent according to the bending radius. + +
+ + Curves describing one bar in the set. + + + Returns Success if everything is ok, otherwise the failure reason. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Incorrect number of bar geometry. + + + 2018 + +
+ + + This function will remove all bars geometry that were added by calling AddBarGeometry(). + + + 2018 + + + + + Gets the added curves that will represent the bar at index barIndex. + + + The index of the bar. Should be a number between 0 and GetNumberOfBarGeometry() - 1. + + + Returns the curves that will represent the bar at index barIndex. The hooks plane normals will be applied on these curves. + + + barIndex is not in the range [ 0, GetNumberOfBarGeometry()-1 ]. + + + 2018 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The class that contains the information needed to calculate and return the curves in a trimmed/extended state, and also find the constraints that trim/extend it. + + + If new curves will be added by calling addBarGeometry(), the existing curves in Rebar element will be replaced with these curves. It will not add curves to the existing ones. + + + 2018 + + + + + Gets a class that contains information used as input and output for rebar free form calculation. + + + Gets a class that contains information used as input and output for rebar free form calculation. + + + 2018 + + + + + Sets a new distribution path to be applied to the rebar. This information is set to the rebar after the API execution is finished successfully. + + + For a free form rebar set the distance between two consecutive bars may be different if it is calculated between different points on bars. + The distribution path is an array of curves with the property that based on these curves the set was calculated to respect the layout rule and number of bars or spacing. + + + Input curves that describe the new path. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Gets the distribution path currently stored in the rebar. + + + For a free form rebar set the distance between two consecutive bars may be different if it is calculated between different points on bars. + The distribution path is an array of curves with the property that based on these curves the set was calculated to respect the layout rule and number of bars or spacing. + + + Returns array of curves that represent the distribution path. + + + 2018 + + + + + Gets the number of Bar Geometry that were added. + + + Returns the number of Bar Geometry that were added. + + + 2018 + + + + +

If the layout rule is Singe or FixedNumber or NumberWithSpacing this function will return true if getNumberOfBarGeometry() is less getBarsNumber(), false otherwise.

+

If the layout rule is MaximumSpacing or MinimumClearSpacing this function will return always true.

+
+ + Returns true if we can add more bar geometry for the current layout, false otherwise. + + + 2018 + +
+ + + Adds a new bar to the new rebar geometry. This information is set to the rebar after the API execution is finished successfully. + + +

This function can fail due to following reasons:

+ + CurveLoop is empty. + CurveLoop contains an unbounded curve. + A rebar constructed from curves can't be bent according to the bending radius. + +
+ + Curves describing one bar in the set. + + + Returns Success if everything is ok, otherwise the failure reason. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Incorrect number of bar geometry for the current layout. + + + 2018 + +
+ + + Adds a new bar to the new rebar geometry. This information is set to the rebar after the API execution is finished successfully. + + +

This function will can fail due to following reasons:

+ + One or more of the input curves was null. + One or more of the input curves was unbounded. + Curves doesn't form a valid curve loop, it forms 0, 2 or more curve loops. + A rebar constructed from curves can't be bent according to the bending radius. + +
+ + Curves describing one bar in the set. + + + Returns Success if everything is ok, otherwise the failure reason. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Incorrect number of bar geometry for the current layout. + + + 2018 + +
+ + + This function will remove all bars geometry that were added by calling AddBarGeometry(). + + + 2018 + + + + + Gets the added curves that will represent the bar at index barIndex. + + + The index of the bar. Should be a number between 0 and GetNumberOfBarGeometry() - 1. + + + Returns the curves that will represent the bar at index barIndex. The hooks plane normals will be applied on these curves. + + + barIndex is not in the range [ 0, GetNumberOfBarGeometry()-1 ]. + + + 2018 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The class that contains the information needed to calculate and return the result of the external curve generation. + + + 2018 + + + + + Sets the cycle counter to a specific value. + + +

The actual value is set into the rebar after the curves computation.

+

This function can be called to reset the counter to zero or to another value.

+

The cycle counter value is changed when the free form Rebar element is selected and the user press Space key + -or- by through property. + -or- by the server if it considers that the counter reaches the maximum value and reset it (set it to 0).

+
+ + The given value for cycleCounter is negative. + + + 2024 + +
+ + + Gets the cycle counter that is stored in the rebar. + + + The cycle counter value is changed when the free form Rebar element is selected and the user press Space key + -or- by through property. + -or- by the server if it considers that the counter reaches the maximum value and reset it (set it to 0). + + + Returns the cycle counter. + + + 2024 + + + + + Get the id of the Rebar element currently being calculated. + + + returns the id of the Rebar element currently being calculated + + + 2020 + + + + + Gets a reference to the current document. + + + Returns a reference to the current document. + + + 2018 + + + + + Get the hook orientation angle at end that is currently in the rebar. + + + The end of bar. Should be 0 for start or 1 for end. + + + The hook orientation angle at end that is currently in the rebar. + + + Invalid end. + + + 2018 + + + + + Set the hook orientation angle at end. This information is set to the rebar after the API execution is finished successfully. + + + The end of bar. Should be 0 for start or 1 for end. + + + The hook orientation angle at end. + + + Invalid end. + + + 2018 + + + + + Returns the normal of plane in which the hook at end of bar with index barPositionIndex that is currently in Rebar. + + + The end of bar. Should be 0 for start or 1 for end. + + + An index between 0 and (GetNumberOfBars()-1). + + + The normal of plane in which the hook at end of bar with index barPositionIndex that is currently in Rebar. + + + barPositionIndex is not in the range [ 0, GetNumberOfBars()-1 ]. + -or- + Invalid end. + + + 2018 + + + + + Set the normal of plane in which the hook at end of bar with index barPositionIndex will stay. This information is set to the rebar after the API execution is finished successfully. + + + This information is set to the rebar after the API execution is finished successfully. Before setting the value a validation will be done. + We consider a hook plane normal valid if it isn't parallel with the bar direction at end. + + + The end of bar. Should be 0 for start or 1 for end. + + + Index of the bar for which it will set hook plane normal. + + + The normal of plane in which the hook at end of bar with index barPositionIndex will stay. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Invalid end. + -or- + hookNormal has zero length. + + + 2018 + + + + + Gets the id of the host structural for this rebar. + + + Returns the id of the host structural for this rebar. + + + 2018 + + + + + Gets the number of bars specified in the layout options. + This is used to calculate the sets driven by bar number. + + + Returns the number of bars specified in the layout options. + + + 2018 + + + + + Gets the layout rule for this bar. + + + Returns the layout rule for this bar. + + + 2018 + + + + + Gets the current bending radius of the rebar. + + + Returns the current bending radius of the rebar. + + + 2018 + + + + + Returns attachment type for stirrups to be used in cover calculation. + + +

InteriorFace : rebar to attach to interior face of cover reference.

+

ExteriorFace : rebar to attach to exterior face of cover reference.

+
+ + 2018 + +
+ + + Gets the style of the rebar. + + + Gets the style of the rebar (Standard or StirrupTie). + + + 2018 + + + + + Gets the nominal diameter of the Rebar. + + + Returns the nominal diameter of the Rebar. + + + 2022 + + + + + Gets the model diameter of the Rebar. + + + Returns the model diameter of the Rebar. + + + 2022 + + + + + Gets the current constraint for the end handle of the Rebar. + + + Returns the current constraint for the end handle of the Rebar. Return value is null is no constraint is present. + + + 2018 + + + + + Gets the current constraint for the start handle of the Rebar. + + + Returns the current constraint for the start handle of the Rebar. Return value is null if no constraint is present. + + + 2018 + + + + + Gets all rebar constraints that are attached to custom handles for this rebar. + + + Returns all rebar constraints that are attached to custom handles for this rebar. This array does not contains the start and end constraints. + + + 2018 + + + + + Returns an array containing the shared parameter GUIDs that were changed since the last regeneration. + Array is empty if no shared params were changed since the last regeneration. + + + Returns an array containing the elementId of the shared params that were changed since the last regeneration. + + + 2020 + + + + + Returns an array containing custom handles that were changed since the last regeneration. + Array is empty if no handles were changed since the last regeneration. + + + Returns an array containing the tags of custom handles that were changed since the last regeneration. + + + 2018 + + + + + Returns the geometry for a bar at the specified index currently in the Rebar. + + + The index of the bar. Should be a number between 0 and GetNumberOfBars() - 1. + + + Returns an array of curves that defines the bar at the specified index. + + + barIndex is not in the range [ 0, GetNumberOfBars()-1 ]. + + + 2018 + + + + + Returns the number of bars currently in the rebar. + + + Returns the number of bars currently in the rebar. + + + 2018 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Orientation options for an Aligned Free Form Rebar set. + + + 2024 + + + + + Indicates if the orientation options have changed since the last regeneration. + + + 2024 + + + + +

True if the cycle counter was changed, false otherwise.

+

The cycle counter value is changed when the free form Rebar element is selected and the user press Space key + -or- by through property. + -or- by the server if it considers that the counter reaches the maximum value and reset it (set it to 0).

+
+ + 2024 + +
+ + + The reason for calculation failure. If the calculation fails, this message will be shown in an error, or warning if we are editing the constraints. + + + When setting this property: errorMessage is an empty string. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018.1 + + + + + Used to store the state of the bar refering to the direction of the bars. + This is useful when using face intersection to calculate bars. + After mirroring, curves created from intersecting faces may be reversed, + so we use this to store the state and keep the rebar pointing in the correct direction. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + If true, then host of the rebar was mirrorred (along with the rebar) before this regeneration. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The spacing between the bars, according to the LayoutRule. + + + 2018 + + + + + Indicates if the bending radius has changed since the last regeneration. + + + 2018 + + + + + Indicates if the style has changed since the last regeneration. + + + 2018 + + + + + Indicates if the attachment type has changed since the last regeneration. + + + 2018 + + + + + Indicates if the end handle constraint has changed since the last regeneration. + + + 2018 + + + + + Indicates if the start handle constraint has changed since the last regeneration. + + + 2018 + + + + + Indicates if the bar number has changed since the last regeneration. + + + 2018 + + + + + Indicates if the spacing has changed since the last regeneration. + + + 2018 + + + + + Indicates if the layout has changed since the last regeneration. + + + 2018 + + + + + Identifies the workshop instructions of this rebar. + + + 2019 + + + + + Indicates if the workshop instructions have changed since the last regeneration. + + + 2019 + + + + + Class holding the information needed to calculate the rebar curves. + + + 2018 + + + + + Sets the name of the handle. + + + The name of the handle. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Gets the handle tag for which we need to specify the name. + + + Returns the handle tag for which we need to specify the name. + + + 2018 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + This class is used to contain the information about the rebar handle name defined by an external application. + + + 2018 + + + + + Gets the end handle tag. + + + Returns the end handle tag. + + + 2018 + + + + + Sets the end handle tag. This information is set to the rebar after the API execution is finished successfully. + + + The tag of the end handle. + + + 2018 + + + + + Gets the start handle tag. + + + Returns the start handle tag. + + + 2018 + + + + + Sets the start handle tag. This information is set to the rebar after the API execution is finished successfully. + + + The tag of the start handle. + + + 2018 + + + + + Gets the handle definitions for the rebar that were added. + + + Returns all custom handles. + + + 2018 + + + + + Adds a new handle definition to the rebar. This information is set to the rebar after the API execution is finished successfully. + + + The tag of the handle. The tag should be different from the previous ones that were added. + + + customHandleTag is a duplicate tag. + + + 2018 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + This class is used to contain the information about the rebar handles defined by an external application. + + + All handle tags (custom, start, end) should have different values. + + + 2018 + + + + + An enumerated tye that represents how the Stirrup/Tie rebar is attached to the cover reference. + + + 2012 + + + + + Designate Stirrup/Tie rebar to attach to exterior face of cover reference. + + + + + Designate Stirrup/Tie rebar to attach to interior face of cover reference. + + + + +

This function is supposed to provide the positions of handles defined in GetCustomHandles(). These positions will be shown on screen when the bar constraints are edited. + If a position for a handle isn't provided, that handle will not be represented on screen while edit constraints.

+

This function is called when edit constraints command is lunched or during edit constraints after a constraint was changed and the curve calculation was done.

+
+ + Use the members of this class to access the inputs and define the handle positions for this free form rebar. + + + Returns true if calculation of handle positions was successful, false otherwise. + + + 2018 + +
+ + + This function is supposed to trim or extend curves that were obtained from calling GenerateCurves(). Also in this function can be set new constraints for start and end handles. + + +

This function is called in the regeneration context when at least one data in trimExtendData parameter was changed. It is called immediately after GenerateCurves() and only if GenerateCurves() returns true.

+

If new constraints were created for start or end handle, a new regeneration will take place and the new constraints will become the rebar's actual constraints.

+

If new curves will be added by calling TrimExtendData.AddBarGeometry(), the existing curves in Rebar element will be replaced with these curves. It will not add curves to the existing ones.

+
+ + Use the members of this class to access the inputs and define any trim/extend actions to be taken for bars in the free form rebar. + + + Returns true if the trim/extend was successful, false otherwise. + + + 2018 + +
+ + + This function is supposed to calculate the bars in set based on data received in curvesData parameter. + + + This function is called in the regeneration context when at least one data in curvesData parameter was changed. + + + Use the members of this class to access the inputs and define the output curves that make up the free form rebar. + + + Returns true if the curve generation was successful, false otherwise. + + + 2018 + + + + + This function should return the name of the handle. + + + This function is called during edit constraints command when the mouse is over a handle or the funtion RebarConstrainedHandle.GetCustomHandleName() is called. + + + The class used to output the rebarHandle name. + + + Returns true if the handle name is defined successfully, false otherwise. + + + 2018 + + + + + This function should define all handles that the Rebar has. This function is called when the Rebar is created. + + + Revit consider the execution failed if we have duplicate tags for custom, start and end handles. + + + Use the methods on this class to define the handles for the free form rebar. Revit will use these handles to create appropriate RebarConstraints. + + + Returns true if the handles were defined successfully, false otherwise. + + + 2018 + + + + +

This function is supposed to provide the positions of handles defined in GetCustomHandles(). These positions will be shown on screen when the bar constraints are edited. + If a position for a handle isn't provided, that handle will not be represented on screen while edit constraints.

+

This function is called when edit constraints command is lunched or during edit constraints after a constraint was changed and the curve calculation was done.

+
+ + Use the members of this class to access the inputs and define the handle positions for this free form rebar. + + + Returns true if calculation of handle positions was successful, false otherwise. + + + 2018 + +
+ + + This function is supposed to trim or extend curves that were obtained from calling GenerateCurves(). Also in this function can be set new constraints for start and end handles. + + +

This function is called in the regeneration context when at least one data in trimExtendData parameter was changed. It is called immediately after GenerateCurves() and only if GenerateCurves() returns true.

+

If new constraints were created for start or end handle, a new regeneration will take place and the new constraints will become the rebar's actual constraints.

+

If new curves will be added by calling TrimExtendData.AddBarGeometry(), the existing curves in Rebar element will be replaced with these curves. It will not add curves to the existing ones.

+
+ + Use the members of this class to access the inputs and define any trim/extend actions to be taken for bars in the free form rebar. + + + Returns true if the trim/extend was successful, false otherwise. + + + 2018 + +
+ + + This function is supposed to calculate the bars in set based on data received in curvesData parameter. + + + This function is called in the regeneration context when at least one data in curvesData parameter was changed. + + + Use the members of this class to access the inputs and define the output curves that make up the free form rebar. + + + Returns true if the curve generation was successful, false otherwise. + + + 2018 + + + + + This function should return the name of the handle. + + + This function is called during edit constraints command when the mouse is over a handle or the funtion RebarConstrainedHandle.GetCustomHandleName() is called. + + + The class used to output the rebarHandle name. + + + Returns true if the handle name is defined successfully, false otherwise. + + + 2018 + + + + + This function should define all handles that the Rebar has. This function is called when the Rebar is created. + + + Revit consider the execution failed if we have duplicate tags for custom, start and end handles. + + + Use the methods on this class to define the handles for the free form rebar. Revit will use these handles to create appropriate RebarConstraints. + + + Returns true if the handles were defined successfully, false otherwise. + + + 2018 + + + + + Represents an interface that should be overridden to allow the generation and update of free form rebar geometry. + + +

This interface should be overridden in order to create a free form rebar with constraints and to allow generation and update of its geometry.

+ Once a rebar is created with a server, it will be called function. In the execution on this function should be defined the handles of the rebar. +

Based on these handles rebar constraints can be defined. Once the constraints are defined a regeneration should be triggered in order to generate the bar geometry.

During the regeneration the functions and will be called. + For GenerateCurves() it is supposed to calculate bars in set based on constraints. + For TrimExtendCurves() it is supposed to trim or extend curves that were obtained from GenerateCurves(). Also in this function new constraints + for start and end bar handles can be created. + After the execution of these two functions the bar should appear on screen.

Every time when a constraint is modified a new regeneration is triggered and the functions GenerateCurves() and TrimExtendCurves() are called again.

We also can edit constraints for this rebar. When user starts to do this, the function will be called + and it is supposed to return positions of handles defined in GetCustomHandles(). This positions will be shown on screen. + While editing constraints if the mouse is over a position that was specified, the function + will be called in order to obtain the name of that handle.

While editing constraints an user will modify constraints (e.g. add a new reference or remove one) a regeneration will be triggered + and the functions GenerateCurves() and TrimExtendCurves() will be called again.

+ + 2018 + +
+ + + Returns a copy of the filter. The engine is permitted to copy the filter multiple times e.g. to parallelize filtering. + + + A copy of the original filter. + + + 2012 + + + + + Informs the filter that a series of points within a given cell is about to be checked. + + + This is a performance hook that the filter can use to minimize computational work per TestPoint() call + within a given cell. + The engine should guarantee that all points passed to TestPoint() calls + will fall inside the (min, max) box specified here. This promise must be in effect until + the next PrepareForCell() call. + + + The lower corner of the cell. + + + The upper corner of the cell. + + + The engine's estimate of the number of TestPoint() calls it is going to make for this cell. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Checks whether a given cell, i.e. a box aligned with the XYZ axes, is inside, outside + or on the border of the volume of interest. + + + The lower corner of the cell. + + + The upper corner of the cell. + + + + -1 -- The cell is entirely rejected. + 0 -- The cell partially belongs to the volume of interest. Use PrepareForCell() and TestPoint() to + evaluate individual points. + 1 -- The cell is fully accepted. + + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + Checks if a point is inside the volume of interest. + The point to be tested. + If true, the point is accepted, if false, the point is not accepted. + + + + A class used to describe the criteria an application desires when obtaining members of a point cloud. + + + Client applications which wish to obtain points from a point cloud will have to create a + PointCloudFilter to define the volume of interest (see PointCloudFilterFactory). + Engine implementations will need to use the methods contained within the point cloud to determine + which points to return to Revit. + + + 2012 + + + + + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The system calculation level. + + + 2014 + + + + + The category id of pipe curves. It will be OST_PipeCurves, OST_FlexPipeCurves, or OST_PlaceHolderPipes. + + + 2014 + + + + + The viscosity of the pipe. Units: (kg/(ft·s)). + + + 2014 + + + + + The density of the pipe. Units: (kg/ft³). + + + 2014 + + + + + The nominal diameter of the pipe. Units: (ft). + + + 2014 + + + + + The outside diameter of the pipe. Units: (ft). + + + 2014 + + + + + The inside diameter of the pipe. Units: (ft). + + + 2014 + + + + + The flow of the pipe. Units: (ft³/s). + + + 2014 + + + + + The length of the pipe. Units: (ft). + + + 2014 + + + + + The roughness of the pipe. Units: (ft). + + + 2014 + + + + + The pressure drop of the pipe. Units: (kg/(ft·s²)). + + + 2014 + + + + + The coefficient of the pipe. + + + 2014 + + + + + The velocity pressure of the pipe. Units: (kg/(ft·s²)) + + + 2014 + + + + + The velocity of the pipe. Units: (ft/s) . + + + 2014 + + + + + The friction factor of the pipe. + + + 2014 + + + + + The friction of the pipe. Units: (kg/(ft²·s²)). + + + 2014 + + + + + The flowState of the pipe. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2014 + + + + + The reynolds number of the pipe. + + + 2014 + + + + + The relative roughness of the pipe. + + + 2014 + + + + + The input and output data used by external servers for calculation of the pipe pressure drop. + + + Roughness, Length, Flow, Diameter, Density, and Viscosity field values are input data for the calculation. ReynoldsNumber, FlowStatus, Friction, FrictionFactor, Velocity, Coefficient, and PressureDrop are output values. + + + 2014 + + + + + The method that Revit will invoke to get an HTML formatted description of the server. + + + The HTML description is used by Revit unless it is empty or the server is not available, in which case, Revit will use the plain text description from IExternalServer.GetDescription(). + + + The HTML format description of the server. + + + 2014 + + + + + The method that Revit will invoke to obtain a URL address which provides more information about the server. + + + The URL providing server information. + + + 2014 + + + + + Calculate the pipe pressure drop. + + + The input and output data of the calculation. + + + 2014 + + + + + The method that Revit will invoke to get an HTML formatted description of the server. + + + The HTML description is used by Revit unless it is empty or the server is not available, in which case, Revit will use the plain text description from IExternalServer.GetDescription(). + + + The HTML format description of the server. + + + 2014 + + + + + The method that Revit will invoke to obtain a URL address which provides more information about the server. + + + The URL providing server information. + + + 2014 + + + + + Calculate the pipe pressure drop. + + + The input and output data of the calculation. + + + 2014 + + + + + Interface for external servers implementing pipe pressure drop calculation. + + + A typical way to use the external server can be: + Implement a server class that derives from this interface Create a new server object and register it with the service, see ExternalServiceRegistry.Assign server for the pipe pressure drop calculation in PipeSettings. + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The dimension flow which is used to calculate flow of the pipe. Units: (gal/min). + + + 2014 + + + + + The flow conversion mode of the pipe. + + + 2014 + + + + + The fixture units of the pipe. + + + 2014 + + + + + The flow configuration mode of the pipe. + + + 2014 + + + + + The actual flow of the plumbing fixture converted from dimension flow or fixture unit. Units: (gal/min). + + + 2014 + + + + + The input and output data used by external servers for calculation of the pipe plumbing fixture flow. + + + FlowConfiguration, FixtureUnits, FlowConversionMode, and DimensionFlow are input field values for the calculation. Flow is output field value for the calculation. + + + 2014 + + + + + Confirms if the parameter is a valid piping rise/drop symbol type. + + + The type. + + + True if the input is a valid piping rise/drop symbol type, false otherwise. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + Creates a new instance of a piping system type and adds it to the document. + + + The document where the element will be created and added. + + + The classification for the piping system type to be created + + + The name of the piping system type to be created. + + + The newly created piping system type element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + The system classification is not valid for the domain of this system type. + + + 2012 + + + + + Fluid Type + + + When setting this property: fluidTypeId is not a fluid type. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Fluid Temperature, in Kelvin. + + + 2012 + + + + + Symbol for a 1 line junction drop + + + When setting this property: The input is not a valid piping rise/drop symbol type. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + Symbol for a 1 line junction rise + + + When setting this property: The input is not a valid piping rise/drop symbol type. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + Symbol for a 1 line drop + + + When setting this property: The input is not a valid piping rise/drop symbol type. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + Symbol for a 1 line rise + + + When setting this property: The input is not a valid piping rise/drop symbol type. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + Symbol for a 2 line drop + + + When setting this property: The input is not a valid piping rise/drop symbol type. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + Symbol for a 2 line rise + + + When setting this property: The input is not a valid piping rise/drop symbol type. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + The flow conversion method for the piping system type. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + Base class for piping system types + + + 2012 + + + + + Enumerated type listing possible flow conversion modes for piping calculations. + + + 2012 + + + + + Predominantly flush tanks. + + + + + Predominantly flush valves. + + + + + A default value which should not be assigned to system types. + + + + + The method that Revit will invoke to get an HTML formatted description of the server. + + + The HTML description is used by Revit unless it is empty or the server is not available, in which case, Revit will use the plain text description from IExternalServer.GetDescription(). + + + The HTML format description of the server. + + + 2014 + + + + + The method that Revit will invoke to obtain a URL address which provides more information about the server. + + + The URL providing server information. + + + 2014 + + + + + Calculate the pipe plumbing fixture flow. + + + The input and output data of the calculation. + + + 2014 + + + + + The method that Revit will invoke to get an HTML formatted description of the server. + + + The HTML description is used by Revit unless it is empty or the server is not available, in which case, Revit will use the plain text description from IExternalServer.GetDescription(). + + + The HTML format description of the server. + + + 2014 + + + + + The method that Revit will invoke to obtain a URL address which provides more information about the server. + + + The URL providing server information. + + + 2014 + + + + + Calculate the pipe plumbing fixture flow. + + + The input and output data of the calculation. + + + 2014 + + + + + Interface class for external servers implementing Pipe plumbing fixture flow calculation. + + + A typical way to use the external server can be: + Implement a server class that derives from this interface Create a new server object and register it with the service, see ExternalServiceRegistry.Assign server for the plumbing flow conversion in PipeSettings. + + 2014 + + + + + Stores the default entity in the data. + + + The Entity to be stored. + + + Writing of Entities of this Schema is not allowed to the current add-in. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns the pressure drop items + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns the fitting and accessory information + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + True if the current settings stored in the entity is valid. + + + 2017 + + + + + The calculation type, a bitmask of FittingAndAccessoryCalculationType. + + + 2014 + + + + + The input and output data used by external servers for calculation of the pipe fitting and pipe accessory pressure drop. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The coefficient between the begin connector and end connector, Units: (kg/(ft·s²)). + + + 2014 + + + + + The velocity pressure, for converting between coefficient and pressure drop on this flow path. Units: (kg/(ft·s²)). + + + 2014 + + + + + The index of the end conector of the flow path + + + 2014 + + + + + The index of the begin connector of the flow path + + + 2014 + + + + + A flow path of the pipe/pipe fitting and accessory. It is defined by the begin connector and end connector + + + 2014 + + + + + Obtains the schema of the ESEntity. + + + Null if the server has no data. + + + 2014 + + + + + Check if the server is applicable for the pipe fitting or pipe accessory. + + + The input data of the calculation. + + + 2014 + + + + + Calculate the pipe fitting and pipe accessory coefficient. + + + The input and output data of the calculation. + + + True if calculation succeeds. + False if calculation fails. + + + 2014 + + + + + Obtains the schema of the ESEntity. + + + Null if the server has no data. + + + 2014 + + + + + Check if the server is applicable for the pipe fitting or pipe accessory. + + + The input data of the calculation. + + + 2014 + + + + + Calculate the pipe fitting and pipe accessory coefficient. + + + The input and output data of the calculation. + + + True if calculation succeeds. + False if calculation fails. + + + 2014 + + + + + Interface class for external servers implementing pipe fitting and pipe accessory coefficient calculation. + + + A typical way to use the external server can be: + Implement a server class that derives from this interface Create a new server object and register it with the service, see ExternalServiceRegistry.Assign server to pipe fitting instance. + + 2014 + + + + + Sets the result status of the calculation. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020 + + + + + Returns array of result statuses for the paths. + + + Resulting array of end points. + + + 2020 + + + + + Retrieves the source or calculated points passed between Revit and calculation server. + + + Source points are start and end points plus all possible waypoints between them. + Calculated points are actual points of the PathOfTravel that are displayed in the view. + + + 2020 + + + + + Sets the source or calculated points passed between Revit and calculation server. + + + Source points are start and end points plus all possible waypoints between them. + Calculated points are actual points of the PathOfTravel that are displayed in the view. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020 + + + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020 + + + + + Returns array of the end points for the paths. + + + Resulting array of end points. + + + 2020 + + + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020 + + + + + Returns array of the start points for the paths. + + + Resulting array of start points. + + + 2020 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + True if temporary mode is ON for the view, false otherwise. + + + 2020 + + + + + Area of the view outline. + + + 2020 + + + + + Number of lines in the view. + + + 2020 + + + + + The request type for the calculation. + + + 2020 + + + + + Gets the View which the path of travel is being calculated for. + Sets the View which the path of travel is being calculated for. + + + 2020 + + + + + Initializes PathOfTravelCalculationServiceData to a default, unusable state; Revit needs to make it usable + before passing it to the IPathOfTravelCalculationServer instance. + + + 2020 + + + + + This is a container for data and some functions which is passed from Revit to an instance of + IPathOfCalculationServer. + + + 2020 + + + + + An enumerated type containing possible results of the Path of Travel calculation. + + + 2020 + + + 2020 + + + + + Temporary mode cannot be set for the view because wireframe display style is set for the view. + + + + + Temporary mode cannot be set for the view because analysis data exist in the view. + + + + + Reveal Obstacles mode cannot be set for the view because wireframe display style is set for the view. + + + + + Reveal Obstacles mode cannot be set for the view because analysis data exist in the view. + + + + + The view is exporting too much geometry. Calculation of the path of travel cannot be performed. + + + + + Start or end point is outside the active view crop. + + + + + Distance between adjacent points of path of travel (start, end and way points) is less than the value of . + + + + + The view has an active crop region set. If contains no points, + no path of travel was found inside the crop region, but a valid path may exist outside of it. + If contains valid points, a path of travel was found inside the + crop region, but a better option may exist outside of it. + + + + + The view is split. Calculation of the path of travel cannot be performed. + + + + + The view outline is too large. Calculation of the path of travel cannot be performed. + + + + + There is no valid path between the two points. + + + + + A valid path of travel between the two points was found. Use + to retrieve the calculated points of path of travel. + + + + + An enumerated type containing possible requests for the Path of Travel calculation. + + + 2020 + + + 2020 + + + + + Calculate paths from given start points to the closest of given destinations. + + + + + Sets distance map mode in the view. + + + + + Determine if distance map mode is on or off in the view. + + + + + Calculate paths of travel between corresponding pairs of start and end points with possible intermediate waypoints. + + + + + Allow changes to internal caches + + + + + Lock changes to internal caches + + + + + Sets reveal obstacles mode in the view. + + + + + Determine if reveal obstacles mode is on or off in the view. + + + + + Calculate points with farthest distance to the closest of given destinations. + + + + + Calculate paths of travel between all possible pairs of start and end points. + + + + + Calculate paths of travel between corresponding pairs of start and end points. + + + + + Calculate the path of travel. + + + 2020 + + + + + Calculate the path of travel. + + + 2020 + + + + + Interface class for external servers implementing Path of travel calculations. + + + A typical way to use the external server can be: + Implement a server class that derives from this interface Create a new server object and register it with the service, see ExternalServiceRegistry. + + 2020 + + + + + GUID to represent the default calculation server id. + + + 2020 + + + + + Ids for external servers implementing path of travel calculations. + + + 2020 + + + + + Receiving the PDF page size, in PDF user space coordinates, which is the same as the PDF media box size. + + + The ElementId of the view to be exported. + + + The PDF page size for the view to be exported, in PDF user space coordinates. + + + 2022 + + + + + Provide Tag and Properties for a PDF container's Marked Content of a Revit view region. + + + The document which PDF exporter is exporting. And it should be the host document if there are links. + + + The view id which PDF exporter is processing. + + + The index of the view region which PDF exporter is processing, starting from -1. + + + The viewport of the view region. + + + The "model to PDF page" transform of the view region. + + + The parameter to the PDF container of the Revit element. + + + 2022 + + + + + Provide Tag and Properties for a PDF container's Marked Content of a Revit element. + + + The document which PDF exporter is exporting. And it should be the host document if there are links. + + + The ElementId of the element which PDF exporter is processing. It might be the ElementId of the linked document. + + + The ElementId of the link instance which the element belongs to, or invalidElementId when the element belongs to the host document. + + + The view id which the element belongs to. + + + The parameter to the PDF container of the Revit element. + + + 2022 + + + + + Receiving the PDF page size, in PDF user space coordinates, which is the same as the PDF media box size. + + + The ElementId of the view to be exported. + + + The PDF page size for the view to be exported, in PDF user space coordinates. + + + 2022 + + + + + Provide Tag and Properties for a PDF container's Marked Content of a Revit view region. + + + The document which PDF exporter is exporting. And it should be the host document if there are links. + + + The view id which PDF exporter is processing. + + + The index of the view region which PDF exporter is processing, starting from -1. + + + The viewport of the view region. + + + The "model to PDF page" transform of the view region. + + + The parameter to the PDF container of the Revit element. + + + 2022 + + + + + Provide Tag and Properties for a PDF container's Marked Content of a Revit element. + + + The document which PDF exporter is exporting. And it should be the host document if there are links. + + + The ElementId of the element which PDF exporter is processing. It might be the ElementId of the linked document. + + + The ElementId of the link instance which the element belongs to, or invalidElementId when the element belongs to the host document. + + + The view id which the element belongs to. + + + The parameter to the PDF container of the Revit element. + + + 2022 + + + + + Callback class providing parameters to be embedded into PDF for each Revit element. + + + 2022 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Properties of the parameter. + + + 2022 + + + + + Name of the parameter. + + + 2022 + + + + + Initialized a PDF parameter. + + + Tag of the parameter. + + + Properties of the parameter. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Name-value pair in PDF that sets a container's Tag and Properties of its Marked Content. + + + 2022 + + + + + Set a transform property. + + + Key to the property. + + + Value to the property. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Set a string property. + + + Key to the property. + + + Value to the property. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Initialize an empty dictionary. + + + 2022 + + + + + Dictionary in PDF that map string keys to a various types of values. + + + 2022 + + + + + Sets the element ids of the elements to export. Used only when ExportScope = SelectedElements. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns the element ids of the elements to export. Empty by default. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + True to convert linked CAD formats, false otherwise. + Default value is true. + + + 2020 + + + + + True to convert lights, false otherwise. + Default value is false. + + + 2020 + + + + + Faceting factor. + Default value is 1.0. + + + 2020 + + + + + True to divide file into levels, false otherwise. + Default value is true. + + + 2014 + + + + + True to convert element properties, false otherwise. + Default value is false. + + + 2014 + + + + + True if the file exporter looks for a match for the materials missing from the export, false otherwise. + Default value is true. + + + 2014 + + + + + True to export Revit room geometry, false otherwise. + Default value is true. + + + 2014 + + + + + The element id of the view to export. InvalidElementId by default. Used only when ExportScope = View. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Options which specifies the export scope of Navisworks Exporter. + Default value is Model. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2014 + + + + + Options which specifies the coordinates of Navisworks Exporter. + Default value is Shared. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2014 + + + + + True to export URL parameters, false otherwise. + Default value is true. + + + 2014 + + + + + True to export data for each room converts into a single shared room attribute, false otherwise. + Default value is true. + + + 2014 + + + + + True to export Revit links found in the main model, false to skip links. + Default value is false. + + + 2014 + + + + + Options which specifies the parameter conversion of Navisworks Exporter. + Default value is All. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2014 + + + + + True to export Revit element ids, false to skip these values. + Default value is true. + + + 2014 + + + + + True to export Revit part elements, false to export the original parent elements. + Default value is false. + + + 2014 + + + + + Create an instance of Navisworks Export Options set with default values. + + + 2014 + + + + + Options which controls the Navisworks export. + + + 2014 + + + + + 2014 + + + An enumerated type listing possible "Element Scopes" of Navisworks Exporter. + + + 2014 + + + + + Export the selected elements. + + + + + Export the elements in a view. + + + + + Export all elements in the document. + + + + + 2014 + + + An enumerated type listing possible Coordinates of Navisworks Exporter. + + + 2014 + + + + + Shared coordinates can be viewed and modified outside of Revit. + + + + + Use Revit internal coordinates. + + + + + 2014 + + + An enumerated type listing possible "Parameter conversions" of Navisworks Exporter. + + + 2014 + + + + + The file exporter converts parameters for all found elements, including the referenced elements. + As a result, extra property tabs are available in Autodesk Navisworks. + + + + + The file exporter converts parameters for all found elements. + + + + + The file exporter does not convert parameters. + + + + + Determines if the inputs are valid, and returns an error message if not. + + + The document to export. + + + The folder path. + + + The file name. + + + The export options. + + + The message to show in the exception thrown. This is not an end-user visible message, it is a + developer message, and does not have to be localized. Ignored if the function returns true. + + + True if the options are valid, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The method that Revit will invoke to perform an export to Navisworks. + + + The document to export. + + + The folder path. + + + The file name. + + + The export options. + + + 2014 + + + + + Determines if the inputs are valid, and returns an error message if not. + + + The document to export. + + + The folder path. + + + The file name. + + + The export options. + + + The message to show in the exception thrown. This is not an end-user visible message, it is a + developer message, and does not have to be localized. Ignored if the function returns true. + + + True if the options are valid, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The method that Revit will invoke to perform an export to Navisworks. + + + The document to export. + + + The folder path. + + + The file name. + + + The export options. + + + 2014 + + + + + The interface used to implement a Navisworks exporter. + + + Implement this interface and register an instance of the derived class with the Navisworks external service. + + + 2014 + + + + + Implement this to test whether a particular server should be executed. + + + An instance of a server that is to be tested. + + + The associated document. It may be NULL if not applicable. + + + The associated service data. It is the same data the Execute method would receive. + + + 2013 + + + + + Implement this to test whether a particular server should be executed. + + + An instance of a server that is to be tested. + + + The associated document. It may be NULL if not applicable. + + + The associated service data. It is the same data the Execute method would receive. + + + 2013 + + + + + The base interface class for all multi-server services. + + + + Both a single-server and multi-server service may have more than one server + registered for them. The difference between these two kinds is while there can + only be one active server at any given time for a single-sever service, there + may be a whole set of active servers assigned for a multi-server service. + + + When a multi-server service gets executed, the framework iterates through the set + of currently active servers (application-wide or document-specific depending on + the situation) and invokes the service's interface with a CanExecute call. If the + service replies the current server cannot be executed, the framework skips it and + continues with the next one in the queue. When a server is found it can be executed, + the framework calls the service's interface again, this time with the Execute + method. Whether the execution loop ends after the first executed server or not + is controlled by execution policy, which is supplied for the service upon its + registration. + + + + 2013 + + + + + Check if a project in the region is allowed to initiate a model. + + + The hub region to which a model would be saved. + + + The cloud project to which a model will be attached. + + + 2019 + + + + + Check if a model path is allowed to access. + + + Currently, the model path passed in could be a ServerPath, a CloudPath, a FilePath + or even an invalid one. Consider it when implementing this function. + + + The model path to validate. + + + 2019 + + + + + Check if a project in the region is allowed to initiate a model. + + + The hub region to which a model would be saved. + + + The cloud project to which a model will be attached. + + + 2019 + + + + + Check if a model path is allowed to access. + + + Currently, the model path passed in could be a ServerPath, a CloudPath, a FilePath + or even an invalid one. Consider it when implementing this function. + + + The model path to validate. + + + 2019 + + + + + The interface of external server which validates the access to Revit model such as Revit Cloud model. + + + Implement this interface and register an instance of the derived class with ModelAccessValidationService. + + + 2019 + + + + + Returns the list of Ids of the current elements. + + + Ids of the current elements. Contains the family base element to which the Member Forces parameters belongs. + + + 2016 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The current document. + + + 2016 + + + + + The data needed by member forces server to perform type definition. + + + 2016 + + + + + The server's method that will be called when Revit User clicks Member Forces button in the MPP. + + + The server provides UI way for Revit user to view and modify the detail data corresponding with the parameter value. + The server may also modify the section type parameter value itself during the execution. + The method should always return 'true' if the server is successfully executed, no matter whether the server changes anything. + Return 'false' or if the server throws, indicates a failed case, all changes made by the server will be discarded. + + + The Moment Forces data. + + + Indicates whether themember forces parameter server is executed successfully. + + + 2015 + + + + + The server's method that will be called when Revit User clicks Member Forces button in the MPP. + + + The server provides UI way for Revit user to view and modify the detail data corresponding with the parameter value. + The server may also modify the section type parameter value itself during the execution. + The method should always return 'true' if the server is successfully executed, no matter whether the server changes anything. + Return 'false' or if the server throws, indicates a failed case, all changes made by the server will be discarded. + + + The Moment Forces data. + + + Indicates whether themember forces parameter server is executed successfully. + + + 2015 + + + + + Interface for the Member Forces server to implement. + + + 2015 + + + + + Implement this method to specify the local path from where a copy of a Revit link external resource can be opened + for modification without interfering with its use as a link in other open documents. + + + The ExternalResourceReference that needs to be opened for modification by Revit. + + + The local path from where Revit can open the linked file as its own top-level document. + + + 2015 + + + + + Implement this method to specify the local path from where a copy of a Revit link external resource can be opened + for modification without interfering with its use as a link in other open documents. + + + The ExternalResourceReference that needs to be opened for modification by Revit. + + + The local path from where Revit can open the linked file as its own top-level document. + + + 2015 + + + + + The interface used to provide custom support for the "Open (and Unload)" command for Revit Links obtained as external resources. + + +

Revit documents that are linked into host documents are read-only. If the user wishes to edit a linked Revit file + they can use the "Open (and Unload)" command to unload the link, and automatically load it directly as a top-level, + modifiable document (Revit files cannot be edited while they are being used as links). To support this operation for + Revit links obtained as external resources, IExternalResourceServer authors should implement this callback. They + should return a local path from where Revit can open the linked document for edit. Ideally, this should be a + path that is different than the location from where it has been loaded as a link.

+

Once the user opens a link as a top-level document, they will presumably make changes to it and save it. It is + the responsibility of the server to upload whatever changes the user makes so that the version stored on the server + remains the most current. Server providers can determine when changes have been made by the user to local file + by watching for the DocumentSaved event.

+
+ + 2015 + +
+ + + Provides a list of all the ExternalGeometryId that are going to be used with this element. + + + This function is called when input is required from the external application. + + + The document where the target element exists. + + + The ID for the element requested to be attached to this server. + + + Set containing all the ExternalGeometryIds that are going to be used with this element. + + + 2024 + + + + + Called when a new element is requested to be attached to this server. + + + This function is called when input is required from the external application. + + + The document where the target element exists. + + + The ID for the element requested to be attached to this server. + + + Set to true if the server can work with this element, false otherwise. + + + 2024 + + + + + Gets the list of specs that this server depends on for the generation of the graphics appended for this element. + + + The document where the target element exists. + + + The id of the element that will be redrawn if one of the elements that has an id in the returned list changed. + + + Returns the list of specs that this server depends on for the generation of the graphics appended for this element. + + + 2024 + + + + + Returns the IDs for the elements that will determine determine a redraw request from this server on the target element. + + + This function is called when input is required from the external application. + + + The document where the target element exists. + + + The id of the element that will be redrawn if one of the elements that has an id in the returned list changed. + + + A list of element IDs for elements that if changed will force a redraw for the target element. + + + 2024 + + + + + Returns the graphic data that will be added to the element with the target id. + + + This function is called when graphics data is required from the external application. + + + The document where the target element exists. + + + The id of the view-port where this element will be drawn. + + + The id for the element that will have the extra representation added by this server. + + + Graphics data used by Revit to draw the extra data that the server requires. + + + 2024 + + + + + Provides a list of all the ExternalGeometryId that are going to be used with this element. + + + This function is called when input is required from the external application. + + + The document where the target element exists. + + + The ID for the element requested to be attached to this server. + + + Set containing all the ExternalGeometryIds that are going to be used with this element. + + + 2024 + + + + + Called when a new element is requested to be attached to this server. + + + This function is called when input is required from the external application. + + + The document where the target element exists. + + + The ID for the element requested to be attached to this server. + + + Set to true if the server can work with this element, false otherwise. + + + 2024 + + + + + Gets the list of specs that this server depends on for the generation of the graphics appended for this element. + + + The document where the target element exists. + + + The id of the element that will be redrawn if one of the elements that has an id in the returned list changed. + + + Returns the list of specs that this server depends on for the generation of the graphics appended for this element. + + + 2024 + + + + + Returns the IDs for the elements that will determine determine a redraw request from this server on the target element. + + + This function is called when input is required from the external application. + + + The document where the target element exists. + + + The id of the element that will be redrawn if one of the elements that has an id in the returned list changed. + + + A list of element IDs for elements that if changed will force a redraw for the target element. + + + 2024 + + + + + Returns the graphic data that will be added to the element with the target id. + + + This function is called when graphics data is required from the external application. + + + The document where the target element exists. + + + The id of the view-port where this element will be drawn. + + + The id for the element that will have the extra representation added by this server. + + + Graphics data used by Revit to draw the extra data that the server requires. + + + 2024 + + + + + Represents an interface that should be overridden by servers that can generate and update data for associated elements. + + This is part of the Geometry Augmentation system implementation. + This server was designed to be public_api but in the end it was decided to be moved to public_api_internal + because an element enhanced with this system created by a third party can't be computed when publish the + rvt file into the cloud. + The computation of the value and graphics is done in generateGrep and if the addon the defines the server is not + present it the cell will be empty. + Decision can be found here: + https://autodesk.slack.com/archives/C02KQUH4519/p1673018478447789 + https://wiki.autodesk.com/display/aeceng/Public+availability+of+the+Custom+Graphics+API#decision_framework-1761429744 + + +

Server interface to drive extra graphics from an external application on elements that attached to it using .

+
+ + 2024 + +
+ + + Set properties palette group identifier. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Get properties palette group identifier. + + + 2024 + + + + + Set categories for binding. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Get categories for binding. + + + 2024 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + True if the parameter is visible to the user, false if it is hidden and accessible only via the API. + + + 2024 + + + + + True if binding to Element instances, false if binding to Element types. + + + 2024 + + + + + Creates a new ParameterDownloadOptions instance. + Category bindings are represented by an ElementIdSet populated with category identifiers. + + + The category identifiers. + + + True if binding to Element instances, false if binding to Element types. + + + True if the parameter is visible to the user, false if it is hidden and accessible only via the API. + + + Properties palette group identifier. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Default constructor. + + + 2024 + + + + + An option class used for downloading parameters from the Parameters Service. + + + 2024 + + + + + Returns details about the account that owns the given parameter schema identifier. + + + + + Returns the category bindings, group bindings, and visibility assigned to the given parameter schema. + + + + + Returns the requested schema as a JSON string. + + + + + Returns details about the account that owns the given parameter schema identifier. + + + + + Returns the category bindings, group bindings, and visibility assigned to the given parameter schema. + + + + + Returns the requested schema as a JSON string. + + + + + The external server interface for interacting with the Forge Schema Service. + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates that the requested account details were downloaded successfully. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Indicates an unsuccessful download. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + Indicates the result of attempting to retrieve account details. + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates that the requested bindings were downloaded successfully. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Indicates an unsuccessful download. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + Indicates the result of attempting to retrieve parameter bindings. + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates that the given schema was downloaded successfully. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Indicates an unsuccessful download. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + Indicates the result of an attempt to download a schema. + + + + + Status codes for parameter download scenarios. + + + + + Allows to record information about failures in the journal. + + + Records information about failure messages and elements involved in the failures. + If this method not invoked, journal does not contain any information about failures + resolved by (pre)processing. + + + Accessors to the failures to journal. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This FailuresAccessor is inactive (is used outside of failures processing). + + + 2011 + + + + + Finishes pending failures processing by rolling back the pending transaction. + + + Result of attempt to roll back the pending transaction. + + + This FailuresAccessor is inactive (is used outside of failures processing). + -or- + The processing of the failures is not in the pending state. + + + 2011 + + + + + Finishes pending failures processing by committing the pending transaction. + + + Result of attempt to commit the pending transaction. + + + This FailuresAccessor is inactive (is used outside of failures processing). + -or- + The processing of the failures is not in the pending state. + -or- + There is no pending transaction or transaction is not allowed to be committed. + + + 2011 + + + + + Checks if the failure processing is pending. + + + The failure processing is pending after failures processor has returned WaitForUserInput + and until pending state is finished by either committing or rolling back of the pending transaction. + + + True if the failures processing is in the pending state. + + + This FailuresAccessor is inactive (is used outside of failures processing). + + + 2011 + + + + + Checks if pending failure processing can be finished by rolling back a pending transaction. + + + Check makes sense only if the failure processing is pending. + + + True if there is a pending transaction and this transaction is allowed to be rolled back + + + This FailuresAccessor is inactive (is used outside of failures processing). + + + 2011 + + + + + Checks if pending failure processing can be finished by committing a pending transaction. + + + Check makes sense only if the failure processing is pending. + + + True if there is a pending transaction and this transaction is allowed to be committed. + + + This FailuresAccessor is inactive (is used outside of failures processing). + + + 2011 + + + + + Returns list of the failure resolution types attempted for the failure in the current transaction. + + + In some cases attempt to resolve a failure has no impact or failure gets reposted during next round of the end of transaction checks + after being resolved. Knowing if any failure resolutions were attempted for the failure allows failures processor + to prevent infinite loop. + + + The failure. + + + The list of the types of failure resolutions attempted for the failure. + + + failure has not been properly initialized. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This FailuresAccessor is inactive (is used outside of failures processing). + + + 2011 + + + + + Resolves failures by deletion of elements related to the failures. + + + Ids of elements to be deleted. + + + Resolution of the failures by deleting idsToDelete is not permitted + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This FailuresAccessor is inactive (is used outside of failures processing). + + + 2011 + + + + + Resolves one or more failures using last set failure resolution type for each of the failures. + If failure resolution type was not set for some of failures, default failure resolution type will be used. + + + After execution of the failure resolutions the failures will not be removed from the document automatically. To + prevent failure from being delivered to the user, failures (pre)processor should return ProceedWithCommit. + It will cause failures to be regenerated and failure resolution process to be restarted. + If attempt to resolve failure was not successful, and the same failure is present on repetitive calls + of the failures (pre)processor, the preprocessor code should take care to attempt + a different resolution the next time the failure appears, to avoid an infinite loop. + + + The accessors to the failures to be resolved. + + + Default resolution of one of the failures is not permitted or not applicable. + -or- + One of the failures was already attempted to resolve twice with that resolution type. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This FailuresAccessor is inactive (is used outside of failures processing). + -or- + Resolution of failures is not permitted in the current state of the document. + + + 2011 + + + + + Resolves one failure using the failure resolution type last set for it. + + + If failure resolution type was not set, the default failure resolution type will be used. + After execution of the failure resolution the failure will not be removed from the document automatically. To + prevent the failure from being delivered to the user, failures (pre)processor should return ProceedWithCommit. + It will cause failures to be regenerated and failure resolution process to be restarted. + If attempt to resolve failure was not successful, and the same failure is present on repetitive calls + of the failures (pre)processor, the preprocessor code should take care to attempt + a different resolution the next time the failure appears, to avoid an infinite loop. + + + The accessor to the failure to be resolved. + + + failure has not been properly initialized. + -or- + failure does not have any resolutions. + -or- + Default resolution of failure is not permitted or not applicable. + -or- + The failure was already attempted to resolve twice with that resolution type. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This FailuresAccessor is inactive (is used outside of failures processing). + -or- + Resolution of failures is not permitted in the current state of the document. + + + 2011 + + + + + Deletes all FailureMessages of severity "Warning" currently posted in a document. + + + Warnings are deleted immediately and will not be accessible by any further failures processing. + Any accessors for these failure messages become invalid. + + + This FailuresAccessor is inactive (is used outside of failures processing). + + + 2011 + + + + + Deletes one specific failure message of severity "Warning". + + + The accessor to the warning to be deleted. + + + failure has not been properly initialized. + -or- + Severity of failure is not FailureSeverity::Warning. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This FailuresAccessor is inactive (is used outside of failures processing). + + + 2011 + + + + + Posts an additional failure message to be processed for the current transaction. + + + Should be used during failures processing instead of a similar method in a document class. + Using method of the document class with the same name during failures processing is prohibited. + + + Failure message to post. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This FailuresAccessor is inactive (is used outside of failures processing). + + + 2011 + + + + + Deletes all failure messages currently posted in a document and replaces them with one "generic" failure. + + + If analysis done by Failures Processing code concludes that in a given context delivering + of the posted failures to the user makes no sense, this method can be used to discard all posted failures + and substitute one "generic" one, that will be delivered to the user and then transaction + forced to be aborted. + After the call, (pre)processing of failures should return ProceedWithRollback. + + + FailureMessage that should replace all currently posted messages. It must have severity DocumentCorruption. + + + Severity of failure must be FailureSeverity::DocumentCorruption. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This FailuresAccessor is inactive (is used outside of failures processing). + + + 2011 + + + + + Sets failure handling options for the transaction currently being finished. + + + If used with returning ProceedWithRollback from (pre)processing, allows to dismiss errors and roll back transaction + without any further failures processing and silently for the user. + + + The failure handling options to be set for the transaction currently being finished. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This FailuresAccessor is inactive (is used outside of failures processing). + + + 2011 + + + + + Provides access to the failure handling options for the transaction currently being finished. + + + The failure handling options for transaction currently being finished. + + + This FailuresAccessor is inactive (is used outside of failures processing). + + + 2011 + + + + + Checks if resolution of the failures by deleting given collection of elements is permitted. + + + Method does not confirm if deletion of the elements will or may resolve the failure - it simply verifies + that given elements can be deleted in the current state of the document. + + + The Ids of elements to be deleted. + + + A localized string explaining reason why the elements cannot be deleted. + + + True if resolution of the failures by deleting given elements is permitted + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This FailuresAccessor is inactive (is used outside of failures processing). + + + 2011 + + + + + Checks if resolution of the failures by deleting given collection of elements is permitted. + + + Method does not confirm if deletion of the elements will or may resolve the failure - it simply verifies + that given elements exist and can be deleted in the current state of the document. + + + The Ids of elements to be deleted. + + + True if resolution of the failures by deleting given elements is permitted. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This FailuresAccessor is inactive (is used outside of failures processing). + + + 2011 + + + + + Checks if resolution of the failures by deleting failure elements is permitted. + + + True if resolution of the failures by deleting failure elements is permitted. + + + This FailuresAccessor is inactive (is used outside of failures processing). + + + 2011 + + + + + Checks if resolution of the failure using given resolution type is permitted. + + + Accessor to the failure to be resolved. + + + Type of the failure resolution to be used. + + + True if resolution of the failure using given resolution type is permitted. + + + failure has not been properly initialized. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + This FailuresAccessor is inactive (is used outside of failures processing). + + + 2011 + + + + + Checks if default resolution of the failure is permitted. + + + The accessor to the failure to be resolved. + + + True if default resolution of the failure is permitted + + + failure has not been properly initialized. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This FailuresAccessor is inactive (is used outside of failures processing). + + + 2011 + + + + + Checks if resolution of failures is permitted. + + + True if resolutions of failures is permitted. + + + 2011 + + + + + Checks if the transaction for which failures are processed is being committed or rolled back. + + + A transaction is considered as "being committed" if a caller has requested the transaction to be committed and + no previous failure processing operation requested the transaction to be rolled back. + + + True if current transaction is being committed, false if the transaction is being rolled back. + + + This FailuresAccessor is inactive (is used outside of failures processing). + + + 2011 + + + + + Provides access to the individual failure messages if a given severity currently posted in the document. + + + The failure severity for which failure messages are requested. + If the requested severity is None, an empty collection is returned. + + + Accessors to the individual failure messages of a given severity posted in the document. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + This FailuresAccessor is inactive (is used outside of failures processing). + + + 2011 + + + + + Provides access to the individual failure messages currently posted in the document. + + + Returned set of messages will be ordered from more severe to less severe. + + + The accessors to the individual failure messages posted in the document. + + + This FailuresAccessor is inactive (is used outside of failures processing). + + + 2011 + + + + + Changes the name of the transaction for which failures are being processed. + + + If the transaction will be committed by or after failures processing it can change its name to reflect + results of processing of the failures. For example, if the original transaction name was "review warnings" and + some of the warnings were resolved by deleting of the relevant elements, failures processor may + change the name of the transaction to "delete elements". + + + The name of the transaction to set. + + + transactionName is an empty string. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This FailuresAccessor is inactive (is used outside of failures processing). + + + 2011 + + + + + Retrieves the name of the transaction for which failures are being processed. + + + The name of the transaction for which failures are being processed. + + + This FailuresAccessor is inactive (is used outside of failures processing). + + + 2011 + + + + + Provides access to the current failure severity. + + + The highest severity of a failure message currently posted in the document. + + + This FailuresAccessor is inactive (is used outside of failures processing). + + + 2011 + + + + + Provides access to a document for which failures are being processed or preprocessed. + + + The document for which failures preprocessing or processing is being performed. + + + This FailuresAccessor is inactive (is used outside of failures processing). + + + 2011 + + + + + Method allows to check if this instance of the accessor is currently active. + + + Generally, this instance is active when it is passed to any of interfaces used in the process of failure resolution, + and becomes inactive after returning control to Revit. + The only special case is if failures processor returns WaitForUserInput, + in which case document stays in the FailureMode and instance of failures accessor stays active till FailureMode is ended. + + + True if this instance is currently active and can be used. + + + 2011 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + An interface class that provides access to failure information posted in a document and methods to resolve these failures. + + + An instance of this class can be obtained only as an argument passed to interfaces used in the process of failure resolution + and is the only available interface to fetch information about failures in a document. + While reading from a document during failure processing is allowed, the only way to modify document during failure resolution is via methods + provided by this class. + After returning from failure processing, the instance of the class is deactivated and cannot be used any longer. + + + 2011 + + + + + Enum represents severity of a failure. + + + 2011 + + + + + Failure that forces Transaction to be rolled back as soon as possible due to known corruption to a document. + When failure of this severity is posted, reading of information from a document is not allowed. + The current transaction has to be rolled back first in order to work with the document. + + + + + Failure that cannot be ignored. + If FailureMeassage of this severity is posted, the current transaction cannot be committed unless + failure is resolved via appropriate FailureResolution. + + + + + Failure that can be ignored by end-user. Failures of this severity do not prevent transactions from being committed. + + + + + Represents a failure-free state of a document. This value cannot be used as an argument to construct FailureMesasage. + + + + + Enumeration to classify FailureResolutions by nature of operation they perform on failing Elements. + + + 2011 + + + + + Resolution type does not match any of the above. + + + + + Save the current document to avoid losing more if something serious occurs. + + + + + Defines a resolution of a failure by setting an appropriate value in place of invalid value. + + + + + Defines a resolution of a failure by unconstraining Element(s). + + + + + Defines a resolution of a failure by quitting an Edit Mode instead of committing changes. + Changes made in edit mode will be rolled back. + + + + + The standard "Show" may fail in some context, special resolution could be added in this condition to show failing element(s). + + + + + Defines a resolution of a failure by removing invalid relationships between elements such as joined + walls and roofs, grouped elements, and associated curves. + + + + + Defines a resolution of a failure by changing failing Element(s) - specific change may vary depending + in type of failure and type of Element(s). + + + + + Defines a resolution of a failure by moving Element(s) to an appropriate location. + + + + + Defines a resolution of a failure by skipping Element(s) for which operation has failed and proceeding + with the rest of Elements. + + + + + Defines a resolution of a failure by deleting Element(s) that caused the failure. + + + + + Defines a resolution of a failure where Revit will add new Element(s) in place of missing one(s). + + + + + Special (reserved) type. It cannot be used as a type when defining a resolution, but can be used as a key to query default + resolution from FailureMessage or FailureDefinition. + + + + + Special (reserved) type. This should be non-initialized value of any variable of FailureResolutionType, + end user should not see this value, API programmer could use this in initialization and comparison. + + + + + This method is called when there have been failures found at the end of a transaction and Revit is about to start processing them. + + + The Interface class that provides access to the failure information. + + + Notifies end of transaction code about further actions required. Return values are interpreted as follows: + Continue - the failure processing will continue. Failures will be shown to the user, even if they were addressed by this method.ProceedWithCommit - end of transaction checks and failure processing will restart from the beginning. + If some failures were resolved here, they will be removed and not delivered to the user. + ProceedWithCommit cannot be returned if transaction is being rolled back.ProceedWithRollBack - the failure processing will continue. Failures will be shown to the user, but user will have no option + to resolve or ignore them - only cancel option will be available. If intent is to roll back transaction without showing failures to the user, + it can be achieved by setting failure handling option to remove failures before returning ProceedWithRollBack. + Other return values are not allowed. + + + 2011 + + + + + This method is called when there have been failures found at the end of a transaction and Revit is about to start processing them. + + + The Interface class that provides access to the failure information. + + + Notifies end of transaction code about further actions required. Return values are interpreted as follows: + Continue - the failure processing will continue. Failures will be shown to the user, even if they were addressed by this method.ProceedWithCommit - end of transaction checks and failure processing will restart from the beginning. + If some failures were resolved here, they will be removed and not delivered to the user. + ProceedWithCommit cannot be returned if transaction is being rolled back.ProceedWithRollBack - the failure processing will continue. Failures will be shown to the user, but user will have no option + to resolve or ignore them - only cancel option will be available. If intent is to roll back transaction without showing failures to the user, + it can be achieved by setting failure handling option to remove failures before returning ProceedWithRollBack. + Other return values are not allowed. + + + 2011 + + + + + An interface that may be used to perform a preprocessing step to either filter out anticipated transaction failures + or to mark certain failures as non-continuable. + + + This interface, if provided, is invoked when there are failures found at the end of a transaction. + An instance of this interface can be set in the failure handling options of transaction object. + + + 2011 + + + + + + + + + Extra information used during the creation of the Revit document. + + + The extra information used during the creation of the Revit document. + + + 2015 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The path to the source data used to generate the model. + + + 2015 + + + + + The service responsible for converting the data into a Revit file. + + + 2015 + + + + + This class contains the information necessary to re-create a Revit document + from an external source. + + + 2015 + + + + + Adds a new named option to the options structure. + + + Named options can be used to set options not accessible through the standard IFC export user interface. + It is up to the implementation of the IExporterIFC interface to customize export behavior based on these options. + + + The option name. + + + The option value. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Assigns the values of the IFCExportOptions to this options object. + + + The source IFCExportOptions. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Id of the view whose visibility settings will govern the contents in the exported IFC file. + + + This should be set to the id of the view, or InvalidElementId if there is to be no special filtering applied (all model elements + will be exported). Default is InvalidElementId. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Level of space boundaries exported in IFC file. + + + There are three valid values for this integer: + 0 = export no space boundaries. This can save space if the receiving application doesn't use them. + 1 = export 1st level space boundaries. This is the default. + 2 = export 2nd level space boundaries. This is primarily for use in energy analysis programs, and the GSA. + Default is 1. + + + 2011 + + + + + Path to a file containing family mapping. + + + The file, if specified, contains data describing how to map + generic family instances to IFC containers (element types). This property + may be empty, in which case the current mapping will be used. + The default is an empty string. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Option to export IFC standard quantities currently supported by Revit. + + + IFC has created a list of common quantities (e.g. length, area, volume, etc.) + that can optionally be exported along with the 3D representation for many element + types (e.g. walls, columns, doors). Setting this option to true will cause the export + procedure to include the set of IFC quantities that Revit currently supports. + Default is false. + + + 2011 + + + + + Option to allow division of multi-level walls and columns by levels. + + + This option will always be considered true when FileVersion is IFC-BCA. + For other File Versions, default is false. + + + 2011 + + + + + IFC file version. + + + Default is IFCVersion.Default. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates a copy of an IFCExportOptions. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Default constructor. Initializes FileVersion to Default. + WallAndColumnSplitting and ExportBaseQuantities are set to false. + FamilyMappingFile is set to empty. + + + 2011 + + + + + IFC Export options. + + + 2011 + + + + + An enumerated type listing available IFC file versions into which a file may be exported. + + + + + IFC-SG MVD based on IFC4 + + + + + IFC4x3 file format + + + + + IFC2x3 Basic FM Handover View + + + + + IFC4 Design Transfer View + + + + + IFC4 Reference View + + + + + IFC2x3 Extended FM Handover View + + + + + IFC 4 file format. + + + + + IFC GSA COBIE 2010 file format. This is a variant of IFC 2x3 used for + submitting files that are COBIE 2010-complaint. + + + + + IFC 2x3 Coordination View 2.0 file format. This is a variant of IFC 2x3 used for + exporting files using the Coordination View 2.0 model view. + + + + + IFC BCA file format. This is a certified variant of IFC 2x2 used for + submitting files to the Singapore BCA ePlan Check Server. + + + + + IFC 2x3 file format. + + + + + IFC 2x2 file format. + + + + + The Autodesk Revit application's default export format. Note that this may change + as the defaults change in the Revit user interface. + + + + + An enumerated type defining if an element type is exported to IFC or not. + + + + + Don't export element type to IFC regardless of category or Revit element settings. + + + + + Export element type to IFC regardless of category or Revit element settings. + + + + + Export element type to IFC according to category or Revit element settings. + + + + + An enumerated type defining if an element is exported to IFC or not. + + + + + Don't export element to IFC regardless of type or category settings. + + + + + Export element to IFC regardless of type or category settings. + + + + + Export element to IFC according to type settings. + + + + + Implement this method to handle situations when servers for the service have changed. + + + + This method may only be invoked in a recordable service. + Services registered as non-recordable never receive this call. + + + It is imperative to understand this method is not called just when an active server (or servers) + is (are) changed for a service. It is invoked only when the active server is changed so it is + different from those previously used (i.e. actually executed) in a document. Because of that, + this notification is never sent when active server is set or reset in a document in which the + service was never executed before. + + If a document has explicitly set active server (or servers), OnServersChanged is never called + for that document when the application-wide active server (servers) gets changed. The document + would still be executed with its own active servers applied. + A similar case is when the active server (servers) is unset for a document but the currently + active application-wide server happens to be the same as the one that was set in the document. + + It is up to the service provider to decide what should be the appropriate action. In some cases, + if not all, the service will probably want to execute again, now with the new active server(s), + but that it is not necessary - the service invoker may as well decide to wait for the end-user + to trigger execution if the service (e.g. by clicking a corresponding command in the menu.) + + + The corresponding document + + + Indicates in what situation the servers are changed. Currently available values indicate + whether the change is a result of an explicit user request, or by an implicit change of + situation within the service - for example when a document is updated upon opening. + + + Ids of servers previously used in the document. Please note that the Ids may + belong to servers that are not registered with service anymore. + + + 2013 + + + + + Implements this method to get notified that the servers in a just + opened document differ from those currently set as active for the service. + + + + This method may only be invoked in a recordable service. + Services registered as non-recordable never receive this call. + + + This notification is sent when Revit opens a document which has a record of + the service used (executed at least once) and the record shows that the server + (or servers) used differ from those currently set as active for the service. + + + Unless the situation is explicitly handled in this call (by returning DoNothing), + the framework will follow up by assigning the formerly used servers as the + currently active servers of that document. After it will notify the service + about the change by invoking the OnServersChanged method on the services interface. + + + + The coresponding document + + + Ids of servers previously used in the document. Please note that the Ids may + belong to servers that are currently not registered with the service. + + + Return DoNothing if the situation has been completely handled by your service; + If not, reply with either ApplyDefaults (typical case) or LetUserDecide. + + + 2013 + + + + + Implement this method to execute the given server. + + + + It is completely upon the service to decide what the communication with the server should be like, + for it is the service provider who also defines what the server's interface looks like. + It could be as simple as calling one method (e.g. Execute, Run, Calculate, etc.) or it could be + a set of inquiries and executing calls to the server. + + + The framework invokes this method when the service is requested to be executed. + The framework first checks what the applicable server (or servers, in a multi-server + service) is and then it calls this method with that server as an argument. + + + + An instance of a server that is to be executed. + + + The associated document. It may be NULL if the service is not being executed + in a document. + + + The associated service data. + + + True indicates a successful execution of the call. False indicates a failure. + + If a multi-server service returns false from the call, the service manager + will stop the execution loop and marks the service execution as unsuccessful. + + + 2013 + + + + + Implement this method to check if the given instance represents a valid server of this service. + + + This method is invoked by the framework upon registration of a server for this service. + The simplest implementation would be to test whether the type of the object is as expected, + but a service may have other rules for validating its servers. + + + An instance of a server that is to be validated. + + + True if the server is valid, False otherwise + + + 2013 + + + + + Implement this method to return a description of the service. + + +

The purpose of this string is to describe the external service + in more details than just a short name alone could do. + The intended use is to show the string to the end user in UI + when UI is appropriate for the service.

+

Beside the requirement for it to be a non-empty string, + there are no other general restrictions imposed by the External Services Framework.

+
+ + Description of the service. + + + 2013 + +
+ + + Implement this method to return the vendor Id of the service. + + + The Id is expected to be a string consisting of 4 characters. + + + Vendor Id of the service. + + + 2013 + + + + + Implement this method to return the name of the service. + + +

Although an external service is uniquely identified by its Id, the Name + can identify it to the end user in UI when UI is appropriate for the service.

+

Beside the requirement for the name to be a non-empty string, + there are no other general restrictions imposed by the External Services Framework.

+
+ + Name of the service. + + + 2013 + +
+ + + Implement this method to return the unique Id of the service. + + +

For all built-in external services, their Ids are all items + of the enumerated type ExternalServices.BuiltInExternalServices.

+

Third-party services will have their respective Ids based on GUIDs. + It is important to note that a service Id must be unique. It will + be an error if two external services try to register with the same Id.

+
+ + The extensible enum value representing the Id of the service. + + + 2013 + +
+ + + Implement this method to handle situations when servers for the service have changed. + + + + This method may only be invoked in a recordable service. + Services registered as non-recordable never receive this call. + + + It is imperative to understand this method is not called just when an active server (or servers) + is (are) changed for a service. It is invoked only when the active server is changed so it is + different from those previously used (i.e. actually executed) in a document. Because of that, + this notification is never sent when active server is set or reset in a document in which the + service was never executed before. + + If a document has explicitly set active server (or servers), OnServersChanged is never called + for that document when the application-wide active server (servers) gets changed. The document + would still be executed with its own active servers applied. + A similar case is when the active server (servers) is unset for a document but the currently + active application-wide server happens to be the same as the one that was set in the document. + + It is up to the service provider to decide what should be the appropriate action. In some cases, + if not all, the service will probably want to execute again, now with the new active server(s), + but that it is not necessary - the service invoker may as well decide to wait for the end-user + to trigger execution if the service (e.g. by clicking a corresponding command in the menu.) + + + The corresponding document + + + Indicates in what situation the servers are changed. Currently available values indicate + whether the change is a result of an explicit user request, or by an implicit change of + situation within the service - for example when a document is updated upon opening. + + + Ids of servers previously used in the document. Please note that the Ids may + belong to servers that are not registered with service anymore. + + + 2013 + + + + + Implements this method to get notified that the servers in a just + opened document differ from those currently set as active for the service. + + + + This method may only be invoked in a recordable service. + Services registered as non-recordable never receive this call. + + + This notification is sent when Revit opens a document which has a record of + the service used (executed at least once) and the record shows that the server + (or servers) used differ from those currently set as active for the service. + + + Unless the situation is explicitly handled in this call (by returning DoNothing), + the framework will follow up by assigning the formerly used servers as the + currently active servers of that document. After it will notify the service + about the change by invoking the OnServersChanged method on the services interface. + + + + The coresponding document + + + Ids of servers previously used in the document. Please note that the Ids may + belong to servers that are currently not registered with the service. + + + Return DoNothing if the situation has been completely handled by your service; + If not, reply with either ApplyDefaults (typical case) or LetUserDecide. + + + 2013 + + + + + Implement this method to execute the given server. + + + + It is completely upon the service to decide what the communication with the server should be like, + for it is the service provider who also defines what the server's interface looks like. + It could be as simple as calling one method (e.g. Execute, Run, Calculate, etc.) or it could be + a set of inquiries and executing calls to the server. + + + The framework invokes this method when the service is requested to be executed. + The framework first checks what the applicable server (or servers, in a multi-server + service) is and then it calls this method with that server as an argument. + + + + An instance of a server that is to be executed. + + + The associated document. It may be NULL if the service is not being executed + in a document. + + + The associated service data. + + + True indicates a successful execution of the call. False indicates a failure. + + If a multi-server service returns false from the call, the service manager + will stop the execution loop and marks the service execution as unsuccessful. + + + 2013 + + + + + Implement this method to check if the given instance represents a valid server of this service. + + + This method is invoked by the framework upon registration of a server for this service. + The simplest implementation would be to test whether the type of the object is as expected, + but a service may have other rules for validating its servers. + + + An instance of a server that is to be validated. + + + True if the server is valid, False otherwise + + + 2013 + + + + + Implement this method to return a description of the service. + + +

The purpose of this string is to describe the external service + in more details than just a short name alone could do. + The intended use is to show the string to the end user in UI + when UI is appropriate for the service.

+

Beside the requirement for it to be a non-empty string, + there are no other general restrictions imposed by the External Services Framework.

+
+ + Description of the service. + + + 2013 + +
+ + + Implement this method to return the vendor Id of the service. + + + The Id is expected to be a string consisting of 4 characters. + + + Vendor Id of the service. + + + 2013 + + + + + Implement this method to return the name of the service. + + +

Although an external service is uniquely identified by its Id, the Name + can identify it to the end user in UI when UI is appropriate for the service.

+

Beside the requirement for the name to be a non-empty string, + there are no other general restrictions imposed by the External Services Framework.

+
+ + Name of the service. + + + 2013 + +
+ + + Implement this method to return the unique Id of the service. + + +

For all built-in external services, their Ids are all items + of the enumerated type ExternalServices.BuiltInExternalServices.

+

Third-party services will have their respective Ids based on GUIDs. + It is important to note that a service Id must be unique. It will + be an error if two external services try to register with the same Id.

+
+ + The extensible enum value representing the Id of the service. + + + 2013 + +
+ + + The base interface class for all external services. + + + + Both supported kinds of services - single-server and multi-server - will derive their classes + from this interface, albeit indirectly through an interface specific to the particular kind. + External services never derive directly from this class - they always have to derive from + either ISingleServerService or IMultiServerService, respectivelly. + + + + 2013 + + + + + 2014 + + + An enumerated value to return from OnServerDiparity indicating + what the service wants Revit to do as the post-action of the call. + + + 2014 + + + + + Revit is to prompt the end-user to let him or her decide + whether a default action should be applied or a selection + of servers should be set. + + + + + Revit is to apply the default algorithm which is to activate + just the servers that are remaining available. It could also + mean that no server will be set at all if the servers previously + used in the document are not currently registered. If such a + situation happens for a mandatory service, then the service's + default server will be set as the new (and only) active server. + + + + + Revit is instructed to do nothing. It is assumed that the service + already handled what needed to be handled (e.g. it set servers + appropriately to the situation.) + + + + + 2013 + + + Controls how servers of multi-server external services are executed. + + + 2013 + + + + + Under this policy the framework will call to execute a service with all + applicable servers, that is the servers that are currently set as active + and for which the service responds affirmatively to the CanExecute method. + If and only if the service can execute all applicable servers successfully + the execution returns ExternalServiceResult.Succeeded. If execution of + any applicable server fails, the execution loop breaks and the return + value will be ExternalServiceResult.Failed. If no applicable servers + can be found, the return value will be ExternalServiceResult.Unhandled. + + + + + This policy instructs to find the first applicable server, + which would be the first one that the service claims (by + returning True from the CanExecute method) it can be executed. + With that server the service will be called to execute it. + If the execution fails or if an unhandled exception is raised + from it the result will be ExternalServiceResult.Failed, otherwise + it will be ExternalServiceResult.Succeeded, unless no applicable + server can be found, which would cause returning ExternalServiceResult.Unhandled. + + + + + 2013 + + + An enumerated value representing a result from executing an external service. + + + 2013 + + + + + Execution of a service has not been handled; possibly because there are no applicable servers. + + + + + Service execution has failed. + + + + + Service has been executed successfully. + + + + + 2013 + + + Indicates the cause for the active server to be changed + + + 2013 + + + + + The change of the active server has been explicitly requested by the end user. + + + + + The active server is being changed as a result of other operations in Revit. + + + + Compares two ExternalServiceId instances. + The first ExternalServiceId. + The second ExternalServiceId. + True if the inputs are different, false if they are identical. + + + Compares two ExternalServiceId instances. + The first ExternalServiceId. + The second ExternalServiceId. + True if the inputs are identical, false if they are different. + + + Creates a new ExternalServiceId instance. + The identifier for the ExternalServiceId. + + + + Unique identifier of an external service. + + + Each external service must have a unique ExternalServiceId. + The Id can be registered with Revit for servers to easily find it. + Unique ExternalServiceId should be created using GUID generation tool. + ExternalServiceId can later be used to access registered external services. + + + 2013 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructor data from failure id. + + + The failure id. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Constructor data from updated resource. + + + The updated resource. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + The data to be returned by + If a valid is returned then that failure is posted so a user can delete the element. + If not, the ExternalResourceReference is copied to the Element. The resource must be well formed and the interface + should return true for that + resource. + + + 2018 + + + + + Returns the ExternalResourceReference resulting from this load operation. + + + This object contains the ExternalResourceReference produced by the loading operation onIExternalResourceServer. + + + A reference to an ExternalResourceReference object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Returns an object containing information about the context of the load operation. + + + An object containing information about the context of the load operation. + + + 2015 + + + + + Returns the load operation GUID. + + + This Id uniquely identifies the load request. IExternalResourceServers can use it as a key to store + and retrieve information (such as errors) that is relevant to a specific load operation. + + + The load operation GUID. + + + 2015 + + + + + Returns the ExternalResourceLoadContent resulting from this load operation. + + + This object contains the content produced by the call to the IExternalResourceServer's + LoadResource method. + + + A reference to an ExternalResourceLoadContent object. + + + 2015 + + + + + Returns the ExternalResourceReference that identifies which resource should be loaded. + + + Information in this object tells the server from which specific resource Revit + expects to receive the external data. + + + 2015 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The success or failure status of the load attempt. + + + 2015 + + + + + The ExternalResourceType for which Revit is requesting data from the server. + + + 2015 + + + + + Indicates whether the IExternalResourceUIServer has reported errors + for this ExternalResourceLoadData. This value can be set by the + IExternalResourceUIServer in HandleLoadResourceResults(). + + +

For Revit links specifically, Revit will check this value to see + if it should report errors about a given link in the Unresolved + References dialog. An IExternalResourceUIServer can set this value + to true to avoid redundant messages.

+

Note that it is possible for Revit to encounter errors internally + even if the server successfully provides a reference. In general, this + value should only be set to true if the server has reported an + error condition.

+
+ + 2015 + +
+ + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + +

This class contains the input and output data resulting from invoking an IExternalResourceServer's LoadResource method.

+

After the call to LoadResource, the resulting ExternalResourceLoadData will be passed into + IExternalResourceServer.HandleLoadResourceResults() so that appropriate UI can be displayed.

+

Server providers can inspect the ExternalResourceLoadData to get an ExternalResourceLoadContent + object of the subclass appropriate to the external resource. The class also contains a copy of the + ExternalResourceReference, and information about the context of the load operation.

+
+ + 2015 + +
+ + + Returns true if the path root belongs to the server. + + + The path root to be tested. + + + 2018 + + + + + Implement this method to specify if the server has custom server name for session path (something other than GetShortName()). + + + Return true if the server name specified in GetInSessionPath() is different from GetShortName(). + + + Return true if the server name specified in GetInSessionPath() is different from GetShortName(). + + + 2018 + + + + + Implement this method to indicate whether this sever can do a batch load for multiple resources. + + + Some external servers, e.g. AutodeskDrive Server, can do a batch load for multiple resources. + + + True if this sever can do a batch load for multiple resources. + + + 2018 + + + + + Pre-processes resources by the server which will downloads the files from A360, if necessary. + + + The data returned by the server as a result of this load operation. + + + 2018 + + + + + Get the root location for locally cached files used + by this server. + Return "" if there is no local cache or if there is no + one root location. + + + The local cache root for this server, or the empty + string if there is no local cache. + + + 2018 + + + + + Implement this method to indicate whether this sever is hidden in the user interface, + e.g. through External Resource icon. + + + True if this sever is hidden in the user interface; false otherwise. + + + 2018 + + + + + Implement this method to update the resource when attempting to save to workshared file. + + + Will be called when attempting to save to workshared file only if returned true. + + + The resource to update. + + + Updated resource or failure definition id. + + + 2018 + + + + + Implement this method to indicate whether a given resource needs an update to be shared by multiple users. + + + If true will be called. + + + The resource to check. + + + True if the resource needs to be updated for worksharing. + + + 2018 + + + + + Implement this method to convert a given URI path (if applicable) to the cache path on disk. + + + This function is called for the case only a URI path is known. + + + The URI path to the resource. + + + The cache path converted with the given URI path. + + + 2018 + + + + + Implement this method to convert a given ModelPath (could be file path or cloud path) to an ExternalResourceReference. + + + This funcion is called only if returns true. + If the local path cannot be handled by this server, null ExternalResourceReference will be returned. + + + The path to the external resource. + + + The external resource type should be matched by the ModelPath. + + + The ExternalResourceReference converted with the given ModelPath. + + + 2018 + + + + + Implement this method to indicate whether this sever can handle a given ModelPath (could be file path or cloud path), + which matches a given external resource type, if necessary. + + + A server cannot handle a given ModelPath, such as + if the given local path is outside of its cached path or the given one is invalid. + + + The path to the external resource. + + + The external resource type should be matched by the ModelPath. + + + True if the operation is for Opening file; false if the operation is for linking. + + + True if the server can handle a given ModelPath; false otherwise. + + + 2018 + + + + + Returns true if the path root belongs to the server. + + + The path root to be tested. + + + 2018 + + + + + Implement this method to specify if the server has custom server name for session path (something other than GetShortName()). + + + Return true if the server name specified in GetInSessionPath() is different from GetShortName(). + + + Return true if the server name specified in GetInSessionPath() is different from GetShortName(). + + + 2018 + + + + + Implement this method to indicate whether this sever can do a batch load for multiple resources. + + + Some external servers, e.g. AutodeskDrive Server, can do a batch load for multiple resources. + + + True if this sever can do a batch load for multiple resources. + + + 2018 + + + + + Pre-processes resources by the server which will downloads the files from A360, if necessary. + + + The data returned by the server as a result of this load operation. + + + 2018 + + + + + Get the root location for locally cached files used + by this server. + Return "" if there is no local cache or if there is no + one root location. + + + The local cache root for this server, or the empty + string if there is no local cache. + + + 2018 + + + + + Implement this method to indicate whether this sever is hidden in the user interface, + e.g. through External Resource icon. + + + True if this sever is hidden in the user interface; false otherwise. + + + 2018 + + + + + Implement this method to update the resource when attempting to save to workshared file. + + + Will be called when attempting to save to workshared file only if returned true. + + + The resource to update. + + + Updated resource or failure definition id. + + + 2018 + + + + + Implement this method to indicate whether a given resource needs an update to be shared by multiple users. + + + If true will be called. + + + The resource to check. + + + True if the resource needs to be updated for worksharing. + + + 2018 + + + + + Implement this method to convert a given URI path (if applicable) to the cache path on disk. + + + This function is called for the case only a URI path is known. + + + The URI path to the resource. + + + The cache path converted with the given URI path. + + + 2018 + + + + + Implement this method to convert a given ModelPath (could be file path or cloud path) to an ExternalResourceReference. + + + This funcion is called only if returns true. + If the local path cannot be handled by this server, null ExternalResourceReference will be returned. + + + The path to the external resource. + + + The external resource type should be matched by the ModelPath. + + + The ExternalResourceReference converted with the given ModelPath. + + + 2018 + + + + + Implement this method to indicate whether this sever can handle a given ModelPath (could be file path or cloud path), + which matches a given external resource type, if necessary. + + + A server cannot handle a given ModelPath, such as + if the given local path is outside of its cached path or the given one is invalid. + + + The path to the external resource. + + + The external resource type should be matched by the ModelPath. + + + True if the operation is for Opening file; false if the operation is for linking. + + + True if the server can handle a given ModelPath; false otherwise. + + + 2018 + + + + + Extends the interface of IExternalResourceServer and enable more functionality for external resource servers. + + + Currently, this extention allows the server to handle worksharing and applicable local paths. + it also enables the server to be hidden in UI. + + + 2018 + + + + + Gets the specific methods supported by external resource CAD Links. + + + The specific methods supported by external resource CAD Links. + + + 2015 + + + + + Gets the specific methods supported by the external resource of Revit Links. + + + The specific methods supported by the external resource of Revit Links. + + + 2015 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + An object that contains overrides for external resource-specific methods. + + +

This class permits assignment of some specific operations related to a type of + external resource, such as what to do when "Open (and Unload)" happens, or when + "Shared Coordinates update" happens for Revit or CAD links.

+

There is no feedback to the UI server for ExternalResourceServerExtensions. + Revit will use standard, common message dialogs to handle any error conditions.

+
+ + 2015 + +
+ + + Indicates whether the document requesting the external resource has a defined + ModelPath. + + + A project that is detached, or has not been saved to disk yet, will not have a ModelPath. + + + True if the document has a defined ModelPath. + + + 2015 + + + + + Returns a copy of the ModelPath of the document that is requesting + the external resource. + + + A copy of the ModelPath of the document that is requesting the external + resource. + + + The document requesting the external resource does not have a ModelPath, either because + it is detached, or because it has not been saved to disk yet. + + + 2015 + + + + + Returns a copy of the ExternalResourceReference currently + in use by the containing element. + + +

A server may use to wish this information to, for example, + tell whether the Revit user was previously using their + server or not.

+

This reference may be if there is no current + value. For example, a newly-created link being loaded for the first + time would have no currently-loaded reference.

+
+ + A copy of the ExternalResourceReference currently in use + by the containing element. + + + 2015 + +
+ + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + An enum value indicating whether the resource load was triggered by an + automatic event (such as file open) or an explicit user action. + + + 2015 + + + + + This class contains data describing the context related + to an external resource load operation. + + +

Note that automatic loads can occur in the context of other operations such as opening a file. + During automatic loads, it is therefore recommended that the server only display UI that is critical + for the user to see (such as error message).

+

The loading operation type is Explicit when the user is specifically trying to reload the resource. + During explicit loads, it may be desirable to provide more feedback to the user, such as specific feedback + that the load operation succeeded.

+
+ + 2015 + +
+ + + Indicates whether the document requesting the external resource browser data has a defined ModelPath. + + + A project that is detached, or has not been saved to disk yet, will not have a ModelPath. + + + True if the document has a defined ModelPath. + + + 2015 + + + + + Returns a copy of the ModelPath of the document that is requesting the external resource browser data. + + + A copy of the ModelPath of the document that is requesting the external resource browser data. + + + The document requesting the external resource browser data does not have a ModelPath, either because + it is detached, or because it has not been saved to disk yet, or no document specified. + + + 2015 + + + + + Checks whether the folder name is valid. + + + The folder name to check. + + + True if the name is a valid folder name, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Checks whether the resource name is valid. + + + The resource name to check. + + + True if the name is a valid resource name, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Gets the subfolders data under the folder path of the browser data. + + + The subfolders data under folder path of the browser data. + + + 2019.1 + + + + + Gets the external resources under the folder path of the browser data. + + + The external resources under current folder of the browser data. + + + 2015 + + + + + Gets the match options used to filter external resources. + + + The external resource match options. + + + 2015 + + + + + Adds a subfolder to the folder path with the given name and icon type. + + + The name of the folder. + + + Icon path. + + + The folderName is not a valid folder name used to display in Revit external resource browse UI. + The name should be a unique non-empty short name and it should not contain any invalid character of \\/:*?"<>|. + The length of combined path(server name + folder path) should not exceeds 259. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019.1 + + + + + Adds a subfolder to the folder path with the given name. + + + The name of the folder. + + + The folderName is not a valid folder name used to display in Revit external resource browse UI. + The name should be a unique non-empty short name and it should not contain any invalid character of \\/:*?"<>|. + The length of combined path(server name + folder path) should not exceeds 259. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Adds an external resource to the folder path by supplying the resource name, version and reference information. + + + The unique short name of external resource. + + + The version of external resource. + + + The (String, String) map containing reference or lookup information that will + be stored in Revit. + + + The resourceName is not a valid resource name used to display in Revit external resource browse UI. + The name should be a unique non-empty short name and it should not contain any invalid character of \\/:*?"<>|. + The length of combined path(server name + folder path + resourceName) should not exceeds 259. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Adds an external resource to the folder path by supplying the resource name and version. + + + The unique short name of external resource. + + + The version of external resource. + + + The resourceName is not a valid resource name used to display in Revit external resource browse UI. + The name should be a unique non-empty short name and it should not contain any invalid character of \\/:*?"<>|. + The length of combined path(server name + folder path + resourceName) should not exceeds 259. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Adds an external resource to the folder path by supplying the resource name and reference information. + + + The unique short name of external resource. + + + The (String, String) map containing reference or lookup information that will + be stored in Revit. + + + The resourceName is not a valid resource name used to display in Revit external resource browse UI. + The name should be a unique non-empty short name and it should not contain any invalid character of \\/:*?"<>|. + The length of combined path(server name + folder path + resourceName) should not exceeds 259. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Adds an external resource to the folder path by supplying the resource name. + + + The unique short name of external resource. + + + The resourceName is not a valid resource name used to display in Revit external resource browse UI. + The name should be a unique non-empty short name and it should not contain any invalid character of \\/:*?"<>|. + The length of combined path(server name + folder path + resourceName) should not exceeds 259. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The current folder path to which the new resources and subfolder belong. + + + 2015 + + + + + The Id of IExternalResourceServer which handles the external resource load. + + + 2015 + + + + + Constructs a new ExternalResourceBrowserData using the given document(optional), server id, folder path and match options. + + + The document for which the external resource browser data is requested. + The document can be , if so, the getCallingDocumentModelPath() will not return ModelPath. + + + The id of IExternalResourceServer which handles the external resource browsing and loading. + + + The folder path to which the external resources and subfolders belong. +

The folder separator should always be "/" and "/" always represents the root folder for the server.

The interpretation of what a folder represents is up to the server. + For example, the folder "/English/Keynote" might be a physical folder on a disk, or a table or key in a database.

+ + The options to match the external resources and folders. +

Generally, the returned resources should match the options, otherwise the resource may be regarded + as invalid which may not be available in browser dialogs.

+ + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + +
+ + + Represents a collection of external resources and external resource folders to be presented as + the content of a folder in the file browser in Revit. + + +

This data represents the contents to be shown to the user while they are browsing a specific folder in Revit.

+

The folder path can be obtained from the property.

+

The external resource server is expected to populate all of the available resources and subfolders + that should appear in the Revit file browser while the browser is open to this particular folder.

+

If the user navigates to another folder, a different ExternalResourceBrowserData object will be + provided to allow the server to populate resources at that location.

+

When adding resource and subfolder, the resource and subfolder should not be added recursively.

+

When adding resource and subfolder, the name should be unique short name(without folder).

+

The name of resource and subfolder should not contain any invalid character of \/:*?"<>|.

+

The length of resource combined path(server name + folder path + resource name) should not exceed 259; + The length of subfolder also has same restriction.

+
+ + 2015 + +
+ + + Records the given friendly name for the given company account identifier. The name is not written to the Revit + document until the next call to CommitUpdates() on this object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Records the given ForgeTypeId as the identifier of a new schema uploaded to Forge to represent the local + parameter with the given ElementId. The local parameter's ForgeTypeId identifier is not changed until the next + call to CommitUpdates() on this object. + + After calling this method, GetForgeParametersInActiveModel() may return different results, reflecting that + local parameters have been updated with their new Forge parameter identifiers. + + + Local parameter for which to record a new identifier. + + + Identifier of a schema uploaded to represent the local parameter. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Returns a list of JSON strings serializing objects detailing local (non-Forge) project shared parameters + present in the active model. Each serialized JSON object in the array has these properties: + - bindings: Object specifying the parameter's category and group bindings. + - id: ElementId integer identifying the shared parameter element in the Revit project. + - guid: The GUID identifying the shared parameter in the Revit project. + - schema: Parameter definition object. + + + Array of JSON-serialized objects detailing local (non-Forge) project shared parameters in the active model. + + + + + Returns a list of the identifiers of Forge parameters present in the active model. Local parameters that do not + correspond to any definition on Forge are omitted from this list. + + Identifiers are provided here as raw strings instead of ForgeTypeId to enable direct serialization to JSON for + use in a JavaScript web app. + + + The identifiers of Forge parameters in the active model. + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Provides a view of the parameters loaded in a given Revit project and supports ForgeTypeId identifier migration + for parameters uploaded to Forge. + + + + + Returns the bindings. + + + + + Returns the dependencies. + A collection of all schemas that the primary schema depends upon, directly or indirectly. Each schema in this + map is indexed by its identifier. + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Is parameter hidden. + + + + + Parameter's instance vs type. + + + + + Parameter's group typeId. + + + + + The primary schema. + + + + + The primary schema's identifier. + + + + + Constructs a ForgeTypeId holding the given schema identifier. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Contains a Forge schema with the full closure of other schemas that it depends upon. + + + + + call the service to manage parameters in Revit + + + Provides access to view and upgrade parameters already in the project. + + + + + Returns the identity of a shared parameter that does not use any of the given prohibited data types. + If the given set of prohibited data types is empty, the shared parameter can have any data type. + + + Provides access to view and upgrade parameters already in the project while selecting parameters to add. + + + + + Returns a selection of parameters with the given data type. + If the given data type is an empty identifier, the selected parameters can have any data type. + + + Provides access to view and upgrade parameters already in the project while selecting parameters to add. + + + + + call the service to manage parameters in Revit + + + Provides access to view and upgrade parameters already in the project. + + + + + Returns the identity of a shared parameter that does not use any of the given prohibited data types. + If the given set of prohibited data types is empty, the shared parameter can have any data type. + + + Provides access to view and upgrade parameters already in the project while selecting parameters to add. + + + + + Returns a selection of parameters with the given data type. + If the given data type is an empty identifier, the selected parameters can have any data type. + + + Provides access to view and upgrade parameters already in the project while selecting parameters to add. + + + + + The service class for shared parameter selection. + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates that the given schemas were selected. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Indicates that selection was unsuccessful or canceled. + + + + + Indicates the result of a parameter selection. + + + + + The method that will be called when user wants to change beam section + + + Revit document + + + id of the selected element + + + Indicates whether the operation succeeded or not + + + 2018 + + + + + The method that will be called when user wants to change beam section + + + Revit document + + + id of the selected element + + + Indicates whether the operation succeeded or not + + + 2018 + + + + + Interface Change Beam section functionality to be implemented in add-ins + + + 2018 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Distance that the target plane is offset in the direction of + the Up direction. This offset shifts both top and bottom planes. + + + 2014 + + + + + Distance that the target plane is offset towards the right + where right is normal to both Up direction and View direction. + This offset shifts both left and right planes. + + + 2014 + + + + + Distance from eye point along view direction to target plane. + + + This value is appropriate for perspective views only. + Attempts to get this value for an orthographic view can + be made, but the obtained value is to be ignored. + + + 2014 + + + + + Distance from eye point to near plane of view frustum along the view direction. + + + This property together with FarDistance determines the depth restrictions of a view frustum. + + + 2014 + + + + + Distance from eye point to far plane of view frustum along the view direction. + + + This property together with NearDistance determines the depth restrictions of a view frustum. + + + 2014 + + + + + Distance between left and right planes on the target plane. + + + 2014 + + + + + Distance between top and bottom planes on the target plane. + + + 2014 + + + + + Identifies whether the projection is orthographic or perspective + + + 2016 + + + + + Identifies whether the projection is orthographic or perspective + + + 2014 + + + + + An object holding information about the projection mapping of a 3D view. + + +

CameraInfo can be obtained directly from a + If camera info is not available, an orthographic view should be assumed. +

+

+ See also: . +

+
+ + 2014 + +
+ + + The Id of the link instance for the element. + + + 2020 + + + + + Gets the document associated with the element. + + + The document is in read-only state. Transactions are not allowed in it. + + + 2020 + + + + + The Id of the element. + + + 2020 + + + + + A render node that represents an element, including the host document containing the element. + + + See also: . + See also: . + + + 2020 + + + + + Returns material color with transparency. + + + The value may differ from the default color property of the material, + because it might have been overridden by rendering settings. + And could also be differ from Color property of the same material node + When override transparency is specificed since Color will be marked as invalid in this case + + + An instance of a ColorWithTransparency. + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns appearance properties that override the preset appearance of the material. + + + The returned instance of an Asset is valid only if there is an overide, which happens + if there are decals applied to the face that has the base material. In such cases the + rendering engine takes the asset of the material and merges it with the decal, + which results to this override asset. If there are no decals, this instance is null + and the HasOverriddenAppearance returns False. + + + An instance of a rendering material asset, of null if there is no override. + + + 2014 + + + + + Appearance properties associated with the material. + + + Properties and attributes of the material's appearance + can be accessed using the standard interface of the Asset class. + + The structure of the properties, including their types and names + is proprietary and as such it is not always useful to anyone who + is not familiar with the particular schema. Also, the structure + is not standardized and may change over time, therefore it is not + recommended relaying on any appearance property to be present. + + + An instance of a rendering material asset + + + 2014 + + + + + The path if a file that contains a thumbnail image of the material. + + + 2014 + + + + + The level of glossiness of the material + + + 2014 + + + + + The level of smoothness of the material. + + + 2014 + + + + + The color the material is being rendered at + + + The value may differ from the default color property of the material, + because it might have been overridden by rendering settings. + + + 2014 + + + + + The value of transparency the material is being rendered with + + + 2014 + + + + + The Id of the element assocated with this material in the model. + + + It is possible that no specific material is applied to a face, in which case + the default material is used, and this property returns an InvalidElementId. + + + 2014 + + + + + Identifies if the default rendering appearance the material has is being overridden. + + + 2014 + + + + + This class represents a change of material during a model-exporting process. + + +

+ Output nodes following this node are to be assumed using the material. + The material remains in effect until another material node is sent to the output. +

+

+ See also: . +

+
+ + 2014 + +
+ + + Returns an object that contains text and associated formatting of this TextNode. + + + The object that contains the text and associated formatting of of the text in this text note. + + + 2017 + + + + + Indicates default vertical alignment of the text. + + + 2016 + + + + + Indicates default horizontal alignment of the text. + + + 2016 + + + + + Indicates text behavior inside a rotated text object. + + +

If the property is True then the text inside the text box gets oriented + so it is readable when looking straight up at the sheet or from its right side; + in other words, the text would never be upside down.

+

If the value is False, however, the text's orientation strictly follows + the rotation of the text box, which means the text may be upside down when + viewed on screen or printed on a sheet.

+
+ + 2016 + +
+ + + Indicates whether the text background is transparent or opaque. + + + 2016 + + + + + Indicates whether the default formatting is set to underlined text. + + + 2016 + + + + + Indicates whether the default formatting is set to italic text. + + + 2016 + + + + + Indicates whether the default formatting is set to bold text. + + + 2016 + + + + + The size [ft] of the interval between tab stops, in model space. + + + 2016 + + + + + Height [ft] of the text font, in model space. + + + This is the height of the 'M' glyph in the text font. + + + 2016 + + + + + Height [ft] of the area of the text content in model space. + + + 2016 + + + + + Scale applied to the width of the text. + + + 2016 + + + + + Width [ft] of the area of the text content in model space. + + + Specifies the actual width of the text, that is essentially the width of the longest line, including any spaces. + The value represents the width after the width scale has been applied. + + + 2016 + + + + + Direction along the vertical axis of letters of the text object in model space. + + + 2016 + + + + + Direction of the base line of the text object in model space. + + + 2016 + + + + + Position of the text in model coordinates. + + +

The relation of the position point with respect + to the text area depends on the text alignment.

+

For example: + For Left-Top-aligned text the point is at the Left-Top corner of the box.For Center-Bottom aligned text the point is at the Center-Bottom corner of the box.

+
+ + 2016 + +
+ + + The content of the text annotation as a plain string stripped of all formatting. + + + The text may contain new-lines if there are any in the text annotation. + + + 2016 + + + + + The name of the text font. + + + 2016 + + + + + The color of the text. + + + 2016 + + + + + This class represents a text annotation object in a model-exporting process. + + + See also: . + + + 2016 + + + + + This class represents a Light element in a model-exporting process. + + + See also: . + + + 2014 + + + + + This class represents an RPC content in a model-exporting process. + + + See also: . + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns an an instance of an Asset object, which contains definitions of the content node. + + + Properties and attributes of the node can be accessed using the standard interface of the Asset class. + + + 2014 + + + + + A transformation matrix associated with the node. + + + 2014 + + + + + This class represents a generic content node in a model-exporting process. + + + Members of this class implement properties and methods + common to all content classes, such as RPC and Light nodes. + Attributes of a content note can be accessed via an Asset object. + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns an array of vertices of the polyline segments. + + + Array of XYZ points. + + + 2016 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Access to the line (pen) properties of the polyline + + + 2016 + + + + + Indicates whether the area enclosed by the polyline is to be filled or not. + + + 2016 + + + + + Local parameter associated with the end point. + + + 2016 + + + + + Local parameter associated with the start point. + + + 2016 + + + + + Parameter associated with the end point. + + + 2016 + + + + + Parameter associated with the start point. + + + 2016 + + + + + An output node that represents a tessellated polyline segments. + + + See also: . + + + 2016 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Access to the line (pen) properties of the line + + + 2016 + + + + + Parameter associated with the end point. + + + 2016 + + + + + Parameter associated with the start point. + + + 2016 + + + + + End point of the line segment. + + + 2016 + + + + + Start point of the line segment. + + + 2016 + + + + + An output node that represents a tessellated line segment. + + + See also: . + + + 2016 + + + + + Returns the Face object corresponding to the node. + + + The face. + + + 2020 + + + + + An output node that represents a Face edge. + + + See also: . + + + 2020 + + + + + Returns the Face edge object corresponding to the node. + + + The face edge. + + + 2020 + + + + + An output node that represents a Face edge. + + + See also: . + + + 2020 + + + + + Returns instance transform of the object being drawn. + + + 2020 + + + + + Returns link transform of the object being drawn. + + + 2020 + + + + + Access to the line (pen) properties of the curve being drawn. + + + 2020 + + + + + A base class of output nodes that represent face edges and face silhouettes. + + + 2020 + + + + + Returns the point object corresponding to the node. + + + The point instance. + + + 2016 + + + + + An output node that represents a 3D point. + + + See also: . + + + 2016 + + + + + Returns the polyline object corresponding to the node. + + + The polyline instance. + + + 2016 + + + + + An output node that represents a 3D polyline. + + + See also: . + + + 2016 + + + + + Returns the geometric curve object corresponding to the node. + + + The curve. + + + 2016 + + + + + An output node that represents a model curve. + + + See also: . + + + 2016 + + + + + Access to the line (pen) properties of the curve being drawn + + + 2016 + + + + + A base class of output nodes that represent various model curves. + + + 2016 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Id of the current Line pattern element used when drawing lines/curves. + + + 2016 + + + + + The current width (thickness) of the pen stroke when drawing lines/curves. + + + 2016 + + + + + The current transparency level to be applied to the current color. + + + 2016 + + + + + The current color used when drawing lines/curves. + + + 2016 + + + + + A structure that has access to the pen properties of lines/curves + that are currently being drawn/exported via an export context + during a custom export process. + + + For more about using properties of this class refer to the interface + and its methods + which handle geometric objects such as , + , etc. + LineProperties are available as a read-only property on the respective output nodes, + i.e. , , etc. + + + 2016 + + + + + Returns the Face object corresponding to the node. + + + The face. + + + 2014 + + + + + An output node that represents a Face. + + + See also: . + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns the Revit Solid. + + + Instance of a GBRep + + + 2021 + + + + + An output node that represents a Solid. + + + See also: . + + + 2021 + + + + + Returns the document associated with the link. + + + The document is in read-only state. Transactions are not allowed in it. + + + Instance of a Document + + + 2014 + + + + + Identifies the Id of the symbol associated with the node. + + + 2023 + + + + + An output node that represents a linked Revit document. + + + See also: . + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns the GTag of the GInstance. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the SymbolGeometryId associated with the node. + + + Use the strings returned by SymbolGeometryId.AsIdentifier(bool) to check if two nodes point to the same geometry of the symbol. + + + 2023 + + + + + An output node that represents an instance of a geometry. It can be an instance of FamilyInstance, or it can be and instance of a part of symbol's geometry. + + + See also: . + The . contains the data for comparing if two InstanceNode points to the same geometry. + + + 2014 + + + + + A transformation matrix associated with the node. + + + 2014 + + + + + A node that represents set of individual elements grouped together + in some form, such as an instance of a family or linked Revit file, or an instance of a part of symbol's geometry. + + + 2014 + + + + + Information about the observation point (the camera) of the view. + + + An instance of CameraInfo or if there is no info associated with the view + + + 2014 + + + + + The Id of the view element. + + + 2014 + + + + + The level of detail the view is going to be rendered at. + + +

+ The value is an integer number in range of [0,15] (inclusive), + or a value {-1}. If the value is positive, Revit will use the + suggested level of detail when tessellating faces; otherwise it will + use its default algorithm, which is based on output resolution. +

+

+ If an explicit level of detail is requested (i.e. a positive value), + using a value close to the middle of the valid range yields a very + reasonable tessellation. Revit uses level 8 as its 'normal' LoD. +

+
+ + When setting this property: The level of detail is not in valid range. + It must be a number between -1 and 15, all inclusive. + + + 2014 + +
+ + + A render node that represents a view. + + + See also: . + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + A readable name of the output node. + + + 2014 + + + + + This is the base class of all render nodes in a model-exporting process. + + + A node can be both geometric (such as an element, light, etc.) or non-geometric (e.g. material). + Some types of nodes are container modes, which include other render nodes. + + + 2014 + + + + + This method is called when a Face silhouette is being output. + + +

Note that this method is invoked only if the custom exporter + was set up to include geometric objects in the output stream. + See for mode details.

+

Note: if the export is performed for the view in non-Wireframe display style + this method will be called regardless of whether the object will be eventially output, + i.e. even if it's occluded by another element.

+
+ + An output node that represents a Face silhouette. + + + Return RenderNodeAction.Proceed if you wish to receive tessellated geometry + (line or polyline segments) for this face silhouette, or otherwise return RenderNodeAction.Skip. +

Note: if the export is performed for the view in non-Wireframe display style + tesselated geometry will be output regardless of the return value.

+ + 2020 + +
+ + + This method is called when a Face edge is being output. + + +

Note that this method is invoked only if the custom exporter + was set up to include geometric objects in the output stream. + See for mode details.

+

Note: if the export is performed for the view in non-Wireframe display style + this method will be called regardless of whether the object will be eventially output, + i.e. even if it's occluded by another element.

+
+ + An output node that represents a Face edge. + + + Return RenderNodeAction.Proceed if you wish to receive tessellated geometry + (line or polyline segments) for this face edge, or otherwise return RenderNodeAction.Skip. +

Note: if the export is performed for the view in non-Wireframe display style + tesselated geometry will be output regardless of the return value.

+ + 2020 + +
+ + + This method marks the end of an element being exported. + + + For views having non-Wireframe display style, geometry of elements is output outside of view, instance and link begin/end brackets. + Therefore the argument to this method is ElementNode that has both element ID and the host document. + + + An output node that represents an element. + + + 2020 + + + + + This method marks the beginning of an element to be exported. + + + For views having non-Wireframe display style, geometry of elements is output outside of view, instance and link begin/end brackets. + Therefore the argument to this method is ElementNode that has both element ID and the host document. + + + Node representing the element that is about to start being exported. Contains element ID and document. + + + Return RenderNodeAction.Skip if you wish to skip exporting this element, + or return RenderNodeAction.Proceed otherwise. + + + 2020 + + + + + This method is called when a Face silhouette is being output. + + +

Note that this method is invoked only if the custom exporter + was set up to include geometric objects in the output stream. + See for mode details.

+

Note: if the export is performed for the view in non-Wireframe display style + this method will be called regardless of whether the object will be eventially output, + i.e. even if it's occluded by another element.

+
+ + An output node that represents a Face silhouette. + + + Return RenderNodeAction.Proceed if you wish to receive tessellated geometry + (line or polyline segments) for this face silhouette, or otherwise return RenderNodeAction.Skip. +

Note: if the export is performed for the view in non-Wireframe display style + tesselated geometry will be output regardless of the return value.

+ + 2020 + +
+ + + This method is called when a Face edge is being output. + + +

Note that this method is invoked only if the custom exporter + was set up to include geometric objects in the output stream. + See for mode details.

+

Note: if the export is performed for the view in non-Wireframe display style + this method will be called regardless of whether the object will be eventially output, + i.e. even if it's occluded by another element.

+
+ + An output node that represents a Face edge. + + + Return RenderNodeAction.Proceed if you wish to receive tessellated geometry + (line or polyline segments) for this face edge, or otherwise return RenderNodeAction.Skip. +

Note: if the export is performed for the view in non-Wireframe display style + tesselated geometry will be output regardless of the return value.

+ + 2020 + +
+ + + This method marks the end of an element being exported. + + + For views having non-Wireframe display style, geometry of elements is output outside of view, instance and link begin/end brackets. + Therefore the argument to this method is ElementNode that has both element ID and the host document. + + + An output node that represents an element. + + + 2020 + + + + + This method marks the beginning of an element to be exported. + + + For views having non-Wireframe display style, geometry of elements is output outside of view, instance and link begin/end brackets. + Therefore the argument to this method is ElementNode that has both element ID and the host document. + + + Node representing the element that is about to start being exported. Contains element ID and document. + + + Return RenderNodeAction.Skip if you wish to skip exporting this element, + or return RenderNodeAction.Proceed otherwise. + + + 2020 + + + + + An interface that is used in custom export to export 2D views of a Revit model. + + +

An instance of a class that implements this interface is passed in as a + parameter of the constructor. + The interface methods are then called at times of drawing entities that are + currently visible in the view being exported.

+

+ With this type of export context used to perform a custom export, + Revit will traverse the model and output the model's geometry + as if in the process of regular displaying or exporting a 2D View. + It means that any geometry which is visible in an open view + (taking any current visibility setting applicable to the view) + will be processed and output. + Optionally, annotation objects are also output.

+

+ Note 1. Curves passed to calls and may be partially duplicating each other. +

+

+ Note 2. If element E is a FamilyInstance and it contains an imported instance then: +

  • between the calls to OnElementBegin2D/OnElementEnd2D for element E there will be calls to OnInstanceBegin/OnInstanceEnd with the "node" argument pointing to the element with its symbol being of category BuiltInCategories.OST_ImportObjectStyles
  • all geometry exported for the element E has to be additionally subject to the transform T=E.GetTotalTransform()

+
+ + 2020 + +
+ + + This method marks the end of the current Solid being exported. + + + An output node that represents a Solid. + + + 2021 + + + + + This method is called when a Solid is being output. + + + Note that this method is invoked only if the custom exporter + was set up to include geometric objects in the output stream. + See for mode details. + + + An output node that represents a Solid. + + + Return RenderNodeAction.Proceed if you wish to receive low-level geometry + (faces) for this Solid, or otherwise return RenderNodeAction.Skip. + + + 2021 + + + + + This method marks the end of the current Solid being exported. + + + An output node that represents a Solid. + + + 2021 + + + + + This method is called when a Solid is being output. + + + Note that this method is invoked only if the custom exporter + was set up to include geometric objects in the output stream. + See for mode details. + + + An output node that represents a Solid. + + + Return RenderNodeAction.Proceed if you wish to receive low-level geometry + (faces) for this Solid, or otherwise return RenderNodeAction.Skip. + + + 2021 + + + + + An interface that is used in custom export to export 3D views of a Revit model with Solids. + + +

An instance of a class that implements this interface is passed in as a + parameter of the constructor. + The interface methods are then called at times of drawing entities that are + currently visible in the view being exported.

+

+ With this type of export context used to perform a custom export, + Revit will traverse the model and output the model's geometry + as if in the process of regular displaying or exporting a 3D View. + It means that any geometry which is visible in an open view + (taking any current visibility setting applicable to the view) + will be processed and output.

+
+ + 2021 + +
+ + + This method is called when a Point is being output. + + + Note that this method is invoked only if the custom exporter + was set up to include geometric objects in the output stream. + See for mode details. + + + An output node that represents a Point. + + + Return RenderNodeAction.Proceed if you wish to receive low-level geometry + (line segments) for this point, or otherwise return RenderNodeAction.Skip. + + + 2016 + + + + + This method is called when a Point is being output. + + + Note that this method is invoked only if the custom exporter + was set up to include geometric objects in the output stream. + See for mode details. + + + An output node that represents a Point. + + + Return RenderNodeAction.Proceed if you wish to receive low-level geometry + (line segments) for this point, or otherwise return RenderNodeAction.Skip. + + + 2016 + + + + + An interface that is used in custom export to export 3D views of a Revit model. + + +

An instance of a class that implements this interface is passed in as a + parameter of the constructor. + The interface methods are then called at times of drawing entities that are + currently visible in the view being exported.

+

+ With this type of export context used to perform a custom export, + Revit will traverse the model and output the model's geometry + as if in the process of regular displaying or exporting a 3D View. + It means that any geometry which is visible in an open view + (taking any current visibility setting applicable to the view) + will be processed and output.

+
+ + 2016 + +
+ + + This method is called when a text annotation object is being output. + + + An output node that represents a text annotation. + + + + + This method is called after unhandled curve was tessellated to polyline segments and sent to the output. +

Note for 2D export: if the export is performed for the view in non-Wireframe display style, then +

  • this method is called outside of view, instance and link begin/end calls but still between OnElementBegin2D/OnElementEnd2D calls
  • this method is never called for annotation elements, i.e. their geometry should be processed in methods OnCurve and OnPolyline

+ + A structure describing the polyline segments. + +
+ + + This method is called after unhandled curve was tessellated to line segments and sent to the output. +

Note for 2D export: if the export is performed for the view in non-Wireframe display style, then +

  • this method is called outside of view, instance and link begin/end calls but still between OnElementBegin2D/OnElementEnd2D calls
  • this method is never called for annotation elements, i.e. their geometry should be processed in methods OnCurve and OnPolyline

+ + A structure describing the line segment. + +
+ + + This method is called when a Polyline is being output. + + + Note that this method is invoked only if the custom exporter + was set up to include geometric objects in the output stream. + See for mode details. +

Note for 2D export: if the export is performed for the view in non-Wireframe display style + this method will be called regardless of whether the object will be eventially output, + i.e. even if it's occluded by another element.

+ + An output node that represents a Polyline. + + + Return RenderNodeAction.Proceed if you wish to receive tessellated geometry + (polyline segments) for this polyline, or otherwise return RenderNodeAction.Skip. +

Note for 2D export: if the export is performed for the view in non-Wireframe display style + tesselated geometry will be output regardless of the return value.

+
+ + + This method is called when a Curve is being output. + + +

Note that this method is invoked only if the custom exporter + was set up to include geometric objects in the output stream. + See for mode details.

+

+ The curve can be one of the geometric object that derive from the Curve class, e.g. Line, Arc, + NurbeSpline, etc. To get to the specific properties of the particular class, the curve + obtained from the input node first needs to be cast accordingly depending on the curve's + actual type. +

+

Note for 2D export: if the export is performed for the view in non-Wireframe display style + this method will be called regardless of whether the object will be eventially output, + i.e. even if it's occluded by another element.

+
+ + An output node that represents a Curve. + + + Return RenderNodeAction.Proceed if you wish to receive tessellated geometry + (line or polyline segments) for this curve, or otherwise return RenderNodeAction.Skip. +

Note for 2D export: if the export is performed for the view in non-Wireframe display style + tesselated geometry will be output regardless of the return value.

+
+ + + This method is called when a text annotation object is being output. + + + An output node that represents a text annotation. + + + + + This method is called after unhandled curve was tessellated to polyline segments and sent to the output. +

Note for 2D export: if the export is performed for the view in non-Wireframe display style, then +

  • this method is called outside of view, instance and link begin/end calls but still between OnElementBegin2D/OnElementEnd2D calls
  • this method is never called for annotation elements, i.e. their geometry should be processed in methods OnCurve and OnPolyline

+ + A structure describing the polyline segments. + +
+ + + This method is called after unhandled curve was tessellated to line segments and sent to the output. +

Note for 2D export: if the export is performed for the view in non-Wireframe display style, then +

  • this method is called outside of view, instance and link begin/end calls but still between OnElementBegin2D/OnElementEnd2D calls
  • this method is never called for annotation elements, i.e. their geometry should be processed in methods OnCurve and OnPolyline

+ + A structure describing the line segment. + +
+ + + This method is called when a Polyline is being output. + + + Note that this method is invoked only if the custom exporter + was set up to include geometric objects in the output stream. + See for mode details. +

Note for 2D export: if the export is performed for the view in non-Wireframe display style + this method will be called regardless of whether the object will be eventially output, + i.e. even if it's occluded by another element.

+ + An output node that represents a Polyline. + + + Return RenderNodeAction.Proceed if you wish to receive tessellated geometry + (polyline segments) for this polyline, or otherwise return RenderNodeAction.Skip. +

Note for 2D export: if the export is performed for the view in non-Wireframe display style + tesselated geometry will be output regardless of the return value.

+
+ + + This method is called when a Curve is being output. + + +

Note that this method is invoked only if the custom exporter + was set up to include geometric objects in the output stream. + See for mode details.

+

+ The curve can be one of the geometric object that derive from the Curve class, e.g. Line, Arc, + NurbeSpline, etc. To get to the specific properties of the particular class, the curve + obtained from the input node first needs to be cast accordingly depending on the curve's + actual type. +

+

Note for 2D export: if the export is performed for the view in non-Wireframe display style + this method will be called regardless of whether the object will be eventially output, + i.e. even if it's occluded by another element.

+
+ + An output node that represents a Curve. + + + Return RenderNodeAction.Proceed if you wish to receive tessellated geometry + (line or polyline segments) for this curve, or otherwise return RenderNodeAction.Skip. +

Note for 2D export: if the export is performed for the view in non-Wireframe display style + tesselated geometry will be output regardless of the return value.

+
+ + + An interface that as common base for IModelExportContext and IExportContext2D. + + + + + An interface that is used in custom export to render 3D views of a Revit model. + + +

An instance of a class that implements this interface is passed in as a + parameter of the constructor. + The interface methods are then called at times of rendering entities that are + currently visible in the view being rendered.

+

With this type of export context used to perform a custom export, + Revit will traverse the model and output the model's geometry + as if processing the Render command invoked via the UI. It means + that only such elements that have actual geometry and are suitable + to appear in a rendered view will be processed and output.

+
+ + 2016 + +
+ + + This method is called when a tessellated polymesh of a 3d face is being output. + + + A node representing topology of the polymesh + + + 2014 + + + + + This method marks a change of the material. + + + A node describing the current material. + + + 2014 + + + + + This method marks the beginning of export of a light which is enabled for rendering. + + + This method is only called for photo-rendering export (a custom exporter that implements ). + + + A node describing the light object. + + + 2014 + + + + + This method marks the beginning of export of an RPC object. + + + This method is only called for photo-rendering export (a custom exporter that implements ). + When an RPC object is encountered for a model context export (a custom exporter that implements ), + the RPC object will be provided as a polymesh (via ). + + + A node with asset information about the RPC object. + + + 2014 + + + + + This method marks the end of the current face being exported. + + + An output node that represents a Face. + + + 2014 + + + + + This method marks the beginning of a Face to be exported. + + + Note that this method (as well as OnFaceEnd) is invoked only if the custom + exporter was set up to include geometric objects in the output stream. + See for mode details. + + + An output node that represents a Face. + + + Return RenderNodeAction. Proceed if you wish to receive geometry (polymesh) + for this face, or return RenderNodeAction.Skip otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + This method marks the end of a link instance being exported. + + + An output node that represents a Revit link. + + + 2014 + + + + + This method marks the beginning of a link instance to be exported. + + + Return RenderNodeAction.Skip if you wish to skip processing this link instance, + or return RenderNodeAction.Proceed otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + This method marks the end of processing of an Instance Node (e.g. a family instance). + + + An output node that represents a family instance. + + + 2014 + + + + + This method marks the start of processing of an instance node (e.g. a family instance). + + + Return RenderNodeAction.Skip if you wish to skip processing this family instance, + or return RenderNodeAction.Proceed otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + This method marks the end of an element being exported. + + + This method is never called for 2D export (see cref="Autodesk::Revit::DB::IExportContext2D"). + + + The Id of the element that has just been processed. + + + 2014 + + + + + This method marks the beginning of an element to be exported. + + + This method is never called for 2D export (see cref="Autodesk::Revit::DB::IExportContext2D"). + + + The Id of the element that is about to be processed. + + + Return RenderNodeAction.Skip if you wish to skip exporting this element, + or return RenderNodeAction.Proceed otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + This method marks the end of a 3D view being exported. + + + The Id of the 3D view that has just been processed. + + + 2014 + + + + + This method marks the beginning of a 3D view to be exported. + + + Geometry node associated with the view. + + + Return RenderNodeAction.Skip if you wish to skip exporting this view, + or return RenderNodeAction.Proceed otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + This method is queried at the beginning of every element. + + + Return True if you wish to cancel the exporting process, or False otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + This method is called at the very end of the export process, + after all entities were processed (or after the process was cancelled). + + + 2014 + + + + + This method is called at the very start of the export process, + still before the first entity of the model was send out. + + + Return True if you are ready to proceed with processing the export. + + + 2014 + + + + + This method is called when a tessellated polymesh of a 3d face is being output. + + + A node representing topology of the polymesh + + + 2014 + + + + + + + + + This method marks a change of the material. + + + A node describing the current material. + + + 2014 + + + + + + + + + This method marks the beginning of export of a light which is enabled for rendering. + + + This method is only called for photo-rendering export (a custom exporter that implements ). + + + A node describing the light object. + + + 2014 + + + + + + + + + This method marks the beginning of export of an RPC object. + + + This method is only called for photo-rendering export (a custom exporter that implements ). + When an RPC object is encountered for a model context export (a custom exporter that implements ), + the RPC object will be provided as a polymesh (via ). + + + A node with asset information about the RPC object. + + + 2014 + + + + + This method marks the end of the current face being exported. + + + An output node that represents a Face. + + + 2014 + + + + + This method marks the beginning of a Face to be exported. + + + Note that this method (as well as OnFaceEnd) is invoked only if the custom + exporter was set up to include geometric objects in the output stream. + See for mode details. + + + An output node that represents a Face. + + + Return RenderNodeAction. Proceed if you wish to receive geometry (polymesh) + for this face, or return RenderNodeAction.Skip otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + + + + + This method marks the end of a link instance being exported. + + + An output node that represents a Revit link. + + + 2014 + + + + + This method marks the beginning of a link instance to be exported. + + + Return RenderNodeAction.Skip if you wish to skip processing this link instance, + or return RenderNodeAction.Proceed otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + + + + + This method marks the end of processing of an Instance Node (e.g. a family instance). + + + An output node that represents a family instance. + + + 2014 + + + + + This method marks the start of processing of an instance node (e.g. a family instance). + + + Return RenderNodeAction.Skip if you wish to skip processing this family instance, + or return RenderNodeAction.Proceed otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + + + + + This method marks the end of an element being exported. + + + This method is never called for 2D export (see cref="Autodesk::Revit::DB::IExportContext2D"). + + + The Id of the element that has just been processed. + + + 2014 + + + + + This method marks the beginning of an element to be exported. + + + This method is never called for 2D export (see cref="Autodesk::Revit::DB::IExportContext2D"). + + + The Id of the element that is about to be processed. + + + Return RenderNodeAction.Skip if you wish to skip exporting this element, + or return RenderNodeAction.Proceed otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + + + + + This method marks the end of a 3D view being exported. + + + The Id of the 3D view that has just been processed. + + + 2014 + + + + + This method marks the beginning of a 3D view to be exported. + + + Geometry node associated with the view. + + + Return RenderNodeAction.Skip if you wish to skip exporting this view, + or return RenderNodeAction.Proceed otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + + + + + This method is queried at the beginning of every element. + + + Return True if you wish to cancel the exporting process, or False otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + This method is called at the very end of the export process, + after all entities were processed (or after the process was cancelled). + + + 2014 + + + + + This method is called at the very start of the export process, + still before the first entity of the model was send out. + + + Return True if you are ready to proceed with processing the export. + + + 2014 + + + + + + + + + An interface that is used in custom export to process a Revit model. + + +

An instance of a class that implements this interface is passed in as a + parameter of the constructor. + The methods of the context are then called at times of exporting entities of the model. +

+

This is a base class for two other interfaces derived from it: + and + . This base class contains + methods that are common + to both the leaf interfaces. Although it is still possible to use classes + deriving directly from this base interface (for backward compatibility), + future applications should implement the new leaf interfaces only. +

+
+ + 2014 + +
+ + + Enumerated actions for processing a render node during custom export. + + + 2014 + + + + + Instruct the exporter to skip the node. It means the exporter + will not process any child nodes (nor the geometry) of the node. + The respective end-node notification will still be invoked though. + + + + + Instruct the exporter to go on with processing the node. It means + the exporter will continue handling the node by processing all its + child nodes, if it has any, and their geometry where it is relevant. + + + + + Checks if view rendering is currently supported in the running instance of Revit. + + + A typical reason for rendering not being enabled is when rendering and material + libraries are not currently available in the installed copy of Revit. + + + Returns True if rendering is currently supported, False otherwise. + + + 2014 UR1 + + + + + Exports a collection of 3D or 2D views + + +

Note that the actual export process may differ + depending on the type of export context used. For example, when the + is used, + Revit is likely to perform several rounds of traversing each view, which + may result in invoking the OnViewBegin/OnViewEnd method multiple times + for every one view. It is because Revit draws objects in several layers + (model layer, annotation layer, etc.) and will traverse each layer individually. + In the most common scenario the user will receive two invocations of OnViewBegin/OnViewEnd: + In the first round, all model entities will be received, while in the second round + all text annotation elements will be received, if any present in the given view.

+

Note that all views in the collection must be either 3D or 2D views and they must match the exporter context.

+

Note that currently the only 2D view types exported are FloorPlan, CeilingPlan,Elevation, Section, Detail, EngineeringPlan, AreaPlan.

+
+ + An array of views to export + + + One or more elements in viewIds is not a valid exportable view. + For example, templates are not considered valid views to export. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The instance of IExportContext is not valid. + -or- + Rendering is currently not supported in the running instance of Revit. + One reason for that to happen is that rendering and material libraries + are not currently available. + + + 2014 + +
+ + + Exports one 3D or 2D view + + +

Note that the actual export process may differ + depending on the type of export context used. For example, when the + is used, + Revit is likely to perform several rounds of traversing each view, which + may result in invoking the OnViewBegin/OnViewEnd method multiple times + for every one view. It is because Revit draws objects in several layers + (model layer, annotation layer, etc.) and will traverse each layer individually. + In the most common scenario the user will receive two invocations of OnViewBegin/OnViewEnd: + In the first round, all model entities will be received, while in the second round + all text annotation elements will be received, if any present in the given view.

+
+ + An instance of the view to export + + + The view is not exportable, such as a template view or wrong type view, for example. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The instance of IExportContext is not valid. + -or- + Rendering is currently not supported in the running instance of Revit. + One reason for that to happen is that rendering and material libraries + are not currently available. + + + 2014 + +
+ + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + This value tells the exporter of 2D views to force the given display mode for the view. + + + Only DisplayStyle::Wireframe and DisplayStyle::HLR values are supported. + Default forced value is DisplayStyle::HLR unless the view has DisplayStyle:Wireframe. + +

See notes for 2D export for views in non-Wireframe display style in and .

+ + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2020 + +
+ + + This flag sets the exporter of 2D views to either include or exclude + output of annotation objects + when the model is being processed by the export context. + + + A convenient way of determining whether an element category is annotation is using . + + + 2020 + + + + + This flag sets the exporter of 2D views to either include or exclude + output of face pattern lines as part of geometric objects + when the model is being processed by the export context. + + + This flag is ignored if view has Wireframe display style. + This flag is ignored unless property "IncludeGeometricObjects" is set to true. + + + 2020 + + + + + This flag sets the exporter to either include or exclude + output of geometric objects such as faces and curves + when the model is being processed by the export context. + + +

If geometric objects are to be excluded, the context will not + receive any of the calls to related to Faces or Curves. However, the + objects will be still processed by Revit resulting in exporting their + tessellated geometry in form of polymeshes or lines, respectivelly.

+

Regardless of the value of this property, the export context + must always implement the methods related to receiving of geometric + objects (e.g. OnFaceStart, OnFaceEnd, OnCurve, etc.), even though + the methods may never be invoked.

+

Setting this property to False allows clients to significantly speed up + the export process. If the export context does not need to examine geometric + objects, it is recommended setting this property to False, which will make + the export process faster even when compared with export during which + notifications about geometric objects are sent, but ignored by the context.

+
+ + 2014 + +
+ + + This flag instructs the exporting process to either stop or continue + in case an error occurs during any of the exporting methods. + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a CustomExporter for a given document + using the input instance of IExportContext as the output device. + + + The input context should be an instance of a class that implements + either + or interfaces. + + + The document containing the model to be exported + + + An instance of a context class that will be consuming the output + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + A class that allows exporting 3D or 2D views via an export context. + + +

+ The Export method of this class triggers standard rendering or exporting + process in Revit, but instead of displaying the result on screen or printer, + the output is channeled through the given custom context that handles + processing of the geometric as well as non-geometric information. +

+

+ Revit will process the exporting algorithm depending on the type + of given context. If an instance of + is used, then Revit will output the model as if executing the Render command, + thus only such entities that would be visible in a rendered view + will be sent to the context. +

+

+ Alternatively, if an instance of + is used, Revit will output the model as if exporting it to a CAD format, + a process which results outputting also objects that would not + appear in a rendered image, such as model curves and text annotations. +

+

+ For 2D views, an instance of + has to be used. Revit will output the contents of the 2D view as it is displayed on the screen. + Export can be modified by setting properties pertaining to 2D views: + , + . + . + + See notes for 2D export in . +

+
+ + 2014 + + + + + +
+ + + Checks if the current user has Non-workshared Cloud Model entitlement. + + + True to throw exception + + + Indicates whether the current user has Non-workshared Cloud Model entitlement + + + 2019 + + + + + Checks if the current user has Workshared Cloud Model entitlement. + + + True to throw exception + + + Indicates whether the current user has Workshared Cloud Model entitlement + + + 2019 + + + + + Checks if the current user has Non-workshared Cloud Model entitlement. + + + True to throw exception + + + Indicates whether the current user has Non-workshared Cloud Model entitlement + + + 2019 + + + + + Checks if the current user has Workshared Cloud Model entitlement. + + + True to throw exception + + + Indicates whether the current user has Workshared Cloud Model entitlement + + + 2019 + + + + + The interface used to get the entitlement information (Workshared Cloud Model entitlement or Non-workshared Cloud Model entitlement or none). + + + Implement this interface and register an instance of the derived class with the EntitlementExternalService. + + + 2019 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The coefficient of the duct. + + + 2014 + + + + + The pressure drop of the duct. Units: (kg/(ft·s²)). + + + 2014 + + + + + The friction of the duct. Units: (kg/(ft²·s²)). + + + 2014 + + + + + The velocity pressure of the duct. Units: (kg/(ft·s²)). + + + 2014 + + + + + The velocity of the duct. Units: (ft/s). + + + 2014 + + + + + The reynolds number of the duct. + + + 2014 + + + + + The hydraulic diameter of the duct. Units: (ft). + + + 2014 + + + + + The equivalent diameter of the duct. Units: (ft). + + + 2014 + + + + + The flow of the duct. Units: (ft³/s). + + + 2014 + + + + + The roughness of the duct. Units: (ft). + + + 2014 + + + + + The viscosity of the duct. Units: (kg/(ft·s)). + + + 2014 + + + + + The density of the duct.Units: (kg/ft³). + + + 2014 + + + + + The length of the duct. Units: (ft). + + + 2014 + + + + + The diameter of the duct with round profile, or the width of the duct with other profiles. Units: (ft). + + + 2014 + + + + + The height of the duct. If the duct is round, it will be equal to the diameter of the duct. Units: (ft). + + + 2014 + + + + + The category id of duct curves. It will be OST_DuctCurves, OST_FlexDuctCurves, or OST_PlaceHolderDucts. + + + 2014 + + + + + The profile type of the duct. + + + 2014 + + + + + The calculation level of the system. + + + If the calculation level is Flow, all parameters that need friction will be displayed as "Not Computed" in Properties dialog (Friction, Pressure Drop, Loss Coefficient). + If the calculation level is None, all parameters that need flow will be displayed as "Not Computed" in Properties dialog (Velocity, Velocity Pressure, Reynolds number, Friction, Pressure Drop, Loss Coefficient). + If the calculation level is All, all parameters will be displayed with their actual values in Properties dialog. + + + 2014 + + + + + The input and output data used by external servers for calculation of the duct pressure drop. + + + Profile type, Height, Diameter for round profile or width for other profiles, Length, Density, Viscosity, Roughness and Flow are input field values for the calculation. HydraulicDiameter, ReynoldsNumber, Velocity, VelocityPressure, Friction, PressureDrop, and Coefficient are output field values for the calculation + + + 2014 + + + + + The method that Revit will invoke to get an HTML formatted description of the server. + + + The HTML description is used by Revit unless it is empty or the server is not available, in which case, Revit will use the plain text description from IExternalServer.GetDescription(). + + + The HTML format description of the server. + + + 2014 + + + + + The method that Revit will invoke to obtain a URL address which provides more information about the server. + + + The URL providing server information. + + + 2014 + + + + + Calculate the duct pressure drop. + + + The input and output data of the calculation. + + + 2014 + + + + + The method that Revit will invoke to get an HTML formatted description of the server. + + + The HTML description is used by Revit unless it is empty or the server is not available, in which case, Revit will use the plain text description from IExternalServer.GetDescription(). + + + The HTML format description of the server. + + + 2014 + + + + + The method that Revit will invoke to obtain a URL address which provides more information about the server. + + + The URL providing server information. + + + 2014 + + + + + Calculate the duct pressure drop. + + + The input and output data of the calculation. + + + 2014 + + + + + Interface for external servers implementing duct pressure drop calculation. + + + A typical way to use the external server can be: + Implement a server class that derives from this interface Create a new server object and register it with the service, see ExternalServiceRegistry.Assign server for the duct pressure drop calculation in DuctSettings. + + 2014 + + + + + Checks whether Entities of this Schema may be stored by the current add-in. + + + True if write access is allowed. + + + 2012 + + + + + Checks whether Entities of this Schema may be retrieved by the current add-in. + + + True if read access is allowed. + + + 2012 + + + + + The complete list of fields in the Schema, sorted by name. + + + Reading of Entities of this Schema is not allowed to the current add-in. + + + 2012 + + + + + Gets a Field of a given name from the Schema. + + + The Field name + + + The Field + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Reading of Entities of this Schema is not allowed to the current add-in. + + + 2012 + + + + + Lists all schemas in memory. + + + 2012 + + + + + Finds the Schema corresponding to the GUID in memory. + + + 2012 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The overall description of the Schema. + + + 2012 + + + + + The id of the third-party vendor that may access entities of this Schema under the + Vendor access level. + + + 2012 + + + + + The GUID of the application or add-in that may access entities of this Schema under the + Application access level. + + + 2012 + + + + + Write access level of the schema. + + + 2012 + + + + + Read access level of the schema. + + + 2012 + + + + + The user-friendly name of the Schema. + + + 2012 + + + + + The identifier of the Schema. + Setter made unavailable, because it would violate set-correctness + + + 2012 + + + + + The description of a single object (Entity) in the Extensible Storage framework. Contains + identity information, documentation and the list of fields to be stored in the Entity. + + + A Schema is similar to a class in most object-oriented languages, or to a C struct, + while an Entity is an object of that class. + + The Schema object is immutable. To create and populate a Schema, use the SchemaBuilder + class. Schemas are stored in the memory of the running instance of Revit and may be + retrieved with the Lookup method. + + When a document containing Entities of a Schema is saved, the Schema is saved with the + document too. Opening that document reintroduces the Schema into memory. + + As you plan to store your data in Revit, please be aware that the data will be + stored in Revit elements. Overwhelming the Revit database will impact performance and + stability, and will make the user unhappy. Also, remember that multiple add-ins may be + storing their data simultaneously. Several kB per element or several MB per file + are reasonable maximums for one add-in. If you have larger requirements, consider storing + them in a separate database (such as SQLite) and storing keys into that database in Revit. + + + 2012 + + + + + An enumerated type indicating if the field represents a single value or a container of multiple values. + + + + + An ordered map from keys to values + + + + + An expandable array of values + + + + + One instance of the value included directly + + + + + Defines access levels to objects in the Extensible Storage framework. + + + 2012 + + + 2012 + + + + + Only application that created the object has access to it. + + + + + Only object vendor has access to it. + + + + + Anybody has access to the object. + + + + + Stores the default entity in the data. + + + The Entity to be stored. + + + Writing of Entities of this Schema is not allowed to the current add-in. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns the pressure drop items. + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns the fitting and accessory information. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + True if the current settings stored in the entity is valid. + + + 2017 + + + + + The calculation type, a bitmask of FittingAndAccessoryCalculationType. + + + 2014 + + + + + The input and output data used by external servers for calculation of the duct fitting and duct accessory pressure drop. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The coefficient between the begin connector and end connector, Units: (kg/(ft·s²)). + + + 2014 + + + + + The velocity pressure, for converting between coefficient and pressure drop on this flow path. Units: (kg/(ft·s²)). + + + 2014 + + + + + The index of the end conector of the flow path. + + + 2014 + + + + + The index of the begin connector of the flow path. + + + 2014 + + + + + A flow path of the duct/pipe fitting and accessory. It is defined by the begin connector and end connector. + + + 2014 + + + + + Obtains the schema of the ESEntity. + + + Null if the server has no data. + + + 2014 + + + + + Check if the server is applicable for the duct fitting or duct accessory. + + + The input data of the calculation. + + + 2014 + + + + + Calculate the duct fitting and duct accessory coefficient. + + + The input and output data of the calculation. + + + True if calculation succeeds. + False if calculation fails. + + + 2014 + + + + + Obtains the schema of the ESEntity. + + + Null if the server has no data. + + + 2014 + + + + + Check if the server is applicable for the duct fitting or duct accessory. + + + The input data of the calculation. + + + 2014 + + + + + Calculate the duct fitting and duct accessory coefficient. + + + The input and output data of the calculation. + + + True if calculation succeeds. + False if calculation fails. + + + 2014 + + + + + Interface class for external servers implementing duct fitting and duct accessory coefficient calculation. + + + A typical way to use the external server can be: + Implement a server class that derives from this interface Create a new server object and register it with the service, see ExternalServiceRegistry.Assign server to duct fitting instance. + + 2014 + + + + + Returns true if current server represents the specified handle / instance. + + + 2023 + + + + + Reports the id of the Handle element that the server is associated with. + + +

In the current release servers that use handle elements can only work with internal addins.

+

Third-party implementers should return ElementId.invalidElementId.

+
+ + The id of the Handle element. + + + 2021 + +
+ + + Returns true if current server represents the specified handle / instance. + + + 2023 + + + + + Reports the id of the Handle element that the server is associated with. + + +

In the current release servers that use handle elements can only work with internal addins.

+

Third-party implementers should return ElementId.invalidElementId.

+
+ + The id of the Handle element. + + + 2021 + +
+ + + The interface to be implemented by a server that is connected to a handle. + + + 2021 + + + + + Performs rendering of the scene that the server creates. + + +

The representation of geometry is in terms of a set of vertex and index buffers. The server can + use facilities in Autodesk::Revit::DB::DirectContext3D::DrawContext to + create the buffers and fill them with data that encode primitives such as triangles, lines, and points. + The server can also adjust the geometry that it submits based on the argument to RenderScene() and in + response to certain rendering parameters whose values are available through DrawContext (e.g., clip planes).

+

The final step in the process of submitting geometry for rendering is to call DrawContext::FlushBuffer() + for the appropriate buffers.

+

This interface method may be called in a separate thread from the others.

+
+ + The view where rendering will occur. + + + The display style of the view in which the submitted geometry will be drawn. + + + 2018 + +
+ + + Indicates whether this server will submit geometry during the rendering pass for transparent geometry. + + +

Transparent geometry is rendered in a separate pass following the opaque geometry. If a server + returns true from UseInTransparentPass(), it can provide geometry for rendering in either pass using + the RenderScene() method. Otherwise, the server will be called to submit only opaque + geometry.

+

The server has a way to determine whether it should submit opaque or transparent geometry when + RenderScene() is called + (see Autodesk::Revit::DB::DirectContext3D::DrawContext::IsTransparentPass(void)).

+
+ + The view where rendering will occur. + + + True if the server needs to render transparent geometry, false otherwise. + + + 2018 + +
+ + + Reports a bounding box of the geometry that this server submits for drawing. + + +

Revit uses the bounding box when navigating views, e.g., when a Zoom to Fit command is issued. + The reported bounding box does not have to be tight. However, there may be unintended side-effects + if the box is inconsistent with the submitted geometry.

+
+ + The view where rendering will occur. If this argument is , a view-independent bounding box should be reported. + + + The bounding box as an Outline. + + + 2018 + +
+ + + Tests whether this server uses DirectContext3D handle elements. + + +

In the current release servers that use handle elements can only work with internal addins.

+

Third-party implementers should return 'false'.

+
+ + True if the server needs to use DirectContext3D handle elements, false otherwise. + + + 2018 + +
+ + + Reports this server's source ID. + + + The source ID. + + + 2018 + + + + + Reports this server's application ID. + + + The application ID. + + + 2018 + + + + + Can be used to allow the server to execute only in certain views. + + +

Execution of a DirectContext3D server means that the server is called upon to contribute a bounding box + and graphics content (opaque and transparent) for an opened view. The following are some of the conditions + that control whether the server is executed:

+ + The return value of this interface method. + Whether the server is one of the active servers for the service. + For servers that use DirectContext3D handles, the visibility of handle instances. + +
+ + The view where rendering will occur. + + + True if the server can be executed in the provided view, false otherwise. + + + 2018 + +
+ + + Performs rendering of the scene that the server creates. + + +

The representation of geometry is in terms of a set of vertex and index buffers. The server can + use facilities in Autodesk::Revit::DB::DirectContext3D::DrawContext to + create the buffers and fill them with data that encode primitives such as triangles, lines, and points. + The server can also adjust the geometry that it submits based on the argument to RenderScene() and in + response to certain rendering parameters whose values are available through DrawContext (e.g., clip planes).

+

The final step in the process of submitting geometry for rendering is to call DrawContext::FlushBuffer() + for the appropriate buffers.

+

This interface method may be called in a separate thread from the others.

+
+ + The view where rendering will occur. + + + The display style of the view in which the submitted geometry will be drawn. + + + 2018 + +
+ + + Indicates whether this server will submit geometry during the rendering pass for transparent geometry. + + +

Transparent geometry is rendered in a separate pass following the opaque geometry. If a server + returns true from UseInTransparentPass(), it can provide geometry for rendering in either pass using + the RenderScene() method. Otherwise, the server will be called to submit only opaque + geometry.

+

The server has a way to determine whether it should submit opaque or transparent geometry when + RenderScene() is called + (see Autodesk::Revit::DB::DirectContext3D::DrawContext::IsTransparentPass(void)).

+
+ + The view where rendering will occur. + + + True if the server needs to render transparent geometry, false otherwise. + + + 2018 + +
+ + + Reports a bounding box of the geometry that this server submits for drawing. + + +

Revit uses the bounding box when navigating views, e.g., when a Zoom to Fit command is issued. + The reported bounding box does not have to be tight. However, there may be unintended side-effects + if the box is inconsistent with the submitted geometry.

+
+ + The view where rendering will occur. If this argument is , a view-independent bounding box should be reported. + + + The bounding box as an Outline. + + + 2018 + +
+ + + Tests whether this server uses DirectContext3D handle elements. + + +

In the current release servers that use handle elements can only work with internal addins.

+

Third-party implementers should return 'false'.

+
+ + True if the server needs to use DirectContext3D handle elements, false otherwise. + + + 2018 + +
+ + + Reports this server's source ID. + + + The source ID. + + + 2018 + + + + + Reports this server's application ID. + + + The application ID. + + + 2018 + + + + + Can be used to allow the server to execute only in certain views. + + +

Execution of a DirectContext3D server means that the server is called upon to contribute a bounding box + and graphics content (opaque and transparent) for an opened view. The following are some of the conditions + that control whether the server is executed:

+ + The return value of this interface method. + Whether the server is one of the active servers for the service. + For servers that use DirectContext3D handles, the visibility of handle instances. + +
+ + The view where rendering will occur. + + + True if the server can be executed in the provided view, false otherwise. + + + 2018 + +
+ + + The interface to be implemented by a server of the DirectContext3D external service. + + + 2018 + + + + + Reports requested verbosity level + + + 2016 + + + + + The default implementation ignores input and always returns true. The using app should override the behavior as necessary. + Some examples of overridden behavior are + 1. Someone is developing a classic Revit add-on that imports STEP AP 203 solids. She will implement a log object such that + a) At each imported face (logMessage() called with LogMessage::FaceCreated as first argument) the log object will update + count of imported faces and call an application-specific progress indicator where appropriate + b) If the app gets a cancel request between the calls to logMessage(), the next call will return false. + The Import API will then cancel the conversion and clean up the intermediate data. + 2. Someone is implementing a web service to convert IFC files to RVT. As a part of that service UI, the user would like + to cancel the conversion on the first error in order to avoid being charged for storage/processor time. + The implementation of logMessage() in that case would be different: the cancellation request would be based on severity of the error. + The app would probably want to keep a detailed count of entities converted. + 3. Someone is implementing an IFC importer. Each API call is fast enough that cancelation/progress requests are handled by the application. + Problems with data should be reported to the user, but the conversion should go on regardless. The app collects its own conversion statistics. + The app developer implements logMessage() to accumulate reported errors and appends the formatted results to her conversion report. + The overloaded logMessage() always returns true, since all cancellations are handled by the app. + + + Indicates a specific event during data conversion. + + + Indicates a severity of the event. + + + Input objects affected by the reported event. + + + If the function returns true, the import API will continue conversion. Otherwise, it will be cancelled and all intermediate data reset. + + + 2016 + + + + + Reports requested verbosity level + + + 2016 + + + + + The default implementation ignores input and always returns true. The using app should override the behavior as necessary. + Some examples of overridden behavior are + 1. Someone is developing a classic Revit add-on that imports STEP AP 203 solids. She will implement a log object such that + a) At each imported face (logMessage() called with LogMessage::FaceCreated as first argument) the log object will update + count of imported faces and call an application-specific progress indicator where appropriate + b) If the app gets a cancel request between the calls to logMessage(), the next call will return false. + The Import API will then cancel the conversion and clean up the intermediate data. + 2. Someone is implementing a web service to convert IFC files to RVT. As a part of that service UI, the user would like + to cancel the conversion on the first error in order to avoid being charged for storage/processor time. + The implementation of logMessage() in that case would be different: the cancellation request would be based on severity of the error. + The app would probably want to keep a detailed count of entities converted. + 3. Someone is implementing an IFC importer. Each API call is fast enough that cancelation/progress requests are handled by the application. + Problems with data should be reported to the user, but the conversion should go on regardless. The app collects its own conversion statistics. + The app developer implements logMessage() to accumulate reported errors and appends the formatted results to her conversion report. + The overloaded logMessage() always returns true, since all cancellations are handled by the app. + + + Indicates a specific event during data conversion. + + + Indicates a severity of the event. + + + Input objects affected by the reported event. + + + If the function returns true, the import API will continue conversion. Otherwise, it will be cancelled and all intermediate data reset. + + + 2016 + + + + + A base class for an application-specific logger. It should be used to track errors during conversion and/or , track conversion progress, cancel a conversion process if necessary. + Implementing a logger class is optional, but highly recommended for all but most basic data converters. + The base class is UI- and language-independent. It is up to the using app to implement UI. Language-specifc data may be used to communicate information to application users. + English should be used to communicate data of interest to Revit development. + + + 2016 + + + + + Predefined verbosity levels for DataExchangeLog + + + 2016 + + + 2016 + + + + + All events are reported. + + + + + Default verbosity. Warnings, errors, fatal errors are reported. + + + + + Minimal verbosity. Only fatal errors are reported. + + + + + Predefined message ids for DataExchangeLog. + + + 2016 + + + 2016 + + + + + A warning level message. The conversion encountered an object with no data to convert. The object will be ignored. This may indicate a problem with incoming data. + + + + + An error message. The conversion code was unable to process a render style. The created model will differ in visual appearance. + + + + + An error message. The conversion code was unable to process a valid supported source object. + + + + + A warning message. A source object was not converted. + + + + + A catch-all error code. Used for errors that are not enumerated explicitly. + + + + + No data could be imported. Would typically be reported as a error. May be reported as a fatal error. + + + + + An error message. A source object was found to be invalid. + + + + + Unexpected result produced by a data conversion operation. Conversion may continue, but the results should be carefully reviewed. + + + + + An informational message. An object - a face, edge, solid, etc. - has been created successfully. + + + + + That message will be sent at reasonable intervals to provide the using application an opportunity to update its progress indicator. + + + + + No message. + + + + + Error levels for DataExchangeLog + + + 2016 + + + 2016 + + + + + A serious problem that makes further data conversion pointless. The conversion process will be cancelled. + + + + + A problem. The converted data should be carefully examined and/or compared to the source data. The application may want to cancel the conversion process. + + + + + A potential problem. The converted data should be carefully examined and/or compared to the source data + + + + + Informational message, such as successful creation fo a face, edge or a solid. + + + + + Identifies if this is a + and if there is added an instance of a to the custom field service. + + + Returns true if this is a + and if there is added an instance of a to the custom field service. + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets the name of the field. + + + The name of the field. + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets a SchedulableField object representing this field. + + + A ScheduleableField cannot be obtained for: + - Calculated fields + - Combined parameters + + + The SchedulableField object. + + + This ScheduleField is not a schedulable field by type(non-calculated/non-combined-parameter). + + + 2013 + + + + + The spec describing values of this field, if applicable. + + + Identifier of the spec, or empty if the field does not represent a number with units. + + + 2013 + + + + + Sets the FormatOptions to optionally override the default settings in the Units class. + + + See the UnitType property to determine the unit type of this field. + + + The FormatOptions. + + + The display unit in formatOptions is not a valid display unit for the unit type of this ScheduleField, or the rounding method in formatOptions is not set to Nearest. See UnitUtils.IsValidDisplayUnit(UnitType, DisplayUnitType), UnitUtils.GetValidDisplayUnits(UnitType) and FormatOptions.RoundingMethod. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + + + + + Gets the FormatOptions to optionally override the default settings in the Units class. + + + A copy of the FormatOptions. + + + 2014 + + + + + Resets the override of this field. + + + 2014 + + + + + Sets the style of this field. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the style of this field. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates if this field can display minimum and maximum values. + + + True if this field can display minimum and maximum values, false otherwise. + + + 2017 + + + + + Indicates if totals by assembly type can be enabled for this field. + + + True if this field can be totaled by assembly type, false otherwise. + + + 2013 + + + + + Indicates if totals can be enabled for this field. + + + True if this field can be totaled, false otherwise. + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks whether a field ID would create a circular chain of references + when used by the PercentageOf property of this field. + + + The field ID to check. + + + True if the field ID would create a circular chain of references, + false otherwise. + + + fieldId is not InvalidScheduleFieldId or the ID of a field that can be + used to calculated percentages. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Sets this field's combine parameter array if applicable + + + data is array of TableCellCombinedParameterData to be set as combined parameters + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets this field's combine parameter array if applicable + + + Gets array of TableCellCombinedParameterData with the combined parameters data + + + 2017 + + + + + Checks if data is valid for combined parameters + + + data is array of TableCellCombinedParameterData to be set as combined parameters + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets the data associated with this custom field. If this field isn't a will return . + + + Returns the data associated with this custom field. If this field isn't a will return . + + + 2024 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The index of the field in the containing ScheduleDefinition. + + + 2013 + + + + + The ID of the field in the containing ScheduleDefinition. + + + 2013 + + + + + The ScheduleDefinition that this field belongs to. + + + 2013 + + + + + The schedule that this field belongs to. + + + 2013 + + + + + Identifies if this ScheduleField object has access to a SchedulableField. + Calculated and combined parameter fields will not have the access. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates if the field is a combined parameter field. + + + 2017 + + + + + Indicates if the field is a calculated field (Formula or Percentage). + + + 2014 + + + + + The custom multiple values text to be used when the schedule field displays multiple element values, + used when is set to . + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + The multiple values text to be used when the schedule field displays multiple element values, + as specified by the display type . + + + 2022 + + + + + Determines the type of multiple value indication to be used + when the schedule field displays multiple element values. + + + The default display type is , + indicating that the project setting will be used. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2022 + + + + + The width of the column in the editable grid view, measured in feet. + + +

In a schedule with an embedded ScheduleDefinition, a column may + display two fields, one from each ScheduleDefinition. In that case, + the larger of the two widths is used.

+

It is always aligned with the SheetColumnWidth.

+
+ + When setting this property: gridColumnWidth is negative. + + + 2013 + +
+ + + The width of the column on a sheet, measured in feet. + + +

In a schedule with an embedded ScheduleDefinition, a column may + display two fields, one from each ScheduleDefinition. In that case, + the larger of the two widths is used.

+

It is always aligned with the GridColumnWidth.

+
+ + The width of the column. + + + When setting this property: sheetColumnWidth is negative. + + + 2013 + +
+ + + Indicates if the field is overridden or not. + + + 2014 + + + + + The orientation of the column heading text. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + The vertical alignment of the column's data. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2024 + + + + + The horizontal alignment of the column's data. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + Indicates the chosen display type for the field. + + + This replaces the hasTotals property from 2017. + The hasTotals = true is same as DisplayType::Totals; + hasTotals = false is the same as DisplayType::Standard. + This also adds the ability to see Min/Max for grouped elements. + + + The display types are: + Standard - standard display type; will not display anything for multiple elements with different values. + Totals - In a non-itemized schedule, + totals are displayed in regular rows when multiple elements appear on the same row. + Min - In a non-itemized schedule, + minimum value is displayed in regular rows when multiple elements appear on the same row. + Max - In a non-itemized schedule, + maximum value is displayed in regular rows when multiple elements appear on the same row. + MinMax - In a non-itemized schedule, + Minimum/Maximum values are displayed in regular rows when multiple elements appear on the same row. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + When setting this property: This ScheduleField cannot display minimum and maximum values. + -or- + When setting this property: This ScheduleField cannot be totaled. + + + 2017 + + + + + In an assembly schedule view, indicates if totals are calculated for all + assembly instances of the same type or only for a single instance. + + + True if totals are calculated for all assembly instances. False if totals + are calculated for one instance. + + + When setting this property: This ScheduleField cannot be totaled by assembly type. + -or- + When setting this property: Totals are not enabled for this ScheduleField. + + + 2013 + + + + + The column heading text. + + + On initial creation of a ScheduleField, the column heading is + initialized based on the field name (typically a parameter name). + + + The heading text. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Indicates if the field is hidden in the schedule. + + + A hidden field is not displayed in the schedule, but it can be used for + filtering, sorting, grouping, and conditional formatting and can be + referenced by Formula and Percentage fields. + + + True if the field is hidden, false otherwise. + + + 2013 + + + + + The ID of the grouped schedule field used to calculate percentage totals. + + + A Percentage field calculates what percent of the total of another field + each element represents. If PercentageBy is InvalidScheduleFieldId, + the total is of all elements in the schedule. If PercentageBy is the + ID of one of the fields that the schedule is grouped by, the total is + of all elements in that group. + + + InvalidElementId or the ID of the grouped field. + + + When setting this property: percentageBy is not InvalidScheduleFieldId or the ID of a field that the + schedule is grouped by. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + When setting this property: This ScheduleField is not a percentage field. + + + 2013 + + + + + The ID of the field to calculate percentages of. + + + A Percentage field calculates what percent of the total of another field + each element represents. PercentageOf is the ID of the field used to + calculate percentages. If PercentageOf is InvalidScheduleFieldId, + no data is displayed. + Percentages can only be calculated for numeric fields. The Count + field and other percentage fields cannot be used to calculate percentages. + + + The ID of the field, or InvalidElementId. + + + When setting this property: percentageOf is not InvalidScheduleFieldId or the ID of a field that can be + used to calculated percentages. + -or- + When setting this property: percentageOf would create a circular chain of references. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + When setting this property: This ScheduleField is not a percentage field. + + + 2013 + + + + + The ID of the parameter displayed by the field. + + + Most field types require a parameter ID. Count, Formula, and Percentage + fields don't have parameter IDs. + + + 2013 + + + + + The type of data displayed by the field. + + + 2013 + + + + + A field in a schedule. + + + The ScheduleField class represents a single field in a ScheduleDefinition's + list of fields. Each (non-hidden) field becomes a column in the schedule. + Most commonly, a field represents an instance or type parameter of + elements appearing in the schedule. Some fields represent parameters + of other related elements, like the room that a scheduled element belongs to. + Fields can also represent data calculated from other fields in the schedule, + specifically Formula and Percentage fields. + Another type of field is Custom Field. For this one, the value for each row is + computed based on the (sub)elements that are grouped on that row and can have a + graphic representation when the schedule is placed on a sheet. + + + 2013 + + + + + Vertical alignment of data in a schedule. + + + 2024 + + + 2024 + + + + + Bottom aligned + + + + + Middle aligned + + + + + Top aligned + + + + + Horizontal alignment of data in a schedule. + + + 2013 + + + 2013 + + + + + Right aligned + + + + + Center aligned + + + + + Left aligned + + + + + Orientation of schedule heading. + + + 2013 + + + 2013 + + + + + Vertical + + + + + Horizontal + + + + + Define how the schedule field's multiple value is displayed. + + + 2022 + + + + + Display custom text per instance, + as defined by the property. + + + + + Display a standard hardcoded text, translated for the active locale. + + + + + Display the project setting . + + + + + Display type of schedule field. + + + 2017 + + + 2017 + + + + + Calculates and displays the minimum value + + + + + Calculates and displays the maximum value + + + + + Calculates and displays the minimum and maximum values + + + + + Calculates and displays the total value + + + + + Standard: field setting for is displayed if the values of the elements are different, otherwise, the common value will be displayed + + + + + Gets the computed graphics. + + + Returns the computed graphics. + + + + + Removes all the graphics that were added. + + + + + Fills in the computed graphics for Revit to display in the schedule cell. + There is no check to see if the computed graphics fit the cell. + The schedule cell width is defined by and schedule cell height by . + The graphics should lie into a plane parallel with XOY. + + + The computed graphics. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + This is the bool which holds if the row items have the same custom graphic representation or not. + If this is true, the computed graphics property will be discarded and, in the cell, will appear a text that indicates that the items have different custom graphic representation. + If it is false, the graphics that were added will be displayed. + The default value stored by this class is false. + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a CustomFieldGraphics + + + + + Class where can be set the computed graphics for one row, and the information if the graphics varies or not for the items grouped on that row. + + + + + Gets all the items that are grouped on this row. + + + Returns all the items that are grouped on this row. + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The height of the cell. + + + + + The width of the cell. + + + + + Class holding the information for one single row needed to compute the value or the graphics. + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Identifies the result of the computation of the value. + The default value stored by this class is CustomFieldValueComputaionResult.ItemsDontHaveValue. + + + + + Identifies a computed value for the schedule items of int type. + The default value stored by this class is 0. + + + + + Identifies a computed value for the schedule items of double type. + The default value stored by this class is 0.0. + + + + + Identifies a computed value for the schedule items of string type. + The default value stored by this class is "". + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a CustomFieldValue. + + + + + Class where can be set the computed value and the result of the computation. + + + + + Describes the result of the computation of the value for a list of schedule items. + + + + + The value can't be computed because the items have different values. In this case in the schedule cell will be written a text that indicates that the items have different values. + + + + + The value can't be computed because the items don't have a value. In this case the schedule cell will be empty. + + + + + The value was computed successfully. In this case the value will be shown in the schedule. + + + + + Gets the specs that describes the data type that are needed to compute the value/graphics of this custom field. + + + Returns the specs that describes the data type that are needed to compute the value/graphics of this custom field. + + + + + Sets the specs that describe the data type that are needed to compute the value/graphics of this custom field. + + + The necessary specs describing the data type. + + + The ids that were set should represent spec types. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Gets the ids of the categories/subcategories that are needed to compute the value/graphics of this custom field. + + + Returns the ids of the categories/subcategories that are needed to compute the value/graphics of this custom field. + + + + + Sets the ids of the categories/subcategories that are needed to compute the value/graphics of this custom field. + + + The necessary categories/subcategories ids. + + + The ids that were set should represent categories or subcategories. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Gets the ids of the element types that are needed to compute the value/graphics of this custom field. + + + Returns the ids of the elements that are needed to compute the value/graphics of this custom field. + + + + + Sets the ids of the element types that are needed to compute the value/graphics of this custom field. + + + The necessary element type ids. + + + The ids that were set should represent Element Types. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a CustomFieldNecessaryData. + + + + + Class where the ids of the element types or categories/subcategories or specs describing the data type + that are needed to compute the value/graphics of this field can be set. + Examples of such ids can be ids of dimension styles or ids of categories/subcategories whose graphic styles are used. + + + + + Sets the category ids for which this field can be added to the schedule. + By default, this class doesn't store any applicable category ids. + + + The category ids for which this field can be added to the schedule. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Gets the category ids for which this field can be added to the schedule. + By default, this class doesn't store any applicable category ids. + + + Returns the category ids for which this field can be added to the schedule. + + + + + Sets the spec describing the data type. Can be set only if the StorageType is Double. + The default value stored by this class is an empty ForgeTypeId. + + + The spec describing the data type. + + + specTypeId is not a spec identifier. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + To assign a spec StorageType is required to be Double. + + + + + Gets the spec describing the data type. + Can be obtained only if the StorageType is Double. + The default value stored by this class is an empty ForgeTypeId. + + + Returns the spec describing the data type. + + + To assign a spec StorageType is required to be Double. + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Identifies the default vertical alignment. This will be used only if is true. + The default value stored by this class is VerticalAlignmentStyle::Middle. + + + + + Identifies the default horizontal alignment. This will be used only if is true. + The default value stored by this class is HorizontalAlignmentStyle::Center. + + + + + The tooltip that will be shown in the schedule properties for this custom field. + The default value stored by this class is "". + + + + + The default row height of the custom field on the sheet, in feet. The default value stored by this class is 0.0. + If there is another field that has a bigger height, that one will be used. + This value will only be applied if is true. + + + + + The Storage Type of this field. It can be Integer, Double or String. + The default value stored by this class is String. + + + + + Identifies if the field has a custom graphic representation when we have a schedule instance placed on the sheet or if its value will be shown as text. + The default value stored by this class is false. + + + + + Identifies the field name. + The default value stored by this class is "". + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a CustomFieldInformation. + + + + + Class holding the general information about the custom field. + + + + + Verifies if the value of zoom level is valid. + + + The value of zoom level. + + + True if the value of zoom level is inside of the acceptable range, false otherwise. + + + 2019.2 + + + + + Returns the section data array element at the specified index. + + + The index of section data array. If the index is out of the boundary of section data array, + is returned. + + + + + Returns the pointer to the section data array element at the specified section type. + + + The section type of section data array. If the integral value of the section type is out of the boundary of section data array, + null is returned. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks if this element is equal in value to the other element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The value of zoom level for corresponding TableView. + + +

This value is used to change the size of text fonts in tabular views, and then the size of rows, colums and cells + will also be changed to satisfy the text.

+

Note: This value is only used to improve the text readability in tabular view and will not change the size of texts, rows, columns and cells in sheet views.

+

Note: This value is temporary setting just for this session.

+

Note: This value is a percentage number which must be a multiple of 10 in the range of 10 to 400. + A value of 400 indicates the maximum zoom permitted. The default value for new created tabular views is 100.

+
+ + When setting this property: The value of zoom level must be a multiple of 10 in the range of 10 to 400. + + + 2019.2 + +
+ + + Gets or sets the table width in feet + + + When setting this property: The table width is outside of the acceptable range. + + + + + Gets the width of the panel schedule in logical pixels + + + + + Gets the number of items in section data array. + + + + + set to true if the columns and rows should be unmovable by the slider grips + + + + + The TableData class is implemented to hold most of the data that describe + the style of the rows, columns, and cells in a table. + + + + + Allows the caller to set combined parameter for a specified column + + + The given column number nCol is invalid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Allows the caller to set combined parameter for a specified cell + + + The given row number nRow is invalid. + -or- + The given column number nCol is invalid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Returns an array of combined parameter data for the specified column + + + The given column number nCol is invalid. + + + + + Returns an array of combined parameter data for the specified cell + + + The given row number nRow is invalid. + -or- + The given column number nCol is invalid. + + + + + Gets custom field id from the cell. + + + The row of the cell. + + + The column of the cell. + + + Returns custom field id from the cell. + If this cell is not of type CellType.CustomField it will return an empty Guid + + + The given row number row is invalid. + -or- + The given column number col is invalid. + + + 2024 + + + + + Allows the caller to set the calculated value for a specified column + + + The given column number nCol is invalid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This operation is forbidden for cells in standard schedule header sections. + -or- + This operation is forbidden for cells in standard schedule body sections. + + + + + Allows the caller to set the calculated value for a specified cell + + + The given row number nRow is invalid. + -or- + The given column number nCol is invalid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This operation is forbidden for cells in standard schedule header sections. + -or- + This operation is forbidden for cells in standard schedule body sections. + + + + + Gets the calculated value for the specified column + + + The given column number nCol is invalid. + + + + + Gets the calculated value for the specified cell + + + The given row number nRow is invalid. + -or- + The given column number nCol is invalid. + + + + + Sets a column's category and parameter Id + + + The given column number nCol is invalid. + -or- + The paramId or categoryId is not acceptable. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This operation is forbidden for cells in standard schedule body sections. + + + + + Sets a cell's category and parameter Id + + + The given row number nRow is invalid. + -or- + The given column number nCol is invalid. + -or- + The paramId or categoryId is not valid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Identifies if the given parameter id and category id can be assigned to a cell in the given row in this table. + + + row index + + + True if the ParamId and CategoryId are all valid. + + + The given row number nRow is invalid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Identifies if the given parameter id and category id can be assigned to a cell in this table. + + + True if the ParamId and CategoryId are all acceptable. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Returns a column's ParamId + Associated with the paramId to find the correct element + + + The given column number nCol is invalid. + + + + + Returns a cell's CategoryId and if no CategoryId exists for this cell, + it would come from the column. + Associated with the paramId to find the correct element. + + + The given row number nRow is invalid. + -or- + The given column number nCol is invalid. + + + + + Returns a column's ParamId + + + The given column number nCol is invalid. + + + + + Returns a cell's ParamId and if no ParamId exists for this cell, + it would come from the column + + + The given row number nRow is invalid. + -or- + The given column number nCol is invalid. + + + + + Sets a cell's FormatOptions. + + + The row index of the cell + + + The column index of the cell + + + The format option to assign + + + The given row number nRow is invalid. + -or- + The given column number nCol is invalid. + -or- + The display unit in options is not a valid display unit for the unit type of the cell, or the rounding method in options is not set to Nearest. See UnitUtils.IsValidDisplayUnit(UnitType, DisplayUnitType), UnitUtils.GetValidDisplayUnits(UnitType) and FormatOptions.RoundingMethod. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the spec describing values of a cell, if applicable. + + + The row index of the cell + + + The column index of the cell + + + Identifier of the spec, or empty if the cell does not contain a number with units. + + + The given row number nRow is invalid. + -or- + The given column number nCol is invalid. + + + + + Determines whether the cell is formattable or not + + + The row index of the cell + + + The column index of the cell + + + The given row number nRow is invalid. + -or- + The given column number nCol is invalid. + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns a column's cell FormatOptions and if no FormatOptions exists for this column, + it would come from the section. + + + The given column number nCol is invalid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Returns a cell's FormatOptions and if no FormatOptions exists for this cell, + it would come from the column, or the row, or the section. + + + The given row number nRow is invalid. + -or- + The given column number nCol is invalid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Sets a column's cell type + + + A CellType.CustomField can't be set. + -or- + The given column number nCol is invalid. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + This operation is forbidden for cells in standard schedule body sections. + + + + + Sets a cell's Type + + + A CellType.CustomField can't be set. + -or- + The given row number nRow is invalid. + -or- + The given column number nCol is invalid. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + This operation is forbidden for cells in standard schedule body sections. + + + + + Returns a column's cell type and if no type exists for this column, + it would come from the section + + + The given column number nCol is invalid. + + + + + Returns a cell's Type and if no Type exists for this cell, + it would come from the column, or the row, or the section + + + The given row number nRow is invalid. + -or- + The given column number nCol is invalid. + + + + + Resets the override of the column. + + + The given column number nCol is invalid. + + + 2014 + + + + + Deletes text or image, or removes parameter of this cell. + + + The given row number nRow is invalid. + -or- + The given column number nCol is invalid. + + + This operation is forbidden for cells in standard schedule body sections. + + + + + Resets the override of the cell. + + + The given row number nRow is invalid. + -or- + The given column number nCol is invalid. + -or- + Only allow to override cell style for header section or column header in body section. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates if the column is overridden or not. + + + The given column number nCol is invalid. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates if the cell is overridden or not. + + + The given row number nRow is invalid. + -or- + The given column number nCol is invalid. + + + 2014 + + + + + Sets a section's style + + + For standard schedule, must set the TableCellStyleOverrideOptions in the TableCellStyle to override this section. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Sets a column's style. + + + The given column number nCol is invalid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Sets a cell's style + + + For standard schedule, must set the TableCellStyleOverrideOptions in the TableCellStyle to override this cell. + The global base format controls any non-overridden characteristics of this cell. + + + The given row number nRow is invalid. + -or- + The given column number nCol is invalid. + -or- + Only allow to override cell style for header section or column header in body section. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + + + + + Identifies if the style can be overridden in the given cell. + + + True if allow to override cell style. + + + The given row number nRow is invalid. + -or- + The given column number nCol is invalid. + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns a cell's style and if no style exists for this cell, + it would come from the column, or the section + + + The given row number nRow is invalid. + -or- + The given column number nCol is invalid. + + + + + Merges cells for the given area. + + + The given TableMergedCell mergedCell is outside of acceptable range. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This operation is forbidden for cells in standard schedule body sections. + + + + + Sets the merged cell that this cell is a part of. + + + The cell row. + + + The cell column. + + + The given row number nRow is invalid. + -or- + The given column number nCol is invalid. + -or- + The given TableMergedCell mergedCell is outside of acceptable range. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This operation is forbidden for cells in standard schedule body sections. + + + + + Gets the whole merged cell that this cell is a part of. + + + The cell row. + + + The cell column. + + + The given row number nRow is invalid. + -or- + The given column number nCol is invalid. + + + + + Sets a cell's to display the specified text. + + + If this cell's type is not CellType.Text, and the operation is permitted on this cell, the cell type + will be changed to type CellType.Text as a result of this call. + + + The cell row. + + + The cell column. + + + The text to show in the cell. + + + The given row number nRow is invalid. + -or- + The given column number nCol is invalid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This operation is forbidden for cells in standard schedule body sections. + + + + + Returns the text shown by this cell, if the cell's type is CellType.Text or CellType.ParameterText or CellType.CustomField. + + + For standard view schedules, to read the formatted text of the cell regardless of cell type, + use . + + + The cell row. + + + The cell column. + + + The text in the cell, or an empty string if the type if not CellType.Text or CellType.ParameterText or CellType.CustomField. + + + The given row number nRow is invalid. + -or- + The given column number nCol is invalid. + + + + + This sets a row's height in logical pixels + + + The given row number nRow is invalid. + -or- + The row height is outside of acceptable range. + + + This operation is forbidden for cells in standard schedule body sections. + + + + + Sets a row's height in feet + + + The given row number nRow is invalid. + -or- + The row height is outside of acceptable range. + + + This operation is forbidden for cells in standard schedule body sections. + + + + + This returns a row's height in logical pixels + + + The given row number nRow is invalid. + + + + + Returns a row's height in feet + + + The given row number nRow is invalid. + + + + + This sets a column's width in logical pixels + + + The given column number nCol is invalid. + -or- + The column width is outside of acceptable range. + + + + + Sets a column's width in feet + + + The given column number nCol is invalid. + -or- + The column width is outside of acceptable range. + + + + + This returns a column's width in logical pixels + + + The given column number nCol is invalid. + + + + + Returns a column's width in feet + + + The given column number nCol is invalid. + + + + + Removes a column data at a specified index. + + + An integer index + + + nIndex is invalid index. + + + This operation is forbidden for cells in standard schedule body sections. + + + 2014 + + + + + Inserts a new column at the specified index relative to the current set of columns. + + + An integer index. + + + index is invalid index. + + + This operation is forbidden for cells in standard schedule body sections. + + + 2015 + + + + + Verifies that if the column at the given index can be removed. + + + An integer index. + + + True if the column can be removed, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Verifies if a new column can be inserted at the given index. + + + An integer index. + + + True if the column can be inserted, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Removes a row data at a specified index. + + + An integer index. + + + The row can't be removed because it's an element in linked file, default zone + or it's a row in body section of Material Quantity Take Off Schedule + or it's the last row in header section of standard schedule + or nIndex is invalid index. + + + 2014 + + + + + Inserts a row data at a specified index. + + + An integer index. + + + The row can't be inserted in data section of standard schedule except Key Schedule, Sheet List Schedule + or following categories without emdeded schedule: MEP Space, Room, Area. + or nIndex is invalid index. + + + 2014 + + + + + + + + + Verifies that if the row at the given index can be removed.. + + + An integer index. + + + True if the row can be removed, false otherwise + + + 2014 + + + + + Verifies if a new row can be inserted at the given index. + + + True if the row can be inserted, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Identifies if the element id represents a valid ImageSymbol element. + + + The element id of the image symbol. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Inserts a image in the given cell. + + + The given row index. + + + The given column index. + + + The element id of the image symbol. + + + The given row number nRow is invalid. + -or- + The given column number nColumn is invalid. + -or- + The image symbol id doesn't represent a valid image symbol element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Verifies if the row number is valid. + + + The row number. + + + True if the row number is between FirstRowNumber and LastRowNumber, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Verifies if the column number is valid. + + + The column number. + + + True if the column number is between FirstColumnNumber and LastColumnNumber, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Rebuilds the data in this section if it is out of date. + + + True if the data is up to date after the refresh. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates whether the data in this section is out of date. + + + To improve performance, some TableViews may contain TableSections that are only updated on demand. For example, + the body section of a schedule is not updated when the ViewSchedule is closed. In this case, you need to call + RefreshData to avoid getting the stale data. + + + True if the data in this section is out of date, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates if the table data need to refresh. + + + When setting this property: This operation is forbidden for cells in standard schedule body sections. + + + + + Gets or sets the number of items in row data array. + + + Note that TableSections may use either 0 or 1 as the first row and column indices. To access the rows and columns: + Use FirstRowNumber and LastRowNumber to get the valid range of row indices. Use FirstColumnNumber and LastColumnNumber to get the valid range of column indices. + + When setting this property: This operation is forbidden for cells in standard schedule body sections. + + + + + The last row in this section of the table. + + + 2014 + + + + + The first row in this section of the table. + + + Some table sections have row 0 as their first row while others start with row 1. + + + 2014 + + + + + The last column in this section of the table. + + + 2014 + + + + + The first column in this section of the table. + + + Some table sections have column 0 as their first column while others start with column 1. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets or sets the number of items in column data array. + + + Note that TableSections may use either 0 or 1 as the first row and column indices. To access the rows and columns: + Use FirstRowNumber and LastRowNumber to get the valid range of row indices. Use FirstColumnNumber and LastColumnNumber to get the valid range of column indices. + + When setting this property: This operation is forbidden for cells in standard schedule body sections. + + + + + Whether or not the section is hidden. + + + When setting this property: This operation is forbidden for cells in standard schedule body sections. + + + + + The TableSectionData class represents a serialized version of an instance of + section table data. The class holds row, column and cell data. + + + + + Gets the name of the calculated value. + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The TableCellCalculatedValueData stores the data for calculated value + + + + + construct a TableCellCombinedParameterData + + + 2017 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The parameter id + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Category id for this parameter + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + + + The separator for this parameter + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + + + The suffix for this parameter + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + + + The prefix for this parameter + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + + + The sample/example value for the parameter in text form + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + + + The TableCellCombinedParameterData stores the data for combined parameters + + + + + Sets cell style override options of this cell. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + + + + + Gets cell style override options of this cell. + + + 2014 + + + + + Resets any overrides applied to this cell. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The vertical alignment style of text font. + + + Alignment style. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + The horizontal alignment style of text font. + + + Alignment style. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + Gets or sets whether this is an inactive phase load cell. + + + true if the font is an inactive phase load cell; otherwise false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the text font is set to Underline of this cell. + + + true if the font is Underline; otherwise false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the text font is set to italic of this cell. + + + true if the font is italic; otherwise false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the text font is set to bold of this cell. + + + true if the font is bold; otherwise false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether this cell is read only. + + + true if this cell is read only; otherwise false. + + + + + Gets or sets the status whether this cell is enabled. + + + True if this cell is enabled; otherwise False. + + + + + Indicates if the cell is overridden or not. + + + 2014 + + + + + The element id (GraphicsStyle element) for the right line of the cell border. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + + + The element id (GraphicsStyle element) for the left line of the cell border. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + + + The element id (GraphicsStyle element) for the bottom line of the cell border. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + + + The element id (GraphicsStyle element) for the top line of the cell border. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + + + The orientation of the cell (for vertical/horizontal text) with input in degrees multiplied by 10 + + + + + The background color of this cell in the sheet view. + + + In most cases the background color on the sheet view is the same as it is in the grid view. The background may be different + if conditional formatting is applied only in the grid view. + + + 2014 + + + + + The background color of this cell in the grid view. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + + + The text color of this cell. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + + + The text size. + + + + + The font used for this style + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Constructs a new copy of the input TableCellStyle object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Constructs a new TableCellStyle with default settings. + + + + + The TableCellStyle class contains the appearance settings for a given table cell, column, or table. + + + + + Sets all overrides to a specific value. + + + The value that will be assigned to all the overrides. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates if the border line style characteristic is overridden. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates if the text orientation characteristic is overridden. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates if the underline characteristic is overridden. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates if the italics characteristic is overridden. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates if the bold characteristic is overridden. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates if the vertical alignment characteristic is overridden. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates if the horizontal alignment characteristic is overridden. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates if the border right line style characteristic is overridden. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates if the border left line style characteristic is overridden. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates if the border bottom line style characteristic is overridden. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates if the border top line style characteristic is overridden. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates if the background color characteristic is overridden. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates if the font color characteristic is overridden. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates if the font size characteristic is overridden. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates if the font name characteristic is overridden. + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates a new instance by copying an existing instance. + + + The instance to copy + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates a new instance with no style characteristics overridden. + + + 2014 + + + + + This helper class represents the overridden characteristics of the associated cell. + + + The user can override the text appearance and cell graphic properties by setting the corresponding flag to true. + The global base format will control the non-overridden characteristics. + + + 2014 + + + + + Declares the cell data type. + + + 2011 + + + + + Data bounded to a Schedule Custom Field. + + + + + Read only parameter which only show formatted string + + + + + The type is a calculated value + + + + + The type is combined parameter + + + + + the type is inherited from the column or section if appropriate + + + + + Data bound parameter + + + + + Embedded graphic + + + + + Simple text + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies the column index of the bottom-right corner of a table grid. + + + 2011 + + + + + Specifies the row index of the bottom-right corner of a table grid. + + + 2011 + + + + + Specifies the column index of the top-left corner of a table grid. + + + 2011 + + + + + Specifies the row index of the top-left corner of a table grid. + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructor. + + + Row index of the top-left of a table grid. + + + Column index of the top-left of a table grid. + + + Row index of the bottom-right of a table grid. + + + Column index of the bottom-right of a table grid. + + + 2011 + + + + + Default constructor. + + + 2011 + + + + + The TableMergedCell class defines a merged area of the upper-left and lower-right of a table grid. + + + A TableMergedCell contains member variables that define the top-left and bottom-right row and column indexes of a table grid. + A TableMergedCell object can be passed as a function parameter wherever a TableMergedCell can be passed. + + + 2011 + + + + + Declares the vertical alignment style of font. + + + 2011 + + + + + Alignment to bottom + + + + + Alignment to middle + + + + + Alignment to top + + + + + Declares the horizontal alignment style of font. + + + 2011 + + + + + Alignment to right + + + + + Alignment to center + + + + + Alignment to left + + + + + Override this function to validate the custom field properties. + + + An instance of which represents the properties of this field. + + + The field that is controlled by this server. + + + If the properties are valid, an empty string should be returned. + If the properties are not valid, a non-empty string which describes the error should be returned. + This string will be thrown as ArgumentException message to the caller of + . + If this field doesn't have any properties, it should return a non-empty string + which says that this field doesn't have any properties. + + + + + Override this function to set the custom field properties. + + + An instance of which represents the properties of this field. + It is guaranteed that the properties are valid. Before calling this function Revit called + and verified that it returned an empty string + (which means that the properties are valid). + + + The field that is controlled by this server. + + + + + Override this function to get the custom field properties. + + + The field that is controlled by this server. + + + Returns an instance of . + If this field doesn't have any properties will return . + + + + + Override this function to compute the graphics for the custom field. + + +

This function is called only if this custom field has a custom graphic representation

+

This graphics will be shown when the schedule is placed on a sheet.

+

During the execution of this function the document can't be modified

+
+ + A list where each item represents the data needed for computation for one row. + + + The field that is controlled by this server. + + + Returns a list of objects which contains the result of the computation. + The object at index ii should represent the value for the items grouped on rowsData[ii], + which means that the size of this list should be the same as the size of the rowsData list. + If the sizes are different, for each row, it will be considered that the values were not found, and the cells will be empty. + +
+ + + Override this function to compute the value for the specified items. + + +

This value will be shown in the schedule view. It will also be shown when the schedule is placed on a sheet only if this custom field doesn't have a custom graphic representation

+

During the execution of this function the document can't be modified

+
+ + A list where each item represents the data needed for computation for one row. + + + The field that is controlled by this server. + + + Returns a list of objects which contains the result of the computation and the computed value. + The object at index ii should represent the value for the items grouped on rowsData[ii] + which means that the size of this list should be the same as the size of the rowsData list. + If the sizes are different, for each row, it will be considered that the values were not found, and the cells will be empty. + +
+ + + Override this function to inform Revit about the ids of the elements or categories/subcategories or any specific specs describing + the data type that are needed to compute the value/graphics of this custom field. + This function is called when the field is inserted into a schedule or when field properties were set. + Each time when elements, categories/subcategories with these ids or the specs are changed, the schedule will be recomputed. + If one of the necessary ids will be deleted, there will be posted an error with "Remove Field" resolution. + + + The field that is controlled by this server. + + + Returns an object which contains all the necessary data. + + + + + Override this function to get a notification when the field was added in a schedule. + + + This is a good place where the default properties for this field can be set. + The View Schedule is an element which can be used to attach and serialize data using Extensible Storage framework. + + + The field that is controlled by this server. + The schedule that contains this field is an element which can be used to attach and serialize data using Extensible Storage framework. + + + + + Override this function and return the information about the custom field. + + + Returns an object which contains all the custom field information. + + + + + Override this function to validate the custom field properties. + + + An instance of which represents the properties of this field. + + + The field that is controlled by this server. + + + If the properties are valid, an empty string should be returned. + If the properties are not valid, a non-empty string which describes the error should be returned. + This string will be thrown as ArgumentException message to the caller of + . + If this field doesn't have any properties, it should return a non-empty string + which says that this field doesn't have any properties. + + + + + Override this function to set the custom field properties. + + + An instance of which represents the properties of this field. + It is guaranteed that the properties are valid. Before calling this function Revit called + and verified that it returned an empty string + (which means that the properties are valid). + + + The field that is controlled by this server. + + + + + Override this function to get the custom field properties. + + + The field that is controlled by this server. + + + Returns an instance of . + If this field doesn't have any properties will return . + + + + + Override this function to compute the graphics for the custom field. + + +

This function is called only if this custom field has a custom graphic representation

+

This graphics will be shown when the schedule is placed on a sheet.

+

During the execution of this function the document can't be modified

+
+ + A list where each item represents the data needed for computation for one row. + + + The field that is controlled by this server. + + + Returns a list of objects which contains the result of the computation. + The object at index ii should represent the value for the items grouped on rowsData[ii], + which means that the size of this list should be the same as the size of the rowsData list. + If the sizes are different, for each row, it will be considered that the values were not found, and the cells will be empty. + +
+ + + Override this function to compute the value for the specified items. + + +

This value will be shown in the schedule view. It will also be shown when the schedule is placed on a sheet only if this custom field doesn't have a custom graphic representation

+

During the execution of this function the document can't be modified

+
+ + A list where each item represents the data needed for computation for one row. + + + The field that is controlled by this server. + + + Returns a list of objects which contains the result of the computation and the computed value. + The object at index ii should represent the value for the items grouped on rowsData[ii] + which means that the size of this list should be the same as the size of the rowsData list. + If the sizes are different, for each row, it will be considered that the values were not found, and the cells will be empty. + +
+ + + Override this function to inform Revit about the ids of the elements or categories/subcategories or any specific specs describing + the data type that are needed to compute the value/graphics of this custom field. + This function is called when the field is inserted into a schedule or when field properties were set. + Each time when elements, categories/subcategories with these ids or the specs are changed, the schedule will be recomputed. + If one of the necessary ids will be deleted, there will be posted an error with "Remove Field" resolution. + + + The field that is controlled by this server. + + + Returns an object which contains all the necessary data. + + + + + Override this function to get a notification when the field was added in a schedule. + + + This is a good place where the default properties for this field can be set. + The View Schedule is an element which can be used to attach and serialize data using Extensible Storage framework. + + + The field that is controlled by this server. + The schedule that contains this field is an element which can be used to attach and serialize data using Extensible Storage framework. + + + + + Override this function and return the information about the custom field. + + + Returns an object which contains all the custom field information. + + + + + Represents an interface that should be overridden to allow interaction with a custom field into a schedule. + + + Once that a server is implemented, it is needed to add it to CustomFieldService. + When a document that contains a schedule with custom field defined by a server which is not added to the CustomFieldService + (such example may be when addon dll is not loaded into Revit), it will be shown a message which informs the user that the + addon is missing and the corresponding cells in schedule view or in the schedule placed on sheet will be empty. + + This server was designed to be public_api but in the end it was decided to be moved to public_api_internal + because the a custom field defined by a third party can't be computed when publish the rvt file into the cloud. + The computation of the value and graphics is done in generateGrep and if the addon the defines the server is not + present it the cell will be empty. + Decision can be found here: + https://autodesk.slack.com/archives/C02KQUH4519/p1673018478447789 + https://wiki.autodesk.com/display/aeceng/Public+availability+of+the+Custom+Graphics+API#decision_framework-1761429744 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The id of the structural connection element. + + + 2017 + + + + + The current document. + + + 2017 + + + + + The data needed by connection type changed server. + + + It's exposed in internal API. + + + 2017 + + + + + The server's method that is called when a structural connection changes it's type. + + + The method should always return 'true' if the server is successfully executed, no matter whether the server changes anything. + Return 'false' or if the server throws, indicates a failed case, all changes made by the server will be discarded. + + + The data that contains the structural connection element + + + Indicates whether the connection type changed server is executed successfully. + + + 2017 + + + + + The server's method that is called when a structural connection changes it's type. + + + The method should always return 'true' if the server is successfully executed, no matter whether the server changes anything. + Return 'false' or if the server throws, indicates a failed case, all changes made by the server will be discarded. + + + The data that contains the structural connection element + + + Indicates whether the connection type changed server is executed successfully. + + + 2017 + + + + + Interface for external servers implementing connection type changed service. + + + It's exposed in internal API. + + + 2017 + + + + + Returns the list of Ids of the current elements. + + + Ids of the current elements. Contains the analytical model element to which the code checking parameter belongs. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The current document. + + + 2014 + + + + + The data needed by code checking server to perform code checking. + + + 2014 + + + + + The server's method that will be called when Revit User clicks the Code Checking parameter's button from the properties palette. + + + The server provides UI way for Revit user to view and modify the detail data corresponding with the parameter value. + The server may also modify the code checking parameter value itself during the execution. + The method should always return 'true' if the server is successfully executed, no matter whether the server changes anything. + Return 'false' or if the server throws, indicates a failed case, all changes made by the server will be discarded. + A typical way to use the external server can be: + Implement a server class that derives from this interface Create a new server object and register it with the service, see ExternalServiceRegistry.Assign server to code checking instance. + + The Code Checking data. + + + Indicates whether the code checking parameter server is executed successfully. + + + 2014 + + + + + The server's method that will be called when Revit User clicks the Code Checking parameter's button from the properties palette. + + + The server provides UI way for Revit user to view and modify the detail data corresponding with the parameter value. + The server may also modify the code checking parameter value itself during the execution. + The method should always return 'true' if the server is successfully executed, no matter whether the server changes anything. + Return 'false' or if the server throws, indicates a failed case, all changes made by the server will be discarded. + A typical way to use the external server can be: + Implement a server class that derives from this interface Create a new server object and register it with the service, see ExternalServiceRegistry.Assign server to code checking instance. + + The Code Checking data. + + + Indicates whether the code checking parameter server is executed successfully. + + + 2014 + + + + + Interface for the code checking parameter server to implement. + + + 2014 + + + + + Shows a dialog for users to ensure if user really wants to enable cloud worksharing. + + + Indicates whether the user really wants to enable cloud worksharing. + + + 2019 + + + + + Shows a dialog saying "You don't have access of Workshared Cloud Model entitlement". + + + 2019 + + + + + Shows a dialog for users to ensure if user really wants to enable cloud worksharing. + + + Indicates whether the user really wants to enable cloud worksharing. + + + 2019 + + + + + Shows a dialog saying "You don't have access of Workshared Cloud Model entitlement". + + + 2019 + + + + + The interface for for CloudModelUIServer. + + + Implement this interface and register an instance of the derived class with the EntitlementExternalService. + + + 2019 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Project version. + + + 2019 + + + + + Project Guid from C4R. + + + 2019 + + + + + Project name. + + + 2019 + + + + + Project identity in BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs. + + + 2019 + + + + + Account region in AWS. + + + 2019 + + + + + Hub identity in BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs. + + + 2019 + + + + + 2019 + + + + + The data that can be provided to the CloudExternalService. + + + 2019 + + + + + Gets all top-level folders that are available to current login user from this Project. + + + The list of Folders. + + + Could be any reasons related to network. + + + User is not signed in with Autodesk id. + + + User is not authorized to access the specified cloud project. + + + 2022 + + + + + Gets ForgeDM Hub of this Project. + + + 2022 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + RCM Project GUID of this Project. + + + 2022 + + + + + Name of this Project. + + + 2022 + + + + + Identifier of this Project. + + + Forge Project id = "b." + BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs Project id. For example, b.b0524685-6a33-4004-9537-0e0535c58624 + + + 2022 + + + + + Constructor for CloudProject. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Constructor for CloudProject. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + For communication between Revit and Collaborate add-in. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + This class represents a Project from ForgeDM + + + 2022 + + + + + Gets all projects that are available to current login user from this Hub. + + + The empty projects or the projects which are associated with the current Revit version will be returned. + + + The list of Projects. Returns an empty list if there is no project in this Hub + or the user doesn't have permission to access to the projects in this Hub. + + + Could be any reasons related to network. + + + User is not signed in with Autodesk id. + + + User is not authorized to access the specified cloud hub. + + + 2022 + + + + + Gets all hubs (of the supported regions) that are available to current login user. + + + The list of Hubs. Returns an empty list if the current user doesn't have any hub. + + + Could be any reasons related to network. + + + User is not signed in with Autodesk id. + + + 2022 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Region of this Hub. + Please see the reference values, like + and , + and the new regions from release note. + + + 2022 + + + + + Name of this Hub. + + + 2022 + + + + + Identifier of this Hub. + + + Forge Hub id = "b." + BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs Account id. For example, b.d12cb5fa-96cd-483b-8acb-46ef9a4b74d7 + + + 2022 + + + + + Constructor for CloudHub. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + For communication between Revit and Collaborate add-in. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + This class represents a Hub from ForgeDM. + + + 2022 + + + + + Gets all projects that are available to current login user from this Hub. + + + Hub identity in ForgeDM. + + + The Hub/BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs account and project region. + + + The list of Projects. Returns an empty list if there is no project in this Hub. + + + 2019 + + + + + Gets all hubs (of the supported regions) that are available to current login user. + + + The list of Hubs. Returns an empty list if the current user doesn't have any hub. + + + 2019 + + + + + Gets the cloud model and related forge infomation. + + + Force use trasverse mode to skip off entitlement check, but with bad performance. + + + The Hub/BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs account and project region. + + + The GUID of the cloud project which contains the model. + + + The GUID of the Revit cloud model. + + + Hub/BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs account id. + + + Project identity in BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs. + + + The name of the cloud project which contains the model as returned value. + + + Folder identity in BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs. + + + Model identity in BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs. + + + The name of the Revit cloud model as returned value. + + + 2019 + + + + + Indicates if the Gateway client is initialized using the global endpoint or not. + + + This method will try to initialize the gateway client if the client isn't already set up. + + + Returns true if the Gateway client is initialized, otherwise returns false. + + + 2019 + + + + + Indicates if the current login user has any BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs accounts or not. + + + Returns true if this ADSK account associated one or more BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs accounts, otherwise returns false. + + + 2019 + + + + + Gets RCM project GUID and model GUID from project id, folder id and model name. + + + Will be replaced by CloudModel in future. + CloudModel means the data comes from forgeDM. + + + The BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs account and project region. + + + Project identity in BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs. + + + Folder identity in BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs. + + + Model name in BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs. + + + Returns a map including RCM project and model GUID. + + + 2019 + + + + + The BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs account Id. + + + The BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs project Id. + + + Cloud external data as output. + + + 2019 + + + + + check if the uri string represents a valid URN. + + + Folder or model identity in BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs. + + + Returns true if the uri string represents a valid URN, + which also means it follows the prescribed format. + + + 2019 + + + + + Document to publish + + + Model path of the model to publish + + + 2019 + + + + + The method that Revit will invoke to get the cloud project information from C4R. + + + Contains the input and output data for the execution. + + + 2019 + + + + + Gets all projects that are available to current login user from this Hub. + + + Hub identity in ForgeDM. + + + The Hub/BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs account and project region. + + + The list of Projects. Returns an empty list if there is no project in this Hub. + + + 2019 + + + + + Gets all hubs (of the supported regions) that are available to current login user. + + + The list of Hubs. Returns an empty list if the current user doesn't have any hub. + + + 2019 + + + + + Gets the cloud model and related forge infomation. + + + Force use trasverse mode to skip off entitlement check, but with bad performance. + + + The Hub/BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs account and project region. + + + The GUID of the cloud project which contains the model. + + + The GUID of the Revit cloud model. + + + Hub/BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs account id. + + + Project identity in BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs. + + + The name of the cloud project which contains the model as returned value. + + + Folder identity in BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs. + + + Model identity in BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs. + + + The name of the Revit cloud model as returned value. + + + 2019 + + + + + Indicates if the Gateway client is initialized using the global endpoint or not. + + + This method will try to initialize the gateway client if the client isn't already set up. + + + Returns true if the Gateway client is initialized, otherwise returns false. + + + 2019 + + + + + Indicates if the current login user has any BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs accounts or not. + + + Returns true if this ADSK account associated one or more BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs accounts, otherwise returns false. + + + 2019 + + + + + Gets RCM project GUID and model GUID from project id, folder id and model name. + + + Will be replaced by CloudModel in future. + CloudModel means the data comes from forgeDM. + + + The BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs account and project region. + + + Project identity in BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs. + + + Folder identity in BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs. + + + Model name in BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs. + + + Returns a map including RCM project and model GUID. + + + 2019 + + + + + The BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs account Id. + + + The BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs project Id. + + + Cloud external data as output. + + + 2019 + + + + + check if the uri string represents a valid URN. + + + Folder or model identity in BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs. + + + Returns true if the uri string represents a valid URN, + which also means it follows the prescribed format. + + + 2019 + + + + + Document to publish + + + Model path of the model to publish + + + 2019 + + + + + The method that Revit will invoke to get the cloud project information from C4R. + + + Contains the input and output data for the execution. + + + 2019 + + + + + The interface used to get the cloud model information that stored on the cloud (such as C4R). + + + Implement this interface and register an instance of the derived class with the CloudExternalService. + + + 2019 + + + + + Returns whether Revit should wait and try again to acquire the lock on central. + + + True means wait and try again later. False means immediately give up. + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns whether Revit should wait and try again to acquire the lock on central. + + + True means wait and try again later. False means immediately give up. + + + 2014 + + + + + An interface that may be used to control Revit's behavior when it tries to lock central + and is blocked because another user already has locked central. + + + 2014 + + + + + Get the type with default settings for creating a label set. + If one does not exist, create it. + + + 2021 + + + + + Set in-session default type for label set creation + + + 2021 + + + + + Get in-session default type for label set creation + + + 2021 + + + + + Get distance and point on geometry by station + + + 2021 + + + + + Get distance, station value and point on geometry by point + + + 2021 + + + + + Get station value and point on geometry by alignment distance + + + 2021 + + + + + Get the type with default settings for creating a label set. + If one does not exist, create it. + + + 2021 + + + + + Set in-session default type for label set creation + + + 2021 + + + + + Get in-session default type for label set creation + + + 2021 + + + + + Get distance and point on geometry by station + + + 2021 + + + + + Get distance, station value and point on geometry by point + + + 2021 + + + + + Get station value and point on geometry by alignment distance + + + 2021 + + + + + Interface class for external servers implementing Infrastructure Alignments + + + A typical way to use the external server can be: + Implement a server class that derives from this interface Create a new server object and register it with the service, see ExternalServiceRegistry. + + 2021 + + + + + GUID to represent the Alignment server id. + + + 2021 + + + + + Id for external server implementing Aligment Services + + + 2021 + + + + + The method that Revit will invoke to perform AXM import. + + + The AXM import data. + + + Indicates whether the AXM importer server is executed successfully. + + + + + The method that Revit will invoke to perform AXM import. + + + The AXM import data. + + + Indicates whether the AXM importer server is executed successfully. + + + + + Interface for external servers implementing AXM import. + + + + + Translate a model according to translationData settings + + + Returns true if the translation finished successfully, false otherwise. + + + 2021 + + + + + Translate a model according to translationData settings + + + Returns true if the translation finished successfully, false otherwise. + + + 2021 + + + + + Interface class for external servers implementing ATF translation. + + + A typical way to use the external server can be: + Implement a server class that derives from this interface Create a new server object and register it with the service, see ExternalServiceRegistry. + + 2021 + + + + + Checks to see if the item file is already in use in the project. + Note that this method may not provide the current status correctly. For normal case, + use the isUsed propery instead. + + + 2019 + + + + + Checks to see if the item file has been loaded into the configuration. + + + Returns true if the item file has been loaded into the configuration, false otherwise. + + + 2019 + + + + + Checks to see if the item file is valid. + + + Returns true if the item file is valid, false otherwise. + + + 2019 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks to see if the item file is already in use in the project. + + + 2019 + + + + + The string identifier for the item file. This string is unique and can be used to compare whether fabrication + item files are the same file. + + + 2019 + + + + Gets the image for the fabrication item file. + System.Drawing.Bitmap represents the fabrication item file image. if there is no preview image. + 2019 + + + + This class holds information about the item file, including whether it is already loaded from disk into Revit. + + + This object is created as a result of loading from disk. + + + 2019 + + + + + Save the site into specific LinkType, if the type has one already, it will be updated + + + The document of the LinkType. + + + The LinkType to be saved into. + + + The site name to save. + + + The coordinate system name to save. + + + The saved site. + + + document is not a project document. + -or- + The element linkTypeId does not exist in the document + -or- + geoSiteName cannot include prohibited characters, such as "{, }, [, ], |, ;, less-than sign, greater-than sign, ?, `, ~". + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2019 + + + + + Get the description of Coordinates + + + 2018 + + + + + Downloads the weather file at this site location, used for systems energy analysis. + + + The folder location where the downloaded weather file will be stored. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + No weather station is within 500 nautical miles of this site location. + + + Fail to download the weather file. + + + Unable to access the weather service. Try again later. + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Checks whether the geographic coordinate system of this site is compatible with the given site . + True if he geographic coordinate system of this site is compatible with the given site, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Set the geographic coordinate system for this site. Similar to acquire coordinate system from a link in the UI. + + + The ID, WKT or Autodesk coordinate system xml representation of the coordinate reference system definition. + The xml representation is the same format get via RealDWG's API - AcDbGeoData::coordinateSystem. + Optionally, the string can be prefixed by the ID's namespace and a colon (:) where the following are supported: ADSK, EPSG. + If no namespace has been specified, the ID is assumed to be a default Autodesk coordinate system identifier. + If no definition exists with such a code and if it consists of numbers only, the ID string is considered an EPSG code. + + Valid examples are: +
  • LL84 > Autodesk identifier (default)
  • ADSK:LL84 > Autodesk identifier
  • EPSG:4326 > EPSG identifier
  • 4326 > EPSG identifier
  • GEOGCS["WGS 84", DATUM["WGS_1984", SPHEROID[...]]] > WKT
+ + The coordinate system to set for the project. + + + coordSystem is an empty string or contains only whitespace. + -or- + The coordinate system is not valid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Fail to update coordinate system. + + + The site location does not come from the project. + + + 2019.2 + +
+ + + The XML string which describes the geographic coordinate system. + + + If the site does not have a geographic coordinate system, it returns an empty string for this property. + + + 2018 + + + + + The geographic coordinate system ID, such as "AMG-50" and "Beijing1954/a.GK3d-40". + + + If the site does not have a geographic coordinate system, it returns an empty string for this property. + + + 2018 + + + + + The elevation of the site location. + + + 2014 UR2 + + + + + The name of the weather station at the site location. + + + 2014 UR2 + + + + + The place name of the site. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + The time-zone for the site. + + + +

A property that returns the time zone in which the site resides. + The value is in hours, ranging from +12 hours to -12 hours with 0 being GMT. + If the input value is not in the valid range, it will be shifted by multiples + of 24 until it is in range.

+

Set this property directly if for your desired latitude and longitude, Revit's calculation + does not match with the actual time zone for your location. Note that there are no restrictions + preventing you from setting this to an incorrect value for the site location, and incorrect + times for Solar Studies may result.

+
+
+ + Hours ranging from -12 to +12. 0 represents GMT. Note that if the input value is + not in the valid range, it will be shifted by multiples of 24 until it is in range. + +
+ + + The longitude of the site location. + + +

A property that contains the longitude of the site location. + The value of this property is in radians between +PI and -PI. If the given value is + not between -PI and PI, it will be shifted by multiples of 2PI until it is in range.

+

When setting this property: + Revit will attempt to match the coordinates to a city it knows about, and if a match is found, will set the + name accordingly.Revit will attempt to automatically adjust the time zone value to match the new Longitude value set using + . For some boundary + cases, the time zone calculated may not be correct. You can set the property directly to the correct + value if necessary. + Revit will attempt to automatically update the weather station associated with the coordinates. +

+
+ + The longitude, in radians between -PI and PI. If the value is not + between -PI and PI, it will be shifted by multiples of 2PI until + it is in range. + +
+ + + The latitude of the site location. + + +

A property that contains the latitude of the site location. + The value of this property is in radians between +PI/2 and -PI/2.

+

When setting this property: + Revit will attempt to match the coordinates to a city it knows about, and if a match is found, will set the + name accordingly.Revit will attempt to automatically adjust the time zone value to match the new Latitude value set using + . For some boundary + cases, the time zone calculated may not be correct. You can set the property directly to the + correct value if necessary. + Revit will attempt to automatically update the weather station associated with the location's coordinates. +

+
+ + When setting this property: The latitude value is out of range. It must be between -PI/2 and PI/2. + +
+ + Converts project time to UTC time. + Daylight savings time is not considered during this conversion. + The project time. + Returns the UTC time. + +Thrown when the projectTime's kind is not Unspecified. + + + + Converts local time or UTC time to project time. + Daylight savings time is not considered during this conversion. + The input local time or UTC time. + Returns the project time of Unspecified kind. + +Thrown when the inputTime's kind is neither Local nor Utc. + + + + + Contains the geographical location information for the project's site. + + + Each project may have one site which dictates where in the world the project is + based. On this site there may be several locations of the same project. These are represented + by ProjectLocation objects. The site location object can be found by using the SiteLocation property + on the Document object. The properties of this object can be changed such that it represents any + location on the planet or to a known city. Cities already programmed into Revit can be found + from the Cities property on the Application object. + + + + + + + + + Creates a transform that represents a reflection across the given plane. + + + The plane. + + + The new transform. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates a transform that represents a rotation about the given axis at the specified point. + + + The rotation axis. + + + The angle. + + + The origin point. + + + The new transform. + + + The given value for angle is not finite + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + axis has zero length. + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates a transform that represents a rotation about the given axis at (0, 0, 0). + + + The rotation axis. + + + The angle. + + + The new transform. + + + The given value for angle is not finite + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + axis has zero length. + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates a transform that represents a translation via the specified vector. + + + The translation vector. + + + The new transform. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Contains native implementations of transform related functions exposed to API. + + + All of the static methods contained within logically belong within the API in Transform. + The internal API wrappers are called directly by the related public API methods. + + + 2014 + + + + + Retrieves a box that circumscribes the solid geometry. + + + The bounding box information is stored as bounds in local coordinates and a transform. + So the transform is to be taken in to account when using the bounds. + This is different from the bounding box returned by Element.BoundingBox in that the bounding box + returned by that routine stores the bounds in modeling coordinates with an identity transform. + + + The solid geometry. + + + The bounding box. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Calculates and returns the intersection between a curve and a solid. + + + The solid. + + + The curve. + + + The options. If NULL, the default options will be used. + + + The intersection results. + + + The input curve is not bound. + -or- + The input solid is not a closed geometric volume. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Transform input solid with the given transformation + + + The input solid to be transformed. + + + The transform (which must be conformal). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + transform is not conformal. + -or- + transform has a scale that is negative or zero. + + + 2018 + + + + + Creates a new Solid which is a copy of the input Solid. Geometry data is copied with the options supplied by SolidGeometryOptions + + + The input solid to be copied. + + + The newly created Solid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Find all EdgeEndPoints at a vertex identified by the input EdgeEndPoint. + + + The input EdgeEndPoint that identifies the vertex. + + + All EdgeEndPoints at the vertex. The input EdgeEndPoint is also included. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Failed to find all EdgeEndPoints at a vertex identified by the input EdgeEndPoint. + + + 2021 + + + + + Tests if the input solid or shell is valid for tessellation. + + + The solid or shell. + + + True if the solid or shell is valid for tessellation, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + This function facets (i.e., triangulates) a solid or an open shell. Each boundary + component of the solid or shell is represented by a single triangulated structure. + + + Every point on the triangulation of a boundary component of the solid (or + shell) should lie within the 3D distance specified by the "accuracy" input of some + point on the triangulation, and vice-versa. In some cases, this constraint may be + implemented heuristically (not rigorously). + + + The solid or shell to be faceted. + + + This input controls various aspects of the triangulation. + + + The triangulated structures corresponding to the boundary components of the + input solid or the components of the input shell. + + + solidOrShell is not valid for triangulation (for example, it contains no faces). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Unable to triangulate the solid or shell. + + + 2013 + + + + + Splits a solid geometry into several separate solids. + + + If no splitting is done, a copy of the input solid will be returned in the output array. + + + The solid. + + + The split solid geometries. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Failed to split the solid geometry. + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a new Solid which is the transformation of the input Solid. + + + The input solid to be transformed. + + + The transform (which must be conformal). + + + The newly created Solid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + transform is not conformal. + -or- + transform has a scale that is negative or zero. + + + 2016 + + + + + Creates a new Solid which is a copy of the input Solid. + + + The input solid to be copied. + + + The newly created Solid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Contains utility functions for solid operations. + + + 2013 + + + + + Evaluate the end point of the edge in 3d coordinates. + + + The end point of the edge in 3d coordinates. + + + Failed to evaluate the end point of the edge. + + + 2021 + + + + + Determines whether this EdgeEndPoint is equal to another. + + + The EdgeEndPoint with which to compare this EdgeEndPoint. + + + True if the given EdgeEndPoint is equal to this one, otherwise false. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The index of the start or the end point of an Edge: 0 is the start point, 1 is the end point. + + + 2021 + + + + + The Edge. + + + 2021 + + + + + Constructs an instance of EdgeEndPoint. + + + The Edge. + + + Use 0 for the start point, 1 for the end point of an Edge. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The given value for index is not 0 or 1. + + + 2021 + + + + + Represents the start or the end point of an Edge. + + + 2021 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Optional solid tag for the Solid. + + + 2019 + + + + + Creates a new SolidOptions class with solid tag settings. + + + The material id for the Solid. + + + 2019 + + + + + A class containing optional information to control the geometry generation of the Solid by the SolidUtils routines. + + + 2019 + + + +Gets the item at the current position of the iterator.(Inherited from IEnumerator. Give it another property name to avoid confusing. And make it internal.) + + + Gets the item at the current position of the iterator. + There is no current item if the iterator has not started yet or has been done. + There is no current item in the iterator. + + + + Returns the current curve. + + + The current curve. + + + + + Identifies if the iteration has completed. + + + True if the iteration has no more items. False if there are more items to be iterated. + + + + + Resets the iterator to the initial state. + + + + + Increments the iterator to the next item. + + + True if there is a next available item in this iterator. + False if the iterator has completed all available items. + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + An iterator to a solid curve intersection. + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + + Returns a solid curve intersection iterator that iterates through the collection. + + + A solid curve intersection iterator object that can be used to iterate through key-value pairs in the collection. + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets the extents for the given curve segment generated by intersection. + + + The parameters are raw parameters based on the raw parameter extents of the original input curve. + + + The index. + + + The curve extents. + + + index is out of range. + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets the curve segment generated by intersection. + + + The index. + + + The curve. + + + index is out of range. + + + 2013 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The number of segments in the results. + + + 2013 + + + + + The result type used to calculate the intersections. + + + 2013 + + + + + This class represents the results of a calculation of intersection between a solid volume and a curve. + + + The results contain a collection of curves and a collection of curve extents (which are the parameters of intersection + from the original input curve). Depending on the SolidCurveIntersectionMode option passed when + executing the calculation, the curve segments and curve extents represent either the extents of the curve + which exist inside the solid, or the extents of the curve which exist outside the solid. + If the curve is entirely inside the solid, and the option is CurveSegmentsOutside, or if the curve + is entirely outside the solid, and the option is CurveSegmentsInside, this results object will be empty. + Note that curves aligned with the bounding faces of the solid are considered to be inside by this utility. + + + 2013 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The end parameter of the curve extents. + + + 2013 + + + + + The start parameter of the curve extents. + + + 2013 + + + + + Represents the start and end parameters for a curve segment. + + + 2013 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The type of results expected by the calculation. The default is CurveSegmentsInside. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + Constructs a new SolidCurveIntersectionMode with default settings. + + + 2013 + + + + + This class contains the options used to calculate the intersection between a solid and a curve. + + + 2013 + + + + + Represents the types of results available for calculating the intersection between a solid and a curve. + + + 2013 + + + + + The results will include only curve segments outside the solid volume. + + + + + The results will include only curve segments inside the solid volume. This also will include curve segments coincident + with the face(s) of the volume. + + + + + Disables the use of levelOfDetail. The use of levelOfDetail is enabled by calling setLevelOfDetail (with a valid input). + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns true if the use of levelOfDetail is enabled, false if not. The use of levelOfDetail is enabled + by calling setLevelOfDetail (with a valid input). + + + 2013 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + An number between 0 and 1 (inclusive) specifying the level of detail for the triangulation of a solid or shell. + + + Smaller values yield coarser triangulations (fewer triangles), while larger values yield finer + triangulations (more triangles). + + + When setting this property: The given value for levelOfDetail must lie between 0 and 1 (inclusive). + + + 2013 + + + + + A non-negative real number specifying the minimum allowed angle for any triangle in the triangulation, in radians. + + + A small value can be useful when triangulating long, thin objects, in order to keep the number of triangles + small, but it can result in long, thin triangles, which are not acceptable for all applications. If the value + is too large, this constraint may not be satisfiable, causing the triangulation to fail. This constraint may be + approximately enforced. A value of 0 means to ignore the minimum angle constraint. + + + When setting this property: The given value for minAngleInTriangle must be at least 0 and less than 60 degrees, expressed in radians. The value 0 means to ignore the minimum angle constraint. + + + 2013 + + + + + A positive real number specifying the minimum allowed value for the external angle between two adjacent triangles, in radians. + + + A small value yields more smoothly curved triangulated surfaces, usually at the expense of an increase in the + number of triangles. Note that this setting has no effect for planar surfaces. This constraint may be approximately + enforced. + + + When setting this property: The given value for minExternalAngleBetweenTriangles must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + + + 2013 + + + + + A positive real number specifying how accurately a triangulation should approximate a solid or shell. + + + The maximum distance from a point on the triangulation to the nearest point on the solid or shell should + be no greater than the specified accuracy. This constraint may be approximately enforced. + + + When setting this property: The given value for accuracy must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + + + 2013 + + + + + Default constructor. + + + 2013 + + + + + Controls various aspects of the triangulation produced by method. + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns the specified shell component of a solid or shell. Input componentIndex must lie + between 0 and ShellComponentCount-1, inclusive. The returned TriangulatedShellComponent + should not be modified by the caller. + + + The component index, must be between 0 and ShellComponentCount – 1, inclusive. + + + The component. + + + Shell component index componentIndex is out of range. + + + 2013 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The number of TriangulatedShellComponents that this TriangulatedSolidOrShell contains. + + + 2013 + + + + + This class represents a triangulated solid or shell. + + +

The triangulation consists of a number of TriangulatedShellComponents. + For a solid, there will be one TriangulatedShellComponent for each component + of the solid's boundary. For example, a solid cube has just one boundary component + (containing six faces), so there will be just one TriangulatedShellComponent. A solid + consisting of two disjoint cubes has two boundary components (the boundaries of the + two cubes), so there will be two TriangulatedShellComponents. A solid consisting of a + sphere with a round void (or hole) inside it also has two boundary components (the + outer sphere and the inner sphere), so there will be two TriangulatedShellComponents. +

+

For a shell, there will be one TriangulatedShellComponent for each component of + the shell. +

+

Note that this class does not contain information on the containment structure + of the boundary components of a solid. +

+

Be careful not to confuse the components of a solid with the solid's + boundary components. This class deals only with the boundary components. +

+
+ + 2013 + +
+ + + Returns the vertices of the triangulation. + + + The vertices of the triangulation. + + + 2023 + + + + + Returns the triangle corresponding to the given index. + + + The index of the triangle (between 0 and TriangleCount-1, inclusive). + + + The triangle. + + + triangleIndex is out of range. + + + 2013 + + + + + Empties the contents of this TriangulatedShellComponent. + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns the vertex with a given index. + + + The index of the vertex (between 0 and getVertexCount()-1, inclusive). + + + A copy of the requested vertex. + + + vertexIndex is out of range. + + + 2013 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The number of triangles in the triangulation. + + + 2013 + + + + + The number of vertices in the triangulation. + + + 2013 + + + + + True if and only if the triangulation represents a topologically closed shell + (i.e., each edge is shared by two triangles). + + + 2013 + + + + + This class represents a triangulated boundary component of a solid or a + triangulated connected component of a shell. + + + The triangulation is "topologically connected" in the following sense: + if two triangles share an edge geometrically, then they share a single edge + topologically (i.e., they share two vertices defining the geometrically shared + edge). + + + 2013 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Index of the triangle's third vertex in the TriangulatedShellComponent's array of vertices. + + + 2013 + + + + + Index of the triangle's second vertex in the TriangulatedShellComponent's array of vertices. + + + 2013 + + + + + Index of the triangle's first vertex in the TriangulatedShellComponent's array of vertices. + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a copy of the given TriangleInShellComponent + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + This class represents a triangle in a TriangulatedShellComponent object. The triangle is + defined by its vertices, which are specified by their indices in the + TriangulatedShellComponent's array of vertices. + + + A TriangulatedShellComponent stores an array of TriangleInShellComponent objects + representing the triangles of the triangulation. An external class is used + because the API does not allow the use of a triple of integers. Note that a + TriangleInShellComponent must only be used in the context of a single, fixed + TriangulatedShellComponent. + + + 2013 + + + + Determines if this is an extruded ruled surface. + 2017 + + + Determines if the rulings of this ruled surface are parallel. + 2014 + + + Profile points of the surface. + + + Profile curves of the surface. + + + A ruled face of a 3d solid or open shell. + A ruled surface is created by sweeping a line between two profile curves or between a curve and a point (a point and a curve). +For details on the parameterization, refer to the documentation for . + + + + + + + + Profile curve of the surface. + + + Radius of the surface. + + + Axis of the surface. + + + Origin of the surface. + + + A revolved face of a 3d solid or open shell. + Revolved faces are defined by a profile curve and a local coordinate system. +For details on the parameterization, refer to the documentation for + + + + + + + Transforms all curves in the specified polycurve. + + + Returns a copy of this profile. + + + Transforms this profile and returns the result. + The transformation used to transform the profile. + The transformed profile. + Transforms all the curves that define the boundary of this profile. + +Thrown when the handle of the specified transformation is . + + +Thrown when failed to transform a curve in the profile. + + + + Retrieve the curves that make up the boundary of the profile. + + + Get or set whether the profile is filled. + + + A geometric profile consisting of a loop of curves. + The profile may be filled. + + + + + + + Creates a polyline with coordinate points provided. + +Thrown when the count of coordinates is less than 2. + + + + Returns a copy of this polyline. + + + Gets the copy of the polyline which is applied the specified transformation. + +Thrown when the transform is . + + + + Gets the outline of the polyline. + + + Gets the coordinate points of the polyline. + + + Gets the coordinate point of the specified index. + The index of the coordinates. + +Thrown when the index value is out of range. + + + + Evaluates a parameter on the polyline. + The parameter to be evaluated. It is expected to be in [0,1] interval mapped to the bounds of the whole polyline. + +Thrown when the param value is not between 0.0 and 1.0. + + + + Gets the number of the coordinate points. + + + A polyline. + A polyline in space is defined by a set of coordinate points. + + + Creates a point at the given coordinates and assigns it the specified GraphicsStyle and Visibility. + 2021 + The coordinates where the point will be created. + The id of the GraphicsStyle element from which to apply the point properties. + The visibility to apply to the point object. + The size to apply to the point object. + A Point object. + Exception is thrown unless visibility is set to Visible, Highlight or Invisible. + + + Returns the size of the point. + + + Returns a stable reference to the point. + This value is if the corresponding geometry object does not permit referencing. + + + Returns the coordinates of the point. + + + Creates a point at the given coordinates and assigns it the specified GraphicsStyle. + 2016 + The coordinates where the point will be created. + The id of the GraphicsStyle element from which to apply the point properties. + A Point object. + + + Creates a point at the given coordinates. + 2016 + The coordinates where the point will be created. + A Point object. + + + A 3D point. + The point lies at a given XYZ coordinate location. + + + The Y-vector of the planar face. + Note that the cross product of X-vector and Y-vector may result in the reverse of the FaceNormal vector +depending upon how Revit has structured this particular face. + + + The X-vector of the planar face. + Note that the cross product of X-vector and Y-vector may result in the reverse of the FaceNormal vector +depending upon how Revit has structured this particular face. + + + Normal of the planar face. + This property is the "face normal" vector, and thus should return a vector consistently pointing out of +the solid that this face is a boundary for (if it is a part of a solid). + + + + Origin of the surface. + + + A bounded face of a 3d solid or open shell. + Planar faces are defined by planes bounded by edge loops. +The planes provide natural UV parameterization to the faces. +S(u, v) = Origin + u*Vector[0] + v*Vector[1] + + + + + + + + This will convert the SymbolGeometryId to a string that can be used in comparisons to check if two instances point to the same piece of geometry managed by the same symbol element. + + + Returns a string that can be used in comparisons to check if two instances point to the same piece of geometry managed by the same symbol element. + + + 2023 + + + + + Returns a string suitable to determine if two instances point to the same piece of geometry managed by the same symbol element. + + + A string suitable to determine if two instances point to the same piece of geometry managed by the same symbol element. + + + 2023 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The id of the symbol that is containing the shared geometry. + + + 2023 + + + + + This class is used to identify a piece of geometry managed by a symbol element. + + + This class can be used to compare if two instances points to the same piece of geometry managed by a symbol element. + The string returned by AsIdentifier can be used to achieve this. + + + 2023 + + + + Computes a transformation of the geometric representation of the instance. + An element which contains the computed geometry for the transformed instance. + The transformation to apply to the geometry. + The context of the instance object (such as effective material) will be applied to the symbol. + +Note that this method involves extensive parsing or Revit's data structures, so try to +minimize calls if performance is critical. + +Geometry will be parsed with the same options as those used when this object was retrieved. + +This method returns a copy of the Revit geometry. It is suitable for use in a tool which extracts +geometry to another format or carries out a geometric analysis; however, because it returns a copy +the references found in the geometry objects contained in this element are not suitable for +creating new Revit elements referencing the original element (for example, dimensioning). +Only the geometry returned by GetSymbolGeometry() with no transform can be used for that purpose. + + Transform is not conformal + + + Computes the geometric representation of the instance. + An element which contains the computed geometry for the instance. + The geometry will be in the coordinate system of the model that owns this instance. + +The context of the instance object (such as effective material) will be applied to the symbol. + +Note that this method involves extensive parsing or Revit's data structures, so try to +minimize calls if performance is critical. + +Geometry will be parsed with the same options as those used when this object was retrieved. + +This method returns a copy of the Revit geometry. It is suitable for use in a tool which extracts +geometry to another format or carries out a geometric analysis; however, because it returns a copy +the references found in the geometry objects contained in this element are not suitable for +creating new Revit elements referencing the original element (for example, dimensioning). +Only the geometry returned by GetSymbolGeometry() with no transform can be used for that purpose. + + + + Computes a transformation of the geometric representation of the symbol +which generates this instance. + The transformation to apply to the geometry. + An element which contains the computed geometry for the transformed symbol. + The context of this instance object (such as effective material) +will be applied to the symbol. + +Note that this method involves extensive parsing or Revit's data structures, so try to +minimize calls if performance is critical. + +Geometry will be parsed with the same options as those used when this object was retrieved. + +This method returns a copy of the Revit geometry. It is suitable for use in a tool which extracts +geometry to another format or carries out a geometric analysis; however, because it returns a copy +the references found in the geometry objects contained in this element are not suitable for +creating new Revit elements referencing the original element (for example, dimensioning). +Only the geometry returned by GetSymbolGeometry() with no transform can be used for that purpose. + + Transform is not conformal + + + Computes the geometric representation of the symbol which generates this instance. + An element which contains the computed geometry for the symbol. + The geometry will be in the local coordinate space of the symbol. + +The context of this instance object (such as effective material) will be applied to the symbol. + +Note that this method involves extensive parsing or Revit's data structures, so try to +minimize calls if performance is critical. + +Geometry will be parsed with the same options as those used when this object was retrieved. + +The results of the method and the value of the SymbolGeometry property are identical. + +This method returns the actual Revit geometry. Unlike other methods which extract transformed +copies of the geometry, the return value of this method is suitable for +creating new Revit elements referencing the original element (for example, dimensioning). + + + + The geometric representation of the symbol which generates this instance. + The geometry will be in the local coordinate space of the symbol. + +The context of this instance object (such as effective material) will be applied to the symbol. + +Note that retrieving the value of this property involves extensive parsing or Revit's data +structures, so try to minimize calls if performance is critical. + +Geometry will be parsed with the same options as those used when this object was retrieved. + +The value of this property and the results of the method GetSymbolGeometry(void) are identical. + + + + Gets the document that contains the symbol of this instance. + Returns the document that contains the symbol of this instance. + + 2023 + + + + Gets the SymbolGeometryId that contains data about the symbol of this instance. + Returns the SymbolGeometryId that contains data about the symbol of this instance. + Use the strings returned by SymbolGeometryId.AsIdentifier(bool) to check if two GeometryInstance point to the same geometry of the symbol. + + 2023 + + + + The affine transformation from the local coordinate space of the symbol into the +coordinate space of the instance. + + + + + + + An instance of another element (symbol), specially positioned by this +element. + +A GeometryInstance represents a set of geometry stored by Revit in a default configuration, and then transformed +into the proper location as a result of the properties of the element. The most common situation where +GeometryInstances are encountered is in Family instances. Revit uses GeometryInstances to allow it to store a +single copy of the geometry for a given family and reuse it in multiple instances. + +Note that not all Family instances will include GeometryInstances. When Revit needs to make a unique copy of the +family geometry for a given instance (because of the effect of local joins, intersections, and other factors +related to the instance placement) no GeometryInstance will be encountered; instead the Solid geometry will be found +at the top level of the hierarchy. + +Another example of GeometryInstance usage is in Rebar element visible in fine 3D Views. Here, each segement of a rebar is a GeometryInstance. +In this case the Symbol Element is contaning all the geometries that are instanced. + +A GeometryInstance offers the ability to read its geometry through the GetSymbolGeometry() and +GetInstanceGeometry() methods. These methods return another Autodesk.Revit.DB.GeometryElement +which can be parsed just like the first level return. + + + + + Creates a Hermite spline with specified tangency at its endpoints. + + + The control points of the Hermite spline. + + + True if the Hermite spline is to be periodic, false otherwise. + + + The object which indicates tangency at the start, the end, or both ends of the curve. + + + The new HermiteSpline object. + + + The control points array is invalid, because it doesn't contain the minimum number of points (2). + + + A non-optional argument was NULL + + + Curve length is too small for Revit's tolerance (as identified by Application.ShortCurveTolerance). + + + Unable to construct valid HermiteSpline from given inputs. + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates a Hermite spline with default tangency at its endpoints. + + + The tangents at the ends of the spline are computed from the control points. + + + The control points of the Hermite spline. + + + True if the Hermite spline is to be periodic, false otherwise. + + + The new HermiteSpline object. + + + The control points array is invalid, because it doesn't contain the minimum number of points (2). + + + A non-optional argument was NULL + + + Curve length is too small for Revit's tolerance (as identified by Application.ShortCurveTolerance). + + + Unable to construct valid HermiteSpline from given inputs. + + + 2014 + + + + Returns the params of the Hermite spline. + + + Returns the tangents of the Hermite spline. + + + The control points of the Hermite spline. + + + Returns whether the Hermite spline is periodic or not. + + + A Hermite spline. + The Hermite spline lies in the plane defined by control points. + + + Mixed derivatives of the surface. + + + Tangents of the surface. + + + Interpolation points of the surface. + + + Parameters of the surface. + + + A cubic hermite spline face of a 3d solid or open shell. + Hermite faces are defined by cubic hermite spline surfaces bounded by edge loops. +The surfaces provide natural UV parameterization to the faces. + + + + + + +Given two surfaces and an intersection point and direction vector, compute the +curvature vector and the geodesic curvatures on each surface of the intersection curve +that passes through the specified point in the specified direction. Geodesic curvature +is positive for CCW motion, negative for CW motion (with respect to the surface orientation). +Sides [0] and [1] of input "epv" refer to pSurf0 and pSurf1, respectively. +Each of the two "pGeodCurv" outputs is optional. +Singularities are not handled in this initial implementation (see findSurfIntDirs +for an example of handling surface singularities). +See also computeCurvatureOfFaceInt. + + +Given an array of EdgePnts representing the intersection of two surfaces, replace the points +by (almost) uniformly spaced points uniformizeSurfIntPnts representing the intersection curve. +If optional input "bReduce" is true, this function will attempt to reduce the number of +intersection points without violating Revit's tessellation requirements. If you know that the +two surfaces are tangent, set optional input "bSurfsAreKnownToBeTangent" to true (this will +improve performance and avoid misguided attempts to refine the intersection points). + + +Compute the principal curvatures and directions of a surface at a given point. +At an umbilic point (where the curvatures are equal), the principal directions will +be arbitrary (but still orthonormal). princCurv stores the two principal curvatures. +princDirUV stores the corresponding principal directions, expressed in the surface's +uv parameter space. princDir3d stores the (orthonormal) principal directions expressed in 3d space. +Note that princDirUV[0] and princDirUV[1] are unitized in uv space. +The three vectors {princDir3d[0], princDir3d[1], surfaceNormal} will form a right-handed frame. + + +Compute the first and second fundamental forms of a surface at a given point. +Input: surf, uv: a surface and the coordinates of a point on it. +Output (both optional): the matrices representing the first and second fundamental +forms of the surface at the given point, in the surface's parameter space. +Note: the sign of the second fundamental form is chosen so that curvature +toward the surface normal is positive. + + +Function checks that two uv points belongs to same singular point + + +Create a surface from two curves, where one of the curves is a line. +The surface is obtained by extruding the non-line curve along the line's direction. +The extrusion distance will be equal to the line length. +In the case of two lines, the first line will be extruded along the second line's direction. +The surface' oriented normal vector at the base point has the same +direction as T1 x T2, the cross product of the +tangent vectors of pCrv1 and pCrv2, respectively. +If setEnvelope is true, the surface's envelope will be set based on the bounds of the +curves. If setEnvelope is true and the curves are not bounded, an error is returned. +Returns the newly created surface, or 0 if an error occurred. +bAllowAnySurface allow surface creation when parameterization described above is not possible +for example arc extruded along line in its plane when arc has point with derivative parallel to that line. +this could be the only case implemented + + +Given a surface that is perpendicular to a certain plane, determine the curve obtained by +projecting the surface's envelope (or pEnv if it is not null) onto the plane. +Input: + pSurface, pPlane: the surface and the plane onto which the surface's envelope should be + projected. The surface must be perpendicular to the plane. +Optional input: pEnv; if provided, this will be used instead of the surface's envelope. +Output: + pCurve: the bounded curve obtained by projecting the envelope onto the plane. + The curve's direction is arbitrary. No curve is returned if an error occurs. +Returns: ERR_SUCCESS if successful, ERR_FAILURE or other values if not. If the surface is +not perpendicular to the plane, no curve will be constructed and ERR_FAILURE will be +returned. + +Note: At present, this routine is used for surface with coordinate systems that are "aligned" +with the plane (e.g., a vertically extruded surface and a horizontal plane). The API and/or +implementation may need to be changed if the usage is broadened. + + +Determine the directions of the intersection of two surfaces. There are several cases: +1) If both surfaces are regular at the intersection point and the surfaces are +transverse there, two opposite direction vectors are returned. +2) If both surfaces are regular at the intersection point and the surfaces are +tangent there, this method returns the intersection direction(s) for the second +order approximations of the surfaces. If the surfaces agree to second order, +ERR_SINGULAR is returned. +3) If one surface is regular and the other is singular at the intersection point, +this method returns the intersection directions of the tangent plane of the regular +surface with the tangent cone of the singular surface. +4) ERR_SINGULAR is returned for remaining singular cases (e.g., coincident surfaces). +Output argument pEPVs contains the intersection directions represented in the +surface parameter spaces (indices 0/1 correspond to pSurf0/pSurf1, respectively). +Output: +pEPVs: contains the intersection directions represented in the parameters spaces +of the surfaces (sides 0/1 correspond to pSurf0/pSurf1, respectively). +pDirs: is parallel to pEPVs and contains the 3D directions. The caller could +derive the 3D directions from pEPVs, but this argument avoids the need to do so. +pTangentSurfInfo: if this function returns ERR_SUCCESS and the surfaces are tangent +at the intersection point, pTangentSurfInfo->tangentIntersection() will return true +and pTangentSurfInfo->estimateDeviations can be used to estimate the rate at which +the surfaces diverge. + + +In an "eigenframe" (u0, u1) for the 2nd-order approximation of the deviation between the two surfaces, +the deviation is given by ((1/2)*m_secondDeriv[0]*u0^2, (1/2)*m_secondDeriv[0]*u1^2 + + +estimateDeviations should only be called if tangentIntersection() == true. Input tangentialDist +is a 3D distance in the surfaces' common tangent plane. Outputs pDeviation0 and pDeviation1 hold +the local maxima of the 3D deviations between the surfaces' 2nd-order approximations at a distance +of tangentialDist from the intersection point (the local maxima occur at the "eigendirections"). +The maximum of these two (positive) values estimates how far apart the two surfaces are at a distance +of tangentialDist from the intersection point. + + +degenerateIntersection returns true if the surfaces agree to second order at the intersection point, false if not. + + +tangentIntersection returns true if the surfaces are tangent at the intersection point, false if not. + + +All arguments to "set" must be provided. + + +This class stores some optional output for findSurfIntDirs. + + +Determine the portion of the intersection curve of two surfaces that lies between +two given points on the intersection curve and, optionally, a start direction +for the intersection curve (which may be approximate). +Side [0] of the EdgePnts refers to pSurface0 and side [1] refers to pSurface1. +The input argument epsCntrl determines a model space tolerance used in determining +whether an intersection curve passes through the start and end points. +pIs3DArc (optional output) is set to true if the intersection curve is known to be a +3D arc (a value of false means it may or may not be a 3D arc). +Optional output poIntCurve is a bounded curve representing the intersection. + + +Determine if two surfaces are parametrically equivalent, meaning that either they are +identical or they are parametrically coincident (i.e., pSurface1(uv) == pSurface2(uv) +for all uv). This function uses surfacesAreCoincident, and therefore is similarly +limited in the types of surfaces is handles correctly. +The optional input arguments pS1ToS2Trf and pTessEpsCntrl have the same meaning as +for surfacesAreCoincident. + + +Determine if two surfaces are coincident (ignoring Envelopes). For an affirmative answer, +the surfaces must have the same type (e.g., two planes). +pTessEpsCntrl is an optional input argument. If it is not null, pTessEpsCntrl->getVertexEps() +will be used as a 3D tolerance in determining coincidence, otherwise DOUBLE_EPS will be used. + +If the surfaces are known to be at a certain transform with respect to each other, +they can still be tested without having to copy and transform one of them - +by supplying non-NULL pS1ToS2Trf. + +If the optional output argument pFoundTransform is not null, this routine will +attempt to determine if the surfaces differ only by a rigid motion from the parameter +space of pSurface2 into that of pSurface1. The 2D transformation, if found, will +be stored in the optional output argument pTrfUV2ToUV1 (if this argument is not null). +A transformation will be found for coaxial cylinders and parallel planes even if the +surfaces are not coincident. +Usage: pSurface1(pTrfUV2ToUV1(uv)) = pSurface2(uv). +The type of rigid motion permitted depends on the surface type. For planes, any rigid +motion is allowed. For cylinders, the motion must be a combination of reflection in +the u axis, reflection in the v axis, and translation (in the uv plane). +Optional output pOrientationsAgree is set only if the surfaces are geometrically +coincident (i.e., if the function returns "true"). It will be set to true if the surface +orientations agree, false if not. Note that the surface orientations take the surface's +orientation flag into account. +If this function returns true, optional output pExactCoinc will be set to true if: + 1) the surfaces are exactly coincident, and + 2) either the transform was not requested, or the transform was requested and it's exact. +Do not use this output if the function returns false. + + +Find the 3D intersection point of a plane and a line, ignoring bounds on the plane or line. +Return value: + CS_OVERLAP: line intersects plane in a single point. + CS_DISJOIN: no intersection. + CS_SUBSET: line lies in plane. +Note: this function is provided for convenience, to avoid having to call +intersectSurfWithCurve with output arrays when we know that there is at most +one intersection point. + + +Intersect a surface and a curve and finds the intersection closes to +a specified end of the curve +Returns ERR_FAILURE if no intersections are found +Input: The surface, the curve, the end and the bWithinCurveBounds. +If bWithinCurveBounds is true, only intersection point that lie within the curve's bounds will be considered. +Outputs: The parameter on the curve and the location of the intersection + both are optional + + +Intersect a surface and a curve. +Returns: + CS_DISJOIN - if there is no intersection + CS_SUBSET - if curve is coincident with surface + CS_OVERLAP - if curve is not coincident and there are intersections + CS_ERROR - if there is error, pErr contain error. +Input: the surface and curve to intersect + withinCurveBounds: if true, only return intersections within the curve bounds. + normalizedCurveParams: if true, return normalized curve parameters. +Note: if withinCurveBounds or normalizedCurveParams is true, the curve must be bounded. +Output (all optional): + pSurfParams: the coordinates of the intersection point(s) in the parameter space of the +surface. + pCurveParams: the coordinates of the intersection point(s) in the parameter +space of the curve (listed in the same order as pSurfParams). + pPnts: the array of 3D intersection points (listed in the same order as +pSurfParams and pCurveParams). +pErr: Set to ERR_SUCCESS if successful, failure code if not. This API should +be changed to have return type Err and return CompareSetResult as an output +argument. +The interface to this routine may be changed in the future in order +to accommodate more general intersection types (e.g., a curve/surface +intersection may consist of isolated points, curves of tangency, etc.). + + +Find the intersection curve for two surfaces that passes through a given point +(to within the vertex tolerance specified by tessEpsCntrl). +Optional output pCurveParam is set to the parameter of the input point on the +intersection curve. bOnlyAnalytical has the same meaning as in intersectSurfaces. +An error is returned if there is no such curve, or if there is more than one +such curve. This is a convenience wrapper around intersectSurfaces. + + +Declarations for Arr, DoubleArr, OwnerArr, and Vec3d are in StdAfx.h, which every +source file includes. +Intersect two surfaces. No information is provided on degenerate cases +(surfaces that meet at a single point of tangency, or along a curve of +tangency, etc.). If bOnlyAnalytical is true, numerically computed intersections +will be avoided. + + + + Computes and returns the centroid of the mesh, if it is topologically closed and its volume is not zero. + The centroid corresponds to the center of mass of the mesh, if its interior were + filled by a material of uniform density. + + + XYZ value representing the position of the center of mass. + + + The mesh is not topologically closed, or has zero volume. + Check Mesh.IsClosed to determine if the mesh is closed. + + + 2024 + + + + + Computes and returns the volume enclosed by the mesh, if it is topologically closed. + + + A double, representing the volume. + + + The mesh is not topologically closed. Check Mesh.IsClosed to determine if the mesh is closed. + + + 2024 + + + + + Computes and returns the surface area of the mesh. The surface area is the sum of the areas of the + constituent facets of the mesh. + + + A double, representing the surface area. + + + 2024 + + + + + Returns all normals assigned to the mesh. + + + An array of XYZ values, each representing a normal unit vector. + + + 2021 + + + + + Returns a normal unit vector at the given index. + + + A zero-based index. It must be consistent with the DistributionOfNormals. + + + XYZ value representing a normal unit vector. + + + The given value is not a valid index of a normal of the mesh. + A valid value is not negative and is smaller than the number of normals in the mesh. + + + 2021 + + + + + Indicates whether the mesh is closed. + + + Every time this property is accessed, it is computed from scratch, + so accessing it multiple times will come at a performance cost. + A mesh is closed when each of its edges has two (or more) faces. + If an edge has more than two faces (meaning that it's a non-manifold edge), + the mesh still may be closed. + + + 2022 + + + + + Indicates the distribution of normal vectors along the tessellated mesh surface. + + + 2021 + + + + + The number of normals associated with the mesh. + + + The number is always equal either to '1', or the number of facets, + or the number of points. The DistributionOfNormals property indicates + how normals are distributed along the polymesh. If there is only one normal available, + it applies to the entire mesh. Curved surfaces have normal vectors associated + with either every facet or every point/vertex of the tessellated polymesh. + + + 2021 + + + + Transforms this mesh and returns the result. + The transformation used to transform the profile. + The transformed mesh. + +Thrown when the handle of the specified transformation is . + + + + Element ID of the material from which this mesh is composed. + + + Retrieves all vertices used to define this mesh. Intended for indexed access. + + + Retrieves a specific triangle. + Index of the triangle, must be in [0, NumTriangles). + + + The number of triangles that the mesh contains. + + + A triangular mesh. + Meshes are generated during triangulation of faces. They can also be encountered directly in Revit geometry (typically imported geometry). +Meshes contain a single array of , and a corresponding array of triangles. Triangles can be accessed by index from +, and reference 3 vertices from the array. + + + A vertex of the triangle. + Index of the vertex in the triangle: 0, 1 or 2. + The triangle only contains values at index 0, 1 or 2. + + + The index of the vertex in the Vertices array of the mesh, for indexed access. + Index of the vertex in the triangle: 0, 1 or 2. + The triangle only contains values at index 0, 1 or 2. + + + One triangle of a mesh. + + + + If possible, returns an underlying GPolyMesh. + + + Underlying GPolyMesh or null if not applicable. + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns all normals assigned to the polymesh + + + An array of XYZ values, each representing a normal vector + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns a normal vector at the given index + + + A zero-based index + + + XYZ value representing a normal vector + + + The given value is not a valid index of a normal of the polymesh. + A valid valure is not negative and is smaller than the number of normals in the polymesh. + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns all UV coordinates assigned to the polymesh + + + An array of UV coordinates + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns one UV coordinate at the given index. + + + A zero-based index of a UV coordinate + + + UV coordinates at the given index + + + The given value is not a valid index of a UV coordinate of the polymesh. + A valid valure is not negative and is smaller than the number of UV coordinates in the polymesh. + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns all points of the polymesh. + + + An array of XYZ coordinates + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns one point at the given index. + + + A zero-based index of a polymesh point + + + XYZ coordinates of the point + + + The given value is not a valid index of a point of the polymesh. + A valid valure is not negative and is smaller than the number of points in the polymesh. + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns a definitions of all facets of the polymesh + + + An array of PolymeshFacet instances, each of which represents + one facet defined by 3 vertices of the polymesh. + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns a definition of one facet + + + A zero-based index of the facet + + + An instance of PolymeshFacet that represents + one facet defined by 3 vertices of the polymesh. + + + The given value is not a valid index of a facet of the polymesh. + A valid value is not negative and is smaller than the number of facets in the polymesh. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The number of UV coordinates available for the polymesh. + + + Normally, the number of UV coordinates corresponds to the number of points in a polymesh, + but a polymesh does not have to have UVs assigned, in which case the value of this property is 0. + + + 2014 + + + + + The number of normals associated with the polymesh + + + The number is always equal either to '1', or the number of facets, + or the number of points. The DistributionOfNormals property indicates + how normals are distributed along the polymesh. If there is only one normal available, + it applies to the entire mesh. Curved surfaces have normal vectors associated + with either every facet or every point/vertex of the tessellated polymesh. + + + 2014 + + + + + The number of points in the polymesh + + + 2014 + + + + + The number of facet in the polymesh. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates the distribution of normal vectors along the tessellated polymesh surface. + + + 2014 + + + + + A class representing topology of a polymesh. + + + Topology of a polymesh consists of a number of points and triangular facets formed + by the points. Each facet is determined by three indices to the array of points. + A polymesh may have UV coordinates assigned, and always has at least one normal associated. + There may be more than one normal available for a non-planar polymesh; there may be as many + normals as there are either facets or points in the polymesh. The DistributionOfNormals + property indicates how normals are distributed along the polymesh. + + + 2014 + + + + + 2014 + + + An enumeration containing the choices of how normal vectors are assigned + and distributed along the surface of a polymesh. Planar faces would typically + have only normal vector associated, but curved faces can have a different + normal either for each facet (triangle) or each point of the tessellated polymesh. + + + 2014 + + + + + There is one normal vector per each facet of the polymesh. + + + + + There is only one common normal vector assigned to the face/polymesh. + + + + + One normal vector is assigned to each vertex of the polymesh. + + + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The mixed derivative. + + + 2016 + + + + + The second derivative with respect to V. + + + 2016 + + + + + The second derivative with respect to U. + + + 2016 + + + + + Contains second partial derivatives of a face at a specified point. + + + 2016 + + + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Contains native implementations of face related functions exposed to API. + + + All of the static methods contained within logically belong within the API in Face or one of its subclasses. + The internal API wrappers are called directly by the related public API methods. + + + + + Transforms an envelope () for one surface to an envelope for a coincident but differently parameterized surface. + + + This method succeeds in the case when the uv-parameter transform between the surfaces + has a simple form, that commonly occurs for analytic surfaces, + such that the image of the input envelope under the transform + is itself a rectangular region aligned with the UV coordinate axes. + + + The original surface envelope. + + + If successful a new transformed surface envelope, otherwise . + + + uvDomain is not set. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + Gets the inverse transformation of this transformation. + + + The transformation matrix A is invertible if there exists a transformation matrix B such that A*B = B*A = I (identity). + + + This transformation is not conformal or invertible. + + + 2021 + + + + + Scales both the linear and translational parts of this transformation and returns the result. + + + The resulting transformation is equivalent to the application of this transformation and then the uniform scale, in this order. + + + The scale value. + + + Returns a pointer to "this" . + + + 2021 + + + + + Scales the linear part of this transformation and returns the result. + + + The resulting transformation is equivalent to the application of the uniform scale and then this transformation, in this order. + + + The scale value. + + + Returns a pointer to "this" . + + + 2021 + + + + + Applies the transformation to the vector and returns the result. + + + Transformation of a vector is not affected by the translational part of the transformation. + + + The vector to transform. + + + The transformed vector. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + Applies the transformation to the point and returns the result. + + + Transformation of a point is affected by the translational part of the transformation. + + + The point to transform. + + + The transformed point. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + Multiplies this transformation by the specified transformation and returns the result. + + + The combined transformation has the same effect as applying the right transformation first, and this transformation, second. + So, denoting this transform by T1 and the right transform by T2, (T1(T2(p)) = (T1 * T2) (p). + + + The transformation equal to the composition of the two transformations. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + Creates the identity transformation. + + + The identity transformation does not change a point or a vector that it is applied to. + + + The identity transformation. + + + 2021 + + + + + Set this TrfUV to the identity transform. + + + Returns a pointer to "this" . + + + 2021 + + + + + Assigns values from the input transformation to this transformation. + + + The transformation to use as input. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + Determines whether this transformation and the specified transformation are the same within the tolerance (1.0e-09). + + + The tolerance is applied memberwise for comparison. + + + The transformation to compare with this transformation. + + + True if the two transformations are equal, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The real number that represents the scale of the conformal transformation. + + + When the transformation is conformal and can be decomposed as the product of a rigid-body motion, + uniform scale and reflection, this property returns the scale value of the uniform scale transformation. + + + This transformation is not conformal and the scale is undefined. + + + 2021 + + + + + The boolean value that indicates whether this transformation produces reflection (i.e., is orientation-reversing). + + + Reflection transformation changes the handedness of a coordinate system. + + + This transformation is singular and the reflection is undefined. + + + 2021 + + + + + The image of (0, 1) under . + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + The image of (1, 0) under . + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + The determinant of this transformation. + + + The geometric meaning of a determinant is as the scale factor for volume when applied as linear transformation. + + + 2021 + + + + + The boolean value that indicates whether this transformation is conformal. + + + This property is true if this transformation can be decomposed as the product + of a rigid-body motion, uniform scale and reflection. + Such transformation preserves angles between vectors. + + + 2021 + + + + + The boolean value that indicates whether this transformation is a translation. + + + This property is true if the only effect of transformation is translation. + It checks that the linear part of the transform is identity. The translation vector may be zero + (which would make this an identity transformation) or nonzero (which would make this a non-trivial translation). + + + 2021 + + + + + The boolean value that indicates whether this transformation is an identity. + + + The identity transformation does not change a point or a vector that it is applied to. + + + 2021 + + + + + The image of (0, 0) under . + This defines the translational part of the transform. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + Constructs the transformation by specifying the vectors and the origin. + + + The image of (1, 0) under . + + + The image of (0, 1) under . + + + The image of (0, 0) under . + This defines the translational part of the transform. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + The copy constructor. + + + The transformation to use as input. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + An affine transform of 2D Euclidean space. + + + An affine transform is a linear transform plus a translation (which may be zero). + Some functions only accept certain kinds of transform (e.g., rigid motion, conformal, non-singular, etc.). + + + 2021 + + + + + Transform this CurveUV by the given 2D affine transform if possible. + + + The given 2D affine transform. + + + If successful a transformed CurveUV, otherwise . + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + Gets the raw parameter value at the start or end of this curve. + + + Use 0 for the start parameter, 1 for the end parameter of the curve. + + + The raw parameter value at the start or end of this curve. + + + The given value for index is not 0 or 1. + + + This curve is unbound and does not have start and end points. + + + 2021 + + + + + Computes the first derivative, the second derivative and the unit tangent vector at the specified parameter along the curve. + + + The specified parameter along the curve. + + + If false, parameter is interpreted as natural parameterization of the curve. If true, param is expected to be in [0,1] interval mapped to the bounds of the curve. Setting to true is valid only if the curve is bound. + + + The array containing three members: the first derivative (at index [0]), the second derivative (at index [1]) and the unit tangent vector (at index [2]). + + + The given value for parameter is not finite + + + The curve cannot be evaluated as normalized because it is unbound. + -or- + The parameter is not a valid value for normalized evaluation. + + + 2021 + + + + + Evaluates and returns the point at the specified parameter along the curve. + + + The specified parameter along the curve. + + + If false, parameter is interpreted as natural parameterization of the curve. If true, param is expected to be in [0,1] interval mapped to the bounds of the curve. Setting to true is valid only if the curve is bound. + + + The point evaluated along the curve. + + + The given value for parameter is not finite + + + The curve cannot be evaluated as normalized because it is unbound. + -or- + The parameter is not a valid value for normalized evaluation. + + + 2021 + + + + + Returns a 3D curve lying in the XY plane in XYZ coordinates, representing the 2D curve with its UV coordinates identified with XY coordinates. + + + Ideally, this function should only be used in cases when the 2D curve needs to be used in a context + that does not support 2D curves, but can represent them as 3D curves with Z = 0 everywhere (for example, + converting the 2D curve to another CAD system that does not support 2D curves). + + + 3D curve lying in the XY plane in XYZ coordinates, representing the 2D curve with its UV coordinates identified with XY coordinates. + + + 2021 + + + + + Create a CurveUV from a bounded 3D Curve lying in the XY plane. + + + The XY plane is identified with the uv parameter space of the surface to which this SurfParamSpaceCurve refers. + + + The input bounded 3D Curve lying in the XY plane (i.e., z = 0 everywhere along the curve). + + + The newly created CurveUV. + + + The input Curve is not a bounded 3D Curve lying in the XY plane (i.e., z = 0 everywhere along the curve). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Describes whether the parameter of the curve is restricted to a particular interval. + + + 2021 + + + + + A class that encapsulates the notion of a curve in the 2D parameter space of a surface in 3D space. + + + Revit does not have a class to represent 2D curves explicitly. + + + 2021 + + + + Returns the vectors describing the edge at the specified parameter. + The parameter to be evaluated. + The transformation containing a tangent vector, derivative of tangent vector, and bi-normal vector. + +The following is the meaning of the transformation members: +
  • Origin is the point on the edge (equivalent to Evaluate);
  • BasisX is the tangent vector (the first derivative);
  • BasisY is the second derivative;
  • BasisZ is the bi-normal vector (tangent x normal).
Normal and bi-normal are zero if the edge is straight at the point. +None of the vectors are normalized. +
+
+ + Returns the approximate length of the edge. + +Estimates the length of the edge by adding together tessellated segments, +Will underestimate when the surface is curved. + + + + Returns a stable reference to the start or the end point of the edge. + Use 0 for the start point; 1 for the end point. + Reference to the point or if reference cannot be obtained. + +Thrown when the specified index is not 0 or 1. + + +Thrown when the object is internally marked as read-only in the setter. + + + + Returns a stable reference to the edge. + This value is if the corresponding geometry object does not permit referencing. + + + Calculate and transform a 2D curve that represents the edge in the uv-parameter plane of one of the edge's faces. +The output curve's direction will follow the parametric direction of the edge, not the topological +direction of the edge on the given face. + + Use of this function is preferred over using GetCurveUV(int index) and then transforming the curve, as the latter approach may yield a less accurate result. + The index of the face (0 or 1). + Transformation to apply to the curve. + If successful, returns the calculated and transformed CurveUV, otherwise. + +Thrown when the specified index is not 0 or 1. + + 2021 + + + Calculate a 2D curve that represents the edge in the uv-parameter plane of one of the edge's faces. +The output curve's direction will follow the parametric direction of the edge, not the topological +direction of the edge on the given face. + + The index of the face (0 or 1). + If successful, returns the calculated CurveUV, otherwise. + +Thrown when the specified index is not 0 or 1. + + 2021 + + + Determines if this edge's topological direction on the Face is opposite to its parametric direction. + The face with respect to which the direction is considered. Must belong to the edge. + Outer edge loops on a Face are oriented counter-clockwise with respect to the Face's orientation, +and inner loops are oriented clockwise. The topological direction of an edge on a face means the direction +in which the edge's loop is being traversed. + true if this edge's topological direction on the Face is opposite to its parametric direction, false if the topological direction agrees with the parametric direction. + +Thrown when the specified face is . + + +Thrown when the specified face is not one of the faces for this edge. + + 2021 + + + Determines if this edge's topological direction on the Face is opposite to its parametric direction. + The index of the face (0 or 1). + Outer edge loops on a Face are oriented counter-clockwise with respect to the Face's orientation, +and inner loops are oriented clockwise. The topological direction of an edge on a face means the direction +in which the edge's loop is being traversed. + true if this edge's topological direction on the Face is opposite to its parametric direction, false if the topological direction agrees with the parametric direction. + +Thrown when the specified index is not 0 or 1. + + 2021 + + + Returns a curve that corresponds to this edge as oriented in its topological direction on the specified face. + Specifies the face, on which the curve will follow the topological direction of the edge. + Evaluating the edge using EvaluateOnFace gives the same result as evaluating the curve returned by AsCurveFollowingFace with a normalized +curve parameter. When a Hermite spline is returned, the two evaluated points will be approximately equal. + It can be an Arc, Line, or HermiteSpline. + +Thrown when the specified faceForDir is . + + +Thrown when the specified faceForDir is not one of the faces for this edge. + + + + Returns a curve that corresponds to the edge's parametric orientation. + It can be an Arc, Line, or HermiteSpline. + + + Evaluates a parameter on the edge to produce UV coordinates on the face. + The parameter to be evaluated, in [0,1]. + The face on which to perform the evaluation. Must belong to the edge. + + + Evaluates a parameter on the edge. + The parameter to be evaluated, in [0,1]. + + + Returns a polyline approximation to the edge in UV parameters of the face. + The face on which to perform the tessellation. Must belong to the edge. + Tolerance of approximation is defined internally by Revit to be adequate for +display purposes. + + + Returns a polyline approximation to the edge. + Tolerance of approximation is defined internally by Revit to be adequate for +display purposes. + + + Returns one of the two faces that meet at the edge. + The index of the face (0 or 1). + 2014 + + + An edge of a 3d solid. + Edges are defined by intersections of surfaces that form faces of the solid. +They have arbitrary parameterization that is normalized to [0,1]. + + +Obtain the native GCylindricalHelix + + + Height of the cylindrical helix. + + It is the length of the span of the helix along the axis direction. + The height is defined only if the helix is bounded. + That is, its start and end angles (parameters) are specified. + + + Height is not defined for unbounded helix. + + + + True if the helix is right handed, false if the helix is left handed. + + + The pitch of the cylindrical helix. + + It is the distance moved along the axis direction when a point makes one rotation about the axis. + Pitch can be positive or negative. + + + + The Z direction vector, which is same as the axis direction vector. + + + The Y direction vector. + + + The X direction vector. + + + The radius of the cylindrical helix. + + + The base point of the axis of the cylindrical helix. + + + Create a cylindrical helix. + Base point of the axis. It can be any point in 3d. + Radius. It should be a positive number. + X vector. Should be Non-zero vector. + Z vector = axis direction. Should be non-zero and orthogonal to X Vector. + Pitch. It should be non-zero number, can be positive or negative. + Positive means right handed and negative means left handed. + Start angle. It specifies the start point of the Helix. + End angle. It specifies the end point of the Helix. + End angle should not be equal to start angle. + + The radius is negative -or- + the pitch is zero -or- + the xVector or zVector is zero length -or- + zVector is not orthogonal to xVector -or- + endAngle is equal to startAngle. + + + + A cylindrical helix. + + The helix winds around a cylinder making constant angle with the axis of the cylinder. + In this release, CylindricalHelix curves are used only in specific applications in + stairs and railings, and should not be used or encountered when accessing curves of + other Revit elements and geometry. + + 2013 + + + Radii of the surface. + + + Axis of the surface. + + + Origin of the surface. + + + A cylindrical face of a 3d solid or open shell. + For details on the parameterization, refer to the documentation for . + + + + + + + Parameter of a point on the edge closest to the point of intersection. + +Thrown in the getter when this property has not been set by the method providing the result. + + + + Edge of the face close to the point of intersection. + +Thrown in the getter when this property has not been set by the method providing the result. + + + + Distance from the original object to located point. + +Thrown in the getter when this property has not been set by the method providing the result. + + + + 1d parameter of the point of intersection. + +Thrown in the getter when this property has not been set by the method providing the result. + + + + 2d (or two 1d) parameters of the point of intersection. + +Thrown in the getter when this property has not been set by the method providing the result. + + + + Point of intersection in local 3d coordinates. + +Thrown in the getter when this property has not been set by the method providing the result. + + + + This class captures results of intersecting geometric entities. "Intersecting" is meant +in generalized sense, so the same class will be used for projection, containment, etc. +Refer to the documentation of the method providing the result for the precise meaning of properties. + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Distance from point on first curve to the point on second curve. + + + The property has not been set by the method providing the result. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + 1d raw (not normalized) parameter of the point on the second curve. + + + The property has not been set by the method providing the result. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + 1d raw (not normalized) parameter of the point on the first curve. + + + The property has not been set by the method providing the result. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + Point on the second curve in 3d coordinates. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + The property has not been set by the method providing the result. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + Point on the first curve in 3d coordinates. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + The property has not been set by the method providing the result. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + Obtain a new instance of ClosestPointsPairBetweenTwoCurves class. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + Creates a copy of the ClosestPointsPairBetweenTwoCurves. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018.1 + + + + + This class captures results of computation of closest points between two generic curves. + + + 2018.1 + + + + Half angle of the surface. + + + Radii of the surface. + + + Axis of the surface. + + + Origin of the surface. + + + A conical face of a 3d solid or open shell. + For details on the parameterization, refer to the documentation for . + + + + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The tangent vector at the end of the curve. + + + This must be a nomalized unit vector. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + When setting this property: endTangent has zero length. + + + The end tangent value is not set. + + + 2014 + + + + + The tangent vector at the start of the curve. + + + This must be a nomalized unit vector. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + When setting this property: startTangent is not length 1.0. + + + The start tangent value is not set. + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a new default instance of the class, with tangent vectors uninitialized. + + + 2014 + + + + + This class indicates tangency at the start, the end, or both ends of the curve. + + + Initially, the tangent vectors will not be set, and no tangency condition will be imposed when the + curve is created. + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates a Hermite spline with specified tangency at its endpoints. + + + The control points of the Hermite spline. + + + True if the Hermite spline is to be periodic, false otherwise. + + + The object which indicates tangency at the start, the end, or both ends of the curve. + + + The new HermiteSpline object. + + + The control points array is invalid, because it doesn't contain the minimum number of points (2). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Curve length is too small for Revit's tolerance (as identified by Application.ShortCurveTolerance). + + + Unable to construct valid HermiteSpline from given inputs. + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates a Hermite spline with default tangency at its endpoints. + + + The tangents at the ends of the spline are computed from the control points. + + + The control points of the Hermite spline. + + + True if the Hermite spline is to be periodic, false otherwise. + + + The new HermiteSpline object. + + + The control points array is invalid, because it doesn't contain the minimum number of points (2). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Curve length is too small for Revit's tolerance (as identified by Application.ShortCurveTolerance). + + + Unable to construct valid HermiteSpline from given inputs. + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates a new geometric NurbSpline by converting the given HermiteSpline. + + + The HermiteSpline that will be converted. + + + The new NURBSpline object. + + + The given hermite spline has to be non-periodic. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Creates a new geometric Curve object by converting the given HermiteSpline. + The created curve may be a NURBSpline or a simpler curve such as line or arc. + + + The function does not support periodic Hermite curve. + + + The HermiteSpline that will be converted. + + + The new Curve object. + + + The given hermite spline has to be non-periodic. + -or- + Curve length is too small for Revit's tolerance (as identified by Application.ShortCurveTolerance). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Creates a new geometric Curve object from NURBS curve data containing just control points and weights. + The created curve may be a NURBSpline or a simpler curve such as line or arc. + + + There must be at least 2 control points. + The number of weights must be equal to the the number of control points. + The values of all weights must be positive. + + + The control points of the NURBSpline. + + + The weights of the NURBSpline. + + + The new Curve object. + + + The number of control points must be at least 2. + -or- + The number of weights must be the same as the number of control points and all weights must be positive. + -or- + Curve length is too small for Revit's tolerance (as identified by Application.ShortCurveTolerance). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Creates a new geometric Curve object from NURBS curve data, which includes weights. + The created curve may be a NURBSpline or a simpler curve such as line or arc. + + + Degree must be 1 or greater. + The number of control points must be greater than degree. + The number of knots must equal the sum of degree, number of controlPoints and 1. + The distinct knot values (ignoring multiplicities) must be in increasing order. + The start and end knots must have multiplicity equal to degree + 1. + The multiplicities of other interior knots must be at most degree - 2. + The number of weights must be equal to the the number of control points. + The values of all weights must be positive. + + + The degree of the NURBSpline. + + + The knots of the NURBSpline. + + + The control points of the NURBSpline. + + + The weights of the NURBSpline. + + + The new Curve object. + + + The degree must be at least 1. + -or- + The number of control points must be greater than degree. + -or- + The number of knots must equal the sum of number of control points, degree and 1. + -or- + An interior knot must not repeat itself more than degree times. + -or- + The number of weights must be the same as the number of control points and all weights must be positive. + -or- + Curve length is too small for Revit's tolerance (as identified by Application.ShortCurveTolerance). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Creates a new geometric Curve object from NURBS curve data, which does not include weights. + The created curve may be a NURBSpline or a simpler curve such as line or arc. + + + Degree must be 1 or greater. + The number of control points must be greater than degree. + The number of knots must equal the sum of degree, number of controlPoints and 1. + The distinct knot values (ignoring multiplicities) must be in increasing order. + The start and end knots must have multiplicity equal to degree + 1. + The multiplicities of other interior knots must be at most degree - 2. + + + The degree of the NURBSpline. + + + The knots of the NURBSpline. + + + The control points of the NURBSpline. + + + The new Curve object. + + + The degree must be at least 1. + -or- + The number of control points must be greater than degree. + -or- + The number of knots must equal the sum of number of control points, degree and 1. + -or- + An interior knot must not repeat itself more than degree times. + -or- + Curve length is too small for Revit's tolerance (as identified by Application.ShortCurveTolerance). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Creates a new geometric ellipse or elliptical arc object. + + + If the angle range is equal to or greater than 2 * PI, the curve will be + automatically converted to an unbounded ellipse. + If allowSimplification is true and the xRadius and yRadius parameters are almost + equal, it will return an arc instead of an ellipse. + + + The center. + + + The x vector radius of the ellipse. + + + The y vector radius of the ellipse. + + + The x axis to define the ellipse plane. Must be normalized. + + + The y axis to define the ellipse plane. Must be normalized. + + + The raw parameter value at the start of the ellipse. + + + The raw parameter value at the end of the ellipse. + + + If true, create an arc if xRadius and yRadius are almost equal. + + + The new ellipse or elliptical arc. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The given value for xRadius must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + -or- + The given value for yRadius must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + -or- + xAxis is not length 1.0. + -or- + yAxis is not length 1.0. + + + The vectors xAxis and yAxis are not perpendicular. + -or- + Start parameter must be less than end parameter. + -or- + Curve length is too small for Revit's tolerance (as identified by Application.ShortCurveTolerance). + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates a new geometric arc object based on three points. + + + The start point of the arc. + + + The end point of the arc. + + + A point on the arc. + + + The new arc. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The vectors end0 and end1 are coincident. + -or- + The vectors end0 and pointOnArc are coincident. + -or- + The vectors end1 and pointOnArc are coincident. + -or- + Cannot create an arc. + -or- + Curve length is too small for Revit's tolerance (as identified by Application.ShortCurveTolerance). + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates a new geometric arc object based on plane, radius, and angles. + + + If the angle range is equal to or greater than 2 * PI, the curve will be + automatically converted to an unbounded circle. + + + The plane which the arc resides. The plane's origin is the center of the arc. + + + The radius of the arc. + + + The start angle of the arc (in radians). + + + The end angle of the arc (in radians). + + + The new arc. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The given value for radius must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + + + Start angle must be less than end angle. + -or- + Curve length is too small for Revit's tolerance (as identified by Application.ShortCurveTolerance). + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates a new geometric arc object based on center, radius, unit vectors, and angles. + + + If the angle range is equal to or greater than 2 * PI, the curve will be + automatically converted to an unbounded circle. + + + The center of the arc. + + + The radius of the arc. + + + The start angle of the arc (in radians). + + + The end angle of the arc (in radians). + + + The x axis to define the arc plane. Must be normalized. + + + The y axis to define the arc plane. Must be normalized. + + + The new arc. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + xAxis is not length 1.0. + -or- + yAxis is not length 1.0. + -or- + The given value for radius must be between 0 and 30000 feet. + + + The vectors xAxis and yAxis are not perpendicular. + -or- + Start angle must be less than end angle. + -or- + Curve length is too small for Revit's tolerance (as identified by Application.ShortCurveTolerance). + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates a new instance of an unbound linear curve. + + + The origin of the unbound line. + + + The direction of the unbound line. + + + The new unbound line. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + direction has zero length. + + + Vector and origin cannot form a proper unbound line. + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates a new instance of a bound linear curve. + + + The first line endpoint. + + + The second line endpoint. + + + The new bound line. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Curve length is too small for Revit's tolerance (as identified by Application.ShortCurveTolerance). + + + 2014 + + + + + Crates a new instance of a curve as a transformation of an input curve. + + + The curve to be copied and transformed. + + + The transform to apply. + + + The new curve. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + transform is not conformal. + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns the vectors describing the curve at the specified parameter. + + + The following is the meaning of the transformation members: + Origin is the point on the curve (equivalent to Evaluate).BasisX is the tangent vector (the first derivative).BasisY is the second derivative. Note that for curves where this cannot be uniquely determined (e.g. lines), this will be a Zero vector.BasisZ is the bi-normal vector (tangent x normal). Note that for curves where normal cannot be uniquely determined (e.g. lines), this will be a Zero vector. + None of the vectors are normalized. + + + The curve. + + + The parameter to be evaluated. + + + If false, param is interpreted as natural parameterization of the curve. + If true, param is expected to be in [0,1] interval mapped to the bounds of the curve. Setting to true is valid only if the curve is bound. + + + The transformation containing the point on the curve, the tangent vector, derivative of tangent vector, and bi-normal vector. + + + The given value for parameter is not finite + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The curve cannot be evaluated as normalized because it is unbound. + -or- + The parameter is not a valid value for normalized evaluation. + + + + + Evaluates and returns the point that matches a parameter along the curve. + + + The curve. + + + The parameter to be evaluated. + + + If false, param is interpreted as natural parameterization of the curve. + If true, param is expected to be in [0,1] interval mapped to the bounds of the curve. Setting to true is valid only if the curve is bound. + + + The point evaluated along the curve. + + + The given value for parameter is not finite + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The curve cannot be evaluated as normalized because it is unbound. + -or- + The parameter is not a valid value for normalized evaluation. + + + + + Returns the raw parameter value at the start or end of this curve. + + + The start and end value of the parameter can be any value (as it is determined by Revit based on the parameterization of related geometry, or + based on calculations necessary to produce the geometry). + For curves with regular curvature like lines and arcs, the raw parameter can be used to measure along the curve in Revit's default units (feet). + Raw parameters are also the only way to evaluate points along unbound curves. + + + The curve. + + + 0 for the start or 1 for end of the curve. + + + The parameter. + + + The input curve is not bound. + -or- + index must be 0 for the start of the curve or 1 for the end. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns the 3D point at the start or end of this curve. + + + The curve. + + + 0 for the start or 1 for end of the curve. + + + The curve endpoint. + + + The input curve is not bound. + -or- + index must be 0 for the start of the curve or 1 for the end. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Contains native implementations of curve related functions exposed to API. + + + All of the static methods contained within logically belong within the API in Curve or one of its subclasses. + The internal API wrappers are called directly by the related public API methods. + + + + + Gets the path of the link source from which the points are loaded. + + + Returns the file path for a file based point cloud or null for the non-file based point cloud. + + + 2016 + + + + + Creates a new point cloud type for a given point cloud engine. + + + A list of supported engine identifiers and whether they are file-based or not can be + obtained from PointCloudEngineRegistry. The method GetSupportedEngines() returns a list + of the identifiers registered for engines. + + + The document in which to create the point cloud. + + + The string identifying the engine to be invoked. + It should be the file extension or engine identifier registered by the third party. + + + The file name or the identification string for a non-file based engine. + + + The newly created PointCloudType object to be used to create instances of + this point cloud. + + + The engine identifier was not found in the Revit session. + -or- + document is not a project document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The external file could not be found or loaded. + + + Unable to create a point cloud from the third party engine. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2012 + + + + + + + + + Shows whether the Point Cloud external file could be found. + + + 2012 + + + + + The color encoding used by points extracted from instances of this point cloud. + + + 2012 + + + + + Returns the offset stored in the point cloud. + + + All points are assumed to be offset by the same offset vector. + The offset will be used by Revit if the user chooses to place an instance + relative to another point cloud (the "Auto - Origin To Last Placed" placement option). + + + 2012 + + + + + The multiplier applied to the points in all instances of this point cloud. + + + Scale converts the units in which the coordinates of individual points + of the point cloud are interpreted. + + + 2012 + + + + + The identifier of the engine responsible for handling of the point cloud. + + + The built-in engine provides "rcs" and "rcp" here. + + + 2012 + + + + This method provides a direct entry point to get access to an object from the ReCap SDK (ReCapWrapper.RCProject) from Revit. This object represents the point cloud from the RC file path stored in PointCloudType. The ReCap assembly AdskRcManaged.dll will need to be included into code using this method. + + The coordinate system in RCProject is defined by Point Cloud. Please refer to ReCap SDK document for RCProject::getCoordinateSystem. + If you need points converted to the modeling coordinate system in Revit, you can obtain the transformation matrix from PointCloudInstance . + + + The file or PointCloudEngine is not ReCap based. + + + Exception happens when ReCap loading the project. + + 2022 + + + + + + + + Represents a type of point cloud loaded into a Revit document. Each PointCloudType maps to + a single file or identifier (depending upon the type of Point Cloud Engine which governs it). + + + 2012 + + + + + Enumerated type representing the possible states related to searching for a point cloud file. + + + 2012 + + + + + File-based Point Cloud has been located and can be loaded. + + + + + File-based Point Cloud cannot be located and hence can't be loaded. + + + + + Initial state. Loading of the Point Cloud hasn't been attempted. + + + + + Unregisters the point cloud engine associated to a particular identifier. + + + The identifier of the engine to be unregistered. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Identifies if a given engine is file-based. + + + The engine identifier. + + + True if the engine is file-based, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Returns a list of the identifiers supported by point cloud engines registered to Revit. + + + The list of identifiers. + + + 2012 + + + + + Registers a new point cloud engine and associates it to a particular file extension. + + + A string that distinguishes the engine being registered. If isFileBased is true, + this should be the file extension (e.g. "rcs" or "rcp"). If isFileBased is false, this + identifier is used only by API calls and should be unique. + + + The point cloud engine that governs point clouds matching the input identifier. + + + Indicates to Revit if a single Point Cloud corresponds to a single file on disk. + + + The same identifier has already been registered by another engine. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + This class supports registration of custom Point Cloud Engines in a Revit session. + + +

This class is the start point for engine providers. A custom engine implementation consists of the following: + An implementation of IPointCloudEngine registered to Revit via the PointCloudEngineRegistry.An implementation of IPointCloudAccess coded to respond to inquiries from Revit regarding the + properties of a single point cloud.An implementation of IPointSetIterator code to return sets of points to Revit when requested.

+

Engine implementations may be file-based or non-file-based: + File-based implementations require that + each point cloud be mapped to a single file on disk. Revit will allow users to create new point + cloud instances in a document directly by selecting point cloud files whose extension matches + the engine identifier. These files are treated as external links in Revit and may be reloaded and remapped + when necessary from the Manage Links dialog. Non-file-based engine implementations may obtain point clouds from anywhere (e.g. from a database, + from a server, or from one part of a larger aggregate file). Because there is no file that the user may select, + Revit's user interface will not allow a user to create a point cloud of this type. The engine provider should supply + a custom command using PointCloudType.Create() and PointCloudInstance.Create() to create and place point clouds of + this type. The Manage Links dialog will show the point clouds of this type, but since there is no file + associated to the point cloud, the user cannot manage, reload or remap point clouds of this type.

+

Regardless of the type of engine used, the implementation must supply enough information to Revit to + display the contents of the point cloud. There are two ReadPoints methods which must be implemented: + IPointCloudAccess.ReadPoints() - this provides a single set of points in a one-time call from Revit. Revit uses + this during some display activities including selection prehighlighting. It is also possible for API clients + to call this method directly (via PointCloudInstance.GetPoints()).IPointSetIterator.ReadPoints() - this provides a subset of points as a part of a larger iteration of points + in the cloud. Revit uses this method during normal display of the point cloud; quantities of points will be + requested repeatedly until it obtains enough points or until something in the display changes. The engine + implementation must keep track of which points have been returned to Revit during any given point set iteration.

+
+ + 2012 + +
+ + + Revit will call this method when done using the engine. + + + 2012 + + + + + Implement this method to construct the IPointCloudAccess interface for the point cloud designated by + the identifier. This method is called once during the creation of a PointCloudType. + + + The instance of the returned IPointCloudAccess is then used by Revit to + display instances of the point cloud in Revit graphics and in the user interface. + + + An identifier unique to the point cloud. This will be a file name if the + engine was registered as file-based, or an arbitrary identifier if the engine is not file-based. + + + The object that can be used to create iterators and interrogate the + point cloud for its features. + + + 2012 + + + + + Revit will call this method when done using the engine. + + + 2012 + + + + + Implement this method to construct the IPointCloudAccess interface for the point cloud designated by + the identifier. This method is called once during the creation of a PointCloudType. + + + The instance of the returned IPointCloudAccess is then used by Revit to + display instances of the point cloud in Revit graphics and in the user interface. + + + An identifier unique to the point cloud. This will be a file name if the + engine was registered as file-based, or an arbitrary identifier if the engine is not file-based. + + + The object that can be used to create iterators and interrogate the + point cloud for its features. + + + 2012 + + + + + An interface that controls the behavior of the link from Revit to a custom Point Cloud Engine. + + + An instance of this interface should be created by the engine provider + and registered with the PointCloudEnginesRegistry. The engine may associated + with a particular file name extension during registration (for example, + Revit supplies a built-in engine for working with files with the extension "rcs" or "rcp"). + Alternatively, the engine may be associated with an identifier which is not expected + to the be the extension of a particular file. + + + 2012 + + + + + Completes the lifetime of the object providing this interface. + + + Calling this function indicates that the IPointCloudAccess interface is not going to be used + after the call returns, and the provider of the interface can dispose of all allocated resources. + + + 2012 + + + + + Returns the encoding used by points in this point cloud. + + + The encoding. + + + 2012 + + + + + Implement this method to return the name of the point cloud that will be used when Revit needs to + refer to the point cloud type, e.g. in the Manage Links dialog or in the + Type Properties dialog. + + + The name of the point cloud for Revit's user interface. + + + 2012 + + + + + Implement this method to returns an object that contains the bounding box of the entire + point cloud, aligned to the point cloud coordinate system. + + + The extents should reflect the maximum and minimum coordinates of the stored points, and + not incorporate the offset. + + + The bounding box of the point cloud. + + + 2012 + + + + + Implement this method to return the offset stored in the point cloud. + + + All points are assumed to be offset by the same offset vector. The offset should be + expressed in the same units as used by the point coordinates (the scale conversion factor + is not applied). The offset will be used by Revit if the user chooses to place an instance + relative to another point cloud (the "Auto - Origin To Last Placed" placement option). + + + The offset vector of this point cloud's coordinate system. + + + 2012 + + + + + Implement this method so that on successive invocations it will return distinct subsets of + points which meet the criterion. + + + The filter used to process cloud points and determine which ones lie with the target volume. + + + The view id for the current view passed as auxiliary information to allow the + engine to optimize retrieval of points. If viewId == InvalidElementId, the + query is not for a view display operation. + + + Memory buffer into which the points should be written. The buffer was allocated + by Revit and it is guaranteed to be valid for the duration of the call. + + + The maximum number of CloudPoint objects that may be copied into the buffer. + + + The actual number of CloudPoint objects placed in the buffer (can be less than the + length of the buffer). If there are no points available that match the filter criteria, return 0. + + + 2012 + + + + + Implement this method to return an iterator for iterating over blocks of this point cloud. + + + The filter used to process cloud points and determine which ones lie with the target volume. + + + Desired number of points per unit area. Area is computed in native units of the point cloud. + Another iterator, created with the same density and a more restrictive + filter, should return a subset of the points returned by this iterator. + + + The view id for the current view passed as auxiliary information to allow the + engine to optimize retrieval of points. If viewId == InvalidElementId, the + query is not for a view display operation. + + + The newly created iterator. + + + 2013 + + + + + Implement this method to return an iterator for iterating over blocks of this point cloud. + + + The filter used to process cloud points and determine which ones lie with the target volume. + + + The view id for the current view passed as auxiliary information to allow the + engine to optimize retrieval of points. If viewId == InvalidElementId, the + query is not for a view display operation. + + + The newly created iterator. + + + 2012 + + + + + Implement this method to return the conversion factor from the units of the point cloud to feet. + + + The multiplication factor to convert coordinates of points in this cloud to feet. + + + 2012 + + + + + Completes the lifetime of the object providing this interface. + + + Calling this function indicates that the IPointCloudAccess interface is not going to be used + after the call returns, and the provider of the interface can dispose of all allocated resources. + + + 2012 + + + + + Returns the encoding used by points in this point cloud. + + + The encoding. + + + 2012 + + + + + Implement this method to return the name of the point cloud that will be used when Revit needs to + refer to the point cloud type, e.g. in the Manage Links dialog or in the + Type Properties dialog. + + + The name of the point cloud for Revit's user interface. + + + 2012 + + + + + Implement this method to returns an object that contains the bounding box of the entire + point cloud, aligned to the point cloud coordinate system. + + + The extents should reflect the maximum and minimum coordinates of the stored points, and + not incorporate the offset. + + + The bounding box of the point cloud. + + + 2012 + + + + + Implement this method to return the offset stored in the point cloud. + + + All points are assumed to be offset by the same offset vector. The offset should be + expressed in the same units as used by the point coordinates (the scale conversion factor + is not applied). The offset will be used by Revit if the user chooses to place an instance + relative to another point cloud (the "Auto - Origin To Last Placed" placement option). + + + The offset vector of this point cloud's coordinate system. + + + 2012 + + + + + Implement this method so that on successive invocations it will return distinct subsets of + points which meet the criterion. + + + The filter used to process cloud points and determine which ones lie with the target volume. + + + The view id for the current view passed as auxiliary information to allow the + engine to optimize retrieval of points. If viewId == InvalidElementId, the + query is not for a view display operation. + + + Memory buffer into which the points should be written. The buffer was allocated + by Revit and it is guaranteed to be valid for the duration of the call. + + + The maximum number of CloudPoint objects that may be copied into the buffer. + + + The actual number of CloudPoint objects placed in the buffer (can be less than the + length of the buffer). If there are no points available that match the filter criteria, return 0. + + + 2012 + + + + + Implement this method to return an iterator for iterating over blocks of this point cloud. + + + The filter used to process cloud points and determine which ones lie with the target volume. + + + Desired number of points per unit area. Area is computed in native units of the point cloud. + Another iterator, created with the same density and a more restrictive + filter, should return a subset of the points returned by this iterator. + + + The view id for the current view passed as auxiliary information to allow the + engine to optimize retrieval of points. If viewId == InvalidElementId, the + query is not for a view display operation. + + + The newly created iterator. + + + 2013 + + + + + Implement this method to return an iterator for iterating over blocks of this point cloud. + + + The filter used to process cloud points and determine which ones lie with the target volume. + + + The view id for the current view passed as auxiliary information to allow the + engine to optimize retrieval of points. If viewId == InvalidElementId, the + query is not for a view display operation. + + + The newly created iterator. + + + 2012 + + + + + Implement this method to return the conversion factor from the units of the point cloud to feet. + + + The multiplication factor to convert coordinates of points in this cloud to feet. + + + 2012 + + + + + An interface that provides functionality for working with an individual + Point Cloud. + + +

An instance of this interface is obtained from the associated point cloud + engine when the engine's CreatePointCloudAccess method is called.

+

An instance of this class will be requested by Revit when drawing the point cloud in the view. For performance reasons, + when rendering every frame Revit asks the engine to fetch the necessary points split into multiple batches. + The number of batches requested depends on the view: the smaller the projection of the cloud bounding box on the screen + the fewer batches Revit requests. Revit assumes that each batch contains points uniformly distributed over the visible part of + the cloud ("visible" as defined by the filter). Thus, the points supplied by the engine should not be geometrically distinct (e.g. + divided into multiple independent volumes, because at distant zoom levels Revit will only request a few batches and only part + of the cloud will be displayed.

+
+ + 2012 + +
+ + + Implement this method to fill the provided buffer with points up to the number of maximum points for + which the buffer was allocated. + + + Memory buffer into which the points should be written. The buffer was allocated + by Revit and it is guaranteed to be valid for the duration of the call. + + + The maximum number of CloudPoint objects that may be copied into the buffer. + + + The actual number of CloudPoint objects placed in the buffer (can be less than the + length of the buffer). If there are no more points available, return 0. + + + 2012 + + + + + Use this method to discard any resources consumed by the iterator. Revit will call it when done using the iterator. + + + 2012 + + + + + Implement this method to fill the provided buffer with points up to the number of maximum points for + which the buffer was allocated. + + + Memory buffer into which the points should be written. The buffer was allocated + by Revit and it is guaranteed to be valid for the duration of the call. + + + The maximum number of CloudPoint objects that may be copied into the buffer. + + + The actual number of CloudPoint objects placed in the buffer (can be less than the + length of the buffer). If there are no more points available, return 0. + + + 2012 + + + + + Use this method to discard any resources consumed by the iterator. Revit will call it when done using the iterator. + + + 2012 + + + + + An interface that Revit will call when iterating through sets of points on the engine. + + + An instance of this interface is obtained from the Point Cloud + engine when the engine's CreatePointSetIterator method is called. + + + 2012 + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + + Creates and returns an iterator for the points contained in this collection. + + + New iterator created, make sure to call 'free' on it when finished using it. + + + 2012 + + + + + Returns an unsafe pointer to the buffer in which this collection stores the points. + + + The pointer to the collection's storage. + + + 2012 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The number of points in this collection. + + + 2012 + + + + + Creates and returns an iterator for the points contained in this collection. + + + New iterator created, make sure to call 'free' on it when finished using it. + + + 2012 + + + + + A class that represents a set of points created and returned by Revit in response to a query. + + + 2012 + + + + + Completes lifetime of the iterator. Call it when done using the iterator. + + + 2012 + + + + + Resets the iterator to the beginning of the collection. + + + 2012 + + + + + Identifies if the iteration has reached the end of the collection. + + + True if the iteration has reached the end, false otherwise. + + + 2012 + + + + + Increments the iterator to the next point in the collection. + + + True if there is another available point in this iterator. + False if the iterator has completed all available points. + + + 2012 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + A class used to iterate individual points in a PointCollection. + + + Points may be iterated in two different ways: + In the traditional IEnumerable interface, you can iterate the resulting points directly from the PointCollection.In an unsafe interface usable only from C# and C++/CLI, you can get a pointer to the point storage of the collection and access the points directly in memory. + Although you must deal with pointers directly, there may be performance improvements when traversing large buffers of points. + Regardless of the approach used to obtain the points, the points are reported in the coordinate system of the point cloud. If you need the + points in the coordinate system of the model, you will need to transform the point in those coordinates. The most direct way to do this + is to obtain the transformation matrix from the PointCloudInstance (GetTransform()), convert the CloudPoint to an XYZ + using the implicit conversion operator, and use Transform.OfPoint(XYZ). + + + 2012 + + + + + 2012 + + + The color encodings supported by Revit point clouds. + + + 2012 + + + + + The point cloud uses colors arranged in ABGR format (common in Windows). + + + + + The point cloud uses colors arranged in ARGB format. + + + + The color + + + The Z coordinate + + + The Y coordinate + + + The X coordinate + + + Creates an XYZ object from this point cloud. + + + Creates a new cloud point. + The X coordinate. + The Y coordinate. + The Z coordinate. + The color. + + + Represents a point obtained from a Point cloud. + 2012 + + + + A method called when the shared family was found in the target document. + + + Triggered only when the family is both loaded and changed. + + + The shared family in the current family document. + + + Indicates if one or more instances of the family is placed in the project. + + + This indicates if the family will load from + the project or the current family. + + + This indicates whether or not to overwrite the parameter + values of existing types. + + + Return true to continue loading the family, false to cancel. + + + + + A method called when the family was found in the target document. + + + Triggered only when the family is both loaded and changed. + + + Indicates if one or more instances of the family is placed in the project. + + + This determines whether or not to overwrite the parameter + values of existing types. The default value is false. + + + Return true to continue loading the family, false to cancel. + + + + + A method called when the shared family was found in the target document. + + + Triggered only when the family is both loaded and changed. + + + The shared family in the current family document. + + + Indicates if one or more instances of the family is placed in the project. + + + This indicates if the family will load from + the project or the current family. + + + This indicates whether or not to overwrite the parameter + values of existing types. + + + Return true to continue loading the family, false to cancel. + + + + + A method called when the family was found in the target document. + + + Triggered only when the family is both loaded and changed. + + + Indicates if one or more instances of the family is placed in the project. + + + This determines whether or not to overwrite the parameter + values of existing types. The default value is false. + + + Return true to continue loading the family, false to cancel. + + + + + An interface class which provide the callback for family load options. + + + If the family is not loaded, or if the family is loaded but unchanged, the situation will never trigger and and will not be called. + Only if the family is loaded and changed should the interface methods be called. + + + + AddInId VendorId value. + 2012 + + + Constructs a new VendorIdAttribute. + 2012 + + + The custom VendorId attribute for Macros macros use only. + 2012 + + + The full path to the Revit Macros module. + This path should be used instead of the .NET GetExecutingAssembly() result, because +the Macros module is loaded in such a way to make that result unreliable. + 2014 + + + For Revit Macros internal use only. + 2014 + + + For Revit Macros internal use only. + 2014 + + + For Revit Macros internal use only. + 2014 + + + For Revit Macros use only. + 2014 + + + The full path to the Revit Macros module. + This path should be used instead of the .NET GetExecutingAssembly() result, because +the Macros module is loaded in such a way to make that result unreliable. + 2014 + + + For Revit Macros internal use only. + 2014 + + + For Revit Macros internal use only. + 2014 + + + For Revit Macros internal use only. + 2014 + + + For Revit Macros use only. + 2014 + + + The interface supporting Document and Application level entry point classes for macros. + + + AddInId guid value. + 2011 + + + Constructs a new AddInIdAttribute. + 2011 + + + The custom AddInId attribute for Macros macros use only. + 2011 + + +Categorized by level, for each of the inner maps, you can use the ElementId of a duplicate room, to query for it's "representative" room, +which is simply one of the rooms of the set of duplicate rooms that can be used to represent values for all other redundant rooms. +If the room you query isn't found, that means the room is unique, and not duplicate to any other rooms. +In this context, a set of duplicate rooms is considered the union of the representative room plus all the other rooms that are redundant. + + +Clear the current record of which rooms are redundant at a particular level, and update with the provided SpaceRoomMap. +Any buckets in the SpaceRoomMap with less than 2 elements will be discarded, since they do not represent redundant rooms. + + +Returns true if there are any redundant rooms in the given level + + +Returns all the IDs of duplicate rooms at the specified level, mapped to their representative room, including the representative room itself. +Returns reference to empty map if nothing is found. + + +Returns true if the provided RommElem ID is the representative room of a set of duplicate rooms. +Given the level and ID for a RoomElem, return the "representative" room, i.e. the representantive of the set of duplicate rooms the provided room is part of. +If the given room is unique, then invalidID is returned. +If the given room is redundant or is the representative room itself, the ID of the representative room is returned. + + +Returns true if the provided RoomElem ID is the representative of a set of duplicate rooms + + +Returns true if the provided RoomElem ID is part of a set of duplicate rooms and is NOT the representative of that set +The representative of the set of duplicate rooms is not considered redundant + + + Returns a transformed copy of the geometry in this element. + The transformation to apply to the geometry. + Transform is not conformal + + + Element describing the material from which this element is composed. + + + Adds collection of GeometryObjects to the transient (temporary) element for application display which will not be saved with the model. + Resulting GeometryElement after adding collection + 2015 + + + Creates or set geometry of transient (temporary) element for application display which will not be saved with the model. + The element id of the created element. + 2015 + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through the collection. + An IEnumerator(GeometryObject) object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + Retrieves a box that encloses the geometry element. + The bounding box. + +

Note: If the GeometryElement was obtained via Element.get_Geometry from an Element containing 2D geometry +but no 3D geometry, the bounding box returned by this function may not be empty because it takes the 2D geometry into account.

+
+ 2013 +
+ + Returns an enumerator that iterates through the collection. + An IEnumerator(GeometryObject) object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + Geometric representation of an element. + This class contains geometric primitives that are generated from the +parametric description of the element. The member geometric primitives can be obtained +directly from this object using the capabilities of IEnumerable. + + + The type of the vertex. + + + The position of the vertex. + + + A vertex used in Slab Shape Editing. + + + The vertices of the crease. + + + The type of the crease. + + + The geometry of the crease. + + + A crease used in Slab Shape Editing. + + + + + NOTE: Do not add any more options to this Options class. + Instead derive your own class from 'OptionsBundle'. + + + + + Default constructor. Sets all options to their default values. + + + Import options for Green-Building XML format. + +Not used currently. Reserved for future use. + + + + Reference point (in Revit) to which the image is going to be inserted. + If , the image will be inserted to the Revit's origin. + + + Generic Import options. + + + + Paper formats supported by export + + + + ARCH E3, 27 x 39 in + + + ARCH E2, 26 x 38 in + + + ARCH E1, 30 x 42 in + + + ARCH E, 36 x 48 in + + + ARCH D, 24 x 36 in + + + ARCH C, 18 x 24 in + + + ARCH B, 12 x 18 in + + + ARCH A, 9 x 12 in + + + ISO B1, 707 x 1000 mm + + + ISO B2, 500 x 707 mm + + + ISO B3, 353 x 500 mm + + + ISO B4, 250 x 353 mm + + + ISO A0, 841 x 1189 mm + + + ISO A1, 594 x 841 mm + + + ISO A2, 420 x 594 mm + + + ISO A3, 297 x 420 mm + + + ISO A4, 210 x 297 mm + + + ANSI E, 34 x 44 in + + + ANSI D, 22 x 34 in + + + ANSI C, 17 x 22 in + + + ANSI B, 11 x 17 in + + + ANSI A, 8.5 x 11 in + + + Default paper format. + Default size depends on the sheet set going to +be exported. If all sheets are of type DrawingSheet, then +paper sizes are properly adjusted to their respective +content with zoom level set to 100%. If views of type other +than DrawingSheet are in the export set, the default paper +size is UI-Letter and zoom is set to fit-the-page. + + + True to export without boundary edges, false otherwise. + The default value is false. + 2013 + + + The value of the levels of detail. + To use this option, UseLevelsOfDetail should be set to true. And the value should be in the range [0, 15]. +It will be calculated based on the settings of current view if it's not assigned a valid value. + 2013 + + + True to use levels of detail, false otherwise. + The default value is false. + 2013 + + + Whether export process should stop when a view fails to export. + If set to false, the export would continue until all views are processed. +This option has an effect only when a set of more than one view is specified. + + + Default constructor. Sets all options to their default values. + + + 3D-Studio Max (FBX) Export options. + + + Default constructor. Sets all options to their default values. + + + DWFX Export options. + + + Only export the specified view. + Export only the specified view, but the data of the other views is still used, e. g. the hyperlink information. + 2019 + + + Whether to export crop box. + The default value is false. + 2015 + + + Image quality level when compressed raster format(JPEG) is used. + The default value is Default. + + + Controls the compression level of images embedded. + ImageQuality is ignored when ImageFormat is set to "PNG"-the standard format. + + + Paper orientation - Portrait/Landscape. + + + Standard paper format. + + + Whether export process should stop when a view fails to export. + If set to false, the export would continue until all views are processed. +This option has an effect only when a set of more than one view is specified. + + + Whether to include properties associated with elements. + ExportObjectData must be enabled (true) in order to also +enable exporting rooms and areas (ExportingAreas). If ExportObjectData +is disabled, the ExportingAreas property will be ignored. + + + Whether to merge all views in one file. + + + Whether to export texture. + The default value is true. This property only take effect to 3D DWF. + 2015 Subscription Update + + + Whether to also export areas and rooms' geometry. + + + Default constructor. Sets all options to their default values. + + + DWF Export options. + + + Generic CAD Export options. + + + + Returns an instance DGNExportOptions containing settings from a predefined export setup. + + + A Revit project document to retrieve the setup from. + + + The name of a predefined export setup from the specified document. + + + An instance of predefined DGNExportOptions, or if the name was not found. + + + document is not a project document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Sets the line weight table to use during export. + + + The line weight table to be set. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets a copy of the line weight table. + + + The line weight table. + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns a list of names of predefined setups of DGN export options. + + + To get predefined options in the desired format use the static method + getPredefinedOptions defined in DGNExportOptions. + + + A Revit document to retrieve names from. + + + An array of strings representing names of predefined setups. + + + document is not a project document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + The DGN file version. + Default value of fileVersion is DGNFileFormat.Default. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + If true, Main Units will be used. If false, Sub Units will be used. + Default value of WorkingUnits is true. + + + 2021.1 + + + + + The name of the DGN seed. + Default value of seedName is empty. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Whether to merge all views in one file (via XRefs). + Default value of mergedViews is false. + + + + + Constructs a new instance of DGNExportOptions as a copy of the export options. + + + The options to be copied. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Constructs a new instance of DGNExportOptions with default values of all properties. + + + + + The export options used by exporting DGN format file. + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of SATImportOptions as a copy of the export options. + + + The options to be copied. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Constructs a new instance of SATImportOptions with default values of all properties. + + + + + The export options used by exporting SAT format file. So far, there is no option in it. + + + + + Returns an instance DXFExportOptions containing settings from a predefined export setup. + + + A Revit project document to retrieve the setup from. + + + The name of a predefined export setup from the specified document. + + + An instance of predefined DXFExportOptions, or if the name was not found. + + + document is not a project document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of DXFImportOptions as a copy of the export options. + + + The options to be copied. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of DXFImportOptions with default values of all properties. + + + 2012 + + + + + The export options used by exporting DXF format file. + + + 2012 + + + + + Returns an instance DWGExportOptions containing settings from a predefined export setup. + + + A Revit project document to retrieve the setup from. + + + The name of a predefined export setup from the specified document. + + + An instance of predefined DWGExportOptions, or if the name was not found. + + + document is not a project document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Whether to merge all views in one file (via XRefs). + Default value is false for mergedViews. + + + + + Constructs a new instance of DWGExportOptions as a copy of the export options. + + + The options to be copied. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Constructs a new instance of DWGExportOptions with default values of all properties. + + + + + The export options used by exporting DWG format file. + + + + + The color that will be set as hatch backgound color on the exported hatch. + This color will be used only if useHatchBackgroundColor is true. + default value is white + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Indicates if hatch background color will be used or not. + default value is false. + + + 2018 + + + + + ACADVersion::Default + Default value is ACADVersion.Default. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + If the MarkNonplotLayers attribute is set to true, all layers with names containing this suffix will be marked as non-plot. + No action will be performed if the suffix is empty. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + + + If true and the nonplot layer suffix is not empty, all layers whose names contain that suffix will be marked as non-plot. + + + A typical use would be to mark as non-plot all layers containing -NPLT. + Default value is false + + + + + True to export area and room geometry, false otherwise. + Default value is false. + + + + + True to use the shared coordinate system's origin, false to use the project origin. + Default value is false. + + + + + The target unit type. + Default value is ExportUnit.Default. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + The preferred way to generate geometry of ACA objects. + Default value is ACAObjectPreference.Object. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + The mode used to export solids in 3D views. + Default value is SolidGeometry.Polymesh. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + The text treatment. + Deault value is TextTreatment.Exact. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + The custom linetype file name (*.lin). + Default value is empty. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + + + The scaling mode for the line type. + Default value is LineScaling.ViewScale. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + The base class for options used to export DWG and DXF format files. + + + + + Sets font table to option. + + + The font table to be set. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets font table. + + + 2013 + + + + + Sets the pattern table to use during export. + + + The pattern table to be set. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets a copy of the pattern table. + + + The pattern table. + + + 2014 + + + + + Sets the line type table to use during export. + + + The line type table to be set. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets a copy of the line type table. + + + The line type table. + + + 2014 + + + + + Sets layer table back to option + + + The layer table to be set + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the layer table. + + + The layer table. + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns a list of names of predefined setups of export options. + + + The predefined setups may be used for export to both DWG and DXF formats. + To get predefined options in the desired format use the static method + getPredefinedOptions defined in DWGExportOptions or DXFExportOptions respectively. + + + A Revit document to retrieve names from. + + + An array of strings representing names of predefined setups. + + + document is not a project document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Whether or not to preserve coincident lines. + Default value is false. + + + 2015 Subscription Update + + + + + Whether or not to hide unreference view tags. + Default value is false. + + + 2013 + + + + + Whether or not to hide reference planes. + Default value is false. + + + 2013 + + + + + Whether or not to hide the scope box. + Default value is false. + + + 2013 + + + + + Export color mode. + Default value is ExportColorMode.IndexColors. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + Custom hatch patterns (pat) file name. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Name of a layer settings standard or filename (with custom layer settings). + Valid standards are: DGNV7 (only for DGN), AIA, CP83, BS1192, and ISO13567. + default value is "" (empty) which means if no value is set, + if no value is set, Revit will use a default value according to the localization. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + How to export overridden object styles. + Default value is PropOverrideMode.ByEntity. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + The base class for options used to export DWG, DXF and DGN format files. + + + 2013 + + + + + 2013 + + + An enumerated type listing available Microstation versions into which a file may be exported. + + + 2013 + + + + + Micorstation V8 file format. + + + + + Micorstation V7 file format. + + + + + The Autodesk Revit application's default file format. + + + + + An enumerated type listing available AutoCAD versions, into which a file may be exported. + + + + + AutoCAD 2018 file format. + + + + + AutoCAD 2013 file format. + + + + + AutoCAD 2010 file format. + + + + + AutoCAD 2007 file format. + + + + + The Autodesk Revit application's default export format. + + + + + An enumerated type listing export color mode. + + + + + All colors from the Revit project will be exported as 24-bit RGB values as specified in view. + + + + + All colors from the Revit project will be exported as 24-bit RGB values as specified in object styles. + + + + + All colors from the Revit project will be set to the closest of the 255 AutoCAD Color Index colors. + + + + + An enumerated type listing possible text treatment modes. + + + + + Export texts as approximate visual fidelity. Formatting intelligence will be maintained. + + + + + Export texts as exact visual fidelity. Formatting intelligence will be lost. + + + + + An enumerated type listing possible LineType scaling modes. + + + Whichever option is chosen, line type definitions are created so a dashed line always begins and ends with a dash. + Using these options does change the default behavior of exported DWGs. Some lines expected to be dashed may appear solid or in a different scale. + + + + + Paperspace scaling. Specifies the value 1 for both LTSCALE and PSLTSCALE. + + + + + Modelspace scaling. LTSCALE is set to view scale and PSLTSCALE to 0. + + + + + Exporting lines as they were scaled by view scale. This option preserves visual fidelity. + + + + + An enumerated type listing ways how overridden object styles get exported. + + + + + All properties BYLAYER, New Layers for overrides. + Visual fidelity is preserved and there is by-layer control over all entities, + although number of layers in the exported file might be increased. + + + + + All properties BYLAYER, no overrides + Forces all entities to follow visual properties as set by their layer. + Visual fidelity is lost, but this produces the least number of layers + while still providing by-layer control over exported entities. + + + + + Category properties BYLAYER, overrides BYENTITY. + Entities generated by a specific category are assigned to a layer + accordingly to the layer settings. To preserve visual fidelity, + overridden attributes result in entity-specific attributes + + + + + An enumerated type listing possible Sheet type. + + + + + An enumerated type listing possible target units for CAD Export. + + + + + Meters as decimal values. + + + + + Centimeters as decimal values. + + + + + Millimeters as decimal values. + + + + + Feet and Inches in fractional notation. + + + + + Inches in fractional notation. + + + + + Default export unit. Depends on Revit's current units. + + + + + An enumerated type listing possible ways to generate geometry of an ACA object + Revit object parameters used to generate geometry of the exported ACA object. + Revit object geometry is used to generate geometry of the exported ACA object. That may produce better geometric fidelity in some cases. + + + + + An enumerated type listing possible ways of exporting solids in 3D views. + + + + + All visible Revit Building geometry is exported as ACIS 3D solids + (except for any elements that are already a polymesh.) + + + + + All visible solids are exported as polymesh. + + + + Retrieve a TilePattern object from a built-in type. + A TilePattern object, or if the document is not a +Massing Family. + + + The TilePatterns object is an interface for retrieving the TilePattern objects +within the Document. + + +DEPRECATED MEMBER FUNCTIONS ----------------------- + + + Regeneration option. + 2011 + + + Constructs a new RegenerationAttribute. + 2011 + + + The custom regeneration attribute to control the regeneration behavior of the external command or external application. + 2011 + + + All regeneration options supported by Revit external commands and external applications. + 2011 + + + The API framework will not regenerate after every model level change. Instead, you may use the regeneration APIs to force +update of the document after a group of changes. SuspendUpdating blocks are unnecessary and should not be used. Performance of +multiple modifications of the Revit document should be faster than RegenerationOption.Automatic. Because this mode suspends all +updates to the document, your application should not read data from the document after it has been modified until the document +has been regenerated, or it runs the risk of accessing stale data. This mode will be only option in a future release. + + + + Checks whether a family defines a profile which can be used by this method. + + + Element id of the family. + + + True if the family defines a profile which can be used by a part maker, + false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks whether a family defines a profile which can be used by this method. + + + Element id of the family. + + + The document containing the family to be tested. + + + True if the family defines a profile which can be used by a part maker, + false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Removed intersecting reference. + + + Id of the intersecting reference to remove. + + + True if the PartMaker used this intersecting reference and + this call removed it, false if the PartMaker did not use this + intersecting reference. + + + The element id was not permitted as intersecting references. + Intersecting references should be levels, grids, or reference planes. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Adds intersecting reference with an offset. + + + Id of the new intersecting reference. + + + The Offste for the new intersecting reference. + + + True if the PartMaker did not already use this + intersecting reference and it was added, false if the PartMaker + already used this intersecting reference and this call + only updated its offset. + + + The element id was not permitted as intersecting references. + Intersecting references should be levels, grids, or reference planes. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets offset for the intersecting reference. + + + The intersecting reference to obtain offset value from. + + + The offset for the intersecting reference + + + PartMaker does not use the specified intersecting reference. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Sets offset for the intersecting reference. + + + The intersecting reference that will be offset. + + + The new offset. + + + PartMaker does not use the specified intersecting reference. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Identifies if the PartMaker uses the intersecting reference. + + + Intersecting reference to be tested. + + + True if the intersecting reference is used by the PartMaker. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Identifies if provided sketch plane is valid. + + + The document. + + + SketchPlane ids to be tested for validity for PartMaker. + + + True if SketchPlane valid, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Identifies if provided members are valid. + + + The document. + + + Element ids to be tested for validity for intersecting references. + + + True if all references are valid, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Identifies if provided members are valid. + + + Element ids to be tested for validity for intersecting references. + + + True if all references are valid, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Identifies if the provided member is valid. + + + The document. + + + Element ids to be tested for validity for intersecting references. + + + True if the reference is valid, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Identifies if the provided member is valid. + + + Element ids to be tested for validity for intersecting references. + + + True if the reference is valid, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns offsets for plane-defining splitters. + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets the plane of the sketch. + + + The plane of the sketch. + + + 2013 + + + + + Populates the array with copies of curves in the sketch. + + + Curves in the sketch. Tags of the curves are consistent with the curve tags + used in part keys. + + + 2013 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Whether pattern defined by the division rule should be mirrored before application + Mirroring is similar to changing indices of u-const gridlines. + + + 2013 + + + + + Angle by which both u- and v- gridlines of the division are rotated with respect + to the natural u/v-const directions of the sketch plane. + + + 2013 + + + + + Indentation for the application of division rule's pattern across v-const gridlines + (i.e., similar to changing indices of v-const gridlines). + + + 2013 + + + + + Indentation for the application of division rule's pattern across u-const gridlines + (i.e., similar to changing indices of u-const gridlines). + + + 2013 + + + + + Id of the 'DivisionRule' which is used to augment the cutting sketch. + + + When setting this property: The provided element id cannot be assigned as a division rule + to this PartMakerMethodToDivideVolumes. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + True if the corresponding left/upper parts profile are mirrored with respect + to the center line of the hosts to be divided. False if the profile of + left/upper parts are defined directly by the profile family. + + + 2013 + + + + + True if the corresponding left/upper parts profile are mirrored with respect + to the division line. False if the profile of left/upper parts are defined + directly by the profile family. + + + 2013 + + + + + The id of the profile family applied to boundaries between parts. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + The offset which is applied to a family-defined profile in the + direction away from the division line and toward left/upper part + to obtain its profile. + + + 2013 + + + + + The gap which is created between matching profiles of parts. + + + When setting this property: The given value for divisionGap must be between 0 and 30000 feet. + + + 2013 + + + + + Determines how two profiles match. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + By-References dividing strategy used by PartMaker element. + TODO_REFACTOR("LegacyMechanismOfMovingElements") + returns true if + - the Host Elements are not floors or walls + - OR + - the Host Elements that are referenced by this PartMaker are floors or walls + - transformation has already been applied on those Host Elements + + + 2013 + + + + + Relative orientation of the right/lower and left/upper edge condition profiles. + + + A family-based profile defines the shape of the left/upper profile and this + value defines how a matching right/lower profile is obtained. + + + 2013 + + + + + Right/lower profile is obtained first by mirroring the left/upper profile with respect to the + division line and then by mirroring the result with respect to the center line of the + divided thickness. The division gap is not applied. + + + + + Right/lower profile is obtained by mirroring the left/upper profile with respect to the + division line. The division gap is not applied. + + + + + Before division gap is applied the left/upper and right/lower profiles coincide + and neighboring panels complement each other precisely. + + + + + The property labeled "Bump Type" from the "BumpMap" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyInteger" with accepted values in the enumerated type "BumpmapType". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "V Repeat" from the "BumpMap" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "U Repeat" from the "BumpMap" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Amount" from the "BumpMap" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Amount" from the "BumpMap" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDistance". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Scale Lock" from the "BumpMap" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Size Y" from the "BumpMap" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDistance" with a minimum of "0.01". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Size X" from the "BumpMap" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDistance" with a minimum of "0.01". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Angle" from the "BumpMap" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble" within the range of "0, 360". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Offset Lock" from the "BumpMap" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Offset Y" from the "BumpMap" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDistance". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Offset X" from the "BumpMap" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDistance". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Link Transforms" from the "BumpMap" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Source" from the "BumpMap" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyString" and will contain a relative path. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + A static class that provides access to the property names that appear in the BumpMap visual asset schema. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The wall structural usage. + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a filter to match walls that have the given structural wall usage, + with the option to match all walls which are not of the given structural wall usage. + + + The structural usage to match. + + + True if the filter should match all walls which are not of the given structural wall usage. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a filter to match walls that have the given structural wall usage. + + + The wall structural usage. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + A filter used to match walls that have the given structural wall usage. + + + This filter is a slow filter, but it uses a quick filter to eliminate non-candidate elements + before the elements are obtained and expanded. Therefore this filter does not have to be + paired with another quick filter to minimize the number of Elements that are expanded. + + + 2011 + + + + + The structural material type. + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a filter to match family instances by structural material type, + with the option to match all families which are not of the given structural material type. + + + The structural material type to match. + + + True if the filter should match all family instances which are not of the given structural material type. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a filter to match family instances that have the given structural material type. + + + The structural material type to match. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + A filter used to match family instances that have the given structural material type. + + + This filter is a slow filter, but it uses a quick filter to eliminate non-candidate elements + before the elements are obtained and expanded. Therefore this filter does not have to be + paired with another quick filter to minimize the number of Elements that are expanded. + + + 2011 + + + + + The family instance structural usage. + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a filter to match family instances by structural usage, + with the option to match all family instances which are not of the given structural usage. + + + The structural usage to match. + + + True if the filter should match all family instances which are not of the given structural usage. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a filter to match structural family instances (typically columns, beams, or braces) of the given structural usage. + + + The family instance structural usage. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + A filter used to find elements that are structural family instances (typically columns, beams or braces) of the given structural usage. + + + This filter is a slow filter, but it uses a quick filter to eliminate non-candidate elements + before the elements are obtained and expanded. Therefore this filter does not have to be + paired with another quick filter to minimize the number of Elements that are expanded. + + + 2011 + + + + + The family symbol id. + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a filter to match family instances of the given family symbol. + + + The document. This requirement is unique to this filter and is needed to ensure the input + family symbol id is valid for the provided document. This ensures the most stability and + greatest performance for this filter. + + + The family symbol id. + + + The familySymbolId does not represent a valid FamilySymbol record in the document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + A filter used to find elements that are family instances of the given family symbol. + + + This filter is a slow filter, but it uses a quick filter to eliminate non-candidate elements + before the elements are obtained and expanded. Therefore this filter does not have to be + paired with another quick filter to minimize the number of Elements that are expanded. + + + 2011 + + + + + + + + + The family id. + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a filter to find all family symbols of the given family. + + + The family id. + + + The familyId is invalid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + A filter used to find all family symbols of the given family. + + +

This filter is a quick filter. + Quick filters operate only on the ElementRecord, a low-memory class which has + a limited interface to read element properties. Elements which are rejected + by a quick filter will not be expanded in memory.

+

Note that it may be faster to get a list of symbol ids from + + rather than to iterate all of the contents of a document with this filter applied.

+
+ + 2011 + +
+ + + The structural type. + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a filter to match elements by structural type, with the option to match all elements which are of the given structural type. + + + The structural type to match. + + + True if the filter should match all elements which are not of the given structural type. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a filter to match elements by structural type. + + + The structural type to match. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + A filter used to find elements matching a structural type. + + + This filter is a quick filter. + Quick filters operate only on the ElementRecord, a low-memory class which has + a limited interface to read element properties. Elements which are rejected + by a quick filter will not be expanded in memory. + + + 2011 + + + + + The curve element type. + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a filter to match specific types of curve elements, + with the option to match all curves which are not of the given curve type. + + + The curve element type to match. + + + True if the filter should match all curves which are not of the given curve type. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a filter to match specific types of curve elements. + + + The curve element type to match. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + A filter used to pass curve elements which are of a specific type. + + + 2011 + + + + + + + + Determines whether one WorksetId is not less than another WorksetId. + The first WorksetId. + The second WorksetId. + True if the first WorksetId is not less than the second WorksetId, otherwise, false. + + + Determines whether one WorksetId is not greater than another WorksetId. + The first WorksetId. + The second WorksetId. + True if the first WorksetId is not greater than the second WorksetId, otherwise, false. + + + Determines whether one WorksetId is greater than another WorksetId. + The first WorksetId. + The second WorksetId. + True if the first WorksetId is greater than the second WorksetId, otherwise, false. + + + Determines whether this WorksetId is less than another WorksetId. + The first WorksetId. + The second WorksetId. + True if the first WorksetId is less than the second WorksetId, otherwise, false. + + + Determines whether these two WorksetIds are different. + The first WorksetId. + The second WorksetId. + True if the WorksetIds are different; otherwise, false. + + + Determines whether these two WorksetIds are the same. + The first WorksetId. + The second WorksetId. + True if the WorksetIds are the same; otherwise, false. + + + Compares two WorksetIds. + The WorksetId to be compared with this WorksetId. + -1 if this WorksetId is less than id, 0 if equal, 1 if greater. + + + Get the invalid WorksetId whose IntegerValue is -1. + + + +Gets the integer value of the id as hash code + + + + Determines whether the specified is equal to the current . + Another object. + + + +Gets a String representation of the integer value of the id. + + + + Provides the value of the WorksetId as an integer. + + + Create an WorksetId handle with the given integer id. + The id. + + + WorksetId identifies a workset within a single document. + +WorksetId is not guaranteed to be unique. +It is only valid within one model and its value may change when the model is synchronized with central. +If unique identification of a workset is needed, the workset's GUID should be used instead. + + + + + Checks that all of the given categories are filterable. + + + The set of categories to check. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Sets the rule's categories. + + + The categories. + + + True if the set of categories was changed, false if no change was necessary. + + + One of the given categories is not filterable + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the rule's categories. + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of FilterCategoryRule. + + + The set of categories. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + A filter rule that matches elements of a set of categories. + + + 2014 + + + + + The user-supplied global parameter value against which values from a Revit document will be tested. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Constructs an instance of FilterGlobalParameterAssociationRule. + + + A pointer to a "value provider" object that will extract values from a Revit document. + + + A pointer to the filter rule evaluator object that implements the desired test. + The built-in evaluators implement commonly used tests such as less-than, greater-than + less-than-or-equal-to, equal, etc. + + + The user-supplied global parameter value against which values from a Revit document will be tested. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + A filter rule that operates on global parameters ElementId values in a Revit project. + + + 2017 + + + + + This function checks if a parameter uses level filtering. + + + When level-filtering parameters are compared, the comparisons will + first compare the values of the levels' elevations, then compare the + levels' names, and finally the levels' element ids to rank and sort the levels. + + + The document which owns the parameter. + + + The id of the parameter that will be tested to see if it uses level filtering. + + + True if the parameter uses level filtering, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + The user-supplied value against which values from a Revit document will be tested. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs an instance of FilterElementIdRule. + + + A pointer to a "value provider" object that will extract values from a Revit document. + + + A pointer to the filter rule evaluator object that implements the desired test. + The built-in evaluators implement commonly used tests such as less-than, greater-than + less-than-or-equal-to, equal, etc. + + + The user-supplied value against which values from a Revit document will be tested. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + A filter rule that operates on ElementId values in a Revit project. + + + When returns a parameter + that , + then the comparisons will first compare the values of the levels' elevations, then compare + the levels' names, and finally the levels' element ids to rank and sort the levels. + + + 2011 + + + + + The user-supplied value against which values from a Revit document will be tested. + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs an instance of FilterIntegerRule. + + + A pointer to a "value provider" object that will extract values from a Revit document. + + + A pointer to the filter rule evaluator object that implements the desired test. + The built-in evaluators implement commonly used tests such as less-than, greater-than + less-than-or-equal-to, equal, etc. + + + The user-supplied value against which values from a Revit document will be tested. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + A filter rule that operates on integer values in a Revit project. + + + 2011 + + + + + The tolerance within which two floating-point values may be considered equal. + + + When setting this property: The given value for epsilon is not finite + -or- + When setting this property: The given value for epsilon is not a number + + + 2011 + + + + + The user-supplied value against which values from a Revit document will be tested. + + + When setting this property: The given value for ruleValue is not finite + -or- + When setting this property: The given value for ruleValue is not a number + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs an instance of FilterDoubleRule. + + + A pointer to a "value provider" object that will extract values from a Revit document. + + + A pointer to the filter rule evaluator object that implements the desired test. + The built-in evaluators implement commonly used tests such as less-than, greater-than + less-than-or-equal-to, equal, etc. + + + The user-supplied value against which values from a Revit document will be tested. + + + The tolerance within which two floating-point values may be considered equal. + + + The given value for ruleValue is not finite + -or- + The given value for ruleValue is not a number + -or- + The given value for epsilon is not finite + -or- + The given value for epsilon is not a number + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + A filter rule that operates on double-precision numeric values in a Revit project. + + + 2011 + + + + + Sets the evaluator that implements the test for this rule. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Gets the evaluator that implements the test for this rule. + + + 2011 + + + + + Base for all classes that use a FilterNumericRuleEvaluator to perform their comparisons + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs an instance of FilterNumericEquals. + + + 2011 + + + + + Tests whether numeric values from the document are equal to a certain value + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs an instance of FilterNumericGreaterOrEqual. + + + 2011 + + + + + Tests whether numeric values from the document are greater than or equal to a certain value + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs an instance of FilterNumericGreater. + + + 2011 + + + + + Tests whether numeric values from the document are greater than a certain value + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs an instance of FilterNumericLessOrEqual. + + + 2011 + + + + + Tests whether numeric values from the document are less than or equal to a certain value + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs an instance of FilterNumericLess. + + + 2011 + + + + + Tests whether numeric values from the document are less than a certain value + + + 2011 + + + + + Derived classes should override this method to implement the desired test. + + + A value from an element in the document. + + + The user-supplied value against which values from the document are tested. + + + True if lhs, rhs satisfy the condition implemented by this evaluator. + + + 2024 + + + + + Derived classes should override this method to implement the desired test. + + + A value from an element in the document. + + + The user-supplied value against which values from the document are tested. + + + True if lhs, rhs satisfy the condition implemented by this evaluator. + + + 2011 + + + + + Derived classes override this method to implement the test that determines + whether the two given double-precision values satisfy the desired condition or not. + + + The arguments may be thought of as the left and right operands of a + binary expression; for example, "a < b", "x >= 100", etc. The left + operand comes from an element in the Revit document (e.g., the value + of a parameter.) The right operand is supplied by the user when + creating the filter that contains the rule that uses this evaluator. + + + A value from an element in the document. + + + The user-supplied value against which values from the document are tested. + + + Defines the tolerance within which two values may be considered equal. + + + True if the given arguments satisfy the condition, otherwise false. + + + The given value for lhs is not finite + -or- + The given value for lhs is not a number + -or- + The given value for rhs is not finite + -or- + The given value for rhs is not a number + -or- + The given value for epsilon is not finite + -or- + The given value for epsilon is not a number + + + 2011 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Base for all classes that compare numeric values from Revit to a user-supplied filter value. + + + A class derived from FilterNumericRuleEvaluator must handle both integer and double-precision types. + For double-precision comparisons, an epsilon value is given. The evaluator class should use this + value in a manner appropriate to the comparison being implemented. + + + 2011 + + + + + Sets the evaluator that implements the test for this rule. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Gets the evaluator that implements the test for this rule. + + + 2011 + + + + + The user-supplied string against which strings from a Revit document will be tested. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs an instance of FilterStringRule. + + + A pointer to a "value provider" object that will extract values from a Revit document. + + + A pointer to the filter rule evaluator object that implements the desired test. + The built-in evaluators implement commonly used tests for strings such as begins-with, + ends-with, contains, equal, etc. + + + The user-supplied string against which strings from a Revit document will be tested. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + A filter rule that operates on string values in a Revit project. + + + All string comparisons in this class are performed in the case-insensitive manner. + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs an instance of FilterStringLessOrEqual. + + + 2011 + + + + + Tests whether string values from the document would sort before or match a certain string. + + + All string comparisons in this class are performed in the case-insensitive manner. + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs an instance of FilterStringLess. + + + 2011 + + + + + Tests whether string values from the document would sort before a certain string. + + + All string comparisons in this class are performed in the case-insensitive manner. + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs an instance of FilterStringGreaterOrEqual. + + + 2011 + + + + + Tests whether string values from the document would sort after or match a certain string. + + + All string comparisons in this class are performed in the case-insensitive manner. + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs an instance of FilterStringGreater. + + + 2011 + + + + + Tests whether string values from the document would sort after a certain string. + + + All string comparisons in this class are performed in the case-insensitive manner. + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs an instance of FilterStringEquals. + + + 2011 + + + + + Tests whether string values from the document match a certain string. + + + All string comparisons in this class are performed in the case-insensitive manner. + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs an instance of FilterStringContains. + + + 2011 + + + + + Tests whether string values from the document contain a certain string. + + + All string comparisons in this class are performed in the case-insensitive manner. + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs an instance of FilterStringEndsWith. + + + 2011 + + + + + Tests whether string values from the document end with a certain string. + + + All string comparisons in this class are performed in the case-insensitive manner. + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs an instance of FilterStringBeginsWith. + + + 2011 + + + + + Tests whether string values from the document begin with a certain string. + + + All string comparisons in this class are performed in the case-insensitive manner. + + + 2011 + + + + + Derived classes override this method to implement the test that determines + whether the two given string values satisfy the desired condition or not. + + + The arguments may be thought of as the left and right operands of a + binary expression; for example, "a < b", "x >= 100", etc. The left + operand comes from an element in the Revit document (e.g., the value + of a parameter.) The right operand is supplied by the user when + creating the filter that contains the rule that uses this evaluator. + + + A value from an element in the document. + + + The user-supplied value against which values from the document are tested. + + + If true, string comparisons are done case-sensitively. + + + True if the given arguments satisfy the condition, otherwise false. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Base for all classes that compare string values from Revit to a user-supplied filter value + + + 2011 + + + + + A rule that filters on a particular value of an element. + + + 2011 + + + + + The parameter used to provide a string, integer, double-precision, or ElementId + value on request for a given element. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs an instance of ParameterValueProvider. + + + The parameter used to provide a string, integer, and double-precision, or ElementId + value on request for a given element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Gets the value of a parameter from any element passed to GetStringValue, + GetDoubleValue, GetIntegerValue, or GetElementIdValue. + + +

For any parameter, only one of isStringValueSupported, isDoubleValueSupported, + isIntegerValueSupported, isElementIdValueSupported will return true. No attempt + to convert between types is made. For example, calling GetStringValue, passing + the identifier of a numeric-typed parameter will give an empty string. No + exception will be thrown, and ParameterValueProvider will not attempt to convert + the numeric value to a string.

+

If an element doesn't have the requested parameter or the element's parameter doesn't have a valid value, + ParameterValueProvider will attempt to get the parameter value from the element's type - + see .

+
+ + 2011 + +
+ + + Gets a global parameter value associated with a parameter from the given element. + + + The element to query. + + + The associated global parameter. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Determines whether the provide can provide an ElementId value for the given element. + + + The element to query. + + + True if the provider can return an ElementId value for the given element, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Gets an ElementId value from the given element. + + + The element to query. + + + The ElementId value from the element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Determines whether the provide can provide an integer value for the given element. + + + The element to query. + + + True if the provider can return an integer value for the given element, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Gets an integer value from the given element. + + + The element to query. + + + The integer value from the element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Determines whether the provide can provide a double-precision numeric value for the given element. + + + The element to query. + + + True if the provider can return a double-precision numeric value for the given element, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Gets a double-precision numeric value from the given element. + + + The element to query. + + + The double-precision numeric value from the element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Determines whether the provide can provide a string value for the given element. + + + The element to query. + + + True if the provider can return a string value for the given element, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Gets a string value from the given element. + + + The element to query. + + + The string value from the element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Defines the interface for classes that extract values from elements + in a Revit project for testing against filter rules. + + + 2011 + + + + + Gets the rule being inverted. + + + The rule to invert. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Gets the rule being inverted. + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of FilterInverseRule. + + + The rule to invert. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + A filter rule that inverts the boolean values returned by the rule it contains. + + + FilterInverse rule performs a logical "not" operation on its inner rule's + "elementPasses()" method. + + + 2011 + + + + + Returns the ElementId of the parameter associated to this FilterRule if there is one, + or invalidElementId if there is no associated parameter. + + + The parameter id if there is an associated parameter, or invalidElementId if not. + + + 2019 + + + + + Derived classes override this method to implement the test that determines + whether the given element passes this rule or not. + + + The element to test against the rule. + + + True if the element satisfies the rule, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Defines a boolean operation that can be used to cull elements from a document. + + + 2011 + + + + + Returns the phase statuses assigned to this filter. + + + The phase statuses. + + + 2012 + + + + + The phase id. + + + 2012 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a file to match elements that have a given phase statuses on the input phase, with the option + to match all elements that have a phase status other than the input statuses. + + + Id of the phase. + + + Target statuses. + + + True to match all phase statuses other than the input statuses. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a file to match elements that have a given phase statuses on the input phase. + + + Id of the phase. + + + Target statuses. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a file to match elements that have a given phase status on the input phase, with the option + to match all elements that have a phase status other than the input status. + + + Id of the phase. + + + Target status. + + + True to match all phase statuses other than the input status. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a file to match elements that have a given phase status on the input phase. + + + Id of the phase. + + + Target status. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + A filter used to match elements that have a given phase status on a given phase. + + + This filter is a slow filter. + Slow filters require that the Element be obtained and expanded in memory first. + Thus it is preferable to couple this filter with at least one ElementQuickFilter, + which should minimize the number of Elements that are expanded. + + + 2012 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a filter to match elements contained in any primary design option of any design option set, with the option to invert the filter + and find elements not contained in any primary design option of any design option set. + + + True if the filter should match all elements which are not contained within a particular design option. + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a filter to match elements contained in any primary design option of any design option set. + + + 2011 + + + + + A filter used to find elements contained in any primary design option of any design option set. + + + This filter will only pass elements in a primary design option. It will not pass elements in the main model not associated + to any design option. + This filter is a slow filter. + Slow filters require that the Element be obtained and expanded in memory first. + Thus it is preferable to couple this filter with at least one ElementQuickFilter, + which should minimize the number of Elements that are expanded. + + + 2011 + + + + + + + + + Returns the set of rules contained in this filter. + + + A copy of the set of rules. + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of an ElementParameterFilter, with the option to match all elements not passing the given filter rules. + + + The rules applied to test if the element passes this filter. + + + True if the filter should match all elements which do not pass the filter rules. + + + The filterRules array is empty or invalid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of an ElementParameterFilter from a set of rules. + + + The rules applied to test if the element passes this filter. + + + The filterRules array is empty or invalid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of an ElementParameterFilter, with the option to match all elements not passing a given filter rule. + + + The rule applied to test if the element passes this filter. + + + True if the filter should match all elements which do not pass the filter rule. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of an ElementParameterFilter from a single rule. + + + The rule applied to test if the element passes this filter. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + A filter used to match elements by one or more parameter filter rules. + + + This filter is a slow filter. + Slow filters require that the Element be obtained and expanded in memory first. + Thus it is preferable to couple this filter with at least one ElementQuickFilter, + which should minimize the number of Elements that are expanded. + + + 2011 + + + + + + + + + The id of the level that will be matched to elements' associated level. + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of an ElementLevelFilter, with the option to match all elements not associated to the given level id. + + + The id of the level that will be matched to elements' associated level. + + + True if the filter should match all elements not associated to the given level. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of an ElementLevelFilter. + + + The id of the level that will be matched to elements' associated level. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + A filter used to match elements by their associated level. + + + This filter is a slow filter. + Slow filters require that the Element be obtained and expanded in memory first. + Thus it is preferable to couple this filter with at least one ElementQuickFilter, + which should minimize the number of Elements that are expanded. + + + 2011 + + + + + + + + + The family structural material type. + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a filter to match families by structural material type, + with the option to match all families which are not of the given structural material type. + + + The structural material type to match. + + + True if the filter should match all families which are not of the given structural material type. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a filter to match families that have the given structural material type. + + + The structural material type to match. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + A filter used to match families that have the given structural material type. + + + This filter is a slow filter, but it uses a quick filter to eliminate non-candidate elements + before the elements are obtained and expanded. Therefore this filter does not have to be + paired with another quick filter to minimize the number of Elements that are expanded. + + + 2011 + + + + + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a filter to match elements having the specified creation, modification, + or user-modification episode id in the specified range. + + + The current document. + + + The earliest element history to match. If null (all zeros), indicates earliest known episode. + + + The latest element history to match. If null (all zeros), indicates latest known episode. + + + Restrict match to Creation, Modification, or User Modification episode id. Flags can be combined. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2023 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a filter to match elements having the specified creation, modification, + or user-modification episode id in the specified range, with the option to invert the filter. + + + The current document. + + + The earliest element history to match. If null (all zeros), indicates earliest known episode. + + + The latest element history to match. If null (all zeros), indicates latest known episode. + + + Restrict match to Creation, Modification, or User Modification episode id. Flags can be combined. + + + True if the filter should match all elements whose versions are outside the specified range. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2023 + + + + + A filter used to match elements altered within two specified episodes. The given episodes + are checked against one or more of the element's creation date, last user modification date, + or last modification date. If any match, then it is considered a overall match and included. + + + This filter is a quick filter. + Quick filters operate only on the ElementRecord, a low-memory class which has + a limited interface to read element properties. Elements which are rejected + by a quick filter will not be expanded in memory. + + + 2023 + + + + + Enumerated option for how to use episodes when filtering elements by history. + + + 2021 + + + 2021 + + + + + Compare to element last user modification date + + + + + Compare to element last modification date + + + + + Compare to element creation date + + + + + Compare to nothing in element history + + + + + Allows control over the match criteria by using a tolerance in the geometry comparison. It is suggested to use this in cases where trivial differences should be considered when matching elements. + + + By default this is set to zero, but depending on your units of measure and how close objects may be, it is advised to set this to something more realistic. + If the tolerance is positive, the point may lie up to the tolerance amount outside the outline to be matched. + If the tolerance is negative, the point must lie at least the tolerance amount inside the outline to be matched. + + + 2011 + + + + + The XYZ point to use when matching element bounding boxes. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a filter to match elements with a bounding box that contains the given point, + while specifying the tolerance to be used in deciding if the point matches the criteria. + This constructor includes the option to invert the filter and match all elements with a bounding box that do not contain the given point. + + + The point used to find elements with a bounding box containing it. + + + The tolerance value to use instead of zero. See the tolerance property for details. + + + True if the filter should be inverted and match all elements with a bounding box that do not contain the given point. + + + The given value for tolerance is not finite + -or- + The given value for tolerance is not a number + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a filter to match elements with a bounding box that contains the given point, + while specifying the tolerance to be used in deciding if the point matches the criteria. + + + The point used to find elements with a bounding box that contains it. + + + The tolerance value to use instead of zero. See the tolerance property for details. + + + The given value for tolerance is not finite + -or- + The given value for tolerance is not a number + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a filter to match elements with a bounding box that contains the given point, + with the option to invert the filter and match all elements with a bounding box that do not contain the given point. + + + The point used to find elements with a bounding box containing it. + + + True if the filter should be inverted and match all elements with a bounding box that do not contain the given point. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a filter to match elements with a bounding box that contains the given point. + + + The point used to find elements with a bounding box that contains it. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + A filter used to match elements with a bounding box that contains the given point. + + + This filter excludes all objects derived from View and objects derived from ElementType. + This filter is a quick filter. + Quick filters operate only on the ElementRecord, a low-memory class which has + a limited interface to read element properties. Elements which are rejected + by a quick filter will not be expanded in memory. + + + 2011 + + + + + + + + + Gets the outline being used for this filter. + + + The outline being used for this filter. + + + 2011 + + + + + Allows control over the match criteria by using a tolerance in the geometry comparison. It is suggested to use this in cases where trivial differences should be considered when matching elements. + + + By default this is set to zero, but depending on your units of measure and how close objects may be, it is advised to set this to something more realistic. + If the tolerance is positive, the iterated element's Outline may extend the tolerance distance outside of the given Outline in each coordinate to be a match. + If the tolerance is negative, the iterated element's Outline must lie at least the tolerance distance inside the given Outline in each coordinate to be a match. + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a filter to match elements with a bounding box is contained by the given Outline, + with the option to invert the filter and match all elements with a bounding box that are not contained by the given Outline. + + + The Outline used to find elements with a bounding box that are contained by it. + + + The tolerance value to use instead of zero. See the tolerance property for details. + + + True if the filter should be inverted and match all elements with a bounding box that are not contained by the given Outline. + + + outline is an empty Outline. + -or- + The given value for tolerance is not finite + -or- + The given value for tolerance is not a number + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a filter to match elements with a bounding box that is contained by the given Outline. + + + The Outline used to find elements with a bounding box that are contained by it. + + + The tolerance value to use instead of zero. See the tolerance property for details. + + + outline is an empty Outline. + -or- + The given value for tolerance is not finite + -or- + The given value for tolerance is not a number + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a filter to match elements with a bounding box is contained by the given Outline, + with the option to invert the filter and match all elements with a bounding box that are not contained by the given Outline. + + + The Outline used to find elements with a bounding box that are contained by it. + + + True if the filter should be inverted and match all elements with a bounding box that are not contained by the given Outline. + + + outline is an empty Outline. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a filter to match elements with a bounding box that is contained by the given Outline. + + + The Outline used to find elements with a bounding box that are contained by it. + + + outline is an empty Outline. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + A filter used to match elements with a bounding box that is contained by the given Outline. + + + This filter excludes all objects derived from View and objects derived from ElementType. + This filter is a quick filter. + Quick filters operate only on the ElementRecord, a low-memory class which has + a limited interface to read element properties. Elements which are rejected + by a quick filter will not be expanded in memory. + + + 2011 + + + + + + + + + Gets the outline being used for this filter. + + + The outline being used for this filter. + + + 2011 + + + + + Allows control over the match criteria by using a tolerance in the geometry comparison. It is suggested to use this in cases where trivial differences should be considered when matching elements. + + + By default this is set to zero, but depending on your units of measure and how close objects may be, it is advised to set this to something more realistic. + If the tolerance is positive, the outlines may be separated by the tolerance distance in each coordinate. + If the tolerance is negative, the outlines must overlap by at least the tolerance distance in each coordinate. + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a filter to match elements with a bounding box that intersects the given Outline, + with the option to invert the filter and match all elements with a bounding box that are not intersecting the given Outline. + + + The Outline used to find elements with a bounding box that intersect it. + + + The tolerance value to use instead of zero. See the tolerance property for details. + + + True if the filter should be inverted and match all elements with a bounding box that are not intersecting the given Outline. + + + outline is an empty Outline. + -or- + The given value for tolerance is not finite + -or- + The given value for tolerance is not a number + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a filter to match elements with a bounding box that intersects the given Outline. + + + The Outline used to find elements with a bounding box that intersect it. + + + The tolerance value to use instead of zero. See the tolerance property for details. + + + outline is an empty Outline. + -or- + The given value for tolerance is not finite + -or- + The given value for tolerance is not a number + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a filter to match elements with a bounding box that intersects the given Outline, + with the option to invert the filter and match all elements with a bounding box that are not intersecting the given Outline. + + + The Outline used to find elements with a bounding box that intersect it. + + + True if the filter should be inverted and match all elements with a bounding box that are not intersecting the given Outline. + + + outline is an empty Outline. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a filter to match elements with a bounding box that intersects the given Outline. + + + The Outline used to find elements with a bounding box that intersect it. + + + outline is an empty Outline. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + A filter used to match elements with a bounding box that intersects the given Outline. + + + This filter excludes all objects derived from View and objects derived from ElementType. + This filter is a quick filter. + Quick filters operate only on the ElementRecord, a low-memory class which has + a limited interface to read element properties. Elements which are rejected + by a quick filter will not be expanded in memory. + + + 2011 + + + + + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a filter to match only curve driven elements, with the option to match all elements which are not curve driven elements. + + + The term "curve driven" indicates that the element's Location property is a LocationCurve. + Example elements found by this filter include walls, beams, and curve elements. + + + True if the filter should match all elements which are not curve driven elements. + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a filter to match only curve driven elements. + + + The term "curve driven" indicates that the element's Location property is a LocationCurve. + Example elements found by this filter include walls, beams, and curve elements. + + + 2011 + + + + + A filter used to match elements which are curve driven. + + + The term "curve driven" indicates that the element's Location property is a LocationCurve. + Example elements found by this filter include walls, beams, and curve elements. + + This filter is a quick filter. + Quick filters operate only on the ElementRecord, a low-memory class which has + a limited interface to read element properties. Elements which are rejected + by a quick filter will not be expanded in memory. + + + 2011 + + + + + + + + + The design option id. + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a filter to match elements contained within a particular design option, with the option to invert the filter and find elements not contained within a particular design option. + + + The design option id to match. + + + True if the filter should match all elements which are not contained within a particular design option. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a filter to match elements contained within a particular design option. + + + The design option id to match. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + A filter used to find elements contained within a particular design option. + + + This filter is a quick filter. + Quick filters operate only on the ElementRecord, a low-memory class which has + a limited interface to read element properties. Elements which are rejected + by a quick filter will not be expanded in memory. + + + 2011 + + + + + + + + + The view id. + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a filter to match elements which are owned by a particular view, + with the option to invert the filter and find elements not owned by the given view. + + + The view id to match. + Pass invalid element id to create a filter that will pass non-view-specific elements. + + + True if the filter should match all elements which are not owned by the given view. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a filter to match elements which are owned by a particular view. + + + The view id to match. + Pass invalid element id to create a filter that will pass non-view-specific elements. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + A filter used to match elements which are owned by a particular view. + + + This filter is a quick filter. + Quick filters operate only on the ElementRecord, a low-memory class which has + a limited interface to read element properties. Elements which are rejected + by a quick filter will not be expanded in memory. + + + + + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a filter to match only ElementTypes, with the option to match all elements which are not ElementTypes. + + + True if the filter should match all elements which are not ElementTypes. + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a filter to match only ElementTypes. + + + 2011 + + + + + A filter used to match elements which are ElementTypes. + + + This filter is a quick filter. + Quick filters operate only on the ElementRecord, a low-memory class which has + a limited interface to read element properties. Elements which are rejected + by a quick filter will not be expanded in memory. + + + 2011 + + + + + The class for the filter. + + + The class. + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a filter to match elements by class, with the option to match all elements which are not of the given class. + + + The type to match. + + + True if the filter should match all elements which are not of the given class. + + + The input type is not a subclass of Element. + -or- + The input type is of an element class that exists in the API, but not in Revit's native object model. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a filter to match elements by class. + + + The type to match. + + + The input type is not a subclass of Element. + -or- + The input type is of an element class that exists in the API, but not in Revit's native object model. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + A filter used to match elements by their class. + + + This filter is a quick filter. + Quick filters operate only on the ElementRecord, a low-memory class which has + a limited interface to read element properties. Elements which are rejected + by a quick filter will not be expanded in memory. +

This filter will match elements whose class is an exact match to the input class, + or elements whose class is derived from the input class.

There is a small subset of Element subclasses in the API which are not supported + by this filter. These types exist in the API, but not in Revit's native object model, + which means that this filter doesn't support them. In order to use a class filter to + find elements of these types, it is necessary to use a higher level class and then + process the results further to find elements matching only the subtype. The following + types are affected by this restriction: + Subclasses of Autodesk.Revit.DB.MaterialSubclasses of Autodesk.Revit.DB.CurveElementSubclasses of Autodesk.Revit.DB.ConnectorElementSubclasses of Autodesk.Revit.DB.HostedSweepAutodesk.Revit.DB.Architecture.RoomAutodesk.Revit.DB.Mechanical.SpaceAutodesk.Revit.DB.AreaAutodesk.Revit.DB.Architecture.RoomTagAutodesk.Revit.DB.Mechanical.SpaceTagAutodesk.Revit.DB.AreaTagAutodesk.Revit.DB.CombinableElementAutodesk.Revit.DB.MullionAutodesk.Revit.DB.PanelAutodesk.Revit.DB.AnnotationSymbolAutodesk.Revit.DB.Structure.AreaReinforcementTypeAutodesk.Revit.DB.Structure.PathReinforcementTypeAutodesk.Revit.DB.AnnotationSymbolTypeAutodesk.Revit.DB.Architecture.RoomTagTypeAutodesk.Revit.DB.Mechanical.SpaceTagTypeAutodesk.Revit.DB.AreaTagTypeAutodesk.Revit.DB.Structure.TrussType

+ + 2011 + + + + + +
+ + + Constructs a new instance of a filter to find elements whose Element subclasses matches any of a given set of input classes, with an option to instead match + elements whose Element subclass does not match the list of input classes. + + + The list of Element subclass types to match. + + + True if the filter should match all elements which are not of the given Element subclass. + + + One or more input types are not valid subclasses of Element for this filter. + -or- + One or more of the types do not exist in Revit's native object model. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a filter to find elements whose Element subclasses matches any of a given set of input classes. + + + The list of Element subclass types to match. + + + One or more input types are not valid subclasses of Element for this filter. + -or- + One or more of the types do not exist in Revit's native object model. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + A filter used to match elements by their class, where more than one class of element may be passed. + + + This filter is a quick filter. + Quick filters operate only on the ElementRecord, a low-memory class which has + a limited interface to read element properties. Elements which are rejected + by a quick filter will not be expanded in memory. +

Only elements whose class is an exact match to one of the input classes, + or elements whose type is derived from the input class will pass the collector.

There is a small subset of Element subclasses in the API that are not supported + by this filter. These classes exist in the API, but not in Revit's native object model, + which means that this filter doesn't support them. In order to use a class filter to + find elements of these types, it is necessary to use a higher level class and then + process the results further to find elements matching only the subclass. For a list + of subclasses affected by this restriction, consult the documentation for .

+ + 2012 + +
+ + + Gets the category ids assigned to this filter. + + + The category ids. + + + 2012 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a filter to match elements by built-in category, with the option to match all elements which are not of the given category. + + + The built-in categories to match. + + + True if the filter should match all elements which are not of the given built-in categories. + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a filter to match elements by built-in category. + + + The built-in categories to match. + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a filter to find elements whose category matches any of a given set of categories, with the option to instead match elements which are not of the given categories. + + + The category ids to match. + + + True if the filter should match all elements which are not of the given categories. + + + One or more categories was not valid for filtering. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a filter to find elements whose category matches any of a given set of categories. + + + The category ids to match. + + + One or more categories was not valid for filtering. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + A filter used to find elements whose category matches any of a given set of categories. + + + This filter is a quick filter. + Quick filters operate only on the ElementRecord, a low-memory class which has + a limited interface to read element properties. Elements which are rejected + by a quick filter will not be expanded in memory. + + + 2012 + + + + + The category id. + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a filter to match elements by category, with the option to match all elements which are not of the given category. + + + The category to match. + + + True if the filter should match all elements which are not of the given category. + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a filter to match elements by category. + + + The category to match. + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a filter to match elements by category, with the option to match all elements which are of the given category. + + + The category id to match. + + + True if the filter should match all elements which are not of the given category. + + + The category was not valid for filtering. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a filter to match elements by category. + + + The category id to match. + + + The category was not valid for filtering. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + A filter used to match elements by their category. + + + This filter is a quick filter. + Quick filters operate only on the ElementRecord, a low-memory class which has + a limited interface to read element properties. Elements which are rejected + by a quick filter will not be expanded in memory. + + + 2011 + + + + + + + + + The workset id. + + + 2012 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a filter to match elements in a given workset. + + + The workset id to match. + + + True if the filter should match all elements which are not in the given workset. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a filter to match elements in a given workset. + + + The workset id to match. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + A filter used to match elements which reside in a given workset. + + + This filter is a quick filter. + + + 2012 + + + + + + + + + Returns the ids of this filter. + + + The collection of ids. + + + 2021 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a filter wrapping a set of elements. + + + The ids. + + + The input collection of ids was empty, or its contents were not valid for iteration. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + A filter wrapping a set of elements. + + + This filter is a quick filter. + Quick filters operate only on the ElementRecord, a low-memory class which has + a limited interface to read element properties. Elements which are rejected + by a quick filter will not be expanded in memory. + + + 2021 + + + + + Returns the ids to be excluded by this filter. + + + The collection of ids to exclude. + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a filter to exclude elements automatically. + + + The ids to exclude from the results. + + + The input collection of ids was empty, or its contents were not valid for iteration. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + A filter used to exclude a set of elements automatically. + + + This filter is a quick filter. + Quick filters operate only on the ElementRecord, a low-memory class which has + a limited interface to read element properties. Elements which are rejected + by a quick filter will not be expanded in memory. + + + 2011 + + + + + + + + + A base class for a type of filter that operates on expanded elements. + + + Slow filters require that the Element be obtained and expanded in memory first. + Thus it is preferable to couple slow filters with at least one ElementQuickFilter, + which should minimize the number of Elements that are expanded in order to evaluate + against the criteria set by this filter. + + + 2011 + + + + + A base class for a type of filter that operates on element records. + + + Quick filters operate only on the ElementRecord, a low-memory class which has + a limited interface to read element properties. Elements which are rejected + by a quick filter will not be expanded in memory. + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates a BuildingPadType element and adds it to the document. + + + The default BuildiPadType adopts the value of 1.0 for the paremeter of thickness. + If there is no BuildingPadType existing, will create a new one; otherwise, an exception will be thrown. + + + The document to be modified. + + + The new BuildingPadType element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + + + The calculated and settable thermal properties of the BuildingPadType + + + the building pad does not have thermal properties. + + + 2013 + + + + + Represents a specific type of Building Pad. + + + + + Set a given curve loops as the boundary of the current BuildingPad element. + + + A collection of curve loops to be added. + + + The input curve loops cannot compose a valid boundary, that means: + no curve loop is contained in the given collection; + these curve loops intersect with each other for some of them; + or each curve loop is not closed individually; + or each curve loop is not planar; + or each curve loop is not in a plane parallel to the horizontal(XY) plane. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Failed to create the Sketch for the boundary of current BuildingPad. + -or- + Cannot find an appropriate hosting topography surface for this BuildingPad. + -or- + This topography surface cannot be the host of this BuildingPad. + -or- + The given curve loops intersect with curve loops of existing BuildingPads hosted on the same TopographySurface. + -or- + There is at least one existing SubRegion which is completely inside or overlap the boundary of current BuildingPad hosted on the same TopographySurface. This behavior is not allowed. + + + The document containing this BuildingPad is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document containing this BuildingPad is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + + + The document containing this BuildingPad has no open transaction. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the boundary of current BuildingPad element. + + + The curve loops that represent the boundary of the BuildingPad. + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates a new BuildingPad element and adds it to the document. + + + The document will be regenerated during the creation of building pad element. + If the input curve loops intersect the curve loops of existing BuildingPads hosted on the same topography surface, + an InvalidOperationException will be thrown. + If you need access to the topography surface created by the introduction of this building pad, you can obtain it from + . + + + The document to be modified. + + + The type id set to the BuildingPad. + + + The level id set to the BuildingPad. + + + The boundary of the BuildingPad. + + + The new BuildingPad element. + + + The buildingPadTypeId is not a valid type id for a BuildingPad. + -or- + The ElementId levelId is not a Level. + -or- + The input curve loops cannot compose a valid boundary, that means: + no curve loop is contained in the given collection; + these curve loops intersect with each other for some of them; + or each curve loop is not closed individually; + or each curve loop is not planar; + or each curve loop is not in a plane parallel to the horizontal(XY) plane. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Failed to create the Sketch for the boundary of new created BuildingPad. + -or- + Cannot find an appropriate hosting topography surface for this BuildingPad. + -or- + This topography surface cannot be the host of this BuildingPad. + -or- + The given curve loops intersect with curve loops of existing BuildingPads hosted on the same TopographySurface. + -or- + There is at least one existing SubRegion which is completely inside or overlap the boundary of current BuildingPad hosted on the same TopographySurface. This behavior is not allowed. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2014 + + + + + The element id of a topography surface created by the introduction of this building pad. + + + 2015 + + + + + The element id of the topography surface hosting this BuidlingPad. + + + 2014 + + + + + Represents a BuildingPad element. + + + 2014 + + + + A base class that provides support for all ceiling and floor objects. + + + + Returns the collection of connected cells in an enclosed space volume. + + + This method requires the building envelope analyzer method created with + the option set to compute enclosed space volumes. + + + The center points for the connected analytical grid cells in the enclosed space volume. + + + 2015 + + + + + Returns the collection of bounding building elements for an enclosed space volume. + + + This method requires the building envelope analyzer method created with + the option set to compute enclosed space volumes. + + + The ids of the bounding building elements for the enclosed space volume. + + + 2015 + + + + + Returns the collection of building elements exposed to the outside forming the building envelope. + + + The ids of the building elements in the envelope. + + + 2015 + + + + + Creates a new analyzer. + + + The document that contains the physical model of the building. + + + Options for the method analyzing the building elements for the building envelope. + + + The created analyzer. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Analyzes which elements are part of the building envelope, the building elements exposed to the outside. + + + This class uses a combination of ray-casting and flood-fill + algorithms in order to find the building elements that are + exposed to the outside of the building. + This method can also look for the bounding building elements for + enclosed space volumes inside the building. + + + 2015 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The cell size for the uniform cubical grid used when analyzing the building envelope. + + + This is the base size of the "cubes" used to divide the building shell + bounding box into a uniform cubical 3D grid. If this overrideGridCellSize option is set, + this exact value will be used for the grid cell size. The cell size should be specified in + the length unit for the Revit project. + + + 2015 + + + + + Whether or not to use the exact value for the cell size or let the analyzer optimize the cell size based on the specified grid size + + + If this option is true, the analyzer will decide the optimal cell size for the uniform cubical grid used + when computing the building envelope. The optimal cell size is based on the specified cell size, + but can be higher. If this option is false, the exact specified grid cell size will be used. + + + 2015 + + + + + Whether or not to analyze interior connected regions inside the building forming enclosed space volumes. + + + If true, the analyzer will also look for bounding building elements and + connected analytical grid cells for enclosed space volumes inside the building. + + + 2015 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of BuildingEnvelopeAnalyzerOptions, using default values. + + + 2015 + + + + + Specific options for the method analyzing the building elements for the building envelope. + + + The analyze method uses a combination of ray-casting and flood-fill + algorithms in order to find the building elements that are + exposed to the outside of the building. + The analyze method can also look for the bounding building elements for + enclosed space volumes inside the building. + + + 2015 + + + + + An enumerated type containing possible constraint types for Adaptive Points. + + + + + Placement of a box by its bottom left corner. + + + + + Placement of a box by its bottom right corner. + + + + + Placement of a box by its top right corner. + + + + + Placement of a box by its top left corner. + + + + + Placement of a box by its center point + + + + + Indicates if the given curve loops compose a valid boundary on the sketch plane. + + + The curve loops are valid if projections of the loops onto the sketch plane do not intersect each other; + each curve loop is closed; input curves do not contain any helical curve; + and each loop is planar and lies on a plane parallel to the sketch plane, but not necessarily the same plane. + + + The sketch plane. + + + The curve loops to be checked. + + + True if the given curve loops are valid as described above, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + + + + + Indicates if the given curve loops compose a valid boundary on the view's detail sketch plane. + + + The curve loops are valid if projections of the loops onto the views's detail sketch plane do not intersect each other; + each curve loop is closed; input curves do not contain any helical curve; + and each loop is planar and lies on a plane parallel to the views's detail sketch plane, but not necessarily the same plane. + + + The document. + + + The view Id. + + + The curve loops to be checked. + + + True if the given curve loops are valid as described above, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + + + + + Identifies whether the given curve loops compose a valid horizontal boundary. + + + The curve loops are valid if projections of the loops onto a horizontal(XY) plane do not intersect each other; + each curve loop is closed; input curves do not contain any helical curve; + and each loop is planar and lies on a plane parallel to the horizontal(XY) plane, but not necessarily the same plane. + + + The curve loops to be checked. + + + True if the given curve loops are valid as described above, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Curve loop validators. + + + 2022 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Options for array of curve loops validation. + + + 2022 + + + + + Returns curve loops that define geometry of the area boundary conditions. + + + Boundary conditions should be BoundaryConditionsType::Area type. Otherwise exception is thrown. + + + The curve loop collection. + + + Thrown when BoundaryConditions is not a BoundaryConditionsType::Area type. + + + 2016 + + + + + Returns curve that define geometry of the line boundary conditions. + + + Boundary conditions should be BoundaryConditionsType::Line type. Otherwise exception is thrown. + + + Thrown when BoundaryConditions is not a BoundaryConditionsType::Line type. + + + 2016 + + + + + Gets the origin and rotation of coordinate system that is used by translation and rotation parameters, like X Translation or Z Rotation. + + + The coordinate system. Origin contains the position of the start of the boundary conditions. BasisX, BasisY and BasisZ contain the directions of the axes in the global coordinate system. + + + 2015 + + + + + Sets the boundary condition orientation option. + + + The new orientation option. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2015 + + + + + Returns the boundary conditions orientation option. + + + The orientation option. + + + 2015 + + + + + Returns the boundary conditions type. + + + The boundary conditions type. + + + 2015 + + + + + Returns the position of point boundary conditions. + + + Boundary conditions should be BoundaryConditionsType::Point type. Otherwise exception is thrown. + + + Thrown when BoundaryConditions is not a BoundaryConditionsType::Point type. + + + + + The Id of the internal load element associated with a boundary conditions. + + + ElementId may be set if the internal load exists and it's type fit the BoundaryConditions type only (Point, Line and Area). + + + When setting this property: elementId is not a valid Element identifier. + -or- + When setting this property: Throws when the ElementId does not refer to the internal load with appropriate type. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + The host element Id for the boundary conditions. + + + 2016 + + + + + An object that represents a force applied across an area. + + + + + + + + + Specifies the type of condition applied to the translation or rotation parameter. + + + + + The type of condition is Spring. + + + + + The type of condition is Release. + + + + + The type of condition is Fixed. + + + + + Specifies boundary condition orientation. + + + 2015 + + + 2015 + + + + + Boundary condition is oriented in respect to it analytical host element coordinate system and will follow host changes. + + + + + Boundary condition is oriented in respect to project global coordinate system, that is X to East, Y to North, and Z to up. + + + + + This enum declares type of BoundaryConditions. + + + 2011 + + + + + Area Boundary Conditions + + + + + Line Boundary Conditions + + + + + Point Boundary Conditions + + + + + Creates a solid by sweeping one or more closed coplanar curve loops along a path while keeping the + profile plane oriented so that a line in the plane that is initially perpendicular to a given fixed + direction remains perpendicular as the profile is swept along the path. + + + The profile loops must lie in a plane orthogonal to the sweep path at some attachment point along the path. + An example where this method is useful is in constructing railings. If the fixed direction is the upward + vertical, a line in the profile plane that is initially horizontal will remain horizontal as the profile + is swept along the path. This property can be used to ensure that the top of the railing remains horizontal + all along the railing. + + The STEP ISO 10303-42 and IFC standards define a "Fixed Reference Sweep" similar to this sweep method, though + there are some minor technical differences: + The STEP ISO reference describes a specific parameterization of the swept surface, whereas we do not guarantee any particular parameterization (partly because we simplify the surface when possible).Neither reference mentions what should be done if the sweep path’s tangent is tangent to the reference direction at some point(s) or along the entire directrix.Both references impose unnecessary conditions, and they're inconsistent: STEP says "the swept_curve is required to be a curve lying in the plane z = 0" while IFC says "The SweptArea shall lie in the plane z = 0" (SweptArea is the profile being swept). + + The sweep path, consisting of a set of contiguous curves. The path may be open or closed, + but should not otherwise have any self-intersections. The path may be planar or non-planar. + With the exception of path curves that lie in a plane parallel to %fixedReferenceDirection%, + the curve's tangent should be nowhere parallel to %fixedReferenceDirection%. If the sweep path + has corners, the solid segments that meet at a corner may not meet smoothly. + + + The index of the curve in the sweep path where the profile loops are situated. + Indexing starts at 0. Together with pathAttachmentParam, this specifies the profile's attachment point. + + + Parameter of the path curve specified by pathAttachmentCrvIdx. + The profile curves must lie in the plane orthogonal to the path at this attachment point. + + + The curve loops defining the planar domain to be swept along the path. + No conditions are imposed on the orientations of the loops; this function will use copies of the input loops + that have been oriented as necessary to conform to Revit's orientation conventions. + Restrictions: + The loops must lie in the plane orthogonal to the path at the attachment point as defined above. The curve loop(s) must be closed and should define a single planar domain (one outer loop and, optionally, one or more inner loops). The curve loops must be without intersections, self-intersections, or degeneracies. No loop may contain just one closed curve - split such loops into two or more curves beforehand. + + A unit vector specifying the fixed direction used to control how the profile plane is swept along the path; see the description and remarks above. + The profile CurveLoops do not satisfy the input requirements. + + + The optional information to control the properties of the Solid. + + + The requested solid. + + + The input argument sweepPath should at least contain one curve. + -or- + The input argument pathAttachmentCrvIdx is not valid. + -or- + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + fixedReferenceDirection is not length 1.0. + + + 2017 + + + + + Creates a solid by sweeping one or more closed coplanar curve loops along a path while keeping the + profile plane oriented so that a line in the plane that is initially perpendicular to a given fixed + direction remains perpendicular as the profile is swept along the path. + + + The profile loops must lie in a plane orthogonal to the sweep path at some attachment point along the path. + An example where this method is useful is in constructing railings. If the fixed direction is the upward + vertical, a line in the profile plane that is initially horizontal will remain horizontal as the profile + is swept along the path. This property can be used to ensure that the top of the railing remains horizontal + all along the railing. + + The STEP ISO 10303-42 and IFC standards define a "Fixed Reference Sweep" similar to this sweep method, though + there are some minor technical differences: + The STEP ISO reference describes a specific parameterization of the swept surface, whereas we do not guarantee any particular parameterization (partly because we simplify the surface when possible).Neither reference mentions what should be done if the sweep path’s tangent is tangent to the reference direction at some point(s) or along the entire directrix.Both references impose unnecessary conditions, and they're inconsistent: STEP says "the swept_curve is required to be a curve lying in the plane z = 0" while IFC says "The SweptArea shall lie in the plane z = 0" (SweptArea is the profile being swept). + + The sweep path, consisting of a set of contiguous curves. The path may be open or closed, + but should not otherwise have any self-intersections. The path may be planar or non-planar. + With the exception of path curves that lie in a plane parallel to %fixedReferenceDirection%, + the curve's tangent should be nowhere parallel to %fixedReferenceDirection%. If the sweep path + has corners, the solid segments that meet at a corner may not meet smoothly. + + + The index of the curve in the sweep path where the profile loops are situated. + Indexing starts at 0. Together with pathAttachmentParam, this specifies the profile's attachment point. + + + Parameter of the path curve specified by pathAttachmentCrvIdx. + The profile curves must lie in the plane orthogonal to the path at this attachment point. + + + The curve loops defining the planar domain to be swept along the path. + No conditions are imposed on the orientations of the loops; this function will use copies of the input loops + that have been oriented as necessary to conform to Revit's orientation conventions. + Restrictions: + The loops must lie in the plane orthogonal to the path at the attachment point as defined above. The curve loop(s) must be closed and should define a single planar domain (one outer loop and, optionally, one or more inner loops). The curve loops must be without intersections, self-intersections, or degeneracies. No loop may contain just one closed curve - split such loops into two or more curves beforehand. + + A unit vector specifying the fixed direction used to control how the profile plane is swept along the path; see the description and remarks above. + + + The requested solid. + + + The input argument sweepPath should at least contain one curve. + -or- + The input argument pathAttachmentCrvIdx is not valid. + -or- + The profile CurveLoops do not satisfy the input requirements. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + fixedReferenceDirection is not length 1.0. + + + 2017 + + + + + Creates a solid or open shell geometry by lofting between a sequence of curve loops. + + + If all the curve loops are closed it will create a solid. No loop may contain just one closed curve - split such loops into two or more curves beforehand. + If all the curve loops are open, then create an open shell. + If there are both open and closed loops, only the first and/or last loop are allowed to be open, + others (if they exist) must be closed. A solid will be created in this case. + The surface of the solid or open shell will pass through these profiles blending smoothly between the profiles. + Each profile loop must be free of intersections and degeneracies. No orientation conditions on the loops are imposed. + + + The array of curve loops, where the order of the array determines the lofting sequence used. + + + The optional information to control the properties of the solid or open shell. + + + The requested solid or open shell. + + + The number of profile CurveLoops is less than 2. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Creates a solid by blending two closed curve loops lying in non-coincident planes. + + + The first curve loop. The loop must be a closed planar loop without intersections or degeneracies. No orientation conditions are imposed. The loop must be a closed planar loop without intersections or degeneracies. No orientation conditions are imposed. The loop may not contain just one closed curve - split such a loop into two or more curves beforehand. + + + The second curve loop, satisfying the same conditions as the first loop. + The planes of the first and second loops must not be coincident, but they need not be parallel. + + + This input specifies how the two profile loops should be connected. + If null, the function chooses vertex connections that will result in a geometrically reasonable blend. + + + The optional information to control the properties of the Solid. + + + The requested solid. + + + The first profile CurveLoop do not satisfy the input requirements. + -or- + The second profile CurveLoop do not satisfy the input requirements. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Creates a solid by simultaneously sweeping and blending two or more closed planar curve loops along a single curve. + + + The sweep path, consisting of a single bounded, open curve. + + + An increasing sequence of parameters along the path curve (lying within the curve's bounds). + These parameters specify the locations of the planes orthogonal to the path that contain the profile loops. + This array must have the same size as the input array "profileLoops". + + + Closed, planar curve loops arrayed along the path. No loop may contain just one closed curve - split such loops into two or more curves beforehand. + The solid will have these profiles as cross-sections at the points specified by the input pathParams. The solid will blend smoothly between the profiles. + This array must have the same size as the input array "pathParams", and each profile loop must lie in the plane orthogonal to the path at the point specified by the corresponding entry in the input array "pathParams". + Each profile loop must define a single planar domain and must be free of intersections and degeneracies. No orientation conditions on the loops are imposed. + + + This input specifies how adjacent profile loops should be connected. + It must contain one less element than the "profileLoops" input, and entry vertexPairs[idx] specifies how profileLoops[idx] and profileLoops[idx+1] should be connected (indexing starts at 0). + + + The optional information to control the properties of the Solid. + + + The requested solid. + + + The input pathCurve is a helical curve and is not supported for this operation. + -or- + The input argument pathCurve should be bounded. + The input argument pathCurve should be non-degenerate. + -or- + The input argument pathParams should be an increasing array. + -or- + The profile CurveLoops do not satisfy the input requirements. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Creates a solid by sweeping one or more closed coplanar curve loops along a path. + + + The profile loops must lie in a plane orthogonal to the sweep path at some attachment point along the path. + + + The sweep path, consisting of a set of contiguous curves. The path may be open or closed, + but should not otherwise have any self-intersections. The path may be planar or non-planar. + + + The index of the curve in the sweep path where the profile loops are situated. + Indexing starts at 0. Together with pathAttachmentParam, this specifies the profile's attachment point. + + + Parameter of the path curve specified by pathAttachmentCrvIdx. + The profile curves must lie in the plane orthogonal to the path at this attachment point. + + + The curve loops defining the planar domain to be swept along the path. + No conditions are imposed on the orientations of the loops: + this function will use copies of the input loops that have been oriented as necessary to conform to Revit's orientation conventions. + Restrictions: + The loops must lie in the plane orthogonal to the path at the attachment point as defined above. The curve loop(s) must be closed and should define a single planar domain (one outer loop and, optionally, one or more inner loops) The curve loops must be without intersections, self-intersections, or degeneracies. No loop may contain just one closed curve - split such loops into two or more curves beforehand. + + The optional information to control the properties of the Solid. + + + The requested solid. + + + The input argument sweepPath should at least contain one curve. + -or- + The input argument pathAttachmentCrvIdx is not valid. + The given attachment point doesn't lie in the plane of the Curve Loop. + -or- + The profile CurveLoops do not satisfy the input requirements. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Creates a solid of revolution by revolving a set of closed curve loops around an axis by a specified angle. + + + A right-handed orthonormal frame of vectors. The frame's z-vector is the axis of revolution. The start and end angle inputs refer to this frame. + + + The profile loops to be revolved. No conditions are imposed on the orientations of the loops. + This function will use copies of the input loops that have been oriented as necessary to conform to Revit's orientation conventions. + Restrictions: + The loops must lie in the xz coordinate plane of the input coordinate frame. The curve loop(s) must be closed and must define a single planar domain (one outer loop and, optionally, one or more inner loops). The curve loops must be without intersections, self-intersections, or degeneracies. The loops must lie on the "right" side of the z axis (where x >= 0). No loop may contain just one closed curve - split such loops into two or more curves beforehand. + + The start angle for the revolution, in radians, + measured counter-clockwise from the coordinate frame's x-axis as viewed looking down the frame's z-axis. + + + The end angle for the revolution, using the same conventions as the start angle. + The end angle may be less than (but not equal to) the start angle. + The total angle of revolution, equal to the absolute value of (endAngle – startAngle), must be at most 2*PI. + + + The optional information to control the properties of the Solid. + + + The requested solid. Note that if less than a full revolution is used, planar end faces will be added as part of the solid. + + + The input argument coordinateFrame should be a right-handed orthonormal frame of vectors. + -or- + The profile CurveLoops do not satisfy the input requirements. + -or- + The absolute value of %(endAngle – startAngle)%, must be at most 2*PI. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Creates a solid by linearly extruding one or more closed coplanar curve loops. + + + The profile loops to be extruded. The loops must be closed, coplanar, and without intersections, self-intersections, or degeneracies. No loop may contain just one closed curve - split such loops into two or more curves beforehand. + No conditions are imposed on the orientations of the loops: this function will use copies of the input loops that have been oriented as necessary to conform to Revit's orientation conventions. + + + The direction in which to extrude the profile loops. This vector must be non-zero and transverse + (i.e., not parallel) to the plane of the profile loops. Its length is irrelevant; only its direction is used. + + + The positive distance by which the loops are to be extruded in the direction of the input extrusionDir. + + + The optional information to control the properties of the Solid. + + + The requested solid. + + + The profile CurveLoops do not satisfy the input requirements. + -or- + The Input extrusionDir must be a non-zero vector. + The normal of the loop plane should not be perpendicular to the given extrusionDir. + -or- + The input argument extrusionDist must be positive. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Creates a solid by blending two closed curve loops lying in non-coincident planes. + + + The first curve loop. The loop must be a closed planar loop without intersections or degeneracies. No orientation conditions are imposed. The loop may not contain just one closed curve - split such a loop into two or more curves beforehand. + + + The second curve loop, satisfying the same conditions as the first loop. + The planes of the first and second loops must not be coincident, but they need not be parallel. + + + This input specifies how the two profile loops should be connected. + If null, the function chooses vertex connections that will result in a geometrically reasonable blend. + + + The requested solid. + + + The first profile CurveLoop do not satisfy the input requirements. + -or- + The second profile CurveLoop do not satisfy the input requirements. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Creates a solid by simultaneously sweeping and blending two or more closed planar curve loops along a single curve. + + + The sweep path, consisting of a single bounded, open curve. + + + An increasing sequence of parameters along the path curve (lying within the curve's bounds). + These parameters specify the locations of the planes orthogonal to the path that contain the profile loops. + This array must have the same size as the input array "profileLoops". + + + Closed, planar curve loops arrayed along the path. No loop may contain just one closed curve - split such loops into two or more curves beforehand. + The solid will have these profiles as cross-sections at the points specified by the input pathParams. The solid will blend smoothly between the profiles. + This array must have the same size as the input array "pathParams", and each profile loop must lie in the plane orthogonal to the path at the point specified by the corresponding entry in the input array "pathParams". + Each profile loop must define a single planar domain and must be free of intersections and degeneracies. No orientation conditions on the loops are imposed. + + + This input specifies how adjacent profile loops should be connected. + It must contain one less element than the "profileLoops" input, and entry vertexPairs[idx] specifies how profileLoops[idx] and profileLoops[idx+1] should be connected (indexing starts at 0). + + + The requested solid. + + + The input pathCurve is a helical curve and is not supported for this operation. + -or- + The input argument pathCurve should be bounded. + The input argument pathCurve should be non-degenerate. + -or- + The input argument pathParams should be an increasing array. + -or- + The profile CurveLoops do not satisfy the input requirements. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Creates a solid by sweeping one or more closed coplanar curve loops along a path. + + + The profile loops must lie in a plane orthogonal to the sweep path at some attachment point along the path. + + + The sweep path, consisting of a set of contiguous curves. The path may be open or closed, + but should not otherwise have any self-intersections. The path may be planar or non-planar. + + + The index of the curve in the sweep path where the profile loops are situated. + Indexing starts at 0. Together with pathAttachmentParam, this specifies the profile's attachment point. + + + Parameter of the path curve specified by pathAttachmentCrvIdx. + The profile curves must lie in the plane orthogonal to the path at this attachment point. + + + The curve loops defining the planar domain to be swept along the path. + No conditions are imposed on the orientations of the loops: + this function will use copies of the input loops that have been oriented as necessary to conform to Revit's orientation conventions. + Restrictions: + The loops must lie in the plane orthogonal to the path at the attachment point as defined above. The curve loop(s) must be closed and should define a single planar domain (one outer loop and, optionally, one or more inner loops) The curve loops must be without intersections, self-intersections, or degeneracies. No loop may contain just one closed curve - split such loops into two or more curves beforehand. + + The requested solid. + + + The input argument sweepPath should at least contain one curve. + -or- + The input argument pathAttachmentCrvIdx is not valid. + The given attachment point doesn't lie in the plane of the Curve Loop. + -or- + The profile CurveLoops do not satisfy the input requirements. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Failed to create the swept solid. + + + 2012 + + + + + Creates a solid of revolution by revolving a set of closed curve loops around an axis by a specified angle. + + + A right-handed orthonormal frame of vectors. The frame's z-vector is the axis of revolution. The start and end angle inputs refer to this frame. + + + The profile loops to be revolved. No conditions are imposed on the orientations of the loops. + This function will use copies of the input loops that have been oriented as necessary to conform to Revit's orientation conventions. + Restrictions: + The loops must lie in the xz coordinate plane of the input coordinate frame. The curve loop(s) must be closed and must define a single planar domain (one outer loop and, optionally, one or more inner loops). The curve loops must be without intersections, self-intersections, or degeneracies. The loops must lie on the "right" side of the z axis (where x >= 0). No loop may contain just one closed curve - split such loops into two or more curves beforehand. + + The start angle for the revolution, in radians, + measured counter-clockwise from the coordinate frame's x-axis as viewed looking down the frame's z-axis. + + + The end angle for the revolution, using the same conventions as the start angle. + The end angle may be less than (but not equal to) the start angle. + The total angle of revolution, equal to the absolute value of (endAngle – startAngle), must be at most 2*PI. + + + The requested solid. Note that if less than a full revolution is used, planar end faces will be added as part of the solid. + + + The input argument coordinateFrame should be a right-handed orthonormal frame of vectors. + -or- + The profile CurveLoops do not satisfy the input requirements. + -or- + The absolute value of %(endAngle – startAngle)%, must be at most 2*PI. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Creates a solid by linearly extruding one or more closed coplanar curve loops. + + + The profile loops to be extruded. The loops must be closed, coplanar, and without intersections, self-intersections, or degeneracies. No loop may contain just one closed curve - split such loops into two or more curves beforehand. + No conditions are imposed on the orientations of the loops: this function will use copies of the input loops that have been oriented as necessary to conform to Revit's orientation conventions. + + + The direction in which to extrude the profile loops. This vector must be non-zero and transverse + (i.e., not parallel) to the plane of the profile loops. Its length is irrelevant; only its direction is used. + + + The positive distance by which the loops are to be extruded in the direction of the input extrusionDir. + + + The requested solid. + + + The profile CurveLoops do not satisfy the input requirements. + -or- + The Input extrusionDir must be a non-zero vector. + The normal of the loop plane should not be perpendicular to the given extrusionDir. + -or- + The input argument extrusionDist must be positive. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + A utility that allows construction of basic solid shapes. + + + The shapes created by these utilities are not a part of any Revit document, + but can be used in conjunction with other geometric utilities from within API applications. + + + 2012 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Optional extra key used to create face and edge histories for the Solid. + If extraFaceAndEdgeHistoryKey is higher than -1, the Solid's face and edge histories will be created depending on the geometry generation of the Solid. + + + 2015 + + + + + Defines the graphics style id for the Solid. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Defines the material id for the Solid. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Creates a new SolidOptions class with material and graphics style settings. + + + The material id for the Solid. + + + The graphics style id for the Solid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + A class containing optional information to control the properties of the Solid generated by the GeometryCreationUtilities routines. + + + 2015 + + + + + Modifies the input Solid preserving only the volume on the positive side of the given Plane. The positive side of the plane is the side to which Plane.Normal points. + + + The input Solid to be cut. + + + The cut plane. The space on the positive side of the normal of the plane will be intersected with the input Solid. + + + The optional information to control the properties of the Solid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Modifies the input Solid preserving only the volume on the positive side of the given Plane. The positive side of the plane is the side to which Plane.Normal points. + + + The input Solid to be cut. + + + The cut plane. The space on the positive side of the normal of the plane will be intersected with the input Solid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Perform a boolean geometric operation between two solids, and modify the original solid to represent the result. + + + This operation modifies the original input Geometry object. + + + The original solid object, can only be the GeometryCreationUtils geometry. + + + The second solid object. A copy will be taken of the input object, so any solid whether obtained from a Revit element or not would be accepted. + + + boolean operation type. + + + The optional information to control the properties of the Solid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + Failed to perform the Boolean operation for the two solids. This may be due to geometric inaccuracies in the solids, such as slightly misaligned faces or edges. + If so, eliminating the inaccuracies by making sure the solids are accurately aligned may solve the problem. This also may be due to one or both solids having + complexities such as more than two faces geometrically meeting along a single edge, or two coincident edges, etc. Eliminating such conditions, or performing a + sequence of Boolean operations in an order that avoids such conditions, may solve the problem. + + + 2012 + + + + + Perform a boolean geometric operation between two solids, and modify the original solid to represent the result. + + + This operation modifies the original input Geometry object. + + + The original solid object, can only be the GeometryCreationUtils geometry. + + + The second solid object. A copy will be taken of the input object, so any solid whether obtained from a Revit element or not would be accepted. + + + boolean operation type. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + Failed to perform the Boolean operation for the two solids. This may be due to geometric inaccuracies in the solids, such as slightly misaligned faces or edges. + If so, eliminating the inaccuracies by making sure the solids are accurately aligned may solve the problem. This also may be due to one or both solids having + complexities such as more than two faces geometrically meeting along a single edge, or two coincident edges, etc. Eliminating such conditions, or performing a + sequence of Boolean operations in an order that avoids such conditions, may solve the problem. + + + 2012 + + + + + Creates a new Solid which is the intersection of the input Solid with the half-space on the positive side of the given Plane. The positive side of the plane is the side to which Plane.Normal points. + + + The input Solid to be cut. + + + The cut plane. The space on the positive side of the normal of the plane will be intersected with the input Solid. + + + The newly created Solid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Perform a boolean geometric operation between two solids, and return a new solid to represent the result. + + + The first solid object. A copy will be taken of the input object, so any solid whether obtained from a Revit element or not would be accepted. + + + The second solid object. A copy will be taken of the input object, so any solid whether obtained from a Revit element or not would be accepted. + + + boolean operation type. + + + The result geometry. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + Failed to perform the Boolean operation for the two solids. This may be due to geometric inaccuracies in the solids, such as slightly misaligned faces or edges. + If so, eliminating the inaccuracies by making sure the solids are accurately aligned may solve the problem. This also may be due to one or both solids having + complexities such as more than two faces geometrically meeting along a single edge, or two coincident edges, etc. Eliminating such conditions, or performing a + sequence of Boolean operations in an order that avoids such conditions, may solve the problem. + + + 2012 + + + + + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Modifies the input Solid preserving only the volume on the positive side of the given Plane. The positive side of the plane is the side to which Plane.Normal points. + + + This operation modifies the original input Geometry objects. + + + The input Solid to be cut. This object cannot be obtained directly from a Revit element. + This means that cannot be true. + + + The cut plane. The space on the positive side of the normal of the plane will be intersected with the input Solid. + + + Thrown when the original solid object is the geometry of the Revit model. + + + A non-optional argument was NULL + + + 2016 + + + + + Perform a boolean geometric operation between two solids, and modify the original solid to represent the result. + + + This operation modifies the original input Geometry objects. + + + The original solid object. This object cannot be obtained directly from a Revit element. + This means that cannot be true. + + + The second solid object. A copy will be taken of the input object, so any solid whether obtained from a Revit element or not would be accepted. + + + boolean operation type. + + + Thrown when the original solid object is the geometry of the Revit model. + + + A non-optional argument was NULL + + + Failed to perform the Boolean operation for the two solids. This may be due to geometric inaccuracies in the solids, such as slightly misaligned faces or edges. + If so, eliminating the inaccuracies by making sure the solids are accurately aligned may solve the problem. This also may be due to one or both solids having + complexities such as more than two faces geometrically meeting along a single edge, or two coincident edges, etc. Eliminating such conditions, or performing a + sequence of Boolean operations in an order that avoids such conditions, may solve the problem." + + + 2012 + + + + + These utilities are applicable for the geometry created by GeometryCreationUtilities and the geometry of Revit model. + + + 2012 + + + + + An enumerated type listing boolean types that are supported for boolean operation. + + + 2012 + + + + + Intersect. + + + + + Difference. + + + + + Union. + + + + + Get the length of outline's diagonal. If called on empty outline, 0. + is returned + + + The length of the diagonal. + + + 2011 + + + + + Determine if this Outline contains another Outline to within tolerance. + + + If the tolerance is positive, the other Outline may extend the tolerance distance outside of this Outline in each coordinate. + If the tolerance is negative, the other Outline must lie at least the tolerance distance inside of this Outline in each coordinate to be a match. + + + The outline to test for containment. + + + The tolerance to use when determining whether the point is contained. Defaults to zero. + + + True if this outline contains the given outline, or false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + Determine if this Outline contains the specified point to within a tolerance. + + + If the tolerance is positive, the point may lie up to the tolerance amount outside the outline in each coordinate. + If the tolerance is negative, the point must lie at least the tolerance amount inside the outline in each coordinate. + + + The point to test for containment. + + + The tolerance to use when determining whether the point is contained. Defaults to zero. + + + True if this outline contains the given point, or false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Determine if this Outline intersects the input Outline to within a specified tolerance. + + + If the tolerance is positive, the outlines may be separated by the tolerance distance in each coordinate. + If the tolerance is negative, the outlines must overlap by at least the tolerance distance in each coordinate. + + + The outline to test for intersection with this one. + + + The tolerance to use when determining intersection. Defaults to zero. + + + True if the given outline intersects this outline. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + Adds a point to the bounding box, expanding it if the point is outside the existing boundary. + + + The point to add. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Checks if given scale is valid. Should be greater than zero. + + + The scale. + + + True if the scale is valid, false otherwise. + + + 2011 + + + + + Scales the bounding box by given scale. + + + The scale value. It should be greater than zero. + + + The scale is invalid. + + + 2011 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Identifies if the outline represents an empty outline. + + + 2011 + + + + + The maximum point of the bounding box. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + The minimum point of the bounding box. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructor that uses a minimum and maximum XYZ point to initialize the outline. + + + The minimum point + + + The maximum point. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a new copy of the input Outline object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + Outline is a generic object that provides a bounding box/bounding outline. It supports + operations to scale and transform. It also supports intersections and contains operations. + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates the tick mark specified buy the input dimension type. + + + The view that has the dimension. + + + The position of the TickMark. + + + The direction of the line on which the tick mark will stay. + + + The normal of the plane in this the tick mark will stay + + + The dimsion type. + + + A scale that will be applied to the text. Ususally it is the view scale. + + + The graphic sttyle that will be set on the entre GGroup. + + + Returns a GGroup which contins the tick mark graphics. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Apply the transformation to the input GNode + + + The transformation + + + The GNode that would be transformed + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + It will move the text at the specified end of the line. + + + The Line + + + The end of the line. + + + The GGroup node with texts that would be transformed. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + It will move the text with the specified vector plus (only if addHalfOfWidth is true) half of the text width in the same direction as the specified vector. + + + The movement vector. + + + If true, will add half of width in the direction of moveVec. + + + The GGroup node with texts that would be transformed. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + It will replace the text's content with contentText (if is not an empty string). + If the text generated by the dimension is between the bar segment and dimension extension curve (line/arc), it will be moved on the other part of the dimension extension curve (line/arc). + If contentAlternateText is non empty, a new text with this string as content will be created on the other part of the dimension extension curve + If removeAllButText, the returned graphics will contin just the texts + + + If true, it will calcualte if the text is "inside" the dimension using outsideDir. If it's inside it will be moved on the opposite part. + + + The dimension extension curve (line/arc). + + + The direction which means that is "outside" of the segment. + Starting from the segment in this direction it should be the dimension extension curve (line/arc) and than the text. + + + The new content for the text that already exists in the dimension geometry . + + + If this is non empty, a text on the oppsite part of the dimenion extendion curve will be created. + + + The Document which was used to compute the dimension's geometry. + + + 1 / The view scale. + + + If this is true, only the texts from dimenion grapics will be returned. + + + The geometry of the dimension. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + The GText. + + + Returns the width of the text. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Creates a GeomtryObject that is a text. + This function should be removed and GRichText class should be exposed to API. + Keep in mind that GText is still present in Revit. Maybe the APIText class should wrap both GRichText and GText + + + The content of the text. + + + The document that contains element which has the properties of the text. + + + The id of the element from which the text properties were taken. + + + The name of the text font. + + + Height [ft] of the area of the text content in model space. + + + The color of the text. RGB value of the color. + + + A scale that will be applied to the text. Ususally it is the view scale. + + + Position of the text in model coordinates. + + + Direction of the base line of the text object in model space. + + + Direction along the vertical axis of letters of the text object in model space. + + + Indicates default horizontal alignment of the text. + + + Indicates default vertical alignment of the text. + + + Returns the newly created GeometryObject that is a text. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + This method computes the Outline of the provided GeometryElement in view. + Returns true if the outline was computed successfully and false otherwise. + + + The geometry object to compute outline. + + + The view in which the outline is computed + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Static utility class with public_api_internal methods needed for bending detail computation. + This functions should be exposed to API in a way or another. + + + + + Identifies if the custom field properties are equal or not. + + + The other properties. + + + Returns true if the custom field properties are equal, false otherwise. + + + 2024 + + + + + A validation is done, and if there are any errors a string indicating the error will be returned. + If the properties are valid, a + + + The schedule that contains this field whose properties are tested. + + + Returns a string which describes which data are incorrect. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Identifies if radial or diameter dimensions will be shown for the bends between segments. + Radial or diameter dimesions for arc segments will be shown by default. + This property has a menaning only if is set to true. + + + 2024 + + + + + Identifies if radial or diameter dimensions will be shown for hook fillets + This property has a meaning only if is set to true. + + + 2024 + + + + + Identifies what type of bend diameter dimensions will be shown (radial or diameter). + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2024 + + + + + Identifies if any radial or diameter dimensions will be shown or not. + + + 2024 + + + + + Identifies the Id of the diameter dimension type which is used to show dimensions. + + + When setting this property: The diameterDimensionTypeId should be an id of a diameter dimension type. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Identifies the Id of the radial dimension type which is used to show dimensions. + + + When setting this property: The radialDimensionTypeId should be an id of a radial dimension type. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Identifies the measurement option for angular dimensions. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2024 + + + + + Identifies the offset of the angular dimensions. + + + When setting this property: The given value for angularDimensionsOffset must be between 0 and 30000 feet. + + + 2024 + + + + + Identifies if the angular dimensions which has a reference set on a hook will be shown or not. + + + 2024 + + + + + Identifies the angular dimensions display options. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2024 + + + + + Identifies the text position with respect to dimension line. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2024 + + + + + Identifies if any angular dimensions will be shown or not. + + + 2024 + + + + + Identifies the Id of the angular dimension type which is used to show dimensions. + + + When setting this property: The angularDimensionTypeId should be an id of an angular dimension type. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Identifies if orthogonal and overall dimensions are displayed. + + + Orthogonal segment length dimensions are dimensions defining the slope of a bar segment. + Overall dimensions are dimensions that spans over multiple segments. + + + 2024 + + + + + Identifies if the arc segment lengths are represented using dimensions or just as text. + Only RebarShapes whose definition is RebarShapeDefinitionByArc are considered that have arc segments. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2024 + + + + + Identifies if the segment lengths are represented using dimensions or just as text. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2024 + + + + + Identifies the text position with respect to dimension line. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2024 + + + + + Identifies the offset of the segment length dimensions. + + + When setting this property: The given value for segmentLengthDimensionsOffset must be between 0 and 30000 feet. + + + 2024 + + + + + Identifies if segment length dimensions for hooks will be shown or not. + If this property is true, the should also be true to see segment length dimensions for hooks. + + + 2024 + + + + + Identifies if any segment length dimensions will be shown or not. + + + 2024 + + + + + Identifies the Id of the linear dimension type which is used to show segments length. + + + When setting this property: The segmentLengthDimensionTypeId should be an id of a linear dimension type. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Identifies how the Bending Detail will represent the varying rebar dimensions. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2024 + + + + + Identifies how the Bending Detail will represent the 3D shapes. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2024 + + + + + Identifies how the bending detail will represent the segments of the bar. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2024 + + + + + Identifies how the parameters will be represented. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2024 + + + + + Identifies the line style that is used for drawing Bending Detail curves. + + + When setting this property: The lineStyleId should be an id of a line style. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Represents the properties of a Bending Detail Custom Field. + + + 2024 + + + + + Describes how the text will be positioned with respect to dimension line. + + + 2024 + + + 2024 + + + + + The text will be positioned on the outside of the dimension line, where inside is represented by the bar curves. + + + + + The text will be positioned according to the default behavior. + + + + + Describes how the parameters with multiple values will be represented. + + + 2024 + + + 2024 + + + + + The values will be obtained from all included bars in the rebar set and it will be shown in a form like minimumValue...maximumValue. + + + + + The values will be obtained from all included bars in the rebar set and it will be shown the multiple varies indicator if they are different. + + + + + Describes how the Bending Detail will be represented for 3D shapes. + + + 2024 + + + 2024 + + + + + The bending detail will represent the bar as in a plan view where the view plane is parallel with bar plane. + + + + + The bending detail will represent the bar as in an isometric view. + + + + + Describes how the Bending Detail will represent the bar segments. + + + 2024 + + + 2024 + + + + + Some of the bar segments will be lengthened so there is no intersection between them. + + + + + Some of the bar segments will be unfolded so there is no intersection between them. + + + + + The Bending Detail will represent the bar segments as they are. + + + + + Describes how the parameters will be represented. + + + 2024 + + + 2024 + + + + + Dimensions that are shown will be labeled using the parameters names. + + + + + Dimensions that are shown will be labeled using the parameters values. + + + + + 2024 + + + Describes the angular dimension measurement options. + + + 2024 + + + + + Measure the angle outside of the segments. + + + + + Measure the angle inside the segments. + + + + + 2024 + + + Describes the angular dimensions display options. + + + 2024 + + + + + Display for all angle values except the 90 degree. + + + + + Display for all angle values. + + + + + 2024 + + + Describes if the segment lengths are represented using dimensions or just as text. + + + 2024 + + + + + Display as dimensions + + + + + Display as texts + + + + + Describes the dimension type for bend diameter. + + + 2024 + + + 2024 + + + + + Diameter Dimension Type + + + + + Radial Dimension Type + + + + + Identifies if the custom field properties are equal or not. + + + The other properties. + + + Returns true if the custom field properties are equal, false otherwise. + + + 2024 + + + + + Identifies if the custom field properties are equal or not. + + + The other properties. + + + Returns true if the custom field properties are equal, false otherwise. + + + 2024 + + + + + Represents the base class for the properties of a custom field. + + + 2024 + + + + + The loss factor. + + + The loss factor as a numerical value between 0.0 and 4.0 + + + When setting this property: The loss factor is not valid because it is not between 0.0 and 4.0. + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a copy of the given basic loss factor object + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a basic loss factor object with the given value. + + + The loss factor as a numerical value between 0.0 and 4.0 + + + The loss factor is not valid because it is not between 0.0 and 4.0. + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a basic loss factor object with no loss. + + + 2013 + + + + + This class encapsulates basic lighting loss factor calculation. + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks whether two DocumentVersions are identical. + They are identical if both the GUID and number of saves + are equal. If two DocumentVersions are identical, they + come from the same document, with the same set of changes. + + + The DocumentVersion to compare to this DocumentVersion. + + + True if the two DocumentVersions are equal. False otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The number of times the document has been saved. The save number and GUID + are both necessary to uniquely identify a document version. + + + 2015 + + + + + The GUID portion of the DocumentVersion. The GUID is updated when changes + are made to the document, but may not update with every change to the document. + The GUID and save number are both necessary to uniquely identify a document version. + + + 2015 + + + + + This class uniquely identifies an edition of a given document. + + +

DocumentVersion consists + of two parts - a GUID and an integer. The GUID is updated as new elements + are created in the document, but it is not necessarily changed whenever + any individual change is made to the document. The integer is updated when + the document is saved.

+

The GUID will change as changes are made to a model, so it should not be treated + as a static value.

+

This class does not contain any time information - you cannot compare two + DocumentVersions and know which document is newer. It can be used + to tell whether a document has changed since it was last inspected. + See

+
+ + 2015 + +
+ + + Returns an instance of BasicFileInfo filled with basic information about a Revit file located at the given file-path + + + The full path to the file to be queried, including project (.rvt) and family (.rfa) files. + + + If successful, basic file data. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The file doesn't exist. + + + The file is a newer format file where the structure of the BasicFileInfo storage has changed, or the file is saved in very old version of Revit without basic file data. + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets the DocumentVersion for the file. + + + The DocumentVersion for the file. + + + 2015 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks if the file was saved by an application that was not developed or licensed by Autodesk. + + + 2020 + + + + + Returns ClientAppName. + + + 2021 + + + + + Returns Author. + + + 2019 + + + + + GUID of current model + + + 2013 + + + + + This is the central model's episode GUID corresponding to the last reload latest + done for this model. + + + 2013 + + + + + This is the central model's version number corresponding to the last reload latest + done for this model. + + + 2013 + + + + + Are all local changes saved to the central file? + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns the central model path. + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns the username. + + + 2013 + + + + + Return the language active for the last save + + + 2013 + + + + + The file format indicator (currently, the major release version such as "2019") used for saving the file. + + + 2019 + + + + + Checks if the file is saved in a later version of Revit than the running Revit. + + + If the structure of the BasicFileInfo storage has not changed in a newer format file, + this will indicate that the file format is newer. + However, if the structure of the storage has changed in a newer format file, + extraction would have failed and this method cannot be used to make that determination. + + + 2017 + + + + + Checks if the file is saved in the current version. + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks if the file is local and created by RevitServerTool.exe. + + + The value will be set to false after the file is saved and IsLocal will become true. + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks if the file is workshared and is in process of becoming Central. + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks if the file is workshared and Central. + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks if the file is workshared and Local. + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks if the file is workshared. + + + 2013 + + + + + Encapsulates basic information about a Revit file, including worksharing status, Revit version, username and central path. + + + This class provides a fast access to get basic information without fully opening a Revit file. The + Extract method + can initialize a new instance of this class by providing a full path for Revit file, including project (.rvt) and family (.rfa) files. + This class can extract information from files of older formats. + If the structure of the BasicFileInfo storage has not changed, + it can also extract information from files of newer formats + (making the method IsSavedInLaterVersion relevant). + However, if the structure of the storage has changed in a newer file format, + Extract will not be able to extract the information. + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets the survey point for the document. + + + The document from which to get the survey point. + + + The survey point of the document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020.2 + + + + + Gets the project base point for the document. + + + The document from which to get the project base point. + + + The project base point of the document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020.2 + + + + + Shared position of the BasePoint based on the active ProjectLocation of its belonging Document. + To get the shared position under other ProjectLocations, please use ProjectLocation.GetProjectPosition(BasePoint.Position). + + + 2019.2 + + + + + Clipped state of the survey point (shared BasePoint). Change its state to clipped or unclipped, depending on how you want to move the survey point. + To move the survey coordinate system in relation to the model, move the clipped survey point. + To change the survey point to another location in the survey coordinate system, move the unclipped survey point. + For project base point (non-shared BasePoint), this property will always return false. Trying to set the property will get an InvalidOperationException. + + + When setting this property: This operation is only available for a shared BasePoint. + + + 2021.1 + + + + + Position of the BasePoint. + + + 2019.2 + + + + + Indicates whether the BasePoint is shared. The project's survey point + is a BasePoint which is shared. + + + + + A class representing the Project Base Point and Survey Point. Each Revit project + contains one project base point and one survey point. The project base point represents the + origin of the project coordinate system. The survey point represents the origin of + the shared coordinate system. + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The condition which controls the insertion of corner posts. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2019 + + + + + The angle between neighboring railing segments which conditions inserting post along a railing path. + + + When setting this property: The given value for cornerPostAngle is not finite + + + 2019 + + + + + Accesses the object containing properties related to the corner post. + + + 2019 + + + + + Accesses the object containing properties related to the end post. + + + 2019 + + + + + Accesses the object containing properties related to the start post. + + + 2019 + + + + + Post pattern class. + + + 2019 + + + + + Condition on which the corner post is inserted. + + + 2019 + + + + + Corner posts are not inserted in railings. + + + + + Corner posts are inserted only when the angle between neighboring path segments is greater than the defined. + + + + + Corner posts are inserted at each segment end. + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The id of baluster per tread family. + + + The property defines a baluster family type which is used for creation of balusters on treads. + The number of such balusters is set by "BalusterPerTreadNumber" property. + It works only for stairs which have treads and have "UseBalusterPerTreadOnStairs" set. + + + When setting this property: The balusterPerTreadFamilyId doesn't refer to a valid baluster family. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + The number of balusters per tread. + + + Applicable only if UseBalusterPerTreadOnStairs is true. + + + When setting this property: The given value for balusterPerTreadNumber is not positive. + + + 2019 + + + + + If true, one or more balusters will be included on each tread of an associated stair. + If false, this is not guaranteed to happen. + + + 2019 + + + + + Accesses the object containing properties related to the post pattern. + + + 2019 + + + + + Accesses the object containing properties related to the baluster pattern. + + + 2019 + + + + + A class which contains information regarding baluster and post placement for a given railing type. + + + 2019 + + + + + Removes a baluster from the main baluster pattern. + + + Baluster index. + + + The index index is out of range. + + + 2019 + + + + + Duplicates the baluster pointed by given index in the main baluster pattern. + + + The new baluster will be inserted just after the source baluster. + + + Baluster index. + + + The duplicated baluster. + + + The index index is out of range. + + + 2019 + + + + + Gets information about the given baluster from the main baluster pattern. + + + The baluster index. + + + The requested baluster or if index is out of range. + + + 2019 + + + + + Gets the number of balusters in the main baluster pattern definition. + + + The number of balusters in the main baluster pattern. + + + 2019 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The length of the main baluster pattern. + + + 2019 + + + + + Determines how baluster pattern distribution is justified. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2019 + + + + + The condition which controls breaking baluster patterns distribution. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2019 + + + + + The value defines the spacing between each baluster instance inserted in the excess length. + + + The spacing is used only if a baluster family is set to excess length fill. + + + When setting this property: The given value for excessLengthFillSpacing must be between 0 and 30000 feet. + + + 2019 + + + + + The id of a Baluster family used to fill excess length, which is the extra space + along the railing segment that cannot be filled with a pattern. + If set to InvalidElementId, it will be the default - the id of the BaseRailingAttr containing the Baluster pattern. + + + When setting this property: Invalid ElementId for leftoverFill of BalusterPattern + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + The angle between neighboring railing segments which conditions breaking patterns distribution along a railing path. + + + When setting this property: The given value for patternAngle is not finite + + + 2019 + + + + + The extra space added after a whole baluster pattern. + + + When setting this property: The given value for endSpace must be between 0 and 30000 feet. + + + 2019 + + + + + Baluster pattern class. + + + 2019 + + + + + Justification of patterns distribution. + + + 2019 + + + + + Patterns are distributed to not last excess length. + + + + + Patterns are distributed starting from the center of a railing path. + + + + + Patterns are distributed starting from the ending of a railing path. + + + + + Patterns are distributed starting from the beginning of a railing path. + + + + + Condition on which patterns distribution will be broken. + + + 2019 + + + + + Patterns are distributed along whole path of a railing. + + + + + Patterns distribution is broken if the angle between neighboring path segments is greater than the defined. + + + + + Patterns distribution is broken at each segment end. + + + + + Gets the name string to be used as a reference to Top Rail in the current language. + + + This name can be used in the setter for + or . + The name can also be compared with the value coming from the getter. + + + The name string to be used as a reference to Top Rail. + + + 2020 + + + + + Gets the name string to be used as a reference to Host in the current language. + + + This name can be used in the setter for + or . + The name can also be compared with the value coming from the getter. + + + The name string to be used as a reference to Host. + + + 2020 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Represents the name of the reference for the top of this baluster or post. + + + Two pre-defined reference names can be obtained using or + . + The rest of valid reference names that are allowed to be used in the setter for TopReferenceName + are the actual names of non-continuous rails + in + + When setting this property: The name doesn't refer to a valid reference. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Represents the name of the reference for the bottom of this baluster or post. + + + Two pre-defined reference names can be obtained using or + . + The rest of valid reference names that are allowed to be used in the setter for BaseReferenceName + are the actual names of non-continuous rails + in + + When setting this property: The name doesn't refer to a valid reference. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + The length, in case of balusters, it is a distance from a previous one. + For a post, it is a space from the original position of the post. + + + When setting this property: The given value for distanceFromPreviousOrSpace is not finite + + + When setting this property: The given value for distanceFromPreviousOrSpace must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + + + 2019 + + + + + The side offset of the baluster/post from the railing path. + + + When setting this property: The given value for offset must be no more than 30000 feet in absolute value. + + + 2019 + + + + + The offset from the top reference. + + + When setting this property: The given value for topOffset must be no more than 30000 feet in absolute value. + + + 2019 + + + + + The offset from the base reference. + + + When setting this property: The given value for baseOffset must be no more than 30000 feet in absolute value. + + + 2019 + + + + + The name of the baluster. + + + When setting this property: name is an empty string or contains only whitespace. + -or- + When setting this property: name cannot include prohibited characters, such as "{, }, [, ], |, ;, less-than sign, greater-than sign, ?, `, ~". + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + The id of the family used for the baluster or post. + + + When setting this property: The balusterFamilyId doesn't refer to a valid baluster family. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + The class represents an instance of a railing baluster or post. + + + 2019 + + + + + The allowed values for the VIEW_BACK_CLIPPING and VIEWER_BOUND_FAR_CLIPPING parameters. + + + + + Clip without line. + + + + + Clip with line. + + + + + No clip + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructor. + + + Origin of the pattern on this face mapping the bottom left corner of the material. + + + Direction of the pattern placement (rotate the material in the face's UV coordinate plane around origin). + + + Mirror the pattern (rotate the direction another 180 degrees). + + + Non uniform uv scale of the pattern. Larger value means larger pattern. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Constructor. + + + Origin of the pattern on this face mapping the bottom left corner of the material. + + + Direction of the pattern placement (rotate the material in the face's UV coordinate plane around origin). + + + Mirror the pattern (rotate the direction another 180 degrees). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + This class defines the pattern placement of material on a face. + This works together with the material settings defined in Texture Editor. + + + 2022 + + + + Returns the Geometry object for this solid. + + + + Retrieves a box that circumscribes the solid geometry. + + + The bounding box information is stored as bounds in local coordinates and a transform. + So the transform is to be taken in to account when using the bounds. + This is different from the bounding box returned by Element.BoundingBox in that the bounding box + returned by that routine stores the bounds in modeling coordinates with an identity transform. + + + 2014 + + + + + Calculates and returns the intersection between a curve and this solid. + + + The curve. + + + The options. If NULL, the default options will be used. + + + The intersection results. + + + The input curve is not bound. + -or- + The input solid is not a closed volume. + + + A non-optional argument was NULL + + + 2013 + + + + + + + + Returns the Centroid of this solid. + +Calculates the centroid of the solid using an approximation, with an accuracy suitable for architectural purposes. +This will correspond only with the center of gravity if the solid represents a homogeneous structure of a single material. + + The XYZ point of the Centroid of this solid. + + + Returns the signed volume of this solid. + The real number equal to the signed volume of this solid. + +Thrown when this solid is not a valid Geometry object or the volume calculation failed. + + +Revit attempts to compute the volume analytically, if possible. If an analytical solution is not possible, +it uses tessellated faces to calculate a reasonable approximation for the volume. +The calculated volume may be slightly underestimated or overestimated if curved surfaces are present. + + + + Returns the total surface area of this solid. + The real number equal to the total area of this solid. + +Thrown when this solid is not a valid Geometry object. + + +Calculates the surface area by adding together the areas of faces comprising this solid. +Will slightly underestimate if curved surfaces are present. + + + + The faces that belong to the solid. + A face may be degenerate. This can be determined with the Face property IsTwoSided. + + + + + + + The edges that belong to the solid. + + + A 3d solid. + A solid is defined by the faces and edges that form its boundary. + + + + + + + + Returns the externally tagged geometry object. + + + An external tag that may match a geometry object (i.e face/edge) in this Solid. + + + Returns the geometry object that matches the external tag. + If no such object is found, this method will return null. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + An ExternallyTaggedSolid can hold any shape created by BRepBuilder. + + + 2022 + + + + + Construct BRepBuilderSurfaceGeometry based on NURBS surface data, where the weights are supplied. + In this case, the NURBS surface will be a piecewise rational polynomial surface. + + + + A rational polynomial is a quotient of two polynomials; this includes a polynomial, + which can be thought of as a quotient with denominator equal to 1. + If all the weights are equal, then the NURBS surface will be a piecewise polynomial surface. + This class does not handle periodic Nurbs surfaces. + + + + The degree of the spline in the u-direction; must be positive. + + + The degree of the spline in the v-direction; must be positive. + + + Knot values in the u-direction. + The number of knots in the u-direction must be at least 2 * (degreeU + 1). + + + Knot values in the v-direction. + The number of knots in the v-direction must be at least 2 * (degreeV + 1). + + + One dimensional array of points representing the two dimensional net of control points + of the NURBS surface in u and v directions. +

+ The total number of control points must equal numControlPtsU times numControlPtsV, + where numControlPtsU and numControlPtsV are the numbers of control points in u and v directions, + and they must satisfy the following conditions: + numControlPtsU = number of knots in u - degreeU - 1. numControlPtsV = number of knots in v - degreeV - 1. + The convention for 2d (idxU, idxV) to 1d (idx) conversion of array indexes: idxV first. + That is, idxU is outer loop and idxV is inner loop. In other words, + idx = idxU * numControlPtsV + idxV. +

+ + Array of weights assigned to the control points. + The number of weights must equal the number of control points. + All weights should be greater than zero. + + + If true, the surface's orientation is opposite to the canonical parametric orientation, otherwise it is the same. + The canonical parametric orientation is a counter-clockwise sense of rotation in the uv-parameter plane. + Extrinsically, the oriented normal vector for the canonical parametric orientation points in the direction of + the cross product dS/du x dS/dv, which S(u, v) is the parameterized surface. + + + Envelope of the surface in the uv parametric domain. Defines the domain of interest for the created surface. + This is typically used to identify the domain of the face that references the surface in question. + Expected to either be null or define a valid domain. + + + The U-degree value must be at least 1. + -or- + The V-degree value must be at least 1. + -or- + The number of knots in the U direction must be at least 2 times the U-degree plus 1. + -or- + The number of knots in the V direction must be at least 2 times the V-degree plus 1. + -or- + The number of control points must equal (number of U-knots - U-degree - 1) * (number of V-knots - V-degree - 1). + -or- + The number of weights must be the same as the number of control points and all weights must be positive or all zero. + -or- + The input data does not define a valid Nurbs surface. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The Nurbs surface could not be converted for use in Revit. It may have C2-discontinuities or be too large. + + + 2016 + +
+ + + Construct a BRepBuilderSurfaceGeometry based on NURBS surface data, where the weights are not supplied. + In this case, the NURBS surface will be a piecewise polynomial surface. + + + This function does not handle periodic Nurbs surfaces. + + + The degree of the spline in the u-direction; must be positive. + + + The degree of the spline in the v-direction; must be positive. + + + Knot values in the u-direction. + The number of knots in the u-direction must be at least 2 * (degreeU + 1). + + + Knot values in the v-direction. + The number of knots in the v-direction must be at least 2 * (degreeV + 1). + + + One dimensional array of points representing the two dimensional net of control points + of the NURBS surface in u and v directions. +

+ The total number of control points must equal numControlPtsU times numControlPtsV, + where numControlPtsU and numControlPtsV are the numbers of control points in u and v directions, + and they must satisfy the following conditions: + numControlPtsU = number of knots in u - degreeU - 1. numControlPtsV = number of knots in v - degreeV - 1. + The convention for 2d (idxU, idxV) to 1d (idx) conversion of array indexes: idxV first. + That is, idxU is outer loop and idxV is inner loop. In other words, + idx = idxU * numControlPtsV + idxV. +

+ + If true, the surface's orientation is opposite to the canonical parametric orientation, otherwise it is the same. + The canonical parametric orientation is a counter-clockwise sense of rotation in the uv-parameter plane. + Extrinsically, the oriented normal vector for the canonical parametric orientation points in the direction of + the cross product dS/du x dS/dv, which S(u, v) is the parameterized surface. + + + Envelope of the surface in the uv parametric domain. Defines the domain of interest for the created surface. + This is typically used to identify the domain of the face that references the surface in question. + Expected to either be null or define a valid domain. + + + The U-degree value must be at least 1. + -or- + The V-degree value must be at least 1. + -or- + The number of knots in the U direction must be at least 2 * (U-degree + 1). + -or- + The number of knots in the V direction must be at least 2 * (V-degree + 1). + -or- + The number of control points must equal (number of U-knots - U-degree - 1) * (number of V-knots - V-degree - 1). + -or- + The input data does not define a valid Nurbs surface. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The Nurbs surface could not be converted for use in Revit. It may have C2-discontinuities or be too large. + + + 2017_subscription_update + +
+ + + Construct BRepBuilderSurfaceGeometry based on a permitted Revit Surface, including Plane and CylSurf. + + + The Revit surface defining the geometry. + This BRepBuilderSurfaceGeometry stores a copy of the input surface. + + + Envelope of the surface in the uv parametric domain. Defines the domain of interest for the created surface. + This is typically used to identify the domain of the face that references the surface in question. + Expected to either be null or define a valid domain. + + + A surface of this type can not be used as a part of the geometry generated by BRepBuilder. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + An abstract class used by BRepBuilder to represent the geometry of a surface. Specific surface-geometry representations are represented by subclasses. + + + 2016 + + + + + Validates the input BRepBuilderGeometryId that will be used to create a correspondence. + In order to be valid, the input BRepBuilderGeometryId must represent the ID of either a Face or an Edge. + + + This method returns false also in the case when the associated BRepBuilder is not valid. + Call to check the associated BRepBuilder. + + + The BRepBuilderGeometryId to be used in a new correspondence. + + + True if the input BRepBuilderGeometryId represents the ID of either a Face or an Edge, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Validates the associated (in the constructor) BRepBuilder for this BRepBuilderPersistentIds. + + + True if the associated BRepBuilder exists, false otherwise. + + + 2022 + + + + + Validates the input BRepBuilderGeometryId that will be used to create a correspondence. + In order to be valid, a correspondence for the input BRepBuilderGeometryId must not already exist. + + + The BRepBuilderGeometryId to be used in a new correspondence. + + + True if the input BRepBuilderGeometryId can be used to create a new correspondence. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Validates the input ExternalGeometryId that will be used to create a correspondence. + In order to be valid, a correspondence for the input ExternalGeometryId must not already exist. + + + The ExternalGeometryId to be used in a new correspondence. + + + True if the input ExternalGeometryId can be used to create a new correspondence. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Adds a correspondence between an ExternalGeometryId and a BRepBuilderGeometryId. + Note that an existing correspondence in the map cannot be updated and that a + particular BRepBuilderGeometryId may be related to at most one ExternalGeometryId. + + + An external geometry object Id. + + + A BRepBuilder geometry object Id. It must represent the ID of either a Face or an Edge. + + + externalGeometryId cannot be used to create a new correspondence because it is already used. + -or- + brepBuilderGeometryId cannot be used to create a new correspondence because it is already used. + -or- + brepBuilderGeometryId cannot be used to create a new correspondence because it doesn't represent the ID of either a Face or an Edge. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The associated BRepBuilder doesn't exist or is not valid (has no Faces and no Edges). + + + 2022 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a new BRepBuilderPersistentIds and associates the existing BRepBuilder to it. + + + The existing BRepBuilder. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + This class stores a map from ExternalGeometryIds to BRepBuilderGeometryIds. + + + 2022 + + + + + Constructs a BRepBuilderEdgeGeometry representing a straight line between the two given points. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The vectors startPoint and endPoint are coincident. + + + 2016 + + + + + Construct BRepBuilderEdgeGeometry based on any GCurve, including GLine and GArc. + The curve will be simplified if possible, and the concrete type of the returned value will reflect + that simplification: BRepBuilderLinearEdgeGeometry if the curve could be simplified to a line, + BRepBuilderArcEdgeGeometry if it could be simplified to an arc, BRepBuilderGenericCurveEdgeGeometry + otherwise. + + + The 3D curve for this edge. This BRepBuilderEdgeGeometry stores a copy of the input curve. + The use of isCurveOpenOrShort as a validator instead of isCurveOpen is a compromise to allow + the creation of geometry that is normally considered unacceptable due to edges that are shorter + than Revit allows. + + + The input curve is not bound. + -or- + The curve is degenerate (its length is too close to zero). + -or- + The endpoints of the curve are close enough that Revit considers it a closed curve. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + An abstract class used by BRepBuilder to represent the geometry of an edge. Specific edge-geometry representations are represented by subclasses. + + + 2016 + + + + + Make BRepBuilder allow edges to be hidden. + + + Set the edge to be hidden. + + + Id of the edge + + + True for hidden + + + The supplied edge id doesn't correspond to an edge stored in this BRepBuilder object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021.1 + + + + + Sets pattern placement of material on a face. + + + Id of the face to which material id will be added. faceId was returned by a call to AddFace(). + + + Pattern placer of material on the face. + + + True to set the pattern placement for background of the face, otherwise foreground + + + The supplied face id doesn't correspond to a face stored in this BRepBuilder object. + -or- + The input face doesn't have a material assigned with . + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Make BRepBuilder allow edges that it would normally disallow as being too short for Revit geometry. + + + When used, this function must be called before any geometry is defined (e.g., just after constructing a BRepBuilder object). + Geometry with short edges may not be as reliable as fully valid geometry. + This option is intended to allow the construction of geometry such as mechanical items with small features + that is not expected to interact much with other Revit elements. + + + This function was called after the geometry had been defined (e.g. by calls to addFace). + + + 2017_subscription_update + + + + + Returns 'true' if BRepBuilder removed some problematic faces from the output geometry, 'false' if not. + If allowRemovalOfProblematicFaces was not called to enable removal of problematic faces, this function + will return 'false'. Note that if some faces were removed, the output geometry's type will be OpenShell + regardless of the expected type that was specified when the BRepBuilder was created. + + + True if BRepBuilder removed some faces, false if not. + + + 2017_subscription_update + + + + + Allow BRepBuilder to remove problematic faces (e.g., due to inaccurate edge geometry). If this option is enabled and + BRepBuilder removes some faces, the output geometry's type will be OpenShell regardless of the expected type specified + when the BRepBuilder was created. + + + 2017_subscription_update + + + + + A validator function that makes sure that all BRepBuilderGeometryIds in the input map can be found in this BRepBuilder object. + + + The map that associates ExternalGeometryIds to BRepBuilderGeometryIds. + + + True if all BRepBuilderGeometryIds in the input map can be found in this BRepBuilder object, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + A validator function that checks whether the edge id corresponds to an edge previously added to this BRepBuilder object. + + + Edge id to be validated. + + + True if edgeId corresponds to an edge previously added to this BRepBuilder, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + A validator function that checks whether the loop id corresponds to a loop previously added to this BRepBuilder object. + + + Loop id to be validated. + + + True if loopId corresponds to a loop previously added to this BRepBuilder, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + A validator function that checks whether the face id corresponds to a face previously added to this BRepBuilder object. + + + Face id to be validated. + + + True if faceId corresponds to a face previously added to this BRepBuilder, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + A validator function that checks whether the surface object is of type supported as face surface by BRepBuilder. + + + Surface object intended to be used as a face surface. + + + True if surface of this type may be used as a face surface, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + A validator function that checks the state of this BRepBuilder object. Returns true if this BRepBuilder object has successfully built a b-rep. + + + The b-rep object may be retrieved via GetResult(). + Use this function before calling GetResult() to avoid an exception being thrown. + + + True if this BRepBuilder object has successfully built a b-rep. + + + 2016 + + + + + A validator function that checks the state of this BRepBuilder object. Returns true if this BRepBuilder object is accepting b-rep data, false otherwise. + + + Use this function before calling AddFace(), AddEdge(), etc. to avoid an exception being thrown. + + + True if this BRepBuilder object is accepting b-rep data, false otherwise. + + + 2016 + + + + + Get the Geometry object built by this BRepBuilder. This will clear the built Geometry stored in the BRepBuilder. + This function will throw if this BRepBuilder hasn't completed building the b-rep. Use IsResultAvailable() to verify that this BRepBuilder contains a valid result. + + + The external Id of the Geometry object built by this BRepBuilder. + + + An object storing the relationship between ExternalGeometryIds and BRepBuilderGeometryIds. + + + The Geometry object built by this BRepBuilder. + + + At least one BRepBuilderGeometryId in the supplied BRepBuilderPersistentIds map could not be found in this BRepBuilder object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This BRepBuilder object hasn't completed building data or was unsuccessful building it. Built Geometry is unavailable. + In order to access the built Geometry, Finish() must be called first. That will set the state to completed. + + + 2022 + + + + + Get the Geometry object built by this BRepBuilder. This will clear the built Geometry stored in the BRepBuilder. + This function will throw if this BRepBuilder hasn't completed building the b-rep. Use IsResultAvailable() to verify that this BRepBuilder contains a valid result. + + + The Geometry object built by this BRepBuilder. + + + This BRepBuilder object hasn't completed building data or was unsuccessful building it. Built Geometry is unavailable. + In order to access the built Geometry, Finish() must be called first. That will set the state to completed. + + + 2016 + + + + + Complete construction of the geometry. The geometry will be validated and, if valid, stored in this Builder. Otherwise it will be deleted. + + + If this function returned anything but BRepBuilderOutcome.Success, this BrepBuilder object should be discarded. + An attempt to retrieve the built b-rep via GetBRep() will cause an exception to be thrown. + + + BRepBuilderOutcome.Success if successful, BRepBuilderOutcome.Failure otherwise. + + + This BRepBuilder object isn't accepting new data, either because it has already been used to build geometry, or because of an error. + Consult the State property of the BRepBuilder object for more details. + -or- + BRep doesn't have enough faces. + -or- + FinishFace() must be called on all the faces of the BRepBuilder. + + + 2016 + + + + + Add a co-edge associated to a previously added edge. A co-edge represents the use of an edge on one + of the edge's faces. BrepBuilder allows at most two faces per edge, hence at most two co-edges per edge, + and the co-edges must have opposite bCoEdgeIsReversed flags. The co-edges in a loop must be added in the + order in which they occur in loop (i.e., in their topological order). + + + Id of the loop containing the new co-edge. + + + Id of the co-edge's edge, previously created by a call to addEdge(). + + + True if the co-edge's topological direction in its face is opposite to the edge's parametric direction, false otherwise. + The topological directions of the co-edges in a loop must be consistent with the direction in which the loop co-edges + appear in the loop, and the loop orientations so defined must follow the convention that outer loops are oriented + counter-clockwise and inner loops are oriented clockwise, with respect to the face's orientation. + + + Id of the edge, to be used in calls to other BRepBuilder methods such as AddCoEdge(). + + + The supplied loop id doesn't correspond to a loop stored in this BRepBuilder object. + -or- + The supplied edge id doesn't correspond to an edge stored in this BRepBuilder object. + -or- + FinishLoop() has already been called on loopId. + -or- + The edge already has two coedges associated to it. + -or- + Inconsistent use of the edge by co-edges is detected: both co-edges have the same bCoedgeIsReversed parameter. + -or- + The edge has already been added to this face. + -or- + There is a gap between this co-edge and the previous co-edge in the loop. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This BRepBuilder object isn't accepting new data, either because it has already been used to build geometry, or because of an error. + Consult the State property of the BRepBuilder object for more details. + + + 2016 + + + + + Add a new edge to the geometry being built. The BRepBuilder uses edges only to store edge geometry and to track + pairs of co-edges that share an edge. + + + Information specifying the edge's geometry. + + + Id of the edge, to be used in calls to other BRepBuilder methods such as AddCoEdge(). + + + The input edge geometry was invalid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This BRepBuilder object isn't accepting new data, either because it has already been used to build geometry, or because of an error. + Consult the State property of the BRepBuilder object for more details. + + + 2016 + + + + + Indicates that the caller has finished defining the given loop. + + + No functions that modify the given loop's definition should be called after calling this function (e.g., ). + The BRepBuilder may take the opportunity to validate some of the loop's data and report any problems it finds. + + + Id of the loop. + + + The supplied loop id doesn't correspond to a loop stored in this BRepBuilder object. + -or- + FinishLoop() has already been called on loopId. + -or- + The edge loop has fewer than two co-edges. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Creates an empty loop in a given face of the geometry being built. Other BRepBuilder methods are used to add co-edges to the loop. + + + Id of the face to which the loop should be added. faceId was returned by a call to AddFace(). + + + An id that can be used to identify the loop while the BRepBuilder is actively building geometry (e.g., to add co-edges to the loop). + + + The supplied face id doesn't correspond to a face stored in this BRepBuilder object. + -or- + FinishFace() has already been called on faceId. + -or- + Please finish the previous loop by calling FinishLoop() before adding a new one. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This BRepBuilder object isn't accepting new data, either because it has already been used to build geometry, or because of an error. + Consult the State property of the BRepBuilder object for more details. + + + 2016 + + + + + Sets material id to a face. + + + Id of the face to which material id will be added. faceId was returned by a call to AddFace(). + + + The material id associated with the face, or invalidElementId if none. + It is not verified that materialId corresponds to a valid Material element. + + + The supplied face id doesn't correspond to a face stored in this BRepBuilder object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This BRepBuilder object isn't accepting new data, either because it has already been used to build geometry, or because of an error. + Consult the State property of the BRepBuilder object for more details. + + + 2016 + + + + + Indicates that the caller has finished defining the given face. + + + No functions that modify the given face's definition should be called after calling this function (e.g., , ). + The BRepBuilder may take the opportunity to validate some of the face's data and report any problems it finds. + + + Id of the face. + + + The supplied face id doesn't correspond to a face stored in this BRepBuilder object. + -or- + FinishFace() has already been called on faceId. + -or- + The face has no edge loops. + -or- + FinishLoop() must be called on all the edge loops of faceId. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Creates an empty face in the geometry being built. Other BRepBuilder methods are used to add loops to the face. + + + The face's support surface. + + + True if the face's orientation is opposite to that of the surface, false if the orientations agree. + The faces of each shell must be consistently oriented. For a solid (BRepType == Solid), the oriented face normals + must point out of the solid; for a void (BRepType == Void), the face normals must point into the void. + See the description of the bCoEdgeIsReversed input for AddCoEdge() for a discussion of the loop and co-edge orientation conventions + to use with the BRepBuilder. + + + An id that can be used to identify the face while the BRepBuilder is actively building geometry (e.g., to add a loop to a face). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This BRepBuilder object isn't accepting new data, either because it has already been used to build geometry, or because of an error. + Consult the State property of the BRepBuilder object for more details. + + + 2016 + + + + + Construct a BRepBuilder to use in constructing geometry. + + + Specifies the expected type of the output geometry. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2016 + + + + + A class that allows direct construction of geometry objects (solids, open shells, etc.). + + + 2016 + + + + + + + + + Returns an invalid BRepBuilderGeometryId, used as a return value to indicate an error. + + + 2016 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Copy constructor + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + This class is used by the BRepBuilder class to identify objects it creates (faces, edges, etc.). + + + The user should use these ids to organize the calls to BRepBuilder methods (e.g., addLoop() takes a face id as input, + referring to a face that was previously added by a call to AddFace()). The ids are only valid while the BRepBuilder is in use. + + + 2016 + + + + + This class defines possible outcomes returned by BRepBuilder functions that need to report outcome via a return value. + + + 2017 + + + This enumerated type corresponds to possible outcomes returned by BRepBuilder functions. + + + 2017 + + + + + Unspecified failure. BRepBuilder object is in invalid state and should not be used. + + + + + The function has completed successfully. + + + + + This class defines an enumerative type used to specify the state of a BRepBuilder object. + + + 2017 + + + This enumerative type corresponds to the possible states of a BRepBuilder object. + + + 2017 + + + + + Finish() successfully created a valid Geometry object. No new data may be added.The built object may be retrieved via GetResult(). + + + + + BRepBuilder is accumulating data. New b-rep components such as edges or faces may be added. + + + + + BRepBuilder is in an invalid state. No further productive use is possible. + + + + + This class defines an enumerative type used to specify the type of output geometry expected from a BRepBuilder. + + + 2016 + + + 2016 + + + + + The output geometry is expected to represent a (possibly disconnected) void (i.e., an inverted solid). + + + + + The output geometry is expected to represent a (possibly disconnected) solid. + + + + + The output geometry is expected to represent an open shell. + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The base class for geometry builder classes. + + + 2016 + + + + + Creates an AcceptImportedElements failure resolution. + + + The temporary graphics created for showing deleted Revit beams. + If none, pass in an empty ElementIdArr + + + The newly created AcceptImportedElements instance. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Allows the import of valid connections if errors occured from others. + + + + + Creates an instance of the DeleteElements resolution. + + + The document which owns the element to delete. + + + The id of the element that will be deleted when this resolution is chosen. + + + The instance of the DeletedElements resolution. + + + The input id is not valid for deletion. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates an instance of the DeleteElements resolution. + + + The document which owns the elements to delete. + + + The ids of the elements that will be deleted when this resolution is chosen. + + + The instance of the DeleteElements resolution. + + + The input ids is empty or contains an invalid element id. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates an instance of the DeleteElements resolution. + + + The document which owns the elements to delete. + + + The ids of the elements that will be deleted when this resolution is chosen. + + + The instance of the DeleteElements resolution. + + + The input ids is empty or contains an invalid element id. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Deletes element(s) related to the failure. + + + 2011 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Defines a resolution for a failure. + + + A failure could have several permitted resolutions. List of applicable resolution types for the specific failure + is defined by the FailureDefinition, actual FailureResolutions are instantiated with the FailureMessage before it is posted. + Multiple resolutions per failure are allowed, although Revit UI only uses default resolution. + + + 2011 + + + + + Gets a copy of the structure containing information about the store Home view orientation. + + + A copy of the structure containing information about the store Home view orientation, or + if there is no home view set for this document. + + + 2016 + + + + + Checks if the home view is set in the settings. + + + Returns true if home view is set, otherwise false. + + + 2016 + + + + + Gets the instance of the settings for the given document. + + + The document. + + + The instance of the settings for the given document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Represents the settings contained in the document associated to the View Navigation tools (such as the View Cube). + + + 2016 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The id of the view which is associated to this document's Home view orientation. + + + A view can be associated to the document's Home view orientation by the View Cube menu option "Set Current View as Home". + Only one view is associated to the Home view orientation at any given time in the document. + + + 2016 + + + + + The height of orthogonal projection view volume. + + + 2016 + + + + + The width of orthogonal projection view volume. + + + 2016 + + + + + The bottom angle of the field of view. + + + 2016 + + + + + The top angle of the field of view. + + + 2016 + + + + + The right angle of the field of view. + + + 2016 + + + + + The left angle of the field of view. + + + 2016 + + + + + The pivot point. + + + 2016 + + + + + The up direction vector. + + + 2016 + + + + + The zoom or orbit center. + + + 2016 + + + + + The eye position point. + + + 2016 + + + + + Constructs a new copy of the input HomeCamera object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + A structure that contains information about the camera and view for the Home view orientation stored in the model. + + + 2016 + + + + + Controls the usage of this AugmentationGeometryObject. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2024 + + + + + Constructs an AugmentationGeometryObject associating a given ExternalGeometryId with + a particular GeometryObject. + + + The Id of the input geometry object. + + + The externally tagged geometry object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + This class is used to create an augmentation geometry object. + + + 2024 + + + + + Adds a copy of the input AugmentationGeometryObject to this collection. + + + The AugmentationGeometryObject to be added. + + + The ExternalGeometryId of geometry already exists in this collection. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Checks if the input geometry could be added to this collection or not. + + + Duplicate ExternalGeometryIds are prohibited. + + + True if we can add the input geometry to this collection, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Adds a copy of the input ExternallyTaggedNonBRep to this collection. + + + The ExternallyTaggedNonBRep to be added. + + + The ExternalGeometryId of geometry already exists in this collection. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Checks if the input geometry could be added to this collection or not. + + + Duplicate ExternalGeometryIds are prohibited. + + + True if we can add the input geometry to this collection, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Make a new empty collection of ExternallyTaggedNonBRep instances. + + + 2024 + + + + + Holds a collection of ExternallyTaggedNonBRep instances. + + + 2024 + + + + + Controls the usage of this ExternallyTaggedNonBRep. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2024 + + + + + Constructs an ExternallyTaggedGeometryObject associating a given ExternalGeometryId with + a particular GeometryObject. + + + The Id of the input geometry object. + + + The externally tagged geometry object. + + + geometry must not be a Solid. + -or- + geometry must not have sub-nodes. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + This class is used to create an externally tagged geometry object. + + + 2022 + + + + + 2024 + + + The ways in which an ExternallyTaggedNonBRep can be used in Revit. + + + 2024 + + + + + Can be dimensioned to as well as snapped to. + + + + + Can be snapped to as well as selected. + + + + + Can be selected as well as displayed. + + + + + Can be used for display purposes. + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The external Id of the geometry object. + + + 2022 + + + + + Base class for ExternallyTaggedGeometryObject and ExternallyTaggedSolid. + + + 2022 + + + + + The enumerated type representing the permitted values for the asset property "WaveDistribution" from the "Wave" schema. + + + + + The enumerated type representing the permitted values for the asset property "TileBrickType" from the "Tile" schema. + + + + + The enumerated type representing the permitted values for the asset property "NoiseType" from the "Noise" schema. + + + + + The enumerated type representing the permitted values for the asset property "GradientType" from the "Gradient" schema. + + + + + The enumerated type representing the permitted values for the asset property "GradientNoise" from the "Gradient" schema. + + + + + The enumerated type representing the permitted values for the asset property "GradientInterpolation" from the "Gradient" schema. + + + + + The enumerated type representing the permitted values for the asset property "BumpmapType" from the "BumpMap" schema. + + + + + The enumerated type representing the permitted values for the asset property "WaterTintEnable" from the "Water" schema. + + + + + The enumerated type representing the permitted values for the asset property "WaterType" from the "Water" schema. + + + + + The enumerated type representing the permitted values for the asset property "WallpaintApplication" from the "WallPaint" schema. + + + + + The enumerated type representing the permitted values for the asset property "WallpaintFinish" from the "WallPaint" schema. + + + + + The enumerated type representing the permitted values for the asset property "StonePattern" from the "Stone" schema. + + + + + The enumerated type representing the permitted values for the asset property "StoneBump" from the "Stone" schema. + + + + + The enumerated type representing the permitted values for the asset property "StoneApplication" from the "Stone" schema. + + + + + The enumerated type representing the permitted values for the asset property "SolidglassBumpEnable" from the "SolidGlass" schema. + + + + + The enumerated type representing the permitted values for the asset property "SolidglassTransmittance" from the "SolidGlass" schema. + + + + + The enumerated type representing the permitted values for the asset property "PlasticvinylPattern" from the "PlasticVinyl" schema. + + + + + The enumerated type representing the permitted values for the asset property "PlasticvinylBump" from the "PlasticVinyl" schema. + + + + + The enumerated type representing the permitted values for the asset property "PlasticvinylApplication" from the "PlasticVinyl" schema. + + + + + The enumerated type representing the permitted values for the asset property "PlasticvinylType" from the "PlasticVinyl" schema. + + + + + The enumerated type representing the permitted values for the asset property "MetallicpaintFinish" from the "MetallicPaint" schema. + + + + + The enumerated type representing the permitted values for the asset property "MetallicpaintTopcoat" from the "MetallicPaint" schema. + + + + + The enumerated type representing the permitted values for the asset property "MetallicpaintPearl" from the "MetallicPaint" schema. + + + + + The enumerated type representing the permitted values for the asset property "MetallicpaintFlecks" from the "MetallicPaint" schema. + + + + + The enumerated type representing the permitted values for the asset property "MetalPerforations" from the "Metal" schema. + + + + + The enumerated type representing the permitted values for the asset property "MetalPattern" from the "Metal" schema. + + + + + The enumerated type representing the permitted values for the asset property "MetalFinish" from the "Metal" schema. + + + + + The enumerated type representing the permitted values for the asset property "MetalType" from the "Metal" schema. + + + + + The enumerated type representing the permitted values for the asset property "MasonryCMUPattern" from the "MasonryCMU" schema. + + + + + The enumerated type representing the permitted values for the asset property "MasonryCMUApplication" from the "MasonryCMU" schema. + + + + + The enumerated type representing the permitted values for the asset property "MasonryCMUType" from the "MasonryCMU" schema. + + + + + The enumerated type representing the permitted values for the asset property "HardwoodImperfections" from the "Hardwood" schema. + + + + + The enumerated type representing the permitted values for the asset property "HardwoodApplication" from the "Hardwood" schema. + + + + + The enumerated type representing the permitted values for the asset property "HardwoodFinish" from the "Hardwood" schema. + + + + + The enumerated type representing the permitted values for the asset property "HardwoodTintEnabled" from the "Hardwood" schema. + + + + + The enumerated type representing the permitted values for the asset property "GlazingTransmittanceColor" from the "Glazing" schema. + + + + + The enumerated type representing the permitted values for the asset property "ConcreteBrightmode" from the "Concrete" schema. + + + + + The enumerated type representing the permitted values for the asset property "ConcreteFinish" from the "Concrete" schema. + + + + + The enumerated type representing the permitted values for the asset property "ConcreteSealant" from the "Concrete" schema. + + + + + The enumerated type representing the permitted values for the asset property "CommonSharedAsset" from the "Ceramic" schema. + + + + + The enumerated type representing the permitted values for the asset property "CeramicPattern" from the "Ceramic" schema. + + + + + The enumerated type representing the permitted values for the asset property "CeramicBump" from the "Ceramic" schema. + + + + + The enumerated type representing the permitted values for the asset property "CeramicApplication" from the "Ceramic" schema. + + + + + The enumerated type representing the permitted values for the asset property "CeramicType" from the "Ceramic" schema. + + + + + The enumerated type representing the permitted values for the asset property "WoodPoreType" from the "AdvancedLayered" schema. + + + + + The enumerated type representing the permitted values for the asset property "SurfaceNdfType" from the "AdvancedLayered" schema. + + + + + The enumerated type representing the permitted values for the asset property "LayeredNdfType" from the "AdvancedLayered" schema. + + + + + Sections can be split (jog) so that they cut at >1 plane. + + + True if the section is split. + + + 2021 + + + + + Creates a new reference section. + + + The reference section will assume the ViewFamilyType of the view it references. + + + The document to which the reference section will be added. + + + The view in which the new reference section marker will appear. + Reference sections can be created in FloorPlan, CeilingPlan, StructuralPlan, Section, Elevation, + Drafting, and Detail views. + + + Detail, Drafting and Section views can be referenced. + The ViewFamilyType of the referenced view will be used by the new reference section. + + + Determines the location of the section marker's head in the parent view. + + + Determines the location of the section marker's tail in the parent view. + + + The ElementId viewIdToReference does not correspond to a View. + -or- + The ElementId parentViewId does not correspond to a View. + -or- + The parent view and the referenced view must be different views. + -or- + Can't create a new reference sections in parentViewId. Parent views must be + FloorPlan, CeilingPlan, StructuralPlan, Section, Elevation, Drafting, or Detail views. + -or- + The viewIdToReference cannot be referenced by reference sections. Only Detail, Drafting and Section views can be referenced. + -or- + headPoint and tailPoint do not differ when projected onto a plane perpendicular to the view direction. + -or- + Reference section view creation is not allowed in this family. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a new reference callout. + + + The reference callout will assume the ViewFamilyType of the view it references. + The corners of the callout symbol will be determined by the two point arguments. + The sides of the callout symbol will be aligned to the sides of the parent view's crop region. + + + The document to which the new reference callout will be added. + + + The view in which the callout symbol appears. + Callouts can be created in FloorPlan, CeilingPlan, StructuralPlan, Section, Elevation, + Drafting, and Detail views. + + + The view which will be referenced. The ViewFamilyType of the referenced view will be used + by the new reference callout. + Only cropped views can be referenced, unless the referenced view is a Drafting view. + Drafting views can always be referenced regardless of the parent view type. + Elevation views can be referenced from Elevation and Drafting parent views. + Section views can be referenced from Section and Drafting parent views. + Detail views can be referenced from all parent views except for in FloorPlan, CeilingPlan and + StructuralPlan parent views where only horizontally-oriented Detail views can be referenced. + FloorPlan, CeilingPlan and StructuralPlan views can be referenced from FloorPlan, CeilingPlan + and StructuralPlan parent views. + + + One corner of the callout symbol in the parent view. + + + The other diagonally opposed corner of the callout symbol in the parent view. + + + The ElementId viewIdToReference does not correspond to a View. + -or- + The ElementId parentViewId does not correspond to a View. + -or- + The parent view and the referenced view must be different views. + -or- + The parent view does not support reference callouts to views of the ViewFamily used by viewIdToReference. + -or- + point1 and point2 do not differ when projected onto a plane perpendicular to the view direction. + -or- + Callout view creation is not allowed in this family. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2013 + + + + + This validator checks that the ViewFamilyType is appropriate for callout views in the + input parent view. + + + The document which contains the ViewFamilyType and parent view. + + + The id of the ViewFamilyType which will be used by the new callout ViewSection. + Detail ViewFamilyTypes can be used in all parent views except for CeilingPlan and Drafting views. + FloorPlan, CeilingPlan, StructuralPlan, Section, Elevation, and Detail ViewFamilyTypes may be + be used in parent views that also use a type with the same ViewFamily enum value. + For example, in StructuralPlan views both StructuralPlan and Detail ViewFamilyTypes are allowed. + + + The view in which the new callout will appear. + Callouts can be created in FloorPlan, CeilingPlan, StructuralPlan, Section, Elevation, + and Detail views. + + + True if the ViewFamilyType can be used for callout views in the parent view, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + This validator checks that the parent view is appropriate for callout views. + + + The document which contains the ViewFamilyType and parent view. + + + The view in which the new callout will appear. + Callouts can be created in FloorPlan, CeilingPlan, StructuralPlan, Section, Elevation, + and Detail views. + + + True if the ViewFamilyType can be used for callout views in the parent view, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Creates a new callout view. + + + The extents of new callout are determined by using the two argument points as the + opposing corners of a rectangle which is aligned to the directions of the parent view. + The callout's near and far cut planes will match those of the parent view. + The new view will receive a unique name. + + + The document to which the new callout will be added. + + + The view in which the callout appears. + Callouts can be created in FloorPlan, CeilingPlan, StructuralPlan, Section, Elevation, + and Detail views. + + + The id of the ViewFamilyType which will be used by the new callout ViewSection. + Detail ViewFamilyTypes can be used in all parent views except for CeilingPlan and Drafting views. + FloorPlan, CeilingPlan, StructuralPlan, Section, and Elevation ViewFamilyTypes may be + be used in parent views that also use a type with the same ViewFamily enum value. + For example, in StructuralPlan parent views both StructuralPlan and Detail ViewFamilyTypes are allowed. + + + Determines the extents of the callout symbol in the parent view. + + + Determine the extents of the callout symbol in the parent view. + + + The new callout view. The view will be either a ViewSection, ViewPlan or ViewDetail. + + + Non-reference callouts are not allowed in parent views of this type. + -or- + Callouts of the supplied ViewFamilyType are not allowed in the parent view. + -or- + point1 and point2 do not differ when projected onto a plane perpendicular to the view direction. + -or- + Callout view creation is not allowed in this family. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns a new detail ViewSection. + + + Create a detail ViewSection whose view volume corresponds geometrically with the specified sectionBox. + The view direction of the resulting section will be sectionBox.Transform.BasisZ and the up direction will + be sectionBox.Transform.BasisY. The right hand direction will be computed so that (right, up, view direction) + form a left handed coordinate system. + + The resulting view will be cropped, and far clipping will be active. + The crop region will correspond to the projections of BoundingBoxXYZ.Min and BoundingBoxXYZ.Max onto the view's cut plane. + The far clip distance will be equal to the difference of the z-coordinates of BoundingBoxXYZ.Min and BoundingBoxXYZ.Max. + + The new detail ViewSection will receive a unique view name. + + + The document to which the new detail ViewSection will be added. + + + The id of the ViewFamilyType which will be used by the new detail ViewSection. The type needs to be a Detail ViewFamily. + + + The BoundingBoxXYZ which specifies the new ViewSection's view direction and extents. + + + The new detail ViewSection. + + + The ViewFamilyType must be a Detail ViewFamily. + -or- + The BoundingBoxXYZ is not appropriate for detail views. + The basis vectors of must be unit length and orthonormal. + The near and far bound offsets cannot be reversed or too close to each other. + MinEnabled and MaxEnabled must be set to true for all three directions. + -or- + Detail section view creation is not allowed in this family. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2013 + + + + + + + + + Returns a new section ViewSection. + + + Create a section whose view volume corresponds geometrically with the specified sectionBox. + The view direction of the resulting section will be sectionBox.Transform.BasisZ and the up direction will + be sectionBox.Transform.BasisY. The right hand direction will be computed so that (right, up, view direction) + form a left handed coordinate system. + + The resulting view will be cropped, and far clipping will be active. + The crop region will correspond to the projections of BoundingBoxXYZ.Min and BoundingBoxXYZ.Max onto the view's cut plane. + The far clip distance will be equal to the difference of the z-coordinates of BoundingBoxXYZ.Min and BoundingBoxXYZ.Max. + + The new section ViewSection will receive a unique view name. + + + The document to which the new section ViewSection will be added. + + + The id of the ViewFamilyType which will be used by the new section ViewSection. The type needs to be a Section ViewFamily. + + + The BoundingBoxXYZ which specifies the new ViewSection's view direction and extents. + + + The new section ViewSection. + + + The ViewFamilyType must be a Section ViewFamily. + -or- + The BoundingBoxXYZ is not appropriate for detail views. + The basis vectors of must be unit length and orthonormal. + The near and far bound offsets cannot be reversed or too close to each other. + MinEnabled and MaxEnabled must be set to true for all three directions. + -or- + Section view creation is not allowed in this family. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2013 + + + + + ViewSection covers sections, details, elevations, and callouts, all in their reference and non-reference variations. + + + The creation functions for elevations can be found in the ElevationMarker class. + + + + + Changes a particular reference view (such as a reference section or reference callout) to refer to a different View. + + + Reference views may not refer to a View in which their own graphics (such as the section or callout + graphics) will appear. If the reference view's ViewFamilyType is not appropriate + for the new View, Revit will automatically change the ViewFamilyType during regeneration. This + typically occurs when the referenced view is changed from a model View to a drafting View or + vice-versa. + + + The document containing the elements. + + + The reference view that will be changed to refer to a different View. + + + The id of the View that the reference section or callout will refer to. + + + referenceId is not a valid reference view. + -or- + desiredViewId is not a view that can be referenced by referenceId. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Gets the id of the view referenced by a reference view (such as a reference section or reference callout). + + + The document containing the elements. + + + The reference view that will be changed to refer to a different View. + + + The id of the referenced view. + + + referenceId is not a valid reference view. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Utilities related to reference views such as reference sections and reference callouts. + + + 2015 + + + + + Gets the writable table data object. + + + The schedule data object. + + + 2014 + + + + + Identifies if the input id represents a valid text type id for use in the schedule properties. + + + The element id of the text type. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Exports the schedule data to a text file. + + + Path to the location where the file will be saved. + + + Name of file. + + + Options that relate to schedule export. + + + NullOrEmpty + -or- + Contains invalid characters. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The path indicated could not be accessed. + + + The folder does not exist. + + + 2013 + + + + + Sets the color applied to part of the pattern for a schedule with striped rows. + + + The part of the striped row pattern. + + + The color which will be used in striped row pattern. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2021 + + + + + Gets the color applied to part of the pattern for a schedule with striped rows. + + + The part of the striped row pattern. + + + The applied color of the pattern part. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2021 + + + + + Checks whether the schedule definition includes any image-related fields and if any elements in the schedule actually have images in those fields. + + + This method may return an incorrect value if the data of the schedule view is out of date. Check , + and call to ensure that the return value is correct. + + + True if the schedule has at least one image field showing at least one image, false otherwise. + + + 2015 + + + + + Restores all images to their original sizes. + + +

All images in the schedule will be restored to their original sizes when viewed as a ScheduleSheetInstance on a ViewSheet. + This reverts any changes made by setting . Calling this method has no effect if HasImageField is false.

+

In the schedule view the column widths will be adjusted to match the image sizes, but only the name of the image will be shown. + For example, the users can attach different images to the kinds of rebar instances. These images may have different sizes. + When the users create the rebar schedule with this image field, by default the column width of this image field is equal to other fields, + which means it is not associated with the image original sizes during the schedule creation.

+
+ + 2015 + +
+ + + Ungroups selected headers of schedule. + + + The index of the top row of the selected headers. + + + The index of the left column of the selected headers. + + + The index of the bottom row of the selected headers. + + + The index of the right column of the selected headers. + + + Headers could not be ungrouped. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates if selected headers can be ungrouped. + + + The index of the top row of the selected headers. + + + The index of the left column of the selected headers. + + + The index of the bottom row of the selected headers. + + + The index of the right column of the selected headers. + + + True if the selected headers can be grouped, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Groups schedule header cells. + + + The index of the top row of the selected headers. + + + The index of the left column of the selected headers. + + + The index of the bottom row of the selected headers. + + + The index of the right column of the selected headers. + + + The header caption. + + + Headers could not be grouped. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + + + + + Indicates if selected headers can be grouped for this schedule. + + + The index of the top row of the selected headers. + + + The index of the left column of the selected headers. + + + The index of the bottom row of the selected headers. + + + The index of the right column of the selected headers. + + + True if the selected headers can be grouped, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the heights of schedule title, column header and each schedule body row. + + + The height is Revit's internal units value. + + + The ScheduleHeightsOnSheet which contains heights information of a schedule on sheet. + + + 2022.1 + + + + + Merges two adjacent segments into one. + + + Only adjacent segments can be merged. The moved segment will be deleted with all its instances + on sheet and all the data will be merged into the target segment with height expanded. + + + The index of the moved segment. + + + The index of the target segment. + + + Only two adjacent segments can be merged. + -or- + The segment index should start from 0 and be less than the total segment count. + + + 2022.1 + + + + + Gets the instances ids of schedule or schedule segment. + + + + The segment index value could be -1, it means to get schedule instances for the entire schedule. + + + When a (primary) schedule is set to filter by sheet and placed on a sheet, it will create a new schedule with elements visible + in the Viewport(s) on that sheet. The instance created belongs to the newly created schedule. Calls to GetScheduleInstances() + will return instances of the newly created schedule but no instances of the primary schedule. + + + + Index of the segment. + + + The array of schedule sheet instance element ids of schedule or schedule segment. + + + The segment index should start from -1 and be less than the total segment count. + + + 2022.1 + + + + + Gets the segment height. + + + The height is Revit's internal units value of schedule header and segment body. + The real height of segment on sheet may be less than the segment height get here. + It is the border height of segment instance on sheet. + The last segment height get here is the max value of double as the last segment height is not set + to a fix value. It will be determined by whole schedule height and other segments' heights. And the border for it is max value of double. + + + Zero-based index of the segment. + + + The segment height value. + + + The segment index should start from 0 and be less than the total segment count. + + + 2022.1 + + + + + Sets the segment height. + + + The height is Revit's internal units value of schedule header and segment body. + The last segment can not set height. Its height will be determined by whole schedule height and other segments' heights. + The height will not be the exact segment height on sheet. It will be the border height of the instance. The real height + will be determined by the segment content. If the row cannot be shown within the instance boder, it will flow to the next segment. + + + Index of the segment. + + + New height for the segment. + + + segmentIndex must be between 0 and the last second of all segments. + + + The given value for height must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + + + 2022.1 + + + + + Gets the total count of schedule segments. + + + There will be at least one segment for a schedule. + + + The total count of schedule segments. 1 means the schedule is not split yet. + + + 2022.1 + + + + + Deletes a schedule segment. + + + If the last segment is deleted, the previous one will be the last one and its height will be modified to unlimited. + If one segment is deleted when there are only two segments, all the instances will be deleted and the schedule + will become unsplit again. + + + Zero-based index of the segment. + + + The segment index should start from 0 and be less than the total segment count. + + + This ViewSchedule is not split yet. + + + 2022.1 + + + + + Splits the schedule segment by the given heights of new segments. + + + The height values are used to set the height of schedule instance for each segment shown on sheet view. + Each input height must be greater than 0 and the total height must be less than the height of the split segment. + + + The index of segment, starting with 0. + + + An array contains the height for each new segment except the last segment. + The height of the last segment will be determined by the height of previous new segments and the height of the split segment. + + + The height of a schedule segment must be greater than 0. The total height must be less than the split segment height. + The total segment count must be greater than 0 and less than 10000. + -or- + The segment index should start from 0 and be less than the total segment count. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This ViewSchedule is not split yet. + + + 2022.1 + + + + + Splits the schedule into several segments by given height of each segment. + + + + A schedule can be split only when it is not split yet. + A titleblock revision schedule cannot be split. + Once a sheet specific schedule, i.e., the schedule is filtered by sheet, is split, + the segments will be placed on its sheet view immediately. + + + The height values are used to set the height limits of the schedule instances of each segment + except the last segment shown on the sheet view. + The height limit of the last segment cannot be set, because the height of the schedule instances of the last segment + will be determined by the schedule instances of previous segments and the height of the whole schedule. + All height values must be greater than 0. + Also check . + + + + An array contains the height limit of each segment except the last segment. + The height is the value for segment body. + The height is Revit's internal units value. + + + The height of a schedule segment must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. The total segment count must be greater than 0 and less than 10000. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Revision schedules cannot be split. + -or- + A schedule filtered by sheet can't be split. + -or- + This ViewSchedule is split. + + + 2022.1 + + + + + Splits the schedule into several segments by given segment number. + + + + The segment number must be greater than 0. + A schedule can be split only when it is not split yet. + A titleblock revision schedule cannot be split. + Once a sheet specific schedule, i.e., the schedule is filtered by sheet, is split, + the segments will be placed on its sheet view immediately. + + + After split, all segments will have even height limits based on the schedule height and segment number + except the last segment shown on the sheet view. + The height limit of the last segment cannot be set, because the height of the schedule + instances of the last segment will be determined by the schedule instances of previous + segments and the height of the whole schedule. + Check to see more about segment height. + + + + The segment number. + + + The segment number must be greater than 1. + + + Revision schedules cannot be split. + -or- + A schedule filtered by sheet can't be split. + -or- + This ViewSchedule is split. + + + 2022.1 + + + + + Checks if the schedule is split. + + + True if the schedule is split. Otherwise false. + + + 2022.1 + + + + + Rebuilds the schedule data if it is out of date. + + + True if the data is up to date after the refresh. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates whether the schedule data is out of date. + + + To improve performance, the ViewSchedule may contain TableSections that are only updated on demand. For example, + the body section of a schedule is not updated when the ViewSchedule is closed. In this case, you need to call + RefreshData to avoid getting the stale data. + + + True if the schedule data is out of date, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the default view name that will be used when creating a note block. + + + The document to which the new schedule will be added. + + + The default view name. + + + document is not a project document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets the default view name that will be used when creating a revision schedule. + + + The titleblock family document to which the new schedule will be added. + + + The default view name. + + + document is not a titleblock family. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets the default view name that will be used when creating a keynote legend. + + + The document to which the new schedule will be added. + + + The default view name. + + + document is not a project document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets the default view name that will be used when creating a sheet list. + + + The document to which the new schedule will be added. + + + The default view name. + + + document is not a project document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets the default view name that will be used when creating a view list. + + + The document to which the new schedule will be added. + + + The default view name. + + + document is not a project document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets the default view name that will be used when creating a material takeoff. + + + The document to which the new schedule will be added. + + + The ID of the category whose elements will be included in the schedule, or InvalidElementId for a multi-category schedule. + + + The default view name. + + + document is not a project document. + -or- + categoryId is not a valid category for a material takeoff. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets the default parameter name that will be used when creating a key schedule. + + + See ViewSchedule.KeyScheduleParameterName for details. + + + The document to which the new schedule will be added. + + + The ID of the category of elements that the schedule's keys will be associated with. + + + The default parameter name. + + + document is not a project document. + -or- + categoryId is not a valid category for a key schedule. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets the default view name that will be used when creating a key schedule. + + + The document to which the new schedule will be added. + + + The ID of the category of elements that the schedule's keys will be associated with. + + + The default view name. + + + document is not a project document. + -or- + categoryId is not a valid category for a key schedule. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets the default view name that will be used when creating a schedule. + + + The document to which the new schedule will be added. + + + The ID of the category whose elements will be included in the schedule, or InvalidElementId for a multi-category schedule. + + + The ID of an area scheme in an area schedule, InvalidElementId otherwise. + + + The default view name. + + + document is not a project document. + -or- + categoryId is not a valid category for a regular schedule. + -or- + In a non-area schedule, areaSchemeId is not InvalidElementId. + -or- + In an area schedule, areaSchemeId is not the ID of an area scheme. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets the default view name that will be used when creating a regular schedule. + + + The document to which the new schedule will be added. + + + The ID of the category whose elements will be included in the schedule, or InvalidElementId for a multi-category schedule. + + + The default view name. + + + document is not a project document. + -or- + categoryId is not a valid category for a regular schedule. + -or- + The Areas category was specified but an area scheme ID was not provided. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets a list of families that can be used for a note block. + + + The document. + + + The IDs of all valid families. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets a list of categories that can be used for a material takeoff. + + + The IDs of all valid categories. + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets a list of categories that can be used for a key schedule. + + + The IDs of all valid categories. + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets a list of categories that can be used for a regular schedule. + + + The IDs of all valid categories. + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks whether a family can be used for a note block. + + + The document. + + + The family ID to check. + + + True if the family can be used for a note block, + false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks whether a category can be used for a material takeoff. + + + The category ID to check. + + + True if the category can be used for a material takeoff, + false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks whether a category can be used for a key schedule. + + + The category ID to check. + + + True if the category can be used for a key schedule, + false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks whether a category can be used for a regular schedule. + + + The category ID to check. + + + True if the category can be used for a regular schedule, + false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a note block. + + + A note block is a schedule of the Generic Annotations category + that shows elements of a single family rather than all elements + in the category. + + + The document to which the new schedule will be added. + + + The ID of the family whose elements will be included in the schedule. + + + The newly created schedule. + + + document is not a project document. + -or- + familyId is not a valid family for a note block. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2013 + + + + + + + + + Creates a revision schedule. + + + Revision schedules are added to titleblock families and become + visible as part of titleblocks on sheets. + + + The titleblock family document to which the new schedule will be added. + + + The newly created schedule. + + + document is not a titleblock family. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a keynote legend. + + + A keynote legend is a schedule of the Keynote Tags category. + + + The document to which the new schedule will be added. + + + The newly created schedule. + + + document is not a project document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a sheet list. + + + A sheet list is a schedule of sheets in the project. + It is a schedule of the Sheets category. + + + The document to which the new schedule will be added. + + + The newly created schedule. + + + document is not a project document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a view list. + + + A view list is a schedule of views in the project. + It is a schedule of the Views category. + + + The document to which the new schedule will be added. + + + The newly created schedule. + + + document is not a project document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a material takeoff. + + + A material takeoff is a schedule that displays information about + the materials that make up elements in the model. Unlike regular + schedules where each row (before grouping) represents a single + element, each row in a material takeoff represents a single + <element, material> pair. + + + The document to which the new schedule will be added. + + + The ID of the category whose elements will be included in the schedule, + or InvalidElementId for a multi-category schedule. + + + The newly created schedule. + + + document is not a project document. + -or- + categoryId is not a valid category for a material takeoff. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2013 + + + + + Create a key schedule. + + + A key schedule displays abstract "key" elements that can be used to + populate parameters of ordinary model elements. + + + The document to which the new schedule will be added. + + + The ID of the category of elements that the schedule's keys will be associated with. + + + The newly created schedule. + + + document is not a project document. + -or- + categoryId is not a valid category for a key schedule. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a regular schedule that can relate to a specific area scheme. + + + The document to which the new schedule will be added. + + + The ID of the category whose elements will be included in the schedule, or InvalidElementId for a multi-category schedule. + + + The ID of an area scheme in an area schedule, InvalidElementId otherwise. + + + The newly created schedule. + + + document is not a project document. + -or- + categoryId is not a valid category for a regular schedule. + -or- + In a non-area schedule, areaSchemeId is not InvalidElementId. + -or- + In an area schedule, areaSchemeId is not the ID of an area scheme. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2013 + + + + + + + + + Creates a regular schedule. + + + The document to which the new schedule will be added. + + + The ID of the category whose elements will be included in the schedule, or InvalidElementId for a multi-category schedule. + + + The newly created schedule. + + + document is not a project document. + -or- + categoryId is not a valid category for a regular schedule. + -or- + The Areas category was specified but an area scheme ID was not provided. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2013 + + + + + Identifies if this ViewSchedule is an internal schedule used when keynotes are filtered based on the elements that are shown on a sheet. + + + These schedules cannot be modified by the user or placed on sheets. + + + 2013 + + + + + Identifies if this ViewSchedule is an internal schedule used to display revision schedules as part of a titleblock. + + + These schedules cannot be modified by the user or placed on sheets. + + + 2013 + + + + + A static property defining if the schedule header frozen setting is turned on or off in current Revit Application Session. + + + The setting will be written into Revit.ini if users set the value. + If users start multiple Revit sessions, the schedule header frozen setting might be different in each session. + Revit.ini file stores the lastest setting no matter what the Revit session is. + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Indicates whether a property setting of true will also change the display of this schedule to show striped rows on a sheet. + If true, setting that property to true will also change the display. + If false, striped rows will not display for this schedule on a sheet no matter what value is set for HasStripedRows. + + + Striped rows on sheets can be overidden by shading or conditional formatting. + + + 2021 + + + + + Indicates whether this schedule has striped rows. + + + Striped rows can be overridden by shading or conditional formatting. + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Defines the override that is applied to the row height. + + +

Setting this property to anything but will allow setting the property. + This is taken into account when the schedule is viewed as a ScheduleSheetInstance on a ViewSheet.

+
+ +
    +
  • + to disable row height override.
  • +
  • + enables row height override for all the body rows in the schedule.
  • +
  • + enables row height override for all the schedule body rows that contains images or custom graphics.
  • +
+
+ + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2024 + +
+ + + Defines the schedule body rows height. + + +

Setting this property will force all or image only (depending on how is defined) schedule body rows to be resized to the indicated height value (when viewed as a ScheduleSheetInstance on a ViewSheet). + If the value that is set is smaller than the height of the text (single or multi line), then that value is not taken into account. + To access or set this property the property should not be

+
+ + The row height for any body rows in the schedule. + + + When setting this property: The given value for rowHeight must be between 0 and 30000 feet. + + + The RowHeightOverride property is set to RowHeightOverrideOptions.None. + + + 2024 + +
+ + + Defines the image row height in the schedule. + + +

If there is at least one image field in the schedule, then setting this property will force all rows containing images to be + resized to the indicated height value (when viewed as a ScheduleSheetInstance on a ViewSheet). Setting this property will have + no effect if HasImageField returns false.

+

This height will be maintained until the user or application restores the original image sizes (in API: ).

+
+ + The row height for any rows containing images in the schedule. The value is 0.0 by default if not customized. + + + When setting this property: The given value for imageRowHeight must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + + + 2015 + +
+ + + In a key schedule, the name of the parameter for choosing one of the keys. + + + When a key schedule is created, elements of the schedule's category + receive a new parameter for choosing one of the keys defined in the key schedule. + This is the name of that parameter. + + + The name of the key schedule parameter. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + This ViewSchedule is not key schedule. + + + When setting this property: The document containing this ViewSchedule is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + When setting this property: The document containing this ViewSchedule is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + -or- + When setting this property: This ViewSchedule is an internal element, such as a component of a + loaded family or a group type. + -or- + When setting this property: The document containing this ViewSchedule is in Group Edit Mode, + Sketch Edit Mode, or Paste Mode, and the element is not a + member of the group, sketch, or clipboard. + -or- + When setting this property: This ViewSchedule is a member of a group or sketch, and the document + is not currently editing the group or sketch. + + + When setting this property: The document containing this ViewSchedule has no open transaction. + + + 2013 + + + + + The embedded ScheduleDefinition. + + + 2013 + + + + + The primary ScheduleDefinition. + + + 2013 + + + + + Defines the default text style used for the data section of the schedule. + + + Columns may override the default style. + + + When setting this property: The text type id doesn't represent a valid text type element. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Defines the default text style used in the column headers in the body section of the schedule. + + + When setting this property: The text type id doesn't represent a valid text type element. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Defines the default text style used in the header section of the schedule. + + + Cells may override the default style. + + + When setting this property: The text type id doesn't represent a valid text type element. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + A schedule view. + + + The ViewSchedule class represents schedules and other schedule-like views, + including single-category and multi-category schedules, key schedules, + material takeoffs, view lists, sheet lists, keynote legends, revision schedules, + and note blocks. The ViewSchedule class is not used for panel schedules + (see PanelScheduleView) or graphical column schedules. + A schedule is a tabular representation of data. A typical + schedule shows all elements of a category (doors, rooms, etc.) + with each row representing an element and each column representing a + parameter. This basic structure can be modified using filters, sorting, + grouping, totals, formulas, and other features. + The ScheduleDefinition class contains most settings that determine + the contents of a schedule, including category, fields, filters, and sorting. + A graphical representation of a schedule can be placed on a sheet + using the ScheduleSheetInstance class. + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns each row's height of schedule body on sheet view. + + + Each row's height of schedule body on sheet view. + + + 2022.1 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The height of all schedule header part, including the gap line between header and body. + + + 2022.1 + + + + + The height of schedule title on sheet view. + + + If title is set to unshown, it will be 0. + + + 2022.1 + + + + + Heights information of a schedule on sheet. + + + This class returns the heights of schedule title, column header and each body row on sheet view. + + + 2022.1 + + + + + Describes the options for overriding schedule body row heights (applied when viewed as a ScheduleSheetInstance on a ViewSheet). + + + 2024 + + + 2024 + + + + + Override row height for body rows containing images in the schedule. + + + + + Override row height for any body rows in the schedule. + + + + + No override would be applied for the row height. + + + + + Gets the calculated value text for a cell from the instance view. + + + The section type. + + + The row. + + + The column. + + + The calculated value text. + + + The sectionType is not a valid type for this view. + + + The given row number row is invalid. + -or- + The given column number column is invalid. + -or- + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + Gets the calculated value name for a cell from the template view. + + + The section type. + + + The row. + + + The column. + + + The name of the calculated value. + + + The sectionType is not a valid type for this view. + + + The given row number row is invalid. + -or- + The given column number column is invalid. + -or- + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + Gets the cell's text based on its type + + + The requested section type + + + Row Number in the Section + + + Column Number in the Section + + + The text for the given cell + + + The sectionType is not a valid type for this view. + + + The given row number row is invalid. + -or- + The given column number column is invalid. + -or- + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets a list of valid parameters for the specified category that can be used in the table view. + + + The document. + + + The specified element category id. + + + The IDs of all valid parameters. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Get all available parameter categories. + + + The section the row lies in. + + + The row. + + + The available parameter categories. + + + The sectionType is not a valid type for this view. + + + The given row number row is invalid. + -or- + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + Identifies if the section type is valid for this view. + + + Some TableViews do not contain all of the possible section types. For + example, standard schedules have only a Heading and Body. + + + The section type. + + + True if the Section Type is valid, false otherwise. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the maximum row height + + + + + Gets the maximum column width + + + + + Gets the minimum row height + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the minimum column width + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the allowed maximum grid width + + + 2014 + + + + + the element id of the element that is being viewed + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + + + This represents a view that shows a table. + Most of the layout data for the table is contained in the TableData class. + + + + + 2021 + + + An enumerated type representing the possible sets of rows of a striped row schedule. + + + 2021 + + + + + The second row and every other row thereafter. + + + + + The first row and every other row thereafter. + + + + + Identifies if this sheet can be duplicated. + + + The option to use when duplicating the sheet. + + + True if the sheet can be duplicated, false otherwise. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2023 + + + + + Duplicates this sheet to generate a new one. + + + The option to use when duplicating the sheet. + + + The id of the newly created sheet. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + Sheet cannot be duplicated + + + 2023 + + + + + Removes a viewport from the sheet by deleting it from the document. + + + The viewport that will be deleted and removed from the sheet. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns the ElementIds of Views placed on this sheet. + + + Schedules on the sheet are not returned by this method. Use ScheduleSheetInstance.OwnerViewId to find the sheet on which a schedule is placed. + + + The ids of the views on this sheet. + + + 2015 + + + + + Returns the ElementIds of Viewports on this sheet. + + + Schedules on the sheet are not returned by this method. Use ScheduleSheetInstance.OwnerViewId to find the sheet on which a schedule is placed. + + + The Viewports on this sheet. + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a new ViewSheet. + + + The document to which the ViewSheet will be added. + + + The type id of the TitleBlock type which will be used by the new ViewSheet. + For no TitleBlock, pass invalid element ID. + + + The new ViewSheet. + + + The ElementId titleBlockTypeId does not correspond to a TitleBlock type. + -or- + document is not a project document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2013 + + + + + + + + + + + Creates a placeholder sheet in a document. + + + Placeholder sheets represent sheets stored outside of the Revit model, + but which should be organized along with the Revit sheets. + + + The document. + + + The placeholder sheet. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Sets the Revisions to additionally include in the sheet's revision schedules. + + + Additionally included Revisions will always participate in the sheet's revision schedules. + Normally a Revision is scheduled in the revision schedule because one of its associated RevisionClouds + is present on the sheet. +

The additional project revision ids setting corresponds to the sheet's Revisions On Sheet parameter.

+ + The ids of Revisions to explicitly include in the sheet's revision schedules. + + + One or more ElementIds in projectRevisionIds do not correspond to a Revision element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + +
+ + + Gets the Revisions that are additionally included in the sheet's revision schedules. + + + Revisions in the sheet's additional project revisions set will appear in revisions schedules + even if no RevisionCloud belonging to that Revision is visible on the sheet. + These ids correspond to the Revisions that are explicitly included on the sheet via the + Revisions On Sheet parameter. + + + The additionally included Revisions for the sheet's revision schedules. + + + 2015 + + + + + Gets the ordered array of Revisions which participate in the sheet's revision schedules. + + + The Revisions are ordered according to the revision sequence in the project. + A Revision is considered to be participating in revision scheduling on the sheet + if either a revision cloud belonging to that Revision is visible on the sheet or the Revision + has been explicitly included using the Revisions On Sheet parameter. + + + The ordered array of ids of Revisions participating in the sheet's revision schedules. + + + 2015 + + + + + Gets the ids of the revision clouds which appear on the sheet's revision schedules. + + + The sheet's revision schedules include the revisions that are associated with revision clouds that are visible on the sheet. + Revision schedules may also include revisions that have been additionally added to the sheet via the Revisions On Sheets parameter. + Use to get the additionally added revisions. + + + The ids of the revisions clouds which appear on the sheet's revision schedules. + + + 2023.1 + + + + + Gets the Revision Number for a RevisionCloud on this sheet. + + + Returns if the RevisionCloud or its associated Revision do not appear on this sheet. The Revision Number for + a RevisionCloud will always be the same as the Revision Number of the associated Revision. + + + The id of the RevisionCLoud. + + + Returns the Revision Number as it will appear on this sheet or if there is no Revision Number assigned on this sheet. + + + revisionCloudId is not the Id of a RevisionCloud. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Gets the Revision Number for a particular Revision as it will appear on this sheet. + + + Returns if the Revision does not appear on this sheet. + + + The id of the Revision. + + + Returns the Revision Number as it will appear on this sheet or if the Revision does not appear on this sheet. + + + revisionId is not a valid Revision. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Returns the most recent numbered Revision shown on this ViewSheet. + + + If the most recent Revision is not issued, Revit will typically use it as the default Revision for + RevisionClouds placed on this ViewSheet. InvalidElementId will be returned if no Revisions are present. + Revisions with RevisionNumberType.None will not be returned. + + + The Id of the most recent numbered Revision shown on this ViewSheet or InvalidElementId if none are shown. + + + 2015 + + + + + Converts a placeholder sheet to a real one with an optional titleblock. + + + The id of the placeholder sheet, or invalidElementId if no titleblock should be added. + + + titleBlockTypeId does not correspond to a TitleBlock type. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This method may only be called on a placeholder sheet. + -or- + Failed to convert the sheet because the input titleblock could not be applied. + + + 2011 + + + + + Identifies whether or not the view sheet represents a placeholder sheet. + + + 2011 + + + + + The sheet number of the document. + + + When setting this property: sheetNumber is an empty string or contains only whitespace. + -or- + When setting this property: sheetNumber cannot include prohibited characters, such as "{, }, [, ], |, ;, less-than sign, greater-than sign, ?, `, ~". + -or- + When setting this property: Sheet number is already in use. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Class for ViewSheet + + + + + + + + + Options for duplicating sheets + + + 2023 + + + 2023 + + + + + Duplicate the sheet. Copy its title block, details, viewports, and duplicate its contained views as dependent. + The newly created sheet will reference the newly duplicated dependent views. + + + + + Duplicate the sheet. Copy its title block, details, viewports, and duplicate its contained views with detailing. + The newly created sheet will reference the newly duplicated views. + + + + + Duplicate the sheet. Copy its title block, details, viewports and contained views. + The newly created sheet will reference the newly duplicated views. + + + + + Duplicate the sheet, copy the title block and details. + + + + + Duplicate the sheet, only copy its title block. + + + + + Transfers the assembly views owned by a source assembly instance to a target sibling assembly instance of the same assembly type. + + + The document in which the assembly instances live. + + + Id of the assembly instance that currently owns the assembly views. + + + Id of the assembly instance which will become the new owner of the assembly views. + + + sourceAssemblyInstanceId is not an AssemblyInstance with assembly views. + -or- + targetAssemblyInstanceId is not an AssemblyInstance. + -or- + sourceAssemblyInstanceId and targetAssemblyInstanceId are not AssemblyInstances from the same assembly type. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a new sheet assembly view for the assembly instance. + + + The document must be regenerated before using the sheet. + + + The document to which the view will be added. + + + Id of the assembly instance that owns the new view. + + + Id of the titleblock family to use. For no titleblock, pass invalidElementId. + + + A new sheet assembly view. + + + assemblyInstanceId is not an AssemblyInstance. + -or- + titleBlockId is not a TitleBlock. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2012 + + + + + Creates a new material takeoff multicategory schedule assembly view for the assembly instance. + + + The material takeoff schedule will be preloaded with fields "Material: Name" and "Material: Volume". + The document must be regenerated before using the schedule. + + + The document to which the view will be added. + + + Id of the assembly instance that owns the new view. + + + Id of the view template that is used to create the view; + if invalidElementId, the view will be created with the default settings. + + + If true, the template will be assigned, if false, the template will be applied. + + + A new material takeoff multicategory schedule assembly view. + + + assemblyInstanceId is not an AssemblyInstance. + -or- + viewTemplateId is not a correct view template for the schedule view. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2017 + + + + + Creates a new material takeoff multicategory schedule assembly view for the assembly instance. + + + The material takeoff schedule will be preloaded with fields "Material: Name" and "Material: Volume". + The document must be regenerated before using the schedule. + + + The document to which the view will be added. + + + Id of the assembly instance that owns the new view. + + + A new material takeoff multicategory schedule assembly view. + + + assemblyInstanceId is not an AssemblyInstance. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2012 + + + + + Creates a new part list multicategory schedule assembly view for the assembly instance. + + + The new part list schedule will be preloaded with fields "Category", "Family and Type" and "Count". + The document must be regenerated before using the schedule. + + + The document to which the view will be added. + + + Id of the assembly instance that owns the new view. + + + Id of the view template that is used to create the view; + if invalidElementId, the view will be created with the default settings. + + + If true, the template will be assigned, if false, the template will be applied. + + + A new part list multicategory schedule assembly view. + + + assemblyInstanceId is not an AssemblyInstance. + -or- + viewTemplateId is not a correct view template for the schedule view. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2017 + + + + + Creates a new part list multicategory schedule assembly view for the assembly instance. + + + The new part list schedule will be preloaded with fields "Category", "Family and Type" and "Count". + The document must be regenerated before using the schedule. + + + The document to which the view will be added. + + + Id of the assembly instance that owns the new view. + + + A new part list multicategory schedule assembly view. + + + assemblyInstanceId is not an AssemblyInstance. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2012 + + + + + Creates a new single-category schedule assembly view for the assembly instance. + + + The new single-category schedule will be preloaded with fields "Family and Type" and "Count". + The schedule will be empty if there are no elements of the specified category in the assembly instance. + The document must be regenerated before using the schedule. + + + The document to which the view will be added. + + + Id of the assembly instance that owns the new view. + + + Id of the category for which the schedule will be created. + Use ViewSchedule.IsValidCategoryForSchedule() to check if a category can be scheduled. + + + Id of the view template that is used to create the view; + if invalidElementId, the view will be created with the default settings. + + + If true, the template will be assigned, if false, the template will be applied. + + + A new single-category schedule assembly view. + + + assemblyInstanceId is not an AssemblyInstance. + -or- + scheduleCategoryId is not a valid category for a regular schedule. + -or- + viewTemplateId is not a correct view template for the schedule view. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2017 + + + + + Creates a new single-category schedule assembly view for the assembly instance. + + + The new single-category schedule will be preloaded with fields "Family and Type" and "Count". + The schedule will be empty if there are no elements of the specified category in the assembly instance. + The document must be regenerated before using the schedule. + + + The document to which the view will be added. + + + Id of the assembly instance that owns the new view. + + + Id of the category for which the schedule will be created. + Use ViewSchedule.IsValidCategoryForSchedule() to check if a category can be scheduled. + + + A new single-category schedule assembly view. + + + assemblyInstanceId is not an AssemblyInstance. + -or- + scheduleCategoryId is not a valid category for a regular schedule. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2012 + + + + + Creates a new detail section assembly view for the assembly instance. + + + The detail section will cut through the center of the assembly instance's outline. + The document must be regenerated before using the detail section. + + + The document to which the view will be added. + + + Id of the assembly instance that owns the new view. + + + The direction for the new view. + + + Id of the view template that is used to create the view; if invalidElementId, the view will be created with the default settings. + + + If true, the template will be assigned; if false, the template will be applied. + + + A new detail section assembly view. + + + assemblyInstanceId is not an AssemblyInstance. + -or- + viewTemplateId is not a correct view template for the geom view. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2017 + + + + + Creates a new detail section assembly view for the assembly instance. + + + The detail section will cut through the center of the assembly instance's outline. + The document must be regenerated before using the detail section. + + + The document to which the view will be added. + + + Id of the assembly instance that owns the new view. + + + The direction for the new view. + + + A new detail section assembly view. + + + assemblyInstanceId is not an AssemblyInstance. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2012 + + + + + Creates a new orthographic 3D assembly view for the assembly instance. + The view will have the same orientation as the Default 3D view. + The document must be regenerated before using the 3D view. + + + The document to which the view will be added. + + + Id of the assembly instance that owns the new view. + + + Id of the view template that is used to create the view; + if invalidElementId, the view will be created with the default settings. + + + If true, the template will be assigned, if false, the template will be applied. + + + A new orthographic 3D assembly view. + + + assemblyInstanceId is not an AssemblyInstance. + -or- + viewTemplateId is not a correct view template for the geom view. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2017 + + + + + Creates a new orthographic 3D assembly view for the assembly instance. + + + The view will have the same orientation as the Default 3D view. + The document must be regenerated before using the 3D view. + + + The document to which the view will be added. + + + Id of the assembly instance that owns the new view. + + + A new orthographic 3D assembly view. + + + assemblyInstanceId is not an AssemblyInstance. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2012 + + + + + Utilities that provide capabilities related to assembly view creation and validation. + + + 2012 + + + + + + + + + Orientation of the Assembly Detail View. + + + The orientation can be specified during creation but not modified for existing views. + + + 2012 + + + + + The Detail View will be oriented vertically, with its cut plane along the back face of the assembly's bounding box, looking into the bounding box. + + + + + The Detail View will be oriented vertically, with its cut plane along the front face of the assembly's bounding box, looking into the bounding box. + + + + + The Detail View will be oriented vertically, with its cut plane along the right face of the assembly's bounding box, looking into the bounding box. + + + + + The Detail View will be oriented vertically, with its cut plane along the left face of the assembly's bounding box, looking into the bounding box. + + + + + The Detail View will be oriented horizontally, with its cut plane along the bottom face of the assembly's bounding box, looking up into the bounding box. + + + + + The Detail View will be oriented horizontally, with its cut plane along the top face of the assembly's bounding box, looking down into the bounding box. + + + + + The Detail View will be oriented vertically, looking west. + + + + + The Detail View will be oriented vertically, looking north. + + + + + The Detail View will be oriented horizontally, looking down. + + + + + Type for construction assembly elements. + + + 2012 + + + + + The two assembly members being compared have different parameters + + + 2012 + + + + + Type id of the second assembly member + + + 2012 + + + + + Type id of the first assembly member + + + 2012 + + + + + The two assembly members being compared have different type + + + 2012 + + + + + Category id of the second assembly member + + + 2012 + + + + + Category id of the first assembly member + + + 2012 + + + + + The two assembly members being compared have different category + + + 2012 + + + + + The two assembly members being compared have different geometry + + + 2012 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Class that describes difference between two assembly members + + + Different sub-classes of this class represent different kinds of differences + between assembly members and contain additional data for each particular kind of difference. + + + 2012 + + + + + Difference between the assembly members + + + 2012 + + + + + Id of the member in the second assembly + + + 2012 + + + + + Id of the member in the first assembly + + + 2012 + + + + + The two assemblies being compared have different members + + + This difference means that there is a member of the first assembly which + is different from the corresponding member of the second assembly. + Details about the difference are in memberDifference. + + + 2012 + + + + + The two assemblies being compared have different spatial configuration + + + Assemblies resulting in this difference might be made up of identical elements, + but the elements are not arranged in space relative to each other in the same way. + + + 2012 + + + + + Number of members in the second assembly + + + 2012 + + + + + Number of members in the first assembly + + + 2012 + + + + + The two assemblies being compared have different number of members + + + 2012 + + + + + Naming category id of the second assembly + + + 2012 + + + + + Naming category id of the first assembly + + + 2012 + + + + + The two assemblies being compared have different naming categories + + + 2012 + + + + + The two assemblies being compared are identical + + + 2012 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Class that describes difference between two assemblies. + + + The assembly comparison function returns a sub-class of this class. + Different sub-classes represent different kinds of differences and contain + additional data for each particular kind of difference. + + + 2012 + + + + + Returns the AssemblyCodeTable for the specified document. + + + The document owns the AssemblyCodeTable. + + + The AssemblyCodeTable for the document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + AssemblyCodeTable represents the collection of ClassificationEntries for a document. + + + 2015 + + + + + Gets the KeyBasedTreeEntries for this table. + + + The KeyBasedTreeEntries for this table. + + + 2015 + + + + + Reloads KeyBasedTreeEntries from their currently-stored location into this KeyBasedTreeEntryTable. + + + Revit will try to read KeyBasedTreeEntries from the resource reference stored + within the KeyBasedTreeEntryTable. If the operation fails, the table will be + unchanged. + + +

If provided, Revit will use this object to store any + errors or warnings that were encountered. Note that if the KeyBasedTreeEntries in the model are + already up to date, no errors or warnings will be added to this object.

+

This argument may be .

+ + + Returns the outcome of the reload operation. + + + The document containing this KeyBasedTreeEntryTable is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document containing this KeyBasedTreeEntryTable is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document containing this KeyBasedTreeEntryTable has no open transaction. + + + 2015 + +
+ + + Loads KeyBasedTreeEntries from the specified external resource into this KeyBasedTreeEntryTable. + + + An external resource reference describing the source of the desired KeyBasedTreeEntry data. + + +

If provided, Revit will use this object to store any + errors or warnings that were encountered.

+

This argument may be .

+ + + Returns whether the operation succeeded or failed. + + + The server referenced by the ExternalResourceReference does not exist or + does not implement IExternalResourceServer. + -or- + The server referenced by the ExternalResourceReference cannot support the ExternalResourceReferenceType of this KeyBasedTreeEntryTable. + -or- + The ExternalResourceReference (desiredResourceReference) is not in a format + that is supported by its server. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document containing this KeyBasedTreeEntryTable is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document containing this KeyBasedTreeEntryTable is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document containing this KeyBasedTreeEntryTable has no open transaction. + + + 2015 + +
+ + + Checks if the server referenced by the given ExternalResourceReference supports the + ExternalResourceReferenceType of this KeyBasedTreeEntryTable. + + + The ExternalResourceReference to check. + + + True if the ExternalResourceReference refers to a server that supports the ExternalResourceReferenceType of this KeyBasedTreeEntryTable. + False otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + KeyBasedTreeEntryTable represents the collection of key-based tree entries for a document. + + + 2015 + + + + + Creates a new AreaReinforcementType object with a default name. + + + The document. + + + The newly created type id. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + An object that specifies the type of a Structural Area Reinforcement element in Autodesk Revit. + + + The clear cover settings can be accessed via this object. + + + + + Checks if contour loops is inside host boundaries. + + + Document. + + + The id of the analytical element that is about to host a load + + + CurveLoops to be checked. + + + Returns true if area load is positioned with entire distribution over the host, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Sets curve loops that define geometry of the area load. + + + This method works for loads which are not constrained to their host. + This method works with hosted area load only. + All previously defined reference points will be removed. + Curve Loop must be planar and not self-intersecting. + + + The document that contains the area load. + + + Loops that define new geometry of the area load. + The curve loop collection should contains a closed loops consisting of lines. + + + Returns true if successful, false otherwise. + + + One of the following requirements is not satisfied : + - curve loops newLoops are not planar + - curve loops newLoops are self-intersecting + - curve loops newLoops contains zero length curves + -or- + Thrown when newLoops collection is empty. + -or- + Thrown when newLoops contains open loop. + -or- + Thrown when newLoops contains a loop consisting of other elements then lines. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This AreaLoad is not a hosted load. + -or- + This AreaLoad is a constrained load. + + + 2016 + + + + + Returns curve loops that define geometry of the area load. + + + 2016 + + + + + Returns the physical location of the reference point. + + + The index should be between 0 and less than NumRefPoints. + + + The index of the point to return. + + + Thrown when index is out of range. + + + 2016 + + + + + Checks if curve loops are valid for creating an area load. + + + The curve loops to be checked. + + + Returns true if curve loops are ok, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Indicates if the provided host id can host area loads + The document containing both the host and the load + The id of the analytical element that is about to host an area load + True if an area load can be placed on the input host id + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + + + + + Creates a new custom area load within the project. + + + Document to which new area load will be added. + + + The analytical surface host element id for the area Load. + + + The loops that define geometry of the area load. + The curve loop collection should contains a closed loops consisting of lines. + + + The array of force vectors applied to the maximum three reference point of the area load. + + + The array of maximum three curve indexes on which reference points should be placed on. + + + The array of maximum three curve ends indicating where reference points should be placed on. + The array can have only 0 or 1 values, which means 0 - curve start point, 1 - curve end point. + + + The symbol of the AreaLoad. Set to use default type. + + + If successful, returns an object of the newly created AreaLoad. is returned if the operation fails. + + + hostElemId is not permitted for this type of load. + -or- + One of the following requirements is not satisfied : + - curve loops loops are not planar + - curve loops loops are self-intersecting + - curve loops loops contains zero length curves + -or- + Thrown when force vector is equal zero. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Thrown if the host element id is a Curved Panel. + + + Thrown if type could not be set for newly created area load. + + + 2024 + + + + + Creates a new custom area load within the project. + + + Document to which new area load will be added. + + + The analytical surface host element id for the area Load. + + + The loops that define geometry of the area load. + The curve loop collection should contains a closed loops consisting of lines. + + + The force vector applied to the 1st reference point of the area load. + + + The symbol of the AreaLoad. Set to use default type. + + + If successful, returns an object of the newly created AreaLoad. is returned if the operation fails. + + + hostElemId is not permitted for this type of load. + -or- + One of the following requirements is not satisfied : + - curve loops loops are not planar + - curve loops loops are self-intersecting + - curve loops loops contains zero length curves + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Thrown if the host element id is a Curved Panel. + + + Thrown if type could not be set for newly created area load. + + + 2024 + + + + + Creates a new hosted area load within the project. + + + Document to which new area load will be added. + + + The analytical surface host element id for the area Load. + + + The force vector applied to the 1st reference point of the area load. + + + The symbol of the AreaLoad. Set to use default type. + + + If successful, returns an object of the newly created AreaLoad. is returned if the operation fails. + + + The element hostElemId does not exist in the document + -or- + hostElemId is not permitted for this type of load. + -or- + Thrown when force vector is equal zero. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Thrown if type could not be set for newly created area load. + + + 2023 + + + + + Returns area of the area load. + + + 2016 + + + + + Indicates if the load is projected. + + + Returns true if the area load is projected, false otherwise. + This parameter will take effect only if AreaLoad.OrientTo property is set to LoadOrientTo.Project. + + + 2016 + + + + + Returns the total number of reference points for the area load. + + + + + The force vector applied to the 3rd reference point of the area load, oriented according to OrientTo setting. + + + The default force unit is kN/m^2 for metric, and ksf for imperial. + Use UnitUtils class methods to convert value from or to internal units. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + The force vector applied to the 2nd reference point of the area load, oriented according to OrientTo setting. + + + The default force unit is kN/m^2 for metric, and ksf for imperial. + Use UnitUtils class methods to convert value from or to internal units. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + The force vector applied to the 1st reference point of the area load, oriented according to OrientTo setting. + + + The default force unit is kN/m^2 for metric, and ksf for imperial. + Use UnitUtils class methods to convert value from or to internal units. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + An object that represents a force applied across an area. + + + + + + + + + Gets the electrical analytical load scenarios data. + + + The electrical analytical load scenarios data. + + + 2023 + + + + + Verifies that the area based load can connect to the upstream electrical analytical node. + If the area based load already has an upstream node or the upstream node is full of downstream nodes, the area based load can't connect to the upstream node. + + + If the area based load supplies from Node A, Node A is the upstream node of the area based load, and the area based load is the downstream node of node A. + + + The upstream electrical analytical node id. + + + True if the area based load can connect to the upstream electrical analytical node. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Verifies that the area based load can disconnect from the upstream electrical analytical node. + If the area based load hasn't an upstream node, it can't disconnect from the upstream node. + + + If the area based load supplies from Node A, Node A is the upstream node of the area based load, and the area based load is the downstream node of node A. + + + True if the area based load can disconnect from the upstream electrical analytical node. + + + 2024 + + + + + Disconnects from an upstream electrical analytical node. + + + If the area based load supplies from Node A, Node A is the upstream node of the area based load, and the area based load is the downstream node of node A. + + + The area based load can not disconnect from the upstream electrical analytical node. + + + 2024 + + + + + Connects to an upstream electrical analytical node. + + + If the area based load supplies from Node A, Node A is the upstream node of the area based load, and the area based load is the downstream node of node A. + + + The upstream electrical analytical node id. + + + The id is not an electrical analytical node id. + -or- + The area based load can not connect to the upstream electrical analytical node. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Gets the upstream electrical analytical node id. + + + If the area based load supplies from Node A, Node A is the upstream node of the area based load, and the area based load is the downstream node of node A. + + + The upstream node id. + + + 2024 + + + + + Gets electrical load areas which the area based load includes. + + + 2023 + + + + + Removes electrical load area from the area based load. + + + The electrical load area id to remove. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + + + + + Adds electrical load area into the area based load. + + + The electrical load area id to add. + + + The id isn't a valid electrical load area. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + + + + + The current of the area based load . + + + 2023 + + + + + The voltage of the area based load. + + + When setting this property: The given value for voltage is not a number + -or- + When setting this property: The given value for voltage is not finite + + + When setting this property: The given value for voltage must be positive. + + + 2023 + + + + + The apparent power density of the area based load. + + + 2023 + + + + + The load type of the area based load. + + + 2023 + + + + + The electrical apparent load of the area based load. + + + 2023 + + + + + The power factor of the area based load. + + + 2023 + + + + + The electrical true load of the area based load. + + + 2023 + + + + + The load classification of the area based load. + + + 2023 + + + + + The load density of the area based load. + + + 2023 + + + + + The electrical area based load type of the area based load. + + + When setting this property: The id isn't a valid area based load type. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + + + + + The Phases Number of the area based load. + + + This property is used to retrieve the Phases Number. + + + 2023 + + + + + Represents the electrical area based load data. + + + 2023 + + + + + Represents the electrical load type. + + + 2023 + + + + + Area Based Load + + + + + Equipment Load + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + A base class for specific domain requirements for a zone. + + + 2023 + + + + + Returns level ids between the top level and the bottom level (including the top level and the bottom level) of + the area based load boundary line. + + + The level ids between the top level and the bottom level (including the top level and the bottom level). + + + 2023 + + + + + Checks whether the given elevation is between the bottom level and the top level(including + the bottom level and the top level) of the area based load boundary line. + + + The elevation value. + + + True if given elevation is between the bottom level elevation and the top level elevation, false otherwise. + + + The given value for elev is not a number + -or- + The given value for elev is not finite + + + 2023 + + + + + Checks whether the given level is between the bottom level and the top level (including + the bottom level and the top level) of the area based load boundary line. + + + The id of the Level. + + + True if given level is between the bottom level and the top level, false otherwise. + + + The ElementId levelId is not a Level. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The top level id of the area based load boundary line. + + + The top level's elevation cannot be lower than the bottom level. + + + When setting this property: The ElementId levelId cannot be used as the top level. + The ElementId levelId is not a Level or it's elevation is lower than the bottom level's elevation. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + + + + + The bottom level id of the area based load boundary line. + + + The bottom level's elevation cannot be higher than the top level. + + + When setting this property: The ElementId levelId cannot be used as the bottom level. + The ElementId levelId is not a Level or it's elevation is higher than the top level's elevation. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + + + + + Wrapper class used to access area based load boundary line related data. + + + 2023 + + + + + Sets the object used to configure the worksets to open when the model is opened. + + + These options are ignored for non-workshared models. + + + The options. If , all user-created worksets will be opened. + + + 2014 + + + + + + + + + Gets the object used to configure the worksets to open when the model is opened. + + + The options. If , all user-created worksets will be opened. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + An option that specifies how to open files saved by an application that was not developed or licensed by Autodesk. + + + The default value is OpenForeignOption.Open. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2019.2 + + + + + Whether or not loading links when opening the model + + + Default behavior is to load the links + + + 2013 + + + + + Specifies whether a local file is allowed to be opened as read-only by a user other than its owner. + + + The default is false. This option is ignored for central and non-workshared models. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether to expand all elements in order to check for corruption. + + + The default is false. Setting this to true will increase the time and memory required to open the file. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether to ignore the error of schema conflict. + + + The default is false. Setting this to true will ignore the exception of schema conflict while opening the model. + Data in the existing schema with the same ID will be erased from the model. + + + 2022 + + + + + An option that specifies whether or not a workset-enabled document is detached from its central document. + + + The default value is DetachFromCentralOption.DoNotDetach. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of the options class using default values. + + + 2013 + + + + + This class contains options available for opening a document from disk. + + + 2013 + + + + + Options for opening files saved by an application that was not developed or licensed by Autodesk. + + + 2019.2 + + + + + If possible, show a prompt to the user if a foreign file is detected. The operation may proceed or cancel based on the response. + + + + + Do not show any prompt to the user if a foreign file is detected. Cancel this operation (do not open the file). + + + + + Do not show any prompt to the user if a foreign file is detected. Proceed to open. + + + + + Options for workset detachment behavior. + + + 2013 + + + + + After opening the transmitted, workshared model, immediately resave it with its current name + and clear the transmitted flag. + + + + + Detach the model being opened from its central model and discard worksets/worksharing. + + + + + Detach the file being opened from its central file. + + + + + Do not detach the file being opened from its central file. + + + + + A method called when the conflict is happen during the model opening. + + + The scenario of the conflict. + + + Returns the result to indicate whether to keep the unsynchronized change, or open the latest version or cancel the open action. + + + 2019 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Create a default open callback. Open latest by default for all scenarios. + + + 2019 + + + + + A default callback that may be used to control Revit's behavior when opening a model. + + + 2019 + + + + + A method called when the conflict is happen during the model opening. + + + The scenario of the conflict. + + + Returns the result to indicate whether to keep the unsynchronized change, or open the latest version or cancel the open action. + + + 2019 + + + + + A method called when the conflict is happen during the model opening. + + + The scenario of the conflict. + + + Returns the result to indicate whether to keep the unsynchronized change, or open the latest version or cancel the open action. + + + 2019 + + + + + An interface that may be used to control Revit's behavior when opening a cloud model. + + + 2019 + + + + + + + + 2019 + + + The result of the open conflict. + + + 2019 + + + + + Detach the model from its central model, with worksets preserved. + + + + + Cancel the open action. + + + + + Discard the local changes and open the latest version of the model. + + + + + Keeps the local changes and open the model. + + + + + 2019 + + + The kinds of conflicts happened during open. + + + 2019 + + + + + Last central version merged into the local model has been archived in the central model. + + + + + Model is out of date. + + + + + Ownership to model elements is relinquished. + + + + + Central model is restored to an earlier version. + + + + + Set the list of extra options to be passed into the importer. Each entry in the map is a pair of option name and value. + Note that any value here will overwrite the other values in the IFCImportOptions, if it has the same name. + + + The list of options. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018.1 + + + + + Get the list of extra options to be passed into the importer. Each entry in the map is a pair of option name and value. + + + The list of options. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + Get the data used in the creation of the associated Revit file for an IFC link operation, if it exists. + + + 2015 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The full path of the intermediate Revit file created during a previous link action. + This is used during "Reload From" to determine the path to the previous generated Revit file. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Determines whether to create a linked symbol element or not. + + + If this value is false (default), we will create a linked symbol and instance. + If this value is true, then we will re-use an existing linked symbol file and create an instance only. + The intention is for CreateLinkInstanceOnly to be true when we are trying to create a new link, when the link already exists in the host file. + + + 2015 + + + + + Force the IFC file to be imported regardless of an existing corresponding Revit file. + + + If this value is true (default), we will perform the import even if the existing corresponding Revit file is up-to-date. + If this value is false, then we will re-use an existing RVT file if it is up-to-date. + The intention is for ForceImport to be false during host file open while reloading links, + and true during link reload via the Manage Links API. + + + 2015 + + + + + The action of the import. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2015 + + + + + Enable or disable correcting lines that are slight off-axis. + + + Enabling correcting lines that are slightly off-axis will snap lines that are close to axes + to the nearest axis. This will reduce warnings in Revit, but may cause elements that are created + from sketches to slightly change shape, and extrusions to slightly change directions. + Disabling this option will leave the original geometry intact but may cause warnings in Revit. + Default is true for Open IFC; it is ignored (and false) for Link IFC. + + + 2016 + + + + + Enable or disable auto-join at the end of import. + + + Enabling auto-join will join appropriate elements (e.g., walls, columns), but will take extra time and may fail. + Disabling auto-join will allow some imports that otherwise fail. + Default is true for Open IFC; it is ignored (and false) for Link IFC. + + + 2015 + + + + + The intent of the import. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2015 + + + + + Constructs a new IFCImportOptions using default settings. + + + 2015 + + + + + IFC Import options. + + + 2015 + + + + + The action of the IFC import. + + + 2015 + + + + + Link into an existing project file. + + + + + Open a new project file. + + + + + The intent of the IFC import. + + + 2015 + + + + + Imports the IFC file to serve as a reference (lightweight and accurate representations will be constructed, but they cannot be edited as standard Revit elements). + + + + + Imports the IFC file to allow for continued editing in Revit (standard Revit elements will be created). + + + + + This method is being called in case of exception or document destruction to dismiss any possible pending failure UI that may + have left on the screen + + + Document for which pending failures processing UI should be dismissed + + + + + Method that Revit will invoke to process failures at the end of transaction. + + + This method is invoked after some failures may have been handled by any FailuresPreprocessor + and/or FailureProcessing event subscribers. + + + Provides all necessary data to perform the resolution of failures. + + + The result of the failures processing. + Continue - Should be returned if there were no failures or highest failure severity was "Warning" and all warnings were deleted. + If some failures are still present and "Continue" is returned, it will be treated as "ProceedWithRollback". + Note: If this method has attempted to resolve failures, it should return "ProceedWithCommit" + to repeat end of transaction checks and failures processing.ProceedWithCommit - End of transaction checks and failure processing will restart from the beginning. + If some failures were resolved, they will be removed and not delivered to the user. + ProceedWithCommit cannot be returned if transaction is being rolled back.ProceedWithRollBack - Transaction will be rolled back even if Commit was originally requested.WaitForUserInput - Should be returned if method has activated modeless user interaction and is waiting for an external event + (typically user input) to complete failures processing. + + + + This method is being called in case of exception or document destruction to dismiss any possible pending failure UI that may + have left on the screen + + + Document for which pending failures processing UI should be dismissed + + + + + Method that Revit will invoke to process failures at the end of transaction. + + + This method is invoked after some failures may have been handled by any FailuresPreprocessor + and/or FailureProcessing event subscribers. + + + Provides all necessary data to perform the resolution of failures. + + + The result of the failures processing. + Continue - Should be returned if there were no failures or highest failure severity was "Warning" and all warnings were deleted. + If some failures are still present and "Continue" is returned, it will be treated as "ProceedWithRollback". + Note: If this method has attempted to resolve failures, it should return "ProceedWithCommit" + to repeat end of transaction checks and failures processing.ProceedWithCommit - End of transaction checks and failure processing will restart from the beginning. + If some failures were resolved, they will be removed and not delivered to the user. + ProceedWithCommit cannot be returned if transaction is being rolled back.ProceedWithRollBack - Transaction will be rolled back even if Commit was originally requested.WaitForUserInput - Should be returned if method has activated modeless user interaction and is waiting for an external event + (typically user input) to complete failures processing. + + + + To create your own UI or fully automated tool to process Revit Failures, derive a class from this interface. + + + To override Revit default Failures Processing UI, instantiate your own processor derived from this interface + and register it in Revit application. + + + + + + + + + Retrieves all the registered FailureDefinitions. + + + All the registered FailureDefinitions. + + + 2011 + + + + + Finds a specific FailureDefinition by a given FailureDefinitionId. + + + The id of the FailureDefinition. + + + The accessor of the found FailureDefinition, or null, if the FailureDefinition was not found. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The global registry for all FailureDefinitions in the Revit session. + + + When a FailureDefinition is created, it will be registered in this registry automatically. + Registration is allowed only during Revit Application startup - after that FailureDefinitionRegistry is locked + and creation of new FailureDefinitions is not allowed. + There is only one instance of FailureDefinitionRegistry in session. + + + 2011 + + + + + Gets the rendering asset for the appearance asset element. + + + The retrieved Asset may be empty if it is loaded from material library without any modification. + In this case, you can use Application.GetAssets(AssetType.Appearance) to load all preset appearance assets, and retrieve the asset by its name. + + + The rendering asset held by this appearance asset element. + + + 2014 + + + + + Sets the rendering asset for the appearance asset element. + + + The new rendering asset. It should be an appearance asset. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The asset is not an appearance asset. + + + 2014 + + + + + Duplicates the appearance asset element. + + + The asset contained by this element will be duplicated as well. Changes to the duplicated element or its asset do not affect the original element and asset. + + + Name of the new appearance asset element - this name must be correctly structured for Revit use and not duplicate the name + of another appearance asset in the document. + + + The new AppearanceAssetElement. + + + name cannot include prohibited characters, such as "{, }, [, ], |, ;, less-than sign, greater-than sign, ?, `, ~". + -or- + The given value for name is already in use as an appearance asset name. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018.1 + + + + + + + + + Creates a new AppearanceAssetElement from an existing rendering asset. + + + The document in which to create the AppearanceAssetElement. + + + The name of the AppearanceAssetElement. + + + The rendering asset of the element. + + + The new AppearanceAssetElement. + + + name is an empty string. + -or- + name cannot include prohibited characters, such as "{, }, [, ], |, ;, less-than sign, greater-than sign, ?, `, ~". + -or- + The given value for name is already in use as an appearance asset name. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets an AppearanceAssetElement by name. + + + Document containing the AppearanceAssetElement. + + + Name of the AppearanceAssetElement. + + + The AppearanceAssetElement with the given name, or if this element does not exist. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + An element that contains a rendering asset used as a portion of a material definition. + + + 2014 + + + + + Destructor + +\throw none + + + + +\interface IDesignPropertyUnits design/package/metadata/IDesignPropertyUnits.h "design/package/metadata/IDesignPropertyUnits.h" +\brief +\since 1.0 + + This interface defines the totality of unit groups and types that are recognized by the metadata system. + + + + + Default Constructor + +\throw None + + + + + Release the connection to the held string data. + +\throw None + + + + + Check to see if the currently held string is empty (NULL or L""). + +\return true if the currently held string is empty. +\throw None + + + + + Returns the content length character count. + +\note The behavior of this function is the same as strlen or wcslen in the C Run-Time Library. + It is a naive implementation which makes no attempt at correct linguistic context. + For example, if the implementation stores data as UTF-8 encoded char*, this method + will simply return the number of chars in the string. + +\return The number of characters in the string. +\throw None + + + + + Returns the content length as byte count. + +\return The number of bytes in the string. Does not include the trailing NULL. +\throw None + + + + + Set the content of this IString instance from the provided string. + + If rString is the same type as this IString, then this instance will point to the + same counted string that rString points to and the ref count will be incremented. + If the types are different, then the string data will be converted. + +\param rString The string from which to build. +\throw any + + + + + Destructor + +\throw None + + + + +\interface IString core/string/IString.h "core/string/IString.h" +\brief Base string interface. +\since 1.2 + + + + + +\file core/API.h + + +\file core/Core.h +\brief This is the main configuration header for the ADP Core library. + + This header file should be included to determine the platform + setttings and internal configuration of the library. Generally, + however, this file is automatically included by the interface headers. + + +\file core/win32/Core.h +\brief This is the Microsoft Windows configuration header for the ADP Core library. + + This header file provides default definitions for build configuration macros. + + + + + Finishes the edit scope. + + + All the changes made after starting the EditScope will be committed. Changes will be merged into one transaction. + If the appearance asset element is used in one or more materials, they will be updated to match any changes made. + Open views may not redraw after changes. View update can be forced with the input argument, but doing so can be an expensive operation. + Consider using false if immediate update is not needed or if multiple calls to this method are used in a loop. + + + When true, force update of the open views. + + + EditScope is not active. EditScope can only be committed or cancelled when it is active. + -or- + EditScope cannot be closed, there is no opened transaction. + -or- + The editable asset is not valid. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + Cancels the edit scope. + + + All the changes made after starting the EditScope will be discarded. + + + EditScope is not active. EditScope can only be committed or cancelled when it is active. + -or- + EditScope cannot be closed, there is no opened transaction. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + Starts the edit scope. + + + The appearance asset element whose asset should be edited. + + + The appearance asset to be used for editing. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018.1 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Identifies if the EditScope is active. In other words, the EditScope has started but not committed/canceled yet. + + + Starting the edit scope is not permitted when it is active. + Canceling/committing is not allowed when the edit scope is not active. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of an AppearanceAssetEditScope. + + + The document for which this EditScope is going to be used. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018.1 + + + + + A scope object that provides special access and limitations related to editing appearance assets and their related elements. + + + You can use an AppearanceAssetEditScope to modify the values of the properties of appearance assets and connected assets (such as bitmaps). The following restrictions apply: + A single edit scope is allowed only to edit one top level rendering assets (and its connected assets). To edit more than one appearance asset you must start a different edit scope.An edit scope may be reused for editing another asset, so long as it has been committed or canceled before using start to associate it to a new asset.Multiple changes to the asset are allowed before commit.A transaction must be started before using Commit() on the edited asset. The transaction may be opened before or after the edit scope is started, but must be open to allow the changes into the model. + + 2018.1 + + + + + + + + + Checks whether this DimensionType can have an ordinate dimension settings. + + + It returns true when the DimensionType is linear and when Dimension String Type parameter is set to Ordinate. + + + True when the DimensionType is linear and the Dimension String Type parameter is ordinate, false otherwise. + + + + + Sets the ordinate dimension settings for this DimensionType. + + + The new ordinate dimension settings. + + + The origin tick mark id in the Ordinate Dimension Setting is invalid for the dimension style. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This DimensionType cannot be assigned ordinate dimension settings, as it is not a linear DimensionType or its Dimension String Type parameter is not set to Ordinate. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Gets the ordinate dimension settings for this DimensionType. + + + The ordinate dimension settings. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Checks whether this DimensionType can have an equality formula. + + + Equality formulas can be used for continuous linear or angular dimension types. + + + True when the DimensionType is continuous linear or angular, false otherwise + + + + + Sets an ordered list of the entries to use in the equality formula definition. + + + An ordered list of the entries to use in the equality formula definition. + + + The input equality formula entries are not valid for use in the given DimensionType. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Gets an ordered list of the entries in the equality formula definition. + + + An ordered list of the entries in the equality formula definition. + + + The given DimensionType cannot be assigned an equality formula as it is not continuous linear or angular. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Gets the spec of this dimension style. + + + The spec will represent either length, angle or slope. + + + Identifier of the spec. + + + + + Sets the FormatOptions to optionally override the default settings in the Units class for the units value. + + + See the UnitType property to determine the unit type of this dimension style. + + + The FormatOptions. + + + The display unit in formatOptions is not a valid display unit for the unit type of this DimensionType, or the rounding method in formatOptions is not set to Nearest. See UnitUtils.IsValidDisplayUnit(UnitType, DisplayUnitType), UnitUtils.GetValidDisplayUnits(UnitType) and FormatOptions.RoundingMethod. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Gets the FormatOptions to optionally override the default settings in the Units class for the units value. + + + A copy of the FormatOptions. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Sets the FormatOptions to optionally override the default settings in the Units class for the alternate units value. + + + See the UnitType property to determine the unit type of this dimension style. + + + The FormatOptions. + + + The display unit in formatOptions is not a valid display unit for the unit type of this DimensionType, or the rounding method in formatOptions is not set to Nearest. See UnitUtils.IsValidDisplayUnit(UnitType, DisplayUnitType), UnitUtils.GetValidDisplayUnits(UnitType) and FormatOptions.RoundingMethod. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Gets the FormatOptions to optionally override the default settings in the Units class for the alternate units value. + + + A copy of the FormatOptions. + + + + + The suffix text for the dimension value. + + + The text goes immediately after the value and is not overridden by the possible instance suffix. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + The prefix text for the dimension value. + + + The text goes immediately before the value and is not overridden by the possible instance prefix. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + The suffix text for the alternate units value. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + + + The prefix text for the alternate units value. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + + + The alternate units display mode for this DimensionType. + + + Alternate units let dimensions display values in multiple units. + For example, for a dimension which shows its values in imperial units, + alternate units can be used to repeat those values in metric units. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + The dimension style type of this DimensionType. + + + + + An object that represents a dimension style. + + + + + An enumerated type containing possible style types of dimensions. + + + + + Alignment Station Label + + + + + Diameter dimension. + + + + + SpotSlope + + + + + LinearFixed dimension, which is linear dimension whose direction is parallel to X or Y. + + + + + SpotCoordinate + + + + + SpotElevation + + + + + ArcLength dimension. + + + + + Radial dimension. + + + + + Angular dimension. + + + + + Linear dimension. + + + + + Set radius of an Angular Dimension arc. + The new radius of the arc. + + + The given value for radius must be non-negative. + + + 2017 + + + + + Creates a new instance of an Angular Dimension element within the project. + + + The document where new Angular Dimension is created. + + + The view in which the Angular Dimension will appear. + + + Arc for the Angular Dimension. + + + The references which the Angular Dimension will witness. + + + Dimension Style. + + + The newly created Angular Dimension instance, or if the operation fails. + + + References should be: at least two, non parallel and rays of the arc passed. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2017 + + + + + An object that represents an Angular Dimension within the Revit project. + + + 2017 + + + + + Generates Dimension geometry that is computed based on the provided input. + + +

A new dimension element will not be added into document.

+

Use concrete instances of the to produce different types of dimension geometry:

+
    +
  • + for linear dimension.
  • +
  • + for angular dimension.
  • +
  • + for radial dimension.
  • +
  • + for diameter dimension.
  • +
  • + for arc length dimension.
  • +
+
+ + The options that will be used to compute the Dimension geometry. + + + Returns Dimension geometry that is computed based on the provided input. + + + A non-optional argument was null + +
+ + + Determines whether a dimension has one segment. + + + 2021.1 + + + + + Indicates if this dimension is supported to set/get TextPosition/LeaderEndPosition. + + + 2015 Subscription Update + + + + + Resets the text position of the dimension to the initial position determined by its type and parameters. + + + The initial point is the text position determined by the type and parameters of the dimension. + This property is for use with single-segment dimensions only. + For multi-segment dimensions use the corresponding method of the + DimensionSegment class. + + + Thrown when: +
  • SpotDimension has more than one segments.
+
+ + + Indicates if this dimension is valid. + + + This property always returns true for model dimensions. + It can return false for view-specific dimensions that are hidden + because they are in an invalid state. An example of an invalid + state is having misaligned references for an aligned dimension. + + + 2019 + + + + + Indicates if this dimension's references can be resolved. + + + This property always returns true for model dimensions. + It can return false for view-specific dimensions that can lose their + references in certain situations. For example, the host element + references may not be available when the view containing the + dimension is closed. In general, if the host element view-specific + geometry is not available, dimensions that reference that geometry + will not be able to resolve their references. + + + 2019 + + + + + The position of the dimension text's drag point. + + +

This property is not applicable to all dimensions. + For example, it is not available for spot slope dimensions, multi-segments dimensions, + dimensions using equality formula, and when dimension style is ordinate.

+

If the position is not applicable, this property throws InvalidOperationException.

+
+ + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + Thrown when: +
  • SpotDimension style type is SpotSlope.
  • Using equality formula.
  • Dimension style is ordinate.
+ -or- + Thrown when: +
  • SpotDimension has more than one segments.
+ -or- +
+ + 2015 Subscription Update + + + + +
+ + + The dimension origin. + + + The origin is the middle point of the dimension line that makes up the dimension. + This property is for use with single-segment dimensions only. + For multi-segment dimensions use the corresponding property of the + DimensionSegment class. + + + Thrown when: +
  • SpotDimension has more than one segments.
+ + 2015 Subscription Update + +
+ + + The position of the dimension's leader end point. + + +

This property is not applicable to all dimensions. + For example, it is not available for spot slope dimensions, multi-segments dimensions, + dimensions using equality formula, and when dimension style is ordinate.

+

If the position is not applicable, this property throws InvalidOperationException.

+

Notes for SpotDimension: +

  • This property throws InvalidOperationException if dimension has no leader.
  • Setting of this property works differently for leader with and without shoulder.
  • If leader has shoulder, setting is limited by points on line between leader end and shoulder points (projected point is used).
  • Setting of this property also affects TextPosition.

+
+ + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + Dimension must have leader. + -or- + Thrown when: +
  • SpotDimension style type is SpotSlope.
  • Using equality formula.
  • Dimension style is ordinate.
+ -or- + Thrown when: +
  • SpotDimension has more than one segments.
+ -or- +
+ + 2015 Subscription Update + +
+ + + True if dimension has leader, false otherwise. + + + 2021.1 + + + + + The multi-reference annotation which owns this dimension. + + InvalidElementId if this dimension is not part of a multi-reference annotation. + 2014 + + + The text that replaces the segment's value. + This property is for use with single-segment dimensions only. +For multi-segment dimensions use the corresponding properties of the +DimensionSegment class. + + + The text shown below the segment's value. + This property is for use with single-segment dimensions only. +For multi-segment dimensions use the corresponding properties of the +DimensionSegment class. + + + The text shown above the segment's value. + This property is for use with single-segmment dimensions only. +For multi-segment dimensions use the corresponding properties of the +DimensionSegment class. + + + The text shown after the segment's value. + This property is for use with single-segmment dimensions only. +For multi-segment dimensions use the corresponding properties of the +DimensionSegment class. + + + The text shown before the segment's value. + This property is for use with single-segmment dimensions only. +For multi-segment dimensions use the corresponding properties of the +DimensionSegment class. + + + Indicates if this dimension is locked. + This property always returns false if the dimension +is a radial or spot dimension. +This property cannot be set if the dimension has been labeled, +or if the dimension shape is arc-length, radial, diameter or spot, +or if the dimension is linear with more than one segment. + + + The dimension value as a user visible string. + This property always return if this is a spot dimension, +or it is a linear dimension with more than one segments. + + + The value of the dimension. + This nullable property will not have a value for spot dimensions +or for linear dimensions with more than one segment. + + + Indicates if all segments are forced to be equal. + This property is usable only for linear dimensions with more +than one segment. + +Thrown when the dimension is non-linear or has only one segment. + + + + The segments in the dimension. + Returns a read only array of segments in the dimension. +The references of the dimension can be mapped to segments in order. +The first segment here wrapped by first and second references; +the nth segment is wrapped by nth and n+1st references. + + + The number of segments for the dimension. + + + The shape of this dimension. + + + The family parameter label of the dimension. + A dimension only can be labeled to a family parameter in a family document. +When the dimension is labeled by a reporting parameter, the dimension value drives the parameter value. +When the parameter is labeled by a non-reporting, the value of the parameter drives the dimension. +If the dimension is multi-segmented, each segment of the dimension is driven by the same parameter value. +Multi-segmented dimensions cannot be labeled by reporting parameters. +To unbind the family parameter, set this property to . + +Thrown when the family parameter's ParameterType is not suitable for this dimension. + + +Thrown when dimension can not be labeled. + + +Thrown when failed to get the BuiltInParameter DIM_LABEL. + + 2014 + + + Retrieves or changes the name associated with the Dimension. + The property inherited from element is hidden, a System.InvalidOperationException +is thrown. + + + The dimension style of this dimension. + + + Supplies the view that contains the dimension if the dimension is view specific. + + + A curve that represents the dimension line. + + + Returns an array of geometric references to which the dimension is attached. + + + + An object that represents a dimension within the Revit project. + + + + + + + + + The total connected current of the electrical analytical transfer switch. + + + 2023 + + + + + The current rating value of the electrical analytical transfer switch. + + + When setting this property: The given value for rating is not a number + -or- + When setting this property: The given value for rating is not finite + + + When setting this property: The given value for rating must be non-negative. + + + 2023 + + + + + The voltage value of the electrical analytical transfer switch. + + + When setting this property: The given value for voltage is not a number + -or- + When setting this property: The given value for voltage is not finite + + + When setting this property: The given value for voltage must be positive. + + + 2023 + + + + + Represents the data and parameters of electrical analytical transfer switch. + + + 2023 + + + + + 2023 + + + + + Returns ids of the elements which are in association with the element with the given ElementId. + + + Element id for which we want to get the associated elements. + + + Ids of the associated elements. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Returns id of the element which is in association with the element with the given ElementId. + + + Element id for which we want to get the associated element. + + + Id of the associated element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + + + + + This method will remove the association for the element with the given ElementId. + + + If the id does not have any association, an exception is thrown. + + + Id of the element for which we want to remove the association. + + + This element doesn't have an association defined. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + + + + + Adds a new association between a group of analytical elements and a group of physical elements. + + + The arguments must be ids of analytical and of physical elements that don't have other associations, otherwise an exception is thrown. + Physical elements can have one of these categories: + Columns Curtain Wall Panels Floors Generic Models Mass Parts Railings Ramps Roofs Stairs Structural Columns Structural Foundation Structural Framing Structural Trusses Structural Beam System Walls + Analytical elements can have one of these categories: + Analytical Member Analytical Panel + + Ids of the analytical elements. + + + Ids of the physical elements. + + + Analytical id is not valid or has already defined another association. + -or- + Physical id is not valid or has already defined another association. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Adds a new association between an analytical element and a physical element. + + + The arguments must be ids of an analytical and of a physical element that don't have other associations, otherwise an exception is thrown. + Physical element can have one of these categories: + Columns Curtain Wall Panels Floors Generic Models Mass Parts Railings Ramps Roofs Stairs Structural Columns Structural Foundation Structural Framing Structural Trusses Structural Beam System Walls + Analytical element can have one of these categories: + Analytical Member Analytical Panel + + Id of the analytical element. + + + Id of the physical element. + + + Analytical id is not valid or has already defined another association. + -or- + Physical id is not valid or has already defined another association. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + + + + + + + + + + Returns true if the element is a physical element. + + + Revit document. + + + The element to be checked. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + + + + + Returns true if the element is an analytical element. + + + Revit document. + + + The element to be checked. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + + + + + Verifies if the element has already defined an association. + + + Id of the element to check. + + + Returns true if an association has been found, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + + + + + Returns the AnalyticalToPhysicalAssociationManager for this document. + + + Revit document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + + + + + Indicates if associations between Analytical and Physical Elements should be created automatically. + + + If this flag is set to true, the associations are made on creation of an analytical element over a physical element. + If it's set to false, then the associations between analytical and physical elements have to be made manually. + + + 2023 + + + + + Class which manages the associations between analytical elements and physical elements. + + + An element can be part of only one association at a time. + Physical elements can have one of these categories: + Columns Curtain Wall Panels Floors Generic Models Mass Parts Railings Ramps Roofs Stairs Structural Columns Structural Foundation Structural Framing Structural Trusses Structural Beam System Walls + Analytical elements can have one of these categories: + Analytical Member Analytical Panel + + 2023 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The calculated thermal mass value. + The unit is kilogram feet-squared per second squared kelvin (kg ft^2/(s^2 K)). + + + 2013 + + + + + The calculated thermal resistance value (R-Value). + The unit is meter-squared kelvin per watt ((m^2*K)/Watt). + + + 2013 + + + + + The heat transfer coefficient value (U-Value). + The unit is watts per meter-squared kelvin (W/(m^2*K)). + + + 2013 + + + + + Value of roughness. + + + 2013 + + + + + Value of absorptance. + + + 2013 + + + + + Class specific to thermal properties for assembly types, such as Wall, + Floor, Ceiling, Roof and Building Pad. + + + 2013 + + + + + The total connected current of the analytical power source. + + + 2023 + + + + + The voltage value of the analytical power source. + + + When setting this property: The given value for voltage is not a number + -or- + When setting this property: The given value for voltage is not finite + + + When setting this property: The given value for voltage must be positive. + + + 2023 + + + + + Represents the data and parameters of analytical power source node. + + + 2023 + + + + + Returns the Analytical Openings ids of the Analytical Panel. + + + Set of ElementId. + + + 2023 + + + + + Creates a new instance of an Analytical Panel within the project. + + + Profile can be a line, an arc or an ellipse. + In case of arcs and ellipses, the normal should be perpendicular to the profile plane. + + + Revit document. + + + Curve which represents the profile of the Analytical Panel. + + + Normal used for the extrusion of the profile. + + + The newly created AnalyticalPanel instance. + + + The profile argument is not valid for analytical panel creation. + -or- + The input profile is not bound. + -or- + The normal argument is not valid for analytical panel creation. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Failed to create the analytical panel. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2023 + + + + + Creates a new instance of an Analytical Panel within the project. + + + CurveLoop must be planar and not self-intersecting. + + + Revit document. + + + CurveLoop for the Analytical Panel. + + + The newly created AnalyticalPanel instance. + + + One of the following requirements is not satisfied : + - curve loop curveLoop is not planar + - curve loop curveLoop is self-intersecting + - curve loop curveLoop contains zero length curves + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2023 + + + + + Panel thickness, in the Revit default units. + + + 2023 + + + + + An element that represents a surface in the Structural Analytical Model. + + + 2023 + + + +Gets the item at the current position of the iterator.(Inherited from IEnumerator. Give it another property name to avoid confusing. And make it internal.) + + + Gets the item at the current position of the iterator. + There is no current item if the iterator has not started yet or has been done. + There is no current item in the iterator. + + + + Returns the current curve. + + + The current curve. + + + 2013 + + + + + Resets the iterator to the initial state. + + + 2013 + + + + + Increments the iterator to the next item. + + + After an enumerator is created or after the Reset method is called, an enumerator is positioned before the first element of the collection, + and the first call to the MoveNext method moves the enumerator over the first element of the collection. + + + True if there is a next available item in this iterator. + False if the iterator has completed all available items. + + + 2013 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + An iterator to a curve loop. + + + 2013 + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + + Returns the number of curves in the curve loop. + + + The number of curves in the curve loop. + + + 2019.1 + + + + + Returns a curve that iterates through the curve loop. + + + A curve loop iterator object that can be used to iterate through key-value pairs in the collection. + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a new curve loop that is an offset of the existing curve loop. + + + For each curve i in the curve loop, the offset curve is theoretically defined by translating every point of the original curve by the + vector offsetDist[i] * (curveTan x normal) where curveTan is the curve's unit tangent vector at the given point. The curves are then + trimmed to create a continuous curve loop. For a planar curve loop, this amounts to pushing each point "to the right" of the curve + loop by the signed offset distance offsetDist, within the plane of the curve loop. The "right" side of the curve loop at a given + point on the curve loop is defined with reference to normal being thought of as the upward direction and curveTan being thought of + as the forward direction, as if you are walking along the curve loop. It follows that if offsetDist[i] is positive, points will be + offset to the right of the curve loop, whereas if offsetDist[i] is negative, points will be offset to the left of the curve loop. +

If the curve loop contains curves such as elliptical segments or splines, it is possible the offset creation will fail if + Revit will not be able to trim contiguous curves to meet one another. If the offset is successful, offsets of those curve types + will be created as HermiteSplines.

+ + The original curve loop. + + + The signed offset distances for each curve. The size of this array must match the size of the curve loop. + Curve at position i will be offset with offsetDists[i]. + + + The normal of the offset plane. + + + The offset curve loop. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Thrown if the curve loop could not be offset. + + + 2019.1 + +
+ + + Creates a new curve loop that is an offset of the existing curve loop. + + + For each curve in the curve loop, the offset curve is theoretically defined by translating every point of the original curve by the + vector offsetDist * (curveTan x normal) where curveTan is the curve's unit tangent vector at the given point. The curves are then + trimmed to create a continuous curve loop. For a planar curve loop, this amounts to pushing each point "to the right" of the curve + loop by the signed offset distance offsetDist, within the plane of the curve loop. The "right" side of the curve loop at a given + point on the curve loop is defined with reference to normal being thought of as the upward direction and curveTan being thought of + as the forward direction, as if you are walking along the curve loop. It follows that if offsetDist is positive, points will be + offset to the right of the curve loop, whereas if offsetDist is negative, points will be offset to the left of the curve loop. +

If the curve loop contains curves such as elliptical segments or splines, it is possible the offset creation will fail if + Revit will not be able to trim contiguous curves to meet one another. If the offset is successful, offsets of those curve types + will be created as HermiteSplines.

+ + The original curve loop. + + + The signed offset distance. + + + The normal of the offset plane. + + + The offset curve loop. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Thrown if the curve loop could not be offset. + + + 2015 + +
+ + + Creates a new curve loop as a copy of the input. + + + The original curve loop. + + + The copied curve loop. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Reverses the orientation of the curve loop. + + + 2012 + + + + + Determines if this CurveLoop is oriented counter-clockwise (CCW) or clockwise (CW) with + respect to the specified 3D direction. + + + CCW means that the projection of the CurveLoop onto a plane having "normal" as its oriented normal is CCW. + This method should only be called if the loop is closed and has a non-singular projection onto the plane + (i.e., the projection should have no self-intersections and should not be degenerate or even + nearly degenerate). The return value in other cases is indeterminate. + + + The normal vector to the plane used for this determination. + + + True if the curve loop is oriented counter-clockwise with respect to the specified 3D direction, + false if the loop is oriented clockwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The curve loop is open or consists of a single unbound curve; counterclockwise determination has no meaning. + + + 2012 + + + + + Returns whether the curve loop is open or closed, as determined by an internal flag. + + + Some routines in Revit may set the CurveLoop to be marked "open" or "closed" in spite of the actual geometry of the curves. + In these special cases, the CurveLoop class does not require that the CurveLoop is correctly marked. + + + True if the CurveLoop is marked open, false if marked closed. + + + 2012 + + + + + Transforms this curve loop and all of its component curves by the supplied transformation. + + + The modified CurveLoop is guaranteed to be valid with all consituent curves contiguous (assuming + that the curves were contiguous in the input curve loop). + + + The transformation. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + transform is not conformal. + -or- + transform has a scale that is negative or zero. + + + 2016 + + + + + Creates a new curve loop as a transformed copy of the input curve loop. + + + The newly created CurveLoop is guaranteed to be valid with all consituent curves contiguous (assuming + that the curves were contiguous in the input curve loop). + + + The input curve loop. + + + The transformation. + + + The new curve loop. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + transform is not conformal. + -or- + transform has a scale that is negative or zero. + + + 2016 + + + + + Creates a new closed curve loop by thickening the input open curve loop with respect to a given plane. + + + The new loop will be created via + offsets of the input curve loop (in the plane of the normal vector) with the endpoints + connected with lines.The original curve loop will be at the center of the new loop. +

If the curve loop contains curves such as elliptical segments or splines, it is possible the offset creation will fail if + Revit will not be able to trim contiguous curves to meet one another. If the offset is successful, offsets of those curve types + will be created as HermiteSplines.

+ + The input curve loop. + + + The distance between the offset curves created on either side of the input curve. + + + The normal vector to the plane used for thickening. + + + The new curve loop. + + + The input thickness is too short for a curve. + -or- + the curve loop is not marked as open. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Throws if the input curve could not be thickened. + + + 2015 + +
+ + + Creates a new closed curve loop by thickening the input curve with respect to a given plane. + + + The new loop will be created via + offsets of the input curve (in the plane of the normal vector) with the endpoints + connected with lines.The original curve will be at the center of the new loop. +

Note that for input elliptical fragments and NurbSpline curves, any offsets will be created as HermiteSplines.

+ + The input curve. + + + The distance between the offset curves created on either side of the input curve. + + + The normal vector to the plane used for thickening. + + + The new curve loop. + + + The input thickness is too short for a curve. + -or- + The input pCurve points to a helical curve and is not supported for this operation. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Throws if the input curve could not be thickened. + + + 2012 + +
+ + + Returns the width of a curve loop if it is rectangular with respect to the projection plane. + + + The height is determined by the V extents of the UV curve created by from the curve loop plane. + + + The plane to which the curves will be projected. + + + The height. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The curve loop is not rectangular when projected to the input plane. + + + 2012 + + + + + Returns the width of a curve loop if it is rectangular with respect to the projection plane. + + + The width is determined by the U extents of the UV curve created by from the curve loop plane. + + + The plane to which the curves will be projected. + + + The width. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The curve loop is not rectangular when projected to the input plane. + + + 2012 + + + + + Identifies if the curve loop is rectangular with respect to a given projection plane. + + + The plane to which the curves will be projected to determine if they represent a rectangle. + + + True if the curve loop is rectangular, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Returns the sum of exact lengths of all curves in the loop. + + + The total length of the curves in the loop. + + + 2012 + + + + + Identifies if the CurveLoop is planar. + + + True if the curve loop is planar, false otherwise. + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets the plane of the curve loop, if it is planar. + + + The plane of the curve loop. + + + The curve loop does not lie in a single plane. + + + 2012 + + + + + Append the curve to this loop. + + + The curve. + + + The input curve points to a helical curve and is not supported for this operation. + -or- + Throws if the input curve makes the loop not contiguous. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Creates a new curve loop. + + + The curves. + + + The curve loop. + + + The input curves contains at least one helical curve and is not supported for this operation. + -or- + Throws if the input curves are not contiguous. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a new empty curve loop. + + + 2012 + + + + + A class that represents a chain of curves. + + + There are specific requirements for how valid CurveLoops must be formed: + The curves should typically be contiguous.The CurveLoop may be either closed (where the start and end points coincide) or open.There should be no self-intersections. + A CurveLoop is said to be "continuous" if either: + the loop contains at most one curvethe end of each curve coincides with the start of the next one (if there is a next curve). + Many geometry utilities require CurveLoops to be continuous, but discontinuous CurveLoops are sometimes used. For example, the curves + in a continuous CurveLoop may be offset, resulting in a discontinuous loop if the offset curves overlap or do not meet, and the offset + curves might then be extended or trimmed to form a continuous CurveLoop. + + A CurveLoop is said to be "closed" if it is non-empty, continuous, and if either: + the loop contains just one curve, which is unbounded and periodicthe loop's end point coincides with its start point + For example, a CurveLoop comprising four lines forming a rectangle, listed in order around the rectangle, with each curve oriented in direction + in which the curves are listed is closed. As another example, a CurveLoop consisting of just one unbounded circle is closed. + + A CurveLoop is said to be "open" if it is not closed. For example, a CurveLoop consisting of a single line is open, as is the "offset CurveLoop" + mentioned above. Note that an open CurveLoop may be continuous or discontinuous, and a continuous CurveLoop may be open or closed. The definitions + imply that a discontinuous CurveLoop is necessarily open and an empty CurveLoop is open. + + It should also be noted that these definitions take the order of the curves and the curves' directions into account. For example, a CurveLoop + comprising the four edges of a rectangle in the order {bottom, top, left, right} is discontinuous. Similarly, a CurveLoop comprising the four + edges of a rectangle in the order {bottom, right, top, left}, with three of the lines oriented in the counter-clockwise direction of + the rectangle and the fourth oriented in the clockwise direction, is discontinuous. + + Finally, note that some routines in Revit may set the CurveLoop to be marked "open" or "closed" in spite of the actual geometry of the curves. + In these special cases, the CurveLoop class does not require that the CurveLoop is correctly marked. + In the API, the members of the CurveLoop may be directly iterated, as the class implements IEnumerable<Curve>. The iteration + provides copies of the curves directly contained in the loop; modification of the curves will not affect the curves that are contained in the loop. + + + 2012 + + + + + Checks if curve loop is valid for Analytical Opening. + + + The curve loop to be checked. + + + Revit document. + + + ElementId of the AnalyticalPanel on which we create the Opening. + + + Returns true if curve loop is ok, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + + + + + Creates a new instance of an Analytical Opening within the project. + + + CurveLoop must be planar, not self-intersecting and in the same plane as the Analytical Panel. + CurveLoop must intersect or to be inside the AnalyticalPanel contour. + PanelId must be the ElementId of an AnalyticalPanel otherwise an exception is thrown. + + + Revit document. + + + CurveLoop for the Analytical Opening. + + + ElementId of the AnalyticalPanel on which we create the Opening. + + + The newly created AnalyticalOpening instance. + + + One of the following requirements is not satisfied : + - curve loop curveLoop is not planar + - curve loop curveLoop is self-intersecting + - curve loop curveLoop contains zero length curves + - curve loop curveLoop is not inside or does not intersect the AnalyticalPanel on which we want to create the Opening. + - panelId is not the ElementId of an AnalyticalPanel + - curve loop curveLoop is not in the same plane as the Analytical Panel + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2023 + + + + + ElementId of the AnalyticalPanel parent. + + + 2023 + + + + + An element that represents an Opening in an Analytical Panel element. + + + It can cut only one Analytical Panel at a time. + + + 2023 + + + + + Checks if curve loop is valid for Analytical Panel. + + + The curve loop to be checked. + + + Returns true if curve loop is ok, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + + + + + Sets the Curve Loop that defines the geometry of the Analytical Surface element. + + + Curve Loop must be planar and not self-intersecting. + + + New Curve Loop for the Analytical Surface element. + + + One of the following requirements is not satisfied : + - curve loop outerContour is not planar + - curve loop outerContour is self-intersecting + - curve loop outerContour contains zero length curves + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Only planar surfaces can be edited. + + + 2023 + + + + + + + + + + Returns the Curve Loop that defines the geometry of the Analytical Surface element. + + + CurveLoop associated with Analytical Surface element. + + + 2023 + + + + + Sketch associated to this Revit element. + + + Analytical Element may not have a valid sketch. + To edit the sketch profile you can use or . + + + 2023 + + + + + This is the base class for analytical surface elements. + + + 2023 + + + + + Returns AnalyticalNodeData associated with this element, if it exists. + + + If the input element doesn't have AnalyticalNodeData than it retuns . + The input element should be a ReferencePoint. + + + The element from which we try to obtain AnalyticalNodeData. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + Returns the Connection Status for this Analytical Node. + + + 2021 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + This class holds information related to analytical model. + + + This class is attached to a ReferencePoint. + + + 2021 + + + + + Presets for given Analytical Extension. + + + + + Use a Plane for extension (e.g., Grid, Level). + + + + + Bottom or Top of physical element. + + + + + Presets for given Analytical Projection Z. + + + + + Use a Plane for projection (e.g., Grid, Level). + + + + + Center of core. + Applicable for wall analytical model only. + + + + + Bottom for floor or Exterior Face for wall element. + + + + + Center of element. + + + + + Top for floor or Interior Face for wall element. + + + + + Indicates the Connections Status for an Analytical Node. + + + 2023 + + + 2023 + + + + + Connected + + + + + Unconnected node (only one connected element) + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets or Sets the Mz of the release type. + + + 2023 + + + + + Gets or Sets the My of the release type. + + + 2023 + + + + + Gets or Sets the Mx of the release type. + + + 2023 + + + + + Gets or Sets the Fz of the release type. + + + 2023 + + + + + Gets or Sets the Fy of the release type. + + + 2023 + + + + + Gets or Sets the Fx of the release type. + + + 2023 + + + + + Gets or Sets the position of release type. True for start, false for end. + + + 2023 + + + + + Creates a new instance of ReleaseConditions. + + + The position on analytical element. True for start, false for end. + + + Fx of the release type. + + + Fy of the release type. + + + Fz of the release type. + + + Mx of the release type. + + + My of the release type. + + + 2023 + + + + + Creates a new instance of ReleaseConditions. + + + The position on analytical element. True for start, false for end. + + + 2023 + + + + + An object that represents a Release Conditions on analytical element. + + + 2023 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The rotational forces at relative point position of the element. + + + The x value of XYZ object represents moment about x-axis of the analytical element coordinate system, y about y-axis, z about z-axis respectively. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + The translational forces at relative point position of the element. + + + The x value of XYZ object represents moment about x-axis of the analytical element coordinate system, y about y-axis, z about z-axis respectively. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Member Forces position on analytical element. True for start, false for end. + + + 2016 + + + + + Creates a new instance of MemberForces. + + + Member Forces position on analytical element. True for start, false for end. + + + The Translational forces at specified position of the element. + The x value of XYZ object represents force along x-axis of the analytical element coordinate system, y along y-axis, z along z-axis respectively. + + + The Rotational forces at specified position of the element. + The x value of XYZ object represents moment about x-axis of the analytical element coordinate system, y about y-axis, z about z-axis respectively. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + An object that represents a member forces on analytical element. + + + 2016 + + + + + Flip the Analytical Member + + + 2023 + + + + + Sets Member Forces to Analytical Member. + + + If element already have member forces defined for that end, newly provided values replace current one. + Member forces are strictly related with releases. This means that setting member forces values is reasonable only for directions that have releases set to false. + + + End to which member forces will be added is defined by setting + property in provided Member Forces object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + + + + + Sets Member Forces to Analytical Member. + + + If Analytical Member already have member forces defined for that end, newly provided values replace current one. + Member forces are strictly related with releases. This means that setting member forces values is reasonable only for directions that have releases set to false. + + + Member Forces position on Analytical Member. True for start, false for end. + + + The translational forces at specified position of the element. + The x value of XYZ object represents force along x-axis of the Analytical Member coordinate system, y along y-axis, z along z-axis respectively. + + + The rotational forces at specified position of the element. + The x value of XYZ object represents moment about x-axis of the Analytical Member coordinate system, y about y-axis, z about z-axis respectively. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + + + + + Gets the member forces associated with this Analytical Member. + + + Member forces are strictly related with releases. This means that we can obtain member forces values only for directions that have releases set to false. + Force or moment component on direction that have release set to true is skipped (zeroed) during getting. + + + Returns a collection of Member Forces associated with this Analytical Member. Empty collection will be returned if Analytical Member doesn't have any Member Forces. + To find out with which end member forces are associated use + property to obtain a position of Member Forces on element. + + + 2023 + + + + + + + + Sets Release Conditions to Analytical Member. + + + If element already have release conditions defined for that end, newly provided values replace current one. + The ReleaseType will be set to UserDefined. + + + End to which release conditions will be added is defined by setting + property in provided release conditions object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + + + + + Gets the release conditions associated with this Analytical Member. + + + Returns a collection of Release Conditions associated with this Analytical Member. Empty collection will be returned if Analytical Member doesn't have any Release Conditions. + End to which release conditions will be added is defined by setting + property in provided release conditions object. + + + 2023 + + + + + Sets the release type. + + + The position on Analytical Member element. True for start, false for end. + + + The type of release. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2023 + + + + + Gets the release type. + + + The position on Analytical Member element. True for start, false for end. + + + The type of release. + + + 2023 + + + + + Verifies if the curve is valid for an Analytical Member. + + + The curve to be verified. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + + + + + Checks whether the family symbol id is allowed for + Analytical Member as Section Type property. + + + Family symbol id which has to be checked. + + + True if %familySymbolId% is invalidElementId; or if it is + the id of a FamilySymbol of category "Structural Framing" + (OST_StructuralFraming) or "Structural Columns" (OST_StructuralColumns) + Returns false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + + + + + Sets the curve for the Analytical Member. + + + End nodes connection will be lost if the curve changes position. + The curve must be bounded. + The curve can be: + Line Arc Ellipse + + The input curve is not bound. + -or- + The provided curve is not supported. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + + + + + Creates a new instance of an Analytical Member within the project. + + + The curve must be bounded. + The curve can be: + Line Arc Ellipse + + A Revit document. + + + Curve of the analytical member. + + + The newly created Analytical Member instance. + + + The input curve is not bound. + -or- + The provided curve is not supported. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2023 + + + + + The structural section shape of the Analytical Member. + + + 2023 + + + + + The id of the type from the structural Family assigned to the Analytical Member. + + + The type must be of category "Structural Framing" + (OST_StructuralFraming) or "Structural Columns" (OST_StructuralColumns) + + + When setting this property: sectionTypeId is the id of some element that is not a + FamilySymbol or is not of the category "Structural Framing" + (OST_StructuralFraming) or "Structural Columns" (OST_StructuralColumns) + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + + + + + This represents the cross-section rotation, in radians. + + + 2023 + + + + + Represents a linear element in the structural analytical model. + + + 2023 + + + + + The release type. + + + 2016 + + + 2016 + + + + + User Defined. + + + + + Bending Moment. + + + + + Pinned. + + + + + Fixed. + + + + + Presets for given Analytical Extension. + + + + + Extension types are different at each end. + + + + + Use a Plane for extension (e.g., Grid, Level). + + + + + Bottom or top Reference Level. + + + + + Bottom or Top of physical element. + + + + + Presets for given Analytical Projection. + + + + + Projection types are different at each end. + + + + + Use a Plane for projection (e.g., Grid, Level). + + + + + Horizontally, corresponds to bottom of physical model. + + + + + Horizontally, center of physical model. + + + + + Horizontally, corresponds to top of physical model. + + + + + Location Line. + + + + + Presets for given Analytical Projection. + + + + + Projection types are different at each end. + + + + + Use a Plane for projection (e.g., Grid, Level). + + + + + Horizontally, corresponds to right side of physical model. + + + + + Horizontally, center of physical model. + + + + + Horizontally, corresponds to left side of physical model. + + + + + Location Line. + + + + + Gets the load scenario factor. + + + The load scenario id. + + + The load scenario factor. + + + The ElementId loadScenarioId is not an Analytical LoadScenario. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Sets load scenario factor. + + + The load scenario id. + + + The value of load scenario factor. + + + The ElementId loadScenarioId is not an Analytical LoadScenario. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The given value for factor must be between 0 and 100. + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Represents the electrical analytical load scenarios data. + The map used to cache load case values modified by user. + If the load case uses default values, it won't be exist in this map. + + + + + Sets the max range on the value to unlimited + + + 2011 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The maximum range for this demand factor value. For example, objects 1 to 3 can have 100% demand factor. + In the example above, the maximum range will be 3. + + + 2011 + + + + + The minimum range for this demand factor value. For example, objects 1 to 3 can have 100% demand factor. + In the example above, the minimum range will be 1. + + + 2011 + + + + + The demand factor for this demand factor value. For example, objects 1 to 3 can have 100% demand factor. + In the example above, the demand factor will be 1.0. + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructor. Initializes factor, minimum range and maximum range to values passed in. + + + 2011 + + + + + Default constructor. Initializes factor to 1.0 or 100%. Min and max range are set to 0.0 + + + 2011 + + + + + This class represents values used by a particular demand factor definition. Each instance + corresponds to a row in a table of values. These values are part of the ElectricalDemandFactorDefinition + class. + + + 2011 + + + + + This function is used to get AnalyticalDemandLoadCalculationDetailsData by given Load Scenario. + The returned temporary data provides detailed information of the current demand load calculation results of the node. Whenever you modify any parameters, the data will not + be automatically updated. You need to use this API to get another new data. + The given load scenario id can be invalidElementId if you don't need to take load scenario into consideration. + + + Load Scenario id. + + + The id is not a valid electrical analytical load scenario. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Get all the Load Classification ids which collected from all the Electrical Analytical Loads in current node. + + + + + Get the demand current of given load classification. + + + The load classification id. + + + The id is not a valid electrical load classification. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Get the demand load of given load classification. + + + The load classification id. + + + The id is not a valid electrical load classification. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Get the total current of given load classification. + + + The load classification id. + + + The id is not a valid electrical load classification. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Get the total load of given load classification. + + + The load classification id. + + + The id is not a valid electrical load classification. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Check whether load classification contains. + + + The id is not a valid electrical load classification. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Represents the electrical analytical load classification data. + + + + + Get the load scenario of the current demand load calculation data. + + + The load scenario id of the current demand load calculation data. + + + + + This function will get all the descendant electrical analytical loads of the current node, and get computed demand factor for each of them. + + + Computed total ElectricalDemandFactorValues of given Load Classification. A computed temporary ElectricalDemandFactorValue is used to represent demand factor in + a certain load range, for example demand factor is 0.85 from 0kVA to 500kVA. + The array will be empty if the demand factor rule of the Load Classification isn't LoadTable or LoadTablePerPortion. + + + The map of the electrical analytical load id and its demand factor value. + + + The id is not a valid electrical load classification. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Get the demand factor of the given electrical analytical load. The electrical analytical load must a descendant of the current node. + + + Electrical Analytical Load including Electrical Analytical Equipment Load and Electrical Analytical Area Based Load. Electrical Analytical Equipment Load is an ElectricalAnalyticalNode, and it has + an AnalyticalEquipmentLoadData. Electrical Analytical Area Based Load is a ZoneEquipment, and it has an AreaBasedLoadData. + + + The electrical analytical load id. + + + Computed ElectricalDemandFactorValues. A computed temporary ElectricalDemandFactorValue is used to represent demand factor in + a certain load range, for example demand factor is 0.85 from 0kVA to 500kVA. + The array will be empty if the demand factor rule of the electrical analytical load's Load Classification isn't LoadTable or LoadTablePerPortion. + + + The demand factor value of the given electrical analytical load. + + + The id is not a valid electrical analytical load. + -or- + The id is not a descendant electrical analytical load of the current node. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Get the load scenario factor of the given electrical analytical load. The load scenario factor is the usage factor of the given electrical analytical load at the load scenario this data reported. + If the electrical analytical load is in a LoadSet, it will return the LoadSet's load scenario factor at the load scenario this data reported. + + + Electrical Analytical Load including Electrical Analytical Equipment Load and Electrical Analytical Area Based Load. Electrical Analytical Equipment Load is an ElectricalAnalyticalNode, and it has + an AnalyticalEquipmentLoadData. Electrical Analytical Area Based Load is a ZoneEquipment, and it has an AreaBasedLoadData. + Only Electrical Analytical Equipment Load can be added into a LoadSet. + + + The electrical analytical load id. + + + The load scenario factor of the given electrical analytical load. + + + The id is not a valid electrical analytical load. + -or- + The id is not a descendant electrical analytical load of the current node. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The functions in this class are aimed to provide demand load calculation detailed data and so that to help users + understand how the total demand load of each Load Classifcation is calculated. + + + This class provides detailed data presentation of the current demand load calculation results of the node such as the electrical equipment load's load scenario factor and demand factor. + Please note whenever you modify any parameters, the data will not be automatically updated. You need to use API GetDemandLoadCalculationDetailsData to get another new data. + The demand load calculation rule of one electrical analytical load is: (apparent load of the load) * (load scenario factor of the load) * (demand factor of the load). You can get apparent load of the + electrical analytical equipment load by AnalyticalEquipmentLoadData.ApparentLoad, and get electrical analytical area based load's apparent load by AreaBasedLoadData.ApparentLoad. + + + + + Creates a load scenario. + + + The document in which to create the load scenario. + + + The name of new load scenario. The actual name may be post-fixed if already exists. + + + The newly created load scenario. + + + document is not a project document. + -or- + name is an empty string or contains only whitespace. + -or- + name cannot include prohibited characters, such as "{, }, [, ], |, ;, less-than sign, greater-than sign, ?, `, ~". + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + + + + + Represents the data and parameters of electrical analytical load scenario. + + + + + Returns whether the input fixity state is valid for Analytical Link Type parameters. + + + The fixity state value to check. + + + True if valid. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + Fixity of rotation around Z. + + + When setting this property: The fixity state rotationZ is not valid for Analytical Link Type parameters. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + Fixity of rotation around Y. + + + When setting this property: The fixity state rotationY is not valid for Analytical Link Type parameters. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + Fixity of rotation around X. + + + When setting this property: The fixity state rotationX is not valid for Analytical Link Type parameters. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + Fixity of translation along Z. + + + When setting this property: The fixity state translationZ is not valid for Analytical Link Type parameters. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + Fixity of translation along Y. + + + When setting this property: The fixity state translationY is not valid for Analytical Link Type parameters. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + Fixity of translation along X. + + + When setting this property: The fixity state translationX is not valid for Analytical Link Type parameters. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + An object that specifies the analysis properties for an AnalyticalLink element. + + + 2013 + + + + + Specifies whether or not an AnalyticalLink was created by an Analytical Element. + + + True if AnalyticalLink was created by an Analytical Element, false otherwise. + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks whether input hub is valid for an AnalyticalLink. + + + Hubs's document. + + + Hub to test for validity. + + + True is returned when provided hubId points hub that is valid for AnalyticalLink, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a new instance of a AnalyticalLink element between two Hubs. + + + Document to which new AnalyticalLink should be added. + + + AnalyticalLinkType for the new AnalyticalLink. + + + Hub at start of AnalyticalLink. + + + Hub at end of AnalyticalLink. + + + The newly created AnalyticalLink instance. + + + startHubId is not a valid Hub ID for an AnalyticalLink element. + -or- + endHubId is not a valid Hub ID for an AnalyticalLink element. + -or- + Thrown if startHubId or endHubId do not represent ids of Hubs. + -or- + Thrown if startHubId == endHubId. + -or- + Thrown if type does not represent an id of an AnalyticalLinkType. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + + + + + Hub ID at end of AnalyticalLink. + + + 2013 + + + + + Hub ID at start of AnalyticalLink. + + + 2013 + + + + + ElementId of Analytical Element which created the AnalyticalLink (if any) + invalidElementId if this Analytical Link was created by the User or API + + + 2013 + + + + + The point at the end of the AnalyticalLink. + + + 2013 + + + + + The point at the start of the AnalyticalLink. + + + 2013 + + + + + An analytical link element that is used to create connections between other Analytical Elements. + + + 2013 + + + + + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The portion of the curve to be selected. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates a selector based on a specific analytical curve. + + + The curve upon which this selector acts. + + + The input curve points to a helical curve and is not supported for this operation. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates a selector based on one portion of a specific analytical curve. + + + The curve upon which this selector acts. + + + Portion of the analytical curve in which the client is interested. + + + The input curve points to a helical curve and is not supported for this operation. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates a selector for the analytical model geometry. + + + This version is useful for single-curve or single-point analytical models. + Additionally, this only acts with respect to the entire curve or point. + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates a selector for the analytical model geometry. + + + This version is useful for single-curve or single-point analytical models. + + + Portion of the analytical curve in which the client has interest. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + Defines a portion of an Analytical Model for an Element. + + + This is used to identify the portion of an analytical model of interest to a client. + To identify the portion of the analytical model, the client must identify + the curve in question, by using one of the following: + The specific curve within the analytical model.The index of the curve within the analytical model. + + If a specific part of that curve is of interest, the client needs to identify that by + specifying one of the following: + The start of the curve.The end of the curve.The entire curve. This is the default behavior, so this does not need specifying. + + 2011 + + + + + + + + + Checks whether the value set for Analytical Structural Role is valid for an Analytical Element. + + + The value set to be verified. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2023 + + + + + Checks whether the value set for Analyze As is valid for an Analytical Element. + + + The value set to be verified. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2023 + + + + + Indicates if the Analytical Element can be expressed as a single curve. + + + True if Analytical Element can be expressed as a single curve, false otherwise. + + + 2023 + + + + + Returns the curve of the Analytical Element. + + + If the Analytical Element cannot be expressed as a single curve, an exception is thrown. + + + The curve of the Analytical Element. + + + This AnalyticalElement contains more than one single curve. + + + 2023 + + + + + + + + Returns a reference to a given curve within the Analytical Element. + + + Specifies where in the Analytical Element the reference lies. + + + Requested reference. + + + selector is not valid for this AnalyticalElement. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + + + + + Indicates if the input selector is valid for the Analytical Element. + + + Portion of the Analytical Element geometry. + + + True if selector is valid for this Analytical Element, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + + + + + Returns the transform which reflects Analytical Element orientation. + + + The orientation of the Analytical Element. + + + 2023 + + + + + The enum value depicting structural role asigned to the Analytical Element. + + + When setting this property: The provided AnalyticalStructuralRole is not supported + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2023 + + + + + This represents the Analyze As parameter assigned to Analytical Element. + + + When setting this property: The provided AnalyzeAs is not supported + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2023 + + + + + Defines the Material Id for the Analytical Element. + + + When setting this property: The provided MaterialId is not supported + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + + + + + Base class for a structural analytical elements. + AnalyticalElement represents the analytical portion of a given Structural Element. + + + 2023 + + + + + Indicates the structural role for the analytical elements. + + + 2023 + + + 2023 + + + + + Member plays role of structural panel. + + + + + Member plays role of structural wall. + + + + + Member plays role of structural floor. + + + + + Member plays role of structural girder. + + + + + Member plays role of structural member. + + + + + Member plays role of structural column. + + + + + Member plays role of structural beam. + + + + + No structural role by default. + + + + + Specifies the fixity setting of individual degrees of freedom in analytical release conditions. + + + + + Degree of freedom has a Spring coefficient. + + + + + Degree of freedom is Released. + + + + + Degree of freedom is Fixed. + + + + + Specifies kind of analytical model loop. + + + 2013 + + + 2013 + + + + + Loops that are empty inside. + In the case of multiple nested loops, this will return a series of loops starting from second most external and every second heading into the most internal. + In the view returned loops are presented as external outline of openings. + + + + + Loops that are filled inside. + In the case of multiple nested loops, this will return the most external and every second loop going from external to internal. + In the view, returned loops are presented as external outline of solids. + + + + + An internal loop is a loop that is inside another loop. + In the case of multiple nested loops, this will return all loops except the most external loop. + + + + + Loops outside all other loops. + In case of multiple nested loops, this will return the most external loop. + + + + + All analytical loops of analytical model surface elements (floor, slab, wall). + + + + + Specifies how analytical model is being aligned in space + + + + + Alignment types are different at each end. + + + + + Reports if analytical model has been manually adjusted, this value can only set internally by Revit. + + + + + Manually set projections for analytical model using projection parameters. + + + + + Auto-detect projections for analytical model. + + + + + Specifies how Rigid Links will be made for the Analytical Model. + + + Rigid Links are curves connecting neighboring Structural Beams and Structural Columns. + + + + + For a structural beam, this indicates that the structural column setting should be used to determine rigid link formation. + This value is not applicable to structural columns. + + + + + For a structural column, this disables rigid Link formation, unless the neighboring structural beam overrides the setting. + For a structural beam, this disables rigid Link formation, overriding the neighboring structural column's setting. + + + + + For a structural column, enables rigid link formation, unless the neighboring structural beam overrides the setting. + For a structural beam, enables rigid link formation, overriding the neighboring structural column's setting. + + + + + Specifies a portion of an Analytical Element or the whole element. + + + + + Entire element + + + + + End or top of element (corresponds to end = 1). + + + + + Start or base of element (corresponds to end = 0). + + + + + Specifies which portion of an Analytical Curve is of interest. + + + + + Entire curve. + + + + + End of curve (corresponds to end = 1). + + + + + Start of curve (corresponds to end = 0). + + + + + Analyze As has various functions within the Analytical Model, and is Element-dependent. + "Not for Analysis" usually means that there will not be an Analytical Model generated. + The others indicate how the Analytical Model behavior will treat the Element in question. + For instance "Hanger" columns have different support expectations than "Gravity" columns. + + + + + Wall interpreted as Gravity and Lateral + + + + + Floor interpreted as Slab Two-Way. + + + + + Analyze As is not applicable. + + + + + Element is not for Analysis. + + + + + Floor interpreted as Slab on a Grade. + + + + + Floor interpreted as Mat Foundation, or general foundation. + + + + + Floor interpreted as Slab One-Way. + + + + + Interpreted as Lateral (support going across). + + + + + Interpreted as Gravity (support going down). + + + + + A hanging Element. + + + + + Identifies what type of Analytical Model curves should be extracted. + + + + + All Rigid Link curves. + Rigid Link at end 0 (head) will be in the first entry. + Rigid Link at end 1 (tail) will be in the last entry. + + + + + Default Analytical Model curve of linear elements (beams, braces, columns). + + + + + Curves approximated using linear segments. + + + + + Curves displayed on screen (not including Rigid Links). + + + + + Rigid Link at end 1 (tail) of the Beam. + + + + + Rigid Link at end 0 (head) of the Beam. + + + + + Base Analytical Model curves generated. + + + + + Indicates what kind of support another Element provides -- Point, Surface, or Curve. + + + + + Support along a surface. + + + + + Support along a curve. + + + + + Support at just one point. + + + + + Support has not been determined. + + + + + Defines how "highly" another Element is giving support for one Element. + + + For instance, a Column may be a higher priority for a Beam than another Beam. + This is useful to find the best supports for a given Element. + + + + + Priority has not been determined. + + + + + Specifies a direction for manipulating analytical model. + + + + + Change in Z direction + + + + + Change in Y direction + + + + + Change in X direction + + + + + Any change, including vertical and horizontal. + + + + + Horizontal change, corresponding to end of Curve Driver. + + + + + Horizontal change, corresponding to start of Curve Driver. + + + + + Change in horizontal direction only (no elevation change). + + + + + Vertical change, for bottom of Element's analytical model. + + + + + Vertical change, for top of Element's analytical model. + + + + + Change in vertical direction only. + + + + + Presets for given Analytical Projection. Combined with AnalyticalDirection, this abstracts + Analytical Projections for all Structural Elements + + + + + Projection types are different at each end. + + + + + Location Line. + + + + + Center of wall core. + + + + + Element-specific default value. + + + + + None of the other projection types apply. + + + + + Use a Datum Plane for projection (e.g., Grid, Level). + + + + + For sketch-based analytical models. + + + + + Set to a bad setting. Should only be set at this very rarely (i.e., at initial creation). + + + + + Auto-detect projections for analytical model. + + + + + Horizontally, corresponds to second side (e.g., exterior). + + + + + Horizontally, corresponds to first side (e.g., interior). + + + + + Vertically, bottom of physical model. + + + + + Vertically, center of physical model. + + + + + Vertically, on top of physical model. + + + + + The total connected current of the analytical bus. + + + 2023 + + + + + The current rating value of the analytical bus. + + + When setting this property: The given value for rating is not a number + -or- + When setting this property: The given value for rating is not finite + + + When setting this property: The given value for rating must be non-negative. + + + 2023 + + + + + The voltage value of the analytical bus. + + + When setting this property: The given value for voltage is not a number + -or- + When setting this property: The given value for voltage is not finite + + + When setting this property: The given value for voltage must be positive. + + + 2023 + + + + + Represents the data and parameters of analytical bus node. + + + 2023 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The coincident load applied load case. + Will be set appropriately after computation. + + + 2023 + + + + + The Total Demand Load + + + 2023 + + + + + The number of phases. + + + 2023 + + + + + Represents the data and parameters of electrical analytical node. + + + 2023 + + + + + returns units multiplier by index + + + index of unit in the list + + + 2012 + + + + + returns units name by index + + + index of unit in the list + + + 2012 + + + + + returns number of possible units + + + 2012 + + + + + Sets names and multipliers of all units for result visualization + + + Unit names for all units (e.g., "Lb" and "Kg") + + + Numerical coefficients mapped to unit names. + They adjust measurement values shown in the legend and display (e.g., 1.0 and 0.451 - if actual measurements are in Lb) + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + names is zero-length or contains duplicate or empty names + -or- + multipliers contains non-positive numbers, or its length is not equal to the length of names + + + 2012 + + + + + + + + + Determines if the input object is equivalent to this AnalysisResultSchema. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Multiplier used for displaying diagram or vector values in view. + + + When setting this property: scale is zero or negative + + + 2012 + + + + + Stores the index in the array of applicable units + + + Must be between 0 and (number of applicable units - 1) + + + When setting this property: currentUnits is not in the range from 0 to (number of applicable units - 1) + + + 2012 + + + + + If true analysis result is visible in view + + + 2012 + + + + + ElementId of analysis display style overriding the style set for view; -1 if the style is not overridden + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Description of analysis result in view + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Name of analysis result in view + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Creates object and assigns name and description + + + Name of the result schema + + + Description of the result schema + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Constructs a new copy of the input AnalysisResultSchema object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Contains all information about one analysis result. Each result may contain several measurements. + + + In order to take effect, the AnalysisResultSchema object has to be registered by calling SpatialFieldManager::RegisterResult, which returns result index for future references; + to make changes to the properties of an already registered object, use method SpatialFieldManager::SetResultSchema and supply result index and replacing object. + + + 2012 + + + + + + + + + Verify if text type id is valid. + + + Text type id to be validated. + + + Document for which %textTypeId% is validated. + + + True if text type id is valid, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Set deformed shape settings object for the style. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Deformed shape settings were not created with the object. + + + 2013 + + + + + Get deformed shape settings object from the style. + + + deformed shape settings were not created with the object. + + + 2013 + + + + + If true style has deformed shape settings. + + + 2013 + + + + + Set vector settings object for the style. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Vector settings were not created with the object. + + + 2012 + + + + + Get vector settings object from the style. + + + vector settings were not created with the object. + + + 2012 + + + + + If true style has vector settings. + + + 2012 + + + + + Set diagram settings object for the style. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + diagram settings were not created with the object. + + + 2012 + + + + + Get diagram settings object from the style. + + + diagram settings were not created with the object. + + + 2012 + + + + + If true style has diagram settings. + + + 2012 + + + + + Set markers and text settings object for the style. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + markers and text settings were not created with the object. + + + 2011 + + + + + Get markers and text settings object from the style. + + + markers and text settings were not created with the object. + + + 2011 + + + + + If true style has markers and text settings. + + + 2012 + + + + + Set colored surface settings object for the style. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + colored surface settings were not created with the object. + + + 2011 + + + + + Get colored surface settings object from the style. + + + colored surface settings were not created with the object. + + + 2011 + + + + + If true style has colored surface settings. + + + 2012 + + + + + Set legend settings object for the style. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Get legend settings object from the style. + + + 2011 + + + + + Set color settings object for the style. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + for Diagram display style, colorSettings must have type SolidColorRanges and exactly one intermediate entry with zero value + + + 2011 + + + + + Get color settings object from the style. + + + 2011 + + + + + Verify the uniqueness of the name among all analysis display style elements of the document. + + + Document in which name uniqueness is verified. + + + Name to verify uniqueness of. + + + Element to be excluded from uniqueness verification (for renaming of an existing element). + + + True if name is unique, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Set name of analysis display style element. + + + Analysis display style element name to be set. + + + name is not unique in document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Finds analysis display style by name. + + + Document in which to look for analysis display style element. + + + Name of analysis display style to look for. + + + Element id of the found analysis display style, invalidElementId if not found. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Returns set of all analysis display styles elements in the given document. + + + Document from which analysis display style elements are retrieved. + + + All analysis display style elements existing in the document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Factory method - creates analysis display style object of type Deformed Shape for the given document. + + + Document for which analysis display style object is created. + + + Name of the analysis display style within the %document%. + + + Deformed Shape settings for the style. + + + Color settings for the style. + + + Legend settings for the style. + + + New analysis display style object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + document is a family. + -or- + name is not unique in document. + + + 2013 + + + + + Factory method - creates analysis display style object of type Vectors for the given document. + + + Document for which analysis display style object is created. + + + Name of the analysis display style within the %document%. + + + Vector settings for the style. + + + Color settings for the style. + + + Legend settings for the style. + + + New analysis display style object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + document is a family. + -or- + name is not unique in document. + + + 2012 + + + + + Factory method - creates analysis display style object of type Diagram for the given document. + + + Document for which analysis display style object is created. + + + Name of the analysis display style within the %document%. + + + Diagram settings for the style. + + + Color settings for the style. + + + Legend settings for the style. + + + New analysis display style object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + document is a family. + -or- + name is not unique in document. + + + 2012 + + + + + Factory method - creates analysis display style object of type Markers and Text for the given document. + + + Document for which analysis display style object is created. + + + Name of the analysis display style within the %document%. + + + Markers and text settings for the style. + + + Color settings for the style. + + + Legend settings for the style. + + + New analysis display style object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + document is a family. + -or- + name is not unique in document. + + + 2011 + + + + + Factory method - creates analysis display style object of type Colored Surface for the given document. + + + Document for which analysis display style object is created. + + + Name of the analysis display style within the %document%. + + + Colored surface settings for the style. + + + Color settings for the style. + + + Legend settings for the style. + + + New analysis display style object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + document is a family. + -or- + name is not unique in document. + + + 2011 + + + + + Exposes API for manipulation of analysis display style. + + + 2011 + + + + + + + + + Compares two deformed shape settings objects. + + + Deformed shape settings object to compare with. + + + True if objects are equal, false otherwise. + + + 2013 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Transparency percentage of deformed shape color fill on surfaces + + + When setting this property: transparency is less than 0 or greater than 100 + + + 2013 + + + + + Line weight of grid lines. + + + 2013 + + + + + Color of grid lines. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Increment to which numeric values of analysis results are rounded in deformed shape. + + + When setting this property: rounding is not positive + + + 2013 + + + + + Type of deformed shape text visualization. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + Element id of text associated with the settings. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + If true, show contour lines in the analysis display. + + + 2013 + + + + + If true, show grid lines in the analysis display. + + + 2013 + + + + + Constructs a default instance of deformed shape settings. + + + 2013 + + + + + Constructs a new copy of the input AnalysisDisplayDeformedShapeSettings object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Contains deformed shape settings for analysis display style element. + + + 2013 + + + + + Defines text visualization types for deformed shape settings of analysis display style. + + + 2013 + + + 2013 + + + + + Show deformed shape text label only for points that have flag ValueAtPointFlags::DisplayText + + + + + Don't show deformed shape text labels + + + + + Show vector text label for each point + + + + + Compares two vector settings objects. + + + Vector settings object to compare with. + + + True if objects are equal, false otherwise. + + + 2012 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Line weight assigned to arrow lines for vectors. + + + 2012 + + + + + Increment to which numeric values of analysis results are rounded in vectors. + + + When setting this property: rounding is not positive + + + 2012 + + + + + Vector orientation. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + Vector position. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + Type of arrow head scaling. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + Type of vector text visualization. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + Element id of text associated with the settings. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Constructs a default instance of vector settings. + + + 2012 + + + + + Constructs a new copy of the input AnalysisDisplayVectorSettings object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Contains vector settings for analysis display style element. + + + 2012 + + + + + Defines vector orientation for vector settings of analysis display style. + + + 2012 + + + 2012 + + + + + Defines vector position for vector settings of analysis display style. + + + 2012 + + + 2012 + + + + + Defines arrow head scaling for vector settings of analysis display style. + + + 2012 + + + 2012 + + + + + Defines text visualization types for vector settings of analysis display style. + + + 2012 + + + 2012 + + + + + Show vector text label only for points that have flag ValueAtPointFlags::DisplayText + + + + + Don't show vector text labels + + + + + Show vector text label for each point + + + + + Compares two diagram settings objects. + + + Diagram settings object to compare with. + + + True if objects are equal, false otherwise. + + + 2012 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Line weight of outline and fence lines in the diagram. + + + 2012 + + + + + Color of outline and fence lines in the diagram. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Transparency percentage of diagram color fill + + + When setting this property: transparency is less than 0 or greater than 100 + + + 2012 + + + + + Increment to which numeric values of analysis results are rounded in diagram. + + + When setting this property: rounding is not positive + + + 2012 + + + + + Type of diagram text label visualization. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + Type of diagram fence visualization. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + Element id of text associated with the settings. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Constructs a default instance of diagram settings. + + + 2012 + + + + + Constructs a new copy of the input AnalysisDisplayDiagramSettings object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Contains diagram settings for analysis display style element. + + + 2012 + + + + + Defines text label visualization types for diagram settings of analysis display style. + + + 2012 + + + 2012 + + + + + Show diagram text label only for points that have flag ValueAtPointFlags::DisplayText + + + + + Don't show diagram text labels + + + + + Show diagram text label for each point + + + + + Defines fence visualization types for diagram settings of analysis display style. + + + 2012 + + + 2012 + + + + + Show fence only for points that have flag ValueAtPointFlags::DisplayFence + + + + + Don't show fence + + + + + Show fence for each point + + + + + Compares two colored surface settings objects. + + + Markers and text settings object to compare with. + + + True if objects are equal, false otherwise. + + + 2011 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Increment to which numeric values of analysis results are rounded in markers. + + + When setting this property: rounding is not positive + + + 2011 + + + + + Size of marker. + + + When setting this property: markerSize is negative + + + 2011 + + + + + Type of diagram text label visualization. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + Type of marker. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + Element id of text associated with the settings. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a default instance of markers and text settings. + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a new copy of the input AnalysisDisplayMarkersAndTextSettings object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Contains markers and text settings for analysis display style element. + + + 2011 + + + + + + + + + Text label visualization types for Markers and Text settings of analysis display style. + + + 2012 + + + 2012 + + + + + Show text markers only for points that have flag ValueAtPointFlags::DisplayText + + + + + Don't show text markers + + + + + Show text markers for each point + + + + + Marker types for Markers and Text settings of analysis display style. + + + 2011 + + + 2011 + + + + + Compares two colored surface settings objects. + + + Colored surface settings object to compare with. + + + True if objects are equal, false otherwise. + + + 2011 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Transparency percentage of colored surface + + + When setting this property: transparency is less than 0 or greater than 100 + + + 2019 + + + + + Line weight of grid lines. + + + 2011 + + + + + Color of grid lines. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + If true, show contour lines in the analysis display. + + + 2013 + + + + + If true, show grid lines in the analysis display. + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a default instance of colored surface settings. + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a new copy of the input AnalysisDisplayColoredSurfaceSettings object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Contains colored surface settings for analysis display style element. + + + 2011 + + + + + + + + + Compares two legend settings objects. + + + Legend settings object to compare to. + + + True if objects are equal, false otherwise. + + + 2011 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + A fixed value to display on the legend scale (0 by default; 0 means width of legend scale is calculated dynamically). + + + 2012 + + + + + Height of scale (for Diagram display). Measured in paperspace units. + + + When setting this property: scaleHeight is greater than 10000 or less than 0 + + + 2012 + + + + + Height of color range (for Colored Surface, Markers and Text, and Vector display). Measured in paperspace units. + + + When setting this property: colorRangeHeight is greater than 10000 or less than 0 + + + 2012 + + + + + Width of color range (for Colored Surface, Markers and Text, and Vector display). Measured in paperspace units. + + + When setting this property: colorRangeWidth is greater than 10000 or less than 0 + + + 2012 + + + + + Number of steps (values between minimum and maximum) to be shown in legend. + + + When setting this property: numberOfSteps is greater than 1000 or less than 0 + + + 2011 + + + + + Rounding increment for numeric values of analysis results. + + + When setting this property: rounding is not positive + + + 2011 + + + + + If true, data description is shown in the legend. + + + 2011 + + + + + If true, data name is shown in the legend. + + + 2011 + + + + + If true, units are shown in the legend. + + + 2011 + + + + + If true, legend is shown in the view. + + + 2011 + + + + + Element id of text associated with legend heading. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Element id of text associated with legend body. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a default instance of legend settings. + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a new copy of the input AnalysisDisplayLegendSettings object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Contains legend settings for analysis display style element. + + + 2011 + + + + + + + + + Compares two color settings objects. + + + Color settings object to compare to. + + + True if objects are equal, false otherwise. + + + 2011 + + + + + Get number of colors, including min, max and intermediate. + + + Number of colors, including min, max and intermediate. + + + 2011 + + + + + Set intermediate color entries (other than the minimum and maximum settings). + + + Array of intermediate color entries. + + + intermediate color entries with specific values are not ordered by value (min to max) or too many intermediate colors (>100). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Verify intermediate color entries + + + Array of intermediate color entries. + + + True if intermediate colors are valid, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Get intermediate color entries (other than the minimum and maximum settings). + + + Array of intermediate color entries. + + + 2011 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Stores type of color settings + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + Color assigned to the minimum value. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Color assigned to the maximum value. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a default instance of color settings. + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a new copy of the input AnalysisDisplayColorSettings object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Contains color settings for analysis display style element. + + + 2011 + + + + + + + + + Defines types for color settings of analysis display style. + + + 2011 + + + 2011 + + + + + Intermediate and min/max color settings define ranges in which the color is constant. + + + + + Intermediate and min/max color settings are used to interpolate color for values between adjacent entries. + + + + + Check if color entry has associated value. + + + True if entry has a value associated with it, false otherwise. + + + 2011 + + + + + Compare color entries. + + + Color entry to compare to. + + + True if color entries are equal, false otherwise. + + + 2011 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Color associated with color entry. + + + 2011 + + + + + Value associated with color entry. + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a color entry with no value assigned. + + + Color assigned to the entry. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a color entry with a specific value assigned. + + + Color assigned to the entry. + + + Value assigned to the entry. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Constructs a new AnalysisDisplayColorEntry with default settings. + + + 2011 + + + + + Contains one entry of intermediate colors in color settings for analysis display style. + + + 2011 + + + + + The height, in sheet size, of the legend's rectangle + + + 2011 + + + + + The legend that describes an Analysis Visualization. + + + 2011 + + + + + An enumerated type listing the locations where Alternate units may be displayed in dimensions. + + + + + Alternative units display below the primary units. + + + + + Alternative units display to the right of the primary units. + + + + + No alternative units. + + + + + 2014 + + + A range of allowed values. + + + 2014 + + + + + Only positive values are allowed. A tolerance of 1.0e-9 is used, so very small positive numbers are rejected. + + + + + All values are allowed. + + + + + Only non-negative values are allowed. A tolerance of 1.0e-9 is used, so very small negative numbers are accepted. + + + + + Get the default offset value for the current length unit type in the document. + The return value is in internal units (standard imperial feet). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021.1 + + + + + Get the default interval value for the current stationing unit type in the document. + The return value is in internal units (standard imperial feet). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021.1 + + + + + An utility class for querying the default values of alignment station label set options. + + + 2021.1 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The request execution status for the service. + + + 2021 + + + + + Perpendicular to the instanteneous tangent at point on geometry to pass + + + 2021 + + + + + Instanteneous tangent at point on geometry to pass + + + 2021 + + + + + Point on geometry to pass + + + 2021 + + + + + Point to pass + + + 2021 + + + + + Station value to pass + + + 2021 + + + + + Distance value to pass + + + 2021 + + + + + Document containing alignment + + + 2021 + + + + + Default type for label set creation + + + 2021 + + + + + Element associated with the Alignment + + + 2021 + + + + + The request type for the service. + + + 2021 + + + + + Initializes to a default, unusable state; Revit needs to make it usable + before passing it to the IInfrastructureAlignmentServer instance. + + + 2021 + + + + + This is a data container used to collect information from an IAlignmentServer + for a given Alignment + + + 2021 + + + + + An enumerated type containing possible request processing statuses for an IAlignmentServer + + + 2021 + + + 2021 + + + + + Request provided data outside geometry range + + + + + Request failed + + + + + Request executed successfully + + + + + An enumerated type containing possible requests for an IAlignmentServer + + + 2021 + + + 2021 + + + + + Get the type with default settings for creating a label set. + If one does not exist, create it. + + + + + Set in-session default type for creating a label set + + + + + Get in-session default type for creating a label set + + + + + Get distance and point on geometry by station + + + + + Get distance, station value and point on geometry by point + + + + + Get station value and point on geometry by alignment distance + + + + + An internal setter for the alignment's "Displayed End Station" parameter. + Supports setting the member variable and touching the appropriate atom. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + An internal setter for the alignment's "Displayed Start Station" parameter. + Supports setting the member variable and touching the appropriate atom. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + An internal setter for the alignment's "Description" parameter. + Supports setting the member variable and touching the appropriate atom. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + An internal setter for the alignment's "Name" parameter. + Supports setting the member variable and touching the appropriate atom. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + An internal creation method to create and attach cell to the specified DirectShape. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + A cell to customize the behavior of elements of category OST_Alignments. + + + 2021 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The fan type. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2020.1 + + + + + The chilled water loop used for the chilled water option of cooling coil. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020.1 + + + + + The cooling coil type. Note this property change would reset the chilled water loop. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2020.1 + + + + + The water loop element id for the hot-water heating coil. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020.1 + + + + + The heating coil type. Note this property change would reset the heating water loop. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2020.1 + + + + + The water loop element id for the hot-water preheat coil. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020.1 + + + + + The preheat coil type. Note this property change would reset the preheat water loop. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2020.1 + + + + + The type of heat exchanger. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Represents the data and parameter of analytical air system. + + + 2020.1 + + + + + The type of electrical analytical node. + + + 2023 + + + + + Equipment Load + + + + + Transfer Switch + + + + + Transformer + + + + + Bus + + + + + Power Source + + + + + The behavior of zone equipment associated with spaces. + + + 2020 + + + + + The type of zone equipment. + + + 2020 + + + + + The type of air fan. + + + 2020 + + + + + The type of air cooling coil. + + + 2020 + + + + + The type of air heating coil. + + + 2020 + + + + + The type of air loop. + + + 2020 + + + + + The type of water chiller. + + + 2020 + + + + + The type of water loop. + + + 2020 + + + + + The domain type of analytical system. + + + 2020 + + + + + This enumeration is used to classify the mechanical equipment. + + + 2019 + + + + + The pump equipment. + + + + + The undefined equipment type. + + + + + The property labeled "The 2D fiber distortion map (NO degamma op)" from the "AdvancedWood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "The scale of distortion for secondary curly highlight" from the "AdvancedWood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Enable distortion for wood secondary curly highlight" from the "AdvancedWood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Profile for latewood color perlin noise" from the "AdvancedWood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Use perlin noise for latewood color" from the "AdvancedWood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Profile for earlywood color perlin noise" from the "AdvancedWood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Use perlin noise for earlywood color" from the "AdvancedWood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Anisotropic pos-z scale for secondary highlight perlin" from the "AdvancedWood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Profile for secondary highlight perlin noise" from the "AdvancedWood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Use perlin noise for secondary highlight" from the "AdvancedWood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Anisotropic pos-z scale for diffuse albedo perlin" from the "AdvancedWood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Profile for diffuse albedo perlin noise" from the "AdvancedWood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Use perlin function for diffuse albedo" from the "AdvancedWood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Profile for growth perlin noise" from the "AdvancedWood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Use perlin noise for ring growth" from the "AdvancedWood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Profile for fiber cosine function" from the "AdvancedWood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Use cosine function for wood fiber" from the "AdvancedWood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Anisotropic pos-z scale for fiber perlin" from the "AdvancedWood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Profile for fiber perlin noise" from the "AdvancedWood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Use perlin noise for wood fiber" from the "AdvancedWood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Roughness for surface groove area" from the "AdvancedWood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Use additional groove roughness" from the "AdvancedWood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Depth (cm) of the latewood bump" from the "AdvancedWood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDistance". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Use latewood bump" from the "AdvancedWood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Weight of diffuse lobe" from the "AdvancedWood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Roughness for secondary highlight" from the "AdvancedWood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Ratio between two radii of ray ellipse" from the "AdvancedWood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Radius (cm) along the longer axis of ray ellipse" from the "AdvancedWood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDistance". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Number of slices in xy plane" from the "AdvancedWood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyInteger". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Length (cm) of z segment containing one ray" from the "AdvancedWood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDistance". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Power to compute ray color" from the "AdvancedWood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Use rays feature" from the "AdvancedWood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Bump depth variation (cm) for pores" from the "AdvancedWood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDistance". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Power to compute pore color" from the "AdvancedWood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Radius (cm) of the impact circle of each pore" from the "AdvancedWood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDistance". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Dim (cm) of cell containing one pore" from the "AdvancedWood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDistance". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Pore type" from the "AdvancedWood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyInteger" with accepted values in the enumerated type "WoodPoreType". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Use pores feature" from the "AdvancedWood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Manual latewood color" from the "AdvancedWood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Use manual latewood color" from the "AdvancedWood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Power to compute secondary highlight color" from the "AdvancedWood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Power to compute latewood color" from the "AdvancedWood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Earlywood color" from the "AdvancedWood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Percentage of pure latewood" from the "AdvancedWood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Percentage of pure earlywood" from the "AdvancedWood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Percentage of latewood in each ring" from the "AdvancedWood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Thickness (cm) of yearly growth ring" from the "AdvancedWood" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDistance". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + A static class that provides access to the property names that appear in the AdvancedWood visual asset schema. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "NDF" from the "AdvancedTransparent" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyInteger" with accepted values in the enumerated type "SurfaceNdfType". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Roughness" from the "AdvancedTransparent" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Rotation" from the "AdvancedTransparent" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Image" from the "AdvancedTransparent" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyReference" and will only contain a reference to a connected image. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Image" from the "AdvancedTransparent" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyReference" and will only contain a reference to a connected image. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Anisotropy" from the "AdvancedTransparent" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Color" from the "AdvancedTransparent" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "IOR" from the "AdvancedTransparent" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Transparent Distance" from the "AdvancedTransparent" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDistance". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Color" from the "AdvancedTransparent" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + A static class that provides access to the property names that appear in the AdvancedTransparent visual asset schema. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "NDF" from the "AdvancedOpaque" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyInteger" with accepted values in the enumerated type "SurfaceNdfType". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Roughness" from the "AdvancedOpaque" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Rotation" from the "AdvancedOpaque" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Image" from the "AdvancedOpaque" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyReference" and will only contain a reference to a connected image. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Image" from the "AdvancedOpaque" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyReference" and will only contain a reference to a connected image. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Anisotropy" from the "AdvancedOpaque" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Color" from the "AdvancedOpaque" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Luminance Scale" from the "AdvancedOpaque" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Emissive Luminance" from the "AdvancedOpaque" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Emission" from the "AdvancedOpaque" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Translucency Weight" from the "AdvancedOpaque" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Translucency Depth" from the "AdvancedOpaque" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDistance". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Translucency" from the "AdvancedOpaque" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Specular reflectance" from the "AdvancedOpaque" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Color" from the "AdvancedOpaque" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + A static class that provides access to the property names that appear in the AdvancedOpaque visual asset schema. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "NDF" from the "AdvancedMetal" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyInteger" with accepted values in the enumerated type "SurfaceNdfType". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Roughness" from the "AdvancedMetal" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Rotation" from the "AdvancedMetal" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Image" from the "AdvancedMetal" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyReference" and will only contain a reference to a connected image. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Image" from the "AdvancedMetal" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyReference" and will only contain a reference to a connected image. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Anisotropy" from the "AdvancedMetal" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Color" from the "AdvancedMetal" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Reflectance" from the "AdvancedMetal" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + A static class that provides access to the property names that appear in the AdvancedMetal visual asset schema. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The voltage loss factor. + + + The loss factor as a numerical value between 0.0 and 2.0 + + + When setting this property: The loss factor is not valid because it is not between 0.0 and 2.0. + + + 2013 + + + + + The temperature loss factor. + + + The loss factor as a numerical value between 0.0 and 2.0 + + + When setting this property: The loss factor is not valid because it is not between 0.0 and 2.0. + + + 2013 + + + + + The surface depreciation loss factor. + + + The loss factor as a numerical value between 0.0 and 1.0 + + + When setting this property: The loss factor is not valid because it is not between 0.0 and 1.0. + + + 2013 + + + + + The luminaire dirt depreciation loss factor. + + + The loss factor as a numerical value between 0.0 and 1.0 + + + When setting this property: The loss factor is not valid because it is not between 0.0 and 1.0. + + + 2013 + + + + + The lamp tilt loss factor. + + + The loss factor as a numerical value between 0.0 and 1.0 + + + When setting this property: The loss factor is not valid because it is not between 0.0 and 1.0. + + + 2013 + + + + + The lamp lumen depreciation loss factor. + + + The loss factor as a numerical value between 0.0 and 1.0 + + + When setting this property: The loss factor is not valid because it is not between 0.0 and 1.0. + + + 2013 + + + + + The ballast loss factor. + + + The loss factor as a numerical value between 0.0 and 1.0 + + + When setting this property: The loss factor is not valid because it is not between 0.0 and 1.0. + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a copy of the given advanced loss factor object + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates an advanced loss factor object with the given values. + + + The ballast loss factor as a numerical value between 0.0 and 1.0. + + + The lamp lumen depreciation loss factor as a numerical value between 0.0 and 1.0. + + + The lamp tilt loss factor as a numerical value between 0.0 and 1.0. + + + The luminaire dirt depreciation loss factor as a numerical value between 0.0 and 1.0. + + + The surface depreciation loss factor as a numerical value between 0.0 and 1.0. + + + The temperature loss factor as a numerical value between 0.0 and 2.0. + + + The voltage loss factor as a numerical value between 0.0 and 2.0. + + + The loss factor is not valid because it is not between 0.0 and 1.0. + -or- + The loss factor is not valid because it is not between 0.0 and 2.0. + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates an advanced loss factor object with values set to no loss. + + + 2013 + + + + + This class encapsulates advanced lighting loss factor calculation. + + + Advanced lighting loss factor is a combination of several different factors. + Each factor has a value of 0.0 (total loss) to 1.0 (no loss). + + + 2013 + + + + + The property labeled "NDF" from the "AdvancedLayered" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyInteger" with accepted values in the enumerated type "SurfaceNdfType". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Roughness" from the "AdvancedLayered" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Rotation" from the "AdvancedLayered" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Image" from the "AdvancedLayered" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyReference" and will only contain a reference to a connected image. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Image" from the "AdvancedLayered" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyReference" and will only contain a reference to a connected image. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Anisotropy" from the "AdvancedLayered" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Color" from the "AdvancedLayered" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "NDF" from the "AdvancedLayered" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyInteger" with accepted values in the enumerated type "LayeredNdfType". + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Roughness" from the "AdvancedLayered" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Rotation" from the "AdvancedLayered" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Image" from the "AdvancedLayered" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyReference" and will only contain a reference to a connected image. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Anisotropy" from the "AdvancedLayered" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Color" from the "AdvancedLayered" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Fraction" from the "AdvancedLayered" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Clearcoat reflectance" from the "AdvancedLayered" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "Color" from the "AdvancedLayered" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + A static class that provides access to the property names that appear in the AdvancedLayered visual asset schema. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The property labeled "NDF" from the "AdvancedGlazing" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyInteger" with accepted values in the enumerated type "SurfaceNdfType". + + + 2018 + + + + + The property labeled "Roughness" from the "AdvancedGlazing" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018 + + + + + The property labeled "Rotation" from the "AdvancedGlazing" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018 + + + + + The property labeled "Image" from the "AdvancedGlazing" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyReference" and will only contain a reference to a connected image. + + + 2018 + + + + + The property labeled "Image" from the "AdvancedGlazing" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyReference" and will only contain a reference to a connected image. + + + 2018 + + + + + The property labeled "Anisotropy" from the "AdvancedGlazing" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018 + + + + + The property labeled "Color" from the "AdvancedGlazing" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018 + + + + + The property labeled "Backface Culling" from the "AdvancedGlazing" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyBoolean". + + + 2018 + + + + + The property labeled "Reflective Color" from the "AdvancedGlazing" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018 + + + + + The property labeled "Transmissive roughness" from the "AdvancedGlazing" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDouble". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018 + + + + + The property labeled "Transmissive color" from the "AdvancedGlazing" schema. + + + This property is of type "AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d". + This property allows a connected asset. + + + 2018 + + + + + A static class that provides access to the property names that appear in the AdvancedGlazing visual asset schema. + + + 2018 + + + + + name of addin associated with this AddInId + Attempts to obtain the name from loaded Third Party AddIns + + + name of addin + + + 2011 + + + + + value of the AddInId as a GUID + + + GUID value of the AddInId + + + 2011 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + name of application associated with this ApplicationId + First attempts to obtain the name from AddInIds stored in the document. + If unsuccessful, attempts to obtain the name from loaded Third Party AddIns. + + + target document + + + name of application + + + A non-optional argument was NULL + + + 2011 + + + + + creates an AddInId object with a given GUID + + + GUID value + + + 2011 + + + + + Identifies an AddIn registered with Revit + + + 2011 + + + + + Sets the value of the flip parameter on the adaptive instance. + + + The FamilyInstance + + + The flip flag + + + The FamilyInstance famInst is not an Adaptive Family Instance. + -or- + The FamilyInstance famInst does not have an Adaptive Family Symbol. + -or- + The FamilyInstance famInst cannot be flipped or unflipped. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This operation failed. + + + 2012 + + + + + Gets the value of the flip parameter on the adaptive instance. + + + The FamilyInstance + + + True if the instance is flipped. + + + The FamilyInstance famInst is not an Adaptive Family Instance. + -or- + The FamilyInstance famInst does not have an Adaptive Family Symbol. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Gets Shape Handle Adaptive Point Element Ref ids to which the instance geometry adapts. + + + The output contains shape handle point ref ids. + + If there are no shape handle points defined in the Family then the output + is empty. + + + The FamilyInstance + + + The Shape Handle Adaptive Point Element Ref ids to which the instance geometry adapts. + + + The FamilyInstance famInst is not an Adaptive Family Instance. + -or- + The FamilyInstance famInst does not have an Adaptive Family Symbol. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This operation failed. + + + 2012 + + + + + Gets Placement Adaptive Point Element Ref ids to which the instance geometry adapts. + + + The output contains placement point ref ids. The element ids are sorted in + by the placement numbers (increasing order). + + + The FamilyInstance. + + + The Placement Adaptive Point Element Ref ids to which the instance geometry adapts. + + + The FamilyInstance famInst is not an Adaptive Family Instance. + -or- + The FamilyInstance famInst does not have an Adaptive Family Symbol. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This operation failed. + + + 2012 + + + + + Gets Adaptive Point Element Ref ids to which the instance geometry adapts. + + + The output contains both placement point ref ids and the shape handles + point ref ids. The order corresponds to the same order as that + of the Adaptive Points in the Family (which may not be ordered as per + their placement number). + + Will return an empty array if there are no placement points and shape + handles. To manipulate such an instance the following methods can be + useful: + 1) RehostAdaptiveComponentInstanceWithNoPlacementPoints() + 2) MoveAdaptiveComponentInstance() + + + The FamilyInstance. + + + The Adaptive Point Element Ref ids to which the instance geometry adapts. + + + The FamilyInstance famInst is not an Adaptive Family Instance. + -or- + The FamilyInstance famInst does not have an Adaptive Family Symbol. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This operation failed. + + + 2012 + + + + + Moves Adaptive Component Instance by the specified transformation. + + + This method will attempt a rigid body motion of all the individual references and hence + the instance itself. However if unHost parameter is 'false' and any of the instance's + references are hosted to any geometry, then those references will move within the constraints. + The instance then adapts to where its references are moved to. + + + The FamilyInstance + + + The Transformation + + + True if the move should disassociate the Point Element Refs from their hosts. + False if the Point Element Refs remain hosted. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + trf is not a rigid body transformation. + + + Unable to move the adaptive component instance. + + + 2012 + + + + + Creates a FamilyInstance of Adaptive Component Family. + + + This method creates an Adaptive FamilyInstance and its PointElement references. + The references can be accessed by methods like GetInstancePointElementRefIds(). + The PointElement references can be moved, rehosted or manipulated just like any + other PointElements. The FamilyInstance would then 'adapt' to these references. + + + The Document + + + The FamilySymbol + + + The Family Instance + + + The element famSymb was not found in the given document. + -or- + The Symbol famSymb is not an Adaptive Family Symbol. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Unable to create adaptive component instance. + + + 2012 + + + + + Verifies if a FamilyInstance is an Adaptive Component Instance. + + + The FamilyInstance + + + True if the FamilyInstance has an Adaptive Component Instances. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Verifies if a FamilyInstance has an Adaptive Family Symbol. + + + The FamilyInstance + + + True if the FamilyInstance has an Adaptive Family Symbol. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Verifies if a FamilySymbol is a valid Adaptive Family Symbol. + + + The FamilySymbol + + + True if the FamilySymbol is a valid Adaptive Family Symbol. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + An interface for Adaptive Component Instances. + + + 2012 + + + + + + + + + Sets constrain type of an Adaptive Shape Handle Point. + + + The Document + + + The ReferencePoint id + + + Constraint type of the Adaptive Shape Handle Point. + + + The ElementId refPointId does not correspond to a valid ReferencePoint. + -or- + The Element corresponding to ElementId refPointId does not belong to an Adaptive Family. + -or- + The ElementId refPointId does not correspond to a Shape Handle Point. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + This operation failed. + + + 2012 + + + + + Gets constrain type of an Adaptive Shape Handle Point. + + + The Document + + + The ReferencePoint id + + + Constraint type of the Adaptive Shape Handle Point. + + + The ElementId refPointId does not correspond to a valid ReferencePoint. + -or- + The Element corresponding to ElementId refPointId does not belong to an Adaptive Family. + -or- + The ElementId refPointId does not correspond to a Shape Handle Point. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Sets orientation type of an Adaptive Placement Point. + + + The Document + + + The ReferencePoint id + + + Orientation type of the Adaptive Placement Point. + + + The ElementId refPointId does not correspond to a valid ReferencePoint. + -or- + The Element corresponding to ElementId refPointId does not belong to an Adaptive Family. + -or- + The ElementId refPointId does not correspond to an Adaptive Placement Point. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + This operation failed. + + + 2012 + + + + + Gets orientation type of an Adaptive Placement Point. + + + The Document + + + The ReferencePoint id + + + Orientation type of Adaptive Placement Point. + + + The ElementId refPointId does not correspond to a valid ReferencePoint. + -or- + The Element corresponding to ElementId refPointId does not belong to an Adaptive Family. + -or- + The ElementId refPointId does not correspond to an Adaptive Placement Point. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Sets Placement Number of an Adaptive Placement Point. + + + The Document + + + The ReferencePoint id + + + Placement number of the Adaptive Placement Point. + + + The ElementId refPointId does not correspond to a valid ReferencePoint. + -or- + The Element corresponding to ElementId refPointId does not belong to an Adaptive Family. + -or- + The ElementId refPointId does not correspond to an Adaptive Placement Point. + -or- + The number placementNumber is out of range. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This operation failed. + + + 2012 + + + + + Gets Placement number of an Adaptive Placement Point. + + + The Document + + + The ReferencePoint id + + + Placement number of the Adaptive Placement Point. + + + The ElementId refPointId does not correspond to a valid ReferencePoint. + -or- + The Element corresponding to ElementId refPointId does not belong to an Adaptive Family. + -or- + The ElementId refPointId does not correspond to an Adaptive Placement Point. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Makes Reference Point an Adaptive Point or makes an Adaptive Point a Reference Point. + + + The Document + + + The ReferencePoint id + + + The Adaptive Point Type + + + The ElementId refPointId does not correspond to a valid ReferencePoint. + -or- + The Element corresponding to ElementId refPointId does not belong to an Adaptive Family. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + This operation failed. + + + 2012 + + + + + Gets number of Shape Handle Point Elements in Adaptive Component Family. + + + The Family + + + Number of Adaptive Shape Handle Point Element References in the Adaptive Component Family. + + + The Family family is not an Adaptive Component Family. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This operation failed. + + + 2012 + + + + + Gets number of Placement Point Elements in Adaptive Component Family. + + + The Family + + + Number of Adaptive Placement Point Element References in Adaptive Component Family. + + + The Family family is not an Adaptive Component Family. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This operation failed. + + + 2012 + + + + + Gets number of Adaptive Point Elements in Adaptive Component Family. + + + The Family + + + Number of Adaptive Point Element References in Adaptive Component Family. + + + The Family family is not an Adaptive Component Family. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This operation failed. + + + 2012 + + + + + Verifies if the Reference Point is an Adaptive Shape Handle Point. + + + The Document + + + The ReferencePoint id + + + True if the Point is an Adaptive Shape Handle Point. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Verifies if the Reference Point is an Adaptive Placement Point. + + + The Document + + + The ReferencePoint id + + + True if the Point is an Adaptive Placement Point. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Verifies if the Reference Point is an Adaptive Point. + + + The Document + + + The ReferencePoint id + + + True if the Point is an Adaptive Point (Placement Point or Shape Handle Point). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Verifies if the Family is an Adaptive Component Family. + + + The Family + + + True if the Family is an Adaptive Component Family. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + An interface for Adaptive Component Instances. + + + 2012 + + + + + + + + + An enumerated type containing possible types for Adaptive Points. + + + 2012 + + + + + Shape Handle Point. + + + + + Placement Point. + + + + + Reference Point. + + + + + An enumerated type containing possible orientation types for Adaptive Points. + + +

The default orientation of adaptive points is AdaptivePointOrientationType.ToInstance.

+

All the items of this enumerated type were renamed for Revit 2016 + to better align the names with the corresponding text in the Revit UI. + The numeric values of the items weren't modified, allowing existing + applications to work. However, to be able to rebuild an application, + all point orientations need to be changed to their respective new names.

+
+ + 2012 + +
+ + +

The adaptive point will be oriented to the coordinate system of the adaptive + family instance the point is part of. This is the default orientation of adaptive points.

+

This option was previously named: FamilyOrthogonal

+
+
+ + +

The Z axis of the adaptive point will be oriented to the Z axis of the adaptive family instance + the point is part of. The XY axis are determined by the XY of the geometry the point is hosted on.

+

This option was previously named: FamilyVertical

+
+
+ + +

The adaptive point will be oriented to the coordinate system of the document the instance is placed in.

+

This option was previously named: PlacementOrthogonal

+
+
+ + +

The Z axis of the adaptive point will be oriented to the Z axis of the document the instance + is placed in. The XY axis are determined by the XY of the geometry the point is hosted on.

+

This option was previously named: PlacementVertical.

+
+
+ + +

The adaptive point will be oriented to the coordinate system of the geometry the point is hosted on. + However, the orientation of the Z axis is controlled by the order of placed points. If the placed + adaptive points of a component are placed in a different order with respect to the host order, + (clockwise instead of counter-clockwise), then the Z axis will invert and the planar projection will flip.

+

This option was previously named: HostReferenceAutoFlip.

+
+
+ + +

The adaptive point will be oriented to the coordinate system of the geometry the point is hosted on. + This option was previously named: HostReferenceStrictly

+
+
+ + + An enumerated type containing possible constraint types for Adaptive Points. + + + 2012 + + + + + Constrained to the Z Axis (x=0, y=0). + + + + + Constrained to the Y Axis (x=0, z=0). + + + + + Constrained to the X Axis (y=0, z=0). + + + + + Constrained to the XY Plane (z=0). + + + + + Constrained to the ZX Plane (y=0). + + + + + Constrained to the YZ Plane (x=0). + + + + + Not constrained. + + + + + Retrieves the output path of the converted ATFXML file. + + + + + Sets the output path of the converted ATFXML file. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + If only visible layers will be imported into Revit. + + + + + If mass floors will be created in Revit. + + + + + If levels in AXM file will be imported into Revit. + + + + + The path of the AXM file to import. + + + + + The current document. + + + + + The data associated with the AXM importer service. + + + + + Checks whether a plus prefix can be displayed for the display unit in this FormatOptions. + + + True if a plus prefix can be displayed, false otherwise. + + + UseDefault is true in this FormatOptions. + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks whether a plus prefix can be displayed for a given unit. + + + Identifier of the unit. + + + True if a plus prefix can be displayed, false otherwise. + + + unitTypeId is not a unit identifier. See UnitUtils.IsUnit(ForgeTypeId) and UnitUtils.GetUnitTypeId(DisplayUnitType). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks whether spaces can be suppressed for the display unit in this FormatOptions. + + + True if spaces can be suppressed, false otherwise. + + + UseDefault is true in this FormatOptions. + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks whether spaces can be suppressed for a given unit. + + + Identifier of the unit. + + + True if spaces can be suppressed, false otherwise. + + + unitTypeId is not a unit identifier. See UnitUtils.IsUnit(ForgeTypeId) and UnitUtils.GetUnitTypeId(DisplayUnitType). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks whether leading zeros can be suppressed for the display unit in this FormatOptions. + + + True if leading zeros can be suppressed, false otherwise. + + + UseDefault is true in this FormatOptions. + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks whether leading zeros can be suppressed for a given unit. + + + Identifier of the unit. + + + True if leading zeros can be suppressed, false otherwise. + + + unitTypeId is not a unit identifier. See UnitUtils.IsUnit(ForgeTypeId) and UnitUtils.GetUnitTypeId(DisplayUnitType). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks whether trailing zeros can be suppressed for the display unit in this FormatOptions. + + + True if trailing zeros can be suppressed, false otherwise. + + + UseDefault is true in this FormatOptions. + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks whether trailing zeros can be suppressed for a given unit. + + + Identifier of the unit. + + + True if trailing zeros can be suppressed, false otherwise. + + + unitTypeId is not a unit identifier. See UnitUtils.IsUnit(ForgeTypeId) and UnitUtils.GetUnitTypeId(DisplayUnitType). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks whether an accuracy is valid for the display unit in this FormatOptions. + + + See the Accuracy property for details on + valid accuracy values. + + + The accuracy to check. + + + True if the accuracy is valid, false otherwise. + + + UseDefault is true in this FormatOptions. + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks whether an accuracy is valid for a given unit. + + + See the Accuracy property for details on + valid accuracy values. + + + Identifier of the unit. + + + The accuracy to check. + + + True if the accuracy is valid, false otherwise. + + + unitTypeId is not a unit identifier. See UnitUtils.IsUnit(ForgeTypeId) and UnitUtils.GetUnitTypeId(DisplayUnitType). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the identifiers of all valid symbols for the unit in this FormatOptions. + + + Identifiers of the valid symbols. + + + UseDefault is true in this FormatOptions. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the identifiers of all valid symbols for a given unit. + + + Identifier of the unit. + + + Identifiers of the valid symbols. + + + unitTypeId is not a unit identifier. See UnitUtils.IsUnit(ForgeTypeId) and UnitUtils.GetUnitTypeId(DisplayUnitType). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks whether a symbol is valid for the unit in this FormatOptions. + + + Identifier of the symbol to check. + + + True if the symbol is valid, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + UseDefault is true in this FormatOptions. + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks whether a symbol is valid for a given unit. + + + Identifier of the unit. + + + Identifier of the symbol to check. + + + True if the symbol is valid, false otherwise. + + + unitTypeId is not a unit identifier. See UnitUtils.IsUnit(ForgeTypeId) and UnitUtils.GetUnitTypeId(DisplayUnitType). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks whether a symbol can be specified to display the unit in this FormatOptions. + + + True if a symbol can be specified, false otherwise. + + + UseDefault is true in this FormatOptions. + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks whether a symbol can be specified to display a given unit. + + + Identifier of the unit. + + + True if a symbol can be specified, false otherwise. + + + unitTypeId is not a unit identifier. See UnitUtils.IsUnit(ForgeTypeId) and UnitUtils.GetUnitTypeId(DisplayUnitType). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Sets the symbol that should be displayed to indicate the unit quantifying the value. + + + The symbol identifier. An empty identifier string indicates no symbol. + + + symbolTypeId is not a valid symbol for the unit in this FormatOptions. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + UseDefault is true in this FormatOptions. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the identifier of the symbol indicating the unit quantifying the value. + + + The symbol identifier. An empty identifier string indicates no symbol. + + + UseDefault is true in this FormatOptions. + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks whether this FormatOptions is valid for a given spec. + + + The FormatOptions is valid if UseDefault is true or if the unit in + the FormatOptions is valid for the spec. See + UnitUtils.IsValidUnit(ForgeTypeId, ForgeTypeId) and + UnitUtils.GetValidUnits(ForgeTypeId). + + + Identifier of the spec. + + + True if the FormatOptions is valid, false otherwise. + + + specTypeId is not a measurable spec identifier. See UnitUtils.IsMeasurableSpec(ForgeTypeId). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Sets the unit used to quantify values. + + + The unit identifier. + + + unitTypeId is not a unit identifier. See UnitUtils.IsUnit(ForgeTypeId) and UnitUtils.GetUnitTypeId(DisplayUnitType). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + UseDefault is true in this FormatOptions. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the identifier of the unit used to quantify values. + + + Most units, such as square feet or degrees, are formatted as decimal + decimal numbers. Other units may be displayed with specialized + formatting methods like "feet and fractional inches" or "degrees, + minutes and seconds". + + + UseDefault is true in this FormatOptions. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The method used to round values: round to nearest, round up, or round down. + + + The RoundingMethod property is currently only supported for rebar parameters. + A FormatOptions object containing any rounding method may be returned by Element.GetParameterFormatOptions() and may be passed to the formatting and parsing utilities in the UnitFormatUtils class. + FormatOptions objects used in other contexts must contain the default rounding method (Nearest). + + + The rounding method. The default is Nearest. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + UseDefault is true in this FormatOptions. + + + 2016 + + + + + Indicates if digit grouping symbols should be displayed. + + + When UseDigitGrouping is true, digit grouping symbols (i.e. + thousands separators) will be displayed when needed. For example, + 123456789.00 may be displayed as 123,456,789.00. The precise + display is determined by the DigitGroupingSymbol and + DigitGroupingAmount properties of the Units class. + + + True if digit grouping symbols should be displayed, false otherwise. The default is false. + + + UseDefault is true in this FormatOptions. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates if a plus sign prefix should be displayed for positive and zero values. + + + This property is applicable to length display units (e.g. + meters or feet). It is not currently supported for other unit + types like area or force. The UI also does not permit it to be + enabled in the Units class that represents the document's default + settings, but that restriction is not enforced in the API. + When UsePlusPrefix is true, a plus sign ("+") will be + displayed before positive and zero values, just as a minus sign + ("-") is displayed before negative values. For example, 1.234 will + be displayed as +1.234 and 0.0 will be displayed as +0.0. + + + True if a plus prefix should be displayed, false otherwise. The default is false. + + + UseDefault is true in this FormatOptions. + -or- + When setting this property: UsePlusPrefix was set to true but a plus prefix cannot be displayed for the display unit in this FormatOptions. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates if spaces around the dash should be suppressed in feet and fractional inches. + + + This property is applicable to display units related to feet + and fractional inches: + + DUT_FEET_FRACTIONAL_INCHES + DUT_RISE_OVER_FOOT + DUT_RISE_OVER_10_FEET + + When SuppressLeadingZeros is true, spaces will not be + inserted before and after the dash separating feet from + inches. For example, 1' - 2 3/4" will be displayed as + 1'-2 3/4". + + + True if spaces should be suppressed, false otherwise. The default is false. + + + UseDefault is true in this FormatOptions. + -or- + When setting this property: SuppressSpaces was set to true but spaces cannot be suppressed for the display unit in this FormatOptions. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates if leading zeros should be suppressed in feet and fractional inches. + + + This property is applicable to display units related to feet + and fractional inches: + + DUT_FEET_FRACTIONAL_INCHES + DUT_RISE_OVER_FOOT + DUT_RISE_OVER_10_FEET + + When SuppressLeadingZeros is true: + + If the foot component of the value is zero (the value is less + than one foot), it will not be displayed. For example, 0' - 2 3/4" + will be displayed as 2 3/4". + If both the foot and integer inch components of the value are + zero (the value is less than one inch), neither will be displayed. + For example, 0' - 0 3/4" will be displayed as 3/4". + However, an integer inch component of zero will be displayed + if the foot component is non-zero. For example 1' - 0 3/4" will be + displayed as 1' - 0 3/4". + + + + True if leading zeros should be suppressed, false otherwise. The default is false. + + + UseDefault is true in this FormatOptions. + -or- + When setting this property: SuppressLeadingZeros was set to true but leading zeros cannot be suppressed for the display unit in this FormatOptions. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates if trailing zeros after the decimal point should be + suppressed. + + + This property is applicable to display units which are + formatted as a decimal number. It is not applicable to the + following display units which have specialized formatting: + + DUT_GENERAL + DUT_FEET_FRACTIONAL_INCHES + DUT_FRACTIONAL_INCHES + DUT_METERS_CENTIMETERS + DUT_DEGREES_AND_MINUTES + DUT_RISE_OVER_INCHES + DUT_RISE_OVER_120_INCHES + DUT_RISE_OVER_FOOT + DUT_RISE_OVER_10_FEET + + When SuppressTrailingZeros is true, trailing zeros to the + right of the decimal point will not be displayed. For example, + 1.200 will be displayed as 1.2. + Trailing zeros are always suppressed for DUT_GENERAL, and the + SuppressTrailingZeros property is not used. + + + True if trailing zeros should be suppressed, false otherwise. The default is false. + + + UseDefault is true in this FormatOptions. + -or- + When setting this property: SuppressTrailingZeros was set to true but trailing zeros cannot be suppressed for the display unit in this FormatOptions. + + + 2014 + + + + + The accuracy to which values will be rounded. + + + Formatted values will be rounded to the nearest multiple of + the accuracy value. + Accuracy is specified in display units, not in Revit's + internal units. + For DUT_GENERAL, the accuracy value is always 0.000001 and + cannot be set to another value. DUT_GENERAL is a special display + unit that always rounds to six decimal places and suppresses + trailing zeros, roughly equivalent to DUT_FIXED with the accuracy + set to 0.000001 and SuppressTrailingZeros set to true. + For other display units, a wide range of accuracy values may + be specified. All values from 1.0e-12 to 1.0e12 will be accepted, + but the specified value will be automatically adjusted to the + nearest supported value if necessary. For best results, the + accuracy value should be chosen to be compatible with the display + unit: + + For most display units, the value is displayed as a decimal + number, and the accuracy should typically be a power of 10, for + example 1.0 to round to 0 decimal places or 0.001 to round to 3 + decimal places. Other values can be used, for example 0.25 to + round to the nearest 0.25 (displayed with 2 decimal places) or + 2.0 to round to the nearest even integer (displayed with 0 decimal + places). The specified accuracy will automatically be rounded to + the nearest positive multiple of 1.0e-12. + For DUT_FRACTIONAL_INCHES, DUT_RISE_OVER_INCHES, and + DUT_RISE_OVER_120_INCHES, the accuracy should typically be a power + of 2, for example 0.25 to round to the nearest 1/4". Other values + can be used, for example 6.0 to round to the nearest 6" or 1.5 to + round to the nearest 1 1/2". For DUT_FEET_FRACTIONAL_INCHES, + DUT_RISE_OVER_FOOT, and DUT_RISE_OVER_10_FEET, similar accuracy + values can be used but they must be divided by 12 because the + accuracy is specified in feet. The specified accuracy will + automatically be rounded to the nearest positive multiple of + 1/2^20 inches. + For DUT_DEGREES_AND_MINUTES, the accuracy should typically + be a power of 10 divided by 3600 to round seconds to a specific + number of decimal places, for example 1.0 / 3600.0 to round seconds + to 0 decimal places or 0.01 / 3600.0 to round seconds to 2 decimal + places. The specified accuracy will automatically be rounded to + the nearest positive multiple of 1.0e-8 seconds. + + + + The accuracy. The default depends on the display unit. + + + When setting this property: accuracy is not a valid accuracy for the display unit in this FormatOptions. + + + UseDefault is true in this FormatOptions. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates whether default or custom formatting should be used. + + + If UseDefault is true, formatting will be according to the default + settings in the Units class, and none of the other settings in the + object are meaningful. If UseDefault is false, the object contains + custom settings that override the default settings in the Units + class. UseDefault is always false for FormatOptions objects in the + Units class. + + + True if default formatting should be used; false if custom formatting should be used. + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates a copy of a FormatOptions object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates a new FormatOptions object that represents custom formatting. + + + Identifier of the unit to display. + + + Identifier of the symbol with which to render the unit. + + + unitTypeId is not a unit identifier. See UnitUtils.IsUnit(ForgeTypeId) and UnitUtils.GetUnitTypeId(DisplayUnitType). + -or- + symbolTypeId is not a valid symbol for unitTypeId. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates a new FormatOptions object that represents custom formatting. + + + Identifier of the unit to display. + + + unitTypeId is not a unit identifier. See UnitUtils.IsUnit(ForgeTypeId) and UnitUtils.GetUnitTypeId(DisplayUnitType). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates a new FormatOptions object that represents default formatting. + + + 2014 + + + + + Options for formatting numbers with units. + + + The FormatOptions class contains settings that control how to + format numbers with units as strings. It contains those settings that + are typically chosen by an end user in the Format dialog and stored in + the document. + The FormatOptions class is used in two different ways. A + FormatOptions object in the Units class + represents the default settings for the document. A FormatOptions + object used elsewhere represents settings that may optionally override + the default settings. + The UseDefault property controls + whether a FormatOptions object represents default or custom + formatting. If UseDefault is true, formatting will be according to + the default settings in the Units class, and none of the other + settings in the object are meaningful. If UseDefault is false, the + object contains custom settings that override the default settings in + the Units class. UseDefault is always false for FormatOptions objects + in the Units class. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the string used in type catalogs to identify a given unit. + + + Identifier of the unit. + + + The type catalog string, or an empty string if the unit cannot be used in type catalogs. + + + unitTypeId is not a unit identifier. See UnitUtils.IsUnit(ForgeTypeId) and UnitUtils.GetUnitTypeId(DisplayUnitType). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the string used in type catalogs to identify a given measurable spec. + + + Identifier of the measurable spec. + + + The type catalog string, or an empty string if the measurable spec cannot be used in type catalogs. + + + specTypeId is not a measurable spec identifier. See UnitUtils.IsMeasurableSpec(ForgeTypeId). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the identifiers of all available disciplines. + + + The discipline identifiers. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the discipline for a given measurable spec. + + + Identifier of the measurable spec. + + + Identifier of the discipline. + + + specTypeId is not a measurable spec identifier. See UnitUtils.IsMeasurableSpec(ForgeTypeId). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks whether a ForgeTypeId identifies a symbol. + + + The SymbolTypeId class offers symbol identifiers. + + + The identifier to check. + + + True if the ForgeTypeId identifies a symbol, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks whether a ForgeTypeId identifies a unit. + + + The UnitTypeId class offers unit identifiers. + + + The identifier to check. + + + True if the ForgeTypeId identifies a unit, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the identifiers of all valid units for a given measurable spec. + + + Identifier of the measurable spec. + + + Identifiers of the valid units. + + + specTypeId is not a measurable spec identifier. See UnitUtils.IsMeasurableSpec(ForgeTypeId). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks whether a unit is valid for a given measurable spec. + + + Identifier of the measurable spec. + + + Identifier of the unit to check. + + + True if the unit is valid, false otherwise. + + + specTypeId is not a measurable spec identifier. See UnitUtils.IsMeasurableSpec(ForgeTypeId). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the identifiers of all available units. + + + The unit identifiers. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the identifiers of all available measurable specs. + + + The spec identifiers. + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks whether a ForgeTypeId identifies a spec associated with units of measurement. + + + The identifier to check. + + + True if the ForgeTypeId identifies a measurable spec, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Converts a value from a given unit to Revit's internal units. + + + The value to convert. + + + Identifier of the unit quantifying the value. + + + The converted value. + + + The given value for value is not finite + -or- + unitTypeId is not a unit identifier. See UnitUtils.IsUnit(ForgeTypeId) and UnitUtils.GetUnitTypeId(DisplayUnitType). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Converts a value from Revit's internal units to a given unit. + + + The value to convert. + + + Identifier of the desired unit. + + + The converted value. + + + The given value for value is not finite + -or- + unitTypeId is not a unit identifier. See UnitUtils.IsUnit(ForgeTypeId) and UnitUtils.GetUnitTypeId(DisplayUnitType). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Converts a value from one unit to another, such as square feet to square meters. + + + The value to convert. + + + Identifier of the current unit. + + + Identifier of the desired unit. + + + The converted value. + + + The given value for value is not finite + -or- + currentUnitTypeId is not a unit identifier. See UnitUtils.IsUnit(ForgeTypeId) and UnitUtils.GetUnitTypeId(DisplayUnitType). + -or- + desiredUnitTypeId is not a unit identifier. See UnitUtils.IsUnit(ForgeTypeId) and UnitUtils.GetUnitTypeId(DisplayUnitType). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + currentUnitTypeId and desiredUnitTypeId have different dimensions. + + + 2014 + + + + + A utility class of functions related to units. + + + 2014 + + + + + Rounding methods + + + 2016 + + + 2016 + + + + + Round Down + + + + + Round Up + + + + + Standard rounding: Round to Nearest + + + + + Gets all specs for which the default FormatOptions can be modified. + + + Identifiers of the specs for which the FormatOptions can be modified. + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks whether the default FormatOptions can be modified for a given spec. + + + The Units class stores a FormatOptions object for every spec, but + not all of them can be directly modified. Some have fixed + definitions. + + + Identifier of the spec to check. + + + True if the FormatOptions can be modified, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Sets the default FormatOptions for a spec. + + + Identifier of the spec. + + + The FormatOptions. + + + specTypeId is not a measurable spec identifier. See UnitUtils.IsMeasurableSpec(ForgeTypeId). + -or- + FormatOptions cannot be modified for specTypeId. See Units.IsModifiableSpec(ForgeTypeId) and Units.GetModifiableSpecs(). + -or- + UseDefault is true in options. + -or- + The unit in options is not valid for specTypeId. See UnitUtils.IsValidUnit(ForgeTypeId, ForgeTypeId) and UnitUtils.GetValidUnits(ForgeTypeId). + -or- + The rounding method in options is not set to Nearest. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the default FormatOptions for a spec. + + + Identifier of the spec. + + + A copy of the FormatOptions. + + + specTypeId is not a measurable spec identifier. See UnitUtils.IsMeasurableSpec(ForgeTypeId). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The number of digits in each group when numbers are formatted with digit grouping. + + + This setting only has an effect when the UseDigitGrouping property + is set to true in the FormatOptions object for the unit type being + formatted. + + + The number of digits in each group. The default is Three. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2014 + + + + + The symbol used to separate groups of digits when numbers are formatted with digit grouping. + + + This setting only has an effect when the UseDigitGrouping property + is set to true in the FormatOptions object for the unit type being + formatted. + + + The digit grouping symbol. The default is Comma. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2014 + + + + + The symbol used to separate the integer and fractional parts of a number. + + + The decimal symbol. The default is Dot. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates a new Units object with default settings for Metric or Imperial units. + + + Indicates whether the Units object should be initialized with default settings for Metric or Imperial units. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2014 + + + + + A document's default settings for formatting numbers with units. + + + The Units class represents a document's default settings for + formatting numbers with units as strings. It contains a + FormatOptions object for each unit + type as well as settings related to decimal symbol and digit + grouping. + The Units class stores a FormatOptions object for every valid + unit type, but not all of them can be directly modified. Some, like + UT_Number and UT_SiteAngle, have fixed definitions. Others have + definitions which are automatically derived from other unit types. + For example, UT_SheetLength is derived from UT_Length and + UT_ForceScale is derived from UT_Force. See + IsModifiableUnitType() and + GetModifiableUnitTypes(). + + + 2014 + + + + + 2014 + + + The symbol used to separate groups of digits when numbers are formatted with digit grouping. + + + 2014 + + + + + An apostrophe ("'"). This value is deprecated in Revit 2015. Use DigitGroupingSymbol.Apostrophe instead. + + + + + An apostrophe ("'"). + + + + + A space (" "). + + + + + A comma (","). + + + + + A dot ("."). + + + + + 2014 + + + The number of digits in each group when numbers are formatted with digit grouping. + + + 2014 + + + + + Digits are in groups of three. + + + + + Digits are in groups of two, with the exception of the first group to the left of the decimal symbol which contains three digits. + + + + + 2014 + + + The symbol used to separate the integer and fractional parts of a number. + + + 2014 + + + + + A comma (","). + + + + + A dot ("."). + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the document containing the data to be translated. + + + 2021 + + + + + Export options used for translation to STL, OBJ, XML, SAT, or FDXJ file formats, or to FDX data exchange. + + + 2021 + + + + + Gets the output path where the translated document should be saved, or a file URN of an FDX exchange. + + + 2021 + + + + + This is a container for data which is passed from Revit to an instance of IATFTranslationServer. + + + 2021 + + + + + The base interface for data classes used when executing servers of external services. + + + Each and every external service defines a concrete class derived from this interface + and adds data and methods as it sees fit for executions of such a particular service. + + + 2013 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies the visibility of mesh edges. + + + 2022 + + + + + Specifies the conversion priorities for import of ATF solids. + By default Solids are preferred and Meshes are used as a backup. + + + 2022 + + + + + Specifies the conversion priorities for import of ATF meshes. + By default Solids are preferred and Meshes are used as a backup. + + + 2022 + + + + + Creates a default GeometryConversionOptions which specifies conversion preferentially + to Solid then to Mesh for both external meshes and solids. + + + 2022 + + + + + Specifies the priorities for conversion of ATF mesh to Revit geometry, and ATF solid to Revit geometry. + By default, ATF geometry is preferentially converted to solids and if that conversion fails an attempt + to convert to a Revit Mesh will be made instead. + + + 2022 + + + + + Checks whether the primary and secondary targets are a valid combination. + A valid combination is one of the following: + * primaryTarget = Solid, secondaryTarget = Mesh or None + * primaryTarget = Mesh, secondaryTarget = Solid or None + * primaryTarget = None, secondaryTarget = None + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2022 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The secondary Revit geometry type to create from the external geometry when + the conversion to the primary type fails. + + + 2022 + + + + + The primary Revit geometry type to create from the external geometry. + + + 2022 + + + + + Specifies conversion which preferentially converts to the primaryTarget. If this + conversion fails, a conversion to the secondaryTarget is attempted instead. If + both conversions fail, nothing will be produced. If both targets are None, no attempt + to convert the geometry will be made. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + The requested combination of targets is invalid. + + + 2022 + + + + + Specifies conversion to the given target type only. If the conversion fails, + nothing will be produced. If the target is None, no attempt to convert the geometry + will be made. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2022 + + + + + Specifies the primary and, optionally a secondary, target for conversion of a + particular type of geometry. + + + 2022 + + + + + 2022 + + + Specifies whether to import geometry as a Mesh or a Solid. + + + 2022 + + + + + Specifies not to convert the geometry. + + + + + Specifies creation of a Mesh from the external geometry. + + + + + Specifies creation of a Solid from the external geometry. + + + + + 2022 + + + Specifies how to control the visibility of mesh edges. + + + 2022 + + + + + Specifies to hide all edges. + + + + + Specifies to show all edges. + + + + + Uses the default algorithm to attempt to hide interior edges. + + + + + Creates a new default set of options for ATF based import. + + + 2024 + + + + + The import options used to import FDXJSON files via ATF. + + + 2024 + + + + + Sets the directory path where log files will be written during FDX import. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Controls whether to create Levels from FDX or not. + + + 2024 + + + + + The FDX exchange identifier. + + + 2024 + + + + + Creates a new default set of options for ATF based import. + + + 2024 + + + + + The import options used to import FDX data exchanges via ATF. + + + 2024 + + + + + The import options used to import from sources which provide logging. + + + 2024 + + + + + Creates a new default set of options for ATF based import. + + + 2023 + + + + + The import options used to import ATFX files via ATF. + + + 2023 + + + + + Creates a new default set of options for ATF based import. + + + 2023 + + + + + The import options used to import IFC files via ATF. + + + 2023 + + + + + Creates a new default set of options for ATF based import. + + + 2022 + + + + + The import options used to import ATF XML files via ATF. + + + 2022 + + + + + Sets the material class name to be applied to materials created during import. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies the conversion options for import of ATF mesh and ATF solid geometry. + These values can be specified independently and allows Mesh Only, Solid Only, + Mesh then Solid, Solid then Mesh, None. + By default Solids are preferred and Meshes are used as a backup. + + + 2023 + + + + + The GUID value associated with the import which + identifies the source model. + + + 2023 + + + + + The GUID value that represents an application ID. + If not specified, the default GUID value is used. + + + 2023 + + + + + The default Category to be assigned to DirectShapes. + If not specified, Generic Model is used. + + + 2023 + + + + + The criterion used to determine when to produce an Element. + If not specified, one Element for the entire import is used. + + + 2023 + + + + + The import options used to import files via ATF. + + + 2023 + + + + + Controls when to create an Element while importing data via ATF. + + + + + Create one Element for each object identified as an entity. + + + + + Create one Element for each top-level child. + + + + + Creates one Element from the entire model. + + + + + Applies the filter to a given element. + + + The document. + + + The element id. + + + True if the element is accepted by the filter. False if the element is rejected. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Applies the filter to a given element. + + + The element. + + + True if the element is accepted by the filter. False if the element is rejected. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + True if the results of the filter are inverted; elements that would normally be accepted by this filter will be rejected, + and elements that would normally be rejected will be accepted. + + + 2011 + + + + + A base class for a type of filter that accepts or rejects elements based upon criteria. + + + 2011 + + + + + Used to control whether or not to export parameters. + + + True to export parameters, false to not export parameters. + + + 2023 + + + + + 2023 + + + + + ATFX Export options. + + + 2023 + + + + + Used to control whether or not to export parameters. + + + True to export parameters, false to not export parameters. + + + 2023 + + + + + 2021 + + + + + ATF XML Export options. + + + 2021 + + + + + 2021 + + + + + ATF SAT Export options. + + + 2021 + + + + + Checks if the property ShouldExportGeometry can be modified to the provided value. + + + The property ShouldExportGeometry can be modified to the provided value. + + + 2023 + + + + + The ElementFilter. A copy is stored, or pass to remove the existing filter. + + + The options are not valid. + + + 2023 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates if the export should include parameter information. + + + 2023 + + + + + Indicates if the export should include geometry. + + + 2023 + + + + + The filter used screen exported elements. Elements that do not pass the filter are excluded from export. + Null by default, indicating that no elements are excluded. + + + 2023 + + + + + The element id of the 3D view to export. InvalidElementId by default. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021.1 + + + + + The base class for options used to export using ATF. + + + 2021.1 + + + + Get the value of the property + + + + Represents a connected property of material. + + + + + Checks that the value is a valid value for this property. + + + The value to be checked. + + + True if the value is valid for the property. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Cannot check validity for a property not being edited in AppearanceAssetEditScope. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + value of the property + + + When setting this property: The input value is invalid for this AssetPropertyString property. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + When setting this property: The asset property is not editable. + + + + + Represents a property of material. + + + + + Represents a connected property of material. + + + + + Remove the AssetProperty from the list. + + + Index to remove the AssetProperty from. + + + index is out of range. + + + The asset property is not editable. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + Insert a new AssetPropertyInteger containing the input value to this list. + + + The integer value to insert. + + + An integer index. + + + index is out of range. + + + The asset property is not editable. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + Insert a new AssetPropertyDouble4 containing the input value to this list. + + + The color value to insert. + + + An integer index. + + + index is out of range. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The asset property is not editable. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + Inserts a new AssetPropertyDouble containing the input value to this list. + + + The double value to insert. + + + An integer index. + + + index is out of range. + + + The asset property is not editable. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + Adds a new AssetPropertyInteger containing the input value to this list. + + + The integer value to add. + + + The asset property is not editable. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + Adds a new AssetPropertyDouble4 property to the list containing a value matching the input color. + + + The color value to add. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The asset property is not editable. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + Adds a new AssetPropertyDouble containing the input value to this list. + + + The double value to add. + + + The asset property is not editable. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + Check that value is valid. + + + The array of properties to validate. + + + Returns true if the array of properties is valid, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Cannot check validity for a property not being edited in AppearanceAssetEditScope. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + Sets collection of properties stored in this property list. + + + All the properties in the list are of the same AssetPropertyType. + The AssetPropertyType can only be Integer, Double4, Float or Double, Enumeration. + + + An array of properties. + + + The input value is invalid for this AssetPropertyList property. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The asset property is not editable. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets a collection of properties stored in this property list. These properties are copied. + + + All the properties in the list are of the same AssetPropertyType. + The AssetPropertyType can only be Integer, Double4, Float or Double, Enumeration. + + + Returns a copy of all the properties in this AssetPropertyList. + + + 2014 + + + + + Represents a list of AssetProperty(s). + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks that the value is a valid value for this property. + + + The value to be checked. + + + True if the value is valid for the property. + + + Cannot check validity for a property not being edited in AppearanceAssetEditScope. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The value of the property. + + + When setting this property: The input value is invalid for this AssetPropertyInteger property. + + + When setting this property: The asset property is not editable. + + + + + Represents a property of material. + + + + + Checks that the value is a valid value for this property. + + + The value to be checked. + + + True if the value is valid for the property. + + + Cannot check validity for a property not being edited in AppearanceAssetEditScope. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The value of the property. + + + When setting this property: The input value is invalid for this AssetPropertyFloat property. + + + When setting this property: The asset property is not editable. + + + + + Represents a property of material. + + + + + Checks that the value is a valid value for this property. + + + The value to be checked. + + + True if the value is valid for the property. + + + Cannot check validity for a property not being edited in AppearanceAssetEditScope. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The value of the property. + + + When setting this property: The input value is invalid for this AssetPropertyEnum property. + + + When setting this property: The asset property is not editable. + + + + + Represents a property of material. + + + + + Sets the value property as a color. + + + The new color. + + + The input value is invalid for this AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d property. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The asset property is not editable. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + Checks that the value is a valid value for this property. + + + The value to be checked. + + + True if the value is valid for the property. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Cannot check validity for a property not being edited in AppearanceAssetEditScope. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + Gets the value property as a color. + + + The color value. + + + 2018 + + + + + Sets the value of the property. + + + The new value as doubles. + + + The input value is invalid for this AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d property. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The asset property is not editable. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + Checks that the value is a valid value for this property. + + + The value to be checked. + + + True if the value is valid for the property. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Cannot check validity for a property not being edited in AppearanceAssetEditScope. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + Gets the value property as doubles. + + + The value as doubles. + + + 2018 + + + + + Represents a color property of material. + + + + + Sets the value property as a vector or point XYZ. + + + The new value. + + + The input value is invalid for this AssetPropertyDoubleArray3d property. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The asset property is not editable. + + + + + Checks that the value is a valid value for this property. + + + The value to be checked. + + + True if the value is valid for the property. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Cannot check validity for a property not being edited in AppearanceAssetEditScope. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + Get the value property as a vector or point XYZ. + + + + + Get the value property as doubles. + + + + + Represents a vector or point property. + + + + + Checks that the value is a valid value for this property. + + + The value to be checked. + + + True if the value is valid for the property. + + + Cannot check validity for a property not being edited in AppearanceAssetEditScope. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The value of the property. + + + When setting this property: The input value is invalid for this AssetPropertyDouble property. + + + When setting this property: The asset property is not editable. + + + + + Represents a property of material. + + + + + Gets the identifier of the unit quantifying the distance property. + + + + + Checks that the value is a valid value for this property. + + + The value to be checked. + + + True if the value is valid for the property. + + + Cannot check validity for a property not being edited in AppearanceAssetEditScope. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + Value of the property. + + + When setting this property: The input value is invalid for this AssetPropertyDistance property. + + + When setting this property: The asset property is not editable. + + + + + Represents a property of material. + + + + + The value of the property. + + + When setting this property: The input value is invalid for this AssetPropertyBoolean property. + + + When setting this property: The asset property is not editable. + + + + + Represents a property of material. + + + + + Returns the current session id. + + + 2023 + + + + + Returns the product id. + + + 2023 + + + + + This class holds information for internal use only. + + + 2023 + + + + + Check integrity of content documents of all families loaded in the host document. + + + This check is slow as it invloves traversal of all content documents. + It also dumps data about bad families into the journal, as well as the whole content tree into the dump file. + + + The host document. + + + Return ids of families that need to be reloaded because their content documents are missing or corrupt. + + + Returns true if all content documents are usable. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Check that the loaded family has its content document. + + + The host document. + + + The id of the family to check. + + + Returns true if the family has its content document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Check that all families loaded in the host document have their content documents. + + + The host document. + + + Return ids of families that need to be reloaded because their content documents are missing. + + + Returns true if all loaded families have their content documents. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Functions for checking the integrity of loaded families. + + + + + Creates a new LoadNature. + + + The Document to which new load nature element will be added. + + + The name of the load nature. + + + The newly created load nature element if successful, otherwise. + + + The given name is not unique + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + + + + + An object that represents a load nature. + + + + + Creates a new LoadUsage. + + + The Document to which new load usage element will be added. + + + The name of the load usage. + + + The newly created load usage element if successful, otherwise. + + + The given name is not unique + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + + + + + An object that represents a load usage. + + + + + Checks that a given number is unique among all load cases. + + + The number to check. + + + True if the given number is unique among all load cases, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Checks whether provided element ID refer to LoadNature element. + + + The ID to check. + + + True if the ID refers to LoadNature element, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Checks whether provided element ID refer to subcategory of Structural Load Cases () category - one of built-in or user defined. + + + Built-in structural Load Cases () subcategories are: + + + The ID to check. + + + True if the ID refers to load case category element, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Creates a new LoadCase. + + + This method is designed to create LoadCase that is associated with user defined category. + + + The Document to which new load case element will be added. + + + The name of the load case. + + + The load nature ID. + + + The load case subcategory ID. Could be one of predefined or user defined load case category. + Built-in structural Load Cases () subcategories are: + + + The newly created load case element if successful, otherwise. + + + The given name is not unique. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Creates a new LoadCase. + + + This method is designed to create LoadCase that is associated with one of the predefined category. + + + The Document to which new load case element will be added. + + + The name of the load case. + + + The load nature ID. + + + The predefined load case category. + + + The newly created load case element if successful, otherwise. + + + The given name is not unique. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2016 + + + + + + + + + Returns unique load case number. + + + When setting this property: The given number is not unique. + + + 2016 + + + + + Build-in or user defined subcategory of Structural Load Cases () category. + + + Build-in Structural Load Cases () subcategories are: + + + When setting this property: the subcategoryId does not refer to predefined nor user defined load case category element. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + The nature ID of the load case. + + + When setting this property: the natureId does not refer to LoadNature element. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + An object that represents a load usage. + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Load component factor. + + + 2016 + + + + + Load case or combination id. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a LoadComponent. + The load case or combination id. + The load case or combination factor. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + + + + + An object that represents a load combination component. + + + 2016 + + + + + Sets a collection of the load combination components. + + + A collection of the load combination components. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + + + + + Returns collection of the load combination components. + + + A collection of the load combination components. + + + 2016 + + + + + + + + + Sets a collection of the load combination usage IDs. + + + A collection of the load combination usage IDs. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + + + + + Returns collection of the load combination usage IDs. + + + A collection of the load combination usage IDs. + + + 2016 + + + + + + + + + Returns collection of the load combination case and combination IDs. + + + Load combination components could be load cases or other load combinations. + To set them with factors use method. + + + A collection of the load combination case and combination IDs. + + + 2016 + + + + + + + + + Creates a new LoadCombination. + + + The Document to which new load combination element will be added. + + + The name of the load combination. + + + The type of the load combination. + + + The state of the load combination. + + + The newly created load combination element if successful, otherwise. + + + The given name is not unique + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2016 + + + + + + + + + Creates a new default LoadCombination. + + + The Document to which new load combination element will be added. + + + The name of the load combination. + + + The newly created load combination element if successful, otherwise. + + + The given name is not unique + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Indicates if the load combination was created by API. + + + 2016 + + + + + The state of the load combination. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2016 + + + + + The type of the load combination. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2016 + + + + + An object that represents a load combination. + + + 2016 + + + + + 2017 + + + Specifies load case category. + + + 2017 + + + + + Seismic + + + + + Temperature + + + + + Accidental + + + + + Roof Live + + + + + Snow + + + + + Wind + + + + + Live + + + + + Dead + + + + + 2016 + + + Specifies load combination state. + + + 2016 + + + + + Ultimate + + + + + Serviceability + + + + + 2016 + + + Specifies load combination type. + + + 2016 + + + + + Envelope + + + + + Combination + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The desired resource type which external resources should match. + + + 2015 + + + + + Constructs new instance with specified resource type. + + + The desired resource type. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Represents match options used to filter external resources when listing them from external resource server. + + + 2015 + + + + Compares two ExternalResourceType instances. + The first ExternalResourceType. + The second ExternalResourceType. + True if the inputs are different, false if they are identical. + + + Compares two ExternalResourceType instances. + The first ExternalResourceType. + The second ExternalResourceType. + True if the inputs are identical, false if they are different. + + + Creates a new ExternalResourceType instance. + The identifier for the ExternalResourceType. + + + + A type class used to distinguish between different kinds of external resource. + + + Revit elements can consume multiple types of external resource data, provided by one or more + external servers. Conversely, external servers can support one, or more than one, type of + external resource. + + + 2015 + + + + Generates a hash code for this Guid-based enum object. + + + Compares two Guid-based enum object based on their concrete class and GUID value. + + + The Guid of GUID-based enum object. + + + Creates an Guid-based enum instance with the supplied name and GUID. +GUID-based enum instance can be compared by this guid value. + The GUID of this GUID-based enum. + + + Base class of all GUID-based enum classes. + + + + Revit will call this method whenever shared coordinates + changes are saved to a linked document provided by an + IExternalResourceServer. This call is a notification + to the server provider that one of their Revit or DWG + links has changed locally, and they should upload the + new version back to their server. + + + The ExternalResourceReference whose shared coordinates have been saved. + + + 2015 + + + + + Revit will call this method whenever shared coordinates + changes are saved to a linked document provided by an + IExternalResourceServer. This call is a notification + to the server provider that one of their Revit or DWG + links has changed locally, and they should upload the + new version back to their server. + + + The ExternalResourceReference whose shared coordinates have been saved. + + + 2015 + + + + + A callback for notifying an IExternalResourceServer that + shared coordinates changes have been saved back to one + of the Revit or DWG links provided by that server. + + + Revit will call OnLocalLinkSharedCoordinatesSaved whenever + shared coordinates changes are saved to a linked document + which is provided by an external server. This is a notification + to the server provider so they can copy the updated link + back up to their server. + + + 2015 + + + + + Sets the callback that will be called when the Revit user saves new shared coordinate + settings to a linked document obtained from an IExternalResourceServer. + + + An IOnLocalLinkSharedCoordinatesSavedCallback object that can respond when the user + saves new shared coordinates to a Revit link document obtained from IExternalResourceServer. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + This class is used to extend the IExternalResourceServer interface with methods to support operations + for elements that are LinkTypes. + + + 2018 + + + + + Creates an ExternalResourceReference from a cloud path. + + + A cloud path. + + + The newly-created reference. + + + The given path path is not a cloud path which is not supported in this method. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The model is not allowed to access. + + + User is not authorized to access the cloud model. + + + 2022 + + + + + Checks whether this external Resource has a valid display path. + + + For an external resource, such as a Revit link loaded from an external server, the valid display path + should be like "My Server://Nested/Nested_1.rvt". + For an external resource, such as a Revit link loaded from the "built-in" server, the valid display path + should be like "c:\LocalLinks\Link_1.rvt". + + + True if the this external Resource has a valid display path. False otherwise. + + + 2015 + + + + + Gets the short display name of the external resource. + + + For an external resource, such as a Rvt Link loaded from an external server, which has a full display path + such as "My Server://Nested/Nested_1.rvt", this function returns "Nested_1.rvt". + For an external resource, such as a Rvt Link loaded from the "built-in" server, which has a full display path + such as "c:\LocalLinks\Link_1.rvt", this function returns "Link_1.rvt". + + + The short display name of the external resource. + + + The ExternalResourceReference (this ExternalResourceReference) is has no valid display path. + + + 2015 + + + + + Checks whether this ExternalResourceReference corresponds to the current version of the resource. + + + This method should only be called if the ExternalResourceServer that provides the resource + is present. + + + An enum indicating whether this reference represents the most recent version + of the resource. + + + The server referenced by the ExternalResourceReference does not exist or + does not implement IExternalResourceServer. + + + 2015 + + + + + Checks whether the reference is in a valid format. + + + This function checks: +
  • The server id corresponds to a valid server which + implements IExternalResourceServer.
  • The server supports the given ExternalResourceType.
  • The reference information is well-formed.
+ This function does not check whether the resource exists + on the server. +
+ + The type of resource which the ExternalResourceReference should + correspond to. + + + True if this is a valid ExternalResourceReference. False otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + +
+ + + Returns a copy of an object containing previously-stored reference or lookup + information about the specific resource provided by the server. + + + A copy of a (String, String) map containing previously-stored reference or + lookup information. + + + 2015 + + + + + Creates an ExternalResourceReference representing a local file managed + by Revit's built-in server. + + + The document containing the reference. If the PathType is relative, + the path will be made relative to the location of this Document. (If + this Document belongs to a workshared model, + the reference will be relative to the central model.) + + + The type of the external resource. + + + A path to the external file. This path must be absolute. If the PathType is + relative, then Revit will relativize the path according to the location + of the given Document. + + + An enum indicating the type of path which the ExternalResourceReference should use. + The PathType must be PathType.Server if the reference is to a Revit model on + Revit Server. The PathType must be PathType.Absolute if the reference is local + but the host model or host's central model are on Revit Server. + + + The newly-created ExternalResourceReference. + + + The PathType.Enum value is not valid for this resource type or Document location. + PathType.Content is not valid for Revit links. The PathType must be PathType.Server + if the resource is on Revit Server and is only valid for Revit links. The PathType + must be PathType.Absolute if the host document or the host document's central model + are on Revit Server. + -or- + The given path path is a cloud path which is not supported in this method. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + The model is not allowed to access. + + + 2015 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + +

The path stores the full display path which includes the server name plus the path provided by ExternalResourceServer.

+

The path that Revit will present for user recognizing and browsing to this resource during one session of Revit.

+

This property allows ExternalResourceServers to handle cases where the path to a resource may vary between Revit sessions. + For example, if this ExternalResourceReference refers to a resource in a folder, + this property can be used to store the current path of the resource. If the resource is moved to another folder later, + the ExternalResourceServer could calculate the correct path for the resource from resource identification information + when it is loaded and store it in this property, + so that it will work correctly even if the rvt file is opened in a different location.

+

Do not rely on this path to look up an ExternalResourceReference, as the path is neither unique nor stable. It isn't unique + because multiple servers might use the same server name and display name format. It isn't stable because some servers allow renaming, + and because a server might change its name at some point.

+
+ + 2015 + +
+ + + The version of the external data that was most recently loaded in Revit. + + + 2015 + + + + + The id of the server that Revit is expecting to provide the external resource. + + + 2015 + + + + + Creates a new ExternalResourceReference from the given ExternalResourceReference. + + + The ExternalResourceReference to copy. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Creates a new ExternalResourceReference from the given data. + + + The id of the server associated with this + ExternalResourceReference. The server must implement + IExternalResourceServer. + + + The (String, String) map containing reference or lookup information that will + be stored in Revit. + + + The version of the external data. + + + The path that identifies a resource in server. ExternalResourceServer must provide this path which should not contain the server name. + Revit internally will construct and store the full display path which includes the server name plus this path at the time a resource + is loaded into the model for use if the server is missing. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The file is not allowed to access. + + + 2015 + + + + + This class identifies an external resource provided by an IExternalResourceServer. + + +

The class contains:

+ + The id of the IExternalResourceServer from which the resource was obtained. + A (String, String) map containing information that is meaningful to the server for accessing the desired data. + This could be something as simple as "4" to indicate that Revit wants option 4 from a range of several choices, or + something more detailed, such as a filename or directory path. + A String indicating the version of the resource that was most recently loaded in Revit. + A (String, String) map containing "in session" information that is meaningful to the server, but + which does not need to be saved permanently in the document on disk. + +

When calling an IExternalResourceServer, Revit will provide an ExternalResourceReference to + identify the specific resource that Revit is using from that server. The server can then use the + relevant information in the (String, String) maps to retrieve the data from the correct source.

+
+ + 2015 + +
+ + + Constructs a ServerPath + + + The name of the central Revit server + + + The path of the model. This path must be relative. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + This class represents a path to a Revit Server location, rather than a + location on disk or a network drive. + + + ServerPaths must refer to Revit models. + ServerPaths are relative to the central server location, and + are of the form "RSN://{HostNodeName}/{model_path}". + The {model_path} portion is a relative path to a Revit model. + For example, the following are valid server paths: + + RSN://EXS/hospital.rvt + RSN://EXS.autodesk.com/Old Files/hotel2.rvt + RSN://EXS.autodesk.com/Old Files/Last Week/Tuesday\hotel2.rvt + + The following would not be valid server paths: + //EXS/Old Files/.rvtEXS/hospital + + 2012 + + + + + Constructs a FilePath + + + The path to the file. This path does not + have to be a full path; it can be relative. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + This class represents a path on a disk or network location, but + not a path to a Revit server location. + + + 2012 + + + + + An URN identifying the Forge DM (Data Management, see https://developer.autodesk.com/en/docs/data/v2/overview/) model version. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + An URN identifying the Forge DM (Data Management, see https://developer.autodesk.com/en/docs/data/v2/overview/) model version. + + + 2012 + + + + + An URN identifying the Forge DM (Data Management, see https://developer.autodesk.com/en/docs/data/v2/overview/) model folder. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + An URN identifying the Forge DM (Data Management, see https://developer.autodesk.com/en/docs/data/v2/overview/) model folder. + + + 2012 + + + + + 2012 + + + + + A GUID identifying the Revit cloud model. + + + 2012 + + + + + A GUID identifying the BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs project to which the model is associated. + + + 2012 + + + + + Compares this ModelPath with another + + + The comparison is case-insensitive. + + + The path to compare against. + + + A signed integer indicating the lexical relationship between + two ModelPaths. Value is less than zero if this path is less than + the given path; zero if the two are the same; and more than zero otherwise + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The region of the BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs account and project which contains this model. + + + 2021 + + + + + Whether this path represents a path on an Autodesk server such as BIM360. + + + 2019 + + + + + Whether this path is a server path (as opposed to a file path or cloud path) + + + 2012 + + + + + Whether this path is empty + + + 2015 + + + + + The path to the location of the central Revit server or cloud. + + + 2012 + + + + + A path to a file stored on a disk or on a server. + + + ModelPaths are paths to another file. They can + refer to Revit models, or to any of Revit's external + file references (DWG links, for example.) + + Paths can be relative or absolute, but they must + include an extension indicating what kind of file it is. + Relative paths are generally relative to the currently + opened document. If the current document is workshared, + paths will be treated as relative to the central model. + + To create a ModelPath, use the derived classes FilePath + , ServerPath, or use + + for a cloud model path. + + The class ModelPathUtils contains utility functions for + converting ModelPaths to and from strings. + + + 2012 + + + + + Check if load result code signifies success. + + + Load result code to be verified. + + + True if LinkLoadResultType argument is success, false otherwise. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + Searches this and all nested LinkLoadResults, and returns a list + of ExternalResourceReferences for the links that failed to load. + + +

In cases, where a nested structure of several links were loaded, this + method is intended to be a convenient way for IExternalResourceUIServers to + determine whether a top-level link, or any sub-link, which failed to load + properly was provided by their IExternalResourceServer or another server.

+

If this link and all nested links loaded successfully, then an empty list is returned.

+
+ + A collection of link ExternalResourceReferences which failed to load. + + + 2015 + +
+ + + Gets the results for this link's nested links. + + + This function is only relevant for LinkLoadResult object for RvtLinkSymbol. + ie. when getIsRvtLink() is true. + + +

A map from nested link paths to the load results for + that nested link.

+

For links from external servers, the "path" will be + the display name of the link.

+
+ + 2013 + +
+ + + Searches this LinkLoadResult and all nested LinkLoadResults for the + load operation results of a specified ExternalResourceReference. + + +

In the case where there are multiple matches, then the LinkLoadResult closest + to the top-level link will be returned. For example, if you are searching for C, + starting with a top-level link, A, which links B and C, while B also links C directly, + then the load results for C as a direct sub-link of A will be returned. It is expected + that the LinkLoadResults for all instances of C in the nested load result tree will be + the same. However, if you need to inspect each individual result, the LinkLoadResult + class does provide methods to navigate the tree.

+

NULL is returned if a match for the ExternalResourceReference cannot be found.

+
+ + An ExternalResourceReference whose LinkLoadResults are contained in this object. + + + A LinkLoadResult object with the load results for the specified ExternalResourceReference. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + +
+ + + Gets a copy of the ExternalResourceReference corresponding + to the link. + + + A copy of the ExternalResourceReference corresponding + to the link. + + + 2015 + + + + + Gets the central model's name. + If the link is not workshared, this returns an empty FilePath. + If the link is itself a central model, this returns the link's name. + + + If the link could not be found or loaded, this name may be blank. + + This function is only relevant for LinkLoadResult object for RvtLinkSymbol. + ie. when getIsRvtLink() is true. + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns the name of the parent of the linked model, or an empty FilePath + if the link is a top-level link. + + + This function is only relevant for LinkLoadResult object for RvtLinkSymbol. + ie. when getIsRvtLink() is true. + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets the name of the model. + + + 2013 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Holds the results of creating or loading a link. Results can be LinkLoadResultType.LinkLoaded + for success, or a variety of errors. See LinkLoadResultType for the full list. + + + 2013 + + + + + True if these results represent a nested link; false otherwise. + + + This property is only relevant for LinkLoadResult object for RvtLinkSymbol. + ie. when getIsRvtLink() is true. + + + 2013 + + + + + True if these results are part of a link cycle. + + + A link cycle occurs when, for example, model A links model B as an attachment, + which links model C as an attachment, which links model A as an attachment. + Revit will only load one copy of model A; it will ignore the instance of A linked + under C. + + Circular links do not abort the load process, so they do not appear as a result type + in LinkLoadResultType.Enum. + + This property is only relevant for LinkLoadResult object for RvtLinkSymbol. + ie. when getIsRvtLink() is true. + + + 2013 + + + + + The id of the created or loaded linked model. + + + This may be invalidElementId if there were errors + (for example, LinkLoadResultType.SameModelAsHost + causes no link to be created). + + + 2013 + + + + + Constructs a new copy of the input LinkLoadResult object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Constructs a new uninitialized LinkLoadResult object. + + + 2013 + + + + + This class stores the results of trying to load a single linked model. + + + 2013 + + + + + Retrieves the LinkLoadResult of the attempt to load or reload a Revit link. + + +

A LinkLoadResult object is included in the LinkLoadContent class so that + IExternalResourceUIServers will have additional information about the status of the + link to display to the user.

+

The LinkLoadResult is added to the LinkLoadContent object during the load operation, + after the IExternalResourceServer LoadResource method has been called. + Consequently, this method will return NULL if called from the LoadResource method + of an IExternalResourceServer.

+
+ + A LinkLoadObject containing the status and other information about an attempt by Revit + to load a Revit link. + + + 2015 + +
+ + + Sets the Link data path owned by this LinkLoadContent object. + + +

This path must be a location accessible to Revit. Revit will + attempt to load the link from this location.

+
+ + The Links data path set for this LinkLoadContent object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + +
+ + + Returns the Link data path owned by this LinkLoadContent object. + + + This path represents the physical location of the + link. Revit will attempt to load the link from this + location. + + + The Links data path owned by this LinkLoadContent object. + + + 2015 + + + + + This class is used by IExternalResourceServers to return Link data to Revit when their + LoadResource method is invoked. It also contains additional information used by + IExternalResourceUIServers to display link load status results to the user. + + +

This class handles Revit links.

+

Revit links must be loaded from a path accessible to Revit. + Server implementors should provide Revit with a ModelPath representing + a location from which to load the link. Revit will handle the actual + file loading.

+

Servers which represent non-local file locations will need to + create their own implementation for copying + or moving files to a Revit-accessible location.

+

The link data path used for link loading may be different from + the path displayed to the + user. The link data path represents the literal location of the + file, whereas the link's display path represents what the user sees + as the name of the link. See + for more details on display paths.

+
+ + 2015 + +
+ + + 2015 + + + + + Syncs version and loadStatus with a given ExternalResourceLoadContent. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + A value to indicate the status of an external resource load operation. IExternalResourceServers + should set this in the LoadResource() method. + + + When setting this property: The ExternalResourceLoadContent does not contain all the necessary + data. To see the requirements for this particular resource type, + please see the documentation for the specific subclass of + ExternalResourceLoadContent. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2015 + + + + + The version of the external data that the server is providing in this object. + + +

When its LoadResource() method is invoked, an IExternalResourceServer can + indicate the version of the data that it is providing to Revit by setting + this property. Doing so will improve performance, because Revit will use + the version information to avoid unnecessary reloads.

+

See .

+
+ + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + +
+ + + This class contains the actual content data and other results of an external resource load operation that are + returned by an IExternalResourceServer to Revit. + + +

When Revit calls the LoadResource method for an IExternalResourceServer, Revit will provide an object that is a + sub-class of ExternalResourceLoadContent. The IExternalResourceServer will use this object to return the content + Revit should use for the external resource. The server can also add information about any errors that occurred + during the load operation. This error information will be stored by Revit and later passed to the + associated IExternalResourceUIServer (if any) that designates the IExternalResourceServer as its "DBServer" + (see the IExternalResourceUIServer.GetDBServerId() method). The IExternalResourceUIServer can then generate + any UI that is required for handling the errors that occurred.

+

Note that since different kinds of external resources are expected to return different kinds of data to Revit, + a number of ExternalResourceLoadContent sub-classes have been created to handle the data for specific ExternalResourceTypes. + This base class contains only a string to indicate the version of the resource data that is being supplied + by the server and a status variable to indicate the outcome of a load operation. Revit will always + provide the server with an instance of the appropriate sub-class of ExternalResourceLoadContent, with internal + data that are relevant to the particular ExternalResourceType that is being loaded.

+
+ + 2015 + +
+ + + The method that Revit will invoke to obtain a URL address which provides more information about the server. + + + The URL providing server information. + + + 2015 + + + + + Implement this method to get operations supported by the external server for a particular type of external resource. + + +

Through this method, some specific operations for a paritcular type of external resource, such as Open(and Unload) + and shared coordinates for Revit Link, can be set in a class ExternalResourceServerExtensions. +

+

+ ExternalResourceServerExtensions is able to own sub-interface classes, each of which has methods + related to a particular type of external resource.

+
+ + The class which owns sub-interface classes, each of which has methods related to a particular type of external resource. + + + 2015 + +
+ + + Implement this method to return the short name of the server. + + + The name is a unique path prefix included in full paths to external resources provided by this server. + It is recommended that the short name length is at least 3 characters to make it useful for + users to identify the server easily. +

To ensure the server can be registered successfully, the name should match restrictions below:

The name cannot be empty or consist of only whitespace characters.The name should not include any invalid characters such as \/:*?"<>|.The name cannot duplicate any other external resource server names.The name should not duplicate a Revit reserved path prefix(case insensitive), including: + RSN, A360, buzzsaw, vault, redspark, ftp, http, https, files, file.
+ + The short name of the server. + + + 2015 + +
+ + + Implement this method to return the path to an icon file which will be displayed in Revit + user interfaces associated to this server. + + +

The specified image will be displayed in the browser dialogs when the user is selecting + a resource of a compatible type.

+

The return must be the full path to an icon file containing 48x48, 32x32 and 16x16 pixel images.

+

If this method returns anything other than a valid icon file, a default image will be used for the server.

+
+ + The image file of the server. + + + 2015 + +
+ + + Implement this method to setup external resource browser data which will be accessed in Revit external resource browser UI. + + + If errors occur during setup, store this information externally, and then retrieve and deal + with the errors during the call to HandleBrowseResult() of your IExternalResourceUIServer. + + + The input context to match the external resources and browser results returned by the server. + + + 2015 + + + + + Implement this method to indicate whether two given resources are the same. + + + True if two given resources are the same; otherwise false. + + + 2015 + + + + + Implement this method to indicate whether the given version of a resource is the most + current version of the data. + + +

If Revit already has a version of this resource loaded, Revit will invoke this method + to check whether the resource's data will change if is called. If this method + returns ResourceVersionStatus.Current, then Revit will improve model performance + by not calling .

+ Note that this method may also be invoked to determine the behavior of certain + elements within the user interface. For example, it may be used to warn the user if they + are about to execute certain expensive operations (such as printing) with an outdated + version of this resource. +

Servers which encounter errors should return ResourceVersionStatus.Unknown. Revit + will reload resources whose version status is unknown, but will not display + out-of-date warnings to the user on printing.

+
+ + The ExternalResourceReference to check. + + + An enum indicating whether the resource is current, out of date, or of unknown status. + + + 2015 + +
+ + + Implement this method to provide the path that should be used for display and browsing to a given ExternalResourceReference + during this Revit session. + + + This method allows an IExternalResourceServer to override the path that is used within this Revit + session to display and browse to a specific ExternalResourceReference. This method is provided + to accommodate IExternalResourceServers that may present different paths under different circumstances. + For example, an IExternalResourceServer might implement this method to return a display path + that uses the appropriate language for the user's current locale. An IExternalResourceServer + could also use this method to present the appropriate name if the user has renamed this + resource since the last time it was loaded. If the IExternalResourceServer does not need to + customize the display path, it can return the originalDisplayPath parameter. + + Revit will invoke this method when the model is first loaded or before calling + and cache the result in the ExternalResourceReference.Do not rely on this path to look up an ExternalResourceReference, as the path is neither unique nor stable. It isn't unique + because multiple servers might use the same server name and display name format. It isn't stable because some servers allow renaming, + and because a server might change its name at some point. + + The ExternalResourceReference for which Revit is requesting the in session display path. + + + The path that was provided for the resource when the resource was originally loaded into the model. + + + The display path that should be used for this resource for this session of Revit. + + + 2015 + + + + + Implement this method to check whether the given ExternalResourceReference is formatted + correctly for this server. + + +

Different servers will have different requirements.

+

A server which loads references from a website might + require that the reference map contain a key called "URL" + and a value that is a valid URL.

+

A server which loads references from a network drive + might require a key called "Drive" with a value that + represents a drive name, plus a key called "Path" with + a value that corresponds to a path relative to the root + of the drive.

+

This function should not check that the resource exists + on the server. It should only check that the resource is + formatted correctly.

+
+ + The ExternalResourceReference to check. + + + True if the ExternalResourceReference represents a well-formed + resource. False otherwise. + + + 2015 + +
+ + + Implement this method to load the requested resource. + + +

This method will be invoked when Revit needs to load a resource supplied by this server.

+

Revit provides four key pieces of information to the server:

+ + A GUID identifying the load request. + The type of external resource that Revit is requesting, such as keynote data, linked Revit/CAD files, etc. + An ExternalResourceReference object, which contains information, such as a filename, the version, or other data, + that identifies the specific resource that Revit needs from the server. + An ExternalResourceLoadContext object, which contains information about the context of the load request. For + example, the ExternalResourceLoadContext contains information describing whether the load came about as a result of + a user action or an automatic action. + +

The server returns the results of the load request back to Revit via the loadResults argument, which will be a + sub-class of ExternalResourceLoadContent. This object will contain appropriate data structures to hold the actual resource + data (content) required by Revit for the specified ExternalResourceType.

+

Server authors may also wish to display UI related to the resource load operation, particularly when errors occur while + loading or creating the content. The UI should not be created by the IExternalResourceServer. Instead, the server + author should implement an IExternalResourcesUIServer which will handle all UI-related tasks. The external services framework + supports data sharing between, and coordinates the actions of, the two types of servers as follows:

+ + Each ExternalResourceLoadContent sub-class is designed to hold data related to errors that may have occurred while + loading or creating the content the specified ExternalResourceType. The IExternalResourceServer should set this data as + needed in the method. + The error data, along with ExternalResourceReference and other information associated with the attempt to load the external + resource, is stored internally by Revit until a time when it is appropriate to display UI. + When appropriate, the framework will invoke the HandleLoadResourceResults method of any IExternalResourceUIServer + that is associated with the IExternalResourceServer, and will pass the error data and other information to the UIServer + for possible display in the Revit UI. + +

Note that instead of using the ExternalResourceLoadContent object, the IExternalResourceServer can store its own error + information. Subsequently, when the external services framework invokes the IExternalResourceUIServer's HandleLoadResourceResults + method, the IExternalResourceUIServer can communicate directly with its associated IExternalResourceServer - using whatever interface + the server developer has implemented - to retrieve the required messages and error data for display in the UI. Revit provides + a GUID to , to facilitate identification of individual load requests.

+
+ + The id uniquely identifying the load request. + + + The type of resource requested. + + + The specific resource that should be loaded. + + + A class containing info about the context of the load request. + + + The data returned by the server as a result of this load operation. + Revit will ensure that this argument is the appropriate subclass of ExternalResourceLoadContent for the type of data. + + + 2015 + +
+ + + Implement this method to indicate whether the server can provide data for a specified type of external resource. + + + The ExternalResourceType of interest to the caller. For example, KeynoteTable - to determine + if the server provides data for Revit's keynote table. + + + True if the server supports the specified type of external resource + + + 2015 + + + + + The method that Revit will invoke to obtain a URL address which provides more information about the server. + + + The URL providing server information. + + + 2015 + + + + + Implement this method to get operations supported by the external server for a particular type of external resource. + + +

Through this method, some specific operations for a paritcular type of external resource, such as Open(and Unload) + and shared coordinates for Revit Link, can be set in a class ExternalResourceServerExtensions. +

+

+ ExternalResourceServerExtensions is able to own sub-interface classes, each of which has methods + related to a particular type of external resource.

+
+ + The class which owns sub-interface classes, each of which has methods related to a particular type of external resource. + + + 2015 + +
+ + + Implement this method to return the short name of the server. + + + The name is a unique path prefix included in full paths to external resources provided by this server. + It is recommended that the short name length is at least 3 characters to make it useful for + users to identify the server easily. +

To ensure the server can be registered successfully, the name should match restrictions below:

The name cannot be empty or consist of only whitespace characters.The name should not include any invalid characters such as \/:*?"<>|.The name cannot duplicate any other external resource server names.The name should not duplicate a Revit reserved path prefix(case insensitive), including: + RSN, A360, buzzsaw, vault, redspark, ftp, http, https, files, file.
+ + The short name of the server. + + + 2015 + +
+ + + Implement this method to return the path to an icon file which will be displayed in Revit + user interfaces associated to this server. + + +

The specified image will be displayed in the browser dialogs when the user is selecting + a resource of a compatible type.

+

The return must be the full path to an icon file containing 48x48, 32x32 and 16x16 pixel images.

+

If this method returns anything other than a valid icon file, a default image will be used for the server.

+
+ + The image file of the server. + + + 2015 + +
+ + + Implement this method to setup external resource browser data which will be accessed in Revit external resource browser UI. + + + If errors occur during setup, store this information externally, and then retrieve and deal + with the errors during the call to HandleBrowseResult() of your IExternalResourceUIServer. + + + The input context to match the external resources and browser results returned by the server. + + + 2015 + + + + + Implement this method to indicate whether two given resources are the same. + + + True if two given resources are the same; otherwise false. + + + 2015 + + + + + Implement this method to indicate whether the given version of a resource is the most + current version of the data. + + +

If Revit already has a version of this resource loaded, Revit will invoke this method + to check whether the resource's data will change if is called. If this method + returns ResourceVersionStatus.Current, then Revit will improve model performance + by not calling .

+ Note that this method may also be invoked to determine the behavior of certain + elements within the user interface. For example, it may be used to warn the user if they + are about to execute certain expensive operations (such as printing) with an outdated + version of this resource. +

Servers which encounter errors should return ResourceVersionStatus.Unknown. Revit + will reload resources whose version status is unknown, but will not display + out-of-date warnings to the user on printing.

+
+ + The ExternalResourceReference to check. + + + An enum indicating whether the resource is current, out of date, or of unknown status. + + + 2015 + +
+ + + Implement this method to provide the path that should be used for display and browsing to a given ExternalResourceReference + during this Revit session. + + + This method allows an IExternalResourceServer to override the path that is used within this Revit + session to display and browse to a specific ExternalResourceReference. This method is provided + to accommodate IExternalResourceServers that may present different paths under different circumstances. + For example, an IExternalResourceServer might implement this method to return a display path + that uses the appropriate language for the user's current locale. An IExternalResourceServer + could also use this method to present the appropriate name if the user has renamed this + resource since the last time it was loaded. If the IExternalResourceServer does not need to + customize the display path, it can return the originalDisplayPath parameter. + + Revit will invoke this method when the model is first loaded or before calling + and cache the result in the ExternalResourceReference.Do not rely on this path to look up an ExternalResourceReference, as the path is neither unique nor stable. It isn't unique + because multiple servers might use the same server name and display name format. It isn't stable because some servers allow renaming, + and because a server might change its name at some point. + + The ExternalResourceReference for which Revit is requesting the in session display path. + + + The path that was provided for the resource when the resource was originally loaded into the model. + + + The display path that should be used for this resource for this session of Revit. + + + 2015 + + + + + Implement this method to check whether the given ExternalResourceReference is formatted + correctly for this server. + + +

Different servers will have different requirements.

+

A server which loads references from a website might + require that the reference map contain a key called "URL" + and a value that is a valid URL.

+

A server which loads references from a network drive + might require a key called "Drive" with a value that + represents a drive name, plus a key called "Path" with + a value that corresponds to a path relative to the root + of the drive.

+

This function should not check that the resource exists + on the server. It should only check that the resource is + formatted correctly.

+
+ + The ExternalResourceReference to check. + + + True if the ExternalResourceReference represents a well-formed + resource. False otherwise. + + + 2015 + +
+ + + Implement this method to load the requested resource. + + +

This method will be invoked when Revit needs to load a resource supplied by this server.

+

Revit provides four key pieces of information to the server:

+ + A GUID identifying the load request. + The type of external resource that Revit is requesting, such as keynote data, linked Revit/CAD files, etc. + An ExternalResourceReference object, which contains information, such as a filename, the version, or other data, + that identifies the specific resource that Revit needs from the server. + An ExternalResourceLoadContext object, which contains information about the context of the load request. For + example, the ExternalResourceLoadContext contains information describing whether the load came about as a result of + a user action or an automatic action. + +

The server returns the results of the load request back to Revit via the loadResults argument, which will be a + sub-class of ExternalResourceLoadContent. This object will contain appropriate data structures to hold the actual resource + data (content) required by Revit for the specified ExternalResourceType.

+

Server authors may also wish to display UI related to the resource load operation, particularly when errors occur while + loading or creating the content. The UI should not be created by the IExternalResourceServer. Instead, the server + author should implement an IExternalResourcesUIServer which will handle all UI-related tasks. The external services framework + supports data sharing between, and coordinates the actions of, the two types of servers as follows:

+ + Each ExternalResourceLoadContent sub-class is designed to hold data related to errors that may have occurred while + loading or creating the content the specified ExternalResourceType. The IExternalResourceServer should set this data as + needed in the method. + The error data, along with ExternalResourceReference and other information associated with the attempt to load the external + resource, is stored internally by Revit until a time when it is appropriate to display UI. + When appropriate, the framework will invoke the HandleLoadResourceResults method of any IExternalResourceUIServer + that is associated with the IExternalResourceServer, and will pass the error data and other information to the UIServer + for possible display in the Revit UI. + +

Note that instead of using the ExternalResourceLoadContent object, the IExternalResourceServer can store its own error + information. Subsequently, when the external services framework invokes the IExternalResourceUIServer's HandleLoadResourceResults + method, the IExternalResourceUIServer can communicate directly with its associated IExternalResourceServer - using whatever interface + the server developer has implemented - to retrieve the required messages and error data for display in the UI. Revit provides + a GUID to , to facilitate identification of individual load requests.

+
+ + The id uniquely identifying the load request. + + + The type of resource requested. + + + The specific resource that should be loaded. + + + A class containing info about the context of the load request. + + + The data returned by the server as a result of this load operation. + Revit will ensure that this argument is the appropriate subclass of ExternalResourceLoadContent for the type of data. + + + 2015 + +
+ + + Implement this method to indicate whether the server can provide data for a specified type of external resource. + + + The ExternalResourceType of interest to the caller. For example, KeynoteTable - to determine + if the server provides data for Revit's keynote table. + + + True if the server supports the specified type of external resource + + + 2015 + + + + + The interface used to provide custom implementation to provide access to external resources (such as linked files) from arbitrary locations. + + +

Certain resources used in a Revit model are stored outside of the .rvt file. For example, the data used + for keynotes, images used as decals during rendering, CAD links, and Revit links are all stored outside + the model. Creating a new implementation of this server allows the server to supply one or more types of such resources from + an arbitrary source. For example, a server could provide the keynote data from a database or from + a file format that Revit does not support.

+

If a model references resources supplied by this server, Revit will request the resource from the server + when it is required. Most external resources are loaded into memory at the time the model is loaded. The + server will also be invoked if the resource is explicitly reloaded.

+

IExternalResourceServer can declare that a resource is already up-to-date via + If the resource is + up-to-date, Revit will skip loading to improve performance.

+

Each resource load request will be associated with a GUID, so that server implementers can uniquely identify + a given load request. This may be useful to, for example, store server-side errors associated with an + attempt to load a particular resource.

+

If your server handles Revit or CAD links, you must take special care with link paths. When one of these + file types is uploaded to your server, any nested references should be brought to the server along with the + main link. Your server will need to repath any nested reference itself; Revit will not handle this automatically.

+

In the case of DWG links, your server will also need to download and possibly repath any xrefs when + LoadResource is called for the top-level link. Revit will only request the top-level link directly.

+

In the case of Revit links, the ExternalResourceReferences for any nested links will also + need to be modified in the host document. The host document should reference the Revit links at their + server locations, not their local file locations. Revit may not be able to find links if the + paths are not set up correctly. See + to inspect the set of links contained within a Revit model. See + to reload a Revit link from a server version.

+

Here is an example which uses nested Revit links: A user has a Revit model containing one link, Link.rvt, which + contains one nested link, Nest.rvt. The user uploads Link.rvt to a server, using an add-in provided by that + server. The server provider must also take Nest.rvt. Further, the server provider must open Link.rvt and modify + the reference to Nest.rvt so that it references the version on the server. Otherwise, Revit will not be able to + find Nest.rvt when another user tries to load Link.rvt from the server.

+

The external resource framework has been designed to allow server authors to display UI related to the resource + load operation and UI browse operation. No UI should be displayed directly from an IExternalResourceServer. + Instead, developers should create an IExternalResourceUIServer which will handle UI tasks on behalf of the IExternalResourceServer. + For more information, see the documentation for the and methods.

+
+ + 2015 + +
+ + + Implement this method to return a description of the server. + + +

The purpose of this string is to describe the external server + in more details than just a short name alone could do. + The intended use is to show the string to the end user in UI + when UI is appropriate for the corresponding external service.

+

Beside the requirement for it to be a non-empty string, + there are no other general restrictions imposed by the External Services Framework. + However, the external service may have some specific rules in place for its servers.

+
+ + Description of the server. + + + 2013 + +
+ + + Implement this method to return the id of the vendor of the server. + + + The Id is expected to be a string consisting of 4 characters. + + + Vendor Id of the server. + + + 2013 + + + + + Implement this method to return the name of the server. + + +

Although a server is uniquely identified by its Id, + the Name can identify it to the end user in UI when UI + is appropriate for the corresponding external service.

+

Beside the requirement for the name to be a non-empty string, + there are no other general restrictions imposed by the External Services Framework. + However, the external service may have some specific rules in place for its servers.

+
+ + Name of the server. + + + 2013 + +
+ + + Implement this method to return the id of the service. + + + An external server belongs to only one external service. + This method must return an Id that matches the Id of the corresponding service was registered with. + + + The id of the service to which the server belongs. + + + 2013 + + + + + Implement this method to return the id of the server. + + + The Id must uniquely identify the external server + to the corresponding external service. It will be + an error when two servers with identical Ids try + to register for one external service. + + + The id of the server. + + + 2013 + + + + + Implement this method to return a description of the server. + + +

The purpose of this string is to describe the external server + in more details than just a short name alone could do. + The intended use is to show the string to the end user in UI + when UI is appropriate for the corresponding external service.

+

Beside the requirement for it to be a non-empty string, + there are no other general restrictions imposed by the External Services Framework. + However, the external service may have some specific rules in place for its servers.

+
+ + Description of the server. + + + 2013 + +
+ + + Implement this method to return the id of the vendor of the server. + + + The Id is expected to be a string consisting of 4 characters. + + + Vendor Id of the server. + + + 2013 + + + + + Implement this method to return the name of the server. + + +

Although a server is uniquely identified by its Id, + the Name can identify it to the end user in UI when UI + is appropriate for the corresponding external service.

+

Beside the requirement for the name to be a non-empty string, + there are no other general restrictions imposed by the External Services Framework. + However, the external service may have some specific rules in place for its servers.

+
+ + Name of the server. + + + 2013 + +
+ + + Implement this method to return the id of the service. + + + An external server belongs to only one external service. + This method must return an Id that matches the Id of the corresponding service was registered with. + + + The id of the service to which the server belongs. + + + 2013 + + + + + Implement this method to return the id of the server. + + + The Id must uniquely identify the external server + to the corresponding external service. It will be + an error when two servers with identical Ids try + to register for one external service. + + + The id of the server. + + + 2013 + + + + + The base interface for all external servers. + + + Every external service in Revit declares a specific interface + for its servers. Each interface must be derived from this IExternalServer. + Providers of external servers implement the server interfaces + defined by the respective external services to which the servers + belong. The whole process of creating a server and registering + it with Revit as a server of a concrete external service can be + outlined in the following steps: + A provider of an external service declares a server interface derived from IExternalServerThe provider of the service will make it known that this interface is for the servers of that serviceAn application wanting to have a server will implement the appropriate interfaceThe server's application obtains the service from Revit using the ExternalServiceRegistry.GetService methodAn instance of the server class can then be registered with Revit by using the ExternalService.AddServer method + + 2013 + + + + + An enum indicating whether a resource is current or out of date. + + + + + It is not known whether the resource is current. + + + + + This is not the most recent version of the resource. + + + + + The resource is up-to-date; this is is the most recent version of the resource. + + + + + An enum indicating whether a resource load operation was triggered by + a user action or an automatic process. + + +

This enum is provided so that an external resource server can + decide how much feedback it wishes to provide to the user.

+

For example, Revit automatically loads all resources on file open. + This may cause many external resources to load at once. The server + may wish to provide truncated error messages.

+

Reload() and LoadFrom() operations from the API are considered to + be LoadOperationType.Explicit.

+
+
+ + + The load operation was triggered by an explicit reload action on the part + of the user. + + + + + The load operation was triggered automatically by another operation. + + + + + A flag to indicate the status of an ExternalResource load request. + + + This flag is returned by the LoadResource method of the IExternalResourceServer + class to inform callers whether the load operation succeeded, or encountered + an error. + + + + + The server identified by the ExternalResourceReference threw an exception while attempting to load a resource. + + + + + The server identified by the ExternalResourceReference could not be found, and may not be registered. + + + + + The current version of the resource is already loaded into Revit so no changes were made to the model. + + + + + The load operation is in an incomplete state. + Revit will treat this result as a failure. + + + + + The load operation failed. + + + + + The load operation was successful. + + + + + Sets the sequence of segments that defines this line pattern. + + + The sequence of segments. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Gets the sequence of segments that defines this line pattern. + + + The sequence of segments. + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Line pattern name. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Creates a line pattern with given name. + + + The name. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Creates a simple line pattern. + + + + + Represents a line pattern definition. + + + A line pattern is a pattern of dashes and dots used to control the way the lines of an object are drawn in Revit. + Line patterns are used in the definition of GraphicsStyle objects. + A line pattern is defined by a repeating sequence segments. + Each segment is a dash, a dot or a space. + A line pattern definition must contain an even number of segments, starting with a visible segment (a dash or a dot) and alternating between visible segments and spaces. + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets and sets the length of the segment. + + + The length of the segment. + + + + + Gets and sets the type of the segment. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + Creates a line pattern segment with given type and length. + + + The segment type. + + + The length. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + Creates a line pattern segment. + + + + + Represents a segment in a line pattern. + + + + + Represents the type of a line pattern segment. + + + + + A dot + + + + + A space + + + + + A dash + + + + + AreaLoadType class + + + + + LineLoadType class + + + + + PointLoadType class + + + + + The base class for LoadTypes + + + + + Sets the curve for the line load. + + + The curve must be bounded. + The curve can be: + Line Arc Ellipse + + The input curve is not bound. + -or- + The provided curve is not supported. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This LineLoad is not a hosted load. + -or- + This LineLoad is a constrained load. + + + 2024 + + + + + Sets start and end point of the line load. + + + This method works with hosted line load only. + This method works for loads which are not constrained to their host. + The curve of the resulted load will be a line. + + + The start point. + + + The end point. + + + Returns true if successful, false otherwise. + + + Thrown when the end point is equal to the start point. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This LineLoad is not a hosted load. + -or- + This LineLoad is a constrained load. + + + 2016 + + + + + Returns curve that define geometry of the line load. + + + 2016 + + + + + Indicates if the curve is inside panel's boundaries or on panel's edges or if the curve is on the member's curve. + + + The document containing both the host and the line load. + + + The id of the analytical element that is about to host a line load. + + + Curve to be checked. + + + True if a line load can be placed on the input host id + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Indicates if the provided host id can host line loads + The document containing both the host and the load + The id of the analytical element that is about to host a line load + True if a line load can be placed on the input host id + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + + + + + Creates a new custom line load within the project. + + + The curve must be bounded. + The curve can be: + Line Arc Ellipse + + Document to which new line load will be added. + + + The analytical host element for the line Load. + + + Curve of the line load. + + + The applied 3d force vector. + + + The applied 3d moment vector. + + + The symbol of the LineLoad. Set to use default type. + + + If successful, returns the newly created LineLoad, otherwise. + + + The element hostElemId does not exist in the document + -or- + hostElemId is not permitted for this type of load. + -or- + The provided curve is not supported. + -or- + The input curve is not bound. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Thrown when all force and moment vectors are equal zero. + + + Thrown if type could not be set for newly created line load. + + + 2024 + + + + + Creates a new hosted line load within the project. + + + Document to which new line load will be added. + + + The analytical host element for the line Load. + + + The index of a curve in analytical surface element starting from 0. + Use method to obtain appropriate curve index. + Curve index has a unique value in analytical element. The index should be obtain by iteration through all curves in all loops. + + + The applied 3d force vector. + + + The applied 3d moment vector. + + + The symbol of the LineLoad. Set to use default type. + + + If successful, returns the newly created LineLoad, otherwise. + + + The element hostElemId does not exist in the document + -or- + hostElemId is not permitted for this type of load. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Thrown when all force and moment vectors are equal zero. + + + Thrown if type could not be set for newly created line load. + + + 2023 + + + + + Creates a new hosted line load within the project. + + + Document to which new line load will be added. + + + The analytical host element for the line Load. + + + The applied 3d force vector. + + + The applied 3d moment vector. + + + The symbol of the LineLoad. Set to use default type. + + + If successful, returns the newly created LineLoad, otherwise. + + + The element hostElemId does not exist in the document + -or- + hostElemId is not permitted for this type of load. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Thrown when all force and moment vectors are equal zero. + + + Thrown if type could not be set for newly created line load. + + + 2023 + + + + + The moment vector applied to the end point of the line load, oriented according to OrientTo setting. + + + The default force unit is kN-m/m for metric, and kip-ft/ft for imperial. + Use UnitUtils class methods to convert value from or to internal units. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + The moment vector applied to the start point of the line load, oriented according to OrientTo setting. + + + The default force unit is kN-m/m for metric, and kip-ft/ft for imperial. + Use UnitUtils class methods to convert value from or to internal units. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + The force vector applied to the end point of the line load, oriented according to OrientTo setting. + + + The default force unit is kN/m for metric, and kip/ft for imperial. + Use UnitUtils class methods to convert value from or to internal units. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + The force vector applied to the start point of the line load, oriented according to OrientTo setting. + + + The default force unit is kN/m for metric, and kip/ft for imperial. + Use UnitUtils class methods to convert value from or to internal units. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Returns the three dimensional location of the end point for the line load. + + + The location of the end point is measured in decimal feet. + + + + + Returns the three dimensional location of the start point for the line load. + + + The location of the start point is measured in decimal feet. + + + + + Indicates if the load is projected. + + + Returns true if the line load is projected, false otherwise. + This parameter will take effect only if LineLoad.OrientTo property is set to LoadOrientTo.Project. + + + 2016 + + + + + Indicates if the load is uniform. + + + Returns true if the line load is uniform, false otherwise. + Load is uniform when force and moment vectors assigned to the start and the end point of load are equal. + + + 2016 + + + + + An object that represents a force/moment applied in a linear manner. + + + The load/moment may be uniform or it may vary between the two ends of the line. + + + + + + + + + Removes constraint from host for this load. + + + This LoadBase is not a constraint load. + + + Thrown when the load is an AreaLoad and the host is an Analytical Panel with curved profile. + + + + + Indicates if the provided orientation is permitted for this load. + + + For hosted load only LoadOrientTo.Project and LoadOrientTo.HostLocalCoordinateSystem are permitted. + For non-hosted load only LoadOrientTo.Project and LoadOrientTo.WorkPlane are permitted. + To determine if load is hosted use property. + + + Load orientation to check. + + + True if provided orientation type is permitted for this load, false if not. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2015 + + + + + The load orientation option. + + + For hosted load only LoadOrientTo.Project and LoadOrientTo.HostLocalCoordinateSystem are permitted. + For non-hosted load only LoadOrientTo.Project and LoadOrientTo.WorkPlane are permitted. + To determine if load is hosted use property. + + + When setting this property: orientTo is not permitted for this type of load. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2015 + + + + + Id of the work plane which may determine the orientation of the load. + + + The load might be oriented to be perpendicular to this work plane. Determine how load is oriented by checking . + + + 2015 + + + + + The host element ID for the load. + + + If the load is hosted this is the id of the Analytical Element that hosts the load. If the load is not hosted, is returned. + + + 2015 + + + + + The name of the category to which this load belongs. + + + + + A string representing the nature of the load. + + + + + The name of the load case to which this load belongs. + + + + + The load case for the load. + + + 2016 + + + + + Indicates if the Load is hosted or non-hosted. + + + True is returned when load is hosted. False is returned load is non-hosted. + To determine if load is hosted property or + property may also be used. + + + 2016 + + + + + The load is constrained to host or not. + + + + + The load is reaction option. + + + 2016 + + + + + The load case ID for the load. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + + + The LoadBase object is the base class for all load objects within the Autodesk Revit API. + Data members + + + Load objects are only available in Autodesk Revit Structure. This object contains methods that are common to all other load objects. + + + + + + + + + Specifies load orientation. + + + 2015 + + + 2015 + + + + + Load is oriented in respect to it analytical host element coordinate system and will follow host changes. + + + + + Load is oriented in respect to work plane. + + + + + Load is oriented in respect to project global coordinate system, that is X to East, Y to North, and Z to up. + + + + + This enum declares types of Loads. + + + 2015 + + + + + Area Load + + + + + Line Load + + + + + Point Load + + + + + The emit length. + + + The emit length as a numerical value in feet between 1.0e-9 and 30000.0 + + + When setting this property: The shape dimension is not valid because it is not between 1.0e-9 and 30000.0. + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a copy of the given line light shape + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a line light shape object with the given emit length. + + + The emit length as a numerical value in feet between 1.0e-9 and 30000.0 + + + The shape dimension is not valid because it is not between 1.0e-9 and 30000.0. + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a line light shape object with 2.0' emit length. + + + 2013 + + + + + This class encapsulates a line light shape. + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a copy of the LossFactor derived object. + + + 2013 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The calculated loss factor value + + + 2013 + + + + + This class is the base class for calculating lighting loss factor. + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a copy of the InitialIntensity derived object. + + + 2013 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The calculated initial intensity value. + + + 2013 + + + + + This class is the base class for calculating lighting initial intensity. + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a copy of the InitialColor derived object. + + + 2013 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The light color temperature value in Kelvins. + + + 2013 + + + + + This class is the base class for calculating initial light color. + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a copy of the LightShape derived object. + + + 2013 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + This class is the base class for specifying light shape. + + + 2013 + + + + + Get the set of contained light instances + The set of light instances + + + 2013 + + + + + Remove the given light instance from the set of light instances in this group + + + The light instance to remove + + + The light instance is not in this LightGroup + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Add a new light instance to the group + + + The ID of the light instance to add to the group + + + The given element ID does not correspond to a light instance + -or- + The light instance is in this LightGroup + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The ElementId of the LightGroup + + + 2013 + + + + + The name of the LightGroup + + + When setting this property: name cannot include prohibited characters, such as "{, }, [, ], |, ;, less-than sign, greater-than sign, ?, `, ~". + -or- + When setting this property: The name is not valid because it is not unique within this LightGroupManager + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + This class represents a set of lights grouped together for easier management of various lighting scenarios + + + 2013 + + + + + + + + + Sets the dimmer value for the given light for rendering the given view + + + The dimmer value is in the range [0.0, 1.0] with 0.0 being totally dimmed and 1.0 being totally on + + + The Id of the view + + + The Id of the light to turn on or off + + + The dimmer value to set int the range of [0.0, 1.0] + + + The given element Id does not correspond to a 3d view + -or- + The given element Id does not correspond to a light instance + -or- + The given dimming value is not in the range [0.0, 1.0] + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets the dimmer value for the given light for rendering the given view + + + The dimmer value is in the range [0.0, 1.0] with 0.0 being totally dimmed and 1.0 being totally on + + + The Id of the view + + + The Id of the light to turn on or off + + + The given element Id does not correspond to a 3d view + -or- + The given element Id does not correspond to a light instance + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Turns the given light on or off for rendering the given view depending on the bool argument + + + The Id of the view + + + The Id of the light to turn on or off + + + Turns the light on if true, off if false + + + The given element Id does not correspond to a 3d view + -or- + The given element Id does not correspond to a light instance + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns true if the given light is on for rendering the given view + + + The Id of the view + + + The Id of the light + + + The given element Id does not correspond to a 3d view + -or- + The given element Id does not correspond to a light instance + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Turns the given light group on or off for rendering the given view depending on the bool argument + + + The Id of the view + + + The Id of the light group + + + Turns the light group on if true, off if false + + + The given element Id does not correspond to a 3d view + -or- + The given element Id does not correspond to a light group + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns true if the given light group is on + + + The Id of the view + + + The Id of the light group + + + The given element Id does not correspond to a 3d view + -or- + The given element Id does not correspond to a light group + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Get the set of contained LightGroup objects + The set of LightGroup objects + + + 2013 + + + + + Remove the given LightGroup object from the set of LightGroup objects + + + Note that only the group is deleted, not the lights contained in the group + The lights will still exist but will not be in a group any longer + + + The Id of the LightGroup object to remove + + + The given element Id does not correspond to a light group + -or- + The LightGroup is not contained by this LightGroupManager + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Create a new LightGroup object with the given name + + + The name to use for the new LightGroup object + + + The new LightGroup object that was created + + + The name is not valid because it is not unique within this LightGroupManager + -or- + name cannot include prohibited characters, such as "{, }, [, ], |, ;, less-than sign, greater-than sign, ?, `, ~". + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a light group manager object from the given document + + + The document the manager is from + + + The newly created Light group manager object + + + The document is not valid because it is not a project (rvt) document + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + This class represents a set of light groups that are used for easier management of various lighting scenarios + + + 2013 + + + + + + + + + Replace the current loss factor object with the given object + + + The argument object is cloned + + + An object derived from a LossFactor object + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Return a copy of an object derived from LossFactor + + + 2013 + + + + + Replace the current initial intensity object with the given object + + + The argument object is cloned + + + An object derived from an InitialIntensity object + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + + + + + Return a copy of an object derived from InitialIntensity + + + 2013 + + + + + Replace the current initial color object with the given object + + + The argument object is cloned + + + An object derived from an InitialColor object + The object pointed to is cloned internally + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + + + + + Return a copy of an object derived from InitialColor + + + 2013 + + + + + Replace the current LightDistribution object with the given object + + + The argument object is cloned + Light distribution is a family element parameter. All other LightType properties and methods except for light shape are + family type parameters. Changes to family type parameters may not be committed in the same transaction with changes to + family element parameters, otherwise the modifications to the family type may be lost. Always use a separate transaction + for changes to the shape and distribution of a light. + + + An instance of an object derived from LightDistribution + + + The LightDistribution is the argument that is being validated + The LightDistribution is not valid because it of a different derived type than the current LightDistribution derived type. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Return a copy of an object derived from LightDistribution + + + 2013 + + + + + Replace the current LightShape object with the given object + + + The argument object is cloned. + Light shape is a family element parameter. All other LightType properties and methods except for light distribution are + family type parameters. Changes to family type parameters may not be committed in the same transaction with changes to + family element parameters, otherwise the modifications to the family type may be lost. Always use a separate transaction + for changes to the shape and distribution of a light. + + + An instance of an object derived from LightShape + + + The LightShape is the argument that is being validated + The LightShape is not valid because it of a different derived type than the current LightShape derived type. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Return a copy of an object derived from LightShape + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a light type object from the given document and element ID + + + The document the instanceId is from + + + The ID of the light fixture instance + + + The newly created LightType object + + + The ElementId is the argument that is being validated + The ElementId is not valid because it is not for a light element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + + + + + Creates a light type object from the given document and family type ID + + + The document the typeId is from + + + The ID of the light family type + + + The newly created LightType object + + + The ElementId is the argument that is being validated + The ElementId is not valid because it is not for a light element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The dimming temperature value in Kelvins. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + The light filter color. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + This class encapsulates light information. + + + 2013 + + + + + + + + + Return a LightType object for the light type at the given index + + + The index of the light type + + + A LightType object for the light type at the given index + + + The index is the argument that is being validated + The index is not valid because it does not correspond to a valid light type + + + 2013 + + + + + Return the name for the light type at the given index + + + The index of the light type + + + The name of the light type at the given index + + + The index is the argument that is being validated + The index is not valid because it does not correspond to a valid light type + + + 2013 + + + + + Return the number of light types contained in this light family + + + The number of light types contained in this light family + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns a Transform value for the transform of light source. + + + When the user moves or rotates the light source in family editor, + the returned Transform gets changed accordingly. + + + The light source transform. + + + 2013 + + + + + Set the light distribution style to the given shape distribution + + + The light distribution style to set the light distribution type to + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + + + + + Returns a LightDistributionStyle value for the light distribution + + + 2013 + + + + + Set the light shape style to the given shape style + + + The light shape style value to set the light shape style to + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + + + + + Returns a LightShapeStyle value for the light shape + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a light family object from the given family document + + + The family document + + + The newly created LightFamily object + + + The Document is the argument that is being validated + The document is not valid because it is not a light family document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + This class encapsulates light family information. + + + 2013 + + + + + + + + + Tags for specific light shape styles + + + 2013 + + + + + Circular light shape. + + + + + Rectangular light shape. + + + + + Line light shape. + + + + + Point light shape. + + + + + Tags for specific light distribution styles + + + 2013 + + + + + Photometric web (IES) light distribution. + + + + + Spot light distribution. + + + + + Hemispherical light distribution. + + + + + Spherical light distribution. + + + + + Creates a copy of the LightDistribution derived object. + + + 2013 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + This class is the base class for specifying light distribution. + + + 2013 + + + + + Tags for specific light dimming colors + + + 2013 + + + + + Incandescent lamp curve dimming color. + + + + + No dimming color. + + + + + Sets the offset from the Associated Level. + + + The offset from the Level. + + + this operation failed. + + + 2023 + + + + + Returns LevelAssociationData associated with this element, if it exists. + + + If the input element doesn't have LevelAssociationData than it retuns . + + + The element from which we try to obtain LevelAssociationData. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + + + + + Returns the offset from the Associated Level. + + + 2023 + + + + + Sets the Associated Level. + + + The id of the Level. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + this operation failed. + + + 2023 + + + + + Returns the Associated Level id. + + + 2023 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + This class holds information related to Level. + + + 2023 + + + + + 2023 + + + Leaders Presentation Mode. + + + 2023 + + + + + Show specific leaders. + + + + + Show only one leader. + + + + + Hide all tag leaders. + + + + + Show all tag leaders. + + + + + An enumerated type listing Leader end conditions that are supported for IndependentTags. + + + + + The Leader of the tag is free. + + + + + The Leader of the tag is attached. + + + + + Gets the user-visible name for a StructuralSectionShape. + + + The StructuralSectionShape to get the user-visible name. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + Gets the user-visible name for a gbXMLBuildingType. + + + The name is obtained in the current Revit language. + + + The gbXMLBuildingType to get the user-visible name. + + + The document from which to get the gbXMLBuildingType. + + + The input gXMLBuildingType is not available in the document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + Gets the user-visible name for a discipline. + + + The name is obtained in the current Revit language. + + + Identifier of the discipline. + + + Discipline must have a definition. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Gets the user-visible name for a symbol. + + + The name is obtained in the current Revit language. + + + Identifier of the symbol to get the user-visible name. + + + Symbol must have a definition. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the user-visible name for a spec. + + + The name is obtained in the current Revit language. + If the given identifier is a category, this method returns the name + of the Family Type spec with that category, e.g. "Family Type: Walls". + + + Identifier of the spec to get the user-visible name. + + + The given identifier is neither a spec nor a category. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Gets the user-visible name for a unit. + + + The name is obtained in the current Revit language. + + + Identifier of the unit to get the user-visible name. + + + Cannot find DisplayUnitTypeInfo for the given unit identifier. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + Gets the user-visible name for a PipeFlowState. + The PipeFlowState to get the user-visible name. + The document from which to get the PipeFlowState. + The name is obtained in the current Revit language. + Thrown when information for the input PipeFlowState cannot be found. + + + Gets the user-visible name for a PipeLossMethodType. + The PipeLossMethodType to get the user-visible name. + The document from which to get the PipeLossMethodType. + The name is obtained in the current Revit language. + Thrown when information for the input PipeLossMethodType cannot be found. + + + Gets the user-visible name for a DuctLossMethodType. + The DuctLossMethodType to get the user-visible name. + The document from which to get the DuctLossMethodType. + The name is obtained in the current Revit language. + Thrown when information for the input DuctLossMethodType cannot be found. + + + Gets the user-visible name for a BuiltInCategory. + The BuiltInCategory to get the user-visible name. + The name is obtained in the current Revit language. + Thrown when the builtin category is not valid. + 2020 + + + Gets the user-visible name for a BuiltInParameterGroup. + The BuiltInParameterGroup to get the user-visible name. + The name is obtained in the current Revit language. + + + Gets the user-visible name for a built-in parameter group. To get the name of parameter group "Other", pass an empty, default-constructed ForgeTypeId. + The identifier of the parameter group to get the user-visible name, or an empty ForgeTypeId for group "Other". + The name is obtained in the current Revit language. + + + Gets the user-visible name for a BuiltInParameter in a specific LanguageType. + The BuiltInParameter to get the user-visible name. + The desired LanguageType to get the user-visible name in. + The BuiltInParameter name in the desired LanguageType. + Thrown when the BuiltInParameter cannot be found. + Thrown when the desired LanguageType cannot be found for the BuiltInParameter name. + 2020 + + + Gets the user-visible name for a built-in parameter in a specific LanguageType. + Identifier of the built-in parameter to get the user-visible name. + The desired LanguageType to get the user-visible name in. + The built-in parameter name in the desired LanguageType. + Thrown when the built-in parameter cannot be found. + Thrown when the desired LanguageType cannot be found for the built-in parameter name. + 2020 + + + Gets the user-visible name for a BuiltInParameter. + The BuiltInParameter to get the user-visible name. + The name is obtained in the current Revit language. + Thrown when the BuiltInParameter cannot be found. + + + Gets the user-visible name for a built-in parameter. + Identifier of the built-in parameter to get the user-visible name. + The name is obtained in the current Revit language. + Thrown when the built-in parameter cannot be found. + + + + Used to obtain user-visible names for enums. + + + 2011 + + + + + Indicates the determination method for the building envelope + + + 2015 + + + + + This method uses a combination of ray-casting and flood-fill algorithms in order to identify the building elements that are + exposed to the outside of the building, the building envelope. Analytical surface originated from the building elements in the envelope + will be classified as exterior or shading surfaces. + + + + + This method uses the Function type parameter of Walls, Floors and Building Pads to determinate the building elements considered to be part of the building envelope. + If a wall has one adjacent space, analytical surface originated from the wall will be classified as exterior surfaces. + If a wall has two adjacent spaces and its function is Exterior, Foundation, Retaining, or Soffit, analytical surface originated from the wall will be classified + as interior surfaces. + If thw wall's function is Interior or Core Shaft, analytical surface originated from the wall will be classfied interior surfaces, regardless of the number of adjacent spaces. + + + + + Enumerations for gbXML (Green Building XML) format, used for energy + analysis, schema version 0.34. + + + This enumeration corresponds to the HVAC System attribute in gbXML and + is used to specify the Building HVAC System. + + + + + Enumerations for gbXML (Green Building XML) format, used for energy + analysis, schema version 0.34. + + + This enumeration corresponds to the buildingType attribute in gbXML and + is used to specify the building operating schedule. + + + + + This enumeration corresponds to the openingType attribute in gbXML + and identifies the type of opening defined. + + + 2012 + + + + + No of opening types. + + + + + Opening air. + + + + + Non sliding door. + + + + + Sliding door. + + + + + Operable skylight. + + + + + Fixed skylight. + + + + + Operable window. + + + + + Fixed window. + + + + + This enumeration corresponds to the surfaceType attribute in gbXML + and identifies the type of surface defined. + + + 2012 + + + + + No of surface types. + + + + + Slab on grade. + + + + + Raised floor. + + + + + Underground ceiling. + + + + + Surface air. + + + + + Ceiling. + + + + + Underground slab. + + + + + Underground wall. + + + + + Shade. + + + + + Exposed floor. + + + + + Interior floor. + + + + + Roof. + + + + + Exterior wall. + + + + + Interior wall. + + + + + This enumeration corresponds to the spaceType attribute in gbXML. + The enumerated attribute identifies the type of space defined and + allows to better approximate the actual internal loads and schedules + associated with the defined space type. + + + 2011 + + + + + This enumeration corresponds to the conditionType attribute in gbXML. + The enumerated attribute identifies the type of heating, cooling, + or ventilation the space has. + + + 2011 + + + + + This enumeration corresponds to the systemType attribute in gbXML + and is used for specifying the service for the building or space. + + + 2011 + + + + + Enumerations for gbXML (Green Building XML) format, used for energy + analysis, schema version 0.34. + + + This enumeration corresponds to the buildingType attribute in gbXML and + is used to specify the most predominant building use type. + + + 2011 + + + + + This enumeration specifies the level of detail of the exported analytical energy model in gbXML. + Complex means that Curtain Walls and Curtain Systems are exported as several openings, panel by panel; + a curtain wall with 50 panels gets exported as 50 openings. Simple means that one "huge" opening with + the total opening area equal to the 50 panels is exported. This is more appropriate for most energy analysis. + Mullions mean that Mullions in Curtain Walls and Systems are exported as shading surfaces. A "simplified" + analytical shading surface is produced from a mullion based on its centerline, thickness and offset. + + + 2011 + + + + + Using this enumeration, mullions will be exported as shading + surfaces. A "simplified" analytical shading surface is produced + from a mullion based on its centerline, thickness and offset. + + + + + Using this enumeration, shading surfaces will be produced from + room bounding building elements that are not bounding spaces. + + + + + Using this enumeration, Curtain Walls and Curtain Systems will + exported as several openings, panel by panel. + + + + + Using this enumeration, shading surfaces will be produced from + room bounding building elements that are not bounding spaces + + + + + Curtain Walls and Curtain Systems are normally exported as several openings, panel by panel, + while for energy analysis all you need is one giant window. A curtain wall with 50 panels + gets exported as 50 openings, while 1 opening with the total opening area would be more appropriate. + Using this enumeration, one "large" window/opening will be exported for a curtain wall/system + + + + + Extract the RPC property blob by giving Asset and write it into an input buffer. + + + The asset to extract, only supports RPC assets. + + + The memory buffer to save the extracted data. + If it is null, it returns the required buffer size. + + + The buffer size of the memory to save the extracted data. + If it is 0, it returns the required buffer size. + + + The actual number of RPC property blob placed in the buffer (can be less than the + length of the buffer). If there are no enough memory buffer available, return 0. + + + The asset parameter was NULL. + + + 2015 + + + + + A collection of utilities related to Asset class. + + + 2015 + + + + Get the value of the property. + + + + Represents a property of UInt64 value. + + + 2014 + + + + Get the value of the property. + + + + Represents a property of Int64 value. + + + 2014 + + + + Get the value of the property. + + + + Represents a property consisting of an array of float values. + + + In virtually all cases, the array will contain exactly 3 values. + + + 2014 + + + + Get the value of the property + + + + Represents a property consisting of an array of double values. + + + In virtually all cases, the array will contain exactly 16 values. + It represents a 4x4 matrix. + + + + Get the value of the property + + + + Represents a property consisting of an array of double values. + + + In virtually all cases, the array will contain exactly 2 values. + + + + + Identifies if the subelement can have a type assigned. + + + Some subelements cannot have type assigned, + in which case invalid element id is considered to be their type id. + + + True if subelement can have a type assigned, false otherwise. + + + 2018 + + + + + Checks if given Reference identifies either a valid element or subelement. + + + A reference to an element or subelement in a linked document is acceptable. + + + The document. + + + The reference that identifies an element or subelement. + + + True if %reference% identifies a valid element or subelement, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Checks if this subelement have given parameter. + + + Parameter id. + + + True if %parameterId% identifies valid parameter of this subelement, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Obtains the reference to this subelement. + + + The reference to this subelement. + + + 2018 + + + + + Retrieves a box that circumscribes all geometry of the subelement. + + + Pass in a view to query view-specific (e.g., cut) geometry or for model + geometry. If the view box is not known or cannot be calculated, this will return the model box; + if the model box is not known, + this will return . The box will always be aligned to the default axes of the + model coordinate system (thus no rotation should be applied to the return value). + Also note that this bounding box volume + may enclose geometry that is not obvious. For example, the "flip controls" that + could be part of a family will be included in the computation of the bounding box even + though they are not always visible in the family instance of the family. + + + The view for view-specific geometry or for model geometry. + + + The bounding box. + + + 2018 + + + + + Retrieve one geometric primitive representing given subelement. + + + In case of whole element, geometric object representing element and its subelements will be returned. + will be returned if related geometric object could not be found in the model. + + + The view for view-specific geometry or for model geometry. + + + The geometric object representing this subelement. + + + 2018 + + + + + Checks if given parameter of this subelement is modifiable. + + + Parameter id. + + + True if given parameter of this subelement is modifiable, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Sets a new parameter value of this subelement given a parameter id. + + + Parameter id. + + + New value for the parameter. + + + parameterId does not identify a valid parameter of this subelement. + -or- + The parameter parameterId is not modifiable for this subelement. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Obtains the current parameter value of this subelement given a parameter id. + + + Parameter id. + + + Parameter value. + + + parameterId does not identify a valid parameter of this subelement. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Returns all parameters of this subelement. + + + 2018 + + + + + Changes the type of the subelement. + + + In rare cases, applying a change in type will result in a new element being created. + The only active examples of this are when: + Applying a normal wall type to a curtain panel. Converting such a wall back to a curtain panel. Applying a new type to a railing subelement. + In this situation this subelement object will be redirected to the new element. + + + Identifier of the type to assign to this subelement. + + + The type typeId is not valid for this subelement. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This Subelement cannot have type assigned. + + + This Subelement is an internal element, such as a component of a + loaded family or a group type. + -or- + The document containing this Subelement is in Group Edit Mode, + Sketch Edit Mode, or Paste Mode, and the element is not a + member of the group, sketch, or clipboard. + -or- + This Subelement is a member of a group or sketch, and the document + is not currently editing the group or sketch. + + + 2018 + + + + + Obtains a set of types that are valid for this subelement. + + + A type is valid for a subelement if it can be assigned to the subelement. + + + A set of element IDs of types that are valid for this subelement or an empty set if subelement cannot have type assigned. + + + 2018 + + + + + Checks if given type is valid for this subelement. + + + A type is valid for a subelement if it can be assigned to the subelement. + + + ElementId of the type to check. + + + True if subelement can have a type assigned and this type is valid for this subelement, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Creates an object representing element or subelement. + + + If %reference% points to linked document: + The method of the newly created subelement will return the local reference in the linked document. The property of the newly created subelement will return the linked document. + + The document. + + + The reference that identifies element or subelement. + + + The newly created subelement. + + + reference does not identify a valid element or subelement. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + A stable unique identifier for this subelement within the document. + + + 2018 + + + + + The element in which the subelement resides. + + + If subelement refers to whole element, this element is returned. + + + 2018 + + + + + The document in which the subelement resides. + + + 2018 + + + + + The identifier of this subelement's type. + + + Some subelements cannot have type assigned, + in which case this method returns invalid element id. + + + 2018 + + + + Retrieves a Category object that represents the category or sub category of the subelement. + All category objects can be retrieved from the application by using the Categories property +of the Application.Settings object. + + + + An object that represents an element or a subelement within the Autodesk Revit project. + + +

Subelements provide a way for parts of an element to behave as though they were real elements without incurring the overhead of adding more full elements to the model.

+

Many Revit features (for example parameters, schedules, and tags) were designed to operate on Elements. + As a result, the Revit code needs to represent objects as Elements for them to participate in those features. This can lead to scalability problems, + because every Element adds overhead and adding many Elements may decrease the performance of the model. An alternative is to use Subelements. An element + can expose a set of "Subelements" that it contains, specifying characteristics like their category and parameters, + and certain Revit capabilities will treat those Subelements the same as ordinary Elements. For example, a Subelement may contribute geometry to the main element + and may be able to be selected independently of its parent Element. It will possibly have its own (settable) type as well as an assigned category which + can be different from its parent Element.

+

In the API, the new Subelement class is used to refer to either an Element or a specific subelement of a given Element. + It is typically directly related to a Reference to either the Element or the specific subelement. + Note that creation of new Subelements for a given element is not done generically. Instead, the given Element may provide the ability to modify it's definition, + resulting in the creation of new Subelements.

+

Examples of Elements which may have Subelements in practice include: + elements which make up elements

+

To get access to a particular Subelement, you may use any of the following: + Autodesk.Revit.DB.Document.GetSubelement(Autodesk.Revit.DB.Reference) if you have a Reference to a Subelement.Autodesk.Revit.DB.Document.GetSubelement(String) if you have a unique id of a Subelement.

+
+ + 2018 + +
+ + + Creates a non rectangular profile wall within the project using the specified wall type and normal vector. + + + The document in which the new wall is created. + + + An array of planar curves that represent the vertical profile of the wall. + + + Id of the wall type to be used by the new wall instead of the default type. + + + Id of the level on which the wall is to be placed. + + + If set, specifies that the wall is structural in nature. + + + A vector that must be perpendicular to the profile which dictates which side of the wall is considered to be inside and outside. + + + If successful a new wall object within the project. + + + The input profile contains at least one helical curve and is not supported for this operation. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Failed to create the wall. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + + + + + + + Creates a non rectangular profile wall within the project using the specified wall type. + + + The document in which the new wall is created. + + + An array of planar curves that represent the vertical profile of the wall. + + + Id of the wall type to be used by the new wall instead of the default type. + + + Id of the level on which the wall is to be placed. + + + If set, specifies that the wall is structural in nature. + + + If successful a new wall object within the project. + + + The input profile contains at least one helical curve and is not supported for this operation. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Failed to create the wall. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + + + Creates a non rectangular profile wall within the project using the default wall type. + + + The document in which the new wall is created. + + + An array of planar curves that represent the vertical profile of the wall. + + + If set, specifies that the wall is structural in nature. + + + If successful a new wall object within the project. + + + The input profile contains at least one helical curve and is not supported for this operation. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Failed to create the wall. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + + + Creates a new rectangular profile wall within the project using the specified wall type, height, and offset. + + + The document in which the new wall is created. + + + A curve representing the base line of the wall. + + + Id of the wall type to be used by the new wall instead of the default type. + + + Id of the level on which the wall is to be placed. + + + The height of the wall other than the default height. + + + Modifies the wall's Base Offset parameter to determine its vertical placement. + + + Change which side of the wall is considered to be the inside and outside of the wall. + + + If set, specifies that the wall is structural in nature. + + + If successful a new wall object within the project. + + + The curve argument is not valid for wall creation. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The given value for height must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + -or- + The given value for offset must be no more than 30000 feet in absolute value. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + + + + + + + Creates a new rectangular profile wall within the project using the default wall style. + + + The document in which the new wall is created. + + + A curve representing the base line of the wall. + + + Id of the level on which the wall is to be placed. + + + If set, specifies that the wall is structural in nature. + + + If successful a new wall object within the project. + + + The curve argument is not valid for wall creation. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + + + + + + + Checks whether this wall has or can have a profile sketch. + + + Wall does not support profile if it is not a straight wall; or wall is tapered; + or it is an old curtain wall; or it is an infill wall; or it is a replacement curtain panel. + + + True if wall supports profile sketch, false otherwise. + + + + + The wall orientation will be flipped. + + + + + Checks whether the desired cross section is valid for the current wall. + + + The desired cross section. + + + True if the wall can be set to the desired cross section. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2022 + + + + + Get the sub walls which belongs to the wall. + + + If the wall is a stacked wall, the Ids of the sub will be returned in bottom-top order. + + + This wall isn't a consistent stacked wall. + + + 2015 + + + + + Reverts an edited wall to its original shape. + + + The wall profile is changed back to its original rectangular profile. All profile changes made in the sketch mode are discarded. + To check if wall sketch can be removed call . + + + 2022 + + + + + Creates a new Wall profile Sketch. + + + The loop of the sketch cannot be obtained until regeneration. + To regenerate the document use . + To edit the Wall profile use . + + + Created profile Sketch of the Wall. + + + Wall does not support profile Sketch as it is not a straight wall; or is tapered; + or it is an old curtain wall; or it is an infill wall; or it is a replacement curtain panel. + -or- + Wall already has a sketch. + + + 2022 + + + + + The normal vector projected from the exterior side of the wall. + + + + + Obtain the Wall Cross-section for this wall. + + + When setting this property: The current wall does not support the cross section wallCrossSection. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2022 + + + + + Gets the stacked wall which contains this stacked wall member. + + + 2015 + + + + + Identifies if the wall is a member of a stacked wall. + + + 2015 + + + + + Identifies if the wall is a stacked wall. + + + 2015 + + + + + Property to test whether the wall orientation is flipped. + + + + + Retrieves or changes the wall's designated structural usage. + + + The wall's designated structural usage, such as bearing or non bearing. + + + When setting this property: The enum value is not invalid for StructuralWallUsage. + -or- + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + Get the overall thickness of the wall. + + + + + Retrieves or changes the type of the wall. + + + The WallType property can be used to retrieve the kind of the wall. + This property can also be used to change the type of a wall by setting it to a different wall type. + All the wall types in the project can be found using the Document.WallTypes property. + + + The type of the wall. + + + When setting this property: The wall type wallType is not valid for the current wall. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Returns id of the profile sketch, or invalidElementId if sketch does not exist. + + + To create profile Sketch for the Wall, call . + + + 2022 + + + + Get the grid object of a curtain wall + This property is readonly. + + + + Represents a wall in Autodesk Revit. + + + The wall object represents all the different kinds of walls in Revit. + + + + + + + + + The allowed values for the WALL_CROSS_SECTION parameter. + + + + + A tapered wall whose angle is controlled by the parameters + WALL_TAPERED_EXTERIOR_INWARD_ANGLE and WALL_TAPERED_INTERIOR_INWARD_ANGLE. + + + + + A single-slanted wall whose angle is controlled by the parameter WALL_SINGLE_SLANT_ANGLE_FROM_VERTICAL. + + + + + A vertical wall, 0 degrees. + + + + + 2011 + + + Represents the structural usage of a wall. + + + 2011 + + + + + Structural usage is combined. + + + + + Structural usage is shear. + + + + + Structural usage is bearing. + + + + + Structural usage is non-bearing. + + + + + Gets the that applies to the Schedules section of the project browser. + + + Revit document from which to get the organization data. + + + The BrowserOrganization for schedules, or null if no schedules sections exist + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018.1 + + + + + Gets the that applies to the Sheets section of the project browser. + + + Revit document from which to get the organization data. + + + The BrowserOrganization for sheets, or null if no sheets exist. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Gets the that applies to the Views section of the project browser. + + + Revit document from which to get the organization data. + + + The BrowserOrganization for views, or null if no view sections exist + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Returns a collection of leaf objects each containing the given element Id. + + + Each returned includes the folder name and the corresponding folder parameter Id. + + + Element id located at a leaf position in the project browser. + + + An array of FolderItemInfo objects. + + + elementId is not a valid Element identifier. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Determines if the given element satisfies the filters defined by the browser organization. + + + The element to check. + + + True if the given element satisfies the filter. + + + elementId is not a valid Element identifier. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + The sorting order if sorting of items is applicable in the browser. + + + 2015 + + + + + Get BrowserOrganizationType. + + + 2023 + + + + + The Id of the parameter used to determine the sorting order of items in the browser. + + + 2015 + + + + + The organization settings for grouping, sorting, and filtering of items in the project browser. + + + 2015 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The folder name + + + 2015 + + + + + The folder parameter Id + + + 2015 + + + + + Contains data for each folder item in the organization settings of the project browser including folder parameter Id and folder name. + + + FolderItemInfo is the return value of BrowserOrganization.GetFolderItems(). + + + 2015 + + + + + Enumerated type representing the type of browser organization. + + + 2015 + + + 2015 + + + + + The browser organization definition for schedules. + + + + + The browser organization definition for sheets. + + + + + The browser organization definition for views. + + + + + Enumerated type representing the sorting order of a collection of objects. + + + 2015 + + + + + Descending sorting order + + + + + Ascending sorting order + + + + +Automatic order or manual order. + + + + + to the for non-sheet views. + + +Thrown when the does not reference to , or the target type of is incompatible. + + +Ignored when is . + + + + + to the for sheets. + + +Thrown when the does not reference to , or the target type of is incompatible. + + +Ignored when is . + + + + +Ordered views. + + +Thrown when the input ordered view list is . + + +Thrown when the set operation failed due to invalid view which cannot be printed. + + + + The views. + +Thrown when the input views is . + + +Thrown when the set operation failed due to invalid view which cannot be printed. + + + + The view sheet set name. + +Thrown when trying to set the name. Instead, set the name with the method. + + + + Represents ViewSheetSets stored in a document. +ViewSheetSets can be stored so that the same printing task can be executed multiple times. + +For the in-session ViewSheetSet, see the class . +Changes of ViewSheetSet would be effiective after + + + +Automatic order or manual order. + + + + + to the for non-sheet views. + + +Thrown when the does not reference to , or the target type of is incompatible. + + + + + to the for sheets. + + +Thrown when the does not reference to , or the target type of is incompatible. + + + + +Ordered views. + + +Thrown when the input ordered view list is . + + +Thrown when the set operation failed due to invalid view which cannot be printed. + + + + The views. + +Thrown when the input views is . + + +Thrown when the set operation failed due to invalid view which cannot be printed. + + + + Represents the in-session ViewSheetSet. + The in-session ViewSheetSet can't be stored in document. + + + +Automatic order or manual order. + + + + + to the for non-sheet views. + + +Thrown when the does not reference to , or the target type of is incompatible. + + + + + to the for sheets. + + +Thrown when the does not reference to , or the target type of is incompatible. + + + + +Ordered views. + + +Thrown when the input ordered view list is . + + +Thrown when the set operation failed due to invalid view which cannot be printed. + + + + The views. + +Thrown when the input views is . + + +Thrown when the set operation failed due to invalid view which cannot be printed. + + + + This interface represents a selected set of views/sheets which will be used for printing. + + + + + + +append atoms a that are parents of ElementSystemAddDeleteMembersRegenStep + + + +append atoms a that are parents of layout + + + +@return ref to m_typeInfos - do we need this? + + + +Is input elem associated with any sketch line of this element system + + + +Get held elem based on location in array (input) + + + +Remove held elems that have isElemSpaceActive() = false and elementId == invalidElementId +(if elemId is not invalid it has not been deleted yet) + + + +Add pointers to HEs in m_heldElems of type "key" to pArrHE + + + +@return held elem associated with idx + + + +Get the HeldElement that is associated with this elemId + + + +These don't preTouchElement. Caller must do it, be in regen, or not modify it. + get held elem based on location in array (input) + + + +Stores the type reference, this allows matching between held elements and type infos + + + +primary symbol id for all elements of this type + + + +SERIALIZED BUT NOT SAVED - keeps track of old set of parameters, set when getParamSetFW is called + + + +set of parameters associated with elements of this type + + + +SERIALIZED BUT NOT SAVED - keeps track of whether the symbol Id has changed + + + +Takes in a HeldElement and updates the properties and/or PrimarySymbol of the element +associated with it according to this ElemTypeInfo's data + + + +Takes in a HeldElement and updates the position of the element associated with the held +element according to the locations specified by the held element + + + +Takes in a HeldElement and creates a new element of the appropriate type. +Returns new element's id or invalidElementId if unable to create new element +Also updates HeldElement to contain new ElementId + + + +Clears old values, use this function to make hasChanged return false after changes have been propagated + + + +Has the type info changed since last time it was used to update the system + + + +This class is meant to be extended for each type of element that can be created +The is the only class in a system that knows how to manipulate the elements associated +with it's m_type. For example BeamElemTypeInfo used in trusses knows how to manipulate +beams. The Truss implementation does not need to know what type of element it is updating and can +use the functions provided by the ElemTypeInfo to manipulate its child elements. + + + +Is this held elem active (if false, need to delete any associated elements) + + + +Element id of created element + + + +Offset of the whole held elem + + + +Generic container to hold data specific to an Element class +(m_curve, m_refPoints, etc. and other Beam/Truss-specific stuff +should be moved into one of these) + + + +In the case when the Family Symbol isn't saved in the element (for example BC) +the setSymbolId() method has to be overridden to ...{ return ERR_NOT_APPLICABLE; } + + + +@return Truss Length for Truss Element + + + + Represents a specific type of truss. + + + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never +be created by the developer. + + + Kind of the member in the truss. + + + Whether the member is locked to the host truss. + + + The host truss' ElementId of the member. + + + Provides access to the information of a truss member in Autodesk Revit. + A struct TrussMemberInfo that contains an element's host truss, whether to lock to the truss, usage type, etc. + + + + Creates a new Truss. + + + The document in which the new Truss is created. + + + Element id of the truss type. + + + Element id of a SketchPlane. + + + The curve of the truss element. + It must be a line, must not be a vertical line, and must be within the sketch plane. + + + The input curve points to a helical curve and is not supported for this operation. + -or- + The element id should refer to a valid TrussType. + -or- + The element id should refer to a valid SketchPlane. + -or- + The curve is invalid to be the base curve of a truss. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This function is only enabled in Revit Structure and Revit Architecture. + -or- + Failed to create Truss element. + + + 2014 + + + + + + + + Drop truss Family, it will disassociate all members from the truss and delete the truss. + The truss to be dropped. + 2011 + + + Pin/Unpin a truss member. + The member element is going to pin/unpin. + + + Query if a given element is a member of a truss, its lock status and its usage, etc. + The querying element. + A struct TrussMemberInfo that contains the querying element's host truss, whether to lock to the truss, usage type, etc. + + + Remove the profile of a truss. + + + Add or modify the profile of a truss. + The curves serving as top chords of the truss. + The curves serving as bottom chords of the truss. + + + Detach a truss's specific chord from the element to which it is attached. + The chord. + 2011 + + + Attach a truss's specific chord to a specified element, the element should be a roof or floor. + The element to which the truss's chord will attach. The element should be a roof or floor. + The chord need to be attached. + Whether to detach the original sketch if there is one. + 2011 + + + Retrieve/set an object that represents the type of the truss. + + + Get all the truss curves. + The Curves property returns a CurveArray +that contains all the truss curves. + + + Get all the members of truss. + The Members property returns an ElementIdSet +that contains all the member Ids of truss. + + + + Represents all kinds of Trusses. + + + The Truss object represents all the kinds of Trusses in Revit. + The TrussType property is used to distinguish the type of the Truss. + + + + + This enumerated type represents the options for the Truss Chord Location. + + + 2011 + + + + + The top chord of the Truss. + + + + + The bottom chord of the Truss. + + + + An object that represents a text note style. + + + An object that represents a text style. + + + The subcategory. + If the family category is non-cuttable, the subcategory can be +set to be the family category or one of its subcategories. +If the family category is cuttable, the subcategory can be set as the graphics +styles of the family category, its subcategories, or the invisible lines graphics style. + + + Sets the visibility for the symbolic curve. + The visibility of the symbolic curve geometry can be changed for different detail levels. + +Thrown when visibility is . + + +Thrown when visibility is not valid for symbolic curves. + + +Thrown when regeneration failed. + + + + Gets the visibility for the symbolic curve. + A copy of visibility settings for the symbolic curve. + + + Indicates the type of reference. + +Thrown when argument is out of range. + + +Thrown when regeneration failed. + + + + Indicates if this curve will be drawn in the foreground of the family instance. + +Thrown when regeneration failed. +Thrown when the value for this property cannot be changed. + + + + A curve that provides information but is not intended to represent actual geometry in an element. + For example, when creating a door family, you might sketch symbolic lines in an elevation view to represent a door swing. +Symbolic curves are visible parallel to the view in which you sketch them. + + + An object that represents the slab edge type +in Autodesk Revit. + + + Add segments to the slab edge. + Segment's reference on which want to be added. + +This exception will be thrown in following cases: + 1. Input targetRef is . + 2. Input targetRef is not but contains nothing. + + +This exception will be thrown in following cases: + 1. Input targetRef has already been added into the slab edge. + 2. Internal code fails to create the segment object. + 3. Regeneration fails. + + +This exception will be thrown if the reference is suitable for creating a slab edge as required. +The reference allowed is : + 1. Model Line +2. Floor's horizontal edges +3. Other slab edge's horizontal edges + + + + Retrieves/set an object that represents the type of the SlabEdge. + + + An object that represents a slab edge within the Autodesk Revit project. + This object derived from the Element base object and such supports all the +methods of that object such as the ability to retrieve the parameters of that object. + + + + + Identifies if this is a + and if there is added an instance of a to the custom field service. + + + Returns true if this is a + and if there is added an instance of a to the custom field service. + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets the name of the field. + + + The document in which the field will be used. + + + The name of the field. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The parameter doesn't exist in document. + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets the data associated with this custom field. If this field isn't a will return . + + + Returns the data associated with this custom field. If this field isn't a will return . + + + 2024 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The ID of the parameter displayed by the field. + + + Most non-calculated field types require a parameter ID. + The Count field doesn't have a parameter ID. + + + The parameter ID, or InvalidElementId. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + The type of data displayed by the field. + + + See ScheduleFieldType for details. + + + When setting this property: fieldType is not a schedulable field type + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + Determines whether two SchedulableField are different. + The first SchedulableField. + The second SchedulableField. + True if the SchedulableField are different, otherwise false. + + + Determines whether two SchedulableField are the same. + The first SchedulableField. + The second SchedulableField. + True if the SchedulableField are the same, otherwise false. + + + +Gets the integer value of the SchedulableField as hash code + + + + Determines whether the specified is equal to the current . + The other object to evaluate. + + + + Creates a new SchedulableField. + + + The Guid that identifies the custom field. + + + The provided guid doens't represent a valid custom field. + + + 2024 + + + + + Creates a new SchedulableField. + + + The type of data displayed by the field. + + + The ID of the parameter displayed by the field. + + + fieldType is not a schedulable field type + -or- + The fieldType can't be CustomField. To create a CustomField, you should use the constructor which receives the custom field server id as a parameter. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a new SchedulableField. + + + The type of data displayed by the field. + + + fieldType is not a schedulable field type + -or- + The fieldType can't be CustomField. To create a CustomField, you should use the constructor which receives the custom field server id as a parameter. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a new SchedulableField. + + + 2013 + + + + + A non-calculated field eligible to be included in a schedule. + + + The SchedulableField class represents a non-calculated field that is + eligible to be included in a schedule. A list of fields that can be + included in a schedule can be obtained from + ScheduleDefinition.GetSchedulableFields. + + + 2013 + + + + + The type of data displayed in a schedule field. + + + 2013 + + + 2013 + + + + + A parameter of the sheet view owning an annotation element (e.g. Revision Cloud) + + + + + A parameter of the primary view owning an annotation element (e.g. Revision Cloud) + + + + + A parameter of the revision element that the scheduled revision cloud element belongs to. + + + + + For this field type the value for each row is computed based on the (sub)elements that are grouped on that row + and can have a graphic representation when the schedule is placed on a sheet. + + + + + Counts the number of hosts with different mark. + + + + + Combine parameters of the types that display in a specific part of a + schedule. The values for the combined parameters will display in the + same cell separated by a slash or other separator. You can add a prefix, + suffix or sample value to the parameter. + + + + + An instance parameter of the physical element of a scheduled analytical element. + + + + + A type parameter of the physical element of a scheduled analytical element. + + + + + A parameter of the analytical element of a scheduled physical element. + + + + + A parameter of the space that a scheduled element belongs to. + + + + + A parameter of the structural material of a scheduled element. + + + + + A parameter of the RevitLinkType that an element in a linked + file belongs to. Currently RVT_LINK_FILE_NAME_WITHOUT_EXT is the only + supported parameter. Only allowed in schedules that include + elements from linked files. + + + + + A parameter of the RevitLinkInstance that an element in a linked + file belongs to. Currently RVT_LINK_INSTANCE_NAME is the only + supported parameter. Only allowed in schedules that include + elements from linked files. + + + + + In a material takeoff, a value representing how a particular material + is used within a scheduled element. The parameter ID can be + MATERIAL_AREA, MATERIAL_VOLUME, or MATERIAL_ASPAINT. + + + + + In a material takeoff, a parameter of one of the materials of a + scheduled element. + + + + + A parameter of the Project Info element in the project that the + scheduled element belongs to, which may be a linked file. Only + allowed in schedules that include elements from linked files. + + + + + A parameter of the room on the "to" side of a door or window. + + + + + A parameter of the room on the "from" side of a door or window. + + + + + A parameter of the room that a scheduled element belongs to. + + + + + A value indicating what percent of the total of another field each + element represents. + + + + + A formula calculated from the values of other fields in the schedule. + + + + + A specialized type of field used for a few parameters whose + displayed values can change based on the settings of the view: + + ROOM_AREA and ROOM_PERIMETER in room and space schedules. + PROJECT_REVISION_REVISION_NUM in revision schedules. + KEYNOTE_NUMBER in keynote legends that are numbered by sheet. + + + + + + The number of elements appearing on the schedule row. + + + + + A type parameter of the scheduled elements. + + + + + An instance parameter of the scheduled elements. All shared parameters + also use this type, regardless of whether they are instance or type + parameters. + + + + An object that represents a Room Tag type. + + + +The id of the element in the host, or invalidElementId if there is a link. + + 2012 + + + +The id of the element in the link, or invalidElementId if no link. + + 2012 + + + +The id of the link, or invalidElementId if no link. + + + + Determines whether these two LinkElementIds are different. + The first LinkElementId. + The second LinkElementId. + True if the LinkElementIds are different; otherwise, false. + + + Determines whether these two LinkElementIds are the same. + The first LinkElementId. + The second LinkElementId. + True if the LinkElementIds are the same; otherwise, false. + + + Determines whether the specified is equal to the current . + Another object. + + + Creates a new LinkElementId representing an element in a linked document. + The id of the linked model element in the host document. + The id of the element in the linked model document. + 2011 + + + Creates a new LinkElementId representing an element in the host document. + The id of the element in the host document. + 2011 + + + LinkElementId represents an element in a linked document. + +The id contains two element ids: +The id of the linked model element in host document.The id of the element in the linked model document. + 2011 + + + The LinkElementId of the tagged room. + If there is no tagged room in a linked document so the RoomTag is orphaned, LinkElementId will be InvalidElementId. + 2017 + + + The ElementId of the tagged room. + If there is no tagged room so the RoomTag is orphaned, ElementId will be InvalidElementId. + 2017 + + + Identifies if the tag is located in a room. + In some cases the tag may not be located in a room so it looses temporairly an association with the room. + 2017 + + + The tag type. + + + The room that the tag is associated with. + In rare cases, the tag may not be associated to a room. The property will +be in these situations. + + + Provides access to the room tag in Autodesk Revit. + + + + + + + + The calculated and settable thermal properties of the RoofType + + + Returns if the roof has no thermal properties. + Curtain roofs do not store thermal properties. + + + 2013 + + + + + Represents a specific type of roof. + + + All roof type objects available in the project can be retrieved from the Document object + via the RoofTypes property. Every Roof object has a RoofType property that returns a + RoofType object representing the type. This same RoofType property can also be used to + change the type of the roof by setting it to a different type. + + + + Returns the Axis of the Revolution. + This property is used to retrieve the Axis of the Revolution. + + + The end angle of the revolution relative to the sketch plane. + The direction of the angle is based on the normal of the sketch plane. +A positive angle is on the same side as the normal, a negative angle on the opposite side. + + + The start angle of the revolution relative to the sketch plane. + The direction of the angle is based on the normal of the sketch plane. +A positive angle is on the same side as the normal, a negative angle on the opposite side. + + + Returns the Sketch of the Revolution. + This property is used to retrieve the Sketch of the Revolution. + + + A revolution solid or void form. + + + + Flips the orientation of the reference plane. + + + + + Returns the geometry reference of the reference plane. + + + The geometry reference of the reference plane. + + + 2016 + + + + + Returns the geometry plane to which the reference plane is assigned. + + + The geometry plane to which the reference plane is assigned. + + + 2016 + + + + + The direction of the reference plane. + + + When setting this property, an exception will be thrown if the direction vector is not perpendicular to the normal vector. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + When setting this property: newDir has zero length. + + + + + The normal vector of the reference plane. + + + + + The free end of the reference plane. + + + When setting this property, an exception will be thrown if the free end is set to + almost the same point as bubble end or if the vector from BubbleEnd -> FreeEnd is not perpendicular + to the normal vector. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + + + The bubble end of the reference plane. + + + When setting this property, an exception will be thrown if the bubble end is set to almost + the same point as free end or if the vector from BubbleEnd -> FreeEnd + is not perpendicular to the normal vector. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + + The name property of the reference plane. + This property overrides Element's default implementation. + + + + Represents a reference plane of Autodesk Revit. + + + + + + + + + List all shape parameters used by all the existing RebarShapes in the specified document. + + + This method replaces RebarShape.GetAllRebarShapeParameters() from prior releases. + + + The document. + + + ElementIds corresponding to the external parameters. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + +Seach a DefinitionFile for the ExternalDefinition corresponding to a parameter +in a document. + + + The external parameter corresponding to the parameter's ElementId, + or null if the Id does not correspond to an external parameter, + or the parameter is not in the definition file. + + A document. + The id of a shared parameter in the document. + A database of shared parameters. + + A non-optional argument was . + + + + + Retrieve the ElementId corresponding to an external rebar shape parameter + in the document, if it exists; otherwise, add the parameter to the document + and generate a new ElementId. + + + Before a parameter can be used in a RebarShapeDefinition, it must + exist in the definition's document. There are two ways to achieve this. + It can be bound to one or more categories in the document using + the Document.ParameterBindings property, or it can be created with this + method. + + + An ElementId representing the shared parameter stored in the document. + + A document. + A shared parameter. + + A non-optional argument was . + + + + + Retrieve the ElementId corresponding to an external rebar shape parameter + in the document, if it exists; otherwise, return InvalidElementId. + + + Before a parameter can be used in a RebarShapeDefinition, it must + exist in the definition's document. There are two ways to achieve this. + It can be bound to one or more categories in the document using + the Document.ParameterBindings property, or it can be created by + calling RebarShapeParameters.GetOrCreateElementIdForExternalDefinition(). + + + An ElementId representing the shared parameter stored in the document, + or InvalidElementId if the parameter is not stored in the document. + + A document. + A shared parameter. + + A non-optional argument was . + + + + + Checks that an ExternalDefinition (shared parameter) may be used as a Rebar Shape parameter. + + + A Rebar Shape parameter must be an ExternalDefinition with a ParameterType of Length. + + + Definition of a shared parameter. + + + True if the definition is of type Length, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was + + 2012 + + + + + Class containing functions that create and retrieve shared parameters for RebarShapes. + + + 2012 + + + + This property returns the physical filename of the shared parameters file on disk. + + + Return a map of shared parameter definition groups contained within the file. + A particular group can be found by Name, using the Item property on the DefinitionGroups +object. A new group can be created by using the Create method on the DefinitionGroups Object. +The Create method takes the name of the new group, as a string, as its input parameter, returning +a reference to a new definition group object as its result. + + + The DefinitionFile object represents a shared parameters file on disk. + Shared Parameters are parameter definitions that are stored in a text file +external to the Autodesk Revit project. These definitions can be used in multiple projects +and are identifiable by a unique identifier generated when they are created. API access to +shared parameters consist of a number of objects, the first of which is an object that +represents the shared parameters file on disk. That object then contains a number of Group +objects. Shared parameters are grouped for easier management. These groups then contain the +shared parameter definitions. The groups support the ability to create new shared +parameter definitions. The DefinitionFile object can be retrieved by the +Application.OpenSharedParameterFile method. + + + + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The radius of the hook fillets in the Rebar shape. + + + Inner radius, not centerline + + + 2012 + + + + + The orientation of the hook at the end. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + The orientation of the hook at the start. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + The angle of the hook at the end. + + + 2012 + + + + + The angle of the hook at the start. + + + 2012 + + + + + The extension length of the hook at the end. + + + 2012 + + + + + The extension length of the hook at the start. + + + 2012 + + + + + Defines the nominal diameter of the bar. + + + 2012 + + + + + Defines the model diameter of the bar. + + + 2012 + + + + + The radius of all fillets, except hook fillets, in the Rebar shape. + + + Inner radius, not centerline + + + 2012 + + + + + Constructs a new RebarBendData using the bar type, hook types, style and orientation values. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a new RebarBendData with default settings. + + + 2012 + + + + + The values in this class provide a summary of information taken from the RebarBarType, RebarHookType, and RebarStyle. + + + The purpose of collecting the values in this class is to allow you to + create and analyze an accurate representation of a RebarShape, without creating a Rebar + instance, and without referring to RebarBarType, RebarHookType, and RebarStyle. + If you do have a Rebar instance, its GetBendData() method will produce a RebarBendData + object. + + + 2012 + + + + + Creates a new RebarHookType object with a default name. + + + The document. + + + The newly created type id. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Computes the hook extension length based on current hook length + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Computes the default hook length, which is equal to barDiameter * multiplier. + + + + + Check whether hook offset length is required. + remarks: If hook angle is no more than 90 degree, hook offset length is not meaningful. + returns: True if hook offset length is required, otherwise false. + + + + + Creates a new RebarHookType in a document. + + + Determine the hook angle of new RebarHookType. + + + Determine the straight line multiplier of new RebarHookType. + + + The given value for angle is not a number + -or- + The given value for multiplier is not a number + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + angle must be greater than 0 and no more than pi. + -or- + multiplier must be greater than 0 and no more than 99. + + + + + Multiplier of bar diameter. Used to compute a default hook length. + The default hook length can be overridden by the RebarBarType class. + + + When setting this property: The given value for straightLineMultiplier is not a number + + + When setting this property: straightLineMultiplier must be greater than 0 and no more than 99. + + + + + The hook angle, measured in radians. Must be greater than 0 and no more than pi. + + + When setting this property: The given value for hookAngle is not a number + + + When setting this property: hookAngle must be greater than 0 and no more than pi. + + + + + The hook may only be applied to shapes of the specified style. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + A Rebar Hook type object that is used in the generation of Rebar. + + + This object contains the definition of the hooks that may be created at the ends + of the rebar. The specifics of these hooks are angle (range 0-PI) between first/last + segment of rebar and the straight segment of the hook, rebar shape style and + a multiplier used to compute the length of the straight segment of the hook. + The default length is computed as the bar diameter * the multiplier. + Length can be overridden by settings in the RebarBarType class. + + + + + Orientation of a rebar hook relative to the path of the Rebar Shape. + + + + + Hook towards the right of a segment-based shape (RebarShapeDefinitionBySegments), or to the + exterior of an arc-based shape (RebarShapeDefinitionByArc). + + + + + Hook towards the left of a segment-based shape (RebarShapeDefinitionBySegments), or to the + interior of an arc-based shape (RebarShapeDefinitionByArc). + + + + + Orientation options for Aligned Free Form Rebar set. + + + 2024 + + + 2024 + + + + + Cutting planes are oriented perpendicular to a selected planar face, X or Y vector being the face normal. + + + + + Cutting planes are parallel to a selected planar face. + + + + + Cutting planes are oriented vertically, X or Y vector being Z axis. + + + + + Cutting planes are perpendicular to the distribution path. + + + + + Rebar geometry type + + + + + Free Form. + + + + + Shape Driven. + + + + + Errors for the Free Form Rebar + + + + + A rebar constructed from curves can't be bent according to the bending radius. + + + + + Curves doesn't form a valid curve loop. + + + + + One or more of the input curves was unbounded. + + + + + One or more of the input curves was null. + + + + + An unexpected error occured. + + + + + Operation was done with success. + + + + + The type of the distribution + + + + + It is a varying length distribution. + + + + + It is an uniform distribution. + + + + + Describes the bar orientation at Path Reinforcement. + + + 2016 + + + 2016 + + + + + The major segment of the bar is on the side edge far from the Path Reinforcement sketch line. + + + + + The major segment of the bar is on the bottom face (of a floor/slab) or the interior face (of a wall). + + + + + The major segment of the bar is on the side edge near to the Path Reinforcement sketch line. + + + + + The major segment of the bar is on the top face (of a floor/slab) or the exterior face (of a wall). + + + + + Rebar host category + + + 2015 + + + 2015 + + + + + Slab Edge. + + + + + Stairs. + + + + + Structural Foundation. + + + + + Floor. + + + + + Wall. + + + + + Structural Framing. + + + + + Structural Column. + + + + + Part. + + + + + Unknown or invalid host. + + + + + Bar presentation mode + + + 2015 + + + 2015 + + + + + Selected bars are presented. + + + + + The middle bar is presented. + + + + + The first and last bars are presented. + + + + + All bars are presented. + + + + + Bar deformation type + + + 2014 + + + 2014 + + + + + The bar is not ribbed. + + + + + The bar is ribbed. + + + + + Input argument type for Rebar.GetCenterlineCurves method. + Controls whether all curves of a multi-planar Rebar element are returned by + GetCenterlineCurves, or only the curves in the primary plane. + + + + + Include only curves which lie in the Rebar's primary plane. + + + + + Include all curves. + + + + + Describes the usage style of a RebarShape. + The style affects the bend radius and the set of allowable hooks. + It also affects Rebar instance auto-constraining behavior. + + + + + A stirrup or tie bar. + + + + + A standard or longitudinal bar. + + + + + The rule for how the rebars in rebar set are laid out + + + + + The minimum distance between rebar is specified by input, + and the number of rebar changes based on the length of rebar set. + This spacing is maintained even if the rebar size changes. + + + + + Both the spacing between rebar and the number of rebar are constant based on input. + + + + + The maximum distance between rebar is specified by input, + and the number of rebar changes based on the length of rebar set. + + + + + The spacing between the rebar is adjustable, + but the number of bars is constant based on input. + + + + + It is a single rebar and not a rebar set. + + + + + Describes how a Free Form Rebar will be fabricated. + + + 2018 + + + 2018 + + + + + The bar will be delivered as a straight bar to the site and the shape code is one of the straight Rebar Shapes loaded into the project (e.g. 00). + + + + + The bar will be bent in the shop. It will be matched to an existing Rebar Shape. If it can't be matched to an existing one a matching one will be created if it is possible. + + + + + This indicates whether the input angle is valid. + + + The angle. + + + True if the value of angle is not zero, false otherwise. + + + + + This indicates whether the input count is valid. + + + The count. + + + True if the input count is between 3 and 200, false otherwise. + + + + + Creates a new radial array from a single element based + on an input rotation axis. + + + The resulting elements will not be associated with an array element. + + + The view. If it is a 2d view, translation vector must be in the view plane if the element is a view-specific element. + + + The view. + + + The element to array. The position of the rotation + axis is determined by the center of the element's bounding boxes. + + + The number of array members to create. The accepted range is from 3 to 200. + + + The rotation axis. + + + The angle in radians of the rotation. + + + Indicates if the translation vector specifies the location of the second member + of the array, or the last member of the array. + + + The elements created by the operation. + + + The element id does not exist in the document + -or- + id is not arrayable. + -or- + count must be between 3 and 200. + -or- + The view is invalid for specific view elements array. + -or- + The rotation axis is invalid to array the element. + -or- + Angle value must be not zero. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + Failed to create the radial array. + + + + + Creates a new radial array from a set of elements based + on an input rotation axis. + + + The resulting elements will not be associated with an array element. + + + The document. + + + The view. If it is a 2d view, translation vector must be in the view plane if elements include view-specific elements. + If elements include view-specific elements, they must belong to this view. + + + The set of elements to array. The position of the rotation + axis is determined by the cumulative center of the elements' bounding boxes. + + + The number of array members to create. The accepted range is from 3 to 200. + + + The rotation axis. + + + The angle in radians of the rotation. + + + Indicates if the translation vector specifies the location of the second member + of the array, or the last member of the array. + + + The elements created by the operation. + + + The given element id set is empty. + -or- + One or more elements in ids do not exist in the document. + -or- + One or more elements in ids is owned by different views and thus cannot be arrayed together. + -or- + One or more elements in ids is not arrayable. + -or- + count must be between 3 and 200. + -or- + The view is invalid for specific view elements array. + -or- + The rotation axis is invalid to array the elements. + -or- + Angle value must be not zero. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + Failed to create the radial array. + + + + + Creates a new radial array element from a single element based + on an input rotation axis. + + + The document. + + + The view. If it is a 2d view, translation vector must be in the view plane if the element is a view-specific element. + + + The element to array. The position of the rotation + axis is determined by the center of the element's bounding boxes. + + + The number of array members to create. The accepted range is from 3 to 200. + + + The rotation axis. + + + The angle in radians of the rotation. + + + Indicates if the translation vector specifies the location of the second member + of the array, or the last member of the array. + + + The new radial array element. + + + The element id does not exist in the document + -or- + id is not arrayable. + -or- + count must be between 3 and 200. + -or- + The view is invalid for specific view elements array. + -or- + The rotation axis is invalid to array the element. + -or- + Angle value must be not zero. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + Failed to create the radial array. + + + + + Creates a new radial array element from a set of elements based + on an input rotation axis. + + + The document. + + + The view. If it is a 2d view, translation vector must be in the view plane if elements include view-specific elements. + If elements include view-specific elements, they must belong to this view. + + + The set of elements to array. The position of the rotation + axis is determined by the cumulative center of the elements' bounding boxes. + + + The number of array members to create. The accepted range is from 3 to 200. + + + The rotation axis. + + + The angle in radians of the rotation. + + + Indicates if the translation vector specifies the location of the second member + of the array, or the last member of the array. + + + The new radial array element. + + + The given element id set is empty. + -or- + One or more elements in ids do not exist in the document. + -or- + One or more elements in ids is owned by different views and thus cannot be arrayed together. + -or- + One or more elements in ids is not arrayable. + -or- + count must be between 3 and 200. + -or- + The view is invalid for specific view elements array. + -or- + The rotation axis is invalid to array the elements. + -or- + Angle value must be not zero. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + Failed to create the radial array. + + + + Retrieves the copied member Ids of the Array. + The copied member Ids of the Array + 2013 + + + Retrieves the original member Ids of the Array. + The original member Ids of the Array + 2013 + + + Retrieves or changes the number of the arrayed members. + + + + An object that represents an Array created along a circle arc within the Revit project. + + + + Represents kinds of PropertyLines. + + + Get or Set the Organization Description of the Project Information. + This property is used to get or set the Project Number of the Project Information. + + + Get or Set the Organization Name of the Project Information. + This property is used to get or set the Project Number of the Project Information. + + + Get or Set the Building Name of the Project Information. + This property is used to get or set the Project Number of the Project Information. + + + Get or Set the Project Author of the Project Information. + This property is used to get or set the Project Author of the Project Information. + + + Get or Set the Project Number of the Project Information. + This property is used to get or set the Project Number of the Project Information. + + + Get or Set the Project Name of the Project Information. + This property is used to get or set the Project Name of the Project Information. + + + Get or Set the Project Address of the Project Information. + This property is used to get or set the Project Address of the Project Information. + + + Get or Set the Client Name of the Project Information. + This property is used to get or set the Project Client Name of the Project Information. + + + Get or Set the Project Status of the Project Information. + This property is used to get or set the Project Status of the Project Information. + + + Get or Set the Project Issue Date of the Project Information. + This property is used to get or set the Project Issue Date of the Project Information. + + + An object that represents a Project Information within the Autodesk Revit project. + This object derived from the Element base object and such supports all the +methods of that object such as the ability to retrieve the parameters of that object. + + + + + + + +Indicates whether to mask coincident lines when printing. + + 2015 + + + +Indicates whether to replace halftone with thin lines when printing. + + + + +Indicates whether to hide crop boundaries when printing. + + + + +Indicates whether to hide scope boxes when printing. + + + + +Indicates whether to hide unreferenced view tags when printing. + + + + +Indicates whether to hide reference/work planes when printing. + + + + +Indicates whether to view links in blue when printing. + + + + +The color depth type. + + + + +The raster quality type. + + + + +The hidden line views type. + + + + +The zoom value to a percentage of the original size. + + +Thrown if current ZoomType is not Zoom type. + + +Thrown if input zoom value less than 1. + + + +The zoom type. + + +Thrown when the input argument is out of range. + + + + +The User defined Y value of offset from left bottom corner. Unit is feet. + + +Thrown if PaperPlacement is not Margins and MarginType is not User defined type. + + + + +The User defined X value of offset from left bottom corner. Unit is feet. + + +Thrown if PaperPlacement is not Margins and MarginType is not User defined type. + + + + +The User defined Y value of offset from left bottom corner. Unit is inch. + + +Thrown if PaperPlacement is not Margins and MarginType is not User defined type. + + + + +The User defined X value of offset from left bottom corner. Unit is inch. + + +Thrown if PaperPlacement is not Margins and MarginType is not User defined type. + + + + +The print margin type. + + +Thrown when the input argument is out of range. + + +Thrown if the PaperPlacement is not Margins type. + + + +The paper placement type. + + +Thrown when the input argument is out of range. + + + + +The page source. + + User can select the candidate via and then +set the Page source of the Print Setting. + + +Thrown when the input argument is . + + +Thrown when the input argument is invalid for current printer. + + + + +The page size. + + +User can select the candidate via and then +set the Page source of the Print Setting. + + +Thrown when the input argument is . + + +Thrown when the input argument is invalid for current printer. + + + + +The Page Orientation of the Print Setting. + + +Thrown when the input argument is out of range. + + + + An object that contains settings used for printing the document. + + + + An enumerated type listing all Zoom types of Print Setting. + + + + + The type of Zoom is user defined. + + + + + The type of Zoom is Fit To Page. + + + + + An enumerated type listing the options for raster quality. + + + + + The type of Raster Quality is Presentation. + + + + + The type of Raster Quality is High. + + + + + The type of Raster Quality is Medium. + + + + + The type of Raster Quality is Low. + + + + + An enumerated type listing all Margin types of Print Setting. + + + + + The type of Margin is User Defined. + + + + + The type of Margin is Printer Limit. + + + + + The type of Margin is No Margin. + + + + + An enumerated type listing all Paper Placement types of Print Setting. + + + + + The type of Paper Placement is Margins. It's obsolete, use LowerLeft instead. + + + + + The type of Paper Placement is LowerLeft. + + + + + The type of Paper Placement is Center. + + + + + An enumerated type listing all Page Orientation types of Print Setting + + + + + Auto Page Orientation + + + + + The type of Page Orientation is Landscape + + + + + The type of Page Orientation is Portrait + + + + + An enumerated type listing all Hidden Line Views types of Print Setting. + + + + + The type of Hidden Line Views is Raster Processing. + + + + + The type of Hidden Line Views is Vector Processing (fast). + + + + + An enumerated type listing all Color Depth types of Print Setting. + + + + + The type of Color Depth is Color. + + + + + The type of Color Depth is Gray Scale. + + + + + The type of Color Depth is Black Line. + + + + Returns the Name of Print Setup. + + + Returns the Parameters of Print Setup. + The Parameters of Print Setup. Refer to the Print Setup dialog in Revit for details. + + + Returns the Name of Print Setup. + The Name you want to set to Print Setup. + Retrieve/set the name of Print Setup. + + + Represents the Print Setup (Application Menu->Print->Print Setup) within Autodesk Revit. + + + Returns the Parameters of Print Setup. + The Parameters of Print Setup. Refer to the Print Setup dialog in Revit for details. + + + Represents the in-session Print Setup (Application Menu->Print->Print Setup) within Autodesk Revit. + The in-session PrintSetting can't be stored in document. + + + Returns the Parameters of Print Setup. + The Parameters of Print Setup. Refer to the Print Setup dialog in Revit for details. + + + An interface which represents the Print Setup (Application Menu->Print->Print Setup) within Autodesk Revit. + + + An object that represents a curtain panel type. + + + + Returns id of the Sketch or invalidElementId if element deon't own the Sketch. + + + 2022 + + + + Indicates if the opening is transparent in elevation view when loaded into the project. + This property is only valid in Revit family documents. + +Thrown when access this property in an opening belonging to a Revit project document. + + + + Indicates if the opening is transparent in 3D view when loaded into the project. + This property is only valid in Revit family documents. + +Thrown when access this property in an opening belonging to a Revit project document. + + + + Retrieves the host element of this opening. + + + +The geometry information for non-rectangular openings in project documents, +or for all openings in family documents. + + If IsRectBoundary is true, this value is . + + + Retrieves the geometry information if the opening boundary is a rect. + If IsRectBoundary is false, this value is . + + + Retrieves the information whether the opening has a rectangular boundary. + If the opening has a rectangular boundary, we can get the geometry information from BoundaryRect property. +Otherwise we should get the geometry information from BoundaryCurves property. + + + + An opening in an Autodesk Revit project or family document. + + + The object represents a variety of different types of openings: + A rectangular opening in a wall created by two boundary points in a revit project.An opening created by a set of curves applied to a roof, floor, ceiling, beam, brace or column.A vertical shaft opening extending one or more levels.A simple opening created on a wall or ceiling in a family document. + Depending upon the type of opening, some of the properties of this class will not be available. + This object derived from the Element base object and such supports all the methods of that object + such as the ability to retrieve the parameters of that object. This object also supports access + to a structural analytical model but this feature is only available with Autodesk Revit Structure. + + + + + + + + A model text type symbol in the Autodesk Revit Family document. + + + The subcategory. + The subcategory can be set to either the family category or one of its subcategories. + + + The type for the model text. + +Thrown when is assigned to this property. + + + + The horizontal alignment. + +Thrown when an invalid value is assigned to the property. + + + + The depth of the model text. + + + Sets the visibility for the model text in a family document. + The visibility of the model text geometry can be changed for different +types of views and detail levels in the family document. + +Thrown when visibility is . + + +Thrown when regeneration failed, or the model curve is in a project document. + + + + Gets the visibility for the model text in a family document. + A copy of visibility settings for the model text in a family document. + + + This property is used to find the physical location of an instance within project. + + + The text string in the model text. + +Thrown when is assigned to text. + + +Thrown when an empty string is assigned to text. + + + + A model text element in an Autodesk Revit family document. + + + + Represents a ModelNurbSpline within Autodesk Revit. + Currently it's just a place holder for specific type. +All the geometry-related functionality is provided by geometry curve object from +ModelCurve::geometryCurve property. + + + Represents a ModelLine within Autodesk Revit. + Geometry-related functionality is provided by the geometry curve object from the +ModelCurve::geometryCurve property. + + + Represents a ModelHermiteSpline within Autodesk Revit. + Currently it's just a place holder for specific type. +All the geometry-related functionality is provided by geometry curve object from +ModelCurve::geometryCurve property. + + + Represents a ModelEllipse within Autodesk Revit. + Currently it's just a place holder for specific type. +All the geometry-related functionality is provided by geometry curve object from +ModelCurve::geometryCurve property. + + + Represents a ModelArc within Autodesk Revit. + Currently it's just a place holder for specific type. +All the geometry-related functionality is provided by geometry curve object from +ModelCurve::geometryCurve property. + + + + Indicates whether the input element is arrayable. + + + The document. + + + The element id. + + + True if the input element is arrayable, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + This indicates whether the input count is valid. + + + The count. + + + True if the input count is between 2 and 200, false otherwise. + + + + + Creates a new linear array from a single element. + + + The resulting elements will not be associated with an array element. + + + The document. + + + The view. If it is a 2d view, translation vector must be in the view plane if the element is a view-specific element. + + + The element to array. + + + The number of array members to create including the initial + element grouping. Must between 2 and 200. + + + The translation vector for the array. + + + Indicates if the translation vector specifies the location of the second member + of the array, or the last member of the array. + + + The ids of the elements created during the operation. + + + The element id does not exist in the document + -or- + id is not arrayable. + -or- + count must be between 2 and 200. + -or- + The view is invalid for specific view elements array. + -or- + The translation point vector is invalid to array the element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + Failed to create the linear array. + + + + + Creates a new linear array from a set of elements. + + + The resulting elements will not be associated with an array element. + + + The document. + + + The view. If it is a 2d view, translation vector must be in the view plane if elements include view-specific elements. + If elements include view-specific elements, they must belong to this view. + + + The elements to array. + + + The number of array members to create including the initial + element grouping. Must between 2 and 200. + + + The translation vector for the array. + + + Indicates if the translation vector specifies the location of the second member + of the array, or the last member of the array. + + + The ids of the elements created during the operation. + + + The given element id set is empty. + -or- + One or more elements in ids do not exist in the document. + -or- + One or more elements in ids is owned by different views and thus cannot be arrayed together. + -or- + One or more elements in ids is not arrayable. + -or- + count must be between 2 and 200. + -or- + The view is invalid for specific view elements array. + -or- + The translation point vector is invalid to array the element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + Failed to create the linear array. + + + + + Creates a new linear array element from a single element. + + + The document. + + + The view. If it is a 2d view, translation vector must be in the view plane if the element is a view-specific element. + + + The element to array. + + + The number of array members to create including the initial + element grouping. Must between 2 and 200. + + + The translation vector for the array. + + + Indicates if the translation vector specifies the location of the second member + of the array, or the last member of the array. + + + The new linear array element. + + + The element id does not exist in the document + -or- + id is not arrayable. + -or- + count must be between 2 and 200. + -or- + The view is invalid for specific view elements array. + -or- + The translation point vector is invalid to array the element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + Failed to create the linear array. + + + + + Creates a new linear array element from a set of elements. + + + The document. + + + The view. If it is a 2d view, translation vector must be in the view plane if elements include view-specific elements. + If elements include view-specific elements, they must belong to this view. + + + The elements to array. + + + The number of array members to create including the initial + element grouping. Must between 2 and 200. + + + The translation vector for the array. + + + Indicates if the translation vector specifies the location of the second member + of the array, or the last member of the array. + + + The new linear array element. + + + The given element id set is empty. + -or- + One or more elements in ids do not exist in the document. + -or- + One or more elements in ids is owned by different views and thus cannot be arrayed together. + -or- + One or more elements in ids is not arrayable. + -or- + count must be between 2 and 200. + -or- + The view is invalid for specific view elements array. + -or- + The translation point vector is invalid to array the element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + Failed to create the linear array. + + + + Retrieves the copied member Ids of the Array. + The copied member Ids of the Array + 2013 + + + Retrieves the original member Ids of the Array. + The original member Ids of the Array + 2013 + + + Retrieves or changes the number of the arrayed members. + + + + An object that represents an Array created linearly within the Revit project. + + + + + Represents the possible choices for how the translation or rotation is used to place each member of the array. + + + 2012 + + + + + The translation or rotation value specifies the location of the last member of the array. + + + + + The translation or rotation value specifies the location of the second member of the array. + + + + + Creates a new instance of 3DM link type from an external resource reference + and loads the linked file. + + +

This function creates a new 3DM link type as well as a new instance of this 3DM link type. + The new instance of 3DM link type is returned by this function and the element id of the new 3DM link type + is contained in the LinkLoadResult.

+

If the given external resource reference of the 3DM link is already used by an existing 3DM link type, + a new instance of this existing 3DM link type is created and returned. The element id of the existing + 3DM link type is contained in the LinkLoadResult.

+

This function regenerates the input document.

+
+ + The document in which to create the 3DM link. + + + The view into which the 3DM link will be created. + + + The external resource reference describing the source of the 3DM link. + + + Various import options applicable to the 3DM format. + If , all options will be set to their respective default values. + + + An object containing the results of creating and loading + the 3DM link. It contains the ElementId of the new created 3DM link type. + + + The new instance of 3DM link type created. + + + document is not a project document. + -or- + document is in an edit mode. + -or- + Import is temporarily disabled. + -or- + The view is not printable. + -or- + ThisViewOnly cannot be true when importing a DWG|DGN drawing into a 3D view. + -or- + One or more strings describing layer selection is invalid or empty. + -or- + The scale is not valid as a CustomScale for use during import. + -or- + The server referenced by the ExternalResourceReference does not exist or + does not implement IExternalResourceServer. + -or- + The server referenced by the ExternalResourceReference cannot support CAD links. + -or- + The ExternalResourceReference (resourceReference) is not in a format + that is supported by its server. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + The 3DM Import/Link module is not available in the installed Revit. + + + 2022 + +
+ + + Creates a new instance of STL link type from an external resource reference + and loads the linked file. + + +

This function creates a new STL link type as well as a new instance of this STL link type. + The new instance of STL link type is returned by this function and the element id of the new STL link type + is contained in the LinkLoadResult.

+

If the given external resource reference of the STL link is already used by an existing STL link type, + a new instance of this existing STL link type is created and returned. The element id of the existing + STL link type is contained in the LinkLoadResult.

+

This function regenerates the input document.

+
+ + The document in which to create the STL link. + + + The view into which the STL link will be created. + + + The external resource reference describing the source of the STL link. + + + Various import options applicable to the STL format. + If , all options will be set to their respective default values. + + + An object containing the results of creating and loading + the STL link. It contains the ElementId of the new created STL link type. + + + The new instance of STL link type created. + + + document is not a project document. + -or- + document is in an edit mode. + -or- + Import is temporarily disabled. + -or- + The view is not printable. + -or- + ThisViewOnly cannot be true when importing a DWG|DGN drawing into a 3D view. + -or- + One or more strings describing layer selection is invalid or empty. + -or- + The scale is not valid as a CustomScale for use during import. + -or- + The server referenced by the ExternalResourceReference does not exist or + does not implement IExternalResourceServer. + -or- + The server referenced by the ExternalResourceReference cannot support CAD links. + -or- + The ExternalResourceReference (resourceReference) is not in a format + that is supported by its server. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + The STL Import/Link module is not available in the installed Revit. + + + 2023 + +
+ + + Creates a new instance of SKP link type from an external resource reference + and loads the linked file. + + +

This function creates a new SKP link type as well as a new instance of this SKP link type. + The new instance of SKP link type is returned by this function and the element id of the new SKP link type + is contained in the LinkLoadResult.

+

If the given external resource reference of the SKP link is already used by an existing SKP link type, + a new instance of this existing SKP link type is created and returned. The element id of the existing + SKP link type is contained in the LinkLoadResult.

+

This function regenerates the input document.

+
+ + The document in which to create the SKP link. + + + The view into which the SKP link will be created. + + + The external resource reference describing the source of the SKP link. + + + Various import options applicable to the SKP format. + If , all options will be set to their respective default values. + + + An object containing the results of creating and loading + the SKP link. It contains the ElementId of the new created SKP link type. + + + The new instance of SKP link type created. + + + document is not a project document. + -or- + document is in an edit mode. + -or- + Import is temporarily disabled. + -or- + The view is not printable. + -or- + ThisViewOnly cannot be true when importing a DWG|DGN drawing into a 3D view. + -or- + One or more strings describing layer selection is invalid or empty. + -or- + The scale is not valid as a CustomScale for use during import. + -or- + The server referenced by the ExternalResourceReference does not exist or + does not implement IExternalResourceServer. + -or- + The server referenced by the ExternalResourceReference cannot support CAD links. + -or- + The ExternalResourceReference (resourceReference) is not in a format + that is supported by its server. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + The SKP Import/Link module is not available in the installed Revit. + + + 2018 + +
+ + + Creates a new instance of SAT link type from an external resource reference + and loads the linked file. + + +

This function creates a new SAT link type as well as a new instance of this SAT link type. + The new instance of SAT link type is returned by this function and the element id of the new SAT link type + is contained in the LinkLoadResult.

+

If the given external resource reference of the DWG link is already used by an existing SAT link type, + a new instance of this existing SAT link type is created and returned. The element id of the existing + SAT link type is contained in the LinkLoadResult.

+

This function regenerates the input document.

+
+ + The document in which to create the SAT link. + + + The view into which the SAT link will be created. + + + The external resource reference describing the source of the DGN link. + + + Various import options applicable to the SAT format. + If , all options will be set to their respective default values. + + + An object containing the results of creating and loading + the SAT link. It contains the ElementId of the new created SAT link type. + + + The new instance of SAT link type created. + + + document is not a project document. + -or- + document is in an edit mode. + -or- + Import is temporarily disabled. + -or- + The view is not printable. + -or- + ThisViewOnly cannot be true when importing a DWG|DGN drawing into a 3D view. + -or- + One or more strings describing layer selection is invalid or empty. + -or- + The scale is not valid as a CustomScale for use during import. + -or- + The server referenced by the ExternalResourceReference does not exist or + does not implement IExternalResourceServer. + -or- + The server referenced by the ExternalResourceReference cannot support CAD links. + -or- + The ExternalResourceReference (resourceReference) is not in a format + that is supported by its server. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + The SAT Import/Link module is not available in the installed Revit. + + + 2018 + +
+ + + Creates a new instance of OBJ link type from an external resource reference + and loads the linked file. + + +

This function creates a new OBJ link type as well as a new instance of this OBJ link type. + The new instance of OBJ link type is returned by this function and the element id of the new OBJ link type + is contained in the LinkLoadResult.

+

If the given external resource reference of the OBJ link is already used by an existing OBJ link type, + a new instance of this existing OBJ link type is created and returned. The element id of the existing + OBJ link type is contained in the LinkLoadResult.

+

This function regenerates the input document.

+
+ + The document in which to create the OBJ link. + + + The view into which the OBJ link will be created. + + + The external resource reference describing the source of the OBJ link. + + + Various import options applicable to the OBJ format. + If , all options will be set to their respective default values. + + + An object containing the results of creating and loading + the OBJ link. It contains the ElementId of the new created OBJ link type. + + + The new instance of OBJ link type created. + + + document is not a project document. + -or- + document is in an edit mode. + -or- + Import is temporarily disabled. + -or- + The view is not printable. + -or- + ThisViewOnly cannot be true when importing a DWG|DGN drawing into a 3D view. + -or- + One or more strings describing layer selection is invalid or empty. + -or- + The scale is not valid as a CustomScale for use during import. + -or- + The server referenced by the ExternalResourceReference does not exist or + does not implement IExternalResourceServer. + -or- + The server referenced by the ExternalResourceReference cannot support CAD links. + -or- + The ExternalResourceReference (resourceReference) is not in a format + that is supported by its server. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + The OBJ Import/Link module is not available in the installed Revit. + + + 2023 + +
+ + + Creates a new instance of DGN link type from an external resource reference + and loads the linked file. + + +

This function creates a new DGN link type as well as a new instance of this DGN link type. + The new instance of DGN link type is returned by this function and the element id of the new DGN link type + is contained in the LinkLoadResult.

+

If the given external resource reference of the DWG link is already used by an existing DGN link type, + a new instance of this existing DGN link type is created and returned. The element id of the existing + DGN link type is contained in the LinkLoadResult.

+

This function regenerates the input document.

+
+ + The document in which to create the DGN link. + + + The view into which the DGN link will be created. + + + The external resource reference describing the source of the DGN link. + + + Various import options applicable to the DGN format. + If , all options will be set to their respective default values. + + + An object containing the results of creating and loading + the DGN link. It contains the ElementId of the new created DGN link type. + + + The new instance of DGN link type created. + + + document is not a project document. + -or- + document is in an edit mode. + -or- + Import is temporarily disabled. + -or- + The view is not printable. + -or- + ThisViewOnly cannot be true when importing a DWG|DGN drawing into a 3D view. + -or- + One or more strings describing layer selection is invalid or empty. + -or- + The scale is not valid as a CustomScale for use during import. + -or- + The server referenced by the ExternalResourceReference does not exist or + does not implement IExternalResourceServer. + -or- + The server referenced by the ExternalResourceReference cannot support CAD links. + -or- + The ExternalResourceReference (resourceReference) is not in a format + that is supported by its server. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + The DGN Import/Link module is not available in the installed Revit. + + + 2018 + +
+ + + Creates a new instance of an existing DWG link type. + + +

This function regenerates the input document.

+
+ + The document in which to create the new instacne of DWG link type. + + + The element id of the existing DWG link type. + + + The view into which the new instance of DWG link type will be created. + + + The new instance of the given DWG link type. + + + document is not a project document. + -or- + document is in an edit mode. + -or- + The view is not printable. + -or- + The element id is not of a valid CADLinkType. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2018 + +
+ + + Creates a new instance of DWG link type from an external resource reference + and loads the linked file. + + +

This function creates a new DWG link type as well as a new instance of this DWG link type. + The new instance of DWG link type is returned by this function and the element id of the new DWG link type + is contained in the LinkLoadResult.

+

If the given external resource reference of the DWG link is already used by an existing DWG link type, + a new instance of this existing DWG link type is created and returned. The element id of the existing + DWG link type is contained in the LinkLoadResult.

+

This function regenerates the input document.

+
+ + The document in which to create the DWG link. + + + The view into which the DWG link will be created. + + + The external resource reference describing the source of the DWG link. + + + Various import options applicable to the DWG format. + If , all options will be set to their respective default values. + + + An object containing the results of creating and loading + the DWG link. It contains the ElementId of the new created DWG link type. + + + The new instance of DWG link type created. + + + document is not a project document. + -or- + document is in an edit mode. + -or- + Import is temporarily disabled. + -or- + The view is not printable. + -or- + ThisViewOnly cannot be true when importing a DWG|DGN drawing into a 3D view. + -or- + One or more strings describing layer selection is invalid or empty. + -or- + The line weights are not valid; either it contains an invalid number of line weights, or a line weight outside the valid range. + -or- + The scale is not valid as a CustomScale for use during import. + -or- + The server referenced by the ExternalResourceReference does not exist or + does not implement IExternalResourceServer. + -or- + The server referenced by the ExternalResourceReference cannot support CAD links. + -or- + The ExternalResourceReference (resourceReference) is not in a format + that is supported by its server. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + The DWG Import/Link module is not available in the installed Revit. + + + 2018 + +
+ + + Creates a new instance of DWG or DXF link type from a file path and loads the linked file. + + +

This function creates a new DWG or DXF link type as well as a new instance of this link type. + The new instance of DWG or DXF link type is returned by this function and the element id of the new DWG + or DXF link type is contained in the LinkLoadResult.

+

If the given full path of the DWG or DXF file to link is already used by an existing DWG or DXF link type, + a new instance of this existing DWG or DXF link type will be created and returned. The element id of the existing + DWG or DXF link type is contained in the LinkLoadResult.

+

This function regenerates the input document.

+
+ + The document in which to create the DWG or DXF link. + + + The view into which the DWG or DXF link will be created. + + + The full path of the DWG or DXF file to link. The path must exist and must be a valid DWG or DXF file. + + + Various import options applicable to the DWG format. + If , all options will be set to their respective default values. + + + An object containing the results of creating and loading + the DWG or DXF link. It contains the ElementId of the new created DWG or DXF link type. + + + The new instance of DWG or DXF link type. + + + document is not a project document. + -or- + document is in an edit mode. + -or- + Import is temporarily disabled. + -or- + The view is not printable. + -or- + NullOrEmpty + -or- + Not a valid file for DWG import (.dwg and .dxf files are valid). + -or- + ThisViewOnly cannot be true when importing a DWG|DGN drawing into a 3D view. + -or- + One or more strings describing layer selection is invalid or empty. + -or- + The line weights are not valid; either it contains an invalid number of line weights, or a line weight outside the valid range. + -or- + The scale is not valid as a CustomScale for use during import. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The given path does not exist. + + + Place by shared, and the host model and the link do not share the same coordinate system. + Or place by shared, and the shared coordinates of the host model do not match the GIS coordinate system of the link. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + The DWG Import/Link module is not available in the installed Revit. + + + 2018 + +
+ + Identifies whether this instance is a linked object rather than imported one. + True if the instance was imported as a link to an external file. +False if the instance was imported as a copy of data from an external file. + 2011 + + + Sets the visibility for the import instance in a family document. + The visibility of the import instance geometry can be changed for different +types of views and detail levels in the family document. + +Thrown when visibility is . + + +Thrown when regeneration failed, or the import instance is in a project document. + + + + Gets the visibility for the import instance in a family document. + A copy of visibility settings for the import instance in a family document. + + + + An element created during either import or link operation. + It is an instance of CADLinkType. + + + + + Unload the linked image. + + + This ImageType is not a link. + + + The document containing this ImageType is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document containing this ImageType is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document containing this ImageType has no open transaction. + + + 2021 + + + + + Reloads the image in the ImageType from a new image file, and for a new . + + + If reload fails (because the image file doesn't exist, cannot be read, or does not have the requested page number), + the currently loaded image will remain unchanged. + + + Options that specify what image to load. + + + options.Path is an empty string. + -or- + The file represented by options.Path is not a supported image file type. + -or- + The image file represented by options.Path is a password protected PDF file. + -or- + The image file represented by options.Path does not contain the page specified by options.PageNumber. + -or- + The image file represented by options.Path could not be read and may be corrupt. + -or- + An error occurred while handling the external resource corresponding to the image. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The file represented by options.Path does not exist. + + + This ImageType was not loaded from a file. + + + The document containing this ImageType is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document containing this ImageType is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document containing this ImageType has no open transaction. + + + 2020 + + + + + Reloads the ImageType from the file found at the location specified by the property, + using the same and resolution. + + + If reload fails (because the image file doesn't exist, cannot be read, or does not have the correct page), + the currently loaded image will remain unchanged. + + + The file represented by Path does not exist. + + + This ImageType was not loaded from a file. + -or- + The file represented by Path is not a supported image file type. + -or- + The image file represented by Path is a password protected PDF file. + -or- + The image file represented by Path does not contain the page specified by PageNumber. + -or- + The image file represented by Path could not be read and may be corrupt. + -or- + An error occurred while handling the external resource corresponding to the image. + + + The document containing this ImageType is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document containing this ImageType is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document containing this ImageType has no open transaction. + + + 2015 + + + + + Check whether the ImageType can be reloaded from file. + + + The test first determines the candidate path for reloading the ImageType. Then the test checks that the + corresponding file is a valid image file, that it is unencrypted, and that it contains the page corresponding to . + + + True if the ImageType can be reloaded. False, otherwise. + + + 2020 + + + + + Creates a new ImageType element and loads the image into it. + + +

The ImageType will be created but will not be placed into any view.

+
+ + The document. + + + Options that specify what image to load. + + + The new ImageType. + + + The image filename is an empty string. + -or- + The image file is not a supported image file type. + -or- + The image file is password protected. + -or- + The image file does not contain the requested page number. + -or- + The image file could not be read and may be corrupt. + -or- + An error occurred while handling the external resource corresponding to the image. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The image file does not exist. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2020 + +
+ + + The size of the pixels in the image, expressed in dots-per-inch (dpi) + + + 2021 + + + + + The vertical size of the image + + + 2021 + + + + + The horizontal size of the image + + + 2021 + + + + + The status of the image + + + 2021 + + + + + The source of the image in the ImageType. + + + 2021 + + + + + The path type that was used to refer to the file from which the ImageType was loaded. + + + 2020 + + + + + The path to the file from which the ImageType was loaded. + + +

The path string can be in one of several formats: + absolute local, relative local, or server (indicating that the file was provided by an external + server). The format is determined by

+

The path can be an empty string, for example for (but not limited to) ImageTypes created using + "Save to Project as Image".

+
+ + 2015 + +
+ + + The type of external resources that represents images. + + + 2020 + + + + + Number of pixels in the vertical direction of the image + + + 2021 + + + + + Number of pixels in the horizontal direction of the image + + + 2021 + + + + + The number of the page in a multi-page file, that was used to create the image in the ImageType. + + + This number is set when the ImageType is created or reloaded. + + + 2020 + + + + Get the bitmap image stored in the image symbol. + The bitmap image at the original loaded image size. + 2015 + + + + Represents a type containing a raster based image. ImageInstances of this type can be placed in 2D views, sheets, and schedules. + + +

ImageType elements are created with the ImageType.Create(Document, ImageTypeOptions) method.

+

ImageType elements can be loaded from the following file types: *.bmp, *.jpg, *.jpeg, *.png, *.tif.

+

In addition, when PDF support is available, ImageType elements can also be loaded from *.pdf files. + See:

+
+ + 2015 + +
+ + + Indicates the current state of the contents of the ImageType. + + + 2021 + + + 2021 + + + + + The internally created image is available. + + + + + The image was imported and is available. + + + + + The linked images was unloaded by the user. No image is available. + + + + +

The linked image could not be loaded from file.

+ Some possible reasons are: + The file could not be foundThe file could be corrupt or not contain image dataIn case of PDF files, the file might be encrypted or not have the requested page
+
+ + + The linked image was successfully loaded. + + + + + The linked image has not yet been loaded. No image is available. + This status is only returned before the document is fully opened. + + + + + The source of the data used to generate the image. + + + 2021 + + + 2021 + + + + + The image data was created internally. + These are rendering images or views saved in the project as images. + + + + + The image data was imported into the Revit document. + + + + + The image data is from an externally linked image file. + + + + + Checks whether PDF import is available in the installed Revit. + + + PDF Import requires the presence of certain modules that are optional and may not be part of the installed Revit. + + + True if a PDF import is available in the installed Revit. + + + 2020 + + + + + Checks whether a Navisworks Exporter is available in the installed Revit. + + + A Navisworks exporter is registered via an external add-in. If no add-in has registered an exporter, this will not be a part of the session. + + + True if a Navisworks Exporter is available in the installed Revit. + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks whether IFC functionality is available in the installed Revit. + + + IFC Import/Export requires presence of certain modules that are optional and may not be part of the installed Revit. + + + True if the IFC functionality is available in the installed Revit. + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks whether the ShapeImporter functionality is available in the installed Revit. + + + True if the ShapeImporter functionality is available in the installed Revit. + + + 2016 + + + + + Checks whether the AXM Import/Link functionality is available in the installed Revit. + + + AXM Import/Link is optional functionality that does not have to be part of the Revit installation. + + + True if the AXM Import/Link functionality is available in the installed Revit. + + + 2022.1 + + + + + Checks whether the 3DM Import/Link functionality is available in the installed Revit. + + + 3DM Import/Link is optional functionality that does not have to be part of the Revit installation. + + + True if the 3DM Import/Link functionality is available in the installed Revit. + + + 2022 + + + + + Checks whether the STL Import/Link functionality is available in the installed Revit. + + + STL Import/Link is optional functionality that does not have to be a part of the Revit installation. + + + True if the STL Import/Link functionality is available in the installed Revit. + + + 2022.1 + + + + + Checks whether the OBJ Import/Link functionality is available in the installed Revit. + + + OBJ Import/Link is optional functionality that does not have to be a part of the Revit installation. + + + True if the OBJ Import/Link functionality is available in the installed Revit. + + + 2022.1 + + + + + Checks whether the SKP Import/Link functionality is available in the installed Revit. + + + SKP Import/Link is optional functionality that does not have to be part of the Revit installation. + + + True if the SKP Import/Link functionality is available in the installed Revit. + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks whether the SAT Import/Link functionality is available in the installed Revit. + + + SAT Import/Link is optional functionality that does not have to be part of the Revit installation. + + + True if the SAT Import/Link functionality is available in the installed Revit. + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks whether the DGN Import/Link functionality is available in the installed Revit. + + + DGN Import/Link is optional functionality that does not have to be part of the Revit installation. + + + True if the DGN Import/Link functionality is available in the installed Revit. + + + + + Checks whether the DGN Export functionality is available in the installed Revit. + + + DGN Export requires presence of certain modules that are optional and may not be part of the installed Revit. + + + True if the DGN Export functionality is available in the installed Revit. + + + + + Checks whether the DWF/DWFx Export functionality is available in the installed Revit. + + + DWF/DWFx Export requires presence of certain modules that are optional and may not be part of the installed Revit. + + + True if the DWF/DWFx Export functionality is available in the installed Revit. + + + + + Checks whether the DWG Import/Link functionality is available in the installed Revit. + + + DWG Import/Link is optional functionality that does not have to be part of the Revit installation. + + + True if the DWG Import/Link functionality is available in the installed Revit. + + + + + Checks whether the DXF Export functionality is available in the installed Revit. + + + DXF Export requires presence of certain modules that are optional and may not be part of the installed Revit. + + + True if the DXF Export functionality is available in the installed Revit. + + + + + Checks whether the DWG Export functionality is available in the installed Revit. + + + DWG Export requires presence of certain modules that are optional and may not be part of the installed Revit. + + + True if the DWG Export functionality is available in the installed Revit. + + + + + Checks whether the FBX Export functionality is available in the installed Revit. + + + FBX Export requires presence of certain modules that are optional and may not be part of the installed Revit. + + + True if the FBX Export functionality is available in the installed Revit. + + + + + Checks whether the graphics functionality is available to support display, print, and export functionality. + + + Graphics functionality is optional functionality that does not have to be part of the Revit installation. + + + True if the Graphics functionality is available in the installed Revit. + + + + + A collection of utilities that can be used to determine if a particular set of functionality is installed and available. + + + + + Enum determining whether the source type of a temporary rvt link is an ifc. + + + 2022 + + + 2022 + + + + + The original link file is an ifc file. + + + + + Default RVT, curently only support ifc. + + + + + Class giving options when saving linked files which are unloaded locally and have been modified + in-memory by shared coordinates operations. + + + 2017 + + + 2017 + + + + + Any modified linked files will not be saved. The links will return to their previous + position the next time the file is loaded. + + + + + Any modified linked files will be saved. + + + + + Class giving options when saving linked files which have been modified + in-memory by shared coordinates operations. + + + 2014 + + + 2014 + + + + + Any modified linked files will not be saved. Additionally, stop using shared + positioning with any modified files. + + + + + Any modified linked files will not be saved. The links will return to their previous + position the next time the file is loaded. + + + + + Any modified linked files will be saved. + + + + + Enum listing the possible results after loading a linked model. + + + For all values except LinkLoadResultType.LinkLoaded, the linked model + is not loaded and no new link is created (if Revit was trying to create a link). + + + 2013 + + + 2013 + + + + + Revit already has a link with the input location, so the same link is been reused. + + + + + The link previously had an invalid view reference and either + no new view was provided or the input view was not usable + for linking CAD files. + + + + + Revit already has a link with the input location, so no new link + can be created. + + + + + The external add-in required to load this link model could not be found. + + + + + Point cloud link loaded correctly but is obsolete and may be upgraded. + + + + + An unknown error occurred. + + + + + Either the linked model and its host document are both locals of the same + central model, or one is a local and the other is its central. + + + + + The linked model has the same path as the currently active document. + + + + + The linked model is already opened directly in Revit. + + + + + An error occurred trying to read the linked model. It could happen if + a wrong link type is trying to be loaded. + + + + + The linked model could not be found. + + + + + The linked model loaded correctly. + + + + + Revit has not tried to load the link, possibly because it is a nested + link and its parent failed to load. + + + + + Enum giving desired behavior when opening or saving a transmitted + workshared model. + + + 2013 + + + 2013 + + + + + Cancel the save or load operation. + + + + + The model will remain marked as transmitted; users will not be able to + create locals until it is saved as a new central. + + + + + The model should be saved as a new central. (On open, it will be + saved as a new central in its current location. On save, it will be + saved as central but the user can choose a location.) + + + + + Enum determining whether a link is an attachment or an overlay + + + 2012 + + + 2012 + + + + + The link is an attachment. If the host file is linked into + another file, the link will also be brought along. + + + + + The link is an overlay, only meant to be seen in this file. + If the host is linked into another file, the link will not + be brought along. + + + + + Enum determining what kind of path a given external file + reference path is. + Paths are valid for all types of external file references + unless otherwise specified. + + + 2012 + + + 2012 + + + + + The path is relative to a location in the Revit content libraries. + This value is only valid for ExternalFileReferenceType.KeynoteTable, + ExternalFileReferenceType.AssemblyCodeTable or ExternalFileReferenceType.Decal. + + + + + The path is to a Revit Server location. This value is only + valid for ExternalFileReferenceType.RevitLink. + + + + + The path is an absolute path to a location on disk or the + network. + + + + + The path is relative to the host file's location, or + to the central model's location if the host is workshared. + + + + + Enum displaying the loaded status of a linked file + + + 2012 + + + + + The linked file is unloaded for the specific user. + (If the linked file is both unloaded for the specific user + and unloaded for all users, the link will report LinkedFileStatus.Unloaded.) + + + + + The linked file is in a closed workset and will not be displayed. + + + + + The linked point cloud file is obsolete and can be indexed into new format. + + + + + The linked file was not able to be found the + last time Revit tried to load it. + + + + + The element represented by this value was imported + into Revit rather than linked into Revit. + + + + + The link is unloaded. + + + + + The link is loaded. + + + + + This value is the uninitialized value for the enum. + It indicates that the link has not been properly + initialized. + + + + + Identifies if the input layer can be designated as defining the structural material for this structure. + + + Only core layers may be designated as defining the structural material. + + + Index of a layer in the CompoundStructure. + + + True if the input layer may be used to define the structural material and false otherwise. + + + 2016 + + + + + Identifies if the input layer can be designated as a variable thickness layer. + + + A layer whose layer function is StructuralDeck may not be designated as a variable layer. + + + Index of a layer in the CompoundStructure. + + + True if the input layer may be a variable thickness layer and false otherwise. + + + 2016 + + + + + Get the minimum allowable layer thickness. + + + The minimum allowable width of a layer in feet. + + + + + Creates a vertically compound CompoundStructure with one layer. + + + It is not verified that materialId corresponds to a valid MaterialElem. + + + The sample height of this vertically compound structure. + + + The function of the single layer. + + + The width of the single layer. + + + The ElementId of the material for the single layer. + + + The newly created compound structure. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The given value for sampleHeight must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + -or- + The given value for width must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + -or- + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + Creates a CompoundStructure containing a single layer. + + + It is not verified that materialId corresponds to a valid Material element. + + + The function of the single layer. + + + The width of the single layer. + + + The ElementId of the material for the single layer. + + + The newly created compound structure. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The given value for width must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + -or- + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + Creates a non-vertically compound structure comprised of parallel layers. + + + All layers are in the core, i.e. there are no shell layers created. + + + An array which describes the parallel layers of this compound structure. + + + A newly created compound structure. + + + One or more layers is not valid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Gets the index of the last core layer. + + + This is the index on the interior side. You can change the shell/core layer boundary + using . + + + The index of the last core layer. + + + + + Gets the index of the first core layer. + + + This is the index on the exterior side. You can change the shell/core layer boundary + using . + + + The index of the first core layer. + + + + + Returns the offset from the center of the compound structure to the given location line value. + + + The alignment type of the wall's location line. + + + The offset. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + This operation is valid only vertically homogeneous compound structures. + + + + + Returns the index of the layer just below the core boundary. + + + -1 returned if there is no such a layer. You can change the shell/core layer boundary + using . + + + If ShellLayerType.Exterior return the index on the exterior side (or top side for a roof, floor, or ceiling type). + If ShellLayerType.Interior return the index on the interior side (or bottom side for a roof, floor, or ceiling type). + + + The index of the layer. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + Returns the index of the nearest non-zero width layer before this layer. + + + If this layer is non-zero width, it will be returned. If there are non-zero width layers found, returns -1. + + + The layer from which to look for a non-zero width layer. + + + The index of the layer found. + + + + + Removes all sweeps or reveals from the compound structure. + + + The type of a wall sweep. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + This operation is valid only for vertically compound structures. + + + + + Removes a single sweep or reveal from the compound structure. + + + No validation of input arguments is performed. If no reveal or sweep + has the specified id, no action is performed. + + + The type of a wall sweep. + + + The id of the sweep or reveal to remove. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + This operation is valid only for vertically compound structures. + + + + + Adds a new wall sweep or reveal to the compound structure. + + +

A wall sweep is an object that is created by sweeping a closed 2d profile along a horizontal line + that is positioned on one side (exterior or interior) of the hosting wall. + A reveal is a special wall sweep with a void shape that is subtracted from the hosting wall.

+

The id field of the WallSweepInfo must be populated with a non-negative integer value. + If there already is a sweep defined for this id, its parameters will be changed. + A new sweep will be created if no existing one has matching id.

+
+ + The wall sweep info to create a wall sweep. + + + The wall sweep info does not represent a fixed wall sweep. Only fixed wall sweeps may be assigned to vertical compound structures. + -or- + The WallSweepInfo has an invalid id for a fixed wall sweep. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This operation is valid only for vertically compound structures. + +
+ + + Obtains a list of the intrinsic wall sweeps or reveals in this CompoundStructure. + + + Whether to obtain wall sweeps or reveals. + + + An array which describes the intrinsic wall sweeps or reveals. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + Adjust the width of an existing simple region. + + + If width is changed to zero, the effect is to delete the region. + + + The id of a region. + + + The desired width of the specified region. + + + True if newWidth is zero and the region was deleted. + + + It is not a valid region id. + -or- + It is not a simple region. + + + This operation is valid only for vertically compound structures. + + + + + Returns the ids of the regions encountered as the vertically compound structure is traversed + at a constant height above the bottom a wall to which this structure is applied. + + + Distance from the bottom of the wall. + + + The ids of the regions intersected by the specified line. + + + The height is outside valid range. It should be in the range of [0, SampleHeight]. + + + + + Sets the extendable region ids for the compound structure. + + + Regions along the top or bottom of the wall may be set to be extendable. + + + If true, set ids of regions which are extendable at the top, otherwise + set the ids of regions which are extendable at the bottom. + + + The ids of regions which will be extendable. + + + The region ids are not valid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This operation is valid only for vertically compound structures. + + + + + Gets the extendable region ids for the compound structure. + + + Regions along the top or bottom of the wall may be set to be extendable. + + + If true, retrieve ids of regions which are extendable at the top, otherwise + retrieve the ids of regions which are extendable at the bottom. + + + An array of region ids which are marked extendable. + + + This operation is valid only for vertically compound structures. + + + + + Given a pair of grid coordinates, and a direction for splitting, returns the enclosing region and the two segments + intersected by a line through the grid point. + + + Grid coordinates correspond to uv coordinates of faces. + + + Coordinates of a point in the rectangular grid of this compound structure. + + + Specifies the direction of the split. + + + The id of a segment in the boundary of the containing region which is split by a line through gridUV in the specified direction. + + + The id of a segment in the boundary of the containing region which is split by a line through gridUV in the specified direction. + + + Returns the id of the enclosing region, and -1 if no region encloses the point. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + This operation is valid only for vertically compound structures. + + + + + Splits the region which contains the specified grid point by a line with the specified direction. + + + This method is meant to be used in conjunction with . + Grid coordinates correspond to uv coordinates of faces. + + + Coordinates of a point in the rectangular grid of this compound structure. + + + Specifies the direction of the split. + + + The id of the region created by this operation. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + Split and merge regions operations can be used only for vertically compound structures without variable thickness layers. + + + + + Splits the region which contains the specified grid point by a line with the specified direction. + + + This method is meant to be used in conjunction with . + Grid coordinates correspond to uv coordinates of faces. + + + Coordinates of a point in the rectangular grid of this compound structure. + + + Specifies the direction of the split. + + + The id of segment that bounds both the original region and the new region. + + + The id of the region created by this operation. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + Split and merge regions operations can be used only for vertically compound structures without variable thickness layers. + + + + + Merges the two regions which share the specified segment. + + + The id of a segment in the underlying grid. + + + The index of the layer to which the resulting region will be associated. + + + The id of the resulting region. If -1 is returned, then the operation would have produced + an invalid region and was not performed. + + + The layer index is out of range. + + + Split and merge regions operations can be used only for vertically compound structures without variable thickness layers. + -or- + The segment is not shared by adjacent regions. + + + + + Gets the end points of a segment. + + + The segment id. + + + The region id. + + + One end point. + + + The other end point. + + + The segment id is invalid. + + + This operation is valid only for vertically compound structures. + + + + + Gets the coordinate of a segment. + + + The boundaries of the regions of a vertically compound structure consist of vertical + horizontal segments. + If the segment orientation is horizontal, then its coordinate will lie in the range [0.0, SampleHeight]. + If the segment orientation is vertical, then its coordinate will lie in the range of u values obtained from + . + + + The id of a segment in this CompoundStructure. + + + The local coordinates of the specified segment. + + + The segment id is invalid. + + + This operation is valid only for vertically compound structures. + + + + + Gets the envelope that a specified region spans. + + + This envelope indicates the external boundary of the region. The + coordinate system it defines is used in the results of GetSegmentCoordinate(). + + + The id of the region. + + + The envelope of the region. + + + It is not a valid region id. + + + This operation is valid only for vertically compound structures. + + + + + Gets the orientation of a segment. + + + The boundaries of the regions of a vertically compound structure consist of vertical + horizontal segments. + + + The id of a segment in this CompoundStructure. + + + The orientation of the specified segment. + + + The segment id is invalid. + + + This operation is valid only for vertically compound structures. + + + + + Gets the ids of region bound to a specified segment. + + + The boundaries of the regions of a vertically compound structure consist of vertical + horizontal segments with unique ids. + The segments which define the outer boundary of the structure are adjacent to one region, + other segments will be adjacent to two regions. + + + The id of a segment in this CompoundStructure. + + + The ids of the regions that are bounded by the specified segment. + + + The segment id is invalid. + + + This operation is valid only for vertically compound structures. + + + + + Determines whether the specified integer is actually the id of a segment in this CompoundStructure. + + + The id of a segment in this CompoundStructure. + + + True if the specified segment is valid, false otherwise. + + + This operation is valid only for vertically compound structures. + + + + + Determines whether the specified region is rectangular. + + + The id of a region. + + + True if the specified region is a rectangle, false otherwise. + + + It is not a valid region id. + + + This operation is valid only for vertically compound structures. + + + + + Determines whether the region is a simple region in this CompoundStructure. + + + A region is simple if it rectangular and spans the height of the wall. + + + The id of a region in this vertically compound structure. + + + True if the region is simple, false otherwise. + + + It is not a valid region id. + + + This operation is valid only for vertically compound structures. + + + + + Determines whether the specified integer is actually the id of a region in this CompoundStructure. + + + The id of a region in this vertically compound structure. + + + True if the region is valid, false otherwise. + + + This operation is valid only for vertically compound structures. + + + + + Gets the segment ids of this compound structure. + + + The boundaries of the regions of a vertically compound structure consist of vertical + horizontal segments with unique ids. + + + The ids of the segments which form the boundary of the regions of this CompoundStructure. + + + This operation is valid only for vertically compound structures. + + + + + Gets the region ids of this compound structure. + + + A vertically compound structure consists of regions with polygonal boundaries. + + + The ids of the regions defining this CompoundStructure. + + + This operation is valid only for vertically compound structures. + + + + + Associates a region with a layer. + + + The id of a region. + + + The index of a layer in this CompoundStructure. + + + It is not a valid region id. + + + The layer index is out of range. + + + This operation is valid only for vertically compound structures. + + + + + Gets the layer associated to a particular region. + + + The id of a region. + + + The index of a layer in this CompoundStructure. + + + For a non-vertically compound structure, implicitly each layer is associated to its corresponding simple region. + + + + + Gets the set of region ids associated to a particular layer. + + + Regions are associated to layers. In a vertically compound structure, more than one region may be associated to a + single layer. + + + The index of a layer in this CompoundStructure. + + + An array of region ids which are associated to the specified layer. + + + The layer index is out of range. + + + + + Checks whether split and merge regions operations can be used for this compound structure. + + + True if split and merge regions operation can be used for this compound structure, false otherwise. + + + + + Is the specified height a valid sample height for this compound structure? + + + The sample height cannot be less than the value of MinimumSampleHeight. + + + + + Verifies that the data in this layer is internally consistent. + + + If the layer function is not Membrane or StructuralDeck, the width must be greater than zero. + If the layer function is not StructuralDeck, then the deck embedding type must be Invalid, and the deck profile id must be InvalidElementId. + + + The index of the layer in the compound structure to be set. + + + The layer to be set. + + + True if the layer is internally consistent, false if the layer is not internally consistent. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Checks if the specified layer is a core layer. + + + You can change the shell/core layer boundary using . + + + The index of a layer in this CompoundStructure. + + + Returns true if the layer is within the core layer boundary, false if it is in the interior or exterior shell layers. + + + + + Sets the number of interior or exterior shell layers. + + + There must be at least one core layer, i.e. one layer which is not a shell layer. + + + If ShellLayerType.Exterior set the number of exterior shell layers (or top shell layers for a roof, floor, or ceiling type). + If ShellLayerType.Interior set the number of interior shell layers (or bottom shell layers for a roof, floor, or ceiling type). + + + The number of layers to be in the specified shell. + + + Number of shell layers is negative. + -or- + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + Too many shell layers: there must be at least one core layer. + + + + + Retrieves the number of interior or exterior shell layers. + + + There will always be at least one core layer, i.e. one layer which is not a shell layer. You can change the shell/core layer + boundary using . + + + If ShellLayerType.Exterior return the number of exterior shell layers (or top shell layers for a roof, floor, or ceiling type). + If ShellLayerType.Interior return the number of interior shell layers (or bottom shell layers for a roof, floor, or ceiling type). + + + The number of shell layers in the interior or exterior shell, as specified by shellLayerType. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + The width implied by this compound structure. + + + If the structure is not vertically compound, then + this is simply the sum of all layers' widths. If the structure is vertically compound, + this is the width of the rectangular grid stored in the vertically compound structure. + The presence of a layer with variable width has no effect on the value returned by this method. The + value returned assumes that all layers have their specified width. + + + The width of a host object with this compound structure. + + + + + Assigns if a layer is included in wrapping at inserts and ends. + + + This method applies only to interior and exterior shell layers. + + + The index of the layer. + + + True if the specified layer will participate in wrapping at inserts and ends, false otherwise. + + + The wrapping of the layer is not valid. + + + The layer index is out of range. + + + + + Identifies if a layer is included in wrapping at inserts and ends. + + + This method applies only to interior and exterior shell layers. + + + The index of the layer. + + + If true, then the layer participates in wrapping at inserts and openings. If false, the layer will not + participate in wrapping. + + + The layer index is out of range. + + + + + Sets a single layer for this CompoundStructure. + + + This function does not support addition of new layers, use SetLayers() to change the number of layers. + + + The index of a layer. This should range from 0 to the number of layers - 1. + + + The layer to be set. + + + The layer is not valid for this operation. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The layer index is out of range. + + + This operation is valid only for non-vertically compound structures. + + + + + Completely resets this CompoundStructure and applies a new set of layers. + + + This function will replace all existing layers with the contents of the input. This provides a full + reset for the CompoundStructure. Therefore: + All layers will be marked as Core layers, and any settings related to Shell layers (such as , + or ) will be modified accordingly.Because all layers will be set as Core layers, the value of LayerCapFlag will be ignored (and set to true) automatically.The will be unset.The will be unset.The compound structure will be set to be vertically homogeneous. + + The layers to be set. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Sets the deck embedding type to use for the specified structural deck. + + + Index of a layer in the CompoundStructure. + + + The embedding type to be used by the specified layer if it is a structural deck. + + + The layer is not a structural deck. + + + The layer index is out of range. + -or- + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + Retrieves the deck embedding type used for the specified structural deck. + + + Index of a layer in the CompoundStructure. + + + The embedding type of the structural deck associated to the specified layer. Invalid if it is not a structural deck. + + + The layer index is out of range. + + + + + Sets the profile loop to use for the specified structural deck. + + + Index of a layer in the CompoundStructure. + + + The element id of a FamilySymbol which contains a profile loop to be used by the specified layer if it is a structural deck. + + + The layer is not a structural deck. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The layer index is out of range. + + + + + Retrieves the profile loop used for the specified structural deck. + + + Index of a layer in the CompoundStructure. + + + The element id of a FamilySymbol which contains a profile loop used by a structural deck associated to the specified layer, + or invalidElementId if isStructuralDeck(layerIdx) is false. + + + The layer index is out of range. + + + + + Determines whether a specified layer is a structural deck. + + + Index of a layer in the CompoundStructure. + + + True if specified layer is a structural deck, and false otherwise. + + + The layer index is out of range. + + + + + Sets the function of the specified layer. + + + Index of a layer in the CompoundStructure. + + + The function of the layer. + + + The layer index is out of range. + -or- + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + Retrieves the function of the specified layer. + + + The function determines how this layer interacts with the layers of other elements to which it is joined. + + + Index of a layer in the CompoundStructure. + + + The function of the layer. + + + The layer index is out of range. + + + + + Computes the width of the envelope (2d bounding box) of the specified region. + + + The id of a region in this vertically compound structure. + + + The width of the envelope (2d bounding box) of the region. + + + It is not a valid region id. + + + This operation is valid only for vertically compound structures. + + + + + Identifies if changing the width of an existing layer from zero to a positive value will create a rectangular region. + + + This is only allowed if there is a vertical line such that all regions to the left are assigned to layers with index < layerIdx, + and all regions to the right are assigned to layers with index > layerIdx. + + + The index of a CompoundStructureLayer. + + + + + Sets the width of a specified layer. + + + If the structure is vertically compound, and the layer is associated to a single simple region, + the width of that region is adjusted. If layerIdx is 0 or LayerCount-1, + and there is no associated region in the VerticalRegionsStructure, one will be created and associated to the layer. + If the specified layer index is associated to a simple region, and the width is set to 0.0, that region will be deleted. + + + Index of a layer in the CompoundStructure. + + + The new width of the specified layer. + + + The width of the layer is not valid. + + + The layer index is out of range. + + + If the region of the layer is not a simple region. + + + + + Retrieves the width of a specified layer. + + + Index of a layer in the CompoundStructure. + + + The width of the specified layer. + + + The layer index is out of range. + + + + + Retrieves the material element id of a specified layer. + + + Index of a layer in the CompoundStructure. + + + The material element id. + + + The layer index is out of range. + + + + + Sets a material element for a specified layer. + + + It is not verified that materialId corresponds to a valid Material element. + + + Index of a layer in the CompoundStructure. + + + The ElementId of a Material element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The layer index is out of range. + + + + + Deletes the specified layer from this CompoundStructure. + + + For a vertically compound structure, a layer + may only be deleted if it is not associated to a region, or else it is associated to exactly one simple + region, which will also be deleted. Regions associated to layers with index greater than layerIdx will + have their associated layer indices decremented by one. + + + The layer index is zero based. It counts from the exterior of wall and from the top of roofs, floors and ceilings. + + + True if the layer was successfully deleted, and false otherwise. + + + The layer cannot be deleted. + + + The layer index is out of range. + + + + + Takes a horizontal slice through a sample wall to which this CompoundStructure is applied + and returns a simple compound structure which describes that slice, i.e. a series of + parallel layers. + + + If is false, the output is a copy of this CompoundStructure. + + + The height of the wall. + + + The distance from the base of the wall at which to take the section. + If distAboveBase < 0, then internally distAboveBase = 0 is used. + If distAboveBase > wallHeight, then internally distAboveBase = wallHeight is used. + + + A simple CompoundStructure representing a series of parallel layers. + + + + + Checks for errors or inconsistencies in the data in this CompoundStructure. + + + This check is run before the CompoundStructure may be assigned to a particular ElementType. + + + Access to the document in which the CompoundStructure will be used. + + + This map will associate each problematic layer index to a value in CompoundStructureError. + General structure errors are reported as associated to layer index -1. + + + The map is associated to a check run only for vertically Compound Structures. + Essentially the Compound Structure is sliced at representative heights. + It looks at the region from exterior to interior, and requires that the assigned layer indices do not decrease. + If they do, an entry is generated for this map. The first entry is the last valid layer index encountered. + The second entry is a region id whose assigned layer index is too small: it should be at least as large as the first entry. + + + True if the compound structure is valid for the document, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Indicates whether this CompoundStructure represents a single set of parallel layers. + + + Differs from IsVerticallyCompound as a vertically compound structure might happen not to have + any horizontal breaks. For that situation, both IsVerticallyCompound and this method will return true. + + + True if this CompoundStructure represents a series of parallel layers that stretch from bottom to top, false otherwise. + + + + + Checks whether this CompoundStructure is the same as another CompoundStructure. + + + A CompoundStructure. + + + True if the two CompoundStructures are the same, and false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + A copy of the layers which define this compound structure. + + + The layers, returned in order (Exterior to Interior for walls, top to bottom for roofs, floors or ceilings). The index of each layer in this array + can be used in other CompoundStructure methods accepting a layer index. + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The minimum sample height determined by the current sample height and the horizontal segments. + + + All horizontal segments dimensioned to the top must remain strictly above all horizontal segments + dimensioned to the bottom. + + + + + Horizontal segments below or at the cutoff height have their distance to the wall bottom fixed, those above + have their distance to the wall top fixed. + + + This allows layers with one horizontal segment above and one below + this line to be of variable height. + + + The cutoff height of this CompoundStructure. + + + This operation is valid only for vertically compound structures. + + + + + The sample height is the presumed height of the wall to which the data in this CompoundStructure is applied. + + + This value has meaning only for vertically compound structures. + In order to apply this CompoundStructure to a wall whose height differs from the sample height, + the underlying grid will be rescaled. + + + The height of the wall used to define the vertically compound structure. + + + When setting this property: The value newSampleHeight is smaller than the value of MinimumSampleHeight. + + + This operation is valid only for vertically compound structures. + + + + + Indicates the layer whose material defines the structural properties of the type for the purposes of analysis. + + + The index of the layer containing the structural material properties. + + + When setting this property: The specified layer cannot define the structural material properties of the type. + + + When setting this property: The layer index is invalid. + + + + + Indicates the index of the layer which is designated as variable. + + + If the host object to which it is applied + has an actual width that exceeds the total width of all layers, then all layers except the variable layer + will be created with their specified width, and the variable layer will expand to take up the slack. + Generally this is applicable for floors and roofs with shape edits applied. There can be only one variable layer. + In the wall compound structure UI, when a layer is labeled 'variable' in the thickness column, + that means it is assigned either to a non-rectangular region, or it means the layer is assigned to two different layers. + Neither of those situations is what this method refers to. + + + The index of the layer specified as variable. If there is no variable layer, this value is -1. + + + When setting this property: The specified layer cannot be set to a variable layer. + + + When setting this property: The layer index is out of range. + -or- + When setting this property: The layer index is invalid. + + + + + Indicates the opening wrapping condition defining which shell layers of a wall, in plan view, wrap at inserts and openings. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + Indicates the end cap condition defining which shell layers will participate in end wrapping. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + Checks if the compound structure has a structural deck. + + + + + Identifies if this CompoundStructure represents a layout that is more complicated than a simple set of parallel layers. + + + Vertically compound structures should be assigned only to walls. + + + + + Returns the number of layers contained in this CompoundStructure. + + + Establishes the valid range of indices passed to various access functions: [0 ... this value - 1] + + + + + Checks whether this CompoundStructure is empty. + + + + + Describes the internal structure of a wall, floor, roof or ceiling. + + +

A compound structure consists a collection of ordered layers, proceeding from exterior to interior for a wall, or from top to bottom for a + floor, roof or ceiling. The properties of these layers determine the + thickness, material, and function of the overall structure of the associated wall, floor, roof or ceiling. Layers can + be accessed via the method and completely replaced using SetLayers. Layers + can also be accessed and modified individually using the "layer index", which is a value from in the range [0, LayerCount) + identifying the layer in the structure.

+

A structure supports the concept of "core layers" and "shell layers". There are two layer indices which identify + where the boundary between core and shell layers occur in the list of layers. The boundaries between shell and core layers + are identifiable using + , , + or . The core layer boundary can be changed with . +

+

Compound structures may be vertically compound. If is false, + the CompoundStructure describes a series of parallel layers, each with specified width, function, material and other properties. + If is true (which should apply only for CompoundStructures assigned to walls) then + horizontal sections at different elevations may have different layered + structures. In this case, the structure describes a vertical section via a rectangle + which is divided into polygonal regions whose sides are all vertical or horizontal segments. + A map associates each of these regions with the index of a layer in the CompoundStructure which + determines the properties of that region.

+
+
+ + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Identifies if the layer participates in wrapping at end caps and/or inserts. + + + True if the layer participates in wrapping, false otherwise. It is meaningful only for Shell layers + (for Core layers, the value is always true). The default value is true. + + + + + The id of the layer - note that this may be different from the index in the array of layers in a CompoundStructure. + + + + + Embedding type for structural deck - only for a layer whose function is StructuralDeck. + + + The default is StructDeckEmbeddingType.Invalid. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + The function of the layer. + + + The default is MaterialFunctionAssignment.None. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + The ElementId of the structural deck profile - only for a layer whose function is StructuralDeck. + + + The default is InvalidElementId. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Id of the material assigned to this layer. + + + The default is InvalidElementId. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + + + + + + + Width of the layer. + + + Can be 0.0 if this is a membrane layer. 0.0 is the default. + + + + + Creates a default compound structure layer based on the given width, function and material element id. + + + The width of the layer. + + + The function of the layer. + + + The material element id of the layer. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + Creates a copy of a compound structure layer. + + + The compound structure to copy. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Creates a compound structure layer using default settings. + + + Note that the combination of the default values does not create a completely valid CompoundStructureLayer. + You should change the necessary values before adding to a CompoundStructure. + + + + + Describes a single layer in a CompoundStructure. + + + + + Determines if the input object is equivalent to this WallSweepInfo. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates if the described wall sweep is fixed. A sweep is fixed if it is a part of a vertical compound structure. + + + Wall sweeps from the definition of a vertical compound structure are fixed based on the wall type's definition. + They are not permitted to be moved by users. + Other wall sweeps defined outside of CompoundStructure by UI or API are permitted to be moved. + + + 2012 + + + + + Indicates whether the sweep or reveal is swept vertically or horizontally. + + + Wall sweeps defined as a part of a vertical compound structure will always be horizontal. + + + 2012 + + + + + Indicates if you want the sweep to cut geometry out of the host wall. + + + When a sweep is offset and embedded in the wall, it cuts the geometry from the wall. + + + 2012 + + + + + Indicates if the sweep is cut by wall inserts. + + + True if the sweep is cut by wall inserts, false otherwise. + + + 2012 + + + + + Indicates if the profile is applied upside-down. + + + True if the profile is applied upside-down, false otherwise. + + + 2012 + + + + + Indicates how the profile of a horiztonal sweep is oriented with repect to the wall side face. + + + Allowed values are Horizontal and Perpendicular. Default is Perpendicular + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + Indicates if Distance is measured from the top or bottom of the wall. + + + If the sweep or reveal is vertical, DistanceMeasuredFrom.Base represents the + start of the wall's location curve (t=0). DistanceMeasuredFrom.Top is currently + not implemented for vertical sweeps and shouldn't be used when creating them. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + The type (either a wall sweep or a reveal). + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + The side of the wall to which the sweep or reveal is attached. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + The id of the sweep or reveal. + + + If the wall sweep belongs to a vertically compound structure, this must be a non-negative + value. If the wall sweep belongs to a sweep defined outside of compound structures by UI or API + the id will typically be -1 and is not used. + + + 2012 + + + + + The element id of the material used to create the sweep or reveal. + + + This value is not used when creating standalone wall sweeps. The material id of the + wall sweep's type is used instead. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + The element id of the profile family used to create the sweep or reveal. + + + This value is not used when creating standalone wall sweeps. The profile id of the + wall sweep's type is used instead. + + + May be InvalidElementId if the default profile is used. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + The sweep setback distance from inserts, such as windows and doors. + + + 2012 + + + + + The offset from the sweep or reveal to the wall. + + + If the sweep is a solid sweep, a negative value moves it toward the wall core. + If the sweep is a reveal, a negative offset value moves it away from the wall. + + + 2012 + + + + + Represents the distance from either the top or base of the wall for horizontal sweeps, + or the parameter along the wall's path curve for vertical ones. + + + DistanceMeasuredFrom determines where the measurement starts from, depending on the orientation of the sweep. + If the sweep or reveal is vertical, this distance is equal to the parameter along the wall's path curve. + + + 2012 + + + + + Constructs a new WallSweepInfo instance. + + + The type of the WallSweepInfo instance. + + + True to construct a vertical wall sweep, false otherwise. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + Constructs a new WallSweepInfo instance. + + + True if the WallSweepInfo should be fixed (suitable for use in CompoundStructure.AddWallSweep()). + False if the WallSweepInfo should be suitable for use in standalone wall sweep or reveal elements. + + + The type of the WallSweepInfo instance. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + Represents a wall sweep or reveal of a vertically compound structure. + + + 2012 + + + + + Represents the orientation of horizonally placed sweep's profile relative to the wall side face. + + + 2021 + + + + + Profile is perpendicular to the wall side face + + + + + Profile is oriented horizontally regardless of wall slant angle + + + + + Indicates if the distance is measured from the top or bottom of the wall. + + + 2012 + + + + + From top. + + + + + From bottom. + + + + + Represents the possible sides of a wall where a sweep or reveal may be attached. + + + 2012 + + + + + The interior of the wall. + + + + + The exterior of the wall. + + + + + Represents the possible types for methods affecting wall sweeps or reveals. + + + 2012 + + + + + Represents a reveal. + + + + + Represents a wall sweep. + + + + + This enumerated type represents the options for alignment of a wall's location line. + + + 2011 + + + + + The wall location line is aligned to the exterior face of the core. + + + + + The wall location line is aligned to the exterior face of the core. + + + + + The wall location line is aligned to the interior face of the wall. + + + + + The wall location line is aligned to the exterior face of the wall. + + + + + The wall location line is aligned to the center of the core. + + + + + The wall location line is aligned to the center of the wall. + + + + + The orientation type of rectangular grid segment. + + + 2012 + + + + + A horizontal GridSegment + + + + + A vertical GridSegment + + + + + Used to distinguish exterior and interior shell layers. + + + Used as an argument to methods of CompoundStructure that deal with shell layers. + + + 2012 + + + + + Exterior shell layer. + + + + + Interior shell layer. + + + + + Used in class CompoundStructure to specify the usage of a layer whose function is StructuralDeck. + + + 2012 + + + + + Standalone deck. + + + + + Bound layer above. + + + + + Invalid usage. + + + + + Used in class CompoundStructure to specify the function of a layer. + + + The function is used primarily to determine + layer priority which affects how layers of distinct elements interact at a join. Typically, layers penetrate + lower priority layers and merge with layers of the same priority. + + + 2012 + + + + + Indicates layer is a structural deck. + + + + + A membrane layer must have thickness 0. It is not represented graphically. + + + + + Priority = 5 + + + + + Priority = 4 + + + + + Priority = 3 + + + + + Priority = 2 + + + + + Priority = 1 (highest priority) + + + + + Priority = 0 This is deprecated and should not be used. + + + + + When CompoundStructure::isValid() returns false, it uses these values to indicate precise nature of defect. + + + 'LayerTooThin' enum value was removed in 2016 + + + 2012 + + + + + Element id used as profile id does not correspond to a valid deck profile. + + + + + Extension Layers at the bottom of the wall must be adjacent. + + + + + Extension Layers at the top of the wall must be adjacent. + + + + + Element id used as material id does not correspond to an actual MaterialElem. + + + + + Variable thickness layer have zero thickness. + + + + + There is no layer below Structural deck or it is too thin. + + + + + There is no layer above Structural deck or it is too thin. + + + + + Membrane Layer have more than one face at any height. + + + + + Interior core boundary have more than one face at any height. + + + + + Exterior core boundary have more than one face at any height. + + + + + Layers assigned to the same Row are not on the same side of the Core Boundary. + + + + + A layer is not membrane layer and the Thickness of layer is zero. + + + + + Thickness of face layer is too thin. + + + + + The number of shell layers is larger than the total number of layers. + + + + + Thickness of non-membrane layer is too thin. + + + + + Thickness of membrane layer is more than zero. + + + + + Core contain a membrane layer or thickness of core is zero. + + + + + Layer Function Priorities ascend from the Core Boundary to the Finish Face. + + + + + Used by CompoundStructure to describe which shell layers participate in wrapping at openings. + + + 2012 + + + + + Both interior and exterior shell layers participate in wrapping at openings. + + + + + Only the interior shell layers participate in wrapping at openings. + + + + + Only the exterior shell layers participate in wrapping at openings. + + + + + None of the shell layers participate in wrapping at openings. + + + + + Used by CompoundStructure to describe which shell layers participate in end wrapping. + + + 2012 + + + + + No end wrapping ability. Floors and roofs must use this enum value. + + + + + Only the interior shell layers participate in end wrapping. + + + + + Only the exterior shell layers participate in end wrapping. + + + + + None of the shell layers participate in end wrapping. + + + + An object that represents the gutter type +in Autodesk Revit. + + + Add segments to the gutter. + Segment's reference on which want to be added. + +This exception will be thrown in following cases: + 1. Input targetRef is null. + 2. Input targetRef is not null but contains nothing. + + +This exception will be thrown in following cases: + 1. Input targetRef has already been added into the gutter. + 2. Internal code fails to create the segment object. + 3. Regeneration fails. + + +This exception will be thrown if the reference is not suitable for creating a gutter as required. +The reference allowed is : + 1. Model Line +2. Roof's horizontal edges +3. Soffit's horizontal edges +4. Fascia's horizontal edges + + + + Retrieves/set an object that represents the type of the Gutter. + + + An object that represents a gutter within the Autodesk Revit project. + This object derived from the Element base object and such supports all the +methods of that object such as the ability to retrieve the parameters of that object. + + + + + Replaces the group with the contents of the input file. + + + The file to be used for the replacment. + + + Group load options. + + + Not a valid RVT file. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The given fileName does not exist. + + + The element "this GroupType" is in a document which is in an edit mode or is in family mode. + -or- + The element "this GroupType" does not belong to a project document. + -or- + The GroupType is not a Model group type and can't be reloaded. + + + The document containing this GroupType is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document containing this GroupType is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document containing this GroupType has no open transaction. + + + 2024 + + + + + + + + Returns the attached detail groups available for this element group type. + + + Returns the collection of attached detail group Ids that match this group's type. + + + 2019.1 + + + + Retrieve a set of all the groups that have this type. + A set of group objects that all share this group type. + All groups returned by this property belong to this group type. A groups type can be +changed by using the GroupType property on the group object, in which case it will no longer +belong to this type but it will belong to the new type instead. + + + + An element representing a group of elements that may be placed many times in a project or family. + + + Grouping elements is useful when you need to create entities that represent repeating layouts + or are common to many building projects, such as hotel rooms, apartments, or repeating floors. + + + + + + + + + Sets a custom duplicate type names handler. If this value is not set, the default handler is used. + By default, Revit displays a modal dialog with options to either copy new types only, or cancel the operation. + + + The duplicate type names handler. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Returns current duplicate type names handler or if none is set. + + + 2024 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + If there are groups with the same names in source and destination documents set this property to to replace existing groups, + otherwise the operation will be canceled. The default value is . + + + 2024 + + + + + True if grids should be brought in from the input file, false otherwise. + The default value is . + + + 2024 + + + + + True if levels should be brought in from the input file, false otherwise. + The default value is . + + + 2024 + + + + + True if attached detail groups should be included, false otherwise. + The default value is . + + + 2024 + + + + + Creates a new instance of a GroupLoadOptions object. + + + 2024 + + + + + A class containing options for loading a group from a file. + + + 2024 + + + + + Gets the extents of the grid in the model. + + + The extents are the 3D bounding box surrounding the grid. The Z coordinates of the box are used by + Revit to determine if the grid should be displayed in a corresponding view plan (if the grid is linear). The + extents are not used for arc grids. + + + 2013 + + + + + Adjusts the grid to extend through only the vertical range between bottom and top. + + + The bottom range of the grid extents. It must be a valid number and below the top range. + + + The top range of the grid extents. It must be a valid number and above the bottom range. + + + The bottom and top ranges are reversed for the extents. + + + The given value for bottom must be no more than 30000 feet in absolute value. + -or- + The given value for top must be no more than 30000 feet in absolute value. + + + Couldn't change the extents of the grid. + + + 2016 + + + + + Creates a new radial grid line. + + + The arc should be on a horizontal plane. + + + The document in which the new instance is created. + + + An arc object that represents the location of the new grid line. + + + The newly created grid line. + + + document is not a project document. + -or- + The input arc is not on horizontal plane. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + + + + + Creates a new grid line. + + + The line should be on a horizontal plane. + + + The document in which the new instance is created. + + + A line which represents the location of the grid line. + + + The newly created grid line. + + + document is not a project document. + -or- + The input line is not on horizontal plane. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + + + + + Identifies if the grid line is curved or straight. + + + A value of True is returned if the grid line is an arc or False if the grid line is + straight. Use the Curve property to retrieve an object that represents the geometry of the grid + line. + + + + Retrieves an object that represents the geometry of the grid line. + The geometry can either be an arc or a curve. The IsCurved property can be used to determine +this. + + + + Represents a single grid line within Autodesk Revit. + + + A Grid is a DatumPlane, so it is actually a three dimensional surface. It can be either a plane parallel to + the project z-axis, or else a cylinder whose axis is parallel to the project z-xis. + + + + + + + An object that represents a grid type. + + + Get the Curve Loop of Path3d via index. + Returns the index order Curve Loop of Path3d. + + + Get all the Curve Loops of Path3d. + Returns all the Curve Loops of Path3d. + + + Get the Number of Curve Loops of Path3d. + Returns the Number of Curve Loops of Path3d. + + + Provides access to the Generic 3D path object in Autodesk Revit. + This object represents a 3D path sketch of Sweep. + + + Retrieve all the curveLoops of FootPrintRoof. + + + Retrieve all the CurtainGrid objects of a FootPrintRoof. + Only applicable when the object is a Curtain FootPrintRoof. + + + Retrieve or set the Overhang of the curve. + Only applicable when the FootPrintRoof is created with Pick Walls. + + + Retrieve or set whether extend into wall the curve. + Only applicable when the FootPrintRoof is created with Pick Walls. + + + Retrieve or set the Offset of the curve. + + + Retrieve or set the SlopeAngle of the curve. + The value is a "slope" measurement. For example, 0.5 is one unit of rise for each 2 units of run. This creates +a slope of 26.57 degrees (the arctangent of 0.5). + + + Retrieve or set the DefinesSlope of the curve. + + + Represents kinds of FootPrintRoofs. + The FootPrintRoof object represents some kinds of FootPrintRoof in Revit. The RoofType +property is used to distinguish the type of the roof. + + + + Gets a SlabShapeEditor that can be used to add or modify points of this Floor. + + + The SlabShapeEditor object + + + + + Returns id of default floor type. + + + The document. + + + True to return id of foundation floor type. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Creates a new instance of architectural floor within the project. + + + To validate curve loop profile use . + To get default floor type use . + + + The document in which the new floor is created. + + + An array of planar curve loops that represent the profile of the floor. + + + Id of the floor type to be used by the new Floor. + + + Id of the level on which the floor is to be placed. + + + If successful a new floor object within the project. + + + The ElementId levelId is not a Level. + -or- + The floorTypeId does not correspond to a FloorType. + -or- + The input curve loops cannot compose a valid boundary, that means: + the "curveLoops" collection is empty; + or some curve loops intersect with each other; + or each curve loop is not closed individually; + or each curve loop is not planar; + or each curve loop is not in a plane parallel to the horizontal(XY) plane; + or input curves contain at least one helical curve. + -or- + Input curves build invalid sketch. + -or- + Failed to create curve elements. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Cannot generate a sketch. + -or- + Failed to create new element. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2022 + + + + + + + + + + + Creates a new instance of floor within the project. + + + To validate curve loop profile use . + To get default floor type use . + + + The document in which the new floor is created. + + + An array of planar curve loops that represent the profile of the floor. + + + Id of the floor type to be used by the new Floor. + + + Id of the level on which the floor is to be placed. + + + True if new floor should be structural, false if architectural. + + + A line used to control the slope angle of the Floor. It must be horizontal. + If slopeArrow is , the horizontal floor will be created. + + + The slope angle. If slopeArrow is , this parameter will be ignored. + + + If successful a new floor object within the project. + + + The ElementId levelId is not a Level. + -or- + The floorTypeId does not correspond to a FloorType. + -or- + The input curve loops cannot compose a valid boundary, that means: + the "curveLoops" collection is empty; + or some curve loops intersect with each other; + or each curve loop is not closed individually; + or each curve loop is not planar; + or each curve loop is not in a plane parallel to the horizontal(XY) plane; + or input curves contain at least one helical curve. + -or- + The slopeArrow must be a horizontal line. + -or- + Input curves build invalid sketch. + -or- + Failed to create curve elements. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Cannot generate a sketch. + -or- + Failed to create new element. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2022 + + + + + + + + + Returns id of the sketch. + + + 2022 + + + + + Retrieve the span direction angle of the floor. + + + The angle returned is in radians. An exception will be thrown if the floor is non structural. + + + When setting this property: + + + + + Retrieves/sets an object that represents the type of the floor. + + + The floor type can be used to access the multi layered structure of a floor. + + + When setting this property: Floor type is not valid for this floor. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + + Retrieves span direction symbol ElementIds. + A collection of Element Ids of span direction symbol elements + The element types of the Ids of these symbols +determine if the floor has one way or two way span direction graphics. + 2013 + + + Return a surface normal on either the top or bottom face of a floor slab at a point corresponding to the vertical +projection of an arbitrary point in project space. + A point in project coordinates whose vertical projection will determine the location at which +the normal will be taken. + A flag determining whether the top or bottom face of the floor should be used. + Normal vector on the slab at the projection point. + If the floor is shape edited, the floor location at which we attempt to take the normal must be within the boundaries +of a face on the slab. Otherwise the method will return . + + + Return a surface point on either the top or bottom face of a floor slab corresponding to the vertical projection +of an arbitrary point in project space. + A point in project coordinates that will be projected to the slab top or bottom face. + A flag determining whether the top or bottom face of the floor should be used. + Slab surface point for the vertically projected model point. + If the floor is shape edited, the surface location must be within the boundaries of a face on the slab. +Otherwise the method will return . + + + Get the SlabShapeEditor used for slab shape editing. + Only flat and horizontal floor is valid for slab shape edit. Otherwise, ShapeEditor will be . + + + + An object that represents a Floor within the Autodesk Revit project. + + + This object derived from the Element base object and such supports all the + methods of that object such as the ability to retrieve the parameters of that object. + + + + + + + + + An enumerated type listing floor face types (top or bottom) + + + + + Convert selected folding lines to split lines + + + object that hosts the SlabShapeEditor + + + References of selected folding lines. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + this operation failed. + + + 2023 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + Picks an element to support the slab. This method will define split lines and create constant bearing lines for the slab. + A line from a support element such as a beam. + +Thrown when the input line is . + + +Thrown when the input line is invalid. + + + + Removes the modifications made during editing and resets the element geometry back to the unmodified state. + Calling this method will reset the slab back to its original state and disable Slab Shape Editing. If further +editing is needed, call Enable again. + + + + + + + Draws a split line on the corresponding slab, roof or floor. + Drawing a split line may result in multiple creases, for example when the line crosses existing creases or boundary edges. + The vertex to start the split line. + The vertex to end the split line. + The newly created creases. + +Thrown when the input vertex is . + + +Thrown when the input vertex is invalid. + + + + Adds a point to the corresponding slab, roof or floor. + +If the input location is not on the top face of the slab, this function will return . +Drawing a point on boundary crease may increase the number of creases. +This method will regenerate the document even in manual regeneration mode. + + The location of the point. + The newly created vertex. + +Thrown when the location is . + + + + Manipulates the crease on the corresponding slab, roof or floor. + The crease. + The new value of the crease offset, which is the average of offsets of its ends. + +Thrown when the crease is . + + +Thrown when the crease is invalid. + + + + Manipulates an entity on the corresponding slab, roof or floor. + Manipulates the vertex on the corresponding slab, roof or floor. + The vertex. + The new value of the vertex offset. + +Thrown when the vertex is . + + +Thrown when the vertex is invalid. + + + + All of the creases that can be edited. + + + All of the vertices that can be edited. + + + Enables the slab shape editing functionality. + + + Identifies if the slab shape editing functionality is enabled. + +If true, the creases and vertices are accessible and modifiable. +If false, no creases and vertices are accessible. + + + + + An object used for Slab Shape Editing. + + + The SlabShapeEditor can be obtained from a slab object, such as a roof or floor. + + + + + The allowed values for the HOST_SSE_CURVED_EDGE_CONDITION_PARAM parameter. + + + + + Project to side + + + + + Conform to curve + + + + + Not Applicable + + + +for non const methods + + +returns the EntityType of picked lines. + + +returns the tags of the two vertices at the ends of the edge. + + +returns ERR_NOT_APPLICABLE if it does not apply to the slab shape edit + + +"hasEditableThickness" returns true if the slab type has +a variable layer. + + +"hasConstantThickness" returns true if (a) there is no +variable layer, or (b) all the offsets are the same + + +"hasConstantOffset" is true when all the vertices have the same +offset. When it returns true the passed in pOffset will be populated +with the common offset/ +If this is 'true' we know that the top and bottom are flat +But they may have multiple faces + + +This method needs to be called from the elements move helper's +transform method. It is used to inform the slab shape edit step of +the movement of the element + + +"augmentGRep" does two things, +1) adds the GPoints to the model and view specific GReps +2) adds colored GLines to the view specific GRep when in edit mode. + + +The slab shape edit step uses two additional regen steps +to keep track of the underlying slab + + +Returns the atom for the SlabShapeEditGStep even if it is dormant. +It returns a default constructed atom if the step is not present. + + +check whether "pick" is a handle relevant to "this" GStep + + +If the entity is a vertex then the vertex is given the new offset value. +If the entity is an edge then the angle of the edge with the z_direction +is preserved if 'preserveAngle' is true. +If 'preserveAngle' is false both end vertices receive the same offset, and +the edge becomes horizontal + + +- edge offset is the average of offsets of its ends +- for edges "pOffsetsEqual" reports whether ends have the same offset. always true for vertices + + +will be used as a z-component for the origin of the horizontal plane for the crease editor's SketchPlane + + +There are certain constraints on the slab for it to be eligible for +slab shape editing. This function returns true if the element +can be slab shape edited + + +Every floor and roof has a SlabShapeEditGStep, but unless the +user edited the slab the step will be dormant. +Also, resetting the edits will return the GStep to be dormant. + + +functions to put the element into 'edit' mode + + +returns true if the slab shape UI should be enabled in the UI. + + +Used to upgrade the GRep. Particularly to recompute the GGTags + + +Used to recompute the applicability of the slab slab edit to +adjust new functionality that allows curved boundaries. + + +'addSlabShapeEditGStep' is used to add the slab shape edit GStep to +the floor and roof elements + + + An object that represents the fascia type +in Autodesk Revit. + + + An object that represents the attributes for sweep host objects +in Autodesk Revit. + + + Add segments to the fascia. + Segment's reference on which want to be added. + +This exception will be thrown in following cases: + 1. Input targetRef is . + 2. Input targetRef is not but contains nothing. + + +This exception will be thrown in following cases: + 1. Input targetRef has already been added into the fascia. + 2. Internal code fails to create the segment object. + 3. Regeneration fails. + + +This exception will be thrown if the reference is suitable for creating a fascia as required. +The reference allowed is : + 1. Model Line +2. Roof's horizontal edges +3. Soffit's horizontal edges +4. Other fascia's horizontal edges + + + + Retrieves/set an object that represents the type of the Fascia. + + + An object that represents a fascia within the Autodesk Revit project. + This object derived from the Element base object and such supports all the +methods of that object such as the ability to retrieve the parameters of that object. + + + + Add segments to the hosted sweep object. + + + Retrieve segment's start point or end point parameter. + Segment's reference whose parameter want to be get. + Start point (=0) or end point (=1). + Start point or end point parameter. + Thrown when regeneration fails. + + + Set segment's start point or end point parameter. + Segment's reference whose parameter want to be set. + Start point (=0) or end point (=1). + Value of parameter. + true if operation success. + Thrown when regeneration fails. + + + Remove segments from the hosted sweep object. + Segment's reference which want to be removed. + Thrown when regeneration fails. + + + Flip the hosted sweep object along vertical line. + + + Flip the hosted sweep object along horizontal line. + + + The curve on which the hosted sweep segment is created. + Reference of the curve that hosts the object. + Thrown when regeneration fails. + + + Retrieve the vertical flip status of the hosted sweep object. + + + Retrieve the horizontal flip status of the hosted sweep object. + + + Retrieve/set the angle of the hosted sweep object relative its references (Unit : Radian). + + + Retrieve/set the vertical offset of the hosted sweep object. + + + Retrieve/set the horizontal offset of the hosted sweep object. + + + Retrieve the length of the hosted sweep object. + + + An object that represents an object hosted by an edge of a roof or floor within the Autodesk Revit project. + + + + Gets the location of the point. + + + The location of the point. + + + 2017 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The name of the corresponding reference point in the Family document. + + + + + Data corresponding to the point locations in certain types of Family Symbols. + + + Examples of FamilySymbol objects that contain placement references are Panels and Flexible Components. + + + + Determines if a point lies within the volume of the Space. + Point to be checked. + Returns true if the point is in the Space, false otherwise. + +Thrown when the point is . + + +The coordinates of the point is not a number. + + + + Reports whether this zone is Plenum or not. + + + Reports whether this zone is Occupiable or not. + + + Get or set the Design Power Load of the Space. + This property is used to get or set the Design Power Load of the Space. + + + Get the Actual Power Load of the Space. + This property is used to get the Actual Power Load of the Space. + + + Get or set the Power Load Unit of the Space. + This property is used to get or set the Power Load Unit of the Space. + + + Get or set the Design Lighting Load of the Space. + This property is used to get or set the Design Lighting Load of the Space. + + + Get the Actual Lighting Load of the Space. + This property is used to get the Actual Lighting Load of the Space. + + + Get or set the Lighting Load Unit of the Space. + This property is used to get or set the Lighting Load Unit of the Space. + + + Get or set the Latent Heat Gain per Person of the Space. + This property is used to get or set the Latent Heat Gain per Person of the Space. + + + Get or set the Sensible Heat Gain per Person of the Space. + This property is used to get or set the Sensible Heat Gain per Person of the Space. + + + Get or set the Area per Person of the Space. + This property is used to get or set Area per Person of the Space. + + + Get or set the Number of People of the Space. + This property is used to get or set Number of People of the Space. + + + The heat load-on. + +Thrown when the values is not kUseDefaultLoad or kUseEnteredLoad. + + + + Get or set the Occupancy Unit of the Space. + This property is used to get or set the Occupancy Unit of the Space. + + + Get or set the Design Cooling Load of the Space. + This property is used to get or set the Design Cooling Load of the Space. + + + Get the Calculated Cooling Load of the Space. + This property is used to get the Calculated Cooling Load of the Space. + + + Get or set the Design Heating Load of the Space. + This property is used to get or set the Design Heating Load of the Space. + + + Get the Calculated Heating Load of the Space. + This property is used to get the Calculated Heating Load of the Space. + + + Get the Space Construction of the Space. + This property is used to get the Space Construction of the Space. + + + Get or set the Space type element of the Space. + This property is used to get or set the Space type of the Space. + + + Get or set the Space type of the Space. + This property is used to get or set the Space type of the Space. + + + Get or set the Condition type of the Space. + This property is used to get or set the Condition type of the Space. + + + Get the Volume of the Space. + This property is used to get the Volume of the Space. + + + Get the Unbounded Height of the Space. + This property is used to get the Unbounded Height of the Space. + + + Get the OutdoorAirFlowStandard of the Space. + This property is used to get the OutdoorAirFlowStandard of the Space. + + + Get the Outdoor Airflow of the Space. + This property is used to get the Outdoor Airflow (Unit: ft3/s) of the Space. + + + Get the Specified AirChangesPerHour of the Space. + This property is used to get the Specified AirChangesPerHour of the Space. + + + Get the Specified OutdoorAirPerArea of the Space. + This property is used to get the Specified OutdoorAirPerArea (Unit: ft/s) of the Space. + + + Get the Specified OutdoorAirPerPerson of the Space. + This property is used to get the Specified OutdoorAirPerPerson (Unit: ft3/s) of the Space. + + + Get the Actual Exhaust Airflow of the Space. + This property is used to get the Actual Exhaust Airflow (Unit: CFM) of the Space. + + + Get or set the Specified Exhaust Airflow of the Space. + This property is used to get or set the Specified Exhaust Airflow (Unit: CFM) of the Space. + + + Get the Actual Return Airflow of the Space. + This property is used to get the Actual Return Airflow (Unit: CFM) of the Space. + + + Get or set the Specified Return Airflow of the Space. + This property is used to get or set the Specified Return Airflow (Unit: CFM) of the Space. + + + Get or set the Return type of Supply Airflow of the Space. + This property is used to get or set the Return type of Supply Airflow of the Space. + + + Get the Actual Supply Airflow of the Space. + This property is used to get the Actual Supply Airflow (Unit: CFM) of the Space. + + + Get the Calculated Supply Airflow of the Space. + This property is used to get the Calculated Supply Airflow (Unit: CFM) of the Space. + + + Get or set the Specified Supply Airflow of the Space. + This property is used to get or set the Specified Supply Airflow (Unit: CFM) of the Space. + + + Get the Actual Other Load of the Space. + This property is used to get the Actual Other Load (Unit: W) of the Space. + + + Get or set the Design Other Load per Area of the Space. + This property is used to get or set the Design Other Load per Area (Unit: W/ft2) of the Space. + + + Get the Actual HVAC Load of the Space. + This property is used to get the Actual HVAC Load (Unit: W) of the Space. + + + Get or set the Design HVAC Load per Area of the Space. + This property is used to get or set the Design HVAC Load per Area (Unit: W/ft2) of the Space. + + + Get or set the Floor Reflectance of the Space. + This property is used to get or set the Floor Reflectance of the Space. + + + Get or set the Wall Reflectance of the Space. + This property is used to get or set the Wall Reflectance of the Space. + + + Get or set the Ceiling Reflectance of the Space. + This property is used to get or set the Ceiling Reflectance of the Space. + + + Get or set the Lighting Calculation Workplane of the Space. + This property is used to get or set the Lighting Calculation Workplane (Unit: feet) of the Space. + + + Get the Space Cavity Ratio of the Space. + This property is used to get the Space Cavity Ratio of the Space. + + + Get the Average Estimated Illumination of the Space. + This property is used to get the Average Estimated Illumination of the Space. (Unit: fc) + + + Get or set the Base Offset of the Space. + This property is used to get or set the Base Offset of the Space. + + + Get or set the Limit Offset of the Space. + This property is used to get or set the Limit Offset of the Space. + + + Get or set the Upper Limit of the Space. + This property is used to get or set the Upper Limit of the Space. + + + Return the Room of the space. + + + Return the closedShell of the space. + + + Reports this space belong to which Zone. + This property is used to retrieve the host zone of this space. + + + Provides access to the space topology in Autodesk Revit. + The space object can be queried for its boundary for use in space planning tools. + + + + Check if the string can be parsed to a valid time for opening time and closing time. A valid string can be "16:30" or "4:30 PM"; + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Determines whether a potential building type name is unique. + + + The candidate name. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Determines whether a potential building type name is unique. + + + The document. + + + The candidate name. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Creates a building type element. + + + The document. + + + The building type name. + + + The new building type. + + + name is an empty string or contains only whitespace. + -or- + name cannot include prohibited characters, such as "{, }, [, ], |, ;, less-than sign, greater-than sign, ?, `, ~". + -or- + The given value for name is already in use as a building type name. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + The unoccupied cooling set point of the building type with unit kelvin (K). + + + When setting this property: The value should be between (273.15, 373.15] with unit kelvin (K). + + + 2018 + + + + + The closing time of the building type. + + + When setting this property: It is not a valid time, can be something like "16:30" or "4:30 PM". + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + The opening time of the building type. + + + When setting this property: It is not a valid time, can be something like "16:30" or "4:30 PM". + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + The building type name. + + + When setting this property: name is an empty string or contains only whitespace. + -or- + When setting this property: name cannot include prohibited characters, such as "{, }, [, ], |, ;, less-than sign, greater-than sign, ?, `, ~". + -or- + When setting this property: The given value for name is already in use as a building type name. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + The type element of building. + + + 2018 + + + + + Determines whether a potential space type name is unique. + + + The candidate name. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Determines whether a potential space type name is unique. + + + The document. + + + The candidate name. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Creates a space type. + + + The document. + + + The space type name. + + + The new space type. + + + name is an empty string or contains only whitespace. + -or- + name cannot include prohibited characters, such as "{, }, [, ], |, ;, less-than sign, greater-than sign, ?, `, ~". + -or- + The given value for name is already in use as a space type name. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + The space type name. + + + When setting this property: name is an empty string or contains only whitespace. + -or- + When setting this property: name cannot include prohibited characters, such as "{, }, [, ], |, ;, less-than sign, greater-than sign, ?, `, ~". + -or- + When setting this property: The given value for name is already in use as a space type name. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + True if the space type is plenum. + + + 2018 + + + + + The type element of space. + + + 2018 + + + + + The dehumidification set point as a number between 0 and 1. + + + When setting this property: + + + 2021.1 + + + + + The humidification set point as a number between 0 and 1. + + + When setting this property: + + + 2021.1 + + + + + The cooling temperature set point in unit Kelvin (K). + + + When setting this property: + + + 2021.1 + + + + + The heating temperature set point in unit Kelvin (K). + + + When setting this property: + + + 2021.1 + + + + + The outdoor airflow standard. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2018 + + + + + The air changes per hour. + + + When setting this property: The value should be between [0.0,10000]. + + + 2018 + + + + + The outdoor air per area. + + + When setting this property: The value should be between [0.0,166.66]. + + + 2018 + + + + + The outdoor air per person. + + + When setting this property: The value should be between [0.0,166.66]. + + + 2018 + + + + + The percentage of plenum lighting contribution. + + + When setting this property: The value should be between [0.0,1.0]. + + + 2018 + + + + + The power load density. + + + When setting this property: The value should be between [0.0,500000.0]. + + + 2018 + + + + + The lighting load density. + + + When setting this property: The value should be between [0.0,500000.0]. + + + 2018 + + + + + The latent heat gain per person. + + + When setting this property: The value should be between [0.0,5381.9]. + + + 2018 + + + + + The sensible heat gain per person. + + + When setting this property: The value should be between [0.0,5381.9]. + + + 2018 + + + + + The area per person. + + + When setting this property: The given value for value must be non-negative. + + + 2018 + + + + + The base class for building type and space type. + + + 2018 + + + + + An enumerated type listing all the possible outdoor airflow standard for a space type. + + + 2018 + + + + + Maximum(by ACH, by area, by people). + + + + + Maximum(by ACH, by people and by area). + + + + + Maximum(by people, by area). + + + + + By ACH. + + + + + By people and by area. + + + + + This enumeration is used for specifying the most predominant service for the building or space. + + + This enumerated list corresponds to the serviceType attribute in the gbXML (Green Building XML) schema + and is primarily used for energy analysis. + + + + Service Type is SplitSystemsWithMechanicalVentilationWithCooling. + + + Service Type is SplitSystemsWithMechanicalVentilation. + + + Service Type is SplitSystemsWithNaturalVentilation. + + + Service Type is VariableRefrigerantFlow. + + + Service Type is WaterLoopHeatPump. + + + Service Type is ActiveChilledBeams. + + + Service Type is RadiantCooledCeilings. + + + Service Type is ConstantVolumeDualDuct. + + + Service Type is MultizoneHotDeckColdDeck. + + + Service Type is ConstantVolumeTerminalReheat. + + + Service Type is ConstantVolumeVariableOA. + + + Service Type is ConstantVolumeFixedOA. + + + Service Type is InductionSystem. + + + Service Type is FanCoilSystem. + + + Service Type is VAVTerminalReheat. + + + Service Type is VAVIndoorPackagedCabinet. + + + Service Type is VAVDualDuct. + + + Service Type is VAVSingleDuct. + + + Service Type is ForcedConvectionHeaterNoFlue. + + + Service Type is ForcedConvectionHeaterFlue. + + + Service Type is RadiantHeaterMultiburner. + + + Service Type is RadiantHeaterNoFlue. + + + Service Type is RadiantHeaterFlue. + + + Service Type is OtherRoomHeater. + + + Service Type is CentralHeatingHotAir. + + + Service Type is CentralHeatingRadiantFloor. + + + Service Type is CentralHeatingConvectors. + + + Service Type is CentralHeatingRadiators. + + + Service Type is NoServiceType. + + + + This enumeration is used for specifying the most predominant building use type. + + + This enumerated list corresponds to the buildingType attribute in the gbXML (Green Building XML) schema + and is primarily used for energy analysis. + + + + Building Type is Workshop. + + + Building Type is Warehouse. + + + Building Type is Transportation. + + + Building Type is TownHall. + + + Building Type is SportsArena. + + + Building Type is SchoolOrUniversity. + + + Building Type is Retail. + + + Building Type is ReligiousBuilding. + + + Building Type is PostOffice. + + + Building Type is PoliceStation. + + + Building Type is PerformingArtsTheater. + + + Building Type is Penitentiary. + + + Building Type is ParkingGarage. + + + Building Type is Office. + + + Building Type is Museum. + + + Building Type is MultiFamily. + + + Building Type is MotionPictureTheatre. + + + Building Type is Motel. + + + Building Type is Manufacturing. + + + Building Type is Library. + + + Building Type is Hotel. + + + Building Type is HospitalOrHealthcare. + + + Building Type is Gymnasium. + + + Building Type is FireStation. + + + Building Type is ExerciseCenter. + + + Building Type is Dormitory. + + + Building Type is DiningFamily. + + + Building Type is DiningCafeteriaFastFood. + + + Building Type is DiningBarLoungeOrLeisure. + + + Building Type is Courthouse. + + + Building Type is ConventionCenter. + + + Building Type is AutomotiveFacility. + + + Building Type is NoOfBuildingTypes. + + + The part type of the mechanical fitting. + + + A mechanical fitting in the Autodesk Revit MEP product. + The mechanical fitting is only available in the Autodesk Revit MEP product. + + + + An enumerated type lists all MEP component classification. This attribute describes the general purpose of the MEP part component, that is used for scheduling, tagging, filter, ODBC, and etc. + One component classification may include more than one part type. + + + + + Sleeve (supports) component classification + + + + + Hanger (supports) component classification + + + + + Sensor component classification + + + + + Valve component classification + + + + + Wye component classification + + + + + Flange component classification + + + + + Union component classification + + + + + Coupling component classification + + + + + Cap component classification + + + + + Cross component classification + + + + + Transition component classification + + + + + Cap component classification + + + + + Tee component classification + + + + + Elbow component classification + + + + + Flex duct curve component classification + + + + + Flex pipe curve component classification + + + + + Straight duct segment component classification + + + + + Straight pipe segment component classification + + + + + Undefined component classification + + + + + An enumerated type listing all MEP family part types. A part type typically provides one unique set of type parameters that defines this part. + + + + + Pipe Mechanical Coupling part type + + + + + Top Rails part type + + + + + Handrails part type + + + + + Rails part type + + + + + Termination Hardware part type + + + + + Panel Bracket Hardware part type + + + + + Handrail Bracket Hardware part type + + + + + EndCap part type + + + + + Sensor part type + + + + + Inline Sensor part type + + + + + Ladder CableTray MultiPort part type + + + + + Ladder CableTray Offset part type + + + + + Ladder CableTray Union part type + + + + + Ladder CableTray Transition part type + + + + + Ladder CableTray Tee part type + + + + + Ladder CableTray Cross part type + + + + + Ladder CableTray Vertical Elbow part type + + + + + Ladder CableTray Elbow part type + + + + + Channel CableTray MultiPort part type + + + + + Channel CableTray Offset part type + + + + + Channel CableTray Union part type + + + + + Channel CableTray Transition part type + + + + + Channel CableTray Tee part type + + + + + Channel CableTray Cross part type + + + + + Channel CableTray Vertical Elbow part type + + + + + Channel CableTray Elbow part type + + + + + JunctionBox elbow part type + + + + + Pipe flange part type + + + + + JunctionBox cross part type + + + + + JunctionBox tee part type + + + + + Valve normal part type + + + + + Multi port part type + + + + + Pants part type + + + + + Lateral cross part type + + + + + Lateral tee part type + + + + + Wye part type + + + + + Damper part type + + + + + Spud adjustable part type + + + + + Spud perpendicular part type + + + + + Valve breaks into part type + + + + + Switch part type + + + + + Equipment switch part type + + + + + Other panel part type + + + + + Switch board part type + + + + + Transformer part type + + + + + Panel board part type + + + + + Union part type + + + + + Offset part type + + + + + Tap adjustable part type + + + + + Tap perpendicular part type + + + + + Cap part type + + + + + Cross part type + + + + + Transition part type + + + + + Tee part type + + + + + Elbow part type + + + + + Breaks into part type + + + + + Attaches to part type + + + + + JunctionBox part type + + + + + Duct mounted part type + + + + + Normal part type + + + + + Undefined part type + + + + Provides access to the Mechanical Equipment in Autodesk Revit MEP. + The Mechanical Equipment object can only be queried in Autodesk Revit MEP. + + + Provides access to the Lighting Fixture in Autodesk Revit MEP. + The Lighting Fixture object can only be queried in Autodesk Revit MEP. + + + Provides access to the Lighting Device in Autodesk Revit MEP. + The Lighting Device object can only be queried in Autodesk Revit MEP. + + + Rehost Form to sketch plane + The sketch plane on which to rehost the form. + The location to which to Rehost the form. + Thrown when the sketchPlane or location is . + Thrown when rehosting Form failed. + 2011 + + + Rehost Form to edge, face or curve. + The geometry reference on which to rehost the form. + The location to which to Rehost the form. + Thrown when the hostRef or location is . + Thrown when rehosting Form failed. + 2011 + + + Retrieve/set the base offset of the form object. It is only valid for locked form. + Thrown when this is not a locked form. + Thrown when the value is invalid. + Thrown when it fail to get/set BaseOffset. + + + Retrieve/set the top offset of the form object. It is only valid for locked form. + Thrown when this is not a locked form. + Thrown when the value is invalid. + Thrown when it fail to get/set TopOffset. + + + Add a profile into the form, by a specified edge/param. + The geometry reference of edge. + The param on edge to specify the location. + Index of newly created profile. + + + Add an edge to the form, connecting two edges on same/different profile, by a pair of specified points. + The geometry reference of start point + The geometry reference of end point + + + Add an edge to the form, connecting two edges on same/different profile, by a pair of specified edge/param. + The geometry reference of start edge + The param on start edge to specify the location. + The geometry reference of end edge + The param on end edge to specify the location. + + + Add an edge to the form, connecting two edges on different profiles, by a specified face of the form and a point on face. + The geometry reference of face + A point on the face, defining the position of edge to be created. + + + Scale a profile of the form, by a specified origin and scale factor. + Index to specify the profile. + The scale factor, it should be large than zero. + The origin where scale happens. + + + Scale a face/edge/curve/vertex of the form, by a specified origin and scale factor. + The geometry reference of face/edge/curve/vertex + The scale factor, it should be large than zero. + The origin where scale happens. + + + Rotate a profile of the form, by a specified angle around a given axis. + Index to specify the profile. + An unbounded line that represents the axis of rotation. + The angle, in radians, by which the element is to be rotated around the specified axis. + + + Rotate a face/edge/curve/vertex of the form, by a specified angle around a given axis. + The geometry reference of face/edge/curve/vertex + An unbounded line that represents the axis of rotation. + The angle, in radians, by which the element is to be rotated around the specified axis. + + + Move a profile of the form, specified by a reference, and an offset vector. + Index to specify the profile. + The vector by which the element is to be moved. + + + + + + + Move a face/edge/curve/vertex of the form, specified by a reference, and an offset vector. + The geometry reference of face/edge/curve/vertex + The vector by which the element is to be moved. + + + + + + + Delete a profile of the form. + Index to specify the profile. + + + Delete a face/edge/curve/vertex of the form, specified by a reference. + The geometry reference of face/edge/curve/vertex + + + Tell if a profile can be deleted/moved/rotated. + Index to specify the profile. + It only gives an aggressive answer. Some operations may still cause failure, even this method says "yes". + + + Tell if a sub element can be deleted/moved/rotated/scaled. + The geometry reference of face/edge/curve/vertex + It only gives an aggressive answer. Some operations may still cause failure, even this method says "yes". + + + Given a point, return all edges and curves that it is lying on. + The reference of a point. + Reference array containing all edges and curves that the point is lying on. + + + Given an edge or a curve or a face, return all control points lying on it (in form of geometry references). + The reference of an edge or curve or face. + Reference array containing all control points lying on it. + + + Tell if an edge is a connecting edge on a side face. Connecting edges connect vertices on different profiles. + The reference of the edge to be checked. + + + Tell if an edge or curve is generated from a profile. + The reference of the edge or curve to be checked. + + + Tell if an edge is an auto-crease on a top/bottom cap face. + The reference of the edge to be checked. + An auto crease edge is created when top/bottom cap face cannot be made by a planar face. + + + Given a face, tell if it is a side face. + The reference of the face to be checked. + + + Given a face, tell if it is an end cap face. + The reference of the face to be checked. + + + Given a face, tell if it is a beginning cap face. + The reference of the face to be checked. + + + Tell if the profile is made by referencing existing geometry in the Revit model. + Index to specify the profile to be checked. + + + Tell if the pick is the reference to a face of the form. + Reference to be checked. + + + Tell if the pick is the reference to a curve of the form. + Reference to be checked. + + + Tell if the pick is the reference to an edge of the form. + Reference to be checked. + + + Tell if the pick is the reference to a vertex of the form. + Reference to be checked. + + + Tell if the form has an open geometry. + + + Constrain form profiles using the specified profile as primary. This is an advanced version of property "AreProfilesConstrained", allowing specify the primary profile. + Index to specify the profile used as primary profile. + If "primaryProfileIndex" is less than zero, the form will become unconstrained, it has the same effect as "AreProfilesConstrained = false". + + This operation can only be performed on a swept blend form. + + + + Get/set if the form's profiles are constrained. + There is another method "constrainProfile" to constrain profile using certain profile as the primary one. +If this property is used to constrain the form, the first profile will be automatically selected as primary profile. +When form profiles are constrained, changing one profile also changes all other profiles at the same time. + +When setting this property to 'true' + This operation can only be performed on a swept blend form. + + + + Get/set if the form is in X-Ray mode. + + + Tell if the form has any reference profile. + + + Given a reference to certain curve in the path, return its index. + Reference to the curve in path + + + The curve reference in the path, specified by curve index. + Index to specify the curve in path + + + The number of curves in the form path. + + + Given a reference to certain curve or edge, get the index of its profile and curve loop respectively. + Reference to a curve/edge that is part of one profile + Profile index for output + Curve loop index for output + Usually a profile generates edges, but sometimes it generates curves. For example, if there is a middle profile which does not change the +shape of form, curves are generated instead of edges. + + + The curve references in certain curve loop, specified by profile index and curve loop index. + Index to specify the profile, should be within 0 and (ProfileCount - 1). + Index to specify the curve loop, should be within 0 and (CurveLoopCount - 1). + + + The number of curve loops in certain profile, specified by profile index. + Index to specify the profile, should be within 0 and (ProfileCount - 1). + + + The number of profiles in the form. + + + An object that represents a Form within the Autodesk Revit Massing Family. + For any reference returned from a Form method, its GeometryObject will become invalid after a form modification method, e.g. MoveSubElement. +Call the method on the Form object to retrieve the new reference if it is needed after the modification. + + + The reference on which the point depends on. + + + The location of the point. + + + The name of the corresponding reference point in the Family document. + + + This object represents data corresponding to the placement references in a +certain types of Family Instances (see examples listed below). + Examples of FamilyInstance objects that contain placement references are Panels +and Flexible Components. + + + Retrieves or set the miter locked status at the end. + Property index must be 0 or 1 to indicate two ends, otherwise exceptions will be thrown. +For beams, only if the beam is extended and is mitered with other beams at the end, +it can be locked. Otherwise, the setting is invalid + + + Retrieves the miter status at the end + Property index must be 0 or 1 to indicate two ends, otherwise exceptions will be thrown. +For beams, this can check whether the beam is mitered with other beams at the end + + + Retrieves or set the symbolic extension status at the end + Property index must be 0 or 1 to indicate two ends, otherwise exceptions will be thrown. +For beams, symbolic extension setting only works when the beam is extended, mitered, and miter locked +at the end. Otherwise the setting is invalid + + + Retrieves or set the extension status at the end + Property index must be 0 or 1 to indicate two ends, otherwise exceptions will be thrown. +For beams, if the beam extension status is changed, other status such as +the symbolic extension status, miter status, miter locked status, and +other beams extension status will be changed automatically at the same time. +This change can protect that a join can have up to two extended beams, if +there are two extended beams at the join, they shall be mitered. + + + An interface that supports the additional operation for Extension Status + + + + + Sets the circuit naming scheme for Electrical Equipment. + + + The following circuit naming scheme type can be set: + + CircuitNaming::Prefixed + CircuitNaming::Standard + CircuitNaming::PanelName + CircuitNaming::Phase + CircuitNaming::ProjectSetting + + For a customized circuit naming scheme, set its id directly with SetCircuitNamingSchemeId method. + + + The enumerated type of circuit naming scheme to be set. + + + The circuit naming scheme enumerated type is invalid for the Electrical Equipment. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2021 + + + + + Gets enumerated type of the circuit naming scheme used with Electrical Equipment. + + + The enumerated type of circuit naming scheme. + + + 2021 + + + + + Verifies that the circuit naming scheme id can be used with Electrical Equipment. + + + The document. + + + The circuit naming scheme id to be checked. + + + True if the circuit naming scheme id is valid for Electrical Equipment. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + Verifies that the Distribution System can be assigned to the Electrical Equipment. + + + The Distribution System to be checked. + + + True if the Distribution System can be assigned to the Electrical Equipment. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + The electrical equipment is a switchboard or not. + This property returns true if the electrical equipment is a switchboard. + + + 2021 + + + + + The maximum number of circuits for switchboard. + The quantity of circuits can be assigned to switchboard through breaker. + + + When setting this property: The input max number of circuits value is invalid for switchboard. + + + The electrical equipment is not a switchboard equipment. + + + 2021 + + + + + The CircuitNamingSchemeId used in the Electrical Equipment. + The CircuitNamingSchemeId is used to retrieve the circuit naming scheme id of the Electrical Equipment. + + + When setting this property: The circuit naming scheme id is invalid for the Electrical Equipment. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + get or set the Distribution System for the Electrical Equipment. + + + This property returns a Distribution System which is assigned to the Electrical Equipment. + If there are no Distribution System assigned to this Electrical Equipment, + this property will be . + + + When setting this property: The Distribution System can not be assigned to the Electrical Equipment. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Provides access to the Electrical Equipment in Autodesk Revit. + + + + + Retrieves the electrical systems this electrical panel currently is assigned to. + + + This property returns a set of Electrical Systems. If there are no electrical systems created + for this model, this property will be an empty set. + This method supersedes an older AssignedElectricalSystems property which has been deprecated. + + + 2021 + + + + + Retrieves the electrical systems that are currently created using this MEPModel. + + + This property returns a set of Electrical Systems. If there are no electrical systems created + for this model, this property will be an empty set. + This method supersedes an older ElectricalSystems property which has been deprecated. + + + 2021 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Retrieves the Connector Manager from this MEPModel. + + + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Supports all MEP models that are persistent within the Autodesk Revit project. + + + + Changes this curve to a reference curve. + + + Indicates if this curve is a reference curve. + + + The truss curve type of this model curve. + This property is applicable only to curves in Truss families. + Thrown when the assigned value for TrussCurveType is invalid. + Thrown when attempting to set this property to a curve not in a truss family. + Thrown when attempting to change truss curves to NonTrussCurve, or when + the truss curve type may not be applied to curves of this shape (webs must be linear, and chords must be linear or arc). + + + The subcategory. + If the family category is non-cuttable, the subcategory can be +set to be the family category or one of its subcategories. +If the family category is cuttable, the subcategory can be set as the graphics +styles of the family category, its subcategories, or the invisible lines graphics style. + + + Sets the visibility for the model curve in a family document. + The visibility of the model curve geometry can be changed for different +types of views and detail levels in the family document. + +Thrown when visibility is . + + +Thrown when regeneration failed, or the model curve is in a project document. + + + + Gets the visibility for the model curve in a family document. + A copy of visibility settings for the model curve in a family document. + + + A model element that exists in 3D space and is visible in all views of a Revit project. + + + Retrieve all the CurtainGrid objects of a curtain Roof. + Only when the object is a CurtainRoof, this property makes sense. + + + Retrieve the Profile of ExtrusionRoof. + + + Represents some kinds of Extrusion Roofs. + The ExtrusionRoof object represents some kinds of extruded roofs in Revit. + + + + Gets a SlabShapeEditor that can used to add or modify points of this RoofBase. + + + The SlabShapeEditor object + + + + Get the SlabShapeEditor used for slab shape editing. + Roofs cannot be attached to another roof, and the roof cannot be a curtain roof. If either of these conditions is not met, the ShapeEditor will be . + + + Retrieve or set the FasciaDepth. + If the EaveCutterType is PlumbCut, this property doesn't make sense. + + + Retrieve or set the EaveCutterType. + + + Retrieve or set the Type. + + + Represents all kinds of Roofs. + The RoofBase object represents all kinds of roof in Revit. + + + The offset of the end of the extrusion relative to the sketch plane. + The direction of the offset is based on the normal of the extrusion's sketch +plane: a positive value is in the direction of the normal, a negative value is in the +other direction. + + + The offset of the start of the extrusion relative to the sketch plane. + The direction of the offset is based on the normal of the extrusion's sketch +plane: a positive value is in the direction of the normal, a negative value is in the +other direction. + + + Returns the Sketch of the Extrusion. + This property is used to retrieve the Sketches of the Extrusion. + + + A extrusion solid or void form. + + + + Sets the parameter's data type. + + + The identifier of either a spec or a category. + A category identifier indicates a Family Type parameter of that category. + + + The given identifier is neither a spec nor a category. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Gets the identifier describing the parameter's data type. + The identifier may belong to either a spec or a category. + If it is a category, the parameter is a Family Type parameter of that + category. + + + 2015 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + This property indicates whether this parameter should be hidden from the properties palette + when it doesn't have a value. + + + True if the parameter should be hidden when it has no value, False if the parameter should + remain visible in the properties palette even when it doesn't have a value. + The default is false + + + 2020 + + + + + This property indicates whether this parameter can be modified by UI user or not. + + + True if the parameter will be modifiable by the user in the user interface, false if the parameter will display as read-only. + The default is true. + + + 2015 + + + + + The description of the parameter definition to be created. The description will be used as tooltip in the + Revit UI including in the properties palette. + The default is an empty string. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + The GUID to use for this parameter definition. + If not explicitly set, a random GUID is used. + + + 2015 + + + + + True if the parameter is visible to the user, false if it is hidden and accessible only via the API. + The default is true. + + + 2015 + + + + + The name of the parameter definition to be created. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Constructs the options using a specified name and type. + + + The name of the parameter definition to be created. + + + The identifier of either a spec or a category. + A category identifier indicates a Family Type parameter of that category. + + + The given identifier is neither a spec nor a category. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + An option class used for creating a new shared parameter definition, including options such as name, type, visibility, + Guid description and modifiable flag. + + + 2015 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates whether this parameter should be hidden from the properties palette when it has no value. + + + Even when hidden, the parameter can still be accessed directly via the API. + + + If true, the parameter will be hidden from the properties palette when it has no value. + If false, the parameter will always be shown in the properties palette, no matter if it has a value + or not. + + + 2020 + + + + + Indicates whether the parameter can be modified by the user interface. + + + If true, the user can edit the value of this parameter. If false, the user cannot edit this value + (it will appear grayed out). However, any API application can modify the value of this parameter. + + + 2015 + + + + + The description of the parameter. The description will be used as tooltip in the Revit UI including in the properties palette. + + + 2015 + + + + Returns or change the group ID of the external parameter definition. + If failed When set the group, an InvalidOperationException will be thrown. + + + Returns the group ID of the parameter definition. + + + Returns the identifier of the parameter definition's parameter group. + + + Indicates if the parameter is visible in the Autodesk Revit user interface. + The visible property controls whether a shared parameter is hidden from the user. This +is useful if you wish to add data to an element that is only meaningful to your application and +not to the user. This value can only be set when the shared parameter definition is created. + + + Returns the GUID associated with the shared parameter definition. + Each shared parameter when created is issued a unique identifier. This identifier can then +be used at a later time to retrieve the parameter from the Element ensuring that the correct +parameter is always retrieved. + + + The user visible name for the parameter. + + + + The ExternalDefinition object adds properties specific to Autodesk Revit shared parameter definitions. + + +

The ExternalDefinition object can be created by a definition Group object from a shared parameters file. + External parameter definition must belong to a Group which is nothing more than a collection of shared + parameter definitions. The following process should be followed to add a parameter to an + element: Open the shared parameters file, via the Application.OpenSharedParameterFile() method. + Access an existing or create a new group, via the DefinitionFile.Groups property. Access + an existing or create a new external parameter definition, via the + DefinitionGroup.Definitions property. Create a new Binding object with the categories to + which the parameter will be bound using an InstanceBinding or a TypeBinding object. Finally + add the binding and definition to the document using the Document.ParameterBindings object.

+

Shared parameters added to elements are typically visible to interactive users. To add data to elements that + is never visible to interactive users, use Extensible Storage to construct and populate the needed structured + data.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Whether or not the parameter values can vary across group members. + + + When a parameter is set to not vary between groups Revit will automatically align the parameter values + of any elements that actually varied between group instances. + + + The document of this parameter. + + + Whether this parameter should be allowed to vary between groups. + + + The ids of elements that were updated to align the values between groups. + + + This parameter does not support the specified value of allowVaryBetweenGroups. + -or- + document is not a project document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the identifier of the parameter. + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The id of the parameter. + + + 2017 + + + + Whether or not the parameter values can vary across group members. + True if the values of this parameter can vary across the related members of group instances. False +if the values will be consistent across the related members in group instances. + 2014 + + + Indicates if the parameter is visible in the Autodesk Revit user interface. + The visible property controls whether a shared parameter is hidden from the user. This +is useful if you wish to add data to an element that is only meaningful to your application and +not to the user. This value can only be set when the shared parameter definition is created. + + + Tests whether this definition identifies a built-in parameter or not. + For a build-in parameter this property equals one of the BuiltInParameter enumerated values. +For custom-defined parameters, such as shared, global, or family parameters the value is always BuiltInParameter.INVALID. + + + Tests whether this definition identifies a built-in parameter or not. + For a built-in parameter this method returns one of the ParameterTypeId static properties. +For custom-defined parameters, such as shared, global, or family parameters the value is null. + + + Id of a built-in parameter group to which the parameter defined by this definition belongs. + The parameter group can be changed, but only for parameters that are not built in. +In other words: Modifying the value of this property is only valid for parameter definitions +whose BuiltInParameter property returns BuiltInParameter.INVALID, e.g. Global Parameters. + + + +Sets the built-in parameter group to which the parameter defined by this definition belongs. + + The parameter group can be changed, but only for parameters that are not built in. +In other words: This method is only valid for parameter definitions for which +GetParameterTypeId() returns a null identifier. + Identifier of the built-in parameter group. + + + Gets the identifier of the built-in parameter group to which the parameter defined by this definition belongs. + + + The user-visible name for the parameter. + + + + This object represents a parameter definition in an Autodesk Revit model. + + + + + Checks whether this ChangeType contains the input ChangeType + + + True if input changeType is contained by this ChangeType + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Compares if two ChangeTypes are identical + + + Input ChangeType to be compared + + + True if the this ChangeType and input ChangeType are identical + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates a ChangeType that is a union of the two input ChangeTypes + + + First input ChangeType to be concatenated + + + Second input ChangeType to be concatenated + + + A new ChangeType that is a concatenation/union of the input change types + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + A class representing a change that can be detected and tracked during Dynamic Update. + + + ChangeTypes for specific changes can be obtained from the static methods available on + . + + + 2011 + + + + + Enum used to specify the priority of an Updater during execution. + + + The enumeration values are ordered in the order in which updaters associated to each + priority will be run. For example, updaters associated to priority GridsLevelsReferencePlanes + will run first, while updaters associated to priority Annotations will run last. + + + 2011 + + + + + Updater will modify annotations + + + + + Updater will modify detail components and symbolic lines + + + + + Updater will modify views + + + + + Updater will modify MEP systems or circuits + + + + + Updater will modify MEP elements such as segments, fittings and wires + + + + + Updater will modify rebar + + + + + Updater will modify connections + + + + + Updater will modify standalone components + + + + + Updater will update MEP calculated values + + + + + Updater will modify Rooms, MEP spaces or zones + + + + + Updater will modify MEP fixtures such as lights, sinks, equipment, etc. + + + + + Updater will modify family instances that cut their hosts like doors and windows + + + + + Updater will modify interior/partition walls + + + + + Updater will modify structural elements like beams, braces, columns and trusses + + + + + Updater will modify exterior shell of the building or floor slabs + + + + + Updater will modify masses + + + + + Updater will modify core datums and major reference planes + + + + Represents a phase in the life of a building. + The lifetime of an element within a building can be controlled by using phases. +Each element will have a construction phase but only those elements that have a finite +lifetime will have a destruction phase. All the phases within a project can be retrieved +from the Document object. + + + + Checks whether the given parameter definition has a schema which declares values from an enumeration. + + + The parameter definition to check. + + + True if the parameter definition has a schema which declares values from an enumeration, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Gets the schema defining the given user-defined parameter. + + + Identifier of the user-defined parameter to retrieve. + + + The document in which the specified parameter is defined. + + + The parameter schema as a JSON string. + + + Thrown when parameterId does not identify a user-defined parameter in the given document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Downloads the name of the given parameter's owning account and records it in the given document. If the owning + account's name is already recorded in the given document, this method returns the name without downloading it + again. + + + In Revit, the account name appears in the parameter tooltip if available. + + + Document in which to record the name of the parameter's owning account. + + + Parameter identifier. + + + Name of the owning account. + + + Thrown when the user is not authorized to access the requested information. + + + Thrown when the parameter identifier does not include an account identifier. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Thrown when communication with the remote service is unsuccessful. + + + Thrown when the requested information is not found. + + + Thrown when the remote service reports an internal error. + + + Thrown when the user is not signed in. + + + 2024 + + + + + Retrieves settings associated with the given parameter from the Parameters Service. + + + The settings associated with a parameter definition are accessible only to an authorized user. + To retrieve them, the user must be signed in. + + + Parameter identifier. + + + Settings associated with a parameter. + + + Thrown when the user is not authorized to access the requested information. + + + Thrown when the given parameter identifier is empty. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Thrown when communication with the Parameters Service is unsuccessful. + + + Thrown when the requested parameter is not found. + + + Thrown when the Parameters Service reports an internal error. + + + Thrown when the user is not signed in. + + + 2024 + + + + + Create a shared parameter element in the given document according to a parameter definition downloaded from the Parameters Service. + + +

The identifier of a user-defined parameter definition on the Parameters Service has the form + "parameters.<accountId>:<schemaId>-<versionNumber>", where <versionNumber> is a + semantic version number such as "1.0.0" and <accountId> and <schemaId> are GUIDs consisting of + 32 hexadecimal digits. Revit will extract the <schemaId> GUID to identify the shared parameter + element.

+

If a shared parameter with a matching GUID is not yet present in the document, this method will attempt + to obtain the parameter and apply the given bindings. If the parameter definition is already available + locally, Revit will use the local definition. Otherwise, Revit will attempt to download the requested + parameter definition from the Parameters Service.

+

The given document may be either a project or a family document. The rules for adding parameters to + project and family documents differ.

+

For family documents, requesting a parameter with a GUID matching that of a shared parameter already + present in the family document is an error.

+

Family parameters must have unique names. There is an error if the target document is a family and the + downloaded parameter is found to have a name that matches that of a parameter already present in the family + document.

+

Family parameters must be initialized to a default value. There is an error if the target document is a + family and the downloaded parameter is a Family Type parameter and no family of the requisite category + exists in the family document.

+

When the target document is a project, if a parameter exactly matching the given ForgeTypeId is already + present in the document, this method will not download anything. Otherwise, if a local shared parameter with + a GUID colliding with the given ForgeTypeId is already present in the project document, this method will + download the requested parameter from the Parameters Service, validate that the requested parameter is + compatible with the existing local definition, and overwrite the existing local definition according to the + downloaded definition. Attempting to download an incompatible definition that collides with an existing + local shared parameter is an error. If the parameter or a compatible local parameter is already present in + the target project document, this method will update the existing parameter's bindings according to the + given bindings. When updating bindings, new category bindings may be added to the existing parameter but + existing category bindings will not be removed.

+
+ + Document in which to create a shared parameter from a downloaded definition. + + + Parameter download options. + + + Parameter identifier. + + + The shared parameter instance. + + + Thrown when the parameter identifier does not include a GUID, when required bindings are not assigned, when + the requested group identifier does not identify a group that accommodates user-defined parameters, when a + parameter with a matching GUID is already present in the given family document, when the given project + document already contains an incompatible parameter definition with the same GUID, or when a parameter with + a matching name is already present in the given family document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Thrown when the target document is a family and the downloaded parameter is a Family Type parameter and no + family of the requisite category exists in the family document. + + + Thrown when communication with the Parameters Service is unsuccessful. + + + Thrown when the requested parameter definition is not found on the Parameters Service. + + + Thrown when there is an error interpreting a downloaded parameter definition. + + + 2024 + +
+ + + Gets the identifiers of all built-in parameters. + + + The built-in parameter identifiers. + + + 2022 + + + + + Checks whether an ElementId identifies a built-in parameter. + + + An ElementId identifies a built-in parameter if it corresponds to a valid BuiltInParameter value. + + + The identifier to check. + + + True if the ElementId identifies a built-in parameter, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + + + + + Checks whether a ForgeTypeId identifies a built-in parameter. + + + A ForgeTypeId identifies a built-in parameter if it corresponds to a valid BuiltInParameter value. + + + The identifier to check. + + + True if the ForgeTypeId identifies a built-in parameter, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Gets the identifiers of all built-in parameter groups. + + + The built-in group identifiers. + + + 2022 + + + + + Checks whether a ForgeTypeId identifies a built-in parameter group. + + + A ForgeTypeId identifies a built-in parameter group if it corresponds to a valid BuiltInParameterGroup value. + + + The identifier to check. + + + True if the ForgeTypeId identifies a built-in parameter group, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + Gets the BuiltInParameterGroup value corresponding to built-in parameter group identified by the given ForgeTypeId. + The parameter group identifier. + The BuiltInParameterGroup value corresponding to the given parameter group identifier. + + groupTypeId is not a built-in parameter group identifier. See IsBuiltInParameterGroup(ForgeTypeId) and GetParameterGroupTypeId(BuiltInParameter). + + + A non-optional argument was NULL + + + + Gets the BuiltInParameter value corresponding to built-in parameter identified by the given ForgeTypeId. + The parameter identifier. + The BuiltInParameter value corresponding to the given parameter identifier. + + parameterTypeId is not a built-in parameter identifier. See IsBuiltInParameter(ForgeTypeId) and GetParameterTypeId(BuiltInParameter). + + + A non-optional argument was NULL + + + + Gets the ForgeTypeId identifying the built-in parameter group corresponding to BuiltInParameterGroup value. + The BuiltInParameterGroup value. + Identifier of the parameter group corresponding to the given BuiltInParameterGroup value. + +A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + Gets the ForgeTypeId identifying the built-in parameter corresponding to the given BuiltInParameter value. + The BuiltInParameter value. + Identifier of the parameter corresponding to the given BuiltInParameter value. + +A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + A utility class of functions related to parameters. + + + 2022 + + + + Get/change the type of the join at the specified end. + The end of the location curve driver under question. + This property allows to get join type of wall and concrete beam and to set wall's join type. +The new join type is expected to be different from the current one for this end. + +The element is neither a wall nor a concrete beam when it tries to get the property. +The element is not a wall when it tries to set the property. + + +A failure occurred while attempting to set the new type. + + + + Change the order of elements participating in an end join with this location curve's end + The end at which we want to change the order of join participants + An ordered list of elements + No return value + The list of elements is expected to be a permutation of the elements already in the join at the end. +It is expected that no new elements will be introduced, and existing ones will not be removed. + + + Get all elements joining to the end of this element's location curve + The end at which the join is to be obtained + An ordered list of element + + + Get all elements joining to the end of this element's location curve or change the order of elements participation in the end join with this location curve's end. + The end at which the join occurs. + The list of elements is expected to be a permutation of the elements already in the join at the end. +It is expected that no new elements will be introduced, and existing ones will not be removed. + + + Provides the ability to get and set the curve of a curve based element. + This property can be used to set the location of curve based element to any desired +position. Many elements are curve based. Some examples are walls, beams and braces. + + + + + + + Provides location functionality for all elements that are based upon a curve. + The location line objects adds additional functionality to its base location object +class. This includes reading and writing the curve contained within the element. + + + The type of join at the end of an element. The join type affects only the graphic treatment, i.e. +cleaning of the end, not the physical join behavior. + + + Extension Join + + + Square-off Join + + + Miter Join + + + Abut Join + + + No join type + + + + Checks if the orientation of the input attached detail group matches the input view's orientation. + + + Currently, detail groups in perpendicular elevation views (for example, North and East views) + are considered compatible. When showing these detail groups, an error (FailureMessage) based on + id can be generated if the orientation of the annotations do not match the orientation of the + target view (for example, the failure definition DimensionPerpendicularToView). To prevent + displaying detail groups in the wrong view, you can check the OwnerViewId of a detail group + to make sure it matches the view in which you are trying to display it. + + + The view that the input attached detail group must be compatible with. + + + The attached detail group that will be checked for compatibility with the input view. + + + Returns true if the input attached detail group is compatible with the input view and false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The input group is not a model group and can therefore not have attached detail groups. + + + 2019.1 + + + + + Returns the attached detail groups available for this group type. + + + Returns the collection of attached detail group Ids that match this group's type. + + + The input group is not a model group and can therefore not have attached detail groups. + + + 2019.1 + + + + + Returns the attached detail groups which have displayed instances for + this group type in the input view. + + + The view in which the attached detail groups are displayed. + + + The collection of attached detail group Ids that match this group's type. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The input group is not a model group and can therefore not have attached detail groups. + + + 2019.1 + + + + + Hides all the available attached detail groups for this element group type that + are compatible with the input view type. + + + The view that the attached detail groups must be compatible with. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The input group is not a model group and can therefore not have attached detail groups. + + + 2019.1 + + + + + Hides the element group's attached detail groups of the input group type that + are compatible with the input view. + + + The view that the attached detail groups must be compatible with. + + + Only attached detail groups of this type will be hidden. + + + The attached detail group detailGroupTypeId does not match the input view's orientation. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The input group is not a model group and can therefore not have attached detail groups. + + + 2019.1 + + + + + Shows all the available attached detail groups for this element group type that + are compatible with the input view type. + + + Currently, perpendicular elevation views (for example, North and East views) are considered + compatible when deciding whether or not to allow a detail group to be displayed in a view. + The show operation may generate an error (FailureMessage) based on id if the orientation of the + annotations do not match the orientation of the target view (for example, the failure definition + DimensionPerpendicularToView). To prevent displaying detail groups in the wrong view, you can + check the OwnerViewId of a detail group to make sure it matches the view in which you are trying + to display it. + + + The view that the attached detail groups must be compatible with. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The input group is not a model group and can therefore not have attached detail groups. + -or- + This exception is thrown if this group's attached detail groups cannot be found in the current document. + + + 2019.1 + + + + + Shows the element group's attached detail groups of the input group type that + are compatible with the input view. + + + Currently, perpendicular elevation views (for example, North and East views) are considered + compatible when deciding whether or not to allow a detail group to be displayed in a view. + The show operation may generate an error (FailureMessage) based on id if the orientation of the + annotations do not match the orientation of the target view (for example, the failure definition + DimensionPerpendicularToView). To prevent displaying detail groups in the wrong view, you can + check the OwnerViewId of a detail group to make sure it matches the view in which you are trying + to display it. + + + The view that the attached detail groups must be compatible with. + + + Only attached detail groups of this type will be shown. + + + The attached detail group detailGroupTypeId does not match the input view's orientation. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The input group is not a model group and can therefore not have attached detail groups. + -or- + This exception is thrown if the input attached detail group cannot be found in the current document. + + + 2019.1 + + + + + Indicates the Id of the parent group this group is attached to. + + + 2019.1 + + + + + Indicates wether or not this group is attached to a parent group. + + + 2019.1 + + + + Retrieves all the member ElementIds of the group. + An ordered list of the members within the group. The order of this +list can be used to match members between other instances of the group. + 2013 + + + Ungroups the group. + If successful, the ids of the members of group are returned. + Removes all the members from the group and deletes the group. Note that the reference to this group object will become invalid once this method +is called. + Thrown if the group cannot be ungrouped. + + + This property is used to find the physical location of a group within project. + The Location property returns an object that can be used to find the location of an object +within the project. Groups return a point location object. + + + Get or set the type of the group. + By setting this property the group can be swapped to a different kind of group. + + + + An element representing a single instance of a group of elements that may be placed many times in a project or family. + + + Grouping elements is useful when you need to create entities that represent repeating layouts + or are common to many building projects, such as hotel rooms, apartments, or repeating floors. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the active design option id for the current design option set. + + + The document. + + + The active design option id. It can be invalid id if there is no active design option in the model. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Determines whether this is a primary design option. + + + + + An element that represents a design alternative. + + + Design options enable the user to add alternative designs within the same project. + Each element can either be in a design option or not at all, in which case it is considered + to be part of the main model and have no design alternatives. + + + + +On a curved surface, BeltMeasurement specifies where the +grid's distances are measured. + + +On a conical surface, the distance between the radial gridlines is +not constant. To interpret the Distance property, a circumferential +gridline is taken as the "belt." Distance is then measured along +the belt. The BeltMeasurement property gives the location of the +belt relative to the extremes of the surface. The belt is used +whenever gridlines are not parallel. It defaults to 0.5. + + +Thrown when beltMeasurement is outside the range [ 0.0, 1.0 ]. + + +Thrown when the gridlines are guaranteed to be parallel; check the + property before using this property. + + + + +True if the gridlines are not parallel due to surface +curvature, and the BeltMeasurement property therefore +applies. + + + + An additional offset applied to the first +gridline. + Measured in feet. Must be between -30000' and +30000'. + + + An additional rotation to be applied +to this set of grid lines. + Thrown when +angle is outside of the range ( -PI/2, PI/2 ). + + + + The justification of the lines within +the region. + This property is only available when + is equal to FixedDistance, +FixedNumber, MaximumSpacing, or MinimumSpacing. + + + + The exact number of lines in the +region. + This property is only available when + is equal to FixedNumber. +Lines will be placed exactly at the boundaries if +possible, so if your region is 100' long and you +specify Number = 11, your lines will be 10' +apart. Must be between 1 and 200. + + + The exact distance between layout +lines. + This property is only available when + is equal to FixedDistance, +MaximumSpacing, or MinimumSpacing. Must be a positive +value less than 30000'. + Thrown +when the property is None or FixedNumber. + + + Set the Layout property to MinimumSpacing. + When changing the Layout to MinimumSpacing, +you must also simultaneously set the Distance, +Justification, GridlinesRotation, and Offset properties. + + + Set the Layout property to MaximumSpacing. + When changing the Layout to MaximumSpacing, +you must also simultaneously set the Distance, +Justification, GridlinesRotation, and Offset properties. + + + Set the Layout property to FixedNumber. + When changing the Layout to FixedNumber, +you must also simultaneously set the Number, +Justification, GridlinesRotation, and Offset properties. + + + Set the Layout property to FixedDistance. + When changing the Layout to FixedDistance, +you must also simultaneously set the Distance, +Justification, GridlinesRotation, and Offset properties. + + + Set the Layout property to None. + No internal lines will be +generated, but the effect is equivalent to having two +lines, one at each end of the region. + + + A choice of several gridline layout rules. + If "None" is chosen, no internal lines will be +generated, but the effect is equivalent to having two +lines, one at each end of the region. + + + A rule for specifying a set of equidistant, +parallel gridlines within a region. + + + + Rules for laying out a series of equidistant points or parallel lines + + + + + Points or lines are separated by at least the minimum distance. + + + + + Points or lines are separated by at most the max distance. + + + + + Fixed number of points or lines with uniform distance between them. + + + + + Points or lines are separated by a fixed distance. + + + + + No points or lines will be created. + + + + + Justification property of spacing rule + + + + + Checks if the element can be an intersection reference. + + + The element must be a level, grid, reference plane, + or a curve element whose category is lines and reference lines. + + + The element to be checked. + + + True if the element can be an intersection reference., false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Removes all the intersection elements from a divided surface. + + + 2011 + + + + + Removes an intersection element from a divided surface. + + + The intersection element to be removed. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Adds an intersection element to the divided surface. + + + The intersection element to be added. + + + The element newIntersectionElemId is not a level, grid, reference plane, + or a curve element whose category is lines and reference lines. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Gets all intersection elements which produce division lines. + + + The intersection elements. + + + 2011 + + + + + Get a divided surface for a given reference. Returns null if the reference does not host a divided surface. + + + The document. + + + Reference that represents a face. + + + The newly created divided surface. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + For a given host element get references to all the faces that host a divided surface + + + The element that hosts the divided surfaces + + + References that host a divided surface + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + This returns true if the reference represents a face that can be used to create a divided surface. + + + The document. + + + The reference. + + + True if the reference can be used to create a divided surface, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates a new instance of a divided surface with a default layout. + + + The document. + + + Reference that represents a face. + + + The newly created divided surface. + + + The document does not allow creation of a divided surface. + -or- + Reference is unstable import element + -or- + Reference does not represent a face + -or- + Reference already hosts a divided surface + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2014 + + + + + + + + Get a reference to a tile element +associated with a given seed node. + A FamilyInstance object. Returns if +the property is not a FamilySymbol. +Returns +if the grid node is not a "seed node", or +if the tile is omitted due to boundary conditions. + +Thrown if the grid node is outside of the range specified +by NumberOfUGridlines and NumberOfVGridlines, +or if tileIndex is outside the range [0, TilesPerSeedNode-1]. + + + + Get a reference to one of the tile surfaces +associated with a given seed node. + An integer between 0 and T-1, +where T is . + + A reference to a Face (surface). Returns +if the grid node is not a "seed node", or +if the tile is omitted due to boundary conditions. + +Thrown if the grid node is outside of the range specified +by NumberOfUGridlines and NumberOfVGridlines, +or if tileIndex is outside the range [0, TilesPerSeedNode-1]. + + + + Reports whether a grid node is a "seed node," a node +that is associated with one or more tiles. + Thrown +when the grid node indexes are outside the range +[ 0, NumberOfUGridlines - 1 ], [ 0, NumberOfVGridlines - 1 ]. + + + + Get a reference to a line segment connecting +two adjacent grid nodes. + Thrown +when the grid node indexes are outside the range +[ 0, NumberOfUGridlines - 1 ], [ 0, NumberOfVGridlines - 1 ], +or when the adjacent grid node specified by +gridSegmentDirection is out of range. + + + + Get a reference to the geometric point +associated with a grid node. + Thrown +when the grid node indexes are outside the range +[ 0, NumberOfUGridlines - 1 ], [ 0, NumberOfVGridlines - 1 ]. + + + + Specify whether a particular grid node is +interior to the surface, on the boundary, or outside +the boundary. + Thrown +when the grid node indexes are outside the range +[ 0, NumberOfUGridlines - 1 ], [ 0, NumberOfVGridlines - 1 ]. + + + + Get the position of a grid node in UV +coordinates in the surface. + Thrown +when the grid node indexes are outside the range +[ 0, NumberOfUGridlines - 1 ], [ 0, NumberOfVGridlines - 1 ]. + + + + Get the number of V-gridlines used on the +surface. + + + Get the number of U-gridlines used on the +surface. + + + Whether the pattern is flipped. + This property has no effect unless a pattern +is selected (the ObjectType property is not ). +Changing this flag effectively reflects the component +through its XY-plane, which is equivalent to reflecting +it through the original surface. + + + + Whether the pattern is mirror-imaged. + This property has no effect unless a pattern +is selected (the ObjectType property is not ). +Changing this flag effectively reflects the component +through its YZ-plane. + + + The rotation of the pattern by a multiple +of 90 degrees. + This property has no effect unless a pattern +is selected (the ObjectType property is not ). + + + The offset applied to the pattern by an +integral number of grid nodes in the V-direction. + + + The offset applied to the pattern by an +integral number of grid nodes in the U-direction. + + + Determines the handling of tiles that overlap the surface's +boundary. + + + Angle of rotation applied to the U- and V- directions together. + + + + Access to the rule for laying out the second series of equidistant +parallel lines on the surface. + + + Access to the rule for laying out the first series of equidistant +parallel lines on the surface. + + + A reference to the divided face on the host. + This is the same as the hostReference argument +to the NewDividedSurface method of . + + + + The element whose surface has been divided. + + + + An element that represents a mesh on the surface of another element, a family instance, an import instance or a geometry combination, + and a tile pattern built on that mesh. + + + The type of this element may be set to: + a TilePattern element, + a FamilySymbol element from a Curtain Panel family. + + + + + + + + The node's index along the V axis. + + + The node's index along the U axis. + + + A structure that represents a particular location in (U,V) from a grid. + + + Get the number of tiles located at each seed node. + + Currently the number of tiles per seed node is +always either 1 or 2. + + + The built-in system tile pattern specified by +this object. + + + An object representing a tile pattern that may +be applied to a DividedSurface. + TilePatterns cannot be created. +A fixed selection is built into each Conceptual Mass +family. TilePatterns can be retrieved by key from the +Revit::DB::Document::Settings::TilePatternTable object. + + + + Represents a DetailNurbSpline within Autodesk Revit. + Currently it's just a place holder for specific type. +All the geometry-related functionality is provided by geometry curve object from +DetailCurve::geometryCurve property. + + + Represents a DetailLine within Autodesk Revit. + Currently it's just a place holder for specific type. +All the geometry-related functionality is provided by geometry curve object from +DetailCurve::geometryCurve property. + + + Represents a DetailEllipse within Autodesk Revit. + Currently it's just a place holder for specific type. +All the geometry-related functionality is provided by geometry curve object from +DetailCurve::geometryCurve property. + + + + Creates a new geometric NurbSpline object from a HermiteSpline. + + + The hermite spline that will be converted to NurbSpline. + + + The new NurbSpline object. + + + 2017 + + + + + Creates a new geometric Curve object by converting the given HermiteSpline. + The created curve may be a NURBSpline or a simpler curve such as line or arc. + + + The function does not support periodic Hermite curve. + + + The HermiteSpline that will be converted. + + + The new Curve object. + + + The given hermite spline has to be non-periodic. + -or- + Curve length is too small for Revit's tolerance (as identified by Application.ShortCurveTolerance). + + + A non-optional argument was NULL + + + 2017 + + + + + Creates a new geometric Curve object from NURBS curve data containing just control points and weights. + The created curve may be a NURBSpline or a simpler curve such as line or arc. + + + There must be at least 2 control points. + The number of weights must be equal to the the number of control points. + The values of all weights must be positive. + + + The control points of the NURBSpline. + + + The weights of the NURBSpline. + + + The new Curve object. + + + The number of control points must be at least 2. + -or- + The number of weights must be the same as the number of control points and all weights must be positive. + + + A non-optional argument was NULL + + + Curve length is too small for Revit's tolerance (as identified by Application.ShortCurveTolerance). + + + 2017 + + + + + Creates a new geometric Curve object from NURBS curve data, which includes weights. + The created curve may be a NURBSpline or a simpler curve such as line or arc. + + + Degree must be 1 or greater. + The number of control points must be greater than degree. + The number of knots must equal the sum of degree, number of controlPoints and 1. + The distinct knot values (ignoring multiplicities) must be in increasing order. + The first degree+1 knots should be identical, as should the last degree+1 knots. + The multiplicities of other (interior) knots should be less than degree -1. + The number of weights must be equal to the the number of control points. + The values of all weights must be positive. + + + The degree of the NURBSpline. + + + The knots of the NURBSpline. + + + The control points of the NURBSpline. + + + The weights of the NURBSpline. + + + The new Curve object. + + + The degree must be at least 1. + -or- + The number of control points must be greater than degree. + -or- + The number of knots must equal the sum of number of control points, degree and 1. + -or- + An interior knot must not repeat itself more than degree times. + -or- + The number of weights must be the same as the number of control points and all weights must be positive. + + + A non-optional argument was NULL + + + Curve length is too small for Revit's tolerance (as identified by Application.ShortCurveTolerance). + + + 2017 + + + + + Creates a new geometric Curve object from NURBS curve data, which does not include weights. + The created curve may be a NURBSpline or a simpler curve such as line or arc. + + + Degree must be 1 or greater. + The number of control points must be greater than degree. + The number of knots must equal the sum of degree, number of controlPoints and 1. + The distinct knot values (ignoring multiplicities) must be in increasing order. + The first degree+1 knots should be identical, as should the last degree+1 knots. + The multiplicities of other (interior) knots should be less than degree -1. + + + The degree of the NURBSpline. + + + The knots of the NURBSpline. + + + The control points of the NURBSpline. + + + The new Curve object. + + + The degree must be at least 1. + -or- + The number of control points must be greater than degree. + -or- + The number of knots must equal the sum of number of control points, degree and 1. + -or- + An interior knot must not repeat itself more than degree times. + + + A non-optional argument was NULL + + + Curve length is too small for Revit's tolerance (as identified by Application.ShortCurveTolerance). + + + 2017 + + + + Set the control points, weights simultaneously. + + + Return/set the knots of the nurb spline. + + + Returns the weights of the nurb spline. + + + Returns the control points of the nurb spline. + + + Returns the degree of the nurb spline. + + + Returns whether the nurb spline is rational or not. + + + A nurb spline. + The nurb spline lies in the plane defined by control point, weight,knots,degree. + + + Represents a DetailArc within Autodesk Revit. + Currently it's just a place holder for specific type. +All the geometry-related functionality is provided by geometry curve object from +DetailCurve::geometryCurve property. + + + A curve that is used to create a detail drawing. +A detail curve is visible only in the view in which it is drawn. + + + Indicates the type of reference. + +Thrown when argument is out of range. + + +Thrown when regeneration failed. + + + + Whether the point is visible when the family is loaded +into a project. + + + The subcategory, or graphics style, of the CurveByPoints. + If the family category is non-cuttable, the subcategory can be +set to be the family category or one of its subcategories. +If the family category is cuttable, the subcategory can be set as the graphics +styles of the family category, its subcategories, or the invisible lines +graphics style. + + + Sets the visibility. + The visibility of the CurveByPoints can be changed for different +types of views and detail levels in the project. + +Thrown when visibility is . + + +Thrown when regeneration failed. + + + + Gets the visibility. + A copy of visibility settings for the curve. + + + Order a set of ReferencePoints in the same way Revit does +when creating a curve from points. + Finds a best-fit line to the points by the least squares method, +and orders the points by their projection onto the line. + False if the least-squares method is unable to find a solution; +true otherwise. + An array of ReferencePoints. The array is reordered +if sortPoints returns true, and is unchanged if +sortPoints returns false. + + + Change the sequence of points interpolated by this curve. + An array of 2 or more ReferencePoints. + Thrown when +the array contains fewer than 2 points, when the array +contains duplicates, or when adjacent points are +located too close together. + + + Get the sequence of points interpolated by this curve. + + + Override the SketchPlane property of CurveElement. + CurveByPoints has no associated SketchPlane. Getting this +property returns . Setting it causes an InvalidOperationException. + + + + A curve interpolating two or more points. + The points to be interpolated are represented as +ReferencePoints, which must already exist in the +document. In terms of appearance and graphics control, +CurveByPoints behaves similarly to ModelCurve. The main +difference being that a ModelCurve refers to a SketchPlane, +while a CurveByPoints does not. +For more methods capable of accessing data from CurveByPoints elements, +see the static class CurveByPointsUtils. + + + Change the host point reference. + +Allowed references are to another Autodesk.Revit.DB.ReferencePoint element +or to an Autodesk.Revit.DB.Point. + + 2013 + + + Get a copy of the host point reference. + 2013 + + + +Construct a reference to a point placed relative to a host point. + + 2013 + + + Represents a point placed relative to another point. + + For this release, the only workflow supported is that the point is + placed coincident with the referenced host (a relative transformation + of Transform.Identity). + + 2013 + + + Change the second edge or curve reference. + The referenced element may be any model element, including +FamilyInstance, FormElement, or NonPlanarSketch. The reference +must be of type ElementReferenceType.REFERENCE_TYPE_LINEAR, +and it must correspond to a straight line. + + + Get a copy of the second edge or curve reference. + + + Change the first edge or curve reference. + The referenced element may be any model element, including +FamilyInstance, FormElement, or NonPlanarSketch. The reference +must be of type ElementReferenceType.REFERENCE_TYPE_LINEAR, +and it must correspond to a straight line. + + + Get a copy of the first edge or curve reference. + + + Define a ReferencePoint at the intersection of two +referenceable lines. + The ReferencePoint is actually placed on the first +line (Edge1) at the closest point to the second line (Edge2). +Its X basis vector is constrained to be parallel to the first +line. + + + Whether to orient the ReferencePoint to the edge or the face. + If true, the X basis vector will be parallel to the edge. +If false, the X and Y basis vectors will be parallel to the face. + + + + Change the face reference. + The referenced element may be any model element, including +FamilyInstance or FormElement. The reference +must be of type ElementReferenceType.REFERENCE_TYPE_SURFACE, +and the surface must be of type . +The Reference's UVPoint property is ignored. + + + + Get a copy of the face reference. + + + Change the edge or curve reference. + The referenced element may be any model element, including +FamilyInstance, FormElement, or CurveElement. The reference +must be of type ElementReferenceType.REFERENCE_TYPE_LINEAR. + + + Get a copy of the edge or curve reference. + + + Define a ReferencePoint at the intersection of a referenceable +edge or curve and a referenceable face. + The ReferencePoint's orientation is partially constrained +either to the edge (in the manner of PointOnEdge) or to the face +(in the manner of PointOnFace). + + + The location of the point in the surface's coordinate system. + + + + Change the face reference. + The referenced element may be any model element, including +FamilyInstance or FormElement. The reference +must be of type ElementReferenceType.REFERENCE_TYPE_SURFACE, +and the surface must be of type . +The Reference's UVPoint property is ignored. + + + + Get a copy of the face reference. + + + Define a ReferencePoint relative to a Face. + A ReferencePoint on a Face has its X and Y +basis vectors parallel to the Face, but is free to rotate +around its Z basis vector. It must lie on the face +(unlike PointOnPlane). + + + The point location on curve. + + + Change the edge or curve reference. + The referenced element may be any model element, including +FamilyInstance, FormElement, or CurveElement. The reference +must be of type ElementReferenceType.REFERENCE_TYPE_LINEAR. + + + Get a copy of the edge or curve reference. + + + Define a ReferencePoint relative to a referenceable edge or +curve on another element. + The ReferencePoint's X basis vector is constrained to the +tangent vector to the curve. The Y and Z vectors are free to rotate +around the curve. + + + Signed offset from the plane. + The point's position +is offset in the direction of the normal vector returned by +the Plane.Normal property. + + + The X-coordinate vector of the point, in the +plane's coordinate system. + + + The coordinates of the point (or its projection) +on the plane. + + + Check whether a geometry reference +corresponds to a referenceable plane. + Valid plane references include: planar faces +of solids; the PlaneReference properties of + and +; +the Reference property of +. + + + Change the geometric plane reference. + A reference to some plane +in the document. (Note: the reference must satisfy +IsValidPlaneReference(), +but this is not checked until this PointOnPlane object +is assigned to a ReferencePoint.) + + + The geometric plane reference. + A copy of the reference stored in the PointOnPlane object. + + + Construct a PointOnPlane given a reference and a location in space. + A new PointOnPlane object with 2-dimensional Position, XVec, and Offset +properties set to match the given 3-dimensional arguments. + The document containing the plane reference. + A 3-dimensional position. + The direction of the point's +X-coordinate vector in the plane's +coordinates. Optional; default value is the +X-coordinate vector of the plane. + + + Define a ReferencePoint relative to a planar reference. + A ReferencePoint on a plane has its X and Y +basis vectors parallel to the plane, but is free to rotate +around its Z basis vector. It can lie on the plane +or have an offset. + + + Base class for objects defining a way to +constrain a ReferencePoint to one or more other objects in a +document. + + + Whether all three coordinate planes are shown, or only the +normal (XY) plane. + + + Visibility settings for the coordinate reference planes. + + + Id of associated Hub. + + + Sets the visibility for the point. + The visibility of the point can be changed for different +types of views and detail levels in the project. + +Thrown when visibility is . + + +Thrown when regeneration failed. + + + + Gets the visibility for the point. + A copy of visibility settings for the +ReferencePoint. + + + Whether the point is visible when the family is loaded +into a project. + + + A reference for the XZ plane of the coordinate +system. + + + A reference for the YZ plane of the coordinate +system. + + + A reference for the XY plane of the coordinate +system. + + + The set of CurveByPoints elements that interpolate +a ReferencePoint. + A CurveByPoints is in the +array if and only if the ReferencePoint is in the Points array of +. + + + + The position of the ReferencePoint. + This is an alternate interface to the property +CoordinateSystem.Origin. When set, the effect is the same +as setting the CoordinateSystem property to the same as +its current value but with a different Origin. + +Thrown when CoordinateSystem is set while the Reference +property is not , and the ReferencePoint is unable to +move to the new location. + + + + The position and orientation of the ReferencePoint. + The position of the point is given by +CoordinateSystem.Origin, and the orientation is specified +by the three unit vectors CoordinateSystem.BasisX, BasisY, +BasisZ. The basis vectors must be unit length and mutually +perpendicular. +Whenever the Reference property is not , +changing the CoordinateSystem property has a compound +effect. First the point is moved to the specified +location. Then the point is moved to conform to its +Reference, by the shortest possible distance. + +Thrown when coordinateSystem does not specify an +orthonormal basis. + + +Thrown when CoordinateSystem is set while the Reference +property is not , and the ReferencePoint is unable to +move to the new location. + + + + The position and orientation of the ReferencePoint. + The position of the point is given by +CoordinateSystem.Origin, and the orientation is specified +by the three unit vectors CoordinateSystem.BasisX, BasisY, +BasisZ. + + + Change the rule for computing the +location of the ReferencePoint relative to other elements in +the document. + pointElementReference may be , in which case the ReferencePoint +does not follow any other element. When Reference is changed +from to a non-null value, the point moves and rotates +to the prescribed location and orientation. Where the +coordinate system has some freedom, it will remain as close +to the old orientation as possible. When +the reference is set to , the point does not move or +rotate. + An object specifying +a rule for the location and orientation of a ReferencePoint. +(Note: The ReferencePoint object does not store the +pointElementReference object after this call.) + +Thrown when Reference is set to a non-null object, and the +ReferencePoint is unable to move to the new reference. + + + + Retrieve a copy of the rule that computes the +location of the ReferencePoint relative to other elements in +the document. + A PointElementReference object, or if the +ReferencePoint does not have a reference. + + + A reference point in an Autodesk Revit family. + A ReferencePoint represents a point in space together +with a local coordinate system. ReferencePoints can be free, or +constrained to other elements in several ways. When the point is +constrained, the coordinate system is also constrained in certain +ways. + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The location on the curve from which the measurement is taken. + + + The measure-from is not checked until this class is assigned for a particular reference point on a particular curve. + At that time, the measure-from must be valid for the curve. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + The measurement value. + + + The measurement value is not checked until this class is assigned for a particular reference point on a particular curve. + At that time, the measurement value must match the expected range for the curve for the given measurement type and measure-from. + + + 2012 + + + + + The measurement type. + + + The measurement type is not checked until this class is assigned for a particular reference point on a particular curve. + At that time, the measurement type must be valid for the curve. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a class, with given or default values, to place a point on a curve. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + Defines the measurement parameters necessary to create a point at a specific location on a curve. + + + The class will store the following and provides functions to deal with them: + The user visible Measurement Type (driving parameter type). The corresponding measurement value (driving parameter). MeasureFrom that tells from where the (driving parameter) measurement is calculated. + + 2012 + + + + + Point on curve MeasureFrom - It tells from which end of the host curve the point location is measured. + + + 2012 + + + 2012 + + + + + End of the host curve. + + + + + Beginning of the host curve. + + + + + Point on curve measurement type + Defines the types of measurements that may be used when placing a point at a designated distance along a curve. + + + 2012 + + + 2012 + + + + + Angle - defined only for arc and circle. + It is the angle subtended at the center by the portion of the curve from the star to the given point. + + + + + Chord length = length of the chord (line segment) joining the start point and the given point. + Also known as 3D distance + + + + + Normalized segment length. + It is defined for curves with user defined bounds or natural bounds. + It is measured as the fraction of the segment length over the total length of the curve. + Its value varies between 0 and 1. 0 corresponds to the start and 1 corresponds to the end. + + + + + Length of the curve segment between the start point and the given point. + + + + + Normalized value of the curve parameter. + It is defined for curves with user defined bounds or natural bounds, start and end. + It is measured as the fraction of the curve parameter (t) over the total parametric range = (t-start) / (end-start). + Its value varies between 0 and 1. 0 corresponds to the start and 1 corresponds to the end. + + + + + The non-normalized (actual) curve parameter value of the given point. + The curve parameter is the defining parameter of the curve. + It is also known as the raw/natural parameter. + + + + + Visibility settings for ReferencePoint element's coordinate reference planes. + + + 2013 + + + + + Always Visible. + + + + + Visible when selected. + + + + + Never visible. + + + + Remove CurtainGrid from the specified face for the CurtainSystem. + The face CurtainGrid will be removed from. + +Thrown when the input parameter face is . + + +Thrown when the CurtainGrid cannot be removed from the specified face or regenerate fails. + + + + Add CurtainGrid on the specified face for the CurtainSystem. + The face new CurtainGrid will be created on. + +Thrown when the input argument face is . + + +Thrown when creating CurtainGrid on the specified face fails or regenerate fails. + + + + get or set the type of the CurtainSystem. + The Type of CurtainSystem to be swapped. + +Thrown when the specified parameter curtainSystemType is . + + +Thrown when the type of the CurtainSystem cannot be changed to the specified one. + + + + Get all the CurtainGrid object of this CurtainSystem. Each CurtainGrid corresponds to one face. + A CurtainGrid set will be returned if the operation succeeds. will be returned if the +CurtainSystem doesn't include any CurtainGrid. + + + Provides access to the CurtainSystem object in Autodesk Revit. + The user can create CurtainSystem object and change the internal properties. + + + An object that represents CurtainSystem type. + + + Provides access to the CurtainSystemBase object in Autodesk Revit. + This is the base class of CurtainSystem. + + + Attempts to refresh the geometry object stored in this reference. + After a change has been made to Revit geometry, the stored geometry object in +a Reference handle may become invalid. This method attempts to re-obtain the geometry +object from the current geometry. + Unable to refresh geometry object for this Reference. +This may be because the geometry object referred to no longer exists in the current Revit geometry. + + + Checks if given reference identifies part of object identified by this reference. + +Can be used to check: +If given Reference is a part of a particular Subelement identified by this Reference.If given Reference is a part of a particular Element identified by this Reference. +The input reference can refer to a subelement or a specific geometric item from an element or subelement. + + Another reference. + Returns true if given reference identifies part of object identified by this reference, false otherwise. + Thrown when argument is . + 2018 + + + Checks if given reference is equal to this reference. + Another reference. + Returns true if given reference is equal to this reference, false otherwise. + Thrown when argument is . + 2018 + + + Converts a stable String representation of a reference to a Reference object. + Use to obtain the representation. +The Reference will have only the following information set: + +You will also be able to pass the reference to Document.GetElement(reference) and Element.GetGeometryObjectFromReference(reference) +to obtain the element and geometry object referred to. + + The document. + The reference representation. + One or more arguments was . + Reference representation could not be successfully parsed, or element id obtained +from reference representation could not be found in this document. + + + + + + + Converts the reference to a stable String representation. + The stable representation can be used to preserve and restore the reference later in the +same Revit session or even in a different session where the same document is present. Use + to restore the reference. +The representation is based on the internal Revit structure and is not intended to be parsed expect by +. + The document. + document was . + Reference contained element ids not found in this document. + + + + + + + The UV parameters of the reference, if the reference contains a face. + This value is valid only for references of type REFERENCE_TYPE_SURFACE. +It is for all other types. + + + The position on which the reference is hit. + When using a plan view, the Z-value of a GlobalPoint is not meaningful. + + if the reference doesn't have a global point. + + + The type of reference. + + + The id of the top-level element in the linked document that is referred to by this reference. + InvalidElementId will be returned for references that don't refer to an element in a linked RVT file. + 2014 + + + The element id for this reference. + InvalidElementId will be returned for references that don't refer to a particular element. + 2012 + + + Creates a Reference in an RVT Link from a Reference in the RVT host file. + 2014 + + + Creates a Reference from a Reference in an RVT Link. + Id of the RevitLinkInstance that contains the reference. + The reference that is returned can be used to create a family instance on a face in an RVT link. + Thrown when revitLinkInstance is . + 2014 + + + Creates a Reference with the supplied element. + The element to create a reference. + +Thrown when the parameter is . + + 2011 + + + A stable reference to a geometric object in a Revit model. + + + +

Moves this link instance so that the internal origin + of the linked document is aligned to the internal origin + of the host document. This is a one-time movement and does not + set up any shared coordinates relationship.

+

If the rotation angle of the link instance was changed after insertion, + the rotation angle can be preserved or reset to the original insertion angle.

+
+ + This operation can only be performed on instances of top-level links. + The internal origin is not necessarily the same location as the Project + Base Point. See . + + +

Sets to true if:

+ + restoring the original insertion angle of the link instance after it is moved + if there was a rotation \ mirror transform on the link instance. + there was no a rotation \ mirror transform on the link instance. + +

Sets to false to retain the current angle of the link instance after it is moved + if there was a rotation \ mirror transform on the link instance.

+ + + This RevitLinkInstance is not an instance of a loaded RevitLinkType. + -or- + This RevitLinkInstance is not an instance of a top-level RevitLinkType. + -or- + The operation is not permitted because the element is pinned. + + + 2016 SubscriptionUpdate + +
+ + +

Moves this link instance so that the base point in + the linked document is aligned to the base point in the + host document. This is a one-time movement and does not + set up any shared coordinates relationship.

+

If the rotation angle of this link instance was changed after insertion, + the rotation angle can be preserved or reset to the original insertion angle.

+
+ + The link must be loaded for Revit to find the location of the link's base point. + This operation can only be performed on instances of top-level links. + + +

Sets to true if:

+ + restoring the original insertion angle of the link instance after it is moved + if there was a rotation \ mirror transform on the link instance. + there was no a rotation \ mirror transform on the link instance. + +

Sets to false to retain the current angle of the link instance after it is moved + if there was a rotation \ mirror transform on the link instance.

+ + + This RevitLinkInstance is not an instance of a loaded RevitLinkType. + -or- + This RevitLinkInstance is not an instance of a top-level RevitLinkType. + -or- + The operation is not permitted because the element is pinned. + + + 2016 SubscriptionUpdate + +
+ + + The document associated with the Revit link. + + + Operations that require a transaction or modify the document's status in memory (such as Save and Close) cannot be performed on this document. + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates a new instance of a linked Revit project (RevitLinkType). + + + Instances will be placed origin-to-origin or by shared coordinates. + + This function cannot be used to create instances + of nested links. + + + The document in which the new instance should be created. + + + The element id of the RevitLinkType. + + + The mode where to place the RevitLinkInstance. + Set this option to place the view at the origin or by shared coordinates. + + + The newly-created RevitLinkInstance. + + + revitLinkTypeId isn't a RevitLinkType. + -or- + revitLinkTypeId is not a top-level link. + -or- + revitLinkTypeId is not a loaded RevitLinkType + -or- + document is not a project document. + -or- + placement isn't supported.Only Origin or Shared placement is supported. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + The placement is Shared, and the host model and the link do not share the same coordinate system. + Or the placement is Shared, and the shared coordinates of the host model do not match the GIS coordinate system of the linked file. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2018 + + + + + Creates a new instance of a linked Revit project (RevitLinkType). + + + Instances will be placed origin-to-origin. + + This function cannot be used to create instances + of nested links. + + + The document in which the new instance should be created. + + + The element id of the RevitLinkType. + + + The newly-created RevitLinkInstance. + + + revitLinkTypeId isn't a RevitLinkType. + -or- + revitLinkTypeId is not a top-level link. + -or- + revitLinkTypeId is not a loaded RevitLinkType + -or- + document is not a project document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2013 + + + + + + + + + Represents an instance of a RevitLinkType. + + + 2013 + + + + + Indicate if mass floors are to be created. + False by default. + Make sure that levels have been created before open this option. + Or you can set importLevels true at the same time. + + + 2022.1 + + + + + Indicate if levels are to be imported. + False by default. + + + 2022.1 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of AXMImportOptions as a copy of the provided import options. + + + The AXM import options to be copied. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022.1 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of AXMImportOptions with default values of all properties. + + + 2022.1 + + + + + The import options used to import AXM format files. + + + 2022.1 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of ImportOptions3DM as a copy of the provided import options. + + + The 3DM import options to be copied. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of ImportOptions3DM with default values of all properties. + + + 2022 + + + + + The import options used to import 3DM format files. + + + 2022 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of STLImportOptions as a copy of the import options. + + + The STL options to be copied. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022.1 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of STLImportOptions with default values of all properties. + + + 2022.1 + + + + + The import options used to import STL format files. + + + 2022.1 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of OBJImportOptions as a copy of the import options. + + + The OBJ options to be copied. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022.1 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of OBJImportOptions with default values of all properties. + + + 2022.1 + + + + + The import options used to import OBJ format files. + + + 2022.1 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of SKPImportOptions as a copy of the import options. + + + The SKP options to be copied. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of SKPImportOptions with default values of all properties. + + + 2014 + + + + + The import options used to import SKP format files. + + + 2014 + + + + + Get sheet views where DWF markups are imported. + + + An array of sheet views + + + 2014 + + + + + Set sheet views where DWF markups are imported. + + + An array of imported sheet views. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of DWFImportOptions as a copy of the import options. + + + The options to be copied. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of DWFImportOptions with an array of imported sheet views. + + + These sheet views where DWF markups are imported. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + The import options used by importing DWF or DWFx format file. + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of SATImportOptions as a copy of the import options. + + + The SAT options to be copied. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of SATImportOptions with default values of all properties. + + + 2014 + + + + + The import options used to import SAT format files. + + + 2014 + + + + + The model view name to be imported. + Need user give a model view name to specify which model view need to be imported into Revit + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + If true, ignore warning messages about unsupported elements in the DGN file. + If false, the import process is aborted if imported dgn files have unsupported elements. + + + 2013 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of DGNImportOptions as a copy of the import options. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of DGNImportOptions with default values of all properties. + + + 2013 + + + + + The import options used to import DGN format files. + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets array of line weights. + + + 2013 + + + + + Set array of line weights. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of DWGImportOptions as a copy of the import options. + + + The options to be copied. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of DWGImportOptions with default values of all properties. + + + 2013 + + + + + The import options used by importing DWG or DXF format file. + + + 2013 + + + + + Get all set layers name which user want to import into Revit. + + + The layers' name. + + + 2013 + + + + + Set the layers name which user want to import into Revit. + + + If user don't set any layer selection, all layers would be imported into Revit for dgn. + But for dwg|dxf, all layers (or visible layers, it is up to visibleLayersOnly was set or not) would be imported into Revit. + + + The layers imported into Revit. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Set the default length unit used for importing unitless files. + + + The default length unit. + + + The given specTypeId is not a supported unit of length. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022.1 + + + + + Get the default length unit used for importing unitless files. + + + 2022.1 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The 3D point in the document where the imported instance will be inserted. + If not explicitly set, the instance will be inserted at the document origin. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Correct almost-vertical lines and almost-horizontal lines for import model + if option is set to true, the almost-vertical lines would be vertical lines and almost-horizontal lines would be horizontal lines. + + + 2013 + + + + + Only import the visible layers. + + + If this option is set to true, only visible layers are imported. + For dgn import, this option is unsupported. + + + 2013 + + + + + Scaling the import. + If this is defined and a valid value (> 0.0), it takes priority over units. + + + 2013 + + + + + Place the import at the same orientation as the view that was passed into the import method. + This option can only be used when not importing into a single view.(i.e. ThisViewOnly is set to false) + + + 2013 + + + + + Imports drawings into the view that was passed into the import method. + This option is not available in 3D views. + + + 2013 + + + + + Where to place the import. + Set this option to place the view at the origin or the center, or a shared coordinates. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + Color mode for the import. + Three modes are supported. Black and White, Preserve Colors, and Invert Colors. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + The unit of measure for imported geometry. + + + Units are used to calculate the import scale unless scale is defined explicitly using CustomScale, in which case Units will be ignored. + Feet, inches, meters, centimeters, decimeters, millimeters are all supported. If Default unit is set, Revit will read and use the units + from the file. If units are not available or accessible there, Revit will default to %overrideUnit%. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + A base class containing import options used during import of several formats. + + + 2013 + + + + + 2013 + + + An enumerated type listing possible placement modes for imported drawings. + + + 2013 + + + + + Placement with respect to the shared coordinates. + Revit Building places the imported geometry according to its location + with respect to the shared coordinates between the two files. + There must be shared coordinates in a Revit document in order for this option to be valid. + + + + + Placement at the Center. + If reference point is provided, then the import is placed + so the point is at the model's center. If no point is provided, + then the document's center is matched with the model's origin. + + + + + Placement at the Origin. + If reference point is provided, then the import is placed + so the point is at the model's origin. If no point is provided, + then the document's origin is matched with the model's origin. + + + + + Placement at Base Point. Useful for Revit links only. + There must be a reference point in order for this option to be valid. + + + + + 2013 + + + An enumerated type listing how colors are handled in an import process. + + + 2013 + + + + + Colors in the imported drawing are converted to Black and White. + + + + + Colors in the imported drawing are inverted. + + + + + Colors in the imported drawing are preserved. + + + + + 2013 + + + An enumerated type listing possible target units for CAD Import. + + + 2013 + + + + + US survey feet as decimal values + + + + + Custom values as decimal values + + + + + Meters as decimal values. + + + + + Decimeters as decimal values. + + + + + Centimeters as decimal values. + + + + + Millimeters as decimal values. + + + + + Feet and Inches in fractional notation. + + + + + Inches in fractional notation. + + + + + Unit (if available) from the document that is getting imported. + + + + + Creates a new geometric ellipse or elliptical arc object. + + + If the angle range is equal to or greater than 2 * PI, the curve will be + automatically converted to an unbounded ellipse. + If xRadius and yRadius are almost equal, the curve will be + returned as an arc. + + + The center. + + + The x vector radius of the ellipse. + + + The y vector radius of the ellipse. + + + The x axis to define the ellipse plane. Must be normalized. + + + The y axis to define the ellipse plane. Must be normalized. + + + The raw parameter value at the start of the ellipse. + + + The raw parameter value at the end of the ellipse. + + + The new ellipse or elliptical arc. + + + A non-optional argument was NULL + + + The given value for xRadius must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + -or- + The given value for yRadius must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + -or- + xAxis is not length 1.0. + -or- + yAxis is not length 1.0. + + + The vectors xAxis and yAxis are not perpendicular. + -or- + Start parameter must be less than end parameter. + -or- + Curve length is too small for Revit's tolerance (as identified by Application.ShortCurveTolerance). + + + 2017_subscription_update + + + + Returns the Y vector radius of the ellipse. + + + Returns the X vector radius of the ellipse. + + + The Y direction. + 2013 + + + The X direction. + 2013 + + + Returns the normal to the plane in which the ellipse is defined. + + + Returns the center of the ellipse. + + + A whole or partial ellipse. + + + + + Returns a transformation that is applied to elements when copying from one view to another view. + + + Both source and destination views must be 2D graphics views capable of drawing details and view-specific elements (floor and ceiling plans, elevations, sections, drafting views.) + The result is a transformation needed to copy an element from drawing plane of the source view to the drawing plane of the destination view. + The destination view can be in the same document as the source view. + The destination view can be the same as the source view. + + + The source view + + + The destination view + + + The transformation from source view to destination view. + + + The specified view cannot be used as a source or destination for copying elements between two views. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Copies a set of elements from source view to destination view. + + +

This method can be used for both view-specific and model elements.

+

Both source and destination views must be 2D graphics views capable of drawing details and view-specific elements (floor and ceiling plans, elevations, sections, drafting views.) + Drafting views cannot be used as a destination for model elements.

+

The pasted elements are repositioned to ensure proper placement in the destination view (e.g. elevation is changed when copying from a level to a different level.) + Additional transformation within the destination view can be performed by providing additionalTransform argument. This additional transformation must be within the plane of the destination view.

+

The destination view can be in the same document as the source view.

+

The destination view can be the same as the source view.

+

All view-specific elements in the set must be specific to the source view. Elements specific to views other than the source view or to multiple views cannot be copied.

+

This method performs rehosting of elements where applicable.

+
+ + The view in the source document that contains the elements to copy. + + + The set of elements to copy. + + + The view in the destination document that the elements will be pasted into. + + + The transform for the new elements, in addition to the transformation between the source and destination views. Can be if no transform is required. The transformation must be within the plane of the destination view. + + + Optional settings. Can be if default settings should be used. + + + The ids of the newly created copied elements. + + + The given element id set is empty. + -or- + The specified view cannot be used as a source or destination for copying elements between two views. + -or- + Some of the elements cannot be copied, because they belong to a different document. + -or- + Some of the elements cannot be copied, because they belong to a different view. + -or- + The elements cannot be copied into the destination view. Drafting views cannot contain model elements. + -or- + The transformation is not within the plane of the destination view. + -or- + The input set of elements contains Sketch members along with other elements and the Sketch Id of those members isn't in the set. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + It is not allowed to copy Sketch members between non-parallel sketches. + -or- + The elements cannot be copied. + + + User cancelled the operation. + + + 2014 + + + + +
+ + + Copies a set of elements from source document to destination document. + + +

Copies are placed at their respective original locations or locations specified by the optional transformation.

+

This method can be used for copying non-view specific elements only. For copying view-specific elements, use the view-specific form of the CopyElements method.

+

The destination document can be the same as the source document.

+

This method performs rehosting of elements where applicable.

+
+ + The document that contains the elements to copy. + + + The set of elements to copy. + + + The destination document to paste the elements into. + + + The transform for the new elements. Can be if no transform is required. + + + Optional settings. Can be if default settings should be used. + + + The ids of the newly created copied elements. + + + The given element id set is empty. + -or- + One or more elements in elementsToCopy do not exist in the document. + -or- + Some of the elements cannot be copied, because they are view-specific. + -or- + The input set of elements contains Sketch members along with other elements or there is no active Sketch edit mode. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + It is not allowed to copy Sketch members between non-parallel sketches. + -or- + The elements cannot be copied. + + + User cancelled the operation. + + + 2014 + + + + +
+ + + Rotates an element about the given axis and angle. + + + The document that owns the elements. + + + The element to rotate. + + + The axis of rotation. + + + The angle of rotation in radians. + + + The element elementToRotate does not exist in the document + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + + + + + Rotates a set of elements about the given axis and angle. + + + The document that owns the elements. + + + The set of elements to rotate. + + + The axis of rotation. + + + The angle of rotation in radians. + + + The given element id set is empty. + -or- + One or more elements in elementsToRotate do not exist in the document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Creates a mirrored copy of an element about a given plane. + + + The document that owns the element. + + + The element to mirror. + + + The mirror plane. + + + elementToMirror cannot be mirrored. + -or- + The element elementToMirror does not exist in the document + -or- + The input element is a Sketch member and there is no Sketch in the edit mode to place this element in. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + + + + + Mirrors a set of elements about a given plane. + + + Optionally, copies of the elements can be created prior to the operation and mirroring is then performed on the copies instead of the original elements. + + + The document that owns the elements. + + + The set of elements to mirror. + + + The mirror plane. + + + True if mirroring should be performed on copies of the elements, leaving the original elements intact. + False if no copies should be created and the elements should be mirrored directly. + + + A collection of ids of newly created elements - mirrored copies. It is empty if the mirrorCopies arguments is false. + + + elementsToMirror cannot be mirrored. + -or- + The given element id set is empty. + -or- + One or more elements in elementsToMirror do not exist in the document. + -or- + Some of the elements cannot be copied, because they belong to different views. + -or- + The input set of elements contains Sketch members along with other elements or there is no active Sketch edit mode. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Thrown when the elements cannot be moved (e.g. due to some of the elements being pinned). + + + 2016 + + + + + Copies an element and places the copy at a location indicated by a given transformation. + + + The document that owns the element. + + + The id of the element to copy. + + + The translation vector for the new element. + + + The ids of the newly created copied elements. More than one element may be created due to dependencies. + + + The element elementToCopy does not exist in the document + -or- + The input element is a Sketch member and there is no Sketch in the edit mode to place this element in. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + It is not allowed to copy Sketch member to non-parallel sketch. + -or- + If we are not able to copy the element. + + + 2012 + + + + + Copies a set of elements and places the copies at a location indicated by a given translation. + + + This method is not suitable for elements that are hosted in other elements as it does not perform rehosting. If you need to rehost your elements in addition + to copying them, use one of the other CopyElements() overloads. + + + The document that owns the elements. + + + The set of elements to copy. + + + The translation vector for the new elements. + + + The ids of the newly created copied elements. + + + The given element id set is empty. + -or- + One or more elements in elementsToCopy do not exist in the document. + -or- + Some of the elements cannot be copied, because they belong to different views. + -or- + The input set of elements contains Sketch members along with other elements or there is no active Sketch edit mode. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + It is not allowed to copy Sketch members between non-parallel sketches. + -or- + If we are not able to copy all the elements. + + + 2012 + + + + + Moves one element by a given transformation. + + + The document that owns the elements. + + + The id of the element to move. + + + The translation vector for the elements. + + + The element elementToMove does not exist in the document + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + If we are not able to move the element (for example, if it is pinned). + -or- + Move operation failed. + + + 2012 + + + + + + + + + Moves a set of elements by a given transformation. + + + The document that owns the elements. + + + The set of elements to move. + + + The translation vector for the elements. + + + The given element id set is empty. + -or- + One or more elements in elementsToMove do not exist in the document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + If we are not able to move all the elements (for example, if one or more elements is pinned). + -or- + Move operation failed. + + + 2012 + + + + + Determines whether element can be mirrored. + + + The document where the element reside. + + + The element identified by id. + + + True if the element can be mirrored. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Determines whether elements can be mirrored. + + + The document where the elements reside. + + + The elements identified by id. + + + True if the elements can be mirrored. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + A collection of utilities allowing transformation of elements (e.g. move, rotate, mirror and copy). + + + 2012 + + + + + The overall thickness of this type of wall. + + + + + The nature of the wall. + + + + + The calculated and settable thermal properties of the WallType + + + Returns if the wall has no thermal properties. + Curtain walls and stacked walls do not store thermal properties. + + + 2013 + + + + + The wall function. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2015 + + + + + Represents a specific type of wall, such as 'Generic - 8"'. + + + All wall type objects available in the project can be retrieved from the Document object + via the WallTypes property. Every Wall object has a WallType property that returns the a + WallType object representing the type. This same WallType property can also be used to + change the type of the wall by setting it to a different type. + + + + + + + + + Indicates the function of a specified WallType, as specified in the parameter FUNCTION_PARAM on the WallType. + + + + + A coreshaft wall. + + + + + A soffit wall. + + + + + A retaining wall. + + + + + A foundation wall. + + + + + An exterior wall. + + + + + An interior wall. + + + + + Describes the fundamental type of wall, such as curtain wall or stacked wall. + + + + + A stacked wall of several wall types. + + + + + A curtain wall. + + + + + A standard wall. + + + + + The basic type is not known. + + + + Sets the compound structure of the element. + + + Returns an object that represents the compound structure of the element. + A copy of the compound structure is returned and changes made to it will not apply to the type until SetCompoundStructure is called. +From this object the layers of a compound structure can be accessed. If the element does +not have a compound structure then this method will return . + + + An object that represents characteristics of several kinds of type. + This object provides access to structural layering components for any object +derived from it, such as wall types and floor types. + + + Finds the id of the host panel (i.e., wall) +associated with this panel. If a host panel is present, then +it is displayed instead of the curtain panel. + Element id of the host panel associated with this panel. +Otherwise, InvalidElementId is returned + 2015 + + + This method is used to get the reference gridlines. + + + This property is used to find the transform of a curtain panel within project. + The Transform property returns a Autodesk::Revit::DB::Transform object that can be used to find the +transfer matrix of a curtain panel within the project. + + + The Panel style of this Panel. + The Symbol property can be used to retrieve the kind of the panel. +This property can also be used to change the type of a panel by setting it to a different type. +All the panel types in the project can be found using +the Document.CurtainPanelTypes property. + + + This property is used to know whether a panel can be locked. + If the panel can be locked, return true, else false. + + + This object represents a curtain panel. + + + + An object that represents a mullion type. + + + This method is used to break the current Mullion at ends with its neighboring mullions. + The mullions being perpendicular to it will be joined accordingly. + + + This method is used to control the join condition the current Mullion with its neighboring mullions. + The mullions being perpendicular to it will be broken accordingly. + + + This method get the curve location of the current Mullion. + + + The MullionType style of this Mullion. +Get - to access type of mullion +Set - change type of mullion. If the mullion is locked, InvalidOperationException exception will be thrown. + + + + Get - to get whether the Mullion can be lock or unlock. + + + Get - to get whether the Mullion line is locked. + Set - Lock/unlock the Mullion. + + + Represents a CurtainGrid within Autodesk Revit. + + + Add mullions on the specified segments of a grid. If any segment already has a mullion, no change is made to that segment. + Curve of the segment. + The type of the mullion to add. + If true, add one mullion to the specified segment, otherwise add mullions to all the segments of the matching grid line. + If operation succeeds, the created mullions will be returned. + Invalid curtain grid line or invalid mullion type argument. + + + All the segments on this grid line will be added. + + + Add a segment based on the specified segment curve of the gridline. + The curve used to locate the segment to be removed. This function will invoke regeneration. + Segment may not have been found in location indicated by curve. + + + Remove the segment specified by the input curve. + The curve used to locate the segment to be removed. + When a segment is removed, the neighboring two panels will be merged into one panel. This function will invoke regeneration. + Segment may not have been found in location indicated by curve. + + + Retrieve all the existing segment curves of the grid line. + User can get these curves and call RemoveSegment() to remove the segments to the gridline or call AddMullions() to add mullions to these segments. + + + Retrieve all the removed segment curves of the grid line. + User can get these curves and then call the method AddSegment() to add the segments to the grid line. + + + Retrieve the curves of all segments. + User can get these curves and then call the method AddSegment() or RemoveSegment() to add/remove specified segments. + If the specified segment is already added/removed, nothing will happen. + + + Retrieve the geometry curve of the curtain grid line. + + + Retrieve the direction of a grid line.If it is true,we say it is a UGridLine,otherwise it is VGridLine + + + Retrieves or changes the lock state of the curtain grid line. + + + Represents a CurtainGridLine within Autodesk Revit. + + + Get the specified cell located by the intersection of the grid lines. + The id of a grid line in the U-direction used to locate the cell. + The id of a grid line in the V-direction used to locate the cell. + The cell. + Thrown if the grid line ids are not part of this curtain grid. + + + Get the specified panel located by the intersection of the grid lines. + The id of a grid line in the U-direction used to locate the panel. + The id of a grid line in the V-direction used to locate the panel. + The panel, or if the panel cannot be found at this intersection. + + + Add a grid line to the curtain grid. + If true, a U-direction grid line will be added. Otherwise, a V-direction grid line will be added. + The position of the grid line. + If it is true, only one segment is added. Otherwise, all segments will be added for the grid line. + The created grid line is returned if the operation is successful. Otherwise, is returned. + Thrown if the position for the grid line is out of range. + + + Change the type of a curtain panel. + The panel to be changed, it can be a type of or . + The new symbol, it may be of or when the panel is hosted in a curtain wall. +The new symbol can only be of type if the Panel is hosted in a curtain system. + If operation succeeds, the modified panel element is returned. + Thrown if the input symbol can't be used for the panel. + Thrown when the type change failed. + + + Gets the CurtainCells owned by this curtain grid. + The CurtainCells owned by this curtain grid. + + + Gets all ElementIds of grid lines in the V direction. + The V grid line ElementIds + + + Gets all ElementIds of grid lines in the U direction. + The U grid line ElementIds + + + Gets all ElementIds of the unlocked mullions of the curtain grid. + +ElementIds are of Elements. + The unlocked mullion ElementIds + + + Gets all ElementIds of the mullions of the curtain grid. + +ElementIds are of Elements. + The mullion ElementIds + + + Gets all ElementIds of the unlocked panels of the curtain grid. + For curtain walls, the ElementIds in this set are of either or Elements. +For curtain systems, ElementIds are of Elements. + The unlocked panel ElementIds + + + Gets all ElementIds of the panels of the curtain grid. + For curtain walls, the ElementIds in this set are of either or Elements. +For curtain systems, ElementIds are of Elements. + The panel ElementIds + + + The number of panels. + + + Get the number of grid lines in the V direction. + + + Get the number of grid lines in the U direction. + + + The offset for V grid line pattern of the curtain grid. + + + The angle for V grid line pattern of the curtain grid. + + + The justification for the V grid line pattern of the curtain grid. + + + The offset for the U grid line pattern of the curtain grid. + + + The angle for the U grid line pattern of the curtain grid. + + + The justification for the U grid line pattern of the curtain grid. + + + Represents a curtain grid element within Autodesk Revit. + This element is obtained from a curtain wall, curtain system, or curtain roof. +A curtain wall has only one curtain grid, while a curtain system or curtain roof may have several curtain grids. + + + Projects the specified point on the face. + The point to be projected. + Geometric information if projection is successful; +if projection fails or the nearest point is outside of this face, returns . + +The following is the meaning of IntersectionResult's members: +XYZPoint is the nearest point to the projected point on the face.UVPoint is the UV coordinates of the nearest point on the face.Distance is the distance from the point to the face.EdgeObject is the edge if projected point is near an edge.EdgeParameter is the parameter of the nearest point on the edge. + + + Calculates the intersection of the specified face with this face and returns the intersection results. + +This is not a general-purpose function: it only works properly for simple configurations. +For other configurations, it may return an incorrect result. +Some configurations for which the function might return a correct result are: +A planar face that fully intersects another face in a single curve, when the other face is planar or cylindrical.A cylindrical face that fully intersects another face in a single curve, when the other face is planar. + The specified face to intersect with this face. + A single Curve representing the intersection. + + + FaceIntersectionFaceResult.Intersecting - One or more intersections were encountered. + SetComparisonResult.NonIntersecting - There is no intersection found. + + + +The face is . + + +The intersection calculation fails. + + + + Calculates the intersection of the specified face with this face and returns the intersection results. + +This is not a general-purpose function: it only works properly for simple configurations. +For other configurations, it may return an incorrect result. +Some configurations for which the function might return a correct result are: +A planar face that fully intersects another face in a single curve, when the other face is planar or cylindrical.A cylindrical face that fully intersects another face in a single curve, when the other face is planar. + The specified face to intersect with this face. + + + FaceIntersectionFaceResult.Intersecting - One or more intersections were encountered. + SetComparisonResult.NonIntersecting - There is no intersection found. + + + +The face is . + + +The intersection calculation fails. + + + + Calculates the intersection of the specified curve with this face and returns the intersection results. + The specified curve to intersect with this face. + Provides more information about the intersection. + + + SetComparisonResult.Overlap - One or more intersections were encountered. The output argument has the results. + SetComparisonResult.Subset - The curve is coincident with the surface. + SetComparisonResult.Disjoint - There is no intersection found. + + + +The curve is . + + +The intersection calculation fails. + + +The array of the intersection results contains one entry for each point where this face and the curve intersect. +The following is the meaning of IntersectionResult's members: +XYZPoint is the evaluated intersection point.UVPoint is the intersection parameters on the face.Parameter is the raw intersection parameter on the curve.EdgeObject is the edge if the intersection happens to be near an edge of the face.EdgeParameter is the parameter of the nearest point on the edge. + + + Calculates the intersection of the specified curve with this face. + Calculates the intersection of the specified curve with this face. + The specified curve to intersect with this face. + + + SetComparisonResult.Overlap - One or more intersections were encountered. + SetComparisonResult.Subset - The curve is coincident with the surface. + SetComparisonResult.Disjoint - There is no intersection found. + + + +The curve is . + + +The intersection calculation fails. + + + + Indicates whether the specified point is within this face and outputs additional information about the point location. + The parameters to be evaluated, in natural parameterization of the face. + Provides more information only when the point is on the edge; otherwise, . + True if within this face or on its boundary, otherwise False. + +The following is the meaning of the IntersectionResult members when the point is on the edge: +EdgeObject is the edge that the point lies on EdgeParameter is the parameter of the point on the edge nearest to the UV point UV is the specified point + + + Indicates whether the specified point is within this face. + Indicates whether the specified point is within this face. + The parameters to be evaluated, in natural parameterization of the face. + True if point is within this face or on its boundary, otherwise false. + + + Returns the normal vector for the face at the given point. + The parameters to be evaluated, in natural parameterization of the face. + The normal vector. This vector will be normalized. + +Differs from the normal returned from in that this vector is the "face normal" vector. +It will always be oriented to point out of a solid that contains the face. + + + + Returns the second partial derivatives of the face at the specified point. + The parameters to be evaluated, in natural parameterization of the face. + The second partial derivatives of the face at the specified point. + +It does not take the bounding edge loops into account. + + 2016 + + + Returns the first partial derivatives of the underlying surface at the specified point. + The parameters to be evaluated, in natural parameterization of the face. + A transformation containing tangent vectors and a normal vector. + +The following is the meaning of the transformation members: +
  • Origin is the point on the face (equivalent to );
  • BasisX is the tangent vector along the U coordinate (partial derivative with respect to U).
  • BasisY is the tangent vector along the V coordinate (partial derivative with respect to V).
  • BasisZ is the underlying surface's normal vector. This is not necessarily aligned with the normal vector pointing out of a +solid that contains the face, to get that value use .
+None of the vectors are normalized. +
+
+ + The period of the underlying surface in the specified parametric direction. + Use 0 for U coordinates and 1 for V coordinates. + The real number equal to the period of the underlying surface. + +Thrown when an incorrect coordinate dimension is supplied. + + +Thrown when this face is not cyclic in the specified direction. + + + + Indicates whether the underlying surface is periodic in the specified parametric direction. + Use 0 for U coordinates and 1 for V coordinates. + True if the underlying surface is cyclic in the specified coordinate space; otherwise, false. + +Thrown when an incorrect coordinate dimension is supplied. + + + + The area of this face. + +Returns zero if fails to compute the area. In some cases, this area may be estimated. + + + + Returns a stable reference to the face. + This value may be if the object does not store a corresponding reference. +This might be due to any of the following reasons: +The face was obtained from an API member which does not permit options to generate corresponding References (most +API members, besides Element.Geometry, do not have an option to generate a Reference). The corresponding geometry object does not permit referencing. + + + Returns the UV bounding box of the face. + A BoundingBoxUV with the extents of the parameterization of the face. + 2011 + + + Evaluates and returns the XYZ coordinates of a point at the indicated UV parameterization of the face. + The evaluation is performed on the underlying Surface, and can return results outside of the boundaries of the face. + The parameters to be evaluated, in natural parameterization of the face. + The XYZ coordinates. + + + Returns a triangular mesh approximation to the face. + 2013 + The level of detail. Its range is from 0 to 1. 0 is the lowest level of detail and 1 is the highest. + +Thrown when level of detail is less than 0 or greater than 1. + + + + Returns a triangular mesh approximation to the face. + Tolerance of approximation is defined internally by Revit to be adequate for +display purposes. + + + + + + + Determines if a face is two-sided (degenerate). + + + The element ID of the material from which this face is composed. + + + Returns a list of closed curve loops that correspond to the edge loops of the face. +Curves in each curve loop correspond to individual edges. + +Orientations of the curves and curve loops match the orientations of the face's edges and edge loops. +The order of the CurveLoops should be considered as arbitrary. + + A list of closed curve loops, that correspond edges of face. + 2015 + + + A collection of edge loops. Each edge loop represents one of the closed boundaries of the face. + + + Gets the face regions (created, for example, by the Split Face command) of the face. + Use the FaceSplitter class to filter and find elements which may generate face regions. + A list of faces, one for the main face of the object hosting the Split Face (such as wall or floor) +and one face for each Split Face regions. + + + Identifies if the face contains regions (which can be created, for example, by the Split Face command). + If this is true, use to get access to the specific Faces which make up the regions. + + + +Returns true if this face's orientation matches the orientation of the face's surface, +false if they have opposite orientations. + + +(Revit uses only orientable faces and surfaces). +At any point on a face or surface, the face's or surface's orientation is specified by +the normal vector at that point. +The face's normal vector can be the same or opposite to that of its surface. +If OrientationMatchesSurfaceOrientation() is true, then the face’s normal vector is the same as +that of its surface at each point on the face, otherwise the normal vectors are opposite. +See also Surface::OrientationMatchesParametricOrientation. + + + + Returns a copy of this face's surface. + A copy of this face's surface. + 2018 + + + A bounded face of a 3d solid or open shell. + Faces are defined by surfaces () bounded by edge loops. The surfaces provide +natural UV parameterization to the faces. + + + + An enumerated type listing the possible results of a face-face intersection calculation. + + + + + The two faces have no intersection. + + + + + The two faces have an intersection. + + + + The cell boundaries on the reference face. The boundaries can have more than one CurveLoop. Each item in the returned array represents a CurveLoop containing 3 or more than 3 edges. + + + The planarized curve loops for cell boundaries. The boundaries can have more than one CurveLoop. Each item in the returned array represents a CurveLoop containing 3 or more than 3 edges. + + + Represents a CurtainCell within Autodesk Revit. + + + + Describes which version of the family to be loaded. + + + + + Loading the family from current family document. + + + + + Loading the family from target project document. + + + + Indicates if the instance is display with Fine detail level in the view +of project document. + This property cannot be set to false if the other two detail levels are also false. + + + Indicates if the instance is display with Medium detail level in the view +of project document. + This property cannot be set to false if the other two detail levels are also false. + + + Indicates if the instance is display with Coarse detail level in the view +of project document. + This property cannot be set to false if the other two detail levels are also false. + + + Indicates if the instance is display in Left/Right view of project document. + This property matters for objects whose visibility type is Model. + + + Indicates if the instance is display in Front/Back view of project document. + This property matters for objects whose visibility type is Model. + + + Indicates if the instance is display in Plan/RCP view of project document. + This property matters for objects whose visibility type is Model. + + + Indicates if the instance is displayed when cut in Plan/RCP (if the category permits). + controls whether the Model Family Element is shown when a FamilyInstance +of that Family is cut in a Plan/RCP view, i.e. the cut plane passes through the +bounding box of the instance. It only has a meaning for categories that are "cut in the symbol". For +non-cuttable categories it is always false and for ones that are "cuttable in the +instance" it is the same as the IsShownInTopBottom. + + + Indicates if the instance is displayed only if it has been cut. + This property matters for objects which visibility type is ViewSpecific. + + + Indicates if the instance is Model or View specific. + + + Provides access to the visibility parameters of family elements in family document. + + + + + + + Indicates the Visibility type of generic forms. + Use this enum to indicate the visibility type +of new forms. + + + The element will be displayed only in the view where it is created. This +applies to items like detail components, annotations, and view-specific imports. + + + The element will be displayed in 3D views and model other model views. + + + Resets the text position of the segment to the initial position determined by its type and parameters. + The initial point is the text location when dimension is created. + 2015 Subscription Update + + + The position of the dimension text's drag point. + +

This property is not applicable to all dimensions. +For example, it is not available for spot dimensions, +dimensions using equality formula, and when dimension style is ordinate.

+

If the position is not applicable, this property returns NULL +and will not allow setting a value.

+
+ +Thrown when the dimension text is unavailable. + + +Thrown when: +
  • The dimension text is a SpotElevation
  • When using equality formula.
  • When dimension style is ordinate.
. +
+ 2015 Subscription Update + + + +
+ + Indicates if this dimension is supported to set/get TextPosition/LeaderPosition. + True if this dimension is supported to set/get TextPosition/LeaderPosition, false otherwise. + 2015 Subscription Update + + + The position of the dimension leader end point. + +

This property is not applicable to all dimensions. +For example, it is not available for spot dimensions, +dimensions using equality formula, and when dimension style is ordinate.

+

If the position is not applicable, this property returns NULL +and will not allow setting a value.

+
> + +2015 Subscription Update. + +Thrown when the dimension text is unavailable. + +Thrown when: +
  • The dimension text is a SpotElevation
  • When using equality formula.
  • When dimension style is ordinate.
+ + The text that replaces the segment's value. + + + The text shown below the segment's value. + + + The text shown above the segment's value. + + + The text shown after the segment's value. + + + The text shown before the segment's value. + + + Indicates if this segment is locked. + This property always returns false if the dimension +is a radial or spot dimension. +This property cannot be set if the segment has been labeled, or +the dimension shape is a radial or spot dimension. + + + The displayed value shown for the dimension segment. + + + The length of the segment. + + + The segment origin. + The origin will be the midpoint of the line that +makes up the segment. + + + A segment of a dimension within the Autodesk Revit project. + + + All elements that are joined in this geometry combination. + +Thrown when this geometry combination has already been deleted. + + All members are generic forms, for more information, refer toGenericForm. + + + An element created by Join and Cut operations applied to combinable elements in an Autodesk Revit family document. + + + +Retrieves an object that provides access to the TilePattern objects in +the document. + + + + +Retrieves an object that provides access to all the electrical settings include voltage type, distribution system type, +demand factor, wire type in the Autodesk Revit application and project. + + +Electrical settings can be accessed only if Revit MEP product is available. + + + + Retrieves an object that provides access to all the categories contained in the Autodesk +Revit application and project. + + + The settings object provides access to general components of the Autodesk Revit +application, such as Categories. + + + + + + + Add a new subcategory into the Autodesk Revit document. + If successful, the newly created subcategory. + The parent category. + The new category name. + +Thrown when the input argument-"parentCategory" or "name"-is . + + +Thrown when the input argument-"parentCategory"-cannot add subcategory. +Thrown when the input argument-"name"-is an illegal name. + + +Thrown when subcategory creation failed. + + + + + + + + Inserts the specified category with the specified name into the map. + The name to be used for inserting the category into the map. + The category to be inserted into the map. + Whether or not the category was inserted into the map. + Always thrown; this list is read only. + + + Retrieves a backward moving iterator to the map. + A backward moving iterator to the map. + + + Retrieves a forward moving iterator to the map. + A forward moving iterator to the map. + + + Retrieves a forward moving iterator to the map. + A forward moving iterator to the map. + + + Whether or not the list of top-level categories is empty. + + + The total number of top-level categories in the document. + + + Gets a category which has the specified name from this list of top-level categories. + The name of the category to be retrieved. + The category with the specified name. + Thrown when the category list does not contain the category with this name. +Thrown when trying to set an item to this list of categories; this list is read only.. + + + Identifies if a category which has the specified name is in the list of top-level categories. + The name of the category to be retrieved. + Whether the category exists in the list of top-level categories. + + + Retrieves a category object matching an identifier. + Retrieves a category object corresponding to a BuiltInCategory id. + Unlike the method that obtains categories by name, this routine will obtain +the handle even of built-in subcategories. +Since 2016 it is advised to use either +or ​ method from Category class. + + + The Categories object is a map that contains all the top-level Category objects within the Document. + Use this object to retrieve categories by name or by BuiltInCategory id. + + + + + + + The index of the vertex pair from the bottom profile. + + + The index of the vertex pair from the top profile. + + + Represents a connection between vertices in the top and bottom profile of a blend. + Use objects of this type in , +, + and + to get/set the vertex connection map. + + + The curves which make up the top profile of the sketch. + The indices of the curves in this array match the indices used in the vertex connection map. + + + The curves which make up the bottom profile of the sketch. + The indices of the curves in this array match the indices used in the vertex connection map. + + + Sets the mapping between the vertices in the top and bottom profiles. + +Thrown when the input argument-"vertexMap"-is . + + +Thrown if the input argument-"vertexMap"-is empty. + + +Thrown when the document failed to regenerate. + + + + Gets the mapping between the vertices in the top and bottom profiles. + Each vertex refers to the start point of the curve from the top and bottom profiles. + + + The selected curve used for the swept blend path. + If the swept blend is based on a sketched path, this property is . + + + The sketched path for the swept blend. + If the swept blend is based on selected 3d curve, this property is . + + + The bottom family symbol profile of the swept blend. + If the bottom profile is sketch-based, this property is . + + + The bottom profile sketch of the swept blend. + If the bottom profile is based on a family symbol, this property is . + + + The top family symbol profile of the swept blend. + If the top profile is sketch-based, this property is . + + + The top profile sketch of the swept blend. + If the top profile is based on a family symbol, this property is . + + + A swept blend solid or void form. + + + + Returns all elements which belong to the sketch. + + + Following elements can belong to a sketch: + , + , + . + To get matching between from and , use . + + + Returns ids of elements which belong to that sketch. + + + 2022 + + + + + Returns id of the sketch owner element or invalidElementId if sketch does not build a geometry. + + + 2022 + + + + + Returns the Sketch Plane of the Sketch. + + + This property is used to retrieve the Sketch Plane of Sketch. + + + + Returns the Profile of the Sketch. + This property is used to retrieve the Profile of Sketch. + + + + Provides access to the Sketch in Autodesk Revit. + + + + Provides access to the SketchBase in Autodesk Revit. + SketchBase is the base class of Sketch. + + + The curves which make up the top profile of the sketch. + The indices of the curves in this array match the indices used in the vertex connection map. + + + The curves which make up the bottom profile of the sketch. + The indices of the curves in this array match the indices used in the vertex connection map. + + + Sets the mapping between the vertices in the top and bottom profiles. + +Thrown when the input argument-"vertexMap"-is . + + +Thrown if the input argument-"vertexMap"-is empty. + + +Thrown when the document failed to regenerate. + + + + Gets the mapping between the vertices in the top and bottom profiles. + Each vertex refers to the start point of the curve from the top and bottom profiles. + + + The offset of the top end of the blend relative to the sketch plane. + + + The offset of the bottom end of the blend relative to the sketch plane. + + + Returns the Bottom Sketch of the Blend. + This property is used to retrieve the Bottom Sketch of the Blend. + + + Returns the Top Sketch of the Blend. + This property is used to retrieve the Top Sketch of the Blend. + + + A blend solid or void form. + + + + Determines whether the sub-transaction has ended already. + + + A sub-transaction is ended by completing either the Commit + or RollBack method. + Another way of testing whether a sub-transaction has ended is by testing + its current status returned from (see ). It must be either + 'TransactionStatus.Committed' or 'TransactionStatus.RolledBack' + + + True if the sub-transaction has already been committed or rolled back, False otherwise. + + + 2011 + + + + + Determines whether the sub-transaction has been started yet. + + + A sub-transaction is considered being started after the Start + method was called and until the sub-transaction is either committed or rolled back. + + + True if the sub-transaction has already started, False otherwise. + + + 2011 + + + + + Returns the current status of the sub-transaction. + + + The current status of the sub-transaction. + + + 2011 + + + + + Discards all changes made to the model during the sub-transaction. + + +

The parent transaction (or a parent sub-transaction, if any) + can still be committed, but the changes rolled back by this + method will not be part of the committed transaction.

+

RollBack can be called only when all inner sub-transaction, if any, are finished, + i.e. they were either committed or rolled back. If there is still a sub-transaction open, + an attempt to roll this outer sub-transaction back will cause an exception.

+
+ + If finished successfully, this method returns TransactionStatus.RolledBack. + + + A sub-transaction can only be active inside an open Transaction. + -or- + The sub-transaction's current status is not TransactionStatus.Started, + therefore it may not be committed or rolled back. + + + 2011 + +
+ + + Commits all changes made to the model made during the sub-transaction. + + +

The changes are not permanently committed to the document yet. They will be + committed only when the active transaction is committed. If the transaction + is rolled back instead, the changes committed during this sub-transaction will be discarded.

+

Commit can be called only when all inner sub-transactions, if any, are already finished, + i.e. they were either committed or rolled back. If there is still a sub-transaction open, + an attempt to commit this outer sub-transaction will cause an exception.

+
+ + If finished successfully, this method returns TransactionStatus.Committed + + + A sub-transaction can only be active inside an open Transaction. + -or- + The sub-transaction's current status is not TransactionStatus.Started, + therefore it may not be committed or rolled back. + + + 2011 + +
+ + + Starts the sub-transaction. + + +

A sub-transaction can only be started in an open transaction, + and it must be closed (committed or rolled back) while still inside the open transaction.

+

A sub-transaction can be started in another open sub-transaction, + but then it must be closed before the parent sub-transaction is closed.

+
+ + If started successfully, this method returns TransactionStatus.Started. + + + Cannot modify the document for either a read-only external command is being executed, or changes to the document are temporarily disabled. + -or- + A sub-transaction can only be active inside an open Transaction. + -or- + The sub-transaction was already started and has not finished yet. + + + 2011 + +
+ + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Instantiates a sub-transaction object + + + The document for which this sub-transaction is going to be used. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Sub-transactions are objects that provide control over a subset of changes in a document. + + + A Sub-transaction can only be active as a part of an open transaction. + Sub-transactions may be nested inside each other, but with the restriction + that every nested sub-transaction is entirely contained (opened and closed) + in the parent sub-transaction. +

If a sub-transaction was started and not committed or rolled back by the time + the SubTransaction object is about to be disposed, the destructor will roll back the + sub-transaction automatically, thus all changes made to the document during the + sub-transaction will be discarded. It is not recommended to rely on this default + behavior though. Instead, it is advised to always call either Commit + or RollBack explicitly before the sub-transaction + object gets disposed. + Please note that unless invoked explicitly the actual destruction of an object + in managed code might not happen until the object is collected by the garbage collector.

+ + 2011 + +
+ + + An enumerated type listing the possible statuses associated with a Transaction, TransactionGroup, or SubTransaction, + or the result of a particular method call on one of those objects. + + + 2011 + + + + + while still in error handling (internal status) + + + + + error while committing or rolling back + + + + + returned from error handling that took over managing the transaction + + + + + simply committed, ended an empty transaction, flushed all, or undo is disabled + + + + + rolled back (aborted) + + + + + transaction has begun (until committed or rolled back) + + + + + initial value, the transaction has not been started yet in this status + + + + + Creates a new instance of an unbound linear curve. + + + The origin of the unbound line. + + + The direction of the unbound line. + + + The new unbound line. + + + A non-optional argument was NULL + + + direction has zero length. + + + Vector and origin cannot form a proper unbound line. + + + 2014 + + + + + + + + + Creates a new instance of a bound linear curve. + + + The first line endpoint. + + + The second line endpoint. + + + The new bound line. + + + A non-optional argument was NULL + + + Curve length is too small for Revit's tolerance (as identified by Application.ShortCurveTolerance). + + + 2014 + + + + + + + + Returns the direction of the line. + + + Returns the origin of the line. + + + A line in space. + + + + Creates a new geometric arc object based on three points. + + + The start point of the arc. + + + The end point of the arc. + + + A point on the arc. + + + The new arc. + + + A non-optional argument was NULL + + + The vectors end0 and end1 are coincident. + -or- + The vectors end0 and pointOnArc are coincident. + -or- + The vectors end1 and pointOnArc are coincident. + -or- + Cannot create an arc. + -or- + Curve length is too small for Revit's tolerance (as identified by Application.ShortCurveTolerance). + + + 2014 + + + + + + + + + Creates a new geometric arc object based on plane, radius, and angles. + + + If the angle range is equal to or greater than 2 * PI, the curve will be + automatically converted to an unbounded circle. + + + The plane which the arc resides. The plane's origin is the center of the arc. + + + The radius of the arc. + + + The start angle of the arc (in radians). + + + The end angle of the arc (in radians). + + + The new arc. + + + A non-optional argument was NULL + + + The given value for radius must be greater than 0 and no more than 30000 feet. + + + Start angle must be less than end angle. + -or- + Curve length is too small for Revit's tolerance (as identified by Application.ShortCurveTolerance). + + + 2014 + + + + + + + + + Creates a new geometric arc object based on center, radius, unit vectors, and angles. + + + If the angle range is equal to or greater than 2 * PI, the curve will be + automatically converted to an unbounded circle. + + + The center of the arc. + + + The radius of the arc. + + + The start angle of the arc (in radians). + + + The end angle of the arc (in radians). + + + The x axis to define the arc plane. Must be normalized. + + + The y axis to define the arc plane. Must be normalized. + + + The new arc. + + + A non-optional argument was NULL + + + xAxis is not length 1.0. + -or- + yAxis is not length 1.0. + -or- + The given value for radius must be between 0 and 30000 feet. + + + The vectors xAxis and yAxis are not perpendicular. + -or- + Start angle must be less than end angle. + -or- + Curve length is too small for Revit's tolerance (as identified by Application.ShortCurveTolerance). + + + 2014 + + + + + + + + Returns the radius of the arc. + + + Returns the Y direction. + + + Returns the X direction. + + + Returns the normal to the plane in which the arc is defined. + + + Returns the center of the arc. + + + A circular arc. + The arc lies in the plane defined by center and normal. + + + An object that specifies the type of a beam system in Autodesk Revit. + + + Get or set the type of justification. + The justifyType passed in must be a valid object. + + + Get or set the spacing of the beam system. + The value of spacing must be in [0, 30000), but in fact the spacing +should not be too small or too great. + + + Constructor of LayoutRuleFixedDistance. Create LayoutRuleFixedDistance with the values passed in. + The value of spacing must be in [0, 30000). + The type of the justification, it's corresponding to the items in the element properties dialog. + The value of spacing must be in [0, 30000), but in fact the spacing should not be too small or too great. + + + This class indicate the layout rule of a Beam System is Clear-Spacing. + To use this type of LayoutRule, the distance between the beams and the justify-type must be set. + + + + + + + Get or set the spacing of the beam system. + The value of spacing must be in (0, 30000), but in fact the spacing +should not be too small or too great. + + + Constructor of LayoutRuleMaximumSpacing. + The value of spacing must be in (0, 30000). + The value of spacing must be in (0, 30000), but in fact the spacing +should not be too small or too great. + + + This class indicate the layout rule of a Beam System is Max-Spacing. + To use this type of LayoutRule, only the maximum spacing must be set and it must be in (0, 30000). + + + + + + + Get or set the number of the beams in a beam system. + The number must be positive. + + + Constructor of LayoutRuleFixedNumber. + The value of numberOfLines must be positive. + Create a LayoutRuleFixedNumber object with the number of the beams and this number must be positive. + + + This class indicate the layout rule of a Beam System is Fixed-Number. + To use this type of LayoutRule, only the number of the beams must be set. + + + + + + + Get or set the type of justification. + The justifyType passed in must be a valid object. + + + Get or set spacing of the Beam System. + The value of spacing must be between 0 and 30000. + + + Constructor of LayoutRuleFixedDistance. Create LayoutRuleFixedDistance with the values passed in. + The value of spacing must be between 0 and 30000. + The type of the justification, it's corresponding to the items in the element properties dialog. + + + This class indicate the layout rule of a Beam System is Fixed-Distance. + To use this type of LayoutRule, the distance between the beams and the justify-type must be set. + + + + + + + The LayoutRule object is a base object for all type of layout rules for +Beam System within the Autodesk Revit API. + This class just used as the base class of those concrete LayoutRule classes. + + + + Creates a new BeamSystem with specified profile curves. + + + The document in which the new BeamSystem is created. + + + The profile of the BeamSystem. + + + The level on which the BeamSystem is to be created. + The work-plane of the BeamSystem will be the sketch plane associated with the Level. + If there is no current sketch plane associated with the level yet, we will create a default one. + + + Index of the curve in the profile to be used as direction. + '0' means the direction to use the first curve in profile. + The curve from the profile to be used as direction must be a Line. + + + Whether the BeamSystem is 3D. If the BeamSystem is 3D, the sketchPlane must be a level, otherwise an exception will be thrown. + + + If successful, a new BeamSystem object will be returned. + + + The input profile contains at least one helical curve and is not supported for this operation. + -or- + The curve index must be valid and the curve to be used as direction must be a Line. + -or- + The input level does not have associated plan view. + -or- + The plan view associated with the input level is not valid. + -or- + Can not get valid sketch plane from the input level. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2014 + + + + + + + + + Creates a new BeamSystem with specified profile curves. + + + The document in which the new BeamSystem is created. + + + The profile of the BeamSystem. + + + The level on which the BeamSystem is to be created. + The work-plane of the BeamSystem will be the sketch plane associated with the Level. + If there is no current sketch plane associated with the level yet, we will create a default one. + + + The direction is the direction of the BeamSystem. + + + Whether the BeamSystem is 3D. If the BeamSystem is 3D, the sketchPlane must be a level, otherwise an exception will be thrown. + + + If successful, a new BeamSystem object will be returned. + + + The input profile contains at least one helical curve and is not supported for this operation. + -or- + The input level does not have associated plan view. + -or- + The plan view associated with the input level is not valid. + -or- + Can not get valid sketch plane from the input level. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates a new BeamSystem with specified profile curves. + + + The document in which the new BeamSystem is created. + + + The profile of the BeamSystem. + + + The work-plane for the BeamSystem. + + + The direction is the direction of the BeamSystem. + + + Whether the BeamSystem is 3D. If the BeamSystem is 3D, the sketchPlane must be a level, otherwise an exception will be thrown. + + + If successful, a new BeamSystem object will be returned. + + + SketchPlane is not valid for BeamSystem creation. + -or- + The input profile contains at least one helical curve and is not supported for this operation. + -or- + The profile curves must be in the sketch plane. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The BeamSystem is 3D, but the SketchPlane is not a level. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates a 2D BeamSystem with specified profile curves. + + + The document in which the new BeamSystem is created. + + + The profile of the BeamSystem. + + + The work-plane for the BeamSystem. + + + Index of the curve in the profile to be used as direction. + '0' means the default direction-to use the first curve in profile. + The curve from the profile to be used as direction must be a Line. + + + If successful, a new BeamSystem object will be returned. + + + SketchPlane is not valid for BeamSystem creation. + -or- + The input profile contains at least one helical curve and is not supported for this operation. + -or- + The profile curves must be in the sketch plane. + -or- + The curve index must be valid and the curve to be used as direction must be a Line. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2014 + + + + The Direction of the BeamSystem. + + + + Retrieves or changes the LayoutRule of the BeamSystem. + + + Retrieve or set the profile of the BeamSystem. + + + Retrieves or changes the type of the BeamSystem. + + + + + + + Retrieves or changes the Beam Type of the BeamSystem. + + + + + + + Get or change the level of the BeamSystem. +When the level is changed, the elevation is changed to make the +the BeamSystem remain the location. + + + Retrieves or changes the Elevation of the BeamSystem. + + + Drop beam system, it will disassociate all members from the beam system and delete the beam system. + The beam system to be deleted. + 2011 + + + Find out the BeamSystem to which the beam belongs. + The BeamSystem. + The beam want to ask. + + + + Gets all the beams of the BeamSystem. + The beam Ids. + + + + An object that represents a BeamSystem within the Autodesk Revit project. + + + This object is derived from the Element base object. It can be used to access properties + of a BeamSystem, such as elevation, level, etc. It also provides access to the beams (FamilyInstances) that are created by this BeamSystem. + + + + + + + + + Wire Diameter, in discipline Electrical. + + + 2021 + + + + + Weight per Unit Length, in discipline Structural. + + + 2021 + + + + + Weight, in discipline Structural. + + + 2021 + + + + + Wattage, in discipline Electrical. + + + 2021 + + + + + Warping Constant, in discipline Structural. + + + 2021 + + + + + Volume, in discipline Common. + + + 2021 + + + + + Unit Weight, in discipline Structural. + + + 2021 + + + + + Time, in discipline Common. + + + 2021 + + + + + Thermal Resistance, in discipline Energy. + + + 2021 + + + + + Thermal Mass, in discipline Energy. + + + 2021 + + + + + Thermal Gradient Coefficient for Moisture Capacity, in discipline Energy. + + + 2021 + + + + + Thermal Expansion Coefficient, in discipline Structural. + + + 2021 + + + + + Thermal Conductivity, in discipline Energy. + + + 2021 + + + + + Surface Area per Unit Length, in discipline Structural. + + + 2021 + + + + + Velocity, in discipline Structural. + + + 2021 + + + + + Frequency, in discipline Structural. + + + 2021 + + + + + Stress, in discipline Structural. + + + 2021 + + + + + Stationing Interval, in discipline Infrastructure. + + + 2021 + + + + + Stationing, in discipline Infrastructure. + + + 2021 + + + + + Speed, in discipline Common. + + + 2021 + + + + + Specific Heat of Vaporization, in discipline Energy. + + + 2021 + + + + + Specific Heat, in discipline Energy. + + + 2021 + + + + + Slope, in discipline Common. + + + 2021 + + + + + Site Angle, in discipline Common. + + + 2021 + + + + + Sheet Length, in discipline Common. + + + 2021 + + + + + Section Property, in discipline Structural. + + + 2021 + + + + + Section Modulus, in discipline Structural. + + + 2021 + + + + + Section Dimension, in discipline Structural. + + + 2021 + + + + + Section Area, in discipline Structural. + + + 2021 + + + + + Rotational Point Spring Coefficient, in discipline Structural. + + + 2021 + + + + + Rotational Line Spring Coefficient, in discipline Structural. + + + 2021 + + + + + Rotation Angle, in discipline Common. + + + 2021 + + + + + Rotation, in discipline Structural. + + + 2021 + + + + + Reinforcement Volume, in discipline Structural. + + + 2021 + + + + + Reinforcement Spacing, in discipline Structural. + + + 2021 + + + + + Reinforcement Length, in discipline Structural. + + + 2021 + + + + + Reinforcement Cover, in discipline Structural. + + + 2021 + + + + + Reinforcement Area per Unit Length, in discipline Structural. + + + 2021 + + + + + Reinforcement Area, in discipline Structural. + + + 2021 + + + + + Pulsation, in discipline Structural. + + + 2021 + + + + + Power per Length, in discipline Electrical. + + + 2021 + + + + + Power per Flow, in discipline HVAC. + + + 2021 + + + + + Point Spring Coefficient, in discipline Structural. + + + 2021 + + + + + Volume, in discipline Piping. + + + 2021 + + + + + Dynamic Viscosity, in discipline Piping. + + + 2021 + + + + + Velocity, in discipline Piping. + + + 2021 + + + + + Temperature Difference, in discipline Piping. + + + 2021 + + + + + Temperature, in discipline Piping. + + + 2021 + + + + + Slope, in discipline Piping. + + + 2021 + + + + + Roughness, in discipline Piping. + + + 2021 + + + + + Pressure, in discipline Piping. + + + 2021 + + + + + Mass per Time, in discipline Piping. + + + 2021 + + + + + Mass, in discipline Piping. + + + 2021 + + + + + Friction, in discipline Piping. + + + 2021 + + + + + Density, in discipline Piping. + + + 2021 + + + + + Pipe Size, in discipline Piping. + + + 2021 + + + + + Mass per Unit Length, in discipline Piping. + + + 2021 + + + + + Pipe Insulation Thickness, in discipline Piping. + + + 2021 + + + + + Pipe Dimension, in discipline Piping. + + + 2021 + + + + + Permeability, in discipline Energy. + + + 2021 + + + + + Period, in discipline Structural. + + + 2021 + + + + + Number, in discipline Common. + + + 2021 + + + + + Moment Scale, in discipline Structural. + + + 2021 + + + + + Moment of Inertia, in discipline Structural. + + + 2021 + + + + + Moment, in discipline Structural. + + + 2021 + + + + + Mass per Unit Length, in discipline Structural. + + + 2021 + + + + + Mass per Unit Area, in discipline Structural. + + + 2021 + + + + + Mass Density, in discipline Common. + + + 2021 + + + + + Mass, in discipline Structural. + + + 2021 + + + + + Luminous Intensity, in discipline Electrical. + + + 2021 + + + + + Luminous Flux, in discipline Electrical. + + + 2021 + + + + + Luminance, in discipline Electrical. + + + 2021 + + + + + Linear Moment Scale, in discipline Structural. + + + 2021 + + + + + Linear Moment, in discipline Structural. + + + 2021 + + + + + Linear Force Scale, in discipline Structural. + + + 2021 + + + + + Linear Force, in discipline Structural. + + + 2021 + + + + + Line Spring Coefficient, in discipline Structural. + + + 2021 + + + + + Length, in discipline Common. + + + 2021 + + + + + Isothermal Moisture Capacity, in discipline Energy. + + + 2021 + + + + + Illuminance, in discipline Electrical. + + + 2021 + + + + + Dynamic Viscosity, in discipline HVAC. + + + 2021 + + + + + Velocity, in discipline HVAC. + + + 2021 + + + + + Temperature Difference, in discipline HVAC. + + + 2021 + + + + + Temperature, in discipline HVAC. + + + 2021 + + + + + Slope, in discipline HVAC. + + + 2021 + + + + + Roughness, in discipline HVAC. + + + 2021 + + + + + Pressure, in discipline HVAC. + + + 2021 + + + + + Power Density, in discipline HVAC. + + + 2021 + + + + + Power, in discipline HVAC. + + + 2021 + + + + + Mass per Time, in discipline HVAC. + + + 2021 + + + + + Friction, in discipline HVAC. + + + 2021 + + + + + Energy, in discipline Energy. + + + 2021 + + + + + Density, in discipline HVAC. + + + 2021 + + + + + Heating Load divided by Volume, in discipline HVAC. + + + 2021 + + + + + Heating Load divided by Area, in discipline HVAC. + + + 2021 + + + + + Heating Load, in discipline HVAC. + + + 2021 + + + + + Coefficient of Heat Transfer, in discipline Energy. + + + 2021 + + + + + Heat Gain, in discipline HVAC. + + + 2021 + + + + + Heat Capacity per Area, in discipline Energy. + + + 2021 + + + + + Force Scale, in discipline Structural. + + + 2021 + + + + + Force, in discipline Structural. + + + 2021 + + + + + Flow per Power, in discipline HVAC. + + + 2021 + + + + + Flow, in discipline Piping. + + + 2021 + + + + + Factor, in discipline HVAC. + + + 2021 + + + + + Energy, in discipline Structural. + + + 2021 + + + + + Temperature Difference, in discipline Electrical. + + + 2021 + + + + + Temperature, in discipline Electrical. + + + 2021 + + + + + Electrical Resistivity, in discipline Electrical. + + + 2021 + + + + + Power Density, in discipline Electrical. + + + 2021 + + + + + Power, in discipline Electrical. + + + 2021 + + + + + Electrical Potential, in discipline Electrical. + + + 2021 + + + + + Frequency, in discipline Electrical. + + + 2021 + + + + + Efficacy, in discipline Electrical. + + + 2021 + + + + + Duct Size, in discipline HVAC. + + + 2021 + + + + + Duct Lining Thickness, in discipline HVAC. + + + 2021 + + + + + Duct Insulation Thickness, in discipline HVAC. + + + 2021 + + + + + Distance, in discipline Common. + + + 2021 + + + + + Displacement/Deflection, in discipline Structural. + + + 2021 + + + + + Diffusivity, in discipline HVAC. + + + 2021 + + + + + Demand Factor, in discipline Electrical. + + + 2021 + + + + + Decimal Sheet Length, in discipline Common. + + + 2021 + + + + + Current, in discipline Electrical. + + + 2021 + + + + + Currency, in discipline Common. + + + 2021 + + + + + Cross Section, in discipline HVAC. + + + 2021 + + + + + Crack Width, in discipline Structural. + + + 2021 + + + + + Cost Rate Power, in discipline Electrical. + + + 2021 + + + + + Cost Rate Energy, in discipline Electrical. + + + 2021 + + + + + Cost per Area, in discipline Common. + + + 2021 + + + + + Cooling Load divided by Volume, in discipline HVAC. + + + 2021 + + + + + Cooling Load divided by Area, in discipline HVAC. + + + 2021 + + + + + Cooling Load, in discipline HVAC. + + + 2021 + + + + + Conduit Size, in discipline Electrical. + + + 2021 + + + + + Color Temperature, in discipline Electrical. + + + 2021 + + + + + Cable Tray Size, in discipline Electrical. + + + 2021 + + + + + Bar Diameter, in discipline Structural. + + + 2021 + + + + + Area Spring Coefficient, in discipline Structural. + + + 2021 + + + + + Area Force Scale, in discipline Structural. + + + 2021 + + + + + Area Force, in discipline Structural. + + + 2021 + + + + + Area divided by Heating Load, in discipline HVAC. + + + 2021 + + + + + Area divided by Cooling Load, in discipline HVAC. + + + 2021 + + + + + Area, in discipline Common. + + + 2021 + + + + + Apparent Power Density, in discipline Electrical. + + + 2021 + + + + + Apparent Power, in discipline Electrical. + + + 2021 + + + + + Angular Speed, in discipline HVAC. + + + 2021 + + + + + Angle, in discipline Common. + + + 2021 + + + + + Air Flow divided by Volume, in discipline HVAC. + + + 2021 + + + + + Air Flow divided by Cooling Load, in discipline HVAC. + + + 2021 + + + + + Air Flow Density, in discipline HVAC. + + + 2021 + + + + + Air Flow, in discipline HVAC. + + + 2021 + + + + + Acceleration, in discipline Structural. + + + 2021 + + + + + Unrecognized custom spec. + + + 2021 + + + + + URL, in discipline Common. + + + + + Text, in discipline Common. + + + + + Multiline Text, in discipline Common. + + + + + This class contains constants identifying string specs. + + + 2021 + + + + + Material, in discipline Common. + + + + + Load Classification, in discipline Electrical. + + + + + Image, in discipline Common. + + + + + Fill Pattern, in discipline Common. + + + + + This class contains constants identifying reference specs. + + + 2021 + + + + + Number of Poles, in discipline Electrical. + + + + + Integer, in discipline Common. + + + + + This class contains constants identifying integer specs. + + + 2021 + + + + + Yes/No, in discipline Common. + + + + + This class contains constants identifying Boolean specs. + + + 2021 + + + + + This class contains constants identifying specs. + + + 2021 + + + + + Gets a ForgeTypeId identifying the data type describing values of the parameter. + + + The returned ForgeTypeId may be empty or may identify either a spec or a + category. When it is a category, it indicates a Family Type + parameter of that category. See + Parameter.IsSpec(ForgeTypeId), + UnitUtils.IsMeasurableSpec(ForgeTypeId), + Category.IsBuiltInCategory(ForgeTypeId), and + Parameter.IsValidDataType(ForgeTypeId). + + Some built-in parameters, such as those for color or level, have special data types which are not + available for use with user-defined parameters and which have no representation in the Revit user + interface or API. For these built-in parameters, this method returns an empty ForgeTypeId instance. + + + A ForgeTypeId identifying the data type of the parameter or an empty ForgeTypeId. + + 2022 + + + + + + + Returns the group ID of the parameter definition. + + + Returns the identifier of the parameter definition's parameter group. + + + The user visible name for the parameter. + + + The Definition object is a base object for all type of parameter definitions within the Autodesk Revit API. + This object supports properties and methods that report the name and type of a +particular parameter. There are two kinds of definition object derived from this: +InternalDefinition which represents all kinds of definitions existing entirely within the +Autodesk Revit database. ExternalDefinitions represent definitions stored on disk in a +shared parameters file. Most of the time code should be written to utilize this Definition +base class as then the code will be applicable to both internal and external parameter +definitions. + + + + Identifies if the assembly is made by Precast addin. + + + True if the assembly contains Precast data, false otherwise. + + + 2012 + + + + + Sets the origin of the assembly instance. + + + Transform to be set. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + trf is not a rigid body transformation. + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets the origin of the assembly instance. + + + The origin of the assembly instance. + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns the center of the bounding box for the assembly instance. + This is the default position for placed assembly instances. + + + The position for the center of the assembly instance. + + + 2012 + + + + + Compares two assembly instances and returns a result with details about the differences + + + Only the first found difference is returned. + If the instances are identical, AssemblyDifferenceNone will be returned. + + + The first assembly instance to compare + + + the second assembly instance to compare + + + An object describing the difference between the two instances + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + + + + + Removes the assembly instance and releases the member elements. + + + ids of elements previously under the assembly instance. + + + 2012 + + + + + Returns true if assembly views can be created for this Assembly Instance. + + + Assembly views are allowed when there are no assembly views for any instance of this type, + or when the only existing assembly views belong to this instance + + + 2012 + + + + + Determines whether the given ElementId is a member of this assembly + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Removes member element ids from the assembly instance. + + + Element ids to be removed from the assembly instance. + + + One or more element ids was not permitted to be removed from the assembly instance. + Provided set should not be empty and all elements should be a member of the assembly instance. + -or- + The provided set includes one or more element ids that cannot be added to or removed from the assembly on their own. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Adds member element ids for the assembly instance. + + + Element ids to be added to the assembly instance. + + + One or more element ids was not permitted for membership in the assembly instance. + Elements should be of a valid category and should not be a member of an existing assembly. + -or- + The provided set includes one or more element ids that cannot be added to or removed from the assembly on their own. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Sets member element ids for the assembly instance. All existing members are cleared. + + + Element ids to set for the assembly instance. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This method may not be called during dynamic update. + + + 2012 + + + + + Gets member element ids for the assembly instance. + + + Element ids for the members of the assembly instance. + + + 2012 + + + + + Identifies if the naming category is valid for an assembly instance. + + + The document for the assembly instance. + + + The id of the naming category for the assembly instance. + + + Member ids to check validity of naming category + + + True if the naming category is valid, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Identifies if provided assembly members can be removed from the assembly instance. + + + The assembly instance to remove elements from. + + + Element ids to be tested for validity to remove from the assembly instance. + + + True if all member ids are valid, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Identifies if provided assembly members are valid. + + + The document. + + + Element ids to be tested for validity for membership of an assembly instance. + + + Id of the existing assembly to add components to. If invalid, the method return whether the components can be added to a new assembly + + + True if all member ids are valid, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Places an assembly instance of a given assembly type at the specified location. + + + The document for the new assembly instance. + + + The id of the assembly type to be used for the instance. + + + The placement location for the instance in project coordinates. + + + The newly created assembly instance. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Creates a new assembly instance. + + + Transaction must be committed after calling this method before performing any action on the newly created instance. + Assembly type is assigned after the transaction for creating assembly instance is complete. + + + The document containing the elements. + + + The elements that comprise the assembly. + + + The naming category for the assembly instance. + + + The newly created assembly instance. + + + One or more element ids was not permitted for membership in the assembly instance. + Elements should be of a valid category and should not be a member of an existing assembly. + -or- + This naming category was not valid for an assembly instance containing the proposed members. + The naming category should match one of the member element categories. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2012 + + + + + The name for the assembly type. + All matching assembly instances share this name. + Unique assembly instances are named automatically based on their naming category. + + + When setting this property: This assembly type name is not valid for this assembly instance. + An assembly type name should be non-empty, should contain valid characters, and should be unique for its naming category. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Id of the category that drives the default naming scheme for the assembly instance. + + + When setting this property: This naming category was not valid for an assembly instance containing the proposed members. + The naming category should match one of the member element categories. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + This property is used to find the physical location of the assembly instance within project. + 2013 + The Location property returns an object that can be used to find the location of an object +within the project. Assembly instances return a point location object positioned at the center of the assembly instance. + + + + Combines multiple elements for tagging, filtering, scheduling and creating isolated assembly views. + + + 2012 + + + + + + + + An object that represents an Area Tag style. + + + The tag type. + + + The area that the tag is associated with. + In rare cases, the tag may not be associated to an area. The property will +be in these situations. + + + Provides access to the area topology in Autodesk Revit. + The areaTag object can be queried for its boundary for use in space planning tools. + + + + The spatial element tag type. + + + + + The element that the tag is associated with. + + + Gives you the SpatialElement (native RoomElem) that this tag is tagging. This may return NULL under some circumstances, + for example when an old-style non-attached detail group with a room tag has been saved out to a file. + + + + + The view in which the tag was placed. + + + + + The position of the leader's elbow (middle point). + + + Returns the elbow point of the tag leader. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + There is no leader for this tag. + -or- + When setting this property: SpatialElementTag is pinned. + -or- + When setting this property: SpatialElementTag is orphaned. + + + 2017 + + + + + The position of the leader's end. + + + Returns the end point of the tag leader. + Leader end point must be located inside of a room, space or an area. + Use Room.IsPointInRoom or Space.IsPointInSpace method to check whether the leaderEnd is located in the host element or not. + + + When setting this property: The point is located outside of the spatial element. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + There is no leader for this tag. + -or- + When setting this property: SpatialElementTag is pinned. + -or- + When setting this property: SpatialElementTag is orphaned. + + + 2017 + + + + + The position of the tag's head. + + + Returns the end point of the tag leader. + Leader end point must be located inside of a room, space or an area. + Use Room.IsPointInRoom or Space.IsPointInSpace method to check whether the leaderEnd is located in the host element or not. + + + When setting this property: Head position of the tag with no leader could not be located outside of the host element. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + When setting this property: SpatialElementTag is pinned. + -or- + When setting this property: SpatialElementTag is orphaned. + + + 2017 + + + + + The text displayed by the tag. + + + If there are several strings included in the tag, the strings will be returned concatenated. + + + 2018 + + + + + The rotation angle of the tag relative to its view + + + When setting this property: Angle can only be changed for Model orientation + + + 2022 + + + + + The orientation of the tag. + + + See for the supported orientations. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2017 + + + + + Identifies if the tag's leader has an elbow point or not. + + + Straight leaders do not have elbow points. Use to get or set elbow point. + + + There is no leader for this tag. + + + + + Identifies if a leader is displayed for the tag or not. + + + True if a leader is displayed, otherwise false. + + + When setting this property: SpatialElementTag is orphaned. + -or- + When setting this property: Thrown when attempting to turn off leader of the pinned tag + when the tag's head position is located outside off the host element. + + + + + Identifies if the tag has reference to a spatial element in a linked document or not. + + + 2017 + + + + + Identifies if the tag is orphaned or not. + + + The orphan tags are used to tag a spatial element in a link document, but the spatial element was deleted. + + + 2017 + + + + The location of the tag. + Allows you to get and set the location of the tag within the level. The +Z location should be the elevation of the level and is not changeable. + + + + A tag attached to a SpatialElement (room, space or area) in Autodesk Revit. + + + SpatialElementTag is the base class for RoomTag, SpaceTag and AreaTag. + Zone tag is not derived from SpatialElementTag. See for more information. + + + + + An enumerated type listing tag orientation options that are supported by SpatialElementTags. + + + + + The Orientation of tag is Model. + + + + + The Orientation of tag is Vertical. + + + + + The Orientation of tag is Horizontal. + + + + + Find the closest points between two curves. + Closest points mean closest pairs of points, each pair consisting of a point on this, say P1, and a point on other curve, say P2. + P1 and P2 are closest locally. + Each pairs of closest points will be represented by the corresponding parameter values with respect to the two curves and the 3d points. + A closest pair is also known as a pair of critical points of the distance function between points of the two curves. + If the input parameter returnAllCriticalPoints is set to false, then the function will return only pairs with minimum distance. + + + The specified curve used to compute closest points to this curve. + + + If this parameter is true only the solutions that are between this curve bounds will be returned. + This curve must be bound if this parameter is true. + + + If this parameter is true only the solutions that are between other curve bounds will be returned. + The other curve must be bound if this parameter is true. + + + The input parameter returnAllCriticalPnts is used to tell if all the critical points of the + distance function are to be returned. + + + Output parameter that will contain the results collection. + + +The output list of closest points contains one entry for each pair of closest points. +The following is the meaning of every ClosestPointsPairBetweenTwoCurves's members: +XYZPointOnFirstCurve is the closest point on the first curve;XYZPointOnSecondCurve is the closest point on the second curve;ParameterOnFirstCurve is the raw (not normalized) parameter on the first curveParameterOnSecondCurve is the raw (not normalized) parameter on the second curveDistance is the distance from the closest point on the first curve to the closest point on the second curve. + + Thrown when otherCurve argument is null. + Thrown when resultArray is null. + + + Thrown when withinThisCurveBounds is true and this curve is unbounded. + Thrown when withinOtherCurveBounds is true and other curve is unbounded. + + + Thrown when the method failed. For example the problem has infinitely many solutions + such as two parallel lines or two concentric circles, or in other singular cases that the method currently cannot handle, + such as evaluating the closest points between a spline and a line, and the spline contains + a flat segment (all points on the segment have zero curvature), and the closest points + lie within that flat segment. + + + 2018.1 + + + + Sets the graphics style id for this curve. + +

If the curve is marked as read-only (because it was extracted directly from +a Revit element or collection/aggregation object), calling this method +causes the object to be changed to carry a disconnected copy of the original curve. The +modification will not affect the original curve or the object that supplied it.

+

Many methods in the Revit API will not use the graphics style associated to this curve. For +example, curves used as portions of the sketch of an element will not read this property. +Newly created curve elements +will not use this value either, as they inherit their graphical properties from their associated category.

+
+ The id of the GraphicsStyle element from which to apply the curve properties. +
+ + Returns a copy of this curve. + A copy of this curve. + + + Projects the specified point on this curve. + The point to be projected. + Geometric information if projection is successful. + +The following is the meaning of every IntersectionResult's members: +XYZPoint is the nearest point on the curve;Parameter is the unnormalized parameter on the curve (use ComputeNormalizedParameter to compute the normalized value)Distance is the distance from the point to the curve (equivalent to Distance). + +Thrown when the curve is an arc and either its radius is zero or the input point is the center of the arc. +Thrown when the curve is an elliptical arc and the input point is one of the foci of the elliptical arc. + + + + Calculates the intersection of this curve with the specified curve and returns the intersection results. + The specified curve to intersect with this curve. + Provides more information about the intersection. + + + SetComparisonResult.Overlap - One or more intersections were encountered. The output argument has the details. + SetComparisonResult.Subset - The inputs are parallel lines with only one common intersection point, or +the curve used to invoke the intersection check is a line entirely within the unbound line passed as argument curve. +If the former, the output argument has the details of the intersection point. + SetComparisonResult.Superset - The input curve is entirely within the unbound line used to invoke the intersection check. + SetComparisonResult.Disjoint - There is no intersection found between the two curves. + SetComparisonResult.Equal - The two curves are identical. + + + +The array of the intersection results contains one entry for each point where curves intersect. +The following is the meaning of IntersectionResult members: +XYZPoint is the evaluated intersection pointUVPoint.U is the unnormalized parameter on this curve (use ComputeNormalizedParameter to compute the normalized value).UVPoint.V is the unnormalized parameter on the specified curve (use ComputeNormalizedParameter to compute the normalized value). + +Thrown when the specified curve is . + + +Thrown when failed to calculate the intersection. + + + + Calculates the intersection of this curve with the specified curve. + Calculates the intersection of this curve with the specified curve. + The specified curve to intersect with this curve. + + + SetComparisonResult.Overlap - One or more intersections were encountered. + SetComparisonResult.Subset - The inputs are parallel lines with only one common intersection point, or +the curve used to invoke the intersection check is a line entirely within the unbound line passed as argument curve. + SetComparisonResult.Superset - The input curve is entirely within the unbound line used to invoke the intersection check. + SetComparisonResult.Disjoint - There is no intersection found between the two curves. + SetComparisonResult.Equal - The two curves are identical. + + + +The specified curve is . + + +Failed to calculate the intersection. + + + + Indicates whether the specified parameter value is within this curve's bounds and outputs the end index. + The raw curve parameter to be evaluated. + The end index is equal to 0 for the start point, 1 for the end point, or -1 if the parameter is not at the end. + True if the parameter is within the curve's bounds, otherwise false. + Always returns true if this curve is unbound. + + + Indicates whether the specified parameter value is within this curve's bounds. + Indicates whether the specified parameter value is within this curve's bounds. + The raw curve parameter to be evaluated. + True if the parameter is within the bounds, otherwise false. + Always returns true if this curve is unbound. + +Thrown when the specified parameter is infinite. + + + + + Returns the vectors describing the curve at the specified parameter. + + + The following is the meaning of the transformation members: + Origin is the point on the curve (equivalent to ).BasisX is the tangent vector (the first derivative).BasisY is the second derivative. Note that for curves where this cannot be uniquely determined (e.g. lines), this will be a Zero vector.BasisZ is the bi-normal vector (tangent x normal). Note that for curves where normal cannot be uniquely determined (e.g. lines), this will be a Zero vector. + None of the vectors are normalized. + + + The parameter to be evaluated. + + + If false, param is interpreted as natural parameterization of the curve. + If true, param is expected to be in [0,1] interval mapped to the bounds of the curve. Setting to true is valid only if the curve is bound. + + + The transformation containing the point on the curve, the tangent vector, derivative of tangent vector, and bi-normal vector. + + + The given value for parameter is not finite + + + The curve cannot be evaluated as normalized because it is unbound. + -or- + The parameter is not a valid value for normalized evaluation. + + + + + Creates a new curve that is an offset of the existing curve. + + +The offset curve is obtained by moving the points of the given curve by a certain distance (not necessarily the input distance) +to the right relative to the reference vector. If the distance is negative, then the offset will be actually on the left side. +The precise role played by the reference vector depends on the curve type in an inconsistent way, +as specified in detail below. We plan to update this function to have a more consistent and understandable behavior. +

For Line, HermiteSpline, NurbSpline and Cylindrical Helix, the right direction + is along the cross product of the tangent at that point and the reference vector. + In other words, the "right" side of the curve at a given point on the curve is defined with the reference vector + being thought of as the upward direction and curve tangent being thought of as the forward direction, + as if you are walking along the curve with your body aligned to the reference vector.

For Arc and Ellipse, the right direction is defined relative to the axis of the arc or ellipse + in conjunction with the reference vector. If the dot product of the reference vector with the axis is positive, + then the right direction is along the cross product of the curve tangent the axis. + If the dot product is negetive, then it is in the other way. + If the dot product is zero, then it is an input error.

+ + More details of the behavior depending on the type of curve: + Line: + For a Line, a vecPerp is computed as the cross product of the line direction and the reference vector. + The offset is obtained by moving the line by the given distance along the direction of the vecPerp. + Note: vecPerp can be zero vector if the reference vector is parallel to the line direction. + In that case, the offset is simply a copy of the given line. No error is reported. + Arc: + For an Arc, the offset is done in the plane of the arc. + The resulting offset is another arc in the same plane as the given arc and with the same center. + The radius is increased or decreased by the offset distance depending on the offset is to the right or left. + The reference vector is used to determine if the offset is to be done to the right or left of the arc, + based on the dot product of the reference vector with the axis (normal vector) of the arc. + If the dot product is positive then the offset is to the right relative to the axis of the arc; if not, it is to the left. + If the dot product is zero, that is, reference vector is perpendicular to the axis, the function will return NULL and report an error. + Ellipse: + An Ellipse is also a planar curve like the Arc. The offset is done in the plane of the ellipse. + Note that the offset of an ellipse is not an ellipse in general. It will be approximated by a Hermite spline curve. + The offset curve is obtained by offsetting the points of the ellipse, by the given offset distance, to the + right or left relative to the axis (normal vector) of the ellipse. + The reference vector is used to determine if the offset is to be done to the right or left of the ellipse, + based on the dot product of the reference vector with the axis of the ellipse. + If the dot product is positive then the offset is to the right relative to the axis of the ellipse; if not, it is to the left. + If the dot product is zero, that is, reference vector is perpendicular to the axis, the function will return NULL and report an error. + HermiteSpline, NurbSpline and Cylindrical Helix: + A Hermite or Nurbs spline curve can be planar or non-planar; a cylindrical helix is non-planar. + For these three types of curves, the offset is computed in a general way as follows: + Let P be a point on the given curve and let T be the unit tangent vector at P, assuming that the derivative + of the curve at P is not zero. The offset vector at P is the cross product of T and the reference vector. + Then the offset point Q corresponding to P is computed as: + Q = P + (offset distance) * (offset vector at P). + The offset depends on the magnitude as well as the direction of the reference vector. + If the magnitude of the reference vector is not one, then the actual distance moved will not be the given offset distance. + NOTE: If the curve is a planar Hermite or Nurbs spline curve, the offset curve may not lie on the same plane – + unlike the case of arc and ellipse. +
+ + The signed distance that controls the offset. + + + A reference vector to define the offset direction. + + +Cannot create the offset of the curve. + + + The new curve. + + + 2015 + +
+ + + Creates a new curve with the opposite orientation of the existing curve. + + + The new curve. + + + 2015 + + + + + Crates a new instance of a curve as a transformation of this curve. + + + The transform to apply. + + + The new curve. + + + transform is not conformal. + + + A non-optional argument was NULL + + + 2014 + + + + The period of this curve. + +Thrown when the curve is not cyclic. + + + + The boolean value that indicates whether this curve is cyclic. + True if this curve is cyclic; otherwise, false. + + + Returns the shortest distance from the specified point to this curve. + The specified point. + The real number equal to the shortest distance. + Returns the distance from the closest point on the curve to the specified point. + +Thrown when failed to find the closest point on the curve. + + + + The exact length of the curve. + Computes the length of the curve using analytical or numeric +integration. There is no performance hit for lines and arcs. + +Thrown when the curve is unbound and not periodic. + + + + The approximate length of the curve. + Quickly estimates the length of the curve, may deviate by a factor of 2 in some cases. +The computation is exact for lines and arcs. + +Thrown when the curve is unbound and not periodic. + + + + Computes the raw parameter from the normalized parameter. + The normalized parameter. + The real number equal to the raw curve parameter. + +Thrown when normalizedParameter is infinite. + + +Thrown when the curve is unbound. + + + + Computes the normalized curve parameter from the raw parameter. + The raw parameter. + The real number equal to the normalized curve parameter. + +Thrown when rawParameter is infinite. + + +Thrown when the curve is unbound. + + + + Makes this curve unbound. + If the curve is marked as read-only (because it was extracted directly from +a Revit element or collection/aggregation object), calling this method +causes the object to be changed to carry a disconnected copy of the original curve. The +modification will not affect the original curve or the object that supplied it. + + + Changes the bounds of this curve to the specified values. + If the curve is marked as read-only (because it was extracted directly from +a Revit element or collection/aggregation object), calling this method +causes the object to be changed to carry a disconnected copy of the original curve. The +modification will not affect the original curve or the object that supplied it. + The new parameter of the start point. + The new parameter of the end point. + This method changes this curve to bound. + +Thrown when the specified values are infinite. + + +Thrown when endParameter is smaller than startParameter. + + + + + Returns the raw parameter value at the start or end of this curve. + + + The start and end value of the parameter can be any value (as it is determined by the system based on the inputs). + For curves with regular curvature like lines and arcs, the raw parameter can be used to measure along the curve in Revit's default units (feet). + Raw parameters are also the only way to evaluate points along unbound curves. + + + 0 for the start or 1 for end of the curve. + + + The parameter. + + + curve is unbound and does not have start and end points. + -or- + index must be 0 for the start of the curve or 1 for the end. + + + A non-optional argument was NULL + + + 2014 + + + + Returns a stable reference to the start point or the end point of the curve. + Use 0 for the start point; 1 for the end point. + Reference to the point or if reference cannot be obtained. + +Thrown when the specified index is not 0 or 1. + + +Thrown when the object is internally marked as read-only or this curve is unbound. + + 2014 + + + + Returns the 3D point at the start or end of this curve. + + + 0 for the start or 1 for end of the curve. + + + The curve endpoint. + + + curve is unbound and does not have start and end points. + -or- + index must be 0 for the start of the curve or 1 for the end. + + + A non-optional argument was NULL + + + 2014 + + + + Returns a stable reference to the curve. + This value is set for curve geometry obtained from Revit elements. + if the curve was created via parameters, copying, transform, or other operations. + This value is also if the corresponding geometry object does not permit referencing. + + + + Evaluates and returns the point that matches a parameter along the curve. + + + The parameter to be evaluated. + + + If false, param is interpreted as natural parameterization of the curve. + If true, param is expected to be in [0,1] interval mapped to the bounds of the curve. Setting to true is valid only if the curve is bound. + + + The point evaluated along the curve. + + + The given value for parameter is not finite + + + The curve cannot be evaluated as normalized because it is unbound. + -or- + The parameter is not a valid value for normalized evaluation. + + + + Valid only if the curve is bound. Returns a polyline approximation to the curve. + + Tolerance of approximation is defined internally by Revit to be adequate for +display purposes. + + + Describes whether the curve is closed. + A curve is "closed" if it is bounded and its start and end points coincide (to within Revit's 3D tolerance), +or if it is unbounded and periodic. + 2021 + + + Describes whether the parameter of the curve is restricted to a particular interval. + + + A parametric curve. + The concrete curves are defined by parametric equations. If the curve is +bound, it is only defined for an interval in parameterization. Otherwise, it is +defined for all values of the parameter. + + + This overload powers the Reference properties which return the reference directly to the user. + + + +Gets the integer value of the geometry object as hash code + + + + Determines whether the specified is equal to the current . + This compares the internal identifiers of the geometry, and doesn't compare them geometrically. + Another object. + + + Determines whether two GeometryObjects are different. + This compares the internal identifiers of the geometry, and doesn't compare them geometrically. + The first GeometryObject. + The second GeometryObject. + True if the GeometryObjects are different; otherwise, false. + + + Determines whether two GeometryObjects are the same. + This compares the internal identifiers of the geometry, and doesn't compare them geometrically. + The first GeometryObject. + The second GeometryObject. + True if the GeometryObjects are the same; otherwise, false. + + + A unique integer identifying the GeometryObject in its associated non view-specific GeometryElement. + This id can be stored and used for future referencing. The reference should be stable between minor geometric changes and modifications, +but may not remain valid if there are major changes to the element or its surroundings. +Note that the id may be negative(and thus invalid for referencing) if obtained from view - specific geometry, +or if obtained from most GeometryObjects created in memory by the API. Negative ids cannot be used for referencing. +These integer ids should not be used for comparison purposes(other than to check if they are equivalent or not). +Nothing should be assumed about rules about how an element populates the sequence of different numeric values as this may change based on the element's definition. + 2021 + + + Indicates whether this geometry is obtained directly from an Element. + 2012 + + + The ElementId of the GeometryObject's GraphicsStyle + This property provides the id of the GraphicsStyle assigned to the GeometryObject. +This can be used to find the category of the object. + 2012 + + + + + + + 2024 + + + The visibility. + The visibility of this object has no effect on the visibility of objects contained within this object. +For example, the visibility of a Solid may be Contextual but the faces within that solid may still be Visible. + + + The common base class for all geometric primitives. + + + Describes the visibility of a particular geometry object. + + + The geometry object is never visible. This type of geometry is never returned by + but may be obtained by other +API operations. + + + The geometry object is visible in some contexts, but not in others. This type of geometry is always returned by +, +even when Revit is in a context where the geometry should not be visible, but only if + is true. +Examples of geometry of this class include Solids representing insulation and lining for MEP ducts and pipes. + + + The geometry object is visible, but is affected by highlight or prehighlight special coloration. +This type of geometry is returned by +if is true. + + + The geometry object is always visible. This type of geometry is always returned by + + + + Enables computing of references to geometric objects. + + + Checks whether references to geometric objects are computed. + + + Determines whether or not references to geometric objects are allowed. + + + Whether to extract element geometry objects not set as Visible. The default is false. + + + Sets the view that drives extraction of geometry. + + + Retrieves the view that was set for this object. + + + The view used for geometry extraction. + If a view-specific version of an element exists, it will be extracted in the +retrieval of geometry. Also, the detail level of the geometry will be taken from the +view's detail level. + Thrown when setting this property with a . + Thrown when setting this property, +if DetailLevel is already set. When DetailLevel is set view-specific geometry can't be +extracted. + + + Enables computing of references to geometric objects. + + + Checks whether references to geometric objects are computed. + + + Determines whether or not references to geometric objects are computed. + + + Sets the preferred detail level. + + + Returns the preferred detail level. + + + The detail level for the geometry extracted with these options. + Thrown when setting this property, +if View is already set. When View is set the detail level of the view is used. + + + Copy constructor. + + + Creates a default Options object. + Defaults to medium detail, no references and no view. + + + User preferences for parsing of geometry. + This class determines the output of the Element.Geometry property. + + + Returns the 3D curve forming part of the boundary of an Area Reinforcement element. + + + An object that specifies the type of a floor in Autodesk Revit. + The structural layers of the floor can be accessed via this object. + + + + + + + + Gets the ids of the instances inserted into this host object. + + + True if rectangular openings should be included in the return. + + + True if shadows should be included in the return. + + + True if embedded walls should be included in the return. + + + True if shared embedded inserts should be included in the return. + + + All the insertable instances' ids. + + + + + A base class that provides support for all objects that can host other objects, such as walls roofs, and floors. + + + + The line style of this curve element. + The return of this property will be a element. +These graphics styles should be associated to subcategories of the BuiltInCategory OST_Lines. + + +Thrown when argument is . + + +Thrown when regeneration failed. -- or -- +Thrown when fail to get line style. + + + + Sets the sketch plane and the curve for this CurveElement. + Unlike the setters of and , +this method will reset relationships between the two properties and with other elements. +To set a geometry curve which belongs to a sketch-based elements, use + The new sketch plane. + The new curve. + +Thrown if the argument is . + + +Thrown if the CurveElement is CurveByPoints or belongs to a Path3d element. -- or -- +Thrown if the sketch plane is set on a DetailCurve. -- or -- +Thrown if the sketch plane is not suitable. -- or -- +Thrown if the CurveElement belongs to a sketch-based element. -- or -- +Thrown if modifying the sketch plane is not allowed. -- or -- +Thrown if the CurveElement cannot be moved out of its sketch plane. -- or -- +Thrown if the input curve is of a type different from the current. -- or -- +Thrown if the input curve is bound and the current is not or vice versa. -- or -- +Thrown if the input curve is helical. -- or -- +Thrown if the input curve lies outside of the SketchPlane of the current curve. + + 2015 + + + The sketch plane the curve element lies in. + The new sketch plane must be parallel to the existing sketch plane. Setting this property +is not permitted for detail curves because they must be placed only on view-specific planes. + +Thrown if the argument is . + + +Thrown if the CurveElement is CurveByPoints or belongs to a Path3d element. -- or -- +Thrown if the sketch plane is set on a DetailCurve. --or-- +Thrown if the sketch plane is not parallel to the existing plane. -- or -- +Thrown if the sketch plane is not suitable. -- or -- +Thrown if the CurveElement belongs to a sketch-based element. -- or -- +Thrown if modifying the sketch plane is not allowed. -- or -- +Thrown if the CurveElement cannot be moved out of its sketch plane. + + + + Centerpoint reference of curve element. Curves such as circles, arcs, ellipses, and partial ellipses support this property. + Use this reference property when using the API to dimension between centerpoints of curves. + + + Sets the geometry of the curve element. +After the curve geometry is set, other nearby curves may join to the new curve geometry. + + The new curve. + An option to specify whether or not existing joins will affect setting the geometry of the CurveElement. +Setting this parameter to false is essentially the same as directly setting the property. + +Thrown if the argument is . + + +Thrown if the input curve is of a type different from the current. -- or -- +Thrown if the input curve is bound and the current is not or vice versa. -- or -- +Thrown if the input curve is helical. -- or -- +Thrown if the input curve lies outside of the SketchPlane of the current curve and the CurveElement is not CurveByPoints. + + 2015 + + + Geometry curve of the curve element. + When setting this property, any curves that this curve is currently joined to will affect the result - +the final geometry of this curve and of the joined curves may change. +To avoid the effect of existing joins, use with true passed ot overrideJoins. +After the curve geometry is set, other nearby curves may join to the new curve geometry. + +Thrown if the argument is . + + +Thrown if the argument is . + + +Thrown if the input curve is of a type different from the current. -- or -- +Thrown if the input curve is bound and the current is not or vice versa. -- or -- +Thrown if the input curve is helical. -- or -- +Thrown if the input curve lies outside of the SketchPlane of the current curve and the CurveElement is not CurveByPoints. + + + + + An enumerated type listing the curve element types that can be used when filtering elements + (via CurveElementFilter). + + + 2011 + + + + + An Area Based Load Boundary curve. + + + + + A portion of a revision cloud. + + + + + A detail curve representing insulation. + + + + + The profile of a repeating detail set. + + + + + A curve created by connecting a set of points. + + + + + An area separation curve. + + + + + An room separation curve. + + + + + A space separation curve. + + + + + A reference line. + + + + + A symbolic curve. + + + + + A detail curve. + + + + + A model curve. + + + + + An invalid curve element type. + + + + + Sets Area Reinforcement to be shown unobscured in a view. + + + The view element + + + True if Area Reinforcement is shown unobscured, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This element doesn't have valid visibility data. + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks if Area Reinforcement is shown unobscured in a view. + + + The view element + + + True if Area Reinforcement is shown unobscured, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This element doesn't have valid visibility data. + + + 2014 + + + + + The element that contains the Area Reinforcement. + + + The element that the Area Reinforcement object belongs to, such as a structural + wall, floor or foundation. + + + + + Retrieves the set of curves forming the boundary of the Area Reinforcement. + + + Each ElementId in the collection is an Id of an Element of type AreaReinforcementCurve. Each element has a Curve property + to retrieve the geometric curve, together with some Parameters allowing the developer to override the clear cover side, + hook type, and hook direction of each layer of bars terminating at the curve. + + + A collection of ElementIds of AreaReinforcementCurve elements. + + + 2015 + + + + + Sets if the desired layer is active or not. + + + True to set the layer to be active, false otherwise. + + + The layer type. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2022 + + + + + Identifies if the layer is active or not. + + + The layer that will be tested. + + + Returns true if the input layer is active, false otherwise + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2022 + + + + + Gets the direction of the layer. The lines are distributed along this direction. + + + The layer type. + + + Returns the direction of the desired layer. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + The layer layer isn't active. + + + 2022 + + + + + Reset the transformation representing the movement of the line relative to its default position along the direction of the specified layer. The moved line transform will be set to Identity. + + + The layer on which the line stays. + + + The index of the line from the desired layer. It should be an index between 0 and (NumberOfLines-1). + + + linePositionIndex is not in the range [ 0, NumberOfLines-1 ]. + -or- + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + The layer layer isn't active. + + + This AreaReinforcement does not host Rebar. + + + 2022 + + + + + Returns a transform representing the movement of the line relative to its default position along the direction of the desired layer. + + + The layer on which the line stays. + + + The index of the line from the desired layer. It should be an index between 0 and (NumberOfLines-1). + + + The transform representing the movement of the line relative to its default position along the direction of the desired layer. + + + linePositionIndex is not in the range [ 0, NumberOfLines-1 ]. + -or- + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + The layer layer isn't active. + + + This AreaReinforcement does not host Rebar. + + + 2022 + + + + + This method applies the translation to the line from the desired layer, at the specified position. + If the line was already moved, the method will concatenate the translation with the existing movement. + The line will be translated only along the direction of the specified layer. + + + The translation vector. + + + The layer on which the line stays. + + + The index of the line from the desired layer. It should be an index between 0 and (NumberOfLines-1). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + linePositionIndex is not in the range [ 0, NumberOfLines-1 ]. + -or- + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + The layer layer isn't active. + + + This AreaReinforcement does not host Rebar. + + + 2022 + + + + + Checks whether the line from the desired layer at the specified position is included or not. + + + The layer on which the line stays. + + + The index of the line from the desired layer. It should be an index between 0 and (NumberOfLines-1). + + + Returns true if the line from the desired layer at the specified position is included, false otherwise. + + + linePositionIndex is not in the range [ 0, NumberOfLines-1 ]. + -or- + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + The layer layer isn't active. + + + This AreaReinforcement does not host Rebar. + + + 2022 + + + + + Sets if the line from desired layer at the specified position is included or not. + + + True to include the line, false to exclude the line. + + + The layer on which the line stays. + + + The index of the line from the desired layer. It should be an index between 0 and (NumberOfLines-1). + + + linePositionIndex is not in the range [ 0, NumberOfLines-1 ]. + -or- + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + The layer layer isn't active. + + + This AreaReinforcement does not host Rebar. + + + 2022 + + + + + Gets the line from the desired layer at the specified index. + + +

This method will return the line even if it isn't included.

+
+ + The layer on which the line stays. + + + The index of the line from the desired layer. It should be an index between 0 and (NumberOfLines-1). + + + Returns the line from the desired layer at the specified index. + + + linePositionIndex is not in the range [ 0, NumberOfLines-1 ]. + -or- + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + The layer layer isn't active. + + + 2022 + +
+ + + Gets the number of lines on the specified layer. It also counts the excluded ones. + + + The layer type for which will return the number of lines. + + + Returns the number of lines on the specified layer. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + The layer layer isn't active. + + + 2022 + + + + + Converts all RebarInSystem elements owned by the input AreaReinforcement to equivalent Rebar elements. + + + The document. + + + An AreaReinforcement element in the document. + + + The ids of the newly created Rebar elements. + + + The element system was not found in the given document. + -or- + system does not host Rebar. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Deletes the specified AreaReinforcement, and converts its RebarInSystem + elements to equivalent Rebar elements. + + + The document. + + + An AreaReinforcement element in the document. + + + The ids of the newly created Rebar elements. + + + The element system was not found in the given document. + -or- + system does not host Rebar. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns the ids of the RebarInSystem elements owned by the AreaReinforcement + element. + + + The RebarInSystem elements are only created if + ReinforcementSettings.HostStructuralRebar is set to true. If that setting + is false, this function returns an empty array. + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a new AreaReinforcement object based on a host boundary. + + + The document. + + + The element that will host the AreaReinforcement. The host can be a Structural Floor, Structural Wall, Structural Slab, or a Part created from a structural layer belonging to one of those element types. + + + A vector to define the major direction of the AreaReinforcement. + + + The id of the AreaReinforcementType. + + + The id of the RebarBarType. + + + The id of the RebarHookType. + If this parameter is InvalidElementId, it means to create a rebar with no hooks. + + + The newly created AreaReinforcement. + + + The element hostElement was not found in the given document. + -or- + the host Element is not a valid host for Area Reinforcement, Path Reinforcement, Fabric Area or Fabric Sheet. + -or- + areaReinforcementTypeId should refer to an AreaReinforcementType element. + -or- + rebarBarTypeId should refer to an RebarBarType element. + -or- + rebarHookTypeId should be invalid or refer to an RebarHookType element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + majorDirection has zero length. + + + This method may not be called during dynamic update. + + + 2015 + + + + + Creates a new AreaReinforcement object from an array of curves. + This method replaces the NewAreaReinforcement method, which has been deprecated. + + + The document. + + + The element that will host the AreaReinforcement. The host can be a Structural Floor, Structural Wall, Structural Slab, or a Part created from a structural layer belonging to one of those element types. + + + An array of curves that will define the outline of the AreaReinforcement. + + + A vector to define the major direction of the AreaReinforcement. + + + The id of the AreaReinforcementType. + + + The id of the RebarBarType. + + + The id of the RebarHookType. + If this parameter is InvalidElementId, it means to create a rebar with no hooks. + + + The newly created AreaReinforcement. + + + The input curveArray is empty. + -or- + The input curveArray contains at least one helical curve and is not supported for this operation. + -or- + The element hostElement was not found in the given document. + -or- + the host Element is not a valid host for Area Reinforcement, Path Reinforcement, Fabric Area or Fabric Sheet. + -or- + Curves in curveArray are not closed and continuous. + -or- + areaReinforcementTypeId should refer to an AreaReinforcementType element. + -or- + rebarBarTypeId should refer to an RebarBarType element. + -or- + rebarHookTypeId should be invalid or refer to an RebarHookType element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + majorDirection has zero length. + + + This method may not be called during dynamic update. + + + 2015 + + + + + + + + + Retrieve the Major Direction of the Area Reinforcement. + + + + + Retrieves the type of the Area Reinforcement. + + + + + Additional offset from the bottom or interior cover reference. + + + When setting this property: The given value for additionalBottomCoverOffset must be no more than 30000 feet in absolute value. + + + 2013 + + + + + Additional offset from the top or exterior cover reference. + + + When setting this property: The given value for additionalTopCoverOffset must be no more than 30000 feet in absolute value. + + + 2013 + + + + + An object that represents an Area Reinforcement within the Autodesk Revit project. + + + This object derived from the Element base object and such supports all the + methods of that object such as the ability to retrieve the parameters of that object. + The Area Reinforcement element is available only in the Autodesk Revit Structure product. + + + + + + + + + Describes the layers of an Area Reinforcement + + + 2022 + + + 2022 + + + + + Reinforcement layer is on the bottom face of a floor host, or on the back face of a wall host in the minor direction. + + + + + Reinforcement layer is on the bottom face of a floor host, or on the back face of a wall host in the major direction. + + + + + Reinforcement layer is on the top face of a floor host, or on the front face of a wall host in the minor direction. + + + + + Reinforcement layer is on the top face of a floor host, or on the front face of a wall host in the major direction. + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The boundary of spatial element for geometry calculation. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + Indicates whether to include the free boundary faces in the result. + + + A free subface is a portion of a spatial element face that is not (partially) coincident with a face of a bounding element. + + + 2012 + + + + + Constructs default options for calculation of the geometry of spatial elements (rooms, spaces). + + + 2012 + + + + + Options that can be passed to a SpatialElementBoundaryCalculator to influence the results of the calculation. + + + 2012 + + + + + Sets the spatial element boundary location of a spatial element type. + + + The boundary location. + + + The spatial element type. + + + Currently only SpatialElementType.Room is permitted when setting the boundary location. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the spatial element boundary location based on spatial element type. + + + The spatial element type. + + + The boundary location. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2014 + + + + + Get the area and volume settings of the project. + + + The document. + + + The area and volume settings of the project. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + True to enable volume computation. False to disable it. + + + When this setting is False, rooms and spaces will be treated as simple extrusions of their 2d boundaries. + The volume parameter will report "not computed". + When this setting is True, the geometry of rooms and spaces will be trimmed + when it intersects elements such as ceilings, roofs, and floors. + + + 2014 + + + + + + + + + This class provides access to settings related to volume and area computations. + + + 2014 + + + + + An enumerated type listing boundary options of spatial element geometry calculation. + + + + + Spatial element core center. + + + + + Spatial element core boundary. + + + + + Spatial element centerline. + + + + + Spatial element finish face. + + + + The angle of rotation around the insertion point, in radians. + For view-based elements, the rotation angle is in the plane of the associated view. For model elements, +the rotation angle is measured relative to the default coordinate system. This property is not supported for +some elements supporting LocationPoints, such as AssemblyInstances, Groups, ModelText, Room, and SpotDimensions. + + The rotation property is not supported for the Element +related to this LocationPoint. + + + The physical location of the element. + Setting this property is not supported for +some elements supporting LocationPoints, such as SpotDimensions. + + Setting this property is not supported for the Element +related to this LocationPoint. + + + + + + + Provides location functionality for all elements that have a single insertion point. + The location point objects adds additional functionality to its base location object +class. This includes setting the elements location to a specific point and retrieving its +rotation around its insertion point. Inplace families do not have a single insertion point and therefore do not have meaningful LocationPoint data. + + + + + + + Rotate the element within the project by a specified angle around a given axis. + An unbounded line that represents the axis of rotation. + The angle, in radians, by which the element is to be rotated around the specified axis. + If the element is rotate successfully then the method returns True, otherwise False. + The rotate method is used to rotate an element within the project. Other elements may also +be rotated when this element is rotated because they are dependent upon the element being rotated. An +unbounded line for the axis can be created by using the Application.Create object and its methods. + + + + + + + Move the element within the project by a specified vector. + The vector by which the element is to be moved. + If the element is moved successfully then the method return True, otherwise False. + The move method is used to move an element within the project. Other elements may also be +moved when this element is moved, for example: if the element is wall and it contains windows, the +windows will also be moved. + + + + + + + Provides location functionality for all elements. + The location object provides the ability to translate and rotate elements. More +detailed location information and control can be found by using the derivatives of this +object, such as LocationPoint or LocationCurve. + + + + + + + The area scheme. + + + The boolean value that indicates whether the area is gross interior. + + + Provides access to the area topology in Autodesk Revit. + The area object can be queried for its boundary for use in space planning tools. + + + Determines if a point lies within the volume of the room. + Point to be checked. + Returns true if the point is in the room, false otherwise. + +Thrown when the point is . + + +The coordinates of the point is not a number. + + + + +Remove the room from its location, but the project still contains the room. +The room can be placed in another location after unplaced. + + +Note that current room is changed to unplaced and all corresponding rooms which in other group instance are deleted +when in group edit mode. + + + + Get the Volume of the Room. + This property is used to get the Volume of the Room. + + + Get the Unbounded Height of the Room. + This property is used to get the Unbounded Height of the Room. + + + Get or Set the Base Offset of the Room. + This property is used to get or set the Base Offset of the Room. + + + Get or Set the Limit Offset of the Room. + This property is used to get or set the Limit Offset of the Room. + + + Get or Set the Upper Limit of the Room. + This property is used to get or set the Upper Limit of the Room. + + + Return the closedShell of the Room. + + + Provides access to the room topology in Autodesk Revit. + The room object can be queried for its boundary for use in space planning tools. + + + + + + + + Gets the domain data for the spatial element. The domain data contains information of different spatial elements, such as electrical load area. Currently room/space/area don't have domain data. + + + Returns a pointer to the base class for specific domain requirements for the spatial element. + + + 2023 + + + + + The spatial element type. + + + 2023 + + + + The perimeter. + + + The area. + + + The location of the element. + This is the location of the room within the level. The +Z location should be the elevation of the level and not changeable. + + + The number. + + + Returns the boundary segments. + The SpatialElementBoundaryOptions. + This method is used to retrieve the segments that constitute the boundary of the spatial element. +Each spatial element may have several regions, each of which have several segments hence the data is returned +in the form of an array of boundary segment arrays. See the BoundarySegment object for more +details about the segments that make up the spatial element topology. + 2012 + + + Gets the level of the room. + + + A human readable name for the Element. + The Name property is a human readable name for the element, such as Wall. + Thrown when the name of the element cannot be changed. + Thrown when the element requires a unique name and a non-unique name is set. + + + + Represents an enclosed area or volume in the Revit model. + + + + + Get a copy of the curve that is formed along this boundary. + + + A copy of the curve. + + + 2016 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Retrieve the id of the element that produces this boundary segment. + If the segment is created from an element in a link, this is the id of the RevitLinkInstance. + + + 2016 + + + + + Retrieve the element id of the element in a link instance that forms this boundary. + + + 2016 + + + + + An object that represents a segment of an area boundary. + + + These objects define the exterior boundary of an area. The geometry of the + segment can be retrieved along with the id of the element that is responsible for producing that boundary. + + + + + + + + + An enumerated type listing types of spaces. + + + 2014 + + + + + Electrical Load Area + + + + + Space + + + + + Area + + + + + Room + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Geometric style of the leader + + + While this property cannot be changed directly, it can change, with limitations, + as an effect of other changes to either the leader itself or the annotation element + the leader is associated with. For example, straight-line leaders have no elbow + points; but if an elbow point is set for a straight leader, which is allowed, it will + effectively change the leader's shape to a kinked line. + + + The leader is not currently owned by a valid element. A probable reason for that + could be if the element has been independently deleted, or the leader has never + been properly initialized. + + + 2016 + + + + + Anchor point of the Leader + + + Anchor is the leader's point that is attached to an annotation (a tag, note, etc.) + This is a read-only property, for the this point gets always computed based on various + properties of the annotation element. + + + 2016 + + + + + Elbow point of the Leader. + + +

This is the mid-point of the leader and its purpose depends on the + shape of the leader. For arc-shaped leaders it defines the radius + of the arc. For a kinked leader it divides the leader line and + shoulder line.

+

Note that straight-line leaders do not have an actual elbow; however, + the value can still be obtained, although it will always equal the current + anchor point. Consequently, an elbow point can be set even on a straight-line + leader, but doing so will automatically change the leader's shape property.

+

It is allowed to set the Elbow point of a kinked leader to equal either + the end point or anchor point of the leader. Doing so will effectively + change the leader's shape to a straight line. However, the elbow of an arc + leader is never allowed to be placed on either the end or anchor point.

+
+ + When setting this property: A valid point must not be father then 10 miles (approx. 16 km) from the origin. + -or- + When setting this property: An arc leader may not have its Elbow point placed at the current position of the leader's Anchor or End point. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + When setting this property: The leader is not currently owned by a valid element. A probable reason for that + could be if the element has been independently deleted, or the leader has never + been properly initialized. + +
+ + + End point of the Leader. + + + The End point is the leader's end that points to the object being annotated. + + + When setting this property: A valid point must not be father then 10 miles (approx. 16 km) from the origin. + -or- + When setting this property: The leader's End point may not be placed at the current position of the Anchor or Elbow point. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + When setting this property: The leader is not currently owned by a valid element. A probable reason for that + could be if the element has been independently deleted, or the leader has never + been properly initialized. + + + + + A leader object that can be attached to annotation elements such as text notes. + + + For information on how to attach or get leaders to/from a text annotation + refer to corresponding methods of class. + + + + + 2016 + + + Supported geometric shapes of annotation leaders. + + + Although the class supports + all available shapes, not all types of leaders may have the option to + change its shape. For example, leaders of text annotations can be of + any shape, while leaders of level lines are never curved. + + + 2016 + + + + + An arc between between the end point and anchor point. + In this shape the elbow point controls the arc's radius. + + + + + A kinked line with a shoulder defined by an elbow point. + + + + + A single straight line between the end point and anchor point. + + + + An object that represents an annotation style. + + + remove a leader of this annotation symbol. + + + add a leader to this annotation symbol. + + + The AnnotationSymbol style of this AnnotationSymbol. + The AnnotationSymbolType property can be used to retrieve the kind of the symbol. +This property can also be used to change the type of an annotation by setting it to a different type. +All the annotation symbol types in the project can be found using +the Document.AnnotationSymbolTypes property. + + + + Returns a collection of leaders currently attached to the annotation. + + + This method supersedes an older Leaders property which has been deprecated. + + + 2016 + + + + Duplicate this annotation symbol. + Pointer to the new annotation symbol. + + + This object represents a symbol of the Generic Annotation. + + + + + Gets the name of the reference plane in the family corresponding to the given family instance reference. + + + If the given family reference corresponds to a named reference plane in the instance's family, the name of that reference plane will be returned. + Otherwise, an empty string will be returned. + + + The family instance reference. + + + Returns the name of the reference plane in the family corresponding to the given family instance reference. + If the reference doesn't correspond to a named reference plane, returns an empty string. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Gets the family instance reference corresponding to the named reference plane in the instance's family. + + + If there is a reference plane in the instance's family that has the given name, and the plane's "Is Reference" property is not "Not a Reference", + there will be a corresponding reference in the family's instance. This function returns that reference. + + + The name of the reference plane in the family. + + + Returns the family instance reference corresponding to the named reference plane in the instance's family. + Returns null if there is no reference plane with this name in the family, or if the plane exists but its "Is Reference" property is "Not a Reference", + or if the input string is empty. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Gets the type of the reference plane or reference line in the instance's family corresponding to the given family instance reference. + + + The family instance reference. + + + Returns the type of the reference plane or reference line in the instance's family corresponding to the given family instance reference. + Returns FamilyInstanceReferenceType.NotAReference if the instance reference doesn't correspond to a reference plane or line in the family. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Gets family instance references corresponding to the reference planes or reference lines of the given reference type in the instance's family. + + + Reference planes from the instance's family that have their "Is Reference" property set to "Not a Reference" do not create references in the family instance. + + + The family reference type. + + + Returns all the family instance references corresponding to reference planes and reference lines of the given reference type. + Returns null if there are no family instance references of the given reference type, or if the input reference type is FamilyInstanceReferenceType.NotAReference. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2018 + + + + Identifies if this FamilyInstance has its own geometry. + True if this FamilyInstance has the own geometry, false otherwise. + 2018 + + + Adds own geometry to a this FamilyInstance. + +

Using instance geometry means that FamilyInstance has its own geometry that may be different from family. This takes more memory but can be used e.g. to assign instance specific materials to the instance faces.

+
+ 2018 +
+ + Gets the object that describes the profile that is swept along the driving curve for this instance. + A swept profile. + 2016 + Thrown if this instance does not have a swept profile. + + + Indicates if this instance can be represented as a swept profile. + True if the instance can be represented as a swept profile, false otherwise. + 2016 + + + Identifies if the geometry of this FamilyInstance +has been modified from the automatically generated default. + This method returns true if the geometry has been modified +from post-processing activity in Revit such as joining, cutting, +coping, extension, adaptive component modification, or other similar activity. + 2016 + + + Gets the locations for the calculation points for this instance. + A list of 3d points. + +

For a family instance which connects two rooms or spaces, such as a door or window, the points determine which room or space is considered the "from" and which is considered the "to".

+
+ +

See for reference.

+
+ Thrown if this instance does not have from/to calculation points.. + 2016 +
+ + Gets the location of the calculation point for this instance. + A 3d point. + +

See for reference.

+
+ Thrown if this instance does not have a single calculation point. + 2016 +
+ + Identifies if this instance has a pair of SpatialElementCalculationPoints used as the search points for Revit to identify if the instance lies between up to two rooms or spaces. + True if this instance has a pair of SpatialElementCalculationPoints used as the search points, false otherwise. + +

The points determine which room or space is considered the "from" and which is considered the "to" for a family instance which connects two rooms or spaces, such as a door or window.

+
+ 2016 +
+ + Identifies if this instance has a single SpatialElementCalculationPoint used as the search point for Revit to identify if the instance is inside a room or space. + True if this instance has a single SpatialElementCalculationPoint used as the search point, false otherwise. + 2016 + + + Identifies if the instance's work plane is flipped. + +Work plane cannot be flipped for this instance. + + + Identifies if the instance can flip its work plane. + + + Returns the original geometry of the instance, before the instance is modified by +joins, cuts, coping, extensions, or other post-processing. + +

This method returns the original geometry of the instance. The instance's geometry +will reflect the values of all instance level parameters (e.g. reference levels for columns) and +of the placement conditions (so a beam placed along a 20' long line will be 20' long). It excludes +all modifications made to the geometry due to operations like joining, cutting, openings, coping, +or extensions.

+

The geometry will not include the GeometryInstance typically returned when you access the geometry +of a FamilyInstance via Element.Geometry. But GeometryInstances may be encountered if there +are nested family instances within the family.

+

The geometry is returned in the coordinates of the FamilySymbol, not the coordinates of the +instance. If needed, you can transform the returned GeometryElement using the GetTransformed() +method, passing the results from GetTransform(), or some other user-defined transformation. +

+

The geometry returned is from Revit's internal computations and does not represent actual +Revit geometry. Thus, you cannot use it as a reference for other geometry.

+
+ The options used to obtain the geometry. Note that ComputeReferences may not +be set to true. + Thrown when the options are not +valid for this operation (ComputeReferences == true) +
+ + Indicates if the family instance is a slanted column. + If the family instance is a slanted column, it returns true, otherwise returns false. + + + Returns the Point Placement References for the Family Instance. + If a family instance has point placement references then they are returned by this method, +otherwise an empty collection is returned. Examples of FamilyInstance objects that contain placement +references are Panels and Flexible Components. + 2011 + + + Removes a coping (cut) from a steel beam. + This function corresponds to Tools -> Remove coping in Revit Structure. + A steel beam or column for which this beam currently has a coping cut. May not be or itself. + Thrown when 'cutter' is . + Thrown when 'cutter' refers to this instance. + Thrown when regeneration fails. + + + Adds a coping (cut) to a steel beam. + This beam will be cut to fit another element, the cutter. The cut will include an offset +determined by the parameter STRUCTURAL_COPING_DISTANCE. The parameter affects all copings +on this element. This function corresponds to Tools -> Coping in Revit Structure. + A steel beam or column. May not be or itself. + Thrown when 'cutter' is . + Thrown when 'cutter' refers to this instance. + Thrown when regeneration fails. + + + Specifies the set of coping cutters on this element. + A set of coping cutters (steel beams and steel columns). + The set may be or empty, but may not contain the element being coped. + Thrown when 'cutters' contains this instance. + Thrown when regeneration fails or if a cutter element is not a FamilyInstance. + + + Lists the elements currently used as coping cutters for this element. + The coping ElementIds + Lists the elements currently used as coping cutters for this element. + + + Property to check whether the instance can be extended and return the interface for extension operation. + If the family instance can not support extension operation, it returns + + + Property to get the super component of current family instance. + When the FamilyInstance has no super component, it returns + + + Gets the sub component ElementIds of the current family instance. + The subcomponent ElementIDs + + + + + + + +Flips the settings of "From Room" and "To Room" for the door or window instance. + + Thrown when the FamilyInstance is neither a door nor a window. + + + The "To Room" set for the door or window in the given phase of the project. + Revit automatically calculates the "To Room" for a given door or window. This is the default shown when creating a door or window +schedule and adding the "To Room" properties. The user can opt to swap the "From Room" and "To Room" values via the schedule if they choose. +The method also can be used to swap the values. + The "To Room" set for the door or window in the given phase of the project. + if the FamilyInstance is neither a door nor a window, or if the door or window leads to a space +where there is no room (an exterior space or interior space with no room defined). Also if there is no +target room assigned to the given phase, or phase does not apply to this FamilyInstance. + Phase of the project. + + + The "To Room" set for the door or window. + The "To Room" set for the door or window in the last phase of the project. + Revit automatically calculates the "To Room" for a given door or window. This is the default shown when creating a door or window +schedule and adding the "To Room" properties. The user can opt to swap the "From Room" and "To Room" values via the schedule if they choose. +The method also can be used to swap the values. + The "To Room" set for the door or window in the last phase of the project. + if the FamilyInstance is neither a door nor a window, or if the door or window leads to a space +where there is no room (an exterior space or interior space with no room defined). Also if there is no +target room assigned to the last phase, or phase does not apply to this FamilyInstance. + + + The "From Room" set for the door or window in the given phase of the project. + Revit automatically calculates the "From Room" for a given door or window. This is the default shown when creating a door or window +schedule and adding the "From Room" properties. The user can opt to swap the "From Room" and "To Room" values via the schedule if they choose. +The method also can be used to swap the values. + The "From Room" set for the door or window in the given phase of the project. + if the FamilyInstance is neither a door nor a window, or if the door or window leads to a space +where there is no room (an exterior space or interior space with no room defined). Also if there is no +target room assigned to the given phase, or phase does not apply to this FamilyInstance. + Phase of the project. + + + The "From Room" set for the door or window. + The "From Room" set for the door or window in the last phase of the project. + Revit automatically calculates the "From Room" for a given door or window. This is the default shown when creating a door or window +schedule and adding the "From Room" properties. The user can opt to swap the "From Room" and "To Room" values via the schedule if they choose. +The method also can be used to swap the values. + The "From Room" set for the door or window in the last phase of the project. + if the FamilyInstance is neither a door nor a window, or if the door or window leads to a space +where there is no room (an exterior space or interior space with no room defined). Also if there is no +target room assigned to the last phase, or phase does not apply to this FamilyInstance. + + + Splits the family instance element at a point on its defining curve. + +

Splitting is permitted for architectural and structural columns, beams and braces. Beams and braces that are not a line or an arc is not permitted. See to determine if the family instance is allowed to be split by this method.

+

Splitting modifies this family instance and adds a second family instance to the model.

+
+ The normalized parameter value along the element (should be greater than 0 and less than 1). + The newly created family instance id. + Thrown when parameter is out of range. + Thrown when the family instance element cannot be split. +
+ + Identifies whether a particular family instance can be split at a point on it's defining curve (by ). + True if the family instance can be split, otherwise false. + + + The family instance will be flipped by 180 degrees. If it can not be rotated, return false, otherwise return true. + + + The orientation of family instance facing will be flipped. If it can not be flipped, return false, otherwise return true. + + + The orientation of family instance hand will be flipped. If it can not be flipped, return false, otherwise return true. + + + Property to test whether the family instance can be rotated by 180 degrees. + + + Property to test whether the orientation of family instance facing can be flipped. + + + Property to test whether the orientation of family instance hand can be flipped. + + + Property to test whether the family instance is mirrored. (only one axis is flipped) + + + Property to test whether the family instance is invisible. + + + Property to test whether the orientation of family instance facing is flipped. + + + Property to test whether the orientation of family instance hand is flipped. + + + Property to get the orientation of family instance facing. + + + Property to get the orientation of family instance hand. + + + Property to get the reference to the host face of family instance. + If the instance is placed on a work plane, this property will return the reference to the geometry face underlying the work plane. +If the work plane is not referencing other geometry, this property will return . +If the instance is not hosted on a face or work plane, this property will return . + + + If the instance is hosted by a wall, this property returns the parameter value of the insertion +point of the instance along the wall's location curve, as long as the family of the instance isn't work plane based. + This works for instances with a host element that is of type Wall or is in the OST_Walls category only, +including in-place ones. + +Only hosted instances whose family is not work plane based can support this functionality. + + +Only hosted instances of type Wall or in-place elements of category OST_Walls can support this functionality. + + + + If the instance is contained within another element, this property returns the containing +element. An instance that is face hosted will return the element containing the face. + An example of an instance that is contained is a window. In this case the host property +would return the wall in which the window is contained. Another example is an instance that is hosted +to a planar or curved face in a Mass element will return the Mass element. + + + This property is used to find the physical location of an instance within project. + The Location property returns an object that can be used to find the location of an instance +within the project. An instance may have a point location, such as a footing or may have a line location. +A beam is an example of an instance that has a line location. + + + The space in which the instance is located in the given phase of the project. + The phase in which to look for a space that contains the instance. + This property will be the first space encountered that contains the instance. If more than +one space includes this point in its volume only the first one is returned. +If no space is found that contains the instance, or if phase does not apply to this FaimlyInstance, +this property is . + + + The space in which the instance is located. + The space in which the instance is located (during the last phase of the project). + This property will be the first space encountered that contains the instance. If more than +one space includes this point in its volume only the first one is returned. +If no space is found that contains the instance, or if phase does not apply to this FaimlyInstance, +this property is . + + + The room in which the instance is located in the given phase of the project. + The phase in which to look for a room that contains the instance. + This property will be the first room encountered that contains the instance. If more than +one room includes this point in its volume only the first one is returned. +If no room is found that contains the instance, or if phase does not apply to this FaimlyInstance, +this property is . +This property should not be used for door or window instances, which are placed on the boundary or +between rooms. Use the and properties instead. + + + The room in which the instance is located. + The room in which the instance is located (during the last phase of the project). + This property will be the first room encountered that contains the instance. If more than +one room includes this point in its volume only the first one is returned. +If no room is found that contains the instance, or if phase does not apply to this FaimlyInstance, +this property is . +This property should not be used for door or window instances, which are placed on the boundary or +between rooms. Use the and properties instead. + + + Provides the primary structural type of the instance, such as beam or column etc. + + + + + + + Provides the primary structural usage of the instance, such as brace, girder etc. + + + Identifies the material that defines the instance's structural analysis properties. + + + This property returns the physical material from which the instance is made. + Values of this property can be Steel, Concrete, Wood or some other material. +Different from Revit materials that geometry really consists of, this property is a family parameter +defining family behavior and can not be set per instance. Its value is the same with the type of the +instance's family. For example, the instances of different kind of column families(Steel, Concrete or +Wood) have different material values and can't be changed int the UI or RevitAPI. + + + Retrieves the MEP model for the family instance. + If the family instance has a MEP model it is returned by this method, otherwise is +returned. Different types of MEP model will be returned based on the type of the instance, for +example - if the instance is a lighting device then a lighting device model will be returned. +This property will only function with the Autodesk Revit MEP product. + + + Returns or changes the FamilySymbol object that represents the type of the instance. + Setting this property will result in the type of the instance being changed. Related types +can be found by examining the Family to which the symbol belongs. + + + + + + + + This object represents a single instance of a family type, such as a single I beam. + + + Examples of FamilyInstance objects within Autodesk Revit are Beams, Columns, + Braces and Desks. The FamilyInstance object provides more detailed properties that + enable the type of the family instance to be changed, thus changing their appearance + within the project. + + + + + + + + + Returns an object that describes the profile that is swept along the driving curve. + + + The profile is swept perpendicular to the driving curve. + + + A geometric profile object. + + + 2016 + + + + + Provides access to the curve that dictates the path of the swept profile. + + + The profile may not be swept the entire length of this curve. One should check the + set back properties on this object to locate how far the actual sweep is from the ends of the curve. + + + A curve that defines the path of the swept profile. + + + 2016 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The distance from the end of the driving curve to the point where the sweep actually ends. + + + 2016 + + + + + The distance from the start of the driving curve to the point where the sweep actually begins. + + + 2016 + + + + + Represents an extruded profile swept along a driving curve. + + + Elements such as beams may be formed from a profile that has been swept + along a curve. This class represents such a form and is used to access the + cross section and the underlying curve that make up the Element. + + + 2016 + + + + + 2011 + + + Represents the structural usage of a family instance. + + + 2011 + + + + + Structural usage is as truss web. + + + + + Structural usage is as truss chord. + + + + + Structural usage is automatic. + + + + + Structural usage is as kicker bracing. + + + + + Structural usage is as horizontal bracing. + + + + + Structural usage is as brace. + + + + + Structural usage is as "other". + + + + + Structural usage is as purlin. + + + + + Structural usage is as joist. + + + + + Structural usage is as girder. + + + + + Structural usage is as column. + + + + + Structural usage is as wall. + + + + + indicates automatic + + + + + Identifies if this FamilySymbol can have a structural section. + + + True if the FamilySymbol can have structural section, false otherwise. + + + 2016 + + + + + Sets the structural section in element. + + + Only beams, braces and structural columns can have a structural section. + To check if the element can have structural section use the method. + + + Structural section with values that will be set. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This FamilySymbol cannot have a structural section. + + + 2015 + + + + + Gets the structural section from element. + + + Only beams, braces and structural columns can have a structural section. + To check if the element can have structural section use the method. + + + The structural section. if the family symbol does not contain a structural section. + + + 2015 + + + + + Identifies if this FamilySymbol can include thermal properties. + + + True if the FamilySymbol can include thermal properties, false otherwise. + + + 2015 + + + + + Sets the thermal properties for the given FamilySymbol. + + + The new thermal properties. If , this unsets custom thermal properties for this FamilySymbol. + + + The thermal properties are not valid for assignment. + + + This FamilySymbol does not contain thermal properties. + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets the thermal properties for the given FamilySymbol. + + + Doors, windows, and curtain wall panels will have thermal properties. + + + The thermal properties. if the family symbol does not contain thermal properties. + + + 2013 + + + + + Activates the symbol to ensure that its geometry is accessible. + + + Symbols that are not used in the document may be deactivated to conserve memory and regeneration time. + When the symbol is inactive, its geometry is empty and should not be accessed. + In order to access geometry of a symbol that is not active in the document, first check its + property. Note that until the document is regenerated, the newly activated symbol's geometry + will still be empty. + + + 2014 + + + + + Identifies whether the symbol is active. + + + Symbols that are not used in the document may be deactivated to conserve memory and regeneration time. + When the symbol is inactive, its geometry is empty and cannot be accessed. + In order to access the geometry of a symbol that is not active in the document, + the symbol should first be activated by calling . + + + 2014 + + + + + The Family object to which the symbol belongs. + + + + Returns the Point Locations for the Family Symbol. + If a family symbol has point references then their locations are returned by this method, +otherwise an empty collection is returned. Examples of FamilySymbol objects that contain point +location are Panels and Flexible Components. + 2011 + + + This property returns the physical material from which the type is made. + Values of this property can be Steel, Concrete, Wood or some other material. + + + + An element that represents a single type with a Family. + + + Custom families within the Revit API represented by three objects - Family, + and . + Each object plays a significant part in the structure of families. The Family element represents the entire family + that consists of a collection of types, such as an 'I Beam'. You can think of that object as representing the entire + family file. The Family object contains a number of elements. The + object represents a specific set + of family settings within that Family and represents what is known in the Revit user interface as a + Type, such as 'W14x32'. The object represents an actual instance of that + type placed the Autodesk Revit project. For example the would + be a single instance of a W14x32 column within the project. + + + + + + + + A base class you all types that are insertable. + + + + Gets the total transform, which includes the true north transform for instances like import instances. + + + For most of other instances, it simply returns the inherent transform. + + + The calculated total transform. + + + 2012 + + + + + Gets the transform of the instance. + + + The inherent transform. + + + 2012 + + + + + The base class for all instance objects. + + + + + 2018 + + + Corresponds to the possible values of parameter "Is Reference" of reference planes and parameter "Reference" of reference lines in families. + This enum is used to identify references of family instances corresponding to reference planes and reference lines in the family. + + + 2018 + + + + + This value is returned from FamilyInstance::getReferenceType if the reference does not correspond to any reference plane + or reference line in the family. + + + + + Reference plane whose "Is Reference" parameter is set to "Weak Reference", or reference line whose "Reference" parameter is set to "Weak Reference". + There may be multiple such reference planes and lines in the family. + These references are not stable: if there is a dimension to such reference, and the instance's family is replaced, + the dimension is not guaranteed to survive. + + + + + Reference plane whose "Is Reference" parameter is set to "Strong Reference", or reference line whose "Reference" parameter is set to "Strong Reference". + There may be multiple such reference planes and lines in the family. + These references are not stable: if there is a dimension to such reference, and the instance's family is replaced, + the dimension is not guaranteed to survive. + + + + + Reference plane whose "Is Reference" parameter is set to "Top". There may be no more than one such reference plane in the family. + This reference is stable: if there is a dimension to this reference of an instance, and the instance's type or family is replaced, + the dimension will survive. + + + + + Reference plane whose "Is Reference" parameter is set to "Center (Elevation)". There may be no more than one such reference plane in the family. + This reference is stable: if there is a dimension to this reference of an instance, and the instance's type or family is replaced, + the dimension will survive. + + + + + Reference plane whose "Is Reference" parameter is set to "Bottom". There may be no more than one such reference plane in the family. + This reference is stable: if there is a dimension to this reference of an instance, and the instance's type or family is replaced, + the dimension will survive. + + + + + Reference plane whose "Is Reference" parameter is set to "Back". There may be no more than one such reference plane in the family. + This reference is stable: if there is a dimension to this reference of an instance, and the instance's type or family is replaced, + the dimension will survive. + + + + + Reference plane whose "Is Reference" parameter is set to "Center (Front/Back)". There may be no more than one such reference plane in the family. + This reference is stable: if there is a dimension to this reference of an instance, and the instance's type or family is replaced, + the dimension will survive. + + + + + Reference plane whose "Is Reference" parameter is set to "Front". There may be no more than one such reference plane in the family. + This reference is stable: if there is a dimension to this reference of an instance, and the instance's type or family is replaced, + the dimension will survive. + + + + + Reference plane whose "Is Reference" parameter is set to "Right". There may be no more than one such reference plane in the family. + This reference is stable: if there is a dimension to this reference of an instance, and the instance's type or family is replaced, + the dimension will survive. + + + + + Reference plane whose "Is Reference" parameter is set to "Center (Left/Right)". There may be no more than one such reference plane in the family. + This reference is stable: if there is a dimension to this reference of an instance, and the instance's type or family is replaced, + the dimension will survive. + + + + + Reference plane whose "Is Reference" parameter is set to "Left". There may be no more than one such reference plane in the family. + This reference is stable: if there is a dimension to this reference of an instance, and the instance's type or family is replaced, + the dimension will survive. + + + + + Sets the underlay orientation for this view. + + + The underlay orientation for this view. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2017 + + + + + Returns the underlay orientation of this view. + + + The underlay orientation for this view. + + + 2017 + + + + + Sets the underlay base and underlay top to the specified levels. + + + The element id of a level in the project or InvalidElementId. If InvalidElementId, + then the underlay base level is not set and no elements will be displayed as underlay. + + + The element id of a level in the project or InvalidElementId. If InvalidElementId, + then the underlay range is unbounded. + + + The ElementId baseLevelId does not correspond to a Level in the project. + -or- + The ElementId topLevelId does not correspond to a Level in the project. + -or- + The elevation of level topLevelId must be greater than the elevation of level baseLevelId. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + + + + + Sets the level whose elevation will determine the bottom of the underlay range. + The elevation of the next highest level will be used to determine the top of the underlay range. + + + If the level specified is the highest level, the underlay range will be unbounded. + The underlay range will consist of everything above the specified level. + + + The element id of a level in the project or else InvalidElementId. + + + The ElementId levelId does not correspond to a Level in the project. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Returns the element id of the level that defines the top of the underlay range. + + + If the underlay base level is a valid level, and this method returns InvalidElementId, then the underlay range is unbounded, + and consists of everything above the underlay base level. + + + 2017 + + + + + Returns the element id of the level that defines the bottom of the underlay range. + + + If InvalidElementId is returned, then the underlay base level is not set and no elements will be displayed as underlay. + + + 2017 + + + + + Checks if the plan view range is valid. + + + The view range to validate. + + + List of enums describing any errors in the plan view range. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Sets the view range. + + + The view range. + + + Plan view range is not valid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets the view range. + + + The view range. + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a new area plan ViewPlan. + + + The document to which the area plan will be added. + + + The id of the AreaScheme which will be used by the area plan. + + + The id of the Level to associate with the area plan. + + + The new area plan ViewPlan. + + + The AreaScheme id is not valid and cannot be used for area plan views. + -or- + The ElementId levelId does not correspond to a Level. + -or- + Plan view creation is not allowed in this family. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates a new ViewPlan. + + + The document to which the ViewPlan will be added. + + + The id of the ViewFamilyType which will be used by the new ViewPlan. The type needs to be a FloorPlan, CeilingPlan, AreaPlan, or StructuralPlan ViewType. + + + The id of the Level to associate with the new plan view. + + + The new ViewPlan. + + + This view family type is not a plan view type. + -or- + The ElementId levelId does not correspond to a Level. + -or- + StructuralPlans can only be created when the structural discipline is enabled whereas FloorPlans and CeilingPlans can + only be created when architecture or MEP disciplines are enabled. + -or- + Plan view creation is not allowed in this family. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2013 + + + + + + + + The area scheme. + Returns if this plan view is not an area plan. + + + + Represents floor plan, area plan, ceiling plan, and structural plan views in Revit. + + + In a plan view, the model is viewed as if cut by the cut plane and viewed from above, looking down. + In ceiling plan views and structural plan views which look up, the model is viewed as if cut by + the cut plane, and viewed as if looking down at a mirror. + + + + + Describes errors in the location of planes in a PlanViewRange object. + + + 2013 + + + + + View depth is below the top clip plane. + + + + + View depth is above the bottom clip plane. + + + + + Bottom clip plane is above the cut plane. + + + + + Top clip plane is below the cut plane. + + + + Indicates if the area scheme is a Gross Building Area scheme. + + + The area scheme associated with a particular area plan. + + + + Checks whether this view can toggle between perspective and isometric. + + + If view contains view specific elements, ask to duplicate the view before toggling it. + + + True if this view can be toggled, false otherwise. + + + + + This method displays the grid lines in this 3D view on the given Levels. + + + Previously selected Levels for showing grids will be replaced with the new ids. + + + Levels ids where grids lines will be displayed. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + This method hides the grid lines in this 3D view on the given Level. + + + The id of the Level where grids will not be displayed. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + This method displays the grid lines in this 3DView on the given Level. + + + Grids will be displayed only if they intersects Level's plane. + + + The id of the Level where grids should be displayed. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Returns the list of levels ids where grids are displayed in this 3D view. + + + The list of levels ids where grids are displayed in 3D views. + + + 2022 + + + + + Toggles this view to isometric. + + + This view can only be toggled to isometric if no view specific elements are contained. + + + This view cannot be toggled. + + + 2015 Subscription Update + + + + + Toggles this view to perspective. + + + This view can only be toggled to perspective if no view specific elements are contained. + + + This view cannot be toggled. + + + 2015 Subscription Update + + + + + Checks whether this view can toggle between perspective and isometric. + + + This view can only be toggled if no view specific elements are contained. + + + True if this view can be toggled, false otherwise. + + + 2015 Subscription Update + + + + + Gets a copy of the section box for this 3D view. + + + The section box cuts the model in this view by its boundaries. + + + The section box. Note that the section box can be rotated and transformed and thus you will need to use + to + interpret the coordinates of the corners or sides of the box in model coordinates. + + + Returns true if the view is not a view template. + + + + + Sets the section box for this 3D view. + + + The bounding box to use for the section box. To turn off the section box, set to false. + Individual bound enabled flags in the input box are ignored. + + + Bounding box cannot be empty. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Returns true if the view is not a view template. + + + + + + + + Unlocks the view. Has no effect if the view is already unlocked. + + + 2013 + + + + + Identifies if the view has ever been locked. + + + 2013 + + + + + Locks the view and restores its orientation. + + + View has never been locked. + + + 2013 + + + + + Locks the view and saves its orientation + + + Returns true if the view is not a view template. + -or- + The orientation of the View3D cannot be saved. + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns true if the View3D's orientation can be saved, false otherwise. + + + The saved orientation of the default 3D view cannot be overwritten. To convert the default 3D view into a normal 3D view, rename the default 3D view. + + + True if the View3D's orientation can be saved, false otherwise. + + + 2013 + + + + + Converts the temporary orientation of the View3D into its saved orientation. + + + The View3D will be oriented to its saved orientation on file open. + To save the orientation of the default View3D, first rename the default View3D. + + + The orientation of the View3D cannot be saved. + + + 2013 + + + + + Reorients the view to align with the forward direction. + + + This method adjusts the ViewOrientation to align with the input forward direction. + The eye position will be automatically determined based on the shape of the + viewing area and size of the model. The UpDirection will be aligned with the project Z axis. + + + The forward direction. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + forwardDirection has zero length. + + + View is locked and cannot be reoriented. + + + 2015 + + + + + Sets the temporary orientation of the View3D. The new orientation is not saved in the document. + + + The new orientation to set. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + View is locked and cannot be reoriented. + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets the saved orientation of the View3D. + + + The saved orientation of the View3D. + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets the current non-saved orientation of the View3D. + + + The current non-saved orientation of the View3D. + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns a new perspective View3D. + + + The new View3D will receive a unique view name. The view will be oriented in the same position as the default 3D view. + + + The document to which the new View3D will be added. + + + The id of the ViewFamilyType which will be used by the new View3D. The type needs to be a ThreeDimensional ViewType. + + + The new perspective View3D. + + + This View Family Type is not a ThreeDimensional view type. + -or- + 3D view creation is not allowed in this family. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2013 + + + + + + + + Returns a new isometric View3D. + + + The new View3D will receive a unique view name. The view will be oriented in the same position as the default 3D view. + + + The document to which the new View3D will be added. + + + The id of the ViewFamilyType which will be used by the new View3D. The type needs to be a ThreeDimensional ViewType. + + + The new isometric View3D. + + + This View Family Type is not a ThreeDimensional view type. + -or- + 3D view creation is not allowed in this family. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2013 + + + + + + + + Resets the camera target to the center of the field of view. + + + The camera target can only be reset for perspective view. + + + The camera target cannot be reset for the view. + + + 2015 Subscription Update + + + + + Checks whether the camera target can be reset for this view. + + + The camera target can only be reset for perspective view. + + + True if camera target can be reset for this view, false otherwise. + + + 2015 Subscription Update + + + + + Changes the rendering settings for this 3d view. + + + The new rendering settings to be applied to this view. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns the current rendering settings for this 3d view. + + + The returned object represents the current rendering settings. + If you change the returned object, you need to call SetRenderingSettings to apply the new settings back to Revit. + + + 2013 + + + + + + + + + This option projects all grids from the current 3d view on the bottom face of the section box. + Only grids that are inside or intersects the section box + + + Returns true if the view is not a view template. + + + 2022 + + + + + Identifies whether or not the section box is active in this 3D view. + + + An active section box clips the geometry of the model in the 3D view. This affects + the appearance of the view, and also will affect information returned from the API. For example: + Elements outside the active section box will not be returned in the list of elements + obtained from when + this view is passed when contructing the collector.Elements clipped by the active section box will return clipped geometry + from + when this view is included in the options. + + Returns true if the view is not a view template. + + + + + + + + Identifies whether this is a perspective view. + + + In a perspective view, view direction is variable - it is the direction that connects a particular point on the model with the eye position. + The property becomes less meaningful - + it only describes the general orientation of the camera. + + + Returns true if the view is not a view template. + + + + + Indicates if the view is locked. + + + Returns true if the view is not a view template. + + + 2013 + + + + + Class for 3D views + + + + + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The forward direction vector + + + 2013 + + + + + The up direction vector + + + 2013 + + + + + The eye position point + + + 2013 + + + + + Constructs a new ViewOrientation3D using the input eye position, up and forward directions. + + + The eye position + + + The up direction. This vector will be normalized. Up direction must be perpendicular to the forward direction. + + + The forward direction. This vector will be normalized. Forward direction must be perpendicular to the up direction. + + + One or both of the input vectors cannot be normalized. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + upDirection has zero length. + -or- + forwardDirection has zero length. + + + The vectors upDirection and forwardDirection are not perpendicular. + + + 2013 + + + + + Container for the point and vectors which define View3D's orientation. + + + 2013 + + + + For Internal Use Only. + This constructor is exposed to enable support for COM interop only. This object should never +be created by the developer. + + + Provides access to the ImportInstance in Autodesk Revit. + The Import Instance object can be generated by Import operation. + + + Determines whether this transformation and the specified transformation are the same within the tolerance (1.0e-09). + The transformation to compare with this transformation. + True if the two transformations are equal; otherwise, false. + +Thrown when the specified transformation is . + + +The tolerance is applied memberwise for comparison. + + + + Scales the basis vectors and the origin of this transformation and returns the result. + The scale value. + The transformation equal to the composition of the two transformations. + +Thrown when the specified value is an infinite number. + + +The resulting transformation is equivalent to the application of this transformation +and then the uniform scale, in this order. + + + + Scales the basis vectors of this transformation and returns the result. + The scale value. + The transformation equal to the composition of the two transformations. + +Thrown when the specified value is an infinite number. + + +The resulting transformation is equivalent to the application of the uniform scale +and then this transformation, in this order. + + + + Multiplies this transformation by the specified transformation and returns the result. + The specified transformation. + The transformation equal to the composition of the two transformations. + +Thrown when the handle of the specified transformation is . + + +The combined transformation has the same effect as applying the right transformation first, +and the left transformation, second. So, (T1(T2(p)) = (T1 * T2) (p). + + + + Multiplies the two specified transforms. + The first transformation. + The second transformation. + The transformation equal to the composition of the two transformations. + +Thrown when the handle of the first or second transformation is . + + +The combined transformation has the same effect as applying the right transformation first, +and the left transformation, second. So, (T1(T2(p)) = (T1 * T2) (p). + + + + The inverse transformation of this transformation. + +Thrown when this transformation is not conformal or invertible. + + +The transformation matrix A is invertible if there exists a transformation matrix B +such that A*B = B*A = I (identity). + + + + The determinant of this transformation. + +The geometric meaning of a determinant is as the scale factor for volume +when applied as linear transformation. + + + + The boolean value that indicates whether this transformation is conformal. + +This property is true if this transformation can be decomposed as the product of +a rigid-body motion, uniform scale and reflection. Such transformation preserves +angles between vectors. + + + + The boolean value that indicates whether this transformation produces reflection. + +Thrown when this transformation is not conformal and the reflection is undefined. + + +Reflection transformation changes the handedness of a coordinate system. + + + + The real number that represents the scale of the transformation. + +Thrown when this transformation is not conformal and the scale is undefined. + + +When the transformation is conformal and can be decomposed as the product of +a rigid-body motion, uniform scale and reflection, this property returns the scale +value of the uniform scale transformation. + + + + The boolean value that indicates whether this transformation is a translation. + +This property is true if the only effect of transformation is translation. It checks that the +basis of the transform is identity. The translation vector may be zero (which would make this +an identity transformation) or nonzero (which would make this a non-trivial translation). + + + + The boolean value that indicates whether this transformation is an identity. + +The identity transformation does not change a point or a vector that it is applied to. + + + + Applies the transform to the vector + The vector to be transformed + The new vector after transform + +Transformation of a vector is not affected by the translational part of the transformation. + + + + Applies the transformation to the point and returns the result. + The point to transform. + The transformed point. + +Transformation of a point is affected by the translational part of the transformation. + + + + + Creates a transform that represents a reflection across the given plane. + + + The plane. + + + The new transform. + + + A non-optional argument was NULL + + + 2014 + + + + + + + + + Creates a transform that represents a rotation about the given axis at the specified point. + + + The rotation axis. + + + The angle. + + + The origin point. + + + The new transform. + + + The given value for angle is not finite + + + A non-optional argument was NULL + + + axis has zero length. + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates a transform that represents a rotation about the given axis at (0, 0, 0). + + + The rotation axis. + + + The angle. + + + The new transform. + + + The given value for angle is not finite + + + A non-optional argument was NULL + + + axis has zero length. + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates a transform that represents a translation via the specified vector. + + + The translation vector. + + + The new transform. + + + A non-optional argument was NULL + + + 2014 + + + + The identity transformation. + +The identity transformation does not change a point or a vector that it is applied to. + + + + Defines the origin of the old coordinate system in the new coordinate system. + This corresponds to the fourth column vector of the conventional 3x4 matrix +representation. Also, this is the translation component of the transformation. + +Thrown when the transform is internally marked as read-only. + + + + Defines the basis of the old coordinate system in the new coordinate system. + The index of the basis vector: 0, 1 or 2. + This corresponds to the first three column vectors of the conventional 3x4 matrix +representation. + +Thrown when the given index is larger than 2 in the getter and setter. + + +Thrown when the transform is internally marked as read-only. + + + + The basis of the Z axis of this transformation. + +The Z axis of the old coordinate system in the new coordinate system, +or the 3rd column of the conventional 3x4 matrix representation. + + +Thrown when the transform is internally marked as read-only. + + + + The basis of the Y axis of this transformation. + +The Y axis of the old coordinate system in the new coordinate system, +or the 2nd column of the conventional 3x4 matrix representation. + + +Thrown when the transform is internally marked as read-only. + + + + The basis of the X axis of this transformation. + +The X axis of the old coordinate system in the new coordinate system, +or the 1st column of the conventional 3x4 matrix representation. + + +Thrown when the transform is internally marked as read-only. + + + + The copy constructor. + + + A transformation of the affine 3-space. + + + + + + + + Returns the current SunAndShadowSettings element assigned to the active view for the + supplied document. + + + The document. + + + The active SunAndShadowSettings element for the supplied document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Adjust SunAndShadowSettings to fit around the current model geometry. + + + The SunAndShadowSettings is not view-specific. + + + 2011 + + + + + Use Revit's utilities to calculate the time zone for a given longitude and latitude. + + + For some latitude and longitude boundary cases, the time zone calculated may not be correct. + The API offers the ability to adjust the time zone independent of Revit's calculations for situations + where this happens. + + + The latitude. + + + The longitude. + + + The time zone, in hours, ranging from +12 hours to -12 hours with 0 being GMT. + + + 2012 + + + + + Checks whether the time interval is valid for the SunAndShadowType. + + + Time interval value. + + + True if the time interval is valid for the current SunAndShadowType, false otherwise. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + Checks whether the element represents a valid Ground Plane level. + + + Level element id. + + + True if the element is a valid Ground Plane Level, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Checks whether the frame is valid for the supplied SunAndShadowSettings. + + + Frame value + + + True if the frame is valid for the SunAndShadowSettings, false otherwise. + + + 2011 + + + + + Checks whether the start date and time is valid. + + + Date and time value + + + True if the date and time is valid, false otherwise. + + + 2011 + + + + + Checks whether the end date and time is valid. + + + Date and time value + + + True if the date and time is valid, false otherwise. + + + 2011 + + + + + Identifies the sunset time for the SunAndShadowSettings element at its current location + and indicated date. + + + The value returned is affected by the value of the + flag set for the current location. If this value is true, the sunset value will be adjusted for + Daylight Savings Time, regardless of the value of the input date. + + + The date for which to determine sunset time. + + + The date and time. The value will be in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). + + + 2011 + + + + + Identifies the sunrise time for the SunAndShadowSettings element at its current location + and indicated date. + + + The value returned is affected by the value of the + flag set for the current location. If this value is true, the sunrise value will be adjusted for + Daylight Savings Time, regardless of the value of the input date. + + + The date for which to determine sunrise time. + + + The date and time. The value will be in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). + + + 2011 + + + + + Identifies the azimuth of the sun (angle in radians) for a specific frame. + + + Frame for which time is requested + + + Azimuth angle (radians). This is measured counterclockwise from the X axis (East direction). Note that this + is a different frame of reference than is used by Revit for the Lighting Study Azimuth value. + + + the frame value frame is not valid. + + + 2011 + + + + + Identifies the altitude of the sun (angle in radians) for a specific frame. + + + Frame for which time is requested + + + Altitude angle (radians) + + + the frame value frame is not valid. + + + 2011 + + + + + Identifies the date and time of the SunAndShadowSettings element for a given frame. + + + Frame for which time is requested + + + The date and time. The value will be in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). + + + the frame value frame is not valid. + + + 2011 + + + + + Finds the name of the 'per-document' SunAndShadowSettings that matches the properties + of this per-view element. + + + Name of the per-document SunAndShadowSettings that matches the view specific element. + + + The SunAndShadowSettings is not view-specific. + + + 2011 + + + + + Identifies whether settings are shared globally. + + + Identifies whether the per-view SunAndShadowSettings element shares global settings. + Global settings are a special case that allows multiple views to be associated together + in order that a change in one view affects that same change in other views. There cannot be + multiple such groups, and a SunAndShadowSettings element is either a global setting or not. + + + 2011 + + + + + Identifies the ProjectLocation element used by the SunAndShadowSettings element. + + + 2011 + + + + + Identifies the name of the project location used by the SunAndShadowSettings element. + + + 2011 + + + + + Identifies whether the SunAndShadowSettings element is using daylight savings time. + + + 2011 + + + + + Identifies the time zone. + + + Identifies the time zone used by the SunAndShadowSettings element. + This property indicates the time zone in which the site resides. + The value is in hours, ranging from +12 hours to -12 hours with 0 being GMT. + + + 2011 + + + + + Identifies the current longitude used by the SunAndShadowSettings element. + + + 2011 + + + + + Identifies the current latitude used by the SunAndShadowSettings element. + + + 2011 + + + + + Identifies the ground plane height. + + + 2011 + + + + + Identifies the time interval between animation frames. + + + When setting this property: the time interval value interval is not valid for the current SunAndShadowType. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + Identifies whether the SunAndShadowSettings element is relative to the view + direction. This is only relevant for lighting mode. + + + 2011 + + + + + Identifies whether the SunAndShadowSettings element uses a ground plane. + + + 2011 + + + + + Identifies whether the current single day sun study is set to run from + sunrise to sunset. + + + 2011 + + + + + Identifies the element id of the Ground Plane level for the SunAndShadowSettings element. + + + When setting this property: the element level is not a valid Ground Plane Level element. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Identifies the total number of animation frames for a single-day or multi-day study. + + + 2011 + + + + + Identifies the active animation frame for a single-day or multi-day study, + starting at 1.0 for the first frame and incrementing in intervals of 1.0. + + + When setting this property: the frame value frame is not valid. + + + 2011 + + + + + Identifies the end date and time. + + + This property represents the end time for a single-day or multi-day study. + The end date and time can be set for any study type, but is not always used. + Note that Revit may ignore this value if the SunriseToSunset flag is set. + + + The date and time. The output value will be in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC), but input may be + in local time as well. + + + When setting this property: Revit does not accept input DateTime objects if they are of kind DateTypeKind.Unspecified. + + + 2011 + + + + + Identifies the start or current date and time. + + + This property represents the start time for a single-day or multi-day study, or the current time + for a still sun study. Note that Revit may ignore this value if the SunriseToSunset flag is set. + + + The date and time. The output value will be in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC), but input may be + in local time as well. + + + When setting this property: Revit does not accept input DateTime objects if they are of kind DateTypeKind.Unspecified. + + + 2011 + + + + + Identifies the date and time of the SunAndShadowSettings element for the active frame. + + + 2011 + + + + + Identifies the type of the SunAndShadowSettings element. + + + There are no restrictions on setting the type, but do note that some + properties are not relevant for certain types. For example, the property + EndDateAndTime is not relevant for the type SunAndShadowType.StillImage. + In this example (and elsewhere), the previous value for the property + is remembered for when the type is reverted. If that property has not been + set yet, default values will apply. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + + + + + Altitude setting (angle in radians). This is only relevant when dealing with a SunAndShadowSettings + element that uses lighting mode. + + + Altitude angle (radians) + + + 2011 + + + + + Azimuth setting (angle in radians). This is only relevant when dealing with a SunAndShadowSettings + element that uses lighting mode. + + + Azimuth angle (radians) + + + 2011 + + + + + Visibility in current view for a per-view SunAndShadowSettings element. + + + Visibility + + + The element is not view specific (in which case visibility + is not relevant) or if internally its view is not accessible. + + + 2011 + + + + + The SunAndShadowSettings class represents the sun control. + + + The SunAndShadowSettings element represents the settings applied to a project or view regarding + the position, dates, time intervals and other options for the sun control and solar studies. + To differentiate between the project and view settings, test the ViewSpecific or OwnerViewId property. + If the element is not view-specific this element represents a project-wide setting. + If the element is associated to a view, this element represents a per view SunAndShadowSettings. + When you create a new view, a new view-specific SunAndShadowSettings element is automatically created + for it. + + + 2011 + + + + + + + + + Time interval enum for a single or multi-day sun study. + + + 2011 + + + Enum of sun study time interval. + + + 2011 + + + + + Interval occurs once a month. + + + + + Interval occurs once a week. + + + + + Interval occurs every day. + + + + + Interval occurs every hour. + + + + + Interval occurs every 45 minutes. + + + + + Interval occurs every 30 minutes. + + + + + Interval occurs every 15 minutes. + + + + + Interval occurs every minute. + + + + + Interval occurs every 45 seconds. + + + + + Interval occurs every 30 seconds. + + + + + Interval occurs every 15 seconds. + + + + + Sun study type enum of SunAndShadowSettings. + + + 2011 + + + Enum of sun study type. + + + 2011 + + + + + Lighting study type (fixed sun position regardless of date and time). + + + + + Multi day study type (range over date and time). + + + + + Single day study type (time range over a specific day). + + + + + Still image study type (single point in time). + + + + + Returns a reference to this element as a plane. + + + The object returned here can be used with the class. + + + The reference. + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns the corresponding Plane. + + + The plane upon which elements created with this sketch plane will lie. + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates a sketch plane from a grid, reference plane, or level. + + + The document. + + + The id of the grid, reference plane, or level. + + + The newly created sketch plane. + + + datumId is not a valid Element identifier. + -or- + ElementId must correspond to a grid, reference plane, or level. + -or- + ElementId must correspond to a non-curved datum. + -or- + Sketch plane creation is not allowed in this family. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates a new sketch plane from a reference to a planar face. + + + A reference relationship will be created between the face and the sketch plane. + + + The document. + + + The reference of the planar face where the sketch plane will be created. + + + The newly created sketch plane. + + + Sketch plane creation is not allowed in this family. + -or- + The reference is not a planar face. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates a new sketch plane from a geometric plane. + + + There will not be a reference relationship established from the sketch plane to the input face. To create a SketchPlane with a reference to other geometry, + use the overload with a Reference input. + + + The document. + + + The geometry plane where the sketch plane will be created. + + + The newly created sketch plane. + + + Sketch plane creation is not allowed in this family. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2014 + + + + + + + + + Identifies if the sketch plane can be assigned to model elements. + + + Sketch planes with this property set to true are suitable to be used to create model elements. Planes where this property is false will be rejected when used to create model curves, symbolic curves, generic forms, or other sketched elements. + + + + + Represents a sketch plane or work plane. + + + A SketchPlane object is used as an input to creation of sketch-referencing elements such as Model Curves or sketch-owning elements such as Generic Forms. The SketchPlane can be obtained from an existing element or created from a geometric plane or planar face. Note that the sketch plane element passed as input to create an element may not be the actual sketch plane assigned to that element; Revit may look for a geometrically equivalent plane to use, or may create a new one if the input plane is already used for other purposes. Some sketch planes (such as those obtained from detail curves) are suitable only for use in creating detail elements; they will be rejected when used for other element types. + + + + + + + + + Returns a global parameter, if any, currently associated with this parameter. + + + InvalidElementId is returned in case this parameter is not associated with any global parameter. + InvalidElementId is also returned if called for a parameter that cannot even be associated + with a global parameters (i.e. a non-parametrizable parameter or parameter with a formula). + + + Id of a global parameter or InvalidElemetnId. + + + This parameter does not exist in the document anymore. + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + Tests whether this parameter can be associated with any global parameter. + + + Only properties defined as parametrizable can be associated with global parameters. + That excludes any read-only and formula-driven parameters, as well as those that + have other explicit or implicit restrictions imposed by Revit. + + + True if the given parameter can be associated (is parametrizable); False otherwise. + + + This parameter does not exist in the document anymore. + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + Tests whether this parameter can be associated with the given global parameter. + + + Only properties defined as parametrizable can be associated with global parameters. + That excludes any read-only and formula-driven parameters, as well as those that + have other explicit or implicit restrictions imposed by Revit. + + + Id of a global parameter contained in this parameter's document + + + True if this parameter can be associated with the given global parameter; False otherwise. + + + The input gpId is not of a valid global parameter of the given document. + -or- + This parameter does not exist in the document anymore. + + + A non-optional argument was NULL + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + Dissociates this parameter from a global parameter. + + + It is assumed this parameter has been previously associated with the global parameter + by using the method. + + + This parameter does not exist in the document anymore. + -or- + This parameter is either not parameterizable or does not match the type of the global parameter. + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + Associates this parameter with a global parameter in the same document. + + +

The parameter must be parameterizable, meaning it cannot be read-only, + driven by a formula, or have any other restrictions imposed by Revit.

+

The parameter's value type must match the type of the global parameter.

+

Once associated property can be later dissociated by calling the + method

+
+ + Id of a global parameter contained in this parameter's document + + + The input gpId is not of a valid global parameter of the given document. + -or- + This parameter does not exist in the document anymore. + -or- + This parameter is either not parameterizable or does not match the type of the global parameter. + + + A non-optional argument was NULL + + + 2016 Subscription Update + +
+ + The id of the parameter. + 2011 + + + The Guid for a shared parameter. + Thrown when the parameter is not a shared parameter. + 2011 + + + Identifies if the parameter is a shared parameter. + 2011 + + + The element to which this parameter belongs. + + + Clears the parameter to its initial value. + The ClearValue method will return True if the parameter was successfully cleared to its initial value, otherwise false. + This method will only succeed for Shared parameters that have their HideWhenNoValue property set to true. + 2020 + The parameter is read-only, or the parameter is not a shared parameter, +or the shared parameter has HideWhenNoValue set to false. + + + Sets the parameter to a new element id. + The new element id to which the parameter is to be set. + The Set method will return True if the parameter was successfully set to the new value, otherwise false. + You should only use this method if the StorageType property reports the type of the +parameter as an ElementId. + The parameter is read-only. + + + Sets the parameter to a new real number value. + The new double value to which the parameter is to be set. + The Set method will return True if the parameter was successfully set to the new value, otherwise false. + You should only use this method if the StorageType property reports the type of the +parameter as a Double. + The parameter is read-only. + Value must be a finite number. + + + + + + + Sets the parameter to a new integer value. + The new integer value to which the parameter is to be set. + The Set method will return True if the parameter was successfully set to the new value, otherwise false. + You should only use this method if the StorageType property reports the type of the +parameter as an integer. + The parameter is read-only. + + + Sets the parameter to a new value. + Sets the parameter to a new string of text. + The new text value to which the parameter is to be set. + The Set method will return True if the parameter was successfully set to the new value, otherwise false. + You should only use this method if the StorageType property reports the type of the +parameter as a String. + The parameter is read-only. + + + + + + + Provides access to the Autodesk::Revit::DB::ElementId^ stored within the parameter. + The Autodesk::Revit::DB::ElementId^ contained in the parameter. + The AsAutodesk::Revit::DB::ElementId^ method should only be used if the StorageType property returns that the +internal contents of the parameter is an ElementId. + + + +Provides access to the double precision number within the parameter, converted to the Forge storage +unit of the parameter's data type. + + This method should only be used if the StorageType property returns that the internal +contents of the parameter is a double. + The double value contained in the parameter quantified in its Forge storage unit. + + + Provides access to the double precision number within the parameter. + The double value contained in the parameter. + The AsDouble method should only be used if the StorageType property returns that the +internal contents of the parameter is a double. + + + Provides access to the integer number within the parameter. + The integer value contained in the parameter. + The AsInteger method should only be used if the StorageType property returns that the +internal contents of the parameter is an integer. + + + Provides access to the string contents of the parameter. + The string contained in the parameter. + The AsString method should only be used if the StorageType property returns that the +internal contents of the parameter is a string. + + + Gets the identifier of the unit quantifying the parameter value. + Identifier of the unit of the parameter. + The property only applies to parameters of value types. + +Thrown if this parameter is not of value type. + + + + Set the parameter value according to the input string. + The string that represents the parameter value. + Indicates whether the parameter value is successfully set. + The method only applies to parameters of value types. + + + + + + + Get the parameter value as a string with units. + The string that represents the parameter value. + 2014 + Options for formatting the string. + + + Get the parameter value as a string with units. + The string that represents the parameter value. + + + + + + + Gets the identifier of the parameter. + + 2022 + + + + Identifies if the parameter has an assigned value. + + 2012 + + + + Indicates whether the interactive user can modify the value of this parameter. + 2015 + +Note that for shared parameters IsReadOnly can return false for shared parameters whose UserModifiable property is +also false, because the value of those parameters can be modified by the API. If a parameter is governed by a formula, +IsReadOnly would return true, even if the flag for UserModifiable was set to true when the shared parameter was created. + + + + Get the readonly property of the parameter. + This function can be used to check if the parameter is read-only. + + + Describes the type that is used internally within the parameter to store its value. + The property will return one of the following possibilities: String, Integer, Double +or ElementId. Based on the value of this property the correct access and set methods should be used +to retrieve and set the parameter's data value. + + + Returns the Definition object that describes the data type, name and other details of the +parameter. + This will always be an object. +If you want the Guid for a shared parameter, use . + + + The parameter object contains the value data assigned to that parameter. + The piece of data contained within the parameter can be either a Double, Integer, +String or ElementId. The parameter object can be retrieved from any Element object using +either a built in id, definition object or shared parameter guid. All Elements within +Autodesk Revit contain Parameters. These are options that can be accessed in a generic +fashion. Revit contains many built in parameter types but users and now developers, via the +API, can add their own parameters in the form of shared parameters. The developer should +become familiar with the Revit user interface for added and managing parameters and shared +parameters before using this API. The user interface components can be found in the following +locations: Element Properties dialog, Shared Parameters dialog (available from the File menu), +Project Parameters dialog (available from the Settings menu), Family Types dialog (available +from the Settings menu when editing a family). There are several relationships between the +objects that make up the APIs exposure of parameters. The parameter object contains the data +value. Parameter objects can be retrieved from Elements if you know its built-in id, +its definition or its shared parameter guid. Each parameter has a definition. New parameters +can be added to Elements by adding a ParameterBinding object to the Document object. + + + + Retrieves the LinePatternElement by its name. + + + The document in which to retrieve the LinePatternElement. + + + The name of the LinePatternElement. + + + The LinePatternElement. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Creates a new LinePatternElement. + + + The document in which to create the LinePatternElement. + + + The LinePattern associated to the newly created LinePatternElement. + + + The newly created LinePatternElement. + + + The Line Pattern is not valid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Sets the LinePattern associated to this element. + + + The data stored inside the input LinePattern will be copied into this element. + The input LinePattern itself will not be associated with the element. + + + The new LinePattern object. + + + The Line Pattern is not valid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Gets the LinePattern associated to an element or from a built-in line pattern. + + + The document in which to retrieve the LinePattern. + + + The ElementId of the LinePatternElement or the built-in line pattern id. + + + A copy of LinePattern object. if the ElementId doesn't represent a line pattern element + or built-in line pattern. for Solid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Gets the solid line pattern element id. + + + Note that Solid is special. It isn't a line pattern at all -- it is a special code that tells drawing + and export code to use solid lines rather than patterned lines. Solid is visible to the user when selecting + line patterns. + + + The element id of the solid line pattern. + + + 2012 + + + + + Gets the LinePattern associated to this element. + + + A copy of LinePattern object. + + + 2012 + + + + + An element that represents a line pattern. + + + The LinePatternElement represents a line pattern in a project. + It enables the user to retrieve, modify or create a line pattern in a project. + + + 2012 + + + + + Finds the id of the first available associated floor or structural plan view associated with this level. + + + The view id returned is determined by the same rules associated with the Revit tool "Go to Floor Plan". + Many levels may actually have more than one associated floor plan id and this routine will only return + the first one found. If no associated view is found, InvalidElementId is returned. + + + 2018 + + + + + Returns id of the Level which is closest to the specified elevation. + + + The level can be at, above or below the target elevation. + If there is more than one Level at the same distance from the elevation, the Level with the lowest Id will be returned. + + + The document. + + + Target Elevation. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Returns id of the Level which is closest to the specified elevation. + + + The level can be at, above or below the target elevation. + If there is more than one Level at the same distance from the elevation, the Level with the lowest Id will be returned. + + + The document. + + + Target Elevation. + + + Vertical offset from the level to the target elevation. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Returns a reference to this element as a plane. + + + 2016 + + + + + Creates a new instance of level based on an input elevation. + + + The document in which the new instance is created + + + The elevation of the level to be created. + + + The newly created level instance. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + + + + + Retrieves the elevation relative to project origin, no matter + what values of the Elevation Base parameter is set. + + + This read only property returns the elevation relative to + project origin. + + + + + Retrieves or changes the elevation above or below the ground level. + + + This property retrieves or changes the elevation above or below the ground level of the + project. If the Elevation Base parameter is set to Project, the elevation is relative to project origin. + If the Elevation Base parameter is set to Shared, the elevation is relative to shared origin which can + be changed by relocate operation. The value is given in decimal feet. + + + + + Represents a Level within Autodesk Revit. + + + A Level is conceptually a horizontal rectangle of finite extents. It appears as a straight line in views that intersect + the rectangle. The straight line represents the projection of the rectangle onto the view. + + The Name property can be used to retrieve the user visible name of the level that appears in the level bubble. + + + + + + + + + + An object that represents a Level type. + + + An object that represents a dimension style. + + + + Adds a default Leader for the indicated end of the datum plane. This method does not apply to Reference planes (which do not support leaders). + + + The leader can be added only to ends where the bubble is set to be shown and does not have a leader applied. + + + The end of the datum plane. + + + The view on which the DatumPlane shows. + + + The Leader of the datum plane. Null will return if the view is null. + + + The datum plane cannot be visible in the view. + -or- + The bubble is not visible at the datumEnd of the datum plane. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + This datum plane has no leaders. + -or- + The DatumPlane already has a leader applied. + + + 2016 + + + + + Sets the leader to the indicated end of the datum plane. This method does not apply to Reference planes (which do not support leaders). + + + The leader can be applied only to ends where the bubble is set to be shown. + + + The end of the datum plane. + + + The view on which the DatumPlane shows. + + + The Leader for setting the datum plane. + + + One of the conditions is not valid: the input leader and view is not null; + The leader End, Elbow, Anchor should be in the view; + the End of leader should be in the datum plane curves; Elbow is between End and Anchor. + -or- + The datum plane cannot be visible in the view. + -or- + The bubble is not visible at the datumEnd of the datum plane. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2016 + + + + + Gets a copy of the leader applied to the indicated end of the datum plane. This method does not apply to Reference planes (which do not support leaders). + + + The end of the datum plane. + + + The view on which the DatumPlane shows. + + + The Leader of the datum plane. Null will return if no leader applied. + + + The datum plane cannot be visible in the view. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + This datum plane has no leaders. + + + 2016 + + + + + Identifies if the leader valid or not for this DatumPlane. This method does not apply to Reference planes (which do not support leaders). + + + If the view or leader is null, it will throw ArgumentNullException; + A valid leader meets the following conditions: + The leader's End, Elbow and Anchor should lie in the View's planeThe End of the leader should be on the datum plane's curve(s)The Elbow of the leader should be between the End and Anchor + + The end of the datum plane. + + + The view on which the DatumPlane shows. + + + The Leader for setting the datum plane. + + + True if the leader is valid for set leader, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + This datum plane has no leaders. + -or- + The DatumPlane should not have a leader. + + + 2016 + + + + + Propagates the extents applied to this datum in the view to the specified parallel views. + + + The view on which the DatumPlane shows. + + + The ids of the specified parallel views. + + + The datum plane cannot be visible in the view. + -or- + One ElementId in parallelViews is not valid for extent propagation. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Gets a list of candidate views which are parallel to the current view and to which the extents of the datum may be propagated. + + + The view on which the DatumPlane shows. + + + A set of ElementIds of the parallel views for extent propagation. + + + The datum plane cannot be visible in the view. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Checks if the curve is valid to be as the extents for the datum plane in a view. + The curve must be bound and coincident with the original one of the datum plane. + + + The extent type. + + + The view. + + + The curve. + + + True if it is valid, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2016 + + + + + Sets the extents to match the curve. + + + The extent type. + + + The view. + + + The curve. + + + The datum plane cannot be visible in the view. + -or- + The curve is unbound or not coincident with the original one of the datum plane. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2016 + + + + + Gets a collection of curves representing the DatumPlane element in the given view. + + + Curves returned for Model extents can be different than curves returned for View-specific extents (2d extents) in the given view. + In some cases, such as an arc grid in a section view, there will be two identical curves but offset from one another. + + + The extent type. + + + The view. + + + The curves. + + + The datum plane cannot be visible in the view. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2016 + + + + + Sets whether the curve representing the datum plane is displayed according to its 3d extents, or else according to a view specific setting. + + + In a particular view, the datum plane is represented by a curve and the two ends of the curve may have different DatumExtentTypes in that view. + If the value is changed from DatumExtentType::Model to DatumExtentType::ViewSpecific, then the view specific extents will be identical to the model + extent until modified. + + + Specifies one end of the curve representing the datum plane in the view. + + + The view in which to set the datum extent settings. + + + The DatumExtentType. + + + The datum plane cannot be visible in the view. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2016 + + + + + Computes the 3d extents of all model geometry and levels, and extends the 3d extents of this datum surface to include the model extents. + + + Currently does not apply to curved grids. + + + 2016 + + + + + Identifies whether the curve representing the datum plane is displayed according to its actual 3d extents, or else according to a view specific setting. + + + In a particular view, the datum plane is represented by a curve and the two ends of the curve may have different DatumExtentTypes in that view. + + + Specifies one end of the curve representing the datum plane in the view. + + + The view in which to evaluate the datum extent settings. + + + The extent type. + + + The datum plane cannot be visible in the view. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2016 + + + + + Checks if the datum plane can be visible in the view. + + + This method determines if the orientation of the DatumPlane and View allows that the DatumPlane can be seen in the indicated view. + It does not actually determine if the DatumPlane is visible, as many factors can affect the visibility of an element in a given view (for example, hiding the element). + + + The view. + + + True if visible, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Identifies if the DatumPlane has bubble or not. + + + The end of the datum plane. + + + The view on which the DatumPlane shows. + + + True if the DatumPlane has bubble, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + This datum plane doesn't support bubble operations. + + + 2016 + + + + + Identifies if the bubble is visible or not in a view. + + + The end of the datum plane. + + + The view on which the DatumPlane shows. + + + True if the bubble is visible, false otherwise. + + + The datum plane cannot be visible in the view. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + This datum plane doesn't support bubble operations. + + + 2016 + + + + + Hides the bubble in a view. This method does not apply to Reference planes. + + + The end of the datum plane. + + + The view on which the DatumPlane shows. + + + The datum plane cannot be visible in the view. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + This datum plane doesn't support bubble operations. + + + 2016 + + + + + Shows the bubble in a view. This method does not apply to Reference planes. + + + The end of the datum plane. + + + The view on which the DatumPlane shows. + + + The datum plane cannot be visible in the view. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + This datum plane doesn't support bubble operations. + -or- + This DatumPlane doesn't have bubbles shown the view. + + + 2016 + + + + + A base class representing a datum surface (level, grid or reference plane) in Autodesk Revit. + + + A DatumPlane represents a 3d surface with finite extents. It can be either a rectangle with arbitrary orientation, or a cylinder + whose axis is parallel to the project z-axis. + + If a datum is visible in a plan or section view, it will be displayed as one or more curves. These curves are determined by the + intersection of the datum surface with the cut plane of the view. By default, the extents of these curves reflect the 3d extents + of the datum surface. If the surface is a plane, then the extents represent the projection of the surface onto the cut plane. This + matters, for example, when viewing a datum plane, really a 3d rectangle, along one of its diagonals. The extents of the curve + do not vary with the location of the view, because we use the projection of the rectangle and not the actual intersection. If the + surface is a cylinder, then the extents reflect the actual intersection of the surface with the cut plane. + + In addition, the curves that represent a DatumPlane can be modified on a view specific basis. In this case, the ends of the curve no + longer reflect the 3d extents of the datum. + + + 2016 + + + + + Represents the type of datum extent that is displayed in a particular view. + + + 2016 + + + + + The extent displayed is specific to the view and does not represent the actual 3D extent of the datum plane. + + + + + The extent represents the actual 3D extent of the datum plane. + + + + + An enumerated type representing ends of a datum plane. + + + 2016 + + + + + The end point of the datum plane in the view. + + + + + The start point of the datum plane in the view. + + + + + Creates a Plane object defined by the two orthogonal unit vectors and passing through the origin point supplied as arguments. + + + The parametric equation of the plane is S(u, v) = origin + u*basisX + v*basisY. The plane's normal is defined as basisX.Cross(basisY). + + + Plane origin. Expected to lie within the Revit design limits . + + + First of the two unit vectors that define the plane. Must be orthogonal to the second one. + + + Second of the two unit vectors that define the plane. Must be orthogonal to the first one. + + + The input point lies outside of Revit design limits. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + basisX is not length 1.0. + -or- + basisY is not length 1.0. + + + The vectors basisX and basisY are not perpendicular. + + + 2017 + + + + + Constructs a Plane object from a normal and an origin represented as XYZ objects. Follows the standard conventions for a planar surface. + The constructed Plane object will pass through origin and be perpendicular to normal. The X and Y axes of the plane will be defined arbitrarily. + + + This function does not guarantee a specific parameterization of the created Plane. Use Plane.Create(Frame) to enforce a specific parameterization of the created Plane object. + + + Plane normal. Expected to be a valid non-zero length vector. Doesn't need to be a unit vector. + + + Plane origin. Expected to lie within the Revit design limits . + + + The input point lies outside of Revit design limits. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + normal has zero length. + + + 2017 + + + + + + + + + Creates a Plane object passing through three points supplied as arguments. + + + The points supplied as arguments must fully define a plane: they may not lie on a straight line or be too close to each other. The points must lie within the Revit design limits. + This function does not guarantee a specific parameterization of the created Plane. Use Plane.Create(Frame) to enforce a specific parameterization of the created Plane object. + All three points are expected to lie within the Revit design limits . + + + First of the three points that define a unique plane. The created Plane object will pass through these points. + + + Second of the three points that define a unique plane. + + + Third of the three points that define a unique plane. + + + The input point lies outside of Revit design limits. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Throws if the input points do not define a unique plane. + This is typically caused by points being too close to each other, or all three points being on or close to a straight line. + + + 2017 + + + + + Creates a Plane object defined by a local frame of reference. + + + The parametric equation of the plane is S(u, v) = Frame.Origin + u*Frame.BasisX + v*Frame.BasisY. Frame.BasisZ defines the plane's normal. + + + + frameOfReference is an orthonormal frame that defines a local coordinate system for the plane being constructed. + Frame.Origin is a point on plane. Frame.BasisZ defines the plane's normal, while Frame.BasisX and Frame.BasisY are orthogonal to the normal. The frame may be either left-handed or right-handed (see Frame.IsRightHanded). + + This Frame object may not be used as a local frame of reference. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Axis defining the second parametric direction of the plane. + + + 2016 + + + + + Axis defining the first parametric direction of the plane. + + + 2016 + + + + + Plane origin. + + + 2016 + + + + + Plane normal. + + + 2016 + + + + + A Planar surface. + + + The parametric equation of the plane is S(u, v) = origin + u*xVec + v*yVec. + + + 2016 + + + + + + + + + Gets the UV bounding box of the surface. + + + The UV bounding box may not be set. + + + The UV bounding box of the surface. + + + 2021 + + + + + Project a 3D point orthogonally onto a surface (to find the nearest point). + This method is meant to be used when a good approximate solution for the projection is available. + Throws InvalidOperationException if the projection fails. + + + The point to project. + + + The calculation will look for a project near the provided UV. + + + The surface coordinates of the projected point. + + + Holds the distance from input point to its projection. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The projection failed. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + Project a 3D point orthogonally onto a surface (to find the nearest point). + Throws InvalidOperationException if the projection fails. + + + The point to project. + + + The surface coordinates of the projected point. + + + Holds the distance from input point to its projection. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The projection failed. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates whether this Surface's orientation is the same as or opposite to its parametric orientation. + + + (Revit uses only orientable surfaces). + At any point on a surface, the surface's orientation is specified by a choice of the direction for the normal vector + at that point.The direction can either match or be opposite to the direction of the parametric normal vector, + which is the cross product of the surface's first partial derivatives: dS/du x dS/dv. + The parametric normal vectors define the parametric orientation. + A surface's orientation is then defined by getOrientationMatchesParametricOrientation() - + if getOrientationMatchesParametricOrientation() is true, the surface's orientation is the same as its + parametric orientation; otherwise it is opposite to its parametric orientation. + The purpose of this information to an API user: + Some systems, Industry Foundation Classes (IFC) for example, may only have parametric orientation for its surfaces. + In such a system, the surface normal will always be the parametric normal, whereas + in Revit, the surface normal will be the same as or opposite to the parametric normal according as + getOrientationMatchesParametricOrientation is true or false. + A user who is not familiar with Revit's orientation conventions might assume that Revit's normal vector is + the same as the parametric normal, which is not always correct. Hence, this information is needed if and when + the user tries to export Revit Geometry to IFC, for example. + See also Face::OrientationMatchesSurfaceOrientation. + + + 2018 + + + + + A mathematical representation of a surface. + + + This geometric object is not bounded by edges or edge loops. A bounded surface obtained from a Revit element + will be represented by a instead. + + + 2016 + + + + +Model Identity with GUID + + + + + Subscribe to the ProjectBrowserDataChanged event to be notified when the ProjectBrowser data is changed. + + + 2024 + + + + + Subscribe to the ExternalDataTypeServerFailureResolutionExecuting event to be notified when the ExternalDataTypeServerFailureResolution is executing in Revit Document. + + + 2023 + + + + + Subscribe to the ExternalDataInstanceRemovedFromDocument event to be notified when an ExternalDataInstance has been removed from Revit Document. + + + 2023 + + + + + Subscribe to the ExternalDataInstanceRemovingFromDocument event to be notified when an ExternalDataInstance is being removed from Revit Document. + + + 2023 + + + + + Subscribe to the ExternalDataInstanceAddedIntoDocument event to be notified when a new ExternalDataInstance has been added to Revit Document. + + + 2023 + + + + + Subscribe to the ExternalDataInstanceAddingIntoDocument event to be notified when a new ExternalDataInstance is being added to Revit Document. + + + 2023 + + + + + Subscribe to the DocumentReloadedLatestEventArgs event to be notified immediately after Revit has finished reloading a document with central model. + + + This event is raised immediately after Revit has finished reloading latest changes from a central model. + It is raised even when document reloading latest changes from a central model failed or was cancelled (during DocumentReloadingLatest event). + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Check the 'Status' field in event's argument to see whether the action itself was successful or not. + This event is not cancellable, for the process of reloading latest changes from a central model has already been finished. + If the action was not successful, the document may not be modified and new transactions may not be started. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
  • and similar overloads.
  • .
  • and similar overloads.
+ Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. +
+ + 2021 + +
+ + + Subscribe to the DocumentReloadingLatestEventArgs event to be notified when Revit is just about to reload latest changes from a central model. + + + This event is raised when Revit is just about to reload latest changes from a central model. + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Event is cancellable. To cancel it, call the 'Cancel()' method in event's argument to True. + Your application is responsible for providing feedback to the user about the reason for the cancellation. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
  • and similar overloads.
  • .
  • and similar overloads.
+ Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. + Another event will be raised immediately after latest changes reloading from a central model + is finished. +
+ + 2021 + +
+ + + Subscribe to the GetFolderContentsRequested event to be notified immediately when Revit requests for a list of cloud folder contents, containing subfolders and cloud models. + + + This event is raised to get information regarding Folder Contents within ForgeDM (Collaborate add-in). + + + + + + Subscribe to the GetProjectsRequested event to be notified immediately when Revit requests for a list of cloud projects. + + + This event is raised to get information regarding Projects within ForgeDM (Collaborate add-in). + + + + + + Subscribe to the GetHubsRequested event to be notified immediately when Revit requests for a list of cloud hubs. + + + This event is raised to get information regarding Hubs within ForgeDM (Collaborate add-in). + + + + + + Subscribe to the PositionsSaved event to be notified immediately after linked symbols Positions (Shared Coordinates) saved during "Save Positions' operations. + + + This event is only raised for shared coordinates changes saved to Revit links. + Users may not change the document in the handler for this event. + It is NOT recommended to do any time-consuming work when handling PositionsSaved event. + + + 2018 + + + + + Subscribe to the ElementTypeDuplicated event to be notified immediately after Revit has finished duplicating an element type. + + + This event is raised immediately after Revit has finished duplicating an element type. + It is raised even when duplicating an element type failed or was cancelled (during ElementTypeDuplicating event). + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Check the 'Status' field in the event's argument to see whether the action itself was successful or not. + This event is not cancellable, for the process of duplicating an element type has already been finished. + If the action was not successful, the document may not be modified and new transactions may not be started. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
  • and similar overloads.
+ Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. +
+ + 2015 + +
+ + + Subscribe to the ElementTypeDuplicating event to be notified when Revit is just about to duplicate an element type. + + + This event is raised when Revit is just about to duplicate an element type. + Event is cancellable. To cancel it, call the 'Cancel()' method in event's argument to True. + Your application is responsible for providing feedback to the user about the reason for the cancellation. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
  • All overloads of Autodesk.Revit.DB.Document.Import()
  • and similar overloads.
  • .
  • and similar overloads.
+ Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. + Another event will be raised immediately after duplicating an element type is finished. +
+ + 2015 + +
+ + + Subscribe to the FamilyLoadedInto event to be notified after Revit loaded a family into a document. + + + This event is raised immediately after Revit has finished loading a family into a document. + It is raised even when family loading failed or was cancelled (during FamilyLoadingIntoDocument event). + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Check the 'Status' field in event's argument to see whether the action itself was successful or not. + This event is not cancellable, for the process of importing has already been finished. + If the action was not successful, the document may not be modified and new transactions may not be started. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
  • and similar overloads.
+ Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. +
+ + 2015 + +
+ + + Subscribe to the FamilyLoadingInto event to be notified when Revit is just about to load a family into a document. + + + This event is raised when Revit is just about to load a family into a document. + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Event is cancellable. To cancel it, call the 'Cancel()' method in event's argument to True. + Your application is responsible for providing feedback to the user about the reason for the cancellation. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
  • All overloads of Autodesk.Revit.DB.Document.Import()
  • and similar overloads.
  • .
  • and similar overloads.
+ Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. + Another event will be raised immediately after family loading + is finished. +
+ + 2015 + +
+ + + Subscribe to the DocumentWorksharingEnabled event to be notified when a document has become workshared. + + + This event is raised when Revit has just enabled worksharing in the document. + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + + + 2015 + + + + + Subscribe to the ProgressChanged event to be notified when an operation in Revit has progress bar data available. + + + + Handlers of this event may use the method to cancel the operation tracked by the progress bar. + Users may not change the document in the handler for this event. + Exception will be thrown if any document-modifying method is called during this event's handler. + + + + 2013 + + + + + Subscribe to the WorksharedOperationProgressChanged to be notified when progress has changed during Collaboration for Revit's workshared operations: open model and synchronize with central. + + + + This event is only supported for Collaboration for Revit and will not be raised for those operations occurring in local-worksharing and Revit Server workflow. + Users may not change the document in the handler for this event. + It is NOT recommended to do any time-consuming work when handling WorksharedOperationProgressChanged event. This can increase workshared operation time." + Exception will be thrown if any document-modifying method is called during this event's handler. + + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Subscribe to the LinkedResourceOpened event to be notified immediately after Revit has finished opening a linked resource. + + + This event is raised immediately after Revit has finished opening a linked resource. + Only supports linked resources for following types : Revit; IFC; CAD(dwg, dxf, dgn, sat); Topography; + It is raised even when a linked resource opening failed. + The LinkedResourceOpened events would not raised if there are no update on linked CAD, IFC resources. + + Check the 'Status' field in event's argument to see whether the action itself was successful or not. + Another event will be raised when Revit is just about to + open a linked resource. + + + 2018 + + + + + Subscribe to the LinkedResourceOpening event to be notified when Revit is just about to open a linked resource. + + + This event is raised when Revit is just about to open a linked resource. + Only supports linked resources for following types : Revit; IFC; CAD(dwg, dxf, dgn, sat); + This event would not be raised if there are no update on linked CAD, IFC resources. + + Event is not cancellable. + The linked resource cannot be modified, for it is not opened yet at the time of the event. + Another event will be raised immediately after + linked resource is opened. + + + 2018 + + + + + Subscribe to the DocumentSynchronizedWithCentral event to be notified immediately after Revit has finished synchronizing a document with central model. + + + This event is raised immediately after Revit has finished synchronizing a document with central model. + It is raised even when document synchronizing with central model failed or was cancelled (during DocumentSynchronizingWithCentral event). + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Check the 'Status' field in event's argument to see whether the action itself was successful or not. + This event is not cancellable, for the process of synchronizing a document with central model has already been finished. + If the action was not successful, the document may not be modified and new transactions may not be started. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
  • and similar overloads.
  • .
  • and similar overloads.
+ Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. +
+ + 2010 + +
+ + + Subscribe to the DocumentSynchronizingWithCentral event to be notified when Revit is just about to synchronize a document with central model. + + + This event is raised when Revit is just about to synchronize a document with central model. + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Event is cancellable. To cancel it, call the 'Cancel()' method in event's argument to True. + Your application is responsible for providing feedback to the user about the reason for the cancellation. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
  • and similar overloads.
  • .
  • and similar overloads.
+ Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. + Another event will be raised immediately after document synchronizing with central model + is finished. +
+ + 2010 + +
+ + + Subscribe to the DocumentOpened event to be notified immediately after Revit has finished opening a document. + + + This event is raised immediately after Revit has finished opening a document. + It is raised even when document opening failed or was cancelled (during DocumentOpening event). + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Check the 'Status' field in event's argument to see whether the action itself was successful or not. + This event is not cancellable, for the process of opening document has already been finished. + If the action was not successful, the document may not be modified and new transactions may not be started. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
  • and similar overloads.
+ Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. +
+ + 2010 + + + + + +
+ + + Subscribe to the DocumentOpening event to be notified when Revit is just about to open a document. + + + This event is raised when Revit is just about to open a document. + Event is cancellable. To cancel it, call the 'Cancel()' method in event's argument to True. + Your application is responsible for providing feedback to the user about the reason for the cancellation. + The document cannot be modified, for it is not opened yet at the time of the event. + Another event will be raised immediately after document + is opened. + + + 2010 + + + + + Subscribe to the ViewsExportedByContext event to be notified immediately after Revit has finished exporting one or more views of the document via an export context by CustomExporter. + + + This event is raised immediately after Revit has finished exporting views of the document via an export context by CustomExporter. + It is raised even when view exporting via export context by CustomExporter failed. + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Check the 'Status' field in event's argument to see whether the action was successful or not. + This event is not cancellable, for the process of view exporting by CustomExporter has already been finished. + If the action was not successful, the document may not be modified and new transactions may not be started. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
  • and similar overloads.
+ Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. +
+ + 2021 + +
+ + + Subscribe to the ViewsExportingByContext event to be notified when Revit is just about to export one or more views of the document via an export context by CustomExporter. + + + This event is raised when Revit is just about to export views of the document via an export context by CustomExporter. + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Event is cancellable. To cancel it, call the 'Cancel()' method in event's argument to True. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
  • and similar overloads.
+ Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. + Another event will be raised immediately after view exporting by CustomExporter + is finished. +
+ + 2021 + +
+ + + Subscribe to the ViewExported event to be notified immediately after Revit has finished exporting a view of the document. + + + This event is raised immediately after Revit has finished exporting a view of the document. + It is raised only during accelerated export jobs, in which views are exported in parallel using a background process. + Accelerated export only occurs when exporting to DWF formats and not combining views into a single file. + It is raised even when view exporting failed. + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Check the 'Status' field in event's argument to see whether the action was successful or not. + This event is not cancellable, for the process of view exporting has already been finished. + If the action was not successful, the document may not be modified and new transactions may not be started. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
  • and similar overloads.
+ Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. +
+ + 2018 + +
+ + + Subscribe to the ViewExporting event to be notified when Revit is just about to export a view of the document. + + + This event is raised when Revit is just about to export a view of the document. + It is raised only during accelerated export jobs, in which views are exported in parallel using a background process. + Accelerated export only occurs when exporting to DWF formats and not combining views into a single file. + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Event is not cancellable. The 'Cancellable' property of event's argument is always False. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
  • All overloads of Autodesk.Revit.DB.Document.Export()
  • Autodesk.Revit.DB.Document.Print()
  • and similar overloads.
  • and similar overloads.
  • and similar overloads.
  • .
  • and similar overloads.
+ Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. + Another event will be raised immediately after view exporting + is finished. +
+ + 2018 + +
+ + + Subscribe to the FileExported event to be notified immediately after Revit has finished exporting files of formats supported by the API. + + + This event is raised immediately after Revit has finished exporting files of formats supported by the API. + It is raised even when file exporting failed or was cancelled (during FileExporting event). + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Check the 'Status' field in event's argument to see whether the action itself was successful or not. + If export is a part of 'Publish to Buzzsaw' command which consists of two parts – export of a document followed by publishing it to a BuzzSaw server, the event status only reflects the result of the Export action. The publishing part of the command could still be cancelled or could fail after FileExported event is raised. + This event is not cancellable, for the process of exporting file has already been finished. + If the action was not successful, the document may not be modified and new transactions may not be started. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
  • and similar overloads.
+ Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. +
+ + 2010 + +
+ + + Subscribe to the FileExporting event to be notified when Revit is just about to export files of formats supported by the API. + + + This event is raised when Revit is just about to export files of formats supported by the API. + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Event is cancellable. To cancel it, call the 'Cancel()' method in event's argument to True. + Your application is responsible for providing feedback to the user about the reason for the cancellation. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
  • All overloads of Autodesk.Revit.DB.Document.Export()
  • Autodesk.Revit.Document.Print()
  • and similar overloads.
  • and similar overloads.
  • and similar overloads.
  • .
  • and similar overloads.
+ Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. + Another event will be raised immediately after file exporting + is finished. +
+ + 2010 + +
+ + + Subscribe to the FileImported event to be notified immediately after Revit has finished importing a file of format supported by the API. + + + This event is raised immediately after Revit has finished importing a file of format supported by the API. + It is raised even when file importing failed or was cancelled (during FileImporting event). + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Check the 'Status' field in event's argument to see whether the action itself was successful or not. + This event is not cancellable, for the process of importing has already been finished. + If the action was not successful, the document may not be modified and new transactions may not be started. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
  • and similar overloads.
+ Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. +
+ + 2010 + +
+ + + Subscribe to the FileImporting event to be notified when Revit is just about to import a file of format supported by the API. + + + This event is raised when Revit is just about to import a file of format supported by the API. + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Event is cancellable. To cancel it, call the 'Cancel()' method in event's argument to True. + Your application is responsible for providing feedback to the user about the reason for the cancellation. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
  • All overloads of Autodesk.Revit.DB.Document.Import()
  • and similar overloads.
  • .
  • and similar overloads.
+ Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. + Another event will be raised immediately after file importing + is finished. +
+ + 2010 + +
+ + + Subscribe to the DocumentCreated event to be notified immediately after Revit has finished creating a new document. + + + This event is raised immediately after Revit has finished creating a new document. + It is raised even when document creation failed or was cancelled (during DocumentCreating event). + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Check the 'Status' field in event's argument to see whether the action itself was successful or not. + This event is not cancellable, for the process of document creation has already been finished. + If the action was not successful, the document may not be modified and new transactions may not be started. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
  • and similar overloads.
+ Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. +
+ + 2010 + +
+ + + Subscribe to the DocumentCreating event to be notified when Revit is just about to create a new document. + + + This event is raised when Revit is just about to create a new document. + Event is cancellable. To cancel it, call the 'Cancel()' method of event's argument to True. + Your application is responsible for providing feedback to the user about the reason for the cancellation. + The document cannot be modified, for it is not created yet at the time of the event. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
  • and similar overloads.
+ Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. + Another event will be raised immediately after document + creation is finished. +
+ + 2010 + +
+ + + Subscribe to the DocumentClosing event to be notified when Revit is just about to close a document. + + + This event is raised immediately after Revit has finished closing a document. + It is raised even when document closing failed or was cancelled (during DocumentClosing event). + This event is not cancellable, for the process of closing document has already been finished. + The document cannot be modified because the corresponding object does not exist anymore. + + + 2010 + + + + + Subscribe to the DocumentClosing event to be notified when Revit is just about to close a document. + + + This event is raised when Revit is just about to close a document. + This event is cancellable, except when it is raised as part of application closing. + Check the 'Cancellable' property of event's argument to see whether it is cancellable or not. + When it is cancellable, call the 'Cancel()' method of event's argument to True to cancel it. + Your application is responsible for providing feedback to the user about the reason for the cancellation. + The document may not be modified during this event. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
  • and similar overloads.
+ Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. + An event will be raised immediately after document is closed. +
+ + 2010 + +
+ + + Subscribe to the ViewPrinted event to be notified immediately after Revit has finished printing a view of the document. + + + This event is raised immediately after Revit has finished printing a view of the document. + If multiple views are combined to a single file, this event will be raised only once. + It is raised even when view printing failed. + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Check the 'Status' field in event's argument to see whether the action was successful or not. + This event is not cancellable, for the process of view printing has already been finished. + If the action was not successful, the document may not be modified and new transactions may not be started. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
  • and similar overloads.
+ Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. +
+ + 2010 + + + + + +
+ + + Subscribe to the ViewPrinting event to be notified when Revit is just about to print a view of the document. + + + This event is raised when Revit is just about to print a view of the document. + If multiple views are combined to a single file, this event will be raised only once. + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Event is not cancellable. The 'Cancellable' property of event's argument is always False. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
  • All overloads of Autodesk.Revit.DB.Document.Export()
  • Autodesk.Revit.DB.Document.Print()
  • and similar overloads.
  • and similar overloads.
  • and similar overloads.
  • .
  • and similar overloads.
+ Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. + Another event will be raised immediately after view printing + is finished. +
+ + 2010 + + + + + +
+ + + Subscribe to the DocumentPrinted event to be notified immediately after Revit has finished printing a view or ViewSet of the document. + + + This event is raised immediately after Revit has finished printing a view or ViewSet of the document. + It is raised even when document printing failed or was cancelled (during DocumentPriting event). + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Check the 'Status' field in event's argument to see whether the action itself was successful or not. + This event is not cancellable, for the process of printing has already been finished. + If the action was not successful, the document may not be modified and new transactions may not be started. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
  • and similar overloads.
+ Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. +
+ + 2010 + + + + + +
+ + + Subscribe to the DocumentPrinting event to be notified when Revit is just about to print a view or ViewSet of the document. + + + This event is raised when Revit is just about to print a view or ViewSet of the document. + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Event is cancellable. To cancel it, call the 'Cancel()' method of event's argument to True. + Your application is responsible for providing feedback to the user about the reason for the cancellation. + The following API functions are not available for current document during this event: +
  • All overloads of Autodesk.Revit.DB.Document.Export()
  • Autodesk::Revit::DB::Document::Print
  • and similar overloads.
  • and similar overloads.
  • and similar overloads.
  • .
  • and similar overloads.
+ Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. + After this event, for each view being printed, and events will be raised. + Another event will be raised immediately after document printing + is finished. +
+ + 2010 + + + + + +
+ + + Subscribe to the DocumentSavedAs event to be notified immediately after Revit has finished saving document with a new file name. + + + This event is raised immediately after Revit has finished saving document with a new file name. + Note that the first save of a newly created document will raise DocumentSavedAs rather than event. + It is raised even when document saving failed or was cancelled (during DocumentSavingAs event). + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Check the 'Status' property in event's argument to see whether the action itself was successful or not. + This event is not cancellable, for the process of saving document has already been finished. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
  • and similar overloads.
  • .
  • and similar overloads.
+ Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. +
+ + 2010 + +
+ + + Subscribe to the DocumentSavingAs event to be notified when Revit is just about to save the document with a new file name. + + + This event is raised when Revit is just about to save the document with a new file name. + Note that the first save of a newly created document will raise DocumentSavingAs rather than event. + + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + This event is cancellable, except when it is raised during close of the application. + Check the 'Cancellable' property of event's argument to see whether it is cancellable or not. + When it is cancellable, call the 'Cancel()' method of event's argument to cancel it. + Your application is responsible for providing feedback to the user about the reason for the cancellation. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
  • and similar overloads.
  • .
  • and similar overloads.
+ Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. + Another event will be raised immediately after the document has been saved with a new file name. +
+ + 2010 + + + + + +
+ + + Subscribe to the DocumentSaved event to be notified immediately after Revit has finished saving a document. + + + This event is raised immediately after Revit has finished saving a document. + Note that the first save of a newly created document will raise + rather than the DocumentSaved event. + It is raised even when document saving failed or was cancelled (during DocumentSaving event). + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Check the 'Status' property in event's argument to see whether the action itself was successful or not. + This event is not cancellable, for the process of saving document has already been finished. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
  • and similar overloads.
  • .
  • and similar overloads.
+ Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. +
+ + 2010 + +
+ + + Subscribe to the DocumentSaving event to be notified when Revit is just about to save a document. + + + This event is raised when Revit is just about to save the document. + Note that the first save of a newly created document will raise + rather than the DocumentSaving event. + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + This event is cancellable, except when it is raised during close of the application. + Check the 'Cancellable' property of event's argument to see whether it is cancellable or not. + When it is cancellable, call the 'Cancel()' method of event's argument to cancel it. + Your application is responsible for providing feedback to the user about the reason for the cancellation. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
  • and similar overloads.
  • .
  • and similar overloads.
+ Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. + Another event will be raised immediately after the document has been saved. +
+ + 2010 + +
+ + + Subscribe to the FailuresProcessing event to be notified when failures are being processed at the end of transaction. + + +

This event is raised when failures are being processed during transaction commit or rollback operations. + Handlers of this event have a limited ability to modify the document and/or failures in it, using the provided + restricted failures accessor interface.

+

The event arguments provide access to the FailuresAccessor via + + which contains the details of the errors and/or warnings that caused the event to trigger.

+

The arguments also allow you to set a processing result via + . The processing + result determines if Revit will attempt to recommit the currently failing transaction, roll it back, or continue. + If you are explicitly dismissing warnings from the event callback, a processing result of Continue + is sufficient. But if you are explicitly resolving errors from the event callback, you must change the + processing result to ProceedWithCommit to ensure that the user is not shown the dismissed errors. If you + wish to cancel the transaction silently without showing the errors to the user, set the processing result to + ProceedWithRollback, however you must also call + in + order to dismiss the errors and silently cancel the transaction.

+
+ + 2011 + + + + + +
+ + + Subscribe to the DocumentChanged event to be notified when Revit document has changed. + + + This event is raised whenever a Revit transaction is either committed, undone or redone. + This is a readonly event, designed to allow you to keep external data in synch with the state of the + Revit database. + To update the Revit database in response to changes in elements, use the IUpdater framework. + + + 2011 + + + + + Subscribe to this event to get notified after the Revit application has been initialized + + + The event is raised after Revit was launched as fully initialized, + including initialization of external applications. + + + 2013 + + + + + Indicates if the Gateway client is initialized using the global endpoint or not. + + + This method will try to initialize the gateway client if the client isn't already set up. + + + Returns true if the Gateway client is initialized, otherwise returns false. + + + + + Indicates if application loaded cloud addons correctly + + + Returns true if application loaded cloud addons correctly + + + 2020 + + + + + Indicates if the current user has the cloud model entitlement (Cloud Model for Revit) or not. + + + Returns true if the current user has the cloud model entitlement, otherwise returns false. + + + 2019.2 + + + + + Indicates if the current user has the workshared cloud model entitlement (BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs Design) or not. + + + Returns true if the current user has the workshared cloud model entitlement, otherwise returns false. + + + 2019.2 + + + + + Gets RCM project GUID and model GUID from project id, folder id and model name. + + + The BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs account and project region. + + + Project identity in BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs. + + + Folder identity in BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs. + + + Model name in BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs. + + + Returns a map including RCM project GUID and model GUID. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Indicates if the current login user has any BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs accounts or not. + + + Returns true if the current login user has any BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs accounts, otherwise returns false. + + + + + Indicates if this Revit is on subscription or not. + + + Returns true if this Revit is on subscription, otherwise returns false. + + + 2019 + + + + + Opens a central document from cloud directly without creating a local cache + + + This method opens the document into memory but does not make it visible to the user in any way. + + + The path to the cloud model to be opened. + + + Whether or not loading links when opening the model + + + The opened document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Cannot open the local model and the central model in the same Revit session.You can close one to open the other in the same Revit session. + + + Access to the central model was denied.A possible reason is because the model was under maintenance. + + + The model on the Skyscraper server is being accessed by other users. + -or- + The central model is locked by another client. + + + Revit encountered serious errors while trying to open the central model. + -or- + An internal error happened on the central model, please contact the server administrator. + + + There are too many corrupt elements to open this model. + + + File cannot be opened in Revit LT because it was last saved in a version of Revit prior to 8.1. + -or- + File has an invalid extension.Try changing the file's extension and opening it again. + + + File Not Found + + + This computer does not have enough memory, disk space, or other necessary resource to open the model. + + + Open is temporarily disabled. + -or- + The document can not be opened. + + + Opening was canceled by the user or by an API event callback. + + + The skyscraper central model could not be accessed + because of a network communication error. + + + An internal error happened on the server, please contact the server administrator. + + + The local file is not owned by the current user, who therefore is not allowed to modify it. + + + + + Opens a document from a cloud shared model + + + The resulting document is a local file attached to the central model in the cloud. + This method opens the document into memory but does not make it visible to the user in any way. + Internally calls openDocumentFile, so this method may throw any of the same exceptions. + + + Account region of the model. + + + The id of the project to which the model has been assigned. + + + The id of the model. + + + The opened document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Send analytics data, i.e. create ADP event + + + This methods allows Revit inhouse addins to create ADP events for the data analytics purposes + without having to initialize ADP in the addin. + The events created by this method will appear as part of Revit session. + Attributes describing addin identity, like addin id, name, vendor id, will be added automatically. + + + JSON serialized Facet::Core. + + + Pointer to ADocument, may be nullptr + + + Pointer to AddInId, may be nullptr + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Checks whether or not the Revit is preview release version. + + + True if it is preview release, false otherwise. + + + 2020 + + + + + Records a string in the journal file in the interactive session and fails on playback if recorded string is different. + + + The string to journal. + + + The failure message. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + Gets a setting from Revit ini file, as a integer. + + + The section in the ini file where the setting is declared. + + + The setting's name. + + + The default value when no setting was found. + + + The value of the setting or the default value if no setting was found. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Writes a setting to Revit ini file, as a string. + + + The section in the ini file where the setting is to be declared. + + + The setting's name. + + + The setting's value. + + + True if the write was successful. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Gets a setting from Revit ini file, as a string. + + + The section in the ini file where the setting is declared. + + + The setting's name. + + + The value of the setting or an empty string is no setting was found. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Gets a setting from an ini file, as a string. + + + The section in the ini file where the setting is declared. + + + The setting's name. + + + The value of the setting or an empty string is no setting was found. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + Determines if the specified feature is enabled in Launch Darkly. + + + The feature name you want to ask Launch Darkly about + + + True if Launch Darkly flag is on + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + Determines if the specified debug mode is set. + + + The debug mode name. + + + True if the debug mode is set, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Gets all the Assets of the specified type. + + + The asset type. + + + Returns an array of all the Assets within Revit of the specified type. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2018.1 + + + + + Updates the stored render appearance library, giving the Revit session access to any new RPC content. + + + 2014 + + + + + Opens a document from disk. + + + This method opens the document into memory but does not make it visible to the user in any way. + + + The file to be opened. + + + The opened document. + + + The fileName to be opened is empty. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Cannot open the local model and the central model in the same Revit session. You can close one to open the other in the same Revit session. + + + Revit encountered serious errors while trying to open the central model. + + + There are too many corrupt elements to open this model. + + + File cannot be opened in Revit LT because it was last saved in a version of Revit prior to 8.1. + -or- + File has an invalid extension. Try changing the file's extension and opening it again. + + + The fileName to be opened doesn't exist. + -or- + File Not Found + + + This computer does not have enough memory, disk space, or other necessary resource to open the model. + + + Open is temporarily disabled. + -or- + The document can not be opened. + + + Opening was canceled by the user or by an API event callback. + + + 2013 + + + + + Opens a document from disk or cloud. + + + This method opens the document into memory but does not make it visible to the user in any way. + If the user currently has ownership of elements in this model and there is no local model on this machine, + Revit will post a warning. + + + The file to be opened. + + + Options for opening the file. + + + The interface implementation to use when opening a cloud document. Only used for opening cloud model. + + + The opened document. + + + The modelPath to be opened is empty. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Cannot open the local model and the central model in the same Revit session. You can close one to open the other in the same Revit session. + + + Access to the central model was denied. A possible reason is because the model was under maintenance. + + + The model on the RevitServer is being accessed by other users. + -or- + The central model is locked by another client. + + + Revit encountered serious errors while trying to open the central model. + -or- + An internal error happened on the central model, please contact the server administrator. + + + There are too many corrupt elements to open this model. + + + File cannot be opened in Revit LT because it was last saved in a version of Revit prior to 8.1. + -or- + File has an invalid extension. Try changing the file's extension and opening it again. + + + The modelPath to be opened doesn't exist. + -or- + File Not Found + + + This computer does not have enough memory, disk space, or other necessary resource to open the model. + + + Open is temporarily disabled. + -or- + The cloud model is not saved in current release of Revit. + -or- + The model is not allowed to access. + -or- + The document can not be opened. + -or- + Revit cannot save the transmitted model as a new central because it is already opened. + + + Opening was canceled by the user or by an API event callback. + + + The server-based central model could not be accessed + because of a network communication error. + + + An internal error happened on the server, please contact the server administrator. + + + User is not authorized to access the cloud model. + + + The local file is not owned by the current user, who therefore is not allowed to modify it. + + + 2019 + + + + + Opens a document from disk or cloud. + + + This method opens the document into memory but does not make it visible to the user in any way. + If the user currently has ownership of elements in this model and there is no local model on this machine, + Revit will post a warning. + + + The file to be opened. + + + Options for opening the file. + + + The opened document. + + + The modelPath to be opened is empty. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Cannot open the local model and the central model in the same Revit session. You can close one to open the other in the same Revit session. + + + Access to the central model was denied. A possible reason is because the model was under maintenance. + + + The model on the RevitServer is being accessed by other users. + -or- + The central model is locked by another client. + + + Revit encountered serious errors while trying to open the central model. + -or- + An internal error happened on the central model, please contact the server administrator. + + + There are too many corrupt elements to open this model. + + + File cannot be opened in Revit LT because it was last saved in a version of Revit prior to 8.1. + -or- + File has an invalid extension. Try changing the file's extension and opening it again. + -or- + File was saved by an application that was not developed or licensed by Autodesk. + + + The modelPath to be opened doesn't exist. + -or- + File Not Found + + + This computer does not have enough memory, disk space, or other necessary resource to open the model. + + + Open is temporarily disabled. + -or- + The cloud model is not saved in current release of Revit. + -or- + The model is not allowed to access. + -or- + The document can not be opened. + -or- + Revit cannot save the transmitted model as a new central because it is already opened. + + + Opening was canceled by the user or by an API event callback. + + + The server-based central model could not be accessed + because of a network communication error. + + + An internal error happened on the server, please contact the server administrator. + + + User is not authorized to access the cloud model. + + + The local file is not owned by the current user, who therefore is not allowed to modify it. + + + 2013 + + + + + + + + + Checks if the input value is valid to be supplied as a thickness (for an extrusion, or blend, or wall layer, or similar geometric construct). + + + This checks two conditions: + The value is greater than or equal to the minimum thickness allowed in Revit for these types of geometric constructs. The value is less than or equal to the maximum length/distance allowed by Revit for elements. + + The input value. + + + True if the input value is valid for thickness; false otherwise. + + + 2015 + + + + + Gets the list of all Revit Server Network hosts in current session. + + + The list of Revit Server Network hosts is stored externally in the RSN[version].ini file. + + + An array of names of all Revit Server Network hosts in current session. + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets the worksharing central GUID of the given server-based model. + + + The given server-based model saved in a release prior to Revit 2013 did not have this GUID. + Only the given server-based model saved in Revit 2013 or later will be able to provide this value. + + + The server-based model path. + + + The worksharing central GUID. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The central model is missing. + -or- + An internal error happened on the central model, please contact the server administrator. + + + Thrown when the given model is not created in Revit 2013 or later release. + + + The server-based central model could not be accessed + because of a network communication error. + + + An internal error happened on the server, please contact the server administrator. + + + 2013 + + + + + Copies an existing model to a new file. Overwriting a file of the same name is allowed. + + + The path of the file-based or server-based source model. + + + The path of the destination file. + + + True if the destination file can be overwritten; otherwise, false. + + + The given path sourceModelPath is a cloud path which is not supported in this method. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Access to the central model was denied. A possible reason is because the model was under maintenance. + + + The central model is missing. + -or- + An internal error happened on the central model, please contact the server administrator. + + + Thrown when the directory of destination file doesn't exist. + + + The destination file exists and can't be overwritten. + -or- + destFilePath is pointing to a folder that already exists and cannot be deleted. + + + The Revit model specified by sourceModelPath doesn't exist. + + + The destination file name includes one or more invalid characters. + + + The server-based central model could not be accessed + because of a network communication error. + + + An internal error happened on the server, please contact the server administrator. + + + 2012 + + + + + Explicitly purges all API objects that have been released but are still awaiting to be finalized + + + Revit purges API objects automatically every time when command control returns from + an API application (an external command, event handler, etc.) back to Revit. + This is necessary because Revit does not allow API objects to be finalized when the + finalization is invoked from an outside thread (from the garbage collector, specifically). + This automatic purging is adequate in most scenarios. When an application uses a lot + of API objects during one single command though, it may be necessary or beneficial + to invoke an additional purge explicitly to free the deleted API objects from memory. + + + 2011 + + + + + Sets path information identifying where Revit searches for content. + + + The map that + is returned should contain a key that is purpose of the path, such as Material Libraries and the value + in the map is the fully qualified path to be used for that search path. + + + The map of library paths. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Returns path information identifying where Revit searches for content. + + + The map that + is returned contains a key that is purpose of the path, such as Material Libraries and the value + in the map is the fully qualified path that is used for that search path. + + + The map of library paths. + + + 2012 + + + + + + + + + Sets name and path information identifying systems analysis workflow files. + + + The map should be specified as a key that is the name of the systems analysis workflow, + and a value that is the path to the workflow file. + + + The map of systems analysis workflows. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Returns name and path information identifying systems analysis workflow files. + + + The map that is returned contains a key that is the name of the systems analysis workflow, + and the value is the path to the workflow file. + + + The map of systems analysis workflows. + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Returns names for systems analysis workflows. + + + The array that is returned contains the name of the systems analysis workflow, + in the order they are specified in Options. + + + An array of names of systems analysis workflows. + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Determines if the application is currently in journal playback mode. + + + Determines if Revit is in the process of playing back a journal. It can be + used to help prevent any user interaction that may cause issues during playback. + For more information on Revit's journaling features contact the Autodesk Developer Network. + + + true if a journal is currently playing back, false otherwise. + + + 2020 + + + + + Writes a comment to the Revit journal file. + + + Text for journal comment. + + + If a time stamp should be included in the journal comment. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Returns the instance of FailureDefinitionRegistry. + + + The instance of FailureDefinitionRegistry. + + + 2011 + + + + + Replaces Revit's default user interface (if present) with alternative handling for all warnings and errors + (including those not generated by your application) for the rest of the Revit session; + if your application is not prepared to respond to all warnings and errors, + consider use of IFailuresPreprocessor (in your opened Transaction) + or the FailuresProcessing event instead of this interface. + + + If there is previously registered Failures Processor, it gets discarded. + If you opt to register a FailuresProcessor for Revit, your processor will become the default error handler + for all Revit errors for the session. The standard Revit error dialog will not appear. + + + Instance of Failures Processor to be used by the Revit Application. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Creates a new project document with no template file specified. + + + The unit system used for the new document. + + + The newly created document. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2017 + + + + + Opens an IFC document from disk using custom options. + + + The IFC file to be opened. + + + The options for this import. + + + The newly created document containing the IFC file. + + + If 'fileName' is an empty string. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + If the file specified by 'fileName' cannot be found. + + + If Revit is missing document templates or if the file cannot be opened. + + + 2015 + + + + + Opens an IFC document from disk using default options. + + + The IFC file to be opened. + + + The newly created document containing the IFC file. + + + If 'fileName' is an empty string. + + + If is passed as 'fileName' + -or- + A non-optional argument was null + + + If the file specified by 'fileName' cannot be found. + + + If Revit is missing document templates or if the file cannot be opened. + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks whether or not the navigation during redraw is enabled, and enable or disable it. + + + 2016 + + + + + The user id of the user currently logged in. The user id will be empty + if the user is not logged in. + + + The internal id of Autodesk ID that the current user has logged in to A360. + This user id is in human unrecognizable form. In conjunction with the Store Entitlement REST + API, a publisher of Autodesk Exchange Store app can verify if the current user has purchased + their app from the store. For more information about Store Entitlement API, please refer + to www.autodesk.com/developapps. + + + 2016 + + + + + Checks if the user is logged in from this session to their Autodesk account. + + + 2016 + + + + + The background color to use for model views in this session. + + + When setting this property: The backgroundColor argument does not represent a valid color. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Path to AddinsData folder for the current user. + + + Similar to C:\Users\[UserName]\AppData\Roaming\Autodesk\[ProductType]\[ReleaseName]\AddinsData + + + 2019 + + + + + Path to data folder for the current user. + + + Similar to C:\Users\[UserName]\AppData\Roaming\Autodesk\[ProductType]\[ReleaseName] + + + 2019 + + + + + The folder location for .addin files for all users. + + + 2014 + + + + + The folder location for .addin files for the current user. + + + 2014 + + + + + The minimum thickness allowed in Revit for a variety of geometric constructs. These include blends, extrusions, and wall layers. + + + Do not use this value for any purpose other than its intended purpose. + If you want to check for valid thickness value, use the function isValidThickness. + + + 2015 + + + + + The enforced minimum length for any curve created by Revit. + + + 2014 + + + + + Current Revit Server accelerator. + + + Revit connects with Revit Server hosts via current Revit Server accelerator. + If current Revit Server accelerator is not set, this will be an empty string. + + + When setting this property: The server name can not be used to construct a well formed Uri string. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + When setting this property: When setting the value, Revit failed to write current Revit Server accelerator to the user environment. + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks whether or not infrastructure discipline is enabled, and enable or disable it. + + + When setting this property: The current product type is not ProductType.Revit and discipline controls are not enabled. + + + 2021.1 + + + + + Checks whether or not route analysis is enabled, and enable or disable it. + + + When setting this property: The current product type is not ProductType.Revit and discipline controls are not enabled. + + + 2020 + + + + + Checks whether or not piping analysis is enabled, and enable or disable it. + + + Enabling piping analysis will not take effect unless the piping discipline is also enabled. + + + When setting this property: The current product type is not ProductType.Revit and discipline controls are not enabled. + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks whether or not electrical analysis is enabled, and enable or disable it. + + + Enabling electrical analysis will not take effect unless the electrical discipline is also enabled. + + + When setting this property: The current product type is not ProductType.Revit and discipline controls are not enabled. + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks whether or not mechanical analysis is enabled, and enable or disable it. + + + Enabling mechanical analysis will not take effect unless the mechanical discipline is also enabled. + + + When setting this property: The current product type is not ProductType.Revit and discipline controls are not enabled. + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks whether or not the piping discipline is enabled, and enable or disable it. + + + When setting this property: The current product type is not ProductType.Revit and discipline controls are not enabled. + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks whether or not the electrical discipline is enabled, and enable or disable it. + + + When setting this property: The current product type is not ProductType.Revit and discipline controls are not enabled. + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks whether or not the mechanical discipline is enabled, and enable or disable it. + + + When setting this property: The current product type is not ProductType.Revit and discipline controls are not enabled. + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks whether or not the structural analysis is enabled, and enable or disable it. + + + When structural analysis is disabled the structural analytical model will not be updated + automatically by Revit. Enabling structural analysis will not take effect unless the structure discipline is also enabled. + + + When setting this property: The current product type is not ProductType.Revit and discipline controls are not enabled. + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks whether or not energy analysis is enabled, and enable or disable it. + + + When setting this property: The current product type is not ProductType.Revit and discipline controls are not enabled. + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks whether or not the massing and site tools are enabled, and enable or disable them. + + + When setting this property: The current product type is not ProductType.Revit and discipline controls are not enabled. + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks whether or not any systems disciplines (mechanical, electrical, or piping) are enabled. + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks whether or not the structure discipline is enabled, and enable or disable it. + + + When setting this property: The current product type is not ProductType.Revit and discipline controls are not enabled. + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks whether or not the architecture discipline is enabled, and enable or disable it. + + + When setting this property: The current product type is not ProductType.Revit and discipline controls are not enabled. + + + 2013 + + + + + Angle tolerance. + + + Value is in radians. + Two angle measurements closer than this value are considered identical. + Do not use this value for any purpose other than its intended purpose, + which is to check if two angles are the same within this tolerance value. + Do not use this value to set the value of an angle. + Doing so will result in unstable behavior. + + + 2015 + + + + + Vertex tolerance. + + + Two points within this distance are considered coincident. + Do not use this value for any purpose other than its intended purpose, + which is to check if two points are the same within this tolerance value. + Do not use this value to set the distance between two points. + Doing so will result in unstable behavior. + + + 2012 + + + + + The view discipline that will be applied to new views by default. + + + This view discipline may be overridden by a view template when a view template is also applied to new views. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + When setting this property: This functionality is not available in Revit LT. + + + 2013 + + + + + Whether or not to show the graphical warnings for Fabrication Hanger disconnects. + + + 2016 + + + + + Whether or not to show the graphical open ends for Area Based Load Boundary disconnects. + + + 2023 + + + + + Whether or not to show the graphical warnings for Electrical disconnects. + + + 2012 + + + + + Whether or not to show the graphical warnings for CTC disconnects. + + + 2012 + + + + + Whether or not to show the graphical warnings for Pipe disconnects. + + + 2012 + + + + + Whether or not to show the graphical warnings for duct disconnects. + + + 2012 + + + + + Full path to the file that defines IFC entity to Revit category mappings for IFC import. + + + 2015 + + + + + Full path to the file that defines Revit category to IFC entity mappings for IFC export. + + + 2015 + + + + + Full path to the default template file for new IFC project documents. + It may be empty, in which case the DefaultProjectTemplate should be used. + + + 2015 + + + + + Full path to the default template file for new project documents. + + + 2013 + + + + + Root path for systems analysis workfiles + + + 2020 + + + + + Root path for point cloud files. + + + 2016 + + + + + Default path for family template files. + + + 2011 + + + + + The minor version number of Revit + + + SubVersionNumber of Revit may have additional APIs and functionality not available in the standard customer releases. + Add-ins written to support standard Revit releases should be compatible with SubVersionNumber releases, + but add-ins written specifically targeting new features in SubVersionNumber releases would not be compatible with the standard releases. + + + 2018 + + + + +Gets the user name for the current Revit session. + + 2012 + + + Sends ADP Core facet with analytics data, DB::AddInId and DB::Document to the Revit for processing and sending to the ADP data lake. + DB::AddInId addInId with data for collection + DB::Document document with data for collection + Container for analytics data + A non-optional argument was NULL + 2022 + + + Sends ADP Core facet with analytics data, and DB::Document to the Revit for processing and sending to the ADP data lake. + DB::Document addInId with data for collection + Container for analytics data + A non-optional argument was NULL + 2022 + + + Sends ADP Core facet with analytics data, and DB::AddInId to the Revit for processing and sending to the ADP data lake. + DB::AddInId addInId with data for collection + Container for analytics data + A non-optional argument was NULL + 2022 + + + Sends ADP Core facet with analytics data to the Revit for processing and sending to the ADP data lake. + Container for analytics data + A non-optional argument was NULL + 2022 + + + Records a message in the journal file. + + + Posts a user-visible warning (when UI is present and runs in the in-house mode) or just records it in the journal file otherwise. + + + Retrieves the Id of the currently running external application. + +The application can be either a UI application, DB application, or an external command. If no addin is active, this property will return . +If an event handler is currently being executed, the returned value will be the Id of the application or command in which the event handler was registered. + + + + Contains the fully qualified path to a shared parameters file. + This path can be read and set via this property. By default Autodesk Revit does not have +a shared parameters file so this property must be set before access is made to the shared parameters +file object otherwise an exception will be thrown. + + + The product type for the current session of Revit. + + + The language used in the current session of Revit. + Use this property to determine the language used by Revit; this can allow your application to load the appropriate resources. + + + Returns a set of all the known city locations within Revit. + Each city has information about longitude, latitude etc. + + + + + + + Returns the internal build number of the Autodesk Revit application. + This property can be used by your application to find the version of Autodesk Revit +against which your application is running. Based on this information your application +can report if it is able to work correctly with that version of Autodesk Revit. + + + Return the primary version of the Revit application. + This property can be used by your application to find the version of Revit +against which your application is running. Based on this information your application +can report if it is able to work correctly with that version of Revit. + + + Returns the name of the Revit application. + This property can be used by your application to find the version of Revit +against which your application is running. Based on this information your application +can report if it is able to work correctly with that version of Revit. + + + Enables access to shared parameter groups and definitions that are maintained on disk. + An object that represents a shared parameters file that exists on disk. Returns if the file does not exist. + This function is used to return an object that represents a Revit shared parameters file +Revit can use only one shared parameters file at one time. The filename +for the shared parameters file can be set in the Application.SharedParametersFilename property. + + + Provides an object that can be used to create new instances of Autodesk Revit API objects. + The Create property returns an object that is used to create application wide utility +and geometric objects within the Autodesk Revit API, such as arrays, sets, lines. This object +should be used when you wish to create an object within the Autodesk Revit application memory, +rather than your own application's memory. If you are performing your own memory management +techniques then it is advisable to create any utility objects via the Create object. For example: +Instead of Dim set As New Autodesk_Revit_ElementSet do Set set = application.Create.NewElementSet() + + + Retrieve the name of the journal file the Revit is currently recording to. + As Revit operates it keeps a log of operations that the user performs +within a file, known as a journal file. These files provide information +about the actions performed in a session and the state of Revit when a problem occurs. +These files are included during error reporting to Autodesk. + + + +Writes a PartAtom XML from the contents of a family file. + + The family file to be processed. + The xml file to be saved. + +If 'familyFilePath' or 'xmlFilePath' is or an empty string or if the family file doesn't exist on disk. + + +If there is a TXT type catalog next to the family file (a TXT file with the same name as the RFA file), +the function will read it as well and process its contents into PartAtom. +To extract a PartAtom XML from a family loaded into a document in session, use Family.ExtractPartAtom(). + + + + New family document, including family, titleblock, and annotation symbol + The template file name. + If 'templateFileName' is or an empty string. + If the new family document cannot be created. + This command corresponds to File->New->Family.../TitleBlock.../Annotation Symbol.... + + + + + + + New project template document + The template file name. + If 'templateFileName' is or an empty string. + If the project template document cannot be created. + This command corresponds to New->Project->Project Template command in the user-interface. + + + New project document + The template file name. + If 'templateFileName' is or an empty string. + If the new project document cannot be created. + This command corresponds to New->Project command in the user-interface. + + + Returns a set of documents within Revit. + This property can be used for the user to find all the document inside Revit. + + + + Represents the Autodesk Revit Application, providing access to documents, options and other application wide data and settings. + + + + + + + + + Indicates if all data downloads are finished. + + + 2018 + + + + + Indicates if download the full data of the document, which will take longer than subsequent downloads. + + + 2018 + + + + + Indicates if it is creating cloud shared local model. + + + 2018 + + + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + The event arguments used during creating related file phase of in model open operation. + + + 2018 + + + + + Indicates the 'save to central' failure is caused by submission conflicts, that is because another one finished saving to central first. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Indicates if current 'save to central' is finished. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + The number of times Revit has tried to Save to Central." Its value is '0' at the first time. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Creates a copy of the DocumentSaveToCentralProgressChangedEventArgs. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + The event arguments used during the save to central phase of . + + + It is NOT recommended to do any time-consuming work when handling WorksharedOperationProgressChanged event. This can increase workshared operation time. + Name correction - it is renamed from 'DocumentSaveToCentralProgessChangedEventArgs' released since 2017 Subscription Update. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Indicates if current 'reload latest' progress is finished. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Indicates if it is merging downloaded data. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + The number of times Revit has tried to Reload Latest. Its value is '0' at the first time. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Creates a copy of the DocumentReloadLatestProgressChangedEventArgs. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + The event arguments used during the reload latest phase of . + + + It is NOT recommended to do any time-consuming work when handling WorksharedOperationProgressChanged event. This can increase workshared operation time. + Name correction - it is renamed from 'DocumentReloadLatestProgessChangedEventArgs' released since 2017 Subscription Update. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Total expected data size to transfer, in bytes. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + The transferred data size, in bytes, since the last time this event was raised. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Speed(bytes/second) in this event. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Data transfer mode in this event. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + The event arguments used during the data transferring phase of . + + + It is NOT recommended to do any time-consuming work when handling WorksharedOperationProgressChanged event. This can increase workshared operation time. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Describes the data transfer mode. + + + Describes the data transfer mode. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Transfer data from client to server. + + + + + Transfer data from server to client. + + + + + Undefined mode. + + + + + Indicates if the current "save to local" operation has finished. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + The total expected number of streams to save to local. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + The number of streams finished since the last time this event was raised. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + True if the "save to local" operation is occurring before "save to central"; false if after. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Creates a copy of the DocumentSaveToLocalProgressChangedEventArgs. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + The event arguments used during the save to local phase of . + + + It is NOT recommended to do any time-consuming work when handling WorksharedOperationProgressChanged event. This can increase workshared operation time. + Name correction - it is renamed from 'DocumentSaveToLocalProgessChangedEventArgs' released since 2017 Subscription Update. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Gets API event status, reflect current operation execution status. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Full path of the central model which is to be operated. + + + For C4R model, it looks like 'Autodesk Docs://My project/my model.rvt'. + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + The event arguments used by the WorksharedOperationProgressChanged event, this event will be raised when executing following workshared operations. + + + +

For synchronizing with central operation, there are 4 steps. + 1) Save to local (before save to central) - Serializes the streams from memory to local disk cache; + + 2) Reload latest - Downloads the streams from central model on server and merge them into local memory; + + 3) Save to central - Uploads merged streams from local memory to server central model; + + 4) Save to local (after save to central) - Serializes the merged streams from memory to local disk cache; +

+

For document open operation, just download the model from server and then open it;

+

It is NOT recommended to deal with time-consuming work when handling WorksharedOperationProgressChanged event, otherwise it would increase synchronizing with central or model open time.

+
+
+ + 2017 Subscription Update + +
+ + + Full path of the central model which is to be operated. + + + For C4R model, it looks like 'Autodesk Docs://My project/my model.rvt'. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + The event arguments used by the DocumentReloadedLatestEvent event. + This event will be raised when executing pull a latest changes from a central model. + + + 2021 + + + + + The event arguments used by the DocumentReloadingLatest event. + + + 2021 + + + + + 2014 + + + A system of measurement: Metric or Imperial units. + + + 2014 + + + + + Imperial units. + + + + + Metric units. + + + + + The type of RenderingAsset + + + + + Library name + + + + + Asset title + + + + + Represents a connected property of material. + + + + + + + + + Enumerated asset types + + + RenderingAsset Types. + + + + + Content assets (RPC / entourage). + + + + + Appearance assets (materials). + + + + + Returns true if the provided index is valid. + + + Index to be validated. + + + True if index is valid, false otherwise. + + + 2019 + + + + + Gets the property at the given index. + + + An integer index. + + + The property at the given index. + + + index is out of range. + + + 2019 + + + + + Gets the property with the given name. + + + FindByName will not visit the properties of any connected asset on any of the properties. + + + Name of the property. + + + The property with the specified name. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018.1 + + + + + The number of the AssetProperty(s) in the object. + + + + Gets the one property that the current object contains with the given index. + + + + Represents a set of asset property(s). + + + + + Set the read-only property of the object. + + + + + Check that schema name is valid + + + The schema name. + + + True if the schema name is valid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Cannot check validity for a property not being edited in AppearanceAssetEditScope. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + Removes the connected asset attached to this asset property if any. + + + The asset property is not editable. + -or- + Cannot check validity for a property not being edited in AppearanceAssetEditScope. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + Makes a copy of the asset and connects it to this property. + + + The asset to duplicate and associate with this property as a connected asset. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The asset property is not editable. + -or- + Cannot check validity for a property not being edited in AppearanceAssetEditScope. + -or- + Asset property is already connected to one asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + + + + + Adds a new connected asset attached to this asset property, if it allows it. + + + Cannot add a connected asset if one is already connected. + Use RemoveConnectedAsset() to avoid an exception being thrown. + A new preset asset is created and connected to the property. + For "UnifiedBitmap", it contains an empty property unifiedbitmap_Bitmap. + + + The schema name. + + + The schema name is not valid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The asset property is not editable. + -or- + Cannot check validity for a property not being edited in AppearanceAssetEditScope. + -or- + Asset property is already connected to one asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + Check if property can be edited. + + + Properties can be edited only if there is an active Edit Scope and if the property is allowed to be changed. + + + True if property is editable. + + + The asset property is not editable. Asset can be edited only in an edit scope. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + Gets the list of the connected properties. + Connected properties are the detachable properties of an AssetProperty. + e.g. diffuse property can have texture as its connected property. It can also detach texture on runtime. + + + A list of the connected properties. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the single connected asset attached to this asset property, if it exists. + + + Throws if there is more than one connected asset. + + + The connected asset, or if there is no connected asset. + + + Asset is connected to more than one asset. + + + 2018.1 + + + + + + + + + Gets one connected property with specified index. + + + The AProperty of that index. + + + index is out of range. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Identifies if the object is read-only or modifiable. + If true, the object may not be modified. If false, the object's contents may be modified. + + + + + The number of currently connected properties. + + + 2014 + + + + Get the name of the AssetProperty + Thrown when type is AssetPropertyType::Unknown. + + + Returns the type of the AssetProperty + + + Get the name of the AssetProperty + + + + Represents a property of material. + + + AssetProperty is the base class or all other AssetProperty sub classes. + + + + + Enumerated type listing the type of asset property + + + Asset Property Types. + + + + + Represents property Float array. The corresponding AssetProperty sub class is AssetPropertyFloatArray. + + + + + Represents property List. The corresponding AssetProperty sub class is AssetPropertyList. + + + + + Represents property unsigned Int64. The corresponding AssetProperty sub class is AssetPropertyUInt64. + + + + + Represents property Int64. The corresponding AssetProperty sub class is AssetPropertyInt64. + + + + + Represents property Reference. The corresponding AssetProperty sub class is AssetPropertyReference. + + + + + Represents property Asset. The corresponding AssetProperty sub class is Asset. + + + + + Represents property Distance. The corresponding AssetProperty sub class is AssetPropertyDistance. + Special. + + + + + Represents property Time. The corresponding AssetProperty sub class is AssetPropertyTime. + + + + + Represents property String. The corresponding AssetProperty sub class is AssetPropertyString. + + + + + Represents property 4x4 Double matrix. The corresponding AssetProperty sub class is AssetPropertyDoubleMatrix44. + + + + + Represents property 4d Double array. The corresponding AssetProperty sub class is AssetPropertyDoubleArray4d. + + + + + Represents property 3d Double array. The corresponding AssetProperty sub class is AssetPropertyDoubleArray3d. + + + + + Represents property 2d Double array. The corresponding AssetProperty sub class is AssetPropertyDoubleArray2d. + + + + + Represents property Double. The corresponding AssetProperty sub class is AssetPropertyDouble. + + + + + Represents property Float. The corresponding AssetProperty sub class is AssetPropertyFloat. + + + + + Represents property Integer. The corresponding AssetProperty sub class is AssetPropertyInteger. + + + + + Represents property Enum. The corresponding AssetProperty sub class is AssetPropertyEnum. + + + + + Represents property Boolean. The corresponding AssetProperty sub class is AssetPropertyBoolean. + + + + + Represents Properties. The corresponding AssetProperty sub class is AssetProperties. + + + + + An unknown or unspecified property type. + + + + + 2024 + + + + + 2024 + + + + + The event arguments used by the ProjectBrowserDataChanged event. + + + 2024 + + + + + Requests to cancel the progress bar's operation. + + + Note that an operation may only be cancelled if its stage is + 'Unchanged' or if its stage is 'PositionChanged' and the 'Cancellable' property is 'true.' + + + The operation cannot be cancelled. + + + 2013 + + + + + The text from the progress bar caption that describes the operation in progress + + + 2013 + + + + + Upper part of progress bar range - will be any non-zero number + + + 2013 + + + + + Lower part of progress bar range - always zero + + + 2013 + + + + + Progress bar position - value is always between zero and upperRange and is incremented by one with each event of stage "PositionChanged" + + + 2013 + + + + + The current stage of the progress bar + + + 2013 + + + + + The event arguments used by the ProgressChanged event. + + + 2013 + + + + + The associated action of a ProgressChanged event + + + 2013 + + + 2013 + + + + + Progress bar is finished + + + + + Progress bar has not changed position + + + + + Progress bar has set new Text + + + + + Progress bar has set new position + + + + + Progress bar has set new range + + + + + Progress bar has started + + + + + Path of the linked resource. + + + 2018 + + + + + Element id of the linked resource. + + + 2018 + + + + + The desired linked resource type. + + + 2018 + + + + + The event arguments used by . + + + 2018 + + + + + Path of the linked resource. + + + 2018 + + + + + The desired linked resource type. + + + 2018 + + + + + The event arguments used by . + + + 2018 + + + + + Gets the views that were exported by CustomExporter. + + + The views that were exported by CustomExporter. + + + 2021 + + + + + The event arguments used by the ViewsExportedByContext event. + + + 2021 + + + + + Gets the views about to be exported by CustomExporter. + + + The views about to be exported by CustomExporter. + + + 2021 + + + + + The event arguments used by the ViewsExportingByContext event. + + + 2021 + + + + + Identifies the view that was exported. + + + 2018 + + + + + The event arguments used by the ViewExported event. + + + 2018 + + + + + Identifies the view about to be exported. + + + 2018 + + + + + The event arguments used by the ViewExporting event. + + + 2018 + + + + + Identifies the export format, e.g. DWG or image. + + + 2010 + + + + + Target path for the exported file (or files). + + + In some cases the path represents only the target directory or a template name. + Such cases include batch export when more than one file is exported as one event. + + + 2010 + + + + + The event arguments used by the FileExported event. + + + 2010 + + + + + Identifies the export format, e.g. DWG or image. + + + 2010 + + + + + The target path for the export. + + + When several files are exported at the same time, 'Path' property will just report the directory instead of those full file names. + + + 2010 + + + + + The event arguments used by the FileExporting event. + + + 2010 + + + + + The ElementId of the imported instance that represents the imported object(s) after a successful import. + It could be used for further manipulation of that instance. + + + The value could be InvalidElementId for some type of import formats, such as GBXML and Inventor files. + + + 2010 + + + + + Identifies the import format, e.g. DWG or image. + + + 2010 + + + + + Path of the source file that was imported. + + + 2010 + + + + + The event arguments used by the FileImported event. + + + 2010 + + + + + Identifies the import format, e.g. DWG or image. + + + 2010 + + + + + Path of the source file which is about to be imported. + + + 2010 + + + + + The event arguments used by the FileImporting event. + + + 2010 + + + + + Describes formats supported by import / export. + + + 2010 + + + + + OBJ format + + + + + AXM format + + + + + STL format + + + + + PDF format + + + + + Navisworks format + + + + + IFC format + + + + + SAT format + + + + + DXF format + + + + + Inventor format + + + + + Civil3D format. Obsolete. + + + + + DGN format + + + + + Image format + + + + + FBX format + + + + + GBXML format + + + + + DWFX format + + + + + DWF format + + + + + DWG format + + + + + gets CloudProject values within Event. + + + 2019 + + + + + Sets CloudProject values within Event. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + region for CloudHub + + + 2019 + + + + + Identifier for CloudHub + + + 2019 + + + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Event arguments used by the ForgeDM Projects event. + Represents Identifier of current Hub. + Sets CloudProject values within Event. + Gets CloudProject values within Event. + + + 2019 + + + + + gets CloudHub values within Event. + + + 2019 + + + + + Sets CloudHub values within Event. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + 2019 + + + + + Event arguments used by the ForgeDM Hubs event. + Sets CloudHub values within Event. + Gets CloudHub values within Event. + + + 2019 + + + + + gets CloudModel values within Event. + + + 2019 + + + + + Sets CloudModel values within Event. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + gets CloudFolder values within Event. + + + 2019 + + + + + Sets CloudFolder values within Event. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Identifier for Folder in CloudProject + + + 2019 + + + + + Identifier for CloudProject + + + 2019 + + + + + region for CloudHub + + + 2019 + + + + + Identifier for CloudHub + + + 2019 + + + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Event arguments used by the ForgeDM FolderContents event. + Represents Identifier of current Hub. + Represents region of current Hub. + Represents Identifier of current Project. + Represents Identifier of current Folder in current Project. + Sets CloudFolder values within Event. + Gets CloudFolder values within Event. + Sets CloudModel values within Event. + Gets CloudModel values within Event. + + + 2019 + + + + + Raise event for this Event + + + 2019 + + + + + 2019 + + + + + Event arguments used by the ForgeDM Resources event. + Raises event for this Event. + + + 2019 + + + + + The newly loaded family id. + + + 2015 + + + + + The original family id that is overridden by the newly loaded family. + + + 2015 + + + + + The file path of the family that is loaded into the document. + + + 2015 + + + + + The file name of the family that is loaded into the document. + + + 2015 + + + + + The event arguments used by the FamilyLoadedInto event. + + + 2015 + + + + + The file path of the family that is being loaded into the document. + + + 2015 + + + + + The file name of the family that is being loaded into the document. + + + 2015 + + + + + The event arguments used by the FamilyLoadingInto event. + + + 2015 + + + + + Provides access to the failure information in the document. + + + The accessor to the failures in the document. + + + 2011 + + + + + Retrieves current status of the failures processing result. + + + The current failures processing result. + + + 2011 + + + + + Sets the result of the failures processing accomplished during this event callback. + + +

If this value is not explicitly set, the default value (Continue) will be used. If the event callback + is resolving errors explicitly, it must be set to ProceedWithCommit - see the remarks for the + object for more details.

+

Note that ProceedWithCommit should not be set if the handler has not resolved any errors - the + handler will be called again as a result of the commit request and Revit failure handling will + never be reached.

+

Setting this result may not affect the outcome if other observers of the event are invoked after this one. + The most prohibitive result set by all handlers will be used.

+
+ + The result. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2011 + +
+ + + The event arguments used by the FailuresProcessing event. + + +

The event arguments provide access to the FailuresAccessor via + which contains the details of the errors and/or warnings that caused the event to trigger.

+

The arguments also allow you to set a processing result + via . The processing result determines if Revit will attempt to + recommit the currently failing transaction, roll it back, or continue. If you are explicitly + dismissing warnings from the event callback, a processing result of Continue is sufficient. But if you + are explicitly resolving errors from the event callback, you must change the processing result to ProceedWithCommit + to ensure that the user is not shown the dismissed errors. If you wish to cancel the transaction + silently without showing the errors to the user, set the processing result to ProceedWithRollback, however + you must also call in + order to dismiss the errors and silently cancel the transaction.

+
+ + 2011 + +
+ + + Gets the callback to be invoked in the beginning of failure processing. + + + The callback to be invoked in the beginning of failure processing. + + + 2011 + + + + + Gets the callback to be executed after transaction is completed. + + + The callback to be executed after transaction is completed. + + + 2011 + + + + + Obtains the flag indicating if showing of mini-warning dialog should be delayed until the end of next transaction. + + + True to delay the display of the mini-warning dialog until the end of the next transation, false to display them as this transaction is completed. + + + 2011 + + + + + Obtains the flag indicating if all posted failures should be removed silently when transaction is being rolled back. + + + True to clear posted failures silently if the transaction is being rolled back, false to keep these failures in place (they may be displayed to the user). + + + 2011 + + + + + Obtains the flag indicating if the error handling dialog shown at the end of the failing transaction should be modal. + + + True if the options force Revit to use a modal error dialog, false if it allows use of a non-blocking dialog for warnings resulting from this transaction. + + + 2011 + + + + + Sets the callback to be invoked in the beginning of failure processing. + + + The callback to be invoked in the beginning of failure processing. + + + This FailureHandlingOptions object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Sets the callback to be executed after the transaction is completed. + + + The callback to be executed after the transaction is completed. + + + This FailureHandlingOptions object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Sets a flag indicating if Revit should delay the display of the mini-warning dialog (if one is to be shown as a result of warnings in the current transaction) + until the end of the next transaction. + + + This controls warnings suitable for the mini-warnings dialog only. If the modal flag is set to true + with then this flag will be ignored. + + + True to delay the display of the mini-warning dialog until the end of the next transation, false to display them as this transaction is completed. + + + This FailureHandlingOptions object. + + + 2011 + + + + + Sets a flag indicating that Revit should clear all posted failures silently when the failing transaction is being rolled back intentionally. If + not set, the failures may still be displayed to the user during rollback. + + + True to clear posted failures silently if the transaction is being rolled back, false to keep these failures in place (they may be displayed to the user). + + + This FailureHandlingOptions object. + + + 2011 + + + + + Sets a flag indicating whether Revit will show a modal (blocking) error dialog if the transaction failed to finish. + + + True to force Revit to use a modal error dialog, false to allow a non-blocking dialog for warnings resulting from this transaction. + + + This FailureHandlingOptions object. + + + 2011 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Options to control how failures (if any occurred during the transaction) + should be handled at the time the transaction is being ended. + + + 2011 + + + + + An enumerated type representing the result achieved by any of the available types of failure handlers: + FailuresPreprocessor, the handler of FailuresProcessing event or a FailuresProcessor. + + + The ability to return certain values may be restricted for certain methods or for certain contexts. + + + 2011 + + + + + This value should only be returned by a FailuresProcessor - and only if it is waiting for something to happen externally. + Typically this would be some sort of user input needed to complete failures processing. + If this value is set from any other processor, it will be treated as ProceedWithRollback. + + + + + This value should be returned if the transaction was originally requested to be committed and + the failure handler requires it to be rolled back instead. + In order to rollback silently, before ProceedWithRollBack is returned the failure handler should + set the FailureHandlingOptions to clear errors after rollback. This will cause all failures + to be deleted. If this is not set, default failure processing will continue, and + failures may be delivered to the user even though the transaction will be rolled back. + + + + + This value should be used if some or all failures were resolved by the handler. It instructs the Revit + failure processing/transaction mechanism to try to repeat the transaction committing process. + Despite the request to commit to the transaction, there is no guarantee that the commit will succeed. + If errors remain unresolved the handler will likely be called again. Handler + code should be careful not to try to repeatedly commit if it is unable to deal with all the errors. + ProceedWithCommit cannot be used if the transaction is already being rolled back, and will be treated as ProceedWithRollBack in this case. + + + + + This value should be used if no action was taken and/or caller should continue with default failure processing for the + open transaction. In the absence of any other available handlers, this means that the Revit user interface will + display any errors to the user for resolution. (Warnings will not be displayed if they have been deleted already + by the failure handler). + If a FailuresProcessor returns Continue with unresolved failures, Revit will instead act as if ProceedWithRollBack was returned. + + + + + The event arguments used by the ExternalDataTypeServerFailureResolutionExecuting event. + + + 2023 + + + + + The type id of the external data instance id that has been removed from Revit document. + + + 2023 + + + + + The event arguments used by the ExternalDataInstanceRemovedFrom event. + + + 2023 + + + + + The Revit id of the external data instance being removed from Revit document. + + + 2023 + + + + + The type id of the external data instance id being removed from Revit document. + + + 2023 + + + + + The event arguments used by the ExternalDataInstanceRemovingFrom event. + + + 2023 + + + + + The newly added external data instance id. + + + 2023 + + + + + The id of the external data item to which a new reference has been added. + + + 2023 + + + + + The id of the external project of the external data item to which a new reference has been added. + + + 2023 + + + + + The type id of the newly added external data instance id. + + + 2023 + + + + + The event arguments used by the ExternalDataInstanceAddedInto event. + + + 2023 + + + + + The type id of the newl external data instance that is being added. + + + 2023 + + + + + The event arguments used by the ExternalDataInstanceAddingInto event. + + + 2023 + + + + + The id of the newly duplicated ElementType. + + + 2015 + + + + + The name of the newly duplicated ElementType. + + + 2015 + + + + + The id of the element type that is duplicated. + + + 2015 + + + + + The event arguments used by the ElementTypeDuplicated event. + + + 2015 + + + + + The id of the ElementType to be duplicated. + + + 2015 + + + + + The event arguments used by the ElementTypeDuplicating event. + + + 2015 + + + + + Returns document associated with this event + + + The document associated with this event. + + + 2015 + + + + + The event arguments used by the DocumentWorksharingEnabled event. + + + 2015 + + + + + The event arguments used by the DocumentOpened event. + + + 2010 + + + + + Type of the document, e.g. Project or Template. + + + 2010 + + + + + Path of the document to be opened. + + + 2010 + + + + + The event arguments used by the DocumentOpening event. + + + 2010 + + + + + The event arguments used by the DocumentCreated event. + + + The newly created document is supplied in these arguments. + + + 2010 + + + + + Type of the document which is about to be created, e.g. Project or Template. + + + 2010 + + + + + The template file path to be used for creating the new document. + + + 2010 + + + + + The event arguments used by the DocumentCreating event. + + + 2010 + + + + + Types of Revit documents. + + + 2010 + + + + + Document of another type. + + + + + Building Component document. + + + + + IFC document. + + + + + Template document. + + + + + Family document. + + + + + Project document. + + + + + Returns names of the transactions associated with this event + + + Typically, there will be only one name in the array, because document changes mostly involve just one transaction + + + The names of the transactions associated with this event + + + 2011 + + + + + Returns document associated with this event + + + The document associated with this event. + + + 2011 + + + + + Returns set of elements that were modified according to the given element filter. + + + The element filter to be applied. + + + The set of ElementId for modified elements that pass the filter. + Returns empty set if no elements are found which pass the filter. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns set of elements that were modified. + + + The set of ElementId for elements that were modified. + + + 2011 + + + + + Returns set of elements that were deleted from the document. + + + The set of ElementId for elements that were deleted from the document. + + + 2011 + + + + + Returns set of newly added elements that pass the filter. + + + The element filter to be applied. + + + The set of ElementId for newly added elements that pass the filter. + Returns empty set if no elements are found which pass the filter. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns set of elements newly added to the document. + + + The set of ElementId for elements newly added to the document. + + + 2011 + + + + + The operation associated with this event + + + 2011 + + + + + The event arguments used by the DocumentChanged event. + + + 2011 + + + + + The operation associated with DocumentChanged event + + + + + A transaction was redone + + + + + A transaction was undone + + + + + A transaction group was rolled back + + + + + A transaction was rolled back + + + + + A transaction was committed + + + + Indicates whether the bounding box is set. + Bounding box is considered set when it contains at least one point and "Enabled" is set to "true". + + + Defines whether the entire bounding box is enabled. + A disabled bounding box might be used to signal that the corresponding Revit functionality +is deactivated. For example, a disabled 3D view section box represents an inactive section box. + + + Indexed access for loops. + For bound, use 0 for Min and 1 for Max. For dimension, use 0 for X, 1 for +Y and 2 for Z. +The entire box must be enabled to have enabled individual bounds. + + + Defines whether the maximum bound is active for given dimension. + + Use 0 for X, 1 for Y and 2 for Z. +The entire box must be enabled to have enabled individual bounds. + + + Defines whether the minimum bound is active for given dimension. + + Use 0 for X, 1 for Y and 2 for Z. +The entire box must be enabled to have enabled individual bounds. + + + Indexed access for loops. Use 0 for Min and 1 for Max. + The bounds are defined in the coordinate space of the box. + + + Maximum coordinates (upper-right-front corner of the box). + The bounds are defined in the coordinate space of the box. + + + Minimum coordinates (lower-left-rear corner of the box). + The bounds are defined in the coordinate space of the box. + + + The transform from the coordinate space of the box to the model coordinate space. + + The transform must always be right-handed and orthonormal. + + + + + + + Constructs a new BoundingBoxXYZ with a default transform and extents of (-100, -100, -100) to (100, 100, 100). + + + A three-dimensional rectangular box at an arbitrary location and orientation within the Revit model. + +

BoundingBoxXYZ objects are used in Revit in several places related to views (for example, the section box of a +3D view or the definition of a section or detail view). BoundingBoxXYZ objects can also be obtained from elements representing the +boundary of the element in a given view.

+

The extents of the box are determined by three orthogonal planes extended through the minimum () +and maximum () points, but the coordinates of these points and the orientation of the planes +in relation to the coordinates of the source model is determined by the box Transform ().

+

This class also has the ability to detect and mark certain extents as disabled. Note that in the current Revit API uses +of this class it is not expected that Revit will give objects with disabled extents, and disabled extents in objects +sent to Revit will likely be ignored.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Subscribe to the DocumentClosing event to be notified when Revit is just about to close a document. + + + This event is raised when Revit is just about to close a document. + This event is cancellable, except when it is raised as part of application closing. + Check the 'Cancellable' property of event's argument to see whether it is cancellable or not. + When it is cancellable, call the 'Cancel()' method of event's argument to True to cancel it. + Your application is responsible for providing feedback to the user about the reason for the cancellation. + The document may not be modified during this event. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
  • and similar overloads.
+ Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. + Another Autodesk::Revit::ApplicationServices::Application::DocumentClosed event will be raised immediately after document is closed. +
+ + 2010 + +
+ + + Subscribe to the ViewPrinted event to be notified immediately after Revit has finished printing a view of the document. + + + This event is raised immediately after Revit has finished printing a view of the document. + If multiple views are combined to a single file, this event will be raised only once. + It is raised even when view printing failed. + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Check the 'Status' field in event's argument to see whether the action was successful or not. + This event is not cancellable, for the process of view printing has already been finished. + If the action was not successful, the document may not be modified and new transactions may not be started. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
  • and similar overloads.
+ Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. +
+ + 2010 + +
+ + + Subscribe to the ViewPrinting event to be notified when Revit is just about to print a view of the document. + + + This event is raised when Revit is just about to print a view of the document. + If multiple views are combined to a single file, this event will be raised only once. + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Event is not cancellable. The 'Cancellable' property of event's argument is always False. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
  • All overloads of Autodesk.Revit.DB.Document.Export()
  • Autodesk.Revit.DB.Document.Print()
  • and similar overloads.
  • and similar overloads.
  • and similar overloads.
  • .
  • and similar overloads.
+ Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. + Another event will be raised immediately after view printing + is finished. +
+ + 2010 + +
+ + + Subscribe to the DocumentPrinted event to be notified immediately after Revit has finished printing a view or ViewSet of the document. + + + This event is raised immediately after Revit has finished printing a view or ViewSet of the document. + It is raised even when document printing failed or was cancelled (during DocumentPriting event). + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Check the 'Status' field in event's argument to see whether the action itself was successful or not. + This event is not cancellable, for the process of printing has already been finished. + If the action was not successful, the document may not be modified and new transactions may not be started. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
  • and similar overloads.
+ Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. +
+ + 2010 + +
+ + + Subscribe to the DocumentPrinting event to be notified when Revit is just about to print a view or ViewSet of the document. + + + This event is raised when Revit is just about to print a view or ViewSet of the document. + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Event is cancellable. To cancel it, call the 'Cancel()' method of event's argument to True. + Your application is responsible for providing feedback to the user about the reason for the cancellation. + The following API functions are not available for current document during this event: +
  • All overloads of Autodesk.Revit.DB.Document.Export()
  • Autodesk::Revit::DB::Document::Print
  • and similar overloads.
  • and similar overloads.
  • and similar overloads.
  • .
  • and similar overloads.
+ Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. + After this event, for each view being printed, and events will be raised. + Another event will be raised immediately after document printing + is finished. +
+ + 2010 + +
+ + + Subscribe to the DocumentSavedAs event to be notified immediately after Revit has finished saving document with a new file name. + + + This event is raised immediately after Revit has finished saving document with a new file name. + Note that the first save of a newly created document will raise DocumentSavedAs rather than event. + It is raised even when document saving failed or was cancelled (during DocumentSavingAs event). + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Check the 'Status' property in event's argument to see whether the action itself was successful or not. + This event is not cancellable, for the process of saving document has already been finished. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
  • and similar overloads.
  • .
  • and similar overloads.
+ Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. +
+ + 2010 + +
+ + + Subscribe to the DocumentSavingAs event to be notified when Revit is just about to save the document with a new file name. + + + This event is raised when Revit is just about to save the document with a new file name. + Note that the first save of a newly created document will raise DocumentSavingAs rather than event. + + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + This event is cancellable, except when it is raised during close of the application. + Check the 'Cancellable' property of event's argument to see whether it is cancellable or not. + When it is cancellable, call the 'Cancel()' method of event's argument to cancel it. + Your application is responsible for providing feedback to the user about the reason for the cancellation. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
  • and similar overloads.
  • .
  • and similar overloads.
+ Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. + Another event will be raised immediately after the document has been saved with a new file name. +
+ + 2010 + +
+ + + Subscribe to the DocumentSaved event to be notified immediately after Revit has finished saving a document. + + + This event is raised immediately after Revit has finished saving a document. + Note that the first save of a newly created document will raise + rather than the DocumentSaved event. + It is raised even when document saving failed or was cancelled (during DocumentSaving event). + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Check the 'Status' property in event's argument to see whether the action itself was successful or not. + This event is not cancellable, for the process of saving document has already been finished. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
  • and similar overloads.
  • .
  • and similar overloads.
+ Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. +
+ + 2010 + +
+ + + Subscribe to the DocumentSaving event to be notified when Revit is just about to save a document. + + + This event is raised when Revit is just about to save the document. + Note that the first save of a newly created document will raise + rather than the DocumentSaving event. + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + This event is cancellable, except when it is raised during close of the application. + Check the 'Cancellable' property of event's argument to see whether it is cancellable or not. + When it is cancellable, call the 'Cancel()' method of event's argument to cancel it. + Your application is responsible for providing feedback to the user about the reason for the cancellation. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
  • and similar overloads.
  • .
  • and similar overloads.
+ Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. + Another event will be raised immediately after the document has been saved. +
+ + 2010 + +
+ + + Returns whether ODBC supports export. + + + + + Removes the record of a used service. + + + The intention is to use this in document updates only. + + + Id of the service the record of which is to be removed. + + + + + Links an AXM file into the document. + Link isn't supported for family documents. Please use import instead. + + + Full path of the file to link. File must exist and must be a valid AXM file. + + + Various link options applicable to the AXM format. If , all options will be set to their respective default values. + Link FormIt support Preserve color mode, center-to-center and origin-to-origin placement. Other options are not supported. + Link FormIt does not support this view only option. + Link FormIt does not support import levels. + + + View used to aid placement of the linked file. If the options specify center-to-center placement, this argument is required and the linked + file will be placed in the center of the specified view. Otherwise, this view is used to obtain a base level to associate with the linked + file. If not specified, an existing view will be chosen instead and may open a view or associate the linked file to an arbitrary level. + + + Returns the element Id of the linked instance. + + + Not a valid file for AXM import (.axm files are valid). + -or- + The provided view is not valid for the options provided. + -or- + Visible layer only option is not false or layers are specified in SetLayerSelection. + -or- + Import levels is not supported for AXM link. + -or- + Not all AXM import option settings are valid. For more details, please refer to AXMImportOptions. + -or- + The scale is not valid as a CustomScale for use during import. + -or- + NullOrEmpty + -or- + The view is not printable. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The given file does not exist. + + + Import is temporarily disabled. + -or- + This Document is not a project document. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + The AXM Import/Link module is not available in the installed Revit. + + + 2023 + + + + + Updates the current Revit project document which was created by an import of an ATFX file. + + + Full path of the file to update. File must exist and must be a valid ATFX file. + + + Various import options applicable to the ATFX format. + + + Returns the element Ids of the created DirectShapes. + + + Not a valid file for ATFX import (.atfxz files are valid). + -or- + NullOrEmpty + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The given file does not exist. + + + Import is temporarily disabled. + -or- + Document this Document may not contain DirectShape or DirectShapeType objects. + -or- + This Document is not a project document. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + The ShapeImporter functionality is not available in the installed Revit. + + + 2023 + + + + + Imports an ATFX file into the document. + + + Full path of the file to import. File must exist and must be a valid ATFX file. + + + Various import options applicable to the ATFX format. If , all options will be set to their respective default values. + + + Returns the element Ids of the created DirectShapes. + + + Not a valid file for ATFX import (.atfxz files are valid). + -or- + NullOrEmpty + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The given file does not exist. + + + Import is temporarily disabled. + -or- + Document this Document may not contain DirectShape or DirectShapeType objects. + -or- + This Document is not a project document. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + The ShapeImporter functionality is not available in the installed Revit. + + + 2023 + + + + + Updates data from a cloud data exchange that was previously imported into the document. + + + GET exchanges URL of the file hosting an existing FDX exchange. + + + Various import options applicable to the Data Exchange format. + + + Returns the element Ids of the created DirectShapes. + + + Options are not valid for the given Document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Import is temporarily disabled. + -or- + Document this Document may not contain DirectShape or DirectShapeType objects. + -or- + This Document is not a project document. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + The FDX Import module is not available in the installed Revit. + + + 2024 + + + + + Imports data from cloud data exchange into the document. + + + GET exchanges URL of the file hosting an existing FDX exchange. + + + Various import options applicable to the Data Exchange format. If , all options will be set to their respective default values. + + + Returns the element Ids of the created DirectShapes. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Import is temporarily disabled. + -or- + Document this Document may not contain DirectShape or DirectShapeType objects. + -or- + This Document is not a project document. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + The FDX Import module is not available in the installed Revit. + + + 2024 + + + + + Updates the current Revit project document which was created by an import of an ATF XML file. + + + Full path of the file to update. File must exist and must be a valid ATF XML file. + + + Various import options applicable to the ATF XML format. + + + Returns the element Ids of the created DirectShapes. + + + Not a valid file for ATFXML import (.atfx files are valid). + -or- + NullOrEmpty + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The given file does not exist. + + + Import is temporarily disabled. + -or- + Document this Document may not contain DirectShape or DirectShapeType objects. + -or- + This Document is not a project document. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + The ShapeImporter functionality is not available in the installed Revit. + + + 2022 + + + + + Imports an ATF XML file into the project document. + + + Full path of the file to import. File must exist and must be a valid ATF XML file. + + + Various import options applicable to the ATF XML format. If , all options will be set to their respective default values. + + + Returns the element Ids of the created DirectShapes. + + + NullOrEmpty + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The given file does not exist. + + + Import is temporarily disabled. + -or- + Document this Document may not contain DirectShape or DirectShapeType objects. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + The ShapeImporter functionality is not available in the installed Revit. + + + 2022 + + + + + Exports the view specified in the export options to an FDX cloud data exchange. + + + GET exchanges URL of the file hosting an existing FDX exchange. + + + Various options applicable to the FDX format. + + + True if successful, otherwise False. + + + The provided options do not specify a printable 3D view. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This method may not be called during dynamic update. + + + Export is temporarily disabled. + -or- + Exporting is not allowed in the current application mode. + + + The ShapeExporter functionality is not available in the installed Revit, or the Material Library is missing. + + + 2023 + + + + + Exports the view specified in the export options to FDX payload, as a JSON file and associated binary files. + + + Output folder into which the files will be exported. The folder must exist. + + + Various options applicable to the FDX format. + + + True if successful, otherwise False. + + + NullOrEmpty + -or- + The provided options do not specify a printable 3D view. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The folder is not empty. + + + This method may not be called during dynamic update. + + + Export is temporarily disabled. + -or- + Exporting is not allowed in the current application mode. + + + The folder does not exist. + + + The ShapeExporter functionality is not available in the installed Revit, or the Material Library is missing. + + + 2023 + + + + + Exports the document to the ATFX format. + + + Output folder into which the file will be exported. The folder must exist. + + + Indicates the name of the ATFX file to export. If it doesn't end with ".atfxz", this extension will be added automatically. + The name cannot contain any of the following characters: \/:*?"<>|. Empty name is not acceptable. + + + Various options applicable to the ATFX format. + + + True if successful, otherwise False. + + + NullOrEmpty + -or- + Contains invalid characters. + -or- + The provided options do not specify a printable 3D view. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This method may not be called during dynamic update. + + + Export is temporarily disabled. + -or- + Exporting is not allowed in the current application mode. + + + The folder does not exist. + + + The ShapeExporter functionality is not available in the installed Revit, or the Material Library is missing. + + + 2023 + + + + + Exports the document to the ATF XML format. + + + Output folder into which the file will be exported. The folder must exist. + + + Indicates the name of the ATF XML file to export. If it doesn't end with ".atfx", this extension will be added automatically. + The name cannot contain any of the following characters: \/:*?"<>|. Empty name is not acceptable. + + + Various options applicable to the ATF XML format. + + + True if successful, otherwise False. + + + NullOrEmpty + -or- + Contains invalid characters. + -or- + The provided options do not specify a printable 3D view. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This method may not be called during dynamic update. + + + Export is temporarily disabled. + -or- + Exporting is not allowed in the current application mode. + + + The folder does not exist. + + + The ShapeExporter functionality is not available in the installed Revit, or the Material Library is missing. + + + 2021 + + + + + After execution, document will represent a local model whose central file resides in A360. + + + Assumes that worksharing has been enabled for this document and that user is currently signed in + to A360. + + + Identifies the cloud project to which this model will be attached. + + + Identifies the model file on the server + + + The name by which the model will be identified in A360. + + + The guid that identifies the model. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Enables worksharing for this document. Journal messages match saveAsCloudSharedModel + + + Assumes that user is currently signed in to Autodesk 360. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Saves current non-workshared or workshared model as a cloud model or workshared cloud model in BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs. + + + Assumes that user is currently signed in BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs and has access to Autodesk cloud services. + This operation will create a model on cloud and then create a local cache of the cloud model. + This method cannot be used when current document is already in cloud. + You can use one of the following methods to save a local model as a workshared cloud model in BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs. + If the local model is a workshared model, then it will be a workshared cloud model after you use this method successfully. If the local model is a non-workshared model, you can enable the workset with and then save as a workshared cloud model. If the local model is a non-workshared model, and you have already saved it as a non-workshared cloud model in BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs, you can still enable the workset with + to convert it to a workshared cloud model. + You cannot save a local workshared model as a non-workshared cloud model in BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs. + + + The Folder from ForgeDM to save the model. + + + Model name in BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs to save the model. + + + modelName is an empty string. + -or- + The input file name "modelName" does not represent a valid file name. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Failed due to the region of the input CloudFolder is invalid. + + + SaveAs may not be called during dynamic update. + + + Saving is not allowed in the current application mode. + -or- + This Document is not a project document. + -or- + This Document is in an edit mode. + -or- + This Document is not a primary document, it is a linked document. + -or- + SaveAs is temporarily disabled. + -or- + This Document is a cloud model, cannot be saved as a cloud model. + -or- + There is a transaction phase left open (such as a transaction, sub-transaction of transaction group) at the time of invoking this method. + + + Could be for any of the reasons related to network. + + + Failed due to the input CloudFolder containing a BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs account Id or project Id is invalid or unmatched. + -or- + Could be for any of the reasons that saveAs fails with RevitServerInternalException. + + + Failed due to there is a model with the same name already exists at the specified location. + + + Failed due to the model name is breaking project naming convention. + + + User is not signed in with Autodesk id. + + + You don't have the entitlement to perform the operation to this this Document. + -or- + User is not authorized to access the specified cloud project. + + + 2022 + + + + + Checks whether there is already a model with the specified name attached to the specified A360 project. + + + Identifies the account region + + + Identifies the A360 project to which this model will be attached. + + + The name by which the model will be identified in A360. + + + True if there is not already a model with the specified name attached to the specified project. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Gets the id of the units element (object of UnitsElem) of the Revit units settings + + + The element id of UnitsElem object. + + + 2021.1 + + + + + Erases Schema and all its Entities from the document. + + + The Schema remains in memory. + + + The Schema to erase. + + + No write access to this Schema. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2021 + + + + + Indicates whether there are any background calculations in progress for this document. + + + When a document has background calculations in progress, users cannot perform the following operations: + Save/Close the document.Export/Print the document.Synchronize to central, in worksharing environment.Create a steel element.Copy/Mirror/Rotate a steel element.Edit the sketch of plate element.Edit a custom connection. + + Returns true if the document has any data calculation in progress and false otherwise. + + + 2019.1 + + + + + Reset shared coordinates for the host model/file. + + + When you reset shared coordinates, the shared coordinates of the host model will be erased. + The shared relationship with all the linked models will be eliminated. + Survey point will be reset back to startup location, where it coincides with the Internal Origin. + The rotation angle between Project North and True North will be reset back to 0. + + + This Document is not a primary document, it is a linked document. + -or- + This Document is not a project document. + -or- + This Document is in an edit mode. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2021.1 + + + + + Publish coordinates to the specified ProjectLocation of the link instance. + + +

The host project's True North and shared origin are recorded in the linked project, based on the current position of the linked instance. + This location is now named in both the host project and the linked project. More than one position of the link can be recorded.

+

When you publish shared coordinates from a host Revit project to a linked DWG, this changes the linked DWG. The origin of the host Revit + project's shared coordinate system becomes the origin of a new User Coordinate System (UCS) in the DWG file. The Y axis of the new UCS corresponds + to the host project's True North. You can name the UCS when you publish coordinates. It is not recommended that you change this name after + publishing coordinates.

+

Note: Currently, only RevitLinkInstance is supported. DWG link instance, which is + ImportInstance is not supported now. Passing in an locationId that points to an ImportInstance + would result an ArgumentException.

+
+ + The ElementId of the ProjectLocation in the + linked document, to which the transform would be published to. + + + locationId does not contain a valid linkInstanceId. + -or- + Only RevitLinkInstance is supported through API for publish coordinates. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This Document is not a project document. + -or- + This Document is in an edit mode. + -or- + Attempting to publish shared coordinates to a cloud based link which is treated as read-only. + -or- + Failed to publish coordinates to the specified ProjectLocation of the link instance. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2018 + +
+ + + Acquires coordinates from the specified link instance. + + +

When you acquire coordinates from the linked model, the shared coordinates of the linked model become the + shared coordinates of the host model, based on the position of the linked model instance in the host model. + There is no change to the host model's internal coordinates.

+

The host model also acquires True North from the linked model. The origin of the linked model's shared + coordinates becomes the origin of the host model's shared coordinates.

+

When a Revit model acquires coordinates from a linked DWG file, the World Coordinate System (WCS) of the + selected linked DWG file becomes the shared coordinate system of the host Revit model, based on the position + of the linked DWG instance. The Y axis of the DWG becomes True North, and the origin of the DWG becomes the + origin of the shared coordinate system of the Revit model.

+

On acquiring coordinates from a geo-referenced model, the geolocation information will be pulled from the linked + model to the host model.

+

Unlike UI operation Acquire Coordinates, calling the API would always overwrite the geolocation information in the + host model even if it is different from the one in the linked model, or the linked model has empty geolocation information + (in which case the geolocation information in the host model would be removed).

+
+ + The ElementId of the link instance (such as + RevitLinkInstance or ImportInstance) + from which the coordinates would be acquired. + + + The element linkInstanceId does not exist in the document + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This Document is not a project document. + -or- + This Document is in an edit mode. + -or- + The coordinate system of the selected model are the same as the host model. + -or- + Cannot acquire coordinates from a model placed multiple times. + -or- + Failed to acquire coordinates from the link instance. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2018 + +
+ + + Checks whether the GUID is valid for the given document. Empty GUID is allowed. + + + Target document. + + + The GUID to check. + + + True if the GUID is valid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + + + + + Extracts a collection containing the ids of elements that have been created, modified or deleted between the input baseVersion and the document's current version. + + + GUID of base version(excluded) to compare. This GUID should be retrieved from property . + Empty GUID is allowed to retrieve changes of each version in the document. + + + An object containing collections of the created, modified and deleted ids between the input version and current version. + + + This GUID is invalid in the given document. + + + 2023 + + + + + + + + + Gets the DocumentVersion that corresponds to a document. + + + This function can be combined with + to see whether a document in memory is different from a version on disk. The documents + are different if the document is modified or if the two DocumentVersions differ. + + + The document whose DocumentVersion will be returned. + + + The DocumentVersion corresponding to the given document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Deletes a set of elements from the document. + + + This method will delete the elements and any elements that are totally dependent upon that element. Any references to the deleted elements will become invalid and hence cause an exception to be thrown if they are accessed. + The elements will be deleted with no prompts for user confirmation. Pinned elements will be deleted with no warnings. + Note: in a family document, the predefined elements (those elements inherited from its family template file) can't be deleted by this method. + + The ids of the elements to delete. + + + The deleted element id set. + + + One or more elements in elementIds do not exist in the document. + -or- + One or more of the elementIds cannot be deleted. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + + + + + + + + + Deletes an element from the document given the id of that element. + + + This method will delete the element and any elements that are totally dependent upon that element. Any references to the deleted elements will become invalid and hence cause an exception to be thrown if they are accessed. + The elements will be deleted with no prompts for user confirmation. Pinned elements will be deleted with no warnings. + Note: in a family document, the predefined elements (those elements inherited from its family template file) can't be deleted by this method. + + Id of the element to delete. + + + The deleted element id set. + + + The element elementId does not exist in the document + -or- + ElementId cannot be deleted. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + + + + + + + + + Remove the material painted on the element's face. + If the face is currently not painted,it will do nothing. + + + The element that the painted face belongs to. + + + The painted element's face. + + + The element elementId does not exist in the document + -or- + The face doesn't belong to the element + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Paint the element's face with specified material. + + + The element that the face belongs to. + + + The painted element's face. + + + The material to be painted on the face + + + The element elementId does not exist in the document + -or- + The element materialId does not exist in the document + -or- + The face doesn't belong to the element + -or- + The materialId doesn't specify a material element. + -or- + The element's face cannot be painted. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2014 + + + + + + + + + + + Get the material painted on the element's face. Returns invalidElementId if the face is not painted. + + + The element that the face belongs to. + + + The painted element's face. + + + The material's Id painted on the element's face. + + + The element elementId does not exist in the document + -or- + The face doesn't belong to the element + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks if the element's face is painted with a material. + + + The element that the face belongs to. + + + The painted element's face. + + + True if the element's face is painted. + + + The element elementId does not exist in the document + -or- + The face doesn't belong to the element + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Performs reload latest until the model in the current session is up to date and then saves changes back to central. + A save to central is performed even if no changes were made. + + + Options to customize behavior accessing the central model. + + + Options to customize behavior of SynchronizeWithCentral. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The file-based central model could not be reached, because e.g. the network is down or the file server is down. + + + Access to the central model was denied due to lack of access privileges. + -or- + Access to the central model was denied. A possible reason is because the model was under maintenance. + + + The central model is locked by another client. + + + Username does not match the one used to create the local file. + -or- + Revit could not save all of the worksets that have been changed. Try again. + -or- + Some of the elements you changed in this model are now editable by someone else, or you checked out worksets that were at risk + or relinquished in the central model but not this file. You cannot synchronize with the central model until the other user + relinquishes these elements without making changes. + -or- + The central model has been replaced by a local model. + -or- + Local incompatible because it was closed without saving after synchronizing with central. + -or- + The central model is missing. + -or- + The central model is incompatible. + -or- + The central model is corrupt or not an RVT file. + -or- + The central model was rolled back. + -or- + The central model's elements have been relinquished + -or- + Your data or permissions saving is aborted by another user. + -or- + The central model is overritten by other user. + -or- + An internal error happened on the central model, please contact the server administrator. + + + Cannot access the local file. + + + This Document is not a primary document, it is a linked document. + -or- + This Document is read-only: It cannot be modified. + -or- + This Document has an open editing transaction and is accepting changes. + -or- + This Document is not a project document. + -or- + This Document is in an edit mode. + -or- + Saving is not allowed in the current application mode. + -or- + This Document does not have a central location: Worksharing needs to be enabled and central model saved. + -or- + This Document is a local file that is not owned by the current user, who therefore is not allowed to modify it. + -or- + The local file is read-only. + It can not be saved before or after synchronizing with central. + -or- + This Document is not a workshared document. + -or- + Saving local before first reload latest and after saving changes to central + in Synchronize with Central is mandatory for server-based local models. + -or- + Operation is not permitted when there is any open sub-transaction, transaction, or transaction group. + + + Synchronize With Central was canceled by the user or by an API event callback. + + + The server-based central model could not be reached + because of a network communication error. + + + The disk space is running low on server, please contact the server administrator. + -or- + An internal error happened on the server, please contact the server administrator. + + + User is not signed in with Autodesk id. + + + User is not authorized to access the specified A360 project. + + + 2014 + + + + + + + + + Returns whether the model in the current session is up to date with central. + + + True means up to date; false means out of date. +

If central is locked but Revit can determine that + the model in the current session is out of date + without opening central, this method will return false + instead of throwing CentralModelContentionException.

+ + The file-based central model could not be reached, because e.g. the network is down or the file server is down. + + + Access to the central model was denied due to lack of access privileges. + -or- + Access to the central model was denied. A possible reason is because the model was under maintenance. + + + The central model is locked by another client. + + + Username does not match the one used to create the local file. + -or- + The central model has been replaced by a local model. + -or- + Local incompatible because it was closed without saving after synchronizing with central. + -or- + The central model is missing. + -or- + The central model is incompatible. + -or- + The central model is corrupt or not an RVT file. + -or- + The central model was rolled back. + -or- + The central model's elements have been relinquished + -or- + The central model is overritten by other user. + -or- + An internal error happened on the central model, please contact the server administrator. + + + Cannot access the local file. + + + This Document is not a workshared document. + -or- + This Document is a local file that is not owned by the current user, who therefore is not allowed to modify it. + + + The server-based central model could not be accessed + because of a network communication error. + + + An internal error happened on the server, please contact the server administrator. + + + User is not signed in with Autodesk id. + + + User is not authorized to access the specified A360 project. + + + 2014 + + + + + +
+ + + Fetches changes from central (due to one or more synchronizations with central) + and merges them into the current session. + + + After this call finishes, use hasAllChangesFromCentral to confirm that there were no + Synchronizations with Central performed during execution of ReloadLatest. + + + Various options to control behavior of reloadLatest. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The file-based central model could not be reached, because e.g. the network is down or the file server is down. + + + Access to the central model was denied due to lack of access privileges. + -or- + Access to the central model was denied. A possible reason is because the model was under maintenance. + + + The central model is locked by another client. + + + Username does not match the one used to create the local file. + -or- + Revit could not save all of the worksets that have been changed. Try again. + -or- + The central model has been replaced by a local model. + -or- + Local incompatible because it was closed without saving after synchronizing with central. + -or- + The central model is missing. + -or- + The central model is incompatible. + -or- + The central model is corrupt or not an RVT file. + -or- + The central model was rolled back. + -or- + The central model's elements have been relinquished + -or- + The central model is overritten by other user. + -or- + An internal error happened on the central model, please contact the server administrator. + + + Cannot access the local file. + + + This Document is not a primary document, it is a linked document. + -or- + This Document is not a local model: it is not workshared or is central. + -or- + This Document is read-only: It cannot be modified. + -or- + This Document has an open editing transaction and is accepting changes. + -or- + This Document is not a project document. + -or- + This Document is in an edit mode. + -or- + This Document is a local file that is not owned by the current user, who therefore is not allowed to modify it. + -or- + Operation is not permitted when there is any open sub-transaction, transaction, or transaction group. + + + Reload Latest was canceled by the user or by an API event callback. + + + The server-based central model could not be accessed + because of a network communication error. + + + An internal error happened on the server, please contact the server administrator. + + + User is not signed in with Autodesk id. + + + User is not authorized to access the specified A360 project. + + + 2014 + + + + + + + + + Gets the subelement referenced by a parent id and subelement id. + + + will be returned if the input id string doesn't reference to a valid element or subelement. + + + Id of the element. + + + Id of the sub element. + + + The subelement referenced by the input argument. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Gets the subelement referenced by a unique id string. + + + will be returned if the input id string doesn't reference to a valid element or subelement. + + + The unique id that identifies element or subelement. +
  • + + The subelement referenced by the input argument. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + +
    + + + Gets the subelement referenced by the input reference. + + + The reference that identifies element or subelement. + + + The subelement referenced by the input argument. + + + reference does not identify a valid element or subelement. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Gets the Element referenced by the input ElementId. + + + will be returned if the input ElementId doesn't reference to a valid Element. + + + The ElementId, whose referenced Element will be retrieved from the model. + + + The element referenced by the input argument. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets the Element referenced by a unique id string. + + + will be returned if the input id string doesn't reference to a valid Element. + + + The element unique id, whose referenced Element will be retrieved from the model. +
  • + + The element referenced by the input argument. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + +
    + + + Gets the Element referenced by the input reference. + + + will be returned if the input reference doesn't reference to a valid Element. + + + The reference, whose referenced Element will be retrieved from the model. + + + The element referenced by the input argument. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + This method encapsulates the process of creating transient elements in the document. + + + The method establishes a context within which transient elements will be created and then invokes the given maker object to create the elements. For more information refer to the method. + + + An instance of a class that implements the interface. + The maker will be called to create element(s) which would become transient. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This Document has an open editing transaction and is accepting changes. + -or- + This Document is read-only: It cannot be modified. + + + + + Returns the preview settings for the given document. + + + The preview settings. + + + + + Returns the list of element ids that are not used. The list of unused element ids may include elements that can't be deleted. + + + This method returns unused element ids that are available in the Purge Unused window in the Revit, including elements that can't be deleted. + To get unused elements that do not have a category assigned add + to the collection of categories. + If the input categories collection is empty, the method returns all unused elements in the document. + + + Collection of categories to check for unused elements. + + + Unused element ids. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + + + + Returns the list of element ids that are not used and can be deleted from the document. + + + This method returns unused element ids that are available in the Purge Unused window in the Revit. + To get unused elements that do not have a category assigned add + to the collection of categories. + If the input categories collection is empty, the method returns all unused elements in the document. + + + Collection of categories to check for unused elements. + + + Unused elements that can be deleted from the document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + + + + Checks whether the family type id is valid for the give family category. + + + The family category id. + + + The default family type id. + + + True if the family type id is valid for the give family category, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Sets the default family type id for the given family category. + + + The family category id. + + + The default family type id. + + + The family type id familyTypeId is invalid for the give family category familyCategoryId. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + + + + + Gets the default family type id with the given family category id. + + + The family category id. + + + The default family type id. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + + + + + Checks whether the element type id is valid for the give DefaultElmentType id. + + + The default element type id. + + + The element type id. + + + True if the element type id is valid for the give DefaultElmentType id, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2015 + + + + + Sets the default element type id of the given DefaultElementType id. + + + The default element type id. + + + The element type id. + + + The element type id typeId is invalid for the give DefaultElementType id defaultTypeId. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2015 + + + + + Gets the default element type id with the given DefaultElementType id. + + + The default element type id. + + + The element type id. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2015 + + + + + + + + + Gets ForgeDM folder id where the model locates. + + + It is empty for non-cloud model; + It is cached in Revit model opened session after getting it if forceRefresh is false; + ForgeDM folder id can be changed during Revit model opened session, set forceRefresh as 'true' to get new value. + + + Cached value will be refreshed by sending a service call when forceRefresh is true. + + + Thrown when cannot get data from ForgeDM for Revit cloud model. + + + 2022 + + + + + Gets ForgeDM project id where the model locates. + + + It is empty for non-cloud model; + It is cached in Revit model opened session after getting it; + + + Thrown when cannot get data from ForgeDM for Revit cloud model. + + + 2022 + + + + + Gets ForgeDM hub id where the model locates. It is cached in session. + + + It is empty for non-cloud model; + It is cached in Revit model opened session after getting it; + + + Thrown when cannot get data from ForgeDM for Revit cloud model. + + + 2022 + + + + + A ForgeDM Urn identifying the model. + + + It is empty for non-cloud model; + It is cached in Revit model opened session after getting it; + + + Thrown when cannot get data from ForgeDM. + + + 2022 + + + + + Gets the cloud model path of the cloud model. + + + The cloud model path + + + This Document is a not cloud model, cannot execute this operation. + + + 2019.1 + + + + + Gets the central model path of the worksharing model. + + + The central model path, or null if the document is not workshared. + + + This Document is not a workshared document. + + + 2013 + + + + + Export the model in gbXML (green-building) format. + + + This export operation will operate on the main EnergyAnalysisDetailModel in the document, if it exists (see EnergyAnalysisDetailModel.GetMainEnergyAnalysisDetailModel()). + If it does not exist, or if the requested ExportEnergyModelType does not match the type of the main EnergyAnalysisDetailModel, this function will fail. + If you need to export a model with different settings or type than the current main energy model in the document, you should delete the current main energy model, update the EnergyAnalysisSettings, and regenerate the energy model. + + + Indicates the path of a folder where to export the gbXML file. + + + Indicates the name of the gbXML file to export. If it doesn't end with ".xml", extension ".xml" will be added automatically. The name cannot contain any of the following characters: \/:*?"<>|. Empty name is not acceptable. + + + Options which control the contents of the export. + + + True if successful, otherwise False. + + + The path is not valid for exporting gbXML files. + -or- + The name is empty or not valid for exporting gbXML files. + -or- + Analysis type is invalid. For AnalysisMode.ConceptualMasses, use Document.Export(String, String, MassGBXMLExportOptions). + -or- + There is no main EnergyAnalysisDetailModel in the document, or the current main EnergyAnalysisDetailModel is not compatible with the option set in the GBXMLExportOptions. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Exporting is not allowed in the current application mode. + -or- + Export is temporarily disabled. + + + + + Returns list of failure messages generated from persistent (reviewable) warnings accumulated in the document. + + + Function returns list of failure messages identical to the list displayed in a warning dialog when command + Manage tab->Inquiry pane->Review Warnings is issued through the UI. Operations performed on the returned list by the caller + do not impact information about warnings stored in the document. + + + List of failure messages representing warnings accumulated in the document. + + + 2018 + + + + + Posts a failure to be displayed to the user at the end of transaction. + + + If code inside transaction detects a problem that needs to be communicated to the user, + it should report these conditions via this method. Failures will be validated and possibly + resolved at the end of transaction. + Warnings posted via this method will not be stored in the document after they are resolved. + A unique key returned by postFailure can be stored for the lifetime of transaction and used to + remove failure message if it is no longer relevant. + + + The failure to be posted. + + + A unique key that identifies posted failure message in a document. If exactly the same error is posted more than once, + and not removed between the postings, returned key will be the same every time. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Document must be in state of accepting posted failures and the failures must be appropriate + for that current state. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2011 + + + + + + + + + Deletes the posted failure message associated with a given FailureMessageKey. + + + If code that previously has posted a failure is executed again or otherwise detects + that failure conditions do not exist anymore and the failure is not longer relevant, + it should delete a failure message in order to let transaction to be committed. + In order to delete the failure, it should invoke this method with a message key + that was returned when the failure was posted. + + + The key of the FailureMessage to be deleted. + + + messageKey is invalid + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2011 + + + + + Creates an image view from the currently active view. + + + The options which govern the image creation. + + + Id of the newly created view if the operation succeeded, invalid element id otherwise. + + + options object is invalid: the ExportRange is invalid, must be CurrentView or VisibleRegionOfCurrentView, or the ViewName is invalid, must be non-empty, unique and should not contain prohibited characters. + -or- + The current view cannot be exported as an image + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Imports an AXM file into the document. + + + Full path of the file to import. File must exist and must be a valid AXM file. + + + Various import options applicable to the AXM format. If , all options will be set to their respective default values. + Import FormIt support Preserve color mode, center-to-center and origin-to-origin placement, other options are not supported. + Import FormIt does not support orient to view and this view only option. + + + View used to aid placement of the imported file. If the options specify center-to-center placement, this argument is required and the imported + file will be placed in the center of the specified view. Otherwise, this view is used to obtain a base level to associate with the imported + file. If not specified, an existing view will be chosen instead and may open a view or associate the imported file to an arbitrary level. + + + Returns the element Id of the imported instance. + + + Not a valid file for AXM import (.axm files are valid). + -or- + The provided view is not valid for the options provided. + -or- + Visible layer only option is not false or layers are specified in SetLayerSelection. + -or- + Import levels is only supported in project document or conceptual mass document for AXM import. + -or- + Not all AXM import option settings are valid. For more details, please refer to AXMImportOptions. + -or- + The scale is not valid as a CustomScale for use during import. + -or- + NullOrEmpty + -or- + The view is not printable. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The given file does not exist. + + + Import is temporarily disabled. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + The AXM Import/Link module is not available in the installed Revit. + + + 2022.1 + + + + + Links Markups in a DWF file into the project document. + + + Link isn't supported for family documents. Please use import instead. + + + Full path of the file to link. File must exist and must be a valid DWF file. + + + Various link options applicable to the DWF format. + + + A collection of link instance element ids created by the markup link. + + + Not a valid file for DWF import (.dwf or.dwfx files are valid). + -or- + Some of the views are not importable. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The given file does not exist. + + + Import is temporarily disabled. + -or- + This Document is not a project document. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2014 + + + + + Links a DGN file into the project document. + + + Link isn't supported for family documents. Please use import instead. + + + Full path of the file to link. File must exist and must be a valid DGN file. + + + Various import options applicable to the DGN format. If , all options will be set to their respective default values. + + + View used to aid placement of the linked file. If the options specify ThisViewOnly, this argument is required and the linked file + will only be visible in the specified view. If the options specify center-to-center placement, this argument is required and the linked + file will be placed in the center of the specified view. Otherwise, this view is used to obtain a base level to associate with the linked + file. If not specified, an existing view will be chosen instead and may open a view or associate the linked file to an arbitrary level. + + + The id of linked instance after a successful link. + + + True if successful, otherwise False. + + + Not a valid file for DGN import (.dgn files are valid). + -or- + ThisViewOnly cannot be true when importing a DWG|DGN drawing into a 3D view. + -or- + The provided view is not valid for the options provided. + -or- + One or more strings describing layer selection is invalid or empty. + -or- + The scale is not valid as a CustomScale for use during import. + -or- + NullOrEmpty + -or- + The view is not printable. + -or- + Empty DGN model view name characters. + -or- + Visible layer only option must be set to false for DGN import. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The given file does not exist. + + + Import is temporarily disabled. + -or- + This Document is not a project document. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + The DGN Import/Link module is not available in the installed Revit. + + + 2013 + + + + + Imports a DGN file to the document. + + + Full path of the file to import. File must exist and must be a valid DGN file. + + + Various options applicable to the DGN format. If , all options will be set to their respective default values. + + + View used to aid placement of the imported file. If the options specify ThisViewOnly, this argument is required and the imported file + will only be visible in the specified view. If the options specify center-to-center placement, this argument is required and the imported + file will be placed in the center of the specified view. Otherwise, this view is used to obtain a base level to associate with the imported + file. If not specified, an existing view will be chosen instead and may open a view or associate the imported file to an arbitrary level. + + + The id of imported instance after a successful import. + + + True if successful, otherwise False. + + + Not a valid file for DGN import (.dgn files are valid). + -or- + ThisViewOnly cannot be true when importing a DWG|DGN drawing into a 3D view. + -or- + The provided view is not valid for the options provided. + -or- + One or more strings describing layer selection is invalid or empty. + -or- + The scale is not valid as a CustomScale for use during import. + -or- + NullOrEmpty + -or- + The view is not printable. + -or- + Empty DGN model view name characters. + -or- + Visible layer only option must be set to false for DGN import. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The given file does not exist. + + + Import is temporarily disabled. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + The DGN Import/Link module is not available in the installed Revit. + + + 2013 + + + + + Links a 3DM file into the project document. + + + Link isn't supported for family documents. Please use import instead. + + + Full path of the file to link. File must exist and must be a valid 3DM file. + + + Various import options applicable to the 3DM format. If , all options will be set to their respective default values. + + + View used to aid placement of the linked file. If the options specify ThisViewOnly, this argument is required and the linked file + will only be visible in the specified view. If the options specify center-to-center placement, this argument is required and the linked + file will be placed in the center of the specified view. Otherwise, this view is used to obtain a base level to associate with the linked + file. If not specified, an existing view will be chosen instead and may open a view or associate the linked file to an arbitrary level. + + + Returns the element Id of the linked instance. + + + Not a valid file for 3DM import (.3dm files are valid). + -or- + ThisViewOnly cannot be true when importing a DWG|DGN drawing into a 3D view. + -or- + The provided view is not valid for the options provided. + -or- + One or more strings describing layer selection is invalid or empty. + -or- + The scale is not valid as a CustomScale for use during import. + -or- + NullOrEmpty + -or- + The view is not printable. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The given file does not exist. + + + Import is temporarily disabled. + -or- + This Document is not a project document. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + The 3DM Import/Link module is not available in the installed Revit. + + + 2022 + + + + + Imports a 3DM file into the document. + + + Full path of the file to import. File must exist and must be a valid 3DM file. + + + Various import options applicable to the 3DM format. If , all options will be set to their respective default values. + + + View used to aid placement of the imported file. If the options specify ThisViewOnly, this argument is required and the imported file + will only be visible in the specified view. If the options specify center-to-center placement, this argument is required and the imported + file will be placed in the center of the specified view. Otherwise, this view is used to obtain a base level to associate with the imported + file. If not specified, an existing view will be chosen instead and may open a view or associate the imported file to an arbitrary level. + + + Returns the element Id of the imported instance. + + + Not a valid file for 3DM import (.3dm files are valid). + -or- + ThisViewOnly cannot be true when importing a DWG|DGN drawing into a 3D view. + -or- + The provided view is not valid for the options provided. + -or- + One or more strings describing layer selection is invalid or empty. + -or- + The scale is not valid as a CustomScale for use during import. + -or- + NullOrEmpty + -or- + The view is not printable. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The given file does not exist. + + + Import is temporarily disabled. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + The 3DM Import/Link module is not available in the installed Revit. + + + 2022 + + + + + Links an STL file into the project document. + + + Link isn't supported for family documents. Please use import instead. + + + Full path of the file to link. File must exist and must be a valid STL file. + + + Various import options applicable to the STL format. If , all options will be set to their respective default values. + + + View used to aid placement of the linked file. If the options specify ThisViewOnly, this argument is required and the linked file + will only be visible in the specified view. If the options specify center-to-center placement, this argument is required and the linked + file will be placed in the center of the specified view. Otherwise, this view is used to obtain a base level to associate with the linked + file. If not specified, an existing view will be chosen instead and may open a view or associate the linked file to an arbitrary level. + + + Returns the element Id of the linked instance. + + + Not a valid file for STL import (.stl files are valid). + -or- + ThisViewOnly cannot be true when importing a DWG|DGN drawing into a 3D view. + -or- + The provided view is not valid for the options provided. + -or- + One or more strings describing layer selection is invalid or empty. + -or- + The scale is not valid as a CustomScale for use during import. + -or- + NullOrEmpty + -or- + The view is not printable. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The given file does not exist. + + + Import is temporarily disabled. + -or- + This Document is not a project document. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + The STL Import/Link module is not available in the installed Revit. + + + 2023 + + + + + Imports an STL file into the document. + + + Full path of the file to import. File must exist and must be a valid STL file. + + + Various import options applicable to the STL format. If , all options will be set to their respective default values. + + + View used to aid placement of the imported file. If the options specify ThisViewOnly, this argument is required and the imported file + will only be visible in the specified view. If the options specify center-to-center placement, this argument is required and the imported + file will be placed in the center of the specified view. Otherwise, this view is used to obtain a base level to associate with the imported + file. If not specified, an existing view will be chosen instead and may open a view or associate the imported file to an arbitrary level. + + + Returns the element Id of the imported instance. + + + Not a valid file for STL import (.stl files are valid). + -or- + ThisViewOnly cannot be true when importing a DWG|DGN drawing into a 3D view. + -or- + The provided view is not valid for the options provided. + -or- + One or more strings describing layer selection is invalid or empty. + -or- + The scale is not valid as a CustomScale for use during import. + -or- + NullOrEmpty + -or- + The view is not printable. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The given file does not exist. + + + Import is temporarily disabled. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + The STL Import/Link module is not available in the installed Revit. + + + 2022.1 + + + + + Links an OBJ file into the project document. + + + Link isn't supported for family documents. Please use import instead. + + + Full path of the file to link. File must exist and must be a valid OBJ file. + + + Various import options applicable to the OBJ format. If , all options will be set to their respective default values. + + + View used to aid placement of the linked file. If the options specify ThisViewOnly, this argument is required and the linked file + will only be visible in the specified view. If the options specify center-to-center placement, this argument is required and the linked + file will be placed in the center of the specified view. Otherwise, this view is used to obtain a base level to associate with the linked + file. If not specified, an existing view will be chosen instead and may open a view or associate the linked file to an arbitrary level. + + + Returns the element Id of the linked instance. + + + Not a valid file for OBJ import (.obj files are valid). + -or- + ThisViewOnly cannot be true when importing a DWG|DGN drawing into a 3D view. + -or- + The provided view is not valid for the options provided. + -or- + One or more strings describing layer selection is invalid or empty. + -or- + The scale is not valid as a CustomScale for use during import. + -or- + NullOrEmpty + -or- + The view is not printable. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The given file does not exist. + + + Import is temporarily disabled. + -or- + This Document is not a project document. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + The OBJ Import/Link module is not available in the installed Revit. + + + 2023 + + + + + Imports an OBJ file into the document. + + + Full path of the file to import. File must exist and must be a valid OBJ file. + + + Various import options applicable to the OBJ format. If , all options will be set to their respective default values. + + + View used to aid placement of the imported file. If the options specify ThisViewOnly, this argument is required and the imported file + will only be visible in the specified view. If the options specify center-to-center placement, this argument is required and the imported + file will be placed in the center of the specified view. Otherwise, this view is used to obtain a base level to associate with the imported + file. If not specified, an existing view will be chosen instead and may open a view or associate the imported file to an arbitrary level. + + + Returns the element Id of the imported instance. + + + Not a valid file for OBJ import (.obj files are valid). + -or- + ThisViewOnly cannot be true when importing a DWG|DGN drawing into a 3D view. + -or- + The provided view is not valid for the options provided. + -or- + One or more strings describing layer selection is invalid or empty. + -or- + The scale is not valid as a CustomScale for use during import. + -or- + NullOrEmpty + -or- + The view is not printable. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The given file does not exist. + + + Import is temporarily disabled. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + The OBJ Import/Link module is not available in the installed Revit. + + + 2022.1 + + + + + Links a SKP file into the project document. + + + Link isn't supported for family documents. Please use import instead. + + + Full path of the file to link. File must exist and must be a valid SKP file. + + + Various import options applicable to the SKP format. If , all options will be set to their respective default values. + + + View used to aid placement of the linked file. If the options specify ThisViewOnly, this argument is required and the linked file + will only be visible in the specified view. If the options specify center-to-center placement, this argument is required and the linked + file will be placed in the center of the specified view. Otherwise, this view is used to obtain a base level to associate with the linked + file. If not specified, an existing view will be chosen instead and may open a view or associate the linked file to an arbitrary level. + + + Returns the element Id of the linked instance. + + + Not a valid file for SKP import (.skp files are valid). + -or- + ThisViewOnly cannot be true when importing a DWG|DGN drawing into a 3D view. + -or- + The provided view is not valid for the options provided. + -or- + One or more strings describing layer selection is invalid or empty. + -or- + The scale is not valid as a CustomScale for use during import. + -or- + NullOrEmpty + -or- + The view is not printable. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The given file does not exist. + + + Import is temporarily disabled. + -or- + This Document is not a project document. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + The SKP Import/Link module is not available in the installed Revit. + + + 2014 + + + + + Imports a SKP file into the document. + + + Full path of the file to import. File must exist and must be a valid SKP file. + + + Various import options applicable to the SKP format. If , all options will be set to their respective default values. + + + View used to aid placement of the imported file. If the options specify ThisViewOnly, this argument is required and the imported file + will only be visible in the specified view. If the options specify center-to-center placement, this argument is required and the imported + file will be placed in the center of the specified view. Otherwise, this view is used to obtain a base level to associate with the imported + file. If not specified, an existing view will be chosen instead and may open a view or associate the imported file to an arbitrary level. + + + Returns the element Id of the imported instance. + + + Not a valid file for SKP import (.skp files are valid). + -or- + ThisViewOnly cannot be true when importing a DWG|DGN drawing into a 3D view. + -or- + The provided view is not valid for the options provided. + -or- + One or more strings describing layer selection is invalid or empty. + -or- + The scale is not valid as a CustomScale for use during import. + -or- + NullOrEmpty + -or- + The view is not printable. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The given file does not exist. + + + Import is temporarily disabled. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + The SKP Import/Link module is not available in the installed Revit. + + + 2014 + + + + + Links an SAT file into the project document. + + + Link isn't supported for family documents. Please use import instead. + + + Full path of the file to link. File must exist and must be a valid SAT file. + + + Various import options applicable to the SAT format. If , all options will be set to their respective default values. + + + View used to aid placement of the linked file. If the options specify ThisViewOnly, this argument is required and the linked file + will only be visible in the specified view. If the options specify center-to-center placement, this argument is required and the linked + file will be placed in the center of the specified view. Otherwise, this view is used to obtain a base level to associate with the linked + file. If not specified, an existing view will be chosen instead and may open a view or associate the linked file to an arbitrary level. + + + Returns the element Id of the linked instance. + + + Not a valid file for SAT import (.sat files are valid). + -or- + ThisViewOnly cannot be true when importing a DWG|DGN drawing into a 3D view. + -or- + The provided view is not valid for the options provided. + -or- + One or more strings describing layer selection is invalid or empty. + -or- + The scale is not valid as a CustomScale for use during import. + -or- + NullOrEmpty + -or- + The view is not printable. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The given file does not exist. + + + Import is temporarily disabled. + -or- + This Document is not a project document. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + The SAT Import/Link module is not available in the installed Revit. + + + 2014 + + + + + Imports an SAT file into the document. + + + Full path of the file to import. File must exist and must be a valid SAT file. + + + Various import options applicable to the SAT format. If , all options will be set to their respective default values. + + + View used to aid placement of the imported file. If the options specify ThisViewOnly, this argument is required and the imported file + will only be visible in the specified view. If the options specify center-to-center placement, this argument is required and the imported + file will be placed in the center of the specified view. Otherwise, this view is used to obtain a base level to associate with the imported + file. If not specified, an existing view will be chosen instead and may open a view or associate the imported file to an arbitrary level. + + + Returns the element Id of the imported instance. + + + Not a valid file for SAT import (.sat files are valid). + -or- + ThisViewOnly cannot be true when importing a DWG|DGN drawing into a 3D view. + -or- + The provided view is not valid for the options provided. + -or- + One or more strings describing layer selection is invalid or empty. + -or- + The scale is not valid as a CustomScale for use during import. + -or- + NullOrEmpty + -or- + The view is not printable. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The given file does not exist. + + + Import is temporarily disabled. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + The SAT Import/Link module is not available in the installed Revit. + + + 2014 + + + + + Links a DWG or DXF file into the project document. + + + Link isn't supported for family documents. Please use import instead. + + + Full path of the file to link. File must exist and must be a valid DWG or DXF file. + + + Various import options applicable to the DWG or DXF format. If , all options will be set to their respective default values. + + + View used to aid placement of the linked file. If the options specify ThisViewOnly, this argument is required and the linked file + will only be visible in the specified view. If the options specify center-to-center placement, this argument is required and the linked + file will be placed in the center of the specified view. Otherwise, this view is used to obtain a base level to associate with the linked + file. If not specified, an existing view will be chosen instead and may open a view or associate the linked file to an arbitrary level. + + + The id of linked instance after a successful link. + + + True if successful, otherwise False. + + + Not a valid file for DWG import (.dwg and .dxf files are valid). + -or- + ThisViewOnly cannot be true when importing a DWG|DGN drawing into a 3D view. + -or- + The provided view is not valid for the options provided. + -or- + One or more strings describing layer selection is invalid or empty. + -or- + The line weights are not valid; either it contains an invalid number of line weights, or a line weight outside the valid range. + -or- + The scale is not valid as a CustomScale for use during import. + -or- + NullOrEmpty + -or- + The view is not printable. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The given file does not exist. + + + Import is temporarily disabled. + -or- + This Document is not a project document. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + The DWG Import/Link module is not available in the installed Revit. + + + + + Imports a DWG or DXF file to the document. + + + Full path of the file to import. File must exist and must be a valid DWG or DXF file. + + + Various options applicable to the DWG or DXF format. If , all options will be set to their respective default values. + + + View used to aid placement of the imported file. If the options specify ThisViewOnly, this argument is required and the imported file + will only be visible in the specified view. If the options specify center-to-center placement, this argument is required and the imported + file will be placed in the center of the specified view. Otherwise, this view is used to obtain a base level to associate with the imported + file. If not specified, an existing view will be chosen instead and may open a view or associate the imported file to an arbitrary level. + + + The id of imported instance after a successful import. + + + True if successful, otherwise False. + + + Not a valid file for DWG import (.dwg and .dxf files are valid). + -or- + ThisViewOnly cannot be true when importing a DWG|DGN drawing into a 3D view. + -or- + The provided view is not valid for the options provided. + -or- + One or more strings describing layer selection is invalid or empty. + -or- + The line weights are not valid; either it contains an invalid number of line weights, or a line weight outside the valid range. + -or- + The scale is not valid as a CustomScale for use during import. + -or- + NullOrEmpty + -or- + The view is not printable. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The given file does not exist. + + + Import is temporarily disabled. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + The DWG Import/Link module is not available in the installed Revit. + + + + + Exports a selection of views in PDF format. + + + Output folder, into which file(s) will be exported. The folder must exist. + + + Selection of ordered views to be exported. + The list must contain at least one valid view. + + + Various options applicable to the PDF format. + + + True if all specified views are exported successfully, + False if exporting of any view fails, even if some views might have been exported successfully. + + + non empty list of views must be provided. + -or- + NullOrEmpty + -or- + There are duplicate views in viewIds + -or- + some of the views are not printable (exportable). + -or- + Thrown when one or more input arguments are invalid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Thrown when the target PDF file is inaccessible, e.g. already opened. + + + Export is temporarily disabled. + -or- + Exporting is not allowed in the current application mode. + + + The folder does not exist. + + + 2022 + + + + + Exports a Revit project to the Navisworks .nwc format. + + + This is an optional functionality that does not have to be installed. The method "OptionalFunctionalityUtils.isNavisworksExporterAvailable()" can be called to check if the exporter is present. + + + The name of the folder for the exported file. + + + The name of the exported file. If it doesn't end in '.nwc', this extension will be added automatically. + + + Options which control the contents of the export. + + + NullOrEmpty + -or- + Contains invalid characters. + -or- + The input options were not valid. Check the exception message for specific details. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Export is temporarily disabled. + -or- + Exporting is not allowed in the current application mode. + + + The folder does not exist. + + + The export operation is cancelled in event handler. + + + A Navisworks Exporter is not available in the installed Revit. + + + 2014 + + + + + Exports a view specified in the export options to the OBJ format. + + + Output folder into which the file will be exported. The folder must exist. + + + Indicates the name of the OBJ file to export. If it doesn't end with ".obj", this extension will be added automatically. + The name cannot contain any of the following characters: \/:*?"<>|. Empty name is not acceptable. + + + Various options applicable to the OBJ format. + + + True if successful, otherwise False. + + + NullOrEmpty + -or- + Contains invalid characters. + -or- + The provided options do not specify a printable 3D view. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This method may not be called during dynamic update. + + + Export is temporarily disabled. + -or- + Exporting is not allowed in the current application mode. + + + The folder does not exist. + + + The ShapeExporter functionality is not available in the installed Revit, or the Material Library is missing. + + + 2023 + + + + + Exports a view specified in the export options to the STL format. + + + Output folder into which the file will be exported. The folder must exist. + + + Indicates the name of the STL file to export. If it doesn't end with ".stl", this extension will be added automatically. + The name cannot contain any of the following characters: \/:*?"<>|. Empty name is not acceptable. + + + Various options applicable to the STL format. + + + True if successful, otherwise False. + + + NullOrEmpty + -or- + Contains invalid characters. + -or- + The provided options do not specify a printable 3D view. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This method may not be called during dynamic update. + + + Export is temporarily disabled. + -or- + Exporting is not allowed in the current application mode. + + + The folder does not exist. + + + The ShapeExporter functionality is not available in the installed Revit, or the Material Library is missing. + + + 2021.1 + + + + + Exports the document to the Industry Standard Classes (IFC) format. + + + Exporting to IFC requires that document is modifiable, therefore there must be a transaction already open when this method is called. + This method may not be invoked during dynamic update, for the internal routine might need to modify the existing transaction. + + Output folder into which the file will be exported. The folder must exist. + + + Either the name of a single file or a prefix for a set of files. + If empty, automatic naming will be used. + + + Various options applicable to the IFC format. + If , all options will be set to their respective default values. + + + True if successful, otherwise False. + + + NullOrEmpty + -or- + Contains invalid characters. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The IFCExportOptions FamilyMappingFile does not exist. + + + This method may not be called during dynamic update. + + + Export is temporarily disabled. + -or- + Exporting is not allowed in the current application mode. + -or- + This Document is not a project document. + + + The folder does not exist. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + The IFC module is not available in the installed Revit. + + + + + Exports the current view or a selection of views in SAT format. + + + All the views must be 3D views for the Export to succeed. + + + Output folder, into which file(s) will be exported. The folder must exist. + + + Either the name of a single file or a prefix for a set of files. + If empty, automatic naming will be used. + + + Selection of views to be exported. The set must contain at least one valid view. + + + Various options applicable to the SAT format.For now, this option is empty. + If , all options will be set to their respective default values. + + + True if successful, otherwise False. + + + NullOrEmpty + -or- + Contains invalid characters. + -or- + non empty list of views must be provided. + -or- + At least one provided viewId does not correspond to a printable 3D view. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Thrown when the directory does not exist. + + + This method may not be called during dynamic update. + + + Export is temporarily disabled. + -or- + Exporting is not allowed in the current application mode. + + + The folder does not exist. + + + The ShapeExporter functionality is not available in the installed Revit, or the Material Library is missing. + + + 2014 + + + + + Exports a selection of views in DGN format. + + + All the views must be printable for the Export to succeed. + It can be assured by checking the CanBePrinted property of each view. + + + Output folder, into which file(s) will be exported. The folder must exist. + + + Either the name of a single file or a prefix for a set of files. + If empty, automatic naming will be used. + If , throw ArgumentException. + + + Selection of views to be exported. The set must contain at least one valid view. + + + Various options applicable to the DGN format. + If , all options will be set to their respective default values. + + + True if successful, otherwise False. + + + NullOrEmpty + -or- + Contains invalid characters. + -or- + non empty list of views must be provided. + -or- + some of the views are not printable (exportable). + -or- + Thrown when the options in DGNExportOptions is invalid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Thrown when the directory does not exist. + + + Export is temporarily disabled. + -or- + Exporting is not allowed in the current application mode. + + + The folder does not exist. + + + The DWG module is not available in the installed Revit. + -or- + The Graphics module is not available in the installed Revit. + + + + + + + + + Exports a selection of views in DXF format. + + + All the views must be printable for the Export to succeed. + It can be assured by checking the CanBePrinted property of each view. + + + Output folder, into which file(s) will be exported. The folder must exist. + + + Either the name of a single file or a prefix for a set of files. + If empty, automatic naming will be used. + + + Selection of views to be exported. The set must contain at least one valid view. + + + Various options applicable to the DXF format. + If , all options will be set to their respective default values. + + + True if successful, otherwise False. + + + NullOrEmpty + -or- + Contains invalid characters. + -or- + non empty list of views must be provided. + -or- + some of the views are not printable (exportable). + -or- + Thrown when the options in DWGExportOptions is invalid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Thrown when the directory does not exist. + + + Export is temporarily disabled. + -or- + Exporting is not allowed in the current application mode. + + + The folder does not exist. + + + The DXF module is not available in the installed Revit. + -or- + The Graphics module is not available in the installed Revit. + + + + + Exports a selection of views in DWG format. + + + All the views must be printable for the Export to succeed. + It can be assured by checking the CanBePrinted property of each view. + + + Output folder, into which file(s) will be exported. The folder must exist. + + + Either the name of a single file or a prefix for a set of files. + If empty, automatic naming will be used. + If , throw ArgumentException. + + + Selection of views to be exported. The set must contain at least one valid view. + + + Various options applicable to the DWG format. + If , all options will be set to their respective default values. + + + True if successful, otherwise False. + + + NullOrEmpty + -or- + Contains invalid characters. + -or- + non empty list of views must be provided. + -or- + some of the views are not printable (exportable). + -or- + The modifiers set in layer info must be valid. + -or- + Thrown when the options in DWGExportOptions is invalid. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Thrown when the directory does not exist. + + + Export is temporarily disabled. + -or- + Exporting is not allowed in the current application mode. + + + The folder does not exist. + + + The DWG module is not available in the installed Revit. + -or- + The Graphics module is not available in the installed Revit. + + + + + + + + + Exports a view or set of views into an image file. + + + The options which govern the image export. + + + The current view cannot be exported as an image + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The path indicated could not be accessed. + + + The path indicated could not be found. + + + Exporting is not allowed in the current application mode. + -or- + Failed to export image due to an error with the inputs. + -or- + Failed to export image due to an issue where the DirectX Device was lost. + + + The Graphics module is not available in the installed Revit. + + + 2011 + + + + + Enables cloud worksharing for a cloud model + + + This operation will convert an existing cloud model to a workshared cloud model. + This method cannot be used if current model is not a cloud model. + This method cannot be used if the current user doesn't have the workshared cloud model entitlement. + + + Access to the cloud model was denied due to lack of access privileges. + -or- + Access to the central model was denied. A possible reason is because the model was under maintenance. + + + The central model is locked by another client. + + + The model in cloud is missing. + -or- + The model in cloud is incompatible. + -or- + The model in cloud is corrupt or not an RVT file. + -or- + The model in cloud was rolled back. + -or- + An internal error happened on the model in cloud , please contact the administrator. + + + Cannot access the local cache. + + + This Document is not a primary document, it is a linked document. + -or- + This Document is read-only: It cannot be modified. + -or- + This Document has an open editing transaction and is accepting changes. + -or- + This Document is not a project document. + -or- + This Document is in an edit mode. + -or- + Saving is not allowed in the current application mode. + -or- + This Document does not have a central location: Worksharing needs to be enabled and central model saved. + -or- + The file is read-only, can not be saved. + -or- + The cloud model does not allow cloud worksharing to be enabled. + -or- + Operation is not permitted when there is any open sub-transaction, transaction, or transaction group. + + + Could be for any of the reasons related to network. + + + Could be for any of the reasons that conversion fails with RevitServerInternalException. + + + User is not signed in with Autodesk id. + + + You do not have workshared cloud model entitlement to access this resource in cloud + -or- + User is not authorized to access the specified cloud project. + + + 2019.2 + + + + + Saves current non-workshared or workshared model as a cloud model or workshared cloud model in BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs. + + + Assumes that user is currently signed in BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs and has access to Autodesk cloud services. + This operation will create a model on cloud and then create a local cache of the cloud model. + This method cannot be used when current document is already in cloud. + You can use one of the following methods to save a local model as a workshared cloud model in BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs. + If the local model is a workshared model, then it will be a workshared cloud model after you use this method successfully. If the local model is a non-workshared model, you can enable the workset with and then save as a workshared cloud model. If the local model is a non-workshared model, and you have already saved it as a non-workshared cloud model in BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs, you can still enable the workset with + to convert it to a workshared cloud model. + You cannot save a local workshared model as a non-workshared cloud model in BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs. + + + The BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs account Id. + You can use one of the following methods to get this Id: + If you get the hub Id with Forge Data Management API, remove the prefix "b." of the Id string and convert the rest to a Guid. If you get the account Id with Forge BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs API, just convert the Id string to a Guid. + + The BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs project Id. + You can use one of the following methods to get this Id: + If you get the project Id with Forge Data Management API, remove the prefix "b." of the Id string and convert the rest to a Guid. If you get the project Id with Forge BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs API, just convert the Id string to a Guid. + + Folder identity in BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs to save the model. + You can use one of the following methods to get this Id: + The folder Id string from Forge Data Management API. The folder Id string from Forge BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs API. + + Model name in BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs to save the model. + + + folderId is an empty string. + -or- + modelName is an empty string. + -or- + The input file name "modelName" does not represent a valid file name. + -or- + Thrown when the input BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs account Id or project Id is invalid or unmatched. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + SaveAs may not be called during dynamic update. + + + Saving is not allowed in the current application mode. + -or- + This Document is not a project document. + -or- + This Document is in an edit mode. + -or- + This Document is not a primary document, it is a linked document. + -or- + SaveAs is temporarily disabled. + -or- + This Document is a cloud model, cannot be saved as a cloud model. + -or- + There is a transaction phase left open (such as a transaction, sub-transaction of transaction group) at the time of invoking this method. + + + Could be for any of the reasons related to network. + + + Could be for any of the reasons that saveAs fails with RevitServerInternalException. + + + Failed due to there is a model with the same name already exists at the specified location. + + + Failed due to the model name is breaking project naming convention. + + + User is not signed in with Autodesk id. + + + You don't have the entitlement to perform the operation to this this Document. + -or- + User is not authorized to access the specified cloud project. + + + 2021 + + + + + Saves cloud model. + + + Could be for any of the reasons that related to access to the cloud model. + + + The central model is locked by another client. + + + Could be for any of the reasons that fails with CentralModelException, for example, a central model with that name + is already associated to the specified cloud project. + + + Cannot access the local file. + + + This Document is not a primary document, it is a linked document. + -or- + This Document is read-only: It cannot be modified. + -or- + This Document has an open editing transaction and is accepting changes. + -or- + This Document is not a project document. + -or- + This Document is in an edit mode. + -or- + Saving is not allowed in the current application mode. + -or- + This Document does not have a central location: Worksharing needs to be enabled and central model saved. + -or- + The file is read-only, can not be saved. + -or- + This Document is a not cloud model, cannot execute this operation. + -or- + This Document is a workshared document. + -or- + Operation is not permitted when there is any open sub-transaction, transaction, or transaction group. + + + Synchronize With Central was canceled by the user or by an API event callback. + + + Could be for any of the reasons related to network. + + + Could be for any of the reasons that save fails with RevitServerInternalException. + + + User is not signed in with Autodesk id. + + + User is not authorized to access the specified cloud project. + + + 2019.2 + + + + + Saves the document to a given path. + + +

    This method may not be called unless all transactions, sub-transactions, and transaction groups + that were opened by the API code were closed. + That also implies that this method cannot be called during dynamic updates. + Event handlers are not allowed to save document that are currently in modifiable state.

    +

    If options.rename is true, then the document's title in Revit's title bar + will be updated automatically to reflect the file's new name.

    +
    + + Name and path to be saved as. For a file path, either a relative or absolute path can be provided. + + + Options to govern the SaveAs operation. + + + The path is empty. + -or- + The specified filepath is invalid. + -or- + options.PreviewViewId is not valid for generation of a preview. + -or- + The document is not workshared, + so no WorksharingSaveAsOptions are allowed to be set for SaveAs. + -or- + The document just had worksharing enabled or was opened detached, + so WorksharingSaveAsOptions.SaveAsCentral must be set to true for SaveAs. + -or- + Revit cannot clear the transmitted flag. This is not a transmitted document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Access to the central model was denied. A possible reason is because the model was under maintenance. + + + The central model is being accessed by another client. + + + The central model is overwritten by other user. + -or- + The central model is missing. + -or- + The central model is incompatible. + -or- + Your data or permissions saving is aborted by another user. + -or- + The central model was saved in a different version of Revit. + -or- + Revit encountered errors while saving to the new central model. Resave again as a new central model. + -or- + Incompatible servers for external services. + -or- + Overwrite old-version model is not supported for server-based. + -or- + An internal error happened on the central model, please contact the server administrator. + -or- + Username does not match the one used to create the local file. + -or- + Revit could not save all of the worksets that have been changed. Try again. + + + The file at the given path location could not be accessed or saved. + + + The given file, path or network location could not be found during save. + + + SaveAs may not be called during dynamic update. + + + This computer does not have enough memory, disk space, or other necessary resource to save the model. + + + This Document is not a primary document, it is a linked document. + -or- + SaveAs is temporarily disabled. + -or- + options.overwriteExistingFile is 'false' but there is an existing file at path. + -or- + options.overwriteExistingFile is 'true' but the target file at path is read only. + -or- + There is already a central at path; Revit Server does not allow overwrite. + -or- + Revit Server only supports RVT model. + -or- + Saving is not allowed in the current application mode. + -or- + Operation is not permitted when there is any open sub-transaction, transaction, or transaction group. + -or- + Saving failed. + -or- + The file path is invalid. + + + Saving was canceled by the user or by an API event callback. + + + Other users have modified the central model while you had it opened. Resave your document as a local file and then synchronize with central again. + + + The server-based central model could not be accessed + because of a network communication error. + + + The disk space is running low on server, please contact the server administrator. + -or- + An internal error happened on the server, please contact the server administrator. + + + 2014 + +
    + + + Saves the document to a given file path. + + +

    This method may not be called unless all transactions, sub-transactions, and transaction groups + that were opened by the API code were closed. + That also implies that this method cannot be called during dynamic updates. + Event handlers are not allowed to save document that are currently in modifiable state.

    +

    If options.rename is true, then the document's title in Revit's title bar + will be updated automatically to reflect the file's new name.

    +
    + + File name and path to be saved as. Either a relative or absolute path can be provided. + + + Options to govern the SaveAs operation. + + + filepath is an empty string. + -or- + The specified filepath is invalid. + -or- + options.PreviewViewId is not valid for generation of a preview. + -or- + The document is not workshared, + so no WorksharingSaveAsOptions are allowed to be set for SaveAs. + -or- + The document just had worksharing enabled or was opened detached, + so WorksharingSaveAsOptions.SaveAsCentral must be set to true for SaveAs. + -or- + Revit cannot clear the transmitted flag. This is not a transmitted document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Central model is missing. + -or- + Central model is incompatible. + -or- + The central model was saved in a different version of Revit. + -or- + Revit encountered errors while saving to the new central model. Resave again as a new central model. + -or- + Incompatible servers for external services. + -or- + Username does not match the one used to create the local file. + -or- + Revit could not save all of the worksets that have been changed. Try again. + + + The file at the given path location could not be accessed or saved. + + + The given file, path or network location could not be found during save. + + + SaveAs may not be called during dynamic update. + + + This computer does not have enough memory, disk space, or other necessary resource to save the model. + + + This Document is not a primary document, it is a linked document. + -or- + SaveAs is temporarily disabled. + -or- + options.overwriteExistingFile is 'false' but there is an existing file at filepath. + -or- + options.overwriteExistingFile is 'true' but the target file at filepath is read only. + -or- + Saving is not allowed in the current application mode. + -or- + Operation is not permitted when there is any open sub-transaction, transaction, or transaction group. + -or- + Revit cannot clear the transmitted flag. This is not a transmitted document. + -or- + Saving failed. + + + Saving was canceled by the user or by an API event callback. + + + Other users have modified the central model while you had it opened. Resave your document as a local file and then synchronize with central again. + + + 2014 + + + + + +
    + + + Saves the document to a given file path. + + + The document's title in Revit's title bar + will be updated automatically to reflect the file's new name. + + + File name and path to be saved as. Either a relative or absolute path can be provided. + + + filepath is an empty string. + -or- + The filepath is not a valid file path. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Central model is missing. + -or- + Central model is incompatible. + -or- + The central model was saved in a different version of Revit. + -or- + Revit encountered errors while saving to the new central model. Resave again as a new central model. + -or- + Incompatible servers for external services. + -or- + Username does not match the one used to create the local file. + -or- + Revit could not save all of the worksets that have been changed. Try again. + + + The file at the given path location could not be accessed or saved. + + + The given file, path or network location could not be found during save. + + + SaveAs may not be called during dynamic update. + + + This computer does not have enough memory, disk space, or other necessary resource to save the model. + + + This Document is not a primary document, it is a linked document. + -or- + SaveAs is temporarily disabled. + -or- + There is an existing file at filepath. + -or- + Saving is not allowed in the current application mode. + -or- + The document just had worksharing enabled or was opened detached, + so SaveAsOptions must be passed in SaveAs + with WorksharingSaveAsOptions.SaveAsCentral set to true. + -or- + Operation is not permitted when there is any open sub-transaction, transaction, or transaction group. + -or- + Saving failed. + + + Saving was canceled by the user or by an API event callback. + + + Other users have modified the central model while you had it opened. Resave your document as a local file and then synchronize with central again. + + + 2014 + + + + + Saves the document. + + +

    If the document was created in this current session and has not been saved to a file yet, + it needs to be first saved using the SaveAs method instead.

    +

    This method may not be called unless all transactions, sub-transactions, and transaction groups + that were opened by the API code were closed. + That also implies that this method cannot be called during dynamic updates. + Event handlers are not allowed to save document that are currently in modifiable state.

    +
    + + Options to control the Save operation. + + + options.PreviewViewId is not valid for generation of a preview. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Central model is missing. + -or- + Central model is incompatible. + -or- + The central model was saved in a different version of Revit. + -or- + Revit encountered errors while saving to the new central model. Resave again as a new central model. + -or- + Incompatible servers for external services. + -or- + Username does not match the one used to create the local file. + -or- + Revit could not save all of the worksets that have been changed. Try again. + + + Save may not be called during dynamic update. + + + This computer does not have enough memory, disk space, or other necessary resource to save the model. + + + This Document is not a primary document, it is a linked document. + -or- + Save is temporarily disabled. + -or- + Saving is not allowed in the current application mode. + -or- + File path must be already set to be able to save the document.It needs to be first saved using the SaveAs method instead. + -or- + The file is read-only, can not be saved. + -or- + Operation is not permitted when there is any open sub-transaction, transaction, or transaction group. + -or- + Saving failed. + + + Saving was canceled by the user or by an API event callback. + + + Other users have modified the central model while you had it opened. Resave your document as a local file and then synchronize with central again. + + + 2014 + +
    + + + Saves the document. + + +

    If the document was created in this current session and has not been saved to a file yet, + it needs to be first saved using the SaveAs method instead.

    +

    This method may not be called unless all transactions, sub-transactions, and transaction groups + that were opened by the API code were closed. + That also implies that this method cannot be called during dynamic updates. + Event handlers are not allowed to save document that are currently in modifiable state.

    +
    + + Central model is missing. + -or- + Central model is incompatible. + -or- + The central model was saved in a different version of Revit. + -or- + Revit encountered errors while saving to the new central model. Resave again as a new central model. + -or- + Incompatible servers for external services. + -or- + Username does not match the one used to create the local file. + -or- + Revit could not save all of the worksets that have been changed. Try again. + + + Save may not be called during dynamic update. + + + This computer does not have enough memory, disk space, or other necessary resource to save the model. + + + This Document is not a primary document, it is a linked document. + -or- + Save is temporarily disabled. + -or- + Saving is not allowed in the current application mode. + -or- + File path must be already set to be able to save the document.It needs to be first saved using the SaveAs method instead. + -or- + The file is read-only, can not be saved. + -or- + Operation is not permitted when there is any open sub-transaction, transaction, or transaction group. + -or- + Saving failed. + + + Saving was canceled by the user or by an API event callback. + + + Other users have modified the central model while you had it opened. Resave your document as a local file and then synchronize with central again. + + + 2014 + +
    + + + Get Id of the Workset which owns the element. + + + Each element belongs to one and only one workset. + + + Id of the element. + + + Id of the Workset which owns the element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Enables worksharing in the document. + + + The document's Undo history will be cleared by this command. As a result, this command and others executed before it cannot be undone. + All transaction phases (e.g. transactions transaction groups and sub-transaction) that were explicitly started must be finished prior to calling this method. + + Name of workset for grids and levels. + + + Name of workset for all other elements. + + + worksetNameGridLevel is an empty string. + -or- + worksetName is an empty string. + -or- + worksetNameGridLevel cannot include prohibited characters, such as "{, }, [, ], |, ;, less-than sign, greater-than sign, ?, `, ~". + -or- + worksetName cannot include prohibited characters, such as "{, }, [, ], |, ;, less-than sign, greater-than sign, ?, `, ~". + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This method may not be called during dynamic update. + + + The document does not allow worksharing to be enabled. + -or- + This Document is in an edit mode. + -or- + This Document is a workshared document. + -or- + There is a transaction phase left open (such as a transaction, sub-transaction of transaction group) at the time of invoking this method. + + + Enabling worksharing was cancelled. + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks if worksharing can be enabled in the document. + + + True if worksharing can be enabled in the document, False otherwise. + + + 2015 + + + + + Checks if cloud worksharing can be enabled for the cloud model. + + + True if cloud worksharing can be enabled in the document, which also means the current document is a single user cloud model, False otherwise. + + + 2019.2 + + + + + Sets the units. + + + The units. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the Units object. + + + The Units object. + + + 2014 + + + + + Get the WorksetTable of this document. + + + There is one WorksetTable for each document. + There will be at least one workset in the table, even if sharing has not yet been enabled for this document. + + + The WorksetTable of this document. + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + A unique identifier generated when the Document was first created. + + + 2024 + + + + + This setting controls temporary display in views of objects with mass category or subcategories. + + + This setting is temporary and is not stored in the document. + The mass display overrides allow mass category and certain mass subcategories + to be displayed in all views, regardless of the visibility settings of that view. + The settings that show certain mass subcategories will also force the other mass + subcategories to be hidden. + + + The MassDisplayTemporaryOverrideType that is active. + + + When setting this property: The MassDisplayTemporaryOverrideType::Enum value is not in the proper range. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + The central GUID of the A360 project to which the central model is associated. + + + This is only valid if the central model is cloud-based. + + + 2015 + + + + + The GUID of the cloud model. + + + This is only valid if the model is cloud-based. + + + 2019.1 + + + + + The central GUID of the server-based model. + + + The central model of this document that is file-based model or saved in a release prior to Revit 2013 did not have this GUID. + Only the central model saved in Revit 2013 or later and stored on Revit Server will be able to provide this value. + + + Thrown when the central model of this document is not a server-based model that created in Revit 2013 or later release. + + + 2013 + + + + + Identifies if document is stored on Autodesk cloud services. + + + 2019.1 + + + + + Identifies if a workshared document is detached. + Also, see + + Note that and will be empty strings if a document is detached. + + + 2015 + + + + + Identifies whether this is a central model. + + + + + Identifies whether this is a local model. + + + + + Identifies if worksharing (i.e. editing permissions and multiple worksets) have been enabled in the document. + Also, see + + + + Identifies if a document is a linked RVT. + + + 2014 + + + + + Signals whether the document was opened from a read-only file. + + + A document could be opened this way when, for example, at the time of opening + the file was being used by another Revit user, or if the disk file has the read-only attribute set. + + Although it will still be possible to modify the opened document, + any changes made there will not be possible to save into the original file. + If the changes are to be preserved, the document must be saved under a different + name using the SaveAs() method. + + + + + Identifies if the document is read-only or can possibly be modified. + + + Like the , IsReadOnly is also a dynamic property. + It's value can change depending on the state a document is currently in. + There are various factors that may affect this property. + The most probable reason for this property to return 'true' is when Revit is currently processing failures (recoverable or not). + Another possibility is when an external command is executed in read-only mode. + If a document is in a read-only state, then not only the model cannot be modified at the moment, but even a new transaction may not be started. + Attempting to do so will raise an InvalidOperationException. + + + + + The state of changes made to the document. + + + + + Identifies if the document is modifiable. + + + This is not a permanent state such as, for example . + Value of this property changes dynamically multiple times within the life-time of an open document. + Regardless of the mode a document is opened with, the model can only be modified inside an open transaction. + Furthermore, even with a transaction open, the model is not always modifiable. + Though this is rather a rare situation, it can happen, most likely during model regeneration, failure processing, or some events. + An attempt to modify a non-modifiable document will result in throwing a ModificationOutsideTransactionException. + See also + + + + The document's title. + + + Title is derived from the document's filename, not including the filename extension. + Note that returned title will be defaulted if no document saved. + Note that returned string may be empty if a document is detached. See . + + + + + The fully qualified path of the document's disk file. + + + This string is empty if the project has not been saved + or does not have a disk file associated with it yet. + Note that the pathname will be empty if a document is detached. See . + + + + + + + + Exports the current view or a selection of views in DWFX format. + Output folder, into which file(s) will be exported. The folder must exist. + Either the name of a single file or a prefix for a set of files. + If or empty, automatic naming will be used. + Selection of views to be exported. + Various options applicable to the DWFX format. + If , all options will be set to their respective default values. + Output elements' unique ids container, all these elements which can be seen in views would be exported. + + Function returns true only if all specified views are exported successfully. +The function returns False if exporting of any view fails, even if some views might have been exported successfully. + +Thrown when the input views is + +Thrown when the input views is an empty ViewSet. + + +Thrown when the current document is not modifiable. + + All the views must be printable in order for the Export to succeed. +It can be assured by checking the CanBePrinted property of each view. + + + + Paint the element's face with specified material. + + + The element that the face belongs to. + + + The painted element's face. + + + The family parameter associated with a material. + + + The element elementId does not exist in the document. + -or- + The element materialId does not exist in the document. + -or- + The face doesn't belongs to the element. + -or- + The family parameter doesn't specify a material element. + -or- + The element's face cannot be painted. + + + A non-optional argument was NULL + + + This document is not modifiable. + -or- + This operation is valid only in family. + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2014 + + + + + + + + Forces the elements in the Revit document to automatically join to their neighbors where appropriate. + +Thrown when the operation fails. + + Use this method to force elements in the document to automatically join to their neighbors. Note that when a transaction +is committed there is an automatic call to automatically join elements. + + + Updates the elements in the Revit document to reflect all changes. + +Thrown when the operation fails. +If regeneration fails, there is posted error of severity DocumentCorruption that will be delivered to the end user +at the end of transaction explaining what specifically has happened. If regeneration has failed, document is corrupted and even reading from it is illegal.Code that called regeneration and got this exception should not catch and ignore it - instead, it should do nothing +but internal cleanup and return control to the owner of currently active transaction/subtransaction, which must be aborted. + Modification of the document is forbidden. Typically, +this is because there is no open transaction; consult documentation for Document.IsModified for other possible causes. + Use this method to force update to the document after a group of changes. Note that when a transaction is committed +there is an automatic call to regenerate the document. + + + + + + + Converts a group of SymbolicCurves to equivalent ModelCurves. + The view where the new lines will be created. +The lines are projected on the view workplane. +The view workplane must be parallel to the view plane. + + The symbolic curve array to be converted. + +Thrown when the input argument is . + + + Thrown when one or more curves could not be successfully converted. + + This operation will create new ModelCurves with the symbolicCurves' geometry curves and delete the SymbolicCurve in the array. + + + + Converts a group of ModelCurves to equivalent SymbolicCurves. + The view where the new lines will be created. +The lines are projected on the view workplane. +The view workplane must be parallel to the view plane. +If the lines are not parallel to the view plane, lines are foreshortened and arcs are converted to ellipses. +Splines are modified. + The model curve array to be converted. + +Thrown when the input argument is . + + +Thrown when view is invalid to create SymbolicCurves on it. + + +Thrown when current document is a family. + Thrown when one or more curves could not be successfully converted, perhaps because some of the input curves could not be projected onto the active workplane of the view. + + This operation will create new SymbolicCurves with the modelCurves' geometry curves and delete the ModelCurve in the array. +If modelCurves are not parallel to the workplane, they will be projected to the workplane and create new SymbolicCurves with the projected curves. + + + Converts a group of DetailCurves to equivalent ModelCurves. + The view where the new lines will be created. +The lines are projected on the view workplane. +The view workplane must be parallel to the view plane. + + The detail curve array to be converted. + +Thrown when the input argument is . + + +Thrown when the given detail lines are not visible in the given view. + Thrown when the detail lines are not in the same view or not parallel to the given view. + + +Thrown when one or more curves could not be successfully converted. + + This operation will create new ModelCurves with the same geometry of the original detail curves' geometry. The detail curves will be deleted from the document. + + + + Converts a group of ModelCurves to equivalent DetailCurves. + The view where the new lines will be created. +The lines are projected on the view plane. +If the lines are not parallel to the view plane, lines are foreshortened and arcs are converted to ellipses. +Splines are modified. + The model curve array to be converted. + +Thrown when the input argument is . + + +Thrown when view is invalid to create DetailCurves on it. + + +Thrown when current document is a family. +Thrown when one or more curves could not be successfully converted, perhaps because some of the input curves could not be projected onto the active workplane of the view. + + This operation will create new DetailCurves with the same geometry of the original model curves' geometry. The model curves will be deleted from the document. +If the model curves do not lie in a plane parallel to the view, their geometry will be projected to the view. + + + Returns the Application in which the Document resides. + + + Separate a set of combinable elements out of combinations they currently belong to. + A list of combinable elements to be separated. + +Thrown when the input argument is . + + +Thrown when members is empty. +Thrown when members contains elements. + + + Thrown when separation failed. + + If geometry combination elements are passed as input, they will be completely separated and deleted. +If generic forms that happen to belong to combination elements are passed, these forms will be removed from +their geometry combination. The handles of geometry combinations completely removed by this operation are no longer valid. + + + Combine a set of combinable elements into a geometry combination. + A list of combinable elements to be combined. + If successful, the newly created geometry combination is returned, otherwise an +exception with error information will be thrown. + +Thrown when the input argument is . + + +Thrown when members contains less than two elements. +Thrown when members contains elements. + + +Thrown when creation of the combination failed. + + If one or more existing geometry combinations are included as input, the return value may be one of those pre-existing +combinations. The rest of the pre-existing geometry combinations will be consumed into the new combination; those handles are no longer valid. + + + Get the Family of this Family Document. + The owner family of this document. + Only available if the current document is family document. + + + + + + + Identifies if the current document is a family document. + + + Gets a space containing the point. + Point to be checked. + The space containing the point. + Surveys only the spaces from the final phase of the project. The first one found will be returned. If there is no space containing the point, it returns . + +Thrown when the point is . + + +Thrown when the coordinates of the point are not number or are Double::MaxValue or Double::MinValue. + + + + Gets a space containing the point. + Gets a space containing the point. + Point to be checked. + Phase in which the space exists. + The space containing the point. + If phase is , it will get the space of the last phase.The first one found will be returned. If there is no space containing the point, it returns . + +Thrown when the point is . + + +Thrown when the coordinates of the point are not number or are Double::MaxValue or Double::MinValue. + + + + Gets a room containing the point. + Point to be checked. + The room containing the point. + Surveys only the rooms from the final phase of the project. The first one found will be returned. If there is no room containing the point, it returns . + +Thrown when the point is . + + +Thrown when the coordinates of the point are not number or are Double::MaxValue or Double::MinValue. + + + + Gets a room containing the point. + Gets a room containing the point. + Point to be checked. + Phase in which the room exists. + The room containing the point. + If phase is , it will get the room of the last phase.The first one found will be returned. If there is no room containing the point, it returns . + +Thrown when the point is . + + +Thrown when the coordinates of the point are not number or are Double::MaxValue or Double::MinValue. + + + + +Retrieves all Print Settings of current project. + + The ElementIds of all print setting elements + + + +Retrieve the PrintManager of current project. + + + + Returns the site location information. + The SiteLocation property returns an object that contains the site location +for the entire project. + + + Retrieve the active project location. + Getting this property returns the currently active project location that +the user is currently working with. Setting this property can be used to change +the active project location. + + + Retrieve all the project locations associated with this project + This property returns all the locations of the project. A project can have one +site location but many project locations within that site. Each project location object +is an offset and rotation from the site location. + + + The document's active view. + The active view is the view that last had focus in the UI. + if no view is considered active. + + + + + + + The family manager object provides access to family types and parameters. + This property is available when the document is a family document. + +Thrown when the current document is project document. + + + + An object that can be used to create new instances of Autodesk Revit API elements +within a family document. + This object is used to create new instances of family +elements within the Autodesk Revit API, such as Extrusion or Reference lines. + +Thrown when the current document is project document. + + + + An object that can be used to create new instances of Autodesk Revit API elements +within a project. + This object is used to create new instances of project +elements within the Autodesk Revit API, such as FamilyInstances or groups. + +Thrown when the current document is family document. + + + + Imports a Green-Building XML file into the document. + Full path of the file to import. File must exist. + Various options applicable to GBXml import. If , all options will be set to their respective default values. + This method is available only in MEP. +Though the 'options' argument is not currently used, an object still must be provided (may be ). +The method will return False if not succeed. e.g when the input xml file does not contain any result elements. + + True if successful, otherwise False. + Thrown when file argument is or empty. + Thrown when the file specified does not exist. + Thrown when no file is specified or if the file is not a valid gbXML file or does not contain any result elements. + + + Exports the document in 3D-Studio Max (FBX) format. + Output folder, into which file(s) will be exported. The folder must exist. + Either the name of a single file or a prefix for a set of files. + If or empty, automatic naming will be used. + Selection of views to be exported.Only 3D views are allowed. + Options applicable to the FBX format. + Though the 'options' argument is not currently used, + an object still must be provided (may be ). + +Thrown when the input views is + +Thrown when the input views is an empty ViewSet. +Thrown if any view in the views is not a 3D view. + + Function returns true only if all specified views are exported successfully. +The function returns False if exporting of any view fails, even if some views might have been exported successfully. + + + Exports the current view or a selection of views in DWFX format. + Output folder, into which file(s) will be exported. The folder must exist. + Either the name of a single file or a prefix for a set of files. + If or empty, automatic naming will be used. + Selection of views to be exported. + Various options applicable to the DWFX format. + If , all options will be set to their respective default values. + Function returns true only if all specified views are exported successfully. +The function returns False if exporting of any view fails, even if some views might have been exported successfully. + +Thrown when the input views is + +Thrown when the input views is an empty ViewSet. + + +Thrown when the current document is not modifiable. + + All the views must be printable in order for the Export to succeed. +It can be assured by checking the CanBePrinted property of each view. + + + Exports the current view or a selection of views in DWF format. + Output folder, into which file(s) will be exported. The folder must exist. + Either the name of a single file or a prefix for a set of files. + If or empty, automatic naming will be used. + Selection of views to be exported. + Various options applicable to the DWF format. + If , all options will be set to their respective default values. + Function returns true only if all specified views are exported successfully. Returns False if exporting of any view fails, +even if some views might have been exported successfully. + +Thrown when the input views is + +Thrown when the input views is an empty ViewSet. + + +Thrown when the current document is not modifiable. + + All the views must be printable in order for the Export to succeed. +It can be assured by checking the CanBePrinted property of each view. + + + + + + + Closes the document, save the changes if there are. + False if either closing procedure fails or if saving of a modified document failed. +Also returns False if closing is cancelled by an external application during 'DocumentClosing' event. +When function succeeds, True is returned. + The currently active document may not be closed by this function. It can only be closed via Revit's UI. +The changes will saved automatically, the document will not be closed if failed to save changes. +If the document was created in this current session and has not been saved to a file yet, it needs to call Revit::UI::UIDocument::SaveAndClose() method instead. + + +Thrown when attempting to close the currently active document. +Thrown if there are any transactions, sub-transactions or transaction groups which +were opened by the API code, and not closed. All of these items must be handled +before attempting to close the document. +Thrown if the PathName is not set yet. +Thrown if the saving target file is read only. + + Thrown if this a linked file. + + + Closes the document. + Closes the document with the option to save. + Indicates if the current document should be saved before close operation. + False if closing procedure fails or if saving of a modified document was requested (saveModified = True) but failed. +Also returns False if closing is cancelled by an external application during 'DocumentClosing' event. +When function succeeds, True is returned. + The currently active document may not be closed by this function. It can only be closed via Revit's UI. + +Thrown when attempting to close the currently active document. +Thrown if there are any transactions, sub-transactions or transaction groups which +were opened by the API code, and not closed. All of these items must be handled +before attempting to close the document. +Thrown if saveModified is 'true' and the PathName is not set yet. +Thrown if saveModified is 'true' and the saving target file is read only. + + Thrown if this a linked file. + + + Gets the PlanTopologies of the current project in a given phase. + The phase of the Plan Topology. + Accessing plan topologies requires that document is modifiable as it will actually trigger calculating plan topologies if they have not been calculated yet. +The time necessary for the calculations may be significant and should be considered. + + + Gets the PlanTopologies of the current project. + Get the PlanTopologies of the current project in the last phase. + Accessing plan topologies requires that document is modifiable as it will actually trigger calculating plan topologies if they have not been calculated yet. +The time necessary for the calculations may be significant and should be considered. + + + Get the PlanTopology of a given level in a given phase. + The level of the Plan Topology. + The phase of the Plan Topology. + Accessing plan topology requires that document is modifiable as it will actually trigger calculating plan topology if they have not been calculated yet. +The time necessary for the calculations may be significant and should be considered. + + + Gets the PlanTopology of a given level. + Get the PlanTopology of a given level in the last phase. + The level of the Plan Topology. + Accessing plan topology requires that document is modifiable as it will actually trigger calculating plan topology if they have not been calculated yet. +The time necessary for the calculations may be significant and should be considered. + + + Prints a set of views with a specified view template and default print settings. + The set of views which need to be printed. + The view template which apply to the set of views. + If true, print the view with the current print setting, +otherwise with the print setting of the document of the view. + If one view in the set can not be printed successfully then an exception will be thrown. + Thrown when printing is not allowed in the current application mode. +Or when at least one view from the view set is not a printable view. + + Thrown when the view set to be printed is . + Thrown when the view set contains a element. + Thrown when at least one view from the view set could not be printed. + Thrown when print is cancelled by event handler. + + + Prints a set of views with a specified view template and default print settings. + The set of views which need to be printed. + The view template which apply to the set of views. + If one view in the set can not be printed successfully then an exception will be thrown. + Thrown when printing is not allowed in the current application mode. +Or when at least one view from the view set is not a printable view. + + Thrown when the view set to be printed is . + Thrown when the view set contains a element. + Thrown when at least one view from the view set could not be printed. + Thrown when print is cancelled by event handler. + + + Prints a set of views with default view template and default print settings. + The set of views which need to be printed. + If true, print the view with the current print setting, +otherwise with the print setting of the document of the view. + If one view in the set can not be printed successfully then an exception will be thrown. + Thrown when printing is not allowed in the current application mode. +Or when at least one view from the view set is not a printable view. + + Thrown when the view set to be printed is . + Thrown when the view set contains a element. + Thrown when at least one view from the view set could not be printed. + Thrown when print is cancelled by event handler. + + + Prints a set of views. + Prints a set of views with default view template and default print settings. + The set of views which need to be printed. + If one view in the set can not be printed successfully then an exception will be thrown. + Thrown when printing is not allowed in the current application mode. +Or when at least one view from the view set is not a printable view. + + Thrown when the view set to be printed is . + Thrown when the view set contains a element. + Thrown when at least one view from the view set could not be printed. + Thrown when print is cancelled by event handler. + + + Loads only the specified family type/symbol from a family file into the document and +provides a reference to the loaded family symbol. + The fully qualified filename of the Family file, usually ending in .rfa. + The name of the type/symbol to be loaded, such as "W11x14". + The interface implementation to use when loading a family into the document. + A reference to the family symbol that was loaded if successful, otherwise Nothing. + True if the family type/symbol was loaded successfully into the project, otherwise False. + This function supports loading of types/symbols stored in the family, or those available in the family Type Catalog file. + +Thrown when filename or name is or empty. + + 2011 + + + Loads only the specified family type/symbol from a family file into the document and +provides a reference to the loaded family symbol. + The fully qualified filename of the Family file, usually ending in .rfa. + The name of the type/symbol to be loaded, such as "W11x14". + A reference to the family symbol that was loaded if successful, otherwise . + True if the family type/symbol was loaded successfully into the project, otherwise False. + This function supports loading of types/symbols stored in the family, or those available in the family Type Catalog file. + +Thrown when filename or name is or empty. + + + + Loads only a specified family type/symbol from a family file into the document. + Loads only a specified family type/symbol from a family file into the document. + The fully qualified filename of the Family file, usually ending in .rfa. + The name of the type/symbol to be loaded, such as "W11x14". + True if the family type/symbol was loaded successfully into the project, otherwise False. + This function supports loading of types/symbols stored in the family, or those available in the family Type Catalog file. + +Thrown when filename or name is or empty. + + + + Gets the document of a loaded family to edit. + The loaded family in current document. + Reference of the document of the family. + This creates an independent copy of the family for editing. +To apply the changes back to the family stored in the document, use the LoadFamily overload +accepting . +This method may not be called if the document is currently modifiable (has an open transaction) +or is in a read-only state. The method may not be called during dynamic updates. To test the +document's current status, check the values of IsModifiable and IsReadOnly properties. + +Thrown when the input argument-"loadedFamily"-is . + + +Thrown when the input argument-"loadedFamily"-is an in-place family or a non-editable family. +(This can be checked with the IsInPlace and IsEditable properties of the Family class. + +Thrown when the family is already being edited. + + +Thrown if this method is called during dynamic update. + +Thrown if this method is called while the document is modifiable (i.e. it has an unfinished transaction.) + +Thrown if this method is currently in a read-only state. + + + + + + + Loads the contents of this family document into another document. + The target document which the family will be loaded into. + The interface implementation to use when responding to conflicts during the load operation. + Reference of the family in the target document. + If you are reloading an edited family back into the source document from which it was extracted, use this overload. +This is because this overload allows you to respond to possible conflicts due to families already being present in the target document. +The Revit API offers one automatic overload: RevitUIFamilyLoadOptions, which will show the same prompts to the user as seen during an +interactive load. + +Thrown when the input argument-"targetDocument" or "familyLoadOptions"-is . + + +Thrown when the current document is not a family document, +or when the target document is modifiable (e.g. there is an uncommitted transaction) or doesn't support load of this kind of families (e.g. loading a model family to detail family is disallowed), +or the load was cancelled due to a conflict and a False return from one of the interface methods, +or this document is currently in a read-only state. + + +Thrown if this method is called during dynamic update. + + + Loads the contents of this family document into another document. + The target document where the family will be loaded. + Reference of the family in the target document. + If you are reloading an edited family back into the source document from which it was extracted, this method will always fail. +This is because this method automatically suppresses the prompts Revit typically uses to deal with conflicts between families, and +assumes that any such conflict should prevent the loading. If you want to be able to reload the same family into the source document, +you should use the LoadFamily() overload accepting . + + +Thrown when the input argument-"targetDocument"-is . + + +Thrown when the current document is not a family document, +or when the target document is modifiable (e.g. there is an uncommitted transaction) or doesn't support load of this kind of families (e.g. loading a model family to detail family is disallowed), +or when this family was found in the target document already and the conflict caused an automatic abort of the load operation, +or when a shared family in this family was found in the target document already +and the conflict caused an automatic abort of the load operation, +or this document is currently in a read-only state. + + +Thrown if this method is called during dynamic update. + + + Loads an entire family and all its types/symbols into the document and provides a reference +to the loaded family. + The fully qualified filename of the Family file, usually ending in .rfa. + The interface implementation to use when loading a family into the document. + A reference to the family that was loaded if successful, otherwise Nothing. + True if the entire family was loaded successfully into the project, otherwise False. + +

    Loading an entire family may take a considerable amount of time and memory. It is +recommended that you use one of the LoadFamilySymbol() methods +and only load those symbols that you need.

    +
    + +Thrown when filename is or empty. + + +Thrown when the input argument "familyLoadOptions" is . + + 2011 +
    + + Loads an entire family and all its types/symbols into the document and provides a reference +to the loaded family. + The fully qualified filename of the Family file, usually ending in .rfa. + A reference to the family that was loaded if successful, otherwise . + True if the entire family was loaded successfully into the project, otherwise False. + +

    Loading an entire family may take a considerable amount of time and memory. It is +recommended that you use one of the LoadFamilySymbol() methods +and only load those symbols that you need.

    +
    + +Thrown when filename is or empty. + + + + + +
    + + Loads a family and all its types/symbols into the document. + Loads an entire family and all its types/symbols into the document. + The fully qualified filename of the Family file, usually ending in .rfa. + True if the entire family was loaded successfully into the project, otherwise False. + +

    Loading an entire family may take a considerable amount of time and memory. It is +recommended that you use one of the LoadFamilySymbol() methods +and only load those symbols that you need.

    +
    + +Thrown when filename is or empty. + +
    + + Autodesk::Revit::DB::ProjectInfo + Return the Project Information of the current project. + + + Reports if the analytical model has regenerated in a document with reaction loads. + Revit sets this property to False after regeneration of the analytical model if the document contains loads that have isReaction=True. +This results in a user-visible warning that exists until there are no longer loads with isReaction=True. + + + Retrieves all of the phases in the document. + +

    The phases are returned in order from earliest phase to latest phase.

    +

    When Revit is running with UI activated, the default created phase for newly created elements is inherited from the phase of the currently active view.

    +

    When Revit is running without its UI, such as when Revit runs on Autodesk Forge Design Automation API for Revit, +the default phase for newly created elements is the latest phase in the document.

    +
    + + + + +
    + + Retrieves a set of PanelType objects that contains all the panel types that are currently loaded into the +project. + This property returns a set of panelType objects. These objects can be used change the type of a panel from one type to another. + + + This property is used to retrieve all the mullion types in current system. + This property returns a set of MullionType objects. These objects can be used change the type of a mullion from one type to another. + + + Retrieves an object from which mappings between parameter definitions and categories can +be found. + Returns a mapping between parameter definitions and parameter bindings. New bindings can +be added to the Revit Document by using this object. + When the document is a family document. + + + Provides access to display unit type with in the document. + Return the display unit type, metric or imperial. + + + Provides access to general application settings, such as Categories. + Returns an object that provides access to various settings within Autodesk Revit. +The Settings property returns an object that provides access to the categories within the Autodesk +Revit project. + + + Get the storage type of the specified BuiltInParameter. + + + +Get the storage type of the identified built-in parameter. + + Identifier of the built-in parameter. + Storage type of the built-in parameter. + + parameterTypeId does not identify a built-in parameter. See Parameter.IsBuiltInParameter(ForgeTypeId) and Parameter.GetParameterTypeId(BuiltInParameter). + + + A non-optional argument was NULL + + 2022 + + + +Gets the hash code of this document instance. + + +The hash code is the same for document instances that represent the same document currently opened in the Revit session. +The hash code is generated when a Revit file is opened or created in session. +If the same Revit file is opened later (in the same session or a different session) the hash code will not be the same. + + + + +Determines whether the specified equals to this . + + +Two document instances are considered equal if they represent the same document currently opened in the Revit session. + + + + + An object that represents an open Autodesk Revit project. + + + The Document object represents an Autodesk Revit project. Revit can have multiple + projects open and multiple views to those projects. The active or top most view will be the + active project and hence the active document which is available from the Application object. + + + + Indicates if the symbol profile is flipped or not. + + + The angle of the rotation of the profile in radians. + + + The offset of the profile to the origin of the sketch plane in the Y direction. + + + The offset of the profile to the origin of the sketch plane in the X direction. + + + Returns the family symbol of the profile. + The symbol must of the category BuiltInCategory.OST_ProfileFamilies. + +Thrown when the argument is . + + +Thrown when the category of argument is not BuiltInCategory.OST_ProfileFamilies. + + + + Represents a family symbol based profile for sweep or swept blend elements. + Use objects of this type in methods as NewSweep() and NewSweptBlend() in +to create the profile. + + + Returns the curve loops of the profile. + This property is used to retrieve the curve loops of profile. + + + Represents a curve loop based profile for sweep or swept blend elements. + Use objects of this type in methods as NewSweep() and NewSweptBlend() in +to create the profile. + + + Represents a profile for sweep or swept blend elements. + + + +Apply the local print settings to global for all documents. + + +This method will change the settings for the current printer to match what is set in the +Print Manager. When the user attempts to print with this printer in the future, the changes +made by the API session will be visible. + + +Thrown when this operation is not allowed in the current application mode, +or the print resource is occupied by others. + + + + +Print a view with the current PrintManager settings. + + The User-assigned view. + True if successful, otherwise False. + +PrintManager will apply the local settings to global and print the user-assigned view with the current settings. + + +Thrown when this operation is not allowed in the current application mode, +or the print resource is occupied by others. + + + + Print with the current PrintManager settings. + +Print the views and sheets defined in the current local PrintManager settings. + + True if successful, otherwise False. + +PrintManager will apply the local settings to global and print the view/views/sheets which user defined with the current settings. + + +Thrown when this operation is not allowed in the current application mode, +or the print resource is occupied by others. + + + + +Select a new printer. + + The name string of new printer. + +This property is the global print setting property for all documents. + + +Thrown when the input argument-strPrinterName-is . + + +Thrown when the assigned new printer is invalid, +or the print resource is occupied by others. + + + + Get all print sources of current printer. + These are the valid paper source for the current printer. + + + Get all print sizes of current printer. + These are the valid paper sizes for the current printer. + + + +The virtual type in Autodesk Revit. + + + + +Indicates whether to collate of the current print. + + +The value of this property represents the global print setting property used for print operations on any document. +In order to make a change to this property, after setting it call the Apply() method, or one of the SubmitPrint() methods, which +save the local changes as modifications to the global print settings. + + +Thrown when there is only one view or only one copy in the current settings. + + + + +Indicates whether to reverse the print order of the current print. + + +The value of this property represents the global print setting property used for print operations on any document. +In order to make a change to this property, after setting it call the Apply() method, or one of the SubmitPrint() methods, which +save the local changes as modifications to the global print settings. + + + + +The copy number. + + +Returns 0 if current printer does not support CopyNumber property. +The value of this property represents the global print setting property used for print operations on any document. +In order to make a change to this property, after setting it call the Apply() method, or one of the SubmitPrint() methods, which +save the local changes as modifications to the global print settings. + + + + +The print range. + + +The value of this property represents the global print setting property used for print operations on any document. +In order to make a change to this property, after setting it call the Apply() method, or one of the SubmitPrint() methods, which +save the local changes as modifications to the global print settings. + + +Thrown when the argument is out of range. + + + + +The file name when printing to file. + + + A default file name will be used when the PrintToFile is true and PrintToFileName is not be set. +The value of this property represents the global print setting property used for print operations on any document. +In order to make a change to this property, after setting it call the Apply() method, or one of the SubmitPrint() methods, which +save the local changes as modifications to the global print settings. + + +Thrown when the input file name is . + + +Thrown when the input file name is an invalid string. + + + + +Indicates whether to combine multiple selected views/sheets into a single file. + + +The value of this property represents the global print setting property used for print operations on any document. +In order to make a change to this property, after setting it call the Apply() method, or one of the SubmitPrint() methods, which +save the local changes as modifications to the global print settings. + + +Thrown when the current printer is not a virtual printer. + + + + +Indicates whether to print to file. + + +The value of this property represents the global print setting property used for print operations on any document. +In order to make a change to this property, after setting it call the Apply() method, or one of the SubmitPrint() methods, which +save the local changes as modifications to the global print settings. + + + + +The ViewSheetSetting which manages the view/sheet set information of current document, and you can change the default view/sheet +set for current project. + + +Thrown when the print range is not selected views/sheets. + + + + +The PrintSetup which manages the print settings of current document. + + +PrintSetup is an interface cluster just like File->Print->Settings->Setup or File->Print Setup in UI. + + + +The name of the current printer. + + + + The PrintManager object is used to configure the global print settings. + +Global print settings include PrintToFile, CombinedFile, PrintToFileName, PrintRange, CopyNumber, PrintOrderReverse, Collate. +Once PrintManager is acquired from a document, changes of its global print setting properties are not automatically +applied toward the global print setting. Should the local setting be used, the user needs to call the Apply method. +If the user calls SubmitPrint methods, not only that printing will use the current state of properties of the (local) print manager, +but the setting will also be applied to the global settings. + + + + + + + + Revert the current print setting. + +Thrown when the current print setting is In-Session. + + + + Delete the current print setting, and make the In-Session setting as the current one. + False if Delete operation fails, otherwise true. + +Thrown when the current print setting is In-Session. + + + + Rename the current print setting with the specified name. + print setting name to be renamed as. + False if Rename operation fails, otherwise true. + +Thrown when the input newName already exists in current print setting list. + + + + Save the current print setting to another print setting with the specified name. + print setting name to be saved as. + False if Save As operation fails, otherwise true. + +Thrown when the input newName already exists in current print setting list. + + + + Save the changes for the current print setting. + False if save operation fails, otherwise True. + +Thrown when the current print setting is In-Session +or the current print setting has not changed. + + + + The in-session Print Setting of Print Setup. + + + The current Print Setting of Print Setup. + + + Represents the Print Setup (Application Menu->Print->Print Setup) within Autodesk Revit. + The Print Setup object can only get from PrintManager object. + + + Indicates whether the interactive user can modify the value of this parameter. + 2015 + +Note that for shared parameters IsReadOnly can return false for shared parameters whose UserModifiable property is +also false, because the value of those parameters can be modified by the API. If a parameter is governed by a formula, +IsReadOnly would return true, even if the flag for UserModifiable was set to true when the shared parameter was created. + + + + Identifies if the object is read-only or modifiable. + If true, the object may not be modified. If false, the object's contents may be modified. + + + Identifies if the parameter is a shared parameter. + 2014 + + + The globally unique identifier + Thrown when the parameter is not a shared parameter. + 2012 + + + + + + + The id of the family parameter. + 2011 + + + The parameters from elements in the family which are associated to this parameter. + + + Gets the identifier of the unit quantifying the parameter value. + +Thrown if this parameter is not of value type. + + + + The formula. + Returns if there is no formula governing this parameter. + + + Indicates if this parameter can be assigned a formula. + + + Indicates if the parameter is determined by formula. + The parameter is read only if it is determined by formula. + + + Indicates if the parameter is a reporting parameter. + If true, the parameter is a reporting parameter associated to a dimension value, +and cannot be modified. If false, the parameter is a driving parameter and if associated +to a dimension, can modify the dimension it labels. + 2011 + + + Indicates if the parameter is instance or type. + + + The storage type describes the type that is used internally within the parameter to store its value. + The property will return one of the following possibilities: String, Integer, Double +or ElementId. Based on the value of this property the correct access and set methods should be used +to retrieve and set the parameter's data value. + + + The definition. + + + The family parameter object. + + + + An enumerated type listing all of the internal parameter data storage types that Autodesk Revit supports. + + + + + The data type represents an element and is stored as the id of the element. + + + + + The internal data will be stored in the form of a string of characters. + + + + + The data will be stored internally in the form of an 8 byte floating point number. + + + + + The internal data is stored in the form of a signed 32 bit integer. + + + + + None represents an invalid storage type. This value should not be used. + + + + Create a 3d curve through two or more points in an Autodesk +Revit family document. + The newly created curve. + Two or more PointElements. The curve will interpolate +these points. + +Thrown when points is . + + +Thrown when points does not contain at least two PointElements. + + +Thrown when the family is not a Conceptual Mass Family. + + + + + + + + Create a reference point on an existing reference in an Autodesk +Revit family document. + The newly created ReferencePoint. + The location and coordinate system of the point is +determined by the particular PointReference subclass, and +the point will remain constrained to that +reference. + +Thrown when the argument is . + + +Thrown when the family is not a Conceptual Mass Family. + + + + Create a reference point at a given location and with a given +coordinate system in an Autodesk Revit family document. + The newly created ReferencePoint. + +Thrown when the argument is . + + +Thrown when the family is not a Conceptual Mass Family. + + + + Creates a reference point. + Create a reference point at a given location in an Autodesk +Revit family document. + The newly created ReferencePoint. + The ReferencePoint will have a default coordinate system +corresponding to the global coordinate system. + +Thrown when the argument is . + + +Thrown when the family is not a Conceptual Mass Family. + + + + Create a symbolic curve in an Autodesk Revit family document. + The newly created symbolic curve. + The geometry curve of the newly created symbolic curve. + The sketch plane for the symbolic curve. + +Thrown when argument is . + + +Thrown when regeneration failed. +Thrown when symbolic curve creation failed. + + + + Add a new control into the Autodesk Revit family document. + If successful, the newly created control is returned, otherwise an +exception with error information will be thrown. + The shape of the control. + The view in which the control is to be visible. It +must be a FloorPlan view or a CeilingPlan view. + The origin of the control. + +Thrown when the input argument-"view" or "position"-is . + + +Thrown when the input argument-"view"-is invalid. + + +Thrown when the input argument-"controlType"-is out of range. + + +Thrown when control creation failed. + + + + Create a model text in the Autodesk Revit family document. + If successful, the newly created model text is returned, otherwise an +exception with error information will be thrown. + The text to be displayed. + +The type of model text. If this parameter is , the default type will be used. + + +The sketch plane of the model text. The direction of model text is determined by the normal of the sketch plane. +To extrude in the other direction set the depth value to negative. + The position of the model text. The position must lie in the sketch plane. + The horizontal alignment. + The depth of the model text. + +Thrown when the input argument text, sketchPlane or XYZ is . + + +Thrown when input argument text is an empty string. +Thrown when input argument horizontalAlign or depth is invalid. + + +Thrown when model text creation failed. + + + + Create an opening to cut the wall or ceiling. + If successful, the newly created opening is returned, otherwise an +exception with error information will be thrown. + Host elements that new opening would lie in. The host can only be a wall or a ceiling. + The profile of the newly created opening. This may contain more +than one curve loop. Each loop must be a fully closed curve loop and the loops may not +intersect. The profiles will be projected into the host plane. + +Thrown when the input argument host or profile is . + + +Thrown when host isn't a wall or a ceiling. +Thrown when profile doesn't contain any loops. + + +Thrown when opening creation failed. + + + + Generate a new radial dimension object using a specified dimension type. + The view in which the dimension is to be visible. + Geometric reference of the arc to which the dimension is to be bound. + The point where the witness line of the radial dimension will lie. + The dimension style to be used for the dimension. + If creation was successful the new arc length dimension is returned, +otherwise an exception with failure information will be thrown. + The dimension will be created on default place. + +Thrown when any input argument is . + + +Thrown when the argument arcRef/dimensionType is invalid. + + +Thrown when the creation failed. + + + + Creates a new diameter dimension object. + Creates a new diameter dimension object using the default dimension type. + The view in which the dimension is to be visible. + Geometric reference of the arc to which the dimension is to be bound. + The point where the witness line of the diameter dimension will lie. + If creation was successful the new diameter dimension is returned, +otherwise an exception with failure information will be thrown. + The currently user set default style is used for the created dimension. + The dimension will be created on default place. + +Thrown when any input argument is . + + +Thrown when the argument arcRef is invalid. + + +Thrown when the creation failed. + + + + Creates a new radial dimension object. + Creates a new radial dimension object using the default dimension type. + The view in which the dimension is to be visible. + Geometric reference of the arc to which the dimension is to be bound. + The point where the witness line of the radial dimension will lie. + If creation was successful the new arc length dimension is returned, +otherwise an exception with failure information will be thrown. + The currently user set default style is used for the created dimension. + The dimension will be created on default place. + +Thrown when any input argument is . + + +Thrown when the argument arcRef is invalid. + + +Thrown when the creation failed. + + + + Creates a new arc length dimension object using the specified dimension type. + The view in which the dimension is to be visible. + The extension arc of the dimension. + Geometric reference of the arc to which the dimension is to be bound. +This reference must be parallel to the extension arc. + The first geometric reference to which the dimension is to be bound. +This reference must intersect the arcRef reference. + The second geometric reference to which the dimension is to be bound. +This reference must intersect the arcRef reference. + The dimension style to be used for the dimension. + If creation was successful the new arc length dimension is returned, +otherwise an exception with failure information will be thrown. + +Thrown when any input argument is . + + +Thrown when the argument arcRef/ref1/ref2/dimensionType is invalid. + + +Thrown when the creation failed. + + + + Creates a new arc length dimension object. + Creates a new arc length dimension object using the default dimension type. + The view in which the dimension is to be visible. + The extension arc of the dimension. + Geometric reference of the arc to which the dimension is to be bound. +This reference must be parallel to the extension arc. + The first geometric reference to which the dimension is to be bound. +This reference must intersect the arcRef reference. + The second geometric reference to which the dimension is to be bound. +This reference must intersect the arcRef reference. + If creation was successful the new arc length dimension is returned, +otherwise an exception with failure information will be thrown. + The currently user set default style is used for the created dimension. + +Thrown when any input argument is . + + +Thrown when the argument arcRef/ref1/ref2 is invalid. + + +Thrown when the creation failed. + + + + + + + + Creates a new angular dimension object using the specified dimension type. + The view in which the dimension is to be visible. + The extension arc of the dimension. + The first geometric reference to which the dimension is to be bound. +The reference must be perpendicular to the extension arc. + The second geometric reference to which the dimension is to be bound. +The reference must be perpendicular to the extension arc. + The dimension style to be used for the dimension. + If creation was successful the new angular dimension is returned, +otherwise an exception with failure information will be thrown. + +Thrown when any input argument is . + + +Thrown when the argument firstRef/secondRef/dimensionType is invalid. + + +Thrown when the creation failed. + + + + Creates a new angular dimension object. + Creates a new angular dimension object using the default dimension type. + The view in which the dimension is to be visible. + The extension arc of the dimension. + The first geometric reference to which the dimension is to be bound. +The reference must be perpendicular to the extension arc. + The second geometric reference to which the dimension is to be bound. +The reference must be perpendicular to the extension arc. + If creation was successful the new angular dimension is returned, +otherwise an exception with failure information will be thrown. + The currently user set default style is used for the created dimension. + +Thrown when any input argument is . + + +Thrown when the argument is invalid. + + +Thrown when the creation failed. + + + + Creates a new linear dimension object using the specified dimension type. + The view in which the dimension is to be visible. + The extension line of the dimension. + An array of geometric references to which the dimension is to be bound. +You must supply at least two references, and all references supplied must be parallel to each other +and perpendicular to the extension line. + + The dimension style to be used for the dimension. + If creation was successful the new linear dimension is returned, +otherwise an exception with failure information will be thrown. + +Thrown when any input argument is . + + +Thrown when the argument is invalid. + + +Thrown when the creation failed. + + + + Creates a new linear dimension object. + Generate a new linear dimension object using the default dimension type. + The view in which the dimension is to be visible. + The extension line of the dimension. + An array of geometric references to which the dimension is to be bound. +You must supply at least two references, and all references supplied must be parallel to each other +and perpendicular to the extension line. + + If creation was successful the new linear dimension is returned, +otherwise an exception with failure information will be thrown. + The currently user set default style is used for the created dimension. + +Thrown when any input argument is . + + +Thrown when the argument "references" is invalid. + + +Thrown when the creation failed. + + + + + + + + Create a new Form element by thickening a single-surface form, and add it into the Autodesk Revit family document. + Indicates if the Form is Solid or Void. + The single-surface form element. It can have one top/bottom face or one side face. + The offset of capped solid. + This function will modify the input singleSurfaceForm and return the same element. + + + Create new Form element by cap operation (to create a single-surface form), and add it into the Autodesk Revit family document. + Indicates if the Form is Solid or Void. + The profile of the newly created cap. It should consist of only one curve loop. + If creation was successful new form is returned. + + + Create new Form elements by revolve operation, and add them into the Autodesk Revit family document. + Indicates if the Form is Solid or Void. + The profile of the newly created revolution. It should consist of only one curve loop. +The profile must be in the same plane as the axis. + The axis of revolution. The axis is a line that must lie in the same plane as the curves in the profile. + The start angle of Revolution in radians. + The end angle of Revolution in radians. + If creation was successful new forms are returned. + Typically this operation produces only a single form, but some combinations of arguments will create multiple forms from a single profile. + + + + + + + Create new Form element by swept blend operation, and add it into the Autodesk Revit family document. + Indicates if the Form is Solid or Void. + The path of the swept blend. The path should be 2D, where all input curves lie in one plane. If there's more than one profile, the path should be a single curve. +It's required to reference existing geometry. + The profile set of the newly created swept blend. Each profile should consist of only one curve loop. +Each profile must be in a plane that intersects with the path and is perpendicular to the path at the point of intersection. + If creation was successful new form is returned. + + + Create new Form element by Extrude operation, and add it into the Autodesk Revit family document. + Indicates if the Form is Solid or Void. + The profile of extrusion. It should consist of only one curve loop. + The direction of extrusion, with its length the length of the extrusion. The direction must be perpendicular to the plane determined by profile. The length of vector must be non-zero. + +Thrown when creation is attempted in Conceptual Mass, 2D, or other family where extrusions cannot be created. + + If creation was successful new form is returned. + + + + + + + Create new Form element by Loft operation, and add it into the Autodesk Revit family document. + Indicates if the Form is Solid or Void. + The profile set of the newly created loft. Each profile should consist of only one curve loop. + If creation was successful form is are returned. + + + + + + + Adds a new swept blend into the family document, using a selected reference as the path. + Indicates if the swept blend is Solid or Void. + The path of the swept blend. The path might be a reference of single curve or edge obtained from existing geometry. +Or the path can be a single sketched curve, and the curve is not required to reference existing geometry. + The bottom profile of the newly created Swept blend. It should consist of only one curve loop. +the input profile must be in one plane. + The top profile of the newly created Swept blend. It should consist of only one curve loop. +The profile must lie in the XY plane, and it will be transformed to the profile plane automatically. + If creation was successful the new Swept blend is returned, +otherwise an exception with failure information will be thrown. + This method creates a swept blend in a family document. The swept blend will trace from bottom profile +to the top along the path. Revit will determine an appropriate default mapping for the vertices of the +two profiles. If the input profile is to be a cyclic profile (curve or ellipse) it must be split into at +least two segments, so that Revit can find vertices to use for mapping the swept blend. + +Thrown when the input arguments-path/bottomProfile/topProfile-are . + + +Thrown when the input argument-bottomProfile/topProfile-is a curve based profile and the profile +is . + + +Thrown when the input argument-bottomProfile/topProfile-is a curve based profile and the profile +contains or more than one curve loops. + + +Thrown when the input argument-bottomProfile/topProfile-is a family symbol based profile and the +family symbol profile is . + + +Thrown when the creation failed. + + + + Adds a new swept blend into the family document. + Add a new swept blend into the family document, using a curve as the path. + Indicates if the swept blend is Solid or Void. + The path of the swept blend. The path should be a single curve. +Or the path can be a single sketched curve, and the curve is not required to reference existing geometry. + The sketch plane for the path. Use this when you want to create +a 2D path that resides on an existing planar face. Optional, can be for a path curve obtained from geometry or +for 2D paths where the path should not reference an existing edge. + The bottom profile of the newly created Swept blend. It should consist of only one curve loop. +The profile must lie in the XY plane, and it will be transformed to the profile plane automatically. + The top profile of the newly created Swept blend. It should consist of only one curve loop. +The profile must lie in the XY plane, and it will be transformed to the profile plane automatically. + If creation was successful the new Swept blend is returned, +otherwise an exception with failure information will be thrown. + This method creates a swept blend in a family document. The swept blend will trace from bottom profile +to the top along the path. Revit will determine an appropriate default mapping for the vertices of the +two profiles. If the input profile is to be a cyclic profile (curve or ellipse) it must be split into at +least two segments, so that Revit can find vertices to use for mapping the swept blend. + +Thrown when the input arguments-path/bottomProfile/topProfile-are . + + +Thrown when the input argument-bottomProfile/topProfile-is a curve based profile and the profile +is . + + +Thrown when the input argument-bottomProfile/topProfile-is a curve based profile and the profile +contains or more than one curve loops. + + +Thrown when the input argument-bottomProfile/topProfile-is a family symbol based profile and the +family symbol profile is . + + +Thrown when creation is attempted in Conceptual Mass, 2D, or other family where swept blends cannot be created. + + +Thrown when the creation failed. + + + + + + + + Adds a new sweep form into the family document, using an array of selected references as a 3D path. + Indicates if the Sweep is Solid or Void. + The path of the sweep. The path should be reference of curve or edge obtained from existing geometry. + The profile to create the new Sweep. The profile must lie in the XY plane, and it will be +transformed to the profile plane automatically. This may contain more than one curve loop or a profile family. +Each loop must be a fully closed curve loop and the loops must not intersect. +The loop can be a unbound circle or ellipse, but its geometry will be split in two in +order to satisfy requirements for sketches used in extrusions. + The index of the path curves. The curve upon which the profile +plane will be determined. + The location on the profileLocationCurve where the profile +plane will be determined. + If creation was successful the new Sweep is returned, +otherwise an exception with failure information will be thrown. + This method creates a sweep in a family document. The sweep will trace the profile along the path. + +Thrown when the input argument-path-is or empty or an unsupported curve type. + + +Thrown when the input argument-profile-is . + + +Thrown when the input argument-profileLocationCurveIndex-is out of index bounds. + + +Thrown when the input argument-profilePlaneLocation-does not exist in the ProfilePlaneLocation enumeration. + + +Thrown when the creation failed. + + + + Adds a new sweep form to the family document. + Adds a new sweep form to the family document, using a path of curve elements. + Indicates if the Sweep is Solid or Void. + The path of the sweep. The path should be 2D, where all input curves lie in one plane, and the curves are not +required to reference existing geometry. + The sketch plane for the path. Use this when you want to create +a 2D path that resides on an existing planar face. Optional, can be for 3D paths or +for 2D paths where the path should not reference an existing face. + The profile of the newly created Sweep. This may contain +more than one curve loop or a profile family. The profile must lie in the XY plane, and it will be +transformed to the profile plane automatically. Each loop must be a fully closed curve loop and the loops +must not intersect. +The loop can be a unbound circle or ellipse, but its geometry will be split in two in +order to satisfy requirements for sketches used in extrusions. + The index of the path curves. The curve upon which the profile +plane will be determined. + The location on the profileLocationCurve where the profile +plane will be determined. + If creation was successful the new Sweep is returned, +otherwise an exception with failure information will be thrown. + This method creates a sweep in a family document. The sweep will trace the profile along the path. + +Thrown when the input argument-path-is or empty. + + +Thrown when the input argument-profile-is . + + +Thrown when the input argument-profileLocationCurveIndex-is out of index bounds. + + +Thrown when the input argument-profilePlaneLocation-does not exist in the ProfilePlaneLocation enumeration. + + +Thrown when creation is attempted in Conceptual Mass, 2D, or other family where sweeps cannot be created. + + +Thrown when the creation failed. + + + + + + + + Add a new Revolution instance into the Autodesk Revit family document. + Indicates if the Revolution is Solid or Void. + The profile of the newly created revolution. This may contain +more than one curve loop. Each loop must be a fully closed curve loop and the loops +must not intersect. All loops must lie in the same plane. +The loop can be a unbound circle or ellipse, but its geometry will be split in two in +order to satisfy requirements for sketches used in extrusions. + The sketch plane for the revolution. The direction of revolution +is determined by the normal for the sketch plane. + The axis of revolution. This axis must lie in the same plane as the curve loops. + The start angle of Revolution in radians. + The end angle of Revolution in radians. + If creation was successful the new revolution is returned, +otherwise an exception with failure information will be thrown. + This method creates an Revolution in a family document. The Revolution will be +rotated the plane of the Revolution profile about the Axis. + +Thrown when the input argument-profile-is or empty array. + + +Thrown when the input argument-sketchPlane-is . + + +Thrown when the input argument-sketchPlane-is an invalid sketch plane. + + +Thrown when the input argument-axis-is . + + +Thrown when creation is attempted in Conceptual Mass, 2D, or other family where revolutions cannot be created. + + +Thrown when the creation failed. + + + + + + + + Add a new Blend instance into the Autodesk Revit family document. + Indicates if the Blend is Solid or Void. + The first blend section. It should represent a single, planar curve loop. + The second blend section. It should represent a single, planar curve loop +lying in a plane parallel to that of the first blend section. + The sketch plane for the first profile. Use this to associate the +"base" of the blend to geometry from another element. Optional, it can be if you want Revit +to derive a new sketch plane from the geometry of the base profile. + If creation was successful the new blend is returned, +otherwise an exception with failure information will be thrown. + This method creates a blend in a family document. Revit will determine an appropriate +default mapping for the vertices of the two profiles. +A profile loop cannot contain just one closed curve - in such a case, the curve must be +split into at least two segments, so that Revit can find vertices to use for mapping the blend. + +Caution: several aspects of the Blend are not (easily) predictable from the input arguments. +For example, the Blend's TopOffset may be less than its BottomOffset in some cases, +depending on the orientations of the profile loops and the orientation of the sketch plane +(if a sketch plane is provided). Also, such orientations can affect whether the first or +second profile lies in the sketch plane (if a sketch plane is provided). + + +Thrown when the argument is invalid. + + +Thrown when creation is attempted in Conceptual Mass, 2D, or other family where blends cannot be created. + + +Thrown when the creation failed. + + + + + + + + Add a new Extrusion instance into the Autodesk Revit family document. + Indicates if the Extrusion is Solid or Void. + The profile of the newly created Extrusion. This may contain more +than one curve loop. Each loop must be a fully closed curve loop and the loops may not +intersect. All input curves must lie in the same plane. +The loop can be a unbound circle or ellipse, but its geometry will be split in two in +order to satisfy requirements for sketches used in extrusions. + The sketch plane for the extrusion. The direction of extrusion +is determined by the normal for the sketch plane. To extrude in the other direction set +the end value to negative. + The length of the extrusion. + If creation was successful the new Extrusion is returned, +otherwise an exception with failure information will be thrown. + This method creates an extrusion in a family document. The extrusion will be +extended perpendicular to the sketch plane of the extrusion profile. + +Thrown when the input argument-profile-is or empty array. + + +Thrown when the input argument-sketchPlane-is . + + +Thrown when the input argument-sketchPlane-is an invalid sketch plane. + + +Thrown when the creation failed. + + + + + + + + The Family Item Factory object is used to create new instances of elements within the +Autodesk Revit Family. + The Family Item Factory object is a utility object that is used to create new +instances of elements within the Autodesk Revit Family Document. This object should be used to +create elements instead of using New. This +object ensures that the elements created are added to the family document correctly. + + + The maximum segment angle of the sweep in radians. + This property is used to retrieve/set the maximum segment angle of the sweep. It +is settable only when the trajectory segmentation is enabled. + + + The trajectory segmentation option for the sweep. + This property is used to retrieve/set the trajectory segmentation state of the sweep. +if return is true, means user can control the MaxSegmentAngle, otherwise is disable. + + + The selected curves used for the sweep path. + If the sweep is based on a sketched path, this property is . + + + The sketched path for the sweep. + If the sweep is based on selected 3d curves, this property is . + + + The family symbol profile details for the sweep. + If the profile is not based on a profile family, this property is . + + + The profile sketch of the sweep. + If the profile is not based on sketched curves, this property is . + + + A sweep solid or void form. + + + Indicates the location of Sweep profile plane on the path curve. + Use this enum in the NewSweep() method to create generic forms. + + + Indicates the profile plane located at the End of the path curve. + + + Indicates the profile plane located at the Middle point of the path curve. + + + Indicates the profile plane located at the start of the path curve. + + + The subcategory. + The subcategory can be set to either the family category or one of its subcategories. + + + Sets the visibility for the generic form. + The visibility of the generic form geometry can be changed for different +types of views and detail levels in the project. + +Thrown when visibility is . + + +Thrown when regeneration failed. + + + + Gets the visibility for the generic form. + A copy of visibility settings for the generic form. + + + Get and Set the Name property + The method set is override to forbid the user to change the Name. When the user tries +to call the method set for GenericForm object, an InvalidOperationException will be thrown. + + + + Identifies if the GenericForm is a solid or a void element. + True if the form is a solid, false if the solid is a void element. + + + The visibility of the GenericForm. + True if the form is visible, false if it is hidden. + + + Provides access to the Generic Form model in Autodesk Revit. + The Generic Form object can be queried for a generic form for use in family modeling and +massing. It is the base class of Sweep, Blend, Extrusion, Revolution. + + + The geometry combinations that this element belongs to. + If this combinable element does not belong to any geometry combination, +this value is an empty collection. A solid combinable element may belong to at most +one combination, while a void combinable element may belong to multiple combinations. + + + An element that can be added to a geometry combination. + + + Add a new locked alignment into the Autodesk Revit document. + The view that determines the orientation of the alignment. + The first reference. + The second reference. + If creation was successful the new locked alignment dimension is returned, +otherwise an exception with failure information will be thrown. + These two references must be one of the following combinations: +
    • 2 planar faces
    • planar face and reference plane
    • 2 lines
    • line and point
    • line and reference plane
    • 2 arcs
    • 2 cylindrical faces
    +These references must be already geometrically aligned (this function will +not force them to become aligned).
    + +Thrown when the input argument-"view" or "headerReference" or "otherReference"-is . + + +Thrown when the input argument-"headerReference" or "otherReference"-is invalid. + +
    + + Place an instance of a Model Group into the Autodesk Revit document, using a location +and a group type. + The physical location where the group is to be placed. + A GroupType object that represents the type of group that is to be placed. + If creation was successful then an instance to the new group is returned, otherwise . + This method is used to place a new instance of an existing group type within the document. +The group's origin will placed at the point specified by the location. All group types within the +document can be found by iterating over the document and looking for elements of type +. + + + Creates a new instance of ReferencePlane. + The bubble end applied to reference plane. + The free end applied to reference plane. + A third point needed to define the reference plane. + The specific view apply to the Reference plane. + The newly created reference plane. + The specific view is applied to the Reference plane only for certain view types: + + + + + + + + Creates a new instance of ReferencePlane. + The bubble end applied to reference plane. + The free end applied to reference plane. + The cut vector apply to reference plane, should perpendicular +to the vector (bubbleEnd-freeEnd). + The specific view apply to the Reference plane. + The newly created reference plane. + The specific view is applied to the Reference plane only for certain view types: + + + + + + + + Creates an array of new model line elements. + An array containing the internal geometry curves for model lines. + If successful an array of new model line elements. Otherwise . + + Thrown when curve is not in the plane + + + Creates a new model line element. + The internal geometry curve for model line. + The sketch plane this new model line resides in. + If successful a new model line element. Otherwise . + Different type of model curve element will be returned according to the type of geometry curve. + Thrown when curve is not in the plane + + + + + + + Creates a new type of group. + A set of elements which will be made into the new group. + A new instance of a group containing the elements specified. + + + The new group may contain more members than just the set input to this method. Elements +which are closely connected with the inputs (such as sketch and sketch plane) will also be added to +the group. + Initially the group will have a generic name, such as Group 1. This can be changed by +changing the name of the group type as follows: newGroup.GroupType.Name = newName. + If a newly-created element is being added to a group, calling document.Regenerate() may be needed to avoid +a warning visible in the UI that the group has changed outside group edit mode. + + + + + + + + + Creates Family instances within the document. + A list of FamilyInstanceCreationData which wraps the creation arguments of the families to be created. + If FamilyInstanceCreationData's 'curve' or 'symbol' member is . + If regeneration fails at the end of the batch creation. + If the creation is successful, a set of ElementIds which contains the Family instances should be returned, otherwise the exception will be thrown. + + Note: ForbiddenForDynamicUpdateException might be thrown during a dynamic update if the inserted instance establishes a mutual dependency with another structure. + Note: if the created family instance includes nested instances, the API framework will automatically regenerate +the document during this method call. + + + + + + + + Add a line based detail family instance into the Autodesk Revit document, +using an line and a view where the instance should be placed. + The line location of family instance. The line must in the plane of the view. + A family symbol object that represents the type of the instance that is to be inserted. + A 2D view in which to display the family instance. + This overload applies only to 2D family line based detail symbols. +The type/symbol that is used must be loaded into the document before this method is called. +Families and their symbols can be loaded using the Document.LoadFamily +or Document.LoadFamilySymbol methods. + + +Thrown when input argument line or symbol or specView is . + +Thrown when input argument line or symbol or specView is invalid, +or cannot make such type in the specView, +or the line is not in the plane of specView. + +Thrown when failed to create the instance. + +Thrown when attempting to place a model-based family. Only 2D detail families can be placed in views. + Thrown if The symbol is not active. + + + + + + + Add a new family instance into the Autodesk Revit document, +using an origin and a view where the instance should be placed. + The origin of family instance. If created on a , +the origin will be projected onto the . + A family symbol object that represents the type of the instance that is to be inserted. + The 2D view in which to place the family instance. + If creation was successful then an instance to the new object is returned. + One or more required arguments was + The input family PlacementType was not ViewBased, the input view was not 2D, +Thrown if The symbol is not active. +or instances of the input FamilySymbol are not permitted on a view of this type. + This overload applies only to 2D family symbols (detail components, annotation symbols, titleblocks, etc.). +The type/symbol that is used must be loaded into the document before this method is called. +Families and their symbols can be loaded using the Document.LoadFamily or Document.LoadFamilySymbol methods. + + + + Inserts a new instance of a family onto a face referenced by the input Reference instance, + using a line on that face for its position, and a type/symbol. + A reference to a face. + A line on the face defining where the symbol is to be placed. + A FamilySymbol object that represents the type of the instance that is to be inserted. +Note that this symbol must represent a family whose +is WorkPlaneBased or CurveBased. + An instance of the new object if creation was successful, otherwise . + Use this method to insert one family instance on a face of another element, +using a line on the face to define the position and direction of the new symbol. +The type/symbol that is used must be loaded into the document before this method +is called. Families and their symbols can be loaded using the Document.LoadFamily or +Document.LoadFamilySymbol methods.The host object must support insertion of instances, otherwise this method +will fail. If the instance fails to be created an exception may be thrown.Note: if the created family instance includes nested instances, the API framework will automatically regenerate +the document during this method call. + Thrown when a non-optional argument was null. + Thrown when the function +cannot get a face from the reference, or, when the family +cannot be placed as line-based on an input face reference, because its FamilyPlacementType is not WorkPlaneBased or +CurveBased + Thrown when the family cannot be placed on +this line as it does not coincide with the input face. + Thrown when Revit is unable to place the family +instance. + Thrown if The symbol is not active. + + + + + + + Inserts a new instance of a family onto a face referenced by the input Reference instance, + using a location, reference direction, and a type/symbol. + A reference to a face. + Point on the face where the instance is to be placed. + A vector that defines the direction of the family instance. +Note that this direction defines the rotation of the instance on the face, and thus cannot be parallel +to the face normal. + A FamilySymbol object that represents the type of the instance that is to be inserted. +Note that this symbol must represent a family whose +is WorkPlaneBased. + An instance of the new object if creation was successful, otherwise . + Use this method to insert one family instance on a face of another element, +using a point on the face and a vector to define the position and direction of the new symbol. +The type/symbol that is used must be loaded into the document before this method is called. +Families and their symbols can be loaded using the Document.LoadFamily or +Document.LoadFamilySymbol methods.The host object must support insertion of instances, otherwise this method +will fail. If the instances fails to be created an exception may be thrown.Some Families, such as Beams, have more than one endpoint and are inserted +in the same manner as single point instances. Once inserted, these linear family instances +can have their endpoints changed by using the instance's Element.Location property.Note: if the created family instance includes nested instances, the API framework will automatically regenerate +the document during this method call. + Thrown when a non-optional argument was null. + Thrown when the function cannot get the face from +the reference, or, when the Family cannot be placed as line-based on an input face reference, because its FamilyPlacementType +is not WorkPlaneBased + Thrown when reference direction is +parallel to face normal at insertion point. + Thrown when Revit is unable to place the family +instance. + Thrown if The symbol is not active. + + + + + + + Inserts a new instance of a family onto a face of an existing element, + using a line on that face for its position, and a type/symbol. + A face of a geometry object. + A line on the face defining where the symbol is to be placed. + A FamilySymbol object that represents the type of the instance that is to be inserted. +Note that this symbol must represent a family whose +is WorkPlaneBased or CurveBased. + An instance of the new object if creation was successful, otherwise . + Use this method to insert one family instance on a face of another element, +using a line on the face to define the position and direction of the new symbol. +The type/symbol that is used must be loaded into the document before this method +is called. Families and their symbols can be loaded using the Document.LoadFamily or +Document.LoadFamilySymbol methods.The host object must support insertion of instances, otherwise this method +will fail. If the instance fails to be created an exception may be thrown.Note: if the created family instance includes nested instances, the API framework will automatically regenerate +the document during this method call. + Thrown when a non-optional argument was null. + Thrown when the function cannot get the Reference +from the face, or, Family cannot be placed as line-based on an input face reference, because its FamilyPlacementType +is not WorkPlaneBased or CurveBased + Thrown when the family cannot be placed on +this line as it does not coincide with the input face. + Thrown when Revit is unable to place the family +instance. + Thrown if The symbol is not active. + + + + + + + Inserts a new instance of a family onto a face of an existing element, + using a location, reference direction, and a type/symbol. + A face of a geometry object. + Point on the face where the instance is to be placed. + A vector that defines the direction of the family instance. +Note that this direction defines the rotation of the instance on the face, and thus cannot be parallel +to the face normal. + A FamilySymbol object that represents the type of the instance that is to be inserted. +Note that this symbol must represent a family whose +is WorkPlaneBased. + An instance of the new object if creation was successful, otherwise . + Use this method to insert one family instance on a face of another element, +using a point on the face and a vector to define the position and direction of the new symbol. +The type/symbol that is used must be loaded into the document before this method is called. +Families and their symbols can be loaded using the Document.LoadFamily or +Document.LoadFamilySymbol methods.The host object must support insertion of instances, otherwise this method +will fail. If the instances fails to be created an exception may be thrown.Some Families, such as Beams, have more than one endpoint and are inserted +in the same manner as single point instances. Once inserted, these linear family instances +can have their endpoints changed by using the instance's Element.Location property.Note: if the created family instance includes nested instances, the API framework will automatically regenerate +the document during this method call. + Thrown when a non-optional argument was null. + Thrown when the function cannot get the Reference +from the face, or, when the Family cannot be placed as line-based on an input face reference, because its FamilyPlacementType +is not WorkPlaneBased + Thrown when reference direction is +parallel to face normal at insertion point. + Thrown when Revit is unable to place the family +instance. + Thrown if The symbol is not active. + + + + + + + Inserts a new instance of a family into the document, using a location and a +type/symbol. + The physical location where the instance is to be placed. + A FamilySymbol object that represents the type of the instance that is to be inserted. + If structural then specify the type of the component. + A valid instance of the given family if the creation is successful. An exception will be thrown otherwise. + Use this method to insert a family instance that does not require a host element or level. +For creating instances of level-based families use one of the NewFamilyInstance methods of the Revit.Creation.Document class. +The type/symbol that is used must be loaded into the document before this method is called. +Families and their symbols can be loaded using the Document.LoadFamily or +Document.LoadFamilySymbol methods.Some Families, such as Beams, have more than one endpoint +and are inserted in the same manner as single point instances. Once inserted these linear family +instances can have their endpoints changed by using the instance's Element.Location property.Note: if the created family instance includes nested instances, the API framework will automatically regenerate +the document during this method call. + Thrown if the symbol is not active. + +Thrown if the family is level-based, for new instances of such families require a valid level to be supplied at the time of creation. + + + Inserts a new instance of a family into the document, +using a location, type/symbol, and the level. + The physical location where the instance is to be placed. + A FamilySymbol object that represents the type of the instance that is to be inserted. + The level onto which the FamilyInstance is to be placed. + If structural then specify the type of the component. + If creation was successful then an instance to the new object is returned, otherwise . + This method is used to place a family instance onto a level. If the instance fails to be created an exception may be thrown. +The type/symbol that is used must be loaded into the document +before this method is called. Families and their symbols can be loaded using the Document.LoadFamily +or Document.LoadFamilySymbol methods. Some Families, such as Beams, have more than one endpoint +and are inserted in the same manner as single point instances. Once inserted these linear family +instances can have their endpoints changed by using the instance's Element.Location property.Note: ForbiddenForDynamicUpdateException might be thrown during a dynamic update if the inserted instance establishes a mutual dependency with another structure.Note: if the created family instance includes nested instances, the API framework will automatically regenerate +the document during this method call. + Thrown if the family symbol does not exist in the given document. + Thrown if the level does not exist in the given document. + Thrown if The symbol is not active. + + + Inserts a new instance of a family into the document, +using a location, type/symbol, and the host element. + The physical location where the instance is to be placed. + A FamilySymbol object that represents the type of the instance that is to be inserted. + The object into which the FamilyInstance is to be inserted, often known as the host. + If structural then specify the type of the component. + If creation was successful then an instance to the new object is returned, otherwise . + This method is used to insert one family instance into another element, such as inserting a +window into a wall. If the instance fails to be created an exception may be thrown. +The type/symbol that is used must be loaded into the document +before this method is called. Families and their symbols can be loaded using the Document.LoadFamily +or Document.LoadFamilySymbol methods. The host object must be one that supports insertion of +instances otherwise this method will fail. Some Families, such as Beams, have more than one endpoint +and are inserted in the same manner as single point instances. Once inserted these linear family +instances can have their endpoints changed by using the instance's Element.Location property.Note: ForbiddenForDynamicUpdateException might be thrown during a dynamic update if the inserted instance establishes a mutual dependency with another structure.Note: if the created family instance includes nested instances, the API framework will automatically regenerate +the document during this method call. + Thrown if The symbol is not active. + + + + + + + Inserts a new instance of a family into the document. + Inserts a new instance of a family into the document, +using a location, type/symbol, the host element and a reference direction. + The physical location where the instance is to be placed. + A FamilySymbol object that represents the type of the instance that is to be inserted. + A vector that dictates the direction of certain family instances. + A host object into which the instance will be embedded + If structural then specify the type of the component. + If creation was successful then an instance to the new object is returned, otherwise . + This method allows you to create FamilyInstance objects that require both a location and direction. +If the instance fails to be created an exception may be thrown. +The type/symbol that is used must be loaded into the document +before this method is called. Families and their symbols can be loaded using the Document.LoadFamily +or Document.LoadFamilySymbol methods. Some Families, such as Beams, have more than one endpoint and +are inserted in the same manner as single point instances. Once inserted these linear family instances +can have their endpoints changed by using the instance's Element.Location property.Note: if the created family instance includes nested instances, the API framework will automatically regenerate +the document during this method call. + Thrown if The symbol is not active. + + + + + + + Creates a new linear dimension object using the specified dimension style. + The view in which the dimension is to be visible. +The view must be if the document is in . + The line drawn for the dimension. + An array of geometric references to which the dimension is to be bound. + The dimension style to be used for the dimension. + If successful a new dimension object, otherwise . + Thrown when references are not geometric references. + + + Creates a new linear dimension object. + Creates a new linear dimension object using the default dimension style. + The view in which the dimension is to be visible. +The view must be if the document is in . + The line drawn for the dimension. + An array of geometric references to which the dimension is to be bound. + If successful a new dimension object, otherwise . + The currently user set default style is used for the created dimension. + Thrown when references are not geometric references. + + + + + + + Creates an array of new detail curve elements. + The view in which the detail curves are to be visible. + An array containing the internal geometry curves for detail lines. + The curve in array should be bound curve. + If successful an array of new detail curve elements. Otherwise . + Thrown when curve is not in plane of the view + + + Creates a new detail curve element. + The view in which the detail curve is to be visible. + The internal geometry curve for detail curve. It should be a bound curve. + If successful a new detail curve element. Otherwise . + Different type of detail curve element will be returned according to the type of geometry curve. + Thrown when curve is not in plane of the view + + + The ItemFactoryBase object is used to create new instances of elements within the +Autodesk Revit document. + The ItemFactoryBase object is a utility object that is used to create new +instances of elements within the Autodesk Revit document. +This class holds common methods used in both project documents and family documents. + + + + 2016 + + + Supported styles of text position relative to the normal baseline. + + + 2016 + + + + + Indicates a superscript text. + + + + + Indicates a subsript text. + + + + + Indicates a normal text with letters positioned on the baseline. + + + + + 2016 + + + Supported styles of text list paragraphs. + + + 2016 + + + + + Indicates a list that uses uppercase Roman numbers. + + + + + Indicates a list that uses lowercase Roman numbers. + + + + + Indicates a list that uses uppercase letters. + + + + + Indicates a list that uses lowercase letters. + + + + + Indicates a list that uses arabic numbers. + + + + + Indicates a list that uses standard bullets. + + + + + Indicates that the paragraph is not a list. + + + + + 2016 + + + Supported types of vertical attachments of a leader to a text note. + + + 2016 + + + + + Leaders are attached at the position of the bottom (last) line of the text box, + and, unless the text's border is visible, the leader's shoulder line extends + all the way to the text, minus the current value of text border offset. + + + + + Leaders are aligned vertically with the midpoint of the text box and their shoulder line + always ends at the box' border regardless of whether the border is visible on not. + + + + + Leaders are attached at the position of the top (first) line of the text box, + and, unless the text's border is visible, the leader's shoulder line extends + all the way to the text, minus the current value of text border offset. + + + + + 2016 + + + Supported types of vertical alignment of a text element. + + + 2016 + + + + + The horizontal center line of the text box remains in place as the height of the text changes. + + + + + Bottom of the text box remains in place as the height of the text changes. + + + + + Top of the text box remains in place as the height of the text changes. + + + + + 2016 + + + Supported types of horizontal alignment of a text element and text justification within the text containing box. + + + 2016 + + + + + Text is Center justified inside the containing text box, and the center side of the text box remains in place as the width changes. + + + + + Text is Right justified inside the containing text box, and the right side of the text box remains in place as the width changes. + + + + + Text is Left justified inside the containing text box, and the left side of the text box remains in place as the width changes. + + + + + Types of text-note leaders + + + + + An arc leader attached from the right side of a text element + + + + + An arc leader attached from the left side of a text element + + + + + A line leader attached from the right side of a text element + + + + + A line leader attached from the left side of a text element + + + + + Represents the structural type of a family instance. + + + 2011 + + + + + Unknown Framing + + + + + Structural Footing + + + + + Structural Column + + + + + Structural Brace + + + + + Structural Beam + + + + + Non-Structural + + + + An enumerated type listing all pipe loss method types for a connector + + + pipe loss method depend on coefficient. + + + pipe loss method is specified. + + + pipe loss method is depend on the coefficient from table. + + + pipe loss method is undefined. + + + An enumerated type listing all the possible load classification types for a connector object. + + + Load Classification Type is HVAC. + + + Load Classification Type is Lighting. + + + Load Classification Type is Power. + + + Load Classification Type is Other. + + + An enumerated type to specify the electrical phase configuration. + + + Electrical phase configuration is delta. + + + Electrical phase configuration is Y. + + + Electrical phase configuration is undefined. + + + An enumerated type to specify whether the electrical system is single phase or three phase. + + + Electrical phase is three phase. + + + Electrical phase is single phase. + + + An enumerated type listing all duct loss calculation methods for a connector. + + + Duct loss method depends on the loss coefficient. + + + Duct loss method is specified. + + + Duct loss method is undefined. + + + An enumerated type listing all duct flow configuration types for a connector. + + + Duct flow configuration depends on system. + + + Duct flow configuration is preset. + + + Duct flow configuration is calculated. + + + An enumerated type listing all the possible space types for a space object. + + + Space Type is NoOfSpaceTypes. + + + Space Type is WorshipPulpitChoirReligious. + + + Space Type is WorkshopWorkshop. + + + Space Type is TerminalTicketCounterTransportation. + + + Space Type is SupermarketSalesAreaRetail. + + + Space Type is Stairway. + + + Space Type is StairsInactive. + + + Space Type is StacksLibrary. + + + Space Type is SpecialtyStoreSalesAreaRetail. + + + Space Type is SortingAreaPostOffice. + + + Space Type is SleepingQuartersPoliceOrFireStation. + + + Space Type is RingSportsAreaSportsArena. + + + Space Type is Restrooms. + + + Space Type is RestorationMuseum. + + + Space Type is RecoveryHospitalOrHealthcare. + + + Space Type is ReceptionOrWaitingHotel. + + + Space Type is ReceptionOrWaitingMotel. + + + Space Type is ReceptionOrWaitingTransportation. + + + Space Type is ReadingAreaLibrary. + + + Space Type is PublicAndStaffLoungeHospitalOrHealthcare. + + + Space Type is Plenum. + + + Space Type is PoliceStationLaboratoryPoliceOrFireStations. + + + Space Type is PlayingAreaGymnasium. + + + Space Type is PhysicalTherapyHospitalOrHealthcare. + + + Space Type is PharmacyHospitalOrHealthcare. + + + Space Type is PersonalServicesSalesAreaRetail. + + + Space Type is PatientRoomHospitalOrHealthcare. + + + Space Type is ParkingAreaPedestrianParkingGarage. + + + Space Type is ParkingAreaAttendantOnlyParkingGarage. + + + Space Type is OtherTelevisedPlayingAreaSportsArena. + + + Space Type is OperatingRoomHospitalOrHealthcare. + + + Space Type is OfficeCommonActivityAreasInactiveStorage. + + + Space Type is OfficeOpenPlan. + + + Space Type is OfficeEnclosed. + + + Space Type is NurseStationHospitalOrHealthcare. + + + Space Type is MuseumAndGalleryStorage. + + + Space Type is MerchandisingSalesAreaRetail. + + + Space Type is MediumOrBulkyMaterialWarehouse. + + + Space Type is MassMerchandisingSalesAreaRetail. + + + Space Type is MallConcourseSalesAreaRetail. + + + Space Type is LoungeOrRecreation. + + + Space Type is LobbyHotel. + + + Space Type is LobbyPostOffice. + + + Space Type is LobbyPerformingArtsTheatre. + + + Space Type is LobbyAuditorium. + + + Space Type is LobbyMotionPictureTheatre. + + + Space Type is LobbyReligiousBuildings. + + + Space Type is Lobby. + + + Space Type is LivingQuartersHotel. + + + Space Type is LivingQuartersMotel. + + + Space Type is LivingQuartersDormitory. + + + Space Type is LibraryAudioVisualLibraryAudioVisual. + + + Space Type is LaundryWashingHospitalOrHealthcare. + + + Space Type is LaundryIroningAndSorting. + + + Space Type is LaboratoryOffice. + + + Space Type is JudgesChambersCourtHouse. + + + Space Type is InactiveStorage. + + + Space Type is HotelOrConferenceCenterConferenceOrMeeting. + + + Space Type is HospitalOrRadiologyHospitalOrHealthcare. + + + Space Type is HospitalOrMedicalSuppliesHospitalOrHealthcare. + + + Space Type is HospitalNurseryHospitalOrHealthcare. + + + Space Type is GeneralExhibitionMuseum. + + + Space Type is GeneralLowBayManufacturingFacility. + + + Space Type is GeneralHighBayManufacturingFacility. + + + Space Type is GarageServiceOrRepairAutomotiveFacility. + + + Space Type is FoodPreparation. + + + Space Type is FireStationEngineRoomPoliceOrFireStation. + + + Space Type is FineMerchandiseSalesAreaRetail. + + + Space Type is FineMaterialWarehouse. + + + Space Type is FellowshipHallReligiousBuildings. + + + Space Type is ExhibitSpaceConventionCenter. + + + Space Type is ExerciseAreaGymnasium. + + + Space Type is ExerciseAreaExerciseCenter. + + + Space Type is ExamOrTreatmentHospitalOrHealthcare. + + + Space Type is EquipmentRoomManufacturingFacility. + + + Space Type is EmergencyHospitalOrHealthcare. + + + Space Type is ElevatorLobbies. + + + Space Type is ElectricalOrMechanical. + + + Space Type is DressingOrLockerOrFittingRoomExerciseCenter. + + + Space Type is DressingOrLockerOrFittingRoomAuditorium. + + + Space Type is DressingOrLockerOrFittingRoomPerformingArtsTheatre. + + + Space Type is DressingOrLockerOrFittingRoomCourtHouse. + + + Space Type is DressingOrLockerOrFittingRoomGymnasium. + + + Space Type is DormitoryStudyHall. + + + Space Type is DormitoryBedroom. + + + Space Type is DiningAreaCivilServices. + + + Space Type is DiningAreaPenitentiary. + + + Space Type is DiningAreaTransportation. + + + Space Type is DiningAreaMotel. + + + Space Type is DiningAreaLoungeOrLeisureDining. + + + Space Type is DiningAreaFamilyDining. + + + Space Type is DiningAreaHotel. + + + Space Type is DiningArea. + + + Space Type is DetailedManufacturingFacility. + + + Space Type is DepartmentStoreSalesAreaRetail. + + + Space Type is CourtroomCourtHouse. + + + Space Type is CourtSportsAreaSportsArena. + + + Space Type is CorridorsWithPatientWaitingExamHospitalOrHealthcare. + + + Space Type is CorridorOrTransitionManufacturingFacility. + + + Space Type is CorridorOrTransition. + + + Space Type is ConferenceMeetingOrMultipurpose. + + + Space Type is ConfinementCellsCourtHouse. + + + Space Type is ConfinementCellsPenitentiary. + + + Space Type is ClassroomOrLectureOrTraining. + + + Space Type is ClassroomOrLectureOrTrainingPenitentiary. + + + Space Type is CardFileAndCataloguingLibrary. + + + Space Type is BarberAndBeautyParlor. + + + Space Type is BankingActivityAreaOffice. + + + Space Type is BankCustomerArea. + + + Space Type is AudienceOrSeatingAreaAuditorium. + + + Space Type is AudienceOrSeatingAreaCourtHouse. + + + Space Type is AudienceOrSeatingAreaPoliceOrFireStations. + + + Space Type is AudienceOrSeatingAreaReligious. + + + Space Type is AudienceOrSeatingAreaPerformingArtsTheatre. + + + Space Type is AudienceOrSeatingAreaMotionPictureTheatre. + + + Space Type is AudienceOrSeatingAreaConventionCenter. + + + Space Type is AudienceOrSeatingAreaSportsArena. + + + Space Type is AudienceOrSeatingAreaGymnasium. + + + Space Type is AudienceOrSeatingAreaExerciseCenter. + + + Space Type is AudienceOrSeatingAreaPenitentiary. + + + Space Type is AtriumFirstThreeFloors. + + + Space Type is AtriumEachAdditionalFloor. + + + Space Type is AirportConcourse. + + + Space Type is AirOrTrainOrBusBaggageArea. + + + Space Type is ActiveStorageHospitalOrHealthcare. + + + Space Type is ActiveStorage. + + + Space Type is NoSpaceType. + + + An enumerated type listing all the possible condition types for a space object. + + + Condition Type is NoOfConditionTypes. + + + Condition Type is NaturallyVentedOnly. + + + Condition Type is Vented. + + + Condition Type is Unconditioned. + + + Condition Type is HeatedAndCooled. + + + Condition Type is Cooled. + + + Condition Type is Heated. + + + An enumerated type listing all the possible return airflow types for a space object. + + + Return Airflow Type is ActualSupplyAirflow. + + + Return Airflow Type is CalculatedSupplyAirflow. + + + Return Airflow Type is SpecifiedSupplyAirflow. + + + Return Airflow Type is Specified. + + + An enumerated type listing all the junction types for MEP curve types. + + + The junction type is tee. + + + The junction type is tap. + + + + Identifies the calculation level for the system type. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + Indicates the material id that should override the material for all components in the system. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Indicates the visibility of the fill pattern for all components in the system. + + + 2012 + + + + + Indicates the fill pattern id that should override the fill pattern id for all components in the system. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Indicates the color that should override the fill color for all components in the system. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Indicates the line pattern id that should override the line pattern id for all components in the system. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Indicates the color that should override the line color for all components in the system. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Indicates the weight that should override the line weight for all components in the system. + + + 2012 + + + + + Identifies the classification for the system type + + + The system classification drives certain behavior such as sizing + and connections to other systems + + + 2012 + + + + + Identifies the abbreviation, the short name, for the system type + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + A system type in the Autodesk Revit MEP product. + + + This is the base class for mechanical and piping system types, + available only in the Autodesk Revit MEP product. + + + 2012 + + + + + This enumeration corresponds to the rise/drop symbol used + in mechanical systems + + + 2012 + + + + + Duct exhaust rise/drop with /\ pattern and lower right \ is filled + + + + + Duct exhaust rise/drop with \/ pattern and lower left / is filled + + + + + Cable Tray 1 Line a cross without outline + + + + + Pipe 1 Line junction full circle + + + + + Pipe 1 Line junction 1/2 circle on each side + + + + + Pipe 1 Line bend full circle + + + + + Pipe 1 Line bend 3/4 circle + + + + + Pipe contour rise/drop and 2 half circles (yin-yang) left side is filled + + + + + Pipe contour rise/drop and 2 half circles (yin-yang) + + + + + Outline only no internal geometry and filled to be solid + + + + + Duct exhaust rise/drop with /\ pattern + + + + + Duct exhaust rise/drop with \/ pattern + + + + + Duct return rise/drop with \ pattern and lower left \ is filled + + + + + Duct return rise/drop with \ pattern + + + + + Duct return rise/drop with / pattern and lower right / is filled + + + + + Duct return rise/drop with / pattern + + + + + Duct supply rise/drop with X pattern and top and bottom of X is filled + + + + + Duct supply rise/drop with X pattern + + + + + Outline only no internal geometry + + + + + No rise/drop graphics will be used + + + + + A userdefined symbol for rise/drop graphics is used + + + + + Enumerated type listing flags that can toggle on or off certain calculations related to MEP systems. + + + 2012 + + + + + This mode is reserved for limiting the system propagation and other performance-boosting options. + Note that the system-related functionalities might be traded off for faster layout capability in large system when this mode is on. + Be careful that this mode is NOT included in the "All" mode. + + + + + This mode is obsoleted in Revit 2017. + + + + + System calculation is only for flow + + + + + System calculation is off + + + + + System calculation is on for everything (with every bit being 1) + + + + + An enumerated type listing all the possible electrical system types for a connector object. + + + 2012 + + + + + Electrical System Type is PowerUnBalanced. + + + + + Electrical System Type is PowerBalanced. + + + + + Electrical System Type is Communication. + + + + + Electrical System Type is Controls. + + + + + System Type is NurseCall. + + + + + Electrical System Type is FireAlarm + + + + + Electrical System Type is Security + + + + + Electrical System Type is Telephone. + + + + + Electrical System Type is PowerCircuit. + + + + + Electrical System Type is Data. + + + + + Undefined system type + + + + + An enumerated type listing all the possible duct system types for a connector object. + + + 2012 + + + + + Duct System Type is Global. + + + + + Duct System Type is Fitting. + + + + + Duct System Type is OtherAir. + + + + + Duct System Type is ExhaustAir. + + + + + Duct System Type is ReturnAir. + + + + + Duct System Type is SupplyAir. + + + + + Undefined system type. + + + + + An enumerated type listing all the possible pipe system types for a connector object. + + + 2012 + + + + + Pipe System Type is Vent. + + + + + Pipe System Type is Global. + + + + + Pipe System Type is Fitting. + + + + + Pipe System Type is FireProtectOther. + + + + + Pipe System Type is FireProtectPreaction. + + + + + Pipe System Type is FireProtectDry. + + + + + Pipe System Type is FireProtectWet. + + + + + Pipe System Type is OtherPipe. + + + + + Pipe System Type is DomesticColdWater. + + + + + Pipe System Type is DomesticHotWater. + + + + + Pipe System Type is Sanitary. + + + + + Pipe System Type is ReturnHydronic. + + + + + Pipe System Type is SupplyHydronic. + + + + + Pipe System Type is UndefinedSystemClassification. + + + + + This enumeration is used to classify MEP connectors and systems + and drives certain behavior for a particular system type + + + 2012 + + + + + Indicates the default type for cable trays and conduits + + + + + Equivalent with PowerCircuit + + + + + Equivalent with PowerCircuit + + + + + Reserved for application usage, used for UI filtering in Family Editor + + + + + Reserved for application usage, used for UI filtering in Family Editor + + + + + An electrical switch system + + + + + A user defined fire protection system + + + + + A preaction fire protection system + + + + + A dry fire protection system + + + + + A wet fire protection system + + + + + An user classified piping system + + + + + Reserved for future use + + + + + A cold water piping system + + + + + A hot water piping system + + + + + Reserved for future use + + + + + A piping ventilation system + + + + + A sanitary piping system + + + + + Reserved for future use + + + + + An electrical circuit classified as communication + + + + + An electrical circuit classified as controls + + + + + An electrical circuit classified as nurse call + + + + + An electrical fire alarm circuit + + + + + An electrical security circuit + + + + + An electrical circuit classified as telephone + + + + + A hydronic return piping system + + + + + A hydronic supply piping system + + + + + An electrical circuit + + + + + An electrical data circuit + + + + + An user classified air duct system + + + + + Obsolete classification not used anymore + + + + + A return air duct system + + + + + A supply air duct system + + + + + A system classification not yet defined + + + + + Declares the section data type. + + + 2011 + + + + + Declares the panel schedule type. The comments for each enum type show + a simple example of how the layout would look when applied to a panel schedule + + + 2011 + + + + + | Ckt | A | B | C | + | 1 | 100 | 0 | 0 | + | 2 | 200 | 0 | 0 | + + + + + | Ckt | Load | + | 1 | 100 | + | 2 | 200 | + + + + + | Ckt | A | B | C | Ckt | + | 1 | 100 | x | x | | + | | 200 | x | x | 2 | + + + + + | Ckt | A | B | C | Ckt | + | 1 | 100/200 | x | x | 2 | + + + + + | Ckt | A | B | C | A | B | C | Ckt | + | 1 | 100 | x | x | 200 | x | x | 2 | + + + + + | Ckt | A | B | C | Ckt | + | 1 | 100 | 200 | x | x | x | x | 2 | + + + + + No load information + + + + + An enumerated type listing all the circuit naming options. + + + 2021 + + + + + Circuit naming is user defined. + + + + + Circuit naming is By Project Setting. + + + + + Circuit naming is By Phase. + + + + + Circuit naming is Panel Name. + + + + + Circuit naming is Standard. + + + + + Circuit naming is Prefixed. + + + + + Circuit naming is Undefined. + + + + + An enumerated type listing all the circuit numbering options. + + + + + Circuit numbering type is continuous from its parent panel. + + + + + Circuit numbering type is starting from one. + + + + + An enumerated type indicates the panel to panel connection type + + + 2020 + + + + + FeedThruLugs. + + + + + Breaker. + + + + + NotApplicable. + + + + + An enumerated type listing the occupancy unit of measure for a space object. + + + + + OccupancyUnit is AreaPerPerson. + + + + + OccupancyUnit is NumberOfPeople. + + + + + OccupancyUnit is BySpaceType. + + + + + OccupancyUnit is UseDefaultValues. Obsoleted from 2018, use BySpaceType instead. + + + + + An enumerated type listing all the possible power load use types for a space object. + + + + + Return BaseLoadOn is NoOfBaseLoadOnMethods. + + + + + Return BaseLoadOn is UseActualLoad. + + + + + Return BaseLoadOn is UseCalculatedLoad. + + + + + Return BaseLoadOn is UseEnteredLoad. + + + + + Return BaseLoadOn is BySpaceType. + + + + + Return BaseLoadOn is UseDefaultLoad. Obsoleted from 2018, use kBySpaceType instead. + + + + + An enumerated type to list all demand factor classifications. + + + + + Load classification is HVAC. + + + + + Load classification is Lighting. + + + + + Load classification is power. + + + + + Load classification is undefined. + + + + + An enumerated type listing all the possible circuit types. + + + + + Circuit type is space. + + + + + Circuit type is spare. + + + + + Circuit type is circuit. + + + + + An enumerated type listing all the possible power factor state types for a connector object. + + + + + Power FactorState Type is Lagging. + + + + + Power FactorState Type is Leading. + + + + + An enumerated type to list all wiring types. + + + + + Chamfered wiring can be used to indicate wiring that is exposed. + + + + + Arc wiring is used to indicate wiring that is concealed within walls, ceilings, or floors. + + + + + An enumerated type listing all the behavior type for MEP Components. + + + + + BehaviorType is a round centreline tap on oval straight + + + + + BehaviorType is a round centreline tap on oval straight + + + + + BehaviorType is a round centreline tap on round straight/pipe + + + + + BehaviorType is Coupling + + + + + BehaviorType is a flat tap on flat surface, eg. rectangular straight or flat-side of oval straight + + + + + BehaviorType is Hanger + + + + + BehaviorType is Flex + + + + + BehaviorType is Straight + + + + + BehaviorType is Electrical Base Object + + + + + BehaviorType is Vertical Bend + + + + + BehaviorType is Mechanical Coupling + + + + + BehaviorType is Flange + + + + + BehaviorType is Valve + + + + + BehaviorType is End Cap + + + + + BehaviorType is Base Object + + + + + BehaviorType is System Member + + + + + BehaviorType is Orient to Face + + + + + BehaviorType is Orient to CenterLine + + + + + BehaviorType is Orient to Object + + + + + BehaviorType is Break Into + + + + + BehaviorType is Inline + + + + + BehaviorType is Intersection + + + + + BehaviorType is Branch + + + + + BehaviorType is Bend + + + + + BehaviorType is Normal + + + + + BehaviorType is Invalid + + + + + An enumerated type listing direction types for a connector. + + + + + Flow out + + + + + Flow in + + + + + Flow bidirectional + + + + + An enumerated type listing all the pipe flow states for a pipe + + + + + The flow state is Turbulent + + + + + The flow state is Transition + + + + + The flow state is Laminar + + + + + The flow state has multi values + + + + + An enumerated type listing all connector profile types + + + + + Oval connector profile + + + + + Rectangular connector profile + + + + + Round connector profile + + + + + Invalid connector profile + + + + + An enumerated type listing all connector types for a connection + + + + + All connection modes + + + + + Connection between a sub-system and a super-system, such as a connection between supply and return + sub-systems and a main hydronic piping system or an air system. + + + + + Any end connection type + + + + + Not end connection type + + + + + Physical connection type + + + + + Family connection type + + + + + End or Surface connection type + + + + + Blank End type + + + + + Reference to the layout node type + + + + + Main surface connection type + + + + + This value is deprecated and will be removed in a future version of Revit. Please use MainSurface instead. + + + + + Surface connection type + + + + + Reference connection type + + + + + Logical connection type + + + + + Curve connection type + + + + + End connection type + + + + + Invalid connection type + + + + + Defines behavior of connector with respect to automatic creation of connections + + + Enumeration of automatic connection behavior types + + + + + Connector may participate in automatic connection, but at the moment it is fully connected + + + + + Connector accepts more automatic connections if needed, but + + + + + Connector must establish a connection + + + + + Connector is actively looking to be connected + + + + + Connector does not participate in automatic connection + + + + + Type of connector domain. + + + Enumeration of connector domain types + + + + + Connector of Structural Analytical Model + + + + + Connector of cable trays or conduits + + + + + Electrical connector + + + + + HVAC (duct) connector + + + + + Domain is undefined + + + + + Type of connector domain. + + + Enumeration of connector domain types + + + + + Connector of Structural Analytical Model + + + + + Connector of cable trays or conduits + + + + + Piping connector + + + + + Electrical connector + + + + + HVAC (duct) connector + + + + + Domain is undefined + + + + + Connector gender type enum + + + Enum of connector gender type + + + + + Female connector gender type + + + + + Male connector gender type + + + + + Undefined connector gender type + + + + + Connector joint type enum + + + Enum of connector joint type + + + + + Soldered connector joint type + + + + + Glued connector joint type + + + + + Grooved connector joint type + + + + + Threaded connector joint type + + + + + Welded connector joint type + + + + + Flanged connector joint type + + + + + Undefined connector joint type + + + + + An enumerated type listing all connector flow configuration + + + + + Flow configuration depends on demand + + + + + Flow configuration depends on system + + + + + Flow configuration is Preset + + + + + Flow configuration is calculated + + + + + Loads a family. Displays the standard Revit dialogs when overwriting a family. If a + text type catalog is found, displays the standard dialog for family type selection. + + + The document to load the family into. + + + The file from which to load the family. + + + Data that can be used for journal replay. Ignorable. Both In and Out ExtJournalData objects can be the same thing. + + + True if the family was loaded successfully, false otherwise + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Checks whether the document is in a state that allows the loading of families. + + + The document to check. + + + True if loading of families is allowed, otherwise False. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Checks whether the family contains sketches with a large number of elements. + + + Families containing large sketches (typically with 300+ elements) may cause + performance problems in parametric families (see ). + Thus, before adding any constraints to a family (which will make the family + parametric,) this method can be queried and the decision about whether the + family should indeed be turned parametric may be deferred to the end-user. + + + 2017 + + + + + Returns all applicable values for a FamilyType parameter of this family. + + +

    The values are Element Ids of all family types that match + the category specified by the definition of the given parameter. + The elements are either of class or + . The second variant is + for the types that are nested in families and thus are not + accessible otherwise.

    +

    If there are no applicable types of such category the returned + collection will be empty.

    +
    + + A valid Id of a FamilyType parameter defined for this family. + + + Ids of all applicable and elements. + + + The given parameterId does not represent a valid FamilyType parameter of this family. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + +
    + + + Gets the ids of the FamilySymbols owned by this Family. + + + The ids of the FamilySymbols. + + + 2015 + + + + + Identifies if the input category id can be assigned as the new category for this family. + + + The category id. + + + True if the input category id can be assigned as the new category for this family, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Identifies if this Family can have a structural section. + + + True if the Family can have structural section, false otherwise. + + + 2016 + + + + + Identifies whether the family contains parametric relations + between some of its elements. + + +

    A family is parametric if it contains parameter-driven relations between + its elements, such as labeled dimensions or locked tangential joins.

    +

    Parametric families containing large sketches may cause performance + problems. Caution is therefore advised before adding any constraints to + a yet non-parametric family that already contains large sketches. + See .

    +
    + + 2017 + +
    + + + Determine whether the family has been defined by the user. + + + Some families are created internally and cannot be saved or reloaded. + This function will return False for such internal families. + + + 2015 + + + + + Identifies the type of placement required by a given family. + + + 2013 + + + + + True if the family is the owner family for its own editable document, false otherwise. + + + 2015 + + + + + The id of the category or sub category in which the elements that this family could generate reside. + + + When setting this property: The input category id cannot be assigned as the new category for this family. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + When setting this property: The family is not an owner family for its own editable document. + + + 2015 + + + + + The family's structural code name. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + The family's structural section shape name key. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + The family's structural section shape. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + When setting this property: This Family cannot have a structural section. + + + 2015 + + + + + The family's structural material type. + + + + + True if the family supports editing, false otherwise. + + + The family will not be editable if it is in-place, not saveable, or represents the primary family inside a family document. + + + + + True if the family is an in-place family, false if the family is a loadable family. + + + + Retrieves or sets a Category object that represents the category or sub category in which the elements +( this family could generate ) reside. + All category objects can be retrieved from the application by using the Categories property +of the Application.Settings object. + +Thrown when the input category cannot be assigned to this family. + + +Thrown when the input category is . + + + + + + + + +Writes a PartAtom XML from the contents of a family object. + + The xml file to be saved. + If 'xmlFilePath' is or an empty string. + +This method is designed for a family loaded into a document in session. So it will skip the type catalog file. +To extract the PartAtom XML from a family file on disk, use Application.ExtractPartAtomFromFamilyFile() + + 2011 + + + +For families that can have a calculation point for spatial elements, +hide or show the calculation point. + elements. + + 2013 + + + +For Curtain Panel families, the vertical spacing of the +driving mesh. + + +Thrown if this family is not the owner family of a curtain panel family document. + + + + +For Curtain Panel families, the horizontal spacing of the +driving mesh. + + +Thrown if this family is not the owner family of a curtain panel family document. + + + + +For Curtain Panel families, the choice of tile pattern. + + +Thrown if this family is not a Curtain Panel family. + + + + +Whether the Family is a Curtain Panel family. Curtain Panel family +symbols are used as the ObjectTypes of + elements. + + + + +Whether the Family is a Conceptual Mass family. + + + + + An element that represents a custom family (not a system family) in Autodesk Revit. + + + Custom families within the Revit API represented by three objects - Family, + and . + Each object plays a significant part in the structure of families. The Family element represents the entire family + that consists of a collection of types, such as an 'I Beam'. You can think of that object as representing the entire + family file. The Family object contains a number of elements. The + object represents a specific set + of family settings within that Family and represents what is known in the Revit user interface as a + Type, such as 'W14x32'. The object represents an actual instance of that + type placed the Autodesk Revit project. For example the would + be a single instance of a W14x32 column within the project. + + + + + + + + Revit's built-in tile patterns. +See . + + + + + General shapes for structural sections. + + + 2018 + + + 2018 + + + + + Defines parameters for Z Cold Formed structural sections. + + + + + Defines parameters for Channel With Fold Cold Formed structural sections. + + + + + Defines parameters for Flat Bar structural sections. + + + + + Defines parameters for Pipe structural sections. + + + + + Defines parameters for Round Bar structural sections. + + + + + Defines parameters for Rectangular Pipe structural sections. + + + + + Defines parameters for Tees structural sections. + + + + + Defines parameters for Angle structural sections. + + + + + Defines parameters for Angle Cold Formed structural sections. + + + + + Defines parameters for Channel structural sections. + + + + + Defines parameters for Channel Cold Formed structural sections. + + + + + Defines parameters for Double T structural sections. + + + + + General shape is not defined. + + + + + Shapes for structural sections. + + + Allow safely differentiate between classes inherited from Autodesk::Revit::DB::Structure::StructuralSections::StructuralSection class. + + + 2015 + + + 2015 + + + + + Defines parameters for ConcreteRound structural sections. + + + + + Defines parameters for Concrete Cross structural sections. + + + + + Defines parameters for Concrete T structural sections. + + + + + Defines parameters for Concrete Rectangle Cut structural sections. + + + + + Defines parameters for Concrete Rectangle structural sections. + + + + + Defines parameters for user defines structural sections. + + + + + Defines parameters for structural Sigma sections profile with fold. + + + + + Defines parameters for structural Sigma sections profile with lips. + + + + + Defines parameters for Sigma Profile structural sections. + + + + + Defines parameters for structural L profile sections with lips. + + + + + Defines parameters for structural Z Profile structural sections. + + + + + Defines parameters for structural L Profile sections with lips. + + + + + Defines parameters for structural L Profile structural sections. + + + + + Defines parameters for structural C Profile sections with fold. + + + + + Defines parameters for structural C Profile sections with lips . + + + + + Defines parameters for structural C Profile sections. + + + + + Defines parameters for I-shape Welded structural sections. + + + + + Defines parameters for Structural Tees structural sections. + + + + + Defines parameters for I-split Sloped Flange structural sections. + + + + + Defines parameters for I-split Parallel Flange structural sections. + + + + + Defines parameters for Round HSS structural sections. + + + + + Defines parameters for Rectangular HSS structural sections. + + + + + Defines parameters for Round Bar structural sections. + + + + + Defines parameters for Rectangular Bar structural sections. + + + + + Defines parameters for L-angle structural sections. + + + + + Defines parameters for C-channel Sloped Flange structural sections. + + + + + Defines parameters for C-channel Parallel Flange structural sections. + + + + + Defines parameters for I-shape Wide Flange structural sections. + + + + + Defines parameters for I-shape Sloped Flange structural sections. + + + + + Defines parameters for I-shape Parallel Flange structural sections. + + + + + Defines parameters for pipes also known as RoundHSS or HollowStructuralSection (HSS). + + + + + Defines parameters for parameterized rectangle structural sections. + + + + + Structural section was not defined for this element + + + + + This element do not support structural section. + + + + + 2011 + + + Represents the structural material type. This enum value is returned by Autodesk::Revit::DB::FamilyInstance::StructuralMaterialType. + + + 2011 + + + + + Structural material type is aluminum. + + + + + Structural material type is generic. + + + + + Structural material type is precast concrete. + + + + + Structural material type is other. + + + + + Structural material type is wood. + + + + + Structural material type is concrete. + + + + + Structural material type is steel. + + + + + Structural material type is undefined. + + + + + The type of placement required for a given family. + + + 2013 + + + + + This signals an invalid value for the enum. + + + + + The family is an adaptive family. + + + + + The family is a structural curve driven member (beam, brace, or slanted column) + + + + + The family is based on a line and place on a specific view (e.g. a detail component). + + + + + The family is based on a line and placed on a work plane. + + + + + The family is placed on a work plane or face. + + + + + The family is view-specific (e.g. a detail annotation) + + + + + The family is placed referencing two levels (e.g. a column). + + + + + The family is placed referencing a single level and host. + + + + + The family is placed referencing a single level. + + + + The view. + + + The control origin. + + + The control shape. + + + A control in Autodesk Revit family document. + +The object represents a variety of different shapes of controls in family document. +The different shapes of controls can handle the family instance in different ways. +
    • A vertical/horizontal arrow control rotates the instance by 180 degrees.
    • A double vertical arrow control mirrors the instance geometry vertically.
    • A double horizontal arrow control mirrors the instance geometry horizontally.
    +
    + + An enumerated type listing four shapes of control that Autodesk Revit supports. + + + Double horizontal arrow. + + + Double vertical arrow. + + + Horizontal arrow. + + + Vertical arrow. + + + +The document associated with the event. + + + + +The class is used as base class for arguments of any post-event that is associated to a particular Document. + + + + +Indicates whether the action associated with this event succeeded, failed, or was cancelled (by an APIevent handler). + + + + +The class is used as a base class for arguments of any post-event. + + + + +The document associated with the event. + + + + +The class is used as base class for the arguments of any pre-event arguments that is associated to a particular Document. + + + + +The class is used as a base class for the arguments for any pre-event. + + + + +Indicates whether an event may be cancelled by an event delegate. + + +If 'Cancellable' is true, event delegates may cancel the command that +was announced by the event. To do so, a delegate would set the 'Cancel' property to True. +Typically, post-events (e.g. DocumentPrinted) are not cancellable, +while most pre-events (e.g. DocumentPrinting) are cancellable, except for special +conditions and situations, such as when the Revit application is being closed +or if an event is raised during another event. + + + + +Indicates whether the event is being cancelled. +When the event is cancellable, set the property to True to cancel it. + + +If an event delegate wishes to cancel the event, it should set the value of this +property to True. Not every event is cancellable. +Whether or not an event may be cancelled is indicated by the value of 'Cancellable' property. + + Thrown if an event delegate attempts to cancel a non-cancellable event. + + + + +The class is used as base class for all event argument classes. + + + + Describes the status of an action which triggered a post event. + + + The action that triggered this event was cancelled by an event handler from the pre-event for the action. + + + The action that triggered this event succeeded. + + + The action that triggered this event failed. + + + + The custom scale for the linked document. + + + 2018 + + + + + The unit of measure for the linked document. + + + 2018 + + + + + The path of the linked document. + + + 2018 + + + + + The event arguments used by the PositionsSaved event. + + + 2018 + + + + + The event arguments used by the DocumentSynchronizedWithCentralEventArgs event. + + + 2010 + + + + + User's options associated with the synchronization operation. + + + 2010 + + + + + User's comments for synchronization. + + + 2010 + + + + + Full path of the central model which is to be synchronized. + + + 2010 + + + + + The event arguments used by the DocumentSynchronizingWithCentralEventArgs event. + + + 2010 + + + + + Indicates whether the document is to be saved as central file. + + + 2021.1 + + + + + Original path of the document. + + + 2010 + + + + + The event arguments used by the DocumentSavedAs event. + + + 2010 + + + + + Indicates whether the document is to be saved as central file. + + + 2021.1 + + + + + Target path to which the document is to be saved. + + + 2010 + + + + + The event arguments used by the DocumentSavingAs event. + + + 2010 + + + + + The event arguments used by the DocumentSaved event. + + + 2010 + + + + + The event arguments used by the DocumentSaving event. + + + 2010 + + + + + The view that was printed. + + + 2010 + + + + + The number of all views being printed. + + + 2010 + + + + + The index of the view being printed out of the set of all views being printed. + + + The index is zero-based. When a single view is being printed, this value should be 0. + + + 2010 + + + + + The event arguments used by the ViewPrinted event. + + + 2010 + + + + + Get the print settings of the active printing session. + + + 2017 + + + + + The view to be printed. + + + 2010 + + + + + The number of all views being printed. + + + 2010 + + + + + The index of the view being printed out of the set of all views being printed. + + + The index is zero-based. When a single view is being printed, this value should be 0. + + + 2010 + + + + + The event arguments used by the ViewPrinting event. + + + 2010 + + + + + Returns ElementIds of the views that that failed to print (if any). + + + ElementIds of the views that that failed to print (if any). + + + 2010 + + + + + Returns ElementIds of the views that printed successfully. + + + ElementIds of the views that printed successfully. + + + 2010 + + + + + The event arguments used by the DocumentPrinted event. + + + 2010 + + + + + Gets the print settings of the active printing session. + + + The print settings of the active printing session. + + + 2010 + + + + + Returns ElementIds of the views to be printed. + + + ElementIds of the views to be printed. + + + 2010 + + + + + The event arguments used by the DocumentPrinting event. + + + 2010 + + + + + This enum identifies the mass display overrides. + + + 2012 + + + 2012 + + + + + Mass zone and mass shade subcategories will be displayed. + + + + + Mass energy analysis surface subcategories (and Mass Floors) will be displayed. + + + + + Mass form and mass floor subcategories will be displayed in all views. + + + + + Mass will be displayed in each view based on the visibility settings of that view. + + + + + The element type group. + + + 2015 + + + + + The bending detail type. + + + + + The alignment station label type. + + + + + The system analysis report view type. + + + + + The End Treatment Type. + + + + + The Structural Connection Handler Type. + + + + + The Rebar Container Type. + + + + + The color fill legend type. + + + + + The multi-reference annotation type. + + + + + The analytical link type. + + + + + The stairs type. + + + + + The diameter dimension type. + + + + + The conduilt type. + + + + + The cable tray type. + + + + + The duct lining type. + + + + + The duct insulation type. + + + + + The pipe insulation type. + + + + + The wall foundation type. + + + + + The spot slope type. + + + + + The graph schedule column view type. + + + + + The spot coordinate type. + + + + + The wire type. + + + + + The flex pipe type. + + + + + The pipe type. + + + + + The flex duct type. + + + + + The duct type. + + + + + The fabric sheet type. + + + + + The fabric area type. + + + + + Path reinforcement type. + + + + + Area reinforcement type. + + + + + The rebar bar type. + + + + + The point load type. + + + + + The line load type. + + + + + The area load type. + + + + + The panel schedule view type. + + + + + The pressure loss report view type. + + + + + The loads report view type. + + + + + The structrual elevation view type. + + + + + The elevation view type. + + + + + The detail view type. + + + + + The section view type. + + + + + The ceiling plan view type. + + + + + The floor plan view type. + + + + + The structural plan view type. + + + + + The drafting view type. + + + + + The sheet view type. + + + + + The cost report view type. + + + + + The legend view type. + + + + + The schedule view type. + + + + + The rendering view type. + + + + + The walkthrough view type. + + + + + The 3D view type. + + + + + The curtain system type. + + + + + The beam system type. + + + + + The repeating detail type. + + + + + The slab edge type. + + + + + The gutter type. + + + + + The fascial type. + + + + + The roof soffit type. + + + + + The contour labeling type. + + + + + The decal type. + + + + + The building pad type. + + + + + The arc length dimension type. + + + + + The angular dimension type. + + + + + The radial dimension type. + + + + + The filled region type. + + + + + The attached detail group type. + + + + + The detail group type. + + + + + The model group type. + + + + + The stairs railing type. + + + + + The ramp type. + + + + + The callout view type. + + + + + The reference viewer type. + + + + + The viewport type. + + + + + The reveal type. + + + + + The cornice type. + + + + + The model text type. + + + + + The tag note type. + + + + + The text note type. + + + + + The spot elevation type. + + + + + The linear dimension type. + + + + + The Level Type + + + + + The Grid Type. + + + + + The stairs by sketch type. + + + + + The ceiling type. + + + + + The footing slab type. + + + + + The floor type. + + + + + The roof type. + + + + + The wall type. + + + + + The railings type for ramps. + + + + + The railings type for stairs. + + + + + Id of the document that has just been closed. + + + This Id is only used to identify the document for the duration of this event and the DocumentClosing event which preceded it. It serves as synchronization means for the pair of events. + + + 2010 + + + + + The event arguments used by the DocumentClosed event. + + + 2010 + + + + + Id of the document that is about to be closed. + + + This Id is only used to identify the document for the duration of this event and the DocumentClosed event which follows. It serves as synchronization means for the pair of events. + + + 2010 + + + + + The event arguments used by the DocumentClosing event. + + + 2010 + + + + + The event arguments used by the ApplicationLaunched event. + + + 2013 + + + + + The document associated with the event. + + + 2010 + + + + + The base class used for post events where the arguments must supply access to the document. + + + 2010 + + + + + The document associated with the event. + + + 2010 + + + + + The base class used for pre events where the arguments must supply access to the document. + + + 2010 + + + + + The class is used as a base class for arguments of any single-event. + + + A single event is an event that is not directly related to another event, meaning that there is no corresponding pre-event or post-event surrounding a single event. + + + 2011 + + + + + Indicates whether the action associated with this event succeeded, failed, or was cancelled (by an API event handler). + + + 2011 + + + + + The class is used as a base class for arguments of any post-event. + + + A post-event is the event raised after execution of the process that was related with the event. + + + 2011 + + + + + When the event is cancellable, may call the Cancel() method to cancel it. + + + Not every event is cancellable. + Whether or not an event may be cancelled is indicated by IsCancellable() method. + + + 2011 + + + + + The class is used as a base class for the arguments for any pre-event. + + + A pre-event is the event raised before executing the process that was related with the event. + + + 2011 + + + + + Indicates whether the event is being cancelled. + + + If the event is cancellable and an event delegate wishes to cancel the event, it may call the Cancel() method if it is available for a particular event's arguments. + + + 2011 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates whether an event may be cancelled by an event delegate. + + + If Cancellable returns true, event delegates may cancel the command that + was announced by the event. To do so, a delegate may call the Cancel() method if it is available. + Typically, single-events and post-events (e.g. DocumentPrinted) are not cancellable, + while most pre-events (e.g. DocumentPrinting) are cancellable, except for special + conditions and situations, such as when the Revit application is being closed + or if an event is raised during another event. + + + 2011 + + + + + The class is used as base class for all event argument classes. + + + 2011 + + + + + Describes the status of an action which triggered a post event. + + + Describes the status of an action which triggered a post event. + + + 2011 + + + + + The action that triggered this event was cancelled by an event handler from the pre-event for the action. + + + + + The action that triggered this event succeeded. + + + + + The action that triggered this event failed . + + + + + Creates a new view template instance from this view instance. + + + New view template instance + + + The view is not valid for view template creation. + + + 2020 + + + + + Verifies that the view is valid for template creation. + + + True if the view can be used for view template creation, false otherwise. + + + 2020 + + + + + Verifies that the view represented by templateId can be set as the controlling view template for this view. + + + The id to be validated as a view template for this view. + + + True if the view is valid for us as a view template and compatible with this view, or if it is InvalidElementId, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Applies to this view the parameters of the input view that are not controlled by the current view template. + + + Apply the view template parameters is a one-time operation, the association between the views is not preserved. + To get all template parameters call on the template. + To get parameters that are not controlled by the template call on the template. + To get current view template of this view use property . + + + The view whose parameters are to be applied to this view. + It does not have to be a valid template (property IsTemplate can be true or false). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Sets the parameters that will not be included when this view is used as a template. + + + This should be a subset of the parameters returned by (other parameters will be ignored). + + + The parameter ids that should not be marked to be included. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns a list of parameters that are not marked as included when this view is used as a template. + + + This is a subset of the parameters returned by . + + + The parameter ids that are not marked to be included. + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns a list of parameter ids that may be controlled when this view is assigned as a template. + + + The parameter ids that may be controlled. + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks if the id can be applied as the scheme id of specified category to this view. + + +

    The input scheme id could be InvalidElementId to clear the scheme for the specified category.

    +

    Some examples of returnning false:

    + + The id is not a color fill scheme id. + The specified category is not supported by this view. + The category of scheme is not the same as the specified category. + The view is area plan but the scheme category is not OST_Areas, + or their are not the same. + Etc. + +
    + + The id of category. + + + The id of color fill scheme. + + + True if the id can be applied as the scheme id of specified category in this view, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + +
    + + + Returns collection of all category ids that correspond to elements that can potentially be colored in this view + according to a color fill scheme. The set may be different depending on the view type. + + + All of the possible categories are OST_Rooms, OST_HVAC_Zones, OST_MEPSpaces, OST_Areas, OST_DuctCurves and OST_PipeCurves. + + + 2022 + + + + + Returns id of the color fill scheme element applied to the view. + + + The id of the category which the color fill scheme element belongs to. + + + The id of the color fill scheme element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Applies color fill scheme to this view. + + +

    There could be at most three applied in a view: + one for spatial elements (rooms, zones, spaces and areas), one for pipes and one for ducts.

    +

    +

    Notes:

    + + There's at most one scheme activated for all spatial categories. + For area plan view, the activated spatial scheme category must be OST_Areas and + has the same with this view if it is not used as a template. + To clear one of the above three schemes, use InvalidElementId as the parameter of this function. + To get list of element categories supportted to be colored in this view, use . + To check whether an specified ElementId could be applied to this view, use . + +
    + + The id of category to apply a color fill scheme element. + + + The id of the color fill scheme element. + + + The schemeId can not be applied as the scheme id of categoryId in this view. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + +
    + + + Returns DirectContext3D handle overrides object for the view. + + + DirectContext3D handle overrides for the view + + + 2018 + + + + + Returns point cloud overrides object for the view. + + + Point cloud overrides for the view + + + 2014 + + + + + Sets the view display model settings for the view. + + + View display model settings to set. + + + The silhouette line style id is not a valid line style to apply to the view. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This view does not contain display-related properties. + + + 2015 + + + + + Returns the current view display model settings for the view. + + + Current view display model settings. + + + 2015 + + + + + Sets the depth cueing settings for the view. + + + Depth cueing settings to set. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This view does not contain display-related properties. + -or- + This view cannot use Depth Cueing + + + 2017 + + + + + Returns the current depth cueing settings for the view. + + + Current depth cueing settings. + + + This view cannot use Depth Cueing + + + 2017 + + + + + Sets the sketchy lines settings for the view. + + + Sketchy Lines settings to set. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This view does not contain display-related properties. + + + 2015 + + + + + Returns the current sketchy lines settings for the view. + + + Current sketchy lines settings. + + + 2015 + + + + + Sets the background for the view. Background can only be set for 3d views and for Sections/Elevations. + + + Background to set. See 'ViewDisplayBackground' class and its 'create' methods. + + + The background object is invalid, or view has 'Rendering' style. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This view does not contain display-related properties. + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns the current background set for the view. + + + Current background. + + + 2014 + + + + + Sets graphic overrides for an element in the view. + + + Element to override. + + + An object representing all graphic overrides of the element in view. + + + elementId is not a valid Element identifier. + -or- + Fill pattern must be a drafting pattern. + -or- + Fill pattern Id must be invalidElementId or point to a LinePattern element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The element "this View" does not belong to a project document. + -or- + The view type does not support Visibility/Graphics Overriddes. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets graphic overrides for an element in the view. + + + The element. + + + An object representing all graphic overrides of the element elementId in view. + + + elementId is not a valid Element identifier. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The element "this View" does not belong to a project document. + -or- + The view type does not support Visibility/Graphics Overriddes. + + + 2014 + + + + + Determines if Visibility/Graphics Overriddes can be applied to the view. + + + True if Overriddes can be applied to the view, false otherwise. + + + + + Indicates if a filter is applied to the view. + + + ElementId of the filter. + + + True if the filter is applied to the view, false otherwise. + + + ElementId is not associated with a FilterElement. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The element "this View" does not belong to a project document. + -or- + The view type does not support Visibility/Graphics Overriddes. + + + 2014 + + + + + Sets the filter enabled flag. + + + Several filters can be applied to a view in a sertain order. This enable/disable flag + allows one to quickly turn on/off the action of a particular filter in this view (without + removing the filter from the set of applied filters and loosing the corresponding overrides). + By default, all the filters applied to a view are enabled. + + + The ElementId of the filter. + + + True if the specified filter should be enabled in this view, false otherwise. + + + Filter is not applied to the view. + -or- + ElementId is not associated with a FilterElement. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The element "this View" does not belong to a project document. + -or- + The view type does not support Visibility/Graphics Overriddes. + + + 2021 + + + + + Identifies if the filter is enabled in this view. + + + Several filters can be applied to a view in a certain order. This enable/disable flag + allows one to quickly turn on/off the action of a particular filter in this view (without + removing the filter from the set of applied filters and losing the corresponding overrides). + By default, all the filters applied to a view are enabled. + + + The ElementId of the filter. + + + True if the specified filter is enabled in this view, false otherwise. + + + Filter is not applied to the view. + -or- + ElementId is not associated with a FilterElement. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The element "this View" does not belong to a project document. + -or- + The view type does not support Visibility/Graphics Overriddes. + + + 2021 + + + + + Sets the visibility of the elements associated with a filter. + + + If the filter is not currently applied to the view, this will add the filter with the specified visibility. + + + The ElementId of the filter. + + + True if the elements associated with the filter are visible in the view, false otherwise. + + + ElementId is not associated with a FilterElement. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The element "this View" does not belong to a project document. + -or- + The view type does not support Visibility/Graphics Overriddes. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the visibility of the elements associated with a filter. + + + The ElementId of the filter. + + + True if the elements associated with the filter are visible in the view, false otherwise. + + + Filter is not applied to the view. + -or- + ElementId is not associated with a FilterElement. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The element "this View" does not belong to a project document. + -or- + The view type does not support Visibility/Graphics Overriddes. + + + 2014 + + + + + Removes a filter from the view. + + + ElementId of the filter. + + + Filter is not applied to the view. + -or- + ElementId is not associated with a FilterElement. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The element "this View" does not belong to a project document. + -or- + The view type does not support Visibility/Graphics Overriddes. + + + 2014 + + + + + Adds a filter to the view. + + + The filter will be added with default overrides, which means that there will be no change in the view's display. + The filter is appended as the last filter in the order of filters applied to this view. + + + ElementId of the filter. + + + ElementId is not associated with a FilterElement. + -or- + Filter is already applied to the view. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The element "this View" does not belong to a project document. + -or- + The view type does not support Visibility/Graphics Overriddes. + + + 2014 + + + + + Sets the overrides associated with a filter. + + + If the filter is not currently applied to the view, this will add the filter with the assigned overrides. + + + ElementId of the filter. + + + The overrides to apply to the filter. + + + ElementId is not associated with a FilterElement. + -or- + Fill pattern must be a drafting pattern. + -or- + Fill pattern Id must be invalidElementId or point to a LinePattern element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The element "this View" does not belong to a project document. + -or- + The view type does not support Visibility/Graphics Overriddes. + + + 2014 + + + + + + + + + Gets graphic overrides that a filter applies to the view. + + + ElementId of the filter. + + + Object representing all graphic overrides of the filter in the view. + + + ElementId is not associated with a FilterElement. + -or- + Filter is not applied to the view. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The element "this View" does not belong to a project document. + -or- + The view type does not support Visibility/Graphics Overriddes. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the filters applied to the view in the order they are applied. + + + The ElementIds of the Filters. + + + The element "this View" does not belong to a project document. + -or- + The view type does not support Visibility/Graphics Overriddes. + + + 2021 + + + + + Gets the filters applied to the view. + + + Note that this method returns filters in a set sorted according to their ids. + To get filters in the order they are applied to the view use . + + + The ElementIds of the Filters. + + + The element "this View" does not belong to a project document. + -or- + The view type does not support Visibility/Graphics Overriddes. + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks whether the category can have graphic overrides in this view. + + + Categories can be allowed to be overridden in some view types and prohibited from being overridden in others. + E.g., categories cannot be overridden in + + ElementId of the category. + + + True if category can be overridden, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets graphic overrides for a category in view. + + + Category to be checked. + + + Object representing all graphic overrides of the category categoryId in view. A default OverrideGraphicSettings object will be returned if it not previously been set for this view. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The view type does not support Visibility/Graphics Overriddes. + + + 2014 + + + + + Deletes the graphical link overrides in the current view. + + + If the input linkId references , then the link overrides will be set to default. + If the input linkId references , then the link overrides will be removed and the settings of will be used for this instance. + + + The id of the or . + + + The input id is not a valid RevitLinkInstance or RevitLinkType id. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The view type does not support Visibility/Graphics Overriddes. + -or- + The view does not support link graphical overrides. + + + 2024 + + + + + + + + Sets the graphic overrides of a or in the view. + + + The id of the or . + + + Settings representing all link graphic overrides in the view. + + + The input id is not a valid RevitLinkInstance or RevitLinkType id. + -or- + Setting link overrides to type LinkVisibility.Custom is not supported via the API. + -or- + The LinkedViewId of linkDisplaySettings has incorrect value for the specified LinkVisibilityType. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The view type does not support Visibility/Graphics Overriddes. + -or- + The view does not support link graphical overrides. + + + 2024 + + + + + + + + Gets the graphic overrides of a or in view. + + + The id of the or . + + + Settings representing graphic overrides for the input element id in the view, or if the input id references and it doesn't have overrides in the view. + + + The input id is not a valid RevitLinkInstance or RevitLinkType id. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The view type does not support Visibility/Graphics Overriddes. + -or- + The view does not support link graphical overrides. + + + 2024 + + + + + + + + Sets graphic overrides for a category in view. + + + Category to be overridden + + + Object representing all graphic overrides of the category categoryId in view. + + + Category cannot be overridden. + -or- + Fill pattern must be a drafting pattern. + -or- + Fill pattern Id must be invalidElementId or point to a LinePattern element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The view type does not support Visibility/Graphics Overriddes. + + + 2014 + + + + + Get the ids of dependent views. + + + Ids of the dependent views. + + + 2013 + + + + + Get the id of the primary view. + + + The primary view is the view from which a dependent view is created. + + + The id of the primary view, or InvalidElementId if there is no primary view. + + + 2013 + + + + + Indicates if the View Discipline can be modified + + + True if View Discipline can be modified + + + 2013 + + + + + Indicates if the view has a Discipline property + + + True if the view has a Discipline property + + + 2013 + + + + + Indicates if view can use temporary visibility modes + + + True if view can use temporary visibility modes + + + 2013 + + + + + Indicates if view can use Depth Cueing + + + True if view can use Depth Cueing + + + 2017 + + + + + Indicates if view has a DisplayStyle property + + + True if view has a DisplayStyle property + + + 2013 + + + + + Indicates if DisplayStyle can be modified. + + + True if DisplayStyle can be modified. + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks that the view can have the Reveal Constraints mode activated. + + + Reveal Constraints mode can only be activated for the following viewtypes: + 3D ViewsArea PlansCeiling PlansDetail ViewsDrafting ViewsElevationsFloor PlansSectionsStructural Plans + + True if the view has a view type that allows Reveal Constraints mode to be activated. + + + 2016 + + + + + This validator checks that the view scale is in the allowable range. + + + The view scale is expressed as 1/X, where X is an integer the range 1 to 24,000. + + + The denominator X in the view scale 1/X. + + + True if the view scale is within the allowable range, false otherwise. + + + + + Identifies if this view allows display of Analysis results. + + + True if the view allows display of Analysis results, false otherwise. + + + 2015 + + + + + Check if the view has a Detail Level property + + + True if the view has a Detail Level, false otherwise + + + 2013 + + + + + Check if Detail Level can be modified. + + + True if Detail Level can be modified. + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks whether this view supports the given worksharing display mode. + + + For convenience, the "Off" mode is always supported. + Other display modes are supported by graphical views in workshared documents. + + + The mode of interest. + + + Returns True if this view is a graphical view in a workshared document or if the desired mode is Off. + Returns False if this view is a non-graphical view (such as a schedule or the project browser) + or if this view is not in a workshared document. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + Gets the current worksharing display mode for this view. + + + Returns "Off" if no worksharing display mode is currently enabled. + + + The active worksharing display mode in this view. + + + + + Sets the worksharing display mode for this view. + + + Turning on a worksharing display mode will disable other temporary view modes such as + reveal hidden elements and temporary hide/isolate. + + + The desired display mode. "Off" will turn off all worksharing display modes. + + + This View does not support the requested worksharing display mode. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + + + + + Determines if this view placed on a sheet completely or partially. + + + Some Views can be placed on one or more Sheets completely or partially. + For example, a Schedule divided in segments, and only some of them are placed on Sheets. + + + A value indicating whether and how the View is placed on a Sheet. + + + 2023 + + + + + Indicates if the view is temporarily hiding or isolating elements or categories. + + + True if elements/categories are being temporarily hidden or isolated, false otherwise. + + + 2013 + + + + + Convert all temporary hidden elements or categories to permanently hidden in view. + + + The element "this View" does not belong to a project document. + + + This View is an internal element, such as a component of a + loaded family or a group type. + -or- + The document containing this View is in Group Edit Mode, + Sketch Edit Mode, or Paste Mode, and the element is not a + member of the group, sketch, or clipboard. + -or- + This View is a member of a group or sketch, and the document + is not currently editing the group or sketch. + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks if elements of the given category are set to be invisible (hidden) in this view. + + + This checks only if the category is set visible or invisible individually. Other Revit mechanisms + may also affect the visibility of elements of this category, including: + The category classes settings for + model categories, annotation categories, import categories or analytical model categories. View filters. Elements hidden individually in the view. + Thus the return value may not reflect the actual visibility of elements of this category in the view. + + + The ID of the category. + + + True if the category is invisible (hidden), false otherwise. + + + categoryId does not correspond to a Category. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Sets if elements of the given category will be visible in this view. + + + This affects only if the category is set visible or invisible individually. Other Revit mechanisms + may also affect the visibility of elements of this category, including: + The category classes settings for + model categories, annotation categories, import categories or analytical model categories. View filters. Elements hidden individually in the view. + Thus setting this value may not affect the actual visibility of elements of this category in the view. + + + The ID of the category. + + + True to make elements of this category invisible, false to make them visible. + + + categoryId does not correspond to a Category. + -or- + Category cannot be hidden. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Checks whether the category can be hidden in the view. + + + Categories can be allowed to be hidden in some view types and prohibited from being hidden in others. + E.g., categories cannot be hidden in + + ElementId of the category. + + + True if the category can be hidden, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Set categories to be temporarily isolated in the view. + + + Ids of categories to be isolated. + + + Some elements in elementIds do not correspond to a Category. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Set one category to be temporarily isolated in the view. + + + Id of category to be isolated. + + + elementId does not correspond to a Category. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Set one element to be temporarily isolated in the view. + To isolate a group completely, you must also include all members of all groups and nested groups in your input, therefore you should use the version of this method that accepts multiple element ids as input. + + + Id of element to be isolated. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Set multiple elements to be temporarily isolated in the view. + To isolate a group completely, you must also include all members of all groups and nested groups in your input. + + + Ids of elements to be isolated. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Set multiple categories to be temporarily hidden in the view. + + + Ids of the categories to be hidden + + + Some elements in elementIds do not correspond to a Category. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Set one category to be temporarily hidden in the view. + + + Id of the category to be hidden + + + elementId does not correspond to a Category. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Check if category can be temporarily hidden in the view. + + + Id of the category to be checked + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Set multiple elements to be temporarily hidden in the view. + To hide a group completely, you must also include all members of all groups and nested groups in your input. + + + Ids of the elements to be temporarily hidden. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Set one element to be temporarily hidden in the view. + To hide a group completely, you must also include all members of all groups and nested groups in your input, therefore you should use the version of this method that accepts multiple element ids as input. + + + The id of the element to be temporarily hidden. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + When Temporary View Properties mode is in progress, name of applied template is returned. + Outside Temporary View Properties mode, empty string will be returned. + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns true when Temporary View Properties mode is in progress, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + When Temporary View Properties mode is in progress it provides view id that overrode settings for current view. + Outside Temporary View Properties mode InvalidElementId will be returned. + + + Returned ElementId might refer to element that was deleted. + It will happen when Temporary View Properties mode was applied basing on template that next was deleted. + + + 2014 + + + + + Turns Temporary View Properties mode on or off. In this mode, any changes made to the view + are temporary and will be discarded once the mode is disabled. + + + If the id of a view template is provided, Temporary View Properties mode + is turned on and the settings from the template are applied to the view for the duration of the mode. + If the id provided is not that of a template but the id of the view itself, + Temporary View Properties mode is turned on without any changes to the view. + If ElementId.InvalidElementId is provided, Temporary View Properties mode is turned off. + + + Returns true when the view template provided by viewTemplateId was applied and Temporary View Properties was successfully turned on. + Also returns true if ElementId.InvalidElementId was provided as input and Temporary View Properties was successfully turned off. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + View cannot use Temporary View Properties mode in current state. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates if Temporary View Properties mode can be applied for view in current state. + + + True if view can use Temporary View Properties mode in current state. + + + 2014 + + + + + Enables Reveal Hidden elements mode. + + + View cannot use temporary visibility modes. + + + 2013 + + + + + Disables the specified temporary view mode. + + + Has no effect if the mode is already disabled. + + + The mode to disable. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + View cannot use temporary visibility modes. + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns true if the view is in a particular temporary view mode. + + + The mode. + + + True if this view is in the temporary view mode indicated, false otherwise. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + Indicates whether the workset is visible in this view. + + + It will take into account whether the workset is opened or closed. + + + Id of the workset. + + + Whether the workset is visible. + + + There is no workset with this Id in the document associated with this view. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Sets visibility for a workset in this view. + + + It works even when the workset is closed. This settings overrules implicit visibility of the workset (for this particular view only). + + + Id of the workset. + + + The visibility of the workset. + + + There is no workset with this Id in the document associated with this view. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + Returns the visibility settings of a workset for this particular view. + + + The settings does not reflect the fact of whether a workset is currently closed or not. + + + Id of the workset. + + + The visibility of a workset for this particular view. + + + There is no workset with this Id in the document associated with this view. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Identifies if the input element is visible for the temporary view mode for this view. + + + The temporary view mode. Only TemporaryHideIsolate and AnalyticalModel modes are supported + by this option. Other modes will result in an exception. + + + The element id. + + + True if the element is visible, false if the element is hidden in the view mode. + + + This view mode is not supported for checking element visibility. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2012 + + + + + Identifies if this view can be duplicated. + + + The option to use when duplicating the view. + + + True if the view can be duplicated, false otherwise. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2013 + + + + + Convert the dependent view to independent. + + + This method can be only applied to a dependent view. + A dependent view can be created from another view using method View.Duplicate(ViewDuplicateOption.AsDependent). + Dependent views have a valid primary view element ID that can be obtained via method View.GetPrimaryViewId(); + Independent views have InvalidElementId as their primary view ID. + + + This view is not dependent. + + + 2016 + + + + + + + + + Duplicates this view. + + + The option to use when duplicating the view. + + + The id of the newly created view. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + View cannot be duplicated + + + 2013 + + + + + + + + + Restores callout parent ID to the original view ID if that view is still available. + + + Nothing is done if the callout already has parent or if the original callout parent is deleted or is not parallel to the callout view. + + + This view is not a callout. + + + + + Replaces callout parent ID with InvalidElementId. + + + Nothing is done if the callout has already no parent. + + + This view is not a callout. + + + + + Gets ID of the callout parent view. + + + ID of a view in which this callout was created or InvalidElementId if there is no parent. + + + This view is not a callout. + + + 2022 + + + + + Returns element ids of all reference elevations in the view. + + + Element ids of all reference elevations in the view. + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns element ids of all reference sections in the view. + + + Element ids of all reference sections in the view. + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns element ids of all reference callouts in the view. + + + Element ids of all reference callouts in the view. + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns an object for managing view crop region shape for reference callout. + + + Reference callout is a view-specific element referencing another view. + It can have its own crop region shape which doesn't affect the referenced view. + + + Document to which the callout belongs. + + + Element id of reference callout. + + + The crop region shape manager. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns an object for managing view crop region shape. + + + The crop region shape manager. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the transforms from the model space to the view projection space. + + +

    Model space is the global 3D coordinate space in which the geometry + of the model lives.

    +

    View projection space is the 3D Euclidean space with a coordinate system such that + X and Y are horizontal and vertical directions in the view projection plane and Z + is the cross product of X and Y. Distances in the projection space are the same as + would be measured on paper if the view is printed without additional scaling.

    +

    Most views will return just one . The exceptions are + views with split crop regions. Split crop regions can be independently moved and therefore + each region of a split crop gets its own transform and boundary. You can check if a view has split crop + regions by getting the and calling .

    +

    When the view's crop region is split, many TransformWithBoundary objects will be returned. + Each TransformWithBoundary corresponds to one region of the split crop. To determine which + TransformWithBoundary to use when converting a model point into view projection space, + first test to see which split crop region boundary contains the model point. + See .

    +
    + + The transformations from the model space to view projection space. + + + The view does not return transforms. + -or- + The view is a perspective view. + + + 2023 + +
    + + + Returns true if the view reports model space to view projection space transforms. + + + Not all views return transforms. For example, schedules and legends + do not report transforms. + + + True if the view returns transforms, false otherwise. + + + 2023 + + + + + The id of the template view that controls this view's parameters. + + + Parameters controlled by the template cannot be changed directly in this view. + Any change to controlled parameters in the template will cause change of the corresponding parameters in this view. + Use on the template view to get a list of all template parameters. + Use on the template view to get parameters that are not controlled by the template. + + + The id of the template view that controls this view's parameters. InvalidElementId if there is no template set for this view. + + + When setting this property: val is not valid as a view template id for this view. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + The intensity of the simulated (directional) sunlight. 0 = no directional light; maximum value is 100. + + + When setting this property: The value is invalid. The valid range is 0 through 100 + + + When setting this property: This view does not contain display-related properties. + + + 2014 + + + + + The intesity of cast shadows - 0 = no shadows, 100 = black. + + + When setting this property: The value is invalid. The valid range is 0 through 100 + + + When setting this property: This view does not contain display-related properties. + + + 2014 + + + + + The Discipline of the view. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + View must have a Discipline property + -or- + When setting this property: View Discipline must be modifiable. + + + 2013 + + + + + The DisplayStyle of the view. + Returns DisplayStyle.Wireframe if the view has no display style. + + + When setting this property: DisplayStyle cannot be set to Undefined. + -or- + When setting this property: DisplayStyle of Drafting Views can be set only to Wireframe or HLR + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + When setting this property: DisplayStyle cannot be modified. + -or- + When setting this property: This view does not contain display-related properties. + + + 2013 + + + + + Indicates whether the Reveal Constraints mode is activated in the view. + + + When setting this property: View has a view type that does not allow Reveal Constraints mode to be activated. + + + 2016 + + + + + Data of temporary view modes associated with this view. + + + Temporary view modes are available in graphic views only. + + + 2016 Subscription Update + + + + + Element id of Analysis Display Style associated with the view. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + When setting this property: Cannot set the AnalysisDisplayStyleId for the specified view. + + + 2011 + + + + + Indicates if Coordination Model handles are currently hidden in the view. + + + True if Coordination Model handles are currently hidden in the view, false otherwise. + + + 2018 + + + + + Indicates if point clouds are currently hidden in the view. + + + True if point clouds are currently hidden in the view, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates if import categories are currently hidden in the view. + + + True if import categories are currently hidden in the view, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates if analytical model categories are currently hidden in the view. + + + True if analytical model categories are currently hidden in the view, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates if annotation categories are currently hidden in the view. + + + True if annotation categories are currently hidden in the view, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates if model categories are currently hidden in the view. + + + True if model categories are currently hidden in the view, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The detail level of this view. + + + When setting this property: Cannot set ViewDetailLevel to Unassigned + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + When setting this property: View does not have a Detail Level property + -or- + When setting this property: Detail Level cannot be modified. + + + 2013 + + + + + The visibility setting for parts in this view. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + The view title. This consists of the view name plus other modifiers, such as the view type, + sheet number, area scheme, and/or assembly type, depending on the specifics of the view. + + + 2015 + + + + + Indicates if the view is assembly view. + + + 2015 + + + + + The Id of the assembly instance that owns the assembly view. + + + + + Indicates if the view is a callout view. + + + Reference callouts are not treated as callout views. + The view was created as a callout in its parent view but it may show as a section in orthogonal views. + + + 2022 + + + + Hide the active work plane of the view. + Thrown when there is no active sketch plane, or when an error occurs during setting the sketch plane visibility. + 2011 + + + Show the active work plane of the view. + If this method is invoked while the current work plane is hidden, only the outline of the updated work plane will be shown immediately. +The updated sketch plane will be shown fully after the current transaction is committed. Therefore it is recommended the Add-On commits the transaction +before performing UI operations (for example, PickPoint). + Thrown when there is no active sketch plane, or when an error occurs during setting the sketch plane visibility. + 2011 + + + The sun and shadow settings assigned to the view for shadow calculation and rendering. + The sun and shadow settings, or null for views which don't allow this (such as schedules). + 2011 + + + The sketch plane assigned to the view for model curve creation. + The sketch plane, or for views which don't allow sketching (such as schedules) or +for views that allow model curve creation but have no current sketch plane assigned. + If this property is set in when the current work plane is visible, the updated work plane will not be shown until the current +transaction is committed. Therefore it is recommended the Add-On commits the transaction before performing UI operations (for example, PickPoint). + Thrown when setting the property to . + Thrown when setting the property to a sketch plane that cannot be used to create model elements, +or when the input sketch plane is orthogonal to the view orientation. + Thrown when setting the property to a view that does not permit model curve creation, or when other errors occur. + + + Sets the elements to be shown in the given view if they are currently hidden. + A set of ElementIds to be unhidden. + This change is permanent until the elements are hidden again. +All elements in the set must be currently hidden. +An application can check this with . + Thrown when argument is . + Thrown when the set of elements to be unhidden is empty or one of the elements can not be unhidden. + Thrown when document regeneration failed. + + + Sets the elements to be hidden in the view. + A set of ElementIds to be hidden. + This change is permanent until the elements are unhidden. +All elements in the set must be currently unhidden and must be allowed to be hidden. +An application can check this with and . +Some elements cannot be hidden directly. Examples include: group, array, constraint, edit cut profile, face splitter and link to external documents.Also, elements cannot be hidden in Revit family documents (but they can be hidden temporarily using ).To hide a group completely, you must also include all members of all groups and nested groups in your input. + Thrown when argument is . + Thrown when the set of elements to be hidden is empty or one of the elements can not be hidden. +Also thrown when the set of elements to be hidden includes the view itself. + Thrown when document regeneration failed. + + + Whether or not the Crop Box/Region is visible for the view. + Thrown when getting this property, +if the view is a template and cannot have a crop box applied. + Thrown when setting this property, +if the view is a template and cannot have a crop box applied. + + + Whether or not the Crop Box/Region is active for the view. + Identifies whether the crop region modifies the graphical appearance of +elements in the view. + Thrown when getting this property, +if the view is a template and cannot have a crop box applied. + Thrown when setting this property, +if the view is a template and cannot have a crop box applied. + + + The level for the view. + This will obtain the level for views related to levels, such as Plan Views. +If this View is not generated by a level, this property is . + + + Print this view with the given view template and using the print setting of the current active document. + The view template which apply to the view. + Thrown when the view cannot be printed. + + + Print this view with the default view template and using the print setting of the current active document. + Thrown when the view cannot be printed. + + + Print this view with the given view template, and either the view's document's print setting or the print setting of the current active document. + The view template which apply to the view. + If true, print the view with the print setting of the current active document; +otherwise with the view's document's print setting. + Thrown when the view cannot be printed. + + + Print this view. + Print this view with the default view template, and either the view's document's print setting or the print setting of the current active document. + If true, print the view with the print setting of the current active document; +otherwise with the view's document's print setting. + Thrown when the view cannot be printed. + + + Test whether the view is a view template. + 2011 + + + Test whether the view can be printed. + + + The direction towards the top of the screen. + + + The direction towards the right side of the screen. + + + The direction towards the viewer. + In orthographic views, all objects are projected onto the screen along +this direction. In perspective views, the view target point is projected along +this direction, but other points are projected towards the eye along different +vectors. + + + The scale of the view. + The scale is the ratio of true model size to paper size. +This property is meaningless for perspective views. When setting the scale if the +scale corresponds to a predefined scale, the predefined item will be applied. Otherwise, +a custom scale will be applied. + + + Returns the origin of the screen. + The origin of a plan view is not meaningful. + + if the view is a template. + + + The Crop Box applied to the view, or an outline encompassing the crop region applied to the view. + The X direction of the box is right on screen; Y is up; and Z is towards the user. The crop box Z value of a plan view is not meaningful. + The effect of setting the crop box of a view is to modify the crop region and far clip plane to the smallest values which will completely contain the +3D box specified by the source. Neither the cut plane nor the view frame are affected by setting the crop box. + Note: the Transform of the input BoundingBoxXYZ is ignored. Only Max and Min members of the input BoundingBoxXYZ are used. + + if the view is a template, or does not support cropping. If the view has a non-rectangular crop region, defined by +a sketch, the crop box will be the smallest box that contains the sketch. Setting the crop box for a view with a non-rectangular crop region will +have no effect. For better access to the crop region of a given view, regardless of the shape of the crop region, use the return from . + Cannot set the CropBox of the specified view. + + + The type of the view. + + + + + + + The bounds of the view in paper space (in feet). + Returns all zeros for empty views. + + + + Base class for all types of views in Autodesk Revit. + + + A view can display an image produced from a Revit model. + Views can be graphical (e.g. plans, elevations, or 3D views) + or textual (e.g. schedules). Views keep track of Elements that can be seen in them. + + + + + + + + The family parameter label of the BaseArray. + +The label associates the number of members of the array with a family parameter. +A BaseArray only can be labeled in a family document and only can be labeled to a integer FamilyParameter. +To unbind the family parameter, set this property to . + + +Thrown when the family parameter's ParameterType is not ParameterType.Integer. + + +Thrown when trying to label the BaseArray out of family document. + + + + Get and Set the Name property + The method set is override to forbid the user to change the Name. When the user tries +to call the method set for BaseArray object, an InvalidOperationException will be thrown. + + + + Retrieves the copied member Ids of the Array. + The copied member Ids of the Array + 2013 + + + Retrieves the original member Ids of the Array. + The original member Ids of the Array + 2013 + + + Retrieves or changes the number of the arrayed members. + + + An abstract base class that represents an array within the Revit project. + + + An enumerated type containing the possible Revit product types. + + + Unknown. + + + LT. + + + Revit. + + + MEP. + + + Structure. + + + Architecture. + + + Types of curves created in truss families. + + + Indicates the "kind" of a truss member. + + + Truss DiagWeb. + + + Truss VertWeb. + + + Truss bottom chord. + + + Truss top chord. + + + Unknown element type. + + + +This enum class is used for the BuiltInParameter SLANTED_COLUMN_TYPE_PARAM. + + + + +This enum class is used for the BuiltInParameter STRUCTURAL_ANALYZES_AS. + + + + +Indicates the stick symbol location on the UI, which is used for the BuiltInParameter STRUCTURAL_STICK_SYMBOL_LOCATION. + + + + +Type of structural release, which is used for the BuiltIn parameter STRUCTURAL_END_RELEASE_TYPE. + + + + +Specify one of the four adjacent segments to a +GridNode. +See . + + + + ComponentRotation property of DividedSurface. +See . + + + + Options for controlling tiles that overlap the face boundary. +See . + + + Location of a grid node relative to the face boundary. +See . + + + An enumerated type listing possible image format for DWF Export. + + + An enumerated type listing possible image quality for DWF Export. + + + Reference types of curve element. + + + Horizontal alignment of model text. + + + Element reference types. + + + The reference is to a subelement. + + + The reference is to a mesh. + + + The reference is to a face that was cut (where the original pick was made on the cut edge). + + + The reference is an instance of a symbol. + + + The reference is to geometry or elements in linked Revit file. + + + The reference is to a face or face region. + + + The reference is to a curve or edge. + + + The reference is to an element. + + + An enumerated type to list dimension type. + + + Unknown type dimension. + + + Diameter dimension. + + + Spot dimension. + + + ArcLength dimension. + + + Radial dimension. + + + Angular dimension. + + + Linear dimension. + + + An enumerated to list Virtual Printer Types in Revit. + + + Microsoft XPS Document Writer. + + + DWFWriter. + + + AdobePDF. + + + None. + + + An enumerated to list CurtainGrid patterns. + + + End pattern of CurtainGrid. + + + Center pattern of CurtainGrid. + + + Beginning pattern of CurtainGrid. + + + NoJustify. + + + An enumerated type to store type of EaveCutter. + + + Two Cut Square type of Eave. + + + Two Cut Plumb type of Eave. + + + Plumb Cut type of Eave. + + + An enumerated type listing all Crease types of Slab Shape Edit. + + + The type of Crease is Auto. + + + The type of Crease is UserDrawn. + + + The type of Crease is Boundary. + + + The type of Crease is Invalid. + + + An enumerated type listing all Vertex types of Slab Shape Edit. + + + The type of Vertex is Interior. + + + The type of Vertex is Edge. + + + The type of Vertex is Corner. + + + The type of Vertex is Invalid. + + + An enumerated type listing all Print Range types of Print. + + + A range that represents a list of selected views and sheets. + + + Visible portion of current window. + + + A range that represents just the currently active view. + + + An enumerated type to store type of AreaElement. + + + Office Area Scheme - uses BOMA rules for space classification. + + + Gross Area Scheme - only 2 types of spaces (internal and external). + + + An enumerated type listing plan view types. + + + Reflected ceiling plan view. + + + Floor plan view. + + + An enumerated type listing available view types. + + + Revit's internal type of view + Internal views are not available to API users + + + Systems analysis report view. + + + Rendering type of view. + + + Walk-Through type of 3D view. + + + Column Schedule type of view. + + + Panel Schedule Report view. + + + Pressure Loss Report view. + + + Loads Report view. + + + Cost Report view. + + + The MEP system browser view. + + + The project browser view. + + + Report type of view. + + + Legend type of view. + + + Drawing sheet type of view. + + + Drafting type of view. + + + Schedule type of view. + + + 3-D type of view. + + + Detail type of view. + + + Cross section type of view. + + + Elevation type of view. + + + Reflected ceiling plan type of view. + + + Area plan type of view. + + + Structural plan or Engineering plan type of view. + + + Floor plan type of view. + + + Undefined/unspecified type of view. + + + An enumerated type listing all the background mode for the built-in parameter TEXT_BACKGROUND. + + + The TextElement object is transparent. + + + The TextElement object is opaque. + + + An enumerated type listing all the relationship types between two sets of arbitrary nature. + + + Two nonempty sets are equal. + + + Both sets are not empty and the left set is strict superset of the right. + Right set is properly contained inside left set. + + + Both sets are not empty and the left set is strict subset of the right. + Left set is properly contained inside right set. + + + The overlap of two sets is not empty and strict subset of both. + + + Both sets are not empty and don't overlap. + + + Both sets are empty. + + + The right set is empty and the left set is not. + + + The left set is empty and the right set is not. + + + An enumerated type listing all the Leader styles. + + + The leader include two line segments. + + + The leader is an arc. + + + The leader only includes one line segment. + + + No leader. + + + An enumerated type listing all the Text align mask. + + + The mask of the Text object being aligned in the vertical direction. + + + The mask of the Text object being aligned in the horizontal direction. + + + An enumerated type listing all the Text align flags. + + + Align text bottom + + + Align text middle + + + Align text top + + + Align text right + + + Align text center + + + Align text left + + + Describes the justify method of beamsystem. + + + DirectionLine. + + + Beginning. + + + End. + + + Center. + + + Describes the type of Revit display unit, metric or imperial. + + + + An enumerated type containing the supported Revit product languages. + + + + + English - United Kingdom. + + + + + Brazilian Portuguese. + + + + + Hungarian. + + + + + Polish. + + + + + Czech. + + + + + Russian. + + + + + Korean. + + + + + Japanese. + + + + + Chinese traditional. + + + + + Chinese simplified. + + + + + Dutch. + + + + + Italian. + + + + + French. + + + + + Spanish. + + + + + German. + + + + + English USA. + + + + + Unknown. + + + + Indexed access for loops. Use 0 for Min and 1 for Max. + + + Maximum coordinates (upper-right corner of the box). + + + Minimum coordinates (lower-left corner of the box). + + + Indicates whether the BoundingBoxUV is set or not. + An unset BoundingBoxUV has its lower-left corner to the right of (and above) +its upper-right corner (this is an arbitrary internal representation). It means that it is empty +and has never been initialized. +If someone using the API creates a Plane via one of the Plane.Create() methods, for example, +the Plane will not have its envelope set, so Surface.GetBoundingBoxUV() would return an empty BoundingBoxUV. + 2021 + + + Creates object with supplied values. + The first coordinate of min. + The second coordinate of min. + The first coordinate of max. + The second coordinate of max. + + + default constructor + + + A two-dimensional rectangle, parallel to the coordinate axes. + + + + + + + +Gets formatted string showing (U, V) with values formatted to 9 decimal places. + + + + Returns the angle between this vector and the specified vector. + The specified vector. + The real number between 0 and 2*PI equal to the angle between the two vectors in radians. + +Thrown when source is . + + +The angle is measured counterclockwise. + + + + Returns the distance from this 2-D point to the specified 2-D point. + The specified point. + The real number equal to the distance between the two points. + +The distance between the two points is equal to the length of the vector +that joins the two points. + + +Thrown when source is . + + + + Determines whether this 2-D vector and the specified 2-D vector are the same within a specified tolerance. + The vector to compare with this vector. + The tolerance for equality check. + +Thrown when source is . + + +Thrown when tolerance is less than 0. + + True if the vectors are the same; otherwise, false. + + + Determines whether this 2-D vector and the specified 2-D vector are the same within the tolerance (1.0e-09). + The vector to compare with this vector. + True if the vectors are the same; otherwise, false. + +Thrown when left is . + + + + Divides this 2-D vector by the specified value and returns the result. + The value to divide this vector by. + The divided 2-D vector. + +Thrown when the specified value is an infinite number. + + +Thrown when the specified value is zero. + + +The divided vector is obtained by dividing each coordinate of +this vector by the specified value. + + + + Multiplies this 2-D vector by the specified value and returns the result. + The value to multiply with this vector. + The multiplied 2-D vector. + +Thrown when the specified value is an infinite number. + + +The multiplied vector is obtained by multiplying each coordinate of +this vector by the specified value. + + + + Negates this 2-D vector. + The 2-D vector opposite to this vector. + +The negated vector is obtained by changing the sign of each coordinate +of this vector. + + + + Subtracts the specified 2-D vector from this 2-D vector and returns the result. + The vector to subtract from this vector. + The 2-D vector equal to the difference between the two vectors. + +The subtracted vector is obtained by subtracting each coordinate of +the specified vector from the corresponding coordinate of this vector. + + +Thrown when left is . + + + + Adds the specified 2-D vector to this 2-D vector and returns the result. + The vector to add to this vector. + The 2-D vector equal to the sum of the two vectors. + +The added vector is obtained by adding each coordinate of the specified vector +to the corresponding coordinate of this vector. + + +Thrown when source is . + + + + The cross product of this 2-D vector and the specified 2-D vector. + The vector to multiply with this vector. + The real number equal to the cross product. + +The cross product of the two vectors in 2-D space is equivalent to the area of the parallelogram they span. + + +Thrown when source is . + + + + The dot product of this 2-D vector and the specified 2-D vector. + The vector to multiply with this vector. + The real number equal to the dot product. + +The dot product is the sum of the respective coordinates of the two vectors: Pu * Ru + Pv * Rv. + + +Thrown when source is . + + + + Divides the specified 2-D vector by the specified value. + The value to divide the vector by. + The vector to divide by the value. + The divided 2-D vector. + +Thrown when the specified value is an infinite number or zero. + + +Thrown when left is . + + +The divided vector is obtained by dividing each coordinate of +the specified vector by the specified value. + + + + The product of the specified number and the specified 2-D vector. + The vector to multiply with the value. + The value to multiply with the specified vector. + The multiplied 2-D vector. + +Thrown when the specified value is an infinite number. + + +Thrown when left is . + + +The multiplied vector is obtained by multiplying each coordinate of +the specified vector by the specified value. + + + + The product of the specified number and the specified 2-D vector. + The value to multiply with the specified vector. + The vector to multiply with the value. + The multiplied 2-D vector. + +Thrown when the specified value is an infinite number. + + +Thrown when right is . + + +The multiplied vector is obtained by multiplying each coordinate of +the specified vector by the specified value. + + + + Negates this 2-D vector and returns the result. + The 2-D vector opposite to this vector. + +The negated vector is obtained by changing the sign of each coordinate +of the specified vector. + + +Thrown when source is . + + + + Subtracts the two specified 2-D vectors and returns the result. + The first vector. + The second vector. + The 2-D vector equal to the difference between the two source vectors. + +The subtracted vector is obtained by subtracting each coordinate of +the right vector from the corresponding coordinate of the left vector. + + +Thrown when left or right is . + + + + Adds the two specified 2-D vectors and returns the result. + The first vector. + The second vector. + The 2-D vector equal to the sum of the two source vectors. + +The added vector is obtained by adding each coordinate of the right vector +to the corresponding coordinate of the left vector. + + +Thrown when left or right is . + + + + The boolean value indicates whether this 2-D vector is of unit length. + +A unit length vector has a length of one, and is considered normalized. + + + + The boolean value indicates whether this 2-D vector is a zero vector. + The zero vector's each component is zero within the tolerance (1.0e-09). + + + The length of this 2-D vector. + +In 2-D Euclidean space, the length of the vector is the square root of the sum +of the two coordinates squared. + + + + Returns a new UV whose coordinates are the normalized values from this vector. + +Normalized indicates that the length of this vector equals one +(a unit vector). + + The normalized UV or zero if the vector is almost Zero. + + + The basis of the V axis. + The basis of the V axis is the vector (0,1), the unit vector on the V axis. + + + The basis of the U axis. + The basis of the U axis is the vector (1,0), the unit vector on the U axis. + + + The coordinate origin or zero 2-D vector. + The zero vector is (0,0). + + + Indexed access to coordinates. + Use 0 for U and 1 for V. + +Thrown when an attempt is made to access coordinates +with an index that is larger than 1. + + + + Gets the second coordinate. + + + Gets the first coordinate. + + + Creates a UV with the supplied coordinates. + The first coordinate. + The second coordinate. + +Thrown when setting an infinite number to the U or V property. + + + + Creates a default UV with the values (0, 0). + + + Object representing coordinates in 2-dimensional space. + Usually this means parameters on a surface. In actual use, it could be +interpreted as either point or vector in 2-dimensional space. + + + +Gets formatted string showing (X, Y, Z) with values formatted to 9 decimal places. + + + + Returns the angle between this vector and the specified vector projected to the specified plane. + The specified vector. + The normal vector that defines the plane. + The real number between 0 and 2*PI equal to the projected angle between the two vectors. + +The angle is projected onto the plane orthogonal to the specified normal vector, +counterclockwise with the normal pointing upwards. + + +Thrown when right or normal is . + + + + Returns the angle between this vector and the specified vector. + The specified vector. + The real number between 0 and PI equal to the angle between the two vectors in radians.. + +The angle between the two vectors is measured in the plane spanned by them. + + +Thrown when source is . + + + + Returns the distance from this point to the specified point. + The specified point. + The real number equal to the distance between the two points. + +The distance between the two points is equal to the length of the vector +that joins the two points. + + +Thrown when source is . + + + + Determines whether 2 vectors are the same within the given tolerance. + This routine uses an input tolerance to compare two vectors to see if they are almost equivalent. Because it is +comparing two vectors the tolerance value is not in length units but instead represents the variation in direction +between the vectors. For very small tolerance values it should also be possible to compare two points +with this method. To compute the distance between two points for a comparison with a larger allowable difference, use +. + The vector to compare with this vector. + The tolerance for equality check. + +Thrown when source is . + + +Thrown when tolerance is less than 0. + + True if the vectors are the same; otherwise, false. + + + Determines whether this vector and the specified vector are the same within the tolerance (1.0e-09). + This routine uses Revit's default tolerance to compare two vectors to see if they are almost equivalent. +Because the tolerance is small enough this can also be used to compare two points. + The vector to compare with this vector. + +Thrown when source is . + + True if the vectors are the same; otherwise, false. + + + Divides this vector by the specified value and returns the result. + The value to divide this vector by. + The divided vector. + +Thrown when the specified value is an infinite number or zero. + + +The divided vector is obtained by dividing each coordinate of +this vector by the specified value. + + + + Multiplies this vector by the specified value and returns the result. + The value to multiply with this vector. + The multiplied vector. + +Thrown when the specified value is an infinite number. + + +The multiplied vector is obtained by multiplying each coordinate of +this vector by the specified value. + + + + Negates this vector. + The vector opposite to this vector. + +The negated vector is obtained by changing the sign of each coordinate +of this vector. + + + + Subtracts the specified vector from this vector and returns the result. + The vector to subtract from this vector. + The vector equal to the difference between the two vectors. + +The subtracted vector is obtained by subtracting each coordinate of +the specified vector from the corresponding coordinate of this vector. + + +Thrown when source is . + + + + Adds the specified vector to this vector and returns the result. + The vector to add to this vector. + The vector equal to the sum of the two vectors. + +The added vector is obtained by adding each coordinate of the specified vector +to the corresponding coordinate of this vector. + + +Thrown when source is . + + + + The triple product of this vector and the two specified vectors. + The second vector. + The third vector. + The real number equal to the triple product. + +The scalar triple product is defined as the dot product of one of the vectors +with the cross product of the other two. Geometrically, this product is the (signed) +volume of the parallelepiped formed by the three vectors given. + + +Thrown when middle or right is . + + + + The cross product of this vector and the specified vector. + The vector to multiply with this vector. + The vector equal to the cross product. + +The cross product is defined as the vector which is perpendicular to both vectors +with a magnitude equal to the area of the parallelogram they span. +Also known as vector product or outer product. + + +Thrown when source is . + + + + The dot product of this vector and the specified vector. + The vector to multiply with this vector. + The real number equal to the dot product. + +The dot product is the sum of the respective coordinates of the two vectors: +Vx*Wx + Vy*Wy + Vz*Wz. Also known as scalar product or inner product. + + +Thrown when source is . + + + + Divides the specified vector by the specified value. + The value to divide the vector by. + The vector to divide by the value. + The divided vector. + +Thrown when source is . + + +Thrown when the specified value is an infinite number or zero. + + +The divided vector is obtained by dividing each coordinate of +the specified vector by the specified value. + + + + Multiplies the specified number and the specified vector. + The vector to multiply with the value. + The value to multiply with the specified vector. + The multiplied vector. + +Thrown when source is . + + +Thrown when the specified value is an infinite number. + + +The multiplied vector is obtained by multiplying each coordinate of +the specified vector by the specified value. + + + + Multiplies the specified number and the specified vector. + The value to multiply with the specified vector. + The vector to multiply with the value. + The multiplied vector. + +Thrown when right is . + + +Thrown when the specified value is an infinite number. + + +The multiplied vector is obtained by multiplying each coordinate of +the specified vector by the specified value. + + + + Negates the specified vector and returns the result. + The vector opposite to the specified vector. + +The negated vector is obtained by changing the sign of each coordinate +of the specified vector. + + +Thrown when source is . + + + + Subtracts the two specified vectors and returns the result. + The first vector. + The second vector. + The vector equal to the difference between the two source vectors. + +The subtracted vector is obtained by subtracting each coordinate of +the right vector from the corresponding coordinate of the left vector. + + +Thrown when left or right is . + + + + Adds the two specified vectors and returns the result. + The first vector. + The second vector. + The vector equal to the sum of the two source vectors. + +The added vector is obtained by adding each coordinate of the right vector +to the corresponding coordinate of the left vector. + + +Thrown when left or right is . + + + + Gets the length of this vector. + +In 3-D Euclidean space, the length of the vector is the square root of the sum +of the three coordinates squared. + + + + Returns a new XYZ whose coordinates are the normalized values from this vector. + +Normalized indicates that the length of this vector equals one (a unit vector). + + The normalized XYZ or zero if the vector is almost Zero. + + + Validates that the input point is within Revit design limits. + The point to test. + True if the input point is within Revit design limits, false otherwise. + +Used to validate input for geometry construction methods. + + + + The boolean value that indicates whether this vector is of unit length. + +A unit length vector has a length of one, and is considered normalized. + + + + The boolean value that indicates whether this vector is a zero vector. + The zero vector's each component is zero within the tolerance (1.0e-09). + + + The basis of the Z axis. + The basis of the Z axis is the vector (0,0,1), the unit vector on the Z axis. + + + The basis of the Y axis. + The basis of the Y axis is the vector (0,1,0), the unit vector on the Y axis. + + + The basis of the X axis. + The basis of the X axis is the vector (1,0,0), the unit vector on the X axis. + + + The coordinate origin or zero vector. + The zero vector is (0,0,0). + + + Indexed access to coordinates. + Use 0 for X, 1 for Y and 2 for Z. + +Thrown when an attempt is made to access the coordinate +with an index that is larger than 2. + + + + Gets the third coordinate. + + + Gets the second coordinate. + + + Gets the first coordinate. + + + Creates an XYZ with the supplied coordinates. + The first coordinate. + The second coordinate. + The third coordinate. + +Thrown when setting an infinite number to the X, Y or Z property. + + + + Creates a default XYZ with the values (0, 0, 0). + + + Object representing coordinates in 3-dimensional space. + Usually this means a point or a vector in 3-dimensional space, depending on the actual use. + + + + Indicates which worksharing display mode a view is in. + + + 2012 + + + + + + + + + The view is displaying which workset each element is assigned to. + + + + + The view is displaying model updates. + + + + + The view is displaying the specific owners of elements. + + + + + The view is displaying the checkout status of elements. + + + + + No active worksharing display mode. + + + + + Creates a new workset. + + + The document in which the new instance is created. + + + The workset name. + + + Returns the newly created workset. + + + document is not a workshared document. + -or- + name is an empty string or contains only whitespace. + -or- + name cannot include prohibited characters, such as "{, }, [, ], |, ;, less-than sign, greater-than sign, ?, `, ~". + -or- + The given workset name is already in use. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The document is in failure mode: an operation has failed, + and Revit requires the user to either cancel the operation + or fix the problem (usually by deleting certain elements). + -or- + The document is being loaded, or is in the midst of another + sensitive process. + + + The document has no open transaction. + + + 2015 Subscription Update + + + + + + + + + Whether the workset is visible by default. + + + WorksetDefaultVisibilitySettings is not applicable to family documents. + + + 2012 + + + + + Whether the workset is editable. + + + The workset is editable if owned by current user. + + + 2012 + + + + + Whether the workset is open (rather than closed). + + + The intent of closing a workset is to ask Revit to not display or expand any element in the workset, to reduce memory usage. + Note that open/closed status is independent of editability. + + + 2012 + + + + + Kind of the workset. + + + 2012 + + + + + Represents a workset in the document. + + + Worksets are a way to divide a set of elements in the Revit document into subsets for worksharing. + There may be one or many worksets in a document. + Each element in the document must belong to one and only one workset. + + + 2012 + + + + + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Whether the workset is the default one. + + + 2014 + + + + + User name of the workset. + + + 2014 + + + + + Name of the workset. + + + Name is case-insensitive. + + + 2014 + + + + + UniqueId of the workset. + + + Stable identifier for a workset, UniqueId will not change while synchronizing with central. + + + 2014 + + + + + Id of the workset. + + + Id of the workset may be changed while synchronizing with central. Please use UniqueId to reliably identify worksets despite changes which occur due to synchronization with central. + + + 2014 + + + + + Represents an accessor for workset data which can be obtained from an unopened document. + + + As a base class of Workset, this class has limited access to data. WorksetPreviews are obtained from + WorksharingUtils.GetUserWorksetInfo() from an unopened document. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates the visibility settings of a workset in a particular view. + + + 2012 + + + + + Do not override the visibility. + + + + + Be hidden in a view. + + + + + Be visible in a view (i.e. will be visible unless it is closed). + + + + + Indicates one of the standard kinds of workset (as available in the UI). + + + 2012 + + + + + Workset defined by users, including the two default worksets created by Revit + + + + + Workset containing a standard. + + + + + Workset containing a view. + + + + + Workset containing a family. + + + + + Any workset which is not one of the standard types included in this enum. + + + + + Options for duplicating views + + + 2013 + + + 2013 + + + + + Duplicate with Detailing + + + + + Duplicate as Dependent + + + + + Duplicate view + + + + + Discipline of the view + + + 2013 + + + + + Coordination + + + + + Plumbing + + + + + Electrical + + + + + Mechanical + + + + + Structural + + + + + Architectural + + + + + Detail level of the view + + + 2013 + + + + + Fine + + + + + Medium + + + + + Coarse + + + + + View does not use Detail Level + + + + + Indicates the visibility of parts for the view. + + + 2012 + + + 2012 + + + + + Show both original elements and parts for the view. + + + + + Show original elements, not parts, for the view. + + + + + Show only parts for the view. + + + + + Parts visibility is not set for the view. + + + + + Display type of the view. + + + 2013 + + + + + Textures + + + + + Realistic With Edges + + + + + Flat Colors + + + + + Realistic + + + + + Rendering + + + + + Shading With Edges + + + + + Shading + + + + + Hidden Line Removal + + + + + Wireframe + + + + + View does not use Render Type + + + + + Indicates whether the View is placed on a Sheet. + + + Some Views can be placed on one or more Sheets completely or partially. + For example, a Schedule divided in segments, and only some of them are placed on Sheets. + + + 2023 + + + + + The View is completely placed on a Sheet. + + + + + The View is partially placed on a Sheet. + + + + + The View is not placed on a Sheet. + + + + + The View cannot be placed on Sheet. + + + + + Indicates how elements in the underlay are viewed. + + + + + Underlay elements are viewed as if looking up from below. + + + + + Underlay elements are viewed as if looking down from above. + + + + + Enumeration to represent the various temporary view modes a view can be in. + + + 2012 + + + + + The view is in the mode that shows visibility settings applied in the environment of a family document. + + + + + The view is in the mode that reveals constraints between elements in the model. + + + + + The view is in the mode that shows the model in exploded view and allows user changes/configurations + + + + + The view is in the selected View Properties applied temporarily. + + + + + The view is in one of the worksharing display modes + + + + + The view is in temporary hide/isolate mode + + + + + The view is in reveal hidden elements mode + + + + +Identifies if the category is visible to the user and should be displayed in UI. + + +True if the category should be displayed in UI. + + +2020 + + + + +Gets the BuiltInCategory value for this category. + + +BuiltInCategory value for the category or INVALID +if the category is not a built-in category. + + +2023 + + + + +Gets the category type of this category. + + +The category type determines if the category is shown in the Visibility/Graphics settings +grouped with the model,annotation, or analytical model categories. +Note that import categories are also "model" but will be shown separately in the dialog. +Some categories not shown in the dialog and will return Internal for the category type. + + + 2015 + + + + +Identifies if the category is associated with a type of tag for a different category. + + +True if the category is associated with a type of tag for a different category, false if not. + + +2015 + + + + +Identifies if elements of the category are able to report what materials they contain in what quantities. + +Get materials via the Element' property Materials; +Get quantities via methods GetMaterialArea and GetMaterialVolume. + + + + Whether the visibility can be controlled by the user for this category in this view. + There are some categories in Revit that are hidden to users in the Object Styles and +Visibility dialog. Their visibility cannot be controlled for a particular view. This property +identifies if the category allows visibility control (and thus allows the Visible property to +be set). + The view where visibility control might be allowed. + + + To check if the category can have project parameters. + + + Retrieves or changes the visibility of the category in the active view. + This affects only if the category is set visible or invisible individually. Other Revit mechanisms +may also affect the visibility of elements of this category, including: +the category classes settings for +model categories, annotation categories, import categories or analytical model categories.view filters +Thus setting this value may not affect the actual visibility of elements of this category in the view. + + + Retrieves or changes the material of the category. + + if this category does not have a material. + When setting this property: material cannot be set for annotation categories. + + + Returns the category id associated with the category object. + + + Returns the parent category of this category. + + if this category a not a subcategory + + + Returns a map containing all of the subcategories of this category. + An empty map if the category has no subcategories. + + + + Checks whether a ForgeTypeId identifies a built-in category. + + + A ForgeTypeId identifies a built-in category if it corresponds to a valid + BuiltInCategory value according to + Category.IsBuiltInCategoryValid(BuiltInCategory) and + Category.GetBuiltInCategoryTypeId(BuiltInCategory). + + + The identifier to check. + + + True if the ForgeTypeId identifies a built-in category, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Gets the BuiltInCategory value corresponding to the given built-in category identifier. + + + A ForgeTypeId identifies a built-in category if it corresponds to a valid + BuiltInCategory value according to + Category.IsBuiltInCategory(ForgeTypeId) and + Category.GetBuiltInCategoryTypeId(BuiltInCategory). + + + The built-in category identifier. + + + The BuiltInCategory value corresponding to the given built-in category identifier. + + + categoryTypeId is not a built-in category identifier. See Category.IsBuiltInCategory(ForgeTypeId) and Category.GetBuiltInCategoryTypeId(BuiltInCategory). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Gets the ForgeTypeId identifying the given built-in category. + + + The given BuiltInCategory value must be valid according to + Category.IsBuiltInCategoryValid(BuiltInCategory). + + + The built-in category. + + + The identifier of the given built-in category. + + + categoryId is not a valid built-in category. See Category.IsBuiltInCategoryValid(BuiltInCategory). + + + 2022 + + + + Checks if a Category exists for a given BuiltInCategory. + The BuiltInCategory to check. + Some BuiltInCategory values are obsolete and are kept for upgrade reasons. For those no Category exists. + 2020 + + + Retrieves a category object corresponding to the category id. + The document. + An category id. + Returns a category object corresponding to the category id. + 2016 + + + Retrieves a category object corresponding to a BuiltInCategory id. + The document. + A built in category id. + Returns a category object corresponding to a BuiltInCategory id. + 2016 + + + Gets the graphics style associated with this category for the given graphics style type. + The type of graphics style. + +Thrown when the input argument-"graphicsStyleType"-is out of range. + + + + Sets the line pattern id associated with this category for the given graphics style type. + + + The line pattern id will be one of the following: + A negative value (representing a built-in line pattern); this value can only be obtained via GetLinePatternId + The id of a LinePatternElement + + + The line pattern id for the graphics style. + The type of graphics style. + +Thrown when the input argument "linePatternId" is an illegal id. + + +Thrown when this category does not have stored line pattern id for this graphics style type. + + 2017 + + + Gets the line pattern id associated with this category for the given graphics style type. + + + The line pattern id will be one of the following: + A negative value (representing a built-in line pattern) + The id of a LinePatternElement + InvalidElementId, indicating that this category does not have a stored line pattern id for this graphics style type. + + + The type of graphics style. + Returns the line pattern id associated with this category for the given graphics style type. + 2017 + + + Sets the line weight for the given graphics style type. + The type of graphics style. + +Thrown when the input argument-"lineWeight" or "graphicsStyleType"-is out of range. + + + + Retrieves the line weight assigned to the category for the given graphics style type. + The type of graphics style. + +Thrown when the input argument-"graphicsStyleType"-is out of range. + + + + Indicates if subcategories can be assigned to the category. + + + Indicates if the category is cuttable or not. + + + The color of lines shown for elements of this category. + + + The category name. + + + Indicates if the Category is valid or not. + A valid Category is one which is present in the Document's Categories. + 2023.1 + + + Represents the category or subcategory to which an element belongs. + Categories are an important tool within Revit for identifying the inferred type of an +element, such as anything in the Walls category should be considered as a wall. The API +exposes access to the built in categories within Revit via the Document.Settings.Categories +property. + + + + + + + + Removes an aspect from the material. + + + The material aspect. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + Sets an aspect of the material to a shared property set. + + + The material aspect. + + + Identifier of a shared property set (an instance of PropertySetElement). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + + + Duplicates the material + + + If duplication fails for reasons unrelated to the name, will be returned. + + + Name of the new material - this name must be correctly structured for Revit use and not duplicate the name + of another material in the document. + + + The new material. + + + name cannot include prohibited characters, such as "{, }, [, ], |, ;, less-than sign, greater-than sign, ?, `, ~". + -or- + The given value for name is already in use as a material element name. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + + + + + Validates whether the material name is unique in document. + + + The document in which the name is being tested for uniqueness. + + + The name tested for uniqueness. + + + Returns true if the name is unique, and false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Validates whether the specified element id is a material element. + + + An element which will be applied the material + + + The element id to be checked. + + + True if the element a material element or invalidElementId, which means take material from category, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Creates a new material. + + + The document in which to create the material. + + + The name of the new material. + + + Identifier of the new material. + + + name cannot include prohibited characters, such as "{, }, [, ], |, ;, less-than sign, greater-than sign, ?, `, ~". + -or- + The given value for name is already in use as a material element name. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + + + + + The name of the material category, e.g. 'Wood' + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + The name of the general material type, e.g. 'Wood.' + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + + + The ElementId of the thermal PropertySetElement. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + + + The ElementId of the structural PropertySetElement. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + + + The ElementId of the AppearanceAssetElement. + + + This is the id to the element that contains visual material information used for rendering. + In some cases where the material is created without setting up custom render appearance properties + (for example, when the material is created via an import, or when it is created by the API), + this property will be InvalidElementId. In that situation the standard material properties such as + and will dictate the appearance of the material during rendering. + + + The id of the AppearanceAssetElement, or InvalidElementId if the material does not have an associated + appearance asset. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + + + + + The id of the FillPatternElement used as the background pattern of faces with this material in normal views. + + + The FillPattern used for a background pattern must have a 'Drafting' target. + + + When setting this property: The element id must represent a valid FillPatternElement. + -or- + When setting this property: The FillPattern target must be a drafting pattern. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + The id of the FillPatternElement used as the background pattern of faces with this material in cut views. + + + The FillPattern used for a cut pattern must have a 'Drafting' target. + + + When setting this property: The element id must represent a valid FillPatternElement. + -or- + When setting this property: The FillPattern target must be a drafting pattern. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + The id of the FillPatternElement used as the foreground pattern of faces with this material in normal views. + + + The FillPattern used for a surface foreground pattern can have a 'Drafting' or a 'Model' target. + + + When setting this property: The element id must represent a valid FillPatternElement. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + The id of the FillPatternElement used as the foreground pattern of faces with this material in cut views. + + + The FillPattern used for a cut foreground pattern must have a 'Drafting' target. + + + When setting this property: The element id must represent a valid FillPatternElement. + -or- + When setting this property: The FillPattern target must be a drafting pattern. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + The color of the material cut background pattern. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + The color of the material surface background pattern. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + The color of the material cut foreground pattern. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + The color of the material surface foreground pattern. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + The color of the material. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + + + The transparency of the material. + + + The value ranges from 0 to 100. + + + When setting this property: values for shininess must be between 0 and 128 + + + + + The smoothness of the material. + + + The value ranges from 0 to 100. + + + When setting this property: values for shininess must be between 0 and 128 + + + + + The shininess of the material. + + + The value ranges from 0 to 128. + + + When setting this property: values for shininess must be between 0 and 128 + + + + + True to use the render appearance settings for shaded view appearance; + false to use the material's color and transparency value for shaded view appearance. + + + 2015 + + + + + Represents a material element within an Autodesk Revit project. + + + + + + + + + A list of all material aspects that a material can store PropertySetElements for. + + + 2012 + + + + + Thermal + + + + + Structural + + + + Get the invalid Color whose IntegerValue is -1. + 2014 + + + Identifies if the color represents a valid color, or an uninitialized/invalid value. + 2012 + + + Get the blue channel of the color. Setting a channel is obsolete in Autodesk Revit 2013. Please create a new color instead. + When getting the value: the color is invalid or uninitialized. + + + + Get the green channel of the color. Setting a channel is obsolete in Autodesk Revit 2013. Please create a new color instead. + When getting the value: the color is invalid or uninitialized. + + + + Get the red channel of the color. Setting a channel is obsolete in Autodesk Revit 2013. Please create a new color instead. + When getting the value: the color is invalid or uninitialized. + + + + Constructor that takes the red, green and blue channels of the color. + The red channel of the color that ranges from 0 to 255. + The green channel of the color that ranges from 0 to 255. + The blue channel of the color that ranges from 0 to 255. + + + Represents a color in Autodesk Revit. + Colors obtained from some API methods may represent an uninitialized/invalid color. You can identify these +using the IsValid property. + + + The graphics style type. + + + The graphics style category. + + + The graphics style instance in Autodesk Revit document. + + + Describes the type of graphics style. + + + Cut. + + + Projection. + + + + 2015 + + + The type of category. + + + 2015 + + + + + An analytical model element category. + + + + + The category is for internal usage. + + + + + An annotation element category. + + + + + A model element category. + + + + + The category type is invalid. + + + + + Identifies if this type is a valid default family type for the given family category id. + + + The family category id. + + + True if this type is a valid default family type for the given family category id. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Duplicates an existing element type and assigns it a new name. + + + The new name of the element type. + + + The duplicated element type. + + + name is an empty string. + -or- + name cannot include prohibited characters, such as "{, }, [, ], |, ;, less-than sign, greater-than sign, ?, `, ~". + -or- + The element type name was empty, contained invalid characters, or was invalid for the specific element type. + -or- + The name is already in use for this element type. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Duplicate element type could not be obtained. + + + The ElementType cannot be copied. + + + + + Obtains a set of types that are similar to this type. + + + Two types are similar if elements that have one type could be assigned the other type. + + + A set of element IDs of types that are similar to this type. + + + 2011 + + + + + Checks if given type is similar to this type. + + + Two types are similar if elements that have one type could be assigned the other type. + + + ElementId of the type to check. + + + True if given type is similar to this type, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Gets the family name of this element type. + + + This value is a localized string describing the family in which this ElementType + belongs. For family symbols, this will be the name of the associated Family. + For system family types, this will be the name used to group related types, + such as "Oval Duct" or "Curtain Wall". + + + 2015 + + + + + Determine if this ElementType can be deleted + + + 2015 + + + + + Determine if this ElementType can be renamed + + + 2015 + + + + + Determine if this ElementType can create a copy + + + 2015 + + + + Get the preview image of an element. This image is similar to what is seen in the Revit UI when selecting the type of an element. + The width and height of the preview image in pixels. + System::Drawing::Bitmap represents the preview image. if there is no preview image. + + The width or height of the size is equal or less than zero. + + 2011 + + + Set the name for the ElementType. + This method will assign the element type a new name. + + + + Base class for all Types within Autodesk Revit. + + + Element types are usually non user visible elements that define instances. For example a + wall type is a type that is not visible until an instance of the wall is created. + + + + + Deletes the existing entity created by %schema% in the element + + + Schema used for creation of the entity + + + True if entity was deleted, false if entity didn't exist + + + Writing of Entities of this Schema is not allowed to the current add-in. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Stores the entity in the element. If an Entity described by the same Schema already + exists, it is overwritten. + + + The Entity to be stored. + + + Writing of Entities of this Schema is not allowed to the current add-in. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Returns the existing entity corresponding to the Schema if it has been saved in the + Element, or an invalid entity otherwise. + + + The Entity that is returned is a copy of the stored data (with copy-on-write + optimization). Modifying it is allowed (even with restricted write), but to save your + changes you must call SetEntity. + + + The Schema describing the Entity. + + + The returned Entity. + + + Reading of Entities of this Schema is not allowed to the current add-in. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Returns the Schema guids of any Entities stored in this element. + + + The schema Entity guids. + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns true if createdPhaseId and demolishedPhaseId are in order. + + + The createdPhaseId. + + + True if createdPhaseId index is less than or equal to demolishedPhaseId, otherwise returns false. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Returns true if createdPhaseId and demolishedPhaseId are in order. + + + The demolishedPhaseId. + + + True if createdPhaseId index is less than or equal to demolishedPhaseId, otherwise returns false. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Returns true if demolishedPhaseId is an allowed value for the property DemolishedPhaseId in this Element. + + + Acts as a validator for setting the property DemolishedPhaseId. + + + The id of a Phase or invalidElementId. + + + True if demolishedPhaseId is an allowed value for the property DemolishedPhaseId in this Element, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns true if createdPhaseId is an allowed value for the property CreatedPhaseId in this Element. + + + Acts as a validator for setting the property CreatedPhaseId. + + + The id of a Phase. + + + True if createdPhaseId is an allowed value for the property CreatedPhaseId in this Element, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns true if the properties CreatedPhaseId and DemolishedPhaseId can be modified for this Element. + + + Acts as a validator for setting the properties CreatedPhaseId and DemolishedPhaseId. + + + True if the properties CreatedPhaseId and DemolishedPhaseId can be modified for this Element, false otherwise. + + + 2013 + + + + + Returns true if this Element has the properties CreatedPhaseId and DemolishedPhaseId. + + + Acts as a validator for setting the properties CreatedPhaseId and DemolishedPhaseId. + + + True if this Element has the properties CreatedPhaseId and DemolishedPhaseId, false otherwise. + + + 2013 + + + + + Provides the local element IDs when the element is monitoring. + + + The IDs of local element IDs being monitored by this element. + + + 2011 + + + + + Provides the link instance IDs when the element is monitoring. + + + The IDs of linked instances. + + + 2011 + + + + + Indicate whether an element is monitoring other local elements. + + + True if this element is monitoring other elements in same project. Otherwise, false will be returned. + + + 2011 + + + + + Indicate whether an element is monitoring any elements in any linked models. + + + True if this element is monitoring elements in a linked models. Otherwise, false will be returned. + + + 2011 + + + + + Returns ChangeType associated with any change in an element. + + +

    Use this change type to trigger an Updater when elements change in any way. + For maximum efficiency, we recommend the use of ChangeTypeParameter and + ChangeTypeGeometry, if applicable, instead.

    +

    Caution: Changes to an element by an Updater using this trigger will result + in re-triggering of the Updater. For example, Updater1 triggers on + ChangeTypeAny on Element X. A Revit user modifies parameter A of X. + Updater1 is triggered and modifies X's parameter B. The change in parameter B, + triggers another call to Updater1.Execute(). If Updater1 continues to + modify X, it can run into an infinite loop. Infinite loops are detected by + Revit and result in the Updater being disabled.

    +

    Note: This change type will not trigger on newly created or deleted elements or on changes caused by Undo and Redo.

    +
    + + ChangeType that can be used to define a trigger for an Updater, + triggering on any change in an element. + +
    + + + Returns ChangeType associated with a change in the geometry of an element + + + Use this change type to trigger an Updater when the geometry of an element + changes. For example, changes like cutting a hole in a wall or + adjusting its height are considered to be geometric changes. + Note: This change type will not trigger on newly created or deleted elements + or on changes caused by Undo and Redo. + + + ChangeType that can be used to define a trigger for an Updater, + triggering on a geometry change in an element + + + + + Returns ChangeType associated with a change in a parameter's value + + + remarks: Use this change type to trigger an Updater when the value of an element's + parameter changes. + Note: This change type will not trigger on newly created or deleted elements or on changes caused by Undo and Redo. + + + ElementId of parameter for the ChangeType to trigger on. + + + ChangeType that can be used to define a trigger for an Updater, + triggering on parameter value change. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Returns ChangeType associated with element addition + + + Use this change type to trigger an Updater on the addition of elements + to a document. + Note: This change type will not trigger on changes caused by Undo and Redo. + + + ChangeType that can be used to define a trigger for an Updater, + triggering on element addition. + + + + + Returns ChangeType associated with element deletion. + + + ChangeType that can be used to define a trigger for an Updater, + Use this change type to trigger an Updater on the deletion of elements from a document. + Note: This change type will not trigger on changes caused by Undo and Redo. + + + ChangeType that can be used to define a trigger for an Updater, + triggering on element deletion. + + + + + Returns a FormatOptions override for the element Parameter, or a default FormatOptions if no override exists. + + + Id of parameter for which FormatOptions will be returned. + + + Format options of element parameter. If the UseDefault property is true, then no formatting overrides have been defined in the element for the specified parameter, and the FormatOptions for the parameter should be obtained from the Unit object, which can be obtained from the Document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Evaluate the parameters' values of the element on the given parameter ID set. + + + Parameter IDs with which the ParameterValue to be retrieved. + + + List of of the element, which does not include those that cannot be retrieved but are passed in through . + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Evaluates all the parameters' values of the element. + + + List of of the element. + + + 2024 + + + + + Gets the volume of the material with the given id. + + + The material id returned from . + + + The volume of the material for this element. Returns 0.0 if the material is not a part of this element. + + + materialId is not a valid Element identifier. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the area of the material with the given id. + + + The material id returned from . + + + If true, this material id was returned as a paint material from and the area returned should be calculated from paint applied to the element. + If false, this material id was returned as a non-paint element material from and the area is calculated from the element geometry and layers. + + + The area of the material for this element. Returns 0.0 if the material id is not a part of this element. + + + materialId is not a valid Element identifier. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This Element element does not support paint material assignment. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the element ids of all materials present in the element. + + + The returned collection of materials will be empty in any of the following situations: + The returnPaintMaterials flag is false, and the Category.HasMaterialQuantities property of the element's Category is false.The returnPaintMaterials flag is true, and the the element does not have any painted faces. + Any material ids returned by this method can be used in GetMaterialArea() to get the calculated area associated to the material. + Non-paint materials ids returned by this method can be used in GetMaterialVolume() to get the volume associated to the material. + + + If true, this returns material ids assigned to element faces by the Paint tools. If false, this returns ids associated to the material through + its geometry or compound structure layers. + + + The set of material ids. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the collection of ExternalResourceReference associated with a specified external resource type. + + + Use this API for an element which has multiple external resource references + under a specified type, e.g., AppearanceAssetElement. + See also: . + + + The desired external resource type. + + + The collection of the ExternalResourceReference associated with a specified external resource type. + + + This Element does not use a resource reference for the specified resource type. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2023 + + + + + Gets the ExternalResourceReference associated with a specified external resource type. + + + For an element which has multiple external resource references + under a specified type like AppearanceAssetElement, it will return the first one. + See also: . + + + The desired external resource type. + + + The copy of the ExternalResourceReference associated with a specified external resource type. + + + This Element does not use a resource reference for the specified resource type. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Determines whether this Element uses external resources associated with + a specified external resource type. + + + The desired external resource type. + + + Returns true if this Element uses external resources associated with + the specified external resource type; otherwise, false. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Gets the expanded map of the external resource references referenced + by the element. + + + The value includes all external resource references under the type. + Use this API for an element which has multiple external resource references + under a specified type, e.g., AppearanceAssetElement. + See also: . + + + The expanded map of the external resource references referenced by the element. + + + This Element does not use any external resource. + + + 2023 + + + + + Gets the map of the external resource references referenced + by the element. + + + For an element which has multiple external resource references + under a specified type like AppearanceAssetElement, the first one will be the value in the map. + See also: . + + + The map of the external resource references referenced by the element. + + + This Element does not use any external resource. + + + 2015 + + + + + Determines whether this Element uses external resources. + + + Some elements may contain references to data from external resources. + These elements contain one or more ExternalResourceReferences. + + + True if this element uses external resources, false if it does not. + + + 2015 + + + + + Gets information pertaining to the external file referenced + by the element. + + + An object containing path and type information for the external + file referenced by the element. + + + This Element does not represent an external file. + + + 2012 + + + + + Determines whether this Element represents an external + file. + + + Linked files are references to external files, but + imported files are not, as their data is brought wholly into + Revit. + + + True if this element contains information about some external + file, false if it does not. + + + 2012 + + + + + Retrieve one geometric primitive contained in the element given a reference. + + + It will return the last geometric object in the path. + will be returned if related geometric object could not be found in the model. + + + The geometric object referenced by this instance will be retrieved from the model. + + + The geometric object referenced by the input reference. + + + The id of this element is not same as that referenced by reference + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The element id held by the input reference is not same as the id of this element. + The geometric information could not be taken for this element. + + + 2012 + + + + + Get all elements that, from a logical point of view, are the children of this Element. + + +

    The elements that this method will return: + Will be deleted if the input Element is deleted.Potentially could report the input Element as a host (there could be other type of + parent/child relationship here: for example view/view-specific elements, etc.)

    +
    + + What type of elements we are interested of. + Can be NULL to return all dependent elements. + + + Logical children of this element + + + 2018.1 + +
    + + + Checks if given subelement can be removed from the element. + + + Subelement to check. + + + True if subelement can be removed, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Removes the subelements from the element. + + + Depending on implementation for given element as the result, the element + can be deleted - especially if after Subelement deletion there are no Subelement left. + See also: . + + + Subelements to delete. + + + True if entire element was deleted, false otherwise. + + + One or more subelements in subelems do not exist in the element. + -or- + One or more of the subelements subelems cannot be deleted. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This Element is an internal element, such as a component of a + loaded family or a group type. + -or- + The document containing this Element is in Group Edit Mode, + Sketch Edit Mode, or Paste Mode, and the element is not a + member of the group, sketch, or clipboard. + -or- + This Element is a member of a group or sketch, and the document + is not currently editing the group or sketch. + + + 2018 + + + + + Removes a subelement from the element. + + + Depending on implementation for given element as the result, the element + can be deleted - especially if after subelement deletion there are no subelements left. + See also: . + + + The subelement to delete. + + + True if entire element was deleted, false otherwise. + + + The subelement subelem does not exist in the element. + -or- + Subelement subelem cannot be deleted. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This Element is an internal element, such as a component of a + loaded family or a group type. + -or- + The document containing this Element is in Group Edit Mode, + Sketch Edit Mode, or Paste Mode, and the element is not a + member of the group, sketch, or clipboard. + -or- + This Element is a member of a group or sketch, and the document + is not currently editing the group or sketch. + + + 2018 + + + + + Returns the collection of element subelements. + + + This collection will not include the Element itself. + + + The collection of element subelements. + + + 2018 + + + + + Changes the type of all elements in the given set. + + + In some cases, applying a change in type will result in a new element being created. + The only active examples of this are when applying a normal wall type to a curtain panel, or + converting such a wall back to a curtain panel. + Then return map would have (original element id, new element id) pair(s). + Note: this function needs an open transaction. + Note: this function calls regeneration. + + + The document. + + + A collection of element IDs. + + + Identifier of the type to assign to this element. + + + The map of original element IDs to the new element IDs + if some elements were replaced by new elements + (the map is empty if no elements were replaced) + + + At least one of the elements in elementIds does not exist in the document + -or- + Not all elements elementIds can have a type assigned. + -or- + The type typeId is not valid for at least one of the elements in elementIds. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + One or more elements in elementIds is a member of a loaded family. + -or- + One or more elements in elementIds is a member of a group type that is + not being edited. + + + 2011 + + + + + Obtains a set of types that are valid for all given elements. + + + The document. + + + A collection of element IDs. + + + A set of element IDs of types that are valid for these elements or an empty set if any element cannot have a type assigned. + + + Thrown when at least one of the elements does not exist in the document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Checks if given type is valid for the set of elements. + + + A type is valid for the set of elements if it is valid for each and every element in the set. + + + The document. + + + A collection of element IDs. + + + ElementId of the type to check. + + + True if all elements can have a type assigned and this type is valid for all elements, false otherwise. + + + Thrown when at least one of the elements does not exist in the document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Checks if all elements in the set can have a type assigned. + + + The document. + + + A collection of element IDs. + + + True if all elements in the set can have a type assigned, false otherwise. + + + Thrown when at least one of the elements does not exist in the document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Changes the type of the element. + + + In rare cases, applying a change in type will result in a new element being created. + The only active examples of this are when applying a normal wall type to a curtain panel, or + converting such a wall back to a curtain panel. + In this situation the new element id is returned. + Also, this element becomes invalid. + See also: . + + + Identifier of the type to assign to this element. + + + The new element id if new element is created, or InvalidElementId if the element's type changed without creating a new element. + + + The type typeId is not valid for this element. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This Element cannot have type assigned. + + + This Element is an internal element, such as a component of a + loaded family or a group type. + -or- + The document containing this Element is in Group Edit Mode, + Sketch Edit Mode, or Paste Mode, and the element is not a + member of the group, sketch, or clipboard. + -or- + This Element is a member of a group or sketch, and the document + is not currently editing the group or sketch. + + + 2011 + + + + + Obtains a set of types that are valid for this element. + + + A set of element IDs of types that are valid for this element or an empty set if element cannot have type assigned. + + + 2011 + + + + + Checks if given type is valid for this element. + + + A type is valid for an element if it can be assigned to the element. + + + ElementId of the type to check. + + + True if element can have a type assigned and this type is valid for this element, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Identifies if the element can have a type assigned. + + + Some elements cannot have type assigned, + in which case invalid element id is considered to be their type id. + + + True if element can have a type assigned, false otherwise. + + + 2011 + + + + + Returns the ids of the element(s) that generated the input geometry object. + + + This function supports many different types of relationships among elements. + Most of these relationships will return a single element, for example: + Window and door cutting wallsOpenings cutting hostsFace splitting facesWall sweep or reveal traversing wall + A few relationships have the potential for returning multiple elements, including: + Walls joining to other wall(s)Elements extending to roof(s) + If more than one id is returned, one of them (unspecified) is the id of the element that generated the geometry object and the others are ids of related elements. For example, if a wall A is joined to two walls B and C in a way that creates two end faces, and if this function is called for one of the two end faces, it will return the ids of walls B and C. + + + The geometry object whose generating element is requested. + + + The id(s) of the element(s) that generated (or may have generated) the given geometry object. Empty if no generating elements are found. If the set contains just one id, it is the id of the element that generated the geometry object. + + + The input geometryObject is invalid and so cannot be used to obtain the generating element ids. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + + + + + Returns the identifier of this element's type. + + + Some elements cannot have type assigned, + in which case this method returns invalid element id. + + + The id of the element's type, or invalid element id if the element cannot have type assigned. + + + 2011 + + + + + + + + + Gets the status of a given element in the input phase + + + Id of the phase. + + + The status of the element in the phase. + + + The id does not represent a valid phase. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Identifies if the element can be locked. + + + True if the element can be locked, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Id of a Phase at which the Element was demolished. + + + After setting the property, DemolishedPhaseId regeneration can fail if CreatedPhaseId and DemolishedPhaseId + are out of order with respect to their index in the property Document.Phases. + Can be set to invalid element id. + + + When setting this property: The element does not allow setting the property DemolishedPhaseId to the value of demolishedPhaseId. + -or- + When setting this property: Invalid order of phases: An object cannot be demolished before it was created. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + When setting this property: The element does not have properties CreatedPhaseId and DemolishedPhaseId. + -or- + When setting this property: The element does not allow setting the properties CreatedPhaseId and DemolishedPhaseId. + + + 2013 + + + + + + + + + Id of a Phase at which the Element was created. + + +

    After setting the property CreatedPhaseId, regeneration can fail if CreatedPhaseId and DemolishedPhaseId + are out of order with respect to their index in the property Document.Phases.

    +

    When Revit is running with UI activated, the default created phase for newly created elements is inherited from the phase of the currently active view.

    +

    When Revit is running without its UI, such as when Revit runs on Autodesk Forge Design Automation API for Revit, + the default CreatedPhaseId for newly created elements is the latest phase in Autodesk::Revit::DB::Document::Phases.

    +
    + + When setting this property: The element does not allow setting the property CreatedPhaseId to the value of createdPhaseId. + -or- + When setting this property: Invalid order of phases: An object cannot be demolished before it was created. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + When setting this property: The element does not have properties CreatedPhaseId and DemolishedPhaseId. + -or- + When setting this property: The element does not allow setting the properties CreatedPhaseId and DemolishedPhaseId. + + + 2013 + + + + + +
    + + + The id of the view that owns the element. + + + + + Identifies if the element is owned by a view. + + + + + The id of the assembly instance to which the element belongs. + + + + + The id of the level associated with the element. + + + 2014 + + + + + A stable unique identifier for an element within the document. + + + The UniqueId can be used to store an identifier in an external database and to retrieve the same element in the future if it still exists. + This id can be passed to the Document's Element property to retrieve the element. The UniqueId is stable across upgrades and workset + operations such as Save To Central, while the property may change. + + + + + + + + + Indicates whether an element is transient or permanent. + + +

    Transient elements are usually created for short term use. This type of element can be created via Document.MakeTransientElements().

    +

    Transient and Permanent elements are not allowed to reference each other. A transient element can only refer to other transient elements in the same document.

    +

    Transient elements also cannot be selected or scheduled, and will not be saved when the document is saved, and will be discarded when the document is closed.

    +

    Modifying a transient element does not require a transaction, because such elements are not part of the model. As an effect of this, however, creation and modification of transients cannot be undone.

    +

    Because transient elements are technically not part of the model, they will not be found when using standard element filters, or in any collection of elements Revit returns, such as elements reported in dynamic updaters, etc.

    +
    + + 2016 + +
    + + + A unique identifier for an Element in an Autodesk Revit project. + + + Returns an object containing the project-wide unique identifier for this Element. The identifier with this id is only unique for the project, it is not unique across separate Autodesk Revit projects. + + + + + + + + + The id of the group to which an element belongs. + + + 2014 + + + + + Get the element version Id. + + + The application of element version Id is the same as VesionGuid property has, except + that version element Id is stable for migration (between Revit versions) processes. + Element version Id property is internal API as it exposes the bare integer value. + It is not appropriate to make it public API without changing it to return a hash instead. + Any changes to this property will have impact for the ATF Revit Producer's change keys. + + + + + Identifies if the element is modifiable. + + + This is not a permanent state. The value depends on the document state. For example, active edit modes can make IsModifiable false for many elements. + + + 2023 + + + + + Get the element version Guid. + + + If element version Guid is the same for a certain element in two instances of the saved file + then we guarantee that the two elements are identical. One element version covers a period of time + that is larger than a single transaction: it is a period between two saves, synchronize to central and reload latest. + Thus, in an opened document in-between saves or synchronize actions, + this version cannot be used to determine if any particular element has changed. To watch for element changes happening in-session, + use event . + + + 2021 + + + + + Get Id of the Workset which owns the element. + + + Each element belongs to one and only one workset. + + + + + Identifies if the element has been pinned to prevent changes. + + + An element which is pinned may not be moved, and warnings will be issued + when an attempt is made to delete it. + + + When setting this property: Element cannot be pinned or unpinned. + + + + Attempts to find a parameter on the element which has the given name. + The name of the parameter to be retrieved. + The matching parameter. This return may be if there is no matching parameter. If there are multiple matching parameters the first one found is returned. + +This method will attempt to find a parameter on this Element whose name matches the input. The possible results include: +A single matching parameter is found: it will be returned.No matching parameter is found: is returned.Multiple matching parameters exist. In this situation the first one encountered will be returned. This match is determined at random and may change in the future.. +

    Multiple matches of parameters with the same name can occur because shared parameters or project parameters can be bound to an element category even if there is a built-in parameter with the same name already.

    If this method is used to find built-in parameters the code will not be portable to other languages of Revit (because built-in parameter names are translated, and this method matches the translation).

    For the reasons above this method should be used sparingly and only when you have a reasonable expectation that only one parameter exists with the given name, and when portability across multiple languages is not a requirement.

    Safer approaches include:

    to get all the matches with the given name. to get a shared parameter by stored guid. to find a built-in parameter in a language-independent way.
    + 2015 +
    + + Retrieves the parameters from the element via the given name. + The name of the parameter to be retrieved. + +A collection containing the parameters having the same given parameter name. + + +

    Multiple matches of parameters with the same name can occur because shared parameters or project parameters can be bound to an element category even if there is a built-in parameter with the same name already.

    +

    If this method is used to find built-in parameters the code will not be portable to other languages of Revit (because built-in parameter names are translated, and this method matches the translation).

    +

    For the reasons above this method should be used sparingly and when portability across multiple languages is not a requirement.

    +

    Safer approaches include:

    + + + to get a shared parameter by stored guid. + + to find a built-in parameter in a language-independent way. + +
    + 2015 +
    + + +Gets the parameters associated to the element in order. + + +A collection containing all parameters. + + +

    The collection consists of only visible parameters associated to the element; it returns a different list than Element.Parameters.

    +

    The parameters are returned in the order in which they appear in the Revit UI within a given group; +however, parameters of different groups may be mixed within this output.

    +

    Currently the Revit UI order is determined first by group and next by the order of the individual parameters.

    +
    + 2015 +
    + + + Returns ChangeType associated with a change in a parameter's value + + + Use this change type to trigger an Updater when the value of an element's parameter changes. + Note: This change type will not trigger on newly created or deleted elements. + + + Parameter for the ChangeType to trigger on + + + ChangeType that can be used to define a trigger for an Updater, + triggering on parameter value change + + + A non-optional argument was + + + Indicates if the element can be hidden in the view. + + See discussion for some types of elements which may not be hidden. + Note: elements in families can only be hidden temporarily. + + If the element is not permitted to be hidden, false is returned. + Thrown when argument is . + + + Identifies if the element has been permanently hidden in the view. + This does not determine if the element is hidden as a result of temporary hide/isolate, +view sectioning, view crop box, or other operations that can cause elements not to be visible. +To hide or unhide an element, use the Hide() and Unhide() method of . + Thrown when argument is . + + + Retrieves a box that circumscribes all geometry of the element. + Pass in a view to query view-specific (e.g., cut) geometry or for model +geometry. If the view box is not known or cannot be calculated, this will return the model box; +if the model box is not known, +this will return . The box will always be aligned to the default axes of the +model coordinate system (thus no rotation should be applied to the return value). +Also note that this bounding box volume +may enclose geometry that is not obvious. For example, the "flip controls" that +could be part of a family will be included in the computation of the bounding box even +though they are not always visible in the family instance of the family. + + + + + + + Retrieves the geometric representation of the element. + User preferences for parsing of geometry. + +

    This call will retrieve 3d representation of the element. will be returned +for symbols, annotations or details. This involves extensive parsing or Revit's data +structures, so try to minimize calls if performance is critical.

    +

    Geometry objects provided from this method are obtained directly from the element. When +the element is changed for any reason, the geometry will be recalculated by Revit and geometry +objects obtained before the change are likely to no longer be valid. If you need to preserve +geometry information obtained an element even after changes to that element, you should copy +the geometry objects or save the properties independently.

    +

    Although the geometry obtained from this method comes directly from the element, any attempt to modify +any of the geometry objects will operate only on a disconnected copy of the original geometry object from the element. +The modification will not affect the geometry of the original element from which it was obtained - +to change the geometry of the element you must use methods that directly affect the geometry calculated or +stored by Revit for this element.

    +

    If you require that the geometry items obtained contain valid +Reference objects, be sure to set the ComputeReferences +property of the Options.

    +
    + An object that provides access to the geometry of the element. + + + + +
    + + Returns the design option to which the element belongs. + If the element is not in a design option, i.e. in the main model, then this property will +return . + + + + + + + Returns the Document in which the Element resides. + All elements are contained within a document. An element can be retrieved from this +document by using the id that is returned by the element's id property. + + + This property is used to find the physical location of an element within a project. + The Location property returns an object that can be used to find the location of an object +within the project. An object may have a point location, such as a table or may have a line location. +A wall is an example of an element that has a line location. + + + + + + + Retrieves a map containing all of the parameters that are contained within the element. + The Parameters can be rapidly accessed by parameter name as a key. +These parameters are displayed in the Element properties dialog in the Autodesk Revit interface. +These parameters can be retrieved and set via the parameter objects stored in this map. + + + Retrieves a set containing all of the parameters that are contained within the element. + The Parameters property contains a set of all the parameters that the element supports. +These parameters are displayed in the Element properties dialog in the Autodesk Revit interface. +These parameters can be retrieved and set via the parameter objects stored in this set. + + + + + + + Retrieves a parameter from the element given a parameter id. + The built in parameter id of the parameter to be retrieved. + Parameters are a generic form of data storage within elements. The parameters are visible +through the Autodesk Revit user interface in the Element Properties dialog. This method uses a +built in parameter id to access the parameter. Autodesk Revit has a large number of built in +parameters that are available via an enumerated type. + + + + + + + Retrieves a parameter from the element given identifier. + Identifier of the built-in parameter. + Parameters are a generic form of data storage within elements. The parameters are visible +through the Autodesk Revit user interface in the Element Properties dialog. This method uses a +built in parameter identifier to access the parameter. Autodesk Revit has a large number of built in +parameters that are available via static properties. + + parameterTypeId does not identify a built-in parameter. See Parameter.IsBuiltInParameter(ForgeTypeId) and Parameter.GetParameterTypeId(BuiltInParameter). + + + A non-optional argument was NULL + + 2022 + + + Retrieves a parameter from the element based on its definition. + The internal or external definition of the parameter. + Parameters are a generic form of data storage within elements. The parameters are visible +through the Autodesk Revit user interface in the Element Properties dialog. An element can only +have one instance of a parameter with a specific definition. By using this method you can retrieve that parameter based on definition. + + + Retrieves a parameter from the element given an identifier. + Retrieves a parameter from the element given a GUID for a shared parameter. + The unique id associated with the shared parameter. + Parameters are a generic form of data storage within elements. The parameters are visible +through the Autodesk Revit user interface in the Element Properties dialog. This method is used to +retrieve a parameter for a known shared parameter. When a shared parameter is created it is +assigned a Guid which will not change. This guid can be used to retrieve the piece of data from the +element at a later time. + + + Retrieves a Category object that represents the category or sub category in which the +element resides. + All category objects can be retrieved from the application by using the Categories property +of the Application.Settings object. + + + A human readable name for the Element. + The Name property is a human readable name for the element, such as Wall. + Thrown when the name of the element cannot be changed. + Thrown when the element requires a unique name and a non-unique name is set. + + + + Base class for most persistent data within a Revit document. + + + The data in a Revit document consists primarily of a collection of + elements. An element usually corresponds to a single component of a + building or drawing, such as a wall, door, or dimension, but it can + also be something more abstract, like a wall type or a view. + Every element in a document has a unique ID, represented by the + ElementId class. + + + + +A path to a Revit model stored on a Revit server. + + + + +A path to a Revit model stored on disk. + + + + Determines whether one element id is not less than another element id. + The first ElementId. + The second ElementId. + True if the first element id is not less than the second element id, otherwise, false. + + + Determines whether one element id is not greater than another element id. + The first ElementId. + The second ElementId. + True if the first element id is not greater than the second element id, otherwise, false. + + + Determines whether one element id is greater than another element id. + The first ElementId. + The second ElementId. + True if the first element id is greater than the second element id, otherwise, false. + + + Determines whether this element id is less than another element id. + The first ElementId. + The second ElementId. + True if the first element id is less than the second element id, otherwise, false. + + + Determines whether these two ElementIds are different. + The first ElementId. + The second ElementId. + True if the ElementIds are different; otherwise, false. + + + Determines whether these two ElementIds are the same. + The first ElementId. + The second ElementId. + True if the ElementIds are the same; otherwise, false. + + + Parse the string representation of the id into a corresponding ElementId. + +If the string represents the id +will contain it upon return. If the parse fails, the id will be undefined. + + The string representation of the id to return. + Out parameter set to the ElementId represented by the string. + true if the string was successfully parsed into an ElementId, false otherwise. + 2023 + + + Parse the string representation of the id into a corresponding ElementId. + +If the string represents it will be returned. + + The string representation of the id to return. + ElementId string represented. + +Thrown when the string cannot be parsed into an ElementId. + + 2023 + + + Compares two element ids. + The ElementId to be compared with this ElementId. + -1 if this element id is less than id, 0 if equal, 1 if greater. + + + Get the invalid ElementId whose value is -1. + + + +Gets the value of the id as hash code + + + + Determines whether the specified is equal to the current . + Another object. + + + +Gets a String representation of the value of the id. + + + + Provides the value of the element id as a 64-bit integer. + 2024 + + + Provides the value of the element id as a 32-bit integer. + +Thrown when the value of the element id is too large to be represented as a 32-bit integer. + + + + Create an ElementId handle with the given BuiltInParameter id. + The id. + + + Create an ElementId handle with the given BuiltInCategory id. + The id. + + + Create an ElementId handle with the given 64-bit integer id. + The id. + 2024 + + + Create an ElementId handle with the given 32-bit integer id. + The id. + + + The ElementId object is used as a unique identification for an element within a +single project. + The Value within the ElementId is only unique with a single project. It is not unique +across several projects. The Id can be used to retrieve a specific element from the database +when needed. However ids are subject to change during an Autodesk Revit session and as such +should not be retained and used across repeated calls to external commands. If a manner is +needed to uniquely identify an element beyond this limitation then a shared parameter should +be added to the element containing a unique identifier managed by the external application. + + + An enumerated type listing all of the built-in parameter groups supported by Autodesk +Revit. + Parameter groups are used to sort parameters within the Element Properties dialog. + + + + "Toposolid Subdivision" + + + + + "Life Safety" + + + + + "Electrical Analysis" + + + + + "Alternate Units" + + + + + "Primary Units" + + + + + "Cross-Section Definition" + + + + + "Route Analysis" + + + + + "Geolocation" + + + + + "Structural Section Geometry" + + + + + "Material Thermal Properties" + + + + + "Room/Space Data" + + + + + "Building Data" + + + + + "Set" + + + + + "Advanced" + + + + + "Releases / Member Forces" + + + + + "Secondary End" + + + + + "Primary End" + + + + + "Moments" + + + + + "Forces" + + + + + "Fabrication Product Data" + + + + + "Reference" + + + + + "Geometric Position" + + + + + "Division Geometry" + + + + + "Segments and Fittings" + + + + + "Extension (End/Top)" + + + + + "Extension (Beginning/Bottom)" + + + + + "Winders" + + + + + "Supports" + + + + + "End Connection" + + + + + "Handrail 2" + + + + + "Terminations" + + + + + "Threads/Risers" + + + + + "Calculation Rules" + + + + + "Dimensions (linear units or % of thickness)" + + + + + "Length" + + + + + "Nodes" + + + + + "Analytical Properties" + + + + + "Analytical Alignment" + + + + + "Rise / Drop" + + + + + "Lining" + + + + + "Insulation" + + + + + "Overall Legend" + + + + + "Visibility" + + + + + "Supports" + + + + + "V Grid" + + + + + "U Grid" + + + + + "Posts" + + + + + "Pattern Remainder" + + + + + "Pattern Repeat" + + + + + "Segment Pattern (default)" + + + + + "Handrail 1" + + + + + "Top Rail" + + + + + "Energy Model - Building Services" + + + + + "Data" + + + + + "Electrical - Circuiting" + + + + + "General" + + + + + "Adaptive Component" + + + + + "Energy Analytical Model" + + + + + "Detailed Model" + + + + + "Essential" + + + + + "Fittings" + + + + + "Conceptual Energy Data" + + + + + "Area" + + + + + "Model Properties" + + + + + "V Grid" + + + + + "U Grid" + + + + + "Display" + + + + + "Analysis Results" + + + + + "Slab Shape Edit" + + + + + "Photometrics" + + + + + "Pattern Application" + + + + + "Green Building Properties" + + + + + "Profile 2" + + + + + "Profile 1" + + + + + "Profile" + + + + + "Bottom Chords" + + + + + "Top Chords" + + + + + "Diagonal Webs" + + + + + "Vertical Webs" + + + + + "Title Text" + + + + + "Fire Protection" + + + + + "Rotation about" + + + + + "Translation in" + + + + + "Analytical Model" + + + + + "Rebar Set" + + + + + "Layers" + + + + + "Grid" + + + + + "Grid 2 Mullions" + + + + + "Horizontal Mullions" + + + + + "Grid 1 Mullions" + + + + + "Vertical Mullions" + + + + + "Grid 2" + + + + + "Horizontal Grid" + + + + + "Grid 1" + + + + + "Vertical Grid" + + + + + "IFC Parameters" + + + + + "Electrical" + + + + + "Energy Analysis" + + + + + "Structural Analysis" + + + + + "Mechanical - Flow" + + + + + "Mechanical - Loads" + + + + + "Electrical - Loads" + + + + + "Electrical - Lighting" + + + + + "Text" + + + + + "Camera" + + + + + "Extents" + + + + + "Pattern" + + + + + "Constraints" + + + + + "Phasing" + + + + + "Mechanical" + + + + + "Structural" + + + + + "Plumbing" + + + + + "Electrical Engineering" + + + + + "Stringers" + + + + + "Risers" + + + + + "Treads" + + + + + "Underlay" + + + + + "Materials and Finishes" + + + + + "Graphics" + + + + + "Construction" + + + + + "Dimensions" + + + + + "Identity Data" + + + + An enumerated type listing all of the built-in parameter IDs supported by Autodesk +Revit. + +The ID of the parameter can be used to retrieve property values from an Element +by using the Element.Parameter property. +The documentation for each ID includes the parameter name, as found in the +Element Properties dialog in the English version of Autodesk Revit. Note that +multiple distinct parameter ids may map to the same English name; in those case you must +examine the parameters associated with a specific element to determine +which parameter id to use. + + + + "Top" + + + + + "Right" + + + + + "Bottom" + + + + + "Left" + + + + + "Center Y" + + + + + "Center X" + + + + + "Enable Position Parameters" + + + + + "Exchange Entity ID" + + + + + "Exchange ID" + + + + + "Detail Level" + + + + + "Angle Text Position" + + + + + "Dimension Text Position" + + + + + "Representation" + + + + + "Varying Rebar Set Dimensions" + + + + + "View for 3D Shape" + + + + + "Angle Measurement" + + + + + "Hook Angles" + + + + + "Hook Bends" + + + + + "Segment Bends" + + + + + "Dimension Type" + + + + + "Diameter Dimension Style" + + + + + "Radial Dimension Style" + + + + + "Bend Diameter Dimensions" + + + + + "Angular Dimension Offset" + + + + + "Show for Angles" + + + + + "Angular Dimension Style" + + + + + "Angular Dimensions" + + + + + "Other Dimensions" + + + + + "Hook Lengths" + + + + + "Dimension Offset" + + + + + "Straight Segment Lengths" + + + + + "Arc Segment Lengths" + + + + + "Linear Dimension Style" + + + + + "Segment Length Dimensions" + + + + + "Is constrained on host" + + + + + "Bar Alignment" + + + + + "Row Height" + + + + + "Resize Rows" + + + + + "Rotation on Sheet" + + + + + "Family" + + + + + "Is Variable" + + + + + "Is Structural Material" + + + + + "Is Core Layer" + + + + + "Compound Element Type" + + + + + "Compound Element Family" + + + + + "Elevation Base Type" + + + + + "Elevation" + + + + + "Offset from Surface" + + + + + "Point Base Type" + + + + + "Subcategory" + + + + + "Contour Display" + + + + + "Material" + + + + + "Sub-divide Height" + + + + + "Inherit Contours" + + + + + "Function" + + + + + "Pattern:": This is used by the UI to allow to select the preferred preference of aligning pattern. + + + + + "Elevation at Top" + + + + + "Elevation at Bottom" + + + + + "Structure" + + + + + "Lowest Associated Level": The lowest level associated with this Analytical Element. + + + + + "Highest Associated Level": The highest level associated with this Analytical Element. + + + + + "Height Offset From Level" + + + + + "Thickness" + + + + + "Default Thickness" + + + + + "Offset from Reference Base" + + + + + "Reference Base on Host" + + + + + "Oval Height" + + + + + "Oval Width" + + + + + "Circular Diameter" + + + + + "Length" + + + + + "Framing Shape" + + + + + "Classification" + + + + + "Align to View" + + + + + "Coupler Rotation" + + + + + "Prefer:": This is used by the UI to allow select prefer dimension side. + + + + + "Multiple Alignment": This is used by the UI to allow selection of multiple elements. + + + + + "Lock": This is used by the UI to allow selection of lock alignment. + + + + + "Base Extension Distance" + + + + + "Top Extension Distance" + + + + + "Function": Function + + + + + "Material": Material + + + + + "Thickness": Thickness + + + + + "Area" + + + + + "Offset From Host" + + + + + "Volume" + + + + + "Material": Material + + + + + "Thickness": Thickness + + + + + "Base Constraint" + + + + + "Top Constraint" + + + + + "Model Bar Diameter" + + + + + "Model Bar Diameter" + + + + + "Show Grids" + + + + + "Modified Rebar Set" + + + + + "Moves With Grids": Disable attachment from grids. + + + + + "Layer Index" + + + + + "Cuts Geometry" + + + + + "Hook Rotation At End" + + + + + "Hook Rotation At Start" + + + + + "Override Hook Lengths" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Description" + + + + + "Displayed Start Station" + + + + + "Displayed End Station" + + + + + "Disable Precast Updates" + + + + + "Hook Rotation At End" + + + + + "Hook Rotation At Start" + + + + + "Hook Rotation At End" + + + + + "Hook Rotation At Start" + + + + + "From Room" + + + + + "To Room" + + + + + "Total Coincident Loads" + + + + + "Max Number of Circuits" + + + + + "Volume" + + + + + "Length" + + + + + "Profile Type" + + + + + "Circuit Naming Settings" + + + + + "Justification" + + + + + "Paint Area" + + + + + "Exact Weight" + + + + + "Weight" + + + + + "Volume" + + + + + "Area" + + + + + "Width" + + + + + "Length" + + + + + "Type" + + + + + "Total Weight" + + + + + "Total Weight" + + + + + "Total Weight" + + + + + "Anchor Orientation" + + + + + "Cut Length" + + + + + "Exact Weight" + + + + + "Paint Area" + + + + + "Weight" + + + + + "Speed" + + + + + "Location" + + + + + "Finish Calculation At Gap" + + + + + "Inverted" + + + + + "Grip Length Increase" + + + + + "Grip Length" + + + + + "Bolt Length" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Lower End Bottom Elevation" + + + + + "Upper End Top Elevation" + + + + + "Feed Through Lugs Current Phase C" + + + + + "Feed Through Lugs Current Phase B" + + + + + "Feed Through Lugs Current Phase A" + + + + + "Feed Through Lugs Apparent Load Phase C" + + + + + "Feed Through Lugs Apparent Load Phase B" + + + + + "Feed Through Lugs Apparent Load Phase A" + + + + + "Branch Circuit Current Phase C" + + + + + "Branch Circuit Current Phase B" + + + + + "Branch Circuit Current Phase A" + + + + + "Branch Circuit Apparent Load Phase C" + + + + + "Branch Circuit Apparent Load Phase B" + + + + + "Branch Circuit Apparent Load Phase A" + + + + + "Hole Definition" + + + + + "Feed Through Lugs" + + + + + "Circuit Numbering Option" + + + + + "Tag on Placement" + + + + + "Route Analysis Settings" + + + + + "View Name" + + + + + "Level" + + + + + "Override by Instance" + + + + + "Modify Parameters" + + + + + "Time" + + + + + "Boundary" + + + + + "Around beam axis" + + + + + "Tilt angle" + + + + + "Plan rotation" + + + + + "Cross-section rotation" + + + + + "Distance from axis" + + + + + "Cutback" + + + + + "Side 2" + + + + + "Side 1" + + + + + "Type" + + + + + "Cut straight" + + + + + "Suction" + + + + + "Angle" + + + + + "Prefix" + + + + + "Text module" + + + + + "Depth of bolt head" + + + + + "Right-handed thread" + + + + + "Back taper thread" + + + + + "Tapping hole" + + + + + "Head diameter" + + + + + "Chamfer angle" + + + + + "Taper Angle" + + + + + "Hole Depth" + + + + + "Along side 1" + + + + + "Length of the slot" + + + + + "Type" + + + + + "Diameter" + + + + + "Number" + + + + + "Radius" + + + + + "Edge distance on side 2" + + + + + "Edge distance on side 1" + + + + + "Intermediate distance on side 2" + + + + + "Intermediate distance on side 1" + + + + + "Length on side 2" + + + + + "Length on side 1" + + + + + "Number on side 2" + + + + + "Number on side 1" + + + + + "Double Preparation Depth" + + + + + "Double Effective Throat" + + + + + "Double Root Opening" + + + + + "Double Weld preparation" + + + + + "Double Surface Shape" + + + + + "Double Text" + + + + + "Double Thickness" + + + + + "Double Type" + + + + + "Main Preparation Depth" + + + + + "Main Effective Throat" + + + + + "Main Root Opening" + + + + + "Main Weld preparation" + + + + + "Surface Shape" + + + + + "Main Text" + + + + + "Pitch" + + + + + "Continuous" + + + + + "Location" + + + + + "Length" + + + + + "Main Thickness" + + + + + "Main Type" + + + + + "Boring out" + + + + + "Radius" + + + + + "Boundary distance 2" + + + + + "Boundary distance 1" + + + + + "Gap Width" + + + + + "Angle along width" + + + + + "Angle along height" + + + + + "Length" + + + + + "Length" + + + + + "Coating" + + + + + "Length" + + + + + "Diameter" + + + + + "Grade" + + + + + "Standard" + + + + + "Diameter" + + + + + "Assembly" + + + + + "Grade" + + + + + "Standard" + + + + + "Coating" + + + + + "Diameter" + + + + + "Assembly" + + + + + "Grade" + + + + + "Standard" + + + + + "Thickness" + + + + + "Workshop Instructions" + + + + + "Geometry" + + + + + "Lat" + + + + + "Lon" + + + + + "Hook Orientation At End" + + + + + "Hook Orientation At Start" + + + + + "Outdoor Airflow" + + + + + "Outdoor Air Method" + + + + + "Path" + + + + + "ApplicationId" + + + + + "Loaded" + + + + + "ServerId" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Air Changes per Hour" + + + + + "Outdoor Air per Area" + + + + + "Outdoor Air per Person" + + + + + "Outdoor Air Information" + + + + + "INTERNAL: Multiplanar Arc Connector" + + + + + "End Treatment At End" + + + + + "End Treatment At Start" + + + + + "End Treatment At End" + + + + + "End Treatment At Start" + + + + + "End Treatment" + + + + + "End Treatment 2" + + + + + "End Treatment 1" + + + + + "External Diameter" + + + + + "Schedule Mark" + + + + + "Default Elevation" + + + + + "Bar Engagement 2" + + + + + "Bar Engagement 1" + + + + + "Total Length" + + + + + "Mass" + + + + + "Coupler Number" + + + + + "Quantity" + + + + + "Bar Size 2" + + + + + "Bar Size 1" + + + + + "Part Number" + + + + + "Actual Tread Depth" + + + + + "Reference Level": The reference level of stairs + + + + + "Host Mark" + + + + + "Shape Image" + + + + + "Fabric Number" + + + + + "Rebar Number" + + + + + "Sketchy Lines" + + + + + "Partition" + + + + + "Show Hidden Lines" + + + + + "Area" + + + + + "Loads in Set" + + + + + "Quantity on Standby" + + + + + "Quantity of Prime" + + + + + "Load Set" + + + + + "Supply To" + + + + + "Length" + + + + + "Level" + + + + + "Apparent Power Density" + + + + + "Supply From 2" + + + + + "Supply From" + + + + + "Supply From 1" + + + + + "Total Quantity" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Load Type" + + + + + "Area Based Load Type" + + + + + "Power Density" + + + + + "Equipment Type" + + + + + "Draw Ventilation" + + + + + "Variable Refrigerant Flow Loop" + + + + + "Reheat Hot Water Loop" + + + + + "Zone Equipment" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Heating Hot Water Loop" + + + + + "Air System" + + + + + "Reheat Coil" + + + + + "Behavior" + + + + + "Equipment Type" + + + + + "Fan" + + + + + "Chilled Water Loop" + + + + + "Cooling Coil" + + + + + "Heating Hot Water Loop" + + + + + "Heating Coil" + + + + + "Preheat Hot Water Loop" + + + + + "Preheat Coil" + + + + + "Heat Exchanger" + + + + + "Condenser Water Loop" + + + + + "Chiller Type" + + + + + "Loop Type" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Current" + + + + + "Voltage" + + + + + "Current Rating" + + + + + "Equipment Sets" + + + + + "Ignore Flow Analysis" + + + + + "Loop Boundary" + + + + + "Mechanical Equipment Set" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "On Standby" + + + + + "On Duty" + + + + + "Critical Path" + + + + + "Design Flow" + + + + + "Calculated Pressure Drop" + + + + + "Calculated Flow" + + + + + "Classification" + + + + + "Input Elements" + + + + + "Noble Status" + + + + + "Code Checking Status" + + + + + "Approval Status" + + + + + "Detailed Parameters" + + + + + "Connection Symbol" + + + + + "Image" + + + + + "Type Image" + + + + + "Join Status" + + + + + "Referenced View": The view referenced by a section or callout. + + + + + "Other Options" + + + + + "Mode" + + + + + "Analytical Surface Resolution" + + + + + "Analytical Space Resolution" + + + + + "Round Connector Dimension" + + + + + "Profile Definition" + + + + + "End z Offset Value" + + + + + "End z Justification" + + + + + "End y Offset Value" + + + + + "End y Justification" + + + + + "Start z Offset Value" + + + + + "Start z Justification" + + + + + "Start y Offset Value" + + + + + "Start y Justification" + + + + + "z Offset Value" + + + + + "z Justification" + + + + + "y Offset Value" + + + + + "y Justification" + + + + + "yz Justification" + + + + + "End Join Cutback" + + + + + "Start Join Cutback" + + + + + "End Extension" + + + + + "Start Extension" + + + + + "Profile Override" + + + + + "Extend to Silhouette" + + + + + "Division Rule" + + + + + "Mirror" + + + + + "All Grid Rotation" + + + + + "Indent 2" + + + + + "Indent 1" + + + + + "Division Pattern" + + + + + "Shape is modified" + + + + + "Excluded" + + + + + "Manually Adjusted" + + + + + "Keywords" + + + + + "Source URL" + + + + + "Source" + + + + + "External Material ID" + + + + + "Sharing" + + + + + "Asset library id" + + + + + "Base Level By Original" + + + + + "Base Level" + + + + + "Number" + + + + + "Show Placement Number" + + + + + "Constrained" + + + + + "Orients to" + + + + + "Electrical Resistivity" + + + + + "Reflectivity" + + + + + "Porosity" + + + + + "Permeability" + + + + + "Transmits Light" + + + + + "Vapor Pressure" + + + + + "Specific Heat of Vaporization" + + + + + "Liquid Viscosity" + + + + + "Compressibility" + + + + + "Gas Viscosity" + + + + + "Emissivity" + + + + + "Construction" + + + + + "5% Modulus of Elasticity" + + + + + "Average Modulus" + + + + + "Tension Perpendicular to Grain" + + + + + "Tension Parallel to Grain" + + + + + "Thermally Treated" + + + + + "Density" + + + + + "Specific Heat" + + + + + "Thermal Conductivity Z" + + + + + "Thermal Conductivity Y" + + + + + "Thermal Conductivity X" + + + + + "Thermal Conductivity" + + + + + "Thermal Expansion Coefficient 2" + + + + + "Thermal Expansion Coefficient 1" + + + + + "Shear Modulus 12" + + + + + "Poisson Ratio 23" + + + + + "Poisson Ratio 12" + + + + + "Young's Modulus 2" + + + + + "Young's Modulus 1" + + + + + "Offset from Path" + + + + + "Slanted" + + + + + "Riser" + + + + + "Apply Nosing Profile" + + + + + "Riser Profile" + + + + + "Extension Length" + + + + + "Height" + + + + + "Hand Clearance" + + + + + "Tread Profile" + + + + + "Riser Material" + + + + + "Tread Material" + + + + + "Riser To Tread Connection" + + + + + "Riser Thickness" + + + + + "Riser Type": (OBSOLETE) + + + + + "Back Nosing": (OBSOLETE) + + + + + "Left Nosing": (OBSOLETE) + + + + + "Right Nosing": (OBSOLETE) + + + + + "Front Nosing": (OBSOLETE) + + + + + "Nosing Length" + + + + + "Nosing Profile" + + + + + "Tread Thickness" + + + + + "Tread" + + + + + "Riser Mark": (OBSOLETE) + + + + + "Tread Mark": (OBSOLETE) + + + + + "Riser Number": Count the sequential number of riser in the stair. + + + + + "Tread Number": Count the sequential number of tread in the stair. + + + + + "Overridden": (OBSOLETE) Indicate whether selected individual step is governed by default type setting. + + + + + "Parallel Treads at End": Number of straight steps at the begin of winder + + + + + "Parallel Treads at Start": Number of straight steps at the begin of winder + + + + + "Fillet Radius": The fillet corner radius on the interior boundary + + + + + "Fillet on Corner": Fillet on inside corner + + + + + "Inside Walk Line Offset": The offset from inside walk line to interior boundary + + + + + "Minimum Width on Inside Walk Line": Minimum width on inside walkline + + + + + "Minimum Width on Inside Boundary": Minimum Width on Inside Boundary + + + + + "Winder Style": Winder Style + + + + + "Flip Section Profile": Flip Section Profile + + + + + "Structural Depth On Landing": Structural Depth + + + + + "Structural Depth On Run": Structural Depth + + + + + "Material": Material + + + + + "Width": Width + + + + + "Total Depth": Total Depth + + + + + "Structural Depth": Structural Depth + + + + + "Underside Surface": Underside Surface + + + + + "Topside Surface": Topside Surface + + + + + "Section Profile": Section Profile + + + + + "Landing Support Type": Landing Support Type + + + + + "Overridden": Overridden + + + + + "Trim Support at Upper": Trim Support at Upper + + + + + "Upper End Cut": Upper End Cut + + + + + "Lower End Cut": Lower End Cut + + + + + "Vertical Offset": Distance of top plane of edge stringer relative to the plane connecting tread nosing + + + + + "Lateral Offset": Distance from center or edge of boundary + + + + + "Monolithic Material": Landing Material + + + + + "Type": Tread/Riser Type + + + + + "Same as Run": Same as Run + + + + + "Monolithic Thickness": Default thickness + + + + + "Structure": Structure + + + + + "Monolithic Support": Monolithic Support + + + + + "Overridden": Overridden + + + + + "Total Thickness": Thickness + + + + + "Structural": Structural + + + + + "Relative Height": Height + + + + + "Monolithic Material": Material + + + + + "Total Depth": Total Depth + + + + + "Structural Depth": Structural Depth + + + + + "Structure": Structure + + + + + "Underside Surface": Underside Surface + + + + + "Monolithic Support": Monolithic Support + + + + + "Extend Below Tread Base": Extend Below Tread Base + + + + + "CCW": Revert the run preview + + + + + "With Automatic Landing": Create automatic landing + + + + + "End with Straight Run": Winder end with straight run + + + + + "Begin with Straight Run": Winder begin with straight run + + + + + "Location Line": Location Line + + + + + "End with Riser": End with Riser + + + + + "Begin with Riser": Begin with Riser + + + + + "Overridden": Overridden + + + + + "Structural": Structural + + + + + "Center Mark Visible": Center Mark Visible + + + + + "Actual Run Width": Actual Run Width + + + + + "Actual Tread Depth": Actual Tread Depth + + + + + "Actual Riser Height": Actual Riser Height + + + + + "Actual Number of Treads": Actual Number of Treads + + + + + "Actual Number of Risers": Actual Number of Risers + + + + + "Extend Below Riser Base": Extend Below Base + + + + + "Run Height": Run Height + + + + + "Relative Top Height": Top height of run + + + + + "Relative Base Height": Relative height to stairs bottom elevation + + + + + "Middle Support": Whether stairs is assembled + + + + + "Left Lateral Offset": + + + + + "Right Lateral Offset": + + + + + "Cut Mark Type": Cut Mark Type + + + + + "Construction Method": + + + + + "Right Support": + + + + + "Left Support": + + + + + "Notch Width": + + + + + "Vertical Gap Distance": + + + + + "Horizontal Gap Distance": + + + + + "Custom": + + + + + "Notch Thickness": + + + + + "Notch Extension": + + + + + "Connection Method": Cut Style for Geometrically Unjoined End + + + + + "Target Result": Calculation Rule Target Result + + + + + "Min. Result": Calculation Rule Min Result + + + + + "Max. Result": Calculation Rule Max Result + + + + + "Tread Multiplier": Calculation Rule Tread Multiplier + + + + + "Riser Multiplier": Calculation Rule Riser Multiplier + + + + + "Assembled Stair": Whether stairs is assembled + + + + + "Middle Support Number": Number of intermediate supports + + + + + "Minimum Run Width": Minimum Run Width + + + + + "Winder Algorithm": Winder Algorithm + + + + + "Show Up/Down in Plan": Show Up/Down in Plan + + + + + "Show Stair Path in Plan": Show Stair Path in Plan + + + + + "Show Cut Line in Plan": Show Cut Line in Plan + + + + + "Middle Support Type": Intermediate Support Type + + + + + "Left Support Type": Left Side Support Type + + + + + "Right Support Type": Right Side Support Type + + + + + "Landing Type": Landing Type + + + + + "Run Type": Run Type + + + + + "Calculation Rules": Calculation Rules + + + + + "Min. Tread Depth on Winder Inner Boundary": Minimum Tread Width on Inside Boundary + + + + + "Min. Tread Depth": Minimum Tread Depth + + + + + "Max. Riser Height": Maximum Riser Height + + + + + "Tread/Riser Start Number": + + + + + "Cut by Cut Plane" + + + + + "Show Monolithic Support Corse Geometry" + + + + + "Show Triser Corse Geometry" + + + + + "Show Run Corse Geometry" + + + + + "Show Monolithic Support Geometry" + + + + + "Show Triser Geometry" + + + + + "Show Run Geometry" + + + + + "Show Support Path" + + + + + "Show Stairs' Boundary 3D" + + + + + "Show Stairs' Boundary 2D" + + + + + "Show Landing Path" + + + + + "Show Landing Boundary" + + + + + "Show Run Outline For Plan" + + + + + "Show Run's Nosings" + + + + + "Show Run's Risers" + + + + + "Show Run's Path 3D" + + + + + "Show Run's Path 2D" + + + + + "Show Run's Right Boundary 3D" + + + + + "Show Run's Left Boundary 3D" + + + + + "Show Run's Right Boundary 2D" + + + + + "Show Run's Left Boundary 2D" + + + + + "Show Landing Faces" + + + + + "Show Run's Tread Faces" + + + + + "Enable Calculator Rules Check": Enable calculation rule checking + + + + + "Minimum Automatic Landing Depth": The minimum depth of automatic landing + + + + + "Run Width Measurement": Run Width Measurement + + + + + "Total Number of Treads": Total number of treads + + + + + "Total Number of Risers": Total number of risers + + + + + "Actual Number of Risers": The total number of actually created risers in model + + + + + "Desired Number of Risers": The number of risers is calculated based on stairs height + + + + + "Multistory Top Level": The top level of multi-story stairs + + + + + "Desired Stair Height": Stairs unconnected height + + + + + "Top Level": The top level of stairs + + + + + "Base Level": The base level of stairs + + + + + "Profile Offset" + + + + + "Width": Width + + + + + "Edge Match" + + + + + "Profile Along Flip" + + + + + "Profile Across Flip" + + + + + "Division Profile" + + + + + "Content protection enabled" + + + + + "Gap" + + + + + "Name": The name of the instance as it will show in the Property Palette + + + + + "Cross-Section Rotation": The rotation of Analytical Model + + + + + "Scale": The scale for this instance + + + + + "Description" + + + + + "Material aspect" + + + + + "System Abbreviation" + + + + + "Properties" + + + + + "Property Set Name" + + + + + "Subclass" + + + + + "Class" + + + + + "Perimeter": The Perimeter of Analytical Model + + + + + "Area": The Area of Analytical Model + + + + + "Length": The length of Analytical Model + + + + + "Assembly: Keynote" + + + + + "Assembly: Assembly Description" + + + + + "Assembly: Cost" + + + + + "Assembly: Type Mark" + + + + + "Assembly: Assembly Code" + + + + + "Assembly: Description" + + + + + "Assembly: URL" + + + + + "Assembly: Type Comments" + + + + + "Assembly: Manufacturer" + + + + + "Assembly: Model" + + + + + "Assembly: Name" + + + + + "Free Size" + + + + + "Overall Size" + + + + + "Lining Thickness" + + + + + "Lining Type" + + + + + "Insulation Thickness" + + + + + "Insulation Type" + + + + + "Pipe Size" + + + + + "Duct Size" + + + + + "Volume" + + + + + "Assembly Name" + + + + + "Component Classification" + + + + + "Rise / Drop Symbol" + + + + + "Two Line Drop Symbol" + + + + + "Two Line Rise Symbol" + + + + + "Single Line Drop Symbol" + + + + + "Single Line Rise Symbol" + + + + + "Single Line Tee Up Symbol" + + + + + "Single Line Tee Down Symbol" + + + + + "Naming Category" + + + + + "Use Top Rail": Whether railing has top rail + + + + + "Rail Path Join" + + + + + "Plus Tread Depth" + + + + + "Length" + + + + + "Justification" + + + + + "Number" + + + + + "Spacing" + + + + + "Layout" + + + + + "Family" + + + + + "Length" + + + + + "Extension Style" + + + + + "Length" + + + + + "Extension Style" + + + + + "End/Top Termination" + + + + + "Beginning/Bottom Termination" + + + + + "Material" + + + + + "Transitions" + + + + + "Hand Clearance" + + + + + "Projection" + + + + + "Height" + + + + + "Profile" + + + + + "Fillet Radius" + + + + + "Default Join" + + + + + "Lateral Offset" + + + + + "Height" + + + + + "Position" + + + + + "Type" + + + + + "Lateral Offset" + + + + + "Height" + + + + + "Position" + + + + + "Type" + + + + + "Height" + + + + + "Type" + + + + + "Rotation Angle" + + + + + "Flip" + + + + + "Orientation" + + + + + "Mass Floor" + + + + + "Mass Opening" + + + + + "Mass Skylight" + + + + + "Mass Glazing" + + + + + "Mass Exterior Wall - Underground" + + + + + "Mass Slab" + + + + + "Mass Shade" + + + + + "Mass Roof" + + + + + "Mass Interior Wall" + + + + + "Mass Exterior Wall" + + + + + "Analytical Space Bounding" + + + + + "Horizontal Void/Chase Area Threshold" + + + + + "Average Vertical Void Height Threshold" + + + + + "Analytical Grid Cell Size" + + + + + "Building Envelope" + + + + + "Right Attachment" + + + + + "Left Attachment" + + + + + "Measure From" + + + + + "Angle" + + + + + "Chord Length" + + + + + "Normalized Segment Length" + + + + + "Segment Length" + + + + + "Normalized Curve Parameter" + + + + + "Non-Normalized Curve Parameter" + + + + + "Measurement Type" + + + + + "End of Attachment to Reference Column" + + + + + "Start of Attachment to Reference Column" + + + + + "End Attachment Distance" + + + + + "Start Attachment Distance" + + + + + "End Attachment Type" + + + + + "Start Attachment Type" + + + + + "Show Border" + + + + + "Projection Type" + + + + + "Follow Surface" + + + + + "Detailed Elements" + + + + + "Number" + + + + + "Structural Framing Length Roundoff" + + + + + "Base Extension" + + + + + "Top Extension" + + + + + "Base Cut Style" + + + + + "Top Cut Style" + + + + + "Use Load Credits" + + + + + "Component Extents" + + + + + "Number of vertical cells" + + + + + "Number of horizontal cells" + + + + + "Vertical spacing" + + + + + "Horizontal spacing" + + + + + "Show Normal Reference Plane Only" + + + + + "Is ground plane" + + + + + "Angle to True North" + + + + + "Elev" + + + + + "E/W" + + + + + "N/S" + + + + + "Base Geometry Alignment" + + + + + "Top Geometry Alignment" + + + + + "Plenum Lighting Contribution" + + + + + "Top Attachment Referenced End" + + + + + "Top Attachment Ratio" + + + + + "Top Attachment Distance" + + + + + "Top Attachment Type" + + + + + "Base Attachment Referenced End" + + + + + "Base Attachment Ratio" + + + + + "Base Attachment Distance" + + + + + "Base Attachment Type" + + + + + "Move Base With Grids" + + + + + "Move Top With Grids" + + + + + "Column Style" + + + + + "Column Symbolic Offset" + + + + + "Mirrored" + + + + + "Flipped" + + + + + "Hosted V Parameter" + + + + + "Hosted U Parameter" + + + + + "Positive Offset" + + + + + "Negative Offset" + + + + + "Negative Offset" + + + + + "Positive Offset" + + + + + "Report Type" + + + + + "Building Infiltration Class" + + + + + "Utility" + + + + + "Show Placement Number" + + + + + "Constrained" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Point" + + + + + "Units Format" + + + + + "Driving Curve(s)" + + + + + "Leader Line Length" + + + + + "Suffix" + + + + + "Prefix" + + + + + "Visibility/Graphics Overrides" + + + + + "Show Reference Planes" + + + + + "Is Reference Line" + + + + + "Hosted Parameter" + + + + + "Driven by Host" + + + + + "Offset" + + + + + "Alternate Units Format" + + + + + "None" + + + + + "Light Source Definition (family)" + + + + + "Attachment Point" + + + + + "Light Loss Factor" + + + + + "Initial Color" + + + + + "Light Loss Input Method" + + + + + "Temperature Color" + + + + + "At a distance" + + + + + "Initial Light Intensity Input Method" + + + + + "Light Source Symbol Length" + + + + + "Light Source Symbol Size" + + + + + "Emit from Circle Diameter" + + + + + "Emit from Rectangle Length" + + + + + "Emit from Rectangle Width" + + + + + "Emit from Line Length" + + + + + "Emit Shape Visible in Rendering" + + + + + "Dimming Lamp Color Temperature Shift" + + + + + "Luminaire Dirt Depreciation" + + + + + "Lamp Lumen Depreciation" + + + + + "Surface Depreciation Loss" + + + + + "Lamp Tilt Loss" + + + + + "Voltage Loss" + + + + + "Temperature Loss" + + + + + "Color Filter" + + + + + "Initial Color Temperature" + + + + + "Illuminance" + + + + + "Luminous Intensity" + + + + + "Efficacy" + + + + + "Wattage" + + + + + "Initial Intensity" + + + + + "Light Source Definition" + + + + + "Light Source" + + + + + "Option 2" + + + + + "Option 1" + + + + + "Discarded Division Lines" + + + + + "Component Trim" + + + + + "Component Mirror" + + + + + "Is grid 2 suspended?" + + + + + "Is grid 1 suspended?" + + + + + "Components" + + + + + "Pattern Fill Material" + + + + + "Pattern Fill" + + + + + "Pattern Lines Style" + + + + + "Pattern Lines" + + + + + "Gridlines Style" + + + + + "Gridlines" + + + + + "Nodes" + + + + + "Surface Material" + + + + + "Surface" + + + + + "Display Surface Option" + + + + + "All Grid Rotation" + + + + + "Border Tile" + + + + + "Show all points" + + + + + "Tile Pattern" + + + + + "Component Flip" + + + + + "Component Rotation" + + + + + "Indent 2" + + + + + "Indent 1" + + + + + "Cover face completely" + + + + + "Offset from surface" + + + + + "Total edge length" + + + + + "Edge number" + + + + + "Point number" + + + + + "Facet number" + + + + + "Divided Surface Area" + + + + + "Lighting Calculation Luminaire Plane" + + + + + "Curve Type Reference" + + + + + "Wall Thickness" + + + + + "Lower End Invert Elevation" + + + + + "Upper End Invert Elevation" + + + + + "Lower End Obvert Elevation" + + + + + "Upper End Obvert Elevation" + + + + + "Lower End Bottom of Insulation Elevation" + + + + + "Lower End Top of Insulation Elevation" + + + + + "Upper End Bottom of Insulation Elevation" + + + + + "Upper End Top of Insulation Elevation" + + + + + "Lower End Bottom Elevation" + + + + + "Lower End Top Elevation" + + + + + "Upper End Bottom Elevation" + + + + + "Upper End Top Elevation" + + + + + "Lower End Centerline Elevation" + + + + + "Upper End Centerline Elevation" + + + + + "Stiffener Specification" + + + + + "Part Pattern Number" + + + + + "Size of Connector End" + + + + + "Size of Primary Branch End" + + + + + "Size of Secondary End" + + + + + "Size of Secondary End" + + + + + "Size of Primary End" + + + + + "Size of Primary End" + + + + + "Change Service" + + + + + "SU/SD from Bottom" + + + + + "Insulation Material" + + + + + "Z Displacement" + + + + + "Y Displacement" + + + + + "X Displacement" + + + + + "Style" + + + + + "Depth" + + + + + "Target view": This is used by the UI to allow selection of target view. + It allows the UI to set a filter that is incompatible + with the current target view (REFERENCE_VIEWER_TARGET_VIEW). + + + + + "Filter": This is used by the UI to filter the list of target views. + + + + + "Fabrication Fitting Description" + + + + + "Double Wall Material Abbreviation" + + + + + "Material Abbreviation" + + + + + "Insulation Specification Abbreviation" + + + + + "Insulation Abbreviation" + + + + + "Specification Abbreviation" + + + + + "Pipe Invert Elevation": This parameter is obsolete. It exists only for compatibility. + + + + + "Bottom Elevation with Insulation" + + + + + "Bottom Elevation" + + + + + "Top Elevation with Insulation" + + + + + "Top Elevation" + + + + + "Spot Centerline Elevation": used for both design and fabrication components + + + + + "Spot Centerline Elevation": used for both design and fabrication components + + + + + "Spot Bottom of Insulation Elevation" + + + + + "Spot Bottom of Insulation Elevation" + + + + + "Spot Bottom Elevation": used for both design and fabrication components + + + + + "Spot Bottom Elevation": used for both design and fabrication components + + + + + "Spot Top of Insulation Elevation" + + + + + "Spot Top of Insulation Elevation" + + + + + "Spot Top Elevation": used for both design and fabrication components + + + + + "Spot Top Elevation": used for both design and fabrication components + + + + + "Double Wall Material Area" + + + + + "SU/SD from Top" + + + + + "Part Sheet Metal Area" + + + + + "Fabrication Service Abbreviation" + + + + + "Part Material Thickness" + + + + + "Fabrication Notes" + + + + + "Lining Area" + + + + + "Item Number" + + + + + "Insulation Area" + + + + + "Fabrication Service Name" + + + + + "Double Wall Material Thickness" + + + + + "Double Wall Material" + + + + + "Cut Type" + + + + + "Bought Out" + + + + + "Alias" + + + + + "x of XX" + + + + + "Product Code" + + + + + "More Parameters" + + + + + "Main Secondary Depth Option" + + + + + "Main Secondary Width Option" + + + + + "Main Secondary Diameter Option" + + + + + "Main Primary Diameter Option" + + + + + "Main Primary Depth Option" + + + + + "Main Primary Width Option" + + + + + "Angle Option" + + + + + "Length Option" + + + + + "Insulation Specification" + + + + + "Length" + + + + + "Product Entry" + + + + + "Main Secondary Depth" + + + + + "Main Secondary Width" + + + + + "Main Secondary Diameter" + + + + + "Main Primary Depth" + + + + + "Main Primary Width" + + + + + "End Middle Elevation" + + + + + "Start Middle Elevation" + + + + + "Slope" + + + + + "Relative File Name" + + + + + "Vendor" + + + + + "Lower End Bottom of Insulation Elevation" + + + + + "Upper End Top of Insulation Elevation" + + + + + "Middle Elevation" + + + + + "Reference Level" + + + + + "Specification" + + + + + "Vendor Code" + + + + + "Weight" + + + + + "Main Primary Diameter" + + + + + "Angle" + + + + + "Install Type" + + + + + "Part Material" + + + + + "OEM" + + + + + "Product Name" + + + + + "Product Short Description" + + + + + "Product Size Description" + + + + + "Product Material Description" + + + + + "Product Specification Description" + + + + + "Product Long Description" + + + + + "Product Range" + + + + + "Product Finish Description" + + + + + "Structural Framing Type" + + + + + "Angle" + + + + + "Analytical Vertical Projection" + + + + + "Start Release" + + + + + "End Release" + + + + + "Reference View": This is used by the UI to allow selection of view reference. + + + + + "Reference Other View": This is used to determine whether reference other view is enable or not. + + + + + "Tag new members in view" + + + + + "View Reference Tag" + + + + + "Target view" + + + + + "Bottom Constraint" + + + + + "Top Constraint" + + + + + "Bottom Offset" + + + + + "Top Offset" + + + + + "Structural Framing Type" + + + + + "Angle" + + + + + "Analytical Vertical Projection" + + + + + "Start Release" + + + + + "End Release" + + + + + "Structural Framing Type" + + + + + "Angle" + + + + + "Start Release" + + + + + "End Release" + + + + + "Structural Framing Type" + + + + + "Angle" + + + + + "Start Release" + + + + + "End Release" + + + + + "Tag new members in view" + + + + + "Non Bearing Offset" + + + + + "Bearing Chord" + + + + + "Span" + + + + + "Stick Symbol Location" + + + + + "Webs have symbolic cutback" + + + + + "Truss Height" + + + + + "Web Orientation" + + + + + "Rotate Chords With Truss" + + + + + "Reference Level" + + + + + "End Level Offset" + + + + + "Start Level Offset" + + + + + "Bearing Vertical Justification" + + + + + "Create Bottom Chord" + + + + + "Create Top Chord" + + + + + "Rotation Angle" + + + + + "Engineering Type" + + + + + "Truss Length" + + + + + "State" + + + + + "State" + + + + + "State" + + + + + "Z Translation - Spring" + + + + + "Z Translation - Fixed" + + + + + "Z Rotation - Spring" + + + + + "Z Rotation - Fixed" + + + + + "Y Translation - Spring" + + + + + "Y Translation - Fixed" + + + + + "Y Rotation - Spring" + + + + + "Y Rotation - Fixed" + + + + + "X Translation - Spring" + + + + + "X Translation - Fixed" + + + + + "X Rotation - Spring" + + + + + "X Rotation - Fixed" + + + + + "Z Spring Modulus" + + + + + "Y Spring Modulus" + + + + + "X Spring Modulus" + + + + + "X Spring Modulus" + + + + + "Z Spring Modulus" + + + + + "Y Spring Modulus" + + + + + "X Spring Modulus" + + + + + "Z Spring Modulus" + + + + + "Y Spring Modulus" + + + + + "X Spring Modulus" + + + + + "Z Spring Modulus" + + + + + "Y Spring Modulus" + + + + + "X Spring Modulus" + + + + + "Z Rotation" + + + + + "Y Rotation" + + + + + "X Rotation" + + + + + "Z Translation" + + + + + "Y Translation" + + + + + "X Translation" + + + + + "Is Boundary Conditions External?" + + + + + "Boundary Conditions Type" + + + + + "Key Source" + + + + + "Keynote" + + + + + "Key Value" + + + + + "Sheet Key Number" + + + + + "Keynote Text" + + + + + "Key Value" + + + + + "Grade" + + + + + "Species" + + + + + "Thermal expansion coefficient" + + + + + "Bending" + + + + + "Shear modulus" + + + + + "Poisson ratio" + + + + + "Shear perpendicular to grain" + + + + + "Shear parallel to grain" + + + + + "Compression perpendicular to grain" + + + + + "Compression parallel to grain" + + + + + "Young modulus" + + + + + "Material Type" + + + + + "Category" + + + + + "Category" + + + + + "Volume" + + + + + "Area" + + + + + "As Paint" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Pipe Slope Options" + + + + + "Fabrication Service" + + + + + "Angle of Deflection" + + + + + "Length" + + + + + "Calculations" + + + + + "Calculations" + + + + + "System Type" + + + + + "System Type" + + + + + "Abbreviation" + + + + + "Graphic Overrides" + + + + + "Pipe Slope Definitions" + + + + + "Engagement Length" + + + + + "Flow Conversion Method" + + + + + "Number of Elements" + + + + + "System Equipment" + + + + + "System Classification" + + + + + "System Name" + + + + + "Lightweight" + + + + + "Behavior" + + + + + "Resistance calculation strength" + + + + + "Reduction factor for shear" + + + + + "Minimum tensile strength" + + + + + "Minimum yield stress" + + + + + "Shear strength modification" + + + + + "Shear reinforcement yield stress" + + + + + "Bending reinforcement" + + + + + "Concrete compression" + + + + + "Thermal expansion coefficient Z" + + + + + "Thermal expansion coefficient Y" + + + + + "Thermal expansion coefficient X" + + + + + "Unit weight" + + + + + "Shear modulus Z" + + + + + "Shear modulus Y" + + + + + "Shear modulus X" + + + + + "Poisson ratio Z" + + + + + "Poisson ratio Y" + + + + + "Poisson ratio X" + + + + + "Young modulus Z" + + + + + "Young modulus Y" + + + + + "Young modulus X" + + + + + "Velocity Pressure" + + + + + "Maximum Size" + + + + + "Minimum Size" + + + + + "Pressure Drop" + + + + + "Routing Preference" + + + + + "Routing Preferences" + + + + + "Segment Description" + + + + + "Connection Type" + + + + + "Pipe Segment" + + + + + "Routing Preferences" + + + + + "Vertical Offset value for parallel pipes" + + + + + "Horizontal Offset value for parallel pipes" + + + + + "Vertical Number for parallel pipes" + + + + + "Horizontal Number for parallel pipes" + + + + + "Vertical Offset value for parallel conduits" + + + + + "Horizontal Offset value for parallel conduits" + + + + + "Vertical Number for parallel conduits" + + + + + "Horizontal Number for parallel conduits" + + + + + "Orifice Size" + + + + + "Temperature Rating" + + + + + "K-Factor" + + + + + "Pressure Class" + + + + + "Orifice" + + + + + "Coverage" + + + + + "Response" + + + + + "Shape" + + + + + "Show Round" + + + + + "Fixture Units" + + + + + "Slope" + + + + + "Slope" + + + + + "Slope" + + + + + "Volume" + + + + + "WFU" + + + + + "HWFU" + + + + + "CWFU" + + + + + "Flow Configuration" + + + + + "Flow Direction" + + + + + "Fixture Units" + + + + + "Static Pressure" + + + + + "Insulation Thickness" + + + + + "Lower End Bottom Elevation" + + + + + "Upper End Top Elevation" + + + + + "Outside Diameter" + + + + + "Invert Elevation": This parameter is obsolete. It exists only for compatibility. + + + + + "Loss Method" + + + + + "K Coefficient Table" + + + + + "K Coefficient" + + + + + "Cv Coefficient" + + + + + "Loss Method" + + + + + "K Coefficient Table" + + + + + "K Coefficient" + + + + + "Cv Coefficient" + + + + + "Additional Flow" + + + + + "Diameter" + + + + + "Slope Percentage (%)" + + + + + "Allow Slope Adjustments" + + + + + "Flow Factor" + + + + + "Flow Configuration" + + + + + "Flow Direction" + + + + + "Fluid Type" + + + + + "Fluid Temperature" + + + + + "Fluid Dynamic Viscosity" + + + + + "Fluid Density" + + + + + "Flow" + + + + + "Inside Diameter" + + + + + "Reynolds Number" + + + + + "Relative Roughness" + + + + + "Flow State" + + + + + "Friction Factor" + + + + + "Velocity" + + + + + "Friction" + + + + + "Pressure Drop" + + + + + "Roughness" + + + + + "Material" + + + + + "Connection Type" + + + + + "Schedule/Type" + + + + + "Slot Index" + + + + + "Ways" + + + + + "Load Classification Abbreviation" + + + + + "Phase Label" + + + + + "Circuit Naming Index" + + + + + "Connection Type" + + + + + "Offset" + + + + + "Path Mode" + + + + + "Start Slot" + + + + + "Connector Gender Type" + + + + + "Connector Joint Type" + + + + + "Panel Configuration" + + + + + "Location" + + + + + "Panel Schedule Name" + + + + + "Template" + + + + + "Current Phase C" + + + + + "Current Phase B" + + + + + "Current Phase A" + + + + + "Description" + + + + + "Estimated Demand Current" + + + + + "Connected Current" + + + + + "Estimated Demand (VA)" + + + + + "Demand Factor" + + + + + "Connected Load (VA)" + + + + + "Load Classification" + + + + + "Schedule Circuit Notes" + + + + + "Number of Elements" + + + + + "Frame" + + + + + "Total Estimated Demand Current" + + + + + "Total Connected Current" + + + + + "Total Demand Factor" + + + + + "Schedule Footer Notes" + + + + + "Schedule Header Notes" + + + + + "Number of Wires" + + + + + "Number of Phases" + + + + + "Neutral Rating" + + + + + "Neutral Bus" + + + + + "Ground Bus" + + + + + "Bussing" + + + + + "SubFeed Lugs" + + + + + "Supply From" + + + + + "MCB Rating" + + + + + "Mains Type" + + + + + "Feed" + + + + + "Outside Diameter" + + + + + "Inside Diameter" + + + + + "Diameter(Trade Size)" + + + + + "Width" + + + + + "Height" + + + + + "Length" + + + + + "Load Sub-Classification Motor" + + + + + "Shape" + + + + + "Bend or Fitting" + + + + + "Service Type" + + + + + "Outside Diameter" + + + + + "Inside Diameter" + + + + + "Lower End Bottom Elevation" + + + + + "Upper End Top Elevation" + + + + + "Diameter(Trade Size)" + + + + + "Width" + + + + + "Height" + + + + + "Load Classification" + + + + + "Bend Radius Multiplier" + + + + + "Standard" + + + + + "Conduit Size Lookup" + + + + + "Bend Radius" + + + + + "Bend Radius" + + + + + "Rung Height" + + + + + "Rung Width" + + + + + "Rung Space" + + + + + "Thickness" + + + + + "Switch ID" + + + + + "Circuit Description" + + + + + "Circuit Load Name" + + + + + "Number of Conductors" + + + + + "Tick Marks" + + + + + "Panel" + + + + + "Circuit Number" + + + + + "Circuits" + + + + + "# of Runs" + + + + + "# of Hot Conductors" + + + + + "# of Neutral Conductors" + + + + + "# of Ground Conductors" + + + + + "Type" + + + + + "Elevation" + + + + + "Hot Conductors" + + + + + "Neutral Conductors" + + + + + "Ground Conductors" + + + + + "Share Neutral Conductor" + + + + + "Share Ground Conductor" + + + + + "Load Name" + + + + + "Secondary Distribution System" + + + + + "Circuit Naming" + + + + + "Circuit Prefix Separator" + + + + + "Circuit Prefix" + + + + + "Modifications" + + + + + "Enclosure" + + + + + "Mains" + + + + + "Mounting" + + + + + "Short Circuit Rating" + + + + + "Max Number of Single Pole Breakers" + + + + + "Panel Name" + + + + + "HVAC Total Estimated Demand" + + + + + "HVAC Total Connected" + + + + + "Lighting Total Estimated Demand" + + + + + "Lighting Total Connected" + + + + + "Power Total Estimated Demand" + + + + + "Power Total Connected" + + + + + "Other Total Estimated Demand" + + + + + "Other Total Connected" + + + + + "Total Estimated Demand" + + + + + "Total Connected" + + + + + "Load Classification" + + + + + "Connected Load" + + + + + "Estimated Demand Load" + + + + + "Distribution System" + + + + + "Line to Line Voltage" + + + + + "Line to Ground Voltage" + + + + + "Phase" + + + + + "Configuration" + + + + + "Wires" + + + + + "Actual Voltage" + + + + + "Minimum Voltage" + + + + + "Maximum Voltage" + + + + + "Apparent Load Phase C" + + + + + "Apparent Load Phase B" + + + + + "Apparent Load Phase A" + + + + + "True Load Phase C" + + + + + "True Load Phase B" + + + + + "True Load Phase A" + + + + + "True Current" + + + + + "True Current Phase A" + + + + + "True Current Phase B" + + + + + "True Current Phase C" + + + + + "Apparent Current" + + + + + "Apparent Current Phase A" + + + + + "Apparent Current Phase B" + + + + + "Apparent Current Phase C" + + + + + "Voltage Drop" + + + + + "Calculate Coefficient of Utilization" + + + + + "Length" + + + + + "Rating" + + + + + "Wire Size" + + + + + "Wire Type" + + + + + "Room Cavity Ratio" + + + + + "Photometric Web File" + + + + + "Average Estimated Illumination" + + + + + "Floor Reflectance" + + + + + "Wall Reflectance" + + + + + "Ceiling Reflectance" + + + + + "Lighting Calculation Workplane" + + + + + "Material" + + + + + "Temperature Rating" + + + + + "Insulation" + + + + + "Max Size" + + + + + "Neutral Multiplier" + + + + + "Neutral Included in Balanced Load" + + + + + "Neutral Size" + + + + + "Conduit Type" + + + + + "Ambient Temperature" + + + + + "System Type" + + + + + "Load Classification" + + + + + "True Load Phase 3" + + + + + "True Load Phase 2" + + + + + "True Load Phase 1" + + + + + "True Load" + + + + + "Power Factor State" + + + + + "Power Factor" + + + + + "Apparent Load Phase 3" + + + + + "Apparent Load Phase 2" + + + + + "Apparent Load Phase 1" + + + + + "Apparent Load" + + + + + "Balanced Load" + + + + + "Voltage" + + + + + "Number of Poles" + + + + + "Connector Description" + + + + + "Family" + + + + + "Family and Type" + + + + + "Type" + + + + + "Private" + + + + + "Notes" + + + + + "History" + + + + + "Status" + + + + + "Label" + + + + + "Creator" + + + + + "Created" + + + + + "Modified" + + + + + "System Color Schemes" + + + + + "Detail Level" + + + + + "Host Length" + + + + + "View Direction" + + + + + "Component Type" + + + + + "Design Option Set Id" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Primary Option Id" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Attached to" + + + + + "Allowed View Types" + + + + + "Origin Level Offset" + + + + + "Reference Level" + + + + + "Fill Pattern Graphics Overrides" + + + + + "Engagement Length" + + + + + "Inside Diameter" + + + + + "Diameter" + + + + + "Connector Type" + + + + + "System Type" + + + + + "Primary Connector" + + + + + "Link Connector Index" + + + + + "System Classification" + + + + + "Angle" + + + + + "System Classification" + + + + + "Index" + + + + + "Size on screen" + + + + + "Height" + + + + + "Width" + + + + + "Radius" + + + + + "Shape" + + + + + "Gender Type" + + + + + "Connection Type" + + + + + "Part Type" + + + + + "Modify Ranges of applicability" + + + + + "Composed Name" + + + + + "Number" + + + + + "Schematic" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Design Temperature for Cooling" + + + + + "Design Temperature for Heating" + + + + + "Outside Air Flow per Person" + + + + + "Outside Air Flow per Area" + + + + + "Air Changes per Hour" + + + + + "Analytical Zone" + + + + + "Number of People" + + + + + "Condition Type" + + + + + "Space Type (gbXML)" + + + + + "Analytical Surface" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Originating Element" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Analytic Construction" + + + + + "Tilt" + + + + + "Azimuth" + + + + + "Adjacent Analytical Space" + + + + + "Analytical Space" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Reports Folder Path" + + + + + "Report Style" + + + + + "Phase" + + + + + "Volume" + + + + + "Area" + + + + + "Peak Latent Cooling Load" + + + + + "Peak Airflow" + + + + + "Reference Level" + + + + + "Infiltration Airflow" + + + + + "Infiltration Airflow per area" + + + + + "Outdoor Airflow" + + + + + "Outdoor Airflow per person" + + + + + "Outdoor Airflow per area" + + + + + "Air Changes per Hour" + + + + + "Power Load" + + + + + "Lighting Load" + + + + + "Occupancy Load" + + + + + "Power Load per area" + + + + + "Lighting Load per area" + + + + + "Latent Heat Gain per person" + + + + + "Sensible Heat Gain per person" + + + + + "Area per person" + + + + + "Airflow per area" + + + + + "Peak Cooling Load" + + + + + "Peak Heating Load" + + + + + "Dehumidification Set Point" + + + + + "Humidification Set Point" + + + + + "Cooling Set Point" + + + + + "Heating Set Point" + + + + + "Top Offset" + + + + + "Level Offset" + + + + + "Level" + + + + + "Calculated Hydronic Cooling Flow" + + + + + "Calculated Hydronic Heating Flow" + + + + + "Space Outdoor Air Option" + + + + + "Opening Type" + + + + + "Room Calculation Point" + + + + + "Column Distance" + + + + + "Row Distance" + + + + + "Column" + + + + + "Row" + + + + + "Bend" + + + + + "Horizontal Bend" + + + + + "Multi Shape Transition Oval to Round" + + + + + "Multi Shape Transition Rect to Oval" + + + + + "Tee Down" + + + + + "Tee Up" + + + + + "Vertical Outside Bend" + + + + + "Vertical Inside Bend" + + + + + "Export Category" + + + + + "Export Complexity" + + + + + "Zone" + + + + + "Export Default Values" + + + + + "Plenum Cooling Load" + + + + + "Skylight Cooling Load" + + + + + "Partition Cooling Load" + + + + + "Door Cooling Load" + + + + + "Window Cooling Load" + + + + + "Wall Cooling Load" + + + + + "Roof Cooling Load" + + + + + "Skylight Area" + + + + + "Partition Area" + + + + + "Floor Area" + + + + + "Door Area" + + + + + "Window Area" + + + + + "Wall Area" + + + + + "Roof Area" + + + + + "Show a Coordinate System Symbol for each Surface" + + + + + "Show Room Bounding Elements Dimmed and Underlay" + + + + + "Show Shading Surfaces" + + + + + "Show Surfaces Transparent" + + + + + "Show Surfaces" + + + + + "Show Inner Space Shells" + + + + + "Show Analytical Space Shells" + + + + + "Show Analytical Building Shell" + + + + + "Lining Thickness" + + + + + "Insulation Thickness" + + + + + "Insulation Thickness" + + + + + "Unoccupied Cooling Set Point" + + + + + "Closing Time" + + + + + "Opening Time" + + + + + "People Activity Level" + + + + + "Electrical Equipment Radiant" + + + + + "Power Schedule" + + + + + "Lighting Schedule" + + + + + "Occupancy Schedule" + + + + + "Infiltration Airflow per area" + + + + + "Carpeting" + + + + + "Air Volume Calculation Type" + + + + + "Coil Bypass" + + + + + "Calculated Area per Cooling Load" + + + + + "Calculated Area per Heating Load" + + + + + "Use Air Changes Per Hour" + + + + + "Use Outside Air Per Area" + + + + + "Use Outside Air Per Person" + + + + + "Use Dehumidification Set Point" + + + + + "Use Humidification Set Point" + + + + + "Outdoor Air Information" + + + + + "Cooling Information" + + + + + "Heating Information" + + + + + "Sliver Space Tolerance" + + + + + "Gross Area" + + + + + "Gross Volume" + + + + + "Plenum" + + + + + "Occupiable" + + + + + "Room Number" + + + + + "Room Name" + + + + + "Phase" + + + + + "Phase Id" + + + + + "Project Phase" + + + + + "Calculated Supply Airflow per area" + + + + + "Calculated Cooling Load per area" + + + + + "Calculated Heating Load per area" + + + + + "Calculated Supply Airflow per area" + + + + + "Calculated Cooling Load per area" + + + + + "Calculated Heating Load per area" + + + + + "Level" + + + + + "Outdoor Air Rate / Air Changes per Hour" + + + + + "Outdoor Air per Area" + + + + + "Outdoor Air per Person" + + + + + "Dehumidification Set Point" + + + + + "Humidification Set Point" + + + + + "Cooling Air Temperature" + + + + + "Heating Air Temperature" + + + + + "Cooling Set Point" + + + + + "Heating Set Point" + + + + + "Calculated Supply Airflow" + + + + + "Calculated Cooling Load" + + + + + "Calculated Heating Load" + + + + + "Service Type" + + + + + "Occupied Volume" + + + + + "Perimeter" + + + + + "Occupied Area" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Update Surfaces" + + + + + "Internal Shading Factor" + + + + + "Internal Shading Factor" + + + + + "Ground Plane" + + + + + "Origin (Z)" + + + + + "Origin (Y)" + + + + + "Origin (X)" + + + + + "Azimuth" + + + + + "Tilt" + + + + + "CADObjectID" + + + + + "Adjacent Space Id (2)" + + + + + "Adjacent Space Id (1)" + + + + + "Electrical Loads" + + + + + "People" + + + + + "Location" + + + + + "Actual Lighting Load per area" + + + + + "Actual Power Load per area" + + + + + "Heat Load Values" + + + + + "Lighting Load Units" + + + + + "Power Load Units" + + + + + "Design Cooling Load" + + + + + "Calculated Cooling Load" + + + + + "Design Heating Load" + + + + + "Calculated Heating Load" + + + + + "Return Airflow" + + + + + "Construction Type" + + + + + "Schematic Types" + + + + + "Building Service" + + + + + "Area" + + + + + "Surface Type" + + + + + "Surface Name" + + + + + "Maintain Annotation Orientation" + + + + + "Use Annotation Scale" + + + + + "Electrical Data" + + + + + "Size" + + + + + "Sensible Heat Gain per person" + + + + + "IsCustom" + + + + + "Connector Offset" + + + + + "Lookup Table Name" + + + + + "Specified Lighting Load" + + + + + "Specified Power Load" + + + + + "Actual Lighting Load" + + + + + "Actual Power Load" + + + + + "Base Lighting Load on" + + + + + "Base Power Load on" + + + + + "Design Other Load per area" + + + + + "Design HVAC Load per area" + + + + + "Specified Lighting Load per area" + + + + + "Specified Power Load per area" + + + + + "Ballast Loss" + + + + + "Total Light Loss Factor" + + + + + "Coefficient of Utilization" + + + + + "Takeoff Fixed Length" + + + + + "Takeoff Length Projection" + + + + + "Takeoff Length" + + + + + "OffsetHeight" + + + + + "OffsetWidth" + + + + + "Part Type" + + + + + "Energy Settings" + + + + + "Actual Exhaust Airflow" + + + + + "Actual Return Airflow" + + + + + "Actual Supply Airflow" + + + + + "Latent Heat Gain per person" + + + + + "Total Heat Gain per person" + + + + + "Calculated Supply Airflow" + + + + + "Specified Exhaust Airflow" + + + + + "Specified Return Airflow" + + + + + "Specified Supply Airflow" + + + + + "Area per Person" + + + + + "Number of People" + + + + + "Occupancy Unit" + + + + + "Space Type" + + + + + "Condition Type" + + + + + "Postal Code" + + + + + "Building Type" + + + + + "Size Lock" + + + + + "Additional Flow" + + + + + "Max Width" + + + + + "Loss Method Settings" + + + + + "Loss Method Settings" + + + + + "Cap" + + + + + "Loss Method" + + + + + "Loss Method" + + + + + "Flange" + + + + + "Size" + + + + + "Size" + + + + + "Static Pressure" + + + + + "Flex Pipe" + + + + + "Pipe Type" + + + + + "Flex Duct Type" + + + + + "Duct Type" + + + + + "ASHRAE Table" + + + + + "Loss Method" + + + + + "Flex Duct Type" + + + + + "Preferred Junction Type" + + + + + "Tap" + + + + + "Middle Elevation" + + + + + "Union" + + + + + "Hydraulic Diameter" + + + + + "Reynolds number" + + + + + "Equivalent Diameter" + + + + + "Multi Shape Transition Rect to Round" + + + + + "Section" + + + + + "Loss Coefficient" + + + + + "Max Flow" + + + + + "Min Flow" + + + + + "Velocity Pressure" + + + + + "Area" + + + + + "Max Height" + + + + + "Lining Thickness" + + + + + "Insulation Thickness" + + + + + "Friction" + + + + + "Roughness" + + + + + "Transition" + + + + + "Cross" + + + + + "Tee" + + + + + "Elbow" + + + + + "Pressure Drop" + + + + + "Velocity" + + + + + "Vertical Justification" + + + + + "Horizontal Justification" + + + + + "Flow" + + + + + "Diameter" + + + + + "Height" + + + + + "Width" + + + + + "Flex Pattern" + + + + + "End Middle Elevation" + + + + + "Start Middle Elevation" + + + + + "End Level" + + + + + "Reference Level" + + + + + "All non 0 forces at end" + + + + + "All non 0 forces at start" + + + + + "Member Forces" + + + + + "End Mz" + + + + + "End My" + + + + + "End Mx" + + + + + "End Fz" + + + + + "End Fy" + + + + + "End Fx" + + + + + "Start Mz" + + + + + "Start My" + + + + + "Start Mx" + + + + + "Start Fz" + + + + + "Start Fy" + + + + + "Start Fx" + + + + + "Path Length" + + + + + "Show Node Numbers" + + + + + "Total Number of Nodes" + + + + + "Display Nodes" + + + + + "Display Path" + + + + + "Justification" + + + + + "Number" + + + + + "Flip Direction" + + + + + "Measurement Type" + + + + + "Maximum Distance" + + + + + "Minimum Distance" + + + + + "End Indent" + + + + + "Beginning Indent" + + + + + "Distance" + + + + + "Layout" + + + + + "Alignment Label Set End Station" + + + + + "Alignment Label Set Start Station" + + + + + "Alignment Station Label Set Interval": The text is not used directly anywhere in the UI, + instead the XAML specifies its own string for the value's label. + + + + + "Alignment Station Label Set Offset": The text is not used directly anywhere in the UI, + instead the XAML specifies its own string for the value's label. + + + + + "Bottom Width" + + + + + "Top Width" + + + + + "Enable Angle Overrides" + + + + + "Width Measured At" + + + + + "Default Interior Angle" + + + + + "Default Exterior Angle" + + + + + "Interior Angle" + + + + + "Exterior Angle" + + + + + "Angle From Vertical" + + + + + "Cross-Section" + + + + + "Type IFC Predefined Type" + + + + + "IFC Predefined Type" + + + + + "Export Type to IFC As" + + + + + "Export to IFC As" + + + + + "Export Type to IFC" + + + + + "Export to IFC" + + + + + "IfcOrganization" + + + + + "IfcApplicationVersion" + + + + + "IfcApplicationName" + + + + + "Organization Name" + + + + + "Organization Description" + + + + + "Building Name" + + + + + "Author" + + + + + "IfcSite GUID" + + + + + "IfcBuilding GUID" + + + + + "IfcProject GUID" + + + + + "Type IfcGUID" + + + + + "IfcGUID" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Automatic Cutback for Beams and Braces" + + + + + "Base Connection" + + + + + "Top Connection" + + + + + "End Connection" + + + + + "Start Connection" + + + + + "Apply to" + + + + + "Bar Type" + + + + + "Reinforcement Volume" + + + + + "Estimated Reinforcement Volume" + + + + + "Estimated Total Bar Length" + + + + + "Estimated Number of Bars" + + + + + "Alternating Bar - Shape" + + + + + "Primary Bar - Shape" + + + + + "Offset" + + + + + "Length (Alternating Bar)" + + + + + "Length (Primary Bar)" + + + + + "Top (Alternating Bar)" + + + + + "End Hook Angle Alternating" + + + + + "End Hook Angle Primary" + + + + + "Summary" + + + + + "Bottom (Alternating Bar)" + + + + + "Bottom (Primary Bar)" + + + + + "Start Hook Angle Alternating" + + + + + "Start Hook Angle Primary" + + + + + "Additional Offset" + + + + + "Alternating Bar - Offset" + + + + + "Alternating Bar - End Hook Orientation" + + + + + "Primary Bar - End Hook Orientation" + + + + + "Alternating Bar - End Hook Orientation" + + + + + "Primary Bar - End Hook Orientation" + + + + + "Alternating Bar - End Hook Type" + + + + + "Primary Bar - End Hook Type" + + + + + "Alternating Bar - Hook Orientation" + + + + + "Primary Bar - Hook Orientation" + + + + + "Alternating Bar - Hook Orientation" + + + + + "Primary Bar - Hook Orientation" + + + + + "Alternating Bar - Start Hook Type" + + + + + "Primary Bar - Start Hook Type" + + + + + "Alternating Bar - Length" + + + + + "Primary Bar - Length" + + + + + "Alternating Bar - Type" + + + + + "Primary Bar - Type" + + + + + "Alternating Bars" + + + + + "Number Of Bars" + + + + + "Bar Spacing" + + + + + "Face" + + + + + "Face" + + + + + "Deformation" + + + + + "Bottom/Interior Minor Spacing" + + + + + "Bottom/Interior Major Spacing" + + + + + "Top/Exterior Minor Spacing" + + + + + "Top/Exterior Major Spacing" + + + + + "Bottom/Interior Minor Number Of Lines" + + + + + "Bottom/Interior Major Number Of Lines" + + + + + "Top/Exterior Minor Number Of Lines" + + + + + "Top/Exterior Major Number Of Lines" + + + + + "Bottom/Interior Minor Bar Type" + + + + + "Bottom/Interior Major Bar Type" + + + + + "Top/Exterior Minor Bar Type" + + + + + "Top/Exterior Major Bar Type" + + + + + "Bottom/Interior Minor Direction" + + + + + "Bottom/Interior Major Direction" + + + + + "Top/Exterior Minor Direction" + + + + + "Top/Exterior Major Direction" + + + + + "Interior Minor Spacing" + + + + + "Interior Major Spacing" + + + + + "Exterior Minor Spacing" + + + + + "Exterior Major Spacing" + + + + + "Interior Minor Number Of Lines" + + + + + "Interior Major Number Of Lines" + + + + + "Exterior Minor Number Of Lines" + + + + + "Exterior Major Number Of Lines" + + + + + "Interior Minor Hook Type" + + + + + "Interior Major Hook Type" + + + + + "Exterior Minor Hook Type" + + + + + "Exterior Major Hook Type" + + + + + "Interior Minor Hook Orientation" + + + + + "Interior Major Hook Orientation" + + + + + "Exterior Minor Hook Orientation" + + + + + "Exterior Major Hook Orientation" + + + + + "Interior Minor Bar Type" + + + + + "Interior Major Bar Type" + + + + + "Exterior Minor Bar Type" + + + + + "Exterior Major Bar Type" + + + + + "Interior Minor Direction" + + + + + "Interior Major Direction" + + + + + "Exterior Minor Direction" + + + + + "Exterior Major Direction" + + + + + "Bottom Minor Spacing" + + + + + "Bottom Major Spacing" + + + + + "Top Minor Spacing" + + + + + "Top Major Spacing" + + + + + "Bottom Minor Number Of Lines" + + + + + "Bottom Major Number Of Lines" + + + + + "Top Minor Number Of Lines" + + + + + "Top Major Number Of Lines" + + + + + "Bottom Minor Hook Type" + + + + + "Bottom Major Hook Type" + + + + + "Top Minor Hook Type" + + + + + "Top Major Hook Type" + + + + + "Bottom Minor Hook Orientation" + + + + + "Bottom Major Hook Orientation" + + + + + "Top Minor Hook Orientation" + + + + + "Top Major Hook Orientation" + + + + + "Bottom Minor Bar Type" + + + + + "Bottom Major Bar Type" + + + + + "Top Minor Bar Type" + + + + + "Top Major Bar Type" + + + + + "Bottom Minor Direction" + + + + + "Bottom Major Direction" + + + + + "Top Minor Direction" + + + + + "Top Major Direction" + + + + + "Hook Angle Top" + + + + + "Hook Angle Bottom" + + + + + "Hook Angle Right" + + + + + "Hook Angle Left" + + + + + "Bars In Minor Direction" + + + + + "Bars In Major Direction" + + + + + "Additional Interior Cover Offset" + + + + + "Additional Exterior Cover Offset" + + + + + "Additional Bottom Cover Offset" + + + + + "Additional Top Cover Offset" + + + + + "Top and Bottom Minor Layers Match" + + + + + "Top and Bottom Major Layers Match" + + + + + "Bottom Major and Minor Layers Match" + + + + + "Top Major and Minor Layers Match" + + + + + "Minor, Both Faces (Brief)" + + + + + "Minor, Both Faces" + + + + + "Major, Both Faces (Brief)" + + + + + "Major, Both Faces" + + + + + "Bottom/Interior Minor (Brief)" + + + + + "Bottom/Interior Minor" + + + + + "Bottom/Interior Major (Brief)" + + + + + "Bottom/Interior Major" + + + + + "Top/Exterior Minor (Brief)" + + + + + "Top/Exterior Minor" + + + + + "Top/Exterior Major (Brief)" + + + + + "Top/Exterior Major" + + + + + "Rebar Cover Bottom/Interior" + + + + + "Rebar Cover Top/Exterior" + + + + + "Override Area Reinforcement Settings" + + + + + "Layer Summary (Brief)" + + + + + "Layer Summary" + + + + + "Layout Rule" + + + + + "Rebar Cover Side/Edge" + + + + + "Use Only Elements Visible In Current View" + + + + + "Offset along wire direction": Offset along wire direction + + + + + "Wire distance": The distance between wires + + + + + "Wire length": The wire length + + + + + "Wire type": The wire type assigned + + + + + "Longitudinal Cut Length": Bent fabric longitudinal cut length. + + + + + "Shared family key" + + + + + "Cut by Host Cover": Single Fabric Sheet is cut or not cut by the Host Cover. + + + + + "Straight Wires Location": Location of straight wires in a bent fabric. + + + + + "Fixed offset" + + + + + "Bend Direction": Direction in which FabricSheet is bent. + + + + + "Tag Component Reference" + + + + + "D_Right" + + + + + "D_Left" + + + + + "D_Bottom" + + + + + "D_Top" + + + + + "Right" + + + + + "Left" + + + + + "Bottom" + + + + + "Top" + + + + + "Tag new members in view": List of all Plan Views and None. + + + + + "Cut Sheet Mass": Calculated cut sheet mass [Sheet Mass per Unit Area * (Cut Overall Length * Cut Overall Width)] + + + + + "Total Sheet Mass": Calculated all sheet mass: Volume of Wire * Unit Weight. + + + + + "Cut Overall Width": Provides a real sheet Width after definition + + + + + "Cut Overall Length": Provides a real sheet Length after definition + + + + + "Additional Cover Offset": Additional cover offset of the fabric distribution. + + + + + "Minor Lap Splice Length": Fabric lap splice length in minor direction in the fabric distribution. + + + + + "Major Lap Splice Length": Fabric lap splice length in major direction in the fabric distribution. + + + + + "Location": Fabric location in the host. + + + + + "Lap Splice Position": Fabric lap splice position in the fabric distribution + + + + + "Location": Fabric location in the wall + + + + + "Location": Fabric location in the slab + + + + + "Fabric Sheet": List all Fabric Sheet types + + + + + "Bend Diameter": Standard Bend Diameter of Fabric Wire. + + + + + "Sheet Mass per Unit Area": Structural Sheet Mass per Unit Area [Sheet Mass / (Overall Length * Overall Width)] + + + + + "Minor Reinforcement Area": Minor Reinforcement Area + + + + + "Major Reinforcement Area": Major Reinforcement Area + + + + + "Sheet Mass": Sheet Mass + + + + + "Minor Spacing": Minor Spacing + + + + + "Minor Number of Wires": Minor Number of Wires + + + + + "Minor Layout Pattern": Minor Layout Pattern + + + + + "Minor End Overhang": Minor End Overhang + + + + + "Minor Start Overhang": Minor Start Overhang + + + + + "Width": Width + + + + + "Overall Width": Overall Width + + + + + "Major Spacing": Major Spacing + + + + + "Major Number of Wires": Major Number of Wires + + + + + "Major Layout Pattern": Major Layout Pattern + + + + + "Major End Overhang": Major End Overhang + + + + + "Major Start Overhang": Major Start Overhang + + + + + "Length": Length + + + + + "Overall Length": Overall Length + + + + + "Default Minor Lap Splice Length": Default Minor Lap Splice Length + + + + + "Default Major Lap Splice Length": Default Major Lap Splice Length + + + + + "Minor Direction Wire Type": Minor Direction Wire Type + + + + + "Major Direction Wire Type": Major Direction Wire Type + + + + + "Physical Material Asset": Physical Material Asset + + + + + "Nominal Diameter": Nominal Diameter of Fabric Wire. + + + + + "Quantity By Rebar Set" + + + + + "Minimum bar length" + + + + + "Maximum bar length" + + + + + "Maxim Suffix" + + + + + "Minim Suffix" + + + + + "Rebar Number Suffix" + + + + + "Distribution Type" + + + + + "Can host rebar" + + + + + "Host Category" + + + + + "End Tangent Hook Length" + + + + + "Start Tangent Hook Length" + + + + + "INTERNAL: Multiplanar End Connector" + + + + + "INTERNAL: Multiplanar Start Connector" + + + + + "INTERNAL: Multiplanar Duplicate" + + + + + "INTERNAL: Multiplanar" + + + + + "Out of Plane Bend Diameter" + + + + + "Stirrup/Tie Attachment" + + + + + "Stirrup/Tie Attachment" + + + + + "Base Finishing Turns" + + + + + "Top Finishing Turns" + + + + + "Height" + + + + + "Pitch" + + + + + "Standard Hook Bend Diameter" + + + + + "Include Last Bar" + + + + + "Include First Bar" + + + + + "Bend Diameter" + + + + + "Bar Diameter" + + + + + "End Hook Offset Length" + + + + + "End Hook Length" + + + + + "Start Hook Offset Length" + + + + + "Start Hook Length" + + + + + "Schedule Mark" + + + + + "Rounding Overrides" + + + + + "Rounding Overrides" + + + + + "Style" + + + + + "Hook At End" + + + + + "Hook At Start" + + + + + "Style" + + + + + "Allowable Rebar Bar Types" + + + + + "Allowable Rebar Bar Types" + + + + + "Maximum Bend Radius" + + + + + "Stirrup/Tie Bend Diameter" + + + + + "Hook Lengths" + + + + + "Style" + + + + + "Bar Length" + + + + + "Shape" + + + + + "View Visibility States" + + + + + "Spacing" + + + + + "Quantity" + + + + + "Layout Rule" + + + + + "Standard Bend Diameter" + + + + + "Hook Orientation At End" + + + + + "Hook At End" + + + + + "Hook Orientation At Start" + + + + + "Hook At Start" + + + + + "Total Bar Length" + + + + + "Extension Multiplier" + + + + + "Hook Angle" + + + + + "Subcategory" + + + + + "Bar Diameter" + + + + + "Location line to align" + + + + + "Copy openings" + + + + + "Copy openings/inserts" + + + + + "Copy windows/doors/openings" + + + + + "Parameters" + + + + + "Phases" + + + + + "Reuse Grids with the same name" + + + + + "Reuse Levels with the same name" + + + + + "Split Columns by Levels" + + + + + "Reuse matching Grids" + + + + + "Reuse matching Levels" + + + + + "Offset Level" + + + + + "Add suffix to Level Name" + + + + + "Add prefix to Level Name" + + + + + "Add suffix to Grid Name" + + + + + "Add prefix to Grid Name" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Factor" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Category" + + + + + "Nature" + + + + + "Case Number" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Area force scale" + + + + + "Linear force scale" + + + + + "Distance between arrows" + + + + + "Moment scale" + + + + + "Moment arrowhead (alternate)" + + + + + "Moment arrowhead" + + + + + "Force scale" + + + + + "Force arrowhead" + + + + + "Description" + + + + + "Comments" + + + + + "Nature" + + + + + "All non 0 loads" + + + + + "Projected Load" + + + + + "Area" + + + + + "Fz 3" + + + + + "Fy 3" + + + + + "Fx 3" + + + + + "Fz 2" + + + + + "Fy 2" + + + + + "Fx 2" + + + + + "Fz 1" + + + + + "Fy 1" + + + + + "Fx 1" + + + + + "Length" + + + + + "Projected Load" + + + + + "Mz 2" + + + + + "My 2" + + + + + "Mx 2" + + + + + "Mz 1" + + + + + "My 1" + + + + + "Mx 1" + + + + + "Fz 2" + + + + + "Fy 2" + + + + + "Fx 2" + + + + + "Fz 1" + + + + + "Fy 1" + + + + + "Fx 1" + + + + + "Mz" + + + + + "My" + + + + + "Mx" + + + + + "Fz" + + + + + "Fy" + + + + + "Fx" + + + + + "Is Hosted" + + + + + "Is Reaction" + + + + + "Uniform Load" + + + + + "Orient to" + + + + + "Load Case" + + + + + "Right" + + + + + "Left" + + + + + "Bottom" + + + + + "Top" + + + + + "Span Direction" + + + + + "Connection Status" + + + + + "Cross-Section Rotation": Used for Analytical Member + + + + + "Thickness": Used for Analytical Panel + + + + + "Structural Role": Used for Analytical Elements + + + + + "Physical Material Asset": Used for Analytical Elements. + + + + + "Analytical Model Correct" + + + + + "Physical Material Asset" + + + + + "Has Association": Used for Analytical Member, Analytical Panel, Structural Columns, Structural Framing, Floors, Walls, Structural Foundation + + + + + "Location Mark": Provides grid system association information + + + + + "Code Checking": Used for Analytical wall, Analytical beam, Analytical column, Analytical floor, Analytical wall foundations, Analytical isolated foundations, Analytical foundations slab, Anaytical brace + + + + + "Node Number": Used for nodes + + + + + "Foundation Number": Used for isolated, wall foundations + + + + + "Surface Number": Used for floors, slabs, walls + + + + + "Member Number": Used for beams, braces, columns + + + + + "Enable Cutting in Views" + + + + + "Can host rebar" + + + + + "Rebar Cover" + + + + + "Rebar Cover - Bottom Face" + + + + + "Rebar Cover - Top Face" + + + + + "Rebar Cover - Other Faces" + + + + + "Rebar Cover - Interior Face" + + + + + "Rebar Cover - Exterior Face" + + + + + "Length" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Clear Spacing" + + + + + "Fixed Spacing" + + + + + "Maximum Spacing" + + + + + "Wall offset" + + + + + "3D" + + + + + "Beam Type (No Family Name)" + + + + + "Beam System Tag Direction" + + + + + "Right" + + + + + "Left" + + + + + "Num. of Beams With Same Type" + + + + + "Lateral Justification" + + + + + "z-Direction Justification" + + + + + "Wall offset" + + + + + "Beam Type" + + + + + "Layout Rule" + + + + + "Justification" + + + + + "Centerline Spacing" + + + + + "Number of Lines" + + + + + "Flow" + + + + + "Belt Measurement" + + + + + "Belt Measurement" + + + + + "Use Curve Distance" + + + + + "Use Curve Distance" + + + + + "Adjust for Mullion Size" + + + + + "Adjust for Mullion Size" + + + + + "Belt Measurement" + + + + + "Belt Measurement" + + + + + "Offset" + + + + + "Offset" + + + + + "Grid Rotation" + + + + + "Grid Rotation" + + + + + "Number" + + + + + "Number" + + + + + "Justification" + + + + + "Justification" + + + + + "Distance" + + + + + "Distance" + + + + + "Layout" + + + + + "Layout" + + + + + "Measurement Line" + + + + + "Measurement Line" + + + + + "Curtain version" + + + + + "Padding" + + + + + "Use Curve Distance" + + + + + "Justification" + + + + + "Number" + + + + + "Spacing" + + + + + "Layout" + + + + + "Use Curve Distance" + + + + + "Use Curve Distance" + + + + + "Adjust for Mullion Size" + + + + + "Adjust for Mullion Size" + + + + + "Measurement Line" + + + + + "Measurement Line" + + + + + "Offset" + + + + + "Offset" + + + + + "Angle" + + + + + "Angle" + + + + + "Number" + + + + + "Number" + + + + + "Justification" + + + + + "Justification" + + + + + "Spacing" + + + + + "Spacing" + + + + + "Layout" + + + + + "Layout" + + + + + "Use Curve Distance" + + + + + "Use Curve Distance" + + + + + "Adjust for Mullion Size" + + + + + "Adjust for Mullion Size" + + + + + "Measurement Line" + + + + + "Measurement Line" + + + + + "Offset" + + + + + "Offset" + + + + + "Angle" + + + + + "Angle" + + + + + "Type Association" + + + + + "Number" + + + + + "Number" + + + + + "Justification" + + + + + "Justification" + + + + + "Spacing" + + + + + "Spacing" + + + + + "Layout" + + + + + "Layout" + + + + + "Design Option" + + + + + "Design Option" + + + + + "View Range" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Guide Spacing" + + + + + "Work Plane Grid Spacing" + + + + + "Abstract Join Strength Order" + + + + + "Host" + + + + + "Elevation Mark Use" + + + + + "Show family pre-cut in plan views" + + + + + "Default Setback" + + + + + "Cuts Wall" + + + + + "Cut by Inserts" + + + + + "Profile" + + + + + "Profile" + + + + + "Profile" + + + + + "Shared" + + + + + "Work Plane-Based" + + + + + "Automatically joins geometry to walls" + + + + + "Is parametric" + + + + + "Keep text readable" + + + + + "Base Extension Distance" + + + + + "Top Extension Distance" + + + + + "Vertical Profile Offset" + + + + + "Horizontal Profile Offset" + + + + + "Material" + + + + + "Material" + + + + + "Material" + + + + + "Subcategory of Floors" + + + + + "Subcategory of Roofs" + + + + + "Profile" + + + + + "Subcategory" + + + + + "Height" + + + + + "Width" + + + + + "Lock Proportions" + + + + + "Decal Attributes" + + + + + "Cut with Voids When Loaded" + + + + + "Filter Parameter" + + + + + "Subcategory of Walls" + + + + + "Always vertical" + + + + + "Rotate with component" + + + + + "Volume" + + + + + "Area" + + + + + "Offset From Wall" + + + + + "Offset From Level" + + + + + "Level" + + + + + "Profile" + + + + + "Rotate text with component" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Area Scheme Id" + + + + + "Area Type" + + + + + "Area Type" + + + + + "Relative Base" + + + + + "Elevation Base" + + + + + "Subcategory" + + + + + "L/R" + + + + + "Radius" + + + + + "E/W" + + + + + "Bearing" + + + + + "N/S" + + + + + "Distance" + + + + + "Units Format" + + + + + "Area Units, Format" + + + + + "Net cut/fill" + + + + + "Projected Area" + + + + + "Units Format" + + + + + "Label primary contours only" + + + + + "Subcategory" + + + + + "Area" + + + + + "Fill" + + + + + "Cut" + + + + + "Perimeter" + + + + + "Surface Area" + + + + + "Area" + + + + + "Height Offset From Level" + + + + + "Thickness" + + + + + "Saved Path" + + + + + "Link Name" + + + + + "Radius" + + + + + "Subcategory" + + + + + "Bearing" + + + + + "Distance" + + + + + "Increment" + + + + + "Elevation" + + + + + "Elevation" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Views Visible" + + + + + "Scope Box" + + + + + "Scope Box" + + + + + "Rotate With Text" + + + + + "Height" + + + + + "Phase" + + + + + "Phase Id" + + + + + "Sequence Number" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Family" + + + + + "Family and Type" + + + + + "Phase Filter" + + + + + "Phase" + + + + + "Phase Demolished" + + + + + "Phase Created" + + + + + "Slab" + + + + + "HVAC System" + + + + + "Outdoor Air Information" + + + + + "Use Energy Data" + + + + + "Perimeter Zone Division" + + + + + "Perimeter Zone Depth" + + + + + "Shade Depth" + + + + + "Conceptual Types" + + + + + "Skylight Width & Depth" + + + + + "Target Percentage Skylights" + + + + + "Glazing is Shaded" + + + + + "Target Sill Height" + + + + + "Target Percentage Glazing" + + + + + "Mass Zoning" + + + + + "Building Operating Schedule" + + + + + "Create Energy Model" + + + + + "Values" + + + + + "Skylight Width & Depth" + + + + + "Target Percentage Skylights" + + + + + "Target Sill Height" + + + + + "Shade Depth" + + + + + "Glazing is Shaded" + + + + + "Target Percentage Glazing" + + + + + "Underground" + + + + + "Mass Opening Area" + + + + + "Mass Skylight Area" + + + + + "Mass Window Area" + + + + + "Mass Roof Area" + + + + + "Mass Interior Wall Area" + + + + + "Mass Exterior Wall Area" + + + + + "Subcategory" + + + + + "Conceptual Types" + + + + + "Condition Type" + + + + + "Space Type" + + + + + "Mass Floor Area" + + + + + "Graphical Appearance" + + + + + "Graphical Appearance" + + + + + "Graphical Appearance" + + + + + "Mass Zone Volume" + + + + + "Mass: Description" + + + + + "Mass: Comments" + + + + + "Mass: Type Comments" + + + + + "Mass: Family and Type" + + + + + "Mass: Family" + + + + + "Usage" + + + + + "Level" + + + + + "Mass: Type" + + + + + "Floor Volume" + + + + + "Exterior Surface Area" + + + + + "Floor Area" + + + + + "Floor Perimeter" + + + + + "Gross Volume" + + + + + "Gross Surface Area" + + + + + "Mass Floors" + + + + + "Gross Floor Area" + + + + + "Constrain to Massing" + + + + + "Issued" + + + + + "Numbering" + + + + + "Issued by" + + + + + "Issued to" + + + + + "Revision Date" + + + + + "Revision Description" + + + + + "Revision Number" + + + + + "Revision Sequence": read_only Make this read-only again when NewSchedules_DisplayTags is cleaned up + + + + + "Issued by" + + + + + "Issued to" + + + + + "Revision Date" + + + + + "Revision Description" + + + + + "Revision Number" + + + + + "Revision" + + + + + "Detail Rotation" + + + + + "Inside" + + + + + "Detail" + + + + + "Layout" + + + + + "Spacing" + + + + + "Number" + + + + + "Insulation Bulge to Width Ratio (1/x)" + + + + + "Insulation Width" + + + + + "Parts Visibility" + + + + + "Detail Level" + + + + + "Vent Connection" + + + + + "Waste Connection" + + + + + "CW Connection" + + + + + "HW Connection" + + + + + "Trap" + + + + + "Drain" + + + + + "Supply Pipe" + + + + + "Supply Fitting" + + + + + "Light Emitter" + + + + + "Spot Field Angle" + + + + + "Spot Beam Angle" + + + + + "Tilt Angle" + + + + + "Luminous Flux" + + + + + "Lamp" + + + + + "Wattage Comments" + + + + + "Voltage" + + + + + "Wattage" + + + + + "Thickness" + + + + + "Host Id" + + + + + "Offset" + + + + + "Width" + + + + + "Height" + + + + + "Model" + + + + + "Manufacturer" + + + + + "Comments" + + + + + "Type Comments" + + + + + "URL" + + + + + "Description" + + + + + "Blue value for RGB color spec. (for Use with XAML Data Template example)" + + + + + "Green value for RGB color spec. (for Use with XAML Data Template example)" + + + + + "Red value for RGB color spec. (for Use with XAML Data Template example)" + + + + + "Y-Radius Value for Ellipse (for Use with XAML Data Template example)" + + + + + "X-Radius Value for Ellipse (for Use with XAML Data Template example)" + + + + + "Group Name for Ribbon Combo Items (for Use with XAML)" + + + + + "Index Into Image File Name Array (for Use with XAML)" + + + + + "Flag to display icon in Ribbon Combo Item" + + + + + "Double" + + + + + "Integer" + + + + + "Boolean" + + + + + "Options" + + + + + "Depth" + + + + + "Depth" + + + + + "Section Type": The id of the type from the structural Family assigned to the analytical member. + + + + + "End Projection Orthogonal" + + + + + "Start Projection Orthogonal" + + + + + "Z Rotation" + + + + + "Y Rotation" + + + + + "X Rotation" + + + + + "Z Translation" + + + + + "Y Translation" + + + + + "X Translation" + + + + + "Family Type": the Family Type of the physical element associated with the Analytical Model + + + + + "In-Plane Projection" + + + + + "Alignment Method" + + + + + "Base y Projection" + + + + + "Top y Projection" + + + + + "z Projection" + + + + + "Alignment Method" + + + + + "z Projection" + + + + + "Alignment Method" + + + + + "Base x Projection" + + + + + "Base Extension Method" + + + + + "Top x Projection" + + + + + "Top Extension Method" + + + + + "Top y Projection" + + + + + "Top z Projection" + + + + + "Top Alignment Method" + + + + + "Base y Projection" + + + + + "Base z Projection" + + + + + "Base Alignment Method" + + + + + "End z Projection" + + + + + "End y Projection" + + + + + "End Alignment Method" + + + + + "Start z Projection" + + + + + "Start y Projection" + + + + + "Start Alignment Method" + + + + + "Locked" + + + + + "Post" + + + + + "Rail Connections" + + + + + "Angled Joins" + + + + + "Tangent Joins" + + + + + "Landing Height Adjustment" + + + + + "Use Landing Height Adjustment" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Baluster Placement" + + + + + "Slope Angle" + + + + + "Bottom Cut Angle" + + + + + "Top Cut Angle" + + + + + "Baluster Height" + + + + + "Base Offset" + + + + + "Base Level" + + + + + "Baluster Offset" + + + + + "Baluster Family" + + + + + "Rail Offset" + + + + + "Rail Height" + + + + + "Rail Structure (Non-Continuous)" + + + + + "Rail Shape" + + + + + "Baluster Length" + + + + + "Baluster Width" + + + + + "Balusters Per Tread (Stair Railing Only)" + + + + + "Baluster Separation" + + + + + "Baluster Spacing Type (Stair Railing Only)" + + + + + "Baluster Shape" + + + + + "Railing Thickness" + + + + + "Railing Width" + + + + + "Railing Height" + + + + + "Text Size" + + + + + "Text Font" + + + + + "Ramp Material" + + + + + "Right Baluster Location" + + + + + "Left Baluster Location" + + + + + "Shape" + + + + + "Thickness" + + + + + "Maximum Incline Length" + + + + + "Ramp Max Slope (1/x)" + + + + + "New views are dependent on template" + + + + + "View Template applied to new views" + + + + + "View Direction" + + + + + "Coarse Poche Material" + + + + + "Elevation Tag" + + + + + "Callout Tag" + + + + + "Section Tag" + + + + + "Far Clip Settings" + + + + + "Corner Radius" + + + + + "Callout Head" + + + + + "Plan View Symbols End 2 (Default)" + + + + + "Plan View Symbols End 1 (Default)" + + + + + "Non-Plan View Symbols (Default)" + + + + + "Symbol at End 1 Default" + + + + + "Symbol at End 2 Default" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Multilevel Boundary" + + + + + "Bottom Level" + + + + + "Bottom Level" + + + + + "Top Level" + + + + + "Focus Marks Visible" + + + + + "Center Mark Visible" + + + + + "Center Mark Visible" + + + + + "Parameter Name" + + + + + "Key Name" + + + + + "Appearance" + + + + + "Appearance On Sheet" + + + + + "Embedded Schedule" + + + + + "Appearance" + + + + + "Formatting" + + + + + "Sorting/Grouping" + + + + + "Filter" + + + + + "Fields" + + + + + "Link Status" + + + + + "Enable Snaps" + + + + + "Page Number" + + + + + "Horizontal Scale" + + + + + "Vertical Scale" + + + + + "Height" + + + + + "Width" + + + + + "Resolution (dpi)" + + + + + "Loaded from file" + + + + + "View Name" + + + + + "Height (pixels)" + + + + + "Width (pixels)" + + + + + "Lock Proportions" + + + + + "Height" + + + + + "Width" + + + + + "Roll" + + + + + "Thickness" + + + + + "Length" + + + + + "Width" + + + + + "Height" + + + + + "Component Description" + + + + + "Style Name" + + + + + "Structural Type Name" + + + + + "Type Name" + + + + + "Project Information" + + + + + "Phase Mapping" + + + + + "Reference Type" + + + + + "File Name" + + + + + "Map Levels..." + + + + + "Map Levels..." + + + + + "Map Levels..." + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Shared Site" + + + + + "Enable Cutting in Views" + + + + + "Instance Scale" + + + + + "Draw Layer" + + + + + "Import Units" + + + + + "Offset from Work Plane" + + + + + "Work Plane" + + + + + "Scale Factor" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Elevation Mark" + + + + + "Reference Label Position" + + + + + "Associated Datum" + + + + + "View Name Position" + + + + + "Show View Name" + + + + + "Text Position" + + + + + "Filled" + + + + + "Arrow Angle" + + + + + "Shape" + + + + + "Width" + + + + + "Swatch Height" + + + + + "Swatch Width" + + + + + "Values Displayed" + + + + + "Guide Grid" + + + + + "Current Revision Issued" + + + + + "Current Revision Issued By" + + + + + "Current Revision Issued To" + + + + + "Current Revision Date" + + + + + "Current Revision Description" + + + + + "Revisions on Sheet" + + + + + "Current Revision" + + + + + "Sheet Height" + + + + + "Sheet Width" + + + + + "File Path" + + + + + "Approved By" + + + + + "Designed By" + + + + + "Appears In Sheet List" + + + + + "Checked By" + + + + + "Drawn By" + + + + + "Date/Time Stamp" + + + + + "Scale" + + + + + "Sheet Number" + + + + + "Sheet Name" + + + + + "Append Position" + + + + + "Join Condition" + + + + + "Border 2 Type" + + + + + "Border 1 Type" + + + + + "Border 2 Type" + + + + + "Border 1 Type" + + + + + "Interior Type" + + + + + "Interior Type" + + + + + "Curtain Panel" + + + + + "Join Condition" + + + + + "Curtain Panel" + + + + + "Border 2 Type" + + + + + "Border 1 Type" + + + + + "Border 2 Type" + + + + + "Border 1 Type" + + + + + "Interior Type" + + + + + "Interior Type" + + + + + "Grid Base Orientation" + + + + + "Angle" + + + + + "Position" + + + + + "Profile" + + + + + "Center Width" + + + + + "Depth 2" + + + + + "Depth 1" + + + + + "Depth" + + + + + "Leg 2" + + + + + "Leg 1" + + + + + "Corner Mullion" + + + + + "Mullion Family General Shape" + + + + + "Offset" + + + + + "Radius" + + + + + "Thickness" + + + + + "Width on side 2" + + + + + "Width on side 1" + + + + + "Thickness" + + + + + "Width on side 2" + + + + + "Width on side 1" + + + + + "Show Up arrow in all views" + + + + + "Trim Stringers at Top" + + + + + "Down arrow" + + + + + "Down text" + + + + + "Down label" + + + + + "Up arrow" + + + + + "Up text" + + + + + "Up label" + + + + + "Text Size" + + + + + "Text Font" + + + + + "Monolithic Material" + + + + + "Landing Carriage Height" + + + + + "Landing Overlap" + + + + + "Right Stringer" + + + + + "Left Stringer" + + + + + "Apply Nosing Profile" + + + + + "Riser to Tread Connection" + + + + + "Riser Thickness" + + + + + "Middle Stringers" + + + + + "Extend Below Base" + + + + + "End with Riser" + + + + + "Begin with Riser" + + + + + "Underside of Winder" + + + + + "Monolithic Stairs" + + + + + "Calculation Rules" + + + + + "Calculation Rules" + + + + + "Calculation Rules" + + + + + "Calculation Rules" + + + + + "Actual Tread Depth" + + + + + "Tread Multiplier" + + + + + "Riser Multiplier" + + + + + "Calculation Rules" + + + + + "Actual Number of Risers" + + + + + "Break Symbol in Plan" + + + + + "Riser Material" + + + + + "Riser Type" + + + + + "Tread Material" + + + + + "Nosing Length" + + + + + "Nosing Profile" + + + + + "Stringer Material" + + + + + "Open Stringer Offset" + + + + + "Stringer Carriage Height" + + + + + "Type of Side Stringers" + + + + + "Multistory Top Level" + + + + + "Stringer Position" + + + + + "Top Offset" + + + + + "Base Offset" + + + + + "Riser Angle" + + + + + "Tread Thickness" + + + + + "Stringer Thickness" + + + + + "Stringer Height" + + + + + "Risers Present" + + + + + "Actual Riser Height" + + + + + "Desired Number of Risers" + + + + + "Width" + + + + + "Minimum Tread Depth" + + + + + "Maximum Riser Height" + + + + + "Top Level" + + + + + "Base Level" + + + + + "Structural" + + + + + "Building Story" + + + + + "Story Above" + + + + + "Elevation Base" + + + + + "Elevation" + + + + + "Level" + + + + + "Symbol" + + + + + "Show Dimension Text" + + + + + "Dimension Style" + + + + + "Group Matching Tag Heads" + + + + + "Tag Family" + + + + + "Reference Category" + + + + + "Elevation Base" + + + + + "Host Count" + + + + + "Angle" + + + + + "Leader Type" + + + + + "Wrap between parameters only" + + + + + "Orientation" + + + + + "Orientation" + + + + + "Sample Text" + + + + + "Label" + + + + + "Diameter Symbol Text" + + + + + "Diameter Symbol Location" + + + + + "Radius Symbol Text" + + + + + "V/G Overrides Coordination Model" + + + + + "V/G Overrides Point Clouds" + + + + + "V/G Overrides Worksets" + + + + + "V/G Overrides Analytical Model" + + + + + "V/G Overrides Design Options" + + + + + "V/G Overrides RVT Links" + + + + + "V/G Overrides Filters" + + + + + "V/G Overrides Import" + + + + + "V/G Overrides Annotation" + + + + + "V/G Overrides Model" + + + + + "Automatic Room Computation Height" + + + + + "Computation Height" + + + + + "Computation Height" + + + + + "Computation Height" + + + + + "Base Offset" + + + + + "Computation" + + + + + "Base Offset" + + + + + "Limit Offset" + + + + + "Upper Limit" + + + + + "Volume" + + + + + "Unbounded Height" + + + + + "Perimeter" + + + + + "Level" + + + + + "Occupancy" + + + + + "Department" + + + + + "Base Finish" + + + + + "Ceiling Finish" + + + + + "Wall Finish" + + + + + "Floor Finish" + + + + + "Area" + + + + + "Number" + + + + + "Name" + + + + + "Legend Horizontal Origin Gap" + + + + + "Legend Vertical Origin Gap" + + + + + "Legend Width" + + + + + "Legend Height" + + + + + "Analysis Display Settings" + + + + + "Overall Legend Text" + + + + + "Results Visibility" + + + + + "Show Description" + + + + + "Show Configuration Name" + + + + + "Description" + + + + + "Analysis Configuration" + + + + + "Data Range" + + + + + "End Segments Length" + + + + + "End Segment Pattern" + + + + + "End Segment Color" + + + + + "End Segment Weight" + + + + + "Center Segment Pattern" + + + + + "Center Segment Color" + + + + + "Center Segment Weight" + + + + + "Center Segment" + + + + + "Bubble Weight Number\n" + + + + + "Symbol" + + + + + "Full Step Arrow" + + + + + "Start Extension" + + + + + "Number Size" + + + + + "Tag Type" + + + + + "Display Rule" + + + + + "Reference" + + + + + "Justify" + + + + + "Orientation" + + + + + "Offset from Reference" + + + + + "Justify Offset" + + + + + "Orientation" + + + + + "Text Type" + + + + + "Down Text" + + + + + "Show Down Text" + + + + + "Up Text" + + + + + "Show Up Text" + + + + + "Show Arrowhead to Cut Mark" + + + + + "Draw for Each Run" + + + + + "End at Riser" + + + + + "Start from Riser" + + + + + "Distance to Cut Mark" + + + + + "Line Shape at Landing Corner" + + + + + "Arrowhead Type" + + + + + "Start Symbol Type" + + + + + "Cut Mark Symbol Size" + + + + + "Cut Line Type" + + + + + "Cut Line Angle" + + + + + "Cut Line Extension" + + + + + "Cut Line Distance" + + + + + "Cut Mark Symbol" + + + + + "Broken Section Display Style" + + + + + "Hide at scales coarser than" + + + + + "Hide at scales coarser than" + + + + + "Parent View" + + + + + "Show in" + + + + + "Section Tail" + + + + + "Tail width" + + + + + "Tail length" + + + + + "Detail Number" + + + + + "Sheet Number" + + + + + "Section Head" + + + + + "Station Value" + + + + + "Station Indicator" + + + + + "Include Station" + + + + + "Leader Line" + + + + + "Distance": Currently not in use + + + + + "Station Suffix" + + + + + "Station Prefix" + + + + + "Dimension Suffix" + + + + + "Dimension Prefix" + + + + + "Tick Mark Centered" + + + + + "Interior Tick Mark Display" + + + + + "Witness Line Tick Mark" + + + + + "Total Length" + + + + + "Count" + + + + + "Alternate Units Suffix" + + + + + "Alternate Units Prefix" + + + + + "Equality Witness Display" + + + + + "Suppress Spaces" + + + + + "Equality Formula" + + + + + "Leader Tick Mark" + + + + + "Equality Text" + + + + + "Equality Text" + + + + + "Text Location" + + + + + "Show Leader When Text Moves" + + + + + "Shoulder Length" + + + + + "Leader Type" + + + + + "Dimension To Intersecting Grids" + + + + + "Dimension To Intersecting Walls" + + + + + "Dimension To Opening Type" + + + + + "Fixed Rotation" + + + + + "Keep Readable" + + + + + "Leader Line" + + + + + "Leader/Border Offset" + + + + + "Dimension To Openings" + + + + + "Offset from Reference" + + + + + "Slope Representation" + + + + + "Slope Direction" + + + + + "Lower Value" + + + + + "Single/Upper Value" + + + + + "Elevation Indicator as Prefix/Suffix" + + + + + "Include Elevation" + + + + + "Elevation Suffix" + + + + + "Elevation Prefix" + + + + + "Bottom Coordinate Suffix" + + + + + "Bottom Coordinate Prefix" + + + + + "Top Coordinate Suffix" + + + + + "Top Coordinate Prefix" + + + + + "Lower Value Suffix" + + + + + "Lower Value Prefix" + + + + + "Single/Upper Value Suffix" + + + + + "Single/Upper Value Prefix" + + + + + "Baseline Offset" + + + + + "Leader Shoulder" + + + + + "Bottom Indicator as Prefix/Suffix" + + + + + "Top Indicator as Prefix/Suffix" + + + + + "Bottom Indicator" + + + + + "Top Indicator" + + + + + "Text Location" + + + + + "Rotate with Component" + + + + + "Display Elevations" + + + + + "Ordinate Dimension Settings" + + + + + "Dimension String Type" + + + + + "Leader" + + + + + "Flipped Dimension Line Extension" + + + + + "Interior Tick Mark" + + + + + "Text Offset from Leader" + + + + + "Coordinate Base" + + + + + "Alternate Units Format" + + + + + "Indicator as Prefix / Suffix" + + + + + "Bottom Coordinate" + + + + + "Alternate Units" + + + + + "Top Coordinate" + + + + + "Alternate Units Format" + + + + + "Text Orientation" + + + + + "Elevation Indicator" + + + + + "East / West Indicator" + + + + + "North / South Indicator" + + + + + "Arrow Closed" + + + + + "Read Convention" + + + + + "Heavy End Pen Weight" + + + + + "Dimension Line Snap Distance" + + + + + "Centerline Tick Mark" + + + + + "Leader Line Weight" + + + + + "Leader Arrowhead Line Weight" + + + + + "Leader Arrowhead" + + + + + "Relative Base" + + + + + "Auto Mirror" + + + + + "Text Offset from Symbol" + + + + + "Elevation Base" + + + + + "Symbol" + + + + + "Show Opening Height" + + + + + "Centerline Pattern" + + + + + "Witness Line Length" + + + + + "Witness Line Control" + + + + + "Dimension Line Extension" + + + + + "Centerline Symbol" + + + + + "Text Background" + + + + + "Units Format" + + + + + "Units Format" + + + + + "Arrow Width Angle" + + + + + "Fill Tick" + + + + + "Heavy End Pen Weight" + + + + + "Tick Size" + + + + + "Arrow Style" + + + + + "Tick Mark Line Weight" + + + + + "Text Position" + + + + + "Radius Symbol Location" + + + + + "Center Mark Size" + + + + + "Center Marks" + + + + + "Witness Line Gap to Element" + + + + + "Witness Line Extension" + + + + + "Text Offset" + + + + + "Text Alignment" + + + + + "Text Size" + + + + + "Size" + + + + + "Font" + + + + + "Show Title" + + + + + "Underline" + + + + + "Italic" + + + + + "Bold" + + + + + "Size" + + + + + "Font" + + + + + "Width Factor" + + + + + "Tab Size" + + + + + "Arc Leaders" + + + + + "Tick Mark" + + + + + "Sheet Issue Date" + + + + + "Project Issue Date" + + + + + "Project Status" + + + + + "Client Name" + + + + + "Project Address" + + + + + "Project Name" + + + + + "Project Number" + + + + + "Leader Arrowhead" + + + + + "Background" + + + + + "Underline" + + + + + "Italic" + + + + + "Bold" + + + + + "Filled" + + + + + "Vertical Align" + + + + + "Horizontal Align" + + + + + "Text" + + + + + "Line Pattern" + + + + + "Color" + + + + + "Line Weight" + + + + + "Color" + + + + + "Text Size" + + + + + "Text Font" + + + + + "Subcategory" + + + + + "Subcategory" + + + + + "Line Style" + + + + + "Subcategory" + + + + + "Line Style" + + + + + "Subcategory" + + + + + "Draw in Foreground" + + + + + "Visible" + + + + + "Subcategory" + + + + + "Subcategory" + + + + + "Subcategory" + + + + + "Subcategory" + + + + + "Subcategory" + + + + + "Stairs Line Type" + + + + + "Slope" + + + + + "Steel Cantilever" + + + + + "Concrete Cantilever" + + + + + "Number of Full Segments" + + + + + "Specify " + + + + + "Level at Head" + + + + + "Level at Tail" + + + + + "Level" + + + + + "Offset From Base" + + + + + "Defines Slope" + + + + + "Defines Constant Height" + + + + + "Plate Offset From Base" + + + + + "Offset From Roof Base" + + + + + "Defines Roof Slope" + + + + + "Web Thickness Location" + + + + + "Flange Thickness Location" + + + + + "Top Web Fillet" + + + + + "Sloped Web Angle" + + + + + "Sloped Flange Angle" + + + + + "Cantilever Height" + + + + + "Cantilever Length" + + + + + "Bottom Cut Height" + + + + + "Bottom Cut Width" + + + + + "Top Cut Height" + + + + + "Top Cut Width" + + + + + "Code Name" + + + + + "Family Name Key" + + + + + "Section Name Key" + + + + + "Top Bend Length" + + + + + "Middle Bend Length" + + + + + "Bend Width" + + + + + "Bottom Flange Length" + + + + + "Fold Length" + + + + + "Lip Length" + + + + + "Bolt Diameter Shorter Flange" + + + + + "Bolt Diameter Longer Flange" + + + + + "Bolt Spacing Shorter Flange" + + + + + "Bolt Spacing 2 Longer Flange" + + + + + "Bolt Spacing 1 Longer Flange" + + + + + "Bolt Spacing web" + + + + + "Bolt Spacing between Rows" + + + + + "Bolt Spacing Two Rows" + + + + + "Bolt Diameter" + + + + + "Bolt Spacing" + + + + + "Web Toe of Fillet" + + + + + "Flange Toe of Fillet" + + + + + "Clear Web Height" + + + + + "Bottom Flange Width" + + + + + "Bottom Flange Thickness" + + + + + "Top Flange Width" + + + + + "Top Flange Thickness" + + + + + "Outer Fillet" + + + + + "Inner Fillet" + + + + + "Web Fillet" + + + + + "Flange Fillet" + + + + + "Web Height" + + + + + "Web Thickness" + + + + + "Flange Thickness" + + + + + "Shear Area weak axis" + + + + + "Shear Area strong axis" + + + + + "Warping Constant" + + + + + "Torsional Modulus" + + + + + "Torsional Moment of Inertia" + + + + + "Plastic Modulus weak axis" + + + + + "Plastic Modulus strong axis" + + + + + "Elastic Modulus weak axis" + + + + + "Elastic Modulus strong axis" + + + + + "Moment of Inertia weak axis" + + + + + "Moment of Inertia strong axis" + + + + + "Nominal Weight" + + + + + "Perimeter" + + + + + "Principal Axes Angle" + + + + + "Centroid Vertical" + + + + + "Centroid Horizontal" + + + + + "Section Area" + + + + + "Wall Design Thickness" + + + + + "Wall Nominal Thickness" + + + + + "Diameter" + + + + + "Height" + + + + + "Width" + + + + + "Section Shape" + + + + + "Structural Material" + + + + + "Define Thermal Properties by" + + + + + "Construction Type Id" + + + + + "Analytic Construction" + + + + + "Roughness" + + + + + "Absorptance" + + + + + "Thermal Mass" + + + + + "Visual Light Transmittance" + + + + + "Solar Heat Gain Coefficient" + + + + + "Thermal Resistance (R)" + + + + + "Heat Transfer Coefficient (U)" + + + + + "Design Option Configuration" + + + + + "Lighting altitude text" + + + + + "Lighting altitude" + + + + + "Lighting azimuth text" + + + + + "Lighting azimuth" + + + + + "Multi-day date and time text" + + + + + "Multi-day frame text" + + + + + "Multi-day frame" + + + + + "Single day date and time text" + + + + + "Single day frame text" + + + + + "Single day frame" + + + + + "Still time text" + + + + + "Still time" + + + + + "Still date text" + + + + + "Still date" + + + + + "Lighting presets combo" + + + + + "Multi-day presets combo" + + + + + "Single day presets combo" + + + + + "Still presets combo" + + + + + "Shadows intensity text" + + + + + "Shadows intensity" + + + + + "Sun intensity text" + + + + + "Sun intensity" + + + + + "Loop animation speed" + + + + + "Loop animation speed" + + + + + "Lighting study" + + + + + "Multi-day study" + + + + + "Single day study" + + + + + "Still image study" + + + + + "Study type" + + + + + "Range: Top Level" + + + + + "Sun path size (%)" + + + + + "Sun Path" + + + + + "Default Analysis Display Style" + + + + + "Elevation Base for Levels" + + + + + "Hidden Levels" + + + + + "Total Segments" + + + + + "Segments in Viewport" + + + + + "Grid Appearance" + + + + + "Text Appearance" + + + + + "Title" + + + + + "Segment Start in Viewport" + + + + + "Group Similar Locations" + + + + + "Material Types" + + + + + "Column Locations End" + + + + + "Column Locations Start" + + + + + "Bottom Level" + + + + + "Top Level" + + + + + "Rotation on Sheet" + + + + + "Show Box" + + + + + "Show Extension Line" + + + + + "Show Title" + + + + + "Title" + + + + + "Display Name" + + + + + "Display Name" + + + + + "Preserve Title Position" + + + + + "Viewport Positioning" + + + + + "Include Off-Grid Columns" + + + + + "Off-Grid Units Format" + + + + + "Sheet Name" + + + + + "Sheet Number" + + + + + "View Scale" + + + + + "View Name" + + + + + "View" + + + + + "Detail Number" + + + + + "View Template" + + + + + "Render Appearance Properties" + + + + + "Symbolic Representation" + + + + + "Render Appearance Source" + + + + + "Render Appearance" + + + + + "Plant Trim Height" + + + + + "Height" + + + + + "Plant Name" + + + + + "Locked Orientation" + + + + + "Color Scheme Location" + + + + + "Dependency" + + + + + "Depth Clipping" + + + + + "Associated Assembly Instance" + + + + + "Total Column Locations" + + + + + "Underlay Orientation" + + + + + "View Template" + + + + + "Column Locations per Segment" + + + + + "Graphic Display Options" + + + + + "Visual Style" + + + + + "Referencing Detail" + + + + + "Referencing Sheet" + + + + + "Camera Position" + + + + + "Orientation" + + + + + "Walkthrough Frames" + + + + + "Associated Level" + + + + + "Visual Style" + + + + + "Visibility/Graphics Overrides" + + + + + "Discipline" + + + + + "View Range" + + + + + "Display Model" + + + + + "Show Mass" + + + + + "Top Clip Height" + + + + + "Wall Join Display" + + + + + "Viewport" + + + + + "Cut Plane Height" + + + + + "View Depth" + + + + + "Range: Base Level" + + + + + "View Scale" + + + + + "View Scale" + + + + + "Scale Value 1:" + + + + + "System Color Schemes" + + + + + "Color Scheme" + + + + + "None" + + + + + "Photographic Exposure" + + + + + "Depth Cueing" + + + + + "Background" + + + + + "Sun and Shadow Intensity" + + + + + "Lighting" + + + + + "Shadows" + + + + + "Model Display" + + + + + "Rendering Settings" + + + + + "Far Clipping" + + + + + "Reference Label" + + + + + "Is a Reference" + + + + + "Reference Label" + + + + + "Title on Sheet" + + + + + "Section Box" + + + + + "View Name" + + + + + "Near Clip Active" + + + + + "Far Clip Active" + + + + + "Bottom Clip Active" + + + + + "Top Clip Active" + + + + + "Left Clip Active" + + + + + "Right Clip Active" + + + + + "Near Clip Offset" + + + + + "Far Clip Offset" + + + + + "Bottom Clip Offset" + + + + + "Top Clip Offset" + + + + + "Left Clip Offset" + + + + + "Right Clip Offset" + + + + + "Annotation Crop" + + + + + "Show uncropped" + + + + + "Crop View" + + + + + "Crop Region Visible" + + + + + "Crop View" + + + + + "Projection Mode" + + + + + "Target Elevation" + + + + + "Visible In Option" + + + + + "Eye Elevation" + + + + + "Is Instance Parameter" + + + + + "Is Reporting" + + + + + "Leader" + + + + + "Equality Display" + + + + + "Non-modifiable" + + + + + "Label" + + + + + "Show Label in View" + + + + + "Value" + + + + + "Value" + + + + + "Is Reference" + + + + + "Defines Beam System Slope" + + + + + "Radius" + + + + + "Determines Orientation" + + + + + "Wall Closure" + + + + + "Detail Line" + + + + + "Radius" + + + + + "Range" + + + + + "Angle 2" + + + + + "Angle 1" + + + + + "Angle" + + + + + "Length" + + + + + "Deletable" + + + + + "Is Reference" + + + + + "Defines Origin" + + + + + "Reference" + + + + + "Associated Level Offset": The offset from the associated level. + + + + + "Associated Level": The level associated with this cell. + + + + + "Column Location Mark" + + + + + "Top Attachment Cut" + + + + + "Base Attachment Cut" + + + + + "Base is Attached" + + + + + "Top is Attached" + + + + + "Offset From Attachment At Base" + + + + + "Offset From Attachment At Top" + + + + + "Attachment Justification At Base" + + + + + "Attachment Justification At Top" + + + + + "Shininess" + + + + + "Smoothness" + + + + + "Glow" + + + + + "Transparency" + + + + + "Color" + + + + + "Seek Item ID" + + + + + "OmniClass Title" + + + + + "OmniClass Number" + + + + + "Assembly Description" + + + + + "Assembly Code" + + + + + "Height Offset at Head" + + + + + "Height Offset at Tail" + + + + + "Has Thickness" + + + + + "Thickness" + + + + + "Height Offset From Level" + + + + + "Thickness" + + + + + "System" + + + + + "Spacing Axis 2" + + + + + "Spacing Axis 1" + + + + + "Pattern" + + + + + "Default Height above level" + + + + + "Masking" + + + + + "Background Pattern Color" + + + + + "Foreground Pattern Color" + + + + + "Background Fill Pattern" + + + + + "Foreground Fill Pattern" + + + + + "Foreground Fill Pattern" + + + + + "Structure" + + + + + "Structure" + + + + + "Structure" + + + + + "Structure" + + + + + "Fill Pattern" + + + + + "Fill Pattern" + + + + + "Object Style Material" + + + + + "Wrapping at Inserts" + + + + + "Wrapping at Ends" + + + + + "Coarse Scale Fill Color" + + + + + "Subcategory" + + + + + "Host Id" + + + + + "Material" + + + + + "Coarse Scale Fill Pattern" + + + + + "Fill Pattern" + + + + + "Structure" + + + + + "Surface fill pattern" + + + + + "Cut fill pattern" + + + + + "Id" + + + + + "Editable only" + + + + + "Edited by" + + + + + "Top Offset" + + + + + "Base Offset" + + + + + "Top Level" + + + + + "Base Level" + + + + + "Level" + + + + + "Room Id" + + + + + "Room Name" + + + + + "Room Number" + + + + + "Workset" + + + + + "Family and Type" + + + + + "Family" + + + + + "Type" + + + + + "Label" + + + + + "Filter" + + + + + "Folders" + + + + + "Family and Type" + + + + + "Family Name" + + + + + "Family Name" + + + + + "Type Name" + + + + + "Type Name" + + + + + "Type Id" + + + + + "Display in Hidden Views" + + + + + "Span Direction" + + + + + "Structural" + + + + + "Perimeter" + + + + + "Level" + + + + + "Height Offset From Level" + + + + + "Default Height above level" + + + + + "Default Thickness" + + + + + "Thickness" + + + + + "Orientation" + + + + + "Parameter along path" + + + + + "Profile" + + + + + "Angle" + + + + + "Profile" + + + + + "Profile Is Flipped" + + + + + "Vertical Profile Offset" + + + + + "Horizontal Profile Offset" + + + + + "Angle" + + + + + "Profile" + + + + + "Profile Is Flipped" + + + + + "Vertical Profile Offset" + + + + + "Horizontal Profile Offset" + + + + + "Profile Usage" + + + + + "Trajectory Segmentation" + + + + + "Maximum Segment Angle" + + + + + "Model or Symbolic" + + + + + "Angle" + + + + + "Profile" + + + + + "Profile Is Flipped" + + + + + "Vertical Profile Offset" + + + + + "Horizontal Profile Offset" + + + + + "Depth" + + + + + "Visibility/Graphics Overrides" + + + + + "Visibility/Graphics Overrides" + + + + + "Solid/Void" + + + + + "Auto ends" + + + + + "Second End" + + + + + "First End" + + + + + "End Angle" + + + + + "Start Angle" + + + + + "Extrusion End" + + + + + "Extrusion Start" + + + + + "Schedule Type" + + + + + "Category" + + + + + "Level Offset" + + + + + "Reference Level" + + + + + "Picked Faces Location" + + + + + "Related to Mass" + + + + + "Fascia Depth" + + + + + "Rafter Cut" + + + + + "Rafter or Truss" + + + + + "Base Level" + + + + + "Overhang" + + + + + "Wall offset" + + + + + "Maximum Ridge Height" + + + + + "Cutoff Offset" + + + + + "Cutoff Level" + + + + + "Base Offset From Level" + + + + + "Elevation at Bottom Survey" + + + + + "Elevation at Top Survey" + + + + + "Core Thickness" + + + + + "Elevation at Bottom Core" + + + + + "Elevation at Top Core" + + + + + "Reference Level Elevation" + + + + + "Level Offset" + + + + + "Reference Level" + + + + + "Curved Edge Condition" + + + + + "Thickness" + + + + + "Default Thickness" + + + + + "Elevation at Top" + + + + + "Connection Status" + + + + + "Structural" + + + + + "Analytical Links" + + + + + "Horizontal Projection" + + + + + "Horizontal Projection" + + + + + "Do Not Break At Inserts" + + + + + "Default End Extension Length" + + + + + "Approximate curve" + + + + + "Maximum discretized offset" + + + + + "Use hard-points" + + + + + "Cross-Section Rotation" + + + + + "Display in Hidden Views" + + + + + "Display in Hidden Views" + + + + + "Analyze As" + + + + + "Analyze As" + + + + + "Beam cutback in plan" + + + + + "z-Direction Offset Value" + + + + + "Orientation" + + + + + "End Level Offset" + + + + + "Start Level Offset" + + + + + "Always export as geometry" + + + + + "Length" + + + + + "Width" + + + + + "Length" + + + + + "Eccentricity" + + + + + "Structural Usage" + + + + + "Width" + + + + + "Elevation at Bottom" + + + + + "Cap" + + + + + "Coping Distance" + + + + + "Width" + + + + + "Foundation Thickness" + + + + + "Bottom Heel Length" + + + + + "Heel Length" + + + + + "Bottom Toe Length" + + + + + "Toe Length" + + + + + "Enable Analytical Model" + + + + + "Analytical Links" + + + + + "Material for Model Behavior" + + + + + "Base Mz" + + + + + "Base My" + + + + + "Base Mx" + + + + + "Base Fz" + + + + + "Base Fy" + + + + + "Base Fx" + + + + + "Top Mz" + + + + + "Top My" + + + + + "Top Mx" + + + + + "Top Fz" + + + + + "Top Fy" + + + + + "Top Fx" + + + + + "Base Release" + + + + + "Top Release" + + + + + "Bottom Vertical Projection" + + + + + "Top Vertical Projection" + + + + + "Structural Material Type" + + + + + "Camber Size" + + + + + "Number of studs" + + + + + "End Mz" + + + + + "End My" + + + + + "End Mx" + + + + + "End Fz" + + + + + "End Fy" + + + + + "End Fx" + + + + + "Start Mz" + + + + + "Start My" + + + + + "Start Mx" + + + + + "Start Fz" + + + + + "Start Fy" + + + + + "Start Fx" + + + + + "End Release" + + + + + "Start Release" + + + + + "Bottom Vertical Projection" + + + + + "Top Vertical Projection" + + + + + "Horizontal Projection" + + + + + "Vertical Projection" + + + + + "Vertical Projection" + + + + + "Representation Type" + + + + + "Stick Symbol Location" + + + + + "Beam End Pocket Seat" + + + + + "Beam Start Pocket Seat" + + + + + "Type Mark" + + + + + "Type Mark" + + + + + "Orientation" + + + + + "End Attachment Elevation" + + + + + "Start Attachment Elevation" + + + + + "End Attachment Level Reference" + + + + + "Start Attachment Level Reference" + + + + + "End attachment ratio" + + + + + "Start Attachment Ratio" + + + + + "End of Attachment to Reference Element" + + + + + "Wall Closure" + + + + + "Start of Attachment to Reference Element" + + + + + "End Attachment Distance" + + + + + "Start Attachment Distance" + + + + + "End Attachment Type" + + + + + "Start Attachment Type" + + + + + "Cut Length" + + + + + "Reference Level" + + + + + "Structural Usage" + + + + + "Work Plane" + + + + + "Length" + + + + + "Moves With Grids" + + + + + "Moves With Nearby Elements" + + + + + "Schedule Level" + + + + + "Offset from Host" + + + + + "Host" + + + + + "Head Height" + + + + + "Sill Height" + + + + + "Elevation from Level" + + + + + "Top Offset" + + + + + "Base Offset" + + + + + "Level" + + + + + "Top Level" + + + + + "Base Level" + + + + + "File Path" + + + + + "Category" + + + + + "Family" + + + + + "Usage" + + + + + "Default Elevation" + + + + + "Length" + + + + + "Rough Width" + + + + + "Rough Height" + + + + + "Inset" + + + + + "Inset" + + + + + "Thickness" + + + + + "Thickness" + + + + + "Thickness" + + + + + "Thickness" + + + + + "Thickness" + + + + + "Width" + + + + + "Width" + + + + + "Width" + + + + + "Width" + + + + + "Width" + + + + + "Width" + + + + + "Height" + + + + + "Height" + + + + + "Height" + + + + + "Height" + + + + + "Height" + + + + + "Height" + + + + + "Exit Access" + + + + + "Operation" + + + + + "Operation" + + + + + "Frame Material" + + + + + "Frame Type" + + + + + "Finish" + + + + + "Finish" + + + + + "Finish" + + + + + "Finish" + + + + + "Construction Type" + + + + + "Construction Type" + + + + + "Construction Type" + + + + + "Construction Type" + + + + + "Construction Type" + + + + + "Fire Rating" + + + + + "Fire Rating" + + + + + "Cost" + + + + + "Cost" + + + + + "Mark" + + + + + "Mark" + + + + + "Original Category" + + + + + "Construction" + + + + + "Phase Demolished By Original" + + + + + "Phase Created By Original" + + + + + "Length" + + + + + "Height" + + + + + "Thickness" + + + + + "Area" + + + + + "Original Type" + + + + + "Show Shape Handles" + + + + + "Layer Function" + + + + + "Volume" + + + + + "Material By Original" + + + + + "Material" + + + + + "Original Family" + + + + + "Original Category" + + + + + "Categorize as" + + + + + "Location Line Offset" + + + + + "Location Line" + + + + + "Extend into wall (to core)" + + + + + "Structural Usage" + + + + + "Base is Attached" + + + + + "Top is Attached" + + + + + "Top Offset" + + + + + "Base Offset" + + + + + "Base Constraint" + + + + + "Unconnected Height" + + + + + "Top Constraint" + + + + + "Base height" + + + + + "Automatically Embed" + + + + + "Room Bounding" + + + + + "Function" + + + + + "Default height" + + + + + "Height" + + + + + "Width" + + + + A list of all the built in categories within Revit. + + +Set the read-only property of this object. + + + Causes the object to release immediately any resources it may be utilizing. + This method is usually called implicitly by the programming language when +the object is destroyed. After calling this method the object will no longer work correctly. + + + Identifies if the object is read-only or modifiable. + If true, the object may not be modified. If false, the object's contents may be modified. + + + + + + + Supports all objects in the Autodesk Revit API hierarchy. + + + + The statuses that an element can have with respect to a given phase. + + + 2012 + + + + + Created after this phase + + + + + Created and demolished during this phase + + + + + Created on this phase (and not demolished) + + + + + Created before the given phase, to be demolished on the given phase + + + + + Created in a previous phase, existing through the end of the given phase + + + + + Created and demolished before the given phase + + + + + Phase status is undefined (e.g., for annotations) + + + + + Checks whether a given string represents a valid ExternalGeometryId or not. + + + Any non-empty string is a valid ExternalGeometryId. + + + A string that represents an identifier for an external geometry. + + + True if the string represents a valid ExternalGeometryId, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + External geometry identifier. + + + 2022 + + + + +Gets the hash code. + + + + Determines whether the specified is equal to the current . + Another object. + + + Determines whether two ExternalGeometryIds are different. + The first ExternalGeometryId. + The second ExternalGeometryId. + True if the ExternalGeometryIds are different; otherwise, false. + + + Determines whether two ExternalGeometryIds are the same. + The first ExternalGeometryId. + The second ExternalGeometryId. + True if the ExternalGeometryIds are the same; otherwise, false. + + + + Constructs an ExternalGeometryId object holding the given external geometry identifier. + + + A string that represents an identifier for an external geometry. + + + externalGeometryId is not a valid ExternalGeometryId. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + This class represents an identifier for geometry from external sources. + + + 2022 + + + + + Returns true if the entire typeid string held by this ForgeTypeId is exactly equal to that held by the given + ForgeTypeId. + + For the default equality comparison used by the equality operator (==), see + NameEquals(ForgeTypeId). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + Returns true if the typeid string held by this ForgeTypeId is equal to that held by the given ForgeTypeId, + excluding the version number. The version number of a typeid string follows a hyphen character. This function + compares the typeid strings up to the first hyphen. This is the default equality comparison method for the + ForgeTypeId class, used by the equality operator (==). + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + Sets the typeId to an empty string + + + 2021 + + + + + Checks if the typeId is an empty string + + + 2021 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The schema identifier. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + Returns the hash code for this ForgeTypeId + + + A 32-bit signed integer hash code. + + + 2021 + + + + + Determines whether this ForgeTypeId is equal to another. + + + The ForgeTypeId with which to compare this ForgeTypeId. + + + True if the given ForgeTypeId is equal to this one, or false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was NULL + + + 2021 + + + + + Constructs a ForgeTypeId holding the given schema identifier. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + Constructs a ForgeTypeId holding an empty schema identifier. + + + 2021 + + + + + This class holds a string that uniquely identifies a Forge schema. + + + 2021 + + + + + Subscribe to the ProjectBrowserDataChanged event to be notified when the ProjectBrowser data is changed. + + + 2024 + + + + + Subscribe to the ExternalDataTypeServerFailureResolutionExecuting event to be notified when the ExternalDataTypeServerFailureResolution is executing in Revit Document. + + + 2023 + + + + + Subscribe to the ExternalDataInstanceRemovedFromDocument event to be notified when an ExternalDataInstance has been removed from Revit Document. + + + 2023 + + + + + Subscribe to the ExternalDataInstanceRemovingFromDocument event to be notified when an ExternalDataInstance is being removed from Revit Document. + + + 2023 + + + + + Subscribe to the ExternalDataInstanceAddedIntoDocument event to be notified when a new ExternalDataInstance has been added to Revit Document. + + + 2023 + + + + + Subscribe to the ExternalDataInstanceAddingIntoDocument event to be notified when a new ExternalDataInstance is being added to Revit Document. + + + 2023 + + + + + Subscribe to the DocumentReloadedLatestEventArgs event to be notified immediately after Revit has finished reloading a document with central model. + + + This event is raised immediately after Revit has finished reloading latest changes from a central model. + It is raised even when document reloading latest changes from a central model failed or was cancelled (during DocumentReloadingLatest event). + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Check the 'Status' field in event's argument to see whether the action itself was successful or not. + This event is not cancellable, for the process of reloading latest changes from a central model has already been finished. + If the action was not successful, the document may not be modified and new transactions may not be started. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
    • and similar overloads.
    • .
    • and similar overloads.
    + Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. +
    + + 2021 + +
    + + + Subscribe to the DocumentReloadingLatestEventArgs event to be notified when Revit is just about to reload latest changes from a central model. + + + This event is raised when Revit is just about to reload latest changes from a central model. + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Event is cancellable. To cancel it, call the 'Cancel()' method in event's argument to True. + Your application is responsible for providing feedback to the user about the reason for the cancellation. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
    • and similar overloads.
    • .
    • and similar overloads.
    + Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. + Another event will be raised immediately after latest changes reloading from a central model + is finished. +
    + + 2021 + +
    + + + Subscribe to the GetFolderContentsRequested event to be notified immediately when Revit requests for a list of cloud folder contents, containing subfolders and cloud models. + + + This event is raised to get information regarding Folder Contents within ForgeDM (Collaborate add-in). + + + + + + Subscribe to the GetProjectsRequested event to be notified immediately when Revit requests for a list of cloud projects. + + + This event is raised to get information regarding Projects within ForgeDM (Collaborate add-in). + + + + + + Subscribe to the GetHubsRequested event to be notified immediately when Revit requests for a list of cloud hubs. + + + This event is raised to get information regarding Hubs within ForgeDM (Collaborate add-in). + + + + + + Subscribe to the PositionsSaved event to be notified immediately after linked symbols Positions (Shared Coordinates) saved during "Save Positions' operations. + + + This event is only raised for shared coordinates changes saved to Revit links. + Users may not change the document in the handler for this event. + It is NOT recommended to do any time-consuming work when handling PositionsSaved event. + + + 2018 + + + + + Subscribe to the ElementTypeDuplicated event to be notified immediately after Revit has finished duplicating an element type. + + + This event is raised immediately after Revit has finished duplicating an element type. + It is raised even when duplicating an element type failed or was cancelled (during ElementTypeDuplicating event). + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Check the 'Status' field in the event's argument to see whether the action itself was successful or not. + This event is not cancellable, for the process of duplicating an element type has already been finished. + If the action was not successful, the document may not be modified and new transactions may not be started. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
    • and similar overloads.
    + Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. +
    + + 2015 + +
    + + + Subscribe to the ElementTypeDuplicating event to be notified when Revit is just about to duplicate an element type. + + + This event is raised when Revit is just about to duplicate an element type. + Event is cancellable. To cancel it, call the 'Cancel()' method in event's argument to True. + Your application is responsible for providing feedback to the user about the reason for the cancellation. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
    • All overloads of Autodesk.Revit.DB.Document.Import()
    • and similar overloads.
    • .
    • and similar overloads.
    + Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. + Another event will be raised immediately after duplicating an element type is finished. +
    + + 2015 + +
    + + + Subscribe to the FamilyLoadedInto event to be notified after Revit loaded a family into a document. + + + This event is raised immediately after Revit has finished loading a family into a document. + It is raised even when family loading failed or was cancelled (during FamilyLoadingIntoDocument event). + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Check the 'Status' field in event's argument to see whether the action itself was successful or not. + This event is not cancellable, for the process of importing has already been finished. + If the action was not successful, the document may not be modified and new transactions may not be started. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
    • and similar overloads.
    + Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. +
    + + 2015 + +
    + + + Subscribe to the FamilyLoadingInto event to be notified when Revit is just about to load a family into a document. + + + This event is raised when Revit is just about to load a family into a document. + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Event is cancellable. To cancel it, call the 'Cancel()' method in event's argument to True. + Your application is responsible for providing feedback to the user about the reason for the cancellation. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
    • All overloads of Autodesk.Revit.DB.Document.Import()
    • and similar overloads.
    • .
    • and similar overloads.
    + Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. + Another event will be raised immediately after family loading + is finished. +
    + + 2015 + +
    + + + Subscribe to the DocumentWorksharingEnabled event to be notified when a document has become workshared. + + + This event is raised when Revit has just enabled worksharing in the document. + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + + + 2015 + + + + + Subscribe to the ProgressChanged event to be notified when an operation in Revit has progress bar data available. + + + + Handlers of this event may use the method to cancel the operation tracked by the progress bar. + Users may not change the document in the handler for this event. + Exception will be thrown if any document-modifying method is called during this event's handler. + + + + 2013 + + + + + Subscribe to the WorksharedOperationProgressChanged to be notified when progress has changed during Collaboration for Revit's workshared operations: open model and synchronize with central. + + + + This event is only supported for Collaboration for Revit and will not be raised for those operations occurring in local-worksharing and Revit Server workflow. + Users may not change the document in the handler for this event. + It is NOT recommended to do any time-consuming work when handling WorksharedOperationProgressChanged event. This can increase workshared operation time." + Exception will be thrown if any document-modifying method is called during this event's handler. + + + + 2017 Subscription Update + + + + + Subscribe to the LinkedResourceOpened event to be notified immediately after Revit has finished opening a linked resource. + + + This event is raised immediately after Revit has finished opening a linked resource. + Only supports linked resources for following types : Revit; IFC; CAD(dwg, dxf, dgn, sat); Topography; + It is raised even when a linked resource opening failed. + The LinkedResourceOpened events would not raised if there are no update on linked CAD, IFC resources. + + Check the 'Status' field in event's argument to see whether the action itself was successful or not. + Another event will be raised when Revit is just about to + open a linked resource. + + + 2018 + + + + + Subscribe to the LinkedResourceOpening event to be notified when Revit is just about to open a linked resource. + + + This event is raised when Revit is just about to open a linked resource. + Only supports linked resources for following types : Revit; IFC; CAD(dwg, dxf, dgn, sat); + This event would not be raised if there are no update on linked CAD, IFC resources. + + Event is not cancellable. + The linked resource cannot be modified, for it is not opened yet at the time of the event. + Another event will be raised immediately after + linked resource is opened. + + + 2018 + + + + + Subscribe to the DocumentSynchronizedWithCentral event to be notified immediately after Revit has finished synchronizing a document with central model. + + + This event is raised immediately after Revit has finished synchronizing a document with central model. + It is raised even when document synchronizing with central model failed or was cancelled (during DocumentSynchronizingWithCentral event). + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Check the 'Status' field in event's argument to see whether the action itself was successful or not. + This event is not cancellable, for the process of synchronizing a document with central model has already been finished. + If the action was not successful, the document may not be modified and new transactions may not be started. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
    • and similar overloads.
    • .
    • and similar overloads.
    + Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. +
    + + 2010 + +
    + + + Subscribe to the DocumentSynchronizingWithCentral event to be notified when Revit is just about to synchronize a document with central model. + + + This event is raised when Revit is just about to synchronize a document with central model. + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Event is cancellable. To cancel it, call the 'Cancel()' method in event's argument to True. + Your application is responsible for providing feedback to the user about the reason for the cancellation. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
    • and similar overloads.
    • .
    • and similar overloads.
    + Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. + Another event will be raised immediately after document synchronizing with central model + is finished. +
    + + 2010 + +
    + + + Subscribe to the DocumentOpened event to be notified immediately after Revit has finished opening a document. + + + This event is raised immediately after Revit has finished opening a document. + It is raised even when document opening failed or was cancelled (during DocumentOpening event). + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Check the 'Status' field in event's argument to see whether the action itself was successful or not. + This event is not cancellable, for the process of opening document has already been finished. + If the action was not successful, the document may not be modified and new transactions may not be started. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
    • and similar overloads.
    + Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. +
    + + 2010 + +
    + + + Subscribe to the DocumentOpening event to be notified when Revit is just about to open a document. + + + This event is raised when Revit is just about to open a document. + Event is cancellable. To cancel it, call the 'Cancel()' method in event's argument to True. + Your application is responsible for providing feedback to the user about the reason for the cancellation. + The document cannot be modified, for it is not opened yet at the time of the event. + Another event will be raised immediately after document + is opened. + + + 2010 + + + + + Subscribe to the ViewsExportedByContext event to be notified immediately after Revit has finished exporting one or more views of the document via an export context by CustomExporter. + + + This event is raised immediately after Revit has finished exporting views of the document via an export context by CustomExporter. + It is raised even when view exporting via export context by CustomExporter failed. + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Check the 'Status' field in event's argument to see whether the action was successful or not. + This event is not cancellable, for the process of view exporting by CustomExporter has already been finished. + If the action was not successful, the document may not be modified and new transactions may not be started. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
    • and similar overloads.
    + Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. +
    + + 2021 + +
    + + + Subscribe to the ViewsExportingByContext event to be notified when Revit is just about to export one or more views of the document via an export context by CustomExporter. + + + This event is raised when Revit is just about to export views of the document via an export context by CustomExporter. + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Event is cancellable. To cancel it, call the 'Cancel()' method in event's argument to True. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
    • and similar overloads.
    + Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. + Another event will be raised immediately after view exporting by CustomExporter + is finished. +
    + + 2021 + +
    + + + Subscribe to the ViewExported event to be notified immediately after Revit has finished exporting a view of the document. + + + This event is raised immediately after Revit has finished exporting a view of the document. + It is raised only during accelerated export jobs, in which views are exported in parallel using a background process. + Accelerated export only occurs when exporting to DWF formats and not combining views into a single file. + It is raised even when view exporting failed. + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Check the 'Status' field in event's argument to see whether the action was successful or not. + This event is not cancellable, for the process of view exporting has already been finished. + If the action was not successful, the document may not be modified and new transactions may not be started. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
    • and similar overloads.
    + Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. +
    + + 2018 + +
    + + + Subscribe to the ViewExporting event to be notified when Revit is just about to export a view of the document. + + + This event is raised when Revit is just about to export a view of the document. + It is raised only during accelerated export jobs, in which views are exported in parallel using a background process. + Accelerated export only occurs when exporting to DWF formats and not combining views into a single file. + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Event is not cancellable. The 'Cancellable' property of event's argument is always False. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
    • All overloads of Autodesk.Revit.DB.Document.Export()
    • Autodesk.Revit.DB.Document.Print()
    • and similar overloads.
    • and similar overloads.
    • and similar overloads.
    • .
    • and similar overloads.
    + Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. + Another event will be raised immediately after view exporting + is finished. +
    + + 2018 + +
    + + + Subscribe to the FileExported event to be notified immediately after Revit has finished exporting files of formats supported by the API. + + + This event is raised immediately after Revit has finished exporting files of formats supported by the API. + It is raised even when file exporting failed or was cancelled (during FileExporting event). + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Check the 'Status' field in event's argument to see whether the action itself was successful or not. + If export is a part of 'Publish to Buzzsaw' command which consists of two parts – export of a document followed by publishing it to a BuzzSaw server, the event status only reflects the result of the Export action. The publishing part of the command could still be cancelled or could fail after FileExported event is raised. + This event is not cancellable, for the process of exporting file has already been finished. + If the action was not successful, the document may not be modified and new transactions may not be started. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
    • and similar overloads.
    + Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. +
    + + 2010 + +
    + + + Subscribe to the FileExporting event to be notified when Revit is just about to export files of formats supported by the API. + + + This event is raised when Revit is just about to export files of formats supported by the API. + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Event is cancellable. To cancel it, call the 'Cancel()' method in event's argument to True. + Your application is responsible for providing feedback to the user about the reason for the cancellation. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
    • All overloads of Autodesk.Revit.DB.Document.Export()
    • Autodesk.Revit.Document.Print()
    • and similar overloads.
    • and similar overloads.
    • and similar overloads.
    • .
    • and similar overloads.
    + Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. + Another event will be raised immediately after file exporting + is finished. +
    + + 2010 + +
    + + + Subscribe to the FileImported event to be notified immediately after Revit has finished importing a file of format supported by the API. + + + This event is raised immediately after Revit has finished importing a file of format supported by the API. + It is raised even when file importing failed or was cancelled (during FileImporting event). + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Check the 'Status' field in event's argument to see whether the action itself was successful or not. + This event is not cancellable, for the process of importing has already been finished. + If the action was not successful, the document may not be modified and new transactions may not be started. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
    • and similar overloads.
    + Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. +
    + + 2010 + +
    + + + Subscribe to the FileImporting event to be notified when Revit is just about to import a file of format supported by the API. + + + This event is raised when Revit is just about to import a file of format supported by the API. + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Event is cancellable. To cancel it, call the 'Cancel()' method in event's argument to True. + Your application is responsible for providing feedback to the user about the reason for the cancellation. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
    • All overloads of Autodesk.Revit.DB.Document.Import()
    • and similar overloads.
    • .
    • and similar overloads.
    + Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. + Another event will be raised immediately after file importing + is finished. +
    + + 2010 + +
    + + + Subscribe to the DocumentCreated event to be notified immediately after Revit has finished creating a new document. + + + This event is raised immediately after Revit has finished creating a new document. + It is raised even when document creation failed or was cancelled (during DocumentCreating event). + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Check the 'Status' field in event's argument to see whether the action itself was successful or not. + This event is not cancellable, for the process of document creation has already been finished. + If the action was not successful, the document may not be modified and new transactions may not be started. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
    • and similar overloads.
    + Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. +
    + + 2010 + +
    + + + Subscribe to the DocumentCreating event to be notified when Revit is just about to create a new document. + + + This event is raised when Revit is just about to create a new document. + Event is cancellable. To cancel it, call the 'Cancel()' method of event's argument to True. + Your application is responsible for providing feedback to the user about the reason for the cancellation. + The document cannot be modified, for it is not created yet at the time of the event. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
    • and similar overloads.
    + Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. + Another event will be raised immediately after document + creation is finished. +
    + + 2010 + +
    + + + Subscribe to the DocumentClosing event to be notified when Revit is just about to close a document. + + + This event is raised immediately after Revit has finished closing a document. + It is raised even when document closing failed or was cancelled (during DocumentClosing event). + This event is not cancellable, for the process of closing document has already been finished. + The document cannot be modified because the corresponding object does not exist anymore. + + + 2010 + + + + + Subscribe to the DocumentClosing event to be notified when Revit is just about to close a document. + + + This event is raised when Revit is just about to close a document. + This event is cancellable, except when it is raised as part of application closing. + Check the 'Cancellable' property of event's argument to see whether it is cancellable or not. + When it is cancellable, call the 'Cancel()' method of event's argument to True to cancel it. + Your application is responsible for providing feedback to the user about the reason for the cancellation. + The document may not be modified during this event. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
    • and similar overloads.
    + Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. + An event will be raised immediately after document is closed. +
    + + 2010 + +
    + + + Subscribe to the ViewPrinted event to be notified immediately after Revit has finished printing a view of the document. + + + This event is raised immediately after Revit has finished printing a view of the document. + If multiple views are combined to a single file, this event will be raised only once. + It is raised even when view printing failed. + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Check the 'Status' field in event's argument to see whether the action was successful or not. + This event is not cancellable, for the process of view printing has already been finished. + If the action was not successful, the document may not be modified and new transactions may not be started. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
    • and similar overloads.
    + Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. +
    + + 2010 + +
    + + + Subscribe to the ViewPrinting event to be notified when Revit is just about to print a view of the document. + + + This event is raised when Revit is just about to print a view of the document. + If multiple views are combined to a single file, this event will be raised only once. + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Event is not cancellable. The 'Cancellable' property of event's argument is always False. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
    • All overloads of Autodesk.Revit.DB.Document.Export()
    • Autodesk.Revit.DB.Document.Print()
    • and similar overloads.
    • and similar overloads.
    • and similar overloads.
    • .
    • and similar overloads.
    + Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. + Another event will be raised immediately after view printing + is finished. +
    + + 2010 + +
    + + + Subscribe to the DocumentPrinted event to be notified immediately after Revit has finished printing a view or ViewSet of the document. + + + This event is raised immediately after Revit has finished printing a view or ViewSet of the document. + It is raised even when document printing failed or was cancelled (during DocumentPriting event). + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Check the 'Status' field in event's argument to see whether the action itself was successful or not. + This event is not cancellable, for the process of printing has already been finished. + If the action was not successful, the document may not be modified and new transactions may not be started. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
    • and similar overloads.
    + Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. +
    + + 2010 + +
    + + + Subscribe to the DocumentPrinting event to be notified when Revit is just about to print a view or ViewSet of the document. + + + This event is raised when Revit is just about to print a view or ViewSet of the document. + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Event is cancellable. To cancel it, call the 'Cancel()' method of event's argument to True. + Your application is responsible for providing feedback to the user about the reason for the cancellation. + The following API functions are not available for current document during this event: +
    • All overloads of Autodesk.Revit.DB.Document.Export()
    • Autodesk::Revit::DB::Document::Print
    • and similar overloads.
    • and similar overloads.
    • and similar overloads.
    • .
    • and similar overloads.
    + Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. + After this event, for each view being printed, and events will be raised. + Another event will be raised immediately after document printing + is finished. +
    + + 2010 + +
    + + + Subscribe to the DocumentSavedAs event to be notified immediately after Revit has finished saving document with a new file name. + + + This event is raised immediately after Revit has finished saving document with a new file name. + Note that the first save of a newly created document will raise DocumentSavedAs rather than event. + It is raised even when document saving failed or was cancelled (during DocumentSavingAs event). + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Check the 'Status' property in event's argument to see whether the action itself was successful or not. + This event is not cancellable, for the process of saving document has already been finished. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
    • and similar overloads.
    • .
    • and similar overloads.
    + Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. +
    + + 2010 + +
    + + + Subscribe to the DocumentSavingAs event to be notified when Revit is just about to save the document with a new file name. + + + This event is raised when Revit is just about to save the document with a new file name. + Note that the first save of a newly created document will raise DocumentSavingAs rather than event. + + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + This event is cancellable, except when it is raised during close of the application. + Check the 'Cancellable' property of event's argument to see whether it is cancellable or not. + When it is cancellable, call the 'Cancel()' method of event's argument to cancel it. + Your application is responsible for providing feedback to the user about the reason for the cancellation. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
    • and similar overloads.
    • .
    • and similar overloads.
    + Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. + Another event will be raised immediately after the document has been saved with a new file name. +
    + + 2010 + +
    + + + Subscribe to the DocumentSaved event to be notified immediately after Revit has finished saving a document. + + + This event is raised immediately after Revit has finished saving a document. + Note that the first save of a newly created document will raise + rather than the DocumentSaved event. + It is raised even when document saving failed or was cancelled (during DocumentSaving event). + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + Check the 'Status' property in event's argument to see whether the action itself was successful or not. + This event is not cancellable, for the process of saving document has already been finished. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
    • and similar overloads.
    • .
    • and similar overloads.
    + Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. +
    + + 2010 + +
    + + + Subscribe to the DocumentSaving event to be notified when Revit is just about to save a document. + + + This event is raised when Revit is just about to save the document. + Note that the first save of a newly created document will raise + rather than the DocumentSaving event. + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + This event is cancellable, except when it is raised during close of the application. + Check the 'Cancellable' property of event's argument to see whether it is cancellable or not. + When it is cancellable, call the 'Cancel()' method of event's argument to cancel it. + Your application is responsible for providing feedback to the user about the reason for the cancellation. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
    • and similar overloads.
    • .
    • and similar overloads.
    + Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. + Another event will be raised immediately after the document has been saved. +
    + + 2010 + +
    + + + Subscribe to the FailuresProcessing event to be notified when failures are being processed at the end of transaction. + + +

    This event is raised when failures are being processed during transaction commit or rollback operations. + Handlers of this event have a limited ability to modify the document and/or failures in it, using the provided + restricted failures accessor interface.

    +

    The event arguments provide access to the FailuresAccessor via + + which contains the details of the errors and/or warnings that caused the event to trigger.

    +

    The arguments also allow you to set a processing result via + . The processing + result determines if Revit will attempt to recommit the currently failing transaction, roll it back, or continue. + If you are explicitly dismissing warnings from the event callback, a processing result of Continue + is sufficient. But if you are explicitly resolving errors from the event callback, you must change the + processing result to ProceedWithCommit to ensure that the user is not shown the dismissed errors. If you + wish to cancel the transaction silently without showing the errors to the user, set the processing result to + ProceedWithRollback, however you must also call + in + order to dismiss the errors and silently cancel the transaction.

    +
    + + 2011 + +
    + + + Subscribe to the DocumentChanged event to be notified when Revit document has changed. + + + This event is raised whenever a Revit transaction is either committed, undone or redone. + This is a readonly event, designed to allow you to keep external data in synch with the state of the + Revit database. + To update the Revit database in response to changes in elements, use the IUpdater framework. + + + 2011 + + + + + Subscribe to this event to get notified after the Revit application has been initialized + + + The event is raised after Revit was launched as fully initialized, + including initialization of external applications. + + + 2013 + + + + + Indicates if the Gateway client is initialized using the global endpoint or not. + + + This method will try to initialize the gateway client if the client isn't already set up. + + + Returns true if the Gateway client is initialized, otherwise returns false. + + + + + Indicates if application loaded cloud addons correctly + + + Returns true if application loaded cloud addons correctly + + + 2020 + + + + + Indicates if the current user has the cloud model entitlement (Cloud Model for Revit) or not. + + + Returns true if the current user has the cloud model entitlement, otherwise returns false. + + + 2019.2 + + + + + Indicates if the current user has the workshared cloud model entitlement (BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs Design) or not. + + + Returns true if the current user has the workshared cloud model entitlement, otherwise returns false. + + + 2019.2 + + + + + Gets RCM project GUID and model GUID from project id, folder id and model name. + + + The BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs account and project region. + + + Project identity in BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs. + + + Folder identity in BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs. + + + Model name in BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs. + + + Returns a map including RCM project GUID and model GUID. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Indicates if the current login user has any BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs accounts or not. + + + Returns true if the current login user has any BIM 360 Docs or Autodesk Docs accounts, otherwise returns false. + + + + + Indicates if this Revit is on subscription or not. + + + Returns true if this Revit is on subscription, otherwise returns false. + + + 2019 + + + + + Opens a central document from cloud directly without creating a local cache + + + This method opens the document into memory but does not make it visible to the user in any way. + + + The path to the cloud model to be opened. + + + Whether or not loading links when opening the model + + + The opened document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Cannot open the local model and the central model in the same Revit session.You can close one to open the other in the same Revit session. + + + Access to the central model was denied.A possible reason is because the model was under maintenance. + + + The model on the Skyscraper server is being accessed by other users. + -or- + The central model is locked by another client. + + + Revit encountered serious errors while trying to open the central model. + -or- + An internal error happened on the central model, please contact the server administrator. + + + There are too many corrupt elements to open this model. + + + File cannot be opened in Revit LT because it was last saved in a version of Revit prior to 8.1. + -or- + File has an invalid extension.Try changing the file's extension and opening it again. + + + File Not Found + + + This computer does not have enough memory, disk space, or other necessary resource to open the model. + + + Open is temporarily disabled. + -or- + The document can not be opened. + + + Opening was canceled by the user or by an API event callback. + + + The skyscraper central model could not be accessed + because of a network communication error. + + + An internal error happened on the server, please contact the server administrator. + + + The local file is not owned by the current user, who therefore is not allowed to modify it. + + + + + Opens a document from a cloud shared model + + + The resulting document is a local file attached to the central model in the cloud. + This method opens the document into memory but does not make it visible to the user in any way. + Internally calls openDocumentFile, so this method may throw any of the same exceptions. + + + Account region of the model. + + + The id of the project to which the model has been assigned. + + + The id of the model. + + + The opened document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Send analytics data, i.e. create ADP event + + + This methods allows Revit inhouse addins to create ADP events for the data analytics purposes + without having to initialize ADP in the addin. + The events created by this method will appear as part of Revit session. + Attributes describing addin identity, like addin id, name, vendor id, will be added automatically. + + + JSON serialized Facet::Core. + + + Pointer to ADocument, may be nullptr + + + Pointer to AddInId, may be nullptr + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Checks whether or not the Revit is preview release version. + + + True if it is preview release, false otherwise. + + + 2020 + + + + + Records a string in the journal file in the interactive session and fails on playback if recorded string is different. + + + The string to journal. + + + The failure message. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + Gets a setting from Revit ini file, as a integer. + + + The section in the ini file where the setting is declared. + + + The setting's name. + + + The default value when no setting was found. + + + The value of the setting or the default value if no setting was found. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Writes a setting to Revit ini file, as a string. + + + The section in the ini file where the setting is to be declared. + + + The setting's name. + + + The setting's value. + + + True if the write was successful. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Gets a setting from Revit ini file, as a string. + + + The section in the ini file where the setting is declared. + + + The setting's name. + + + The value of the setting or an empty string is no setting was found. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Gets a setting from an ini file, as a string. + + + The section in the ini file where the setting is declared. + + + The setting's name. + + + The value of the setting or an empty string is no setting was found. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + Determines if the specified feature is enabled in Launch Darkly. + + + The feature name you want to ask Launch Darkly about + + + True if Launch Darkly flag is on + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + Determines if the specified debug mode is set. + + + The debug mode name. + + + True if the debug mode is set, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2018 + + + + + Gets all the Assets of the specified type. + + + The asset type. + + + Returns an array of all the Assets within Revit of the specified type. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2018.1 + + + + + Updates the stored render appearance library, giving the Revit session access to any new RPC content. + + + 2014 + + + + + Opens a document from disk. + + + This method opens the document into memory but does not make it visible to the user in any way. + + + The file to be opened. + + + The opened document. + + + The fileName to be opened is empty. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Cannot open the local model and the central model in the same Revit session. You can close one to open the other in the same Revit session. + + + Revit encountered serious errors while trying to open the central model. + + + There are too many corrupt elements to open this model. + + + File cannot be opened in Revit LT because it was last saved in a version of Revit prior to 8.1. + -or- + File has an invalid extension. Try changing the file's extension and opening it again. + + + The fileName to be opened doesn't exist. + -or- + File Not Found + + + This computer does not have enough memory, disk space, or other necessary resource to open the model. + + + Open is temporarily disabled. + -or- + The document can not be opened. + + + Opening was canceled by the user or by an API event callback. + + + 2013 + + + + + Opens a document from disk or cloud. + + + This method opens the document into memory but does not make it visible to the user in any way. + If the user currently has ownership of elements in this model and there is no local model on this machine, + Revit will post a warning. + + + The file to be opened. + + + Options for opening the file. + + + The interface implementation to use when opening a cloud document. Only used for opening cloud model. + + + The opened document. + + + The modelPath to be opened is empty. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Cannot open the local model and the central model in the same Revit session. You can close one to open the other in the same Revit session. + + + Access to the central model was denied. A possible reason is because the model was under maintenance. + + + The model on the RevitServer is being accessed by other users. + -or- + The central model is locked by another client. + + + Revit encountered serious errors while trying to open the central model. + -or- + An internal error happened on the central model, please contact the server administrator. + + + There are too many corrupt elements to open this model. + + + File cannot be opened in Revit LT because it was last saved in a version of Revit prior to 8.1. + -or- + File has an invalid extension. Try changing the file's extension and opening it again. + + + The modelPath to be opened doesn't exist. + -or- + File Not Found + + + This computer does not have enough memory, disk space, or other necessary resource to open the model. + + + Open is temporarily disabled. + -or- + The cloud model is not saved in current release of Revit. + -or- + The model is not allowed to access. + -or- + The document can not be opened. + -or- + Revit cannot save the transmitted model as a new central because it is already opened. + + + Opening was canceled by the user or by an API event callback. + + + The server-based central model could not be accessed + because of a network communication error. + + + An internal error happened on the server, please contact the server administrator. + + + User is not authorized to access the cloud model. + + + The local file is not owned by the current user, who therefore is not allowed to modify it. + + + 2019 + + + + + Opens a document from disk or cloud. + + + This method opens the document into memory but does not make it visible to the user in any way. + If the user currently has ownership of elements in this model and there is no local model on this machine, + Revit will post a warning. + + + The file to be opened. + + + Options for opening the file. + + + The opened document. + + + The modelPath to be opened is empty. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Cannot open the local model and the central model in the same Revit session. You can close one to open the other in the same Revit session. + + + Access to the central model was denied. A possible reason is because the model was under maintenance. + + + The model on the RevitServer is being accessed by other users. + -or- + The central model is locked by another client. + + + Revit encountered serious errors while trying to open the central model. + -or- + An internal error happened on the central model, please contact the server administrator. + + + There are too many corrupt elements to open this model. + + + File cannot be opened in Revit LT because it was last saved in a version of Revit prior to 8.1. + -or- + File has an invalid extension. Try changing the file's extension and opening it again. + -or- + File was saved by an application that was not developed or licensed by Autodesk. + + + The modelPath to be opened doesn't exist. + -or- + File Not Found + + + This computer does not have enough memory, disk space, or other necessary resource to open the model. + + + Open is temporarily disabled. + -or- + The cloud model is not saved in current release of Revit. + -or- + The model is not allowed to access. + -or- + The document can not be opened. + -or- + Revit cannot save the transmitted model as a new central because it is already opened. + + + Opening was canceled by the user or by an API event callback. + + + The server-based central model could not be accessed + because of a network communication error. + + + An internal error happened on the server, please contact the server administrator. + + + User is not authorized to access the cloud model. + + + The local file is not owned by the current user, who therefore is not allowed to modify it. + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks if the input value is valid to be supplied as a thickness (for an extrusion, or blend, or wall layer, or similar geometric construct). + + + This checks two conditions: + The value is greater than or equal to the minimum thickness allowed in Revit for these types of geometric constructs. The value is less than or equal to the maximum length/distance allowed by Revit for elements. + + The input value. + + + True if the input value is valid for thickness; false otherwise. + + + 2015 + + + + + Gets the list of all Revit Server Network hosts in current session. + + + The list of Revit Server Network hosts is stored externally in the RSN[version].ini file. + + + An array of names of all Revit Server Network hosts in current session. + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets the worksharing central GUID of the given server-based model. + + + The given server-based model saved in a release prior to Revit 2013 did not have this GUID. + Only the given server-based model saved in Revit 2013 or later will be able to provide this value. + + + The server-based model path. + + + The worksharing central GUID. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The central model is missing. + -or- + An internal error happened on the central model, please contact the server administrator. + + + Thrown when the given model is not created in Revit 2013 or later release. + + + The server-based central model could not be accessed + because of a network communication error. + + + An internal error happened on the server, please contact the server administrator. + + + 2013 + + + + + Copies an existing model to a new file. Overwriting a file of the same name is allowed. + + + The path of the file-based or server-based source model. + + + The path of the destination file. + + + True if the destination file can be overwritten; otherwise, false. + + + The given path sourceModelPath is a cloud path which is not supported in this method. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Access to the central model was denied. A possible reason is because the model was under maintenance. + + + The central model is missing. + -or- + An internal error happened on the central model, please contact the server administrator. + + + Thrown when the directory of destination file doesn't exist. + + + The destination file exists and can't be overwritten. + -or- + destFilePath is pointing to a folder that already exists and cannot be deleted. + + + The Revit model specified by sourceModelPath doesn't exist. + + + The destination file name includes one or more invalid characters. + + + The server-based central model could not be accessed + because of a network communication error. + + + An internal error happened on the server, please contact the server administrator. + + + 2012 + + + + + Explicitly purges all API objects that have been released but are still awaiting to be finalized + + + Revit purges API objects automatically every time when command control returns from + an API application (an external command, event handler, etc.) back to Revit. + This is necessary because Revit does not allow API objects to be finalized when the + finalization is invoked from an outside thread (from the garbage collector, specifically). + This automatic purging is adequate in most scenarios. When an application uses a lot + of API objects during one single command though, it may be necessary or beneficial + to invoke an additional purge explicitly to free the deleted API objects from memory. + + + 2011 + + + + + Sets path information identifying where Revit searches for content. + + + The map that + is returned should contain a key that is purpose of the path, such as Material Libraries and the value + in the map is the fully qualified path to be used for that search path. + + + The map of library paths. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2012 + + + + + Returns path information identifying where Revit searches for content. + + + The map that + is returned contains a key that is purpose of the path, such as Material Libraries and the value + in the map is the fully qualified path that is used for that search path. + + + The map of library paths. + + + 2012 + + + + + Sets name and path information identifying systems analysis workflow files. + + + The map should be specified as a key that is the name of the systems analysis workflow, + and a value that is the path to the workflow file. + + + The map of systems analysis workflows. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Returns name and path information identifying systems analysis workflow files. + + + The map that is returned contains a key that is the name of the systems analysis workflow, + and the value is the path to the workflow file. + + + The map of systems analysis workflows. + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Returns names for systems analysis workflows. + + + The array that is returned contains the name of the systems analysis workflow, + in the order they are specified in Options. + + + An array of names of systems analysis workflows. + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Determines if the application is currently in journal playback mode. + + + Determines if Revit is in the process of playing back a journal. It can be + used to help prevent any user interaction that may cause issues during playback. + For more information on Revit's journaling features contact the Autodesk Developer Network. + + + true if a journal is currently playing back, false otherwise. + + + 2020 + + + + + Writes a comment to the Revit journal file. + + + Text for journal comment. + + + If a time stamp should be included in the journal comment. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2011 + + + + + Returns the instance of FailureDefinitionRegistry. + + + The instance of FailureDefinitionRegistry. + + + 2011 + + + + + Replaces Revit's default user interface (if present) with alternative handling for all warnings and errors + (including those not generated by your application) for the rest of the Revit session; + if your application is not prepared to respond to all warnings and errors, + consider use of IFailuresPreprocessor (in your opened Transaction) + or the FailuresProcessing event instead of this interface. + + + If there is previously registered Failures Processor, it gets discarded. + If you opt to register a FailuresProcessor for Revit, your processor will become the default error handler + for all Revit errors for the session. The standard Revit error dialog will not appear. + + + Instance of Failures Processor to be used by the Revit Application. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Creates a new project document with no template file specified. + + + The unit system used for the new document. + + + The newly created document. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2017 + + + + + Opens an IFC document from disk using custom options. + + + The IFC file to be opened. + + + The options for this import. + + + The newly created document containing the IFC file. + + + If 'fileName' is an empty string. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + If the file specified by 'fileName' cannot be found. + + + If Revit is missing document templates or if the file cannot be opened. + + + 2015 + + + + + Opens an IFC document from disk using default options. + + + The IFC file to be opened. + + + The newly created document containing the IFC file. + + + If 'fileName' is an empty string. + + + If is passed as 'fileName' + -or- + A non-optional argument was null + + + If the file specified by 'fileName' cannot be found. + + + If Revit is missing document templates or if the file cannot be opened. + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks whether or not the navigation during redraw is enabled, and enable or disable it. + + + 2016 + + + + + The user id of the user currently logged in. The user id will be empty + if the user is not logged in. + + + The internal id of Autodesk ID that the current user has logged in to A360. + This user id is in human unrecognizable form. In conjunction with the Store Entitlement REST + API, a publisher of Autodesk Exchange Store app can verify if the current user has purchased + their app from the store. For more information about Store Entitlement API, please refer + to www.autodesk.com/developapps. + + + 2016 + + + + + Checks if the user is logged in from this session to their Autodesk account. + + + 2016 + + + + + The background color to use for model views in this session. + + + When setting this property: The backgroundColor argument does not represent a valid color. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Path to AddinsData folder for the current user. + + + Similar to C:\Users\[UserName]\AppData\Roaming\Autodesk\[ProductType]\[ReleaseName]\AddinsData + + + 2019 + + + + + Path to data folder for the current user. + + + Similar to C:\Users\[UserName]\AppData\Roaming\Autodesk\[ProductType]\[ReleaseName] + + + 2019 + + + + + The folder location for .addin files for all users. + + + 2014 + + + + + The folder location for .addin files for the current user. + + + 2014 + + + + + The minimum thickness allowed in Revit for a variety of geometric constructs. These include blends, extrusions, and wall layers. + + + Do not use this value for any purpose other than its intended purpose. + If you want to check for valid thickness value, use the function isValidThickness. + + + 2015 + + + + + The enforced minimum length for any curve created by Revit. + + + 2014 + + + + + Current Revit Server accelerator. + + + Revit connects with Revit Server hosts via current Revit Server accelerator. + If current Revit Server accelerator is not set, this will be an empty string. + + + When setting this property: The server name can not be used to construct a well formed Uri string. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + When setting this property: When setting the value, Revit failed to write current Revit Server accelerator to the user environment. + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks whether or not infrastructure discipline is enabled, and enable or disable it. + + + When setting this property: The current product type is not ProductType.Revit and discipline controls are not enabled. + + + 2021.1 + + + + + Checks whether or not route analysis is enabled, and enable or disable it. + + + When setting this property: The current product type is not ProductType.Revit and discipline controls are not enabled. + + + 2020 + + + + + Checks whether or not piping analysis is enabled, and enable or disable it. + + + Enabling piping analysis will not take effect unless the piping discipline is also enabled. + + + When setting this property: The current product type is not ProductType.Revit and discipline controls are not enabled. + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks whether or not electrical analysis is enabled, and enable or disable it. + + + Enabling electrical analysis will not take effect unless the electrical discipline is also enabled. + + + When setting this property: The current product type is not ProductType.Revit and discipline controls are not enabled. + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks whether or not mechanical analysis is enabled, and enable or disable it. + + + Enabling mechanical analysis will not take effect unless the mechanical discipline is also enabled. + + + When setting this property: The current product type is not ProductType.Revit and discipline controls are not enabled. + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks whether or not the piping discipline is enabled, and enable or disable it. + + + When setting this property: The current product type is not ProductType.Revit and discipline controls are not enabled. + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks whether or not the electrical discipline is enabled, and enable or disable it. + + + When setting this property: The current product type is not ProductType.Revit and discipline controls are not enabled. + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks whether or not the mechanical discipline is enabled, and enable or disable it. + + + When setting this property: The current product type is not ProductType.Revit and discipline controls are not enabled. + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks whether or not the structural analysis is enabled, and enable or disable it. + + + When structural analysis is disabled the structural analytical model will not be updated + automatically by Revit. Enabling structural analysis will not take effect unless the structure discipline is also enabled. + + + When setting this property: The current product type is not ProductType.Revit and discipline controls are not enabled. + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks whether or not energy analysis is enabled, and enable or disable it. + + + When setting this property: The current product type is not ProductType.Revit and discipline controls are not enabled. + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks whether or not the massing and site tools are enabled, and enable or disable them. + + + When setting this property: The current product type is not ProductType.Revit and discipline controls are not enabled. + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks whether or not any systems disciplines (mechanical, electrical, or piping) are enabled. + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks whether or not the structure discipline is enabled, and enable or disable it. + + + When setting this property: The current product type is not ProductType.Revit and discipline controls are not enabled. + + + 2013 + + + + + Checks whether or not the architecture discipline is enabled, and enable or disable it. + + + When setting this property: The current product type is not ProductType.Revit and discipline controls are not enabled. + + + 2013 + + + + + Angle tolerance. + + + Value is in radians. + Two angle measurements closer than this value are considered identical. + Do not use this value for any purpose other than its intended purpose, + which is to check if two angles are the same within this tolerance value. + Do not use this value to set the value of an angle. + Doing so will result in unstable behavior. + + + 2015 + + + + + Vertex tolerance. + + + Two points within this distance are considered coincident. + Do not use this value for any purpose other than its intended purpose, + which is to check if two points are the same within this tolerance value. + Do not use this value to set the distance between two points. + Doing so will result in unstable behavior. + + + 2012 + + + + + The view discipline that will be applied to new views by default. + + + This view discipline may be overridden by a view template when a view template is also applied to new views. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + When setting this property: This functionality is not available in Revit LT. + + + 2013 + + + + + Whether or not to show the graphical warnings for Fabrication Hanger disconnects. + + + 2016 + + + + + Whether or not to show the graphical open ends for Area Based Load Boundary disconnects. + + + 2023 + + + + + Whether or not to show the graphical warnings for Electrical disconnects. + + + 2012 + + + + + Whether or not to show the graphical warnings for CTC disconnects. + + + 2012 + + + + + Whether or not to show the graphical warnings for Pipe disconnects. + + + 2012 + + + + + Whether or not to show the graphical warnings for duct disconnects. + + + 2012 + + + + + Full path to the file that defines IFC entity to Revit category mappings for IFC import. + + + 2015 + + + + + Full path to the file that defines Revit category to IFC entity mappings for IFC export. + + + 2015 + + + + + Full path to the default template file for new IFC project documents. + It may be empty, in which case the DefaultProjectTemplate should be used. + + + 2015 + + + + + Full path to the default template file for new project documents. + + + 2013 + + + + + Root path for systems analysis workfiles + + + 2020 + + + + + Root path for point cloud files. + + + 2016 + + + + + Default path for family template files. + + + 2011 + + + + + The minor version number of Revit + + + SubVersionNumber of Revit may have additional APIs and functionality not available in the standard customer releases. + Add-ins written to support standard Revit releases should be compatible with SubVersionNumber releases, + but add-ins written specifically targeting new features in SubVersionNumber releases would not be compatible with the standard releases. + + + 2018 + + + + +Gets the user name for the current Revit session. + + 2012 + + + Sends ADP Core facet with analytics data, DB::AddInId and DB::Document to the Revit for processing and sending to the ADP data lake. + DB::AddInId addInId with data for collection + DB::Document document with data for collection + Container for analytics data + A non-optional argument was NULL + 2022 + + + Sends ADP Core facet with analytics data, and DB::Document to the Revit for processing and sending to the ADP data lake. + DB::Document addInId with data for collection + Container for analytics data + A non-optional argument was NULL + 2022 + + + Sends ADP Core facet with analytics data, and DB::AddInId to the Revit for processing and sending to the ADP data lake. + DB::AddInId addInId with data for collection + Container for analytics data + A non-optional argument was NULL + 2022 + + + Sends ADP Core facet with analytics data to the Revit for processing and sending to the ADP data lake. + Container for analytics data + A non-optional argument was NULL + 2022 + + + Records a message in the journal file. + + + Posts a user-visible warning (when UI is present and runs in the in-house mode) or just records it in the journal file otherwise. + + + Retrieves the Id of the currently running external application. + +The application can be either a UI application, DB application, or an external command. If no addin is active, this property will return . +If an event handler is currently being executed, the returned value will be the Id of the application or command in which the event handler was registered. + + + + Contains the fully qualified path to a shared parameters file. + This path can be read and set via this property. By default Autodesk Revit does not have +a shared parameters file so this property must be set before access is made to the shared parameters +file object otherwise an exception will be thrown. + + + The product type for the current session of Revit. + + + The language used in the current session of Revit. + Use this property to determine the language used by Revit; this can allow your application to load the appropriate resources. + + + Returns a set of all the known city locations within Revit. + Each city has information about longitude, latitude etc. + + + Returns the internal build number of the Autodesk Revit application. + This property can be used by your application to find the version of Autodesk Revit +against which your application is running. Based on this information your application +can report if it is able to work correctly with that version of Autodesk Revit. + + + Return the primary version of the Revit application. + This property can be used by your application to find the version of Revit +against which your application is running. Based on this information your application +can report if it is able to work correctly with that version of Revit. + + + Returns the name of the Revit application. + This property can be used by your application to find the version of Revit +against which your application is running. Based on this information your application +can report if it is able to work correctly with that version of Revit. + + + Enables access to shared parameter groups and definitions that are maintained on disk. + An object that represents a shared parameters file that exists on disk. Returns if the file does not exist. + This function is used to return an object that represents a Revit shared parameters file +Revit can use only one shared parameters file at one time. The filename +for the shared parameters file can be set in the Application.SharedParametersFilename property. + + + Provides an object that can be used to create new instances of Autodesk Revit API objects. + The Create property returns an object that is used to create application wide utility +and geometric objects within the Autodesk Revit API, such as arrays, sets, lines. This object +should be used when you wish to create an object within the Autodesk Revit application memory, +rather than your own application's memory. If you are performing your own memory management +techniques then it is advisable to create any utility objects via the Create object. For example: +Instead of Dim set As New Autodesk_Revit_ElementSet do Set set = application.Create.NewElementSet() + + + Retrieve the name of the journal file the Revit is currently recording to. + As Revit operates it keeps a log of operations that the user performs +within a file, known as a journal file. These files provide information +about the actions performed in a session and the state of Revit when a problem occurs. +These files are included during error reporting to Autodesk. + + + +Writes a PartAtom XML from the contents of a family file. + + The family file to be processed. + The xml file to be saved. + +If 'familyFilePath' or 'xmlFilePath' is or an empty string or if the family file doesn't exist on disk. + + +If there is a TXT type catalog next to the family file (a TXT file with the same name as the RFA file), +the function will read it as well and process its contents into PartAtom. +To extract a PartAtom XML from a family loaded into a document in session, use Family.ExtractPartAtom(). + + + + New family document, including family, titleblock, and annotation symbol + The template file name. + If 'templateFileName' is or an empty string. + If the new family document cannot be created. + This command corresponds to File->New->Family.../TitleBlock.../Annotation Symbol.... + + + New project template document + The template file name. + If 'templateFileName' is or an empty string. + If the project template document cannot be created. + This command corresponds to New->Project->Project Template command in the user-interface. + + + New project document + The template file name. + If 'templateFileName' is or an empty string. + If the new project document cannot be created. + This command corresponds to New->Project command in the user-interface. + + + Returns a set of documents within Revit. + This property can be used for the user to find all the document inside Revit. + +
    +
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/src/Libs/Revit2024/lib/net48/RevitAPIUI.dll b/src/Libs/Revit2024/lib/net48/RevitAPIUI.dll new file mode 100644 index 0000000..18672b5 Binary files /dev/null and b/src/Libs/Revit2024/lib/net48/RevitAPIUI.dll differ diff --git a/src/Libs/Revit2024/lib/net48/RevitAPIUI.xml b/src/Libs/Revit2024/lib/net48/RevitAPIUI.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..69aa84c --- /dev/null +++ b/src/Libs/Revit2024/lib/net48/RevitAPIUI.xml @@ -0,0 +1,21198 @@ + + + + "RevitAPIUI" + + + + +If current active document is changed. + + + + +Override message pre-translation to allow the WPF source and any embedded +WinForms controls to handle any keyboard input properly, prior to Windows +doing any sort of translation or dispatching. + + +This pre-translation is required for proper handling of tabbing and other +keyboard mnemonics for the embedded WPF/WinForms controls. + + + + + Called to attach to the specified pane + + The native HWND parent/container for the Pane. + The provider information describing the Pane. + +true if successfully attached, false otherwise. + + + + +The hook delegate that gets called for each message on the hooked source. +We hook to handle any DockablePane specific messages as well as to hook +WM_GETDLGCODE properly to allow for input commands on the embedded controls. + + + + +Construct a hook for the given source and panelData + + + + Constructs a new instance of ToggleButtonData, where the ToggleButton will not be associated to an ExternalCommand. + The internal name of the new button. + The user visible text seen on the new button. + Thrown when is passed for one or more arguments. + Thrown when an empty string is passed for one or more arguments. + 2011 + + + Constructs a new instance of ToggleButtonData, where the ToggleButton will execute an ExternalCommand when clicked. + The internal name of the new button. + The user visible text seen on the new button. + The assembly path of the button. + The name of the class containing the implementation for the command. + Thrown when is passed for one or more arguments. + Thrown when an empty string is passed for one or more arguments. + 2011 + + + This class contains information necessary to construct a toggle button in a RadioButtonGroup. + 2011 + + + The ToggleButton object represents a button that has been added to a RadioButtonGroup. + Use of this class is not supported in Revit Macros. + 2011 + + + + Launches the UI managing the ViewSheetSet. + + + Document to manage ViewSheetSet for. + + + The default view sheet set id. + + + The hwnd of parent window for dialog + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The UI on managing ViewSheetSet. + + + + + Prepare data for pipe editor. + + + The pipe type id. + + + The system type id. + + + The pipe size, the value is a pre-defined list in Revit. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017.2 + + + + + General UI utility methods in Revit UI. + + + 2017.2 + + + + + Resets the mappings associated to the passed in service identifier. + + + The document. + + + The fabrication service identifier. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Sets the state for change service to either keep or delete parts that encounter errors. + + + The document. + + + The state is either true to delete or false keep parts that encounter errors. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Sets the state for change service mappings to either use or ignore the mappings. + + + The document. + + + The state is either true to ignore or false to use the mappings. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Checks if Change Service can finish or not. + + + The document. + + + Gets whether Change Service can finish or not. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Sets if finishing Change Service is allowed or not. + + + The document. + + + Sets whether we can finish Change Service or not. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Cancels the service and size swap out modes. + + + 2016 + + + + + Finishes the service and size swap out modes. + + + 2016 + + + + + Sets the shape information to select the elements in the model from moused-over shapes. + + + The document. + + + The fabrication service identifier. + + + The shape of the parts to be selected. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2016 + + + + + Sets the required information to select the part types in the model from the moused-over fittings. + + + The document. + + + The part type Id. Pass InvalidElementId to select none. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Sets the service id to select the elements in the model from the moused-over service. + + + The document. + + + The service id. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Sets the required information to select the elements in the model from the moused-over sizes. + + + The document. + + + The fabrication service identifier. + + + The shape of the parts to be selected. + + + The width or diameter of the parts to be selected. + + + The depth of the parts to be selected. Pass 0 if the profile type is Round. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2016 + + + + + Sets the service swap out size mappings + + + The document. + + + The service swap out size mappings. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Sets the service swap out part type mappings + + + The document. + + + The service swap out part type mappings. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Sets the restrict service palette state for service swap out. + + + The document. + + + The restrict service palette state, when enabled the service swap out will only use the assigned palette index. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Sets the service palette for service swap out. + + + The document. + + + The service palette index. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Sets the service for service swap out. + + + The document. + + + The service id. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Gets the condition description for a service button's sizing condition. + + + The document used to extract unit information from. + + + The fabrication service button to query. + + + The condition index of the fabrication service button to query. + + + The formatting options to use to format size text. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + The mouse leaves the fabrication route and fill part browser. + + + The document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + The fabrication route and fill part types are changed from the fabrication part browser, so the available solutions are needed to updated. + + + The document. + + + The fabrication part type id that must be included in the route and fill solutions.If the id is invalid, it will be ignored. + + + The fabrication part type id that may or mat not be included from the route and fill solutions. If the id is invalid, will be ignored. + + + The fabrication part type id that is currently selected in the Fabrication Part Browser. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + full path, as returned by getFabricationExports + + + the parts that will be exported. + + + whether the export was successful + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2016 + + + + + shows modal UI to setup all fabrication exports of the specified type. + + + used if user clicks 'export now' + + + returns whether the user completed the UI successfully. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2016 + + + + + dictionary of path / description pairs, where path is the unique key. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2016 + + + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2016 + + + + + returns if any reports were printed + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + set path where qrcode and barcode Dlls can be found + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + returns if the configuration was changed + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + we need the for fabrication setting form when user clicked sync with source and cancel the form. when the internal rebuildLoadedDatabase is not called + because transaction was rolled back, but we need the reload the workspace + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + checks if the fabrication is connected to source + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Checks if placing part is allowed or not. + For example, placing part is not allowed if the document is not allowed to change. + + + The document. + + + True if placing part is allowed, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Checks if the current product discipline is LT. + + + returns whether LT is the current product discipline. + + + 2016 + + + + + Checks if starting MPR is currently active + + + The document. + + + returns whether MPR is currently active + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Sets if MPR is currently active or not. + + + The document. + + + sets whether MPR is valid for the current service palette. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Checks if starting MPR is allowed or not. + + + The document. + + + gets whether MPR is valid for the current service palette. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Sets if starting MPR is allowed or not. + + + The document. + + + sets whether MPR is valid for the current service palette. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Indicates whether it is in journal replaying mode. + + + True if it is in journal replaying mode, false otherwise. + + + 2016 + + + + + Call to restart multi point routing service. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Call to start routing fabrication service. + + + The Fabrication service. + + + The Fabrication service palette index. + + + checks the service palette is valid + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Call to place a fabrication part from an item file. + + + The document. + + + The service Id to associate with the item file. + + + The item file. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Call to place a fabrication part. + + + The Fabrication service button. + + + checks the service id, tab index and button index and makes sure they are valid + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + call to initialise what service / palette will be used if MPR command is initiated from outside the part browser. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Gets the color of the open connector indicator in away direction. + + + 2017 + + + + + Sets the color of the open connector indicator in away direction + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets the color of the open connector indicator in towards direction. + + + 2017 + + + + + Sets the color of the open connector indicator in towards direction + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets the color of the open connector indicator in plan view. + + + 2017 + + + + + Sets the color of the open connector indicator in plan view. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + General Fabrication UI utility methods in Revit UI. + + + 2016 + + + + + Types of Fabrication Exports + + + + + Linear Nest Export type + + + + + Ancillary export type + + + + + Item export type + + + + + Types of Fabrication Reports + + + + + linear nest reports + + + + + 3D worksheets + + + + + ancillary reports + + + + + part worksheets + + + + + airturn labels + + + + + decoiler labels + + + + + nest labels + + + + + item worksheets + + + + + item labels + + + + + oversize labels + + + + + machine usage + + + + + nest prints + + + + + nest prints + + + + + part labels + + + + + item reports + + + + + nest prints + + + + + Unknown report type + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Identifies if UI should show an overwrite warning dialog. + + + True if the UI should show a warning dialog prompting the user to overwrite a file if it exists, False if it should not. + Default is false. + + + 2016 + + + + + Default constructor. + + + 2016 + + + + + This class contains UI options available for saving a document to disk with a new filename. + + + 2016 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + A static property defining if the 'Thin Lines' setting is on or off in current Revit Application Session. + + + If user started multiple Revit sessions, and the 'Thin Lines' setting might be different in each session. + Revit.ini file stores the lastest setting no matter what the Revit session is. The setting will be writen to Revit.ini if user set the value. + + + 2015 Subscription Update + + + + + A utility class containing setting related to the Thin Lines option which affects the display in the UI. + + + 2015 Subscription Update + + + + + Returns the current Revit instance's TextEditorOptions. + + + The TextEditorOptions for the current Revit instance. + + + 2017 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Show opaque background behind the text during editing. + + + If false, the background will be opaque or not depending on the edited text note's type Background setting. + If true, the background behind the text will always be opaque during editing. + + + 2017 + + + + + Show the border box around the text during editing. + + + If false, the border will appear or not depending on the edited text note's type Show Border setting. + If true, the border will always appear during editing regardless of type settings. + + + 2017 + + + + + Provides access to settings that control Revit's Text Editor appearance and functionality. + + + These settings are stored in the Revit.ini file. All documents in Revit instances which use this Revit.ini will follow these settings. + + + 2017 + + + + + + + + + Prompts the end-user to control whether a type parameter contained in the specified table cell should be allowed edited. + + + If the specified cell contains an instance parameter, the method automatically returns true without prompting the user. + For type parameters, a task dialog will be shown and the user's choice will be returned. + + + The table view. + + + The section the row lies in. + + + The row index in the section. + + + The column index in the section. + + + Returns true if editing the cell is allowed; otherwise false. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + The given row number row is invalid. + -or- + The given column number column is invalid. + -or- + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2016 + + + + + This utility class contains members that involve the Revit UI and operate on schedule views or MEP electrical panel schedules. + + + 2016 + + + + + Checks whether the specified element will be treated as pinned for the purposes of selection. + + + To improve usability, the option to disable pinned selection has some additional intelligence + beyond simply checking the pinned status. For example, if a model group is pinned, the corresponding + attached detail group will also be treated as pinned for the purposes of selection. If this method + returns true, the specified element will not be selectable when selection of pinned elements is + disabled. + + + The document containing the element. + + + The element to check. + + + True if the specified element should be treated as pinned for selection purposes, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2016 + + + + + Returns the current user's SelectionOptions. + + + The SelectionOptions for the current user. + + + 2016 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates whether controls and temporary dimensions are activated on selection of multiple elements. + + + Revit always shows certain controls and temporary dimensions for a single selected element + When this option is set Revit also shows these controls and dimensions when multiple elements are selected. + Note that this setting takes effect on the next selection change. + To have this change take effect immediately use Selection.SetElementIds(Selection.GetElementIds()); + + 2016 + + + + + Indicates whether pinned elements can be selected. + + + When this setting is false, the user cannot select most pinned elements in canvas. This option + helps users avoid accidentally moving important pinned objects such as levels and grids. When + this option is true, the user can select pinned elements directly. +

    Note that to improve usability, the behavior of this option has some added intelligence + beyond simply checking whether the element is pinned. For example, if a model group is pinned, + the corresponding attached detail group is not selectable if selection of pinned elements is + disabled. To check whether a particular element is pinned for purposes of this setting, see + .

    + + 2016 + +
    + + + Indicates whether elements can be dragged immediately when they are selected. + + + When this setting is false, the user must click once to select an element and then must + explicitly click again in order to drag the element. This option helps users avoid accidentally + moving elements. When this setting is true, the user can click on an element to select it + and drag the element immediately by holding down the mouse. + + + 2016 + + + + + Indicates whether elements that are displayed as underlay can be selected. + + + When this setting is false, if an element is displayed as underlay in a view then the user will + not be able to select it in that view. The element may still be selected in views where it + is not displayed as underlay. When this setting is true, elements that are displayed as underlay + may still be selected. + + + 2016 + + + + + Indicates whether Revit and CAD link instances can be selected. + + + When this setting is false, users cannot directly select link instances or elements within them in the + canvas. This makes it easy for the user to avoid accidentally selecting and moving + links. When this setting is true, users can select link instances. + + + 2016 + + + + + Indicates whether elements can be selected by clicking on the interior of a face. + + + When this setting is false, users must click on an edge or vertex of an element + in order to select the corresponding element. When it is true, users may also select elements by clicking + on the interior of a face of an element. + + + 2016 + + + + + Provides access to user settings related to how selection will behave in Revit's UI. + + + The settings in this class define how selection will behave when the user is + selecting one or more elements in a graphical view. These settings do not affect programmatic selection behavior. + Some UI commands may override the user's settings while the command is active. +

    These settings are per user and will affect the selection behavior in all + projects and families. The settings are not stored in the project.

    + + 2016 + +
    + + + Constructs a new instance of an SelectableInViewFilter, with the option to pass all non-selectable elements. + + + The document that owns the view. + + + The view id. + + + True if the filter should match all elements not selectable in the given view. + + + viewId is not a view. + -or- + viewId is not valid for element iteration, because it has no way of representing drawn elements. Many view templates + will fail this check. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of an SelectableInViewFilter. + + + The document that owns the view. + + + The view id. + + + viewId is not a view. + -or- + viewId is not valid for element iteration, because it has no way of representing drawn elements. Many view templates + will fail this check. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + A filter that passes elements that are selectable in the given view. + + + This filter is a slow filter. Slow filters require that the Element be obtained and expanded in memory first. + Thus it is preferable to couple this filter with at least one ElementQuickFilter, + which should minimize the number of Elements that are expanded. + This filter is designed to operate on a list of elements visible in the given view. + This can be obtained from a FilteredElementCollector constructed with the view id. + This filter may not correctly restrict elements which are not a part of the visible elements of the view. + + + 2015 + + + + + This function reports any errors which were encountered + when loading the Revit links represented by the given + LinkLoadResult map. + + +

    If all links succeeded in loading, the function does + nothing. If any links failed to load, this function + will display the Unresolved References dialog, giving + the user the option to open the Manage Links dialog + to correct any problems.

    +

    To ensure the dialog fits on the screen, Revit will + only list up to ten link names. Additional links will + be mentioned as, "And >number< additional links." This + is the same behavior Revit's user interface uses.

    +
    + + The document containing the links. + + +

    A map from the display name of a link to the LinkLoadResult + for that link.

    + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + +
    + + + A class containing functions for displaying user interface related to + Revit links. + + + 2015 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + A utility class containing the Revit.ini options settings related to ribbon buttons + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Returns the default saving folder when open a central file. + + + 2019 + + + + + Indicates if recent file is disabled. + + + Returns true if recent file is disabled, otherwise returns false. + + + 2019 + + + + + Returns sample files of Revit + + + 2019 + + + + + Returns most recent files of Revit + + + true to generate and return thumbnails paths as part of return, false to leave blank. + + + 2019 + + + + + A class contains data of Most Recent File . + + + 2019 + + + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2019 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + If it is a cloud file. + + + 2019 + + + + + If it is a workshared file. + + + 2019 + + + + + The size of the recent file. + + + 2019 + + + + + The model type of the recent file. + + + 2019 + + + + + The last modified time of the recent file. + + + 2019 + + + + + The path of the thumbnail file. + + + 2019 + + + + + The extension type of the recent file. + such as .rfa /.rvt + + + 2019 + + + + + The path of the cached file. + If a cloud file, the path looks like "%USERPROFILE%\AppData\Local + \Autodesk\Revit\{Revit Version}\CollaborationCache\YZVYJQWWXXXX + {GUID}\{GUID}.rvt" + if a local file, localPath and path are the same. + + + 2019 + + + + + The path of the recent file. + If a cloud file, the path looks like "cld://region/{GUID}Shanghai%20Design%20Center/{GUID}4walls.rvt" + If a local file, the path looks like "c:\4wall.rvt". + + + 2019 + + + + + The name of the recent file. + If a cloud file, it looks like "Autodesk Docs://Shanghai Design Center/4walls.rvt" + If a local file, path, localPath and name are all the same. + + + 2019 + + + + + The display Name of the recent file. + such as 4walls (no extention) + + + 2019 + + + + + A class contains data of Revit File. + + + 2019 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The placement type to be used if prompting to place an instance of a face-based family. + This option is ignored if placing a non-face-based family. If placing a face-based family, Default is an acceptable value, but will correspond to the first available selection in the user interface. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2017 + + + + + The sketch option provided when promt to place a family instance. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2017 + + + + + If true, when placing an air terminal, the terminal will be placed directly on the duct without fittings. + If fase, the terminal will be placed with generated fittings. + + + 2015 + + + + + Creates a copy of an existing options object. + + + The options object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Creates a new PromptForFamilyInstancePlacementOptions using default options. + + + 2015 + + + + + This class contains options to control the behavior of interactive placement of family instances. + + + 2015 + + + + + Returns the current Revit instance's ProjectBrowserOptions. + + + The ProjectBrowserOptions for the current Revit instance. + + + 2023 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Show the icons indicating view placement on sheet status. + + + If true, the icons indicating view placement on sheet status will be shown at every view or schedule node in the Project Browser. + If false, the icons indicating view placement on sheet status will not be shown. + + + 2023 + + + + + Provides access to settings that control Revit's Project Browser appearance and functionality. + + + These settings are stored in the Revit.ini file. All documents in Revit instances which use this Revit.ini will follow these settings. + + + 2023 + + + + + Returns if web project browser is enabled + + + 2024 + + + + + create context menu + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + End tree item name editing + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Rename tree item + + + 2024 + + + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Returns if web project browser should refresh + + + 2024 + + + + + Returns if project browser data clean + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Double-click a tree item + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Drop tree item + + + 2024 + + + + + Drag tree item + + + 2024 + + + + + Set the selected tree item as expanded + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Set the selected tree items in UI to internal + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Set the first visible item Index for scrolling + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Returns the first visible item Index for scrolling + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Returns all project browser expanded items' index + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Returns all project browser active items' index + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Returns all project browser items' index + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Returns all project browser items + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + A class provides ProjectBrowser data. + + + 2024 + + + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + 2024 + + + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + 2024 + + + + + 2024 + + + + + 2024 + + + + + 2024 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + A class visit data of ProjectBrowser Item. + + + 2024 + + + + + Gets ARCQuery corresponding to the type and active view. + + + PointCloudType from which to get the ARCQuery + + + The returned pointer can be NULL if the ARCQuery is NULL + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Given a PointCloudInstance, get those of its scans which are visible in the given view. + + + The PointCloudInstance to get scans from. + + + The view in which we search for visible scans of the PointCloudInstance. + + + The GUIDs of the scans of the given PointCloudInstance visible in the given view. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Gets the bounding planes for the given point cloud and view. + + + The point cloud to find the bounding planes for. + + + The view in which to find the bounding planes for point cloud. + + + The bounding planes for the given point cloud and view. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + Returns native pointer to IRCData object that corresponds to + a loaded and open point cloud in ReCap SDK + + + The returned pointer can be NULL if the point cloud has been unloaded + or if this point cloud uses different engine than ReCap + + + PointCloudType from which to get the IRCData + + + The access pointer + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + This is a utilities class for accessing PointClouds. + + + 2024 + + + + + Checks if the user has a valid extension license for given product. + + + This call is silent, only check the Entitlement of the currently logged in account. + A valid license must be released by calling before Revit shuts down. + + + Product id. + + + Entitlement status + + + 2021 + + + + + Releases a license for a given product obtained by . + + + Product id. + + + 2021 + + + + + Checks if the user has a valid license for given product. + + + This call will launch a sign in dialog and require the user to sign in order to complete the check if the user is not currently signed in. + A valid license must be released by calling when Revit shuts down. + + + Product id. + + + True if the license for the given product is valid. + + + 2021 + + + + + Registers a product with the licensing component and returns an id of the product to be used when checking for a valid license. + + + Product name. + + + Product id. + + + Feature id. + + + Id of the product. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2021 + + + + + A collection of functions related to a product license checking. + + + 2021 + + + + + Create a new view sheet set in auto sort mode + + + View sheet set name to be created. + + + Sheet schema id to be sorted with. + + + View schema id to be sorted with. + + + View id(s) to be saved with. + + + ElementId is invalid if creates failed + + + name is an empty string or contains only whitespace. + -or- + name cannot include prohibited characters, such as "{, }, [, ], |, ;, less-than sign, greater-than sign, ?, `, ~". + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Create a new view sheet set in manual sort mode + + + View sheet set name to be created. + + + View id(s) with order to be created with. + + + ElementId is invalid if creates failed + + + name is an empty string or contains only whitespace. + -or- + name cannot include prohibited characters, such as "{, }, [, ], |, ;, less-than sign, greater-than sign, ?, `, ~". + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Save the changes for the current view sheet set in auto sort mode + + + The view sheet set to be saved. + + + Sheet schema id to be sorted with. + + + View schema id to be sorted with. + + + View id(s) to be saved with. + + + False if Save operation fails, otherwise True. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Save the changes for the current view sheet set in manual sort mode + + + The view sheet set to be saved. + + + View id(s) with order to be saved with. + + + False if Save operation fails, otherwise True. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Rename the current view sheet set. + + + The view sheet set to be renamed. + + + View sheet set name to be renamed as. + + + False if Rename operation fails, otherwise True. + + + newName is an empty string or contains only whitespace. + -or- + newName cannot include prohibited characters, such as "{, }, [, ], |, ;, less-than sign, greater-than sign, ?, `, ~". + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Delete the view sheet set + + + The view sheet set to be deleted. + + + False if Delete operation fails, otherwise True. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Call NamedElemData::useCurrentElement for ViewSheetSet + + + + + Sets the id of default view sheet set. + + + The default view sheet set id. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Gets the id of default view sheet set. + If default is in-session, the id is -1 + + + The default view sheet set id. + + + + + Sets the set of in-session to auto sort mode with schemas' id. + + + Sheet schema id to be sorted with. + + + View schema id to be sorted with. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Gets the id of in-session set's view schema. + + + View schema id. + + + + + Gets the id of in-session set's sheet schema. + + + Sheet schema id. + + + + + Sets the set of in-session's views' id. + + + The in-session view id set. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Update and get the set of in-session views's id. + + + The in-session view Id set. + + + + + Set in session set's sort mode + + + True if in auto sort mode + + + + + Gets if in session set is in auto sort mode + + + True if in auto sort mode + + + + + Sets the parent hwnd + + + + + Gets the parent hwnd + + + The hwnd of parent window + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + UI data wrapper for ViewSheetSetData. + + + + + Shows dialog on managing ViewSheetSet. + + + The associated document. + + + The data on initializing the dialog as well as getting the result. + + + Whether or not the dialog launches successfully. + + + + + Shows dialog on managing ViewSheetSet. + + + The associated document. + + + The data on initializing the dialog as well as getting the result. + + + Whether or not the dialog launches successfully. + + + + + The interface used to provide UI on managing ViewSheetSet. + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The unique index of the temporary graphics object managed by . + + + 2022 + + + + + The document. + + + 2022 + + + + + 2022 + + + + + The context data that can be provided to . + + + 2022 + + + + + Handles mouse click event on a given temporary graphics object managed by . + + + The context data of the click event. + + + 2022 + + + + + Handles mouse click event on a given temporary graphics object managed by . + + + The context data of the click event. + + + 2022 + + + + + Interface class for external server of . + + + 2022 + + + + + Returns a copy of the current sketch plane + + + + + Gets the point to snap near. + + + The point to snap near + + + 2017 + + + + + Transforms local coordinates of a point to page coordinates. + + + Input the point local coordinates + + + Return the transformed coordinates + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Takes point snaps from the instance of ISnappingServer and passes them to Revit. + + + The points to add as snaps. + + + Id of the element providing snap points. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Takes line snaps from the instance of ISnappingServer and passes them to Revit. + + + Lines are represented by two XYZs: start point, end point. + + + Whether to project the lines to the work plane. For instance, if the line snaps represent + planes, we want to project them. If they represent cylinders, we do not. + + + Id of the element providing snap points. + + + the array lineSnaps has an odd number of entries and is hence not a valid line snap + array, since lines are represented as an origin XYZ followed by a direction XYZ. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Takes line snaps from the instance of ISnappingServer and passes them to Revit. + + + Lines are represented by two XYZs: first an origin, then a direction. + + + Whether to project the lines to the work plane. For instance, if the line snaps represent + planes, we want to project them. If they represent cylinders, we do not. If we project + to the work plane, we also verify that the line is parallel to the work plane. + + + Id of the element providing snap points. + + + the array lineSnaps has an odd number of entries and is hence not a valid line snap + array, since lines are represented as an origin XYZ followed by a direction XYZ. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Returns the view rectangle in local coordinates. + + + The view rectangle in local coordinates. + + + the View in which snapping is being done is not in a usable state (e.g. it is not + finished drawing). + + + + + The size of the sampling region for the nearest best point detection. + + + The size of the sampling region for the nearest best point detection. + + + + + A unit vector from the eye to the point around which to detect features. + + + A unit vector from the eye to the point around which to detect features. + + + + + Returns the conversion factor between mm on the screen and mm in the model. + + + The conversion factor between mm on the screen and mm in the model. + + + + + Returns the conversion factor between mm on the screen and model units. + + + The conversion factor between mm on the screen and model units. + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the point to snap near. + + + + + Gets the View in which snapping is being done. + + + + + Gets the snapping servers that are enabled. + + + + + This is a container for data and some functions which is passed from Revit to an instance of + ISnappingServer. + + + The snapping server reads the data and uses the functions to assist in finding snaps, then + sends the snaps back to SnappingServiceData using AddLineSnaps() and AddPointSnaps(), which + gives them back to Revit. + + + + + Snapping Servers for elements like Point Clouds or Coordination Models. + + + 2024 + + + 2024 + + + + + Snapping to Coordination Models elements is enabled. + + + + + Snapping to Point Cloud elements is enabled. + + + + + No element snaps enabled. + + + + + Finds snaps to the nearest point and to planes perpendicular to the work plane. + + + + + Finds snaps to the nearest point and to planes perpendicular to the work plane. + + + + + An interface that all servers of SnappingService implement. + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + TopographyLink member element level id. + + + 2019 + + + + + TopographyLink member element type id. + + + 2019 + + + + + The path of file to link. + + + 2019 + + + + + The data associated with the site insert service. + + + 2019 + + + + + The method that Revit will invoke to show link topography dialog. + + + The associated document. + + + Popup the sign in dialog when user is not signed in. + + + The site linker ui data. + + + Indicates whether the site linker ui server is executed successfully. + + + 2019 + + + + + Implement this method to return the id of the server which is associated with this UI server. + + + If there's no DB server associated with this UI server, an empty GUID value will be returned. + + + The id of the associated DB server. + + + 2019 + + + + + The method that Revit will invoke to show link topography dialog. + + + The associated document. + + + Popup the sign in dialog when user is not signed in. + + + The site linker ui data. + + + Indicates whether the site linker ui server is executed successfully. + + + 2019 + + + + + Implement this method to return the id of the server which is associated with this UI server. + + + If there's no DB server associated with this UI server, an empty GUID value will be returned. + + + The id of the associated DB server. + + + 2019 + + + + + The interface used to provide UI of link topography. + + + 2019 + + + + + return the list of revit Element Ids + + + + + return the parent handle + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + return the document + + + + + flag to indicate the value has been reset + + + + + the parameter id + + + + + UI data wrapper for RevisionsOnSheetUIService. + + + + + Shows dialog on managing RevisionsOnSheetUI. + + + The data on initializing the dialog as well as getting the result. + + + Whether or not the dialog launches successfully + + + 2024 + + + + + Shows dialog on managing RevisionsOnSheetUI. + + + The data on initializing the dialog as well as getting the result. + + + Whether or not the dialog launches successfully + + + 2024 + + + + + The interface used to provide UI for sheet's Revisions On Sheet property. + + + 2024 + + + + + Gets all UI data items stored in the UI data. + + + An array of UI data items. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets units. + + + The Units object. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The input and output data used by external UI servers for storing UI settings. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the fitting data stored in the UI data item. + + + The fitting data stored in the UI data item. + + + 2014 + + + + + Stores the entity in the UI data item. + + + The Entity to be stored. + + + Writing of Entities of this Schema is not allowed to the current add-in. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns the entity set by UI server. + or an invalid entity otherwise. + + + The Entity that is returned is a copy of the stored data (with copy-on-write optimization). + Modifying it is allowed (even with restricted write), but to save your changes you must call SetEntity. + + + The returned Entity. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The input and output data used by external UI servers for initializing and storing the UI settings. + + + One family instance has one UI data item. + The UI data item contains a corresponding PipeFittingAndAccessoryData which is used for initialing the UI settings and an entity which is used for storing the UI settings. + + + 2014 + + + + + Shows the settings UI. + + + The input data of the calculation. + + + True if the user makes any changes in the UI, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns the Id of the corresponding DB server for which this server provides an optional UI. + + + Note that there may be only one UI server assigned to a DB calculation server. + + + The Id of the DB server. + + + 2014 + + + + + Shows the settings UI. + + + The input data of the calculation. + + + True if the user makes any changes in the UI, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns the Id of the corresponding DB server for which this server provides an optional UI. + + + Note that there may be only one UI server assigned to a DB calculation server. + + + The Id of the DB server. + + + 2014 + + + + + Interface for external servers providing optional UI for pipe fitting and pipe accessory coefficient calculation. + + + This service works with pipe fitting and accessory pressure drop service. It provides the settings for the pipe fitting and accessory pressure drop server if needed; + and it also provides UI for user to input the settings in Revit. + A typical way to use the external server can be: + Implement a server class that derives from this interface Create a new server object and register it with the service. + + 2014 + + + + + Shows dialog on managing IFCEntityTreeUI. + + + The data on initializing the dialog as well as getting the result. + + + Whether or not the dialog launches successfully + + + 2023 + + + + + Shows dialog on managing IFCEntityTreeUI. + + + The data on initializing the dialog as well as getting the result. + + + Whether or not the dialog launches successfully + + + 2023 + + + + + The interface used to provide UI on IFC Entity selection. + + + 2023 + + + + + return the list of revit Element Ids + + + 2023 + + + + + return the parent handle + + + 2023 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + return the document + + + + + flag to indicate the value has been reset + + + + + the parameter id + + + + + The selected IFC Item (can be IFC Entity, or PredefinedType) + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + + + UI data wrapper for IFCExternalServiceUIData. + + + + + Implement this method to handle results from browsing external resources + in the UI. It is recommended that the server only respond in the case of a critical error. + + + This method will be called automatically when the user browses for external resources, + such as listing folders and resources of an external server or a subfolder, + or choosing an external resource in the add resource dialog. + + + The result of the browsing operation. + + + The absolute path of the current item being browsed. + + + 2015 + + + + + Implement this method to display any UI related to messages or errors that result when the DB server + associated with this UI server attempts to load an external resource. + + +

    This method will be called automatically by Revit after the external resource load process is complete.

    +

    Note that automatic loads can occur in the context of other operations such as opening a file. + During automatic loads, it is therefore recommended that the server only display UI that is critical + for the user to see (such as error message).

    +

    The loading operation type is Explicit when the user is specifically trying to reload the resource. + During explicit loads, it may be desirable to provide more feedback to the user, such as specific feedback + that the load operation succeeded.

    +

    The loading operation type can be accessed through .

    +

    Note that providing messages and other UI feedback for Revit links is more complicated, + because links can be nested. The UI server may wish to provide different messages and take + different actions, depending on whether a link loaded from the DB server was a "top-level" link, + or was nested. For example, while it may be possible to correct an error that occurred with a + top-level link by loading it directly, this cannot be done with a nested link, as Revit will throw + an exception.

    +

    To complicate things further, the same Revit document may appear more than once in a tree of nested + links, and the UI server should avoid repeatedly posting the same message for instances of that + document.

    +

    To help UI servers handle situations where a nested tree of links is loaded: +

    • Each UI server whose DB server loaded one or more links in the tree will only be called once.
    • The collection of ExternalResourceLoadData objects passed into this method will include + only those for links loaded by this server's DB server.
    • The LinkLoadResults object contained in all ExternalResourceLoadData objects will always + be the results for the top-level link, even if the top-level link was not loaded by this + server's DB server. The LinkLoadResults class contains methods for navigating the full tree of + load results (starting with the top node), so the UI server will be able to determine the complete + context in which one of its DB server's resources was loaded.
    • Servers should only report results for their own link, whether they are nested or not.

    +
    + + The document into which resources were loaded. + + + A collection of ExternalResourceLoadData objects containing information about an attempt to load one or more + external resources, + including: + the load request Idthe type of resource that was loadedinformation to identify the particular resource that was loadedthe actual content obtained during the load attemptthe context of the load operations, e.g. LoadOperationType::Explicit for an explicit loading, LoadOperationType::Automatic for an automatic loadinga settable property indicating whether the server reported any errors for the resource

    The ExternalResourceLoadData contains a property, ErrorsReported, which the server can + use to indicate whether it handled any errors for the resource.

    For Revit links specifically, Revit will check this value to see + if it should report errors about a given link in the Unresolved + References dialog. An IExternalResourceUIServer can set this value + to true to avoid redundant messages.

    Note that it is possible for Revit to encounter errors internally + even if the server successfully provides a reference. In general, this + value should only be set to true if the server has reported an + error condition.

    + + 2015 + +
    + + + Implement this method to return the id of the server which is associated with this UI server. + + + If there's no DB server associated with this UI server, an empty GUID value will be returned. + + + The id of the associated DB server. + + + 2015 + + + + + Implement this method to handle results from browsing external resources + in the UI. It is recommended that the server only respond in the case of a critical error. + + + This method will be called automatically when the user browses for external resources, + such as listing folders and resources of an external server or a subfolder, + or choosing an external resource in the add resource dialog. + + + The result of the browsing operation. + + + The absolute path of the current item being browsed. + + + 2015 + + + + + Implement this method to display any UI related to messages or errors that result when the DB server + associated with this UI server attempts to load an external resource. + + +

    This method will be called automatically by Revit after the external resource load process is complete.

    +

    Note that automatic loads can occur in the context of other operations such as opening a file. + During automatic loads, it is therefore recommended that the server only display UI that is critical + for the user to see (such as error message).

    +

    The loading operation type is Explicit when the user is specifically trying to reload the resource. + During explicit loads, it may be desirable to provide more feedback to the user, such as specific feedback + that the load operation succeeded.

    +

    The loading operation type can be accessed through .

    +

    Note that providing messages and other UI feedback for Revit links is more complicated, + because links can be nested. The UI server may wish to provide different messages and take + different actions, depending on whether a link loaded from the DB server was a "top-level" link, + or was nested. For example, while it may be possible to correct an error that occurred with a + top-level link by loading it directly, this cannot be done with a nested link, as Revit will throw + an exception.

    +

    To complicate things further, the same Revit document may appear more than once in a tree of nested + links, and the UI server should avoid repeatedly posting the same message for instances of that + document.

    +

    To help UI servers handle situations where a nested tree of links is loaded: +

    • Each UI server whose DB server loaded one or more links in the tree will only be called once.
    • The collection of ExternalResourceLoadData objects passed into this method will include + only those for links loaded by this server's DB server.
    • The LinkLoadResults object contained in all ExternalResourceLoadData objects will always + be the results for the top-level link, even if the top-level link was not loaded by this + server's DB server. The LinkLoadResults class contains methods for navigating the full tree of + load results (starting with the top node), so the UI server will be able to determine the complete + context in which one of its DB server's resources was loaded.
    • Servers should only report results for their own link, whether they are nested or not.

    +
    + + The document into which resources were loaded. + + + A collection of ExternalResourceLoadData objects containing information about an attempt to load one or more + external resources, + including: + the load request Idthe type of resource that was loadedinformation to identify the particular resource that was loadedthe actual content obtained during the load attemptthe context of the load operations, e.g. LoadOperationType::Explicit for an explicit loading, LoadOperationType::Automatic for an automatic loadinga settable property indicating whether the server reported any errors for the resource

    The ExternalResourceLoadData contains a property, ErrorsReported, which the server can + use to indicate whether it handled any errors for the resource.

    For Revit links specifically, Revit will check this value to see + if it should report errors about a given link in the Unresolved + References dialog. An IExternalResourceUIServer can set this value + to true to avoid redundant messages.

    Note that it is possible for Revit to encounter errors internally + even if the server successfully provides a reference. In general, this + value should only be set to true if the server has reported an + error condition.

    + + 2015 + +
    + + + Implement this method to return the id of the server which is associated with this UI server. + + + If there's no DB server associated with this UI server, an empty GUID value will be returned. + + + The id of the associated DB server. + + + 2015 + + + + + The interface used to provide custom handling of UI operations related to external resources. + + +

    IExternalResourceUIServer is the UI server associated with IExternalResourceServer. + IExternalResourceServer provides an interface for loading an external resource (such as a Revit + link or the keynote data) from a source outside of Revit. IExternalResourceUIServer provides + an interface for displaying the results of such an operation to the Revit user.

    +

    IExternalResourceUIServers must be associated with an IExternalResourceServer in order + to display any UI. Implement to declare a relationship + between an IExternalResourceUIServer and an IExternalResourceServer.

    +

    The primary method in IExternalResourceUIServer is . + After an IExternalResourceServer loads an external resource, Revit will call + HandleLoadResourceResults() on the IExternalResourceUIServer, so that it may display any + related UI. Revit will provide an ExternalResourceLoadData to the UI server, which will + contain information about the resource which was loaded, information about the context of + the load operation, and any Revit-side errors.

    +

    The ExternalResourceLoadData passed to HandleLoadResourceResults will also contain a GUID + to uniquely identify the load request. This identifier can help IExternalResourceUIServers + query their IExternalResourceServers for additional information about errors that occurred + during specific load operations. Particularly, the IExternalResourceUIServer may wish to + ask the IExternalResourceServer about errors which Revit is not aware of. For example, + if the IExternalResourceServer includes a website and the user is not logged in, Revit + will not have any information about this error.

    +
    + + 2015 + +
    + + + Shows dialog on managing Electrical Analytical Load Set. + + + The associated document. + + + The data on initializing the dialog as well as getting the result. + + + Whether or not the dialog launches successfully. + + + + + Shows dialog on managing Electrical Analytical Load Set. + + + The associated document. + + + The data on initializing the dialog as well as getting the result. + + + Whether or not the dialog launches successfully. + + + + + The interface used to provide UI on managing Electrical Analytical Load Set. + + + + + Shows dialog on managing Electrical Analytical Load Combination. + + + The associated document. + + + The data on initializing the dialog as well as getting the result. + + + Whether or not the dialog launches successfully. + + + + + Shows dialog on managing Electrical Analytical Load Combination. + + + The associated document. + + + The data on initializing the dialog as well as getting the result. + + + Whether or not the dialog launches successfully. + + + + + The interface used to provide UI on managing Electrical Analytical Load Combination. + + + + + Shows the settings UI. + + + The input data of the calculation. + + + True if the user makes any changes in the UI, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns the Id of the corresponding DB server for which this server provides an optional UI. + + + Note that there may be only one UI server assigned to a DB calculation server. + + + The Id of the DB server. + + + 2014 + + + + + Shows the settings UI. + + + The input data of the calculation. + + + True if the user makes any changes in the UI, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns the Id of the corresponding DB server for which this server provides an optional UI. + + + Note that there may be only one UI server assigned to a DB calculation server. + + + The Id of the DB server. + + + 2014 + + + + + Interface for external servers providing optional UI for duct fitting and duct accessory coefficient calculation. + + + This service works with duct fitting and accessory pressure drop service. It provides the settings for the duct fitting and accessory pressure drop server if needed; + and it also provides UI for user to input the settings in Revit. + A typical way to use the external server can be: + Implement a server class that derives from this interface Create a new server object and register it with the service. + + 2014 + + + + + Override this function to start editing the custom field properties. + When this function is called it should launch the properties dialog which will allow the user to + modify the values for the input properties. + The edited properties should not be written into the Revit document during the call of this function, + they should just be returned. Once that the parent dialog is closed by pressing the OK button + it will be called . + which will have as an argument the properties returned by this function. + If the parent dialog is closed by pressing the Cancel button, the edited properties will be + discarded (they will not be saved into the document). + + + The prioperties that needs to be edited. + By default, these properties are the ones saved for the custom field. + They will be obtained by calling . + Once that the properties are edited and returned by this function they will be used as an input for + the next call to this function until the parent dialog will be closed. + + + The field that is controlled by this server. + + + The handle of the current opened window. + + + Returns an instance of which + represent the edited properties (with the new values). + If the properties were not edited, it should return . For example, if the user + close the edit custom field properties dialog by pressing Cancel button, it should return . + + + + + Gets the id of the server that defines the custom field whose properties are edited. + + + Returns the id of the server that defines the custom field whose properties are edited. + + + + + Override this function to start editing the custom field properties. + When this function is called it should launch the properties dialog which will allow the user to + modify the values for the input properties. + The edited properties should not be written into the Revit document during the call of this function, + they should just be returned. Once that the parent dialog is closed by pressing the OK button + it will be called . + which will have as an argument the properties returned by this function. + If the parent dialog is closed by pressing the Cancel button, the edited properties will be + discarded (they will not be saved into the document). + + + The prioperties that needs to be edited. + By default, these properties are the ones saved for the custom field. + They will be obtained by calling . + Once that the properties are edited and returned by this function they will be used as an input for + the next call to this function until the parent dialog will be closed. + + + The field that is controlled by this server. + + + The handle of the current opened window. + + + Returns an instance of which + represent the edited properties (with the new values). + If the properties were not edited, it should return . For example, if the user + close the edit custom field properties dialog by pressing Cancel button, it should return . + + + + + Gets the id of the server that defines the custom field whose properties are edited. + + + Returns the id of the server that defines the custom field whose properties are edited. + + + + + Represents an interface that should be overridden to allow the possibility to edit through + a dialog the custom field properties. + + This is part of the Schedule Custom Field implementation. + This server was designed to be public_api but in the end it was decided to be moved to public_api_internal + because the a custom field defined by a third party can't be computed when publish the rvt file into the cloud. + The computation of the value and graphics is done in generateGrep and if the addon the defines the server is not + present it the cell will be empty. + Decision can be found here: + https://autodesk.slack.com/archives/C02KQUH4519/p1673018478447789 + https://wiki.autodesk.com/display/aeceng/Public+availability+of+the+Custom+Graphics+API#decision_framework-1761429744 + + + + + Shows the FilterDialog editing dialog to the user. + + +

    If an existing FilterElement id was set during construction of the object or through the FilterToSelect property, + that FilterElement will be selected for editing.

    +

    If a new filter name was set during construction of the object or through the NewFilterName property, + a new ParameterFilterElement will be created and that new element will be selected for editing. + If this option was chosen, the id of the explicitly create new filter will be stored in the NewFilterId property.

    +

    Note that the user may opt to add, delete or edit any of the available filter elements (or make no changes at all). + To monitor which filters have been changed, use other Revit API mechanisms such as Dynamic Update or the DocumentChanged event.

    +
    + + 2015 + +
    + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The name of the new ParameterFilterElement to be created and selected once Show is invoked. + + + When setting this property: newFilterName is an empty string. + -or- + When setting this property: newFilterName cannot include prohibited characters, such as "{, }, [, ], |, ;, less-than sign, greater-than sign, ?, `, ~". + -or- + When setting this property: The supplied filter name newFilterName is not unique. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + The filter element to be selected once Show is invoked. + + + The default is InvalidElementId, resulting in selecting the first available (if any) FilterElement. + + + When setting this property: The supplied ElementId id is not of a FilterElement. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + The ElementId of the new filter created. + The value is populated after Show method is executed. + + + 2015 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of the FilterDialog class, + while setting the name of the new ParameterFilterElement to be created and selected for editing. + + + Show the dialog with the Show() method after setting the desired options. + + + The document that owns the FilterElements displayed and edited in the dialog. + + + The user-visible name for the new ParameterFilterElement. + + + name is an empty string. + -or- + name cannot include prohibited characters, such as "{, }, [, ], |, ;, less-than sign, greater-than sign, ?, `, ~". + -or- + The given value for name is already in use as a filter element name. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of the FilterDialog class, + while setting the id of the FilterElement to be selected when the dialog is shown. + + + Show the dialog with the Show() method after setting the desired options. + + + The document that owns the FilterElements displayed and edited in the dialog. + + + The FilterElement to be selected. + If InvalidElementId, then the first (if any) available FilterElement will be selected. + + + The supplied ElementId filterToSelect is not of a FilterElement. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Allows display of the dialog used to create and edit FilterElements in Autodesk Revit. + + + The class provides the option to launch the dialog by selecting an existing FilterElement, + or automatically creating a new ParameterFilterElement. + In both cases the affected element will be selected for editing. + Note that the user may opt to add, delete or edit any of the available filter elements (or make no changes at all). + + + 2015 + + + + + Indicates if the File Save Dialog should enable working with files in the cloud. + + + 2017 + + + + + The initial file name to be shown for this save operation. + + +

    This would typically be a name derived by the application that matches the purpose of the save operation + it intends to do. The user is permitted to alter the initial file name.

    +

    If the extension is not included, the file would be given the selected file extension + for the active filter (when saved). If the extension is included, it will be ignored if the extension does + not match one of the possible filter extensions. When not set, the file name entry field in the dialog will + be blank and the user will have to enter a file name.

    +
    + + When setting this property: initialFileName cannot include prohibited unprintable characters. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + +
    + + + Constructs a new instance of a File Save dialog. + + + The filter string. See the remarks for for details. + + + The input filter string does not meet the minimal requirements for a valid filter string. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + This class allows an add-in to prompt the user with the Revit dialog used to navigate to and select an existing + or new file path. This dialog is typically used to enter a file name for saving or exporting. + + +

    The behavior and appearance of this dialog matches the Revit "Save as" dialog. This is a general-purpose dialog + for saving any given file type, and the Options shown in the dialog for Revit projects and families will not be + shown. To prompt the user to save the active Revit document specifically, use UIDocument.SaveAs(UISaveAsOptions) instead.

    +

    The user will be requested to select or enter a file name matching the corresponding filter. + If an existing file is selected, there will be + a default prompt about overwriting the file shown, where the user can confirm or cancel this file selection.

    +

    The folder location shown when the dialog is displayed defaults to the most recently used file location + for saving or exporting.

    +

    Use of this dialog does not actually save an existing file, but it will provide the selected file path + back to the caller to take any action necessary.

    +
    + + 2017 + +
    + + + Identifies if the dialog should include a region showing a preview of the selected file. + + + The default value is false, to not show the preview area in the dialog. If set to true, note that + Revit may not be able to show a preview of all possible file types. + + + 2017 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a File Open dialog with initial folder. + + + The filter string. See the remarks for for details. + + + Initial folder to browse to when showing the dialog. + + + The input filter string does not meet the minimal requirements for a valid filter string. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a File Open dialog. + + + The filter string. See the remarks for for details. + + + The input filter string does not meet the minimal requirements for a valid filter string. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + This class allows an add-in to prompt the user with the Revit dialog used to navigate to and select an existing + file path. This dialog is typically used to select a file for opening or importing. + + +

    The behavior and appearance of this dialog matches the Revit "Open" dialog. This is a general-purpose dialog + for opening any given file type, and options to configure settings like worksharing options will not be included.

    +

    The user will be prompted to select an existing file that matches one of the provided filters. The user may not + enter a file name that does not exist.

    +

    The folder location shown when the dialog is displayed defaults to the most recently used file location + for opening or importing.

    +

    Use of this dialog does not actually open an existing file, but it will provide the selected file path + back to the caller to take any action necessary.

    +
    + + 2017 + +
    + + + Checks whether the current Revit process is running in FedRAMP environment. + + + To show a standard error message indicating featureas are not available in RedRAMP environment. + + + 2024 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + UI service guarding accesses to cloud features in FedRAMP environment. + + + 2024 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The message to be shown via tooltip + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + The message to be shown on the status bar + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Indicates if the cursor is banned or not. + + + 2017 + + + + + The active view + + + 2017 + + + + + The class is used to access necessary data during the placement of a FamilyInstance. + + + 2017 + + + + + Shows the Energy Data Settings dialog. + + + The document of energy data settings to be displayed. + + + Indicates if the dialog is for the advanced option. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2022 + + + + + Provides internal utility methods that display the element attribute dialog. + + + 2022 + + + + + Get current edited load set. + + + + + Set current edited load set. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Set current loads in current load set. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Get current loads in current load set. + + + + + Set all the available loads that can be added to current load set. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Get the available load map contains all the loads that can be added to current load set, and + its current corresponding LoadSet id. + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The input and output data used by external UI servers for storing UI settings. + TODO: Change to ElementIdSet after getLoadSet exposed as public api in PointLoadData. + + + + + Get the mapping of Load and the LoadSet it belongs to(will be invalidElementId + if the Load doesn't belong to any LoadSets). + + + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The input and output data used by external UI servers for storing UI settings. + Load and its belonged LoadSet mapping. + + + +DEPRECATED MEMBER FUNCTIONS ----------------------- + + + + Gets all UI data items stored in the UI data. + + + An array of UI data items. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets units. + + + The Units object. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The input and output data used by external UI servers for storing UI settings. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the fitting data stored in the UI data item. + + + The fitting data stored in the UI data item. + + + 2014 + + + + + Stores the entity in the UI data item. + + + The Entity to be stored. + + + Writing of Entities of this Schema is not allowed to the current add-in. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns the entity set by UI server. + or an invalid entity otherwise. + + + The Entity that is returned is a copy of the stored data (with copy-on-write optimization). + Modifying it is allowed (even with restricted write), but to save your changes you must call SetEntity. + + + The returned Entity. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Each duct fitting or duct accessory FamilyInstance has one DuctFittingAndAccessoryPressureDropUIDataItem. + + + One family instance has one UI data item. + The UI data item contains a corresponding DuctFittingAndAccessoryData which is used for initialing the UI settings and an entity which is used for storing the UI settings. + + + 2014 + + + + + Checks whether the specified double-click target supports the specified action. + + + The double-click target to check. + + + The desired double-click action. + + + True if the target supports the specified action, false otherwise. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2016 + + + + + Changes the double-click action associated with a specified target. + + + This change will be stored in the user's profile and will affect future sessions of Revit in + addition to the current session. + + + The double-click target whose action will be changed. + + + The action to assign to the target. + + + The specified action is not valid for the target element. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2016 + + + + + Returns the active user's desired action for a particular double-click target. + + + The target to check. + + + The user's desired action for the specified target. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2016 + + + + + Sets whether the desired action is to rename item in project browser on slow double-click. + + + 2016 + + + + + Returns the user's desire to rename item in project browser on slow double-click. + + + 2016 + + + + + Returns the current user's DoubleClickOptions. + + + The DoubleClickOptions for the current user. + + + 2016 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Provides access to settings that control what happens when the current user double-clicks on an element. + + + These settings are stored on a per-user basis. Revit will follow these settings for all projects and families for this user. + + + 2016 + + + + + 2016 + + + Possible actions Revit can take in response to the user double-clicking on an element. + + + 2016 + + + + + Double-click should deactivate the active view. + + + + + Double-click will enter a specific edit mode for the element. + + + + + Double-click should activate the view or schedule. + + + + + Double-click should take the user to the edit type dialog. + + + + + Double-click should open the family for editing. + + + + + Double-clicks should be ignored. + + + + + 2016 + + + Elements that support double-click in Revit. Note that this is meant to cover cases + where the element itself is a double-click target. Individual controls that are targets + are handled separately. + + + 2016 + + + + + Outside active view on sheet + + + + + Component-based stairs + + + + + Groups + + + + + Assemblies + + + + + Views on sheets + + + + + Sketch-based elements + + + + + Family instances + + + + + The View browser pane. + + + + + The system browser pane. + + + + + The rebar browser pane. + + + + + The properties palette pane. + + + + + The project browser pane. + + + + + The P&ID modeler browser pane. + + + + + The host by link navigator pane. + + + + + The Fabrication part browser pane. + + + + + The element view pane. + + + + + The content delivery pane. + + + + + A collection of ids of the dockable panes provided by Revit. + + + 2014 + + + + Provides a container of all Revit built-in DockablePaneId instances. + + + + RegenAll a family doocumment and saveas in the give folder + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Upgrade all family documents in the give folder. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + This utility is used to translate content files + + + 2017 + + + + + famRetrival all family documents in the give folder. default metric always + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + loadSave all family documents in the give folder. default metric always + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + This utility is used to translate content files + + + 2017 + + + + + Shows the Revit Color dialog as a modal dialog. + + + A status indicating whether the user selected a color or cancelled the dialog without making a selection. + + + 2017 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The original color. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + The new color selected by the user. + + + 2017 + + + + + Default constructor. + + + 2017 + + + + + Allows display of the Revit Color dialog. + + + The class provides the option to launch the Revit Color dialog to select the color. + + + 2017 + + + + + current canvas theme. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2024 + + + + + Indicate if the overall theme follows operating system color theme. + + + 2024 + + + + + The current overall theme which impacts the Revit frame and canvas. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2014 + + + + + The default theme. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2014 + + + + + Return the frame background color from the given theme. + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the theme name for the given theme type. + + + The theme. + + + The name of the theme. + + + A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2014 + + + + + Manager object for the UITheme class. + + + 2014 + + + + + The application frame theme. + + + 2014 + + + + + Light. + + + + + Dark. + + + + + 2024 + + + + + Constructs a new instance of a File Open dialog. + + + The filter string. See the remarks for for details. + + + Initial path to browse to when showing the dialog. + + + The input filter string does not meet the minimal requirements for a valid filter string. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2024 + + + + + This class allows an add-in to prompt the user with the Revit dialog used to navigate to and select an existing + file path, with additional options for linking the selected file in the Revit model (for now the postioning). + + +

    The behavior and appearance of this dialog matches the Revit "FileOpen" dialog. This is a general-purpose dialog + for opening a given file type, with the purpose of adding a link of that file to the Revit model.

    +

    In addition to the selected file path, this dialog can provide the user with the selected desired positioning + of the link in the Revit model.

    +

    Since the positioning options can differ between link types, the corresponding field is an int to increase + reusability.

    +
    + + 2024 + +
    + + + Determines if the input string is acceptable as input for a FileDialog filter string. + + + The filter string. + + + True of the filter string meets the minimal requirements to be a valid filter string. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Shows the dialog using the stored settings. + + + A status indicating whether the user selected a file name or cancelled the dialog without making a selection. + + + 2017 + + + + + Returns the selected file path chosen by the user. + + + The selected file path, or if the dialog has not been shown or selection was cancelled. + + + 2017 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + A string representation of the help topic. + + + 2017 + + + + + The default entry (from the filter) to be selected in the dialog. + + + This string value should be found in the string that makes up the right hand side of the filter entry. + If a match is found, that entry from the filter will be shown by default when the dialog is shown. + If this value is not set, or it cannot match any of the entries in the filter, + it will be ignored, and the first entry in the filter will be used instead. + + + When setting this property: defaultFilterEntry cannot include prohibited unprintable characters. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + The title to show on the dialog. + + + If not set, a default title will be used for the dialog. For open, this will be something similar to + "Select File" and for save, "Save As". + + + When setting this property: title cannot include prohibited unprintable characters. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + The filter string representing a collection of extensions allowed by the dialog. + + + The required format for this string is a collection of one or more filter labels (representing the text + the user will see in the Files of Type pulldown) plus an associated file matching string separated by the + '|' character. + Some examples of valid filter strings: + "Revit Files (*.rvt)|*.rvt"Revit Projects (*.rvt)|*.rvt|Revit Families (*.rfa)|*.rfa""All files|*.*""All Revit files (*.rvt, *.rfa, *.rte, *.rft)|*.rvt;*.rfa;*.rte;*.rft" + + When setting this property: The input filter string does not meet the minimal requirements for a valid filter string. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Base class supporting display of the dialog used to navigate to and select a file from Autodesk Revit. + + + 2017 + + + + + 2017 + + + An enumerated type listing the possible responses from a prompted dialog where the + user is asked to select one or more items. + + + 2017 + + + + + The user canceled the prompted dialog. No selected item(s) are available from + the dialog interfaces. + + + + + The user selected one or more item(s) from the prompted dialog and + confirmed the selection. The selected item(s) are available + from the dialog interfaces. + + + + + Gets the corners of the view's rectangle. + The two points that define the corners of the view's rectangle in model coordinates. + + + 2013 + + + + + Zoom and center the view to a specified rectangle. + + + A corner of the desired view rectangle in model coordinates. + + + The opposite corner of the desired view rectangle in model coordinates. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Zoom to the sheet size. + + + 2013 + + + + + Zoom the view. + + + Factor by which to zoom in or out. Values greater than 1 zooms in, less than 1 zooms out. + + + zoomFactor is not positive. + + + 2013 + + + + + Zoom the view to fit its contents. + + + 2013 + + + + + Closes the view. + + + Cannot close a project's only open view. + + + 2013 + + + + + Gets the rectangle containing the coordinates of the view's drawing area. + + + The rectangle of the view window. + + + 2013 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The id of the View associated with a UIView. + + + 2013 + + + + + A class containing data about view windows in the Revit user interface. + + + 2013 + + + + This is the unloaded event handler and raised when the control is removed from within +an element tree of loaded elements (dispose the control explicitly by users). + + + This method is called if the user explicitly disposes of the +object (by calling the Dispose method in other managed languages, +or the destructor in C++). + + + The visibility of the preview view scrollbars. + 2014 + + + The UI view representing the preview view. + Use this handle to manipulate the zoom and pan of the view. + 2014 + + + The view Id. + 2013 + + + Constructs a preview control. + The document. + The view id want to browse in this control. + Thrown when dbDocument or viewId is . + +Thrown when the given document is a linked document or the given viewId is invalid or the view is a schedule +or other non-graphical view such as schedule views or the project browser view. + + +Thrown when there is an active preview control already. + + 2013 + + + Presents a preview control to browse the Revit model. + The dialog or form or window host this preview control must be modal. +The view can be any graphical view but not a non-graphical view. And only one can be active. +The view can be manipulated by embedded view cube and the visibility and graphical settings +set on the view will be evident in the preview control. + + 2013 + + + The visibility of the preview view scrollbars. + + + Destroy the window and release the modal scope and update the active view to NULL. + + + Creates the Hwnd of given db view as the child of hwndParent. + + + Constructs the Preview host window to interop with win32 control. + + + Hosts a Win32 window as an element within Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF) content. + + + Lists all the visibility types of the scrollbar in the preview view. + 2014 + + + The both scrollbars are visible. + + + The vertical scrollbar is visible. + + + The horizontal scrollbar is visible. + + + No scrollbars are visible. + + +Treats lhs and rhs as vectors and returns their cross product. + + +Treats lhs and rhs as vectors and returns their dot product. + + +returns a parallel unit vector or zero vector + + +Make this a unit vector or return ERR_NULL_VECTOR if the vector is nearly zero. + + +construct from components + + +returns a unit vector in the V-direction (0, 1) + + +returns a unit vector in the U-direction (1, 0) + + +returns (0, 0) + + + +'UVUtils::UV' is a class that represents a 2d vector or a 2d point. + + +By default UVUtils::UV is initialized to {0.0, 0.0}. + + + +Array casts + + +Determines whether vectors are parallel within DOUBLE_EPS +Returns: if parallel => 1 + if not or if either is {0,0,0}. => 0 + if antiparallel => -1 + + +Determines whether vectors are parallel within ANGLE_EPS +Returns: if parallel => 1 + if not or if either is {0,0,0}. => 0 + if antiparallel => -1 + + +Returns true when the two vectors are almost equal. +NOTE that the applied tolerance scales with the length of the +vectors. +USE WITH CAUTION +In 3D modeling, a tolerance such as Revit's vertex tolerance +(TessEpsCntrl::getVertexEps) should be used. +Use this only in special cases." + + +The triple product of of three vectors vec0, vec1, vec2 is defined as + dot(cross(vec0, vec1), vec2). + +It is equal to the signed volume of the parallelepiped spanned by the three vectors. +It is zero if and only if the vectors are linearly dependent. This function is equivalent +to the Vec3d function vecVolume. + + +Convert the input xyz into a unit vector. +IF the input vector cannot be normalized +THEN the function will return a zero vector. + + +Convert the input xyz into a unit vector. +IF the vector cannot be normalized +THEN the function will return std::nullopt. + + +Treats lhs and rhs as vectors and returns their cross product. + + +Treats lhs and rhs as vectors and returns their dot product. + + +returns a parallel unit vector or zero vector + + +Make this a unit vector or return ERR_NULL_VECTOR if the vector is nearly zero. + + +construct from components + + +returns a unit vector in the X, Y or Z direction for dim values of 0, 1 or 2 respectively + + +returns a unit vector in the Z-direction (0, 0, 1) + + +returns a unit vector in the Y-direction (0, 1, 0) + + +returns a unit vector in the X-direction (1, 0, 0) + + +returns (0, 0, 0) + + + +'XYZUtils::XYZ' is a class that represents a 3d vector or a 3d point. + + +By default XYZUtils::XYZ is initialized to {0.0, 0.0, 0.0}. + + + +Array casts + + + +A pointer to an ID2D1BitmapRenderTarget object. + + + + +Retrieves the bitmap for this render target. The returned bitmap can be used for drawing operations. + If the method succeeds, it returns TRUE. Otherwise, it returns FALSE. + When this method returns, contains the valid bitmap for this render target. This bitmap can be used for drawing operations. + + + +Returns ID2D1BitmapRenderTarget interface + +Pointer to an ID2D1BitmapRenderTarget interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Returns ID2D1BitmapRenderTarget interface + +Pointer to an ID2D1BitmapRenderTarget interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Detaches render target interface from the object + +Pointer to detached render target interface. + + + +Attaches existing render target interface to the object + Existing render target interface. Cannot be NULL + + + +Constructs a CBitmapRenderTarget object. + + + +A pointer to an ID2D1DCRenderTarget object. + + + + +Returns ID2D1DCRenderTarget interface + +Pointer to an ID2D1DCRenderTarget interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Returns ID2D1DCRenderTarget interface + +Pointer to an ID2D1DCRenderTarget interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Binds the render target to the device context to which it issues drawing commands + If the method succeeds, it returns TRUE. Otherwise, it returns FALSE. + The device context to which the render target issues drawing commands + The dimensions of the handle to a device context (HDC) to which the render target is bound + + + +Creates a CDCRenderTarget. + +If the method succeeds, it returns TRUE. Otherwise, it returns FALSE. + The rendering mode, pixel format, remoting options, DPI information, and the minimum DirectX support required for hardware rendering. + + + +Detaches render target interface from the object + +Pointer to detached render target interface. + + + +Attaches existing render target interface to the object + Existing render target interface. Cannot be NULL + + + +Constructs a CDCRenderTarget object. + + + +ID2D1DCRenderTarget wrapper. + + + + +A pointer to an ID2D1HwndRenderTarget object. + + + + +Changes the size of the render target to the specified pixel size + If the method succeeds, it returns TRUE. Otherwise, it returns FALSE. + The new size of the render target in device pixels + + + +Indicates whether the HWND associated with this render target is occluded. + +A value that indicates whether the HWND associated with this render target is occluded. + + + +Returns the HWND associated with this render target. + +The HWND associated with this render target. + + + +Returns ID2D1HwndRenderTarget interface. + +Pointer to an ID2D1HwndRenderTarget interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Returns ID2D1HwndRenderTarget interface. + +Pointer to an ID2D1HwndRenderTarget interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Re-creates a render target associated with the window + If the method succeeds, it returns TRUE. Otherwise, it returns FALSE. + The HWND associated with this render target + + + +Creates a render target associated with the window + If the method succeeds, it returns TRUE. Otherwise, it returns FALSE + The HWND associated with this render target + + + +Detaches render target interface from the object + +Pointer to detached render target interface. + + + +Attaches existing render target interface to the object + Existing render target interface. Cannot be NULL + + + +Constructs a CHwndRenderTarget object from HWND. + The HWND associated with this render target + + + +ID2D1HwndRenderTarget wrapper. + + + + +A pointer to CD2DTextFormat object that contains a default text format. + + + + +A list of pointers to CD2DResource objects. + + + + +A pointer to an ID2D1RenderTarget object. + + + + +Verifies CD2DResource object validity; creates the object if it didn't already exist. + Pointer to CD2DResource object. + +TRUE is object if valid; otherwise FALSE. + + + +Removes the last axis-aligned clip from the render target. After this method is called, the clip is no longer applied to subsequent drawing operations. + + + +Removes the last axis-aligned clip from the render target. After this method is called, the clip is no longer applied to subsequent drawing operations. + The size and position of the clipping area, in device-independent pixels. + The antialiasing mode that is used to draw the edges of clip rects that have subpixel boundaries, and to blend the clip with the scene contents. The blending is performed once when the PopAxisAlignedClip method is called, and does not apply to each primitive within the layer. + + + +Sets the render target's drawing state to that of the specified ID2D1DrawingStateBlock. + The new drawing state of the render target. + + + +Saves the current drawing state to the specified ID2D1DrawingStateBlock. + When this method returns, contains the current drawing state of the render target. This parameter must be initialized before passing it to the method. + + + +Executes all pending drawing commands. + Contains the tag for drawing operations that caused errors or 0 if there were no errors. This parameter is passed uninitialized. + Contains the tag for drawing operations that caused errors or 0 if there were no errors. This parameter is passed uninitialized. + + + +Stops redirecting drawing operations to the layer that is specified by the last PushLayer call. + + + +Adds the specified layer to the render target so that it receives all subsequent drawing operations until PopLayer is called. + The content bounds, geometric mask, opacity, opacity mask, and antialiasing options for the layer. + The layer that receives subsequent drawing operations. + + + +Creates a new bitmap render target for use during intermediate offscreen drawing that is compatible with the current render target . + If the method succeeds, it returns TRUE. Otherwise, it returns FALSE. + When this method returns, contains the address of a pointer to a new bitmap render target. This parameter is passed uninitialized. + The desired size of the new render target in device-independent pixels if it should be different from the original render target, or NULL. For more information, see the Remarks section. + The desired size of the new render target in pixels if it should be different from the original render target, or NULL. For more information, see the Remarks section. + The desired pixel format and alpha mode of the new render target, or NULL. If the pixel format is set to DXGI_FORMAT_UNKNOWN or if this parameter is null, the new render target uses the same pixel format as the original render target. If the alpha mode is D2D1_ALPHA_MODE_UNKNOWN or this parameter is NULL, the alpha mode of the new render target defaults to D2D1_ALPHA_MODE_PREMULTIPLIED. For information about supported pixel formats, see Supported Pixel Formats and Alpha Modes. + A value that specifies whether the new render target must be compatible with GDI. + + + +Applies the specified transform to the render target, replacing the existing transformation. All subsequent drawing operations occur in the transformed space. + The transform to apply to the render target. + + + +Applies the specified transform to the render target, replacing the existing transformation. All subsequent drawing operations occur in the transformed space. + The transform to apply to the render target. + + + +Applies the specified transform to the render target, replacing the existing transformation. All subsequent drawing operations occur in the transformed space. + The transform to apply to the render target. + + + +Retrieves the render target's current text rendering options. + When this method returns, textRenderingParamscontains the address of a pointer to the render target's current text rendering options. + + + +Specifies text rendering options to be applied to all subsequent text and glyph drawing operations. + The text rendering options to be applied to all subsequent text and glyph drawing operations; NULL to clear current text rendering options. + + + +Gets the current antialiasing mode for text and glyph drawing operations. + +Current antialiasing mode for text and glyph drawing operations. + + + +Specifies the antialiasing mode to use for subsequent text and glyph drawing operations. + The antialiasing mode to use for subsequent text and glyph drawing operations. + + + +Retrieves the current antialiasing mode for nontext drawing operations. + +Current antialiasing mode for nontext drawing operations. + + + +Sets the antialiasing mode of the render target. The antialiasing mode applies to all subsequent drawing operations, excluding text and glyph drawing operations. + The antialiasing mode for future drawing operations. + + + +Paints the interior of the specified mesh. + The mesh to paint. + The brush used to paint the mesh. + + + +Draws the specified glyphs. + The origin, in device-independent pixels, of the glyphs' baseline. + The glyphs to render. + The brush used to paint the specified glyphs. + A value that indicates how glyph metrics are used to measure text when it is formatted. The default value is DWRITE_MEASURING_MODE_NATURAL. + + + +Paints the interior of the specified geometry. + The geometry to paint. + The brush used to paint the geometry's interior. + The opacity mask to apply to the geometry;NULL for no opacity mask. If an opacity mask (the opacityBrush parameter) is specified, brush must be an ID2D1BitmapBrush that has its x- and y-extend modes set to D2D1_EXTEND_MODE_CLAMP. For more information, see the Remarks section. + + + +Draws the outline of the specified geometry using the specified stroke style. + The geometry to draw. + The brush used to paint the geometry's stroke. + The thickness of the geometry's stroke. The stroke is centered on the geometry's outline. + The style of stroke to apply to the geometry's outline, or NULL to paint a solid stroke. + + + +Draws the formatted text described by the specified IDWriteTextLayout object. + The bitmap to render. + The size and position, in device-independent pixels in the render target's coordinate space, of the area to which the bitmap is drawn. If the rectangle is not well-ordered, nothing is drawn, but the render target does not enter an error state. + A value between 0.0f and 1.0f, inclusive, that specifies an opacity value to apply to the bitmap; this value is multiplied against the alpha values of the bitmap's contents. + The interpolation mode to use if the bitmap is scaled or rotated by the drawing operation. + The size and position, in device-independent pixels in the bitmap's coordinate space, of the area within the bitmap to draw. + + + +Draws the formatted text described by the specified IDWriteTextLayout object. + The point, described in device-independent pixels, at which the upper-left corner of the text described by textLayout is drawn. + The formatted text to draw. Any drawing effects that do not inherit from ID2D1Resource are ignored. If there are drawing effects that inherit from ID2D1Resource that are not brushes, this method fails and the render target is put in an error state. + The brush used to paint any text in textLayout that does not already have a brush associated with it as a drawing effect (specified by the IDWriteTextLayout::SetDrawingEffect method). + A value that indicates whether the text should be snapped to pixel boundaries and whether the text should be clipped to the layout rectangle. The default value is D2D1_DRAW_TEXT_OPTIONS_NONE, which indicates that text should be snapped to pixel boundaries and it should not be clipped to the layout rectangle. + + + +Draws the specified text using the format information provided by an IDWriteTextFormat object. + A pointer to an array of Unicode characters to draw. + The size and position of the area in which the text is drawn. + The brush used to paint the text. + An object that describes formatting details of the text to draw, such as the font, the font size, and flow direction. + A value that indicates whether the text should be snapped to pixel boundaries and whether the text should be clipped to the layout rectangle. The default value is D2D1_DRAW_TEXT_OPTIONS_NONE, which indicates that text should be snapped to pixel boundaries and it should not be clipped to the layout rectangle. + A value that indicates how glyph metrics are used to measure text when it is formatted. The default value is DWRITE_MEASURING_MODE_NATURAL. + + + +Applies the opacity mask described by the specified bitmap to a brush and uses that brush to paint a region of the render target. + The position and radius, in device-independent pixels, of the ellipse to paint. + The brush used to paint the region of the render target specified by destinationRectangle. + The type of content the opacity mask contains. The value is used to determine the color space in which the opacity mask is blended. + The region of the render target to paint, in device-independent pixels. + The region of the bitmap to use as the opacity mask, in device-independent pixels. + + + +Draws a line between the specified points using the specified stroke style. + The start point of the line, in device-independent pixels. + The end point of the line, in device-independent pixels. + The brush used to paint the line's stroke. + A value greater than or equal to 0.0f that specifies the width of the stroke. If this parameter isn't specified, it defaults to 1.0f. The stroke is centered on the line. + The style of stroke to paint, or NULL to paint a solid line. + + + +Paints the interior of the specified ellipse. + The position and radius, in device-independent pixels, of the ellipse to paint. + The brush used to paint the interior of the ellipse. + + + +Draws the outline of the specified ellipse using the specified stroke style. + The position and radius of the ellipse to draw, in device-independent pixels. + The brush used to paint the ellipse's outline. + The thickness of the ellipse's stroke. The stroke is centered on the ellipse's outline. + The style of stroke to apply to the ellipse's outline, or NULL to paint a solid stroke. + + + +Paints the interior of the specified rounded rectangle. + The dimensions of the rounded rectangle to paint, in device independent pixels. + The brush used to paint the interior of the rounded rectangle. + + + +Draws the outline of the specified rounded rectangle using the specified stroke style. + The dimensions of the rounded rectangle to draw, in device-independent pixels. + The brush used to paint the rounded rectangle's outline. + The width of the rounded rectangle's stroke. The stroke is centered on the rounded rectangle's outline. The default value is 1.0f. + The style of the rounded rectangle's stroke, or NULL to paint a solid stroke. The default value is NULL. + + + +Paints the interior of the specified rectangle. + The dimension of the rectangle to paint, in device-independent pixels. + The brush used to paint the rectangle's interior. + + + +Draws the outline of a rectangle that has the specified dimensions and stroke style. + The dimensions of the rectangle to draw, in device-independent pixels + The brush used to paint the rectangle's stroke + A value greater than or equal to 0.0f that specifies the width of the rectangle's stroke. The stroke is centered on the rectangle's outline. + The style of stroke to paint, or NULL to paint a solid stroke. + + + +Clears the drawing area to the specified color. + The color to which the drawing area is cleared. + + + +Converts GDI color and alpha values to the D2D1_COLOR_F object. + RGB value. + Alpha value. + +D2D1_COLOR_F value. + + + +Ends drawing operations on the render target and indicates the current error state and associated tags. + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. Otherwise, it returns an HRESULT error code. + + + +Initiates drawing on this render target. + + + +Detaches render target interface from the object + +Pointer to detached render target interface. + + + +Attaches existing render target interface to the object + Existing render target interface. Cannot be NULL + + + +Gets the maximum size, in device-dependent units (pixels), of any one bitmap dimension supported by the render target + +The maximum size, in pixels, of any one bitmap dimension supported by the render target + + + +Indicates whether the render target supports the specified properties + +TRUE if the specified render target properties are supported by this render target; otherwise, FALSE + The render target properties to test + + + +Specifies a label for subsequent drawing operations. + A label to apply to subsequent drawing operations. + A label to apply to subsequent drawing operations. + + + +Gets the label for subsequent drawing operations. + Contains the first label for subsequent drawing operations. This parameter is passed uninitialized. If NULL is specified, no value is retrieved for this parameter. + Contains the second label for subsequent drawing operations. This parameter is passed uninitialized. If NULL is specified, no value is retrieved for this parameter. + + + +Returns the size of the render target in device pixels + +The size of the render target in device pixels + + + +Retrieves the pixel format and alpha mode of the render target + +The pixel format and alpha mode of the render target + + + +Returns the render target's dots per inch (DPI) + +The render target's dots per inch (DPI). + + + +Sets the dots per inch (DPI) of the render target. + A value greater than or equal to zero that specifies the horizontal/verticalDPI of the render target. + + + +Returns the size of the render target in device-independent pixels + +The current size of the render target in device-independent pixels + + + +Returns ID2D1RenderTarget interface + +Pointer to an ID2D1RenderTarget interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Returns ID2D1RenderTarget interface + +Pointer to an ID2D1RenderTarget interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Checks resource validity + +TRUE if resource is valid; otherwise FALSE. + + + +Deletes one or more resources + +If the method succeeds, it returns TRUE. Otherwise, it returns FALSE + If bDeleteResources is TRUE, all resources located in m_lstResources will be automatically destroyed. + + + +The destructor. Called when a render target object is being destroyed. + + + + +Constructs a CRenderTarget object. + + + +ID2D1RenderTarget wrapper. + + + + +A pointer to an ID2D1Mesh. + + + + +Checks resource validity + +TRUE if resource is valid; otherwise FALSE. + + + +Destroys a CD2DMesh object. + + + +Creates a CD2DMesh. + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. Otherwise, it returns an HRESULT error code. + A pointer to the render target. + + + +Opens the mesh for population. + +A pointer to an ID2D1TessellationSink that is used to populate the mesh. + + + +Returns ID2D1Mesh interface + +Pointer to an ID2D1Mesh interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Returns ID2D1Mesh interface + +Pointer to an ID2D1Mesh interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Detaches resource interface from the object + +Pointer to detached resource interface. + + + +Attaches existing resource interface to the object + Existing resource interface. Cannot be NULL + + + +The destructor. Called when a D2D mesh object is being destroyed. + + + + +Constructs a CD2DMesh object. + A pointer to the render target. + Indicates that the object will be destroyed by owner (pParentTarget). + + + +ID2D1Mesh wrapper. + + + + +A pointer to an ID2D1GeometrySink. + + + + +Specifies stroke and join options to be applied to new segments added to the geometry sink. + Stroke and join options to be applied to new segments added to the geometry sink. + + + +Specifies the method used to determine which points are inside the geometry described by this geometry sink and which points are outside. + The method used to determine whether a given point is part of the geometry. + + + +Closes the geometry sink + +Nonzero if successful; otherwise FALSE. + + + +Creates a sequence of lines using the specified points and adds them to the geometry sink. + An array of one or more points that describe the lines to draw. A line is drawn from the geometry sink's current point (the end point of the last segment drawn or the location specified by BeginFigure) to the first point in the array. if the array contains additional points, a line is drawn from the first point to the second point in the array, from the second point to the third point, and so on. An array of a sequence of the end points of the lines to draw. + + + +Creates a line segment between the current point and the specified end point and adds it to the geometry sink. + The end point of the line to draw. + + + +Adds a sequence of quadratic Bezier segments as an array in a single call. + An array of a sequence of quadratic Bezier segments. + + + +Creates a quadratic Bezier curve between the current point and the specified end point. + A structure that describes the control point and the end point of the quadratic Bezier curve to add. + + + +Creates a sequence of cubic Bezier curves and adds them to the geometry sink. + An array of Bezier segments that describes the Bezier curves to create. A curve is drawn from the geometry sink's current point (the end point of the last segment drawn or the location specified by BeginFigure) to the end point of the first Bezier segment in the array. if the array contains additional Bezier segments, each subsequent Bezier segment uses the end point of the preceding Bezier segment as its start point. + + + +Creates a cubic Bezier curve between the current point and the specified end point. + A structure that describes the control points and end point of the Bezier curve to add. + + + +Adds a single arc to the path geometry + The arc segment to add to the figure + + + +Ends the current figure; optionally, closes it. + A value that indicates whether the current figure is closed. If the figure is closed, a line is drawn between the current point and the start point specified by BeginFigure. + + + +Starts a new figure at the specified point. + The point at which to begin the new figure. + Whether the new figure should be hollow or filled. + + + +Returns ID2D1GeometrySink interface + +Pointer to an ID2D1GeometrySink interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Returns ID2D1GeometrySink interface + +Pointer to an ID2D1GeometrySink interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Checks geometry sink validity + +TRUE if geometry sink is valid; otherwise FALSE. + + + +The destructor. Called when a D2D geometry sink object is being destroyed. + + + + +Constructs a CD2DGeometrySink object from CD2DPathGeometry object. + An existing CD2DPathGeometry object. + + + +ID2D1GeometrySink wrapper. + + + + +A pointer to an ID2D1PathGeometry. + + + + +Retrieves tthe number of figures in the path geometry. + +Returns the number of figures in the path geometry. + + + +Retrieves the number of segments in the path geometry. + +Returns the number of segments in the path geometry. + + + +Copies the contents of the path geometry to the specified ID2D1GeometrySink. + +If the method succeeds, it returns TRUE. Otherwise, it returns FALSE. + The sink to which the path geometry's contents are copied. Modifying this sink does not change the contents of this path geometry. + + + +Retrieves the geometry sink that is used to populate the path geometry with figures and segments. + +A pointer to the ID2D1GeometrySink that is used to populate the path geometry with figures and segments. + + + +Detaches resource interface from the object + +Pointer to detached resource interface. + + + +Attaches existing resource interface to the object + Existing resource interface. Cannot be NULL + + + +Destroys a CD2DPathGeometry object. + + + +Creates a CD2DPathGeometry. + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. Otherwise, it returns an HRESULT error code. + A pointer to the render target. + + + +Constructs a CD2DPathGeometry object. + A pointer to the render target. + Indicates that the object will be destroyed by owner (pParentTarget). + + + +ID2D1PathGeometry wrapper. + + + + +A pointer to an ID2D1Geometry. + + + + +Widens the geometry by the specified stroke and writes the result to an ID2D1SimplifiedGeometrySink after it has been transformed by the specified matrix and flattened using the specified tolerance. + +If the method succeeds, it returns TRUE. Otherwise, it returns FALSE. + The amount by which to widen the geometry. + The style of stroke to apply to the geometry, or NULL. + The transform to apply to the geometry after widening it. + The ID2D1SimplifiedGeometrySink to which the widened geometry is appended. + The maximum bounds on the distance between points in the polygonal approximation of the geometry. Smaller values produce more accurate results but cause slower execution. + + + +Creates a set of clockwise-wound triangles that cover the geometry after it has been transformed using the specified matrix and flattened using the specified tolerance. + +If the method succeeds, it returns TRUE. Otherwise, it returns FALSE. + The transform to apply to this geometry, or NULL. + The ID2D1TessellationSink to which the tessellated is appended. + The maximum bounds on the distance between points in the polygonal approximation of the geometry. Smaller values produce more accurate results but cause slower execution. + + + +Creates a simplified version of the geometry that contains only lines and (optionally) cubic Bezier curves and writes the result to an ID2D1SimplifiedGeometrySink. + +If the method succeeds, it returns TRUE. Otherwise, it returns FALSE. + A value that specifies whether the simplified geometry should contain curves. + The transform to apply to the simplified geometry. + The ID2D1SimplifiedGeometrySink to which the simplified geometry is appended. + The maximum bounds on the distance between points in the polygonal approximation of the geometry. Smaller values produce more accurate results but cause slower execution. + + + +Computes the outline of the geometry and writes the result to an ID2D1SimplifiedGeometrySink. + +If the method succeeds, it returns TRUE. Otherwise, it returns FALSE. + The transform to apply to the geometry outline. + The ID2D1SimplifiedGeometrySink to which the geometry transformed outline is appended. + The maximum bounds on the distance between points in the polygonal approximation of the geometry. Smaller values produce more accurate results but cause slower execution. + + + +Determines whether the geometry's stroke contains the specified point given the specified stroke thickness, style, and transform. + +If the method succeeds, it returns TRUE. Otherwise, it returns FALSE. + The point to test for containment. + The thickness of the stroke to apply. + The style of the stroke to apply. + The transform to apply to the stroked geometry. + When this method returns, contains a boolean value set to TRUE if the geometry's stroke contains the specified point; otherwise, FALSE. You must allocate storage for this parameter. + The numeric accuracy with which the precise geometric path and path intersection is calculated. Points missing the stroke by less than the tolerance are still considered inside. Smaller values produce more accurate results but cause slower execution. + + + +Indicates whether the area filled by the geometry would contain the specified point given the specified flattening tolerance. + +If the method succeeds, it returns TRUE. Otherwise, it returns FALSE. + The point to test. + The transform to apply to the geometry prior to testing for containment. + When this method returns, contains a bool value that is TRUE if the area filled by the geometry contains point; otherwise, FALSE. You must allocate storage for this parameter. + The numeric accuracy with which the precise geometric path and path intersection is calculated. Points missing the fill by less than the tolerance are still considered inside. Smaller values produce more accurate results but cause slower execution. + + + +Gets the bounds of the geometry after it has been widened by the specified stroke width and style and transformed by the specified matrix. + +If the method succeeds, it returns TRUE. Otherwise, it returns FALSE. + The amount by which to widen the geometry by stroking its outline. + The style of the stroke that widens the geometry. + A transform to apply to the geometry after the geometry is transformed and after the geometry has been stroked. + When this method returns, contains the bounds of the widened geometry. You must allocate storage for this parameter. + The maximum bounds on the distance between points in the polygonal approximation of the geometries. Smaller values produce more accurate results but cause slower execution. + + + +Retrieves the bounds of the geometry. + +If the method succeeds, it returns TRUE. Otherwise, it returns FALSE. + The transform to apply to this geometry before calculating its bounds. + When this method returns, contains the bounds of this geometry. If the bounds are empty, this will be a rect where bounds.left is greater than bounds.right. You must allocate storage for this parameter. + + + +Calculates the point and tangent vector at the specified distance along the geometry after it has been transformed by the specified matrix and flattened using the specified tolerance. + +If the method succeeds, it returns TRUE. Otherwise, it returns FALSE. + The distance along the geometry of the point and tangent to find. If this distance is less then 0, this method calculates the first point in the geometry. If this distance is greater than the length of the geometry, this method calculates the last point in the geometry. + The transform to apply to the geometry before calculating the specified point and tangent. + The location at the specified distance along the geometry. If the geometry is empty, this point contains NaN as its x and y values. + When this method returns, contains a pointer to the tangent vector at the specified distance along the geometry. If the geometry is empty, this vector contains NaN as its x and y values. You must allocate storage for this parameter. + The maximum bounds on the distance between points in the polygonal approximation of the geometry. Smaller values produce more accurate results but cause slower execution. + + + +Calculates the length of the geometry as though each segment were unrolled into a line. + +If the method succeeds, it returns TRUE. Otherwise, it returns FALSE. + The transform to apply to the geometry before calculating its length. + When this method returns, contains a pointer to the length of the geometry. For closed geometries, the length includes an implicit closing segment. You must allocate storage for this parameter. + The maximum bounds on the distance between points in the polygonal approximation of the geometry. Smaller values produce more accurate results but cause slower execution. + + + +Computes the area of the geometry after it has been transformed by the specified matrix and flattened using the specified tolerance. + +If the method succeeds, it returns TRUE. Otherwise, it returns FALSE. + The transform to apply to this geometry before computing its area. + When this method returns, contains a pointer to the area of the transformed, flattened version of this geometry. You must allocate storage for this parameter. + The maximum bounds on the distance between points in the polygonal approximation of the geometry. Smaller values produce more accurate results but cause slower execution. + + + +Describes the intersection between this geometry and the specified geometry. The comparison is performed using the specified flattening tolerance. + +If the method succeeds, it returns TRUE. Otherwise, it returns FALSE. + The geometry to test. + The transform to apply to inputGeometry. + The maximum bounds on the distance between points in the polygonal approximation of the geometries. Smaller values produce more accurate results but cause slower execution. + + + +Combines this geometry with the specified geometry and stores the result in an ID2D1SimplifiedGeometrySink. + +If the method succeeds, it returns TRUE. Otherwise, it returns FALSE. + The geometry to combine with this instance. + The type of combine operation to perform. + The transform to apply to inputGeometry before combining. + The result of the combine operation. + The maximum bounds on the distance between points in the polygonal approximation of the geometries. Smaller values produce more accurate results but cause slower execution. + + + +Checks resource validity + +TRUE if resource is valid; otherwise FALSE. + + + +Destroys a CD2DGeometry object. + + + +Returns ID2D1Geometry interface + +Pointer to an ID2D1Geometry interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Returns ID2D1Geometry interface + +Pointer to an ID2D1Geometry interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Detaches resource interface from the object + +Pointer to detached resource interface. + + + +Attaches existing resource interface to the object + Existing resource interface. Cannot be NULL + + + +The destructor. Called when a D2D geometry object is being destroyed. + + + + +Constructs a CD2DGeometry object. + A pointer to the render target. + Indicates that the object will be destroyed by owner (pParentTarget). + + + +ID2D1Geometry wrapper. + + + + +A pointer to an IDWriteTextLayout. + + + + +Gets the locale name of the text at the specified position. + +CString object that contains the current locale name. + The position of the text to inspect. + The range of text that has the same formatting as the text at the position specified by currentPosition. This means the run has the exact formatting as the position specified, including but not limited to the locale name. + + + +Copies the font family name of the text at the specified position. + +CString object that contains the current font family name. + The position of the text to examine. + The range of text that has the same formatting as the text at the position specified by currentPosition. This means the run has the exact formatting as the position specified, including but not limited to the font family name. + + + +Sets the locale name for text within a specified text range + +If the method succeeds, it returns TRUE. Otherwise, it returns FALSE + A null-terminated locale name string + Text range to which this change applies + + + +Sets null-terminated font family name for text within a specified text range + +If the method succeeds, it returns TRUE. Otherwise, it returns FALSE + The font family name that applies to the entire text string within the range specified by textRange + Text range to which this change applies + + + +Returns IDWriteTextLayout interface + +Pointer to an IDWriteTextLayout interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Returns IDWriteTextLayout interface + +Pointer to an IDWriteTextLayout interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Checks resource validity + +TRUE if resource is valid; otherwise FALSE. + + + +Destroys a CD2DTextLayout object. + + + +Creates a CD2DTextLayout. + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. Otherwise, it returns an HRESULT error code. + A pointer to the render target. + + + +Re-creates a CD2DTextLayout. + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. Otherwise, it returns an HRESULT error code. + A pointer to the render target. + + + +The destructor. Called when a D2D text layout object is being destroyed. + + + + +Constructs a CD2DTextLayout object. + A pointer to the render target. + A CString object that contains the string to create a new CD2DTextLayout object from. + A CString object that contains the format to apply to the string. + The size of the layout box. + Indicates that the object will be destroyed by owner (pParentTarget). + + + +IDWriteTextLayout wrapper. + + + + +A pointer to an IDWriteTextFormat. + + + + +Gets a copy of the locale name. + +CString object that contains the current locale name. + + + +Gets a copy of the font family name. + +CString object that contains the current font family name. + + + +Returns IDWriteTextFormat interface + +Pointer to an IDWriteTextFormat interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Returns IDWriteTextFormat interface + +Pointer to an IDWriteTextFormat interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Checks resource validity + +TRUE if resource is valid; otherwise FALSE. + + + +Destroys a CD2DTextFormat object. + + + +Creates a CD2DTextFormat. + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. Otherwise, it returns an HRESULT error code. + A pointer to the render target. + + + +Re-creates a CD2DTextFormat. + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. Otherwise, it returns an HRESULT error code. + A pointer to the render target. + + + +The destructor. Called when a D2D text format object is being destroyed. + + + + +Constructs a CD2DTextFormat object. + A pointer to the render target. + A CString object that contains the name of the font family. + The logical size of the font in DIP ("device-independent pixel") units. A DIPequals 1/96 inch. + A value that indicates the font weight for the text object. + A value that indicates the font style for the text object. + A value that indicates the font stretch for the text object. + A CString object that contains the locale name. + A pointer to a font collection object. When this is NULL, indicates the system font collection. + Indicates that the object will be destroyed by owner (pParentTarget). + + + +IDWriteTextFormat wrapper. + + + + +A pointer to an ID2D1RadialGradientBrush. + + + + +The center, gradient origin offset, and x-radius and y-radius of the brush's gradient. + + + + +Retrieves the y-radius of the gradient ellipse + +The y-radius of the gradient ellipse. This value is expressed in the brush's coordinate space + + + +Retrieves the x-radius of the gradient ellipse + +The x-radius of the gradient ellipse. This value is expressed in the brush's coordinate space + + + +Retrieves the offset of the gradient origin relative to the gradient ellipse's center + +The offset of the gradient origin from the center of the gradient ellipse. This value is expressed in the brush's coordinate space + + + +Retrieves the center of the gradient ellipse + +The center of the gradient ellipse. This value is expressed in the brush's coordinate space + + + +Specifies the y-radius of the gradient ellipse, in the brush's coordinate space + The y-radius of the gradient ellipse. This value is in the brush's coordinate space + + + +Specifies the x-radius of the gradient ellipse, in the brush's coordinate space + The x-radius of the gradient ellipse. This value is in the brush's coordinate space + + + +Specifies the offset of the gradient origin relative to the gradient ellipse's center + The offset of the gradient origin from the center of the gradient ellipse + + + +Specifies the center of the gradient ellipse in the brush's coordinate space + The center of the gradient ellipse, in the brush's coordinate space + + + +Returns ID2D1RadialGradientBrush interface + +Pointer to an ID2D1RadialGradientBrush interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Returns ID2D1RadialGradientBrush interface + +Pointer to an ID2D1RadialGradientBrush interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Detaches resource interface from the object + +Pointer to detached resource interface. + + + +Attaches existing resource interface to the object + Existing resource interface. Cannot be NULL + + + +Destroys a CD2DRadialGradientBrush object. + + + +Creates a CD2DRadialGradientBrush. + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. Otherwise, it returns an HRESULT error code. + A pointer to the render target. + + + +The destructor. Called when a D2D radial gradient brush object is being destroyed. + + + + +Constructs a CD2DLinearGradientBrush object. + A pointer to the render target. + A pointer to an array of D2D1_GRADIENT_STOP structures. + A value greater than or equal to 1 that specifies the number of gradient stops in the gradientStops array. + The center, gradient origin offset, and x-radius and y-radius of the brush's gradient. + The space in which color interpolation between the gradient stops is performed. + The behavior of the gradient outside the [0,1] normalized range. + A pointer to the opacity and transformation of a brush. + Indicates that the object will be destroyed by owner (pParentTarget). + + + +ID2D1RadialGradientBrush wrapper. + + + + +A pointer to an ID2D1LinearGradientBrush. + + + + +The start and end points of the gradient. + + + + +Retrieves the ending coordinates of the linear gradient + +The ending two-dimensional coordinates of the linear gradient, in the brush's coordinate space + + + +Retrieves the starting coordinates of the linear gradient + +The starting two-dimensional coordinates of the linear gradient, in the brush's coordinate space + + + +Sets the ending coordinates of the linear gradient in the brush's coordinate space + The ending two-dimensional coordinates of the linear gradient, in the brush's coordinate space + + + +Sets the starting coordinates of the linear gradient in the brush's coordinate space + The starting two-dimensional coordinates of the linear gradient, in the brush's coordinate space + + + +Returns ID2D1LinearGradientBrush interface + +Pointer to an ID2D1LinearGradientBrush interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Returns ID2D1LinearGradientBrush interface + +Pointer to an ID2D1LinearGradientBrush interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Detaches resource interface from the object + +Pointer to detached resource interface. + + + +Attaches existing resource interface to the object + Existing resource interface. Cannot be NULL + + + +Destroys a CD2DLinearGradientBrush object. + + + +Creates a CD2DLinearGradientBrush. + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. Otherwise, it returns an HRESULT error code. + A pointer to the render target. + + + +The destructor. Called when a D2D linear gradient brush object is being destroyed. + + + + +Constructs a CD2DLinearGradientBrush object. + A pointer to the render target. + A pointer to an array of D2D1_GRADIENT_STOP structures. + A value greater than or equal to 1 that specifies the number of gradient stops in the gradientStops array. + The start and end points of the gradient. + The space in which color interpolation between the gradient stops is performed. + The behavior of the gradient outside the [0,1] normalized range. + A pointer to the opacity and transformation of a brush. + Indicates that the object will be destroyed by owner (pParentTarget). + + + +ID2D1LinearGradientBrush wrapper. + + + + +A pointer to an array of D2D1_GRADIENT_STOP structures. + + + + +The behavior of the gradient outside the [0,1] normalized range. + + + + +The space in which color interpolation between the gradient stops is performed. + + + + +Array of the D2D1_GRADIENT_STOP structures. + + + + +Destroys a CD2DGradientBrush object. + + + +The destructor. Called when a D2D gradient brush object is being destroyed. + + + + +Constructs a CD2DGradientBrush object. + A pointer to the render target. + A pointer to an array of D2D1_GRADIENT_STOP structures. + A value greater than or equal to 1 that specifies the number of gradient stops in the gradientStops array. + The space in which color interpolation between the gradient stops is performed. + The behavior of the gradient outside the [0,1] normalized range. + A pointer to the opacity and transformation of a brush. + Indicates that the object will be destroyed by owner (pParentTarget). + + + +The base class of CD2DLinearGradientBrush and CD2DRadialGradientBrush classes. + + + + +Bitmap brush properties. + + + + +Stores a pointer to an ID2D1BitmapBrush object. + + + + +Stores a pointer to a CD2DBitmap object. + + + + +Initializes the object + A pointer to the bitmap brush properties. + + + +Destroys a CD2DBitmapBrush object. + + + +Creates a CD2DBitmapBrush. + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. Otherwise, it returns an HRESULT error code. + A pointer to the render target. + + + +Gets the interpolation method used when the brush bitmap is scaled or rotated + +The interpolation method used when the brush bitmap is scaled or rotated + + + +Gets the method by which the brush vertically tiles those areas that extend past its bitmap + +A value that specifies how the brush vertically tiles those areas that extend past its bitmap + + + +Gets the method by which the brush horizontally tiles those areas that extend past its bitmap + +A value that specifies how the brush horizontally tiles those areas that extend past its bitmap + + + +Specifies the bitmap source that this brush uses to paint + The bitmap source used by the brush + + + +Specifies the interpolation mode used when the brush bitmap is scaled or rotated + The interpolation mode used when the brush bitmap is scaled or rotated + + + +Specifies how the brush vertically tiles those areas that extend past its bitmap + A value that specifies how the brush vertically tiles those areas that extend past its bitmap + + + +Specifies how the brush horizontally tiles those areas that extend past its bitmap + A value that specifies how the brush horizontally tiles those areas that extend past its bitmap + + + +Gets the bitmap source that this brush uses to paint + +Pointer to an CD2DBitmap object or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Returns ID2D1BitmapBrush interface + +Pointer to an ID2D1BitmapBrush interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Returns ID2D1BitmapBrush interface + +Pointer to an ID2D1BitmapBrush interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Detaches resource interface from the object + +Pointer to detached resource interface. + + + +Attaches existing resource interface to the object + Existing resource interface. Cannot be NULL + + + +The destructor. Called when a D2D bitmap brush object is being destroyed. + + + + +Constructs a CD2DBitmapBrush object from file. + A pointer to the render target. + Pointer to a null-terminated string that contains the name of file. + Destination size of the bitmap. + A pointer to the extend modes and the interpolation mode of a bitmap brush. + A pointer to the opacity and transformation of a brush. + Indicates that the object will be destroyed by owner (pParentTarget). + + + +Constructs a CD2DBitmapBrush object from resource. + A pointer to the render target. + The resource ID number of the resource. + Pointer to a null-terminated string that contains the resource type. + Destination size of the bitmap. + A pointer to the extend modes and the interpolation mode of a bitmap brush. + A pointer to the opacity and transformation of a brush. + Indicates that the object will be destroyed by owner (pParentTarget). + + + +Constructs a CD2DBitmapBrush object. + A pointer to the render target. + A pointer to the extend modes and the interpolation mode of a bitmap brush. + A pointer to the opacity and transformation of a brush. + Indicates that the object will be destroyed by owner (pParentTarget). + + + +ID2D1BitmapBrush wrapper. + + + + +Brush solid color. + + + + +Stores a pointer to an ID2D1SolidColorBrush object. + + + + +Destroys a CD2DSolidColorBrush object. + + + +Creates a CD2DSolidColorBrush. + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. Otherwise, it returns an HRESULT error code. + A pointer to the render target. + + + +Retrieves the color of the solid color brush + +The color of this solid color brush + + + +Specifies the color of this solid color brush + The color of this solid color brush + + + +Returns ID2D1SolidColorBrush interface + +Pointer to an ID2D1SolidColorBrush interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Returns ID2D1SolidColorBrush interface + +Pointer to an ID2D1SolidColorBrush interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Detaches resource interface from the object + +Pointer to detached resource interface. + + + +Attaches existing resource interface to the object + Existing resource interface. Cannot be NULL + + + +The destructor. Called when a D2D solid brush object is being destroyed. + + + + +Constructs a CD2DSolidColorBrush object. + A pointer to the render target. + The red, green, and blue values of the brush's color. + The opacity of the brush's color. + A pointer to the opacity and transformation of a brush. + Indicates that the object will be destroyed by owner (pParentTarget). + + + +Constructs a CD2DSolidColorBrush object. + A pointer to the render target. + The red, green, blue, and alpha values of the brush's color. + A pointer to the opacity and transformation of a brush. + Indicates that the object will be destroyed by owner (pParentTarget). + + + +ID2D1SolidColorBrush wrapper. + + + + +Brush properties. + + + + +Stores a pointer to an ID2D1Brush object. + + + + +Gets the current transform of the render target + When this returns, contains the current transform of the render target. This parameter is passed uninitialized + + + +Applies the specified transform to the render target, replacing the existing transformation. All subsequent drawing operations occur in the transformed space + The transform to apply to the render target + + + +Gets the degree of opacity of this brush + +A value between zero and 1 that indicates the opacity of the brush. This value is a constant multiplier that linearly scales the alpha value of all pixels filled by the brush. The opacity values are clamped in the range 0 to 1 before they are multiplied together + + + +Sets the degree of opacity of this brush + A value between zero and 1 that indicates the opacity of the brush. This value is a constant multiplier that linearly scales the alpha value of all pixels filled by the brush. The opacity values are clamped in the range 0 to 1 before they are multiplied together + + + +Destroys a CD2DBrush object. + + + +Returns ID2D1Brush interface + +Pointer to an ID2D1Brush interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Returns ID2D1Brush interface + +Pointer to an ID2D1Brush interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Checks resource validity + +TRUE if resource is valid; otherwise FALSE. + + + +Detaches resource interface from the object + +Pointer to detached resource interface. + + + +Attaches existing resource interface to the object + Existing resource interface. Cannot be NULL + + + +The destructor. Called when a D2D brush object is being destroyed. + + + + +Constructs a CD2DBrush object. + A pointer to the render target. + A pointer to the opacity and transformation of a brush. + Indicates that the object will be destroyed by owner (pParentTarget). + + + +ID2D1Brush wrapper. + + + + +Initializes the object + + + +Creates a CD2D_BRUSH_PROPERTIES structure + The transformation to apply to the brush + The base opacity of the brush. The default value is 1.0. + + + +Creates a CD2D_BRUSH_PROPERTIES structure + The base opacity of the brush. The default value is 1.0. + + + +Creates a CD2D_BRUSH_PROPERTIES structure + + + +D2D1_BRUSH_PROPERTIES wrapper. + + + + +TRUE if m_hBmpSrc should be destroyed; otherwise FALSE. + + + + +Source bitmap handle. + + + + +Bitmap destination size. + + + + +Botmap file path. + + + + +Resource type. + + + + +Bitmap resource ID. + + + + +Stores a pointer to an ID2D1Bitmap object. + + + + +Destroys a CD2DBitmap object. + + + +Creates a CD2DBitmap. + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. Otherwise, it returns an HRESULT error code. + A pointer to the render target. + + + +Initializes the object + + + +Returns ID2D1Bitmap interface + +Pointer to an ID2D1Bitmap interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Returns ID2D1Bitmap interface + +Pointer to an ID2D1Bitmap interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Checks resource validity + +TRUE if resource is valid; otherwise FALSE. + + + +Copies the specified region from memory into the current bitmap + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. Otherwise, it returns an HRESULT error code. + The data to copy + The stride, or pitch, of the source bitmap stored in srcData. The stride is the byte count of a scanline (one row of pixels in memory). The stride can be computed from the following formula: pixel width * bytes per pixel + memory padding + In the current bitmap, the upper-left corner of the area to which the region specified by srcRect is copied + + + +Copies the specified region from the specified render target into the current bitmap + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. Otherwise, it returns an HRESULT error code. + The render target that contains the region to copy + In the current bitmap, the upper-left corner of the area to which the region specified by srcRect is copied + The area of renderTarget to copy + + + +Copies the specified region from the specified bitmap into the current bitmap + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. Otherwise, it returns an HRESULT error code. + The bitmap to copy from + In the current bitmap, the upper-left corner of the area to which the region specified by srcRect is copied + The area of bitmap to copy + + + +Return the dots per inch (DPI) of the bitmap + +The horizontal and vertical DPI of the bitmap. + + + +Retrieves the pixel format and alpha mode of the bitmap + +The pixel format and alpha mode of the bitmap. + + + +Returns the size, in device-dependent units (pixels), of the bitmap + +The size, in pixels, of the bitmap.. + + + +Returns the size, in device-independent pixels (DIPs), of the bitmap + +The size, in DIPs, of the bitmap. + + + +Detaches resource interface from the object + +Pointer to detached resource interface. + + + +Attaches existing resource interface to the object + Existing resource interface. Cannot be NULL + + + +The destructor. Called when a D2D bitmap object is being destroyed. + + + + +Constructs a CD2DBitmap object. + A pointer to the render target. + Indicates that the object will be destroyed by owner (pParentTarget). + + + +Constructs a CD2DBitmap object from HBITMAP. + A pointer to the render target. + Handle to the bitmap. + Destination size of the bitmap. + Indicates that the object will be destroyed by owner (pParentTarget). + + + +Constructs a CD2DBitmap object from file. + A pointer to the render target. + Pointer to a null-terminated string that contains the name of file. + Destination size of the bitmap. + Indicates that the object will be destroyed by owner (pParentTarget). + + + +Constructs a CD2DBitmap object from resource. + A pointer to the render target. + The resource ID number of the resource. + Pointer to a null-terminated string that contains the resource type. + Destination size of the bitmap. + Indicates that the object will be destroyed by owner (pParentTarget). + + + +ID2D1Bitmap wrapper. + + + + +Stores a pointer to an ID2D1Layer object. + + + + +Destroys a CD2DLayer object. + + + +Creates a CD2DLayer. + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. Otherwise, it returns an HRESULT error code. + A pointer to the render target. + + + +Detaches resource interface from the object + +Pointer to detached resource interface. + + + +Attaches existing resource interface to the object + Existing resource interface. Cannot be NULL + + + +Returns ID2D1Layer interface + +Pointer to an ID2D1Layer interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Returns ID2D1Layer interface + +Pointer to an ID2D1Layer interface or NULL if object is not initialized yet. + + + +Checks resource validity + +TRUE if resource is valid; otherwise FALSE. + + + +Returns the size of the render target in device-independent pixels + +The current size of the render target in device-independent pixels + + + +The destructor. Called when a D2D layer object is being destroyed. + + + + +Constructs a CD2DLayer object. + A pointer to the render target. + Indicates that the object will be destroyed by owner (pParentTarget). + + + +ID2D1Layer wrapper. + + + + +Pointer to the parent CRenderTarget) + + + +Resource will be destoyed by owner (CRenderTarget) + + + +Checks resource validity + +TRUE if resource is valid; otherwise FALSE. + + + +Destroys a CD2DResource object. + + + +Creates a CD2DResource. + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. Otherwise, it returns an HRESULT error code. + A pointer to the render target. + + + +Re-creates a CD2DResource. + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. Otherwise, it returns an HRESULT error code. + A pointer to the render target. + + + +Check auto destroy flag. + +TRUE if the object will be destroyed by its owner; otherwise FALSE. + + + +The destructor. Called when a D2D resource object is being destroyed. + + + + +Constructs a CD2DResource object. + A pointer to the render target. + Indicates that the object will be destroyed by owner (pParentTarget). + + + +An abstract class, which provides a interface for creating and managing D2D resources such as brushes, layers and texts. + + + + +Constructs a CD2DEllipse from CD2DPointF and CD2DSizeF objects. + The center point of the ellipse. + The X-radius and Y-radius of the ellipse. + + + +Constructs a CD2DEllipse object from D2D1_ELLIPSE object. + source ellipse + + + +Constructs a CD2DEllipse object from D2D1_ELLIPSE object. + source ellipse + + + +Constructs a CD2DEllipse object from CD2DRectF object. + source rectangle + + + +D2D1_ELLIPSE wrapper + + + + +Constructs a CD2DRoundedRect object from D2D1_ROUNDED_RECT object. + source rectangle + + + +Constructs a CD2DRoundedRect object from D2D1_ROUNDED_RECT object. + source rectangle + + + +Constructs a CD2DRoundedRect object from CD2DRectF object. + source rectangle + radius size + + + +D2D1_ROUNDED_RECT wrapper + + + + +Converts CD2DRectU to CRect object. + +Current value of D2D rectangle. + + + + +Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether an expression contains no valid data (Null). + +TRUE if rectangle's top, left, bottom, and right values are all equal to 0; otherwise FALSE. + + + + +Constructs a CD2DRectU object from four UINT32 values. + source left coordinate + source top coordinate + source right coordinate + source bottom coordinate + + + +Constructs a CD2DRectU object from D2D1_RECT_U object. + source rectangle + + + +Constructs a CD2DRectU object from D2D1_RECT_U object. + source rectangle + + + +Constructs a CD2DRectU object from CRect object. + source rectangle + + + +D2D1_RECT_U wrapper + + + + +Converts CD2DRectF to CRect object. + +Current value of D2D rectangle. + + + + +Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether an expression contains no valid data (Null). + +TRUE if rectangle's top, left, bottom, and right values are all equal to 0; otherwise FALSE. + + + + +Constructs a CD2DRectF object from four FLOAT values. + source left coordinate + source top coordinate + source right coordinate + source bottom coordinate + + + +Constructs a CD2DRectF object from D2D1_RECT_F object. + source rectangle + + + +Constructs a CD2DRectF object from D2D1_RECT_F object. + source rectangle + + + +Constructs a CD2DRectF object from CRect object. + source rectangle + + + +D2D1_RECT_F wrapper + + + + +Converts CD2DSizeU to CSize object. + +Current value of D2D size. + + + + +Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether an expression contains no valid data (Null). + +TRUE if width and height are empty; otherwise FALSE. + + + + +Constructs a CD2DSizeU object from two UINT32 values. + source width + source height + + + +Constructs a CD2DSizeU object from D2D1_SIZE_U object. + source size + + + +Constructs a CD2DSizeU object from D2D1_SIZE_U object. + source size + + + +Constructs a CD2DSizeU object from CSize object. + source size + + + +D2D1_SIZE_U wrapper + + + + +Converts CD2DSizeF to CSize object. + +Current value of D2D size. + + + + +Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether an expression contains no valid data (Null). + +TRUE if width and height are empty; otherwise FALSE. + + + + +Constructs a CD2DSizeF object from two FLOAT values. + source width + source height + + + +Constructs a CD2DSizeF object from D2D1_SIZE_F object. + source size + + + +Constructs a CD2DSizeF object from D2D1_SIZE_F object. + source size + + + +Constructs a CD2DSizeF object from CSize object. + source size + + + +D2D1_SIZE_F wrapper + + + + +Converts CD2DPointU to CPoint object. + +Current value of D2D point. + + + + +Constructs a CD2DPointU object from two UINT32 values. + source X + source Y + + + +Constructs a CD2DPointU from object D2D1_POINT_2U object. + source point + + + +Constructs a CD2DPointU from object D2D1_POINT_2U object. + source point + + + +Constructs a CD2DPointU object from CPoint object. + source point + + + +D2D1_POINT_2U wrapper + + + + +Converts CD2DPointF to CPoint object. + +Current value of D2D point. + + + + +Constructs a CD2DPointF object from two FLOAT values. + source X + source Y + + + +Constructs a CD2DPointF object from D2D1_POINT_2F object. + source point + + + +Constructs a CD2DPointF object from D2D1_POINT_2F object. + source point + + + +Constructs a CD2DPointF object from CPoint object. + source point + + + +D2D1_POINT_2F wrapper + + + + +Calls the transition library to create encapsulated transition COM object. + + +This method also can set initial value and initial velocity to be applied to an animation variable, which is +associated with this transition. For this purpose you have to call SetInitialValue and SetInitialVelocity before +the framework creates the encapsulated transition COM object (it happens when you call CAnimationController::AnimateGroup). + + A pointer to transition library, which is responsible for creation of standard transitions. + A pointer to transition factory, which is responsible for creation of custom transitions. + + + +Sets an initial velocity, which will be applied to an animation variable associated with this transition. + + + + +Sets an initial value, which will be applied to an animation variable associated with this transition. + + + + +Constructs a custom transition object. + + A pointer to custom interpolator. + + + +Stores the initial velocity. + + + + +Stores the initial value. + + + + +Specifies whether the initial velocity was specified with SetInitialVelocity. + + + + +Specifies whether the initial value was specified with SetInitialValue. + + + + +Stores a pointer to a custom interpolator. + + + + +Implements custom transition. + + +The CCustomTransitions class allows developers to implement custom transitions. It's created and used +as a standard transition, but its constructor accepts as parameter a pointer to a custom interpolator. +Perform the following steps to use custom transitions: +1. Derive a class from CCustomInterpolator and implement at least InterpolateValue method. +2. Ensure that the lifetime of custom interpolator object must be longer than duration of animation where it's used. +3. Instantiate (using operator new) a CCustomTransition object and pass a pointer to custom interpolator in the constructor. +4. Call CCustomTransition::SetInitialValue and CCustomTransition::SetInitialVelocity if these parameters are required for custom interpolation. +5. Pass the pointer to custom transition to AddTransition method of animation object, whose value should be animated with the custom algorithm. +6. When the value of animation object should change Windows Animation API will call InterpolateValue (and other relevant methods) in CCustomInterpolator. + + + + +Gets the interpolator's dependencies. + + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. It returns E_FAIL if CCustomInterpolator is not +set, or custom implementation returns FALSE from the GetDependencies method. + + Output. Aspects of the interpolator that depend on the initial value passed to SetInitialValueAndVelocity. + Output. Aspects of the interpolator that depend on the initial velocity passed to SetInitialValueAndVelocity. + Output. Aspects of the interpolator that depend on the duration passed to SetDuration. + + + +Interpolates the velocity at a given offset + + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. It returns E_FAIL if CCustomInterpolator is not +set, or custom implementation returns FALSE from the InterpolateVelocity method. + + The offset from the start of the transition. +The offset is always greater than or equal to zero and less than or equal to the duration of the transition. +This method is not called if the duration of the transition is zero. + Output. The velocity of the variable at the offset. + + + +Interpolates the value at a given offset + + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. It returns E_FAIL if CCustomInterpolator is not +set, or custom implementation returns FALSE from the InterpolateValue method. + + The offset from the start of the transition. +The offset is always greater than or equal to zero and less than the duration of the transition. +This method is not called if the duration of the transition is zero. + Output. The interpolated value. + + + +Gets the final value to which the interpolator leads. + + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. It returns E_FAIL if CCustomInterpolator is not +set, or custom implementation returns FALSE from the GetFinalValue method. + + Output. The final value of a variable at the end of the transition. + + + +Gets the interpolator's duration. + + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. It returns E_FAIL if CCustomInterpolator is not +set, or custom implementation returns FALSE from the GetDuration method. + + Output. The duration of the transition, in seconds. + + + +Sets the interpolator's duration + + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. It returns E_FAIL if CCustomInterpolator is not +set, or custom implementation returns FALSE from the SetDuration method. + + The duration of the transition. + + + +Sets the interpolator's initial value and velocity. + + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. It returns E_FAIL if CCustomInterpolator is not +set, or custom implementation returns FALSE from the SetInitialValueAndVelocity method. + + The value of the variable at the start of the transition. + The velocity of the variable at the start of the transition. + + + +Creates an instance of CInterpolatorBase and stores a pointer to custom interpolator, which will be handling events. + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. Otherwise, it returns an HRESULT error code. +A pointer to custom interpolator.Output. Contains a pointer to instance of CInterpolatorBase when the function returns. + + +Stores a pointer to custom interpolator, which will be handling events. + + A pointer to custom interpolator. + + + +Constructs the CInterpolatorBase object. + + + + +Implements a callback, which is called by Animation API when it needs to calculate a new value of animation variable. + + +This handler is created and passed to IUIAnimationTransitionFactory::CreateTransition when a CCustomTransition +object is being created as a part of animation initialization process (started by CAnimationController::AnimateGroup). +Usually you don't need to use this class directly, it just routs all events to a CCustomInterpolator-derived class, whose +pointer is passed to constructor of CCustomTransition. + + + + +Gets the interpolator's dependencies. + + +Basic implementation always returns TRUE. Return FALSE from overridden implementation if you wish to fail the event. + + Output. Aspects of the interpolator that depend on the initial value passed to SetInitialValueAndVelocity. + Output. Aspects of the interpolator that depend on the initial velocity passed to SetInitialValueAndVelocity. + Output. Aspects of the interpolator that depend on the duration passed to SetDuration. + + + +Interpolates the velocity at a given offset + + +Basic implementation always returns TRUE. Return FALSE from overridden implementation if you wish to fail the event. + + The offset from the start of the transition. +The offset is always greater than or equal to zero and less than or equal to the duration of the transition. +This method is not called if the duration of the transition is zero. + Output. The velocity of the variable at the offset. + + + +Interpolates the value at a given offset. + + +Basic implementation always returns TRUE. Return FALSE from overridden implementation if you wish to fail the event. + + The offset from the start of the transition. +The offset is always greater than or equal to zero and less than the duration of the transition. +This method is not called if the duration of the transition is zero. + Output. The interpolated value. + + + +Gets the final value to which the interpolator leads. + + +Basic implementation always returns TRUE. Return FALSE from overridden implementation if you wish to fail the event. + + Output. The final value of a variable at the end of the transition. + + + +Gets the interpolator's duration. + + +Basic implementation always returns TRUE. Return FALSE from overridden implementation if you wish to fail the event. + + Output. The duration of the transition, in seconds. + + + +Sets the interpolator's duration. + + +Basic implementation always returns TRUE. Return FALSE from overridden implementation if you wish to fail the event. + + The duration of the transition. + + + +Sets the interpolator's initial value and velocity. + + +The basic implementation always returns TRUE. Return FALSE from overridden implementation if you wish to fail the event. + + The value of the variable at the start of the transition. + The velocity of the variable at the start of the transition. + + + +Initializes duration and final value. + + The duration of the transition. + The final value of a variable at the end of the transition. + + + +Constructs a custom interpolator object and initializes duration and velocity to specified values. + + The duration of the transition. + + + + +Constructs a custom interpolator object and sets all values to default 0. + + +Use CCustomInterpolator::Init to initialize duration and final value later in the code. + + + + +The interpolated velocity. + + + + +The interpolated value. + + + + +The velocity of the variable at the start of the transition. + + + + +The value of the variable at the start of the transition. + + + + +The final value of a variable at the end of the transition. + + + + +The duration of the transition. + + + + +Implements a basic interpolator. + + +Derive a class from CCustomInterpolator and override all necessary methods in order to implement a custom +interpolation algorithm. A pointer to this class should be passed as a parameter to CCustomTransition. + + + + +Calls the transition library to create encapsulated transition COM object. + + +TRUE if transition is created successfully; otherwise FALSE. + + A pointer to transition library, which is responsible for creation of standard transitions. + A pointer to transition factory, which is responsible for creation of custom transitions. + + + +The period of oscillation of the sinusoidal wave in seconds. + + + + +The duration of the transition. + + + + +Constructs a transition object. + + The duration of the transition. + The period of oscillation of the sinusoidal wave in seconds. + + + +Encapsulates a sinusoidal-velocity transition, with an amplitude determined by the animation variable's initial velocity.. + + +The value of the animation variable oscillates around the initial value over the entire duration of a +sinusoidal-range transition. The amplitude of the oscillation is determined by the animation variable's velocity +when the transition begins. +Because all transitions are cleared automatically, it's recommended to allocated them using operator new. +The encapsulated IUIAnimationTransition COM object is created by CAnimationController::AnimateGroup, until then +it's NULL. Changing member variables after creation of this COM object has no effect. + + + + +Calls the transition library to create encapsulated transition COM object. + + +TRUE if transition is created successfully; otherwise FALSE. + + A pointer to transition library, which is responsible for creation of standard transitions. + A pointer to transition factory, which is responsible for creation of custom transitions. + + + +The slope at the start of the transition. + + + + +The period of oscillation of the sinusoidal wave in seconds. + + + + +The value of the animation variable at a peak of the sinusoidal wave. + + + + +The value of the animation variable at a trough of the sinusoidal wave. + + + + +The duration of the transition. + + + + +Constructs a transition object. + + The duration of the transition. + The value of the animation variable at a trough of the sinusoidal wave. + The value of the animation variable at a peak of the sinusoidal wave. + The period of oscillation of the sinusoidal wave in seconds. + The slope at the start of the transition. + + + +Encapsulates a sinusoidal-range transition, with a given range of oscillation. + + +The value of the animation variable fluctuates between the specified minimum and maximum values over the entire +duration of a sinusoidal-range transition. The slope parameter is used to disambiguate between the two possible +sine waves specified by the other parameters. +Because all transitions are cleared automatically, it's recommended to allocated them using operator new. +The encapsulated IUIAnimationTransition COM object is created by CAnimationController::AnimateGroup, until then +it's NULL. Changing member variables after creation of this COM object has no effect. + + + + +Calls the transition library to create encapsulated transition COM object. + + +TRUE if transition is created successfully; otherwise FALSE. + + A pointer to transition library, which is responsible for creation of standard transitions. + A pointer to transition factory, which is responsible for creation of custom transitions. + + + +The duration of the transition. + + + + +Constructs a reversal transition object and initializes its duration. + + The duration of the transition. + + + +Encapsulates a reversal transition. + + +A reversal transition smoothly changes direction over a given duration. +The final value will be the same as the initial value and the final velocity will be the negative of the initial velocity. +Because all transitions are cleared automatically, it's recommended to allocated them using operator new. +The encapsulated IUIAnimationTransition COM object is created by CAnimationController::AnimateGroup, until then +it's NULL. Changing member variables after creation of this COM object has no effect. + + + + +Calls the transition library to create encapsulated transition COM object. + + +TRUE if transition is created successfully; otherwise FALSE. + + A pointer to transition library, which is responsible for creation of standard transitions. + A pointer to transition factory, which is responsible for creation of custom transitions. + + + +The acceleration of the animation variable during the transition. + + + + +The velocity of the animation variable at the end of the transition. + + + + +The value of the animation variable at the end of the transition. + + + + +Constructs a parabolic-acceleration transition and initializes it with specified parameters. + + The value of the animation variable at the end of the transition. + The velocity of the animation variable at the end of the transition. + The acceleration of the animation variable during the transition. + + + +Encapsulates a parabolic-acceleration transition. + + +During a parabolic-acceleration transition, the value of the animation variable changes from the initial value +to the final value ending at a specified velocity. You can control how quickly the variable reaches the final +value by specifying the rate of acceleration. +Because all transitions are cleared automatically, it's recommended to allocated them using operator new. +The encapsulated IUIAnimationTransition COM object is created by CAnimationController::AnimateGroup, until then +it's NULL. Changing member variables after creation of this COM object has no effect. + + + + +Calls the transition library to create encapsulated transition COM object. + + +TRUE if transition is created successfully; otherwise FALSE. + + A pointer to transition library, which is responsible for creation of standard transitions. + A pointer to transition factory, which is responsible for creation of custom transitions. + + + +The value of the animation variable at the end of the transition. + + + + +The maximum duration of the transition. + + + + +Constructs a smooth-stop transition and initializes its maximum duration and final value. + + The maximum duration of the transition. + The value of the animation variable at the end of the transition. + + + +Encapsulates a smooth-stop transition. + + +A smooth-stop transition slows down as it approaches a given final value, and reaches it with a velocity of zero. +The duration of the transition is determined by the initial velocity, the difference between the initial and final values, +and the specified maximum duration. If there is no solution consisting of a single parabolic arc, +this method creates a cubic transition. +Because all transitions are cleared automatically, it's recommended to allocated them using operator new. +The encapsulated IUIAnimationTransition COM object is created by CAnimationController::AnimateGroup, until then +it's NULL. Changing member variables after creation of this COM object has no effect. + + + + +Calls the transition library to create encapsulated transition COM object. + + +TRUE if transition is created successfully; otherwise FALSE. + + A pointer to transition library, which is responsible for creation of standard transitions. + A pointer to transition factory, which is responsible for creation of custom transitions. + + + +The value of the animation variable at the end of the transition. + + + + +The absolute value of the variable's velocity. + + + + +Constructs a linear-speed transition object and initializes it with speed and final value. + + The absolute value of the variable's velocity. + The value of the animation variable at the end of the transition. + + + +Encapsulates a linear-speed transition. + + +During a linear-speed transition, the value of the animation variable changes at a specified rate. +The duration of the transition is determined by the difference between the initial value and the specified final value. +Because all transitions are cleared automatically, it's recommended to allocated them using operator new. +The encapsulated IUIAnimationTransition COM object is created by CAnimationController::AnimateGroup, until then +it's NULL. Changing member variables after creation of this COM object has no effect. + + + + +Calls the transition library to create encapsulated transition COM object. + + +TRUE if transition is created successfully; otherwise FALSE. + + A pointer to transition library, which is responsible for creation of standard transitions. + A pointer to transition factory, which is responsible for creation of custom transitions. + + + +The value of the animation variable at the end of the transition. + + + + +The duration of the transition. + + + + +Constructs a linear transition object and initializes it with duration and final value. + + The duration of the transition. + The value of the animation variable at the end of the transition. + + + +Encapsulates a linear transition. + + +During a linear transition, the value of the animation variable transitions linearly from its initial value to a specified final value. +Because all transitions are cleared automatically, it's recommended to allocated them using operator new. +The encapsulated IUIAnimationTransition COM object is created by CAnimationController::AnimateGroup, until then +it's NULL. Changing member variables after creation of this COM object has no effect. + + + + +Calls the transition library to create encapsulated transition COM object. + + +TRUE if transition is created successfully; otherwise FALSE. + + A pointer to transition library, which is responsible for creation of standard transitions. + A pointer to transition factory, which is responsible for creation of custom transitions. + + + +The value of the animation variable at the end of the transition. + + + + +Constructs a transition object and initializes its final value. + + The value of the animation variable at the end of the transition. + + + +Encapsulates an instantaneous transition. + + +During an instantaneous transition, the value of the animation variable changes instantly from its current +value to a specified final value. The duration of this transition is always zero. +Because all transitions are cleared automatically, it's recommended to allocated them using operator new. +The encapsulated IUIAnimationTransition COM object is created by CAnimationController::AnimateGroup, until then +it's NULL. Changing member variables after creation of this COM object has no effect. + + + + +Calls the transition library to create encapsulated transition COM object. + + +TRUE if transition is created successfully; otherwise FALSE. + + A pointer to transition library, which is responsible for creation of standard transitions. + A pointer to transition factory, which is responsible for creation of custom transitions. + + + +The amount of time by which to hold the variable at its final value. + + + + +The value of the animation variable at the end of the transition. + + + + +The amount of time by which to delay the instantaneous switch to the final value. + + + + +Constructs a discrete transition object and initializes its parameters. + + The amount of time by which to delay the instantaneous switch to the final value. + The value of the animation variable at the end of the transition. + The amount of time by which to hold the variable at its final value. + + + +Encapsulates a discrete transition. + + +During a discrete transition, the animation variable remains at the initial value for a specified delay time, +then switches instantaneously to a specified final value and remains at that value for a given hold time. +Because all transitions are cleared automatically, it's recommended to allocated them using operator new. +The encapsulated IUIAnimationTransition COM object is created by CAnimationController::AnimateGroup, until then +it's NULL. Changing member variables after creation of this COM object has no effect. + + + + +Calls the transition library to create encapsulated transition COM object. + + +TRUE if transition is created successfully; otherwise FALSE. + + A pointer to transition library, which is responsible for creation of standard transitions. + A pointer to transition factory, which is responsible for creation of custom transitions. + + + +The velocity of the variable at the end of the transition. + + + + +The value of the animation variable at the end of the transition. + + + + +The duration of the transition. + + + + +Constructs a transition object and initializes its parameters. + + The duration of the transition. + The value of the animation variable at the end of the transition. + The velocity of the variable at the end of the transition. + + + +Encapsulates a cubic transition. + + +During a cubic transition, the value of the animation variable changes from its initial value to a specified +final value over the duration of the transition, ending at a specified velocity. +Because all transitions are cleared automatically, it's recommended to allocated them using operator new. +The encapsulated IUIAnimationTransition COM object is created by CAnimationController::AnimateGroup, until then +it's NULL. Changing member variables after creation of this COM object has no effect. + + + + +Calls the transition library to create encapsulated transition COM object. + + +TRUE if transition is created successfully; otherwise FALSE. + + A pointer to transition library, which is responsible for creation of standard transitions. + A pointer to transition factory, which is responsible for creation of custom transitions. + + + +The duration of the transition. + + + + +Constructs a transition object and initializes its duration. + + The duration of the transition. + + + +Encapsulates a constant transition. + + +During a constant transition, the value of an animation variable remains at the initial value over the duration +of the transition. +Because all transitions are cleared automatically, it's recommended to allocated them using operator new. +The encapsulated IUIAnimationTransition COM object is created by CAnimationController::AnimateGroup, until then +it's NULL. Changing member variables after creation of this COM object has no effect. + + + + +Calls the transition library to create encapsulated transition COM object. + + +TRUE if transition is created successfully; otherwise FALSE. + + A pointer to transition library, which is responsible for creation of standard transitions. + A pointer to transition factory, which is responsible for creation of custom transitions. + + + +The ratio of the time spent decelerating to the duration. + + + + +The ratio of the time spent accelerating to the duration. + + + + +The value of the animation variable at the end of the transition. + + + + +The duration of the transition. + + + + +Constructs a transition object. + + The duration of the transition. + The value of the animation variable at the end of the transition. + The ratio of the time spent accelerating to the duration. + The ratio of the time spent decelerating to the duration. + + + +Implements an accelerate-decelerate transition. + + +During an accelerate-decelerate transition, the animation variable speeds up and then slows down over the +duration of the transition, ending at a specified value. You can control how quickly the variable accelerates and +decelerates independently, by specifying different acceleration and deceleration ratios. +When the initial velocity is zero, the acceleration ratio is the fraction of the duration that the variable will +spend accelerating; likewise with the deceleration ratio. If the initial velocity is non-zero, it is the +fraction of the time between the velocity reaching zero and the end of transition. The acceleration ratio and +the deceleration ratio should sum to a maximum of 1.0. +Because all transitions are cleared automatically, it's recommended to allocated them using operator new. +The encapsulated IUIAnimationTransition COM object is created by CAnimationController::AnimateGroup, until then +it's NULL. Changing member variables after creation of this COM object has no effect. + + + + +Handles events that occur when the rendering frame rate for an animation falls below the minimum desirable frame rate. + + +S_OK if the method succeeds; otherwise E_FAIL. + + + + +Handles events that occur after an animation update is finished. + + +S_OK if the method succeeds; otherwise E_FAIL. + + + + +Handles events that occur before an animation update begins. + + +S_OK if the method succeeds; otherwise E_FAIL. + + + + +Stores a pointer to animation controller to route events. + + A pointer to animation controller, which will receive events. + + + +Creates an instance of CAnimationTimerEventHandler callback. + + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. Otherwise, it returns an HRESULT error code. + + A pointer to animation controller, which will receive events. + Output. If the method succeeds it contains a pointer to COM object that will handle +animation timer events. + + + +Implements a call back, which is called by Animation API when timing events occur. + + +This event handler is created and passed to IUIAnimationTimer::SetTimerEventHandler when you call +CAnimationController::EnableAnimationTimerEventHandler. + + + + +Handles OnStoryboardUpdated events, which occur when a storyboard is updated + + +S_OK if the method succeeds; otherwise E_FAIL. + + A pointer to storyboard, which was updated. + + + +Handles OnStoryboardStatusChanged events, which occur when a storyboard's status changes + + +S_OK if the method succeeds; otherwise E_FAIL. + + A pointer to storyboard whose status has changed. + Specifies new storyboard status. + Specifies previous storyboard status. + + + +Stores a pointer to animation controller to route events. + + A pointer to animation controller, which will receive events. + + + +Creates an instance of CAnimationStoryboardEventHandler callback. + + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. Otherwise, it returns an HRESULT error code. + + A pointer to animation controller, which will receive events. + Output. If the method succeeds it contains a pointer to COM object that will handle +storyboard events. + + + +Constructs a CAnimationStoryboardEventHandler object. + + + + +Implements a callback, which is called by Animation API when storyboard's status is changed or storyboard is updated. + + +This event handler is created and passed to IUIAnimationStoryboard::SetStoryboardEventHandler method, +when you call CAnimationController::EnableStoryboardEventHandler. + + + + +Called when a value of an animation variable has changed. + + +S_OK if the method succeeds; otherwise E_FAIL. + + The storyboard that is animating the variable. + The animation variable that was updated. + The new rounded value. + The previous rounded value. + + + +Stores a pointer to animation controller to route events. + + A pointer to animation controller, which will receive events. + + + +Creates an instance of CAnimationVariableIntegerChangeHandler callback. + + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. Otherwise, it returns an HRESULT error code. + + A pointer to animation controller, which will receive events. + Output. If the method succeeds it contains a pointer to COM object that will handle +variable integer change events. + + + +Constructs a CAnimationVariableIntegerChangeHandler object. + + + + +Implements a call back, which is called by Animation API when the value of an animation variable changes. + + +This event handler is created and passed to IUIAnimationVariable::SetVariableIntegerChangeHandler method, +when you call CAnimationVariable::EnableIntegerValueChangedEvent or CAnimationBaseObject::EnableIntegerValueChangedEvent +(which enables this event for all animation variables encapsulated in an animation object). + + + + +Called when a value of an animation variable has changed. + + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. Otherwise, it returns an HRESULT error code. + + The storyboard that is animating the variable. + The animation variable that was updated. + The new value. + The previous value. + + + +Stores a pointer to animation controller to route events. + + A pointer to animation controller, which will receive events. + + + +Creates an instance of CAnimationVariableChangeHandler object. + + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. Otherwise, it returns an HRESULT error code. + + A pointer to animation controller, which will receive events. + Output. If the method succeeds it contains a pointer to COM object that will handle +variable change events. + + + +Constructs a CAnimationVariableChangeHandler object. + + + + +Implements a call back, which is called by Animation API when the value of an animation variable changes. + + +This event handler is created and passed to IUIAnimationVariable::SetVariableChangeHandler method, +when you call CAnimationVariable::EnableValueChangedEvent or CAnimationBaseObject::EnableValueChangedEvent +(which enables this event for all animation variables encapsulated in an animation object). + + + + +Called when a status of animation manager has changed. + + +Current implementation always returns S_OK; + + New status. + Previous status. + + + +Stores a pointer to animation controller to route events. + + A pointer to animation controller, which will receive events. + + + +Creates an instance of CAnimationManagerEventHandler object. + + +If the method succeeds, it returns S_OK. Otherwise, it returns an HRESULT error code. + + A pointer to animation controller, which will receive events. + Output. If the method succeeds it contains a pointer to COM object that will handle +status updates to an animation manager. + + + +Constructs a CAnimationManagerEventHandler object. + + + + +Implements a callback, which is called by Animation API when a status of animation manager changed. + + +This event handler is created and passed to IUIAnimationManager::SetManagerEventHandler method, +when you call CAnimationController::EnableAnimationManagerEvent. + + + + +A helper that cleans up the group. + + +This method removes all transitions and keyframes from the specified group. + + A pointer to animation group to clean. + + + +Called by the framework when an animation for the specified group has just been scheduled. + + +The default implementation removes keyframes from the specified group and transitions from animation variables that +belong to the specified group. Can be overridden in a derived class to take any additional actions upon animation schedule. + + A pointer to an animation group, which has been scheduled. + + + +Called by the framework when the rendering frame rate for an animation falls below a minimum desirable frame rate. + + +This method is called if you enable timer event handlers using EnableAnimationTimerEventHandler. +It can be overridden in a derived class to take application-specific actions. +The minimum desirable frame rate is specified by calling IUIAnimationTimer::SetFrameRateThreshold. + + The current frame rate in frames per second. + + + +Called by the framework after an animation update is finished. + + +This method is called if you enable timer event handlers using EnableAnimationTimerEventHandler. +It can be overridden in a derived class to take application-specific actions. + + + + +Called by the framework before an animation update begins. + + +This method is called if you enable timer event handlers using EnableAnimationTimerEventHandler. +It can be overridden in a derived class to take application-specific actions. + + + + +Called by the framework to resolve scheduling conflicts. + + +Should return TRUE if storyboard owned by pGroupNew has priority. Should return FALSE if storyboard owned by +pGroupScheduled has priority. + + +This method is called if you enable priority comparison events using CAnimationController::EnablePriorityComparisonHandler +and specify UI_ANIMATION_PHT_COMPRESS. +It can be overridden in a derived class to take application-specific actions. +Read Windows Animation API documentation for more information about Conflict Management (http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd371759(VS.85).aspx). + + The group that owns the currently scheduled storyboard. + The group that owns the new storyboard that is in scheduling conflict with the scheduled storyboard owned by pGroupScheduled. + The potential effect on pGroupNew if pGroupScheduled has a higher priority. + + + +Called by the framework to resolve scheduling conflicts. + + +Should return TRUE if storyboard owned by pGroupNew has priority. Should return FALSE if storyboard owned by +pGroupScheduled has priority. + + +This method is called if you enable priority comparison events using CAnimationController::EnablePriorityComparisonHandler +and specify UI_ANIMATION_PHT_TRIM. +It can be overridden in a derived class to take application-specific actions. +Read Windows Animation API documentation for more information about Conflict Management (http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd371759(VS.85).aspx). + + The group that owns the currently scheduled storyboard. + The group that owns the new storyboard that is in scheduling conflict with the scheduled storyboard owned by pGroupScheduled. + The potential effect on pGroupNew if pGroupScheduled has a higher priority. + + + +Called by the framework to resolve scheduling conflicts. + + +Should return TRUE if storyboard owned by pGroupNew has priority. Should return FALSE if storyboard owned by +pGroupScheduled has priority. + + +This method is called if you enable priority comparison events using CAnimationController::EnablePriorityComparisonHandler +and specify UI_ANIMATION_PHT_CONCLUDE. +It can be overridden in a derived class to take application-specific actions. +Read Windows Animation API documentation for more information about Conflict Management (http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd371759(VS.85).aspx). + + The group that owns the currently scheduled storyboard. + The group that owns the new storyboard that is in scheduling conflict with the scheduled storyboard owned by pGroupScheduled. + The potential effect on pGroupNew if pGroupScheduled has a higher priority. + + + +Called by the framework to resolve scheduling conflicts. + + +Should return TRUE if storyboard owned by pGroupNew has priority. Should return FALSE if storyboard owned by +pGroupScheduled has priority. + + +This method is called if you enable priority comparison events using CAnimationController::EnablePriorityComparisonHandler +and specify UI_ANIMATION_PHT_CANCEL. +It can be overridden in a derived class to take application-specific actions. +Read Windows Animation API documentation for more information about Conflict Management (http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd371759(VS.85).aspx). + + The group that owns the currently scheduled storyboard. + The group that owns the new storyboard that is in scheduling conflict with the scheduled storyboard owned by pGroupScheduled. + The potential effect on pGroupNew if pGroupScheduled has a higher priority. + + + +Called by the framework when storyboard has been updated. + + +This method is called if you enable storyboard events using CAnimationController::EnableStoryboardEventHandler. +It can be overridden in a derived class to take application-specific actions. + + A pointer to a group that owns the storyboard. + + + +Called by the framework when storyboard status has changed. + + +This method is called if you enable storyboard events using CAnimationController::EnableStoryboardEventHandler. +It can be overridden in a derived class to take application-specific actions. + + A pointer to an animation group that owns the storyboard whose status has changed. + Specifies the new status. + Specifies the previous status. + + + +Called by the framework when integer value of animation variable has changed. + + +This method is called if you enable animation variable events with EnableIntegerValueChangedEvent called for a specific +animation variable or animation object. +It can be overridden in a derived class to take application-specific actions. + + A pointer to an animation group that holds an animation object whose value has changed. + A pointer to an animation object that contains an animation variable whose value has changed. + A pointer to an animation variable. + Specifies new value. + Specifies previous value. + + + +Called by the framework when value of animation variable has changed. + + +This method is called if you enable animation variable events with EnableValueChangedEvent called for a specific +animation variable or animation object. +It can be overridden in a derived class to take application-specific actions. + + A pointer to an animation group that holds an animation object whose value has changed. + A pointer to an animation object that contains an animation variable whose value has changed. + A pointer to an animation variable. + Specifies new value. + Specifies previous value. + + + +Called by the framework in response to StatusChanged event from animation manager. + + +This method is called if you enable animation manager events with EnableAnimationManagerEvent. +It can be overridden in a derived class to take application-specific actions. The default implementation +updates a related window if it has been set with SetRelatedWnd. + + New animation manager status. + Previous animation manager status. + + + +Called by the framework right before the animation is scheduled. + + +This call is routed to related CWnd and can be overridden in a derived class to perform any +additional actions before the animation starts for the specified group. + + A pointer to an animation group whose animation is about to start. + + + +Called by the framework to clean up the group when animation has been scheduled. + + +This method removes all transitions and keyframes from the specified group, because they are not relevant +after an animation has been scheduled. + + Specifies GroupID. + + + +Schedules an animation. + + +TRUE if animation was scheduled successfully. FALSE if storyboard has not been created, or other error occurs. + + +You must call AnimateGroup with parameter bScheduleNow set to FALSE prior ScheduleGroup. You can specify the +desired animation time obtained from IUIAnimationTimer::GetTime. If the time parameter is 0.0, the animation is scheduled for the +current time. + + Specifies animation Group ID to schedule. + Specifies time to schedule. + + + +Prepares a group to run animation and optionally schedules it. + + +TRUE if animation was successfully scheduled and run. + + +This method does the actual work creating storyboard, adding animation variables, applying transitions and setting keyframes. +It's possible to delay scheduling if you set bScheduleNow to FALSE. In this case the specified group +will hold a storyboard that has been set up for animation. At that point you can setup events for the storyboard and +animation variables. When you actually need to run the animation call CAnimationController::ScheduleGroup. + + Specifies GroupID. + Specifies whether to run animation right away. + + + +Finds animation object containing a specified animation variable. + + +TRUE if object was found; otherwise FALSE. + + +Called from event handlers when it's required to find an animation object from incoming animation variable. + + A pointer to animation variable. + Output. Contains a pointer to animation object or NULL. + Output. Contains a pointer to animation group that holds the animation object, or NULL. + + + +Finds an animation group by its storyboard. + + +A pointer to animation group if succeeds, or NULL if no group plays the specified storyboard. + + +This method is usually called from event handlers to find a group by pointer to storyboard that comes as a parameter to an event handler. + + A pointer to a storyboard. + + + +Finds an animation group by its Group ID. + + +A pointer to animation group or NULL if the group with specified ID is not found. + + +Use this method to find an animation group at runtime. A group is created and added to the internal list of animation groups +when a first animation object with particular GroupID is being added to animation controller. + + Specifies a GroupID. + + + +Adds a keyframe to group. + + +TRUE if the function succeeds; otherwise FALSE. + + +Usually you don't need to call this method, use CAnimationController::CreateKeyframe instead, which creates +and adds the created keyframe to a group automatically. + + Specifies Group ID. + A pointer to a keyframe. + + + +Creates a keyframe that depends on other keyframe with optional offset in seconds and adds it to the specified group. + + +A pointer to newly created keyframe if the function succeeds. + + +You can store the returned pointer and base other keyframes on the newly created keyframe (see the second overload). +It's possible to begin transitions at keyframes - see CBaseTransition::SetKeyframes. +You don't need to delete keyframes created in this way, because they are deleted automatically by animation groups. +Be careful when creating keyframes based on other keyframes and transitions and avoid circular references. + + Specifies Group ID for which keyframe is created. + A pointer to base keyframe for this keyframe. + Offset in seconds from the base keyframe specified by pKeyframe. + + + +Creates a keyframe that depends on transition and adds it to the specified group. + + +A pointer to newly created keyframe if the function succeeds. + + +You can store the returned pointer and base other keyframes on the newly created keyframe (see the second overload). +It's possible to begin transitions at keyframes - see CBaseTransition::SetKeyframes. +You don't need to delete keyframes created in this way, because they are deleted automatically by animation groups. +Be careful when creating keyframes based on other keyframes and transitions and avoid circular references. + + Specifies Group ID for which keyframe is created. + A pointer to transition. Keyframe will be inserted to storyboard after this transition. + + + +Removes transitions from animation objects that belong to the specified group. + + +The group loops over its animation objects and calls ClearTransitions(FALSE) for each animation object. +This method is called by the framework after animation has been scheduled. + + Specifies Group ID. + + + +Removes all animation groups from animation controller. + + +All groups will be deleted, their pointer, if stored at the application level, must be invalidated. +If CAnimationGroup::m_bAutodestroyAnimationObjects for a group being deleted is TRUE, +all animation objects that belong to that group will be deleted; otherwise their references to parent animation +controller will be set to NULL and they can be added to another controller. + + + + +Removes an animation group with specified ID from animation controller. + + +This method removes an animation group from the internal list of groups and deletes it, therefore if you stored +a pointer to that animation group, it must be invalidated. If CAnimationGroup::m_bAutodestroyAnimationObjects is TRUE, +all animation objects that belong to that group will be deleted; otherwise their references to parent animation +controller will be set to NULL and they can be added to another controller. + + Specifies animation group ID. + + + +Remove an animation object from animation controller. + + +Removes an animation object from animation controller and animation group. Call this function if +a particular object should not be animated anymore, or if you need to move the object to another animation controller. +In the last case bNoDelete must be TRUE. + + A pointer to an animation object. + If this parameter is TRUE the object will not be deleted upon remove. + + + +Adds an animation object to a group that belongs to the animation controller. + + +A pointer to existing or new animation group where pObject has been added if function succeeds; NULL if +pObject has already been added to a group that belongs to another animation controller. + + +Call this method to add an animation object to the animation controller. An object will be added to a group +according to object's GroupID (see CAnimationBaseObject::SetID). The animation controller will create a new +group if it's the first object being added with the specified GroupID. An animation object can be added to +one animation controller only. If you need to add an object to another controller, call RemoveAnimationObject first. +If you call SetID with new GroupID for an object that has been already added to a group, the object will be removed +from the old group and added to another group with specified ID. + + A pointer to an animation object. + + + +Establishes a relationship between animation controller and a window. + + +If a related CWnd object is set, the animation controller can automatically update it (send WM_PAINT message) when +the status of animation manager has changed or timer post update event has occurred. + + A pointer to window object to set. + + + +Tells whether at least one group is playing animation. + + +TRUE if there is an animation in progress for this animation controller; otherwise FALSE. + + +Checks status of animation manager and returns TRUE if the status is UI_ANIMATION_MANAGER_BUSY. + + + + +Directs the animation manager to update the values of all animation variables. + + +Calling this method advances the animation manager to current time, changing statuses of storyboards as necessary +and updating any animation variables to appropriate interpolated values. Internally this method calls +IUIAnimationTimer::GetTime(timeNow) and IUIAnimationManager::Update(timeNow). Override this method in a derived +class to customize this behavior. + + + + +Sets or releases a handler for timing events and handler for timing updates. + + +TRUE if handlers were successfully set or released; FALSE if this method is called for a second time without +releasing the handlers first, or if any other error occurs. + + +When the handlers are set (enabled) Windows Animation API calls OnAnimationTimerPreUpdate, OnAnimationTimerPostUpdate, +OnRenderingTooSlow methods. +You need to enable animation timers to allow Windows Animation API update storyboards. Otherwise you'll need to +call CAnimationController::UpdateAnimationManager in order to direct the animation manager to update the values +of all animation variables. + + Specifies whether to set or release the handlers. + Specifies idle behavior for timer update handler. + + + +Sets or releases a handler for storyboard status and update events. + + +TRUE if the handler was successfully set or released; FALSE if the specified animation group is now found or +animation for the specified group has not been initiated and its internal storyboard is NULL. + + +When a handler is set (enabled) Windows Animation API calls OnStoryboardStatusChanges and OnStoryboardUpdated virtual methods. +A handler must be set after CAnimationController::Animate has been called for the specified animation group, because +it creates encapsulated IUIAnimationStoryboard object. + + Specifies Group ID. + Specifies whether to set or release a handler. + + + +Sets or releases the priority comparison handler to call to determine whether a scheduled storyboard can be cancelled, +concluded, trimmed or compressed. + + +TRUE if the handler was successfully set or released. + + +When a handler is set (enabled) Windows Animation calls the following virtual methods depending on dwHandlerType: +OnHasPriorityCancel, OnHasPriorityConclude, OnHasPriorityTrim, OnHasPriorityCompress. +dwHandler can be a combination of the following flags: +UI_ANIMATION_PHT_NONE - release all handlers +UI_ANIMATION_PHT_CANCEL - set Cancel comparison handler +UI_ANIMATION_PHT_CONCLUDE - set Conclude comparison handler +UI_ANIMATION_PHT_COMPRESS - set Compress comparison handler +UI_ANIMATION_PHT_TRIM - set Trim comparison handler +UI_ANIMATION_PHT_CANCEL_REMOVE - remove Cancel comparison handler +UI_ANIMATION_PHT_CONCLUDE_REMOVE - remove Conclude comparison handler +UI_ANIMATION_PHT_COMPRESS_REMOVE - remove Compress comparison handler +UI_ANIMATION_PHT_TRIM_REMOVE - remove Trim comparison handler + + A combination of UI_ANIMATION_PHT_ flags (see remarks), which specifies what handlers to set or release. + + + +Sets or releases a handler to call when animation manager's status changes. + + +TRUE if the handler was successfully set or released. + + +When a handler is set (enabled) Windows Animation calls OnAnimationManagerStatusChanged when animation manager's status changes. + + Specifies whether to set or release a handler. + + + +Returns a keyframe that identifies start of storyboard. + + +A pointer to base keyframe, which identifies start of storyboard. + + +Obtain this keyframe to base any other keyframes or transitions on the moment in time when a storyboard starts. + + + + +Tells whether animation controller is valid. + + +TRUE if animation controller is valid; otherwise FALSE. + + +This method returns FALSE only if Windows Animation API is not supported on the current OS and creation of +animation manager failed because it's not registered. You need to call GetUIAnimationManager at least once after initialization of +COM libraries to cause setting of this flag. + + + + +A pointer to IUIAnimationTransitionFactory interface or NULL, if creation of transition library failed. + + +A pointer to IUIAnimationTransitionFactory or NULL, if creation of transition factory failed. + + +If current OS does not support Windows Animation API, this method returns NULL and after that all subsequent calls +on CAnimationController::IsValid return FALSE. + + + + +Provides access to encapsulated IUIAnimationTimer object. + + +A pointer to IUIAnimationTimer interface or NULL, if creation of animation timer failed. + + +If current OS does not support Windows Animation API, this method returns NULL and after that all subsequent calls +on CAnimationController::IsValid return FALSE. + + + + +Provides access to encapsulated IUIAnimationTransitionLibrary object. + + +A pointer to IUIAnimationTransitionLibrary interface or NULL, if creation of transition library failed. + + +If current OS does not support Windows Animation API, this method returns NULL and after that all subsequent calls +on CAnimationController::IsValid return FALSE. + + + + +Provides access to encapsulated IUIAnimationManager object. + + +A pointer to IUIAnimationManager interface or NULL, if creation of animation manager failed. + + +If current OS does not support Windows Animation API, this method returns NULL and after that all subsequent calls +on CAnimationController::IsValid return FALSE. +You may need to access IUIAnimationManager in order to call its interface methods, which are not wrapped by +animation controller. + + + + +The destructor. Called when animation controller object is being destroyed. + + + + +Constructs an animation controller. + + + + +A keyframe that represents start of storyboard. + + + + +A list of animation groups that belong to this animation controller. + + + + +A pointer to a related CWnd object, which can be automatically redrawn when +the status of animation manager has changed, or post update event has occurred. Can be NULL. + + + + +Stores a pointer to Transition Factory COM object. + + + + +Stores a pointer to Animation Timer COM object. + + + + +Stores a pointer to Transition Library COM object. + + + + +Stores a pointer to Animation Manager COM object. + + + + +Specifies whether an animation controller is valid or not. +This member is set to FALSE if current OS does not support Windows Animation API. + + + + +Implements the animation controller, which provides a central interface for creating and managing UI animations. + + +The CAnimationController class is the key class that manages animations. +You may create one or more instances of animation controller in an application and, optionally, connect an instance of +animation controller to a CWnd object using CAnimationController::SetRelatedWnd. This connection is required to send WM_PAINT messages +to the related window automatically when animation manager status has changed or animation timer has been updated. +If you do not enable this relation, you must redraw a window that displays an animation manually. For this purpose you can derive a class +from CAnimationController and override OnAnimationManagerStatusChanged and/or OnAnimationTimerPostUpdate and invalidate one or +more windows when necessary. + + + + +Specifies how to destroy animation objects. If this parameter is TRUE, animation objects will be destroyed automatically +when the group is destroyed. Otherwise animation objects must be destroyed manually. The default value is FALSE. +Set this value to TRUE only if all animation objects that belong to group are allocated dynamically with operator new. + + + + +Specifies how to clear transitions from animation objects that belong to group. If this member is TRUE, +transitions are removed automatically when an animation has been scheduled. Otherwise you need to remove +transitions manually. + + + + +Specifies how to destroy keyframes. If this value is TRUE, all keyframes are removed and destroyed; +otherwise they are removed from the list only. The default value is TRUE. + + + + +Points to animation storyboard. This pointer is valid only after call on Animate. + + + + +Contains a list of keyframes. + + + + +Contains a list of animation objects. + + + + +Directs all animation objects that belong to group automatically destroy transitions. + + +Set this value to FALSE only if you allocate transitions on the stack. The default value is TRUE, therefore +it's highly recommended to allocate transition objects using operator new. + + Specifies how to destroy transitions. + + + +Schedules an animation at the specified time. + + +TRUE if the method succeeds; FALSE if the method fails or if Animate has not been called with bScheduleNow set to FALSE. + + +Call this function to schedule an animation at the specified time. You must call Animate with bScheduleNow set to FALSE first. + + A pointer to animation timer. + Specifies time to schedule the animation. + + + +Animates a group. + + +TRUE if the method succeeds; otherwise FALSE. + + +This method creates an internal storyboard, creates and applies transitions and schedules an animation +if bScheduleNow is TRUE. If bScheduleNow is FALSE, you need to call Schedule to start animation at the +specified time. + + + + + + + +Finds an animation object that contains the specified animation variable. + + +A pointer to animation object, or NULL if animation object is not found. + + A pointer to animation variable. + + + +Removes and optionally destroys all keyframes that belong to an animation group. + + +If m_bAutodestroyKeyframes member is TRUE then keyframes are removed and destroyed, otherwise keyframes are +just removed from the internal list of keyframes. + + + + +Removes transitions from animation objects that belong to an animation group. + + +If m_bAutoclearTransitions flag is set to TRUE, this method loops over all animation objects that belong to the group +and calls CAnimationObject::ClearTransitions(FALSE). + + + + +Applies transitions to animation objects. + + +This method ASSERTS in debug mode if storyboard has not been created. +It creates all transitions first, then adds "static" keyframes (keyframes that depend on offsets), +adds transitions that do not depend on keyframes, adds keyframes depending on transitions and other keyframes, +and at last adds transitions that depend on keyframes. + + + + +Returns GroupID. + + +A group identifier. + + + + +The destructor. Called when an animation group is being destroyed. + + + + +Constructs an animation group. + + A pointer to animation controller that creates a group. + Specifies GroupID. + + + +A helper that creates COM transition objects. + + +TRUE is the method succeeds, otherwise FALSE. + + + + +A helper that adds transitions to a storyboard. + + A pointer to a storyboard COM object. + Specifies whether this method should add to the storyboard transitions that depend on other keyframes. + + + +A helper that adds keyframes to a storyboard. + + A pointer to a storyboard COM object. + Specifies whether this method should add to the storyboard keyframes that depend on other keyframes. + + + +A pointer to animation controller this group belongs to. + + + + +A unique identifier of animation group. + + + + +Implements an animation group, which combines an animation storyboard, animation objects and transitions +to define an animation. + + +Animation groups are created automatically by animation controller (CAnimationController) when you add animation +objects using CAnimationController::AddAnimationObject. +An animation group is identified by GroupID, which is usually taken as a parameter to manipulate animation groups. +The GroupID is taken from the first animation object being added to a new animation group. +An encapsulated animation storyboard is created after you call CAnimationController::AnimateGroup and can be +accessed via public member m_pStoryboard. + + + + +Puts the encapsulated animation variables into a list. + + When the function returns, it contains pointers to four CAnimationVariable objects +representing coordinates of rectangle. + + + +Specifies whether the rectangle has fixed size. + + +If this member is true, then the size of rectangle is fixed and right and bottom values +are recalculated each time the top-left corner is moved according to the fixed size. +Set this value to TRUE to easily move the rectangle around the screen. In this case transitions applied to +right and bottom coordinates are ignored. The size is stored internally when you construct the object and/or +call SetDefaultValue. By default this member is set to FALSE. + + + + +Adds transitions for left, top, right and bottom coordinates. + + +Call this function to add the specified transitions to the internal list of transitions to be applied to animation variables for each rectangle sides. +When you add transitions, they are not applied immediately and stored in an internal list. Transitions are applied +(added to a storyboard for a particular value) when you call CAnimationController::AnimateGroup. +If you don't need to apply a transition to one of the rectangle sides, you can pass NULL. + + Specifies transition for the left side. + Specifies transition for the top side. + Specifies transition for the right side. + Specifies transition for the bottom side. + + + +Converts a CAnimationRect to RECT. + + +Current value of animation rectangle as RECT. + + +This function internally calls GetValue. If GetValue for some reason fails, the returned RECT will contain default values for all rectangle coordinates. + + + + +Assigns rect to CAnimationRect. + + +It's recommended to do that before animation start, because this operator calls +SetDefaultValue, which recreates the underlying COM objects for color components if they have been created. If you +subscribed this animation object to events (ValueChanged or IntegerValueChanged), you need to re-enable these events. + + The new value of animation rectangle. + + + +Provides access to CAnimationVariable representing bottom coordinate. + + +A reference to encapsulated CAnimationVariable representing bottom coordinate. + + +You can call this method to get direct access to underlying CAnimationVariable representing the bottom coordinate. + + + + +Provides access to CAnimationVariable representing right coordinate. + + +A reference to encapsulated CAnimationVariable representing right coordinate. + + +You can call this method to get direct access to underlying CAnimationVariable representing the right coordinate. + + + + +Provides access to CAnimationVariable representing top coordinate. + + +A reference to encapsulated CAnimationVariable representing top coordinate. + + +You can call this method to get direct access to underlying CAnimationVariable representing the top coordinate. + + + + +Provides access to CAnimationVariable representing left coordinate. + + +A reference to encapsulated CAnimationVariable representing left coordinate. + + +You can call this method to get direct access to underlying CAnimationVariable representing the left coordinate. + + + + +Returns current value. + + +TRUE, if the current value was successfully retrieved; otherwise FALSE. + + +Call this function to retrieve the current value of animation rectangle. If this method fails or underlying COM objects for +left, top, right and bottom have not been initialized, rect contains default value, which was previously set in constructor or by SetDefaultValue. + + Output. Contains the current value when this method returns. + + + +Returns the default values for rectangle's bounds. + + +A CRect value containing defaults for left, right, top and bottom. + + +Call this function to retrieve default value, which was previously set by constructor or SetDefaultValue. + + + + +Sets default value. + + +Use this function to set a default value to animation object. This methods assigns default values to rectangle's bounds. +It also recreates underlying COM objects if they have been created. If you +subscribed this animation object to events (ValueChanged or IntegerValueChanged), you need to re-enable these events. + + Specifies new default values for left, top, right and bottom. + + + +Constructs an animation rect object. + + +The object is constructed with specified coordinates of each side, Object ID and Group ID. They can be changed +later at runtime using SetDefaultValue and SetID. + + Specifies coordinate of left bound. + Specifies coordinate of top bound. + Specifies coordinate of right bound. + Specifies coordinate of bottom bound. + Specifies Group ID. + Specifies Object ID. + Specifies user-defined data. + + + +Constructs an animation rect object. + + +The object is constructed with specified top-left corner coordinates and size of rectangle, Object ID and Group ID. They can be changed +later at runtime using SetDefaultValue and SetID. + + Coordinate of top-left corner. + Size of rectangle. + Specifies Group ID. + Specifies Object ID. + Specifies user-defined data. + + + +Constructs an animation rect object. + + +The object is constructed with specified rect coordinates, Object ID and Group ID. They can be changed +later at runtime using SetDefaultValue and SetID. + + Specifies default rectangle. + Specifies Group ID. + Specifies Object ID. + Specifies user-defined data. + + + +Constructs a CAnimationRect object. + + +The object is constructed with default values for left, top, right and bottom, Object ID and Group ID, which will be set to 0. They can be changed +later at runtime using SetDefaultValue and SetID. + + + + +Specifies initial size of animation rectangle. + + + + +The encapsulated animation variable that represents Bottom bound of animation rectangle. + + + + +The encapsulated animation variable that represents Right bound of animation rectangle. + + + + +The encapsulated animation variable that represents Top bound of animation rectangle. + + + + +The encapsulated animation variable that represents Left bound of animation rectangle. + + + + +Implements the functionality of a rectangle whose top, left, right and bottom sides can be animated. + + +The CAnimationRect class encapsulates four CAnimationVariable objects and can represent in applications +a rectangle. +To use this class in application, just instantiate an object of this class, add it to animation controller using +CAnimationController::AddAnimationObject and call AddTransition for each transition to be applied to left, right top and bottom coordinates. + + + + +Puts the encapsulated animation variables into a list. + + When the function returns, it contains pointers to three CAnimationVariable objects +representing red, green and blue components. + + + +Adds transitions for Red, Green and Blue components. + + +Call this function to add the specified transitions to the internal list of transitions to be applied to animation variables representing color components. +When you add transitions, they are not applied immediately and stored in an internal list. Transitions are applied +(added to a storyboard for a particular value) when you call CAnimationController::AnimateGroup. +If you don't need to apply a transition to one of the color components, you can pass NULL. + + Transition for Red component. + Transition for Green component. + Transition for Blue component. + + + +Converts a CAnimationColor to COLORREF. + + +Current value of animation color object as COLORREF. + + +This function internally calls GetValue. If GetValue for some reason fails, the returned COLORREF will contain default values for all color components. + + + + +Assigns color to CAnimationColor. + + +It's recommended to do that before animation start, because this operator calls +SetDefaultValue, which recreates the underlying COM objects for color components if they have been created. If you +subscribed this animation object to events (ValueChanged or IntegerValueChanged), you need to re-enable these events. + + Specifies new value Animation Color. + + + +Provides access to CAnimationVariable representing Blue component. + + +A reference to encapsulated CAnimationVariable representing Blue component. + + +You can call this method to get direct access to underlying CAnimationVariable representing Blue component. + + + + +Provides access to CAnimationVariable representing Green component. + + +A reference to encapsulated CAnimationVariable representing Green component. + + +You can call this method to get direct access to underlying CAnimationVariable representing Green component. + + + + +Provides access to CAnimationVariable representing Red component. + + +A reference to encapsulated CAnimationVariable representing Red component. + + +You can call this method to get direct access to underlying CAnimationVariable representing Red component. + + + + +Returns current value. + + +TRUE, if the current value was successfully retrieved; otherwise FALSE. + + +Call this function to retrieve the current value of animation color. If this method fails or underlying COM objects for +color components have not been initialized, color contains default value, which was previously set in constructor or by SetDefaultValue. + + Output. Contains the current value when this method returns. + + + +Returns the default values for color components. + + +A COLORREF value containing defaults for RGB components. + + +Call this function to retrieve default value, which was previously set by constructor or SetDefaultValue. + + + + +Sets default value. + + +Use this function to set a default value to animation object. This methods assigns default values to color components +of animation color. It also recreates underlying COM objects if they have been created. If you +subscribed this animation object to events (ValueChanged or IntegerValueChanged), you need to re-enable these events. + + Specifies new default values for red, green and blue components. + + + +Constructs an animation color object. + + +The object is constructed with specified values for RGB components, Object ID and Group ID. They can be changed +later at runtime using SetDefaultValue and SetID. + + Specifies default color. + Specifies Group ID. + Specifies Object ID. + Specifies user-defined data. + + + +Constructs a CAnimationColor object. + + +The object is constructed with default values for red, green, blue, Object ID and Group ID, which will be set to 0. They can be changed +later at runtime using SetDefaultValue and SetID. + + + + +The encapsulated animation variable that represents Blue component of animation color. + + + + +The encapsulated animation variable that represents Green component of animation color. + + + + +The encapsulated animation variable that represents Red component of animation color. + + + + +Implements the functionality of a color whose red, green and blue components can be animated. + + +The CAnimationColor class encapsulates three CAnimationVariable objects and can represent in applications +a color. For example, you can use this class to animate colors of any object on the screen (like text color, background color etc). +To use this class in application, just instantiate an object of this class, add it to animation controller using +CAnimationController::AddAnimationObject and call AddTransition for each transition to be applied to Red, Green and Blue components. + + + + +Puts the encapsulated animation variables into a list. + + When the function returns, it contains pointers to two CAnimationVariable objects +representing the width and height. + + + +Adds transitions for Width and Height. + + +Call this function to add the specified transitions to the internal list of transitions to be applied to animation variables for Width and Height. +When you add transitions, they are not applied immediately and stored in an internal list. Transitions are applied +(added to a storyboard for a particular value) when you call CAnimationController::AnimateGroup. +If you don't need to apply a transition to one of dimensions, you can pass NULL. + + A pointer to transition for Width. + A pointer to transition for Height. + + + +Converts a CAnimationSize to a CSize. + + +Current value of animation size as CSize. + + +This function internally calls GetValue. If GetValue for some reason fails, the returned size will contain default values for Width and Height. + + + + +Assigns szSrc to CAnimationSize. + + +Assigns szSrc to CAnimationSize. It's recommended to do that before animation start, because this operator calls +SetDefaultValue, which recreates the underlying COM objects for Width and Height if they have been created. If you +subscribed this animation object to events (ValueChanged or IntegerValueChanged), you need to re-enable these events. + + Refers to CSize or SIZE. + + + +Provides access to CAnimationVariable representing Height. + + +A reference to encapsulated CAnimationVariable representing Height. + + +You can call this method to get direct access to underlying CAnimationVariable representing Height. + + + + +Provides access to CAnimationVariable representing Width. + + +A reference to encapsulated CAnimationVariable representing Width. + + +You can call this method to get direct access to underlying CAnimationVariable representing Width. + + + + +Returns current value. + + +TRUE, if the current value was successfully retrieved; otherwise FALSE. + + +Call this function to retrieve the current value of animation size. If this method fails or underlying COM objects for +Width and Size have not been initialized, szValue contains default value, which was previously set in constructor or by SetDefaultValue. + + Output. Contains the current value when this method returns. + + + +Returns the default values for Width and Height. + + +A CSize object containing default values. + + +Call this function to retrieve default value, which was previously set by constructor or SetDefaultValue. + + + + +Sets default value. + + +Use this function to set a default value to animation object. This methods assigns default values to Width and Height +of animation size. It also recreates underlying COM objects if they have been created. If you +subscribed this animation object to events (ValueChanged or IntegerValueChanged), you need to re-enable these events. + + Specifies new default size. + + + +Constructs an animation size object. + + +The object is constructed with specified values for width, height, Object ID and Group ID. They can be changed +later at runtime using SetDefaultValue and SetID. + + Specifies default size. + Specifies Group ID. + Specifies Object ID. + Specifies user-defined data. + + + +Constructs an animation size object. + + +The object is constructed with default values for width, height, Object ID and Group ID, which will be set to 0. They can be changed +later at runtime using SetDefaultValue and SetID. + + + + +The encapsulated animation variable that represents height of animation size. + + + + +The encapsulated animation variable that represents width of animation size. + + + + +Implements the functionality of a size object whose dimensions can be animated. + + +The CAnimationSize class encapsulates two CAnimationVariable objects and can represent in applications +a size. For example, you can use this class to animate a size of any two dimensional object on the screen (like rectangle, control etc). +To use this class in application, just instantiate an object of this class, add it to animation controller using +CAnimationController::AddAnimationObject and call AddTransition for each transition to be applied to Width and/or Height. + + + + +Puts the encapsulated animation variables into a list. + + When the function returns, it contains pointers to two CAnimationVariable objects +representing the X and Y coordinates. + + + +Adds transitions for X and Y coordinates. + + +Call this function to add the specified transitions to the internal list of transitions to be applied to animation variables for X and Y coordinates. +When you add transitions, they are not applied immediately and stored in an internal list. Transitions are applied +(added to a storyboard for a particular value) when you call CAnimationController::AnimateGroup. +If you don't need to apply a transition to one of coordinates, you can pass NULL. + + A pointer to transition for X coordinates. + A pointer to transition for Y coordinate. + + + +Provides access to CAnimationVariable for Y coordinate. + + +A reference to encapsulated CAnimationVariable representing Y coordinate. + + +You can call this method to get direct access to underlying CAnimationVariable representing Y coordinate. + + + + +Provides access to CAnimationVariable for X coordinate. + + +A reference to encapsulated CAnimationVariable representing X coordinate. + + +You can call this method to get direct access to underlying CAnimationVariable representing X coordinate. + + + + +Converts a CAnimationPoint to a CPoint. + + +Current value of CAnimationPoint as CPoint. + + +This function internally calls GetValue. If GetValue for some reason fails, the returned point will contain default values for X and Y coordinates. + + + + +Assigns ptSrc to CAnimationPoint. + + +Assigns ptSrc to CAnimationPoint. It's recommended to do that before animation start, because this operator calls +SetDefaultValue, which recreates the underlying COM objects for X and Y coordinates if they have been created. If you +subscribed this animation object to events (ValueChanged or IntegerValueChanged), you need to re-enable these events. + + Refers to CPoint or POINT. + + + +Returns current value. + + +TRUE, if the current value was successfully retrieved; otherwise FALSE. + + +Call this function to retrieve the current value of animation point. If this method fails or underlying COM objects for +X and Y coordinates have not been initialized, ptValue contains default +value, which was previously set in constructor or by SetDefaultValue. + + Output. Contains the current value when this method returns. + + + +Returns the default values for X and Y coordinates. + + +A point containing default value. + + +Call this function to retrieve default value, which was previously set by constructor or SetDefaultValue. + + + + +Sets default value. + + +Use this function to set a default value to animation object. This methods assigns default values to X and Y +coordinates of animation point. It also recreates underlying COM objects if they have been created. If you +subscribed this animation object to events (ValueChanged or IntegerValueChanged), you need to re-enable these events. + + Specifies the default point value. + + + +Constructs CAnimationPoint object. + + +Constructs CAnimationPoint object with specified properties. + + Specifies default point coordinates. + Specifies Group ID. + Specifies Object ID. + Specifies user-defined data. + + + +Constructs CAnimationPoint object. + + +Constructs CAnimationPoint object with default properties: default point coordinates, Group ID and Object ID are set to 0. + + + + +The encapsulated animation variable that represents Y coordinate of animation point. + + + + +The encapsulated animation variable that represents X coordinate of animation point. + + + + +Implements the functionality of a point whose coordinates can be animated. + + +The CAnimationPoint class encapsulates two CAnimationVariable objects and can represent in applications +a point. For example, you can use this class to animate a position of any object on the screen (like text string, circle, point etc). +To use this class in application, just instantiate an object of this class, add it to animation controller using +CAnimationController::AddAnimationObject and call AddTransition for each transition to be applied to X and/or Y coordinates. + + + + +Puts the encapsulated animation variable into a list. + + When the function returns, it contains a pointer to CAnimationVariable representing the animated value. + + + +Adds a transition to be applied to a value. + + +Call this function to add a transition to internal list of transitions to be applied to an animation variable. +When you add transitions, they are not applied immediately and stored in an internal list. Transitions are applied +(added to a storyboard for a particular value) when you call CAnimationController::AnimateGroup. + + A pointer to transition object. + + + +Provides access to encapsulated animation variable. + + +A reference to encapsulated animation variable. + + +Use this method to access the encapsulated animation variable. From CAnimationVariable you get access +to underlying IUIAnimationVariable object, whose pointer can be NULL if animation variable has not been created. + + + + +Assigns an INT32 value to CAnimationValue. + + +Assigns an INT32 value to CAnimationValue. This value is set as a default value for encapsulated animation variable. +If you subscribed this animation object to events (ValueChanged or IntegerValueChanged), you need to re-enable these events. + + Specifies the value to be assigned to Animation Value. + + + +Assigns a DOUBLE value to CAnimationValue. + + +Assigns a DOUBLE value to CAnimationValue. This value is set as a default value for encapsulated animation variable. +If you subscribed this animation object to events (ValueChanged or IntegerValueChanged), you need to re-enable these events. + + Specifies the value to be assigned to Animation Value. + + + +Provides conversion between CAnimationValue and INT32. + + +Current value of Animation Value as integer. + + +Provides conversion between CAnimationValue and INT32. This method internally calls GetValue and doesn't check for +errors. If GetValue fails, the returned value will contain a default value previously set in constructor or with SetDefaultValue. + + + + +Provides conversion between CAnimationValue and DOUBLE. + + +Current value of Animation Value. + + +Provides conversion between CAnimationValue and DOUBLE. This method internally calls GetValue and doesn't check for +errors. If GetValue fails, the returned value will contain a default value previously set in constructor or with SetDefaultValue. + + + + +Retrieves the current value. + + +TRUE if the current value was retrieved successfully; otherwise FALSE. + + +Call this function to retrieve the current value. This implementation calls the encapsulated COM object, and if +the call fails, this method returns the default value that was previously set in constructor or with SetDefaultValue. + + Output. When the function returns it contains a current value of animation variable. + + + +Retrieves the current value. + + +TRUE if the current value was retrieved successfully; otherwise FALSE. + + +Call this function to retrieve the current value. This implementation calls the encapsulated COM object, and if +the call fails, this method returns the default value that was previously set in constructor or with SetDefaultValue. + + Output. When the function returns it contains a current value of animation variable. + + + +Sets default value. + + +Use this method to set a default value. A default value is returned to application when animation has not been started +and/or underlying COM object has not been created. If the underlying COM object encapsulated in CAnimationVarible +was already created, this method recreates it, therefore you might need to call EnableValueChanged/EnableIntegerValueChanged +methods again. + + Specifies the default value. + + + +Constructs a CAnimationValue object. + + +Constructs CAnimationValue object with specified properties. + + Specifies default value. + Specifies Group ID. + Specifies Object ID. + specifies user-defined data. + + + +Constructs a CAnimationValue object. + + +Constructs CAnimationValue object with default properties: default value, Group ID and Object ID are set to 0. + + + + +The encapsulated animation variable that represents animation value. + + + + +Implements the functionality of animation object with one value. + + +The CAnimationValue class encapsulates a single CAnimationVariable object and can represent in applications +a single animated value. For example, you can use this class for animated transparency (fade effect), angle (to rotate objects), +or for any other case when you need to create an animation depending on a single animated value. +To use this class in application, just instantiate an object of this class, add it to animation controller using +CAnimationController::AddAnimationObject and call AddTransition for each transition to be applied to the value. + + + + +Establishes relationship between animation variables, contained in an animation object, and their container. + + +This is a helper that can be used to establish relationship between animation variables, contained in an animation object, +and their container. It loops over animation variables and sets a back pointer to a parent animation object +to each animation variable. +In the current implementation the actual relationship is established in CAnimationBaseObject::ApplyTransitions, therefore +back pointers are not set until you call CAnimationGroup::Animate. +Knowing the relationship may be helpful when you processing events and need to get a parent animation object +from CAnimationVariable (use CAnimationVariable::GetParentAnimationObject). + + + + +Collects pointers to contained animation variables. + + +This is a pure virtual method that must be overridden in a derived class. +An animation object, depending on its type, contains one or more animation variables. For example, CAnimationPoint +contains two variables, for X and Y coordinates respectively. The base class CAnimationBaseObject implements +some generic methods, which act on a list of animation variables: ApplyTransitions, ClearTransitions, +EnableValueChangedEvent, EnableIntegerValueChangedEvent. These methods call GetAnimationVariableList, which is filled +in a derived class with actual animation variables contained in a particular animation object, then loop over the +list and perform necessary actions. +If you create a custom animation object, you must add to lst all animation variables contained in that object. + + A list that must be filled with animation variables contained in an animation object. + + + +Determines whether an animation object contains a particular animation variable. + + +TRUE if the animation variable is contained in the animation object; otherwise FALSE. + + +This method can be used to determine whether an animation variable specified by pVariable is contained +within an animation object. An animation object, depending on its type, may contain several animation variables. +For example, CAnimationColor contains three variables, one for each color component (red, green and blue). When a +value of animation variable has changed, Windows Animation API sends ValueChanged or IntegerValueChanged events (if enabled), +and the parameter of this event is a pointer to interface IUIAnimationVariable of animation variable. +This method helps to obtain a pointer to animation from a pointer to contained COM object. + + A pointer to animation variable. + + + +Sets up Integer Value Changed event handler. + + +If the Integer Value Changed event handler is enabled, you can handle this event in CAnimationController::OnAnimationIntegerValueChanged method, +which should be overridden in a CAnimationController-derived class. This method is called every time the animation integer value has changed. + + A pointer to a parent controller. + Specifies whether to enable, or disable Integer Value Changed event. + + + +Sets up Value Changed event handler. + + +If the Value Changed event handler is enabled, you can handle this event in CAnimationController::OnAnimationValueChanged method, +which should be overridden in a CAnimationController-derived class. This method is called every time the animation value has changed. + + A pointer to a parent controller. + Specifies whether to enable, or disable Value Changed event. + + + +Removes all related transitions. + + +Removes all related transitions and destroys them if bAutodestroy or m_bAutodestroyTransitions flag is TRUE. +Transitions should be destroyed automatically only if they are not allocated on the stack. +If the above flags are FALSE, transitions are just removed from the internal list of related transitions. + + Specifies whether to destroy transition objects automatically, or just remove them from the related list. + + + +Adds transitions to storyboard with encapsulated animation variable. + + +TRUE if transitions were added successfully. + + +Adds related transitions, that have been added with AddTransition (overloaded methods in derived classes), to storyboard. + + A pointer to a storyboard. + With FALSE this method adds only those transitions that do not depend on keyframes. + + + +Tells whether related transition are destroyed automatically. + + +If TRUE, related transitions are destroyed automatically; if FALSE, transition objects should be deallocated by calling application. + + +By default this flag is TRUE. Set this flag only if you allocated transition on the stack and/or transitions should be deallocated by +the calling application. + + + + +Sets a flag that orders to automatically destroy transitions. + + +Set this flag only if you allocated transition objects using operator new. If for some reason transition +objects are allocated on the stack, the auto destroy flag should be FALSE. By default this flag is TRUE. + + Specifies the auto destroy flag. + + + +Returns user defined data. + + +A value of custom data. + + +Call this method to retrieve the custom data at runtime. The returned value will be 0 if it was not explicitly initialized in constructor or with SetUserData. + + + + +Returns current Group ID. + + +Current Group ID. + + +Use this method to retrieve Group ID. It's 0 if Group ID has not been set explicitly in constructor or with SetID. + + + + +Returns current Object ID. + + +Current Object ID. + + +Use this method to retrieve Object ID. It's 0 if Object ID has not been set explicitly in constructor or with SetID. + + + + +Detaches an animation object from parent animation controller. + + +This method is used internally. + + + + +Sets user-defined data. + + +Use this method to associate a custom data with an animation object. This data may be retrieved later at runtime by GetUserData. + + Specifies the custom data. + + + +Sets new IDs. + + +Allows to change Object ID and Group ID. If the new Group ID differs from the current ID, an animation object +is moved to another group (a new group will be created, if necessary). + + Specifies new Object ID. + Specifies new Group ID. + + + +Creates transitions associated with an animation object. + + +TRUE if transitions were created successfully; otherwise FALSE. + + +Loops over list of animation variables encapsulated in a derived animation object and creates transitions +associated with each animation variable. + + + + +The destructor. Called when an animation object is being destroyed. + + + + +Constructs an animation object. + + +Constructs an animation object with specified Object ID and Group ID. + + Specifies Group ID. + Specifies Object ID. + User-defined data, which can be associated with animation object and retrieved later at runtime. + + + +Constructs an animation object. + + +Constructs an animation objects and assigns default Object ID (0) and Group ID (0). + + + + +A pointer to the parent animation controller. + + + + +Specifies whether related transitions should be automatically destroyed. + + + + +Stores user-defined data. + + + + +Specifes the Object ID of the animation object. + + + + +Specifies the Group ID of the animation object. + + + + +The base class for all animation objects. + + +This class implements basic methods for all animation objects. An animation object can represent a value, point, +size, rectangle or color in an application, as well as any custom entity. Animation objects are stored in animation groups +(see CAnimationGroup). Each group can be animated separately and can be treated as an analogue of storyboard. +An animation object encapsulates one or more animation variables (see CAnimationVariable), depending on its logical +representation. For example, CAnimationRect contains four animation variables - one variable for each side of rectangle. +Each animation object class exposes overloaded AddTransition method, which should be used to apply transitions to +encapsulated animation variables. +An animation object can be identified by Object ID (optionally) and by Group ID. A Group ID is necessary in order +to place an animation object to correct group, but if a Group ID is not specified, an object is placed in the default group with ID 0. +If you call SetID with different GroupID, an animation object will be moved to another group (a new group is created if necessary). + + + + +Specifies whether related transition objects should be deleted. + + +Set this value to TRUE to force deletion of transition objects when they are being removed from the internal list +of transitions. If this value is FALSE the transitions should be deleted by calling application. +The list of transitions is always cleared after an animation has been scheduled. The default value is FALSE. + + + + +Returns default value. + + +The default value. + + +Use this function to obtain default value of animation variable. The default value can be set in constructor or by +SetDefaultValue method. + + + + +Enables or disables the IntegerValueChanged event. + + +When ValueChanged event is enabled, the framework calls virtual method CAnimationController::OnAnimationIntegerValueChanged. +You need to override it in a class derived from CAnimationController in order to process this event. This method is called every time +the integer value of animation variable is changed. + + A pointer to parent controller. + TRUE - enable event, FALSE - disable event. + + + +Enables or disables the ValueChanged event. + + +When ValueChanged event is enabled, the framework calls virtual method CAnimationController::OnAnimationValueChanged. +You need to override it in a class derived from CAnimationController in order to process this event. This method is called every time +the value of animation variable is changed. + + A pointer to parent controller. + TRUE - enable event, FALSE - disable event. + + + +Adds transitions from the internal list to storyboard. + + +This method adds transitions from the internal list to storyboard. It's called from the +top level code several times to add transitions that do not depend on keyframes and add +transitions that depend on keyframes. If the underlying animation variable +COM object has not been created, this method creates it at this stage. + + A pointer to parent animation controller. + A pointer to storyboard. + TRUE, if this method should add transitions that depend on keyframes. + + + +Clears transitions. + + +This method removes all transitions from the internal list of transitions. If bAutodestroy is TRUE, or +m_bAutodestroyTransitions is TRUE, then transitions are deleted. Otherwise the caller should deallocate +the transition objects. + + Specifies whether this method should delete transition objects. + + + +Adds a transition. + + +This method is called to add a transition to the internal list of transitions to be applied to the animation variable. +This list should be cleared when an animation has been scheduled. + + A pointer to a transition to add. + + + +Returns the current value of animation variable. + + +S_OK if the value was obtained successfully, or underlying animation variable has not been created. Otherwise +HRESULT error code. + + +This method can be called to retrieve the current value of animation variable. If the underlying COM object +has not been created, dblValue will contain a default value, when the function returns. + + The current value of the animation variable. + + + +Returns the current value of animation variable. + + +S_OK if the value was obtained successfully, or underlying animation variable has not been created. Otherwise +HRESULT error code. + + +This method can be called to retrieve the current value of animation variable. If the underlying COM object +has not been created, dblValue will contain a default value, when the function returns. + + The current value of the animation variable. + + + +Creates all transitions to be applied to this animation variable. + + +TRUE if transitions were created successfully; otherwise FALSE. + + +This method is called by the framework when it needs to create transitions that have been added +to the variable's internal list of transitions. + + A pointer to transition library. + A pointer to transition factory. + + + +Creates the underlying animation variable COM object. + + +TRUE if the animation variable was successfully created; otherwise FALSE. + + +This method creates the underlying animation variable COM object and sets its default value. + + A pointer to animation manager. + + + +Sets default value and releases IUIAnimationVariable COM object. + + +Use this method to reset the default value. This method releases the internal IUIAnimationVariable COM object, +therefore when animation variable is recreated, the underlying COM object gets the new default value. +The default value is returned by GetValue if the COM object representing the animation variable is not created, +or if the variable has not been animated. + + Specifies the new default value. + + + +Returns a pointer to IUIAnimationVariable COM object. + + +A valid pointer to IUIAnimationVariable COM object, or NULL if animation variable was not created, or can't be created. + + +Use this function to access the underlying IUIAnimationVariable COM object and call its methods directly if needed. + + + + +Returns the parent animation object. + + +A pointer to parent animation object, if relationship was established, otherwise NULL. + + +This method can be called to retrieve a pointer to a parent animation object (a container). + + + + +The destructor. Called when a CAnimationVariable object is being destroyed. + + + + +Constructs an animation variable object. + + +Constructs an animation variable object and sets its default value. A default value is used when +a variable is not animated, or can't be animated. + + Specifies the default value. + + + +Sets the relationship between an animation variable and an animation object. + + +This method is called internally to establish one-to-one relationship between an animation variable and an animation object that encapsulates it. + + A pointer to an animation object that contains this variable. + + + +A pointer to an animation object that encapsulates this animation variable. + + + + +Contains a list of transitions that animate this animation variable. + + + + +Specifies the default value, which is propagated to IUIAnimationVariable. + + + + +Stores a pointer to IUIAnimationVariable COM object. NULL if the COM object has not been created yet, or if creation failed. + + + + +Represents an animation variable. + + +The CAnimationVariable class encapsulates IUIAnimationVariable COM object. It also holds a list of transitions +to be applied to the animation variable in a storyboard. CAnimationVariable objects are embedded to +animation objects, which can represent in an application an animated value, point, size, color and rectangle. + + + + +Adds a keyframe to storyboard at offset. + + +TRUE, if keyframe was added successfully. + + +This function is called by the framework to add a keyframe to storyboard at offset. + + A pointer to a storyboard. + Specifies whether to add a keyframe this keyframe depend on recursively. + + + +Adds a keyframe to storyboard after transition. + + +TRUE, if keyframe was added successfully. + + +This function is called by the framework to add a keyframe to storyboard after transition. + + A pointer to a storyboard. + Specifies whether to add a transition recursively. + + + +Adds a keyframe to a storyboard. + + +TRUE, if keyframe was added successfully. + + +This method adds a keyframe to storyboard. If it depends on other keyframe or transition and bDeepAdd is TRUE, +this method tries to add them recursively. + + A pointer to a storyboard. + Specifies whether to add keyframe or transition recursively. + + + +Returns an offset from other keyframe. + + +An offset in seconds from other keyframe. + + +This method should be called to determine an offset in seconds from other keyframe. + + + + +Returns a pointer to a keyframe this keyframe depends on. + + +A valid pointer to keyframe, or NULL if this keyframe does not depend on other keyframe. + + +This is an accessor to a keyframe this keyframe depends on. + + + + +Returns a pointer to a transition this keyframe depends on. + + +A valid pointer to transition, or NULL if this keyframe does not depend on transition. + + +This is an accessor to a transition this keyframe depends on. + + + + +Constructs a keyframe that depends on other keyframe. + + +The constructed keyframe will represent a moment in time within a storyboard, which has a specified offset from pKeyframe. + + A pointer to keyframe. + Offset, in seconds, from keyframe specified by pKeyframe. + + + +Constructs a keyframe that depends on a transition. + + +The constructed keyframe will represent a moment in time within a storyboard when the specified transition ends. + + A pointer to a transition. + + + +Stores a pointer to an existing keframe. This keyframe is added to storyboard with m_offset to the existing keyframe. + + + + +Specifies offset of this keyframe from a keyframe stored in m_pExistingKeyFrame. + + + + +Stores a pointer to transtion that begins at this keyframe. + + + + +Represents an animation keyframe. + + +This class implements an animation keyframe. A keyframe represents a moment in time within a +storyboard and can be used to specify the start and end times of transitions. +A keyframe may be based on other keyframe and have an offset (in seconds) from it, or may be based on a transition and +represent a moment in time when this transition ends. + + + + +Adds a keyframe to storyboard. + + +TRUE if keyframe was added to storyboard successfully; otherwise FALSE. + + +This method is called to add a keyframe to storyboard. + + A pointer to a storyboard. + If this parameter is TRUE and the keyframe being added depends on some other keyframe or transition, this method tries +to add this keyframe or transition to storyboard first. + + + +Specifies whether the keyframe should be added to storyboard at offset, or after transition. + + +TRUE if the keyframe should be added to storyboard at some specified offset. +FALSE if the keyframe should be added to storyboard after some transition. + + +Specifies whether the keyframe should be added to storyboard at offset. +The offset or transition must be specified in a derived class. + + + + +Tells whether a keyframe has been added to storyboard. + + +TRUE if a keyframe is added to a storyboard; otehrwise FALSE. + + +In the base class IsAdded always returns TRUE, but it's overridden in derived classes. + + + + +Returns the underlying keyframe value. + + +A current keyframe. The default value is UI_ANIMATION_KEYFRAME_STORYBOARD_START. + + +This is an accessor to the underlying keyframe value. + + + + +Constructs a keyframe object. + + + + +Specifies whether this keyframe should be added to storyboard at an offset from +another existing keyframe, or at the end of some transition. + + + + +Specifies whether this keyframe has been added to a storyboard. + + + + +Represents a Windows Animation API keyframe. When a keyframe is not initialized +it is set to the predefined value UI_ANIMATION_KEYFRAME_STORYBOARD_START. + + + + +Implements basic functionality of keyframe. + + +Encapsulates UI_ANIMATION_KEYFRAME variable. Serves as a base class for any keyframe implementation. +A keyframe represents a moment in time within a storyboard and can be used to specify the start and end times of transitions. +There are two types of keyframes - keyframes added to storyboard at the specified offset (in time), or keyframes added +after specified transition. Because durations of some transitions can't be known before animation starts, the actual values +of some keyframes are determined at runtime only. +Because keyframes may depend on transitions, which in their turn depend on keyframes, it's important to prevent +infinite recursions when building keyframe chains. + + + + +Specifies whether a transition has been added to a storyboard. + + + + +A pointer to an animation variable, which is animated with the transition stored in m_transition. + + + + +Stores a pointer to the keyframe that specifies the end of the transition. + + + + +Stores a pointer to the keyframe that specifies the beginning of the transition. + + + + +Stores a pointer to IUIAnimationTransition. NULL if a COM transition object has not been created. + + + + +Stores the transition type. + + + + +Adds a transition to a storyboard. + + +TRUE, if transition was successfully added to a storyboard. + + +Applies the transition to the related variable in the storyboard. If the start keyframe was specified, the transition +begins at that keyframe. If the end keyframe was specified, the transition begins at the start keyframe and +and stops at the end keyframe. If the transition was created with a duration parameter specified, that duration is +overwritten with the duration of time between the start and end keyframes. +If no keyframe was specified, the transition is appended to the transition added most recently to the variable. + + A pointer to storyboard, which will animate the related variable. + + + +Adds a transition to a storyboard. + + +TRUE, if transition was successfully added to a storyboard. + + +Applies the transition to the related variable in the storyboard. If this is the first transition +applied to this variable in this storyboard, the transition begins at the start of the storyboard. +Otherwise, the transition is appended to the transition added most recently to the variable. + + A pointer to storyboard, which will animate the related variable. + + + +Returns a pointer to related variable. + + +A valid pointer to animation variable, or NULL if an animation variable has not been set by SetRelatedVariable. + + +This is an accessor to related animation variable. + + + + +Establishes a relationship between animation variable and transition. + + +Establishes a relationship between animation variable and transition. A transition can be applied only to one variable. + + A pointer to related animation variable. + + + +Returns start keyframe. + + +A valid pointer to a keyframe, or NULL if a transition should not be inserted between keyframes. + + +This method can be used to access a keyframe object that was previously set by SetKeyframes. +It's called by top level code when transitions are being added to storyboard. + + + + +Returns start keyframe. + + +A valid pointer to a keyframe, or NULL if a transition should not start after a keyframe. + + +This method can be used to access a keyframe object that was previously set by SetKeyframes. +It's called by top level code when transitions are being added to storyboard. + + + + +Tells whether a transition has been added to a storyboard. + + +Returns TRUE if a transition has been added to a storyboard, otherwise FALSE. + + +This flag is set internally when the top level code adds transitions to storyboard. + + + + +Sets keyframes for a transition. + + +This method tells the transition to start after specified keyframe and, optionally, if pEnd is not NULL, end +before the specified keyframe. +If the transition was created with a duration parameter specified, that duration is overwritten with the duration of time between the start and end keyframes. + + A keyframe that specifies the beginning of the transition. + A keyframe that specifies the end of the transition. + + + +Returns a pointer to underlying COM transition object. + + +A valid pointer to IUIAnimationTransition or NULL if underlying transition can't be created. + + +It's an accessor method to underlying COM transition object. It doesn't instantiates the underlying IUIAnimationTransition COM +object if it wasn't created. + + + + +Returns a pointer to underlying COM transition object. + + +A valid pointer to IUIAnimationTransition or NULL if underlying transition can't be created. + + +This method returns a pointer to underlying COM transition object and creates it if necessary. + + A pointer to transition library, which creates standard transitions. It can be NULL for custom transitions. + A pointer to transition factory, which creates custom transitions. It can be NULL for standard transitions. + + + +Creates a COM transition. + + +TRUE if a transition COM object was created successfully; otherwise FALSE. + + +This is a pure virtual function that must be overridden in a derived class. +It's called by the framework to instantiate the underlying COM transition object. + + A pointer to transition library, which creates standard transitions. It can be NULL for custom transitions. + A pointer to transition factory, which creates custom transitions. It can be NULL for standard transitions. + + + +Returns transition type. + + +One of TRANSITION_TYPE enumerated values. + + +This method can be used to identify a transition object by its type. +The type is set in a constructor in a derived class. + + + + +Releases encapsulated IUIAnimationTransition COM object. + + +This method should be called from a derived class's Create method in order to prevent +IUITransition interface leak. + + + + +The destructor. Called when a transition object is being destroyed. + + + + +Constructs a base transtion object. + + + + +Defines the transition types currently supported by the MFC implementation of Windows Animation API. + + +A transition type is set in the constructor of specific transition. +For example, CSinusoidalTransitionFromRange sets its type to SINUSOIDAL_FROM_RANGE. + + + + +Represents a basic transition. + + +This class encapsulates IUIAnimationTransition interface and serves as a base class for all transitions. + + + + + Selects the references. The references can be an element or a subelement in the host or a linked document. + + + This function will select the specified references and update the UI. + + + The references to be selected. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Changing the selection is not permitted while handling SelectionChanged Event. + + + 2023 + + + + + Returns the references that are currently selected. + + + The references can be an element or subelement in the host or a linked document. + + + The collection containing the selected references. + + + 2023 + + + + + Returns the ids of the elements that are currently selected within the project. + The selection may not be complete. See GetReferences for more options. + + + The collection containing the ids of the selected elements. + + + + + Selects the elements. + + + This function will select the specified elements within the project and update the UI. + See SetReferences for more selection options. + + + The ids of the elements to be selected. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + Changing the selection is not permitted while handling SelectionChanged Event. + + + 2015 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + Prompts the user to select multiple elements by drawing a rectangle which pass a customer filter while showing a custom status prompt string. + The selection filter. + The message shown on the status bar. + + Revit users will be permitted to manipulate the Revit view (zooming, panning, and rotating the view), +but will not be permitted to click other items in the Revit user interface. +Users are not permitted to switch the active view, close the active document or Revit application in the pick session, otherwise an exception will be thrown. + The selection will not be automatically added to the active selection buffer. + Note: this method must not be called during dynamic update, otherwise ForbiddenForDynamicUpdateException will be thrown. + + Thrown when the selectionFilter is or statusPrompt is . + Thrown when the Revit user cancelled this operation. +Thrown when the Revit user tried to switch the active view, close the active document or Revit application when responding to this mode. + Thrown if this method is called during dynamic update. + + A collection of elements selected by the user. + Note: if the user cancels the operation (for example, through ESC), the method will throw an OperationCanceledException instance. + + + + Prompts the user to select multiple elements by drawing a rectangle which pass a customer filter. + The selection filter. + + Revit users will be permitted to manipulate the Revit view (zooming, panning, and rotating the view), +but will not be permitted to click other items in the Revit user interface. +Users are not permitted to switch the active view, close the active document or Revit application in the pick session, otherwise an exception will be thrown. + The selection will not be automatically added to the active selection buffer. + Note: this method must not be called during dynamic update, otherwise ForbiddenForDynamicUpdateException will be thrown. + + Thrown when the selectionFilter is . + Thrown when the Revit user cancelled this operation. +Thrown when the Revit user tried to switch the active view, close the active document or Revit application when responding to this mode. + Thrown if this method is called during dynamic update. + + A collection of elements selected by the user. + Note: if the user cancels the operation (for example, through ESC), the method will throw an OperationCanceledException instance. + + + + Prompts the user to select multiple elements by drawing a rectangle while showing a custom status prompt string. + The message shown on the status bar. + + Revit users will be permitted to manipulate the Revit view (zooming, panning, and rotating the view), +but will not be permitted to click other items in the Revit user interface. +Users are not permitted to switch the active view, close the active document or Revit application in the pick session, otherwise an exception will be thrown. + The selection will not be automatically added to the active selection buffer. + Note: this method must not be called during dynamic update, otherwise ForbiddenForDynamicUpdateException will be thrown. + + Thrown when the statusPrompt is . + Thrown when the Revit user cancelled this operation. +Thrown when the Revit user tried to switch the active view, close the active document or Revit application when responding to this mode. + Thrown if this method is called during dynamic update. + + A collection of elements selected by the user. + Note: if the user cancels the operation (for example, through ESC), the method will throw an OperationCanceledException instance. + + + + + + + + Prompts the user to select multiple elements by drawing a rectangle. + Prompts the user to select multiple elements by drawing a rectangle. + + Revit users will be permitted to manipulate the Revit view (zooming, panning, and rotating the view), +but will not be permitted to click other items in the Revit user interface. +Users are not permitted to switch the active view, close the active document or Revit application in the pick session, otherwise an exception will be thrown. + The selection will not be automatically added to the active selection buffer. + Note: this method must not be called during dynamic update, otherwise ForbiddenForDynamicUpdateException will be thrown. + + Thrown when the Revit user cancelled this operation. +Thrown when the Revit user tried to switch the active view, close the active document or Revit application when responding to this mode. + Thrown if this method is called during dynamic update. + + A collection of elements selected by the user. + Note: if the user cancels the operation (for example, through ESC), the method will throw an OperationCanceledException instance. + + + + +Invokes a general purpose two-click editor that lets the user to specify a rectangular area on the screen. + + Specifies the value that controls the style of the pick box. + The message shown on the status bar. + +The method starts an editor and returns when it finishes. Returns a PickedBox that contains two XYZ points. + + Thrown when the style is not a recognized value. + Thrown when the argument statusPrompt is . + Thrown when the Revit user cancelled this operation. +Thrown when the Revit user tried to switch the active view, close the active document or Revit application when responding to this mode. + + The picked box that contains two XYZ points. + + + +Invokes a general purpose two-click editor that lets the user to specify a rectangular area on the screen. + + Specifies the value that controls the style of the pick box. + +The method starts an editor and returns when it finishes. Returns a PickedBox that contains two XYZ points. + + Thrown when the style is not a recognized value. + Thrown when the Revit user cancelled this operation. +Thrown when the Revit user tried to switch the active view, close the active document or Revit application when responding to this mode. + + The picked box that contains two XYZ points. + + + Prompts the user to pick a point on the active work plane using specified snap settings while showing a custom status prompt string. + Specifies the object snap types for this pick. Multiple object snap types can be combined with "|" + Specifies the message shown on the status bar. + Revit users will be permitted to manipulate the Revit view (zooming, panning, and rotating the view), +but will not be permitted to click other items in the Revit user interface. +Users are not permitted to switch the active view, close the active document or Revit application in the pick session, otherwise an exception will be thrown. +Note: this method must not be called during dynamic update, otherwise ForbiddenForDynamicUpdateException will be thrown. + Thrown when the argument statusPrompt is . + Thrown when no work plane set in current view. + Thrown when the Revit user cancelled this operation. +Thrown when the Revit user tried to switch the active view, close the active document or Revit application when responding to this mode. + Thrown if this method is called during dynamic update. + + The point picked by user. + Note: if the user cancels the operation (for example, through ESC), the method will throw an OperationCanceledException instance. + + + + + + + + Prompts the user to pick a point on the active work plane while showing a custom status prompt string. + Specifies the message shown on the status bar. + Revit users will be permitted to manipulate the Revit view (zooming, panning, and rotating the view), +but will not be permitted to click other items in the Revit user interface. +Users are not permitted to switch the active view, close the active document or Revit application in the pick session, otherwise an exception will be thrown. +Note: this method must not be called during dynamic update, otherwise ForbiddenForDynamicUpdateException will be thrown. + Thrown when the argument statusPrompt is . + Thrown when no work plane set in current view. + Thrown when the Revit user cancelled this operation. +Thrown when the Revit user tried to switch the active view, close the active document or Revit application when responding to this mode. + Thrown if this method is called during dynamic update. + + The point picked by user. + Note: if the user cancels the operation (for example, through ESC), the method will throw an OperationCanceledException instance. + + + + Prompts the user to pick a point on the active work plane using specified snap settings. + Specifies the object snap types for this pick. Multiple object snap types can be combined with "|" + Revit users will be permitted to manipulate the Revit view (zooming, panning, and rotating the view), +but will not be permitted to click other items in the Revit user interface. +Users are not permitted to switch the active view, close the active document or Revit application in the pick session, otherwise an exception will be thrown. +Note: this method must not be called during dynamic update, otherwise ForbiddenForDynamicUpdateException will be thrown. + Thrown when no work plane set in current view. + Thrown when the Revit user cancelled this operation. +Thrown when the Revit user tried to switch the active view, close the active document or Revit application when responding to this mode. + Thrown if this method is called during dynamic update. + + The point picked by user. + Note: if the user cancels the operation (for example, through ESC), the method will throw an OperationCanceledException instance. + + + + Prompts the user to pick a point on the active work plane. + Prompts the user to pick a point on the active work plane. + Revit users will be permitted to manipulate the Revit view (zooming, panning, and rotating the view), +but will not be permitted to click other items in the Revit user interface. +Users are not permitted to switch the active view, close the active document or Revit application in the pick session, otherwise an exception will be thrown. +Note: this method must not be called during dynamic update, otherwise ForbiddenForDynamicUpdateException will be thrown. + Thrown when no work plane set in current view. + Thrown when the Revit user cancelled this operation. +Thrown when the Revit user tried to close the active document or Revit application when responding to this mode. + Thrown if this method is called during dynamic update. + + The point picked by user. + Note: if the user cancels the operation (for example, through ESC), the method will throw an OperationCanceledException instance. + + + + Prompts the user to select multiple objects which pass a custom filter while showing a custom status prompt string. A preselected set of objects may be supplied and will be selected at the start of the selection. + Specifies the type of object to be selected. + The selection filter. + The message shown on the status bar. + The previously selected set of objects. + + The user will be shown "Finish" and "Cancel" buttons on the dialog bar to complete the selection operation. +Uncheck the "Multiple" check-box to select single object and it will return the selected object directly. + The previously selected set of objects will be highlighted. + Revit users will be permitted to manipulate the Revit view (zooming, panning, and rotating the view), +but will not be permitted to click other items in the Revit user interface. +Users are not permitted to switch the active view, close the active document or Revit application in the pick session, otherwise an exception will be thrown. + The selection will not be automatically added to the active selection buffer. + Note: this method must not be called during dynamic update, otherwise ForbiddenForDynamicUpdateException will be thrown. + + Thrown when the objectType is not a recognized value. + Thrown when the selectionFilter is . + Thrown when the Revit user cancelled this operation. +Thrown when pPreSelected references has objects that are not the type of objectType. +Thrown when objectType is PointOnElement which is not supported for selection involving preselected items. + Thrown when the Revit user cancelled this operation. +Thrown when the Revit user tried to switch the active view, close the active document or Revit application when responding to this mode. + Thrown if this method is called during dynamic update. + + A collection of references selected by the user. + Note: if the user cancels the operation (for example, through ESC), the method will throw an OperationCanceledException instance. + + + + Prompts the user to select multiple objects which pass a custom filter while showing a custom status prompt string. + Specifies the type of object to be selected. + The selection filter. + The message shown on the status bar. + + The user will be shown "Finish" and "Cancel" buttons on the dialog bar to complete the selection operation. +Uncheck the "Multiple" check-box to select single object and it will return the selected object directly. + Revit users will be permitted to manipulate the Revit view (zooming, panning, and rotating the view), +but will not be permitted to click other items in the Revit user interface. +Users are not permitted to switch the active view, close the active document or Revit application in the pick session, otherwise an exception will be thrown. + The selection will not be automatically added to the active selection buffer. + Note: this method must not be called during dynamic update, otherwise ForbiddenForDynamicUpdateException will be thrown. + + Thrown when the objectType is not a recognized value. + Thrown when the selectionFilter is or statusPrompt is . + Thrown when the Revit user cancelled this operation. +Thrown when the Revit user tried to switch the active view, close the active document or Revit application when responding to this mode. + Thrown if this method is called during dynamic update. + + A collection of references selected by the user. + Note: if the user cancels the operation (for example, through ESC), the method will throw an OperationCanceledException instance. + + + + + + + + Prompts the user to select multiple objects which pass a customer filter. + Specifies the type of object to be selected. + The selection filter. + + The user will be shown "Finish" and "Cancel" buttons on the dialog bar to complete the selection operation. +Uncheck the "Multiple" check-box to select single object and it will return the selected object directly. + Revit users will be permitted to manipulate the Revit view (zooming, panning, and rotating the view), +but will not be permitted to click other items in the Revit user interface. +Users are not permitted to switch the active view, close the active document or Revit application in the pick session, otherwise an exception will be thrown. + The selection will not be automatically added to the active selection buffer. + Note: this method must not be called during dynamic update, otherwise ForbiddenForDynamicUpdateException will be thrown. + + Thrown when the objectType is not a recognized value. + Thrown when the selectionFilter is . + Thrown when the Revit user cancelled this operation. +Thrown when the Revit user tried to switch the active view, close the active document or Revit application when responding to this mode. + Thrown if this method is called during dynamic update. + + A collection of references selected by the user. + Note: if the user cancels the operation (for example, through ESC), the method will throw an OperationCanceledException instance. + + + + Prompts the user to select multiple objects while showing a custom status prompt string. + Specifies the type of object to be selected. + The message shown on the status bar. + >The user will be shown "Finish" and "Cancel" buttons on the dialog bar to complete the selection operation. +Uncheck the "Multiple" check-box to select single object and it will return the selected object directly.Revit users will be permitted to manipulate the Revit view (zooming, panning, and rotating the view), +but will not be permitted to click other items in the Revit user interface. +Users are not permitted to switch the active view, close the active document or Revit application in the pick session, otherwise an exception will be thrown.The selection will not be automatically added to the active selection buffer.Note: this method must not be called during dynamic update, otherwise ForbiddenForDynamicUpdateException will be thrown. + Thrown when the objectType is not a recognized value. + Thrown when the statusPrompt is . + Thrown when the Revit user cancelled this operation. +Thrown when the Revit user tried to switch the active view, close the active document or Revit application when responding to this mode. + Thrown if this method is called during dynamic update. + + A collection of references selected by the user. + Note: if the user cancels the operation (for example, through ESC), the method will throw an OperationCanceledException instance. + + + + Prompts the user to select multiple objects. + Prompts the user to select multiple objects. + Specifies the type of object to be selected. + + The user will be shown "Finish" and "Cancel" buttons on the dialog bar to complete the selection operation. +Uncheck the "Multiple" check-box to select single object and it will return the selected object directly. + Revit users will be permitted to manipulate the Revit view (zooming, panning, and rotating the view), +but will not be permitted to click other items in the Revit user interface. +Users are not permitted to switch the active view, close the active document or Revit application in the pick session, otherwise an exception will be thrown. + The selection will not be automatically added to the active selection buffer. + Note: this method must not be called during dynamic update, otherwise ForbiddenForDynamicUpdateException will be thrown. + + Thrown when the objectType is not a recognized value. + Thrown when the Revit user cancelled this operation. +Thrown when the Revit user tried to switch the active view, close the active document or Revit application when responding to this mode. + Thrown if this method is called during dynamic update. + + A collection of references selected by the user. + Note: if the user cancels the operation (for example, through ESC), the method will throw an OperationCanceledException instance. + + + + Prompts the user to select one object which passes a custom filter while showing a custom status prompt string. + Specifies the type of object to be selected. + The selection filter. + The message shown on the status bar. + + Revit users will be permitted to manipulate the Revit view (zooming, panning, and rotating the view), +but will not be permitted to click other items in the Revit user interface. +Users are not permitted to switch the active view, close the active document or Revit application in the pick session, otherwise an exception will be thrown. + The selection will not be automatically added to the active selection buffer. + Note: this method must not be called during dynamic update, otherwise ForbiddenForDynamicUpdateException will be thrown. + + Thrown when the objectType is not a recognized value. + Thrown when the selectionFilter is or statusPrompt is . + Thrown when the Revit user cancelled this operation. +Thrown when the Revit user tried to switch the active view, close the active document or Revit application when responding to this mode. + Thrown if this method is called during dynamic update. + + A reference object selected by user. + Note: if the user cancels the operation (for example, through ESC), the method will throw an OperationCanceledException instance. + + + + Prompts the user to select one object which passes a custom filter. + Specifies the type of object to be selected. + The selection filter. + + Revit users will be permitted to manipulate the Revit view (zooming, panning, and rotating the view), +but will not be permitted to click other items in the Revit user interface. +Users are not permitted to switch the active view, close the active document or Revit application in the pick session, otherwise an exception will be thrown. + The selection will not be automatically added to the active selection buffer. + Note: this method must not be called during dynamic update, otherwise ForbiddenForDynamicUpdateException will be thrown. + + Thrown when the objectType is not a recognized value. + Thrown when the selectionFilter is . + Thrown when the Revit user cancelled this operation. +Thrown when the Revit user tried to switch the active view, close the active document or Revit application when responding to this mode. + Thrown if this method is called during dynamic update. + + A reference object selected by user. + Note: if the user cancels the operation (for example, through ESC), the method will throw an OperationCanceledException instance. + + + + Prompts the user to select one object while showing a custom status prompt string. + Specifies the type of object to be selected. + The message shown on the status bar. + + Revit users will be permitted to manipulate the Revit view (zooming, panning, and rotating the view), +but will not be permitted to click other items in the Revit user interface. +Users are not permitted to switch the active view, close the active document or Revit application in the pick session, otherwise an exception will be thrown. + The selection will not be automatically added to the active selection buffer. + Note: this method must not be called during dynamic update, otherwise ForbiddenForDynamicUpdateException will be thrown. + + Thrown when the objectType is not a recognized value. + Thrown when the statusPrompt is . + Thrown when the Revit user cancelled this operation. +Thrown when the Revit user tried to switch the active view, close the active document or Revit application when responding to this mode. + Thrown if this method is called during dynamic update. + + A reference object selected by user. + Note: if the user cancels the operation (for example, through ESC), the method will throw an OperationCanceledException instance. + + + + Prompts the user to select one object. + Prompts the user to select one object. + Specifies the type of object to be selected. + + Revit users will be permitted to manipulate the Revit view (zooming, panning, and rotating the view), +but will not be permitted to click other items in the Revit user interface. +Users are not permitted to switch the active view, close the active document or Revit application in the pick session, otherwise an exception will be thrown. + The selection will not be automatically added to the active selection buffer. + Note: this method must not be called during dynamic update, otherwise ForbiddenForDynamicUpdateException will be thrown. + + Thrown when the objectType is not a recognized value. + Thrown when the Revit user cancels this operation. +Thrown when the Revit user tried to switch the active view, close the active document or Revit application when responding to this mode. + Thrown if this method is called during dynamic update. + + A reference object selected by user. + Note: if the user cancels the operation (for example, through ESC), the method will throw an OperationCanceledException instance. + + + + + + + + + Contains the current user selection of elements within the project. + + + The Selection object is used to retrieve the current user selected elements when an external API command is executed. + + + + + + + + + + Enables the "Do not show again" for a task dialog. + The non localized dialog identifier. It is used to store in Revit.ini the choice the user made the last time the dialog was shown. + The boolean to enable or disable the do not show me again functionality. + The customized localized string that shows along with the do not show again checkbox. + + Thrown if the TaskDialog also has VerificationText set as the two cannot coincide in the same TaskDialog. + When enabled, the TaskDialog will contain a checkbox with the text specified to not show the task dialog again. + By default a task dialog will not have this check box. + If the user checks the check box, the next call to Show() for the indicated dialog id returns the choice the user made the last time the dialog was shown. + + 2020 + + + Gets the status of the extra checkbox. + Thrown when the task dialog does not have an extra checkbox or the task dialog is not shown yet. + Whether the extra checkbox is checked. + 2017 + + + Shows a task dialog with title, main instruction, common buttons and default buttons. + The title of the task dialog. + The main instruction of the task dialog. + The common buttons to be shown the task dialog. + The default button of the task dialog. + The user's response to the task dialog. + 2011 + + + Shows a task dialog with title, main instruction and common buttons. + The title of the task dialog. + The main instruction of the task dialog. + The common buttons to be shown the task dialog. + The user's response to the task dialog. + 2011 + + + Shows a task dialog. + Shows a task dialog with title, main instruction and a Close button. + The title of the task dialog. + The main instruction of the task dialog. + The user's response to the task dialog. + 2011 + + + Gets the status of the verification checkbox. + Thrown when the task dialog does not have verification checkbox or the task dialog is not shown yet. + Whether the verification checkbox is checked. + 2011 + + + Shows the task dialog. + The user's response to the task dialog. + Thrown when +the task dialog is shown out of main thread of Revit or when an extra checkbox and a verification checkbox are enabled at the same time. + 2011 + + + Adds a CommandLink associated to the given id, displaying the indicating main content. + The id of the CommandLink. This corresponds to the value returned by Show() when the link is chosen by the user. + The main content of the CommandLink. + + Parameter mainContent cannot contain newlines. + If the id has already been set to the task dialog, the new CommandLink definition overrides the old one. + CommandLinks will always be shown in the dialog in the order of their ids. + + 2011 + + + Adds a CommandLink to the TaskDialog. + Adds a CommandLink associated to the given id, displaying the indicating main and supporting content. + The id of the CommandLink. This corresponds to the value returned by Show() when the link is chosen by the user. + The main content of the CommandLink. + The main content of the CommandLink. + Thrown when mainContent is . + Thrown when mainContent is an empty string. + Thrown when the mainContent contains newline characters. + + Parameter mainContent cannot contain newlines. + If the id has already been set to the task dialog, the new CommandLink definition overrides the old one. + CommandLinks will always be shown in the dialog in the order of their ids. + + 2011 + + + Enables a marquee style progress bar to be displayed in the TaskDialog. + Thrown if the TaskDialog also has ExtraCheckBoxText set as the two cannot coincide in the same TaskDialog. + + When true, the TaskDialog will display a progress bar that has an indeterminate start and stop. + A progress bar is a window that an application can use to indicate the progress of a lengthy operation. + It consists of a rectangle that is animated as an operation progresses. The animation continues until the TaskDialog is closed. + The default value is false. + + 2020 + + + Whether the TaskDialog's title will automatically have the add-in name added as a prefix. + The default value is true. + 2011 + + + The push buttons displayed in the task dialog. + + If no common button or CommandLink is added to the task dialog, the dialog will contain the Close common button by default. + +Revit task dialogs are following these conventions for commit button usage: + Use a single Close button instead of a single OK button on informational messages. Use a question at the end of the Main Instruction with a Yes/No combo (or Yes/No/Cancel) instead of OK/Cancel. This should work 99% of the time. For example: "Are you sure you want to overwrite the file?" and use Yes/No buttons. Do not customize the button names unless there is a very good reason to do so. For example, "Are you sure you want to save the file?" would use Yes/No buttons and not Save/No or Save/Cancel. + + 2011 + + + The icon shown in the task dialog. + + There is no icon by default. + +Task dialogs in Revit rarely use icons, to reduce the visual clutter shown to the user. Only one icon can be used +in the task dialog, the Warning (!) icon, and it should be used only when there is a risk of data loss or +significant time lost. If there is no data loss or time lost as a possible result of the message, do not use the icon. + + + 2011 + + + The default button for the dialog. + +If DefaultButton is TaskDialogResult.None or its value does not correspond to any CommonButton or CommandLink in the dialog, +then the first button in the dialog will be the default. + + 2011 + + + Whether the task dialog can be cancelled if no cancel button is specified. + The default value is true. If there is a cancel button in the task dialog, the it always can be cancelled. + 2011 + + + FooterText is used in the footer area of the task dialog. + +HTML Hyperlink tags can be used when specifying Footertext. These will work like normal hyperlinks +where clicking them will launch the default browser to the location specified. +Revit special cases hyperlinks containing the single character '#' to indicate to launch Revit's +contextual help for the dialog. The Topic passed for the contextul help takes the form H[id] where +id is the Id for the task dialog. + + 2011 + + + ExtraCheckBoxText is used to label the extra checkbox. + Thrown if the TaskDialog also has EnableMarqueeProgressBar set as the two cannot coincide in the same TaskDialog. + +If ExtraCheckBoxText is set, a checkbox with the text will be shown. You can get the response of checkbox by checking the return value of the WasExtraCheckBoxChecked() method. + + 2017 + + + VerificationText is used to label the verification checkbox. + + Thrown if the TaskDialog has already enabled the Do not show message as the two cannot coincide in the same TaskDialog. +If VerificationText is set, a checkbox with the text will be shown. You can get the response of checkbox by checking the return value of the WasVerificationChecked() method. + + 2011 + + + ExpandedContent is hidden by default and will display at the bottom of the task dialog when the "Show details" button is pressed. + +If added to a dialog, a Show/Hide toggle button displays at the bottom of the task dialog. The Expanded Content is hidden by default. +This area is used when even more information needs to be relayed to the user than space allows. It is rarely used, but can be used for showing technical +information passed through in a variable, for example back-end error information, lists of files, etc. +Variable information should always be introduced with a lead-in sentence. + + 2011 + + + MainContent is the smaller text that appears just below the main instructions. + +The Main Content is optional. It should be used to give further explanation to the user, such as how to correct the problem or work around the situation. +It displays in a smaller black font below the main instructions. Follow these guidelines: + Text should be clear and jargon free. Main content should not simply restate the main instructions in a different way, they should contain additional information + that builds upon or reinforces the main instructions. Main content should be written in sentence format (normal capitalization and punctuation). Address the user directly as "you" when needed. + 2011 + + + The Id of the task dialog. + Id is used as follows: +
    • TaskDialogShowingEventArgs.DialogId for DialogBoxShowing events
    • As part of the Contextual Help Topic when invoking Revit contextual help
    + 2011 +
    + + The large primary text that appears at the top of a task dialog. + + +It should concisely sum up the problem or situation that is causing the message to display. Follow these guidelines: + Every task dialog includes a main instruction. Text should not exceed three lines. Text should use plain language and be jargon free. Main instructions should be written in sentence format – normal capitalization and punctuation. Address the user directly as "you" when appropriate. When presented with multiple command link options the standard final line for the main instructions should be, + "What do you want to do?" + Revit will automatically break lines to make the message fit well. "\n" also breaks down to the next line. For a paragraph break, use "\n\n". + Hyperlinks added to the main instructions will not be enabled when the dialog is shown on Vista. + + 2011 + + + Title of the task dialog. + Thrown when setting the value to . + Thrown when setting the value to an empty string or string contains newline characters. + + Titles of task dialogs should be unique. Do not reuse the same title for multiple task dialogs. + Newline characters are not allowed in Title. + +When the dialogs is shown, Revit will put "External Command Name –" or "External Application –" in the front of the value by default. Examples: + Plug-in Name – No Rooms to Calculate Plug-in Name – Invalid Value for Length +You can suppress it by setting TitleAutoPrefix to false. + + +Titles should describe the nature of the problem or state the situation that currently exists. +The title tells the user why they are getting the message, not what they are supposed to do. + + + 2011 + + + Creates a task dialog with title. + Thrown when title is . + Thrown when title is an empty string. + 2011 + + + A task dialog is a dialog box that can be used to display information and receive simple input from the user. It has a common set of controls +that are arranged in a standard order to assure consistent look and feel. + + +There are two ways to create and show a task dialog to the user. The first option is to construct the TaskDialog, set its properties individually, and use +the instance method Show() to show it to the user. The second is to use one of the static Show() methods to construct and show the dialog in one step. +When you use the static methods only a subset of the options can be specified. + + +Please follow Revit standards to create task dialogs. The standards are listed in the remarks of each property or method. + + + 2011 + + + + + + + Standard icons to be used in the task dialog. + 2011 + + + Shield icon. + 2018 + + + Information icon. + 2018 + + + Error icon. + 2018 + + + Warning icon. + + + No icon. + + + Enum to specify the task dialog result. + 2011 + + + The return value for CommandLink whose Id is TaskDialogCommmandLinkId.CommandLink4. + + + The return value for CommandLink whose Id is TaskDialogCommmandLinkId.CommandLink3. + + + The return value for CommandLink whose Id is TaskDialogCommmandLinkId.CommandLink2. + + + The return value for CommandLink whose Id is TaskDialogCommmandLinkId.CommandLink1. + + + The return value for TaskDialogCommonButtons.Close. + + + The return value for TaskDialogCommonButtons.No. + + + The return value for TaskDialogCommonButtons.Yes. + + + The return value for TaskDialogCommonButtons.Retry. + + + The return value for TaskDialogCommonButtons.Cancel or the task dialog is cancelled by ESC, Alt+F4 or the X close button. + + + The return value for TaskDialogCommonButtons.Ok. + + + Nothing is returned from the task dialog. + + + Enum to specify the Id of CommandLink. + 2011 + + + CommandLink4. + + + CommandLink3. + + + CommandLink2. + + + CommandLink1. + + + A enumerated type containing the standard buttons available for Task Dialogs. + 2011 + + + Close button. + + + Retry button. + + + Cancel button. + + + No button. + + + Yes button. + + + OK button. + + + No common button. + + + The full path to the Revit Macros module. + This path should be used instead of the .NET GetExecutingAssembly() result, because +the Macros module is loaded in such a way to make that result unreliable. + + + For Revit Macros internal use only. + + + For Revit Macros internal use only. + + + For Revit Macros internal use only. + + + For Revit Macros use only. + + + +An integer that describes the standard windows type of the dialog box. + + + + +The message that has been displayed in the dialog box. + + + + +An object that represents a simple message box that prompts the user +for some action. + + +When the application receives this object, a simple message box is displayed in Revit that +requires user interaction. The OverrideResult function can be used to cause the dialog +to be dismissed and return a desired result code. + + + + +Call this method to cause the Autodesk Revit dialog to be dismissed with the specified return value. + + The result code you wish the Revit dialog to return. + Returns true if the result code was accepted. + + + +An ID that represents the dialog that has been displayed. + + Use this ID within your application to key suitable responses for the dialog. Note: this id is +not guaranteed to remain stable for different builds of Autodesk Revit. + + + +An object that is passed to your application when a dialog is displayed in Revit. + + +When the application receives this object, a dialog has been displayed in Revit that +requires user interaction. The OverrideResult function can be used to cause the dialog +to be dismissed and return a desired result code. + + + + + + NOTE: Do not add any more options to this Options class. + Instead derive your own class from 'OptionsBundle'. + + + + + Only allow elements that can be selected by user in the current state of the document. + In particular: + a) Exclude elements filtered out by ModScopeUtil::isSelectionAllowed; + b) Exclude invisible stuff like symbols, surrogates, and invisible balusters. + c) Exclude anything that is filtered out by box-selection filter chain. + d) Exclude the divided surfaces + Return in pIdArr all elements that have typeId as their type (as defined by what shows up in the Type Selector). + If pDBView is set, find only in the elements of the DBView; otherwise (default), find in the entire model. + If bIncludeLegendViews , return instances in legend views as well. + If bAllowLegendComponent == true, selection is allowed for components in legends as well. + Return the number found. + + + Store all the ObjectHandlers to the availability command. + In order to enhance the performance, we just create ObjectHandler for each availability command only once. + + + Implement this method to provide control over whether your external command is enabled or disabled. + Indicates whether Revit should enable or disable the corresponding external command. + +This callback will be called by Revit's user interface any time there is a contextual change. Therefore, the callback +must be fast and is not permitted to modify the active document and be blocking in any way. + + An ApplicationServices.Application object which contains reference to Application +needed by external command. + An list of categories of the elements which have been selected in Revit in the active document, +or an empty set if no elements are selected or there is no active document. + + + An interface that should be implemented to provide the implementation for a accessibility check for a Revit add-in External Command. + This interface should share the same assembly with add-in External Command. + + + + + + + Overload this method to implement and external command within Revit. + The result indicates if the execution fails, succeeds, or was canceled by user. If it does not +succeed, Revit will undo any changes made by the external command. + An ExternalCommandData object which contains reference to Application and View +needed by external command. + Error message can be returned by external command. This will be displayed only if the command status +was "Failed". There is a limit of 1023 characters for this message; strings longer than this will be truncated. + Element set indicating problem elements to display in the failure dialog. This will be used +only if the command status was "Failed". + + + An interface that should be implemented to provide the implementation for a Revit add-in External Command. + To add an external command to Autodesk Revit the developer should implement an object +that supports the IExternalCommand interface. + + + + + + + Compares two DockablePaneId instances. + The first DockablePaneId. + The second DockablePaneId. + True if the inputs are different, false if they are identical. + + + Compares two DockablePaneId instances. + The first DockablePaneId. + The second DockablePaneId. + True if the inputs are identical, false if they are different. + + + Creates a new DockablePaneId instance. + The identifier for the DockablePaneId. + + + + Identifier for a pane that participates in the Revit docking window system. + + + 2014 + + + + Sets the contextual help. + The contextual help. + 2013 + + + Gets the contextual help. + The contextual help assigned to the help button of the Revit options dialog, or if there is no binding assigned. + 2013 + + + The restore defaults handler. + This handler will be invoked when the "Restore Defaults" button in Revit options dialog is clicked +and the handler should apply only to options set on this page. +There is no "Restore Defaults" button in Revit options dialog if this property was set to . + + 2013 + + + The cancel handler. + This handler will be invoked when the "Cancel" button in Revit options dialog is clicked. +The Revit options dialog will be closed directly if this property was set to . + 2013 + + + The ok handler. + This handler will be invoked when the "Ok" button in Revit options dialog is clicked. + 2013 + + + The control. + 2013 + + + Constructs a extension instance with a control and ok action handler. + The control. + The ok action handler. + Thrown when userControl or onOK +is . + Thrown when userControl is already +bound to another tabbed dialog. + 2013 + + + +Contains the information required to create and implement the behavior for the new tab inside +the Revit options dialog. + + +Each page has an associated user interface control and the handlers of buttons Cancel, Restore Defaults +and help can optionally be set. The size of the control is limited to 305 (height) x 288 (width) in physical pixels. + + 2013 + + + + Delegate for tabbed dialog actions, such as OnOK, OnCancel and RestoreDefaults. + + 2013 + + +Defines whether to enable the ShowCompass Option +It is disabled when 1) No Active Document 2) Active Document is a Family Document 3) isaTransactionPending + + +Defines whether to show the compass with the ViewCube + + +ViewCube Show in Active View (TRUE, 1) or All Views (FALSE, 1) + + +Defines whether to keep the scene upright or not (when clicking on the ViewCube) + + +Defines whether to use animated transitions when switching views or not. + + +Defines whether to fit the object to the view when clicking on the ViewCube. + + +Defines whether to set the view orbit direction to the closest of the 26 +fixed ViewCube part directions or not (during the drag operation). + + +ViewCube size identifier. +Can take constant values defined by the AutoCam::ViewCubeParameters::Size enumeration. + + +ViewCube opacity level (in range [0,1]) when the cursor is away from +the ViewCube’s rendering area. + + +ViewCube's position on the screen. +Can take constant values defined by the AutoCam::ViewCubeParameters::Location enumeration. + + +Defines whether to show ViewCube or not. + + +for the page created by addins. + + +detachable bars support + + +how far the mouse is moved after NcLBtnDown before the bar becomes floating + + + Specifies whether to scale or not toolbar images in high DPI mode. + + + +Sets the sizes of locked buttons and locked images on the toolbar. + Specifies the size of locked toolbar buttons. + Specifies the size of locked toolbar images. + Specifies whether to scale or not locked toolbar images in high DPI mode. + + + +Converts underlined bitmaps to 32 bpp images. + TRUE if succeeds; otherwise FALSE. + Specifies transparent color of underlined bitmaps. + + + +Tells whether the underlined images are scaled or not. + TRUE if underlined images are scaled; otherwise FALSE. + + + +Returns current scale ratio of underlined images. + A value representing current scale ratio. + + + +Smoothly resizes underlined images. + Scale ratio. + TRUE if resize succeeds; otherwise FALSE. + + + Returns current resolution of underlined images. + An integer value representing the current resolution of underlined images, in bits per pixel (bpp). + + +Hit testing operations + + + + +Creates and stores in the global data a pointer to ITaskBarList3 interface. + A pointer to ITaskbarList3 interface if creation creation of a task bar list object succeeds, or NULL if creation fails or current +Operation System is less than Windows 7. + + + +Creates and stores in the global data a pointer to ITaskBarList interface. + A pointer to ITaskbarList interface if creation of a task bar list object succeeds, or NULL if creation fails or current +Operation System is less than Windows 7. + + + +Creates and initializes a Shell item object from a parsing name. + [in] A pointer to a display name. + A pointer to a bind context that controls the parsing operation. + A reference to an interface ID. + [out] When this function returns, contains the interface pointer requested in riid. This will typically be IShellItem or IShellItem2. + Returns S_OK if successful, or an error value otherwise. + + + +Determines positions of Shell auto hide bars. + An integer value with encoded flags that specify positions of auto hide bars. +It may combine the following values: AFX_AUTOHIDE_BOTTOM, AFX_AUTOHIDE_TOP, AFX_AUTOHIDE_LEFT, +AFX_AUTOHIDE_RIGHT. + + + +Indicates whether the application is being executed under Windows 7 OS or higher + + + +Specifies gradient color of inactive active caption. Generally used for docking panes. + + + +Specifies gradient color of active caption. Generally used for docking panes. + + + + The name of the command we set internally. + + + 2013 + + + + + Looks up and retrieves the Revit command id with the given id string. + + + he Revit command name. Refer to the entries in the Revit journal to find the string to use for a particular command. + + + The Revit command id. Returning "null" if a command with the given name was not found. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Indicates whether a replacement of either the Execute or CanExecute events (or both) have been applied to this command. + + + This will not indicate if one or more applications have subscribed to the BeforeExecuted event, + as this event is not limited to a single subscriber. + + + 2013 + + + + + Indicates whether the command can be assigned a binding to an external add-in. + + + 2013 + + + + + The command id. + + + 2013 + + + + + The command name. + + + 2013 + + + + Looks up and retrieves the Revit command id with the given id string. + The postable command. + Thrown when name is . + The Revit command id. Returning if a command with the given name was not found. + 2014 + + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2013 + + + + + Represents a command id in Autodesk Revit. + + + Each Revit command is assigned a command id and non-localized name. + This class allows you to look up a command by its name, and represents any Revit command in the use of an AddInCommandBinding. + + + 2013 + + + + +Implement this method to inform Revit whether the drop event can be executed onto the given view. + + +Document modifications are not permitted from this callback. + + The document on which the data was dropped. + The data. + The view upon which the user will drop. + Return true to activate the target view and execute the drop. +Return false to cancel the activation and the drop execution. + + + + An interface to be executed when custom data is dragged and dropped onto the Revit user interface. + This interface is different from IDropHandler in that it allows the handler to verify whether the drop event can be executed on the given view. + + +Custom data is supported for drag and drop only during an invocation of the DoDragDrop method on Application. + + + 2015 + + + + +Implement this method to handle the drop event for your data. + + The document on which the data was dropped. + The data. + + 2013 + + + + + An interface to be executed when custom data is dragged and dropped onto the Revit user interface. + + +Custom data is supported for drag and drop only during an invocation of the DoDragDrop method on Application. + + + 2013 + + + + Occurs when the command associated with this AddInCommandBinding initiates a check to determine whether +the command can be executed on the command target. + +This callback will be called by Revit's user interface any time there is a contextual change. Therefore, the callback +must be fast and is not permitted to be blocking in any way. + + 2013 + + + Occurs when the command associated with this AddInCommandBinding executes. + 2013 + + + Occurs before the command associated with this AddInCommandBinding executes. + 2014 + + + The Revit command Id. + 2013 + + + Constructs a new AddInCommandBinding. + The UI application. + The Revit command id to identify the command handler you want to replace. + Thrown when uiApplication or revitCommandId +is . + +Thrown when the given command already has been bound. + + 2013 + + + This object represents a binding between a Revit command and one or more handlers which +override the behavior of the command in Revit. + 2013 + + + + Enumerates all of the built-in commands which can be posted by an API application. + + + 2014 + + + + + Displays the status bar at the bottom of the Revit window. + + + + + Exit Revit. + + + + + Sets the color theme of the canvas to dark or light. + + + + + Arranges all open views within the application window, tiled so you can see each one in the drawing area. + + + + + Arranges all open views in the drawing area as tabs in a single window. + + + + + Pastes elements from the clipboard into the current view. + + + + + Removes selected elements, and places them on the clipboard. + + + + + Copies selected elements to the clipboard. + + + + + Displays a preview version of the current view or sheet to print. + + + + + Sends the current drawing area or selected views and sheets to a printer or a printable file. + + + + + Specifies print options. + + + + + Saves the current Revit project file. + + + + + Saves the currently open project file. + + + + + Close Revit. + + + + + Opens any Revit file type. + + + + + Access energy and environmental performance data in Insight. + + + + + Links existing topography to the current Revit model. + + + + + Repairs a corrupt central model. + + + + + Preview, select, and run your Dynamo graphs from a single dialog. + + + + + Assigns the names and numbers from architectural rooms to MEP spaces used for building performance analysis. + + + + + Creates an analytical panel perpendicular to the current work plane after a sketch of the path. + + + + + Automates the creation, element connection, and update of the analytical model, using the physical representation as context. + + + + + Creates a planar analytical panel for the current work plane after a sketch of the contour. + + + + + Places steel connections on selected elements using pre-defined rules. + + + + + Opens a Revit cloud model. + + + + + Access energy and environmental performance data in the cloud. + + + + + Creates the energy analytical model and generates design options and potential performance outcomes. + + + + + Opens the Electrical Analytical Load Type Settings dialog to define the power requirement for area-based loads. + + + + + Eliminate shared coordinates in the host model. + + + + + Opens and closes the Shared Views palette. + + + + + Launches Worksharing Monitor to manage a file-based workshared model. + + + + + Print a large number of drawings with a batch job. + + + + + Places an analytical member in the project. + + + + + Inserts a link to an image into a model view. + + + + + Inserts a link to a PDF into a model view. + + + + + Performs a systems analysis and generates a report for whole building energy simulation and analysis. + + + + + Saves the current Revit model to the cloud. + + + + + Toggle Revit Home. + + + + + Creates a cut on a model element along the shape of another intersecting model element and a cut through the intersecting element. The connection between the two elements is also created. + + + + + Creates a cut through a model element around the contour of another intersecting model element. The weld between the two elements is also created. + + + + + Creates a cut on a beam adjusted according to the web of another intersecting beam and the related connection between the beams. + + + + + Creates a cut on a beam adjusted according to the flange of another intersecting beam and the related connection between the beams. + + + + + Creates a miter cut vertically or at the bisecting line of two beams and the related connection between the beams. + + + + + Creates a parametric cope on intersecting beams and the related connection between the beams. + + + + + Creates a contour cut on the selected faces of a beam or a plate. + + + + + Creates shear studs and the related welds on the selected face of model elements. + + + + + Inserts anchors and the related holes in the selected model elements. + + + + + Inserts holes on the selected face of model elements. + + + + + Inserts bolts and the related holes in the selected model elements. + + + + + Creates a structural plate in the building model. + + + + + Inserts a weld on one of the available edges of the model elements to be connected. + + + + + Creates a cut on the corner of a selected plate. + + + + + Creates a skewed cope at the selected beam end, either at the top or at the bottom. + + + + + Creates a shorten object on the selected beam that can trim or extend the beam. + + + + + Removes the energy analytical model from the Revit project. + + + + + Provides access to Dynamo, an open source visual programming platform for designers. + + + + + Loads the rebar shape into open projects or family files and closes the family after it loads. + + + + + Displays the MEP Fabrication Parts palette. + + + + + Loads the family into open projects or family files and closes the family after it loads. + + + + + Place a square or hexagonal grid in a room element. + + + + + Place a family to indicate a person and a physical distance radius into the view. + + + + + Place a one-way annotation family into the view. + + + + + Places multiple paths of travel between two selected points using a specified minimum path separation for each path. + + + + + Specifies the value indicated for a parameter when multiple elements with different parameter values are selected. + + + + + Creates a path of travel along the shortest distance between 2 selected points. + + + + + Highlights categories that are considered obstacles in the view. + + + + + Specifies the location of the assembly code file or reloads the assembly code table from the current file. + + + + + Selects the views and sheets to publish to the cloud. + + + + + Enables collaboration in the cloud, which allows team members to work on a model simultaneously. + + + + + Enables collaboration so team members can work on a model simultaneously. + + + + + Specifies parameters that can be added to a project, and used to define values of other parameters. + + + + + Creates a view-specific representation of model elements that can be displaced in the view. + + + + + Creates the energy analytical model. + + + + + Opens your online gallery of completed and in-progress renderings in a web browser. + + + + + Renders 3D views online to create still images or interactive panoramas. + + + + + Specifies the Revit Server Accelerator to use for worksharing, or changes the accelerator to which you are connected. + + + + + Creates a sequence of tread or riser numbers for a run in plan, elevation, or section views. + + + + + Creates an assembly from elements you select in the drawing area. + + + + + Creates a new guide element in the active sheet to help align elements within and between sheets. + + + + + Saves the model as a gbXML file. + + + + + Creates the energy analytical model and generates design options and potential performance outcomes with Insight. + + + + + Specifies parameters used to create the energy analytical model. + + + + + Finds and replaces text in an open project file. + + + + + Selects the family symbol and adjusts the spacing for boundary conditions. + + + + + Adds and edits load combinations for the analytical model. + + + + + Adds and edits load cases for the analytical model. + + + + + Opens a Revit project. + + + + + Toggles the ability to define a rebar shape bent in more than one plane. + + + + + Customizes halftone and underlay elements in view. + + + + + Saves the current family. + + + + + Saves the current Revit project file as a template. + + + + + Adjusts how beams and columns frame into one another. + + + + + Assigns key sequences to tools. + + + + + Draws a temporary line to use as an axis for mirroring. + + + + + Measures the length of an element. + + + + + Measures the distance between two elements or references. + + + + + Places a dimension that measures the length of a curved wall or other element. + + + + + Places a dimension that measures the radius of an inner curve or fillet. + + + + + Places a dimension that measures the angle between reference points sharing a common intersection. + + + + + Places horizontal or vertical dimensions that measure the distance between reference points. + + + + + Places dimensions between parallel references, or between multiple points. + + + + + Trims or extends multiple elements (such as walls, lines, and beams) to a boundary defined by another element. + + + + + Trims or extends one element (such as a wall, line, or beam) to a boundary defined by another element. + + + + + Trims or extends elements (such as walls or beams) to form a corner. + + + + + Creates an analytical element that connects two separate analytical nodes. + + + + + Creates or modifies a color fill scheme for rooms and areas. + + + + + Edits the rebar cover references of an entire rebar host or an individual face. + + + + + Creates a blend that sweeps along a defined path, and uses the resulting 3D shape to remove part of a solid 3D shape. + + + + + Creates a blend that sweeps along a defined path. + + + + + Places a symbol that shows extents and hook types for the selected area reinforcement. + + + + + Sketches the boundary of an area to populate with rebar. + + + + + Places a beam system span tag. + + + + + Removes coping from steel beams and columns. + + + + + Adds coping to steel beams and columns. + + + + + Creates a graphical column schedule for the project. + + + + + Displays the most recent interference check report. + + + + + Hides dots that display on the open ends of area based load boundary lines. + + + + + Places plumbing equipment such as hot water heaters, domestic water pumps, and sewage pumps. + + + + + Places a mechanical control device such as thermostats, CO2 sensors, and humidistats. + + + + + Displays dots on the open ends of area based load boundary lines. + + + + + Opens the System Browser to define equipment loads, such as a chiller or other specific equipment. + + + + + Places a boundary line for electrical area based loads. + + + + + Creates an area based load from the area defined by the area based load boundaries. + + + + + Adds a truss to the structure model. + + + + + Updates a local copy of a workshared project using settings from the Synchronize with Central dialog. + + + + + Creates a mass that is unique to the project. + + + + + Places an instance of a mass family in the project. + + + + + Creates a layout that is used to control the number and spacing of a series of parallel beams. + + + + + Saves a copy of all loaded families, the selected family, group, or view to your library. + + + + + Copies 2D elements from a detail view (saved in another project) into a detail view in the current project. + + + + + Copies specified views (sheets, schedules, or drafting views) from a project file and saves them in the current project. + + + + + Repeats a detail component along a path. + + + + + Checks the spelling of text notes in a selection or in the current view or sheet. + + + + + Shapes the horizontal edge of a floor slab. + + + + + Adds a gutter to the edge of a roof, soffit, or fascia, or to model lines. + + + + + Adds fascia to the edge of a roof, soffit, or other fascia, or to model lines. + + + + + Displays or hides the active work plane in the view. + + + + + Specifies how areas and volumes are calculated, and creates area schemes. + + + + + Adds site-specific elements, such as trees, parking islands, and fire hydrants. + + + + + Create a system-zone for analytical spaces. + + + + + Automatically build a run of connected MEP fabrication parts by clicking points in the model. + + + + + Controls the display of graphical disconnect warnings for duct, pipe, conduit, cable tray, electrical circuits, and fabrication hangers. + + + + + Creates parallel runs of pipe based on an initial pipe run. + + + + + Draws placeholder pipe without elbow or tee fittings. + + + + + Draws placeholder duct without elbow or tee fittings. + + + + + Creates parallel runs of conduit based on an initial conduit run. + + + + + Modifies a specific panel schedule template. + + + + + Manages and applies panel schedule templates to existing schedules in the project. + + + + + Draws rigid conduit runs. + + + + + Draws cable tray runs such as rigid ladder or channel cable tray. + + + + + Places a conduit fitting. These fittings include elbows, tees, wyes, crosses, and other unions. + + + + + Places a cable tray fitting. These fittings include elbows, tees, wyes, crosses, and other unions. + + + + + Adds a conduit connector to a component. + + + + + Adds a cable tray connector to a component. + + + + + Places a telephone jack. + + + + + Places security devices such as door locks, motion sensors, and surveillance cameras. + + + + + Places nurse call devices such as call stations, code blue stations, and door lights. + + + + + Places lighting switches such as daylight sensors, occupancy sensors, and manual switches. + + + + + Places fire alarm devices such as smoke detectors, manual pull stations, and annunciators. + + + + + Places data devices such as ethernet and other network connections. + + + + + Places communication devices such as intercom system components. + + + + + Draws splined wire runs. + + + + + Draws chamfered wire runs. + + + + + Opens the Building and Space Type Settings dialog to manage building and space parameters and schedules. + + + + + Defines HVAC zones within a project. + + + + + Adds a pipe connector to a component. + + + + + Adds a duct connector to a component. + + + + + Adds an electrical connector to a component. + + + + + Places a sprinkler. + + + + + Places plumbing fixtures. These fixtures include sinks, water closets, tubs, drains, and various appliances. + + + + + Opens the Mechanical Settings dialog. + + + + + Verifies all duct systems for properly connected ductwork and valid system assignments. + + + + + Verifies all pipe systems for properly connected pipes and valid system assignments. + + + + + Places a legend to indicate the color fills associated with piping systems. + + + + + Draws arced wire runs. + + + + + Places a pipe accessory. These accessories include connectors, valves, and inline water heaters. + + + + + Places a pipe fitting. These fittings include elbows, tees, wyes, crosses, unions, and other types of fittings. + + + + + Draws flexible piping. + + + + + Draws rigid piping. + + + + + Applies demand factors to a panel. + + + + + Verifies all circuits for proper connections to panels and valid system assignments. Errors are reported in a warning dialog. + + + + + Places electrical devices such as receptacles, junction boxes, and other power devices. + + + + + Places electrical equipment such as panels and switch gear. + + + + + Places lighting fixtures such as ceiling, wall, and recessed lights. + + + + + Assigns and specifies demand factors to a load classification. + + + + + Opens the Electrical Settings dialog to define distribution systems, wire types, cable tray and conduit sizes, and demand factors. + + + + + Generates a panel schedule for a specified panel. + + + + + Places a legend to indicate the color fills associated with ductwork in duct systems. + + + + + Changes a length of ductwork connected to an air terminal from rigid duct to flexible duct. + + + + + Draws round and rectangular flexible ductwork. + + + + + Places a duct fitting. These fittings include elbows, tees, wyes, crosses, and other types of fittings. + + + + + Places mechanical equipment such as boilers, furnaces, or fans. + + + + + Draws rigid round, rectangular, or oval ductwork. + + + + + Places a register, grille, or diffuser. + + + + + Places a duct accessory. These accessories include dampers, filters and smoke detectors. + + + + + Toggle P&ID Modeler browser. + + + + + Manage the mappings between elements, such as services and families, between the P&ID drawing and the Revit model. + + + + + Create a 3D piping model directly from a 2D P&ID drawing in the cloud. + + + + + Places a reinforcement coupler element to join rebar in a host. + + + + + Isolates selected elements in the current view (if a 3D isometric view) or the default 3D view. + + + + + Links an IFC file to the current project to reference its information for additional design work. + + + + + Opens the Fabrication Settings dialog. + + + + + Tags multiple elements with a single annotation that displays linear dimensions between references as well as parameters from the referenced elements. For example, all rebar in a rebar set can be referenced with a single tag. + + + + + Tags multiple elements with a single annotation that displays aligned dimensions between references as well as parameters from the referenced elements. For example, all rebar in a rebar set can be referenced with a single tag. + + + + + Located on the Reinforcement panel of the Structure tab (or Modify tab for floors, walls and foundation slabs).Places a single fabric sheet on floors, walls, and foundation slabs. + + + + + Opens a Revit sample file. + + + + + Generates a pressure loss report for one or more pipe systems. + + + + + Generates a pressure loss report for one or more duct systems. + + + + + Places a railing on a stair or ramp. + + + + + Located on the Symbol panel of the Annotate tab.Places a symbol that represents the fabric sheet. + + + + + Located on the Reinforcement panel of the Structure tab (or Modify tab for floors, walls and foundation slabs).Sketches the boundary of a fabric area to populate with fabric sheets. + + + + + Defines attributes for diameter dimensions. + + + + + Places a dimension that measures the diameter of an arc or circle. + + + + + Lists tags and elements hosted by the linked model that require review, due to changes in the linked model. + + + + + Enables the Workplane Viewer. + + + + + Shows or hides the navigation bar, which provides access to the ViewCube, SteeringWheels, and zoom/pan functions. + + + + + Specifies the default security settings for macros in the Revit application or a document. + + + + + Opens the Macro Manager to run, create, or delete a macro. + + + + + Defines the allowable rebar types (diameters) of the shape type. + + + + + Places multiple beam tags, annotations, and spot elevations. + + + + + Shows or hides the ViewCube, which allows you to change the orientation of a 3D view. + + + + + Creates parts from the layers or subcomponents of a selected element. + + + + + Opens a Revit family. + + + + + Saves a 3D view as an FBX file. + + + + + Customizes reinforcement settings such as rounding parameters, rebar hosting and abbreviations of area/path reinforcement tagging. + + + + + Identifies one segment of the rebar shape that maintains its general position in rotation and auto-expansion behaviors. + + + + + Creates a graphic that obscures elements in a project or family. + + + + + Creates a view that is dependent on the original view. + + + + + Changes the graphic display settings for all elements in the view that meet the criteria specified in a filter. + + + + + Changes the graphic display settings for selected elements in the current view. + + + + + Toggle reveal hidden elements mode. + + + + + Hides selected elements in the current view. + + + + + Displays the slope at a specific point on a face or an edge of a model element. + + + + + Creates a vertical opening that spans multiple levels, cutting through intervening roofs, floors, and ceilings. + + + + + Cuts a rectangular opening in a straight or curved wall. + + + + + Cuts a roof to create an opening for a dormer. + + + + + Cuts a vertical opening through a roof, floor, or ceiling. + + + + + Creates an opening that is perpendicular to the selected face of a roof, floor, or ceiling. + + + + + Places a symbol that shows extents and hook types for the selected path reinforcement. + + + + + Sketches the path of evenly placed reinforcing bars that are created perpendicular to the sketch. + + + + + Defines point, line, and area boundary conditions in an analytical model. + + + + + Attaches tags to elements of multiple categories, based on a shared parameter. + + + + + Enables/Disables display of "Make Editable" controls when elements are selected. + + + + + Enable or disable the visibility of pins, constraints, and temporary dimensions when multiple elements are selected. + + + + + Edits a previously saved selection set. + + + + + Saves the currently selected elements as a set. + + + + + Loads a previously saved selection set. + + + + + Tags an element with a keynote that you select. + + + + + Tags a selected element using the keynote specified for its material. + + + + + Tags a selected element using the keynote specified for the element type. + + + + + Adds a foundation slab to the building model. + + + + + Specifies mapping behavior when copying MEP fixtures from a linked model into the current project. + + + + + Tags a selected element using the description specified for its material. + + + + + Adds footings or pile caps to the building model. + + + + + Creates foundations hosted by walls. + + + + + Displays warnings for monitored elements between linked projects and the host project. + + + + + Displays warnings for monitored elements in the current project. + + + + + Copies selected elements from a linked project to the host project, and monitors changes to these elements. + + + + + Monitors grids, levels, columns, walls, floors, and openings within the current project. + + + + + Places planar, multi-planar or free form rebar. + + + + + Displays mass zones, glazing, and shades if they have been specified. + + + + + Displays mass faces, including any glazing and shades that have been specified. + + + + + Displays masses based on the settings for the current view. By default, masses are turned off. + + + + + Creates walls using faces of a mass or generic model. + + + + + Creates a curtain system on the face of a mass or generic model. + + + + + Displays mass forms and any mass floors you have specified in all views. + + + + + Adds, removes, or modifies the default rebar cover settings. + + + + + Creates a reference line that you can use when creating a new family, or to create constraints for the family. + + + + + Defines settings for analytical elements and the display of structural framing. + + + + + Resizes the selected item. + + + + + Creates a structural floor (slab) for the current level of the building model. + + + + + Places a span direction symbol on a structural floor. + + + + + Creates a load-bearing or shear wall in the building model. + + + + + Adds a vertical load-bearing element to the building model. + + + + + Adds diagonal structural members connected to beams and columns. + + + + + Adds individual beams, a chain of beams, or beams along grid lines. + + + + + Creates a railing by sketching the railing path. + + + + + Defines an area within a toposurface. + + + + + Saves a copy of all loaded families, the selected family, group, or view to your library. + + + + + Displays a list of other users' requests to borrow elements in your worksets, and your pending requests. + + + + + Opens a design option for editing by selecting an element contained in the option. + + + + + Moves selected elements from the main model to one or more design options in a set. + + + + + Creates and manages design option sets and individual design options for the project. + + + + + Adds an annotation indicating the sheet number and detail number for a selected view. + + + + + Adds matchlines to indicate where a view is split. + + + + + Changes the way that views are listed in the Project Browser. + + + + + Creates a plan region within a view. + + + + + Use the Parameters Service to manage shared parameters and import them into a Revit session. + + + + + Determines the coordinates used in the current model, and uses them for a linked model. + + + + + Uses an element's unique identifier to locate and select the element in the current view. + + + + + Displays unique identifiers for the selected elements. + + + + + Displays shared coordinates of a linked model within a host model. + + + + + Determines the coordinates used in a linked project, and uses them for the current project. + + + + + Specifies the geographic location for the project. + + + + + Creates a view that includes model geometry and view-specific elements from the current view. + + + + + Changes the angle for a project relative to True North. + + + + + Moves the model relative to the shared coordinate system. + + + + + Specifies parameters that can be added to categories of elements in a project, and used in schedules. + + + + + Saves animations or image files. + + + + + Links another Revit model to the current model. + + + + + Displays all lines on screen as a single width, regardless of zoom level. + + + + + Splits a wall, pipe, duct, cable tray, or conduit into 2 segments with a defined gap. + + + + + Displays the elevations of contour lines. + + + + + Defines lines and geometry of the rebar shape. + + + + + Creates a title block element in a sheet view. + + + + + Places an image on surfaces of a building model for rendering. + + + + + Removes unused families and types from a project. + + + + + Copies or moves a selected element (such as a line, wall, or beam) a specified distance perpendicular to its length. + + + + + Adds a graphic representation of a selected model element to a legend view. + + + + + Specifies parameters that can be used in multiple families and projects. + + + + + Combines 2 toposurfaces to create one toposurface. + + + + + Adds tags to multiple elements in one step. + + + + + Changes the order in which elements join with one another. + + + + + Removes a join between 2 or more elements. + + + + + Creates clean joins between 2 or more host elements that share a common face, such as walls and floors. + + + + + Creates an area defined by walls and boundary lines. + + + + + Defines boundaries for areas. + + + + + Tags the selected area. + + + + + Closes open views except for the currently active view. The current view remains open in the drawing area. + + + + + Saves a schedule or Room/Area report. + + + + + Changes the shape of elements that are cut in a view, such as roofs, walls, floors, and the layers of compound structures. + + + + + Creates lines that are meant for symbolic purposes only, and are not part of the actual geometry of the component or building model. + + + + + Copies selected project settings from another open project to the current project. + + + + + Adds parking spaces to a toposurface. + + + + + Saves a copy of all loaded families, the selected family, group, or view to your library. + + + + + Loads a Revit file as a group. + + + + + Saves model data to an ODBC database. + + + + + Rolls back changes made to a workshared project, or saves a selected backup version to be the current working model. + + + + + Divides the face of an element (such as a wall or floor) into regions for the application of different materials. + + + + + Creates a view template using the properties of the current view as the basis for the new template. + + + + + Displays parameters for view templates in the project. + + + + + Removes hidden lines for model elements and detail elements that are obscured by other elements in the active view only. + + + + + Displays hidden lines for individual model elements and detail elements that are obscured by other elements in the current view. + + + + + Adds 3D text to the building model. + + + + + Creates a schedule of annotations added using the Symbol tool. + + + + + Removes paint from selected faces. + + + + + Applies a material to the face of an element. + + + + + Creates a wall sweep by extruding a profile along a path. + + + + + Extrudes a profile along a path to create a cutout in a wall. + + + + + Applies properties stored in a view template to the current view. + + + + + Lists all raster images used in the project. + + + + + Defines a topographical surface in a site plan or a 3D view. + + + + + Modifies topography to indicate changes during the construction process. + + + + + Creates an area plan view. + + + + + Creates a schedule that lists the drawings in the project. + + + + + Creates a component that is unique to the project. + + + + + Specifies basic information about the project, including the project status and client information. + + + + + Allows you to specify options for the synchronization operation. + + + + + Adds a revision cloud to the current view or sheet to indicate design areas that have changed. + + + + + Marks elements as demolished in the current phase. + + + + + Creates a list of building components and annotations used in a project. + + + + + Creates a view showing details that are not directly associated with the building model. + + + + + Specifies the work plane for the current view or for a selected work-plane-based element. + + + + + Overrides the line style for a selected line in the active view only. + + + + + Controls the visibility of datum elements (grids, levels, and reference planes) in specific views. + + + + + Converts one or more elements to match the type of another element in the same view. + + + + + Inserts a PDF file into a model view to use as a background image or visual aid. + + + + + Imports a raster image into a Revit project to use as a background image or visual aid during the creation or presentation of the model. + + + + + Adds a building pad from a closed loop that you sketch on a toposurface. + + + + + Creates a property line in a plan view. + + + + + Specifies project phases, phase filters, and graphic overrides for phases. + + + + + Creates worksets and adds elements to them. + + + + + Places an element of the same type as the selected element + + + + + Places a batt insulation graphic in a detail view. + + + + + Creates view-specific lines. + + + + + Adds a view-specific detail component to a view. + + + + + Changes the graphic display settings for all elements that belong to the same category as the selected element in the current view. + + + + + Places an instance of a detail group in the view. + + + + + Selects which geometry does not get cut when you join geometry. + + + + + Selects the geometry to cut. + + + + + Creates a 3D shape by sweeping a 2D profile along a path, and uses the resulting 3D shape to remove part of a solid 3D shape. + + + + + Creates a 3D shape by sweeping a 2D profile around an axis, and uses the 3D shape to remove part of a solid 3D shape. + + + + + Creates a 3D blend, which is then used to remove part of a solid 3D shape. + + + + + Creates a 3D shape that is then used to remove part of a solid 3D shape. + + + + + Specifies the detail level (coarse, medium, or fine) that applies to each view scale by default. + + + + + Creates a reflected ceiling plan view. + + + + + Creates or modifies line styles. + + + + + Defines attributes for Alignment Station Labels. + + + + + Displays a list of messages that you can ignore or resolve. + + + + + Defines attributes for spot coordinates. + + + + + Defines attributes for spot elevations. + + + + + Specifies line weights, fills, and styles for annotation arrowheads. + + + + + Defines attributes for spot slopes. + + + + + Pastes the elements to the same place from which they were cut or copied. + + + + + Creates a tag or symbol to identify elements in the project. + + + + + Lists the tags and symbols that will be used for each element category. + + + + + Pastes selected elements, including view-specific elements such as dimensions, into specified views. + + + + + Attaches a tag to an element based on the element category. + + + + + Pastes multiple elements from one level to specified levels. + + + + + Specifies the view that first displays when you open the model. + + + + + Changes how walls join together (butt, miter, square off). + + + + + Pastes the selected elements into a elevation view or a section view. + + + + + Pastes elements that were cut or copied from another view into the current view. + + + + + Creates a separation line to bound rooms where no walls or other room-bounding elements exist. + + + + + Adds a ramp to the building model. + + + + + Creates a group of elements for easy reuse. + + + + + Creates a 3D shape by sweeping a 2D profile along a path. + + + + + Creates a rectangular callout in the view. + + + + + Creates a key schedule or a schedule of building components. + + + + + Creates a 3D shape by sweeping a 2D profile around an axis. + + + + + Provides options for managing links to building models, CAD files, DWF markup files, and point clouds. + + + + + Creates a solid 3D shape that changes along its length, blending from a starting shape to an ending shape. + + + + + Connects roofs to other roofs or walls, or reverses a previous join. + + + + + Creates an elevation view. + + + + + Places a legend in a view to indicate the meanings of color fills for rooms or areas. + + + + + Sets export options for CAD and IFC. + + + + + Sets export options for CAD and IFC. + + + + + Creates a view that contains only the model geometry from the current view. + + + + + Places a 2D annotation drawing symbol in the current view. + + + + + Aligns one or more elements with a selected element. + + + + + Tags the selected room. + + + + + Creates a 2D, view-specific graphic with a fill pattern and a boundary line. + + + + + Allows you to enter parameter values for existing family types, add parameters to the family, or create new types within the family. + + + + + Creates a horizontal or vertical mullion on a curtain grid. + + + + + Creates a grid line in a curtain wall or curtain system. + + + + + Creates a room bounded by model elements (such as walls, floors, and ceilings) and separation lines. + + + + + Display Revit Options Dialog. + + + + + Creates a decal that you can use to place images on surfaces of a building model for rendering. + + + + + Modifies the assets that define a material. + + + + + Deactivates the view, so you can no longer change the view from the sheet. + + + + + Specifies the materials and associated properties to apply to model elements or families. + + + + + Enables you to modify the selected view without leaving the sheet. + + + + + Creates a Revit project file. + + + + + Creates an opening in a host, such as a wall or ceiling. + + + + + Overrides the default visibility and graphic display of model elements and annotations in the current view. + + + + + Creates a label for the annotation symbol. + + + + + Opens the default orthographic 3D view. + + + + + Creates or modifies drafting patterns and model patterns. + + + + + Creates a ceiling at a specified distance above the level in which it resides. + + + + + Opens a template for creating a Title Block family. + + + + + Adds text annotations (notes) to the current view. + + + + + Adds a view to a sheet. + + + + + Copies selected elements and places them in the specified location in the current view. + + + + + Moves selected elements to the specified location in the current view. + + + + + Creates a linear or radial array of selected elements. + + + + + Creates or modifies line patterns. + + + + + Specifies the placement and component references for temporary dimensions. + + + + + Creates a filter to modify the visibility and graphics of elements in views based on element parameters. + + + + + Select a plane in the view to define a new workplane. + + + + + Adds a flip arrow to the view. + + + + + Reverses the most recent action + + + + + Reverses the effects of the previous UNDO command + + + + + Creates a reference plane using drawing tools. + + + + + Annotates the slope direction and walk line of a stair. + + + + + Creates a line that exists in 3D space and is visible in all views of a project. + + + + + Places an element in the building model, based on a selected element type. + + + + + Creates a 3D solid by extruding a 2D shape (profile). + + + + + Unlocks a model element so it can move. + + + + + Creates an animated 3D walkthrough of a model. + + + + + Locks a model element in place. + + + + + Load an Autodesk family from the cloud. + + + + + Opens a template for creating a conceptual massing model. + + + + + Loads a Revit family into the current file. + + + + + Creates a set of custom components to use in projects. + + + + + Links a Point Cloud file (*.rcp or *.rcs) into the current project. + + + + + Links a CAD file to the current Revit project. + + + + + Imports data or 3D geometry from other CAD programs to a Revit model or family. + + + + + Creates a page for a document set. + + + + + Displays the Project Browser. + + + + + Creates a 3D view from the perspective of a camera placed in the view. + + + + + Creates a section view. + + + + + Creates a floor plan view. + + + + + Creates a structural plan view. + + + + + Specifies the display format for units of measure. + + + + + Specifies snap increments, and enables or disables snap points. + + + + + Specifies a presentation format for visualizing analysis results. + + + + + Specifies line weights, colors, and patterns, and materials for model objects, annotation objects, and imported objects. + + + + + Creates or modifies line weights. + + + + + Reverses the position of selected elements, using an existing line or edge as the mirror axis. + + + + + Rotates selected elements around an axis. + + + + + Changes the relationship of elements relative to Project North (the top of the drawing area) in plan views. + + + + + Flips the position of a project around a selected axis. + + + + + Adds architectural columns to the building model. + + + + + Adds a stair to the building model by creating common run, landing, and support components. + + + + + Creates a floor for the current level of the building model. + + + + + Creates a framing elevation to show vertical bracing. + + + + + Adds a level to the model. + + + + + Displays properties for the family type to which the selected element belongs. + + + + + Draws a space separation line to divide space. + + + + + Labels spaces in a project. + + + + + Places analytical spaces to account for the entire volume within the model. This includes rooms, plenums and chases. + + + + + Removes selected elements from the building model. + + + + + Adds windows to the building model. + + + + + Adds doors to the building model. + + + + + Creates a non-structural wall in the building model. + + + + + Places column grid lines in the building design. + + + + + Specifies the location of the sun for solar studies, walkthroughs, and rendered images. + + + + + Saves animations or image files. + + + + + Saves animations or image files. + + + + + Assigns the properties of a predefined family category to the component you are creating. + + + + + Defines or edits numbering sequences by partition for rebar and fabric sheets. + + + + + Displays the active design option in the status bar. + + + + + For a workshared project, displays the active workset and the number of Others' pending Editing Requests in the status bar. + + + + + Displays or hides a palette where you can view and edit instance properties. + + + + + When enabled, this button indicates that the rebar shape is not valid. + + + + + Draws the bottom chord of the truss family. + + + + + Draws the top chord of the truss family. + + + + + Draws the web elements between the chords. + + + + + Specifies the location of the keynote table and the numbering method for keynotes. + + + + + Creates a list of the keynotes used in a project, and their definitions. + + + + + Sets options for the IFC template and class mapping. + + + + + Exports family types from the current family to a text (.txt) file. + + + + + Imports family types from a text (.txt) file into the current family. + + + + + Links marked-up DWF files into a Revit project so you can see the markups on corresponding sheets. + + + + + Creates a list of the sub-components or materials of any Revit family category. + + + + + Releases ownership of worksets and borrowed elements that have not been changed. + + + + + Opens an IFC file. + + + + + Creates DWG, DXF, DGN, OBJ, SAT, or STL files. + + + + + Creates DWG, DXF, DGN, OBJ, SAT, or STL files. + + + + + Creates PDF files. + + + + + Creates DWG, DXF, DGN, OBJ, SAT, or STL files. + + + + + Creates DWG, DXF, DGN, OBJ, SAT, or STL files. + + + + + Creates DWG, DXF, DGN, OBJ, SAT, or STL files. + + + + + Creates DWG, DXF, DGN, OBJ, SAT, or STL files. + + + + + Creates DWF or DWFx files. + + + + + Sets export options for CAD and IFC. + + + + + Displays the System Browser. Displays a hierarchical list of all the components in each discipline in a project, either by system or by zone. + + + + + Saves an IFC file. + + + + + Relocates a model and rotates the model to True North by specifying coordinates for North/South, East/West, and Elevation. + + + + + Locates invalid intersections between elements in a project. + + + + + Hides all elements that belong to a selected category in the current view. + + + + + Converts a mass floor into a floor of the building model. + + + + + Specifies the shape of heads and tails for section tags. + + + + + Defines properties for elevation tags. + + + + + Specifies the callout head for callout tags, and the radius of the callout bubble. + + + + + Adds a revision schedule to a custom title block. + + + + + Specifies revision information for the project. + + + + + Saves a schedule or Room/Area report. + + + + + Imports analysis data from a gbXML file. + + + + + Displays elements in inactive worksets as gray to visually distinguish them from elements in active worksets. + + + + + Draws lines on the active work plane. + + + + + Draws lines on existing surfaces. + + + + + Splits a toposurface into 2 distinct surfaces, so that each can be edited independently. + + + + + Displays a list of all the times a workshared file (the central model or a local copy of the central model) was saved and who saved it. + + + + + Creates a photorealistic image of a building model. + + + + + Loads updates from the central model to your local copy of the project. + + + + + Defines attributes for radial dimensions. + + + + + Creates a roof by extruding a profile that you sketch. + + + + + Creates a roof using the building footprint to define its boundaries. + + + + + Add a series of alignment station annotations. + + + + + Add an individual alignment station annotation. + + + + + Displays the North/South and East/West coordinates of points in a project. + + + + + Displays the elevation of a selected point. + + + + + Cuts an element (such as a wall or line) at a selected point, or removes a segment between 2 points. + + + + + Defines attributes for angular dimensions. + + + + + Defines attributes for linear (horizontal and vertical) dimensions. + + + + + Creates a schedule of the views in the project. + + + + + Select to show structural connection warning marks in your project views. Deselect to hide warning marks. + + + + + Adds a structural connection to structural elements. + + + + + Opens the Structural Connections Settings dialog in which you can load and unload add-in connections into Revit. If no add-ins are present, no connections are available in the Connections tab. + + + + + Repeats the selected applied component along a divide path or surface. + + + + + Loads the rebar shape into open projects or family files. + + + + + Loads the current project as a group into another open project or family. + + + + + Creates a roof soffit in the building model. + + + + + Creates a roof using a non-vertical face of a mass. + + + + Implement this method to execute some tasks when Autodesk Revit shuts down. + A handle to the application being shut down. + Indicates if the external application completes its work successfully. + + + Implement this method to execute some tasks when Autodesk Revit starts. + A handle to the application being started. + Indicates if the external application completes its work successfully. + + + An interface that supports addition of external applications to Revit. + External applications are permitted to customize the Revit UI, and to add events +and updaters to the session. + + + Informs Autodesk Revit of the status of your application after execution. + + + Signifies that the external application is cancelled. + + + The external application completed successfully. Autodesk Revit will keep this object +during the entire Revit session. + + + The external application was unable to complete its task. + + + +Subscribe to the ThemeChanged event to be notified after the theme was changed. + + + This event is raised after the theme was changed. + + 2022 + + + +Subscribe to the SelectionChanged event to be notified after the selection was changed. + + + This event is raised after the selection was changed in the current document. +Handlers of this event are forbidden to make modifications to the current document. +Handlers of this event are forbidden to change the selection to the current document. +It is not allowed to open a new transaction in the active document when handling this event. + + + 2023 + + + +Subscribe to the TransferredProjectStandards event to be notified after the scope of a Transfer Project Standards operation has been finalized in the Transfer Project Standards dialog. + + + This event is raised just after the native Revit items have been transferred, but before the transaction has been committed. +An add - in that registered external items in should subscribe to this event to carry out the transfer of any items that it registered if the user enabled those items for transfer. +During the scope of this event, modification is permitted to the target document and modification is not permitted to the source document. + + + 2017.2 + + + +Subscribe to the TransferringProjectStandards event to be notified before the scope of an impending Transfer Project Standards operation has been finalized. + + + This event allows an external application to add additional items to the possible list of items to be transferred. +These items will be visible and selectable in the Transfer Project Standards dialog box. By default, new items added in this manner will be enabled for transfer. +During the scope of this event, modification is not permitted to either the source or target documents. And this event is not cancellable. + + + 2017.2 + + + +Subscribe to MEP Fabrication part browser changed event to be notified when MEP Fabrication part browser is updated. + + 2017 + + + +Subscribe to GenericDockableFrame activated event to be notified when Revit GenericDockableFrame is active or inactive. + + 2015 + + + +Subscribe to GenericDockableFrame showing or hiding event to be notified when Revit GenericDockableFrame is showing or hiding. + + 2015 + + + +Subscribe to the options dialog displaying event to be notified when Revit options dialog is displaying. + + 2013 + + + +Subscribe to the Idling event to be notified when Revit is not in an active tool or transaction. + + + This event is raised when it is safe for the API application to access the active + document between user interactions. The event is raised only when the Revit UI is + in a state where the user could successfully click on an API command button. + +Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), +except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + In order to change a document, you must begin a new transaction for that document. + This transaction will appear in the Revit undo stack and may be undone by the Revit user. + This event is invoked between user actions in the Revit UI. If the handler for + this event requires a significant amount of processing time, users will perceive a slowdown + in the responsiveness of Revit. If the execution for updates can be safely split across + multiple calls to this event, the user perception of Revit responsiveness will be improved. + There are two ways to use this event. In the default mode, a single raise of the event +will be made each time Revit begins an idle session. Note that when the user is active in the Revit +user interface, idle sessions begin whenever the mouse stops moving for a moment or when a +command completes. However, if the user is not active in the user interface at all, Revit may not invoke +additional idling sessions for quite some time; this means that your application may not be able to take advantage +of time when the user leaves the machine completely for a period of time. + In the non-default mode, your application forces Revit to keep the idling session open and to make +repeated calls to your event subscriber. In this mode even if the user is totally inactive the Revit +session will continue to make Idling calls to your application. However, this can result in performance +degradation for the system on which Revit is running because the CPU remains fully engaged in serving Idling +events during the Revit application's downtime. + You can indicate the preference for the non-default Idling frequency by calling + +each time the Idling event callback is made. Revit will revert to the default Idling frequency +if this method is not called every time in your callback. + Event is not cancellable. + + + + +Subscribe to the DialogBoxShowing event to be notified when Revit is just about to show a dialog box or a message box. + + + This event is raised when Revit is just about to show a dialog box or a message box. + Event is not cancellable. The 'Cancellable' property of event's argument is always False. + Depending on the type of the dialog that is being shown, the event's argument's type varies as follows: +When it is a dialog box, the event's argument is an object of . +When it is a message box, the event's argument is an object of ,which is subclass of DialogBoxShowingEventArgs. +When it is a task dialog, the event's argument is an object of ,which is subclass of DialogBoxShowingEventArgs. + No document may be modified during this event. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
    • and similar overloads.
    • and similar overloads.
    • and similar overloads.
    + Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. +
    +
    + + +Subscribe to the ApplicationClosing event to be notified when the Revit application is just about to be closed. + + + This event is raised when the Revit application is just about to be closed. + Event is not cancellable. The 'Cancellable' property of event's argument is always False. + No document may be modified at the time of the event. + The sender object of this event is object. + + + + +Subscribe to the FormulaEditing event + + + + +Subscribe to the ViewActivated event to be notified immediately after Revit has finished activating a view of a document. + + + This event is raised immediately after Revit has finished activating a view of the document. +It is raised even when view activating failed or was cancelled (during ViewActivating event). + Check the 'Status' field in event's argument to see whether the action itself was successful or not. + This event is not cancellable, for the process of view activating has already been finished. + The document may be modified during this event. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
    • and similar overloads.
    • and similar overloads.
    • and similar overloads.
    + Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. +
    +
    + + +Subscribe to the ViewActivating event to be notified when Revit is just about to activate a view of a document. + + + This event is raised when Revit is just about to activate a view of the document. + Event is not cancellable. The 'Cancellable' property of event's argument is always False. +Your application is responsible for providing feedback to the user about the reason for the cancellation. + The document may be modified during this event. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
    • and similar overloads.
    • and similar overloads.
    • and similar overloads.
    + Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. + Another event will be raised immediately after view activating +is finished. +
    +
    + + Set the content of backstage. + + + Identifies if the current Revit session is running in Viewer mode + 2019.1 + + + Indicates whether this add-in is loaded on the fly or not. If it is loaded when Revit is starting up, it +is false, otherwise it should be true. + + + Returns the database level ControlledApplication represented by this UI-level ControlledApplication. + + + Represents the Autodesk Revit user interface, providing access to +UI customization methods and events. + This class does not provide access to documents because it is provided to you through the ExternalApplication +OnStartup()/OnShutdown() methods, and those methods are when it is not possible to work with Revit documents. +You can work with documents by getting them from the UIApplication class; that class is obtained from events and +ExternalCommand callbacks. + + + Maximum coordinates (upper-right-front corner of the pick box). + + + Minimum coordinates (lower-left-rear corner of the pick box). + + + A class that contains two XYZ points representing the pick box on the screen. + + + The enum that controls the style of the pick box. + + + The style of the box depends on the direction in which the box is being drawn. It uses the Crossing style if it is being drawn from right to left, or the Enclosing style when drawn in the opposite direction. + + + Draws the box with the style that is used when selecting objects that are completely enclosed by the box. + + + Draws the box with the style that is used when selecting objects completely or partially inside the box. + + + This enumerated type contains object snap types allowed to be set during PickPoint operations. + + + Snaps to Coordination Model points. + + + Remote snaps to objects. + + Remote snaps are needed when the snap is away from the object. +This setting has no effect on its own and needs to be used in combination with other settings. +In combination with Nearest, snaps are enabled to extensions of objects on the screen. +In combination with Center, snaps are enabled when hovering in the center of circles. + + + + Snaps to site points. + + + Snaps to quadrant points. For arcs, jump snaps are enabled. + + + Snaps tangent to an arc. + + + Snaps to perpendicular elements or components. + + + Snaps to the center of an arc. + + + Snaps to intersections. + + + Snaps to a work plane grid. + + + Snaps to the nearest element or component. + + + Snaps to the midpoint of an element or component. + + + Snaps to the endpoint of an element or component. + + + Snaps to nothing. + + + This enumerated type contains object types allowed to be selected during selection operations. + + + Whole element or subelement. + + + Elements in linked RVT files. + + + Any face. + + + Any model edge. + + + Any point on an element (on a face or curve). + + + Whole element. + + + Nothing. + + + Override this post-filter method to specify if a reference to a piece of geometry is permitted to be selected. + Return true to allow the user to select this candidate reference. Return false to prevent selection of this candidate. + A candidate reference in selection operation. + The 3D position of the mouse on the candidate reference. + If an exception is thrown from this method, the element will not be permitted to be selected. + + + Override this pre-filter method to specify if the element should be permitted to be selected. + Return true to allow the user to select this candidate element. Return false to prevent selection of this element. + A candidate element in selection operation. + + If prompting the user to select an element from a Revit Link instance, the element passed here will be the link instance, not the selected linked element. +Access the linked element from Reference passed to the AllowReference() callback of ISelectionFilter. + If an exception is thrown from this method, the element will not be permitted to be selected. + + + + An interface that provides the ability to filter objects during a selection operation. + + + + + + + The full path to the Revit Macros module. + This path should be used instead of the .NET GetExecutingAssembly() result, because +the Macros module is loaded in such a way to make that result unreliable. + + + For Revit Macros internal use only. + + + For Revit Macros internal use only. + + + For Revit Macros internal use only. + + + For Revit Macros use only. + + + The image of the TextBox. + The image will be shown on the left side of the item. +The best size is 16 x 16 pixels. + 2011 + + + Constructs a new instance of TextBoxData. + The internal name of the TextBoxData. + Thrown when is passed for name. + Thrown when an empty string is passed for name. + 2011 + + + This class contains information necessary to construct a text box in the Ribbon. + 2011 + + + Subscribe to this event to be notified when the Enter button is pressed in the text box. + + + Gets or sets the width of the TextBox. + The value for this property must be positive and cannot be Infinity. +This value is interpreted in device-independent units (1/96th inch) measurement +device-independent units. +The default value is 200. + + 2011 + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates if the Image set +in the text box should be displayed as a clickable button. + If this property is true, the image will shown as a button inside the textbox. +Clicking this button will trigger the EnterPressed event. The default value +is false. + 2011 + + + The image of the TextBox. + The image will be shown on the left side of the item. +The best size is 16 x 16 pixels. + 2011 + + + The object that supplies the text value. + +The value assigned to the TextBox can be a or any other data type. +If the type is not a String the TextBox will display the return of the ToString() method. +When the text is edited in the UI, the type of Value will always be . + + 2011 + + + +A value that indicates if the text is selected when the text box gains focus. + + If the value is true all the text in the text box will be selected when the text box gets keyboard +focus. If it is false the text is not selected. The default value is false. + 2011 + + + The prompt text for the text box. + Prompt text is displayed when the text box is empty +and does not have keyboard focus. This text is displayed in italics. The default value is . + + 2011 + + + The TextBox object represents text-based control that allows the user to enter text. + The ItemText property inherited from RibbonItem has no effect. +The text entered in the TextBox is edited by the UI user is accepted only if the user presses the Enter key or click the image button when ShowImageAsButton is true. +If the user clicks off of this component without pressing Enter or click the image button; then the text will be reverted to the previous value. +Use of this class is not supported in Revit Macros. + 2011 + + + Constructs a new instance of SplitButtonData. + The internal name of the new button. + The user visible text seen on the new button. + +This text will be displayed on the button if drop-down is empty. If sub-items are added, +then the split button will display the current PushButton's text. + + Thrown when is passed for one or more arguments. + Thrown when an empty string is passed for one or more arguments. + 2011 + + + This class contains information necessary to construct a split button in the Ribbon. + 2011 + + + Gets or sets the current PushButton of the SplitButton. + This property is applicable only if IsSynchronizedWithCurrentItem is true. +The default value of this property will be the first enabled PushButton in the drop down list after the SplitButton is shown. + + Thrown when trying to set the CurrentButton to . + Thrown when trying to set the CurrentButton to a button which is not in current drop-down list. + Thrown when trying to set the CurrentButton if IsSynchronizedWithCurrentItem is false. + 2011 + + + +Indicates whether the top PushButton on the SplitButton changes based on the CurrentButton property. + + +If this property is true the SplitButton uses the current PushButton's properties to display the image, text, tooltip, +etc. and executes the current item when clicked. If it is false the first listed PushButton in the GetItems() return is shown, +and executes this PushButton when clicked. +If it is false the items in drop down list can only be executed by opening the drop down list and clicking an item in the list. +The default value is true. + + 2011 + + + The SplitButton object represents a button with a clickable button appearing above a pulldown. + Use of this class is not supported in Revit Macros. + 2011 + + + + + + + Constructs a new instance of PulldownButtonData. + The internal name of the new button. + The user visible text seen on the new button. + Thrown when is passed for one or more arguments. + Thrown when an empty string is passed for one or more arguments. + + + This class contains information necessary to construct a pulldown button in the Ribbon. + + + Adds a separator to the drop-down list. + The separator will appear just below the last added PushButton. + + + Adds a new pushbutton to the pulldown button and associates it with an ExternalCommand. + An object containing the data needed to construct the pushbutton. + The new button will display its large image if PushButton.LargeImage is set. + Thrown when buttonData is . + +Thrown when button with buttonData.Name already exists in the button. + + The newly added pushbutton. + + + Gets a copy of the collection of buttons assigned to the pulldown button. + + + The PulldownButton object represents a button with a drop-down list on RibbonPanel. + Use of this class is not supported in Revit Macros. + + + The full class name for the class providing the entry point to decide availability of this push button. + This is the class implementing IExternalCommandAvailability interface. + 2011 + + + The assembly path of the button. + The path of the assembly which contains the corresponding external command. + Thrown when setting the value to . + Thrown when setting the value to an empty string. + + + The name of the class containing the implementation for the command. + The class name which implements the interface IExternalCommand. + Thrown when setting the value to . + Thrown when setting the value to an empty string. + + + Constructs a new instance of PushButtonData. + The internal name of the new button. + The user visible text seen on the new button. + The assembly path of the button. + The name of the class containing the implementation for the command. + Thrown when is passed for one or more arguments. + Thrown when an empty string is passed for one or more arguments. + + + This class contains information necessary to construct a push button in the Ribbon. + + + The image of the button. + The image will be shown on the button if it is a part of a stacked set, or if it is promoted to the +Quick Access Toolbar. The best size is 16 x 16 pixels; if larger, the image will NOT be adjusted to fit the +toolbar button. + + + The large image of the button. + The image will be shown on the button in the Ribbon panel if the button is not a part of a stacked set. +It will also be shown on a push button added to a pulldown button. The best size is 32 x 32 pixels; if larger, +the image will be adjusted to fit the button. + + + The user-visible text of the button. + Thrown when setting the value to . + Thrown when setting the value to an empty string, +or when the value contains invalid characters. + + + Base class used to contain information necessary to construct a button in the Ribbon. + + + Indicates whether the PushButton is in the drop-down list of a PulldownButton. + + + The full class name for the class providing the entry point to decide availability of this push button. + This is the class implementing IExternalCommandAvailability interface. + 2011 + + + The name of the class containing the implementation for the command. + The class name which implements the interface IExternalCommand. + Thrown when setting the value to . + Thrown when setting the value to an empty string. + Thrown when setting the value to a ToggleButton which is not initialized with an external command. + + + The assembly path of the button. + The path of the assembly which contains the corresponding external command. + Thrown when setting the value to . + Thrown when setting the value to an empty string. + Thrown when setting the value to a ToggleButton which is not initialized with an external command. + + + The PushButton object represents an button on a RibbonPanel. + Use of this class is not supported in Revit Macros. + + + + + + + Indicates if this button can be executed. True if the pushbutton is permitted to be executed based on the +current Revit context (active document, active view and active tool). False if the pushbutton is disabled because +of the active context. + The button may be enabled for a given context but still disabled programmatically using the Enabled property +for the button. + + + + The image of the button. + The image will be shown on the button if it is a part of a stacked set or if it is promoted to the +Quick Access Toolbar. The image should be 16 x 16 pixels. If the image is larger it will NOT be adjusted to fit the +button. + + + The large image shown on the button. + The image will be shown on the button in the Ribbon panel if the button is not a part of a stacked set. +It will also be shown if the button is added to a pulldown button. The image should be 32 x 32 pixels. If the image is larger +it will be adjusted to fit the button. + + + This class is the base class of PushButton and PulldownButton. + + + Constructs a new instance of RadioButtonGroupData. + The internal name of the RadioButtonGroup. + Thrown when is passed for name. + Thrown when an empty string is passed for name. + 2011 + + + This class contains information necessary to construct a ribbon gallery in the Ribbon. + 2011 + + + Gets the collection of ToggleButtons assigned to the RadioButtonGroup. + This is a copy of all the ToggleButtons assigned to this group. + + 2011 + + + Adds new ToggleButtons to the RadioButtonGroup. + A list of objects containing the data needed to construct the ToggleButtons. + Thrown when buttonData is . + +Thrown when button with buttonData.Name already exists in the group. + + The newly added ToggleButtons. + 2011 + + + Adds a new ToggleButton to the RadioButtonGroup. + An object containing the data needed to construct the ToggleButton. + Thrown when buttonData is . + +Thrown when button with buttonData.Name already exists in the group. + + The newly added ToggleButton. + 2011 + + + Gets or sets the current checked ToggleButton of the RadioButtonGroup. + +The default value is the first ToggleButton added to the group. +When using this property to set the current ToggleButton, the external command of that button will not be called. + + Thrown when trying to set this property to . + Thrown when trying to set this property to a button not in this group. + 2011 + + + Represents a group of related buttons in the Ribbon. + +This class contains a collection of ToggleButtons. Only one of the ToggleButtons will appear active at a given time. +When a different button is clicked in the UI the current ToggleButton will be changed, and the ToggleButton's external command will be invoked. +Use of this class is not supported in Revit Macros. + + 2011 + + + + + + + The image shown on the ComboBox. + The image will be shown on the left side of the item. +The best size is 16 x 16 pixels. + 2011 + + + Constructs a new instance of ComboBoxData. + The internal name of the ComboBoxMember. + Thrown when is passed for name. + Thrown when an empty string is passed for name. + 2011 + + + This class contains information necessary to construct a combo box in the Ribbon. + 2011 + + + Subscribe to this event to be notified when the current item of the ComboBox is changed. + + + Subscribe to this event to be notified when the drop-down of the ComboBox is closed. + + + Subscribe to this event to be notified when the drop-down of the ComboBox is opened. + + + Gets the copy of a collection of the ComboBoxMembers assigned to the ComboBox. + 2011 + + + Adds a separator to the drop-down list. + The separator will be added below the last added member. + 2011 + + + Adds a new items to the ComboBox. + An object list containing the data needed to construct the ComboBoxMember. + Thrown when memberData is . + +Thrown when button with memberData.Name already exists in the drop-down list. + + The newly added ComboBoxMembers. + 2011 + + + Adds a new item to the ComboBox. + An object containing the data needed to construct the ComboBoxMember. + Thrown when memberData is . + +Thrown when button with memberData.Name already exists in the drop-down list. + + The newly added ComboBoxMember. + 2011 + + + The image shown on the ComboBox. + The image will be shown on the left side of the item. +The best size is 16 x 16 pixels. + 2011 + + + Gets or sets the current checked ComboBox member of the ComboBox. + +The default value is the first ComboBox member added to the ComboBox. + + Thrown when trying to set this property to . + Thrown when trying to set this property to a button not in this ComboBox. + 2011 + + + This class represents a selection control with a drop-down list that can be shown or hidden by clicking the arrow. + The order of items shown in the ComboBox depends upon the order which they were added, unless the ComboBoxMembers have been assigned to groups. +If the members have been assigned groups, they will be sorted to fall under their groups regardless of the order in which they were added. +Use of this class is not supported in Revit Macros. + 2011 + + + Gets or sets a group name for the ComboBoxMember. + The GroupName is used to group the items and also appears in the group header. +All ComboBoxMembers assigned to the same group will be grouped in the ComboBox. There will be a header that shows the name. +The default value is . + + 2011 + + + The image shown on the ComboBoxMember. + The image will be shown on the left side of the item when the item is added to a ComboBox. +The best size is 16 x 16 pixels. + 2011 + + + The user-visible text of the ComboBoxMember. + Thrown when setting the value to . + Thrown when setting the value to an empty string, +or when the value contains invalid characters. + 2011 + + + Constructs a new instance of ComboBoxMemberData. + The internal name of the ComboBoxMember. + The user visible text seen on the item. + Thrown when is passed for one or more arguments. + Thrown when an empty string is passed for one or more arguments. + 2011 + + + This class contains information necessary to construct a ComboBoxMember. + 2011 + + + The group to which the ComboBoxMember is assigned. + If set, the ComboBoxMember appears under a group header in the ComboBox. If , the ComboBoxMember is not a member of any group. +The default value is . + + 2011 + + + The image shown on the ComboBoxMember. + The image will be shown on the left side of the item. +The best size is 16 x 16 pixels. + 2011 + + + This class represents an item in the drop-down list of a ComboBox. + Note that a ComboBoxMember will not show an individual tool tip. +Use of this class is not supported in Revit Macros. + 2011 + + + Sets the contextual help bound with this button data. + The contextual help. + 2013 + + + Gets the contextual help bound with this control. + The contextual help assigned to the item, or if there is no binding assigned. + 2013 + + + The image to show as a part of the button extended tooltip + Shown when the cursor hovers over the command. +If neither this property nor LongDescription is supplied, the button will not have +an extended tooltip. Maximum height or width is 355 pixels. +SplitButton and RadioButtonGroup cannot display the tooltip set by this method. SplitButton +shows the current PushButton tooltip and RadioButtonGroup has no tooltip. + + + Long description of the command tooltip + It will be used as part of the button's extended +tooltip. This tooltip is shown when the mouse hovers over the command for a long amount +of time. You can split the text of this option into multiple paragraphs by placing <p> +tags around each paragraph. Optional. If neither of this property and TooltipImage is +supplied, the button will not have an extended tooltip. +SplitButton and RadioButtonGroup cannot display the tooltip set by this method, the SplitButton will +always show the current PushButton tooltip, and RadioButtonGroup has no tooltip. + + + The description that appears as a ToolTip for the item. + The text that is displayed when the mouse pointer moves over the item. +SplitButton and RadioButtonGroup cannot display the tooltip set by this method, the SplitButton will +always show the current PushButton tooltip, and RadioButtonGroup has no tooltip. + + + The name of the item. + Thrown when setting the value to . + Thrown when setting the value to an empty string. + + + Base class used to contain information necessary to construct a RibbonItem in the Ribbon. + + + Sets the contextual help bound with this button. + The contextual help. + 2013 + + + Gets the contextual help bound with this control. + The contextual help assigned to the item, or if there is no binding assigned. + 2013 + + + Determines whether the specified is equal to the current . + Another panel object. + + + Gets the item type. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is visible. + When the Visible property is set to false, the item won't be displayed on Ribbon. + 2011 + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is enabled. + When the Enabled property is set to false, the item cannot be clicked, +and the item's appearance changes. The Image and Text assigned to the item appear grayed +out. For pushbuttons, the button may be enabled programmatically but be disabled in the user interface +because of the Revit context; see the property IsEnabledByContext for RibbonButton. + + + The image to show as a part of the button extended tooltip + Shown when the cursor hovers over the command. +If neither this property nor LongDescription is supplied, the button will not have +an extended tooltip. Maximum height or width is 355 pixels. +SplitButton and RadioButtonGroup cannot display the tooltip set by this method. SplitButton +shows the current PushButton tooltip and RadioButtonGroup has no tooltip. + + + Long description of the command tooltip + It will be used as part of the button's extended +tooltip. This tooltip is shown when the mouse hovers over the command for a long amount +of time. You can split the text of this option into multiple paragraphs by placing <p> +tags around each paragraph. Optional. If neither of this property and TooltipImage is +supplied, the button will not have an extended tooltip. +SplitButton and RadioButtonGroup cannot display the tooltip set by this method, the SplitButton will +always show the current PushButton tooltip, and RadioButtonGroup has no tooltip. + + + The description that appears as a ToolTip for the item. + The text that is displayed when the mouse pointer moves over the item. +SplitButton and RadioButtonGroup cannot display the tooltip set by this method, the SplitButton will +always show the current PushButton tooltip, and RadioButtonGroup has no tooltip. + + + Gets or sets the text displayed on the item. + The text can be changed at run time. or empty string is not allowed. + + Thrown when setting the text to empty or to the string contains "%". + Thrown when setting the text to . + + + The name of the item. + Thrown when setting the text to empty or to the string contains "%". + + + The RibbonItem object represents an item on RibbonPanel, can be a push-button or a pull-down +which should contain the information for creating one RibbonItem. + This class is not supported in Revit Macros. + + + Launches and displays the help topic specified by the contents of this ContextualHelp object. + 2013 + + + The help topic URL. + Applies only to objects of type ContextualHelpType.ChmFile. If empty or , the default page of the help file will be displayed. +
    Obtain the URL by: + Open the chm file and go to the page you want to show. Right click on the page, and choose the Properties command. In the middle of properties page there is a property called: Address (URL). +The end of the URL contains the topic URL used to open the help file to the correct page. +Here is an example: mk:@MSITStore:C:\RevitAPI2013.chm::/WhatsNew.htm +The help topic URL of this page is "WhatsNew.htm". +Another example: mk:@MSITStore:C:\RevitAPI2013.chm::/html/329b02eb-5ee4-1715-2fbf-2cbbc0d3ff2a.htm +The help topic URL of this page is "html/329b02eb-5ee4-1715-2fbf-2cbbc0d3ff2a.htm".
    + 2013 +
    + + The context id, help URL, or help file path. + Thrown when setting the help path to null or empty. + 2013 + + + The contextual help type. + 2013 + + + Constructs a contextual help object. + The contextual help type. + The contextual help path. + Thrown when the helpPath is null or empty. + 2013 + + + Contains the details for how Revit should allow invocation of contextual help for an item added by an application. + An instance of this class may be used to assign a contextual help location to any RibbonItem (through the RibbonItem.SetContextualHelp() method). +It is also possible to use an instance of this class to launch the help path and topic at any time (this permits association of help topics with +user interface components inside dialogs created by the add-in application). + 2013 + + + Represents the contextual help type. + 2013 + + + Represents the path to a file on disk. When users invoke help for this item, Revit will launch this file. + + + Represents an arbitrary URL. When users invoke help for this item, Revit will load this URL into the user's default browser. + + + Represents an Autodesk help context id, which will automatically be mapped to a URL in the Revit help system. + + + None. + + + An enumerated type listing all the toolbar item styles. + + + A text-based control that allows the user to enter text. + + + A selection control with a drop-down list that can be shown or hidden by clicking the arrow on the control. + + + An item in the drop-down list of a ComboBox. + + + An item that contains a collection of RibbonToggleButton items. + + + A standard button that can be added to RadioButtonGroup. + + + A split button with a default button and a pull-down menu list. + + + A button with a pull-down menu list. + + + A standard button with text and image. + + + + Instructing Revit to raise (signal) the external event. + + + Revit will wait until it is ready to process the event and then + it will execute its event handler by calling the Execute method. + Revit processes external events only when no other commands or + edit modes are currently active in Revit, which is the same policy + like the one that applies to evoking external commands. + + + The result of event raising request. If the request is 'Accepted', + the event would be added to the event queue and its handler will + be executed in the next event-processing cycle. + + + 2013 + + + + + Creates an instance of external event which will have the ability to record its executions in the journal. + + + An instance of IExternalEventHandler which will execute the event. + + + An instance of ExternalEvent class, which will be used to invoke the event + + + A non-optional argument was NULL + + + 2015 + + + + + Creates an instance of external event. + + + An instance of IExternalEventHandler which will execute the event. + + + An instance of ExternalEvent class, which will be used to invoke the event + + + A non-optional argument was NULL + + + 2013 + + + + + Checking whether an event has been raised but not yet executed. + + + When an event is requested to raise it is not executed immediately; + instead, it waits for the next possible opportunity, which is determined + by various internal conditions in Revit (policy similar to invoking + external commands). When the opportunity comes, the event is executed + by calling the event's handler. In the meantime, the event is 'Pending'. + + + 2013 + + + + + A class that represent an external event. + + + An instance if this class will be returned to an external event's owner upon the event's creation. + The event's owner will use this instance to signal that his application needs to be called by Revit. + Revit will periodically check if any of the events have been signaled (raised), and will execute + all events that were signaled (raised) by calling the Execute method on the events' respective handlers. + + + 2013 + + + + + Represents the possible outcomes of a request for raising an external event. + + + + + Request not accepted due to synchronization issues with other thread(s). + + + + + Request was denied due to failures of the corresponding event handler. + + + + + Request not accepted, because the previous request is still pending (not executed). + + + + + Request accepted; event was added into the event queue and will be executed momentarily. + + + + + String identification of the event handler. + + + The event's name + + + 2013 + + + + + This method is called to handle the external event. + + + 2013 + + + + + An interface to be executed when an external event is raised. + + + An instance of a class implementing this interface will be registered + with Revit first, and every time the corresponding external event + is raised, the Execute method of this interface will be invoked. + + + 2013 + + + + + Subscribe to the ThemeChanged event to be notified after the theme was changed. + + + This event is raised after the theme was changed. + + + 2024 + + + + + Subscribe to the SelectionChanged event to be notified after the selection was changed. + + + This event is raised after the selection was changed in the current document. + Handlers of this event are forbidden to make modifications to the current document. + Handlers of this event are forbidden to change the selection to the current document. + It is not allowed to open a new transaction in the active document when handling this event. + + + + 2023 + + + + + Subscribe to the TransferredProjectStandards event to be notified after the scope of a Transfer Project Standards operation has been finalized. + + + This event is raised just after the native Revit items have been transferred, but before the transaction has been committed. + An add-in that registered external items in should subscribe to this event to carry out the transfer of any items that it registered if the user enabled those items for transfer. + During the scope of this event, modification is permitted to the target document and modification is not permitted to the source document. + + + 2017.2 + + + + + Subscribe to the TransferringProjectStandards event to be notified before the scope of an impending Transfer Project Standards operation has been finalized in the Transfer Project Standards dialog. + + + This event allows an external application to add additional items to the possible list of items to be transferred. + These items will be visible and selectable in the Transfer Project Standards dialog box. By default, new items added in this manner will be enabled for transfer. + During the scope of this event, modification is not permitted to either the source or target documents. And this event is not cancellable. + + + 2017.2 + + + + + Subscribe to MEP Fabrication part browser changed event to be notified when MEP Fabrication part browser is updated. + + + More docs about the different conditions goes here + + + 2017 + + + + + Subscribe to this event to be notified when a Revit GenericDockableFrame has gained focus or lost focus in the Revit user interface. + This event is called only for API-created GenericDockableFrames. + + + This event is raised when the GenericDockableFrame is just about to be active or inactive. + Event is not cancellable. The 'Cancellable' property of event's argument is always False. + No document may be modified at the time of the event. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
    • All overloads of Autodesk.Revit.DB.Document.Export()
    • All overloads of Autodesk.Revit.DB.Document.Import()
    • Autodesk::Revit::DB::Document::Print
    • and similar overloads.
    • and similar overloads.
    • and similar overloads.
    • and similar overloads.
    • and similar overloads.
    + Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. +
    + + 2015 + +
    + + + Subscribe to this event to be notified when a Revit GenericDockableFrame has been shown or hidden in the Revit user interface. + This event is called only for API-created GenericDockableFrames. + + + This event is raised when the GenericDockableFrame is just about to be shown or hidden. + Event is not cancellable. The 'Cancellable' property of event's argument is always False. + No document may be modified at the time of the event. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
    • All overloads of Autodesk.Revit.DB.Document.Export()
    • All overloads of Autodesk.Revit.DB.Document.Import()
    • Autodesk::Revit::DB::Document::Print
    • and similar overloads.
    • and similar overloads.
    • and similar overloads.
    • and similar overloads.
    • and similar overloads.
    + Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. +
    + + 2015 + +
    + + + Subscribe to the options dialog displaying event to be notified when Revit options dialog is displaying. + + + 2013 + + + + + Subscribe to the ApplicationClosing event to be notified when the Revit application is just about to be closed. + + + This event is raised when the Revit application is just about to be closed. + Event is not cancellable. The 'Cancellable' property of event's argument is always False. + No document may be modified at the time of the event. + The sender object of this event is object. + + + 2010 + + + + + Subscribe to the Idling event to be notified when Revit is not in an active tool or transaction. + + + This event is raised when it is safe for the API application to access the active + document between user interactions. The event is raised only when the Revit UI is + in a state where the user could successfully click on an API command button. + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + In order to change a document, you must begin a new transaction for that document. + This transaction will appear in the Revit undo stack and may be undone by the Revit user. + This event is invoked between user actions in the Revit UI. If the handler for + this event requires a significant amount of processing time, users will perceive a slowdown + in the responsiveness of Revit. If the execution for updates can be safely split across + multiple calls to this event, the user perception of Revit responsiveness will be improved. + There are two ways to use this event. In the default mode, a single raise of the event + will be made each time Revit begins an idle session. Note that when the user is active in the Revit + user interface, idle sessions begin whenever the mouse stops moving for a moment or when a + command completes. However, if the user is not active in the user interface at all, Revit may not invoke + additional idling sessions for quite some time; this means that your application may not be able to take advantage + of time when the user leaves the machine completely for a period of time. + In the non-default mode, your application forces Revit to keep the idling session open and to make + repeated calls to your event subscriber. In this mode even if the user is totally inactive the Revit + session will continue to make Idling calls to your application. However, this can result in performance + degradation for the system on which Revit is running because the CPU remains fully engaged in serving Idling + events during the Revit application's downtime. + You can indicate the preference for the non-default Idling frequency by calling + + each time the Idling event callback is made. Revit will revert to the default Idling frequency + if this method is not called every time in your callback. + Event is not cancellable. + + + 2010 + + + + + + + + + Subscribe to the FormulaEditing event to be notified when the edit formula button has been clicked. + + + + + Subscribe to the DialogBoxShowing event to be notified when Revit is just about to show a dialog box or a message box. + + + This event is raised when Revit is just about to show a dialog box or a message box. + Event is not cancellable. The 'Cancellable' property of event's argument is always False. + Depending on the type of the dialog that is being shown, the event's argument's type varies as follows: + When it is a dialog box, the event's argument is an object of . + When it is a message box, the event's argument is an object of ,which is subclass of DialogBoxShowingEventArgs. + When it is a task dialog, the event's argument is an object of ,which is subclass of DialogBoxShowingEventArgs. + No document may be modified during this event. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
    • and similar overloads.
    • and similar overloads.
    • and similar overloads.
    + Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. +
    + + 2010 + + + + + +
    + + + Subscribe to the ViewActivated event to be notified immediately after Revit has finished activating a view of a document. + + + This event is raised immediately after Revit has finished activating a view of the document. + It is raised even when view activating failed or was cancelled (during ViewActivating event). + Check the 'Status' field in event's argument to see whether the action itself was successful or not. + This event is not cancellable, for the process of view activating has already been finished. + The document may be modified during this event. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
    • and similar overloads.
    • and similar overloads.
    • and similar overloads.
    + Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. +
    + + 2010 + +
    + + + Subscribe to the ViewActivating event to be notified when Revit is just about to activate a view of a document. + + + This event is raised when Revit is just about to activate a view of the document. + Event is not cancellable. The 'Cancellable' property of event's argument is always False. + Your application is responsible for providing feedback to the user about the reason for the cancellation. + The document may be modified during this event. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
    • and similar overloads.
    • and similar overloads.
    • and similar overloads.
    + Exception will be thrown if any of the above + methods is called during this event. + Another event will be raised immediately after view + activating is finished. +
    + + 2010 + +
    + + + Updates model status on the Worksharing activity indicator. + + + The indicator is enabled only when the active document is cloud Worksharing. + + + True if the central model is busy. + + + An array with the usernames of the users which are currently syncing + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Updates model status on the Worksharing activity indicator. + + + The indicator is enabled only when the active document is cloud Worksharing. + + + True if the central model is busy. + + + 2019.1 + + + + + Opens and activates a Revit document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Opens and activates a Revit document, include both local document or cloud document. + + + This method, if successful, changes the active document. + It is not allowed to have an open transaction in the active document when calling this method. + Consequently, this method can only be used in manual transaction mode, not in automatic mode. + Additionally, this method may not be called from inside an event handler. + + + A path to a Revit file to be opened. + The file can be either a Revit project, template, or family document. + + + Options for opening the file. + + + True means if openOptions specifies DoNotDetach, + then for workshared models detach from central and query the user whether to preserve or discard worksets. + make no sense when opening a cloud document. + + + Callback function that allow caller to handle cases when conflicts happen during opening a cloud document. + Make no sense when opening a non-cloud document. + + + The opened document. + + + If DetachFromCentralOption is not DoNotDetach when opening a cloud document. +
    • If the active document is currently modifiable.
    • If an API event handler is currently being executed.
    + + If is passed as 'modelPath'. + -or- + If is passed as 'openOptions'. + -or- + A non-optional argument was null + + + Cannot open the local model and the central model in the same Revit session. You can close one to open the other in the same Revit session. + + + Thrown when file is not found at the give path. + + +
      +
    • Revit encountered serious errors while trying to open the central model.
    • +
    • An internal error happened on the central model, please contact the server administrator.
    • +
    +
    + + There are too many corrupt elements to open this model. + + +
      +
    • When file cannot be opened in Revit LT because it was last saved in a version of Revit prior to 8.1.
    • +
    • when file has an invalid extension. Try changing the file's extension and opening it again.
    • +
    +
    + + The file specified by 'modelPath' cannot be found or the given 'modelPath' is not a Revit file (a project, template, or family document). + + + This computer does not have enough memory, disk space, or other necessary resource to open the model. + + + The cloud model is not saved in current release of Revit. + -or- + The model is not allowed to access. + -or- +
    • The document can not be opened.
    • Open is temporarily disabled.
    • Revit cannot save the transmitted model as a new central because it is already opened.
    + + Opening was canceled by the user or by an API event callback. + + + If there is any server internal error. + + + User is not signed in with Autodesk id when trying to open a cloud model. + + + User is not authorized to access the cloud model. + + + The local file is not owned by the current user, who therefore is not allowed to modify it. + + + 2019 + +
    + + + Opens and activates a Revit document, include both local document or cloud document. + + + This method, if successful, changes the active document. + The model will override the local change with the latest change if it is a cloud model and it was restored, or relinquished, or out of date. + It is not allowed to have an open transaction in the active document when calling this method. + Consequently, this method can only be used in manual transaction mode, not in automatic mode. + Additionally, this method may not be called from inside an event handler. + + + A path to a Revit file to be opened. + The file can be either a Revit project, template, or family document. + + + Options for opening the file. + + + True means if openOptions specifies DoNotDetach, + then for workshared models detach from central and query the user whether to preserve or discard worksets. + make no sense when opening a cloud document. + + + The opened document. + + + If DetachFromCentralOption is not DoNotDetach when opening a cloud document. +
    • If the active document is currently modifiable.
    • If an API event handler is currently being executed.
    + + If is passed as 'modelPath'. + -or- + If is passed as 'openOptions'. + -or- + A non-optional argument was null + + + Cannot open the local model and the central model in the same Revit session. You can close one to open the other in the same Revit session. + + + Thrown when file is not found at the give path. + + +
      +
    • Revit encountered serious errors while trying to open the central model.
    • +
    • An internal error happened on the central model, please contact the server administrator.
    • +
    +
    + + There are too many corrupt elements to open this model. + + +
      +
    • When file cannot be opened in Revit LT because it was last saved in a version of Revit prior to 8.1.
    • +
    • when file has an invalid extension. Try changing the file's extension and opening it again.
    • +
    • when file was saved by an application that was not developed or licensed by Autodesk.
    • +
    +
    + + The file specified by 'modelPath' cannot be found or the given 'modelPath' is not a Revit file (a project, template, or family document). + + + This computer does not have enough memory, disk space, or other necessary resource to open the model. + + + The cloud model is not saved in current release of Revit. + -or- + The model is not allowed to access. + -or- +
    • The document can not be opened.
    • Open is temporarily disabled.
    • Revit cannot save the transmitted model as a new central because it is already opened.
    + + Opening was canceled by the user or by an API event callback. + + + If there is any server internal error. + + + User is not signed in with Autodesk id when trying to open a cloud model. + + + User is not authorized to access the cloud model. + + + The local file is not owned by the current user, who therefore is not allowed to modify it. + + + 2013 + +
    + + + Opens and activates a Revit document. + + + This method, if successful, changes the active document. + It is not allowed to have an open transaction in the active document when calling this method. + Additionally, this method may not be called from inside an event handler. + + + A full path to a revit file to be opened. + The file can be either a Revit project, template, or family document. + + + The opened document. + + + The given 'fileName' is not a Revit file (a project, template, or family document). + + + If is passed as 'fileName'. + -or- + A non-optional argument was null + + + The file specified by 'fileName' cannot be found. + + +
      +
    • If the active document is currently modifiable.
    • +
    • If an API event handler is currently being executed.
    • +
    +
    + + If there is any server internal error. + + + 2012 + +
    + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Determines if Revit session is in Viewer mode. + + + 2019.1 + + + + + Returns the database level Application represented by this UI level Application. + + + + + Open a recent model on revit home. + + + + Get the handle of the Revit main window. + Returns the main window handle of the Revit application. This handle should be used when displaying +modal dialogs and message windows to insure that they are properly parented. This property replaces +System.Diagnostics.Process.GetCurrentProcess().MainWindowHandle property, which is no longer a reliable +method of retrieving the main window handle starting with Revit 2019. + 2019 + + + Adds a new dockable pane to the Revit user interface. + Unique identifier for the new pane. + String to use for the pane caption. + Your add-in's implementation of the IDockablePaneProvider interface. + Thrown if a dockable pane with identifier %id% has already been registered. + 2014 + + + Identifies if the current Revit product has an RS designation. Most add-ins will not need to use this information. + 2019 + + + Gets a DockablePane object by its ID. + Unique identifier for the new pane. + Thrown if no dockable pane has been registered with identifier %id%. + Thrown if the dockable pane with identifier %id% has not been created yet. + 2014 + + + Loads add-ins from the given packageContents.xml file. + The name of package contents file + Thrown when manifest file which is specified by +packageContentsPath doesn't exist. + Thrown if the add-in file path specified by +packageContentsPath is null, Or packageContentsPath is null. + Thrown if the add-in specified by packageContentsPath doesn't +end with 'addin' or packageContentsPath is a zero-length string. + Thrown if the packageContentsPath is not found. + Thrown if the manifest file specified by packageContentsPath +can't be parsed successfully. + Thrown when any of the newly added external +applications fails to load and/or initialize properly, possibly because of one of the following reasons: +AllowLoadingIntoExistingSession property is 'No'.Client id is duplicated.External application start up failed. + Thrown if packageContentsPath file that was found could not +be loaded. + 2014 + + + Loads add-ins from the given manifest file. + +

    This method loads the add-ins listed in the provided add-in manifest file. +The API will look for the file in the dedicated folders supported by Revit for loading add-in manifest files.

    +

    Some add-ins may have settings in which they decline the ability for Revit to load the external application declared +in the .addin in mid-session. +This happens when the AllowLoadingIntoExistingSession tag is set to "No" in the add-in manifest file, and if the tag +isn't present, the default is set to "Yes".

    +

    Note that when Revit starts an add-in in the middle of the session, some add-in logic may not function as expected +because of the different interactions with the session. Specifically: +If the application's goal is to prevent something from happening, the application may not be able to handle +the fact that this activity has already happened in the existing session. If the application's goal is to manage external information in synch with documents loaded in the session, +the application may not be able to handle documents that were loaded before the application started. If the application's logic depends on the ApplicationInitialized event, this event has already been called +before the add-in was loaded.

    +

    Also, some add-ins may not be able to fully initialize when loading in the middle of the session. This is because some +activities must take place at the start of the Revit session: +Creation of custom failure definitionsEstablishment of a system-wide IFailureProcessor to handle all failures.Registering ExternalServices.

    +
    + The name of the add-in manifest file including the extension is to identify the +manifest file which contains Revit add-ins. + Thrown when manifest file which is specified by +fileName doesn't exist. + Thrown if the fileName is null or empty. + Thrown if the fileName doesn't end with 'addin'. + Thrown if the manifest file can't be parsed successfully. + Thrown when any of the newly added external +applications fails to load and/or initialize properly, possibly because of one of the following reasons: +AllowLoadingIntoExistingSession property is 'No'.Client id is duplicated.External application start up failed. + 2014 +
    + + Removes an AddInCommandBinding. + The Revit command id to identify the command handler you want to remove the binding. + Thrown when uiApplication or revitCommandId +is . + +Thrown when the given command is not bound with this add-in. + + 2013 + + + Creates a new AddInCommandBinding. + The Revit command id to identify the command handler you want to replace. + Thrown when uiApplication or revitCommandId +is . + +Thrown when the given command already has been bound. + + 2013 + + + Get current active external application or external command id. + + + Returns an array of successfully loaded external applications. + This property can be used by your application to find all successfully +loaded external applications when Revit starts. + + + Get all the custom Panels on a designated Revit tab. + The name of the tab on which the panels are located. + Built-in panels will not be included. tabName must be the name of one of the tabs added +by . +This method is not supported in Macros. + + + Get all the custom Panels on a designated standard Revit tab. + The tab on which the panels are located. + Built-in panels will not be included. This method is not supported in Macros. + + + Get all the custom Panels on Add-Ins tab of Revit. + The built-in panels won't be included and the panels added to tabs other than Add-Ins will not be included. +This method is not supported in Macros. + + + Create a new RibbonPanel on the designated standard Revit tab. + The target tab, on which the new panel will be created. + The name of the panel to be created. + panelName is . + panelName is Empty or the tab is not valid. + If more than 100 panels were created or the tab cannot be found. + This method will create a custom panel appending to the specified tab. This method is not supported in Macros. + + + Create a new RibbonPanel on the Add-Ins tab. + The name of the panel to be created. + panelName is . + panelName is Empty. + If more than 100 panels were created. + This method will create a custom panel appending to the Revit AddIns tab. This method is not supported in Macros. + + + + + + + Create a new RibbonPanel on the specified tab. + The name of the tab, on which the new panel will be created. + The name of the panel to be created. + tabName or panelName is . + tabName or panelName is Empty. + Too many panels have been added to this tab (Maximum is 100). + This method will create a custom panel appending to the specified tab. This method is not supported in Macros. + + +This fils contails the Ribbons related methods which may need to be overrideed in subclasses. + Creates a new tab on the Revit user interface. The name of the tab to be created.tabName or panelName is .tabName or panelName is Empty or the tab name duplicates the name of another tab in the Revit UI.Too many custom tabs have been created in this session. (Maximum is 20). This method will create a custom tab at the end of the list of static tabs. If multiple tabs are added, they will be shown in the order added. This method is not supported in Macros. + + Posts the command to the Revit message queue to be invoked when control returns from the current API context. + The command Id. + Thrown when commandId is . + If the command cannot be posted. + + If there is a command already been posted. + + + 2014 + + + + Identifies if the given command can be posted, using . + The command Id. + Thrown when commandId is . + Only members of Autodesk.Revit.UI.PostableCommand or external commands can be posted. + + 2014 + + + + Initiates a drag and drop operation with a custom drop implementation. + Any arbitrary data to be passed to the drop handler when the drop occurs. + The handler to be executed when the drop occurs. + When the user inputs IControllableDropHandler, +it allows the handler to verify whether the drop event can be executed on the given view; +When the user inputs IDropHandler +the handler will be executed without any condition. + Thrown when dropData or handler is . + + 2013 + + + + Initiates a drag and drop operation of a collection of file names on the Revit user interface. + The behavior after the 'dragData' dragged onto Revit is listed bellow: + Only one AutoCAD format or image file dragged onto Revit: a new import placement editor will be started for import the file; More than one AutoCAD format or image files dragged onto Revit: a new import placement editor will be started only for the first AutoCAD format or image file; Only one family file dragged onto Revit: the family will be loaded, and an editor will be started to place the family; More than one family files dragged onto Revit: all the families will be loaded; More than one family files including other format files dragged onto Revit: Revit will try to open all the files; If a valid file or list of files is passed, Revit will do its best to use them appropriately. If any files are not usable, failure will be signalled to the interactive Revit user (and will not be signalled to the application with an exception). + The list of file paths and names. + Thrown when dropData is . + Thrown when dropData contains a file that doens't exist. + + 2013 + + + + Get the rectangle that represents the screen pixel coordinates of drawing area. + The drawing area of the Revit window displays views (and sheets and schedules) of projects. +The size of drawing area restricts the max size of the view titles and windows, the value may be empty if modal browser is opened. +If there is no project opened, null will be returned. + 2011 + + + Get the rectangle that represents the screen pixel coordinates of the Revit main window. + 2011 + + + Provides access to an object that represents the currently active project. + External API commands can access this property in read-only mode only! +The ability to modify the property is reserved for future implementations. + Thrown when attempting to modify the property. + + + + Use a database level Application to construct a UI-level Application. + + + Thrown when the Application argument is a null pointer. + + + + + Represents an active session of the Autodesk Revit user interface, providing access to + UI customization methods, events, the main window, and the active document. + + + You can access documents from the database level Application object, obtained from + the Application property. If you have an instance of the database level Application object, + you can construct a UIApplication instance from it. + + + + + Method called during initialization of the user interface to gather information about a dockable pane window. + + + Container for information about the new dockable pane. Implementers should set the + FrameworkElement and InitialState Properties. Optionally, providers can set the + ContextualHelp property if they wish to provide or react to help requests on the pane, + or override the default EditorInteraction property by setting it here. + + + 2014 + + + + + Interface that the Revit UI will call during initialization of the user interface to gather information about add-in dockable pane windows. + + + 2014 + + + + + + + + + Controls the default visibility of the pane upon the first time + the pane/plugin is loaded into Revit. + + + By default, panes will be created and shown in the Revit UI when + Revit is launched for the first time. Subsequent loads of the Revit + UI will determine the visibility of the panes based upon there state + at the close of the previous Revit session. Providers can set this + to false if they wish there panes to NOT be shown by default. + + + 2017 + + + + + Defines the interaction this pane has with the Active Editor when the pane becomes active. + + + Set to KeepAlive to keep the current editor active and + keep active the current selection or Dismiss to dismiss + the Editor and clear the active selection. + Default is to KeepAlive the current editor. + + + 2017 + + + + + The contextual help associated with the pane. + + + If set, the contents of this Contextual Help will be used to respond to a user request for help + (typically this is as a result of pressing F1 while the dockable pane has focus). + + + 2016 + + + + + The initial position of the docking pane. + + + This position will be used for the first Revit session in which the pane is registered; afterwards, the user is free + to reposition the pane, and the user's saved position will be remembered in future sessions. + + + 2014 + + + + + A creator that will be called for the pane if the FrameworkElement is not set. + + + This is more dynamic in nature and allows for embedding things like + WebBrowser controls that cannot be cached for reuse in each pane invocation + but rather needs creating each time. + + + 2018 + + + + + The Windows Presentation Framework object containing the pane's user interface. + + + Using a System.Windows.Controls.Page is recommended. This can be null, in which case + it is assumed an IFrameworkElementCreator is provided to create the element on demand. + + + 2014 + + + + + Wrapper function that returns the FrameworkElement for this provider. + + + FrameworkElement to use as the pane's user interface. + + + If an IFrameworkElementCreator is provided, that will be called to generate the element, + otherwise, the FrameworkElement associated with the provider is returned. + + + 2018 + + + + + Information about a new dockable pane being added to the Revit user interface. + + + 2014 + + + + + The type of interaction. + + + This property is overridable to allow for clients to + dynamically return the type. For example, if your pane + interacts with certain editors or has different "modes" + based on user workflow. + + + + + Construct the interaction with the specified type. + + + + + Construct a default interaction. + + + + + Wraps the EditorInteractionType for the Pane to allow + for clients to override their type dynamically if need + be. + + + 2017 + + + + + Method called to create the FrameworkElement. + + + 2018 + + + + + Interface that the Revit UI will call, if present, to construct the FrameworkElement + for the pane. + + + 2018 + + + + + + + + + Returns true if %id% refers to a dockable pane window that currently exists in the Revit user interface, whether it's hidden or shown. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns true if %id% refers to a built-in Revit dockable pane, or an add-in pane that has been properly registered with %Autodesk.Revit.UI.UIApplication.RegisterDockablePane%. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns true if %id% refers to a built-in Revit dockable pane, rather than one created by an add-in. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Identify the pane is currently visible or in a tab. + + + 2015 + + + + + If the pane is on screen, hide it. Has no effect on built-in Revit dockable panes. + + + 2014 + + + + + If the pane is not currently visible or in a tab, display the pane in the Revit user interface at its last docked location. + + + 2014 + + + + + Returns the current title (a.k.a. window caption) of the dockable pane. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The unique identifier for this dockable pane. + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a new copy of the input DockablePane object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Gets the pane with identifier %id%. + + + no dockable pane has been registered with identifier id. + -or- + the dockable pane with identifier id has not been created yet. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + A user interface pane that participates in Revit's docking window system. + + + 2014 + + + + + When %dockPosition% is Floating, sets the rectangle used to determine the size and position of the pane when %dockPosition% is Floating. Coordinates are relative to the upper-left-hand corner of the main Revit window. + + + The rectangle to use when floating. + + + Rectangle is not normalized. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + When %dockPosition% is anything other than floating, the minimum height to use for the pane. Default is 200 pixels. + + + When setting this property: The given value for minimumHeight is not positive. + + + 2020 + + + + + When %dockPosition% is anything other than floating, the minimum width to use for the pane. Default is 200 pixels. + + + When setting this property: The given value for minimumWidth is not positive. + + + 2020 + + + + + Ignored unless %dockPosition% is Tabbed. The new pane will appear in a tab behind the specified existing pane ID. + + + When setting this property: no dockable pane has been registered with identifier tabBehind. + + + When setting this property: A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + When %dockPosition% is Floating, this rectangle determines the size and position of the pane. Coordinates are relative to the upper-left-hand corner of the main Revit window. + Note: the returned Rectangle is a copy. In order to change the pane state, you must call SetFloatingRectangle with a modified rectangle. + + + 2014 + + + + + Which part of the Revit application frame the pane should dock to. + + + When setting this property: A value passed for an enumeration argument is not a member of that enumeration + + + 2014 + + + + + Constructs a new copy of the input DockablePaneState object. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2014 + + + + + Creates a new DockablePaneState object. + + + 2014 + + + + + Describes where a dockable pane window should appear in the Revit user interface. + + + 2014 + + + + + Which part of the Revit application frame the pane should dock to. + + + 2014 + + + 2014 + + + + + Defines the type of interactions a pane has with the active editor when it becomes active in the Revit UI. + + + 2017 + + + 2017 + + + + + Keeps the active editor alive during pane activation. + This results in the current selection being kept active and available to the pane. + + One example built-in dockable pane that uses this mode is the Revit Property Palette. + + + + + Dismiss the active editor during pane activation. + This results in the current selection being cleared and the editor canceled. + + One example built-in dockable pane that uses this mode is the Revit Project Browser. + + + + The value that indicates whether the UI associated with the Command associated with this event is in a checked state. + 2020 + + + Gets the category ids of selected elements. + 2013 + + + The value that indicates whether the Command associated with this event can be executed. + 2013 + + + The event arguments used by AddInCommandBinding's CanExecute event. + 2013 + + + +Sets the journal data associated to this command (on journal playback). + + +For details about the use of journal data associated to a command, see ExternalCommandData.JournalData. + + 2017 + + + +Gets the journal data associated to this command (on journal playback). + + +For details about the use of journal data associated to a command, see ExternalCommandData.JournalData. + + 2017 + + + The event arguments used by AddInCommandBinding's Executed event. + 2013 + + + +Indicates whether or not the Revit journal will include custom data populated by the application associated with this command. + + +For details about the use of journal data associated to a command, see . +The default value is false. + + 2017 + + + +The event arguments used by AddInCommandBinding's BeforeExecuted event. + + +This event is cancellable. If your callback sets the Cancel property to true, the command will not execute. + + 2014 + + + +The command id. + + 2013 + + + +The active document. + + 2013 + + + The base class of the command Executed and CanExecute event arguments. + 2013 + + + The event arguments used by TextBox's EnterPressed event. + + + The current item for the ComboBox after the change. + + + The current item for the ComboBox before the change. + + + The event arguments used by ComboBox's CurrentChanged event. + + + The event arguments used by ComboBox's DropDownClosed event. + + + The event arguments used by ComboBox's DropDownOpened event. + + + +The current UIApplication. + + + + The base class of the RibbonItem event arguments which have UIApplication property. + + + A data map that can be used to read and write data to the Autodesk Revit journal file. + The data map is a string to string map that can be used to store data in the Revit journal +file at the end of execution of the external command. If the command is then executed from the journal +file during playback this data is then passed to the external command in this Data property so the +external command can execute with this passed data in a UI-less mode, hence providing non interactive +journal playback for automated testing purposes. For more information on Revit's journaling features +contact the Autodesk Developer Network. + + + + + + + Retrieves an object that represents the View external command work on. + + + Retrieves an object that represents the current Application for +external command. + + + A class contains reference to Application and View which are needed by external command. + + + + Update all open views in this document after elements have been changed, deleted, selected or de-selected. + Graphics in the views are fully redrawn regardless of which elements have changed. + + + This function should only rarely be needed, but might be required when working with graphics drawn from outside of Revit's transactions and elements, + for example, when using . + + This function is potentially expensive as many views may be updated at once, including regeneration of view's geometry and redisplay of graphics. + Thus for most situations it is recommended that API applications rely on the Revit application framework to update views more deliberately. + + + 2018 + + + + + Get a collection of valid placement types for input family symbol. + + + The family symbol. + + + The view in which the family instance will be placed in. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Saves the document to a file name obtained from the Revit user optionally prompting the user to overwrite file if it exists. + + + This method may not be called unless all transactions, sub-transactions, and transaction groups that were opened by the API code were closed. + That also implies that this method cannot be called during dynamic updates. + + + UI options for the SaveAs operation. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + SaveAs may not be called during dynamic update. + + + Is not a primary document, it is a linked document. + -or- + SaveAs is temporarily disabled. + -or- + Thrown if there are any transactions, sub-transactions or transaction groups which + were opened by the API code, and not closed. All of these items must be handled + before attempting to save the document. + + + Thrown if saving is cancelled by an external application during 'DocumentSavingAs' event. + + + 2016 + + + + + Saves the document to a file name obtained from the Revit user without prompting the user to overwrite file if it exists. + + + This method may not be called unless all transactions, sub-transactions, and transaction groups that were opened by the API code were closed. + That also implies that this method cannot be called during dynamic updates. + + + SaveAs may not be called during dynamic update. + + + Is not a primary document, it is a linked document. + -or- + SaveAs is temporarily disabled. + -or- + Thrown if there are any transactions, sub-transactions or transaction groups which + were opened by the API code, and not closed. All of these items must be handled + before attempting to save the document. + + + Thrown if saving is cancelled by an external application during 'DocumentSavingAs' event. + + + + + Verifies that the user can be prompted to place the input element type interactively. + + + If an element type can be placed interactively, it may be used as input to + to have the user place an instance of the element. However, this function does not evaluate whether that element instance may + actually be placed in the current active view. + + + The ElementType. + + + True if the user can be prompted to place the input element type interactively, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Prompts the user to select elements to change them to the input type. + + + This method uses its own transaction, so it's not permitted to be invoked in an active transaction. + In a single invocation, the user can select multiple elements to be modified to the given type, until they finish. + + + The ElementType applied to selected instances. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This document is not the currently active one. + -or- + Starting a new transaction is not permitted. It could be because + another transaction already started and has not been completed yet, + or the document is in a state in which it cannot start a new transaction. + + + 2015 + + + + + Prompts the user to place an element type onto a legend view. + + + This method works only for non-annotation element types. + For annotations, use PromptForFamilyInstancePlacement(Autodesk::Revit::DB::FamilySymbol) instead. + This method uses its own transaction, so it's not permitted to be invoked in an active transaction. + The user is not permitted to change the active legend view or + during this placement operation (the operation will be cancelled). + In a single invocation, the user can place multiple instances of the input element type until they finish the + placement (with Cancel or ESC or a click elsewhere in the UI). + + + The ElementType of which instances are to be placed. + + + The input element type does not belong to a model-level category. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This document is not the currently active one. + -or- + Starting a new transaction is not permitted. It could be because + another transaction already started and has not been completed yet, + or the document is in a state in which it cannot start a new transaction. + -or- + Thrown when the active view isn't a legend view. + -or- + Can not create this kind of element in legend view. + + + 2015 + + + + + Places a request on Revit's command queue for the user to place instances of the specified ElementType. This does not execute immediately, + but instead when control returns to Revit from the current API context. + + + This method starts its own transaction. In a single invocation, the user can place multiple instances of the input element type + until they finish the placement (with Cancel or ESC or a click elsewhere in the UI). This method invokes the UI when control returns + from the current API context; because of this, the normal Revit UI options will be available to the user, but the API will not be + notified when the user has completed this action. Because this request is queued to run at the end of the current API context, + only one such request can be set (between this and the commands set by UIApplication.PostCommand()). This differs from + PromptForFamilyInstancePlacement() as that method can be run within the current API context, but the user is not permitted + full access to the user interface options during placement. + + + The ElementType of which instances are to be placed. + + + The user cannot be prompted to place the input type interactively. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This document is not the currently active one. + -or- + Starting a new transaction is not permitted. It could be because + another transaction already started and has not been completed yet, + or the document is in a state in which it cannot start a new transaction. + + + 2015 + + + + + Prompts the user to place a specified view onto a sheet. + + +

    This method opens its own transaction, so it's not permitted to be invoked in an active transaction. + In a single invocation, the user can place only one view onto the active sheet.

    +

    The user is not permitted to change the active sheet view or the view to be placed + during this placement operation (the operation will be cancelled).

    +

    The user can cancel the placement operation by pressing Cancel or ESC or a click elsewhere in the UI.

    +

    This method can't be used to place a schedule on a sheet. + Use Create() to add schedules to sheets.

    +
    + + The view to insert onto a sheet. + + + A indicator which allows the user to replace the existing viewport. +

    If true, the viewport representing this view will be replaced by the new viewport created during placement. + If the view is allowed only to be on one sheet, this will remove the viewport from the old sheet. + If the view is allowed to be on multiple sheets, and the view is currently placed on the active sheet, + the old viewport on this sheet will be replaced.

    + If false, if the view is only allowed to be on one sheet, + or if the view is allowed to be on multiple sheets but is already on the active sheet, an exception will be thrown. + + + This view is a view template. + -or- + view is a schedule. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This document is not the currently active one. + -or- + Starting a new transaction is not permitted. It could be because + another transaction already started and has not been completed yet, + or the document is in a state in which it cannot start a new transaction. + -or- + The active view isn't a sheet where a view can be placed. + -or- + The view can't be placed on the sheet. For schedule views use ScheduleSheetInstance::Create() to place them on sheets. + -or- + Thrown when replacing an existing viewport isn't allowed. See allowReplaceExistingSheetViewport parameter documentation for details. + + + 2015 + +
    + + + Gets the valid sketch gallery options of a family symbol. + + + The family symbol. + + + The valid list of SketchGalleryOptions. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The currently active graphical view of the currently active document. + + + This property is applicable to the currently active document only. + Returns if this document doesn't represent the active document. + + + 2015 + + + + Get a list of all open view windows in the Revit user interface. + A sheet view with an activated viewport will return the view associated with the activated viewport, not the sheet view. + + + Retrieves an object that represents the current Application. + + + Prompts the user to place instances of the specified FamilySymbol. + The FamilySymbol. + The PromptForFamilyInstancePlacementOptions, to place the family instance according to the options. + +

    This method opens its own transaction, so it's not permitted to be invoked in an active transaction. +In a single invocation, the user can place multiple instances of the input family type until they finish the +placement (with Cancel or ESC or a click elsewhere in the UI). The user will not be permitted to change the type to be placed. +Users are not permitted to change the active view during this placement operation (the operation will be completed). +

    +

    This method differs from in that it will execute immediately +within the current API context and return to the application when the user completes or cancels the operation. However, +it does not allow the user access to user interface options and settings related to the placement.

    +
    + Thrown when +the family symbol should be of category OST_DuctTerminal because PlaceAirTerminalOnDuct in options is true, +or the sketch gallery options in options is invalid, +or the placement type for the family symbol in options is invalid. + Thrown when +this API method is invoked in an active transaction, +or this document is not active, +or this is a family document and the instances of this family symbol can not exist in the current family, +or this family symbol has no command to create instance, +or the command to create instance is disabled in active view. + 2015 +
    + + Prompts the user to place instances of the specified FamilySymbol. + The FamilySymbol. + +

    This method opens its own transaction, so it's not permitted to be invoked in an active transaction. +In a single invocation, the user can place multiple instances of the input family type until they finish the +placement (with Cancel or ESC or a click elsewhere in the UI). The user will not be permitted to change the type to be placed. +Users are not permitted to change the active view during this placement operation (the operation will be completed). +

    +

    This method differs from in that it will execute immediately +within the current API context and return to the application when the user completes or cancels the operation. However, +it does not allow the user access to user interface options and settings related to the placement.

    +
    + Thrown when +this API method is invoked in an active transaction, +or this document is not active, +or this is a family document and the instances of this family symbol can not exist in the current family, +or this family symbol has no command to create instance, +or the command to create instance is disabled in active view. + 2011 +
    + + + Requests an asynchronous change of the active view in the currently active document. + + The View. + 2015 + + This method requests to change the active view by posting a message asynchronously. + Unlike setting the property, + this will not make the change in active view immediately. Instead the request will be posted + to occur when control returns to Revit from the API context. This method is permitted to change + the active view from the Idling event or an ExternalEvent callback. + The active view cannot be changed when: +
    • There is an open transaction in the currently active document.
    • is true.
    • is true.
    • ViewActivating, ViewActivated, or any pre-event (such as DocumentSaving) is being handled.
    +
    + + If the 'view' argument is NULL. + + +
      +
    • If the given view is not a valid view of the document; -or-
    • +
    • If the given view is a template view; -or-
    • +
    • If the given view is an internal view.
    • +
    +
    + +
      +
    • If the given view is not from the currently active document; -or-
    • +
    • If the active document is currently modifiable (i.e. with an active transaction); -or-
    • +
    • If the active document is currently in read-only state; -or-
    • +
    • During either ViewActivating or ViewActivated event; -or-
    • +
    • During any pre-action kind of event, such as DocumentSaving, etc.
    • +
    +
    +
    + + Returns the database level document represented by this UI-level document. + + + + The currently active view of the currently active document. + + 2012 + + This property is applicable to the currently active document only. + Returns if this document doesn't represent the active document. + The active view can only be changed when: +
    • There is no open transaction.
    • is false.
    • is false.
    • ViewActivating, ViewActivated, and any pre-action of events (such as DocumentSaving or DocumentClosingevents) are not being handled.
    +
    + + When setting the property: If the 'view' argument is NULL. + + + When setting the property: +
    • If the given view is not a valid view of the document; -or-
    • If the given view is a template view; -or-
    • If the given view is an internal view.
    + + When setting the property: +
    • If the document is not currently active; -or-
    • If the document is currently modifiable (i.e. with an active transaction); -or-
    • If the document is currently in read-only state; -or-
    • When invoked during either ViewActivating or ViewActivated event; -or-
    • When invoked during any pre-action kind of event, such as DocumentSaving, DocumentClosing, etc.
    +
    +
    + + Refresh the display of the active view in the active document. + 2011 + + + Shows the elements by zoom to fit. + The set of element ids which will be shown. + Places all the elements on the screen by moving the view. + elementIds is null. + Member of elementIds is null. + Member of elementIds is not valid. + + + Shows the elements by zoom to fit. + The set of elements that will be shown. + Places all the elements on the screen by moving the view. + Elements is null. + Member of elements is null. + + + Shows the element by zoom to fit. + Element that will be shown. + Places the element in the center of screen by moving the view. + Element is null. + + + Shows one or more elements by zoom to fit. + Shows the element by zoom to fit. + Element id that will be shown. + Places the element in the center of screen by moving the view. + Element id is not valid. + + + Close the document, prompting the user for saving it when necessary. + False if closing procedure fails or if saving of a modified document was requested but failed. +Also returns False if closing is cancelled by an external application during 'DocumentClosing' event. +When function succeeds, True is returned. + UI dialogs may be shown during the call (e.g. when the document has been changed since last time it was saved) to get user responses. +The currently active document may not be closed by this function. It can only be closed via Revit's UI. + +Thrown when attempting to close the currently active document. +Thrown if there are any transactions, sub-transactions or transaction groups which +were opened by the API code, and not closed. All of these items must be handled +before attempting to close the document. + + Thrown if this a linked file. + + + Retrieve the currently selected Elements in Autodesk Revit. + Returns an object that represents the active selection. The Selection property returns an +object that represents the active selection when the command was started. + + + Return the option object that allows you to use Revit's dialog boxes to let the user respond to questions that arise during loading of families. + Thrown if +this API method is invoked in UI less mode + + + + Use a database level Document to construct a UI-level Document. + + + The database level document. + + + document is not a primary document, it is a linked document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + An object that represents an Autodesk Revit project opened in the Revit user interface. + + +

    This class represents a document opened in the user interface and therefore offers interfaces + to work with settings and operations in the UI (for example, the active selection). Revit can have multiple + projects open and multiple views to those projects. The active or top most view will be the + active project and hence the active document which is available from the UIApplication object.

    + Obtain the database level Document (which contains interfaces not related to the UI) via the + Document property. If you have a database level Document and need to access it from the UI, you can + construct a new UIDocument from that object (the document must be open and visible in the UI to allow the methods to + work successfully). +
    +
    + + +Model Identity with GUID + + + + + Enumerates all the sketch options. + + + 2017 + + + + + Sketch a landing. + + + + + Sketch a run. + + + + + Pick two runs to create a landing. + + + + + Sketch a U-Shape winder. + + + + + Pick a line to create a support. + + + + + Pick winder pattern. + + + + + Sketch a L-Shape winder. + + + + + Sketch a landing square. + + + + + Sketch a Center-Ends spiral for a run of stairs. + + + + + Sketch a Full-Step spiral for a run of stairs. + + + + + Sketch a line for a run of stairs. + + + + + Pick point element. + + + + + Pick points. + + + + + Pick a point. + + + + + Pick roofs. + + + + + Pick supports. + + + + + Pick walls. + + + + + Pick faces. + + + + + Pick lines. + + + + + Sketch a partial ellipse. + + + + + Sketch a full ellipse. + + + + + Sketch a spline by points. + + + + + Sketch a spline. + + + + + Sketch a fillet arc. + + + + + Sketch a Tangent-End arc. + + + + + Sketch a Center-Ends arc. + + + + + Sketch a Start-End-Radius arc. + + + + + Sketch a circle. + + + + + Sketch a circumscribed polygon. + + + + + Sketch an inscribed polygon. + + + + + Sketch a rectangle. + + + + + Sketch a line. + + + + + The default option which means the real option is decided by Revit internally. + + + + + This enumerated type specifies options available for placement of a face-based family instance. + + + 2017 + + + + + Placement on current workplane. + + + + + Placement on a selected face from existing geometry. + + + + + Placement on a vertical face. + + + + + Placement the instance which is not face-based. + + + + Determines whether the specified is equal to the current . + Another panel object. + + + Adds a slideout to the current panel. + The slideout part of the panel can be shown by clicking on the arrow at the bottom of the panel. +After calling AddSlideOut(), any subsequent calls to add new items will add the new item(s) to the slideout. +The slideout part of the panel will be shown only if items are added after this call. + + Thrown when a slide out panel is already added. + 2011 + + + + + + + Adds three stacked items to the panel. + Data containing information about the first item. This data must be of type PushButtonData, PulldownButtonData, SplitButtonData, ComboBoxData, or TextBoxData. + Data containing information about the second item. This data must be of type PushButtonData, PulldownButtonData, SplitButtonData, ComboBoxData, or TextBoxData. + Data containing information about the third item. This data must be of type PushButtonData, PulldownButtonData, SplitButtonData, ComboBoxData, or TextBoxData. + A collection containing the added items. + Each new item may either be a PushButton, PulldownButton, SplitButton, ComboBox or TextBox, depending upon the type of +data passed in for each argument. The new items will be created as small-size horizontal controls, +with the first stacked on top of the second in the panel. + Thrown when item1, item2 or item3 is . + Thrown when an item with item1.Name or item2.Name or item3.Name already exists in the panel or the data is not of the correct type. + 2011 + + + Adds two stacked items to the panel. + Data containing information about the first item. This data must be of type PushButtonData, PulldownButtonData, SplitButtonData, ComboBoxData, or TextBoxData. + Data containing information about the second item. This data must be of type PushButtonData, PulldownButtonData, SplitButtonData, ComboBoxData, or TextBoxData. + A collection containing the added items. + Each new item may either be a PushButton, PulldownButton, SplitButton, ComboBox or TextBox, depending upon the type of +data passed in for each argument. The new items will be created as small-size horizontal controls, +with the first stacked on top of the second in the panel. + Thrown when item1 or item2 is . + Thrown when an item with the item1.Name or item2.Name already exists in the panel or the data is not of the correct type. + 2011 + + + Adds a Ribbon item to the panel. + Data containing information about the new item. + The added Ribbon item. + The new item may either be a PushButton, PulldownButton, SplitButon, RadioButtonGroup, ComboBox, or TextBox depending upon the type of data passed in. +The new item may be created as a large-size vertical control in the panel. + Thrown when itemData is . + Thrown when an item with the itemData.Name already exists in the panel or the data is not of the correct type. + 2011 + + + Adds a new Separator to the panel. + The separator won't be shown if there are no items already added to the panel. + + + Gets a copy of the collection of RibbonItems assigned to the RibbonPanel. + This method gets the items assigned to the RibbonPanel. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the RibbonPanel can respond to user interaction. + True if the panel allows interaction, false if the panel disallows interaction with all the controls it contains. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the RibbonPanel is displayed. + True if the RibbonPanel is displayed; otherwise, false. The default is true. + + + Gets or sets the text of the RibbonPanel. + If this property is not set, the default value is its Name. + Thrown when the title contains angle bracket. + + + Gets or sets the name of the RibbonPanel. + The name will be displayed on the panel if the Text is not set. + + + Represents a panel added by an External Application or External Command into the Add-Ins tab. + The Panel class provides read and write access to the RibbonItems contained in the panel. Use of this class is not supported in Revit Macros. + + + + + + + An enumerated type listing static tabs which support addition of panels via the API. + + + The Analyze tab. + + + The Add-Ins tab. + + + + The view that is currently active. + + + May be if there is no currently active view. + + + 2010 + + + + + The view that is going to become active. + + + 2010 + + + + + The event arguments used by the ViewActivating event. + + + 2010 + + + + + The previously active view. + + + May be if there was no previously active view. + + + 2010 + + + + + The view that has just become active. + + + 2010 + + + + + The event arguments used by the ViewActivated event. + + + 2010 + + + + + Gets the collection of externally added items that the user opted to enable for transfer in the Transfer Project Standards dialog. + + + If more than one add-in has registered external items, this will report items enabled for transfer for all such add-ins. Add-ins should handle the transfer only for those items which they actually registered in the TransferringProjectStandards event. + + + External items user wants to transfer. + + + 2017.2 + + + + + Target document. + + + 2017.2 + + + + + Source document. + + + 2017.2 + + + + + The event arguments used by the TransferredProjectStandards event. + + + 2017.2 + + + + + Sets the collection of externally added items which should be shown in the Transfer Project Standards dialog as options. + + + The externally added items that the user opted to transfer will be reported in the args to the TransferredProjectStandards event. + + + The external items which are displayed in the Transfer Project Standards UI. + GUIDvalue is used to identify the external item string. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017.2 + + + + + Gets the collection of externally added items which should be shown in the Transfer Project Standards dialog as options. + + + The external items which are displayed in the Transfer Project Standards UI. + GUIDvalue is used to identify the external item string. + + + 2017.2 + + + + + Target document. + + + 2017.2 + + + + + Source document. + + + 2017.2 + + + + + The event arguments used by the TransferringProjectStandards event. + + + 2017.2 + + + + + The event arguments used by the ThemeChanged event. + + + 2024 + + + + + Returns the document associated with this event. + + + 2023 + + + + + Returns ElementIds of selected elements. + + + 2023 + + + + + Returns the references that are currently selected. + + + The references can be an element or subelement in the host or a linked document. + + + The collection containing the selected references. + + + 2023 + + + + + The event arguments used by the SelectionChanged event. + + + 2023 + + + + + Sets the next invocation of the idling event to be called promptly, + rather than relying on the default recurrence of idling from the Revit application. For more + details see the remarks describing the Idling event. + + + + + The event arguments used by the Idling event. + + + + + Applies formula to the parameter + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Returns text of the formula that will be modified + + + + + Returns the Id of the modified parameter + + + + + Returns the current document + + + + + The event arguments used by the DocumentSaving event. + + + + + Gets the service swap out initial sizes. + + + Returns the service swap out initial sizes. + + + 2017 + + + + + Makes the innline fittings tab active in the Change Service window. + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets the service swap out profile types. + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets the service swap out domain. + + + The domain type. + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets the set of service swap out size mappings. + + + The set of service swap out size mappings. + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets the set of default maps for part type mappings. + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets the set of service swap out part type mappings. + + + The set of service swap out part type mappings. + + + 2017 + + + + + Gets the set of service ids to be swapped out. + + + The set of service ids. + + + 2017 + + + + + Returns set of fabrication part types that are used in the currently selected solution. + + + The set of ElementIds. + + + 2017 + + + + + Returns the total fabrication part type usage count in all routing solutions. + + + 2017 + + + + + Returns the active fabrication part type usage count in fitlered routing solutions. + + + 2017 + + + + + Returns set of required fabrication part types in use in routing solution mode. + + + The set of ElementIds for for required fabrication part types that is in use in routing solution mode. + + + 2017 + + + + + Returns set of fabrication part types in use in the routing solution mode. + + + The set of ElementIds for for fabrication part types that is in use in routing solution mode. + + + 2017 + + + + + The number of active solutions in routing solution mode. + + + 2017 + + + + + The identifier for the fabrication service. + + + 2017 + + + + + The operation associated with this event + + + 2017 + + + + + The event arguments used by the FabricationPartBrowserChangedEventArgs event. + + + 2017 + + + + + Operations for the FabricationPartBrowserChangedEventArgs Event + + + + + Make the inline fittings tab active in Change Service. + + + + + Finish size swap out mode. + + + + + Start size swap-out mode. + + + + + Service swap out size mappings has changed. + + + + + Service swap out part type mappings has changed. + + + + + Finish service swap-out mode + + + + + Start service swap-out mode + + + + + Finish multi-point routing mode + + + + + Start multi-point routing mode + + + + + Finish routing solution mode + + + + + Active Routing solution has changed + + + + + Routing solutions (re)created + + + + + Start routing solution mode + + + + + Select current service + + + + + Hide browser window + + + + + Show browser window + + + + + Unknown operation + + + + + The identifier for dockable pane. + + + 2015 + + + + + True if the pane is being shown, false if it is being hidden. + + + 2015 + + + + + The event arguments used by the DockableFrameVisibilityChanged event. + + + 2015 + + + + + The identifier for dockable pane. + + + 2015 + + + + + True if the pane is being activated, false if it is being inactivated. + + + 2015 + + + + + The event arguments used by the DockableFrameActivatedChanged event. + + + 2015 + + + + The count of pages in the options dialog (include the default pages added by Revit). + 2013 + + + Add tab to option dialog with tab name and handler information. + +There is a limit to the number of options page permitted in the dialog. + + The new tab page name. + The handlers information for the new tab page. + Thrown when the limit +of pages allowed in the Options dialog will be exceeded (99). + 2013 + + + + The event arguments used by DisplayingOptionDialog event. + + + + + The message that has been displayed in the dialog box. + + + 2010 + + + + + The event arguments used by the DialogBoxShowing event when a Revit task dialog that prompts the user for some action is shown. + + + When the application receives this object, a task dialog is about to be displayed in Revit that + requires user interaction. The OverrideResult function can be used to cause the dialog + to be dismissed and return a desired result code. + + + 2010 + + + + + An integer that describes the standard Windows type of the dialog box. + + + 2010 + + + + + The message that has been displayed in the dialog box. + + + 2010 + + + + + The event arguments used by the DialogBoxShowing event when a Windows message box is about to be displayed in Revit. + + + When the application receives this object, a simple message box is about to be displayed in Revit that + requires user interaction. The OverrideResult function can be used to cause the dialog + to be dismissed and return a desired result code. + + + 2010 + + + + + Call this method to cause the Autodesk Revit dialog to be dismissed with the specified return value. + + + The range of valid result values depends on the type of dialog as follows: + + DialogBox: Any non-zero value will cause a dialog to be dismissed. + + MessageBox: Standard Message Box IDs, such as IDOK and IDCANCEL, are accepted. + For all possible IDs, refer to the Windows API documentation. + The ID used must be relevant to the buttons in a message box. + + TaskDialog: Standard Message Box IDs and Revit Custom IDs are accepted, + depending on the buttons used in a dialog. Standard buttons, such as OK + and Cancel, have standard IDs described in Windows API documentation. + Buttons with custom text have custom IDs with incremental values + starting at 1001 for the left-most or top-most button in a task dialog. + + + The result code you wish the Revit dialog to return. + + + True if the result code was accepted. + + + 2010 + + + + + A unique string identifier for DialogBox and TaskDialog type dialogs in Revit. + + + The contents of this entry vary depending on the type of dialog which is shown: + DialogBox: A unique string ID that can be used to identify those whihch dialog has been invoked.TaskDialog: The customed string if TaskDialog.Id is set, empty string for default TaskDialog.Show(). For Revit-created dialog boxes, this + should always have an assigned value.Standard Message Boxes: this will be an empty string. + + 2017 + + + + + 2010 + + + + + The base class for the event arguments used by the DialogBoxShowing event. + + + The actual type of the event arguments will be different depending upon the type of dialog shown. + When the application receives this object, a dialog is to be displayed in Revit that + requires user interaction. The OverrideResult function can be used to cause the dialog + to be dismissed and return a desired result code. + + + 2010 + + + + + The event arguments used by the ApplicationClosing event. + + + + +A path to a Revit model stored on a Revit server. + + + + +A path to a Revit model stored on disk. + + + + Implement this method to provide control over whether your external command is enabled or disabled. + Indicates whether Revit should enable or disable the corresponding external command. + +This callback will be called by Revit's user interface any time there is a contextual change. Therefore, the callback +must be fast and is not permitted to modify the active document and be blocking in any way. + + An ApplicationServices.Application object which contains reference to Application +needed by external command. + An list of categories of the elements which have been selected in Revit in the active document, +or an empty set if no elements are selected or there is no active document. + + + Implement this method to provide control over whether your external command is enabled or disabled. + Indicates whether Revit should enable or disable the corresponding external command. + +This callback will be called by Revit's user interface any time there is a contextual change. Therefore, the callback +must be fast and is not permitted to modify the active document and be blocking in any way. + + An ApplicationServices.Application object which contains reference to Application +needed by external command. + An list of categories of the elements which have been selected in Revit in the active document, +or an empty set if no elements are selected or there is no active document. + + + +Implement this method to inform Revit whether the drop event can be executed onto the given view. + + +Document modifications are not permitted from this callback. + + The document on which the data was dropped. + The data. + The view upon which the user will drop. + Return true to activate the target view and execute the drop. +Return false to cancel the activation and the drop execution. + + + +Implement this method to handle the drop event for your data. + + The document on which the data was dropped. + The data. + + 2013 + + + + Constructs a new AddInCommandBinding. + The UI application. + The Revit command id to identify the command handler you want to replace. + Thrown when uiApplication or revitCommandId +is . + +Thrown when the given command already has been bound. + + 2013 + + + Constructs a new AddInCommandBinding. + The UI application. + The Revit command id to identify the command handler you want to replace. + Thrown when uiApplication or revitCommandId +is . + +Thrown when the given command already has been bound. + + 2013 + + + + This method is called to handle the external event. + + + 2013 + + + + + This method is called to handle the external event. + + + 2013 + + + + + Subscribe to the ThemeChanged event to be notified after the theme was changed. + + + This event is raised after the theme was changed. + + + 2024 + + + + + Subscribe to the ThemeChanged event to be notified after the theme was changed. + + + This event is raised after the theme was changed. + + + 2024 + + + + + Subscribe to the SelectionChanged event to be notified after the selection was changed. + + + This event is raised after the selection was changed in the current document. + Handlers of this event are forbidden to make modifications to the current document. + Handlers of this event are forbidden to change the selection to the current document. + It is not allowed to open a new transaction in the active document when handling this event. + + + + 2023 + + + + + Subscribe to the SelectionChanged event to be notified after the selection was changed. + + + This event is raised after the selection was changed in the current document. + Handlers of this event are forbidden to make modifications to the current document. + Handlers of this event are forbidden to change the selection to the current document. + It is not allowed to open a new transaction in the active document when handling this event. + + + + 2023 + + + + + Subscribe to the TransferredProjectStandards event to be notified after the scope of a Transfer Project Standards operation has been finalized. + + + This event is raised just after the native Revit items have been transferred, but before the transaction has been committed. + An add-in that registered external items in should subscribe to this event to carry out the transfer of any items that it registered if the user enabled those items for transfer. + During the scope of this event, modification is permitted to the target document and modification is not permitted to the source document. + + + 2017.2 + + + + + Subscribe to the TransferredProjectStandards event to be notified after the scope of a Transfer Project Standards operation has been finalized. + + + This event is raised just after the native Revit items have been transferred, but before the transaction has been committed. + An add-in that registered external items in should subscribe to this event to carry out the transfer of any items that it registered if the user enabled those items for transfer. + During the scope of this event, modification is permitted to the target document and modification is not permitted to the source document. + + + 2017.2 + + + + + Subscribe to the TransferringProjectStandards event to be notified before the scope of an impending Transfer Project Standards operation has been finalized in the Transfer Project Standards dialog. + + + This event allows an external application to add additional items to the possible list of items to be transferred. + These items will be visible and selectable in the Transfer Project Standards dialog box. By default, new items added in this manner will be enabled for transfer. + During the scope of this event, modification is not permitted to either the source or target documents. And this event is not cancellable. + + + 2017.2 + + + + + Subscribe to the TransferringProjectStandards event to be notified before the scope of an impending Transfer Project Standards operation has been finalized in the Transfer Project Standards dialog. + + + This event allows an external application to add additional items to the possible list of items to be transferred. + These items will be visible and selectable in the Transfer Project Standards dialog box. By default, new items added in this manner will be enabled for transfer. + During the scope of this event, modification is not permitted to either the source or target documents. And this event is not cancellable. + + + 2017.2 + + + + + Subscribe to MEP Fabrication part browser changed event to be notified when MEP Fabrication part browser is updated. + + + More docs about the different conditions goes here + + + 2017 + + + + + Subscribe to MEP Fabrication part browser changed event to be notified when MEP Fabrication part browser is updated. + + + More docs about the different conditions goes here + + + 2017 + + + + + Subscribe to this event to be notified when a Revit GenericDockableFrame has gained focus or lost focus in the Revit user interface. + This event is called only for API-created GenericDockableFrames. + + + This event is raised when the GenericDockableFrame is just about to be active or inactive. + Event is not cancellable. The 'Cancellable' property of event's argument is always False. + No document may be modified at the time of the event. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
    • All overloads of Autodesk.Revit.DB.Document.Export()
    • All overloads of Autodesk.Revit.DB.Document.Import()
    • Autodesk::Revit::DB::Document::Print
    • and similar overloads.
    • and similar overloads.
    • and similar overloads.
    • and similar overloads.
    • and similar overloads.
    + Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. +
    + + 2015 + +
    + + + Subscribe to this event to be notified when a Revit GenericDockableFrame has gained focus or lost focus in the Revit user interface. + This event is called only for API-created GenericDockableFrames. + + + This event is raised when the GenericDockableFrame is just about to be active or inactive. + Event is not cancellable. The 'Cancellable' property of event's argument is always False. + No document may be modified at the time of the event. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
    • All overloads of Autodesk.Revit.DB.Document.Export()
    • All overloads of Autodesk.Revit.DB.Document.Import()
    • Autodesk::Revit::DB::Document::Print
    • and similar overloads.
    • and similar overloads.
    • and similar overloads.
    • and similar overloads.
    • and similar overloads.
    + Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. +
    + + 2015 + +
    + + + Subscribe to this event to be notified when a Revit GenericDockableFrame has been shown or hidden in the Revit user interface. + This event is called only for API-created GenericDockableFrames. + + + This event is raised when the GenericDockableFrame is just about to be shown or hidden. + Event is not cancellable. The 'Cancellable' property of event's argument is always False. + No document may be modified at the time of the event. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
    • All overloads of Autodesk.Revit.DB.Document.Export()
    • All overloads of Autodesk.Revit.DB.Document.Import()
    • Autodesk::Revit::DB::Document::Print
    • and similar overloads.
    • and similar overloads.
    • and similar overloads.
    • and similar overloads.
    • and similar overloads.
    + Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. +
    + + 2015 + +
    + + + Subscribe to this event to be notified when a Revit GenericDockableFrame has been shown or hidden in the Revit user interface. + This event is called only for API-created GenericDockableFrames. + + + This event is raised when the GenericDockableFrame is just about to be shown or hidden. + Event is not cancellable. The 'Cancellable' property of event's argument is always False. + No document may be modified at the time of the event. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
    • All overloads of Autodesk.Revit.DB.Document.Export()
    • All overloads of Autodesk.Revit.DB.Document.Import()
    • Autodesk::Revit::DB::Document::Print
    • and similar overloads.
    • and similar overloads.
    • and similar overloads.
    • and similar overloads.
    • and similar overloads.
    + Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. +
    + + 2015 + +
    + + + Subscribe to the options dialog displaying event to be notified when Revit options dialog is displaying. + + + 2013 + + + + + Subscribe to the options dialog displaying event to be notified when Revit options dialog is displaying. + + + 2013 + + + + + Subscribe to the ApplicationClosing event to be notified when the Revit application is just about to be closed. + + + This event is raised when the Revit application is just about to be closed. + Event is not cancellable. The 'Cancellable' property of event's argument is always False. + No document may be modified at the time of the event. + The sender object of this event is object. + + + 2010 + + + + + Subscribe to the ApplicationClosing event to be notified when the Revit application is just about to be closed. + + + This event is raised when the Revit application is just about to be closed. + Event is not cancellable. The 'Cancellable' property of event's argument is always False. + No document may be modified at the time of the event. + The sender object of this event is object. + + + 2010 + + + + + Subscribe to the Idling event to be notified when Revit is not in an active tool or transaction. + + + This event is raised when it is safe for the API application to access the active + document between user interactions. The event is raised only when the Revit UI is + in a state where the user could successfully click on an API command button. + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + In order to change a document, you must begin a new transaction for that document. + This transaction will appear in the Revit undo stack and may be undone by the Revit user. + This event is invoked between user actions in the Revit UI. If the handler for + this event requires a significant amount of processing time, users will perceive a slowdown + in the responsiveness of Revit. If the execution for updates can be safely split across + multiple calls to this event, the user perception of Revit responsiveness will be improved. + There are two ways to use this event. In the default mode, a single raise of the event + will be made each time Revit begins an idle session. Note that when the user is active in the Revit + user interface, idle sessions begin whenever the mouse stops moving for a moment or when a + command completes. However, if the user is not active in the user interface at all, Revit may not invoke + additional idling sessions for quite some time; this means that your application may not be able to take advantage + of time when the user leaves the machine completely for a period of time. + In the non-default mode, your application forces Revit to keep the idling session open and to make + repeated calls to your event subscriber. In this mode even if the user is totally inactive the Revit + session will continue to make Idling calls to your application. However, this can result in performance + degradation for the system on which Revit is running because the CPU remains fully engaged in serving Idling + events during the Revit application's downtime. + You can indicate the preference for the non-default Idling frequency by calling + + each time the Idling event callback is made. Revit will revert to the default Idling frequency + if this method is not called every time in your callback. + Event is not cancellable. + + + 2010 + + + + + Subscribe to the Idling event to be notified when Revit is not in an active tool or transaction. + + + This event is raised when it is safe for the API application to access the active + document between user interactions. The event is raised only when the Revit UI is + in a state where the user could successfully click on an API command button. + + Handlers of this event are permitted to make modifications to any document (including the active document), + except for documents that are currently in read-only mode. + + In order to change a document, you must begin a new transaction for that document. + This transaction will appear in the Revit undo stack and may be undone by the Revit user. + This event is invoked between user actions in the Revit UI. If the handler for + this event requires a significant amount of processing time, users will perceive a slowdown + in the responsiveness of Revit. If the execution for updates can be safely split across + multiple calls to this event, the user perception of Revit responsiveness will be improved. + There are two ways to use this event. In the default mode, a single raise of the event + will be made each time Revit begins an idle session. Note that when the user is active in the Revit + user interface, idle sessions begin whenever the mouse stops moving for a moment or when a + command completes. However, if the user is not active in the user interface at all, Revit may not invoke + additional idling sessions for quite some time; this means that your application may not be able to take advantage + of time when the user leaves the machine completely for a period of time. + In the non-default mode, your application forces Revit to keep the idling session open and to make + repeated calls to your event subscriber. In this mode even if the user is totally inactive the Revit + session will continue to make Idling calls to your application. However, this can result in performance + degradation for the system on which Revit is running because the CPU remains fully engaged in serving Idling + events during the Revit application's downtime. + You can indicate the preference for the non-default Idling frequency by calling + + each time the Idling event callback is made. Revit will revert to the default Idling frequency + if this method is not called every time in your callback. + Event is not cancellable. + + + 2010 + + + + + Subscribe to the FormulaEditing event to be notified when the edit formula button has been clicked. + + + + + Subscribe to the FormulaEditing event to be notified when the edit formula button has been clicked. + + + + + Subscribe to the DialogBoxShowing event to be notified when Revit is just about to show a dialog box or a message box. + + + This event is raised when Revit is just about to show a dialog box or a message box. + Event is not cancellable. The 'Cancellable' property of event's argument is always False. + Depending on the type of the dialog that is being shown, the event's argument's type varies as follows: + When it is a dialog box, the event's argument is an object of . + When it is a message box, the event's argument is an object of ,which is subclass of DialogBoxShowingEventArgs. + When it is a task dialog, the event's argument is an object of ,which is subclass of DialogBoxShowingEventArgs. + No document may be modified during this event. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
    • and similar overloads.
    • and similar overloads.
    • and similar overloads.
    + Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. +
    + + 2010 + +
    + + + Subscribe to the DialogBoxShowing event to be notified when Revit is just about to show a dialog box or a message box. + + + This event is raised when Revit is just about to show a dialog box or a message box. + Event is not cancellable. The 'Cancellable' property of event's argument is always False. + Depending on the type of the dialog that is being shown, the event's argument's type varies as follows: + When it is a dialog box, the event's argument is an object of . + When it is a message box, the event's argument is an object of ,which is subclass of DialogBoxShowingEventArgs. + When it is a task dialog, the event's argument is an object of ,which is subclass of DialogBoxShowingEventArgs. + No document may be modified during this event. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
    • and similar overloads.
    • and similar overloads.
    • and similar overloads.
    + Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. +
    + + 2010 + +
    + + + Subscribe to the ViewActivated event to be notified immediately after Revit has finished activating a view of a document. + + + This event is raised immediately after Revit has finished activating a view of the document. + It is raised even when view activating failed or was cancelled (during ViewActivating event). + Check the 'Status' field in event's argument to see whether the action itself was successful or not. + This event is not cancellable, for the process of view activating has already been finished. + The document may be modified during this event. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
    • and similar overloads.
    • and similar overloads.
    • and similar overloads.
    + Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. +
    + + 2010 + +
    + + + Subscribe to the ViewActivated event to be notified immediately after Revit has finished activating a view of a document. + + + This event is raised immediately after Revit has finished activating a view of the document. + It is raised even when view activating failed or was cancelled (during ViewActivating event). + Check the 'Status' field in event's argument to see whether the action itself was successful or not. + This event is not cancellable, for the process of view activating has already been finished. + The document may be modified during this event. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
    • and similar overloads.
    • and similar overloads.
    • and similar overloads.
    + Exception will be thrown if any of the above methods is called during this event. +
    + + 2010 + +
    + + + Subscribe to the ViewActivating event to be notified when Revit is just about to activate a view of a document. + + + This event is raised when Revit is just about to activate a view of the document. + Event is not cancellable. The 'Cancellable' property of event's argument is always False. + Your application is responsible for providing feedback to the user about the reason for the cancellation. + The document may be modified during this event. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
    • and similar overloads.
    • and similar overloads.
    • and similar overloads.
    + Exception will be thrown if any of the above + methods is called during this event. + Another event will be raised immediately after view + activating is finished. +
    + + 2010 + +
    + + + Subscribe to the ViewActivating event to be notified when Revit is just about to activate a view of a document. + + + This event is raised when Revit is just about to activate a view of the document. + Event is not cancellable. The 'Cancellable' property of event's argument is always False. + Your application is responsible for providing feedback to the user about the reason for the cancellation. + The document may be modified during this event. + The following API functions are not available for the current document during this event: +
    • and similar overloads.
    • and similar overloads.
    • and similar overloads.
    + Exception will be thrown if any of the above + methods is called during this event. + Another event will be raised immediately after view + activating is finished. +
    + + 2010 + +
    + + + Updates model status on the Worksharing activity indicator. + + + The indicator is enabled only when the active document is cloud Worksharing. + + + True if the central model is busy. + + + An array with the usernames of the users which are currently syncing + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Updates model status on the Worksharing activity indicator. + + + The indicator is enabled only when the active document is cloud Worksharing. + + + True if the central model is busy. + + + An array with the usernames of the users which are currently syncing + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2020.1 + + + + + Updates model status on the Worksharing activity indicator. + + + The indicator is enabled only when the active document is cloud Worksharing. + + + True if the central model is busy. + + + 2019.1 + + + + + Updates model status on the Worksharing activity indicator. + + + The indicator is enabled only when the active document is cloud Worksharing. + + + True if the central model is busy. + + + 2019.1 + + + + + Opens and activates a Revit document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Opens and activates a Revit document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Opens and activates a Revit document, include both local document or cloud document. + + + This method, if successful, changes the active document. + It is not allowed to have an open transaction in the active document when calling this method. + Consequently, this method can only be used in manual transaction mode, not in automatic mode. + Additionally, this method may not be called from inside an event handler. + + + A path to a Revit file to be opened. + The file can be either a Revit project, template, or family document. + + + Options for opening the file. + + + True means if openOptions specifies DoNotDetach, + then for workshared models detach from central and query the user whether to preserve or discard worksets. + make no sense when opening a cloud document. + + + Callback function that allow caller to handle cases when conflicts happen during opening a cloud document. + Make no sense when opening a non-cloud document. + + + The opened document. + + + If DetachFromCentralOption is not DoNotDetach when opening a cloud document. +
    • If the active document is currently modifiable.
    • If an API event handler is currently being executed.
    + + If is passed as 'modelPath'. + -or- + If is passed as 'openOptions'. + -or- + A non-optional argument was null + + + Cannot open the local model and the central model in the same Revit session. You can close one to open the other in the same Revit session. + + + Thrown when file is not found at the give path. + + +
      +
    • Revit encountered serious errors while trying to open the central model.
    • +
    • An internal error happened on the central model, please contact the server administrator.
    • +
    +
    + + There are too many corrupt elements to open this model. + + +
      +
    • When file cannot be opened in Revit LT because it was last saved in a version of Revit prior to 8.1.
    • +
    • when file has an invalid extension. Try changing the file's extension and opening it again.
    • +
    +
    + + The file specified by 'modelPath' cannot be found or the given 'modelPath' is not a Revit file (a project, template, or family document). + + + This computer does not have enough memory, disk space, or other necessary resource to open the model. + + + The cloud model is not saved in current release of Revit. + -or- + The model is not allowed to access. + -or- +
    • The document can not be opened.
    • Open is temporarily disabled.
    • Revit cannot save the transmitted model as a new central because it is already opened.
    + + Opening was canceled by the user or by an API event callback. + + + If there is any server internal error. + + + User is not signed in with Autodesk id when trying to open a cloud model. + + + User is not authorized to access the cloud model. + + + The local file is not owned by the current user, who therefore is not allowed to modify it. + + + 2019 + +
    + + + Opens and activates a Revit document, include both local document or cloud document. + + + This method, if successful, changes the active document. + It is not allowed to have an open transaction in the active document when calling this method. + Consequently, this method can only be used in manual transaction mode, not in automatic mode. + Additionally, this method may not be called from inside an event handler. + + + A path to a Revit file to be opened. + The file can be either a Revit project, template, or family document. + + + Options for opening the file. + + + True means if openOptions specifies DoNotDetach, + then for workshared models detach from central and query the user whether to preserve or discard worksets. + make no sense when opening a cloud document. + + + Callback function that allow caller to handle cases when conflicts happen during opening a cloud document. + Make no sense when opening a non-cloud document. + + + The opened document. + + + If DetachFromCentralOption is not DoNotDetach when opening a cloud document. +
    • If the active document is currently modifiable.
    • If an API event handler is currently being executed.
    + + If is passed as 'modelPath'. + -or- + If is passed as 'openOptions'. + -or- + A non-optional argument was null + + + Cannot open the local model and the central model in the same Revit session. You can close one to open the other in the same Revit session. + + + Thrown when file is not found at the give path. + + +
      +
    • Revit encountered serious errors while trying to open the central model.
    • +
    • An internal error happened on the central model, please contact the server administrator.
    • +
    +
    + + There are too many corrupt elements to open this model. + + +
      +
    • When file cannot be opened in Revit LT because it was last saved in a version of Revit prior to 8.1.
    • +
    • when file has an invalid extension. Try changing the file's extension and opening it again.
    • +
    +
    + + The file specified by 'modelPath' cannot be found or the given 'modelPath' is not a Revit file (a project, template, or family document). + + + This computer does not have enough memory, disk space, or other necessary resource to open the model. + + + The cloud model is not saved in current release of Revit. + -or- + The model is not allowed to access. + -or- +
    • The document can not be opened.
    • Open is temporarily disabled.
    • Revit cannot save the transmitted model as a new central because it is already opened.
    + + Opening was canceled by the user or by an API event callback. + + + If there is any server internal error. + + + User is not signed in with Autodesk id when trying to open a cloud model. + + + User is not authorized to access the cloud model. + + + The local file is not owned by the current user, who therefore is not allowed to modify it. + + + 2019 + +
    + + + Opens and activates a Revit document, include both local document or cloud document. + + + This method, if successful, changes the active document. + The model will override the local change with the latest change if it is a cloud model and it was restored, or relinquished, or out of date. + It is not allowed to have an open transaction in the active document when calling this method. + Consequently, this method can only be used in manual transaction mode, not in automatic mode. + Additionally, this method may not be called from inside an event handler. + + + A path to a Revit file to be opened. + The file can be either a Revit project, template, or family document. + + + Options for opening the file. + + + True means if openOptions specifies DoNotDetach, + then for workshared models detach from central and query the user whether to preserve or discard worksets. + make no sense when opening a cloud document. + + + The opened document. + + + If DetachFromCentralOption is not DoNotDetach when opening a cloud document. +
    • If the active document is currently modifiable.
    • If an API event handler is currently being executed.
    + + If is passed as 'modelPath'. + -or- + If is passed as 'openOptions'. + -or- + A non-optional argument was null + + + Cannot open the local model and the central model in the same Revit session. You can close one to open the other in the same Revit session. + + + Thrown when file is not found at the give path. + + +
      +
    • Revit encountered serious errors while trying to open the central model.
    • +
    • An internal error happened on the central model, please contact the server administrator.
    • +
    +
    + + There are too many corrupt elements to open this model. + + +
      +
    • When file cannot be opened in Revit LT because it was last saved in a version of Revit prior to 8.1.
    • +
    • when file has an invalid extension. Try changing the file's extension and opening it again.
    • +
    • when file was saved by an application that was not developed or licensed by Autodesk.
    • +
    +
    + + The file specified by 'modelPath' cannot be found or the given 'modelPath' is not a Revit file (a project, template, or family document). + + + This computer does not have enough memory, disk space, or other necessary resource to open the model. + + + The cloud model is not saved in current release of Revit. + -or- + The model is not allowed to access. + -or- +
    • The document can not be opened.
    • Open is temporarily disabled.
    • Revit cannot save the transmitted model as a new central because it is already opened.
    + + Opening was canceled by the user or by an API event callback. + + + If there is any server internal error. + + + User is not signed in with Autodesk id when trying to open a cloud model. + + + User is not authorized to access the cloud model. + + + The local file is not owned by the current user, who therefore is not allowed to modify it. + + + 2013 + +
    + + + Opens and activates a Revit document, include both local document or cloud document. + + + This method, if successful, changes the active document. + The model will override the local change with the latest change if it is a cloud model and it was restored, or relinquished, or out of date. + It is not allowed to have an open transaction in the active document when calling this method. + Consequently, this method can only be used in manual transaction mode, not in automatic mode. + Additionally, this method may not be called from inside an event handler. + + + A path to a Revit file to be opened. + The file can be either a Revit project, template, or family document. + + + Options for opening the file. + + + True means if openOptions specifies DoNotDetach, + then for workshared models detach from central and query the user whether to preserve or discard worksets. + make no sense when opening a cloud document. + + + The opened document. + + + If DetachFromCentralOption is not DoNotDetach when opening a cloud document. +
    • If the active document is currently modifiable.
    • If an API event handler is currently being executed.
    + + If is passed as 'modelPath'. + -or- + If is passed as 'openOptions'. + -or- + A non-optional argument was null + + + Cannot open the local model and the central model in the same Revit session. You can close one to open the other in the same Revit session. + + + Thrown when file is not found at the give path. + + +
      +
    • Revit encountered serious errors while trying to open the central model.
    • +
    • An internal error happened on the central model, please contact the server administrator.
    • +
    +
    + + There are too many corrupt elements to open this model. + + +
      +
    • When file cannot be opened in Revit LT because it was last saved in a version of Revit prior to 8.1.
    • +
    • when file has an invalid extension. Try changing the file's extension and opening it again.
    • +
    • when file was saved by an application that was not developed or licensed by Autodesk.
    • +
    +
    + + The file specified by 'modelPath' cannot be found or the given 'modelPath' is not a Revit file (a project, template, or family document). + + + This computer does not have enough memory, disk space, or other necessary resource to open the model. + + + The cloud model is not saved in current release of Revit. + -or- + The model is not allowed to access. + -or- +
    • The document can not be opened.
    • Open is temporarily disabled.
    • Revit cannot save the transmitted model as a new central because it is already opened.
    + + Opening was canceled by the user or by an API event callback. + + + If there is any server internal error. + + + User is not signed in with Autodesk id when trying to open a cloud model. + + + User is not authorized to access the cloud model. + + + The local file is not owned by the current user, who therefore is not allowed to modify it. + + + 2013 + +
    + + + Opens and activates a Revit document. + + + This method, if successful, changes the active document. + It is not allowed to have an open transaction in the active document when calling this method. + Additionally, this method may not be called from inside an event handler. + + + A full path to a revit file to be opened. + The file can be either a Revit project, template, or family document. + + + The opened document. + + + The given 'fileName' is not a Revit file (a project, template, or family document). + + + If is passed as 'fileName'. + -or- + A non-optional argument was null + + + The file specified by 'fileName' cannot be found. + + +
      +
    • If the active document is currently modifiable.
    • +
    • If an API event handler is currently being executed.
    • +
    +
    + + If there is any server internal error. + + + 2012 + +
    + + + Opens and activates a Revit document. + + + This method, if successful, changes the active document. + It is not allowed to have an open transaction in the active document when calling this method. + Additionally, this method may not be called from inside an event handler. + + + A full path to a revit file to be opened. + The file can be either a Revit project, template, or family document. + + + The opened document. + + + The given 'fileName' is not a Revit file (a project, template, or family document). + + + If is passed as 'fileName'. + -or- + A non-optional argument was null + + + The file specified by 'fileName' cannot be found. + + +
      +
    • If the active document is currently modifiable.
    • +
    • If an API event handler is currently being executed.
    • +
    +
    + + If there is any server internal error. + + + 2012 + +
    + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + Determines if Revit session is in Viewer mode. + + + 2019.1 + + + + + Determines if Revit session is in Viewer mode. + + + 2019.1 + + + + + Returns the database level Application represented by this UI level Application. + + + + + Returns the database level Application represented by this UI level Application. + + + + + Open a recent model on revit home. + + + + + Open a recent model on revit home. + + + + Get the handle of the Revit main window. + Returns the main window handle of the Revit application. This handle should be used when displaying +modal dialogs and message windows to insure that they are properly parented. This property replaces +System.Diagnostics.Process.GetCurrentProcess().MainWindowHandle property, which is no longer a reliable +method of retrieving the main window handle starting with Revit 2019. + 2019 + + + Get the handle of the Revit main window. + Returns the main window handle of the Revit application. This handle should be used when displaying +modal dialogs and message windows to insure that they are properly parented. This property replaces +System.Diagnostics.Process.GetCurrentProcess().MainWindowHandle property, which is no longer a reliable +method of retrieving the main window handle starting with Revit 2019. + 2019 + + + Adds a new dockable pane to the Revit user interface. + Unique identifier for the new pane. + String to use for the pane caption. + Your add-in's implementation of the IDockablePaneProvider interface. + Thrown if a dockable pane with identifier %id% has already been registered. + 2014 + + + + + + + Adds a new dockable pane to the Revit user interface. + Unique identifier for the new pane. + String to use for the pane caption. + Your add-in's implementation of the IDockablePaneProvider interface. + Thrown if a dockable pane with identifier %id% has already been registered. + 2014 + + + Identifies if the current Revit product has an RS designation. Most add-ins will not need to use this information. + 2019 + + + Identifies if the current Revit product has an RS designation. Most add-ins will not need to use this information. + 2019 + + + Gets a DockablePane object by its ID. + Unique identifier for the new pane. + Thrown if no dockable pane has been registered with identifier %id%. + Thrown if the dockable pane with identifier %id% has not been created yet. + 2014 + + + Gets a DockablePane object by its ID. + Unique identifier for the new pane. + Thrown if no dockable pane has been registered with identifier %id%. + Thrown if the dockable pane with identifier %id% has not been created yet. + 2014 + + + Loads add-ins from the given packageContents.xml file. + The name of package contents file + Thrown when manifest file which is specified by +packageContentsPath doesn't exist. + Thrown if the add-in file path specified by +packageContentsPath is null, Or packageContentsPath is null. + Thrown if the add-in specified by packageContentsPath doesn't +end with 'addin' or packageContentsPath is a zero-length string. + Thrown if the packageContentsPath is not found. + Thrown if the manifest file specified by packageContentsPath +can't be parsed successfully. + Thrown when any of the newly added external +applications fails to load and/or initialize properly, possibly because of one of the following reasons: +AllowLoadingIntoExistingSession property is 'No'.Client id is duplicated.External application start up failed. + Thrown if packageContentsPath file that was found could not +be loaded. + 2014 + + + Loads add-ins from the given packageContents.xml file. + The name of package contents file + Thrown when manifest file which is specified by +packageContentsPath doesn't exist. + Thrown if the add-in file path specified by +packageContentsPath is null, Or packageContentsPath is null. + Thrown if the add-in specified by packageContentsPath doesn't +end with 'addin' or packageContentsPath is a zero-length string. + Thrown if the packageContentsPath is not found. + Thrown if the manifest file specified by packageContentsPath +can't be parsed successfully. + Thrown when any of the newly added external +applications fails to load and/or initialize properly, possibly because of one of the following reasons: +AllowLoadingIntoExistingSession property is 'No'.Client id is duplicated.External application start up failed. + Thrown if packageContentsPath file that was found could not +be loaded. + 2014 + + + Loads add-ins from the given manifest file. + +

    This method loads the add-ins listed in the provided add-in manifest file. +The API will look for the file in the dedicated folders supported by Revit for loading add-in manifest files.

    +

    Some add-ins may have settings in which they decline the ability for Revit to load the external application declared +in the .addin in mid-session. +This happens when the AllowLoadingIntoExistingSession tag is set to "No" in the add-in manifest file, and if the tag +isn't present, the default is set to "Yes".

    +

    Note that when Revit starts an add-in in the middle of the session, some add-in logic may not function as expected +because of the different interactions with the session. Specifically: +If the application's goal is to prevent something from happening, the application may not be able to handle +the fact that this activity has already happened in the existing session. If the application's goal is to manage external information in synch with documents loaded in the session, +the application may not be able to handle documents that were loaded before the application started. If the application's logic depends on the ApplicationInitialized event, this event has already been called +before the add-in was loaded.

    +

    Also, some add-ins may not be able to fully initialize when loading in the middle of the session. This is because some +activities must take place at the start of the Revit session: +Creation of custom failure definitionsEstablishment of a system-wide IFailureProcessor to handle all failures.Registering ExternalServices.

    +
    + The name of the add-in manifest file including the extension is to identify the +manifest file which contains Revit add-ins. + Thrown when manifest file which is specified by +fileName doesn't exist. + Thrown if the fileName is null or empty. + Thrown if the fileName doesn't end with 'addin'. + Thrown if the manifest file can't be parsed successfully. + Thrown when any of the newly added external +applications fails to load and/or initialize properly, possibly because of one of the following reasons: +AllowLoadingIntoExistingSession property is 'No'.Client id is duplicated.External application start up failed. + 2014 +
    + + Loads add-ins from the given manifest file. + +

    This method loads the add-ins listed in the provided add-in manifest file. +The API will look for the file in the dedicated folders supported by Revit for loading add-in manifest files.

    +

    Some add-ins may have settings in which they decline the ability for Revit to load the external application declared +in the .addin in mid-session. +This happens when the AllowLoadingIntoExistingSession tag is set to "No" in the add-in manifest file, and if the tag +isn't present, the default is set to "Yes".

    +

    Note that when Revit starts an add-in in the middle of the session, some add-in logic may not function as expected +because of the different interactions with the session. Specifically: +If the application's goal is to prevent something from happening, the application may not be able to handle +the fact that this activity has already happened in the existing session. If the application's goal is to manage external information in synch with documents loaded in the session, +the application may not be able to handle documents that were loaded before the application started. If the application's logic depends on the ApplicationInitialized event, this event has already been called +before the add-in was loaded.

    +

    Also, some add-ins may not be able to fully initialize when loading in the middle of the session. This is because some +activities must take place at the start of the Revit session: +Creation of custom failure definitionsEstablishment of a system-wide IFailureProcessor to handle all failures.Registering ExternalServices.

    +
    + The name of the add-in manifest file including the extension is to identify the +manifest file which contains Revit add-ins. + Thrown when manifest file which is specified by +fileName doesn't exist. + Thrown if the fileName is null or empty. + Thrown if the fileName doesn't end with 'addin'. + Thrown if the manifest file can't be parsed successfully. + Thrown when any of the newly added external +applications fails to load and/or initialize properly, possibly because of one of the following reasons: +AllowLoadingIntoExistingSession property is 'No'.Client id is duplicated.External application start up failed. + 2014 +
    + + Removes an AddInCommandBinding. + The Revit command id to identify the command handler you want to remove the binding. + Thrown when uiApplication or revitCommandId +is . + +Thrown when the given command is not bound with this add-in. + + 2013 + + + Removes an AddInCommandBinding. + The Revit command id to identify the command handler you want to remove the binding. + Thrown when uiApplication or revitCommandId +is . + +Thrown when the given command is not bound with this add-in. + + 2013 + + + Creates a new AddInCommandBinding. + The Revit command id to identify the command handler you want to replace. + Thrown when uiApplication or revitCommandId +is . + +Thrown when the given command already has been bound. + + 2013 + + + Creates a new AddInCommandBinding. + The Revit command id to identify the command handler you want to replace. + Thrown when uiApplication or revitCommandId +is . + +Thrown when the given command already has been bound. + + 2013 + + + Get current active external application or external command id. + + + Get current active external application or external command id. + + + Returns an array of successfully loaded external applications. + This property can be used by your application to find all successfully +loaded external applications when Revit starts. + + + Returns an array of successfully loaded external applications. + This property can be used by your application to find all successfully +loaded external applications when Revit starts. + + + Get all the custom Panels on a designated Revit tab. + The name of the tab on which the panels are located. + Built-in panels will not be included. tabName must be the name of one of the tabs added +by . +This method is not supported in Macros. + + + Get all the custom Panels on a designated Revit tab. + The name of the tab on which the panels are located. + Built-in panels will not be included. tabName must be the name of one of the tabs added +by . +This method is not supported in Macros. + + + Get all the custom Panels on a designated standard Revit tab. + The tab on which the panels are located. + Built-in panels will not be included. This method is not supported in Macros. + + + Get all the custom Panels on a designated standard Revit tab. + The tab on which the panels are located. + Built-in panels will not be included. This method is not supported in Macros. + + + Get all the custom Panels on Add-Ins tab of Revit. + The built-in panels won't be included and the panels added to tabs other than Add-Ins will not be included. +This method is not supported in Macros. + + + Get all the custom Panels on Add-Ins tab of Revit. + The built-in panels won't be included and the panels added to tabs other than Add-Ins will not be included. +This method is not supported in Macros. + + + Create a new RibbonPanel on the designated standard Revit tab. + The target tab, on which the new panel will be created. + The name of the panel to be created. + panelName is . + panelName is Empty or the tab is not valid. + If more than 100 panels were created or the tab cannot be found. + This method will create a custom panel appending to the specified tab. This method is not supported in Macros. + + + Create a new RibbonPanel on the designated standard Revit tab. + The target tab, on which the new panel will be created. + The name of the panel to be created. + panelName is . + panelName is Empty or the tab is not valid. + If more than 100 panels were created or the tab cannot be found. + This method will create a custom panel appending to the specified tab. This method is not supported in Macros. + + + Create a new RibbonPanel on the Add-Ins tab. + The name of the panel to be created. + panelName is . + panelName is Empty. + If more than 100 panels were created. + This method will create a custom panel appending to the Revit AddIns tab. This method is not supported in Macros. + + + Create a new RibbonPanel on the Add-Ins tab. + The name of the panel to be created. + panelName is . + panelName is Empty. + If more than 100 panels were created. + This method will create a custom panel appending to the Revit AddIns tab. This method is not supported in Macros. + + + Create a new RibbonPanel on the specified tab. + The name of the tab, on which the new panel will be created. + The name of the panel to be created. + tabName or panelName is . + tabName or panelName is Empty. + Too many panels have been added to this tab (Maximum is 100). + This method will create a custom panel appending to the specified tab. This method is not supported in Macros. + + + Create a new RibbonPanel on the specified tab. + The name of the tab, on which the new panel will be created. + The name of the panel to be created. + tabName or panelName is . + tabName or panelName is Empty. + Too many panels have been added to this tab (Maximum is 100). + This method will create a custom panel appending to the specified tab. This method is not supported in Macros. + + +This fils contails the Ribbons related methods which may need to be overrideed in subclasses. + Creates a new tab on the Revit user interface. The name of the tab to be created.tabName or panelName is .tabName or panelName is Empty or the tab name duplicates the name of another tab in the Revit UI.Too many custom tabs have been created in this session. (Maximum is 20). This method will create a custom tab at the end of the list of static tabs. If multiple tabs are added, they will be shown in the order added. This method is not supported in Macros. + +This fils contails the Ribbons related methods which may need to be overrideed in subclasses. + Creates a new tab on the Revit user interface. The name of the tab to be created.tabName or panelName is .tabName or panelName is Empty or the tab name duplicates the name of another tab in the Revit UI.Too many custom tabs have been created in this session. (Maximum is 20). This method will create a custom tab at the end of the list of static tabs. If multiple tabs are added, they will be shown in the order added. This method is not supported in Macros. + + Posts the command to the Revit message queue to be invoked when control returns from the current API context. + The command Id. + Thrown when commandId is . + If the command cannot be posted. + + If there is a command already been posted. + + + 2014 + + + + Posts the command to the Revit message queue to be invoked when control returns from the current API context. + The command Id. + Thrown when commandId is . + If the command cannot be posted. + + If there is a command already been posted. + + + 2014 + + + + Identifies if the given command can be posted, using . + The command Id. + Thrown when commandId is . + Only members of Autodesk.Revit.UI.PostableCommand or external commands can be posted. + + 2014 + + + + Identifies if the given command can be posted, using . + The command Id. + Thrown when commandId is . + Only members of Autodesk.Revit.UI.PostableCommand or external commands can be posted. + + 2014 + + + + Initiates a drag and drop operation with a custom drop implementation. + Any arbitrary data to be passed to the drop handler when the drop occurs. + The handler to be executed when the drop occurs. + When the user inputs IControllableDropHandler, +it allows the handler to verify whether the drop event can be executed on the given view; +When the user inputs IDropHandler +the handler will be executed without any condition. + Thrown when dropData or handler is . + + 2013 + + + + Initiates a drag and drop operation with a custom drop implementation. + Any arbitrary data to be passed to the drop handler when the drop occurs. + The handler to be executed when the drop occurs. + When the user inputs IControllableDropHandler, +it allows the handler to verify whether the drop event can be executed on the given view; +When the user inputs IDropHandler +the handler will be executed without any condition. + Thrown when dropData or handler is . + + 2013 + + + + Initiates a drag and drop operation of a collection of file names on the Revit user interface. + The behavior after the 'dragData' dragged onto Revit is listed bellow: + Only one AutoCAD format or image file dragged onto Revit: a new import placement editor will be started for import the file; More than one AutoCAD format or image files dragged onto Revit: a new import placement editor will be started only for the first AutoCAD format or image file; Only one family file dragged onto Revit: the family will be loaded, and an editor will be started to place the family; More than one family files dragged onto Revit: all the families will be loaded; More than one family files including other format files dragged onto Revit: Revit will try to open all the files; If a valid file or list of files is passed, Revit will do its best to use them appropriately. If any files are not usable, failure will be signalled to the interactive Revit user (and will not be signalled to the application with an exception). + The list of file paths and names. + Thrown when dropData is . + Thrown when dropData contains a file that doens't exist. + + 2013 + + + + Initiates a drag and drop operation of a collection of file names on the Revit user interface. + The behavior after the 'dragData' dragged onto Revit is listed bellow: + Only one AutoCAD format or image file dragged onto Revit: a new import placement editor will be started for import the file; More than one AutoCAD format or image files dragged onto Revit: a new import placement editor will be started only for the first AutoCAD format or image file; Only one family file dragged onto Revit: the family will be loaded, and an editor will be started to place the family; More than one family files dragged onto Revit: all the families will be loaded; More than one family files including other format files dragged onto Revit: Revit will try to open all the files; If a valid file or list of files is passed, Revit will do its best to use them appropriately. If any files are not usable, failure will be signalled to the interactive Revit user (and will not be signalled to the application with an exception). + The list of file paths and names. + Thrown when dropData is . + Thrown when dropData contains a file that doens't exist. + + 2013 + + + + Get the rectangle that represents the screen pixel coordinates of drawing area. + The drawing area of the Revit window displays views (and sheets and schedules) of projects. +The size of drawing area restricts the max size of the view titles and windows, the value may be empty if modal browser is opened. +If there is no project opened, null will be returned. + 2011 + + + Get the rectangle that represents the screen pixel coordinates of drawing area. + The drawing area of the Revit window displays views (and sheets and schedules) of projects. +The size of drawing area restricts the max size of the view titles and windows, the value may be empty if modal browser is opened. +If there is no project opened, null will be returned. + 2011 + + + Get the rectangle that represents the screen pixel coordinates of the Revit main window. + 2011 + + + Get the rectangle that represents the screen pixel coordinates of the Revit main window. + 2011 + + + Provides access to an object that represents the currently active project. + External API commands can access this property in read-only mode only! +The ability to modify the property is reserved for future implementations. + Thrown when attempting to modify the property. + + + Provides access to an object that represents the currently active project. + External API commands can access this property in read-only mode only! +The ability to modify the property is reserved for future implementations. + Thrown when attempting to modify the property. + + + + Use a database level Application to construct a UI-level Application. + + + Thrown when the Application argument is a null pointer. + + + + + Use a database level Application to construct a UI-level Application. + + + Thrown when the Application argument is a null pointer. + + + + + Use a database level Application to construct a UI-level Application. + + + Thrown when the Application argument is a null pointer. + + + + + Update all open views in this document after elements have been changed, deleted, selected or de-selected. + Graphics in the views are fully redrawn regardless of which elements have changed. + + + This function should only rarely be needed, but might be required when working with graphics drawn from outside of Revit's transactions and elements, + for example, when using . + + This function is potentially expensive as many views may be updated at once, including regeneration of view's geometry and redisplay of graphics. + Thus for most situations it is recommended that API applications rely on the Revit application framework to update views more deliberately. + + + 2018 + + + + + Get a collection of valid placement types for input family symbol. + + + The family symbol. + + + The view in which the family instance will be placed in. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Saves the document to a file name obtained from the Revit user optionally prompting the user to overwrite file if it exists. + + + This method may not be called unless all transactions, sub-transactions, and transaction groups that were opened by the API code were closed. + That also implies that this method cannot be called during dynamic updates. + + + UI options for the SaveAs operation. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + SaveAs may not be called during dynamic update. + + + Is not a primary document, it is a linked document. + -or- + SaveAs is temporarily disabled. + -or- + Thrown if there are any transactions, sub-transactions or transaction groups which + were opened by the API code, and not closed. All of these items must be handled + before attempting to save the document. + + + Thrown if saving is cancelled by an external application during 'DocumentSavingAs' event. + + + 2016 + + + + + Saves the document to a file name obtained from the Revit user without prompting the user to overwrite file if it exists. + + + This method may not be called unless all transactions, sub-transactions, and transaction groups that were opened by the API code were closed. + That also implies that this method cannot be called during dynamic updates. + + + SaveAs may not be called during dynamic update. + + + Is not a primary document, it is a linked document. + -or- + SaveAs is temporarily disabled. + -or- + Thrown if there are any transactions, sub-transactions or transaction groups which + were opened by the API code, and not closed. All of these items must be handled + before attempting to save the document. + + + Thrown if saving is cancelled by an external application during 'DocumentSavingAs' event. + + + + + Verifies that the user can be prompted to place the input element type interactively. + + + If an element type can be placed interactively, it may be used as input to + to have the user place an instance of the element. However, this function does not evaluate whether that element instance may + actually be placed in the current active view. + + + The ElementType. + + + True if the user can be prompted to place the input element type interactively, false otherwise. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2015 + + + + + Prompts the user to select elements to change them to the input type. + + + This method uses its own transaction, so it's not permitted to be invoked in an active transaction. + In a single invocation, the user can select multiple elements to be modified to the given type, until they finish. + + + The ElementType applied to selected instances. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This document is not the currently active one. + -or- + Starting a new transaction is not permitted. It could be because + another transaction already started and has not been completed yet, + or the document is in a state in which it cannot start a new transaction. + + + 2015 + + + + + Prompts the user to place an element type onto a legend view. + + + This method works only for non-annotation element types. + For annotations, use PromptForFamilyInstancePlacement(Autodesk::Revit::DB::FamilySymbol) instead. + This method uses its own transaction, so it's not permitted to be invoked in an active transaction. + The user is not permitted to change the active legend view or + during this placement operation (the operation will be cancelled). + In a single invocation, the user can place multiple instances of the input element type until they finish the + placement (with Cancel or ESC or a click elsewhere in the UI). + + + The ElementType of which instances are to be placed. + + + The input element type does not belong to a model-level category. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This document is not the currently active one. + -or- + Starting a new transaction is not permitted. It could be because + another transaction already started and has not been completed yet, + or the document is in a state in which it cannot start a new transaction. + -or- + Thrown when the active view isn't a legend view. + -or- + Can not create this kind of element in legend view. + + + 2015 + + + + + Places a request on Revit's command queue for the user to place instances of the specified ElementType. This does not execute immediately, + but instead when control returns to Revit from the current API context. + + + This method starts its own transaction. In a single invocation, the user can place multiple instances of the input element type + until they finish the placement (with Cancel or ESC or a click elsewhere in the UI). This method invokes the UI when control returns + from the current API context; because of this, the normal Revit UI options will be available to the user, but the API will not be + notified when the user has completed this action. Because this request is queued to run at the end of the current API context, + only one such request can be set (between this and the commands set by UIApplication.PostCommand()). This differs from + PromptForFamilyInstancePlacement() as that method can be run within the current API context, but the user is not permitted + full access to the user interface options during placement. + + + The ElementType of which instances are to be placed. + + + The user cannot be prompted to place the input type interactively. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This document is not the currently active one. + -or- + Starting a new transaction is not permitted. It could be because + another transaction already started and has not been completed yet, + or the document is in a state in which it cannot start a new transaction. + + + 2015 + + + + + Prompts the user to place a specified view onto a sheet. + + +

    This method opens its own transaction, so it's not permitted to be invoked in an active transaction. + In a single invocation, the user can place only one view onto the active sheet.

    +

    The user is not permitted to change the active sheet view or the view to be placed + during this placement operation (the operation will be cancelled).

    +

    The user can cancel the placement operation by pressing Cancel or ESC or a click elsewhere in the UI.

    +

    This method can't be used to place a schedule on a sheet. + Use Create() to add schedules to sheets.

    +
    + + The view to insert onto a sheet. + + + A indicator which allows the user to replace the existing viewport. +

    If true, the viewport representing this view will be replaced by the new viewport created during placement. + If the view is allowed only to be on one sheet, this will remove the viewport from the old sheet. + If the view is allowed to be on multiple sheets, and the view is currently placed on the active sheet, + the old viewport on this sheet will be replaced.

    + If false, if the view is only allowed to be on one sheet, + or if the view is allowed to be on multiple sheets but is already on the active sheet, an exception will be thrown. + + + This view is a view template. + -or- + view is a schedule. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + This document is not the currently active one. + -or- + Starting a new transaction is not permitted. It could be because + another transaction already started and has not been completed yet, + or the document is in a state in which it cannot start a new transaction. + -or- + The active view isn't a sheet where a view can be placed. + -or- + The view can't be placed on the sheet. For schedule views use ScheduleSheetInstance::Create() to place them on sheets. + -or- + Thrown when replacing an existing viewport isn't allowed. See allowReplaceExistingSheetViewport parameter documentation for details. + + + 2015 + +
    + + + Gets the valid sketch gallery options of a family symbol. + + + The family symbol. + + + The valid list of SketchGalleryOptions. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + 2017 + + + + + Specifies whether the .NET object represents a valid Revit entity. + + + If the corresponding Revit native object is destroyed, or creation of the corresponding object is undone, + a managed API object containing it is no longer valid. API methods cannot be called on invalidated wrapper objects. + + + True if the API object holds a valid Revit native object, false otherwise. + + + 2014 + + + + + The currently active graphical view of the currently active document. + + + This property is applicable to the currently active document only. + Returns if this document doesn't represent the active document. + + + 2015 + + + + Get a list of all open view windows in the Revit user interface. + A sheet view with an activated viewport will return the view associated with the activated viewport, not the sheet view. + + + Retrieves an object that represents the current Application. + + + Prompts the user to place instances of the specified FamilySymbol. + The FamilySymbol. + The PromptForFamilyInstancePlacementOptions, to place the family instance according to the options. + +

    This method opens its own transaction, so it's not permitted to be invoked in an active transaction. +In a single invocation, the user can place multiple instances of the input family type until they finish the +placement (with Cancel or ESC or a click elsewhere in the UI). The user will not be permitted to change the type to be placed. +Users are not permitted to change the active view during this placement operation (the operation will be completed). +

    +

    This method differs from in that it will execute immediately +within the current API context and return to the application when the user completes or cancels the operation. However, +it does not allow the user access to user interface options and settings related to the placement.

    +
    + Thrown when +the family symbol should be of category OST_DuctTerminal because PlaceAirTerminalOnDuct in options is true, +or the sketch gallery options in options is invalid, +or the placement type for the family symbol in options is invalid. + Thrown when +this API method is invoked in an active transaction, +or this document is not active, +or this is a family document and the instances of this family symbol can not exist in the current family, +or this family symbol has no command to create instance, +or the command to create instance is disabled in active view. + 2015 +
    + + Prompts the user to place instances of the specified FamilySymbol. + The FamilySymbol. + +

    This method opens its own transaction, so it's not permitted to be invoked in an active transaction. +In a single invocation, the user can place multiple instances of the input family type until they finish the +placement (with Cancel or ESC or a click elsewhere in the UI). The user will not be permitted to change the type to be placed. +Users are not permitted to change the active view during this placement operation (the operation will be completed). +

    +

    This method differs from in that it will execute immediately +within the current API context and return to the application when the user completes or cancels the operation. However, +it does not allow the user access to user interface options and settings related to the placement.

    +
    + Thrown when +this API method is invoked in an active transaction, +or this document is not active, +or this is a family document and the instances of this family symbol can not exist in the current family, +or this family symbol has no command to create instance, +or the command to create instance is disabled in active view. + 2011 +
    + + + Requests an asynchronous change of the active view in the currently active document. + + The View. + 2015 + + This method requests to change the active view by posting a message asynchronously. + Unlike setting the property, + this will not make the change in active view immediately. Instead the request will be posted + to occur when control returns to Revit from the API context. This method is permitted to change + the active view from the Idling event or an ExternalEvent callback. + The active view cannot be changed when: +
    • There is an open transaction in the currently active document.
    • is true.
    • is true.
    • ViewActivating, ViewActivated, or any pre-event (such as DocumentSaving) is being handled.
    +
    + + If the 'view' argument is NULL. + + +
      +
    • If the given view is not a valid view of the document; -or-
    • +
    • If the given view is a template view; -or-
    • +
    • If the given view is an internal view.
    • +
    +
    + +
      +
    • If the given view is not from the currently active document; -or-
    • +
    • If the active document is currently modifiable (i.e. with an active transaction); -or-
    • +
    • If the active document is currently in read-only state; -or-
    • +
    • During either ViewActivating or ViewActivated event; -or-
    • +
    • During any pre-action kind of event, such as DocumentSaving, etc.
    • +
    +
    +
    + + Returns the database level document represented by this UI-level document. + + + + The currently active view of the currently active document. + + 2012 + + This property is applicable to the currently active document only. + Returns if this document doesn't represent the active document. + The active view can only be changed when: +
    • There is no open transaction.
    • is false.
    • is false.
    • ViewActivating, ViewActivated, and any pre-action of events (such as DocumentSaving or DocumentClosingevents) are not being handled.
    +
    + + When setting the property: If the 'view' argument is NULL. + + + When setting the property: +
    • If the given view is not a valid view of the document; -or-
    • If the given view is a template view; -or-
    • If the given view is an internal view.
    + + When setting the property: +
    • If the document is not currently active; -or-
    • If the document is currently modifiable (i.e. with an active transaction); -or-
    • If the document is currently in read-only state; -or-
    • When invoked during either ViewActivating or ViewActivated event; -or-
    • When invoked during any pre-action kind of event, such as DocumentSaving, DocumentClosing, etc.
    +
    +
    + + Refresh the display of the active view in the active document. + 2011 + + + Shows the elements by zoom to fit. + The set of element ids which will be shown. + Places all the elements on the screen by moving the view. + elementIds is null. + Member of elementIds is null. + Member of elementIds is not valid. + + + Shows the elements by zoom to fit. + The set of elements that will be shown. + Places all the elements on the screen by moving the view. + Elements is null. + Member of elements is null. + + + Shows the element by zoom to fit. + Element that will be shown. + Places the element in the center of screen by moving the view. + Element is null. + + + Shows one or more elements by zoom to fit. + Shows the element by zoom to fit. + Element id that will be shown. + Places the element in the center of screen by moving the view. + Element id is not valid. + + + Close the document, prompting the user for saving it when necessary. + False if closing procedure fails or if saving of a modified document was requested but failed. +Also returns False if closing is cancelled by an external application during 'DocumentClosing' event. +When function succeeds, True is returned. + UI dialogs may be shown during the call (e.g. when the document has been changed since last time it was saved) to get user responses. +The currently active document may not be closed by this function. It can only be closed via Revit's UI. + +Thrown when attempting to close the currently active document. +Thrown if there are any transactions, sub-transactions or transaction groups which +were opened by the API code, and not closed. All of these items must be handled +before attempting to close the document. + + Thrown if this a linked file. + + + Retrieve the currently selected Elements in Autodesk Revit. + Returns an object that represents the active selection. The Selection property returns an +object that represents the active selection when the command was started. + + + Return the option object that allows you to use Revit's dialog boxes to let the user respond to questions that arise during loading of families. + Thrown if +this API method is invoked in UI less mode + + + + Use a database level Document to construct a UI-level Document. + + + The database level document. + + + document is not a primary document, it is a linked document. + + + A non-optional argument was null + + + + + Use a database level Application to construct a UI-level Application. + + + Thrown when the Application argument is a null pointer. + + + + + Use a database level Application to construct a UI-level Application. + + + Thrown when the Application argument is a null pointer. + + + + + Use a database level Application to construct a UI-level Application. + + + Thrown when the Application argument is a null pointer. + + + + + Use a database level Application to construct a UI-level Application. + + + Thrown when the Application argument is a null pointer. + + +
    +
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/src/Revit.TestRunner.SampleTestProject2/Revit.TestRunner.SampleTestProject2.2024.cmd b/src/Revit.TestRunner.SampleTestProject2/Revit.TestRunner.SampleTestProject2.2024.cmd new file mode 100644 index 0000000..429276a --- /dev/null +++ b/src/Revit.TestRunner.SampleTestProject2/Revit.TestRunner.SampleTestProject2.2024.cmd @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Client\Revit.TestRunner.Console.exe assembly Revit.TestRunner.SampleTestProject2.dll -r 2024 +pause \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/src/Revit.TestRunner.SampleTestProject2/Revit.TestRunner.SampleTestProject2.csproj b/src/Revit.TestRunner.SampleTestProject2/Revit.TestRunner.SampleTestProject2.csproj index 305f6f9..101e38d 100644 --- a/src/Revit.TestRunner.SampleTestProject2/Revit.TestRunner.SampleTestProject2.csproj +++ b/src/Revit.TestRunner.SampleTestProject2/Revit.TestRunner.SampleTestProject2.csproj @@ -93,7 +93,37 @@ 7.3 prompt + + true + ..\bin\ + TRACE;DEBUG;Revit2024 + full + x64 + 7.3 + prompt + + + ..\bin\ + TRACE;Revit2024 + true + pdbonly + x64 + 7.3 + prompt + + + + + ..\Libs\Revit2024\lib\net48\RevitAPI.dll + False + + + ..\Libs\Revit2024\lib\net48\RevitAPIUI.dll + False + + + diff --git a/src/Revit.TestRunner.sln b/src/Revit.TestRunner.sln index 110f18c..88ae32b 100644 --- a/src/Revit.TestRunner.sln +++ b/src/Revit.TestRunner.sln @@ -29,10 +29,12 @@ Global Debug2021|x64 = Debug2021|x64 Debug2022|x64 = Debug2022|x64 Debug2023|x64 = Debug2023|x64 + Debug2024|x64 = Debug2024|x64 Release2020|x64 = Release2020|x64 Release2021|x64 = Release2021|x64 Release2022|x64 = Release2022|x64 Release2023|x64 = Release2023|x64 + Release2024|x64 = Release2024|x64 EndGlobalSection GlobalSection(ProjectConfigurationPlatforms) = postSolution {57F89DD4-FB6A-44C2-BB8E-EEE35896F70A}.Debug2020|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug2020|x64 @@ -43,6 +45,8 @@ Global {57F89DD4-FB6A-44C2-BB8E-EEE35896F70A}.Debug2022|x64.Build.0 = Debug2022|x64 {57F89DD4-FB6A-44C2-BB8E-EEE35896F70A}.Debug2023|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug2023|x64 {57F89DD4-FB6A-44C2-BB8E-EEE35896F70A}.Debug2023|x64.Build.0 = Debug2023|x64 + {57F89DD4-FB6A-44C2-BB8E-EEE35896F70A}.Debug2024|x64.ActiveCfg = Release2024|x64 + {57F89DD4-FB6A-44C2-BB8E-EEE35896F70A}.Debug2024|x64.Build.0 = Release2024|x64 {57F89DD4-FB6A-44C2-BB8E-EEE35896F70A}.Release2020|x64.ActiveCfg = Release2020|x64 {57F89DD4-FB6A-44C2-BB8E-EEE35896F70A}.Release2020|x64.Build.0 = Release2020|x64 {57F89DD4-FB6A-44C2-BB8E-EEE35896F70A}.Release2021|x64.ActiveCfg = Release2021|x64 @@ -51,6 +55,8 @@ Global {57F89DD4-FB6A-44C2-BB8E-EEE35896F70A}.Release2022|x64.Build.0 = Release2022|x64 {57F89DD4-FB6A-44C2-BB8E-EEE35896F70A}.Release2023|x64.ActiveCfg = Release2023|x64 {57F89DD4-FB6A-44C2-BB8E-EEE35896F70A}.Release2023|x64.Build.0 = Release2023|x64 + {57F89DD4-FB6A-44C2-BB8E-EEE35896F70A}.Release2024|x64.ActiveCfg = Release2024|x64 + {57F89DD4-FB6A-44C2-BB8E-EEE35896F70A}.Release2024|x64.Build.0 = Release2024|x64 {2545888F-1273-45C6-81FA-AA06DA6F8D11}.Debug2020|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 {2545888F-1273-45C6-81FA-AA06DA6F8D11}.Debug2020|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 {2545888F-1273-45C6-81FA-AA06DA6F8D11}.Debug2021|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 @@ -59,6 +65,8 @@ Global {2545888F-1273-45C6-81FA-AA06DA6F8D11}.Debug2022|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 {2545888F-1273-45C6-81FA-AA06DA6F8D11}.Debug2023|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 {2545888F-1273-45C6-81FA-AA06DA6F8D11}.Debug2023|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 + {2545888F-1273-45C6-81FA-AA06DA6F8D11}.Debug2024|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 + {2545888F-1273-45C6-81FA-AA06DA6F8D11}.Debug2024|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 {2545888F-1273-45C6-81FA-AA06DA6F8D11}.Release2020|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 {2545888F-1273-45C6-81FA-AA06DA6F8D11}.Release2020|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 {2545888F-1273-45C6-81FA-AA06DA6F8D11}.Release2021|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 @@ -67,6 +75,8 @@ Global {2545888F-1273-45C6-81FA-AA06DA6F8D11}.Release2022|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 {2545888F-1273-45C6-81FA-AA06DA6F8D11}.Release2023|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 {2545888F-1273-45C6-81FA-AA06DA6F8D11}.Release2023|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {2545888F-1273-45C6-81FA-AA06DA6F8D11}.Release2024|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {2545888F-1273-45C6-81FA-AA06DA6F8D11}.Release2024|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 {4502F653-B8BB-4ECC-8EEA-27DAD1B11AE6}.Debug2020|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 {4502F653-B8BB-4ECC-8EEA-27DAD1B11AE6}.Debug2020|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 {4502F653-B8BB-4ECC-8EEA-27DAD1B11AE6}.Debug2021|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 @@ -75,6 +85,8 @@ Global {4502F653-B8BB-4ECC-8EEA-27DAD1B11AE6}.Debug2022|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 {4502F653-B8BB-4ECC-8EEA-27DAD1B11AE6}.Debug2023|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 {4502F653-B8BB-4ECC-8EEA-27DAD1B11AE6}.Debug2023|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 + {4502F653-B8BB-4ECC-8EEA-27DAD1B11AE6}.Debug2024|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 + {4502F653-B8BB-4ECC-8EEA-27DAD1B11AE6}.Debug2024|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 {4502F653-B8BB-4ECC-8EEA-27DAD1B11AE6}.Release2020|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 {4502F653-B8BB-4ECC-8EEA-27DAD1B11AE6}.Release2020|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 {4502F653-B8BB-4ECC-8EEA-27DAD1B11AE6}.Release2021|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 @@ -83,6 +95,8 @@ Global {4502F653-B8BB-4ECC-8EEA-27DAD1B11AE6}.Release2022|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 {4502F653-B8BB-4ECC-8EEA-27DAD1B11AE6}.Release2023|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 {4502F653-B8BB-4ECC-8EEA-27DAD1B11AE6}.Release2023|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {4502F653-B8BB-4ECC-8EEA-27DAD1B11AE6}.Release2024|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {4502F653-B8BB-4ECC-8EEA-27DAD1B11AE6}.Release2024|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 {BD6FDDFD-09FC-442C-81BB-9918EF7F4096}.Debug2020|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 {BD6FDDFD-09FC-442C-81BB-9918EF7F4096}.Debug2020|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 {BD6FDDFD-09FC-442C-81BB-9918EF7F4096}.Debug2021|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 @@ -91,6 +105,8 @@ Global {BD6FDDFD-09FC-442C-81BB-9918EF7F4096}.Debug2022|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 {BD6FDDFD-09FC-442C-81BB-9918EF7F4096}.Debug2023|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 {BD6FDDFD-09FC-442C-81BB-9918EF7F4096}.Debug2023|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 + {BD6FDDFD-09FC-442C-81BB-9918EF7F4096}.Debug2024|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 + {BD6FDDFD-09FC-442C-81BB-9918EF7F4096}.Debug2024|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 {BD6FDDFD-09FC-442C-81BB-9918EF7F4096}.Release2020|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 {BD6FDDFD-09FC-442C-81BB-9918EF7F4096}.Release2020|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 {BD6FDDFD-09FC-442C-81BB-9918EF7F4096}.Release2021|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 @@ -99,6 +115,8 @@ Global {BD6FDDFD-09FC-442C-81BB-9918EF7F4096}.Release2022|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 {BD6FDDFD-09FC-442C-81BB-9918EF7F4096}.Release2023|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 {BD6FDDFD-09FC-442C-81BB-9918EF7F4096}.Release2023|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {BD6FDDFD-09FC-442C-81BB-9918EF7F4096}.Release2024|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {BD6FDDFD-09FC-442C-81BB-9918EF7F4096}.Release2024|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 {6692C6E7-A750-48A1-9980-D6C2CE8B3E60}.Debug2020|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 {6692C6E7-A750-48A1-9980-D6C2CE8B3E60}.Debug2020|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 {6692C6E7-A750-48A1-9980-D6C2CE8B3E60}.Debug2021|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 @@ -107,6 +125,8 @@ Global {6692C6E7-A750-48A1-9980-D6C2CE8B3E60}.Debug2022|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 {6692C6E7-A750-48A1-9980-D6C2CE8B3E60}.Debug2023|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 {6692C6E7-A750-48A1-9980-D6C2CE8B3E60}.Debug2023|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 + {6692C6E7-A750-48A1-9980-D6C2CE8B3E60}.Debug2024|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 + {6692C6E7-A750-48A1-9980-D6C2CE8B3E60}.Debug2024|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 {6692C6E7-A750-48A1-9980-D6C2CE8B3E60}.Release2020|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 {6692C6E7-A750-48A1-9980-D6C2CE8B3E60}.Release2020|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 {6692C6E7-A750-48A1-9980-D6C2CE8B3E60}.Release2021|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 @@ -115,6 +135,8 @@ Global {6692C6E7-A750-48A1-9980-D6C2CE8B3E60}.Release2022|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 {6692C6E7-A750-48A1-9980-D6C2CE8B3E60}.Release2023|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 {6692C6E7-A750-48A1-9980-D6C2CE8B3E60}.Release2023|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {6692C6E7-A750-48A1-9980-D6C2CE8B3E60}.Release2024|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {6692C6E7-A750-48A1-9980-D6C2CE8B3E60}.Release2024|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 {C797887E-E708-4F53-B1B8-B1D28FC24C8B}.Debug2020|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug2020|x64 {C797887E-E708-4F53-B1B8-B1D28FC24C8B}.Debug2020|x64.Build.0 = Debug2020|x64 {C797887E-E708-4F53-B1B8-B1D28FC24C8B}.Debug2021|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug2021|x64 @@ -123,6 +145,8 @@ Global {C797887E-E708-4F53-B1B8-B1D28FC24C8B}.Debug2022|x64.Build.0 = Debug2022|x64 {C797887E-E708-4F53-B1B8-B1D28FC24C8B}.Debug2023|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug2023|x64 {C797887E-E708-4F53-B1B8-B1D28FC24C8B}.Debug2023|x64.Build.0 = Debug2023|x64 + {C797887E-E708-4F53-B1B8-B1D28FC24C8B}.Debug2024|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug2024|x64 + {C797887E-E708-4F53-B1B8-B1D28FC24C8B}.Debug2024|x64.Build.0 = Debug2024|x64 {C797887E-E708-4F53-B1B8-B1D28FC24C8B}.Release2020|x64.ActiveCfg = Release2020|x64 {C797887E-E708-4F53-B1B8-B1D28FC24C8B}.Release2020|x64.Build.0 = Release2020|x64 {C797887E-E708-4F53-B1B8-B1D28FC24C8B}.Release2021|x64.ActiveCfg = Release2021|x64 @@ -131,6 +155,8 @@ Global {C797887E-E708-4F53-B1B8-B1D28FC24C8B}.Release2022|x64.Build.0 = Release2022|x64 {C797887E-E708-4F53-B1B8-B1D28FC24C8B}.Release2023|x64.ActiveCfg = Release2023|x64 {C797887E-E708-4F53-B1B8-B1D28FC24C8B}.Release2023|x64.Build.0 = Release2023|x64 + {C797887E-E708-4F53-B1B8-B1D28FC24C8B}.Release2024|x64.ActiveCfg = Release2024|x64 + {C797887E-E708-4F53-B1B8-B1D28FC24C8B}.Release2024|x64.Build.0 = Release2024|x64 EndGlobalSection GlobalSection(SolutionProperties) = preSolution HideSolutionNode = FALSE diff --git a/src/Revit.TestRunner/Revit.TestRunner.csproj b/src/Revit.TestRunner/Revit.TestRunner.csproj index 8c0caa8..885cbd5 100644 --- a/src/Revit.TestRunner/Revit.TestRunner.csproj +++ b/src/Revit.TestRunner/Revit.TestRunner.csproj @@ -103,7 +103,40 @@ prompt MinimumRecommendedRules.ruleset + + true + ..\bin\Addin\ + TRACE;DEBUG;Revit2024 + full + x64 + false + 7.3 + prompt + MinimumRecommendedRules.ruleset + + + ..\bin\Addin\ + TRACE;Revit2024 + true + x64 + false + 7.3 + prompt + MinimumRecommendedRules.ruleset + + + + + ..\Libs\Revit2024\lib\net48\RevitAPI.dll + False + + + ..\Libs\Revit2024\lib\net48\RevitAPIUI.dll + False + + +